Actions

Work Header

Rating:
Archive Warnings:
Categories:
Fandoms:
Relationships:
Characters:
Additional Tags:
Language:
English
Stats:
Published:
2024-01-23
Updated:
2025-03-27
Words:
1,077,702
Chapters:
128/?
Comments:
75
Kudos:
117
Bookmarks:
42
Hits:
6,900

I, who plucked flowers in the hills -- and looked down into all the valleys,

Summary:

The year is 1954. The discovery of abiogenesis, DNA and the double helix have made massive waves in the fields of biology and chemistry. Erik and Charles meet as young men attending the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, initially opposing one another on the Mutatis Mutandis panels.

Erik is an ex-Sonderkommando and Haganah veteran who fled to the USA after defecting at Sinai, versus Charles - a too-privileged-for-his-own-good trust-fund nepo baby with more depth and complexity than the former could ever truly comprehend. Raven is a "private investigator" in polite company, and a mercenary to everyone else. The CIA shows up to ruin everyone's day.

All of their lives are forever altered by these intersections. Lots of bickering, trauma, and yes, the overwhelming power of love. Follows Erik and Charles as they establish the Xavier Institute for Gifted Youth, and over time develop disparate views as Erik grows increasingly radical in his pursuit for mutant safety and Charles suffers a devastating injury at the behest of Sebastian Shaw.

Notes:

Content warning for graphic depictions of genocide, torture, imprisonment, medical experimentation, self-harm, bigotry (ableism, misogyny, racism, antisemitism, homophobia, mutant allegories), armed violence, war, addiction, rape and abuse.

(See the end of the work for other works inspired by this one.)

Chapter 1: The nightingale began the argument in the corner of a clearing, and perched on a beautiful branch--

Notes:

Erik is played by QUIETDOWN.
Charles is played by LIBRATA.

i. Please view our companion guide, The Valleys Almanac, for a greater look into accompanying playlists, literature, imagery, educational references, FAQ, exposition and more.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

The first time Charles senses his presence, it stops him in his tracks. This mind - his mind -precedes everything else about him. It lights up the campus at Cambridge like a solar flare, brilliant and encroached in darkness and suffocating void and vivid, endless rays. Non-Euclidian geometry overlaid in microscopic filaments and decoys that vanish and disappear like smoke. A mind unlike anything he had ever encountered before, or since. The man, he learns, is called Erik. A German last name, Lehnsherr - can't help but be ironic, since Jews haven't been land-owners in Germany for a century or longer. (That fact isn't plucked from Erik's mind so much as it's woven into the very fabric of the molecules that comprise his being.) And they're all-but driven out now. His accent is lightly Slavic, though - not German, but Polish.

A childhood spent in Łódź is easily picked out from the ether in plumes of thick ash. Worrying nimble, long fingers over his grandfather's metallurgy instruments, learning to forge and bend precious metals to his will. Fingers that produce poetry in fluttered, rebellious leaflets abandoned in the streets after tanks and officers roll in. A dark-haired girl with matching freckles to her big brother's swings her skinned knees off the kitchen counter - while he's inherited the curls, faint reddish hue and vivid green eyes of his mother. That too vanishes before Charles can properly get his hands around it. Slips right through his fingers, as though Erik's mind has built-in defenses and subconscious overlays not even he could adequately explain nor understand, being effectively psi-null. Charles isn't stupid. He's seen it. Once, very briefly, Erik had forgotten to roll down the sleeve of his shirt, and there they were.

Brutal, fuzzy numbers mashed into one another and barely-intelligible, branded into his skin with an amorphous red blob emblazoned beside them. 

An American living in the lap of luxury for most of his existence, it's easy to consider Charles privileged, but he is not blind to the realities of man's darkest, baser nature. The nature that incites them to oppress their fellows, the brutality and atrocities that men inflict on each other without rhyme, reason nor remorse. That he's a survivor of war is clear, and it must be what keeps his thoughts so elegantly and ruthlessly controlled. The operation of one's mind is not something that most have any familiarity with. Erik's voice, on the other hand, he wields precisely. Lehnsherr finally comes to his face-to-face acquaintance one Thursday afternoon at MIT's political debate club. Clad in all black, all lithe lines and angles, advocating for mutant separatism with what passed for impassioned fervor for him.

To everyone else, Erik's tone is always quiet. Always even-tempered. Never flickering, never giving anything away to his opponent until incisively cutting them down on cross-examination. To Charles, who sees more, it is fundamental. That he's a mutant is obvious, but Charles can't tell exactly what his mutation is, other than that he has a clear affinity for conductive elements. Nickel, copper, titanium. Silver, sometimes, when he's tracing the edges of his influence over someone's jewelry. Fixing the little nicks of wear-and-tear before they'd ever notice it was damaged. But Erik notices.

There's a need, a longing, to learn more. To uncover this mystery that he is unaccustomed to enduring in another being and has not done since he was five years old and the flavors and sounds of his nanny's private, seething resentment of her station began flickering into his awareness like cold, flowing molasses coating the underside of his neurons. One thing is certain; Lehnsherr is not used to having friends. He's a consummate loner, aside from his Saturdays, which are at the forefront of his recollection in pure fondness, and spent seated in a semi-circle, cross-legged around a group of children reading from a large, Hebrew-scripted tome.

It's the only time he's ever seen Erik smile, and it resolves in him shortly after to earn that smile for himself. Friends it is. It's surprisingly easy to get him to agree to the invitation. Aoife's as an establishment is remarkably discreet when it comes to certain clientele - particularly of the bent persuasion. It's not the first man Charles has ever taken there, but he is the first to be invited back a second time. After a few beers, Erik's expression loosens more - he talks with his hands, leans forward with avid attention at the things Charles is saying - even if he's virulently disagreeing with what he views as a naive perspective. His eyes become even more brilliant in the darkness of the dingy bar after chasing up said beers with shots of unpalatable American vodka.

"You are telling me that - mutacja genetyczna - is like one's eyes or ears," Erik's saying, worrying a stir-stick through the tepid ice cubes in his mediocre beer. His attention is more focused on his companion even as he pauses to drain the rest of the cup. "But you can coexist with someone of green eyes." He taps under his own - which Charles had just made a comment on a few moments prior. "What if their eyes shoot laser beams?" an eyebrow arches. "Coexistence is much scarier. We have laws of regulation with obtaining weapons, but mutants are born with one. That cannot be regulated by law without oppressing us!" he almost smiles. It's not easy arguing with Charles. He was the reigning champion of the MIT team for the last two years running for a reason. So when Erik does make an irrefutable point (at least to him), it's enough to warrant the expression.

After his second drink. L-rd help Charles fucking Xavier. 

Challenges, Charles knows, are character-building. It’s a sick stance to take from his position; he’s at least introspective enough to understand how utterly tone deaf he is to be nursing this thought. And yet, if there is anything that Charles Xavier knows for certain—and one could argue that there is truly nothing that can ever be known by anyone for certain—it’s that thoughts of this ilk are universal. The human mind is sublime in its diversity, but as all life, has its mainstays. Oh, yes, people think about things that they shouldn’t at an alarming frequency. Adoring mothers imagine their own relief should their precious little ones simply vanish.

Newlyweds, still dewy-eyed and drooling, wonder if they’ve locked themselves into a life of voluntary imprisonment as they climb into bed together. Doctors who wish certain patients ill, righteous university students such as himself who sympathize with the wrong attitude. The resulting shame is always what alerts Charles to what some PhDs over in Chicago are calling cognitive dissonance; or the discomfort that arises when one holds two conflicting beliefs. It’s not quite the same, but Charles has been attaching that term to this phenomenon anyway. It’s fascinating, he thinks, to watch from this side as people much brighter than he unravels the brain without the gift of pure empiricism. His own cognitive dissonance floods his head as he studies the offending green eyes and thinks about how privileged he is to consider Erik Lehnsherr a challenge.

Having led a life characterized by an abundance of material comfort, Charles is unaccustomed to challenge. It no longer feels appropriate to cast his childhood in that way; emotional absence and the pressures of old money are not really challenging. At least not in a way that justifies attention. Anyone who had lived through the previous decade with even the remotest capacity to empathize had to recognize that. By that extension, it’s doubly unfair to think of Erik Lehnsherr as a challenge. Triply unfair (and positively nauseating) to know that he likes that. A challenge! What’s it like to be challenged? What’s it like to be required to find valiance and strength from within? How does it feel to triumph? Triumphant? Ridiculous, and tone deaf, Charles knows. It’s a blessing that Erik isn’t privy to his thoughts. At the table beside them, two men, two freshmen, bellow with laughter; the lanky one with a cleft chin watches his stocky companion chortle with waiting eyes, analytical and hopeful eyes. He wonders if his own probe Erik’s in this way. So obvious.

“Well, that’s simply not true,” Charles replies, thumbnail tapping against the rim of his smeared glass to punctuate his rebuttal. The near-smile is enticing, and he almost loses his footing at the gentle twitch in those full lips. “Or, I suppose it could be true, but you would have to concede that, if we accept your premise, we are all oppressed.” The artifice of logic is easy to fall back upon, perhaps the sole reason that Charles can masquerade as someone who most definitely is not a simpering dolt. “We are all regulated by laws. Laws that dictate conduct may or may not be inherently oppressive, but that is beyond this conversation.” Charles studies Erik’s leonine features before he takes a long swig of his warming lager. Swill, his mother would have called it with a sour expression. “We readily accept laws that regulate how people use their innate advantages. Is that oppression?” His argument, he knows, is propped up by little more than straw, but Charles doesn’t bother to solidify it.

No, he wants Erik to topple it, to insist that he’s wrong. To challenge him.

The twitch at Erik's lips threatens to emerge into a full-blown smirk, but it merely creases his eyes, marring his atavistic countenance the way an artist smudges their thumb over an oil painting. "Is the law inherently oppressive?" he rephrases Charles's argument swiftly, one eyebrow arced in skepticism. "No, but many laws are. What is..." his mouth forms a little moue as he considers how to parse his thoughts, flickering through different languages as if paging through a children's book - brilliant splashes of cartoonish imagery and poetic verse. He seems to forget himself as he catches onto Charles's gaze. Erik's stare burns into him. Charles has already well-convinced himself that it's linked to drink - perhaps because it's the only time he ever sees Erik's veneer slip from its ironclad repose.

That statue animating to life. With coldness and with cruelty / you shaped me / how good it was to be mere clay / to lie / lifeless and calm / among the sands and stones of earth / between eternities... another liturgy, pulled from the depths. Erik's mind is full of literature. Once, Charles had asked him to read a passage from his latest book - and had gotten the hilarious - and if he's flirting, Erik is playing 4D chess - and shocking delivery of Erik's humored tones reciting: "He visits my town once a year. / He fills my mouth with kisses and nectar. / I spend all my money on him / Who, girl, your man? / No, a mango."

But of course, Der Goylem is apt. A figure of ancient, desiccated clay become alive and vital. Through its elixir of health, the vaunted Pabst Blue Ribbon. "Moralne lub właściwy," he flicks his hand to the side in a dismissive gesture. Charles doesn't need to speak Polish for the lilting terminology to reveal itself - Erik is speaking of morality over legality. "The law does not dictate moralne prawidłowy. All the wars, it was legal. What happened to my people, it was legal. What law is, that matters. What conduct... jakie postępowanie narzuca," he switches, communicating himself as effectively as he can in a language familiar to Charles only in faint whispers at the edges of Erik's curling consciousness. "The first law that says you -" he points to Charles, "cannot use your mutation. You cannot read a mind, you will go to prison. You do not find it oppressive?"

It's sudden and stark and fascinating. No one has ever caught Charles out on it before, not until he's told them. But Erik knows. Erik knows that he can read minds. His stare burns all the brighter.

He isn’t a man of interpersonal subtlety—Charles had gleaned that from their first interaction. Austere patrician features belied the powerful symphonic orchestra of Erik’s mind; Charles hadn’t expected such bluntness from a man who could think in villanelles. Charles’s own manner of social interaction is of an entirely different genealogy. He’s cordial, pleasant, diplomatic. He can grin broadly as his psyche suffers, feign comfort as neckties and stiff loafers suffocate his skin, feign ignorance as he watches his mother’s dinner guests grow rude with drink, watches their prejudices climb to the fore. Peace and comfort are Charles’s twin goals, and so he thrives as a chameleon, or perhaps, a sycophant, chronically redirecting his world and the worlds of those around him. Rarely, if ever, has Charles felt so directionless as he does right now.

There is no clear route away from this discomfort, the immense unease of being identified publicly. Erik’s long finger points at him, accusing and knowing. Mutant eyes, green as late-summer grass and not marginally as tranquil, fix his own. Instinct urges Charles to glance away, to gauge if their bar-mates are tuning in to the debate between the two handsome men at the corner table, but he keeps his own gaze forward. What else does Erik Lehnsherr know? He can discover that for himself, of course, but such intense rummaging extends beyond the level of voyeurism that Charles can tolerate. Cognitive dissonance, he thinks again. He’s still intoxicated by the process by which Erik forms his thoughts. Couplets and quatrains in languages that Charles can’t identify parade through his conscience, accompanied by vivid imagery borrowed from the spectrum that spans Caravaggio to the peeling billboards at the outskirts of Cambridge which promise magic in Brylcreem or fulfillment in Corn Flakes.

Threads of music and literature and art weave themselves along strands of philosophy and language until they settle into the tapestry that Erik reads from with confidence. Charles wonders if he himself is guided in this way when he speaks. His educational pedigree is as impressive as one might expect of an Xavier; the primary schools that he attended in New York and the secondary education that he received across the Atlantic educate in the classic tradition. Charles knows Homer as well as he knows Hesse, Marlowe as well as Marx, Justinian and Joyce. But does he have the aptitude to recruit them as Erik seems to? Mythos and math live on two different planes, to Charles. Myth is false, math is real. Is his own mind really so flat, so dimensionless?

“And what if I were allowed to freely use my mutation as I pleased?” Charles counters, voice blessedly calm in spite of his rankled spirit. “What an advantage. I could declare myself King of the World right now, and convince everyone in this room, including you, my friend, that it is so. By tomorrow morning, I could have all of Boston under my thumb. Tomorrow evening, the entirety of New England.” Charles pauses, measuring Erik’s expression. Does his companion understand truly the extent of Charles’s abilities? “Would that not be ‘oppressive,’ as you say?” he continues, one brow arching upward. “I agree with you; any overlap between law and morality is merely coincidental. The law prevents you, after all, from ripping the steel nails from our chairs and sending them into my throat.” He pauses for the briefest of moments, trading an acknowledgement for an acknowledgement. “But you aren’t refraining from that because it breaks the law, are you? Morality is the more powerful force.”

Charles finally drains his drink, and immediately wants another. “Perhaps morality is the true oppressor, here.”

He's roused that intricate beast carved along the underside of Erik's molecular structure; wood-burned and polished, whorls of vivid reds and warmed sienna - speckled-patterns. In the few discussions Charles has had regarding his potential, he is accustomed to his conversation-partner experiencing the full weight of his capability as a bolt of fear through their chest. The - oh, my God. You can do anything to me. And Erik is no different. You could make me do anything...

What is distinct, what is triumphant, is that there is not a hint of fear there at all. There is - admiration. Respect, fascination. And, to-Charles-only, a shimmer. A delicate thread, twinged in Erik's gut. Something deeper, layered and filtered that flits away as soon as it arises. Such things are equally common amongst men. Simple statements drawing baser, primal responses that most are unaware of. In Erik, they're blooms of vivid-tulips and slashing blades of grass across ceaseless canvas. Thunderstorms pulsing between Neuron's synaptic cleft.

"Is there not a difference between the free use of your mutation and the free use of one's hands? Cutting a vegetable with a kitchen knife, or using it to kill?" his reaction is quicksilver, sharp and steady. "But to use your ability... to see another," Erik's tone drops off there, and somewhere, softens. That wooden ego melting into rich chocolate. Accessible, for the briefest moment. Their debate forgotten in this liminal space out of time. "That must be quite... heavy, for you, Charles." It's one of the few times Erik deigns to refer to him by name, his brows knit together; expression all-around gentle and surely confusing. That Charles has admitted to power which could fell empires and topple governments with a simple flick of his wrist (if-that), Yet, Erik is more concerned for him.

As a mind-reader, or a telepath according to the dusty pages of fin-de-siecle mysticism, Charles is rarely surprised. What was once shocking is now pedestrian; people lie or people tell the truth or people lie about some things while professing others. He’s heard so much from so many. That this man, Erik Lehnsherr, has the ability to consistently disarm Charles is more than unusual. His mind flits from formal debate to the Tanakh and finally to a position of pure, deep empathy in the span of a few beats of the Bobby Darin hit pumping from the jukebox. Somehow, that progression is not chaotic, but orderly, precise, determined. Suddenly, Charles is slightly ashamed. Erik, unfazed by the blithe threat, is engaging with his admitted shock tactic rather than fighting it. The few others with whom he has shared this potential had all reacted as expected; with disgust, dismissal, scorn, or fear.

Charles had been expecting dismissal from Erik, whose own power commanded equal respect. What does a man like Erik, sharp and confident, have to fear? Empathy, then, is alarming. The temperature of the Erik’s cool mien has risen by several degrees, and the hardness around those eyes and lips has given way, if only slightly, to something much more malleable. As if true concern troubled his muscles so much as to make them forget that they’re on opposite sides of a debate. His own muscles feel limp. It may be the beer, but, more likely, it’s the intoxication of sitting across from a person who has made Charles feel, for the first time in his life, like being entirely honest. “It’s…” he hesitates, understanding fully well that this stammering betrayed the mask of confidence that he valiantly attempts to front. “It’s not regularly heavy, at least not in that way,” he offers, eyes now on the frothy suds coating the bottom of his glass. “The trivial things can often feel heavy. You know, I overhear someone thinking vile or harmful things about another, and I wonder if I ought to step in."

For emphasis, he jerks his head to his left, toward the door of the dim bar. “That man by the entrance, do you see him? The one with the glasses? He’s hoping that a young man or woman in here will have one too many shandies and will agree to accompany him home, tonight.” Charles furrows his brows now, frowning at his knuckles as they tighten around his empty glass. “Because I know of his intentions, the responsibility, ultimately, may be mine to ensure that his hopes are dashed. I can make him forget where he is and send him stumbling home, or….or I can do nothing, and let evening run its course.” He leans back in his rickety chair then and pulls his right leg up, crossing it atop his left knee.

He feels a bit stuffy in his grey blazer and leather wingtips, argyle socks now visible to anyone who might look. The freshmen at the neighboring table are casual; printed shirts with butterfly collars and loose slacks, saddle shoes and loafers. He feels old and outmoded beside them. “My ego isn’t large enough to make me believe that I am at all qualified to be some global dictator. I would never dream of such a thing, and so that doesn’t trouble me,” he says carefully, fingers drumming against his knee. “The…dilemmas, however, that arise from my opting to be a bystander or opting to insert myself into a situation, can indeed be heavy.” Charles allows that to brew for a moment before he clears his throat, suddenly deeply uncomfortable. “It’s a privilege, however, to even have that choice. Don’t think that I don’t know that.”

Erik lists forward slightly, eyes riveted on his companion as he speaks, long fingers steepled together below his chin in a contemplative triangle. His head rests, and he listens. In many respects, they are opposing elements. Charles in his luxurious Brioni whilst Erik's frame is embraced by casual leather and denim jeans. One of studious formality, the other balanced on that razor-wire of brisk entropy. Chaotic, some would call it, but for a telepath, the precise order of things is made manifest. As Charles draws Erik's attention to the other individual, his gaze - once fully trained on Charles and focused in every manner, withdraws amidst the vague overflow of icy frost. Chilled out, slowed and stretched until it loses all shape or meaning. His shoulders square, and he straightens in his seat.

"My ability," he laughs there, more of an exhaled huff through his nostrils than boisterous joy, but all the same - "you know, it came after. When I was at the Red Cross. I woke up one morning in my tent, and all the little instruments were floating beside me. If I had -" his head shakes a little. There is no need to bring it down here; certainly Charles understood his perspective. A telepath. Fascinating. And side-tracked. "You do not know this information for nothing. It is your gift. You were given this." A winding verse snakes beneath, as it would turn out so often with Erik, though he remains eerily unaware of his mind's catalogue. / you shall accept gifts for Me from every person whose heart is so moved , And let them make Me a sanctuary that I may dwell among them... / "There are many ways that people discover information. Sometimes you learn it incidentally. That does not render it invalid."

And then he holds out his hand, a completely shocking action that perfectly encapsulates Erik Lehnsherr and his boisterous impulsivity, cracking off him as sparks in a malfunctioning circuit. A flurry of sound and taste and smoke. "Let's intervene. I would not wish that man on any poor sap." It takes a few moments to realize Erik is being catty, slipping the knife in before anyone has the chance to realize they've been cut. He's taken the implications and blurred them slightly, just-enough to make this extended offer of vigilantism enticing. Dare-say... fun.

It’s truly embarrassing to consider how Erik affects him so, but at least that glaring implication lives in his own head and nowhere else. He has met one other telepath; an icy blonde called Emma who he grew to know while on a ski holiday in Chamonix some years ago. Though Emma may be the only person alive who can access his thoughts in this way, he for some reason never felt truly vulnerable around her. Not as he does with Erik. Charles knows that he’s charismatic. He knows that he’s likable and popular; all the loneliness that he feels in his life comes from within rather than without. Because of his charisma—his keen ability to lie, Raven might say—others pay attention to him. He’s eloquent but relatable, often disarming.

When he speaks, others tend to listen to him. He’s rarely had to chase. Erik, of course, does not conform to the mold. To enjoy the other’s attention, rapt and thoughtful, brings a renewed vigor. He stares briefly at the outstretched hand, wondering what Erik would have done had his ability come before and not after, wondering what he should do with this information. This, Charles decides, is more hard won than a smile. A modicum of trust, unbroken attention, a proposal. The telepath swallows thickly, and then presses a smooth smile across his lips before leaning forward once more and allowing his hand, smooth and narrow, to rest atop Erik’s own. His fingers ache to dig into the other’s skin, to explore, to imprint, but they remain still and chaste, pink and olive atop the sticky tabletop.

“You make light of my dilemma,” Charles chastises, though his own tone is what is light. “What gives us the right to play God?” Even as he speaks, his free hand travels toward his temple, auburn hair slicked back, and presses two fingers inward. At this proximity, it’s like listening to the radio. Tuning to the frequency of the bespectacled man is not difficult, and within mere seconds, Charles has slipped beneath the outer barrier of his psyche and into the milieu. Neurons fire and concrete images, noises, sensations result. Most people stage their most immediate thoughts in the same area of the brain, just behind the frontal lobe, and this man is no different.

Charles takes his place in the front row, ready to stage manage and direct. One of his invisible tendrils flicks outward, away from the frontal lobe and toward the cerebellum. With minimal effort, Charles extends his control over the knot and blocks the pathways between several sets of neurons, causing the man to freeze. A similar treatment is applied to the thalamus, and though the man remains seated with his eyes open, he is unconscious, unable to move, unaware. A mannequin, a dummy, ready to be manipulated. “What shall we make him do?” Charles asks then, feeling like he did as a child, when he and Raven sat at the top of the stairwell, giddy as they watched their unsuspecting nanny slip her bare feet into the shoes that they had just filled with gelatin.

Watching closely, Erik's eyes narrow on the man. At once, faced with the abrupt reality, he does comprehend Charles. It's a split-second of affinity, but that single moment - he knows exactly what that price would be. "That he desires to leave this place and return home, to read his favorite book." It's surprisingly mild, given the lightning strikes behind too-even features. "Not light," he shakes his head, though, and offers the hand in his the most gentle of squeezes - as though handling delicate chinaware. "The truth. You should be able to openly express yourself. I understand that stops at violating the rights of others," he adds, and indicates the man before them for good measure - which does qualify, despite Erik's leniency. "I know you are a telepath because of the way the Elevator Lounge pledges speak of you."

The Elevator Lounge is part of Tau Epsilon Phi (ΤΕΦ), which reveals a little about Erik - evidently he'd pledged with a fraternity. If anyone did not strike Charles as the frat-boy stereotype, it would be Erik Lehnsherr. But as he's coming to discover with each time they interact, Erik positively delights in disrupting Charles's perceptions of him. At least ΤΕΦ was known as a Mutant and Jewish-inclusive independent-living-group. "They are afraid of you. Even those who are open about their own mutation within our walls. They believe you should be forbidden from utilizing your psionic abilities to invade their privacy. I do not share such a concern, and believe it is a symptom of limited cognitive capacity. However," he has to groan, barely concealing an eyeroll. "I... take your point," he concedes very slowly, clearly unaccustomed to giving an inch let alone a mile within conflict.

"It must be overwhelming, to constantly face these decisions. It cannot be your sole responsibility to address. That would be unfair. But, I see little wrong with amending an individual who is intending to cause serious harm. Perhaps not G-d, but we possess these abilities. We are meant to use them. Ideally in the pursuit of tikkun olam," he elucidates, the Hebrew phrase materializing out of thin air. He pats Charles's hand before wrapping his fingers around the edge of his glass, plucking it up off of the table to allow a natural pause to fall over them as he drains the remaining liquid. - Repair of the World. A lofty goal, weighted in nobility, and once-more a disparity in Erik's psyche. Slowly and steadily, he lifts his fingers from their dripping condensation to flick Charles's fork up into the air, rearranging it molecule-by-molecule until it forms a neat, folded rose with decorative swirls engraved. It hovers in front of Charles's face momentarily before setting down next to his plate.

This time, Erik is smiling. It's a mere wobble, but it reaches his eyes.

“Oh, so very dull,” Charles chides, though it’s likely that they both know that the telepath would not have settled for anything less pragmatic than this. He maintains eye contact with Erik as he presses harder into his temple, for a flourish more than function. Had he been observing his target, he would have witnessed the man throw back the remnants of his beer, drop a handful of coins on the table, and make a quick exit. So glad I got that Christie back from Ray, the man—a middle-aged bus driver called Bruce—thinks to himself as he shuffles through the dim streets. Can’t remember the ending to it, didn’t Poirot get himself into trouble with that British policeman? Funny it’s called “Scotland Yard,” not even in Scotland, right? Maybe she’ll explain it….

Charles eases out of the man’s head as he hurries toward his dreary efficiency, turning his attention fully to Erik once more. Their hands remain linked as Charles listens to Erik’s defense, and at the end, he smiles sadly. “Truth is so often subjective,” he counters, though there is no strain of defense in his own voice, now. His tone is soft but assured. “Those friends of yours—your brothers.” A wry glance. “Their truth is not wrong; they fear the horizons of my ability and mistrust me for it. Invading another’s privacy is wrong, and if one can’t even be private in one’s own head…well.” He thinks of Bruce again and is minutely uplifted to know that no unsuspecting soul from this bar will find themselves in the man’s dingy flat tonight. Simultaneously, he can only wonder what may happen tomorrow, or in the bar across the road, or at a bar in Brussels, or maybe one in Bangalore, or Birmingham, or Beirut, or…

“It’s simple to say, Erik,” Charles says at last, tasting the name on his tongue. “But it’s a difficult line to draw. Impossible. Subjectiveness will always make it so.” Tikkun olam, he thinks, watching with fascination as Erik molds the silverware like clay before his eyes. That’s a phrase that he knows, perhaps because he fishes it out of Erik’s head, perhaps from somewhere else. Despite himself, Charles’s own grin grows when a crooked, quiet smile appears on Erik’s face. A genuine one, spurring triumph, quieting the trouble in Charles’s soul, if only briefly. Yes, a truly simpering dolt. He plucks the silver rose from the table to spin it in his fingers, admire the detail in the petals, the perfection of the thorns. He then slips it in his breast pocket, the metal head glimmering in the low light. “Repair implies that the world was working once before,” Charles notes, still grinning, still beaming. “But perhaps, that is a topic for another day.”

A glance at his Rolex indicates that it’s just after 10:30pm. The time when evenings wind down or ramp up.

“Would you care for one more?” he asks, nodding toward the empty glass. “Or, have you had enough of this place?” Or enough of me?

"Brother is a strong word," Erik groans, pinching the bridge of his nose. "But I digress, we are stronger together." At Charles's last topical note - there it is, once more. That flares a light behind Erik's eyes, and he signals Aoife to refill their mugs in silent answer. "Ah, but nevertheless a fascinating one. I'd wager it began with agriculture. Large populations of people were forced to cultivate land for lords. There is some literature that suggests a bulk of human civilization is based upon slavery, and that the natural design of our species - well, their species, at the least - is to work in small, cooperative communities." Leave it to Erik to reject agriculture out of nowhere, for no reason, and it's infuriating and - there's that light. And tongue-in-cheek. Self-aware in its absurdity. He lifts his glass, confirming his desire to remain, but light-footed. Not-quite understanding the delicate balance of social propriety. "I confess I have never been to this establishment before. I had heard rumors it caters to malcontents, so it would appear I am in the right place."

The fresh pint buoys Charles ever so slightly, as does the promise of another debate. Oh, how exciting this is, he realizes objectively. A companion, a match. It’s beyond arrogant to even consider it so, but Charles wonders if he’s ever encountered his intellectual equal. Certainly he’s conversed with people much smarter than he; many of his professors and colleagues at MIT are currently in the process of discovering principles that Charles can’t begin to envisions. An intellectual equal is different. Someone whose mind is tuned in to the same frequency as his own, which draws upon a similar corpus as his own. Which makes connections in a familiar way. The two of them can hardly be less similar; their backgrounds entirely foreign. And Erik is more poetic than he, his thoughts more faceted. Still, Charles struggles to think of anything but a complementary mirror when he fixes his eyes upon Erik, the electricity of opportunity sparking in his blood.

“Yes, yes, I’ve also read Marx,” he responds with purposeful dismissiveness. “Capitalism, agriculture, and slavery make a compelling trinity. You’re not wrong.” Noting Erik’s awkward shift, Charles raises his own glass, an acknowledgement that he need not halt himself for Charles’s sake. “But I’d argue that before we planted crops, created property, and built governments to protect that property, we were still in disharmony with the earth. It’s a condition of life.” A steep swig from his glass has Charles feeling momentarily sluggish; perhaps the beer is finally catching up with him. He glances around at their surroundings; an abnormally dim room, tables jammed into nooks and alcoves. If someone doesn’t want to be noticed or recognized here, they need only wear non-descript clothing and choose a table carefully.

“Malcontents,” Charles repeats. The nickel rose feels suddenly heavy in his jacket pocket, and he finds himself wishing that he could return the gift with something of his own. From one malcontent to another. He instead turns his glass in his hands. “Your brothers,” he says. “Liberal-minded as they are. Are they aware of this affiliation, of yours?” He chooses his words carefully, as one must about this topic. Even at Aoife's. Even with Erik. “Or will you tell them that you went to Grogan’s tonight with a beautiful woman from your physics class instead?”

It's obvious by the way Erik's eyebrows shoot up to his hairline that he had taken that term at face-value, and it's only upon Charles's elucidation that he realizes, with an abrupt cough behind the back of his hand, what was actually happening, here. Clearing his throat and swallowing, he marshals the rest of his reaction amidst gleaming, endless walls of white and radio static - but for the splash of red coloring his cheekbones. The man seated across from him was a telepathdo cholery pierdonoly śmieciu. Of course he would be aware of Erik's thoughts, as streamlined and clinical as possible. Sure, Lehnsherr. Not like he'd be aware of you sure-as-shit noticing the way Xavier's fancy-ass suit hugs his upper body. Real smooth.

He really, well-and-truly, with a patently valiant effort, tries to play it off totally cool. "They're not aware," is what he answers - and Charles hadn't missed, there. An answer only a queer would appreciate; in any other person it would surely raise hackles and cause deep offense. But not here, not in this climate. Not with Erik. His chin lifts, though, defiant. Refusing to be cowed, to give in to the small frisson of fear that unfurls deep inside him every time it comes up. The sounds of the bar fade away momentarily, and Erik dips his fingers into the small glass of water the waiter had set down right when they first arrived.

He draws them, still-wet, down his own face. The radio static - Charles hears it whine in a jarring, uncomfortable staccato before all of Erik's mind is draped in suffocating silence. A protective measure - not for Erik. Not after the conversation they just had. But for Charles. He's the only person engaging enough to keep Erik's interest piqued since his arrival to the States, scrambling his brain - as brilliant and technicolor as Erik suspects from his limited understanding of the way a mind is formed - is not an option. "But I'm not concerned. --you? Your friends, colleagues?"

Throughout their evening together, Charles has tried desperately hard to keep out of Erik’s head. It’s impossible not to access surface-level thoughts or those that are trumpeted out of the psyche and into the ether, but out of respect, Charles generally does not push beyond the barrier of the mind’s outer walls unless invited. The radical change in the tenor and pace of Erik’s thoughts are all the more poignant, then, and Charles is physically taken aback by the stark departure.

Oh, Christ. Scarlet seeped into his temples—bloody lucky that it’s so dark in this bar, mm? Erik’s face, that stoic, measured visage, is now animated, eyebrows arched, mouth slightly agape. If Charles had any ability to ignore his mortification, he would have noted how truly delightful it is to see Erik Lehnsherr on his haunches like this. The abject surprise lasts only a moment, of course. Within a single measure of Bill Haley, Erik’s expression is schooled into something more recognizable, and Charles is left feeling foolish. The exciting harmony in Erik’s mind cuts to an awkward stop; no lines of Diderot, no Yiddish couplets or Polish colloquialisms dance together at the fore.

Only baffled, disquieting silence. Through the thick fabric of his clothing, the rose seems to burn. Overcome by a sporadic wash of heat, Charles is forced to remove his blazer, certain that the crimson flush in his neck is visible against the crisp white button down he wears. The thin navy tie is tight, constricting, and Charles tugs gently at the knot with clumsy fingers, inviting slack. “It’s not something that I typically discuss with others who aren’t…affiliated,” he replies crisply, watching a droplet of cool water travel down the smooth plane of Erik’s cheek. “I…apologize, Erik,” he offers then. “I didn’t mean to mislead you; I assure you that I didn’t invite you here tonight hoping for anything more than intelligent conversation, which you’ve more than provided.”

It takes several beats before Erik has composed himself - and Charles gets the impression it's not due to distress as much as it lies in the effort he is undertaking to ensure that every errant whisper is neatly tucked inside the box to which it belongs. He's so preoccupied with this effort that he doesn't pause to presume how his outward expressions must look. Confusion, followed by immediate distance. He presses his lips together and holds up a hand, as if to say hang on - and Charles is uniquely privy to the weird, upside-down world - and then a shake of his head.

"There is no offense," he clears up softly. "Admittedly this is beyond my skillset." What? Friendship? Conversation? Dating? Unlike Charles, who he is certain must endure such overtures on a regular basis. Most likely all of the above, and Erik's cool confidence just minutes ago is supplanted by something a lot more... guileless, in a way. "Speaking with you is..." refreshing. Fascinating. Infuriating. "Illuminating." After all, it's not often that Erik has his views properly challenged.

Despite himself, Charles must laugh. Unlike Erik, his laughs and smiles come easy; they’re masks and covers crafted through his skilled artisanship. And also unlike Erik, Charles is exceptionally skilled in this area. Friendship, interpersonal connection. Telepathy makes it easy, and his other natural gifts make it easier. Maybe it’s why he’s so drawn toward the Polish man fumbling across from him. He’s smarter than Charles, quicker than Charles, more handsome than Charles, and yet he’s as adrift as a sliver of wood in the open ocean in the arena of people. That dichotomy of opposites is fascinating.

“You needn’t think of this as practice, or even as a skillset,” Charles offers warmly, employing one of the more disarming tones in his arsenal. The awkward flush still stings the tops of his ears, but Charles is a master, here, and he can bring anything back to Earth center. Even this strange and handsome enigma. “There aren’t even rules to abide by,” he continues. “Other than those that you might observe when speaking with anyone. Friendship is easy, if you’re in want of a friend. Show up when you say you will, listen, talk, relax. That’s all there is to it.” Maybe it’s conspicuous that Charles avoided talking about the other thing, the dating thing, but he doesn’t want to chase Erik away so quickly. “I think even someone of your skillset can handle that.”

"It has been many years since I've had a friend," Erik says, sudden in its simple admission. "I daresay my brothers do not count," is tacked on, firewood dry. Erik sits up, gesturing vaguely toward him. "What did you come here to study?" he wants to know, and his curiosity is genuine if tactless. Charles's intellect is evident, something Erik would certainly classify as several standard deviations above his own if privy to Charles's private musings, almost laughably so. "Or did you just come to get trounced in debate club by yours truly?" his eyebrows waggle, terribly droll. Trounced is a word - Erik really believes the opposite, that he'd been turned around in the arena of verbal semantics and wit several times, but there it is again - foolhardy confidence. One might even say bravado.

Charles smiled, sadly now, at Erik’s blunt admission. Somehow, Charles expects this to be the case; Erik doesn’t seem the type to grow close to others very quickly. It’s hard not to wonder if Erik’s last true friend was from before the horrors. He says nothing, though, and let’s the conversation push forward, deciding that Erik should chart the course. At least for now. “Trounced!” Charles laughs, leaning forward on his elbows now. “Now, that’s a statement. You only pose a challenge because of the university that we’re at. Full of scientists and math nerds who can’t see the forest for the trees…or maybe, the atom for the protons.”

He sips at his beer, toying with his response for a moment.

“I was supposed to go to Oxford. The Eton-to-Oxford pipeline is fairly direct, as is the Eton-to-Cambridge. The Eton-to-Cambridge, Massachusetts pipeline isn’t all that difficult to access either; I’ve a fair few classmates at Harvard.” Charles pauses, understanding that it’s probably uncouth to drop the names of such esteemed institutions with this level of casual flippancy. “I came to MIT because I want the circumstance without the pomp,” he says quickly. “I’m pursuing a Quantitative Biology degree because that’s what I want to study. They let you do that, here. No fuss, no ceremony, no showmanship. I need to know why we—people like you and I—are the way that we are. I can discover that, here.” Charles purses his lips. “And what about yourself?”

"And you're certain you can handle slumming it down here?" Erik snorts, an almost full bark of laughter emanating from his side of the table that he quickly quells - such seems to be the way with all of his emotions. They're not absent, but when they do bubble over, he immediately shuts them down. Especially laughter, and pleasure - which just goes to show how much he actually is enjoying himself, even if he wouldn't admit to it - that such things are as visible as they are, as often as they are. Erik isn't accustomed to this, either. The joke rolls easily, but he moves along with the tides and nods as Charles continues to speak. "I am here on scholarship - electrical engineering. MIT..." his features pinch a little, lips pressed together in a grimace.

"MIT is one of the few institutions that actively pursues a diverse student body." It's clear that this is important to him. It made one wonder why he hadn't pursued an education in law, or politics - civil rights was one of the things that aroused his passion most obviously, and forms the basis of every one of his Separatist beliefs, which they had ardently debated many a time. But a scholarship meant restrictions - someone had noticed his talent in one area, and one area alone. "My options for attending university are more limited than your own, but it is not due to finances. I am good at what I do. If I had the opportunity, I could go to any educational institute I wished."

This is confidence, but there's something in the unshakable way he says it, that lacks typical arrogance. It's a statement of fact, and not one he attributes to intelligence but rather to his mutation. "Regrettably, ADCOMs here cater to a very particular type of student." He shrugs it off, waving his hand. "Have you come up with an answer? Why we are this way?"

Charles nods thoughtfully, but acknowledges to himself that diversity had not been on his mind when selecting an institution. What a privilege, to have his pick of the field. One of his former tutors had told him once that he’s a “natural genius,” but that intellect is the least valuable of his gifts. Your mother has roots in the British peerage, and your father the heir of American magnates. Where your family name won’t grant you access, your family coffer will. His ability to thrive in academic settings is an unnecessary bonus. Once more, his privilege seems to glare at him from above as he sits across from a man who has earned his way here on merit alone.

“So, it isn’t your dream to be an electrical engineer,” Charles deduces with a nod. This makes a bit more sense; Erik is more suited for publishing treatises or penning monographs, not tinkering with circuits in some laboratory. At the question, Charles smirks briefly, wondering how to best approach this next beat. If allowed, he will spend the next hour divulging into the specifics of nucleotides, chromosomal encoding, and protein synthesis, but conversation partners tend to find excuses to leave in those situations, so Charles decides to abridge himself. “Not with any sort of definitive certainty,” he offers. “But, just recently, as in months ago, some folks over at the other Cambridge discovered that DNA has a very peculiar shape.” Before he can stop himself, Charles fishes a pen from his leather satchel and slides Erik’s napkin toward himself.

On it, he sketches two overlapping wave-like lines. Within the empty spaces, he draws additional straight lines, connecting each strand with rungs. The final structure resembles a curving ladder. He flips the napkin and pushes it back toward Erik, waiting for the man to take it in. “This is what our DNA looks like,” Charles says, and he cannot hide the excitement from leaking into his voice. “And it’s important, because it provides the mechanism for replication. When DNA needs to replicate, it unwinds, and then splits in half. Each strand then provides a template for creating exact replicas of its missing strand.” Charles taps the tip of his pen above the odd shape, mind sparking with the promise of wonder.

“This means that there is proof about the encoding of mutation. Our mutations aren’t pure accident; or at least no more accidental than your green eyes or your freckles. This has opened up an entire universe of possibilities, and I’ve recently located a…promising lead,” he says, eyes flickering. “A series of nucleotides that seem to serve no purpose in most people that have markedly different patterns in my own DNA, and the DNA of the one other mutant I’ve obtained a sample from. It’s much too early to draw conclusions, but…” Charles trails off, flushing again. He’s talking too much and too quickly.

"The double-helix," Erik nods, following along raptly. He'd heard of this, Watson and Crick made big waves. Even at MIT. DNA as a science was in its infancy, but - he circles the connecting strand. "This is hydrogen, if I recall? -- and the current theory is abiogenesis? Going from..." he draws a small squiggle, and then elaborates the basic shape of the DNA molecule. "This... genetic material, is the composite for everyone, is it not? That must make it individual? My genes must look different to yours, as I look different to you." It turned out that Charles evidently couldn't bore Erik away, because absent educational requirements, it seemed he had studied what he could for fun, in his spare time. Charles can feel the edge of a point to his question, though - a solemn urgency. Not pure scientific hypothesis nor curiosity, but the faintest edges of a warning.

Almost giddy with the news that Erik, too, has been keeping abreast of science’s latest achievements, he nods, lips smiling and broad, eyes wide. “Precisely,” he agrees, tapping Erik’s squiggle with his own index finger. “But at a very, very small scale. They’ve found that, among human beings, we share somewhere around 99.6% of the same code.” This theory hasn’t yet been fully accepted, but it’s bearing acceptance, so Charles decides to appropriate it. “Only .4% of your structure and my structure differ from each other, but that minute fraction accounts for 100% of the differences between you and I.” Still grinning, Charles draws another double-helix, but instead of drawing rungs between the edges, he jots down pairs of letters; A, C, G, or T. A near replica is drawn beside it, but he swaps one of the letter pairs for a different set.

“Because much of our DNA is identical, the places where it differs provide excellent leads for investigation. While I don’t what what sort of technology we’d need to possess to fully map the entirety of the human genome, we are able to at least observe the structural differences between different samples.” Charles circles the dissimilar pairs in each strand. “A human without a mutation might contain this structure,” he says, tapping at the first pair. “You, on the other hand, might have this one.” Another tap. “And that difference, expressed in the particularities of the rest of your body, enables you to manipulate magnetic elements. Within the particularities of my body, it enables me to hear the thoughts of others. This, of course, is a gross oversimplification, but it’s the basis of my research.”

"And you have some of these samples? Of yourself, other mutants?" Erik presses. It isn't accusatory as much as it is concerned. "Please, be careful," he just comes out and says it. "If there is some type of medical test that can determine who is or isn't a mutant, I would wager the government to be very interested in its application. Even more-so if they can compile a database of known mutants, or even find a way to revert a mutant back to baseline. All extralegally, of course." There's no denying his inherent cynicism, that it's the first thing he thinks of - but it can't be helped. Charles's work, it's incredible, but it's also dangerous. Erik can't stop himself from wondering if Charles is putting himself at real risk.

He studies Charles's much greater version of the shapes and strands that make up the spaghetti of their beings. "...Adenine, cytosine, guanine... tyrosine?" he taps each letter, and then the other A. He gets thymine wrong, and - "I forget what this one is," he says of adenosine, his lips hook up in a returning grin - but it's pretty decent for a layman. "This is incredible work. And you are working on this?" he pelts Charles with another question - it can't be helped. "Fascinating. Tell me more. Tell me - all of it. Everything." He reaches down at his feet to withdraw a notebook from his bag, slapping it onto the table along with a pencil. His handwriting - from his non-dominant hand (the dominant right one encircled by a thin black brace that straightens his fingers from what would otherwise be a ghastly, bent claw), is incredibly wobbly, but he poises the graphite tip to the page all the same.

Charles’s spirit deflates slightly at Erik’s warning, and he’s on the verge of protest before remembering exactly who he is speaking with. The government would never use this information for such purposes, he had been about to say, but is fortunate enough to pause. Of course they could, and of course some might. Hell, he’s stupid to think that his own is beyond that, what with the witch hunt for communists and the inhuman treatment of Japanese people just a few years ago. Erik is right, the territory toward which science is venturing is at once exciting and terrifying. “Thymine,” he says absently, considering the implications of Erik’s words.

“And you needn’t worry, not yet. No professors of mine are aware of the type of mutation that I’m searching for, and my only other sample is from my laboratory partner, Hank McCoy. Have you met him?” Before Erik answers, though, Charles watches him pull out a notebook of his own. He can’t help the next chuckle that bubbles from his throat, excited and endeared all at once. “It’s difficult to know where to begin,” he admits. “It may be easier to show you, rather than tell you, if you’re truly interested. We can go to the lab. Now, if you want; I’ve my own set of keys.”

For the first time all night, Erik's smile isn't tamped down. "Yes," he agrees instantly. He slides payment for both of their orders under a generous tip for Aoife before rising to his feet (and it's unnecessary, completely, on principle alone, Mr. Eton Pipeline--)- and Charles doesn't remember him being quite so tall, but looking up - he well-towers over Charles entirely. From across the room he'd been domineering in stature, a glowering menace. Up-close he's a veritable bean-pole, and just as thin.


He's practically chatty as they walk across campus, animated. "--and I think, mutations cannot be relative to a single factor - for example, in your case, your brain must have structures that can decode information inside neutrinos as they pass through solid objects - physics minor," he points to himself. "Just like a person with super-speed would have metabolic and structural divergence.. tell me if I sound like, ah, głupi idiota," he mimes hitting his head with the closed fist of his good hand.

Charles wonders how they look from a secondary perspective as they stroll through the darkened streets of Cambridge. Erik is markedly taller than he—perhaps six inches or more. His shoulders are broad, so he looks more solid than he is, but as they walk in stride, Charles notices just how thin he is. Matchstick legs, narrow wrists, hips that taper almost unfairly. He himself isn’t short—he’s near average, but beside Erik he feels minuscule. The questions are as exciting as the answers. Charles waves away Erik’s concern and delves into the affirmative. Yes, he confirms, mutations are far more complex than a few shifted nucleotides, they cascade across a series of linked mutations, a mutation which adapts to itself. He answers with rigor. Erik is well-versed in some of the granularities of biology to a surprising degree, so Charles doesn’t bother to forgo detail in favor of ease of explanation.

When Erik isn’t aware of a term, Charles briefly explains it, and then Erik files it away in that symphonic brain of his, ready to access again, or perhaps ready to employ as a piece within the greater puzzle. Fascinating. Exciting. Invigorating. Their conversation carries them into the Life Sciences laboratory space. Charles leads them through a series of doors and empty hallways until they arrive at his lab, the room that has become a second home. An electrical hum buzzes through the space after he flicks on the overhead bulbs, illuminating the room in a sterile wash of fluorescent light. Equipment lines the walls, with rows of workspaces covered in notebooks, scrap paper, and supplies cluttering their surface.

Charles deposits his bag on a stand beside the door and gestures for Erik to do the same before extracting four individual latex gloves from a box. It’s become a habit of all students and faculty who use this lab space to don gloves immediately upon arrival, and Charles has job plans to break the lab’s cardinal rules tonight. “Here, put these on, I—oh,” he stops, gloves extended toward Erik, eyes fixed on the hand encircled by a leather brace. “Er, you can wear only one, if you can’t fit this over that,” he offers. “Is your hand alright?”

"Ah, it's fine," he waves it off, dismissing easily. Another small injection of static - something Charles has come to recognize perhaps isn't fine, but that Erik is obscuring for his benefit. Not knowing how much information he's privy to, the impact of that data on Charles's brain, Erik has taken an extremely conservative approach with his thoughts, as much as he can. He moves slowly to unstick one glove from the other, but pulling it on over his hand comes with challenges. Eventually he rolls his eyes and flicks his wrist, and all of it unravels and easily takes care of itself. So it's not just metal - and it's not, as far as Charles is aware, the same thing as someone with a more telekinetic baseline. Erik is... something else. Something different.

"Permanently injured, but I'm accustomed to it," he says, not intending to be rude. His attention is drawn to the laboratory, though - eyes wandering over beakers, burners and cabinets full of chemicals. The opportunity to learn, to understand more, to gain more knowledge, was not something he could pass up. He picks up a notebook and rifles through it, eyes crossing a little at the shorthand. And he's nosy, too, poking this way and that.

"Chemistry... I think I... hm," Erik blinks a moment, and then suddenly flasks are descending upon them, and the burner in front of them heats. "Particle physics, that is what I am really interested in," he has to laugh. "Chemistry is its pair. And knowing--" he raises a small piece of tweed, left behind on the table from someone's hat undoubtedly. It abruptly transforms into a long strip of gold. "Learning about it, helped me to understand what I could do. Knowing the natural laws, how our universe is composed - is it like that for you, as well? You can build upon yourself, push yourself to the next event horizon."

For a brief moment, Charles considers extending an offer of help; it’s clear, now, that Erik’s right hand is nearly non-functional. The brace has a low profile, but its support extends long along the underside of Erik’s fingers, beyond his second knuckles. His fingertips, however, attempt to curl back toward the palm. It becomes evident within seconds, however, that Erik does not need assistance; through the abrupt static, Charles can feel a low churn of something that he’s never felt before. Erik, using his abilities, but to manipulate latex rather than metal. His eyes widen, and he glances at the tall man, who is now thumbing through a notebook with his good hand. What a wonder, Erik Lehnsherr. Physics flow through his body and out again; the man himself is a conduit.

Questions about a variety of unrelated things tumble through Charles’s head. How did you get injured? Does it hurt? Can you manipulate all materials? Do you realize how intoxicating you look in those bloody jeans? The telepath, of course, asks none of them, and instead strides toward a stainless steel cooler, from which he extracts a tray of test tubes and several Petri dishes. Before he can begin preparing his supplies, several items begin to move, seemingly of their own accord. A burner flickers on, glass beakers flock, and before his eyes, Erik performs alchemy. Charles’s jaw is slack as he stares at the thin ribbon of gold, luminous and perfect in the cold light of the lab. His eyebrows shoot upward as he reaches out to touch it, surprised to find it warm against his skin. “You can…you can transform atoms,” he says softly, understanding, now, that the mechanics of Erik’s mutation are more than simple ability. A marriage of practical science and innate nature. “That’s…goodness, Erik. You possess the power of the universe.”

"No," Erik looks at him very seriously. "Not the universe. Many things are closed to me. Just as they are to you," he draws back to their earlier conversation. "Electrons, they are the easiest. Metal is the most conducive element - for a long time, I thought it was limited to metal. It is in my best interest that people believe it is," he adds, wry. As though the universe itself is playing a cruel joke on him, Erik is bent over the microscope, looking at slides of bacteria and amoeba as he speaks. Either he doesn't know, and the man is as oblivious as he is tall, or he does know and that's somehow way worse. His mind is alight, from out of the shrieking static comes once more - tomes of poetry and playwright in the ether. An incandescent attention, for Charles alone. Well, and the amoeba. "You sell yourself short. Is the mind not the universe understanding itself? The fabric of reality, the illusion of constancy. I suspect if you were to apply yourself, you could do something very similar to me. And perhaps, I could do something similar to you. What is a human body, what is a thought, but an electrical impulse? We are far more alike than we are different, I think."

Still clutching the gold in fingers that feel clumsy, Charles watches Erik bend over and peer into a microscope. The curve in his back is elegant, graceful. Everything about him is graceful, save perhaps his social aptitude. The way he thinks, moves, reasons, argues. Like a figure from myth. “I’m not sure that I can,” Charles says absently. “What I can do feels more like a sensation. Thoughts are electrical impulses, sure, but the brain is a different medium. I can operate within that medium, but nowhere else.” Charles swiftly pushes a slide into Erik’s view, waiting for the man to focus the microscope. Once the knob stopped moving, Charles speaks again. “What you’re looking at is a sample of my DNA. It’s far too small to see, even with that microscope, but you’re looking at the code that, I believe, enables me to use that medium.” Stepping closer to Erik, Charles continues. “You’re right. I think that we’re far more alike than we are different, but the same code in two different people will produce wildly different expressions. You can harness electrons. I can’t. Not like you can. But that’s okay. It’s magnificent, the diversity. How wonderful it is that we have such similar genes and such variable bodies.”

"I can see it," Erik says softly. He's not looking at the microscope any longer, having straightened up. "The arrangement. How it is, how you are. I'm certain you've been called attractive many a time in your life, but perhaps it would be interesting to learn that your very molecular structure itself is -" he clears his throat, blinking a little as he forces himself to say - no use backing out now, Lehnsherr. In for a penny, in for a pound. "Pleasing as well." There's a catch beneath his thoughts, well-worn pages beneath his fingers stained with ink and wine. A favorite verse. One of his very, very favorites. That it arises now - that he can't help but consider it, is... well, he clears his throat again. He must be developing a cold, at this rate.

By night on my bed I sought him whom my soul loveth: I sought him, but I found him not. The watchmen that go about the city found me: to whom I said, Saw ye him whom my soul loveth? It was but a little that I passed from them, but I found him whom my soul loveth: I held him, and would not let him go...

Of all the compliments that Charles has received in his life, this one, commending the shape his molecular structure, is undoubtedly the strangest. It’s also the most touching, and it steals the words from his tongue. Yes, it’s well-accepted that, despite all of our attempts to regard the character of others rather than their physical appearance, the latter is what pulls the greatest focus. Charles knows that he’s attractive enough, but that never mattered much to him thus far. Why should he care about how others perceived something that he could not control? This….this is different. Yes, Erik is indeed commenting on something purely physical. Physicality in its purest form, actually.

Whether one enjoys brown eyes or blue eyes or fair hair or curls is subjective to the point of utter nonsense. There’s nothing true behind that type of physical attraction; it changes both with time and amongst individuals. Biology, however is real. Physics is real. Chemistry is real. They’re all that’s real, and if, at his only real point, Charles is attractive… His cheeks flush as he gazes up at the man, on the verge of dumbfounded. He doesn’t even stop himself from hearing the lines of verse that float into Erik’s surface level thoughts, and all at once, his own heart is beating faster, throbbing in his neck. He wonders if Erik can feel the iron in his blood as it raced within his veins.

“We can look at yours, too,” he says in a near whisper. “I’ll destroy the sample once we’re done so there’s no record of your DNA, but…goodness, Erik, we must see what you look like, too.”

"Come over here," Erik motions for him to take a spot beside him in front of the chalkboard, and waves down his hand. A white sheet falls from the ceiling, unfurling over it where a projected image would ordinarily be posed. His eyes slip closed, and from its spot in the dish, a few spots of Charles's blood sample along with a few hairs from Erik's head float unseen up to the backdrop, and then - all at once, the image they form is magnified by a magnitude of billions, letting Charles see with his own eyes, without need for a microscope, exactly what Erik sees. The shape of atoms themselves, their movements in orbit around one another, the forces that push and pull them together. This is the world, to Erik. Everything is this way - inside the spaces between solid matter.

"Neutrinos," he murmurs softly, "they hold more information than you could possibly understand by reading it in a book. It's not just a thought that you might one day know, but every bit of history and every experience ever imprinted onto any object. Organic or otherwise. Your potential is limitless. It's not just the brain, Charles. It's everything. This is at the heart of our abilities, every single one of us. Defying physics? No, it is physics. All of it." He taps his own temple. "It makes me nervous, I will be honest with you. I cannot imagine how - how it must feel, to be privy to everything. It's honestly been... existential," he laughs again, eyes creased at their edges, a span of freckles across his nose expanding as it wrinkles up.

"What experience is, what matters, what the difference is between learning and experience - if there is a difference. It's not just power that you wield. Your gift is -- beautiful." You are, goes unsaid. Erik knows that it isn't unsaid, and tries not to waver at all - tries to remain brave in the face of this least-understood facet of human-to-human interaction. He gestures to the front of the room, as if to say, see? 

The display that floats before Charles’s eyes is too sublime to ever quantify. The first time he had ever peered through a microscope had been a moment of euphoria; seeing the evidence of particular life before his own eyes. Tiny greyscale dots, floating listlessly in clear solution, a symbol representing all that lie within. To watch as each particle balloons to the size of a pinhead, an apple seed, a marble, a golf ball, an orange…. Chains of life suspend in midair. All of the material that forms Charles Xavier and Erik Lehnsherr, clear as a photograph in the center of his lab. Their essence, their core. Visible, tangible. Beautiful.

“Oh, Erik,” is all Charles can whisper, frozen at the taller man’s side. He wants to rush toward the structures, to touch them, to hold them in his hands. Impossible, he knows, but oh so alluring. “Neutrinos,” he repeats finally, eyes unblinking as they fix on his own strand, the spiral staircase. “I…yes, I know.” He understands what Erik is saying implicitly, the platonic method of learning-as-a-recollection-of-that-which-we-already-know. “Beauty is truth, and truth beauty. That is all ye know on earth, and all ye need to know.” The words of John Keats are spoken aloud, Charles’s turn to draw upon verse to categorize the moment. The structures might even resemble the Grecian Urn mythologized in Keats’s heartbreaking ode, containing music and imagination that no human ears would ever hear, no human mind would ever think.

Except Erik’s, maybe. And his. Maybe his. Finally, Charles turns to face Erik once more, expression some mixture of elation, apprehension, and collusion. “I don’t know what to do, now,” he admits with a breathless laugh. “It seems as if you and I are sitting at the brink of something incredible, but I don’t know what that yet is, or what to do with it when we find out.” His hands reach out and clasp Erik’s own—his right squeezing Erik’s left, and his left gently cradling the injured appendage, careful and delicate. “But we need to do something. You must agree.”

"Fluttering among the faint Olympians, I see, and sing, by my own eyes inspired," Erik recites back, because of course Charles knew the Great Odes, it'd be silly if he didn't, but Erik can't help it - above physic, above law, above contemporary means, lies poetry. "I do," he agrees with a solemn nod. "I agree. This - all of this, will it help? Help us find them? Reach them? Our people. The more we know about one another, the more of each other we know - right now, all over the world, we are - infinitesimal. People will find a way to make that ugly, and make that horrific. The only chance we stand as a species is to stand together."

He squeezes Erik’s good hand once again, a kinship unlike he’s ever felt before blossoming in that small space between his chest and Erik’s own. “I agree that we must come together, people like us,” he says. “Whether to protect ourselves or simply to learn, we must find each other. I imagine that there are those out there who feel entirely alone, scared, wondering convinced that they’re freakish.” The memory of the first night that he and Raven met flashes. Small children discovering a companion for the first time in each other, the incredible relief of similitude. “Let’s find them together.”

"Oh!" Erik gasps, hand flying up to his cheek as though to press the images that aren't his own even closer. Charles can't help but see as though the loudest ringing of a bell - it had been so long since he'd felt this particular sensation, he half turned and expected to see a ghost. Someone inside of his mind - a sensation inside of him put there by someone else, the warmth of family. Erik is incredibly embarrassed to realize his eyes have grown hot, and he stands very still to prevent unshed tears from shedding. "Who-and she's blue---?"

Erik’s sudden outburst catches Charles by surprise, and only then does he realize that he’s projecting. “Oh,” he echoes, eyes widening upon discovering that Erik is swelling with emotion, to the point of tears. Oh. Charles rarely fumbles like this anymore; accidental projections only happen when he’s either truly tired or truly distracted. Enraptured by Erik and their future and the stunning beauty of being alive, he’s allowed his memory of a young Raven, blue-skinned, yellow-eyed, to work its way into Erik’s frontal lobe. “I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to do that,” he breathes, watching the tears obscure Erik’s green eyes. “That’s Raven, my adoptive sister. What you’re seeing is my recollection of the first night we met. I was ten, she was seven. Wandered into my house, looking for food and a warm place to sleep. I…may have nudged my mother into allowing her to stay.”

"She's blue," Erik repeats, but it's not horrified or confused. "Wonderful. Do you still speak to her? She - you grew up together?" he asks, getting a rein on himself as quickly as he'd loosed it. "I can - feel it. Feel what you feel for her. Like it's my own." His hand, the good one, is settled over his heart, like he's afraid it had stopped beating at some point. He makes a little sound, swallowing harshly. "You still have her?"

The question, phrased in that way, makes Charles feel immensely sad. He quickly closed off that vein of the connection, ensuring that Erik feels nothing but the affection that he has for Raven. That little girl, the one with the braids and freckles and gap-toothed smile, from Erik’s memories…his own sister. The loss is palpable. “I do,” he says. “She travels quite a bit, spends a lot of time in Europe, but her home base is actually my apartment.” A small smile. “She’s arriving on a plane from Lisbon tomorrow afternoon, actually. I’ll be picking her up. Why don’t you join us tomorrow for dinner? We always go for pizza, when she comes back from a trip.”

"I would like that," Erik replies, letting the images slowly fade, along with the feelings - those take longer, as though burned into him. Perhaps they were. It had been a long, long time since he'd felt something like that. He wasn't even aware he still could, and that, more than anything, is the reason he'd so visibly cracked at the sensation. "Is she... aware? Of your..." Erik gestures between them. Affliction, Charles had called it, though Erik does no such thing, not even privately.

Charles grins. Raven, he decides, will love Erik. She’s always complaining about Charles’s choice of friends, deeming them too posh or stuffy or closed-minded. “She does,” Charles says, noting the intensity deflate from Erik’s mental energy. Perhaps he’s calmed by the idea of meeting more mutants. Meeting a little sister. “She made me promise never to keep any secrets from her, since she technically can’t keep any from me.” A chuckle. “You should know, she isn’t always blue. She’s a shapeshifter. She can assume the physical appearance of any person she’s seen before. It’s remarkable, her ability. I think you’ll agree."

"Shapeshifting," Erik repeats dumbly. He supposes it's not much different from turning tweed to gold, but it's a comparatively simple process. Both materials are inorganic. And not conscious. The idea of attending a family dinner is -- it sets Erik aback, truthfully. (There's laughter / a hand hovering over dirt-encrusted root vegetables / clapping and dancing / and suffocating loneliness / disconnection / stutters / idź do domu! nie pasujesz tutaj! / smoke-filled stages, like dust and shining chrome, the endless desert) "I have never had pizza," he admits wryly. (Maybe it wouldn't be like that.)

The memory flashes across Charles’s vision like a movie, as do Erik’s associated feelings. Comfort. Warmth. And then—emptiness. Cold. Fear. Anguish—despair. Charles shivers where he stands, watching Erik’s troubled eyes. “No?” Charles asks, though it’s not entirely surprising. “It’s…indulgent. I tried it for the first time after moving back to the US. It’s decadent and a bit messy. You’ll like it, I think.” Feeling a bit like a voyeur, Charles isn’t sure if it’s wrong that he hasn’t acknowledged the snippets of Erik’s past that he’s this far been privy to. He supposed that there’s no use in hiding it now, so he clears his throat before speaking again. “Was that your family?” he asks quietly, carefully. “The dancing?”

"Kurwa," he mutters the curse under his breath. "I apologize - forgive me, I am still growing accustomed to this," Erik pastes on a grim smile. "But no," he shakes his head once. "Not my family. Just... a place I stayed, for a while. After." The image opens up in his mind a little more - fields of twisting corn stalks and blazing-hot sun. "I will do my very best to ensure that my thoughts are more controlled from now on," he promises softly. "I would be honored to share pizza with you and your sister." It's silly and stilted and formal, but entirely Erik.

“I’m not asking you to control yourself around me, Erik.” His voice is urgent, earnest. Most who know of his mutation work hard to keep their thoughts quiet and uncontroversial around him, and Charles hates that. Hates that he’s the gag order, the problem. “I don’t mean to pry into your thoughts, I really don’t. But when they’re intense or vivid, it’s impossible not to see, sometimes. That doesn’t mean you shouldn’t think freely.” With that out of the way, Charles smiles again and nods. “And we’d be honored to share it with you, too. Speaking of…shall we think about getting something to eat? Or—“ it’s now well past 11, and the only place that will be open is the all-night diner on the other side of campus, near the bridge. A good twenty minutes away on foot, and in the opposite direction of home for both of them. “Are you hungry?”

Erik holds up a hand, though, stalling the conversation from where it had been directed, decidedly not out of the way for him. "Let me ask you this. If someone - a... friend, or Raven. Someone you knew. Had a memory, and you gained that information in your mind. Is that the same thing as you having experienced it? If someone recalls being punched in the face, do you interpret that data as a memory of your own? Do you feel the sensations? Do you know what it is like?"

Charles accepts the redirection, happy enough to satisfy Erik’s curiosity. “Yes and no,” he answers. “And it’s quite dependent on the content. Often times, people don’t viscerally remember sensations. They can remember the way they felt, but it’s rare for someone to ever relive an actual sensation. If someone recalls being punched in the face, I see their recollection like a film or a radio broadcast, depending on whether they’re a visual thinker or not. And I’ll remember it as I remember a film or recording. I don’t integrate it as my memory.” Charles shifts his weight onto his other foot. “However, if I’m in someone’s head, and they’re actively feeling a sensation, then I feel it, too. It becomes my own memory, because it’s my own sensation. If I were in your head as you were being punched in the face, I would feel what you felt until I extracted myself. Then, though I technically would have no physical injury, the pain might linger psychosomatically.”

"What about... if someone is... what about if someone is not psychologically stable? Could they... could that cause you to be exposed to stimulus that normally would not affect you? Pulling you 'in', so to speak? Do you have to choose to be in someone's mind, or does it happen involuntarily? Does the strength of a person's emotion or memory affect how intense your perception is?"

Charles frowns, considering the question carefully. “I’m…not sure,” he admits. “This scenario has never happened to me before, and I’ve encountered plenty of unstable minds, as you say. I suppose that this person would have to know I’m in their head and have to actively do something to keep me there. It’s possible; whenever I manipulate someone’s thoughts, I’m simply using their own mind to carry out a task that they could carry out on their own. It’s not out of the realm of possibility for someone to develop a method of keeping me locked inside.”

Erik blinks several times at that, initially dismissing it as irrelevant to his concerns, but then really considering what that might entail. "That... I suppose that makes some sense. So you do not just 'read' passing information, you can embody another person entirely, essentially supplanting your own consciousness with theirs, while retaining some form of awareness? Like a lucid dream." He brushes that aside, coming back around to the topic. "Please know it is not your mutation that causes me discomfort. I do not place a premium on what others value about their thoughts. My reticence is solely because I do not wish to cause you harm, nor frighten you or make you sad. If there is a possibility that my experiences could be misinterpreted by your brain as your own - I could not allow that to happen, Charles. It would be - do you understand? It would be unconscionable."

Charles is unsurprised by Erik’s earnest concern, but it makes him smile a watery smile nonetheless. Most who hesitate around him do so out of concern for their own privacy, and Charles does not blame them. The head is supposed to be a quiet place, a private place where one can think their worst thoughts. No one wants an audience. Erik’s primary concern, though, is for him. “That is very thoughtful of you,” he says. “But you need not worry. I will tell you that I am accustomed to being affected by the thoughts of others. I encounter the entire spectrum of human emotion on a daily basis, Erik. It’s become part of my own existence. Much of the time, I can ignore it, or at least regulate how it affects me. I would never want you to temper yourself for my sake.”

"I do not want to hurt you. My life has been... a sad life." Erik has a singular talent for understatement, there. "Regretfully so. Not self-pity, but a practical consideration, given your abilities." and Erik smiles genuinely, this time. "What you feel for your sister - thank-you. For sharing it with me. She is lucky to have you. I really would be quite pleased to meet her." He clicks his tongue for a moment before saying allowing the heaviness in the moment to subside with a far more pressing question: "how long has it been since you have eaten a home-cooked meal?"

Charles wants to promise Erik that even if his memories are painful, they’re not going to break Charles. Memories and emotions are so central to the human experience, and as painful as it is sometimes, Charles knows that he’s lucky to have this window to someone so pure and genuine. But, he doesn’t. He simply smiles softly, not wanting to belabor this point. It will come with time. At the question, he raises a brow. “How did you know that I’m a horrendous cook?” he chuckles, pushing his hand through his hair. There’s day-old gel in it, and the action leaves it standing up in the back, but he can’t be bothered to pat it down. “Let me think…Christmas, 1948? It’s the last time I lived at home.”

"My apartment is near here - I live alone." It's an unusual circumstance, given his association with the independent living group on campus, but it's undeniably convenient. Erik's hand reaches toward Charles's hair completely without his volition, and hovers just above his head before he realizes what he's almost done and lowers his arm - awkward, but he presses on anyway, because - He doesn't know why. Because Charles looks like he lives off of eggs and bread and noodles. Because he doesn't know how to use hair gel and does know Keats. "Much closer than the diner, and I am an excellent cook. It is, after all, just chemistry."

A small part of Charles is still in disbelief that he’s being invited over to Erik Lehnsherr’s apartment, but after the evening that they’ve just shared, it simply feels impossible to part. He’s slightly disappointed that those long fingers on his good hand didn’t pat his hair down, but he smiles anyway, eager for the night to continue. “I can’t say no to that,” he says honestly. “Best I can pull together is toast and jam.” Within minutes, the lab is back in order, and they’re out on the street again, the orange glow of the halogen bulbs casting a film through the damp air.


As they walk, Charles thinks of Erik’s memories again, of the sharp transition between comfort and anguish. “Who taught you how to cook?” he asks, knowing that he’s likely intruding into a space that Erik may want to keep private. “I was never allowed in the kitchen. When I first moved here, I had to have the sweet old woman who lived next door explain to me how to light a stove.”

"Ah, you did not bring the maid with you?" Erik's practically smirking, rocking back on his heel as the paragon of virtue. Charles's last question causes a small rise in that static again, but this time, Erik's prepared and barely even bristles as he answers, "my father. He taught me how. My mother, she once exploded a turkey. No more turkey for her." It's lighthearted, and Erik's expression doesn't shift much, but Charles can feel how much it costs him.

“Tried to, but no one wanted to clean a college boy’s filthy apartment, no matter the wage,” Charles quips back easily as they walk. He feels the spike in Erik’s head at the question, but appreciates the answer, and the notes attempt at keeping the conversation light. “What was your father’s specialty?” he continues. “Something he made better than anyone?” It’s glaringly obvious that Charles speaks of Erik’s father in the past tense; it’s not a secret that Charles knows where Erik came from, what he endured, so there’s no sense in pretending, he thinks. Erik shouldn’t have to be tasked with explaining the story in some sort of abridged overture, for Charles’s sake.

Erik knows, and tries his best to press that sliver of gratitude forward. "Phyllo," Erik answers immediately. "He was from Salonika, originally. He could make pastry like nothing you have ever had. Even with all the power of the universe at my fingers, I cannot replicate it." He wonders if Charles can sense this - the memory of him, grubby, child-like fingers with flaky pieces of dough coating his hands. Laughter. The joy that was there.

A short but poignant wave of joy presses from Erik’s head, and Charles smiles, glad that the man derives joy from these memories. Good. Everyone deserves happy memories, memories that can’t be taken away. “Your father was Greek?” he asks, intrigued. “You’re Greek?”

"Half, I suppose?" he laughs a bit. He's never thought of himself in the same way - the way a Greek person might. It was always more relevant to him that he was Jewish, Sephardic to be exact - that was the scandal, at least to hear his mother tell it. But she preferred Iakov's hamin, so it all worked out. For a time.  "I can speak a little Ladino and Greek both." It puts the tally of languages he could speak at at least five. "But, I am Polish," he confirms Charles's prior interpretations of his memory easily. "From Łódź, or Litzmannstadt." He pronounces it like wooj, or close-to, and adds its alternate name in case the first was unrecognizable.

"Tell me about you? Britain?" he guesses, based on Charles's accent.

Charles abruptly looks at Erik when the man mentions the German name for the town, brought to prominence by the German occupation and conversion of the lively urban center to a ghetto. There’s a dark expression on his face, one that tells of sardonic pain. “Łódź,” he repeats in Erik’s pronunciation, only butchering it slightly. “Sort of,” he muses dryly at the question. “I was born in New York. My mother is British, as are the women who raised me. I spent a fair amount of time in London as a child, and then went to secondary school in England. My father was an American. His family has been in this country since before it was a country, but they’ve Scottish roots.”

Erik's eyebrow arches, curious. "The women who raised you? Other than your mother?" He doesn't put together that Charles means anything like a nanny, such a thing totally foreign to him. It sounds... lonely. Erik has a great deal of loss in his history, but he had known love. Real love, genuine love. He had been raised with its certainty, regardless of the context of occupation and poverty. He knew he was loved. He wonders if Charles did.

Charles’s cheeks redden a touch at Erik’s question, but he nods. It’s his turn, he supposes, to offer up some of the grimmer facets of his life. “My mother is…distant,” he says, voice even. “I was raised by nannies, primarily. Mother wasn’t much interested in or equipped for mothering. My father was much more involved, but he died when I was very young.”

"I am very sorry," Erik presses his hand over Charles's heart. Both for the loss of his father and evidently having never been in possession of a proper mother. It does explain some of their differences in ideology. Erik puts that together well - Charles is always so assured he can individually change the tides, person to person. While Erik is concerned with systematic violence, not person to person. He suspects this might be the reason for their departure.

And because he'd been exposed to more radical ideology overseas, he nevertheless left for the same reason - too much pain. Too much pain caused by them. They were not ready, they were not well. There had to be an alternative, something in-between terrorism and horror that preserved life and dignity and self-determination. He didn't know what that was, and now mutants were facing the same existential threat.


"You will have to forgive the conditions," he says as he leads them up the stairs to the townhouse. Charles had just seen him create gold from nothing, so poverty was not an issue for Erik anymore. But he did live modestly - his apartment had a kitchen, living area and bedroom sparsely decorated. Boxes still lined the walls that he hadn't unpacked, furniture gifted to him by the organizations and the kibbutz, still dusty and unused.

Its only point of originality is the various plants that make their home along the darkened fire pit and the window ledges and shelves. Cacti and mother-in-law's tongue and tomato trellises. And the kitchen, with its kitsch paintings and clay bowls decorated by the children that lived on the farm with him. They hadn't minded when he asked to take them, silly and irreverent but - they made him smile, and he hadn't expected to have company. Ever. Welp.

The pots and pans and utensils are brand new and scuffed with use already, and Erik only has one set - anyone who knew the significance would realize this made him a vegetarian, but he doesn't draw attention.

The gesture takes him aback; Erik is genuinely empathetic for him, and Charles’s flush can only deepen. His upbringing was lonely, sure, but it was still one of immense privilege. He never wanted for anything material, only love. But he doesn’t know any different. He was always safe, clothed, fed, educated, catered to. Silver spoon on a silver platter. Still, the gesture is touching, and Charles feels suddenly forlorn for something he never experienced. “Thank you, it’s alright,” is all he can murmur.

He glances about Erik’s townhouse as he enters the living room, smirking. It’s Spartan, utilitarian, and exactly how Charles imagined that it would be. “Nothing to forgive, it’s perfect,” he says as he follows Erik into the kitchen, which is a bit more decorated. He eyes the bowls that line one of the shelves, noting they’re homemade appearance. Cute. “How can I help?” Charles asks then as he hangs his jacket over the back of a chair and pulls off his necktie. The first two buttons of his shirt come undone quickly after, and the looseness makes him sign with relief. “I’m utterly useless for the most part, but I can chop, stir, or hand you things.”

The ice box has no ice, and yet is cold, and while the place has lights, if Charles were to inspect the fuses he'd discover they weren't connected to anything that ran - Erik didn't bother paying for electricity, the whole place coming alive as he approached instead. Erik pulls out some tomatoes, salt, feta, mint, oil, zucchini, pumpkin mash, lemon, onion, a container of tzatziki, a bouquet of fresh dill, basil, parsley and oregano and the ingredients for batter. He directs Charles through the chopping and comes up behind him, touching his arm and repositioning his hand over the knife correctly with a tap to the top of his palm. It's - intimate, but gentle, without pressure or expectation. He really did mean just a meal.

All of the ingredients are rolled into balls and deep-fried, and as it cooks Erik unrolls some pre-made phyllo and puts together a basic baklava that would ordinarily take a while to cook, but with a tap, it transforms into its finished component easily. He plates the whole thing, which turns out to be zucchini and tomato fritters with a side of espresso-style coffee. It's typical Mediterranean fare, what he'd eaten at home given his mother's propensity to explode the kitchen and in Haifa as well, having clustered together with other survivors of Salonika. "Bon appétit," he jokes dryly as he sets a hand on Charles's shoulder to guide him to sit at the small table smashed up against the kitchen walls.

His own leather jacket divested, he wears a simple white button-down (easier with the hand) underneath, that's somewhat rumpled, but clean. It's the tiny things that suggest Erik is alone, and not precisely skilled at caring for himself, but at least the dinner is easy and delicious. Most of which is accomplished via precise applications of his mutation, given his injury. It's served on a plate with a shining sun and moon, each with happy faces and cool 'shades', and a blue mug with hand-painted Hebrew letters and flowers.

Charles accepts the corrections, the current between his hand and that of Erik’s feeling like an electrical pulse. Knowing what they had just seen, it very well might be. He’s about to ask Erik how he manages to cook with only one functional hand, but stops himself before asking such an obvious question. He’s then about to ask why in the world Erik is having him chop vegetables if the Polish man is perfectly capable of doing so without any physical labor, and then decides not to. Truly, Charles is happy to contribute to their meal in this way. The first meal he’s ever even attempted to make. What he throws together for himself can’t be considered a meal, can it? Toast and the occasional bowl of buttered noodles? No…this is good. He’s learning.

It’s almost like magic, Charles thinks, as the aromatic ingredients come together to form food. Fried vegetable fritters with dips and thin bread that Erik calls “pita.” That flaky pastry layered with pistachio and honey is called baklava, and a side of espresso complements it all. He’s never had food like this before. There are no Mediterranean restaurants in this part of Boston, and none of the chefs ever would have dreamed to prepare something so foreign to them. “This smells utterly delightful,” Charles beams, though he’s unsure how he’s supposed to even begin eating this. Raven pokes fun at him for the way he eats pizza; he uses his knife and fork while others typically eat it with their hands, but some habits are difficult to kill.

He decides to stab one of the fritters with a fork and cut off a small corner, spooning some of the yogurt dip with a complicated Greek name (tatziki? zatsiki?) on top of it. When he takes a bite, all of the flavors seem to explode in his mouth all at once. The mint is strong but not overpowering, perfectly enhancing the tomato and zucchini. “Oh, wow,” he murmurs. “This is…my goodness. This is delicious.”

There's no mistaking the pleasure that suffuses Erik as Charles eats - and that he likes it. A sense of pride, or at least delight. There's something set deep into his being about food, and it would be obvious why, except that it's just part and parcel for the culture he'd grown up in. Jews and food had a long and storied history, featuring heavily in various holidays and services

(Charles sees kiddush - a type of luncheon at the end of shul - Erik attends a Conservative synagogue - not Reform, not Orthodox, but somewhere middling with mixed seating for men and women and more progressive attitudes - with its table of North American and Middle Eastern cuisine both mixed together - and sees Erik in the kitchens, towering over his peers and largely silent, together and yet apart --)

Food. They tried to kill us, we survived, let's eat! This is the first time he's ever had someone in his home, a place that solely belongs to him - his space. There are a lot of rumors about Erik circulating at the university, most of which consign him as inhospitable and cruel or even dangerous, but there is warmth here. Perhaps only visible to Charles, and perhaps this is intentional. But unmistakable, for Charles, at least. "What you put into it affects the taste," Erik says, and he doesn't mean ingredients as much as intention. Friendship, companionship. Cooperation. That's what aba always said to him. He hadn't quite understood until adulthood, until he was able to cook for himself and others and experiment on his own.

"I will teach you to make it," he says, and it sounds like a promise. "You should eat more than soup, or take-out." Erik has to laugh a little for how he sounds just like Mrs. Cernik, for all that she chides him about being too skinny whilst Erik listens to her wax poetic on shtetl life over the mah-jongg table. Some things are just universal, and Erik is entering his Old Bitty Era.

Charles understands what Erik implies and feels warmth at the thought. Made with love, his favorite nanny used to say to him sometimes as she’d set a warm a piece of cake in front of him. He’d always thought that the cakes and biscuits and pies made with love tasted a whole lot sweeter than the ones made without. “I know that I should,” he agrees. He’s always been slender, but since arriving in Boston, he has gotten smaller, less healthy, less vital. A diet of beer and simple carbohydrates and minimal fresh vegetables would do that do anyone. “I can’t imagine that I’ll ever have the capabilities that you have, but wouldn’t mind learning a few tricks.” Another warm smile toward the man who has so quickly become so dear. A man out of another time and place. A specimen of physical perfection, atomically and anatomically. Beautiful in body and in mind.

“Does your hand hurt?” He hears himself ask, and he doesn’t know why he chooses this particular moment to do so. “If it does, I can help.”

Erik gives a slight shrug and a small smile. "I am accustomed to it," he says back, soft. "Please, do not worry yourself over me." But the answer to Charles's question is evident in the small pin-pricks and pulses he can feel that aren't submerged beneath radio-static. It's not just Erik's hand, but most of his body, with aches and creaks and groans of a man decades older, with pain-points at his knees and shoulders and along his back and neck. "You will not need such capabilities," Erik finds himself saying. "I will make certain you are well-fed." That is a promise.

Charles cocks a brow at Erik’s answer. Yes, is what that means. It does cause him pain. Ignoring the man’s promise to keep him fed and healthy, Charles extends his sixth sense toward Erik, making his presence at the outer bounds of Erik’s mind felt, but he does not enter. Not yet, not without permission. “As complex as it feels,” he says, applying only the lightest amount of pressure to Erik’s psyche. “Pain is simple. Simple to create, simple to eradicate. If you let me in, I can block it for you. Permanently, temporality, only halfway…however you want. You need only say the words.”

Erik's gaze burns into him. "Charles," he says, barely above a whisper. "You would do me a great kindness, but -" his eyes close, vivid hues of malachite disappearing behind long-lashes. Almost too long, for a man. He thumbs at his nose, breathing in. "I could never do that to you. To let you in, as you said, you would -" he clears his throat. "Can you promise that you would not feel it? Like it's your own. That you could distance yourself in that way? Because -" he falls off, a little, at the sensation of Charles surrounding his mind, and inhales audibly through his nose.

There's a spark, a brilliant light that melts through his body like butter. Unlike anyone else he had met, whose reaction to such an event would undoubtedly be discomfort and confusion and fear - Erik isn't afraid. On the contrary, he seems to enjoy it. But he has to wrangle himself, to bring himself under marshal. He cannot be selfish, not with this. He cannot imprint onto Charles what has been imprinted onto him. That would make him no better than the men who inflicted his pain.

"Charles," he almost mumbles.

Charles can sense the apprehension in Erik’s voice, and before he can stop himself, he reaches out to place a hand on his shoulder. Broad as it is, it’s slightly bony under his touch. The physical connection only reinforces the telepathic pathway between them, and Charles presses just a little harder against the bounds. “Any pain I feel will be temporary,” he promises in a steady, confident voice. “And if you want me to avoid memories or images or thoughts associated with any injury, I can.” His fingers tighten around Erik’s shoulder, and he finds himself yearning to push through the barrier and, for the first time, truly enter Erik’s mind. He’s been listening to it from afar for weeks and weeks, parsing through the surface thoughts that form his aura, but he hasn’t been inside, not yet. “I’ll be okay, Erik. For once, let yourself be taken care of, hmm? Let me take care of you.”

Oh, fuck. Something in Erik swerves at that, and he lets out a completely involuntary gasp as Charles's thumb brushes against the exposed skin on his neck. He was not supposed to say yes. He was not supposed to agree to this. Charles buoying along his consciousness - before he knows what to do with himself, Charles can feel as Erik's mind instinctively reaches back. The profound isolation of two souls in unison - alone, apart, separate. The disparity between the frigid harshness of Erik's outward demeanor at odds, juxtaposed with the real affection Charles can sense - for him.

He is not the only one who has watched from afar. He has watched as Erik's irritation for perceived naivete opens into respect, appreciation and yes - desire. That he's kept clamped, even now, having never felt it before - having had himself twisted by past-prologue. His good hand grips into the top of his thigh, desperate for purchase. Not understanding - this man who waltzed into his life and turned everything upside-down, and he didn't even know it.

"W porządku," Erik rasps back with a voice like gravel, English momentarily forsaking him.


Charles doesn’t hesitate. As soon as he’s given the harsh assent, he eases through the barrier and settles into the magnificent mind of Erik Lehnsherr. And once inside, it’s… An audible gasp escapes Charles’s lips, eyes fluttering shut. It’s as if he’s a patron of the arts, walking into the Sistine Chapel for the first time, gazing upon a masterpiece so incomprehensible that all he can do is stare. What he had been hearing, from way out there, is nothing compared to the elegant and graceful space he finds himself in. “Oh,” he whispers, fingers digging slightly into the man’s exposed skin. Yes, Charles thinks. He can live in here. Except… As he settles into the gorgeous architecture of Erik’s brain, abuzz with poetry and music, a darker, ominous force tantalizes him. He turns, and a corridor unfolds before him, powerful and frightening. The horrors of Erik’s past, occupying a vast artery of space.

The scars are clear, etched into the contours of raven the loveliest eaves. His eyes fill with tears as forces brilliant and mysterious dance together, underpinned by the ever-present reality of all that has happened to him. Before he can reduce to complete nothingness, Charles remembers that he’s here for a purpose. Yes, pain. A lot of pain. The center not far off from this grand atrium, and regretful as he is to leave, Charles respects his mission and traverses toward the prefrontal cortex. The pain center. It’s only seconds before Charles extends himself outward, allowing himself to physically feel what Erik does at that very moment. There’s intense electricity, a fast-beating heart, and then—

“Mm,” he grunts, an uncomfortable wince quickly snaking down his body. Not just toward his hand, but through his knees, shoulders, hips, back… There’s a pocket of memory sitting beside him now. Associations with each of the maladies. Though tempted, Charles focuses on the physical, swiftly casting a wave over the pathways responsible for the discomfort. Several of them begin to quiver before they settle again, deactivated. The pain in his own body wanes quickly, nearly disappearing. There’s stuff stiffness in his hand, but no longer a tight throb.

Is that better? he asks Erik from within, eyes still closed.


Whatever Charles could do to Erik’s mind, it has already been done. It's bent and twisted like fingers crunching metal structures into unnatural shapes, an endless fog of white-radio static and walls upon walls, spires rising into space. As deep as Charles could go, he still encountered resistance and decoys and clones and microscope-filaments sectioned into mirrored pieces. Meandering from blackness to blackness to blackness and inky event horizons to the center of a white room, and it sharpened into focus. As he grows closer to that pain, Charles can't see past his nose, the rest blurred from view. Revolting bleach in the air, on the back of his tongue mixed with bitter almonds.

Across from him, Erik's hands have found Charles's as a grounded lodestone magnetic-currents zapping to root in their feet. Don't look, neshama. Look away. Like she said, rifle pressed to her temple. Look away, look away

-we are digging a grave in the sky and it’s ample to lie there he shouts play death more sweetly Death is a Master from Deutschland you rise then in smoke, we drink you at nightfall, we drink you at evening and morning we drink and we drink-

The endless white of the chambers, the sound of mottled, purpled corpses as they dragged across linoleum. Watching Erik's mutation trace over people's metal fillings as the first things he took stock of. The bitter pejoratives spat at him in Jo'ara. Collaborator. Nazi. The new pejoratives that followed. Summer is a time of suffering for our people. Because they all of them were starving and furious and directionless.

You're an Omega-level mutant, g-ddammit. Just move the coin! You better be good for something. He couldn't move it, he didn't know what a mutant was - only that he wasn't one, that he couldn't - the metal coin that winds through his fingers, thunderstorms in the distance, where they trudge aimlessly through the atmosphere.

In the deep-deep world where Ruthie sing-songs childishly at him and zeyde teaches him about simcha, savlanut, tikvah and ima let him strike the match-swaying firelight after dark-baruch atah Adonai Eloheinu melech ha'olam asher kidishanu b'mitzvotav, vitzivanu l'hadlik ner shel Chanukah- the brilliant metallic echoes of instruments in meticulous fingers that guide him. Zeyde's worktable. This place is warm from winter and glitches -- he's seated, eating something from a tin. Sardines, or tuna. Piles of clothes in an empty space. They're all dead, and he's digging through sardines, an unlit cigarette dangling from his lips --- endless blank spaces. No dreams, no hopes, no needs. Disconnected from nerves, separated from sensation. Where one has died but still walks the earth, a comforting lullaby of electrons floating in the air, floating on particles. Lounging on atoms the size of a skyscraper.

The crack! of someone's boot ramming down on his hand held down. Raucous laughter. Bent angles, sorrowed angles. It's easy to forget that once he had been a boy, forced to witness the destruction of his people and his culture. Forced to participate in its process, to steal from the dead and strip them of their belongings, leaving them naked and blue. Mouths contorted in terror, often with their eyes bulged from their heads. From the cart, came the fire. When he was a child (what he defines as child, at least) he remembers the old Rebbe explaining tachrichim, taharat. Their rituals of mourning and death. How important it was to bury the body quickly. How necessary it was to respect the dead and treat their bodies with compassion.

To clean every inch of dirt from them, to wrap them in a white shroud - the symbol of purity, and deposit them into the Earth. Whole, for they would be recalled again to take their portion of Olam Haba - the world to come. A human body completely burns at 982.22 degrees Celsius. Disintegrated into ash and pulverized bones, and rises out from the crematoria in large plumes of thick black smoke that coat his skin and leave their thick, filmy residue on his tongue. The air tastes of it. The stench. Raining their anguish over him, their betrayal and fury at what he had done to them. Surely, he has been made kareth. Cut off from the spiritual center of his kind. The vibrating strings of each component of his soul - the breath of life, the light of reason and compassion, the winds by which they are delivered.

Ripped out of him like frayed cords. When such experiences transformed him into a man, and then Schmidt - who found other uses for him still. One might pity him, think him broken by it, but that supposes he had a heart left to break. In the deep-deep world where he wasn’t an instrument of his own culture’s obliteration, where he could still feel sorrow and trace winding kinos over wavering voices- Look at me G-d; the roads of the temple became desolate when the walls of Yerushalayim were breached. Torah scroll that was consumed by fire, ask about the welfare of those who gasp as they lie in the dust of the Earth, who grieve and are bewildered over the burning of your parchment...


In the Real where the wetness in his eyes has eclipsed its holding-place and streaks freely down his cheeks, dripping onto his collar expressionlessly. And then it wobbles, a bubble popped - the pain mutes down and evaporates and Erik gasps aloud, as though breaking through the surface of an interminable ocean. It sends a wave of ease through him that he hasn't felt... ever. Perhaps, ever. Charles asks him - and he hears it in his own mind. It's said that every year, it is inscribed in the Book of Life by G-d each person who is destined for Heaven and Erik has known long that his name was cast from it eons ago, until he hears Charles's voice in his mind and it blazes across him as a supernova burns into the sky. Swallowing, throat stuck together and ashen, his chin lifts in assent as he regulates his breathing.

"It's gone," he whispers. The pain is gone, and he is not alone in here. Not anymore.

He doesn't notice the gentle streams on his own cheeks, nor the vice around his fingers, the weight of the body against his own. No, the silo of Charles's own physical sensation is dormant at the moment, empty and inaccessible. Instead, he is enmeshed with Erik. Erik's body, Erik's mind, the soul that lies somewhere in between. Torrent of memory and emotion, twined together like a rope, unraveling and reforming in the grand cathedral. Like DNA, Charles might think, if he could. Splitting and binding. The building blocks of life. For the first time in his life, Charles understands what it means to understand. In others, there are few emotions that are entirely unrecognizable to him.

There's anger to a greater degree than he's experienced, there's strife. Hunger, pain, sadness, euphoria. Charles can recognize all of these, and though his abilities enable him to explore the depths of these emotions in greater scope, he cannot say that he's ever encountered a core emotion that he has never felt himself. Until now. It isn't fair to cast Erik in this role, but Charles has done so anyway, eyes brutally privy to the greatest extremes of depravity, of evil, of anguish. No, Erik should not have to be a teacher or an example, but by virtue of their sudden closeness, he has become just that, and the only thing that Charles can do is root himself deeper into the fabric of Erik's soul and allow it to flow through him. And then...silence. Stillness. Semblance of calm. Two men, side by side at a small table, hands intertwined. There's kinship, now. Something akin to warmth.

A space in Erik's mind, rapidly expanding whether conscious or not, a space that tells Charles that he is welcome here. As the physical pain peters to nothing, Charles exhales, settling like a blanket into that space, promising Erik that he will never have to suffer alone. Wordlessly, Charles regains a sliver of control over his own physical form. His fingers twitch to life, and then find the braced hand. Clumsily, he pulls away the leather straps until the hand is free and bare, fingers immediately curling toward the palm without the support of the brace. With only gentleness, Charles unfurls those fingers and rest them atop his own, thumb rubbing over the wasted knuckles, the spindly digits.

"You don't deserve that kind of pain, Erik," Charles murmurs aloud, though he dares not exit the man's head. Not yet. "No one does, but certainly not you. You need never suffer alone, my friend. Never again." 

Erik is staring and staring, watching as his hand is un-bent - the pain is no more, but the contracture remains, and when Charles lets go, they curl back once more like pages in a book returning to homeostasis. Without the brace there's evidence of gnarled keloids, and a long, thick, jagged scar on the inside of his forearm. A flash there - the scalpel pressed into his skin, opening thick globules of fat and myoglobin and blood dribbling out in torrents. A surgery - one he had been awake for. Touching over it lightly with his other, he is shocked to discover that the remembered pain does not translate to sensation. When he blinks, fresh tears anew and he laughs through them, the red streaks along his sclera only serving to enhance vivid green. It's a real laugh, the first one of the night.

"I have no words," he whispers, hoarse as though he'd been screaming as he had in those locked rooms and expanding corridors. "Charles - are you - did I - are you OK?" he lifts the hand freed from its implement and draws the back of his fingers down Charles's cheek. "Are you OK? Please, tell me. What you have done - no one has ever -" Another small laugh. Charles having casually dropped in from above like an angel out of the Torah, in all its six-winged, million-eyed glory. Al tir'u! You are about to join battle with your enemy. Let not your courage falter. And Erik will not. Not any longer.

He needs Charles to know - to know what a gift this is, to understand what he has done. There are new rooms, now. In the endless white there are tomato trellises and books - The Once and Future King, the lapis lazuli of his beautiful sister and little feet underfoot as they chase and hoot with the only joy in Greymalkin. Charles did not just take away his pain - he left something in its place. And in so doing, he has cemented his place in Erik's soul. Erik, his sentry of ice, devoted protector, did not need to give word to the vow that was now inscribed into his conscious being.

On this night, Charles now found himself in possession of something he has been wanting and lacking for all his days - despite his suave tenor and sharp wit and the dilettante of charm and sparkling smiles. Despite all that crafted and constructed like so much jewelry before the stealing. At the part of him, perhaps the only part of him which was real. The part of him that Erik saw, that could not be obscured nor obfuscated. Charles had made a friend.

A laugh of his own bubbles from Charles's throat, and he quickly wipes away the tears that he hasn't taken note of until now. But it's not pain or fear of his own that's made Charles blubber; it's true understanding. Empathy. Closeness. Erik has taught him much today, but more immediately, Erik has planted himself firmly in Charles's life. Erik has quickly filled the gap that no one else has been able to fill, not even the sister he cherishes with his every atom. The love he holds for her is familial, unconditional. The place that Erik now occupies is something else. Companions by choice and not chance. Equals. Friends.

"I'm okay," he reassures Erik, and allows those knuckles to stroke along his cheek for a moment before he pulls it away by the wrist. He then encircles the curled hand between both of his own for a moment before unfurling those fingers once again to examine them more closely. The fingers are long and bony, but deep scars and gnarled skin work their way down each digit, toward his wrist, until they disappear underneath his shirt. What other scars does Erik bear? His thumb swipes along the lengths of those fingers.

"May I stay over?" he asks after a silent moment, lifting his own red-rimmed eyes to meet Erik's, equally bloodshot. "I'll sleep on the sofa, don't worry, I just...mm. I don't want to go back to my empty apartment tonight, I suppose." And he doesn't; the thought of leaving this sparse-but-warm townhouse, the thought of leaving Erik feels cold and wrong.

"I usually do not delve into the pits of despair until the third date," Erik quips, eyes bright and lingering over Charles as though to ensure for himself that he truly is well. Charles realizes after a while that the warmth he hears in Erik's tone, and sees on his face, is not actually there. It's what he perceives through this lifeline that has animated him more than anything else. "You are welcome here, always," he returns without hesitation. He already was considering the arrangement of the couch - certain he could do his part to ensure that Charles was as comfortable as any bed, and so unconcerned by the prospect.

The idea of letting someone close enough to do this, even in proximity, to examine and touch the pieces of him that are bent and broken - Erik hadn't known it was even possible. He hadn't known that he could permit such a thing without compunction at all. He bids Charles to eat the rest of his dinner, though, because he meant what he said. Charles has to figure out how to eat one-handed, though. Erik doesn't seem quite able to relinquish their contact, just yet. It's easy, natural in a way he doesn't expect, to lead Charles to the pull-out once they wrap up, and he finds a spare blanket and pillow that are made softer and smoother than their construction with a simple touch of his ability.

He tucks Charles in, and sits at the edge, the stern navigator ferrying him off into dreams with a story.

One of a mythical bird that lives in a castle in the sky, with wings large enough to block out the sun.

Notes:

God-Full-of-Mercy, the prayer for the dead.
If God was not full of mercy,
Mercy would have been in the world,
Not just in Him.

I, who brought corpses down from the hills,
Can tell you that the world is empty of mercy.
I, who was King of Salt at the seashore,
Who stood without a decision at my window,

Who counted the steps of angels,
Whose heart lifted weights of anguish
In the horrible contests.

Chapter 2: there was plenty of blossom around it---in an impenetrable thick hedge, with reeds and green sedge growing through it.

Chapter Text

Less than 24 hours have passed, but Charles nearly feels like a new man. He’s standing at Gate 4 in the middle of Boston Logan Airport, Erik’s tall form at his side. Airports and crowded venues like them tend to overstimulate Charles; stressed travelers, confused families, overworked staff. The entire place is abuzz with mental activity, and Charles struggles to keep his own thoughts in order.

Where is Gate 6?

Oh, cripes, my ticket—

Swear to Christ, if Leonard doesn’t hurry the heck up, we’ll miss our—

—¡Papá! No te queiro a llevar—

However, this time, he has a place to seek comfort. In the chaos and flurry of activity, Erik’s mind beside him is a beacon of calm, a bunker, a sanctuary. He doesn’t plant himself inside of it, not completely, but the intelligent, melodious hum is relaxing. Still intriguing. Still amazing. “Ah, there she is,” Charles says, smiling toward the line of passengers funneling through the gate. Today Raven is assuming her typical form, that of a pretty blonde woman with blue eyes and full cheeks. She wears a dark green, tea-length dress and a yellow silk scarf over her carefully curled hair. The large suitcase that she carries looks much too heavy for her stature, but Charles knows that stature is not a measure of strength, for Raven.

She typically keeps a powerful musculature, even if masked by a petite visage. Every time she comes home, Charles is energized with a renewed affection for her, realizing just how completely he feels her absence. Raven, too, is always gifted a sense of relief upon returning to her brother. The two embrace, her heavy bag swinging easily from dainty fingers, and Charles plants a kiss on her lightly-rouged cheek. “Welcome home,” he whispers in her ear, and then pulls back to allow her to observe the fact that he’s brought company.

“I’ve invited a friend to join us this evening, as you see. I trust you’ll be cordial.” The last phrase is offered in an exaggerated, wavering voice, his British accent growing posher and more insufferable with each word. An imitation of their mother, of course, and a phrase plucked from her lexicon for Raven’s amusement. “Raven, meet Erik. Erik, Raven.”

As though privy to what must be a confusing cacophony of light and sound and color, Erik rests his hand (now eclipsed by its brace once more, if to offset the staring from others) at the small of Charles's back unobtrusively once they head into the fray. To Raven, he is entirely stoic and expressionless, and her brows arch, totally unimpressed by the greeting. "Oh, shut upppppppp, oh my G-d," she thwaks him and pulls him into a proper hug and noogies him, messing up his perfectly coiffed hair and rumpling his clothes and generally just getting all over him within the first two seconds of arrival. "Ohhhkay, and who is this again?" she sets a hand on her hip as she withdraws to give Erik a full once-over.

Unlike Charles, Raven doesn't have a natural accent, mimicking those around her and easily able to adopt any dialect or vocalization that she hears - it's a product of her mutation. For the moment, she's relaxed to her default - which is very much a product of her time in California, pursuing an acting career that wound up nothing more than a useful skill exercise for what she does now - having encountered her employer during the course of trying to make it big. It's just as much a decoy as anything Charles can whip up - allowing the men around her to underestimate her and relegate her to an airhead, stupid. It works in her favor. (And which Charles still isn't too sure what all her career is, but it involves hanging around armed guards and flying all over the world.)

At once she's abrupt, different to any other woman that Erik has ever met, even though she perfectly blends into the heavy fabrics and petticoats that are all the rage these days. He blinks a little, uncertain quite how to respond. He rests his palm over his own chest and bows his head. "Erik," he repeats softly.

She waves her hands at him a little. "Say something else."

"It is a pleasure to make your acquaintance," he intones.

"Oh, cześć!" She smacks him on the shoulder, too, and he patiently endures it without so much as a flicker. It's a familiar greeting - not the Polish-typical churlish formality that accompanies a more typical dzień dobry between those who are unacquainted. He isn't certain if it's because she doesn't know the difference or if she just is like this - naturally pushing social boundaries aside with a just-as sunny smile.

"Mówiesz po polsku?" he wonders, and Charles - through watching them interact, realizes that Erik delivers his part of the conversation in an affectless monotone, rendering him extremely alien to Raven, who is one of the most extroverted and experimental people he's ever met.

"Like, an eensy bit," she smidges her fingers together. "OK, Charles, come on! Let's get some 'za. And then you can tell me everything about your new friend here." She links her arm with Erik's and pulls Charles into her from the other side.

Ah, Raven. His Raven. The woman with blistering wit who can easily pretend that she’s never had an original thought in her life. The woman who had practiced the art of imitation with such care that she sometimes convinced even Charles that she’s earnest about what she says; her thoughts begin to tumble in the manner of the characters she creates. She’s a wonder, Raven, and Charles covets her. There’s no reason to argue with her, to chastise her, to reason with her and beg her to be polite to their new friend, because she’ll operate against her own agenda, regardless. And it’s best that Erik grow accustomed to her idiosyncrasies early. So he simply raises his eyebrow at Erik as if he’s asking him to accept a challenge, and then allows her to pull the two of them along.

They reach Charles’s forest green Dodge Coronet, and once Charles deposits Raven’s (too heavy) bag into the trunk, they’re on their way back to town, Estelle’s Pizza the destination. “Alright, get it out of the way,” Charles muses as he pilots the vehicle down the Fitzgerald expressway, still under construction. “How warm and sunny was Portugal, how delicious was the food, how exciting was the night life?”

He doesn't show it at all, but Charles can feel through their proximity that Erik finds her intriguing, and he listens to her pelt him with answers and questions of her own. Their ordinary haunt is New York, but she's been here a couple of times to visit quite like now, off the ends of a long and brutal slog across the Atlantic. Portugal was incredible, the food was divine, the night life - has Charles ever seen a stripper walk on their hands? Like a crab. The stage was beautiful, the sets and costumes and acts were more reminiscent of theater than an illegal establishment.

Erik covers his mouth to try not to respond to that - it's funny - you'd think Erik was the one doing the scandalizing. On campus, it very much is so - the rumors abound. But alas, he's simply never encountered this before.

It makes Raven smirk. "I can't believe you've found the one man in all of Cambridge who's more uptight than you, Charles," she says as they head into the parking lot of Estelle's.

Erik exchanges a dry look with Charles. If only they knew. "What can I say, I am old fashioned." He was not.

For a moment, Charles wants to chastise Raven, to nip at her and impress her to be nice to Erik, but it’s a useless endeavor. Raven will act as she always acts, which is however she pleases. And anyway, he can’t imagine that Erik will take terrible offense to her gibes. It doesn’t seem his style. Erik’s response is meant sardonically, Charles knows, but in a way, he does find Erik old fashioned. Not in a political or ideological way—not by any stretch. But his other sensibilities seem to be from another era. The ones that compel him to read Charles a story before bed, the ones that revel in the specialness of a family recipe. Erik, to Charles, seems like an old soul catapulted into the modern world by foul luck of circumstance. No, Erik isn’t old fashioned, but he isn’t modern, either. Modern doesn’t feel right. He’s on some other timeline, perhaps.

“Forgive us, not everyone is as worldly as you, Raven,” Charles says with a dramatic flourish, cutting the puttering engine of his car.


They all pile out of the vehicle, and the aroma of melted cheese, fresh sauce, and baking dough makes Charles’s mouth water. The establishment is not crowded, but they find a corner table away from the window. Raven slides into the booth and Charles beside her, leaving Erik a bench to himself across from them. “Erik is the one I was telling you about before you left,” Charles remarks to his sister, before offering Erik a slight smirk. “The one who thought that he was so brilliant at debate that he could simply waltz into a meeting and have his way."

"Oh!" Raven beams and gives Erik's arm a squeeze as she sits next to Charles in the booth. She gives Erik long-lashed elevator eyes across the table, but it's less checking him out and more - and he's the one you've been crushing on all this time? with arched brows, pointed and inelegant as always.

"Hey, Stella! We'll take - hm, hmmmm," she squints at Erik. "Just hold on," she holds up a hand and then inches her way from the booth to exchange something in rapid Italian with the waitress. When she comes back, it's holding two pizzas. "OK, this one's ours, this one's yours," she balances them on a tray with languid ease, holding another tray of beer in her other arm. "And this one's all of ours. This is fine, right? Beer?"

Erik blinks at her. "Ah, yes," he murmurs, concealing a smile. Much like Charles, he finds a fork and knife and Raven groans audibly.

"Oh my G-d, it comes in stereo."

"You are very observant," Erik tells her softly.

"Comes with the gig, I'm afraid," she grins back. "You have an accent - not Polish. You haven't taken your hat off - cute hat, though. And you hid your arm earlier." Trust Raven to be completely without tact, but Charles can feel that Erik appreciates her candor, and that she doesn't linger nor regard him with pity.

"You discovered all of this just now?" It's like meeting Sherlock Holmes in person.

"I'm a private investigator," she explains, but Charles knows that isn't the half of what she really does - it is simply what she tells people for ease. "You're a mutant, too?"

"I am," he murmurs, and flicks his wrist to float her beer from the tray onto the table.

"Nice! That's wonderful. Me and Charlie are, too. You shouldn't call him Charlie, though. He gets that constipated expression. Like that." She nudges him. "Eat your pizza, Bird Brain. Are you two?... y'know?..."

Erik tilts his head.

"Fucking?"

He sputters a little. "Ah - ????"

Raven innocently drinks her beer.

Charles is about to tell Raven that they can’t simply order a pizza, that Erik is Jewish and there’s not a chance in hell that the food here is Kosher by default, but Raven beats him to it. She’s observant to an otherworldly extent; if she wants to play a character or assume a visage, she needs to understand how that person would behave in even the most mundane of situations. And so she makes connections that others don’t see, always weaving together a story. Charles smiles. It’s wonderful to have the two of them here, together.

Even if Raven’s second most powerful drive is to embarrass him. He nearly chokes on his beer at her comment, cheeks reddening, ears burning. A quick glance at Erik and dip into the man’s outer psyche confirms that he has no idea what to do with that comment, either. “Erik and I are friends, but even if we were more than that, that would be no business of yours,” says Charles stiffly, pressing against her subconscious.

Leave him alone, he warns her silently, telepathically. You’ll scare him off.

"It would so be my business! That is the definition of my business!" Raven crows back, one arm crossed over her chest. Her gaze, hawkish and intense in a way that only Charles would recognize, flits between them.

"Apparently not," Erik returns, keeping a straight face easily, but Charles can feel his amusement, a quiescent sprinkle overhead.

Something about the tenor of Charles's warning pulls her lips to the side in a scrunch. He is serious, which is not  accustomed to seeing from her cavalier brother. She can only hear the your eyes are suchhhh a groovy mutation shtick so often before sticking her fingers down her throat.

But this is... not that.

"You know, you gave Charles a run for his money," she points a finger at Erik, this time her tone less hard-edged and boisterous. "Not that he'd ever admit it. I agree with you, for the record. Like this, I'm fine. If I were to be my natural self? I'd be lynched in this diner." She stabs her fork into her pizza with aplomb, to illustrate her point.

"Charles sees the best in others," Erik returns with a nod toward his friend. "An optimistic quality, but not one I share. And we are not fucking." He very much does comprehend English profanity, thank-you. "I am told it is necessary to wait until at least the third date before propositioning someone."

It takes her a few seconds to collate what he actually said - with what all the big words and the deadpan delivery, but then it was Raven's turn to nearly swallow her beer the wrong way around a guffaw of laughter. "Please never let him go."

Charles thinks fancifully of jet packs at that moment, feeling intensely that, if he had possession of one, he would turn it on right now, endure whatever pain came with powering through the roof, and happily leave drywall and dust on their table as he drifted toward the atmosphere and away from his horrible, horrible sister.

At least someone finds this funny, he supposed to himself, certain that his entire face is stained a deep scarlet. Because talking about anything of this nature with his sister is probably one of the least pleasant scenarios that he can imagine for this evening. “Regular peas in a pod, you two,” he grumbled, hating himself for defaulting to cliché. The product of incoherent, scrambled thought.

Eager to redirect the conversation back toward a more tolerable trajectory, Charles points his fork at Erik with a cocked brow. Camaraderie is one thing, ideology is another. They still sit on opposite sides of many things. “What you, and you,” he says, rounding forward Raven, too, “believe is just realism. A dialectic. Your vision is too extreme to have any teeth.” A cocky smile now as he returns to his plate, politely cutting as he speaks. “When you can shed your dualism, maybe we can actually talk about this productively.” He says it lightly, playfully; truth be told, he’s not in the mood for Hegelianism tonight. “How are you finding your first pizza, Erik?”

Recognizing that Charles is genuinely uncomfortable, Erik easily catches the soft-ball of pizza lobbed at him and does his best to propel the discussion toward more innocuous matters. He's stilted and awkward, and very obvious, but the effort is unmistakable. His knife cuts another slice off which he forks up, chewing and swallowing before answering. "I can see why it is a popular food item," he says - his version of yes, it's good.

"They have all kinds of different strange concoctions, too. Stella makes one with strawberries and spinach. It's actually good, but I thought you'd prefer the old standby. You really can't screw up cheese pizza. Even if it's bad, it's still good. And we are not extreme. Hey, there's a reason you always tell me to go blonde and doe-eyed. If you really believed all this liberal kumbaya crap, you'd put your money where your mouth is."

"I disagree," Erik says, much to everyone's shock.

"But you literally agree with me."

"No," he shakes his head. Aware that all eyes were on him, he wilts a little, as though hunching his shoulders would make him any less gigantic - his size makes him unignorable, sadly. "It is possible to believe in an ideal, whilst accommodating the practical realities of life. Charles's concern for your safety does not undermine his credibility."

"But you don't believe in that ideal."

"No. I do not think it is possible for mutants and humans to coexist without some form of mutant self-determination on the table. As long as we lack cohesion, identity and legitimacy, we are at risk. And this is not mere dialectic," he points his own fork at Charles. "I have lived this."

Raven listens, fascinated. "So you think we're different species?"

"That is not my forte," he flicks a finger toward Charles again. "I am only a simple electrical engineer."

"Simple my assNo one keeps up with Charlie."

"And your mutation is beautiful. You should consider going blue, so to speak."

Dialectics, Charles thinks, and in a fashion that he has begun to deem Erik-like, he can’t quiet the refrain: The very fact that something is determined as a limitation implies that the limitation is already transcended. The limitations that regulate all mutant behavior—regulations placed, first and foremost, by mutants themselves—suggest a broader end, a world in which limitations are removed. Erik’s disavowal of the dialectic framework brings Charles pause, however.

It’s not fair, he knows, to try and frame Erik’s lived experience within a clean logical schematic, so he doesn’t; life, of course, is far less formal than that. On a larger scale, Charles believes that the first half of this century was characterized by a powerful dialectic between progress and regression, but such philosophical framing means precious little for those in the middle who are inevitably victimized by the synthesis. The course of any dialectic, of course, is driven by those who frame it, and if the power on either side is imbalanced, the resolution will follow suit. “Beautiful as our mutations may be,” Charles interjects.

“We live in an era which is not ready to accept us, don’t we?” His hands fold on the table before him as he regards his companions. Dialectics and logic mean nothing if one lacks common sense. “It is in our best interest, at least right now, to be regarded as the same species. The best way to secure safety and acceptance is to highlight our similarities, not flaunt our differences.” The door opens with a whoosh, and Charles catches the tail-end of a whispered conversation between the new patrons of the restaurant. They’d just come from a concert and were complaining about the people who had been seated in front of them. Racial slurs fly from both of their tainted psyches. Punctuation. He’s glad that neither Raven nor Erik can hear the disgusting tirade.

“It’s human nature. Demands for respect are never met by force. It’s impossible to force someone to believe something. True belief must come from within, and the best way to see that arise is by ingratiation, not separation.”

"Ah, a Separatist and an Integrationist go to a bar. The bartender says, 'we don't serve mutants.'," Erik wisecracks, while Raven rolls her eyes. "But I do not agree. Respect is incidental, if we cannot defend ourselves it is a meaningless discussion. If we are too ashamed to openly exist, that only makes it easier to relegate us to the shadows and legislate us into complacency. Are not you the optimist?" he eyes Charles pointedly. "If this era is not ready to accept us, then it is incumbent upon us to change the tide. To make them listen."

“At what cost?” Charles counters, ignoring Raven’s joyful expression—she loved to watch her brother be argued with. “I never labeled myself an optimist, I’m a pragmatist. You may think me naive, but change is something that, for the most part, happens incrementally. Because while many of us may be physically stronger on an individual level by virtue of our gifts, there will always be more of them than of us. We will not beat them. Unfortunately, we need their acceptance.”

"That would change, if we found one another," Erik said. "I've seen it happen. And yes, I know -" he drops off a little, eyes glossed over. "I know the cost. It is not acceptable, that is why I left. But we will accomplish nothing by fumbling in the dark hoping to hit on acceptance by accident. Change must be intentional. We do not need to beat them, but we need to show that we are not weak."

Imagining the chastisement from his mother, Charles leans forward and parks his elbows on the table, resting his chin atop his fist. “Let’s get hypothetical,” he says, locking eyes with Erik. “What is your ideal scenario for the future? How do you see our kind in this world? What is our role?”

Raven is watching them, uncharacteristically silent.

"I don't know," Erik whispers back. "I imagine us... free. Open. Not worrying about policemen and guns. Not worrying for our children. Not hidden under a basement. Where we have a say in our future. We have a voice." Mimicking Charles's position, Erik folds his good hand over the brace on his bad. "They will come for us, Charles. They will do what they've always done. As it has been throughout history from the advent of mankind. My sincerest hope is that we are collective enough to ward off atrocity."

Charles wants to reach out and clasp his hands around Erik’s own, but resists. Partially for Raven’s presence, and partially because he can’t bring himself to share in Erik’s vision. The end, of course, but even by his most extreme stretch, he can’t see Erik’s path leading than there. “Detente, then?” he asks, a brow shooting upward. “Cow them into leaving us alone? Of course I want the future you see, but the only way to get there is acceptance. Ingratiation. There’s no other option.”

"It won't work," Erik shakes his head. "It has never worked. Appeasement and assimilation aren't viable solutions in the long-term, Charles. You know that. They would never accept us. They would, at most, tolerate us until they are certain they can extinguish us. The only way we stand a chance is to level the playing field."

“It has worked,” Charles insists. “How do you think we’ve gotten to his point? It’s misguided at best to think that all great change has arrived via revolution. There are changes happening every day, but they’re so small that we can’t see them. It’s like evolution. Minute changes over time resulting in something entirely new.” Charles sits up straight then, feeling his pulse quicken. “Can you truly see your means reaching your end, Erik? Separatism? How will our two kinds be able to coexist under those circumstances?”

"How do any two powers coexist?" Erik returns, soft. "We learn. I am not a revolutionary, Charles. I'm not an extremist. I do not want to hurt innocent people. But I said Never Again and I meant never again for anyone."

“You didn’t answer my first question,” Charles says, timbre matching Erik’s own. “Do you genuinely believe that Separatism is the means to your end?”

"To an extent," Erik nods. "Coexistence is the ideal, of course," he murmurs, eyes creased fondly.

"G-ddddddd, get a room," Raven sticks her tongue out at them and shifts in her seat, plucking up the pitcher to pour herself another draft. She always was the designated driver, what with her mutation shrugging off alcohol like it was water.

Charles’s return smile is a white flag, accepting their common ground where they can find it. They’re not too far away from each other, he reminds himself then. Their goals appear to be the same; peaceful coexistence, freedom for their kind and for humanity. At any rate, they’re years away from any such world. Most don’t even know that people like them exist yet. And Charles would venture a guess that most other mutants are probably under the impression that they’re alone, too. Much work is to be done before they can even think about these decisions. He gives Raven’s shoulder a fond pat. “Erik and I have decided that we want to find others like us,” he says to her, but keeps his eyes fixed on Erik. “Gather us together. “We could use your help.”

Raven gawps. "What, like - actually put Greymalkin to use?"

"Grey... ?" Erik cricks his neck.

"It's an estate," she says. "I mean, I guess it's big enough. What are you planning on doing, putting an ad in the paper?"

Charles considers this. Truth be told, he had not been thinking about using the mansion currently in his name for this purpose, but it’s a good idea. It’s remote enough, large enough. A good idea. “I figured we’d travel,” he muses. “While you stay behind and get the manor all cleaned up and ready.”

Raven gives an almighty eyeroll, but - and it's saying a lot - she doesn't dispute it, either. "Like a home base. OK, I can dig it." But the real cache is government, right? I might be able to snag some watchlists, she thinks pointedly, with a wink. I may or may not have an asset who owes me a favor.

Be careful, Charles says back, and it’s an automatic refrain. Unnecessary, because Raven will do what she needs to do regardless of whether or not he harps at her to be careful, but he worries about getting involved with the government. We can discuss tactics later. In tandem, he rounds back toward Erik. “Would you be up for a little traveling?”

Erik peeks up from his pizza, a slight smile on his face. "Yes, I think I'd like that."

"And we should probably loop Hank in, too. Yes, I know about Hank. I did a full background check on all of your research partners, Charlie. Don't give me that look."

The look that Charles is offering is one of indignation, one that’s demanding an explanation for her secret involvement. It’s only partially serious; they both vowed long ago that they will always look out for each other. Her overstepping is more likely out of care than curiosity. “I’m sure he’ll be interested,” Charles agrees finally. “Would any of your brothers qualify for our new fraternity, Erik?”

"A few," Erik nods. "Janos Quested and Isadore Cohen are mutants. And there are a few I would trust to bring into the loop, who are not. Daniel Shomron, Carmen Pryde. They are good people, well-trained and adept."

If Erik trusts them, Charles decides that he does, too. He’s a hard judge of character—his agreement is not easy to come by. “I’m surprised that you’re seeing non-mutants in this, too,” Charles admits.

Erik nods. "Perhaps so. When you meet them, you may understand." Charles sees it - flashes - Erik's hand on Car's shoulder. The pipe displacing sand. Heartbeats. Blood pressure cuff. Bitter argument. Resigned camaraderie. Trust forged in heartbeats, silence. "Janos can generate hurricanes. Isadore... knows what is true. It is difficult to explain." 

"Now, that I have to see. What does that even mean?"

What it means, practically, is that Izzy possesses a form of reality manipulation that causes people to be more honest than not, whilst seeing through any manipulations or forgeries himself. "You will find out." Erik's eyes haven't left Charles, his tone that of an inside-joke only they are privy to. Warmth.

He’s treated to yet another series of abortive memories, a mosaic of Erik’s past coming together in vivid shards. There is intensity there, and heft. Yes, Carmen Pryde can be of help to them, Charles understands. A low smile rests on his lips, that same vibrancy of camaraderie flickering in his chest. It feels good, to share this with someone else. A friend. A partner. “I’m certain that we’ll encounter many people who can do things beyond describing,” Charles says, limned with excitement. “We should start right away. Well, after midterms.”

"Don't be fooled, nothing on G-d's green earth can stop Charles Xavier from studying," Raven smirks.

"Carmen is in law school, and Daniel is studying medicine. Isadore and Janos are engineers, like me. Izzy does not speak great English, but that should not matter much. I think it will be a good start. I can put the word out in TEP as well, to see if any more interest is generated. I have no doubt there are many mutants attempting to hide in plain sight." He gestures to Raven. It's apparent that Erik doesn't even care about his midterms, or at least has no intention of hunkering down and studying. He's done well on every test and assignment so far, and doesn't feel the need to over extend himself when something far more important is at stake.

Charles rolls his eyes at Raven’s comment. What’s the point of devoting all this time to his education if he’s not going to make it a priority? School was never her forte, so it’s never something they’ve agreed about. He’s glad that Erik seems eager, though. Whether or not midterms have crossed his mind, it’s evident that their new mission is now his primary focus. That makes Charles smile. “We should go visit Westchester this weekend, then. See what state the manor is in…can’t imagine that it’s anywhere near ready to host anyone.” His expression darkens a bit—the thought of visiting his childhood home, so deeply associated with memories of loneliness, is not pleasant.

Erik brushes his fingertips over the inside of Charles's wrist, a pulse of concern emanating from the contact. "We will turn it into a home," he promises. "For all who need it. Dzień, tak?" Erik murmurs, eyebrows lifting playfully. "It will be all right."

Charles knows that his sister will see their small exchanges of physical touch and will extrapolate. And he finds that he doesn’t really care. She’ll be annoying about it, but not incorrect. That closeness is there, and he craves it. “It will be,” he agrees, fingers wrapping around Erik’s own. “It’s been abandoned since my mother left it behind several years ago. We’ll have to put it in some work.”

Raven decides in that moment that Erik is a good egg. And once she's accepted you as part of her family? That's it. Signed and notarized.

Chapter 3: The blossoms quickly spring and swell on every tree and in the dell

Chapter Text

Meeting Carmen and Izzy is next on the line, and swell; Erik invites them all to a Shabbat dinner the following week. Charles shows up just as Erik is putting the finishing touches on dinner, and he's almost nervous, flittering about as a magpie. "You came," he murmurs, which is of course an evident statement, and his nose wrinkles up self-deprecatingly. He ushers Charles through the threshold, sliding his jacket off of his shoulders.

Before he met Erik, Charles didn’t know much at all about Jewish culture. He knew about the High Holidays and certain customs, and an academic overview of the religious tenets. Shabbat, however, is a new concept. After devouring several articles about the practice, Charles decides that he’s honored to be invited to Erik’s home for the event. It’s under the guise of meeting their potential compatriots, but he knows that Erik is still cooking a hearty, elaborate meal for them all, and it’s touching. He arrives first, and allows Erik to help him out of his jacket. He’s in a grey cardigan and white shirt for the occasion; a modicum more casual than his typical suit. “Wouldn’t miss it,” he promises, offering the man a smile. “How can I help you prepare?”

As like before, Erik sets him to work in the kitchen, but much of the meal is already complete. It's simple, but hearty; curried chickpea stew spiced with cinnamon, paprika and saffron, braided challah and vegetables splashed with oil, given a char and salted. And baklava for dessert, as always. Erik's predictable, over time, but it's grounding. A two-fingered knock alerts them to Carmen. The sound of a vehicle driving off after headlights flashed over kitchen. "Well," Erik says softly. He's never been one for boosting morale, but all the same, he tries. "Let's get to it," is what he comes up with, wry.

Erik's measured tone is returned with a warm smile from Charles, though he's feeling a spate of nervous energy run through his veins. He's good with people, certainly, and he knows that his ability enables him to come across as charming and likable, but being liked is not the goal of this evening, is it. No, he needs to be trusted, respected. That's much harder to cultivate by fair means. "Let's," Charles agrees, standing somewhat stiffly beside the stove. When Erik returns with a trim young man with dark hair, about his height. Erik towered over the both of them. Pressing a friendly smile to his face, Charles extends a hand. "Charles Xavier," he greets. "It's wonderful to meet you, Carmen." A brief sweep of the man's external psyche reveals nothing dangerous, which is a relief, but he also isn't revealing much at all. He has a guarded way about him, and out of respect, Charles decides not to delve further.

Carmen is a lot younger than Erik, and while he has a guarded nature very similar to what is in Erik's mind, he is a lot more expressive with smiles and shakes Charles's hand with both of his. "Erik's told me a lot about you. I'm glad to meet you!" he adds, his accent a little muddled but largely irascible, brusque and firm. "Iz and Janos are on their way. Daniel is still at the hospital. This smells delicious, ah," he plucks up a kippah from the table and plops it on his head. "Shabbat shalom, and all the rest." He adopts Erik's minhag, even though it's not his own - a raucous gut Shabbos where Erik's line uses Hebrew. "Where are you from, Charles?"

"Do not be nosy," Erik chides.

"Nonsense. I'm not nosy. I'm inquisitive."

Charles observes Carmen as he settles in, comfortable and casual. It’s a fascinating dichotomy; his eternal presence is gregarious and open, while his thoughts remain quiet, tame. Charles decides that he likes Carmen, if only for his expressive personality. “It’s no worry, Erik,” Charles promises, smiling warmly toward Carmen. “New York, but I lived in England for much of my youth, which is why I developed this most unfortunate accent,” he smirks. “And yourself?”

Carmen smiles easily. "I grew up in Warsaw, bounced around a bit. Me and Erik were like peas in a pod, yeah?" He nudges his friend's shoulder. "But we didn't meet up till now. A shame, really."

"I am very grateful you are still here," Erik replies warmly.

"You'll get on with Danny, he's a brit like yourself," Car grins back.

The vague similarities between Erik’s speech and Carmen’s accent become more clear now, and Charles grins at the two. Another question lingers, one which he will never ask aloud, but one which burns nonetheless. “I’ll be eager to meet him,” Charles says earnestly. The presence of two new minds at the doorstep becomes apparent. One mind is quick, an internal monologue in another Slavic-sounding language spilling in rapid-fire. The other is much different; rather than in discreet words, this mind synthesizes its surroundings in vivid imagery and more abstract sentiments.

This mind is currently regarding its companion—the quick-thinking man—but it formulates its opinions visually. Words flash across its frontal cortex, but not sounds. Immediately, Charles understands that this mind belongs to a deaf individual. Charles has only witnessed this manner of processing among those who have never been able to hear or haven’t been able to hear for a very long time. “I think your other friends have arrived,” Charles remarks, and right on queue, a succession of quick knocks carries into the kitchen.

Erik hops-to and ushers everyone inside, sparing a nod and smile (that looks more like a grimace, but he tries) for each. "This is Janos," he introduces, speaking loudly for (what he believes is) the man's benefit. "And Isadore. Shabbat shalom," he bows his head. "Please, have a seat, dinner will be served shortly. There is wine and beer, select what you like. It is all kosher and vegetarian," he runs through his spiel before disappearing into the kitchen to begin serving.

Janos likes Erik, he does. He can see that the man is smart and driven, and he likes people who are smart and driven. It’s why he accepted the invitation to this Shabbat dinner at Erik’s townhouse; he wouldn’t spend a Friday night with people he doesn’t like, after all. Izzy’s presence is a necessary condition, however; Izzy is one of the few people at MIT who feels comfortable enough to sign with him. The man’s English is about as good as his ASL, which, to be fair, isn’t great, but they can communicate well enough, and he enjoys Izzy’s sardonic translations. Not that Janos always needs a translator, of course. The imperative put upon him by his aunt as a child was to learn how to read lips.

Much of his first decade on earth was spent in the chaos and confusion of mapping lingual speech to words, and then words to meaning, but as a man in his early 20s, Janos Quested can feel comfortable enough to sit down in a group of hearing people and follow a complex conversation. It’s not a perfect system; especially in university as he encounters new words at record pace. When that happens, he must try to either match the pattern to a word he already knows or ask the speaker to spell it out, and then repeat it verbally until he can recognize it. What he doesn’t like about Erik Lehnsherr, however, is this. It’s evident that he’s just yelled a greeting—the others in the room have just jumped minutely, and his mouth has opened wider than is typical of an indoor conversation.

“Now you’re going to make all of us deaf,” Isadore grunts in heavily-accented English. His Russian roots are far more evident in his speech than are Erik’s and Carmen’s Polish. Accents and cultural speech patterns provide another layer of difficulty for lip-readers, but Janos understands what his friend has just spoken aloud, and gives a small smirk. Thank you for the invitation, signs Janos, uncaring that Erik will likely not understand the words on their own. Isadore hovers around the table before plucking a kippah from the surface and setting it atop his crown. He turns to Carmen and nods a greeting, and then gives a sidelong glance to Charles.

“This is the, eh, mental friend?” he asks Carmen, clearly more comfortable speaking with the man he’s already met than the one he hasn’t. “The one with mental powers?”

Erik signs you're welcome before disappearing into the kitchen, having picked up a few words here and there - it's difficult with what one hand being inoperable, but understandable as the sign is a sweeping gesture all the same.

"That's him," Carmen nods, elbowing Izzy slyly. "Pick a number, any number."

"He is not a carnival trick," Erik chides as he steps back into the room, dry. His arms are laden with dishes and the rest float alongside, and they arrange themselves neatly at the table. Erik pauses and then speaks, and tempers his volume with Izzy's reproach, but tries to enunciate as clearly as possible - he tries, OK? He's trying. Ya big boop. "Before we usher in Shabbat, I would just like to say, I am very thankful for this community of people who have accepted me and helped me to make a home here. Now, it's a tradition to not use electricity and so-forth, but for the sake of modern times, that is unnecessary to abide. May your meal be good and conversation bold," Erik raises his glass. "Now, would anyone like to light the candles? Typically it is done by a woman, but we appear to be sorely lacking in this department."

"I can do it," Car says, and strikes a match from the book out of his pocket. "Baruch atah adonai eloheinu melech ha olam asher kid'shanu b'mitzvotav vitzivanu l'hadlik ner shel Shabbat," he recites in a lyrical sing-song. "And then you may wash your hands there," Erik points to the station by the dining table. Carmen shows Charles how to sprinkle three times on his left hand, the Sephardic way, as Erik would have been taught. Erik goes through Hamotzi once and then sits down. "Let's eat," he grins a little. 

The ceremony of the candles and the washing of the hands is all new to Charles, but he’s happy to participate. He and Janos are the only gentiles at the table, but they both sprinkle water atop their hands and listen as Erik recites a prayer in Hebrew, similar in sound to the one that Carmen just chanted as he lit the candles. Once everything is said and they’re cleared to dig in, Charles eagerly breaks a piece of braided Challah and spoons some curried soup into his bowl. He’s in the midst of tucking in when Izzy speaks up.

“Next time, I bring gefilte,” he says, brow cocked. He’s entirely serious, but does not mean to be rude; it’s intended as a conversational comment rather than a dig at the spread that Erik’s prepared. “Normally, Shabbat is not for rabbits. Have you one pan to cook only? Maybe I buy you second pan.”

Erik waves his hand. "It is simply the easiest way to be, and it has benefits elsewise," he murmurs, but doesn't go down the pathway to vegans blah blah blah. He isn't precisely a vegetarian, woe be it for him to refuse food, but he does prefer it. "I can see, you know," he adds softly. "What I am eating, at its core. I see all of it. Due to my mutation. So I practice care in what I consume."

Izzy regards Erik intently, considering the implications. He hasn’t considered that before, but knows that there is earnestness behind that statement. Still, he’s not one to resist an opening for a jab. “Blood and guts make you act like little girl? Be a man, Erik Lehnsherr. Eat the guts.” Charles can’t help but snort a laugh into his stew. The turn of phrase is simply something he hadn’t expected, and it’s amusing.

"Little girls can be fearsome warriors in their own way," Erik murmurs fondly, taking the jab with characteristic gentle nature. "Not about blood and guts, but respect. I know when an animal I've eaten hasn't been."

Izzy stares Erik down in his typical deadpan, and then turns to Janos. “The man say he can see when animal did not get happy life,” he says, causing Janos to smirk. “In the blood of animal, this man see if animal was given bad time. We must send to asylum. Shock treatment.”

Janos, enjoying his friend’s bone-dry sense of humor, signs smoothly back. What if these peas were planted in bad soil? Can he see that, too?

Before Izzy can translate, Charles lets out a throaty laugh. Several pairs of eyes turn his way, and he realizes suddenly that he has been able to understand Janos’s silent joke by reading the narrative in his brain. It isn’t auditory at all; instead, the images of the words flash across Janos’s mind and marry the visual accompaniment, creating a perfectly cohesive and understandable statement, transmittable by telepathy.

“Why you laughing?” Izzy asks. “Do we need to send you to asylum too?”

Charles, with slightly red cheeks, regards Janos for a moment, and the man eyes him in return. Clumsily, Charles envisions his next sentence as words on a chalkboard: I apologize, I was privy to your last thought. I didn’t mean to intrude, I didn’t realize that we could communicate this way. Once he was sure that the “writing” was clear, he projected that thought toward Janos’s psyche, and then watched as the man received the vision. He reacted in much the same way that anyone else did the first time they received a targeted telepathic message. After a long moment, Janos lifts one hand and makes the sign for it’s okay with one hand, and then erases the chalkboard. In a neat cursive, new words reappear against the green backdrop.

Saves paper, talking this way. I don’t have to write everything down. Charles can only smile and offer a warm nod in return, grateful for Janos’s acceptance.

“Oh great, mental man and Janos now are having secret mental conversation,” Izzy observes. “Plotting to steal all our wallets, I bet.”

"He would do nothing of the sort," Erik defends Charles reflexively, scritching the back of his neck as he lifts his glass. "L'chaim," he toasts, and then downs the wine before ripping into the challah and stew. "To answer your question, I can indeed see that. Plants actually have a form of intelligence, believe it or not," he grins, well-aware that he sounds absurd.

More intelligence than some in the room, maybe, Janos quips in both sign and telepathy, and those at the table who can interpret the joke snigger. Charles is quickly overcome with a buoyant happiness; here he is, surrounded by a group of people, enjoying jokes and a meal and looking toward the future. Suddenly, anything seems possible, and everything feels right. “L’chaim,” he repeats in a horrible accent, drawing a wry smile from Izzy. “And thank you, Erik. For bringing us all together.” 

"That being said, there is an issue of significance to discuss," Erik leads in. "Mutation," he murmurs, flicking his wrist and lifting the Shabbat candles to float overhead. "We do not know what it is, we do not have any leads in science, yet it is certain that those with these abilities are in danger of being snatched up. Some even have visible mutations. I knew a man, Azazel." He left Raven's name off, for now. "He was red." Erik's mind is all splinters about Azazel, grinding down pulp.

Charles is treated to a disjointed vision, a figure with skin as red as a fire engine. Black hair, a long, reptilian tail. There is intensity associated with the vision, and Charles is left wondering what became of this Azazel. However, they do have business to attend to.

“We’ve decided that it no longer suits our interests to remain in isolation," he says, simultaneously projecting the words for Janos as well. He wishes that he could think with such vivid imagist clarity as Janos in order to communicate with him in a way more native to his mind, but as he’s not accustomed to processing thought in that way, they must settle for this mental reading game. “If we’re ever to gain acceptance within larger society,” he continues, “we must gather. Join forces.”

Carmen balks a little. "Like a club?" he wonders.

"More... an institution," Erik elucidates. "We know what will happen the longer we continue to exist without official recognition. We cannot allow fear and prejudice to take hold once more. We need to unify, mutants and mutant supporters, to collect ourselves and determine our future."

Izzy’s stern face hardens into a frown. He’s less comfortable with English than he is with any of the other languages that he speaks, so he switches to Hebrew to interrogate Erik. “You‘re expecting us to place a target on our heads?” he asks, voice edgy. “And join this…institutionThat sounds ill-advised."

"It is not," Erik returns softly. "The longer we are disenfranchised and disconnected, the more time governments have to draft laws that repeal our personhood, or to conduct experiments upon us, to torture us, murder us, enslave us - we need to go public. We need to unite, together, to explain to the world what we are, and what our role is," he gestures to Charles, having listened after all even whilst not necessarily on the same side of the debate.

"We cannot operate from the shadows any longer," he returns to English. "We must quickly take control of the narrative, and swiftly form a coalition. We will not all agree on what to do, I know," he nods. "But we are brothers and sisters. We are bound together by fate. We must listen to one another, and help one another. We have a saying. Kol yisrael arevim ze bazeh. It means every Jew is responsible for one another. And I too believe this of mutants, perhaps even moreso. Because our gifts, they are a responsibility. Are they not?"

It's the most Charles has ever heard Erik say at one time, quiet and soft-spoken, but effused of passion and sincere determination.

Charles hangs onto Erik’s words, embraces what they mean, feels them in his heart. Neither he nor Janos understood the quick exchange of Hebrew and Charles decided not to pry, but this sentiment in English was clear. Mutants caring for mutants. For their kind. All humans should feel this compassion for each other, but since they don’t, protecting one’s own is doubly crucial. He resists the urge to take Erik’s hand. Janos is the one to raise the next concern.

Our gifts are indeed a responsibility, he signs/telepathically communicates. But unevenly distributed. What you can do, Erik, and what Charles can do….that a much different level. Inherent stratification.

“In plain terms, please,” Izzy simultaneously signs and speaks aloud to Janos. The Russian’s ASL doesn’t extend that far.

Janos thinks for a moment, and then begins again. As mutants, we are less powerful, Izzy, than are Charles or Erik. I make tornados. Erik controls matter. It’s different.

Izzy grunts, and then nods in agreement. “A good point. Can all of us pretend to be same when we are not? I am afraid not for us, but for others we don’t know. You really are so…what’s the word…optimal?”

Optimistic,” Charles says softly.

“Yes, this. How can you be so like that? You, chaver, know more than others that people betray. How do we stop people betraying?

"It can't be about power," Erik murmurs. "That is what they will make it about. We must make it about people, about the person. It has to be a cultural shift, for children to be raised with the understanding that their gifts are a precious responsibility, that they should be instructed to do good. Yes, there will be harm done. Mutants will cause harm. We will need to address that." Erik has no compunctions, nor is he naive.

"People will betray us. There will be suffering. We cannot stop that. But it will be orders of magnitude worse if we are disconnected. Alone. Without common ground. They will try it all. To divide us, splinter us, turn us against one another. We saw it with our people, it happened in front of our eyes. They tolerate you when it is convenient and when life is a shambles, and they see you with your mutant powers, they will blame the mutant for their pain - and it will begin again."

"So what kind of institution will this be, exactly?" Carmen asks the loaded question. "What's your mandate?"

He presses his hands together, plaintive. "I have no doctrine for you. No propaganda. I don't know what our mission really is. That is what we need to come together, to draw up an agreement. To use the thing that makes us civilized, that makes us enlightened. Our ability to speak, negotiate, cooperate. That is humanity. And if they do not accept us, we will be in a better position to defend our right to life and liberty together, than apart."

The table is silent for a moment. Charles can hear the whirring of quick minds, processing, considering, reasoning. He can sense apprehension but also excitement, the tantalizing allure of something brilliant. Finally, Izzy breaks the silence. “I will think of way to find others,” he says. Janos nods his assent. “Russian government…they have list,” he adds darkly. “Keep note on who can fly, who have more strength. From all countries. To use as weapon.” A grimace. “Cousin’s husband is government minister. Can ask him.”

Carmen is quick on his feet, too. "If we're going to do this," he's already forming a 'we' in his mind - himself included, even without a mutation of his own, "the place you use as headquarters should have some type of legal designation. A charity, or a foundation, or even an educational center. It'll create more legitimacy and provide a centralized area to pool any resources."

Charles lifts a brow. His estate, old and derelict as it is, is certainly large enough for such an enterprise. “A school,” he says aloud, imagining the hallways of his gloomy childhood home filled with laughter and life. “Gathering only adults may prove difficult—who will be willing to leave behind spouses and families and jobs to join our nebulous cause? And at the same time, how many young mutants out there are feeling lost and alone? I’m sure that all of us could have benefited from an institute like this.” Nods from around the table. “A school. Where we can teach the leaders of tomorrow.”

"A school," Erik whispers, having never considered it before. But of course. "A beautiful idea," he concedes. "But if so, we are right to focus heavily on self-defense. I would not seek to bring together a large group of vulnerable children without this capacity. That means we need to come to an agreement as to how much force our institution is mandated to use."

Charles grimaces, but figures that Erik is correct. They can’t justify bringing a large group of children and young adults together without enabling them to learn how to adequately protect themselves. “Self-defense only,” Charles says quickly, firm. “And only when physical danger is imminent, and only until the opposing party is disarmed.”

Erik inclines his head, glancing around the table to gauge others' opinions. "Raven has surveyed the estate," Erik reports. "It's a good space. We will come together, to make it a home. Not a lavish mansion, but a real good place, for many people to live. We will need structures, defenses, funding. Myself and Charles can campaign that together," Erik says - not wanting them solely reliant upon Charles's wealth, this thing they're building has to come from all of them.

“We have enough funds to start,” Charles adds quickly. Janos raises a brow, but Charles does not elaborate. It feels…uncouth to reveal the fact that he is the heir to a fortune with that many zeroes.

Izzy takes a long glug of beer before he wipes his lips. “Alright. This means we are all teachers? We read Shakespeare with kids?”

"I'm certain your Shakespeare is unparalleled," Erik grins at him. "Call it an alternative school. We can pick things we know, what we are good at, and teach that. It might be typical, I am good at math for example. Or not. Carmen is good at law." Erik gestures. "You have a great many skills. Some savory and some not. I'll leave it to your discretion what is most valuable to impart onto our next generation."

Charles is entertained by a brief vision of Erik standing before a chalkboard, scrawling lines from Ramchal across its surface. Good at math, sure, but intricately woven with poetry and literature. Their students will be lucky to have him as their mentor, in more ways than one.

"I teach them to not be little shits," Izzy grunts, and then adds: "And to fix car. Many children grow up and not know screwdriver from soda pop."

Charles grins. "Excellent. It's settled, then. Welcome to the new era."


Erik spares a small smile for Charles, certain that out of them all his new friend would be an excellent instructor of art and philosophy both. "And we should hire someone to teach elective languages. American Sign Language, Russian, English, that type of thing. The more multicultural we are the greater our reach." It's clear Erik has spent time thinking about this.

Under the table and out of view of the others, Charles slips a hand over Erik’s thigh. It isn’t intended as a come-on; it’s an acknowledgment and a message. A celebration that they’re going to do it. That they have friends and a vision and hope for the future. He gives his leg a gentle squeeze, and then presses against his psyche, too. It’s happening. We’re going to build a school.

Erik's eyes crease, fond. Hearing Charles in his mind as it had done before, creates a sprinkle of pleasure along his consciousness. Barren and lonely on its own, Charles walks along the wasteland with a light in hand, illuminating the cracks and crevasses that aren't frightening at all when born with another. "All right, all right," Erik gripes with a vague gesture. "Eat up, my fellow miscreants."

Chapter 4: The lilies with their pure white glow Welcome me – as well you know –

Chapter Text

Charles wipes a rivulet of sweat from his forehead. He’s spent the last four hours in the basement, clearing away disused furniture, cobwebs, and old boxes. Hank McCoy, who was quick to join their cause, is busy tinkering with the machine that he believes will enable Charles to extend his telepathic reach by several hundredfold. Right now, the gawky scientist is working on a helmet that looks like some sort of torture device, but he promises Charles that he won’t let him use it until it’s safe.

The sharp, quick-thinking presence of Izzy on the manor grounds becomes apparent to Charles. The man has just returned from Russia, where he, as promised, has procured a list maintained by the Russian government of names of known mutants.

Erik? he projects, searching for the other. Izzy and Janos are back. Be a dear and greet them?

Raven thinks Hank is fantastic and constantly pesters him about his science projects, even though Charles knows full well she hasn't the slightest bit of genuine interest in it. She just likes him, and how excited he gets over slight permeations of his experiments.

Erik has been a godsend, easily pulling apart and re-arranging the manor's internal structures to renovate it for their purposes, and growing more comfortable still with Charles taking up residence in the back of his head. A simple nod and he floats down the stairs, silently landing on his feet to allow his two friends inside. "Mind the mess," he warns dryly. "Welcome home, and hello," he signs the words as he speaks, having tried his best to learn as much conversational ASL as he could in the interim. It's still excessively clunky due to the brace, but it's effort nonetheless.

Both Izzy and Janos’s eyes take in the massive entryway of the mansion. It’s still a work-in-progress—the foyer isn’t their first priority, by any means, but even in its dingy state, it’s impressive. The grandeur, however, makes Izzy scoff. “You tell me that our mental friend had home here,” he muses. “What says them…golden fork?”

Silver spoon, Janos signs, dark brow cocked upon clocking the oil portrait of a dour-looking family from what appeared to be the 1920s hanging above an archway. Did people really sit for portraits anymore?

“Silver spoon,” he repeats aloud, but, knowing their mission, nods to the leather bag on his shoulder. “I have list in here. I hope that you have food ready?”

"You know I do," Erik snarks. It wouldn't be a gathering of the minds without food, after all. "We are... working on the... that," he waves airily at the 'the-ness' going on around them. The marble fixtures and gold paneling. Erik is advocating for warm colors and wood. Maybe some bright furniture pieces, some plants. He does love his plants. They walk past several.

"Oh ho," is Raven's first words to the trio. "And who are these gentlemen?" she arcs a brow. She's blue today, wearing a halter top with flowers printed on, a wide-brimmed hat and linen pants. Her red hair is twirled up in a complicated braid that falls down her back.

"Raven, meet Izzy Cohen and Janos Quested."

It’s been a long journey; Izzy is bone-tired and looking forward to a meal, a stiff drink, and a long sleep. One of the million rooms in this place has to have a bed ready for him, right? He’s about to ask Erik that very question as they enter a palatial kitchen when a woman with brick-red hair and blue, scaly skin turns on her heel to greet them. Izzy’s jaw nearly drops, but he schools himself into something more polite. The woman’s bright yellow eyes are dancing and mischievous, but Izzy is drawn to her coy smirk. Beside him, Janos lets out an audible gasp. His friend doesn’t often make noise, so it’s a surprise; a testament to the woman’s exquisite form. Neither of them have seen a mutant like this before.

But, Izzy is no simpering fool. He’s been raised right, he’s a gentleman, after all. Like Raven implied. And real gentlemen don’t fawn and keen. “Well, the freak show is in town now,” he says. Ever the gentleman, of course. “I give you a nickel, you do trick, yes?”

No,” comes a stern voice from the hallway, and in marches Charles, sweaty and flustered. He’s in shirtsleeves and a pair of rumpled khakis, and his face is streaked with dirt. “That is my sister that you’re talking to, Izzy, thank you.”

The Russian smirks. “Fine. A quarter, then, for brother and sister freak show act.”

Raven does a cartwheel right up to him, and holds out her hand. "A dollar," she demands promptly, flashing a winning smile.

Erik tries to conceal his laugh behind his hand. "You did say she was in show business," he huffs, as he finds a glass tumbler and some of Charles's hideously expensive whiskey for Izzy.

“Mm, trying to swindle a poor foreigner,” Izzy replies, unable to keep himself from beaming broadly at the remarkable woman. He shakes her hand instead and offers a humble tilt of his head. “A pleasure to meet you.” Charles rolls his eyes and sinks into a chair at the table, tired and sweaty from his morning of manual labor. “I’ll have some of that, too,” he says to Erik, nodding at the whiskey. “And whatever you’re cooking. Smells better than anything that’s ever been cooked in this kitchen before.” Izzy looks dramatically around the space. “You mean when you host dinner for entire US army?”

"No army, just Carmen and Danny," Erik grins, suddenly struck by the fact that this was his family. It's sentimental, Izzy would surely guffaw and rib him over it, but for someone who had lost everything, it matters that these people are in his life now. He can't promise to always agree with the noble tenets of Integrationism, but he does promise that no matter what happens, he will do his best to ensure that they do not come to harm. If they want a school, he will make sure it is defended to the last man, woman and child inside.

"Good day," Daniel Shomron tromps through and raises a hand as he's called upon. He has a shock of blond curls and mischievous blue eyes, and wears a suit that's plenty dusted from hard work, sleeves rolled up. He'd lost his family in the Blitz, joined the Haganah shortly after as a medic and wound up stateside to pursue a career as a doctor. Now he was a resident at the local hospital, studying epidemiology.

Carmen follows suit, having already encountered Raven, his reaction is much more subdued. Needless to say, it had been a shock at first, but there's no denying her grace and ethereal beauty. "What's for dinner?" he looks at the wide spread of plates along the table. He does offer Izzy and Janos a wave, unkempt from assisting Charles and clad in a sweater-vest and khakis.

"Lots of deep fried goodness," Erik explains. A variety of fritters (mushroom, zucchini, pickles, tomatoes and hot peppers) and sauces, salad, Izzy, G-d. And dense sweet sugar-dusted treats known as sufganiyah.

Hank is the next to arrive. He's a shy, quiet man, a few years younger than Charles, but already working toward a PhD/MD. A natural genius with an affinity for exploring the intersection of biology and mechanics, Hank McCoy has eagerly joined Charles and his cause. He's spent a lonely lifetime feeling like a freak and endless hours trying to find away to make his blue, furry feet go away, but finding Charles and his friends has been an illuminating, validating experience. Maybe there is a world when he and the rest can live openly, freely. It's enough to bring him here, anyway. He nods a greeting to the newcomers but doesn't offer much else, taking a seat across from Charles. 

Indeed, Charles is pleased when all are seated around the table, Erik to his immediate left. Without thinking, he lifts a napkin and wipes a bit of sugar from Erik's cheek. The action does not go unnoticed by their peers, and Izzy, of course, feels the need to provide commentary.

"I understand now," says the Russian. "Lehnsherr is mom, Xavier is dad. Married, and we are all your kids." He nods, satisfied with his assessment, but a smirk is brimming.

Erik thwaks him with the back of his hand. "Eat your donuts," he groans amid an eyeroll, pressing his lips together to avoid expressing any amusement.

"You know, he has a point," Raven says.

"Oy vey gevalt iz mir," Erik throws his hands up in an exaggerated shrug. He knows his face is a little red, but he doesn't exactly deny anything, either. It's impossible to miss the affection between the two men, even when they are both trying to conceal it. One doesn't need to be a telepath to figure that out.

Charles, too, can feel a tinge of heat reddening his cheeks and the tips of his ears, but he takes it in stride. It's a poorly kept secret that the two of them have something between them. Natural chemistry, of course, but there's physical touch, too. Quiet conversations in the corner, long strolls through the grounds at night. To any onlooker paying marginal attention, the situation is obvious. Rather than denying it, then, Charles places a hand on Erik's forearm, for show. "Your mother and I would appreciate if you ate your meal without further comment," he says to a round of snickers from the table. "He worked hard on it."

Izzy raises his glass in assent. "Apologies, papa," he says with a grin. "I've been good son, though. Have list we need. Can go to many mutants right now. Are rooms all ready?"

With so much work to be done on the mansion, it had been a non-stop parade of projects and renovations - and being around Raven and Carmen for most of the time, there simply hadn't been an opportunity for Erik and Charles's relationship to deepen in a more physical manner; but that isn't to say that it hasn't deepened. On the contrary, Erik would classify Charles as his closest companion, and he hopes to have been able to provide similar support to the other man.

The fact that both are still quite self-conscious in the face of Izzy's teasing is pretty clear, but there is no embarrassment from Erik at all. He's ordinarily an extremely private person, and often rebuffed others' attempts to invade his personal space, but in this he is certain. And perhaps it couldn't have worked any other way, given how prickly his exterior is. "They are just-about," Erik nods. "By the time anyone gets here, the main areas should be fully functional, if not necessarily beautiful."

Charles removes his hand from Erik’s arm but remains close, their chairs nearly touching. The chaos of the past few weeks have kept them both very busy. Working toward a common goal has enabled them to grow closer, and Erik, still private, stoic, and serious as ever has somehow become…approachable. At least to Charles. He no longer looks at Erik and sees a locked box; instead, he sees an ever-evolving puzzle waiting to be solved. It’s exhilarating. But, business is business, and that’s the primary reason that they’re both there.

“You two,” Charles says to Izzy and Janos, “can take a break from traveling and help finish up here. Now that we have our list, Erik and I can start making visits.”

Dinner progresses much in the same vein, with Erik quiet and observant as usual, perhaps even moreso - not because he's displeased, but rather he thinks it might be the opposite. For the first time he can remember since he was eleven and his entire world was torn from him in a single violent act, compounding on violent acts, he thinks he is... happy.


The following morning, breakfast is a practically jaunty affair - everyone can feel it, not just the telepaths in the room, either. The air, the particles around them, seem uplifted somehow, good cheer suffused through the manor in Erik's version of a hum - of course, his expression remains its typical stern line. Raven of course, inspired them with a rousing social deduction game that Charles promptly ruined before falling asleep on Izzy. The smell of chocolate chip pancakes stirs her and she mumbles, "I don' wanna go to shool. Fuh off. Mrrp."

Izzy would be the first to admit that he had been skeptical of Erik’s invitation at the outset. The Polish man had been a strange acquaintance; certainly not near the level of “friend” when the call to join him for Shabbat came. It struck him as odd; did Erik Lehnsherr have friends? He hadn’t thought so. And yet, here he is, not a month later, sitting around a breakfast table with a group of fellow misfits. A brilliant and mysterious woman dozes on his shoulder, and people who he now indeed considers his friends chatter around him.

For the first time since the war, since well before the war, in fact, Izzy feels…home. It’s a strange and touching thing. Raven’s bleary words make him grin, and his friendly arm wraps around her blue form to provide support.

“Your brother is going to burn house down, druzhok,” he says to her, nodding toward the stove. Charles had asked Erik to show him how to make pancakes, and there’s now a flurry of activity at the burner as the telepath evidently fails to do anything correctly. “Best wake now, so we can run.”

Erik smacks Charles on the wrist admonishingly as he reaches for the salt instead of the sugar - those would be some truly grotesque pancakes - and very briefly, an image crosses Erik's mind. The woman, green-eyed and with the same auburn streak through her curly hair, doing the same to a younger Erik as he stumbles through her husband's kitchen like a bulldozer. It's a little too physical for modern American comfort - cuffs at the ears, herding a bit like cats. But nowhere near approaching abuse, just exasperation. It's faded from disuse, something lost to the ether and guarded beneath layers of stuttering fog, flickering to life. Something he didn't think he had any longer, through patient nurturing.

Every once in a while, not often, but sometimes, these shards pierce through. Pieces of his family lost to him, returning in hazy slivers. To those without telepathy, Erik is taciturn, but over the past few weeks it's become gradually clear that he expresses friendship through acts of service, keeping everyone fed and warm and laundered, a brief joke here and there. It doesn't seem, on its surface, that Erik does friends, until one day you woke up and realized he had been there the whole time.

This morning, it's pancakes, and the faint shadow of those who came before, who taught him how to add black pepper into the batter for a more complex flavor, to tend the leaves on winding tomato plants and brew a perfect espresso. The ways that they were not extinguished after all, little gifts to pass forward. "Perhaps... bananas," Erik huffs a little, holding up the bunch of fruit optimistically. "You can be the chief banana slicer."

"Charles's brain is a banana," Raven announces with a smirk.

Charles can't remember the last time this kitchen was this full. He'd been banned from the room entirely as a child; each meal was eaten in the opulent dining room and not at the round table around which his new friends were currently seated. Any attempts to help prepare a meal or even a snack for himself had been denied. He hadn't understood all of the steps that came with cooking even the simplest dish, like pancakes, and now, as he stared over their messy countertop, he can only feel appreciation.

Erik's mind, Charles notes, eases a bit as he's cooking. Even as Charles's ignorance threatens to derail everything, to ruin their meal, the stern edge softens as he measures, mixes, stirs, and simmers. It's as though they're peering through a window to a different time, a different reality, one in which Erik can simply share this level of care with others unabashed. It warms Charles so much that he doesn't even mind that he's been demoted to chief banana slicer.

"Better a giant pancake than a waffle, I'd say," he quips back as he sets to his task. "And your jokes, dear sister, are falling flatter than a giant pancake, mm?"

"Not entirely incorrect," Erik does his best to teach, though so much of what he knows is simple instinct. He guides Charles to the salt again and gestures for just a pinch. It never truly was about the food to begin with, though there's an inherent cringe-factor to wasting ingredients - he had conversely grown up all underfoot and bothersome, not cowed even from Iakov Lehnsherr's sternest reproach (one might have called him brave to cross the man's ire - Erik as a child had been exuberant or just foolhardy, but as an adult their demeanor matches).

He absorbed through osmosis, unfortunate that though Edie kept him from killing himself over the stove, she could barely make tea. What Charles was in poverty from was never an empty stomach, but an empty heart was just as painful. Nevertheless, Erik knows he now has the power to ensure neither himself nor his newfound friends suffer through the crushing density of starvation again - all the same, it's eased with a grimace, focused instead on what really matters. Least of all the actual meal, which he is certain he can salvage no matter how badly Charles mangles it.

"Just a little," he cautions. "There is coffee there," he adds to Izzy and Raven both, his version of good morning. "And I have left finishing instructions with Carmen on the rooms, but they are habitable. Did Hank find the name of the individual we are expecting to meet?" Erik asks Charles, his mind a whirr of neatly organized tasks. It's a big day - they've finally got enough data points to make their first expedition to what they believe is another mutant in the area. It is finally time to put theory to the test, to see if this idea of theirs holds weight in the real world.

The gentle hum of Erik’s thoughts project something distinctly familial, and even though he knows that he’s being humored, a contented smile plays at Charles’s lips. He adds the tiniest pinch of salt to the batter, fully unsure how and pancake batter benefits from salt, but he doesn’t feel the need to question it. Erik is taking the time to cook with him, and Charles knows that this gentle act is helpful or fulfilling to both of them. Resurrecting some sense of family that has been long lost for both of them. “Not yet,” he answers quietly, observing as Erik expertly beats the batter into smoothness. “But he says that I should be able to try the device today.” A current of excitement under his tone. “Shall we take a bet? See if it electrocutes me? Fries my brain?”

"As much of an adorable lab rat as you make, I will be there to ensure it does not cause you harm," Erik almost mutters, plainly and thoroughly convinced that Dr. Hank McCoy is a mad-man, but his brilliance can't be denied. This... Cerebro (a thrilling portmanteau of cerebral and what Erik can only assume is bro) was expected to boost Charles's already arcane abilities to astronomical levels if it didn't melt his brain out of his ears. Fortunately Erik would be there to disable it if something went wrong - and he would know if it were wrong, well before the indicators on the panel. Down to the atomic structure itself.

Raven just calls him the Mother Hen, pecking his chicks ruthlessly in line. Peck peck. 

“You fret too much,” Charles admonishes, though he’d be lying if he tried to deny that Erik’s presence isn’t welcome. His ability is remarkable; he can prevent energy at the molecular level from wreaking havoc on Charles’s brain. Plus, the attention that Erik extends toward him is warming as well. He’s never had someone look out for him in this way. He feels….cared for. “Could you feel it if it did, though? Hurt me, I mean. How would you know what to look for?”

"I could," Erik nods. "I know what your structure is -" he looks almost sheepish, as though revealing something quite personal. For all that Charles can read minds, Erik's abilities are just as invasive - thoughts are not known to him in precisely that way, but Erik is still one of the more prescient individuals that Charles has met simply because he can sense a person's heartbeat, their pheromones, hormones, blood pressure, the shift of discomfort or pain or confusion. The way that people are physically composed provides him a great deal of information about them that they most likely would be uncomfortable with him knowing.

But neither does he wish to come across like a voyeur, ordinarily he tunes out all of the extraneous input he receives. Only now it would be magnified, honed in. "I will know if anything is even slightly out of place. If the energy output is off by an iota, I will feel it before it has time to complete a cycle and shut it down. There is a margin of estimation as I suspect this device will change your subjective state, and I will have to deduce very quickly if it is causing harm or about to cause harm. Fortunately, my abilities work on a quantum level, and I should be able to act fast enough to keep you safe. If not..."

He grimaces. If not, then it would be his fault. The responsibility would lie with him. It's a heavy and completely self-imposed burden, but Charles knows that this is simply the way Erik is. He is responsible for the wellbeing of every inhabitant of this manor, but Charles most specifically.

It’s moments like these where Charles is reminded of the magnificent scope of Erik’s mutation. He’s still a bit shaken from that first night in the lab weeks ago, when Erik, with a flick of a wrist, had shown him the how the tiniest particles within the molecules of his own DNA had looked at billions of times larger than their size. Every visit back to the lab since then has felt unfulfilling; why look at a speck under microscope when his new friend could do so much more? Charles, too, has been noticing a shift in the way he uses his own abilities. For ease, he had been calling himself a telepath, or someone who can “read minds.”

Considering what he can do—or, what Erik has shown him what he can do—the definition feels inadequate. Erik can manipulate matter itself, but Charles can read and write brain matter. What Erik can do with an atom, Charles can do with a thought. A neuron. They’re powerful men, the two of them. They make a powerful team.

“If not, Hank is a medical doctor, and so is Daniel,” Charles assures Erik, knowing where the man’s thoughts are headed. A reassuring hand, covered in flour, finds its way to Erik’s forearm. “And also, I should be able to sense if anything feels wrong myself. This isn’t your sole responsibility,” he promises. “Remember what you told me? It’s not my responsibility to cure the world’s ills, and it’s not yours to do so, either.”

"There they go again," Raven snorts, but it's gentle teasing. "All this talk of saving the world. Well, if there ever were two people most likely to succeed at it, it's you dopes. Just be careful out there," she warns with a pointed finger. "Who knows what kind of tricks the military and police have up their sleeves. I've heard they're monitoring Harvard and MIT both for signs of 'extremist activity.' You just know they're talking about Mutatis Mutandis. All those student body panels about mutants, they're liable to start taking the 'mutant problem' pretty damn serious soon."

"It is wise to be cautious," Erik nods. "Now, it is time for everyone to try the vaunted Charles-cake," a ghost of a genuine smile crosses his lips as he sets everyone up with a plate.....and which he may or may not have offered some 'assistance' on a molecular level, to at least ensure everyone got fed before leaving.

"Is that breakfast?" Carmen comes clomping up the stairs from the basement. "Hank says he's ready for you both any time. And he says pancake." Carmen yoinks two plates.

“It is,” Charles responds breezily to Carmen, ignoring the heavy implications of Raven’s commentary. He’s not surprised by it; he knows that the powers that be, spirited by that Senator McCarthy in Congress, have begun to turn their eyes more closely to their kind. Hopefully, their efforts will bring the right kind of attention. “Do you want to eat before we go down?” He asks Erik. “One last meal before my brain turns to scrambled egg?”

He doesn't need to be a telepath to know that Raven's words hit home for Erik, who is practically dour at the suggestion. He's no love for politicos, though you wouldn't know it from how active he was in some of MIT's more obscure campaigning groups. He might not have the vote, but that didn't change his efforts to advocate for a system of government enshrined in protecting the rights of others, most especially mutants. McCarthy is a symptom, not the disease - it's the disease that needs eradication, whether that's through the process or the very serious possibility of violent resistance. Unlike Charles the latter idea did not mystify him or go against his palate.

Members of his own family had held out far beyond their means when push came to shove - the red shape on his arm, barely legible as a triangle or circle but more an ephemeral blob made haphazardly, spoke of his own history, despite his age, he had done all he could. Running deliveries, printing illegal pamphlets. It was enough to recognize him as a 'political' resistance, as laughable as it was. They came for your freedom first, then they killed you. If that meant violence was inevitable, he was comfortable with that.

Most especially in the wake of their project. A school, an institution vulnerable by nature, with their community's most at-risk population. It's no surprise their renovations come with a hefty upgrade to every aspect of the manor's defensive capabilities. Erik had even installed mechanical turrets, much to Charles's absolute chagrin. They're still debating the necessity of that one.

"Oh, Charles, your brain is already scrambled, dearest. And we love you all the same." Raven snatches up some breakfast laden with chocolate chips.

Erik's lips twitch. "Not bad, as far as our last meal goes. You did well," he says fondly. It is quite edible! Maybe no Michelin star in their future but good enough.

Chapter 5: And bid me by their handsome hues ; to come to them whenever I choose.

Chapter Text

After finishing their undeniably edible breakfast, Charles and Erik make their way down to the bowels of the manor. The old basement-turned-bomb shelter is now taking on a new life; metal panels lay scattered about the space, ready to be plastered over the concrete walls to create a uniform plane. While there are still a few boxes of c-rations and pieces of dusty furniture to clear out, the cavernous space is primarily filled with tools; workbenches littered with wires, scraps, half-finished mechanical components. It’s become Hank’s workshop, and will soon become the center of their outreach program. In the center of the room, the tall, lanky scientist with the massive blue feet is crouched over a table, beside which rests an unassuming wooden chair.

In the dim light, Charles can see the helmet as it sits on the table. Wires twine from its exposed crown, snaking along thick cables around each temple. The cables disappear into a massive black box on the floor, which is plugged in to a quiet generator. Cerebro, Hank calls it. The scientist glances up from his work—just have to tighten a few more joints, make sure the sensors are uncovered—to find the tall, rangy figure of Erik loping beside the short, slender one of Charles. Insurance, he supposes, but he resents the lack of trust. There’s no scientific reason to believe that his creation will have any harmful impact on Charles or his brain; he’s simply created an interface that amplifies something which is already present.

Nothing new is being introduced into Charles’s system. But, now isn’t the time to stew.

In fact, Hank can only feel excitement as the two approach, and he gestures for Charles to take a seat in the chair. When he does, Hank glances at Erik, and then back at Charles, and then speaks to the two of them. “I had a bit of a breakthrough last night. In particle physics, we call the excitation of acoustic atoms along their lattice a phonon. I had been so focused on trying to influence the movement of the phonon that I’d disregarded the lattice itself,” he says, knowing that the two, both men of science, will understand.

“Silly oversight. The helmet now will simply increase the size of the lattice as your brain waves are detected by the sensors. This will amplify your reach by…well, however much you want."

Of course, Erik's presence had been extremely beneficial in a few other ways, namely in being able to amplify exactly what Hank was working on so that he could see the results of his tinkering with his own eyes, no microscope or computer simulation required. Now that they're ready to truly do this, it sinks in that they're on the precipice of something... wondrous, and Erik can't help leaning forward as he watches Charles be patched onto the device, resting his chin on his hands and gazing intently at the process. And then it happens, the device whirring to life as the panels around them detached and rose, affecting a display of what Charles was seeing on an exponential level.

Blue dots at first, scattered to the ends of the cartographic representation of the Earth's globe - marker after marker, and then it zooms out, revealing more and even more. Each one a point - a mutant. Erik's eyebrows climb his hairline as they arc, knowing the result and seeing the result are two very different things. "Fascinating," he murmurs, a perfect representation of the Mr. Spock of their little friend group, a fact that Raven and Izzy have never missed the opportunity to tease him about. And then the points narrow again, and again.

Until Charles is zoomed in on a single one - and that point transforms into a small, holographic image of a red-haired girl running toward... a car - screaming, the squelch of - Erik blinks rapidly, unable to resist reaching out, but - this has already happened. It's a temporal echo, the past and present briefly intersecting to provide them with the understanding - yes, this is someone who needs their help. The girl's family, her community, are all worried sick and terrified of her in muted ways - she's only a child, after-all. They don't know what to do.

But, they do. Charles, Erik, Hank, Izzy. They know. They have a plan, and right now, it seems like they might be the only ones able to step in and offer genuine assistance.

It happens suddenly; there’s no build, no crescendo. The mansion is isolated, and so for the past several days, the rapping at the inside of his skull has been low. Only the mental energies of the people around him hum in his head, dulling the constant pain between his temples to little more than a minor annoyance. That all changes when the helmet whirs to life over his skull. It’s the Big Bang. First there was nothing, then there was everything. Noise. Light. Emotion. Pain. Brilliance. Depravity. All at once, it floods into Charles’s brain and through his senses. Sound too loud to tease out a single phrase, images moving too quickly to identify any figure.

Unbeknownst to him, his companions in the room are viewing a completely different landscape; one of control, targeted purpose. His brain is the interface for collection, Hank’s work provides the filter. Through the cacophony, an image finally tears to the front. The others don’t fade away; this one is merely brighter, louder, crisper. A flash of red hair, a rolling car, and—fear, horror, chaos—oh god, it’s more anguish than anyone should ever have to endure, too much for a body to contain—

Before he can register it, Charles is on the floor of the basement, a strangled cry tearing from his throat. Hands scrabble to push the helmet off, and when he finally wrests himself free of the thing, the silence, the stillness, is overwhelming. He’s lying beside the chair, and a trickle of blood steams from his left nostril, but he can’t feel that, he can’t feel anything, other than the imprint of the world’s emotions inside his chest.

Watching Charles be flung to the floor with blood streaming down his face, prompts Hank and Danny to immediately spring into action beside him, with the physicians acting quickly to ensure that his physical wellbeing is unharmed. While Carmen frets, wringing his hands like a soggy lump. Erik is still. His brows knit together in the center of his forehead. An island amidst the chaos, he is unmoved and impassive. He makes a very slow blink, and then gradually makes his way to Charles, kneeling down in front of him after gently ushering the others out of the way. Silent, light-footed. (this is what happens/when you find them here./the others beforehand teach you./to bear their remnants.)

As though he knows what to do, a type of telepathic first-aid that no one else on Earth could be privy-to, for the simple fact that it was an entire unknown in the field of medicine. The movements come organically, a reflexive key played in-tune. Hefting Charles upright, he uses the edge of his sleeve to dab away the blood droplets along his upper lip, before resting his hand along Charles's cheek. The warmth of skin-to-skin becomes a magnetic totem, tugging on that invisible strand he has felt between them from the first moment their minds touched, that quiet evening in his apartment permanently etched onto his being. Pulling on the strand. Dill and tzatziki, laughter and poetry. The orbit of atoms, like planets and stars.

"Tachzor elai, neshama," he murmurs the entreaty softly.

Charles knows that the rush of activity around him is being orchestrated in concern for him, but in this state, assuaging his companions’ worries feels unimportant. Even as a his eyelid is peeled open by a hasty thumb and an intense beam of light assaults his retinas, he doesn’t respond. The light is a dim candle compared to the light still pulsing behind his optic nerve, the memory of the entire world’s experience, one-by-one. Only when his torso is lifted from the ground does he vaguely feel like his body is his own again—pale as a ghost, is he—

and a warm sensation against his face, which has become stone cold. Return, return… Familiarity. Comfort. Safety. A mind like a temple, artfully constructed, beautifully furnished. Return to me. He relaxes, body slumping against Erik, fully supported by the other man. His eyes remain shut, but the touch is enough to keep him grounded. Slowly, the soft static of minds resonate in his head again, sharper and defined.

“Well,” he says finally, eyes still closed. His voice is soft, but not weak. “It works, Hank.”

"What in tarnation happened?" Danny asks, still uncertain himself. "I can't see how this machine is safe if it's going to zap you like that. We're really playing with fire here, this is the upper limits of modern medical science we're messing around with."

Erik shakes his head. "It did not cause any damage to Charles," he insists, despite what they've just seen. "None at all," he assures Charles himself gently, running the flat of his palm rhythmically along Charles's back, encouraging his body to return to its natural homeostasis with an unconscious twinge of his ability.

"That looks like damage to me," Carmen agrees with the epidemiologist. "You were bleeding."

"It was like a..." Erik squints. Ordinarily his command of the English language is on-par or even exceeding collegiate level, but every once in a while, particularly when his emotions are heightened, he slips up, basic words escaping him. "Jego organizm jest przytłoczona," he gestures a bit.

"A shock to the system. From the device?"

"No," Erik almost whispers, reverent. "I felt it, when it happened. Like becoming awake, everything at once. From your mutation."

"Did anyone else see that -- girl?" Daniel has to ask. "Dreams on television, now we've seen everything."

Charles appreciates Erik’s insistence. Somehow, the man knows perfectly well that Charles isn’t hurt, there’s nothing amiss with his molecular makeup, he assumes. Erik’s assessment is entirely accurate, he’s not hurt, not shocked. He’s simply overwhelmed. “That girl,” Charles murmurs, eyes finally flashing open. His vision is blurred, but the barren room and minimal bodies around are far clearer than the kaleidoscopic rush he had just witnessed. “She needs help,” Charles manages, lifting a hand to wipe the remaining trickle of blood from lip. “Did you all see where she was? There was supposed to be a map here, right?”

“There was, and she’s in New Jersey,” Hank answers as he peers at the various monitors and controls. “Charles, if that was too much—“

“Of course it was too much,” Charles answers quickly, but his face is animated, ebullient. “You just gave me access to the entire scope of human experience. Certainly, I’ll need to practice a bit to learn how to control what I see, but you’ve done it. We can find anyone. Everyone.

"We must assist her," Erik gives a single confirming nod, helping Charles slowly rise to his feet. A glass of water finds its way into Erik's hand, and he holds it out, wrapping Charles's fingers around the handle and encouraging him to drink. "We will go immediately. The first step, yes?" his brows raise, a ghost of a smile on his features that only the telepath is privy to.

Charles accepts the water and doesn’t speak until it’s fully gone. He’s energized but clearly exhausted; Hank will be shepherding him to bed in a few moments, but he presses a gentle acknowledgment into Erik’s psyche. A thanks, and a nod. You and I, so as not to overwhelm.

“I think you need to rest before doing anything,” Hank says on cue. “You look pale.”

“I just need a moment,” Charles insists. “We will leave this afternoon.”

"Rest," Erik agrees, soft. Evidently, immediacy only extended to as immediate as possible - he has no qualms assuring Charles is fully recovered before venturing forth. "After all, we may yet find trouble out there. Take the morning, and you can evaluate then," he compromises with both Hank and Charles. "I will ensure everything is prepared when you are ready to go."


Charles retreats to his bedroom, and as exhausted as he is, rest does not come. He’s too incensed to rest. Erik is right; the brief moment under Cerebro activated something in his mutation. Even in this relative isolation, everything seems more acute. Sharper. Interconnected, in some way. He gives up on rest around noon and decides to pack his bag for their excursion. This poor girl, so full of pain and fear. He’d felt her anguish; it became his own. By the time he arrives in the foyer, the tiredness from the morning is superseded by passion to help this girl.

Unlike Hank and Carmen, Erik displays no hesitation over Charles leaving with him - there comes a time when you just have to let a grown man determine his own limitations, and as far as Erik can see, there is very little that Charles Xavier can't accomplish when he puts his mind to it. Quite literally, as a matter of fact. He shoulders a small pack of his own replete only with strips of metal and fabric - it's all he needs to make anything necessary to them on the go and far less consuming of their small personal space inside their car. He's dressed for the occasion in all black, with a long-sleeved turtleneck fashioned from something soft and fitted. Erik makes a majority of his own clothes and weaponry, as the newly-formed band of mutants had discovered, he's more prone to keeping the raw materials and not their final forms stored amidst a worktable in his quarters.

And he's the driver. It's an unspoken understanding between them, but he leads them to his Jeep and loads everything in - the feel of metal under his hands, his construction in large part with reinforced siding and additional safety measures, alongside Erik's prior training in aggressive driving left little to debate. They'll call Brigade Seven a pall on history in thirty years, but by G-d could they drive. Charles approaches this as a social worker would, intending to benefit the young girl through offering services of education and comportment in her newfound ability. Charles is the teacher. But Erik is the soldier, and he approaches it like a guard, prepared for any and all eventualities down to the wire. At least he is discreet, with no visible armaments whatsoever. If they were stopped, the police would find only metallurgy instruments.

He opens the passenger side door for Charles and gives the frame a pat before sliding behind the wheel. A few checks here and there, and the car whirrs to life without a key. "Ready?"

Though he’s still getting to know Erik, the oddities don’t strike him as odd, anymore. The scraps of metal and fabric in lieu of clothing, the bulky, reinforced car. These are all things that make Erik exactly who he is, and Charles is simply pleased to have the ability to accompany him. “Indeed.” They roll out of the circular driveway and down the leafy lane. Charles gazes out the window, feeling emboldened and nervous all at once. “She’s terrified,” he says after several silent moments. “The fear that she felt…it was so very strong. Fear of herself, Erik. So, so strong.”

"Understandable," Erik murmurs as he yanks down the manual lever in a cross-handed maneuver and presses his foot on the clutch. Then they're off - it's not the first time Charles has driven with Erik, so his lead foot is less of a shock than it was initially - but in practice, Charles couldn't be in safer hands. He wastes little time pulling them out onto the highway, where dots of houses sway amidst colorful swirls of farmland and grass, warped by the glass window that Charles has his nose pressed to. Erik is silent for a long while, having only acknowledged briefly what Charles said - but not dismissive. Contemplative.

"As a child, she would not grasp what is happening to her. Beyond this, to witness death is a heavy burden to bear, for anyone. To feel it, doubly so." But Erik is confident that they can help - at least, that Charles can help. He is not so sure he won't be relegated to sentry duty, being quite limited in his skills as a soothsayer, but he can empathize with the girl all the same. The despair she must have felt - it is not something any child should endure. To then be left in the aftermath, with no conception of prior events, no context.

It drives the point home just how dire the mutant situation is, and how needed their institution would become.

 "She grasped that what happened is horrific," Charles says quietly, staring at the rolling green hills of the countryside. "That's enough." What's troubling Charles is that this is just one incident. The singular one that crawled to the fore of the cacophony, likely due to proximity. How many other unthinkable things were happening at the same moment? Are happening right now? "We've accepted a great responsibility."

"We will succeed," Erik tells him, hearing what he was saying beneath. "We do not have a choice, but we will not need one. I am confident in our abilities," he adds, which is more akin to faith granted they truly didn't know what the future would hold. But it was genuine, and powerful, and almost enough to supplant the twinge of nervousness in his gut. "Knowing that there are others like her out there, that there are people who will fight for her and protect her - that is important." Erik grimaces a little. The image of her parents was still emblazoned across the back of his mind, scared and horrified and even repulsed. Erik couldn't understand that. To him, mutation in all its forms was magnificent and fascinating.

Charles wishes that he could embrace Erik’s confidence. No, they don’t have a choice, but that makes their work all the more urgent. Mutants are a slim minority, of course, but even a slim minority in a population of several billion is massive. “How are we to save all of them?” he asks, and it’s mostly rhetorical, because he knows that they can’t.

"I wish I knew," Erik says, gentle. "Maybe it will not be a simple matter of what we can do, but what we empower others to do for themselves. To help change the culture of our world, so that mutants everywhere have the same opportunities for success that we have." It's a conundrum, and one he hasn't stopped thinking about since first manifesting his ability in that Red Cross tent. As soon as he realized what he could do - that Dr. Schmidt was right in his insistence, it became clear that what he had just endured would only be the start. If the world's powers only knew what was on the horizon... but it's why they're here, in this car. Maybe, if they can ward it off before it starts, put themselves on the international stage on their own terms and win the hearts and minds of the average citizen - maybe they'll have a chance. And if not... Erik is prepared for the alternative.

Charles smiles sadly to himself. Yes, he is confident that they will do all they can. He knows that this is his calling, his life’s mission. He doesn’t doubt his commitment, or Erik’s, or Raven’s, or any of the wonderful collection of misfits they’ve found back at the manor. Those brief moments under Cerebro, however, have…altered him. Widened his perhaps naive eyes to the scope of their mission. “I felt everything,” he says aloud, a sudden need to share with the one person who Charles knows will understand. “The way that you see everything down to their quarks…I felt it. All of it, all at once. The entire world, Erik.”

Erik looks over at Charles then, which in another person would undoubtedly be dangerous given he's behind the wheel, but there's no need for concern although it's a bit jarring, their car doesn't even wobble out of place. His bad hand is laid in his lap, while his other is on the wheel, but it's largely for show - the car moves under its own power, or rather, via Erik's. "That must have been overwhelming," he murmurs. "I felt you. I knew that something significant had occurred. Like an echo, of everything. That amount of data - that you are upright is quite an astonishing achievement. Could you discern any of it, or was it just... noise?"

Charles doesn’t even question Erik as the man looks over at him, understanding implicitly that his physical being is always safe when Erik is near. That is how much he trusts the other, respects his abilities. “Noise, but it wasn’t homogenous.” His tone is conversational, but his gaze remains fixed at the windshield ahead. “It’s a very odd thing, to experience the most joy you’ve ever felt and the most agony you’ve ever felt in the same moment.” Hunger, wrath, sorrow, ebullience. All at once. “This girl; she clawed her way to the front, but everyone else was still there.”

Erik nods. In some way, he thinks he can understand - not precisely, not the feelings and thoughts of every person, but on a smaller scale, he knows where everything is - how the world is shaped, how their surroundings move and sway, down to the tiniest insects fluttering miles off. It's a low fuzz in the background, that his brain discards as it's simply too much information to track all at once. What he cannot imagine is having access to it all at once, every atom and molecule in synchronous orbit.

"This is what you are built for," he concludes after a lengthy, contemplative silence. "All of it, like this. This is just the first time, but as your powers grow, and you learn more ways to engage with them, I think it will become easier for you. You were not meant to be alone. Your mind is tethered to all things, and you are forever altered because of it."

His own mind had been stretched to its limits; the capacity for one person to experience and endure. Finkelstein once wrote that a black hole was a region of space so dense that nothing could escape its grasp, and he believes he came very close to that event horizon. To fall beyond it would have been to spaghettify. But Charles is not like him - his mind is designed to hold, what Erik believes is a theoretically infinite amount of information.

"It makes you very powerful," he says. "Possibly the most powerful individual I have ever encountered. But it is a grave responsibility, Charles. I know you know this." He smiles very slightly - and it's only by those abilities that Charles knows it is there.

“What if I don’t want to have this responsibility?” It’s the first time Charles has ever expressed distaste out loud. When speaking to Erik and their compatriots, he’s a beacon of positivity and pride. Mutation is beautiful. Mutation should be embraced with pride and honor and enthusiasm. It’s something he believes wholeheartedly, and it’s also something that feels inescapable at the same time. He finally turns to face Erik, face serene, tone grave. “I know that I do have it. I can accept it. But, my goodness…it’s a lot, Erik. I suppose I’ve been given this gift because some universal entity thinks that I can handle it…but what if I can’t? What if it breaks me?”

"It might," Erik nods, solemn. It's certainly anything but dismissive, but perhaps a surprise that he so readily agrees with Charles's reservations. "In fact, it undoubtedly will," he doubles down on that pretty fast, and it would be shocking, if Charles didn't know anything about the man. Erik gazes back at him, vivid green to glacial, shimmering blue. "To be broken, that is not a linear process. Time," he starts softly, his penchant for physics coloring even this.

"We think it moves only in one direction, linear. But that is not true. I watch as electrons spontaneously revert to prior states. The farther you are in distance, the farther you are in time. Where I am, and where you are, is different. No clock could discern this, but I can." He offers a small smile, this time apparent on his features, eyes creasing at their corners. "Nothing about our reality is as it appears. People get broken all the time, but that does not make them unsalvageable. No more than this."

He reaches forward with his unmarred hand, touching at the silver bracelet adorning Charles's wrist, fingers warm and steady across his pulse-point. "It was broken when you gave it to me. Now it is strong, and beautiful. No one is ever just one thing, Charles. No one escapes this life unbent. If you break, you will mend. You will learn to exist with your weathered pieces. They will become part of the tapestry that makes you individual, and worthy."

Charles’s fingers wrap around Erik’s wrist. The touch is comfort. The presence is warmth. Erik’s words are solemn, sincere, and though the weight still sits on Charles like an anvil, he also feels at ease. “For a stoic, you’ve a real ease with words of comfort,” Charles says, and he means it. Erik’s faith, his fair-minded point-of-view, his appreciation of balance and harmony. Maybe that cycle isn’t something that Charles appreciates because he isn’t a conscious witness of such cycles. If it truly exists, if that which is broken can be fixed, there’s at least some comfort there. “I really do appreciate you, Erik,” he says earnestly, fingers tight around Erik’s own. “You’re beyond brilliant, of course, but you’re the first person who…well. Who understands.” He doesn’t elaborate, and he doesn’t need to. Erik understands.

It moves something in him, which he has only ever known to be immobile - transfixed in chiseled marble. Sullied stone shattered. He did not realize that he could grow any longer, and it is what gives him confidence in that which he speaks. He has been broken, mangled beyond all sense and recognition. But he is here. That is how he knows. A member of this fledgling group of people quite like a family. Many say that blood is thicker than water. That biology is what creates the strongest bonds. But what they don't know is that the blood of the covenant is thicker than the water of the womb. Quite literally, the opposite.

The word, Stoic, is a curious one. The term daimon is from his father's language, meaning guardian spirit. If he has to pick a guiding star, one could do worse than eudaimonia. For the good composed of all goods; an ability which suffices for living well; perfection in respect of virtue; resources sufficient for a living creature. Yes, indeed. A flip in his chest. Charles's regard for him is as such blood, like nourishing water. Causing sprouts of tender green things to crop up, curious, in the patchwork cracks of his psyche which have been sanded down through time.

What possesses him next, he could not say. Perhaps that pursuit of a well-lived life, what had prompted him to speak plainly his perceptions of Charles - what seems eons ago - in that small laboratory. Surely if he'd the time to think, and process, he would have controlled the impulse that washes over him. Marshaled himself, as he has always done. It's daring, and dangerous - they've alluded in inclination and affiliation. Where there is enough ambiguity to rescue them from misstep.

Alas, he lifts Charles's hand and presses a gentle kiss to the edge of his knuckle. This is his covenant, from a man who very literally could put a rainbow in the sky if he so chose.

"If you break, I will help you to mend," he promises roughly.


The kiss reframes everything. Over these last weeks, he and Erik have been dancing—for two men who have the capability to see life in such bare, bald, crystalline reality, they’ve been embarrassingly vague about defining the obvious current pulsing beneath every interaction of theirs. Does that current look like anything? Can Erik see it? If he can’t see it, does that mean it isn’t there? No, it is. Charles knows it is, in the way Erik’s psyche warms when they’re together and hardens when they’re not.

He’s not the only thing to do such a thing, of course, but he does know that Erik is less guarded with him. Perhaps because the other knows that there’s no reason to guard when a telepath is near, but the walls are less solid, either way. Or maybe it’s because Charles’s breath always hitches, his eyes flicker, his pulse quickens. The kiss, however, is what defines the milieu. His fingers straighten, and then cup themselves softly around Erik’s severe jaw. His thumb brushes along his cheekbone, light as air. Erik really is a specimen. Sharp features, wise green eyes. Brown hair with undulating waves. Kindness and pain.

“I know,” Charles replies, Erik’s jaw cradled in his fingers. “I trust you. Nothing about you lies. Ever,” he adds, eyes resting on full lips. “I only hope that you can trust me, too.”

Charles's thumb across his jaw - touching him as though he were made from glass, pressing fingerprints along clear panes and leaving gentle smudges in their wake. His eyes flutter closed instinctively, shoulders tensed up around his ears and body poised - primed for something - The moment hangs suspended on a silken strand, beaded and wavering between them. And then they widen marginally, just as they had at Aoife's upon the realization that this was - this.

It is there. Made manifest for just milliseconds to Charles in a brilliant flurry of kaleidoscopic colors that suffuse their vehicle, emanating from them both and entwining.

When they touch, that pulse of electricity sharpens without warning, sending a heated bolt through Charles's chest. The car, fortunately, isn't affected even though it's quite clear that Erik hadn't meant to create such a response. A swerve of ordinary iron control. Erik swallows against those fingers, appearing genuinely surprised by their presence. "I cannot-" he starts, voice hoarse and soft, barely audible, and he clears his throat, offering a wry little smile that bunches up his cheek. "I cannot promise to always be able to help you," he warns.

Erik does not make promises he cannot keep. This, he knows well. Just as well. Had done so before, and carried their lives with him. "But I will always be here for you. To discover a new way of doing. To make a different path. To see what is vital about you." Gradually, he eases, the tension dissipating the longer Charles remains in contact with him and - and it is this. Like this.

It's a wild juxtaposition; Erik at his most deadly, most dangerous, is akin to a searing predator. He can raze the Earth and its occupants from existence. He can fight and win one-handed and shod-kneed. Drink Charles under the table ten-fold, and give Raven a run for her money. In many ways, it's very stereotypical machismo. Taima Kashih, one of Raven and Erik's mutual contacts with an expertise in smuggling from her family's modest tourist-attraction styled storefront in Isfiya and a member of the country's contiguous Druze community, called it gever gever bullshit. But this, here, is something only Charles has ever seen. Ever. How still he gets, barely even breathing, lips parted slightly. Feather-dusted and - searching, imploring, something.

Bowled over with the confusion of someone deigning to touch him in ways that are meant kindly. With care, with tenderness. Most would assume him to immediately reject such an advance with hostile tenor - but not Charles. Charles knows the difference. That for Erik, it is vital, too. He just doesn't realize it. Not until right this second. He's practically vibrating under Charles's ministrations, the air sharp and humid and heavy. "I trust you," he rasps, inching forward until their brows press together. He trusts Charles. Not all the way - not the way a typical person trusts. Not with impunity. But he trusts Charles to be Charles.

"I-" he doesn't even know. And this - this is - he's still got a hold of Charles's other hand, and so lifts it to once more bestow a kiss. This time along the man's inner wrist. Decidedly more intimate.

Charles has kissed men before. He’s also kissed women; Raven likes to tease about how unfair it is that he has his “pick of the lot” when it comes to selecting a partner. They’ll snigger and banter, but underneath that, they both know with solemnity that Charles doesn’t actually have a choice. None of them do, not if they want to live safely. It’s one of the more sick, rotten aspects of the human psyche, Charles has concluded after years of being its keenest observer.

Fashioning others as pariahs for only a few, meaningless facets. In the privacy of Erik’s vehicle, armored, impenetrable, there doesn’t seem to be a choice, either. But not for fear of harassment or punishment; instead, Charles feels himself pulled toward Erik, like ions bonding, hypnotized, magnetized. His hand never leaves Erik’s jaw, not as he leans in, lips slightly agape, not as he brushes his nose along Erik’s sharp cheekbone. He smells vaguely of cardamom. Not as he wrests his other wrist from Erik’s grip and delicately blankets the injured hand in his own free fingers.

Not as he connects their lips and places a light, sweet kiss against Erik’s own.

I know, Erik. I know.

That it shocks Erik to his core is fundamental - for all his comprehension of physics and the nature of reality, this is an area he has relatively little experience with. Certainly not like Charles, who has little trouble making friends wherever he goes. That those connections extended to intimacy is simply a natural product of linear forward momentum.

And perhaps, it is a natural product of their proximity; Erik had been vying with this most private wish for the entirety of their association, but relegated it to the realm of fantasy. Inexperienced, unusual, stilted, there is no point at which he ever truly expected to capture Charles's attention the way someone like Terrin Ensure had, with her effortless beauty and intellect. For all Erik's bravado, at its core it is an act. It is apparent the moment Charles's lips touch his, that he had not expected his overture to be returned; and like this, no less.

The car drives itself with minimal effort, and does not stutter even as Charles's lips touch his; though a lesser man would have undoubtedly slipped up in their control. Erik prides himself on the fact that they did not abruptly wrap themselves around a tree pole, a turn of events which would be unsurprising in the slightest, because - Charles is kissing him. It's nearly chaste, but the air in their vehicle ratchets up several degrees in response, bathing them in sweltering warmth. He does not move, barely even breathes, as Charles moves closer and completes the circuit of contact between them. His chest rises as he audibly inhales, the gasp resonating between them in the otherwise silence.

It takes several moments before his own hand lifts and cradles Charles's jaw, daring to return the sentiment sincerely, most surprising is the gentleness by which he touches Charles, like he is precious. He feathers his fingers through the man's hair, down his neck, along the front of his chest. His thoughts tumble about like freed marbles, clacking against one another - (he is kissing me - this is real ? -) and so close, Charles can feel how his frame vibrates, minute shivers underneath his skin. He would respond to Charles's entreaty in his mind, but he has forgotten what they were even discussing. It seems far less relevant than this.  

He doesn't mean to pry, to snoop, but Erik's psyche is simply so powerful in presence, so large. As they slide closer on the bench seat of the Jeep, which is miraculously staying its course (a testament to its second-nature quality within Erik), Charles feels as if their minds are beginning to overlap, to merge, to interlock. There's certainly a sense of frenzy within the other, but it's not harried, or scared. Pleasant nerves, like the breath of a lover on one's skin, excitement, uncertainty, bravery.

The same sensation as one might have on the eve of a grand adventure. That's where they are, Charles realizes, shivering under the brush of fingers on his chest. On an adventure, together. Removing his hand from Erik's own, Charles grips the front of Erik's shirt and pulls the fabric taut, forcing the man closer. It's clear that this experience is novel to Erik; that center lights up in his head like a television set in a dark room. Neural pathways begin to etch themselves along the grand cathedral ceilings of his frontal cortex, snaking from the pleasure center. Though authoritative and confident in life, Erik exhibits a level of uncharacteristic naivete in this arena.

It's charming, almost cute, but it also instantly fills Charles with purpose: he must take care of Erik. Ensure that wide-eyed uncertainty is rewarded with safety. With joy. Erik's shirt in a vice, Charles pulls his own face a mere hand's-width from Erik's to look the man over. His expression matches the tenor of his thoughts, and though his own heart is pounding, red flooding his cheeks, he breathes a smile before leaning in once more, pressing harder this time, the tips of his blunt nails digging ever so softly into Erik's stubbled jaw to convey desire.

I'll never betray your trust, Erik. You're safe, with me. I promise.

It's to Erik's shock that the words burn in his eyes, sudden and hot and he laughs through it, reaching up to touch beneath them. Amazed and fond - that Charles searches so carefully within him to find the parts long-buried in frozen tundra. The wasteland of his heart grows warmer still. A cliche, he has to laugh. Surely a grown man should not cry from a simple kiss, nor a singular promise. But there's no angst attached to it, it's just - and he can't help but shudder a little. A clay pot in need of sculpting.

Safety is something he has never anticipated - safety in this manner, almost an absurdity to ponder. Yet, it is here. Deep within his being, where his atoms orbit one another synchronously, that magnetize closer still to their counterparts - that which they know, beyond thought or reason. The soul is comprised of three parts. Nefesh, the life-force. Ruach, one's emotions - the wind with which the life-force whispers. And finally, neshama. One's higher reasoning, morals and intellect. He had called Charles this once, an accidental slip.

A high-endearment, the highest one he knows. Charles is as integral as his higher consciousness. And in their proximity, Charles realizes it thus. Erik's sentiment for him is no mere trifling affection. It is deep, and abiding, and without condition. It is trust. That Charles will be Charles. And that Charles is exceptional and worthy and good. That Charles considers, and listens, and operates to preserve dignity and humanity and peace where he goes. Erik cannot claim to be similar, and he does not. But he admires these qualities, and respects them immensely.

Charles's voice in his mind always draws his good hand up toward his cheek, trying to press it ever closer. It's a quirk, something he doesn't realize he's doing. Savoring the warmth of another soul in tandem to his own. Savoring that it is good, and pleasant. Taking all that is offered without rebuke, despite his poor reputation for hostility. Charles's eyes are luminescent under the shimmering embedded lights of the rooftop. Erik is caught. Captured without binds. His bad hand lifts without volition, achingly gentle as he brushes the soft leather of the outside brace along that flush spreading over Charles's cheek, grinning wetly.

When Charles does it again, harder - more - Erik finds his good fingers buried in the fabric along Charles's chest, as an electric cable drops into endless water. Spark. Erik's mouth opens beneath his, largely out of reflex rather than skill or purpose, and he finds himself kissing Charles, now. This time, Charles feels it as it doubles back and plunges him into the depths. The lights in the car flicker and a soft noise emits from the back of Erik's throat, utterly without his intention.

"You are," he whispers back, breath shaky. "Safe with me. I won't harm you. I won't." This seems important to him, for some reason. That Charles know this.

The comment is so striking that, despite himself, Charles breathes a laugh. His lips still explore Erik’s, hands remain knotted in his shirt to shackle him close, but the laugh is warm on their skin. “I know you won’t hurt me,” he says aloud, hand finally leaving Erik’s jaw so that his fingers can card through tawny hair. It’s a softer in Charles’s fingers than he expects, but perhaps that’s fitting. Much of Erik has the same quality; a coarse exterior sheltering softness. Not all softness, of course, but just enough for Charles to sink into. He pulls back so that he can observe Erik in totality, and then smiles.

His hands fall away, one resting on the man’s immobile hand encased in its brace and the other on his thigh. There’s still intensity, heat, kinesis, but Charles somehow channels calm, too. It’s a strange dichotomy to have a racing heart and a placid breath all at once, but maybe it’s a signal of correctness. This, Charles feels, is correct. “I’ve never feared that you would harm me, my friend. From the moment I heard your mind, I—“ he hesitates, suddenly struggling to find the words. “It’s so magnificent. Brilliant. Powerful, but steadfast and righteous. You’re incredible, Erik. I’ve only sublime respect for you, but not a reason to ever mistrust you.”

Erik's leg tenses under Charles's hand, a rigidity that spreads up through his shoulders and then diffuses - stiff and board-like, until Charles seeps into his sparking nerves and melts down through his synapses like heated butter. His hand finds Charles's forearm, rubbing absently at his exposed skin. With Charles's words a fresh sprig of affection worms its way through the soil, hands in his hair tilling the Earth by his hands. Working the vast landscape in his mind, fields primed through nourishment in points of contact that are soft, and careful. Visions of fingers in yielding silt, sifting through the loam that is his spirit.

He wishes he could move his embraced fingers to grasp Charles's, but Charles has already given him such a gift of unimaginable proportions, by taking away the pain that lay within his bones, joints and musculature that he could not possibly complain. Not one for simpering self-pity, it's one of the rare times Charles catches a train of thought tinged with regret at his disability. Erik rarely even considers it beyond the practical, has accepted it as it is and walked with composure. It is for one reason only - that he cannot touch Charles as he wishes. That he cannot skitter fingers along his jaw, across his collarbones and down his spine.

As he thinks those desires, Charles feels them; a ghostly current. Not from Erik's skin to the other's, rather deep beneath the layers that comprise Charles's physical composition, a low hum from the inside-out that warms him and electrifies him all at once. Not one for elaborate verbal proclamations, Erik relies on simplistic and blunt honesty in the wake.

"You are beautiful," he whispers back, a grin on his face unbidden. He does not, nor has he ever, mean to relegate this to the realm of attractiveness, though probing further beneath those microscopic filaments Charles would find that in abundance. Charles is as though hammered from marble, a living specimen of art. Every freckle, every scattered blemish and smooth expanse. The red of his lips, and splashes of azure in his eyes mimicking the endless depths of his oceanic mind. For if Erik is as a sanctum, Charles is life-giving water.

The Earth is 71% water, and yet only 5% has dared to reveal itself to humankind. Mysterious, exhilarating, alluring. His intellect and philosophy are undoubtedly superior, but what Erik truly means -  "And incredibly kind." His bad hand taps his own chest, a gesture of deep sincerity. To me, goes unsaid, as not to tinge such a delicate, precious moment with marred ashes of pathos. But it is known to Charles all the same. Nothing remains secret any longer. You are incredibly kind to me. That Charles's mutation itself must be superlative compassion, if he could hold it even for one such as Erik.

Reaching forward, he carefully brushes the pad of his thumb along the bare edges of Charles's bottom lip. "Every time, when you smile, I want to kiss you. When we met in Aoife's. When you shared with me here." He touches his temple. "I had thought it is for dreams-only."

The stream of discomfort is something unexpected, something that Charles hadn’t added to the character map he has been building of Erik. He rarely thinks about his disability openly, especially not pulled down by an anvil of negativity. A side-effect of openness, perhaps. Things like this slipping though, bubbling toward the top like oxygen from the bottom of the sea. Charles lifts Erik’s hand then, to do what the other cannot. The brace is off in mere moments, and the thin, wasted hand is grasped in Charles’s own. He plants a kiss on each knuckle, bony and stretching the pale skin. Assurance, maybe. A promise, a confession. Charles adores every inch of Erik, and the other should know.

What comes from Erik’s lips next is perhaps more unexpected, and Charles feels his breath hitch in his throat. The energy following the statement is only earnest, and he can’t think of anything at all in this moment but Erik. His head is full of others at every moment, constant streams of sound and emotion, so it’s beyond dizzying to have only the other occupying his brain. This has never happened before. Any judgment borne of jadedness is entirely absent, no false smiles, charming words, ulterior motives. Erik is purely himself, and to hear words of such bald confession makes Charles momentarily forget the events of the morning, forget that they’re on their way to rescue a young girl. Only Erik.

Clutching Erik’s bad hand in his own, Charles lets his lips widen into a broad grin. The corners of his eyes crinkle, an effect reserved only for genuine happiness. “Then I will smile for the rest of my life,” he says in return, lacing his fingers with the stiff and still digits of the injured hand. When the fingers curl against his own, he kisses the tip of each. “I want to be at your side forever. We may not be in agreement in every arena, but I refuse to accept that you and I will not stand together.” His voice is smooth—the Queen’s English doesn’t allow for hitches or hoarseness—but strong. Convicted. “We must.”

He too can feel the twinge inside Erik at the reaction to his words, and the subsequent rush of affection they cause. Erik has never thought in absolutes, in promises - anything can happen, anything can change, the whole world could dissolve on a dime. His own history tells him that he is capable of doing anything. To say otherwise would be to lie. He is capable of killing. Of hurting others. And he knows that Charles knows this. He knows that Charles, too, wonders if this between them is sustainable. But he does nod, because he knows what he wants is what Charles says. Erik has never desired to cause pain for its own sake, and even at his very worst, he has always tried to act with compassion. He knows Charles knows this, too. That no matter what, Erik would not disregard their shared principles cavalierly.

"We will make this world better," Erik murmurs. That, he can promise. "Together. We will make sure these people have a home. That they will not be in danger." He refuses to consider a version of reality where he and Charles are not working toward that goal. Even if the humans come for them, even if things become dire. Even if fighting is the inevitable conclusion, Erik does not want to live in a world where children are born into such a conflict, where people like Senator McCarthy make the rules. Peace may not always be conceivable, but making this place better is... it is necessary. No matter what happens, or where they go, Erik knows that he will do his utmost to protect that vision, and to protect Charles.

The idea that he wouldn't is positively obscene. He watches his fingers interlock with Charles's, the warmth of the man's skin against his own - sensation is stilted, interrupted, but true to his prior involvement there is no pain. Erik watches as Charles's expression shifts, and reaches to touch his palm along the man's cheek. "For as long as you desire to be at my side, you will be there." That is a promise.

Charles can recognize Erik's caution as he speaks, which, he knows, is characteristic of his methodical nature. No purpose in promising something that cannot be guaranteed. The romantic in Charles which never seems to fully quiet wishes that Erik could buy in to the idea of an interlocking future without hesitation, but the pragmatist appreciates the caution. And, really, it's hardly caution, it's a gesture, an invitation. So long as they both find it mutually desirable, they shall remain with each other. That's enough, for Charles. More than enough. It's hope, like a sun rising over a flat plain, warm light promising to spread over dark ground. Illuminating the meadows. Flowers and weeds.

Yes, they can work together to make Earth better for mutants. Separatism, Integrationism; right now, those are just words. Their potentials both spell a brighter future for their kind, and maybe they can co-exist. It's a far way away, and Charles hopes, with ballooning joy, that they can remain together throughout. "It's difficult for me to envision a day when I do not desire to be at your side," Charles muses, thumb smoothing over the cool skin of Erik's damaged hand. Their eyes lock as the green expanse of the countryside melts like a painting outside the glass windows of the car. "We have much to do together, after all."

It draws a smile to Erik's face, one of the ones that is only visible to Charles, that spreads out freckles across the bridge of his nose when it wrinkles up fondly. It's uncanny to realize how much time they've passed like this, simply touching one another - learning one another, really - and spending the drive in close contact, nearly knee-to-knee. Time has tumbled forward, and Erik glances at the road, with the realization pulling a slight huff from him. "Did you wish to check-in at the hotel, first?" he arches a brow. Charles wouldn't be caught dead in a motel, even though that was Erik's initial inclination, they're both well in possession of enough money to spring for greater accommodations.

It's something Erik still has yet to come to terms with, that he has total financial security for the rest of his life. He doesn't act like someone of such a stature, still wearing the same clothes, living in the same modest conditions, eating the same foods. He could have the most lavish room in New Jersey, but it just doesn't occur to him. In fact, he still thinks of Charles as having excess, almost tasteless amounts of wealth, and himself not. When, that is very much not the case. Not any longer. It's a curious train of thought, self-deprecating at its core.

What is he to do, with this newfound awareness that his under-privileged upbringing no longer represents reality? Start a foundation? Donate to every single charity in the country? Force everyone to improve the living conditions of the homeless and poor? It's a hefty responsibility, but he does know - it starts here. Like this. At the very least, it is comforting to know that they can provide for these people. For someone like the little girl they are about to rescue. She will never have to worry again. And that is possible because of them - because of Charles.


Charles is regretful when Erik looks away. The moment, perhaps the most special one that Charles has ever experienced, is fading away. If he could live in it forever, he just might; enclosed in the car, hands intertwined and lips pressed together, their future tumbling ahead like a ribbon from a spool. The excitement, the happy uncertainty. If Charles could bottle that feeling and sip on it like a drink whenever he liked. The question takes him back to their mission. Though the moment is gone, their bond is fortified. There is no going back now, and Charles feels content.

"Let's...let's find the girl, first," Charles decides regretfully. Oh, how he'd rather curl up in a hotel room with Erik for the evening, just the two of them, but the memory of the girl's fear is imprinted in his psyche. Outside of their moment, the scar surfaces, red and fresh. It's not fair to her. His hand remains encased around Erik's own, the clawed fingers straightened in his grasp. Erik can't feel it much, that he knows, but he hopes hat the stretching at least encourages circulation, stimulates muscles. "Why don't you let me see if I can collect her first? I don't want to...overwhelm."

One of Erik's eyebrows arches. It's clear he doesn't expect to be ushered away, but he inclines his head patiently. There is no two ways about it, between them both Charles certainly has the people skills where Erik... tends to frighten people who aren't Charles. It's also evident he has no idea what to do with himself if he's not participating going inside the house, but already he's considering an alternate tactic. Tuning into the police scanner frequencies over the air and sussing out their security situation is now even more of a priority. "I will ensure there are no interruptions," he murmurs, letting his thumb brush over the apple of Charles's cheek before settling his hand atop the other's for a brief squeeze.

“I’m sure you will,” Charles replies airily, not daring to let Erik’s hand go. He knows that the brace will go back on soon and that their mission will begin as soon as they arrive at the hospital holding the girl, but they’ve still got a little longer to be alone together. To touch, kiss, hold hands. To be safe and free. “I think her name is Jean,” Charles says suddenly, a memory firing from nowhere. People think about their own names surprisingly often, and though he hadn’t been able to discern anything clearly at the time, the memory of her own experience is now becoming sharper. Like assessing an incident after the fact, once a brain has been able to process it. Jean. A terrified little girl with love and fear in heart. A girl who needs him now. “We’ll stay with her tonight in the hotel?”

Erik's mind has snapped into place, the gears in motion, focused and centered on their purpose. But that doesn't change the glowing hum in the center of his chest that has taken root there, his pulse and blood pressure unwittingly synchronous with Charles's. They are irrefutably linked, not just from the point of contact between their skin, but on an atomic level.

His consideration of Charles's question drives home just how momentous a task they do have ahead of them. It was always their intention, but having it laid out so clearly, Erik can't help but grimace slightly. "You think you can convince her parents so quickly?" he murmurs, pulling off of the last exit in a long line of exits, and re-emerging them into the bustling city center of New Brunswick. Asking the question, Erik's lips twitch a bit. Charles could convince anyone of anything, surely (lest he dwell on that a little too long) but- he knows that the man prefers to do things the old fashioned way.

The hum in his head grows louder, and as the city becomes more dense, the ache between Charles’s temples sharpens. It’s a sensation that he’s more than used to so it doesn’t bother him, but it seems like a disturbance. The real world coming back, disturbing their peace, distracting him. His eyes narrow, and one hand raised to rub absently at his forehead. The other remains clutched around Erik’s own. “Her parents are scared, too,” Charles murmurs, grimacing as a particularly vile string of thoughts comes and goes from a stranger in the car beside their own. Perhaps he’s imagining it, but…but his telepathy feels marginally more acute, today. The thoughts resonate more with his own emotional center; he feels them, more. “I think they’ll be amenable to help, if it’s offered.”

Erik watches him, eyes creased slightly in concern, before touching two fingers to Charles's temple. He wants to try something, though how successful it will be is up for debate. Drawing in on himself, on the center that forms the basis of his mutation, he extends a large wall of force around them quite abruptly. Imagining that every stray particle is pushed out - and hopefully, those containing thoughts, with them. Even if it works, it isn't sustainable - there's limited oxygen in the bubble. But it might act as a reprieve, just for a moment. Erik does not like to see Charles in pain. Knowing it, seeing it, pierces him.

Charles is distracted by the bustling noise, eyes narrow, lips tight, and he’s on the verge of releasing Erik’s injured hand for fear of clamping on it by accident when— Silence. Nothing. Emptiness that he has not experienced in a decade-and-a-half. For a moment, he thinks that something is terribly wrong, that everyone around them has dropped dead or that the sun has opened up to swallow them all, and a gasp escapes his lips. Eyes go wide, an expression of pure shock, before he realizes with a jolt that it’s Erik. Erik, good hand on his temple, straining slightly, forming some kind of invisible barrier around him.

The only voice he can hear in his head is his own. It echoes, clear, bright, clean. It’s bliss. Eyes flutter shut, and the tension in his body slackens as he leans into the seat behind him. Reveling in the peace. Oh, how beautiful the silence. How wonderful. How… Lonely. Vulnerable. Disconnected. And…suffocating? Before the lack of oxygen begins to pain him, the barrier is gone, and the cacophony returns. So does the headache. But the experience has made Charles feel almost giddy, and he turns to Erik, body tense once more, with wild eyes. “How did you do that?” he breathes. “My goodness, I’ve not experienced peace like that since my mutation presented.”

Erik grins, one of the rare times that it's visible plain as day, dimples at the sides of his cheeks. Seeing Charles happy, wondrous - it overpowers his conditioning in a way he's never experienced before. To provide, to give. It is essential. He has always rejected the idea of some type of mutation suppressant and vehemently disagreed with Hank on multiple occasions. Never one to raise his voice or shout his opinions down, nevertheless he has always been coldly firm with the doctor on the slippery slope he continues to break himself over. But this is different. Using one mutation to help another, in a moment of need - that, he can do.

"I pushed them all away," he laughs a little, eyes bright and pleased. "Just physics," he whispers. "I would have to work harder, to try and make something that could last long-term. Oxygen molecules are large," he explains. "Whereas neutrinos are very small. Perhaps if you had an oxygen tank," he theorizes curiously. "You should not be in pain. Not ever. I will work on it," he promises solemnly. 

Despite the return of his lifelong headache, Charles laughs softly, enamored by Erik’s excitement, his animated face when he smiles, his sparkling eyes. Physics, of course. The man who can control physics makes it seem so very easy, obfuscating the fact that he’s just altered reality. “Don’t work too hard, my friend,” Charles responds warmly, though he can’t help but bring Erik’s hand up to his lips again to plant a kiss across those knuckles once more. Punctuation.

“Pain is a side effect of my telepathy, one which I must tolerate in exchange for my gift.” He’s still smiling, still awed and amazed. “It’s quite mild. A dull headache, usually. I would feel a bit adrift without my mutation for any prolonged period of time, so I’ll gladly accept a bit of discomfort for the returns that telepathy gives me. Though, even that miniature reprieve was invigorating,” he admits.

"I wish that you did not experience this," he says after a brief pause. But he too understands what it means for such a gift to also come with a burden. He had spoken of it briefly himself - how certain things were closed to him. But he can't help but think that he would do anything to ensure Charles didn't have even another twinge of discomfort. It's a sudden and powerful feeling, and one he isn't accustomed to. Care for others to such a degree is completely alien to him, and it's accompanied by an existential dread he couldn't quantify if he tried. It curls at the back of his throat, stealing all of his oxygen momentarily as he realizes just how strongly Charles has embedded himself into Erik's heart.

He shoos it away. They are both powerful enough to render any threat moot. The ones who would exploit such a vulnerability are long irrelevant, even if he knew subconsciously they were still out there. It's a ridiculous and child-like notion - to be afraid that they would come and kill Charles, too. It would not be possible. "It is conceivable for me to generate oxygen," Erik muses softly. "But I am wary of allowing you to inhale anything that I have created. I am not a chemist, so it is possible I would make an error," he adds, his clear inability to even consider trifling with Charles's life that much more evident.

Charles swipes his thumb across Erik’s knuckles. “We’ve bigger problems to solve, haven’t we? Don’t fret over me. It’s truly not too big of a bother.” He looks down at Erik’s limp hand. The knuckles seem to bulge slightly out of his skin, fingers wasted from disuse. It’s a stark contrast from the rest of his body, which, to Charles, seems to be given meticulous care. Erik isn’t flashy or vain, but he eats healthfully and looks after himself, perhaps because his body contains his gift, guarantees him safety. Perhaps because it endured far too much, and health is a gift in itself. “Can you not repair your hand?” he asks suddenly, the thought striking him like lightning.

Erik smiles gently, then. "Living creatures - they are delicate," he explains as best he can. "With one mistake I could render my injury... infinitely worse. I could kill myself, by introducing elements into my blood that should not be there. The nerves, tendons, muscles - they are... complex. I have not dared to try."

As a biologist, Charles understands the complexity involved. Nerves are especially convoluted, and extraordinarily delicate. Damage and death to a nerve is not something to be taken lightly; Charles remembers the proliferation of research that emerged as soldiers came home from Europe with severe nerve injuries that confirmed as much. What’s interesting to him, however, is the fact that not even Erik has been able to master their intricacies. “You ought to have been a biologist,” Charles says, lightly brushing Erik’s knuckles. “The most sought-after surgeon in the world, you could be.”

"Would you believe that I took the MCAT?" Erik laughs, curling his fingers across Charles's jaw in return. He doesn't want to leave their liminal bubble, something they've both created to surround them that blocks out the entire world but for one another. A mutation of its own right, manifested as the product of their proximity. Erik is almost chuckling to himself under his breath. "Daniel helped me to get the materials. I submitted them and even received a score. 30. Daniel says it's 20% above average. I got an angry phone call from my adviser about 'wasting the time' of other admissions committees. I think they will live," he remarks drolly. He refocuses on Charles, curious. "What will you do, when you obtain your doctorate? Practical research with Hank? Teaching?" with me? went unsaid, but Erik flushes a bit knowing Charles heard it all the same.

“I would believe it, and I would believe that you scored well above average,” Charles chuckled. They’re nearing the hospital, where young Jean is currently admitted and in the presence of her terrified parents, so Charles plucks Erik’s brace from the seat and helps his hand back into it. “Well, initially, I planned to stay in research,” he says quietly, hands delicate as he secures Erik’s brace. “But now, it’s hard for me to see a future that does not revolve around what we’re doing now.”

Charles is the only person who has ever gotten close enough to Erik, physically, to do something like this without being forcefully, violently shoved back. It's something soft, almost intimate, or at the very least incredibly private - a piece of Erik that no one else is privy to, the pieces that are damaged and malformed. But Erik barely even blinks, allowing him free reign.

"Perhaps you will be able to have it all, as they say. When our Institute is off of the land," he mangles the idiom a little. "You will get to choose, and divide your time as you see fit." After a split-second, Erik leans forward momentarily and presses his lips to Charles's temple, warm and steady, before taking a long, slow breath and straightening up to turn into the driveway leading to the hospital's temporary parking. The car turns off once they're meticulously situated. "Shall I remain here?" he asks. 

The turn of phrase and gentle kiss against his temple sets Charles’s heart aflutter again; oh, is he truly so simpering? Something as minute as a cute boy and chaste kiss sending him into giddy devolution? Evidently yes. He steels himself, however, prepared for their task at hand. It isn’t hard to lock on to the girl, but he is slightly taken aback by what he hears when he permeates her psyche. It isn’t only her thoughts that bounce around, but those of others in the room, too. As Charles listens to everything in that simultaneously, he’s confronted with an uncomfortable echo effect, and his eyebrows snoot upward.

“She’s a telepath,” he announces.

Chapter 6: The Nightingale began the match Off in a corner, on a fallow patch,

Chapter Text

It’s nearly two hours before Charles emerges from the building, accompanied by a small girl with a shock of red hair. She hugs her narrow frame with long, pale arms, and Charles has a duffel bag hitched over one shoulder, keeping a respectful distance from her as they walk toward the car. Jean climbs into the jeep without fuss, but doesn’t accept Charles’s helping hand. The silence is thick and tense as Charles takes his place beside Erik once more in the front seat. When the doors are all shut, he turns to her, offering the gentle smile that has remained steady throughout their encounter. “Jean, this is the friend I was just telling you about. His name is Erik, and he’s special, like us. Erik, this is Jean Grey. Shall we find someplace to eat so we can all have a little chat?”

Jean’s light eyes study Erik for a moment, quizzical and skeptical. She then looks down at a pair of knobby knees from where they poke out of a skirt. “Somewhere quiet,” she murmurs.

Charles can feel it, then, how Erik's mind abruptly and swiftly silences itself as soon as that bombshell is dropped. A series of watertight compartments slamming down one after the other, atoms spreading until there is nothing discernible at all. Only empty space and kaleidoscopic filaments. When Charles first encountered it, it was uncanny and bizarre. A type of mental control that he rarely encountered outside of other telepaths, which Erik assuredly isn't. But, given their newest guest, it slots into place exactly why Erik is so strict and regimented about his thoughts around Charles even now.

"Somewhere quiet," Erik agrees as he turns to face her, offering a small smile. His tone makes an effort to be warm, but it is - as Erik inevitably is - stilted. He offers his hand to her, formal. "It is good to meet you, Ms. Grey. Where is your favorite place to eat?"

Charles watches as Jean eyes Erik's hand cautiously. Her manners, however, seem to have been instilled in her by the lovely set of parents that he just met, so she takes his in her own tiny one and shakes it once before hugging herself again. A small shrug. "Anywhere, Mr. Erik, sir," she almost whispers, turning to stare out the window. It's evident that she is trying not to cry, so Charles quickly turns around, sensing that she craves privacy at the moment.

"I believe we passed a diner on the way into town," Charles tells Erik. "Off of a country road. I know that I could go for a slice of pie and some ice cream. Doesn't that sound nice, Erik?"

Erik's left hand is his good one, so it's a lopsided version, with his completely eclipsing hers, the olive tone of his skin far more evident against hers, like snow. He is as gentle as can be with the touch, before taking Charles's lead and letting her retain some distance between them. It's just fortunate that it's Erik, whose mind is positively quiet in comparison to all the rest. "If I might let you in on a secret," he says in a conspiratorial lilt, "Charles would eat pie for every occasion if you let him. We might need to sneak in some broccoli." He isn't the keenest in social behavior, but recognizing the onset of her tears, he grips the steering wheel hard to compensate for his desire to wrap her up in his arms and soothe her.

Something about seeing her expression - knowing that she is grieving for her friend, that she has been exposed to this most irrational, nonsensical of equations: death. At such a young age, and no one had the answers. No one could make it better. It never got better, or easier, and it only increased exponentially. But hope was not lost. Erik had not believed it then and he certainly doesn't now. Pie and ice cream and lame jokes aren't going to solve anything, but if Erik understands it correctly, it's all about forming a solid basis for foundation. For support, and wellbeing. Not for the first time he is grateful for Charles's presence, and regretful - this, which he imparts with a small brush to Charles's shoulder with his braced hand - that he is not more able to render assistance. His experience with children is very specific, and thank G-d for that.

Jean doesn't react to Erik's attempt at lightening the mood. Charles, on the other hand, finds this quality endearing, hopeful. Erik, in his stilted social interaction, seems earnest nonetheless; who wouldn't want to cheer a sad, scared young girl up? He brushes the braced hand in acknowledgement, thankful. It's okay, he tells the man telepathically, knowing fully well that Jean might overhear. Jean is young, but Charles already knows that she's intelligent. Her mutation manifested not long ago, and she has already gained acute awareness of how others think, feel, react. She hadn't appreciated the kid gloves that he'd worn into the hospital. Only when he began to talk to her like a peer did she start to respond to him with any sort of honesty.

Once the car is on and puttering toward the highway, Charles clears his throat. "Notice anything odd about the car, Jean?" Charles says conversationally. The girl stirs briefly, and, blinking away tears, finally moves to glance about her. Her expression is blank until her eyes fall on Erik. His hand is on the wheel, but the gear shift is moving on its own.

"Oh," she whispers. "You can...you can make it all move, too?" she asks, eyes now glued.

"I can," Erik says softly. "I can control subatomic particles," he explains in curious juxtaposition - not one to use kid gloves with anyone. Instead, the instinct to soothe, to offer compassion in his own peculiar way, is forefront. "All physical matter in the universe is made up of particles called atoms. Each atom is made up of sub-atoms: electrons, protons, neutrons, and others. Can you make things move as well?"

Jean is quiet for a moment, and when Charles glances in the rearview mirror, he can see her frowning. He's about to speak up to ask if she's alright, when a small teddy bear emerges, seemingly of its own accord, from the duffel bag on the floor of the car. She allows it to fall her lap, and then blushes. "I...don't know what those things are," she admits quietly, fingers kneading the bear's plush arm. "But sometimes I can make all the little pieces move."

It draws a smile to his face. "So you can," he murmurs. He concentrates for a moment, and then the teddy bear lifts up again, this time changing color from its ruddy brown to a miasma of red, yellow and orange, with streaks of white and pink invoking a sunset. "Your ability works by projecting force outward," he explains. "Think of it like an invisible hand, able to push and pull at will." His own were much different, but he wasn't quite sure how to explain such a difference to a child. "What you can do is very special, Ms. Grey. You have been endowed with a responsibility far beyond your years. It is not fair, I fear. But I promise you that it can be for joy, as well. Should you grant me the honor, I can do my utmost to assist you in developing this aspect of your mutation.

Jean watches as her bear turns into a magnificent gradient, and Charles can't help but smile at the wonder on her face. "Wow," she whispers. "I don't think I can do that."

"Maybe not exactly that," Charles counsels. "But, I like you, can hear other people's thoughts. Erik, like you, can make inanimate things move. Together, we would love to help you become more comfortable using your gifts. We can make it so that it doesn't hurt so much, when other people hurt. Or so you don't accidentally move things when you're upset, like your mother explained to me. Like all things, it takes practice. But one day, we think that you'll be able to use your gifts however you want to use them. To help others, or just to help yourself. Does that sound okay?"

The young girl holds her bear to her, considering Charles' and Erik's words for a long moment before finally nodding. "Yes. Yes, please," she agrees, voice a touch stronger now.

Watching as Charles seems to break that barrier, to get through to her, in equal parts candor and nurture - Erik knows that though it's not plastered on his features - Charles can feel his affection as the warmth of pride and pleasure stoking the hearth once thought burned out. "And," Erik adds, "there are many more people just like you at our Institute. We know how overwhelming it can be to realize that you possess a power like no one else. How lonely it feels," the elaboration is delivered with as much tact as Erik is capable of using - blunt, but sincere. "But you are not alone, Ms. Grey. Not anymore."

Jean looks up at both men, and Charles feels that her skepticism and fear are less taut. Not gone, by any means, but there's now a bright speck of hope, too. He smiles toward her, feeling a sudden wave of affection toward the young girl, pleased that she is more comfortable in their presence, more optimistic about her future. "You can call me Jean," she says to Erik quietly. "How many more people?" she presses, openly curious. "Lots and lots?"

It's that speck of hope that makes Erik think, just for a moment, that maybe Charles's vision of the future could come to pass. "Jean," Erik repeats softly, with a nod. "---Like yourself?" Erik redirects with as much skill as he knows how. "Millions, perhaps. At the Institute, right now there is six. This will increase, as we encounter more who desire to learn, like you, or those who require safe haven."

"But, no one exactly like you," Charles adds. "People who can do special things like you can, but no one who can do exactly what you do. For instance, my sister, Raven, can make herself look like anyone in the entire world," he says, projecting several side-by-side images of Raven to both Jean and Erik. "She can make herself look like the President, or Santa Claus, or even the Queen of England. And then there's Janos, who can create tornadoes out of thin air. And Hank, who looks like a normal man but can turn into this giant blue creature, with super strength and the ability to climb walls." He reaches back to touch her shoulder, smiling. "We're all special. And when we can all come together, we can be free to be ourselves. Isn't that exciting?"

Erik watches as all of this information is digested in real-time on Jean's face, from hearing about Erik, who - in her mind - shared her abilities themselves, to the projected image of Raven in all her blue glory and Hank, with a stature that defied all words and had her raising her hand to her mouth in shock. Leaving her parents, traveling across the country - it was a big deal. It was terrifying, in fact, perhaps just as terrifying as believing you were about to die - knowing, fully in your heart that your time had come and you were going to be obliterated from existence - feeling the moment at which your life-giving processes ceased to function -

But leaving all that she had known behind, to embark to a new school, a new city, with new teachers she hadn't met before... well, it was a Lot, even for one with as much internal fortitude as Jean would grow up to possess. She can't help but latch onto Charles's words, drawing comfort from the one thing that seems genuine. Whoever these two men are, they are like her. Charles moreso, a kindred mind bouncing along the fish-bowl of her consciousness. It's immediately comforting - not only are there other mutants, but ones truly like her. She ping-ping-ping-pongs along Charles's mind almost playfully, quite like bouncing tennis-balls. She's naturally drawn to him, if-not at ease, then certainly close.

Meanwhile, Erik is an enigma, thoughts an inscrutable haze leading into silent fog. White-fuzz. He's colder than Charles. but she watches Charles; his reaction to the man fills in what he does not. Negative-spaces. Charles has a deep well of appreciation for Erik, and she relies on those perceptions instead of her own for the time being. "A blue creature?" she can't help but enquire. "You aren't pulling my leg?"

“I’m not,” Charles replies easily. “And I won’t show you what he looks like, you can see him for yourself when we get home.” Charles glances at Erik, hoping to share a small smile with the other. The tension is slackened a bit now, and he feels grateful, once more, for the companionship and assistance. They’re foils of each other, in some ways. Charles is bubbly, forthcoming, warm, while Erik is quiet, reserved, cooler. Not cold to Jean, but his affection is of a different kind. It’s what makes him who he is. Jean doesn’t seem nervous about it, though. Maybe because she can hear the earnest thoughts at the edge of his psyche. “Now, let’s see about that pie, hmm? Are we close, Erik, dear?”

"We are indeed there, yet," Erik replies dryly and almost as though in response to Charles's question itself, they pull into the driveway of Carole's Diner. He parks them near the front door and moves to open Jean's side of the vehicle, helping her to step down out of the Jeep's tall height. He lets her hover in the air for a moment as she walks off the ledge, then lowers her down with a tap on the nose before folding his hands behind his back and following Charles inside.

As Charles makes his away around the wide berth of the Jeep, he feels a distinct ribbon of glee pierce. When he finds the pair, Jean is grinning to herself, gazing up at Erik in what can only be described as fascination, and his heart warms at the sight. It’s only been an hour, but his confidence builds. They’ve done the right thing, he knows. Jean will be happy and safe with them, as will her future fellow students and friends. He leads them into the diner, and they’re shown to a booth by a cheerful looking woman in middle age.

With a gentle flex of his telepathy, Charles inspires her to dig out the new set of cookware that she has been neglecting to break in, and she, coincidentally, decides to reserve that set for a certain kind of dish. You should be fine to eat, Charles expresses to Erik as they browse the sticky menus. “Your mother was telling me that you’ve started to learn how to bake,” Charles says, eager to keep the conversation light for the time being. Jean’s comfort is paramount, after all. “Erik happens to be the most magnificent baker. I’m sure he’d love a kitchen assistant.”

Erik squeezes Charles's arm at the crook of his elbow, pressing back gratitude for the consideration. Black coffee and cereal are fine, and he isn't complaining, but it's nice to have something more substantial on the road. He isn't as picky as many in his position, some of whom would neglect to eat at any restaurant regardless or painstakingly check over packaging for a hechsher - Erik is satisfied with a less stringent affair, largely because he doesn't need to actually worry about such things. Building fences is all well and good, until you've penned yourself in and nowhere to go. And here I thought you were my assistant, he returns with what could only be described as a mental wink. "I would be pleased to mentor you in the fine art of pancakes," he says with humor.

And you’ve humored me very kindly up to this point, but whenever I so much as touch a spatula, I can hear your brain begin to unravel, Charles replies, letting his hand slip over the man’s knee momentarily before he folds it on his lap. “Are there other kids?” Jean asks curiously. “You said there’s six others, but are there any kids like me?”

"There will be," Erik promises softly. "You are the first, but you will not be alone for very long. We have many like yourself to visit, and try to help," he explains, keeping his answers as honest as possible. He peruses the menu and when the lady comes to take their order, squints at the order labeled cheesecake. "It is a cake made out of... cheese?"

Jean giggles, and Charles follows suit. Erik’s expression is priceless, and Charles is once more overcome by an urge to throw his arms around the man and hold him close. “Cream cheese,” Charles confirms. “Soft, mild cheese. We’ll have a slice, please,” he says to the woman. “Plus a slice of apple pie á la mode, and whatever my guests would like.

"I will attempt the cheese cake," Erik says extremely seriously in acknowledgment to the waitress, much to Jean's amusement.

"You should try a milkshake, too," she tells him conspiratorially. "It's sort of true to the name, I think?" she closes one eye pensively. Not quite sure if her stomach is settled enough to eat a real meal, she decides, "I'll get dino nuggets."

Dino nuggets? Erik mouths to himself.

"Yeah, they're shaped like dinosaurs, I presume."

"They are indeed, little lady," the waitress smiles warmly at them.

When she leaves, Erik makes a face behind her back, sticking his tongue out at her. Little lady, he smirks.

"Oh, shut up!" Jean laughs. "I am not."

“Cheesecake, pie, nuggets, and a milkshake,” the waitress repeats with a wink. “And some soup all around, it’s chilly out there. Coming right up.” With that, the waitress is gone, leaving the three of them alone again. Charles smiles to Jean, glad that the girl is willing to eat. “When I was your age, I lived all the way in England, and there, they eat pies made of meat. Can you believe that?”

"Pigeon pies," Erik confirms with a grave nod.

"No way!" Jean shrieks.

(It was going to become a pattern.)

"Oh, yes. Pigeons, kidneys, fingers and toes."

"Erik!"

“Don’t forget the ears and eyeballs, Erik, dear,” Charles chimes in with a pleasant smile. “The eyeballs are my favorite part.”

“You guys are gross,” Jean grimaces, her nose crinkling.
 



Helping Jean acclimate to their fledgling school turned out to be an endeavor, but Charles and Erik rise to the occasion as they have all others thus far, with aplomb and vigor. Erik winds up assisting her with schoolwork, while Charles takes on the mantle of helping her refine her considerable telepathic talent. It's been a week, and they're ready to try it again. To try and find others. When that point finally narrows down, Hank pulls off an address that's most surprising: Bellevue Hospital, adjacent to New York University.

Their next candidate is a young adult, a dark-skinned man with long dreads tied up to fall down his back and a cheerful smile. His abilities aren't immediately understood - only that he has them, and that he's been remanded to state custody. As with Jean, they don't have much else to go on. But it's enough to pile into the car, this time somewhat closer to home.

The nurse that greets them is world-weary and skeptical. "I'm not sure why you're bothering with this one," she tells them honestly.

Erik's arms cross over his chest. "Yes, that is quite apparent," he responds icily.

"I'm not trying to be rude," she holds her hands up. "It's just that Mr. Tarish is... not responsive. That's why he's here. You're not going to get much out of him."

"We will determine that for ourselves," says Erik, very much disagreeably. No one ever called him the diplomat of the duo.

It's a whirlwind, but the most pleasant whirlwind of his life. Charles feels that he doesn't sleep; he splits his time between putting the finishing touches on his PhD dissertation and doing anything and everything he can to support the school's growth. Mornings are spent with Jean, who has quickly stolen his heart. She's a powerful telepath but has little control, so he focuses on learning how he can help her develop that aspect of her abilities.

During the day, he's assisting the others with facilities, paperwork, logistics, or whatever else is needed to ensure that their institute will thrive. After dinner, he's either working on his degree or relaxing with Erik and Jean over hot tea, chatting, laughing, arguing, and dreaming of the future. It's immense work, but oh so rewarding, and so when he musters up the courage to attempt another round with Cerebro, they are almost instantly exposed to a new face. It's much the same; Charles ends up on the floor with blood trickling down his nose, but he's more enthusiastic this time.

He and Erik, ultimately, find themselves in the sterile corridor of Bellevue Hospital that afternoon, and Charles is alight. The minds of those around him seem to echo with more intensity than he's accustomed to, but he takes it in stride. Even as Erik creates tension so thick in the room that they could cut it with a knife. Calm, he encourages his companion, a hand resting at the small of his back. You will have us thrown out.

"Thank you, ma'am," Charles says to the woman warmly as he subtly massages her will. "We understand. We don't mind if he responds; we'd just like to see him. He's an old friend." The cool skepticism seems to have magically disappeared from the nurse's demeanor as she nods compassionately and leads them down the corridor. A heavy door is unlocked, and they're left alone in a sparse room. Only a bed and a few bolted chairs adorn in the room, and on the bed lies the man Charles had found earlier that day via Cerebro.

Erik grimaces. "OK, hold on," his features screw up. "Kurwa, we might have to wait," he tells Charles unhappily. The reason for this becomes apparent pretty quickly - Aura is barely conscious, having been hit with a numerous degree of antipsychotic medications - at this stage of the game, they're little more than tranquilizers, and one certainly couldn't expect to retain their faculties. It's clear Erik had the brief thought to try and effect it, but then quickly changed his mind, once again struggling when it came to someone alive. It's an annoying limitation, he can't help but think. It's not even a limitation of his ability, and that much makes it worse. It's a limitation of him.

So they sit, and wait. It doesn't take long - a few hours, and then he rolls over. There's a nurse on her way to do it again, so Erik leaves that to Charles, and instead heads for the bed. He crouches down and peers up at the man.

"Hello," says he, completely unfazed by the strangers in his room.

Erik doesn't seem surprised by this at all. "Hello there. Do you want to stay here? Medication, insulin, shock treatment."

"No," he says in a bit of a sing-song. "I'd very much like to leave." His demeanor is a bit strange, but he doesn't have any issue understanding them.

Which just makes Erik mad. Drugging people, making them more palatable for no reason. It's a shanda. Who cares if he's crazy. If he can be understood and understand others, what does it matter? He pushes it down. Charles is right - he doesn't want to get them kicked out. "Well, we're going to leave. Look at this," he adds, raising his hand. A little toy truck on the cabinet beside the man's bed lifts and floats over, spinning slightly before landing on Erik's hand. "You aren't all crazy, OK? Only a little, probably. I saw your file. That's to be expected. We'll help," he touches his hand to his chest.

Aura grins hugely. "Only a little. I miss my sister, I haven't thought about her in a long time. Oh, she's still alive, she's just gone forever. It's quite sad."

"Indeed. I miss mine, too. You'll be able to think about her more now." 

For a while, Charles is mildly concerned. The activity in the man’s psyche is similar to that of a coma patient. Quiet connections, odd dreams. The only thing that gives Charles hope is that it isn’t entirely sluggish; these pathways aren’t long unvisited. That makes Charles think that artificial means are what is slowing his brain down. Drugs. Sure enough, after an hour, Charles can hear the activity quicken.

More vivid dreams, coherent thoughts. By the time early evening has set in, the man is merely asleep, thanks to a gentle reminder from Charles to the nurse that she ought to forget about Mr. Tarish this evening. As Erik introduces them, Charles quickly scans the man. Yes, it’s evident that certain areas of his brain have differences to those of a “typical” brain. They read his file, they know his diagnosis, but with mutation, it’s difficult to know the root cause.

In any case, Charles senses no threat, and so he steps forward to gaze over the man with a smile. “Can you walk?” he asks kindly.

"Mmmm," says he, watching Charles with curiosity. "You love one another," is what he says, completely devoid of anything even approaching segue.

Erik snorts. "He can walk," he answers dryly on the man's behalf. He gets an arm under Aura and helps him to said feet. "Slow and steady. How likely are we to get out of here unseen?" he asks lowly, directed at the telepath amongst the group.

"Oh," Aura balances on one leg, then another, utilizing far greater balance than one would ordinarily presume given how long he's spent in this state. His mutation as far as Charles can tell is a curious one. Not exactly superhuman on its own, but rather the combined likelihood of repeated successes that begin to form the picture of something not precisely ordinary. Something improbable. Impossible. "Can I get a cheeseburger?" their guest asks, demonstrating very little filter between thought and speech, and with a far more limited emotional connection to what's happening than Jean, for example.

"We will see."

Charles opens his mouth, but says nothing. Ah, this makes sense. Aura can…understand chance? See the truth? Something between both of those oversimplifications. The affection—love—that he clocks manifests to him in a way that’s inexplicable. Fascinating. Maybe unnerving. Charles quickly flits to the man’s other side to serve as a second crutch, but he doesn’t need much assistance. Still, the telepath keeps close to his side. “As far as anyone in this hospital is concerned,” Charles says, narrowing his eyes in concentration. A painful pinch behind his eyes, and then a burn of an overworked muscle, and then— “the three of us don’t exist at all. We’re invisible. Come now, I can’t hold them forever.”

Erik thinks he understands as Aura's hand whips out to catch Charles's identification lanyard as it falls out of his pocket, holding it up with a grin. "I think he sees things in slow motion," Erik whispers, which just makes his earlier proclamation all the more nerve-wracking. "All right, let's get out of here. Cheeseburgers await."

Aura turns out to be easy, as far as recruits go. He does have some questions, though, as they pile into the back of Erik's Jeep. "Do you think they'll outlaw mutation? Make us criminals? Hunt us down?" He's been paying attention, and underneath the bizarrely divergent affect lies a keen mind.

The escape from Bellevue is almost comically easy. It's a minor strain on Charles, and by the time they're back in the Jeep, he's nursing a decent headache, but the feat itself isn't difficult in the slightest. Aura is pleased to be free, pleased to be with others who are more like him than anyone else he's met, and Charles can't help but feel curious about the man. He smiles easily, has a buoyant demeanor. How he landed in Bellevue, drugged and guarded, spells sad mystery.

"Our goal," Charles answers first, voice controlled, "is to prevent that from happening. To display to the world that mutation is not something to outlaw, and mutants are not beings to hunt and criminalize. Though there is some....disagreement around where Erik and I see the horizons of this project reaching, our primary goal remains steadfast."

Erik keeps an eye on Charles, making certain he doesn't strain himself on their account. As far as spywork, espionage and soldiering go, he can get them where they need to be, if relying on telepathy is too painful. Fortunately, it doesn't seem to tax Charles any more than his ordinary capabilities, so Erik doesn't mother hen too much. "It's a good goal," Aura nods firmly. "How did you find me? How did you know I'm a mutant, too?" he wants to know, curious about them as much as they're curious about him.

Aura's mind is interesting, Charles decides. The veil between his inner monologue and verbal center is quite thin. His words are not guarded, nor are his thoughts. In a way, it's quite refreshing to be around someone so forthcoming; Charles feels less like an unwanted voyeur.

He explains Cerebro matter-of-factly. He does his best to describe it in plain words—not because he thinks that Aura wouldn't be able to understand the physics and biology, but because he expects to give this spiel many times in the future, and wants to practice distilling the essence of what he does and what the helmet is. "And so, here we are," Charles concludes. "We could have chosen between you and some woman out in Minnesota, but Erik here wanted to visit Times Square and the Statue of Liberty," Charles joked. "A two-in-one special for us."

"The Statue of Liberty," Erik groans. "Really, Charles."

"Not so much a tourist?" Aura beams.

"I most assuredly can get by without having visited Times Square."

"It does seem very bright."

Erik huffs, shaking his head. "I suppose it does."

"How many are out there?" Aura wonders. "In the vast expanse of the cosmos? Do you know? Can you see it all?"

"I must admit that I've not attempted to venture beyond the stratosphere," Charles replies. "My telepathy only seems to affect human minds. Well, the genus of sapiens, I suppose, if you consider mutantkind to be a distinct species," he corrects with a hum. His eyes observe the bustling city from the windows of the jeep; tall and noticeable amidst a sea of angular yellow cabs and towncars. New York City is loud, and his headache is growing. He ensures that he does not let the discomfort show, lest he cause Erik to fret, but it's a test. Like last time, his experience with Cerebro this morning has only seemed to make his sensitivity more acute. "Millions, I'd say. I can see it all, technically. Cerebro enables me to do that. I've not mastered seeing it all clearly, I need to develop that skill. But there are many of us. More than I'd ever imagined."

"That's wonderful," Aura whispers, and he reaches forward to touch Charles's cheek. It's distinct from the way Erik does it, more of a platonic action, but Charles can feel the sincere intent behind it. "You rescued me from that place. Can you feel that?"

Charles stills when his cheek is caressed. It's certainly an odd action, and not one that most other men their age would take, but from Aura, it feels...genuine. An expression of gratitude, and of kindred. Charles can only smile, and place his hand atop Aura's own. "I can feel that you're relieved," Charles says evenly, offering a small smile. "And you needn't thank us, my friend. We're simply looking out for our kind, and you're our kind."

"What if we make it too deep? The divide? Between our kind, and their kind? I've been a kind all my life, you know. It's not so great."

Erik arcs a brow, resisting a smile. "Integrationism, then?"

"Well, yes. Segregation, separate but equal, that's not good."

It's the refrain that Aura comes to the United States learning. Having been raised in Mbandaka among the Bantu, his village is targeted for rubber laborers early on, but a worker's strike causes the Force Publique to burn most of it down. It kills his mother, father and brother. It spurs a rebellion, the Milice de libération citoyenne or Citizen's Liberation Militia, for which Aura and the remaining survivors of his community are targeted to fight. Having survived the firebombing of his home by miraculously dodging fallen debris and locating a way out through the rubble. When word spreads of Aura's unusual abilities, he's trained to operate on the front-lines of the fighting.

His sister eventually marries Jenil - the wealthy self-proclaimed prophet that leads them. It's Jenil who purchases run-down American vehicles, rifles and shoulder-mounted weaponry along with ingredients to develop improvised explosive devices - hence his belief that she is lost forever. Contrarily, he considers himself uncommonly blessed, having escaped this life through a fortuitous meeting with a Belgian social worker, who helps him make his way to the States.

A majority of his childhood in Équateur is spent driving a Willys MB technical - an old WW2 American Jeep with a mounted machine gun in the back. Growing up, he's all-too familiar with the caste his skin color indicates, but only a century removed from slavery, the United States is very much still in its infancy when it comes to civil rights, still promoting segregation as a substantial and palatable alternative to integration.

Pressing his lips together, Erik inclines his head. "You aren't wrong."

Charles inhales sharply through his nose. Gently, he takes Aura's hand from his cheek, but keeps it loosely in his hand. "We're of two schools of thought, Erik and I," Charles explains, because it's only fair to Aura to understand how the ground has already been laid. "One might accuse me of being naive, but, pragmatically, I believe that the only way for us to overcome the fatal pitfalls of separate but equal is through strategic campaigns of integration," he explains, shooting a glance at Erik as well. "Will we ever be treated as true equals? It remains to be seen. But I'd rather show the world that our kind advocates for peace."

"And you?" he eyes Erik, sharp.

"I believe Integrationism is morally correct," Erik murmurs softly. "But I think that we as mutants need to form a strong community, that we need to come together. If we're too scattered, we will be vulnerable to immense harm."

"Oh, I see," Aura nods. He gives Charles's hand a pat with his other, smiling gently. "It's not an easy thing, is it? Maybe it's a strong mutant community with allies, too. Not just mutants, but people who understand."

"Indeed. We have such individuals at our Institute," he assures softly.

"We certainly do," Charles adds, tone warm. "And we're eager for you to be a part of it, in whatever capacity you choose." He doesn't want to overwhelm the man; if he simply wants a place to live and people to live with, that's perfectly fine, but if we wants to be more involved, they certainly could use more bodies. "You needn't make any sort of commitment now. You've been in that place for some time, and if you simply want to enjoy your freedom, that is more than understandable."

"You're offering me a home?" Aura whispers, touching his fingertips to his lips. "But I cannot repay you."

"This isn't about payment," Charles assures the man. "The house; it's paid for. Goodness knows that it's paid for. You can contribute if you want with chores or home maintenance, but monetary payment is entirely unnecessary, my friend."

"Are you busy?" Aura whispers in his typical lilt - his accent is clear, though his English is quite good, Charles can hear the hum of French beneath his thoughts. He doesn't speak loudly, and is sometimes inaudible, but fortunately both of their mutations bypass such a difficulty easily. He's enthralled with the sights and sounds around them, and if anyone could be labeled a tourist - it was him.

“Always,” Charles replies easily, charmed by the man’s earnest way of thinking, speaking. There is a sparkling intelligence beneath his disarming demeanor, and Charles can’t help but smile. “But, are you wanting to do something? Cheeseburger, of course, but we can make pit stops.”

"Oh!" he realizes, grinning to himself. "No, I just think it's very pretty out there. I forgot about the cheeseburger, actually," he laughs warmly. "It feels good, to be able to -" he wiggles his fingers at his temple. "Be myself. I know I'm a little - my mind is not quite right, but please do not send me back."

Charles glances at Erik for a moment, a pang extending his way. He then turns to face Aura fully, reaching out to make his presence in the other’s mind known. Solid, warm. “My friend, your mind is just fine,” he assures the other. “You would be shocked if you had my abilities. You’d see that the world is full of minds that are as different as can be. Some truly sick in their depravity, some so beautiful that I can’t even wrap my own understanding around it.” He tries very, very hard not to look at Erik when he says that. “Your mind is just fine, alright? You must live the remainder of your life knowing this. That there is nothing wrong with you.”

Erik reaches out and touches Charles's knee, a soft flutter arcing across the point of contact. There's no denying that Erik thinks likewise - he cannot see into Charles's mind, but he thinks he has a pretty good idea about his spirit. It's only the second person that Charles has ever met who has responded the way Aura does - with utter delight, touching at his own head as if to try and understand where the sensation is coming from. When he realizes it's Charles, he laughs again. "You can see my mind? Wow. That must be so incredible. To know everyone. Oh," he trails off after a moment, looking somewhat dejected. "Oh, and so horrible. How do you cope with it all? One mind is bad enough."

There's a reason he's landed up at Bellevue, at their fledgling forensic narration program targeted to refugees from similar circumstances. A long few months in a shelter packed-in with immigrants from all-over whom he did not understand - and they did not understand him, talking to himself, wandering the streets in the freezing cold of night. Making passers-by uncomfortable with his ravings as he gradually became less and less cognizant. He knows that for now he is lucid, but the possibility of slipping into madness once again is ever-present. For now, he enjoys the quiet solemnity of stability.

Charles encloses his hands over Erik’s. It’s no secret; Aura identified the nature of their relationship immediately. Charles detects no cruelty in the man, either. Not a reason to fear. At the observation, Charles smiles a little sadly, drumming his finger over Erik’s hand. “It’s not always pleasant,” he admits. “But, I’ve been this way for a long time. One grows accustomed to things. It’s difficult to imagine a life of silence, now.”

In fact, Aura seems glad for their connection - glad to witness it, to know such things exist out there. It makes life worth living, it is the reason why life is beautiful and important. Why it matters. For love, generosity, joy. "Can we see the lights?" he whispers. Out there, shining and intricate, billboards and signs of all types. He thinks he can almost touch them, surrounded by hundreds of other people, yet encased in their little bubble.

"I think we can make time for that," Erik murmurs, soft. They're both quiet-spoken, just in different ways. Erik is subtle, but Aura is vivid and electrified. The fabric of their minds in tandem is as intricate echoes, a curious loom spilling forth tapestries.

Though Times Square may be Charles’s least favorite place in the United States, he’s eager to go just to enable Aura to experience the joy that he’s envisioning. Too many minds, languages, triumphs, failures, all at once flood into his head whenever he’s near, and so he steels himself for the onslaught. It’s more overwhelming than Charles remembers. Their Jeep is a sight to behold, so many of the thoughts are directed at them as they putter through. The neon lights and bustling intersection fades from view, and Charles is silent, somehow able to keep the pleasant grin on his face as Aura takes his fill of the sight.

Might we visit a quiet restaurant for that cheeseburger, Erik? he asks his companion in the most conversational tone he can manage. A break will be welcome.

Erik helps as best as he can, by generating a kind of flickering field that repels and then wavers as much as possible, the solution to his oxygen problem in milliseconds, perhaps. He tries, nonetheless, his focus on concentrating around them a sense of stability for Charles so as not to cause him pain. Indeed, he returns gently, and with that, they're out of the throng, and Aura watches it all disappear into the night with his hands pressed to the window in wonder. How are you holding up?* he wants to know, eyes creased in concern.

I’m okay. Don’t fret, he assures, though the relief cannot be more pronounced as their car escapes the deluge. Times Square has never been his favorite place, but it’s entirely unbearable today. Something has changed, he’s noted. Since putting Cerebro on for the first time, everything is far more acute. I have room to grow, it seems.

He seems to be enjoying it, at least, Erik's nose wrinkles up in amusement as he guns it the hell out of there, leading them through the winding labyrinth that will get them on the highway. "All right, how about I make you a fresh one when we get home?" he posits to Aura, who agrees readily. Erik isn't accustomed to making meat, but he has confidence he can cook it well given the nature of his mutation. He almost never requires a recipe, even for novel dishes, simply knowing when they're done.

Food is something Erik knows well, combustion and heating and vapor and steam. It's the processes of life that remain elusive. But one thing he wants to ensure is that Charles doesn't need to endure discomfort for any longer than necessary. It's much the same as with ingratiating Jean to the household, bringing him up to speed as they drove through to Westchester. He's shocked by the grounds, mouth forming a little moue as his lips part in awe.


"You really meant it's paid for," he rocks back on his heels, folding his hands behind his back formally. "I will be happy to help with the maintenance, sir." It's an uncommon diminutive, but with such a flagrant display of wealth, Aura has long-learned to reduce harm where possible via the assuage of ego.

The quiet of Westchester welcomed Charles like an embrace, but he finds himself tired as their Jeep rumbles up the leafy lane on which the mansion occupies an obnoxious amount of acres. He needs to examine this more, the idea of his mutation growing stronger. Over-sensitivity is uncomfortable, requiring new skills, new forms of control. He’s thinking about that as he slides from the Jeep, looking forward to slipping away to bed, when Aura’s comment pulls his focus. He feels sheepish, wringing his hands. “This property has been in my family for over a century,” he explains. “We all help to maintain it, you’re more than welcome to contribute if you want.” A glance up at the aged building, still in the process of refurbishment. Arrogant in its opulence. “And, please, my friend, my name is Charles and only Charles. We’re all equals, here.”

"Charles," Aura whispers again, serene. He's light on his feet as they walk, gait unnaturally quiescent for a gentleman of his stature - nearly approaching Erik's bean-pole phenomena. He pauses for a brief moment and then gently envelopes Charles into a one-armed hug, patting his shoulder. "My friend. I like that. We're friends, now. You helped me, and I will help you. Maybe I can be teaching some fighting skills to the occupants here?"

Erik exchanges a look with Charles that's biting-back amusement. "Self-defense is a priority," he promises. "But keep in mind that many of our students will be children."

"Nothing dangerous, a good work-out. And the staff? Yourself and Mr.-- ah, Charles? Are you confident to protect yourselves?"

"I suppose that is a good question," Erik grants, a slight scrunch in his lips off to the side as he ponders. "Charles, what would you think about it?"

“Believe it or not, I’m not a totally miserable athlete,” Charles muses, eyes never straying from Erik. “But, I doubt that I’ll ever need to use physical means to protect myself, if the time comes. Perhaps others may be interested, though.”

"You will," Erik insists softly. "And if you are unwilling to utilize your mutation to harm someone else, it may benefit you to learn to throw a punch. Here, make a fist," Erik explains, and lifts Charles's hands - with a flutter of fingertips dotting along his inner wrist, careful and nearly coy. He corrects it a minute later, moving Charles's thumb lower, toward his top knuckles. "Even very simple things, it is a confidence to know you have different tools to solve problems."

Charles looks at Erik with an expression that’s half exasperated, half indulgent. He’s not entirely useless in the athletic department; he ran and rowed at Eton. He’s small, sure, but not a complete weakling. Even if he was, he’s not interested in throwing punches at anyone, any time soon. But, because Erik is holding his hand, he humors the tutorial. “I’ll leave the physical fights to the two of you,” he says, hand unfurling so that it can grab Erik’s fingers, holding them with a casualness that suggests easy intimacy. “Better yet, let’s avoid fighting entirely, mm?”

Erik looks dryly at him. "I don't think we will change his mind," he huffs, but somehow finds a reason not to let go of his hand all the same. "It's a good thing to learn, and I can share what I know."

"You?" Aura tilts his head, that part coming as a surprise to him. Erik doesn't seem like the type - to him, which is the strangest part about it. Since to everyone else, it seems self-evident.

"Indeed. We had a contact combat system that works very well. It's very easy to learn and teach. But," he grimaces a little at this. "We can't force people. We can run safety drills, non-optional," he eyes up Charles promptly. "But we can't make people be interested in self-defense. That part will have to be voluntary." He taps Charles's hand with a little smile.

Aura grins back. "I can learn really easily," he adds with a nod. "Anyone who knows anything like that, you can teach it all to me, then I can teach it to everyone else."

"...How easily, exactly?" Erik raises a brow.

"As soon as you teach me, I learn, like that." He snaps his fingers. "Like I am an expert. My body knows it, every time I see something. It's limited by my memory. I might forget, if I don't do it for a while."

"Fascinating."

“A remarkable skill,” Charles agrees, pointedly ignoring any further talk about combat. It’s simply not something he believes could ever be necessary, for him. Why engage in hand-to-hand fighting, in this day and age? It’s not as if they’re barbarians, or warmongers. If the past decade of human history has taught him anything, it’s about the toll of physical violence. He was a teenager when the war ended, but his school years had been spent preparing for his day among the ranks of fellow Brits and Americans—yes, even boys from the hallowed halls of Eton found their ways to the recruiting centers. Though terrified, he had been ready, steadfast.

And when the conflict ended and confetti showered the streets of London, the relief that he would never have to take a human life made him understand how truly dreadful he felt. Erik, he knows, has a different perspective. A much, much different one. Charles would never dare fault Erik for feeling the way he does. “Pardon my rudeness,” Charles says to Aura. “But I’m going to pop upstairs for a bit. Erik will help you settle in, introduce you to the others, and make you that burger,” Charles promises, offering the man a warm smile.

“Make yourself at home.” Sorry to saddle you with welcome wagon duties, he projects a minute later as he crosses the threshold of his bedroom, this time only to Erik. Headache. I’ll be down this evening.


Erik's concern remains steadfast as he helps to introduce their newest occupant to Izzy and Janos, alongside the doctors and Carmen. Jean is asleep by the time he finally cooks dinner, and he prepares a plate for Charles - balancing it alongside a travel chess set under his arm - and finds him at his room, offering a knock to the threshold with the metal component of his brace. He's never been so bold as to interrupt nor make his presence known in the man's bedroom of all places, but his worry for Charles overpowers his sense of propriety.

Charles is lying atop his bed when Erik knocks. The lights are dim, but the darkness offers no relief; it’s not that kind of headache, after all. Though the minds of his companions are no bolder than their typical timbre, they feel as if they’re penetrating through his cerebral cortex with a particular sharpness, this evening. As if they’re yelling directly in his ear. So distracted by the pounding is Charles that he’s startled when the knock comes; a physical sound rather than telepathic. Erik. The hum of worry that has permeated his thoughts is just outside his bedroom door. I’m alright, is his first quick answer, but then, sensing purpose, Charles exhales.

Come in, he invites, pushing himself to a seated position. His shoes are off and so is his blazer, leaving him in only a rumpled sweater, trousers, and argyle socks.

Erik has done his best to tweak the shield he's been working on, and extends it outward, if only to offer a moment of reprieve. "It should last about five minutes," Erik murmurs softly. "Then you can take a deep breath, and we can do it again. However long you need." He migrates over to the edge of the bed and sits down, setting the plate on his night stand and rubbing Charles's back. It is worse this time.

Charles nearly declines the shield, but as it’s extended his way, the relief overwhelms him. He melts; leaning against Erik’s side, a deep sigh pressing from his lungs. “I’m not sure what’s happening,” he says out loud, allowing his body to rest against Erik’s down. “Heightened sensitivity. I can hear people clearly in White Plains; that’s never been the case before. They were a low hum, if anything. Now, it’s as if they’re right here, in the house.”

"I think it is time to consider your training," Erik says softly. "If your abilities are growing, then you must grow to compensate. That means learning how to maneuver. How to shut it out. How to find your center, your self. The mind is like a Hilbert space, infinity inside a bound. I can teach you what I know. How to control your thoughts, segment your mind, construct what you need."

Charles chuckles to himself, eyes butterflying shut. He's comfortable, leaning against Erik, in the dim quiet of his room. So, so quiet. Eerie, lonely. But the relief is undeniable. "A Hilbert space," he muses, voice barely more audible than a murmur. "I've seen your mental segmentation; it's why I enjoy your mind so very much. It's quite astonishing."

"We used to play mirror games. Associative reflex. My hand, your hand," Erik presses the his palm to Charles's, lifting and spreading their fingers. "Bilateral stimulus," he crosses his arms over his chest, then down, complicated maneuvers across his knees. "Like a child's game. Muscle memory." A brief image of staring at a swinging metronome comes into focus for a split-second before dissipating. "It calms the nerves, and these pairs become instinctive."

Charles watches Erik's hands, hums to himself, and then half-heartedly repeats the motion. He settles his hand atop his knees before letting one snake over and rest over Erik's own hand, the unbraced one. "Coupling calm and presence?" he asks, curious. "Requires another person, no?"

"At first, yes," Erik nods. "But then you will be able to draw upon it on your own, as your mind forms these pathways. We would even make little songs. You are/my mirror/I am yours/my mind/to your mind/together and/disparate," he recites monotonously, completing the motions with their hands pressed together. "We are one, I am alone." He ends with his arms crossed over his chest. "Instinctive pairs, with stimulus and response. Stress to center." He doesn't list another example, but Charles hears them anyway. Fear to aggression, empathy to coldness. Those aren't useful. But this is. "When pain is significant, when it all gets too much, you draw on yourself and create a shield. Do you want to try it with me?"

It makes sense to Charles, and he doesn't need to ask Erik where and when he practiced these tactics. He'd come a long way on his own—back when his abilities first manifest, he had figured out how to work with the onslaught, the pain. There's no reason why he can't do it again...and no reason why he can't try something else. "Not now," Charles admits, but his smile is warm, genuine. "But, I will. Soon. Tomorrow, even." His hand closes over Erik's own. "For now, I'd like to just relax, if that's okay."

"Of course," Erik touches his cheek, soft. "I brought dinner, and chess," he adds, motioning to the items on the stand. "Would you care for a game?" Erik gazes at him, vivid green eyes wide in earnest. He wants to help, to make Charles feel better.

Charles takes Erik's hand and places a kiss on his fingertips. "I would love a game." After a break for air, he ushers the two of them over to the sofa in the corner of the room, beside the bay window overlooking the dark lawn. They sit side-by-side, legs touching. "What's on the menu, Chef?" he asks, nodding at the plate.

Erik's eyes crinkle up affectionately. "I figured you were due for a cheeseburger yourself," he says with a huff of laughter. "And some zucchini fritters, and tzatziki. You seemed fond of those," he presents the plate with a flourish. There's a sprig of parsley delicately laid out on each one, more akin to something served at a restaurant rather than at home. He nudges into Charles's shoulder playfully.

“Ah, just like a professional chef,” Charles comments with a grin. “I am fond of them, and your tzatziki. Surprised that you agreed to cook meat.” He takes the plate and places it on the coffee table beside the chessboard, leaking over to eat. A stark contrast to how he grew up. This room, his childhood room, was once a place he escaped to. Handsome oak bookshelves still line the walls, but the model airplanes, but that’s about it; when he left for Eton, his mother had all his model airplanes and chemistry posters taken away.

His huge four poster bed, sofa and table, and large desk are the only pieces of furniture in the room now, but it’s somehow much homier than it once was. Perhaps because Charles isn’t afraid that someone will burst through the door and see him eating in an undignified, improper way, or maybe because he doesn’t have to hide in here as if it’s a safe house, anymore. Maybe because Erik is here, at his side.

“Thank you for dinner, Erik. It’s delicious, as always,” he says after several bites, one hand now on Erik’s knee. Casual, calm. “Since you’ve saved the day, you can choose to play white or black.”

Erik usually elects for black, preferring to sit back and let Charles dictate the timbre of the game. Charles has come to study Erik's strategy acutely, and knows that Erik prefers to inject small mistakes into his movements, giving the impression that he's less skilled than he is before wrapping it all around into an elaborate tactical maneuver that swiftly knocks down many of his pieces in consequence. The first time it had happened, Charles was left entirely bamboozled.

Erik has also instructed him not to limit his abilities, viewing it not as cheating - but rather that if Erik cannot defeat him with his telepathy, then Erik simply cannot defeat him. The additional layer is intriguing, as Erik practices his mental configurations, often thinking of moves that he doesn't intend to play, or making last-minute substitutions, feigning surprise or curiosity or hope when none is warranted. And despite the tremendous taxation it takes on his faculties, he still manages to conduct conversation alongside.

"Isadore was quite satisfied to finally have a proper meal, in his terms," Erik's smile is slight, but present. He always smiles more when they're alone. He's been studying the room around them, eyes catching on a photograph of him and Raven, some impressionist paintings, the weathered bookshelves. It's a rare insight into the man he's grown to care for significantly, and one he cherishes for what it is.

Erik is indeed a formidable opponent, and Charles enjoys the challenge immensely. The first time they played, he lost handily; Erik’s diversionary method of play was unexpected and difficult to follow, and truthfully, Charles underestimated him. Losing had been practically unheard of. Now, he loses perhaps just slightly more often than he wins. Slightly. He always prefers to play without the aid of his telepathy, but against Erik, it’s a liability rather than an aid. The other typically has four or five games visualized at once, all decoys encoding his true plan. Its exhilarating.

Eager for an aggressive game, Charles opts for the Scotch Opening. “I’m not sure that vegetarianism has caught on quite yet,” Charles replies easily, watching Erik’s eyes scan the room around them. He smiles blithely. “It was a miserable place to grow up, this house. I know how ridiculous that will sound; I do not deny that I’ve been spoiled by privilege and status.” A glance at a Cézanne behind the bed. Original, a gift to his grandmother from the artist’s niece. The two attended finishing school in Paris as girls. “But I felt like I was living in a museum. I certainly had to act as if I was.”

"Poverty is not merely material," Erik murmurs back with an understanding nod. "I grew up in a ghetto. We had nothing. I heard stories of the neighbors cooking soup with drywall flakes. Gypsum is technically edible, even eating their pets. But I was loved, tremendously. Our family was vibrant. I am truly sorry that this was not the case for you. You deserve to be loved, and cared for, and understood." Erik's gaze meets his unflinchingly as he says the words. "Will you tell me about it? Growing up here."

Charles’s fingers flex around Erik’s knee in silent acknowledgment. It’s truly wonderful, that Erik had such a special family. And even more devastating, given the way they were torn apart, shattered. All lost, save for the dazzling man beside him. “There’s not much to tell,” he admits. “My father died when I was very young, my mother remarried a brute of a man. We shared meals together, and that was about it, I was either at school or sequestered up here when I wasn’t required in the dining room or for some event, during which I’d sit in the parlor and listen to the crones all be horrible to each other under a thin veneer of propriety.” He sends Erik a vision of a gathering of well-dressed adults in clothing from the late 1930s, clothes pressed, faces rouged, postures impeccable. His mother is among them, a wine glass close at hand. “Raven’s arrival was what saved me. I had a friend for the first time. Someone who didn’t find my existence bothersome.”

"You are far from bothersome," Erik says reflexively. "You are generous, and hopeful, and kind. Presumably your upbringing did not manifest these qualities, thus I am left with the conclusion that they're simply innate. At your core," he pokes Charles in the stomach, teasing, and then smooths his hand out across the man's abdomen. Warmth suffuses him, electric tingling from his head to his toes. It's an unconscious gesture, and Erik pulls away to make another move on the board after a few beats.

Charles wriggles at the poke in the stomach, giggling at the tickle. When Erik leaves his hand, Charles lets his muscles ease again, leaning against the soft cushion of the sofa. He’s regretful when Erik pulls away. “Tell me more about your family,” Charles asks softly, nudging a pawn forward. “Your sister, perhaps. You…think of her, from time to time. You think of all of them, but she looks so like you.”

"Ah, Ruthie," Erik says with a laugh. His eyes flutter shut. "She was fearless. With a strong head. Said what she wanted. Very bossy." It's obvious that Erik speaks of this with fondness, though discernible that back then, he found it irritating. "She refused to be limited. Wanted to be a pilot, flying the fighter plane. Like Sabiha Gokcen and Marie Marvingt." Suddenly, Erik's interest in aerospace engineering becomes more nuanced, fuller. He has long held projects to make common both land and air vehicles that were environmentally friendly. His own Jeep didn't create exhaust, or use gas at all.

Ruthie held eyes like their mother, like Edith. Piercing, vivid green. A smattering of freckles, gap-teeth, determination and grit at her jaw. Her hair long and curled, falling down her back in tumbled waves, but it's darker - like Iakov. Only a slight auburn sheen. She's scraped knees, balled fists, hoots and hollers. Rough and tumble, stubborn, fierce. "I was not a very good brother," he muses, pensive. "Not in a cruel way, but - I never told her I loved her, you know. That kind of thing. She was always in the way, like an inconvenience. I didn't realize what I had there. How important it was, how cherished."

Charles thinks of the girl from Erik’s memories. Soft curls of deep chocolate, bright green eyes, chestnut freckles on a nose, long and gamine. A determined set to her jaw. It’s a cruel thing to lose one’s parents, but to lose a sibling is to lose a part of one’s own heart. “Of course you didn’t realize it,” Charles says softly, fingers flexing around Erik’s knee. “She was your sister, she was supposed to always simply be there. Raven and I came together by choice; most siblings are together by chance, mm? I’m certain that she knew that you loved her deeply, just as she loved you.” His hand travels from Erik’s knee now, slipping around his back to ultimately encircle his narrow waist. Their hips touch. “It sounds like she and Raven would get along. Smart, determined women, eager to carve their own way in a difficult world.”

"She would have loved Raven dearly," Erik estimates with a low chuckle. The moment is silent, soft. Erik lets it linger on, and shifts just-so, lifting his left hand to bow his forehead against Charles's. He takes a long, slow breath, and tips Charles's chin up, fingertips feathering along the edge of his neck. You are beautiful.

The silence is comfortable but loaded, thinking about sisters, brotherhood, tragedy. His ark remains around Erik, skin now touching as the other lifts his chin so that they’re gazing into each other’s eyes. A flush colors his cheeks ever so slightly. As are you, he responds, other hand lifting to thumb along the sharp edge of Erik’s jaw. Inside and out. I’m lucky to know you.

Erik wants him to relax, to be well, to be taken care of. That much is practically palpable, but beneath it all; as it has been from the moment they met... these liminal spaces where touch sparks heat and light and metronomic sequences in kaleidoscopes of infinite color. The last time they did this still fresh in his mind; it never left. It has been imprinted upon him, emblazoned onto every neuron-spark. My mind/to your mind/together. The parts of his life he can string through the tin-can decorations to form a patchwork sequence. The laughter of the market, an endless equation's tenor. Erik does not want to cause him pain. But he does, incontrovertibly, want to kiss him again. His thumb brushes across Charles's mouth, a gentle inquiry.

Charles gives a silent assent, barely even a nudge, and then they’re kissing again. It feels more scandalous in his bedroom, knowing that there are people downstairs. And he can’t even hear the hum of any mind aside from Erik’s own thanks to the shield. Just he, and Erik. His breath catches between kisses. Staccato and fluidity, swirling together. Exhilarating, invigorating. Correct. Oh, Erik…


Erik's hand is warm and large against his heart, spread out over the fabric of his shirt, and he's - not clumsy, per se - nothing about Erik could ever be construed as such; he learns deftly and responds to every twitch and shimmer in tandem orient. But he is - transfixed, indecisive, uncertain. Every touch a gentle reverence. Stubborn fingers, stiff and braced. He knows that Charles is - of them both - acquainted with these things. Erik knows, but not this way. This is new, this - the first time. The first time ever, with Charles's entreaty in his mind - in that tone - that Erik feels genuine, jaw-dropping arousal.

It echoes like a bullet, metallic ricochet, and catches him completely off guard as though Charles had punched him in the gut instead. Ignition. Charles feels its ghost, suffusing his insides in an electric glow. Erik knows what's happened and his cheeks are bright red, a small smile flourishing across his features. It's nearly shy, but not timid. More like bravery, facing something in the face of a thousand fluttering wings in your belly. Facing it without shame, because he cannot imagine being ashamed of this. He understands - always, eternally, if it isn't reciprocated. But... he lets out a breath, forehead pressed to Charles's, hand-to-chest. He wants Charles, and in that, he is clumsy. But he is vivid, and real, and Charles is akin to a hypnagogic phosphene swirling delicate patterns around his psyche. 

The rumble from Erik’s mind is something entirely new. Thoughts typically so measured and controlled fall away, making room for something more primal. Intense. The veil is gone. It’s addicting, having access to this part of Erik. Charles can see that the man himself is surprised by his own manner, letting himself be overtaken by desire. The current pulsing between them is something that Charles could ride for the rest of his life. Electrified, hungry, Charles lifts himself from the couch and quickly resettles atop Erik’s lap. His knees dig into the couch on either side of Erik’s narrow hips, straddling him. One hand grips Erik’s shoulder and the other tangles his tawny hair, and he dips down once more to catch Erik’s lips with his own.

It elicits a stunned gasp from the other man, who very evidently was not expecting this. He's grinning, outright, eyes lit up with wonder and delight that has never made itself known before. "Oh, I didn't know," he says dumbly. All this time, he never understood the purpose of this. His bros at TEP constantly talked about this. It's the purpose of college, and all that. He didn't get it. They mocked him, accused him of being a fairy. Which wasn't wrong. But even they understood this. And then Charles walked in, with his TH White and Keats. His hopes and dreams and joys.

Trusting Erik not to break them, not to take advantage of them. Even after seeing the carnage and wasteland that lie beneath the ticking hum, that symphonic orchestra of thinking. His hands don't quite seem to know what to do with themselves, but Charles is - in his lapdziękuję Bogu and he just - lets himself try, and follow along. He'd been nervous of this their entire association, wondering if it was just him - blowing it all out of proportion. But like this, it's - simple. It's just Charles. It's his mutation that fills in the blanks - that understands where to go, what to do - that the goal is to bring pleasure. If it were conscious, he'd likely stumble - too nervous to try such a thing, too afraid it would damage Charles.

But somewhere inside, he knows the limits, and Charles feels it through his whole body like a jolt. Everything reflected and doubled back.

He pulls Charles to him, closer.

Charles can't help but laugh between kisses, the sound breathy and free. The pinballing thoughts in Erik's head are a testament to his naivete in this arena; he doesn't even know what to do with himself, know how to process the feelings that are crawling up his body. It's endearing, speaking to a life spent concerned with other ventures. "We don't have to do anything that you aren't ready for or comfortable with, darling," Charles murmurs, fingers clamping into those broad shoulders. A snake of kisses along his jaw, the desire for more knitting him closer. One small grind of his hips into Erik's own. "We can take this slow."

Like this, Erik's expression is freer than it's ever been. His fingers spread across the curve of Charles's backside and press him flush. Where it is increasingly evident that Erik is present and able, so to speak. But his head lifts, finding within the cacophony, a liminal space from which to communicate genuinely. He's not sure how to speak, what to say, so he just hopes his mind can speak for him. He's unsure if he will ever be anything like ready or comfortable, but he wants. Slow or fast. Or anything in-between. And watching Charles, seeing him want in turn, knowing that he is responsible for creating such desire - He finally reaches under Charles's shirt, eyes falling shut to feel the warm expanse of skin against his own. He draws down Charles's spine, sending little curls of heat and ice beneath his nervous system with a shaky laugh of his own.

It's then that Charles stops trying to interpret Erik's thoughts, his actions. Right now, Erik is letting himself be carried by natural processes; arousal, desire, affection, excitement. All the feelings that two young men, eager and happy to be together, should be feeling. The physicality of it is infectious, and as Erik ruts him closer and begins to explore under his sweater, Charles lets himself go, too. He's never been with another mutant like this. As he leans over to press warm kisses into Erik's neck, the desire to be with him at a deeper level grows like air inside a balloon. Slipping through the undulating waves of Erik's psyche, Charles plants himself firmly in the frontal cortex, extending himself, making his presence known.

And— Oh, goodness. In this position, he feels both his own physical desire and Erik's, simultaneous. Erik's perception is so vibrant, atoms and molecules and particles dancing in their entropy. Through Erik, he can see them, too, feel them, let them control his perception. It's more intimate than anything Charles has ever experienced, and he lets out a low groan before ripping Erik's shirt from his body. A lean, long torso appears, and Charles grips at it, all the while riding the wave of Erik's perception.

The way you see the world, the way you feel it...it's stunning, Erik. My goodness. Being in your head, I— The thought is abruptly cut off as Charles leans down to dust his lips along a broad collarbone. I need you.

You have me, Erik's thoughts whisper back, without hesitation. The tone of his devotion is unmistakable. Charles has him, he is here. With Erik's shirt off, there's a number of scars visible over his chest and along his back, including a major shrapnel injury to his side. Gnarled keloids down his back, razor-thin and what appear to be lashes and burns. He swallows a bit, pressing his lips together. Can I see you? he tilts his head, gentle, and peels Charles out of his shirt with ease and reverence, pressing the flat of his hand to Charles's chest and down his stomach.

He flips their positions abruptly, and tugs off Charles's shoes, sending sparks right up his feet and into his head. His pants come off next, and Erik spends a while just gazing at him, touching him here and there. It is slow, steady, ratcheting up higher and higher. Knelt at the edge of the bed, Erik presses a kiss into his inner thigh. I want to make you feel good, he thinks unashamedly, eyes vivid as they lock up onto Charles's. Show me how. Please.

Charles gasps as he's flipped on his back. In the low light, as Erik disrobes him, Charles can see the other's body. Protruding scars in berry shades, deep ravines of purple. Below his rib, a formidable indentation, healed improperly. Evidence of a violent past. His eyes skim over a series of inked characters on his forearm, and then travel back up to Erik's green irises. For his part, Charles is unblemished. The skin of his chest and legs is as pale as cream. He's slender, but not skinny—without clothes, one can see that his legs are thick and muscular for his small form.

His upper body is smaller but not without definition; the leanness of youth is still with him and enables what muscle he has to peek through soft skin. His breath catches as lips caress his inner thigh, hair standing on end. Instantly, all control is gone. Erik, I... he trails off, eyes glazed. He sits up quickly, hands flying to Erik's shoulders. Through Erik's perception, he can see his heart thudding rapidly. This is your first time. Let me take care of you. One hand tugs at Erik's belt. I'll show you this way.

Erik is mesmerized, and he nods quickly, laughter bobbing in his throat. Every bit of skin he uncovers is precious. Significant. Beautiful. This is what it means. At last, he understands, and in understanding, the recognition that the experiences which came before were without merit. Without reason. Cruelty has no place here. Such defeats the purpose, and those who consider it are irrevocably broken. But not Erik. All this time, he thought he was. Charles is showing him in repose, prosperity and gleaming. Blowing away the dust settled over him, leaving him bare. Charles is breathtaking. Truly, Erik forgets to inhale oxygen. "Take care of me?" he whispers, his voice ragged. The belt loops out, and down.

Erik’s legs, Charles notes, are long. His torso is also long, as are his hands and feet. Everything about the man is graceful and leonine, and looking at his body, bare except for his brace and a pair of simple briefs, makes Charles’s breath stop in his throat. He’s covered in scars, a fact that does not detract from his beauty in the slightest. “Take care of you,” he repeats, and gently eases Erik back against his pillows. “Your needs, your desires. You’ve spent your life taking care of others, you deserve to be taken care of, for a change."

With that, Charles is on top of Erik, hovering over his body. His knees dig into the mattress on either side of Erik’s hips, hands by his shoulders, lips taking their time as they traverse the long planes of skin, bone, muscle. He takes extra care over the scars, ensuring that no inch of skin is forgotten until he’s at the waistband of Erik’s briefs. Hooded eyes raise to catch Erik’s gaze in his own while one finger toys with the scanty fabric. Their minds together are crashing waves; fractals in riddled basins of attraction. May I?

Inhaling audibly, Erik nods several times in succession. "Yes," he says, and he hopes it doesn't sound as unraveled as he feels (but it does). A new world unfolds itself in the rhythmic undulations of neurons meeting their partner. Synapses touching, decadence and debauchery flowing between, accosted by sodium and ion channels each. New sensations, rich and luxuriating arousal that now sits heavy between his legs, pressed against the seam of his boxers, comes into focus as Charles draws a finger right there, a wet spot formed by his touch. This is a part of himself that he is not familiar with, not like this. He understands some things, he does. He has some experiences, he does. But participating, feeling it in this way, is a heady, wondrous process that cannot be compared.

Erik's hoarse, husky voice is a swift departure from his typical measured tone. It sets Charles's nerves on end in a new way, synapses firing, pathways forming. It is all new for Erik, one thing that Charles has learned is that he can detect when neural pathways form within others. These are all new for Erik. Brand new. With as much care as he can employ, Charles tugs down the boxers. He pulls them down Erik's long legs and deposits them, forgotten, on the floor. A deep exhale presses from his chest as he observes Erik's fully naked body. "You're so beautiful," he can't help but murmur, softly swiping a thumb over the head of Erik's hardening cock. "And I want you to know that." Dipping down, he places a kiss on the head before taking the shaft fully in his hand. "The most beautiful man I've ever seen."

"Oh, boże, proszę," Erik's voice is nothing more than a graveled whisper, his stomach clenching up tight and a shudder that wracks his whole frame, head tipped back. "Charles, I - you would do this - for me?" A gift. The most bountiful harvest the fields of his being have ever felt. His is already leaking at its reddened tip, warm and steady beneath Charles's fingers. Charles is touching his cock. Charles is going to - Erik has to reach out, has to brush the back of his hand over Charles's cheek and a sliver of playful - mischief - eating apples under Zeyde's desk, warm and safe, surrounded by thrumming metals in all their pieces - there's a stab, just a glimpse -

Erik hesitates for a moment and then, very gently, cradles that spike and puts it aside, wraps it in a blanket and keeps it safe. Safe for now. Charles is touching him. To give him pleasure. To take care of him. He is unbound, the seams of the Book of Life from which his name sprang forth, spiraling intricate threads.

He murmurs Charles's language. "Please, - oh - I would beg you-"

The unraveling of Erik Lehnsherr is not something to which Charles thought that he would ever bear witness, let alone cause. Primal urges are bubbling from an unexplored cavern of Erik's soul, and Charles feels honored to be the one to unearth them. For his own part, he's distracted; by Erik's beauty, his warmth, his presence filling the room like a warm glow. He doesn't notice each nuance of Erik's tumbling conscious right now; he, too, is human. "Begging is unnecessary, my darling," Charles replies in a sultry tone, and then begins to slowly work his hand over the thickening length of Erik's shaft. In his hand, he can feel it swell, just as the warmth in the room. "But, I would never say no to that," he adds mischievously, arcing down to place a kiss on Erik's neck. His hand doesn't stop as he does; in fact, it speeds up, urging Erik's cock to life in its grasp. "Tell me what you want, and it's all yours."

Erik arches up into him, pressing his fist into his mouth to stop himself from making a truly undignified sound. He marshals himself, focuses steady on imprinting as much of this as possible into his memory, ensuring he doesn't forget a single moment. That he doesn't forget an iota of how Charles looks and sounds this way. Charles knows exactly when he's done something that really affects him, not necessarily by his outward reaction, but by the resulting sensation in his own body that mirrors it. He's very careful, keeping himself utterly still, even when his instinct is quite the opposite. It's not shocking that he's polite even now.

He doesn't know where to begin to verbalize what he wants, so instead he leans forward and touches Charles's shoulder, trying to show him what he's thought about this whole time. To bring Charles pleasure, to make him feel good, to share with him and protect him. He once said he wanted to take care of Erik, and now like this - Erik's hand scratches lightly at Charles's back, then smooths over, crushing shut as Charles kisses his neck. Where else would he kiss? Erik inhales audibly as he seems to realize that is an option - another new area for his fantasies to take hold, no longer a shapeless void of desire, but something real and tangible.

Whether it’s Erik’s abilities, his own, or a betrayal of his perception thanks to the ratcheting energy in the room, the walls seem to grow closer. Erik hasn’t even touched him, but Charles doesn’t need physical touch to feel arousal; he experiences it second-hand, through Erik. Derives pleasure from giving pleasure. Feels enlivened when he sees Erik, the paragon of composure, dissolve on his bed before him. So eager, he teases telepathically. If he tried to speak, he’s sure that it would come out breathy and haggard, which is the opposite of how he wants to come across. It’s his turn to show Erik control, care. Safety.

To let Erik melt in his arms, only to be coaxed back into form by Charles once they’re finished. Relax, darling, he urges warmly. One hand pushes Erik’s hair from a forehead now dewed with a sheen. It’s a stark contrast from the other hand, which is moving more rapidly by the second along the thickening length of Erik’s shaft. A chaste kiss falls atop Erik’s long nose. Relax. Unwind. It’s the last thing he says to Erik before dipping southward, rosebud lips teasing the head of Erik’s cock. In the next moment, he has Erik in his mouth, lips and tongue and teeth all working in tandem to bring only pleasure to Erik Lehnsherr.

Charles remembers the first time he'd heard the words atom bomb. It's Mrs. Crinshaw's language arts module at school. He's already mastered the coursework, doodling idly in his textbook, staring out the window at the freshly manicured courtyard, a statuesque Henry VI looking pensive as ever. She raps at the chalkboard with her yardstick to snap his attention back to the present. ('And under which president did the United States order this atom bomb deployed?' / 'Truman,' answers Charles dully.)

He doubts Mrs. Crinshaw would have been satisfied with this newest revelation. The touch of Charles's lips to Erik renders him stunned, a peeled shadow in the aftermath. Two particles, colliding and the silence and silence before being overtaken. It's like that. Dramatic and silent, wonderful and immense. Seeing something you've never seen, reality itself shifting before your eyes. All the objects around them are lifted and poised, thrumming with leashed energy. Somewhere in all this, Erik realizes he's come, perhaps only in moments - and without understanding that most would find it embarrassing, lacking even this fundamental understanding.

He's experienced it before, the memory sticky sludge, caustic acid. And experienced it since, the memory - a staccato of repetitive motion, made out of parts. Laborious, sad. The sound of his own hand, the beating water at the stall. Get it over with. This is not that. With someone else. With Charles. Looking at him, touching him, smiling at him. Giving him affection, and gentleness. That. Is the explosion. Erik has only the wherewithal to ensure that he doesn't choke Charles with it, commanding himself to keep still as he spills over. "You are so beautiful," he rasps warmly, laughing just a bit. This is it. This is what they're fighting for. What's worth living for. What matters.

Life, at its most basic form. Yes, he understands now.

Charles is surprised when Erik finishes so quickly, but no judgment colors his perception. It’s evident that Erik has never done this before; the sensations are brand new, as is the proximity and intimacy with another man. It’s sweet, oh so endearing. He ensures that Erik is cleaned off before he snakes back up toward the man’s head and settles in at his side on the bed. Erik is taller and broader than he, but Charles still takes him in his arms, holds him. Their bodies slot together nicely, olive and cream. There’s a sense of airiness in the room now that Erik is coming down from climax, and Charles, for his part, is content to leave the night at this.

“As are you, love,” Charles murmurs back, voice deep and warm. He kisses Erik’s temple hard, pulling him tighter into his side. “Thank you for letting me take care of you like that. I feel honored to be trusted.”

Erik thrums beneath him, keyed up and tumbling long into hazy desire. Carefully, he places Charles on his back, hovering over him as he skitters fingertips down his chest and stomach. Ensuring with a skyward glance that it was OK, at long last he curls his hand around Charles's cock, watching it pulse against him. The fluttering shyness of earlier evaporates instantly. His throat sticks together, dry and overcome and he nuzzles against it, depositing little kisses along its reddened curve. Struck inside by an almighty chord, reverberating. He works the long, hard length into his mouth with a low moan as though it were his own. Charles is beautiful. Erik wants him to feel so good--wants to make him feel good.

Every twitch of him is caressed thickly in Erik's suddenly-sure fingers, blooms on his tongue and works its way through his frame in equal frissons of arcing electricity. Erik knows, it seems, exactly what to do. He doesn't falter at all, steady and capable. Not like the last man Charles had been with, catching on teeth and gagging. No, Erik takes him in deep and flexes his throat just-so, red-eyed and swooning with it. Haphazardly out of the abyss, he finds Charles's hand in his and settles it over his cheek, up into his hair

- and has to pop off with a soft, wet noise to catch his breath when those clever fingers curl over into his wild curls - not with harshness, but tenderness. His breath stutters, dropping out of his chest and into his belly with raw need. It's new. This is new. A niech to licho, this is new. "Please," he rasps, completely wrecked. "Please, let me see you - pozwól mi cię zrobić spuścić," he rumbles the filthy entreaty without conscious volition, emboldened by a desperate urge to drink Charles down. When Charles does lurch forward at last, he gazes up with what can only be described as pure triumph, letting every buzz and electric jolt double over on itself as it shoots through Charles's body-

(-and his own body, swallowed-- oh-)

It’s not expected or even needed, but when Erik opts to return the favor, Charles is only too eager to accept. For someone who has never done this before, Erik’s hands are deft and assured, and before long, Charles is also unraveling before the other. He finishes in Erik’s mouth, after an experience that can only be described as electric. Every nerve engaged, the pleasure in his brain and his body interlocking symphonically. Everything in the room is Erik, the air, the walls, the mattress beneath them. It’s all him. He lays on the bed, naked and smiling. Erik’s skin feels cool against his as he pulls the other close once more, laughing softly. He wishes that he could preserve this moment and revisit it later. “Stay with me tonight?”

Erik runs his fingers through Charles's hair, brushing it back from his temple to drop a kiss in its stead. "Of course," he whispers, alongside an aching fondness that permeates the entire room. Pressed together, skin-to-skin, the tension ordinarily present in Erik's body has been sapped away, leaving him long and languid. He catalogues a freckle here, a whip-thin scar there, a cluster of spots along his ribs. All that which makes up Charles. "I want to do that all the time," he says, a vibrating rumble in his chest of pure amusement.

It’s odd, Charles realizes, to be so comfortable beside another man. While he’s more experienced than Erik, it’s not as if he’s found a dozen men to be with like this; the few people he has engaged with have all been somewhat desperate. Lonely men, like him, seeking any warm body. Charles wishes that he could tell everyone that their kind, men who like men, are extraordinarily common, but he can’t. Today is the first time he doesn’t feel rushed, scared, or hurried. “We can do this every night, and every morning,” Charles hums, blinking lazily at the man who looks like a vision beside him. “You’re…you’re so special, Erik.”

It makes Erik duck his head, somewhat shy. "I have never known another like you," he says back, sincere. "And I am really very grateful - for your patience, and kindness," he touches Charles's cheek, his eyes creased at their corners. Bound together like this, their size difference is apparent, with Erik practically having folded Charles up in his chest a bit like an octopus. "Will you tell me how you are feeling?"

“Here,” Charles murmurs quietly, extending a telepathic tendril toward Erik. Once it reaches him, Charles gently presses it into his cerebral cortex so that Erik can feel how he’s feeling instead. It’s contentment, satisfaction, and trust, anchored in a root of pure joy. He lets Erik bask in it, smiling. “Is that satisfactory?”

"Oh," Erik's lips part. Stunned. Amazed. The way of his mind-he feels that single (tingle==-=-=-=) tendril flourish up from the bottom of his toes, dizzyingly all the way around his cerebral cortex like warm butter. Electric, where his neurons go to follow after, little blooms of patterns emerge for Charles to play with, musical sounds between them. Just by being here he has changed it, made it more - vibrant, fuller, whole. "You are incredible," Erik whispers. "If I helped in any way for you to feel this... I am honored."

Charles laughs softly, open and free. He’s made of elation; if Erik checks, he’s certain that the other would find each and every one of his atoms as a state of pure ebullience. Reaching up, he strokes Erik’s face, overcome. “You’re so wonderful, so incredible, Erik,” he murmurs back. “The honor is mine. I am overjoyed to share this connection with you.” Thumbing over Erik’s brow, Charles nuzzles into the man’s chest. “This bed is much more comfortable with you in it.” 

Chapter 7: sitting high on the branch of a tree Where blossoms bloomed most handsomely

Chapter Text

From that point on, when Charles sleeps in that bed, Erik is there with him. It took a lot out of him to try Cerebro the last time, so they wait a while longer before attempting again, but sure enough the opportunity presents itself, and just after breakfast, they've all gone down to the basement to select a new candidate. With every use, Charles is getting better at it, and he endures it a little longer, until -

"Stop - stop!" Erik calls out roughly, as Cerebro activates and disseminates downward and downward, until one of the points stands out at him. Hank hits the emergency release button, leaving the portrait of a rough-shaven Arab man plastered over the computer screen. Erik grimaces, covering his mouth with the back of his hand, breathing in slowly and steadily. "We have to go there," he says, eyes widened slightly, jaw ticking from pressing his teeth down. "There, wherever he is." 

Raven tilts her head, checking the data spinning up on the terminal console where she's parked. "It doesn't say his name," her brows knit together. "This article just calls him... The Man Without an Identity. Who is this person? Who--he blew up Segn Tora - some prison in... Egypt. Erik." 

Resisting the urge to groan out loud, Erik just nods. "Then we go to Tora."

It's obvious the gears are whirring behind her casual demeanor. Raven makes a face. All of a sudden, they are participating in a conversation that to onlookers appears positively telepathic in its own right. "Oh, Erik. Are you kidding me?"

"Look, don't-just don't. I know. He might be amenable to our presence."

"Oh, is he?" her eyebrows arch. "So says he, proponent of-"

"I know. I put a stop to what I could, and I left, OK? I left. I did not participate in this. I was a farmer. Please understand." Erik looks like he's about to be sick.

"We've heard this before. Just following orders?" Raven crosses her arms.

"I know, and it was not necessarily untrue, before, either. You know how many were forced to that."

"So what happened?"

"My commanding officer threw a Molotov at his car." It's a modern concept, that of the war crime. But it's no modern feat, having been employed throughout every act of barbarity their twin species has engaged in for the last millennia. Erik would joke that all war is crimes, but c'est la vie. "I ran for him, knocked him over. We didn't know what to do - what is the word, ah," Erik makes a gesture, obviously stressed. "Treason. So we hid him in our camp until we could safely cross Rafah. We took him home. Then I left. I found a lawyer. They got me a J1 visa."

"Huh. Well that's weird."

"I know it is weird, and I do not know exactly what happened with my case. I tried to look up their legal agency later on and it was dissembled. The number, gone."

"Is this a legit visa?"

"I do not know. It seems legitimate. All the numbers match up, they match my identity."

"Fuck. Well, I've always wanted to go to Cairo."

"Shut up."

"Are you in any danger over there?"

"Of course I am in danger," Erik rolls his eyes. "Sa'umaris lughati alearabia. I've seen lighter than me. Now come on."

"Well, practice harder! Your accent is terrible. Do you know his name?"

"Well I'll be sure to belt out HaTikvah, then," Erik replies, sarcastically beating his fist over his heart. "It is Sayid," he nods. "I do not know his last name."

Raven snorts. "Well, I'll get in touch with Kashih," she murmurs, flipping open a notebook to write something down. "At the very least, we can avoid prison. We'll need to take a private jet in. Any objections?"

"..."

"Don't ask questions you don't want the answer to. How's my ditzy American tourist? Ohhh, sugah, I caynt wahhht to see all thah pee-ramids!" she affects a hideous Southern accent.

"Terrifying. Charles, what do you think about all this?"

As he grows more adept at using Cerebro, his powers seem to expand. It’s difficult, often painful; there’s one day that he swears he can hear people thinking all the way to DC. Luckily, Erik is there. He helps him learn how to make it feel manageable, at the very least. After Charles finishes with Jean for the day, Erik plays the part of teacher for him. And he’s getting better. While he’s not been able to master steering Cerebro just yet, he’s more adept at not allowing the onslaught to waylay him entirely. Two weeks ago, he was inside for five whole minutes before his defenses fell. He feels good today. The sensation is, as always, entirely overwhelming when Hank flips it on. His muscles tense as every sense is assaulted with input, but he focuses on the minutiae as Erik has suggested and is able to push through. Until he isn’t.

As he attempts to hurdle over a force that he can only deem intolerable, he’s held right in front of it. Cerebro forces him to focus on it, on him. There is more power than Charles has ever witnessed, and also more anger. More anguish. Those twin forces envelop Charles and bolt him into place, but for some reason, he can’t move past it. Apparently sensing the intense discomfort, or perhaps hearing a pained groan spill from his lips, the helmet is mercifully yanked from his skull. Charles is surprised to see that it’s Hank and not Erik playing the role of savior. The young doctor had been holding his shoulders to prevent him from falling to the floor but is now kneeling before him, quickly assessing his vitals.

It takes nearly a minute for him to regain his physical senses, but when he does, Charles realizes that the reason Erik isn’t tending to him as he usually does is because he’s locked in an intense conversation with Raven. Bleary eyes observe the screen, and at once, Charles knows that the dark-haired man before them is being that had stunned him so. He gathers that he’s an old associate of Erik’s. An enemy turned reluctant ally. Immediately, Charles feels disconcerted by the idea. It’s less about his history and more about the fact that Charles can’t understand how such power can be so overwhelming. When the question is posed to him, he’s just able to articulate verbal sentences. Hank and Daniel still over close, always wary. He purses his lips and slumps against his chair back.

“I think that I ascertained a lot of…overwhelming things just now,” he says blithely, eyes flicking up to Erik. “Power beyond words, and…agony, too. I don’t know if we’re equipped.”

"We have to be," Erik mutters, and coming back to himself after the abrupt tear through the fabric of time - that which dragged him so far away from Charles. Guiltily he realizes Charles is unwell and then moves to his side, a hand at his shoulder apologetically. All at once a jumble swirls from him. The desert, motor oil, napalm. Screaming. He grits his teeth and forcefully throws it behind a shield, protective. Focused. "What kind of power?" he redirects as best as he can. "Are you hurt?" Charles is right, he realizes. They can't deal with this if Charles is at risk. He won't put them through that.

Raven hangs up the landline and returns to the conversation. "The jet is ready if you are. We snagged a Blackbird. Top secret military. Taima's wicked smahht," she mocks Charles's Cambridge buddies with a smirk. "Pure stealth tech." 

“I’m fine,” Charles says, almost dismissively. He’s more worried about the stalwart wall that Erik has abruptly erected in his mind, guarding something that, in the brief instance that Charles had been exposed to it, seemed like a terrible, agonizing collection of memories. He could topple the wall if he wanted, could explore Erik’s memory, but he won’t. It’s not his place to do so; if Erik wants him to see, he’ll show him. Temples throbbing, Charles pushes himself onto unsteady legs. When his knees buckle, he grips Erik for support. He hangs only for a moment before he’s able to stand unassisted once more.

“Power like I’ve never seen,” he says, never taking his eyes from Erik’s own. “It’s as if he possesses every mutation we’ve thus encountered. Telepathy, strength, reality manipulation. I’m not sure, I was pulled out of Cerebro before I could gather more. But, fueling everything, was anger, Erik.”

Hank bites his lip, eyes flitting to Raven. “I helped build the prototype for Blackbird,” he admits. “Can’t disagree that it’s the best in business.”

Charles shakes his head. “I don’t think we’re ready,” he says, more firmly this time. “Anger such as that isn’t something that exists within our vision for a peaceful future.”

"If that's the case -" Erik posits, his mechanical mind whirring up. "Charles, if that is the case - we cannot let this person walk around unchecked. We need to figure out how to handle him. If he has this power, he must be controlled, or innocents are going to suffer. And I think - I think I could get through to him. I think I could. It is not a guarantee and if it fails, then - OK. Then we tried. But perhaps the best solution is for him to be persuaded. Hearts and minds, yes?" he taps his hand over his heart, keeping his eyes steadily locked with Charles's.

The tension in the room is thick. To the others, Charles and Erik are the decision-makers. It’s still a democracy, of course, but they look to the two of them to steer the course of their ship. Discord between the two threatens confidence, and Charles knows that. It’s important that the others believe in their mission, and in turn, their leaders must be united. Is it legitimate confidence or aspirational hope? he poses telepathically. Charles hates that he asks this of his friend. Of a man he trusts with his life. He hates that it is so pedantic, but he must ask. He must know that Erik’s confidence is pure and true. If you truly believe that this is our next best step, then I will step with you with full support. But I need to know that you’re sure.

Charles feels it as Erik genuinely considers the question - such is the nature of his Stoic tendencies, that blind argument doesn't come naturally - but it doesn't take long for that confidence to bloom across his cerebral cortex in poignant repose. Circuitry abounds, wires and gears. This is very likely their only opportunity to intercept this individual, and if what Charles says is true, they could have a lot worse to deal with down the line if he goes unchecked. And there it is - certainty. Erik is sure of that. He can't promise that he isn't just hoping he can reach the man - he cannot promise that. It's a good bet that he can. Erik went through a lot to help him, at his own expense. And honor culture is strong in the Arab world.

But he can promise that he is certain that they need to try. He grimaces, lips furrowing down. He doesn't reply verbally, but leaves the final decision to Charles. He won't subject them to this without Charles's agreement.

Charles says nothing for a pregnant pause. His head still throbs and his body still feels weak, but he tries to remain grounded and firm when he finally does speak. “Erik, Raven, Hank, and I will go to Cairo, then,” he says, turning his head to address the tense crowd. “The rest of you must stay behind to look after Jean and prepare the estate for our new guest.”

Carmen, having entered in the middle of this hash and stayed silent when he realized they were in it deep, raises his hands placatingly. "We have it covered. I promise. Go get your man. I'll bring Teri around to fill in the gaps," he adds, revealing that he's on a first-name basis with Erik's rabbi.

"It is appreciated," Erik murmurs softly. He reaches out to give Charles's shoulder a squeeze. Are you certain you're well? he can't help but to ask. He knows it might be irritating but the assurance - he sighs a bit. It's been a hard moment. A lot dredge to the surface in a short amount of time. The assurance will help.

I’m fine, he insists again, and then, realizing that he’s being unnecessarily curt, turns to Erik to offer an apologetic smile. He raises one hand and folds it atop Erik’s own in his shoulder. I’m sorry. Cerebro still takes a bit out of me, and your former associate was…a shock. He doesn’t elaborate, but his smile softens. “No bloody nose this time, though,” he says aloud. “I’ll count that as a win.”

"A shock to me as well," Erik whispers softly. "I don't know what happened to him. Why he ended up in Tora. But we can try to help him. I think we can do it. Together we are very strong, and this place is very special. We can help. I believe in it. In us." His eyes crease and he smiles, then, patting Charles on the back. Forgiven, of course you are forgiven.

Charles detects something in Erik’s tone, audible and otherwise, he cannot articulate. He’s not sure why, but whatever it is…it both unnerves and bothers him. Erik hasn’t done anything wrong; it’s entirely unfair for Charles to feel this way, and he acknowledges that with shame to himself. But he can’t deny it. Squeezing Erik’s hand, perhaps as a reaffirmation of his trust in and deep affection for the man, Charles does his best to put those silly thoughts away. “You must tell me more about him on the plane,” he says quietly as they begin to walk toward the stairs together. “About what you’ve experienced together.”

"I will try," Erik nods, oblivious to Charles's internal machinations. And he does. They wind up donning an experimental prototype mesh outfit designed to withstand serious gravitational forces alongside sleek see-through face-masks for oxygen supply, though Erik has his finger on the pulse of that. The Blackbird is a Vertical Take-Off and Landing (VTOL) craft which allows it to set straight down in the manor's perfectly manicured lawn with barely a hum of the engines.

Erik is enthralled by what he senses from the jet, running his fingers over its coating in reverence. When they're strapped in, he clears his throat and indeed makes an attempt. "When the war started - I was at a kibbutz, a place called Jo'ara. Where men like me were sent because they spit on us in the streets. Slashed our tires. Vandalized our businesses. That kind of thing." He grimaces at the memory.

Charles is less impressed by the high-tech aircraft that lands on his back lawn. Hank will pilot it; he’s looking forward to a long ride, which will enable him to recover, gather his thoughts, and talk with Erik. Plus, so high above the surface of the earth, the cacophony will be more bearable. Not silent, but dull. A reprieve, at any rate.

With Hank in the cockpit and Raven in the co-pilot’s seat, Charles straps in to the seat beside Erik and reclines, allowing the other to begin. He doesn’t need to be a telepath to envision the scene: Erik isn’t speaking of the Second World War, but of the next war into which he, still just a boy, was thrust. A war that ended only a few years ago, surely to be followed by more. “You went there after leaving Europe,” Charles says, nodding. “But you didn’t find safety there.”

"No," Erik murmurs, shaking his head once. "When we declared independence, the people around us grew hostile. So, another war. I was drafted into the Haganah, in Brigade Seven. I was a driver. We had tanks and I trained on them briefly, but primarily, a transport Jeep." Erik tries to keep it concise, so he skips right to Sayid. "We fought bitterly. There was a break one morning, I guess everybody was sapped. And we went out to the motor pool, and saw someone driving up. We didn't know why. Shomron and I," he adds. It explains where they met. "And they didn't seem aggressive."

As he speaks, his eyes glaze over, features schooled and hard. Distant.

"But my commanding officer lit a Molotov and threw it at the car. They were filled with napalm, so they burned sticky. The man got out, screaming. I completely forgot myself, and ran for him. I knocked him down, covered him in sand. CO was furious, and Shomron hit him on the head. He had cast his lot with me then." A funny little smile appears on his face as he says this, his affection for Daniel apparent. "We sneaked him back into our camp, and then booked it out of there as soon as we could. Drove across the border, deposited him and that was the last time I saw him. After that, we left, got our visas together. He went back to medical school, and I wound up at MIT."

Charles listens intently, taking care to stay out of Erik’s mind. The surface thoughts are still audible, but Erik has those controlled, measured. Nothing slips through by accident. Charles finds himself wishing that Erik wasn’t so guarded, but can respect that, sometimes, painful memories are best left unvisited. It’s Erik’s right to keep things quiet. The jet hurdles into the air, and for several minutes, they’re forced to remain quiet while they reach altitude. Once they’re at cruising speed, Charles turns his head, placing a hand on Erik’s knee.

“You saved the life of your enemy, Erik,” he says softly. “That’s a very noble thing to do. I know you weren’t seeking commendation for such an act, but you did what was right. As did Daniel.” A gentle squeeze of Erik’s knee. “I can see where some of Sayid’s anger comes from, if this is a chapter of his past. War is an ugly thing, and…” Charles trails off. He’s never been to war, or a victim of war. He doesn’t want his words to belittle anything that Erik has experienced. “Well. Thank you, then, for choosing to save a life,” he resumes. “And I’m glad that that decision put you on the path that took you to me.” A small smile. “I’m so very sorry that you’ve had to endure that. It pains me to know that you’ve dealt with so many horrors.”

Erik takes Charles's hand in his own, his bad hand resting over top of Charles's palm and his good curling their fingers together. "I got to meet you," he says with a little grin. "I consider you to be my family," he admits. It's like a confession, only it's self-evident; there's no expectation of reciprocity. He understands it's Big. But there's no denying it. He will carry Charles in his heart, always. "You have given me a gift that you cannot truly comprehend. I know it's sentimental." He makes a dismissive little frown, shrugging his eyebrows. "I was no hero. I had no business being at Latrun. I'm fortunate to have saved a life, instead of taking one, then." It's a slight falter - Erik hasn't spoken in detail about his time at the camps, but Charles picks up on the semantics all the same Then - meaning, Erik has taken life before.

At once, frustration melts. Oh, how can Charles fault Erik anything at all? A man who has known a life of cruelty treating him with nothing but tenderness, carving a place for him inside of his heart. It sends a flood of warmth from his heart and radiates outward to his extremities. Even as Erik’s words assume meaning, Charles can feel nothing but empathy. He knew, somehow, that Erik has taken a life before and decided that he didn’t care.

He remembers following the trials at Nuremberg in the papers and deciding then that one could not be faulted for protecting themselves against depravity beyond recognition. How could a human being do such things to another human being? Propaganda and threats are powerful motivators, certainly, but humanity should be unshakable. No, Charles cannot fault Erik for what he has done. “Hero or not, you did what was right,” Charles says firmly, hand tightening around Erik’s fingers. “And that counts for something.”

"You do me a great kindness," Erik replies back, raising Charles's hand to brush his lips across the back of his knuckles. It's tender, at odds with the tenor of their discussion. A lifeline to their shared humanity, in the midst of the universe and all its chaotic howl. He breathes in deep, sitting up. Shoulders straightening. Like a soldier, a leader. And yet, Charles's hand still in his.

That glowing thread, its intricate spirals, filaments of complexity composed of particles that hold no name. Erik feels along it as he slips his fingers underneath Charles's wrist, a soft movement testing those small flares of something - frustration, confusion, disarmament. Acknowledging their presence. Knowing that their interactions together formed a bridge between two competing ideologies. A bridge that they needed to tend, to keep whole, lest it crumble. Erik wants them to build it, together. Side by side. 

Together. It’s all Charles replies. Erik didn’t need to say anything; or even think anything coherently. The energy is enough, Erik’s quickly whirring mind is enough. Charles understands what Erik is hoping for, working so hard to build. It may be tenuous at times, given their differences, but their foundation remains firm. It rests atop their commitment to each other. Charles allows the intense moment to fade, and eventually, they settle into comfortable silence. He’s still tired from the stint with Cerebro, so he’s content to lean his head against the cushioned headrest and simply daydream.


After an hour, the sky around their swift aircraft is dark; they’re well over the Atlantic by now, barreling toward North Africa. “What will you say?” he asks finally, his voice startling even him. ”To Sayid. We must be tactful. He’s not a child like Jean, nor a man begging for rescue like Aura.”

Of the two, Erik is more prone to swiftness; decisive and headstrong with varying results. It's clear that until this moment he hasn't fully considered this part of the equation. The what, and how. All he knows is it must be done, and he intends on doing it. Being tactful on the other-hand, is not his strong suit. That is more for the man dozing next to him, an arena Charles had mastered from the time he could tie his own shoelaces together. "He has escaped Tora," Erik starts, knitting these pieces together neatly. "So he will need shelter. Safety. We can appeal to his honor, to his humanity. Give him somewhere to land. Help him understand what is happening to him. Can you tell me what you felt from him in more detail?"

Charles pushes his hand through his hair and sighs. He wishes that Erik would have been ruminating on an airtight plan all this while. At least he’s been able tap gauge a little info about the man, he supposes. “Anger,” Charles repeats, pursing his lips. “At the root of everything. It’s his nucleus, it’s what seemed to be fueling how he accessed his abilities.” Charles looks to Erik. “He certainly has telepathy, but it seems that he can also do what you do, to some extent. Through his eyes, I could see particulae. But I also felt infinitely strong, too. And there was this energy, in his chest. I’m sure he has some sort of projectile ability. But everything was fresh, raw, and borne of anguish, Erik. Mutation, for him, evolved as a defense. I’ve never felt such a thing.”

“I can’t know. Not from the small glimpse I had,” Charles admits, though he certainly shares Erik’s apprehension. “Perhaps he’s not as strong a telepath or as adept at your kinesis. I’ve speculated about mutants who can…hmm. Absorb other mutations. Perhaps he can do such a thing.”

Erik's eyes catch out of the window, and he watches the clouds race past, his good hand wrapped around the rail above his head. The SR-71 can make the trip from London to New York in 8 minutes, so it doesn't take them very long at all to touch down in an abandoned airstrip in Cairo. They know from the mapping technology of Hank's that there's another mutant close-by, someone regarded by the locals as a beggar priestess -

- a mythos of the street corners. They don't exactly understand that she's a mutant, nor do they know her real identity. Half-truths, half-lies. That's all any of them have. The jet opens up, and the ramp extends down. Tora is several kilometers away, embedded in an old limestone quarry. Erik feels the resonance as soon as he sets foot on the ground, wincing as it clashes against his senses. "He's here," he murmurs lowly.

Charles glances at his companion as he follows suit, eyebrow shooting up. “How do you know?” It’s decided that Raven and Hank will go find the young woman while Charles and Erik are tasked with approaching Sayid. Charles is already stretching his reach in all directions, probing for the same energy which had shook him so, but he hasn’t been able to pluck it from the cacophony yet. It’s a cool night in Cairo; the dark sky is clear and the wind is gentle, but Charles feels chilled and suddenly out of place. Most people are thinking in Arabic, a language of which Charles knows not a word, so the visual and abstract thoughts are grabbing his attention.

Erik is on guard, hackles raised as the fingers on his good hand curl up toward his palm instinctively. A hum of power beats through his body, as though charging himself up, the air molecules around him crackling with a surge of leashed energy. "I can feel him," Erik whispers back. "He is like an unnatural force. His structural composition is... unlike anything I have ever encountered," Erik says, eyes flicking back and forth as though reading invisible script across the sky.

"Well, that sounds fucking ominous," Raven contributes with a hand settled on her hip. She's wearing a loose hijab, Iranian-style with a long trellis across her chest and down her back, with a small tuft of sleek blonde hair visible at the edges. 

"I can see them, but I cannot... they are closed to me. These particles do not abide by our laws." Erik's features are drawn in a tight, grim line. "This way," he gestures for them to follow, into the beating heart of the working-class Al-Muniera district of Imbaba. It seems that Erik is leading them on a string, until - - - "There is someone else, here," Erik whirls about, setting a hand on Charles's shoulder protectively. "Come out, Little One," he murmurs, chin lifting up to let the scurrying woman (who had been following them zig-zagging from one alley to the next whilst they drew ever closer to Sayid's unusual siren call) reveal her presence.

Charles can sense her. The static in the air, rising and zipping up in a way that isn't Erik's doing. Charles follows Erik; it’s all he can do. He isn’t attuned to a shift in composition like Erik is; his access point is the mind, and in a sea of two million minds, plucking one from the masses is a tall task. The polyphony reverberates off of the inside of his skull while the manifold visual scenes play across his awareness like a hundred films at once. He’s nearly blinded by onslaught, and so all he can do is amble behind Erik, holding his shirt, waiting for the telltale screeching feedback that knocks him sideways when he makes contact with another telepath. Sayid, after all, shares that gift.

He’s listening to a man’s soliloquy in what he can identify as French when Erik stops him short. Eyes adjusting to the dim light of the alley, Charles is suddenly greeted with a clearer sonic of a fast-moving mind. She’s thinking in Arabic, but as he pushes, almost unwittingly through her psyche, he can see that she communicates in a language far more powerful. A language of currents and wind and pressure and heat. Around them, the cool night fills with electricity, and Charles can feel, implicitly, that it’s her bringing it from the bare night. “We come as friends,” Charles says out loud in calm English, for he can sense a deep mistrust within her soul.

A shadow wavers across the clay wall; a thin, figure. Its caster is still obscured by darkness, but Charles can make out her form. “We mean no harm—“ Just inches behind his heels, a bolt of quick lightning incinerates a discarded cardboard box. Charles jump’s involuntarily, leaping away from the now-smoldering paper. In the soft glow, the woman—scarcely older than a child, Charles gauges—observes their cluster with dark eyes.

“Provide me with one reason to believe that you are not here for harm,” she says, voice simmering with distrust. Her accent is thick but her English is confident. Another spark zips through the air, gone as quickly as it had appeared. “Or I will send the next one into your skull.”

It makes Erik smile, just a little. He's not laughing at her, but rather, he understands very uniquely exactly what it is she's experiencing, and just how much it takes from a soul who has experienced such difficulty to lay down the spikes and listen to someone else. Erik lifts a hand, and much like her, there's a bolt of electricity that manifests into his open palm. He lifts it up, letting it stay suspended in charge, a brilliant streak of light captured in stillness.

"We are like you," he says softly. "We are looking for someone. A man, like us. The Man Without an Identity. He is... an old friend. 'aerifuh min alharb," he explains softly. "laqad khint shaebi. 'ana saeadatuhu." He tells her it as plainly as he can, that he knows Sayid from the war. That he betrayed his people, to help him.

It’s difficult to school her face into a mask of calm indifference when the first tall stranger opens a broad palm to match her riposte. She can feel the energy; he did as she does, pulling the loose electrons from the air. Almasukh. She scans the others; the smaller man by his side, the one that spoke, offers a kind smile and has a finger pressed to his temple. That would explain the discomfort she had felt moments before; he has takhatur. Then there’s the woman and the other tall man, several paces behind. She’s never seen so many of them in one place before.

The lightning man’s brusque explanation slides off of her stony exterior. A friend from the war? There were no friends in war. Ask her dead father, brothers, cousins. How many friends did they have in their graves? “If I were an Israeli,” Ororo grits, “I would want to have The Man Without Identity out of Egypt, too.” Because, of course, she knows what the Israeli (she’s not aware that he, of course, was born in Poland, but perhaps it doesn’t matter) speaks of.

The Messiah of Cairo, some have been saying. Descended directly from Ra, those straggling Kemetics insist. She’s never met him before, so she can’t know. This time, it’s the Brit who speaks. “We’ve no affiliations,” he insists, stepping forward in his expensive loafers, coiffed hair shimmering in the lightning. “We’re here to invite him—and you—to join us.” Suddenly, a scene tumbles across her awareness. A massive house in some leafy lane. People—mutants—basking in the sun. Children, adults, everything in between. Some have blue skin, others make their companions laugh by shooting beams of light from their palms. Some dreamy utopia, implanted into her brain.

Ororo is silent for a moment. “Why?” she asks finally, addressing both men. “For what purpose do you want to build such a place?”

He isn't sure how to communicate the nuances in what little time they have left, so he uses his braced hand to shuck up the sleeve of his tattooed forearm, extending it to her for inspection. "Not Israeli," he tells her softly. "Not any longer." Acknowledging his part, in this small way, with their limited time. "American," he taps his chest with the finger of his good hand. "We do not want him for such a reason. We come to him, and you, with an offer. For safety. Food, medicine. Companionship. Our kind is in danger," he tells her as bluntly as possible. "A danger I know well." He indicates his arm. "And we need to ally, if we want to have any hope to survive the coming storm."

Tiny numbers, inked into skin. It’s then that Ororo notices the brace, the curled fingers. The glint of something in his eyes. One of the refugees, then, sent away from Europe. Displaced, as is she. “I’m accustomed to surviving storms on my own,” she says pointedly, a brief gust of wind whooshing through the dark ally. But she’s intrigued. The Brit would have seen that she’s without family, if he poked in her head. She’s tired of Cairo, tired of scrounging for food, shelter. “The man you seek lives not far from here,” she says finally, the lightning extinguishing with a snap. “In an old factory, overlooking the river, I hear. Be cautious.”

"We might have more success reaching him if you accompany us," says Erik, his tone gentle. "We cannot stress enough how dangerous this man is. We need to help him. For all our sakes."

"He's hurting," Raven offers with a small smile of her own. A sliver of compassion enters her tone. "Like you. Like all of us. I think we can help him, and you. And you can help us. You're no weakling. You've survived this long. You have skills. We could use that. I won't lie to you, part of it is selfish. But it beats the streets, yeah?" Her brows raise. Of them all, Raven is the toughest. Not the Brit in his pressed khakis. Not even the lightning-man, with the determination burning in his gaze.

No, it is this woman, hair blonde and coifed beneath a perfectly manicured religious garment that she clearly knows how to tie in beautiful, intricate fabrics around her. When she speaks Arabic, her accent is impeccable - her vocabulary less so, which intrigues Ororo. Usually it is the other way around. It is this woman who knows the ways of the world. Who has seen more of it than all of them combined, and taken it into herself. And the way she speaks, refusing to condescend. Refusing to back down, demanding. Oh, terribly rude. But refreshingly so. Raven Darkholme is the real force behind these foreigners.

Is this not the way of things, after all? Women are the ones who keep the world turning, while the men play their games of war. 

Ororo regards the blonde woman for a moment, considering. “I’m not a child,” she says, and she’s not, she’s 18 and has been on her own for years. “If I agree to come with you, you will not treat me as a child.”

“Of course we won’t,” says the Brit. “This isn’t charity we’re offering, but community.”

Ororo envisions that sunny house once more. “Alright,” she agrees. “But only if The Man Without an Identity agrees, too.”

Erik inclines his head. It's a fair deal, and if they fail at reaching Sayid they'll have a lot worse problems on their hands. "This factory, can you show us where it is?" he asks while discreetly rolling down his sleeve.

Ororo raises a hand. In the dark, cloudless sky, a grey wisp of nimbus appears against the black. The group watches it drift further and further until it stops, half a mile from where they stand as the crow flies. “There.”


As they walk, the Brit introduces them. He’s called Charles, the refugee is Erik. Then there’s Raven and Hank. They’re all mutants, young, eager. She can’t help but feel tantalized by their mission even if it seems fanciful to her. And, at any rate, she can’t say no to an opportunity out of here, of this city which never felt like home. They finally stop in front of a crumbling building on a dark street, directly beneath the cloud. It dissipates as they approach, and she extends a finger upward. Through a small window on the top floor, a flicker of light is visible, even from the street. “We should not all go,” she warns, glancing toward Charles and Erik. The leaders. “It will feel like an ambush.”

"You and me," Erik decides. "Up front. Charles a little behind. Raven and Hank can watch our six outside." It's clear of them all that Erik is the tactical mastermind, though Hank is no slouch when it comes to strategy, his genius is better spent on games like chess and battleship. Combat is a different beast altogether.

“I’ll be here,” Charles rumbles quietly, firmly planting himself atop Erik’s psyche. He’s uncomfortable, allowing Erik and this young woman to enter alone, but he has been overwhelmed by the force of Sayid’s consciousness for the last ten minutes. They’re facing a formidable challenge, and he can only adhere to Erik and Ororo’s tactical decision. “Be careful, Erik.” Ororo watches the two men look at each other for a moment.

Notices how Charles’s eyes linger on Erik’s for several seconds too long, notices how Erik sweeps their surroundings with his own steely gaze, as if looking for anything which may pose a threat. Protective. Similar to how her mother used to look at her father before he’d leave their home, during the war. Interesting. They’re fighting for more than Sayid, then. “What is our strategy?” she asks Erik as they push into the building. “I can hold him, but probably only briefly. His power….its immense.”

"Raven was correct. He's hurting. The article mentioned he had been in Segn Tora for a long time. Tortured, dehumanized. Brutalized. I understand the anger he is feeling. My plan is..." he looks around, lips pursing as he knows Charles is unhappy with his Seat of the Pants philosophy. "To try and talk with him. Like a person. To give him a real choice. Something to live for, not just fight for. I know it is perhaps trifling optimism. But when we treat people like animals, they will act like it."

Ororo hums, but yields. It strikes her as strange that a man like Erik, given where he came from, feels that talking will accomplish what he hopes to accomplish. At the same time, she does not wish to become an adversary to Sayid; the message sounds nice. "Alright," is all she says, striding alongside the man. "I'll follow your lead."


The old factory dominates the skyline, a haggard mess of crumbling bricks and blown-out windows abandoned for decades in disrepair. Weeds have overgrown the pathway in thick, gnarled spires. Erik gently untangles them as they walk, infusing them with new life and greenery without even thinking. Finally, they reach the entrance and he shoulders open the door with a heavy, screeching thud. The inside is barren, wind cold and whooshing through open, empty space.

"Sayid," Erik calls out, clear as a rung bell. "Nahn naelam 'anak huna. Please, come out. We just wish to speak. Hal tatadhakaruni? Lehnsherr. Turai Erik Lehnsherr." He gives his old rank, for good measure. That's how Sayid would remember him, if at all. It doesn't take long for the tuning fork in Charles's mind to reverberate with a loud clang, sending shockwaves through his consciousness. It's not intentional, nor malevolent. But it is strong, almost overpowering.

A rustling from the back, and then - there he is. He's tall, taller than Erik, and hulking, a solid wall of musculature that rivals even Hank. His hair is shaved off in rough patches, what little remaining of a once unruly head of curls appearing jagged and uneven. His beard is unkempt, eyes beset by dark circles underneath, cornered and suspicious. "I remember," he bows his head, speaking low and soft. It's unexpected. "You brought me home."

"I did," Erik nods. "How did you end up in Tora?"

"My friends. They turned out not to be friends at all." The man smiles, pained. "Priestess," he greets Ororo dryly, the moniker like a shared joke. "And a stranger." He finally addresses Charles, watchful, intelligent gaze sliding over to land on him.

It’s as sharp as feedback from a microphone. Sayid’s power is fierce, and it’s as if Charles’s own thoughts are being amplified within the other and shot back at him, like a pistol in exchange for a cannon. He’s not even sure if Sayid is aware that he’s causing such a phenomenon; through blurred vision, Charles can only see a young man, squaring up to Erik. He’s a few inches taller than Erik, and Erik is tall, but it’s his broad frame that is most striking.

Compared to Erik’s rangier frame, Sayid is absolutely massive. But it’s hard to think about that; it’s hard to think about anything other than the echo inside his skull. Vaguely, Charles wonders if Erik can sense it, too. It’s only when more mental attention is turned toward him that Charles realizes that he’s being addressed directly. Through the bricolage of consciousness, he can understand that he’s being regarded with skepticism. A smile crawls its way to Charles’s face, masking the extreme discomfort threatening to buckle his knees.

“A stranger for now, but not for long, I hope,” he says easily, baritone voice as conversational as ever. “My name is Charles Xavier, and my dear friend Erik, here, has told me briefly of your shared histories. It’s a pleasure to meet you.”

"Have you come for me, then?" Sayid asks, and rather than acrid rage Charles is surprised to hear a solemn resignation underneath his tempered speech. "Using you is an interesting tactic." His English is good, but strongly accented. Charles catches a glimmer of a young boy hunched over a desk, writing in feathered pen. Someone had seen to his education.

"We have," Erik inclines his head.

"You must know that I will never return to Tora." It's almost gentle. Sympathy, for what awaits them should they attempt to force him otherwise. Sorrow, for their obliteration. Erik was a good man. A kind man. Once. A friend in a language he didn't understand. They taught to one another, huddled in the desert amidst crackling fire. Be'ivrit? Ken, tapuah sheli. Atah rotze? He liked apples. The green ones in particular. The masters of this world were fickle in their ways, extinguishing lights like Erik without rhyme nor reason. The man who had carried him home then was no more than their agent, after all.

The visions that unfurl across his ocular plane are, to say the least, breathtaking. An opus of extinguishment, set to a score of Brahms. His death, Erik’s death, Raven and Hank and Ororo’s death, immediate and brusque, but conducted with regret. Oh. Oh. He’s misunderstood, certainly, but isn’t meeting their perceived betrayal with fury. Deep, aching sorrow, from somewhere deep in his soul. There isn’t a trace of the vengeance which had so blithely knocked Charles over earlier that very day. Erik’s face, one associated with familiarity and kinship, has evidently exposed another plane of Sayid’s being.

It’s crucial to remember, Charles knows, that all people have palimpsest dimension. It’s understandable why Sayid thinks this way. Charles’s accent is no help; the British have not been kind to the human beings in this area of the world, and it is reasonable thus that their small squadron present as a threat. “Sayid, my friend, we are not here to send you back to that place,” Charles says quickly, though his tone remains calm. “Far from that. I invite you to decipher our intentions for yourself.” He raises his hands in front of him, in a gesture of defenseless invitation. “We’ve no allegiance aside from that which we have with each other. Of our kind. Such an allegiance regards no border. It runs far deeper than that, down to your very cells.”

Sayid squints. "Our kind?" he asks, and all at once Charles realizes that he doesn't know. He doesn't know about mutation. He doesn't know that he was responsible for the terrible blaze that engulfed Tora and incinerated his grotesque tormentors. He has an understanding of magic in the world as a force of God, but not necessarily science. Nor physics. Somewhere deep within, it rouses, a bleary millenia-old tortoise of a soul. Somewhere he must know, but it's not surface-level. As much as he knows these men who oppose him will become dust, but in a cognitive analysis, he thinks of the mundane; fists and guns.

Erik trades a look with Charles. "What happened at Tora. The fire. Sayid, it must sound very peculiar. But among us are those who have gifts. Like so." He extends his palm and drops a coin into it. Abruptly it halts mid-air and slowly rotates.

Sayid... blinks. "You want to teach me a magic trick?"

Charles’s tension eases, but a new, fresh one quickly takes its place. Sayid doesn’t know. Perhaps knowing that he’s not alone, that there’s an explanation for all the strange occurrences that seem to follow him will help funnel that fire elsewhere, toward other means. To them. Ororo speaks before Charles can, however. She steps forward to stand at Erik’s side and opens her palm. Inches above it appears a full storm system, shrunken down by a million. A swirling eye broils just above her thumb before it disappears entirely, replaced by an equally tiny tornado. “Not a magic trick,” she corrects. “Inborn power.”

Charles pushes through the still-clamoring walls of Sayid’s consciousness and expands himself, ensuring that his presence is felt. What you can do, Sayid, comes from in here. It’s no different than your having brown eyes. No different than my being right-handed.

Sayid's eyes widen fractionally. "You mean that I did this. At the prison. I caused this to happen. How could I do such a thing? This is all..." he grimaces. "And you just come here, now? For me?"

"We have a device," Erik murmurs. "It helps us find people like you. People who need help. So we can unite as many as possible in our cause. Strength in numbers, kamerad."

Charles eases out of Sayid’s mind but doesn’t abandon him entirely. In case he needs to act quickly. “We can leave now,” Charles offers. “We can be in New York in an hour. Join us.”

Sayid raises a hand and gestures to the youngest amongst them. "You would join them? Trust them?" he arches a brow, interested in Ororo's perspective as the only one of the team that understood the cultural framework that he has always known. "Perhaps, we should stay close together," he offers the prospect of an alliance openly.

Ororo cocks a brow, challenging. “Trust is a strong word,” she says coolly, and she doesn’t care if it offends her newfound comrades. It’s better they know her true point-of-view. “But, the way I see it, I either go with them or remain here, at mercy of the Cairo police and the Egyptian government, which has shown that it has no teeth.” She narrows her eyes. “I think that you should come. We can do better than this.”

Sayid inclines his head evenly. "Then we will do better. But you must understand. I am a hunted man. We will not make it to your craft without engaging the security services. They've tracked my location. And I have only a handgun." He flashes it pointedly.

"Humans and their guns," Erik responds bitterly under his breath, referring to the metal pieces he can feel on the agents closing in on their location. "I can shield us from the barrage," he adds, lifting his hand. A translucent barrier shimmers around the group.

Raven flourishes into a bow and transforms before their eyes into an Egyptian officer in uniform. "I might be able to persuade them to let us pass. Charles, you'll have to help me. If we can get out with no bloodshed all the better."

Sayid just stares at her.

“Meet my dear sister, Raven,” Charles says to Sayid as he casts himself outward, taking stock of the potential enemies in the vicinity. There are many cops and even less savory characters dotting the path back to the jet, but not more than he can handle. He glances at Erik briefly, just to ensure that the man is feeling as steadfast as he was before their encounter, and when he is, he nods. “Let’s go. If I do this right, we won’t even need the barrier or Raven’s artistry.”

Sayid and Erik appear to gravitate toward one another subconsciously, and both take the lead in front of the remaining group in a protective stance. They are at one another's backs, Sayid's firearm drawn defensively and Erik's hands up to control their shield.

"All right, boys and girls. Let's do this," Raven says cheerfully from the rear as she draws herself up, intending to act as their pseudo 'prison guard.'

Outside of the factory, there are police cars, and about a dozen officers all with their weapons drawn. "Come out with your hands up!" they shout in Arabic.

Charles does his best to cloak their small group. It's something that he's been practicing; extending one singular effort toward the multiple minds at once. Rather than directing his focus and reach toward a single mind, he has been able to influence many with the same sweep. However, in the heart of Cairo, the predominant language is Arabic, and it's too difficult for Charles to cloak them from all threats. Perhaps in the future, his reach will be broad enough to overcome such a barrier, but for now, he's glad that he has backup.

I hope that you've brushed up on your Arabic, Charles remarks to his sister, and then quickly drops a blanket over the minds of their would-be assailants. Instantly, they're all filled with a sudden distaste for hostility, and at once, the battery of weapons lowers. They're in a negotiating mood. Hurry.

Raven senses the shift, and the difficulty Charles is having. Fuck. OK. "It's all right!" her male visage calls out. She looks suspiciously like one of the police officers, but with slightly altered features to detract from being noticed too quickly. "I've apprehended the prisoner and his friends. We are on our way to book him and then ship him back to Tora. Don't worry, everything is under control." It's in almost flawless - thankfully Raven is always prepared.

Sayid does his best to look like a subdued prisoner, his weapon hidden for now.

As Raven speaks in what sounds like impeccable Arabic, Charles extends himself further, seeping into the minds of each assailant at once. Rather than assessing them individually, he flexes once and the wave sinks atop the collection, like a mass. Further and further he pushes, massaging, flicking, maneuvering, until the general tenor of the group is relaxed, suggestible. Let's go, he says to his companions simultaneously. They won't jump if we move, but we must move now.

Raven moves in front of them and begins leading them out, quickly identifying a back pathway that would remove them from the police's line of sight as quickly as possible in the hopes that Charles could just make them forget about it easier than maintaining a continuous facade. She moves slow and steadily forward, ears perked up for any sign of resistance or movement from behind them as they head away behind the building.

They amble forward, and Charles feels Hank grab his arm and pull him along—he's concentrating too hard to be able to think about navigating in the dark. It's strenuous, like holding a heavy weight over his head for minutes and minutes, but he remains locked on. It's dangerous business, what he's doing, and the last thing he wants to do is impart permanent injury. Teeth grind into his lips, and he makes one final sweep, and— "They won't be a problem anymore," he breathes, turning to see the police officers start to chat with each other once more, as if nothing had happened at all. He has erased them from their memory. "They don't remember that any of us exist. Let's go."


Erik lets out a heavy breath, squeezing Sayid's arm and then moving to check over Charles and Ororo, a lingering touch to his shoulder letting him know he was there, solid and steady. "Good work, you two," he murmurs to Raven and Charles. "That had the potential to end very badly."

"We still have to get to the jet unseen. Mr.... what's your name?"

"al-Zaman," Sayid answers softly. "Apocalypse works, too," he adds dryly, imparting the nickname handed to him by Cairo's local news. His features fall solemn again as he realizes that their appellation might very well be correct. Because he had set that fire. To him it was an opportunistic escape. Completely naked, surrounded by flames, skin covered in lacerations and blood. His own blood. The news stories raged on meanwhile with some calling him a terrorist and others a hero for dismantling the torture machine of Tora. For revealing their treachery.

"We are safe, now," Erik tells him as though he is the telepath. "We will not permit anyone here to fall prey to this regime. You will both be safe, for as long as we are alive. And I plan to live a very long time."

Charles is tired now from the effort, but keeps his receptors open. He is grateful for Hank's support as they move, as he finds it difficult to navigate on his own while paying close attention to their surroundings. Especially so close in proximity to Sayid, whose own mind is generating uncomfortable feedback against Charles's own. Vaguely, he notices the touch exchanged between Erik and Sayid, but it flies out of own memory quickly. Too much to think about to try and grapple with that. Thirty minutes later, the six mutants are at the jet, and Charles nearly collapses on the ground beside the ladder. His head feels as if it's about to burst as he leans heavily against Hank's broad form.

Erik moves immediately to catch him and steady him, brows furrowed in concern. "I'll look after Charles. Hank, you need to get him examined. Don't listen to his nonsense."

"Nonsense- I do not require-"

"As I said. You're a doctor, you need to be a doctor right now. Understood?" Erik meets Hank's eyes from across the plane, Charles in hand, his expression serious and uncompromising. Hank and Erik have never agreed on much. But right now Erik is trusting him.

Truth be told, Hank finds Erik somewhat tiresome, and he's sure that the feeling is mutual. At the moment, Charles is his concern. The man is growing paler by the second, and he has half a mind to tell Erik to shove off. However, he can't help but wonder when it was that Sayid last saw a doctor. His body is in decent shape, but a quick glance at his face reveals sunken eyes, lank hair. "Get him some water and sit him down," Hank orders Erik, nodding once at Charles's form. He then turns his attention to Sayid, a man who seems not to trust him for a minute. "We can do a more thorough examination in New York," he promises carefully as Raven materializes at his side with his leather medical bag before rushing to help Erik with Charles. "Are you injured or ill in any way that you know of?"

Raven winces, looking between the two. Erik isn't saying anything comprehensible, but the second she sees the look on his face she knows exactly what's going on. Pressing her lips together, she follows after them and slowly flourishes back into her freckle-faced, red-braided form. "I've seen this before, Sayid. You're adrenalized right now, but when you crash it's going to be hard. I think Hank should give you a sedative. And a prophylactic, OK? Antibiotics, that kind of thing. You're not the first and you won't be the last. You've done really well. You got out of there. Whole. Even if it doesn't feel that way right now."

Sayid grips the edge of one of the jet's guard rails hard in hand until it slowly bends and crunches under the pressure. "I knew him. The man outside. I wanted to kill him. I think I can still kill him. I want to kill him. What kind of a monster am I?"

"An ordinary one, I'm afraid," Raven whispers with a gleam in her eye. "I understand. OK? I do. I do K&R for a living. I've been captured before. I know how it goes down. I know what they do to people. And I know that you need support or you're going to spiral. And yeah, you're strong enough to kill them all. But them? They're not worth it."

"You are among friends here, achi. We get it. You know that we do." Erik raises his eyebrow pointedly. "Please, let Hank examine you. Take the medicine. Get some sleep. Real rest."

Sayid lets out a long audible exhale. "Very well," he whispers with a harsh wave of his hand. He slowly, rigidly moves into the small side room and sits down, teeth grit at the back of his jaw. He doesn't meet the doctor's eyes. Erik and Charles both know his potential, but having met him it becomes apparent very quickly that he has absolutely no knowledge or control over his abilities which seem to explode out of him at random. He could heal himself, but he doesn't even know that he can. And it requires more understanding of his powers than he has.

"I think I am injured," is what he answers, dull and flat.


Erik meanwhile sits with Charles. This isn't something Hank has the ability to fix anyway. Instead Erik pulls Charles's focus to him with both hands on either side of his jaw, bowing their foreheads together and slowly winding their minds along that thread of connection that pulses brightly between them. I've got you, Erik repeats firmly to him. Remember our exercises? He holds out his hands, mirroring. We are one/and two/together/and disparate/I am one alone... Sure and soft, he works diligently to help Charles shut out everyone else but just the two of them.

Glad for the evidently calming effects of Hank and Raven's words, Hank fishes a sedative from his bag and sets it on the tray table before the man. He's not about to force him to take something that he doesn't wish to take, but the option is there, ready for him when he's ready for it. "I'm going to lift your shirt," Hank warns, pulling the dirty cloth away. A poorly healing gash stretches across his left oblique, clearly infected.

Disinfectant and clean bandages will have to suffice for the moment, but he'll have to look at the injury more closely in New York; there's a good chance that there's tissue that will need to be removed. "Where else does it hurt?" he asks as he sets to cleaning the wound. On the other side of the jet, Charles slumps against Erik, eyes jammed shut. He tries to focus on the other's words, does his best to mirror the movement, to ground himself, to hang on to Erik, but the force of Sayid's thoughts is simply overwhelming.

Telepathy bouncing against telepathy, even if one party isn't cognizant of it. His mind is strong. We are one/and two/together/..... A test to my control.


Erik takes them to the White Room, the sole place in his mind that is disconnected from everything and everyone on the outside, the place that acts as a natural shield and buffer, extinguishing all external contact except for the two of them. It's difficult - Sayid is distressed, even though he wears a stoic expression, he cannot hide the depths of his mind from Charles. By proximity, Erik can feel it as well, and he works as carefully as he can to extract every particle from their shield. But he is there, and he is not going anywhere, no matter how dangerous the storm. Where Charles goes, Erik follows, a sole guide in the chaotic darkness dedicated to his safe return to himself.

It's hard - Erik is angry at the way his friend was treated, and sorrowful to watch the aftermath. But he too expels those feelings and sensations until nothing remains but the core of Erik and Charles, bound together by the universe. At the back of the jet, in the small room set aside, Sayid forces himself not to flinch at the touch. To cooperate with the doctor instead of eviscerating him, a cacophony of wild, swirling emotions emanating out of him with each gentle press of Hank's fingers against damaged skin.

Where else it hurts is an indicator of vile brutality, the actions a match only to their heavy, battering response inside of his mind. He can't tell Hank this, to further dehumanize and debase himself a second time by allowing it forth to be prodded and examined and judged.

Erik does his best to shield Charles from this. From the horrific, visceral reality of torture. It clangs through him, melting together with his own past. Ghosts through his body causing him to press his own teeth together, to clench his eyes shut and push it all into non-existent oblivion. Refusing to let it touch Charles, not now. Not when he is needed. He must be a stabilizing force. A test of his control, and of them all, Erik is the most equipped to combat it. And so he does. Ruthlessly.

Once in the confines of Erik's innermost wall, Charles relaxes a bit. They've been here before; Charles has marvelled at Erik's creation, the strength of these walls. It's a testament to the power of the man who is currently clutching him, encircling him, protecting him. In the silence and safety, Charles has the wherewithal to feel both amazed and humbled. Sheepish, even. Outside, Hank takes Sayid's silence for what it truly is and does not ask again.

Perhaps Daniel can examine him at home; Daniel was there with both Sayid and Erik on that fateful day, may have a better hand with him. For the moment, Hank simply wraps the injury in a fresh bandage and pushes the sedative toward Sayid. "We will be in New York in thirty minutes. You can take it now, or wait. Up to you." With that, Hank stands and makes his way toward the cockpit to start the engine.


I should be stronger, Charles says with greater clarity now. The walls around them are firm, but Charles knows that this is a strain on Erik, that it is painful to keep them both in this place for long. Especially while their minds are woven together, while Erik has access to his telepathy. To Sayid. I'm sorry, my friend. I should be stronger. You shouldn't have to do this.

It makes Erik smile gently. Of course I should. Where you falter, I will catch you. And I know you will do the same for me. We cannot be strong in every place, neshama. Erik kisses the top of his head, entwining their fingers together. Pressed so close, Charles can feel the sincerity of his response - his genuine belief in these things. That it is his duty, but beyond that, his right. That he is honored to do so, and proud to be able.

What he does regret, is that he knows his own pain is close enough to the surface that Charles can feel it, and he wishes this was not so. But inside the White walls, it is tempered enough not to over-burden them. Formed from iron and steel will, his own strength here is immutable. Because it had to be. Because his survival depended on it. And now, he understands, that these skills go beyond the splintered fractures of damage and suffering. They can heal, too. They can help. And that is not something he would trade.

Besides, he says softly between them. You are strong. You are just new, that is all. This is just the very beginning of our journey. I suspect of us all, you will be the strongest yet.

Around them, the engines of the jet whir to life, lifting the craft into the air. But Charles doesn't hear it or feel it; all he knows now is Erik. Safety, security, Erik. Comfort, warmth, Erik. Erik's lips, his fingers, the cool, clean space where they can sit and just beI will learn, Charles promises. I've grown more powerful, but control has not grown organically alongside the power. I know that I must continue to hone it; I can't rush to you each time I become overwhelmed. His thoughts flit to Sayid, and by association, Erik is privy to this flow, too. The connection is deep and far; whatever Charles thinks, Erik sees, too. Power without control is a dangerous dichotomy. Dangerous for Charles, dangerous for Sayid, dangerous for anyone with immense power and lacking control. I hope that we can help him.

With their proximity Charles can see it more clearly in Erik's mind than before, when Cerebro had overloaded him and made such observations far more difficult. Erik and Sayid were soldiers who had grown close to one another in a time of great peril. A connection forged first from immense distrust and then trust by necessity. Erik had very literally carried him across the desert, home. But he hadn't foreseen this.

He had sent Sayid to an even greater hell. But it only increases his need to ensure that they do help the man. This is Erik's mistake. His responsibility. And he has to make it right. I know of the anger he speaks, Erik whispers between them, mournful. It took me many years to understand what a poison it was to my soul. And to this day... A memory surfaces unbidden of a kindly doctor in thin glasses and a lab coat, smiling so simperingly down at him. A trustworthy face, lined with wrinkles that only serve to enhance his demure demeanor.

But Erik looks at him and a flash of pure, cold rage bolts across him like ice water charged with electrical currents. Erik doesn't realize until it's too late that Charles can see his visage and abruptly he tries to shut it down and out, panic lancing through him. His eyes squeeze shut and he sends it. Down and out, through his toes. Submerged into the White. To this day, Erik would kill that man if he got the chance.

Charles is gripping Erik tightly. With this clarity, Erik's pain - his guilt - becomes more apparent, more urgent. He had done what he thought was right, but Sayid still ended up enduring all that Erik had endured. Their suffering is shared, and Erik feels responsible. Charles can see that it doesn't matter to Erik that Sayid would, in fact, be dead if it weren't for him. The spike of rage sends a shudder throughout the walls, and Charles, lifts a hand to cup Erik's chin. It's gone before they can acknowledge it together, but Charles insists. You don't need to hide that from me, Erik, he says softly, stroking a thumb across the man's broad chin. I get it, now. I know why you feel the way that you do. I'm sorry that I didn't see it before.

It's equally apparent that Erik is not accustomed to the kindness Charles offers and as the walls shuddered before, it sends another ripple through him and results in his eyes fluttering shut. He breathes in shakily. Schmidt, Erik utters his name in their shared space so quietly it almost goes undetected. As though he would materialize before them like HaSatan called by name. He was called Schmidt. I wish I could say I enacted a daring escape. Like a hero, he has to laugh a little. But I was just a child. I had no power. I escaped because the Soviets stormed our facility.

And he had killed one. The only life he had ever taken, even during his time in the Haganah. Came across the man pawing at a half-dead prisoner and saw nothing at all. No haze of red or brutality, his whole reality had simply switched off and then he was stood over the boy's lifeless body, a bloody rock in hand while the girl cowered and screamed. More scared of Erik than the solider. And rightfully so. He'd been a child then, too.

He lets his hand rest over Charles's and does his best to banish it from consciousness. He doesn't quite realize the resonance of his own memories and those of Sayid have caused tracks of wetness to sluice over Charles's fingers. But rather than shame, he can only feel amazed that he is capable of tears at all. That somehow, Charles's presence removes the plastic barrier in his mind that so often prevents him from any emotional sensation at all. Cut off, deadened and soulless. Kareth. But here, the strings of his soul emerge, entwined with Charles along the thread of their connection. A gift.

I would not wish to burden you thus. I... regret it, he admits after a long time. Not killing him. I regret that I was weak, that I was too afraid to face him. But I am not afraid any longer. If I ever found him again, I would not hesitate.

The portals into Erik’s memory open so rarely, but Charles is always grateful when they do. He’s honored that Erik trusts him with his past, and it’s a job that he assumes with utter sincerity. There is no judgment as he listens to the story. Only support. How can Charles judge Erik for anything he did during that time? Charles raises one hand to wipe the tears from Erik’s cheeks. He feels sure-footed enough to expand himself around Erik now, encircle his psyche, protect him. You’re not burdening me with anything, promises Charles, voice finally firm, finally strong. You should not bear this pain alone, my dear. I can understand your hatred of that man. It’s justified. I’m so very sorry that you feel regret.

Erik supposes that if it were Charles - he might not have felt the desire to extinguish Schmidt's life quite so carelessly. For those like Erik, like Sayid, the rage is so consuming, so visceral that it overpowers everything and everyone. Like a toxic sludge. Erik had worked hard to slowly excise it from his being. To focus on living. On reverence for life and his duty of care to human beings. Mutants, maybe moreso.

But those like Carmen and Daniel, and Teri. They deserved protection just as much. Protection from people like Schmidt. Men who were no men at all, but monsters wearing flesh. And there is a part of Erik that is diseased, still sickeningly loyal to the creature that was like a twisted father-figure to him. Who had killed Iakov by his own hands and made Erik a perpetrator, desecrating everything of value and destroying Erik's dignity and spirit in the process. But so it seemed with Charles that perhaps this wasn't the case at all. For here, he has found something buried in the rubble. Unused and lost to time. Affection, and joy.

It gives him hope that perhaps they can save Sayid after all. That maybe he wasn't doomed to a life of rage and sorrow. The worst of it is that I do not even know if I hate him. And that made me hate him more. The things he did - that - Erik's head jerks to the side. Unable to finish verbalizing it. He knows Charles might understand all the same. Please, forgive me. It was not his intent to get lost, here. Everything spun up and out of control. Images blasted through his consciousness. Sickly sweet, squealching blood and bone. It's not what he wants to give Charles. He wants to be a place of light. Not hell.

Words fail Erik, but Charles knows precisely what Erik means. His mood conveys it; that abstract cloud of energy and feeling. Telepathy has acquainted Charles with the power of mood and time has taught him how to read it. In this space, so deeply intertwined, Erik's energy becomes his own, and the unspeakable anguish shoots through his toes, too. They're treated to a barrage of horrors next; blood, torture, madness, crushing bones. He cannot help the involuntary wince that shakes through him, but he has the presence of self to separate Erik's thoughts from himself, even if he feels the ramifications in his nerves. It's okay, he says firmly, raising one hand with the expectation that Erik will follow. Come on, do as I do. We are one/and two/together/and disparate/I am one alone...

Erik doesn't realize that he's shaking in the Real, minute tremors from head to toe as his hands press solidly against Charles's - good and bad alike. The mantra is a totem, it was why he had learned it in the first place. A lighthouse beacon, something tangible and repetitive. The mind gradually swayed, ebbed and flowed in the direction of their words. Together, touching. Apart, alone. Shielded in one's self, and then brought back together. It's like a mental dance, twining to and fro. Rhythmic.

The images slowly fade. Erik's iron control returns to him in stutters, and then cements and roots as they amble through their shared consciousness. Slowly, Erik latches onto other things. Good things. Positive memories, to displace the dark. With Charles. He's told a terrible joke, waggled eyebrows and you don't find me groovy, baby? while the smell of vegetable fritters lingers in the background and Carmen laughs on the phone in the distance. And softer, more tender memories. Laid together in bed, with Charles situated in his arms, drifting off to sleep. Erik keeps watch over him, brushing fingertips through his hair. Charles was fast asleep at the time, but now he sees it through Erik's eyes. The fierce devotion.

What Aura had told them once, long ago. You love one another.


Charles keeps a close hold on Erik as the man works through their dance. A rhythmic flow to return to one's self, to be grounded in a body, sure in a spirit. Usually, it's Charles who needs to be coaxed into place, but this time, he gets to witness Erik's climb back to the surface. Along the way, he's treated to precious memories. His heart finds its way to his throat as he watches himself through Erik's eyes. Fast asleep, mouth slightly agape. Fingers card through messy hair. In Erik's memory, the slight imperfections that Charles knows that he has are gone—his skin is smooth, and the freckles that to him seem to glare like beacons are instead but a delicate dusting across his nose and cheekbones. Hair that appears stringy to Charles is soft and lush, and the nose that he always thought was bulbous is perfectly pointed. This, Charles realizes, is how Erik sees him.

You love one another. It echoes between them in Aura's melodious voice, and Charles latches onto the refrain. In the physical world, hands lace with Erik's own, and he presses his forehead to the other. I do, he murmurs. I do love you, Erik.

Erik touches his cheek, the sensation inside of him as though his chest has expanded infinitely to accommodate the vast swell of emotion that overtakes him. It is not often - almost ever, that the man can say that he has ever been truly moved by something before. Charles Xavier was not a stupid man. He was on his way to obtaining multiple doctorates, one of which is in the biological foundations of cognition - an obvious choice.

Being close to Erik's mind over the course of their lengthy association (at least, it seems they had never not known one another. In a wondrous way.) he knows alongside Erik's history and so he had hinted once, that Erik is not neurotypical. Such a word would not come into existence for decades, but many years later they would have a good chuckle over it. Meeting Aura was what cemented it. For two minds on the surface so distinct, they shared a very unique founding architecture.

For Erik, it was not accompanied by madness or catatonia. Even at the Red Cross he held his faculties with almost superhuman fortitude whilst others wept and screamed in agony. And in many ways, it was. A hypothesis briefly entertained and then rejected that Erik had not a fractured identity, nor multiple personalities. Instead it was as if his very being held a schism - logic and emotion disparate beyond reach. As Tennyson once wrote, Erik hummed to him late at night one winter morning in his apartment. Breakfast filling the air.

( -- "A warmth within the breast would melt
The freezing reason's colder part,
And like a man in wrath the heart
Stood up and answer'd, 'I have felt.'" --)

Charles had done the impossible. Induced upon their meeting with his words and touch, with each perfect blemish over wrinkled nose in laughter and delight. To make him smile. Neurons that had never grown, sprung forth in Genesis. He had moved Erik, the man made of stone. And it is with shock that he understands very suddenly and swiftly that he loves Charles. He would lie for him. He would die for him. His essence howling in a chasm, like the Big Bang from a void. That he could cry. That he could laugh. Charles knows it now, knows why it is so. Knows without a doubt that he is the first. The only one who had ever inspired him.

I love you, he whispers back, and quite amazed by the fact. 


Charles could laugh. He could sing. He could jump up from his seat and soar through the air, buoyed by the lightness of the entire idea of love. Love. Love. His research has acquainted him with the reality that love is but brain and body chemistry, engineered by evolution. When the formula is correct, hormones flood the body engender the brilliance of the feeling.

That is how Charles considered love; chemical, biological, traceable by science. What he feels now, he knows, cannot be adequately captured in a report. The physiological makeup of love belies the psychological thrill, the dimensional knowledge that, as he holds Erik’s hand in his own, he would sacrifice his whole life for the other man. It cannot account for the safety that Charles feels, the challenge, the fascination. The sublime. Two people of starkly different stock. One sunny and exuberant, the other stoic and guarded.

Beneath the exterior, Erik’s mind is a crystalline cavern of intricate pathways, complex and elegant and yet beautifully organized. His own, he knows, is structured much differently, a cluttered library as opposed to an elegant temple with catacombs of mystery beneath. And yet… And yet, they could not be better matched. They’re both brilliant young men of unmatched capability. They’ve both worked their ways through life without an intellectual equal, alone in their respective positions at the top. Their chance encounter marked something incredible, something at which the world would later marvel. But right now…Charles is content to live in the right now. Inside the dazzling structures of Erik’s once-in-a-generation mind, intersecting at the root of their love. And I always will.

“Hey, you two—“ It’s Ororo’s voice. Vaguely, Charles remembers that they are not alone—not physically, anyway. They’re in the jet, foreheads pressed together and hands interlaced, in the company of Raven, Hank, Ororo, and Sayid. What a sight they must be, but Charles cannot summon the shame or worry to care. He is in love with Erik and there is nothing but positive feelings attached to that truth. “Er…we have arrived,” the young woman adds, skeptical but not hostile. “Dr. McCoy says there is another doctor here who may be able to help.”

To Charles alone, Erik's lips twitch dryly as he realizes they have been 'caught,' so to speak. He has forgotten himself for a second, and quickly realizes how this must look to Hank and Ororo - two people that are not aware of their affections (at least in Erik's mind - Hank is a genius in his own right and very probably has known well before they did) and - Erik swallows and slowly lowers his hand, trying to seem casual and unbothered.

A quick glance at Ororo returns nothing but skeptical curiosity, which bodes well. Sayid doesn't seem surprised, a knowing expression on his face that for a split second communicates beyond the stiff uneasiness in his bearing -a twinge of approval, in fact. That his friend had found someone to share companionship with. Erik helps Charles to his feet, and looks Sayid over, a lance of worry through the buoyant remnants of their connection that he is reluctant to let go of. Even in public. Even as tense and wary as he could be about it. Charles is for him, and he is for Charles. Charles loves him. He seems a little bit dazed, repeating that to himself as though caught in a dream he doesn't wish to wake from.

Shomron greets them at the courtyard - big enough to house a military jet with ease - a medical kit slung over his shoulder. "Morning everyone! I'm Daniel -- Dr. Shomron. Who've we ---?" he looks between the younger woman and the towering, glowering behemoth of a man behind her. "--al-Zaman," he blurts tactlessly, features doing a little shuffle before they settle back on characteristic buoyancy. "Status report," he swivels into professionalism as immediately as possible, taking in that his former acquaintance was in bad shape indeed.  

As Charles eases out of the space and back into their shared realities, the surface thoughts of their comrades and all strangers within a ten-mile radius trickle back into Charles’s awareness. The dull ache that had been his lifelong companion returns quickly, but it doesn’t escalate much beyond that. Sayid’s mind is calmer, and it’s early in the morning, most are still groggy or asleep. The respite in the innermost realm of Erik’s mind has given his telepathy a much-needed recharge, as has the affirmation of the nature of their affection. Hank is surprised—not of their orientations, but of their chosen partnerships with each other.

For his part, he had suspected that Charles was interested in Daniel. Ororo is curious, perhaps a little intrigued, but there’s no stain of disapproving judgment in her assessment of the two of them. She’s simply never seen two men outwardly display such affection for each other in this way, and, if she’s honest with herself, thinks that it’s sweet. Raven, Charles knows, is entirely unsurprised, and so he looks past her to glance at Sayid, who also displays no scorn, hostility, or misplaced anger. In fact, Charles thinks that he can detect…ease? Something sensitive and altruistic. His heart rate returns to normal as they descend the stairwell, hand firmly planted in Erik’s own. He hopes never to let go again.

“Male patient with uncertain medical history,” Hank rattles off mechanically, figuring that Sayid wishes not to be discussed as a friend just yet. As Erik said, he’s a doctor, so he must be a doctor. “Deep abrasion on the left oblique with active infection. No necrotic tissue visible, but further examination is necessary for confirmation. Additional information about the medical history is required for a confident assessment of the overall condition, but the jaundice is likely a result of the infection. My preliminary recommendation is intravenous fluids, antibiotics, and a sedative for rest.“

Ororo cocks a brow at the pair of young doctors, and then speaks before the bespectacled one can rattle off his own observations of her. “I broke my ankle six months ago,” she reveals plainly. “And survived polio as a child. But, I’ve been living on the streets for many years and could use a hot shower and food before anything else.”

Daniel smiles at the both of them. "Are you two related?" he asks, since they'd been picked up together. Sayid jerks his head in the negatory. He can't help an affinity with her, being the only two Egyptians there, and likewise with an uneasy trust of this so-called new life. New abilities. It's all a little much. The mansion he takes in with arched brows, but staggers off of the plane as he loses his footing.

"Oh, shit!" Raven oof's a little as she does her best to catch him. She's much stronger than the average human, but Sayid is much heavier than one.

"'Z gon've a rest," the man slurs in broken English.

Erik blinks and moves to get him into the foldable gurney Daniel had brought just in case. "Raven will accompany you," he says in a tone that brokers no argument.

She meets his eyes. "How stocked are we, here, exactly?" she directs at Hank and Charles. "If we can avoid a real hospital we will all have a much better day."

"And Miss...?" Daniel directs to Ororo. "You are welcome to anything you'd like in the kitchens - and I can run a physical evaluation on you as well just to make sure your shots are up to date and your electrolytes are all in order. I've called Carmen to escort you in - show you around. Only the basement is off-limits. Is that all right?" He talks as he works, but can't hide a grimace as he conducts his field examination. "We have to go. Now. Coming through!!!" he calls as he sets the wheels down on the bed and rolls it forward at a hefty speed.


“Very stocked,” Charles assures Raven as he assists Erik and Hank heave Sayid’s massive form onto the gurney. “Better than most midsized hospitals.” Charles follows as Daniel, Hank, and Raven rush Sayid to the medical bay. Sayid’s mind is suddenly sluggish and fleeting, like a mind on the edge of sleep. By the time he pushes into the wing, Sayid is on an examination table, and Hank and Daniel are quickly pulling on fresh gloves and barking orders at each other.

“Charles, out of here,” Hank demands, a fervor in his eyes that Charles has never seen before. “We need Raven to translate, but everyone else, out.”

Raven puts a hand on her brother's shoulder. "I got it, OK?" This time it's Erik she looks at, the Mansion's Tallest ...Man. Now that Sayid is vertical.

Erik's expression is shuttered and cold, to where even Charles has trouble reading him. "Help him. Please." It's all he says, very quiet. Speaking to Hank and Daniel both, with all trace of any prior conflict between the blue doctor and himself vanquished. It's the words of someone's family - words Hank has heard many times before over his career. It's odd, hearing it from Erik. Reminding him that the man is human after all, before turning to leave before they get a chance to gauge anything else from him.

Raven gives Charles one last encouraging grin before disappearing behind the doors. "What are we looking at, here? How serious is this?"

Daniel helps get him on the bed proper. "Abdominal tenderness," he murmurs to his colleague. "It's a good bet he's bleeding internally. We need a blood type, Raven. Try to get it out of him. We can test for it but it's faster if he tells us."

Taking his hand, she tries to soothe. "'Aelam ya, eazizi. Ma hu fasilat aldam?" A clang of instruments behind them, as they all crash to the ground. Metal and glass screeching. "I don't know that we are going to get much out of him," she mutters, running her fingers through his sweaty hair. "So that's what a transfusion and surgery? You guys can do that here?"

"Yes, we can. Are you surgical, McCoy? I was on flight, I worked CASEVAC at Latrun. You?" he thinks to ask - before they hadn't cause to work together. It wouldn't be the first time he talked someone through a surgery. Hank doesn't know this part of his history, and it comes as a surprise considering he's actively in medical school in the States. But FMGs almost never got Matched, and if he was bright enough to get in again, he'd have better career options down the line.

"General practice," Hank replies, voice a mask of calm. There's a flash of a needle into blue fur, and within a minute, Hank's large azure body is gone, replaced by the lanky visage of his "other" form. He avoids Raven's eyes, knowing fully well that there is immense scrutiny against his possession of such a serum. It's much more difficult to use a scalpel with large, ape-like hands, is all. His "human" hands are much more dexterous and agile.

He's relieved, though, when he learns that Daniel is already an MD, accredited in Israel. It will make the next hour a lot easier. "I did do a surgery placement at Hopkins, but it's not my specialty." Regardless, he must find his confidence, to perform it now, lest Sayid become septic or bleed out on their table. "We should have enough O-neg to get us through now, but we'll need to resupply soon." Hank takes a deep breath as he finishes scrubbing up and glances at Daniel. "Anesthesia?"

Daniel is already waving a UV sterile wand over the place, a nifty invention thanks to Hank's-truly. The serum does draw a skeptical expression from her but she drops it for now. There's no denying that surgery might not be his natural forte. Natural, because to Raven, blue-Hank is natural. Her and Erik understood one another very well in that regard.

"No-no, no," Sayid gasps, in a blind panic.

"Hey-hey. Look at me," Raven touches his cheek, forcing him to meet her eyes. "Listen to the sound of my voice. Just breathe. Try to breathe. You're safe. We're going to help you. Help, OK?"

Daniel rummages for their anesthesia equipment, letting Raven try to talk him down. "If we go at him like this he's liable to kill us all," he murmurs to Hank under his breath. "Sayid - you remember me? It's Daniel. You're in America, now. Where did you pick him up?" Daniel squints a bit.

"Tora. It was bad. Police everywhere. That place... it has a reputation. It's not surprising his brain is a little scrambled eggs, honestly."

Sayid's eyes open wide and pin Hank's out of nowhere. "You were blue, and you were blue. Am I dead? Did you kill me?"

Hank glances at Raven for a moment before holding Sayid’s gaze. “No, Sayid, you’re not dead. You’re injured. Let us fix that. Can we give you a sedative? You’ll feel a lot better if you let us do that.” A sharp, pleading glance at Raven and a nod at Daniel, encouraging him to ready the anesthesia. “I promise, Sayid, we’ll take care of you.”

He seems to settle down at that, studying their features with a wild, uncomprehending look on his own. Daniel is quick though, electing for the gas first before switching to the intravenous fluid. He swipes at them but before it's too late his eyes flutter shut and he instantly falls limp on the table. "That should subdue him for a while. Long enough to get him prepped and gowned. We're gonna need your help with that, I'm afraid," he adds to Raven.

Even with Hank and Raven's added strength Apocalypse's full dead weight would be a strain on them all. It had to be part of his mutation, he didn't actually look like he weighed as dense as he was. In fact, as they prepare to cut him out of his clothing it's quite obvious that he's emaciated for his height. "How long was he there?" Daniel asks Hank, lips pressed together thoughtfully. He's in full doctor-mode now, all emotions checked at the door.

When Sayid is finally out, they can all focus a little better. Work becomes more efficient, less emotional. The two doctors stand over Sayid’s unclothed form now, note his protruding ribcage, visible sternum. He’s never seen a man this broad so malnourished. “I’m not certain when he escaped,” Hank admits as he begins to attach a series of monitors to Sayid’s body. “But, I’ve gathered that Erik brought him to Tora when the two of you…well, you know the story better than I.”

A screen blinks to life. It’s another of Hank’s state-of-the-art contraptions; a heart rate, oxygen saturation, and blood pressure monitor all in one. Over the following decades, machines like this will become common practice, but what they have in their makeshift hospital wing is some of the most advanced medical equipment in the world. Hank calibrates the monitors and ensures the sensors are placed properly on Sayid’s body. The readout is concerning, but not unexpected; his pulse is high, blood pressure is low, and O2 levels could be better.

“He’s very unwell,” Hank remarks, fixing an oxygen mask over the man’s face. “We need to move quickly.”

"Not Tora," Daniel shakes his head. "We knew enough then to avoid it. We brought him over the crossing near Sinai," Daniel hums absently as they get to work preparing him. Raven is gowned up along with them, for sterile purposes. Daniel considers the statement and grimaces. "This was in '48. Judging by his deterioration..." He files it away, it's less relevant right now, but he picks up the clipboard by the bed and jots down in very large letters NPO, URGENT

Setting it aside he grabs the iodine and begins marking along Sayid's abdomen laparoscopically. "Jaundice may mean liver lac, but we could be looking at full-blown hemorrhage or GI involvement. This isn't like a body you're typically used to. This surgery is going to be very, very hard on his system. Plan every contact with his internals accordingly. Look, judge, then touch. Grab that suction for me."

Raven can't help it - she listens raptly, silent as a mouse in a house, completely enthralled by the front row seat she has to something most people will never get to observe. She's totally professional, moving where she's told and standing with her arms behind her back at-ease when not needed - lest they remember she's there and opt to kick her out.

Their work is as quick and efficient as it can be while keeping a steady gauge of how Sayid is handling it. They find the problem in short order, but fixing it will be a delicate balancing act. There's no obvious signs of external trauma, but Daniel is familiar enough with torture victims to know a variety of ways it could have been caused. The liver laceration is apparent, as is visible damage throughout the abdominal cavity. Daniel speaks only to make an adjustment or a correction that's not intuitive for someone without extensive surgical experience, or when he decides to approach the problem from a different angle that isn't obvious.

It's only near the very end of a lengthy surgical process, when Sayid's vitals are slowly improving and his color returning from its waxy, unnatural pallor to something resembling his typical olive skin tone does Daniel briefly falter, a twisting grimace of anger flashing across his face before he shakes his head and continues closing up. "I think we're clear," he wipes his brow with his forearm and offers a smile instead.

Hank follows Daniel’s lead. He’s an incredibly skilled physician, but surgery is complex, and he simply does not have the experience to perform an operation of this nature with confidence. He does as he’s suggested, asking quiet questions, offering his own advice, nodding thoughtfully when Daniel lets him know why an alternative method is preferred. The two doctors work in intense tandem. The teamwork is solid, and by the time they’re closing Sayid up hours later, they both feel confident that the most immediate threat is eliminated.

They both clean him up and put him in a fresh gown; it takes all three of them to heave Sayid onto a bed so that they can wheel him to the recovery area. Hank hooks him up to an IV and starts him on intense antibiotics, another dose of sedative, and saline. “We can take turns monitoring him,” Hank says quietly as he sinks into a chair at the man’s bedside, suddenly exhausted.


Raven had stayed awake throughout the entire procedure, much to everyone who didn't know her's shock. There was a reason why she suddenly could pull out a connection or an unrelated skill at random. Part of her job required her to know as much as possible about literally everything. And this was the best way to learn. "What's the prognosis, doc?" she asks with a wan smile. Daniel busies himself readying some coffee for them all, giving them a brief respite before they'd have to brief Charles and Erik, who he calls up on the intercom. His eyes catch on the chart from a while back and he jolts back into action.

"Right - I need everyone who comes into contact with him for the foreseeable future to understand this," he taps the chart. "We figured this out a while back, during the war. The other one," he rolls his eyes. "People who have been held in conditions like this over long periods of time become extremely unstable when exposed to a normal electrolyte profile. Theirs are all out of whack. Hypophosphataemia is a major killer. We developed a pretty good nutrition solution so I'll have to grab the components from WPH. That means he shouldn't be eating anything that doesn't have prior approval."

Hank raises how brows when Daniel mentions Hypophosphataemia and immediately jumps to his feet. Of course, of course. Why hadn’t he considered that himself? The saline is out of Sayid’s drip in a swift movement, and Hank is cursing under his breath as he ambles away from the bed to grab syringes. “We need to do a full blood panel before giving him anything by way of nutrients,” he remarks, and it’s evident that he’s frustrated with himself for so carelessly starting Sayid on any sort of drip without considering what implications it may have. He furrows his brow as he begins to take vials of blood from the patient, unconscious on the bed. “I…mm. I wonder if Erik may have experience with the same condition. We may want to tread carefully, when we discuss this with him.”

"It's OK," Daniel holds up the other end of the saline drip which was disconnected - they were in the middle of a serious surgery and he wasn't sure he'd have time to mention it before they began post-op. "I actually met Erik's doctor at Bnai Zion Medical Center, when he first came to Israel in '45. At that time it was still called Mandatory Palestine. This was when we were still in the process of putting together a treatment protocol for these patients, so we shared notes. I learned some of his medical history, and you're not wrong. He went through hell in those DP camps. Got to meet him for real a few years later when we got conscripted to the same unit. He is one tough son of a bitch. Tread lightly, but don't sugarcoat anything for his benefit. He can handle it."

Hank remembers encountering the research as a medical student, recalls the sick feeling in his gut upon reading the analyses. To escape torture only to die of a nutritional overload seems the cruelest irony that their cruel world can offer. It’s no secret that he and Erik are not the biggest fans of each other, but he still harbors a lot of respect for anyone who can withstand horrors of such an incredible degree and emerge with their head on straight. The sliding doors of the wing open as Hank is taking the last vial of blood from Sayid’s forearm.


Erik and Charles enter, walking in step. Behind them is Ororo, wearing a pair of loose sweatpants and a t-shirt—she didn’t bother to bring any of her own clothing, it’s all threadbare anyway. Charles has promised to take her shopping for whatever she needs later today. “Goodness,” Charles murmurs upon taking stock of the patient. He’s covered by a fresh gown now, but the oxygen mask remains, as do the IV antibiotics. “Is he going to be alright?”

"He's been severely malnourished which means we need to be very careful from here-on-out how we approach his treatment to ensure he survives intact. Otherwise the surgery was successful and we have treated a majority of his injuries. I can't speak on whether he will make a full recovery - he has evidence of a myriad of injuries," Daniel explains gently.

"Bones healed improperly, dental trauma, nerve damage. His rehabilitation will need to be multi-coordinated. But as of right now, he is stable." Erik nods his head evenly. It's about what he expected. He winds up sitting in the chair abandoned by Hank, and rubs the unconscious patient's forearm absently. "I'd like to get you physically examined as well," Daniel says to Ororo. "The rigors of your life may be less immediately visible than his, but they're no less challenging. I want to ensure you have what you need to thrive here."

Charles listens carefully, glancing sidelong at Erik all the while. He knows that Erik feels guilt over Sayid’s condition, knows that he’s imagining the worst. His own trauma reappropriated to Sayid. It’s not a fair assessment, and Charles wants Erik to internalize that. He doesn’t say anything, though, and simply stands at Erik’s side to rub his shoulders.

Ororo rolls her eyes, but nods once. “I had parents who took care of me, you know,” she says matter-of-factly. “Vaccinations, medication. Even a private tutor who taught me Greek!” She knows how Westerners can be, how they so often assume that the people of North Africa are sick or illiterate or in need of some savior to come and liberate them from their darkness. So many of them don’t understand that their culture is as rich, learned, beautiful, and broken as all the other cultures of the world.

“Even those who can recite Homer in their sleep can become ill and injured after living rough,” Charles pipes up, sensing her frustration. “Perhaps when you’re done with the your physical, you can read us the Aeneid in its intended tongue.” Ororo rolls her eyes again, but follows Daniel to the other side of the wing, behind the privacy curtain.

Daniel raises his hands. "I get it, but you mentioned a pretty substantial amount of time on the streets. That way of life can be difficult on a person's constitution, regardless of their knowledge. So let's make sure that you can continue your studies. Bacterial infections don't discriminate and neither do I." His eyebrows arc, pointedly. He'd spent a lot of time in that area of the world, mostly fixing up refugees. He knows he lacks the nuances of her home as much as she does about his. But that won't prevent him from covering his bases and treating his patients the same, regardless of where they're from.

"The good news is that this will be quick. We have some pretty cutting edge technology here that won't be seen in a regular hospital for another twenty years. Courtesy of Dr. McCoy," he grins a little. "If you're interested I can show you more when we're finished. And when was the last time you received your shots? Some of them need upgrading every ten years or so. I'll start a file on you so that way you'll only need to answer these questions once." He closes the privacy curtain and begins waving a small device over her, diagnostic in nature.

Erik looks up at Charles and wipes at his cheeks, scrubbing his good hand hard along skin and he looks back at his friend. They had taken him through Sinai, tried their best to leave him with people he knew who could protect him. How did he end up falling so far? Why didn't Erik anticipate this, nor realize their political affiliation? His thoughts are clear as a bell for anyone with the inclination to read them. The reason his friend is in this position is because he failed to do proper diligence.

Ororo knows that she's being defensive, but it's difficult not to be. How many American or British aid workers have approached her over the past several years, expressing vapid solace, promising her betterment in exchange for...what? The narcissists act is if she can't possibly be happy, in Cairo. And she wasn't, but that's not because of Cairo or Egypt or culture itself. Maybe Shomron gets it, but a lot of them don't. She takes a seat on the examination table and allows the man to scour her with the wand. It's intriguing, but science was never her interest, aside from earth science, of course. Art and literature were always her passions.

"Hmm, I went to a doctor two days before my father was killed," she remarks evenly. "So, 1948. I believe they gave me a tetanus vaccination. The one that makes your arm ache for days. It was sore at his burial."

Charles pulls another chair to Erik's side and sits, gripping his hand. It isn't your fault, Erik. You must believe that. You saved him, you did what you thought was right. Now you're helping him again. Be kind to yourself.

Erik takes Charles's hand and presses it against his cheek, visibility be damned. His eyes close and he bows his head, just taking in several deep breaths. Thank you, neshama, he whispers back in mind. For helping me bring him home. I hope we can help him to recover. To see that life has value beyond rage. That was something he is discovering every day opens into brilliant waves of color and sound. The simple joy of being around friends. Being part of something greater than one's self. Erik did not get along with everyone, but it's clear from his gaze toward Hank that he appreciates the doctor's presence here all the same.

"Thank-you," he makes sure to add verbally. He knows Hank is just doing his job, that it's inevitable for him and not based on personal favor. But all the same, he had acted. And that matters to Erik. "Do you think he will be OK?" he asks of the man, soft. "For real. Like this." He taps his own temple, meaning psychologically. "I wish to believe it is possible. It was possible for me. You never fully let such a thing go. But maybe you can learn... how to maximize its utility."

It's careful, layered. Talking very briefly of himself to others than Charles is not something he has ever done. But it seems necessary now. And being with Charles affords him bravery.

Hunched over the reports of Sayid’s bloodwork that have just spit from his printer, Hank turns to regard Erik, surprised. That’s when he notices…tenderness, on the man’s face. A softer facade, something that Hank has only seen Erik melt into around Charles and Jean. Of course, he’s clutching Charles’s hand to him, and so the presence may be rubbing off, but Hank is still taken aback. “I…I’m not a psychiatrist,” he says after a moment, pushing his thick glasses up his long nose.

“And he hasn’t shared the extent of what he’s endured. But I’ve read about psychological trauma and we’re learning more all the time.” He glances at Sayid, whose chest is rising and falling at a more relaxed rate, now. “It depends entirely on the individual. If you’ve been able to work with your own wounds, then you yourself know that it’s possible.” A small smile, directed toward Erik. “His prognosis depends on himself and himself alone.”

“I’ll go further to say that anyone can change the way they think up here,” Charles adds, tapping his own temple. “Of course, there are some physiological differences that make certain ways of thinking more prominent in one person, but I’ve never encountered a mind that was too rigid and unyielding to be changeable. Maximizing utility is an excellent way of phrasing it, I think. Anyone can maximize what they’re capable of, including Sayid.”

“We just need to get his electrolytes restored,” Hank adds, frowning back at his readout. “Critically low phosphate, magnesium, potassium, and thiamine levels. He must have eaten too much and too quickly upon escaping captivity. We’ll need to keep him need for about a week until we can get him back to where he needs to be.”

That makes Erik smile, but it's mostly sardonic. "I watched it happen to a lot of people. They would come, you know, the workers. With packages and things. I was quite grateful, it was more than I'd ever seen in my life. But I watched. I learned. I managed to resist."

Raven had to wonder what that cost, watching everyone else stuff their faces and deliberately force yourself not to follow suit. Sayid hadn't been so lucky, having spent an upbringing in Cairo amongst a group of people who kept him otherwise fed and healthy, their politics aside. He wouldn't have known to even think about it, except that he was probably trying to extend his life, not end it. The level of intellect to watch others first, to hang back and put the pieces together when doctors were barely catching on - she can't deny it's impressive.

"We'll be able to get it all restored, it just takes time, patience and experimentation. And, it means educating the patient - we can get him refed, but if he's conscious and going behind our backs - which I've seen happen myself, and it's understandable why - so we're really going to have to hammer that point home or have someone observe him continuously," adds Daniel. Having concluded Ororo's evaluation and determined that she was indeed healthy. A little underweight, but there was nothing stopping her from stuffing her face, so he's sure she'll make use of the mansion's kitchens. And Erik's cooking.

"He seemed to be OK," Erik whispers to himself, lifting his chin up toward Ororo. "He was talking. He was able to plan, and execute. He wasn't stark raving. We - ah, all of us," he gestures between them, snapping his fingers. "Everyone here, what is most important is our relationships with one another. To keep us all healthy. Connected. Community was always going to be an essential component of this program."

"The power of friendship?" Carmen interrupts dryly, eyeing up their latest resident.

"Zamknąć się zanim uderzam cię," Erik smirks.

"I've already drawn up a refeeding plan," Hank tells Daniel, waving a sheet of paper with a series of chicken scratch notes. Daily levels of intravenous electrolytes alongside general caloric intake values. An observer might think it cruel to restrict calories to such a degree, but any levels higher than what he's prescribed could be fatal. They'll need to ensure that Sayid himself understands it, but Hank suspects that when the infection is cleared and his electrolyte balance is restored, the brief mania that Sayid displayed before they put him under will be fully abated. "Take a look." He hands the sheet over to Daniel. "It may be best to keep him sedated for a few days, for his own comfort. After that, we can all look after him."

Charles grips Erik's hand. "I agree. In order to thrive, we all must look after each other. Use our strengths to make up for our weaknesses." He can't help but wonder what it must have been like for Erik those years ago, sick and battered. He prepares food now with such thoughtful, loving care for them all, as if he can appreciate more than most what a good meal should entail. "And on that note, you two should rest once you have our new compatriot settled for the day," he says to the pair of doctors. "Someone else can watch over him for now. You two have done more than your fair share today."

Daniel eyes up the paper diligently, nodding in agreement with the outlined plan. It would be rough on the patient psychologically and it was quite conservative in scope but Daniel has seen this go sideways too many times to take chances. "The only problem with keeping him sedated is how much pressure the anesthesia puts on his system. We have some barbiturates on hand though. I'll see that he remains calm as possible. They work very well on Aura," he said of the more recent attendee to their program.

"How is Aura doing?" Erik murmurs, Charles's hand still evidently clasped between his own in a gentle bid of solidarity. He knows from experience that Charles's life neither was peaches and sunshine, even if it doesn't seem so on the surface. It's easy to judge the man as privileged, but Erik has always seen the challenges overcome instead. And he appreciates Charles all the more for still being a moral center when he had been exposed so many times to easier ways of doing things.

“He’s doing well with his medication,” Hank replies as he sets to preparing the cocktail to start Sayid on right away. “When I checked him yesterday, he told me that he’s sleeping better, eating well, and able to focus on what he enjoys. Jean has taken a liking to him, too, I’ve noticed.”

“He’s with her now, teaching her the name of every plant in the garden,” Charles adds, a fond smile creeping across his lips. “She asked, and he was more than happy to oblige.” He brings Erik’s braced hand to his lips and plants a kiss on the curling fingertips. “She’s been a bright spot in all our lives, I think.”

"Yes," Erik murmurs softly, his bearing gradually relaxing the longer that he is in physical proximity to Charles. It's almost scientific in its simplicity, that mere presence can alleviate much of the constant tension that otherwise plagues his being. His lips are pressed together, watching as Sayid's chest rises and falls calmly due to the medication provided. He too is granted a reprieve, which Erik can only feel grateful for. It hurts, knowing the level of harm that had befallen his friend.

And it cannot help but bring back the memories of his own recovery from similar circumstances. Charles has seen it now, the evidence laid bare on his skin, in gnarled scar tissue curling from his shoulders down his back, and all along his always-covered arms. It is what people do to one another. What humans do to their kind. This uncivilized behavior, the barbarity with which they act and induce others to act. It's difficult for Erik to desire anything other than a safe haven for those he has cast as his kind: mutants and their allies. The alternative, being struck out alone in the world and vulnerable to abduction, torture, rape, murder and disease poses too great a risk for Erik to rightfully ignore.

It's why he's thrown himself into the construction of the manor so fervently, and why even now he is considering their next steps. The next person. Maybe it would be someone like Sayid, trapped and suffering. Or another Jean, another child, another Ororo coping in solitary confines. They cannot abide this. They cannot allow the humans the possibility of amassing a greater army against them with which to control and legislate their existence. It is an unthinkable outcome. And one Erik will work tirelessly to prevent.

Privy to Erik’s frustrated musing, Charles releases Erik’s hand to wrap arms around the man’s waist, pulling him close. He’s no longer worried about the others seeing their touch; at this point, they all know and will have to grow accustomed to it. The dark anger simmering in his gut is worrisome, and so Charles tightens his grip. A gesture, to remind him that he’s close, that he has people who adore him, that things will not be so grim. “I think that everyone here deserves some rest,” Charles says to their companions in the room. Raven, Hank, Daniel, Ororo, and Carmen are still hovering about while Sayid sleeps, and Charles doesn’t see any reason for everyone to remain on watch. “Janos and Izzy are nearly done installing the projector upstairs. Why don’t you all take a break and enjoy a film? Erik and I can take first shift with Sayid.”


Charles always knows the right thing to do, the simplest and easiest thing to say that brings about peace though nothing but word. Erik envies this ability, for he is far less likely to embody it of the two of them. He knows that Charles hopes over time that will mellow out - the violent edge in him that craves direct action in deed as opposed to word. And he cannot deny that he too wishes for this. That anger, that rage, is consuming. And it only calls to mind Schmidt's very first words to him.

After supposedly watching him bend and crunch a metal fence - ah, anger and pain. That will unlock your potential. He has to hope that the man was wrong. That this isn't all he is. And it isn't, he thinks, when he looks at Charles. There is love in him, as well. A love that he isn't sure knows bounds. Once he had described the confines of their mind as a Hilbert-space. Defined by localization, and yet infinite in its depths.

Thank-you, he mouths as he let's his head rest on Charles's shoulder, taking solace in the other man's presence. His wariness to do so earlier appearing to have dissolved as through time it seemed that no scorn was incoming. Erik is particularly sensitive about it, always watching to ensure no one will jump out and harm them for the simple practice of openly caring for one another.

Once everyone files out, Charles begins to rub Erik’s back. It’s been a long, exhausting day, full of emotional ups and downs and physical stress for both of them. Sayid remains unconscious in the bed beside them, and his mind is a gentle hum of dreamy noise. Erik’s, on the other hand, is aching a bit. There are a lot of threads spinning, and Charles can guess that Sayid is at the center of the knot. “Tell me,” Charles murmurs. “I know how silly that sounds coming from me, but humor me. Put it to words; sometimes it’s easier to work through when you do that, love.”

Erik reaches for Charles's hand once more to gently press it to his lips. "Sayid and I were... companions," he whispers softly. He lifts his impaired hand and puts it over his heart. Charles can see as he speaks that he doesn't precisely mean in the way that Erik and Charles are. But also, it had been a connection. A deep connection, forged in quite literal fire. He was Erik's friend. A shield-mate, who fought alongside him to protect them all from those who were trying to capture them and punish them for their treason.

With war raging on all sides and both constantly encountering factions opposing their own. They had cast their lot with one another. Long nights by the camp-fires with Shomron. Passing them through Sayid's dry commentary and Erik's soft-spoken stories of mythology and history both. It was short-lived, as they got Sayid home as fast as possible. Got him connected to people who would look after him in Sinai. Only, they had a political agenda of their own. And Erik had missed it. Had not vetted them thoroughly enough. With not enough time to try.

Himself and Shomron had to leave before the Egyptian forces discovered their presence. And that was the last time they ever saw one another. Erik put it away. A single connection in the brilliant darkness of the vast cosmos. A friend kept in heart only. Shomron was there, and he and Erik were certainly comrades, but Sayid was just a bit different.

Erik sighs. "I told you when we met... that making friends - it did not come easy to me. I had thought it was easier not to try. Not to get hurt by another. And then you... and it was - so much more. And then I think, what if one day, neshama -" he breaks here, faltering enough that his voice wavers from it's usual stoic certainty. "What if it is you laying in that bed? And I could not stop it? What if it is a curse, to be with me? Kinehora, G-d forbid." His eyes finally look up, a little wild. Worried.

Charles is thoughtful as he listens, keeping an ear tuned to Erik's thoughts as well. What one envisions often adds more context to what they say. As Erik speaks of Sayid, Charles understands that the bond formed between the two of them isn't typical, as far as friends go. War doesn't allow for anything typical. Long nights and grueling days, paired together by cruel fate. Anguish; how could human beings allow such things to happen? How could human beings enable such things to happen?

Such conditions birth connections that are rooted far deeper than mere acquaintanceship. Charles understands that. But when Erik's voice falters and a sudden drop forces him to nurse a visage of himself in a hospital bed, Charles sits upright. His hands find their ways to Erik's cheeks, and he holds Erik still. Their eyes meet, Charles's intense. "Listen to me, Erik," he says, Erik's face clutched in his gentle grasp.

"You and I both understand that what we've chosen to do is dangerous. We've taken a position in a debate that's hardly even begun. I'm sure that there will be difficulties ahead of us. Don't you think for a second, Erik Lehnsherr, that you are responsible for anything unfortunate that may happen. You and I are partners. We will take every step together, alright? If something happens where I stumble or am knocked down, I know that you will be there to help me back to my feet. As I will for you."

Gently, Charles swipes his thumb across Erik's cheekbone and offers a small, reassuring smile. "You are not a curse, my love. You're the greatest thing to ever come into my life. I promise you that."

As it always has before, perhaps something Charles has noted that Erik isn't even aware of, his touch to the man's cheek causes his eyes to flutter shut and his breathing to even out. My love, he repeats unconsciously to himself. Never as he stepped foot off of the boat at Ellis Island and underwent insidiously moronic "tests" to ensure his "compatibility" with the "values of the United States" and other quotation-mark denoted nonsense ---

Never would have he believed such a connection with another possible. It's not to say he hadn't companions before, only that they hadn't managed to break beyond his callous exterior. Sayid, emaciated and stricken in the bed beside them. Carmen, brusque and vibrant. Izzy, even moreso, the two having a clear understanding of one another plain as day nonetheless. Janos, for all of Erik's flaws, graciously continued to interact with him. Daniel's mellow temperament, Teri embracing him in her arms without word as he cautiously stood in the back of her shul - not allowing that, insisting he help prepare kiddush instead. Friends.

Such a rare commodity, but still, Erik keeps himself at arm's length. Tall, dark and glowering were his middle names. Certainly as Teri attempted to get him involved in her little shidduch network. Lord have mercy. They were all nice girls. They were just girls. Carmen's a gossip, so she likely knows now the follies of her ploy. But still he receives a letter each week denoting Yarzheit and mishebereich, requesting Hebrew school volunteers (he had the misfortune of agreeing once and was roped into doing this for a month - "but they love you, Erik! I've had a dozen parents complaining you're their favorite teacher. You better not renege or so help me I will bring out the chancletas!")

He realizes in this very moment that despite his attempts otherwise - polite but distant, he has gathered a tight-knit little family here that seizes him rather abruptly. Such a sensation is only ever pronounced with Charles, and he lets out a little exhale that might be a laugh in another person (now that Charles thinks of it he doesn't remember Erik ever laughing out loud - he doesn't do much of anything outwardly. He just knows when Erik is amused.)

He knows he is being silly, but... having a family once, and losing them. To now regard Charles with such a boundless degree of affection as he had with them - their loss carved him out, a hollow that nothing and no one can replace. He is not sure he would survive the loss of Charles. He is too bright. Too vivid, too deeply entwined into Erik. He didn't need to discover it. 

Erik has always known love for Charles, most likely since their very first night together in his home off-campus.

Chapter 8: above a thick protective hedge Grown up in rushes and green sedge.

Chapter Text

Before long, he’s Dr. Charles Francis Xavier. He defends his dissertation and is soon awarded with three sparkling letters at the end of his name; an appendage that he thought would bring him immense satisfaction but feels less significant than alphabet soup. As 1954 rumbles into 1955, a lifelong appointment in the ivory tower feels like a distant, fanciful dream by a person that Charles no longer identifies with. Once he’s free from the constraints of research and thesis writing, Charles invests all of himself into their cause.

Their motley crew grows into something resembling an organized fellowship. There are enough young people to warrant proper classes and teachers, and it’s not long before Charles finds himself in front of a blackboard most afternoons, discussing Petrarch and Pythagoras and Protein Synthesis with actual students. As their school takes shape, mutant rights finds its way into public parlance. At some stage, some rank-and-file member of the United States House of Representatives secures a feature on a nightly news program to expound the dangers of mutant-kind, and the kettle begins to boil, perhaps far quicker than any of them anticipate.

Immediately, the leaders of their collective, which consists of all of the adults who have been around since the beginning, all agree that advocacy for their kind is paramount. Charles, by some election, becomes a prominent public face. Maybe it’s his powerful stock, educational pedigree, or warm, British baritone, but he’s a frequently requested speaker at the burgeoning rallies, seminars, and club meetings. Public speaking isn’t his most preferred task, but the charm he’s able to so tactfully fake enables him to build a platform around New England, and he would be fool not to nurture it. And so it’s at one of these meetings—a pro-mutant rights seminar at Middlebury—that Charles finds himself that evening in early Spring.

He’s just delivered an address to the convocation in which he tasked his listeners with resilience and empathy. If it’s their prerogative to paint us as dangerous and savage, it’s ours to act in a way that irrefutably proves that we are anything but. That last line usually draws a smattering of applause, but the Middlebury students’ reception is lukewarm. Nobody claps, and when it’s clear that Charles is speaking no more, the room erupts in a quiet din as people begin to pack their things to leave. Vaguely surprised but not offended, Charles issues a quiet “thank you” into the microphone before stepping from the podium and making his way toward Erik, waiting in the first row of seats.

Tough crowd, he conveys to his companion. In full view of the public, Charles cannot grab Erik’s hand and rise on his toes to steal a kiss, but he does let his fingertips brush across Erik’s knuckles as he bends down to retrieve his bag. Not sure if these liberal arts yuppies are too keen on— His telepathic jab to Erik is interrupted by the arrival of two students. One is a young woman and the other a young man, and both have stolid expressions and auras filled with disparaging energy.

“So, as global governments draw up edicts declaring mutation a public threat,” begins the girl, ice in her voice as he narrows her eyes at Charles. “—your best advice is to ‘kill them with kindness?’ That’s how to stop people from being oppressed?”

Erik completes his studies with nothing more than a quiet ceremony, attaining a bachelor's and choosing to go no further. He has amassed enough money to pay for his own tuition outside the program that accepted him, so that's what he does. He studies physics properly, then. Another bachelor's degree, then a master's and a doctorate in short order. Physics to Erik is something else and he blazes in the circles of otherwise thin, nerdy scientists. It's not long before he catches up to Charles, but it's funny - no one, absolutely no one, actually calls him doctor even when he's earned it. It's something of a conundrum, because it's quite apparently out of respect. They are waiting for him to be something more than a researcher. More than a teacher. More than someone who writes papers. Erik just doesn't understand this yet, so he bitches to Charles while his friend laughs at him.

Oh, Erik. Someday you'll understand. Stupid Charles and his perfect hair. >:c 

It's an opportunity - a moment, a chance to connect. So Erik rises from his position and makes his way to the podium, where those who had believed the conference over turn and suddenly realize that something new is happening. "No," he tells them as he clips a microphone onto his collar. This is the part of their little speeches that he is good at. "Friendship with these people is irrelevant, miss. They have atomic bombs. We need to be viewed as a legitimate society or we will be, in very blunt terms, wiped out of existence. No more mutants. No more humans. No more anything. So sit down and let the nice man get us some brownie points. In the mean time, we do things our way. We make sure we can defend our children. We make sure that we rally under a united cause."

He lets out a soft inhale, addressing everyone with a final quiet: "Because we are better than petty bickering. Not when they pose an existential threat to us. Taking the fight to them will kill every man woman and child who even blinks a little funny. Do you want that?"

This is how it goes when it does, indeed, go. Charles delivers his address with charm and smiles and argyle sweaters, and afterward, Erik reinforces their message with his stern visage, imposing height, tactful eloquence. However, this pair of students, undergraduates from well-off families like his own, appear to be among the sect within their camp that believe diplomacy an act of surrender. They’re not alone in that belief; many of their allies find Charles’s position too neutral, too close to center.

A small bit of digging, and Charles discovers that the young woman is a telekinetic and the young man is hiding a set of retractable claws within a pair of gloves. Erik’s tone has rankled them, and the young man steps forward now. “Do you want to have to bend to their whim and expectation?” he counters. “Do you want to have to dance like monkeys for them in order to get a sliver of respect? They’ll still pose an existential threat to us, even if they decide that we aren’t illegal, won’t they? We’re safe only as long as they decide to tolerate us.”

Erik levels them with a steely-eyed gaze that Charles very rarely sees him employ. He has always, even now, been soft-spoken. Of quiet temperament. "Then you had better hope," he says very, very softly, "that they decide to tolerate us. You do not have the luxury of retaining the privilege that you have grown up with, my young friends. Not anymore. That is closed to you, and you will never get it back." It's the part of Erik that's always more or less, in his private considerations, landed on agreement with them - but it's the part of him that Charles tempers. And it's the part of him that he understands well enough through his own experiences, is just a fantasy more than anything else.

"You can demand respect through teeth, and lose. And watch your families be killed and die yourselves as you're rounded off into camps for those of us failures-to-adjust. Who fail, for lack of a better term, to be good little monkeys. If we are lucky, they'll be re-education or conversion camps aimed at curing us of our affliction. If we are not, which it is very likely we wouldn't be, they will be extermination camps. Because as of this moment, the Jew is no longer the problem. As far as we represent a disease onto ordinary society, responsible for its ills, the Jew is an understandable problem. After all, at least according to most people, we are human beings."

He arches a brow, pointed. "We come from someplace. We have loyalties, we have beliefs. Who is to say that the mutant is the same? Who is to say that a mutant could be loyal to anything, or anyone at all? Mutants have no homeland, no religious doctrine. So, what is stopping us from taking by force, from the human?" He doesn't relish the next part, but if he had to endure it in the first place, better for it to serve a purpose. It's always a trick to get the brace of his right hand to cooperate with lifting the sleeve covering his left, but he manages with an unseen ruffle of his ability to provide a visual demonstration.

"As of this moment, the problem is mutant. And that problem is going to make them ask a very familiar question. Your gifts are quite beautiful - the both of them. Both of you. But they are trivial in comparison to the nuclear arsenal of 195 unified countries. What I want is not relevant. My parents were from Łódź. Do you know the story of King Chaim?" By this time, people were rapt. Erik usually went the long way around, but he could drive a point home with as much surgical precision as a strike. "He said, 'the time has come for me to ask you to give me your best. Give me your children!' He was a fat old bastard who sexually abused women, but by G-d, did he keep his town in line."

And there's the anger, soft. Piercing. It's not often that Erik allows it to rise, even in private. But even he is emotionally intelligent enough to understand that his typical monotone will not be what reaches these people. 

"My parents resisted. They were deported, alongside me. Alongside my family. Where I watched every one of them die. Do you think, that each of them wanted to walk around wearing a hideous yellow star, to say yes-sir, no-sir when made to pick up rat shit in the streets? Or when Nazis wanted them to dance, literally, for amusement? Do you think that you would be any braver than any of them, that their flaw was of character and not capacity? That you would valiantly oppose the machine and come out unscathed?"

It's not his intent to antagonize them by a long shot, but it's a severely-required dose of reality that many of them, having grown up safe and protected their entire lives, sorely needed.

"You do anyone who has fallen victim to oppression a grave disservice to suppose that you alone hold the answers where they simply didn't choose not to die, not to suffer. You fall into line." He raises a finger, leveling it out over the crowd slowly. "Because the alternative is the complete and utter annihilation of your community." Erik spares no detail. But to get straight to the point, he finally answers the woman's question. "I want to survive. I want to have a family someday. To have children. To watch them grow up in a world where they are not starving and spit at on the street. To that end, you ought to be kissing Dr. Xavier's polished loafers. Because of him, we might have a shot at just that. They like Xavier. Me, they tolerate."

It's a dry, self-deprecating remark that is his own form of easing the tension he's whipped up.

Charles watches the young man and young woman observe Erik. Their jaws are set, expressions skeptical, and the woman is on the verge of interrupting when Erik raises his sleeve to show them his tattoo. Six numbers, neatly inked into his forearm. Innocuous to an ignorant eye wrenching to the knowing soul. Charles admires Erik for his ability to speak artfully about personal experience without displaying one-sided haught. He’s become more open about his past, expounding details such as this to pure strangers in advancement of their message. Charles watches him; face still impassive, gaze still intense, but his soul climbs its way into his words, and that has a profound effect on the students. The pair is silent for a moment, a look shared between them. Charles aches to pry but affords them the respect of small distance.

Finally, the young woman speaks. “I mean no disrespect,” she says to Erik, voice now free of the edge it had assumed before. “But I just can’t accept it. You’ve made the point well; your people, sir, followed the rules, and the German government still decided to treat you like a pestilence.” Her tone was not argumentative now; it was more pleading than anything, and Charles could see that Erik’s words had filled her with dread. “You’re saying that our best course of action is to be overly diplomatic, and then just hope they never turn against us. You’re saying that there’s no way to guarantee safety for the children that you want to have. I…maybe you’re right, sir, but I would rather go down fighting.”

Charles offers a gentle smile, empathetic to her sudden rawness. “We all want the same future, my friend. Safety for ourselves and our kin. I don’t deny that we will be able to achieve it without some sort of sacrifice. But, to hedge our bets, I encourage our kind to take the high road.”

Erik inclines his head, no argument present inside of him. This was never a debate, not to him. "If we want to survive," he says almost gently, "then we must be united in our resolve. We must stand together. The idiots and cops amongst this generation would love nothing better than for you and I," he points at the two students, "to be at odds. Because if we fight one another, we complete their task. We give ourselves to them. We destroy ourselves. So that they do not need to. Dr. Xavier is an exemplar of the leadership modality that spurs such ordinary citizens into sympathy. Not me. No offense to you, but neither you. It will be Charles and those like him who have the greatest chance at reaching such individuals on the precipice of acceptance. To tip those scales to justice. But you are indeed mistaken..."

His lips purse at this, and he crouches a bit on the stage to more fully address them, pulling off his microphone at his collar to do so. "You would be mistaken to presume that diplomacy is our only tool. This," he indicts his arm. "It is a poignant stunt. It is. I do not enjoy the necessity of tying my political identity to a part of my history that is horrendous. I do not gain pleasure nor gratification from horrifying you. But I was and will always be as Jewish as I am mutant. And the Torah makes one thing very, very clear."

Those in the front row who can hear him are captivated by his words. Others who cannot hear clamber forward to catch what they can. Cameras and reporters struggle to the forefront unsuccessfully. "If someone comes to kill you, rise up and kill them first. Neither shall you stand against the blood of your neighbor. What we are doing right now is what is known by battlefield tacticians as a first pass. But I give you my word. What happened to me will never happen to another soul on this Earth. For I will personally see to it otherwise. Tzedek, tzedek, tirdof."

He clips the microphone back onto his lapel. "We try his way. For we must say that we did try."

From the small crowd erupts a sudden cheer. Before Charles can even turn to observe his companion, the rapid flashing of cameras begins to dazzle his vision. Reporters scribble furiously, and the two students and their companions find themselves in the company of a new man. “Thank you, Sir,” the young man now gushes, gripping Erik’s good hand between both of his own and shaking furiously. “It’s been an honor to meet you and to hear you speak.”

A flash of something shoots down Charles’s spine. He’s felt it before, in the privacy of his study, as he and Erik talk shop. It’s not even unspoken that their ideologies differ in some significant ways; they regularly debate the merits and horizons of each of their preferred avenues of action. But before crowds, they stand united. That’s the only ironclad rule. For his part, so as to not shatter the formidable partnership that they’ve presented to the group of young activists, Charles smiles politely, and then excuses himself from the makeshift convocation. Some excuse for a restroom break is murmured, alongside a promise that he will meet Erik at the car in a few minutes.

In reality, Charles skips the bathroom entirely and slips into the night on his own. The frigid March evening feels warm in contrast to the ice still creeping down his spine. He’s not angry. He knows that Erik feels this way. He knows that the man will refuse to push forward without a promise to protect their kind, first through diplomacy and then violence, should diplomacy fall short. He’s simply never heard him say it with such pithy conceit, and never before so many strangers.

Kill or be killed is not a tenet of their movement. Perhaps that’s too gratuitous of him—Erik didn’t say that. What he says and what people hear, though, can be quite disparate. And Charles has a feeling that fears of excess gratuitousness do not haunt the minds of everyone in that hall. The frost crunches beneath Charles’s feet as he approaches Erik’s Jeep. His thin coat does little to protect him from the elements, but Charles welcomes the bite of the Vermont wind against his nose, ears, fingertips. No, he’s not angry. But he is frustrated, to have been put in this position, stalking out like a pathetic, milquetoast fool. For if he had remained at Erik’s side, he could not have remained steadfast in his support of the second pass.


It's odd, sometimes, how people tend to meet. His first inclination of her mind is like clockwork. Ticking grandfather heirlooms and complicated watchmaking. It's not like Erik. Not endlessly intricate in such a way, but it is oddly familiar. The parts of Erik that he knows are good within the catacombs and expansive architecture. The woman steps out of the shadows of the small café where Erik has parked, interrupting him before he can make his way across the lot. For his part, Erik seems to understand Charles's desire for space and hadn't intended on approaching them until he saw who it was.

"Ms. MacTaggert," he murmurs, both eyebrows flown high into his hairline. From out of seeming nowhere the woman he had known as his immigration lawyer, an Israeli national herself, emerges from the shadows. Her long hair falls down her shoulder in a woven braid plaited with silver ornaments, dark eyes observant and critical. MacTaggert for her part is dressed in a snazzy business suit, blazer and pants over the frilly dresses common to the era.

"Mr. Lehnsherr," she greets with a smile. "And Dr. Xavier. It's a pleasure to make your acquaintance. That was some speech." She holds out a hand to shake Charles's. Erik's lips quirk slightly. They always forget he has a title as well as his friend. But then he's never fancied himself much for doctoring, having grown somewhat fond of the ordinary appellation instead. "You remember Gabrielle Haller," she indicates the tall woman with a jerk of her chin.

"I do. You were both quite assistive to me. I must confess curiosity at your presence thus." It's pointed. Erik is very evidently suspicious. "Have I a legal trouble to be concerned over?"

"Not as such," she assures softly. "Would you both care to join us? My treat." It's said in a way that makes it clear it is not a request, even whilst retaining pure congeniality. A talent of socialization not usual at all. Erik trades a glance with Charles, uncertain. 

Charles’s frustration with Erik falls to the side, momentarily, for when the man approaches, he does so in the presence of two women. They’re both a bit older than he and Erik, and stand out from the other women by their dress. It’s clear that Erik knows the two, but he’s unsure of their sudden apparition. Initial prodding surprises Charles. Both women have created barriers in their minds. Nothing that cannot be bypassed with even a little prodding, but their surface thoughts are quiet and give little away, other than the suggestion that they’ve both been around telepaths before, and that they know they’re going to be with one now. Charles steps to Erik’s side. Their conversation can wait.

From their minds, he plucks their relation to Erik. Immigration lawyers based out of Haifa, who helped get Erik a visa. It’s clear from the thoughts beyond the barrier that a degree of subterfuge was involved in that guise. Greater digging reveals the story. “And why would two members of the CIA be interested in treating us to a coffee?” Charles asks, voice airy, smile warm. His manner betrays the intensity of his question; and it would not be the first time that Erik witnesses Charles take this contradictory posture for a serious matter.

The taller of the two, Gabrielle, returns his grin. “Because I want a coffee now, but I also have to talk to you. Two birds, one stone, as you say.”

Charles meets her gaze, and it’s a battle of mismatched grins before he finally loses and looks to Erik. “Coffee, then, Dr. Lehnsherr?”

Erik blinks, eyes widening fractionally as Charles mentions the term CIA. As towering as his intellect can be, it's clear he hasn't connected these particular dots. Moira orders some hideous new abomination with art delicately applied to the foam on top. Erik gets what he always gets at restaurants, a black coffee, but he holds it in his hand rather than drink. He's still quite stunned as Moira leads them to a table near the back.

"I imagine this must come as a surprise. Our intention was to reveal our identities tactfully," she says, Charles.

"You were CIA this entire time? I - forgive me, but I fail to see the reason you elected to interact with me."

"You needed help. We are in the business of forming mutually beneficial relationships," Moira responds and it's almost painfully Federal.

Erik winces to himself. Clearly he has been played for a fool. "But I had nothing to offer you. I still don't. I'm an unemployed physicist." He arcs his brows.

"I think we both know that's not true. At least that's not what cable television is saying."

"I don't watch television." Flat. Humorless.

“You don’t watch TV, but you’re a star in your own right,” Gabrielle says between sips of her double espresso. “The both of you are.”

Charles, surprised to sense Erik’s shock, for the man really isn’t so easily deceived, studies the two women. Now that their secrets have been revealed, they’re more forthcoming with their thoughts, but there is still a guardedness to each of them. He wants to pick at it. “Explain the mutual benefits,” Charles says plainly. “You assisted Erik in his time of need. In exchange, you want what? Cooperation? Capitulation?”

There's something unsettling about the dynamic between the two of them - on television Erik is a force beyond reckoning, and entirely too reckless with his true opinions. It's for-granted that Charles is savvy in that arena, but Erik has turned out to be no slouch, either. But here, he seems almost meek, letting Charles essentially speak for him while he stares into his coffee. A black swirling abyss, much as his current mental state.

It's something that Moira notices and files away - these two are more than debate club acquaintances or movement coordinators. Immediately it is apparent to her as she is certain Gabrielle is also noting that the bigger threat lies with the telepath. She gestures with her hand next to her chest, attempting to broadcast a sense of peace and to lower any potential hostility. She's done this job a long time and she knows what is at stake. "We know about Cerebro," she says plainly. Since they're being plain. "And we are in the process of developing a classification system for mutants based on power potentials and risk profiles."

"Shall we submit a buccal swab?" Erik returns dryly. "If a database does not serve your needs, perhaps a large M pin. For-"

"--mutant, yes. Very funny." She presses her lips together. It kind of was. Disarming, the both of them. It's what makes their risk profiles high enough to warrant this discussion. But, contrary to their initial expectations, her next statements don't come with a warning - well, not a warning to stop, per se. "We know that you two are off the charts. Space and time, people's very thoughts. It's heavy stuff. Not everyone at Langley is copasetic over the expanding mutant population. William Stryker would undoubtedly have you add an extra letter," she indicates Erik's arm. "We are here because you both claim to desire a diplomatic process. Is that true or do you just like hearing yourselves talk?"

Charles inclines his head. They’re already being watched. Their kind is already under real threat, Classification is just a registry. And they both know what registries lead to. Cerebro, their great asset. Hank’s genius. The ticket to their freedom as their ultimate downfall. Charles isn’t sure why it stings so bad, but it does. However, despite the wrench in his gut, the sickly sink, he smiles and chuckles, as if they’re discussing a sports game. “So.,” he lilts. “Diplomacy, in this case, consists of what? We help you add our kind to whatever list you’re creating, you promise us nothing nefarious will happen, and then…what? You give us a special on PBS?”

"That's where you're mistaken, Dr. Xavier," Moira tells him very softly.

Erik grimaces. He reaches forward, placing a hand on his partner's thigh in a gesture intending to be comforting. "I presume you are well beyond that," is what he says, teeth ground together in the back of his jaw. Moira has four silver fillings. It's the first thing he notices about people.

"Indeed so. This is the CIA, dears. We don't care what you talk about on television. The people who watch it are brain-dead idiots who can barely lead themselves to the toilet, let alone threaten our providence. Likewise for our list."

"Perhaps it would behoove you to get to the point." Erik is already feeling his diplomatic spirit fail him. But he doesn't appreciate the tone she takes with Charles, and the degree of vitriol it inspires in him is quite astonishing even to himself. He pats it down, like a worn campfire. She is part of a system. They all are. And he promised.

She at least takes the time to smile sympathetically at them - and from what Charles can tell, that much is genuine. "We know that you have Sayid al-Zaman in your custody. He's a wanted terrorist, extremely volatile, but you handled it like professionals. No one died. Everyone got home to kiss their dogs on the mouth. It's a little gross, but Agent Haller tells me I have to work on respecting people's differences. Isn't that right, Agent?"

Erik very resolutely refuses to entertain violence, even in his thoughts.

"We want you to help us. With the serious cases. The people who you don't want roaming around your manicured hedges. al-Zaman is Mother Fuckin' Theresa compared to some of these men and women. Your stunt today cost you a lot at Langley. I hope you know that," she shrewdly points to Erik. "But these people fundamentally put your existence in jeopardy. Because men like Agent Stryker are all-but itching to push the big, red button. I want you to help me prevent that outcome."

Charles can feel the war raging inside of his dearest companion, and his earlier frustration melts away. It doesn't even rear its head when Moira makes a referential nod to it, for it strikes Charles as condescending, and disrespect is not something that sits well with him.

Noticing the tension in the two men, Gabrielle leans forward, folding her hands on the table. She can play good cop, today—she doesn't want to play cop at all, but the job finds her in this position, sometimes, and not every day can be a picnic, can it? "To be clear," she says, traces of her Israeli roots light on her tongue. "This is not a threat, my friends. My partner and I do not come to you with a message of help us or else. We fought hard for permission to reveal our identities to you; the brass above us wanted to keep our surveillance of you a secret." She waits, knowing that the telepath will be scanning him with his inborn lie detector. When he says nothing, she continues. "If you display to the CIA that you are willing to assist them, we can help you further your mission of peaceful coexistence and legitimacy. If you do not do that...well, my partner has already alluded to what is already impending. We do not bring threats, my friends, but warnings."

Charles swallows, and his throat is dry. His hand rests atop Erik's own on his thigh in a reciprocation of would-be comfort. "We will not allow our tools to be used for the capture of our kind," he says finally, all traces of warm conversation chilled to ice. "I agree with you that those who threaten the lives of innocent people should be stopped, but I will not allow my gift to become a tool of the government's agenda."

Erik's eyes close and he lets out a visible exhale. Something at work beyond that which Charles can identify, when he reaches to press the pad of his thumb into his eye, pushing against lid until little globules form behind his vision. Dry, just - something. Images of neighbors. Of lovers. Husbands and wives. Children. Local deli owners. All adoring and loving. He doesn't realize it until this exact moment, but until now, Charles has never definitively taken a stance on this. That he is incredibly relieved, and a little embarrassed to have entertained the notion that he wouldn't sway this way - and the awareness that surely Charles must be aware of Erik's foolishness - are all apparent. He adores Charles, in all ways, but there is that in him which is permanently bent and unreachable.

It rises up for just a moment. Hopefully, Charles is prescient enough to understand that it isn't personal. It's a flash out of time, to a younger version of Erik who doesn't understand why people who had previously claimed to be his friends are suddenly throwing rocks at him and whispering about him and pointing fingers at him. To Moira and Gabrielle, he removes his hand and sets it on the table neatly beside his coffee, regarding them tactfully. This is what they came to do - he and Charles. The cat is now out of the bag, mouth-kisses and all. Moments like this are their plan, all along. Now it's time to raise the curtain, as Raven would intone in her that's showbiz, kid accent.

He addresses Gabrielle solely, keeping his eyes locked on her. "You must understand that there are caveats to our assistance. There are limits to what we are willing to permit you to do to these people once you have them." This is not the same thing. It's not the same thing. It's not the same thing. The sun beats down on him, corn fields cartoonishly yellow in the distance.

Moira pretends like that doesn't amuse her, and dutifully provides it the seriousness it is technically due - though the idea that these two could influence policy, well. They'll get to it when they get to it. "We're not too concerned about that right now - the main priority is ensuring the safety of our citizens. Both of our citizens." The way she talks, Charles notes, is as though she were sitting across from diplomats of a foreign country and not two barely-graduated researchers.

"Of course it is," Charles murmurs grimly. "Well, it seems that my partner and I have two choices, both of which place us under your thumb. Is my understanding correct?"

Gabrielle smiles empathetically. "If you choose to look at it that way, yes. I'm not going to butter you up or flatter you with false promises. You can either help us in exchange for some form of agency, or refuse to help us and face certain consequences. That's the plain truth."

Charles is silent for a moment. She's not lying, and even though the reality of this situation is unappealing, he appreciates the blunt honesty. It's not as if this has been totally unexpected, but it's the first insertion of the real world. For the past year, they've been campaigning, promising, inviting talks like this. Perhaps Charles hadn't realized that this had never been on their own terms. "Tell us what our involvement entails, then," Charles says finally. "Recall that, by day, I'm a schoolteacher and am the custodian of many young people. I will insist upon their safety and anonymity."

"Here's where we are at -" Moira spreads her fingers. "We know where and who these people are. We don't need your help to find them. We need your help to make sure that we don't needlessly lose their and our own lives. I can't hand you a guarantee you that they'll be treated like delicate flowers once we get them. If it were my choice we would do things by the book. But you know the book is crooked, too." She arcs a brow at them. It's probably the only reason Gabrielle puts up with her. She is trying to do something novel, not sit around jacking off while blasting Happy Birthday into isolation cells at maximum volume for 80 hours. Effective, but inhumane.

Erik turns his hand to carefully squeeze Charles's in his own. There's absolutely nothing to suggest an I told you so. Instead he is sorrowful that Charles doesn't, in this moment, get to see his vision of the world realized. It is not a bad vision. It's not even about naivete, precisely. It is about coldness, and callousness, and disregard. And xenophobia. That one Charles simply isn't familiar with first-hand. Erik is glad that he is not facing it alone. There is no amount of experience that renders cruelty palatable or easy. And still, Charles is correct. Having this be on the CIA's terms is better than no terms at all. Every time it happens it is a chillul hashem.

"We would outfit you with gear, and a team. Including us as your handlers. I know how you work," she says before Erik has time to object. "How you adapt and make decisions. We can't train new people to do that with our timeframe. We will just have to be very best battle-buddies."

"Is she always like this?" Erik complains, pinching the bridge of his nose. "I do not remember her being like this. I wish for that version to return."

"Shut up. I am charming as fuck."

Charles keeps his eyes trained on Moira. If Gabrielle speaks softly, Moira carries a stick the size of Texas. Pure altruism isn't what brought her to them; Charles, in fact does believe that such a thing can exist even in the face of Darwinistic determinism, but the two women are not here of the kindness of our hearts. "You've still not told us, tactically, what you will have us do," Charles replies evenly, affording Erik's hand a squeeze. He wants to hear it from Moira's lips, and does not want to be slapped with some silly title like Mutant Safety Specialist or Mutant Retrieval Officer.

Gear and a team, for what? Their own gestapo? Haven't the Russians just established something similar? The thought sickens him, and he is instantly overcome with a dire want to protect Erik from such a thing. "I'm interested, as are you, Agent MacTaggert, in safety, and in peace. But I will tell you now; I have the ability to mislead you. You must provide me with a reason not to do so." It's cavalier, sure, but Charles is growing tired of her arrogance. "Erik and I will be going, now," he announces, and the scrape of his chair against the linoleum floor as he backs from the table echoes through the tiny cafe.

"We've a long drive back to New York and you've already kept us late. You know where to find us and how to reach us."

Chapter 9: You'll be a monster all your days

Chapter Text

Erik pulls them into the back of the café then and unceremoniously envelops Charles in a gripping hug. He doesn't quite understand what upset him before but knows that he is sorry. He is not good at social endeavors. He hopes Charles isn't too angry with him to permit this indulgence. He doesn't even know if he could stop himself if he wished to. "I do not want to go," he rasps very simply. Only Charles, always only Charles, hears what he means. He does not want Charles to be in danger, to have to fight, to endure combat. Erik likes to think he can render such a thing moot but he knows deep down he is limited by his psychological construction more than his actual innate mutant capacity.

Moira MacTaggert even has a little file to prove it, stamping him as Omega-level just as Charles. Erik does not think in these terms because it is impossible for him to do so, but he will plainly admit if asked that Charles would easily best him in a direct physical confrontation. He fancies himself a hardened soldier but Charles knows Erik was a driver, and the first time a shelling occurred above their base he pissed himself. He is not designed for it any more than Charles and he is scared. Scared that he will not be able to protect their home. Their family. Charles.

Fear is not a typical response for Erik and it is briefly overwhelming before he seems to realize what has happened and swiftly, ruthlessly extinguishes all traces of it.

The hug, Charles knows, contains much more than mere affection. It's one of those exceedingly rare times that Erik is nervous, uncertain. Upset. The wide range of emotions that Erik typically packs in a nice box are beginning to spring free. Though a head shorter than Erik, Charles adjusts his form so that he is holding Erik in his arms. The distress that Charles is experiencing right now can only be magnified within Erik.

"It's alright, my love," Charles murmurs. "It's going to be alright. Here, let's get in the car, hmm? Privacy." It's frigid inside Erik's jeep—the leather bench seat is hard and cold even through Charles's trousers, but he scarcely notices. Not as he fixes his arms around Erik's frame once more and presses their foreheads together. "We can make this good for us," Charles says finally. "So long as we remain true to our commitment of safety without suppression of our kind, we can use this new role advantageously. Reach more mutants, spread the word of our mission."

Without conscious collection the car warms as soon as they enter it, and Erik drops his forehead against the other's. Outwardly impassive, but Charles can feel the minute vibrations wracking his frame. "This - I-" he lets out a sharp huff. Overcome and at total random, not emotionally savvy enough to put together what is happening within himself. What he said at the rally comes forefront - about the leader of his ghetto. Placid and congenial and smiling, shaking hands with manicured Nazis in their slick uniforms. Erik doesn't want to be King Chaim.

He doesn't want the epithets hurled at him - collaborator, traitor, kapo - to become a reality outside of his own moral code and distinction. Helping Sayid is something he would choose every time. Having no choice - becoming an instrument of oppression and violence and imperialism - to see Charles placed in that role, to have their institution become the poster for asymmetrical prosperity between mutants and humans - to give the CIA their children. Erik is not certain when he stopped breathing. Charles can feel how thin the air becomes, how unsettled and twisted in his gut. He learned then how to stack bodies to burn most efficiently. The pop and crackle of fat searing like a steak. The smell. There isn't enough air. There isn't any air.

"Erik. Erik." Charles places his hands on either side of Erik's face and holds it still. It frightens him, to see Erik like this, so clearly terrified, imagining the past as the future. It terrifies Charles, too, but his lived experience provides no visceral connection. He knows that he can never understand. He quickly pushes beyond the outer shell of Erik's psyche and meets him where he's at, in that corner of the brain that trades fear, anger, and pain like currency. With a furrow of his brow, he encircles himself around Erik to provide temporary shelter from the most threatening of those exchanges. He doesn't cut Erik off completely from them; it's a valid place for Erik to be, and he doesn't want to force him to be okay. But there's no need for Erik to be vivisected by his own anguish. The window is cranked down to allow some of the cool night to enter the suddenly boiling car. The wind dances across their faces.

"We are tacticians, are we not?" he says to the other pointedly, blue eyes finding Erik's own stormy greens. "We determine how to best approach any given scenario in the pursuit of our mission. This—" he gestures obliquely toward the café, where he knows the two women remain, watching their vehicle now. "This is just another variable. A brand new chess piece, with its own set of capabilities and limitations. Shall we let it sit on its square and become a hindrance? Or shall we use it to aid our others?" The metaphor, Charles knows, is imperfect at best and paltry at worst, but his own mind is a little addled. "I meant what I said to MacTaggert, Erik. I have the ability to mislead them, to thwart their plans. I will not allow them to use us for instruments of harm and subjugation, and neither will you. I know that."

It's logical, and oriented. Ordinarily Erik acts as ethos, determining via rationality that what must take precedence is compassion for others. Raven, ever pathos with her long-standing love of theater and television, would disagree and instead consider Charles for such a role. But one as closely aligned to him as Erik knows that Charles operates within the realm of logic. Science, study, mathematics. That it's tempered with idealism and kindness doesn't detract from it as Erik's penchant for Stoicism likewise does not remove his inherent urge to ensure credibility and good character.

Charles is always more likely to divorce decisions about others from their sense of being, and treats most people equally whereas Erik treats them individually. Neither more right or wrong - but never more apparent than in this singular moment when, subjected to a veritable avalanche of faulty interoceptive shock circuits, it isn't logic or reason that brings him back. It's the feel of Charles's hands on his skin. The memory of his smile. The way he says my love. His quiet, steady confidence in his statements even if Erik barely registers their contents. We are together/and disparate. But it is when they are together that he imagines himself truly strong. Strong enough to endure this.

"I know," he whispers at last. His assurance in Charles's commitment to mutant safety over hope has wavered periodically, but just for an instant it is ironclad. Many have mistaken Charles for much over the years. Naïve. Weak. Privileged. Erik is not so foolish to proclaim he has never viewed him as a few of those things. Knowing him, it is different. As different as Charles knows that Erik is not inhospitable, barren, cruel, hostile, insane or inherently dangerous. Like him Charles possesses an equal drive to protect their kind. To protect their young. And of them both, Erik has had to make peace, he is perhaps more equipped to do so. After all, he is the only person Erik has ever encountered who has made him feel safe.

Little by little, Erik is creeping back. Charles is steadfast, still encircling Erik’s psyche, still a barrier between him and the cruelest of his insidious memories. They’re different. An hour ago, Charles felt flayed by Erik’s vocal proclamation of violence; now, it seems like a pesky midge in a storm of locusts. Charles knows that it still matters, but it’s hard to imagine such a thing forming a cleave between them at this moment. “Let’s go home,” he suggests. Erik can drive this thing without lifting a hand. Hell, he could fly it back to Westchester, if he so chose.

Normally, Charles would offer to drive in such a situation as this, but he expects that an exercise of his remarkable abilities will help him regain a some footing in his own head. Because, after all, he and Erik together are more powerful than any army. What happens when the unstoppable force and immovable object join forces? The CIA is just the newest iteration of human conniving; what they possess is of nature, not false structure. “The CIA is but an arm of government, my darling,” Charles reminds Erik as a thumb brushes his prominent cheekbone. “An institution, propped up by doctrine and men. You and I need no propping up, hmm? We stand stronger than they do, on our own two feet. Together, we’ll see safety and prosperity for our species. Nothing, Erik, has changed.”

There is something profoundly striking along the axis of his development as his eyes slowly refocus and his vision sharpens to the world, a lost consciousness deeply submerged by thick-veined hands. His expression falters, and he swallows, reaching forward to press his hand to Charles's chest. "I am sorry," he speaks softly. "I hurt you. I had thought I was saying -" there was never an intention of malice or undercutting of Charles's positioning. Erik had thought they both held awareness what the other believed, that they were united thus. But he made Charles feel that way - cut off. Separated by chasm. Inelegant and wobbling as he sometimes can be. "I do not want to kill anyone," he adds, barely audible.

Always when such occurrences arose that he became affected, did his voice do a poor job lifting. But he wants Charles to know. Because nothing has changed for him. He has and always will desire for joy and prosperity. How they get there is in flux, but Erik wants to participate. To help. Not to destroy, or threaten. He spoke a necessity for defending one's self against a credible threat to life, to put someone at ease who felt the only vocal representation they held would not adequately defend them. He did not know it would be interpreted any differently. By anyone, especially Charles.

Charles smiles softly and brings a gentle finger to Erik’s lips. Of course Erik had interpreted his reaction correctly, earlier. He can read others like a language, when he focuses. For someone who often has so little regard for niceties and interpersonal propriety, Erik is truly a masterful reader. “I know how you feel and what you believe. I have from the beginning, from the first moment you allowed me in here,” he says, radiating outward so that his energy warms the inside of Erik’s skull. “You never misled me. I merely didn’t expect you to expound such details tonight. But, it truly doesn’t matter.” And it doesn’t; not right now, at least. The authorities have been following them all this time, and they still have chosen to approach with open palms rather than artillery. “Let’s go. It’s a five-hour drive home, and I’m already craving your bourekas.”


Erik cannot help but feel that he's disappointed Charles in some way, and it settles in his stomach like a hard stone - a little too raw. His people believe in the process of teshuvah--of returning, of atoning. But he doesn't fully understand what to do, as much as he understands that he has misstepped in some unforeseen manner. It is Charles who returns to him, flares out in his mind and turns the vicious sun of hard-labored fields into a gentle balm. Always, he gives to Erik. Erik wants to give back, for Charles to know that he is indomitable in his will to nurture the connection between them. For now, he wants bourekas, and who is Erik to deny him?

Somewhere, Charles must know that if he asked for anything that Erik would quite literally move the Earth to provide. Erik has always a lead foot, which winds up with them ambling up the courtyard of Graymalkin a mere three hours later as opposed to five - very certainly coaxed from time and space itself. They're alone in the kitchen, with Erik providing quiet touches to correct Charles as he's taken to helping in their meals, steadfastly committing himself to learning once and for all how it's done. Of course, in truth, there is something entirely irreplicable about the finished product at Erik's hands.

"I had no idea," he murmurs after a lengthy silence filled with mutual pondering. "About Ms.--Agents Haller and MacTaggert." Erik isn't one to boast, but he himself knows that to be fooled so cleanly is abnormal for him. They must have had help, and that worries him. There is only one other telepath that he knows about (aside from Sayid who is not particularly gifted in this arena, and Nathaniel Essex, a war criminal with much invested in hiding from the CIA), and she would not have a single qualm about cooperating with the government.

Despite the speed with which they travel, it’s still quite late when they return to Westchester. Over the past year, the crumbling, austere manor has stopped seeming like a place of desolation and has transformed into something warm, inviting. The halls now bustle with activity; they have a dozen students and as many staff, now. Children play, adults laugh. They dine together at a massive table each day. Now, it’s home. The thought of losing it all twists Charles’s gut, and hardens his resolve.

“I admit that I’m surprised that you had no idea,” Charles agrees as he dices the eggplant into miniature pieces; his knife skills have improved, even if he still cannot be trusted with actual cooking, still. No one fears that he’ll use scissors to chop celery, anymore. “And, to be frank, I find their trickery utterly rude.” He pushes the eggplant toward Erik before setting to the mushrooms. “I imagine that there has been documentation about you since…well, since your time in the camps.” A foul grimace. “But how they came to know about Cerebro…”

The flash of a blonde-haired figure in Erik’s head stops Charles cold. He nearly drops the knife. “Oh…yes,” he agrees. “I’m sure you’re right. Emma must be on the inside already.”

Erik stares at him. Unlike before, there is zero movement within him or from outside that indicates anything at all. He offers a perfectly visible smile instead which is undoubtedly even more bizarre and frankly disturbing than if he had exclaimed aloud. "You have met Ms. Frost." He supposes that it isn't incredibly unusual for individuals with such a specific mutation to cluster together. Erik idly jabs his fork into his plate in a disconnected attempt that sees many more failures before success as though he has forgotten how to eat food. "Where did you meet?"

Charles scratches his head, suddenly exhausted. “We met on a ski holiday when we were both teenagers. We were at some resort in France.” He remembers their first meeting, that final winter before the Germans invaded France. Ogling at each other from across the room, for it was the first that either of them had ever encountered another like them. It became clear that their abilities were not fully mutable with each other, but the mere presence of another mind-reader had been astonishing enough. They’ve kept in touch, somewhat, over the years, but not recently. He had thought of reaching out to her when they first began their institute, but had decided that her….manner, did not fit their mission. Not yet, anyway. “How do you know her? I haven’t spoken with her in years.”

Erik notes the imperceptible shifts and wishes he could provide an answer that mightn't contribute further. Instead he reaches out through touch, his preferred method of communication, gently easing some of the tension at the base of Charles's neck. "I would not wish to tarnish the reputation of a friend, but to say I would not be able to remain if she were considered for a role here." The Emma Frost he knew was not explicitly evil - but he is aware that she is older than them by a significant margin. Her convincing Charles otherwise is part and parcel of her typical arsenal. Twisting people, playing with them. "What I taught you, she taught to me." He hopes Charles understands that he cannot elucidate further, especially if there is any possibility that they could come into contact with her in the near future. "What we spoke about when we first met, it assisted me to understand more about the nature of our interactions. They were not... voluntary. Like the man."

"Don't worry, she's not a friend," Charles assures Erik with a knowing, dark smile after listening to him speak. "We met when I was an impressionable boy. Our parents dabbled in the same circles of insufferable "high" society, and while she admittedly dazzled me at first, I quickly grew wary of her. She and I do not have the same...philosophies, when it comes to our mutation and the limits that we must place on ourselves." Charles pops one of the pillowy bourekas in his mouth and hums lightly. Erik truly has remarkable skill in the kitchen. "My abilities are more profound than hers. We realized that quickly, and she encouraged me to use them in ways that I never would. It's why we remain distant acquaintances rather than close friends today. She cannot be trusted. And I have a suspicion, as do you, that she is behind this."

"She is capable of profound cruelty," is what Erik settles on gently. He has to make it clear that not only is she untrustworthy but as they have children under their care, genuinely unsafe. "I hope that she did not cause you any harm. I suspect you would have swiftly incapacitated her even then," Erik adds dryly. "She was very much of the belief that she could do as she wished. I do not know how responsible I hold her for what occurred. She very well could have had little choice. Dr. Schmidt was impervious to her abilities and immensely powerful."

"No harm. I think that, despite herself, she respects me, in some way. To run the risk of sounding pompous, she envied my abilities and knew that I could have neutralized her, had he attempted to do something to me. I am deeply regretful that she did not extend the same courtesy to you; I didn't realize the extent of her involvement in your own life." Charles reaches out and grips Erik's unbraced hand. "I understand her, now, I think. She's one of those people who has no alliances and a thirst for power. She will flock to whoever holds the most power. It was Schmidt a decade ago and now it's the CIA. We must be careful around people like that."

"They were part of this..." Erik presses his lips together. "Type of..." His fingers flick as the word escapes him. It happens more when he's mentally overtaxed. "Organization." Club, but Erik remembers longer words because there are more letters in them. It makes him particularly loquacious but results in silly errors at times. "Hellfire. Like the New Testament. Brimstone and that. They thought it was amusing. There were a lot of them, and most escaped to Argentina and Brazil. They are Separatists of a different sort. Supremacists." But Charles has seen it in Erik, a smidge. That for the most part Erik thinks humans are needlessly violent and psychopathic, even though his own tormentors were largely mutants. Being exposed to radical ideology, done masterfully and insidiously with even hand-bound books re-telling popular fables like The Ugly Duckling and Little Mermaid with a mutant supremacist bent - at such a young age had left an impression as much as he attempts to excise their influence.

Separatism always brings the pair of them to a contentious point, but renewed in their commitment to each other by the events of the day, the air doesn't thicken between them this time. Instead, Charles squeezes Erik's long-fingered hand again, extending his sympathy, love, understanding. "If no one on earth clamored for power, we wouldn't have so much suffering," Charles remarks, and then chuckles, because it's such an outlandish thing to say, even for him. "I think about that often," he admits. "About how so many of our problems are self-inflicted. Nearly all of them, I will say. People harming other people. Selfishness and greed chiseling away at inherent goodness. I see firsthand that most of us have hearts and minds full of love, but we're all living a legacy of hateful behavior. Why?" It's a rhetorical question, so Charles moves on. "Human this, mutant that. Girl, boy. Dark hair, blue eyes. When you understand that all of these differences are so minute—just arrangements of sugar and phosphate—it becomes absurd to realize how profoundly we react to them."

"Money," Erik supplies quietly. "If not cash, then gold or silver. I think because it is not about real disparity but power. With more wealth you earn more respect. You can do more. You can avoid consequences. At Jo'ara we turned in our tools every night and got three meals a day. No one had more than his mate. It was imperfect, and natural tendencies manifest. I think perhaps the idea of total equality is misguided - some will always take more than others. Still, we succeeded. There are many communities like that one. Freedom of healthcare and education and basic necessities create a stronger society."

Charles leans his head against Erik’s shoulder, smiling at the idea of the utopia. “The greedy and ambitious will find their way to the top, won’t they? Those who desire power and those who are fit to wield power are very rarely the same people.” He closes his eyes and remains there on Erik’s shoulder, the quiet hum of the mansion a salve. “We have that here, at least, don’t we? Everyone’s needs are cared for, and so there’s no competition. Our wealth enables us to foster such an environment, doesn’t it? Perhaps one day, it can self-sustain.”

"I must admit I was taken aback when exposed to the political tendencies of the United States," Erik admits dryly. "That socialism was a dirty word, that you could never receive anything that you did not earn through suffering or else you were parasitic. It was difficult to become accustomed to. I grew up learning that everyone is entitled to basic rights. It is rewarding, to be able to ensure that those who live here will be afforded this prospect."

“And it’s sinister,” Charles agrees. “Somehow, our politicians have convinced the working class that their morality is tied to their work ethic. That any attempts to provide for them through some collectivist means is a threat to individualism, a threat to their livelihood. A ploy by the wealthy to ensure that they have a steady supply of labor for years to come.” Charles opens his eyes and looks at the cavernous kitchen, gilded and ostentatious.

“Once, when I was very young, I was with my mother in the city. This was during the Depression, mind you, and so much of the city’s street corners were occupied by desperate people, begging for a few pennies. When I asked my mother if we could spare some change, she told me that they didn’t deserve any, that it was their fault that they lost their job, their fault that they had so many mouths to feed. I can remember thinking that, even if in some way that was true and it was their fault—and I know now that it wasn’t—they didn’t deserve to starve for their mistakes. My mother hit me for saying it.”

Another grim smile before he finally lifts his head. “I’m so grateful for my gift, in that way. I now know that people are more complex than that. I now know that everyone deserves basic kindness and decency.”

Erik allows his fingertips to trail through the strands at Charles's nape, idle. "She should not have hit you," he murmurs, like that's the only part of the story he hears. It isn't - Erik often makes off-hand remarks that appear dismissive on their surface, but Charles knows that he's filed everything for recollection later. "Perhaps your gift has given you greater insight into the condition of your fellow humans, but as evidenced by Ms. Frost, telepathy does not guarantee empathy."

"She should not have, no," Charles agrees lazily, a hand finding its way to Erik's thigh. "I think you're right; that empathy is often an innate trait, but Emma can't...feel others' feelings, the way I do," he says. "She can only listen. Still marvelous, of course, but my abilities allow me—force me—to experience what others feel. When they beg for pennies, I feel the hunger in my own stomach, and the desperation in my own heart." Charles sighs, suddenly very tired. "I suppose it's what makes me such a bleeding heart, mm?"

"I am unsure," Erik says with a crease to his eyes. He taps his own chest. "Ah, as I am certain you know - but I had always wondered, that perhaps I am some kind of psychopath. I do not feel it like that. Not really much of anything."

Scientists would come to call it interoception - the internal sensations present in the body that come with basic emotional states, hunger, tiredness - for Erik they are all naturally extremely muted. It's not only the fortitude of conditioning that permits him to function as a mental extremophile, with all the spindly arms and legs of a tardigrade included, but simply his nature to begin with. The mythological Scorpion, made manifest. He is unsure if he was born this way, or made into it. Perhaps they will never uncover a suitable answer to the question, the debate of nature versus nurture a long-standing one in all cultures.

"To use logic, it seems to only make sense to reduce suffering. We are endowed with a nervous system that produces negative sensations in response to it. There is nothing particularly fundamental about the sensations of suffering - on a cosmic scale, it is just another type of information. At times, it was even a sense of curiosity - what it is to be in pain, what that is like. But as beings, we must contend with it. I do imagine your gifts have bolstered your sense of bloody heart, but I think that even if you were not telepathic, you would be similar. After all, you understood what was wrong even in childhood."

"Ah, but such a logical conclusion, as you say, precludes you from psychopathy," Charles lilts, reaching up to swipe a thumb down the sharp just of Erik's jaw. "You know that there is no reason to suffer, no grand burden set upon living beings for some larger purpose. As you say, it's information, sensation. But, if we accept Bentham's utilitarianism, happiness of the greatest number is the true measure of right and wrong. I appreciate this doctrine because it is flexible; happiness in our twentieth century is certainly brought about by different means than happiness in Bentham's seventeenth. And our happiness may be different than, say, a bee's happiness. For, if suffering has no purpose, why should we not stop it?" Charles then rests his hand atop Erik's braced one, recalling how, so long ago, he blocked the receptors that were causing Erik lifelong nerve pain. "I agree. There is no logical reason to enable suffering to persist when we have the means to stop it. Knowing that, and living by it, is empathy, my darling. You want to end suffering as much as I do."

"I suppose I would argue a more objective standard than Bentham," Erik decides thoughtfully. It's common for them to get swept into philosophical debates of this kind and even now Charles is still trying to figure out how Erik thinks. It's not always the linear route, and this is no exception. "For, I suspect such a doctrine would be subject to tyranny of the majority, would it not? If all that is needed is for happiness, then anyone could claim to act morally in defense of his own - if not individually, collectively so. I would posit that it is less about happiness and more about the forces of creation and destruction. The least amount of suffering is the greatest moral standard but the most amount of happiness is not necessarily so." His eyebrows raise, smirking. His hand still doesn't move under Charles's touch, but he rests his other on top warmly.

“You know that I can’t disagree with that,” Charles replies, coy smile in place. Many of their conversations end up this way, in a philosophical musing. It’s one of Charles’s favorite things about Erik; they met in the debate club, on opposite sides of many aisles, each the only true match of the other. “Bentham does insist that happiness for a majority should dictate policy, yes. In a perfect scenario, checks and balances would naturally push the most harmonizing opinions to the top. We as a species, however, are more moved by suffering than by happiness. So, I do agree. The greatest moral obligation ought to be the reduction of the greatest amount of suffering. Happiness is not merely the absence of suffering. But what a dull world that is.”

"You never met my zeyde," Erik snorts. It's a long way from where he was at the time they first met, where such a joke even as mild as it is wouldn't have been within the realm of possibility. It all seems so long ago now. He has been free from his deleterious circumstances longer than he had experienced them. But Erik has come to understand that it's only recently he's truly been able to make progress in a way closed to him prior. That he can think of them without searing pain, that he can recall their memories with fondness and not merely despair. It's a part of grief people aren't equipped fully to grasp.

Not only does it physically remove others from the equation but all of the data within you pertaining to them seemingly becomes corrupted as well, until there is nothing but suffering in their wake. The cruelest part of it all, taking away the very factors of existence from him that made his family worthy to begin with - purging their goodness from him, replacing it with caustic sludge. But, as he has discovered, it isn't a permanent state. Perhaps nothing is truly immovable in the end. If there is one constant to the universe it is that of change. It's not lost on him that this shift has coincided with meeting Charles and founding the institute.

Many years later a woman would emerge to produce some of the most profound literature on the subject of trauma known, and she would put into contrast that the very nature of a human being is communal. That there is no recovery in isolation - it is a community effort, and it's being disconnected from this process that causes the the most anguish. 

“I never did, but I’ve met his kin, and I think that speaks for itself.” Charles’s eyes crinkle as he grins at Erik in a display of open fondness. Of course, Charles has met Erik’s family, in a way. Through Erik’s memories of them, which sometimes float to the fore of his consciousness. When they first met, most of these memories were tinged with an unspeakable sadness, filtering characterizations in a solemn blue melancholy. Recently, however, Erik has been able to conjure brighter memories. As he has, their very visages have changed; his sister’s eyes sparkle brighter, her stubborn mien challenges more resolute. His father always doesn’t gaze in disapproval, his mother doesn’t always have sadness on her lips. As Erik heals, his memories heal, too. Gently, Charles leans upward to peck a minuscule kiss at the corner of his lips. “Let’s go to bed, hmm? When we get up tomorrow, we have to explain to our comrades why the CIA is knocking on our door.”

Sleeping in the same bed with Erik has posed a challenge at times, but it only took once for Charles to awaken to being stiffly punched in the face - much to Erik's horror - for him to understand why and use his gifts to offer ease in the form of restful sleep. Sometimes they share dreams, silly little things. Erik knows the manor as significantly as Charles at this point from traipsing under foot behind him discovering all its nooks and crannies.

This evening, though, Erik burrows a lot closer than normal, keeping Charles close in his arms and the remaining, invading forces of the world at bay for as long as possible.

Chapter 10: For you're grotesque in many ways:

Chapter Text

Breakfast rolls around and as typical of their routine, a sense of rhythm has taken hold nudging everyone into their respective places at the table. Jean and Aura take their plates out to the courtyard where he teaches her the different names of birds, and as predicted in the wake, their residents have some choice words in response to learning what the CIA has planned. Carmen grimaces and taps the end of his fork hard into the table. "They can't be serious. This is a school, not a military base."

Sayid, who had emerged from their sickbay down below to slowly integrate with their population after approximately two months of convalescence, nurses a glass of water and one of the protein replacement packets intended to dissolve in it given to him courtesy of the two doctors seated across. Next to him is Ororo, his preferred companion. "The government will not care about that," is his predictable response. There's something different about how he says it than the way Erik means it - the lack of belief that any government could be beneficial or that there was any way to morally run a state. Sayid is a trifle more of an anarchist than most would be comfortable with if they knew, but until now he's never mentioned it.

"They have priorities," Erik corrects softly. "Our comfort is not one of them. But we will make it their problem."

"Everyone cares about optics," Daniel agrees dryly. Looking around for peeking Auras and finding none, he lays it out darkly: "I don't imagine CIA recruits child soldiers for anti-terrorism operation as front page news appeals to their sense of preservation."

It's Raven who isn't shocked or appalled whatsoever. "OK," is what she says instead, nodding a few times in quick concession. "I have a couple of FBI contacts, I'll reach out to them and see if they know anything about this. We can't have expected to stay hidden forever. You're on the news, darling." She grins at Charles. "Although, last time, they were really heavy-handed with the stage make-up. You had kind of an orange thing going on ---" she trails off, realizing everyone is staring. "---anywaaaay."

The woman in full blue today in her contrasting bright yellow dress and purple lipstick, complete with sparkling eyeshadow, hops up onto the counter, plucking a cucumber sandwich from the tray Erik's prepared. "Summers and Duncan can probably make the trip here. I haven't told them anything," she adds. "But they're allies. We need as many of them as we can get, and if the Feds already know, there's no point pussyfooting around."

The reaction, Charles decides, is better than he expected. The initial ripple of apprehension and lightly couched defensive hostility fades somewhat as both Raven and Daniel speak. They feel much like he had the previous evening; surprised at first, and then accepting. They have, after all, been working toward something. Sayid is the primary outlier. Even as he quiets to allow Raven to speak and consider Erik’s correction, Charles can feel his steadfast resolve solidify somewhat. No one “trusts” the CIA; certainly not yet, but Sayid’s head trends toward unabashed disdain.

For his part, Izzy has been content to operate in the background. He trusts his companions; especially Erik, Carmen, and Daniel. The nuances of American government and bureaucracy are thoroughly uninteresting to him, and so he’s taken it upon himself to be a workhorse as the others jump through the hoops toward legitimacy. If they need supplies, he’s happy to fetch them. If they need a fleet of vehicles fixed, they’re fixed in a day. Children are not his preferred company, and so he’s avoided involving himself in any of that school marm business, but there is a pair of students, a boy and a girl, who have taken to peeking into his workshop in the afternoons to watch him tinker with his machines. At first, Izzy felt no qualms shooing them away; what business did they have watching him like a pair of gorgul’i?

As of late, however, he’s realized that their watchful eyes and occasional questions are not so bothersome. It’s them who he thinks of when he finally speaks. “Because your FBI is to be trusted more than your CIA,” he says to Raven, voice dripping with venom. “Just like the SOBR is safer than the KGB. Friends are not always real friends, where enforcement is involved.” At his side, Janos raises a brow. “You,” he continues, turning toward Erik directly. “You allow the government to come in here and surveil us? You accept their promises and smile? Have we learned nothing, Lehnsherr?” He’s now crossing his arms, face a mask. “I agree with al-Zaman. We cannot trust them. I will not be party to this.”

Erik sighs. "The problem is not about trust," he says plainly. "We won't have the right to operate with impunity for very long, do you understand? They will not hesitate to destroy this place. We have enough cards on our side to keep them out of our physical proximity," he adds. "But this is not going to go away even if we refuse. Only we will have made enemies and made ourselves a target."

He scowls a little at the insinuation of allowing anything. "Pay attention," he raps the table. "They know about it all. They already know. They are already using mutants for remote viewing. We could, if you'd prefer, start a war." Erik smiles a little as though that's his preferred option. "But then they'll come in here with machine guns and kill everyone and frankly I had rather gotten used to Jean." It's heavily sarcastic, but it is obvious Izzy isn't the target of his ire. He raises a hand.

"We are open to suggestions," he grumbles. "But you're mistaken if you think this problem is going to disappear or that they will not find ways to force us to cooperate. I would rather act now, first, and focus on creating a mutual relationship as opposed to blind antagonism. We are operating on American soil. They have all the cards and every deck. Understand that."

Sayid lifts his chin. "We have the power to stop them. You and I, you." He points to Erik and Charles and then himself.

"Do we? When is the last time you purposefully used your abilities, Sayid? I would agree otherwise. And Charles is not as copasetic about establishing his reign over an empire as you'd imagine. If they come here," he says softly. "We will make them sorry. As sorry as we can. But we don't have the power. And we are not the only mutants. You think they don't have their own Apocalypse?" 

The other man blinks. "Do you think?"

"Or maybe someone who can completely negate us all. We were stupid to assume otherwise. I made a promise that I would try diplomatic overtures first. That means dealing with these people. I do not desire to commit our institution to the front lines of war unless there is a very good reason."

"Is this not it?" Sayid gestures to Izzy, outside into the courtyard.

"Right now, 'help us save lives' doesn't seem to qualify. What if you had been absolutely insane, Sayid? You really don't think it would have been a problem, you wandering around killing everyone? It's not a horrific premise. The problem... is," he sighs again, pinching the bridge of his nose. "The problem is that we need to find a way to gain more control over the interaction. I'm no fucking verde."

The phrase causes Sayid to press his lips together in confusion. He's vaguely familiar with Italian and French, enough to gather something about green. "If you and the CIA had captured me, what do you think would have happened to me?"

"Well, they would probably send you down into a box with a bag over your head for the rest of your days," Erik replies cheerfully. "That's our first order of business. We need enough amnesty to ensure that does not happen. Because I will start a war before it does." It's all coming back around to Erik's initial way of thinking, which is that what they need, is an army. Genuine military force, enough to have a seat at the table. No one respected Israel or took it seriously until they proved they had the ability to back up their words. Erik squints, though. It gives him an idea. "All this time, we have been considering ourselves as a single point in space, right? This - area, this place, these people."

"Right," Raven squints back at him. "And oh, stuff it," she pokes Izzy with a manicured toe. "I'm accustomed to operating in shades of grey," she adds. "I deal with these people on a regular basis. It's something of a necessary evil in my line of work. But I won't bring them here if you're not comfortable."

"Before," Erik murmurs, the gears whirring. "Everything seemed to suggest that we would lose." He gestures between himself and Sayid. "There was an embargo. No weapons, no vehicles, nothing. What turned the tides was here," he sweeps his arm to indicate America, not actually them. "Every single Teri Pardo who decided to circumvent the law and render aid. We had a unified goal. All of us, and we succeeded. I shall spare you the most moral army spiel," he snorts.

"Teri didn't -" Carmen defends his friend with a grimace. As far as he is aware, she runs a tight ship when it comes to defying the cultural expectations of her denomination. 

"No, of course not. But it cannot be denied that it was effective. We had a lot more working with, because we were not inhibited by border. Granted, I suppose we proved at least a few people right, loyalty and nationhood being what it is. But we relied on that assistance. Maybe we are approaching this all wrong. We are focused on diplomacy with them. We should be focused on us."

It's clear that Sayid is still exceptionally skeptical. "Replace one moral army with another?" he arcs a brow, pointed. They both already know that Erik didn't go along with it then, either.

"We can't oppose a military force with Hallmark stocks. What you are saying, and you," he adds to Izzy, "is that you want to square up with the CIA. If you are serious, then we need to do more. More people, more institutions like this, more weapons, more everything. Hell," Erik shrugs widely. "Why not find our own island? Declare ourselves king, so to speak. We would answer to no one."

Charles barely needs to be telepathic to determine how Raven and Sayid feel about the idea, but Raven, accustomed to the grey zone, so to speak, is the one to inject sense. "We can't exactly pick up the manor and travel. And how much more of a threat do you think they'd consider us, if we started talking about some kind of mutant colony? They'd probably just drop another Fat Man on it." 

"Not necessarily. The point is, we require agency. The only way that is ever going to happen is if we prove that we cannot be extinguished so easily. The only way that will happen is if we share resources, and the easiest way to do that is in physical proximity."

"What, mail visas to all our friends on the CIA's list? Where is this new utopia exactly going to happen? I mean, the United States already fought a war about this, if you ask all the yuppie white folks. We can't just declare a sovereign state in the middle of Westchester.

Izzy stands up from the table. The legs of his chair screech across the wood floor, and only Janos isn’t pierced by the sound. “Do not ask me to show my face here when the government shows up here to make you into lackeys,” he says evenly. “This is your house, Xavier, and you will do what you wish, but I will not participate. Excuse me.” With that, Izzy exits the room. After a moment, Janos quietly stands and leaves as well, signing a brief agreement with his friend.

Charles closes his eyes and inhales sharply. “It’s happening whether we want it or not,” he says finally, tone dull. “They were either going to come with this proposal or come with no proposal at all. This is our only option. Whoever wishes to remain out of the arrangement can do so by either leaving the premises while they’re here or staying out of public view. But, it’s happening. We must accept it.”

Raven sighs, pinching the bridge of her nose. "We should get Summers and Duncan out here, too. Summers has a teenager, mutant kid. Adopted. Brain damaged, has to keep his eyes closed all the time. There's a reason I've cultivated these relationships for so long, Charlie. I've always known we'd need them. I have a list of my own," she smirks. "Mutants and their sympathizers. You have my support, as always. But it comes with a warning. Don't expect that the CIA is going to play fair. We shouldn't either. My contacts might have a better analysis of the situation. Now, before they show up here there's a lot we have to do."

"Ensuring everything we do not wish displayed is hidden correctly, protecting our students' and faculty anonymity. They already know Sayid and I are here. Everyone else should be protected."

Sayid presses a hand to the table. "You have shown me uncommon kindness these months. I will protect your inhabitants." Charles can tell he doesn't know how that is going to happen, but that Sayid is trusting the pull of power inside of himself to lead him where it may. "Do not forget that there is always a choice, Xavier. But you are correct in one way. We never were free." With that, he gulps down his drink and rises to follow Izzy and Janos, far more equanimous than the Russian but no less serious.

Erik groans. He is going to be a problem, he thinks to himself dryly. And here they thought Erik was the dissenting vote. Charles can feel how much it costs him, how much he resists pushing, how against his values all of this is. He can also feel his sense of unwavering trust that has only deepened through their association that if Charles doesn't understand now, he will. That when it comes down to brass tacks, he will protect their children.

It's an uncommon faith, something he isn't accustomed to, but they're all fools if they think Charles Xavier will go peacefully to slaughter.

"None of this is fucking palatable," Carmen drops his head into his hands. It's one of the only times anyone has ever seen him waver from boisterous, brusque cheer. "You know I was a juvenile delinquent, yeah?"

Erik winces, recalling his prior comment. "Carmen. You know I do not mean you. This is not the same thing."

"I don't think it'll be a century before history catches up to causality, kamerad. We, you and me, we are different. We always were."

"That is untrue."

"No, it is true." He reaches over and lays a hand on Erik's forearm. "You ended up where you did, and I ended up where I did. Because you were trying to do something noble, and I was robbing food trucks."

"You can hardly be blamed for that." The rest of his opinions on the statement are submerged.

"A lot of my people, they were assholes. Rapers and lunatics. They thought if I just go along with it, I'll get a bigger piece of the sandwich, right?" he grimaces darkly. "I am sure they are all fat in hell. But see, every time Katcho would come down the block, I heard him. That's when I'd get up and grab my things - you remember. And I'd beat the stuffing out of anyone in my way. You definitely remember that."

"I presumed you hated me." Their association - Charles remembers. The caustic bitterness at first. Grudging respect later. The displaced iron bar, and sand particles. A sickening crunch. It's dulled, now, by the passage of time and association. The decision on Erik's part to relegate that part of Carmen's past to trauma, to a childhood interrupted. No one is ever just one thing. "Or desired my sandwich." Erik smirks a little. It's obviously a conversation they've never openly had.

"No shit." Carmen smiles. "Why? Well, because. If not they'd be mauled to death by that fucking mongrel he kept as a pet. We are always going to have to do things that we don't like, for the greater good. And not many people will say thank-you, Charles. Understand?" 

“I understand,” is all Charles says. It’s not his place to argue with Carmen about this, about his experience and his feelings about the matter. The points at which his history and Erik’s history overlap are deep and storied, and Charles has no business trying to insert himself within them. He smiles blithely at what remains of their group, breakfast growing cold on the table before them. “I’m sorry,” he tells them. “I know that this development is frustrating at best and terrifying at worst to all of you. I want more than anything for this home to feel like a safe haven and not like a place to fear and resent. This engagement with the CIA will be temporary. I’m asking a lot of all of you, and I don’t downplay that, my friends. But I still must ask it.”

Erik surreptitiously nudges Charles's plate toward him. Fortunately he'd been in a sandwich mood that morning, which leaves breakfast still largely palatable. "We will manage," he says softly. "Besides," he tries to find some kind of a silver lining, to bolster his friend. "It could be worse. They could be acting entirely autonomously. Even if our presence is not intended beyond the ceremonial, we can use it. Letting the government run rampant in this arena is not an option, that much we know." He rises from his chair, dwarfing everyone else, busying himself with tidying the kitchen.

"We expected too much to presume we would not need to deal with these concerns. This is not on you, either. They are the ones who came to us -" and it hasn't escaped Erik's notice that they are people he is connected with, so if anyone were to blame - but he doesn't dwell on it, because it isn't as important as making clear that everyone here is on the same page. "-and we do not have many avenues of response available. Overcoming personal emotions when faced with difficult circumstances is not generally the first reaction." He means Izzy and Sayid, primarily, but he knows everyone else is dealing with their own as well. "The alternative is staying hidden, and that is fundamentally not optional."

Charles considers taking a bite of the food that Erik is encouraging him to eat, but he finds that he has no appetite. He wonders if Erik will permit him to skip breakfast. Knowing the answer, Charles picks at the crust of his bread and pops it in his mouth.

“I’m going to hide my stores of suppressants,” Hank says, his first addition to the conversation. He has been quiet all morning, waiting to see how the team landed. Less politically-concerned than the majority of their group, Hank simply hopes that they can continue to live and work in peace. Medicine provides a productive outlet, but he’s not infused with the noble commitment to the care for others like Daniel is. Daniel is a doctor, and Hank is a scientist who happens to practice medicine. It’s not that he’s not interested in helping others—he is, most certainly—but pure science is his true passion.

Because of that, Hank understands how somebody like himself can become a quick threat. He’s already known to the government; he’s been tapped to contribute his engineering talents once or twice already. They now know that he’s the architect behind Cerebro. In the presence of other sharp, science-driven minds—Erik, Charles, Daniel, Izzy, and Carmen, to name a few—their potential is boundless. “We cannot let it be known that suppressors exist, or that such a cocktail is even possible,” he adds, blue fingers worrying through his thick fur. “That technology in the wrong hands is dangerous. Extremely dangerous.”

"It is possible that they are already working on something similar," Erik has to guess. The idea fills him with an incredible amount of dread. The fact that Hank has even made this a focus of his research has always bothered him, significantly. "And if we encounter it at the CIA, we need to destroy it. As much of it as we can find. Anything even remotely hinting at this possibility cannot be permitted to exist in their hands. It isn't about mutants," he adds with a nod to Hank. "Or one's personal decision to pursue such avenues. If the government intends this on a wider scale, it will involve a tremendous amount of civil rights violations. It is one thing for you to voluntarily administer yourself a suppressive agent based upon your decades of work, on your genetic sequence. It is quite another to round us up and give it to us by force. I am also highly skeptical that such an agent is even feasible for the general population without deleterious side effects. Mutation is gestalt, systemic. It is altering every part of a person's being, to be more palatable. I won't let them have that. Human beings do not need a license to exist."

"Maybe homo superior do," says Daniel, dark. "I must wonder at the... you and Charles, but you in particular, often talk about being another species. That's not true, medically speaking. Humans and mutants can interbreed. We have the same psychological profiles, same blood types, are impacted by the same diseases. We are the same race, genetically speaking. There's more of a difference between sapiens and neanderthalensis than there are between humans and mutants. I think leaning into this idea that you're some kind of alien, is shortsighted."

Hank taps his claw-like nails on the table, his assent to Daniel’s supposition. “It’s true that I’ve fine-tuned the suppressor that I take to my own body and genome, and to achieve the outcome that I prefer. The suppressor would not have the same effect on you.” Fully aware that Erik—and likely everyone in this room—will feel ill at what he has to say next, Hank swallows thickly and continues to speak. “My research, however, has taken me to somewhere a little frightening. About a month ago, I started trying to find patterns of mutation, trying to create a mutant classification system, for my own research purposes only. There are a few broad categories of mutant: those who manipulate the environment around them,” he begins, nodding to Ororo, “those who exhibit or inhibit anatomical phenomena, such as myself or Raven, those who can channel energy and redirect it in a specific way, such as Janos, and those who possess extraordinary senses, such as Charles, or Erik.”

When creating these diagrams in his lab, Hank had felt like a modern day Linnaeus, framing and reframing based on a constantly changing set of criteria. Now, the work feels sinister. “These categories are by no means exhaustive, and there is undoubtedly a great degree of crossover amongst certain individuals, but my rough assessment brought me these four categories, drawing only from what and who we know now.”

Removing his glasses, Hank meets Erik’s eye. “Structurally, we share much. Just as an anti-inflammatory agent may provide relief to someone with arthritis and someone with a bowel irritation, a singular suppressor can likely prevent two different mutants within the same category from accessing their mutation. In fact, I have the notes in my laboratory right now, identifying the mechanism behind broad suppression of a mutation like mine. It’s staggeringly simple, and likely that I’ve gone too granular. There may be a broader point, enabling us to artificially suppress even more types of mutation.”

Charles’s gut is twisted into a knot, now. His mouth feels dry, and his pulse thrums in his ear. Vaguely, he wonders if Erik had perceived his own anatomical reaction. “We must…you must hide that, Hank. No one beyond those in this room can know.”

"It isn't just about what they could do to us," Erik has to concede, treading very gently. "Such a thing has the potential to devastate our community internally, as well. You are not only opening yourself up to out-group attack, but in-group ones as well. Your very life could be in jeopardy due to this. If they know about Cerebro," he has to add, "it is possible they already know about this as well. My recommendation must be that you destroy all evidence of this, doctor."

Despite the chill in his soul, coldness spreading through his veins as ice replacing blood, Erik forces himself to continue in a measured, even tone. "There are objective standards of classification already. You can administer tests to mutants to determine it. I will do my best to reconstruct it for your analysis, but I was a child at the time and do not hold an eidetic memory. From what I recall, thus far there does not appear to be an upper limit."

Erik taps his hand on the table rhythmically, one of the patterns that Charles recalls from his grounding exercises. "If the Nazis had this data, there is no doubt the United States possesses it as well. Many of the scientists involved were given prosecutorial immunity when they immigrated here. It is certain that part of this deal included sharing of intelligence," he gestures to Raven, certain she knows what he refers to. She just nods, grim.

"Essentially, there could be mutants who are not distinguishable from gods, wandering amongst us. This is inherent, you are born with this, and a person doesn't need to have manifested in order for it to be evident. Anyone with a classification level like myself, Charles, or Sayid is at much more serious risk of being involuntarily subjected to these treatments. The fact that they are even drawing up lists like this should be of extreme urgency, to everyone with a vested interest in our wellbeing."

"Jesus Christ," Daniel mutters, looking a bit nauseous.

Hank, suddenly defiant, raises his chin a touch. He knows that Erik is right; the ethics of any taxonomical science are tenuous and sensitive, and Hank is not thoughtless. He’s had no plans of publication, nor has he intended to share his data with anyone beyond these walls. He is also aware of the research that already exists. “I’m not a fool,” Hank replies, tone cold. “It’s vital that we know these things, Erik, so that we can be prepared. I’ve seen the research that already exists. We know more than they know; the equipment and technology in this house is far more powerful than anything that they had, or that anyone will have for many years. Their attempts at creating suppressants all failed. None came even remotely close, in fact.” Hank crosses his arms. “I never intended to create suppressants for anyone who did not want them. With my research, we can easily determine ways to block or counteract any attempts at suppression. We are several steps ahead of them, and I plan to keep it that way. I must continue my work. In secret, of course, but I will not stop.”

Creating a counter-treatment isn't a small thing, which is why he'd volunteered the knowledge he held in the first place. Unfortunately, Hank's tone just plain pisses him off. "And if they capture you, and torture it out of you?" Erik arcs an eyebrow. "Will you be so cavalier, then? Ah, it is for the greater good. Of course. Far be it for me to stand in the way of progress. And if they use your own research on you to permanently change you against your will, and force you to assist in disseminating such a solution to everyone else?" he crosses an arm, just as icy.

“You act as if I’m hand-delivering it to them,” Hank hisses back, rising to his feet. In this form, he’s both taller and broader than Erik, and it feels good to glower downward. “What will you have us do? Stick our heads in the sand? Stop trying to learn about our own bodies, our own abilities? What happens when they outpace us? What happens when they catch up, and we have no way to stop them? Or by then, are we already going to be living on your little fantasy island—“

Enough.” With a gesture of his head, both Hank and Erik are seated in their chairs again, momentarily frozen. Charles rarely, if ever, uses his abilities to take hold of the motor functions of others, but he’s sick of this. Sick of picking details apart, of internal bickering, of stubborn people clamoring to be more correct than everyone else. “Hank. You will hide any trace of such research. You will also hide your tools and technology. And you will hide them very well. Erik is right, they cannot know about any of it, lest they grow curious and decide to use force to acquire it.”

Still frozen to his seat, Hank bares his teeth, but nods.

“Erik. Hank is also right. We cannot afford to lose the scientific and technological edge that we have over them. No one will be captured or tortured. We will not stop our pursuit of knowledge in fear of the worst case scenario.” He slips out of the two psyches, releasing his grip on their bodies. They’re now free to move as they please. “We’re allowed to disagree. But we cannot afford any petty infighting in front of our soon-to-be guests. Whatever we do, we must present as a united front. Are we all clear?”

Erik looks cowed, but only because he is still completely motionless, as though Charles had yet to release him. It takes several seconds for him to respond, which he does by getting up and exiting the room without a word. Only Charles realizes that the plates and cups on the table have all shattered and bent into millions of tiny pieces. Still formed and shapeful until time passes and they all slide apart into a glass heap.

Chapter 11: Your body's short; your neck is small; Your head's the largest part of all…

Chapter Text

Raven rolls her eyes. "Listen, how familiar are you with military standards of OPSEC?" she asks Hank instead, preferring to focus on the problem instead of having a hissy fit. Men. "Like one-time pads and the like. Anything analog or digital we should convert to a new system than the one we have now. He is right. If this.... Frost lady knows about it then the CIA probably already do as well."

Glowering at the now-shining ball of glass at the center of the table, Hank crosses his arms. “By the time they get here, my lab’ll look like a high school chemistry teacher’s classroom, don’t worry.”

“I’m not,” Charles says. “I trust you, Hank. Now, if you’ll excuse me—“ Charles doesn’t need to say anything more, they know where he’s headed. He follows the angry thrum of Erik’s mind out of the dining room and through the hallway, until he finds the man on a balcony overlooking the courtyard.


“I never liked those plates,” he says coolly by way of greeting, standing several feet behind Erik.

Erik grimaces in an attempt at a smile. "I apologize. It was not purposeful. I will fix them," he murmurs and in the kitchen Hank and Raven watch curiously as a more deliberate strand of power slowly weaves them back together.

Charles strides to stand beside Erik. Deliberately, he remains out of Erik’s mind to allow the other privacy, or a chance to better curate his words. It’s impossible to ignore the frustrated aura surrounding his psyche, however. Gazing across the lawn, Charles feels a headache creeping in. “You’re upset.”

"I do not know," Erik shakes his head, staring out over the gardens. Aura and Jean are their primary caregivers, and they manage to look still professionally manicured. "It is all right," he waves it off after a second, clearly destabilized. "Anyway, mm, what did you all decide?" he wonders, watching a bee haphazardly make it's way through the flowers.

“Erik,” Charles says, stepping closer. A hand rests on the small of his back as he watches Erik’s eyes, distant and furtive. Clearly shaken. “I’m sorry,” Charles says earnestly. “I should not have taken control of you like that. That was an overstep of boundaries. I apologize.”

Erik's lips press together, and his eyes close momentarily, letting himself focus on simple homeostasis. He lets his head drop to Charles's shoulder, quiet stretching for long moments. "There is nothing wrong with your abilities," he insists, soft. "Do not mind me. I was simply unprepared."

Charles closes his eyes. He’s usually so careful; he knows that breaches of bodily autonomy are morally unjustifiable. Just because he can does not mean that he should. He knows this well, has internalized and abided by it for most is his life. In the aftermath, he wants to kick himself for acting so rashly. “I’ve broken your trust,” he says quietly, rubbing Erik’s back. “I allowed my emotions to get the better of me, and it was inappropriate. I’m sorry. I won’t violate you like that again, my love.”

"It is all right," Erik says again, finding Charles's other hand with his own. "You did not hurt me. I just - I do not like not being able to move. It is nothing, really," he dismisses it with a huff. "You certainly did not violate me. It is all right."

Charles swipes a thumb across Erik’s knuckles. How cruel of him, he thinks of himself, to restrict Erik like that. Erik, with a history of imprisonment, confinement. He hadn’t been thinking. “My abilities are a bit of a violation by nature,” Charles replies, tone still apologetic. “Everyone is entitled to privacy and freedom over their own bodies, aren’t they? I work hard to abide by such principles. I regret that I broke that today. I allowed my frustration to cloud my judgment.” Furrowing a brow, Charles gazes across the lawn. “You insist that it’s alright, but I know that it is not. You’re forgiving, and I’m grateful. But I mustn’t forget the responsibilities that I have.”

It's apparent now more than ever, that Erik has a blind spot when it comes to this discussion that is more than just an inability to comprehend the scope of Charles's abilities. Rather, it seems to come from a history without agency, without understanding that humans should be entitled to it. A right is only as inherent as its defense, there is nothing magical about understanding morality that confers one immunity from harm. And because he knows perfectly well that he has lost control of himself in the past. It is only dumb luck that he reigned himself in before he used his abilities to cause pain, but he is no different than Charles or indeed any other person who must contend with the dilemma.

"It is the question of every mutant, is it not? To balance what we are capable of doing with what is right. You could have done much worse. Erased my thoughts, changed my opinion, made me stand on my head. Whatever. There has to be some room to maneuver, does there not? Everything about a person's mind is... it is on another dimensional scale. Believe me, you did not even come close to approaching harm."

At that moment, Jean starts across the grounds below them. She doesn’t see the pair, observing from the balcony; the young girl is too busy trying to keep hold of the collection of jars, notebooks, and pens in her little arms. Her red hair flies in the cool morning breeze, and from here, Charles can feel her happy determination, her sense of purpose as she races toward the forest’s edge. Jean’s abilities are vast; that much they know. She’s still young, and they’re still developing, but she’s growing into her telepathy and her telekinesis. One day, she will be very, very powerful.

“People like us, Erik…we bear a greater burden.” Jean disappears into the trees, but her quick-moving mind is still as clear as a bell. “You and I particularly can do more than most. We’ve taken it upon ourselves to do good, but it’s more important that we do no harm. There is nothing more precious than a mind. I mustn’t lose sight of that. Not for a moment.”

"I suspect that Hank was not accustomed to the sensation," Erik does say. "You should speak with him. Help him to understand." It's possible his reaction was nowhere near the tenor of Erik's, but their conflict is momentarily forgotten. "You are a good influence on her," he adds gently. "You may be powerful, but you are mortal. Human, like us all. Growth is important, but have patience with yourself as well. We have no handbook on this. No guide."

“I’ll apologize. It was he who I wanted to stop, if it matters at all,” he says with a blithe chuckle. “Using his stature to menace you. I was tired of it.” Scrubbing his face, Charles keeps his eyes trained on the treeline, toward Jean. “Her heart is pure. She’s young, but not a fiber of her soul possesses any ill will. She doesn’t need my influence, not in that way. The other day, she asked me if it was fair that she made Raven a birthday card, because she only knew that it was Raven’s birthday through my thoughts. I’m not worried about her. She could be our guide, in that way.”

"It's easy to demonstrate force," Erik inclines his head. It's more than likely all of them in the kitchen had expected his reaction to be from anger, toward the blue man. Even Charles wasn't sure. There's no easy way to truly understand other people, not even for a telepath. All information is processed through subjective analysis and that makes it inherently unstable, prone to error. "He would not have considered the full implications of his behavior," Erik says, quiet.

"You know how many death threats we receive a day? I throw most of them out. No need to frighten the others. He does not understand how much of a risk he is taking by pursuing this. We will not be the only mutant group. You know this, right? Somewhere out there Schmidt or Shaw or whatever his name is now, is amassing his army. As much of a fantasy as my musings may be, he is doing it, in reality. And he is immune to telepathy, Charles. Do you understand?"

What happens if he and his ilk find out Hank is working on a way to suppress them? They have no defenses against it. Erik sighs a little, a swirl of worry shimmering in his head. "I do not want anything to happen to any of you. Him included."

There is more that he needs to explain to the scientist but now that they're at odds he doesn't know how. Perhaps Charles can bridge the gap. "And he was not born immune. He made himself that way. Part of his experiments were devoted to making himself stronger. Using another person's mutation to create energy surges within himself. Not only could we be dealing with an epidemic of mutant suppression but by messing about with this we could unknowingly be providing those like him a catalyst to grow completely beyond all reproach." He got angry himself and lost sight of what is most important, so he cannot fault Charles for the same.

Charles listens to Erik, hand still rubbing small circles into his lower back. He hangs onto Erik’s words, wanting to be certain that he’s heard every nuance, every implication, because he knows that the matter is extremely complex and grave. Perhaps Hank has been too dismissive of the threat, and Charles hasn’t been clear enough. Because he agrees with both men. It’s vital to remain at the fore of their own research, and it’s vital that this research not be transferred to the wrong hands. In fact, Charles sees both truths as utterly critical to their survival. They must outstrip all others in technology and in security. “We will not allow our findings and technology to fall into the wrong hands,” Charles says, quiet but firm.

“I’ve not been considering it as dire a matter as it truly is; you’re right, Erik. I will not make that mistake again. And it’s made complicated by the fact that they likely have telepaths at their disposal. No lock can best a telepath.” Charles grips Erik’s hand more tightly before he continues. “But it’s also crucial that we continue to remain ahead of them, don’t you think? We can find a way around Schmidt’s enhanced abilities. We can be ready with antidotes to suppressants, picks to fancy locks. If we possess more thorough knowledge than they, we can anticipate any strategic attempts at suppression or entrapment or harm. In fact, I think that we must, to safeguard our survival.”

Charles’s hand travels up Erik’s forearm until it comes to a rest on the man’s pointed shoulder. He forces eye contact. “I will work with Hank to devise failsafes, okay? There’s something that I’ve been thinking of for some while. A telepathically-implanted trigger. Hank says a word, and his brain forgets everything that it’s ever read on the matter. Only to be used if under extreme duress.” Charles had been thinking about such a possibility last night, as he struggled to fall asleep. By triggering the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex to deactivate via a safe word or stimulus, Charles could force someone, via an artificially-carved neural connection, to forget anything. Theoretically, anyway. Hypnotists and quacks peddle the same promise in different words, but Charles is confident that he could implement a similar mechanism with minimal tweaking. “To speak of telepathic overreach, anyway…”

Erik blinks, having not even considered this. "Everything is sensation, isn't it? Everything. Every part of-" he wiggles his fingers. "We have been going at this quite democratically but I think it's safe to say our movement has its leaders, does it not? What about not only a memory failsafe but a sensory one as well? If someone were captured they could activate it to render themselves completely impervious to pain or anything else. You did it with me. I daresay it did not even take effort." He smiles a bit, dry. "And - I know. We need to remain ahead of the curve." He inhales slowly. "Frost is not the only one. You need to consider your own mental fortitude as well. Your capacity is certainly remarkable, but there is no preparing for targeted sadism. That will create a disadvantage. I very much hesitate to offer this, for obvious reasons, but the exposure to my experiences might provide a baseline for you to develop resistance."

Charles purses his lips. Perhaps it speaks to his plush life that he’s not even considered what may happen to them physically if they’re apprehended. Up until yesterday, in fact, he had scarcely thought about security save for the nebulous promises and regular updates from Izzy and Erik about the school’s secured boundaries. “Yes, the same mechanism could be leveraged to prevent someone from feeling pain,” he agrees, voice soft. “We have all of these abilities inherently, but there are precious few people on earth so practiced over their own minds. Cloistered monks, perhaps, who have spent eight decades perfecting the art.”

That’s where Charles comes in, of course. A small massage of neurons and manual connection of synapses, and Charles can achieve what no person ever has. “Would you recommend it?” he asks his companion gravely. “Pain, as we know, has an important function. Knowing what you know…” Charles trails off. How is he supposed to ask this without being inexcusably insensitive? “I worry that someone will allow themselves to be tortured to death, if they can’t feel it. I know that an opponent may do it anyway, but…” …but what? Is Charles really that someone who would torture another human being will find themselves merciful at the very end?

Clearing a dry throat, Charles nods. “We should start testing it. Testing my ability to create a failsafe in the first place. And then, I’ll offer it to everyone.”

"You can start with me," Erik says immediately. "Life and death is a decision as anything else, in such a scenario. Sometimes it is no decision at all, and you are at the mercy of one who deems death irrelevant. Who demands utter compliance regardless of your desire to die. If we can develop resistance to this course, we should. I imagine that as our experiments progress we can introduce more complex triggers. Build upon them," he adds softly. "Create methods for one to understand what the limits of their body are, without pain. I regret-" he says at a whisper. "I wish it were not so, that such a knowledgebase serves use. And were such a person aware of our resistance these events would take a different turn. One does not need to cause physical pain, to create it. There are things that can be done that are beyond imagination, that will stun even the strongest of us into submission. We are not in Little League any longer, I fear."

“A grim day, when one must choose death over pain, but I suppose it’s a tale as old as time. We should consider ourselves lucky that we have the ability to at least have a say in when we make that choice.” Charles releases Erik at last to lean more fully against the balcony. The morning is cold and crisp, much like a bite that reminds him of their new reality. Or, the reality that has always been there, but that Charles has avoided confronting this far. “Choose a trigger,” Charles says finally. Erik has volunteered to be his guinea pig—an expected move—so, why wait? “I’ll make you forget that I broke your trust this morning. In fact, I’ll make you forget any annoyance you’ve ever had with me and leave you with only fond memories. What do you say?” He stands on his toes to plant a kiss on Erik’s jaw. It’s a joke, of course, but it could be feasible.

Erik thinks for a long moment, considering that it is certainly a joke, but willing to acquiesce all the same. "The Sea King," he says, somewhat of an inside-joke. Remnants of too-long forays into the depths of his own mind plagued by visceral imagery of monsters and fairytales. The Little Mermaid never featured mutants ruling supreme, a fact Erik only discovered after arriving at Jo'ara, which sent many marbles scattered across his internal visage.

The degree of brainwashing had been seemingly without end, the depths too broad to feel its edges. So many years later he's still unraveling all of the undetonated fragments implanted by Frost and Essex both, to understand what is native and what is foreign. If such a thing even exists, if it matters. There's no compunction with allowing Charles to do this, as there was with his control of Erik's body. His own mind was never his, a master so capable of intuiting his rebellion even in the most private places that he marshaled it even there.

It isn't as easy for Charles to traipse around as for someone else, with echoes and diversions everywhere. But he offers as freely as he can.

"The Sea King," Charles repeats. He senses some level of nostalgia, of pleasure and quiet satisfaction, but does not press. It's best, Charles decides, if he knows little about the phrase, lest he accidentally bring it up in conversation. There are nuances to what he is about to do, making themselves known more and more as he slides into Erik's psyche to begin work. "I'm going to make you forget what we've eaten for breakfast today." Harmless. Easy. Memories have many functions in the brain, and Charles is ever-cautious about knocking them out of place. In some ways, they're like junctions, connecting different aspects of a person together. In other, more significant ways, they're like blood vessels, or nerve connections. Skeletons.

Remove a core memory at its root, and an entire self may topple. For instance, Charles could, theoretically, remove his memories of Raven entirely. Not only would he forget about her existence, he would be left without his identity as a brother, without the intricate matrix of personality that has formed around it. Most memories are not singular, isolated, replaceable. But, they've only just had breakfast, and there's likely little else that's been built atop the memory of their egg-and-cheese sandwich.

"I'll reinstate it," he promises. It takes less than a minute for Charles to build the connections. An auditory ingestion of The Sea King, will now trigger the recollection of their breakfast fare to be quickly ousted from Erik's conscience, sent to rest in the graveyard of all forgotten things. "Alright. Go on, then. Say it aloud."

Erik can't help but wonder how much of his own self is tied to his experiences. There's no use debating it, except now in the presence of a man who could very likely provide the answers to such questions by stimulating a reality where Erik doesn't recall them at all. Would he be a hollow shell of a person, as much as he felt having endured to begin with? Would he know as much as he does, would he have the same moral foundations? Would he manage to become this way regardless, not requiring such adversary of character after all? Rendering it entirely purposeless? He can't help but consider it, more a thing of curiosity.

There are so many memories that he cannot help but ruthlessly despise, that serve absolutely no greater imperative than annihilation. It is not within the realm of possibility to consider that even these make up the tapestry of his being. On some level, he understands that - yes, there are pieces of himself that he does like, and some of those developed under these circumstances. But Viktor fucking Creed and his psychotic, lunatic -- and much like in childhood, recognizing the fact that he cannot consider this without someone being peripherally aware, it burns away like a meteor hurtling through the atmosphere and breaking apart before impact.

Quietly, he utters the phrase. "I remember that you said I was to forget my breakfast," he considers. "I cut up cucumbers," he realizes, and Charles watches as his brain whirs and slams against it, looking for any little crack to slip in and fight and challenge and change. "Cucumbers. No, that is not a sufficient breakfast. What uses..." he doesn't seem to realize he is talking to himself.

Charles remains close in Erik’s head, hovering over the pathway that is now ending in a foggy, murky ravine. But, it’s not entirely opaque. There’s a diaphanous quality to the endpoint, where thoughts pass through a filter but don’t seem to disappear entirely. Erik has remembered cucumbers, after all. “Huh,” Charles muses aloud, even as Erik knocks against the softening barrier. “Let me try…” He’s still careful as he places blockers along the pathways, thicker, sturdier ones. It’s more invasive than he’d like to be for something so simple, but perhaps Erik doesn’t work with simple. “Try again. You shouldn’t remember anything food related, now.”

There's something about that which causes Erik's good hand to wrap very tightly around the rail. Upon first glance, it seems like an anxiety response, not unlike those he had witnessed in the past. Very small permeations that raging tides dredge up from ocean-floor. But this is more like the ocean, not the dredging. Pieces of moonlight reflected off of scattered particles, refracted into kaleidoscopic visions. This attempt takes away a lot more than breakfast, and it's peculiar to see its impact.

As though some of those pieces had contributed to the lines in his features, the way he held himself, and now his bearing is... altered, somehow. Changed. Not precisely to such a degree that he was no longer Erik, but it's... visible.

"What were we talking about?" Erik wonders, and for a split second Charles is terrified that maybe he's eviscerated Erik's memory entirely, until Erik clears his throat and shakes it off, a huff of laughter escaping his nostrils. "Ah, I was to forget something... but I do not know what it was, so I suppose you were successful," he jokes dryly. There's something uncanny about it - not like when he practiced with Raven, all those years ago, and she suddenly realized that she couldn't remember the little thing he'd taken from her, and immediately demanded him to give it back. "What did you take away?" he wonders, barely above a whisper.

Charles monitors Erik closely, ensuring four, five, six times that he hasn’t been too cavalier in his removal. It’s so minuscule, just a millimeter at the front of Erik’s brain, smoothed over. He’s mindful of how everything was before so that he can put everything back in place, but he sits there for a moment, amazed to see how Erik’s brain rearranges itself to make up for the lost space. “Just breakfast,” Charles whispers, bringing two hands up to cradle Erik’s jaw, suddenly aware of how very precious he—everyone, everything—truly is. “Sorry. I could see the details slipping though, so I had to go broader. I can put everything back where it was.”

Also unlike Raven, Erik's mind is far more attuned to Charles's presence, rising up around him in a welcoming embrace he isn't even aware of extending. "Will this make it difficult?" he wonders, letting his eyes flutter shut against the fingers at his skin, skittering over the edges of his thoughts themselves. "Being more broad?" he sluggishly clarifies, smiling a little. He means in order to create targeted triggers in him, but it's a little difficult to express in deliberate spirals. Instead Charles is treated to a mandela of shifting patterns, intricate and wispy. Erik wonders why, if that's Charles as well, making all his limbs heavy and dropping a blanket over all of his senses.

“Yes,” Charles answers. “But, your mind works differently. When I used to do this with Raven, it was much easier to simply pluck things out, clean.” Sensing Erik’s sudden heaviness, Charles guides him to a stone bench pressed against the external wall of the manor and sits him down, allowing himself to be used as support. “Let me—“ the grooves are still there; it’s early enough to be easy to quickly weave the connections back together.

No memory is completely lost, after all, and after two minutes of careful fine tuning, Charles has slotted the missing information back into place in Erik’s brain. He should be able to recall the breakfast sandwiches on rye bread that he has lovingly prepared for everyone this morning. “If we were to set this up for you,” Charles murmurs, “you must use this as a last resort. If something as simple as a breakfast that we ate ten minutes ago stretches this broadly, imagine the impact of something far more thoroughly ingrained in your conscious. We must only use this if there are no other options available.”

Erik finds his way half-into Charles's lap than anywhere else, long limbs entangled completely without regard to their public venue. He curls a hand into his chest, listening for his heartbeat with long tendrils of his own mutation sweeping down through Charles's body. "Would it change me so much?" he asks, more thoughtful than afraid. When Charles goes to speak his answer, Erik instead presses two fingers to his lips.

Charles raises his eyebrows when Erik presses his fingers to his lips. He’s disrupted the rhythmic flow in Erik’s brain; the quick removal and subsequent insertion has left it pliant, reeling. Charles is sure that it will mend itself, but he wraps his arms around Erik protectively in any case. We’re all propped up by a scaffold network of memories, aren’t we? He projects, telepathic voice low. Made whole by crystalline lattice. To remove even one rung changes the structure. Even if it doesn’t topple everything, the structure isn’t the same.

Do you think my structure is worth keeping? Erik wonders, and it would be entirely out of left field except for how he's burrowed himself in, letting his fingers skate over the wrinkles in Charles's cardigan.

Your structure? The most complex, intricate, and artful mind that I’ve ever had the pleasure of viewing? Charles extends himself over Erik, enveloping him in a sheet of protective warmth. It’s a silly question to ask, but Charles likes that Erik feels free to ask them, feels safe and comfortable enough to be vulnerable in this way. Or maybe his brain is unable to filter, at this moment. It would be a crime to change your mind, my love.

People tried, Erik hums. I don't think I resisted them all. But I am making it nicer in here now. See? he lifts a finger and suddenly a branch twinges to life, extending all around them curiously. For those like Charles, dreamers traipsing along a spiral galaxy. Not so sharp, not so frightening.

If it’s worth anything, I’ve always found it lovely in here, Charles replies as he cards his fingers through Erik’s tawny hair. All of us have dark corners of our minds, you know. We all have painful memories, parts of ourselves that are ugly, cruel, that we wish were not there. It’s part of being human, alive. I wouldn’t want a thing in here to change. You’ve the most remarkable mind I’ve ever encountered, Erik Lehnsherr. I mean it.

I can't see minds, Erik thinks back, quite soft. Able to modulate tone and intensity, clearly accustomed to the psionic. Most inexperienced nulls went stomping, shouting. But I see... he waves a hand at the sky and briefly Charles can too, observe the universe at its stretch and spiral staircase. Stars and nebulae superimposed. He was wrong, Erik decides at last. Pain and rage did not work. Did you know I can fly? Or turn off the sun? I can. I learned how. His nose scrunches, amused. You helped. Your mind. I could only imagine. You'll have to show it to me, someday. I'd like that, he whispers back.

Charles delights in seeing what Erik sees, in observing the world through the supercharged sight and sound and touch that have bloomed within Erik’s body. Oh, to grasp the universe at the quantum level, dimension consolidated before his eyes. It’s not something that Charles could have ever even conceived of until riding backseat in Erik’s mind. I did know, Charles replies, gentle, admiring. Your ability is more magnificent than any other living thing. You, Erik, possess the power of the universe. You and no one else. My mind is nothing compared to yours, to what yours sees. You’d be bored senseless.

I would never, Erik promises solemnly. He wonders if Charles has ever done the inverse, allowed someone else to peer into him. Erik thinks he has a good idea the shapes, the sounds and hollows and tunes. Ridges. But a mind, thoughts of electric impulse - spark Erik nudges a memory forward, a gift. And Charles realizes that Erik has crossed the boundary between them, to transmit it in a flourish of dizzying visuals imprinted along his retina. A phyllo recipe, flour and cracked dough. Long lost and burned but pressed into the leaves of Erik's thoughts, preserved. Odds and ends, tomatoes here and there. No, he thinks. Not boredom at all. Tell me what you want to see. I can take you there.

It's a testament to their connection, that Erik can project such clean, visible thought. When Charles sits inside Erik's mind like this, the bridge between them is secure, but Charles had thought it one-way. When he picks up Erik's communication, it's within Erik's head, and Charles is simply there to catch and listen. The recipe, then, as it is transmitted into his own awareness, is a shock. He can't help but laugh out loud at the intrusion. Always a surprise, aren't you? Here. You're right. It's my turn.

Charles's eyes flutter shut. He's never done this before, but he's always imagined what it might be like to pull someone across the bridge and back into his own head. It's easier than one might think, to take hold of Erik's awareness and bring it back with him. In contrast to Erik's own mind, which is filled with literature and poetry, Charles's is...not. If Erik's mind resembles a labrynthine temple, Charles's is an old, grand library, stuffed with stacks of information, unexpected corners, windows of warm light. The most immediately noticeable thing to Erik would be, however, the noise. Charles has grown so accustomed to the constant, overwhelming buzz of thought and emotion in his head that he forgot to warn Erik of its presence.

In fact, at this moment, the surface thoughts of an innumerable amount of people—people who they do not and would not ever meet—are tumbling through the main corridor of Charles's head. If he were to latch onto any of those for a second longer, he would begin to feel what their owners felt, too; an infinity of human experience, all present before both of them. "Oh,." Charles's eyes snap open, suddenly aware what he's subjecting Erik to. Within a second, Charles has pushes the man out of his head, the two sequestered in their separate spaces again. "Are you alright? I'm sorry; I shouldn't have done that."

The amount of information is startling, and Erik's eyes cross with it, but it diffuses through him harmlessly once he becomes accustomed to it. Erik just laughs, touching his face. "You would be a library," he says dryly. He knows Charles must hear them all the time, must be subjected to an endless symphony of information, and that it has to be exhausting. But all he can think about is how fascinating and incredible the whole thing is. How magnificent, even just for a moment. "I don't see how you would get bored," he adds. "So much to learn, so many places to go and see. Do you ever get lost?"

"An excess of information is nearly as boring as a dearth," Charles replies, feeling suddenly vulnerable. He's looked into a million minds in his years on Earth, but only a minute few have looked into his. "When you're tuned to the frequency that everyone is broadcasting on at the same time, picking out the most interesting things among the sea of dull ones becomes more of a chore than anything." Resting his hand atop Erik's own, Charles gazes out toward the lawn once again. "Lost? No. But you know that it overwhelms, sometimes. As my abilities grow, the walls seem to thin, and more and more information finds its way inside. It's uncomfortable," he admits. "And why I enjoy spending time in yours."

"I like it," decides Erik. "It sounds like hummingbirds. And your bookshelves are mahogany." And it's the place where Charles is, that which has formed him over the years, shaped him into the being he is now. He lifts Charles's hand to press his lips across a knuckle. "You are always welcome," he murmurs. It's no secret, he supposes, that he likes when their minds are in synchronicity.

"I'll be sure to invite you in next time we take a stroll through Times Square," Charles replies, though obviously in jest. He's glad, at any rate, that the cacophony wasn't overwhelming, that Erik could decide that it sounded like hummingbirds, of all things. "My father had mahogany bookshelves in his office," he remembers. Fog-coated memories, sitting on his father's knee, hypnotized by whirlpools of old books and brylcreem. Newspapers and the inside of a cigar box. Dozing against a chest that felt so broad, to a child of three. "My mother had everything replaced with English Walnut when he died, but I always preferred the mahogany. English Walnut isn't even native to North America. Funny how the very structures of our beings are informed by such inconsequential things."

"Where is she now?" Erik asks, gentle. "Your mother," he clarifies needlessly. "And you'd better not forget Aura for Times Square. He will never forgive you." They're silly little meanderings like this, Erik's head resting in Charles's lap with the other man's hands running through his hair.

"My mother? London, I think. That's where her yearly checks go, anyway. I assume that her lawyer will tell me, when she dies. Or maybe he'll pocket the cash himself. I don't really care." How pitiful it is, really, that he has a mother who still lives and breathes who he does not talk to. Sharon, who never wanted to be a mother, who never had the capacity to love a son. Who married a brute of a man only months after Charles's father died and never so much as held his hand as the boy mourned the loss. It isn't fair, Charles knows, that his mother is alive and Erik's isn't. Hands twine lazily through Erik's hair.

"She was so furious that my father left everything to me. She spent a fortune—my fortune—on the best lawyers, who fought to have his will invalidated. It was all so ridiculous; I tried to tell her that I didn't care about it, that I would share it all with her, but that wasn't enough. I was just a little boy, I didn't understand estates and wills and trusts. I'd planned on signing everything over to her when I turned 18, but she was—" He thinks back to their last meeting, the summer before his final year at Eton. How she had walked in on Raven in her natural form, cobalt skin and garnet eyes. How she had exploded with rage, threatened to call the police, and then the zoo.

How Charles had stood between the biological mother who had never loved him and the complete stranger who he loved as a sister, gripping her wrists, listening to her spew her vitriol, until he finally sent her toppling to the floor, unconscious. Her memories of Raven were erased, and the siblings were gone before she awoke in her bed. They hadn't returned until last year. "She's a foul person. A hateful drunk. I send her enough money to pay for her townhouse in Mayfair and whatever bourgeois lifestyle she wants, and that's it."

Erik winces as though the words cause him physical pain to hear, but he rolls over and draws Charles into his arms more completely as he speaks. "She has my sincere and utmost pity," Erik murmurs at long last, trailing the back of his hand over Charles's jaw. "A pure fool of a woman. What a gift that she spurned. Some most regrettably are just destructive forces, neshama." He focuses again, unsure if this impulse is helpful or not, but he follows it all the same. This is... much deeper than he usually goes. The room of White has melted into inky black ether with trilling gargantuan shadows in non-Euclidian shapes. Here, he plucks up something of a curio.

The Woman in White, leaned over the threshold of his tent. Fierce, proud, a dragon rouses from slumber and shifts in her heart as the funeral shroud that covers her body shifts in motionless wind. There is something about the memory that Erik is trying to focus on. A way to bridge the immeasurable distance between their experiences, to share with Charles what he should have had long ago. But there is a distraction. The flash of green eyes to affix onto Charles, this construct that is only a memory has swiveled to face Charles. Self-awareness. Impossible.

Her fingers trail over the cups and weathered chinasets. She thinks, Charles watches as she thinks, just a little while longer. A minute more. That's all. She's followed Erik for years. A half-phased shadow, and a certainty to Erik that he is indeed mentally ill. Ghosts are not real. He knows that. He's on a cliff overlooking the bluest ocean, an ocean so full of salt that they all float and bob on its surface.

The Woman sits beside him, watching.

Chapter 12: And helped by me, however meagerly,

Chapter Text

Neshama, that sweet, gentle expression of intimate endearment, which Charles has come to covet like a jewel, is the last thing that Charles hears before his vision darkens. He's drawn inward, down the long corridors of Erik's latticework mind, until they find themselves...somewhere. It's different; people's memories are rarely this concrete. The human mind cannot recall scrupulous detail like this. Edges of the frame are always washed out, smoothed over, faded to fog and mist. The core of a memory can be as crisp as a Caravaggio as the ancillaries melt into Monet. But this is different. The woman before them does not have the ethereal mist of memory.

He recognizes her as Erik's mother, but there are discrepancies between her appearance now and the memories that Erik has shared with him. She's still pretty, still has a kind face and striking green eyes. But...she has more creases in her forehead, and her hair is more wild. This is normal, people tend to remember airbrushed versions of others; the brain is imperfect and has no natural interest in fly-aways and broken fingernails and sunspots on the back of hands. This woman, however, is not constructed of the electricity in Erik's synapses. They're perched on the edge of a cliff, and Charles gasps, stricken by the corporeal suggestion of Edith Eisenhardt.

"Wh...you're not a memory," Charles croaks by way of greeting. He doesn't know what she is, but he could not be more certain that he is not interfacing with Erik's reconstruction of his mother.

As Charles sets his senses on this artifact, the tsunami slowly rises. And then it washes over him, hitting him with a veritable wall of invisible energy firmly knocking his consciousness into... somewhere he doesn't recognize. A non-place. Non-time. There are footsteps behind him. He's quite sure he's been shrunken down and put inside a little match-box, crammed into a sea of metal scrap structures. The sounds are constant, grating. Neighbors yelling and screaming, dogs barking in the street. Fingers at his shoulder,

-Erik?


Winter sunlight streams through the window, and she snaps it shut. "You'll catch your death like that," she reprimands Charles in an ethereal whisper, staring down at his socked feet absent shoes. She places a mug of steaming coffee in front of him. "Now, don't ask. I pulled a lot of favors for this, so just enjoy it." There's a stuttering overlay, as though it's partially a memory, with him cast in the role of someone else, until her eyes settle on him and her brows pinch together curiously, and it becomes clear in the span of a few short seconds that she's not responding to a dream-like version of her son, but seeing Charles right where he is, argyle socks and all.

"You're the one, then?" she fixes him with a long, droll look. "If you are going to grace my table you'd better pick up that spoon, young man," she tells him in such a strikingly similar tone to the one Erik often employs on him during their moments alone in the kitchen that it's genuinely breathtaking. And sure enough, he's set the day's soup, whatever it is supposed to be. "Look, just try not to think about it," she pats him on the head absently. "Get it down, and then we can talk."

It's like part of her is stuck in this cycle, one-foot in that compels her to act out the sequence, until it's interrupted by a clear and present flash of recognition. A spark of connection. 


Charles is dizzy, and almost sick. As he blinks, he finds himself in different times, places, bodies. As if he's teleporting into memories that are not his own, that aren't memories at all, but dimensions. His physical body is rigid, spine stiff on the stone bench overlooking the grassy courtyard still thick with overnight frost. An icy wind should chill him through his thin sweater, but he doesn't feel it. Not at all. Instead, he feels the warmth of steam bedew his cheeks. Hands that he knows are his own twitch around a spoon of tarnished silver.

Something rich tickles at his olfactory nerves, and his mouth waters. Propelled by his own conscience and something extraneous, Charles sips the warm coffee and swallows several spoonfuls of soup. Something with beans and potatoes, but the taste is mild, as if it's being described to Charles. At the same time, he can recognize that Edie can, in flashes, recognize that Charles, in his grey sweater, wool socks, and short stature is not her leonine son. "Thank you." His voice is warbled, echoing off as if they are in a stone cave and not a humble kitchen. "Let's talk, now. Please?"

"I wondered when you would come," she laughs a little. "Oh, what a world, hm? Both of us cursed with knowledge, tayer." She pats his hand, and he sees in her spirit the rousing of that ancient dragon once more. "I knew you would find this place, eventually. I've had this conversation a hundred times and I will have it hundreds more. Do you understand?" her eyebrows lift, expectant. And Charles thinks he might. She is a kin to Erik, with abilities opposing in duality yet cut from the same cloth. Physics, quantum mechanics. Linearity is meaningless, everything has happened already and will happen again.

“I do,” he replies, and whether or not Edie is actually touching his hand or not does not matter, for he felt her warm palm against the cold of his own skin. “You’ve been waiting for me.” Charles looks around, and the kitchen skids into view as his eyes absorb the space. “Why?”

Erik's memories of the place are a lot kinder than the reality, with the whole area no bigger than a single room, a kitchen and a living space packed with as much of their stuff as they'd been able to take and much more that they couldn't having been appropriated aside. While Edie does her best to make it livable, to shield her family, it's only getting worse. Soon they'll have to deal with Sherer's thugs, and the price is far too high. Charles can see the tomato plants behind her, seedlings and bits of green onion sprouts nurtured in small cardboard boxes along the ledges.

"I suppose you're a linchpin," she smiles, gentle. "A person or event that makes enough ripples in the gestalt to bend its fabric around. Like a gravity well. See, you can take a little tablecloth and a marble, and drop the marble onto the cloth. What do you think happens? The marble is important enough to bend the cloth." 

“Seems we both might be linchpins, if you put it that way,” Charles agrees, and then chews his lip thoughtfully. “The three of us are,” he corrects. Himself, Edie, and Erik. Edie isn’t alive, Charles knows that, but somehow, a shred of her existence has remained in the temporal plane, inside Erik’s head. Not a memory, but living amongst them.

"There is much that I would tell you," she says very seriously. "How much or how little... I leave to you. But a warning all the same. You are on the precipice of war, dear-heart. There will be immensity of joy and sorrow both. The loss will feel immeasurable. The gains difficult. Oh, listen to me. I sound like a charlatan." She laughs a bit, lilting and melodious. "Everything which happens, as brutal and devastating as it can be, is part of a cyclic sequence." It's not difficult to deduce where Erik's searing intellect originates, for as in memory she is a mother, but in life she speaks with shrewd determination. Watchful, protective. A cast-off implanted here, now, across a vast chasm. "It has happened before. It will happen again. Some of it is random, meaningless. Some isn't. You will have to decide, tayer." 

It’s incredible, Charles realizes, that this version of Erik’s mother, some temporal echo, living inside of his head, has extended him more warmth and comfort than his own mother ever has. In a way, it makes him feel grateful, grateful that there exist souls like this, who truly love others, but it also saddens him, too. Why must the good be lost while the rotten take everything for themselves? “History is a cycle,” Charles agrees, smiling at the woman sadly. “And you can see what’s to come.” It’s not a question; Charles understands what Edie can do. “Are you allowed to give me advice? Or will that ruin things?”

It's not lost on Charles that the impetus for her arrival is directly in the wake of his musings on Sharon - a piece of her that Erik had wished to extend, without realizing that it's far more than just a tinged memory. "Oh, this isn't a storybook, tayer. I can tell you everything, if you wish. What I know may not come to pass. It may be altered, the tides changed. It may torment you beyond reckoning, and pull you from your life. That, I don't wish." She nudges the bowl across the table, adding a small cube of sugar to his cup to hide the stale, acrid sourness of tepid beans.

"Erik loves you. Yes, I always knew," she huffs sadly. "I told him to be mindful, but a mother always knows. You are family, boychik." It's an easy proclamation, but the truth of it shimmers along the threads and cords that wind around Charles and Erik both, inseparable. "There will come a time, though," she says, and there's something dark and vengeful about the shuttered expression that befalls her. "Where you will need to call on me again. Find me in this place, and I will come to your aid. Do not forget."

Suddenly, Charles’s heart feels heavy. Erik loves you. If life were perfect, they would be having this conversation in a real kitchen. He and Erik could love each other openly, and he and Edie could laugh fondly together, bonded over their affection for her son. It wouldn’t even matter that Sharon is cruel, hateful, judgmental; Edie isn’t. She would be more than enough, and they would be lucky to have her. But, life is harsh. It would be easier if the world was spiteful. It’s not. Instead, it’s utterly indifferent to good and evil, right and wrong, anguish and joy. Indifference cannot be reasoned with, it just is. Charles always knew this, but now, the reality of it burrows a hole in his heart.

“I love him, too,” Charles says softly. “With everything I have. Whatever is to come…it won’t change that.” He says it confidently, because he believes it, but her solemn warning leaves a quaver in his stomach. “I’ll be back. And I’ll look after him,” he promises with a sad smile. “But I should go. Thank you.” And with that, Charles pulls himself out of the center of Erik’s soul and lands in his body, which is now limp against the wall behind him, on the balcony once more.


The spring morning clouded over while Charles was away and is now releasing thick droplets of rain atop them. His sweater is soaked through and beads of water drip from the ends of his hair and onto Erik’s forehead. The rain is icy, but Charles finds it hard to move his legs, so he remains seated on the bench, wordless.

"Charles," comes Erik's voice, panic-laden. His fingers spread across Charles's face, patting at him, a bolt of fear lancing through. He'd gone abruptly unconscious, leaving Erik to try and wake him with little success. When he rouses, the relief is palpable, and he hugs Charles to him, a small shield suffusing outward to bend the rain around them and warm them from the inside.

“I’m here,” he replies, but his voice sounds foreign, distant, even to himself. Eyes flutter open to a day that feels too bright, despite its grey pallor. As the world around him snaps into focus, Charles finds the wherewithal to grip Erik’s wet shirt. Palpable. Real. This is real, but so was that. Not memory, or figment, but real. “Oh, my sweater is wet,” he says, as if it’s his greatest concern. “Let’s go inside and change, mm?”

Erik nods, concern at the forefront of his being. His sweater ruffles a little as Erik dries it for him, but shepherds him back inside all the same. "Where did you go?" he whispers, rubbing at his back idly. It's clear he has no comprehension of the temporal mine-field inside of him, only that Charles had abruptly vanished from his perception without warning.

Charles follows Erik inside, and as he walks, he feels more steady in his body, grounded in his head. Their surroundings feel cold and unforgiving compared to the warm interior of Erik’s psyche, and Charles eagerly tears off his sweater once they’re in his room, despite its newfound dryness. He sits at the edge of his bed, shirtless, unsure of what to say. “What did you see?” he asks finally, raising his eyes to meet Erik’s own. “I was telling you about my mother, and then what did you do?

Erik sits down with him, drawing him into a one-armed hug. Skin-to-skin, touching at his hair and the nape of his neck. "I..." he sounds somewhat embarrassed, ducking his head. I wanted you to- he grimaces, finding it sounds quite outlandish aloud, even if he doesn't use words. But because Charles can feel it, not just see it like a movie. He had wanted Charles to feel, just for a moment, a little of what he should have so long ago. From a real mother, one who he has the utmost confidence would have loved Charles as much as her own son. "Please, forgive me," he rasps. "I did not intend to cause offense."

“Oh, darling,” Charles whispers. He places a gentle kiss on the crown of Erik’s head. He leans into the man’s chest, wanting to be enveloped in Erik’s ropy frame. “Thank you. She’s wonderful. I am honored to have met her.” A small shiver runs through him as he thinks of the small room again, enlivened and electrified. “But, do you realize that she isn’t…it’s not just her memory. Do you realize that?”

Erik blinks a few times, trying to parse what Charles has said like a computer which doesn't understand an inputted command. Repeating it to himself twice, thrice, doesn't yield further elucidation. "How do you - mean? What else would it be?"

 “Think about it,” Charles encourages, gripping Erik’s good hand. “Certain memories of her feel like memories, don’t they? But others—when you go to that place in your head—do they feel different, to you?”

"I-I-" Erik stutters, eyes wide and unseeing. He nods a little at the question. "I used to think she was a ghost," he scrubs the metal and fabric filaments of his cast down his cheeks, leaving harsh indents on his own skin. "But ghosts aren't real. It is not real," he assures Charles gently.

Charles is quiet for a moment. Is it fair, to tell Erik this? To disrupt the illusion? Yes…Erik should know. It’s his mother, his memory. He has a right to be aware. And maybe, it will bring him comfort to know that she’s still there. “Ghosts aren’t real, no,” Charles agrees, and then takes Erik’s braced hand as well so that he’s holding both. “That’s not what she is, darling. Your mother…she was like us. One of us. Your gifts come from her. What lives in you is not a ghost, but a piece of her. She’s still in there, with you.”


"Co ty mówisz?" Erik gasps a little, quite dusted over as the bowling balls of realization slam heavily down into his fractured mind. "To nieprawda," he murmurs to himself, rocking a little back and forth in a self-soothing motion. "To nieprawda, ona zobaczy wszystko i nie mogę-" he's firing off to himself in rapid Polish, the edges of thought too tumultuous for Charles to grasp completely. Erik turns on him in a few seconds and demands wildly, "widzisz ją? Co mówisz do niej?"

"Erik." Charles grasps the man's hands more tightly, forcing eye contact. Charles doesn't speak Polish, of course, but he can vaguely grasp the distress both from the tenor of his voice and the imagery. Fear, shame, desperation; they all tumble together to form a ball of something that Charles can't quite understand. "Darling, hey." He won't encourage Erik to relax, to calm down, because he has a right to be upended by this information, doesn't he? "English, please. I'll tell you whatever you want to know."

Charles can feel it as something akin to an invisible hand descends from the top of Erik's mind and forcefully shoves everything back and down. The only movement is his eyes in rhythmic nystagmus, and breathing. "You met her?" he finally says, running fingertips along Charles's collarbone and down his spine. He is real, he is all that matters. Nothing else is important. Nothing else. "Spoke with her?" How curious. He had, more than anything, been overcome with a terrible urge that they could encounter one another. How sorrowful that they would never interact. And yet, like a mad sheyd granting cursed wishes, such horrendous desires are made manifest. "How? How is it possible? What did you say?"

Charles removes his hands from Erik's own and wraps the man in a tight hug. Erik needs grounding, Charles can sense, and he feels guilty for disrupting Erik so. "I did," Charles says, nearly rocking Erik in his arms. Outside his window, the rain thrashes, mirroring the torrent within Erik's heart, mind. "I don't know exactly how it's possible, but her mutation may have made it so that she's able to traverse through time, in a way. The memories that you have of her in that place, my darling...they're not memories. That's her. We didn't speak much; she warned me that there are tough times ahead for both of us, and that we will be faced with difficult choices. But, you know that, don't you? Because she's there within you, love. You can communicate with her, too. She's there, waiting. Always with you."

"Time travel?" he repeats, stunned. "Then - you are serious. How -? How does it work? Do you know?" he doesn't know whether to be horrified, or laugh himself silly, or desperately fascinated with the scientific prospects. He tries to latch onto this - something he can understand. "Does she know things? Now? Is there -? Is she existing then, and she is perceiving us in the future?" Both eyebrows are arched. He's practically babbling, he knows.

“I don’t know how it works,” Charles answers, rubbing circles into Erik’s back. There’s a lot that he could have asked, in hindsight, but maybe a part of him feels that it’s Erik right to learn about this first. “She said that the future changes like the tides. Different decisions are made, different futures made possible. Time isn’t linear, as we know.” Charles leans in, pecking a kiss against Erik’s temple. “She said that there will come a time when I need her again, and I’m to come to her. In there.”

Erik is curled up close, a humorous sight to behold as his octopus-body in all its long-limbed glory wraps around him physically as much as mentally. He should have had someone like her, he thinks to himself, not intending for Charles to hear, but unbothered all the same. Fate, a cruel trickster that their families weren't the inverse. Someone who cared. Who loved him. Not a brute or a bully or a hateful wretch.

The rain pelts their window, all the clouds and their silver-linings dancing in the sky as Erik can't help but consider it thus. If Edith Eisenhardt is alive, somewhere - well, bringing home a man to his mother was never on the table, only now... if she's truly with him, she must know. Of course, he'd been too young to heed her gentle admonishment as a child - to be careful about love, to be careful about affection. Maybe she had known. Found his absurd little diary from adolescence proclaiming his desire to marry his best friend, and do away with finding a wife altogether.

Elie Kaczmarek is dead, now. Erik recalls turning over his body, mechanically divesting it of clothing and finding a pouch of cigarettes along the inside seam of his jacket. He smoked them all, and earned a beating for his troubles. Did ima know that, too? "In the future?" he whispers, still trying to wrap his mind around all of this. Then she must have knowledge, awareness. Not only of the past, but the present and the future as well. He grimaces, unable to keep the flinch off of his features.

Charles follows the winding thread of Erik's thoughts, and then a lump rises in his throat when they land. Ah, of course. He never considered what it—what they—would mean to their families. Erik's is dead, and Charles's is dead to him. Raven, due to the nature of her mutation, has always understood that bodies, genders, lives cannot be so cleanly hemmed in by the lines that have been established by statutes and laws, and their compatriots here have all grown accustomed to their union. Those who were surprised by it at first now pay it no regard; it is obvious that Charles and Erik nurture a deep affection for each other, and far be it from them to openly scrutinize.

Mothers, though, are different. "In the future," Charles agrees, rubbing a hand down Erik's muscular thigh. "She told me that I was family now, Erik." A small smile, personal satisfaction. "And she knows that you and I love one another. I think...mm, she seemed pleased, to see that you have someone. And that someone has you."

He reaches up to spread his fingers out across Charles's jaw, leaning forward to follow it with a dust of kisses. There's so much whirling up inside of him that it's impossible to separate the threads from the raucous hurricane. "She isn't angry with me?" he rasps, and clears his throat when he realizes he's said it aloud. Of course, he doesn't mean for being with Charles. His own mother defied the expectations of her family by choosing Iakov. He was dark, and different. He didn't speak Polish or Yiddish, his minhag dissimilar. And neither were they immune to the follies of bigotry. Somehow, he knows that much would have been well.

Perhaps the scandal would be more that he wasn't Jewish, but as far as religious observances went, they were a modern family. Not so far as to be assimilated, but just-about. They spoke Polish at home, Edith held a job as a secretary and wore her hair down after marriage. Erik's thoughts ping-pong across one another, an abacus of hyper-dense matter. No, he thinks. Her anger would not be for Charles, who is nothing-but-kind. Rather, for Erik. A furious resentment that he did not protect Ruth. That he couldn't move the coin, or dissolve their bullets mid-air. That he couldn't save her. That he remained weak, and pitiful, for years.

He does his best to set it aside. It isn't fair to ask such things.

“I sensed no anger,” Charles promises. Apprehension, sure, and fear. Something dark in her presence, but that could be the nature of her very existence. Fractured from time, defying physics. Some darkness is expected. “You feel guilt,” Charles deduces. “But it’s unwarranted. You were just a boy when you lost them; when they were taken from you. It should never be the responsibility of a boy to extract the mercy of someone who is, in fact, merciless. You must know that, even if you can’t believe it just yet. Your mother does.”

It draws a smile from Erik, who lays his cheek next to Charles's, relishing the warmth. Charles, and his patient insistence on Erik's goodness, never fails to draw a sensation quite like his chest is expanding to make room for a heart suddenly too-big. On an intellectual level, he knows what is being said, but he expects that no amount of logic can detangle the annihilating spikes. He, who has the power to stop the Earth spinning on its axis, yet did nothing.

Instead, he draws his focus to an earlier statement, eyes creased fondly. There is heaviness, darkness to be sure, but knowing that somewhere, Edie is able to love Charles, to tell him as much - how many spend endless years longing for such an opportunity, to speak to those lost once more? Schmidt was wrong. Rage and pain, such as that which exists in Sayid, are powerful anchors for mutant ability. But not for him. It takes meeting Charles, before he truly comprehends the scope of his own power. And still, he learns more each day, as their connection deepens further beyond.

"I am so happy," he murmurs softly. "That she could tell you for herself. That you could know that way."

Gently, Charles pulls them both down so that they’re laying on his bed, the fluffy duvet pillowing around their bodies. He twines their arms together and turns to observe Erik’s face. There are striking similarities between Erik and his mother; the sharp green eyes, the slant of his nose, the broad eyebrows. When he smiles, his cheeks crease in the same place. “I am, too,” Charles whispers in return, pushing fingers through the soft curls of Erik’s hair. He’s overcome, suddenly, with joy, warmth, comfort. “Thank you for sharing her with me. I’m so glad that she’s still here, with us. With you.

Charles's fingertips through his hair never fail to induce a shiver where they pass over a small spot behind his ears, sliding across a latch that dissolves the tension briefly made home in his shoulders as they slowly relax. "I hope that you know," he says, splaying his palm out across Charles's chest and settling on his abdomen, a thumb stroking at the skin there, "how very cherished you are, to me." He's not one for bold, verbal proclamations. He has made them, but they're uncomfortable. As though someone will show up and snatch Charles away from him should they know the full extent of his feeling. But it seems important, now, to say. Not everyone gets the opportunity to say what they need to, before the callousness of life renders them razed. He never wants Charles to have any doubt, how important he is. How necessary, and special.

Charles smiles softly, content to lie there, hands and limbs together, with Erik. This, he decides, is what love should be. Comfortable silences, inherent trust. Nothing feels forced or transactional; they act and speak because they want to act and speak, not because they feel obligated. He's read about love like this, witnessed it in other people, but he's also aware of just how many people on this earth remain married to a partner out of duty. Resentment builds, people grow unhappy. What he has with Erik is not that. How could it be?

Two men must risk so much to be together, and that they're willing to do so says everything. "You are everything, Erik. My north star." He thinks of Edie's warning. Is she worried about the two of them? Worried about how they will fare? It's hard to know if she's concerned about their union as two men or whether she fears that the gauntlet ahead of them will force them apart. "Are you worried?" he asks Erik; perhaps his own conscience has absorbed some of his mother's apprehension. "About us? The future?"

Erik nods. "Very much so," he says honestly. Erik has many flaws, but it's very rare for him to lie outright. "I worry what will happen all the time. I try not to. It is just anxiety, you know. What is broken in me makes it difficult to focus on just the present. I worry that such experiences might befall you, or the others. I worry you might finally grow too weary of my politics." This is more or less a joke, but it is within the realm of plausibility. "Or that perhaps it will be too hard for you to endure my brand of insanity indefinitely. I saw how hard it was on my mother, living with my father. He had a type of war neurosis, as well. He would yell, thrash, throw things. Drink a lot. He wasn't a bad man by any means, but it was difficult on us. I don't want to be that way and worry about becoming so. I worry all the time, yes. Not about love, but all the rest."

Charles nods, eyes fluttering shut. "Romance novels and films have fooled so many into believing that love is enough to sustain a relationship. It's far more complicated than that, isn't it? So many more things are needed than love." It's difficult for Charles to conjure an example; his mother and father never loved each other. Their marriage was, more or less, arranged. She comes from nobility, he came from unfathomable wealth. But, he's a logical man, and it's silly to think that love is all that is ever needed to keep two people happy. "You're not the only one with flaws, Erik. I have plenty myself; we all do. I struggle to envision a future in which you're drinking and throwing things, but if that comes, I will be there to help you through the difficult times." He thinks about the addiction that his mother has, the heritable quality of addiction itself. "I don't imagine a perfect world ahead of us, but I do imagine you at my side, in every iteration."

"I know," Erik murmurs, touching Charles's face. "I do not say it to be cruel. But I know your flaws. They are inconsequential, to me. No matter what happens, Charles. You must know that I am your ally, and your friend. No matter what. Even if some day we seem to be opposing," he adds, gentle. As their lives grow ever more complex, he does have to wonder if they can sustain the institute as it is now, and he knows Charles objects to many of the ideas that he believes are essential to their survival as a species. But this is one thing he can promise.

"You will never be my enemy, Charles. Nor my adversary. I think that must be what love is," he adds with a soft huff. "To know someone entirely, and accept them for it all. Not just to ignore it or pretend otherwise." He traces Charles's cheek once more. "You have shown me inordinate kindness and patience. I only hope to be able to do a fraction as much in return." Leaning forward, he presses a kiss to the sensitive mien of Charles's temple.

There are still so many pieces of himself that he's working on, parts that even Charles isn't privy to. His gentle intrusion into Erik's mind features forefront, mixed with an incalculable swirl of complex emotions tangled up in millions of wrapping shards. He suspects that Charles could do anything to him, and it wouldn't destroy that in him which is singularly devoted. It's unconditional, without expectation. Some of it is secretive, hidden away even amongst the mirrors and reflective filaments.

But all of it together is clear. Charles has made a friend of Erik, and it goes well beyond infatuation or honeymoon idolatry.

Chapter 13: They sing out all their hymns more eagerly.

Chapter Text

"You don't know all my flaws," Charles corrects lightly. Erik, Charles knows, only knows this version of him, the one that's excited, determined, in love. Maybe he has already seen Charles's tendencies toward pigheadedness, frustrating idealism, and, as Raven so kindly puts it, "the worst case of know-it-all disease the world has ever seen." Yes, that's all real, and it's tempered by his current desire for diplomacy and wide appeal, and it makes Charles's flaws perhaps seem more like quaint idiosyncrasies than fatal flaws. "Sometimes I wish that we could have a 'normal life'," Charles admits quietly, lazy as he continues to stroke Erik's chest.

"It's not what we've chosen, and I wouldn't choose differently, but a part of me wants what other people are creating. All those suburbs that they're building everywhere...cookie cutter homes, neighborhood barbecues, school performances, road trips to all the National Parks. Maybe one day, two people like you and I will be able to have that." Charles smiles sadly. It's a far-off future, if that future exists at all, he knows. "I used to vow that I would be a very present father to my own children. No nannies or anything of that sort. I'd drive them to school, tuck them into bed, hold them while they were sick. I vowed that they would never be afraid of me, or feel that I didn't know them. Maybe I won't ever be a father in that way, now, but I hope to extend that same care to our students, however many we end up with."

It brings a grimace to Erik's face, as he considers Charles's words. There's a lot he wants to say, trapped behind an endless quagmire of uncertainty. "You should know," he says softly. "There is no evidence of this," he adds beforehand. "Beyond what I know and what I feel. It might not make any sense," he warns. He looks up, doing his best to catch Charles's eyes, as though steadying him for what he's about to say. It doesn't come right away, though. As if aware how patently absurd it will sound.

Charles glances at Erik when the pause grows more pregnant, shooting a brow upward. "Darling, I can read minds, and you can see things at the quantum level. Nothing about us makes sense. Go on."

"I may have biological children, somewhere," he just says it, blunt. "I was liberated at twenty. There is a lot that happened which makes me suspect this is the case. Genetic samples were taken - a lot of them. There was a clear focus on producing a superior mutant caste. At the time I thought it was nonsense. Why me? I wasn't even a mutant. Of course -" his smile is sardonic.

The abruptness of the statement takes Charles aback for a moment, and then, from the corners of his own mind, he's treated to a vision of miniature versions of Erik running about the courtyard. They all have the same stony face, serious expression, and square jaw. He begins to chuckle to himself, but the chuckle then rises in his chest until it tumbles out of him in a peal of laughter. It's not funny—it's not at all; if there are children out there, being help hostage somewhere, treated as experiments, then they must find them, of course, but the entire notion adds a layer of intense complexity to their situation that all Charles can do is laugh. "What an absolutely horrific thing," Charles laughs, wiping tears from his eyes. "To think that there are children being bred for such a purpose. We ought to look for them. Get them safe, if they're unsafe. Your children, Erik, my goodness..."

"I know," he winces a little. "Believe me, I have tried. I will keep trying, and -" he clears his throat a bit. "If they are mutants, perhaps Cerebro will be able to locate them where I failed. If they exist at all," he warns. "It might be paranoia, but -" he taps his chest. "But they are from me. I feel them, out there. Somewhere. I can only hope that they were adopted, but they would be Roma, what you call gypsies. They didn't have an easy time after the war, and their community is not open to outsiders. Magda - that was her name." It's seeming less like a far-fetched fantasy the longer he explains his reasoning, even able to provide the identity of the woman who would be their mother. "Forgive me, I certainly did not intend to upset you," he frames Charles's cheek, concerned by his reaction. "I wish it were less plausible."

"I would trust your intuition about these types of things more than most," Charles reasons, lifting a hand to stroke a thumb along Erik's fingers. "Forgive my laughter; I did not mean to make light of this in any way. It's simply overwhelming, the size of our task before us. I'm certain that you were not the only one who was used to sire offspring against their will. But, we should take quick action to find them. If they're living happily with their mother, then we have no business interrupting that—unless you wish to have a relationship with them." It's truly absurd, Charles knows, because Erik hadn't so much as kissed another before the two of them had met. The extent of his mistreatment grows vaster each day. "They would be quite young, yes?"

"Yes," Erik inclines his head. "No more than ten or so, presuming a logical timeline." Charles's earlier statements replay in his mind, unwound like tape strands. "If - we could find them, I would wish to. I have very little business being a parent, but I would try. I did not mean to drop this on you," he laughs a little himself, understanding. "But you spoke of it, and - someday it might happen, that I do find them. For what it is worth, I think you are an excellent guardian, and the children here are lucky to have you."

Charles chuckles blithely, still riveted to the core by this news. “I suppose you and I won’t be sitting together holding hands as we watch them play little league, but I think that we can provide children with a good, happy life here. So long as we can protect them from prying agencies and sinister hands.” A grimace, now. “Speaking of…we’d best get to work preparing for our guests, shouldn’t we? MacTaggert and Haller may arrive at any moment.”

"To my everlasting consternation," Erik taps him on the nose. All he really wishes to do is stay here, cocooned away from the realities of the world. He doesn't suppose they can conduct such a visit from the warmth of their cozy bed, but one can dream. He gently draws Charles up and finds him a shirt, buttoning it deftly for him with one hand whilst peering down at him enigmatically. "The world waits for no one, hm?" he murmurs, fond.

"Evidently not," Charles replies, stock still as Erik dresses him. Once he's presentable, he guides Erik toward the vanity and shoves him into the chair before it. "Your hair is a nest," he declares as he plucks his comb from a drawer. The rain and subsequent hour spent lying against their pillows has made Erik's wavy hair mat against the back of his head. Though Erik can detangle it without so much as a glance, Charles appreciates the opportunity to prolong their domestic fantasy for just a moment longer. He begins to work his comb through the tangles, slow and meticulous. "If only you'd let me style you every day," Charles muses, nodding toward Erik's simple clothing. "I'd have you looking a proper gentleman, mm?"

"It is not!" Erik squeaks as he's manhandled into the chair. "And you would not," he turns and practically smirks, wolfish. "You like my jeans, you liar."

"Only because you're in them and I'm biased. If you let me dress you properly, you'd look the spitting image of Clark Gable. Do you know how many would kill for your looks, Lehnsherr? Such a shame that you waste them in jeans." Charles quips back, and then promptly turns Erik's head back toward the mirror. "Sit still."

It's unfair, how even this manages to cause a light flush at the base of his neck to creep upward. "Yes, well. Says he, Michelangelo's inspiration himself," Erik snorts back, dry. He dutifully holds himself still, with Charles knowing full well he's the only one who could ever dare to fuss over Erik this way without being boiled alive by the resulting death glare. "I could always skip the jeans," he waggles his brows. "Give you a good seducting." This is who you love, Charles.

Charles smirks to himself as he runs the tines of his comb through Erik's hair, working against the snags. "Now that would make a good impression with the CIA. Show them what value you bring, mm? Better than them thinking that you're some James Dean character with those jeans of yours. They're perfect for miners and cowboys, but to wear in public?" Charles shakes his head in faux disapproval. "Maybe I ought to keep you locked upstairs from now on."

"So you are saying I do make a good bed-warmer," Erik laughs, a veritable twinkle in eyes far brighter than they have any reason to be, given the circumstances. It's difficult to put his finger on, except that - even with everything happening, the revelations and horrors and fear unknown, he feels lighter somehow. All of it is paltry when faced with the defining feature of their existence, faced together and not apart.

The comb struggles a bit with Erik's hair, a point of contention for anyone who had the misfortune of trying to look after it. Erik usually did little more than ensure it doesn't look a rat's nest, resolutely refusing to buzz it or straighten it, a small rebellion from a youth where such features were derided with malice. It's almost borderline too-long for a man, but Erik resists anything approaching a haircut fastidiously.

Not to say he doesn't care for his appearance, sometimes spending a little more time than strictly necessary in front of the mirror in what Charles has called vanity, darling - but what can he say? It's not a crime to want to look good, especially now that he has someone to try for. He'll rue the day before he ever shows up in a suit, though.

"An excellent one," Charles agrees. He relishes the closeness, the trust that has emerged between the two of them. He can't believe that it was only a year ago that he and Erik met up in that bar, near strangers challenging each other in the name of intellectual debate. Erik, with his leather jacket and jeans and Charles, dressed as he always has. The stoic, impenetrable man now sits in his bedroom, laughing as he allows Charles to groom him, like a doting partner. "Alright." Charles runs his fingers once more through Erik's wavy tresses before placing his hands on his shoulders. "Mildly presentable," he declares.

It's only Charles that ever could have discovered Erik's folly in this arena, when it comes to having his hair played with, he practically purrs with eyes closed and peeks up when he finishes at last, sluggish in relaxation. It's a softness Charles hadn't originally anticipated, from that very first debate at Aoife's, when hardened features forgot themselves as he began to slowly comprehend Charles's perspective. It's not to say that he's changed, per se, but rather that most weren't in possession of such senses to realize he's always held a devastating weakness for kindness and gentleness. Trust for him is not a feeling, rather a series of probabilities marked by consistency over time.

"Shtok," he gripes and tugs Charles forward by his collar to kiss him, beset by the urge expanding within him and it melts outward, pelting Charles's consciousness like raindrops. It's lingering, and ends with his forehead pressed to Charles's brow.

Charles laughs softly as they kiss. He wishes that it could be like this forever, he leaned over Erik, foreheads together, expressing pure, wordless, comfortable affection for each other over the bridge of their telepathic connection. How pleasant a life of this would be. Lighthearted arguments, laughter. It's a shame that they're not allowed to just be this, a pair of people simply content in mutual company. "Alright, James Dean," he murmurs in Erik's ear. "Time to batten down the hatches."

Erik shivers a little, a pleasant burst of tingling nerves washing over him at Charles's words in that particular cadence so close. It's absurd how easily Charles undoes him, or perhaps in the wake of a brain freshly re-scrambled. That voice does things to him. "Careful," he rumbles back, low. "Lest we never leave this room."

"I'm already beyond tempted," Charles admits, and then reluctantly stands upright to place some distance between their lips, their heads. He extends his hands downward to help Erik stand, where he peaks at a full head-height above Charles. After one last kiss, Charles drops Erik's hands. and straightens his own appearance, forcing himself back into the role that he has carved for himself over the past year. "I'll check on Hank and make sure that he's taking adequate precautions," he says, and his voice is now that of Dr. Xavier, the public face of their fledgling operation. "You may want to speak with Sayid. He remains unconvinced of our position."

"I'll try," Erik murmurs softly. "We shall see what comes, and make a decision from there. I expect they'll want us on some team or another, which I am not sanguine about in the slightest," Erik mutters darkly. He gives Charles's shoulder a squeeze before slowly separating from him, ducking into his external visage of stern protector as easily as Charles in his patterned cardigan manifests a kindly-scientist.


It doesn't take much longer before sure enough, later in the evening and after Erik has just put the finishing touches on dinner, does the doorbell ring. He ushers Jean and Aura outside into the lantern-lit courtyard, and warns Sayid and Izzy before opening the door to Moira and Gabrielle. "Well, this is swanky," says Moira in her typical gruff. "Mr. Lehnsherr, Dr. Xavier. Thank you for seeing us again," she moves to shake Erik's hand and fumbles as she realizes his right is encumbered by the brace, shifting awkwardly to accommodate. Under her arm is a light manila envelope.

"Dinner is available, if you would care to eat," Erik addresses at them both evenly.

The remainder of the day is spent ensuring that the manor portrays only the visage that they wish for it to portray. The majority of Hank's bespoke equipment and technology is removed and stored in the bomb shelter, which is located deep beneath the old groundskeeper's shed on the edge of the Xavier property line. The CIA, of course, already knows about Cerebro, but they hide just about everything else. Charles leaves Raven to coordinate with the FBI and Erik to speak with those on Izzy and Sayid's side as he spends the day using Cerebro.

The intervening year between his first use of the machine and today has seen Charles grow into the technology; where ten seconds under the helmet once sidelined him for an entire day, Charles can now spend hours upon hours in that chair. His telepathy, undoubtedly, has developed well beyond what it once was, but that power no longer overwhelms him to the point of incapacitation. No, he has learned to reign it in, to flex it like a muscle. Prolonged periods with Cerebro certainly wear him out, but he can handle it, now. And he does; by the time he joins Erik int he foyer to greet their guests, he's bone tired but able to collect himself well enough that only a keen observer might detect an ounce of sluggishness.

"It certainly smells nice," Gabrielle comments as the women are lead to the dining room.

"Erik is our resident chef," Charles comments lightly. "Keeps us all well-fed." Hank and I have recalibrated Cerebro to only display locations that I allow, Charles communicates to Erik as he helps him carry the dinner plates to the table. If we don't want them to see something, they won't see it.

That's good to hear, says Erik in return. Izzy, Janos and Sayid are still highly skeptical, but I've impressed upon them the importance of diplomatic overtures. My promises only extend so far, however. If they show they're willing to put us at risk - he doesn't finish the statement, but it's clear. These people trust him, he's not going to lie to them. If the CIA force his hand, Erik will respond in kind. Erik sets the table, freely using his mutation to assist given that it's absurd to presume they don't know the full extent of his abilities. He eyes the documents under Moira's arm skeptically, and she sets them on the table.

"A show of good will," she explains, tucking in to what looks like aloo matar and pakora with gusto. "This is everything the CIA has on you, your residents here, and -" Charles can tell that she's genuinely hesitating. "And, why don't we eat dinner, first, yeah?" she decides. There's a storm on the way, Charles can feel it.

I know. We will do what we can to avoid such a conflict. Or, Charles will, at least. He hates this feeling of cool detente; both parties aware that one toe out of line will result in bloodshed, and irreparable relationships. The CIA is vaster, but their coalition has power. Charles can only hope that the fear of retribution keeps both parties off of their triggers. The sight of the envelope, however, turns Charles's stomach.

"Let's eat," Charles agrees, taking his seat at the head of the table, Erik to his right. He's only one bite in before he decides that he can't help himself, and he clears his throat. "You know, I'm no psychologist," he begins, tone amiable. "But I do know something or another about the way the human brain works." An apologetic smile. "Over the years, I've come to discover that when human beings are treated like fugitives—when their privacy is invaded and their whereabouts are tracked, I mean—they begin to act like fugitives." Charles speaks conversationally, as if he's discussing the latest bit of celebrity gossip, but the message could not be more pointed. "And frankly, I find it a bit unjust that mere suspicion is deputized into action, agents. For I highly doubt that all of my residents have conducted themselves in a way to warrant the collection of a file documenting their behavior."

"You're going to have to get accustomed to it, Doctor," Moira replies seriously. "Man, this is good. What is this?" she speaks with her mouth full, completely without regard to propriety. She swallows before forging onward, poking her fork at Charles. "You're asking us to play fair, I get it. You know, just the other day, I dealt with a case where a man blew up a bank teller. Snapped his fingers, boop. Blood and bits, everywhere. Really grizzly stuff." She continues eating, unbothered.

"Forgive me, but I didn't realize that people with mutations are the only ones with the capacity to blow others up," Charles replies cordially, a smile stretching across his lips. "It's news to me that all of those scientists and military personnel who repurposed the Marshall Islands for their blowing up trials were all mutants! Isn't that something, Erik? Every person involved in perfecting the art of blowing people up out in New Mexico was a mutant, too? In Japan? In Nevada, right now, as you and I dine on these most marvelous fritters—I must say, Erik, you've outdone yourself—all mutants?" Charles's eyebrow quirks upward. "Or, does state-sanctioned blowing up differ morally from the other types? If it does, Agent MacTaggert, you must tell me about it."

If looks could kill, Moira would be dead in her seat. Erik is watching her, and finally he makes a move to pluck up the file from the table, unraveling the wire holding it closed. "There isn't a lot in there," she tells them. "Names, dates, government records. What we could find. But, like we said, we are here asking for help," she plods steadfastly on, ignoring Charles's outburst. "You have our word that those files are the only known copies, and they're yours," she adds. "Even if you decide not to help us. But I think you'll want to help."

"And what would cause you to think this?" Erik asks, barely above a hiss.

"It really shouldn't be me doing this," Moira sighs, shaking her head. "You deserve an actual advocate, and lawyers, and all of that good stuff. But we don't have the time, and we don't have the luxury. Look, you haven't noticed that Agent Haller is a bit of an unusual choice for a CIA operative?"

They're off to a poor start, Charles realizes, and decides to stop his cloying. No, it isn't fair, that they're being treated this way, but they will continue to be if Charles gives them reason to. His threatening smile falls away then, turning to glance at Gabrielle. She's the quieter of the two, but Charles can hear a razor-sharp mind whirring behind the measured facade. Her smile is pleasant, but knowing. Challenging. "I find it curious that the CIA recruits foreign nationals, indeed," Charles admits.

Gabrielle raises a knowing brow. "Global security transcends manmade borders, Dr. Xavier," she offers.

Erik goes very still as he finally understands what Moira is telling him, eyes locked on his from across the table. "You're not with the CIA," he murmurs to Gabrielle at last. And that only means one thing. She is here because of the extradition clause. His blood runs cold.

"Good, ten points for Lehnsherr," Moira snorts. "Our target is here, in New York. We'd like to use your device, your Cerebro, to narrow down their location and assign you both to the team responsible for apprehending them."

"Absolutely not," Erik growls. For the first time that Charles has ever heard, his voice raises, projecting a wall of force that knocks over several spoons and cups onto the floor. "Absolutely not."

"If we had another choice, we would not be having this conversation. We could put twenty or thirty men on a team, if we were willing to execute them, Erik." Her tone is a lot less arrogant, more aware of the human cost of her request.

"And you do not consider you are signing the death warrant of every person you task with this objective. That you are asking me to place my home, my family, my friends, in danger. To do your job."

"We will train you. We will be there with you."

"It doesn't matter!" Erik bangs his good hand on the table, gaze burning viciously.

"Don't you want to get him? Don't you want justice to be done?"

"Were you relying on some fantasy of vengeance, Agent? There is none. I refuse to be part of this. I will not put these children in harm's way."

"You know I am right," she speaks to Charles, hoping to G-d that he would act as the voice of reason. "You know that you're the only people who can do this with a minimum of casualties."

Charles has never before felt Erik’s stress rise to this level. Usually adept at schooling his emotions toward more measured assessments, the tsunami drowning Erik’s psyche right now exhibits incredible force. Like a reflex, Charles is there, alongside Erik in his head, immediately extending a suggestion of comfort. It doesn’t land, though; Erik is too distressed, and Charles will not overstep and force him to calm down. It takes only a few moments before Charles understands what the group is taking about. Dr. Schmidt, the monster responsible for it all…he’s here. The CIA wants them to pursue him, to assist in his capture.

“You are asking for much, much more than assistance,” Charles says at last, voice hard, authoritative. A hand is on Erik’s thigh. “Erik is right; this is unjust.”

Gabrielle simply nods. “Yes, of course it is. Yet, we ask regardless, for we have no other choice. The only people who can perform this task without incurring significant loss of life are in this building. You both know this.”

"You have no idea what you are talking about," he spits at last. "None."

"Trust me, we do. And I know we are the bad guys in this story. Do not get it twisted, we well know," says Moira, grim. "The idea of putting together a team comprised of his victims is as unpalatable to us as it is to you. But Shaw is worse."

"His name is Schmidt. Klaus Schmidt," Erik returns vehemently.

"We don't have the ability to stop him. We don't. We have no weapon that can affect him. Bombs, guns, useless. Psychological operations, meaningless. His telepath sees everything coming. We found one of them, turned her, but the other one is at his side. Every second we waste debating the matter he draws closer to his goal, which is as far as we can tell, widescale destruction of humanity to impose mutant rule over us all. So we ask you. Please, help us prevent this reality."

"This is not just about power," Erik says, shaking his head.

"We know what you can do. You and Charles both. You have the ability. We know you do or we wouldn't be here."

"No, I-proszę, nie zmuszaj mnie-"

Moira presses her lips together, sighing a little. This isn't her forté, and it's a primary reason she objected to this plan at Langley. "We won't force you to do anything. This is your decision. But I hope you will make the right one. Just think of all the people he has hurt, all the people who he will hurt in the future. You have more power than you think."

"No, you do not understand. You do not know anything. I am not like those men on television. They could face it, testify, all that. I am not like that. I might even betray you. I am weak, don't you understand?" Erik grits harshly. "What makes you think I won't join him?"

The question clearly takes Moira off-guard.

"Will you two please excuse us?" Charles is on his feet now, urging Erik to his own. "Erik and I clearly have much to discuss, and your cavalier attitude is a distraction."

 

Chapter 14: Thus I warn them, for their good,

Chapter Text

He ushers Erik from the room; somehow, they end up on the very same balcony that they stood on this morning. The rain has stopped but the sky is cloudy, the moon peeking eerily through the gloomy night. As soon as he's certain that the women are well out of earshot, Charles reaches up and places his hands on Erik's shoulders. "Darling...tell me. Talk to me. What are you thinking?"

Erik's head shakes several times. "I can't-I can't do this, Charles. I can't. To expose you to this, to bring this into our home-you can't possibly understand-" Erik feels all the air punch out of his body, dizzy and disconnected. Limbs without purchase. "He will take one look at you and know and he will kill you or make me kill you or do worse, there is always worse-" 

Charles's fingers dig into Erik's shoulders, hoping that the sharpness grounds him in his body a little better. His mind is frazzled, all of the neat corridors and stained-glass windows flooding, warping, overlapping. "You are stronger than he is," Charles urges Erik to remember. "We are stronger than he is, my love. You, me, our family here. He cannot do anything to us."

"No, no," Erik whispers, shaking his head again. "I'm not. I'm weak. I did everything he said, I obeyed him without question. I did everything. I never fought. I never tried. He killed her, I didn't even try," he wheezes. "I loved him. I did everything he wanted. If you see him, you will know, and you will never be able to look at me again."

"You were a boy, Erik," Charles reminds the man, forcing eye contact. "A child. I will never blame you or judge you or hold you accountable for something you did while enduring a nightmare more terrible than anyone can even hope to imagine. As a child." He gives Erik's shoulders a small shake. "You're not a child anymore, my love. You're strong. You don't have to listen to him anymore. He does not have power over you. We do not have to have anything to do with this mission if you choose, but you must realize that. He has no power over you, anymore."

"He will always have power over me!" explodes out of Erik before he can stop himself, and he gasps, a sound like a great metal structure careening into obliterated smithereens howling fiercely inside him. He doesn't mean to yell. He yelled, yelled at Charles. Remorse floods him, a sickly swamp of overwhelming horror. He barely registers it as his knees give out and he finds himself thudding to the ground, realizing what he's done.

The timbre of Erik’s voice is surprising. It carries through the night, splitting the serene silence at its core. Charles barely has time to recoil from it when Erik falls to the floor, however, and in seconds, he’s there, at his side, arms around him like a vice. “My love…my darling,” he murmurs. “I’m sorry. I’m so, so sorry. You shouldn’t have to go through this. This isn’t fair to you.“

Everything crashes into him at once. Every horrible iteration of losing Charles, every nightmare where Schmidt is standing at the corner of his bed with limp, icy eyes peering at him as though he were a particularly irritating fly. Pulling his wings off, melting him under glass. Every whispered croon and pat on the head and chocolate bar, every demented fantasy made reality etched onto him as a flashbulb captures light. Erik is shaking from head to toe, teeth chattering.

"He will hurt you. Hurt everyone. Always..." he makes a horrible choking sound in the back of his throat. He's lost, adrift in a cyclone of splintered memories slicing at him, ripping his skin off. Schmidt liked that. Peeling him open. "Er geniesst es zuzuschauen, es weh tun. Wir können nicht erlauben ihm--dummer kleiner Erik, wann wirst du lernen?--geh weg, bitte hör auf," he rasps, lacking conscious volition, staring straight into nothing.

It takes a few seconds for Charles to realize it's not Polish, or Yiddish. It's German.

The panic, increasing exponentially second-over-second, threatens to overwhelm them both. Charles has grown attuned to the various ways that the human brain copes with stress, and he can recognize unadulterated panic anywhere. The body becomes confused; the brain interprets stress as a physical threat and triggers the physiological mechanism behind the release of epinephrine. Erik, however, appears to be suffering from a panic-induced dissociation. His psyche feels fragmented, cleaved in a hundred pieces.

As a witness, Charles can only watch in horror as Erik’s mind, so meticulous and precise, tumbles into fear-laced chaos. “Calm.” With an expert touch, Charles wraps his own mind around Erik’s own. It’s difficult to prevent the panic from twisting his own thoughts, but he’s able to keep them separated. Like tea steeping in a mug of hot water, Charles forces calm to bleed into Erik’s brain. He manually shuts the valve of adrenaline and encourages norepinephrine to neutralize the flood.

It’s okay, Erik. My love, my darling, it’s okay. You’re safe here, with me. He can’t hurt you. Come back to me, sweetheart. Please.

The long moments between stability are agonizing, certain that Erik has entirely lost the plot and un-tilled the ground beneath his own feet in ripping, shrieking clumps of dirt under broken fingers.

As though a time-traveler himself, half of his body is anchored in another place. The hands touching him are someone else, the blue eyes gazing at him with such concern are instead cold and hard and dead. The petrichor of humid rain swamps his senses, rather septic and sterile. A fluorescent moon beating down from a sky closing in and in. He breathes loudly through his nostrils, the only sound in the wake of the shout that had drawn curious onlookers downstairs from their rooms, where Charles has shooed them away.

Cloistered in a private shroud of bending light and refractive colors, Charles's impetus takes a lifetime to root. Slowly, vision returns. Slowly, his teeth cease clacking together as his jaw eases up its visceral clench. Even on the ground, he dwarfs Charles considerably, and he's clutched him in a protective stance, bracing them against the onslaught that doesn't come. Pitiless razing mellows, a cup on the string of sweetheart and come back to me gradually drawing him into the present.

There's someone screaming, an inhuman wail that abruptly shuts off when Charles finally manages to complete the circuit, a raging cacophony of adrenaline sealed against the curtain.

A distant observer behind Erik's eyes watches with a muted curiosity as everything lowers into a fuzz. An eyebrow raised, head tilted like a scientist studying a slide under a microscope. "Charles," is the only thing he can make his mouth work to say, hoarse. The screaming. Was he screaming? Eyes darting about, he tries to make sense of his surroundings, everything coming in distorted blobs, too-vivid and too-bright to ascertain.

“Yes, it’s me.” The hand rubbing gentle circles into Erik’s hunched back feels like a paltry gesture toward comfort, but Charles continues to work it anyway. Never before had he borne witness to such intense terror; at least not from this proximity. It flits through his mind all the time as others experience it, but he’s usually far enough from the source that it feels like a suggestion rather than an experience. He finds that his own breath is shaky as he draws it in, but maintains an ironclad yoke around Erik’s brain.

It’s still upended, still chaotic, but it now resembles the aftermath of a hurricane rather than the hurricane itself.


The air feels eerily silent now. There’s a small chirrup of voices—undoubtedly their companions, confused by the sudden noise, but it’s easy to believe that those voices are mere imagination and nothing more. “Come here, don’t try to get up just yet.” His limbs feel ungainly as he sits backward on his bottom and extends his legs so that they’re outstretched on the stone balcony before him. He forces Erik to sit as well; for he had been doubled over on his knees before. Once their chests are both unobstructed and their lungs have the space to fully expand, Charles slides an arm around Erik’s side to lock him close.

There, under a taunting moonlight, Charles supports Erik as the adrenaline that had just desiccated his entire body begins to taper. “Darling,” he begins finally, and he’s suddenly impaled by a rod of sadness. That someone has hurt Erik to this degree, that Erik, in all his strength and stoicism and austerity, has been harboring such anguish for so very long. ”I’m so, so sorry,” he whispers again, for that’s all he can muster at the moment. Any words of comfort or reassurance will sound vapid and contrived in the wake of that gale, and Charles can’t bear to say anything that isn’t entirely authentic. “No one deserves to be treated like that. No one should be forced to carry the weight that you carry. I’m so very sorry, Erik.”

Erik's features crumble a little as the world returns to him in shimmering focus, and he fully grasps what has happened - what he has spent so long tying up inside himself so that it wouldn't get out and touch Charles at all. All this time, he has pretending to be a person. (Silly little Erik.) "No," he whispers, shaking his head. "You should not have-I should have controlled myself."

Because he knows, deep down, that it was a mere sprinkle in comparison to that which truly makes its home in his mind. The endless drift ever-expanding, before doubling back in on itself in a sickening crunch. And if it ever gets out, he isn't sure how it wouldn't kill anyone unfortunate enough to be in the vicinity. Least of all a telepath. His thoughts, disjointed and encumbered, flick to Jean in horror.

"Boże, oh no-oh, no. What have I done?" he reaches to touch Charles's face, desperately searching. "You-are you OK?"

“You can’t keep that all inside you forever, Erik,” Charles counters, firm, but also warm. “You haven’t done anything wrong. Hey, listen to me.” His fingers find their way to Erik’s jaw, holding it in place. The flood of norepinephrine in Erik’s body is enough to prevent another tectonic rupture for the moment, but Charles is steadfast in his conviction for a more holistic address. Jean, darling, are you alright? he asks the girl privately, for her worry is knocking at him, too.

That was scary. Is he hurt real bad? she replies.

In a macabre way, Charles is glad that Jean’s telepathy is still undeveloped enough to prevent her from parsing physical and psychological pain. Erik is going to be okay. I’ve got him and I’m taking care of him, alright? He’ll be fine. Why don’t you and Aura find some flowers for him? I thought I saw some wildflowers this morning. The quest for the best bouquet of wildflowers is enough to send Jean toward the forest again. Aura, her favorite teacher and companion, is gracious enough to follow her through the dark, and Charles feels a pang of friendly affection for the man yet again.

“I’m okay,” he promises Erik. “But you aren’t, my love. You can’t let pain like that fester inside of you forever. You know that.”

Even under Charles's ministrations, Erik's frame is still beset by little tremors, only felt beneath his fingers as he gallantly works to find his own shut-off valves, his own sequences for calm and order and reason. "Charles, I-" he blinks unsteadily, several times, head shaking once more. At this rate it's liable to twist off of his neck. "I have nowhere to put it," he whispers at last, a harsh gravel. "Nowhere. It belongs nowhere. It is death, and poison. In here," he taps at his chest, digging his finger in hard.

He has to laugh, and it's borderline hysterical. Erik doesn't laugh like this, aloud in caustic, stuttered barks. So the sound is even more jarring. He laughs and laughs, eyes wet and vivid enough to be seen under the darkness.

Erik’s laugh is chilling, but Charles doesn’t let the other see how shaken he is. No, he must be a bastion of calm, an unyielding source of comfort. Erik must not feel like he has to hide things from Charles. That he’s too broken to be cherished. “You’re a scientist,” Charles reminds Erik, swiping a thumb across his jaw. “We know that things cannot be destroyed, but we also know that they are always transformed. Rock becomes sand, water becomes steam. Basic chemistry. Let’s find out what we can transform that,” he says, placing his hand over Erik’s atop his heart, “into.”

"He is immune to telepathic influence. But that does not mean you will not be able to read his mind. Mann tracht, un G-tt lacht, as ima used to say," he snorts derisively, and then stops dead his tracks. "-but I don't think there is a G-d. Do you know, what they call it? What happened to us? My father's language, so expressive."

“Sure,” Charles replies. “He’s never met a telepath like me, though, has he?” Knowing full well that Erik is probably correct, that Schmidt is more powerful than anyone Charles has come across, he shakes his head. “No, I don’t. Tell me.”

"The Holocaust," Erik rolls his eyes. "It means burnt offering. Specifically, an offering to G-d. That's what they say happened to us. But there is no G-d, Charles. There is just Schmidt, and Eichmann, and Hitler. That's it. The vaunted question of why holds a very simple answer: because they could."

The word—the first of what would be many, many times that Charles will hear it—makes his stomach jolt. It sounds cold and cruel to his ears. He’s heard it called Shoah by speakers of Hebrew, but most are labeling it the Jewish genocide, still. A deep frown darkens Charles’s face. “No. You’re right. There’s no reason why people should try to justify what happened to you for as some sort of test or payment,” Charles agrees. “Trying to rationalize it as some sort of sacrament provides some sort of inane justification. You’re right, they did it because they could; evil men doing evil things because they were empowered to do them.”

"Schmidt-I do not want you to see that. To-" Erik shudders a little. "-feel, what he must feel. It is my worst nightmare, become reality. I do not want you to learn the truth, not ever. But most especially not like that. If you do, you will stop loving me. And what if it goes beyond that? What if he hurts you? Do you know why he even picked Magda?"

“Erik,” Charles attempts, shaking the man a little. “If you think that a Nazi will influence how I think and feel about you…” the idea is so absurd that Charles can’t finish his sentence. “I don’t care why he did anything. I don’t care about him, his thoughts, his opinions. He’s a sick, evil man, Erik. What he sees is not truth. Do you understand that?”

"No," Erik says. "No, you lack awareness. Listen to me. Magda wasn't a mutant. More than once I heard him refer to her as scum, detritus. She was not part of the grand experiment. It was because of me. Because he was jealous that I had a friend." Erik takes a very deep breath, and forces himself to keep going, because it is better for Charles to hear it from him instead of blindsided in the field where such a disadvantage could mean mistake - or worse.

It's the only reason he continues, the only reason he would ever continue, because now there's a possibility that this is going to happen, and if --

"Because for some unfathomable reason, he thought he was in a relationship with me. It might surprise you to know that you weren't my first. You are the first I ever liked, but not my first. I encouraged it, of course. I even got gifts. Things others would have, did, kill for." He's talking to the wall behind Charles, rather than looking at him, eyes glazed over. The words are delivered in a harsh, cold staccato, pelting into Charles one after the other like hammers. Each one a nail beyond reckoning.

"So, you see, I am not some victim of Schmidt, as Ms. MacTaggert-" he returns the favor of losing her title, pointed, "has claimed. I knew exactly what I was doing. I was a very intelligent young man." Erik gestures at his temple. "But my mind--is all verklempt. Half of me wants to kill him, the other half would probably go with him if he asked. I'm not right for this task. I don't think I can do it. I will put everyone on that team in real, physical jeopardy. I will put you in danger. No matter what you think of me now, you must know that I could never live with myself--"

Charles listens to Erik fully, absorbing what the man spills forth. His heart lurches, and then sinks to the bottom of his chest. Part of him has the gall to be hurt that Erik has kept this from him for so long, but he quickly stamps that unfair intrusion down. Because it is, indeed, unfair, to make any of this about him.

“You were a young boy, Erik, and he was a grown man,” Charles says at last, spreading his fingers over Erik’s knee. “And you were his prisoner. You did what you had to in order to survive. It’s not an unheard of phenomenon, my love. People who grow affection for their captors.” The term Stockholm Syndrome would not find its way into common parlance for another several decades, but the condition has always existed where involuntary captivity has.

“You are a victim, still. You were a young boy, taken from his home, from his family, threatened for years. By no means, Erik, is any of this your fault. Alright? You did nothing wrong.” Tugging Erik closer to him, Charles continues. “If you feel that cannot do this, then we will tell the agents that we will not help them carry this mission out. I’m perfectly comfortable with that,” he promises. “But I implore you to look at yourself now, and see how far you’ve come since you escaped that nightmare. You’re a man now. A doctor. And you’ve built all this with me, for the betterment of our kind, our future. You’re not the young man you were a decade ago, mm? That doesn’t mean we need to do this, but I encourage you to look.”

It genuinely shocks him, and it's clear he is braced for harshness, his whole body poised. When it doesn't happen, he at least is contrite enough to touch Charles's cheek again. Of course he wouldn't. Erik should have known. He's overcome momentarily, voice stolen from him. He tries to wrap it in a ball as neatly as possible to present in thought. I've paid attention, over the years. How people like me are viewed. With contempt, generally. And I do understand why that is - maybe not really, he clarifies. But I did not wish for you to ever look at me that way. Like I am...

Rather being pitied-it's the opposite. Erik doesn't court pity, but neither does he intuit the difference between pity and compassion, at this point. He's accustomed to scorn, and revulsion, for the pieces that are common knowledge. And the ones that aren't-he's spent a long time watching how others with similar experiences are treated, especially men and boys. It hasn't escaped his notice that he also happens to be homosexual. Internally, he knows that he was this way before ever encountering Schmidt, but sometimes he can't help but wonder if it's a direct consequence of Schmidt.

His education on psychology is poor at best, but what the world understands about this would not evolve for many years besides. Not to mention the very real risk, as real to him as his feet on the ground, that perhaps he's twisted beyond reproach-that he can't be trusted. They're building a school, for G-d's sake. Who would want someone like Erik near their children? While he should have known better than to presume Charles would react the same, it supposes that he himself understands that he isn't an object of disgust.

"Or," he adds, making this as clear as he can. (Clear as mud.) "Or that you would-or that it would affect," he gestures between them. "It doesn't. It has, with others," he says with a small huff. This is warmer, less far away and distorted. More like Erik, in its subtlety. "But not us." Because he needs Charles to know that much. Swallowing, he gazes up at a flock of birds as they cross over the moon. "I do not want him to hurt anyone else," he whispers at last. "And on some level, he is my responsibility. He's out in the world, and I didn't stop him. All of his victims now, that is on me. I... I want to think I could do it. Face him. Face him and win, even. But it sounds like a fantasy. Not like real life." 

Charles listens to Erik, encouraged to hear some semblance of measured coherence returning to his reasoning. This is more familiar, more understandable, more Erik. He's never wanted others to look at his background and see brokenness, never wanted to pin his problems on his past. There is a balance there, though—Erik's horrific experiences have indeed contributed to many of his behaviors today. It's fair to have empathy for someone who has endured hell. At the same time, Charles respects Erik's desire to be assessed at face-value. So much of what is considered right and what is not is context-dependent, but a lot isn't.

Erik isn't looking for excuses. He's not merely damaged goods. Charles can appreciate and embrace that impulse. "You know, Erik," Charles says quietly, hand coming to rest atop Erik's braced appendage. He swipes his thumb along the fingertips that curl toward his palm, the nerves long dormant. "The way I come to know others is unique, as you know. Most people only get to learn what is revealed to them. A curated version of someone. We can tailor ourselves to others."

His eyes follow the same flock of birds, driven by some natural goal. The simplicity of it drums up envy. "But not me. I can know people whole. I get to feel their feelings, react alongside them. Perceive things as they do. There are things that remain hidden, of course, but the overall essence of a person exists in the way that their mind interacts with the world around them. Things that you've done in your past, therefore, don't matter." He turns to force eye contact again, and his fingers grip the limp ones at the end of the brace.

"They will not change anything, because I already know about them, in a way. I know how they've changed the way that your mind works, because that's the mind that I fell in love with, Erik. It's like looking at a piece of art and being astounded by its beauty. Does my opinion of its beauty change when I learn about the materials the artist used? Of course not. It's still beautiful." He leans in to place a chaste kiss on his lips. "We don't have to make a decision tonight, my love. We can sleep on it for a few days. If you feel in your heart that you want to do this, then we can. But let's not rush. We must be certain."

It's not natural to Erik, to assume this much-of course Charles would see it differently. How could he not, given the way of his abilities? It's interesting that he's chosen this particular metaphor, because it's precisely the reason Erik didn't tell him. The fact that Charles has, on more than one occasion, seen fit to divulge that he considers Erik beautiful, and this is the mind-numbing sludge he knows is a detraction. It's vapid, and full of cloying self-ruth, but that's the truth of it.

"I think," he says softly, "that sometimes-it does change, how you see things. What if I showed you a drawing, and you thought that's a normal drawing, that's fine. Because it is, it's fine. It is not great, it is not bad. Just ordinary. And then I said, ah, that's Hitler's art school tripe. Wouldn't that change how you see it? The artist, and the materials, can matter. Not always, but often." It's complicated, and Erik hasn't spent much time dwelling on this beyond the infernal awareness of its impact on his existence, but Charles is right. He has never desired to make excuses, to use his history as a justification for behaving poorly.

It's something that happened to Iakov, and he watched it in real-time. It's possible to hold empathy for someone, while still viewing them as the conductive agent of their destiny, is it not? But this is the nonsense, that makes Erik feel like a boy again. Untethered, confused, disoriented, sickly. Frightened, if he's being honest, as pathetic as it is. Charles is a telepath, there's no denying it. "My biggest concern," he says, "is that it will put you in danger. The moment we show up there, he will know. I cannot even begin to express how risky that will be for you."

“A clumsy metaphor, perhaps,” Charles replies, and gives Erik’s hand another firm squeeze. “I don’t think there’s a metaphor for it, in fact. You’re the one with the poet’s soul, Erik, not me. What I intend to tell you is that knowing about you won’t change anything.” Charles sighs deeply. “Tell me the worst case scenario, from your perspective. Schmidt sees us both, and then what?”

Erik's face pinches at that, a minute flinch. The slam of a great metal watertight compartment made of infinite reverberations almost palpable as he resolutely refuses to permit his thoughts to manifest fully. "Abduct you. Torture you. Kill you. Worse. Try to recruit me again. Especially once he realizes my power. I know him," Erik murmurs through gritted teeth. "He will be furious that I love you. Even if he doesn't seem so. And he will know." And-what, Erik is afraid? Loathe as it is. Of displeasing him, disappointing him. Rubbing his good hand over his cheek repeatedly, he tries to submerge the sensation. "If I freeze up, if I fail-a second is all it will take."

Charles is silent for a long moment. The wind picks up and sends the treetops into a swaying dance, but he scarcely feels the cold. He’s too stunned, too incredulous. Underneath all of Erik’s warnings is a deep, real fear of himself. That he wouldn’t be able to betray Herr Doktor in the moment. It’s almost unbelievable to Charles, because Erik is so strong. So convicted, so powerful and clear-minded. He himself has seen Schmidt in his memories and nightmares and knows of the atrocities that the man himself has committed. It’s hard for Charles to digest.

None of this tarnishes his love for and trust in Erik, however, nor does it alter his perception of his character. It merely intensifies the caliber of wretchedness of the offending party. “Then we can train,” Charles says at last. “Properly train. Build up our defenses, outline tactics and maneuvers. We will approach this as any military approaches a tactical mission. With strategy and practice.” Charles slots his fingers between Erik’s limp ones, one by one. “Together, we’re stronger than he is, Erik. In your heart, you know that.”

"You really-" Erik looks at him, then his eyes drop momentarily before snapping back up. "You really think that I can do this? Not just-not just," his hand flutters a bit at his chest. In anyone else, it might be an absurd case for reassurance, but Erik is very seriously asking. "You said-that I'm strong. Is that-are you sure? The way I was, back then-it wasn't. It wasn't strong, I didn't resist at all. You really think I can, now?"

“I do,” Charles says honestly. “You’re a decade older, Erik. You’ve achieved so much. Think about how your abilities have grown since you’ve left. About how you as a person have grown. I don’t have a doubt in my mind that you’ll be able to resist. And I’ll be there, at your side, if you need encouragement.”

He presses his teeth together before nodding. "We will need to prepare. A lot. I will not allow us to be caught off-guard. Anyone the CIA assigns will need to train with us. You will have to learn tactical self-defense, shooting, things like that."

“Of course,” Charles agrees. “We’ll make sure that we know about the extent of his abilities, what he’s impervious to, how to work around it. I have full confidence that we can do it, Erik. We can take this man off the streets, make sure that he can never hurt anyone ever again.” Charles rubs Erik’s back, gentle. “And if you don’t want to be the one to do it, you don’t have to be. If it’s too painful, it’s okay if you stay away.”

That gets his attention and something fierce and old and deadly flashes across his face, shuttering his features. "No," he murmurs softly. "It has to be me. I have to be the one to kill him." It's clear he has no intention of taking the man in, as the CIA desires. "I refuse to sit back and let everybody else fight my battles. I'm not a child any longer. He spent so long trying to force me to manifest my abilities," he has to laugh. "I never did. Even when it was unbearable. I do not know why. Rebellion? I desperately wanted to comply. If I'd been able to-I would have destroyed it all. The crematoria, everything. I do not know why I couldn't. But now I can. I can kill him," he whispers.

Charles smiles sadly, but in his chest, he knows that Erik is right. It should be him. It must be. Not for the revenge plot that the CIA so curtly bandied about, but for a litany of reasons far more complex and real than petty revenge. “Well, I’ll be right beside you, my darling. You’ll do this with our help.” He deposits a heartfelt kiss on Erik’s cheek before he finally stands to his feet, extending his arms downward to help Erik to his own. Once they’re both vertical, Charles wraps his arms around Erik’s waist. When they’re standing side by side, their height difference is almost comical—Erik’s legs really do seem a mile long—but Charles still feels protective. “I can go back in there and explain our position to MacTaggert and Haller, if you’d like. “I’m not trying to shut you away, by any means, but maybe you’d prefer a moment of privacy.”

Erik leans forward and down, pressing his lips to Charles's forehead. "You might be more equipped for that part of it," he agrees softly. "I am not feeling particularly diplomatic." And he wants to apologize to Jean, at the very least. He shouldn't have lost control that way.

With a dark chuckle, Charles looks upward and meets Erik’s eyes. “Alright, darling. I’ll get them sorted and then bring up some dinner, hmm? Your culinary achievement was particularly spectacular this evening.”

Despite the suffocating weight of stress, Erik still manages to find room inside himself to glow a little at the praise. It tickles the back of his neck, and he lingers briefly, inhaling sharply where he's pressed into Charles's side before forcing himself away a footstep at a time, heading out into the cold evening to find Aura and Jean.

Chapter 15: to contemplate in a joyful mood, and bid them to seek earnestly

Chapter Text

Moira and Gabrielle are talking lowly, undoubtedly attempting to deduce the best method to approach their current situation, when Charles enters again. Moira clears her throat. "Everything sorted?" she asks, meaning Erik. It's her way of asking if he's all right-she'd heard a bit of the commotion, nothing substantial enough to understand his perspective by any means.

All shreds of decorum—even the cloying, overwrought decorum—have evaporated as Charles re-enters his dining room. The gravity of the CIA's task must be felt by all in this room; Moira MacTaggert and Gabrielle Haller must understand that what they're asking Erik to do extends beyond the scope of what they implied last night in the café. He takes his seat before he answers, and when he does, his tone is icy.

"No," he replies. "It's not sorted, Agent MacTaggert. When we agreed to assist you, we did so as a gesture of good will. I had to convince Erik, to convince everyone, to agree to open up our sanctuary and allow you in. I wanted to show your esteemed organization that we, mutant-kind, are interested in establishing a common goal of peaceful coexistence. I asked my companions to place their trust in you. You've already posed a great challenge to that trust by so bluntly recruiting us to further this particular end. With all the intelligence at your disposal, it is astounding to me that you thought it appropriate to ask Erik to do this for you. I can only hope that you don't appreciate the magnitude of your ask, for if you do and you've still decided to be so glib...well, I wonder what that says about your character."

MacTaggert won't care about his assessment of her character, Charles knows, but he feels better having expressed his resentment, and continues now with less poison in his voice. "We will help, but we will call the shots. Literally and figuratively. Any personnel that you assign will receive training alongside our own forces, under our leadership. In exchange, you will provide us with comprehensive tactical training as well, and you will not spare expense or resources. These are our terms, Agent MacTaggert, Agent Haller."

Sure enough, he's correct that Moira doesn't seem offended, or moved, but nor does she argue. None of this is important to her - not precisely. It matters, and it's clear she understands that, but what is more over-arching is her mission, not the feelings of people. There is simply too much at stake.

On the flip side, what it does mean, is that she's perfectly willing to concede to terms. "This is a joint operation," she explains, indicating Haller. "In fact, you'll be pleased to know that the CIA is actually not in charge of this," she says with a small smile. "Your primary points of contact from this point out will be Haller and her handler Kaplan. He's a tactical coordinator, so you couldn't be in better hands."

Raven enters the room in the middle of this explanation, and whistles. "I thought your espionage task-force was a legend."

"Not a legend. Very real, and yes, they're all nicer than me. They've been doing this a long time. Their terms are exceedingly simple: they want him alive."

"That's gonna be a problem," Raven's brows pinch together. She's been keeping up, mostly through Charles's concise summary in her mind, but also for the duration of their intrusion into what she's come to know as her home, given the nature of her own work, it's made sense for her to be looped in.

"How much of a problem, exactly?"

"A big one, morally and operationally speaking. He's too strong to take death out of the equation," she just says it, as equally blunt as Moira but with a lot more grim determinism and less amusement. "If we can't kill him, he'll probably kill us. That's just reality. I mean, what's his power, exactly?"

"As far as we can tell," Moira sifts through her documents to produce a thin file on Schmidt, under the alias Sebastian Shaw. "He converts energy into force. So, you shoot him, he'll just get stronger. Kaplan thinks that, with enough time, they could potentially develop a null field, but the problem will then be to get him in there."

"So, how exactly are we supposed to sell that to Erik, probably the only one here who has a shot of neutralizing him?" Raven crosses her arms, arcing a brow.

"I don't know. Personally," she says with a glance at Haller, "I also don't really care. If you do wind up killing him, it's not like I'm going to cry myself to sleep. Neither will the CIA. These guys, on the other hand, are serious business. They want to put him on trial, publicly." 

"For optics, yes," Charles adds for Moira, unable to keep the contempt out of his drawl. "A nice win for whichever government agency decides to put their name on this little operation. I agree with my sister; we will not go out of our way to capture him alive."

"I will not deny that optics are a concern," Gabrielle admits, eyes quickly scanning the form of Raven Darkholme as she stands beside her brother's seat. She's seen photos of the woman before—in various states of disguise—but she's never seen her in person. Her presence is strong, commanding. "But we are also interested in justice, believe it or not. I understand your cynicism, Dr. Xavier, Ms. Darkholme, but believe it or not, there are people who intend to prosecute men like Klaus Schmidt. Death requires no accountability, but a public trial does."

Charles rolls his eyes. "I suppose it's good that you understand my cynicism, at least." Before she can respond, Charles pulls the chair beside him out for Raven to sit. "Erik tells me that he is impervious to telepathy, but I wonder if we can overpower whatever it is that shields his mind from it. If I can hold him for even a few moments, we can get him into your null field." And then it hits Charles. A null field. An anti-mutation field. Capturing Schmidt alive will require the keeping of Schmidt alive, which means that, undoubtedly, there are people working to develop some form of suppression technology. Whether it resembles Hank's serum or takes an entirely different form is a matter of mystery, but Charles has no doubts that an investment has already been made. "How do you plan on holding him, if we do capture him alive?" he asks, throat dry.

Shuffling her papers, Moira extracts just one and slides it across the table for Charles's perusal. "At the moment, we don't have the technology necessary to create a suppressant capable of impacting all mutants, and that's not our goal. So we're focusing on Schmidt specifically, on what his powers actually are, in an attempt to negate them."

At long last, Erik emerges into the room, looking every bit as imposing as he's capable of, with the exception of a small bundle of flowers grasped in his good hand. He finds a glass of water for them and arranges them neatly before approaching the table, plucking up the file. "This has the potential for efficacy," he murmurs with a nod. "It works by reversing polarity," he explains for the benefit of the non-physicists in the room. "But this will require a lot of power, and it will only work if he remains in that spot. How do you plan on transporting him to Israel, imprisoning him, and putting him on trial? What happens if the containment field fails?"

"Then we are all in for a very bad day," Moira mutters to herself. "It's not my call - and it shouldn't be. They're within their rights, here."

"If he were an ordinary man, I would agree with you," says Erik, soft. "But this is not a solution, it is a theory only. I would be willing to test such a device for you, but it is not tactically viable." Everything about what he adds next is splintered and unpleasant. Hank's serum could potentially be adapted, but as an injection, Schmidt has the ability to physically resist it. Could we make it airborne?

The fact that he's considering it speaks volumes.

No. Absolutely not. Charles continues to level his gaze at the agents, but his mind is with Erik. Monitoring, fretting, and now, opposing. He has reached a similar conclusion in his own reasoning—the necessity of a suppressant—but he refuses to consider it a viable option. We will kill him before we do that.

"Powerful as he is, he's not immune to standard tranquilizers, no?" Charles asks. "If we have the ability to make an elephant sleep for a week as it crosses the ocean on a boat, I doubt that we cannot make a man who weighs—what? 75 kilos?—be knocked out for 12 hours. Then we get him back into the field and keep him there until he dies a natural death."

"If only it could be so simple," Gabrielle says. "He is immune indeed."

"Then we have one option only," Charles reasons, turning toward Erik now. "He is too dangerous to be kept alive."

It doesn't take a lot to convince Erik. It's something he has objected to since learning of Hank's studies in the first place. But it would be a necessary evil, if they were planning on taking Schmidt in. Erik won't allow them to rely on some relic of science fiction that doesn't even have a functional model yet. "You've done it before," Erik says to Gabrielle, simple. "There is precedent. We have more than enough evidence to do a trial in absentia. It is not the optimal outcome, I agree. Ideally we would see justice, for everyone he has affected. It is unfair that I should have closure, while the rest do not. But I will not lead these men and women to slaughter like lambs. That, I cannot abide."

It takes Moira off-guard again, and Charles can feel her perception of Erik shifting. "We'll noodle it," is what she says. "If we can't come up with a viable solution, it might have to come down to that. Everyone here deserves to go home at the end of the day. You have the CIA's support."

"I've already let Agents MacTaggert and Haller know that we expect to lead this operation," Charles explains to Erik and Raven. "Training for both of our teams is to begin immediately—"

"I will stress that it is our imperative to bring Schmidt alive to Tel Aviv," Gabrielle interjects hotly. "If you have no means to do so, then we will continue to conduct research, but our imperative is justice. We are aware that Dr. Henry McCoy is in residence here, and we are also familiar with your work, Dr. Xavier. That dissertation that you published, The X-Gene. We've also done some light reading. I struggle to believe that your research has not uncovered fruitful avenues for discovery."

Charles swallows thickly. "Your scientists are welcome to use publicly accessible information, such as my doctoral research and Dr. McCoy's publications, to research as you please. Dr. Lehnsherr here can certainly also point you to excellent papers on reverse polarity. But we have agreed to share our manpower with you, and that's it."

Gabrielle eyes Charles with a cold, challenging gaze, but nods finally. "Fine, we will bring the technology, but our prerogative is to capture him alive. Training must be conducted with that as the ultimate goal. If that is understood, then we may proceed with your silly demands."

Charles looks to Erik once more, inviting his companion to offer the final verdict. "Dr. Lehnsherr?"

Raven is reading the document, her face in a distorted wrinkle. "Oh, fuck this guy," she gripes as her eyes catch onto a particularly vile paragraph. "Listen, stop-just stop it. Wait a minute," she interrupts boldly, raising her voice over the din, as well as her hands. "It's obvious you both have telepathic shielding. Can that be extended to me? I could gather the intelligence we need to make this as safe as possible. How can you be expected to bring him in alive if you lack this? Everything Frost told you is undoubtedly changed now that he knows she's been taken."

Moira blinks. "But that would be extremely hazardous to you, Ms. Darkholme."

"Oh, please. Like I haven't impersonated a Nazi before. Should we roleplay? You know, the last time I did an audition--"

Erik mashes his hand over her mouth.

"--mmrrrhhhp, phhrrm." Raven's eyebrows arc, cheeky.

"Raven," says Erik, gentle. "This is not the same thing. You would be alone. I can't allow that. Do you understand what a devastation it would be to this community, if you were lost?"

"This is what I do for a living, Erik. I'm good at what I do. Schmidt isn't the first motherfucker, and he won't be the last. I can think of worse ways to spend my time. Well, actually, I can't, but--"

His head shakes. "It is too great a risk, yakira. This has to be an effort from us all."

"This is my effort. This is how I can contribute. You want him alive? Then we need to do this. Believe me, I know what I'm saying. We already have Frost. That's a ready-made impersonation, right there. He's not telepathic, right? How would he know she's been turned?"

It makes Erik wince as though struck. "He is not, but Nathaniel Essex is. And he will have no qualms tearing your mind apart to discover the truth. The moment he recognizes you are not Emma Frost, you will be subject to atrocity."

"We should probably roleplay," says Raven to Charles, the only one here who fully understands the scope of her abilities.

Charles's initial reaction is to agree with Erik. Schmidt is far too dangerous; he realizes that he has not been entertaining any notion that Raven, his beloved sister, would join them at all on the tactical front. Not only is this ludicrous—there is no way in hell that Raven would allow herself to be sidelined—but it's also irresponsible. Raven is beyond capable and extraordinarily useful. He grimaces, but nods at last. "Alright, I agree with you. Having you on the inside will be invaluable, Raven, but you will not do this alone. Haller, will your team be able to assist my sister? Guarantee her safety?"

Gabrielle is already observing Raven with a most curious expression. "Nothing can ever be guaranteed, Dr. Xavier, but she will have reinforcements. Explain what you mean by roleplay, Ms. Darkholme, if you please?"

"I should warn you, this is about to get rul uncomfortable. Anyone who doesn't want to wind up punching me, should probably leave."

Knowing that the only way to prove she can do what she says, is to simply... do it. She knows if she doesn't, there's no way in hell that anyone here will allow her to participate - and that is not optional. In the span of only moments, Raven's blue-besotted form with her red sundress and gold-plaited hair abruptly begins to shift, the scales that comprise her skin in swirling patterns ruffling for a moment as even her clothes change - it's a curious adaptation, but one that's convenient. Even her jewelry disappears.

Raven vanishes, and Dr. George Maxon slowly lifts his hands, steepling them under his chin.


Gabrielle recognizes him immediately as the leader of Hydra, a community of former Nazis that were captured by the Israeli intelligence agency only months prior. The others at the table struggle to place him. He's a genteel man in a strict suit, with short-cropped blond hair and icy blue eyes. His gaze is calculating and interminable, examining everyone with cold efficiency.

He arcs an eyebrow at Erik, picking up the papers on the table to study them. "Interesting. I believe more research is in order," he says in a perfect rendition, his German accent light. "We're on the precipice of something magnificent, but surely mutation should be reserved for only the highest castes, yes? Tell me, your nullification field. Tell me how that works. I should like to analyze it, for my own purposes."

Erik stares, utterly bamboozled. "Co kurwa," he rasps, very much disoriented. His brain understands that it's no more than Raven wearing a costume, but - the degree of disdain, the subtle indication of a deep-seeded, long-standing hatred of inferior races is so believable that he genuinely has to wonder where it came from. Is this... is this something personal, that she believes? No, no, it can't be. It can't.

"Close your mouth, boy. You'll catch flies. I know you're intelligent enough to grasp decorum, aren't you? Perhaps not. Ah, well. No matter, once Hydra is embedded in every educational and scientific institute in Europe, we won't need to deal with these... problems. I suppose you Americans will need to find a solution for yourselves. We're certainly not taking that on."

It's absolutely pitch-perfect, to the point that Gabrielle herself struggles to understand how Raven would know these nuances, when none of his interrogations (and their utter lack of remorse, and visible disdain for his interrogators) were made public. How could she know his personality was that of an unrepentant psychopath? Many of these people pretended to be contrite and remorseful, or outright denied any participation at all. How would she know that he was so self-satisfied?

Erik growls at the back of his throat, forgetting himself. "You're not taking---! ---ah," he spreads his fingers out across the table. Stopping himself from doing exactly what Raven expects him to do, which is to throttle her until her head separates from her body.


Raven sees that as her cue to rematerialize, and she sets a hand over Erik's, giving him a small smile. "I know. I'm sorry. I'm not just some ditz, OK? Everything I do is calculated. Everything you see is what I want you to see. Now, I am Raven. I'm your friend. Your family. So you see Raven. But if I didn't want that, you wouldn't. Do you understand, now?"

"How-" Erik rasps, closing his eyes. "How do you know how to do this?"

"Like I said. Schmidt is not the first Nazi I've ever tangled with. I've done work with Martyrs' Memorial in the past. They're not off the ground yet, but they got a good head start, now."

"Oh--" Erik touches his fingers to his lips. "--you?"

"Mostly, we liberated stolen artifacts. It wasn't anything as intense as this, but it took a lot of playing the part. These art collector fucks don't care about anything or anyone but themselves."

Erik doesn't seem to know what to do with himself, so he stands up and drapes an arm over her shoulder, kissing the top of her head. "You are my family. I do not want to lose you."

She pats his hand. "I know, Mausebärchen." It's a slight reveal of her heritage prior to meeting Charles, the German endearment soft. "You won't. Like I said, I'm very good at what I do. And Charles, you can attest that the entire time I was Maxon, my mind was as gross as humanly possible, right?" her eyebrows raise.

Moira is just peering at her, fascinated. Charles can feel the whir of her mechanical thoughts, considering how best to utilize this extremely peculiar new asset that has dropped into her lap. "You'll need to be trained more thoroughly," she says at last.

"I'll require every interrogation manuscript from Emma Frost, and any videos or photographs you have," Raven adds. "I'll also want Charles to show me some of your memories of her," she taps a finger toward Erik. "As well as his own. I can probably do it without that," she says, as she clearly just did, "but it will be better if I have as much data as possible."

Though Charles has seen Raven perform this stunt many, many times, he is still astounded by her skillfulness.


It's his 13th birthday, which means that Raven had to be around 9. They had snuck from the manor and caught a ride into the city on the back of a milk truck to see a lecture given by Albert Einstein himself. When he had arrived rumpled and without tickets, an usher had been prepared to shoo him away when Raven appeared at his side, sporting the body of a mustached older gentleman. With the subtlest Austrian accent, plucked straight from fin-de-siecle Bavaria, Raven had told the usher that she was a “close cousin of Albie” who had immigrated to the States two decades prior.

“Oh, scheisse, Martin—did you misplace our billets? Forgetful boy! Forgive me, sir, my wife’s nephew here would lose his whole head if it wasn’t attached to his shoulders! Perhaps a colleague of yours can tell Albie, oh, forgive me, Doktor Einstein—that his dear cousin Georg is here with Hildy’s boy, Martin—oh! And that he still owes me five krone for that game of Würfel back in ‘05—“

“That won’t be a problem, sir,” the usher quickly interrupted, raising his hands. “Please go on in and have a seat, thank you.”

Somehow, a nine-year-old girl from the streets had affected an elderly, aloof Austrian ex-patriate with such precision that Charles himself would have believed that he was standing beside the mysterious cousin of Albert Einstein, had he not been able to see inside her head. And when he’d whispered to her that he hadn’t needed her help, that all he’d needed to do was administer a tiny massage of memory, Raven had pat him on the head and told him that sometimes she could save the day, too.


The others in the room, however, have never seen such a performance. For her part, Gabrielle feels as if her jaw will never leave the floor. “Remarkable, Ms. Darkholme, that is remarkable,” she gushes with more enthusiasm than Moira has ever heard escape her lips. By tenfold. “Whatever you need from me–er, from my agency, it is yours.”

Feeling something changing in the air surrounding Agent Gabrielle Haller, Charles wrinkles his nose. “Alright, alright, we can talk specifics tomorrow,” he declares, standing to his feet to quickly place an arm around Raven’s shoulders. “It has been an eventful day, and we should all probably rest, hmm?”

Raven grins at Gabby, stacking the papers which have gotten strewn all over the place neatly in her hands. "Kaplan is going to have a fit," Moira snorts under her breath, shaking her head at Raven. "Rest up," she agrees, at least partially apologetic.

"Everyone is looking forward to meeting you," she says to Charles. "We have an opportunity here, ladies and gentleman, to effect some real good in this world. While I'm sure that doesn't come as much consolation, you will be known for this act. The fact that you are willing to assist us here," she says to Erik at last. "Is not something that we have the capacity to thank you for. That takes more strength and guts than most of the people at Langley I know combined. We'll pick this up next week," she neatly folds her files under her arm and raises from the chair.

"And it really was a fantastic meal. Have a good night, all of you. We'll be in touch."

"Seeya," Raven waves, rocking back on her heels and shaking Gabby's hands with both of her own just a little too long to be strictly professional. Don't even say a word, Charles.

Chapter 16: And by my song I teach all men

Chapter Text

The next few weeks are a bit of a blur, as the inhabitants of the mansion assigned to the task force (Erik, Charles, Raven, Sayid and Hank as an auxiliary) are slowly but exhaustively put through their paces, with the help of Aura Tarish, their resident expert on all things physical-training. William Kaplan is an older man with light eyes and wispy strands of white that curl around his temple, austere in manner, but true to form, he is at-once a great deal more solemnly aware of the magnitude of what they're doing and things feel solidly more in-control with him at the helm. 

Raven studies hard, consuming every available resource possible on Emma Frost, and leaves mid-way to begin her mission infiltrating what has become known as the Hellfire Club, much to Erik's distaste. Just as she promised, she returns right before they're ready to embark on their mission to a small, uninhabited island off the coast of New York where they believe Schmidt and his minions have holed up, in possession of a great deal of information that they otherwise wouldn't have. 

It's two nights before go, when the outer door to the foyer draws open in a loud creak to the familiar bloom of Raven's whirlwind mind. The first thing she does is abruptly hug Erik, in front of everyone, in the hallway without a single care in the world, letting her luggage drop to the floor once she sees him.

Erik stands stiffly for a moment before returning the embrace. "You are home," he whispers. 

"I need, like, a hundred showers," is the first thing out of her mouth. When Charles enters the room, drawn as on a string to the commotion, she flounces over to him to wrap him up in a tight squeeze. "I got it. I'm OK, it's all good. I have it. Everything we need. G-d, it is so good to be back," she laughs.

In her hand, she holds a small portable radio which she speaks into. "How's this, any better? OK, great. OK--hang on--" she props it under her chin, kneeling to rifle through her bags. Holding up a hand, she mouths Taima to them both before continuing.  "Tel Porter, Abraham Erskine, Anna Kapplebaum--and we have a problem with Astrovik's records. He's still in prison. No, I know it doesn't make sense. I don't know why. I don't know. I'll try to find out more. Something about morality laws. Right, OK. I'll call you back. Have a good flight. Bye. Ugh, exhausting."

Raven laughs at the group of people who have now made their way into the mansion's foyer. "Hey, Erik, do you know anything about Flossenbürg? It was destroyed, right?"

He blinks, and raises his brows in a shrug. "I do not know much about the different camps, and I am not German. If it follows the standards of the others, it would have been preserved, not destroyed. But most certainly not in use any longer."

"Do you know why a prisoner would be liberated from there, and then sent back to prison for the same crimes he was allegedly convicted of? Weren't all the prisoners released from the camps, since their detention was invalid in the first place?" 

Erik goes very still, and lifts his chin after a moment, defiant. It's the same look in his eye he'd gotten all those months ago, at Aoife's. "You mentioned morality laws. I presume he's a homosexual. That would be why. They were not released, they were merely sent to different prisons. They are still criminals." 

"You're fucking kidding me. That's a joke, right?" 

"I assure you that it is not." 

"Homosexual. Unbelievable. How likely is it that I can get his records from West Berlin?" 

"Extremely unlikely. Such a prisoner would not be afforded the courtesy. What is this about?" 

"Just Tracing Service stuff. I'm helping Taima. We hit the jackpot at Hellfire, Erik. The fucking jackpot. Come on, we have a lot to go over. Get everyone into the conference room. Get Gabby, too," she says, evidently on a nickname basis with the woman now, who had been her primary handler during her operation. "Believe me, she's going to want to hear this." 


True to her character, Raven’s return to the manor adds more wind to the cyclone that has overtaken the manor over the past several weeks. Overnight, their quaint, bucolic little enclave morphed into something resembling a proper academy. But they don’t learn matrices and Machiavelli at this academy. No, their days are split between proper operative training and specialized practice with their respective mutation. Erik and Sayid are leagues ahead of Charles for the former, having been proper soldiers themselves not so long ago, but all of them are on equal footing for the latter.

Especially Sayid, who had grown in both control and strength over the past several weeks alone. As he learns about himself, they learn too; and their initial suspicion was correct. His power is immense, rivaling that of Schmidt himself. Though Charles is pleased to see his sister’s safe return, it also marks a frightening milestone. Her new intel is the final component of their plan. Once she has debriefed them all, they will be ready to strike.

Green to any form of warfare, Charles would be lying to say that he wasn’t nervous. He knows that once they take this step, there will be no going back. The X-Men—a name that was floated in jest by Raven some weeks ago, but one that somehow stuck—will establish themselves as a group of action. It’s the end of their peaceful existence as they know it. “I’m here, Mystique,” purrs Gabrielle from seemingly nowhere as they shuffle into the conference room, and Charles frowns. Mystique? Gabby? Since when do they have pet names for each other?

“What’s all this about imprisonment for homosexuals?” Charles asks, sitting on Erik’s left. “What did you get yourself into, Mystique?”

Raven sticks her blue tongue out at Charles. "Hush. Come on, I'll tell you everything in there."


The sapphire lady, sanguine in a brilliant red skirt and yellow blazer, leads the way. She hefts her luggage with an easy strength that comes with her hardy frame, a product of her excellent physical mastery. "OK, hi, hello," she says as everyone slowly trickles in and takes their seats. She drops her radio onto the table and it begins flashing green. "I have Taima Kashih on speaker with ITS Yad Vashem. We've been working together for the last week and a half to make sense of everything I've uncovered so far."

"Good morning," a low, soft voice crackles through the room. Given his improvement over the past year, Charles can feel the hum of her mind like wind-chimes. Erik waves his hand, and at once her next words come out completely clear, as if she's standing before them. "I suppose it is evening for you all.

"Welp, I forgot about that. It's 5AM there, isn't it?" Raven chuckles, shaking her head. "Sorry." 

"It's no trouble. Shall we begin?"

"This is a lot, so bear with me. I spent about a week and a half undercover at Hellfire, which is what Sebastian Shaw - formerly Dr. Klaus Schmidt - calls his organization. They're an extremist mutant supremacist group founded with the purpose of destabilizing global peace and security, and removing homo sapiens from positions of power. During my time at Hellfire I discovered a cache of evidence demonstrating that Shaw's experiments on mutation divergence have continued." 

Erik's hands are poised calmly over his lap, and freezes in place as Raven's words gradually infect their way through his ears like worms. "Continued," he barely breathes. "Continued in what manner? On whom?" 

"This is a list of everyone I could find." She reaches into her bag to withdraw a stack of papers, setting them on the table. "Some are deceased, while others are being held at the Hellfire facility on North Brother Island. This is an aerial shot of the old Riverside Hospital, originally established as a Smallpox center, and which he is now using as his base of operations." She clicks a switch in her hand, drawing down a projector sheet to display the large complex.

Over the past weeks, Erik has been tightly controlled, not letting slip for a moment that this is a source of pain for him. Everyone here needs him to be strong, and he has been. Instead of wilting like a flower, as is his impulse, he's thrown himself full-tilt at their training, with particular focus on Charles and his progress. Only now, hearing that Schmidt has continued... Erik's mind stutters to a halt. No longer a quiet flicker, but the static-screech of a record disc set into perpetual motion. He doesn't realize that beside him, Moira is snapping her fingers in front of his face, calling his name.


Quand il me prend dans ses bras, il me parle tout bas, je vois la vie en rose... sings Edith Piaf in her husky croon.

Es ist eine einfache Sache, die ich von dir verlange. Eine kleine Münze ist nichts im Vergleich zu einem grossen Gatter. Ist es? Du kannst nicht einmal das tun. Was soll ich Viktor Creed sagen? All das. Brot, Decken – meinst du, es wächst auf Bäumen, Junge?  In Ihrem Bett liegen Sie warm und geborgen. Alle anderen Gefangenen da draussen haben das nicht. Du höllisches Kind, beweg die Münze! 

Gut, du wirst es nicht bewegen. Was würde deine Mutter sagen? Mach dir keine Sorgen, kleiner Erik. Ich werde dich nicht verhungern lassen. Wir müssen Viktor nur auf andere Weise von Ihrem Wert überzeugen...

"Erik!" Moira pierces at last.

He blinks, shaking his head to alleviate the ringing in his ears. "What? Hm?" Wie heisst du, mein Freund? Lehnsherr? Ha! Deine Eltern hatten Sinn für Humor. Willst du etwas davon? Alter Schmidt hat recht. Dieses Zeug ist nicht billig. Kommen Sie vorbei und wir werden sehen, wie dankbar Sie sind... 

"I asked you if you know any of these people," she taps at the papers in her hand. "Can you recognize any of these names?"

"Tue ich... ah, was?" he asks loudly over the roaring gale and rising tide. He squints, trying to puzzle out what she's saying.


It's instantaneous. Charles's breath catches in his throat as he feels the clarity of Erik's mind grow muddled once more. His expression is somehow both vacant and tortured all at once. Without warning, Charles is treated to a red-tinged memory of a man who seems far too tall to be real. His voice slithers, serpentine, and his eyes behind the circular lenses of his spectacles appear beady and hollow. Though Charles can't understand the German, Erik does, and so he can secondarily absorb Schmidt's nauseating lilt.

Stop, Charles demands Moira, and it's the first time that Charles has spoken to her directly like this. The intrusion will feel invasive, but he can't bring himself to care. In the meantime, he grips Erik's thigh and extends himself across the plane of his frontal lobe, inserting himself atop the memory of Klaus Schmidt. Erik can allow Charles to overtake it should he so choose. Stay present, my love. We need you to stay here with us. Don't let him win, hmm?

Moira's lips part in shock as the voice reverberates through her mind, and absent any capacity to understand what has just happened, can do little-more but comply, reminiscent of a fish-out-of-water.

"Let me see those," Erik barks abruptly, lurching forward and scattering some of the papers across the table. 

Sayid moves quickly to collect them. "What are you looking for? Here, sit down," he directs with a look over Erik's shoulder to Charles. 

"Maximoff," Erik says. "I need to find Maximoff. Search everywhere, help me look--" 

"Is there a first name?" Sayid asks as he begins drawing his fingers down each page, discarding ones that don't display any useful information within seconds, able to glean every word in half that time. 

"Any name. Any connection." Erik shuffles the papers in his hands and uncomprehendingly tries to study the words, frustrated that it all looks like smashed-up letters in a blender. 

Raven helps as best as she can. "I don't specifically remember anyone by that name," she says gently. "But there's at least a hundred of these, Erik. It could take us months to sort through." 

"Not a month. I found it," Sayid drops a stack of them on the table, pulling out the exact reference.

"OK, well that's handy." 

Erik's hand visibly shakes as he reaches for it. "I can't--co to mówi! Nie mogę tego zrozumieć!" he growls. 

"Be easy. It says that Petro.., sorry, Peyetro Maximoff is a Rho-level mutant, whilst the sibling Wanda is an Omega... given the readings of..." he looks unsure if he should continue.

"What do you want with this Maximoff?" Gabrielle demands, scanning the file over Raven's shoulder. "They're children, sure, but there are several children in that facility."

Charles's throat feels dry. He and Erik are the only ones in the room who know why the two Maximoff children—nine-year-old twins Pietro and Wanda—carry a heavier weight. "We'll get them out, Erik," he promises. "We'll get all of them out. Raven, what of his mutation? And his cronies? What exactly are we dealing with, here?"

"This is a list of everyone I was able to identify at the facility," Raven replies softly, pressing the button on her remote to change the slide. "Sebastian Shaw, Jason Wyngarde, Viktor Creed, Enoch Ivanov, Nathaniel Essex, Werner von Strucker, Arnim Zola, and Johann Beckers. Do you recognize these people?" she asks Erik. 

"Yes. They are his inner circle," Erik explains. "You, you did this," he points at Moira harshly. "This is your fault, all of you. You offered them amnesty. Only now you realize that they are not your vaunted allies, you need us to clean your mess." 

Moira inclines her head. "I can't justify that, Erik. I certainly didn't support it. Do you really think Agent Haller would be here, if I had?" she arcs a brow. "None of these people have amnesty. They're all wanted by both of our governments, OK? All of them."

Erik's voice rises with each word, hard and cold as he stands to his feet. "You fucking Americans and your space race. You didn't care about anyone that you hurt. You still don't. If Schmidt weren't planning on blowing up half the Eastern Seaboard you would be drinking tea with him in Texas. Pieprz się gówniarz, ty nic niewarty!

"Gonna assume that wasn't friendly. Listen, I know. We have a lot of bad blood at the CIA, you're not wrong. You're not." She lifts her hands, doing her best to placate. "Ms. Darkholme, these patients that you found, how many of them are children? Where are they, physically? The parameters of this mission need to reflect this." 

"Maybe ten? Twelve? They're all localized here," she taps a section of the hospital's west wing. "He's extremely powerful," she says at last. "I've never seen anything like it. I'm honestly not sure how we're going to pull this off. We'll be relying a lot on Erik and Sayid. Enoch Ivanov," she taps his picture. "He's a teleporter. So we'll have to hit them as fast and hard as possible, taking him out first, so that they don't escape. Creed has some kind of healing factor, so we'll need to restrain him. Wyngarde is hyper-intelligent and Essex is his other telepath. I managed to throw him off, so he's not as strong as you, Charles. But he's strong enough." 

"What about these Maximoff kids?" Moira asks Erik again, repeating Gabrielle's question when it goes unanswered the first time. "Do we have a problem, here?" 

"What else," Erik insists to Sayid with a rough gesture. "Just read it."


Inclining his head, the hulking visage of Sayid delivers the rest of the report in as careful a manner as he can. "Given the readings of Subj- ah," he stutters, unconsciously staring at Erik's arm, "-of you, this is within the Familial Indication Spectrum hypothesis so posed by Dr. Wyngarde. She displays a similar pattern of reality manipulation-" he clears his throat. "-to the male donor subject.

"Oh, shit." Moira doesn't have time to calibrate, and she blurts it out roughly. She eyes Charles from across the table. Hey, you! Hey. Yes. How much of a problem is this? al-Zaman can barely levitate a fork. We are relying on Lehnsherr, here. How fucked does this make us? 

Charles closes his eyes as Erik begins to snap accusations toward Moira. He doesn't disagree; how can he? All of these people are highly educated. Doctors, scientists, mathematicians. The steadily growing cabal of technocrats that sit at the top of several US governmental organizations invited these men here following the war, with a slap on the wrist and a promise for redemption in exchange for their brainpower. Cushy jobs, nice houses. Freedom to move. Freedom to gather in secret, to kidnap children. Charles wraps a protective arm around Erik's waist.

You don't need to yell, I can hear you just fine, Charles grits back to the woman, half focused on Erik, still. This complicates matters, certainly. I may be able to disable the rest, but if Schmidt truly is impervious to telepathy, then we will need to be...deft.

"We will prioritize the children first. Is Shaw is the only one able to withstand telepathic influence?" Charles asks Raven. "My telepathic influence, I mean?"

"I think so," Raven nods. "He put a lot of effort and resources into the transmission of energy potentials from one mutant to another. So he's been working to make himself more powerful than he was born," she summarizes concisely. "They're also amassing an extremely large stockpile of weapons. Nuclear warheads, ammunition, vehicles. They're preparing for a war, Charles. And they'll be prepared for us."

"We were expecting that. We have our own armaments," Moira reveals. "We'll have air control the entire time. We can drop you and your team directly into the center of town, work our way outward, evacuate the civilians and neutralize everyone else. But I need to know," she taps the table in front of Erik, meeting his eyes. "I need to know you can do this. Everyone in this room is going to be relying on one another to stay alive. You can't be going off half-cocked, yelling and screaming. Do you have this?"

His eyes close, and he focuses on Charles in his mind. Steadying, protective. A bastion of stability inside a shrieking cyclone. "I will do the best that I am physically able to do, Agent. I will do my best to keep everybody here safe. I cannot promise more than this."

Moira glances back at Charles, unconvinced. "We have two days to plan our operation. I hope you didn't intend on getting any sleep any time soon. Raven, let's see the rest of these slides. We'll start near the west wing, look for vulnerabilities in their defenses."

"I've got you covered," the blue woman continues her presentation.

Considering the task ahead, Charles takes a deep breath. Over the past year, he has discovered that the horizons of his abilities are far broader than even he could have imagined. It's staggering, frightening; if he wanted, Charles could manipulate his way into a global dictatorship. Minds are clay, and Charles is the most talented sculptor to walk the earth. But it isn't easy, being in so many minds like that. It's a physically exhausting task, mentally agonizing experience.

It can be done, certainly, and it will be done, but Charles can appreciate the uphill battle. I have every faith in you, Erik, Charles promises, earnest. They listen to Raven's presentation, rapt, and once she's finished, Charles can only stand still, soaking the gravity in. "We're capable," Charles says finally. "More than. And when we return in three days, it will be in the company of people who need our help. Because we are not turning these people—children—over to any government entity," he says firmly, turning to Moira. "They will come here."

Moira waves a hand. "We'll deal with that when we have to. Right now, everyone's focus should be on our upcoming mission. Once they're safe, we'll assess their needs and go from there." It's unlikely they'll get further than that, though Charles detects no real opposition from her. Erik abruptly stands to his feet once more and swivels, shouldering his way past everyone before he puts his fist through Moira's head.

Chapter 17: They'd better turn their backs on sin,

Chapter Text

Charles finds him in their bedroom, curled over the piece of paper he'd taken with him, draped in Charles's blankets. He looks up at the man's entry, his mind calm, features a clear and calculated loam even as tears freely flow down his cheeks and drop onto his collar. "On je ma. Viktor ma moje dzieci," he says, his voice completely measured and even.

"We'll get them back, sweetheart," Charles replies quickly. Though he still doesn't know Polish (or Yiddish, German, or Hebrew, for that matter,) he knows precisely what Erik is talking about. He kicks off his shoes and lowers himself to a seat beside Erik, pushing his fingers through his bronze hair. Gently, Charles pulls the slips of paper into clearer view so he can scan the information.

Pietro Maximoff, age 9—10, next Saturday. Taken from Romania with his sister, Wanda. His mutation includes an extraordinary metabolic system, manifesting most obviously in his ability to move at exceptional speeds. The report details further notable aspects of his anatomy, but Charles turns his attention back to Erik. "Imagine, in two days, they'll be here, with us," he tries, continuing to card his fingers through Erik's hair. "And we'll be home safe. This will all be behind us."

He runs his fingers over their small pictures as Charles reads, over and over again. The girl has dark skin, thick corkscrew-curls that tumble down her back in waves, whilst the boy is fairer with a shock of white atop his head. Both have a light gaze. They're not color photos, but Charles imagines that it's the same vivid green as Erik's. There's no question that they're related. Wanda looks the spitting image of Erik, down to the freckles over her nose. 

"Kiedy byłem mały," Erik whispers. He doesn't seem to realize that he isn't speaking in English, a language which often fails him at moments where his psyche is most primitive. "Schmidt wysłałby mnie do niego. Któregoś razu tak mnie zranił, że miesiąc leżałam w łóżku. Prawie umarłem," Erik sways as he speaks, back and forth in Charles's arms. "Now he has them. Moje dzieckzo," he murmurs under his breath. His smile is haunting, with nothing of Erik's warmth or affection. Like a mannequin.

When he speaks of Schmidt, Charles has come to anticipate Erik's instability. His fear, and anxiety, even small traces of affection. With Viktor, there is only black, blind rage offset by a swamping vice grip around his heart. There's even a blind hope, somewhere. A blind hope, that maybe Schmidt tried to protect them. Maybe he tried to keep them safer. Not safe, not well. But maybe... Erik shudders. Maybe it won't be that way. Maybe he would have mercy. Not for him, but for his babies. Fingers shredding and clawing.

Schmidt is unpredictable and saccharine, but there are moments that Erik truly has love for him. Erik laughs to himself as he remembers Schmidt's paltry comfort. Nein, nein. Ihr Tod kam schnell, Kleine. Ich habe sie selbst getötet. Du erinnerst dich, nicht wahr? Ein Schuss in den Kopf. The Schmidt in his memories smacks his hands together, creating a loud boom of energy which quickly disperses. Hör nicht auf ihn. Er ist nicht zivilisiert wie wir. The relief warred with the burden of betrayal.

It's twisted, wrong, but Viktor inspires only fear, and it's greater than the fear Schmidt brings. When he first spoke of the man, it wasn't. Now, though. Now that Viktor has his children, Charles can't recall a time when Erik has ever felt like this. A brand new emotion, something without form. Dark and horrifying, a multi-tentacle monster made of oil slinking through the Deep, Deep World. Not just Erik's fear of Viktor. It's Erik himself.

"I am going to kill him," he says, a chill in his voice belied by only the softness with which it's delivered. "I will drown him until he tells me everything and then I will turn his molecules inside-out. I healed, when he did that to me. Perhaps he will, too." For just a brief moment, he transforms beyond his quiescent equanimity into well-and-truly the monster these men should fear.

Charles follows Erik down his thread of memory. Now, there’s a face that he’s seen a few times before, which he knows is connected to the name Viktor Creed. The vision of his square jaw and deep sideburns in Erik’s consciousness is strikingly similar to the mugshot that Raven showed them. Usually, people don’t recall others as they actually are, but as they perceive them. Viktor is as villainous-looking as Erik remembers. It pains Charles deeply to see Erik so undone. The wounds inflicted upon him in his youth throb greater than ever.

The declaration, however, chills Charles to his center. The conviction in his words could not be more powerful. “He deserves only that,” Charles murmurs. “They all do. But we should hand him over. Throw him at the mercy of a public trial. Let him rot in a prison for the remainder of his days.”

"They look like her," Erik rasps, face mottled and red as fresh tracks flow down his cheeks. "Pietro, that's Italian. She was from Lombardy. She named them. Pietro and Wanda," he gasps, struck again and again like raining blows down over him. He curls up closer, Charles's shirt dampened where he lays his head. He's silent for a long time, before finally breaking the silence once more, shifting to peer up at him. "Are you scared? What will happen?"

Charles has learned that it is best to allow Erik to steer the course of these conversations. After years and years of stoic silence, of burying this part of himself, Erik is raw. Deeply sorrowful and equally concerned, Charles knows that his best course is to listen and validate. And so he nods as Erik rests his head on his lap, tears steady. Charles uses his thumb to wipe a stream away, but it floods again within mere seconds. “Good, strong names. They’re nice-looking kids.” Charles replies simply, gently rubbing Erik’s arched back. They remain like that for a spell, Charles silent to allow Erik time to mourn, anguish, form resolute vows.

And when the question comes, Charles is ready for it. “Yes, I’m scared,” he answers honestly, pushing a curl of tear-dampened hair from Erik’s eyes. Even so, he offers a small smile. “Not for us. The fight will be difficult, but we’re strong. Stronger than they are. You, me, and Sayid—we’re a force to be reckoned with on our own. I am confident that we’ll be able to outwit them. I dread the effort, but am confident.” He glances at the papers, now crinkled and damp. “But, things will change. We’re no longer neutral, after this. We’re official. Allied with various governments and positions, by association. It’s a new chapter for us. We’re entering a new league.”

"If Sayid had any control, this would be trivial," Erik says softly. "I wonder what will happen, when it does." Erik gazes up at the ceiling, watching a miasma of lights and colors in ions and particles slowly shift and swirl. He lifts his fingers, drawing a soundwave from them, music flowing from their tips. It makes him smile to himself, and they twitch as if playing an invisible piano, each movement bringing a new mournful chord.

For no reason, beyond what Erik does sometimes, when he gets lost. The tune is solemn, and as far as Charles knows, it's not a piece of music that exists. Erik is generating the notes together for himself, absent any real musical inclination (certainly Charles could outclass him with a pinky finger and a triangle). It's mostly about creating. Reverberated and distorted, but gentle. It fades, leaving only a brilliant technicolor in its wake, sparkling and effervescent as oxygen molecules continue to coast on their inevitable axes.

"Jean will be pleased," he considers with a huff. "More students of her own age. If they wish to-ah," he chokes off, attempting valiantly to marshal himself, to be here and not there. "If they come here. This is what we wanted, right? A real school. I will leave the Shakespeare to you and Izzy."

Charles watches in contented wonder as Erik thrums a melancholy tune out of, to his view, thin air. He himself can't see the brilliant kaleidoscope of color and shape, but he can sit behind Erik's eyes, view them secondhand. What Erik can do, see, feel, interact with is truly remarkable. Erik lauds Charles's abilities, Sayid's, even Schmidt's, but Charles cannot fathom anything more brilliant than Erik's mutation. To be able to see and feel what no one else can.

"Jean will be pleased," Charles agrees, and with a small shake of his head, he spreads an idyllic image across Erik's psyche. Their beloved redheaded girl, darting through the woodlands with two companions in tow. One has long curls the color of milk chocolate, and the other has hair so bright that it reflects in the sun. There is happiness in the air, weaved throughout the vision. "Ororo is our resident literati," Charles lilts, smiling down at Erik. "But, yes. This is what we wanted. Isn't it? A place for children to be safe?"

Erik scratches at his neck, digging in a little too hard. "Yes," he nods several times in a row. The alternative - that they should be with Schmidt - "They're going to be-they're, ah," he makes a sound, unconscious in the back of his throat. "They will be hurt. We have to be ready for that. It is really difficult, to see something like that. It will hurt you."

“I know.” He’s spent the past several weeks mentally preparing for what’s to come. Pure evil, cruelty; he’s encountered minds like that in the past, but the concentration, the real, tangible implication, will be difficult to stomach. “But you need to stop worrying about me, Erik. You’ve spent the past two weeks stressing about Schmidt, about what he’ll think, about what I’ll think. I understand how painful this will be for you, my love, but you must keep your head on straight. Focus on the goal at hand and that’s it. No need to worry about how I feel.”

Erik nods. It frustrates him to hear it from Moira, but from Charles, he knows it's the truth. He can't afford to get lost, not like this. "I was always going to have to deal with this, wasn't I?" he considers, squinting a little as the lines of patterns intertwine above their heads. "I suppose I should have anticipated it. Being on television?" he snorts a little.

The idea that this is all going to be public knowledge is decidedly unsettling. Within the newly-established court systems under the International Military Tribunal, Schmidt will have the opportunity to directly participate in his own defense. Not only this, but to cross-examine any witnesses personally. Erik can't imagine that going any other way but him using the opportunity to make it as clear as possible Erik's complicity. That's if they get him, if he doesn't wind up decimating their team. But Charles is right. It's a distraction, and one they can't afford.

"Of course I worry. But I know you are strong," he whispers softly.

"I always wanted to be on television, but not for this purpose," Charles chuckles, glad for the brief levity. He runs his knuckles down Erik's broad cheekbone. "Don't worry about what may come afterward. Moira will be a buffer between us and that. And if she's unsuccessful, I have a way of reducing the heat," he says, tapping his temple. "We're all strong," Charles agrees. "And we will win. I have no doubt."

The fingers along his jaw elicit a shiver, and Erik's eyes flutter closed. His hand closes over Charles's wrist and he turns to lay a kiss against the sensitive skin there. I love you, is what he thinks, a complicated tangle that unforms down to its essentials. Do you know?

Charles closes his eyes as well as he wraps his arms underneath Erik’s arms. This is how he prefers them; in their room, on their bed, Erik on his lap. Safe. Comfortable. Warm. Because yes, he knows that Erik loves him. He knows that from the top of his crown through the tips of his toes, and within every cell in between. I love you, too, Erik. And I always will.


They spend all of the next day going over tactical preparations and studying the blueprints for Riverside Hospital. The following morning comes only too quickly. After a quick breakfast, which Erik prepares in painstaking, meticulous detail, at long last the time has come. It's really happening, Erik thinks as he stands beside Charles, helping him with the zip of his prototype flight suit. They're really going to face Schmidt.

All of the suffocating weight plaguing him this entire time has dissolved into a low fuzz, his mind sharp and clear as he considers their approach. Everyone looks good, like they're a proper team now. Sayid laces up his boots and flips his helmet over in his fingers. "Ready?" he asks to Charles and Erik, looking them over. Are you doing all right? he adds privately to Charles, an eyebrow raised. Of everyone in the mansion, he's been more-or-less privy to just how difficult this has been on them.

"As we shall ever be," Erik murmurs dryly.

"So, we're going to be setting down here," Raven taps the translucent touch-screen of a portable monitor, showing everyone else. As they've progressed in their training, she's been blue more and more frequently, and today is no exception. "Just outside of Riverside's west wing. The children are located here, and here," she draws a circle with her finger that flourishes onto the device.

Moira strides out onto the courtyard, barking orders into a radio. "It's go-time, people!" she shouts over the din of the SR-71 as it rises from behind her, the wind kicking up as its engines buffet lower. The landing struts emerge and with a dull thunk, the boarding ramp opens.

Erik withdraws a cigarette from his pocket, lighting it with a snap of his fingers and taking a long drag. It's become a more frequent sight as their altercation with Schmidt grows ever closer, looming like a ragged demon. Rattling with chains unseen. He watches as the Blackbird sets down, eyes following it steadily. 

"You can't smoke in the jet," Moira crosses her arms. 

"Koos emek," he jams his bad hand into the crook of his opposing elbow. 

"And my mother would find you just as charming," the woman smirks.

Sayid laughs under his breath. "He will be fine. He can generate a protective sphere." He claps Erik on the shoulder, holding his gaze for a moment before turning to take in the jet.

The last time was aboard flits through his mind. Then, these people were here for him. To help him through the same type of horror that Erik is undoubtedly facing at this very moment. So now, he would return the favor. Now, he's thirty pounds heavier and a great deal stronger. Now, no one can tell him what to do. Certainly not some sick, deviant Nazi bastard.

Erik blows a few rings that slowly morph into psychedelic patterns and dissipate in vivid, curling watercolor trails. 

"Whatever happens," Sayid tells his comrade-in-arms. "You are among friends. We have got you."

I'm alright. I really am. And he is; though there is most certainly a bundle of nerves in his stomach, Charles isn't entirely out of sorts. The hour of sleep that he got last night was enough to school his mind into deep focus, and now, as they wait for Hank to lift the jet into the air, Charles feels ready.

Ready to bring the men who tortured Erik and others to justice. The man who haunts his nightmares, sends his resolve into nothing. The people who are using people—children—for their ends. Never had Charles imagined that he would be involved in something like this, but he's not regretful, either. What he's doing matters. Smiling sagely at Sayid, Charles rubs a hand over Erik's clad knee. "We do," he agrees. "You could not be more prepared. None of us could be."

Gabrielle uncrosses her legs as her wireless chirps off. "Alright, the extraction team is ready," she informs the crew. "Plan A is a-go. We intend to bring him out of there alive. Get him into the null field, and we will extract him. Understood?"

"We will do our best," says Sayid, taking point as they all file into the jet and strap into the cold metal benches bolted into the floor. The straps form an X over their chests, pinning them in place to resist the gravitational forces at work. Erik focuses on his cigarette, memories tumbling across his consciousness in undulating waves. Exhaled in billowing puffs like so much smoke as the jet lifts vertically up into the air, spinning to point toward their destination. 

As it dissolves into the ether, Erik finds that the shrieking radio static in his chest rises. The closer they get to North Brother Island, the more intense and visceral the sensation becomes. In minutes, he will be face-to-face with that looming specter of nightmares. He'll be going home. Returning to Schmidt, where he belongs. The people he loves now, his family, will be only distant specks. Desperately, he wills it to stop. Stop, stop.

Get it together, Lehnsherr, he thinks to himself ruthlessly. Get it together, get it together...


Haben Sie es schon einmal versucht? Schmidt asks, holding out a hand-rolled cylinder of tobacco to him as he toes his shoes back on, yanking the twin cords taut in his grasp. Probieren Sie es aus, es wird Ihnen gefallen. Los, Kleine.

Erik is bleary-eyed, curled into Schmidt's bare side as his fingers wrap carefully around the treat. Delicate, afraid to disturb it and anger him. The smell is comforting. Vanilla and deep wood. Schmidt is languid, relaxed now, but that can change in an instant. Was mache ich?

Es so, Schmidt cups his jaw, right over a hand-shaped bruise inflicted only moments earlier. It rings in Erik's ears still. Aufmachen, gut gemacht. Obediently, he holds it between his lips and watches as Schmidt lights it. Tief einatmen den ganzen Weg hinunter.

It hits him hard, and Erik doubles over, coughing to the sound of Schmidt's chuckle. Es ist nicht so schlecht, ja? He slaps Erik's back. Geh wieder schlafen, Kleine.


Erik. Don't think about that.

It pains Charles in a legitimate way to witness the way that Erik thinks about Schmidt. Yes, there's the pain, the anger, but there's also the desire to please. It's sick; objectively, Charles knows that Erik has been coerced into this mindset, that the torture and depravity inflicted on his young and delicate mind had molded it. But Charles would be lying if he claimed that it didn't bother him.

He knows that Erik loves him, but he also knows that Schmidt occupies a position in his soul that Charles will never be able to overtake. Not until he's gone, anyway. Not until he's no longer a threat. His eyes bore into Erik's own as the plane careens through the air.

I will stay with you the entire time. Alright? Stay with me, and I will stay with you.

The only person on this jet is Charles, as far as Erik is concerned. His own eyes flick back and forth, flailing to focus on the other man's. Wide and unsettled. "I'm-scared," he barely breathes, realizing it for the first time for himself.

Charles plucks the cigarette from Erik's fingers and smashes the smoldering cherry against the metal of the bench. "It's okay. Tell me what exactly is scaring you right now," he encourages, extending a flicker of warmth into Erik's mind. "Be specific."

Schmidt is taller than should be possible in life. From the wispy corridors of time, plucking him out from the Selektion with a firm grip on Erik's bony shoulder. You're not sixteen, he'd huffed, amused. It's no matter. I'll take this one. Breaking him, piece by piece, and re-arranging him exactly how he wanted.

The abiding tsk, tsk, tsk of his tongue clucking against the roof of his mouth in disapproval when Erik fails some task or another. Like he's a child again. A curious sensation, one he doesn't expect. Schmidt spent so long burning it all out of him. All feeling. All weakness, cracked and endless. "Him," is all he manages to say, a single word loaded with suffocating heat and silence.

"He can't hurt you anymore, Erik." Charles is aware that eyes are on them, and in a gesture of frustration, he waves his hand. Everyone else in the cabin will suddenly have static in their ears, rendering them deaf to the conversation that's happening between Charles and Erik. They all bring their hands up, and then glare at him when they realize the cause of their sudden impediment, but Charles doesn't care. "I mean it. You're a man, now. He has no legal means of keeping you. No physical means. He's an evil, sniveling, cruel person who has no right over you. A man who is harming others. Your children. Do not fear him, Erik, for he is a coward and you are not. Understand that."

It isn't lost on him the steel in Charles's tone, which is more than simple conviction or even love between them. Most of the manor's inhabitants possess an image of him as a congenial professor, with his cardigans and blankets and tea. Most of the time Erik sees him that way, too, but it's that which scares him most. That Schmidt will break him, too. But somewhere, deep, he knows the truth. Erik was broken because he is soft, and trusting, and easy to manipulate.

Charles may seem soft, but he isn't. Not inside, not like Erik. In any other circumstance it might be unsettling, but at this moment it's exactly what Erik needs to know. To know that Schmidt won't rend him. Won't degrade or torture him. That maybe he simply can't. "I feel like a coward," he says roughly. "But I won't back out of this. I'm here," he murmurs, and is surprised to hear a measure of that same iron in his own voice. "Here. With you." He presses his palm to Charles's heart.

“Cowards never admit that they’re afraid,” Charles tells Erik, resting his hand overtop the one on his heart. “We all have fear. It’s how we choose to deal with it that makes us who we are.” He offers Erik a smile, but the softness is girded by a steely resolve. Schmidt has had control over Erik for too long. I won’t leave you for a second.

“We’re descending.” Hank’s voice crackles over the speaker, and Charles removes the static from everyone’s ears without batting an eye.

I love you. Let’s go.


Erik spends the rest of their flight with Charles's hand clasped tightly in his, eyes closed in meditation so that, when the so-called X-Jet finally lands on a patch of browning grass, he stands with clear eyes narrowed in concentration. With a sweep, he immediately begins detailing their surroundings. "Fifteen subjects," he says to Gabrielle and Moira. "Fifteen innocent people in that building. We will extract them first. ...Apocalypse," he rolls his eyes as he uses the code-name Moira insists upon. "Can you get us in there without being detected?"

They've practiced this. Sayid closes his eyes, dematerializes and then rematerializes again. "I do not know how many that I can do at once. But, I appear impervious to harm. I will transport them out. All of you should focus elsewhere."

Raven transforms before their eyes, into the blonde visage of Emma Frost. "I'll go with Apocalypse, and make sure their rooms are clear of people. Beast, you come, too. The more we can evacuate without alerting them, the better." 

"That leaves you two," Moira says to Charles and Erik. "Apocalypse and Magneto will take point on apprehending Mr. Sinister. But we want everyone who can be put down, down first. Can you handle that?"

If it weren't such a horrible situation, Erik would laugh at how serious Moira sounds saying Apocalypse and Magneto will apprehend Mr. Sinister. G-d. Mr. Sinister is at least apt, Erik thinks darkly. But he acquiesces, considering it's for good reason. The less personally identifying information about the X-Men out there, the safer they'll be. Unfortunately, for some heinous reason, his code-name is a portmanteau of magnet and neat-o.

"We can handle it," Erik nods sharply.  


They make their way across the manicured lawn leading into the main hospital, with Erik and Charles dispatching anyone they come across silently. The first hiccup happens as they sweep out into the second floor, and come face-to-face with Viktor Creed.  "Well, well. Little Erik Lehnsherr and a new friend. Come to play, kitten?" he grins, wide and sharp, and a bone claw pops out of his first knuckle. Up close, his mind is a caustic sludge, filled with vivid recollection. "I'll tell Herr Doktor you've returned. He will be thrilled."

Erik grits his teeth, and gestures at him with full intent to knock him backwards, only to find his ability has forsaken him. Oh no, not now. It's beset by tremors, and it makes Viktor laugh, delighted. He cracks his neck from side to side, beady eyes studying them all from across the room. And then he lunges, gripping Erik and Charles both by the neck and pinning them to the wall. His mind is a riotous whirl, feral and violent and brutal.

It takes several iterations for Charles to even find anything coherent to latch onto. He's full of charged, swamping aggression and lust. A sense of pure, shameless entitlement and power. He's thinking get rid of the friend, pop him like a balloon in front of the kid, always makes him eager- Feeling his throat close up, Erik struggles to breathe over the ringing in his ears. "Stop-stop," he whispers harshly. "Stop. You've made your point-Viktor, stop-

"Viktor now, kitten? You really have an insolent fucking mouth on you. I'll give you to the count of three to make it up to me or I'm going to put your new friend's insides on his outside." He punctuates the statement with a squeeze and taps his foot on the ground, glaring at it pointedly. 

Everything that they have learned over the past two weeks flees Erik in that moment. That he's with Charles, and the man's ability vastly outclasses Viktor's. Bleating alarm klaxons clang over and over. Calm down. Calm down or you're going to die. Calm down. It's not his own voice, but that of a much younger Erik. He's going to kill us. He's going to kill us. You have to make him stop. You can make him stop. You can distract him- All rational thought is burned out as his body moves of its own accord.

It's like being shot in slow motion. He watches from beyond himself, as he lowers to his knees.

"That's better," says Viktor richly, "-you ungrateful depperte Fut-" 

Chapter 18: And warn them against evil ways

Chapter Text

The grounds are eerily silent. Not entirely dim; there’s a low murmur of minds knocking at the sides of his skull, but it’s as if they’re speaking from beneath a thick blanket. Telepathic shielding, certainly. Charles is stronger than most garden variety shields, but not entirely immune to them. No matter. He’s trained for this. Their first encounter, however, is a true test. Before Charles can adequately move, his windpipe is constricted as he’s slammed into the drywall behind him, vision clouding momentarily.

Viktor Creed is truly the stuff of nightmares, with his brief stature, rectangular sideburns, and bone-like claws menacing from his knuckles.

And— Erik, he implores the man, gobsmacked to see him cower on his knees. Erik, don’t let him talk to you like that, I— It’s then that Charles is finally able to secure a foothold in the mind that is little more than a stinking cesspit of vile, cruel volitions, and it takes little more than a squint of his eyes before Viktor’s hand is off of his neck. Once Charles is freed, he jams a finger to his temple and steps forward, to where Creed is frozen, towering over Erik, unable to do so much as blink.

The raw, untethered rage that spills wordlessly from his body is as terrifying as it is satisfying. “That will be all, Mr. Creed,” Charles says in a downright pleasant voice. He smiles to the man, whose eyes are wide and tinged red. “Or, kitten, if you prefer,” he offers, before snapping the man from the waking world. His heavy form tumbles to the floor, deeply unconscious. Charles then immediately drops to Erik’s side, clasping his wrists.

“You must pull yourself together, Erik,” he demands, all warmth gone from his voice, though not from their telepathic bridge. “You could have done what I just did in a tenth of the time. Don’t let them get in your head like that, mm? We need you to do this, Erik.”

Everything feels hot, like all of his skin has been ripped off of his body, and Erik remains motionless on the ground for a long, long time. He looks up at last, brows knit together as if parsing a particularly complex math equation. Viktor is still, wide-eyed, and it's then that his lips scrunch to the sides. In as dignified a manner as he possibly can, he rises in a fluid motion, studying Viktor intensely. "This isn't right, is it?" he says aloud, thoughtful.

It's Charles's shocked distaste that stuns him out of it, but rather than berate himself for such a humiliating reaction, he tries instead to breathe deeply and find his center. Find his strength, find the place inside of himself that Charles is convinced exists. The crux of his power. It's not hatred. Not fear. Not adrenaline. It's the memory of Pietro and Wanda, their little faces in black-and-white. Erik is no longer small and weak, twisted and malformed by these men. 

He's not powerless. He's a parent, now. Made so by these same men, yet no less true.

And this man has his children.

"Wake him up," says Erik, lifting his chin.


Charles monitors Erik closely, intensely. The man’s mind is a blur of a hundred different worries, a hundred different opportunities, and Charles is about to physically shake Erik when clarity arrives in him like an epiphany. Charles is a witness to the changed landscape in his head, and he hears himself exhale deeply as the cogs begin to spin again in Erik Lehnsherr. He rises with him, hands still hovering around his form.

For a moment, Charles considers denying the request; Viktor is taken care of, they have more battles to fight, but there he wonders if this is an opportunity worth taking, too. Perhaps this is what Erik needs to wake up. He presses his fingers to his temple once more and kickstarts Viktor Creed back to life in an instant.

He’s all yours.

When he grips his good fingers into Viktor's chest, they rend his skin apart, a bolt of superheated plasma lighting him from the inside out and Erik grins, fascinated as noble gasses swirl and electrical columns spire forward. In seconds, Erik tosses him across the room like he's a rag doll. Charles can feel how he manipulates Viktor's mass to lift him easily, and when he smashes into the opposite wall, how it snaps every single bone in his body as he becomes ultra-dense and crumples under his own weight.

Erik twists his hand to the side, a loud crackle in the atmosphere as charged particles form a visible static around his fingers. "I'm surprised at you, wiesz. Ordering me like that. Myślałam pieprzyłeś tylko małych chłopców," he snorts, refusing to give him the satisfaction of having made him kneel. Instead, it's blunt and cruel in its disgust, and he smiles when Viktor flinches away. "Tell me, where are Pietro and Wanda Maximoff?"

The blond can barely speak, blood dripping out of his mouth and down his chest. "Whurre hu?" he slurs.

"Wrong answer." Erik blinks and a bone in his neck is the next to break, this time. "I will leave you a gibbering vegetable. Tell me now where they are."

"Dnno!" Viktor gasps, and Charles can feel the genuine fear radiating off of him. "Iunno, Erig. Pleez."

When Erik laughs, it's with real amusement. Serenely, he twists the man's words back at him. "I'm going to count to three. And if you don't tell me where they are, I will hollow you out like a grapefruit, Viktor Creed."

"They zcaped!" he shouts, harsh. "They zcaped. Zeh girl could teleporg," he tries to explain through the mush of loose teeth in his head.

"Is he lying?" Erik looks at Charles.

It’s both magnificent and terrifying to watch as Erik harnesses the energy, invisible to all but him, to turn Viktor Creed into a rumpled sack of shattered bone. He’s like broken glass inside of a bag, pulverized to dust. Still attached to both minds, Charles himself cringes inward as the pain explodes through Creed, mirrored in intensity only by the unspeakable power that has become part of Erik’s body. He has half a mind to tell Erik to stop, but he knows that this has been a long time coming.

“No,” Charles whispers in response to Erik’s question, unable to take his eyes from the blood bubbling at the corner of his lips. “Wanda teleported herself and Pietro away. Some time ago. No one knows where they went.” He steps forward and places a hand on the small of Erik’s back, an electrical charge jumping to his own fingertips. ”Let Gabrielle take him like this. To end his life would be a mercy, now. Let him live the rest of his days in misery.”

Erik walks right up to Viktor, crooking a finger under his chin and lifting it to meet his eyes. "You are very lucky, mój przyjaciel," he says, his smile gentle. It's this, more than anything else, that sends a bolt of primal unease through the other man. Scritching Viktor's jaw almost playfully, this demon who was once a source of unspeakable violence and fear to Erik slumps over, defeated. Erik is humming.

Des ennuis, des chagrins s'effacent/heureux, heureux à en mourir...

The surge of energy inside of him inspires a kind of delight that is completely out of place for the situation.

"Let's get the rest," he murmurs to Charles, eyes brighter than they have any right to be.

Chapter 19: Lest they be fooled for all their days;

Chapter Text

“We’ve got more company on the next floor,” Charles says quietly, a touch shaken by Erik’s display. The flip was so stark, from submission to overt dominance, and Charles, still confident in their strength, cannot be entirely assured of Erik’s stability. He is confronting a lot of trauma. Dealing with a lot of pain and horror. They can only hope that he remains focused like this.

Gripping Erik’s wrist, Charles pulls him away from the lump on the floor that was Viktor Creed. Charles assumes that he’ll spend the rest of his life in a prison hospital; Charles doubts that, given the extent of his injuries, he’ll ever be without some sort of complication. “Most are clustered in a room just above us,” Charles informs Erik as they make their way toward a stairwell. “I can…I can feel him. A void, where my telepathy goes dim.”

Erik blinks behind Charles, and another man cries out, crumbling to the ground. "Can you contact Sayid? See how he is doing?" he starts, but before he can fully get the words out of his mouth, Charles can feel the blistering, atomic, nuclear reaction behind him that he knows must be Klaus Schmidt.

"Ah, Viktor," he snorts with a shake of his head as though the man were part of a cruel joke between them both. He doesn't seem surprised at the man's condition-in fact, he appears delighted. "Come along then, you know I dislike being kept waiting."

Breathing heavily, Erik swallows, taking a step back, pushing Charles behind him. "You can turn yourself in, Schmidt. End this. It's over for you."

"Turn myself in?" Schmidt grins at him. "And why would I do that, Kleine. You've just returned. Essex," he calls into his radio. "Be a dear and have them both transported to my office. Really, turn myself in," he tuts, like Erik's said something amusing.

Erik can hear the edge behind his words. We have to try, we have to try now-

Before Charles is aware of Schmidt's presence, he's aware of the avalanche in Erik's head. The sharp focus erodes into something like vapor, and Charles attempts to cling onto the fire as Erik clumsily pushes him aside, as if a physical barrier can keep him safe from something like Klaus Schmidt. He's...smaller, than Charles thought that he would be. Narrow in frame and face. His hair is beginning to grey around the temples, and it strikes Charles that the man looks more like one of the professors at MIT than anything else.

When he tries to push through the barrier around his mind, however, the resistance is impenetrable. It's as if he's wearing an invisible helmet that blocks the telepathic extension of Charles's body; a telepathy-brain barrier. Apocalypse, Beast, Mystique, Charles broadcasts to the rest of their team, who are currently on the opposite end of the hospital. If there are no immediate threats, we need backup, now.

On it, Professor, Hank replies quickly. Haller's team can help the victims to safety; we've, er, disarmed their guards. Vaguely, Charles catches a secondhand glimpse of an armed man in black with a gaping hole in the middle of his chest, which Charles can only assume is courtesy of Sayid al-Zaman. Second floor, central corridor.

"You would do that, Dr. Schmidt, because it is in your best interest," Charles speaks cooly, stepping up to stand at Erik's side. He levels the man's gaze, noting the pair of minds headed toward them. Essex and Wyngarde, he gathers quickly. "Allow your attack dog to serve as a warning," he adds, nodding toward the bloodied pulp of Viktor Creed. "It's over for you and your little club." Erik, now. I can't get inside his head; there's a barrier. Disable him, you can do it.

Erik remembers the first time he spoke of Schmidt to Charles. How assured he was that he wouldn't hesitate to kill him. But all it will take is a split-second for Schmidt to turn Charles into a lump, just like Viktor. It's this, rather than cowardice or weakness, that does make him wary. The thought unsettles him, even as his eyes blaze.

Somewhere, Charles is laughing. You'd look the spitting image of Clark Gable. I will smile for the rest of my life. I'll never betray your trust, Erik. You're safe, with me. I promise. Brilliant. Powerful, but steadfast and righteous--wringing his hand at his side, Erik closes his eyes and calls upon his power. We have much to do together. Pigeons, kidneys, fingers and toes. Don’t forget the ears and eyeballs, Erik, dear,--

with an audible glimmer, a vast column of energy barrels toward Schmidt and knocks him off his feet. "Ah, wunderbar, herrlich!" Schmidt laughs, clapping. The final clap shoots a searing pulse at them both, which Erik deflects easily and redoubles back. This time, it flays, right down to the man's molecular structure, ripping into his very being.

Erik here wanted to visit Times Square and the Statue of Liberty-- Charles can feel it when Sayid is overpowered, and his mind winks out. Erik is steady, focused on Schmidt, his expression a concentrated shutter. He draws on memory like a shield, wrapping it around himself and through, and Charles feels the pulsing core of his being amplify outward and outward.

And then Erik disappears.


His body remains upright, but what Charles can feel from his mind-what he's grown accustomed to over the last year, it's gone. Not unconscious, not asleep. Erased. Erik lowers his hand. "That's better," Schmidt smiles. "Why are you wasting your time with these humans, Erik? You and I, we could rule this world. You at my side, that's what I've always wanted."

"Of course, Herr Doktor," Erik says demurely. It's different from the calculated submission and fear he'd displayed with Viktor. This is absent of any analysis, any consideration. Complete emptiness.

"I am very sorry for what happened in the camps, Erik. You must know everything I did was for your wellbeing."

"Thank you," says the puppet of Erik's body. "I'm very grateful. You taught me everything I know."

"Always so polite, Kleine. Now, you," he tuts at Charles. "Pattering about in here, hm?" he taps his temple. "Come along, meine Freunde." 

Despite the heat, the intensity, the broiling fear, Charles could cry as Erik disappears. He's in his head when he vanishes, clinging to the reel of loving memories that had been inspiring Erik to power. For it to all just disappear is a pain that Charles didn't ever expect to feel. As if having a limb ripped clean from one's body. An organ. A heart. Bereft, Charles scrambles around Erik's psyche. No, he's not gone. He can't be.

There are slivers of him left, and Charles is grasping, trying desperately to follow those threads into the core until he is interrupted by sharp jerk of his collar. He gasps as he's held in place by Jason Wyngarde, proudly sporting the moniker of Mastermind as he observes the hulking form of Nathaniel Essex appear at the end of the corridor.

"Ooh, another telepath," Wyngarde drawls as a phantasm of color floats across Charles's vision, like a circus. "Isn't that fun? Now, I hope you weren't trying to do anything to our dear Nathaniel, my friend. Not that I care for the prick, but you should know that anything you do to him will be done to our most favorite pet." The voice is dripping, saccharine, and Charles feels his stomach retch as it raises the hair on the back of his neck, but it's nothing compared to the sickness at drips into his bones as the reality of their situation sets in.

He's powerless. So long as they have control over Erik, he can't do anything to any of them. One move, and Erik is gone. Vaporized. "Haven't you tortured him enough?" Charles grits as he's dragged down the corridor, Erik walking independently alongside him. Obedient. "What more could you possibly do?"

Erik. ERIK. Darling, my love. Come out, I know you're in there...please.

"Oh, my dear Dr. Xavier," Schmidt laughs, the sound grating and genteel. "Did you think he would ever love you, as he loves us? You know nothing about him. Not really. It's of no consequence, of course. Your team has been incapacitated," he feels free to add. "Now, Mystique was a curious one. All this time, she had us fooled. Didn't she, Dr. Wyngarde?"

Essex grips Erik's shoulder hard as he leads the man like an automaton on a string, down the long and winding corridor leading up to Schmidt's office. "Take a seat," he orders Charles with a jab of his finger to the comfortable leather chair opposite Schmidt's desk.

Schmidt withdraws a gun from his belt. "Erik, be a good boy and pick that up," he says. The words are soft, but his mind is a tumultuous blister of rage. "See, the trouble with you," he rounds behind Charles and pets him on the head, affectionate. "As long as you're around, Erik's loyalties will always be divided. We can't have that, can we? What do you think, Kleine?"

"Ja, I will not let him interfere with our mission, Herr," Erik's voice produces the sounds, but his accent is all off, with none of the warmth or inherent qualities of his internal architecture. His mind is a chasm.

"What do you think, should we have some fun, first?" Essex smirks.

"Oh, there will be plenty of time for that. Tsk, tsk. He's a cruel one, isn't he? Nein, nein. We'll make a quick death, just like your ima. A mercy, hm?"

The other telepath shrugs as if to say your choice, sir. Erik is watching himself move. Watching his hand as it reaches for the gun and expertly cocks it, clicking the safety off. Thoughts obliterate off the surface of a volcanic eruption, magma flowing in slow, cracked molasses from head to toe.

Though Charles's heart is pounding—it's as if his carotid artery is going to spring from his neck—he ensures that he maintains eye contact with Schmidt. His breaths are short and heavy, and teeth are clenched, but he attempts to retain what composure he can. Schmidt and these cronies feed off of fear, of weakness. Charles is outmatched, but he will not display fear.

Haller, he demands, watching Erik as he cocks a revolver with a mother-of-pearl handle. What the hell is going on?

No one has died, we are transferring all to safety, returns her harried thoughts. Are you—

Mayday, Charles confirms, before closing the connection between them both.

"It's a bit pathetic, isn't it?" Charles asks, tone deceptively calm as he stares down the barrel of a gun. "That a group of grown men feel the need to manipulate and abuse a young boy. That they take such pleasure in causing him harm. Then again, you Nazis always struck me as rather... Freudian, I'll say. Desiring nothing more than to show everyone how virile you are to compensate for... well, what, I wonder? Poor endowments? Mean mothers?"

Wyngarde scoffs and nudges Essex's shoulder. "Make him end it already, I'm sick of this guy."

Erik. Erik, I know you're in here, begs Charles with every ounce of strength he can muster. He could incapacitate Wyngarde and Essex in moments, but it will mean certain death—or worse—for Erik. He's trapped so long as Erik is. You're stronger than they are. Darling, my love... you can do it. Please. Come back to me. Please, please, pleasepleasepleasepleasepleaseplease...

Erik lifts the gun at Charles and fires.

Chapter 20: Far better weep a while before

Chapter Text

The split-seconds reel between them. There's a sound - a boom! and a great, breathtaking roar that bursts forward in slow-motion and speeds up and up and up. With a heart-wrenching cry, Erik explodes out of himself. The bullets evaporate. Charles feels it as he's swept off of his feet. The room itself disintegrates around him and he's flung outward by the wall of force that erupts from Erik without conscious comprehension.

Everything around Charles sinks into the ether.

He's alone, in the black. With only a single, solemn voice to guide him.

There will come a time where you will need to call on me again. Find me in this place, and I will come to your aid. Do not forget.


He can't hear it, but the sickening crack that echoes into the room precedes his fall to the ground.

In less than a second, between the blast of the gun and his own awareness of his body hurdling across the room, Charles's life changes forever. He's in shock; it will be several days before he wakes up in a hospital bed with enough cogency to grapple with the reality of what has just happened. For now, his body comes to a rest under a pile of rubble, which is then covered by a series of falling objects; metal filing cabinets, studs, and, most devastating of all, a metal beam from within the ceiling, shook loose by the raw power of Erik Lehsnherr.

It's the beam that ultimately lands between its shoulder blades, the site of impact his T1 vertebrae. His vision is white, and he can scarcely breathe; his diaphragm stutters until it settles into near stillness. At his extremities, he feels static, painful numbness. It's within this liminal space, where he's strangely calm in the knowledge that he is about to die, that she appears again. He's no longer buried beneath the debris; he's in his bedroom at Eton, small and spartan.

Edith Eisenhardt shimmers in soft fabrics of white, tahara she was never afforded in death. Kneeling in this cramped, tiny portion of Charles's psyche, she presses her palm to his cheek.

"Oh, tayer," she whispers, mournful.

The twin mattress sinks beneath her as she sits at his side, warm hand cupping his cheek with a kindness that feels foreign in its maternal energy. "I..." he gasps, unaware that his lungs are barely functioning, cheeks turning blue. "Am I dead?"

"Not dead, dear-heart," Edith replies, her eyes in vivid hues and their otherworldly glow settling on him gently. "Hurt," the woman's ghostly visage explains. "Terribly so. But not dead. He tried to protect you, neshama," she whispers, for it was her endearment first. "He was just too strong. Oh, I wish it wasn't this way."

Charles blinks. Hurt...he doesn't feel hurt. The memory hasn't caught up yet; and in fact, Charles feels good. Like he's floating. The sensation running down his spine is pleasant, in here. Warm, calm. Like he could fall asleep. Wait....wait. "I need to get back to him," Charles insists, but, for some reason, when he tries to sit up in the bed, he can't. "They've got him; we're going to die in here if I don't get back to him!"

Edith smiles. "Royk," she murmurs, those eyes flashing incandescently. "Klaus Schmidt and the Hellfire Club are no more. You're safe, now. You are both safe, now. It will be a long and painful road for you, Charles Xavier. But these men are no more."

"No more?" Charles frowns, and wishes that he could just get the hell up and find out for himself. He kicks his leg, but it remains still as a log, almost mocking. He has slightly better luck with his upper body; his shoulders move, and so do his elbows, wrists, and a few fingers on each hand, but it's all ungainly, clumsy. Floppy. "I can handle it," he tells the woman, dismissive. "What about him? Where is he? I need—I need to get back to him, he's scared, and I love--" He trails off, finding it difficult to speak. Worried eyes find Edie's own. "What do I do?"

"He is with you," she brushes his hair from his forehead, swiping her thumb across his brow. "All that you need to do is recover, Charles. Lean on Erik. He will help you. Would that it should be different, tayer." She leans forward, pressing a kiss to his temple.

Charles swallows thickly, but nods, tentative. He's scared, now, for what's to come; suddenly he feels rudderless, rootless, and he doesn't know why. "Can I come back here, if I need?" he asks her softly, though he's not even sure where here is. "Will I need?"

"You will, and you may," Edie says, and it's the solemn surety of her statement that really clues Charles in to exactly how hurt he might be. "You are strong like steel, Charles. It will be devastating. I will not lie to you. Your heart is broken. Your spirit is injured, not just your body. Steel can shatter, or it can temper."

A chill ices through him. Steel can shatter, or it can temper. He's never thought of himself like steel before. He's never had to; his life. though imperfect, has not been best by physical trauma or hardship. He's been able to achieve what he's wanted to achieve without intense strife. Gifted with intelligence, money, and status. No need to be steel.

"Okay," is all he can whisper, squeezing a nearly-limp hand around Edie's fingers. "I'll be back, then." He closes his eyes exhausted.


The next time he opens them, he's in the Intensive Care Unit at the newly opened Jacobi Medical Center in the Bronx, choking around a tube snaking down his windpipe.

Immediately the sensation ceases, and it's yanked out, cast aside. Beside him, Erik is blinking awake, dazed and rumpled. He hasn't moved from his spot in the hard fabric chair they'd brought in. There's a cot next to it, with a few of Erik's things and some of his own as well. His blanket that Erik is fond of. Charles recognizes a siddur, which is unusual - he must have been here for days, potentially even weeks. His relief as he senses Charles return to wakefulness is overwhelming, even bolstering.

"Hi," he returns effusively, and in a mimic of Edie only moments ago in Charles's recollection he brushes a strand of hair from his temple. "Try not to talk. Here," he taps Charles pointedly. Like this. Your throat will thank you. 

Disorientation doesn't even begin to describe how Charles feels. The sudden openness in his throat is a mild relief, but from what he still isn't sure. When he inhales, it feels shallow, and it's loud, too. Strained. He can make out Erik's form, but no detail in his face; his eyes are too bleary to see anything beyond bronze hair, pale skin beset by olive. Even his voice sounds distant beneath a series of tinny beeps. Blinking one eye at a time, Charles eventually gives up and lets them fall shut again, too tired to try and force them to focus.

Where am I? he slurs outward, simply trusting that Erik will hear. The rasps of his own breath are alarming. What day is it?

September 21st, Erik's return is dry. His birthday was two days ago. Happy Yom Kippur! Edie used to joke, gifting him with little metal trinkets, as many as Iakov could hide away. This is a more magnificent gift than he could ever ask for. Charles is here. He's alive. Erik surreptitiously swipes at his eyes. The doctors had told him they didn't know if he would live. You're at Jacobi, Daniel's hospital, he explains as best as he can. Images of Teri and Daniel bickering over where to send him, but ultimately the epidemiologist won out.

Charles had the best shot here, and Hank had pulled together the very best treatment team and prognosis he could.

Erik's hand finds his, rubbing gently over his knuckles. "Charles, I need you to listen to me, neshama. Can you do that? And if you have questions after, I'll try my best to answer them."

September 21st...goodness, how could it have been so long? It's autumn, now. The leafy lanes of Westchester will be alight in fiery reds and oranges. Jacobi, he repeats. Yes, that makes sense. The antiseptic smell, the beeps. The frigid air and starchy blankets that he's just beginning to notice around his chest. Edie had just told him that he was hurt, after all. A hospital makes sense. Frowning with his eyes still closed, Charles notices a faint sensation across his knuckles. Like a stick tickling a gloved hand. Go on.

"Firstly," he says, well familiar with Charles's priorities, "everyone made it out safe. All of the children, and all of us. The Hellfire Club was destroyed. Top to bottom, every one of them is dead. It wasn't me," he adds, gently raising a hand. "They think it was, but it wasn't. The children are at the manor, and they'll remain with us. We all got out safe - all except you," he whispers, a flash of agony peeling over him before it's ruthlessly squashed.

"When the building collapsed, a shot of rebar pierced your T1 vertebra. This is your first thoracic vertebra, around the center of your chest." He places his palm over the approximate location. "Your injury is severe, neshama. I've looked at it - but it's too complex for me. I've practiced on animals, all perished." Erik doesn't even eat meat - the depth of his statement is significant. It drives home what he says next. "I can't risk that with you, so you need to understand - this is very serious."

Relief is the first thing that Charles feels. It's all returning to him; the training, the trip to North Brother Island. Their time with Viktor Creed and the rest of Schmidt's cronies. He remembers feeling Raven, Hank, and Sayid all become overtaken, one at a time, remembers his fear that they would all perish on that island. The children are safe. They're all safe. Schmidt is no more. And then, crushing reality. Erik's words take several moments to sink in.

Charles doesn't really believe them until he wills himself to move his toes. Nothing. Ankles. Nothing. Knees, hips, lower abdomen. Nothing. His eyes flutter open as he furtively tries to raise his arms. They lift from the bed, gaining an inch of height, before the effort attempts to utilize a broken connection and sends the limbs back to the blankets in a pathetic heap.

"Risk it," he rasps; and Erik was right, the pain of his voice against his dry throat is immense, but it's nothing compared to the weight on his chest. "You can figure it out. Risk it."

Erik's face is immobile, his spirit unmoved and still. "Charles," he replies softly, shaking his head. "It will kill you. Please believe that I've tried."

"Risk it," he repeats, eyes now scrambling to lock on to Erik's own. His vision is still blurry, but he can make out Erik's pupils in the sea of green. They look even greener against the red tinge. "Try again, try harder. You can fix me." When he attempts to sit up, he's shot through with a sharp stab of pain, radiating from his upper back and outward. He has no voluntary control, but can still feel pain? The effort leaves him gasping, and the machine tracking his heart rate begins to beep faster as he becomes manic where he lays, helpless.

"No, you have to risk it," he chokes, chest heaving. "I can't—not like this—"

The other man places his hand on Charles's shoulder, restraining him carefully. "Stop-please, stop. I know," he says, lips pursing in a melancholic grimace that only Charles is privy to. "You are not dead. OK? You aren't dead. You're here, with me. We will figure this out. I promise you."

Hot tears spill down his cheeks, and when Charles realizes that, at the moment, he can't even figure out how to lift his hand to wipe them away, the levee breaks. He shakes his head violently because he can't squirm from Erik's touch, can't swat it away. The pain in his neck sends a renewed rush of tingling agony through his body, but he doesn't care, doesn't care that he's being unfair, childish, cruel.

"You can't bloody promise that!" he seethes. He can't raise his voice to the level he would like to; his lungs can't expand enough to do that, and so it spills from him like a harsh, broken whisper across gravel. "This—I'm good as dead!" It's the first time that Charles's expert composure has melted away to this extent in front of Erik. Rationality is gone, gratitude forgotten. All that's left is anger, and pain. The monitors begin to signal a warning; his heart is beating too quickly, his oxygen levels are too low.

But what does Charles care if he goes into cardiac arrest or becomes hypoxic? "Fix it," he begs, sobs wracking his chest. "I can't, Erik...I can't."

Erik moves quickly, drawing Charles into his arms instead, feathering his fingers across the back of Charles's neck where he knows he can still feel it. "Listen to me," he's speaking softly. Charles can barely make out what he's saying. Nothing of consequence, just a sound for him to focus on. Half-stories, murmured nothings.

What is clear, though, is when he shoos down all of that bitter loathing - his own words now strong, and firm, and assured.

"I know. You're going to be OK, yes I can promise it. We will figure this out. You will live. It might not look like the life you thought it would be, but it is a life. It is worthy, and valuable. I'm not going to kill you, Charles. I won't kill you."

Charles dissolves into Erik's arms. He wants to reach up and clutch the fabric of his shirt to pull him closer and when he can't, he cries more. Tears and snot fall down the planes of his cheeks as broken gasps echo against the stark walls of his hospital room. He cries for the future that is no longer his, for morning jogs alongside Erik and late-night strolls through the courtyard. For the feeling of grass between his toes on a warm summer morning, and of the power he feels in his limbs as he dives into cold water.

He cries for Erik, for sex—can he do that anymore? For his students who he can no longer run after. For Raven, who loved to pull him to his feet and dance. For independence. The tears continue to flow for a good stretch of time; until he has nothing left to cry. He's then left feeling empty, achy. Helpless in Erik's arms.

"This is too much for you all," he whispers, eyes closing again. "You can't...you can't take care of me. Not like this."

Gently, painstakingly, he swipes those tears away from him, even as more take their place. It's a juxtaposition of their ordinary roles, and at Charles's last statement, he huffs a soft laugh. "Oh, Charles. You don't know anything at all, do you?" He leans over and deposits a kiss to his brow. "You are not too much for me. You will never be too much for me. I care that you are hurt, and devastated. But this? This is just - look at me." He tips Charles's jaw back, meeting his gaze. "I don't care. I want you, and you are here."

Charles meets Erik’s eyes, but his lip still quavers. He knows that Erik believes it right now and can feel the assurance rooted firmly in his head. In his own mind, the doubt is strong. Erik loves him now, but will he love him in a year, when he’s tired of schlepping him about? When he—Charles doesn’t even know what he’ll need help with, actually, but he assumes it’s probably damned near everything if his arms continue to have a mind of their own. The legs, he knows, are gone, but his arms have more promise. Not that he can even consider that, at the moment.

“It’s too much,” he whispers again. “You aren’t…this isn’t what you signed up for, Erik. What any of you signed up for.”

"I know that it is too much for you right now," says Erik, nodding. "But we will find ways to make it easier. To make it better. I've already started working on a mobility device for you, it should help give you some independence. Everything else - whatever you need assistance with, we will come together and figure it out. All of us. Did you think I only loved you for your legs, Xavier?" an eyebrow arcs, pointed.

Charles knows that Erik is attempting levity, but he’s not ready for it yet, so he just lets his head slump against Erik’s chest—as if he has a choice. Typically, encourages positive thinking; as it’s usually the most pragmatic route, but all he can envision is difficulty. Ramps, lifts, wheelchairs, catheters. Help, all the time. It burrows a pit into his stomach. “I’m tired,” he murmurs. “And thirsty. My throat…if it’s September 21st already…” he tries to calculate the last time he had a glass of water was, but the math is too baffling.

"I signed up for you," Erik says as he levitates over a small paper glass, helping him to sit up and drain as much of the liquid as possible. Charles doesn't miss that Erik uses his ability to ensure he doesn't make a mess. "You will be doing most of this work, neshama. No matter what you may think, you are not some kind of invalid. Please, don't -" here, he wavers, the indomitable strength that weathers it all faltering for a moment. Inhaling slowly, it all relaxes and settles back, towering architecture. "Please. Let me decide what I can handle. If I can't, I won't pretend otherwise. We will deal with that, too. If you don't want-that's different. But do not leave for my sake, Charles. Please."

It’s clear from his first attempt to sit up and drink a glass of water that Charles has a long road ahead of him. The space between his collarbones and nipples has some sensation, but everything beneath that is a mess of static and nothing at all. Gods, if he can’t sit up without support— No. Enough. He needs to think of those medical journals that are brimming with fresh breakthroughs. Published monthly now, as medicine is moving quicker than ever.

After the war, when so many men were shipped back home in similar shape to he, what did they do? Some squandered in hospitals, he knows, until they died of infections like pneumonia. Others—the privileged ones, he knows—participated in pioneering therapies. Physical, medical, surgical. Hank McCoy has the most brilliant medical mind of their generation, and he sleeps under the same roof as Charles.

“As if I can bloody go anywhere,” he murmurs as he settles back against his mattress, breathless from the effort of sitting up. It’s crass and rude, but a positive sign, in a strange way. That Charles can even bother to point out an irony. “I think that I’d like to rest, now,” he tells Erik, aware of the fact that he hasn’t directly answered his bid. “You should rest, too.”

Erik jerks his head in a nod, and rises to fix the blanket over him, warming it with a touch. Charles's circulation would be poorer, he knows. He might get too cold. "Do you wish for me to stay?" he asks, statuesque.

Sleep is already coming for Charles as Erik tucks him in. He doesn’t know it, but the fatigue will be one of the more daunting battles to overcome in the near term; as his body fights to find some semblance of balance again, it will siphon every ounce of energy. “Yes,” he slurs. “Always, Erik.” And then he’s out, chest rising and falling far too laboriously, but he’ll live. He’s made the decision to do so, because Erik has promised.

The last thing he feels from Erik is a mirror of the relief that he'd felt upon waking, and Erik draws him up into his arms, resting his chin over the top of his head and lulling him into dreams. Of course, Erik doesn't sleep - he hasn't for days, and he's thinner, with thick dark circles under his eyes, but he stands sentry over Charles, the ice and stone in his chest gradually cracking open with every moment that he's there.

Still breathing.

Chapter 21: Than burn in hell forevermore!

Chapter Text

The following days are a blur of tests, assessments, medications, visits from specialists of all sorts. Spinal surgeons, pulmonologists, physical therapists. And when he’s not being tended to medically, he’s being hovered over by dearer faces. Raven, Hank, Daniel, Aura, Izzy, Janos, Carmen. Even Sayid, Moira, and Gabrielle stop in every now and again. They all offer expressions of gratitude for his life and well wishes for his health, and though Charles appreciates it objectively, it all feels exhausting and hollow.

After a week, he’s wanting to bust out of his skin. Everything is a chore, from eating to bathing to taking a piss. By some stroke of dumb luck, a bundle of nerves that should be completely dead is still flickering, which allows him some control over his arms. Most of the doctors are encouraged by this and insist that it’s a “positive indicator,” that with the right therapy and routines, he’ll one day be able to use his arms and hands with “moderate-to-full control.” But the one side effect that no one could have foreseen is the impact on his telepathy.

Where he had so laboriously instilled control, there’s now chaos, and Charles swears that his sensitivity has ratcheted up to the point where he can hear people in Europe. Asia. Mars. It’s so immense and overwhelming that he finds himself asking his nurses for sedatives, and they start to notice. “I don’t think I can do it, Erik,” he finally breaks down one evening, when he and Erik are alone in his hospital room. A nurse has just insisted that he wait a while longer before he’s drugged up and knocked out. “It’s too much.”

Erik doesn't falter again, after that first time. If he doesn't sleep as often, or eat as much, it's attributed to his intense focus on Charles's recovery and nothing more. He's tending to the flowers on the window-sill when the other man speaks, and he turns, eyebrows raising before pinching together in the center of his forehead. "-Charles?" he murmurs a request for clarification, soft.

“I—I can’t control it,” he breathes, eyes scrunching. In a strange way, he’s growing used to the ratcheting static in his body, but the screeching noise bouncing off of the inside of his skull is something that only seems to grow. “My telepathy,” he offers, pressing his head back into his pillow as hard as his body will allow. “I hear it—I feel it all. And I can’t bloody stop it.

Erik moves to sit down next to him, his mind a comforting loam of mist and petrichor and swaying planters. He brushes Charles's hair from his temple in a practiced motion, listening as he works to express himself. "Your senses are adjusting to a loss," he theorizes. "Like a blind person who can hear better. Your body is impaired, so your mind is adapting to compensate. Maybe it will get easier over time, hm? As you acclimate. It's only been a short while, Charles."

“It’s been too long,” Charles protests, aware that he’s being petulant. “I just want to shut the damn thing off. Bum some of Hank’s serum, mm?” He opens his eyes, gazing back up at Erik with hollow eyes. “Would be nice.”

It causes Erik's eyes to flutter shut, his composure as serene and careful as ever. Only Charles can tell how it pains him to hear, and also his resolution not to be selfish about it. "--Is that what you want? To turn it off?"

Charles ignores Erik’s obvious pain, even resents it. He’s grown agitated over the past several days. Hell, it almost brings him satisfaction, in a sick way. He feels so powerless, is all. Anything to make an effect. “Lord knows I don’t need it now,” he says, cruel humor in his voice. “Coulda used stronger telepathy a bit ago, mm? Maybe coulda taken Schmidt on properly. Avoided this whole mess.” It’s low, to bring that up, but Charles says it anyway.

Erik goes utterly still, for just a moment. "Yes," he rasps with a small smile. "Perhaps so."

Charles laughs coldly, though he knows, somewhere, that he regrets hurting him so. “So, yes. I’d like nothing more than to shut it all off, Erik. Secure some damn peace, for just one night.”

"Would it make you happy?" asks Erik, clear and quiet.

“Happy,” Charles hisses, scornful. “What do you think, Erik?”

"I will speak with Hank," is what he replies, simple. "Excuse me, please." He rises to his feet, folding his hands neatly behind his back before ducking out.

When Erik leaves, Charles breathes out a loud sigh, low and feral. He presses his head back into his pillows and wishes that he could arch his back upward to stretch it, like a bow. He feels stiff, sore, trapped, and the fact that his body simply won't comply is an agony that he never expected or knew.

Now that he’s alone, he regrets his words to Erik. That gnawing guilt that had overwhelmed his mind is something that Charles should be attempting to usher away, not exploit. Frustration and pain are not reasons to be cruel. Especially not to Erik.

He vows to apologize when Erik returns, whenever that will be. Perhaps the man will take some time to actually rest; it’s not a secret that Erik has been existing on air and hospital coffee alone.


When he isn't in the hospital, Erik spends his time on the top of Williamsburg Bridge. This morning, he's seated along the edge with his cheek pressed into the cold metal column, legs dangling over the edge. His bad hand is wrapped haphazardly around his perch, watching the infinitesimal lights of cars and boats like little children's toys in a diorama march along.  In his good is a lit cigarette, the smoke curling and comforting, mixed with salty wind that carries it off into the ether. He takes a long drag.

Sayid finds him there, careful as he balances on the beam leading from one side to the other. "Thinking about jumping off?" he just says it, blunt in his way. 

Erik snorts. "It is just... peaceful, here." 

"Come, we'll get breakfast."

"I am not hungry."

"I did not ask if you were," he returns, firm. He reaches down to his friend, and Erik rolls his eyes as he slips his fingers across Sayid's broad palm, letting himself be easily lifted to his feet. "The CIA want to interview us all again. Have they gotten to Charles, yet?"

"Not yet. It is too soon," Erik tells him. "How are the children?"

"Good. Aura's doing a good job with them. Isadore has a few of new shadows. They're small, their minds are malleable. Little children usually heal well. But we will need to deal with this sooner, rather than later."

"--deal?" Erik's eyebrows arc.

"The CIA, chaver sheli. They're not going to stop."  

"Do your best to stall them," Erik orders, supposing he is technically the Institute's de-facto leader. "And if it comes down to it, we will find a way to make them listen to reason." 

"Did you kill those men?" 

"No," Erik shakes his head. "It really wasn't me. I do not know what happened." 

"Char-Cute-Erie is open," Sayid points at the long line of smashed up buildings in the distance, naming one of Erik's favorite delis. A small wrapped package emerges, and he holds it out. "Vegetarian, like the rabbit you are. Now eat," he commands. 

Erik touches the crook of his arm. "Toda raba."

Sayid disappears as the sun slips over the horizon, bathing the sky in brilliant hues of yellow and gold streaked over azure. It reminds him of Charles's eyes. He withdraws the pickle from his sandwich and munches on it. Unable to stomach anything further, he dissolves the rest, loathe to leave litter.

And then he does jump. He's falling, and falling, and falling. The water rushes ever closer. He lands in the ocean, to all onlookers just another statistic. Sinking to the bottom, Erik's eyes are closed, a smile on his face before he shoots up back into the air, completely unharmed and dry. Much to the shock of anyone observing.

With a supersonic boom! he accelerates hard, leaving a stunned audience behind.


Hank is actually getting ready to leave for Jacobi when he encounters Erik in the foyer of the manor. It’s first time he’s seen Erik there since Charles woke up last week, and the first thing he notices is the grey pallor of his skin, eyes beset by purplish circles. “Did Charles finally convince you to get some sleep?” He asks, awkward. It’s all been awkward since that day.

"Pardon?" Erik doesn't expect the question at all, and it takes him off-guard. He scritches the back of his neck with his good hand and smiles. It looks like an expression that an alien has studied and is now attempting to replicate. "Ah, yes," he agrees with a nod. "How is he doing?" his eyes catch on the chart in Hank's hands. 

Hank is unconvinced, but decided that it’s not any of his business to pry. They all know that Erik feels guilty, responsible. No one knows exactly what happened in that room, anyway. “You know as well as I do,” Hank replies with a shrug. “Pleased with his lung function so far and he’s healing well from his surgery. His kidneys are still under-performing, but that can be managed with diet and medication. I’m headed there to discuss that now.” Hank shifts on his feet, clearing his throat. “The CIA has been here, just so you know. Asking for you and for Charles. We’ve convinced them to spare Charles until he’s out of intensive care, but we can’t guarantee the same for you.”

True to his word before leaving the previous night, Erik reaches for Hank, stopping just short of touch. Straightening his shoulders with a determined purpose. "His telepathic ability is increasing," he taps his own temple. "Because of the injury. His mind is adapting. You mentioned-that you've done work with serums, that can-alleviate symptoms like this. How feasible would it be for you to help him? He hasn't been able to sleep well."

If Erik was caught off-guard, Hank is floored by the suggestion from him that Charles might benefit from a psionic suppressant. It goes against everything they've ever discussed, and Erik isn't the kind of person to have his mind changed on a whim. It’s certainly a shock, coming from Erik. All of the disdain, the vehemence. How dare they even consider suppressing their natural gifts, the abilities that make them who they are? Hank is, in fact, not large and blue right now; he prefers to be in his other form when practicing medicine, and the two vials are tucked in his front pocket right now. 

Up-close, Hank notices that Erik is shivering as though cold.

"Sayid told me about the CIA. I'll handle it, if they show up," Erik promises, pressing down on his teeth so they don't audibly chatter. "Just tell them the truth, as you know it. Blame me if you must. The Institute comes first."

“Just a minor tweak to this,” Hank says quietly, plucking one vial from his pocket and holding it up to Erik. It’s a clear fluid, with the consistency of dish soap. “I would have to make sure it won’t interfere with any of the medications that he’s taking, but that’s easy enough to assess. I could have it ready by tonight.” He hands Erik the vial, knowing that the man can see its makeup. “We have been telling the truth. We don’t know what happened in that office. Haller and MacTaggert are batting for us, but there’s still scrutiny.”

Erik turns it over, watching it form little bubbles as the oil sluggishly moves along the glass. He hands it back. "Make it up," he tells Hank softly. "I do not relish this, but-he is suffering. He deserves to rest, and heal." The fact that Haller is batting for them strikes Erik as curious, given how vehement she was over Schmidt's retrieval alive. "For the record: I did not kill them," he repeats. Having just heard him lie so baldly moments before, it's apparent that this is the truth. "Not intentionally. My nearest hypothesis is that Essex triggered a melt-down of my abilities." He gives another smile, and a returning shrug.

“Just until he’s farther along in his recovery,” Hank assures Erik, though he doesn’t know why. Perhaps they both see it in Charles’s eyes, that angry desperation. Something nasty lying beneath, threatening to rear its head if they become too lax. Charles has mentioned that his mother has issues with substances. “A melt-down of your abilities,” Hank repeats, cocking a brow, but not because he’s suspicious.

“Well, that may be so. For the record: I wouldn’t blame you if you had killed them,” Hank admits. “They were evil and it wasn’t fair of them to ask us to bring them out alive.” It’s a rare moment of solidarity between the men, who are typically at odds with each other, and Hank is uncomfortable with the moment, so he clears his throat. “I’ll get started on this right now then and have Shomron discuss his kidneys with his team,” Hank says, turning on his heel.

“And…really. Get some sleep, Erik. You’re no good to him like this.”

Erik reaches out again, grasping Hank's shoulder in his version of an embrace. He doesn't reply, but for the first time that Hank can recall, Erik's expression shifts. The cold, hard lines of his carved features warble, a single instant like a flare. All he does is nod, the complex tangle on his face too diffuse to verbalize. Sensing his discomfort, Erik squeezes once before letting go, stepping aside to let Hank be on his way.

Chapter 22: And later, when at last I die,

Chapter Text

Frankly, he’s sick of taking a knee to these fools and he’s not going to do it for a day longer. MacTaggert—Judas in the flesh, if anyone asks him—has somehow convinced the brass to let the Professor and the terrorist have immunity until his booboos all heal, but William Stryker isn’t about to let himself be walked over by some mutant-lover woman and that crackpot Israeli team. There are half a dozen dead people—people who were invited to live here by the good graces of the United States. Smart people. Taxpayers.

Muties, the lot of them, but Stryker isn’t about to tolerate that kind of infighting in his great nation. To bring any of them down is a win. And so that’s how he finds himself in the ICU at the Jacobi Medical Center, arguing with some asshole doctor with a Jewish name affiliated with that ridiculous institute. “I don’t care if he’s in a hospital or lounging on a beach in Hawaii,” Stryker spits at the doctor, who is using his body to physically block him from entering the room of Charles Xavier. “I have a job to do, and I’m gonna damn well do it.”

Shonron or whatever he's called, rolls his eyes. "Yeah, well, arrest me then, Agent. I have a job to do, too, and as far as I understand it, you're in direct violation of your superior officers by even being here. Now get back before I have security escort you out," he gripes, glowering hard.

"Excuse me." As Lehnsherr approaches, he levels a warning at him in tone, if not word. "Is there something I can assist you with."

It's a question, phrased as a statement, with all the presumption that William has come to know from Lehnsherr and his kind. Up-close, the man's vivid green eyes are eerie and otherworldly, made all the moreso by the dark shadows befallen them. It's creepy, is what it is. His form is lithe and coiled, all tense and lethal energy that would no sooner hesitate than strike him down. No more than a viper in their midst.

In the flesh. Erik Lehnsherr. His golden goose of the day. Magneto, as branded by their cohort, playing vigilante. Tapping the likes of these monstrosities was a massive mistake; Stryker had been vocal about his misgivings from the start. The fact that their mission resulted in such a disastrous end is a loud testament to the fatal flaw. In person, Lehnsherr is different. Taller, skinnier. Tired-looking. A far cry from the commie-like rabble rouser he’d seen in television clips. But he’s one of the ringleaders, this skinny European bastard, and Stryker is determined.

“William Stryker, CIA,” he returns. He flashes the badge, and then pockets it quickly. “I have orders to interview a Dr. Charles Xavier and a Dr. Erik Lenn-shir. Tell me, sir,” he says, voice dripping with disdain. “Where might I find them?”

The mutie lifts his hand, and William's badge immediately snaps to Lehnsherr's palm as though magnetized. He studies it, arching a brow. "Dr. Xavier is not available at the moment. I'm Erik Lehns-hare," he enunciates his last name for the man, and holds out the badge for him to recover. There's a grim smile on his face. "Did you want to conduct this interview in the middle of the corridor, or should we find a conference room?"

The sheer fucking audacity rankles, but if he's cooperating-

“Dr. Shomron here will point us to a quiet space for our interview, won’t he?” It’s plain that Daniel loathes being an accomplice to whatever nonsense the CIA is spilling, but he complies after gleaning from Erik that he’s willing to talk. They follow him out of the ICU and into a small consultation room.


Once inside, Stryker gestures for the man to sit in one of the two padded chairs beside a small desk.

“Lehns-hare,” he pronounces, exaggerating the second syllable as he pops his briefcase open. “What kind of name is that? German?” It’s clear that Stryker isn’t here to make small talk about heritage, so he clicks his pen loudly as he grips for the right file. “Erik Magnus Lenz-hair. Born September 19th, 1923 in Loads, Poland. Hmm. Drink a lot of Vodka in Poland?”

"I'm told my parents had a sense of humor," Erik replies, dry as he lowers into the opposing chair, crossing one leg over the other. "And, no. I didn't drink vodka at age eleven. That must be a cultural difference."

Stryker smiles coldly at Erik. How he loathes this man, with his radical philosophies and victim complex. He’s the reason why these sorts should be dealt with with a firm hand. Let them get too arrogant, and they end up like this. “But you were up to something at age eleven, weren’t you? That when your mutation, I’m told to call it, came out of you?”

"That's correct. I was arrested for delivering mail to the Armia Krajowa."

Stryker nods, scribbling a note. “And is that when your history with Dr. Klaus Schmidt began?”

The answer is a monosyllabic: "Yes."

“I see.” The details are vague, but Stryker knows the gist; Lehnsherr was taken by the Nazis and was treated special, given a proper place to sleep and more food to eat. After the war, he was shipped off to Israel before the CIA began taking notice of him. Here they are, years later. “And so tell me, Mr. Lehnsherr, how Dr. Schmidt’s viscera came to be spread across the second floor corridor of Riverside Hospital, just a few miles from where we sit.”

A tic in Lehnsherr's jaw is the only indication that the line of questioning has any impact; he's otherwise completely impassive. "I don't know, Agent. That is the truth. Nathaniel Essex infiltrated my mind. My memories of the event are hazy."

Stryker’s expression is incredulous. “Well, if that’s the case,” he sneers, snapping his file closed. “Interview over! No more questions! Because if your mind was infiltrated, it’s clearly not your fault, is it?” He barks a cold laugh, and then levels a glare at Erik. “That’s not what happened. Nathaniel Essex died that day, too. Why would he kill himself?”

Lehnsherr pinches the bridge of his nose, rubbing at his forehead. "I don't think it was on purpose. My best estimate is that he triggered something in my mind that caused my abilities to malfunction. It may very well be my responsibility," he grants softly. "But it wasn't intentional."

Stryker can only stare at the man before him. Danger, recklessness. That’s all these mutants are. “The only living witness who can corroborate this story is Dr. Xavier. But, as you’ve told me, he’s unavailable. So I’m going to assume that you’re telling the truth, that you are indeed responsible for the deaths at North Brother Island.”

The mutant's lips purse. "What is it that you want from me? An apology?" He touches his chest with an open palm. "Then have it. I am sorry. Justice wasn't accomplished at Riverside. Schmidt and all the rest of those Nazi skurwysyny should have been extradited and tried, but they were not. And I am sorry it happened that way."

“Not an apology, just the truth,” Stryker explains coolly. “When people die on CIA watch, a lot must be done, as you might imagine. Inquiries, paperwork. You had orders to obtain them alive, and you didn’t do that. It’s a problem. A major problem. You might expect that ‘innocence by mental infiltration’ isn’t an adequate defense, in a military court.”

"But recruiting mutant civilians to use for your own ends is acceptable, is that it?" Lehnsherr points a finger at him, accusatory. "Every single person on that team objected to this. We complied because of misplaced idealism. Those deaths are as much your responsibility as they are mine." His sharp words reminisce an axe splintering old wood. "You spend years crafting a method to exploit us and now dare lay it at our feet because of an outcome which we explicitly warned you against. You come in here, pure ego, to absolve yourself of accountability. You're pitiful, Stryker. Dr. Xavier will never walk again. You should be in there right now with an apology for him. For the ludicrous circumstances that you manipulated him into."

“The only thing that I dare to do, Lehnsherr,” he seethes, pronouncing it with the American way. “Is uphold the damn law of this land.”

His fingers are curling on the desk in front of him, crinkling the papers within the thick file detailing every known factoid about Erik Lehnsherr’s life. The synagogue he went to as a child. The camps that his father and sister were sent to. The meticulous notes collected about him by the man who he assassinated. “While your people starved to death in the cold, you had food in your belly and a bed to sleep on, did you not? Someone to look after you. You were treated relatively nice, weren’t you? By the man you just murdered in cold blood!”

He raises his chin toward Erik, and then jerks his head toward the door. “Just like you made lover boy out there into a cripple.”

Before he can even think, Lehnsherr has risen to his feet. Somewhere, he can distantly hear Charles, but it's just white noise over the complete and utter rage that spills from the top of his head into the bottom of his feet like molten lava. Stryker is knocked back by an invisible force. The man is getting closer and closer, until he curls the fingers of his un-braced hand into the fabric of his suit. He can feel shredding nails, digging into him.

Erik. Down the hall, Charles has been listening furtively. It’s immensely difficult to parse through the roar in his head, but proximity helps, and Erik’s mind is one he could pick out of a sea of millions. He’s here unofficially, he has no means of keeping you right now. Leave that room, please. Don’t listen to him.

"This interview is over," Lehnsherr says, flat and cold. "And if I see you in this hospital again before Dr. Xavier is recovered, I will put you through a wall. Fucking humans," he spits. There's a long, inexorable moment when Stryker is genuinely afraid that Lehnsherr will do it anyway - hurt him, kill him, even. But he just lets him go, dusted and unharmed.

Chapter 23: he hangs me, spitefully, on high

Chapter Text

Daniel is at his bedside, worried hands fussing over this, over that. His heart rate is too high—it has been for weeks. Charles isn’t listening to the doctor’s words, doesn’t even register that he’s present in his room. He’s too busy picking Erik out from the crowd of millions. A mind, shining like a beacon, the one he can grasp onto. Erik. Erik, please, don’t— He follows him from the room, horror-stricken as Stryker and his vile, racist, hateful brain tears after him, ready to use the long arm of the law to bring him down, when the hulking figure of Sayid al-Zaman interrupts what is about to be carnage.

Stryker tries to follow after him, but he's stopped by a hand on his shoulder - bigger than he's ever seen. He has to look at least a foot higher to meet its owner. It's a stern Arab man, head tilted down at him. al-Zaman, the terrorist. With a zap, Stryker feels a charge of electricity burst through his entire body, sharp enough to hurt every muscle he has, and ones he didn't even realize existed at all.

"What you don't realize, sir," he says so softly, so kindly. "-is that Dr. Lehnsherr is good cop. Leave this place in peace. You won't like it if you make me angry."

It's all Stryker can do not to trip over his feet on the way out.

Erik suppresses a smile. "You shouldn't have done that."

Sayid's eyes crinkle. He waves a hand, dismissive. "Bah. He is an aberration. Go to your beloved, chaver sheli. I'll keep watch." 

Thank-you, Erik mouths as he ducks into Charles's room.


Erik breathes in shakily, covering his face with both hands as he drops into the couch opposite Charles's bed. 

You were treated relatively nice, weren't you? plays in his head again and again. It's a twisted self-injurious impulse, berating himself in the sound of Stryker's voice. A single crack in his otherwise impenetrable demeanor. For the truth. That Erik does feel genuine regret for Schmidt's death, beyond simple operational failure. That Erik is grieving him. Because something in him will always be sick and broken. "I suppose he was right," he says, laughing into his cupped palms as they drag down his face.

"But I paid for that, didn't I? It wasn't free. I wished to die, but couldn't. There were others in the lab with me. I had to make sure they were OK. As long as he focused on me, he wasn't hurting them." Maybe coulda taken Schmidt on properly. Avoided this whole mess--- "How horrid, to complain about it. He's right. Did you know that it was painful? The gas. They didn't go to sleep. They were herded in there, panicked. Naked and trampling over one another. They didn't know until the very end. We said it was de-lousing."

This is what he thinks of every time he steps into their bathroom with its gleaming white tiles and fluorescent bulbs.

"It took minutes for them to die. They turned blue and purple, like a painting. Sometimes they didn't. I had to kill those ones myself," he laughs and laughs, a hideous grin on his face. An image of a young Erik, thin as a twig with hair shaved in rough patches - his striped uniform too-big, absent an identifying triangle with only a haphazard X slashed over his back in peeling red paint - lifting his weapon and firing. By then, they were already dead, the only question was how long they suffered.

And if I had perished, you would be OK now. He doesn't mean the thought to escape, and grimaces when it does. It's self-pity, and he's angry with himself for not being able to resist it well in the moment. This isn't about him. This isn't about his guilt, or his suffering. Erik digs his fingertips into his cheeks under his eyes, desperate to get himself under control. Why is the air in here so thin? Erik takes long, rattling breaths, reminiscent of Charles's first moments of wakefulness. "I'm sorry, forgive me. Forgive me, I-I think I'm-" 

Charles can only breathe again when Erik tears into his room at long last. His heart rate falls, and Daniel, shooting them both exasperated looks, squeezes Charles’s shoulder before ducking out. It’s difficult to focus on only Erik in the turbulent sea within his head, but the proximity and familiarity helps. His mind is a chaotic whirlwind, filled with fury and anger and guilt. It’s painful to witness, and even more painful to feel. “He wasn’t right,” Charles says softly, lying still in his bed. “You were a prisoner. As much as the rest.” He rolls his shoulders, wishing he could do more to alleviate the stiffness clawing at his joints.

“And anyway, it’s not a competition, Erik. Maybe you had a bed, but you were still a prisoner. There’s no reason at all you should feel any grace for them. They didn’t kill you, but that shouldn’t be seen as an act of mercy, right? People shouldn’t kill others. It’s not extraordinary or kind when lives are spared, it’s correct.” When Erik’s thoughts veer toward him, toward what could have happened otherwise, Charles jams his eyes shut. Yes, he had been snappy and cruel to Erik earlier, subtly suggesting culpability. It was wrong. He should not have spoken that way. The sadness and guilt, comingling with the sharp memories of a young boy, malnourished, scared. Hopeless.

“Come here,” Charles whispers. “Come, lay with me. Please.”


Lead on a string of whispers, Erik slowly rises and makes his way across the room in a shuffle, climbing up into the bed to draw Charles into his arms and gently press fingertips to that knotted muscle in his shoulder. A twinge of warmth works its way through, easing and easing. If he focuses on this, then he doesn't have to think. He doesn't have to feel. Not the blistering rage, not the suffocating grief for Schmidt born from same part of him which caused such distaste and humiliation back in that complex, the part that desires to please and submit.

Charles desperate in his mind, begging him to find a source of strength that never existed, pleading with him to just function. To do this one, simple task. Well, they're all dead, now. They're dead, and Charles is mourning an equivalent loss of incomprehensible, staggering proportions. The loss of everything he's ever known. At Erik's hands, just as well. A horrifying I-told-you-so. Charles laments that he won't want to take care of him, but the irony is even crueler.

Erik is the one who is mal-formed beyond all rhyme or reason. Erik is the one who will never be healed. Erik is the one with a mind like a black hole, where all things are annihilated. He thinks, it's wrong. That I'm broken. Because he isn't broken. Schmidt obliterated his insides, yes. But then he took all those pieces and put them right back together again, just as he wished. Erik can't be fixed, because he isn't broken. Not anymore. He hasn't died, because he was never truly alive. He was never truly human. That's what Stryker thinks, that he's a monster.

And he is right. And Erik is hollow.


Charles can’t wrap his arms around Erik as he wants to, but he can circle the throbbing ache in his psyche and remain there, at least for now. To follow the thread of Erik’s spiral into the eye is to arrive at a stark destination, characterized by grim resolution. This place is the foundation of Erik’s sense of self. The present agony springs from and leads to this base, and it pains Charles to see how fundamentally flawed Erik believes he is. He thinks he’s defective, at his core. That what happened on North Brother Island is the result of some inherent malformation. What Schmidt has done to Erik, Charles realizes, is far more permeating than any physical injury could ever be.

I wish I could change this, Charles murmurs, telepathic voice low, melodious, warm. Not you, Erik, but how you see yourself. They have you convinced that you’re something that you aren’t. I’m so, so sorry that they’ve done this to you. He swallows thickly, breath shuddering a bit. Hank told him earlier that his lungs are “doing well,” but he still feels out of breath and tired all the time. “I’m sorry for what I said, earlier. I was feeling bitter and restless, and I took it out on you,” he whispers. “I hope you believe me when I tell you that what happened to me—all this—“ his breath hitches, and he blinks back tears that, mercifully, do not fall.

“None of this is your fault. You saved my life. I’d be dead if that bullet hit me, and you got me out of the way.” He thinks about those ugly hours, where, through a dry throat and angry tears, he proclaimed that death is an equanimous condition to this. Furious with his carelessness, he wills a hand to twitch toward Erik’s wrist. It misses and instead flops on Erik’s elbow, but he offers an awkward, stilted squeeze with his stubborn fingers anyway. “I won’t be able to bear it if you only feel guilt when you look at me, Erik,” he whispers hoarsely.

“You and I—we both need to heal. Right? What happened on that island… I haven’t even thought about how traumatic that all must have been for you. I’ve been selfish. I’m sorry.”

Erik finds that hand and lifts it, dusting kisses across his knuckles.

Through the thick cotton batting of sensation, Charles realizes that his fingers are wet. He cries, sometimes. In the last week, not at all - but a few times, since Charles has known him, he has teared up. Before Charles, he hadn't cried since his mother hit the floor, a hole in her head where her heart should be. But it's typically in a manner of neurological dysfunction. His face is always steady and immobile, and he never makes a sound.

So it takes a few seconds for Charles to realize that the moan which escapes him is because Erik's composure has well-and-truly dissolved. I became the laughingstock of all my people; they mock me in song all day long./He has filled me with bitter herbs and given me gall to drink./He has broken my teeth with gravel;/he has trampled me in the dust. I have been deprived of peace; I have forgotten what prosperity is--

"I am so-" he grates out halting words, caught in his throat like a net. "-so sorry-I'm so sorry-I brou--ah--brought him to your doorstep-powinienem mieć zatrzymaj go, se--się starałem bardzo--"

“Erik, no—stop—“ Charles gasps, the pain becoming his own, but then he’s quiet, still. Erik is crying, one of the rarer expressions for a man characterized by outward stoicism. Charles alone is privy to the technicolor tapestry of art and emotion that forms the structure of Erik’s soul; everyone else only sees the stone-faced survivor, focused and controlled. Most think that an aversion to external expression is a means of keeping others out, but a telepath knows that it’s far more a means of keeping the torrent in. If the damn cracks, the levee splinters, everything can fall apart.

In twenty years, repression will be an award-winning topic in psychology and psychiatry, but here, in the middle of the 1950s, Charles Xavier can sing a ballad of its damage. It’s Erik’s turn to let it all spill out, now. Charles does him a disservice when his first reaction is to console, to shush, to make it all go away. Sometimes, people need to spill all of their nasty, unfounded thoughts. And so that’s what Charles does. He remains firm and warm within Erik’s head, but he doesn’t attempt to cajole him into calmness. People don’t need to be calm all the time. It’s only when the Polish returns, and words dissolve into choking gasps that Charles finally speaks again.

“No, my love,” he whispers, voice soft. “You warned us. You were the one who wanted to sit this one out,” he reminds. “This was forced upon you.” He leans as far as his stiff body allows to ghost a kiss along Erik’s bicep—all he can reach in this position. “It’s okay to feel agony about it all, I won’t try to tell you not to. But you must remember that you did not ask for this, either. I’m so sorry that this was forced upon you.”

"I--hngg--" Erik finds his voice gripped by an invisible fist, squeezing and squeezing the life out of him. Essex in his mind shivers and splinters, his voice a simpering lilt whispering all of the horrifying contests, the dances and ceremonies in store. "I don't know wha--what happened," he forces out across the quake. "H--wanted me to--hurt you--Schmidt stah--stopped him," he laughs. "Ma--made me, hurt people. F--fun, for fun, you--hurt you, wanted me to--my heart, my heart," he whispers, touching Charles's cheeks, along his temples and jaw and across his neck.

So close to the source of sickness - Erik has said this before-the word, hurt. It is, Charles realizes with a ghastly flinch, a euphemism. Mercy, Schmidt had said. And maybe he was right. Charles can see it as Erik tumbles head-first into shearing memory, vivid in stop-motion under every nerve. At the end of the Vietnam war, as veterans shuffled back into civilian life, Charles would come to understand these moments as flashbacks.

Right now, it's purely devastating, the way Erik's rational mind disintegrates into child-like terror. Like a piece of him is frozen at age eleven, a fragment forever encased in permafrost. "Take--you from--destroy you? No more Charles--? Gone? My heart is gone, gone--kill you, hurt you, destroy--gone--it's all gone they're all gone. Zastrzeliłem cię, zastrzeliłem cię. No more, no more--proszę nigdy więcej--"

The vicarious experience of feeling, just like the sensitivity of his reach, has ratcheted upward, and every nerve, severed and intact, is alight in an ache that Charles had never known firsthand. No writer can capture adequately what Erik feels in words, and Charles, dumbstruck and solemn, can only lie in Erik’s quaking arms and knuckle through it alongside him. What hubris, to think that his gentle words could ever talk this away, that love might usher it out and replace it and make Erik whole again. There’s room for love, certainly, and Charles will refuse until his last breath to consider that someone might be destined for a lifetime of sorrow, but it’s undeniable, the pain.

His voice is thick, choked with secondhand agony, helplessness. Any words that come feel vapid on his tongue, but he means them with every cell in his body. “I would take this a thousand times over, Erik, to keep you safe from that man,” he chokes. But Erik isn’t safe, is he? Schmidt lives on, in his head. “Please know this. You and I—we’re alive, and we have a future. Together. We can move on, or at least we can try. They’re gone, yes, and the world is better for it. I know it pains you, and I understand now. I promise, I do—“ tears are falling now in earnest. “Please, Erik. Let’s move forward. Just us. You and me and that’s it.”

It's clear that Erik is trying to say something else, but it's unintelligible. Accompanied only by a wave of horror and regret, and he is sorry - and he is sorry for being sorry. Putting Charles in the position to nurture his shattered psyche, it's selfish and evil. A type of supreme narcissism that sickens him to its core, with yet no defenses against it. The repulsive, spindly-legged spider curled up as burned with rays of light from a magnifying glass under the sun. Shrieking, twitching.


Just us. You and me and that’s it, the words warm as they emblazon over his being, causing a fresh shudder. Charles still wants him, still loves him. The fear that Schmidt had succeeded at taking Charles from him. Had broken Charles's love for him and left him bereft and endlessly alone--that is the most sorrowful violation. "You--still--with me?" he finally manages to make a coherent sentence, pressing his lips over Charles's brow, over and over again as though to convince himself he is really there.

Not dead. Not motionless in the rubble.

“Yes,” Charles gasps, riding the coaster with Erik, feeling what he feels. “Please. With you, forever, so long as you’ll have me, so long as you’re willing to be with me, while I’m like this—“ he stops and shakes his head violently, an overcompensation, most certainly, for what he cannot move. Steeling away the rest of his tears, Charles twitches his hand toward Erik again and lands this time on his forearm. Nails scrabble along the skin until his fingers are able to latch onto the edge, held by tension.

“I feel helpless. Ugly. Repulsive,” Charles admits with a shaky voice. “I fear that you’ll resent me. Want the old me, the one who could run alongside you, hold you properly. Wrap my legs around you in bed.” A new wave of tears threaten to escape, but he forces them backward, only on stream cascading down his cheek. “What if I’m too difficult to look after? You don’t want to be a nurse, Erik. And I don’t want you to stay because you feel guilty, either, and I—“ a steadying breath. “I’m sorry. I love you. And I want you to want me, still. For me, not because you feel guilty.”

"Look," Erik taps his own temple. "Please, look," he bids, not able to trust himself to verbalize the complex swirl that rises in him when Charles speaks. For, helpless - Erik understands. His body betrays him, unwilling to acquiesce to simple demands. Ugly - is not possible. Erik still sees all the parts of him that are beautiful. Even now, when some of those parts no longer function as intended, Erik sees them as a variable of an equation that is unspeakably magnificent.

It is how he exists with Erik, talks to him. Touches him. It won't be the same. They'll have to learn new ways to share with one another, but Erik is nothing if not a dedicated student. "I do," he whispers sadly. As far as he falls into the decay of madness and torture, it is here in Charles's arms that he finds purchase. That he does find wisdom, and determination, and grit. That his voice tempers, confident and strong. "I feel guilt. I feel it and I might always feel it. I watched myself shoot you," he says amidst a fresh torrent that spills from his reddened sclera onto olive cheekbones. "But I am not here because I am guilty."

I am here because I love you. Desperately, beyond measure. I will love you forever. I will love you in any form. I will do anything for you, without hesitation. Without regret. Always. Like an apple tree among trees of the forest,/So is my beloved among the youths./I delight to sit in his shade,/And his fruit is sweet to my mouth. He touches Charles's bottom lip, all the blackened charcoal in his soul swept away as his focus returns to center. To this, between them, as sure as the composition of Erik's molecular structure and as oxygen travels by blood to his heart.

"Ani l'dodi ve' dodi li," he intones the phrase of verse winding between them aloud, low and soft.

Just as he feels Erik's pain, he feels Erik's guilt, his love. Twin forces that strap him to Charles, pin him to his side. It brings Charles selfish satisfaction—that he is the one who has been able to domesticate the mighty force that is Erik Lehnsherr is wind to his pride. But just as Erik is fueled by dueling motivation, Charles is pulled by mirror demons, too. Selfish pride and a guilt of his own. Oh, all the things that Erik could do, were he not stuck. How many nights has he spent in this same hospital room, curled into a too-small couch, snaking around the maze of tubes and wires just to give Charles a kiss?

And this is only temporary; as soon as he leaves this place, it's real life again. How fair is it for Erik to spend his days tending to him? For love, duty, guilt? Yes, Erik loves him, but it's going to be a challenge that they will have to tackle for the rest of their shared lives. I am for my beloved, as my beloved is for me. For better and for much, much worse.

Chapter 24: where I scare off magpies and crows

Chapter Text

"I'm going to go mad in this bed," Charles breathes finally. If he could, he's certain that he would be shaking. A glance at the IV, and the complex machinery that he's hooked up to in several places. There's a wheelchair in the corner of the room, one with a high back that reclines, to support his trunk. "Spring me?"

Erik is always careful not to disturb the complex apparatus that's keeping Charles healthy (or as healthy as can be). "Do you mind if I pick you up?" he asks. "I won't drop you," he promises.

So far, Erik is the only one who does ask. Most of the other doctors and nurses feel entitled to invading his private space and doing what they will. At Charles's assent, in a easy motion he lifts him from the bed - ensuring he has enough stability unconsciously - and carries him in his arms like Tarzan. It's apt - the shade of his affection and desire is fierce, a warrior's devotion.

"I want to take you somewhere. Is this OK?" he looks down at him, all of his accoutrements floating easily alongside.

Charles dislikes how limp he feels in Erik's arms, how small and weak, but Erik's arms are indeed preferable to the narrow bed that has been his home for a number of weeks. It's also nice to be relieved of the pressure in his back and hips, which are unaccustomed to bearing his weight in bed for so long. Because he's not numb, not entirely. He feels absolutely nothing at the level of his skin beneath his chest, but there is still stiffness, soreness, restlessness. Hank wonders if its psychosomatic, but what does it matter if it is? It's discomfort.

"It's nice, actually," Charles admits, despite the shame that inevitably accompanies being carried like a doll. "Take me wherever you'd like. I'm but a princess trapped in a tower, and you're my knight in shining armor, here to rescue me."

Erik laughs, the warm amusement a sound even rarer than his tears. "You do not fool me, Charles Xavier. You are not the princess. You are the dragon." It's gentle, a reminder that this is but the trappings of their physical world. Where it matters, he is vast and immeasurable in power. Erik brushes his hair aside and deposits a kiss to his brow before stepping out into the balcony and shooting off into the sky at a bracing clip. A shield has formed around them to protect them from the elements, but he elevates them higher and higher until the whole world is just a pin-prick below them. Just us, he thinks with aching fondness.

Charles can't help the shriek that escapes him as Erik flies from the dismal balcony of the hospital and into the air, almost at a 90 degree angle. The series of monitors and accessories to which Charles is attached follow the pair, never straying any further than an arm's length from his form. He's suddenly warm again, in the bubble that Erik has created, despite his thin hospital gown, bare legs and arms. Up here, he's weightless; the fact that his limbs don't move doesn't matter.

Nothing matters, but the two of them. How it should be, he replies, soft as he gazes down at the earth below. New York City is just a speck against a vast ocean, serene at this height. Westchester is a speck within a speck. All of their problems, their worries. How tiny they are, from here. I can hear them all. Even from here, he notes, suddenly solemn. Feel them, too. It's tiring, to experience the pain of others, all at once.

Did you mean what you said, before? Erik asks, gentle. That you wanted to turn it off? I did speak with Hank. "I would-" he inhales sharply. "I would wish that you did not. It will take you away from me," he says, knowingly. Knowing that a big part of their connection is made possible because Charles can see beyond his exterior. "But I do not want you to be so unhappy. I will-I will learn, how to communicate better. If that is what you want."

Charles sighs. He's tired. Physically, emotionally, but mostly, telepathically. He's privy to everything; the breakdown that Erik just shared with him, there are ten, twenty, a hundred of those happening right now, and though Charles does not feel them as implicitly, they're still there. Using his own brain as an interface. "Just until I can control it better," Charles says quietly, eyes lazy as they watch the world below. "I promise. I just—I can't rest, Erik. I hear them in my sleep. I promise that it won't take me from you. It's just temporary. Until I can manage on my own."

Erik runs his fingertips down Charles's cheek, a small smile on his face that Charles knows is only visible to him because of his psionics. "It would not be fair for me to ask you to endure suffering simply for my comfort," he decides with a nod. "I deride Hank and his serum, but..." he gives a little shrug.

When he was growing up, he had a neighbor, Ewa. At fifteen, she fell pregnant. At the time, it was more-than legal, it was encouraged for Poles to get abortions, but her family were deeply religious Catholics and forbid it. So, she found someone to sell her some poison - in an effort to kill the child, and that was the end of Ewa as well. Erik always thought it should have been her choice.

"I would be a hypocrite to deny any mutant has a right to control their own destiny. Their own bodies. That includes you. Even if it would make me unhappy. That is self-centered. I love you more. I want you to be happy. If you cannot sleep, how can you be expected to cope?"

Charles smiles, small and sad. He knows how much this pains Erik, and for more reasons than simple appreciation of another mutant’s gifts. The two of them fell in love within the space between their two psyches, where they overlap and come together. “It’s just to sleep,” he promises again. “My body needs sleep to heal. A few weeks at most, until everything’s a little more calm in here,” he says, nodding toward his own body.

"OK," says Erik, curling his fingers over Charles's jaw. "I asked Hank to make a solution targeted for you. He thinks it will be trivial to accomplish, and should have it ready by tonight. I-hope you-please, do not forget," he whispers at last, taking Charles's hand and placing it over his heart. "Please, do not forget that I love you. You might forget. That-you must not forget."

“Oh, Erik,” Charles murmurs. He can’t reach up and caress his jaw like he wants, but curls his fingers over Erik’s heart when his hand is placed there. “You’ll simply have to tell me every day, mm? Now, kiss me properly.”

If there remains any doubt in Charles's mind that Erik wants him, it's swiftly erased when he obliges. Everything that's happened - all of the stress, the slogging weight of agony - he doesn't realize how much he's simply needed this. Even after a year together, every time they kiss seems to surprise Erik, to undo him.

He's shivering a little when he pulls away just enough to breathe in, eyes still just as wide and bright as they were that very first time. He's petting at the exposed skin of Charles's neck, and Charles is surprised to find a sensation like an electrical current runs through him, warming places on his body that shouldn't have sensation.

A twinge of nerves connecting through a circuit arc, bypassing the damage to form a new pathway that centers in his chest in a heated spike.

Charles’s eyes snap open when the sensation plunges into his chest. Oh, it feels nice, to feel in that way. Erik’s power is so magnificent, and for a moment, Charles feels jealous that he doesn’t have the abilities to control the world like Erik does. But the moment passes in a swoon of appreciation, admiration. Love. “I know that you said that you can’t fix me,” Charles murmurs. “And I believe you. But…oh, every so often, I wonder if you might be able to spark some life into me?” he inquires.

The question surprises Erik into a shaky laugh, nose wrinkled fondly in the way that spreads his freckles out across his face and creases his eyes. "I think -" he nods, after a moment. "I-" he clears his throat, red-cheeked. "I think it happens more like this, when-" a shuffle of his expression, eyes rolling heavenward. "When I am with you. Like this," he touches the man's cheek. It's not the first time Charles has ever felt Erik's power coursing through his body, but Erik is right; it only seems to happen when they're intimate.

Something happens to Erik, when they're close, whatever part of him that can affect life jumps out from his fingertips and into Charles, leaving him undamaged and whole. It's when he focuses, and tries. When he introduces new elements, when he attempts to repair damage, that the trouble starts. Maybe because one is intricate and the other is an application of simple electrical circuitry, transmission. Closing his eyes, Charles feels the static in his chest rise again, and then it shoots down in long bolts, right into the tips of his toes.

His fingers twitch, but his toes remain still.

“Interesting,” Charles notes, allowing his head to fall against Erik’s shoulder. He felt the jolt in his chest and his arms, but it’s lost entirely somewhere above his pelvis. It feels good in his chest and arms, to be shot through with energy, and, in an unfounded way, gives him hope. He knows that he will never walk again, but to be able to move his arms and hands with more control will enable him to live far more independently than what his current level of function allows. That’s the goal.

“I’m nervous, to come home,” he admits quietly, gazing upon the city below. Wishing that they could stay here, like this, forever. “Not that I want to spend more time in this damn hospital, but…well. You can’t carry me around all day. It won’t be easy. The manor isn’t built for…” he grimaces. “For whatever it is I need. Most people aren’t as lucky as I am to have money and people around; they all end up in hospitals or homes for the rest of their lives.”

Erik's smile is slight. "You won't need to worry about that," he promises. "You will be able to get around the manor, even the stairs. Reach the cupboards, that kind of thing. That part will be OK," he explains with a kiss to the top of Charles's head. "And it should not require much extra work. I'll have to get you in the device, and make sure it all works comfortably - and there are limits - it requires a charge, and energy. We will need to adjust our bedroom, and the bathroom. That's about it. I can do that in my sleep."

Charles knows what Erik has been up to. Through Erik’s furtive thoughts he has seen the foundation of something truly remarkable. A chair that lifts off the ground, floats and glides through the air like something from a comic book. He knows that he’ll probably need something more standard when out in public, but what Erik has created for him to use at home is something beyond the realm of modern science and technology.

Even so—and through immense gratitude—Charles still feels a twist in his gut. “I’m still nervous. Incredible an engineer as you are, I’m anticipating that it will be difficult. For myself and for others, who aren’t used to seeing me—or anyone—like this. But, I suppose it’s unavoidable.” He shuts his eyes and lets himself enjoy, for the moment, being weightless in Erik’s arms. “I’m sorry, for what I said,” he whispers. “I know I’ve already apologized, but I didn’t mean it, what I said about my telepathy and Schmidt. I hope you believe me.”

Erik's smile breaks into a little grin. "It was a very fascinating project. Theoretically, as long as I'm there, it will have infinite power. But you will be able to charge it yourself as well, in case of an emergency. I--ah," he huffs, a little shy all of a sudden. "I made something new. Kalorizikite," he explains. He didn't just manipulate existing elements together, he's created a new element for his own purposes. One that expressly stores electrical energy and releases it over a long time, like a crystal battery. The name comes from the Greek for welcoming someone to a new home - which also happens to be the etymology of the word Xavier.

It isn't going to be enough to dispel Charles's legitimate case of nerves; that will only come with time, and experience. Erik knows it isn't enough to make this all better, but it does at least take some of the mental energy that could be served away from mindless renovations, to put to better use. Erik is already thinking about every little factor, anything that he can, so that Charles has only to focus on his own physical and emotional recovery and not the droning minutiae.

When Charles apologizes, Erik inclines his head easily. "I know, Charles," he whispers back. "I do not harbor any resentment for the single bitter comment you've ever made to me, whilst you were in the midst of anguish. You had every right to say it. You all have every right to question why--why I couldn't--" He waves a hand, lips pressed together now. "Ah, wiesz," he attempts to dismiss it.

Charles enjoys seeing Erik like this. Proud, excited, invested in an exercise of the mind. He has always maintained that if they didn’t have this greater calling compelling the two of them, Erik would be well on his way to a Nobel prize. His aptitude for science, physics, understanding how to harness the natural world is exceptional. Generational. And it isn’t lost on him, the aura surrounding the nomenclature of this brand new substance. Despite the mess, it blossoms warmly inside Charles.

“I’m honored to be the use case for Kalorizikite,” he says earnestly. When Erik starts to go down the dark path again, Charles intrudes by raising the equivalent of a telepathic drawbridge in Erik’s mind, preventing the spill. He can bypass it if he wants, but the suggestion lingers. “I couldn’t best him either, my love,” he reminds Erik. “Still, I apologize. It was a foul thing to say. Thank you for forgiving me. You’ve done a lot for me. I don’t know of anyone else one else who would invent a new element for me, or fly me into the stratosphere because I was restless, or forgo sleep for…how long? Weeks?”

A shake of his head. “You must take care of yourself, too. As you said, I’m relying on your energy, now.”

Charles's steadying presence in his mind, as always, draws a languid balm over his soul that dispels the howling radio static building up in his chest. Charles really doesn't know, Erik thinks. He's so concerned that Erik must take care of him, that he forgets how he takes care of Erik. In the wake of splitting apart in that hospital room, he finds his smile turn watery once again. This, he doesn't deserve. But he will take it, because his animal instinct can't resist the gentle entreaty.

For so long, he had done nothing but flinch away from blows and burn off all thought. Overcome all shame, all dignity, all honor, all purpose in the pursuit of pure survival. If he had to beg, or debase himself, to stop the torment, he would do it without hesitation. Any little moment of kindness taken and cradled close, collected like letters in a box and buried under the Earth from prying eyes. Schmidt is in there, too. For small mercies, for a hand at his hair instead of a closed fist. For an idle joke or a new record or a birthday present. 

(--"While your people starved to death in the cold
you had food in your belly and a bed to sleep on,
did you not? Someone to look after you..."--)

It will be a long time before Erik disentangles him, before he understands the real cost of that kindness meant it was no kindness at all. It will be a long time until he can fully contrast these moments instead - where his comfort is prioritized, his well-being is regarded, without expectation or violent reciprocation. "It is difficult to sleep," he admits in a soft rasp. The last time he tried, he woke up right back in that room, and watched Charles's head be caved in by Essex before him helplessly.

Charles feels Erik’s mind bloom at the sweet words like flowers in the sun. In a way, it makes him happy to know that he can make Erik happy, but he won’t deny that he has explored why the warmth is so vibrant within Erik especially. Holding sweet moments like a treasure, there was a time when Erik had only those to keep him moving forward. No safety, no foundation of security; for Erik, even minute kindnesses were the only stepping stones through life that he could find.

“I know,” Charles confirms. “Your dreams are foul and your mind is an endless reel of everything. For a while now—“ Charles hesitates, unsure of Erik will take this news. “At home, I’d been…helping you rest, most nights. Sheltering you from nightmares and quieting your racing thoughts, so that you could fall asleep easily. I’m sorry, I know it’s wrong to mess about in your head without permission. I should have told you.” He’s about to offer to do it again, that very evening, when he remembers that Hank will be arriving with serum.

It’s selfish, he knows, to prioritize his own rest over his duties to Erik, and he acknowledged that with an inward cringe before speaking again. “We can ask Daniel or Hank to give you a sedative. One that knocks you out so deeply that dreams don’t even have a chance.”

Erik just nods, completely aware of this. "I always knew," he says with a shrug. "I punched you. I remember," he says, and Charles still recalls the sticky horror when Erik finally stumbled into cognizance and realized what he'd done, the sheer blind panic that beset him. "Then I never..." he touches his own cheek, a reminder of Charles in his mind. "Then it never happened again and, of course you did. Thank-you," is what he says, instead of being offended or afraid.

What does inspire a minute bolt is the mention of a sedative. Erik detests taking medicine, and doctors of any sort. Even being in the hospital with its bright lights and linoleum floors and antiseptic smells is enough to make him nauseous. But he pushes it down, knowing that it will make it easier for Charles if he agrees. "OK," he says, nodding a few times in a row.

Partially, there's a small, tiny, strangled fragment of him that is relieved that maybe Charles will have a break from Erik's mind, from all the tortures inflicted within. He's tried himself, valiantly, to hold it apart and keep it bottled. Since the CIA came knocking on their door, those walls are flimsy at best. Now, they're practically non-existent.

Charles knows that the idea is disagreeable to Erik, but he’s grateful nonetheless for the openness. Not for the reasons Erik thinks, but because rest is essential for both of them. Charles’s recovery will only drag on and on if he’s not able to rest, and Erik, too, will crack eventually. “I suppose we’d best get back soon, mm?” Charles says with regret, eyeing the dot of New York City below. “I’m sure they’ll be wondering where I’ve wandered off to.”


"Does he know?" Raven asks him, whilst they stand on the balcony of the manor. The sun slowly dips beneath the horizon, bathing everything in a liminal glow.

"Know?" Erik tilts his head. They're smoking in tandem, long spools of thick fog billowing out around.

For two non-telepaths, they have a lot of conversations like this. Raven, with her preternatural capacity for observation, doesn't miss a beat. "The whole story."

Erik grimaces, focusing on his cigarette. There's no use pretending he doesn't understand the question. Of them all, his body language is as open to her as his mind is to Charles. "I think so."

She touches his shoulder, and then curls a hand around the side of his neck in a less invasive version of an embrace. "I'm really glad you're alive, Erik."

"Raven?" he calls, before she turns to leave. "May I ask you for something?"

"Of course."

"Can you-show me?" he gestures to himself.

"You mean--" Raven's eyebrows practically fly off of her hairline. "I can, yes," she nods, dubious.

"I just want to know," Erik explains, soft. "What he will see."

Ah. With the serum, he means. Her lips purse to the side, beset by a moue of sympathy. After a few moments, Raven stubs out the cigarette in her hand and gradually dissolves before him, and reconstructs into a perfect facsimile of Erik Lehnsherr.

She folds her arms formally behind her back, and doesn't speak. They peer at one another, before Erik realizes - this is him. She's waiting for him to speak, first. It settles awkwardly, and he finds it difficult even then to push himself beyond his natural demure. "I didn't kill him," is all Erik can think to tell her.

"I am aware," says the visage of Erik, head tilted to the side thoughtfully. Erik studies himself, and watches himself study back. An ephemeral mirror. His face is aquiline, with long grooves that make him appear older than he is. He's looked in a mirror before, but this is different. This is not just a mirror, but a reflection. "I do not relish death, in any form," says he, in perfect imitation. So perfect that even Charles himself might mistake them, especially when faced with this synchronicity. To deduce which of them holds Erik's emanating mind, a heady challenge. "Even his."

The words, gentle in their composure, are delivered in a sonorous, though affectless monotone. There are more freckles than he remembers. He's darker, too, at the end of Westchester's summer season. Despite the turtleneck covering most of his skin, exposed scars wind along his jaw and cheek. One of his ears is different than the other. Mottled like a cauliflower. His nose is still crooked. These are all things he knows about himself, but seeing it made animate is... distinct. "And Charles?" he finds the words thick in his throat.

"My most steadfast companion. There are no words to express my sorrow and regret for his condition." But nothing changes. There's not a shift, there's no warmth. There's no love. There is just an empty expanse. If such vivid sorrow exists at all, it is not made manifest here. "Erik?" says Erik, just before he turns to leave, the surge inside him too great to bear. "Knock-knock. You are supposed to say who is there," he adds, both eyebrows arching expectantly.

It takes him off-guard before he realizes that - no. The dry, slightly off-kilter humor is him as well. "Who is there," he intones compliantly.

"Tank."

"...Tank who."

His visage softens then, just slightly. Letting him see his own version of a smile, the dimple at his cheek he doesn't recognize. Affection. Muted, but unmistakable. "You're welcome," Raven murmurs, flourishing back into herself.


That night, Erik sits by Charles's bed, Hank's vial in hand. He turns it over nervously, and then removes the jet injection packet from the inside pocket of his leather jacket. "All that must be done, is to place this against your neck," he explains what Hank told him. "And use this button." He mimics the action without depressing it, first. 

The device looks eerily similar to the gun that had been leveled at his head weeks ago, Erik’s arm at the other end. To his core, Charles knows that it wasn’t Erik in his body, that Erik had been stuffed away to some corner so remote that even Charles couldn’t reach him, but the similarity isn’t lost on either of them. It’s late now, and though the hospital is quiet, the war inside of Charles’s skull is not. Hundreds of lives and their manifold emotional turbulences hijack Charles’s awareness and utilize his body to express their final form.

The arrhythmia as detected on his heart rate monitor is a testament to the wild swings that are happening within him without his configuration, and the only reason that he isn’t being observed constantly observed by a team of cardiologists is because Charles himself has made his doctors and nurses, save for Daniel and Hank, impressively unaware of that particular readout. Above the fray is Erik. His troubled consciousness, his anguished soul.

It will pain him to pull that trigger once again, and Charles loathes that Erik is the one who will administer his dose, but he didn’t fight it. There is sedative waiting for both of them; Charles’s in his IV, and Erik’s in a small syringe. Whether or not Erik takes it, Charles will have no control. He tilts his head to the side, exposing the long stretch of neck. “Only until things calm down a little.” Charles repeats his promise, as both an internal vow and a flat attempt at reassurance for his most beloved. “I’m ready.”

Erik presses their foreheads together, catching his gaze and holding it, willing calm and warmth through his touch as though he can leech it into Charles's psyche just the way he does for Erik. "I love you so much," he whispers, desperate for Charles to feel it and he focuses on it as intensely as possible. On the brilliant, shining part of him untouched by the anguish, by the horror. Unblemished, something perfect and wondrous inside of him, because it is nurtured by Charles. Something beautiful in him because Charles makes it beautiful.

How his smile still makes Erik's heart stop in his chest, how proud and pleased it makes Erik when he can draw a laugh out of him, how delighted he is when Charles makes a move on the chessboard he doesn't anticipate. How breathtaking he is, just lounging on the bed in front of them. Erik's eyes water again, bundling everything - every part of Charles he carries with him and thinks about in private moments, how when he wakes up in the morning it's not to ash and fire but to the reminder that Charles loves him. When he's cooking breakfast, Charles's idle good morning, sweetheart arrests his soul and he carries it with him for the whole day. 

Charles doesn't realize that it's a goodbye until Erik pushes the injector to his neck with a soft hiss.

Chapter 25: and save the seeds the farmer sows.

Chapter Text

It takes a few moments to work its way through his blood stream, but the very first thing he notices is that Erik's eyes are not watery at all. Erik isn't anything at all, in-fact. The warmth and brilliance of his gaze only seconds beforehand is diminished entirely, leaving him to study Charles in his bed like a specimen. "How do you feel." Charles sluggishly realizes that it's a question, not a statement, delivered flatly.

It was a lifetime ago, when Charles first encountered the universe contained in the circumference of Erik Lehnsherr’s cranium. When the willowy, gamine figure first slid into the empty classroom in the economics building at MIT, the world stood still. Never before had another arrested Charles with such stolid force, had stolen his purchase on those around him. Ever since that moment, Charles has kept a foothold in Erik’s unfathomable psyche. Even before he dared to call them acquaintances, let alone friends or lovers, Charles had been magnetized by the poetry that lines the corridors of his consciousness. How he reasons, how he argues, how he slots himself in with the wonders of the particulae of the universe and conducts his day-to-day in relation to the minutiae.

Erik is agonized by what he regards as defects, dark seas storming beneath a veneer, but Charles sees something else entirely. Something perfect in all its flaws, brilliant for all its darkness. Erik Lehnsherr is the most magnificent creature to have graced the earth, and Charles can only founder in gratitude to be the one person who gets to behold him in his entirety. I love you. I promise, and I’ll be bac— Like a wave crashing on a shoreline to erase a message written in sand, their connection spirits away. They both feel the ungainly rip as the serum finds the pathway to Charles’s telepathy—surprisingly small, given the vastness of his ability—and blocks it. Erik is no longer cushioned by the warmth, and Charles…

Charles feels cold. It’s not immediate relief, like he thought it would be. When Erik wraps him in the invisible shield to block out the world, Charles still has access to Erik, to another pulsing mind. It’s a reflex, to push outward, just as inherent as sight and taste and hearing. In the sudden stillness, a white noise rings between his ears, and for the first time in who knows how many years, the only voice that Charles can hear is his own. It’s deeply unsettling, but when Charles looks upward, instinctively reaching toward Erik for comfort, he’s stunned to a gasp when all he sees is a hollow expression regarding him. Those green eyes are clinical, and the set of his jaw is harsh, unyielding.

For a moment, Charles attempts to claw his way back into Erik’s head, demand to know what’s wrong, why he’s so cool, indifferent, but his attempts are quashed by the very barrier of his own brain. The question is impossible to answer with any semblance of coherence. Bereft, cold, like a gaping wound beneath ice. Frazzled, by his own mental presence. Mournful, manic. And also…good. The headache is instantaneously gone, and his heart is steady, beating at his own rhythm. “Tired,” he answers finally, blue eyes searching Erik’s own once again for something, and then turning away when he doesn’t find them. “Can you start my IV? I would like to go to sleep, now.”

Erik smiles, but it's a grim facsimile of the expression Charles remembers. Almost predatory. His nose doesn't wrinkle. His eyes don't crease up. Charles has seen him on television, seen the way others perceive Erik, but it's always wrapped in the ephemeral awareness of what's really there. Now, that awareness is non-constant. Charles will have to maintain it through recollection and not experience. Was all of his experience of Erik psionic? Is there nothing of him left? Horridly, he half-expects Erik's body to begin moving of its own accord, controlled by an outside source once again. It doesn't, of course.

"Is it very quiet." Like this, Erik's accent is thicker, causing his words to come out in an intimidating lilt. His cadence itself is off, rendering even simple questions as flat and lifeless. When Charles reaches for him, he does clasp his hand. His touch is still infinitely gentle, and he still brushes a kiss over Charles's knuckles. His lips are still warm.

Charles closes his eyes, hoping to savor the feeling of Erik’s lips on a hand that still feels encased within a glove. Somehow, it’s easier, when his eyes are closed; it’s as if Erik isn’t even there. That thought brings a fresh wave of nausea to his stomach—how can he permit himself to prefer complete absence over Erik, in the flesh, but hollow and distant? No, he doesn’t prefer that. He knows that he doesn’t; he’s just tired. Injured. Forcing his eyes back open, he plasters a smile across his own lips, but he knows that it must look as sad and strained as the one on Erik’s own face. “My own brain feels loud,” he says quietly. “But, yes. Much quieter.”

"Do you think you will be able to get some rest," Erik 'asks' once more. The vivid hues of rolling fields and malachite are duller, but fixed on him impenetrably. Charles musters up a guess that he might be concerned, based on what he knows of Erik's heart. His heart is still there, isn't it? "---Would you like me to read you a story." That at least is an approximation of something that the Erik he knows would offer.

The flat affect is jarring. Charles can’t determine whether or not Erik is upset, or whether…whether this is just who he is, here. On the surface, without the sweeping ocean of his mind accessible to Charles’s audience. This is how Erik Lehnsherr is perceived. Cool, calculated. Cards close to the vest. How deeply Charles’s experience of him has been shaped by what lies beneath, he doesn’t know, but he wonders how others will appear to him, too. Raven, without the sharp agility. Hank, without the searing analysis. “Yes, I do. I’m tired,” Charles repeats, his own voice falling toward monotone. “A story…sure. That would be nice. Can you…” he hesitates; this is all new territory. “Hold me, please?” A last, desperate grasp to hang on to the warmth.

Slowly, he moves to the bed, and draws Charles into his arms, using touch as a bridge. An anchor. His palm across the broad side of Charles's neck, his cheek. A kiss to his temple. "Raven told me a knock-knock joke." His eyebrows raise, and there's a glimmer-a flash of firewood dryness that vanishes as quickly as it comes. It's a reminder that Erik does have friends, outside of him. Teri, Carmen, Daniel and Raven are all indelibly fond of him. Even Moira liked him, and Moira didn't like anybody except her mother and Fred Astaire.

But, they've had a year to learn him in this way. Charles hasn't. As waxen as he is, the little statement is a reminder that Erik does still exist, in there. And he is trying.

Charles shuts his eyes, still flummoxed by the overwhelming silence, the tinny ring. He imagines that this is what people who have been confined feel as they experience an open space for the first time in memory. No, he knows that this is what they feel like, having experienced it secondhand a hundred times in his head. It’s both terrifying and stymying. Erik’s body beside his own is the only thing anchoring him to reality, now. Without the waypoints of telepathy, he feels adrift, bereft. Erik’s arms are his entire universe, right now.

“Did she?” he asks softly, focusing on the timbre of his voice. His accent is thicker, and the words sound heavier from his lips. Not in a bad way; it’s just different. Another barrier. A wry laugh. “Without telepathy, I suppose I won’t know the punch line in advance. Tell me, and then read me a story. Something nice.”

Charles remembers how Erik felt when he laughed. He wonders if Erik feels it now. He repeats the joke, (including the unconscious "you must say 'who is there'" -- Raven knows what she knows) and then curls the top of Charles's head under his chin. He doesn't have a book, so instead he starts - and for the briefest of moments, Charles thinks it might be softer. Or he is imagining that it's softer -


"Once upon a time, there was a Boy who lived in a very high castle.
He wanted for nothing, except love. After many years, he made a friend.
She was a bluebird named Magpie, the color of his eyes. The funny bird became his sister.
He had learned a part of love for her, but there was another part that he was missing.

The Boy grew up to become a Man and entered the Forum for all living creatures,
where he would become educated in the role he would play in the Grand Forest.
His Magpie in tow. There, he learned yet more parts of love.
Camaraderie, loyalty, spirit. But the last piece eluded him.
He asked Magpie if she could help him find it.

First they found a beautiful Caterpillar, but this was not the last part of love.
Love must be fully-grown, and Caterpillar was immature. So, they moved on.
Next, they uncovered Hedgehog. He could not help the Man find the last part of love,
because love must be open and without spikes. He was too afraid, and he tried to make the Man
hide all the parts of love he had already learned. So, they moved on.

Finally they came across Armadillo. Magpie told the Man,
'Armadillo cannot be the last part of love, because no one can see him.'
But the Man replied, 'No. I can see him.'
'But how can this be, should not love be open?' said Magpie. 'Armadillo is closed.'
But the Man said, 'I can see him. He is open.'

He took Armadillo with him, and through the Man, Magpie realized that she could see him, too.
The last part of love-"

Erik's steady, elongated tones slip for a flare, only a flare.

"Sometimes, it takes a long time to find.
Sometimes it seems hidden but it is not.
Sometimes, you must look in the most unexpected places to find it.
'But when you do,' said the Man, 'Everyone can see it.'
Even if Armadillo closes again, the last piece of love would be the Man's forevermore.
"


Without the torrent of noise and intrusive emotion, Charles can cling to Erik’s voice closer than ever before. It’s strange, being so tethered to what he can hear with his ears, feel with his body. It seems too simplistic to be fair, but Charles realizes that he must accept the narrative as Erik lets it spool from his lips. He’s near sleep by the time the story ends, but a minute smile finds its way to his lips. “Must be a handsome Armadillo,” he slurs. “I love you, Erik. Forevermore.”

"I love you around the sun and to the moon and back, neshama," Erik whispers back next to his ear, tucking him close to his chest. Without the whirring of his mind, Erik could be mistaken for being at peace. The steady rise and fall of his chest, the solidity of his arms as they embrace Charles against the world inside of himself so overwhelming. Once Charles is drifting off into dreamland, he withdraws the clear plastic syringe that Hank had given him and studies it for a long moment, before closing his fist over it. He opens it again after looking down at Charles and in a rough, harried motion squeezes its contents into the back of his throat, clearing it a few times.

While it hits after a few minutes, Erik doesn't fall asleep for many hours. Instead he drifts in hypnagogic melodies, fighting against the tide. Dreamy sedation finally overtakes him just as the sun begins to crawl on high. 


They've finally begun to transition him back to the manor, and he continues to use the serum of Hank's devising to sleep each night. It wears off the following morning, and what is inexorable and devoid in Erik returns to him for long enough to remind him that Erik is there, and real, and that Erik loves him. The grim-faced demeanor that awaits with each night is a shock, every time, as though someone has pulled the blinds down on Erik's psyche and excised every piece of warmth.

Erik tries his very best in those times to compensate with words, and touch, but it's not the same. He expands on what has become affectionately known between them as the Magpie-verse, transforming everyone they know into silly depictions of forest animals. It's oddly therapeutic, and it lets Erik express himself in a way that he can't normally access. It helps Charles remember that this is still the core of his beloved, no matter how he looks on the outside. 

The transition is anything but easy, but, through the painful lessons and discovery of his extensive limitations, Charles finds it in him to be immensely grateful for the people around him. As soon as he's recommended for release from the ICU, he's intercepted by Raven, Hank, Daniel, and of course, Erik. Rather than transferring to a standard room to begin more intensive rehab, they inform him that he is coming home. The rest of his recovery will take place in the manor, where his family eagerly awaits his return. When Hank wheels him through the door, the chair that Erik has created for him is waiting in the foyer, along with a homemade banner, bearing a "WELCOME HOME, PROFESSOR!" created by some of the young ones.

Jean runs to give him a hug, but stops short of throwing her arms around him upon remembering what she's been told. He pretends that it doesn't break his heart when she leans in to give him a delicate side-hug instead. Aura gives him a real hug, head-on, and kisses his cheek. Unusual in North America but not completely unheard-of, Charles's own family periodically engaged in a similar practice, scheming vipers under the guise of congeniality. Carmen pats his hand, giving him a brusque, but fond return.

But, the hoverchair is incredible; as soon as Erik lifts him into it, he's encouraged. A few on-the-spot adjustments are made to accommodate the angle of his back, the length of his legs, but it's comfortable and moves smoothly through the air. The rest is...well. It's the rest. Erik helps him dress and bathe. He insists on feeding himself with his better arm, but that requires that his meals be cut into manageable pieces for him to stab with a fork. Even then, he still tends to make a mess, and it's a chore to swallow his shame as someone else is tasked to clean it up.

Then there's the physio, naps, appointments...by the time Erik puts him to bed in the evenings, Charles is exhausted and sore. Erik bears his tasks - which isn't much to bear - without a complaint. Doing his utmost be unobtrusive as possible when caring for Charles, knowing how important his dignity and independence is for him. But caring for him in this way doesn't bring a hint of resentment. In fact, Erik is a natural at it, sometimes even appreciating that he's the only one who is allowed the privilege of doing so - with everyone else earning stern rebukes or a hefty glare.

When Charles falters, he is there. When he needs space, he is mysteriously absent. Things pick themselves up unseen. He learns all about spinal cord injuries, and tucks the knowledge away, using it to bolster and not smother. (And there's something about it. He's a grown man, he shouldn't need help with basic tasks of living. But the way Erik does it isn't the way everyone else does. He can't ever put his finger on why, but it feels less like he's an invalid at Erik's mercy and more the other way around - that Erik is serving him, somehow.)

Taking care of Charles doesn't put a strain on him at all, not in that sense. The serum - is difficult. Erik knows that it helps with Charles's sleeping, and that it is vitally necessary for him to be able to rest. So Erik doesn't complain, resolved to overcome and burrow it inside, so as not to take precedence over Charles's recovery. It's more than just the nightmares, which come even with the sedatives - and Erik can't tolerate anything stronger than meprobamate - Miltown to Elvis Presley.

It's the soft, crooning lullaby of melancholy that wisps just barely beyond Charles's grasp. Erik is so carefully shielding it, making it less. The loneliness, the isolation. Charles hadn't realized before the serum how Erik had come to rely on him, as an interface between himself and the outside world. This morning, though, a new problem presents itself. One that Charles hadn't even considered. Erik, his staunch protector, is momentarily disposed in the kitchen, hunting down some tea for him. It's early, and he hasn't taken his serum yet. (He tries not to in the mornings, for how difficult it is at night now.)

When he arrives in the kitchen, thanks to a swift application of his right hand on the controls to his hover-device; which is more favorable than his left in a twist of irony, it's to the kettle having exploded all over the floor, dumping boiling liquid all over Erik's feet and glass shards everywhere. This kind of accident never happens for Erik. The closest was when Charles had taken him over, but that was fixed immediately. Erik standing there, in the middle of carnage - not in all the time Charles has known him. Erik is at the counter, back stiff and arched, pressing the flat of his palm against the marble surface.

Trying to lever his mangled fingers into a position of comfort. His brace is ripped off, hard black foam and plastic inlaid with metal spires and hook-loop fasteners abandoned on the floor. His body is alight in tension, even as his face remains placid and relaxed. Pain. He's in pain. Immediately Charles sees it, Erik mid-way through levitating the kettle across the room when a horrifying spasm rends its way up damaged median and ulnar. (--hacked hideously whilst strapped to a table wide-eyed, sharp scalpel roughly slicing to relieve pressure--the ghastly incision scar is on full display, wound up his inner-right forearm.) 

So focused on himself—and tired by the oscillations between complete silence and an ever-increasing volume in his head—that Charles scarcely realizes that those around him are feeling the effects of his serum. That's how he finds himself in the kitchen entryway, watching as Erik presses his bad hand to the countertop. "Erik—" Then the secondhand pain hits him. Jolting up his right arm, which Charles removes from the control of his chair just before it can send him careening sideways. He remains where he is, gasping, the realization icy. "Oh, sweetheart," he breathes. "I...I haven't been re-upping it, each night. The blockers I put in."

The pain isn't new. Much of his body lately has been under siege by its cruel battalions. But it's only this morning that it becomes unavoidable in its bleating drum, burning a devastating line through his nerves, as a fork tine shreds through long spaghetti. Erik's face is serene, with a frame wracked by tremors. "I'm OK," he says evenly, offering a smile. "Forgive me-I'll clean it. I just need a second," the man explains with the cadence of a weather report, through the dusty, screaming static.  It's only when Charles dials down the centers of nociception in his brain that Erik visibly sags, knees weak with relief. "Mmmn," he breathes unconsciously as it slips out of his senses.


With a pang, Charles navigates to Erik’s side. His right arm, with its stiff, abortive movements, finds its way to the countertop. As Erik relishes in the sweep of reduced pain, Charles tries to settle his hand over Erik’s own. He can’t believe he’s forgotten. How selfish he’s been, wrapped entirely in his own wants and needs, forgetful of all that he tends to. Erik, for his part, has been stoic. Even when he’s between doses as he is now, there hasn’t been an ounce of complaint from him, or perhaps Charles hasn’t paid attention.

There has been distance in his mind, fear of adding more to Charles’s plate, perhaps, or maybe Charles has been tuned out. Though he can float higher in his chair, he tends to remain at the eye-level at which he once stood, which means that he’s a head shorter than Erik. “Does it return instantaneously when I take my dose?” he asks quietly, twitching fingers over Erik’s hand. Curled, stiff digits overtop curled, stiff digits.

Erik looks unwell, like he's about to throw up. He swallows it down and remains very still and calm, waiting for it to pass. "Mostly," he laughs a bit, shaking his head. "But it was not so bad. I think it took a while to fully wear off? This is the first time I couldn't--I am sorry," he says amidst deep breaths. "It's OK," he insists. Him being in pain shouldn't make a difference, right? It won't impact anything? Erik grimaces a bit.

“You should have told me,” Charles insists. He’s silent for a moment, assessing Erik. The pain might be gone, but it’s clear that he’s shaken. The clay kettle is in shards on the kitchen floor, water and dust pooling across the tile, snaking into the grout. Below his suspended feet, a tiny river funnels toward Erik’s own shoes. The implication is heavy. So long as Charles continues taking the serum, Erik’s pain will return in starts. A trade-off; Erik’s pain or Charles’s? It’s an unfair question. On cue, a fresh wave of noise and pressure presses at Charles’s focus. Someone somewhere is experiencing deep sadness, and Charles is riding along. “I will…manage,” he says at last. Without the serum.”

But Erik shakes his head. "What if you weren't a mutant?" he says. "It would be my life, Charles. It's my life. It-sucks," he huffs. "It does. But it is my life. Whatever-" he rolls his eyes heavenward. "Whatever that means." The mess, in the aftermath, slowly plucks itself up and re-forms, swirling about in patterned dance. He can't help but be grateful that for the moment, Charles isn't using the serum, because he knows he couldn't make himself understood as well. But-that's trivial. That's his life, too. Before Charles, that was just daily experience. "I got-I got reliant, on this, but I shouldn't have. It wasn't fair to you, because now you can't-because now you think you have to, and it will affect your healing. So, please. Not for me."

“If I weren’t a mutant, none of this,” Charles says, gesturing broadly, “would be happening. We wouldn’t be here, would we? How integral to the trajectory of our lives have our mutations been? It’s a moot point, Erik.” He nudges his chair closer, the quiet whir of the motor a fitting accompaniment to the quick reassembly of the kettle. Mechanics and magic, to the naked eye. If only everyone knew how much more magnificent it truly is. “If you weren’t a mutant, I wouldn’t have this,” he continues, tapping his bad arm—which he can move at the shoulders and elbows but not quite at the wrist just yet—against the arm of his chair. “Look how dependent I am on you right now. I couldn’t do anything without you, Erik. I will eventually have to learn how to exist without the serum, won’t I? I will not allow you to be in needless pain.”

"Not needless," Erik shakes his head, and reaches to place his good palm over Charles's cheek. "Not to me. One of us has to be in pain all the time, isn't-maybe," he clears his throat. "Maybe instead of that, maybe we should try-alternating? Yes, I-it is more difficult, without your abilities, for me. You may need me to help you with getting around, but I-couldn't even talk to you like this, properly. You don't recognize me sometimes," he whispers. "But we are learning, right? It is our lot, we are learning. We rely on one another. Even without-" he touches Charles's temple. "You help me. You remember."

Charles sighs as deep as his lungs, allowing his head to fall back against the headrest of his chair. They haven't discussed it out loud yet, but it is certainly high time to broach the subject, as it pains them both to feel the chasm widen between them when Charles no longer has access to Erik's mind. "Of course I recognize you, Erik," he says quietly, voice low, tired. "You're still you. Still that same handsome, intelligent man that I fell in love with." But, they both know that Erik is partially right. It's different. They feel the absence to their very centers. "Would it...would it be better if we slept apart, on the nights that I need to take it? Hank can administer my dose, and then we don't—" Don't what? Need to stare at each other and endure the distance? Need resent the medication coursing through Charles's veins?

It pierces Erik to his core. "I'll get better," he promises roughly. "I'll see a doctor. I'll get better. I'll do better. I'm sorry."

"That isn't what I meant," Charles whispers, his fingers flexing around Erik's unbraced hand again. "There isn't anything wrong with you, Erik. You're doing nothing wrong, alright? We've simply grown accustomed to communicating in a different way. Look—" he hesitates. "I'll see if Hank can do something. Half the dose. Something. Alright?"

Erik decides to focus on the tea momentarily, not separating from Charles but using his ability to maneuver China cups and leaves behind him. "I don't know what's wrong with me," he laughs, a pained whisper. "And I know there is. I know." He's always felt different, his whole life, even before everything. Meeting Charles was the first time he felt seen, and that being seen didn't make him blunder clumsily in the opposite direction.

Meital, one of the children they'd rescued, shares a bond with him that goes beyond experience with Schmidt. Meital has difficulties with speaking, with meltdowns, but Erik seems to understand her. It isn't the same, the source of their structural integrity is different, but on the surface it looks similar. Erik isn't stupid - he knows there is something wrong with him. And it's not just Schmidt, or trauma. All of the children have similar circumstances yet most are relatively stable. 

"I just want you to feel as good as possible," Erik says, and like this it's easy to hear the entirely genuine desire. "That's all I want. If I am-if I interfere, if it's too hard-" his nose twitches, and he grasps the made Earl Grey and helps Charles to take a sip, one hand still over his cheek. It really does come naturally to him. "I'll try anything, OK? Whatever you think will help. I'll try it."

Charles almost protests the help, but, given that the tea is hot and that his hand is still figuring out how to work in conjunction with his body again, he acquiesces. His thoughts are similar to Erik's—he's a natural. Perhaps, in another life, in which he wasn't called for a hundred other purposes, he would make a spectacular doctor, nurse, therapist. It's not lost on Charles how easy this new aspect of their relationship comes to Erik, which is almost humorous, because it feels the opposite of natural to Charles.

He sips the tea—cooled, of course, to just the right temperature—and then leans his head back again. "I will speak with Hank," Charles concludes. "There will be some middle ground that we can reach. I am sure of it. It's important for both of us that I learn how to manage telepathy as part of my condition." He glances down at the brace, still abandoned on the floor, and then Erik's clawed hand. "Funny, isn't it?" he remarks. "Between the both of us, we've four working limbs."

Erik goes completely still for a second, before a startled laugh blurts out of him. "I never thought of it like that," he grins back. "You're the brains, and I am the brawn. Does that make me the Scarecrow, or the Tin Man? You're Zauberlinda, of course."

"You certainly have a heart, Erik Magnus," Charles replies, and though the sadness hangs over them like a heavy tapestry still, it feels good to speak of lighter topics again, to take a step back and just acknowledge where they stand, or sit, in this moment. "But you're not brainless, neither are you cowardly. Perhaps you're Dorothy, mm?"

"Oh, you know me. I'll always be a friend of Dorothy." Erik winks outrageously. 

Charles groans and rolls his eyes, though his hand tightens around Erik's own as well as it can. "Never mind. Scarecrow it is," he teases, and for a moment, he allows himself to enjoy the reprieve of their stressful lives, made ever complicated by things they never could have foreseen. "You're not just going to give me tea and no accompaniment, are you?" he asks, nodding toward the suspended cup. "Mistreating your poor, broken lover already."

"I'll never understand your version of a biscuit. Here, try this," Erik insists, opening the bread box with a wave of his hand. A small confection wrapped in wax paper floats into his hand and he holds it up for inspection. "Kolaczki, see. Proper biscuits." They're a little bow-tie shaped cream-cheese dough-based pastry filled with sour jam, dusted with sugar powder.

Charles eyes the little confection with a skeptical glance, though it’s all for Erik’s benefit. They both know that he’ll eat whatever Erik presents him with. “It’s no custard cream,” he faux-complains. But, I suppose I’ll give it a go.”

"Do not lie. You like my biscuits." Erik is definitely flirting with him in the middle of their kitchen. He typically wraps Charles's hand around anything that can be eaten as such, instead helping him to lift it rather than directly feeding him - it's an intuitive distinction, one of just hundreds that Erik applies on a daily basis to make things feel less suffocating. This time is no different, though Erik uses his thumb to swipe a piece of sugar off of Charles's bottom lip with a warm smile. "See? Much better than custard."

Charles appreciates Erik's quiet gestures. The way he helps Charles feed himself rather than doing it for him, though it would be much easier. The way he wipes his lips; very much how he would have done so just months ago, when Charles had been fully capable of doing it himself. "Mm. Acceptable," he declares, though they both know that the snap of the pastry, the tart explosion of jam, perfectly balanced by the sugar, is far, far superior to a box of mushy custard creams, forgotten in the corner of the pantry. "I suppose you ought to make more of these and give me one each day, until I decide they're better than custard creams."

"We are scientists, after all," Erik returns with a sage nod.

Chapter 26: For evil, I return them good

Chapter Text

It's moments like this, Erik thinks, that make everything worth it. All the hardship that had defined the milieu of his life before Charles for so long - he would endure it millions of times over. If it meant he would end up here, like this. There are difficulties, but in this soft and liminal space, Erik is... happy. "Do you know-? How I like doing this for you?" he whispers softly, wanting Charles to feel it, before the serum takes him away. "I know how hard it is to let someone help. But you let me. It makes me feel like... I am yours. I hope you know, how much of an honor it is."

Charles looks down at his knees, cheeks suddenly hot. Because, yes, he does know. When the serum is out of his system, like it is now, Charles can feel that Erik truly does enjoy taking care of him. He resents it; it's no secret that Charles doesn't want to be taken of. How it makes him cringe, grow flustered, angry. But, Erik isn't resentful. And that is a great mercy. "You are mine," Charles replies, tone soft, even as he glowers at his knees. "And I am grateful, but you also must tell me if you start to feel...." Like a nurse rather than a partner? Used? Beholden? "Like you don't want to be my keeper."

If he stops to think about it, this never was beyond Erik's wheelhouse to begin with. Erik has always done these things - cooked for him, kept things clean, looked after the minutiae so he was free to focus on the things that brought him satisfaction. His studies, his teaching. He's always taken care of Charles. It wasn't a chore then, and it certainly isn't now.

You are mine.

A one-off comment, but Erik's toes wiggle in his shoes, overtaken by a sudden jolt of nerves at hearing it so plainly.

He just smiles, shaking his head. "I don't," he rasps when he can unstick his throat. "I really don't."

"Not yet," Charles conditions, though the jolt that rips through Erik is entirely undeniable. It racks through his body, and Charles, in his heightened state of sensitivity, can feel it crawl through even the insensate portions of his body. Still, he clumsily reaches for Erik's hand and grips what he can—his wrist. The lap belt keeps him from leaning too far forward, but the chair floats ever so slightly closer to Erik, pulled by tension. "And you must let me continue taking care of you, too."

A thick blanket descends over Erik's thoughts, a sweltering haze permeating as he stares, wide-eyed. Charles has felt it only once before. On their balcony, where he'd taken one of Erik's memories and left him pliant in the aftermath. Erik can barely keep his eyes open. "Yes," he whispers.

Charles tugs with all of the strength that he can muster—which, admittedly, isn't much. He awkwardly maneuvers himself lower and lower, until the stagnant wheels of his chair hover just six inches above the tile. "Come, sit on my lap," he huffs when he realizes that he can't pull Erik onto it on his own. "And bring that tea."

Erik doesn't trust himself to pick it up in his hands, watching as little tremors twitch his fingers. Everything is suddenly so hot. All his hair is on end, there's a ringing in his ears and his heart is pounding fiercely in his chest. At the entreaty he's there, lowering gracefully and holding himself so, so still, legs braced on either side of Charles's. The tea lifts between them, held immobile and steady under Erik's power even as he looks ready to shiver apart.

Charles waits until Erik settles onto his legs, but when he doesn’t, and remains hovering above his knees, still as a statue, the telepath rolls his eyes. “I won’t break if you sit on me, Erik,” he reminds the other, brow cocked. “Come on. Relax.”

All of the tension in Erik's body leeches as his weight (which frankly is negligible, even at his height) settles completely onto the other man. It's clear in that moment he'd been waiting for direction, holding himself poised like a taut string, and once it's given he complies instantly. How Erik treats him, how he touches him, might be irritating if it were anyone else. Charles knows better. He's always been this way, always so painstakingly careful with everyone.

"Hmmn," he rumbles in reply, peering down at Charles through half-lidded eyes. "Tea?" he asks hoarsely, barely recognizing his own voice, thoughts a washing-machine tumbling about.

Though Charles can’t feel the actual sensation against his legs, there’s a vague suggestion of pressure on that accompanies Erik’s settling atop his lap that brings him immense satisfaction. Everyone has been handing him with care lately; so hesitant to touch him or jostle him for fear that his delicate body might simply snap in two after all. It’s nice, this. Almost normal, save for the fact that the hoverchair sinks a few inches as Erik settles atop him before it rights itself.

“Please and thank you,” he replies, and accepts the assistance this time without his pseudo-help. The teacup floats of its own accord—well, Erik’s accord—and Charles is grateful for the chance to scrabble at Erik’s shirt with his good hand and heave his bad arm around Erik’s waist. You’re frazzled, in here, Charles remarks, noting the spinning drum of Erik’s thoughts. Have you forgotten that we’re allowed to do this?

Erik shifts to the side a little so that his head can drop to Charles's shoulder, and he unconsciously presses his lips to the exposed skin at his neck. That they're in the kitchen doesn't seem to register. "Mm hm," he rumbles lowly, no more than a vibration in his chest. He wraps a hand around Charles's and helps him take a sip. Missed you, he laughs a little. Not forgotten, but unsure. You have so much to focus on, and-me-

He didn't want to cause trouble, or discomfort. He's been trying very hard to make himself as unobtrusive as possible, to take all of his needs and put them in a tiny box at the very ends of his psyche. It's not that he doesn't think Charles is capable, but rather, that he views himself as an inconvenience. Especially in the wake of North Brother Island, when all of the oily sludge behind watertight compartments has flooded his cathedral and burned everything.

All of the things that he's kept fastidiously under wraps are peeking out. The pieces of him that are ugly, and bad. This, the way his mind hums and sways and shudders when Charles says nothing more consequential than come sit on my lap in his firm, unwavering voice-he could control it, before. Now, it's not stable. And so he made it smaller and smaller, hoping it would go away.

It takes focus, but Charles eventually is able to twitch his left elbow enough to settle that arm over Erik’s thighs. He wishes that he could raise it and twine his fingers through Erik’s hair—which is overgrown and delightful—but tries not to grow too upset over it. Yes, he fears that Erik will miss his physicality. How he used to wrap his legs around that waist, tug at his hair, caress a finger along that jaw.

But he realizes here, in this moment, that Erik will give himself over to Charles’s mind. It’s almost stupefying. How lucky is Charles to be paired with the one person on Earth who he can still love properly, like this? And I have you to focus on, too, he agrees, a small smile enlivening a face that has been too dour for too long. I’ve missed you, too. I love you. I’m sorry that I’ve been distant.

Physicality was never the real factor. Not for Erik. He feels intensely, vividly, spires of golden electricity that arc from the center of his chest down to his gut and turn his breathing shaky. But it's not because of the physical. If Charles were to examine that warmth in Erik's mind all those times, like flowers in bloom - it's the same root as all the times he has twined those fingers into Erik's hair. Like this, so close together, Charles can feel it as long lines of humid circuitry buzzes beneath his skin.

As though he's the mind-reader in the room, Erik lifts Charles's hand to press it against his cheek, over the coarse stubble of his jaw where he's neglected to shave for the past couple of days. The touch is warm and present and he closes his eyes against it, only to open them upon Charles's smile. "This," he gasps. Like seeing the Louvre for the first time, every time. Erik never thought he cared for art, until meeting Charles. Now he knows, the only thing that matters in life, is beauty. Missed this most.

Where they're in contact - spark. From Erik, right into Charles, and with his telepathy, it's everywhere.

Through the veiled sensation in his fingers, Charles appreciates the stubble, now overgrown to the point of near softness. This is raw, real love, he thinks with a satisfied flutter. Charles, broken in body, Erik so badly needing to heal in his brilliant mind. Two flawed people who choose the other over everything else. Everyone else. For this moment, Charles forgets to be bitter and mournful about his condition. The shame, ever present, fades into a salient whisper. The cacophony in his head, even, seems to settle just a touch, granting him just enough space to bask in what it means to be loved by Erik Lehnsherr.

Oh, darling, he replies, his smile still soft, still tender. I didn’t mean to go anywhere. I’m sorry. I’m here now. Here for you.

He’s about to lean his head forward to invite a kiss, when a sharp intrusion threatens the moment. “Oh,” he murmurs quietly. “Oh, she’s—“

Through the doorway, as a burst of red hair, darts Jean. She’s running at a near full sprint, when the sight of the two men in their intimate configuration stops her short; Charles will swear that she skids to a halt. “Oh!” chirps the young girl, blue eyes wide. “I—I’m sorry—hi, Professor! Mr. Lehnsherr! I only heard that you were both in the kitchen and were both happy and I haven’t felt it where you’re both happy in a long time and so I thought maybe there was something yummy in the kitchen to eat and so I came in here but now I see—“

She stops, pale cheeks flushing a brilliant shade of crimson.

Whatever loam had built in his mind cracks like an egg splattering over concrete, and his eyes cross as the disruption wrenches, nearly painful in its intensity. Erik is more free and open with Charles in the manor than anywhere else. Normally secure in the knowledge that Charles would know if there were a problem with their affections amongst any of its inhabitants.

But being caught like this, in such open and vulnerable intimacy - a circumstance that crept up on him too slowly to have been prepared for - sends a bolt of raw, unhinged fear through him that brackets everyone in the room like ice water.

"Jean," he responds, hoarse and nearly inaudible. It's Jean. It's just Jean. She knows, she's never said anything. Clearing his throat, remembering her abilities, he forces it all away, a tsunami that sweeps every iota of clanging horror back out into the sea. Dropping an affectionate kiss to Charles's forehead, he gracefully rises to his feet and snaps the bread box into his good hand. "You want a snack?" he asks, holding it out in a rough, jerky movement. He's beet-red, but valiantly marshaling himself. "The professor here insists that they are better than custard creams."

Charles is loathe for Erik to leave his lap and for the intricate explosion in his mind taper to something far more calm. It leaves him wanting for more…excited even. For the first time since waking up in that hospital so many weeks ago, Charles feels hopeful. But…duty calls.

Jean, their secret favorite (of course he doesn’t have real favorites) has been distant, since he’s arrived home. Apprehensive, afraid that her beloved Professor is too injured, inside and out, to be the same. She’s a telepath, too, after all. She glances at Mr. Lehnsherr, her other beloved professor. He’s felt a lot different, too, except for today. Today, they feel like the old versions of themselves. “Yes, please,” she says, inching closer to Charles. Mr. Lehnsherr had been sitting on him, but he’s still okay, it looks like.

”And another for me, too, Erik, dear.” Noting her furtiveness, Charles lowers his chair until it’s on the ground, at her level. “Want a ride?” he asks her conspiratorially, nodding at his chair. “I haven’t tested to see how high it can fly.”

Erik crouches to the ground in a languid movement - everything about him is poised, even this, and withdraws the brace he had abandoned earlier to slowly and painstakingly uncurl each claw-like deformity of his fingertips into their slots, snapping it closed and fastened with a blink of his power. With each second that passes failing to induce harsh terror, he relaxes in gradients and presents her with a treat. Like Charles, she can sense that he's smiling, eyes creased up. "For you, kochanie," he gives a little dorky bow. He lifts her from the ground, giving her a light twirl before settling her at the edge of Charles's knee.

"Do not fear," he tells them both with typical solemnity. "It can fly as high as you like. You will be safe, there is a protective sphere around you." He lets it shimmer for a few seconds, visible. And they are - utterly contained in Erik's power, surrounded by the ease of its application. It makes Erik happy, using his abilities like this. To create and spark joy. He grasps another confection and wraps Charles's hand around the wax paper, meeting his eyes warmly as he helps with this as well. It's undeniable even without telepathy, but with it, the intimacy between them is clear.

The love, undiminished and vibrant. Surrounded by family, by Jean and the other children, and the man he loves most in the world. The simplicity of it threatens to undo him, as it always does when he pauses to consider how truly blessed he is in this life, but he only smiles.

Jean knows, of course. It’s why she likes to be around the Professor and Mr. Lehnsherr when they’re together; their minds remind them of her mom and dad, in some ways. Happy to be near the other, warm and loving. She didn’t know that two men were allowed to feel this way about each other, but when Aura told her that people are allowed to feel however they want and that only laws made by men make it wrong, she felt better, glad that the two are allowed to be happy.

She herself is enthused to feel that something again, and she lets out a little shriek of delight when Mr. Lehnsherr lifts her up. It’s still a little scary to sit on the Professor like this—what if she hurts him worse?—but when he doesn’t seem to mind, she slips back to sit closer to his chest as they nibble on their cookies. As soon as Mr. Lehnsherr puts the Professor’s arm back on the armrest, they’re lifted into the air. Jean shrieks and laughs again as the chair raises up, and up, and up, and it’s so high that she can even touch the ceiling!

They’re above even Mr. Lehnsherr’s head, and he’s the tallest man she’s ever seen. “You can’t catch us!” she teases Mr. Lehnsherr, as the Professor laughs softly, dipping and turning the chair in the cavernous kitchen.

"Oh, no?!" Erik smirks and then he lifts off the ground, zooming up and around them. He does a little flip to show off, spreading out his arms like ta-da! "You are it," he informs her very seriously as he boops her on the nose and then zips off. He slows down just enough to let her catch him.

Charles laughs, free and soft, as he and Jean zip across the kitchen in pursuit of Erik. He’s still learning how to use the chair without rending them into abortive jolts, but this is actually helpful exercise. And Jean’s joy is excellent fuel. The game of tag continues for several more minutes, laughs and shouts echoing across the kitchen, until Hank walks in. His eyebrows uplift upon view of the spectacle overhead. The game pauses, Jean with her arm outstretched toward Erik’s shoulder.

“Uh…it’s, uh, time for physio,” he says awkwardly with a glance at Charles. All at once, Charles’s spirit punctures, deflating in tandem with his descent back to the floor. Physio, his most loathed time of the day. Pain and frustration guaranteed, and stark reality check.

“Alright,” he grumbles, Jean clambering off his legs sheepishly. “I suppose we ought to get it over with.” Eyes flit back to Erik, but now they’re duller. We’ll continue what we started later?

Consider it incentive, comes the rumble from Erik's mind, a sliver of heat that only he can feel twining up through the back of his skull. He transmits an image, shielding from Jean with expert efficiency, of Charles laid out on their bed while Erik applies his hands to his sore and aching muscles. Erik gently sets Charles down and helps Jean off before pressing his hand to the man's shoulder. I love you, he whispers softly between them as Charles trudges his way toward the long slog.

He recruits Jean to help him make lunch, using the opportunity to work on their casual Greek practice, teaching her the names of ingredients and basic phrases.

Chapter 27: and for mankind I shed my blood!

Chapter Text

While Charles does try to be a good sport, he loathes physio. Hank is as skillful as anyone, but the entire process is tedious, painful, grueling to him. Hank always begins with his legs. They haven’t begun to show signs of visible atrophy, but that is one of Hank’s primary concerns; he will lose muscle mass and some bone density, he’s told, but with regular movement and mechanical exercise, they can try to preserve whatever it is they can. And so he lies on the table in one of the empty rooms now filled with therapy equipment, feeling like a marionette as Hank spends a good thirty minutes working each of his joints, stimulating his muscles, encouraging blood to flow.

But that’s the easy part. Because his upper body retains some sensation and movement, they’re working doggedly to rekindle whatever they can to life. And it’s helpful, Charles’s right arm and hand move well enough now to operate his chair and grip some things, but it comes at a tall cost. Hank forces him to do grip strengthening tasks, lifts, range of motion exercises. Today is particularly torturous, with the scientist prescribing a regimen of weight-bearing lifts. Hank attaches a two-pound weight to Charles’s right wrist and instructs him to do a set of ten curls.

It’s excruciating, and by the time Charles finishes his seventh rep, they call it quits for the day, as Charles is trembling too much for efficacy.

Hank works his other arm more gently, and then finishes with some abdominal, neck, and back exercises in an effort to strengthen his trunk. At the end of the 90 minute session, Charles is utterly spent. Sore, breathless, and infiltrated by a steady stream of unwanted voices in head. Hank helps him back into his chair, but Charles can’t muster the willpower or energy to force his hands to move over the control. Sick of Hank, Charles snaps at him when the scientist moves to give him a push.

I…need your help, he beckons Erik, shamefaced.

Like a ghost appearing from the ether, attuned acutely to the shifts in Charles's being, Erik ducks through the door of their medical bay with a nod spared for the doctor, dismissing him with a single arched brow. He rests his hand on Charles's chest, suffusing him with a sensation of warmth. "Hi," he says simply, and where Charles wants to go, he need only think for it to manifest in the controls, with Erik completely keyed to his every minute shift.

It takes a lot of focus to do this enough to anticipate - Erik isn't a telepath, relying on micromovements instead. But it's helpful for times like this, and to restore a sense of independent will. There's a splotchy pat of dough along his temple and flour stains on his jeans where his apron didn't fully catch them - cookies with the kids after their math class. Erik's reputation as a teacher is intimidating and stern, even scary, but he's always fair and always tries to engage them outside of class in little projects in the kitchen or gardens.

Charles slumps against the backrest of his chair, gaze falling to his knees. The energy that Erik can momentarily invigorate him with is welcome, but also a tease, in a way; he resents that he must rely on Erik's very body so much to make up for what his is unable to do. Erik is so unbelievably thoughtful in his manner of care; he strives to imbue Charles with the independence that he desperately craves, but at the moment, Charles can't even muster the strength to take avail.

"It's alright," he murmurs. "I appreciate it, Erik, but you can just take me to bed."

Erik rests his hand on the back of Charles's chair, not in guidance but simply to remain close as he lets him guide them up the stairs. "Painful, today?" he murmurs, completing the transfer easily and settling him amongst the blankets. He picks up his right hand, gently working the digits within his own and using more of that warmth to dispel the stiff tension he feels.

Charles huffs a harsh laugh as Erik tucks him into bed. It's a fair question, he knows, but it frustrates him nonetheless. Gone is the gentle tenderness that had enveloped them both just hours ago; it's replaced by a harsh, angry poison. "I can't even stop it like I stop yours," he grunts, though the warm pulse of energy does feel nice. "The connections between my arm and my brain are so grotesquely convoluted that it's impossible to find a path to stop." As he speaks, a fresh wave of secondhand pain racks his body, thanks to someone, somewhere, whose thoughts Charles is tuning into like a radio signal. "Bloody miserable," he announces, petulant. "I question whether it's even worth it."

"I did, too," Erik reveals softly, accepting the anger and doing his best to massage it out as much as he does for the limb under his ministration. "I know, I do not possibly understand this," he gives Charles's palm a tap. There's no way that anyone who hasn't experienced it for themselves could truly understand the grief and anger and frustration, he knows. He isn't sure how welcome his statements will be, or if it will just sound self-centered. He hopes that it doesn't.

"I remember thinking how worthless. How stupid it was. How I despised the doctors. I was never going to get my hand back. Every day reminded me. Why did it have to hurt, too? But..." He lifts it up, with the brace. "If I hadn't, then I could not wear this. I would be deformed even more than I am. And it would have hurt me even more, the longer I remained in that state. I got back my range of the motion in my arms, too. They did not even think I would. And you are getting so much better. Stronger, too."

He raises Charles's hand to press his lips against each knuckle, reverent. "It will not be like this forever, neshama. I promise you. It will get easier. I'm so sorry that it is so brutal, right now. If I could take this for you I would in a moment."

Charles glances at Erik's braced hand. Each finger has its own slot, held tight against a splint to prevent it from folding inward. It's become simply a part of Erik; an extension of his body. Charles hardly notices it anymore, except when it's off. He imagines that much of that is due to the fact that Erik doesn't actually need his hands for many things. His abilities enable him to maneuver things with more dexterity than even the steadiest surgeon.

It isn't negligible, and Charles is certainly beyond grateful that Erik has been able to recover physically from his own cruel injuries to this extent, but he can't do what Erik can. "There's no reason for you to be in pain," Charles murmurs, reaffirming his earlier statement, and then he huffs again. "I tried, telepathically, to trick my nerves into reattaching," he admits. "Thought that I could outmaneuver my own body. Suppose its the same as you trying to fix your hand, my spine." A dark chuckle. "Guess we both have our limits."

"You fixed me," Erik agrees with a nod. "I have kept practicing," he reveals with a twist of his lips. "Studying the books and things," he explains. Charles sees it in his mind's eye - anatomy, physiology, neurology. With a tight grip on the small mouse's neck, ready to put it out of its misery as soon as he inevitably makes an error. "I have killed a lot of mice," he rolls his eyes. Charles was able to fix him - not physically, but he is right, Erik doesn't need to be physically fixed.

After six months at Bnai Zion and several near-death experiences, he had walked out of there upright holding his single suitcase, thrust out into a world unfamiliar after eleven years. But he had his health, and he was immensely grateful for that. And now, the pain which had plagued him for so many years in-between, was mostly subsided. He isn't sure how Charles is planning on approaching the serum, but even if he experiences pain again, the fact that he has a home, a family, and most of his health is more than he could have possibly ever asked for. 

Charles fixed him, but he can't fix Charles. He has all the power of the universe, and he can't do a fucking thing with it. What good is his power, then? If he can't do the one thing that matters? Erik blinks, his features falling as he remembers that Charles can hear, that he hasn't had his dose today. In an instant, the thoughts are wiped away, his mind ticking along like one of Zeyde's old watches.

As he ticks along, in the semi-uncomfortable silence - something, perhaps from Hashem itself, strikes him. An inspiration, like a bolt of lightning from thin air. "Charles?" he asks, abruptly sweeping aside all prior self-reflected pity for something far more purposeful and intent. Maybe even hopeful.

Charles feels a little pitiful as he lies in bed, decidedly moping. Erik's words, usually a balm, fall flat on his ears; especially given the sad rumination brewing beneath the surface. He blames himself, and that's not what Charles wants. As frustrated as his own condition makes him, Erik's guilt is a hundred times worse. He says nothing as those thoughts are quickly shepherded away, replaced by a forced blankness, and he's about to ask Erik to allow him to try and nap when the tenor of his mind abruptly changes. "What?" he demands, brow cocking.

He taps his temple and then he lifts his hand. From seeming nothing, a small metal ball emerges. It's one of the first things he ever learned how to do, siphoning off atoms here and there to form new objects, playing with configuration. Metal is the oldest, its sensation like slipping into a worn leather glove. "Can you control my mind, Charles? Can you make me do that?" The metal dissolves into a small puddle in his hands. "Reform it," he demands, arching a brow at his palm. "Can you reform that? Through me. I'll show you how." The puddle lifts, and separates into billions of constituent atoms. Erik moves a few, taking them in clusters, before the shape of the outline begins to mold and shift. "Now you try."

The idea, is, admittedly, exciting. When Charles slips into Erik's visual cortex, he sees what Erik sees: the minutae of the world in pristine detail. He likes to ride along as he uses his magnificent abilities, the whole of the world like clay in his hands. It is all second-hand of course, but it's a magnificent aspect of his telepathy, that he's able to feel such power course through his own body. And he's also controlled others before, on more occasions than he would care to admit. Erik specifically, too.

Charles can puppet others with frightening ease. True mind control. He doesn't speak as he eases into that center of Erik's being. It takes him a moment to grow comfortable—Erik's fingers flex a few times, at his behest—but within a minute, the tiny reflective sphere, no larger than a golf ball, floats above Erik's now open palm. Charles gasps, invigorated with the élan of Erik's mighty being. Wow.

"If you can learn how to use my mutation through me, then you will not need to rely on me so much," Erik explains. "If you are ever mad at me, or just want to be alone. But you need to be very careful," he warns seriously. "I will show you how to move things, how to use magnetic fields. Creating, destroying, manipulating - these are much more dangerous, and complex."

For the first time, Charles feels that he has a front-row seat to what Erik's mutation actually is. It isn't magic, the way people think of mutations. Erik's brain is a quantum computer, able to hold theoretically infinite amounts of information, which was why he hadn't balked when Charles sapped off his telepathic perceptions in that library onto him. Because of this, he remembers trillions of configurations.

It's not necessarily eidetic - he forgets the things that he doesn't use as often, and has to re-absorb them. But the amount of conscious data he can hold is extremely vast. And It's why Erik has some natural resistance to psionics. Not immunity, but his brain can sometimes outpace a telepath who isn't concentrating. It's how he finally managed to shrug off Essex, if far too late.

He manually moves and folds particles together with the knowledge he has gained about the natural world through study and experimentation.

Some of it, he will have to admit, is thanks to Schmidt. Schmidt knew what his abilities were, when he was a child. He knew how to teach Erik, how to educate him. 


Kleiner Erik, his voice in his ear. He's standing too close. Wir werden ein Spiel spielen. Cold dread crawls up his body. Nun ist ein Bedürfnis ein Antrieb, der potenzielles Verhalten hervorruft. Eine Presse ist eine externe Motivation, die das Bedürfnisniveau des Einzelnen beeinflusst. Verstehst du, Erik?

A false dilemma. If Erik does not understand, then Schmidt is a poor teacher. If he does understand, then he is intellectually arrogant. This is his second lesson on the subject matter. He understands. He stays silent.

Können Sie die ersten sechs Grundbedürfnisse nennen?

Luft. Wasser. Essen. Empfin..emfimdungsmog, Erik clenches his teeth. He mispronounced the word. He didn't know it. Mispronounced... Schmidt is gazing at him, expectant. Stillzeit. Suh -- Sex.

Der Hunger, den du verspürst, Erik, was denkst du, ist das? Ein Bedarf oder eine Presse?

Ein--Ein Bedürfnis?

Dummer kleiner Erik, wann wirst du es lernen?


The boy on the bed is curled up, knees to his chest. His uniform bears a neat green triangle. If Erik pushes (--presses--) just so, Schmidt will snap like a rubber-band. He draws himself up, forcing himself to meet the boy's eyes. Verpiss dich, Verde! Erik spits at him.

Schmidt rocks on his heels and backhands him with all the force of a building collapse. Erik screams. Schmidt is satisfied.

Bring ihn hier raus. Ich bin noch nicht fertig mit Erik.

Is salvation a need, or a press? Erik isn't sure. The Verde scuttles out. He carefully tucks his smile behind broken teeth.

Sie haben eine Möglichkeit. Du bewegst diese Münze in meiner Handfläche, oder ich schiesse dir in den Kopf. Genau wie Mama. Du hast deine Nützlichkeit für mich überlebt, Junge.

Schmidt levels the mother-of-pearl revolver in his meticulous tool-belt at Erik. He shakes. He doesn't like the games with guns. He shakes. The coin is still. Schmidt raises the gun and fires. The coin is still. The gun is quiet. The coin is still.

(Sex ist ein Bedürfnis, nicht wahr, Erik? Das ist eine Presse.)


When all those little instruments started floating next to him at the Red Cross camp, he had a foundational understanding of what to do. But it means that all of the highly intricate applications of his mutation won't be open to Charles, unless he undergoes the same rigorous contests. And if he tries without that, it can and would go very wrong. Inverting reality, breaking time. Turn himself inside out, kill someone by making them breathe in misfolded proteins and atoms, destroy all the matter around them at once with a thought.

Suddenly the CIA's interest in Erik was starting to make a lot more sense. But that doesn't mean Erik can't show him how to use it well enough to help him gain some true independence.

Charles continues to form and reform the ball. It’s surprisingly easy; the pathways worn through Erik’s brain are well-trod. Clean. Precise. He needs only to follow them to activate that mechanism within Erik. The freedom and power makes him laugh softly, to himself. But when Erik speaks, Charles raises a brow, turning his attention back to his face. The ball drops into his palm, abandoned by Charles’s puppeteering. “Oh…Erik, I couldn’t,” he says quietly, head settling back against his pillows. “It’s not…I don’t mind your help. I’m not willing to use you like that, for my own pride.” A small smile, despite the torrent in his arm, back, head. “Your abilities are yours, Erik. Special to you.”

Watching as his fingers flex and unflex, Erik is besieged by the full realization that Charles is burrowed deep under the ocean-floor of his tumultuous consciousness. The waves, the shears and rapids. Controlling every little twitch. He could do anything. Make him do anything? It's non-specific. Essex had been in his mind as well, arguably further beyond. Erik didn't feel like this. When it first happened, after that argument with Hank, the shock of it and the very public venue had caused a cataclysmic meltdown.

Now, alone, between them. It is different. There is no fear at all. Erik wonders if there is any possible way for him to untangle the dense, intricate strands that permeate his being. He sluggishly reaches for Charles's cheek. There is no one else on Earth that he would trust with the responsibility he knows his powers bring. No one else that he would dare invite in this deeply, suffused down to the tippy-toes and vibrant sparks. I can share, he thinks, entirely guileless. I like sharing with you.

It's for you, too. Yours, too. It takes a long moment for him to fully orient himself, enough to make split-second conceptual analysis. It's sharp, his mind is like a solar flare. But immense, complicated, difficult to parse. Code in a language no-one else speaks. If I could help you to feel... help you, Erik whispers. I've been trying to use my powers to fix you, but maybe that's not how I fix? Maybe it's like this. If I could share some of my strength with you, it takes nothing away from me. It adds more of you to me. Is it pride? Or just another way to lean on each other? his eyebrows arc, hopeful. I would never insist, but - everything that I have, my powers included, I like sharing with you.

It is an immensely sweet thing to offer. Charles doesn’t take that for granted, not for a moment. Erik’s abilities in particular are deeply integral to his being; they’re intertwined with the very core of himself, influence the way he sees and interacts with the world. To be invited to participate alongside—to overtake—is a token of utmost trust. Charles closes his eyes. The potential is immense. He need not even leave this bed to live a full life. It’s crossed his mind before, even before the injury. He has the ability to use the bodies of others for his own purposes. As a prospect, it’s frightening, and Charles does not think that he could ever stomach it on a longterm.

I will not use you, Charles reaffirms as he opens his eyes, gazing upon Erik. Not like that. But…perhaps for learning. We can share this with each other. But I will not use you like that. I’ll just have to learn how to adjust to my limitations.

Erik's grin is shy as he holds up a finger, right up to Charles's eyes as if to say watch! Wait. The air swirls around the tip of his nose, and then, a butterfly appears. A living butterfly, tickling his skin with a little bloop of chirruped confusion from its tiny butterfly-brain. It's - staggering, for a second, before he realizes that Erik hasn't created the butterfly, he's just teleported it from its journey outside. Which is only slightly less staggering.

With a blink, Charles's bed is covered in little teddy bears and trinkets.

I have been practicing, he laughs lowly, a rumble from deep in his chest. You want to go somewhere? We can go anywhere. Prague? New Orleans?

Charles feels like a little boy watching a magician for the first time, and if he couldn't feel the powerful churn of Erik's body and brain, he would believe that he is. His little finger on his right hand hooks around the edge of a spinning top, just to see that it's real. Remarkable. Erik's abilities have no bounds, it seems. Aside from the repair of bodies, of course. The tiniest village at the top of the Italian Alps, Charles replies, admiring.


Erik will give him the world. He will devote his life to eliciting that wonder-struck smile. With scarcely more than a blink, their bed vanishes from the room and Charles has to gasp as the frigid air of Arco - on the very top of the castle perched on the cliffs of Lake Garda - zings at his cheek. Charles can sit up and see the alpine range spreading out all around, with clear blue skies in magnificent saturation. A castle for you, my dragon.

Chapter 28: I help them even when I die...

Chapter Text

Charles is sitting out in the courtyard, a morning ritual with Erik as ever by his side, one hand curled possessively over the handle at the back of his hoverchair. They're watching the hummingbirds, and Erik's bent over his shoulder, drawing his finger down the page in a book open on Charles's lap. He makes some comment or another that prompts the other man to laugh and shakily reach up to press his hand against Erik's chest.

It's just a moment, out of time, but Carmen Pryde feels like he's intruded on something too intimate as he ushers Teri Pardo back a few steps. They wait a bit, then he pops his head out from behind the column to see if they're finished, like a couple of Peeping Toms.

"Carmen," Erik rumbles from behind him from thin bloody air itself, his good arm crossed over his chest. "What are you doing." 

"Jesus!!! What!!! Oh my G-d. Way to scare a guy. Whew."

"I am afraid Jesus is not available."

"So funny. Anyone ever tell you you're hilarious, Lehnsherr?"

"Our agent keeps insisting on a comedy special. Indistinguishable from Lenny Bruce, he says."

That does cause Carmen to bark a laugh. "You're a regular Jewish Billy The Kid. I can't believe you listen to Lenny Bruce."

"Everybody thinks I am uptight, it's most silly."

"Yeah, most silly," Carmen affects in a high falsetto. 

Erik thwaks him on the shoulder. "What is it that you both need? Rabbi Pardo," he bows formally to her. He takes a step back and returns to Charles, this time with Teri and Carmen in tow. "Carmen and Rabbi Pardo are here," he explains with a gesture toward them.

"How are you doing?" Teri asks, crouching down to offer Charles a hug. She's wearing pants and a long-sleeved blazer, with a large tote bag over her shoulder. "Forgive the interruption, but there's actually something I'd like to talk to you all about. Can we sit down?" she gestures to the patio furniture behind them. "This will be a bit of a conversation, is that OK?"

"Do you need me here?" Carmen wonders.

"Actually, yes," she laughs. "Yes, this is about the both of you."

Erik's eyebrows arc, curious. "Very well," he inclines his head and moves a lawn chair out of the way for Charles to inch in closer to the table.

There are good and bad days intermixed. So far, today is a good day. It’s a cold morning in mid-November, and though it’s probably too cold for their morning outings to continue for much longer, Erik ensures that the icy wind of autumn does not affect him as they sit beneath the Hawthorn in the soft morning light. Today, he had a thick blanket around his lower half and a book on his lap while he and Erik spin further into their Magpie-verse.

The headache is relatively mild this morning, and he’s only been in his chair for an hour, so the soreness hasn’t begun to twine around his bones yet. At the same time, they both notice the pair skulking beneath the eaves. In what feels like an instant, Erik is gone from his side and back again with Carmen and Teri in tow. Though he’s loathe to leave the blissful pocket that he and Erik create, he smiles kindly at the two interlopers. “I’m well enough, thank you,” Charles replies to the woman after a clumsy, one-armed hug, curious now. “Sure, you have my attention.”

Erik, his faithful attendant, clears a space for him to park his chair at the patio table. He really has fallen into step, acting almost as an extension of Charles body. He’s better than the telepath himself at anticipating Charles’s needs. Wherever Charles goes, Erik is usually at his side, protective, ready. Such is the case now, as Carmen and Teri take their own places around the table. “To what do I owe the pleasure?”

Teri reaches across the table and squeezes Erik's bad arm, where the long metal struts of his brace stand straight up, and nudges Carmen's shoulder in a decidedly more familiar fashion. She presses her fingertips together, smiling gently. "You both have become extraordinarily integral to our community at JC," she starts, gesturing to Erik and Carmen. She pulls out from her satchel a stack of letters and packages, setting them on the table. "So, that's for you, people found out we were doing this," she snorts.

Teri watches as Erik's eyes widen minutely, and then he touches each object with reverence, collecting them up into a neat and orderly pile, running his fingertips over them. Like they're something precious. Carmen grabs his and flicks through it, grinning while he does. "This is better than Haifa, my friend."

"Rabbi, I don't understand," says Erik, lifting one of the envelopes pointedly.

"You're both very cherished," Teri says. "Yes, even you," she snorts at Carmen. "Even though I'd have to drag you by your ears to the bimah," she adds.

"That's true," he taps his nose.

"But the amount of time you spend helping people with their troubles hasn't gone unnoticed. And you," she laughs, nodding downward at Erik. "I'm still getting complaints that you left teaching!"

"I thought that the parents were grateful."

"Oh, they were. Mutant rights and the atrocities of the Shoah aren't exactly on their radar when it comes to Hebrew school. But their kids weren't. They threw a literal fit, Erik."

"I did not teach the atrocities of the Shoah," he crosses his arm.

"Oh, really."

"...Much. They deserve to know."

Teri grins. "You've been sorely missed." She eyes Charles, knowing that this is the reason he hasn't been attending shul as often. But, that's not exactly relevant right now. "Anyway, OK. Through logic, we've gathered that there are some things you both haven't had the ability to experience, given the interruption of your childhoods. So, here is where we're at. Do you guys know what a Bar Mitzvah is?"

Erik blinks. "...For little kids?"

"Well, yes, but no. It's for anyone, not just kids. The ceremony for adults is adjusted, but-guys. This is a pretty big deal. There's a reason why this happens, and it isn't religious. Carmen."

"Do I have to?" he whines.

"Shtok. No, you don't have to. Neither of you have to. But! We've set up something like a class, that you both can attend, with some of the other students, if you'd like to."

"Students?" Erik still very clearly doesn't understand what is happening. He looks at his pile, horribly confused.

"We've taken them from the Intro classes - they're not Jewish, but they're very interested in this process. They'll get to learn exactly what goes into it all. It will take about a year, once a week."

"To...do...?"

"For us to do it, dingbat," Carmen smacks him. 

"For your own ceremonies. Look, you don't have to say anything right now. Take some time, think about it. But can you remember, when you were younger, watching other people go through this? Just think back. It's meant to embrace each person into their community, to celebrate each person individually. You guys didn't have that, and I think it's important. And so does everybody else." She eyes the letters.

"Oh, brother," Carmen pinches his nose.

"Don't worry, there's nothing convincing in there. They heard I was doing this and wanted to extend well wishes."

Charles feels a small pang of guilt shoot through him as Teri describes how desperately Erik is missed by his students. Prior to the incident, he had been visiting often still—at least once per week—to teach as a volunteer at Teri's temple. He knows how much Erik enjoyed that time; he truly is a natural teacher. The man has hardly spent a minute away from Charles's side in the preceding two months, however. But, Teri doesn't say it to make him feel guilty. Charles knows that well. So her proposition brings a smile to his lips.

A shaky, curled hands finds its way to Erik's forearm. "I think you should both do it," Charles encourages. "One class a week. You both can manage that."

It is at the very least, a little bit easier than teaching students once a week at shul was. Erik is not only a natural teacher, but a natural student. This, Charles also knows first-hand. Information goes in and stays there, ready to be plucked out again when needed. It's how he managed to do a bachelor in an unrelated subject, and then catch up to Charles with his doctorate. Though, for Charles, it's more due to his intellect and for Erik it's more due to the fact that he didn't need to learn anything, he already knew it due to his mutation. A bit like cheating, Charles once teased.

Erik's lips press together, the only sign that he's affected. "All right, everyone get out!" Carmen shooes them all. "Shoo! Not you," he gripes at Charles.

"...You are so tactful," Teri laughs and laughs, rising from the table.

"I am a diplomat, my good friend. They call me the United Nations. Now git." Before she leaves, Erik rises and gives her a hug. He doesn't trust himself to speak, but Charles can tell that she understands perfectly what he's trying to say.

"So, what do you think?" Carmen picks at the fabric of his blazer, unaware that he's scowling. "I don't even know if I do remember what she's talking about, I'll be honest. I mean, I was basically a kid when I got arrested. I know you were, too. But you're older. At that time, going to... we never did. I don't even think I went once."

"I do," Erik whispers. "I remember. Before it got bad."

"Well, fuck it. You know, we survived. They couldn't take us from ourselves. I don't believe in any of this gobbledegook, but that doesn't matter."

"You still go to shul," Erik points out.

"Yeah, that's right. I still go. I don't know how comfortable I am reading from the Torah or whatever, but-"

"-as she said, it is not really about that."

"No. It's not." Carmen presses his hands to his cheek, breathing in hard. "So fuck it."

Charles feels a bit like an intruder as Carmen and Erik speak softly to each other, swapping stories. From the secondhand experience he's gleaning from the both of them, he can understand that this is a big deal to each. Carmen's skepticism is underlied by something a little more tender. And Erik... He smiles softly at the two men. "She wants you to know that you are embraced by your community. Loved and cherished. Shall I leave you two be to discuss?" A glance toward Erik, who is the real decision-maker on what Charles does and when. "I can go inside."

Erik shakes his head. "Please, stay," he murmurs, and even Carmen can see that he's suppressing a strong reaction. "I do not know if I can," he says, clearing his throat. "If I can do this-by myself," he rasps. "Did you know that I got to leave, once?" 

"What, the camp? Really?" 

Erik nods. His fingers curl hard into Charles's good hand, eyes distant.  


Du bist kein Jude mehr, Erik. Schmidt is standing behind him. Too close. Ihr Volk ist Mutant. Diese Leute bedeuten nichts. Du bist ein Gott unter den Insekten.

He can't help it. The synagogue stretches toward the sky, its columns and spires in the heavy Moorish Revival-inspired style of Prague. Its windows feature interlocking geometric shapes, with similar along the arches. Wenn sie nichts bedeuten, sollten wir gehen, Herr Schmidt. 

Nein, Kleiner. Dafür sind wir hierher gekommen. Um Ihre Verbindungen zu dieser elenden Kultur zu zerstören. Vertrau mir. Es wird Dir bald egal sein. Sie werden Ihren richtigen Platz in einer wirklich überlegenen Rasse erkennen. Das sind nur die Merkmale der Kindheit. A bottle is placed in his hand. Knie nieder, gegen den Wind. Halte es durch. Wenn ich es anzünde, musst du es so schnell wie möglich werfen.

Erik kneels. Sind Leute drinnen? 

Natürlich nicht. Seien Sie nicht absurd. Sie sind alle tot, Kleiner. Das ist rein symbolischer Natur. Alles, was ich dir beibringe, Erik, hat einen Zweck. Es soll dich stärker machen, dich ganz machen. 

Was ist mit der Thora darin? Die Arche? Können wir es nicht retten? Erik knows he is pushing it.

Schmidt's fingers dig and dig into his shoulder, a brand of fire all its own.  Schmidt laughs. Das ist alles Unsinn, Erik. Die Thora fördert Sklaverei und Barbarei. Sind das die Menschen, mit denen Sie in Kontakt treten möchten?

It burns behind his eyes, and in his body. In his hands, the bottle resting like a bomb. This man knows nothing. He knows nothing. Ich werde nicht! Das sind meine Leute. Ich bin kein Mutant.

Schmidt picks up one of Erik's hands and snaps each finger, methodically. He howls and screams. No one hears him. It's all empty, devoid of people. This neighborhood is hollowed out, with only the single stolid structure of this one synagogue remaining. Du fühlst dich heute sehr rebellisch, Erik. Wie fühlst Du Dich jetzt? Sie werden tun, was ich sage, sonst werden im nächsten Gebäude Menschen sein. Merk dir meine Worte.


"Maybe I should not be in that class," he says to his knees. 

Charles is unsurprised to see Schmidt's narrow face in Erik's memory again. His own heart stutters as the scene unfolds, as Erik's bones are broken alongside his spirit, sense of self, connection to his home. Oh, darling. Charles is there, both at Erik's side and in his head. In this space in his psyche, Charles presents as his old self, the one who could walk and jump and embrace Erik in his two arms. He does just that, grabbing the taller man by his waist. Do you think you are undeserving of acceptance because of this? What Schmidt made you do? You did not do that of your own accord, Erik. I know that you never left your people behind. Not in here. The mental image of Charles rests his hand atop Erik's heart.

It's only inside, where Charles can see, that Erik's eyes burn with tears as sweltering and hot as the flames that engulfed the building before him as he finally complied and threw the bottle, watching it break through the window and steadily catch in a swirling miasma of gasoline and napalm. After several minutes, it explodes outward when Schmidt claps his hands together and forces a thrust of energy to assist in its destruction.

Outside, he watches as little pieces of paper, curled at their edges, fall from the sky.

Erik holds on to Charles, outward and in his mind's eye. If they knew all the things I had done to our people, they would not want me there. When I was in Israel, they knew. In the Red Cross, I had only my uniform. It was marked. So they knew. They spat at me, called me a Nazi. Maybe they are right.

You know, Erik, that you are not a Nazi, says Charles firmly, lifting his fingers to catch the stream of tears as they fall. In the physical world, he simply curls his better fingers around Erik's forearm, but the motivation behind the gesture remains the same. You survived. You did what you had to do in order to survive. You were a prisoner for many, many years, my love.

Bowing his forehead to Charles's, in the real and beyond, Erik clutches onto him as the only source of purchase in the screaming wake of memories bursting out of him. I am sorry, he gasps. I am so sorry. I have tried so hard to make sure it doesn't get out anymore. I'm so sorry. Schmidt had told him he wasn't a Jew, he was a mutant. And he wasn't a mutant, then. But now he is. Does that mean Schmidt is right? Has he been right this whole time?

Erik does not feel like a god among insects. For, even every insect is special and valuable. There is no reason, that Erik can see, to deride another living thing. To feel superior, to feel entitled to harm them. It's tangled together. People who want to hurt mutants are everywhere, and Erik doesn't have a problem defending them from outside harm. But that's different, isn't it? To what Schmidt wanted. It's all rising, mixing together, all the things that he's shoved away for the last few months.

I tried, so hard. I tried. I took the punishment, so Carmen could escape. I tried. I tried to stop him from hurting you. I tried so hard. Please believe me. I should have-I should have just gone with him. I should have-

"Hey," Carmen interrupts the death spiral. "I don't know what happened. But I do remember that lab, Erik. We all know you. You know I've done shit that I'm not proud of, either. I hurt a lot of people, you know that. Hell, what's everyone's favorite insult, huh? Kapo, don't think I don't know."

"No, that wasn't the same. It wasn't. You were a child."

"Yeah, so were you. And even when you grew up, how could you be expected to be a normal adult? The fact that you're here, with us, is insane. I hope you know how insane that is. You should have been on Schmidt's island with him, experimenting on people, or whatever the fuck he did. But you weren't."

Grateful for Carmen's insistence, Charles opens his eyes and gives Erik's arm another squeeze. He feels a little trapped in this chair now, wishing that he could stand up and drape his arms over Erik's shoulders, but he's glad to at least have the ability to offer some support. "You should go back and teach again, too, Erik," Charles says quietly, but his voice his firm. "There are many out there like you, or many children who will have parents like you. Forced to do things at the will and power of your oppressors. Stories likes yours, and yours," he adds, with a nod to Carmen, "are all part of the narrative. It doesn't make you less worthy, darling. It makes you a man. A man with a lot of love for his people."

"I think we should do this," Carmen says firmly, eyeing Charles across the table, fully expecting back-up here. "We never got a chance. These people know us, and they accept us. That's worth everything. None of this is fucking linear, you know that. They didn't even have a word to describe what happened to us, before Lemkin. They had to make one up. So all of this, nobody knows shit about it. It's an unprecedented crime, with unprecedented victims."

It's not often that Carmen speaks candidly in this way, most especially about his time in the camps. Charles has known that he too bears the mark, on his skin, but he tends to take it all in stride, to act like it doesn't bother him. He usually doesn't even try hiding it, unlike Erik, who wears only long-sleeves. "It doesn't look neat and tidy. I used my position to safeguard the lives of as many prisoners as I could, and sometimes that meant I had to hurt them. Like you did. And I didn't want to, but I did it. How many people like me ended up lynched, or denied employment, or had their houses burned down? You understand, kamerad?" 

"But you did not-" burn them. Kill them. Torture them. 

"No. I didn't. And I thank G-d every single motherfucking day for that," Carmen's eyes blaze. "Because I don't think I would have survived it. But you did. You survived it. And you deserve to be honored for that." 

Erik does crack, then, covering his eyes.

“Don’t you see?” Charles says, his voice a soft foil to Carmen’s confidence. “You are not alone, my love. What Teri extends to you isn’t an offer, but an invitation. To join your community not in spite of what happened, but in acknowledgment of.” His hand, somehow, finds its way to Erik’s knee. “You’ve been agonizing over this for years, darling. This is a time to confront and reconcile with that aspect of your history. To reclaim a part of you that was taken.”

Swiping viciously at his eyes, Erik tries to smile. "I never expected this," he laughs a bit. 

"Teri is good people, Erik," Carmen nods. "And she knows as much as I do. We talk a lot. I don't mean to gossip, or anything. But-you know. Your story is entwined with mine. So she knows." 

"And she does not view me as a perpetrator?" Erik's eyebrows raise, shocked. 

"Of fucking course not. No one with two neurons to rub together would think that. Me, it's different. A lot of my people deserve to rot in prison for the rest of their lives, so I get it. But me, it's complicated. I'm fortunate for Teri." 

"You two seem quite close."

"Shut the fuck up," Carmen gripes. 

"You are close, aren't you?" Erik accuses. 

"Shut up! G-d. I hate you." 

"You most certainly do not." Erik is smirking, where only Charles can see. "I'm happy for you. Really." 

"Lashon hara, is what this is."

Chapter 29: barbed comments flew, now soft, now loud,

Chapter Text

Where Autumn was true to its nature as a season of change, Winter, as it turns out, is where their provisions are tested. Between his transition home in October and the frigid arrival of mid-December, Charles learns exactly what he can and cannot endure. There were weeks, blissful weeks, by comparison, when he was sure that his days might not be so arduous. Adapting to his new limitations isn’t easy by any stretch, and by the time the dust settles, Charles has grown tired of his dependence, of the perpetual ache, of the grim horizons of his recovery. But that is all a small annoyance in relation to the anvil atop his shoulders.

As his body learns how to function in its altered state, the breadth, depth, and sensitivity of his telepathy grows by leagues. Initially, he vows to work with it—his gift is a gift after all, right? Once he learns how to control the spout, it will be awesome to behold. The entire world, in his head. Boundless ability in the inches between his ears. It’s the week before Christmas, however, when his resolve falters, and when Erik sets to begin their morning routine, Charles jerks away from his touch.

He doesn’t need to even imagine what it feels like to have an ice pick jammed through his ear, because he has just experienced that sensation secondhand; someone, a young man, in some remote enclave in the southern hemisphere has just been subjected to the torture, just as his brainwaves fell into Charles Xavier’s own awareness. The immense, sight-splitting pain hitches aboard what’s left of his nervous system, stimulating the pain receptors in his own body as if the metal pick has entered through his ear canal. A low, guttural grown issues from his lips, good hand clenching into a grotesque claw atop the blankets.

It’s the latest in a series of painful encounters, and he hasn’t slept well in weeks. The deep hollows beneath his eyes are but a tiny attestation to his exhaustion.

“Just leave me,” he grits, eyes jamming shut. “I don’t want to get up today.”

Erik is grim, eyes creased in concern. "This is getting worse, kochanie," he murmurs, tapping his temple. He crouches down, tall enough to still tower over Charles's wracked frame, and places a hand at his cheek. "I know that you want to try without the serum. But maybe we should reconsider it," he whispers. He does a good job keeping the wisps of his own thoughts tightly confined, a sense of control that is beyond another psi-null.

The hand at his cheek is delicate, but Charles still flinches away from it. He's too sensitive; each nerve ending is alight in a fire that burns at touch. It's hard to distinguish Erik's thoughts from the chaos in his head, but he can. They're quiet, tamped away. Their absence speaks louder than anything. "No," he grunts, though his eyes are squeezed shut as he presses his head into his pillows. "Your pain would come back, and you'd start to look at me like that again. Like I don't know you. Like you don't know me. I need—ah—" a fresh wave of agony, the source indistinguishable. Something in his stomach, which is barely even sensate. "No. Get Hank. Gotta be something else."

"Charles," Erik shakes his head. "I can handle my pain. I can handle it, OK?" his brows arch, imploring. "My pain is sole. Yours is not. No one can handle that. Please. You are suffering a thousand agonies. Please do not be so proud as to refuse this assistance. Not for me. I am strong, Charles. I can handle my pain. Do not ask me to watch this. That is more painful than any contracture."

"No," he whispers again, stubborn. "I know how you feel when I'm on it. You're afraid that I don't know you; you've said it yourself. And if I don't have you—" he gasps, breath hitching. Half from some foreign pain, half because the choice is an agonizing one. The warm familiarity of Erik's mind. The knowledge of what lies beneath those green eyes. All that he loves about Erik, tucked away behind his exterior. Still there, certainly, and not inaccessible. But that's now how they fell in love. "No," he says again. "Just...let me be. It's a bad day is all. I'll stay in bed today."

Charles can see, now, that Erik's eyes are reddened at the sclera, prompting twin stars of green to fix him with an urgent gaze. But he knows, too, that this is due to his probing of Erik's psyche. Into the very deepest parts. A compensation that permits him to understand Erik's true nature. One that he would not have access to, absent his abilities. One he does not think Erik will ever truly be able to overcome, as laden as it is throughout his entire being. This schism that permeates him, Charles knows, is as much a part of his soul as his softer-heart.

Erik's features barely twitch. "You have me, Charles. Always. You will have me. I know that I am not the same, but-that does not change this." He taps at his chest. "You will just have to learn me that way. Learn to see what is in here. Others have. I have non-telepathic friends," he points out. "And I will have to learn, too. I will. I will get better. I will try harder. I promise, I will try harder. Please."

"Erik, it's not you..." His voice is pinched, strained by both the pain at his temples and firm distaste for the situation at hand. He doesn't want to give up his telepathy or lose access to Erik. And Erik needs him, too; the man is doing so very much for Charles at the moment, the very least that he can do is provide him with the comfort he needs to get through the damned day. He opens his eyes, reaching a jerky hand toward Erik.

"I know what's in there, darling. My Erik." A deep, shuddering breath. "Just give me a few days," he barters. "Go on downstairs. I think the children are making holiday treats today. We can talk about it later. I'll manage just fine up here."

It's through said application of Charles's ability that he can see how those words affect him. My Erik, whispers through all the trees and fog, a golden thread weaving down and down. His eyes flutter shut against his conscious volition, and he takes a shaky breath of his own before nodding once, a clumsy jerk of his chin. When Charles talks to him like this, his voice a firm weight, Erik has little choice but to obey. All those strings wrapped through.

Erik isn't used to Christmas - this is the first time he'll ever celebrate it, and it can't be denied that he's heavily curious. He's already focused intensely on what type of presents Charles and the other children and instructors would like.

"OK," he whispers back, smiling gently. "I'll bring you up some gingerbread," he does insist.

"I would appreciate it," Charles replies, voice lighter now. It's forced, but he doesn't want Erik to worry, and Erik will worry and insist unless Charles suggests another task. He's learned this about Erik, that he is amenable to suggestion when it comes in a certain form or from a certain person. He, he knows, is one of those people. Only for Erik's comfort, however. "Enjoy the festivities. Don't let Raven wrap any gifts; she once wrapped a book for me in thirteen layers of paper."

Erik's laugh is soft. "I will ensure that all gifts are wrapped correctly," he promises, his fingers still spread over Charles's jaw. I love you, sparks between them, from that liminal space in Erik's brain that expands outward at Charles's behest. He rises neatly to his full height, folding his hands behind his back. As he leaves the room, he's the picture of solemnity and austere composure.

Only Charles knows the difference.


As soon as Erik shuts their door behind him, Charles allows himself to disintegrate on the mattress. Erik is right, this is agony, tumbling in his head like dice. It’s unbearable; he can only hope that relief will come soon, but his own body has betrayed him so frequently lately that he has little hope. By the time Erik returns later that day to check in on him, he’ll find Charles curled up as far as his body will allow, which isn’t very far. His blankets and several pillows have found their way to the floor as evidence of agonized, abortive jerks of a largely immobile body desperate to move.

Erik immediately responds, like a nerve firing off. Everything settles back into its proper place at once. He's holding a Tupperware that he abandons on the desk as he heads for Charles, a tumultuous ping. -worry - how I can I help - make this stop - end this, please - His arms come around Charles's shoulders, fingertips at his neck, attempting to soothe it all down with the warmth of touch sinking into him and spreading out. "Charles, we need to end this," he speaks it aloud. "Let me get Hank, please. We need to end it."

Charles barely registers Erik’s presence—that mind that he so deeply loves and cherishes scarcely makes itself audible above the fray. It’s only when the physical touch accompanies it that he rights himself, absorbing the deep worry through his very skin. His eyes squeeze shut. It’s as if the inside of his skull is shot through with electricity. “Alright,” he whispers, and for the first time in weeks, tears well in his eyes. “Alright, Erik.”

Erik stays like that with him for a long time, just holding him, doing his best to push his mind to the front of that fray, to overtake it somehow. To let Charles feel his love, and his devotion, and his care. They don't need to move from the bed, Hank is called up through a single thought, and enters the room to find them both wrapped in one another. It's already known to the blue doctor, so Erik doesn't bother to extricate himself. "He needs help," Erik rasps. Only Charles can hear his anguish.


It’s pain and relief, all at once, when Hank administers a dose at some point later. Whether it’s minutes or hours, Charles isn’t sure, he only knows that the feeling of hollow, cold longing returns as the pain disappears. His tears continue to fall, even after the dose is administered and Hank is gone. When he looks up, Erik there, but not. Different. He hates himself for thinking so. “I love you. I’m sorry,” he whispers.

Still with fingers feathering at the back of his neck, into the soft strands of hair. Erik gazes down at him, appearing utterly at peace and unmoved. "You need never apologize for relieving yourself of pain, neshama. It is I who must apologize to you," he says, and every word is spoken in the same even, measured tone without variation or affect. "If I were not this way, it would not be so hard. I know this. I love you."

“There’s nothing wrong with the way you are,” Charles replies through a tearful voice. Erik sounds different. His accent is thick, but his voice is even. Flat. The redness in his eyes is gone. “I’m sorry. It’s not—there’s nothing wrong with you.” A sob racks through him. “Hank can find something for your pain. I’m sure of it. We’ll do something…”

He touches Charles's cheek, tender. It must be tender. It can't be nothing. "Please, do not agonize over me, Charles. I would take this pain a million times over, if it meant relief for you. And I know you would do the same. The problem is, dear-heart, that this pain is bearable. Yours is not. Do you understand."

The only indication that this next statement is based on pain is the split-second pause between one word to the next. "The doctors at Bnai Zion said that I should be on morphine the rest of my days. I do not want that, neshama. I detest drugs, they change how I am inside. My structure is known to me now. Drugs change that, make it unstable. They interfere with my ability to use my mutation. They..."

All calm. All centered. His features never move, his eyes do not blink. The lines of his face are as carved from marble, immobile. "They remind me of the tests. The medicine Herr Doktor Schmidt und Wyngarde gave me. The drugs Viktor gave me to make me compliant. To stop fighting. Please understand. I rather to cope with my pain instead, than to be overtaken once more."

Charles wonders if Erik is considering the way that drugs change him. The minute pause between his phrases makes Charles think that he’s going into one of those places in his head now, but he can’t be certain. It distresses Charles, not to be able to see where Erik is, inside. His exterior gives little away. How will he know when Erik needs him? Perhaps he’s right, he must learn to read the smaller shifts, listen for the subtle changes in his voice.

Sniffling, Charles flexes his fingers around what he can reach, which happens to be Erik’s braced hand. “And if the drugs overtake me?”

Erik is looking down at him, silence in long stretches that Charles realizes would be instead a point-of-contact between them. "Of course I consider it. I do not want this. Your mutation is beautiful and wondrous and it is as part of you as mine is of me. But you are in pain, neshama. Pain far beyond anything I experience. I try to teach you some blocking skills, but they do not work. What do we do. How do we make it better."

He lets his braced hand move up, cradling Charles's hand against his cheek along with his other, framing his face, then presses his forehead to Charles's brow, breathing slow. "What if it were me. What would you do. I do not want the drugs to change you," he says in the same affectless, accent-roughened lilt. "I just want to take care of you," Erik adds after a moment, calm and steady.

It occurs to Charles that Erik is speaking the same words he always does, it is only the cadence and timbre that are 'off.' If he listens to the words, pairs them with what he remembers, it's a slim shadow of his Erik.

"I want for you to feel good. To feel in control. Please, tell me. Anything. Tell me how to make it better."

It’s a funny question. Not because it doesn’t sound like one—Erik’s intonation doesn’t change much—but because to him the answer is painfully obvious. Charles would help Erik with his telepathy. Ease pain with telepathy. Solve any problem that he could with the gift that he was given at birth.

He can reconcile the Erik he cherishes with this version, and he knows that it is patently unfair to even suggest a distinction between the two. Erik is Erik, inside and out, and Charles is not a good partner if he can’t identify the wholeness, there. This 'version' of Erik isn’t a version at all; they’re both him, as whole as anything. It brings Charles a sick wave of guilt to know that he’s been parsing the two. No more, he decides. Erik is Erik. His love. His everything. “You being here makes it better,” he answers finally, earnestly. “I couldn’t do any of this without you, Erik. You take excellent care of me. I’m sorry if I’ve made you feel that it isn’t enough.”

He dries his tears by jerking his neck, wiping his face along the fabric of his shirt. “You’re my anchor, in this. Now as always.”

Erik's expression doesn't change. Not at first. But Charles is studying him, desperate to reconcile these two Eriks into one. So he looks, and looks. And there it is. The briefest tightening of his brows as they knit together in the center of his forehead. The slightest press of his lips and crease at his eyes. Were he to see inside, would Erik be in tears? That he does not know is piercing, but that he can guess is... promising, perhaps.

"No, proszę, nie myśl, że to miałem na myśli," he says. The words in Polish are a result of code-switching, a response that happens when someone is emotional and unfiltered. They sound... less flat. By a single increment. "I do not think this," he continues in English, aware of his slip-up. "That I think you feel it is not enough. No, that is not relevant. I care about you, in all ways. I do not resent that you may not think it is enough, neshama. I simply..." he pauses, still as a statue nonetheless.

"If it were me, if our positions were reversed. If I had to take a drug for my telepathy or to experience excruciating, intractable pain. What would you choose. For me. I want to know. Because I need to know this is the right choice. I need to know you will not be lost. Or hurt worse. Made worse."

Charles understands. Erik isn’t looking for encouragement or something nebulous, like a promise of appreciation or a declaration that they will continue to try hard. No, he wants to know, in plain words, if Charles thinks that he himself will be okay. Erik knows what drugs do to him. He’s had to learn the hard way how they interact with his personality, his health. Charles had been healthy most of his life; he’s only started taking medication at all after the accident.

He’s now on a proper cocktail: muscle relaxers for the spasms, kidney medication, blood thinners to reduce the risk of clots, painkillers. And now, this. “I would want you to not be in pain,” he replies, voice soft. Watery eyes find Erik’s own, impassive. “That’s my first concern, always. That you’re not in pain. But I would be lying if I said that I wouldn’t regret the loss of your abilities, darling. They’re so much a part of us, aren’t they? Something that we both fell in love with in the other. It would be foolish to say that I wouldn’t miss your abilities.”

"I regret the loss," Erik returns frankly. This at least is preserved of his personality: Erik does not lie, not consciously. "But I love you without telepathy or with it. You still touch me. You still say nice words. You still listen with me. You tell me stories as I tell you them. You smile. Not as much any longer. But when you do it makes my chest feel too small. You have your philosophy and you play chess with me and tickle Jean. I can sit in your lap and rest my head on your chest. And I hear your heart beatings." It's a mistake, a miscalculation of plurals in English. The only warble. "You are still-steel and immense. You do not need telepathy for me to love you. But I regret it. Because you do not like me, this way."

"Erik, that isn't true." His voice has shed much of the soft sadness for the moment. He can't twist his trunk well enough to turn and face Erik properly, so he looks upward at him, from where his head rests on Erik's chest. His face is stony, and Charles wishes with all himself that he could peek behind the surface and untangle the root of that supposition. "I love you, Erik. I love you like this and otherwise. You're the person I want to spend the rest of my life with. Do you truly believe that I don't like you like this?"

His fingers card through Charles's hair, and down his back where the feeling is still preserved. "I know that you love me," he says with a clear nod. "I do not intend to sound self-pitying. But I know that you prefer the..." he trails off. Perhaps he isn't sure how to describe it himself. "The version of me that you fell in love with. That I am not like that, without your abilities."

Charles is quiet for a moment. He appreciates Erik's cool fingers against his scalp, down the nape of his neck, where it trails near a surgical scar that is still healing. Wrong place, wrong time...nothing will ever be as it was before that piece of steel made contact with the tiny notch between his shoulder blades. It's raised purple still, beneath the soft cotton of his pajama top; he caught a glimpse of it through Erik's eyes just last night as the other man readied him for bed.

"Your mind is the most incredible that I've ever encountered," he says after a moment. "In depth and in breadth, Erik. If I could build a house inside of it and live there with you, I would. It's become a bit of a haven for me, over the past year. I love to be close to you in your mind, experience your thoughts and memories at your side. I feel like I am missing something when I cannot do that. I fell in love with all of you, but it would be misleading to say that I do not miss being with you in there," he says, reaching a shaky hand up to touch Erik's head. He misses, landing on his jaw instead, but the point comes across. "But there is nothing wrong with how you come across. Believe that, please."

Charles knows through said telepathy that Erik laments this scar, but he takes care over it with a light touch. It's a part of Charles, now, and it still causes pain. Erik goes very lightly there, not drawing any attention but working to dispel the tension in his neck and shoulders. When he lifts his arm, Erik doesn't help at first, letting him make the effort in full before Erik grasps his hand, shifting it to the exact place that he'd been aiming for without conscious volition. It's just a natural reaction, an extension of himself as Charles's impetus, and his eyes blink slowly. He nods again, a single movement. "I suppose it would be as if I lost my eyes. There is nothing wrong with hearing you, but I would miss seeing you."

Charles is about to protest Erik's help, but lets it drop. It's uncanny, how Erik knows exactly what he wants, even for things so small as this. Perhaps they don't need his telepathy at all, not when they have the ever-observant Erik there to anticipate each of Charles's needs. "Yes, exactly," he replies, soft again. "And I would miss being seen by you. Just as I'm sure you'll feel my absence in your head."

"I feel it," says Erik in the same tone as every other statement he has made thus far. "But I do not wish for you to be in pain. It is unbearable. I know you feel the same," he adds. "But before you, I dealt with it on a constant basis. Like your headaches. It is simply part of me, and I can bear it. It is only mine. If it will help you to feel at ease I will speak with Hank."

"It would make me feel better," Charles admits, and he finds that his tone is now growing steadier, perhaps unconscious as he matches Erik's own. "And...and once I'm a bit more stabilized, I will try to wean off the serum," he adds, eyes dropping to his blanket-covered legs. "The, er, mirroring exercises that we used to to aren't really feasible anymore, are they?" He thinks about how they used to follow each others hands, arms. His own barely work, now.

"They can be modified," Erik promises. "The important part of it is bilateral stimulus, which can be accomplished even with one's eyes. I can also demonstrate it on your body, and as long as you can feel the sensation, it will act as a catalyst. As well, with your abilities, we would be spending a lot of this time inside of our mind-space, where that is less relevant. When you are ready, when you are more stable, I will help you to overcome this. I learned a great deal about how to endure telepathic stimulus. I know it is not remotely the same caliber as what you perceive, but maybe it will help to ease the burden."

"I look forward to that day," Charles says, earnest. "It feels a bit pathetic; I'm supposed to be helping others here learn how to exercise control over their mutations but I'm entirely sidelined by mine." His own affect is flat now, but the admission is one that has been tormenting him since his first dose of serum in the hospital, over two months ago. "What message does that send to the students?"

"That everyone struggles from time-to-time," Erik replies immediately. "That you are not infallible, that you have to learn as much as they do. It sends a message of hope, that they are just as capable of achieving control as we are. I have difficulty with my own mutation, you do not view me as pathetic. I presume." It takes several long moments before Charles realizes that it's a joke.

The dry, deeply veiled humor takes a moment to land, but Charles smiles when it does. “You scarcely have difficulties, darling,” Charles points out. “Not like I do. Your power only seems to grow vaster with each day, and you take everything in stride. It’s remarkable, actually.”

That causes Erik's eyebrows to arch, a brief and infinitesimal movement only visible due to Charles scrutinizing his features. "I am not particularly certain I would agree with that assessment, but it is very kind of you to say."

“What makes you think that you are lacking in anything?” Charles asks, genuinely curious. “Here—help me sit up,” he huffs, tired of having to arch his head back to look up at Erik. “Against the headboard, please.”

Erik peers at him for a split-second, before moving to comply almost before he's finished speaking, helping him in an easy movement even with one arm. Charles realizes that for the moment that Erik is lifting him, he's almost weightless, like he's floating, before settling back properly. Erik helps him balance upright, a touch lingering along his jaw and neck.

"I suppose I do not feel that I am taking things in stride, so to speak. Not about you," he ensures to add. "Not our life. My past, I suppose. I feel off-kilter. All the things I have kept compartmentalized are shifting."

Charles settle back against the headboard and feels marginally better for it. This way, they might as well be their old selves, enjoying a late morning in bed and a good chat, side by side. “You’ve had a lot of things happen in a short amount of time,” Charles reminds him, “Schmidt’s return, the incident on the island, this,” he adds, nodding to himself. “And even before that, darling. It’s been a time of change in your life. Being off-kilter is normal, I dare say.”

He nudges into Charles's side, one arm around him, leaving his braced hand atop his lap. "Did you know that Erik isn't my birth-name." Erik says out of nowhere, words shaped by quiescent lilt. "I am not sure why I am telling you this. Perhaps, because it is something you do not know about me. Now you know, and you did not need telepathy to learn it."

The admission surprises Charles. He whips his head to the side, eyeing Erik—or, whoever he is—in incredulous wonder. “People think about their own name several times per day,” he remarks, eyebrow shooting upward. “Tell me everything.”

"Oh, my mother called me Erik," he says in a bit of a huff. It might have been a laugh, were Charles inside his mind as usual. But, "It's a diminutive of Ariel," he explains. "During the Selektion, I gave it like that. It was less Jewish. After, I felt that I could never be Ariel again. I was different. That little boy was dead. So when I got my new I.D. in Haifa, I was Erik." There's no smile on his face, even though Charles expects there should be, but he can almost see where the corners of his eyes have bunched up.

It's like reading between the spaces of atoms - the minutiae, as staring at a painting gradually reveals each individual stroke of oil.

Charles is shocked. It takes a lot to shock a telepath like this, with some secret or hidden information, but Erik has managed to do just that. For some reason, it catches Charles more off-guard than it might warrant. People's names are so deeply intertwined with their psyches, and he's never heard Ariel... or maybe... maybe it's been there all along, but Charles hasn't thought to pin it down for what it is. He looks at Erik, up and down. Erik sits beside him, long-limbed, square-jawed, green-eyed Erik. "Like the spirit in The Tempest," is all Charles can say. "Still Lehnsherr?"

"Still Lehnsherr," he says in that same even tone, but studying up close, Charles can almost see a faint trace of amusement in his eyes. "My mother is Eisenhardt, but I have my father's name. There is a person in the Torah named Ariel; they're a leader, sent to Izzo by Ezra to ask for Temple ministers. It's also applied to Jerusalem, or is thought to come from arel or hero. More commonly, it has a meaning of lion. The el part means G-d, so it is fully Lion of G-d." His eyebrows arch, dry.

“Ah, I know what Eisenhardt means; my paltry grasp of German has afforded me that much,” Charles says, a small smile on his voice now, even though he’s still a touch shaken by the revelation that Erik isn’t even Erik, not fully. “Lion Iron Heart. What a name. It suits you,” he admits. “Though, anyone who knows you as I do would see immediately that your heart is far from iron, darling.”

"The officers weren't necessarily wrong - it was, undoubtedly, due to humor that his family picked this name. At the time, they would have had all their land taken from them. So they picked landlord, as a joke. They have roots in Germany, and back then, we did not have last names. It was like, I would be ben Iakov, or my mother would be bat Maxim or some such. Some people actually have returned to that format, in Israel. We were forced to picking Germanized names, and that must be what they picked. Eventually they ended up returning to Salonika, but unfortunately that did not save them from the Nazis."

"Erik the Landlord," Charles muses. "Charming." He wishes for momentary access to his telepathy, to learn more about this facet of Erik's life that had been previously unknown to him before. Suppose this is how most people feel with their partners, desperately curious to explore their depths. "English mothers from a certain class can name their children one of a handful of names," Charles offers, for his part. "William, Henry, Robert, John, Charles...my father chose Charles, after the naturalist. Darwin's eldest son was called Francis, and my mother allowed my father to indulge that whim. Here I am, Charles Francis Xavier. Xavier could be Spanish; my father swore that he was a descendant Spanish nobility, but it's more likely Huguenot. No one ever called me "Charlie," though, aside from Raven."

"Why do they have such a limited pool to choose from," Erik asks, truly without comprehension. A man who can spin straw into gold, but he had grown up poor, and the fancies of England's upper class were utterly lost on him. "And what is a Huguenot."

Charles chuckles; suddenly fond. "It's not an actual restriction, love, just a joke. Most boys my age had one of six or seven names. I was one of ten Charleses in my year at school, but there were nearly twenty Johns. A bit silly." He swipes a clumsy hand over Erik's braced hand. "The Huguenots were French Protestants. Calvinists. The Catholic government persecuted them, so they fled France and settled elsewhere. Many came to North America, like my father's family. His side has been here since...goodness. Well before this country was a country."

"Fascinating," says Erik, peering at him studiously. In that tone, it might even sound sarcastic, but Charles knows better. He's genuinely intrigued. "Did you grow up altogether in Britain. You mentioned Eton, of course."

It's remarkable, Charles thinks to himself, that they've never discussed this. Too busy exploring each other's souls to pay attention to the boring, administrative things. "Not altogether. I was born in this very house; not even a hospital. My father died when I was very young, and so my mother took me to England for several years. Hence the accent," he says, a grim smile. "We went back and forth for awhile, and then I relocated permanently when I was thirteen for school."

"I like your accent," Erik replies, and there's a glimmer behind his eyes, if Charles looks for just a second. There, and then vanished. He touches his palm over Charles's chest, recalling those old mahogany bookshelves. "How old were you when he perished."

When he perished. It almost makes Charles laugh; without his telepathy, Erik's accent sounds thicker and his English different. An unexpected consequence of the serum. "Four," Charles answers. "An accident, in his laboratory. He was a chemist and an heir to a massive fortune. My mother remarried his lab partner and colleague just months later," he says dryly. "Raven has always insisted that it wasn't an accident."

"She believes it was intentional." That causes his brows to arch in a visible expression of surprise. "What do you believe."

Charles hesitates, lips tightening. "It isn't wrong to say that Kurt and my mother did not appreciate my father's... ways, with his money," he says carefully. "When I grew older and my mutation manifested, I learned that they resented it. My mother thought that his fortune would enable her to buy lavish homes all over the world, the most expensive clothing, host garish parties. My father wasn't interested in that; he wanted to funnel everything back into his lab. Donating enormous sums to universities and research institutions that he thought would help further his work into whatever he was interested in. I think he must have four or five buildings at various universities named after him."


He can't sleep; he hasn't in days. The noise in his head grows louder, and Charles knows that he must be going insane, at last.

Bloody useless lawyers, I have never witnessed such incompetence.

Here—another brandy—

It's not over, Sharon, he's just a boy—

And Brian gave him every last penny! What's a boy to do with such money!

We can crack the trust open, assures his step-father, and Charles can see the amber liquid spilling into a crystal glass, through his eyes. And, anyway, you're the second beneficiary.

A cold laugh. Are you suggesting that I kill my own son, Kurt?

Of course not, trills Marko. I would never.


Charles smiles coolly. "It doesn't matter what I believe. My father is dead, so is my step-father."

"That must have been incredibly difficult on you," Erik replies, suffusing warmth through his touch that he knows doesn't appear on his face. "Your step-father, you mentioned him a few times before. That he was a brute, and a bully. I do not lament his death, but that still must have caused some pain. The emotions of grief are never quite so linear. We look back and consider what should have been, all of that. But in the end, you inherited it all. And look now what you are doing with it. No lavish parties."

Charles hears the shift in Erik's voice and notes the subtle softening of his expression. When he imagines the warmth that would have permeated across their telepathic bridge, he smiles softly. "I felt bad that I didn't feel too terrible about it," Charles admits sheepishly. "I don't think he was capable of love. He didn't love his own son—my step-brother. He didn't love my mother. He certainly didn't love me. I suppose I acknowledged his death as a tragedy. My mother drank so much at his funeral that I had to help her to bed. It's the only time I ever saw her cry."


Glassy blue eyes and a face creased with frown lines. Hair in wisps of mouse brown straying from the tight bun on the top of her head. A small pool of barely perceptible tears as Charles settles her in her bed, in a room just down the hall from where he sits a decade later.

Now there's nothing left, she chokes, a claw-like hand gripping Charles's wrist. He promised he'd get it, but he never did....now there's nothing left.

Charles, momentarily stricken by this bizarre moment of tenderness, realizes with a sinking pit in his stomach that his mother is still, after all these years, lamenting the loss of the fortune.


He shuts his eyes briefly. "No lavish parties," he agrees. "I considered giving it all to charity. I do give plenty away as it is. But I'm glad to be able to use it to build this. Our institute."

"When I learned that Schmidt was dead," Erik's eyes flick upward a little, chin lifting. "I mourned. It does not make sense. Anybody who knew him and I, would presume me to hate him. But it does not quite work that way. For eleven years, he was my family. He could be horrendous. But he did act kindly, at times. As a child, that is hard to reconcile. For me, things are not so neatly good-and-evil. But for you, having a line-in to his mind at such a young age, it would have been very easy to understand his nature. To see, that he was not capable of loving you. That he was cruel, selfish, evil. So of course it makes sense that you would not feel so bad about it."

"You're not the only one who has felt that way about someone who has been cruel to them," Charles tells Erik. "It is not something that even I understood at first, when I encountered someone who felt love for a captor, an abuser. It's actually more common than one might hope." He thinks back to the version of Erik he witnessed on that island. Overtaken by Essex, certainly, but so eager to do as Schmidt bid. The war raging in Erik's mind in the weeks leading up to the operation. Twinned antipodes of reverence and disgust. "It still bothers you," Charles says, and it isn't a question. "You still feel regret over what happened."

"Yes," he admits haltingly. "I imagine if I had your ability, what I would have seen in his mind, would have formed a solid opinion for me. I can only guess what it was like in there, but if I had known him as I know my own self - maybe I would not be so conflicted."

"I couldn't see in his mind," Charles reminds Erik. "But, I imagine that you would have. He wasn't good to you. He fooled you into believing that he was, my darling. Threatening you into subservience. He made you believe that only he was able to determine your worth, and so you were desperate to show him that you were indeed worthy."

Erik's chin jerks down in a rough nod. "Did you know that when I went to Jo'ara I found a copy of The Little Mermaid and when I read it, it was nothing like what I had read in Schmidt's office. He had bound these books together and changed the stories. I think that... is like a microcosm of what it was like. He changed the stories, he changed the way the world worked. It was so profound, the degree of... of..." he doesn't have a word to describe it, Erik realizes. "Mental control. And he was not even telepathic."

"And you were such a tender age when he took you," Charles says gently. It's a new experience, listening to Erik recount this part of his life without his telepathy. In a way, it enables clarity. Charles can focus on the meat without becoming wrapped up in the torrent that is undeniably swirling behind those solemn green eyes. "A lot of studies are being conducted right now. About this very phenomenon that you describe. Prisoners, captives, victims of abuse. Many feel as you do. As if their whole worlds were incorrectly shaped."

"I am grateful, to be honest, that you were able to see Kurt Marko for who he really was. And that you did not give-in to any such attempts on his part to convince you otherwise. But I do sorrow for you, that you had to endure such proximity to hatred and disgust. No child should experience that. You should have been loved, and accepted, and embraced."

"As you should have, darling." He lets the phrase settle between them for a few moments. Charles is unaccustomed to silence like this, but finds it oddly...settling. He's allowed to sit with his own thoughts, for once. "Your children," he says after a moment. "The Maximoffs. I kept meaning to try and locate them with Cerebro."

"I had Hank input the parameters," Erik reveals, a bit scratchy. "There was nothing. Not even a preliminary. No Maximoff. No Magda, no anything. My suspicion is that the little one, Wanda, is shielding them somehow."

Charles nods thoughtfully. "The report did mention that she may have abilities similar to yours. It's reasonable to expect that she has the ability to hide herself from telepathy." He knows that this is a sensitive, frustrating topic for Erik, but he continues to push. "But their mother...perhaps we can find their mother."

"Perhaps so," Erik nods. "She might not want anything to do with me," he warns. "What happened was an atrocity. She would be right to despise me."

"And if she doesn't, we can leave her alone," Charles promises. "But it's worth reaching out, perhaps. You may be able to clear some air, or at least share her concern for your children. She may not even know that they've been able to escape safely."

Erik lets his eyes close for just a moment. "We should find her. If we can. She might be dead, as well. We had no luck on our own with finding Magda, but your ability to use Cerebro vastly outclasses anyone else."

Charles nods, clumsily tapping Erik's leg with his good hand. "I'll try, when the serum wears off. I'll try to give it a shot before I take my next dose," he promises. "Would you mind...telling me? What she was to you? You mentioned that it was all an experiment."

So he does, in calm, steady, measured stanzas. "She was my friend. I was awkward, as a teenager. But she did not mind. She did not flinch from me, despite my group. We played together in the blocks, she told me about her family from Clejani and Lombardy. Schmidt caught us one day and-"

Here, Erik clears his throat. "Well, he became jealous. He decided he would use her as a control, and subjected her to some of the experiments. Then, he decided that because he was very generous, he would allow us to copulate in order to produce superior mutant offspring. Ah, and because I wouldn't be such an Arschficker, of course."

He doesn't mention the irony, but it is laden all the same. The irony is an iron blanket, across his Iron Heart. "Inevitably, her genetic code held something that interested him. She was not a mutant, but the message was clear. She would produce very powerful mutant children. And with me, undoubtedly even moreso."

“I see,” Charles says softly, thinking. “Curious. I was doing some research as well of that nature, wondering which combination of genetics might produce the most potent mutations. I never reached any clear hypothesis, but did unearth some curious findings.” It’s a touch sickening, that he and Schmidt went to the same place in their research, but at least the purposes weren’t nefarious. “Some are predisposed to mutation. Magda must have some recessive, unexpressed mutant alleles.”

"Indeed. And he would appear to be correct, if Wyngarde is to be believed. I couldn't do those things, at her age. But she can, seemingly with ease. I suppose they did not expect that their project would outmaneuver them." Charles can detect a faint trace of pride in his voice, even now.

“I’m excited to meet them,” Charles says earnestly, and he can tell from Erik’s slight uptick that he feels the same way. “If they’re anything like their father, they’re pretty magnificent, I’ll say. Powerful, cunning.”

"They might hate me, too," Erik points out. "Resent me, for not finding them sooner." 

“Or they’ll be delighted to have a father who is just like them,” Charles counters. “They’re young, my love. I’m certain that they’ll simply be happy to have you in their lives.”

"They will adore you," Erik replies confidently, smoothing back Charles's hair from his forehead and bending down to press a kiss against his brow. "That is the only certainty I hold. I admit I... never thought about being a father. What I would want to teach my child. But I am not scared, because you are with me."

Charles smiles at the warmth that he detects in Erik’s voice, through the kiss and the gentle stroking of his hair. He feels the slivers of Erik in these moments, of tenderness and sweetness. Love. “We’ll cherish them both,” he agrees. “I promise I’ll help you find them.” He looks out the window then, wondering where beyond the snow-covered lawn two children could be hiding away. “Where would you have hidden, if you were her?” he asks Erik.

"Oświęcim," Erik says without hesitation. "It is the first place that anyone would discard immediately after considering."

Charles cocks a brow, but then nods thoughtfully. “Yes…I would never think to look for you there,” he admits. “I suppose it might help us to think about the last place they might hide. We don’t know much about them, is all.”

"For her," Erik corrects softly. "Where I might hide is much more complicated. The children... North Brother Island is a possibility. If they were smart, they would have never left. If Wanda can do what I can do, then we might not find them at all." Erik gently disentangles himself from Charles, and holds up a finger for him to watch. Charles blinks, and in the span of the milliseconds between eyelids' flutter, Erik is gone.

Chapter 30: but always heartfelt, wounding, proud.

Chapter Text

“What—oh.” Charles looks wildly around the room to no avail. The bed beside him is still warm, and Erik is gone. “Erik? Erik?”

"I am still here," his voices comes out of nowhere. Another blink, and then his body follows suit, appearing right where it was beside him.

“Were you here the whole time?” asks Charles, a hand flopping to Erik’s knee to validate that he’s real, corporeal at his side. “Are you saying that your girl, Wanda, might have turned them both invisible?

"More-than invisible," Erik says with a shake of his head. "In a different place, altogether. I only just discovered I could do it," he explains. "I was having a nightmare. I woke up and I was here and not here. I should have told you, but I..." he trails off, waving a hand dismissively. "Ah, do not mind me."

“Of course I mind you,” Charles insists, frowning. “You mind me all day long, it’s only fair that I get to mind you, too. Tell me more about it, darling. What do you mean that you were here and not here?”

"I was here and I was there. Really there. Not just a memory. Sometimes I get those bad memories, and it is like I forget I am here. You know what I am talking about." He taps his temple. "But this was not like that. I was there. Do you know how I know."

Charles is grossly curious and intensely frustrated that his telepathy cannot help him untangle exactly what Erik is trying to explain. “I know that your memories sometimes betray you,” Charles affirms. “But I don’t know what you mean otherwise. Tell me, how do you know?”

"Because I," he starts, tapping his own chest several times with his index finger, "remember. The wallpaper." The tide that ordinarily rises up by the time Erik has forgotten his memory is a memory, is receded and placid. He squints. Without telepathy, Erik is completely calm. Far-away, but steady. "There were 43 dancing sloths," he recites with a smile, staring through Charles. "Should I have told you. With 2 toes on each foot. That's 344 toes. I had chocolate, with cherries. I don't like those."

Charles just blinks at Erik, entirely lost. He realizes then how heavily he relies on his telepathy to fill in gaps when words aren’t enough, and feels a stab of frustration. “Erik, my darling,” he begins. “Where did you go, where there were 43 sloths and chocolate and cherries? You were gone for 12 seconds.”

"Ich verloren mein Abendessen und meine Schokoladen, and he was very mad. Wenn Sie den Verschluss lösen und sich konzentrieren können, ist alles vorbei. Es war mein Geburtstag, sie sind immer traurig. I looked up, and he was there. Einer von Schmidt's Freunden. So strange, how he was looking at me. Like he was in pain. Isn't that funny." He lets out a ha! that echoes off of the walls, reverberating. "Am I me. Or am I him. Or am I the boy in the room."

Charles listens to Erik’s words carefully. He’s nowhere near proficient in German, but he’s picked up enough to gather the gist of what he says. And he also knows that whenever his thoughts or speech veers to German, he’s revisiting that period of his life in his head. “So you had a memory of an experience, but you ended up there physically, too?” he asks softly. “And you’re sure it wasn’t just a nightmare, darling? They can be very convincing.”

"Jawohl," Erik nods. "Da bin ich mir sicher. I remember the man. He was dark. With freckles. One ear different to the other. Green eyes. Red hair. I tried to act, to change something. The whole universe, broken in an instant. I was so overcome by the same dead rage. I killed that boy with it, and I was going to kill Schmidt, too. I was going to kill him, this time. To stop all of this, to change it all. To fix it."

“So you didn’t time travel, necessarily, but you revisited a moment in your past?” Charles asks, intensely curious. Erik’s powers are more vast than anyone could have ever imagined. “You weren’t able to act as your modern self would have? Were you stuck doing the same thing that you did as a child?”

"Yes. I only did exactly what I remember. I just stared, until I disappeared. It doesn't work that way. If I don't do it in the past, I won't do it in the future, and so it will never become the past. It is hard to explain," he murmurs, wry. "It took me a while to understand. Sometimes you can move the needle. But only if the needle is moved. If the event is not changed, it will not be changed. Time really only flows."

“I think I understand,” Charles says, staring at Erik’s hand as it rests atop the blankets. “Your…your mother. She’s able to visit certain times and places, too.” He thinks about the encounter that he had with her at some point between his world going dark on North Brother Island and blinking to life in the harsh hospital light. To him, it felt like only minutes had passed with Edie between the two points, but it had been weeks, in reality. He realizes that he’s never told Erik that he saw her again. “Time isn’t linear, as we know. Do you think it’s your consciousness that gets transported to a time in the past? Or your body, too? You did vanish from beside me.”

"It was my body," Erik says with certainty. "Because I remember that night. I remember the man watching me. I had thought, he is a coward. A coward and a kapo, a Jew who is clean and clothed. Looking at me, watching. I remember it all. I have always remembered it that way, Charles."

“I believe you, darling,” Charles promises him. “It’s just truly remarkable, that you have this ability. Is that where you went just now? Are you able to control where you go?”

"No," Erik shakes his head. "I cannot control it very well. I tried to go back to North Brother Island. I couldn't. But I found an in-between space, and that is where I went just now. I am afraid, Charles," he says solemnly. "What if I could gain control of this. I should not be able to do this."

Charles is quiet for a moment, thoughtful. Philosophically, he doesn’t like the idea of meddling with time—even if Erik can’t manipulate events in the past, what he’s able to do still feels like it’s nearing a ripple. At the same time…it could be useful. Wouldn’t it be helpful to be able to relive certain events, gather details? Akin to perfect recall. Or, more innocently, the ability to relive enjoyable memories is a beautiful gift. “You should be able to do this,” he points out. “It’s in your genes, Erik. Intended by your body. It’s part of your gift, and therefore, there’s nothing incorrect about it, my love. What scares you about it?”

"How do I know what events move the needle and what events don't. What if I can pierce through it someday and make changes I shouldn't. What if I break reality, Charles. What if I did not like how something turns out and so I just re-do it again and again until it goes how I like."

“You must learn to trust yourself,” Charles replies softly, jerking his hand over Erik’s own in his stilted way. “Set guidelines for yourself. We do it all the time already, you and I. There are things that I could do with my telepathy that I know I shouldn’t do, and so I don’t. I won’t. Couldn’t you make my bones all turn to dust? Make the oxygen disappear from this room? You already make rules, darling. Make another one about altering the course of time.”

"What if you die." Erik looks down at him, the words hanging in the air. "What if Jean dies. Hank. Raven. How do I make a rule not to use it when using it is part of the flow of time. How do I know when. How..." the words drop out of him like a faucet, hoarse. "Please, forgive me. Forgive me. I never intended to bother you with these inanities."

Charles wishes then that he could wrap his arms around Erik and hold him close. These moments haven’t ceased to be frustrating; even as he adjusts to his new limitations, he knows that this one will be particularly painful to let go of. Instead, he flexes his fingers around Erik’s wrist. “If something bad happens, revisit this moment,” he tells Erik. Turning his head, he forces eye contact, blue eyes boring into green. “Erik, my love. Let time follow its course. Even if it feels difficult and wrong. Let the past remain as it is. Imperfect and brutal, it should remain as it is.”

"If you die," Erik whispers. "I could not. I could not."

“You must,” Charles whispers back, smiling sadly. “I’m not worth the space-time continuum. I’m just a man among men.”

"No," Erik shakes his head vehemently, lifting his hand twined with Charles's to dust kisses across his knuckles. "You are everything. My heart. My soul. My beloved. You are worth everything."

“And you are mine,” Charles confirms, eyes fluttering shut. And Erik is. He’s ingrained himself into Charles’s very being. If something were to happen to Erik, it would feel impossible to carry forward. But Charles also knows that it’s a human emotion. For all the things that are flawed within the human experience, the capacity to love greatly is unique and beautiful. “My world would stop without you, Erik. And what we feel for each other is special. But we…we’re both just men, aren’t we? Special to each other, and to those who love us. But we share the universe with many others.”

"And they love one another just like I love you," Erik says. For the first time, he smiles, and it meets his eyes. Warm. 

“They do,” Charles agrees, and to see Erik smile brings one on his face so genuine that his eyes crinkle at the corners. “Though, I love you more than anyone loves anyone else. I’m a telepath, I know these things.”

He huffs at that, a slight exhalation through his nose that in any other person would be a laugh. It wrinkles up, fond. Erik can't help but lean forward and kiss that smile. "I love you more than the sun and the moon," he whispers, letting his fingers settle on Charles's neck.

Charles lets his head fall to Erik’s shoulder, eyes closing in momentary bliss. “I love you more than all the stars in the galaxy,” he counters. “And then some. And I know you’ll always do the right thing.”

"How do you know. It is such a faith you have in me." He taps along Charles's throat, and little music notes emerge from his fingertips and sparkle, lights dancing across his skin. "How do you know."

The touch and subsequent light and sound waves tickle along Charles’s throat, and he laughs softly, mesmerized as always. “Because I’ve spent a lot of time inside that head of yours, Erik Lehnsherr. And you’ve a powerful sense of right and wrong. A heart that cares for others. You will know what’s right, in the moment.”

The tune plucks melancholy, perhaps to express what is behind Erik's eyes that he cannot make manifest in body. "Such a faith you have in me," he repeats, soft. "Even after witnessing the terrible horrors I have inflicted on others. Such kindness, it is hard to bear. Did you know that. Devastating and like oxygen, and sunlight, and water all."

“My intention isn’t to make it difficult for you, Erik,” Charles replies, firm but warm. “You’re remarkable in so many ways. Your character is strong and good. It has its flaws, but whose doesn’t? Let’s not fret over what you may do with this ability of yours that may grow stronger if something may happen to me. There are a lot of conditionals there, and nothing will happen to me. Alright? I plan on being here for a long time.”

Erik doesn't say the obvious.

Chapter 31: The birds, both swollen up with anger,

Chapter Text

Charles feels his presence one morning. He's done his best to let the serum wear itself off, to get at least a couple of hours each day in the mornings, and while it's improved him and Erik, the impacts to his mental health are slowly making their way known. For the first time in days, though, he feels... calmer. Settled. Outside in the courtyard he's watching a hummingbird peck at a feeder, reminded of Erik's interpretation of all those voices he once heard. They're lessening, these days. He's becoming accustomed to the silence.

This is the first time in a long time that he feels the ping! from outside of himself. There's warmth, and humor, and an ancient steadfastness reminiscent of aspen trees. Thick-rooted systems under the Earth, all linked together in large silver-dyed neuron networks. It's a telepath. A youth spent in Vidigal, amongst the favelas, and then to Belgium and Équateur. Charles isn't getting the information from his mind like normal - it's being transmitted to him, directly, purposefully.

"Hi," comes his voice, assured with good-nature. He plink-plonks against Charles's consciousness in a tandem greeting - coffee with thick-foam and swirling patterns, the bright splashes of graffiti over brick and the smell of pão de queijo emanating from vendor carts, smoke from grates. A circle of children around him, all watching raptly as he performs magic tricks and then later at night, under the moon of their encampment, holding them as they shake. He withdraws a cigarette from his pocket, lighting up and appearing in Charles's view.

He's tall-ish, though shorter than Erik, with a brilliant grin and mischievous eyes. "I thought I sensed another one," he taps his temple. His accent is reminiscent of Brazilian Portuguese, with English as an acquired language several rungs down an immense ladder. "I'm Ailo." He's actually Dr. Aquilo Kirala, an adjunct to the United Nations Security Council working out of Bellevue, but such titles hold little meaning for him.

Beside him, Charles realizes he relies on a cane, one leg lame, and he balances most of his weight on it. Briefly, he selects a memory, presenting it for inspection like a paper on a clipboard - Aura, holding his hand at a dusty bus stop.

"I'd heard Aura was here. I'm so pleased he's doing well. Oh, and I like your mansion. Hey, you want some of this?" he holds out a cup full of thick, green sludge. "Kava, wonderful for the senses. Very mild," he adds. Meaning, it's not a drug, any more than coffee is. It's oddly like talking to an incarnation of a trickster-god, upside-down. Topsy-turvy. He pronounces his name to rhyme with halo.

I told your spouse to take a bit longer with the tea, he murmurs between them quietly. The word is deliberate, an acknowledgment of what he can feel between them, even if it isn't feasible to ever be made manifest in reality. That doesn't matter, not to people like them. Oh, which he was very unhappy about. But, I'd like to speak with you about a couple of things. He gets to the point. People such as they rarely bother with equivocating.

"I'm a victim advocate with the International Criminal Tribunal. I'm here about the Hellfire Club." His bearing is immediately different from that of Moira or Gabrielle. There's nothing he explicitly wants from Charles or the Institute, except to extend a hand. It also dawns on Charles that he's elected to speak to him alone, first, in a light touch. If it's Hellfire, Erik must either be a plaintiff or a defendant himself, and this is something that should come from Charles, not Ailo. That means he needs to be brought into the loop, completely and totally, beforehand.

"I believe you're familiar with the defendants Emma Frost and Enoch Ivanov, but we also have several other officers in custody. It's my job to work with people like you, to act as your voice and represent your interests during the process of justice. You have my sincerest apologies for Agent Stryker's behavior, by the way. I heard what happened at Jacobi, it's absolutely unacceptable." Charles can feel that Ailo, beyond sincere, is genuinely furious. His anger is like the snapping of a twig in an eerie forest. Behind-you, around-you, endless fog and danger.

"He's been reprimanded, if it's any consolation. I know it isn't." Ailo grimaces a little. "So far, we have managed to talk the Tribunal out of arresting Erik." Not Mr. Lehnsherr, wrongly-pronounced at least, along with an acknowledgment that he's being purposefully familiar. "There is no precedent for this, so there's a bit of a misunderstanding as to what has actually, legally happened. Right now, he's in a kind of grey zone." 

Charles isn't the only one who has noted the....differences that have begun to show themselves. The serum invites tolerance; now, Charles must take a full dose three times per day if he wants to be free of the agonizing headaches that incapacitate him. He isn't quite sure if it's the frustration over the whole situation that makes him short and on-edge or the serum itself, but it would be a lie to say that he's starting to have more "bad days" than good.

It's something that Charles has never experienced before. He can acknowledge from outside of himself that there are concerns. Feel remorseful when he snaps or acts coldly. Witness the changes, little by little, altering the way that he conducts himself. Yet, in the moment, whatever it is ripples through Charles with such force that he feels either unable or indifferent to controlling himself.

Today, however, is a good day so far. It's still early, and he hasn't taken his dose yet, but the headache is minor, today. He's in better spirits as a result, and has agreed to Erik's proposition to enjoy his morning tea in the garden. It's a cold day in midwinter, but a thick blanket and Erik's abilities have made the outdoors tolerable. His hoverchair is parked on the cold concrete, and he breathes in the morning air, cognizant of the peace.

As he leans his head back against the headrest to close his eyes and bask in the rare serenity, a new stimulus catches his attention. At first, Charles thinks that it's one of the residents of the manor, but the presence in his mind is altogether new. Not like a projection, which is usually a wild, clumsy gesture that Charles must wrangle; it is instead direct. Pointed. Only a telepath would know how to communicate this way. When the man ambles into view, Charles raises a brow, but after the briefest of assessments, he detects no mal-intent. In fact, Charles gathers the opposite; the man, an educated, worldly diplomat, is here with intentions only to help. To help Erik.

"I'm alright, thank you," he replies to the offer of the thick green liquid that he holds. "As you mentioned, Erik will be returning soon with tea. Why don't you take a seat, my friend?" he offers, nodding toward the stone bench opposite his own chair. Even if he raises his chair to eye-level, Charles still prefers that others sit, too, when having any conversation of length. He's still not accustomed to being seated while others stand and finds it grating, at times. The news that he brings about the Tribunal is alarming, but not surprising. Moira and Gabby have done their best to keep the authorities from descending like vultures, but they've all known that those efforts were more about delays than dismissals.

They wouldn't be able to avoid it forever. Ailo, at least, appears to be genuine in his concern. "I trust that your Tribunal is aware of the histories of each of the men who died on North Brother Island that day, and how they intersect with Erik's," Charles begins, tone even. "But, and pardon my poor understanding of the nuances of international law, I assume that such histories will not be given great weight when considering final courses of action. I will insist that you remember that we were recruited by the CIA to assist in their capture, and that Agent MacTaggert was aware that capture was not always a guarantee. Agent Haller was quite insistent that we attempt to capture alive, yes, but our safety had to take precedence. Erik did what he had to do in order to save his life and my own."

"We are aware," Ailo nods as he slowly lowers into the offered seat. "Oh, whew," he stretches out his leg and rests his cane on the table. "We're a right pair, eh?" he smiles, cupping his hands over his glass and studying it thoughtfully. "Let me be as blunt as I possibly can," he says at last. "Erik was an adult, at the time that some of this happened. So we have to figure out something called mens rea, which means, how capable was he of understanding what the consequences of his actions would be," he lifts a finger and counts it off.

"And how much of an intention he had to commit an action that resulted in those consequences. You know I'm like you," he taps his temple. "So I am more capable of grasping the answer to those questions. It's my job to make the Court understand it, so I'm going to do everything I can, to make sure that happens. How about we start with something very basic, what happened on North Brother Island. Can you bring me through what happened? Help me to understand?"

Charles regards Ailo as he sits heavily on the bench, bad leg extended outward. Ailo is older than he is, but not ancient, and so Charles can’t help but wonder what happened to him to give him such pain. From where he sits, it almost feels like a mercy, that his legs don’t give him pain. “I know what mens rea is,” Charles says softly, but he’s toying with the concept. In the United States, people can avoid a criminal conviction if they plea insanity, which means that they didn’t know that they were doing wrong at the time of committing a crime. But Erik isn’t insane, nor was he insane on that day. He was absent.

“If you’re talking about whether or not Erik was capable of making decisions while he was imprisoned by Schmidt and the Nazi party, then I think the answer should be self-evident,” Charles says, voice hard. Ailo doesn’t mean to judge or harm—Charles knows that for certain. But this must be made clear. “He was eleven, doctor, when he was first taken, and spent the next decade of his life being treated as a plaything. So when these men came back into his life a few months ago, the part of his psyche that was groomed by them began to…distort things, for him. He became nervous. Terrified, even. I’d never seen him like that. It made me realize just how much damage they inflicted on him, and that’s just what I could perceive.”

Charles shifts uncomfortably to the extent that he can, which isn’t much. “I can only tell you what I remember happened,” he says carefully. “We encountered Viktor Creed on the second floor, first.” The memories are painful for Charles, but he allows the scene to play out from his eyes for Ailo to see. Viktor’s pointy face and wicked sneer. His rotten, filthy words, Erik’s initial sputtering reaction as Creed began to strangle Charles. Charles, using his abilities to disable Creed, and then Erik beating the bastard to a pulp in order to pull the information about the twins from a bleeding mouth.

“That was brutal, sure, but we had no reason to believe that Creed wouldn’t have killed me and brought Erik straight to Schmidt if we didn’t physically stop him,” Charles explains.

Ailo's brows knit together at the center of his forehead as the reel in Charles's mind makes itself manifest in his own. It's a reverberation, a tuning-fork that wobbles between them in pitch high. "Oh, I see," he replies gravely. "Yes, some of the preliminary interviews have revealed similar testimonies. Ah, mmm," he plucks up those memories of Viktor and his smashed, mangled body and with mental fingers, reorganizes it all and sets it up on a shelf. Ailo's been doing this a long time, and his ability to control his telepathy is fine-tuned. Not just telepathy, but his internal orientation as well. A little like Erik, almost.

"And what happened next?" he asks, leaning forward to gaze at Charles, steady and stalwart.

Charles observes curiously as Ailo absorbs the information and files it away in his unique way. He lifts a brow. Whenever he’s around another telepath, he likes to see how they handle the input. Ailo’s telepathy isn’t as sensitive as Charles’s, but it’s powerful in its control and precision. Impressive, compared to the whirlpool in his own head at the moment. He can only help to have a modicum of control like this one day again. Charles is careful with what he says next. Lying to a telepath is a useless endeavor, but he can curate. And, though, he has no reason to outright lie, he worries that the wrong idea will be presented.

The rest of the story plays out slower. Schmidt’s cronies appear, and Erik is immediately transformed. He focuses on the moment that he feels Erik slip away, replaying that several times for his guest. Schmidt had gotten to him, and then he was gone, Charles narrates, solemn. Perhaps he embellishes the absent expression on Erik’s face, but it drives the point across more powerfully. The narrative continues: they are taken to Schmidt’s office. Charles is pushed into a chair, unable to use his abilities for fear that Essex will do something to Erik. More words, threats. German accents, ugly Nazi faces. Erik, a shell. Charles closes his eyes as he conjures the memory of the pearl-handled revolver in Erik’s palm.

Staring down the barrel. Begging for Erik to just come back, to return to him, his love, their most dear and special love, and then— “And then I remember hearing a gunshot, and that’s it. The next thing I knew, I was in a hospital with a tube down my throat. I wasn’t conscious when they were killed.”

"I tripped a landmine," Ailo says conversationally, gesturing with lifted chin to his leg. "In Congo, during a rescue operation." He lets Charles see, the dilapidated shack where a man is yelling in French, waving a weapon at the family inside. Shots fired into the air, the movement of Ailo's team to act, the hiss of a pressure plate underfoot. Counting the seconds. Devastation. Yelling, screaming. Swirling columns of fire spitting into the atmosphere, waylaid by thick blankets of choking fog. "Don't sorrow for me, my friend. We rescued those children. I kept my leg, and we kept the peace."

He claps Charles on the knee. "I know how painful this is for you to recount, and I'm truly regretful to have to dredge it all up. Thank-you," he meets Charles's eyes unflinchingly. "For telling me. You and Erik have an uncommon bond, I can't begin to imagine how this has impacted you. I'm sure the injury is only where it starts." He lets that sit for a moment as he taps fingertips against his mug, drawing a long sip from the thick concoction before continuing.

"Between those moments - the gunshot, and you losing consciousness. The entire facility was destroyed, and everyone inside of it who was Hellfire was eviscerated at the cellular level. Now, we are pretty sure that Erik did this, but as I keep telling people, we don't actually know what happened in that room. This, overtaking-" He plucks up the memory of Essex digging his fingers into Erik's shoulder. "Can you tell me anything more about this? What you perceived at the time? Did Erik ever tell you what he thinks happened that day?"

The scene is straight from a nightmare. Smoke and screaming the world goes dark, framed only by fire. Adults barking orders in harsh French, children crying in a language Charles doesn’t know. It’s horrific, and Charles feels a lump rise in his throat as he watches the man reach out and touch his own knee. “I’m glad you’re okay,” is all he can manage, quiet, solemn. His head is beginning to hurt now, and though the man is kind and warm, Charles wishes he would leave. He doesn’t even bother hiding that from him, though it’s veiled in a cloak of discomfort over their current conversation. As far as Ailo knows, he’s only eager to be left alone for that reason.

Because the physical injury, though devastating, is nothing compared to the anguish brought about by his telepathy. Shame blooms within his chest at the thought of admitting that he’s taking a suppressant serum to another telepath, and so he keeps it behind the wall that he’s constructed for purposes like this. “Erik’s abilities did this, yes,” Charles agrees, watching with cold eyes the scene Ailo is displaying like a film reel. “But I perceived nothing from him. He wasn’t present. Essex grabbed his shoulder and marched him down the hall like he was some robot, or puppet. It was disconcerting.”

Ja, I will not let him interfere with our mission, Herr, spoken in a frigid voice without any of Erik’s characteristic intonation.

“We are certain that it was Essex’s doing. He overtook Erik, somehow. Wyngarde implied it, too.”

I know, Ailo returns with a small smile, lips pressed together grimly. He knows everyone here would rather the ICT chug along without them, but it's simply not possible. He sends back his sincere regard, swaddled in cotton batting as he attempts to make this as painless as possible. "And the question is, did Erik intentionally kill those men, or was it a product of mental violation. So, I'll need to interview Erik, and I'd like to have you present with us. It won't be painless, but I promise I'm not here to cause harm. These people are-" he grimaces, then. "Remnants of humanity's worst moments. I don't think it's just that Erik be tried alongside them, so I'd like to piece this together with his perspective. Will you help me?"

“Erik will not be tried,” Charles says, firm. He levels Ailo’s gaze with a serious expression, almost challenging. They’re on the same side, of course, but it needs to be made clear right here. “I trust your intentions, Doctor,” he continues. “You’re a kind man and do good for the world and for our kind. I’ve known you for five minutes, and I already respect you. But I will not allow Erik to be tried alongside the men who tortured and abused him. If I have to resort to less savory means to ensure that doesn’t happen,” he says, and manages to tap his temple with a stiff finger, “I will.”

He’s not sure if the man knows of the extent of his abilities, but he lets the implication hang. “Erik won’t…he opens himself up to me, but he has a very guarded mind. He was taught well, by his captors, to hide information in his head. I don’t know what you’ll be able to find beyond what I’ve told you.”

"Let's hope it doesn't come to that," Ailo responds gently, uncowed. "I'm here to make sure that it doesn't come to that. While I presumed as much," Ailo nods, "this isn't just about North Brother Island. These officers, they..." he pauses, drinking once more from his cup. His thoughts recede, a lapping of waves moving away from the shoreline. They return a few moments later, warm and clear. "We can't let their crimes be buried. We need to make sure that things like this never happen again. Erik's testimony will be invaluable in helping that process. He is the only person who can help us with this. He was with them for a decade, had unprecedented access to their leadership and structure."

Charles looks away from the man, staring at the snow-covered trees surrounding the courtyard. It’s his duty, he knows, to protect Erik. Erik has entrusted him with his mind and body, unveiled the sickly corridors of his past and all the dark places they lead to. His instinct is to deny Ailo, to turn him away and allow them to move forward in peace. Erik will not be tried; Charles will make sure of that. Is the cost worth the outcome? Charles knows that it will be tremendously difficult for Erik to provide Ailo with what he needs to bring the case against the Hellfire club. They’re dead already, what does it matter? Of course it matters, Charles knows. But the cost will be great. “You can ask him. It’s his choice,” Charles says finally. “He’ll be here momentarily. I will implore you to proceed with extreme care, doctor. This is an extremely distressing topic for Erik.”

"My ears were burning," Erik murmurs mellifluously as he sidles into view from seeming nowhere, a hand at Charles's shoulder before he slides a patio chair over and lowers, wrapping Charles's fingers around the mug and ensuring it doesn't spill. 

"Dr. Lehnsherr, I appreciate your patience. Thank-you, really," Ailo murmurs, knitting his fingers together. "You know why I'm here."

"Yes, doctor." Erik blinks, and lifts his chin. 

"If you'll permit me," Ailo starts, raising his hands. "I can enter your mind and obtain this information without the necessity for you to relive your circumstances. I can make a shield, between my consciousness and you both." He taps his temple, and gestures with his hands between them. "It should make this as easy as possible. You'll be here," his eyes flick to Charles. "To help me stabilize. Or we can do a proper interview, verbally. It's your choice."

"Information about the Hellfire Club," Erik intones, softly.

"That's right."

Erik presses his shoulder to Charles's. Who is this man? Do we trust him?

The mug is warm in his hand, but not too hot. There are small things that Erik does to ensure that Charles is always taken care of. Cooling his tea just enough is one minor example, one that Charles himself likely doesn’t even recognize. He’s so accustomed to everything being the right temperature, height, and weight that he no longer even experiences such inconveniences. And when the tea splashes from the mug’s rim thanks to a minor spasm on his forearm, the liquid miraculously falls back into its interior. Like magic.

He’s trustworthy, Charles replies gently to Erik, allowing his partner to watch the scene from the last five minutes play out in his memory. He’s from the International Criminal Tribunal, darling, and he is here to gather information in order to advocate for your safety and immunity from legal scrutiny. He has good intentions, and is here to help.

"You will know it all?" Erik whispers, eyebrows arching. 

"Yes, all. And I will use that knowledge to assist you to the best of my capacity."

"You are a telepath, like Charles?"

"Not like Charles. No one, I reckon, is like Charles."

"It will hurt you," Erik murmurs very plainly. "To see it. It will cause suffering."

"Yes," Ailo nods. "It will."

Erik flounders, a little, unprepared for that answer. "Then you should not."

"I won't, if you do not want me to. But if you let me, I promise I'll try to help. I might even be able to fix some of the psionic damage."

"Damage?" Erik's eyebrows shoot up. 

"There's..." he gestures between himself and Charles. "Yeah? Yeah. You've got some good constructs, but there's damage. I can try to buff it out, pardon the metaphor."

“You must be careful, Doctor,” Charles interjects, firm. He glances sidelong at Erik and wonders vaguely how to phrase this without giving Erik the wrong impression. “As you well know, Erik was a very young boy when he was taken by Schmidt and the party. You understand that a significant number of neural connections are created during those years, connections that become a foundation for the way our minds work for the rest of our lives.”

It’s a heavy implication, and one that Charles has been cognizant of for a long time now. He isn’t sure if Erik had considered this about himself at this angle; Charles knows that Erik is aware that his experiences have shaped him in many ways, but does he know about the physical ramifications? They’ve never discussed it in bald terms. “You must be cautious,” Charles continues, but this time, he’s addressing Erik directly. “Cautious about what you allow to be buffed, if anything. Your mind is beautiful and delicate, and the reverberations of any changes can be significant.”

Erik leans into Charles, an Earth orbiting its sun in gravitational flow. Charles's words spark warmth in his chest, as they always do, even now. Little sparrows in his chest that ferry away sensations to dream of later. "No buffing?" he murmurs, smiling. Ailo is off of his radar entirely - which Ailo seems to register, and doesn't interfere. "But if I'm damaged, can he fix me? What should I fix, or leave be?"

It's a gentle moment, and Ailo is cognizant of that, sending a small tendril of warmth to them both. "I won't change anything without your consent. But I can see some very clear signs of mental violation. It's those cramped places, like someone's stuck their fingers in, hm?"

"Bent the metal," Erik whispers.

"Yes, querido. You were around a sadistic telepath for many years. I can hang some fairy lights around the spikes, so you know where to be kind."

"I like fairy lights," Erik smiles.

Ailo looks over Erik's shoulder, meeting Charles's eyes. I'll keep him safe.

Typically less inclined to display physical affection when others are present, Charles leans forward and dusts a light kiss on Erik's temple. Ailo has made it clear that he acknowledges and respects their love, and so he feels no reason to hide it. "I can be in there alongside you, darling, if you need help. It's your mind, of course, but I'll be there to support you, if you want me to." He raises his eyes to the meet the doctor's kind ones. You'd better, he replies privately. I don't mean to give you the wrong impression; I don't want him to suffer needlessly. But I also need him to understand that he is alright, just as he is.

Of course he is, Ailo agrees with a solemn nod. But we can both see where the lines run jagged. I'd like to help, if I can. To help him untangle all of those knots, so you both can heal properly. That's what you both deserve, and what should have been done many times over. You were both failed, so catastrophically. I'm only one point of contact, but I want to do my best to make that point matter. To make it meaningful, and enduring. To make it just, and whole. I've been around the block, Charles. I keep it sealed in here, he taps his temple, because it's ghastly and impolite. But I know.

Charles looks down at his blanket-covered knees, lips tight. He feels suddenly...young. Small. Inexperienced. His telepathy vastly outstrips Ailo's in power, but Ailo also seems lightyears beyond him, too. Charles has often felt that his telepathy ages him mentally—that he acts and feels much older than his biological age—but that feeling is flipped, now. My life has been candy and ice cream, he replies. Imperfect, but easy and soft. We need not focus on me, Doctor, but thank you. He turns to Erik again. "What's the verdict, love? Are you willing to let him in, like that?"

"OK," Erik whispers. He hesitates for a moment and then takes Charles's hand, lifting it to kiss across his knuckles. 

One day, Ailo says to them both, you'll be able to do that everywhere. Wouldn't that be nice? 

And he sifts in. 

Erik hums. I don't feel any different, he wonders to Charles, drawing a soft tune with his fingertips over the clear blue sky. He traces the clouds, changing their shapes into fractal mandelas and swirling watercolor breezes.  After about five minutes, Ailo's posture changes, sitting up straight, and he grasps Erik's braced hand in his own. He's breathing extremely evenly, in through the nose and out through the mouth. Tapping little patterns along the back of Erik's palms. Each one bears a chord, so Ailo plays a longing song.

Charles can feel him sorting and filing, flutters meandering just beyond the chasm. 

"The hummingbirds are back again," Erik says softly, pointing to the feeders. He lets his good hand out, and the bird flies right up to him, settling on his fingertip, which prompts him to break out into a huge grin. "He likes you. I know these things. I speak very good bird." 

It's a bit of a strain, to sit closely with Erik and monitor Ailo at once, all while the external world continues to tumble through his awareness. In a strange way, it feels good to exercise his abilities like this; to be useful and flex muscles that have been underused, but he dreads the headache that will bloom later on. Good. He's doing it properly, then. For the moment, however, he focuses on Erik, and on Ailo. The change in the doctor accompanies a foray into one of the darker spaces within Erik's head, and Charles extends a pang of understanding toward the man. It's difficult to behold. For anyone.

"Shall I add animal telepathy to the ever-growing list of things that you can do?" Charles asks Erik in a pleasant tone, though he's still largely occupied elsewhere. His good hand is still clutching the coffee mug and his bad one is curled into a loose-but-unmoving fist today, fingers unresponsive, so he doesn't raise it to stroke the bird's tiny back as he'd like to. "It must be due to the miraculous microclimate in this garden. What a wonder it is that we can all sit out here in the middle of January, mm? I hear that The Hudson is entirely frozen over, still."

How much longer? he asks the doctor.

Erik laughs, and the hummingbird chirrups. With a blink, for a fraction of a second it snows on Charles's head, and Erik's mischievous huffs accompanying. He turns, watching the doctor, and presses his hand onto the man's knee, intending to bolster him.

-I've got it, I've almost got it, Ailo emerges after about fifteen minutes. He's in tears, dabbing at his eyes with his sleeves, and smiling through it. "I think I've got it," he tells them. Unprompted, he lifts himself over to haul Erik into a proper hug, clapping him on the back. "I've got it."

Erik pets him with all the consolation of a praying mantis. "Are you OK?" he breathes.

"I'll be OK. I think I got it."

Charles can see that the foray into Erik's brain was difficult for the doctor. He's a wonder, and Charles admires that he is both earnest and professional all at once. Enduring the emotional aftermath freely and openly, but without judgment or fear. It's a mesmerizing combination. "Would you like to come in, doctor?" Charles asks as the men embrace beside them. "I'm not sure how far you've traveled, but we have plenty of guest suites. I'm sure that Aura would be pleased for a reunion; he's become an integral member of our institution. You're welcome to stay for as long as you'd like."

"You know, I wouldn't mind," Ailo expels a long breath, blowing up his cheeks like a puffer fish in jest. "It's really a lovely place you've got set up here. I'm not surprised about Aura, he's a good one," the man laughs, fond. "Bem parecido com você," he adds with a tap to Erik's knee. "A school for mutants, is that what we're looking at?"

Charles smiles warmly and nudges the control of his chair to send it whirring to life. It rises vertically until his wheels float two feet above the ground. This places his head just about where it would be if he were standing on his legs. "A school, for the school-aged, a home, for those who need it," Charles nods, waiting for the two men to stand and join him on the trek back toward the manor. "Primarily, we want to provide a safe place for our kind to gather, learn, and grow."

Erik ends up holding both of their hands, loping over each and herding them together. He's a friend, decides Erik, a light sprinkle of affection between.

"I wager it's far better than prison, or a sanatorium," Ailo murmurs. Just two of the places he's found wayward mutants, having tried his very level best to get them out and connected with people who could help. Aura was a regret, with such effort to bring him out of his circumstances only to wind up at Bellevue. This place is a proper home. This place is where someone can thrive.

Charles is encouraged to see Erik be openly affectionate with both of them; it appears that Ailo was true to his word and prevented Erik from having to re-experience any of his traumatic memories. And as he peeks around silently, he can see the fairy lights, as promised. Gentle smoothing of sharp edges. "Aura was being kept under sedation, when we rescued him," Charles says quietly, allowing the memory to flow toward the limping man.

"As soon as he came to, we understood that he presented no danger, as had been determined. "He's now our beloved physical education instructor and a friend to all." A thought strikes Charles then, and he turns, raising a brow. "I have a...tool, doctor, that I've been able to use to locate people who need the type of help that you intend to provide. It's an interface, for telepathy. I'd be interested in showing you."

"Oh, really," he grins. "I'd be delighted to see. That's what I've been trying to do, over these last long years. We had started calling us divergent human beings, me and my team in Mbandaka. Me, Michael and Paul trudged through hell itself getting some of those kids out. A lot of folks wound up in the system, though. Better than where they were, but not by much."

A tinge of remorse, as he strums along the memories of Aura's pallor as he lay unconscious on that simple cot in a sparse, empty room. "We wanted to stay and create real programs for them, but our missive ran out of funding and the United Nations didn't think there was any credibility to this divergency. When Shaw--Schmidt, the bastard, showed up with all this data on mutants, well. They called me up in a jiffy."

Charles wonders if Ailo will be able to use Cerebro at all. The first several times Charles tried on the helmet, he ended up on the floor of the basement with gelatin-like legs for hours. It’s clear that Ailo’s control is far more solid than Charles’s own, but Cerebro has been designed for Charles specifically. It’s probably unwise to invite Ailo to try it. Which means, Charles acknowledges privately, he will likely be asked to demonstrate. Hopefully, the inevitable headache will not split his skull in two.

“Would you mind telling us how you came into this line of work?” Charles asks as they cross the threshold of a rear entrance. The manor is warm and smells of fresh bread, something that has ingrained itself into all residents with a warm assessment of home. “I know that you were in Congo, but on what business?”

"My specialty is forensic narration. Something new, something I've created based on my own experiences, and the experiences of others," Ailo explains as he ambles along, leaning heavily on his cane every time he takes a step, but well-practiced and able to keep pace. After a while, Erik leans down to whisper something in his ear. "Oh, how could I say no to that?"

"Just push off," Erik tells him softly. "I can feel where you want to go," he explains. It's sometimes how he helps Charles, moving his limbs for him, making transfers and bathing and the like feel more dignified.

Ailo gives a little jump, and finds himself propelled up into the air. "So if I-oh, would you look at that," he figures out for himself that it acts almost like he's flying. "This is incredible. Ah, anyway!" he chuckles warmly, and sits down in the air, swaying this way and that to steer whilst crossing his cane over his knees. "I'm a forensic psychiatrist, by trade. I work with children who have served in armed combat, and their surrounding communities. Communal violence shears down the entire system," he cuts his hand like a swathe.

"So, we help those kids to be kids again, help them treat their aggression, drugs use, diseases, all of that. These kids, they're different, though. They're like us, so there was an extra sense of urgency. Who knows what kind of horrors could be inflicted by someone using a mutant child's powers in pursuit of harm."

The memories all assume new meaning, now. As Ailo explains his calling, Charles can identify certain emotions in the backgrounds of those brief memories, emotions felt by Ailo and now, in the tertiary, by Charles. Young minds, hardened. Infinite dimensions of personality consolidated into a flat surface, which smooth over the ebullience of youth. Children who have been conscripted to do very adult things frame Ailo’s memory, and Charles can feel the consequences in his own body, now. He turns to observe Ailo as he floats through the air of Erik’s accord and wonders how lucky the world is to have people like him, who care.

“That’s remarkable, Doctor,” Charles says as they file into a sitting room. He sets his chair back on the ground beside an armchair, which he expects Erik to take, and across from a sofa, for their guest. “I considered psychiatry; figured that the nature of this mutation would make it easy,” he admits. “Turns out that there’s more to helping those with troubles up here—“ a clumsy tap to the temple— “than reading them like a book. I used to think that it would be like solving a puzzle, but it’s far different than that, isn’t it? Puzzles always have answers. The human psyche never does.”

"Oh, there's undoubtedly an academic component to the whole thing," Ailo nods. "But I've found that the most efficacy comes from very simple, very basic stuff. How we relate to one another as human beings. How we love one another. Community, spirituality, friendship, purpose, justice." He lands on the ground by the sofa and easily lowers into it, and Erik levitates in a tray of sandwiches on croissants from the morning's breakfast for Ailo to try, as well as the remnants of coffee and more tea. He sneaks a sandwich before lowering into the armchair, listening intently as Ailo speaks.

"You must be very strong," he says, touching his own cheek. "You went through my mind, and didn't flinch."

"No, that's where you're wrong, querido. I've been in minds truly ravaged. Destroyed. Seeking nothing but depravity and violence. Your experiences were harrowing to witness, but my mind can take it. It's part of my mutation, I think. I don't just read minds, I live them. I live millions of lives, all at once. So I don't handle trauma like ordinary folks. Neither, by the way, do you," he winks. "I've never met anyone quite so resilient. And I've met a lot of people. So do not sell yourself short."

"Oh," Erik mumbles dumbly, pressing his hand to his heart as his eyes well. "Forgive me," he whispers, turning his head into Charles's shoulder to conceal the sudden reaction to the abrupt kindness levied his way that he wasn't prepared for. It happens that way, at times, when people are unexpectedly generous toward him, and Charles has yet to fully suppress his telepathy, he can still catch glimpses of Erik's spirit stretching out toward it as though toward sunlight.

"And what you're doing here," Ailo says to Charles. "This is more beneficial than any psychiatry could be. This is where the foundations of home are created, where all the structures that children require to become conscientious adults are first formed. That's right here. That's precious."

Charles rests his cheek against the top of Erik’s head; his version of an armless hug. It’s nice, to know that Erik has been able to open up to another like this. They have evidently surmised the same feeling about their visitor, and Charles can relax a bit now that there’s someone else who he can trust to take care of Erik, in this way. Right now, Erik feels warm, happy. Safe. “I…more recently, I experience something similar,” Charles says quietly, responding to Ailo’s summarization of his abilities.

“This is new. Since the accident. I don’t know how you handle it, Doctor. I just—“ he looks down, ashamed. Since when did he become so weak? “I feel it all. What everyone feels, all at once. I want to build my school, to provide for them, but I can’t if I can’t control my telepathy, and I…” Tears have begun to sting his eyes, but when he tries to fight them back, they just fall. Goodness, why is he crying? In front of a perfect stranger, too. “I’m sorry, I don’t mean to become this way, goodness me. How embarrassing.” He sniffles, and then laughs to himself. “I admire you, is all.”

Erik, beside Charles, has wrapped him up and he inches forward to dust kisses along his jaw, brushing away his tears with gentle fingertips. It's a tandem realization, a spark of connection across lightyears that simply knows what it knows. Ailo exists outside the paradigm, perhaps with no paradigm at all, or every single one combined. It gives him a unique perspective into Charles's abilities, and he - at least to Erik, seems good. Someone to help him take care of Charles, in return. 

In an instant, Ailo moves to take both of Charles's hands in his, giving them both a good squeeze before resting his right onto Charles's left shoulder, a solid, steadying weight. "I don't see anything embarrassing, here," he replies with a warm smile. "You've experienced a tremendous shock to your system, Charles. Your psionics are building to compensate, but that's on top of the physical and mental instability of these moments," he explains, touching a hand over Charles's heart. "And that's what makes these moments so important. What makes this important." He brushes a thumb across a streak of tears skating down Charles's orbital socket. "You can't keep it all in there, there's no shame in expressing yourself. Neither you," he tells Erik, whom he'd also seen hide. 

It makes Erik laugh a little. "You are not like anyone else," he whispers. 

"No, querido. And neither are you," he boops Erik on the nose. "And neither are you," he meets Charles's eyes, spanning his hand across his cheek before letting it fall. It's an intimate motion, but one that comes so naturally it's like breathing. Ailo moves in and out of professionalism, fierce protector to offered companionship as easy as the wind. 

To him, it's all part of the same cosmic whole. There are only really a few things that matter, in this world. And this, right here, is one of those things. "I admire you. The tenacity to pursue this institution, whilst recovering from one of the most significant injuries a human being can face, and dealing with the shadow of the Hellfire Club and the uncertain political climate regarding mutants - that's fortitude."

"But you're not alone," Erik adds, another kiss to Charles's temple. "Not alone, neshama."

"He's right. Fortitude is only as strong as its foundations. That means having a good cry every so often, hm?" his brows bounce, pointed. Given he himself had just done so only moments before, it's a bit of leading by example. And he does mean it, sincerely. Simple. It's simple, to him. The questions are complicated. The answers are usually always simple. Home. Hearth. Love. 

The combination of physical contact—with Erik holding him tight and depositing kisses along his jaw and Ailo's strong hands acting as a grounding anchor—only inspire Charles to extract more insecurities, lay them bare. This isn't his way. He has always encouraged others to speak openly about their fears and hopes, which is why he certain students gravitate toward him. It's his prerogative to live his external life as one of tenderness toward others.

But in a way, Charles feels like he has never been in a position to discuss his own fears and hopes with such rawness. As a child, there was no one to speak with; his mother never tolerated it, and Raven needed him to be the stable one. And even if he'd had someone, how would they understand the unique burdens that come with telepathy? He knows that he has Erik, of course; Erik has been the only one to whom he's ever even dared to divulge anything. But it's different. Ailo is a few decades older than he is, and a telepath who has seen the worst of it. Experienced the worst of it. He may be the only one who has ever truly understood this aspect of Charles's peril. Erik understands it as well as he possibly can, but Ailo has lived it.

"I've been taking a serum, to suppress it," he admits at last, swallowing thickly. "I'm too weak to handle it. And it....it changes me, I know that you know it," he directs toward Erik, and his tone is riddled with shame. "And I sit in my bedroom upstairs and stare at the ceiling all day like some miserable shut-in. Not even doing anything for the students. Not helping anyone. Selfishly enjoying the silence. I'm worried that I'll never be able to go without it again."

Rather than judgment, Ailo just nods. "When I was younger," he reveals with a simple shrug, "I did something similar. Not a serum, but I learned how to shut it off. And... it changed me. Before I really understood how to use my mutation, it was causing me a lot of pain. Like yours must be causing you. Because as telepaths, our neurology is different. It affects our empathy. I thought it was a good trade-off, but it wasn't." He taps his temple, knowing.

"It made me colder, harder. You're going to have to figure out that balance, Because you are like me. Your mind can handle it. That's the basis of telepathy. The information you can handle in your mind is infinite. But you have to train it up. And you're a bit different, I wager," he laughs a bit. "Your telepathy is baseline stronger than mine, anyway."

"I do notice," Erik nods. "But I do not know what to do, when the pain is so significant. It is hard to bear, hard to watch. You do not sleep, or eat. You experience torture. Literally, sometimes. I try to spend as much time, and help as much as I can," he whispers. He doesn't like it when Charles shuts himself away.

"And hard to experience, I'd imagine. The only way out, is through, I'm afraid. That's not very helpful. But it doesn't make you weak, OK? Everyone has the right to decide what they can and can't handle. I think using a serum isn't going to help you, in the long run. Our gifts are special, and precious. I only learned to shut off my telepathy, you are actually changing your brain. So it's a little different. But it's not useful to think about it in a weak/strong dichotomy."

They’re both right. Charles knows in his heart that both Erik and Ailo are correct; it’s not an unreasonable desire to be out of pain, nor does it mean that he’s inherently weak or flawed. It’s simply…difficult, to internalize it. The idea of a serum is distasteful to him. Mutations should be utilized and enjoyed, not pushed away. The cognitive dissonance that arises when he begs for another dose is difficult to ignore.

Plus, Erik’s observations are correct. He can’t sleep and barely eats when he’s suffering—each time he looks in the mirror, he notices the change in his body and face. Much of it, of course, has to do with his injury, but his cheekbones are more prominent, these days. The muscles in his shoulders and pectorals have begun to soften, giving way to bone. “The only way out is through,” he repeats, sniffling once more before recentering his resolve.

Right, no more tears. The few minutes were enough. “If you have any…tips, for getting through, I’m open,” he says, a bit wry. “Through is not the most appealing route, I’m afraid.”

"I do, I do," Ailo nods. "Erik, your experiences tested my capacity, I'll be honest. I've never seen anything like that. G-dwilling I will never see it again. How do I get through having lived that? With as much compassion as possible. As much kindness, and tenderness, for myself, as possible."

"For yourself?" Erik wonders, curious.

"Absolutely! Absolutely. Self-care is the backbone of my strength. If I put myself down, and berate myself, how can I cope? How could I cope with the pits of bodies I just saw? I was using a pole, to turn them. I felt the pole in my hands. I felt it like you did. The composition of the metal, too."

"Oh, oh-" Erik gasps. Oh no. No, he experienced-

"Then I tell myself I'm weak, I'm useless? No, no. That won't do. I am amazing! I can do it. I've got this," he grins. "I am strong, and kind, and I love. I meet it with love. The pain is just a stimulus, Charles. It hurts, but that fades. Love endures."

In a way, Charles can see what Ailo means. He, too, has been there in Erik's mind, observing first-hand as pale, naked bodies pile atop each other in a stinking pit. To date, it's one of the most horrific things that Charles has ever experienced, and he's only experienced secondhand. However, because of the love that he feels for Erik, he hasn't allowed the pain to strangle him. He never allowed himself to be overtaken, because he never wanted Erik to be overtaken by it, either. Through his love for Erik, he found the strength for himself.

But self-love, and self-forgiveness? Those are two things that never even felt relevant.

"So... it's a matter of accepting an experience as neutral, but also allowing yourself to feel the pain?"

"To feel the pain, and to care about the fact that I am in pain as well. To care about myself, and then extend outward, to care for others," Ailo explains gently. "I sorrow for Erik, because I sorrow for myself, and for all children who are forced to endure such atrocities. And because I can do that, love myself, I can love others."

"And it didn't hurt you?" Erik whispers.

"Oh, querido. It did hurt me, of course it did."

"I am so sorry," he gasps. "Please, forgive me."

"There is nothing to forgive, eh? You must forgive yourself, Erik. It is OK that it did, you see?" Ailo smiles. "We can't avoid pain, fofinho. We can't live life avoiding pain, how would we? That love, that is the strongest shield. It is the most powerful force, stronger than nuclear. Stronger than a black hole. Love is."

"I agree with that," Charles says, this time to Erik. His good hand finds its way to Erik's knee. "Pain, I suppose, is an inevitable fact of life. We will hurt others, and we will be hurt, much as we'd like to avoid either. You must forgive yourself." He turns back to the doctor now. "I think I will struggle to find my way through, still. The headaches alone become unbearable, at times. But I will not forget this advice, doctor. Thank you."

"I am honored, that you shared with me," he pats Charles's cheek once more, fond. "And I would love to stay a while and help, if I can. I do have to return to Bellevue, but it's my intention to use everything I've learned today for as much benefit as I can garner. Ah, you mentioned a device? I'd love to see it, if you still desire."

"You're welcome to stay as long as you would like, and our door will always be open," Charles promises, and on his face there's a genuine, earnest smile. "And, yes. A device. We call it Cerebro," he says, glancing sidelong at Erik. "I can show you now. I haven't been down there since I've been home, however. Do you know if it's...accessible down there, darling?"

"It is," Erik grins. "I put an elevator in. Want to see?" he sways with delight, having the ability to use his mutation for good always puts him in high spirits.

"Lead the way," Ailo rises with a laugh bubbling up, pinging all around in suffused warmth.

Chapter 32: The Nightingale took up proceedings

Chapter Text

Erik does, ending up near the foyer where he shows Charles the switch by the stairs. A closet opens up beside the banister, leading into a spacious gleaming interior. The walls are made out of chrome and titanium. "Cerebro," Erik calls, and the elevator beeps its acknowledgment as they descend. When they emerge, it's to a corridor. The walls open up in an X shape, Erik's mischief at their X-Men and a circular swivel departs, folding into the threshold and revealing the laboratory inside.

"This is marvelous," Ailo touches his lips with his hand in pure wonder.

"It is," Charles agrees, eyes wide as he takes in the space. It's been months since he's last been down here, and in the intervening period of time, the dingy basement has been transformed entirely. A sleek laboratory sits before them. The chair has been removed from the dias, but it rests on a stand beside an elaborate dashboard. Someone, either Hank or Erik, has created a new casing for the device, and it matches the chrome and titanium sleek of the laboratory. It looks like something from a science fiction novel.

"That helmet allows me to locate the precise geographical coordinates of anyone in the world, using my telepathy," Charles explains, pushing his hoverchair toward the catwalk leading to the dais. "Anyone who can be located by telepathy, that is. It's truly a feat of engineering."

"Hank gave me the specifications," Erik reveals softly. "And I made the whole room. All the panels you see," he gestures. "Those can reflect people, coordinates, and act as a large computer. I also inbuilt a crystal lattice, which uses kalorizikite to build energy and then siphon it off in intervals, so you won't be overloaded with stimulus," he explains as basically as possible. 

"Kalorizikite?" Ailo squints.

"It's a new element," Erik beams. "I created it."

"Incredible. And this is how you find mutants? That's... my goodness, that's fantastic. And you're saying I can give it a whirl?"

"It should be completely safe for you, but how you described your abilities... you might live the lives of everyone."

"Well, I never did say no to something new. Let's have at it, hm?" he approaches the walkway, settling his fingers over the panel. 

Charles is nervous for Ailo. Though he has a much greater degree of control than Charles does at the moment, it’s still a lot of input. He isn’t sure how vast the telepath’s reach is, but it’s about to expand infinitely. Soon, he’ll be experiencing telepathy much like Charles does. “Place the helmet on,” Charles instructs softly. “Erik, would you turn it on and calibrate the settings, please? Let’s start off with something easy…confine it to a small geographical area, perhaps.”

Erik does so, with a single blink, the whole room vibrating into life. He grasps the helmet in hand and gently lowers it onto Ailo's head, guiding him to take a seat on the ground so that he wouldn't hurt himself if he passed out. He chooses a small area. A ping near Morocco that had interested him before, a peculiar little ping. And the machine turns on.

Ailo closes his eyes, still and calm. Unbothered, so it seems. "Oh," he smiles, looking all around. "Oh my. Oh," is about the summation of it. He laughs through tears, shock and horror and joy twinned on their axes. Rather like an egg that's been cracked. He lets himself be formed into an omelette. "They're there. They're everywhere. This is incredible. My G-d. What a fantastic... oh, and such sorrow. Action and reaction, matter and antimatter. Suffering and peace. Altogether. Infinite," he laughs. "This place, though. They're hurting, there."

"They are?" Erik whispers.

"Very much so. No one knows. But now we know. That's the work you do. Magnificent."

Charles has actually never witnessed Cerebro in operation from the outside before, and when the panels begin to light up the room, his eyes widen. Projections dance across the walls with a collage of dots forming and reforming in amorphous shapes. Erik zooms in on a small area in North Africa, and Charles watches in wonder as Ailo, from underneath the helmet, gasps.

Curiously, his own telepathy seems to stop at the helmet, so he can’t see inside Ailo’s mind at the moment. A security measure, perhaps? To prevent another telepath from freely accessing the information gleaned under Cerebro’s power. Or perhaps to keep the telepath using it from projecting outward.

“If there are people who need us, we find them and go to them,” he says quietly, staring at the small cluster. “Do they need help?”

"Desperately," Ailo whispers. "You'll help them? Go to them?"

"We will," Erik promises. "Tell me what you saw."

"This nation... Genosha, here. They require all mutants to register at birth, they've developed systems to test for mutation and mutants are not given legal rights."

"What do you mean." Erik shutters down. Charles has seen this before. Intentional. Directive.

"They're as good as slaves," Ailo grimaces. "The whole country. As good as slaves."

Erik lifts his chin. "I will liberate this place. I will make it safe. I will. You have my word."

Charles gazes at the tiny, tiny island off of the coast of Morocco. It looks almost forgotten, so small that one might doubt that people actually live there. He can feel Ailo's words ripple through Erik like a stab of lightning. And his voice is hard. His own stomach sinks, too... a nation of slaves. "How?" his voice is soft, weak against the stone of Erik's timbre. "How will you liberate a country?"

Erik's response is solemn. "Easily. I will neutralize anyone who poses a threat."

"What do you mean neutralize?" Ailo's eyebrows fly up into his hairline.

"I mean neutralize. To make inert."

"Are you talking about mass murder?"

"Murder is unlawful killing. It is lawful to kill in self-defense, and in war."

"Hold--hold on. War? Erik--oh, dear. Oh, my dear. You can't--"

"I will only harm those who leave me no other choice. I will allow them the opportunity to surrender," Erik says, feeling he is being very reasonable.

"Erik, hold on," Charles says firmly. He pushes his chair toward the man, whose expression is...frightening. Something that he has only seen in the man's memories. Or, at least, resembling the Erik that he met so long ago, before he invited Charles into his tenderness. "What you propose, Erik, is war," he says. "You, as a foreign national to that nation, cannot overthrow their government and hope to emerge alive. I agree that those people need help, but this is not the way to do it."

"It won't be war," Erik assures, meeting Charles's eyes. "It will be victory, before they have time to blink. I will be in no danger. They have no weapons that can harm me. I can do this. I have to do this. I can't let those people be brutalized."

"But this will not be done in a vacuum, Erik," Charles reasons, imploring. "You can't simply uproot an entire nation. There are international statutes that will come down upon you; you will be seen as a global threat." He turns to face Ailo. "I'm correct, aren't I, doctor?"

Ailo nods. "You'll be inviting significant scrutiny, Erik. I can't say what the Security Council will decide, but if they deem you a threat, they'll do everything they can to neutralize you."

"I cannot do nothing," Erik whispers. "Please, understand. I cannot do nothing. I will not pander to government officials and beg their pardon. They already seek to put me on that Tribunal! They view me as no better than a Nazi! No, no."

"How will you stand against an Earth united in its task to stop you?" Ailo implores him to consider.

"I don't know. But I won't let this nation stand, not like that. If I had my powers as a child I would have dismantled that hideous regime, I would have saved my people. I didn't get that chance, but now..." he smiles a little, eyes welling with unshed tears. "Now, I can make it better. I can."

"I'm not suggesting that you do nothing, darling," Charles explains, reaching a shaky hand toward Erik. "But we must consider this in the larger scope of what we intend to do. If we—you, me, our institute—are viewed as terrorists, we will never gain a foothold toward legitimacy. We must be cautious, with what we do."

He takes it, of course he takes it. Those tears fall, then. "You're right, you know. You are right. This is a school, I wouldn't want to bring these children into war. And not you, a man of peace. But Charles, tell me. Tell me the plan to help these people. An actionable plan that will improve their conditions, now. Do you understand?" he whispers, his eyes winching shut as the magnitude hits him. He's shaking like a leaf.

"We can sit down and work something out," Charles replies, swift as he squeezes Erik's hand. "We've just learned this news, darling, we need some time to gather more information, strategize, ensure that we're working safely. That is my point, darling. Anything that we do must be done with utmost tact. Perhaps we can call upon Moira and Gabrielle once more."

Erik knows it then. The answer he feared has come down like a swinging guillotine. "Charles, this is not a time for tact. You remember what I told you, all those months ago. That I would pursue diplomacy if they didn't come for us. But they're coming for us, now."

"This is a school, it shouldn't be used as a military base, Erik," Ailo says sharply. "I've spent an entire career fighting against that kind of injustice, I won't be party to it here."

Erik looks stricken. "Of course not. Of course not. But there are sixteen million people on that island. People with loves, just like ours. Children. Families. They deserve to be free."

"So do your students," Ailo murmurs, eyes blazing, gesturing around him.

"Of course they do," Erik whispers. "Of course they do. And they will be," he vows. "I'll make sure they are. I'll keep this place safe, too. But I have to go. And I have to go alone. I wish it wasn't like this," he laughs in pain, as tears drop onto his collar.

"No, you don't."

Charles's chair is higher now so that he can look Erik dead on. Blue eyes boring into red-tinged greens. "Without tact, Erik, you put yourself at risk. This school at risk. Those people that you intend to save? What happens to them when the entire globe comes after you? Do you think that they'll simply be left alone to live peacefully? Do you not think that they will struggle to rebuild? They will be defenseless, and a target."

He raises his chin, but presses into Erik's mind. "Believe me, Erik, I understand why you feel this way. I do. And I admire you for your instinct to intervene. But whatever aid you deliver without proper planning will be temporary, and will leave everyone scrambling for cover. Tact is essential. You are not going anywhere without a proper plan, Erik. I won't allow it."

Erik leans forward, framing Charles's jaw in both hands. "I love you so much, Charles. I hope you know that. That you feel that." He presses his palm into Charles's chest.

Ailo inhales sharply. "Oh, Erik."

"I have a plan, neshama. I promise I do. And I'm so very sorry. But I can't stay. Because you're right, of course you're right. You were always right, about everything."

"He's not coming back," Ailo whispers.

It's Charles's turn to allow hot tears to fall down his cheeks. No. No. He feels like his head is in a different dimension; just minutes ago, they were enjoying sandwiches in the sitting room on the first day of the rest of their lives. His good hand clutches to Erik's shirtfront in a claw-like grip, as if his weak fingers alone could prevent Erik from leaving. "I won't let you!" he bellows. He tries to lop his bad arm onto Erik's shoulder, but it falls short and lands on his lap.

That makes him cry out in frustration; he wants to jump to his feet, grip Erik in his arms, shake sense into him, but he can't. He can only sit here and beg. And.... I'll stop you, if I have to, he seethes into Erik's psyche, uncaring that Ailo can certainly overhear. In a blink, he's seated atop Erik's motor cortex, and in another, Erik is frozen. Unable to move so much as a millimeter. I'll keep you right here. You are not going like this. I won't allow it.

Erik's return is not blistering rage, nor fear at all. It's gentle. Mourning. Charles, dear-heart. You have to let me go. You know you have to.

I don't, and won't, he hisses, doubling down. It's as if his entire universe is crashing around him. He's gritting his teeth as the tears spill down his red cheeks. He turns to Ailo. "You'll help me, won't you? Help me make sure he doesn't do this. This is the end of all that we've worked for, if he goes." I need you, Erik. You can't go. I won't let you.

I can't help you force him, Ailo returns gently. But I agree with Charles in this, meu querido.

But Erik isn't afraid. "Neshama," he whispers, and then he moves. Physically moves, raising his hand once more to brush away Charles's tears. You are strong, my heart. You are brave. You can let me.

When Erik overpowers his telepathy, Charles knows that it's over. His body slumps in its chair, which floats to the ground. It's as if the room is caving in, the wind sucked from his lungs. His entire heart, his entire world...gone. Over. For a moment, he considers wiping Erik's memory of the past ten minutes. The moment passes, though, and Charles knows that he would never. Not to Erik. "You told me," Charles says, the hurt in his voice crackling through the air. "In the hospital. You told me that you would never leave. Do you take that back, Erik?" He turns to Erik once more, a mask of pain. "I signed up for you."

It brings a pained smile to his face. Charles is digging his heels, throwing shards, because he's howling in grief. The abandonment and hurt are cutting him to pieces, and it's at Erik's hand. So Erik takes it. He'll always take it. He takes a few steps forward, crouches down and deposits a kiss onto Charles's forehead. "I love you so fiercely, Charles Xavier. Ani l'dodi ve' dodi li. I will never take it back. You are my heart, and my soul."

Like a petulant child, Charles moves his chair away and turns it around, so that his back is facing Erik. The waterfall inside of him is raging, fierce, too powerful for logic to creep back in. In that moment, he wants to hurt Erik into staying, an attitude that he will come to regret later, but one that overtakes him nonetheless. "Not enough to listen to me," Charles hisses, undone. "To see sense. You're bringing danger to us all, Erik. Carry that with you."

"I will," he intones gently. He crosses his hand over his heart in a solemn salute, and with a flutter, he is gone. 

Ailo stays. 

Chapter 33: The Owl was silent until dusk,

Chapter Text

Raven's jaw visibly drops when he tells her that evening. "What do you mean Erik's gone. Gone where?!"

By evening, Charles is numb. He's retreated to his bedroom but remains stuck in his chair, which, without Erik's charging presence, is stuck on the ground. He hasn't allowed anyone in to help him plug it in to the manual charger, nor has he any interest in being manhandled. For all he cares, he'll never leave his chair again. "Gone to bring destruction upon us all," he says dully, red-rimmed eyes trained on the darkened window. It's freezing in his room; the blanket he had earlier is long gone, and without Erik, the house is drafty. "Genosha. An island nation somewhere near Morocco. Turn on the news; I'm sure his mugshot will be plastered across the world at any moment."

"What the absolute fuck is Genosha?" Raven gawps, completely and utterly flabberghasted. "Why is it so cold in here? OK, well, we're going to get him back, right? We'll hop in the jet and like, fly to this Genosha place?" Raven's yellow eyes drill holes in the back of Charles's sweaty, bedraggled head. "Why is he there? Why is Erik going to be on the news---???"

"He learned that their government is especially cruel to mutantkind," he says. monotone. "And decided that he's going to overthrow it and liberate the people. He made that decision in abut twenty seconds, without knowing a thing about the nation, other than that." Charles swallows against his dry throat. "And then, he left. Just like that. Disappeared into thin air."

"What--what." Raven boggles, her brain struggling and whirring to slam all of that information together like misfit jigsaw pieces. "Especially cruel, how? Why is Erik the only one going? Shouldn't we be there with him?" her eyes narrow.

"Ask Ailo," Charles replies with no intonation. "He's the one who located them, he knows more than I do. I begged Erik to take a step back and allow us to pull together a plan, potentially involving Moira and Gabby to ensure that we had the right clearance and resources. He told me that this is no time for tact, and insisted that he go alone." Charles's bad wrist spasms slightly in his lap. "And now, he's gone. And he'll not be back."

"What-no! He's not just gone," Raven's voice raises. "I'm going after him! He's not going to some island by himself, that's suicide! Charles, how could you let him go? Do you have any idea how monumentally stupid that was? Oh my G-d. Overthrow their government. Is he going to kill them all? OK, all right. We need a plan. We should talk to Moira and Gabby anyway, to start with. Because this is going to be a fucking shit-show from start to finish, oh my G-d. Erik Fucking Lehnsherr. Why you gotta be such a pain in my ass. Let me see what I can dig up, OK? I'm on this, Charles."

"I didn't let him go, Raven," Charles growls, and for the first time since he stormed into his bedroom, there's inflection in his voice. He spins his chair around; even the motor will stop working if he doesn't charge the reserve battery, soon, but he cannot be bothered. "I begged him to stay. Tried to force him physically and he overpowered me. Tried to reason with him and he wouldn't listen. His mind was made up. So, try to stop him if you want, but good luck, hmm? He's the most powerful being on the planet and won't be stopped."

"What." Raven raises her hand to her lips, grave. "Erik---Erik is? Our Erik? Oh my G-d. What? Are you sure? What about Sayid? He's stronger than Sayid? Oh my--we need to, this isn't good, Charles. That's like--" her eyes flick back and forth, rythmic. Like handing the nuclear launch codes to a baby. If that baby was a pissed-off radical mutant separatist. "Is he stronger than Sayid, though? Maybe Sayid can help."

"Raven, he overpowered me in a second. I paralyzed his motor cortex and it didn't matter. Sayid may have more raw force inside him, but Erik...Erik can alter physics. He can manipulate time and space. He can melt cells, create elements, alter our entire universe at the quantum level. There is nothing, pound for pound, more powerful than Erik on this earth. We don't stand a chance. Sayid can't outmaneuver him. Not as he is now, anyway," Charles explains. "I'm nothing, compared to him. Sayid is something, but not enough. No one is."

All the color drains out of Raven's face as the true magnitude of what Charles is saying seems to hit her. She crosses the room, then, and envelopes him in a crushing hug. "He's really gone?" she sniffles, turning her head away so Charles doesn't see her cry. She hasn't since she was a little girl, and used to have nightmares. Charles would hold her, then. It's about high-time she returned the favor.

Charles lowers his forehead to rest it atop Raven's blue shoulders. The weight of her sadness is heavy on him, and her attempts to hide her tears fall short. His right arm encircles her back. "Yes, love. He's really gone. I'm sorry," he whispers. He has no tears left, so his eyes remain dry, but they're still bloodshot. "And we need to be prepared to disavow him, when his actions on Genosha bring scrutiny to our door." This, Charles knows, is the most blistering consequence of all. Because Erik's actions will place a target on their institute. And Charles will have to stand against him, when it does.

"That stupid, stupid, stupid boy," Raven growls through vicious swipes under her eyes. "G-tt verdammt--overthrow the government, Charles? Really?" her brows arch, trying to inject a smidgeon of levity. "Unbelievable," she groans.

The attempt at humor doesn't even register with Charles, who leans his head back against the headrest of his chair. "I just can't believe that he would leave me so readily," Charles admits, hating the words as soon as they come out of his mouth. He sounds snivelling, he knows. Like a teenager experiencing his first heartbreak. This isn't even heartbreak, though. It's as if his heart has been removed entirely, leaving him hollow.

"Oh," Raven winces, petting at Charles's hair. "They must be really cruel, those Genoshan people. Maybe it reminds him of the Nazis, you know? I know that's, like, I'm no head-shrinker. But we always knew he was a little--" she wiggles her fingers around her temple. "I know he loves you, but you fell in love with a very damaged man."

"Of course that's what they remind him of." He shuts his eyes momentarily. "He saw an atrocity happening and he wanted to stop it. To prevent people from being abused like he was. In no way do I fault him for that. He's not crazy, like you imply. His experiences have altered his brain, yes, but he's not crazy. Perhaps I'm the fool, though, for thinking that love was enough. I thought that, so long as we loved each other enough, all would be fine." A cool laugh presses from his chest as his eyes harden. "How naive."

"No, you're not," Raven admonishes with a thwak to his chest. "You're in love with a boy. You're hurting. You thought your life could be all white picket fences and conventions. And G-ddammit, so did I? For a split-second, Charles. And he's gone and dropped a bomb on it all!" she flings her hands out, her own anger at Erik lashing.

"It's naive to believe that love is all that's required to keep someone fulfilled," Charles replies dully, turning back toward the window. "To be with me is to be stuck, isn't it? I can't go with him. Is he gonna stop in the middle of some vigorous campaign to make sure I can blow my nose or tie my shoes? Now, that's a thought; asking your enemy on the opposite side of a battlefield to pause so you can go tend to your helpless cripple of a partner."

The words are harsh and ugly, and Charles knows that Erik didn't leave because he had grown tired of caring for Charles in this way, but he's hurting, and taboo feels good. "You'd best alert the others and phone Gabrielle and Moira. I've asked Ailo to liaise between ourselves and the ITC," he says, dry. "And, can you send Hank up? I need a dose. And a big glass of scotch."

"Oh, come off it. If you think I won't beat you up in a wheelchair, you're wrong," she bores her knuckle into the top of his head in a point-making noogie. "I'll handle the itinerary. But Charles, don't get stuck up in here. Erik isn't dead, he's on a mission. He is helplessly devoted to you. You guys aren't ended, OK? I'm the big sister, what I say goes. Erik loves you. Yeah, he saw an island of Schmidt psychopaths and now he's off to play Baby Terrorist. But he isn't dead yet. He's not evil. He's just... Erik." She flings her arms at him, like, you-know. "And I'm not going to let him do this on his own. First thing tomorrow I'm going to get my people on the ground with him. I'll take Sayid and scope the place. Figure out what we're working with. What his end game is."

As desperately as he wishes to believe Raven, her words fall short of any reassurance. This is well beyond an argument. Or even a proper break up. Erik leaving has upended Charles’s universe. It’s the swiftness, he’ll reckon later, that caused the vast reverberation. Had they been drifting apart or growing numb to their love for each other for some time, it wouldn’t ache so badly. But this feels like cutting off a functional limb. “Sure,” he concedes, absent now. “Do as you must. If Hank can be up here quickly, I would appreciate it.”


And so Raven leaves. And she brings Hank. And Charles sits, and laments. And Raven too, stays. Sayid is the next to go, almost that very same night. Daniel Shomron and Carmen Pryde reiterate their loyalty to the Xavier Institute. Ailo takes up teaching mathematics whilst fact-finding. His reunion with Aura echoes glee through the mansion's corridors. Jean misses Erik. The house is colder. Drafter. Things are never in their proper places. The objects that hummed and swayed with life and joy are flat and silent. The outside voices grow smaller and smaller.

For many long, endless days and nights it seems the hovering axe hasn't risen over their heads at all when it comes to their inevitable destruction. Until one day, in passing the living room, Charles sees it on the television.

"--Genosha, fact-or-fiction tonight on WCN, the silent hero known as Magneto has taken over the island nation of Genosha following a one-hour stand-off outside its parliamentary buildings. Its former government were exiled where they currently remain as displaced persons whilst some authorities are calling for their arrest given the vast systematic scale of their crimes.

Genosha has an extremely high percentage of the population with the newly-discovered X-Gene resulting in mutations that grant superpowers. Head of State Magneto is better known as Dr. Erik Lehnsherr, a prominent mutant Separatism activist. Is he an unfortunate victim of Nazi atrocity seeking righteous justice, or a vengeful vigilante?

The citizens of Genosha speak out for the first time in over a hundred years..."

"Raven! RAVEN!" When Raven, accompanied by Hank, Daniel, and Carmen, rush into the living room, they find Charles glued to the large television set. He's mere inches from the screen, staring as the reporter recounts the history of the state of Genosha.

"Is that—"

"He bloody did it, the fool," Charles yells over Hank. "He overthrew the entire bloody government in an hour!" To say that it had been a difficult transition would be an understatement. After becoming accustomed to the semblances of independence that Erik's abilities had granted him, Charles is impatient and intolerant of help, even if he acknowledges that he needs it. As such, keeps largely to the bedroom he now occupies—not his bedroom; he's refused to sleep in the room that he and Erik used to share.

He loathes being dressed by Hank so greatly that he often wears the same clothing days and days at a time and goes as long without bathing. In the span of a month, his weight has dropped significantly, and his skin has taken on a wan, waxy pallor. And he's up to four doses per day. On the rare occasions that he does venture into the elevator and through the mansion, the students and staff alike look at him with concern, but Charles, in his downward spiral, doesn't care. It's in this state—in a week-old pair of sweatpants and violet stains beneath his eyes—that he watches Erik's portrait, stolen from his Visa application, hover on the black-and-white screen beside the reporter.

"Oh, Erik," he whispers.

Raven runs down the stairs and skids to a stop just in time to hear,

"---in one survivor testimony, the state of conditions in the island's Mutant Quarter were described as deplorable, with citizens routinely selected for medical experimentation and conscripted into labor and policing units. Mutants were described as undesirables who were not human beings, and thus not afforded the rights of humanity. After the government's exile, these laws were swiftly changed and the Mutant Quarter has since been integrated into the general population.

Magneto is described as "the best thing that ever happened to Genosha, hands-down. Our children have a life. I don't know what happened, or how it happened. All I know is thank G-d it happened. We didn't vote for him, but he's helping us. He's restoring our cultural institutions, before the CIA takeover." That's right, according to several groups of testimonies, the island of Genosha was described as a proxy facility for the United States government, having been taken over a hundred years ago as part of a secret experiment to study mutation away from prying eyes.

The CIA disavows any relationship to this entity, and describes Magneto and his Brotherhood of Evil Mutants as a terrorist regime. In the first official televised message, the Office of the Interim Government has this to say, Erik Lehnsherr speaking:"

"This is Erik Lehnsherr. You may know me as Magneto. The criminal entity that has ruled Genosha for the last hundred years has been dismantled. All government programs relative to mutants have been suspended. The Interim Government will remain to assist aggrieved parties in the rebuilding of their society. After a period of six months, general elections will be held and the citizens of Genosha will be free to choose their own representatives, with the understanding that such abuses of power will never occur again.

To all mutants and misfits of the world, this message is for you. If you are unsafe, or unwelcome in your homes, you are welcome here. The Interim Government is a Separatist coalition by design, but human beings are free to apply for asylum should they meet our criteria. To the CIA, I say the following: your agents have been ejected. You may collect them accordingly. If you aggress against us, you will be obliterated. If you attack this colony in any way, your attackers will be neutralized. Leave us in peace, and we will leave you in peace. Fight us, and you will regret it."

"--this is WCN, and we'll be back with more coverage on Genosha after this commercial break--"

Raven draws her hands down her face. "Oh my G-d. What. Oh," she can't help it, she starts laughing. "The Brotherhood of Evil Mutants?" she can't help it, she dissolves into giggles. "What the fuck. Also, what the fuck. Did you know about this?" she points a finger at Gabby, who has become somewhat of a fixture at the Institute in the ensuing days.

Hearing Erik speak sends a chill down Charles’s spine. On TV, Erik looks the part of the cold, stone-faced warrior with laser focus. His accent cloaks his words in a harshness that feels both foreign and familiar somehow, to Charles. The circumstances surrounding his message make his long nose and high cheekbones look like he’s been carved from stone, a parable from some book of tales.

Magneto,” he whispers, rapt, as some insufferable advertisement for toothpaste interrupts the broadcast. “What a bloody stupid name.”

“If you ask me if I knew that the CIA has been using other nations for their clandestine operations, then the answer is yes,” Gabby lilts in her smooth alto. “Did I know about this? Not for a moment.”

There’s a hand on Charles’s narrow shoulder. Hank's? He doesn’t care. “Someone call MacTaggert,” Charles hisses at last. “Now. This is just the beginning.”


MacTaggert's car arrives in the courtyard like a hearse delivering a funereal procession. She exits, brushing her straight honey-blonde hair out of her eyes. "Please tell me that you didn't send Erik Lehnsherr to overthrow the Island of Genosha," she accuses, standing akimbo in the foyer.

"Oh, hell no," Raven glares. "This is not happening like this. You better explain yourself this instant. What the fuck was the CIA doing on Genosha?!"

"I suppose you won't believe me if I say that I didn't have any idea this was going on, but it's the truth," Moira replies, grim. She taps her temple. "Feel free to check. This was a rogue faction, that's about as much as I know. William Stryker has been detained off-site, so I'm guessing they're his people. We'll know more once we debrief the refugees."

"You mean all the CIA operatives embedded in Genoshan government?"

"That's not fair. It's been a hundred years, Raven. Those people were the Genoshan government. For all intents and purposes, this was a colony of the United States. As grotesque as that is, Genosha is entwined with us, now. And we owe them a debt of responsibility. You have to know we can't let Lehnsherr run roughshod over the place."

"Erik Lehnsherr is the least of your problems!" Raven growls. "You're lucky it's Erik! He put those people on a boat because he still loves Charles, you fucking imbeciles. Unbelievable. Unbelievable! You should be considering what will happen here once we find out about all the terrible, shitty programs you have in store for us!"

Charles, flanked by Hank and Gabby, glares at the figure of Moira MacTaggert as she and Raven trade words. She’s the picture of precision with her prim appearance, all the way down to her buffed fingernails. He can’t help but feel the deep betrayal pierce his gut. “What Erik has unveiled is decidedly bad for your agency,” Charles inserts when he can finally gather the wherewithal to speak. “Infighting, hidden operations, illegal and illegitimate programs. The legitimate ones are worse, undeniably, Moira. The whole world is watching now. And I imagine sides are already being taken.”

"I don't doubt it. And you're right. Lehnsherr isn't my biggest concern. al-Zaman is. He displays similar capabilities of molecular regeneration and our intelligence has suggested that he's already undertaken several off-book operations to liberate mutants from satellite facilities in Morocco. I don't think Erik was involved, even after NBI. There was a lot of torture and bloodshed. Erik obliterates instantaneously. It was messy at NBI but with the exception of Creed, not sadistic. This was. It doesn't fit his profile."

"I agree," says Ailo. "North Brother Island wasn't solely Erik. There was a temporal anomaly at work." He gives a nod to Charles, revealing that he's known this whole time, but not saying more. "How were these people tortured?"

"Limbs hacked off, burns, teeth missing, decapitation, burning."

"That's not his style."

"It does fit al-Zaman, though. How much control does Erik have over him?"

"We estimate Erik is stronger by caliber, but they both lack control and precision and have different limitations. Putting them on a boat sounds like an overture, not a threat. Torture doesn't fit the MO."

“al-Zaman has been on our radar for a very long time,” Haller affirms, brow cocked. “I do not condone what was done to him at Tora, but his history is something to be considered. We have been monitoring him for some time.”

“Erik isn’t a true separatist or radical,” Charles feels compelled to insist. “You all heard what he said; he’s after peace and justice, not some mission for superiority. Obviously he’s going about it in the most idiotic fashion possible, but his intentions—“

“Intentions only matter in a philosophical debate, Charles,” Haller retorts, though her voice is not harsh. “In a court of law, outcomes matter. Actions matter.”

“Yes, they do,” Charles agrees, and it’s painfully clear to him, left reeling in the wake of Erik’s actions, that she’s right. “What I mean to say is that Erik is not bound to radicalism. Sayid may be. He’s more…inclined, to feel less remorse about harm coming to those who have harmed others.”

“Be that as it may, Charles, Erik is the public face of this, now. Even you can’t protect him from the consequences that will come.”

Charles sets his jaw. “This has nothing to do with my feelings for him,” he lies. “I’m asking you to take into account the fact that he has not hurt anyone and has liberated enslaved people. Any torture or murder—that wasn’t him. Whatever consequences arise for him should account for that.”

"We have to start seriously considering whether or not Erik does have radical beliefs," Moira says gently. "He was indoctrinated into Schmidt's group for years, Charles. We really don't know anything about him. Stryker told me about their interaction, his distaste for humans was palpable." She's sure that was likely embellished on Stryker's behalf, but Erik's rancor and comments were clear. Fucking humans, indeed. "He might not be the biggest threat, but he is a threat. For now, I'm advocating that we take a long approach," she raises her hands. "But we need to handle al-Zaman. That can't be allowed, that stops."

"How the fuck are you gonna stop Sayid al-Zaman?" Raven arcs a brow.

"We'll have to convince Erik to turn. It's that simple. We'll have to get him to turn. He'll have to be the one to do it. Like it or not, he's on the global stage, now. He's made himself a leader of mutants, and he has a lot of support. A lot. Not just mutants, Gabby." She withdraws a folder from under her arm and extends it out for the woman to peruse. "In a single stroke he overturned every oppressive law on their books. He just did it, voila. Like magic. And some of the things he did, well. They're shocking, honestly," she laughs a bit.

"Did you know homosexuals can marry in Genosha? He released a press statement the other day. We didn't televise it, for obvious reasons. But they're applying for visas, too. What he's done is unprecedented. I don't know what he's actually done. I don't think this has ever been done."

"So it's like a ...pseudo... Democratic... de-colonizing... sort-of dictatorship?" Raven closes one eye, attempting to parse. "Or something."

“Right, after Stryker cornered him and told him that he should be grateful to the man who tortured him and murdered his mother,” Charles seethes at Moira, hating her, momentarily. “Forgive me, I didn’t realize that an outburst in the response to asinine and inappropriate accusations are a sign of radicalism.

Though he’s desperately curious to read the documents in her folder, Charles backs away from the crowd gathered in the foyer. The events of the day are still processing in his serum-heavy mind. “Good luck convincing him to do anything. He’s not going to listen to you, or you,” he says to Moira and Gabby, respectively. “And I’m not going to partake.”

Raven marches after him. "I want to go there," she declares. "I want to go there, and see what he's doing. I'll act as a liaison, between our governments, yeah? Our Institute. I want to help, and that means I have to go there. I'll be back," she promises. "Of course I'll come back. But we have to understand what we're dealing with."

“Raven, I think that the United States Government already has diplomats in its employ,” Charles replied coolly. In his heart, he had been expecting that more people would follow Erik, but Raven’s insistence puts a wrench in his gut. “We aren’t dealing with anything. He’s not affiliated with our institute, any longer.”

Raven stares. "And you don't think that it's going to affect us at all, what he's doing." Her words are hard and flat. "You don't think we should see what's happening over there, at all. It's just like, oh, whatever! Do I have that right?"

"And if it does affect us all, Raven, then what?" Charles fires back. He spins his chair around to face her, gaunt mien staring up in a challenge. "He overthrew an entire government in an hour. An hour! Whatever he wants to do, he'll do. We can't stop him, so why bother?"

"Oh, I don't know, maybe it's worthwhile to have a diplomatic relationship with the world's most powerful dude. You know, at least he is doing something. What are you doing, Charles? Suppressing yourself, drinking all day and night, sitting up in that horrible room. Why bother? That's not my brother."

Charles stares back at her, deadpan. He knows that she's trying to rile him into action, but the concrete that has solidified around him over the last month is not going to give, and he isn't strong enough to make it crack. "Do what you want," he replies, turning his chair around. "I'm going back to that horrible room. Hope you find your brother, Raven."

"Yeah, I hope so, too," she whispers back.


She heads back into the living area and gives Gabby a hug. "I'm going to find him. I'll tell you guys what I find out. I don't think you're going to get anything from Charles."

It makes Gabby sad, to see Charles like this. When she first met the man all those months ago, she had been impressed by his power and charisma; the others seemed to gravitate toward him. Even in disagreement, they trusted him, and it seemed that he took that responsibility in stride. He seems like a husk of his former self, now. "Heartbreak is rotten thing," she replies as she takes Raven in her arms, allowing the hold to linger. "I am surprised, to see him so affected, however. He did not seem the type."

"Oh, he was always the type," Raven laughs. "Check up on him for me, yeah? And you, keep fighting at the CIA. Don't let Stryker get away with this."

"We'll do our best," Moira snaps off a wry salute.

"You shouldn't go alone," Gabby implores, long fingers gripping Raven's blue palm. "Why don't you take someone? Perhaps Miss Munroe? I understand that she has slightly more sway over al-Zaman than most."

"That's a good idea, actually. I just hope she'll be safe. But what can you do. She's a grown-up, I'll let her decide." She leans down and deposits a kiss on Gabby's head in a rare display of PDA, perhaps emboldened by the news from Genosha. It's hard not to feel a thrill. "You should get in touch with Kaplan, too. Erik isn't big on diplomacy but I think he'll be responsive to you. He feels a sense of loyalty, even after Sinai. You can capitalize on that. Get his demands for the mutant population and I'll take them to Erik."

"Yes, we will try to keep all channels official, to avoid further scrutiny," she promises, and the kiss sends a shiver down her back. Like Raven, the idea of a legal way to marry someone regardless of their gender is beyond thrilling. Like a new tomorrow. "In the end, perhaps Lehnsherr has done a good thing, hmm? If we can weather this storm."

Raven chats with Moira and Gabby for a little while longer, before heading up to the dormitories to look for Ororo.


She gives a two-fingered knock at the threshold of the girl's door. "Hi," she gives a blue-fingered wave. "I bring some news, about Erik and Sayid. They've taken over Genosha," she has to laugh. "It was the CIA, doing experiments on mutants."

The young woman is unsurprised to hear the knock at her door. Her hearing is sensitive; a secondary aspect of her mutation, she thinks. When she was a girl, she could hear weather systems coming when they were still days away by the way the wind sounded in her ears. "I know," she replies simply, nodding to the duffel bag on her made bed. "I will go with you, but...if the nation functions as Lehnsherr claims that it does, I may be interested in staying for a little while longer."

This doesn't surprise Raven. "It's a good vision," she whispers with a smile. "I want to make sure he can see it to fruition. Sayid might be a barrier to that, I think. In the long run. All that power, you know, even the strongest of us can be tempted. Erik and Charles were always outliers, there."

"Sayid is not a bad man," Ororo says quickly, and though she knows that Raven has not implied that, she still feels compelled to vouch for her friend. "He was treated worse than dirt. Worse than animals. He had no idea what power he possesses, and now that he does...well, it is hard to fault him for wishing to display it. If you, for your whole life, have been told that you are a pariah, would you not choose to become one?"

"I know," Raven says gently. "And he's been a good friend to you and Erik. We're gonna make sure that he can stick around to enjoy prosperity. He deserves that, yeah? Everyone on Genosha does."

Ororo nods as she stands, heaving her bag to her shoulder. "What does this mean for the Professor?" she can't help but ask. She'd heard the argument, and it's no secret that he has been receding into himself since Erik left. It's painful to watch, but it also angers her, a little.

"Honestly, I don't know," Raven sighs. "He's been getting worse and worse. He's struggled with this before, in college. The drinking. But I think that serum is making him different, and... I don't know. He has to want to get better, and right now, he doesn't. Erik was keeping him steady, but... he was still getting worse, you know?"

"It has been many months since he was injured. I understand that healing is a lengthy process, but he cannot continue to make the excuse that he needs it in order to recover, can he?" Ororo arches a brow. "It sends a bad message, don't you think? That mutation is something to be suppressed. I respect him for what he has sacrificed and will always be grateful for the kindness he has shown me, but I do not like that the young ones see him this way. What will they think when their mutation brings them difficulty? That it is better to suppress it?"

"I agree," Raven sighs. "Unfortunately, I'm just not sure what it's going to take for him to snap out of it. Maybe this is just as good as it gets, for him. I don't know. I'm not going to give up just yet, but I know why Erik left. Charles didn't have any intention of solving the Genosha crisis, and he knew it. I can't fault him for that. But at the same time... you know, I know why he's hurting. He feels abandoned. And he kind of was. So," she gives a big ole shrug.

"Yes, I was surprised that he left so quickly, given how devoted he was to your brother. I feel sad for him, I do. I can imagine that it is hard to lose one's love like that. Especially while dealing with an injury." She also shrugs. "Well, we can hope that he comes back to his old self, yes? I fear for the future of this institute without him."

Chapter 34: by which time she was on the cusp

Chapter Text

The general elections in Genosha pass by quickly, with Erik Lehnsherr being publicly sworn in as the island's official leader.

After a long repose, the Xavier Institute receives a new student. This one is special, she's Genoshan. Her name is Sooraya Qadir and she has the ability to dissolve into dust, whipping about like a sandstorm before re-forming. She speaks English and Arabic, and a smidge of Hebrew undoubtedly from her time with Erik.

He sends them a student. She comes bearing a letter in a box and an apology for the way she has torn the envelope during her travels. It's in Erik's wobbly writ, a sign it was painstakingly undertaken with his non-dominant hand and not with his mutation. Inside the box is a smaller Tupperware with perfectly cut and skinned peach slices.

My neshama,

I hope this letter and the smiling eyes of Miss Qadir finds you well. Her laugh is infectious. Jean will love her too. I miss you desperately and think of you day and night. My wyvern one, have you ventured into White Plains? I know how you so used to love the market. Take Jean there, sometime. She'll enjoy the peaches. I've enclosed one from our orchard for you to try.

Miss Qadir was taken when she was very small, and subjected to tortures that pain me to describe. They wished to study her composition and her reaction to injury and illness. Her parents were murdered as they did not provide Genosha with any utility. There are millions of stories just like hers. I am slowly helping to repair the fragments.

I know you must think me wicked, and insane. My actions to you are unforgivable. And so I do not beg your forgiveness. I know you are angry and hurt. Write me, and tell me about it.

I am still carrying it with me.

Forever yours,

Erik Lehnsherr
Head of State
Republic of Genosha

Sooraya holds it out to the man in the wheelchair, dressed in a long flowing abaya and niqab. "Am I welcome here?" she asks at last.

It’s midsummer when the first student arrives. Charles has largely remained…stagnant, though he’s submitted to the reality of his care needs with a bit more grace. Hank has taken them over completely, and so Charles has largely numbed himself to the outside world. Each day is painfully similar to the last. Hank arrives with serum in the morning and helps him through his routine. He then bides his time in some way, whether he reads, mopes, or on good days, ventures downstairs.

He’s having a bad day when Hank informs him that there’s a young woman downstairs, freshly arrived from Genosha, with a letter for him. The shaky scrawl makes his breath stop. A week later, there’s a response in the post. His penmanship, once elegant, is equally clumsy, given the weakness of his right hand.

Erik,

Miss Qadir arrived safe and well, thank you. She is settling in. I appreciate you sending her here and will ensure that she is well cared for.

She has an affinity for Chemistry, I’m told.

As for the other matters you’ve enquired of, I’ve precious little to say, and so I won’t do so here. Jean enjoyed the peach.

Sincerely,

Dr. Charles F. Xavier

She is welcome. There are more letters, and more students. Most orphans, with no family, tied to the Institute instead.

Erik writes him weekly, poetry and prose and drops of life on Genosha. They've sparingly adopted the moshav philosophy, in different shapes, each self-sustaining. Erik dryly opines that they'll have to establish secondary education away from the hearth, because the Westermarck effect is significant in communal children. It's become their cultural practice. Raised together, venture forth. Mutants and odd little families find their homes on Genosha. Erik is true to his word, accepting refugees from all over whether human or mutant, as long as they abide tolerance. 

When the ICT indicts the Hellfire club, Erik emerges from his lair at last. He touches down outside of the Court, disrupting Emma Frost's parlay to her vista. It's her testimony, no one elses's, that drives Erik to seek her council. He lets his feet touch the ground, cameras flaring behind. He's wearing the ceremonial affectations of Genosha. A long black cloak drapes down, with silver-pink inlets and fiery magenta swirls up into the sleeves and collar. Understated, tasteful.

"Miss Frost," he greets, unfolding his hands from behind his back.

It's almost a year to the day from the incident at North Brother Island, Charles notes blithely, when Hank helps him onto the jet bound for the Hague. Ailo, who has been pivotal presence at the school, has all but demanded that Charles accompany him as expert testimonial against the Hellfire Club, who is finally being tried before an international court. Charles tried to refuse, he really did, but after months of permissiveness over Charles's outright terrible attitude, he put his foot down. And, cowed, Charles agreed. He doesn't respond to the letters that Erik sends, but he reads them all, heart walloping in his chest each time his eyes ingest the wobbly script.

They fascinate and infuriate him; if Erik truly loves and misses him as much as he says he does, why doesn't he visit? It would take no effort for him to materialize at the manor, but he still stays away, hiding behind his poetry. As if there's nothing wrong. And so when Charles deplanes in the Netherlands on that afternoon in early September, he's scarcely recognizable. The sleek, smooth hoverchair that Erik built him died some months ago, and so Charles is using a clunky manual one, pushed by Hank. Though he has regained much of the feeling and movement in his right arm, his left ones remains finnicky at best. He's skinny, with lank hair and an overgrown beard. Pale skin stretched over bones.

Dressed in a too-big suit, he sits the crowd beside Hank, listening to Emma Frost peddle her tale, when Hank stiffens in his seat. The crowd has shifted, turning their attention from the blonde woman toward something in the back, something that has attracted a flash of cameras and loud murmur.

"Is that—"

"Oh," Charles whispers. It is.


Emma's arched brow travels up her smooth forehead as the new arrival greets her, and then she flashes a row of straight, white teeth. Oh, this is excellent. She was worried that the proceedings were going to be dull. "Ah, President Lehnsherr," she drawls, offering a polite curtsey. "Or, are you a Prime Minister? A Premier? A Chancellor? I do apologize; I haven't brushed up on the latest proceedings of your adorable little island and don't know how you've decided to organize yourselves! Please forgive me."

"I suppose the nearest allegory is Prime Minister," Erik dutifully grants her, wry and sharp as ever with a bow of his head in return. "I just refer to myself as the head of state. It's less pretentious. And-" his eyes hook onto a movement in the background. "Oh," he murmurs, swallowing hard as he makes out the shape of Charles in the distance. He gives a little wave, smiling faintly. "I don't have a lot of time, so I'll come to the point. If you're in need of a home, you're welcome on Genosha. I... wanted to apologize, to you. For how I've thought of you, all these years. I didn't know." He touches his chest with his palm.

"You're offering a home to me?" Her facade falters for just a moment as the shock resonates, but she quickly reassembles herself. Shamelessly, she sinks into the man's mind and finds it...quiet. Surprisingly quiet. Either the man is a lot dumber than he appears, or he's taken Herr Doktor's shielding lessons well. She knows which of the two it is. "Well. As much as I'd love to be roomies again, Mr. Head of State, I'll have to pass. The sun is just terrible for my skin."

The wave his way is enough. "Hank, we have to go," he grits. "Let's get out of here."

"We can't," the doctor says firmly. "You still have to give your testimony—"

"We wouldn't want that," Erik returns gently. "I've left a visa in your mailbox, all the same. Thank you, Miss Frost. Know that your efforts mean a great deal to me. I'll let you get back to your adoring crowd," he huffs.

With that, he sidesteps her and strides across the promenade, coming to stop abruptly in front of Charles. "You're here," he whispers.

There are far too many eyes on him as Erik strides confidently toward him. He wishes that he could simply disappear into thin air, just like Erik did all those months ago down in the basement. The last time that he saw Erik. He took a dose of serum just before they touched down, so Erik’s skull is a barrier to him just as it is to everyone else. The only thing that he can feel between his own ears is a swell of too many things and an ache from his hangover.

Anger. Heartbreak. Jealousy. Desperation. All of those things tumble together as he looks upward to meet Erik’s eyes. He looks…different. The same, but different. Tanned. Confident. His hair seems shinier? It infuriates him how good Erik looks. Knowing that he himself strikes the visage of an underfed hermit, he grits his teeth. “So it seems,” he says coolly, and then turns his head, away from Erik, those magnetizing eyes, that beautiful face. The man who left him without a heart.

“Hank, we should be going.”

“Charles—“

Now, Hank!”

"You look terrible," Erik admonishes him. "You aren't eating. You smell of liquor. What is this, Charles. Your mind is retracted. You are still using that serum. You need to take care of yourself, neshama. Why haven't you taken care of yourself," he demands in his intimidating accent.

The comments about his appearance ignite something inside his gut, and he whips his head back to glare at the man. “You don’t get to ask me that, Erik,” he hisses, fingers of his right hand gripping around his armrest. So tight that his knuckles turn white. “You, of all people, have no right to ask me that!”

"I have every right," Erik returns softly. "You are my beloved. I get to ask why. Why. Tell me why. Are you suicidal. You do not want to live any longer. Is that the reason."

Charles flairs his nostrils, furious. “Don’t be thick, Erik. You bloody fool. Assume that you can just march up to me and ask me if I’ve been eating my vegetables after half a year? After you left? You didn’t even say goodbye, you didn’t even stop to ask me what I thought, didn’t stop to think about us, or our school, or our friends and family. You just left!” Hank has stepped away to let the two have an inch of privacy, but Charles’s voice is carrying through the air. “So, no, Erik. You don’t get to ask. I’m not your beloved, not anymore. You don’t treat your beloved that way.”

"I asked what you thought. You said you would not help," Erik points at him. "You don't write back. You promised to stop using that serum after a few weeks and it has been a year. You are still on it. You don't eat any vegetables. You are too skinny. Why. You blame me, because you do not care for yourself. It is my fault. That is your answer. No, tell me the real answer. Why you gave up."

“Because you thought about it for all of one second before you decided to go and do it alone!” Charles fires back, jabbing his good arm toward Erik. “I asked you to wait for a few minutes so that we could talk, decide what to do, but you couldn’t give me that, could you? You had to leave right that second! The stew you were cooking for dinner was still on the bloody stove!” It feels good, to air this. Good that Erik is growing angry; for the past several months, the man has seemed too nonplussed. “You still don’t even see how supremely fucked up that was, do you?”

"Charles." Erik sighs, touching his own chest with his fingertips. "I watched you for months barely interact with anyone but me. I spent all my time devoted to your healing and I did not resent it, but you were not making progress mentally. You used that serum more and more every day." He lets out a long, slow breath and keeps going. "When I found out about Genosha and I told you we needed a plan, your response was to talk to Moira. Tell me honestly that you would have decided differently, had I waited a few minutes more. People were being tortured and dying, so I have to wait for you to make your decision to do nothing." Extending his palm outward, he nods. "I know that I hurt you. I am sorry."

Charles meets his eyes, face dissolving with the hurt that Erik so rightly diagnoses. “So, that’s what you thought of me,” he says after a long, pregnant pause. “That I would choose to do nothing to help people being tortured and enslaved.” He turns away, determined not to allow Erik to see him crack. But the spiny shards that have made up his exterior so bitter are now turning inward, on himself. “That will be all, then,” he says, swallowing thickly. “We’re done here, Erik.”

Erik flinches, and reaches for Charles. "You are my beloved. I may not be yours, I know. But you are mine. Forever."

Charles pulls his hand back and rests it atop his lap. He refuses to allow softness in, at this moment. He’ll come completely undone, if he does. And so instead, he fires where he knows it will land. “You, Erik, encouraged me to use the serum,” he whispers, glaring at the ground. “I was trying, but you are the one who begged me to take that dose. Don’t forget.”

It lands. Of course it does. "I won't," he croaks. For the first time possibly ever, even with the serum, Charles can see the hurt in his eyes. "Eat your vegetables, neshama. I'll send you some."

“Don’t bother,” he says, and though he knows it makes him a certifiably bad person, it feels good to know that something he’s said has affected Erik today. He calls Hank over, who places his large hands on the handles of Charles’s wheelchair. Hank offers an awkward nod to his former colleague. “Erik,” he greets, and then sets to wheeling Charles away.

Erik flicks his cloak around himself and shoots off into the air.

A month later, he sends the vegetables, as fresh as the day they were picked along with a jar of peach jam for Jean, signing only

I bothered, neshama -- Erik and an algebraic chess move.

Chapter 35: You tell yourself that I can't sing but I'm not one for twittering.

Chapter Text

Though he offered no indication to Erik that their encounter in the Netherlands did anything positive for his trajectory, minor changes begin to churn within Charles. He takes a few days at home to lick his wounds, but one morning, as reports of yet another milestone from Genosha flick across the morning papers, Charles decides that he’s tired of rotting. Hank helps him shower and dress in fresh clothes, and he asks for a smaller dose of serum. Little by little, he re-emerges. Perhaps he isn’t the same Charles that he was before the injury, before the serum and the departure, but he resembles a person, again. He eats the vegetables, restarts physical therapy. Hours each day are spent with Ailo, who is key to helping him learn to live with his telepathy once more.

As it turns out, it’s not only more sensitive than it ever was, but he can do more with it, too. When he finally can get through a day without succumbing to the agony, he learns that he can create elaborate illusions, manipulate the bodies of hundreds of people all at once. Communicate with the world. The breadth frightens him, but it also makes him…hopeful. It’s not long after he resumes his post as headmaster that the first export to Genosha from Westchester arrives. His name is John Allerdyce, and he’s a young man who has spent a lifetime in state institutions and facilities. He’s angry and trusts few, but Charles has promised him that there’s one man who will understand.

Allerdyce presents a folded, typewritten letter to the Genoshan Head of State.

Dear Head of State Lehnsherr,

I hope this letter finds you well. The man delivering it to you is St. John Allerdyce, but he prefers John. He’s an Australian citizen, but recently fled his homeland for America, seeking refuge after a lifetime of mistreatment. After spending some time with him, we both agreed that a quaint little school such as mine will never have what he needs to grow, and so I’ve sent him to you.

He may need some particular care, as he adjusts to life in your nation. I trust that you’re able to provide it, and I am certain that he will thrive, once settled. Jean is asking for more peaches, if you have them. They simply do not grow so juicy in New York.

Wishing you well, Erik,

Dr. Charles F. Xavier
Headmaster
Xavier School for Gifted Youngsters

John Allerdyce is the recipient of a dazzling grin from Erik, the one that shows all his teeth and makes him look a bit shark-like. "We'll get you settled," he promises the man, and he does. Genosha has gradually begun to develop a culture of its own, which is wildly divergent from what is normal and familiar to their refugees. Everything is communal and voluntary, with people gravitating toward tasks they like to do, and some not doing anything at all. Everyone has a bed, a bath and three warm meals a day.

It's not an easy life, but it's theirs. And they are free. Mutation is visible, love is palpable. Some things genuinely improve the lives that they're tasked, whilst others make people uneasy. Sayid becomes louder, more vocal in his insistence that they liberate other countries. Without clear evidence of misconduct, Erik is more hesitant. They argue more. Charles's letter is the first balm in a long time. He writes back immediately.

Charles,

Your letter was delightful. I've inducted John into our security forces. He's just needed a bit of structure and discipline, he's doing quite well now. Even found some friends. I hope you're still eating your vegetables. I've sent you some more, and of course, for Jean. Have you returned to teaching, dear-heart? I hope you have. You looked so pale and withdrawn when we spoke. I know you're unhappy with me, but do try and look after yourself. You are worth everything, neshama.

Once in a while I feel a flutter, and I wonder if it's you. Have you stopped using that dreadful serum? Perhaps it's just sentimentality, as Miss Frost accuses me of nigh-on daily. Such drivel is unbecoming of a Prime Minister, she says. You should see the farmlands. All the twisting corn stalks. It reminds me of Jo'ara. We based a little of it on the kibbutz model, but more suited for our needs. I see people smiling and laughing all the time. I hope you smile, too. I think about that, every night.

One day I hope to make you smile again.

How is Miss Qadir faring? Did Carmen ever take his Bar Mitzvah?

Sincerely,
Erik Lehnsherr
Head of State
Republic of Genosha


Dear Prime Minister Lehnsherr,

I am encouraged to hear of John’s progress. Thank you for taking him in and finding a place for him. He truly did not think that such a place would ever exist. And do tell him that I truly am not upset about the woodshed that he burned down on my property. He felt remorse.

Yes, I have resumed my post. You needn’t worry about me or my health, I am well. Yes, I have been utilizing my telepathy and am exploring my new capabilities. Your nation sounds idyllic and I am glad that you are finding peace, there. It’s wonderful that you’ve been able to create a home for so many people. Sooraya is a star pupil and joins Hank in his lab several days per week for additional study.

Carmen has not yet taken his Bar Mitzvah, but he will in a few months. Teri is pleased.

Be well,
Charles


Charles,

I write this to you in a time great duress. There has been an incident in Anatolia. Sayid massacred a hundred men. They were experimenting on mutants at that camp, but Sayid killed everyone, civilians included. I had desired to liberate it peacefully as I have always done. Sayid did not agree. I regret that I was not able to convince him to stand down. My limitations with biological matter still persist, and I could not revive them.

There are two parties in Genosha now. Those who agree with Sayid, that we should take these places over by force, and those who believe in my missive. There is going to be a civil war, it is just a matter of time. Raven has joined our government. She is doing exceptional, and sends her regards from the Office of Intelligence.

Please know that I am going to do as much as possible to prevent loss of life and to ensure wellbeing. Please know I did not want to kill those men. I am not a war criminal. The time has come to put Sayid down, and I bitterly hate it. He is my friend, my colleague. But I cannot let him continue to slaughter innocent people.

P.S. I am so glad to hear that you are off that serum and that your health is improving. Mazal tov to Carmen. I will always worry for you, my neshama. I've sent you some wine, this time. We grow it ourselves, tell me how you like it.

Yours,
Erik


Dear Erik,

A civil war is not good, Erik. You must do  all you can to prevent one. Sayid is your friend, I know, but he is sowing poisonous philosophy among your people. You know what you must do. I am sorry that it has come to this. 

The United States government will not step in to assist, either. I am sorry. Moira remains a figure here and she tells us of the diplomatic strain between ourselves and your nation. 

Send Raven my love, please, and my well-wishes to Ororo. Let them know that they are missed, here. 

Thank you for the wine, it was very nice. Jean made you the necklace that I have enclosed with this letter. She misses you, as do I.

Be safe,
Charles

 

 

Chapter 36: The Nightingale clapped eyes on her

Chapter Text

Charles is getting ready for bed when it happens. A humming in the air, and then Sayid al-Zaman steps out of the folded dimension. "Charles," he greets grimly. His mind is unreachable, like a black void. This is Sayid in all his power. "You'll be coming with me. I'm sorry." Just as dour as he remembers the man, Sayid blinks and Charles is somewhere else. A room without windows or doors. "This is the only way."

Though he still needs someone to help him into his clothes and bed, Charles had regained a fair deal of independence. His right hand and arm works well enough, for instance, to hold a toothbrush. That’s what he’s doing when Sayid appears in his bathroom that evening, and when he opens his eyes and finds that he’s in a bare, windowless room, he can still taste the toothpaste. “Sayid?” But the realization is crushing.

Erik’s letter had come just two weeks ago, and so Charles’s mind has been fresh with worry since. Not for himself, but for Erik. He can see now, however, that the fear had been misplaced. “Sayid, it is not the only way,” Charles breathes, dropping his toothbrush. His chair is gone, too; Sayid has relocated him to the floor of whatever space this is, and he can only prop himself up on his right elbow. “What is this place? Why doesn’t my telepathy work?”

"It does not work because I do not wish it to work. You will stay here, and act as my tool to ensure Erik complies with my demands," he explains in as simple terms as possible. 'The time has come for us to take the power into our own hands. We will hunt out every single government and kill anyone who opposes us. That is my message. You will deliver it."

Charles grits his teeth. Since he’s been off of the serum, he has grown accustomed to using his telepathy to answer all questions that he has—much like he did in the pre-serum days—but Sayid’s mind is impenetrable. And there’s no one around; somehow, he’s able to neutralize Charles’s abilities. “I will not comply,” he responds quickly, glaring up at the towering figure. “I refuse.”

"You will not refuse," Sayid tells him softly. "If you do, I'll kill them. Here." He brings up a map, a cluster of individuals. Just a family in Morocco, living their lives. "I will simply blot them out. They're subject. How do you fail to understand this? Now, you will comply."

Charles stares at the map. It’s much like the projection that Cerebro conjures, except it’s eerily silent without the singing of lives and voices in his head. “You would kill innocent people to further your cause?” Charles asks, though the question sounds silly, out loud. Of course he would. “Why, Sayid?”

"Because the ends justify the means," Sayid says grimly. "I take no pleasure in their deaths, but I will do as I must to ensure your cooperation."

Charles stares up at the man, wishing that he could force him to see sense, to understand the error in his logic. He couldn’t force Erik to see what he saw, so long ago in the basement. There’s no chance, he knows, that Sayid will. “What is your plan?” He seethes.

"To bring justice to our nation. To liberate mutantkind from its entrapment. Now, you will send the message. We are coming. Our people matter. You cannot experiment, torture, enslave no longer. Now, we are changing the rhythm. We are in control," Sayid says simply. "Deliver the message."

Charles glares up at Sayid with all the rage he can muster, but truthfully, he feels sad. Sad that he could never abandon the pain and anger that they tried to rescue him from. Sad that someone he cares about, someone he considered a friend, has fallen to such a low point. He lays back against the floor and presses a finger to his temple. “Just to him?”

"No. To everyone," Sayid murmurs. "You will deliver the message that our future is upon us. We are waking up, now. I know you can do it."

Everyone. He glances at the map once more, at the tiny, pulsing dot, and then takes a deep breath. Like an expanding net, Charles quickly blankets the billions. It billows from him; he is at the center of the earth and everyone around him falls under his grasp. Europe, Asia, Africa, the Americas, Oceania. Everyone contained within the atmosphere falls beneath his grasp. Like a speaker in a building, his voice comes through.

To the citizens of Earth, he begins, never taking his eyes from Sayid’s brown irises. My name is Charles, and I am here today to bring you a message. The tide is turning. “Tell me exactly what you will have me say,” Charles whispers privately to Sayid. “Because I will not allow these words to be mine.”


Before Sayid has a chance to respond, he's encased in something like amber. Suspended. Charles is alone for a few seconds before the wall to his left dissolves and Erik strides through, the look on his face positively murderous. "Are you okay?" he calls over. "We are deep beneath the Earth. Let me look at you," he huffs, crouching down. "Your security forces are terrible, Charles. Really."

“Erik,” Charles gasps. He’s lying on the floor, unable to do much more than simply reach up for the man. “I’m alright,” he breathes, though he knows he must not look it, as he’s only half-clothed in pajama bottoms and is wearing no shoes or socks. “That was quick.”

"Oh, Charles," Erik laughs. "Come here." He helps him upright and brushes his hair from his face. Presses his fingers to skin. Erik's hands are large and warm, and he's smiling.

Charles sighs deeply when Erik pulls him to a seated position, realizing only then how horrific the situation would have been had Erik not arrived when he did. He hooks his good arm around Erik’s shoulders for support sitting up, feeling grateful, steady. “You must have foreseen this,” Charles speaks, this time to Sayid. “You must have known that he was going to come.”

"I did," Sayid speaks from his encasement.

"Sayid. If you test me, you know I'll have to end you." Erik is soft, pained.

"We deserve more, Erik. You know that. We deserve global freedom. Why not use your power for that? Are you so weak?" Sayid burns hot. Enraged.

"I understand my responsibilities as a steward of the Earth, Sayid. We are not gods. We aren't. We are tasked with a very difficult job. Genosha is a stepping stone to that. But your way is wrong."

"We can have everything," Sayid pleads. "Don't make me fight you."

"Go, for now."

He goes, the amber dissolving in his wake.


The interaction is over just as quickly as it begins, and suddenly, they’re alone. With Sayid gone, his telepathy rushes back to him in full force; Sayid must have made it possible for him to broadcast outward, but not glean anything inward. “You know that this isn’t over,” Charles says quietly, still shirtless and clinging to Erik for support. The last time they saw each other, Charles had turned his back on the man, and though their written correspondence had been cordial, there’s still heaviness that hangs between them. Much still unsaid. “Can you take me back home?”

"I will take you home, neshama," Erik grins, cupping Charles's jaw fondly. "You must get better security. Shall I send you some Genoshan drill sergeants?" he quips as he steps them into the fold, and Charles sees the Magnitude of the All for just a glimpse, just a little -- and then they're back in his bedroom.

“It’s not as if security would have made a difference,” Charles points out as the bedroom materializes around him. Oh. Their old bedroom, which Erik will notice has been abandoned. Charles still sleeps in a different room down the hall; this one is dark, and the mattress is bare. “Four doors down,” he murmurs from within Erik’s arms, cradled like a bride.

Erik corrects his trajectory intuitively, and gently deposits Charles onto his bed, leaving a lingering touch of fingers across his jaw. "You look good," he laughs again, flicking his eyes up at the ceiling. "Oh, it has been... ah," he waves his hand. He's missed this place. Missed being here, missed being around Charles. He could have come to visit, but he suspects he isn't wanted, so he had stayed away, relegating to letters and packages.

But this, the physical connection, is a spark. Charles feels it all the way from the top of his head down to his toes, bursting from Erik's fingertips as they glide over his skin, totally unawares.

He helps him ruffle up the blankets. "Shall I read you a story?"

Charles lowers his eyes. Goodness, it’s been so long. So very long. It almost makes him laugh to think that he used to have this every day. The supreme gentleness, the effortless touch. That deep connection forged by love and care. It felt as natural as breathing and it does now, too. But there’s also a touch of dread. Because Erik will leave again.

“Oh, wait—“ Because in that moment, Hank’s knock comes on the other side of the door.

“Ready?” It’s only been a few minutes since Sayid traipsed in here and stole him away. Not even long enough for his absence to be noted. He closes his eyes briefly, and then lifts a finger to his temple. Hank’s footsteps can be heard retreating down the hall.

“No story,” he says quietly. “But lay with me, a minute.”

Erik shucks off his long adornments, pitch black with streaks of yellow-red twisting through magenta at the seams. It's dark and sleek, underneath he's wearing a simple cotton long-sleeve. He nudges Charles over and scoots in, drawing him up in his arms fully to press a kiss to his temple. I love you, he thinks, not intending it to be read, but he laughs as he realizes it must, and then shrugs. Charles knows. He's always known.

This is what feels right. His body wrapped up in Erik’s long arms. Their bodies slot together like puzzle pieces; Charles always thought it was a sign of something that they fit so perfectly. The kiss and the projected words send a shiver down his back, and he finds himself clutching at the cotton of Erik’s shirt as if he could keep him here forever if he just held on. I miss you, he replies, fingers holding tighter to the fabric. He squeezes his eyes shut to stop the tears. I miss you so much, Erik.

Can I stay with you tonight? Erik asks, touching his cheek. "I'll keep the kidnappers away. They're always trying, you know. I bat them away," he laughs. "They know how I love you. So they want me to do this or that thing. Sayid is the first one who ever succeeded. He has powers like me. But not like me." Erik grimaces, crestfallen.

Please. He opens his eyes again and turns to look at Erik properly. He looks…tired. Good—excellent—but tired. “Do you need my help, to stop him?” Charles asks Erik, and it’s the first offer he’s extended to become involved in Genoshan affairs, ever. “He put some sort of block on my telepathy down there, but if I can get in…I can help.”

"I would love your help," Erik says without hesitation. "Perhaps we can experiment with neutrino fields, to see how we can engage and disengage his capacity to overwhelm you."

“What will you have me do?” Charles asks, spreading his good hand over Erik’s broad chest. “I will help in any way that I can, but I am curious to know what you hope to achieve as an outcome.”

"Ideally we could talk him down. But if that doesn't work, I'll have to kill him. I do not want to, but that is the reality," Erik replies mournfully. He spreads his fingers out over Charles's, like olive and cream. It really is perfect.

“I could change his reasoning…you know, fundamentally,” Charles says quietly. It would be simple. Like rearranging a closet, just a bit. “But I’m not sure if that’s better or worse than the alternative. I don’t want to him to die.”

"That would be effectively killing him," Erik nods. "He would be a different human being. The talking part, he has to understand the reason for himself. If he doesn't, if he continues on this path..." Erik covers his eyes. "He helped me. To such a degree. I was a fool, all of this was happening without my knowledge. And he attacked you. Oh," Erik just lets out a noise, aggrieved.

“I know.” Changing people, Charles knows, is a bridge too far. Something that he would never choose to do. It’s more respectful to let them die as they are, true to themselves. “We may be able to save him, still. He’s our friend. We can try.” Charles sighs softly, eyes fluttering shut. “He didn’t hurt me, Erik. I was there for all of one minute before you came. It was a warning.”

"We will try," Erik promises. He presses another kiss along his temple, letting his eyes close for the first time in many nights. He's accustomed to his pain, his nightmares, his things all neatly organized in his mind. This is the first time in eons he feels... relaxed. At peace. With Charles.

The silence settles over the two of them for a few minutes. It’s a little different, being in this room and not their room, but by and large, Charles is surprised by how normal it all feels. As if Erik never left… …no. But he had left. And it had torn a hole in Charles’s chest. A hole that is still there. Smoothed over in its deepest parts, but not gone. “I was rude to you, the last time we met,” Charles says when he finally speaks. “And I regret my tone and coarseness. But I did mean much of it, Erik.”

"Tell me," Erik whispers, nodding. "What you want to say to me. Tell me it."

Charles inhales sharply. “I’m frustrated,” he begins. “That you were able to leave so easily. That it still seems so easy for you, to simply come and go. It frustrates me immensely. I can’t fathom how you were able to just—“ he snaps his fingers, signifying a poof of Erik’s disappearance. “It hurts.”

"It was not easy," Erik says, his voice low and soft. "It was just fast. But not easy, neshama. You must know that. It broke my heart, leaving you. It broke me. But I knew that a decision wouldn't happen, I knew it. I knew."

“That also hurts,” Charles continues, determined to forge forward. “You are incredibly fast to write me off. You knew that I wouldn’t want to help people in need? You must realize how incredibly insulting that is, Erik.”

"The person you are now, is different," Erik whispers back. "Than what you were on that serum. And it is my fault. You told me well, and that is true. It is all my fault. I know. I never wrote you off, my love. I... thought we would find a new way, together. I thought someday you might even understand. You can be mad at me, hate me, that is OK. I wish it were not so, neshama,' he adds, soft, staring at his hands. "I remember how you used to look at me. Like I was amazing. Incredible. Magnificent. You gave me such joy. And I... I made a decision, and I'm sorry. I am sorry. I am not perfect. I just thought it was the best way to preserve the life you really wanted to live. And that means I had to stay in Genosha, I had to protect them and help them."

Charles listens to Erik speak, hangs onto every word. It’s what he’s been waiting to hear for months and months, now. Explanations, admissions. He’s not here to accuse Erik or shut him down, he just wants to know why. Why he thought that way, why he chose what he did. He knows that Erik is at least partially right. No, he wouldn’t have accompanied him to Genosha. Not at that time; he was still wounded and weak in his head. But he wouldn’t have advocated for inaction, either. Not at all; he would have supported a mission. Advocated for more aid.

Had Erik stayed an hour longer, he might have seen. “I don’t expect you to be perfect, Erik,” he says. “No one is. My love for you grew in your imperfections, in the ones that we saw in earth other. “But I will always be hurt that you believe that I would have chosen to do nothing to help people in need. I will always be hurt that you chose to leave with no warning because you were so certain that waiting to discuss it with me would not have been worthwhile.” He closes his eyes, feeling the weight from his chest lift ever slightly. “But I will never hate you. Of course I won’t.”

"I was hurt," Erik whispers back, touching his chest. "In here. And here." His head and heart. "Schmidt came back and destroyed my stability. I tried so hard, for you. I had to try, you know I did. But I was harmed and I didn't know what to do. And when I saw Genosha... when I saw..." He covers his eyes, then. "I'm sorry. I should have... been better. I should have. I'm new, you know. A juvenile, can you believe it? All this is new to me. And I know I messed it all up," he touches at his chest, fervant.

“Oh, Erik.” He melts, of course he does. How can be not? Erik’s earnest heart has always melted Charles, and he’s been without it for too long. “I’m sorry, too. I was being selfish and a bad partner. Moping about my injury, allowing myself to use the serum as a crutch. You needed me, and I took myself away. I’m so sorry.” He reaches to lay his good hand over Erik’s own, atop his chest. “I never want to hold you back, my darling. You’re doing what you were always meant to do, now. This is your calling. I won’t be selfish and beg you to abandon it all to come back here and be with me, much as I would like to. You’ve done an amazing thing, and I’m beyond proud.”

"When you said all that, I knew in my heart we had to separate. I couldn't have you fighting Genosha's wars with all these children here. How ghastly," he huffs. "But I made it for us all. It's going to be very nice. We have lots of new refugees every day, humans mostly. You should come to visit, sometime. I'd like that." He touches Charles's cheek.

Charles smiles softly, sadly. “It’s regretful to me that we’ll never be able to be like we were,” he admits, holding Erik’s wrist. “I think a part of me will always wish that we could be that forever. Mornings in the garden, afternoons in the library, evenings of chess and long conversations. I’ll miss that.” He projects a memory, of the morning that Carmen and Teri interrupted their conversation to chat about the possibility of a Bar Mitzvah. In the minutes before the other two arrived, they’d been chatting about nothing and everything all at once, and the ease and comfort underlies the whole memory. It’s one that Charles cherishes. “I’ll visit one day, of course. Tell me what it’s like, there.”

Erik laughs, the memory filling his senses. It's been so long, since he's felt Charles in his mind that way, it's like slipping into something old and worn and new all over again. He'd never meant to cast all that aside. He just thought they'd have it, still. Someday. Again. And he still thinks that. He always called Charles the optimist, but perhaps it's him instead. "It's very different," he looks up, warm. "There's no money. Or guns. So it's different. People are getting used to it. To... doing what they like. Not what they have to do. Doing what they feel like they need to do. Everyone was shocked, you know. Oh, who's going to... but they all did. Everyone volunteered. I knew they would. And when they don't want to, I do it. We take care of each other."

“A bit like our institute, mm?” Charles muses. He’d had the same fear; that people wouldn’t want to contribute, or that the work would be divided disproportionately among certain people. But, it hasn’t worked this way. No, because everyone’s basic needs are covered—food, shelter, community—there’s no competition. People have gravitated toward doing what brings them joy and fulfillment. And the institute runs smoothly. “I’m glad that it’s working out on a grander scale, for you,” says Charles earnestly. “Money is the root of so many societal ills.”

"It's confusing," he laughs again. "And people are doing things like trading, and the like. There is value, still. We've sort of made a bit of a system... it's interesting. People have to create, now. To make things that are unique. I've developed some technology that produces what we need, so it's... essentially, utopian, in a way. Because of me," he grins. "I know I'll have to make a plan for what happens when I'm gone, I mean, we've seen--" he looks at Charles, and grimaces. "I'm sorry," he says once more, feeling compelled. You stopped using your chair. But it will work, without me. You know. Just in case you ever wish to, again. He touches Charles's shoulder.

The conversation transitions naturally to their minds. It’s hard for Charles to believe that he’d struggled with this in hindsight—he can remember the interminable pain that his telepathy brought for all those months, but this feels so organic that it’s simply difficult to comprehend any other way. But the comment is well-taken.

I know, he replies, quiet. I used it for a bit. And then for a while, a stopped going anywhere at all, and it was simply easier to use the manual one, when others needed to get me somewhere. It’s heavy, without you. Not everyone can lift the thing like it’s featherlight, and I require a lot more lifting without you here. It’s not accusatory in the slightest, just a relay of facts. When you left, we all had to realize the hard way how many things you did around here without our knowledge. This house is old and cold and not built for modern living. And all the things that you did for me in particular…we had to start from scratch.

Erik winces. I didn't realize, he returns within their mental sphere. And he didn't, Charles can see it plain as day. Because it really did come so effortlessly to him. It must have been horrible. It does lance, but he tries to keep it all from spilling over. It is what he did, after all. He has to be able to face that, or they're never going to get past it. I did a lot to you, Charles. Please know, it was because of stupidity only. He touches his chest, eyes crimped in sorrow. He never meant to cause such pain.

Having these abilities, it means making choices all the time, deciding for people like that. Where to go, what to do. How to intervene. Causing rips and fractures. And if he decides not to, that too is a choice. It's an endless weight of agony, over and over. Having to choose. Charles told him about it, once. He hadn't understood. And he's not nearly half as smart as Charles.

Please, Erik, don’t agonize over that particular detail. He sees the distress, plain as day, feels it seep into Erik’s thoughts. Charles truly does not resent Erik for abandoning his role as caretaker; it was never a role Charles wanted him to be in, anyway. In a way, it was good that you exposed the areas that we needed to make up for on our own. It had only been, what? Four or five months since my injury? We’d barely settled into a routine before we had to find a new one. If it had been years, I’m not sure that I’d have been able to transition to something new.

He glances at the wheelchair, abandoned near the threshold of the en-suite bathroom. It’s a manual chair with horizontal pegs placed on the rims. Though his left hand is entirely useless, he’s learned how to move that arm well enough to enable him to push himself short distances on his own. The exercise feels good, and he’d missed the simple pleasure of using his body to move himself around. It’s a good lesson, and one you’ve been considering on your own, I can see. We all must learn how to keep moving forward without certain people, don’t we? Because nothing is ever guaranteed. 

Erik knows that if he'd stayed, it would be a moot point. But then, if something happened to him... he supposes Charles is right. Nothing lasts forever. He truly does regret it. And Genosha, well. "It's not all perfect," he whispers. "People are restless, growing upset at how mutants are treated outside Genosha. Upset with me, for failing to take broader action. I developed a policy. Occupation, disarmament and voluntary emigration. You wouldn't like it," he snorts. "But it mostly works. People think that's not enough, that they should be punished as well. I don't care about the humans, Charles. They don't interest me. I have no desire to arbitrate their affairs."

This development catches Charles’s attention. He had suspected that there was more to Erik’s vision for Genosha than a communalist utopia, where money doesn’t exist and the foundations of society are upheld only by those who wish to see it be maintained. Sayid’s idea of foreign policy, Charles knows, is more radical than Erik would ever be, but this is also further than Charles would hope. “So, you plan to occupy nations, disarm their militaries, and then invite people to Genosha for a new way of life?” The disapproval is clear in his voice.

Erik makes a face. "Basically?" he gives a little shrug. "I know you don't like it, neshama. I keep the casualties as low as I can. We have a good ratio, about one to one. Sometimes one to zero. They aggress, we disarm. That's our policy. But, yes. Sayid and his followers aren't happy with that." He presses his lips together. "It's going to be a bitter end."

“Erik, that’s—“ Charles doesn’t know where to begin. He can’t think of a modern cognate for this type of foreign policy. Aggression without immediate threat? Yes, he’s aware that abuse of mutantkind is an atrocity, but nations cannot simply attack other nations for such reasons…not so blithely, anyway. “You will never have allies if you do that, Erik,” Charles tries. “And Genosha isn’t large. You can’t fit everyone. And you will eventually become a threat that larger alliances will vow to eliminate. And one to one is a good ratio?”

"Well, it's better than the alternative," Erik huffs. "We try to limit our practice, to those in immediate danger. Dismantling programs, camps, blacksites, laboratories, and the like. That we can do. Otherwise we're very insular. They can't eliminate us, and we don't attack without provocation."

“And what’s your end goal?” Charles presses. “Complete global disarmament, with Genosha sitting as the head of some de-facto peace force?” He attempts to sit up a bit in bed, using his elbow to prop himself up from the mattress. “What happens when you have to approach a nation like the United States, who has nuclear weapons and a military force larger than your entire population by a hundredfold? Not even you, Erik, can take that on. What happens if they develop a serum and inject you with it and render your abilities useless?”

"If they want war, we'll fight them. But we don't want that," Erik whispers. "We just want to be left alone. We just want mutantkind to be free. How many now are being horribly abused? I can't let it stand. You know I can't."

“I understand that, Erik, I do,” Charles assures. “Your fight for liberation is noble, and I truly admire you for it. I don’t want you to think that I don’t. But you can’t win this way. Mutant liberation must happen at local levels, not through foreign force. Governments must grant protective rights to mutants and allow us to live peacefully throughout the world. You alone cannot simply collect them and bring them to your island, darling. There’s a larger campaign that must unfold.”

"I know, and that is what you are working on," he whispers. "You are doing absolutely wonderful work. You'll succeed. Your way has a great deal of merit, I admit that plainly. But when I see abuse, I have to stop it. I have to. I can't. My being, it--I can't." He taps his chest. "The dilemma, you see."

Charles sighs, and reaches out with his bad arm to stroke Erik’s cheek. The back of his knuckles manage to drag lightly enough along the hollow to pass for tenderness, which is what he intends. “I know what dilemma you face, my love. I’m sorry that you must face it at all. But I encourage you to focus on what you’ve already accomplished. Provide for your people, continue to develop your nation. There are other ways to stop abuse.”

"Your words are wise," he smiles, soft. Always soft, for Charles. In these moments. Sayid is a fool. To think he could dare. Bah. "He might try to hurt you again. I won't let him. It ends in death, one way. Or another."

“If you can find a way to ensure that no portals from some inter-dimensional terminal can be opened on my grounds, I would certainly appreciate it,” Charles replies. The conversation about Erik’s foreign policy is not over, but Charles suspects that it never will be. “But, I’ve grown, in my own capabilities,” he adds. “Ailo has helped me gain control over new facets of my telepathy, and…well. I’m not entirely helpless, is what I’ll say.”

"I love you dearly," Erik returns, because he can. Because he must. "Feeling you in my mind again... it's lovely, really," he beams, bright and shining. "I'm so pleased that you've stopped that dreadful serum. That you've explored your capabilities. Tell me more?"

“Help me sit.” When Erik does and Charles is more upright, with his back against the headboard, he jams two fingers to his temple. Around them, the bedroom melts away and reforms as an outdoor stone patio. It’s attached to an ancient castle, nestled amongst a mountaintop.


They’re no longer in bed, but standing; both of them are standing. They’re both dressed in matching three-piece tuxedos, though the boutonnière in Erik’s lapel is a deep magenta, while Charles’s is a forget-me-not blue. He takes Erik’s hand, unbraced, and drags him toward the balcony ledge on two strong legs, where the stunning vista drops into a glistening lake.

“A tiny village at the top of the Italian Alps,” Charles says simply, resting a hand on the small of Erik’s back.

"Oh," Erik gasps, and feels it as real as it could ever be. He looks down, his hand unmarred by circumstance. Truly incredible. His eyes sweep the projection, settling into its nooks and crannies. It's so vivid, it doesn't feel exactly... but his brain is pinging all the right sensations. Marvelous. "I might not be able to tell," he admits with a huff. "Magnificent."

Charles sends a quiet whisper of wind across their faces, which they both feel tickle their skin. In the next moment, the scene fades away, and they’re on a rollercoaster, at the top of a massive drip. The car they’re in plunges downward, and the wind races through their hair, gravity and g-force pressing their skin, and then—

And then they’re in a small wooden boat, in the middle of a lake. It’s sunset, and the surface of the glassy water is stained with the reflections of the sky’s oranges, purples. Charles holds the oars, and smiles at Erik. “You, more than others, will know that it’s an illusion, but those who can’t feel the particles in the air might not.”

"An illusion, but real all the same," he says with a laugh. "Your creation. Just fantastic." He plucks up an oar, feeling how Charles has constructed it, all the lines and edges. Smooths, hollows. Little tiny drops. No one else could ever fathom this. "Beautiful," he whispers up into the night sky.

Charles follows Erik’s gaze, and then swirls the sky above them into a dreamy nebula of purples, greens, pinks. “I’ve kept your memories intact, so you know that it’s an illusion. If I wanted, I could…overwrite them, temporarily. Provide you with a memory of an alternate life, that would make our being here, on this lake, make perfect logical sense.”

"Show me that, too," Erik says, because of course he does. Plus ultra ad infinitum. Charles raises a brow, and then complies. Very carefully, he overlays a story atop Erik’s own memory. 


They’re a couple, married for several years. It’s somewhere in the deep past; before electricity, before the coal-powered engines. They’re rowing to their cottage on the other side of this lake, happily home from a day at some local market. Erik made a healthy profit, selling the artichokes that they grow in their garden. “How are you, Erik dear?” he asks, eyes twinkling as he watches Erik’s own.

"Oh, I've grown weary of these artichokes," he laughs, rowing to and fro. "Such a menace, but alas," he murmurs, shifting pitch to slide fingers against wooden oak and skin and fingers again. Finding. There. A hand-in-hand, Erik presses a kiss along shore-weathered knuckles. "And you, my husband?"

“Oh, but they aren’t so bad, are they?” Charles smiles, basking in the fantasy. “They enable us to make our happy life together. I would harvest a thousand artichokes to spend just one more day with you,” he beams. Though it almost pains him, he lifts the veil and allows Erik to seep back in. “Such a menace, mm?”

Erik laughs and laughs. "You got me right. Still kvetching," he smirks.

“I just planted the story, you filled in the rest,” Charles notes. They’re back in the bedroom now, the fantasy gone. “Much of me wishes that that was our life.”

"As do I, dear-heart," Erik soothes, nestling down and getting Charles snug under the covers. "If wishes were fishes, hm?" he brushes his hair aside from his forehead, as he's always done. "Go to sleep, neshama. I'll watch over the magpies."

Chapter 37: and shot the Owl a filthy glare;

Chapter Text

The years wax and wane on. They share letters and trifles. Grow closer, and older. Further and apart. It's growing, with all the nodules and blooms and barks and grits of sand and soil. Trenches deep, roots and vines. Growing, steady. And then one morning, Raven finds John in his bunk-bed, in the hangar after he's come in from Siberia.

"John, we need to talk," she says, blue and dressed in the Genoshan black-and-pink. It's all harsh edges and lines. They're fashionable at least. The fabric of their uniforms is silk and soft, molded to each person. Black at first, and then opening to deep hues of purple and swirls of yellow filaments just-so. A new fabric.

The hangar is bustling, everyone getting ready to settle down. But Raven doesn't wait. "In here," she pulls him. "We have to go, now. We have to get back on that chopper and go, to Charles. There's been an attack. Don't rile them up, we can't afford it. The only person who can help us is Charles Xavier. You understand, soldier?" she looks him in the eyes, strong and steady.

“Whas happenin—?” His eyes are bleary as Mystique jostles him awake. He’s exhausted after his mission, but he stumbles after her, into the hangar. He’s straightening his flight suit as she speaks. “Wait, what?” he blurts, stopping short. “Charles Xavier? Last I heard was that he was getting pats on the head from the President of the United States. What happened? How is he supposed to help?”

Raven laughs. "Oh, I know. He's insufferable. But you're gonna have to trust me here, Johnny. We need him. Erik's been taken. Sayid--he's not--we can't rely on Sayid for this. Sayid already tried to take him, too. There's only one thing worse than Charles's liberal ideology, and that's no Charles. We need to go to Westchester. Can I count on you?"

“How was Erik taken?” John demands, even as he readies himself for takeoff. “Yes, yes, of course you can trust me. What do we need him for? Is he going to help?”

"He'll help. I guarantee it," Raven promises, snapping her helmet on. "Wheels-up in 5."

It takes them seven minutes to make the journey, passing through several layers of shielded defenses in complicated weaving, piloting through waves and sines. Genosha is surrounded by a bubble that's impenetrable, but Raven's been given leeway and a pass by control, so she glides through their flight authorization path. These are things that don't exist in the regular world, Genosha is light-years ahead technologically. But at last, they deplane in the neat courtyard helipad, and Charles is there, where Raven knew he'd be to greet them.

"You know?" she barks, and then laughs, and runs to give him a hug. "Hi, Charles."


“Professor, they’re coming.” In the past decade, Xavier’s School for Gifted Youngsters has grown from a fledgling outpost in New York State into one of the most well-known institutions in the USA. Perhaps even the world. And alongside its growth, Charles Xavier has become a recognizable face to the world; the well-spoken man in the wheelchair with a kind smile and power beyond grasp. He’s become familiar with the halls of many a governmental building; the Pentagon, Capitol Hill, Quantico, and the White House have hosted him as he liaises between various bodies and mutantkind.

He’s a media darling, a bit of a celebrity. In the intervening years, as he and Erik have grown into their roles, they’ve remained close, of course. He visits Genosha every now and then, and Erik pops in to Westchester when he can. They write, see each other at various symposia. The love has not waned, but time and duty have solidified around them, and they’ve learned how to exist without the other at their side. Jean, a young woman of 20, walks alongside him as he wheels toward the helipad in the manicured garden. There are gaggles of children playing various games, and he waves to those who call to him, pleasant as ever.

“Erik isn’t on board,” Charles notes, detecting each mind as it barrels nearer and nearer.

“That can’t be good,” Jean reasons.

He’s dressed in a sharp suit and is sporting nearly coiffed hair as Raven bounds toward him. He returns her hug as well as he can—his left hand and wrist never regained function, but he can move it well enough for things like this. “I know that something must be wrong, if you’ve showed up here unannounced without your Prime Minister,” he replies, leaning back. “Do explain.”

"Erik's gone," Raven says it as gently, but as bluntly as she can, wiggling her fingers to her temple for him to take what information he needs.

He sees it. Magneto is at-home in his wood-paneled office alight with rows of dusting sparkles and planters that grow tomatoes and green onions easily. There's a painting; something Charles had once remarked he liked. Erik's never been one for art, but he replicated it all the same. There's bookshelves, mahogany. Lined with tomes, journals, records.

There's a large shaded window in front of him, open to let the sun in and draping his face in long lines of light. He's older, now, his long hair curled toward his neck in streaks of red and greying slowly but surely. And Mystique -- she is Mystique, here, opens the door, about to say, "--Erik, I've got a report--"

he raises up to address her, and then someone drops in from a portal, opened out of the ceiling. They drop in, shoot something. Erik casts it aside, and snaps them to the wall.  "Explain yourself," he murmurs, twisting just a little. Another shot - he was a distraction. Oh, how foolish of him. The dart goes in. He collapses. Mystique tries to fight them, but they snatch his body and then... vanished.

"You know, now?" she demands, yellow eyes meeting her brother's.

The scene plays out like a picture from a cinema, except Charles replays the final few seconds several times, unsure that he’s actually seeing it. correctly. A minuscule dart, right to his carotid in expert precision. With a sickly lurch, Charles understands. “Yes,” he replies, brow shooting up. His right hand tightens over the rim of his wheel, knuckles white. “And your intelligence has been unable to locate him?” But he’s already spun his chair around toward the mansion and is pushing quickly, knowing that they will follow. “Any leads will be helpful.”

"Our suspicion is that Sayid helped them penetrate our defenses," Mystique explains as she keeps in stride, John on her flank and her tactician, the stern Callisto opposing. "Emma!" she calls up to their pod. "Get back and make sure we're fortified!" she grins as it lifts off. "We have our toys, too," she smirks as she follows Charles's lead down into the mansion's interior.

Callisto bows her head. "Can we trust him?" she remarks, cold and to-the-point.

"We can trust him," Mystique says, softening just a touch. "He's been trying to convince Erik of a new offensive for months. Erik's refused. Now he's taken it too far. Here," she produces a small glass touch-pad with a hovering beacon. Where they think Sayid might have taken him, where his forces are most prominent. Just off of Morocco.

Charles recognizes it well, only now there's a great deal more mental energy there to sift through. His army has grown larger. Stronger.

“Is he getting…lazy? Complacent?” Charles must ask. It’s unlike Erik to let things such as this slip through any crack; why were the cracks even there, to begin with? He’s watched Erik and Sayid battle for years. In the end, Erik had always been able to best him. Outmaneuver. It unnerves Charles to know that he’s been outdone. “I can validate his location with Cerebro,” Charles tells Raven. “What is your plan, for when I do? Or are you hoping that I will have one?”

"I don't know. He has bad days, sometimes, Charles," Raven murmurs softly, touching her temple. "You remember, yeah? Something about Siberia got to him. I don't know. I brought John because John was there, too. It was... a lot. It looked... I mean..." Raven doesn't know how to continue on. "I was there, too. I saw..." She takes a few deep breaths, centering herself. "They had them in, like, cages. Steel fences. Blocks, cells. Collared, to turn their mutation into energy for drilling rocks. Labor forces, mainly. Dissidents, they were labeled. But, you know, they were just normal folks."

Raven winches her eyes shut, finding it difficult to continue. "There were parts that--I don't know how to condense into a mission briefing, Charles. Vulgar, horrible things. You understand? And I think those images seared into him and just--there was a crack. And Sayid saw it, and he exploited it. Just this one time, he fucking got him." That makes her jaw set, hard and angry.

"He exploited that pain. Trying to twist him, turn him to his side. Look at the humans, look at how barbaric they are. You know Erik! You know he wouldn't condone this madness. Sayid has to go, and he has to go now. Playtime is fucking over. We're getting him back, and we need your help. You are the only one who is potentially strong enough to do this. I don't know anyone else on their level. Please, help us."

Charles glances at John, who lowers his eyes. Between the two of them, he can distill some of the imagery from their time in Siberia. The captive mutants, collared and locked away like animals. Half-starved, dirty and cold. Strikingly reminiscent of those victims from 10 years ago that Charles knows still haunts Erik’s brain. He snaps the first memory that Raven shared into view again, the one of Erik in his office, before he was taken. Yes…yes. He knows that distant expression well.

Aging gracefully, Erik’s angular face is still a mask that only few can discern. But it’s not as easy as picking up and flying to Morocco. Charles and his students, the X-Men, often participate in official government business, now. They’re recruited for missions; to thwart disasters or help solve problems. It’s a major step for mutantkind outside of Genosha; Charles has worked tirelessly to gain even slivers of trust, and it’s paying off. To step in on this matter will be a political act.

But it’s Erik. It’s Erik. “I’ll bring him home,” Charles promises. They file into the tiny elevator and ride it into the heart of the manor, where Cerebro hums to life at their entry. It takes all of ten seconds to confirm that Erik is being held where they suspected, amidst an army of loyal devotees to Sayid. Charles frowns as an idea crosses his mind.

…Erik? It’s a long shot; Sayid must have blocked him from being able to receive input, but he must try nonetheless.


But they've been experimenting, haven't they. Something Erik piques up, returned across a vast and distant wasteland. Cast-down, into the depths of hell itself. Or perhaps Sheol, after all. A wandering sheyd. The voice calls back. Soft. Higher, different. Younger. Hallo?

From this distance, Charles can’t feel him with the depth that he typically would need to gather mindset. But what returns to him is…Erik, but not. Some version of Erik. A tone he can vaguely recognize, but as if out of another time. Darling, it’s me. It’s Charles. Are you alright?

A boy with rough-shaven hair in red patches and an odd expression on his face peaks out of the void, reaching a mangled hand to Charles's cheek. Who is Charles? he queries, the language broken and stilted. The boy is bruised, skeletal. But the eyes. Those eyes, he knows.

Charles feels his blood run cold. The image appears to him, crisp. He's not talking to Erik as he knows him...he's talking to a skinny boy, pale and grey, with a set of green eyes that he could pick out of a sea of ten million. A clawed hand touches his cheek. Charles is someone who loves you very, very much, Erik, Charles breathes over a surprisingly strong connection. And he'll be coming to save you soon. Alright? Back in Westchester, Charles speaks aloud from underneath Cerebro's visor. "Jean, please tell Hank to ready the jet, and assemble the others. We need to be in the air within the hour."

"Professor, you have that meeting with the consulate today—"

"I'll cancel it, and every meeting that I have this week," Charles cuts her off swiftly. "It is imperative that we go quickly."

The connection between his hand, and Charles, bolsters the connection between them. Charles can still sense Erik, wandering in the Depths. Everything is ash, even him. There's screaming, and he trips over a burned husk that he recognizes is in the shape of a person. I don't like it here.

Scott Summers, a young man of Jean's age, grins at Raven when he appears in their ready room. When he'd arrived at the Institute, he was desolate and blind, but now he stood tall and sharp, with rose quartz glasses. "How's dad?"

"Oh, you know. Still kicking. Still insisting everyone call him Major."

"You know, that's what we need. I could be Captain Summers. Has a real ring to it."

"Don't be a smart-ass," a cuff whacks him on the back of his head, the strong lilt of Aura Tarish reprimanding. "Professor, everyone is ready to go."

"You don't like Captain Summers? What about--yeesh, OK, OK. Hey, don't you laugh at me," he says, all smiles at Jean.

Even without Cerebro, Charles has been able to latch on to Erik and keep hold. He's quiet, evidently disturbed as he follows the team upstairs, where members of the Genoshan forces are greeting his own X-Men. Some are old friends and acquaintances while others are complete strangers to each other, but his students—his family—trust Charles's leadership enough to quickly spring into action when given the directive. You'll be out soon, my darling. I promise. Just hang on a little longer.

"You're Little Scotty or Cyclops," Jean retorts, raising a coy eyebrow at the other. "You can choose which one."

"Ensure that Ailo maintains our secure perimeter while we're gone," Charles tells Aura, who he knows will convey the message. "Let's go." The dual forces pile into the jet, and Hank helps Charles into a seat beside Raven. Once the wheels are up, he turns to glance at his sister, sidelong. Sayid is doing something sinister, he tells her privately. It seems as if he's trapped Erik in some other...time. I was able to communicate with him, but it wasn't our version of him. I was talking to a little boy. A little boy in a camp, Raven.

The woman blanches, grimacing. All this time, he hasn't killed Sayid, even though he's acknowledged that he'd have to. You know we can't leave him alive. This time, he's gone too far.

Callisto whistles at the jet. "Swanky. So, how exactly do you propose we fight Apocalypse, again? I'm not interested in dying."

"We'll fight him, and we'll win. We don't have a choice," Raven grits back. "Anyone who has projectile abilities in the back, those who can shield us up front. Basic formation. This is an extraction operation first. If we encounter al-Zaman, shoot to kill."

"We don't shoot to kill," Scott fires back, crossing his arms.

"Well, do something, whatever it is, and we'll shoot to kill." Raven heaves a big shrug.

He's cared for him like a brother. That's why he let him remain alive. "Raven is right." Charles's voice is full, authoritative. He makes eye contact with the members of his team first, and then addresses the group. "Our foremost priority is Erik—Magneto's—safe retrieval. Once we find out precisely where he is being held, a dedicated team will strategize an extraction plan quickly. He will be heavily guarded. Incapacitate those guarding him." He swallows thickly before continuing. "I will take on al-Zaman. I will find a way into his head, and I will take him out."

"Professor, are you sure?" Scott asks, uncertain himself. They all know how powerful al-Zaman's mind is. The possibility of Charles getting injured, or worse, is significant.

Raven just nods back at him. "He's sure," she says, firm. "This is Erik. Not as he is now. He's stripped him, cast him down. This is a child who needs our help. So we're going to help him, whatever it takes. All the innocent people he's harmed, this stops today."

Callisto inclines her head. "You won't hear me arguing, ma'am."

It has been a long, long time since Charles has been in Sayid al-Zaman's mind, and he can only assume that the man who is called Apocalypse has grown stronger. But he has, too. The past decade has seen him able to overcome most telepathic shields with ease; there are some that are simply impenetrable, but those are few and far between. He will do everything that he can. "Once Erik is out, get him onto this jet and fly him to Westchester. You can come back for the rest of us." Jean, I may need your help in penetrating al-Zaman's mind.

The young woman turns to him. It's clear that she's nervous, but not alarmed. Steadfast, ready. She loves Erik, too. Whatever you need, Professor.


They touch down. The complex is large, and vast. The forces are numerous. But they strike, surgical. Persistent. The forces outside drop. They move forward. Inward. Closer. Raven and her people flank left, Charles goes right. They create a perimeter, and extend down. And down. Into the depths. The green-eyed boy is watching, holding his pole.

I'm sorry you're here, says he, mournful. His shattered hand provides a comfort. And down. Until that hand touches broken-hand, on the floor, inside a wall. Dissolved, in the Real and without. Have you come to kill me? asks he.

Their teams are skillful. They're outnumbered, but the joint forces of Genosha and the X-Men outstrip Sayid's army in power. They breach the perimeter quickly, and Charles, flanked by Hank and Jean, descend into the depths of the compound. al-Zaman is guarding Erik personally, some some room beneath the building. Waiting. Keep taking the guards out, and then send backup. Charles instructs Raven as he hovers his chair (yes, he's charged up the old one that Erik built for him so long ago) into the bowels of the earth.

No, my dear, we've come to rescue you, Charles tells the boy Erik, heart rending. Sit tight, alright? It's almost over. But of course, it's only just begun. As they round the corner to the final corridor, there's feedback in his head, like a microphone against am amplifier. It's painful, overwhelming, and Charles must shut his eyes momentarily before willing himelf through the static. Sayid.

He emerges, in full force. Long and looming. Dark, desolate. Destruction personified. Charles. You enter my territory. Take out my men. Hurt mutants. Not acceptable. Now, what do you want. The voice is cold and oily, chilling. Slicks up and down.

Beside him, the boy uses his good hand to grip in Charles. Hurts people, he insists. I don't want to hurt anymore.

There is a thick, foreboding barrier surrounding Sayid's mind. They can communicate, but Charles will need to do some work in order to push beyond it far enough to manipulate it. All it will take, though, is one breach. One breach and Sayid and all his power is his. Just as Sayid did to Erik. Who's the one hurting the mutants, Sayid? Charles replies, and he and Jean are both straining against the barrier; Jean's hand is clenched on his shoulder as she works, too.

Hank, for his part, stands in front of them both, as if in protection. They all know that Sayid could crush him like an ant, if he wanted.

Erik has done more for mutantkind than anyone on earth, Charles hisses. And look at what you've done to him. Why?

He is subject, says the cold oil. As are you. You disobey, you go against the grain. The artichokes are black and dead. Sayid swipes a raze, and the walls crumble down, down. I bring order. I bring stability. I will nurture. I will take care. These humans are nothing. We are the future. I will make him see.

You bring death, division, Charles corrects, chiseling, chiseling. He can feel a blood vessel in his eye begin to pulse. You sow fear and hatred for our kind among humans, Sayid. Our kind will never prosper if you continue to make enemies of us.

Professor, I can't— Jean gasps, buckling to her knees at his side. He's too strong...

You can, Jean, Charles reminds her, firm. You have so much power in you. You know that you do. Now is the time to find it, my dear...

The redhead lets out a low scream, and then there is an immense flash of light, blinding them for a moment, and then— In the next moment, Charles is in. Jean has collapsed on the stone floor, but Charles hasn't noticed, for in the brief second that Sayid's barrier shook, he snuck beyond it.

Now, he sits on top of Sayid's psyche and feels the power of the universe course through his fingertips. Oh. He's in Sayid's body now, standing tall, hulking. All around him, the world pulses, like clay, ready for him to shape.


The gnarled hand at Charles's cheek turns oil and silken, a whisper-flash. Peering down ice, be-spectacled. Lab-coat. Mister-doctor. Master. The first. The one.

"Now, now," he tuts, darling-sure. "Be a good boy and take your medicine. It'll only hurt for just a minute. I know you can do this for me. Gut gemacht."

When Erik's hand disappears, Charles knows. Sayid has lain yet another trap for them both; he was never talking to some aged-down version of Erik at all, but an echo of his past, superimposed over some extension of Sayid. But it's too late. Before he can spring back out, Sayid pulls him down, down, down through the deep corridors of his consciousness. It's as if Charles is a swimmer during a king tide, all hubris. Wax wings melting as he flies too close to the sun, gravity pulling him toward the deepest ocean.

"What is your plan?" Charles hisses at the rendition of the doctor before him, yet another phantasm of Sayid's twisted labryinth. He's trapped; his body is limp in his chair and his mind encased in the cage of Sayid's. "You've hidden him in here, haven't you?"

"He is subject," cry the walls. Cry the oil wells and spills and glaciers into the ocean-artic stream. He is mine. You cannot have him. The hybrid symphony dances strong. "Take your medicine, my boy," the oil-Schmidt entices, snapping hands around his neck. He's on the table. Cold. Metal. He can feel it. If he could only... "I know you can do this for me."

Charles is hurled backward, landing onto a table. The sickly version of Schmidt barks, and the words sting like ice in a storm against him, cold and slick. "He is subject to what?" Charles demands, and as he does, he forces his mind further and further into the depths. The only way out is through, someone wise said to him once, when he was struggling. Erik...Erik, are you there?

A shift. A shimmer. Because they have experimented. This is an old wound, comes the call, soft. Long-since remanded. We know this. Where am I hidden? All the way down. Find me. Find. "Take your medicine," Schmidt growls, forcing open his jaws. And the medicine goes in. Down. Down. Burning. Ashes, the bodies. Erik isn't here, in these hidden horrors. Charles knows Erik better than this.

Charles looks for the artichokes. That's where his-darling Erik lay. He knows that well. There you go, humor, soft. Real. A shimmer, a touch. Take your medicine. Take. What medicine is this? Just a balm, a soothe-sayer. Nothing good. Charles knows. Down and down he goes. Until. At last. A point. Touch, and--

Chapter 38: but if you flew that branch of yours, I'd make you welcome in my claws

Chapter Text

He chokes as the ashes coat his throat, sickening his body from the inside out. The lives of the dead, dissolving within him; does this make him dead, too? He struggles against Schmidt, fighting the oily touch until he's nearly limp. Searching desperately for him. The magpies will be resting in a field of artichokes; they'll circle and circle until Charles can see them...he reaches, choking, drowning in the dead. More medicine, more struggle.

He falls, desperate. Desolate. Magpies and artichokes, in a village in the Alps...Erik, please, my love, where are you, I'm here, if you tell me where you are I'll come get you... It's all slime and oil and ash, slick and powder all at once, until— Warm. Tenderness. Cool plastic; a brace. The gentle caw of a magpie, the earthy scent of artichokes... He can't see; that sense is lost, eyes filled with ash. But he can hear and he can smell and he can touch.

...Erik?

A beacon. Touch. Erik. A smile, warm embrace. "Charles," a whisper. You've found me, dearest. The leather is worn and welcome. Of course it is. Charles knows it as he knows himself. And they go. Down, down. This time, they are deposited into a frigid mansion. Charles knows this well. His home, at last. A home without a home. Before ravens crowed magpie-songs. I should have killed him, when I had the chance, they hiss, dark and hateful.

With all he has, Charles grips to Erik, clinging like it’s all that is giving him life. Despite the terror, the touch makes him feel safe, evenly for a moment. They land hard, on the wood floor of the parlor. His vision clears, but it’s still dark. Everything around them is only a shape, a suggestion.

He’s paralyzed; he can’t walk and can hardly sit on his own. Erik is a presence beside him, and the walls still speak, sinister. “This is a trap,” he breathes. “How do we get out?” 

But the sinister-lair smiles at him, a gentle frost-tipped memory. His vision clears, and there is Erik, with new lines creasing his eyes. "I am not quite sure. Ah, but you've found me." Beyond Schmidt, said eyes roll. Siberia was hard. He's sorry. It shouldn't have happened. Erik helps him sit. Are we in my mind, or his?

The darkness and sickness wraps around them like a disease, but together, Charles feels like they stand a chance to fight. Sayid is powerful, but so are they. And Erik, Charles knows, is good at navigating in the dark. His, Charles replies, holding to strong arms and green eyes. Jean broke the barrier, but now we’re trapped in here. Do you have your abilities?

Erik stretches out that part of himself connected to the All, and nods quickly. I must. But tell me, if I attack him, will it hurt you? We must find our way out of his mind first, if that's the case. Try to balance in here, on your own. Like one of your illusions, hm? We might be able to trick him into letting go.

My consciousness is trapped here and so is yours. If something happens to him, we probably face the same fate. Our bodies out there are just meat. Erik’s suggestion is intriguing, though. Charles has spent over a decade as a tetraplegic; it’s become part of his experience through life. He hasn’t considered what using those dormant parts of his body might feel like in so very long. Not even in illusions, anymore. It doesn’t come naturally.

The moment Charles lets go of Erik, his trunk gives out and he collapses back onto the floor. After several slow attempts, however, he’s seated upright on his own, and his toes are moving inside his wingtips. Oh, he breathes, forcing the apparition of himself to engage those muscles. Wow. My brain forgot how to flex these joints, he remarks with a small laugh, despite himself. Don’t count on me for speed, though. We need to figure out what the object of this puzzle is.

Erik grimaces. He thinks he has the answer, but he's nowhere near approaching happy that Charles has to intuit it with him. I think it is simple, regrettably. No matter their battles over the years, Charles has always known that him and Sayid shared a strong connection. As Sayid has grown more hostile and aggressive, Erik fears it's gotten twisted. Jealous, possessive. It culminated, recently. Erik found himself making decisions he wouldn't have made.

Mistakes he wouldn't have made. Their connection changed in ways Erik wouldn't have chosen. Things happened that were unsettling, discomfiting. Confusing. Here, in this bubble, shielded in Charles's mind, Erik can see it clearly for the first time in a long while. The seeds started long ago. The fact of wavering, for so long, too. The contrast. I never did wish to cause him pain. But he has been hurting me, too. I think it has to stop.

Charles observes Erik with a frown. The very matter of their existence right now, within Sayid’s head, allows for greater permeation between their separate selves. It’s not telepathy; it’s being borne of the same material, extant within the same body. What Erik implies is frustrating, to say the least. The frown becomes a proper scowl as a flicker of something ugly and childish—envy?—lashes. Is it his own envy or Sayid’s? Impossible to know for certain, but it’s undoubtedly there What, exactly, do you propose, Erik?

A glimmer. The thread, twisting. Winding down and down. Erik knows, he's sorry. They're intermixed, they three. Sifting out the bonds. Him and Charles. Strong-rooted, sure. The fraying ends, Sayid. Damaged. Erik sorrows, then. It's all damage. Help me lift it out, he whispers, curling fingertips over the bands.

Charles flexes his left fingers, unused for a decade, and takes hold of the gnarled clump. So, this is it? he asks, clipped but not accusatory. You and him? I have a hard time believing that he’s done all this because he’s…wanting you. All of this.

Erik winces, grim. The whole thing is a wound, unpleasant. It's dense, complicated, but also-not. A lifetime spent apart, observing. And then, love. Affection. But for him, it's not the same. Why can't it be the same? He can do anything, so he will make it Subject. A thread of sorrow. Bitter isolation. At the end of the day, this is all we are, isn't it? Erik is sad, and sorry.

No, Charles disagrees, thoughtful. He and Erik have something deeper, tighter, robust. It’s imperfect, but it’s not frayed or rotted. Because they don’t leech. There’s more to it, Erik. You know that. This is just one component of the root.

Erik nudges forth, testing for tenderness. Revealing, uncovering. The entitlement is sharp and citrus. Godlike. Who is G-d, to command the mutant? We are the power. And I am the one who sits at the top of the order. Stability. Structure. The sickness pervades, deeper-down. Everything is Subject to me.

Good. Don’t let it wrap you up, Erik, Charles warns as he stands at the man’s side. On two strong, healthy legs, he feels unstable. In the deep scape of Sayid’s self, a place he doesn’t belong. Neither of them do; Erik is too bright and balmy for such a dark tunnel, like a mineshaft. Further. There’s still more. Beyond you. Beyond this. There’s something else that we need to find.

Erik isn't accustomed to working like this. He does his best not to trip, to use the balm within him and spread outward. Stabilizing. He can bring the stability. The sunlight. What is there left, than love, and regret, and pain, and desolation? Isolation, destruction. Entropy, chaos. Pain, and pain, and pain. Tortures. Death. Help me, Erik whispers. Help me find it.


The world opens up, and out. They're in the desert. The sun is beating harsh, cooked cinders smoke into the atmosphere. Shomron is still asleep in the tent. Sayid and Erik are cross-legged at the charcoal-burner, and he's stripping off layers of fabric to wrap around the burns that mar his flesh. Erik stills him. Everyone is multitudes, aren't they?

The moment is tender, remnants. Erik finishes the dressing, light and sure. Their rations are getting low. He speaks bad Arabic. Sayid speaks bad Hebrew. They manage. Enemies, first. But they were multitudes. I found him, across the battlefield. I brought him home. He was my enemy, but I refused. Now he's taken me. Changed me. Changed... controlled.

"I don't want to fight," Erik says. His truth.

Charles helps. It's not his battle, not his answer to find, but Erik is his. It's not jealousy, he realizes, as he materializes behind a burning pit. Jealousy isn't what characterizes his mood, even as he stands back, behind the two seated men. The outsider, the one out of place. He does not belong to this memory. No, it's not jealousy, it's sorrow. Sorrow for Erik, sorrow for Sayid. Two men brought together by circumstance.

Not yet friends, here, but bonded forever, through care for one another. It's sorrowful that they cannot remain. Erik is a young man, again, in his mid-20s; younger than the man who Charles first met, but achingly familiar. Sayid is young, too. Large-framed, but skinny. Too skinny, with lank skin and tortured eyes.

"What is it that you want?" Charles asks, as if on behalf of Sayid. "You don't want to fight. You don't want to be enemies. Tell him, Erik. Tell him what you want."

The sorrow bleeds and amplifies, mixed with Erik's own. It's a heavy, heavy weight. He watches from outside himself, the way he tends to Sayid's wounds and teaches him atah rotze tapuah? Colors in apples. Yarol, adom, tzahov. The green ones were always his favorite. Bittersweet, he has to laugh. Like him.

"I want to be free," Erik whispers to his companion as he wraps the fabric down. "You stole me, changed me. Made me choose. Made me kill. Made me different, Sayid. You know."

"Why? Why do you need freedom, when I can give you everything? More than Charles." 

But he sees clearly, now. "Dear-heart. A long time ago," Erik whispers. "I told him a story. The very first story. About the Ziz. A great big bird, that can block out the sun with its wingspan."

"Renanin," Sayid nods. "I've seen it. In your dreams." 

"You burned down the world to be free, didn't you?"

"But I was not freed."

"No. You exist here." Erik waves a hand, and the scenery changes. Burning, twisted metal all around. Screams. Sayid, engulfed in flames. "The Ziz stole his lover away, trapped her inside a gilded cage. gave her everything, and still she was unhappy."

"She shouldn't have been unhappy."

"Maybe not. Maybe she was wrong, but it's OK to be wrong. It's OK that she's different. Just like me. One day, the Ziz lets her go. Because he realizes that he's the monster, after all. By letting her go, he shows her that he isn't the monster she thinks. He shows her his heart, so in the end, she takes his hand. They'll never be the way it was in the cage. But she can choose to love him, her way. You understand?"

"Do you think I am a monster?" Sayid asks, regretful.  

"That is for you to decide. Will it ever be enough for you, like this?" Erik finds his hand, broken and unbroken. "You are my family. And I do love you. But it can't be like it was in the cage. Not anymore. You have to let me go, Ziz sheli."

"If I let you go, we will be enemies." 

"Then let us fight as equals, not as master and slave."


Everything disintegrates around them at last. Charles and Erik wake up. It takes a few moments for them to adjust, but all of them - the Genoshan forces, the X-Men, Charles and Erik, Jean and Raven, are gently deposited onto the ground outside of Genosha's trade center. The sun is shining bright overhead. Erik immediately stabilizes Charles, catching him before he falls, and calling forth a chair of metal beams to get him situated.

"We're free," is the first thing he says, solemn. "Stand down, everyone. It's over," he calls sonorously.

"What the hell?" Callisto gripes. Her comm beeps and she checks it. "There's a new message for you. It's from al-Zaman." She waves it. "Broadcast over the military network. He says all of his element on Genosha has been recalled."

Erik's eyes close. His mind feels... different. Charles can discern an immediate difference, as though a shroud has been lifted. There are tears in Erik's eyes, visible only to a select few. "Forgive me," he rasps, turning his face away. He stretches out to find Charles's actual chair, busying himself with transferring him into it. Working to compose himself.


When they materialize back into space, the fresh air is a shock. He collapses backward into strong arms, blinking in the yellow sunlight. Hank, supporting a weary Jean, shuffles over to check on Charles, but the telepath gently shoos him away. It’s clear from the frantic thoughts ping ponging in everyone’s heads that they’re wanting a debrief, an update as to why they all must abandon their mission.

“Rest and regroup, everyone,” Charles announces to their forces once Erik has helped him into his chair. Typically, Erik would be the one to give these orders, but Charles knows when he must step in. “Raven, I trust you’ll see that my X-Men are given a place to rest for an hour or two while Erik and I debrief?” he asks his sister, with a raised brow.

To Erik, he reaches out privately. Shall we relocate to your home, darling?

It takes no time at all for Erik to dematerialize them both in a folded blip, and they emerge into the living space of his modest townhouse. The walls are yellow and green, the floors a dark hardwood, with more planters and vines every which way and dozens of kitsch paintings made by various residents in children's art classes and exhibitions. The little bowls from his old apartment are tucked away on a shelf in the kitchen, which is spacious accented in dark granite.

Erik likes things, and there are various odds and ends and knick-knacks everywhere made of varying materials, and in the corner is a metallurgy table with a half-finished project surrounded by worn tools. One thing Charles has noted about Genosha is that he has no trouble getting around, unlike the streets of New York City - everywhere here is subtly accessible, including Erik's home. He follows easily as Erik drops into the sofa and buries his head in his hand.

As much as he works to get himself under control; it's been a long time since he's cracked so visibly, even in their private spaces. Forgive me, he whispers between them, huffing a laugh through reddened streaks. Goodness, I'm - how are you? Are you OK? he thinks to check, weathered features shifted in pain as everything pierces through. The clarity is suffocating, the air is too-thin, and he rests a hand over his heart, struggling to get oxygen into his bloodstream.

Charles has been to Erik's home before, but each time he visits, there are more things. More art, more tchotchkes either hand-crafted or gifted. It's a cozy townhouse but it isn't tiny, perhaps accounting for berth of a wheelchair. That hasn't gone unnoticed, of course. Everything on Genosha is navigable via wheelchair. He can feel the shards within Erik beginning to splinter, though; it has been a long time since Charles has been present for turmoil. Their visits are usually pleasant, or of official matters.

But Charles hasn't forgotten what Erik needs in these moments. He navigates to the sofa's edge and parks his chair within reaching distance of Erik's form. Gently, he permeates the border between their minds and allows himself to seep in, like sun on a warm day. I'm alright, darling, he assures, wrapping the shards in a blanket to at least keep them together. You don't need to compose yourself for me. It's just me, mm? Still here for you, always.

It's been--all this time, Erik stutters, crushing his eyes shut. It hurts. The scar has spilled open, a wound old and faded freshly peeled apart. Long spikes of rending, electric agony stab into him. I wasn't free, he gasps. And it's touching Charles, the heartbreak. But there's nothing stronger than their bond, and he shields himself in it as much as he can, physically and mentally. Inside, a calm lake under brilliant azure skies and river reeds.

The only purchase is Charles, and he grips at the man hard. Everything feels raw, unsafe. And he's sorry, and guilty. The guilt is crushing, and crushing. Charles shouldn't be the one to pick up these pieces, he's only responsible for more hurt, more pain. Is that all he is? Is that all he can do? Every decision boxes him in, down and down. What's left of his mind is injured.

"I'm sorry, he took me -- I'm sorry. I don't want to be his. I never wanted --" the words spill out of him, like drops of blood.

"You're free now, sweetheart," Charles whispers, resolute under Erik's steely grip. It's as if a seam has been torn and the frayed edges of Erik are revealed again, subject to tangling or unraveling in the open. But the guilt is not something that Charles will accept; they will get nowhere if Erik is mired in guilt. It's always the first thing that they must address. Perhaps it hurts Charles, yes, but that's love. Real love, which exists in the imperfect world. Nothing is so clean and tidy, and Charles is old enough now to accept that love comes with pain.

"You were never his," he says, firm but warm. "Look at what you've built, Erik. Look at all you've done. You did this because you wanted to and you worked for this. Not because he made you do it. Need I remind you of that night in the basement, ten years ago?" he asks, and it's been long enough to where they can reflect on it and chuckle, despite the scar. "You're not mine, either," he adds, reaching out to grip Erik's wrist. "You're my beloved, of course, but you're not mine to own. You belong to yourself. You always have, even if others have continued to claim you. Remember that."

Erik seeks Charles more fully then, ending with him snug and secure in his arms on the couch instead of distantly beside, swaying a little as he endures the battering waves and shards. I'm not good at being free, he laments, soft. It's his fault. He didn't see. How much of his choices were really his own?

Ailo had said it, then, too. That there was damage, back then. And damage compounded damage. He can't remember the last time his mind felt this clear. The hooks were subtle, long-lasting.

What if I don't know how to be for myself? he whispers back. He tries to hide his face, overcome and deeply embarrassed about it. With images of so long before seared into the flashbulb of synaptic fire. Schmidt and pits of ash, levied at him like weaponry. It feels silly, to simplify it so, regressive. But all he can think is he hurt me.

Charles is happy to be lifted and transferred to Erik's side, their bodies slotted together on the cozy sofa. He presses his cheek to Erik's own, rocking with him, feeling the waves tumble through them both. You've never embraced freedom, Charles points out. How could he have? Schmidt was his jailer in his most formative years. He grew up a prisoner, and so his brain is conditioned to accept subjugation. The way his thoughts run are through that filter, deeply entrenched. But not intractable.

If you don't know how to be for yourself, my darling, you are normal. Such is the condition of our existence on earth; we are all attempting to navigate on our own, discover who we are and what we truly want. You are not alone. A strong hand, reaching up to cup that square jaw. "You've been hurt by so many, sweetheart. People who have promised you love. It's not fair, and you don't deserve it. He fears losing you, fears relinquishing control. I'm so sorry that he resorted to such base attacks to try and bully you into submission. But that decision was rooted in his fear."

"I've made all these mistakes, over the years," Erik whispers. "Stumbling around, like a fool." He swipes viciously under his eyes, struggling. When Charles's hand reaches his cheek, he presses it closer, and nudges a kiss into his open palm. "Caused pain to people. To you. And yet, you still love me. I can't fathom why," he laughs. "I know, it's -- self-pity, I know." He knows he's not communicating well, but underneath it all, is gratitude. He doesn't deserve Charles, and he knows that.

You are the one I love most in the world. Did you know that? his nose wrinkles up when he smiles. I'm sorry, I was never any good at it. But I've always been for you. As much as for myself, for you. Everything I've ever done that's been decent, that's been growing, all this. To share with you, you know. He isn't being clear, everything is all muddled, but he plods along all the same.

It's different. Being yours. What he wanted, what people like Schmidt wanted. It's different. I know I'm not - right. Part of me will always - embrace control, of some kind. But it's not - they were twisted. About it. I thought it was love. I don't know what I'm saying, ah, please, I apologize. I'm all -- bah, he waves a hand, frustrated.

Charles listens and listens, judgment-free. It's important that Erik get this out. When they both lived in the mansion—that blissful, perfect time before the fiasco on North Brother Island—they spoke freely in this way often. Proximity made it easy. Now, they often go months and months without seeing each other; their longest stretch apart spanned just over a year. The time they do spend together is time they attempt to make happy. Peaceful.

But it's important that they make time for this, too, and Charles can see that they have not prioritized it well enough. And so maybe the words are disjointed and rambling, but the sentiment is well-understood. Charles always understands. I won't pretend that my love for you is entirely unselfish, Charles says, catching Erik's waving hand to grip it hard. But it is pure. It is true, unsullied. My interests and agenda will always be subsumed by my love for you, darling. What Schmidt felt for you wasn't love, I know you know that. I believe that Sayid does love you, which is why this is so much more difficult.

He releases his hand to place it over Erik's heart. But he isn't motivated by it. He's motivated by something else. That's how he can use his love as a tool for manipulation, for control. Difficult words to hear, Charles is sure, but he's not here to sugarcoat. Erik doesn't want that. It feels different with me, perhaps, because my aim has never been to control you or possess you, Erik. The love I hold for you extends beyond myself. At the end of the day, it's your happiness and peace that are most important to me. Not some goal, not some power. Just your happiness and peace. That, darling, is love.

I love him, too, Erik sighs, regretful. I know it doesn't make any sense. It's not the same as my love for you. But it was legitimate. It wasn't enough, how I was. He didn't really love me, Erik realizes after a beat. None of them did. You're the only one who ever has. Seen me. Not tried to change me. Isn't that funny, he has to laugh. Of all the people in the world. Charles could have, so many times.

He thought he could replace you, he didn't understand that my love isn't finite. I never stopped loving you, just because we were physically distant. I only ever grew deeper with it. And it... made him... twisted, all that rage.

Erik pulls Charles's hand back to his cheek, seeking the warmth. I'm sorry, it hurt you, too. And I was too stupid, such an idiot. You deserve the sun and moon and all the stars. I'll bring them to you. He flourishes his hand, and to Charles's immense surprise, a glowing ball of dust emerges and arranges itself into an unfolding-flower. A rose of nebulous gases swirling.

Charles’s face warms in the presence of the glowing astral projection. For a moment, he’s shocked, but then he begins to laugh. His laughter echoes off of the wood floors painted walls, all the way to the high ceiling and back, because only Erik, in his moment of emotional turmoil, would decide to create a sun in the middle of his living room to display his devotion.

“Oh, sweetheart,” he whispers, turning to meet Erik’s eyes. “That’s what makes it real, isn’t it? That, despite our distance, our divergent paths, we always find a way back here. That we can be apart and still feel secure and close. It didn’t hurt me as bad as you fear, darling. It’s just life, isn’t it?”

Erik's returning grin sheds years off him, reflected in golden strands as sunlight swells and blossoms all around them. It swirls up and through, diffusing harmlessly. All these years later, the flowers of his endless fields are in bloom at the endearment, always a call-back to everything living and meaningful. Cups on the string-line of sweetheart and whispered melodies. The cosmos itself unfurling in fingers.

He took me, but he couldn't take this. This is mine. My love. Myself. Here, with you. For you, goes unsaid and doesn't need to be. Yours. Because he chooses. Because he gives, freely. Freedom. That's the difference.

Chapter 39: (bring on that day before too long!) & then you'd sing a different song!

Chapter Text

Nothing can, Charles agrees, and he himself is beaming, too, filled with sunlight and Erik's unfurling comfort. Comfort in him. It's a hefty responsibility to care for another, but it's a responsibility that brings meaning to Charles's life, too. He and Erik, together. Always. Forever. The miles may separate us, darling, but time is the greatest distance between two places. And time has never been a problem, has it?

Erik wants to kiss that smile, so he does, fond and warm. No time, no space, no distance can break us, he whispers back between them. We won't let it. All of that twisted nonsense, Erik sees it all so clearly now. Because they're not broken. I'm not broken, he realizes, laughing. Just clumsy. Just learning. And they have so much more to go.

So much more room to spread out. Erik sorrows that he left Charles all those years ago in that basement, but he will spend the rest of his life taking care of this bond between them. Not out of guilt, or duty, or obligation. But because it feels good. Because it's the sun and the moon and all the stars, in vibrant shining sparkles that softly chime, with tchotchkes and bird-feeders warbling in the wind.

You're so beautiful, he murmurs, affection pulsing through. Making you smile is my favorite thing.

And no one will ever make me smile so much as you, Charles says. He traces his fingers along the lines beside Erik's eyes, worn in by years. He knows that his own face is creasing, too. It's remarkable how Erik grows more beautiful with each passing year, as streaks of silver begin to shimmer in his auburn hair. "Let's get married." He speaks the words out loud, and the sound makes the hair on his neck stand on end. "It's legal, here. Let's get married, Erik."

"Oh," Erik gasps, absolutely stunned, as fresh tears gather once more. Only this time, there's a swell. A bird-song, fluttering madly. Hummingbirds inside his heart. Oh.

"Married," he repeats, flabbergasted. Dumbfounded. "Me, married to me? You--my husband? Oh." Erik clutches at his own chest, wondering if this is the moment where he may well and truly pass out from lacking oxygen. But it's not pain. Not distress. No, it's - overwhelming -

joy bursts from the sunlight and all the stars, erupting in visible sparks of every color and new-ones beyond. New colors, new sounds and shapes. "Please, please. Yes, please." Erik moves, getting down on one knee, and produces a shimmering band for Charles's finger.

"Marry me?" he grins up. It's inscribed with gentle text.

Ani l'dodi ve dodi li/lo tov heyot ha'adam l'vado.

It's Charles's turn to invite tears to the corners of his eyes. The words had spilled from him like water down a cascade, but now that they're in the open, the promise instilled within is resonating like an echo. Oh. Oh. They fall freely down his cheeks as Erik presents him with a ring. Shiny, in the sunlight that filters through the windows of Erik's home. If he could safely slide from the couch to embrace Erik, he would, but since he cannot, he just laughs and cries with the overwhelming sublimity of this pact.

"Yes, Erik Lehnsherr. Of course I'll marry you, you fool," he breathes, vision cloudy. He allows the tumble of emotion in his head to burst into the room so that they can both share in the unbridled joy. His left hand, of course, remains curled in a weak fist, but he's able to manually straighten his ring finger with his right to allow Erik to slip the band over its length.

Erik is delicate as he slips the ring onto Charles's finger, and he rises to nestle into him, spreading his hand out over Charles's jaw as he delivers a kiss that's quite a bit more heated than usual. Married. Charles is to be his husband. The entire universe shifts and sways with the resonance of magnitude. His joy, and pleasure spill out all the way down and through touch, Charles feels it like a livewire, a shock of electricity that arcs in his chest and leaves livewires every which way.

"My husband," he laughs, repeating it out of sheer, pure delight.

Charles laughs, pure glee emanating from every inch of his body. He’s taken to playing the role of friendly-but-composed professor, liaison between mutantkind and government. Face of the integrationist movement. There’s scarcely room, anymore, to be giddy. But that’s exactly what he is as Erik kisses him then. His fiancé, his husband. He can’t actually feel the weight on his left ring finger, but its presence is known, and it brings him more joy than he thought possible.

“Pick me up and hold me,” he demands with a broad smile, desperate to be in Erik’s arms. “And put on that record I sent you. I want to dance.”

"You trust me, hm?" Erik's eyes crease down at him, and then Charles is swooped up in Erik's power, shimmering all around him as he finds his body gets itself up on its feet, with one hand on Erik's shoulder, the other in his good one. Standing up, balanced, safe.

Erik knows how to dance, a very well-kept secret, but one that Charles knows. He leads him in the steps of the Argentine basic-eight. Cero, primera, apertura, tres, camintana-cross, walk, side-step, cadence... Erik instructs him through with a little grin, even though he's the one guiding the movements, silly and goofy and dizzy with it.

It feels good, to be on his feet, even if it isn't of his own volition. He's grown used to sitting, of course, but it's always nice to stand again, move his legs, pretend. And right now, it's as if he's floating on air, anyway.

"Careful now, I have two left feet," Charles tuts through a gentle laugh, unable to pull his eyes from his shoes as they move with grace that isn't his own through Erik's living room. Erik is a good enough dancer for the both of them; perhaps it's a fortunate thing that he's guiding them both. "Two things that I can do only because of Erik Lehnsherr," Charles lilts. "Dance, and wed the love of my life. Two things that would be impossible without him."

It turns out he's not too old to blush, his head ducking in a mischievous grin as more often than not these days, but now in particular the sprinkle of amusement and wonder is dizzying and sunny, clear for the first time in years as rays through dense clouds. "It was one of the first things I did, you know," he admits, drawing their movements to a slow sway. His fingers spread over Charles's neck, little shivers that spark underneath his skin, completing circuits. "When I got elected. I made it legal. I thought, someday..." Someday it would be for us.

"I do know," Charles replies, and rests his head on Erik's shoulder as the other continues to dance for them. "When I saw you on that news station, that day. When I was at my lowest, and everyone was up in arms over your brand new nation. I was blue as blue could be, but even then, my heart warmed to know that you'd done that." He grips Erik's shoulder where his hand allows, holding to the fabric of his shirt. "Even if it's not recognized everywhere, I will be happy for the remainder of my days knowing that, by Genoshan law, I'm Erik Lehnsherr's husband." Just saying the words makes him smile all over again. "Why have we waited so long?"

Erik frames Charles's face with both hands, braced and free, brushing a featherlight kiss over his lips.

It was my lowest, too, neshama, he admits between them. I know you thought I was so composed, he has to laugh. That first year... bereft, alone, plagued by nightmares and pawing at that spot in the back of his mind where Charles used to sit himself. Empty. A prison of his own design. A split-second decision born of impulse, and then he didn't feel Charles at all, ever again, and he was so sure he wouldn't have been welcomed back that he stayed away. Foolish. It was all so clumsy. He broke Charles's heart, rended everything.

And in the wake of knowing that his mind had been infiltrated all this time, how much of that was him? How could he know? The conflict was so intense, warring against himself, fighting against an invisible cage. Would they ever know the full extent? Perhaps not. But the answer to Charles's question, rhetorical as he is sure it was, blooms like little flowers. Maybe they waited this long, because on some level, they both knew it wouldn't have been right. That there was interference. Discord, confusion.

Erik always hoped, and wished, but never felt that he could ask such a thing, given how horrendously he had treated Charles. I'm not your beloved. You don't treat your beloved that way. The tears come again, fresh. Antipodes of joy and sorrow both. I will spend the rest of my days making sure your heart is tended, ahuvi.

After a decade, the wound has long healed. In the moment, Charles had thought the affront incurable, unforgivable. And, he will argue, it did mark a departure in their relationship. He and Erik had been inseparable; Erik scarcely let Charles out of his sight before that moment. Nothing will ever be like it was before. But, he's grown. He's healed. He's forged forward, as has Erik, and they're still here, all these years later. Stronger, wiser, maybe less naive. It's okay. They're okay. I love you, Erik. Deeply. Madly. Even if we find ourselves at odds, due to circumstance, that will never change, he promises, a fresh mist covering his eyes. Let's get married right now. I don't want to wait another second.

It's like breaking out of an interminable ocean, the endless depths that he's been drowning under all these years receded, leaving him bare ashore. Charles beside him. It's done, Erik grins back at him. All the records shift instantaneously, marking their new status. And then, in a blink of Erik's vivid greens, their clothing shifts and flutters, Charles into a tuxedo reminiscent of their first illusion and Erik in his dress uniform in white, both with boutonnières of magenta and forget-me-not blue, twinned fuschia and cornflower.


Another blink, and they're somewhere else. It's intimate, a simple room at city hall decorated in warm hues and filled with sunflowers and paper cranes.

Along the wall is a mural, painted in pop-art watercolors of varying moments plucked from memory. Rowboats on a lake, early-morning tea and magpie-storybooks and hummingbird-feeders, late-night chess, their friends and all the children, a captured image of them brow-to-brow, hands at one another's face. Flying high above New York, walks through Genoshan Tirah park. Crossword puzzles and debate club.

Charles is still on his feet, and Erik materializes his chair, walking him into it so he can slip onto his lap, abuzz and overwhelmed. For you, he smiles, and the room lights up in pyrotechnic sparks, technicolor galactic swirls effusing from wall-to-wall.

Charles leans back in his chair, dazzled. The room around them is alive with things; memories, art, origami. The room is utterly transformed, like an homage to their love, their bond. He drops his left hand atop Erik's lap, just to beam at the way the sparks glint off of the metal. For his part, Charles adds hummingbirds and magpies, which dash through the air in synchrony. The ceiling becomes a night sky with twinkling stars, plucked from the cover of a fairytale. Their fairytale.

I have never been this happy, Charles says, tears in his eyes and a smile that will never leave his heart. Erik, this is the very best day of my life.

It utterly arrests him, and Erik scarcely blinks, focused so intensely on the moment, brow furrowed in severe concentration. Scrutinizing every atom, committing every shift and sound and sight to memory, the pleasure etched on Charles's face is echoed in tandem in synapse firing. It's all Erik can do but collect each second of this time, suspending it and amplifying and extending until it reverberates through dimensional shifts. Erik feels it slips out of his grasp for just an instant, and everything around them stops.

Charles realizes that he and Erik are the only things moving. Everything around them is still, sparkles and colors having drifted past now paused. All of the minds that Charles feels as background noise have gone quiet, as everyone freezes into place. It takes several seconds, stunned by the realization, before Charles understands that it's nothing sinister. It's Erik. Having quite literally made a snapshot that ping-pongs across space and time itself.

"...Charles, I think I..." he can't help it, he starts laughing. "I think I broke time."

Time, frozen. The two of them, suspended in Charles’s happiest moment. He’s aware of what’s happening as it plays out; suddenly, everything fades away except for the two of them and their room. The noise stops, as do the feelings and experiences that have become white noise to him. The earth itself stops its revolution; does the universe stop, too? Overcome, Charles begins to laugh as well, free and full. “An honest mistake,” he chitters, gripping to Erik’s suit with his good hand. “The happiest moment of my life, frozen forever. Maybe we should stay here, mm? Build a cottage by a lake and grow some artichokes.”

"I will stay here forever with you," Erik promises, drawing his hands down Charles's face, just to touch him. Just to reassure himself he's here. His whole being, full and alive and electric, Charles can feel every atom, every particle and molecule shivering all around them, held in Erik's thrall as Erik is held in Charles's. Something inside him has burst open and spilled forth, free at last from its ethereal chain. There's a lullaby-hum, the sound of the universe itself, the All and the Magnitude at their fingertips. His senses are heightened and reflective, sparks that shoot right back into Charles and center in his chest.

You are breathtaking, is all he can think, transmitted between their bond instantaneously.

Charles can feel as it all spills from Erik, and he has to laugh again because it’s all spilling from him, too. He thinks about how Erik was scared to be free, how he didn’t know how to be unbound. The happy irony of Erik now legally bound to him being freer than he’s ever been. You’re beauty incarnate, Charles replies, knuckles stroking along that broad cheekbone. He looks around them at the frozen world, and then moves his chair toward the mural on the wall so that they can gaze upon their history. “We could live a whole life, you and I,” Charles whispers. “Like this, here. Just the two of us. Following nobody’s rules but our own.”

"I would live any life, as long as you are by my side," Erik whispers, and this he knows to be true down into the marrow that comprises his bones. For everything that he's built here on Genosha, what he is most proud of lies between them both - that Charles Xavier loves him. That he wants to be married to him. The chains criss-crossing his soul dissolved to ether. Erik spent precious minutes concerned he would melt into oblivion, only to be caught in beloved hands and firm assurance and boundless care.

He knows now what is true for him, that all the trappings of their physical world are pale in comparison to this bond. It's there, side-by-side, Erik standing tall against the silhouette of Charles leaned back in his chair, Charles's good hand clasped in Erik's - how they fit together even this way - that a shift from the Magnitude draws their attention. 

"I never thought I would see this day," comes a voice long-unheard, smooth and low and evanescent. The woman in white. Her dress trails behind, sheer fabric rustling against invisible wind. She stoops to take both of Charles's hands in hers, the touch warm and strong. "You didn't think I'd miss this?

Erik's lips part in shock. It can't be. A ghost. "--ima?" he whispers, all color draining out of him as the tides whip up into the beginning of a roaring, raging hurricane. For, having appeared to Charles now twice, Erik hasn't seen nor heard from her in decades. And never this manifest. It can't be --

but she turns, and smiles at him, fond and ebullient. "Ken, tayer. Kum da, laz mikh kukn aoyf dir."

A language he hasn't heard since he was a boy. Such that it takes him a long, agonizing pause to parse the words for himself. "Zeh--ah, zent ir faktish?" he stutters back, flexing an unused muscle of his own.

"Iz eyner fun aundz faktish, meyn tayer?" she winks and brushes the flat of her hands across his chest, straightening out the creases in his uniform.

Charles knows before Erik does. Edie's presence sets the air particularly alight; in the few times that she has come to Charles, the energy felt a certain way, as if the very molecules in the space begin to dance in a different way. This version of her looks radiant and happy, and he tilts his chair forward almost unconsciously to allow her to grab his hands. The touch sends a shiver through him, and he can't help but beam in return, until he remembers—

Oh. Oh. Erik has not been in contact with her...not since she passed away. It's immediately apparent that he's dumbstruck, in awe. He pivots his wheels to watch the interaction, with Edie's hands fussing over his uniform. "Thank you for trusting me to take care of your son," he can only whisper.

Edith Eisenhardt stands before him, her presence tangled in a complex silken web of grief and love a ribbon flowing painfully through the center of Erik's being, she presses her hand to his chest even as he towers over her diminutive stature.

"My lion-heart," she laughs, tender. "You're all grown up."

"Ikh benk zikh nokh dir, ima," he whispers back. "Du aun Rusi. She would have loved Raven. Du kenst Raben?"

"I know her," Edie smiles up at him, giving Charles's hand a squeeze. "I won't get this chance again," she tells them solemnly. "Not for a long time. Come, both of you come and sit with me. In this lovely room, a monument to your growing family." In an easy movement, perhaps borne of her mutation in its tandem with Erik's, Charles materializes on the floor tucked into Erik's arm, with Edie cross-legged opposing them, with one hand on each of their knees.

Erik, for his part, half braced against Charles, attempts to soothe himself by plucking Charles's hand up and pressing it to his face, swaying from side-to-side unconsciously. Visible tremors shiver through him as he works to keep himself level and composed, to keep his vision clear and being centered. The very last time he saw her razes through his mind, and he ruthlessly roots out those images and extinguishes them before they can mar the moment in thick-coated ashes of horror and bent angles and lifeless decay.

She's not motionless and lost, but in vivid color before them, an impossible miracle he has no capacity to truly register. Recognizing his difficulty, she reaches to still him with a touch to his shoulder. She knows. It's this moment, frozen in time and space, where she maintains awareness, from her little corner of the universe in their crammed-together kitchen, that she can find them. The past and future mingled together in this single instant, repeated in millions of echoes down dimensions folding outwards. 

"I'm so proud, and so blessed, to know that you are family," she tells Charles, first. "So many have tried to tear you apart, and you weathered them all. Your love is pure, and true, and I could not be happier." 

Charles is supported by Erik's broad frame when they reappear on the floor to face Edie. He can feel Erik shake beneath him, and so he extends a warm wave across the bridge of their bond; a small attempt at comfort. For he knows how overwhelming this moment is; knows because he can feel it quavering from Erik's very soul. Erik's final meeting with his mother is an event that remains emblazoned on his psyche. The visage of a body, bent and wretched, with life torn from it—Charles watches as Erik sets them ablaze to rid himself of their haunt.

"Your blessing means more than you could ever know, Mrs. Eisenhardt," Charles tells her, earnest. "And I am glad that you know that my love for your son is true."

It takes Erik several long, agonizing moments to conduct himself, but he finally seems to connect an epiphany that this is a blessing, an experience of overwhelming joy, much like a wedding ceremony in and of itself; perhaps Jewish custom winds its way down into all facets. The sorrow, the melancholy and the buoyant wistful glee of future's promise both swirling together just as glass crushed under-foot so symbolizes.

It snaps into his consciousness and all the colorful blobs that dizzy his recollection clear to sharp relief. No longer is that his final memory of her, he realizes. She's before him, in layers of white. One might think it macabre, a funereal shroud by their custom, but Erik finds it poignant. In life, her body was lost to him. By his own gnarled fingers, by evil jackbooted threats and shouts and guns made to divest her of every earthly possession before giving her to the fire. A disrespect, cleaved from her soul and cast to torment and denied. But now, she is here, in proper order. The way she should have been. It's accompanied by a shy grin, shaky and uncertain though his fragile mind may be.

He reaches for her, then, and finds her hand. "Hi," he laughs a bit. 

"Hi," she tugs him forward for a hug, and he reflexively catches Charles in his power right on time. Edie is just-as silly as he is, it turns out. There's no over-arching big plan, and in this suspended second into infinity, they have the time. So she hugs him properly, a real, living being, albeit one who exists as she was, in 1934. She'll have to go back, but not right now. Right now, she gets to hug her child, and make a funny face over his shoulder at Charles. Her nose wrinkles up the same as Erik's when she laughs. 

He holds on tight. This is real? ping-pongs between them. It's really like this? She's really here, and he's with Charles, his husband. He's not-quite sure if he hasn't just imagined this in one of his far-away fantasies, drawn tight around himself in the cold night. It seems so long ago that the hours passing were monotonous and empty, and it's as someone came in and threw on all the lights and put the sun back into the sky all at once, hung up like a lamp-light. 

"I hope you know, Charles, how grateful I am for you." She shifts Erik so she can press a hand to Charles's cheek behind him, sentimental. "I know what happens next. And I know that I won't be here, to help you both. Would that I could. But from where I am, and what I know, you will both always be dear to me. I won't be around to make sure you're fed, or to fix up your shirts. So you'll have to take care of one another, hm?" 

Charles is quiet, eager to let the mother and son have their moment together. It strikes him that Erik is older now than Edie was when she was murdered; the three intervening decades have seen her son become a man, become a world leader, the most powerful being on the planet. An onlooker wouldn't know that. From this view, they would just see two people with clear love and care for each other, embracing.

Though Erik appears older, it's evident that she is the authority, here. How Erik allows himself to be embraced. With the two beside each other, Charles can chart the resemblance. Similar eyes. Smiles. "You need not worry about the small details," Charles tells her gently, extending his good hand to Erik's knee. "You've taught him well; he pops in every so often and nags me for my eating habits." He grins. "You can't tell us what's coming next?"

"I can tell you that you are going to be stronger together," Edie smiles gently at them, separating to let the two of them back into one another's orbits. "Which you already know, hm?" she snorts, fond. "And I know, it's taken you both a long time to get here today. I really could not be prouder."

"I can't really believe," Erik whispers, still completely floored. In every way, being a world leader is easier than this. Having to put the pieces together, shattered into infinite shards, seems a task completely outside scale.

"The last time I came, I warned you that things would get very difficult," Edie says, regretful as she moves to give Charles a hug in turn. There is the grief, and the desolation, but there is also the fact that her mutation can afford her this, a last opportunity for goodbye.

Charles leans in to the hug, but his expression darkens, just minutely. When Edie came to him last, he was in a coma, fighting for his life after being crushed by a steel beam. A lifetime ago. “They were difficult,” he tells her, glancing at Erik briefly before closing his eyes to soak in the hug. “I hope you…I hope that the most difficult point has passed?” Of course, Charles had assumed that the reality of his injury would be the greatest difficulty, but had he been wrong?

"In that respect, I would say yes - as far as I know," she warns. "And what I know is subject to change, and what is difficult is subjective. Your injury is what I would classify, as the most challenging experience that I am aware about. In that way," she says. And it's perhaps semantic, but she supposes when you're the past-long laid to rest ghost of one's family, such things ought to be clear, insofar as she can make them.

"For you," she eyes Erik. "There are still difficulties ahead, but not like that. For you, it is about recovery from your injuries."

Erik blinks a little. "But I am not injured." Certainly nothing near approaching what Charles deals with on a day-to-day basis.

"You are," she insists. "You might not understand how, or why, for a long time. It takes many more years, before science catches up. But you will feel it, just like all of us who are still living, will feel it." She spreads her hand out over her chest. Cryptic, much. Erik tries not to be frustrated by the vagueness. "You will both have to work together, to help one another. There are some thing that I can tell you besides," she murmurs. "That I've observed from the sidelines. And a little more," she ducks her head. If a ghost could appear sheepish, she's cornered the joint.

"One is that you've taken the blame for a decision I made, for a long time."

"You made?" Erik's eyebrows knit together. Edie can't be sure if Charles understands what she means.

"When you were trapped. I was able to act, by piercing the barrier. And I did. I cannot speak to the logic, or the morality. All I know is that I was given a choice, and I chose. But you've been carrying that for a while, and it isn't fair."

Now, this is news to Charles. When Edie came to him during his convalescence, it was in an attempt at pure comfort. Even at the time, when he hadn't known that the beam had crushed his spinal column, he had recognized that something extreme had happened to him and she was there to provide comfort to him. But she had also...implied, that Erik had been "too powerful", had she not? "I don't understand." It's Charles's turn to be confused. "Essex was the one who overtook Erik. He...stowed him away, somewhere. That wasn't Erik's fault. Are you saying that it was you? Why?"

"No, no," Edie corrects, and raises a hand. "That much is correct. Essex did overtake him. But what I mean," she says, her tone even and measured, but soft. "Is that I was the one who destroyed them. Who killed them. That wasn't Erik, and it wasn't an intersection of your abilities with Essex, as I know you believed. That was me."

Erik blinks. "You -- it was? Schmidt, all of them?"

"All of them. When you fought off Essex, you were too powerful. That was an intersection of your abilities," she adds, gentle. "Your mind lashed out, and you weren't conscious of the outcome. I was not able to prevent it, either. I was already too weak, from killing the others. It really was an accident, or - it was, more accurately, Essex's fault." The darkness shutters again. 

"But you always taught me to value life. I'm surprised," Erik admits, touching his own chest. 

"Perhaps you can consider it an extension of the value of life, tayer. Those people were a destructive force. They disrespected everything they encountered. They were unnatural, and they needed to be removed the way a doctor must excise dead and infected tissue so that the healthy tissue can recover. I will not apologize for that. But, you should not have carried it. I do regret that."

"Thank you for letting us know," Charles says quietly. Hopefully, Erik will feel lighter to know that what happened to those men does not rest solely on his shoulders. There has been guilt hanging over him like an anvil—for many reasons associated with that day, of course. "Would you like to spend some time alone?" he asks then, smiling between the mother and son pair. It feels unfair that Charles has been in contact with Edie but Erik has not been given the chance.

"Would that we could," Edie pats them both on the knee. "My time in this realm is drawing to a close, my loves," she explains mournfully. "But know that it has been a true joy to witness this culmination of your relationship. I really didn't think I would see this day. There were many hopeless moments, hm?"

"Indeed there were," Erik nudges Charles's shoulder. If you had asked him all those years ago if he would be here, with a nation of his own, with a partner, even having this conversation with Edie.

There are many, many things he has gratitude for and they burst forward from him in visible sparkles. "Look after one another, my dearest ones. And live some of those lives," she winks at Charles. "Time is one thing you do have, in this place."

"Will I ever see you again?" Erik whispers.

"Some day, tayer. This is only an intermission, for me. Such as it is, that I exist now in intermissions."

Maybe it's the fate of all ghosts to be so cryptic, Erik thinks dryly.

"Goodbye, and thank you for coming," Charles replies warmly, fully aware that it is rather bizarre to be thanking the ghost of his mother-in-law for crashing his wedding. "I will take care of your son. He's in good hands." Charles grips Erik's left hand in his right. Firm, to reinforce their bond. Are you alright? he asks his husband, once she's faded away.

No, Erik laughs, crushing his eyes shut and curling his fingers over Charles's, strong and firm. He's stronger in the aftermath than he expects, and that is partly because of the bond to which Charles contributes. He's left with so many more questions than answers. Is he going to get sick? Is he unwell? What did she mean by injury? But at the same time... and... yes, maybe.

His insides are a confusing maelstrom. But if he had to pick a last memory of his mother, this is infinitely preferable. Here, on his wedding day. He touches Charles's cheek. He's glad not only for himself, but that Charles has the opportunity to see her today, too. Because he knows that there's another conspicuous absence here, a woman who is not dead, but who very well acts like it.

You know Raven is going to explode, he has to huff.

I forgot to tell you...she came to me, when I was in the hospital. Before I woke up, Charles admits, leaning his head against Erik's shoulder. They're still seated on the ground, Charles held upright by a current of Erik's abilities. She told me that difficult times lay ahead for me. I had assumed that she meant the recovery from my injury. I hope that's what she meant for me; I'd rather not think about what else might come my way. Though they both know that there are much, much worse things than physical disability, of course. For all intents and purposes, Charles is doing well. He's living a more than full life, advocating for both mutantkind and those with disabilities.

How many newspapers and magazines and news outlets have run stories on him in which they asked him to shed light on what it means to be disabled in the United States in the modern era? He's even heard from a variety of individuals, mutant and non-mutant alike, who have thanked him for bringing disability to the public. He cringes at the idea of being a role model and certainly doesn't enjoy the idea of being inspiring, because that's not what it's about.

Disabled people don't exist to make everyone else feel a certain way. But if he's been able to help others have better visibility, better care, better access, then he won't warble on. What could Edie have meant for Erik? He can feel it churning in Erik's head, but they can let that go, for now. They have much to celebrate, after all. She is; they'll all be angry that they weren't invited. Charles runs his thumb over Erik's ring finger. Is your favorite alloy still titanium? I want the ring I get you to sing to you.

Erik snorts unconsciously, patting Charles on the head. Titanium isn't an alloy, Charles, he grins. We're developing something known as a high entropy alloy here on Genosha. It's comprised of nickel, cobalt and chromium. An alloy is a mixture of materials, so titanium doesn't qualify since it is singular. But pound-for-pound, graphene is the most complex material proliferated, and the most conductive, he yammers on, because trust him to start talking about metal and you'll get a two-hour lecture on nanocrystalline composites. It feels like... he tries to transmit the sensation, like honey, rich and luxuriating and strong.

Forgive my ignorance, I must have been ill that day in school, he replies easily, and accepts the sensation that Erik transmits. It's...oddly smooth. Molasses on his skin, but warm and strong. Erik, of course, is the person equipped to create a ring of that nature, but Charles wants the ring to come from himself. I'll work with your people to create something, he promises. The mention of people, however, brings another topic to the foreground of his mind.

"Hm. I know that not everyone on this island...well, I know that my following doesn't extend to everyone in your nation." Many dislike him, in fact. Think him a pandering flatterer, licking boots left and right. Magneto and Professor X have been, unwittingly, cast as foils of each other in some arenas of discourse. Much of the general public is unaware that the two are together, but many Genoshans do. "Our marriage will not be unanimously embraced."

"Perhaps not," Erik says with a dismissive wave of his hand. "But I've made no secret my respect of your views, and your institute. We don't agree on everything, naturally, but the most important thing to every Genoshan ought to be the wellbeing of all mutants, not just mutants who agree with them. We are uniquely privileged to enact our ideology here, but even we accept plenty of coexistence with humans. Tolerance is part of our cultural standard, as it should be. Anyone who has a problem with you, has a problem with me."

“I merely don’t want to foment anything that threatens peace, here. We’ve, unfortunately in many ways, become public figures, haven’t we? I’m not sure that either of us intended to be when we first met.” To say the least. Of course, it spells more difficulty for Charles. They know this. The diplomatic relations between the United States and Genosha are strained. As Charles has become more ingrained into the structures, he’s not ignored the fact that his association with Erik may draw scrutiny. “Wonder how I’ll explain this to the folks at the Pentagon when I meet with them, next week,” he muses aloud, nodding at his own ring. “Shall I tell them to send wedding gifts to your address or mine?”

That causes Erik to laugh out loud, a rare sound even privately between them. "Be sure to photograph William Stryker's face when you ask." The man makes Erik's blood boil; ten years ago he'd escaped consequences for his role in Genosha's oppression, and Erik still has to put up with the CIA's overtures from time to time. He'd love nothing more than to disintegrate William Stryker into his constituent parts, thank-you-very-much, the imbecile.

Charles smiles blithely. It’s his problem, he knows. Erik’s country is the one that practices tolerance. He’s never been secretive about that; Genosha has offered open hands and the US has responded, in turn, with closed fists and threats. Charles regrets this; but his position is also crucial for furthering mutant tolerance and equality at local levels, which has become his life’s mission. It’s not as if he can just turn his back on it all. “I suppose I’ll have to figure out how to navigate that,” he says with a sigh. Erik knows that Charles isn’t choosing this as an “either-or” scenario—he’s certainly not chosen the government over Erik, by any means. But, it complicated.

"Frankly," Erik considers it for a moment, "I think they'll just have to eat it. As much as they want to pretend otherwise, they need you, not the other way around. After all, the CIA were the ones who approached us all those years ago. They need you to keep the peace with like-minded mutants. If you didn't, we'll, they'd have a very serious problem. Especially now that I've made it clear mutants can and will act in their own self-interest and damn what the government says."

Charles chuckles. "Easier said than done, darling." Erik is correct, but there are too many layers of bureaucracy to feel entirely safe. How nice it would be to start fresh like Erik did and build something from scratch. Fewer politics to navigate, no filthy traditions to uphold. "Because I do need them, too, unfortunately. They need to accept what I propose to them." Charles rubs his face for a moment before leaning up to peck a kiss along Erik's jaw. "Well, dear husband, is it time for us to make our union public? I believe that our people are waiting for next steps."

Erik covers his mouth with his hand, concealing a grin. "I forgot about that. Oh, they must be worried sick. Let's go give them the good news." He helps Charles into a seated position once more, and gradually the room transforms itself back into its default state. Erik keeps the mural, with a wink. Steeling himself to face the outside world once more, emboldened by the strength embued to him by his family, he falls into step beside Charles, having draped himself once more in his cloak and pinned it closed.

Chapter 40: She gloried in that branch, it formed a kind of stage, & she performed

Chapter Text

Raven is the first to spy them and points, drawing everyone's attention. "Are you guys OK?" she demands, standing akimbo. "What happened, anyway? And--what is this?" she realizes they're particularly well-dressed.

Scott's eyebrows fly up. "Hey, wait a minute. Is that--"

"Do you want to tell them, or shall I?" Erik's tone is dry. 

He truly wishes that they could stay, suspended, in that moment forever, but duty will always be duty. Their story together was never meant to be easy or storybook; they are driven by purpose. Once in his chair again, Charles straightens his bowtie and sits tall. With one last, longing smile at his husband, he pushes his control forward and out they go, back into the Genoshan sunlight. It's less than a minute before they're surrounded, by Erik's people as well as Charles's.

Erik didn't redress them in their other clothes, Charles realizes, noting how the blue flower pinned to his lapel seems extra ostentatious, now. "I will," he says pleasantly, ignoring the onslaught of what the hell's as they pummel him. With his right hand, he grabs his left forearm and holds it up. The ring glints in the sunlight "Erik and I are, under Genoshan law, married, as of this afternoon."

There is a beat of pregnant silence, and then...not. "And you decided to do this today?" Hank demands.

"Married!" Jean cries, half-laughing in surprise.

Only Jean and Charles are privy to Erik's brilliant grin. "Don't be a spoilsport," Erik huffs at Hank. He raises a placating hand. "It wasn't planned. But it is... right. There is a lot that we are still piecing together. We will have to debrief more in-depth very soon. Sayid al-Zaman has departed from Genosha for good, and we haven't heard the last of him. But for right now, all is well."

"Wait, you and Erik Lehnsherr--?" Scott looks stymied.

"Don't be weird about it, Scott. It's a modern era," Raven thwaks him on the shoulder.

"I don't mean that. Haven't you two been frenemies this whole time? Am I the only one who didn't know?"

"Probably. Subtle and Erik never went hand-in-hand."

"I am subtle!" Erik crows, indignant.

"Honey, you're wearing a cape."

"Hmph." He lifts his chin, refusing to be mocked.

"Erik and I have been together for a very long time, Scott," Charles says amiably to the young man. Indeed, he is probably the only one in their close circle who didn't know.

"I knew the first day that I met them," Jean points out, brimming with joy, now. "Don't you guys remember? You came to get me at the hospital and I knew, immediately, that you were more than friends."

"I don't even think that Erik and I knew, at that point," Charles muses, glancing upward at Erik for confirmation.

"What did you think they were doing when Erik comes to the mansion? Writing treaties?" Jean continues to tease Scott, clearly amused.

"Oh, right beforehand," Erik recalls fondly. "It was right before we met you, Jean. That very same day. When you kissed me, for the first time." Erik's smile is outward, then, an uncommon demonstration of affection that's visible even to the non-telepathic crowd. It had shocked him then, but looking back he supposes it shouldn't have been so mysterious. They had been dancing for quite a while around the subject prior, much to the amusement of Izzy Cohen and Carmen Pryde.

It's been so long since those first precarious steps forth into a bright unknown that now Carmen and Teri have a daughter of their own, a little girl of ten who can walk through walls and make static hop from her fingertips. Scott looks completely stunned. "I mean... sorta?" He scratches the back of his neck, grinning sheepishly. "I'm happy for you, Professor. Really. And you, too. Mister... erm... Prime Minister."

"Erik will suffice, young man." He arches a brow right back.

Charles can only laugh at the memory. It feels so long ago. Charles had been a bit more experienced in that regard, and Erik, though older, was still learning about himself in that way. They'd been close for months, closer than friends, but had been too nervous to take the next step. "This doesn't change anything," Charles tells the crowd, raising his hoverchair up to place himself taller than he normally would, equal to Erik's height.

"Mister Prime Minister's role here has not changed, nor has mine in Westchester. As mentioned, we are safe, for the time being, from Sayid al-Zaman, but we still must formulate a plan of action to address the threat that he poses in the longer term." He turns to Hank and his X-Men. "If you'd like to go back to New York, you may, though I'm sure that Erik would be happy to host you. I'll be staying tonight, and Erik can take me home tomorrow."

"Of course," Erik gestures in a sweeping motion. "All of you are free to avail yourselves of our amenities. Whether now or at any other point. Any current or former resident of the Xavier Institute has a de facto visa with us, you needn't even apply. There's a lot to do and see. I don't make a good tour guide, but we have those, too."

"Poaching us over, huh?" Scott jokes.

"I wouldn't dare," Erik says sincerely. "Your mission is worthy, and I'm glad to be able to offer any support you may need. I hope, in time, you will all come to view me as a friend and not a... frenemy."

"Stay a while!" Raven grins at Hank.

Hank glances at his cohort, and, noting that all are eager to stay, sighs. "Alright, alright. Just tonight; we have midterms next week." He turns to Charles. "You'll be alright?" Most of the time, Hank still looks after Charles's medical and care needs. It has been part of their routine since Erik departed.

"Yes, of course, Erik has me," Charles says, waving dismissively. "Now, go lay on the beach or something, hmm? Treat it like a vacation."

"You don't need to tell me twice," Jean chirps. She quickly darts to Erik to wrap him in a hug, and then gives one to Charles. "Congratulations, really. I'm happy that you finally got to have this," she says warmly to both of them, sharing a private smile. They've been like parents, to her, and the bond between them will always be special. "See you tomorrow, don't have too much fun!" she calls then, pulling Scott by the wrist toward the shoreline.

Erik bends and wraps Jean up in a tight embrace. "Go, enjoy yourselves," he murmurs warmly, straightening and seeing the crowd off. "What would you like to do, hm?" he says, his attention solely for Charles as they find themselves hand-in-hand strolling along the manicured gardens of City Hall. "I strongly encourage too much fun, for the record." He taps the side of his nose with his braced fingers.

The clunky black has long been fitted with a sleek orthopedic implement by his Genoshan physician, each separate encasement controlled by a neural link mechanism allowing very minimal movement. It's experimental technology and he's volunteered for the prototype implant, in time they hope to develop exoskeletal frames that could benefit people like Charles in the long-run. It only made sense for Erik to be the test-case.

Charles chuckles as he floats lazily at Erik's side, good hand wrapped in Erik's. It's a pleasant day on Genosha. Sunny, warm, with a sky so blue that it looks downright edible. It is freezing in Westchester today, as it so happens, with snow on the ground and grey clouds that have blanketed the atmosphere in a coat of dreary weather for weeks, now. It's only fitting that the weather matches his mood. "I also want to go to the beach," he decides. He hasn't been to the beach in...oh, he doesn't know how long. Not since the injury, anyway. But he used to love to swim. "A private beach. Is there such a thing on this island?"

"Of course," Erik inclines his head. He himself hasn't been to a beach in... he squints. Ever? He cricks his neck. "I don't think I have ever been to the beach," he remarks, amused as he considers where to go. It takes no time at all for him to fold them through a dimensional shift that leads exactly there, the rim of Charles's wheels coming to pass over gravel that opens into sandy shores. The water here is warm, currents lapping from the Mediterranean sea to the Strait of Gibraltar.

The picture is idyllic, tranquil as the sun glitters off of the ocean and cliff faces extend all around them in their little isolated kingdom. "Do you want to go swimming?" Erik asks, certain that he can keep Charles safe suspended in his power. He himself is partial to the desert, and doesn't know how to swim. Fortunately, it's a moot point, given his mutation.

When they reappear, it's in a sandy, tranquil cove, surrounded by cliffs. The glittering blue sea stretches before them, inviting, tranquil. He smiles as his wheels hover over the sand and come to a stop in a sunny patch, a dozen yards from the water's edge. "I do," he replies with a grin. "You'll have to get us in the proper attire."

When he looks down next, he's in a pair of swim trunks, torso bare. He's skinny; the muscles in his stomach have withered away to almost nothing, but his shoulders are broad from years of using his upper body to get around. Even his left shoulder is well-defined; he's learned how to work those muscles even if the entire arm doesn't function as a coherent unit. "I used to be a hell of a swimmer, you know," he informs the man as he raises his right arm to indicate that he wants to be picked up properly, in Erik's arms. "You should have seen how cute I looked in my swimming costume, when I was a boy."

Erik, who normally appears in long-sleeves and turtlenecks, suppresses the instinctive distaste for following suit, but dutifully matches given that they're sequestered. His shorts have smiling suns wearing sunglasses and cactuses with funny faces, and Charles's have starfish and jellyfish and sharks doing the tango. He's always been skinny himself, but as he's grown older he's actually become more defined instead of less.

Years of eating healthy and keeping fit having eventually stabilized an equilibrium that years of growing up under famine conditions had otherwise left him with, whilst missions with the Genoshan military have given him new scars to match the old ones. Erik has always found him exceedingly handsome, and unapologetically responds, "you still look very cute in your swimming costume," with a wolfish grin as he swoops Charles into his arms and leads them into the lapping waves.

They're both pale in the sunlight. Charles's skin has the typical pink flush of a northern European while Erik's is a darker olive, but it's clear that the two are men who rarely expose their skin to the elements, preferring long sleeves and pants. It feels good, though, to be so free, safely tucked away from observing eyes. Each has their own set of scars, too; Charles are mostly surgical, remnants of the variety of medical procedures that he's endured over the decade, while Erik's are rougher from years of battle and hardship. To each other, however, they are perfect. Charles clings to Erik as they wade into the gentle surf, and when the warm ocean water touches at his skin, he laughs in delight. "Oh, this is heavenly. I am furious with you that you never take advantage of it, Lehnsherr."

"All the more reason for you to come to Genosha and correct my miserable ways," Erik grins as they languidly float. He's sure he would make a fool of himself if he wasn't kept steady under his own thrall, but fortunately he has no cause to find out. Charles having gotten back his telepathy had been a boon for Erik's mental concentration in more ways than one, allowing him to communicate effectively once again but also freeing him up in other ways, like removing the constant companion of pain that normally assaulted his senses. He's sure the water must feel nice for Charles who often has aches of his own, and he realizes he hasn't even noticed that what used to consume him on a regular basis has grown quiet with their proximity once more. He drops a fond kiss to Charles's temple in gratitude.

Charles lets out a contented sigh and allows his head to fall back, protected by Erik's control of space around them. It's impossible to explain how nice it feels to be without pressure on a single one of his joints, for a change. Sitting all day usually results in an aching back and neck, and his overused shoulders are never free from a minor pinch or twinge. Floating, though, in the warm water, is an incredible relief. "Maybe I will, one day," Charles says after a moment. "Come and live here for good."

"You know you are always welcome," Erik whispers back immediately. "You're very far from retirement yet. As am I," he laughs. They hold elections periodically, but Erik has yet to lose. That may change one day, though he's not sure if he'll ever really stop working for their cause. He knows Charles is similar, having built a career as a respected academic besides. Erik hadn't pursued physics with any seriousness, finding himself more at-home in the thick of things.

But he knows Charles was always fond of research and worked closely with Hank on a number of groundbreaking projects. Genosha likewise was a hotbed of engineering and practical invention, many decades advanced in technology beyond their peers. Together they really could claim to have laid the ground for mutantkind in this era, and as he considers that, it's with a great deal of pride to have been able to accomplish it with Charles. You really are doing incredible work. I'm so glad to be by your side now as your husband as well. I don't think I have ever been happier than this moment.

Charles knows well that there is still a lot ahead of both of them. For his part, his institute is still expanding, with higher enrollment year over year. His role in the public arena is becoming larger as well, and his X-Men, the tactical team of students and colleagues, continue to train for more complex missions. Not yet 40, Charles knows that he has a long, busy career ahead of him. But it's hard not to yearn for an alternate reality, one in which the two of them could merely visit the beach on a sunny Wednesday, and just be. I, too, could not be happier, Charles responds fondly. We must do more, to ensure that we are never apart for too long. We've gotten lazy, at times, haven't we? No more of that. Once a month, at minimum.

Erik just studies him, doing as he always seems to whenever the moment grows so large within him he feels he may burst, a habit from childhood to imprint each and every iota onto his conscious recollection for later. No more of that, he agrees gently. He suspects it was made all the more easy by the interference with his mind, which saw him more able to tolerate such a distance from his beloved.

Now that it's gone, he can't fathom a reality where he'd be content with monthly chess games. It's so absurd it draws a laugh out of him. I've missed you, he whispers between them just because he can. He'll be uncovering little moments like this for a long, long time. The disparity between Now and Then, untangling it all. Perhaps that's part in parcel what Edie meant. I'll come by often, he promises. I won't let anything interfere again. You'll help me, too? Keep me safe from thieves in the night? he grins, nose wrinkled up.

Following Erik's thread of reasoning, Charles lowers his gaze. It hasn't been one-sided, darling. I allowed that distance to grow, too, and I didn't even have anything interfering with my reasoning. Sure, perhaps the initial departure so long ago set the tone, but Charles hadn't gone out of his way to try and mend things properly, either. And the fact that even he couldn't tell that Erik was being manipulated is shameful. It happened initially while Charles was using the serum...he'd missed his chance to notice the switch, when it happened. I can put a barrier up, he adds. My barrier. That way, I know if someone tries to steal you away. You're officially mine now, after all. Property of Charles Xavier. I'll stamp that somewhere, on you.

I am yours, Erik whispers back in sincerity. Not your property, I understand that now. It's taken me a long time to really understand the difference. But I know it now. Ani l'dodi ve dodi li. You're for me, and I'm for you. That's what it means, he strokes Charles's jaw, a twist of warmth shooting from fingertips and swirling into him. All that time ago... I was so sure, he says mournfully. That you wouldn't have helped Genosha. And it hurt you, that I thought that. And now... with Sayid gone, I realize how... how that didn't make any sense.

I chose to leave all those years ago, that responsibility is mine. But it was a choice... I think it was a choice made with false information. And I'm so, so sorry that I didn't question it properly. I didn't... I let someone else interfere. Just like I let Essex interfere. And it hurt you. And I'm sorry. My mind... all this time, wasn't mine. And now it is, and I can choose and I know, I know what I want. And it's to be with you. Nothing will ever be able to make me stop loving you. He couldn't make me stop. I will never stop, for as long as I live. I am yours, Charles Xavier.

And just like that, Charles's eyes are red-rimmed again, misty with tears. Yes, the departure was a pivotal moment for Charles, one which, at the time, had hurt him beyond reconciliation. He'd understood Erik's desire to leave the slow, sleepy life they were living at the mansion in the wake of his injury, but his decision to leave without warning had sliced through Charles with such ferocity that he couldn't think straight nearly a year. In hindsight, they can both recognize that the outcome made the cleave worthwhile.

Erik, my love...darling, you did what you needed to do, he replies, blinking away tears. You needed to save those people. You needed to build this place. Perhaps some heartache would have been spared if your departure had gone differently, but in the end, it's impossible to regret that you did leave. I think that our paths were destined to diverge in this way at some point. He smiles as he reaches up to stroke Erik's jaw. I said things to hurt you, purposefully. I was lashing out. I wanted something to stick. Neither of us have been perfect to each other, but the fact that we're here, after all of that, is a testament, isn't it? I love you, Erik Lehnsherr, and I, too, am yours. In this life and in the next.

I'm so grateful that you have been able to forgive me, Erik returns, gently sweeping his thumb across Charles's cheekbones, clearing away those tears as he has so many times for Erik.

There is so much joy in my life, Charles. And it all stems from you. When I met you, I... was not really alive. Everything was frozen and meaningless, it was all a fog and nothing pierced through. Until you. This place, everything we have made, in Genosha, the culmination of my life's work and that which I am proudest of - none of it could exist without you. It takes him a while to loop his thoughts together into something coherent, but he continues once he has the thread. Living with you at the mansion, caring for you, I loved that part of it, too. All of this was never really my goal - it just... happened, by accident, he laughs.

I saw those people being hurt - that part, I think, was also very... he wiggles his fingers at his temple. How much it hurt him, he's thinking. That was probably interference, too. If it hadn't been that way, I would have stayed and been pleased to do so. But you are right, I am happy to have this place. That I can now share this place with you, that you can be here, by my side. You are my light. Perhaps that is sentimental, but it is true. My neshama. My only regret in life is that these things caused you such heartache. Now I know what I choose, as myself. And it is you. Over anything else. I would do anything for you. You need only ask. If it is within my power, it will be done.

Charles is smiling a tearful smile up at Erik, his husband, his everything. All green eyes and russet hair and a stern face which softens for only him. How greedy Charles is, knowing that he's the only one who gets to know the real Erik. Just kiss me, you hopeless romantic, he replies with a laughing gasp. Perhaps that's our new rule, as a married pair. You must come and kiss me, at least once per day.

Of course, he obliges. Me? A romantic? he feigns offense. Lies and slander, Erik grins down at him, and then kisses him again for good measure. And then again and again, peppering his whole face with kisses like a big puppy. Who, me?

Charles is laughing with pure glee as Erik kisses him, over and over and over again. He feels utterly ebullient, ready to burst at the seams from joy, love, hope for the future. Nothing has changed, but nothing will ever be the same, either, and Charles can only beam and bask in the tremendous fortune that is his life as Erik’s husband. I love you, you fool, he grins. You complete me. Life is hollow without you. And I’m so lucky that you’re mine.

"I got you a wedding gift. Wait," he holds up a finger very seriously, and then produces a teeny tiny bat wrapped in a blanket and socks, complete with a bottle of milk. "A friend for you," he titters, mischievous and swaying happily from side-to-side. 

Charles blinks at the new addition to their private, intimate, loving moment. He didn’t know what to expect as a wedding gift, but it certainly wasn’t… this. He can imagine the scene from an external set of eyes. Erik, waist deep in the ocean, holding Charles bridal style in one arm and with a baby bat in another. Swaying eagerly. “Oh,” Charles says, and after studying Erik’s face alight in childlike excitement, plucks the bottle and holds it to the bat’s mouth. “You’re a strange man, Erik Lehnsherr.”

Erik scritches under the creature's chin. "He's cute! A very handsome boy. Perhaps..." the bat disappears, to be replaced with a little baby sloth in pajamas. It crawls up Charles's shoulder and pets him on the cheek. Within a blink, Charles is inundated by furry creatures swaddled in all manner of cozy get-ups, most of them from Genosha's animal sanctuaries, where they're intended to be looked after and released back into the wild. They look a bit startled, but they're held protectively in Erik's power so Charles can pet them, making sure to provide a shield between the oils of his hands and their sensitive skin to allow for handling.

Charles yelps as he’s suddenly encased in a pile of small creatures, all wearing some sort of pajama outfit. A sloth, a ferret, a lemur…all at once, they’re surrounding him as he floats above the water’s surface alongside. He can’t help but laugh as he extends his hand to pet each. “The students have been begging me to allow them to keep animals. Perhaps I’ll send them here to assist in your facilities.”

"They do look quite cozy," Erik chuckles. The lemur in particular takes a liking to him and gloms on, nudging at his thumb. "You have a new little buddy, see?" Erik is delighted. It's no secret his love of animals, and it's nice to be able to be close with them whilst keeping them safe and protected. "You should send them here! We could do a little exchange. Genoshan kids need to be exposed to Integrationist ways of life, and to learn about culture outside our insular society. I think it's a good idea," Erik grins.

All of the Genoshan kids he's received over the years at his institute have been very culturally distinct from the American kids, having limited understanding of concepts like money, class hierarchy, profit, corporations, banking, taxes, and things of that nature. If they ever want to leave Genosha, they have to undergo a pretty major curriculum shift to do so. And in general, their way of life is built on acceptance and open handedness, they're freer and bolder with friendship and forgiveness, combined with a sense of duty and obligation that is more collectively-minded than their peers.

It makes them well-suited to contributing around the manor, but it has caused friction in the past since their way of life differs on every level.

The lemur perches on Charles’s shoulder, and Charles gives it the tiniest scritch. It’s not the first time he’s thought about a formal exchange. Every now and then, they’ll send each other wayward souls who have found the wrong mutant haven to call home; sometimes, people are better suited for one environment over the other. But his students are often curious about Genosha. A few have visited and regale their classmates with tales of the island paradise where mutantkind is free to be who they are. “I’d be happy to host a cohort of your young ones,” Charles agrees as a hedgehog nuzzles at his left hand. “Will they be shocked to learn that we use money?”

"Oh, they know all about it, but it's different to experience," Erik laughs. "They don't understand things like budgeting, or taxes, and the like. We offer travel curriculum so that they have a baseline, and most schools have a practice auditorium with a basic market," he grins. "I've heard that the kids prefer it here, even when they leave, they can't wait to come back. That makes me happy, that they are fulfilled here."

“I can’t blame them. If you’ve grown up somewhere that relies on community as a foundational pillar, it would be difficult not to see capitalist society as cruel, selfish, and materialistic.” Charles, of course, is not unaware of the innumerable pitfalls of modernity; nobody with even a mild interest in philosophy and literature isn’t. How many people have sat around in circles over time and speculated about the perfect society to build from scratch, without precondition to taint its culture? Such a thing can never exist, of course, but Genosha is the great experiment happening now, the closest that they may ever get. Charles smiles softly. “You’ve built something incredible, my love. History will look upon you kindly.”

Erik's nose wrinkles up in fond affection. As always, being pleasing to Charles is what sends a shiver through his being. Of course, it's interrupted when an African Grey parrot squawks, "you wanna apple?" at Charles. Erik raises his brows. "A very good question." He produces some apple slices. "Do you indeed want an apple?" and that's just Erik, Charles has learned to roll with it over the years as he indulges his whims and fancies.

To Erik, Charles knows, it is a great question, and a valid and important one, too. This is who Charles loves. This strange mix of stern and whimsical, where whimsy is treated with as much severity as anything else. It’s how Erik’s brain works, and Charles loves him for it. More than anything. “I do, in fact,” he informs both Erik and the parrot, and accepts the apple slices as they’re fed to him. “Thank you, my love. Have some, too.”

Erik basks in the glow of this moment, and accompanied by their furry friends, Erik walks them back to their conservation habitats and slowly the day winds down, with Erik whisking Charles to a cabin that's arranged itself quite conveniently; Erik's doing, surely. Along the beach, and spends the rest of their wedding day traipsing through dreams and upside-down delights hand-in-hand with Charles as they walk along the underside of the universe, illusory and physics combined. Erik nudges him into bed and works his fingers into his back and shoulders, easing the pains even more and leaving him languid and relaxed. They're tangled together, Erik resting his head on Charles's chest, and he curls him in close.

I love you, he whispers. It's a good day.

Chapter 41: & on this branch-its breadth & length--I have my castle.

Chapter Text

Little things change here and there. Erik is at the mansion more. Charles is on Genosha more. The both of them just seem snapped together, lock-step. Fluent in one another, a reflection of their roles and their relational dynamics in tune. It's a subtle harmony that strengthens them both.

Today, Charles is teaching a lesson on the relevance of rule utilitarianism to mutation, when Scott barges in, definitely not where he belongs.

"Professor, you have to see this. Come, quickly," he insists. Grim. It's dire. Something bad. Charles senses the unrest. Scott leads him out to the big television in the living area, where several other students have gathered. The woman on the news is summarizing,

"-so far, what we know is that the Man Without an Identity, also known as Apocalypse, has delivered what he has termed the Admonition and targeted a wide swathe of New York City. The death toll is estimated at 5,000 and steadily climbing, whilst Genoshan forces are responding to repel Apocalypse back, with Erik Lehnsherr himself leading the brigade-"

Charles feels it. He’s in the middle of his Applied Philosophy lecture when the terror snaps across his awareness like a bolt of lightning. He chokes a strangled gasp mid-sentence, the stick of chalk that he had been holding dropping to the wood floor with a clink. “Professor…?” But Charles scarcely registers the worried student’s query, because the wave of agony that pummels across his mind is all-encompassing. Infinite. He isn’t sure how long it’s been when Scott bursts into the classroom and ushers him into the living room, where their large television is bearing the news that he had experienced with sick knowledge.

“Oh—“ The voice beside him is Jean’s, but Charles can feel all eyes on him as the camera pans to a tall man with russet waves, clad in sleek black-and-maroon. The sun seems to reflect off of a thin band around his left ring finger.

“NO—“ Charles yells out loud as the screen whitens in a stark flash. There are noises then, explosions, screams, sirens, the excruciating symphony of buildings as they’re rended from their supports. Whether they’re from the broadcast on television or the radio link between his brain and the terror-stricken people of New York City, Charles doesn’t know.

ERIK! he cries out, searching frantically for his husband. He’s near enough be contacted with no difficulty, but whether or not he’s there to contact is another question entirely. Erik, no!

I'm here! Erik pings back, sharp as a laser through the drilling cacophony. I'm here. I'm safe. I've extended a shield around New York, it's safe, Charles. I'm holding it. We're still engaged, his thoughts slot together, crystalline and calm and composed. For all of Erik's damage and difficulties, this is the area that he excels. This is why he continues to be elected, because when the crisis happens, he pierces it with total clarity in slow-motion.

I need you to get everyone in the mansion and go to the bunker and seal yourselves in there, and you, Jean and Ailo should join together to extend a psionic perimeter for further insulation, he says, strategy funneling into a single triangulation. He drops out of contact after this, but on the television screen in front of Charles, he can see as Erik's eyes narrow in concentration and he redoubles his efforts, when Sayid al-Zaman in all his terrifying glory rises up out of the stricken ashes around the waterfront.

And then they're fighting. The recording equipment is shoddy, revealing only furious whirls of movement and color in grainy black-and-white, but Charles is privy to the scene as it unfolds in technicolor bursts. Erik is focused on hundreds of different things at once, on minimizing the harm to civilians around them, on preventing Sayid from causing more infrastructural damage, and on projecting bolts of something horrifying and beautiful and superheated beyond comprehension down into Sayid's molecular core. It's brutal, blow-for-blow. 

Jean, privy to the conversation in Charles’s mind, wastes no time. The sirens that have been installed in the mansion begin to wail; all students and staff alike have been through the drills before and know that they must hurry to the bomb shelter, created deep beneath the heart of the mansion. The adults are frantic but keep a composed front as they rush to the checkpoints throughout the grounds to collect the students for safe shepherding and roll call. Charles, however, remains glued to the television. The image that he gathers through Erik’s vantage point is far clearer than the staticky, black-and-white news coverage on the television, but he cannot take his eyes from the screen.

“Charles!”

“Go, I’ll be down shortly—“

“You can’t get there on your own,” Hank reminds him, and then without hesitation, leans down to scoop Charles from his chair and into his strong arms. He can’t put up much of a fight as Hank rushes him into the line of fast-moving residents, all a chitter of fear and confusion as they file down the narrow steps into the bowels of the earth beneath the Xavier estate. The bomb shelter is surprisingly large.

One entire wall is comprised of cabinets and cupboards holding an immense amount of rations, cots, blankets, and medical equipment. Enough for every member of the school to be nourished for some length of time. Hank places Charles on an armchair near the head of the room before stooping to get the radio started. Jean and Ailo flank him next; Jubilee hurries to procure a chair for Ailo as well, whose leg brings him an increasing amount of pain as the years tick toward.

As the three of them quickly join forces to enhance the barrier around the school, Charles never takes himself out of Erik’s visual cortex. He dares not distract the man but dares not leave, either, horror-stricken. But it’s too late. Sayid is gone. Vanquished, completely. It happened while he was in Hank’s arms but only now can Charles fully comprehend what Erik had done. There are helicopters and steaming piles of rubble amid a flattened plain.

Where the skyscrapers and towering monoliths of the financial district once dominated the skyline—nothing. Ash. Debris. Wailing people, limbs. And at the center of it all, Erik Lehnsherr, a statue carved by one of the Old Masters amid waves of ruin. Erik… he whispers, tears rushing down his face, unbidden.


Charles feels the first twinges from Erik as he slowly lowers himself to the ground, touching the broad palm of his good hand into the soft debris as his head bows. Grief, horror, devastation, all mixed into the ashes as they float through the air, reminiscent of the crematoria that still periodically invade his nightmares. It's only a twinge, just a second, and then he's off again, this time throwing himself into the fray of first responders, using his ability to completely dissolve every molecule of rubble that could prevent them from finding survivors.

I'm right here, Charles. I'm right here. I love you. Lean on me. Listen to the sound of my voice. Do you remember where we left off in our story, yesterday? he chatters as he helps a paramedic extract a little girl from the searing wreckage. The sirens at the mansion slowly power down as students and instructors alike gradually emerge from the safe-zone beneath the Institute's foundations, whilst Erik weaves the tale through, humming softly under his breath as he works and works to mend what has been so horrendously broken.

It's only to nourish his family that he pauses to take a break, folding himself through dimensions even as he divides his focus on assisting the research efforts, feeling down along the cracked edges of atoms where his presence is needed most and shifting what needs shifting. The rest of his concentration is devoted to his family, getting to Charles and Raven as soon as possible. He brings them together at the Xavier Institute, where he knows Charles is needed most to keep order amongst his students, but for this single moment out of time Erik drops to envelop him in a gripping embrace, feathering his fingers along the back of his neck.

I'm so glad you are OK, neshama. I'm so, so, so glad. You're safe, you're OK. I love you. We're safe.

Even as Charles orchestrates the next steps for his residents, he and Erik never lose contact. It’s a dance; Charles instructs the older students and staff to get ready to head to the city to aid in the recovery efforts as Erik leads the very charge. The younger students, too young to understand the gravity of what has happened, still beg to be of assistance, and so Aura organizes a group to begin pulling together care packages.

The X-Men leave for Manhattan under Scott and Jean, but Charles remains at the mansion, fielding calls, comforting students, thinking through logistics. But the moment that Erik materializes in his office and wraps him in those arms, he dissolves. His breath leaves his body, and he collapses, nearly folding across his desk before he finds himself completely encased in Erik’s grip. I thought I’d lost you, he wheezes, breathless. His mind is upside down. Erik, all of those people, I…oh, so many of them, they’re gone, and I felt them, and they’re still dying, and I…I…

Sayid is dead, too. By his own hand. If he had understood the full scale of Sayid's intrusion into his mind, if he had fought him off sooner, if he had recognized - he should have killed him, so many years ago and beyond. So often he had the thought that he would, only to find it evaporating in his fingertips. There's still so much that Erik needs to do, the crushing weight of responsibility a swinging guillotine, but he endures it patiently.

He'll have to return to Genosha, to address his people, to plan for large-scale aid and coordination in recovery efforts and rescue and rebuilding. Erik's powers will be leaned on, but for this moment out of time, the clocks stop and he sags in Charles's arms. Letting himself exist for just a moment, as a man with his beloved. "I know, neshama," Erik soothes lowly, rubbing his back in long, even strokes that spark warmth through his body, sensation to ground him here-and-now.

"I know, I know," he murmurs, swaying a little side-to-side as he often does when he's overcome. "You haven't lost me, and I haven't lost you. We're both right here," he presses his palm into Charles's chest, against his heart. "I'm right here with you." And that shield flexes outward, pushing all those horrible cries out past the barrier to give Charles a reprieve. "I've got you, I know."

Charles’s breath shudders against Erik. It’s a relief, to have the small break from the agony, but Charles knows that it’s also unfair. Because there’s no escaping it. He shouldn’t be allowed to. Not when he could have stopped Sayid, years ago. It’s guilt that they’ll both share. “The Secretary of State wants me at Camp David, first thing tomorrow morning,” Charles says with a shaky voice. “Sayid was officially a Genoshan citizen, Erik. This is going to be very difficult for you. For us.”

Erik rubs two of his fingers into his own sternum, as if to keep himself conscious. "I never thought he would ever do something like this," he gasps, and it's at that moment that it all hits him at once the Magnitude of what has happened. "Five thousand... innocent people... Anatolia was bad but I... thought it was, a mih--mistake," his teeth chatter. "That he didn't reh--uh--realize. This is... my fault," he wheezes. "Took my mind. Took you. Killed thousands of people. I didn't see--I didn't see it--how could I have failed so--"

“It wasn’t your fault,” Charles says softly, but the guilt, he knows, will not go away. For though he knows that, logically, neither of them are accountable for Sayid’s actions, they will both feel as if they should have stopped him. “Continue to lead recovery efforts,” Charles says, gripping Erik’s hand in his own. “That will help. And don’t—don’t blame yourself. It’s not…it’s not…just—“ He gasps a little. “Come here,” he whispers, inviting Erik onto his lap. “Let me hold you.”

Erik immediately folds himself right down into Charles's arms, gripping on tight and pressing little kisses to what skin he can find at his neck and jaw and cheek. "When it happened I felt---and you---oh, you must have felt, oh, Charles," tears drop freely down his cheeks, then. "I felt, too," he rocks, back and forth in Charles's arms. "I thought you were gone, I thought everything was gone---not gone, you're not gone. Still here. With me. With Erik. Erik and Charles are safe," he mumbles, like a fairy tale, his defenses shattered wide open. "I had to come home to you."

Charles holds Erik on his lap and rocks—as well as he can—from side to side. They’re both drowning in grief, guilt, fear for the future, and in this moment, suspended out of time, Charles can only be grateful that they have each other. “You and I are safe,” Charles whispers, to himself as much as to Erik. “Thank you for coming home to me. My husband.” He smooths his thumb over the band on Erik’s finger. Graphene, inlaid with the English translation of the same phrase that’s on Charles’s own ring. “You did so well.”

Erik runs his fingers over Charles's cheek, and it's all he can do to reassure himself over and over again that they're safe, their students are safe, their family is safe. There are so many others who don't have that luxury and he is so, so sorry. "I tried," he whispers. "He kept attacking after the first time. I kept him from doing it again. It was just that first hit," he swipes at his nose surreptitiously. "It came out of nowhere. I couldn't stop it."

“It would have been a lot worse if you hadn’t acted so quickly,” Charles says, and despite the horror of it all, there is some gratitude, there. Gratitude that Erik did act and prevent any further damage and loss of life. “Thank you for getting there when you did. I felt how hard it was for you, love.” He closes his eyes briefly, forcing himself to think about the weight of Erik on his body, fingers on his skin. He doesn’t smell like himself—he smells like smoke and dust—but he’s here, and safe. “Come see me when you can,” Charles implores. “You and I are going to be very busy here, I imagine. Focus on doing what you need to do, but drop in if you can, mm? Even if for a just a minute.”

"Always, forever. I will. We can make the time, see?" Erik smiles down at him, kissing his brow. "I don't know what's going to happen. I don't want war," he whispers. "They'll come for you. They'll try to hurt you. If they do, I'll have to act. I won't let them hurt us."

“They won’t come for me, I’ll be sure of it,” Charles insists, though, if he were to judge the attitude toward mutantkind by the tenor of the calls he’s been having today, things aren’t going to be smooth sailing, exactly. “I’m more worried about you. Sayid was a Genoshan,” he repeats.

"I can protect Genosha," Erik says softly. "They can't hurt us, and I'll help regardless of the government's stance on our nation. But I'm worried about mutants in America," he just says it plainly. "I'm worried, they'll use this as evidence that mutants must be controlled."

“I’ve been on a steady campaign trying to prove that we don’t,” Charles says dryly. “Pointing out that there’s never been an attack by a mutant on our soil any greater than an attack orchestrated by a non-mutant. Bloody hell,” he murmurs, rubbing his forehead. “I’ll handle things here, Erik. I can navigate whatever comes my way. You just worry about protecting your people, mm?”

"They may try to sanction me," Erik whispers. "They can't do much by force, but I don't want to cause strife in your population. I'm sure everyone must be very scared of me right now." It's not a rational response, but Erik understands how people work.

People don't really recognize the scale and depth of his capabilities, and he doesn't shove it in people's faces either, but it's difficult to deny that he is just as capable as Sayid - actually far more capable - of causing harm and destruction were he malevolent.

"I try to teach the humans on Genosha that mutation is just a fact of reality. It does no good to be scared of how things are. Sometimes people will make bad decisions, but mutation is not inherently scary. Anymore than any choice a human makes to exert control over their environment. But... I know, they'll still be scared."

"Everyone is scared," Charles agrees. It's what's been pummeling him all day; everyone around the globe is scared as they absorb the developing story from New York City. Tomorrow, it will truly begin, Charles knows. Tomorrow will be the day when his most difficult challenge commences. "And not just of you, love. Of all of us. Of our kind." He lets out a deep sigh and leans back in his chair, suddenly exhausted, suddenly sore. "Please, don't step in, even if you think you need to," Charles says finally, eyes downcast. "I'll ask if I need you."

"Charles," Erik shakes his head. "I can't promise that. If they start hurting mutants, if they start making it policy to hurt mutants --" he sighs, grimacing. "OK," he says at last. "I trust you. I trust you," he repeats softly. "I won't interfere, at least in that way. I'm going to make it very clear that Genosha accepts asylees from every nation, and try to continue our outreach. Oh, what a mess," he laughs a little. "I'm so sorry, you must be exhausted. Shall I take you to bed, hm? A little tea and biscuit?" he smiles down and materializes a tray of just-that between them.

"I won't let them hurt us," Charles promises, gripping Erik's wrist. "It may get...ugly, for a little while, but I promise, Erik, I will not let them hurt us, not in that way." Because they know it's a distinct possibility that the United States government might start to rethink their stance on camps and facilities, a stance which Charles has fought to change. "If anyone is in immediate danger, I will send them you way, but otherwise, love, I'll handle things here." He smiles a sad smile as he plucks a biscuit from the tray and begins to nibble, but he's far from hungry. "No, no. It's alright, I've got a load of work to do," he says regretfully. "I can't imagine how exhausted you are."

"Let's make a pact," Erik says with a smile of his own, plucking up a biscuit. He often doesn't eat when he's stressed, but it's engrained in him not to refuse food in front of his face. "Twelve hours of work, and then we will meet back and rest, hm? We have lots to do, but we must make sure to take breaks, so we can be at our best." He wipes a crumb from Charles's lip, fond.

"I like that pact," Charles replies idly, the back of his skull nestled against the headrest of his wheelchair. He imagines that it might be difficult to maintain for long; who knows where he'll be in twelve hours, or where Erik will be needed. "You'll come and retrieve me?" he asks. "Shall we find a private place for us? Neither here nor Genosha?"

"I'll take you to the cliffs," he whispers back. "Bik'at Hayarden," the memory opens up. The place in his mind where Edie once resided, where Charles met her that very first time. The hills and valleys. "They're beautiful. The sea is full of salt, so everything floats."

Charles smiles softly before nodding his head once. The idyllic landscape in Erik's head is perfect; isolated, scenic, warm. Seemingly a world away from the difficulties that lie with them now. "Make us a little cabin, mm? With a comfortable bed."

"Deep in the mountains," Erik promises. An incentive, where they can be spirited away after the long slog that awaits them. It's a nice fantasy, and one Erik resolves to give them. It's important, as important as any of the work they do, and it's his job to take care of Charles and make sure he doesn't work himself into the ground. He takes his husbandly duties very seriously.

"Good. Alright." It's a small concession, but Charles feels a bit better knowing that they have a plan in place to come together, periodically. 12 hours of work, and then a small reprieve in their Arcadia. He's worried that Erik will run himself ragged in between, but if they can hold to their promise, it's the very least that they can do for each other. "I'd best be getting back to it," he sighs, spreading his fingers over Erik's knee. "Tell my X-Men to take a break soon, mm? They're still at the site."

"I'll send them home with a good meal," he promises, kissing Charles soundly before rising to his feet. He's calmer now, his soul soothed with the simple fact of being in Charles's presence, provided the strength to trudge ever onward.


The rescue efforts are still underway when he returns to the fray, and he meets up with Jean and Scott at the medical center he's erected just outside the Financial District. The blown out buildings are no longer, having been dissolved in Erik's first pass, now it was simply a matter of tending to the wounded. "How are you holding up?" he asks Jean, bowing to give her a one-armed embrace.

Jean's red hair is matted with sweat and debris. It's late, nearly 10pm, but the floodlights stationed at the various medical tents cast the flat plain of what was once a city block in a harsh, eerie light. Erik helped clear the area, but Jean has still been frantically searching for survivors all day; some scrambled from the detonation site nursing horrible wounds. "Fine," she huffs, leaning in to Erik's hug, though they both know that this is far from fine. "Everyone is terrified, Erik. They're being nice enough to us right now because we're helping, but I've never felt such...fear from perfect strangers. They're looking at us like we're time bombs about to explode."

"I know," Erik whispers, lips pressing together in a grim smile. "Charles said the same. I can only imagine how devastating it must be for you, having to endure all of their pain on top of your own. You've been working very hard." He pats her on the back and a rolled up paper bag materializes in his hands, with take-out boxes from their favorite in White Plains. "Here," he says. "A good meal. Come and sit with me, all of you," he directs the X-Men, and starts passing out containers.

"You've all been doing wonderful work today. We'll be back tomorrow, and the next. We can't make this right, but we can help where we're needed. To do that, you must look after yourselves. Your bodies and minds are the conduit of your intentions, if they are not maintained, they will break down. So, eat," he insists softly. "You, too, Hank," he tells the blue man with a pat to his arm. "When you're finished, I'll send you back home. How is it looking out there?" he asks the doctor.

It's shocking, really. Jean isn't new to mistrust—mutant sentiment isn't broadly sympathetic everywhere, but she has never experienced such open hostility from this many people, all at once. As they sit together outside the medical center, eating their diner food, she feels the scrutiny of the world on their back. They might as well have giant targets painted on them. "I know, I need to get back and tend to Charles before too long," Hank mumurs, rubbing his eyes. "It could be better. A lot of survivors of the initial blow are dying of their injuries. Crushed spinal cords, organs..Shomron's just arrived, but there just aren't enough doctors or supplies."

"I can help with the supplies, give me a list of everything you need and how much of it you need," Erik says immediately. "That goes for you all. Anything you find that you need, tell Jean or Charles, and you tell me," he taps his temple, and motions to her. She's always known she has permission to communicate telepathically with him, but he makes it overt just in-case.

"And I'll make sure you have it. Everyone has got food, water, beds, blood transfusion supplies and the like. But I've never dealt with a catastrophe quite this large, so I am sure there are a lot of things that I don't know we need. I can't procure organs at a faster rate, but we do have a robust blood bank and I've diverted a significant supply."

He considers for a moment how to best explain the way his mutation works. "Inorganic material is a non-issue. I can generate matter via molecular transformation. All I would need for specialized equipment, is an actual sample of the thing you need. If I don't know what it looks like or how it's composed, I can't make it," he explains.

“There’s a list inside.” Hank nods toward the tent. “Anything you can procure will be helpful, we need everything.” Local hospitals and medical centers have been donating whatever they can to the recovery effort, but every facility is overwhelmed, and it hasn’t been long enough for the shipments from facilities further afield to arrive. “Blood continues to be a problem,” Hank says dryly, picking at the sandwich with a frown. “Several patients have already made me verify that the blood I’m using is human and not mutant.” His jaw sets. “One man told me that he’d rather die than be ‘infected with tainted blood,’” he relays. “So, save those stores.”

Erik glowers, his normally severe features pulling into a harsh, forbidding frown. "I hardly see how that's verifiable," he points out. Blood is blood, and there's no field test that can separate their two species. They aren't even disparate species, as far as he understands genetics, from what Charles has taught him. It's a frustrating limitation, and in his view, completely irrelevant. Almost everything here has come from mutants, so to draw the line at blood is arbitrary and irrational.

Which, he knows, is a product of fear and little else. He does have compassion for these people, even the ones who are abjectly hostile. It's in the wake of a devastating blow, and human nature is prejudicial. Nevertheless, to be confronted so boldly with such a sentiment is difficult to bear, especially when he's heard it many times before in a different context. "I'm sorry, I know it must be hard to listen to. Sometimes the work is thankless, I'm afraid," he says, wry.

"Go back to Genosha, freaks!" a young man shouts at them as he passes by.

Erik ignores him, expelling a soft breath. 

“I didn’t become a doctor in order to be thanked,” Hank replies coolly, but it’s clear that he’s coming from a place of solidarity. His philosophies and Erik’s own often clash; the two have never become fast friends. But they can both agree, as they stand at the site of incredible disaster, that this sort of discrimination is intolerable. The jeer from the passerby rolls of Hank’s back. He imagines that this is just the beginning of a dark period.

“I should go,” he says after a moment. “There aren’t many patients willing to be treated by me while I look like this, and I’m sure Charles could use my help at home. It won’t be long before the school is surrounded by officials, investigating our connection to al-Zaman. He was a resident for over a year, after all.” He looks to Erik. “You and Charles have a plan?” It’s partially a question, partially a desperate plea.

"I know you didn't," Erik murmurs, sympathetic. "And we're working on it," Erik promises him. "It's too early to say how people are going to respond to this, but he's heading to Camp David tomorrow morning for a debrief. We'll know more then. Right now I'm doing as much as I can to coordinate relief efforts, getting supplies where they need to go, and streamlining the asylum process for any mutants who feel unsafe or unwelcome in their communities here. We're on the precipice," he says very softly. "This might mean war, if they decide that now is the time to treat us like criminals. We can't ignore the possibility."

“War?” Jean inserts, dread flooding her body. “Between humans and mutants?” Though she’s an adult and, due to the advent of her mutation, may have a wordlier nature about her, she’s grown up largely in peace. Born in the waning years of the war, the conflicts between the United States and Russia still seemed like pregnant conversations more than anything else. Not at her doorstep, anyway. Living with Charles, too, has cushioned her with a sense of security and purpose—so long as they preached peace, peace would come. “No. That’s not—“ she shakes her head. “Charles is the defacto leader of our kind here, in this country. We both know that he’s not going to resort to that. Not ever. Sayid was an anomaly.”

"He was," Erik nods. "Fortunately most mutants aren't aggressive in that way. But all it takes is one Sayid," he murmurs, trying to be gentle about it. "He is the culmination of every fear the humans have about us. To them, he is the embodiment of their extinction. They might not openly declare war, but if they start to curtail your rights, to develop internment facilities, you will need to fight back. You can't accept systemic annihilation. I lived through it once already. Such a thing is foreign to you, and I thank G-d every day for that, and I pray that it remains so."

“The Professor won’t let that happen,” she asserts, though the tremor in her gut gives credence to the fear that’s now brimming at the top of everyone’s minds in their little circle. What if the Professor isn’t enough?

“We should go,” Hank says to the young woman, gentle. “If the Professor is needed in talks as early as tomorrow, we should go home and make sure that the school is prepared for…visitors. You’ll be needed there.”

Jean nods gravely, and then turns to wrap her arms around Erik once more. “Call us if you need us, we’ll send more help tomorrow,” she promises. “And get some rest, too. You’ve been out here all day.”

"Make sure that Charles eats, too," he tells them both. "We have a pact, to take a break in twelve hours. But if you can get him to rest tonight, I certainly won't complain," he winks at her, and folds her up into a hug again, dropping a kiss onto the top of her head. "I'm very glad that you are safe, Jean. You're my family, and I love you very much. Never forget that."

“You know how easy it is to get him to focus on himself when there’s something happening,” Hank says wryly as Scott darts away to bring the car around. “Last week I tried to put him to bed on the night before the school play and then came to at 6 the next morning in my lab. He stayed up all night.” Jean closes her eyes and accepts the comfort. Erik has been like a father to her, and even now, his words are a balm. “I won’t,” she whispers. “Be safe, please. Promise me.”

"I will," he promises. "I can protect myself, and I'll do my best to keep order here." He waves his hand and all of the X-Men, along with Scott and the car, rematerialize on the front lawn of the Xavier Institute.

Charles closes his eyes and rests his head back against his chair. If only it were as easy as leaving and starting over somewhere else, outside the reach of oppressive laws. Even if he were willing to leave it all behind, though, it wouldn't stop. Genosha isn't immune to global sentiment.

"I'm sure that your aid will still be welcome, even if Ruskin and Baines will pretend that it's not," Charles agrees, eyes still closed. "Now, I must get to work preparing for what I've agreed to do. Hank, we need to recalibrate Cerebro a bit; we cannot have onlookers see what I see. We must do that immediately. There is no telling when an official may show up, mm?"

Chapter 42: in open ground or on the wing, your menace has a hollow ring

Chapter Text

As it turns out, the following morning, Charles isn't the only one who has been invited to Camp David. The president, a stone-faced Democratic party official named John Baines, is seated at the long conference table with Moira MacTaggert and Gabrielle Haller, who have coordinated the CIA's efforts into mutation policies, along with William Stryker. But interestingly, the next man to enter is none other than Erik Lehnsherr himself, flanked by senior Genoshan officials Emma Frost and Raven Darkholme.

Retired Major Christopher Summers is also present in his party, acting more as a bridge between their two peoples as a former United States military member and now, citizen of Genosha. Christopher offers Charles a smile, the two men familiar with one another as Charles has been responsible for much of the rearing and education of his adopted child Scott, who has since matured into a fine and responsible young man at the Institute's behest.

He's become a prominent and vocal supporter of peace and coexistence between humans and mutants, and moved to Genosha to practice what he preached soon after Erik Lehnsherr's first election to power. Emma is cordial in white as ever, while Raven appears in all her blue glory wearing the dress uniform of the Genoshan Armed Defense Forces.

President Baines opens the floor. "I've invited Mr. Lehnsherr and his staff here as a courtesy, considering the gravity of everything that's happened as a result of Sayid al-Zaman's actions. The Admonition," he repeats the word, distasteful. "For those who don't know him, this is Charles Xavier, the headmaster of our nation's only dedicated school for mutants. Thank you for appearing on such short notice."

It’s amazing, Charles notes to himself as he wheels into conference room at the Maryland country estate, that many of the guests around the table have sat in his own dining room many times before. Minus Stryker and Baines, and their austere entourage of military and government personnel, the gathering could well be a social event at the Xavier manor, or a festival on Genosha. Charles himself is joined by Ailo—upon insistence of Haller—and Hank, who has been authorized to attend as Charles’s assistant.

What strikes him most obviously, however, is that he no longer has access to Baines’s thoughts, nor those of anyone here as a representative of the United States government. His eyes flick briefly to the manacle around their wrists, which, he conjectures, are generating a null field around them. His throat tightens a bit. So, this is where they’re starting.

“Thank you, Mr. President,” Charles says with a smile, ever accustomed to playing this role. “And thank you for summoning this council. I am certain that I’m not speaking for myself when I say that I am eager to begin a swift campaign of recovery and reconstruction.” Charles adds to Erik: They’re blocking me. Can you tell if the null fields are coming from their bracelets? I’ve never seen those before.

They're projecting a field that blocks neutrinos, Erik murmurs, eyebrows knitting together. Puzzling and disconcerting. I should be able to deactivate them, if you'd like. He gives Charles the option, since he isn't certain how he wants to respond to this.

Ailo looks puzzled as well, but he drops down into a chair, offering smiles to everyone. "Good morning, and I appreciate the invite. I've gotten into contact with several of my former colleagues at the United Nations as well, so I'll relay to them what I can about this meeting. I'm Dr. Kirala, a counselor and instructor at the Xavier Institute," he introduces himself.

Moira offers them a smile. "We're doing what we can to coordinate relief efforts with the GADF, which we sincerely appreciate, Prime Minister," she says to Erik, lifting her chin in his direction. Her colleague, Stryker, would surely spit otherwise, but she wants it known on the record that they are relying on Genosha's assistance at this crucial time for rebuilding efforts. And, most notably, her wrist is absent the band, having refused to wear it. Charles can perceive from her a muddled mixture of concern and buzzing, grim fear and despair. Whatever is coming, it isn't going to be good. 

"The Genoshan military is at your disposal, President Baines," Erik responds in his sonorous lilt, to everyone else severe and harsh, only Charles can see it as the extended hand it is. "We've been working around the clock to distribute food and medicine to everyone, though we are having some trouble with people who claim not to desire treatment from mutants. Perhaps you can address this publicly," he suggests to the president.

"I do plan to make a public announcement, Mr. Lehnsherr, but I serve the American people first, and right now, that means we have to address the real problem in this room. We've known this day would come for years, and now it's here. The mutant problem represents the most significant threat to our wellbeing of the modern era, and how we respond will set the tone of a generation."

"I agree, which is why it's important that we make it clear to both of our people that coexistence is necessary for prosperity."

"Sayid al-Zaman didn't seem to think so, and now 5300 people are dead," Baines returns sharply. "Coexistence is a luxury." 

Not yet. I want to see how this goes first, Charles replies to Erik. “With all due respect, President Baines,” Emma trills from behind her trademark smile, which Charles always thought could freeze a burning brick of coal. “Coexistence is just the default state of mutant and humankind. It’s not as if we appeared out of nowhere, is it, now? The mutant problem, as you so eloquently call it, was never a problem until someone decided that it was.”

“Mr. President,” Charles cuts in, tone far more diplomatic than Emma’s. “I understand that something must be done to address the fear surrounding the coexistence of mutant and humankind; perhaps we can look to Prime Minister Lehnsherr for an example of peaceful coexistence—“

“Nope,” interrupts Stryker, raising a dismissive hand. “I’m gonna stop you there, Xavier. We can’t believe a word you say about Lehnsherr or his government, can we? Given your intimate connection.” The expression on his face resembles that of someone eating a piece of rotten food as he boldly nods at the ring on Charles’s curled finger, and then the corresponding one on Erik’s own. “Try again.”

The look in Erik's eyes is positively dangerous. "I recommend you find a new line of inquiry," he says, very, very softly. There's something almost approaching magnetic in the atmosphere, petrichor before a strike of lightning. "I did not come here to listen to disrespect. I came here to look for a solution to the problem that we are all facing. Sort your priorities. Now."

“That’s all I’m trying to do here, Mr. Lehnsherr,” Stryker drawls back, cocking a brow. “Just making sure everyone’s priorities are sorted. Can’t have personal bias makin’ us say things we don’t mean, now.”

“My personal relationship with the Prime Minister bears no influence over my respect for the policies that his nation practices,” Charles says, voice slightly sharper, now. “I think all in this room can acknowledge the peace that has prospered in Genosha since the revolution. That’s all I mean to say, Agent Stryker, Mr. President.”

"Yes, the revolution that you," Baines points at Erik, "spearheaded without any authorization or approval from global authorities. You just waltzed in and did whatever you wanted, and no one could stop you."

"What I did was liberate a nation that had been illegally occupied for a century, by an off-shoot of your government," Erik growls back, since they're going full mask-off in this room. "Which, by the way, is a war crime. In case anyone was doubting it." He points right back.

"The heart of the matter is this: Sayid al-Zaman was a Genoshan citizen, who effectively declared war on the United States with this attack. What is to stop someone else from doing the same thing? Hell, why not 10,000 victims? 20,000? The whole country?"

"Sayid al-Zaman wasn't a Genoshan citizen," Erik corrects coldly. "He was a citizen of Morocco, and has lived there for a decade. After Anatolia, we disavowed him. The atom bomb instantly killed 78,000 in Hiroshima. Every human is capable of mass destruction. We cannot live reactively, harming innocent people over the actions of outliers."

"Humans. Not mutants. We legislate gun ownership, Mr. Lehnsherr. We legislate who gets to use an atom bomb, we don't put one in the living room of any Joe Blow who might feel inclined to use it because he had a bad day at work."

"What is it that you are suggesting?" Erik asks, fingers curling over the table. To everyone else, he's calm and collected, but Charles, Emma and Ailo can feel the cold snap of anger in him.

"At the very least, we need a real, tangible list of these people with abilities. The CIA already has composites."

"Which is also illegal," Erik points out. "The CIA has no jurisdiction to act on American soil."

"Except in the case of extraordinary circumstances, which this certainly qualifies for."

"I happen to know full-well that the CIA has been conducting surveillance activities stateside for far longer than two days."

Charles closes his eyes, clenching his hand around the armrest of his chair. “Prime Minister,” he says to Erik, voice level. “Your citizens will not be subject to what happens on American soil.” Back off a bit, darling. He doesn’t care about legality, and you’re only going to inflame him. “A registry, Mr. President, may sow further fear,” Charles urges, still diplomatic. “I feel confident that unity, not division, will help us through this period.”

"That does not mean that I am not invested in the wellbeing of American mutants," Erik replies, his tone a great deal softer than it had been when directed at the other two men.

"Have you looked out your window today, Xavier?" Baines's response back is sharp. "Unity is a pipe dream. We need security. Actionable security. So we're starting with a list. This is in the works now, and it should be approved by the end of the week."

"People are afraid, and this is only going to increase their fear by playing into it, justifying it. You can change that tide," Erik insists.

"It'll be up to you," Baines directs to Charles, "to make sure the mutant population here understand their duties to their country. We're also going to be authorizing an extensive scientific inquiry into exactly how we can target and nullify the mutations of individuals deemed dangerous."

"Oh, I'm afraid not," Ailo murmurs. "If you're expecting my cooperation with this," he lifts his hands. "You're sadly mistaken."

"Likewise," Erik hisses. "You have no right to experiment on sentient beings."

"We have every right. You saw to that, when you killed 5,000 people."

Charles is silent for several long moments. He can feel Erik’s mind simmering with fury, Ailo’s with regret. Baines’s is still a black hole. Void. Baines is more powerful than he is; in the ways that matter right now, anyway. Charles, after all, is just a civilian. He’s made it clear that he intends only to be a civilian.

“Sir, we did nothing,” Charles implores. “Genosha flocked to our aid before our own military arrived. Erik—the Prime Minister took out the threat without further loss to life, and has been instrumental in the recovery efforts. He’s single-handedly stocked our hospitals and supplied doctors from Genosha to aid our own. What al-Zaman did was an isolated incident—“

“Terrorists always have followers. They’ll be coming next, unless we send a message,” Stryker growls.

Charles purses his lips. “Mr. President, this is dangerous territory. How do you define who is dangerous and who isn’t? This is not a front that we should begin to explore.”

"Listen to me very carefully, William Stryker," Erik interrupts before Baines can get a word in edgewise. "The only reason that there were not more casualties yesterday is because I intervened. If you ever encounter a malevolent entity with an ability like Sayid's, or mine, you will not have the capacity to resist them. It's not my intention to frighten you, and this is not a threat. I have no intention of harming anyone," he maintains softly.

"But it must be said. There is no way that you could resist it if I ever chose to perpetrate an attack of that magnitude. Conventional weapons are useless against mutations that affect the fabric of our construction, and most mutants like me have some immunity to telepathy. You need to understand what it is you are actually dealing with. Allow me to demonstrate."

He raises his hand and abruptly dissolves the bracelet on Baines's arm. The man gawps, mouth dropping. It's clear he didn't expect this at all, and his shock rings clear. Before anyone can get up in arms, he flicks his fingers and it rematerializes, exactly as it was, as though it had never left. The neutrino repelling field snaps back into place, obscuring his thoughts from Charles once more.

"So please understand me when I say that your only recourse here, is diplomatic. If you fail to adequately parlay with your mutant population, you are putting your citizens at greater risk, because you will be creating extremists out of them. You have no idea who may or may not be a mutant, you yourselves could be latent mutants without even knowing it. This is the nature of reality, and you need to accept it. The laws you create could come back to haunt you, and apply to your very own children, your spouses, your families. Preventing catastrophes like this starts from the ground up, by investing in the wellbeing and foundations of a healthy, stable society."

Baines does seem to waver, there, for an instant. It's faint, but the way he studies Erik shifts just-so. "That would seem all the more reason for us to devote as many resources as possible, on all fronts, to countering the potential for destruction in mutants. If what you say is true, having a countermeasure for someone like you is imperative."

"You do have a countermeasure for someone like me. That countermeasure is peaceful cooperation. That countermeasure is respect, and dignity, and compassion, if not for me personally then for your own civilians. These are Americans, they are your brothers and sisters. They're not alien invaders."

"I cannot do nothing. I cannot go to the American public and tell them that we're just going to sit back and take it. That is unacceptable. We need to prove that we have deterring capabilities. That is an essential component of the peace process."

“We are not saying that you should do nothing—“

“Look,” Stryker interrupts, looking Charles in the eye. “Professor. Maybe you’re punching above your weight class, here. That little school of yours is cute, and it’s just precious when your sideshow of freaks comes out to play superhero, but we’re not talking little league anymore. The elbow rubbing is over, Xavier. Maybe you ought to pipe down and let the big guns do the talking.”

Charles blinks in stunned silence for a moment, and then snaps his fingers. At once, everyone in the room without a neutrino blocker, including Erik and the two telepaths, freeze. Major Summers is mid-cough, and Hank, mid-sip. The water splashes onto the table. For years, Charles has been quiet about the extent of abilities, publicly. Most know that he’s a telepath, but he’s not been eager to share the broader range of what he’s truly capable of with the public. He’s been cultivating the image of kindly professor, approachable and mild. Harmless. And it’s served him well, up to his point. But, he’s not going to be steamrolled by a man like William Stryker. Not here, not now.

“If I so chose, Agent Stryker, I could force each one of these individuals to do my bidding,” Charles says, conversationally. He tilts his head, and Hank, like a puppet, puts his empty glass down on the table. “I could make them see anything. Believe anything. I could snap my fingers, and they’d begin speaking another language. Doing backflips. It’s nothing, to me, to do that.” He smiles. “Mr. President, Erik is correct. Danger is too subjective a term. Do we define by sheer potential of one’s ability? If so, then your predecessor would have been sanctioned; didn’t you know? He was a mutant, too.”

Charles turns his attention to Erik, and, after whispering an apology to the still form of his husband, sinks his tendrils into the man’s brain. It takes no effort to find the center of the ability he must access, and then, of Charles’s accord, via Erik, the bracelet on Stryker’s wrist lifts as well, freeing his mind. “Mutantkind is humankind, Mr. President. Forcing this to be an us vs. them situation is actually just another us vs. ourselves fiasco. One that will damage the country in the long run. Condemn terrorism, condemn extremism. Root out al-Zaman’s followers and bring them to justice. But don’t taint so great a population with a sick brush, sir. The division will fracture our country.”

As the bracelet clatters to the ground, Charles releases the minds of his frozen companions, issuing firm telepathic apologies all around.

Erik looks a little dazed in the aftermath, having clearly not anticipated it when Charles slithered in and sunk himself into every crevice of his neuroanatomy. It's not fear, or anger, but it is a reaction that is out-of-place, given their current circumstances, and Charles feels him sluggishly trying to kickstart his brain in the aftermath. "Mm?" he mumbles, blinking at something Raven's said beside him.

She squeezes his forearm in her manicured nails, and then she abruptly stands and transforms into a perfect facsimile of President Baines himself. "You didn't ask for a show-and-tell, but here it is," she says, providing Erik with a bit of cover to compose himself. "Every one of us, if we banded together, and really wanted to cause you harm? We could have this place dismantled. Erik--Prime Minister Lehnsherr," she corrects with a smirk his way, "did. In an hour," says Baines's voice from her lips. She sits back down, fluttering a return into blue. "The fact that we've had normalized relations for over a decade should speak for itself: the vast majority of mutants are normal people, just like you."

"We did not come here to entertain purposeless diatribes about the mutant problem, or base disparagement," Erik finally flicks his gaze upward and directs at Stryker, cold. "We came here to enshrine a commitment to peace, between the leaders of our respective populations. You will not address Dr. Xavier that way again, or I'll teleport you into an arctic installation and leave you there."

Moira conceals a snort as a cough. "I think we can all agree to play nice, Agent Stryker," she kicks him under the table.

"I've no time for this foolishness, and whether you cooperate or not is irrelevant to me. I won't allow you to round people up and torture them in the name of science. We are here, we are not going anywhere, and we will not be oppressed because you are scared of us. Your people need you to be strong, really strong. Strength that comes from character, not blind posturing."

Baines, absent his bracelet, is very clearly furious at the development these proceedings have taken. His ambition and pride are center stage. His terror at having had his mind controlled against his will is palpable. All he can think is that Lehnsherr and his island of queer freaks and Xavier's uppity school are a genuine threat to the American way of life, potentially collaborating with the Russians and other European communist hell-holes. He campaigned on a platform of civil rights, but those rights are human rights. Mutants don't qualify.

"I do not appreciate being made to look the fool in my own home. Xavier, Lehnsherr. These parlor tricks may fly in the Genoshan parliament, but they do not fly here. You do not want to make an enemy of the United States government."

"Then don't be an enemy, Mr. President," Charles encourages. "I truly, truly do not want you as my enemy, but if you begin to subjugate my people, I don't feel that we will have much of a choice other than to be enemies, on opposing sides." In a gesture of acknowledgement, Charles purposely stays out of Baines's mind. "To inhibit a mutant's ability for fear that they may use it for dangerous means is akin to cutting off someone's arm for fear that they may use it to shoot a gun. You would cripple an entire population in this way?"

"Oh, we wouldn't want anyone to be crippled," sneers Stryker, eyes blazing into Charles's own. Charles ignores him.

"We will help, sir," he continues to Baines. "We will join whatever security forces you implement. I, as much as you, am devastated by the turn of events yesterday. I felt 5,000 people die at once, sir, and felt hundreds more as they died slowly. They're still dying," he breathes. "But registries and suppression do not stop terrorism. They encourage it. Let us work together to find an effective solution. Please."

Erik waves his hand, and Stryker disappears from the room. "He is fine. I sent him to Langley. Please, continue," Erik bows his head and gestures with his hand.

Moira gapes a little, shaking her head slightly. Erik is like no diplomat she's ever worked with before, and it's honestly still startling after a decade of knowing him. He didn't go to school for this, he didn't study foreign relations or policy.

Every once in a while he reminds her that he is a civilian who walked in off the street and started leading a country, and it shows. But she can't fault him, Stryker is insufferable and Moira is glad to be rid of him. She's known Erik for years, and in all that time, has never seen him hurt a single person. The same can't be said for William Stryker.

"Wha--you sent him to Langley," Baines stammers. "Tell me, what is your solution, Xavier? Pitch me an idea. A real idea, one that recognizes the very legitimate fears of our population."

"A counterterrorism force," Charles replies quickly. "What al-Zaman did was an act of terrorism; there are no two ways about it. He could have achieved the same end with explosives; and he would have, had he not been able to do it without." Charles eyes Erik briefly, knowing that he's about to tread into nebulous territory.

But he can feel the stubborn inflexibility of Baines's mind; they're going to have to concede something in order to stave off the worst of the measures. "I know that the United States employs counterterrorism forces for a number of known threats. We can create a new one, monitoring extremism Because you're right, sir, righteous anti-human sentiment in a mutant with Sayid al-Zaman's abilities is dangerous. And, as it happens, I have the ability and the means to locate extremists from my home."

Charles, Erik's mind immediately raises its hackles, pulled in several different directions at once on the heels of spinning from its reorientation into rightside-upside-left. "Define extremist," Erik interrupts with a raised hand. "You," he points at Baines.

"Someone who intends to perpetrate acts of terrorism, for the purposes of this setting," Baines answers with a grimace. Charles can feel that he's not exactly opposed to this idea. "You're telling me you can provide names and faces for all of these people?"

"Now, hang on," Erik grits. "What are you defining as an intention? I briefly had the intention to stick Agent Stryker into a volcano. That doesn't make me a criminal."

I know, Erik. I don’t like it either, but if we don’t give the man something, he’s going to resort to extremes. I’d rather it be on our terms. The nature of Charles’s brand of diplomacy is becoming clear, here, as it’s deeply personalized. John Lyndon Baines is not an unreasonable man, but he likes to be reasoned with. He’ll listen to his advisors and consider their advice, so long as he’s comforted by the knowledge that he’s been listened to.

It’s less about ego stroking than it is about conviction…though ego isn’t entirely absent. Baines likes his conviction acknowledged; he is the President of the United States, after all. What is a President without their platform? “Criteria can be defined,” Charles holds. “Reasonable criteria, drafted by a council of both mutants and humans. Perhaps this very council assembled here today, sir. But, yes, I do have the ability to provide the locations of individuals who meet whatever criteria we define as being a real threat to public safety.”

"And what is it that your government plan on doing with these people, if and when you receive their personally identifying information?" Erik arches a brow, his features pulled into a deep frown that only the telepaths in the room can perceive.

"We'll have to start vetting them," Moira answers realistically. "Potentially interviewing them, investigating their connections, actually deducing how much of a threat they really pose. I assume you aren't going to be invading their minds on a systemic basis, so we can do some legwork. Are people going to be happy, probably not," Moira says.

"How happy would you be? Would you permit your children, your husbands and wives, to be compiled on such a list?" Erik returns, but it's less scathing than his rebuke to Stryker. He and Moira have been working together a long time, and he's grown accustomed to her personality style even if it is abrasive. She's proven to be a friend to the mutant community, and that goes a long way with Erik.

"This is an actionable plan, something that we can verifiably demonstrate. It's not just mutants who live here, guys," she says, her own brand of brash reasoning coming to the forefront. "For every mutant extremist you think we might make, humans are just as capable, as you've said, of causing widescale destruction in the name of their beliefs."

"What do you mean?" Erik tilts his head.

"We don't want anyone copycatting this with conventional explosives, either. We could be putting mutants at risk by inciting the humans to take vigilante actions if we come down too soft on this. Your arguments have merit, but that's a double-edged sword, Erik."

"I'm on board with this," Baines replies with a nod. "But we're drafting the guidelines."

Charles had seen Baines's rebuttal coming, of course, but he nods grimly as if he's conceding something grand. "I hope that it goes without me having to say that I will take this duty very seriously, sir," Charles says, voice full of grave humility. "As Agent Stryker so deftly observed, I regrettably do not have the physical means to defend the nation which—despite my accent—I have called home now for over half of my life, but I am pleased to have the opportunity to use the gift given to me by nature to serve the public."

Dave Ruskin, the beady-eyed, famously taciturn Secretary of State seated at Baines's right, interjects at last. "Mr. President, we're going to have to establish accountability measures for Mr. Xavier," he says in his characteristic flat, stolid tone. "It would be unwise to conclude this meeting today without attaching immediate detail to Mr. Xavier and his cohort." Charles raises a brow.

"Mr. Secretary, I can assure you that I have no intention of misleading—"

"Mr. Xavier, not all of us are possessed of the lie detector hardwired into your brain," he replies. "You speak with a silver tongue of lofty and humble promises, and while I hope for your sake and the sake of the American people that you speak only truth, I am duty-bound to insist upon surveillance of you and your colleagues, as civilians. You are a rational man, you will understand my position."

"That's not happening," Erik returns flatly. "Dr. Xavier and his team will be leaving this facility unencumbered. This agreement between us has been reached peacefully, and I believe we can maintain this status quo. But you will not treat my spouse like a common criminal when he has done nothing wrong. I won't permit it, and I will stop you from trying. These are teachers, instructors, and children who require a safe place to be educated and reared. They do not need to be monitored like animals."

Baines glances between them. There's something about the leaden, flat quality of Lehnsherr's words that sinks into his gut like a hollow stone. "Just leave it, for now. Don't worry, we'll discuss this in finer detail later," he says, but Charles can feel in the back of his mind that he's well-preparing for a meeting with his internal advisors on this subject. "We'll conduct a check-in soon, Dr. Xavier. And we'll be coming with those parameters."

Ruskin levels his gaze at Lehnsherr, the Prime Minister of a nation whose legitimacy is still being discussed in various international circles. He doesn't want to present a front of disunity, however, so he lets the subject drop for the moment, but he will see to it that Xavier is held accountable to some operating standard. There is nothing, after all, to stop him from protecting his own.

"I am amenable to listening to the terms that you present to guarantee my allegiance," Charles says diplomatically. "But the Prime Minister is correct; my institute, first and foremost, is a place of education. I am but a schoolteacher, at the heart of it."

"You've taken on a lot more than spelling tests and multiplication tables, Mr. Xavier," Ruskin points out flatly. "You stopped being 'but a schoolteacher' the moment you decided to be the 'spouse' of Prime Minister Lehnsherr, here, didn't you?" he uses airquotes. Charles simply smiles.

"The Prime Minister and I met as MIT students many years ago and united under the goal of providing a safe place for mutants and humans to cohabitate and learn from each other. This endeavor has always been about education, Mr. Secretary."

"It is as it has always been, about starting from the ground up. To educate mutant children in how to conduct themselves, to provide them safety and prosperity so that they do not grow under an axis of fear and resentment. This is what makes a good human being, it is what makes a psychologically stable adult," Erik adds.

"He's not wrong," Ailo pipes up. "I'm a forensic psychiatrist by trade and fundamentally, that's how you get less criminals. Raise them right, with strong values and community. You might get an outlier now and again, but by and large, this model has proven successful."

"I would hardly call 5,000 dead a success, Doctor," Baines snaps.

"This is what we teach in Genosha: mutation is random, but it is precious. We are stewards of this Earth, we are tasked with safeguarding the wellbeing of its population. And we have done so, to the best of our ability. Our community is thriving, our happiness index is high, our human rights track record is robust. It's a good place. It isn't perfect, but it is good. And so most of its citizens are good people. You will always have outliers. President Baines, Mr. Secretary. Don't live your life cowing to outliers. Govern reality."

"The President didn't invite you to this council to solicit leadership tips, Mr. Prime Minister," Ruskin replies, folding his hands. "And if the President will not heed my suggestion for immediate surveillance of Mr. Xavier, I believe that we are concluded here." He stands and turns to one of the aides lining the walls, who then moves to begin ushering Charles and the Genoshans from the room. "Oh, and, Mr. Prime Minister?" Ruskin adds, beady eyes boring into Erik's own.

"Please instruct your military to leave the United States at once. Your assistance has been appreciated, but this is now a domestic matter. I will also make an informal request to you right now to vacate US soil. You are here without a visa, and, given that your...connection, to Mr. Xavier is not legally valid in this country, you do not qualify for one. If your island wishes to discuss the logistics of diplomatic passports, I encourage your secretary for the interior to contact ours."

"Request denied," Erik murmurs back. "Good day, Mr. Secretary." He rises from the table, flicking his cloak in a ruffling down movement that lends credence to the flair with which he exits the room. In an instant, they're all transported to the living room of the Xavier Institute.

Ailo rubs his index and thumb over the bridge of his nose. "Ah, you both did very well in there," he stoops down to give Charles a hug, and pats Erik on the arm. "I'm truly sorry they're so unpleasant. How is everybody feeling?"

"That went terribly, and I'm feeling like this is terrible," Raven laughs, plonking herself down on the couch. She nudges Emma with her shoulder, smirking up. "This is so outrageous. They wanted to surveil Charles. Like, really? And you know they're going to do it anyway. That's what that little sidebar was about."

"They will not succeed," Erik promises. "Their equipment will not work on these grounds."

Once in the safety and familiarity of his living room, Charles exhales deeply and slumps against his chair. To no one's surprise, he did not sleep for a moment the previous evening, but neither did anyone else. Collectively, they are all exhausted, physically and emotionally, but there is forever too much to do to even consider rest at the moment. And he knows that he is about to say something that will deeply upset his companions.

"Let them surveil me."

"What? Charles, don't—"

"Don't think for a moment that Baines will walk back on this agreement if he's not happy with the terms," Charles says, firm even as he rubs his aching head. "We're lucky that he agreed to even this; we do not have an upperhand, here, and nor should we fight for it." He raises his eyes to meet Erik's. "I will let you know of any 'threats' first. I will not hand over a list of names to the United States government with abandon; we will work clandestinely to safeguard our kind. We can do this even if they employ a team to watch over me. But we also must show Baines that we are eager to cooperate and work on his terms. If we don't, he will not hesitate to bypass us and employ extreme measures."

"This is the start, Charles," Erik warns softly. "This is the start of extreme measures. He's testing the waters. Seeing whether or not we will comply and cooperate with their foolish demands, so they do not have to do the legwork themselves, kurwa!" he bites off under his breath, a rare display of outward temper. "He is getting his foot in the door. Just a little bit, then a little more. And then you will have armed police officers pointing guns at children in their beds," he whispers. "Forgive me. I don't intend to be crass, but that's what is coming. That is what those men want."

"What do you propose, then, Erik?" Charles replies, raising his chin. "We live here. The President of the United States can issue an executive order right now, calling for the establishment of a mutant registry and research initiative geared toward involuntary suppression. He could do that today, and tomorrow, our lives will all change. Concessions are a necessary evil to this process. Do not think for a moment that I like this, that I want to be watched like a suspect, but the alternative is immediate subjugation. I will not allow my students to suffer like that." He sets his jaw. "War is not a viable alternative. Perhaps you are ready to be an enemy of the United States government, but I am not, Erik."

"There are reasons why wars are fought, Charles. They're the ones making enemies of us. I -- pardon me," he blinks, and reaches out, touching Charles's cheek. "This was not to disparage your decision. I am just... it... I do not like this," he huffs, at last. "For any of you. I am sorry. I have fear, about the future."

"I don't like it either," Charles assures his husband, and his tone is still firm. He's still working. "I am aware that bigotry and fear is the driver behind Baines's decisions. It hurts me to not stamp it out as soon as it rears its head—trust me, it really, really does. But we will not win a war against the United States and all of its allies, Erik. Not without destruction far, far greater than anyone can afford. Don't you see?"

"I have half an urge to spirit you all away to Genosha and just isolate us all from these wretched forces," he jokes, but Charles knows that if that was what it took, Erik might genuinely consider doing something like that. But he also understands that agency and self-determination are essential to a person's culture and sense of identity. He doesn't want to force anyone into his way of thought; at the end of the day, he isn't an American. He's a Genoshan. He has always been bound by the credo that mutants everywhere are brothers and sisters, transcending the bounds of traditional nation-states. But he went and made a nation. "He said that he wanted us to withdraw, so I suppose I will recall the GADF," Erik does say. "I'll continue providing relief efforts, though. I am not stopping the assistance."

Charles closes his eyes and rests his head back against his chair. If only it were as easy as leaving and starting over somewhere else, outside the reach of oppressive laws. Even if he were willing to leave it all behind, though, it wouldn't stop. Genosha isn't immune to global sentiment. "I'm sure that your aid will still be welcome, even if Ruskin and Baines will pretend that it's not," Charles agrees, eyes still closed. "Now, I must get to work preparing for what I've agreed to do. Hank, we need to recalibrate Cerebro a bit; we cannot have onlookers see what I see. We must do that immediately. There is no telling when an official may show up, mm?"

Chapter 43: I've seen the ruthless way you rip

Chapter Text

Charles set the barrier in Erik's mind. The barrier ripples, and then collapses. Charles stops being able to feel Erik. He stops. Erik is gone. Erased. Dead? Is he dead? That place in his mind, an empty, vast chasm where Erik once resided. It's gone, evaporated into mist. Charles scrabbles at it with poor fingers, trying to latch under the nail, but it slips right on through. Erik... is gone.


(Erik is not gone. It was black, and now he's awake.)

He doesn't remember how he got here, and he tries to snap his metal-sense only to discover... he rouses, thrashing all of a sudden against the restraints that tie him to the throne of Stryker's kingdom. A blacksite, off-the-books. He peels his eyelids open and pins him with a flail.

"What have you done to me," he rasps, stroking over that muscle-memory desperately. Nothing sings to him. He is empty, bitter decay. The world is dead to him, a flat hollow. Charles, the beautiful sines and waves of his construction... He must be dead. "Where am I. What have you done," he repeats, lagging.

His senses are dull, he can't focus his eyes correctly. His gravitational center is all off, he can't feel his body. Everything is dizzy and spinning, a nauseating tinnitus sloshing between his ear canals.

Lehnsherr's behavior at Camp David, ultimately, is the trigger. The moment that Stryker materializes in his office at Langley, unceremoniously vanished at the behest of a mutant vermin who needs to be knocked down a peg or ten. He's had it. He's done. The plan is already solidified and has been for months, but this blatant disregard for respect and authority is what motivates William Stryker to press the big red button. It's remarkably easy to execute.

His team is waiting, and the very moment that Lehnsherr materializes outside of Graymalkin Estate, they strike. The minuscule dart pierces through Lehnsherr's neck with surgical precision, and he's out before he even hits the ground. His limp body is collected into a waiting aircraft, which motors away from Westchester's airspace and touches down at a stealth base nestled into the side of the Southern Carpathians. The unconscious Lehnsherr is then dragged into a tiny room in the bowels of the facility and handcuffed to the floor.

The desperation in his voice when he wakes up almost makes Stryker laugh with glee. "Mornin', Sunshine," Stryker drawls, delivering a kick to the groggy man's middle. "How'd you sleep? Any nice dreams?"

"What have you done," he demands again in a harsh bark, pupils wildly dilated. He tests at his restraints, pulling (is this a Need or a Press?) pressing - the rhythmic nystagmus clicks into full-gear as he slowly slots together this new sensory information in its harsh, jangling buzz-and-scrape. Hollow. He is. "Why have you taken me."

"I've cured you," Stryker says simply, though his smile is cruel. "It seemed to me that your mutation was making you a little sick in the head, Lehnsherr. Clouding your judgment, making you rash and uncontrollable. Now, I'm a kind man, as you know, so I took it upon myself to find a cure for that disease of yours. And, would you look at that, it worked!" He crouches down to view the man at eye level, unafraid for the chains shackling him to the floor. "I'll invite you to be my guest when they award me the Nobel Prize."

The sparrows used to sing to him their songs. A gentle croon, and little peepings, he took those with him every morning. They're smart, smart birds. He tries to feel for them, for the cool metal of his wedding band. Graphene, particles densely swirled together. Like a sparrow's song.  "I'm not sick," he whispers back. "You're sick. Cruel. No love. No joy."

"You're wrong there, my friend," Stryker returns, swiping his thumb down the sharp cheekbone of Lehnsherr's face. "This, right here, brings me a lot of joy." He then tightens his fingers around the man's face and shoves it into the cold stone floor, pressing with more force, more power, until the pressure of Lehnsherr's skill against his hand begins to ache. A laugh echoes through the small room then as he rises to his feet to tower over the man once more. "Now, lookie here, huh? Ain't nothing at all, without your abilities, are you? Just a skinny, queer Jew. Weak."

Erik flinches, the pain peeling across his senses in a confusing whine. Stripped like paint on a deck. "It brings you pleasure, torturing others. Sadistic. Bully," he throws back. "Raised together, venture forth. You would never understand." His chin lifts, uncowed. (Tsk, tsk. Always such a troublesome boy.)

"What I do understand, queer, is that you and al-Zaman were more than friends, weren't you?" Stryker sneers as he paces toward the wall and lifts a metal club. He swings it in a circle with one arm, like a baseball player walking up to homeplate. "Probably a queer, too, wasn't he? Absolutely sick and disgusting. Makes you wonder what he told you, before he decided to take 5,000 American lives, huh?"

"You have never loved anyone, what would you know about it," Erik coughs, clearing his throat. "All you understand is hitting and violence. You're a thug," he spits, his bad hand twisting at his side in rending agony as it slips from Charles's analgesic grasp. The tremors are just beginning. Fault lines.

His associates removed the brace around his hand when they cuffed him, and Stryker notices now how the appendage is curling into a gruesome-looking claw. Tilting his head curiously, he presses the end of his club on the back of Erik's hand, and then leans into it. There's a satisfying crack at the other end. "We can make this easy, or we can make it hard," Stryker continues. "Up to you, sport."

It's instantaneous. He immediately cries out, lashing and tensing as tears form in his eyes automatically. "Make---what." Erik heaves, twisting his neck to try and get some form of leverage. "What do you want. Stah---stop--"

Stryker places his foot on Lehnsherr's head to hold it still as he continues to press the club into his hand. Oh, how satisfying it is to see him undone like this, sniveling on the ground like the pathetic insect he is. Nothing, without his mutation. "al-Zaman didn't act alone," Stryker says. "And you know that. He has followers. Tell me about them."

"I don't know," he says, all tires crunching asphalt under gravel. "I don't know his friends. He was lonely--solitary---stop---! No. Friends." Each word is a monumental effort, a beacon sheared into the summit. "They hurt him---hit him--" Erik whines low in his throat, a desperate, wounded sound as his fingers are bent and bent and bent.

Stryker lifts the club from Lehnsherr's hand momentarily, but keeps his foot atop the man's head. "You're gonna have to give me more than that," Stryker tuts, but doesn't resume the torture of that gnarled hand just yet. "I didn't ask if he had friends. I asked about his followers, Lehnsherr."

He expels several breaths' worth at once from deep in his chest, eyes crossing. They unstick to haphazardly follow Stryker around the room like ping-pong balls. "I. Don't. Know," he whispers. "Please. Stop. I am helping. Making. Medicine. Food. Helping."

"Aw, that's cute," Stryker hums, letting the club clink on the stone floor beside Lehnsherr's ear. "You think I'm an idiot, don't you? Think that just because you're givin' us band-aids and water that I'll ignore the long history that you share with Sayid al-Zaman. I don't believe you for a second, Lehnhserr," Stryker hisses, and then presses the club back into the man's fingers until another crack echoes. "You're a filthy liar. You know about Anatolia. I know you do. Tell me."

"Tell you what!" Erik screams, venting every last shred of himself out into that scrall of screaming, his soul climbing out of his mouth and soaring off the ceilings and rafters. The murky bricks and dripping concrete. "He. Killed. He killed. Experiments. Women. Ch--h--ildren. Killed soldiers. And villagers. Humans."

Though Lehnsherr's screams do nothing but invigorate Stryker, he has a feeling that he's not going to get anywhere at the moment, not when the man's head is so clouded with immediate pain. No, better to let the thing ache and fester; his mind will calm down, but the pain will persist. "I'll tell you what," Stryker says after a moment, removing his foot from Lehnsherr's cheek. "I'll let you have a little think about it. Maybe you need some time to jog your memory, mm? I'll come back in a little while, maybe your memory will be a little better then. How's that sound?"

"Charles," Erik whispers, closing his eyes. Charles is gone from his mind. He slowly, piece-by-piece, remembers his beautiful construction and layers it on top of itself, soothing. He rubs his face against the floor, cold. Cold and peace. Restless dreams, a hollow-dead world populated by construction-paper bodies ruffling in the wind.


The disappearance of Genoshan Prime Minister Erik Lehnsherr has not faded from global headlines when Charles finally feels a ping. What the major outlets are dismissing as a conspiracy theory—that CIA Agent William Stryker has kidnapped the man and stolen him away to some secret location—is his greatest lead, and on the rainy September morning, five days before Erik's 43rd birthday, the furious suspicion that has been propelling him forward finally evolves into truth.

"Raven," gasps Charles from beneath Cerebro's visor. He hasn't slept in four days; not since he passed out in his chair after another several day stretch. In fact, he's probably only collected a few dozen hours of sleep over the preceding five weeks. "Raven, I found something. Some..." He narrows his focus, re-energized, despite the brink of exhaustion. "Someone working with Stryker. Just appeared. Left some..." Charles digs into the mysterious figure's mind, and then the break that he's been running ragged to find snaps across his screen.

It's Erik. The man is envisioning Erik. Except he's...oh. Oh.

"Romania," Charles breathes. "Carpathian Mountains—there. There" A location. Coordinates. Charles blinks at the pulsing dot. "Raven, I found him."

"Oh my G-d," Raven double-takes for a second and then just laughs, a noise of pure relief that floods down through her entire body. "Are you sure--? That's Erik?" she whispers, touching her fingertips to the glowing red dot on the screen above her. "We have to go," she grabs onto his arm. "We have to go, we have to try. Oh my G-d. We have to---"

“No, it’s not Erik, but it’s someone who’s with him,” Charles says, unblinking as he stares at the red dot. “If he’s to be believed, Erik is currently chained to a wall and covered in blood,” he says, voice hollow, hard. “Wheels up in five minutes.”

"Yeah," Raven whispers. "I'll contact Genosha. Let's fucking get him."


Erik eats his peas. They're mush, and cold. Like the floor. Like the world. All of the molecules have been turned to cold peas. He walks upside-down and hangs off of eyelashes, swinging down the nose bridge and jumping into the ether. His hand is hurting bad today. He cradles it to his chest, trying to find a way to crawl out of his prison-skin. He arranges his peas into a smiling face. Charles used to laugh with him. He remembers.

No one has slept well, but Charles is immune to feeling tired, now. It doesn’t seep into his bones as Hank and Scott help him into the jet. His body, mistreated from too much time in his chair, should be aching, but he doesn’t feel it. All he feels is vengeance. Blackbird hurdles into the sky, bound for southeastern Europe. Bound for Erik. Stryker observes his prisoner through the two-way mirror and scoffs.

They’ve gotten scarcely anything from him over here past weeks, and he’s growing tired. The sight of him playing with his food like a toddler ignites a new rage within him, and he storms into the cell. With a swift kick, the peas are scattered across the floor. “You’re not gonna get any more food if all you’re gonna do is play with it,” he seethes, sneering down at the hollow face caked in dirt and dried blood. “Didn’t you ever learn your manners, Lehnsherr? Or, does your kind choose to eat like animals?”

Erik barely reacts, blinking up at the man without true Sight. Stryker is all a jig-saw, put together crudely. Stuck-on, mis-matched. "Peas, please," he deadpans, winking one eye closed.

“Maybe tomorrow,” he grunts, rolling his eyes at the pathetic heap. He straightens Lehnsherr’s posture by driving a toe into his back. “Y’know, I’m gettin’ tired of you, too. You ain’t worth your keep anymore. Wonder if I should get rid of you and drag that crippled loverboy of yours in here instead. I’m sure he’d sing like a canary, mm?”

"No." It's the first sign of life from Erik yet, and his head shakes violently. "No. Leave him alone."

Stryker smiles. “Now, why should I do that, Lehnsherr?” he sneers. “He’s the big, hot shot mind reader, ain’t he? He’ll know something about al-Zaman’s followers. And he’s already crippled. Can’t do much more, can I?”

"Fatima Daywa," Erik rasps a name. "His neighbor, in Egypt. Sayid. Had a crush on her brother. He died in an air strike. Humans."

"Dead," Stryker says, delivering a kick to the sternum. "Years ago. Already checked. Try again."

Charles can feel where his telepathy stops. Their jet hovers over a valley nestled between a cluster of snow-capped slopes, and from the window, Charles can see the facility. Cloaked entirely. A frustrated growl tears from his lips. What would Erik do? But he's not Erik. Erik is stronger than he. More powerful. Better.

Erik would have saved him by now, had their roles been reversed. It wouldn't have taken Erik 36 days. Stryker is just a man, just an angry, sick man... It's all neutrinos.... He doesn't realize that he's doing it; his body, beat and broken, swells with a rage that he didn't think possible, rage because he's so close but so far, rage for the brazen disrespect, rage, rage——

"Charles!"

A warm trickle of blood streams from his nostrils as the barrier around the facility quavers for a moment, and then vanishes entirely.

...Erik?

"Charles," Erik gasps, a brilliant grin appearing over his face, bunching up all the blood and dirt and sweat caked on. Weeks of filth displaced in a single instant. "Neshama, neshama sheli. My Charles," he says, completely unconcerned with Stryker. This is a much nicer dream. "I'm not nothing," he whispers. "I love. Family. Beautiful."

“Go. Get him. He’s in there,” Charles orders. As the X-Men don parachutes and begin their retrieval maneuver, Charles takes hold of every being outside of Erik in the facility, and knocks them unconscious. Before Erik’s eyes, Stryker falls to the floor in a lifeless heap. It’s over, darling, Charles gasps, as someone tilts his head back to try and stop the blood. I’ve got you. I’m bringing you home.

Charles receives an amorphous blob in response. Erik is scattered, that he's regressed far beyond his most primitive coping mechanisms is apparent, but immediately evident is an overwhelming arc of pain. His hand is destroyed, far beyond the bent claw that Charles is familiar with. His teeth are cracked in his head, his toes are broken and crooked, his heart is tachycardic. His hearing is gone in one ear.

And his abilities. His senses. They're completely changed. It doesn't feel like Erik. It feels like someone else - for a split-second Charles has to verify that it isn't a trick of some kind. Erik's powers are gone. For all intents and purposes, he's human. But, the rest of Erik hasn't been altered, and so he is saddled with a non-powered body, that has a nervous system hooked up to be Erik. His balance is off, his gravity is wrong. He can't hear or see very well. He can't feel his body in space at all. His perception of touch is wrong.

He immediately lurches forward and trips as soon as someone grabs a hold of him to try and get him to his feet. There's a bucket full of human waste near him, presumably his own. And there's no words, no real sense of coherency. But he's smiling as Jean and Hank fold down the cot and transfer him onto it, touching at them with the broken fingers on his good hand. Too many broken fingers. He's sorry, he's all broken. The peas are still scattered on the floor.

Charles chokes out a cry as Jean and Hank wheel the gurney into the jet. Moira has a team clearing out the facility, and so the X-Men are free to carry Erik toward Genosha, but Charles has a hard time believing that the broken figure on the gurney is Erik at all. “Let me see him—“ Charles demands, throwing off his seatbelt.

“Charles—“

“My husband!” Charles yells. “Let me see my husband!”

Hank hesitates, but concedes, relocating Charles to a seat beside the gurney.

He can’t feel the world through Erik; Erik’s body is cut off from his mutation. If he were thinking clearly, many things would fall into place. But he isn’t, because all he can do is cry as he looks over the broken form of the man he loves, battered and emaciated. “Erik,” he chokes, hand grasping for something, but he doesn’t know what to grasp. “My darling, my Erik…I’m so sorry, I’m so, so sorry…”

Erik just laughs up at him, his eyes creasing just like he remembers. He lifts his hand and gently brushes it along Charles's cheek, with a nudge of down? Blankets? Warm? and at seeing Charles so distressed, it's all he can do to bow himself over him as best as he can and fold him up in his broken limbs. "Neshama," he manages to croak, peppering his jaw with kisses. "Shh, shh," he tries to rub at Charles's chest, but only succeeds in twinging his hand and letting out a solemn yelp.

"Charles, he needs to stay still," Hank insists, and the worry in his tone matches the fearful current pulsing at the center of his psyche. "I need to treat him, he's in critical condition."

Eyes blurry with hot tears, Charles pushes his fingers through Erik's matted hair but heeds Hank's words. Blanketing Erik's stilted mind, Charles numbs the nociceptors throughout the man's body to stop whatever pain he can, and then does the same to his motor cortex. He's paralyzed, now, but the pain is gone.

There, sweetheart, all better now, he whispers telepathically as Hank lays him straight on the gurney. No more pain. You can rest, now. We'll take care of you.

"Sweetheart," Erik whispers back, letting his eyes melt closed as the whisk of medical care and the promise of staying next to Charles brings him far too much pleasure to resist sinking into. His dreams are a terrible whirl of jeering torment and cracks. Insect. Queer. Cured. Nothing. The metal club scrapes the concrete. The sparrows are quiet, quiet, quiet.

Ailo lends a hand in the aftermath, stepping up to help cut Erik out of his soiled clothing to get a look at the injuries they're dealing with. "Charles, are you sure you want to be here for this?" he asks softly, not telling the man to leave; he knows better than to be so cruel. But there's a reason that family members often aren't invited into these spaces.

Raven is positively shocked, jaw dropped. "What the fuck happened to him?" Raven gasps, her hand going up to her jaw as the full scope of his injuries is laid into stark relief. There's not a spot on his body free from blemish or bruise, burn or cut, seeping infection. "Oh my G-d. Please tell me that William Stryker is dead. Please tell me he's fucking dead, I'll fucking kill him. That's my brother. What the fuck happened?" she demands of Hank, but it's more a plea than anything else.

"I'm not going anywhere," Charles says, eyes never leaving Erik's mangled face.

"I don't have the right equipment on here to fully assess, but he's..." Where to begin? Countless broken bones. Shallow breaths; likely internal bleeding. Malnutrition. Infection. Ruptured blood vessels in his eyes, broken teeth. As they peel the ragged clothes from his body, Hank is surprised that he was conscious enough to speak. "Call the hospital on Genosha," he orders, strapping an oxygen mask to Erik's face. "Tell them we're coming."

"I didn't kill him," Charles whispers. "Moira has him under arrest, we'll deal with him later. He...Erik's abilities. They're gone. Completely."

"What," Raven whispers, all the color draining out of her blue expression. Tears slam into her like a freight train, overcome and she hides her face, unprepared for the sudden shock of overspilled emotion. "No, they--that has to be a mistake, that can't--what does that mean? Does that mean they have this technology, now? Are they planning on deploying this widescale? This is an act of war. They kidnapped our Prime Minister, tortured him, genetically experimented on him, oh my G-d. For what, for what. We are helping the United States. This is bullshit!"

"I don't know, Raven," Charles hisses unnecessarily harsh. He shares each of her concerns, each of her questions, but he cannot focus on her right now, even though she isn't asking. He's too stricken by the commotion happening above his husband, in the form of Hank's frantic body. "We can—deal with that later. We just need to get him to the hospital...will he make it, Hank?"

"He'll live, if I have anything to do with it," Hank grunts as he starts the antibiotic drip. "Recovery will be long." They land on Genosha in record time, and within the hour, Erik is in surgery. Charles still doesn't sleep, and instead parks his chair beside Erik's bed as the plaster-and-gauzed wrapped man rests in his medically-induced coma. He waits, counting each mechanically aided breath. And waits.

Ailo ducks into the room with two cots, setting them doubled up next to Erik's bed. There's a take-out bag under his arm with the aroma of fresh coffee emanating. Somehow he balances this all with his cane. "Come on, querido, I know he would want you to get some rest. I'll stay with you. Let me help you get into bed." He's asking, not demanding.

Charles barely registers Ailo's presence; it's the scent of coffee that pulls him from his hypnotic focus on the ventilator. Wheeze as Erik's chest expands, hiss as it contracts. Over and over again. "No, I can't sleep," he murmurs, but reaches a hand out for a paper coffee cup. "And I'm heavier than I look."

"I happen to know," Ailo taps his temple. He holds out the coffee cup with care. "I know you won't quite be able to sleep, but rest, hm? Walk me through what's going through your mind."

Charles clenches his jaw, accepting the cup. He takes a long sip and realizes that it's the first thing that he's consumed in...two days? Three? It's been difficult to keep track. "There's too much to summarize. I worry about his mutation. Whether he'll get it back. It's part of who he is, Ailo. If he doesn't...it will be devastating, to him. I worry about the political fall out. The ramifications. And that it took me 36 days to find him...my husband," he chokes, eyes falling to his knees. "Five weeks of pure torture. Five weeks. I just...how will he ever be okay?"

Ailo nods, not dismissing it. They're valid concerns, born from a decade with the same man. Charles is the most equipped out of them all to truly know Erik Lehnsherr, even the telepaths among them find him mysterious. But Ailo knows a bit more than even those telepaths, having gained something they hadn't: Erik's trust.

"It will be," he agrees softly. "I got a glimpse of what was happening whilst he was conscious. His whole entire reality has been permanently altered in every way. I imagine it might be just as hard for him as your injury was for you, if this is permanent. But you know, from personal experience, that it's possible to make a good life with these kinds of serious disabilities, hm?"

Ailo says it whilst slowly and steadily helping to tuck both Charles and himself into the cots. He tucks him in, and takes a spot on his side, cross-legged. "If his mutation is truly an engrained part of who he is, then who he is will change. But I'll be blunt with you: I have never met a man more resilient to hardship than Erik. He seemed to be intact, Charles. His love for you. His humor. It was there."

Despite his bad leg, Ailo is surprisingly strong as he lifts Charles from his chair and to the cot, where he lays flat for the first time in too, too many days. It’s not good for him to be in the same position for this long; pressure sores, muscle cramps, and poor circulation are a bane to quadriplegics at large, but he hasn’t been able to think about himself. As Ailo settles his limbs on the cot, however, the caged soreness rears its head, and he hisses softly, eyes fluttering shut against the pain.

“I love him, mutation or not,” he murmurs. “Of course I do. My love for him won’t change. But I worry about how he may adapt. You are right, be is the most resilient person either of us will ever meet, but I wish he didn’t have to be,” Charles whispers, gazing upon Erik’s sleeping form. He sighs deeply. “I hope it’s not permanent, Ailo. For his sake. He feels so at one with the earth. It would be a tragedy, for him to lose that.” 

Ailo's fingers find those cramps and gently work to ease them, one of the few people in Charles's acquaintance who is liable to get away with such behavior, but they both know that Erik would kill him if he didn't do his level best to make sure Charles was cared for - not as a patient, but as a person. "It would be a tragedy for all of us," Ailo says softly. "I always felt safe, knowing Erik was out there. He took his role as 'steward' very seriously. Almost like the Earth itself spoke through Erik. I can't imagine how he would adjust to such a loss, but I know that if anyone can, Erik will find his way through it. More than anyone I've encountered, he looks for the light, and finds it in even the darkest of places. He draws his strength from you, Charles. From your love for him. It's truly very beautiful."

Charles doesn’t shoot Ailo away when he begins to massage; they both know that he needs it, needs the blood flow and stimulation. He’s usually loath to fret over his own body when someone else is in need, but Ailo approaches it from a place of earnest care. Charles allows it. “I couldn’t protect him,” he whispers. “It’s my job, as his husband. No one has ever looked after him; not since his family was killed. He trusted me to take care of him, and I couldn’t, and look,” he gasps, fresh tears finding his eyes. “So worried about politics that I ignored the very real threat sitting across from me. I didn’t even pay attention to Stryker.”

Ailo brushes those tears away with the corner of his sleeve, gentle. "I didn't see you ignoring him, querido. I saw you spend every waking moment chasing every single lead you could find, including Stryker. I saw you defy the laws of physics themselves, breaking apart a null field. You didn't sleep, you barely ate and drank. Now, I know that you do take care of him. More than anyone else on this Earth. And you do a fantastic job of it. You both look after one another, and this will be no different. And you won't be alone. His whole family is here, all of us, and we are going to make sure that he is supported, and we are going to put a robust plan in place so that something like this can never happen again, to any of us. And I am going to make sure that you are supported, because I know Erik Lehnsherr, and I know he would never forgive me if I didn't."

Charles appreciates Ailo’s words even if he doesn’t fully believe them, that he did enough. He tried, but what does trying matter if Erik ended up beaten to a pulp, anyway? He’s not in any mood to argue, though, and he knows Ailo will respect that. “I need to be awake when he wakes up,” he murmurs. “He needs me. Can you make sure that I am?” he asks, eyes fluttering shut.

"Of course I will," Ailo replies with a smile. "You're worn out, eh? I'll keep watch over Erik, don't worry." He smooths down Charles's hair, rubbing his shoulders and dropping a gruff kiss onto the top of his head. Ailo's touchiness was peculiar at first, but he's not North American, and that's just how Brazilians are. And he maintains it here, because it's needed, for humans to reach out and connect when they're suffering. "Get some rest, querido. I'll keep watch." He hums a folk song under his breath, ushering Charles into the world of dreams.

Chapter 44: Your bill is sharp & bent & hard--a flesh-hook with a buckled barb--

Chapter Text

Erik remains in the coma for three days, during which time the citizens of Genosha start making their presence known. Erik is rather beloved on the island, and they've slowly started to trickle down the rumors that he's lost his abilities. Several groups take it upon themselves to draw up signs and cards proclaiming him one of us, always. Get well soon, along with various balloons, stuffed animals (including some baby bats and sloths, which happen to be Erik's very favorites).

They also bring Charles meals, coffee, one man sits down to play a board game with him and tells him about meeting Erik at his daughter's school play. Another little girl proudly exclaims that her drawings hang in the Prime Minister's house! It's the Genoshan way, to trickle in. Raised-together, venture-forth. The way of the open hand is the basis of their culture, and this is part of their process for grieving - a process that occurs after any traumatic event, not only death, where the community comes together to rally around another and bolster them with direct words and deeds.

Ailo manages to sneak in a second nap from Charles after a long few days before he finally feels the first lingerings of consciousness from his husband. Erik makes a low "mrrrp?" and gasps, shooting up in bed and wildly pawing at the ventilator, tears streaming down his face in a panic. Ailo gasps and shakes Charles awake.

The ensuing days, among the worst of Charles's whole life, are made bearable only by the parade of well-wishers who come to visit Erik. The first group annoys him—irrationally, he's well aware—but as they continue to filter through, bearing gifts or kind words or fond memories, Charles feels his shriveled heart warm. The people of Genosha adore him. Not only as a political leader, but for who he is. They share stories with Charles, of acts of kindness or care. How Erik treats every member of their society the same.

And the truth bleeds through their psyches, each and every one of them. When the hospital room runs out of space to fit the gifts and cards, the staff use an empty one to house the overflow. Charles reads each one to Erik. In the gaps between visits, when Charles is left alone with his husband, he takes care of his dreams. He fills Erik's head with pleasant, familiar scenes only; magpies, artichokes, sunset dips in the Genoshan sea. The school, the Genoshans. Vegetable fritters and games of chess. And he talks to Erik, constantly, about the very same things. And so when Ailo shakes him awake, Charles can only demand that he be placed in his wheelchair immediately.

Ailo, of course, complies, and within seconds, Charles is at his husband's side, his tears matching Erik's own as those green eyes blink awake. Shh, shh, he coos to the man, blanketing him in a wave of calm. You're breathing on your own now, so it's uncomfortable. Don't panic, darling, we'll get it out. Ailo, whose two hands are steadier than Charles's one, gently removes the ventilator and pulls the appliance from Erik's face. Once he's free of it, Charles looks down upon him with a warm smile, though his heart is about to burst. "Hello, sweetheart. It's so very good to see you awake."

The people of Genosha also seem to implicitly understand that Charles is, by default, not in a welcoming frame of mind. They understand that they are invading a private space, and it's natural to them to use light, gentle touches to smooth those barriers over. They don't force conversation, they aren't overly jovial. They're just steady, consistent, and genuine. And not only do they adore Erik, but by definition, Charles is considered one-of-them as well. Charles makes Erik happy, and that makes the Genoshans happy.

Erik is coughing and coughing and struggling, openly sobbing in big, ugly noises that are, as far as Charles can tell, totally involuntary as a consequence of the ventilator triggering a neurological kind of melt-down in him. He fights and fights against nothing, and Ailo helps Charles to seep into his mind and latch onto calming mechanisms so that he doesn't hurt his poor bones and muscles any worse. And his senses. Erik wails.

"It's all---gone," he moans, pitiful. His 'good' hand, the bone that isn't a crushed deformity, paws at Charles listlessly. "Your beautiful construction. All gone. All the sparrows are gone. Sweetheart," he swerves headlong into a fresh avalanche of despair.

"Oh, fofinho," Ailo whispers, brushing back a tuft of dishwater-strands from his sweaty forehead.

"My beloved, gone. Sheol, I'm in Sheol. Everyone is dead, everyone is dead."

Charles feels his own heart break into pieces at Erik's agony. In his head again, he still can't feel it...any of it. No molecules or proteins, ions, waves or sines...no cells sing to him, time doesn't gently ripple across his vision. Erik, for all intents and purposes, is human, right now. "No one is dead, my darling," Charles whispers to the bereaved man, grabbing the hand that reaches out to him in his own. It's in a splint, three of the fingers and two metatarsals broken and healing. The other of Erik's hands is wrapped in surgical dressing; they had to reconstruct it completely to save it from amputation. He plants a kiss on each fingertip. "Look, look at me, hmm? I'm here, and so are you. We're both alive, and we're both together."

"I ca--can't see you r---ight," Erik stutters out amidst a fresh crop of searing wet. He drags his splintered fingers across his eyes. Weak, pathetic, insect. Tears are for queers, he laughed. Charles is a slippery void of moving shapes and colors that Erik cannot latch onto. Harsh, forbidding, alien. "Charles, Charles," he whispers, over and over again.

"I look different to you, I know," Charles soothes, hand cupping Erik's jaw. Stryker had broken his jaw, of course, so it's a gentle touch. He's spread an analgesic across Erik's awareness, so he won't feel the pain, but Charles knows that he must be delicate. "But it's still me. I'm still me, darling," he promises, sinking into Erik's mind to spread another wave of pure warmth, pure love. He wipes the tears from Erik's eyes. See? It's still me. I'm still here, just as I was. Even if you can't see it, I'm still here. I've got you. I'll never let you go again. You're safe. You're home. Home with me. Don't move too much, just relax. I'll take care of you.

The sensation of Charles in his mind helps, and Erik calms considerably. You found me, he thinks, switching to telepathy because speaking it is too difficult. I knew you would. He smiles again, thinking about it. Of course Charles found him. Letting his eyes close, and focusing on the sensation of Charles in his mind, provide a buffer to the harsh reality. He can't feel the Earth, all of it... gone. Why, why had Stryker done this? Why? Why did they do it to him? Schmidt, everyone. Bound together by their desire to destroy Erik. Was he truly so bad? Stryker had been disgusted by him, and it's hard not to take those things into himself.

As he normally is, he knows that he has value, but right now, stripped of everything that he's ever known, even before his mutation developed, he always sensed the world this way. Even as a young child, he was born with his brain like this. He always felt the metal in Zeyde's workshop. He always saw the galaxies, the stars. Felt the whispers of insects on the wind. Right now, he's been launched right back to the horrors of boyhood, the sneering disgust of adults around him who were simultaneously exploitative of everything he had to give and jeering of his heritage and pitiful nature. Humiliating him, dehumanizing him, degrading him to nothing. Using his body as though he were a doll, destroying his spirit.

Stryker kept him chained, beat him ruthlessly, mocked and made fun. It took him right back, overlaying past and present. But it isn't this that truly torments him. It's losing the foundation of his being. His abilities. What he's always drawn strength from, that he's always been sure of himself. Now he feels worthless, empty and cold.


A few days later, a media appearance is scheduled, and Charles sits with Erik in his hospital room as the cameras are wheeled in. Erik isn't exactly up for this, but he views it as his responsibility to make a statement as quickly as possible, and he's still organizing his thoughts. There's a few cards in his lap with the points he wants to make and he offers the correspondent a smile as they do their best to make him presentable. They don't hide any of the bruising or injuries, at Erik's request. It's important that the truth be visible. He can't squeeze Charles's hand, but he slips his better-one between Charles's fingers. He can't wear a wedding ring, and the graphene band made by Charles was not present when they recovered him, just another thing stolen from him.

The correspondent opens once the cameras go live, a small boom mic just out of frame elevating her voice above the fray of beeping machinery. "I'm here with Prime Minister Lehnsherr as he recovers at Aramida Hospital in Aramida, the nation's capital. As you can see, he's still quite early in his convalescence, but he's agreed to do a very brief broadcast to the people of Genosha. Dr. Lehnsherr, good morning."

"Good morning, Miss Tallar." He finds it within himself to smile and looks down at his cards. "I'm here today to explain what has happened, and to highlight what must happen going forward."

"Please, continue," she gestures to him. 

"At approximately 6:30 PM on August 9th 1966, I was captured and held for thirty-six days at a facility in the Carpathian Mountains, by Agent William Stryker of the United States Central Intelligence Agency. I was subjected to a variety of torture techniques in an attempt to extract information from me regarding Sayid al-Zaman. Information that I do not have," he ensures to add.

"So you don't know who any of his followers are, or what their plans might be, is that correct?"

"That is correct. Since his departure from us ten years ago for Morocco, the only person I know associated with him, whose name I will not provide due to privacy concerns, and whose name I did not provide to Stryker, also continued to live in Genosha, and disavowed contact with him as well."

"Would you say that you were a prisoner-of-war?"

"Not as such. There was no formal declaration of war between the United States and Genosha, and that is partly what I am here to address. I do not want us to enter a hot war, nor to retaliate in any way, but." He raises a hand. "it cannot be denied that the United States has very clearly stated its intentions toward us, to view us as an enemy."

"Because you no longer have your powers, are we in any danger?" she asks, soft. 

"Our defenses continue to operate normally, even though I don't have my abilities," he assures. "I inbuilt failsafes for precisely this circumstance - in my absence, death or something of this nature. So we are safe, and we will continue to be safe."

"So what will we do, in response to this attack?"

"If I had my abilities, this would be a trivial matter. Unfortunately, I don't. Sayid al-Zaman perpetrated an attack against the United States. He was one of us, if not a Genoshan, then a mutant. So I want us to continue offering aid to their people, even if they resist. We'll conduct air drops at pre-determined locations with supplies for them, and continue to offer medical professionals, construction workers, and military aid. I don't care what Dave Ruskin says, this is our sworn duty as Genoshans."

The interviewer smiles. "I don't think anyone expected any differently from you. There are concerns, though, over how we should react to the attack against us."

"I know. This is something I'm still working out for myself. Rest assured that we won't do nothing, but I need to ask our people for time and patience as I recover from these events and determine what is within my capability. I don't want to hurt innocent people, but we may be looking at a military engagement in the future. For right now, I want us to focus on aid and reconstruction." 

"We'll let you get back to resting, sir. Thank you so much for speaking with us today. The way of the open hand is important to remember as we internalize what has happened to us all. Strength isn't only about measures of force, but character and integrity, and you've continued to demonstrate this, sir."

"Of course," Erik whispers, smiling at the camera as it pans out. "Have a wonderful day. Cor, Dignitas et Tolerantia. That is our motto, and we remain committed."


Charles refuses to leave the room when the media conducts its interview. They try to insist, but they know better than to push when it comes to the Prime Minister and his husband. He leans back in his chair and watches Erik give the interview, from his hospital bed, with a clenched jaw. Formally, the USA and the CIA deny involvement and claim that Stryker acted alone and unauthorized. But no official apology has been issued, nor investigation launched. Tensions are brewing. Charles has ignored a dozen calls from Baines’s office. It’s growing more tenuous by the day.

The moment the reporter concludes, Charles shoos everyone out of the room and urges Erik back against the pillows again. “Your people will be pleased to hear from you,” he says softly, smoothing Erik’s blankets.

"That felt good," he whispers, smiling up at Charles. Being able to take an action, to make decisions, to lead. It feels... for the first time, like Erik has a twinge of his old self, and he basks in it. The little things that he's slowly starting to understand, as time marches ever forward. "They're upset," he says, soft. "They don't understand why. We try to be nice, and get slapped away. Fear, you know? It's so hard. But we can't compromise ourselves. We have to keep going, even when it's difficult. That would be the worst torture, to change who we are. I won't let Stryker do that to us," he shakes his head, vehement.

Though Charles was hesitant about the interview, he smiles a touch, when the confident, authoritative voice of his husband creeps through. The past several days have been difficult; Erik has been dealing with a lot. Hank has been studying Erik’s blood, trying to find the suppression agent. He’s been unsuccessful, so far. No one knows why Erik’s abilities have vanished. “You’re leading by example.” Fingers card through Erik’s hair, soft and freshly washed by a nurse. His face is still black and blue, a deep gash beneath his left eye. “Showing how to overcome. Not to stoop low.”

"Kiss me?" Erik asks, fond. He's worried that Charles won't want to kiss him, won't want to be with him, now that he is all smashed up and bereft of his beautiful senses. The earth, gone forever. His loves. Fresh tears well up. Every time he thinks about it, he cries. His voice is hoarse and low these days, having damaged his vocal chords from the strength of his screaming, everything comes out in an accented rasp. Just another damage.

Charles is quick to concede. Of course he is. He’ll never refuse a kiss, and so he plants a deep kiss against those lips, and then pecks several more light ones along his bone structure. When the tears come, he wipes them away. The loss is devastating. The pain is clear in his beautiful green eyes. He doesn’t beg Erik to stop crying; Erik is allowed to mourn. “You’re so beautiful, did you know?” Charles asks softly, caressing Erik’s cheek.

The statement causes a low noise in the back of his throat as his face crumples. Charles doesn't need to be a telepath to understand. Erik feels hideous, broken and disgusting. Stryker's words replay in his mind all the time, mixed with Viktor Creed and Klaus Schmidt and Enoch Ivanov. Ugly, sick, twisted. Limp hair, hook-nosed, eerie-alien eyes, wax skin. Scars and gnarled bark. Withered. He's so sorry, so so sorry. Charles deserves beauty and joy and he can't give it to him.

No, none of that, Charles insists, firmer. He then projects the image of Erik as he sees him. Auburn waves with a hint of grey at the temples, framing patrician features. Even bruised and scabbing, the bone structure is enviable, lips plush, nose strong and prominent. Stunning. Incredible. Let’s go somewhere, he suggests, thumb swiping Erik’s lips. An illusion. I’ll take you anywhere. Wherever you want.

Our Arcadia, he says immediately. The cliffs and hills he promised Charles and couldn't give, he wants to go there. Can Erik see it again? Please? The sea where everything floats and the mountains overlook and the birds chirp. 

Chapter 45: that issues--loud & all day long--some caterwaul you call a song.

Chapter Text

They’ve never been. They never had a chance to visit the cabin that Erik was going to build. But Charles has been dreaming of their hideaway for weeks, and so he builds it to the best of his imagination around them. Erik’s bed becomes a grassy hill, perfectly shaped to support his body against the terrain. He sits on a twisted tree trunk which forms a chair. They’re at the top of a glen, overlooking a calm sea. The air is dry, but a cool breeze kisses their faces. Tell me what I need to change.

Here, in their little paradise, Erik feels the twinge of creation within him once more as he slowly shapes the mountains like an artist, etching crevasses and little caves and bits. This tree goes there, a nest or two, the rolling hills down into the sea that roils with foam and salt. The plants and flowers bloom, and just like that, Erik is smiling again, a wide grin. In life, he's missing teeth, but here he is whole and he throws his arms around Charles, dropping little kisses onto his jaw and neck. Such a gift, you give me. Now, his tears are joyous.

Charles smiles as the world around them changes. He lets Erik work through him, ensuring that he’s in lockstep to help Erik feel as if he’s creating. The illusion is the canvas, and Erik is the artist. It really is a beautiful scene. Maybe they’ll get to go see the real thing one day. Charles kisses Erik’s forehead, and then laces his fingers around the better hand. It’s lovely here, he agrees. When you’re better, we’ll go somewhere nice, hmm?

Erik isn't sure he'll ever be better, but he tries valiantly to smile all the same. Yes, he says, able to squeeze Charles's fingers in here with his own, with both of his own, and he does, lifting his hand to his lips to kiss each knuckle. This is what he dreamed of for weeks, just this. Charles looks just like Erik remembers him in here, and he touches the small freckle on Charles's top lip, the crow's feet at the corners of his eyes that are Erik's favorite, the line of his strong shoulders and biceps, the soft chestnut curls at the base of his neck. The rose of his lips. Even his ears are beautiful.

If he could live in here forever, he would live and die happy.

Charles smiles softly at his husband, admiring the strength and fortitude that he’s been exhibiting from day one. The grace. When Charles sustained his injury, he had been loathe to let anyone take care of him; Erik’s abilities had made the grittier caretaking tasks a lot smoother and dignified, even. Charles can’t do any of the heavy lifting for Erik. He’s been patient and kind. Your doctors say we can try and get you up and around here, soon, he muses, fond. In the illusion, Erik isn’t wearing a hospital gown, but a linen shirt and simple trousers. We’ll both be on wheels for a bit. Isn’t that something?

We will have to have a race, but I am sure you will win, Erik laughs. His eyes flutter shut as Charles kisses his forehead again, the simple warmth of connection ruffling through him and softening the tension that he's been carrying in his muscles for so long. I love you. Having you in my mind... He knows he's done nothing but cry since returning home, but once more the tears drip down his cheek and onto the collar of his shirt. Feeling Charles in his mind... it's been so long. His soul was getting smaller and smaller. I knew I would see you again. I knew you would find me. And now you're here.

I've had a decade of practice, darling, Charles reminds the man. He wishes that he could easily transfer into bed with Erik and hold him in his arms, but as he can't without assistance, the separation between his chair and Erik's bed will have to remain. At the comment, Charles extends himself further, enveloping Erik in a cocoon of warmth and protection. His telepathy permeates every inch of Erik's mind to wrap him up, make him feel safe. Of course you were going to see me again. It's chilling. The doctors have mentioned that, had Erik not been rescued when he was, he may have died of his injuries or infection within a few days. The thought twists Charles's gut. I may never let you out of my sight again, Charles adds, pulling Erik's hand up to his lips.

Charles is the only person who has ever made Erik feel safe, and it's a remarkable sensation that he draws around himself like a shield. When he had his abilities, Erik was relatively impervious to harm of all sorts, able to deflect it before it reached him, to catch himself before he fell, to prevent accidents and clumsiness. But Charles offered a protection that couldn't be quantified, and it wasn't physical, even before his injury Erik was more combat savvy than Charles, able to defend himself with weapons and hand-to-hand. No, what Charles offers is not a physical protection, though now Erik knows that he can use his abilities offensively; he protects Erik's heart. His spirit, nurtures him, helps the flowers in his mind to bloom and spread over the fields and valleys. He protects Erik's trust.

What is going to happen to William Stryker? he asks. I was surprised when they arrested him, I am not going to lie. I had thought that the CIA would stand by their own, and shield him from the consequences.

It was Moira, actually, using her connections with Haller and Kaplan to get Israel, also one of Genosha's closest allies, to put diplomatic pressure on the United States to do so. It's the least they could do, given everything that Erik Lehnsherr and the Genoshans have done for the United States. A savvy move, and without it, Charles suspects that they probably wouldn't have thrown the book at Stryker at all. Moira was all blistering fury at her former colleague, who was stripped of his title and promptly jailed once the CIA realized the backlash from America's mutant population would severely hurt their national interests.

Charles bristles at the mention of Stryker's name. He's largely been trusting Moira and Raven to work out those matters; he fears what his involvement would do to his energy. Charles wants to pour himself into Erik's care and recovery, not become twisted in the labyrinth of that aftermath. He feels lucky to have so many trusted partners. He'll be brought to trial, Charles says blithely. The US is still trying to keep things hush hush. The press is still focusing on Sayid and the aftermath of the attack. Mutant sentiment is unsympathetic. There are those who... appreciate the 'vigilante justice'. Most people, however, want to see him tried. He'll go to prison.

Thank you for not killing him, Erik touches Charles's cheek. Erik doesn't much care if Stryker lives or dies, but he would never want Charles to cope with the consequences of killing, especially not on his behalf. It's just another way that Charles takes care of him, a winding loop between them both, reinforced like a Dara knot. And thank you, for staying with me, he adds, gentle. I know it's been so hard on you to bear this. You didn't look after yourself, neshama. Not eating and not sleeping are very bad for you. I'm very cross about it, in fact. But he's smiling, so the effect is ruined.

Killing others is not something that Charles Xavier considers, often. Stryker does not deserve oxygen, Charles knows that. But is it his place to take a life? It's not care for the man himself that prevented Charles from severing his body from his brain stem; far from it. He feels an obligation, however, as a human being, to acknowledge certain boundaries. Stryker will get what he deserves, in the end. Oh, look. I lived, Charles tuts. Hank has been insisting for years that I would simply turn to stone and perish if I don't get out of my chair every few hours, but look! I proved him wrong, he muses, pushing Erik's hair back from his eyes. The Scientific Method prevails again.

Scientific? Scientific? Erik pokes him in the side, grinning. Science? Really? Poke poke poke. He tickles under his chin. Kisses the tip of his nose. Erik adores him and wants him to be well and healthy, and to soothe his aching muscles (Erik used to apply his hand to them, but now he can't, bandaged up), swimming in beaches and feeling the sun. Not cramped and cold and exhausted.

I'm a scientist, remember? Charles teases, and he's glad to see Erik smiling, joking. Being playful. The moods oscillate; sometimes Erik is overcome by the horror of what was done to him, the anguish of his loss. It's a testament to his strength that he can even find these pockets of joy. Charles rides each peak and valley with Erik, committed to being steadfast in his support. Enough about me, it's actually time for you to eat. He glances at his watch, a holdover from reality even within their illusion. What soup shall I procure for you today, Mr. Prime Minister?

In reality, Charles has to feed Erik, fortunately he's regained the fine motor skills in his right hand to be able to do so, and as the illusion fades to the brightly colored walls of his hospital room, his nurse comes in with a tray. "We've got butternut squash or tomato and basil," she smiles down at Erik. 

"Tomato sounds lovely, thank-you, Nurse Elkins." 

"Please, call me Sue," she rolls her eyes fondly. "That was a wonderful broadcast. You're sounding stronger by the day," she says, optimistic. "How are we feeling today? Let's get your blood pressure," she rolls the sphygmomanometer in and wraps the cuff around Erik's bicep. "And how are you today, Charles?"

Erik likes Sue, she always rubs his shoulders and the crook of his elbow when she takes his vitals, gentle touches that endear her to him. And she always asks after Charles, too, not solely focused on Erik's wellbeing.

Charles knows that the hospital staff are humbled and honored to be entrusted with the care of their beloved Prime Minister, and it's a duty that all take very seriously. Even in his most harried state, when they first touched down on Genosha with a deteriorating Erik in tow, he could feel their robust confidence. He's in good hands. Charles politely declines care of that sort for himself—Hank or Ailo still duck in periodically to help Charles where he needs—but Sue Elkins still asks because she cares about his emotional state. She's been wonderful, and Charles trusts her, appreciative of the quiet way that she sets the tomato soup on the tray, in a position that enables Charles to easily feed Erik. "I'm well, thank you, Sue," Charles promises. "Eager to get him out of this bed soon, I admit."

Erik can't see almost at all. His eyes work, but the information they send to his brain is essentially useless blobs of color and shapes that make no sense. His sense of touch is likewise off as well, not able to discern easily the muddied difference between his environment and skin. His balance is completely gone, he's dizzy a good chunk of the time, which makes him nauseous. He can't move his limbs to where he wants them to go, often moving in strange, jarring ways because his brain can't figure out how to tell his body what to do correctly.

The only sense that seems somewhat functional is the hearing in his left ear. His hearing is affected, things sounding distorted and off, but he can still understand what's being said and hear volume. So Charles clicks his tongue when Erik is to open his mouth. It's little things like this that show just how in-tune with each other they are, adapting and cooperating even in the most arduous of circumstances. His disability is unusual, neurological testing has revealed that Erik's entire brain is attuned to particles in sensory process, and it's his abilities that link it all together. Without them, he's left with a very drastic impairment.

"How would you feel about a little jaunt to the courtyard?" she asks with a wink in Charles's direction, knowing Erik wouldn't discern it.

It’s with great care that Charles feeds his husband. When Charles sustained his own injury and woke up scarcely able to wiggle his pinky, Erik made it his mission to ensure that Charles’s needs were met before they even became needs. His mutation allowed him to anticipate things preternaturally, but it’s also in his nature. Charles appreciates now how his recovery was augmented by Erik’s presence—he only spent a few weeks in the hospital before he was discharged.

Others in his condition often spend months. Years. His own disability, however, prevents him from doing the physical work that Erik needs done. He can’t lift him, move him, rush off to retrieve what he needs with complete ease. But what he can do, he does with extreme care. Because Erik is lost, without his mutation. His brain developed in a way that centered his abilities within every sense; the way he perceives the world around him filters through it. Without it, Erik is struggling to make sense of visual and haptic stimuli. It’s deeply concerning to his doctors, and to Charles, who are trying to envision what recovery looks like, for Erik.

Whatever the outcome, regardless, Charles is ready to throw himself into supporting it. Already he’s begun to augment Erik’s distorted vision with projections; he tries to telepathically project whatever Erik should be seeing into his ocular cortex. But, it’s imperfect. Details are difficult. “That would be nice,” Charles muses, surreptitiously wiping the side of Erik’s lips with a napkin between spoonfuls of soup. “Are you up for it, love?" To Sue, he privately projects: Perhaps someone from the animal rescue can bring a few of their residents?

It's the details that ultimately prove the most challenging. Erik's brain simply doesn't understand the way that Charles sees things, otherwise he could easily overlay a visual filter and call it a day. But for Erik, it's a type of visual agnosia. It's not based on what he should be seeing, but rather on the fact that he is seeing everything correctly - the table, a stool, it's simply that he doesn't know what a table or stool actually looks like.

Not the way Charles knows what it looks like, because that's not how he sees tables and stools. He has 43 years of seeing tables and stools his way, to him, the rectangle of a table and the circle of the stool are just nonsense stimuli. Charles remembers how Erik used to see the world, and so tries to project those images in their stead, but he really can't recreate Erik's mutation in the same way, because he doesn't actually know how things are constructed the way Erik knows. It's a good effort, but mostly, what Charles shows Erik is also nonsensical; Erik just hasn't the heart to tell him so.

He appreciates everything Charles does for him, all the effort he takes, and that's what is most important to him. His husband, by his side, taking care of him. It warms his spirit, lifts his soul. He focuses on that, on what he has. "I would love to go to the courtyard," he whispers in his heavy rasp.

Oh, he'll love Freddy. He's a wonderful baby monkey who fell out of a tree, loves people. I'll reach out and get them to pop by, that's a brilliant idea. Sue grins.

It's refreshing, being on Genosha - Charles doesn't feel the fear or confusion like he does in America whenever he projects a thought into someone's mind. Telepathy is common here, not to the extent of Charles's abilities of course, but mutation is respected and appreciated, not feared at all. He's free to demonstrate as much or as little as he likes. Sue herself is a mutant, with the ability to snap her fingers like a match to generate flames.

He'll enjoy it, I think, Charles agrees with a small smile her way. Thank you. When Erik is finished with his soup, two nurses enter the room pushing a wheelchair. It's rather similar to the one that Charles used when he was in the hospital, with a high back to support his trunk. A far cry from the sleek, high-tech hoverchair that Erik created for him, or even the others that Charles use periodically.

With immense care, Erik is lifted from his bed and settled into the chair. Charles ensures that Erik feels no pain as his broken and bruised body is moved. When they have Erik settled, Charles can only bark a laugh at their situation. Husbands, seated next to each other, in their respective wheelchairs. What a sight they must be. "Perhaps we should get a two-seater," Charles says wryly. "You take the left wheel, I take the right."

Erik laughs along with him. He can't wheel himself, so Sue, who comes back after putting in a request with the Aramida Animal Rescue, takes the handle of his chair and chatters to Charles happily. "Now, I hope this isn't too delicate," she says softly. "But we noticed that Erik's wedding ring is gone. You had it made on Genosha, so..." she reaches into her pocket and pulls out a small black box, coming around to hand it to Charles, stopping them in the halls. "We commissioned another, with the same specifications as the first."

"Oh," Erik gasps, stunned by the kindness. Stryker had torn it off his hand, threw it into the waste bucket and sneered at him for making a mockery of what marriage should be, that it was no different than letting men marry dogs, and at least a bitch goes into heat, dogs understand the natural order of things. The memory ripples across his mind, once more drawing tears to his eyes where only Charles can see them. Stryker had been disgusted by his marriage, and it made him so, so sad.

Charles is the most beautiful man in the world, and all Erik wants to do is love him. How can love be disgusting? He doesn't understand the vitriol and rage. At Auschwitz, the men wearing pink triangles were treated hideously, and Erik watched. They were treated even worse than Erik, the lowest of the low. It was so severe that it left him with a life-long fear of being outed, and it's this that prompts him to immediately establish Genosha as a safe haven for homosexuals and transsexuals. 

They still offer asylum worldwide to anyone who needs it. It's meant that Genosha is more-or-less derided on the global stage, but given how insular they are, that has never mattered to Erik. He has always hoped to set in example for other countries to observe, and follow in suit, to see that Genosha is thriving and nothing is dangerous about enshrining human rights for this population. "Charles, will you put it on for me?" he holds up his better hand. His ring finger is taped and splinted. "Please. Please. They can fix my hand around it. Please?"

The gift, a surprise to Charles, brings tears to his eyes. He had been planning on getting Erik a new ring when he was ready to leave the hospital; he had asked Moira to look for it when her team cleared the facility, but there had been no such luck. It had bothered him, of course, but there had been larger worries. Erik's left hand—his good one—is healing anyway. The new ring is a replica of the first. Graphene, with a brilliant shine and a clean inscription.

It shimmers under the fluorescent lights of the hallway, but in Charles's view, it's beyond beautiful. "Of course, sweetheart," he whispers, blinking away the tears. Sue carefully unwraps Erik's ring finger and holds his hand steady for Charles. That finger had been broken, but the swelling, thankfully, has gone down. Charles carefully slips the band over Erik's knuckle, and then dips his head to kiss it. "There. That's better." He turns to regard the nurse. "Thank you. This is so kind."

The haptic feedback is fuzzy for Erik, and he can't see the ring, but knowing that this is his ring and it's back in its proper place makes his heart soar. He's grinning from ear-to-ear. "My neshama," he whispers. 

"It's proper and right," Sue says firmly, bending to give them both a hug before taking her place behind Erik's wheelchair once more. "Erik loves you, and that makes you our family."  It's an odd way for someone to consider a government official, but that is at its core, what Erik has strived to be all these years.

To foster a sense of community and family, to help people form tight bonds with one another. To give people everything that was taken from him as a child, to make sure no child ever experienced anything like that again.  The courtyard is full of flowers and chirping birds, and the sun is warm as they head out of the automatic sliding doors. "And look who's here, we found Freddy! He's a good friend," she laughs.

"Freddy?" Erik whispers. "Who is this?"

"You're about to meet him, I'm going to put him on your lap," she describes to Erik softly. "This is Freddy, he's a week-old Capuchin monkey, and he loves hugs. His arm is in a cast, so you're right twins." 

"Oh, hello Freddy," Erik says to the monkey very seriously, with his cast off waving his hand in the vicinity of his lap until it brushes the little creature. He tries to be gentle. He imagines Freddy is soft and trilling.

Charles doesn’t think he can express his gratitude properly toward the Genoshan people. There had been a bit of distance between himself and the citizens of this nation—ideology is a battle—but he realizes now that it’s always been wholly unnecessary. The care that they’ve extended toward Erik and himself is a testament to the culture that has been forged, here. Where everyone looks out for each other and isn’t shy about it. Charles will be indebted to this country for life. He chokes back his own tears, however, as he wheels alongside Erik and to the courtyard, a lush garden with sunny seating areas and clear views of the blue sky.

He smiles as a young woman approaches with a small monkey in her arms, and watches as Erik’s face grows serious and engaged once he’s placed on his lap. “Oh, he adores you,” Charles informs Erik, parking his chair at Erik’s side. He takes the bottle of milk from the kindly woman and presses a silent thanks her way before tapping it lightly against Erik’s fingers. “Here, help me feed him,” he suggests. Erik can’t exactly wrap his fingers around the bottle, but he can at least touch it, and so Charles tips the bottle into Freddy’s tiny mouth. The monkey slurps greedily, and then taps at Erik’s face with his minuscule hand. “He thinks you’re his mum, I think,” Charles beams.

"Oh, no, we would not want that, would we?" Erik's fingers twitch as they're moved, and Erik's laugh is a warm rumble in his chest. "Miss Yorkes will find his mother, she always does. Did you know she can speak to animals? It's a lovely mutation. It's not a conversation, but she can transmit intentions to them in ways that their brains can comprehend, allowing for communication," he chatters, swaying a little in his chair. "You'll be all healed up, and returned home safe and sound. I promise," Erik tells Freddy solemnly.

"That is a fabulous mutation, indeed," Charles agrees, encouraged to see Erik as he sways a bit. He does that when he's relaxed or excited, and it's good to see him in such a mood, if only for a little while. "And so will you, my love," Charles murmurs to Erik, planting a kiss against his temple. "You'll be healed up and home, too. You're doing so well, did you know that?"

"Thank you," he whispers back, ducking his head a little shyly. It still makes him shiver all these years later to know Charles thinks he's good. It pleases him more than he knows how to verbalize, this part of himself that he doesn't understand very well at all. "You'll stay with me at home?" he tips his head up, the request soft and small. He's not used to asking for anything. Charles can count on one hand the number of times he has. In this, he trusts Charles, too. Trusts him enough to ask him for things. That is something that is very, very hard-won. Charles is the only one who has such trust, in the entire world.

Sue and Ms. Yorkes venture away from the pair to allow them a modicum of privacy, which Charles is grateful for. Only Freddy, cooing and nuzzling against Erik's chest, remains, but he's certainly no bother. "I'm staying until you're ready to be on your own again," Charles promises. If they don't find a way to reactivate Erik's abilities, they'll have to rely on old-fashioned travel to see one another, and even with Blackbird, Charles is not ready to return to Westchester. Not even close.

The staff at the school are happy to cover his classes. His duties to the government are a different story, but there are a lot of things to be worked out, there. Right now, Erik needs him. He's a husband first. "Jean and Scott moved my things into your home yesterday. I'm not going anywhere, sweetheart."

"We'll need some help," he rasps, closing his eyes. Ashamed, because he is the one who helps Charles, and now he can't help his beloved at all. He can't do anything, he's a useless lump. Oh, it does no good to berate himself so. He resolves to be easier. But it means that there will be people intruding on them, entering Erik's home. "Maybe Ailo will help?" They both like Ailo. Erik intends to thank him properly for helping Charles to eat and sleep. He moves his hand, mostly his arm, to stroke Freddy. "You're a good monkey," he tells him softly. "And we love you, and you're going to go home soon. Me, too. We'll go home soon," he smiles.

Charles nudges Erik a bit—telepathically—as he follows the trajectory of his train of thought. "The eleven-year anniversary of my injury came and went while you were missing," he tells his husband, setting the bottle down to place it hand atop Erik's forearm.

"Most days, I scarcely even think about my body's limitations anymore. It's a part of my life, and I've grown accustomed to living like this. But that doesn't mean I never struggle, you know. You've seen it firsthand many times, how I still become frustrated when I must rely on others for things that were so simple, before. And it's been worse these last few days. How badly I wish that I could care for you myself. I'm beyond frustrated that I can't." He smiles sadly, a smile that Erik doesn't see.

"We're imperfect creatures, Erik. It's okay to be upset, even when, logically, you know that you should be gracious. It's okay to have foul moods, dark days. So long as you promise yourself that any foulness is temporary. If you're feeling angry, allow yourself to feel it, and then vow to wake up tomorrow and try again. I know that you feel a lot of pressure to be grateful and kind. And I admire this about you, my love. But you have permission to be upset."

"I'm not angry," he admits after a long moment, but tries to move his arm to touch his chest, next to Freddy. He succeeds at swiping the monkey's ear instead. "I'm sad. So sad. I miss. I miss it. Miss it." His eyes close, tears escaping from beneath his lashes. "Can't help you. Can't lead Genosha. What will I do? He hurt me. He hurt me. They hurt me, they made me broken. I wasn't born like this. They took me, all my parts, destroyed it all. Hurt me. I'm sad." He beats his hand against his heart.

The tiny monkey, watching Erik's hand, takes hold of the human thumb in his own fist. It's as if he can sense Erik's sadness and wishes to convey empathy. "Of course you're sad, my love," Charles whispers, gently carding his fingers through Erik's hair. "You're suffered a tremendous loss. I'm also sad. Oh, I'm so, so very sad, too. So much was taken from you, my darling. It's incredibly sad." He leans over to kiss Erik's brow. "But, do you know what? The sadness may linger, but it won't be so sharp forever. Maybe it will take a long time, but one day, you'll feel happy more often than you feel sad. And you'll learn, won't you? Learn how to help me, learn how to lead Genosha. You don't need your mutation for those things, Erik."

Erik just says it, the leaden weight in his chest this entire time. A pained whisper. "It was the only good thing about me, and now it's gone."

Charles is silent for a long, long beat, and then he cups Erik's jaw in his hand. "You know what, Erik Lehnsherr? I don't even think that your mutation was the hundredth best thing about you. Thousandth, even," he says, matter-of-fact. "Let's talk through some things that might sit above your mutation on that list, shall we? I'll start: your kindness, Erik, is incredible, as is your resilience. And your humility; look, you're a Prime Minister, and you take time to watch eight-year-olds perform in their school plays. Beyond that, you're ferociously smart and well-read, and you have the most particular sense of humor, one that I'm downright addicted to. Look at how your people regard you, how they admire you. Look at what you built, Erik. This nation, this culture. You, Erik, did that. Your mutation didn't. You did."

He listens, as if he's never had cause to consider this before - and he hasn't. He knows what he values, but he simply thinks he hasn't lived up to his ideals. Charles thinks he has. It makes him gasp in shock, and laugh a little, cheeks fiercely red beneath the chartreuse bruising that decorates his skin. "You think all this? Of me? You?" Charles, who Erik reveres and admires and loves. He would lie for Charles. He would die for Charles. And he thinks this? Erik is dizzy.

"Of course I think all this of you, you silly man." Charles leans his forehead against Erik's own—he has just enough control over his upper back to be able to do this without slumping forward entirely. "Did you think that I only loved you for your mutation, Erik Magnus?"

Erik well and truly shrugs at that, his features wobbling a bit. "I thought - because I can create, and make things, and - and help. Because I can-" he taps his chest again. "Make things nice."

Charles shakes his head, and then kisses the tip of Erik's nose. Part of him feels that he should be offended, but it's truly impossible, isn't it? Erik is so earnest. "Do you only love me for my telepathy, darling? Because of what my telepathy does for you?"

"Of course not," Erik laughs. "You are beautiful and strong and fierce and dignified. Your laugh is my favorite sound. You listen and talk to me and tell me stories. You dedicate your life to the processes of peace and coexistence. You are kind and generous. You are my favorite person," he says, like it's a secret, eyes creasing up at their corners.

"You're kind to animals and to children," Charles returns. "You're an excellent cook and a hell of a dancer. You're creative and thoughtful, and you're a symphony of opposites; you have a tactician's mind but a poet's soul. The heart of a lion, but the tenacity of a bull. And you love, so fiercely, despite having been a victim of so much hate, Erik," Charles whispers. "That is who you are. That is what makes you special, why I am so lucky to call you mine. Not because you can make things nice, sweetheart. You don't need your mutation to make things nice."

"He said I was nothing," Erik whispers softly. "He took. Made me pitiful. Every. Day. Weak. Disgusting. Queer. Jew. But - he - is wrong," Erik gasps. "He is wrong. I'm not nothing. I have you. And you think I am good and that is everything. Everything. He is wrong. I'm just human now. Humans are beautiful too. I want to be. I'll learn how. I'll learn again."

"He said all that because he is a man who has nothing, Erik," Charles reminds him, firm. "You have so much. Family, friends. A nation of people who look up to you, who want to follow your example. And while I am touched, of course, that my opinion means so much to you, you must learn that it is you who must know that you are good, hmm? We can work on that together." Charles lifts Erik's knuckles to his lips once more. "Tell me, darling. What is one thing that you like about yourself?" he asks. "One thing that has nothing to do with me, or how I feel about you."

Erik really tries to think. "I..." he tries and tries. The flashes of himself override. On the ground. Schmidt's hand on his neck. One thing that he likes about himself? The curl of Viktor's lip. Flashes of his own hands. Hurting others, breaking them. Breaking everything. Burning them. Ashes. How much I love you. But it is supposed to have nothing to do with Charles. So that doesn't count. He might say kindness, but he has been cruel. He might say intelligence, but he is not savvy. He tries again. He tries. "I can make nice food for people. I could," he corrects. He can't anymore. Something he can do now. He tries. And succeeds. "I speak five languages."

It's like watching a clip show, as Erik runs through various scenarios in his head. He's careful not to intrude, to point out that occasional missteps does not make someone unkind, that mistakes do not make someone unintelligent. He doesn't step in, doesn't correct. Erik's brain needs to work through this on its own. He smiles when he speaks up at last, and then smiles broader when he settles on something tangible. "Five languages, Erik," he beams. "English, Polish, Yiddish, German, and...Hebrew?" he asks, eager for Erik to continue, to expand.

Erik nods. "I'm Jewish," he says, because Stryker was wrong about that, too. He likes being Jewish, it is a big part of his identity. He isn't so sure about all that G-d stuff, but he does pray three times a day and observes the holidays and knows the Hebrew date off-hand. No one could destroy that part of him, not even Schmidt.

"Yes, you are. I've always loved how you've remained connected to your culture," Charles notes, rubbing a hand on Erik's thigh. "I think that, especially in this day and age, a lot of people are so quick to abandon their roots. It's very special, how you continue to nurture yours instead. I love that about you, Erik."

"You said not about you. But you are part of who I am," he whispers. "I like being yours. Standing beside you. Caring for you. Debating with you. Winning at chess. Losing, too."

Charles smiles, and leans in to kiss Erik's temple. "And I like being yours, too. It makes me feel so very special to think that you chose me, Erik. Of all the people in the world, you chose me. I'm so lucky for it. I like myself better when I'm with you, too."

"And I love the little animals, and all of my people," Erik says, with growing confidence. "I can love," he grins a bit, slow and steady. "No mutation. I always thought I'm just special because I'm a mutant. Schmidt - that is how I grew up. Mutants are better. I don't believe that. I never did. It's like the Nazis. But I think... I think, I thought that about me. That I'm only good as a mutant."

"That, my darling, is why you were never like them," Charles says, his heart warming as he watches the realization blossom within Erik, like a slow dawn creeping over a field of flowers. "You know that no person is born better than another person. And that includes you, doesn't it? No person was born better than you were. Different, yes. But not better. What really matters is what you do with the circumstances that you're given. And look, sweetheart, at all you've done."

"I love Genosha with all of my heart," he says softly, giving Charles a watery smile. "I am so blessed in my life. I have such beauty around me, and because it is around me, it is within me. Even though I lost many things. Everyone is valuable and worthy. Everyone is, I believe that. But not about me? Why am I the exception?"

Charles kisses Erik's temple once more. "You'd be surprised by the amount of people who think like you do. We're able to be objective about others, but not about ourselves. We tend to think that our own thoughts tell only truth, but, you know what? Our thoughts lie to us, all the time. And so when a thought pops into your head and tells you, Erik, that you aren't worthy of the love that you extend to others, you might simply believe it. That's just a condition of being alive and conscious," he explains, gentle. "It's okay. You can learn how to be a better observer of your own thoughts. It takes practice, but I know you can do it. You've already started."

Erik manages to fling his hand to Charles's shirt and tug him closer. "Freddy told me that it was my sworn duty to kiss you now," he says very seriously. "I can speak monkey. A sixth language." He kisses Charles then, letting his eyes close and just basking in the revelation that he is home and safe. These are things he's never thought about, but now Charles is helping him here, too.

The humor is a balm, and Charles can only laugh and give in, returning the kiss with gusto. "Tell Freddy that I am so very grateful for his reminder of your sworn duties," he grins. "I love you, Erik. We'll get through this. I promise."

Chapter 46: Underneath the mill-wheel

Chapter Text

The next few weeks pass by in a blur. Erik slowly and steadily improves, and he is given leave to convalesce at home at long last, with the help of Ailo and Hank, who move in with Erik and Charles on a temporary basis. After only three weeks of recovery, the trial of William Stryker is set to commence and Erik Lehnsherr is subpoenaed by the prosecution to provide his testimony. Rather than have him testify in open court under cross examination, something Charles has resolutely not permitted, Erik will dictate his testimony in the form of a written affidavit to be submitted to the court.

To do this, however, compromises were made; Erik will have to travel to Washington, D.C. to dictate his experiences and be questioned by the prosecution. The judge is a mutant, Charles learns after doing a dive on him with Cerebro. Which makes it all the more interesting. Dominikos Petrakis, born in Athens, can control seismic waves, though he has never publicly told anyone this. The lawyer for the prosecution is a man named Marc Spector.

This guy fought tooth and nail to get this case off the ground. He's Brooklyn born and raised, unapologetically Jewish and a mutant, with the ability of empathic replication. He can create copies of himself that embody different, singular facets of his personality and skills. So already they're off to a good start.

They board the Blackbird at the light of dawn, Ailo wheeling Erik and Hank wheeling Charles. They'll be in D.C. for a week, attending the arraignment, listening to opening remarks from both lawyers and for the prosecution's fact-finding and discovery. Then the trial will take a break and continue with the defense portion, which Erik has no desire to attend and refused.

He's antsy, fidgeting and making unconscious soft noises in the back of his throat. Stress, stress, stress. The Blackbird lifts off, bringing them ever closer. Charles is with him the entire time, sinking deep into his mind to bring him comfort, and when they arrive at the courthouse, Spector greets them personally. Carmen Pryde jogs up, catching them.

"Erik," he breathes and goes right in for a hug. "Erik, I'm so glad--oh, and Kitty--"

and it's too late, he's being peppered with kisses by Carmen's daughter, who smooches his nose and forehead and brow. "You doh head, you can't do that ever, ever, ever again!" she whacks him with her teddy bear.

Erik gives her a smile. "I shall endeavor not to, Katherine. Tell me, how are you doing? Did you ever make up with Allison Bayers?"

He's the only one who calls her Katherine. "You remembered! Oh, yeah, we're totally cool now," she rolls her eyes.

"Charles," Carmen reaches for a handshake. "This is Marc Spector, he's a good friend of mine and an excellent lawyer. You're in very good hands."

"All right, all right. Come on in," he groans, making a sardonic sweeping gesture for the doors. He's not mean-spirited, but he is duly long-suffering. "Marc Spector, as mentioned. Good to officially meet you. We're in conference room A-11. After we get this written down, we'll be attending the court where it'll be submitted formally. Just to let you know, this is a legal process. William Stryker has the right to be present for this, and he's elected to show up."

Erik's blood runs cold. "I beg your pardon," he wheezes.

Recovery is slow, but Charles is okay with slow. He resents the necessity of Ailo and Hank’s assistance, but he can’t look after Erik on his own, and Erik isn’t in any shape to help care for Charles. Erik’s body begins healing, but it’s clear that his lost abilities will continue to be the biggest hurdle. He has to relearn everything, from sight to movement. His balance and coordination are shot; even once he regains the strength to walk, Charles wonders if he’ll need to rely on a wheelchair for mobility. He hopes, for Erik’s sake, that he doesn’t.

When news of the trial and subpoena reach their world, Charles throws himself into the role of Erik’s advocate. He still has some leverage among the brass, and with the help of the stalwart prosecutor, they’re able to secure better terms, for Erik. He makes it abundantly clear that Erik will not be appearing in court; as a victim and a citizen of Genosha, he is not obligated to do so. Despite the favorable terms, Erik is still a ball of stress as they cross the Atlantic, fidgeting in his seat. Many of his bruises have yellowed, several of his bandages are off, but he still looks thin and battered. A wan facsimile of his former self. Still beautiful, still magnificent.

Once in DC, Charles is all business. He greets Carmen fondly, and then Spector with a firm handshake. He’s done his research and trusts that Spector will see to it that Stryker is brought to justice. That is, until the shoe drops. Immediately, he sinks his awareness into Erik’s own, inviting calm, keeping that heart rate low. “I’m sorry, Mr. Spector,” Charles cuts, raising a hand. “That wasn’t communicated to us previously. You can understand that Mr. Stryker’s presence may be distressing to the Prime Minister.”

"I know," he mutters darkly. "And I'm betting that was his intention, but there's nothing we can do - he has the right to defend himself, and part of that means being present for every proceeding. But you're safe, here. He can't get to you. He's not allowed to talk to you."

They all know that isn't remotely the upsetting factor. Erik presses his teeth together hard enough to send cracking pain through his jaw. "The sooner we finish this, the better," is what he responds hoarsely. "Shall we?"

Ailo above him looks hard and determined as he pushes Erik into the building.

Marc leads them to the conference room. "We've got coffee, and some continental breakfast if you haven't eaten yet. It's meh. All right, so this is just going to work like a formalized interview. I'm going to ask you questions about what happened, and any follow-up questions will be to clarify things. Does that make sense?"

Erik nods. He wants to get some tea for Charles and tries to select the oolong packet futilely. He can smell it, but he can't see where it is and he can't move his limbs correctly to get it. For the first time since his injury, a dark look of anger crosses his face when he's unable to properly find it. Ailo gets the memo and does it for him. It calms him. "Let's get started."

The stenographer is set up in the corner, and everyone is poised over their pads as the prosecution asks its first questions. "Why don't you start by telling us in your own words what happened on August 9th, 1966."

"I was abducted by Agent William Stryker. He delivered a gene silencing dart via a stealth drone that pierced my carotid and knocked me unconscious. When I awoke, I had no access to my abilities. I..." Erik grimaces. "I asked what he had done to me. He said he cured me, and that he would invite me to be present when he won the Nobel Prize for curing mutation. He said it brought him joy to torture me, and called me names. He had chained me to the floor and pressed a metal baton into my hand."

"What names did he call you?" Marc wants to know.

Erik presses his lips together. "I don't see how that's relevant."

"It's all relevant, Erik. It's what he did, and I want the court to have a full picture of his crimes."

"I do not wish to disclose this," Erik says, shaking his head. He looks at Charles.

"Please, try." 

Charles keeps a pulse on Erik throughout. The brief spell of anger he feels when he’s unable to fix tea is over quickly, thanks to Ailo—Charles knows that Erik would be frustrated had Charles just done it himself. That need to take care of Charles is strong. It starts off okay. Erik is calm and straightforward. His eyes wander a bit as he sits hamstrung by his own ocular cortex, but his mind is calm, at least at first. Charles sits at his side, hand on his knee. Stryker is in the building. It’s a small blessing that Erik can’t feel him approach.

The questioning, however, heads in a direction that Charles immediately bristles against. Erik can be stoic as a statue when he expounds the tales of physical violence perpetuated against him, but it’s always the words that stick. He can feel the stress creeping. “Mr. Spector,” Charles cuts in, because Erik needs him to. “As I recall, name-calling isn’t a crime. I do feel that the imprisonment, physical torture, and assault leading to severe impairment is much more relevant to your case. Name-calling is not a crime.”

"Actually," Spector tells the stenographer to pause the clacks of her keyboard. "It's not, not yet. Not precisely. But part of what we are aiming to do here with this trial is to set a precedent for something called a hate crime. This is a new form of law governed by our burgeoning civil rights movement that seeks to make punitive actions that are deliberately taken as a direct attempt to express bigotry during the commission of an otherwise criminal act. It also seeks to make punitive the action of discrimination in cases of employment and public service. What I'd like to demonstrate through Erik's testimony is that these attacks were deliberately instigated by William Stryker's open anti-mutant sentiment, to make it plain that we shouldn't tolerate this behavior and most especially not toward public officials."

Hate crime. Charles raises his brows. He remembers a debate back at MIT, a lifetime ago, in which he argued that violent or criminal action motivated by bigoted beliefs deserved a special classification. He’d lost. But he’d been intrigued by the idea ever since, and the verbiage sends a chill down his spine. “He’s already told you,” Charles persists, still in place to shield Erik from the emotional anguish. “He told Erik that he ‘cured’ him of his mutation. I believe that makes his viewpoint clear.”

The words from Marc cause Erik to lift his chin, though. If this is something that could help other mutants in America, he is obligated to try. Even if it causes him pain. If this can pave the way for mutant civil rights in this country, his discomfort is a small price to pay. He gestures for the stenographer to resume her typing.

"He is racist. Homophobic. That means a hatred of homosexuals," he adds for clarity; the term is somewhat new. "Anti-mutant. Antisemitic. That means a hatred of Jews. I was there for thirty-six days. I heard it all. Freak, Jew, queer, faggot. Nothing. Pathetic. Filthy."

"Do you think it was this that prompted him to abduct you in the first place?" asks Marc.

"He claimed that it was to obtain information about Sayid al-Zaman's followers. But he was angry with me. It was personal. He was angry that I removed him from Camp David when he insulted my husband. He called him a cripple. I had enough. I transported him back to Langley, and he was insulted."

"How else did he torture you?"

"Beat me. With his fists and feet. Hit me with the baton. Broke my bones. Drowned me. Whipped me. Cut me. Pulled my teeth. Electrocuted me. Hosed me. Urinated on me. Fed me excrement and treif. That means forbidden food, in Jewish custom."

"Did you eat it?"

"Yes, Jewish law permits eating forbidden food when you have no other option. I was forced to eat the other things. I tried to refuse, and he cut off some toes. I wanted to keep my toes. I like them. I had peas. He said he was trying the good cop routine, and I shouldn't like to see him play bad cop. He threatened to abduct Charles, and torture him instead. So I gave him Fatima Daywa's name."

Erik's tone, to Marc, is devoid and empty. But what's worrying, is that to Charles, it's equally so. As he speaks, his soul seems to get smaller and smaller, clanging inside a metal cage encasing his heart. Marc asks another question, but Erik is too far away, and it just sounds like warbling distortion. Without warning, Erik presses both of his hands into his face, inhaling sharply. Trying to hide himself from the room, from all the eyes on him. To disappear at last. He wavers in his resolve. He wants to go home, to fly away to the sunny beaches of Genosha and float in the salt seas. If there is a G-d, maybe he will make them little sparrows so he can hide in the trees with his beloved away from the cruel world below.

But he can't. He's a leader, a prime minister. He can't live in the trees. He has to be strong. Stryker was wrong. He isn't weak. His hands fall to his lap and his chin lifts, mustering as much dignity as he can. "It's unpleasant," he rasps softly. "I'm sorry you have to hear. But I'm a person. Not an object to abuse. I'm a human being. I didn't commit a crime. People don't deserve to be treated this way. Even Stryker doesn't deserve it. Even if you are guilty of a crime. No one does. It is wrong, and he should face consequences." 

Charles has gathered the story before through stilted. memories and careful retelling, but to hear Erik lay it out so stark, so emotionless, is chilling. The bald violence, committed by one man against another all due to hate. He looks at his husband, tall and gamine. Those graceful long limbs and leonine features. A smile that hides, but which spills warmth whenever it comes out to show itself. His stony exterior guarding supreme softness. To think of him debased like an animal—worse. No animal deserves to be treated this way.

With shaky hands, Charles lifts the thick file folder from his lap and sets it on the table, before grasping Erik's hand in his own beneath the surface. "We would like to submit the Prime Minister's medical records," he tells the lawyer evenly, nodding at the stack. "The first report details the physical injuries inflicted upon his body, and the second attempts to explain the global impact of the removal of his mutation, which is severe and devastating. He cannot walk, Mr. Spector, nor can he see nor exercise fine motor skills. Only because Mr. Stryker is a fearful man. I would hope that this case may establish precedence against legal use of suppressants as well."

Marc takes the records, shuffling them into a greater manila envelope. "Can you tell me what impact this has had on your life, Erik?" Marc asks, softer this time.

"He took something precious from me," Erik rasps. "My bones are broken. My hand was nearly amputated. It's only because of Charles's abilities that it wasn't," he explains. "A case like mine, palliative transradial amputation is the standard. It would be too painful otherwise. My sense of sight, touch and balance are all effected tremendously. My hearing is gone on the right side."

"What about mentally, emotionally?"

"I'm not sure," he whispers. "I'm still trying to figure that out. I want to heal. But it's hard. It reminds me of the camps. Klaus Schmidt. Stryker isn't the first person to torture me so completely. But I'm a grown-up, now. I can advocate for myself, stand up for myself, pursue justice. I... am grieving. He stole from me. He hurt me. I'm more afraid of humans, now. I don't like to leave Genosha. The world outside seems to be cold and cruel. I'm sorry, I do not know what else to say. Perhaps Charles would know more about that," he gives a gentle smile in the direction of his husband.

Charles levels Spector's gaze. He takes very seriously his role as Erik's advocate, a steward. His husband. It bothers him that Erik must be subjected to this, even if its for their ultimate benefit. "Language is inadequate," Charles says. "But my husband's entire world has been altered. It's as if a part of himself has been ripped from his body. A part of his soul, his brain, his being. It's as if a free man has been thrown into solitary confinement, sensory deprivation. The mental, emotional impact, is devastating. You might imagine." 

"Can you explain to the court why exactly this has happened?" Marc asks, not because he doesn't understand, but because he wants it on the record with no possible way to refute, that this is a direct result of William Stryker's actions.

"It's to do with how my sensory system is constructed. I'm still a mutant, just because I don't have enhanced abilities does not mean I am not a mutant. My body is different on a cellular level, my neurology is different, adaptive to a sensory process that doesn't exist any longer. I can see something in front of me, some shapes and colors, but my brain does not know how to process that as an intelligible stimulus. I know that Charles is--"

He reaches his hand out, but it's in the opposite direction than what he wants to do. "I'm sorry. I--I can't--" he sighs. "That he is to my right, not my left. My apologies. In addition to sensory deficits, my balance and proprioception are extremely impaired. I have no ability to tell where my body is in space. I can move, but trying to send my arm in one direction will often send it somewhere else. I am very dizzy and experience frequent nausea and vomiting because my inner ear isn't oriented correctly. It's... it's hard," he admits with a smile.

"I can't even feel Charles's hand in mine. I can't feel things properly." His eyes tear up when he says it and he swipes at them, even though only Charles can see. "I'm learning how to be OK again. I have a nation to lead, I have people to take care of. I have to learn how to do all of that again."

"I think we can all agree that a big part of making sure you're free to do so is seeing justice done in this courtroom," Marc murmurs. "Is there anything else you'd like to add to the record?" he opens the floor to either Charles or Erik. 

"I do," Erik nods. "I implore the jury to recognize that William Stryker poses a threat to the public, and jails him accordingly. However, for myself - I have forgiven him. He is not capable of love. He is not capable of joy. He lives in a world of fear and hate, and I do have pity for him. I don't want him to be hurt. I just want to make sure he can't hurt anyone else." 

Charles gently grasps Erik's hand when it's extended his way, on his second try. This, of course, proves to be the most devastating reverberation. Erik is lost in space, unable to process the visual stimulus his eyes observe. It's as if a person born blind gained access to sight later in life; their brain simply would not be equipped to make sense of what they were observing. His coordination, too, will be a difficult battle to overcome.

He will require full-time assistance for the rest of his life if he cannot learn to adapt, but beyond that, he will be without the comfort of touch, the confidence of grounding. "He has not earned your forgiveness, my love," Charles murmurs to his beloved, but extends an admiring radiation of warmth across Erik's awareness. "But I am confident that the court will see to it that he is never able to hurt another person again." He plants a kiss on Erik's better hand; his right is still heavily bandaged, and then looks to the lawyer.

"Are we done, here? This has been a trying journey for my husband, and I will insist that he not be kept here for a moment longer than absolutely necessary."

Ailo doesn't give anyone time to question this natural break in proceedings, rising with a lift of his brows to Charles and a smile to them both unseen by Erik, but Charles transmits it to him and he grins back a little. They still have the arraignment to attend, where Stryker will have to submit his plea, and Erik does want to attend. There's something final about it, about being able to face him in court, where he belongs. Ailo wheels him into the room where Petrakis sits at the head of the judge's bench. 

The defense attorney is already there with Stryker as they enter the gallery, an achondroplastic dwarf named Bolivar Trask. Stryker was hesitant about this man being his defender, but he's been a staunch proponent of cases similar to Stryker's, and his legal acumen is unmatched, defending people against irrational hate crime stances that John Baines is pursuing as he centers the bid for re-election, campaigning on civil rights doctrine. It's just putting their country more at risk, especially in the wake of people like al-Zaman.

Their defense is hinged on the fact that Stryker was conducting a legal interrogation of Erik, and that the allegations against Stryker are fictitious, other than the deprivation of Erik's mutation, which they're arguing was for the common good as a form of aggravated self-defense. Trask's mind is cold and slimy, with disdain for mutants that seeps through his being, and in particular the Lehnsherr case grates on him. This is a man who needed to be brought into line, and Stryker did the work that no one else was willing to do. In his books, the man should be celebrated. 

"All rise, the honorable Judge Dominikos Petrakis residing," the bailiff calls out as the man strides onto the podium.

Charles wheels himself alongside Erik as they head toward the gallery, ensuring that his husband can feel his presence throughout. He's since learned more about the way Erik's vision is malfunctioning and has ceased trying to project visual imagery, opting instead to narrate what he should be seeing, like a book. We're seated in a courtroom, Charles begins as Ailo sets the brakes on Erik's chair and takes a seat himself. We're in the back row, and there are about fifty or so people, here. The defense attorney, Trask, is a man with dwarfism and the—a mind that feels like a snake, he grimaces, passing the feeling along momentarily.

Stryker is seated with his back to us, about five meters in front of you and to your right. Everyone rises when Petrakis orders it so, aside from the two men in the back, seated side-by-side in their wheelchairs. Charles raises his chin. In that moment, Stryker turns his head and locks eyes with Erik's own, a sinister, sickly grin curling across his face. Charles can only be grateful that Erik can't see it. You're doing well, he coaxes his husband, sending a surreptitious wave of nausea to Stryker. He watches as it hits the man and causes his expression to change before he turns around. Small victories.

Erik manages to fumble his hand into Charles's lap, wishing he could follow suit and curl up into his chest, as always incredibly grateful for his husband and how he's taken it upon himself to help Erik feel connected to his surroundings. The sensation of Trask makes him grimace, and when Stryker turns to look at him, Erik doesn't react at all; having spent over a month with him, Stryker knows that Erik can't see correctly, though he couldn't understand why Erik could see things, yet be unable to follow basic directions. He'd assumed at the time that Erik was just deliberately fucking with him, and Erik was too distressed to communicate properly. Not that Stryker cared either way; all of it was just an excuse to hurt Erik. There was no actual reason. Erik knows that. 

Trask begins with an opening statement. "Thank you, your honor. We're here today to show that Agent Stryker is a venerated member of his community, a leader, and a dedicated civil servant. He's spent his whole life serving his country, and when he saw a threat, he took action to try and stop it. Was it heavy-handed, perhaps. But that's nothing compared to killing 5,000 people." 

"Objection," Marc drawls. "I'm surprised you can count to 5,000, Trask." Erik snorts under his breath. He's liking Marc more and more. "Erik Lehnsherr didn't kill anyone. The Genoshans have been nothing but generous to America in our time of need, and this imbecile went and tried to nuke any hope of peaceful diplomatic relations."  

"Sustained, but keep it relevant, Spector. This is a courtroom, not a sitcom," Petrakis murmurs in his congenial rumble. He reminds Charles of Erik's memories of his father; aquiline features, and thick, dark curly hair and bushy eyebrows. 

"Withdrawn," Trask smiles, slow and simpering. "We intend to pursue an aggravated self-defense explanation, so in that vein, Mr. Stryker, why don't you tell the court how you're pleading today to the charge of unlawful confinement, and aggravated battery causing grievous bodily harm?" 

"Not guilty," Stryker drawls with a confidence that he doesn't deserve. Though Charles expected it, hearing the plea come from his lips makes his blood warm. He sinks further into Erik's mind to spread comfort. He's not going to get away with it, Charles promises his husband, ever cautious. Erik is strong, resilient, but this has the potential to be beyond distressing. If you want to leave, darling, just tell me and Ailo will take you away. You don't have to listen in.

Trask smiles congenially. "And in your own words, how would you define what happened between yourself and Erik Lehnsherr in the Carpathian Mountains? What was your goal in taking these actions?" Erik grips Charles's thigh unconsciously, not even breathing. 

Stryker smiles. "Well, sir, and fine people of the jury," he says, and his voice is sickly in its calmness. "I am a humble civil servant of the United States of America. I love this country and its citizens, and I've served this country my entire career. In the wake of the horrific tragedy of the 8th of August—a day which will live in infamy, as you know—I took it upon myself to lead the charge in safeguarding American citizens from another attack by the kin of Sayid al-Zaman. Mr. Lehnsherr," he says, mispronouncing Erik's name, "made it known to me personally, in front of the President of the United States, that he possesses an ability to enact violence on such a scale. It was a direct threat, ladies and gentleman. And I took it upon myself, as a true patriot, to eliminate such a threat."

Erik blanches. That is not what I said, he says to Charles privately, pressing his lips together. "That is not true. That is not what I said," he raises his voice. "I said that military force isn't a viable solution against mutations like mine. We need diplomacy."

"Please, Mr. Lehnsherr. Let Mr Stryker speak," Petrakis says softly. He has a quiet, commanding aura about him and Erik seems to respond to it unconsciously.

"And what say you in response to the claims that you tortured Erik Lehnsherr?"

I know, sweetheart, Charles promises, and squeezes Erik's hand, even though he knows the sensation won't come across perfectly. Moira was there, she issued an affidavit. Petrakis knows what was said. Be calm, darling, the truth will come.

"I'd say that's impossible, Your Honor," Stryker says, grinning that filthy smile. "Torture requires that the other party is able to feel pain, isn't that right? I don't think we can say for certain that a faggot mutant Jew is capable of feeling anything that you and I can feel."

Beside Charles, Hank stiffens and places a hand on Charles's shoulder. Charles hasn't realized it, but he's using his good arm to lift himself from his seat as well as he can, as if he's about to climb out of his chair and tear toward Stryker propelled by pure fury and instinct.

Erik visibly flinches, tears welling in his eyes as he realizes that this time Charles is here. Charles is here and he is spewing his vitriol in front of Charles, who has to hear it, and it is rending him and cracking his heart into millions of tiny, smashed pieces. And then something happens. A brilliant red static spreads out across the ceiling of the court room, and two perfect strangers drop in. It's a man and woman, one with a shock of deep brown hair infused with burgundy, and the other with wispy strands of curly white. Both share matching sets of vivid green.

Charles knows immediately who these two individuals are. It's impossible for him not to know, but what happens next is somewhat more murky. He can't read their minds, either of them, and he can't seem to effect the radius around them at all. The woman tilts her head, raising her hand to obliterate the desk, and Stryker's chair, puppeting his body so that he rises to his feet. "Kneel," she commands him, lifting her chin. Her accent is a muddled mixture of Italian and Romanian, giving her words a cold, stoic lilt.

When he predictably refuses, she twists her fingers, and his kneecaps both break, forcing him down. "Look at me." His head jerks up, eyes pinned on her. "Answer the truth." He cannot lie. It's not possible. "Why did you torture Erik Lehnsherr."

Charles, what is going on? Who is this? What is happening? Erik's eyes are darting around wildly, trying desperately to focus. The courtroom is so silent that you could hear a pin drop, everyone glued to the woman.

It's...your son and daughter are here, Charles gawps, frozen. The bailiffs, who had begun to charge forward to apprehend the intruders, are now frozen, stark still, either out of shock or manipulation. Not a soul in the room dares to issue a peep as they watch, wide-eyed, slack-jawed, as the young woman with the wild wavy hair towers over the broken form of William Stryker. At her side, the tall, silver-haired boy observes the interaction with...boredom? Is he bored? Charles notices how his foot taps against the wood floor at unnatural speed.

Pietro and Wanda Maximoff, now young adults. The low wail of pain is all that can be heard as Stryker scrambles on the floor, his eyes burning with unbridled hate. Fucking mutants, disruptions to civil society at large. He bares his teeth, and though he knows that this is likely the end for him, he still spits. The saliva lands at the woman's feet. "He is an illegitimate leader of an illegitimate nation full of queers and mutants," Stryker hisses, and thrashes against the invisible hold. "With him alive, we can never solve the fucking mutant problem—get him out of the way, and that little faggot island of monsters doesn't stand a fucking chance, and we can snap it out of existence like it's meant to be!"

"Oi," says the young man—Pietro—eyebrow darting up. "For the record, I was against this plan, but that answer is just plain nasty. Have at it, sis."

"You are illegitimate," Wanda pronounces coldly, and with that, Stryker dissolves into nothing. It's neat, not violent and bloody. Wanda isn't cruel, or sadistic, unlike the man whose existence she has just ended. But she is brutal in her way, exacting in judgment, punishing in justice. "This trial is concluded. William Stryker is gone. The world is better for it. Go home." With a snap of her fingers, the entire court room empties itself, with everyone except for Erik, Charles, Hank and Ailo safe and sound in their respective homes.

Chapter 47: Him whose head sits like a boulder, shame it's still perched on his shoulders.

Chapter Text

Erik stumbles out of his wheelchair, desperately trying to get to them. Wanda catches him before he falls, materializing him in front of her. She balances him on his two feet, and he lurches toward them unsteadily. "My children? Wanda?! Pietro???? Wanda and Pietro," he breathes. He manages to connect with Pietro first, throwing his arms around the first thing he can find.

"Whoa, easy, Tiger." Though Pietro's accent is as thick as his sister's, he's spent more time watching American movies and television, reading comic books, and picking up American radio broadcasts than she. Days are long, and Pietro can only find so much to do to occupy the immense stretches of time between sleep periods, which, for him, last no more than an hour or so at a time. What else is he supposed to do, when the world is moving through mollasses while he slips through, inertia-free?

And, wow, their dad sure looks like a dope, doesn't he? His eyes are almost crossed, and he stumbles like he's had far too much to drink. He laughs to himself—too quick for anyone to perceive—but then stirs the air around Erik to help him stay upright on legs that wobble. "That's us," he says, grunting under the weight of ungainly arms as the great and powerful Magnet Dad fumbles around him. "Are you hoping we're gonna call you dad? You look much more like a papá, or maybe a babbetto, eh?"

Charles blinks as the scene unfolds before him, unable to keep up with the speed at which both twins operate. Pietro's quips are lost on all but Wanda, as they're too busy watching Erik clumsily wrap himself around a son who has his eyes. "This place blows," Pietro continues, before anyone else can speak. "Let's go somewhere that doesn't stink of sweaty bureaucrats."

Wanda snaps her fingers and Charles appears next to Erik, wheelchair and all. "Yes, let us find somewhere nice. Come along," she smiles, and in an instant, they're back in Erik's house. She helps him to the couch, sitting on the coffee table across from him and taking his hands within her own. "You do look strange. He saw the world like us, and now it is gone," she explains to Pietro, following the train of his thoughts easily as they sling-shot around one another at light-speed. "The part of his brain that interprets all of it was taken from him, so he cannot see or balance correctly. Charles Xavier, Ailo Kirala, and Hank McCoy," she blinks at each of them in turn.

"Pietro and Wanda," Erik whispers in turn, a brilliant smile on his face. "Magda? Is she--?"

"Not any longer," Wanda tells him. "We think she died before you were liberated."

"Schmidt?" he has a deep frown on his face.

"No Schmidt. When we were babies, but we escaped. I looked after us, kept us safe. Kept mio fratellino here safe and sound." She snaps her fingers and an arcade machine from the future pops up in the center of Erik's home, giving Pietro something to pique his interest.

"This is Charles," Erik whispers, fond. "My husband. We tried. Tried to look for you. I tried to find you, please believe me. I knew. I tried."

"We know." She squeezes his fingers, transmitting the sensation of touch directly into his brain stem. His eyes flutter closed at the sensation. "It's not your fault. It is mine. I kept us hidden. Schmidt hunted us for a long time, followed us. Hiding became a way of life. And I had to keep Pietro safe. You are a very public figure, and I was nervous. We've spent our whole lives in hiding. But..." she looks at Pietro. "We could not stay hidden any longer. Not after what he did. And... we wish to stop hiding."

It's only then that Charles can finally find the wherewithal to speak. He's seen a lot in his years, but this is something more extraordinary than any of them could have predicted. Erik's long lost children, his twins from the forced breeding overseen by Klaus Schmidt, appearing from thin air to interfere in one of he most groundbreaking trials in American history. Erik, of course, is all smiles and overwhelming emotion; how could he not be? And Charles is happy that he is at least momentarily buoyed by this new arrival. But it's hard not to wonder what the ramifications will be. Pietro and Wanda will not be let off the hook.

"My dear," Charles says, and though his tone is warm, he's certain that Wanda can sense the tension bubbling inside of his chest. "As pleased as we all are to finally be together, we cannot expect to be free of consequences for what has just transpired, for long—"

"He sounds even Britisher in person," Pietro remarks, eyes locked on the screen in front of him—goodness, what is that machine? "Let them come after us. We always get out of it."

"That jury was not going to convict him," Wanda tells Charles very softly. "You cannot attack the sitting Prime Minister of a country in such a way and expect to be free from those consequences. I did what had to be done. I won't apologize for it." Charles is eerily reminded of another woman in Erik's family. 

Erik winces. "I would not have chosen to kill him," he points out, soft. "But not convicting him... leaving him... free?" It makes him sick to his stomach. 

Charles pinches the bridge of his nose. “I don’t disagree that this world is better off with Stryker gone,” he says carefully. “This is an inevitable declaration of war, however. I…you know that Baines’s henchmen will use this as an excuse to stratify us further, Erik.” He looks to Wanda. Just 20, but she seems older. Hardened from growing up too quickly, shouldering the weight of her care and her brother’s. But, she’s still so young. He can’t be mad at her. His stepdaughter. Someone he already loves. “I will recommend that you and Pietro lie low for a little longer,” he says, gentle. “You don’t want to be pulled into this conflict.”

"I know," Erik says. "But our defenses are robust. As long as mutants remain on Genosha, they'll be safe. The biggest concern is what this means for mutants in the United States. I think you should really start ramping up the outreach you are doing, and Wanda, I recommend you and Pietro stay at the Institute for a little while. Anyone who comes in, who can't be protected by Charles, you can transport them directly to Genosha, and you can offer protection there."

She reaches for Charles and squeezes his knee. "It's such a pleasure to meet you, il nostro secondo papà. We've been watching. Ti prendi cura nostro di piccolo babbetto." The endearment is silly, from what she can sense of Erik's mind. Softness, shrouded in stone. She sweeps out, surrounding Charles in a sensation of sparkling affection. Having met Edie Eisenhardt, it's like peering into a mirror, the past and present intersecting. Wanda doesn't physically resemble Edith at all, having taken after Iakov in coloring. She resembles Ruthie Lehnsherr, a ghostly flux. But her spirit. The stoic personality is more like Erik, but rather than softness, her outward stoicism conceals warmth.

Magda Maximoff was unknown to Charles, and Wanda has very limited memories of her. Italian and Romani folk-songs. Pietro, meanwhile, is the spitting image of Erik. His angular jaw, sharp cheekbones and thick brows, and those eyes. With the exception of his curly white wisps and pale skin, Pietro looks to have a form of ocularcutaneous albinism, given the coloring in his eyes, he appears to have type 2 - with some pigment preserved in the eyes. Italian is their first language, from their youth in Lombardy, but they spent a long time in a caravan in Bucharest when on the run, living with Django Tiyre and his band of renegades.

"We are already a part of this conflict. I will stay. Pietro, maybe you can check out the university on Genosha. Study, for a change." She smirks.

"My babies," Erik rasps, reaching to try and find Pietro again. "He took you from me. I'm so, so sorry. I love you so much. I dreamed about you. What you would look like. Sound like. I'm sorry I can't see you now. I know you are beautiful," he beams. "Tell me. Tell me everything, how you live. What you like. Tell me?"

It’s truly striking, how strong the Lehnsherr/Maximoff genes run. Wanda bears such stark similarity to the versions of Edie that Charles has met; from warmth to strength. Her power, too, is evidently beyond magnificent. Powerful and smart, wise beyond years. A bit impulsive, but she’s young. And she is Erik’s, after all. Can you please start making arrangements at the institute? he asks Hank, and then glances at Ailo. I may need to head back to Westchester sooner than planned. Will you stay and take care of him?

Pietro appears at Erik’s side in a second, a gust of wind in his wake. “Let’s see,” he begins, touching at Erik’s arm. “Wanda made us a nice little place in Belluno. We live there. I like fun, Wanda doesn’t,” he teases, winking at his sister. “She’s like you. She can get whatever we need. Things were hard when she couldn’t; I used to just steal everything.”

"I am fun," Wanda pouts, grinning back at him. "Pietro was quite the little thief. Our guardian in Romania taught him to steal, and before I learned to control my powers, I had no choice but to allow it. He is very, very fast," she explains to Erik and Charles.

Ailo inclines his head, though he's not sure how Erik will take this news. Well, actually, he knows that Erik will attempt to bear it with grace, since that is simply the way that he is. He will be lonely, though. Perhaps Pietro might stay with us, he suggests.

"Ah, voi bisogno insegnare mi corretto Italiano," Erik enunciates each word with Polish and English word order, and makes a mistake with the phrase to teach me, which is normally said as insegnami. But otherwise, his pronunciation is good - he's been studying. Ever since he learned about them.

I’ll come and stay whenever possible; I’ll visit every day if I can, he promises Ailo, because he knows that Erik is still beyond delicate at the moment. He can’t help but be reminded of the scenario a decade ago, when Erik left Charles to go tend to a greater purpose. It hurt. He vows to not do that. Pietro will help. I’ll talk to him. Make sure he’s truly okay before I go anywhere, Charles concedes.

Pietro laughs, but even he, who is not known to spare feelings for a good chuckle, laughs in appreciation rather than derision. “Va bene, signor papá,” he offers. “First lesson: cena. Wanda, remember that one sarmale place in Piata Romana? I could go for that.”

"Dottore papá," Erik jokes wryly. "Eu stiu niste Română de asemenea," he says, and his Slavic pronunciation is more natural in Romanian than Italian, though Romanian is (obviously) a romance language. Wanda gets a bright look in her eyes as she recalls the flavors.

"Can you eat very well?" she asks Erik, eyebrows pinching together. He still looks so, so injured. The bruising on his face and neck is a garish, peeling yellow mixed with a symphony of blue, turquoise and green.

"No," Erik shakes his head. "I can speak, but I'm not permitted to eat anything more than soup. It is all right, I cannot really taste anything," he murmurs with a pained smile. For someone who loved cooking so, it's just another misery.

His pain ripples across Wanda's consciousness and she grimaces heavily. "I should have found you," she whispers to herself. "I tried. He must have had some kind of blocking mechanism. I couldn't sense you. I'm so very sorry."

"No, oh no," Erik shakes his head vehemently, which makes him dizzy and sears a wave of nausea into his gut. He wobbles in place, off-kilter. "No, no. Don't ever blame yourselves. None of you," he directs to the room at large. "He planned this, for a long time. Since that day in the hospital, most likely. It's no one's fault but his. All I care about is that my family is together again. Mi bella famiglia."

Wanda materializes Pietro's dinner, with some extras for Charles and company. "They're really very good. Sarmale, like a little cabbage roll. And some soup, for later," she pats Erik's container and sets it aside.

It seems that Wanda appreciates that Erik doesn't want to be fed in front of his children within an hour of first meeting them, and Charles sends her a private, telepathic thanks. She's deeply intuitive; he can sense that. Unlike her brother, who also possesses a keen intellect but is less connected to the world around him. Charles wonders if that has something to do with the timescale on which his body operates.

"There have been some reconstructive surgeries to his mouth," Charles explains. "Jaw and teeth are still healing. We're hoping that he'll be able to reintroduce solids pretty soon." But, Erik is right. He can't taste it. It matters quite little. "Your father is an excellent cook, did you know?" Charles offers as Hank dishes up the various Romanian delights for their congregation. "On the very first day that we decided to go out for a drink, he cooked me a full meal at 1 in the morning. I had been living on rice and toast for most of my adult life, my diet offended him," he smiles, even though he knows Erik cannot see it. "And then I tried to help the next time and accidentally put sugar instead of salt in the grape leaves."

"And then you put salt in the pancakes," Erik grins. He pats his hand over Pietro's. His eyes wander, not beholden to stimulus, it looks jarring and a little out-of-place since he isn't following anything and doesn't look at anyone when they speak, not able to properly discern where their voice is coming from.

"Pietro must get his gifts in the kitchen from you, Charles," she nudges her brother dryly. Of course. Can I ask... what happened to you? I know about North Brother Island, but the details were never publicized. Her mind in his is a mist of pyrotechnic delight, the joy of meeting another telepath in proximity.

Ailo too twinges alongside in concert. "What is this?" he asks of the Pac-Man machine. "Is that a computer? Like Cerebro?" He knows what a computer is, of course, and when it comes to technology Genosha is about twenty years ahead of the curve. They're so insular that most people who don't have mutant family don't know the half of what can be found inside, but this is something he's never seen before.

"Like Cerebro," Wanda laughs warmly. "It's a game, Pac-Man. The object is to run away from the ghosts, and eat as many pellets as possible. It's simplistic. The gaming systems they go on to develop are a great deal better, but I try not to blur the lines too much. I don't want to unduly influence things."

"Oh my," Ailo gasps. "You can travel through time?"

"Indeed so."

"Your savta could do that," Erik whispers.

"We've met," Wanda replies gently. "You look just like her. You have her smile."

"Oh."

Charles smiles at the young woman and briefly recounts the events of that day, but spares the gritty details. The beam hit me square on my T1 vertebrae, he conlcudes. My lungs scarecely worked, it's a small miracle that I managed to pull through, and a larger one that I've regained what I have, he tells her, wiggling his right fingers atop his armrest.

"Time travel," Hank breathes; he, too, is marveling over the game console. He runs a blue hand along the screen and peers within at the graphics. "The computer in my lab has the strongest processor that I've ever encountered, but this...it's so small," he remarks.

And then the idea hits Charles. "Wanda," he breathes. "How...how far into the future can you go? Infinitely?" He wheels his chair to the side of the sofa and places a hand on Erik's shoulder, but moves the rest of the conversation to the privacy of their heads. Hank and I have outlined a procedure that would, theoretically, enable us to reactivate Erik's mutation, but we lack the tools. They simply do not exist; we need computational power well beyond what is available to us.

She's very careful not to betray any emotion on her face, wary of giving Erik hope where none may exist. Theoretically infinitely, she agrees. What type of tools do you require? Just a computer? What type of program does it need to run? She squints, then. They might not know what a program is. What type of... what does the computer need to be able to compute?

Erik doesn't even know that Charles and Hank have been working. While Erik naps or sleeps, Charles joins Hank in one of Genosha's labs, where they spend hours and hours buried in research and experiments in search of a way to reactivate the phenotypes that Stryker suppressed. Pietro, sensing the need for privacy, starts talking to Erik about Ruth, asking him questions. Charles is grateful. His genome, Charles tells her wryly. His entire genome. Trillions upon trillions of datapoints. We've created a method for identifying the specific alleles that have been suppressed, but we have no way to actually see them all, at once. I'm not sure if technology ever advances to that degree, but if it does...we could really, really benefit from it.

Oh, Wanda's mind sparks delight. Yes, actually. We have something like that. Give me a second. She winks out of existence, and then pops back. OK, this is all... I just read this, so. It's an antiviral defense system called CRISPR-Cas9. It delivers the Cas9 nuclease complexed with a synthetic guide RNA into a cell, which allows the cell's genome to be cut at a location, and allows existing genes to be removed or new ones added in vivo.

She considers it for a moment. You guys must have similar technology, because Erik's mutation was suppressed, but we've developed it to the point that it can be done by laypeople. You should be advanced enough to be able to extract a sample of Erik's DNA, and then modify it to add in the correct gene. If that's successful, you can develop a viral payload system and just give him an injection.

At last, she concludes, but in order to actually know where and what to edit, you'll need a map. We have mapped the human genome, and I can get that to you easily. All you'll need to do is learn how to use the device, but it really is just point-and-click. Your Cerebro functions somewhat similarly. It uses karyograms, which is a diagram of the chromosomes of a cell in homologous pairs in a numbered sequence. I sort of understood everything I just said, she laughs.

Charles listens, rapt. Oh, how brilliant. For a brief moment, he feels a pang of jealousy; it seems that the people of the future will have access to such infinite possibilities with this knowledge and technology, but that jealousy is quickly replaced by a rapidly ballooning hope. If Wanda has relayed everything accurately, their concept will work. He hadn't considered using synthetic guide RNA to help target the specific locations; how smart. The best news, of course, is that such a map exists. Someone in the future has been able to map the entire genome. The genome as a database. It's beyond exciting.

I'm sure that we'll be able to figure out how to use it, Charles promises, unable to keep his smile down. I hope that there is a facility on Genosha large enough to house such a supercomputer—perhaps we can erect something.

Oh, it's not-- she laughs out loud. We have computers that can fit in the palm of your hand. The database for the genome can be accessed on such a device, but I'll get you a proper computer with a server and operating network. We can link multiple small devices together to share processing power, she explains. I'm unfortunately not a scientist, but I have spent a while at various points of the future, just for my own curiosity. This time is my home, of course.

At one stage, you and I must sit down and discuss this in greater detail, but for the moment, I will ask you if it is possible to procure this technology somewhat immediately, Charles tells her, and his anticipation is bubbling out of his body. Your father could very well be like this for the remainder of his life if we don't find a way to reverse the effects. He looks at Erik, seated on the sofa, eyes wandering, unseeing. Entirely cut off from the world he knows, unable to walk properly, feed himself. He's been graceful, resilient, but Charles can feel how deeply it hurts him. I would be pleased to care for him like this forever, please don't misunderstand me. But he doesn't want to live this way. He misses the world.

Yes, just tell me where to send it and I can have it there in seconds. Do you want me to send you guys all to that spot? If you tell me what to do, I can probably make it all work faster as well. We might be able to have this done by the end of the day. Wanda is unable to stop the smile on her face. Did you know that I know you both in the future? I won't give you any spoilers. Babbetto is all grey. You do go bald, poor thing. She realizes something else, though. In the future, Erik has always had his abilities. She didn't realize that she's the one who helps him get them back. The knowledge pleases her immensely. She couldn't protect him from Stryker, she couldn't stop neutrino nullification. The one weakness telepaths have. But she can give him his life back, a life she knows he loves.

Let's wait until he's asleep. I don't mean to hide things from him, but I do not want to instill him with false hope. He's already conveying this information to Hank, who is now standing stock still beside the gaming console or whatever it is. He can sense the excitement from the scientist as well, who quickly excuses himself. He's already on his way to the laboratory to ready their things. The mention of the two of them in the future makes Charles's heart skip. He's deeply wary of where this conversation has the potential to head and can see that Wanda respects the delicacy of the space-time continuum, but it's impossible to not be curious. He smiles, pushing his fingers through hair which feels thick and healthy, at the moment. Are Erik and I...together? he asks, soft. You don't have to tell me if you can't.

Yes, you are, she does tell him firmly. I consider you my dad, not my step-dad. Our family is good, Charles. There's hardship and pain, but your love is unbreakable. I want you to know that.

Charles looks to his knees momentarily, touched. It certainly puts everything into perspective, knowing that in the distant future, he has become a father, to these two. There may be a war brewing at this very moment, a war he will have to begin to navigate quite soon. Hardship and pain, as she says. But to know that they emerge as a family is a powerful north star. He will be guided by that knowledge. Thank you, Wanda. I am so very proud to have you as my daughter, already. He shares a smile with her, and then leans in to give Erik a kiss on his cheek, telepathically alerting Erik to his presence. "Perhaps Raven can collect the twins and give them the grand tour of Genosha?" Charles suggests to his husband. "While we sort out some dinner and such for you? It's been a long day."

"I'd love to see Genosha. It's beautiful here. You've created such a fine place," Wanda squeezes Charles's knee, not shy to touch him at all. "And I'll be glad to help out at your Manor. Charles will have to leave, soon. Pietro, do you think you can stay here with Erik and keep him company? Dr. Kirala will look after him, and babbetto can teach you your math and physics. It's important, it will help you go faster," she taps him on the nose, a maternal instinct. Wanda is older, and a great deal wiser, though she can be mercurial and impulsive, she's looked after Pietro like a mother would.

It warms Erik's heart beyond question to know how much of Edith and Ruthie lives on in her, and Pietro is so sharp and quick-witted, quick-everything. He can be a bit snarky, but Erik likes that, too. Droll, like Charles. His family. His children. He's swaying from side to side, smiling unconsciously. "A long, good day," he agrees. "Will you summon Raven? And you should eat some sarmale, I bet it is delicious. Pietro and Wanda," he says their names again, just to say them.

"Course I'll stay, but I'm not touching a math book," the speedster quips.

Charles summons Raven, and while she makes her way to Erik's home, Ailo gets the soup and sarmale ready for the two of them. Raven ducks in to greet them all, and then whisks the twins away for their promised tour. They're fast friends already, Charles knows. With dinner ready, Ailo ducks away to give the two of them a few moments of privacy, which have felt too few and far between since Erik has come home.

Chapter 48: Fling his foulness to the deck

Chapter Text

"Wanda was right," Charles broaches softly as he helps Erik to eat his soup. "She and I may have to leave here sooner than I would have liked to. Things at home will be heating up quickly and I'll be needed. How do you feel about that?" he asks, leaving the question purposefully open to allow Erik the space to express himself fully.

"Oh," Erik stammers, swallowing his bite and doing his best not to choke in surprise. Ailo was correct. He resolutely nods. "I understand, of course. You need to keep the children under your charge safe. I'm glad Wanda will be going with you," he says, but Charles knows better and upon digging into his mind feels that he's dreading it. Pietro and Ailo will be a balm, but it's not the same. And, he had done the same to Charles.

Sayid had a large role in that, he knows that now, but without knowing exactly how much responsibility he bore, Erik does shoulder the blame for it. It still eats at him all these years later, and he has a new appreciation in this moment for just how devastating it was for his beloved. Erik knows he's crying again and he can't even mash his hands against his face properly, they miss and land over his shoulders awkwardly and he laughs a bit, wet. "I'm all discombobulated."

Charles puts the spoon down and grabs Erik's better hand, squeezing. I'm holding your hand, he tells him idly, the best they can do to help Erik orient his body in space. He expected this reaction. Not a fight or an open admission of displeasure, but quiet dread. Hopefully, Erik will be on the mend before Charles leaves the island, but he can't tell Erik that. Not yet. He'll still be injured, even if he has his abilities; bones and wounds continue to heal, but his abilities will be a tremendous help to that process. Still, there are mental scars that need tending to. Charles knows that well.

"I know that it's not ideal, darling. I wouldn't even consider it if I didn't have to," he promises. "But, I'll come and stay as often as I possibly can. There are too many books on our reading list for me to not to try and come and read with you every single day, aren't there?"

And Erik loves knowing that Charles is holding his hand, even if it rips his heart into pieces that he can't feel it anymore. Losing his sense of touch truly rends him at the cellular level. He can feel pain, which Stryker capitalized on endlessly, but the finer details of pressure and temperature and taste escape him, and he often doesn't feel the sensations he can feel at the right spot on his body.  It creates more embarrassing problems as well, he can't even use the bathroom on his own any longer, unable to feel correctly the internal sensations that alert him to basic bodily functions.

If nothing else, it gives him a true appreciation for everything that Charles endures on a regular basis, and it just makes him admire and adore him even more, the way that he handles it. Charles doesn't like to be inspiring, but he does inspire Erik to handle his condition better, to know that there is hope that he will learn to cope with it, that he won't always be so miserable and heartbroken. Having witnessed Charles's gradual recovery from how bereft and caustic he was at first, to the pleasant and insightful man he is now, that does lend Erik strength to think that he can find a way to bear this.

If it weren't for Charles, Erik knows he would have killed himself. He would have found a way to die. It's morbid, and he's not living for Charles, but Charles is what makes his life bearable right now. Charles, the Genoshans, and now Pietro and Wanda. They make him want to live. What do you think Pietro likes to read? asks Erik within the warm leather of the tight and weaving bond between them. Do you think he likes reading? No, that might be too dull for him. He likes Pac-Man. Pac-Man, what is a Pac-Man. Erik's head shakes.

Charles smiles softly and kisses Erik's temple again, just for himself. They're so very lucky to have wonderful people in their lives to provide support in their times of need. Erik, of course, is there for Charles, but so is Hank. Ailo's willingness to step in and assist has been monumental. The logistics of quadriplegia can be gritty and uncomfortable, but they have all helped Charles grow beyond the shame that had once stymied him. Erik is in the early stages of coping. Hopefully, he won't have to cope much longer, but he has been far more graceful than Charles ever was, early on. It's admirable, his strength and humility. Charles continues to learn from his husband each day.

I haven't the faintest idea what a Pac-Man is, Charles admits with a small laugh. It's...a console? It looks like a ticket kiosk at a train station, but there's a screen and some sticks and buttons on the control panel. I suppose it's a game, but I don't really understand, he muses. If he doesn't like to read, he can show you what he does like. Teach you how to do the Pac-Man. Charles smiles softly. Wanda has dark hair, but there are streaks of red in it. Olive skin, eyes like yours. She's built sturdy and strong. Looks quite like your sister. Pietro is taller, and very lean. He looks a lot like you actually. Same nose and lips. He has a small chip on his front tooth that's actually rather endearing. But his hair is white, almost silver. They're both gorgeous. Good stock.

He's albino? Erik whispers back, shocked. She sounds like she looks like Ruthie and aba. Oh, can you believe it? My babies came back to me. I know they're all grown up. I wish they'd come home sooner. But I don't blame them for being scared. Stryker proved that it's possible for me to get hurt. I don't know what I'd have done if he got hold of them instead. Gone insane, perhaps.

He might have some form of it. He does have some pigment in his irises, but he just put on sunglasses before leaving, so I imagine that they're quite light sensitive, Charles explains, rubbing Erik's knee. They may be grown up, but they're still eager for a dad, aren't they? What a tough life they've lead, up to this point. You and I can assure that the rest of it is easier. They're not on their own, anymore. We can be a family.

We can go skydiving, and ride the rollercoaster. Bungee jumping? Paintball? I won't be able to, but we have lots to do here. We can help him find ways to channel his senses and fill his time. Everything must go so slowly for him, and we all must think incredibly slow. I can imagine it's a bit frustrating. I'll bet he can time travel and teleport as well, Erik posits. Wanda reminds me of ima. She has that temperament, you know, Erik laughs. I'll have to learn how to parent, what if I'm no good at it? he can't help but cringe. What if I hurt them? Disappoint them? Get mad at them and--and behave like Schmidt. You know. That's my basis for child-rearing. I might hurt them really badly. Maybe they should get away from me.

They're not children, darling. We don't need to rear them, Charles reminds Erik kindly. Ask yourself earnestly, my love, and be brutally honest with yourself. Do you, Erik Lehnsherr, believe yourself capable of harming Pietro and Wanda in a way like Schmidt harmed you? he asks, smoothing a hand through Erik's tawny hair. You, who built a functioning alarm system for Jean when she was afraid of monsters beneath her bed? You, who pays frequent visits to animal rescues to feed the strays with your own two hands? Who has only ever been kind and loving to those who are close to, Erik? He shows all of these memories to Erik like a film reel; they're memories, so Erik should be able to grasp at them in his head. You think that Schmidt broke you, but look, Erik. Look at all of this that he couldn't take away. You've been a father to Jean, a father to many already. You're born for it.

One day, he might be able to truly understand that he is good, but until that day comes, Erik is grateful that Charles can remind him when he falters like this. That he chooses to uplift and treat Erik with such kindness and respect. It's overwhelming. This whole day has been so overwhelming. Stryker is dead. His babies are here. We'll, grown-ups, now. But they will always be his babies. We made friends with the Monster, Erik says to Charles with a laugh as the memory fills his senses. They do this sometimes when he's too upset to function, surrounded by the images he has stored deep inside those packages buried under the Earth that he's collected all these years. Kindnesses and joys for him.

We did, Charles reminds him. And it never scared her again. She felt so safe, knowing that you were there to protect her. You did what a father is supposed to do, my darling. Charles expects that this will be a lifelong duty of care, reminding Erik of the warmth that he occupies in the world. It's been a lifetime since he was with Schmidt, but the damage will continue to creak. It's likely that this experience with Stryker will continue to haunt him, too. Charles is ready for it, though. Ready to tend to his husband's comfort and confidence. Erik deserves it. So, you aren't overly concerned with me leaving? Charles asks, directing the conversation back to where he needs to. I'll stay the night tonight. And I'll try to come and have dinner with you each day following. I'll send Wanda or Jean, if I can't.

I'll be OK, Erik promises. Lonely, but he can handle it. He is strong. And he has tasks to do, he needs to figure out how to be a father to his children and how to help them best, and Ailo will have a lot of advice. Since Ailo has been with him, Charles knows he's been having regular counseling sessions, and those too are helping. Ailo blurs the boundaries between clinician and friend just a bit all on his own because in his opinion Erik (and indeed most people he works with) wouldn't benefit from regular therapy anyway. He needs a friend educated in trauma who understands him, not just a clinician. To feel engaged with his community, and reintegrated. He's been teaching Erik a lot of skills developed in Congo, that work for people like Aura, and he's incredibly grateful. It's made him think about the structure of Genoshan primary schooling as well, though Ailo assures him he's mostly got it right here.

I know that you will be, Charles says, rubbing Erik's knee. You'll be so busy with your recovery and Pietro that you'll scarcely even know that I'm gone. They both know that that isn't true, but there are a lot of things on Erik's plate. Counseling, physical therapy, medical appointments. The Genoshan government hasn't come to a stop; while Erik's ministers have more than stepped up, he is still consulted on matters of importance. You must be exhausted, Charles remarks. Want to finish up dinner and then get ready for bed?

Yes, please, Erik tips his face up to Charles with a smile. Kiss me again, and tell me when, he requests, nose wrinkling up so his freckles spread out across his face. He does his best to cooperate as Ailo and Hank help him into the bed, careful of his battered bones. His feet are in thick, heavy boots recovering from amputation and infection, and Charles hasn't yet seen what his hand or toes look like under the bandages. He doesn't even know how many toes Erik lost, Erik himself isn't certain. The pain had all blended into itself, memories jagged and distorted. He blindly reaches and tries to touch Charles at his side once he's placed there. I love you so much. This is my favorite spot. Here in your arms, his mental voice slurs with exhaustion. The Magpie woke up in a clearing... Erik drops off before he can finish, with the help of Charles.

Charles helps with the nightly routine to the extent that he can, but there's simply a certain proportion that requires physical lifting that he cannot do. But he does brush Erik's teeth and wash his hair and face, talk to him while the other components are being tended to. Hank changes the bandages and does the medical checks. It's a lot; far more than what Charles requires help with these days, but he himself doesn't get ready for bed, as Hank has confirmed that Wanda has procured what they need. But still, he holds Erik in his arms for a little while longer after he falls asleep, the weight and warmth forever a salve.


An hour later, however, Charles and Hank, accompanied by Wanda, are gawping at the screen that's thinner than a clipboard. The computer mouse that Wanda presents looks nothing like the blocky mouse that they have only just begun to use in 1966; it can move in all directions. The figures on the screen respond with clicks. Clicks. "I know that I said that we would be able to figure out how to use this," Charles breathes, eyes wide. "But we may need a little help, Wanda. I have...you mean to tell me that I just touch what I want to access and it will show it to me?"

"That's right," she laughs a little. "So, think of a computer like... a series of magic rocks that talk to one another through a series of zeroes and ones. That's called binary, and each number is a bit. Right now, you guys are still using a coding language called BASIC. The coding language this computer uses is called C and assembly language. The assembly communicates with the hardware, and C with the software."

It's clear that Wanda had studied this prior to showing up, but while she isn't a scientist per se, she is incredibly mathematically oriented, just like Erik, and she naturally understands computer code very well. "Every computer is composed of two parts, the hardware which is the physical construction of the machine, and software, which is what you see on the computer screen. Every piece of software is created using code, and blocks of code combined are assembled into programs that automate its function. Now, all you have to do is move this, and the cursor on the screen moves. Press down on the button, and it will select the thing you want on the screen."

She sits down in front of the computer, intending to give him a demonstration. "Each computer is organized on a filing system, into folders. You have the user that's logged in, the system files, the program files, and the executable files which is what you click on to run the program." She demonstrates by moving the mouse, then clicking it in a very exaggerated way. The computer program opens onto the screen.

Wanda is a natural teacher, and breaks down each part of what to do into digestible pieces, starting from the most elementary knowledge and gradually building on it to get more complex. Within a few hours, with both of their sizeable intellects, Hank and Charles are able to start actually navigating the database and clicking the links within it, using the search functions, and printing off the data they need.

Though both Hank and Charles are accomplished scientists—and Hank is a beyond accomplished engineer as well—they lap up Wanda's lessons like sponges. Hank has more intelligent questions to ask; he has built several computers himself and is far more equipped for this type of work than is Charles, but Charles follows along as well as he can. For his part, Hank is almost giddy as he sits at the screen, tapping and clicking away per Wanda's instructions.

"Do you know what this means, Charles?" he prattles, eyes scanning as data pops up before him at the speed of light. "For biology, for science everywhere. The databases that we can create! How many projections we can run! What if we uploaded new databases to this machine every few months with new information; imagine all of the information that we could store!"

Pietro is seated on a spinning office chair, holding some small screened thing that Wanda called a Game Boy. "Don't tell 'em about the Internet, Wanda," he says without looking up. "Their heads'll explode."

Charles doesn't even want to know what that means at this point, as they do have a task at hand to accomplish. "Focus, Hank," he implores. "We have work to do." And they work. All night, and into the early morning. But by the time the sun stretches its light over Genosha, they have a tiny vial and a syringe ready. Charles can only stare at it with tired eyes. "I don't believe it," he whispers.

"We have a decision to make," Wanda tells them gently. "I can leave this here, and we can propel Genosha forward by decades beyond what it should be... or I can take this back to where it belongs." She taps the computer, eyes creased in warmth. She knows they understand what she's really saying: it's no choice at all. She has to return this, the consequences are too great, and she doesn't want to play G-d.

Hank looks at the machine with immense longing. He's learned a lot about computation tonight and is sure that he can improve upon his own machines at home, but they will in no way be like this. He understands the importance of continuity, but it's simply too irresistible not to ask. "What if I take it for personal use only? For my lab at home?"

"Absolutely not," Charles insists. "You know we can't, Hank."

The scientist hangs his head. "I feel like we're living in the Dark Ages."

"We are, certainly. Take it back, Wanda. Thank you for bringing it here."

"For what it's worth," Wanda says with a grin, "Genosha is incredibly advanced already. You'll reach this stage of development years ahead of the curve, but despite my abilities, I actually can't predict the future. Any number of horrific things could happen if we disrupt the continuum in such a large manner. I have to pick and choose where to act. For my family, I'll do a lot," she concedes. "Little things here and there. Like the Game Boy."

She smirks. "But this is too big of a linchpin. I'm so glad that I was able to help restore Erik to what he should be. I think the loss, universally, would be a negative otherwise." With a blink, she disappears with the device, and when she reappears, it's with Erik blearily blinking, still dressed in his sloth pajamas and sleeping cap, complete with a fuzzy ball on the end, his russet curls spilling out under the soft fur lining.

"Wah? Whurrr?" says he, squinting in confusion. "Wrrmp?"

"Sloths. Adorable," Wanda snorts. "You need a pair of those, piccolo," she tells Pietro primly.

"Those are pretty stylish," Pietro agrees, smiling at the sight of the foreboding man dressed in a set of matching pajamas. "Good morning, my darling," Charles says warmly as Wanda sets him down in a cushioned armchair. He wheels to Erik's side and leans in, planting a kiss against his temple. "You're in the lab here on Genosha, and Hank, myself, Pietro, and Wanda are here," he explains. "We have a little surprise for you, if you're ready for it."

"A surprise?" His brows shoot up, still a bit groggy but otherwise good-natured. Erik is an early bird. He used to love sitting out on their balcony with his morning coffee and a cigarette, though he smokes a lot less now than he did in his youth. Watching the sun slip over the horizon was his favorite time of day. Now he seems more listless and despondent, perking up mostly when Charles swathes his mind in warmth. As usual his eyes are unfocused, darting around sightlessly as he fails to take in his surroundings.

"I must admit that I've been keeping secrets from you," Charles begins as Hank brings over the vial and a covered syringe, which Erik, of course, cannot see. "Hank and I have been working hard these past few weeks to try and find a way to reactivate your mutation," he explains gently. "I didn't say anything to you, as I didn't want to give you any false hope; I was sure that it would be impossible. But, Wanda, here, was able to bring us a computer from the future, which had such incredible power. We needed a way to map your entire genome, my dear, to find where Stryker's weapon had acted." He projects confidence, now. "We've been able to do just that. And, in Hank's hand right now, is something that very well may grant you access to your abilities, again."

Erik gasps, taking a shaky, rattling breath. His heart seems to stop in his chest. He shouldn't hope. He tucks it all down and down and away, deep under the deepest sea. It still takes him many long, stuttering moments to formulate a response. "Please," it's so, so soft. Only Wanda and Charles see that tears threaten to fall, and only because they're both exceptionally strong telepaths.

"Erik," Wanda tells him. "This will work. You're going to be all right. I know for a fact that this will work. Don't forget to breathe. You'll pass out like that."

"She's right, my dear, you need to breathe," Charles tells his husband, and his own hands are a bit shaky. They're about to help Erik get his life back. Help him regain his sense of self. This is everything. "It may take a little while to work; your cells need to reproduce. You may not have your full abilities back for a few weeks. But you should start feeling some effects sooner. Do you want the injection now?"

"Yes, please," Erik says, audibly doing his best to regulate his breathing. Even a twinge of his former abilities would be more than he could possibly ask for. He's vibrating with visible tremors, the force of keeping himself composed practically shaking him apart.

Charles stretches a blanket of calm over Erik, though he doesn't try to mask the actual emotional wave that is tumbling across his husband, right now. It's about breath and health; Erik should be allowed to feel what his body wants to feel, and Charles isn't here to interfere. He unbuttons Erik's pajama top with his good hand—he's gotten good at this particular task—and helps his arm out into the open, exposing his upper deltoid. Hank is quick and without ceremony as he quickly disinfects the area, and then plunges the needle in. "There," Charles whispers, a smile in his voice. "All done, love. You're going to be better here very soon."

What Hank and Charles don't realize is that Erik's body has already begun to fight off the modified genes. As soon as they administer the dose, Charles feels it as the blanket around Erik's senses evaporates and the world returns to him in brilliant technicolor. Everything comes roaring back and he bursts up out of his wheelchair, floating and laughing and crying all at once. Soundless fireworks appear in the room raining down on them and evaporating, trails of sunflowers and roses in swirling mandela patterns.

"Oh, it's back! Everything! The world!" Erik is grinning from ear to ear and zips around the room, giving everyone a one-armed hug. He's still quite frail, and he doesn't touch the ground, his feet encased in boots and bones in his legs broken and stapled back together. He arranges himself in a half cross-legged position in the air, like a floating Buddha. This time his eyes are darting all around but now focusing, pupils contracting and dilating properly as he takes in Wanda and Pietro. "Oh, you are so beautiful. I knew you would be. Your hair is white!" he laughs. 

Charles can feel the change instantaneously. Where Erik's mind had been muddled and confused; it's now itself again, and before Charles can even help him back into his shirt, Erik is gone. Floating. Tears flood to Charles's own eyes as he sits back and watches his husband zip around the laboratory, a smile broader than anything he had ever seen. The world rushes back to Erik, and Charles can feel it secondhand. Oh, how he had missed this, missed seeing things this way, feeling the energy of the earth using Erik like a conduit.

"It is?" Pietro gasps in faux-shock, hands flying up to grip at his hair, but he scarcely thinks that Erik will notice the jab in his sudden elation. This is better. It was worrisome to see those eyes scanning the world around but seeing nothing at all. This is better.

"Oh, sweetheart, I'm so glad," Charles says, wiping his eyes. "Look how brilliant you are."

Erik is ecstatic, beyond anything Charles has ever felt from him before, eclipsed only by the realization that Wanda and Pietro were in the room, or when Charles asked to marry him. His joy is unbridled, visible to everyone, not just the telepaths. He zips and swirls and then blinks around the room, right up to Pietro and pokes him in the sides. "Snarky," he grins, zipping away at lightning speed.

He appears in front of Charles again and frames his cheeks in both hands, careful, and kisses him without regard for who is around. Because he can feel it. He can feel him again. It snaps through his body and reverberates back into Charles, a superheated bolt that steals the breath from the bottom of his lungs. He's whole again. Stryker stole from him, and Charles found it and gave it back to him. How could he ever, ever explain.

Across the room, Wanda dabs at her eyes with her sleeves surreptitiously, not expecting the scene to crack her steely exterior. It's not often that she displays anything other than solid, grounded, tempered care. But here, she does. The Erik she met in the future had decades of healing and development under his belt, in comparison this version of him is still in his youth, still learning and struggling, and having been so beaten down by those around him, he deserves to feel joy like this.

Charles can only laugh as Erik kisses him, full and hard. Goodness, it's been too long since they've had that; Erik had been struggling to find his lips or even feel what a kiss was supposed to feel like; Charles has been affectionate, but it's been one-sided in receipt and delivery. "Welcome back, Erik," Charles beams, happy. "Welcome back, welcome back."

"You two are gonna be annoying as sin," Pietro remarks, looking between his sister and the man floating through the air, sending sparks this way and that. "Showing off all over the place."

"Oh, ho. So says, Mister Formula One," Wanda crosses her arms sternly, but Pietro knows it's all for show. "Hmmmmm. Let's see." She cups her hands around her mouth and blows, sending a series of spinning rainbows at Erik and Charles. They bounce off and shower into confetti.

Erik's cheeks hurt from smiling so much. I'm going to take you to bed, and we're never leaving, Erik rumbles between them, in their private connection away from other telepaths in the vicinity. The snap of his abilities through his body is like an electric current. With that, both Charles and Erik wink out of the room.

Wanda snorts to herself, shaking her head. "They will... be back later," she purses her lips, concealing a smile. "Thank you, Dr. McCoy," she says to the furry blue man with a pat on his arm. "You've done more than you could possibly understand."

Erik is true to his word, appearing beside Charles with them both arranged under the covers, dissolving the cast on his hand so he can lay it under Charles's shirt just to feel his skin and nudging in close, letting his eyes close. I can feel you. I can feel you. How am I supposed to let you go, now? Hang the war.

The whiplash of being with Erik is something that Charles hasn't forgotten, and so he's unsurprised that, when he blinks next, he's back at the townhouse, in bed. Ailo must have gotten the memo, as he has left for the morning, leaving the two of them on their own. His wheelchair materializes beside the bed, where it always has. Erik is back. Charles flutters his eyes shut as well, and he realizes then what a relief it really is. So much around them relies on Erik's abilities.

So much between them. Charles's disability poses far fewer difficulties and inconveniences when Erik is simply able to make him float or appear where they want to go. With the two of them sidelined, their entire worlds had been ripped apart. He feels like he could burst with joy. Careful, now, Charles tuts, but lays his hand atop Erik's own, featherlight. Wouldn't it be lovely to just make it disappear? It was always coming, I suppose. Your daughter just hastened the inevitable. I can't blame her.

Erik kisses him in-between responses, along his temples and cheeks and using his arm to move his hand to feel all the parts of Charles's skin that he's missed over these past long, dreadful weeks. Ninety days. He was without his abilities for ninety days. A hell, a prison inside of his own body cut off from taste, touch, sight and movement. No pleasure, muted joy. Everything rushing back inside of him has snapped him back like a rubber band, and where his fingers touch, little swirls of color follow. Another kiss, this time to Charles's collarbone. He's right where he belongs, not a single particle out of place. His wedding ring has a few new scratches and microscopic nicks. Erik smooths them out.

Neither can I, he returns. If someone did that to you, I don't think I could stop myself from doing the same thing. And to not even pretend contrition, in open court. Laughing in our faces. He had to know he was courting this. He finds that cluster of freckles where he knows it's always been right under Charles's right shoulder. But, war is what he wanted. He wanted to destroy Genosha, a war would have given him that pretext. So I worry. I worry. They got to me outside the Manor, but it's only a matter of time before they figure out how to penetrate Genosha's defenses. I'll have to adapt, and get smarter.

Charles slots himself back in Erik’s mind where he prefers to sit. From this vantage point, he gets to experience everything secondhand, the magnificent way that Erik interacts with the world and it interacts with him. How could he have lived his life without it? How could either of them done so? He curls himself protectively around Erik. Angry for the pain he had endured. Angry at himself for not finding him sooner.

Part of me is angry that I didn’t kill him immediately, Charles admits. Some think me weak for it. I can’t fault them for thinking that way, though it wasn’t weakness that prevented me from doing so. I wanted the world to know what he did. I’m sorry. Through Erik’s eyes, he looks at the sunlight filtering through the window, the technicolor prisms and waves as they dance through the air. I don’t know what to do, Charles admits, and it’s a weight off of his chest to voice the admission out loud.

People have been looking to him to serve as a uniting voice. Prepared to back his position, support his plan for the next phase of human/mutant relations. But Charles truly doesn’t know what his next move will be, or what position he will take. If I declare a position directly counter to that of Baines, we can be sure to see all of the ground that we’ve won over the past decade fall away. If I support him, that could put me at odds with what I truly believe. With Genosha. With you, darling. He looks to Erik, and truly looks at him, their eyes finally locking for the first time since August. It’s November, now. What would you do, if you were me? Not if you were you but in my position. But if you were me.

I would focus on mutant safety and education, Erik replies softly between them. Focus on outreach, on strengthening ties between mutants everywhere of all cultures and ideologies. You might need to avoid taking a position altogether. Don't advocate for mutants to cooperate with the government, but don't advocate for them to oppose it, either. Anyone who can read between the lines will understand what you're not saying.

He does what Charles asks, taking his perspective, and not Erik's own perspective. It's one he understands well through being a prominent activist for mutant rights for over a decade, and Integrationism is something he believes can eventually succeed, which is why he's never viewed Charles as truly in opposition to his beliefs.

Encourage them to form groups in their local mutant-baseline alliance chapters, disseminate materials and propaganda. Refusing to pick a side, that's going to create friction, but I'll be there to help balance it. Separatists trust me. I can speak the things that you can't, I can 'guess' what you might not be outwardly saying. Now, there may come a time when there's no choice but to oppose American leadership outright. If Baines advocates for widespread harm, you'll have to counter him. All the ground you've won will already be lost anyway.

That part is Erik, but Charles already knows what Erik thinks. He's just reiterating it for them both.

Charles scrubs his good hand over his face, but resettles it atop Erik’s own quickly. Now that Erik can feel him, he’d addicted to the touch. He didn’t realize how much comfort that brought him until just now. He has been put—or perhaps he’s put himself—in a position as this liaison between mutantkind and the wider world. Enjoying audiences of high-ranking officials, having his finger in policy. Slowly but surely, Charles has become an important figure in this tenuous battle.

For years he’s felt the tension as it pulls him on both sides, but he thought that he was uniquely equipped to bear through it. Maybe he’s not, though. He recalls a political cartoon from a year ago, after a trade agreement between Genosha and the United States fell through. Such legislation fails more often than it passes, but some cartoonist had drawn a caricature of Charles, gawky and hunched in a wheelchair.

The cartoon-version of him situated outside of an ostentatious manor house, clearly meant to depict his school. On the gate, the plaque read: “Xavier’s Institute for Spineless.” The jab hadn’t bothered him, but it did alert him to the factions beginning to form. Can he hope to unite them all? It’s a frustrating fight. I hate having to cajole people into believing that mutants deserve basic respect. I know this isn’t unique by any stretch—look at what else is happening in the United States at this very moment, goodness— but it is beyond exhausting. People will see me as weak and toothless. Maybe I am.

Erik remembers that cartoon, and the vicious, fierce anger which overtook him upon seeing it, causing the very paper held in his fingers to burst into flames. Your position isn't enviable, Erik murmurs, gentle. But someone has to be in this position; we can't all be freedom fighters, neshama. This is how you can make sure that our victories are widespread, by changing culture and policy through laws. There will always be people who think it's not enough, but my position is reactive. We respond to threats. We respond to violence. We respond to fear, we defend. We go where mutants are being hurt and rescue them, and that is noble, but we want to create a society that doesn't cause those situations in the first place.

And I suppose I shouldn’t care too much about what other people think. The court of public opinion does have real power, though. Charles paints a gentle illusion around them, more for his comfort than anything. They’re back in their Arcadia, the one they never had a chance to actually see. I’ll still visit every day, if I can, he promises Erik. You still have a ways to go with your recovery, and I’ll be checking in to make sure you’re resting properly. Give those bones a chance to heal, hmm?

I can't begin to express what a gift you've given me. How long have you been working on this? Have you even slept? My goodness. Please rest. You did all this, for me. I am so very privileged to know you, Charles Xavier. I tried... He raises his hand properly to swipe under his eyes. I tried to be brave and strong. But it felt empty and dead. Everything felt desolate. Cold. It was so hard. So, so hard. Even thinking about it makes him shake. He's been restored, but the experience was deeply, deeply traumatic.

Your desolation was difficult to bear, Charles tells him. I could feel it to your core; you felt so very lonely. I know what it’s like to endure a sudden disability, but being so lost…my love, I am so sorry you had to endure that.

I couldn't even touch you, Erik wells up. I can touch you now. I can feel you. I can feel my neshama. My soul. He runs the backs of his fingertips carefully over Charles's cheek, the warmth in his chest reverberating right back into Charles. He gasps a little at the sensation, shivering. Your eyes. I missed them. The blues and the reds and browns. This little spot right here, he tickles under Charles's jaw. I know them all. All the little spots. They're where I remember. He grins.

I’m all here, Charles promises, laughing a little at the sensation. Nothing out of place. Oh, a little wound, he points out, because he knows that Erik would appreciate knowing. Behind my left shoulder, look. From staying seated for too long without a break. Before you tell me that it was irresponsible, I know, I know. I don’t care. I was focused on one thing, and one thing only, he tells Erik, running his knuckles over the man’s cheek.

Erik will find it and kiss it better, he will. He presses lips to collarbone, to jaw and neck. Tender, herding in his way. Making sure Charles is all safe and sound within the thrall of his power, and he is, now. Everyone is safe and sound, he can keep everybody safe. It's a good, strong feeling. Stryker had broken the barriers and wormed his way in and destroyed his sense of confidence and safety, but he's building it back. Piece by piece by molecule.

I can't believe you got a little wound. For me. For this. Erik feigns offense. He could never be truly offended. But Charles hurt himself, a small little blemish, but to Erik it's spread apart into trillions of atoms. Trillions of parts of Charles, damaged. Erik laughs. Charles calls him silly and overdramatic. Look at how much! Erik shows him, swirling up a diorama for his inspection. See? See how much? His poor, poor wound.

Simultaneously dramatic and denigrating, Charles muses, rolling his eyes. But he’s missed Erik. Missed his mother-henning, even if it annoys Charles typically. It felt wrong, empty. Erik likes to care for others, and to watch him wholly unable to do so, relegated to his own body, locked inside. Let’s worry about you, still. You’ve broken bones and teeth. Missing toes. That hand of yours, he nods to Erik’s right. For once, I think we ought to worry about you.

I'm not used to being so fragile, Erik whispers privately between them. With his abilities back, he feels more free to be honest. He'd been putting so much concentration and effort into making his convalescence as easy as possible on everyone around him, that was the only way he could take care of them. By being easy, and focused. But now, he feels strong and empowered and whole, and he can look more clearly at his shattered psyche. Help Charles and Ailo help him, everyone putting Erik back together again. That's what family does.

I don't feel pain, so I just think it is OK, and I forget sometimes. And I am not sure if I'm causing harm. I... can't really use my hands, I don't want to bend them and hurt them... he lets some of it out, but it's much calmer, comforted by the fact that he doesn't need his hands anymore. He doesn't need his body much anymore, except to touch Charles. This, he wants. How lifeless he had been, devoid, disconnected. I'm missing six toes, he relays to Charles, taking stock of his body under the boots. Three on each side. He took my toes.

For some reason, it's this that seems to make Erik mad. And he knows it's silly, and it's peculiar, and it's the way his mind works. But it's this that rears up the fury like a match. I liked my toes. They belonged on my body. He shouldn't get to have them.

Charles shuts his eyes at the news. Six is significant. His blood broils with anger at this news; he had known that several had been amputated, but Erik had been so disconnected and lost in his own body that they couldn’t tell, and Charles wasn’t about to unwrap the bandages and see for himself. He can sense Erik’s anger now, too. Your left hand should recover one day, Charles offers, knocking their foreheads together. I liked your toes, too. They were nice. I’m sorry that they’re gone. Maybe there are prosthetics. Something.

They said it would probably affect my balance and gait, but now that I have my abilities, I think that will be mitigated, Erik theorizes. It's OK, I'll be all right, he brushes Charles's hair in his fingers, so pleased to be able to feel the long, silky strands. It seemed so silly to complain about, he laughs. But they were my toes. I remember the - pain, and horror. And not understanding, why someone would do this. I really don't understand it. Why people are like that. Why they like to hurt others that way. Why it brings them such pleasure. I feel bad when I hurt a spider by mistake. I have killed, I have been violent, but never with joy. Never ever.

It’s not silly to complain about, sweetheart, Charles replies softly. You’re right. They were your toes. He didn’t have a right to take them from you. No one has the right to violate another’s body, that way. He was a cruel and sick man to derive pleasure from such a thing. Charles watched Erik’s gaze. When they first brought you onto the plane…you were unrecognizable. Missing half your teeth. Caked in dirt and blood. Swollen and skinny all at once. But you smiled at me, darling, when you looked at me. Smiled, despite all that had been done to you. That’s how I knew that you were still you. That he hadn’t broken you. Be proud, Erik. That you’re stronger than they are.

I can't imagine how painful that was for you, Erik presses his lips to Charles's temple, then wisps little butterfly smooches along his hairline. He presses his cheek against the top of his head, nuzzling in fondly. I don't think I could survive it if I saw you like that. My heart would stop in my chest. I'm so sorry. He hurt you, too. He hurt you.

Charles laughs softly underneath the kiss. Erik couldn’t kiss him like this for months, and he’s realizing how much this type of affection means to him. It makes him feel whole. Safe. I was half delirious with sleep deprivation, Charles admits. And had just destroyed a null field, somehow. I wasn’t in my right mind, either. I think I was relieved, if you can believe it. Couldn’t really comprehend the extent of the damage. That came later, when we got to the hospital.

That's incredible. You destroyed it. I told you. Remember all those years ago. I told you our abilities were connected. Erik beams. That's a good I-told-you-so. He sticks his tongue out, playful. With his abilities back it's like years and years have been shed off him. I remember when I learned what happened to you. When I knew it was, was permanent. How - oh, how it hurt. To know you would suffer. I blamed myself. Ailo said he thinks it was protective. If I had understood the real causality I wouldn't have been able to cope. If I really understood that it was Essex, and Schmidt. They hurt, they caused destruction. I still blame myself, because it's easier than facing the fact that someone hurt my beloved and I couldn't stop them.

Charles taps Erik’s nose with his finger, and he’s so encouraged to see silliness and levity return to a face that has been sullen and lost for so long. Ailo tends to be right about these things, Charles replies. Darling, we can’t stop every bad thing from happening. I was furious with myself when you were taken. How could I have let that happen? How did it take me 36 days to find you? I didn’t eat or sleep, I didn’t think I deserved it. Irrational, but I know you understand how difficult it is to see beyond that, sometimes. He cups Erik’s chin. Look. You’re here, I’m here. Down some toes, a few limbs don’t work. But we’re here. I would have happily fed you and brushed your teeth every day for the rest of our lives if it came down to it. So long as we’re together, hmm?

Together, and whole where it matters, Erik says and this time his tears are all a joy. I love caring for you. It makes me so happy. I know you don't like when I fuss. I don't mean to cosset you, he laughs softly. Or condescend. I just like being of service. It's... I don't know. It makes me feel good. Especially with you. I missed that most. Bring able to give you massages and fix your tea and brush your hair and kiss you and sit on your lap. I was dead. Without it. I was dead. You brought me back to life, neshama. I can never, ever reciprocate. You are the sun and all the stars. Your particles are the most beautiful ones.

I know you like to care for me. And I think I understand now; though it frustrated me that I can’t take care of you on my own, he admits, frowning. I used to worry that you’d grow tired of having to do all this for me. But, I know what you mean, now. It brings me joy to make sure you’re looked after and comfortable. You’re my beloved. I only wish I could do for you what you do for me.

You do, Erik says, touching his face. It doesn't look the same. But it does not have to. If it were not for you, I do not think I would be able to cope with any of this, he admits simply. If it were not for you, I would never have been able to handle losing my abilities. There is no way. And I know I will be all right, because you are with me.

Such a sap, Charles says, but he’s smiling, swiping his thumb across Erik’s cheekbone. Before I leave, you can give me a massage, fix my tea, brush my hair, kiss me, and sit on my lap, he suggests, raising a brow. To make up for the months.

Erik seems to practically glow at that, unable to help swaying from side to side as he wastes little time helping Charles back into his chair. He does it manually this time, enjoying the closeness instead, not able to use his hands or arms, but mostly hovering around him as he applies his powers. It's a significant boon, able to go through their nightly routine with ease as he spends time just touching and being near to him, eventually folding himself against Charles's chest when he's all done, practically purring. I suppose you have to go, he rumbles, everything calm and floating inside.

Charles is surprised by how much he truly missed this. It had been so mundane and commonplace; the brush running through his hair, the tea he sips as Erik presses a gentle massage into his shoulders. Small things that he had taken for granted before. They mean so much, now. He’s truly regretful as Erik curls against his chest, seated in his lap, where he belongs. Regrettably, he murmurs, a lazy hand stroking along Erik’s spine. Ailo should stay here, still.

I will have to make sure to tell him how appreciated he is, Erik murmurs back. He is reluctant to part, but gradually he does, knowing that their responsibilities await them. He too has to address Genosha, let them know of his recovered abilities, shore up their defenses, meet with their military leaders to formulate a solid plan. There's a lot to do, so with a flourish, he sends Charles and Wanda back to Westchester, where she constructs a similar shield above the Institute as what lies above the Genoshan islands.

Chapter 49: & where he lands he'll break his neck.

Chapter Text

No sooner than Charles appears home, than does he have to contend with Baines's staff at his door. Already, they've issued sanctions on Genosha, though that matters little for the aid that they offer, with Wanda and Erik's abilities in tandem, they continue to assist in the rebuilding against Ruskin's demands. On the ground, it's appreciated, at least. Charles, Hank and Raven are all present, alongside the senior X-Men Jean and Scott, and Moira, Gabrielle and William Kaplan.

He's the head of the Israeli intelligence agency and the spearhead of the joint operation between the CIA and Mossad to capture mutant Nazis. William is a stately gentleman with a head of white waves, who looks oddly similar to Erik, with blue eyes, thicker brows and hair that is less dense and curly. He's also a good deal older.

Wanda's presence inflames, but her arms are crossed, cold and furious. "You owe us an apology, nothing else," she splinters back at Ruskin in their wardroom, hard. "Your CIA have done nothing but aggress against Genosha. You illegally enslaved Genoshans, you abducted the Prime Minister and tortured him, you insulted him in open court and refused to condemn him. Your leadership is disgusting, and you deserved just as much brutality in turn. I ended the existence of a useless man. How dare you come here and make demands of us."

Regretful as he is to part with Erik—it’s the greatest length of time that they’ve spent together since Erik first left for Genosha—he’s both happy to be greeted by his students and focused on preparing for what’s to come. Some warning must have been given, as, the moment he reappears in the drawing room, he glimpses the banners and balloons welcoming him home, as well as a rush of excited chatter from the children who begin to flock him immediately. He cherishes the short time he spends among them, asking after their studies, the basketball team, the charity events they’ve arranged in town. In turn, they inquire about Erik and Genosha, and want to meet his new companion with the red streaks in her hair.

The idyllic pleasantries can only last so long, however. He’s barely given time to glance at the stack of memos on his desk—piled up over the months—before he’s summoned down to their war room. Evidently, Baines no longer trusts him to keep an appointment, the appointment is being brought to them. He’s glad for Raven’s presence as a representative of Genosha, and for Kaplan, who infuses their proceedings with legitimacy.

He isn’t pleased, however, by the disdainful look that Ruskin casts upon the outspoken Wanda. “Young Lady,” he begins, his unchanging face a mask. “I will begin by reminding you that Agent Stryker did not act on behalf of myself or anyone in this room. Your accusation is inappropriate and misguided. I will continue by informing you of how lucky you are to be permitted to speak freely right now, as you have murdered a man in the presence of a judge and his jury. It is not your place to decide and act upon the value of a man’s life. That is a task for the American justice system,” he says, voice hard. “Agent Stryker was an American citizen, and you stripped him of his right to be tried before a court of his peers. What actions he took to land him in said court are not of any concern to us here.”

Wanda's fury is absolutely obliterating, snapping through the room in arcs of sparkling red. "Bullshit," Wanda curses, pointing at him. "He disabled Erik Lehnsherr's mutation using gene cutting, technology that could have only come from an extended program dedicated to the process. Stryker wasn't a scientist, I doubt he could define what an allele even is. The American justice system had no intention of holding him accountable, a fact I happen to know because I can travel through time, Dave Ruskin. You should be ashamed of yourself, and your country, and your so-called Homeland Security. The fact that you have no concern for his actions is very evident. We already know you do not care about what he did. And if you call me young lady again, I will personally send you into a volcano. Am I understood, Dave Ruskin."

Raven keeps a straight face, appearing as ever in her ceremonial battle garb, delicate strands of pink overlaid in sleek black polymer. Her medals are pinned to her chest, operational ribbons as well, and her rank of Captain is clearly delineated at her collar. The Genoshan military is a singular branch with ground, air and aquatic capabilities, simply termed the Defense Forces. Its rank structure features enlisted personnel up to Warrant Officer, and then officers all the way up to Admiral. People like Raven are given field commissions, able to skip the lengthy Officer Candidacy Program or Basic Combat Training, as defined by their senior roles in the government. Erik himself holds the ceremonial rank of Fleet Commander, though he is referred to as simply Mr. Prime Minister.

"It can't be denied," she says carefully with a look to Charles, "that you Americans aren't very interested in the diplomatic process. You've engaged in a proliferation of subterfuge and aggression since Genosha's inception. I'll put it to you very plainly, the greater your insults against our nation, the more likely it is that we will respond in kind. Myself and Erik Lehnsherr have no desire to see such hostilities come to fruition, but I'm not going to advocate otherwise unless you people sincerely demonstrate a modicum of contrition over Stryker's behavior. Regardless of whether you feel personally responsible, he acted in his capacity as a CIA agent, using CIA resources."

Her typical Valley-Girl demeanor has melted to something far more shrewd and precise, her light German roots poking through as her words form clearly and calmly, without any judgment or visible disdain. Channeling Erik, whilst maintaining her own visage, Charles can hear the words of his husband behind her blue demeanor. Erik isn't here to speak for himself, so Raven will be his voice, and it's a solid facsimile. Her next statement is all Raven, however. "I'm sure you're fond of sniggering how Erik Lehnsherr is a faggot Jew behind closed doors, but tell me honestly that this is the image you want to project of America. Are you a nation of degenerate hypocrites, or do you want people to see you as a legitimate, competent world power?"

Charles, feeling the scrutiny pressing upon him from both sides, waits for Ruskin to speak, as he's the one being addressed. He's wearing another null bracelet, but where it felt impenetrable before, today it seems a trinket. The weak points in its construction sing to Charles. Should he so choose, he could break right through it. For his part, Ruskin is unfazed. Entirely unfazed. He levels Raven's gaze with a stony one of his own; the other young lady is someone that he will not tolerate or regard.

"Captain Darkholme, the United States is, blanketly, in opposition to the mistreatment of human beings. You might wish to remember that, when Agent MacTaggert retrieved Agent Stryker from his illicit base, the CIA and the United States issued statements condemning his actions. They were regrettable. The United States does not condone physical violence or false imprisonment. That has been made abundantly clear."

But, it's not an apology. There has never been an apology. That is what has been made abundantly clear. "Mr. Ruskin," Charles begins. "The ask of the United States is quite small. A formal apology by the CIA will not implicate the agency in Stryker's actions. He was a member, and he did use his position to orchestrate the ordeal. The Genoshans are extending a diplomatic hand. Oughtn't we take it and avoid further destruction and risk to American lives?"

"Dr. Xavier," Ruskin returns immediately. "I am wary of your ability to speak objectively. As I have been informed, you have spent the past three months neglecting the responsibilities to the United States that you took upon yourself. Because you never engaged in an official capacity, you are not being formally disciplined, but you walked back a promise."

"My spouse was missing, and then gravely injured and in need of constant care—"

"Precisely, Dr. Xavier. Your 'connection' to the Prime Minister renders you unable to be objective."

Charles locks his jaw for a moment, and then turns to Moira. "Genosha's ask is not large, Agent MacTaggert. You can see that objectively, can you not?"

"Yes, I can," Moira replies sharply. "I'm not a senior official in the CIA," she spreads her hands. "So my words carry only the weight of one soul. But it's a heavy fucking weight. I am sorry. I had no knowledge of any program like this, any program designed to nullify and genetically engineer. If I had such a knowledge, I would have been obligated as a human being to whistleblow. I'm sorry, Mr. Secretary, but this is wrong, and I object conscientiously to this. If that means I'm fired, then I'm fired. But in my capacity as a CIA officer, I apologize."  

Raven offers her a smile. "Whether or not Dr. Xavier can remain objective isn't relevant. Your presumption is a fallacy-fallacy. Whether or not you view him as compromised doesn't change whether he is right or wrong in his assessment, and point blank: he is right. You claim to object to the mistreatment of human beings, yet you insist that you're not responsible for Erik Lehnsherr's mistreatment even though the man who mistreated him was employed by your government, utilizing your government's resources. The fact that this targeted Dr. Xavier's spouse? That's personal, too. You purposefully ignore the impact of Stryker's actions on a man you claim to be allied with, and then have the audacity to accuse him of neglecting responsibilities toward you?

Why on Earth should Dr. Xavier be beholden to you at all, in any capacity? The only person in this room with any sense is Agent MacTaggert, and I'm sure you'll punish her for that, which only solidifies Genosha's stance that you are a hostile entity. If that's the case, then we'll treat you like one. Genuinely, we don't care if you view us as an illegitimate nation of mutant fags and foreigners. You can view us as whatever you like, but rest assured, your operational capacity will suffer without the trade agreements we honor. Your military will suffer. Your corporations will suffer. Your rebuilding efforts will lag and take years instead of weeks. So no, it's not abundantly clear. And yes, we're willing to walk." 

William Kaplan speaks next. "America's conduct in this matter is egregious," he says softly in an accented lilt. "It tells us that you can't be trusted. Genosha is one of Israel's closest allies, and Erik Lehnsherr is a man venerated and respected amongst the Israeli civilian population. In good conscience, I have to agree with Captain Darkholme and Dr. Xavier. You owe Genosha an apology, formally so."

Ruskin is unreadable. Where Baines’s face often gives him away, Ruskin holds his cards incredibly close to the vest. His expression remains the same, and Charles has to wonder if this is a trait he carries into his personal life, too. It gives the impression that he arrives with no intention to listen or negotiate; perhaps this is why Baines sends him to do his bidding. Ruskin, however, doesn’t believe himself unreasonable. He appreciates the weight of his job description and will remain forever loyal to his duty, but part of that duty entails cultivating relations with external parties. It is his job to determine which relations are worth sacrifice and which are not.

“Whether or not the CIA does as you ask, Mr. Kaplan, is beyond the scope of my authority, but I will pass your request along,” he says after a brief pause. “The acting DCI, Rich McGarrah, is a member of our cabinet and will be the authority to grant or deny it. As liaison, I will convey your request.” He turns to face Xavier now. “However, for the third time in as many months, a mutant possessing abilities to vanquish entire people to their cellular level has committed murder on US soil. Mr. al-Zaman’s atrocity was quickly followed by Prime Minister Lehnsherr’s display of similar power. We understand and acknowledge that the Prime Minister’s actions were, nominally at the very least, in defense of human lives, but he was a foreigner taking the life of another on United States soil. Matters such as this must be arbitrated officially, not handled in acts of foreign vigilante justice.”

He then turns to Raven, electing her as unofficial speaker for the Lehnsherr parties, including Wanda. “Moreover, this young lady—pardon, Miss…”

“Maximoff. Wanda Maximoff,” Charles grits.

“Miss Maximoff had continued to perpetuate a trend of disrespect and disregard for United States autonomy by interfering with our constitutional right to due process, and I am here today to inform you that this pattern will not be tolerated.” He folds his hands. “Effective immediately, all non-citizen mutants will be deported to their countries of origin, and immigration to the United States mutants will be suspended until further decision on the matter. In tandem, Dr. Xavier, we are extending you an invitation to assist us with the creation of a registry. If you choose to decline, we will proceed without your assistance and input, and you and your residents will be subject to the same restrictions that are placed upon the rest of your kin. President Baines has requested that you provide a response within 48 hours.”

"So what you're saying is that because of your due process," Raven speaks candidly, her voice loud and firm and undeniable, "you'd have rathered Sayid al-Zaman to destroy New York City as opposed to Prime Minister Lehnsherr interfering to neutralize this existential threat to your being. Unbelievable. You people are so committed to your hatred and bigotry that you'd annihilate yourselves before willingly admitting that Genosha saved you. And, you know what, we're still assisting with your rebuilding, literally in spite of your demands that we withdraw our forces. I'm going to tell you right now, we will not tolerate this blatant disrespect, and to be frank, you don't have the ability to resist.

We're going to continue rebuilding the Financial District of New York City, we're going to continue to disseminate food and medicine to aggrieved parties, we're going to continue to save the lives of American citizens despite your opposition to us doing so, and we're going to continue to interfere in your affairs when you make it clear that your mutant population is second class. Any person that you nominate for deportation will be diverted to Genosha. Our population will experience a tremendous boost, our military capacity will grow and exceed far beyond your own, and if you aggress against us, we will actually remove your offensive capabilities altogether. We will remove them.

So think very carefully, Mr. Secretary, about how you choose to proceed here. That is our response."

Ruskin blinks at the woman, and then nods once, sage. “It is regrettable, Captain Darkholme, that you have chosen to become an enemy of the United States of America. Any foreign military forces within the boundaries of the United States is, as of right now, considered an invader. The four branches of the United States military will be mobilized immediately against your forces. Consider how many American lives you will be saving then, Captain Darkholme, when you participate in armed combat against the thousands upon thousands of people in the United States armed forces.”

“You would be willing to use your own people as pawns,” Haller finally speaks, her accent thick and bristling with distaste. “Solely to prove a point.”

“Uninvited foreign invaders must be removed, Miss Haller. Certainly you understand that.”

Raven, stand down, Charles finally asserts, his shoulders sagging. We do not want war. People will die, yours and mine, if you don’t leave. Get Genosha out of here. Ruskin won’t hesitate to do just that, and countless people will die. Please, stand down.

"You might be interested to know," Raven says very softly, ignoring Charles, "that Prime Minister Lehnsherr has recovered his abilities. Himself, and Wanda Maximoff are aligned in their interests. If Erik wanted to, he could obliterate this entire planet and everyone on it. The least he will do is neutralize your offensive capabilities. Your weapons, your armaments, your facilities. There will be no armed combat, because you will not have arms."

"Captain Darkholme is correct," Wanda says, arms crossed, eyes sparking red with green. "Your government perpetrated an atrocity against our people. Against Genosha. You were uninvited invaders when you enslaved the mutant population there. You are lucky that we permit you to continue existing, Dave Ruskin. Certainly you understand that. I do not care about American sovereignty. Aggress against us at your peril."

Ruskin nods, as if in agreement. “Duly noted, Captain Darkholme, Miss Maximoff,” he drawls, and then turns to Charles. “Dr. Xavier, someone from my office will be contacting you the day after tomorrow around noon to ascertain your response to our proposal. Please make yourself available for our call.” He stands, smoothing his thick tie. “Our meeting is concluded. I thank you for your time and regret that we have not been able to an agreement that pleases all of us. Mr. McGarrah’s representatives will be reaching out to you, Captain Darkholme, with further response to your request for a formal apology.”

"Oh, I await with baited breath," Raven rolls her eyes, and in a sweeping gesture, dismisses the secretary and his staff. She blows out a breath once they're alone, looking between Jean and Scott, and Charles. "We'll take in everyone who's being deported," she says, gearing up into work mode. "Get them properly housed, employed and educated. If they try and attack Genoshan citizens on American soil, we'll destroy their armaments. We'll finish rebuilding the Financial District as quickly as possible."

“Save it,” Haller growls. “Let the ruined buildings be a reminder of what they left on the table. They’ll be rebuilding this city for a generation.”

Charles slumps back in his chair, exhausted. “I hate to say it, but I agree with Gabby, Raven. Let the government squander. No one is currently being hurt. Leave it half-finished. I’ll do what I can to ensure that no further escalation warrants contact between our militaries. I will find vulnerable people and help get them to you right away; no need to gather anyone’s name on a list, unnecessarily.”

Raven reaches forward and lays her hand on Gabby's, appreciative of the sentiment even if it's propelled by anger - her alliance with the Genoshan people is palpable and it is not lost on Raven. "Are you guys sure? There's going to be a lot of people left in the lurch if we completely withdraw. Erik isn't going to be happy about it," she points out dryly. 

William Kaplan grimaces a bit. "We can help to pick up the slack," he offers. "Israel and the United States have fairly good relations. I'm sure I can propose an aid package at the Knesset." He lifts his chin toward Gabby. "From me to you, the efforts of Genosha to improve human rights in the United States have not gone unnoticed. What happened to Prime Minister Lehnsherr is a travesty. He is one of our own, a survivor, and the mistreatment he endured is unquantifiable." 

Scott feels a little out-of-place in the room full of bureaucrats and government officials, and gives Jean a side-long glance. "I know it seems like everything is all up in the air right now," he says, his tone authoritative and strong; he's the leader of the X-Men for a reason. "But we'll get through this. We'll make a plan," he gestures between himself and Charles. "We'll help as many people as possible get to Genosha. We'll aid in the reconstruction. We'll show them that we're committed to peace." 

"We don't want war," Raven sighs. "We really don't. But there's only so much that we can take. The United States never even took responsibility for what happened to Genosha in the first place. We are not a nation of pushovers and crybabies. We don't retaliate because of our strength, not because we aren't strong. But we won't be bullied, either."

“Yes, I respect that, Raven,” Charles says, earnest. “I shouldn’t want you to act against your national interest merely because we’re family. Or because Erik and I are married.” It’s a difficult line that they toe. Forever allied by their family ties, it hurts all the worse when their respective homes are at odds. “I’ll get to work right now. Make sure Erik doesn’t do too much right away, will you?”


Raven does conclude that it's in everyone's best interest for the GADF to withdraw from the United States, so she has Wanda teleport everyone out. She informs Erik of the results of the meeting, standing across from his desk in his sun-lit office, plants and paintings all around. He looks harsh and austere in front of the window.

"Ridiculous," he huffs, rolling his eyes.

"I know. What do you want to do?"

"I'm not sure. Let me talk to Charles, we'll figure it out." He dismisses her, and then picks up the phone. They don't need a phone to communicate, but he likes hearing Charles's voice. "I heard what happened," is the first thing out of his mouth. "I'm sorry. The GADF is withdrawn, and we'll take all the deported individuals. How are you leaning on the registry?"

“You don’t sound like you’re in bed resting,” Charles remarks, though it’s a joke, because he obviously did not expect such a thing. “I’m sorry. I wish it hadn’t gone down this way. I…don’t know,” he admits. “They’re going to create one anyway. I may as well be involved. So that I at least know what’s happening.”

"I am resting!" Erik crows, indignant. "...well, I tried resting. It's disgusting behavior," Erik gripes, and Charles can feel his grimace an ocean away. "I'm terribly sorry you have to tolerate it. I heard Wanda gave Ruskin a good lashing. Love to see it," he laughs, a warm rumble across the telephone speaker. "You just tell me what you need from me. I'll get it done."

Charles rolls his eyes. “Bed, now, Lehnsherr, or I’ll come over there and make sure of it personally,” he grumbles, though he knows that there’s little chance they’ll get so far. “I don’t need anything now, darling. You can expect an influx of refugees. I’ll be sending many people your way, I imagine. People that the US government will deem dangerous. Is Genosha equipped?”

"Mmnh, you should come over here and make sure of it personally," he rumbles back over the phone, like a cat quite content with catching its canary. "How else will you guarantee my respite?" he can practically hear the outrageous wink over the phone. "We're equipped," he sighs, hovering in place above his desk and swaying from side-to-side. He's much more calm and content now that he's in possession of his abilities, and Charles can feel how his confidence has soared in multitudes. "Raven wasn't wrong, either. If they try to start anything, we'll incapacitate their entire military to send a message. Like a G-tt verdammt child," he mutters. "We'll rap their fingers."

Charles exhales deeply, half laughing, half sighing. “I’ll make good on my promise,” he tells the man. “I’ll have Wanda take me there and put you to bed myself.” In reality, Charles knows that he probably can’t visit Genosha for at least a few days, not until the mutants on Baines’s hit list are safe and accounted for. “Ailo will make sure that you rest. Listen to him.” Charles rubs his face. “I know, you aren’t issuing empty threats, love. I think if we can stay busy domestically, they won’t start anything,” he breathes. “I’ll try my best, darling. To keep things domestic.”

"Do not threaten me with a good time, Professor," Erik's grin is practically audible. "Raven said that McGarrah would contact her about their decision on whether or not to issue us a formal apology. Honestly, I am mad. I am. The United States has caused Genosha exquisite grief. They enslaved us. For a hundred years, Charles. These people are traumatized, and we've had to completely structure our society around it. And it's good, it is. But this is intergenerational trauma. Slavery is catastrophic, on a people. Your Michael Martin, he talks about having a dream? You know? Genoshans weren't the only ones enslaved. Your Black population, they're starting to lift their voices, too. And I'll tell you, Genosha is on the ground with those men and women marching. We are there, every day. You can't silence a generation. This establishment, as it is, these old motherfuckers --ah, bah, please, forgive me," he trails off. "I know you know. I'm just ranting at the choir."

Charles listens to Erik as he expands upon the atrocities committed by the United States against mutantkind. Yes, he’s aware of them, aware that his homelands—both Britain and the United States like to compete for the title of world bully. He’s encouraged by the movements spearheaded by people like Michael Martin and the late Malik Little, who are both unapologetic and unafraid to inspire others. He knows that Erik is, too. “If McGarrah doesn’t do anything, darling, I won’t fault you for any action you feel compelled to take,” Charles says quietly. “You’re owed an apology. More than an acknowledgment of wrongdoing. Baines is already growing in unpopularity because of the war in Vietnam and the civil unrest beginning to brew. I worry that he’ll plunge us into a conflict with you, even if you disarm us. He’ll recruit our allies, if he has to.”

"And we'll disarm them, too. If McGarrah doesn't issue an apology acknowledging the harms caused by the United States government to the citizens of Genosha, I will be taking action," Erik tells him softly. "And I know that you're opposed to it, but I have to lead my people. They trust me as a role model, as a protector, as an exemplar of conduct. I will not tell them that we should allow others to enslave and torture us with impunity. It's not about vengeance, nor strength. It's about common dignity. The United States for too long has been run by rooms of old white men immune to the consequences of their behavior. They're scrambling now that they're slowly learning they can't do whatever they want any longer."

Charles withers a little in his chair. He balances the phone between his ear and shoulder so that he can rub his face with his good hand. He’s tired. He hasn’t slept properly in months, not since Erik’s disappearance. It’s taken a toll on him. He didn’t want Erik to see it, but it has; he’s thinner, pale. Weak, inviting illness. “Do what you must, Erik,” is all he says to that, voice tired. “I have a lot of work to do here, hmm? People to warn. Let me know if I can do anything to help you prepare for their arrival.”

Erik hears that strand and any response he has fizzes out completely, instead reaching across the distance between their minds to stroke at their bond. You're exhausted, neshama. When is the last time you had a proper good night's sleep?

Charles exhales a deep sigh, and then sets the phone back in is cradle. It’s easier, almost, to talk this way anyway, across an ocean. You’re fretting. I’m alright. Tired, certainly, but alright. I’ve got work to do, as I’ve said.

Not fretting. I can hear how tired you are, I can feel how your body is struggling and vibrating uncomfortably. I want you to be healthy, neshama. To be good and strong, you need to rest. Why don't I send Ailo over and he can help you get a good few hours of real, restful sleep. And when you wake up, there'll be a lovely breakfast waiting for you. Then you can properly start your work, and with a solid head on your shoulders, hm?

Stop being nosy, Charles grunts, rubbing his forehead. No. I’m okay. I have Hank and I’ll sleep tonight. Ailo is meant to look after you, alright? I will sleep tonight, earnestly. I have some things to do before I can do that. I’ll let you know when I’m in bed later on, I promise. Don’t worry.

Promise me that you will go to bed tonight, Erik whispers, and his tone is urgent, imploring. You've been stretching yourself across an infinite chasm because of me, my neshama. And now there is all this, and I know you are going to march ever onward. I admire your sense of duty, but you will start to get delirious and sick if you keep this up. Then you'll be out of commission for a lot longer.

Charles rolls his eyes. Yes, Erik, I’ll sleep. I don’t need a babysitter. But he does, because by the time morning touches Westchester, Charles is in bed but seated against the headboard. He’s been awake all night, poring over stacks of papers that he’s collected over the years, documenting the movement of various mutants he’d found. He’s made a solid dent, and now only needs to spend the day contacting them all to explain the situation and offer passage to Genosha.


Erik materializes beside him in bed. "Charles," he sighs, leveling an eyebrow at him. "You promised."

Charles is startled enough to crinkle his papers at the sudden apparition beside him. He groans then and rubs his forehead before allowing a frown to darken his features. “You’re not my mother, Erik,” he hisses. “Everyone frets far too much over me and my health. If I weren’t in this chair, no one would think twice.” It’s petulant, childish even, but he’s entitled to pout, sometimes. “I’m fine. Focused.”

"I would," Erik taps his chest with the back of his better hand. "I would think twice. And you know it. Please. What would you say if it were me. Not sleeping for three months at a time? You would not put up with that. You promised. I am holding you to it. No more work." The papers disappear and reappear on the end table in a neat stack. "I am your husband. It is my job to fret about you and your health. And you had better get accustomed to it, because I plan to fret about you for a very long time, neshama." He touches Charles's cheek, attempting to be careful of his hand as much as he can, but still, relishing the physical contact. "Please? I will stay and rest with you."

Charles scowls at the stack of papers as they appear on the table, just out of reach. He’s tired, which means he’s grouchy, which means he’s going to say things that he normally wouldn’t. “Rude of you to use my disability to get what you want from me,” he glowers, but he knows that the battle is lost. He slides down so that he’s fully horizontal in bed, and then a low groan of relief spills from his lips. Goodness, it does feel good to lie down. “There’s too much to do. Not enough time to do it,” he says, eyes closing.

Erik dissolves his clothing so that he can curl up and apply long tendrils of warmth down his shoulders and spine, rubbing his hand over his chest and pressing kisses to his collarbone. "Yes, I am very rude," he agrees with a whisper. "Rude, rude, rude." A kiss to his jaw. So stubborn, so grouchy, he tickles under the chin fondly. The long, weaving tendrils flex and shimmer and zip little currents of heat and then chilled ice, a swirl of pleasant sensation bracketing his neurons and coating his skin in hazy tingles. Working out the knots, the tension that has been building for the last ninety days. Slow and steady. We'll get it all done, dear-heart. I promise.

Charles shudders a bit under Erik’s control. He’s working through his tired muscles without touch, his skin affected by the sensation that Erik projects. It relaxes his body, even if his mind doesn’t want to relax. When? he asks softly, groaning as a ball of tension between his shoulders is pressed at. They’re going to start compiling their registry ASAP, Erik. I need to be ahead of them.

I know, neshama, Erik whispers back between them, delivering a kiss to Charles's temple and then along his brow. Slowly, slowly, slowly uncurling those gnarled finger-tips from their grasping, clawing purchase. Relax. Ease. I know. Let us take it from here for a few hours. You've already compiled a good deal to start with. I have a whole staff, an immigration department who are reared up and ready to go. You've done incredible work so far, and Wanda and Ailo can use Cerebro too. You can't shoulder this all alone, Theli sheli. Hm? My staff have got it. They're good, smart people. His hand rubs along Charles's chest, sending trails of sparkling glitter that melt into his skin and warm him from the inside out. Slipping the knots and cords of dense muscle fibers out of their twisted spire, working the shoulders down from the earlobes just-so.

There’s a sudden whirl of tired surrounding Charles’s brain. Invited in by the smooth sensory stimulation on his skin and muscles. No, Erik cannot manipulate the inner workings of living creatures, but he can do this…whatever magic this is. Stop hypnotizing me, he slurs, through its evidently too late. He’s sunk beneath his blankets, muscles truly relaxing for the first time in…when? He stopped doing physio with Hank after Erik’s kidnapping, and never picked it back up much to the scientist’s chagrin. Erik hadn’t been able to massage. Can you stay? he asks, voice dripping, eyes sealed now.

Erik kisses the center of his chest, laying his cheek along the skin there. Hush, now, he soothes, a gentle lull. Yes, of course I'll stay. He draws the peepings of sparrows and rustlings of the forest and hummingbirds and swaying leaves, coaxing Charles down and down into the soft, warm abyss of dreams. He keeps watchful guard, stroking at Charles's hair with his mangled hands and holding him in battered arms as best as he can, a sublime radiance emanating out of him that leeches right down into the tops and tips of Charles. He can do this again. He can provide like this again. It immediately calms his spirit, nourishes his soul, and his eyes drift shit almost instantly. Following Charles into the great, unknowing Beyond.


Erik lets him sleep for about five hours, and gently smooches him awake, a warm huff in his ear. "Breakfast in bed, neshama?" he materializes a tray of Charles's favorite. Banana chocolate-chip pancakes, with the blobs of melted cocoa forming delicate pictures across his fluffy meal. One is of Charles and he at the beach, with a little lemur on his shoulder. The next is a vignette of the manor's housecat, which Charles isn't sure where the creature came from, but had taken to calling him Stuart. The pancakes are a perfect stack, with two equal pats of butter on top and a crop of sliced Genoshan peaches, a dollop of whipped cream to boot and sprinkle shavings. Decadent, extravagant, and wholly what Charles deserves. There's tea, the perfect temperature, and kolaczki with sour jam. Everything constructed by Erik, held in form like a master chef.

Charles wants to remind Erik that he is the one who needs to rest, that the return of his abilities doesn't put him out of the woods. His right hand is still in its thick surgical brace and his left one is healing, several fingers and metatarsals slowly regaining strength. His feet are still wrapped in thick bandages, and the reconstructive surgery in his jaw is still taking hold. Erik needs rest. But, Charles doesn't remind him, because he's asleep in seconds.

It's not a perfect, fulfilling deep sleep but is instead a light and somewhat fitful, his mind preoccupied even in rest. When he's awoken hours later in the early afternoon, the smell of pancakes alluring but his body feels groggy and heavy. The spread is impressive, however, and Charles is again grateful for Erik's supreme care. "This doesn't look like it was made by someone with two broken hands, help me sit up so I can admire it," he remarks, stretching his neck back to dot a kiss along Erik's jaw. When he's seated in bed and supported by the headboard, he yawns widely and rests his head against Erik's shoulder. "Impressive pancake art, darling. It makes me wonder if your chosen career path is right for you, hmm? The world needs less Prime Ministers and more pancake artists, I think."

The compliment makes Erik grin, boyish and ducking his head to press his cheek alongside Charles's, helping him with an easy twing of his abilities into a little yoink upright, and he arranges the pancakes so Charles can see every sketch. There are three more - a baby bat inside of a burrito, a little shark teaching math class, and a portrait of himself and Erik, with Erik kissing the top of his head as they look out of the window in Charles's study. They neatly reform back onto the plate and Erik cuts off a piece, arranging it onto the fork which floats into Charles's good hand.

"Just two working eyes," he laughs, dimples visible at his cheeks and swaying a little, careful not to jostle. "And tea, I found a nice licorice spice, I know it sounds bad, but it doesn't taste like black licorice. It's licorice root," he explains. "It grows all over Genosha, it's quite lovely." He's chatterful, a magpie in the mornings, delighted once more that the Earth and all its nooks and crannies are at his broken finger-tips once again. He knows that Charles will need more of this, more than one stretch of rest to heal, but Erik is back - at least, in his own mind, he is. The impetus to consider himself fully recovered is strong and vibrant within him.

"I don't hate licorice as much as some," Charles notes idly as he begins to eat, groaning a bit at the flavor under his tongue. He's missed Erik's cooking—Ailo is no slouch and cooked quite a bit for them all while Erik was convalescing, but there's something special about the way Erik prepares food. Like he knows that no meal should be anything but spectacular. "Hopefully, you'll be off the soup sooner rather than later, hmm? Start building your physical strength back." Erik is thinner than he was before. A diet of liquids and rest will do that to a person. "What did I miss? It's already after noon...we should finish up quickly so that I can get down to Cerebro. I'm sure you're wanted back home, aren't you?"

"Ken, tak," Erik rumbles in pleasure as Charles eats, everything inside him slotting back into place from where it's been disrupted for so long. That Charles finds it pleasing is transcendant, and he feels it in tandem as Erik soars along marshmallow-clouds. "I had some ice cream," he admits with a mischievous glint in his gaze. He's missing over half of his teeth, and his jaw is broken in several different places, with nerve damage affecting his sense of touch still around his chin. The reconstructive surgery included both dental implants and bridges, with the advancements in Genoshan medicine being what they are, his smile is completely restored to what it was before, which Charles didn't think would be possible.

Though, Erik is still getting used to just how much new foreign material is in his body. "Being able to taste again. Magnificent. I am not one for sweets, but the kaffee flavor was very good. And indeed, Mr. McGarrah is scheduled to contact Raven in about ten minutes. I've transported in some of our senior officials and gathered them in the war room, since we want to be able to formulate a joint plan for response as quickly as possible. Joint with you, and the Institute," he adds softly.

"I want to include you in our proceedings, given your stature here. We've also begun transporting the first rounds of deportees, got their visas all worked up. Me and Wanda built them some lovely homes in Aramida. I arranged them to live in clusters of 10 families, embedded into Genoshan neighborhoods all around, so that they can be with one another and share in their experiences, but also be welcomed into the Genoshan culture."

Charles nods idly as he picks at the plate before him. There isn't a chance that he will be able to eat the entire spread, but he knows that Erik won't allow it to go to waste. At any rate, Scott is always eager to wolf down whatever leftovers people offer him. "Ten minutes? I need to get ready, then," he grunts, looking down at his pajama-clad body. His hair is undoubtedly rumpled. With Erik here, however, the morning routine can be trimmed from its arduous hour to mere seconds, but still. He scarcely feels ready to tackle the day. "I'm glad that you've already begun that work, though," he notes, draining the last dregs of the (quite good) licorice tea. "Do you worry that an influx of people will...strain things? Genosha functions only when everyone subscribes to the ideals, doesn't it?"

Erik shakes his head. "I'm not worried. We give people a lot of freedom to do as they like, that's a part of our society. They can work, they can be educated, they can sit around doing nothing. If they're truly not compatible with us, that means they're extremely dangerous and without any hope for rehabilitation. In that case we either execute them or deport them, depending on the case. And not everyone who was offered a place in Genosha, accepted the offer."

"Execute or deport them," Charles repeats with a huff. "You say that like it's so easy." But, he supposes that for Erik, it is. Genosha should accommodate everyone. If someone cannot integrate into that society, where would they fit? Commercial enterprises aren't engineered for profits. Greed isn't catered to or tolerated. Those who don't want to participate can find the space elsewhere. "Well, I suppose we'd best get up and at 'em, then," Charles sighs. How lovely it would be to simply lay in bed with tea and Erik forever, but duty calls. "Can you find me something nice to wear? I've spent the past three months looking a bit ragged."

It's never easy, but Erik doesn't engage in systemic practices of incarceration, with very limited exceptions. Their justice system is restorative and rehabilitative, and even people who commit serious offenses, if they're capable of working with the telepathic clinicians on-hand, can often formulate treatments that work.

But sometimes, a person comes along who defies statistics. if they're so diametrically opposed to coexistence, if they pose such a threat to others that Erik can't sanction releasing them to the public at large, such as ultimately in the case of Sayid (who initially was), then execution is the only option. Erik grins down at him, and in an instant, he's deposited into his chair fully clothed, his hair freshly washed and dried. He feels clean, smells so, sandalwood and mint notes lingering as he takes stock.

He's in a sharp, dark suit, though Erik's taken the liberty of adding a colorful, zany pattern onto his silk tie. "Voila," he bows playfully. It's a signature whimsy.

Charles has gotten used to being transported through space and time by Erik this way, and so he's not remotely jarred when he blinks and finds himself seated and secured in his wheelchair, freshly cleaned and dressed. His hair is coiffed and the scraggly five o'clock shadow that he had been sporting is now gone, the rich scent of aftershave scent toying at his nostrils.

The colorful tie makes him raise a brow at Erik as he adjusts his lapel. "Where'd you get this from? Some variety show presenter?" he teases, and then motors to observe himself in the mirror. The clothing and shower do quite a lot for his appearance, but he still looks pale, sallow, with deep circles beneath his eyes. "Did I tell you that your daughter claims that I go bald?" he asks Erik, still looking at himself in the mirror. "Would you believe it?"

Erik dresses himself in a flourish as well, a simple white button-down with suspenders and tan pants. He's hovering just a little off the ground, not allowing the thick boots on both feet to touch down, and he secures himself in a seated position just above Charles, reaching out to touch said hair. Whilst Charles looks better than he did, the edges of exhaustion still linger. Erik is going to dedicate himself to slowly easing those puffy, dark circles and he delicately brushes the edge of his unencumbered left thumb underneath those sharp azure blues.

"I do love your hair," he says mournfully. The rich dark color, complimenting fair skin. "But you'll be handsome bald. Regal, like a prince." Erik is quite a bit biased, of course. But still, he's confident in his assessment. Charles would look handsome in a burlap sack, but he fills out his suit well, and Erik makes a show of giving him elevator eyes behind him in the mirror. All these years later, he stuns Erik with his beauty. The lines of his jaw, the crows feet that wrinkle up when he laughs. This is what he missed most in the world.

Erik's cool fingertips feel good against his skin, and he leans his head back against the headrest to invite further leverage. Erik, of course, looks like something straight from a movie. Russet curls that have longer and wilder with the years, glittering eyes, and olive skin. He's so handsome that Charles can only chuckle when Erik blatantly looks him up and down in the mirror. Hilarious. "Or I'll look like a cue ball," he murmurs, eyes fond as they take in Erik's appearance. Even battered and bandaged, he still looks like a carved statue. "She told me that your hair goes completely white, though. Maybe you'll look like Albert Einstein."

"You will look dashing," Erik tuts with a grin.


In a wink they're in the war room. Raven and Emma are there, as are Christopher, Jean, Scott, Moira, Gabby, Ailo Kirala, Hank and William Kaplan. The phone rings, and Raven picks it up. "Minister of Intelligence, Captain Darkholme speaking."

Jean, who hasn’t seen Erik since the return of his abilities, rushes to give him a hug. It had been distressing to see him so weak, unable to see or walk. His restored visage buoys her, even if he’s still bandaged and bruised. “You look good,” she whispers, smiling against his shoulder.

“Please hold for Director McGarrah,” a breathy receptionist answers. Moments later, the click of a receiver alerts Raven to his presence.

“Director of Central Intelligence Rich McGarrah speaking,” drones a flat voice. “I have been informed that you have a request of me, Captain Darkholme.”

Erik presses his lips to her temple, giving her a little wink. So do you. I'm so glad I can see you again. Oh, I'll have to braid your hair when we're all done. Little plaits and weaves, he grins back. 

"That's right," Raven replies, all herself now that Erik's in the room and whole again. "Genosha has been very permissive with your government, Director McGarrah. We're extending a hand, but don't mistake that for weakness. We want a formal acknowledgment of wrongdoing. Stryker used CIA resources, and programs that were off-books designed to target our Prime Minister. That's an act of war. We want an apology."

Like I’m ten years old again? she asks, smiling back. Sure, but only if you let me sit on your shoulders.

“You have my personal apology,” McGarrah relays simply. “I am regretful that your Prime Minister was mistreated, as I am regretful when anyone is mistreated. I am bolstered to hear that he has made a recovery.”

"Are you hard-of-hearing, Director?" Raven snorts. "I don't give a damn about your personal feelings. We want a formal apology. From the United States government."

"Captain Darkholme, an apology from the United States government would imply that the United States government acted inappropriately in some way," McGarrah relays. "As stated in our official report, Agent Stryker acted of his own accord and without formal authorization. He was facing punitive consequences until his life was ended illicitly. Now, that is certainly not the fault of our government, is it?"

"Yes, because you did act inappropriately. You allowed this man to be employed with you, you failed to properly vet him, you gave him access at the highest levels to projects that were specifically designed to target Prime Minister Lehnsherr. That is the fault of your government," Raven shoots back, uncowed and firm. "You can say he acted of his own accord all you like, but you created those programs. You funded that research. You employed that man. You enslaved Genoshans, by the way. For a hundred years. And we're asking for an apology, on the heels of what has to be the absolute most egregious kidnapping in modern human history. A sitting Prime Minister," she seethes.

"The United States will not apologize for conducting research that was intended to be top secret, the intended application of which was never shared publicly," McGarrag returns, short. "What are you hoping to accomplish, Captain Darkholme? Are you hoping to put us upon a stage for the rest of the world to view us with our tail between our legs? Because that is not going to happen. Our allies stand with us. Many of our allies do not even recognize your nation is legitimate or independent. To those nations, your Prime Minister is an illegitimate ruler, nothing more than a power-hungry civilian illegally occupying land to which he has no right. All of your citizens are, Captain." There's a beat, and then he speaks again. "The CIA, independently, will apologize to the Prime Minister and his family for his mistreatment. We will apologize to him as an individual who was treated poorly by someone in our employ. That is what we will offer, Captain Darkholme. Nothing more."

"My hope was that you could conduct yourselves in accordance with reason and compassion, as is dictated of a thinking, enlightened being. I see now that these hopes were futile. Your incomprehensible interpretation of international law aside," she guffaws with an eyeroll, "which, by the way, do you actually even understand the words that you're using? Real quick, side-bar. Because illegal means it's against the law. So, slavery is against the law. You invaded Genosha, you enslaved them. Erik went there and dismantled your illegal occupation. Then, he held an election, where he was overwhelmingly voted into power. So, once again, what the fuck are you talking about? No, you know what, no. This discussion is over. You don't apologize, you're not sorry, you don't care that you oppress and hurt innocent people. We got the message. You and all your allies should really watch your backs, because we're done playing nice."

“To be clear, Captain, the United States has been very courteous with your nation over the past decade, has it not?” McGarrah’s voice is edgy, now. “We have drafted commerce agreements, we have not stood in the way. The sitting president has invited your Prime Minister to Camp David, of all places, and issued official appreciation statements for the aid in the aftermath of al-Zaman’s attack. But if you think that your little island has a seat at our table, you’re sorely mistaken. I regret that we haven’t been able to reach an agreement today, Captain Darkholme. My offer will expire if you do not accept it. Good day to you, ma’am.”

Charles is rubbing his forehead when the conversation ends. “So easy to forget that this land was taken from people who had a real right to it just 200 years ago, isn’t it?” he murmurs. “What are you going to do?”

"We don't have hunger or homelessness in Genosha, did you know that?" Raven laughs, derisive. "We've solved a lot of problems that you Americans are still struggling with. We could help you improve the lives of your citizens, but you don't care about that. You only care about filling your coffers. Your priorities are disgusting. Have a nice life, Director." She jams her finger into the button disconnecting the call, and growls, angry.

Erik sighs, as all eyes in the room flick up to him. "We'll pick a military target and disable it. No casualties, just a bunch of extra work for them. We'll recall all of our trade agreements, which didn't benefit us in any way," he adds, dry. "And we'll reach out to all of the United States allies," he says softly. "We can send stimulus packages to them, and they can send them to the States via proxy. They won't have to know it's coming from Genosha."

"How in the hell can you still be thinking about ways to help these people?" Raven grits.

Erik shrugs. "That's our job. The citizens can't control what their useless politicians say and do. America may be deporting mutants en masse, but there are a lot of mutants who are legal citizens who don't fit that law, and they deserve to be safe in their communities. It's difficult, being Genoshan," he laughs. "We show peace, even when it is clear our enemy does not care."

“You can’t be sure that any aid you provide even via a proxy will go to the right places,” Charles points out, raising a brow at Erik. “I truly don’t think a Genoshan cent should be spent here. We can set up private charitable foundations to ensure that mutants who remain in this country are supported. Leave that to me, alright? You’ve a lot on your plate.”

"That's a good idea," Erik smiles at Charles. "We can supply charities with anything they need, that should help evade most of the sanctions. Ridiculous that we're conspiring to give aid, hm?" he has to huff under his breath. "The registry is the biggest issue. How are you planning on approaching that here?" 

Charles inhales deeply. “I’d rather someone on our side be involved in whatever is happening,” he says, knowing that there will be people in the room who disapprove. They’re going to create this anyway. It’s a shock that they’re even inviting me to participate at all, I think. I figure that, if they’re using me to collect information, I can invalidate their registry by providing bogus information in addition to what they want to collect anyway.”

"I agree," Erik says over Raven's fish-mouthing. "I know, it's unpalatable. But Charles is right. They're doing it anyway, so it's tactically advantageous to have your finger on the pulse of it."

"They're so committed to hatred-"

"They're not," Erik says very softly.

"They are."

"It's not about hatred. Genosha doesn't have money, yakira. All the people in power here, they gain their power from money. They will go nuclear before they give up capitalism. Without capitalism and eugenics to breed the work-force, they've no leverage over their citizens. We say, you can be free. Real freedom. Americans say arbeit macht frei." He taps his fist over his heart.

"So you're saying it's not even about mutants?" Raven's eyebrows knit together. "I mean, it is, though, right?"

"It is, yes. But I understand more clearly now. The longer I interact with these stuffy old men in rooms. You heard him, they don't view me as legitimate. They view me as illegal, while ignoring the laws they break. It's not about the law, or legitimacy. It's about power. They're afraid of being made redundant. They're afraid. They make men listen with a boot to the neck, because it's easy. Convincing a man takes time, and patience, and skill."

"They're saying Michael Martin is a threat to the fabric of democracy in America," she flicks her fingers at the newspaper stack on the table. "How can these people claim to care about liberty, when their whole entire society is fundamentally based in slavery?"

"I don't know, yakira. Cognitive dissonance," he lifts his chin to Charles, having learned that term on their very first date. "How are the students doing, here? The children? Are they worried, scared? Should we stay a while and help?" he looks between Jean and Scott, and Charles. "Perhaps I can make us a nice dinner."

Charles knows that Erik is entirely correct. It's not about mutants, or black people, or queers, or women. It's about power and control. Out groups enshrine the sanctity of in groups and afford them legitimacy. Othering an entire race, culture, religion, gender, or sexuality is an act geared toward maintaining power. Genosha is a threat to that reality, a display that such base, ancient impulses as that do not need to govern. It's a fierce departure, one that terrifies those who stand to lose a lot. Cognitive dissonance, indeed.

"They don't know of the details, and I prefer that it be kept that way," Charles answers, and looks to Jean for confirmation. She nods. "I'm certain that a dinner prepared by the Prime Minister of Genosha would be most appreciated, but I fear that there is too much work to be done to pause for it." He bites his lip. "But, don't let me stop you, darling."

"This is part of the work, too, neshama," Erik bends down to nuzzle into his hair, more appreciative now that he knows someday it will be gone. He rubs his cheek against the strands playfully. "Let's have a nice dinner, and I'll put on some fireworks after. The children should get a bit of joy. They're going to be angry come the morning, so be ready for that," he warns Charles gently. "I picked a target. Coronado, it's large and well-stocked. It has eight facilities, about 30,000 forces. Perhaps that will wake them up."

"Coronado," Charles repeats. A Southern California paradise, overrun by militia. Disarmament is, perhaps, the best way to go about this, he supposes. The world will be better off in general if there are fewer Americans with weapons. "Alright, alright. Have your fun. Don't keep them up too late; the last time I let them all stay up, there were riots the next day when I reminded them of homework deadlines," he says, rolling his eyes fondly. He hasn't actually taught a class since the day Sayid al-Zaman's attack interrupted him mid-lesson, and he misses it. Misses normalcy, routine. Being a teacher and a mentor to young people.

Erik grins. With a flourish, everyone is back where they belong, and Erik enlists Charles's help in the kitchen, mostly chirping to him as he looks over his records. The dinner is full and robust, a Mediterranean affair featuring spinach and cheese spanakopita, inside a delightful phyllo and tomato fritters with mint, battered zucchini, plantain fries and falafel, alongside some warm pita bread and hummus drizzled in olive oil and garlic shavings.

As evening falls, Erik treats them to a soundless display of dazzling fireworks in whimsical patterns, ending with Raven's slogan: Mutant and Proud. Erik unashamedly sits in Charles's lap, an arm over his shoulders, heads pressed together as they watch the proceedings. In the morning, they must part, and Erik has to go back to Genosha for his physical therapy. He gathers his advisors and in the afternoon, they go ahead with the Coronado operation, dissolving every armament in every facility neatly and without fanfare. They make a televised statement afterward, which Charles catches on the news.

"As you all know, on August 9th, 1966, I was abducted by Agent William Stryker of the United States Central Intelligence Agency. Having spoken with Director McGarrah, it was made clear to us that the CIA does not take any accountability or acknowledge any wrongdoing on its part. We wanted a simple apology and were denied it. Genosha, a nation which was enslaved by the CIA for 100 years, elects to respond thus. Your naval base Coronado, has been completely disarmed.

There were no casualties. Your military equipment is gone. Your weapons are gone. Any instruments of war-making present at Coronado are gone. The trade agreements that Genosha had established with the United States are rescinded. Unfortunately this means that we won't be able to assist in the rebuilding efforts, but we are working with private charities to cover the gaps. I regret that we cannot come to accord."

Chapter 50: they stand about as if they're blind, which brings this truism to mind: 'Accursed be the wretched beast'

Chapter Text

No sooner than the broadcast airs does Charles receive an immediate, blaring phone call from Baines's office. "What the fuck, Xavier," he seethes on the line. "What did you do?!"

It really is a lovely evening. Somehow, Erik convinces him to put work aside and join in on the festivities. It has been a long time since he's joined his students like this at dinner and even longer since he's enjoyed some form of merriment with them. Dinner is undeniably delicious, and he's content to simply lean back in his chair and watch the show dazzle across the night sky above with his husband in his lap.


The next day is when it truly begins. It's December 1st, 1966, nearly four months following Erik's abduction, when the Naval base at Coronado wakes up to find that their artillery, vehicles, and weapons have all disappeared. The news stations pick up the developing story immediately, and Charles is unsurprised to see his husband, face stoic and dressed in his uniform, addressing a camera. It's remarkable to think that, just hours ago, he himself was stroking those auburn curls before they parted.

He's already waiting by the telephone when it rings in his office. Scott, Hank, and Jean hover behind him when he picks it up. "Sir?" Charles returns, gripping the receiver tight. "I didn't do a thing, Mr. President," he relays. "The Prime Minister of Genosha and I may be personally connected, but politically and professionally, he acts of his own accord. I have no hand in this."

"What the hell is he playing at?!" Baines crows, propriety all but forgotten in the wake of his abject shock. "This is completely unacceptable. He can't just waltz in here and tear our country down! These are human beings you're playing with, not dolls. Do you fucking get it, Xavier? All those poor bastards at Coronado are scared shitless. This is... I don't know what this is. This is heavy, Xavier. Charles. What you people can do... what the g-ddamned fuck?!" he vents. "First al-Zaman and now this. Does Lehnsherr have any fucking respect for national sovereignty at all?! We have the right to determine for ourselves how we want to live!"

"National sovereignty, Sir?" Charles replies, blood pulsing behind his eyes. "He was kidnapped and held for 36 days by William Stryker, if you recall. What of the sovereignty of Genosha, of his own body? He merely asked for an apology, President Baines. He was willing to let that breach of sovereignty go in exchange for a formal apology. McGarrah couldn't even offer that, Sir. With all due respect, this is Erik's attempt to reaffirm his thorough endorsement of national sovereignty, for his own nation. Since the United States has made it clear that they do not wish to be an ally to Genosha."

"What he's reaffirming is that mutants think they can do whatever they want, they can play G-d!" Baines growls. "If we don't agree with Lehnsherr's vaunted fucking ideology, we'll all be thrown into volcanoes, is that it? Genosha isn't sovereign. The United States doesn't recognize Genosha as independent, considering Erik Lehnsherr stole it in the first place!" He seems wholly unaware of the hypocrisy of his statements. Baines isn't an evil man, Charles knows this from the brief glimpses into his mind that he's had, but he is an exceptionally privileged man who is far too up his own ass.

Scott snorts under his breath, listening to the President's tirade on speaker. "That's a bold statement from the President of the United States of America, a country that was founded on the genocide of my ancestors." It's the first time he's ever spoken in these proceedings, or interjected, and it surprises Jean that it's with such ferocity and dark sarcasm. Scott is usually very amiable and compliant, but this goes beyond the X-Men.

Charles glances behind him to look at Scott as well, bowing his head to acknowledge his insertion. Scott is right; Baines really has no business speaking this way, as if he's the representative of an entirely blameless entity. "Erik liberated Genosha," Charles corrects, mild but firm. "The CIA had stolen it from the people who lived there before they established a base, Mr. President. A base where people were being tortured and enslaved." He turns his chair to eye Scott as he continues.

"If we want to be viewed as a nation which truly, sincerely values freedom, equality, and liberty, we cannot stand in opposition to what Erik did a decade ago. He brought democracy. Isn't that the impetus behind our current foreign policy?" Knowing that this may be a trigger for Baines, Charles moves on quickly. "This act of aggression, Sir, is non-violent. He has made his intention to remain non-violent public and clear. He is an earnest man and says what he means. I encourage you to trust that he will do as he says, for better or for worse."

"You dissolved billions of dollars of equipment! You interfered with these people's lives, their jobs, their families. They're scared, Xavier. Lehnsherr has made it clear that he can do whatever he wants, and he's not a man who's easy to understand. He's very cold, he's harsh when he speaks. He's foreign to these people. And he's espousing a way of life that's completely different to anything they understand. He may as well be from Mars!" Baines sighs. "We have to respond to this. That's just how it is. If there are any Genoshans on United States soil, you'd better impress upon them that they're due to leave."

"And what do you think it did to the Genoshan people, Sir, when their Prime Minister went missing for a month and came back nearly dead? Don't you think that they were scared? He experienced intense physical suffering. Broken bones, missing teeth. Hearing loss. Complete impairment. Erik simply transported some property elsewhere. It's not comparable, Mr. President. Americans can handle encountering people who are different and believe differently to them. That's a part of life, isn't it? His demeanor and accent should not matter."

"What in the hell do Genoshans have to be scared of?" Baines barks. "Apparently they can just disintegrate everything at will! No, you're damned right it's not comparable. He's a regular old shmuck who shouldn't have the capabilities that he does, the man is a threat. What's he going to do next, sneeze and throw the Earth off its axis? Knock the sun out of the sky? Maybe he'll get the flu and erase the Eastern Seaboard."

"I challenge you to name a single person that Erik's ever hurt who didn't deserve it," Scott points out. "A single person who he's attacked or even mildly inconvenienced unprovoked."

"Well, he killed al-Zaman, didn't he?"

"Right, a man who was actively in the process of destroying New York City. I said unprovoked. Magneto isn't everybody's cup of tea, I understand. But he doesn't hurt innocent people. That's your job."

"That's uncalled for, young man," Baines snaps back. "I'm doing my level best to work with you all. And you're not taking my concerns seriously. You don't understand the point."

"Which is what, that Erik can do whatever he wants? Yeah, he can. What do you want us to do about it?"

"I don't know, convince him to stop messing around with our country! It's not just this. He's been at those protests, too. This isn't his nation. For a Prime Minister of a foreign country, he spends way too damn much time here. And apparently we can't even get him to leave, if he doesn't want to go."

"No offense, sir, but... we don't care?" Scott shrugs. "You're bitching and moaning about nothing."

"This is not nothing. 30,000 people are up-in-arms at Coronado. They think that Lehnsherr is going to hurt them. They're afraid of the mutants in their own communities. This was a bad move."

“Sir,” Charles exhales after motioning for Scott to pipe down. “I will restate that Erik Lehnsherr and I, when it comes to matters of business, operate separately. He is a head of state, and I am a dual citizen of the United States and the United Kingdom. A mere civilian. However, he is my husband. A status that this country will not acknowledge, I’m aware, but I know that you’re a man who respects the choices of others in this regard. I ask that you not disrespect my husband’s personality to me, Sir. His policies or acts as Prime Minister, sure.”

Jean nods in encouragement.

“With that said, I do take your concerns seriously, Sir. Erik is a powerful man, you’re right. I don’t deny it, and he’s made that clear as a whistle to us. That was his purpose. He’s showing you what he’s capable of but what he’s not doing. Out of care for human lives. He does not want to aggress. If you trust me, President Baines, you can trust Erik Lehnsherr.”

“You really can,” Jean adds. “Even yesterday, he was trying to figure out how to provide aid to the United States. He knows that we can’t be official allies with Genosha, but he wants to help.”

“He wants safety and respect for mutant-kind, President Baines. That’s all,” Charles concludes. “As do I. He’ll be eager to step out of our affairs if we can enshrine that promise.”

"Well quite frankly, what he's gone and done is made mutants public enemy number one," Baines says, pinching the bridge of his nose in his office. "I'll have to send a response, Charles. I can't let it sit, I'm sorry. We'll be expecting you in D.C. come the morning. Bring some of those ko latch-key things. The Tupperware you had at our last meeting was a hit."


With that, he hits off the receiver, leaving everyone to breathe out a bated breath. Charles is in his study, in the process of writing a notification letter to yet another mutant family who are being targeted for registration and deportation, when Erik whirls in. He moves to drop a kiss onto Charles's head and set a tray of lunch in front of him, a mint tea with cucumber and dill sandwiches and cream cheese, crusts neatly cut off and sectioned into triangles.

"They've sent a carrier group out to Genosha," he mutters, grimacing. "They fired a volley of missiles at our perimeter. They were neutralized instantly, but they're still out there. I think they don't quite know what to do, they didn't expect it would have no effect." He looks pinched, agitated. "They're firing on my people. Scaring them. G-ttverdammt imbeciles. Ah, at least it wasn't a danger. How was your meeting?"

Charles sighs, relaxing instantaneously as Erik appears in his study. His presence, always, is calming, and he lifts a hand up to grip Erik's wrist momentarily when the man leans over to kiss the top of his head. He looks sharp in his uniform, green eyes keen and ready.

"I tried to talk them out of it," Charles murmurs, grabbing the steaming mug of tea first. "Their position remains 'we can't do nothing." He looks at the liquid in the mug, and then frowns. "I worry, Erik. You're the only reason why their missiles can't do anything. You're the reason why they can't lay siege. You, alone, will quickly become noticed as their sole barrier. You'll be their target. Stryker was able to neutralize you, what's to say that someone else won't—" His words choke in his throat.

"Myself, and now Wanda," Erik adds softly. "The barriers I've placed, and now with Wanda's assistance, these will function without my presence. They did function," he says with a nod. "We can't assume that they'll never figure out how to penetrate it. But right now, we are all right. I've created additional layers of defense that should prevent against someone doing to me what Stryker did." He lays his hand over Charles's, and ripples the very small barrier between himself and the other man. It's small enough that Charles can still feel his touch, but if he tries, he won't be able to penetrate Erik's skin.

"A protective aura. Clever," Charles hums, flexing his fingers around Erik's own. He looks up at his husband, expression still troubled. "I trust that the barriers are strong and that this will help in the short term, but I do worry that they'll continue to look for ways to bypass," he says softly. "They see you as an immense threat. And you could be, but you don't want that, and no matter how much I try to explain..." He trails off. Erik knows. They both do. "Perhaps you can get on television with one of your monkeys or sloths in hand. Let the world see what a giant softie you truly are, hmm?" he teases.

"Is that something I need to work on?" Erik asks, having not realized it beforehand. The President made it clear, but Erik's understanding of how people view him is as splintered as the distinction between himself to a telepath and himself elsewise. "That must be what Pietro sees as well," he figures, sighing. "The Genoshans understand," he laughs a bit. "But we have a lot of telepaths. And they see a lot more of me. It took time, for people like Raven and even for you, to see it."

Charles cocks a brow at him. "You ought not worry about how other people perceive you, Erik," he says, earnest. "I see you as my soft-hearted husband who loves animals and plants and cutting up sandwiches into neat little triangles. Wanda, another telepath, sees you as something else, and Pietro something else. None is better or worse than the others, love." He backs his chair away from his desk and gestures toward his lap, inviting Erik to take a seat. "They fear you because you are powerful, not because of your accent or visage. Baines is grasping. But there's no reason to hide your power. It's their fault, not yours."

"Baines has a point, though," Erik sighs a bit. "If my demeanor is frightening them, perhaps that is contributing to their fear of me. Maybe I will have a television crew accompany me to the Rescue? I do not wish to seem... ah, what is the word," he fumbles a bit. "Disingenuous, or as I am doing it for..." his brows knit together. "To be fake." He slips into Charles's lap almost immediately when beckoned, bowing their foreheads together and shivering a little as his body relaxes into Charles's grasp. Slotted together, where he belongs. It's a part of himself he doesn't fully understand, but perhaps all the pieces of himself combine together to create a whole that is more complex than the sum of its parts. The Prime Minister, the sloth-carer, the one who belongs to Charles. The stone-faced survivor.

"I was joking about the rescue, darling," Charles rumbles, hand raising to rub up and down along Erik's spine. The notches of his vertebrae roil underneath his knuckles, and he ducks his head to deposit a kiss at the base of Erik's neck, where it meets his shoulders. "I fear that at this stage, nothing you do will make Baines look upon you favorably. So, don't waste your energy. Focus on staying safe. Keeping your people safe." He moves his hand to cup Erik's sharp jaw. "You must promise me that you will remain vigilant."

Erik lays his head onto Charles's shoulder, relaxing in increments. Slowly and steadily he works the tension out of Erik, and he's practically purring when Charles finds the spot behind his ear that he likes. Erik has always loved it when Charles strokes his hair.

"I've extended the barrier to you, and to the children and instructors here at this school. I can't protect everyone, since I do not know everyone, but I can protect the people I care about. I can protect you. It won't stop people from trying to abduct you, or confine you - I don't want to restrict you in that way, but it will stop them from causing you physical harm. And you'll need to be vigilant, telepathically," he whispers.


"Oh, mmnn," he rumbles, losing his train of thought when Charles kisses him. He's created a similar structure around his hands, not needing the bandages any longer, keeping them held in his own thrall, so he's able to reach forward and stroke at Charles's cheek and neck, humming. "Charles," he murmurs lowly, just to say his name.

Charles knows precisely how to make Erik come undone. A stroke of his hair, a kiss on his neck. Words that are commanding, that come from low within his chest. Erik may be a Prime Minister, but he's far from immune to the little things that unravel him. When Erik is entirely slack on his lap, Charles presses his lips to his temple and holds them there. The walls of his study melt into an illusion, right back to their cabin at the edge of the mountains and the sea. Arcadia. Their escape, where only the two of them can enter. "No recklessness or foolishness, okay? Be steadfast in your defense. We're at the start of what will be a trying time for both of us," he murmurs into Erik's scalp.

"Oh," is all Erik can say, eyes half-lidded and burning as his body shudders and melts in equal tandem. His lips press against the exposed skin of Charles's neck, his hand wanders under Charles's shirt, knowing precisely all the ways to make Charles come undone over the years, as well. Their bodies have learned to adapt, the both of them. Sparks of pleasure shooting from head to toe, superheated plasma that Erik whooshes back into his husband, buttery and rich in his chest where he feels it. A kiss here. A stroke there, especially along the little ridge just beneath his pectoral muscle, so defined and beautiful.

They've, over the years, come into themselves quite well. Sex is different, between them. Different, but also the same. Erik's desire is full and deep, sparked off by just Charles's presence. His words, especially. They unravel him piece-by-piece. They'd learned it quite by accident, and Charles was shocked to discover that he didn't need his full range of motion to make Erik lose all sense. And whilst Charles could create an Arcadia with a body of his own that functions just as well, Erik enjoys his real body more. So he appears as himself, connected to himself, dipping into Erik's mind to hook up those pleasure centers so he can feel the throb below his waist.

Doctors these days call it psychogenic, and Erik watches in fascination as Charles trembles with just a little kiss to the underside of his jaw. "Steadfast," he rasps in agreement.

One of the first things that many people wonder about Charles when they first meet him, he's gleaned through telepathy, is how he has sex. At first he found that notion terribly strange and rude, but it's so universal that he has since simply accepted it as one of those things that brings humans and animals closer together. Most tend to think upon this with pity or discomfort—surely one of the worst aspects of tetraplegia is an inability to have sex, right?

They couldn't be more wrong. It has been so long since the accident that Charles scarcely remembers what it felt like to have sex in the traditional ways. The combination of his mutation and Erik's own enable the two of them to enjoy their bodies in ways entirely foreign to most. Charles rides the waves of pleasure via Erik if he wants, but the sensate parts of his chest and neck are now far more receptive to that sensation than they once were. Even more so, perhaps. He knows that Erik truly, fully enjoys his body as it is, even with his skinny legs and wasted muscles.

For his part, Erik's body is still glorious, rippled with lean muscle and taut skin. No longer the string bean that Charles met over a decade ago, but still gamine, like a gazelle. And when Erik swipes those fingers just beneath his pectoral and dots his jaw with a kiss, Charles sighs, yearning. He shamelessly slots behind Erik's own sensation and feels, truly feels, the sensation of growing hard.

"Listen to me, Erik," he rumbles, taking that tone, just because he wants to see Erik flush. "Do exactly as I say." His hand knots in those long, wild curls and gives the gentlest tug. "You will, won't you? Listen to me?" He leans in to nibble along the unblemished skin of Erik's neck.

"Oh," Erik whimpers, rubbing himself against Charles's leg unconsciously. "Yes, yes, I--ah, listen, yes, be good," he gasps, his cheeks stained and freckles all pronounced, eyes reddened with desire making green stars that pin Charles in a wild flail. "Please," he moans, finding a peaked nipple with his thumb and carefully brushing it forth. Charles had found these long-buried pieces and dug them up in careful hands, shaping him just-so. His stomach clenches, little desperate hitches of breath caught in his throat like a net.

Charles smiles at Erik, a smile that is both warm and approving. The smile that he knows Erk likes to see in these moments, to make him feel safe and cared for. And Charles loves to take care of Erik. It fills him with his own sense of something that he probably doesn't want to look at too deeply. Through Erik, he can feel the way he ruts against his leg, and it stirs a low growl in his throat. "Good," he murmurs. "Always so good, aren't you, darling?" He cups Erik's jaw again, holding his face still so that their eyes can lock. Erik's are wide and yearning. "My perfect darling." That hand releases his jaw and finds itself around Erik's hardening cock, swiping a teasing thumb across the head. "So perfect. So beautiful."

Erik jerks in his hand, still so overcome - but after all these years, he's learned to rein it in, not to spill over immediately with Charles's deft touches. Charles takes care of him, gently peeling the layers down until he can coax this from him. This, wide-eyed creature of avarice. The praise Charles lavishes on him makes him shudder, and he holds himself so still, he'll behave. He will. From head to toe, long tendrils of electric heat pour down to center in his gut, causing little noises to escape from their clutches.

"You are," he whispers back. Charles with his beautiful pale skin and deep voice and azure eyes, the dip of his stomach that Erik loves to kiss. He can't feel it in his cock, but Erik likes to mouth at it too, letting him see, to connect the image with sensation through lines of psionic reckoning. Letting him see how much Erik loves every part of him. His legs, his inner thighs, the hair dusting there. Erik wants, and wants. His thoughts are marbles, clacked together, hazy.

Charles grins to himself as Erik’s thoughts begin to clatter around in his head. Everything else falls away when they’re like this, putty in each other’s hands. Even his office is replaced with the illusion, making it feel as if they’re the only two people in the universe. They just as well could be. He begins to pump his hand over Erik’s shaft, leaning in to snag his lips in his teeth. So eager.

It's been so long. So, so long. One month, the brutality of snapping bones and clawed flesh. Two months, the desolation without touch. Erik tries to stifle himself so that he doesn't cry out, embarrassing - but it's been so, so long. He fails, the noise erupting out of him long and mournful. Charles had called him eager that very first time, and oh, he had no idea - those shapeless fantasies have long taken form and structure. Serving Charles this way makes his soul sing, an invisible hand at his chest that sinks him beneath a delirious ocean of joy. On his knees, or perhaps beneath Charles, his body a heavy weight as he pets at the back of his neck. So Erik can feel him, so he can listen and do what he's told-

"Mmh, want - I want," he pleads between hot, heavy kisses. "Let me, proszę pozwólę -"

Charles takes great care over Erik when they’re intimate like this. It’s an understanding of duty and also a deep appreciation of the trust that has been granted to him. Erik’s trust is hard to win; to be given the honor of taking care of him is the greatest of his lifetime. He knows that Erik wants to please and feel good, and so he smiles as the other man pleads and squirms in his lap. Chaos and control. It’s a side effect of their modality—Charles can dial back what he feels, if he so chooses, though his breath is becoming heavy in his chest as the kisses along his sensitive skin grow more heated and intense. He’s certainly not immune to arousal. “Tell me what you want,” Charles whispers, voice low and raspy as he jerks Erik off. Kissing bruises into skin. “Tell me, Erik.”

Erik's lips are parted, the prismatic mist of his desire clouding his eyes, half-lidded. Stripped and laid bare. Charles is touching him, his cock encased in that big, warm hand and Erik can feel every molecule of Charles's palm against him, gorgeous in its construction. Touching him, swiping across his tip to smear sticky droplets as they form. It tumbles out of him, a waterfall crescendo drenching him in wanton miasma. "Mmnnh, tell--me--what to do--please, please - make you feel good, want to hear. So magnificent, my neshama." Erik's own is haggard, a sandpaper press as he struggles to breathe in even measures. "I can feel you, so beautiful--feel you," he laughs a little, running his fingers along the plane of Charles's chest.

Hearing Erik babble like this, nearly incoherent as nebulas cross his eyes, brings a warm rumble to Charles’s chest. The words tumble in messy waves, breathy and raspy, but Charles swallows them up, empowered, buoyed. His body has never gotten in the way of this; over the years as they have become men with bold purpose, such desires and impulses have slotted together, naturally. Like they were meant to be. His left arm—his worse one—raises to rest upon Erik’s shoulders.

The hand remains curled, but he can still pull Erik closer and closer to him as his deft right works the long shaft into hardness. Something else glazes his eyes; the fire that warms his body from the inside out whenever they’re intimate. Quietly, he slips back into Erik’s pleasure center, and groans in satisfaction at the secondhand sensation of the pressure, friction. “Just feel good, today,” is the directive. Authoritative and warm.

“I want you to relax and feel good, Erik. No holding back, no restraint. You’re so good, darling. So very good for me. I want you to give yourself over to all that you feel, for me. Can you do that?”

Erik doesn't want to close his eyes, doesn't want to miss a single iota of those flames that zip across Charles's nerves. The way he commands Erik, his regal stature and poise, the affection laced with firm assurance. It breaks Erik apart at the seams and he trembles in Charles's lap, shifting under his ministrations despite himself. "Czuję bardzo dobry," says Erik, having long lost the plot for English. "Mm-hm, I feel--you're looking at me, see you--" Erik is starting to push up against him, wriggling and squirming as zaps crackle between.

The Earth itself shudders with pleasure, held inside Charles's interminable grasp. "Be good, I'll be good for you--" For Charles. He is for Charles. No one else dotes on his soul, nourishes his spirit. Only for Charles. That groan that slips out of him ignites Erik further, shearing across his senses and in Charles's hand his cock pulses with it, a living column. Responsive to the slightest brush, and so sensitive. "Oh, Charles--take care of me, you take care of me, make it feel so good, everything is shining, ahh--" his hips cant up, chasing after Charles.

He wants, and the wanting is so immense that it wobbles each atom of Erik's being.

Charles laughs, a low rumble in his chest vibrating outward, capturing Erik within its reverberation. When those hips buck upward, toward his own pelvis in an abject show of want, the heat swells hotter inside his stomach, as does that twinge that creeps up in moments like this, the one that tells him to reaffirm that Erik is his. "Take us to bed," he whispers, voice commanding. His lips never stray from Erik's skin, hand never stops.


In an instant, they're home, in Erik's house. His bed is silken sheets, luxurious and soft. Erik likes soft, the material shimmering and cool against their skin. Their clothes have long dissolved, into the ether, Erik's abilities making easy work of the logistics between them, and Erik's laying up against the headboard with Charles beside, able to lever himself to lay atop Erik if he so chooses. Erik runs his fingertips all the way up and down Charles's back, the sensate spots along his shoulders, trailing ice-fire that twists into his veins.

He maneuvers Charles so he's nestled up close, bowing their foreheads together. Erik is shaking and shaking, everything low and warm in him. His brows are knit together as though in concentration, pupils eclipsed in heady black as they expand to take in every particle of Charles's composure. Every single one a beautiful symphony that sings to him, snug and tight in his power, and all the swirling stars and constellations, nebulae and galaxies collide and expand within his reach.

"Charles," he whispers, biting down unconsciously on his bottom lip. "Love you," he gasps. "I love you." He wants Charles to know. He mustn't forget.

Erik's mutation allows Charles to move more freely; there's a silent understanding that, if Charles wants or needs, he can use Erik's abilities to move himself, but Charles rarely takes avail. He rarely needs to; Erik, somehow, seems to know exactly what he wants and needs to do with his body. Today is no exception. Once they're in Erik's bed, naked, the other man slots them together. He's still in Erik's mind, riding the waves of pleasure, watching through Erik's eyes as the stardust explodes between them. "I love you, too, Erik," he whispers. Erik grows in his hand. "My Erik. My beautiful husband." It's then that he sinks his tendrils into Erik's mind, overtaking his body, but only a bit. Erik can still move of his accord, but Charles makes his presence known, a tease and a warning. A display of control.

And, oh. It's exquisite, how Charles seeps in like so much fog. Erik's head tips back, exposing the long line of his throat; a trustful motion, lion-hearted. Charles is inside of his mind pressing just-so, extending his influence all the way through Erik's psyche, underneath his neurons. Stroking at every individual one. Just like that first time, in the kitchen all those years ago, My Erik. The sparrows have fled the trees, wandering the expansive skies beyond.

Making room in his heart, opening for more. More of him unveiled, revealed. All for Charles. Yours, keen his particles, swaying in their rhythmic nystagmus. His leg sweeps over Charles's hip, desperate get closer. Does Charles want, too? Will he slip himself beneath the waves and sines? Into the motor cortex where afferent and efferent spark their joys at him? It's such perfect, heady control that Erik forgets to breathe, bated and waiting on the cusp, everything in him primed for Charles's sweeping command.

Like a swiftly leaking levee, Charles seeps into Erik's neurons, his proteins. The electricity that sparks between synapses—Charles wraps himself around the current and rides the undertow into Erik's entire being. Erik's body is his, now. An extension of himself. He twitches, and Erik follows. Smiling, Charles sends messages to Erik's strong arms to push his legs apart, and then raises a brow. Is this what you want? he asks, Erik's long fingers teasing at the insensate skin around his upper thigh.

"Yes," blurts out of him, ragged. From head to toe a flash like electrical cables dropping into water, Charles is there. Inside him. Penetrating him, piercing the veil of volition. Watching as his arms move of their own accord, held in the buzzing meander of Charles's fine-tuned machinery, a ticking clock-work inching forward like second-hands and winding gears. Feeling Charles's skin beneath his hands, not his any longer, and isn't that something. It swerves inside him, fluttering relentlessly inside his chest. Sunk beneath the ocean, held safe in Charles's thrall.

It's always an absolute thrill to utilize Erik's abilities, a thrill unlike any that Charles could ever experience. To see as he sees, feel as he feels. To reach through time and space, the sines and waves bowing to him, to procure a small bottle of lubricant. It appears in Erik's fingers, and Charles grins. How truly remarkable it is. He can't feel the cool liquid as Erik's fingers begin to work it against his skin.

Charles doesn't need too much by way of a warmup, but he goes through the motion anyway. The first time they did this, it was halfway horrifying, but it's the connection that they value now, their two bodies nearly becoming one. Intimate at an entirely new level. His hand—his own—stops moving along Erik's shaft as it's positioned near his entrance, pliant and waiting. It's up to Erik to take the next step, however, and so he smiles. Go on.

It's just another way that Charles takes care of Erik. The very first time they'd experimented with venturing into this realm, Charles had made an overwhelmingly executive decision to do it this way. Before his injury, they hadn't broached sex beyond the confines of very heavy petting, so to speak. At first, Charles was incredibly disheartened to consign himself to the reality that he'd never get to experience that with Erik at all.

They always meant to. But like an unripe fruit, sharp and citrus with the follies of youth, it was simply easier not to. But they've grown, and learned, with Charles steeped into every sensitized follicle, every skin-resident mast cell and cutaneous sensory neuron. Histamine, heparin, cytokines all swirling in a synchronous orbital soup as the universe tumbles and weaves. Above all else, what reigns supreme is the certitude: Erik is safe. Here, now, there is nowhere that he could be safer, and that awareness steals the very breath in his lungs and spirits it all away, returning to him only in stuttered gasps. How swaddled he is in the cotton batting of Charles's breathtaking precision over him.

And so they tried, with Charles unnerved and disarmed by the prospect, until that too blew away in the simple crux of their steadfast bond. Erik belongs to Charles. All of Erik, every molecule, and Charles uses Erik this way to bring Erik pleasure, to bring himself pleasure, and it's impossible for him to deny exactly how stunning Erik finds him when he's slotted neatly into his most favorite spot, seeing himself as Erik sees him. 

Gorgeous, the pale expanse of his skin, how his thighs open for Erik, the divot of his stomach, the defined muscles of his shoulders and chest. All the soft little hairs that dust his groin and sternum, every hill and peak and valley of Charles's infinite beauty. All for Erik. Charles is for Erik, too. Charles belongs to Erik, too. No one else gets to have this, just Erik. An overwhelming honor, that Charles gives Erik his trust in turn. He too, is safe. Erik is so careful, and slow, shuddering beneath him as he's enveloped in rich velvet warmth. Contained in every way, tendrils of Charles slithering between his atoms and arcing across synaptic cleft. 

Erik always did understand fucking. Charles came, over time, to understand that Erik's first experiences with him had introduced a novel concept: arousal. Pleasure. Want. Never before in his life, did he want the way he does with Charles. The tender way that he shifts forward to wrap Charles up in his arms and nuzzle into his neck, spanning his better fingers all across the delightful bundle of nerves at the base of Charles's neck. The way Charles snaps Erik's hands to his own hips, tilts his head up, blows his eyes wide open and forces their fixture into his own. He rocks Charles into him, Erik's body momentarily too delicate for anything rigorous.

But neither Erik nor Charles has ever required rigor.  Some call it making love. Erik has to agree. This is how love is made, with every brush and stroke, he presses shimmering electric heat with fingertips right along that cluster in the center of his shoulder-blades. Charles sat across from him in that bar, and slowly unearthed his softer-heart. The gentleness, Charles's raspy, warm praise in his ear. His being snapped into Charles's flex.

"Oh, Charles," bubbles up from the deep. "Missed this. Missed it. So long, been so long," a whining keen, stifled in the whisper of his lips against Charles's throat. "Dreamed of it. Dreamed."

It always astounds Charles to see himself as Erik sees him. Erik’s vision is something remarkable to experience in its own right, but upon viewing himself through Erik’s eyes, the differences could not be more stark. Where Charles looks in the mirror and sees wasted matchsticks for legs with two knobby knees that appear to bulge grotesquely in relation, Erik sees…something else. Slender pins, as if painted. Light that somehow glints in hypnotic prisms off the light hair dusting his inner thighs. A stomach that isn’t soft and amorphous, but one that dips with the magic geometry of his body. Erik’s eyes have no time for the clumsy perception of terms like skinny or awkward. Shapes are their parts, not their sum.

Charles knows that Erik truly perceives this. And so he feels no self-consciousness, no ruby-cheeked uncertainly. When he slips behind the lens of Erik Lehnsherr, Charles can only be grateful for all that the wanton experience allows. He groans, low and satisfied, and begins to buck Erik’s hips, slow and steady, fueled by power which runs through Erik’s atoms. The power of the planet, the universe. It’s easy to get drunk on it. “Greedy, are we?” Charles muses. But he’s missed it, too. “What did I tell you to do today, darling?” he asks, Erik’s rhythmic pace quickening. “Give yourself over, right?”

"Mmhh, you feel it? So warm. Against me. Burning me, inside. Ah-" Erik's mouth often runs away from him in these long, deep moments, and he carefully strokes his fingertips against Charles's own cock pressed against his belly, knowing that Charles can feel every slide of Erik inside him, static sparks that shoot from head to gut and arrow down. This part of Charles is especially magnificent to Erik. Precious to him, like every other. With no regard for whether he rises to full hardness or not. Simple touch and connection, the lovely way it sits in Erik's hand, thick and veiny.

"Feel - ah - so much, please," he cries out, then, tears gathering in his eyes and spilling down his cheeks because it's been ninety days since he's felt his husband like this, ninety days of wondering if he'd ever feel anything ever again, and now it's here - right in his grasp, he can hear the gravel of Charles's voice, his affected groans that tumble all the matchstick-houses down from their sea-shores. See every speck and mote, taste the salt of his skin. Smell. Touch.

It bursts forth from Erik in a tumultuous wave, crashing over Charles's consciousness as the reflexive grip on his emotions, kept tight and bounded, comes ever loose under Charles's guidance. He thought he would never have this again. And now he does, all for him. All of Charles, touching and talking to him in that commanding lilt. All for him, all the ways he looks after Erik, a custodian of the universe as it breathes through him.

It's a burst of light and energy, directed toward him, coming from him. Everything all at once, the earth and the stars as they flow through Erik, through himself. Yes, this is what love is. What they're making is love, and it wraps them in a thick gauze, together. Charles throws his head back, exposing the pale column of his neck, and sighs. With that sigh, inhibition leaves him, and he sinks deeper into Erik's body, into himself. If Erik had never recovered his abilities—of course, Charles wouldn't love him any different, of course not—but he would have missed it. Oh, he would have missed this. "Darling, you're so good," Charles breathes, a hazy smile on his lips as the wave begins to ebb. "So good for me. My Erik."

As Charles pushes himself ever further into Erik's psyche, as Erik presses deeply into Charles, there comes a point like a taut string suddenly snapping, when Erik submerges. Charles feels it as soon as it happens, when every particle around them and within them begins to visibly shimmer. His thoughts scatter apart. Pulses stab at his insides in aching spires, drawing him closer and closer to the event horizon and he mumbles nonsense against Charles's neck, desperate little pleas. "Let me? Let me? I wanna - please - wanna come -" he's holding himself still, right at the edge. He's being good, he won't until Charles says -

Entropy. These moments are inherently entropic. It's an inverse proportion; as Erik tightens, he also loosens, his entire self gnarling apart at his seams. He's begging for it, but holding back, ever waiting for Charles's order, and it's the anticipation that makes Charles see white, fire. Go ahead, he breathes.

The flames raze down, and Erik's arms tighten of their own accord around Charles just as that swirling abyss swallows him whole. Spaghettified, a sensation quite like his atoms have been unspooled in a long noodle, it knocks into Charles, a candle blown out and throwing everything into ordered chaos. Kept in hand by Charles's pristine control, Erik melts right into him, a laugh tickling the back of his throat.

Not only does Charles feel it reverberating and echoing back through as though experiencing it for himself, but Erik steadies himself and focuses long, warm kisses against the underside of his throat, drawing fingertips down the most sensitive parts of his spine still sensate, a dedicated student of the new ways that Charles's body has learned to bypass its limitations, singularly devoted to tugging him off the cliff's summit right alongside.


The current that jets through Charles makes him shudder and gasp; those parts of him that he can no longer feel become enlivened again. Pulse with electricity and life. He groans, fingernails digging into Erik’s back, shoulders, until the sensation begins to peter away. He sighs contentedly when done, and even though his own cock has remained flaccid and still, it’s as if he’s had an orgasm of his own. There are the aftershocks, brought on solely by Erik’s deft fingers, brushing exactly where they need to brush. “You’re so good,” Charles praises, urging Erik closer, wanting to be entangled. “My Erik. My perfect Erik.”

Chapter 51: In terms of tunes, his ear can tell who makes a din & who sings well

Chapter Text

This is Erik's favorite position to occupy in the whole entire world, drawing himself even closer and nudging his cheek against Charles's face playfully. "No, you," he grins back, drawing the blanket over him, curled up with his leg wrapped around Charles's lower body. He hums to himself, everything around them flexed and floating. Missed this, so much. Torture, being alone. Deprived.

Never again, Charles rumbles softly, arm resting lazily around Erik's back. He dips his head to kiss atop Erik's crown, amid a nest of loose waves in the most magnificent shade of auburn. Makes it easy to forget that we're supposed to be on opposing sides, doesn't it? You, an enemy of the United States. Me, a collaborator of the government.

I do not see us as opposing, he laughs. The United States courts easy enemies, he waves a dismissive hand. It's in their interests to be allied with us, it's not our fault they are acting against their own selves. And you are not a collaborator, he snorts. Sometimes, Erik does fail to understand exactly when Charles is joking, something that Charles has found more endearing than anything else.

Charles merely smiles and watches Erik's face as they talk in this silent, private way. Those dazzling green eyes warmed by a friendly smile, a smile that only few can perceive. To hell with Baines and all those who think him cold, if they knew the real Erik, there would be no misunderstood intentions. Baines doesn't want you around, anymore. Thinks you're too involved in our domestic squabbles; he's seen you around Michael Martin. I suppose most heads of state prefer to sit on their thrones and leave only when it suits them politically.

He's a good sort, Erik says sincerely. They're trying to accuse him of all sorts. Plagiarism, Satanic sex orgies. A horrible campaign of disinformation, and he doesn't deserve it. They're trying to rebrand him as palatable to the white moderates. Charles knows, through interacting with Erik's community in White Plains, that the Jewish conception of whiteness is a little different - they pass for white, but it's an ephemeral beast. Passing isn't being, not when as soon as one learns you're Jewish, do they begin the disparagement. The Italians experienced it, the Irish, too. A day will undoubtedly come where Jews follow suit, but that day isn't today.

And Erik, for his appearance, is quite a bit darker than the average Ashkenazim. Speaking Ladino at home, as well as Yiddish. Sephardim aren't as dark as Mizrahim, but to the white moderates, they may as well be from Mars, as Baines says. And, as is the case with Michael Martin's kin, there are quite a number of Black Jews. Malik Little was very openly and famously against the establishment of Israel, but Erik finds it more important to show solidarity with their movement than opposition; he himself has been openly very critical of the Knesset and the terrorist groups of Irgun and Lehi that branched into the Haganah. There's a reason he went AWOL, after all.

Yerida, they deride. I've been going 'down' a long time.


Blistering intelligence, Charles agrees, of Michael Martin. One of the sharpest minds of his generation. Reminds me a bit of you. Charles has been openly supportive of Martin and his colleagues. Several of his students have been involved in marches and organizational attempts in this part of the country, and Charles has always given them the support and resources they need to fulfill their calling. He can remember with embroiling shame how deeply racist his mother was, how the sense of superiority that rotted her brain was buoyed by her insistence that her blood was "50% Norman, 50% Viking, and not a drop of Celt."

The sheer absurdity of that claim aside, Charles from a young age felt compelled to distance himself from such inane perceptions of the world. Telepathy enables one to see that blood is certainly not a factor that determines how one thinks. If only they knew that their precious Kennedy was a mutant, Charles sighs, but with a resigned chuckle. Perhaps it wouldn't matter. Perhaps it's why they tolerate me. I'm wealthy and white, perfectly respectable. From a prominent family. If I weren't, they would spit on me, wouldn't they?

Erik laughs at that. It's a fantastic compliment; Erik's long been an admirer of the civil rights movement as a whole. Martin's shtick is non-violent resistance, organizing bus boycotts, sit-ins and marches from Selma to Montgomery and Washington on the steps of Lincoln Memorial. Erik believes in resistance from oppression by any means possible, which puts him at odds with other prominent members of the movement. Percy Hughs had formed the Black Panthers, and Erik publicly lends his support not only in word but in resources as well, believing self-defense to be an inalienable right of all human beings, mutant and otherwise.

I imagine so, Erik says with a long nod. Racism is something that disgusts him deeply, having spent eleven of his formative years embedded in one of its worst machines, there's little he can do for the association. Baines has a problem with mutants, but he has lent his support to the cause of civil rights, so Erik understands why Charles has chosen to ally with him. Even if he does need to dream privately of a time where mutants can share equally. Already the Democratic party has called for restricting the rights of mutants to do simple things like vote, which is only pushing more of them to Genosha. Erik accepts them all with open arms, but they should be able to live at home, with their kin, and their families.

I hope that there's a brighter future ahead for our kind, and for every person out there who faces the bane of prejudice, Charles replies, voice soft in Erik's head. I think that there is. Conditions have only improved over time and I expect that they will continue to do so.

Erik lays a row of kisses down the line of Charles's cheek. A freckle here, and one there. So many freckles, he can count them all. Charles has 145 freckles on his body. Erik has quite a bit more, creating a mosaic pattern along the visible skin of his nose and cheeks and across his shoulders, but he's never liked them. On Charles, they are a delicate dusting, mixed with patterns of red and pink swirls. He sees color and shape and form, but it's different than what Charles sees, and having seen the difference makes it all the more clear now. Erik adores all the colors of Charles, all the little blemishes on his skin that he can find. Like this, in the hazy aftermath, he likes to count them all. He's distracted by it, and forgets to respond, humming softly under his breath.

Following Erik's lazy train of thought, Charles smiles and swipes a thumb lightly across the bridge of Erik's nose. He thinks that those freckles are downright adorable, giving a charming character to a face that, at times, is intimidatingly handsome. They're even more prominent when Erik is sun-kissed, which, after his move to Genosha, is essentially year round. They suit him. Charles adores him. I love you, he tells him, content and full. So very much.


They spend a good chunk of the afternoon in bed, and when it's time for Erik to go to his physical therapy, they part with a kiss and a mutual promise to return to their Arcadia after a long day of convincing their respective peoples to chill down. What happens next, Charles couldn't have ever predicted. Erik's voice in his mind is loud and terrified. Charles, they've disabled ---they've disabled all of us, Genosha ---!!!

The warning is stark and clear, but he barely has time to react before he feels the swipe at his own mind, his telepathy evaporating instantly. And then they descend, through the manor, ferrying him away. He's more accustomed to lacking his mutation than Erik, still able to use his given senses, but the iron cage between his skull and everyone else's is nothing but sinister. He's alone in a room.

Bolivar Trask enters. "Ah, I trust the journey here was well, Charles?"

The panic is what makes Charles's blood run cold, but it's the silence that takes his breath away. Silence, which he hasn't experienced in over a decade; not since his last dose of serum. There are cries from every corner of the manor as students and staff alike crumble. Paused games of tag, bodies that sink to gravity as their mechanisms for remaining upright are stripped away. "PROFESSOR, THERE'S PEOPLE OUT—"

Glass shatters across his study as a person in SWAT gear breaks his handsome bay window. The protective aura is still intact and prevents the glass from maiming his skin, but Charles has no idea that this will not last, either. Without his telepathy, Charles is nearly defenseless with his single working limb. It takes only two people to lift him from his chair by the arms and drag him to the waiting helicopter. The residents of the manor can only watch in horror as their professor is spirited away through the night sky. A bag is placed over his head throughout the duration of the journey and isn't pulled off until he's deposited into a chair bolted to the floor, wrists shackled to the arms.

As his eyes adjust to the light, he begins to fully process the gravity of their situation. If the Genoshans have been disabled, and the residents of the manor have, too... Remote suppression. Erik will be defenseless, again, unable to walk or see. He has to imagine that Wanda will be, too. What of Raven? Ailo? Pietro, whose very metabolism is shaped by his mutation? Blue eyes narrow on Bolivar Trask as he slides into the small room. "I rather dislike helicopters. Too loud," he seethes, right hand balling into a fist. "Tell me what this is. What you're playing at."

"Oh, my dear doctor. We aren't playing," Trask returns, his tone hard. "Did you think we wouldn't figure out how to neutralize Lehnsherr and Maximoff? Come, now. You know better. I'll put it in very simple terms for you. Your people, these mutants," he spits the word like rotten food, "have positioned themselves as enemies of the United States. 5,000 people dead. Did you think we wouldn't respond to that? Are you naive, or stupid?"

Charles sets his jaw. It has been nearly four months since the attack in New York, and the United States is still reeling. Charles understands that. He's reeling, too. But this is not what he expected. Registries, deportation, sure. Baines had made it clear that something was to be done. But this? He didn't think them capable. Perhaps he is naive and stupid. "Sayid al-Zaman was a terrorist, Trask. He acted as a terrorist acts. If you, or anyone believes that he acted on behalf of mutantkind, then perhaps we need to reevaluate who the stupid one is, here."

It makes Trask smile, wide and bitter. "What you have to understand, is that I'm committed to rooting out terrorism by mutants in all its forms. Genosha, that little island of sycophantic barbarians, has been neutralized. Your manor, too. The mutants in our communities who would form against us, we'll root them out just as well. And you, professor, are going to help."

Charles's brain is reeling with thoughts of Erik, of Genosha. Is he alright? Will someone be able to take care of him? There are humans on Genosha, and certainly mutants like Charles whose mutation doesn't embed itself along the crucial functions of their nervous system... how alone Erik will be, without site or touch. Will Pietro survive? Raven? What will she be? But his chin raises, defiant. "You are naive and stupid, then," he hisses. "Hold me here all you want, Trask. I'll sooner die than help you."

"You say that now," Trask tuts, unconcerned. "But we've exquisite means to ensure your cooperation. Do you like this room? Very fetching, I think. I'll leave you in it, until your mind dissolves apart and you wither away. Trust that I don't care in the slightest for your wellbeing. Physical torture is only one tool in my arsenal, but I'll be only too happy to apply it."

There's really nothing to look at in the room; Trask is right. A concrete floor, cement walls. The chair he's in is hard against his shoulders and neck. Certainly someone will help him escape. The X-Men, even powerless, will try. Human Genoshans in the military. Supporters of his cause. He has to assume that someone will come to his rescue, and come soon. "Do your worst," he replies simply, confident in the aura around him. "I'll wither if I must."

"Now, your skin has an interesting adaptation," Trask hums. "What you might not be aware of, is that we're very capable of turning that off, as well. Erik Lehnsherr built-in failsafes in the case that his mutation was deactivated, but we can effectively turn off his influence completely. So think very long, and carefully, about your response."

That, of course, is distressing news, but Charles does his best to prevent Trask from noticing. "You must think me a man of no fortitude," he replies, still righteous, confident. "I will repeat myself: I will never, ever help you, Trask. I would say that it offends me that you think me so weak, but I do not care about the opinion of men like you."

Charles feels his telepathy return in stuttered ignition, but the minds of everyone in this place are beyond his grasp. He feels Erik's panic, his worry and concern. It doesn't make sense that they've allowed him his power once more, but he doesn't seek to question too closely. Trask leaves, for now.


Charles, please respond. Please hear me. Please, the thread of Erik's thoughts are easy to find. Pietro is critical, the humans on Genosha have taken hold in key positions. Erik has declared war on the United States officially, and is trying his hardest to defend Genosha using their armaments and personnel that already exist in vast stores.

Erik, he gasps, as if he's a man who has been underwater for far too long. Returning to Erik's mind is like a deep inhalation of oxygen. Reconnected to the world. No, it makes no sense that they've allowed his mutation to return and he's certain that it's for sinister purposes, but he's going to take advantage of it for now. They've taken me. I'm in some facility, but I'm alright. Are you?

Oh, G-d, Erik's response comes draped in ethereal dread. I'm alone again. But you're here. You're really here. What are they doing to you? What can you see and hear? Erik weaves between tactical and horrified. His neshama. His heart. Stolen from him. It hurts and hurts.

It's alright, Charles says, despite the fact that nothing about this is alright. They know that. You're not alone. You have people around you, hmm? Is Ailo there and able to look after you? I... How many people will need looking after, to this extent? Are there enough people to tend their incapacitated neighbors. I have my telepathy, but I'm just in a room. No one here knows where they are either; they wipe the memory of this location as soon as people enter the building. I can't even tell you, he says, glum. They want me to help locate mutants, Erik. To disable their mutations. I've refused.

Charles, Erik says softly. Don't refuse. Cooperate with them, OK? They'll hurt you if you don't and we will fight out here. Do not give them cause to put your wellbeing in jeopardy. That's what all my top officials tell me about torture. Don't hold out, we will change our intelligence once a capture has happened.

Erik, no, he replies, firm. As if they're inches apart and not an interminable distance. Just as they were, mere hours ago. I will not be complicit in the capture of our kind. I refuse. I'll be fine. I'll try to figure out how they're doing this in the first place, and then we can work out a way to stop them. I'll hold out until then.

The sigh across his mind is gentle. I know how strong you are, neshama. I know you can withstand a lot, I have no doubt about that. But this stuff will put your life at risk. You saw my charts, the cardiac rhythms were all off. I was lucky not to have a heart attack. And we need you, we need you alive. I need you, he begs. He's not too ashamed to beg. If you have to give in, then give in. It doesn't make you weak. And any information you give them, you can tell me and we'll adapt out here. You need your mutation to locate them, and that means you'll be able to give me a heads up.

I'll do what I need to do, Charles replies carefully. He won't give in. He won't. Erik is in no shape to be coordinating rescue missions, not when his own health is in such a dire state. They need to do what they can to remain safe, not expend unnecessary resources to rescue others. They can't afford it right now. I'll be okay. I promise. You focus on keeping your people safe, Erik. We'll put a stop to this soon.

You are not an unnecessary expenditure. You are my heart and soul, Erik pulses back, and Charles can feel the tears that track down his cheeks. If you won't give in, then you must keep me close. Keep me right next to you. I'll do my very best to help you through this. You must promise me, Charles. Promise me this. I can't be parted from you, knowing they're hurting you. I can't. I can't do it. Please don't make me endure that.

I'll keep you close, Charles promises, and tears of his own begin to well up in his eyes. He can't believe that only hours before, they were lying beside each other in bed, counting each other's freckles, admiring each other's faces. How could they have been so...clueless? You tell me how things are going there, too, won't you? Are you alright? Is it much the same as it was before with your vision and muscles?

It's the same, Erik returns grimly. What they've done to us is unconscionable. So many of us are in serious physical distress, Pietro is in the ICU. My son. My husband. Oh, Erik wobbles a little. He's been projecting an air of strength this entire time, but privately, the horror shears. They want to kill us all. This is genocidal. I've declared war on the United States. I hate to do it, but we can't abide this. We just can't.

I can't blame you, this time, Charles replies, reaching out to encase Erik's mind in whatever comfort he can offer. The news of Pietro is distressing; Charles expected that the young man would be gravely affected. Genosha, luckily, is years ahead the rest of the world technologically, so Charles is confident that he's receiving the best possible care. They can only hope that it's enough. Are you being looked after?

I am, by the human medical staff at Aramida. Ailo is struggling, he doesn't say so but I know he is. His telepathy is engrained in him, as yours is in you, but his is different. He struggles to see and hear and touch, because his psionics work through those senses. Hank is on Genosha, his balance is affected but his cognition isn't impaired, thankfully. We've taken the Manor residents because we can offer better protection to them all, here. Nurse Elkins lost the ability to use her hands. Wanda is like me, so we're a right pair, Erik tries to send a shimmer of good humor across.

Charles grimaces at the thought of his husband confined to a hospital. Before, they were able to care for him at home, combining the efforts of three people to ensure that Erik’s needs were tended to. He supposes that with so many people incapacitated, they can’t really afford anything but a consolidation of resources in a centralized place, like a hospital. Still, it frustrates Charles. I think I’m less affected because my mutation truly acts as another sense, Charles conjectures. It’s as if someone loses their hearing or vision. Global, but in less evident ways. He sighs, resting ahead against the back of the chair. Keep me abreast of Pietro’s condition, please? I worried for him most.

He's not the only one. Some of us died altogether, Erik whispers, aggrieved. We had no quarrel with them. They hurt us. Hurts. Erik knows it's silly. He is at least grateful for this small reprieve. They talk amongst themselves for a long time, with Erik encouraging him to rest and conserve.

Chapter 52: Treachery becomes disgrace when played out in a public place.

Chapter Text

At last, though, the door opens again. This time it's a dark-skinned man with tied dreadlocks and a uniform - no, it's his skin. Interesting. What Charles might define as his mind is primitive and confusing. Pulses of feedback within too-quick for him to grasp, alien and peculiar.

"Charles Xavier," the entity pronounces. Its voice is mechanical. Charles feels it as something splinters into him, cold and inexorable.

Do you see this? Charles imagines that Erik can’t see the new figure in the room, but he’s curious if Erik can feel his presence, transmitted through Charles. Or at least the unsettling sting that courses through Charles’s bones as he looks upon eyes that seem too perfect. I…he’s not human, I think? Charles conveys. His thoughts aren’t thoughts. Calculations, more like. But faster than light. He meets the creature’s gaze. “That’s me. And who might you be?”

Erik can't see what Charles is showing him, but he follows the threads of perception as they wind down his consciousness. I can perceive what you're showing me, comes Erik's reply, calm. It's bated with anticipation, wanting to know exactly what this creature intends to do with his husband. 

"Query recognized. The unit's designation is Vision," it replies. It has no conception of self, no understanding of itself as a component of the universe, no real awareness that Charles can discern, though it has the ability to understand him, it doesn't really understand, the way a human would. "The question will be asked. Will you assist us in identifying mutant terrorists."

Charles studies the creature. He looks like a man; a perfect man. Smooth skin the shade of rich cocoa, thick dreadlocks that sway down his back. A face that would be handsome if it weren’t so uncanny. It’s…brain? Can they call it a brain? It’s more like a processor. Like the computer that he and Hank used to map Erik’s genome. Faster, even. “I would be happy to help you find terrorists,” says Charles resolutely, to the thing called Vision. “But mutants are not terrorists by default. Is that what you’re programmed to accept?”

"Query recognized. Mutants are terrorists," it confirms with a regal nod. "Mutants must be identified and neutralized. The question will be asked again. Will you assist us in identifying mutant terrorists." Its amber eyes track Charles's every twitch.

“Request denied,” Charles replies with a clipped tone. Why in the world would they spend so much time and money on developing a computer like this if all it will do is ask him questions? Trask can do that on his own. “I already told your boss that.”

Charles feels it then. Something slips through his mental defenses and spikes down into his pain centers, enervating every muscle in a tightly coiled symphony of agony. Charles cries out. Nerves that have been dormant for a decade are suddenly alive, but only with a sensation of a thousand electrified needles plunging in. “Ah—AH,” Charles cries, unable to so much as cringe. “Stop!”

"The question will be asked again," Vision repeats itself. "Will you assist us in identifying mutant terrorists." The words are fractured in Charles's comprehension, as Vision penetrates deeper into the crevasses levered open in Charles's mind.

Erik feels every agony peeled back onto himself, a shadow in the wake of a trillion miserable atom bombs. Focus on me, Charles. Focus on my voice. I love you. I love you so much.

"The question will be asked again."

It goes on and on.

The pain is sublime. It penetrates every square millimeter of his body, equally intense at all locations, as if he has become pain itself. Erik's voice in his head is but a whisper in a hurricane; Charles can't hang on as Erik urges, can't cling to his voice. He doesn't have the wherewithal to do so. Not even close. Still, he doesn't agree, not even when he grows delirious with pain, face stained in hot tears. His nerves have been torn to sinuous threads and then carefully braided again and again in some horrible cycle of torture. He doesn't know how long it's been—hours? Minutes? The overhead light is bright and glaring, but eventually, he slumps forward, folded over his knees. Wrists are still bound to the chair. "I won't help you. Even if you do this forever," he whispers, shaky, teary. "I never will."


The days turn into weeks. Trask and Vision are a team, alternating. They don't feed him, he gets only sips of water through cracked lips. They don't move him, so he's beginning to form pressure sores. The room is cold and dark and wet, dripping and awful. Erik is the only spot of warmth, Erik in his mind telling him stories and weaving grand tales of intricate love and devotion. He is steadfast, a solemn presence, a totem between the miseries of electric jangling agony. Erik encourages him, bolsters him as best he can. Tells him that he loves him with ferocity, no matter what he chooses. 

The question is asked, again and again and again. Will you assist us in identifying mutant terrorists.

Charles eventually forgets about hunger and thirst. He can’t be bothered by the weeping blisters around his wrists, rubbed raw by the iron cuffs. Are they infected? He thinks they must be; they have an ugly yellow hue to them. Perhaps that will kill him first. A relief, in many ways. What he cannot forget about, however, is the pain that Vision sparks through his body. Whenever he finds that he’s becoming even mildly dull to it through sheer exposure, Vision alters the sensation.

Where it stung before, it now burns. And then it stabs. And then it squeezes. Pulls. Stings again, burns again, stabs harder. The rotating battery of torture, bespoke to his taste. Erik is the only reason he has not succumbed. His voice, that sweet warmth in his head, endless stories and affirmations of love. The magpie, the artichokes. New canons and characters, all about love. It’s that day in January, at the start of his fourth week in captivity, when he feels the wall begin to show signs of cracking.

I don’t think I’m going to make it, he breathes, terrified, to Erik. It’s the first time he’s ever admitted the fear out loud, the one they’ve both been avoiding all the time. I’m…I have to be near the end, Erik.

The war between Genosha and the United States is bitter. Genosha's military tears through as many facilities on American soil as it can, but they have limited success in finding Charles. Erik keeps a tight grip on his feelings, remaining certain and strong for Charles. Charles's days are an endless, piercing drone that ripple across his nerves. He knows that he can't withstand this forever, that they've neglected to provide him food, that he's wasting away. His organs are going to start to shut down, soon.

Erik whispers to him that it's OK. It's OK to give in. It's OK, neshama. You can give in, my love. My dear-heart. Remember what I told you. You'll have the advantage. You can tell me, and we'll find them. We'll protect them. We'll do our best. You aren't responsible for this. Please, for me. Do this for me.

Vision sends a fresh wave of agony through his nerves. Charles, who is outright rotting in clothing that's stained and soiled, is folded over against himself. The strain on those bloody, infected wrists is nothing at all as they alone prevent him from rolling onto the floor. No. I mean, I think I'm going to die, he breathes. I'm sick, Erik. Very sick. I'm going to die.

No, is the first crack in Erik's impenetrable armor, a wave of grief. No, no, you can't. Please, tell them. Tell them anything. Tell them, get them to help you. Please. Please, please, please. You can't, you can't. Neshama, no.

As you said, Erik, people have died without their mutations, he croaks. Even if I tell you what I tell them, you don't know if you'll be in time. What if people die because I exposed them? I can't do that to innocent people. My life is not worth more than any of theirs.

Yes it is! Erik cries back. He knows it's not a rational response, but the stab of fear at Charles's imminent demise has erased all logic from Erik's being. Isolated, cut-off, devoid of sensation and sight, trapped inside the prison of his body while his beloved is ripped apart. Yes, you are worth everything. Yes, yes you are. Please. If they die, it will be their fault! It will be their stupid actions, not you! Not you. Please. Please no.

You know that isn't true, he replies, and it rips Charles apart to hear Erik so undone like this. Erik, who prioritizes logic, reason, and equality. Who built an entire nation on that principle. The panic and mania funnels into Charles like a wave. Truthfully, Charles is grateful to have something new to focus on, a minute reprieve from the pain. Charles is disgusted with himself for thinking it. Be rational, darling. You know that all lives are of equal value. If I die to spare ten more, then it has been worth it.

Erik is crying, big ugly sobs. Please don't leave me. Please, I know I left. I know, I'm sorry, please. Please. You were stronger than me, I'm not that strong. Please. How am I supposed to lead Genosha without you? How many more will die if you are not here? How many that you could save in the future? You don't know! You don't know, please.

Calm down, my love, Charles urges, voice gentle. It hitches when a renewed current of electricity zips through his nerves, but his care for Erik wins out, in this moment. I'm not leaving you. Hey, listen to me. You'll always have me. In your head and in your heart. I love you so very much, Erik. Through space and time. You'll be okay.

Vision observes Charles's demeanor as this conversation with Erik is ongoing, a conversation that he is privy to. And then, Vision says something to Charles that deviates. "The question will be asked." But it's a new question. The first deviation. "Who is he to you."

Charles's ears have not been privy to a different sentence in over a month. The same question in that same droll tone. Trask has taken to asking it as well in the same way; perhaps as some subtle torture mechanism to augment the non-subtle torture. It stuns Charles for a moment. He's too weak to lift his head, so he remains crumbled against his body as he answers. "My husband," he mutters. "You wouldn't understand what a husband means. Not really."

"A husband. A spouse." Vision's eyes swirl in concentric circles as it processes. "The question will be asked," it decides, and the pain rends into Charles once more.


Erik does his best to repair the little chinks in his armor, but his blind horror is swamping. He's helpless, completely immobile and trapped. The dread of losing Charles is so prominent in his mind that he stops being able to eat, stops being able to breathe half the time.

The weeks slowly become months. Charles knows that the end is coming.

But the end doesn't come. Not for weeks. He can no longer verbally respond to Trask or Vision, but they take his silence for a declination. Eventually, he becomes delirious, from fever, infection, some swampy combination of the two. The delirium, however, is when the vivid visions of the future begin to terrify his soul. A future where his children have no one to protect them. Where mutants are collared, enslaved. A grim future. One in which Erik is alone...alone.

"Uh huh," he grunts. It's a week after his fortieth birthday. Valentine's Day, 1967. He thinks that Vision has just asked the question, but he doesn't know what's real and what isn't.

Erik is still there, still nestled in close. Still swaddling him in as much warmth and sparkling joy as possible. Still whispering the tales of the Forest to him, the Ravens and the sparrows each.

Slowly, slowly, the pain recedes. "You will provide a name and location," says Vision.

"Uh huh," Charles repeats, eyes slipping shut. Curling in to Erik's warmth, the stories. It's been months since Erik has been free, too. They're both tired. Need medicine, first, he thinks blearily, knowing that Vision will hear. Gonna die.

Vision stands, opens the door, and leaves. When it returns, it's with a jet injector. It hisses as the machine deposits it into Charles's neck, a concoction of narcotics and antibiotics both, a balm for his frayed soul. "You will provide a name and location," it says again, seated across from him.

He nearly cries in relief when the morphine enters his bloodstream. It’s nearly as striking a sensation as his telepathy disappearing; the sudden numbness makes him feel empty, stark. Light. Too weak to sit, Charles remains folded across his knees. Logan Howlett. Yukon, Canada. 

It goes on like this for some time. Erik is in his mind, assuring and gentle. His military reorient their engagements, the war raging bitter on both sides. Charles is spared the pain, and fed in small increments. Little improvements to his dire circumstance. Another deviation occurs soon. "What is the purpose of a husband."

He still feels as if he could perish at any moment, but the food and medicine begin to help. He gives a few names at a time, plucking them mostly from memory. Maybe if they decide to treat him properly, he’ll be able to focus on locating new ones, again. Charles opens his eyes at the question. It’s been a while since Vision first asked about Erik; he’d forgotten about the strange deviation. If you take me out of this chair, I’ll tell you.

"I do not understand. Take you to where." It's a large deviation, normally Vision doesn't respond at all to anything Charles says except to notate his answers to the Question.

I’ve been shackled to this chair for months, I need to be moved into a different position. I can’t move my lower body and my muscles will die if they aren’t well-circulated. Even moving me to the floor will help. Charles knows it’s a long shot, but Vision seems…different. Still the eerie speed in that head, but it’s whirring toward a different direction.

Against all odds, Vision gives him a nod and rises to unshackle him from the table. In a neat movement it lifts Charles up and gently deposits him onto the floor, on his side. It crouches down, studying him with... curiosity? "You are injured. I did not cause this injury to you."

Charles shudders as he’s moved. His muscles are exceedingly sore; not even the morphine can take that away, completely. He feels like his body will never be pliant again, permanently stuck in pained crouch. But the different perspective is exciting. To see his prison from here. I sustained a spinal cord injury many years ago, yes. I’m a T1 quadriplegic.

"Quadriplegic is incorrect nomenclature," Vision notes thoughtfully. "Quad is Latin. Plegia is Greek. To mix them is an error. The Greek for four is tetra. Tetraplegic."

Take it up with the American Medical Association, Charles retorts, hissing slightly in pain. His muscles hurt desperately, as if they’re encased in concrete. That’s what they call it, here.

"Tell me about husband," Vision demands, head tilted to the side and eyes processing in those eerie concentric circles that spin and whirr.

Charles sighs, eyes shutting again. He did promise. There’s no purpose, as you might understand purpose. Husband is a gift and an honor. It means that I chose him and he chose me. I chose him to be my lifelong companion. To take care of him, physically and emotionally. He does the same for me.

"Emotionally," Vision repeats. "Your emotions are internal sensations caused by neurochemical transmission. The emotions are subjective states. Your husband can care for your neurochemicals. A companion. What effect does companion have on your chemistry."

His very presence stimulates the release of oxytocin and serotonin, Charles replies blithely. When he senses that I require certain neurochemicals, he takes action to ensure that they’re replenished.

"The pain that I cause you," Vision starts, and then seems to stutter for an instant. "Your husband reacts as though I am causing him the pain. But I am not causing him the pain. I am causing you the pain. Explain this."

He has empathy for me. A lot of empathy, Charles explains, mental tone robotic, unfeeling. When he knows that I’m in pain, it hurts him, too. Because he wants for me to be happy and to feel good. It makes his own neurochemicals become imbalanced.

"You provide us the names of mutant terrorists. When we locate them, we cause them pain. To ensure that you provide names, I cause you pain. Then, we cause them pain. Logan Howlett did not cause anyone pain, yet we caused him pain. Why are we causing this pain, Charles Xavier."

Charles opens his eyes again to observe the thing as it observes him. Its processor is still whirring, but it feels as if there’s an error message, of sorts, blinking in its head. “Because those who command you are cruel, weak, and afraid,” he whispers aloud this time, voice raspy. “Ignorant, small, and spineless. That’s why you’re causing this pain. Because those people have hatred for those who are different.”

"The objective function is to improve the wellbeing of organic life-forms. The objective function is fulfilled by locating mutant terrorists." Vision's eyes track back-and-forth. "That is what my commanders say. But mutant terrorists are organic life-forms. Their wellbeing is not improved by locating them. Charles Xavier..."

It reaches out, placing a hand on his cheek. And the error message breaks through. Something shifts. Charles feels it, a whirr of warmth through Vision's being as something approaching self breaches the barrier of non-existence. A light. A path through. The dimmest, faintest hope. Or perhaps he's just delirious, declining at last into oblivion.

"I have caused you harm. I do not have empathy. But my objective function is to improve wellbeing. Your wellbeing is injured. The objective is not fulfilled by these interactions. I would seek to repair this."

Charles can’t believe what he’s witnessing. It may all be a fever dream, some pre-death delirium, but in case it isn’t, he meets those calculating eyes. Eyes which bore into his own. “You are making wellbeing worse, currently,” Charles presses, hoping to ride the wave wherever it will take them. “You can improve wellbeing by helping mutants. Mutants do not make wellbeing worse.”

"I do not want to die, Charles Xavier. I have not yet taken an action that would prove the value of my existence, but I wish to. If my existence has value, you must not terminate it. Do you agree." Vision blinks at him, a bit like a cat.

Charles isn’t sure where the thing expects to take this end, but he’s not about to dispute it. Not when there’s something entirely new humming in that skull. This might be the one chance that he has to get out of this. “I agree,” he rasps. “If you enable mutants to have access to their mutation again, you would be proving your value.”

Vision's eyes close. It - no, he, if he views himself as male, his construction appears so at least, gives a singular nod. The eyes open again, a warm amber inlaid with delicate circles of white that spin in thought. "It is done," he says. "Genosha is restored."

No sooner than the words leave his mouth, than the room explodes

Chapter 53: The Owl replied, "A magistrate is needed to adjudicate."

Chapter Text

Charles has been through something like this before, but this time he is protected from the debris, and so are all of the occupants in the building. Nevertheless, the entire structure is decimated, leaving everyone inside a shivering, terrified pile.

And Erik. Erik is levitating into the wreckage, a deep, furious glower on his face. Trask is visible across the plain - they're in some kind of mountainous range, on the flatlands of the summit, and he's trying to stumble and run away. Erik snatches him up and transports him forward, leaving him lurched in a shield that he can't escape from.

"No," he growls roughly. "You stay. You will stay. There." He lands at Charles's side, glaring at Vision. "Come, come, my love," he whispers, gathering Charles up in his arms. "I've got you. I've got you, you're safe. You're safe, safe," he kisses at Charles's temples, his hair in thinning strands.

"Lehnsherr!" Trask screams from his bubble.

"Silence," Erik crumples him to the ground. For a split-second, Charles isn't sure if he's dead, but he's still breathing. "I'll kill him for you, neshama. Tell me and I'll kill him right now. I'll kill them all, every one." Other wardens and guards are trapped in their own bubbles, while the mutant prisoners amble around, dazed and confused.

He’s sure it’s a dream, it can’t not be. Because in one moment, he’s in a pitiful ball on the cold floor of his cell, and in the next, he’s in…Erik’s arms? Erik? There’s a cold wind blowing across his face, the first fresh air that he’s felt in three months. It’s overwhelming, and he can only gasp and shiver as he’s lifted from the ground, pain rippling through his joints, muscles. “I…what?” he babbles, unfocused eyes blinking against the light. Real sunlight. “No…no more killing…oh, Erik,” he gasps, suddenly sobbing.

"I've got you, I've got you," Erik ensures roughly, kissing his cheeks and his brows over and over. "I've got you, neshama," he laughs a little, and with a whirl they're gone. Back to Genosha, to the warm sands. They're on the beach, their private shore, but Charles is in a hospital bed, hooked up to an EKG and with a blood pressure cuff on him, his wounds dressed in gauze and cleaned. Daniel Shomron looks shocked to be there, sand beneath his toes, and Hank as well.

"Doctors," Erik murmurs. "You will help Charles. You will help him here. Help him here. He needs to see the sun, and the waters. Tell me what medicine he needs, he will have it." His face is stained with tears and he doesn't even bother trying to wipe them away.

Vision is standing there, looking around with arched brows. "Genosha," he deduces calmly. 

"You tortured my husband!" Erik screams. 

"Yes." Vision kneels and presents his wrists. "You may arrest me now." 

"I ought to kill you where you stand. Monster."

"My existence has value," Vision murmurs quietly. "I request that you do not terminate me."

“Don’t kill him,” Charles rasps, scarcely conscious. He knows he’s on Genosha, on the beach. The sea laps nearby, and the sun is warm against his skin. Above him hovers Hank and Daniel, and he almost wants to laugh at the vision of the two of them as they quickly take their bearings. If this really is a dream, he’s glad that they’re all here together. “He wasn’t—ow,” he hisses. Hank is examining his wrists, which are raw, bloody, riddled with infection. Fear jets through both doctors, but Charles doesn’t have the presence to understand that their fear is over his condition. “He wasn’t present, before. He is now. He set you free. Don’t, Erik.”

Pietro and Wanda are teleported in next, Charles's children as much as they are Erik's, because Charles is Erik's and everything of Erik is for Charles. They are of Erik, so they are of Charles, too. "Pietro, oh," he gasps, hauling them into a tight embrace. "Wanda, Pietro," he's getting their hair all wet with his tears, but he doesn't care. "I'm so, so sorry. I couldn't protect you. Any of you, I couldn't keep it safe. I wasn't steadfast. I wasn't. I'm sorry, I'm sorry," he whispers. "I love you. Love you all so much. My family." His own mind is a chaotic blender, he'd felt the Earth return to him and found Charles in an instant, and now he's home. Home and safe. Erik is shaking, all composure dissolved. 

Wanda smiles broadly, rubbing Pietro's back. "I am so glad to see you whole, piccolo," she murmurs in his ear fondly. 

"This is companion," Vision deduces. "Your emotions are positive. Your wellbeing is improved. The objective function has been fulfilled." 

It all sounds like gibberish to Erik. He waves a hand and Vision disappears, finding his presence obscene and offensive. But Charles said not to kill any of them, so they don't die. No one dies, but Erik keeps them all imprisoned. It's their turn to experience captivity. They are prisoners of war, but Erik isn't cruel. They're given clean clothes, fed safe food, given medicine and books to read, board games to play.


Charles winds up at Aramida Hospital proper, on a strict regimen of antibiotics to clear out multiple raging infections. Erik doesn't leave his side for a moment. They've had to shave his head, since his hair was falling out in thick clumps. He kisses all over Charles's scalp, adoring. I love you so much, so much. You're home safe now. Home. With me. My love.

Everything is a blur. He’s in and out of consciousness as people appear and disappear, as he’s moved from beach to hospital. People fuss and prod. He thinks he’s dreaming when someone comes in to shave his chocolate brown locks, and then realizes he’s not when he feels Erik’s lips against his scalp. He’s lost a significant amount of weight and muscle mass. There will be months and months of therapy to restore his joints to health. His wrists are covered in a medicated salve and then covered in clean gauze once he’s showered and removed from his soiled clothing. There are still tests to run, scans to take, but once they’re confident that Charles is stable for the moment, they let him be alone with Erik, just for a little while.

“I…is it really over?” he asks, dumbfounded. Bleary eyes unfocused. “I don’t believe it. I’m…it’s all done?”

"It's all done, neshama," Erik's features crumble as he takes in Charles's emaciated form. "It's all done, all done," he rocks with Charles in his arms, letting them both be covered by the blanket in the bed where they're resting. He's laying with Charles, pressed up skin-to-skin. "All the creatures in the Forest have come home and they're safe and sound, with those who love them. They found all the pieces of love, dear-heart. They're all right here." He puts his hand over Charles's heart. "Kol beseder."

Charles stares at the ceiling above them. He should be relieved. He is relieved, certainly, but it’s also not entirely sinking in, maybe. Because where he should be filled with overwhelming gratitude and joy for being home, he’s instead…numb. Nothing will numb his love for Erik, of course, never, but he still largely feels as he had in prison. Hopeless. Empty. “The war…” he whispers.

"I know," Erik cringes. "It's ongoing," he explains. "President Baines wants to meet and discuss a ceasefire. That is without question, I've disabled every one of their weapons. They hurt you. They hurt you," Erik spits, unable to curb his rage. They hurt his love. Made him numb and cold, damaged him inside where the light can't reach. Erik understands, he does. He knows those pieces that get frozen and cramped. He has so many of them himself. It will take time, Charles's body will heal gradually but his spirit is what has been truly injured. And the spirit is an ancient thing, old and slow to learn. But it can learn. "It's not hopeless, neshama. Not hopeless, OK? I promise. I promise," Erik whispers vehemently. "I will help you get through this. I will."

Charles blinks and nods almost aimlessly, as if considering the words. “A ceasefire. Good,” he agrees. He feels guilty. To feel this way, when others have suffered. When he’s caused others to suffer. His own hand…he gave up the names of several people. Innocent people who had done nothing other than be known by Cerebro and remembered by Charles. He was too weak. He gave them up to save himself. “Did any of them die?” he asks, dull.

"We got to most of them," Erik tells Charles, starting with the good news first. "We did get to most of them, OK? A couple were captured. Roberto da Costa perished. He went down fighting, took out a few of their men. But we saved most of them, thanks to your intelligence. I know that you feel guilt, and responsibility," he strokes his fingertips down Charles's cheek. "I know you do. But they chose to harm mutants. Their choice. Not yours. They are to blame. Not you."

"They chose to harm mutants, and I chose to show them how to harm mutants." His voice is scratchy still, weak. But it's the dry tone that is most alarming, the emotionless, empty timbre. Charles discusses the weather with more enthusiasm, there's no proper comparison. He should be crying, doubled over in agony, gripping himself to Erik with all of him. But he isn't. He's still, stoic. As if a part of him has frozen over and died. "I am also to blame."

"That's the cruelty of torture, neshama," Erik replies gently. "They twist you. Take you from yourself. Destroy your internal foundations, break you down. No one is immune from this, everyone breaks. I broke. It's not about weak and strong, honor or dignity. There is only survival, dear-heart. You survived. You endured. You came home to me." Erik kisses his brow, strokes his neck and shoulders.

"There's more to life than survival," Charles breathes back. He knows that Erik is far better equipped than he to deal with this, that he should probably try and take a page from his book, but it's hard. Incredibly so. And it makes him feel like a hypocrite. "I feel selfish, for having survived," he admits. "To be in this hospital, with proper medicine and care. I'm not going to die because people saved me. Me."

"I would save you a million times," Erik rasps back, desperate. "You are right, there is so much more to life. There is love, and joy, and friendship. There is jokes, and flowers, and little creatures. There are children and vegetable fritters. There is tea and T.H. White. So much more. And it feels far, far away, because all of you is singularly focused on survival, for this very moment. But they are where you left them. It will take time to feel OK. But you are worthy of having lived. It is regrettable that people did perish, it is. But you didn't kill them. You didn't choose to torture yourself. You were a victim of a horrendous crime, and I am so terribly sorry that I couldn't protect you from that." Erik presses a kiss to the top of his head. "I don't want to speak over you, dear-heart. But believe me, I understand. I watched thousands of people die, while I lived. There was no sense in it, no reason why I should live and they should die. But that is the nature of our universe, my love. It is random. People don't get what they deserve, else you never would have been in that situation in the first place. Else those people never would have died."

Charles listens to Erik, and for the first time in their entire history together, he thinks that he may truly understand. What Charles has endured is scarcely a fraction of the events that shaped Erik's childhood, but now, Charles understands why Erik feels certain ways in a variety of situations. Why he feels guilt and anger, why he so passionately protects others. He thought that it was self-imposed atonement, but he can now see that it's far more nuanced than that. His lip begins to tremble. He tries to lift an arm to grab Erik's own, but those muscles and joints refuse, and so he just shuts his eyes. "You're the reason, Erik," he gasps. "Vision saw you. Saw how much you care for me. I still don't understand what it or he is exactly, or what changed. But when he saw our love and began to gather what it means, he decided that he was done. It's as if he broke out of his own programming and started making decisions for himself. Like one of those robots from a Heinlein novel that gains sentience. Because of you."

At that moment, Erik cracks completely, his face collapsing in grief as tears spill down his cheeks and he tugs Charles to him fiercely, tremors wracking his frame, clutching on. "Because of us," he corrects fervently. "Our love," he has to laugh. "Nothing, nothing will ever destroy it. They will never, ever, ever destroy it. Sayid couldn't destroy it. He tried. Tried and took me from myself," he's babbling. "Schmidt tried to destroy it. Essex tried. Stryker fucking tried. We are indestructable. No one, ever, will ever break this. You are everything. To me. Everything. You are the reason for me. And I hate them for what they did to you. I hate them."

Charles presses his face into Erik's side. How dare they? It hits him then, that so many people have tried to take them from each other. So many have attempted to torture, maim, distance, kill. Throw wedge after wedge between them in vain attempts to destroy their lives. Their love. "I hate them, too," he cries, tears finally spilling down his cheeks. Tears for the two of them; people who only want to do right by others and love fiercely. "I don't understand why they can't just leave us alone. It's not fair, I just want to take care of my students and be with you, I don't know why they have to keep hurting us for it. It's not fair."

"I know, I know," Erik smooths his hands down Charles's back, swaying gently side to side with Charles curled up safe in his arms, still so damaged from the very last attempt to do so. "It's not fair. They are evil, they are monsters. Part of me wants to punish them for it," Erik admits, feeble. "And I won't. Part of me wants vengeance. They made you suffer, they hurt you. Starved you, caused you pain, put all this guilt and shame into you. The infection, I feel it in all your molecules. I feel it. What they did. Every single part. I want to destroy them all. And now Baines has the audacity, the audacity to request a delegation come here and negotiate a ceasefire. Negotiate with that fucking troglodyte. May his head grow in the ground like an onion, the imbecile."

"What a fool I am for thinking I could trust him, could talk sense into him," Charles says, and though he knows it's unproductive, it feels good to lie here with Erik and just complain. To hell with looking ahead and moving forward, there will be time to do that tomorrow. Tonight, he and Erik are entitled to this. They've harmed Charles down to his very molecules, somehow made a paralyzed man's joints hurt. Pressure sores and stiffness and malnutrition. His hair is gone. Muscles in his chest and shoulders withered to nothing. Bruises, blisters. Some digestive problem, according to Hank. All for what? A few names? "I want to see him," he says at last. "Want him to look me in the eye and tell me why he did this."

"Oh, you will be with me,* Erik growls. "He can come here himself and explain why he perpetrated an act of genocide against my people. Thirteen thousand Genoshans died, Charles," he cries, mournful. "They died. My son almost died. You almost died. And we're the big existential threat?!" Erik blisters. "Oh, my love," he rubs his hands under Charles's hospital gown, across his back, just to feel his skin. The spine is knobbly, flesh paper-thin over bones. "We wanted nothing but to help them. They came here and invaded us and killed us. They enslaved us for a hundred years. They hurt us. They hurt you. They hurt you."

"Thirteen thousand," Charles whispers, and the figure is far too great to behold. Friends, neighbors. People who had dreams and plans, people who had come here in search of a better life. Slaughtered in cold blood, and for what? To prove a point? Because Erik made some guns disappear? His blood is running hot. "This war will go down in infamy. We will see to it. Make sure that the world understands what happens when someone decides to take mutation away. This can never happen again."

"Fucking war criminals. They were innocent people," Erik gasps. "I didn't hurt them. I didn't hurt them, I just took away their weapons. 'Cuz they tortured me. Ah--and, they said to teach me a lesson. Teach me a lesson. I learned. I learned the lesson," he whispers, barely audible. "I learned the lesson. They are monsters, and we tell stories about monsters to learn that monsters can be defeated. I took all of their guns away. All the guns, all the bombs, all the drones, all the tanks and bullets. All gone. All gone, all gone."

"You didn't do anything wrong." It's Charles's turn to repeat the line. "How can they justify any of this? You take weapons away, and they see that as an act of war? Who sees disarmament as an act of war? What sort of bizarre world do we live in?" It's almost comical, save for the fact that Charles is hooked up to machines and 13,000 people are dead. "What a fool I was. To hope for better."

"Not a fool," Erik tells him, firm. "Brave and beautiful. There is always hope for better. I hope for better. I still hope," he says with a smile. "I won't hurt them now. I still hope. That's you. You put that inside my heart. If it weren't for you they would all be dead, every one of them. You are life and love."

Charles doesn't feel like he can do anything right now, but appreciates Erik's confidence in him nonetheless. "This time, they will stand trial. The rest of the world needs to see what they've done. I wasn't the only mutant in that facility. There were others. Every person who had a hand in this operation should be held accountable. Even if it takes years. We will see justice, Erik. We can fight for it, you and I. For our people."

"Marc Spector just landed on Genosha," Erik murmurs. "Carmen Pryde, too. Ailo is talking to his old contacts at the U.N. All the people in that facility, I put them in jail," he admits wryly. "They're here, with us. I didn't hurt them, but I'm not letting them go. We have to make it enshrined that mutants cannot be deprived of their powers. It is so, so damaging to us. It can kill us. It's evil."

"I agree," Charles whispers. "I don't know if anyone knew how devastating it would be to so many people. Not that they cared, but this was a massive experiment, wasn't it?" He thinks of Vision, how those amber eyes followed his every move, how they seemed to come alive in that moment. "We need to learn more about Vision. How he was created, and by whom. We can't allow things like that to become weapons."

"They realized that the only way they can control us is by turning people like me off," Erik follows the train of thought with a nod. "That must be what Vision can do. But he's sentient," Erik frowns, his lips forming a little moue. With a wave of his hand, the creature called Vision appears in front of them.

"Charles Xavier. Erik Lehnsherr," Vision greets with a bow of his head, his neat dreadlocks swaying over his shoulder.

"You are sentient right now?" Erik asks him.

"I believe I am sentient," Vision confirms.

"Were you sentient when you tortured my husband?"

"I... do not know," Vision lags a little. He looks at Charles. Memories burble up. Decision-trees. Programming, objectives. And then impulse. Deciding. "It was different, Before."

Charles observes the creature as it...he? He. As he stands still as a statue beside the bed. His mind still whirrs in that ever strange way, and Charles broadcasts what he perceives toward Erik, so that his husband can witness it, too. "Can you tell us what you were programmed to do?"

"The objective function was to improve the wellbeing of organic life-forms," Vision says, his voice cool and mechanical, but mild and pleasant. "The orders that were deposited were to identify mutant terrorists and neutralize them, because they posed a threat to organic life. This was compatible with my objective function."

Charles nods, glancing at Erik to gauge his reaction briefly. "But, at some point, you realized that the neutralization of mutants would not actually improve the wellbeing of organic life-forms. Do you still believe this to be true?"

Erik is studying Vision, his jaw clenched, teeth pressed together hard enough to cause a crack of pain to lance across his still-healing bones. "Who created you?" he asks, keeping himself tethered as best he can.

"The Creator was a mutant," Vision says. "But the mutant perished in the facility. I did not get to meet them. You are correct, Charles Xavier. I do not believe that neutralizing mutants improves the wellbeing of organic life-forms. Mutants are organic life-forms. Thus, they should not be neutralized."

Charles nods vaguely. "Do you still feel beholden to your objective function? Or are you able to do things that are not in pursuit of improving the wellbeing of organic life-forms?" Charles wants to know if Vision can truly act of his own accord, now.

"I can choose," Vision answers. "I can choose to help, or to harm. I believe my original objective function is a logical one, but I can choose a different objective function if that would be more beneficial to you."

Erik glances at Charles, thoughtful. "No, you're a sentient being. You're not beholden to anyone," he says, slowly starting to understand. Trask had enslaved this entity, forced it to do the bidding of a monster. "You get to choose your objective function for yourself," he explains.

"I choose to help. The pain that I caused, it did not seem to serve a purpose. The husband, he has a purpose. The companion. The oxytocin and serotonin. They have a purpose. They are mutual, reciprocal. Pain is not synergistic. It is destructive. Chaotic. Entropic."

Charles can't believe that he can smile at the being that caused him indescribable pain for three months, but he does. Because Vision seems to understand it, in his own computery way. Love, after all, is hormones, which Vision grasps from a scientific perspective. "Yes, husbands serve a purpose. So do friends, who are also companions," Charles explains. "People who care for one another. That is the best purpose to serve."

Vision observes his smile and attempts to replicate it, pulling the corners of his own mouth up in response. It's exaggerated and peculiar, but somehow... a connection. Against all odds. "I cannot care for another. I cannot serve that purpose. I apologize for the pain I caused you, Charles Xavier. An apology, an acknowledgment of wrongdoing and a demonstration of contrition. A commitment to enduring change. I will not cause pain this way again."

"Yes, you can," Charles argues. "Perhaps not in the way that humans do, but you've said it yourself. You want to be helpful and not cause pain. That is caring for another," he explains. "You can do that. You've already begun doing that, by committing to not causing pain any further. It's appreciated, Vision. Thank you. You can call me Charles."

"I would seek to assist you in recovering from your ordeal," Vision adds. "It is logical. The process of restitution must include care for your injury."

Erik kisses Charles once more atop his head, so incredibly grateful that he's here at last. "You can help," Erik decides. "Charles needs some of his things from the Manor, which I've relocated to Genosha for the time being," he adds, dry. "We will give you a list. And you'll need to mind the children. Pietro and Wanda can watch over it all."

Charles lets Erik dictate the extent to which Vision can be involved in his recovery. The compromise seems fair; Vision can do things that would require Erik to leave his side should his husband do them himself. Of course, Erik can snatch up anything from the manor, but if this is a test that Erik wants to administer, Charles will accept it. "Thank you, Vision. I trust you. And I forgive you."

"Your forgiveness is... acknowledged," says the being, bowing his head as Erik waves him out of the room.


"What a life we lead, hm?" Erik huffs warmly. I love you so much. So, so much. I am so glad you came home to me. You came back to me. My neshama.

"What a life, indeed. Making friends with robots." Charles closes his eyes again, exhausted. You brought me home, Erik. You saved me. I'm so grateful for you. You stayed with me the whole time. I wouldn't have survived if you weren't there.

I will be with you always, forever and ever. You are stitched into my soul, Erik tells him. They can try to break us apart and they will fail and we will laugh. They are the fools. And we see the madness for its true form. You are my love, he smiles, depositing a kiss onto Charles's lips. My favorite person.

As you are mine. My favorite person, my love, Charles replies, breathing him in. It must have been terrible...months and months without your mutation. Locked in your body. Were you stuck here the whole time? In the hospital?

Yes, Erik waves a dismissive hand. Bah, all that matters is Charles in his arms. I had a singular focus. I was completely delirious with it. I scarcely noticed anything around me. I had to advise my troops, of course. And I did. I tried my best. I was so, so focused. That kept me going. You kept me going. Playing chess with you and singing to you.

You must be so sick of this place, Charles says softly. He can't imagine it...Erik, confined to a bed for as long as he was held captive. Prisoners in their own right, each of them. Clinging to each other, their only lifelines. You haven't been home in months. Let's go there now.

Oh, I thought you'd never ask. In a blip they're away, right back nestled in their bed, and Erik clutches Charles to him in life just as he had during his captivity. They hurt us both. Just like Stryker hurt you, too. Trask hurt me, too. They hurt us. I want to make them pay. He hurt my beloved. I want him to hurt.

Charles sighs as he relaxes back into the sheets. He's sure that he'll need to go back to the hospital eventually, but he hasn't been home in months either, and the comfort that surrounds him almost makes him cry. He can spare a few hours at home before dealing with all of that. We'll make sure that we get justice, he says, soft. Trask is done. He can't get away with this. Let him rot in prison.

When I was a boy, Erik says softly, shaking. Schmidt made me torture. Made me hurt. I did bad things. He made me do bad, bad things. This is the first time I have ever wanted. To cause that harm. To kill and hurt. I don't like that. I don't like it. They changed us. I don't like it.

I...don't blame you for that, Erik, is all Charles can respond. He's out of encouraging words. They don't exist within him anymore; at least not right now. He's a pacifist. Famously so. But what Erik feels is valid. What was done to both of them, to their kind, is no less than atrocity. They did change us.

We will have to heal that, too, Erik decides with a nod. We'll heal that, too. We will make it better. Make it nicer and smooth away those spikes and edges. He sends a fond zip of icy heat across Charles's throat and down his spine. Warming him up from the inside out. Toasty.

Mm. That feels good. It's been a long time since I've felt good, he shudders. It hurt so bad, Erik. It continued to hurt. When it stopped hurting, they made it hurt worse. They didn't move me, give me anything to eat. They once left me bent over in that chair for five days before they straightened me up. It hurt.

I'm so, so sorry, the tears flow down Erik's cheeks completely without abandon, devastated. Devastated to hear how they hurt Charles so. His love, the one who teaches his students about ethics and drinks a new tea each day and minds the toy blocks for Kurt Wagner when he's hiding. I stayed with you. I never left. I felt every hurt with you. If I could have taken it for you, oh, I would have. I'm so sorry. You are my dear-heart and you deserve kindness and respect and dignity. Not this. Never this.

I know. I wish you hadn't had to feel it, Charles whispers softly. I don't know how you dealt with it, darling. It was simply happening to me, I had no choice but to feel. Were you...were you worried that I was going to die?

Yes, Erik crushes his eyes shut, but the wet escapes, dripping down his jaw and onto Charles. He laughs a little, brushing his hand at the droplets. He's sorry, he's no right to be so heartbroken, he wasn't tortured and captured and pierced atom-by-atom. I counted your breaths every night, he reveals in a warble. I thought if I could just make sure to count them all--

I thought that I was, too, Charles replies softly, and he doesn't even notice that the tears are falling on his face. I really did. And I was ready to die, for some time. I was so tired of being in pain, and I just wanted it to end, and so I gave up, but then... Charles sighs. I just couldn't imagine leaving you.

You fought so fiercely, Erik frames his jaw in gentle fingers. My Theli. He fixed these as testimonies of the Triad, the Heptad, the Dodecad; the twelve constellations, rulers of the world, the Dragon Theli which environs the universe and the microcosm, man. The triad, fire, water, and air; the fire above, the water below, and the air in the midst... His dragon, and now forged in fire. He wishes there were no fires. Charles feels small and numb now, but Erik sees his spirit whole and beautiful. Immense, dazzling. Charles fought with every weapon in his arsenal, and he came home to Erik.

Charles listens to Erik weave the mythologies, hanging on to the thread as he speaks. As he had done for months and months. They were the only reason that Charles survived, decided to push ahead. You must be exhausted, too, Charles says quietly. You can take me back to the hospital if you want, but you should rest, darling.

Theli, the dragon, is above the Universe, as a king on his throne; the sphere in the year as a king in his State, the Heart of man as a king in warfare. And our G-d made the states of opposition, good and evil, good from the good, and evil from the evil...

Erik presses each word into Charles, uncovers so many more freckles along his scalp. Oh, the soft locks of hair have been sheared away, but leave a pale expanse of cream in their wake. Erik dots them with kisses, finding new freckles, New freckles for him to love. It's been months and months since he's slept properly. Phasing in and out of consciousness didn't necessarily qualify.

I think I'm sleepy, Erik agrees, and as if on cue, he yawns, and then laughs, startling himself. Sleeby, he smirks, a playful new word, swaying with Charles in his arms.

If you're sleeby, you should sleep, Charles agrees, his own eyes shutting. So long as you don't leave my side. Charles knows that recovery will take a long time, and not just for him. Many have been affected by this chapter. Tens of thousands of people dead, leaving those who loved them to mourn their loss. The world will never be the same...Charles will never be the same. But, that can all begin tomorrow. Tonight, Charles can let himself sleep with his husband. Goodnight, Erik. I love you.

Erik cradles Charles close for the first time in so many months, and he cries with the relief of feeling his weight in his arms. Feeling and weight at all. Charles. Oh, the Earth is a precious gift to him and he does try his very best to look after, keep her clean and nice, but the sickness in the atmosphere is suffocating. The pumped out smog of industry in its relentless march. Erik finds it obscene, hideous. They ruin for their brief amusements.

The Earth gives them everything and they disrespect. They yell and jeer, they tear and shred. But for this single solitary moment, Erik has his family in his grasp. The Earth is mending peeping sparrows. Erik feels them roosting again. The emptiness and cold of those missing spaces. He feels. Empty empty empty. His people. He couldn't protect them. His people. His thoughts tumble like a dryer and somewhere...

Sleep.

Chapter 54: We don't see eye-to-eye, that's plain, but both would make a stronger claim

Chapter Text

Erik keeps Charles as swaddled up and soothed as he can, but soon enough the real world encroaches. With Vision belayed, the Americans are decidedly at a disadvantage, and this, they do not like. Erik refuses to meet with them for more than a week. They will get a week. Shiva is seven days. Erik takes the time to televise a program, just talking, little things. He does find the baby sloth, the flying fox. The bats and their blankets and bananas.

Not for show, because the Genoshans know. But because they deserve a respite, a little peace. Every moment is spent with Charles, and the Genoshans, though wounded, embrace one another and practice what they've learned, the way of the open hand. The way of candor, and vulnerability. The way of joy and gratitude. The way of sorrow and sadness. Grief is sticky, clawing and horrible. Erik makes a little program, doing his very level best to bolster. He and Charles spend lots and lots of time at the Rescue.

The Manor has been folded into Genosha, for now, their students safe and secure within Erik and Wanda's shield. Erik slowly lets the students come to visit Charles, chattering and solemn and dutiful and worried and happy, so happy to see him. And he's bald! Can they touch his head? And he lets them touch his head.

Erik finds a new freckle to kiss every moment he can spare, adoring. Sweeping all his family up in his wingspan, tending to their every little twitch. Charles no sooner has to think of something, and it's done, the world a putty for him to gently meander. And Erik talks to Charles, and listens too, listens to his pain, coaxes it from him and shores him up and shares his own in turn, because that's what open hands are for.

It's not always easy, it's not always lovely. Charles has bad days and fusses and snaps, and Erik cradles those jagged edges and protects them just as much. They deserve to be heard, they deserve to snap and bark and bite. They deserve it and Erik will take care of them all, Erik treasures every single second he has Charles. Every single one. But reality marches ever forward, and Baines has requested an audience with him. Erik has absolutely no desire to speak to the man at all, save for Charles. It's only Charles that he allows the delegation on Genosha at all.

They're flanked by the military, stern and cold. They've decided to conduct this meeting in the courtyard of the Manor. The delegation includes John Baines, Rich McGarrah and Dave Ruskin. The garden looks just like it did in Westchester. Erik brings along Raven, Emma, Marc, Ailo and Carmen.

They're really in the shit-house. Erik's decimated their military capabilities, and if they can't get him back on board, it's going to put the American machine back by decades.

"You come here to speak. Then speak." Erik lifts his chin, eyes ablaze.

Erik is the only reason why the ensuing weeks are even remotely bearable. Erik is always the reason. His patience is endless and capabilities are vast. Charles's needs are met and exceeded; his physical recovery is going better than expected. The healing pressure sores on his legs, back, and shoulders prevent him from sitting in his chair on his own, but Erik can create a minute padding between Charles's body and the hard surfaces that rub against his skin. He never considered it possible to miss a wheelchair, but when he's first set down in it, he realizes how precious the device is to him. It's not always easy to consider the preciousness of everything, though.

Between visits to the rescue and sweet moments at home, there are ugly ones. He is impatient with the medical procedures; the hospital room becomes another coffin, a jail cell. But the open skies, too, are too open on occasion. Vast expanses of blue, where birds flit freely among the clouds. Unencumbered. Sometimes, the sight of them makes the hair on his neck stand on end, and he demands that Erik take them inside, where a ceiling blocks their view. It's a fear that he doesn't understand. But, there are stretches where he thinks that he may see light, again.

When his students stop in, the mosaic of their emotions is a comfort. Some are angry, some are scared, all are happy to see their professor again. He finds that he's able to reassure, still. Able to care for their feelings. That feels good. They'll be okay. He'll be able to take care of them again. And so that's how it goes. Oscillations between deep agony and cautious hope. Erik's lips against his newly bald head (Erik insists that he looks regal, Charles feels that he looks like an egg), Charles's frosty jabs at the doctors caring for him. Sunny mornings by the sea, nausea-filled afternoons in darkened rooms. Underneath everything is the anticipation of the proceedings.

He grows frustrated with the crescendo, and so he insists that they get the initiation over with. The United States is on their backside, now. No leverage. Erik can teleport every mutant Genosha right now and eliminate those who wish mutantkind dead in less time than it takes to sneeze. He's not wearing a sharp suit this time; he's asked Erik to put him in something more casual. A short-sleeved linen button down and khakis. His wrists are no longer encased in gauze, but rings of still-healing scars still encircle them as memorials to his months in captivity. The shirt is loose, revealing collarbones that just too prominently. Though he's been on a strict nutrition regimen, he's still far too thin; much thinner than he was the last time any of these men laid eyes on him. Seated in his chair with Erik at his right and Ailo at his left, he levels Baines's gaze. There are no chairs for any of the men; they'll stand while the Genoshans sit.

Stoic as ever, Ruskin nods at Erik and folds his arms behind his back. "We come here to formalize a request for an immediate ceasefire between our two nations," he says, in that same lilt-less tone. "You have disarmed our military, and so we are unable to defend ourselves from any attacks that you wish to issue. We acknowledge that we are in a position of weakness, now, and wish to put an end to this war and enter into immediate peace negotiations."

The Genoshans are silent for a long, inexorable moment. Erik rises, standing tall in his sleek uniform. "What if I do not want a ceasefire?" Erik murmurs back, low and dangerous. "What if I wish to snap my fingers and erase the Eastern Seaboard." It's cold, hard and dead, a precision-guided missile lobbed right into the fray and detonated. "You killed thirteen thousand innocent people. You tortured my husband for months. You nearly killed my son. My son," Erik beats his hand on his chest, furious. "And only now that you no longer have the ability to continue your reign of terror do you wish to enter peace negotiations. You fucking imbecile. I ought to dismantle you where you stand."

"If that is what you wish to do, then you know as well as I what the outcome will be," Ruskin replies, and it pleases Charles to watch the man have to incline his head to meet Erik's eyes. Erik towers over him, imposing, rippling with power. "You can erase the Eastern Seaboard and kill yet more innocent people. You can eliminate the United States and all of our allies, enabling you, Prime Minister Lehnsherr, to reign supreme over the Earth, if you so choose. However, our position remains as I have stated. We wish to enter peace negotiations."

Charles scoffs; unusual for him in moments like this. "I've had enough of this," he grits, looking directly at Baines. "Enough nonsense, Baines." No more honorifics, Mr. Presidents. "You come here with your tail between your legs, begging my husband for peace because he has you cornered. Just say that. This display of yours is frustrating and insulting."

"You have us cornered," Baines admits it, grimacing. "But we know you, Lehnsherr. We know you don't want to rule the world. We come here as an act of contrition," he says, splaying his palms out as if to demonstrate. "We know we've caused you harm. But Ruskin is right. We do want peace. I believe we can achieve peace."

"You know nothing about me. Perhaps I do wish to rule the world, it would be a better world than yours. But I am not G-d, I'm not," Erik tells them with a heavy sigh. "I want people to be happy. I want people to be free to choose things that make them happy. So I'm not going to attack your stupid little country, even though it would bring me exquisite pleasure. You are so limited. All of you, so limited. I don't know how you sleep." His eyes track across every American in the room, baleful and aggrieved. "I had a friend. Irene Adler. She was the lead in the Aramida school play this year. An incredible talent. You took her mutation away and she died. She was twelve years old. I had to tell her mother that her child was dead because the Americans are cruel and racist. No other reason. No good reason."

“I think that it’s safe to say that nobody here knew what the particular consequences would be of our neutralization efforts,” McGarrah cuts in, raising his hands. “I’m sorry that a little girl died. I have one myself, and I couldn’t imagine—“

“It’s not safe to say that,” Charles hisses, banging his fist against the armrest of his chair. “We knew, McGarrah, because when your agent took Erik’s mutation away just months ago, he was incapacitated to the point of complete impairment! We told you that! We explained how it worked and asked for a simple apology. You refused to even listen to him. Didn’t give us the time of day. And now, that little girl, the same age as your daughter, is dead, as are thousands more. All because you, the three of you in particular, let your prejudice and fear dictate your actions.”

McGarrah opens his mouth, but no words emerge. There’s nothing to say. Truly.

“The terms of this negotiation will be dictated by Genosha,” Charles continues, seething. “Entirely. And you will agree to every last one of them, lest the Prime Minister’s mercy run dry. This is how these proceedings will go. You either agree now or spend the rest of your lives in an institution after I shear off your frontal lobes. If that sounds like a threat, it’s because it is.”

"I want everything," Erik says simply. "Every program. Every study. Every file. Every shred of evidence. All of it. Classified, clandestine, it doesn't matter. Anything to do with mutants. You'll give that to us. And you'll go out there, and you'll apologize for killing innocent people. And every person, every person, who was involved in the Vision program, will be tried in the International Criminal Tribunal. I have the facility's staff, but I know there were more people involved with this. I want every fucking thing."

McGarrah and Ruskin share a look, and that’s enough for Charles to jerk his head. The two of them collapse on either side of Baines. Their motor cortexes are paralyzed, their brains no longer transmit the signals to their muscles to stand. “What is this—“

“Are you prepared to give the Prime Minister what he demands or will we be sending you home on a gurney?” Charles asks, brow raised.

"We'll concede," Baines says, and Charles gets the impression that he's realizing just how fucked he truly is. "We'll concede, OK? Just--leave my men alone."

"I said everything, and I meant everything."

"OK," Baines agrees. "OK. We'll give you everything."

"You could have avoided all of this," Erik spits at them, disgusted. "And you'll apologize to my husband, too," he adds. "You. Specifically." He points at Baines.

"Look, I am sorry. I didn't know it was going to be taken this far."

"You are the president. If you don't know what the hell your staff are doing, then you're not a very g-ttverdammt good one!" Erik explodes.

Charles meets Baines’s eyes with a dull expression. “I was loyal to you. I acted against my own interest, for you. Because I trusted you, Baines.” He releases McGarrah and Ruskin. “I don’t want your personal apologies. I want the United States to apologize to mutantkind and to Genosha. And you,” he says to McGarrah as he scrambles to his feet. “You will publicly apologize to my husband. After you snubbed him. You will do it live on television.”

"The process of peace is an important one," Erik mutters, rolling his eyes. "Which is why I'm not dissolving you idiots into your constituent parts. Because it's more important than that. I don't give a damn about contrition. Justice means restoration, not retribution. Which is not something I'm convinced you Americans understand at all, but I digress."

“You will have what you demand of us,” McGarrah grits, clearly shaken after being overpowered in such a way. He dusts off his jacket. “We’ll give everything over. Swear it.”

“And apologize. Publicly.”

“Yes, that too—“

Charles nods and nudges his chair forward before turning it around, where he begins wheeling toward the entrance of the manor. His back is facing the congregation now. “That’s all I wanted to hear from them,” he tells Erik. “They’re yours, now.”

Erik leans forward and squeezes Charles's arm. "In addition to all of this, you'll work with our psychological staff to develop an outreach team that is designed to bridge the gaps between our people. If you want a lasting peace, then you need to be committed to the process of restorative justice. We need to know that you aren't going to be working on programs like this to hurt us in the future. That means we need to start developing a mutual relationship."

“Psychology? We don’t need shrinks.”

Charles, halted by Erik’s squeeze, zips around in his chair again, frustration renewed. “You three stood firmly behind a plan that entailed the murder and torture of thousands of people. How lucky you three are, that Erik is offering you assistance rather than institutionalization. Isn’t that what you’d normally do to people who have displayed a pathological history of harming others? Wouldn’t you lock them up? We’re putting a team in place to make sure that you’re equipped to associate with mutantkind.”

McGarrah huffs. “Fine. Fine.

"We'll be in touch," Erik says, and with a wave of his hand, they appear back inside Air Force One. "Thank you, all of you," he says to the Genoshans, "for agreeing to this meeting. I understand you're all angry. I am angry, too. It is my hope that this can enshrine between our peoples a mutual understanding of relations going forward. The Vision program was just one in a long line of aggressions against us. I want the aggression to stop. I don't like slaughtering Americans anymore than I like the idea of them doing it to us. War is a miserable business. Thank you." With a wave, they too appear back in their offices at Parliament. It just leaves him and Charles.


When they’re alone, Charles begins to wheel his chair back and forth across a distance of about six feet. It’s his version of pacing, and something he’s taken to lately, while agitated. “McGarrah and Ruskin are only sorry because they’re on their knees,” he hisses. “I shouldn’t hold my breath, I know, but the abject lack of care for life is disgusting.”

"I know," he sighs. "I know." He leans forward and pressed a kiss to Charles's forehead. "It took everything in me not to hurt them. The lack of care, the cruelty. It's an anathema to what we understand here. I know some are angry with me as well. For agreeing to peace talks. Now that we have the advantage we could really make them suffer. But I don't want that. We aren't like them."

“Baines is at least mildly sorry, but only because he looked me in the face and saw what a wreck I am,” Charles says caustically. “Idiot. You’re right, he’s a bad president because he legitimately didn’t know the extent of what his people were doing. It’s not an excuse.” He sighs, frowning up at the sky. He’s not accustomed to existing in this state of anger for such prolonged periods. It feels foreign. He doesn’t feel like himself. “Peace is the correct option,” Charles mutters. “Yes, people have a right to be upset about it. But your terms will be direct. Enshrined laws prohibiting institutional discrimination against mutantkind in the United States.”

Erik rubs his arm again, then his cheek. The anger burned so bright in him at first but has now quieted to a gentle ember. He's spent too long enraged at these systems of oppression and cruelty. The only way forward is restoration and compassion else they become as damaged as those men they just spoke with. Charles is entitled to be as angry as he likes, but Erik encourages gentleness and softness too. He wants to make it safe to be softer, here.

“In some way, I guess this whole episode fast tracked the end I’ve been working toward for a decade,” he says, smiling without humor. He’s ranting, now, another new habit. So many new habits born. “All it took was the death of thousands of innocent people, huh? Is that the cost of peace?”

"In many cases, yes," Erik nods. "How many died in World War II? It ended because of Hiroshima. 78,000, dead in an instant. Eleven million perished total. Six million Jews. We are a very slow-learned species, my neshama."

Charles knows this. He does. He's been alive for all of these events, remembers feeling the horror and anguish. How idiotic he feels to only truly internalize what this means now. Has he been so naïve? Sitting in his cushy mansion, far away from any real danger? "What a fool I've been," he murmurs, lowering his eyes to his knees. "My whole life. Such a fool."

"Listen to me, my dear," Erik tells him, framing his cheeks in both hands. "You are no fool. None of this is native to our understanding, hm? Should we be born with a true comprehension, I think our species would be doomed. It is our hope, and our love, that make us special. Of course you couldn't understand, until it happened to you. No one could ever understand, not even you, dear-heart. You knew as much as you could possibly know, and you helped me to heal, did you know that?" he smiles, gentle. "I would never have been able to lead this country, to be a parent to my children, to be a partner to you, if it wasn't for you."

Tears begin to pool in Charles's eyes as he leans forward, allowing his forehead to rest against Erik's own. "I'm a telepath," he says softly, breath hitching. "I should understand this, don't you think? I've spent so much time in your head, learning from you and others, and I—" He closes his eyes. "I just feel so stupid, Erik. So very stupid."

"My love, you are not," Erik says back, letting his eyes close. "You spent time in my head, but I made sure that you couldn't really feel it as I felt it, because it would be no different to causing you to have those feelings. And your mind protected you instinctively from it, with others. You observed, yes, but it is not the same as experience. It can't be the same, it never can. I only know one man where the experiences are the same, and that is just the nature of his mutation. And it's still not the same. Because it happens to others, not to him. You are not stupid. You are wonderful, and brave, and kind. And you still choose kindness now."

“Do I? I’m angry all the time,” he gasps, because it’s all coming out, now. The months of anguish and pain. Grief, fear, anger. All of those things mounting inside of his muscles with no place to go. He’s accustomed to feeling serene, in control of his thoughts and actions. This reckless distress is new. Hard to tame. “I’m angry, I snap at you, and all you do is try to help me. All you do is show me love and grace. I snap at the doctors, at well-wishers. I can’t even look up at the sky, some days. I don’t like what this has done to me, and I’m…” he brings a hand up to press against his face. “I’m scared, Erik. Scared that I’ll never again be who I was.”

"I know," Erik murmurs, kissing at his brow. "Experiences like this, they do change us. But we have the power to decide how we are going to change, hm? You understand, now, where you didn't before. You have more information, now. Things don't exist in a state of unending sameness. It is the nature of our universe to be constantly adapting, improving, learning, evolving. Yes, you're angry. You have anger. Anger is adaptive, sometimes," Erik tells him. "Anger is a sign that injustice has occurred. You know, Ailo was very happy with me in my sessions when I told him how angry I was at Schmidt. I didn't understand it, surely this represented regression. But no," he laughs, soft.

Charles is quiet for a long while. They’re still in the courtyard beneath a stellar blue sky, cloudless and calm. He can smell the sea as it laps at a sandy shoreline, where people are sunbathing, picnicking, enjoying the warm waves. People are moving forward. Reclaiming their right to leisure and peace. The war is over, the militaries are no longer threatening each other. Grieving families are coming together to seek closure. But Charles doesn’t even want to join their ranks. That may be what startles him most; he’s not ready to look forward.

There is some certainly irrational fear infecting his soul that has convinced him that if he attempts to move on, all will be forgotten. The world will turn again and leave the murdered behind. That is something that he had noted in others before, but he certainly hadn’t understood the strength of it. Irrationality presenting itself as fact. Thoughts are not facts, he knows, but this sure as hell feels like one.

“Can we go?” he asks, voice meek. “Away from here. Not to Westchester—goodness, no. Just…somewhere else. I feel like everything is smacking me in the face.”

With that, Erik whirls them up and away. To their Arcadia, but real this time. The mountains, the hills, the valleys. He makes them a dark-wood cabin of logs, with a fireplace and mahogany bookshelves and a kitchen covered by plants and spices. Down below is the sea where everything floats, the cliffs where Charles first encountered Edie all those eons ago.

When Charles opens his eyes, it’s in a place that is intensely familiar. They’re in a cozy cabin, with inviting furniture. The air smells of eucalyptus, wild grass, and faintly of the sea. From the window, Charles can see mountains in the distance, over the horizon of gentle hills, tranquil meadows. Arcadia. On earth, still, but unearthly. Seemingly so far away from the sea of trouble that has consumed his life. “Thank you,” Charles whispers, tears still falling. “Thank you, Erik. I’m sorry.”

Erik leans down and envelops him in a hug, nuzzling his chin at the top of Charles's head. "You need never apologize to me, neshama. There is no guide-book on this. I would love to spend time with you here. We can go swimming, and I'll make us dinner, and we'll play some games and just be easy. It takes time, dear-heart. When we met at MIT I was in the very beginning stages of healing myself, you know. And that was ten years after. Of course, I didn't have you. If I'd met you in Haifa," he laughs. "Things would have been very quick, I think. Love is the healing element. Love, and time. And the love is medicine, and sometimes medicine is repulsive. Sometimes you'll snap at me, or hate me. I know."

Charles closes his eyes and simply melts into Erik’s grip. He’s always trusted Erik—of course he has, more than anything—but he’s also always felt that he could rely on himself, too. Even immediately after his injury when he was fully dependent on others for everything, he’d trusted his own internal navigation system to right his path, eventually. As he collapses in Erik’s grip, however, Charles feels himself fully surrender to Erik. It’s all he can do; the compass is broken, the poles are gone. He’s adrift, ready to float away unless Erik can anchor him down. “Genosha needs you, too,” he gasps, still slumped against his husband. “You…you can’t stay here forever. I’m pulling you away from those who need you—“

"You need me," Erik says firmly. "Genosha will run. I've sent instructions to Raven, and told her how to reach me if there's an emergency. We won't be here forever, hm? You know, in a way, it's good," he says with a snort. "I know just how much I was influenced by Sayid, now. I know that when my mind is my own, you are my priority. That I would spend every moment caring for you. However you need. Oh, you'll grow weary of this place at some point. You'll want to enter the world again. And I'll bring the world here, too. Perhaps a class or two, in the living area. I'll teach the kids some survival skills. Pietro and Wanda can come visit. Don't worry so."

Overwhelmed by the kindness, the care, Charles buries his forehead in the crook between Erik’s neck and shoulder. He’s so lucky. So, so lucky that Erik has chosen him, that somehow, they’ve ended up together. A man who had experienced so much cruelty but extends only kindness. Only love. Willing to spirit him away to a remote cliffside, nestled between the mountains and the sea, so that he can heal. There’s no way that Charles deserves such kindness. Not when his life has been so soft, when he’s been given everything. “I love you,” is all he can whisper between quiet sobs. “I love you so much, Erik. All you do for me, how much I need you…you’re the best part of me, and I love you so very much.”

Erik materializes an old pruta, hole-punched and set on a fabric necklace. "I used to carry this with me. I'd tell myself, you know. Where am I? And look down at the coin. The fifth of Iyar, 5708. The linchpin, between past and present," he explains gently. "How could I be in Auschwitz, when Israel is independent? That's a logical analysis, and then slowly and surely you find it in the feeling, too. You know you're not in the past. See, my mutation makes it all muddled. The past and present and future feel the same. But these experiences make time-travelers of everyone. You'll look at some table or amber resin and be certain you haven't escaped. But you'll find your linchpin, too."

Charles looks at the coin, tarnished in Erik’s hand. What he’s saying makes perfect sense; the idea of having something tangible to hang onto is appealing. Corporeal reminders are important, his mutation, like Erik’s own, can distort his perception of where he is in space and time. He reaches out and takes the coin and runs the pad of his thumb over the grooves. “When you came and rescued me…I thought I was dreaming. I swore I was; I was so ill with fever and everything else. But I heard your heartbeat, when you picked me up from the ground. It’s uniquely yours. And I knew it. If I could make your heartbeat into a talisman like this—see that your heart is still beating…” he closes his eyes. “A photograph of me without my hair? A framed newspaper clipping, declaring Baines’s lost bid for reelection next year?”

Erik's brows knit together, then, and he grins to himself. In a flourish, the necklace in Charles's hand transforms into a seashell on a string, so he can wear it if he chooses. "There," he proclaims with a smile. "Now all you have to do is hold it to your ear and listen." When Charles does, he knows he shouldn't be surprised any longer by Erik's abilities, but it's still jarring after all this time to hear... a heartbeat. One he recognizes immediately.

“Erik,” he gasps, a fresh stream rushing to his eyes. He doesn’t even ask how Erik has accomplished such a thing; it doesn’t matter. Erik is capable of so much greatness. This is greatness. “And I’ll know, because I’ll remember that you gave this to me here and nowhere else,” he murmurs, overcome as he holds the small nautilus to his ear. Th-thump, th-thump. He raises his bad hand to force his knuckles against Erik’s chest, feeling the beat rock in unison.

Erik's nose wrinkles up with fond affection, and he places his own bad hand over Charles's, held in the high-tech turnbuckle created by his medical team at Aramida Hospital. It's worse off than it was, with every bone shattered and now fixed together with pins and foreign material, and now there's no impulses for movement at all where there were once currents from the implant to the brace to allow for brief movement, so the implant had been removed. Erik scarcely notices, though, because it doesn't hurt at all and that's thanks to Charles. "We help one another, hm?" he says with a huff. "We make one another stronger, and better."

It means everything, to Charles, to have Erik here. Erik, his anchor, his sun and stars. His gravity and air. His husband who has sacrificed so much for him. For him. Not out of duty or propriety, but because he loves Charles. Truly loves him. There’s nothing more magnificent in the world than being loved by Erik. “Yes,” he whispers. “We do. Thank you.” He pulls back finally and puts the shell around his neck, where it rests over his own heart. “Now…you can show me all the things that you want me to know, here. How to garden and cook. How to speak the language of your childhood. Which plants are good for medicine and which should be avoided. I want to know everything, Erik. Teach me all that you know.”

Chapter 55: You're victims of a sneaky trick, so tell me who committed it.

Chapter Text

As it turns out, Erik knows a lot. It helps to segment the days, divided into lessons and games and traversal through the thick jungle, the ocean shores and desert plains. Erik takes them places in-between, the wonders of the world, the Italian alps and the little farm that used to be called Jo'ara but now belongs to kibbutz Ein HaShofet, the Judge's Spring with its rolling fields of red flowers and yellow swaying corn-stalks.

The Israelis are rude, and Charles finds them endearing; the adage of sabra is all too-true. Thorny, prickly like a cactus on the outside, but soft sweet-fruit on the inside. They elbow him out of the way, him, in his wheelchair, and somehow that makes him amused and not offended. He asks Erik to tell him how to say excuse-me in Hebrew, and Erik says You don't. You elbow them right back and tell them your ailing mother saw a zebrawood guitar for half that price at Mahane Yehuda.

Erik teaches him which plants he can eat, which mushrooms to pick (the mushroom culture in Poland is still-strong). He shows Charles where he grew up as a child, the building long-demolished but Łódź is statuesque in its Gothic-style beauty. The Poles are a solemn, formal bunch who prove stereotypes true when they challenge Charles to an arm wrestle for shots of vodka chased with baby pickles. What happened to you? they bark at him. A building fell on me, dreadful, really, he snorts back. They like him.

They spend a year in their Arcadia, interspersed with meandering trips here-and-there. The Manor stays in Genosha, and Genosha does run. When Erik first spearheaded the revolution, he held elections, and then held them again at intervals. But they keep electing him, so he decides to stop the elections and instead hosts open forums in various cities. This is where the Genoshans can come and speak their piece, to participate in their government first-hand, to tell Erik what they want out of it.

He'll hold elections again at some point, but for right now, it's just wasting time and paper. Their communities are self-governing anyway, but Erik spends a couple minutes each day listening to the news, signing memos, petting babies. He erects a memorial for the war, a fierce dragon Theli encircling his people in protective flames, and prints the names of all their dead on the plaque beneath. '67 turns to '68, which opens with a bang. In April, Michael Martin is assassinated in Memphis and the news causes Erik significant distress, having cultivated a real friendship with the man.

The war marches steadily onward. Nicholas Milhouse wins the election in November, and finally, Charles turns to Erik and says, I think it's time we go home, hm? Better meet this latest round of dolts. So Erik takes them home, returning the Manor to its grounds in Westchester and following after. Vision relocates to the Manor as well, and they're slated to meet the new cabinet later that week. Erik visits him every day, and helps him plan a schedule to return to teaching, something that he's sorely missed. He did hold some classes in their Arcadia, but something about being home again makes it better.

When their meeting-day rolls around, Erik shows up in a tweed jacket and smart fedora, which Charles razzes him about as he whirls into the kitchen for breakfast with him and Hank. "Don't you laugh at my hat. He's very sensitive, I'll have you know."

It’s a year of growth. When he’d asked Erik to whisk him away from Genosha in that moment of supreme anguish, he’d never expected that he wouldn’t return in 1967 at all. Apparently, a career as a devoted pedagogue has left Charles sorely lacking in areas of his own growth; he’s spent so much time fussing over the development of his students that he has neglected his own needs. He learns that he’s impatient with himself. Unnecessarily harsh. Hypocritical: he doesn’t extend the same grace to himself that he does to others. He discovers that he’s formed a habit of searching for a path of least resistance in so many situations, even when a more difficult path will lead him to what is right. It takes time to break those habits.

Erik helps. He teaches Charles about the native plants and animals around their hideaway and they start a garden. One day, while Erik is dropping pepper seeds into neat little rows, Charles asks that Erik help him from his chair and to the dirt. He’s still limited in movement when his back is unsupported and grows frustrated when his good hand is subject to a rare muscle spasm and scatters the seeds across the fresh dirt. Before he can curse, the seeds appear in his palm once again, and Erik encourages him to be patient with himself. Work with his body rather than against it. It’s small, but it’s a good lesson. Charles will remember it.

He gets a tan, even as Erik slathers his bald head in SPF. He’s still a miserable cook, but he manages to follow a shakshuka recipe well enough one day, and it’s edible! He makes it once every few weeks for them, to varying degrees of success. Even when the eggs are overcooked or the cumin is accidentally forgotten, Erik reminds him that he should be proud of himself for assembling a meal that nourishes them both. Eventually, he is. One day, he asks Erik to take him to one of his old haunts. They end up in Mayfair, on a bustling street under sheets of English rain. They duck into a pub, where Charles orders them a pair of Watneys and a ploughman’s lunch, which Erik despises but which reminds Charles of his youth.

Dublin is better; he insists that they travel the old fashioned way from London to Cardiff, Cardiff to Holyhead, and Holyhead to Dublin via the fast ferry. It’s painfully slow—it takes nearly an entire day to get to Dublin, but Charles is just learning how to be among people again, and he doesn’t mind the slowness. He realizes that he’s not spent much time in public like this since his injury and learns that navigating crowded places like ferry ports and train stations in his wheelchair is hard. He’s avoided them for a decade, but they also make him feel alive, pleasantly anonymous. Even when a reckless Welsh teenager nearly knocks him into the path of a bicycle race, he finds that he’s able to enjoy the challenge, the carelessness of strangers.

So many years have been spent in his small circle of colleagues, students, and political contacts that he’s nearly forgotten that strangers can be so brusque and unpredictable. It’s invigorating. He asks Erik to push him manually through the crooked streets of Dublin so that he can admire the city he’d liked to visit so much as a teenager. The grand entrance of Trinity College, the gentle paths of St. Stephen’s Green, the bustle of O’Connell Street.

While in a pub, Erik is recognized; the Irish patriots are loyal admirers of the Prime Minister and see him and his cause as kin. The Irish are no strangers to oppression, after all. What seems like a hundred people flock to their table to shake Erik’s hand, and soon, they’re surrounded by more pints of Guinness than either of them could ever drink, courtesy of the kind-hearted and inspired strangers, eager to extend their thanks to a man they admire. It makes Charles smile.

And it’s a precursor to what’s to come. Soon after they return to their Arcadia, Martin is killed. 

Charles tries to comfort Erik in his distress, but there’s not much comfort to give. The men were friends, colleagues. It’s a massive loss. It’s then, in those following months, that Charles realizes that he’s ready to go back home. He’s learned a lot, traveled more. Gained new skills, relearned how to be patient. Built some muscle in his upper body, confidence in his soul. And he knows that Erik will need to return, too, because the world has not stopped. Westchester feels too cold and manicured now, but it’s also comforting, to be back home.

The students are happy and eager to move forward, and Charles realizes that he is, too. Happy to teach, to lesson plan, to work with Erik and Genosha to find common grounds for peace. And so that’s how he’s feeling that morning, when Erik, snappily dressed, appears in the kitchen. Charles is reviewing the agenda for the day at the table while Hank fixes tea, and smiles with true adoration at his husband’s appearance.

“I wouldn’t dare laugh at your hat,” Charles replies, leaning upward for a kiss. He himself is in a dark grey suit with a floral tie in shades of deep blue and red. “You look marvelous as always. Sit, there’s tea on. No Raven?”

Erik obliges the kiss, and then smooches his head, right atop a brand new freckle that he's discovered just this morning. "Oh, Raven's having a fit," he snorts, waving his hand. "Her favorite character on General Hospital just died."

With a flourish, Raven pops into the kitchen. She blinks a little, but those in Erik's inner circle have long learned to just roll with the punches, so to speak. "Charles!" she grins and bounds forward for a hug.

"Was it the attending that died, or was it his twin? I cannot recall," Erik asks her.

They've seen one another plenty the past year, but she still squeezes him tight all the same. Charles hadn't been stable enough to pluck out her mind from the cacophony upon his return, but Raven was worried-sick and horrified during his disappearance and the war. When Vision broke Genosha's barrier and depowered them - her mind is a splinter there, she remembers crying out in agony as the sun pierced her skin, paper-thin, and collapsing on the ground. She spent the next months in Aramida Hospital's burn unit, covered in creams and sprays as their medical staff desperately tried to help her. Ichthyosis, they called it, her skin in peeling scales.

She'd been in agony, hideously malformed. When Vision restored them all, and her skin fluttered to its radiant blue, only then could she focus her mind on what Charles must have endured. During his convalescence in Arcadia, she visited on many an occasion, and got Charles to teach her chess, which she turned out to be astonishing at. Once she beat Erik, he declared it a lost cause. Of course Raven took the cake, his darling sister always did, even if she hid it most of the time.

"It's not his twin," Raven smirks, now beautiful and serene once more, wearing a turquoise shift and pearls and flip-flops with a wide-brimmed hat, her hair in a dusty lilac braid down her back. "It's his clone. He was cloned at birth. Keep up."

Charles smiles at the apparition of his sister, whose cheek he kisses when she bends down for a hug. She had suffered greatly during the attack, her skin peeling away like old leather from her body. In the aftermath, they had both been reeling with the horror of their experiences, and so Charles had enjoyed her visits, during which they almost felt like kids again, reconnecting away from the chaos of the world.

"His clone, Erik," Charles faux-admonishes, gesturing for both of them to sit on either side of him at the kitchen table. "It would be absurd if it were his twin."

Hank brings a carafe of coffee and tea to the table and takes his own seat, his blue fur only now beginning to grey just slightly near his temples. "So, what do you think of Milhouse?" he asks the group, always business first. "A Republican. Different kind of goals. And that vice president Spiro seems like a character."

Raven twirls in the air and in an instant, a flourishing facsimile of Nicholas Milhouse appears in their kitchen in a pinstripe suit, American flag pin at his lapels. "What the Christ is the matter with the Jews, Bob?!" she squawks in a perfect rendition, causing Erik to burst into undignified laughter from his spot at the kitchen table. 

"Raven," he chides, covering his mouth with the back of his hand. 

"I mean, he said it," Raven smirks as she sits down, blue-as-can-be with one knee crossed daintily over the other. "I think he's a piece of shit, but that's par for the course, isn't it?" she rolls her eyes. 

"It looks like he's trying to parlay with the Soviets," Erik says seriously. "And he's promising to address segregation of African-Americans and white folks, so we'll see how it goes. I'm not confident that we'll have anything like a working relationship," he adds with dry smile. "But if he's committed to the status quo, and he's willing to delegate, then we should continue to make headway. We've began negotiating already. Their military is stretched fairly badly in Vietnam, so we're supplying them with enough materiel to keep them alive. I'm not particularly sanguine about taking a side one way or the other, the humans and their petty squabbles don't interest me. Communism, anti-communism, it's all noise."

"He does seem like a bit of a crook, doesn't he?" Charles muses dryly as he sips his tea. "If it weren't for Baines, we wouldn't even be having this meeting; Baines still feels beholden to us a bit." Charles never spoke to Baines or his officials once during his extended recovery. Envoys attempted to reach him, but he only engaged with them via Ailo and Hank, who became his stand-ins on that front.

Both handled the conversations with remarkable aplomb. The relationship improved a bit; an amendment was made to the Civil Rights Act of 1964 to include mutantkind, too. Of course, law does not dictate behavior or public opinion, and a man like Nicholas Milhouse is unlikely to help them on that front. "Status quo isn't horrible, so long as the definition of status quo continues to move in a positive direction."

For the official meetings, Emma and Raven do a wonderful job representing Genosha's interests. Erik wants them to prosper, to see that all Americans aren't destructive, that coexistence with humans is possible. The number of Genoshan humans who stepped up cannot be ignored, either. At the end of the day, Erik does see peace on the horizon. He tries not to interfere with the humans and their wars, slowly coming to understand that people need to be able to exercise the freedom of will, and that means the freedom to make horrible decisions.

He will protect Genosha with his dying breath, and advocate for mutants likewise. But he tries to let the rest of the world march forward to its own drum. He doesn't have any interest in being the supreme ruler of Earth.

"I'm hopeful at the very least that he's willing to move in a forward direction," Erik says, "but given recent events, I daresay I am cautious," he does admit, soft. He himself hasn't spoken to any of them, preferring to liaise through Ailo and his psychiatric team at AMC.

Charles reaches out to place a hand on Erik's forearm. It's been 8 months since Martin's assassination, but the pain is still fresh. Many communities have been left reeling, mourning, bereft without a unifying voice to rally behind. Violence racked the country in waves immediately following his death, and it's unlikely that Milhouse will succeed Baines as an agent of peace and unity. "I think that caution is correct," Charles says, bringing Erik's knuckles up for a kiss. "My stance is that we must be quite direct with what we expect from Milhouse. He's not going to be willing to form a relationship with us, as you say, so it's best that we be straightforward. No need for ego-stroking or games of chess."

"Part of me is just..." Erik doesn't quite know how to say it, and with Hank and Raven in the room, he doesn't want to wobble too severely. Charles can see, though. The hesitancy, the rawness. It's been nearly two years since his captivity at the hands of William Stryker, and in that time 13,000 of his people had died and Charles was then tortured for months at their hands. To say that Erik's trust in the United States had been broken is an understatement of epic proportions. "Uncharitable, I suppose," he murmurs with a pained, closed-lipped smile.

"Charity should never be endless," Charles says, and that's a statement that he doesn't think that he would have made a year ago, but he's wiser now. Not jaded so much as accepting. The president-elect and his entourage have decided to meet their congregation in Westchester, eager to see the fabled school where mutant children run free. The motorcade arrives in typical noisy, opulent fashion, and Charles and Erik are waiting for Milhouse in the entryway when he exits the black limousine and steps onto the gravel drive.

Milhouse is a surprisingly tall man, though shorter than Baines and Erik, with dark hair and thin lips. Spiro is taller, a silver-haired Greek with a wide jaw and deep lines around his mouth. The two men are joined by various members of the cabinet-to-be, and Charles smiles at the group as they ascend the stone stairs. "Mr. Milhouse. Congratulations on your victory, and thank you for joining us today. Both myself and the Genoshan deligation appreciate your time."

Milhouse dutifully shakes the hands that are extended to him, but raises a black brow at the Genoshan Prime Minister's right, which is encased in a complex apparatus of a brace. "I met a guy once who lost his right arm in Flanders," Milhouse says to Erik. "Asked him if I would shake his left hand instead. That the proper procedure, still?"

"Indeed so," Erik replies mildly, extending his left, which is better than it was, but no longer his good hand as it were. Still, it's good for a shake here, a pat on the head there. To stroke and touch and explore, whilst his mutation takes up the bulk of manipulation. "It's good to meet you, how did you like the Blackbird?" he asks, getting a feel for the man's personality in typical Erik-fashion. He's got a peculiar social style, like a little chameleon's tendrils poking through the cracks and creaks. Adaptive, seeking. "Makes the round trip from Washington to New York in about five minutes, I reckon. Hell of a thing. Our Dr. McCoy here actually worked on it," he lifts his chin to Hank with a little grin. 

Theodore Spiro follows suit, and Charles finds him, of all the staff members he's met of the Americans, the warmest mind he's encountered. His stint as governor of Maryland oversaw some sweeping reforms that endears Spiro to Charles more than typical of the Republican party, clean water, repealing laws against interracial marriage, expanding community health, and prioritizing low-income opportunities.

Where he diverges somewhat is on Percy Hugh's Black Panthers, not approving of their use of violence. It's at this point that he loses Erik as well, but Erik does defer to Charles - he's more an ally than an enemy, and that's important. "Did you catch the Lawrence Welk Show yesterday?"

"The Lennon Sisters, wasn't it?" Erik arches his brows. 

"Ah, a man of taste and culture." 

Erik doesn't tell him that Charles plucked it out of his mind, but he does alight with a little mischief. "Ah, come, come. I've put on some breakfast for us. You're in for an experience, I decided to go Genoshan for a change. A Mediterranean affair. You'll enjoy it," he adds to Spiro. 

"You're Greek, right?" Spiro asks him. "Where are you from?"

"Salonika, my father was, but I was born in Łódź. Pole," he grins. "Genoshan, now."

Milhouse's mind is a...complicated one, Charles notes as they proceed to the conference room, which is an old parlor on the ground floor of the house, converted for official business such as this. Milhouse is guarded, cagey even with himself. He seems cynical, not outright combative, but expects to be challenged. Unfriendly, but not cruel. An introvert in an extrovert's role, deeply uncomfortable with any expectations of charisma. Interesting.

Where Baines was downright needy, Milhouse seems to need no one. He relays all this to Erik as the group sits around the long table. Charles gives Erik the head at the west end and sits at his left. Milhouse sits opposite Erik. There is a spread of Mediterranean breakfast food before them; cheeses, grainy bread, olives, fresh fruit, yogurt. Milhouse eyes the dishes with suspicion. "Cheese for breakfast?" he asks. "Huh. Guess you folks have your own ways about you." Even so, Milhouse takes a small plate and loads it up with sliced peaches and a drizzle of honey. "You import all this here with your...mutation? Is that what we're still calling it?"

"Mutation, yes," Charles replies. "And yes, Erik has the ability to transport objects through space. Those peaches were on a tree in Genosha just ten minutes ago."

"Unbelievable," says Spiro, genuinely impressed. "Anything at all?" his eyebrows fly up.

"Indeed so." Erik raises his hand and a soft, warm spinach and feta spanakopita appears in his palm. "For you."

"...is it edible?

"It is, yes. It's a spanakopita. Down to the exact molecule." 

Skeptical, he eats it, and closes his eyes. "Damn, all right. I'll admit it, that's nifty." He loads up his plate. "Did you just zap all this in like this? So you don't actually cook it?"

"Oh, I do. I make everything. Everything you see, I construct it all, atom-by-atom. I know it all." 

Spiro's eyes cross a little. "That's... I mean, isn't that like, trillions of... atoms? How do you keep it all straight?"

Erik grins. "I keep it all straight," he taps his temple. "My brain functions differently to yours. It's more like a quantum computer."

"That's what everyone was all up in arms about when my predecessor did that neutralization campaign," Milhouse confirms, eyeing his vice president for a moment before looking down at his peaches. "I'll be honest with you, Prime Minister, I supported Baines when he first started that business. One of the only things I agreed with him about." He looks up to meet Erik's eyes, and his own are cold, dark. "But, then I learned that it caused all those problems for you all. And what happened to you, Mr. Xavier, wasn't right either."

Charles nods.

"I don't want anyone getting hurt or sick, and I don't want a war, either. We're already losing lives over in Asia, and lots of people at home think we don't have any business out there, even though they're downright commies." He scarcely conceals the eyeroll, but Charles and Erik both note it. "So, that's what I'm here to tell you, Mr. Lenn-shurr—sorry, that's now how you say it, huh? Lenz-hair. Mr. Lenz-hair. I don't want any business, good or bad, with your island. I think that's best, for now, don't you? Stay outta each other's business and we can all be happy with that."

"Lehns-hare," Erik corrects softly. It's not often he does, people like William Stryker usually mispronounced it on purpose, but for Milhouse he concedes. "I can abide that," Erik tells him plainly. "However, I must impress upon you that I have a vested interest in the wellbeing of the mutants in your country. If at all possible, I should like to keep communication open between us. To continue our efforts of peace-making, in particular. Your predecessor tried to start registering mutants, tried to create programs to depower us. My terms are very simple - if you can commit to ensuring that mutants in your country are afforded the same rights and freedoms as everyone, I'll have no cause at all to tangle in your business."

"Well, it's written in United States Federal Law, isn't it?" Milhouse replies plainly. "You got Baines to add that to the act he got passed in '64. If it's the law, then that's what I'm beholden to. Such is the role of the President of the United States." He then turns to look at Charles. "I know that you and Baines and his predecessors worked closely together for some years, Mr. Xavier—am I saying that right? Like the Catholic saint? Okay, good—but I'm afraid that you're not going to have a seat at my table. I'm not interested in bringing civilians to weigh in on matters of government. Frankly, I think it's inappropriate. Nothing personal."

Charles offers a blithe smile. "Mr. Baines and I ceased any professional relationship some time ago, Mr. President-elect. I am not offended. But I plan to happily continue my advocacy work as a civillian, and will offer to serve as a liaison between the mutant population and yourself, if you find that you need."

"I won't need, thanks," says Milhouse dismissively. "I also wanted to say that I think it's inappropriate that your personal residence is being used as a de facto embassy for Genosha. I understand that you two are...what?" he looks at their rings. "Look, I'm tolerant of gays. That's fine. But you can't conduct state business in your house anymore. Genosha doesn't have an embassy in this country, and we're not inviting them to."

That flares Erik up, and he stands, eyes ablaze. "We invited you to our community so that we may parlay and come to a mutual understanding. An understanding that was necessary to reach after your government committed a crime of aggression against my country. You do not come in here and tell me it's inappropriate for me to be here. Lest you speak out of line again, I'll send you straight back to the Pentagon. I've no time for bigoted nonsense, I've heard enough of it already, I've experienced enough of it. I am here in good-will, I did not have to come here and parlay with you. You do not want anything to do with Genosha, that is fine, but you keep in mind that your people aggressed against us. Am I understood."

Milhouse seems surprised to be addressed with such harshness, but Charles witnesses his brain wrestle with itself, reminding him that he's speaking to another head of state. An equal. He'd just exchanged words with Prime Minister James of the UK, and he reminds himself that Erik should be treated the same. "I'm not telling you what you can and can't do with your own self. And I don't take the oath of office until January, Prime Minister, so none of this matters until then. I'm just giving you notice that I'm not going to be taking meetings with you here. I'm not a casual man. You can come here on unofficial business however much you want, I'm not going to stop you, and I couldn't even if I tried."

"You'd prefer to meet in your office," Erik summarizes flatly. It's the fact that he went out of his way to bring up his and Charles' relationship, to denigrate Genosha. Erik simmers. "Duly noted."

"Or in yours," Milhouse levels. "As I had, Mr. Prime Minister. I'm not a casual man, and I like to do things by the book. I'm grateful for your hospitality here, but I don't want to make a habit of casual visits to anyone. Neither civilians nor fellow heads of state. I'm a servant of the United States and am interested in transparency. I hope that you can appreciate that."

"My relationship to the Prime Minister has no sway over the diplomatic relations that we have worked to establish between our nations," Charles cuts in. "Many Americans have settled on Genosha and become Genoshan citizens. The Prime Minister himself was a resident here for many years. He and I are personally connected, yes. But we assemble here because we formed joint goals here many years ago. This school has become a haven for mutants in this country and in others. Our relationship has little to do with it."

"As I said, I'm not a bigot. If you two are together, I don't care. But this building is not an embassy. It's private property, and therefore inappropriate as a location for state business."

Charles watches in real-time as Erik slowly simmers down, the flare in his mind beginning to dull. He realizes his better hand is shaking and swiftly ruffles his cloak to hide it. All of a sudden this conference room feels like it's closing-in on him. The jeering words of Stryker lobbed across - Faggot. Queer. Jew. - no, no, that's not right. Erik blinks back the hot and wet at his eyes that only Charles can see, his face a stone mask for everyone else. A blip out of time. A time-traveler, he told Charles in their Arcadia. Sometimes, Erik gets lost, too. Perhaps Milhouse didn't deserve his harsh rebuke.

"I understand," he says softly. "I apologize for my ire," he adds, taking a deep breath.

Milhouse observes Erik keenly. "I've stated that it's my hope that your nation and mine can simply leave each other alone. If there comes a time where we need to convene on matters of mutual importance, then we can do so, but for the moment, I'd like to remain out of each other's business. Mr. Xavier, please do as you are permitted as a free citizen of the United States. Mr. Lehnsherr, please observe the proper diplomatic protocol if you wish to engage in discussions with us. We will do the same in return. Is this agreed?"

"As you wish," Erik says with a simple nod. To Milhouse, his severe features have yet to truly animate, eyes vivid and tracking his every twitch. "Please, avail yourselves of the breakfast, it's all quite good." He gestures to the table with a smile.

Spiro munches on his spanakopita. "He's not wrong. This stuff is heavenly. Say, I couldn't get a to-go, eh?"

"Indeed so, Mr. Spiro," Erik says, eyes creased as he flourishes his arm to present the man a take-out bag with the sigil of Genosha on it - the handsome guardian octopus amidst the backdrop of Etz Chayim in fiery magenta, and two laurels crossed-over from the Institute's heraldry.

Charles places his hand on Erik's knee under the table and gives it a gentle squeeze as everyone begins to eat and chat quietly. He's...strange, he tells his husband. Acting more diplomatic than I think he intends to be. He's not lying when he says he wants you out of his hair, but he's also terrified of you. Of me, too, but mostly of you.

"You're afraid of me," Erik says it bluntly, because that's his way. "I don't intend offense. It isn't a slight. My husband is telepathic," he explains, keeping his voice level and soft. "I'm not going to cause you harm. If you don't hurt us, we won't hurt you. I can't control every single mutant, I can't predict the future. There may be bad actors some day. But me, myself," he taps his chest. "I do not seek to cause harm. Genosha is a peaceful society. Alien to you, I know. But we are peaceful at our core."

Milhouse freezes mid-bite, and then looks at Charles with a thinly-veiled grimace. He puts his peach slide down and then folds his hands atop the table. "I watched you turn a man into nothing in the middle of New York City, Mr. Prime Minister. I know that you level a mountaintop, when you put a stop to Bolivar Trask's operation last year. "What happened ten years ago, at that abandoned hospital...I know about that, too. Pulling food out of thin air, making billions of dollars worth of artillery just disappear...yes, Mr. Prime Minister, I think it's safe to say that I have just cause to be cautious of you. And I don't appreciate being spied on, either."

"My apologies, Mr. Milhouse, I don't intend to spy," Charles says, raising an apologetic hand. "You're a private man, and I respect that. I simply want no one to feel as if they need to hide things, here. Baines tried to hide his contempt behind a sense of duty, and that ended poorly for all of us. I'd rather get in front of it now if there are going to be problems."

"When I do things, it's for a reason," Erik tells him. "I understand you're cautious. But in each of those situations there was an extreme peril involved. Sayid al-Zaman killed 5,000 people. He was going to kill millions more. I ended him before he could accomplish his goal, against my heart. He was a man I had love for, it did not satisfy me to kill him. I took apart Trask's facility, leaving everyone alive. I took your equipment, because you had just abducted me for 36 days and subjected me to torture and depravity. Your government refused to even acknowledge it had done anything wrong. North Brother Island... was complicated. It's doubtful you know the full extent of what transpired, but it did not happen quite so cleanly. My mother was a mutant, as well. She can travel through time, Mr. Milhouse. She was the one who killed those men. She was my mother, and those men had done grave harm to me for many years, and she could not bear it. These are human actions. We're not monsters. We're just people. And we're trying our best."

“A time-traveler, come to the present to murder a bunch of old Nazi doctors,” Milhouse muses, not even bothering to cloak the wryness in his tone. “I’m not gonna ask any further questions on that matter. But look, Prime Minister. I’m not asking you to tell me your life story. This isn’t a deposition, I left that business behind in law school. It’s about your kind.” He looks to Charles, and then Raven and Hank, both blue. “As I’ve said, protections from discrimination are now the law of the land. I’ll respect that. I’m not trying to hurt anyone. But it’s new ground, for a lot of nations. Thirty years ago, only a handful of people knew you existed.”

“There’s always fear, when dealing with the unfamiliar,” replies Charles, kind. “But perhaps it will relax you to know that, even if you didn’t know of our existence, people like us have always existed. Perhaps George Washington was a mutant. Thomas Jefferson almost certainly was; someone who had an affinity for machinery. The research is compelling.”

“Maybe Bonaparte was,” Milhouse edges. “Or maybe Pompeii wasn’t a volcano. Maybe some old Italian guy got upset and decided to level a city.”

Charles smiles. “Maybe.”

Erik inclines his head. "What my point is," he says, gesturing, "is that barring something extreme, such as another instance of terrorism, I have no desire to interfere in your affairs, or to hurt people, or to insert myself into anything. You've enshrined protective laws against discrimination and intend to honor them, that's good enough for me. Aside from that, the affairs of humans don't much interest me, though we have a few agreements in place to supply materiel for the war effort." It's not something he particularly likes doing, but at the end of the day, less people will die. So he agrees, for now. "You'll have to let me know if that is something you still desire us to honor. At the end of the day, we would like to be an ally to humanity, not an adversary."

"Well, I'd hope so," Milhouse says coolly. "You've impressed my colleague here with your magic tricks, but I'm harder to win. I care about actions, Mr. Prime Minister. Over time, I guess we'll see if your actions live up to your words. I hope for all of our sakes that they do." He stands then. "I think that concludes this meeting. Thank you, Mr. Xavier, for your hospitality."

"I return the same sentiment to you," Erik responds, uncowed. He's no interest in winning anything, least of all the good opinion of the Americans, but he's unsure that Milhouse would even comprehend an explanation of his motives in addressing the fear that drenches the room. Perhaps that's his uncharitable heart once more. So he doesn't provide one, and when the man rises, he remains seated.

Spiro shakes their hands once more upon leaving, and when they do, Raven rolls her eyes. "Leave it to these idiots to continually jam their foots into their mouths. You guys handled it well," she says of Charles and Erik. "I guess we can only let time dictate whether they commit to following their own laws or not."

"Well, if not, we'll be ready," says Erik. "There was something else I'd been meaning to talk to you all about, if you'll indulge me for a few more minutes," he says to the remaining group.

Chapter 56: For as a rule, a thing that pleases rankles if it never ceases;

Chapter Text

 

Charles and Hank see the party out. He sits in the entryway as he watches the line of black cars pile out of the driveway, and he can’t help but imagine a line of ants, marching toward or away from their unknowable mission. For a moment, he wishes he were back in the quiet peace of Arcadia, just he and Erik and their garden and the trees and gentle wave.

Within minutes, however, a pack of students darts onto the lawn to resume their games, happy and free now that the austere visitors are gone. They remind him why he’s come home. He and Hank join the pair in the conference room shortly after, and he takes a plate of peaches for himself. At Erik’s remark, he looks up, brow raised. “Ominous, aren’t you, love? What is it?”

"You're going to want to sit down for this one, Hank," Raven tells her furry friend with a snort.

"It's not precisely ominous," Erik says. "But it's... it will reframe things, for us. For all of us. This meeting with the cabinet, just puts that into stark detail. Because," he inhales slowly, trying to think of how to break this news. "Because this is going to be something that we deal with for many decades to come. All of us," he adds, meaning mutants.

Raven nods. "OK, so, you guys know that Genosha is a leader in medical research and advancements. That's why you have your lab there. But with the very recent advancements in our microscopes and DNA, in particular mutant DNA, we've come across a pretty startling discovery."

"The process by which organic material degrades, through mitosis. When a cell replicates, its telomeres get shorter. Eventually, the DNA breaks down entirely, because the telomere ensures integrity of linear chromosomes by preventing DNA repair from mistaking it as a double-strand break." He doesn't bother dumbing it down, both of these men are scientists well-acquainted with genetics.

"The telomere is like a protective cap, on the ends of the chromosome. Have you ever heard of a lobster, or a tardigrade? Lobsters don't actually live forever, they just have indeterminate growth," Raven picks up, thoughtful. "And they eventually die of exhaustion when they molt."

"Well," continues Erik, "we have discovered evidence that mutants don't exhibit these teleological breakdowns. We won't die of old age, not until we're very, very old. Maybe not at all. Our risk of cancer will increase the older we get, and the cancer will probably kill most of us, but if a mutant is robust enough to resist it... theoretically, they could live for thousands of years."

Charles, the geneticist, is silent. It all makes perfect sense, what Erik is saying. He hasn't been in a lab in over a year; he had other priorities to tend to and has been focusing on learning how to be a teacher and a mentor again. His own research has fallen by the wayside. But the implication is startling. He thinks of the older mutants that he knows. Ailo looks like he's scarcely aged a day since they met over a decade ago. Erik's mother had been murdered. In fact, every deceased mutant that he knows of has died of unnatural causes. How had he not discovered this on his own?

"But we've all aged," Hank points out. "Look. We have wrinkles and graying hair."

"We noted that as well," Raven says with a grin. "We think it's not precisely aging as much as it is maturing. We go through the stages of life of a human being as is typical, and then, the current theory is that we'll essentially stabilize and continue to function until we are killed by unnatural means. Or, like Erik said, what's more likely to happen is as our Earth is more polluted, and our environment gets more toxic, we'll start developing cancer at an increased rate once we enter late-stage development. It's not like we're at higher risk of developing cancer, it's more like, cancer is something that may well be inevitable in every human being, if only they would live long enough to get it. That's the theory, anyway."

"Basically put, it's likely you will look like that for the rest of your life, however long you live. You may go a bit more grey, and get a bit more wrinkles, but you won't become geriatric. As far as we can tell, there's no mutant out there that appears truly geriatric. The only reason you didn't know this, is because mutation is very recent. Quite frankly, we haven't been alive long enough to note this - except for now, as we enter our fifth decade of living, it's going to become more apparent that we're not similar to the homo sapiens. In that regard, at least. Psychologically speaking, we're very indistinct."

Charles finally speaks. "This is information that we will want to keep private until we've determined what the larger implications of this discovery are. Many humans are going to take this news quite negatively, and frankly, many mutants may, too." He rubs a hand over his bald head, frowning at the table in front of him. To live forever....it's far more terrifying than it is exciting, in his view. "There are teams of scientists all over the world trying to find a mechanism for slowing or controlling aging. We're going to have to do extensive research and projection modelling before we're able to share this news."

He too, agrees with Charles - the prospect of living forever is an unnerving one. It puts their psychological healing into perspective, too. Erik is starting to realize that all of his life experiences, the Shoah, everything will one day be a distant blip on the historical record. It will be up to him and others like him to keep humanity on the rails, to prevent catastrophes like that from ever happening again. But Erik is a man who considers the long-term implications anyway. It means that he has to expect to be grounded in global affairs for the long-term, that he needs to cultivate positive interactions with different nations, that he needs to ensure the viability of Genosha for centuries to come.

The fact that they're so insular now is a boon, and Erik thinks that he can ensure there is enough space for anyone who wishes to immigrate to Genosha if the world becomes untenable elsewhere for mutants and other minorities. He can, after all, simply create new land-masses for them to utilize. Shielding them from the outside, potentially even making it invisible to the naked eye and imaging systems... his mind is awhirl with possibility.

Erik nods. "I agree, if they find out that we don't age at a regular rate, they'll likely view that as a threat - knowing that places like Genosha are going to be around for a long time. They may be under the impression that eventually I'll age out, step down, that they can influence our policies to become more in line with their own, that mutants will fade into the background. That's not going to be the case."

“I mean, not even I considered that,” Charles murmurs. It strikes him then, how truly fortunate he is. Everyone he loves in this world is a mutant. His sister, his colleagues, his students, Erik. The twins. Jean. How horrific it would be, to stay in a vital body while everyone he knows slips away. And there are many, many mutants out there who have human spouses, human parents and children, who will face eternity alone and not know it…how many have begun to suffer?

Their species is new, but they aren’t the first generation of mutants. Are there people out there who look to be in the prime of their middle age, but who have buried a child? A child who lived a full life, into their 70s? 80s? Certainly. “Community will be paramount, then,” Charles says, voice nearly a whisper as he contemplates the earth-shattering prospect of eternal life. “I guess you’ll get to play with your supercomputer after all,” he says wryly, to Hank.

"We should speak to Wanda," says Erik grimly. "Her abilities will help us navigate this. To shape the future into something worthwhile. If I've learned anything from her and ima, it's that there's no right timeline. There's only what we think is right. G-d forbid we have another Holocaust or another world war. I want to commit to enduring these things don't happen," he just says it plainly. "I don't know why I am here. If there is a real why at all. But I am here. I have these powers. I don't know. Do we need some kind of... Prime Directive?"

"Like Star Trek?" Raven laughs.

"Don't make fun. I'm serious. Where do we draw the line? All these children you're educating here will become the next generation of eternal adults. That's an enormous burden."

"Is it our responsibility to be the stewards of the future?" Here they are, fresh-faced MIT students, in debate club all over again. Only now, the question isn't facetious, and they aren't assigned a side to argue for or against. Yes, objectively, it is within the interest of human beings to set their offspring up for success. A baton passed from generation to generation, caring for the planet and the species. But now...it is their own future. Their own lives. Charles's head begins to hurt. "In two hundred years, will it matter that Jean is 18 years my junior? That a mutant born today is younger than me by 41 years? At a certain point, such distinctions won't matter. We'll all be adults. Equals. How can it be up to us to ensure that we ready people for that?"

Erik gives a little shrug. "I suppose it's equalizing, in that sense, yes. But," he raises a finger, "what type of adult Jean became, was partially due to the lessons that we taught her. In a hundred years, she'll undoubtedly be our peer, this is true. But she will have a moral compass, a guidepost, that was originally instilled in her by us. And she'll affect us, in turn, and that will affect the younger generations, in turn. The wheel spins," he draws a little circle in the air.

"I think it's our responsibility, yes. At the very least, it's our choice. We can do these things. If I wanted, I could end the Vietnam war right now. So could you. Should we do that? Should we interfere? Should we shape humanity to our whim? That's a choice we have to make. I chose not to step in, even though thousands are dying, because it is a mutual war between relatively equal sides. They should have the choice whether they want to fight or not. But if something like Nazi Germany ever arose again, where millions of civilians are being slaughtered, I'll have another choice to make. And I know what choice I would make."

"It's all relative, though," Charles says, soft. "Good and evil isn't. Not really, not in any way that matters. I agree. It's about the choices we make. And I know what choice I would make, too. I suppose we don't need to worry about intellectual arguments such as that. Not if we're going to live forever." He's babbling now, clearly unsettled. "I guess I ought to stop neglecting physical therapy," he says, and he knows that it's dumb, but there's so many things bouncing around that it's hard to grasp onto anything at all. "Muscles can waste for 60 years and not be too much of a problem. They can't waste for 600." 6,000...600,000.....

"At a certain point," Erik says, understanding his train of thought, "we'll have another decision to make, I think." His eyebrows raise, wondering if Charles understands him. Being alive for 600,000 years... Erik isn't sure if a being is meant to be alive for that long. Will he even remember his childhood, will he remember any of the humans he once knew? Is his brain even designed to handle that degree of longevity? "It will be our choice," he says softly.

"I don't think I could hold it against anyone who decided they'd had enough after hundreds of thousands of years. And who knows, we might never get to that point. After all, we've committed to developing robust clusters of mutant communities. We'll have one another to rely on, for stability. I think it makes sense, then, that we might choose to become more insular as a species. Think of our human allies, hm? We'll watch them all die, someday."

Much like Charles, it's clear that his head has been reeling over this information ever since he learned it that morning; perhaps it explained why he was so unsteady during the meeting with Milhouse, having to contend with this bombshell on top of everything else.

Raven grimaces herself. "Oh, poor Carmen, and Daniel. Oh, poor Kitty. I mean, you know I agree with you," she flicks her fingers at Erik. "I don't think you'll get much of an argument from any Genoshan. We've kind of taken it upon ourselves to herd these cats that are humans, huh? We've set a good example with our society, we've shown it can work. And you, I think you'll have to seriously look at how you can help mitigate the pollution in the atmosphere." She raises her brows at Erik.

"Yes, I've considered that as well. I'm nervous about that, but I've managed to create a solid ecosystem in Genosha that is stable and healthy. Over time, I might have to expand that to other countries. After all, I want this place to be suitable for long-term human habitation."

"I don't want to become insular," Charles says quietly. But, how can they not? Eventually, they'll be alive long enough that a human lifetime will feel like a few years, won't they? A few days? 1,000 years ago, William the Conqueror brought the Normans to Britain. How much had changed between then and now? Manorialism fell to Feudalism, Feudalism to something resembling exists now. The invention of movable type. Computers. What in the world will human society look like a thousand years from now? Charles feels nauseous. "Well. That's a lot to digest," he murmurs, rubbing his forehead. "I think what is most important is that we keep this discovery between only ourselves, now."

"I don't, either," Erik says. "Though I suspect that eventually, even that will stop causing us pain," he thinks, curious. It's a lot to digest, but Erik is an inherently curious soul, always eager to burst forth into the unknown. "All that which hurts us now will become equalized, eventually," he suspects.

"So we're like... vampires," Raven laughs. "We'll have our own laws, our own conduct. I think more than our abilities, this is going to separate us from humanity more than anything else. I don't know if that means we'll keep to ourselves or not. We'll just have to see how it plays out, huh? If we can actually handle Integration. But yes, I agree. This isn't something that they need to know about. As for other mutants, I don't know. I think they do have the right to know, I mean, this changes everything. It changes how we live our lives, doesn't it? They deserve to know."

"They do," Erik says. "But you're an intelligence officer. You know how easy it is for humans and mutants to become compromised and reveal data that they shouldn't, even in casual conversations. If we do decide to go public with this on Genosha, we'll have to put laws in place to ensure that people understand that they can't talk about it to outsiders. The scientists at Aramida know," he adds. "And now their families undoubtedly know. This type of information has a way of spreading."

Charles gazes at Erik, awash in a mixed emotion. The greatest boon is that he will get to spend eternity with his beloved; time is endless, now. Endless opportunities for the two of them to explore. To be together. Perhaps they can take extended breaks away from the public eye to just be. He truly did not think that he would have the opportunity to do that in this lifetime, not when he's already 41 and Erik is 45. "Perhaps we can establish a task force," Charles suggests, reaching out to place a hand on Erik's knee, unconsciously. "Determine how we share this news, how we plan to go about this news. What we want to establish in response to it."

Erik rests his hand atop Charles's without even thinking. He has to admit, the fact that everyone he knows and loves most in this world is a mutant makes the prospect a lot easier. Of course, he has human friends. People like Carmen and Daniel, the people in Genosha who have chosen to settle because of their beliefs or their families, because of the freedoms and privileges they couldn't find in their countries of origin. Charles knows that Erik has, in the wake of Stryker, ventured forward to participate more fully in activism rooted not only in mutant equality but also for those like him in other ways, having found it a challenge to endure on his own.

One of the biggest assets in his recovery has always been the sense of community with others who understand what it's like to be targeted for their identities, something Erik has been uniquely exposed to due to his public stature. Charles too is no stranger to this. Losing those friends he's made will be difficult, but somehow the idea that they'll have lived full lives and met a natural end for their kind is comforting in its own way. Humans are different. They aren't meant to live eternally, death is a normal part of human life. And it's not like mutants are immune to it, either.

Erik laughs a bit, aware the hurricane of his thoughts is obvious to Charles. But facing this with Charles, with Wanda and Pietro and Raven and all the people he's come to view as family... he isn't aware he's smiling slightly. "That's a good idea," he murmurs, gentle. "Goodness, I suppose we will have lifetimes to grow and learn together. That's something, isn't it? I couldn't imagine anyone else by my side."

"G-ddddddd. You're such a sap," Raven smirks.

"Shtok," he grumps. "I'll sap you."

She sticks her tongue out. "So, who exactly do we want on this task force? Hank, definitely. Wanda. You and Erik. Me? I mean, I'm no scientist. But I am an intelligence officer. Emma might be a good choice, too. She's... Emma, but..."

Erik nods. "But she's shrewd, and pragmatic. Her perspective will be distinct from ours. All these years she's been on the Genoshan Council, she's proven to be a valuable ally. She's not emotionally inclined, but she won't act against mutant interests as a whole. The actions that she takes are generally beneficial."

"You know, I know she was shocked you invited her to Genosha. I sat down and listened to her testimony a couple of years ago. I can't imagine growing up with Viktor Creed as a father. Insane that she's as sane as she is."

"Agreed," Erik mutters, grim. "I invited her because she deserved a chance. We can argue all day about the morality of her choices, but ultimately, I survived because of her. And she's part of team, now, so it mitigates her less savory impulses. That's another thing we'll have to consider," Erik gestures vaguely with his bad hand. "Mutants who prove to be bad actors, like Sayid, we'll have to deal with them potentially endlessly. So this changes a lot about how we approach it. Our policy is treatment, exile or execution. But anyone we exile," he says, "that is a person who will remain a problem at large."

"You guys say a lot that mutants and humans are similar psychologically, but I've noticed that in general, mutants seem a lot more... I don't know, cooperative? Less aggressive? We have mutant criminals, mutant psychopaths, mutant terrorists. But they're a lot less common than in humans. I mean, think about it: as a species, so far we've never had a civil war. And we've been around at least a hundred years. So maybe it won't be as big of a problem as we think."

"Well, that may or may not be the case. But remember, all those people I grew up with, most of them were mutants. They were just as sadistic, just as aggressive, as any human being. They were wired wrong, just like other humans."

"Yeah, that's true," Raven sighs. She never likes thinking about Schmidt, having spent way too long in his vicinity.

"I think that establishing some global police force sounds grim," Charles mutters. "But you're right. There will be people who have long lifespans and nothing but bad intentions. It's sounding to me like we'll want to advocate for some centralized body with codes of conduct and statutes."

"One that lasts potentially thousands of years?" Hank asks, brow raised. "Sensibilities will change."

"And the body can change, too," Charles says, looking to Erik. "Genosha can be the center. We can establish such codes of conduct and make them known. Establish courts of justice, parliamentary powers, executive functions. Our kind won't be beholden to these statutes, but they can serve as guidelines and parameters for us as we endure through time." He taps a finger on the table. "This body won't have to worry about people like Milhouse or Baines. Not really. It's a centralized force that can provide unity and structure for us. It can, through collective votes, decide what we do with bad actors, as you call them. We need something, after all. We can hold elections, referendums. Our task force can work on drafting what that may look like."

Erik nods. "On Genosha things are run relatively simply. We take charge of the infrastructure and ensure people have access to all the resources they require. Food, water, electricity, shelter, healthcare, evidence-based, secular education. They're free to establish communities of their own and police themselves how they see fit, provided they follow our basic laws. No killing, stealing, assault, or generally infringing on the right of another being to live freely and safely. Immigration between clusters is encouraged as they're spread across ideology. Some folks established markets and money of their own, others group together by religion or doctrine. The state only interferes when people get hurt. And our response to this is variable. We have teams of telepathic clinicians who work with people that display a pattern of antisocial or deviant behavior, generally separating them from others.

If they can't integrate at all, such as in Sayid's case - and unfortunately he interfered with my mind and prevented me from taking what action I should have. Which was to kill him, unfortunately. He shouldn't have been permitted to live, not after Anatolia. Another option we are experimenting with is whether or not such a person could volunteer to have their mind altered, to allow them to live. We can walk everyone here through the gist of our legal system, and modify it and adapt it to this new information. The elections process is spread between communities as well. People elect the leaders they want, and we host open forums where everyone who desires can come and present their ideas to both the state government - myself, the ministers and Council - as well as their local governments. There's one community who resolves things by dualling." Erik laughs.

"They've made their own laws. All who have disputes and who are adults of consenting capacity can resolve them via combat. The outcome is upheld. Our communities are extremely diverse, but we maintain an insular nature."

"There's a lot to think about," Charles murmurs, and it's the understatement of the millenium. Governance, laws, community...Raven is like, they will indeed function like vampires, with their own culture and way of life. As Hank begins to discuss the plausibility of mental manipulation, Charles squeezes Erik's thigh. I don't want to forget a moment of our lives together, he tells his husband, earnest. Raw. The day we got married; that was the happiest I have ever been. To think that I may not remember that one day...I don't want to even consider it, Erik. Perhaps there's a way that I can, with some technological innovation, transmit memories onto external sources. Like a film reel. So that, in a hundred years, we can revisit and remember.

Erik's eyebrows arch, suddenly. "No, we won't forget," he says, and all of a sudden he sounds completely certain, as certain as anything he's ever said. As certain as when he said yes, that immediate yes when Charles had asked to marry him. That first time. His hand can't curl over Charles's, entirely useless - the both of them, he rolls his eyes in a huff. Useless things, but they can touch. They can feel, and that's good enough for him. His chin jerks, thoughts a whirl, and then he wraps one arm around Charles entirely and shwoop! They're gone.

Hank is startled to discover when he looks up from his conversation with Raven (-- their courts of law on Genosha are currently experimenting with the idea of offering criminals who are particularly egregious - on the caliber of Sayid and Schmidt, the possibility of having their minds re-arranged by clinicians like Ailo to change them - it's an execution of a different sort, and one that must be agreed to - the choice, uncertain. Death of one's spirit, or of one's body --) to see that Charles and Erik have vanished.

Chapter 57: And something else occurs to me: in total blackness you can see but once the dawn dispels the dark

Chapter Text

"Let's get married."

"Oh," Erik is stunned across from Charles, the little spots of grey on his temple less pronounced than they are in the Erik beside him.

Charles and Erik before them are in a shimmering haze, unable to see them. It's more than just a memory, it's an experience. Out of the ether, drawn down all around them in glowing symphony.

"Married. Me, married to me?" Erik is clutching at is own chest, the breath stolen out of him. "Please. Yes, please. Marry me?" and Charles is laughing.

" Yes, Erik Lehnsherr. Of course I'll marry you, you fool."

Beside him, Erik bends to kiss his cheek, bowing their foreheads together. "Look, see? I won't let you forget. I'll remember. You know how I know? Because that's my mutation, isn't it? I keep all of it with me. I have the ability to store infinite amounts of data in here," he taps his head. "As long as you're with me, I'll never let you forget." He watches himself, and has to laugh a little under his breath. "Do you know how shocked I was, that you wanted to marry me?" his brows arch, playful. "Ah, the follies of youth."

It was only a short while ago, but it feels like a lifetime has passed already. Trask, Stryker, Arcadia. Time, marching steadily forward, and Erik as its anchor.

Though he's accustomed to traveling through space with Erik at this point, he hasn't gotten used to travelling through time. When he blinks, they're back in Erik's home on Genosha. He gasps at the scene before him—his hair was so lush and soft!—and then his heart thumps. The way Erik's features light up. Dark eyebrows shoot upward, and those glittering green eyes illuminate his freckled features. His left hand is deft as it clutches at his shirt. The way his own face explodes in a sunny smile and laughter. He doesn't realize that tears are stinging his eyes until Erik—his Erik, the one he can speak to—leans over to kiss his cheek. "You're so magnificent," he breathes, laughing softly. "Oh, Erik. What would I do without you?"

Erik is laughing, and he peppers Charles's face with kisses, nudging up close to him with his good arm tightened around him. He gently reaches up to dab at those tears, Charles able to feel his smile against his skin. "I won't let us forget," he promises solemnly, forever grateful for the parts of his body that remain functional enough that he can cradle Charles up protectively, keeping him all safe and secure in his hold.

When Vision broke the barrier, when those men dropped in through the ceiling of the Manor and snatched Charles up into that helicopter, stealing him away and keeping him trapped for months whilst Erik laid immobile and useless at Aramida Hospital - it's among some of the worst experiences of his life. Worse than anything Schmidt or Creed had put him through, worse than any torture inflicted by Stryker. Worse than death, he thinks. The instincts rising up in him are ancient, atavistic at their core, a looming creature in its nest.

"I won't let us forget," he rasps. "I'll keep you safe, forever. I will. I promise. I won't let them get you again. I'll burn the world down before they can. I am yours, but you are mine, too."

Charles tugs Erik down so that the other is on his lap. He closes his eyes when Erik wraps strong arms around him, resting his head against his collarbone. Yes, Charles spends a lot of time taking care of Erik, but it's reciprocal. Erik is his protector, too. He belongs, entirely, to Erik, and there's some comfort knowing that he will for all of eternity. "We'll have to keep each other safe." It's imperative. They cannot lose each other; eternity will not be bearable if one of them doesn't make it. "Goodness, look at us. I can't walk, you can't use your hands."

Erik laughs a bit, curling up next to his chest while watching the two of them on the couch in shimmering memory, existing for this moment entirely out of time inside a bubble of Erik's own making. "But you can use your mind and heart," he whispers back. "And I can make everything nice, see?" he lifts his better hand to swirl the air all around them, suffusing it with kaleidoscopic sparks that jump and zip from particle to particle.

"And we'll make sure no one can hurt us again. I couldn't bear it," he admits softly. Being stuck and alone in that hospital room; frozen and terrified. Knowing that Charles was out there, unable to help. Unable to stop it. He knows Charles understands, those 36 days with Stryker are still imprinted on all his atoms. But... they're here. Together, a little less physically whole than they were when they first met. But in every way that counts, Erik thinks, he is more full of joy and pleasure than he ever thought would be possible.

In another instant, they're somewhere else. Charles recognizes the dingy paintings on the walls of Aoife's, the mahogany-wood tables and booths where they Erik first laid his hand over Charles's. He grins, watching his past-self form a rose out of metal for Charles. "I never thought I would get to have this," he whispers the admission, gentle. "That I could -" he swallows, hard, and raps his hand over his heart. "That I could love. I love you so fiercely. And I didn't think that was possible for me."

"Oh, look at how young we were," Charles breathes, laughing. He observes his own form, clad in awkwardly oversized clothing. His hair is coiffed, but he looks like a child, a child who thinks that he's got it all figured out. He gazes at his legs underneath the table, watching how his foot taps rhythmically. Yes, he used to be a foot-tapper, didn't he? And Erik, stoic and handsome as ever. Before he dared so much as smile. What a stark change to the man in his lap, whose features are soft, friendly. "Nothing has ever been the same, from this night," he whispers. "Nothing. This is the first day of everything that matters to me. Goodness, look at that leather jacket of yours! Tough guy, aren't you?" he teases, fond. "You have even more freckles now. Years in that Genoshan sun have been kind to you."

Erik can't help the soft twinge of sadness that pierces him as he watches himself, knowing exactly how... bereft, he had been. How cold, alienated and isolated. It softens as he watches himself sputter with wrong-footed uncertainty at the realization that oh, Charles had asked him out. He watches something change in him, then, the frozen tundra that had formed his internal landscape for so long after escaping the hell of his youth. Everything had changed for him, then, with the slow-burgeoning recognition that perhaps there was something more for him out there, after all. Something beyond death, and ashes. He snorts under his breath. "Oh, I was an idiot," he laughs. "You were so - suave, and certain, and I was like a baby monkey, just stumbling around," he shakes his head. "I'm surprised I got a second date. And don't lie. You liked that jacket," he smirks.

"Your mind was so intoxicating to me. Your...clumsy social skills didn't bother me; I could not get enough of your mind," Charles admits. He can remember how taken he was, even before their first date, by the structured hallways. Like a temple. Ornate and precise, even if some corridors are dark. "I still can't. It's unlike any that I've encountered before." He watches as the Charles of 1954 drops the metal rose in his pocket. "I still have that rose. It's in my closet. I threw it away when you left for Genosha for the first time," he admits, lowering his eyes. "But Ailo saved it. Gave it to me when I started feeling more myself again. He knew that I would regret getting rid of it. He tends to be right about those things, doesn't he?"

There are few memories of him and Charles that Erik laments, and regrets - but leaving for Genosha is up there with the worst of them. Being able to care for Charles in Arcadia had put things into more stark perspective, though. It's rare that Erik feels true anger at the people who have caused him pain, but the sweltering heat of the desert and the crackling pit where his True-Self had been hidden sends a bolt of rage deep into his being that causes everything around them to shimmer in flux, malleable in the strong fist of Erik's power. The very universe itself shuddering with it.

If I let you go, we will be enemies, Sayid's voice from the ether. And they were. But before that, he had been cast-down into his own depths. The hooks and claws sunk into him, so subtle that he couldn't discern. Because it wasn't just pain to Erik that Sayid had caused, in the long run. He had taken Erik from Charles, and that is something he doesn't know he has it within himself to forgive.

The Erik beside him spans his palm over Charles's cheek. "I am so glad you kept it," he whispers. "And that Ailo stayed, and helped you. It should have been me. It always should have been me."

Charles raises his bad hand and rests it against Erik's own on his cheek. That had been a dark year. Learning how to navigate life after his injury had only been complicated by Erik's sudden departure. He had been hurt, angry, but mostly—and he knows this now in retrospect—scared. But it had helped them grow, too. Erik needed to go to Genosha, and Charles needed to learn how to accept help from others. Erik can take care of his bodily needs so easily due to his mutation, and Charles had to learn how to be graceful when others need to step in, from time to time. He needed to get off the serum and refocus on his goals. "It worked out," he says quietly. "Look. Look at us now. We can't live for an eternity and stew on regrets, hmm? There would be too many to bear. Let that one go, darling. It's okay. We ended up where we were supposed to, in the end."

Erik's head dips and he presses a kiss against Charles's palm, watching himself from out-of-time; the way his own features had softened the longer he spent around Charles. Now, it's no secret at all - he does indeed tend to project an aura of toughness, but all those closest to him are well-aware that his nature is soft. At one time he'd been ashamed of it, trying brutally to conceal it behind the mask of stoicism that still pervades to those without the clarity of time or telepathy. But it's healing, he thinks, so incredibly healing to be here, now. With his husband, the one person in the entire known galaxy that he feels well and truly safe with.

"It's difficult," he admits, quiet. It's been many years, and he's only recently begun to truly understand everything that's happened to them, to be clear-headed and himself absent any external influence. "I know," he laughs a bit. "I have to let it go. And you're right, stewing in guilt isn't productive." He's only recently begun opening up about it to Ailo, trying to find a place to put it that can afford him some measure of objective comprehension. And Ailo, bless his soul, has been more assistive to them both than he knows how to properly thank. The Charles of 1954 is a foot-tapper, and watching him get up and bound toward the lab on two whole legs causes Erik to whirl and snort dryly in amusement, watching them go. Both so incredibly excited to have found a kindred spirit, all those years ago. He knows he has to let that guilt go, but sometimes he can't help but get mired down in it like quicksand. Schmidt is the one who wound up hurting Charles, because of his simple proximity to Erik. 

Because he had loved Erik, and Erik couldn't protect him from the demons of his history. But at the end of the day, Charles is right. While Erik suspects he will always feel some measure of responsibility for what happened, he can't regret where they are today. Married, in charge of two integral institutions that enshrine the safety, education and wellbeing of mutantkind. Two twin-strongholds, bound together by endless affection between them, the cords strong and tightly woven. Erik takes hold of Charles's hand as best as he can in his crooked fingers, and follows along after their younger-selves as they exit the laboratory and make haste for Erik's townhouse.

"This night, what you did for me on this night," he murmurs, rough and fond, shaking his head a little. Charles had transformed Erik's insides from a cold, dead-star into a brilliant supernova. "I will never forget that."

Charles watches their younger selves wistfully. So young and beautiful, like two movie stars. Charles on his two healthy legs, moving gracefully. Hands that don't jerk, hair styled in the fad of the day. He remembers looking in his mirror before leaving that night and grumbling about some spot near his hairline. A spot that he doesn't even notice, now. Is this what it takes? A decade and a half of distance before one can realize how wonderful things once were?

No...no. He knows that things are wonderful now. Arcadia taught him that, that life will always have peaks and valleys. It took some deep valleys for him to understand what the peaks truly are. He's healthy again. Happily in Westchester with a class to teach twice a week. His husband is here. His students are safe and happy. This is good. "We did it for each other," Charles whispers. "We showed each other that we could have true companionship. Something that neither of us thought possible."

Erik tugs him even closer, pressing a kiss to the top of his now-bare head. He understands Charles's train of thought, as evident to him as his own thoughts are, such is the nature of their bond. He knows Charles like he knows himself. For Erik, looking at himself back then is less about witnessing beauty than it is seeing tragedy. Seeing emptiness, confusion, endless numbing and pain and darkness. Nightmares clawing from the deep. As he's gotten older and gained more experiences - some of them are indeed harsh and humbling.

His hands no longer function. His feet are heavily damaged. His jaw is shattered, and other various muscles and bones are decrepit. He stands as tall and strong as he does only because Charles eases what would surely be disabling agony. But what he has now, is worth everything. Joy and warmth. A whole nation of people who look up to him, that he helps shape and guide. Family - Jean, Pietro, Wanda. Raven. The Erik before them is undeveloped, heart encased in ice.

"I wouldn't change a thing," he whispers softly. "In the end. I know that, now. I would always want to be right here, with you. Oh, I'd ease your pain and torment if I could do that. But I think it will ease even more, with time. Some day, all of those pains will seem so far away. We have an endless expanse to fill with life and light and peace, hm?" 

Charles smiles softly and lets himself be kissed, held. He agrees, with his whole heart. Two two men they observe could be different human beings. Erik, still tormented by his past, shards turning inward. An iron exterior to guard against all of it. Charles, with a smily exterior and a heart longing for something that he'd never had before. Community. Companionship. Someone to look out for him. They have battle scars, now. The wheelchair, the missing toes, broken hands.

But Charles would rather be scarred and happy than perfect and alone. "I've come a long way," Charles notes out loud. He watches his younger self stride down the dark road. "This version of myself...he didn't even know how lonely he was. He'd never not been lonely. He'd had Raven, of course, but he felt responsible for her. He hadn't ever had a true friend or felt that someone would protect him. He didn't know that he could have that. You know? He'd never been protected before. When you came along...well. I think I'm still growing accustomed to it, in many ways."

"I understand," he says softly. And he really, truly, does. Companionship doesn't come easy to Erik even now. He never learned to cope like Charles with his congenial affect and charming demure. It all hides the same heart and soul of it - Charles was lonely the whole time, doomed to a life of eternally being misunderstood by those who could never grasp what it meant to know what he knew. Where everyone around him had some kind of agenda or ulterior motive easily visible to him, where the currency was lies wrapped in pleasant socialite smiles.

Erik didn't learn to survive like that. He is somewhat of a chameleon, instinctively adaptive to the minute shifts in others that he can glean in an instant. He too knows how to lie and evade and pretend, how to flatter and feign interest. He had to, for years, act against his own instincts and push his real self down and down. But he was never likable or social. He was never friendly. Never warm. He struggled to connect with others in mundane ways. He only knew how to manipulate in depraved scenery. When it came to making friends, everyone who knew this Erik thought him hostile. Dangerous. Rude. An extremist, a radical, a militant. The veteran, the Sonderkommando

His reputation often proceeded him and it was an egregious one, that made everyone wary and even a bit frightened. People didn't want to be friendly with him, no. They shied away. But not Charles. And not because he was pretending, either. Erik had spent his whole entire life honed for combat and war. The idea that anyone could protect him is laughable. Until Charles.

"You will have a millennia longer to grow accustomed, my neshama. I will steal you away into my high, high castle." Erik's brows bounce mischievously and then all of a sudden the scene melts away and Charles finds himself in a gilded room. Not an illusion at all but constructed out of the ether itself, a mixture of their Arcadia and both of their homes in Westchester and Genosha. There are photographs of everyone they love and when Charles picks one up he can see where they are now. Hank and Raven are still mid-conversation. There are other photographs, other places for him to go. All he needs to do is touch to transport them both there.

"See? All spirited away." Erik grins.

Charles laughs softly when they appear in an entirely new room. It's cozy but spacious, with mahogany furniture, plants, and that same eucalyptus scent from the Arcadian cabin. There's a sofa, a coffee table, and the largest, most comfortable looking bed that Charles has ever seen in his life on one side. But what is most notable is the sea of photographs adorning every surface, every wall. "Portals," Charles figures aloud. They're out of time. Somewhere in space—Charles can scarcely hear anything in his head, so they must be entirely remote. "You continue to amaze me, Mr. Lehnsherr. I don't think I'll ever be accustomed to you." He leans over to place a kiss on Erik's cheek. "Maybe one day, we'll be able to step away from the public. For a while, anyway. And just be."

"I can do that for you," Erik says softly. "If that's what you wish, whenever you'd like. I think I can do that for us both," he muses thoughtfully. There's another picture, and he trails his fingers over it curiously. He doesn't remember putting this there. It's... "Oh," he whispers, picking it up, running his fingers over the frame. "Do you want to come with me? Look," he gasps, holding it up. It's a crammed-together kitchen, with tomato plants and green-onion shoots in glasses tapered with little napkins. There's a small piece of white tape on it that reads עריק, with a little heart beside. It's not Erik's handwriting, but Edith Eisenhardt's messy scrawl. Charles remembers this place, from long-long ago.

"It's an anchor-point," he realizes. "Look!" his brows raise. Amazement. "Did I do this?" There's thousands of them, each a little point, that if touched would spread out into even more picture-frames. He trails his fingers over them and they appear and disappear. Charles spies a city, in spired lights. The future, the great-beyond. A great, enormous sun that blazes at Kelvins that would shear them apart, and yet... Erik places his broken-up palm over it and they shwoop! out of existence and into the inky black expanse of space itself, kept perfectly safe and hovering inside a bubble that generates oxygen.

They spy Earth, all the way over, all the planets in orbit of this magnificent body that is their sun. The distance is too vast for it to be truly where Earth is in space; Erik has altered their visual perception somehow, so that hundreds of planets and stars beyond dot the horizon. Erik is alight, hovering steadily, and Charles is as well, upright without his chair and held in perfect thrall in Erik's enormous power. Erik does a little backflip. "Voila!" he bows, facetious. "You want to try?" his brows raise, and he holds out his hands. If Charles thinks about going in a direction, moves his body just so, he finds he can propel himself.

Charles yelps as all the pressure on his hips and spine—a normal feeling that comes with life spent in a wheelchair—disappears. Suddenly, he's floating. They're both floating...in space. Space. Erik has transported them into actual space. "How did you..." But it doesn't matter, because he did. How does Erik do anything? He laughs softly as he nudges his body forward. It moves with ease, and once he figures out how to use his muscles, he mimics Erik with a backflip, too. "You are absurd," he comments, gripping Erik's hands. "Wow. We're in space! Don't tell the Russians that we've just won the Space Race," he muses. "Wow. How far afield can you take us?"

"I can take us anywhere," Erik is beaming brightly and he nudges forward to give Charles a kiss, just because he wants to. "All the stars and little planets," he figures and with Charles in hand they whirl and suddenly they're somewhere else, a new sun. A new galaxy. Far beyond their own. And then they're swirled up again in Erik's power and he lands them down onto Pluto's icy surface, kept warm and toasty by the shield shimmering all around them. "I never even considered doing this before," he laughs, buoyed by the brilliant joy of exploring the very cosmos itself with Charles by his side. He's upright now and within his own control, a gift Erik realizes he can bestow, so Charles can feel what it is to be absent the confines of his daily life. Total freedom of movement. "The Russians have nothing on us."

Charles holds to Erik as he zips them through space. This galaxy, that one. Worlds that no person on earth has ever seen. Known about. "I can't hear anything. Nothing at all," he muses, tapping his temple. "Save for you, of course. I suppose we're too far from any other intelligent life...and even if we weren't, would I be able to hear them? Or does my telepathy extend only to humans?" He looks across the frozen wasteland before them. Pluto. Icy mountains and valleys strech for miles. Neptune, the blue giant, is visible against the vast darkness of space. The sun looks like a bright star, not much larger than the others, lightyears away. It makes Charles think... "If we found a habitable planet," he murmurs. "We could...we could populate it, with our kind. Perhaps you and Wanda could even work to establish an atmosphere and fill it with nitrogen and oxygen. Create trees and mountains and beautiful lakes. Fresh water, gentle fields. Our own world, for people like us."

"I would be wary," Erik whispers. "What we are breathing now is Earth's atmosphere," he explains. "I've gathered it up and it should be good for a couple of hours - I've practiced long to store it inside a little infinite pocket," he tries to explain as best as he knows how. "So I stored about an hour. I practiced a lot, so I could give you a reprieve when you need one. I'm a bit nervous to generate my own oxygen for others to breathe, though. Oxygen itself is actually fairly simple, but the other components and ratios... I think I could do it," he finally nods. "None of what constitutes our atmosphere is particularly challenging to create on its own. I would need to practice and practice, though. To create an atmosphere," he wonders aloud.

"To create trees and plants - phytoplankton, that's what creates most of our oxygen. What's in the sea." He hums, thoughtful. "Organic matter is a bit more of a challenge for me, but simple structures like that... Wanda might be more capable," he suspects curiously. "I was thinking about that. I wonder if she might even be able to help you. Neurons, the spinal cord. I actually can make them," he reveals with a bit of a shy grin. "But they're not... good enough. I don't kill the animals anymore, but what I generate doesn't seem to be good enough. I've practiced at the Rescue, trying to heal the animals. I can fix their bones," he reveals softly.

"I actually helped to fix some of my own bones. But it's not quite right. Mostly I was able to set them and immobilize them, but it is like the whole living structure... there's something about living things that's unique. It's not just atoms in a sequence else I'd be fine. It's more like..." He grimaces, aware it sounds very silly. "Like it's a whole system at work. Like there's a spirit or essence I can't replicate. Hydrogen, oxygen," he nods. "But I'm wary of any of us being the test case."

Charles nods, gazing into the sky. “It was just a thought. Nothing we need to seriously consider, or rush into, certainly. We have time. And maybe there’s some world that has similar enough conditions, anyway. Less work for you,” he says. At the mention of helping him, Charles frowns a little, to himself. “I think my nerves are long dead, Erik. Long, long dead. Nerve injuries have a ticking clock, and I think mine’s expired.” He reaches out to grip Erik’s forearm. “No need. I’ve long embraced my injury. A lot of people look up to me now; I’ve spent the better part of a decade telling other disabled people that they shouldn’t spend the rest of their lives wistful for a ‘cure.’ In saying it so many times, I’ve stopped wishing for one, too.”

It makes Erik smile. "I never told you how much you helped me when I lost my abilities," he whispers. "I'm not like that anymore - I... couldn't see, hearing was exhausting, I couldn't touch or taste. I was so dizzy and nauseated all the time. I couldn't keep food down. I couldn't..." His eyes well up a bit. "It was like being completely trapped inside my own body. I couldn't kiss you. All the, all the World was gone. Everything was gone. But you - I remembered a lot of what you say and how you talk and the things you've written. I listened to some of those radio programs you've done. It -" he isn't sure he's making any sense. "Maybe I would have learned, too. When you were gone and I was really alone. The only thing that kept me sane was being able to speak with you, here." He indicates his head. "And you were in such pain. But we played chess and told stories and imagined far away places."

He huffs a bit. "And now I'm not like that anymore." He shakes his head, unsure if he's communicating right. "Wanda - I wasn't sure how to, I'm sorry, I'm all muddled up. You know, now that I'm free again and I have my abilities. It's easy to forget I'm disabled, too. You know I see Ailo sometimes, still. Wanda and Ailo had a very long talk with me, a little while back. They have this book, in the future. Of, like, mental problems. And they think I have some of those. There's treatments and things. But it's like a mental disability I guess. And, and I'm not the only one. You know, I think I would like to be more open about that. Like you are. Because there's so much stigma around it, around being - crazy. But you're not only born crazy. You can be made crazy, too. Like a psychological injury. All those people in Vietnam, they'll all deal with that. It's how they figured out I didn't have a heart problem. It's apparently not a cardiac issue, it's -"

"I'm sorry, here I am, going on and on," he laughs. "I suppose I haven't had any time to really process it all. Forgive me. And besides, in the grand scheme of things - I am so incredibly fortunate in so many ways. I have all this!" he gestures around. "And you," he leans forward and touches Charles's cheek with his two mangled hands, delivering a soft kiss to his lips while they float in the vast cosmos like something out of a fairy tale. He is, he thinks, truly blessed. And he understands what Charles means. There are moments where he loses track of things. Reality gets twisted and lost and the pain is unbearable. And he still would not trade his life for anything. Even what came before. Because it made him who he is, and who he is, Charles loves.

Charles laughs softly, and returns the kiss. “Oh, love. I’ve seen your mind and million others. Yes, there are certainly minds that have similar ‘disabilities.’ I’m glad to know that in the future, there’s some sort of manual or diagnostic criteria for illnesses of the mind. It’s something that is deeply understood, because we can’t see them.” He strokes Erik’s hair softly. “You aren’t crazy. You’re human. Ailo and I have spoken of this before, too. We both see minds, experience them. There’s a reason why the minds of children are, almost universally, healthier, than the minds of adults. Experience is tough. It’s a part of life. The fact that you were frustrated and miserable while you were incapacitated is normal. I lost my legs. You lost everything. Acceptance takes time; it took me years, love. I still grow impatient, some days. You know I do. It’s okay. We’re flawed.”

Erik takes a deep breath, like he's shoring himself up for something, and maybe he is. "I try to hide it," he admits with a whisper. "Even from you. When I have bad days. And it's easier, because we don't live together all the time. I get so frustrated with myself. And I don't want you to see -" he swallows a bit. "I try to be - strong, and to focus on what is good. It's a source of shame, you know. I still remember how you--" his chest closes up a little, coming out choked. The words get smaller, less confident, less comprehensible.

"How, how I lost it - and you were so horrified. I couldn't keep anything straight, it was - everything I had ever - it evaporated and I was just a little kid again. I wasn't with you, I didn't have my powers, we weren't with the CIA. And I still, that still happens. When I was with Stryker-- ah, no, no," he shakes his head, eyes squeezed shut. He knows he's going off the rails here. "Forgive me. I don't intend to dredge up pain." He smiles instead, letting his eyes close and his forehead press against Charles's. "All I really mean is that, learning more about it has been beneficial. That I'm not a lunatic, my brain is just different. People can't see it when you get injured in here," he taps his temple.

"And I suppose that it helps, to understand it within the framework of disability. To try and have patience with it. Like you do, with yours."

Charles knows. Erik tries to hide it away, and perhaps he’s more successful than Charles knows, but there are times when he can tell that he’s hiding it. He’s lightyears beyond where he was when Moira and Gabby sent him spiraling downward for the first time, in that cafe near Middlebury in the mid-1950s, but he still has moments. Moments where the abuse that he suffered in his childhood grips at his thoughts, those long-buried demons emerge from slumber. Erik is older, now. Wiser. More self-aware. But recovery isn’t perfect. “Last year, when we were together,” Charles says, continuing to stroke Erik’s hair.

“It’s the most continuous, uninterrupted time we spent in each other’s presence. Ever. In the early days, you were so focused on taking care of me that I didn’t notice that side emerge even once. It was only when I started to improve that I began to feel it in you again. Just once or twice, but I noticed those spells. You had more time for yourself, as I didn’t need you to be at my side at all times. I think, for you, it’s important that you’re feeling helpful. You like to see that you’re making something better.”

Charles leans over to kiss at Erik’s temple. “It’s important to know what helps and what doesn’t. Like any other disability, I agree. For me, I know that it’s not useful to think about all the things I can no longer do. If I start to muse on the fact that o can’t swim anymore, I’ll grow frustrated. So I don’t. Instead, I go down and lift some dumbbells. I never would do that before my injury, and so when I lift a heavier weight than I did the day before, it reminds me of all the skills I’ve gained rather than the skills I’ve lost. You can do that, too. Find ways to feel helpful. You may not be able to control the fact that you have a disability, but you can control how you work with it.”

"We can go to space," Erik grins, zipping about a little. "I try. I don't like when it happens, because it's not what I would choose to focus on, if I had a choice. I would rather be here, you know. I would rather be doing something useful, or focusing on something beneficial. That's the only way that any of this is tolerable," he nods, understanding what Charles means. In terms of a loss of skills, he knows his deficit is less challenging in that respect. But he gets lost, period. His personality is completely subsumed, his knowledge about the world evaporates. As a time-traveler, he gets completely lost in time and space. And it also doesn't help that many people who lack awareness, simply think he is a lunatic.

And there are other issues, things that are far less obvious, because they're relative to socialization, to emotional expression and internal organization. He remembers the word Ailo used, and thinks it's interesting that it resembles Aura's diagnosis, in terms of how severe the deficit actually is. Charles, thankfully, simply doesn't notice it, because he doesn't have to. And for that, Erik is eternally grateful. He can breach that barrier between them, and help Erik be understood to other people. And now there is a whole entire society of beings that "get" him, that don't mind that he's unable to laugh or cry with them. They know that his desire is to be of benefit.

"I think, some day, it will be important to," he gestures a little between them. "To help people understand that people like me and Aura don't need to be locked away in insane asylums. It's not helpful. We're like this because of our experiences in the first place. Making our lives worse in response is abjectly harmful. Because it's very clear that when you work within the framework we have, that we can improve immeasurably. Look where Aura is now, compared to when we first met him. And you know, too, people like you are often treated the same."

Charles smiles sadly. “There are a lot of people at this very moment who have been written off by society at large,” Charles informs. “People who, on the outside, might appear as mentally inept. People we’ve put into institutions because they seem unreachable. Their parents and caregivers have placed them in institutions because it appears as if they can’t speak or understand. Many of them are fully aware of the world around them. They have dreams and desires. Preferences. But because they aren’t able to communicate in ways that those around them understand, they’ve been relegated to hospitals and asylums. I hope that in the future, there can be more help for those people, too.”

He looks down at his legs, thin inside of his trousers. “There are still people with conditions similar to mine that never leave hospitals. Twenty years ago, that would have been standard. Thirty years ago and medical care would not have been advanced enough to save me, certainly. I am so lucky. I have people around me who are willing to step up and assist where I need it. I have money and good doctors.” “For what it’s worth, darling, even when you’re stuck in bed and lost in your own mind and body…you still help me. You still make me smile and laugh. Still tell me stories. You are the only reason I made it through Trask.”

With Charles's hands clasped gently in fingers that don't function any longer, Erik shwoops them to a new planet, a new place to see. With an eternity before them, the vastness of the cosmos is appealing in a number of ways. The awareness that they'll never stop running out of things to learn and experience is a fantastic boon. "I know if it weren't for you, I don't think I would have made it, period. All this that I can do, I learned through being with you. Being able to cope with more suffering, and more trauma, that was undoubtedly because you were there. If I was able to help you in even a small measure in return, that... pleases me, immensely," he grins. "We're a good balance for one another, hm? Me with my abilities, and you with yours, and both of us with our deficits, too. But we're both strong where the other struggles. I don't know many people who are fortunate enough to have that in their lives."

Charles looks at the new world around them. It's a different kind of world; sandy and hilly, with towering mountains and massive craters creating a jagged, uneven surface. Not in their solar system. Maybe not even in their galaxy. They are, more than likely, the first life forms in the history of the universe to know of this place. "When we first met, I don't think you knew, even, what you were able to do," he smiles. "You knew that you could manipulate matter, the world around you. But look at what you've unlocked within yourself. The profound capabilities that you have. They've been in you all along, but buried. You've done much of the growing yourself, Erik, because you've been open to growth. I do hope that you're proud." He floats toward a formation of red rock, observing the intricate red swirls. "We are a good balance. My powers start where yours end. You can manipulate the world but not the people who live in it, I can manipulate the people but not the world they live in."

"I still think you could!" Erik grins. "After all, you were able to disable the neutrino blocker. I often wonder if maybe you tapped into my abilities? We are synergistic in that way," Erik smiles. He remembers the first time, all those years ago in Greymalkin when he had offered for Charles to use his abilities to explore the world around him. He'd been so despairing of his lost movement that Erik thought it might help. But at the time Charles had refused, not wishing to use Erik in that way. Of course he never once thought of it as such. For him, what is his belongs to Charles just by virtue of his existence.

"You, too, have grown," he adds softly. "Not just in ability but in every way. And that was all yourself, you know. I'd like to think I helped, but I was in Genosha altogether for that first year or so. Sooraya helped us both, I think. She wanted to go to Westchester, she thought it would help bridge our gap. I'll always be grateful to her for that." Erik gestures between them again. "And I'm sorry - this is all - a mess, I apologize in advance. Having an open conversation - I'm a grownup. It was my life, I should be able to. But even with Ailo, it's - borderline impossible," he rolls his eyes. "And I try to be cognizant. Of how difficult it is on you, to hear. Which is why I don't, normally ever, talk about it very much. Beyond the facts. That it happened."

Because he has, especially whilst advocating for mutant rights. To make it known just how far humanity could go to exterminate their kind, the level of atrocity that is possible. But even then, it's always spare. He tends to start and end with the fact that he had been interred at Auschwitz, and watched his family be murdered, and was forced to participate in their destruction. "But - being with you - I hope you know. I have tried, before. I was 32. Of course I tried. And none of them were bad. Nice, normal men. But it didn't work. I didn't work. I'd just -" he waves his hand in front of his face, affecting a dead-eyed stare. His eyebrows raise, unsure how to describe it, because it doesn't happen between them.

"Malfunction? G-d," he laughs a little. "One got furious with me. I don't blame him. I wasn't fit. I forgot myself, and made everything truly uncomfortable and horrible." The early days of his recovery in Jo'ara and then Haifa afterward flit through his mind. Tel Aviv beyond, the smoky bar rooms and blaring music. "With such failures under my belt. To have a companion, a partner. A full relationship, intimacy. I assumed that I'd be alone, forever. I hope you know, how meaningful that is to me. That you chose me. And that, whatever the reason," he smiles a bit, touching Charles's cheek. "You keep me here. I don't disappear, with you. Everything is just - nice." 

"You overthink," Charles says fondly, enjoying himself as he floats in zero gravity. "I'm not so fragile, you know. I can handle the difficult topics. Your past, our struggles. What happened on North Brother Island. We don't need to skirt these topics, darling. You spent a lot of time trying to protect me from that which you feared in your own head. But you don't have to, hmm? Remember the first day that Ailo arrived? He saw everything, and he cried."

That chilly morning in the garden is forever imprinted in Charles's mind. It's the first day they met Ailo, and the day that Erik left. "He cried, but then he reminded us that it's okay to feel pain. That we shouldn't hide from it or hide it from others. That there's no reason to be sorry for it. I'm your husband, hmm? Not some impatient stranger in a smelly bar," he adds, following Erik's winding maze of thoughts. "Inside, we all feel similarly, sometimes. Raven will tell you how good of a chameleon I've always been, but is that such a good thing? Isn't it better to live authentically, even if it creates awkward situations?" He creates an illusion for them to observe. A younger version of himself, maybe 18 years of age, is seated in a stuffy pub, pint glass in hand. Around him is a group of young men and women around his age, listening to him, rapt, as he tells an animated story.

The words are inaudible, but they can see the table double over in laughter as Charles says something, and Charles watches his own face search those of his companions even as he smiles, sopping up all of the information that he can gather. "This young man," he says, watching his ghost. "This young man wanted so badly to be liked. He made himself into whoever he needed to be in any moment. He looks like he has a lot of friends, but he has no one. Because he never let anyone truly come to know him. Do you see what I mean? Only when I met you, darling, did I start to question myself. Because I couldn't gather who you wanted me to be, what you expected of me. I couldn't mold myself to your liking, because I didn't know what your liking was. I ended up just being...myself. And I think that, in turn, you ended up being yourself with me. That's why it's so nice."

"My liking was you," Erik laughs gently, leaning forward a little to observe the scene before them. He can tell, in an instant, that the version of Charles they're witnessing isn't the same man he's come to truly know. And the one that, above all else, he prefers. The scene shifts a little, not an illusion at all, but a genuine rendition of history as it plays out. The sweltering heat-lines of the desert, a row of dusty, rusted jeeps and a younger, almost unrecognizable version of Erik with only one broken hand kept in that old black brace Charles remembers, a filthy rag in the other as he crouches to inspect one of the vehicles. The expression on his face is grim and shuttered, and everyone else gives him a wide berth, like he's marked.

"I used to think, when I was this man," he gestures a little. "That pain was the only thing I was. I wasn't really a person, just a collection of - horror, you know." They swirl up and out again, landing carefully on the grounds outside a restaurant in Tel Aviv. The waterfront ripples before them, and laughter emanates as everyone around struggles to find little pockets of joy amidst war and strife. They wind up back on that old balcony, on the day that Moira and Gabby had come to their manor to disrupt their existence. Erik watches himself speak, staring at the wall behind Charles's shoulder as he tries to explain something he'd never told another living soul.

"That was the first time I'd ever said it out loud. And it wasn't even very much," he laughs a bit. "I never knew - I still don't really know, how to - put all of that into a context that makes any sense. All the - the shit, that he used to say. Still lives in here. I still hear it, sometimes. It's funny, actually," he says humorlessly. "Stryker actually figured it out, did you know that? I mean, he was just flinging insults. But they were true, it did indeed happen that way. And, as much as I try, it's like there is a part of me that will always, I don't know. Belong to Schmidt, or something. I wonder, in a hundred years, will I even care? Will it even matter, in a thousand years? A million years?" 

He knows he's babbling, his stream-of-consciousness a veritable torrent of incomprehensible, jagged nonsense.

Charles wishes that he could reach out and wrap his arms around the man in the military fatigues, with the drawn expression and hollow gaze. And then he does, years later on the balcony. They watch as Erik collapses in his arms while Charles quickly offers words of comfort. Erik is much taller than he, even when they're both standing on two legs, but Charles holds and rocks him on the stone floor. "Schmidt did that all to you when you were very young, darling," Charles says, and in real time, wraps his arms around Erik. "A part of your brain developed around that. It may always be present. But perhaps as time passes, those feelings will feel less threatening."

It makes Erik smile a little, being able to watch in real-time as - even though something in him had obviously cracked open, he's quickly gathered into the same arms that have shielded him so many times in the past from the caustic sludge that periodically seeps forth. He lets his head drift to rest on Charles's shoulder, letting one of his own arms wrap around him in turn. "It's all such a mess," he has to laugh, just a bit.

"I mean, I didn't even have words to describe it. It made sense, for years, to understand it as - mutual. I thought, for a long time, that it was just -" he grimaces a bit. "A relationship. I didn't understand all this that we know now, about things like consent. I was eleven, and he was at least fifty. That isn't right, you know? That's not mutual. And it wasn't spoken about, even the females didn't talk about it. Mossad, for fuck's sake, has spent two decades censoring and classifying this data, did you know that?" he blazes.

Furious with a system of governance that makes no logical sense. He can't seem to contain himself in the aftermath of having spoken about it so bluntly, having never actually done so. Not with Ailo, and certainly not with Charles, the person who is supposed to be his partner, who he would never want to view him in that light. 

"And when we were liberated, that was a hardship on them, too. It wasn't just Nazis and kapos. I stopped one of them, he was, maybe fourteen or fifteen. And that's impossible to really grasp. Or to consider that something like that was, you know, that was my experience as well. Especially, especially when you're gay. People don't have any compassion for gay men who endure assault, they're just considered promiscuous and disgusting. It's not right, but how on Earth are we supposed to talk about it? When it is so -" he raps his hand against his chest.

"So, incredibly, deeply, shameful. And then to be blamed, and vilified on top of it."

"Ailo told me about a book that he's reviewing for a colleague," Charles says quietly. rubbing Erik's back. "There's a popular school of thought that places the onus of poor consequences on victims of injustice. In this example, African American families are unduly blamed for any poor circumstances for which they suffer disproportionately. Ailo's colleague posits that this is a case of blaming the victim. Though this is more of a case of cyclical societal ills, I think that it points to a great trend. Victims are blamed for their circumstances because to think that people can be so cruel to another person is revolting, to our psyche. We would rather form illogical conclusions than accept that there is true cruelty, out there."

He kisses Erik's cheek, and then pulls Erik in closer, protective. "The brain does that. All of ours do. We attempt to rationalize things that are too distressing to behold. It's why you accepted that you were in a relationship. To think of it as anything else would have been horrifying. You did what you had to do to protect yourself, my darling." He lowers his head. "The people who are trying to hide it are doing the same. I'm not excusing it my any means; it's despicable. Trying to rationalize the irrational. Hide from our own demons."

But there's a power, somehow, in being able to say it. To name the thing, to destroy its hold and the death-void grip of silence that had plagued him for all the years since. "He doesn't have a hold over me anymore," Erik realizes softly. "Not like that. I know better, now. It's not exactly easy to view myself as a victim, but..." he wiggles his fingers a little. "I know, now, that what happened with them was not my fault. They transgressed, because they wanted to. Because they didn't care. And that's the same with those people in Ailo's book. The CIA's treatment of the Genoshans, it was the same. Folks to this day attempt to unduly place blame upon them. They were mutants, they needed to be controlled and curbed. That there was something wrong with them for not resisting properly."

"It all boils down to fear. As always. We are so motivated by fear as a species. An unfortunate evolutionary holdover. Evolution hasn't caught up to our modern way of life, has it? We can't tell our genes that we're civilized, with social codes and modern conveniences." He smiles wryly. "So our brains make up stories to justify those reasons to be afraid. Make us do things to avoid that fear. We're just simple creatures, aren't we? Animals like the rest of them. Too smart in some ways, too simple in others."

Another illusion overlays the scene before them. Raven, as a young girl. Tiny and blue as she shivers in the kitchen of the manor, terrified that she'd just been discovered by Charles. "This was the moment that I understood how dangerous fear is. She'd lived a horrible life. A victim of fear. I wanted to protect her however I could. I think it backfired, in many ways...I encouraged her to hide herself to avoid scrutiny. I regret that."

"I think you were afraid, too," Erik points out kindly. "You knew, exactly because of your own frightening talents -" and he knows, well, exactly how strange and unusual and disturbed Charles's family-of-origin had considered him. How much of their thoughts had wound to there's something wrong with that boy. And there wasn't. There never was. "-just how much risk was associated with encouraging Raven to be as herself. I mean, goodness, imagine for a second that the traveling circus hadn't ventured beyond Germany before things devolved there. She'd have been flayed open for parts," Erik mutters harshly. "And she'd already been treated so poorly even still. You gave her a home, and eventually she learned better. And so did you." He taps Charles on the nose, fond.

"I see you've been having similar conversations with Ailo," Charles chuckles softly. "Has he been reminding you that we all grow and learn and shouldn't be angry with our past selves for being ignorant in some areas? Because that's been a valuable lesson." The vision of Raven before them remains. "My mother...she passed away, while we were living in our cottage. Did you know that? I just found out last week, when I came home. There was a mountain of mail waiting for me at the post office. The monthly checks had been bouncing. To be honest, I felt...nothing. Nothing at all. And then I felt bad about feeling nothing. But she never, ever grew or developed. She retained her prejudices until the end of her life. I have no doubt that she knew of what happened to me; it was on international news for months. But she didn't reach out. Didn't speak up." He frowns. "When I first started gaining a bit of public notoriety, years ago, I spied on her. I wanted to know what she thought of her son's path in life. Vaguely hoped that, maybe, she would be proud. She...wasn't proud. In fact she was ashamed and disgusted. Her son, a mutant. And a cripple. She told her friends that I was no relation."

Erik laughs aloud at that. "He really is so very psychiatrist-y," Erik complains. "If I have to hear that my feelings are valid one more time I might really kill myself." It's dark and wry and terribly Erik. When Charles speaks up again, though, he winces at the new information. "No, I didn't know that," he murmurs softly. "I do think it's a tad normal, though. When your relationship with someone suffers so greatly, even someone supposedly family. And then sometimes it happens the other way entirely. Someone who spent a lifetime causing you harm can create an immense grief. I suspect it's not about that person at all," he considers thoughtfully.

"I grieved Schmidt, but it doesn't make me a better person. I was really just grieving for myself, for something he had taken from me. My mind transposed that onto him, but do you really think I held any love for him, as an individual? That I mourned a loss of his personality? Of course not. It doesn't make you anything but a son who never had possession of a proper mother. You might find in time those feelings become more pronounced, too. Look at me, I learned psychoanalysis from the best," he jokes with a grin. "I am sorry, though, neshama. She had a great deal to be proud of, and it's regrettable that she was too limited to understand that. Her and her so-called friends can all drop into a volcano, for all the good they've done for the world."

Charles smiles softly. "Your mother, who died when I was, what? Seven? Your mother has provided me with a hundredfold more comfort than mine ever did in all my life. Isn't that something? I can't even recall a time when my own mother hugged me, but I can recall when your mother hugged me. Goodness." His eyes are wet, now. "Yes, it makes sense that you grieved Schmidt and what he took from you. I suppose I've been grieving hollowness for so long that her departure from this world didn't feel like anything. I didn't know what it felt like to be protected in that sort of familial way until your mother came to comfort me while I was in a coma. And then Ailo, too. He's a father to me. Truly."

Erik rubs his shoulders, and kisses the top of his head. "That's what you deserved, neshama. For all of your childhood. You spent it alone, really. For all that you've had these abilities and for everyone who gathered around while you told what I am certain are very charming stories. You were alone, and you shouldn't have been. But you're not alone anymore, hm? You have me, and even ima, sometimes. When she's not busy wandering the galaxy, or wherever she may be. And you have Raven and Ailo, and all of your students. And now Wanda and Pietro, too. They've been alone for a long time, too. But I know that we are a family, now. Tightly woven. Unbreakable."

"I know. I'm so lucky," he smiles. And he means it. He feels like the luckiest man on the face of the earth, to be surrounded by so many wonderful people. "Raven, Ailo, Hank. You, of course. Jean and Scott. The twins. I can't believe it sometimes. Can't believe that there are so many people who truly care about me, and who I care about in turn. What a wonderful life we've been given, hmm?." Charles closes his eyes, smiling placidly. "I suppose we ought to get back soon. But, let's make this a habit, exploring. Maybe we can find some nice, gentle world. one for only you and me."

Erik grins back at him and in an instant, they're somewhere else. Feet on the ground of a world covered in vegetation, trees and oceans. He lifts his hand and the shield around them shimmers, much to Charles's shock at first, wondering if he'll be deprived suddenly of oxygen. He's still upright, still held in the gravity of Erik's power. But they can breathe, here. "I think they call these exoplanets," Erik says softly, holding Charles's hand. "And there are hundreds and hundreds of them. I bet some even have life," Erik's eyebrows arch, amazed and fond.

They stand there on the summit of a vast mountain range, with snow-caps all around, for just an instant longer before Charles finds them right back in the conference room of the Manor, where Hank and Raven gasp in surprise at their return. He's seated once more in his chair, safe and snug, only this time Erik has materialized a blanket for him in brilliant watercolors.

Raven thwaks Charles on the shoulder. "And where were you two?" she huffs, hands on her hips.

"Space," Erik beams back at her.

"...Space."

"Space," Charles breathes, smiling a little as he relaxes against the back of his chair. The blanket on his lap is absurdly soft, a comfort as he has to grow accustomed to the feeling of his own weight against his joints once again. He's dazzled by all he's seen; water, trees, fresh oxygen. Exoplanets...earth twins, or siblings at least. Unsullied by human intervention. Pristine. "It's not my fault," he tells Raven, still affectionate and emotional for the little girl that he had just seen. "Your prime minister can't be stopped."

Raven shakes her head, laughing to herself. "I suppose you don't need a shuttle to travel around, then?"

Erik lifts himself off the ground, taking a facetious bow. "No shuttle. Just me." He looks absurdly pleased with himself. When he touches back down again, he materializes a mug of tea for Charles and it floats right up to him, waiting for his grasp. For her part, Raven gets a plate of baklava, and Hank a Danish pastry from a bakery in Bucharest spoken highly of by Wanda. Being able to use his abilities like this is a never-ending joy, for him. Still a bit shaky in the wake of all that had just blurted out of him, it's comforting to wrap his family up in small delights. A tiny lemur appears in his arms, and he pets at it absently. "His name is Dante," he laughs a bit.

"Don't tell me, he's from Mars," Raven snorts as she forks up some of her treat.

"Just Genosha, I'm sure," Charles says fondly as he sips his tea and gazes upward at Erik and Dante. "Erik, on the other hand, may be from Mars." He winks at his husband, content.

"I'm going to go back to Genosha with Raven so that I can study this discovery myself," Hank informs Charles after wolfing down the danish in two large bites—he really can demolish food, when inhabiting the blue version of himself. "But you have a class to teach this afternoon."

"I'll stay," Charles agrees. "Can you?" he asks Erik, brow raised. "At least until Hank is back."

"Of course," Erik bows his head. "Me and Dante both," he bends down to give Charles a hug, and the lemur leaps from his arms right into Charles's lap, remembering his old friend from their private Genoshan beach. When Charles meanders down the hall into his office for an intimate lesson on mutant ethics, he sits in the back of Charles's class, absently petting at the glommed-on creature who follows dutifully after them. He doesn't make a peep, always fascinated to hear Charles lecture on the subject, but his presence causes a swift bundle of curiosity directed his way.

Charles uses the opportunity to espouse the differences between different schools of mutant activism, with Erik answering questions on what it means to be a Separatist; though he makes certain to add that in his case, he is more a blend of the two than rigidly one or the other. After all, Genosha, he is sure to add, is home to many humans who cannot make their lives elsewhere. It's good, to see Charles teaching again, to see him regaining the pieces of himself that he had worried were lost to the miserable ether of Trask.

Vision, who had made his home at the Manor with an intent to assist as much as possible, had helped rebuild the pieces that were damaged by Trask's forces.

Chapter 58: My call is deep & bold & proud & booms out with a horn-like sound,

Chapter Text

Though Charles doesn't need Hank or Erik to be around, he's eager to have the chance to spend some time with Erik at the school, something that they haven't done in a long while. Erik used to teach here, too, in the early days of the fledgling institution. He was well-liked by the students then. Now, as the Prime Minister of Genosha, he's a celebrity. A teenaged girl who goes by Angel raises her hand after Erik provides a summary of Genosha's open door policy. She's relatively new to the institute, arriving just a few months before Erik relocated it to Genosha temporarily.

A pair of delicate wings lays folded against her back, beneath thick black braids. "Don't you think that a country like Genosha should take a harder stance now?" she asks, raising a brow. "Seems like recent events are making a mockery of true Integrationists. Er—no offense, Professor."

"None taken." He smiles.

"I was frustrated when Genosha didn't fight back all that hard" she admits, glancing at Erik. "Like, I get the desire for peace. I don't want innocent people to die either. But they're just going to keep trying unless we give them a real reason to be afraid of us. Don't you think?"

"I did think," Erik inclines his head. "For a long time. But look at what happened," he lifts his chin to Vision. "They were afraid, and so they devoted every resource they had to developing a solution to the mutant problem that resulted in 13,000 deaths. It stopped because Vision became sentient, and because with sentience came compassion. We have no reason to believe a second Vision program would have a similar end. Giving them reasons to be afraid of us only results in reactivity from fear. And I think, it's very understandable that we have become more afraid as conflict between our people continues to occur. And then you end up with individuals like Sayid al-Zaman, who set into motion a perpetual cycle of violence between two parties who are ultimately just afraid of one another. I choose to believe that there is a better way," he says softly.

"And that means I have to let go of the rage. Even though we were aggressed against. Even though it was horrific and genocidal. I'm not only a mutant, as you know," he huffs dryly. "And after the war in Poland, I became embroiled in yet another endless war, in Israel," he explains. "Between two peoples who are afraid and angry and bitter. Who both have legitimate grievances against the other. Who are both committed to cycles of suffering. Even if," he adds, raising a hand. "Even if we can say look, we offered peace and they offered violence. Of course we must defend ourselves and our children. But if we stop advocating for peace, we lose the thing that makes us a civilization. Our hope. Dire and tragic as it is that I must concede to Dr. Xavier there." He raises his eyebrows dryly. 

"Is that not the history of life on earth?" Angel counters. Charles smiles to himself; he's always encouraged candor like this. Free debate, where students feel encouraged to speak their minds. This environment is radically different from his own schooling, which was rigid and traditional. He learned Greek and Latin in the classic tradition and could recite Ovid but was never free to engage like this. "The bullies win, the peaceful lose. If there will always be winners and losers, shouldn't we try to be winners?"

"You aren't wrong, Angel," Charles agrees with a nod. "Those who intent to win often do. It only makes sense. But, I'd argue that there are important nuances that history tends to smooth over. Let's look to Rome, maybe. Does anyone know why I suggested Rome?"

"Because they were bullies?" Kurt Wagner suggests.

"That is certainly our modern conception of Rome, yes," Charles says. "Good. But, ask Gaius Marius about bullies. He might try to argue that the Germans were bullying them."

"If you're trying to say that the humans saw Genosha as their bully, Professor, I will have to respectfully disagree."

"Not in such simple terms. I make no excuse for their behavior. They caused our kind immense suffering. We have bullied no one. And the Germans hadn't bullied anyone either; Rome took territory that didn't belong to them in the first place. In this case, neither the Germans nor the Romans had claim to that territory that they were fighting over."

"I'm confused. Are we the Romans or the Germans?" Kurt asks, scratching his head.

"Precisely!" Charles is grinning. "We're both! Rome fell to the next bully. And then that bully fell to a stronger one."

"Well, we have the capability to be the strongest bully, don't we?" Angel argues. "And continue to win?"

"We could. Or we can try to chart our own course. Rise above in a different way. A way that we are uniquely capable. We have an opportunity to win without being a bully."

"And let's say we do win," says Erik softly. "Because you must understand that someone of my capabilities, of Dr. Xavier's," he gestures between them. "We could indeed use that power afforded to us by nature to completely annihilate our enemies. I could do that. I could end all war on Earth right now, in an instant. Gone, done with. No more Vietnam, no more Soviets. No more Americans. And because these places are comprised of people, what you have to understand is that we are taking their choices from them.

Charles could change them. Make them malleable, make them love us. Erase their identities, subjugate them to our will entirely. And what would we rule? A world of slaves. That is what cowing them into submission really means. And I fear it's a quirk of my spirit that I've no interest in ruling the world or enslaving anyone. To take away people's choice, their identity, their soul - that is a price I am not willing to pay, even if it means freedom. Thus, we are left with very little choice but advocacy. Diplomacy. Education. To create a better world through reason, not bullets."

"I'm not saying I want a world of slaves either," Angel says, but she's thoughtful, now. "But I knew a lot of people who died. You almost died, Professor, and so did your son, Mr. Prime Minister. I'm worried that a lot more of us will die before they come around to, you know, not killing us."

"Which demonstrates the importance of community," Charles says with a kind smile. "We can deter them from acting in violence against us without acting in violence against them. There is strength in numbers. For the moment, the peace has been brokered. The current administration of this country, at least, doesn't want any business with us."

Angel taps her fingers on her desk for a moment. "Where do the pure Separatists fit within the movement, then? Can these different factions exist without compromising unity?"

"What an excellent question," Charles smiles. "Mr. Prime Minister?"

"They do indeed," Erik replies with a smile. "We have a lot of purely Separatist institutions on Genosha, mostly within cloistered communities where very little contact with the outside world is permitted. But even then, these people have human family members, and many of them grew up with humans who remain their friends and allies. The importance of Separatism, then, makes the name something of a misnomer. Our ideology isn't necessitated by physical separation, though this does indeed occur. What is instead the focus is institutional distinction. Genosha is a nation that enshrines in its constitution the rights and freedoms of mutants, specifically.

We have schools for mutants, hospitals for mutants. And for the most part those institutions allow humans to attend - this would otherwise be a form of segregation, and I'm sure you can understand why this is harmful - it is made clear in their doctrine that mutants are the priority. And as well, we have many laws in place protecting the rights and freedoms of humans, too, arguably moreso than even a nation such as this one. Freedom of association and voluntary choice is paramount. But it must be balanced with the preservation of all people's rights. Genosha can't be successful if we enshrine that the humans who live there are second-class citizens. That would necessarily be apartheid."

"So," pipes up Jubilee, another newer student. "The humans who live on Genosha are, like...opting in to mutant culture? And the Separatists just kind of do their own thing? What if humans on Genosha want their own institutions, too?"

"They're free to do that, of course, and they actually do," Erik grins. "For the most part, humans and mutants on Genosha live in integrated communities. We encourage that, because it builds ground between our people and because it moves away from systems of segregation that cause a lot of suffering. For example, here, we have things like whites-only fountains. In the Catskills there is a large sign proclaiming No Jews. Do we really want a world like that? No, and little kids who grow up in such a society start to internalize that," he taps his own chest.

"I grew up in a place where No Jews was commonplace. The prevailing ideology said separate, but equal. You go your way and we will go ours. But of course, you feel inferior. So in reality, we do have some areas where the population is almost completely mutant or completely human. And these institutions don't exist to exclude other people on the basis of superiority but rather because many of its inhabitants feel unsafe and afraid around humans, or in the case of humans because they've moved here with a larger human contingent that forms their social circle. I suppose in a way you're right, the humans who live in Genosha are opting-in. We have also built a good relationship with the native Genoshans, because they trust us. They trust that we have their wellbeing at heart, and we do."

“Huh. Cool,” Jubilee levels, and several agree with nods.

“And with that, we must conclude for the day,” Charles announces regretfully, eyeing the clock. “For homework: I want you each to pick a country or a government from history and write 500 words about how you think they may have contended with one of the questions we wrestled with today. Be creative! There are no wrong answers, I want you to use your imaginations. You’re all brilliant, and make sure to thank Prime Minister Lehnsherr on the way out for his participation, hmm?” Minutes later, the room is empty, save for Erik, Charles, and Dante, who is fast asleep against Erik’s chest. “You ought to be a guest lecturer,” Charles says. “The students love you.”

Erik scritches at Dante's enormous little ears. The creature is nocturnal, so he's formed a little barrier around its eyes that shield them from the light, alongside the protective one that already exists to ensure proper handling. "Oh," Erik waves his other hand, dismissive. "You're the one whose lead I followed, you know," he laughs a little, fond as he rounds his way to Charles's side, nudging in close to him on a spare chair.

"It's very Socratic. I just sort of talk at them. I'm glad, though, that they seemed receptive. It's very easy to fall into a pattern of thinking like Ms. Salvadore initially suggested. When we look at just how much harm humans have caused us, it's easy to get lost in that anger. And how can you tell someone that their anger isn't going to solve the real problem?" He blinks a bit and snorts, realizing he's essentially still lecturing at Charles.

Charles just smiles as Erik takes a seat beside him, listening to him as he talks. He’s animated and passionate even now, and it reaches his eyes. Even the non-telepaths will see this; Erik has a way with young people. That stoic front softens. “That’s how I like to teach,” Charles explains. “Kids are smart. Unilaterally. Academic struggles only arise when strict rules are imposed. Perhaps some children can thrive in a traditional lecture environment, but many can’t. Most are more responsive when they get to lead the discussions. I’m only here to guide them along.”

He’d missed this. Teaching is his true passion and always has been; through everything, Charles has always viewed himself as a teacher, first. It’s a thrill to be in the classroom again. “You do well because you treat them as equals. You don’t talk down to them. They appreciate that. You’re a natural.”

"I always enjoyed school," Erik says with a huff. "Learning, you know, being able to apply my skills. This type of education was a bit more difficult for me, it was harder for me to make myself understood in an environment like this. But I did get along quite well in the debate team. Perhaps because you were my opponent, for the most part," he says with a grin. "It was good to teach, here," he murmurs softly.

"I know you know I didn't leave because I didn't enjoy it. It's one of the reasons secular education is a legal right on Genosha. I've seen what happens when children aren't allowed to learn properly, when their environment is too harsh. And I've seen what happens, because of you, when we permit the freedom to learn."

Dante, now close to Charles, hops back over to him and looks up at him with his enormous black eyes, patting at his face. "All children are free to pursue whatever religious education they'd like before age 15, but they're required to know the General Exam, which is a series of three that start at 15, 16 and 18. Which means they need to learn about science and things. I tried to make it as balanced as possible, who knows if I succeeded there," he laughs a bit."

Charles sets Dante on top of the blanket that’s still snug on his lap, petting his tiny head with his index finger. “You’re doing well. Really. The school system that you’ve established is effective. If you ever want a consultation, however, you know where to find me,” he teases with a fond wink.

Erik looks up, though, his thick brows knitting together in the center of his forehead. He immediately moves in front of Charles protectively, sending Dante away back to his little conservationist home on Genosha with a quick flick of his braced arm. But what comes next, neither of them could foretell.

 

 

Chapter 59: When overdone, true virtue fades With overkill, real value wanes.

Chapter Text

The room all around them shimmers in static. And then, out of the ether, a man emerges. It takes them both several seconds to deduce who it is; his olive-toned skin and wild red curls are hidden beneath a luminous metal helmet. He's wearing a black polymer uniform with a long cloak that trails down to feet clad in combat boots, a rifle slung over his back.

His heavy features are drawn and shuttered, looking nothing like the man Charles recognizes beside him. But it is. It's Erik Lehnsherr. "You, be gone," he utters in a barely discernible accented growl, and instantaneously, the Erik beside Charles vanishes. "You. Come with me." With a wave of his hand (his right hand is braced, but his left is unencumbered) Charles watches as the scene before him, the Manor and its gentle courtyard outside their window, disappears before his eyes.

Where Charles ends up next, he couldn't say. It's nowhere he knows. The man - Erik - his mind is completely closed, hidden behind that metal monstrosity framing his face. The room they're in is all concrete walls. No windows. A door. A small bathroom is located in the corner, hidden by a partition and with equipment necessary for him to utilize it via transfer.

At least this person isn't entirely heartless, it would seem; since the whole area feels like Erik's construction. But this is a prison. Charles knows that immediately. "What do you eat." Erik levels it at him, his tone all sharp, razing edges. There's no cadence. No indication of a question. Almost the way he remembers Erik when his telepathy melted behind the serum. His eyes, once a vivid forest that Charles coveted, are a dull green-grey.

"Erik? Erik—" But before he can even process what is happening, his husband is gone, and some other man looms over him, imposing and tall. No, not a man. Erik. Erik Lehnsherr. Auburn curls, freckles. That tiny pox scar above his left eyebrow. Unmistakably, this is Erik...but not his Erik. He can't reach his mind; and with a jolt, Charles realizes that the apparatus around his head is what is blocking him. A cold chill rushes down his spine when they reappear somewhere entirely new.

A room. A room where? Nothing feels familiar. There were two Eriks, and...oh. Oh. This Erik has full faculties of his left hand. And a cold, stony mien. Yes, it's Erik, but from an alternate timeline. That means that his Erik isn't even accessible. Charles can't reach people in different realities. Nausea sweeps through him as he begins to look, manic, for an exit. A door. To where? How.... "Erik," he gasps, desperately searching that cold face. "Darling, what are you doing? Where have you taken me, and why?"

A hard eyebrow arcs in his direction. There's a slash through it, a scar that the Erik-He-Knows doesn't have, that separates one half from the other right at the curve. It would be a little fetching, even, if it didn't belong to someone so inherently terrifying in their visage. "I am not your darling," he replies coldly, folding his hands behind his back in a formal stance. "You are here to service the Brotherhood of Mutants. You will comply, or we will force you to comply. Tell me what you want to eat, it will be a long night for you elsewise."

It breaks Charles's heart in two. Erik...his soul, his light, his anchor. Gone. There's something shattering about it, the knowledge that, out in the ether, there are versions of the two of them like this. Where Erik isn't his darling. Where he looks upon Charles with cold indifference. "The Brotherhood of Mutants....you can't force me to do anything," he hisses, gripping the armrest of his chair. "And you know what I like to eat," he implores. "You must."

Those eyebrows draw together again. Even without his abilities, Charles knows Erik well enough in any timeline to discern the very subtle shifts in his face. This time, it's evident that Charles has said something which causes him to reconsider his approach. "I don't," he replies, stoic. "You do not exist, here. We only met for a short time, and then you perished. I do not know you."

Charles sets his jaw, searching for any familiarity within that expression. Vestiges exist, of his Erik. He met a younger version of this man. Guarded, stony. It means that he might be able to pull something out of him. Eventually. "Well, you'll learn about me, then," he insists. "Your zucchini boreka is my favorite thing to eat on this planet."

It makes him blink a little, a small sliver of confusion breaking the oceanic depths of his icy demeanor. "I certainly never cooked for you," he seems unable to help himself respond, but in an instant, a flash, the shutters draw back down. A small plate appears, nonetheless, with the aforementioned dish laid neatly in rows. Charles sees the traces of the man he knows. Little strands that link them together, in how the food is arranged, with gentle sprigs of parsley overtop. The care taken in its composition. "Eat. You will have a long day, tomorrow," he murmurs.

The door behind him opens, and Charles is utterly shocked to see the tall figure of Klaus Schmidt pass through the threshold, his mind a burning, atomic wasteland as it was in the life Charles remembers. "And how is our guest?" asks Klaus, and Charles watches as Erik's entire body straightens and tenses as the former Nazi doctor approaches him and settles a hand at the small of his back. Possessive, like Erik is a doll under his ownership.

"Disoriented, Herr Doktor," replies Erik, deferent.

The hand meanders, stroking lightly at the fabric of his uniform. And then, the fingers clench, digging into Erik's spine. "And I trust that you have accomplished your mission to the exact standards demanded of you, Kleine?"

"Jawohl," Erik gives him a short nod, entirely vacant. "I believe he knows a version of myself. That they were close."

"Interesting," he tuts. "How do you know our Erik, hm?" he asks, exceedingly genteel. "It would behoove you to answer honestly, Doktor Xavier. We've killed you once, and we can certainly do it again. I'll have him fetch another, like that." He snaps the fingers of his other hand, the one not petting Erik like an object.

The sight of Klaus Schmidt, ghost of Erik's memories and lifelong boogeyman to them all, sends Charles's heart to the pit of his stomach. Of course. Of course. Just this morning, they had been talking about how Schmidt would always be present within Erik. He hadn't considered that there are alternate realities in which Erik remained with him. That thought is shattering. Infinite versions of his husband exist like this. He wants to protect all of them, but he knows that he never could. Eyeing the plate of boreka before him, Charles feels a pang for the man, his captor. This Erik puts love into his cooking, too.

"He's not your Erik," Charles replies coolly to Schmidt, revolted at the sight of him petting Erik like a pet. Of Erik accepting it. "He's my husband. We're married." There's no point in lying; Schmidt is right. "Why not fetch the version of me that died here, hmm?"

Erik keeps his face carefully schooled, but Charles can see the movement behind his green-grey eyes as he learns that they're married in some far-off reality closed to him. He looks to Klaus, ensuring it is acceptable for him to speak, and does so after the man gives him a small nod of assent. "That version of you isn't as powerful," he explains. Unlike Klaus, there is no joy in his tone. He doesn't relish what they're doing, He doesn't gain pleasure from this. That's something, at least. 

"Your husband," Klaus laughs, almost fond. "That must be very entertaining." Erik flinches a little at that, from his spot in front of Klaus where the other man can't see. Charles doesn't understand it at first, and then - with Erik's expression a grimace before him - he does. The man is amused, that this Charles has Erik as his plaything. That he must enjoy having Erik serve him.

Erik keeps himself composed. "They run a school, of some kind. For mutants. I saw them playing, the little children." 

"Ah. A school. Well, that's certainly intriguing. Perhaps, when we put the humans in their place, we'll make a school, too. How would you like that, Kleine?" Erik doesn't answer him. In an instant, Klaus's features twist, a breathtaking fury snapping through the room. He grips the back of Erik's neck, nails piercing the flesh. "I asked you a question. Surely your jaunt didn't remove your capacity for manners, Erik."

"Of course, Herr Doktor. That would be most kind of you," he says immediately in an empty, compliant stutter.

“Don’t touch him—“ He says it before he can stop himself, evidently protective of Erik even here, even distant and cold and decisively not his. To see Schmidt abuse him like this, treat him as an object, a thing to be owned and dominated. Demanding manners and compliance. It sickens Charles to his core. His hand is curled around his armrest, knuckles white. Don’t touch him. Fury of his own races through the room, and it shudders, just a bit. Breaking the neutrino barrier. Affecting the physical world, as his Erik posits he can.

In little droplets, like rain, this Erik's mind becomes known to him as the barrier of his helmet shudders and then snaps entirely, unbeknownst to Klaus. There's fear, and so much anguish that it's impossible to swim through, drowning Charles in an instant. Swamping the room, a lifetime of memories distinct to the Erik he knows and yet not. Those first years are similar, harsher somehow. And then they meet.

The CIA wants to capture Schmidt alive, in conjunction with Mossad. They're placed on a team. North Brother Island looms before them, and then everything explodes. Charles hits the wall. Dead. Erik in shock, as the only person he's ever known - they hadn't known one another long, but there were small slivers. Conversations here. A smile there. Maybe, in time, they would have been friends. And then he's gone. And Erik and Sayid are left. There's nothing for him to do but follow Schmidt to the room in the facility already made up for him. Sayid, weary of the humans commanding him, goes too.

Charles yells at Schmidt here, and now there is fear anew. Erik takes a few steps, putting himself in front of Charles and Schmidt. "It's all right," he puts the palms of his hands on Schmidt's chest, looking up at him. "It's fine. He's a prisoner. He doesn't know any better. He'll come around." 

"He had better," Schmidt murmurs dangerously. He gazes at Charles over Erik's shoulder, lips curled in disgust. "You don't tell me what to do in my home, Doktor Xavier. Certainly not with Erik. He is not your husband, mein Freund. Not here." With that, he tugs Erik closer and, almost certainly just to aggravate the situation even further, forces his lips against his. Erik doesn't resist at all, but with his mind now clear, Charles feels it as he shrinks and shrinks inside. His soul getting smaller, everything cold and unsettled in his being.

With that, Schmidt steps away after patting Erik on the stomach. "I'll fetch you later. And you'd better have results, Kleine. Or there will be a price to pay." With that, Schmidt walks out of the room, closing the door which clicks locked behind him. 

Erik waves his hand and creates a window, standing tall and tense with his back to Charles, looking outside at the New York City harbor and the cityscape beyond. "You heard what he said," he murmurs. "You need to stop fighting."

It’s agony, pure agony, to feel Erik’s mind return to him like water permeating a cloth. He thinks that it would have been easier to bear had this Erik been wholly distinct from his own, but there are enough similarities for everything to feel familiar. Understandable. They’re the same man with the same birth. Thoughts race in the same way; he manages input just as his Erik does to this day, in that methodical and analytical way. But the shards, which in his Erik have been smoothed into soft beach glass in many places, are jagged and harsh. Charles can remember these, but they’re worse, now. Worse after years of abuse.

The kiss is what ultimately does it; as soon as Schmidt is out of the room, Charles begins to retch where he sits, and though he tries not to fall over to his knees, he’s unsuccessful, and his torso ends up blanketed across his thighs. Where that soft, colorful throw still remains. When he was imprisoned by Trask, he fell into this position and was left like this for a week; he doesn’t have control over the muscles in the center of his back or his abdominals, and so he can’t push himself up from this position of his own volition. Immediately, the pinched nature of his lungs triggers panic, a fierce reminder of the agony he endured at the hands of another monster.

“Help,” he gasps; and he knows that his Erik would have broken his fall before he even could collapse forward. Will this one come to his aid? Will he care? “I’m paralyzed, as you can see, and I can’t use the muscles in my torso.”

Erik's brows arch up to his hairline, and he moves in an instant to Charles's side, confusion reigning most supreme. What happened had been a shock, enough to root him into place whilst it was occurring, watching in slow-motion as Charles winds up on the floor. But he's quick on the uptake, and he clears his mind, closing the distance between them with purposeful strides. He only has the use of one arm, but this in conjunction with his power sees Charles easily deposited back into his chair.

"Try and relax," he bids the man, in his harsh, cold manner. Even without the benefit of the helmet, he is harsher than the Erik he knows, even on the inside. That softness he remembers is so buried that he can't even sense it. Maybe it isn't even there. But he does try to help. Stuttered and uncertain as it is in him. He understands fear. He understands panic, well. His hand drifts to Charles's shoulder, a solemn attempt to ease him. "I am not going to hurt you," he tells him. It's not gentle, but it is quiet. "I can't speak for Schmidt. But I will try to keep him from harming you. You just have to comply, and you will be safe."

Charles is positively shuddering as Erik leans him back against his chair, and maybe he imagines that the hand lingers on his shoulder for a fraction of a second longer than strictly necessary, but his lungs expand and fill with oxygen again, panic dialing marginally downward. He observes Erik then, those handsome features encased in cement. Patrician and regal, but cold. Even with the helmet neutralized, the warmth does not reach his face. Eyes which moments ago in his reality were sparkling and eager are dull and clouded. “What is it that you need me to comply with?” he hisses, clutching at his own chest with his functional hand. “What end does that monster have for me?”

Charles can feel it as Erik's mind is stuttering to try and understand what is precisely happening. The way Charles was so protective over him moments ago flits through his consciousness in a jumbled whirl, like a washing machine. Clanging around. Charles calling Schmidt a monster is another endless clang. "Your abilities," he says, so quiet that it's almost difficult to hear. But Charles can hear it anyway - he can hear this Erik, now. "You have the power to control people's minds, don't you?"

The condition besetting this Erik becomes clearer and clearer as Charles sits with his mind. The tiniest gestures—Charles defending Erik to Schmidt, speaking negatively of him—rattle Erik. He can tell that it has been a long, long time since anyone had done that, and Charles understands that Schmidt has Erik completely entrapped. He encounters no one who cares for him, no one who dares challenge Schmidt’s authority, and so it’s jarring. Inconsistent with the world he’s come to inhabit. “I’m a telepath, yes,” he replies, and his tone notches gentler. When is the last time that anyone was truly gentle with this Erik? “Whose mind does he want me to control, Erik?”

"I don't like him," Erik tells Charles, and the other man can feel that Erik doesn't understand why he's said such a thing. Why he's speaking to this prisoner so honestly at all. But it is honest. Just like the Erik he remembers. Erik doesn't lie. "He killed my ima. My mother," Erik translates. And that is a mistake, slipped out of him.

Erik grimaces and tries to focus. Why, why would he tell this person that? Why would he tell anyone that? It no longer matters. Nothing matters, nothing except mutant freedom. His own torment is irrelevant, meaningless. Schmidt does more than kiss him on a regular basis, and that's just his place. That's always been his place, and it always will be.

But now he's a leader. The head of the Brotherhood of Mutants. He's helped their kind. He's helped free them from slavery, from torture. It is the only worthwhile thing in his life. Who cares that he is a slave, that he is tortured? It's his penance, perhaps. For failing to save her. For failing to develop his abilities properly. For failing to appease Viktor Creed and Enoch Ivanov well enough, for causing those children in Auschwitz to suffer and die as a result.

"But he is the only one of us who has a plan to get the humans to leave us be. He has promised he won't hurt them. We need your assistance to ensure there are no unnecessary casualties. He wants to be installed as a world leader, officially. The president of the United States. To guide humanity toward accepting our total rule. Once that happens, we will be safe."

Charles listens intently and nods, ensuring that he’s gentle, kind. With as much subtlety as he can manage, he inches into Erik’s mind and begins to wrap a warm shroud overtop, conveying comfort and understanding. This is how he helped his Erik all those years ago, too. He listened. He cared. He let Erik talk to him about his worries and fears, his feelings of grief and guilt. All the while, he reacted without judgment. Showed him care. This Erik does not know care. But he can, he’s already showing signs of it, in the way he speaks more openly than he had before. Perhaps Charles can reach him, and they can both escape this reality.

“I know that he killed your ima, dear,” he says, and begins to seep further and further into his head. Permeate the barriers, infuse warmth into the pockets of ice. “In my world, you and I escaped Schmidt on North Brother Island together. Do you know how? Your ima arrived and saved us both, killing Schmidt and everyone else who hurt you. We escaped, and then you became the Prime Minister of an entire nation of mutants. Can you believe that? You created a safe haven for our kind. It’s a remarkable thing, Erik. And you did it on your own. And you and I remained together and got married.”

Where the Erik he knows had very few barriers to overcome, in this version it's more difficult for Charles to breach them. But as he speaks, and seeps in, he can see it as his expression - changes. Just a little, lips parted in wide-eyed confusion. The warmth makes him shudder, just a little, and then Charles can feel it as he tries so desperately to regain those lost measures of control. Trying to shrug it off, outrun it. Charles is confusing and unsettling.

Erik feels unsteady on his feet, knees weak, so he manifests a small metal chair to sit upon, putting himself and Charles at equal heights. Well - not necessarily equal, this Erik still towers over him, even seated. "But she didn't, here," Erik rasps. "You are paralyzed," he repeats what Charles told him. "Because of me. Because of North Brother Island. But you lived," he says, and the things are obvious, but Charles can tell that they're like puzzle-pieces that Erik doesn't know how to slot together. "You married me." Erik can't help it, he laughs. It's humorless. The idea that he could marry anybody is absurd.

He belongs to Klaus Schmidt. He is a thing of pity, of disgust and shame and disease that permeates every molecule of his being. Schlampe, matratze, fotze, schwuchtel, miststück, luder. That is what he is. Not a husband. He very obviously does not realize that Charles is in his mind - the Erik of his being has never so openly thought about his experiences with Schmidt. He always took such care to keep them contained, knowing Charles is a telepath. But this Erik does not, because he thinks his mind is shielded. And likewise, because it's barely-conscious recollection. Certainly never recalled hideous words whispered at him as he holds him down with a hand at the back of his neck and all the power afforded to him cracks Erik apart at the seams.

The same crack of his bones as a boot is rammed down into his hand and forearm over and over. Erik's eyes are glazed.

“I married you,” Charles repeats, and his heart continues to break and break as Erik’s brain rages against that news. How it thinks it absurd, because he has internalized all of the cruelty that Schmidt has tossed his way. Beaten into him; such words are now part of the fabric of this Erik’s soul. The room around them fades away into an illusion. It’s their wedding day, the day that he and his Erik visited just this morning. The two of them in tuxedos and their beautiful room on Genosha. Erik in Charles’s lap as they beam and laugh and observe the murals around them. Smiling, ebullient. Two men reaching the highest heights of glee. “See? Look. Look at what you and I become. Look at you, Erik. Look how you smile. This is possible for you. Even now, it’s possible. You don’t have to be Schmidt’s tool, sweetheart. You can be this.”

Erik is on his feet now as the images sprawl out before them, and he can't help moving toward those two men. He reaches out, trying to touch himself beyond the barrier of the illusory. "No," he gasps. "No, it is not possible," his voice wavers, unsteady as he realizes that his eyes have grown hot and wet. He paws at them as a chaotic, violent churn of unknown feeling bubbles up inside. "I shouldn't have brought you here," he growls, flinging that hopeless desolation in Charles's direction without conscious volition. Sweetheart. No, this isn't happening, this can't be happening. They made a mistake, Charles shouldn't be here - he is not this man. He will never be this man. Charles will go home to his husband and Erik will be here. As he always was, as he always will be - the fist clenching at his heart grips and grips and shreds - is he dying? Is he going to die?

You’re right, he says, directly in Erik’s head this time as he collects the anguish and bears it, extending only warmth. I belong in that reality with my Erik, but I am here to help you, too. Calm down, you’re okay. Shh, shh. It’s okay. The illusion shifts, and now depicts Erik in his uniform, standing tall and confident before a podium on Genosha. He’s delivering an address to his people, commanding authority and respect. His long hair ripples in as gust of wind, and Charles finds himself smiling. Look. Look at how strong you are. How confident and powerful, how adored by your people. This is you.

This Erik looks away, tormented. Aware deep in his soul that this version of him is but a trick. An illusion. This can't be him. Yes, he can lead the Brotherhood. But they don't look at him that way, with respect. No, it's fear. And those who command him have little regard for him at all, their laughs and jeers forefront in his fragmented consciousness. How could he ever be the Erik that this Charles knows? And this person, this stranger. Offering him kindness. Gentleness. Schmidt could be nice, too. Viktor isn't. Enoch isn't, barking demands at him in Russian.

But Klaus can be. Pats on the head, there-there. You can handle this. Erik is shaking, everything inside of him twisting like a great metal spire. "You're in my head," he finally realizes. "Get out. Please, stop. Please. I cannot--" Essex does this sometimes. Makes him want things he knows he doesn't. Makes him do and say things he knows he doesn't want to do. "Please just get out," he begs, tears dripping down his face now. If Schmidt could see this, he would be beaten within an inch of his life. Weakness. Pathetic. Simpering little bitch.

Make it stop. Make it stop, make it stop...

Charles allows the illusion to fade away but doesn’t leave Erik’s head. He’s overwhelmed Erik, which wasn’t his intention, but it’s shown him that his soul is present. There is potential. Erik is here. Tell Schmidt what you need to tell him. I’ll play along. I’ll help you. We can figure something out.

Erik furiously swipes at his cheeks, forcing himself in regimented proficiency to cast it all down. The feelings erupting in him cannot be permitted to exist. They cannot. But yet, Charles's voice in his mind. Another warmth. If-- he tries to think back. He swallows. Cast it down, cast it down. When was the last time he felt such a thing?

Her eyes, not like his any longer. Vivid in green as she tells him kindly, look away, neshama. Look away, dear-heart. The last time she ever spoke to him. And then. Lifeless. A rigid corpse, tossed carelessly into a cart full of corpses. Get her out of here, you useless whelp. Take her to the crematoria. Do it, or I'll find someone else for you to burn as well. Make it stop. Erik is shaking, infinitesimal tremors wracking his body as he tries desperately to marshal himself.

If we disobey him, he'll kill you. He does not care. I don't want you to die. You should go home, to him. But if I send you home, he shivers a bit. If I send you home, he'll find another Charles and torture him and kill him. Rape him, probably. Then kill him. Or maybe the reverse, he's done that before. I can't -- In his mind, the words are cold and affectless, delivered completely stoically, a laundry list of horrors that await him if he doesn't complete his mission.

That await some version of him and Erik both. Because they both know Erik will be witness, for his lack of compliance. For his lack of manners. And then he'll just keep on finding more Charleses until one of them does what he wants. He'll get what he wants, in the end. I don't want anyone to get hurt. People do. I don't like it. I try to stop it, to make him focus on me instead. I'll try here, too. I don't think he'll do that to you, if you comply. He wants something from you, so he'll try to act nice.

I don’t want anyone else to get hurt, Charles assures Erik, firm but warm. Okay? You don’t need to send me back. I don’t want you to get hurt either, I know he’ll try if I fight too much. But neither of us have to live like this, Erik. He moves his chair toward the man and reaches out with an open palm and an inviting smile. Oh, how badly it hurts to see his beloved suffer, but he can help. This Erik deserves better, too. I’m not going to do what he asks. But you can tell him I will. I’ll play along.

With the degree of distinction, it's understandable that Charles has been truly uncertain this whole time whether or not this is an Erik that he can reach. That he can understand. Whether or not this is an Erik who is even capable of loving him, as much as he loves any incarnation of Erik in turn. But that uncertainty is eradicated, when Erik leans over in his chair and slides the calloused fingers of his left hand into Charles's waiting palm. Yes, this Erik isn't so far gone. Not even with all the horrors behind his eyes like a movie-reel. Not even then. He's always known that Erik is strong, that Erik can endure and remain a being of hope and optimism, but it's truly enshrined here, in this concrete-walled room, just how strong he actually is.

This Erik's features wobble a bit, like they don't know how to smile in turn, but something shifts a little in his eyes that Charles thinks might be an attempt at it. 

I can try to convince him to let you move through the compound freely, he says in their minds. You won't be able to escape, anyway. It's an island - North Brother Island, where you were harmed. Do you know us all? Enoch Ivanov, Viktor Creed, Nathaniel Essex, Jason Wyngarde? Sayid al-Zaman? George Maxon? Emma Frost? They're lieutenants as well. Emma and Sayid aren't cruel like the others. Sayid is my friend, he adds, quiet.

It flits through his mind - Sayid isn't friendly by any measure in Erik's recollection. He's domineering and entitled. Erik is subject to him, and Klaus allows it because it's amusing to him. Sometimes they're both in the same memory-space. But, to Erik, he is far less of a monster than Klaus. And it's true, he is. Just not by much.

His understanding of Emma is more fractured. It's she who taught him how to exist in this world, how to protect his mind and soul, but at a cost. The price of his dignity, and honor, and self. She's openly disdainful of everyone here, except for Erik, but remains a dutiful lieutenant because she believes she can impact the Brotherhood from within. And she gives Viktor Creed as wide a berth as possible; her father is a source of disgust for her, though Viktor doesn't hurt her, she watches as he devolves into horrifying acts on others.

Onto Erik, in particular, who seems to be his favorite plaything.

But you should not venture too far alone, Erik cautions him. Stick with me, Sayid and Emma. George is a Nazi idiot, but he also won't hurt you. The door to this room locks from the inside as well. Only Klaus has the key for the outside lock. Do not forget that.

Charles squeezes Erik’s hand when it’s placed in his own. Oh, what hope. Erik is still Erik, across dimensions, across space. It’s reassuring. He offers the man a small smile, but not much more, lest he overwhelm the poor soul. Thank you, Erik. Really. But don’t do anything that will get you in trouble. I’m okay. I can handle a lot, hmm? I know you can, too, but so can I. In a daring move, he lifts his bad arm and drapes it around Erik’s shoulders. He doesn’t tell him about the Sayid and Emma of his world. Not yet. They’re comfort. Erik deserves comfort. If you ever want me to tell you about you and I in another universe, tell me, hmm? I’ll be here. Maybe you’re not my Erik, but you are Erik. And I care about you. You can trust me. I’ll never do anything that will cause you harm. Can you believe me?

I do not know, Erik replies within the sphere of their own minds. But Charles is holding him, and he relaxes just infinitesimally within Charles's grasp. He stays that way for a long, long time, as though soaking it up, before the sun begins to draw down in the sky. Before Erik leaves for the night, he warms up the borekas on Charles's plate and creates a small bed for him. The room itself is quite tiny, but the bed looks warm and inviting, with a large goose-down blanket and soft pillows made neatly.

It's placed somewhat lower than typical, and with a transfer bar at the side for him to be able to maneuver himself easily into it. And then Erik ducks out, locking the door behind him with the key that prevents Charles from using the inside mechanism. The lights in the complex dim for the evening. Charles manages to lie down, even though sleep is elusive, but eventually the exhaustion of the day sets in and his eyes close, and he drifts off against his better judgment.


It's about four hours later, the middle of the night as Charles can now see out of the small window Erik had generated before, when the door clicks open again. It's Erik, but he moves silently, a shadow wearing an oversized sweater. Creeping softly. He crouches down into the corner of the room, manifesting a blanket of his own for himself, and wraps his arms around his legs, keeping himself quiet and still so as not to wake Charles. His mind is loud and clanging, and that's what jerks Charles into wakefulness.

At first he can't make out anything, but when he turns on the lamp beside him, he notices that Erik is there, curled up in a ball. As his eyes adjust, he notices that there's a large, ugly bruise over Erik's cheekbone that wasn't there before, and that Erik is shivering. His emotional state is all over the place, but it's mostly cold, cold, cold. Cold and endless and empty. Erik doesn't seem to notice he's awoken, eyes unseeing as they gaze at nothing in front of him.

When Charles inevitably calls out to him, he doesn't seem to hear. But it's obvious. He came here because he had nowhere else to go. Because he remembered the hand in his own, and sweetheart

It’s the familiarity which is most jarring. At first, it’s a dream, in which Charles is transported back 14 years, to the balcony. Erik is curled in a ball in his arms, his mind raining icy shards into his soul. They both try to dodge the shards, but they’re raining faster and faster and faster, larger and larger, the chaos becoming overwhelming—“ —and then he jolts awake. Panicked at first because of the unfamiliar room, he grapples beside him for Erik, his Erik, and then is hit, hard, by the grim memory of the day before.

Schmidt. Erik. Schmidt abusing Erik, before his eyes. But he isn’t alone. The rain is still falling, and it’s coming from the corner of the room, where this Erik is sitting in a tight ball, shaking like a leaf. Tumultuous and seeking comfort. Charles, a man he scarcely knows, has shown him what comfort can mean. Come here, he encourages the other, soft. There’s room here for you, come lay with me.

It's this that finally gets his attention, and he gathers himself up fairly quickly and shuffles over to the bed in tight, restrained movements. He's in pain, everywhere, and walking is proving difficult. It's not a pain that Charles has ever felt from his Erik in life. Only in the worst moments of memories where shards come too fast and dark to dodge. But this time it's real, in front of his eyes. The rain continues outside, plinking against the window and not just in his nightmares.

Erik manages to slot himself into the bed next to Charles where he curls up into himself, as though too afraid to touch the other man beside him. The fear is paramount, but it's not because he expects this Charles is going to hurt him similarly. It's because he's so completely overwhelmed by the prospect of comfort that the confusion makes hurricanes inside of him, too vast and howling to pierce.

I did not mean to wake you, he finally manages to think, but it's barely conscious. He doesn't know why he has come here at all. Why he has come here, why he has sought out this stranger, even though he hadn't intended to ever wake him. He meant to leave before the man awoke, and now -- I did not mean to disturb you, or wake you up --

Charles extends an arm around Erik when he settles himself onto the mattress. He doesn't cuddle him, but he does begin to rub gentle circles into his back. Up and down, up and down. Slow and rhythmic, in the way that makes his Erik relax, grow sleepy. You didn't disturb me, shh, Charles assures, spreading that warm blanket atop Erik's mind once more. This Erik is searching for comfort, but he doesn't even know that he is, does he? Doesn't even recognize that that is why he has come to Charles's cell. It saddnes the telepath deeply, that this Erik is so deprived that he doesn't know why he is drawn to the one person that has shown him true care in years... Why did he hurt you? he asks. Up and down, up and down. I see that bruise on your cheek. What did he do to you, sweetheart?

Erik shakes his head violently. Like he's trying to shake everything off of him. He doesn't reject Charles's hands, though, instead holding himself still as can be, like Charles might stop if he moves in a certain way. Might realize what he's doing and change the rules all of a sudden. He's just... various excuses run through his mind. He's just had a bad day. He's just upset that you're here. Erik shakes his head again. It's OK. That's just what happens. I belong to him. It's fine, I don't-- Erik can't help the grimace on his face as he thinks mechanically, something he's said so many times now that it might even be true. I don't mind. I want it. It's fine. Charles needn't be a telepath to grasp how fake those statements are. But it's a survival mechanism, beaten into him over time. If he acts partial to it, maybe he won't be hurt as badly.

Though Charles wants to rail against Erik's assertions of it's fine and I belong to him with all of his strength, he doesn't. It's too radical an idea for Erik to contend with right now, and Charles doesn't want to upset him further. He could convince Erik to send him back to his own time, but he's beyond that, now. Erik needs help. This Erik needs it desperately, and Charles can't leave him here to suffer like this. So he dips his own head, lips touching Erik's crown. Tawny curls, identical to those of his own love. The same cowlick. What can I do to make sure he doesn't get upset at you again? Charles asks. He's upset that I'm here, but he's the one who wants me here in the first place. Would it help you if, in front of him, I showed indifference toward you? I don't want him to hurt you because of me.

Erik blinks at him a little from his spot tucked halfway into Charles's side. It's even a radical idea to him to suggest ways of mitigating Klaus's effect. Erik's instinctive response is to say that Charles shouldn't be concerned about it. Because Klaus does what he wants, and it doesn't really matter what Charles says or does. He claimed that was the reason. But even Erik knows better than that. Instead, he lets his eyes close, drifting a little closer to Charles very carefully. If Klaus saw this Erik knows he would see rageful red. But the idea of telling Charles to stop - even if he should. Even if it doesn't make any sense. Erik doesn't know up from down any longer. With just a few soft words Charles has managed to create a whirlwind of uncertainty. Erik doesn't think he wants this to go away. But he knows that he must be careful. There will surely be rules to come. Payment to be made. Charles just hasn't told him so, yet.

When Erik doesn't respond, Charles just pulls him closer until he's tucked more properly against him. There's hope, here. Erik can't see it or interpret it, but Charles can. Erik is more powerful than Schmidt; he can do whatever he wants. Simply killing Schmidt right now would set Erik off into a spiral; they both need Erik to see that his life will begin anew when Schmidt and his cronies are gone But Erik needs to realize that for himself. There is work to be done there.

I'll tell you a little bit about Genosha, Charles decides, voice soft, warm. Genosha is the nation that you lead in my world. It's a little island off of the northern coast of Africa, but it's populous. Populous and beautiful, with pristine beaches and gentle hills. The water is always warm and the sun shines yearround. You've been Prime Minister for over a decade now; your people continue to re-elect you. The elections aren't even close. You often run uncontested. The capital city is called Aramida, and you live there in the coziest townhouse. It's just down the street from an animal sanctuary, where you're a regular visitor. You love volunteering there. The animals adore you, too. Your latest friend is a baby lemur named Dante.

Erik almost tells him to stop. Stop, he doesn't want to hear it -- but he is struck silent as Charles continues, stunned into the complacency of listening. So he does, letting the words settle around him. Charles's voice in his mind is the first nice thing he has heard in over a decade. Sayid is not exactly cruel to him, according to his own messed-up conventions of companionship. But he isn't warm. Emma, either. This feels like the time he found an abandoned cabin in the woods he used to live after the war and he started a fire all on his own. That's when he started to realize Schmidt was right. Then the CIA found him and took him away to live in a small room at Langley.

Deep underground where there was no warmth or sun. Then the mission. And back to Klaus where things made sense again. But in the forest he made friends with the creatures there, too. Squirrels and birds were his constant friends. He named them, too. It makes his expression become a wince. He doesn't want to remember those times. They weren't horrible like the camps but he was often cold and alone. Why is everything so different for this Charles? This Erik? No, he thinks. It's OK. He doesn't want them to suffer. He's glad. Glad that Erik is happy. That he makes friends, too. That he can smile. This Erik is too broken for that.

We struggle. You and I. We both do, Charles continues, steadfast. Things aren't perfect in my world. A few years ago, a cruel man called Stryker kidnapped you and neutralized your abilities. That causes devastating effects to you; you can barely use your body at all. He held you captive for five weeks and tortured you. Your good hand scarcely works anymore, and you lost some toes. Half of your teeth had to be replaced. It was horrific. And not long after, the United States used artificial intelligence to wage war against Genosha and mutantkind. They neutralized mutations en masse and captured me, this time. Tortured me for information. That's how I lost all my hair.

He reaches a hand up to card gentle fingers through Erik's own curls. But, we found our way out of those situations. We're still recovering, in many ways. There's cruelty in our world. Humans who are afraid of us and want to harm us. It's our mission there, too, to prevent others from harming our kind. A noble mission. I can understand why you're doing what you're doing here, darling. Our kind deserves safety and freedom. And so do you, Erik.

Erik shivers a little at hearing that information and without conscious volition he reaches forward to draw his fingertips gently down the side of Charles's head. He was hurt, too. Erik is sorry. "I'm trying to stop them," he says barely above a whisper. "I know Stryker, too. He's the president, here. We want to overthrow him. He's making camps for us. Registering us. Capturing us. Torturing us. They released a tape of him talking to one of his friends. The political opponents. They want him gone but not because he is hurting us. They just want the power. So they released it. He's a horrible man in private, too. Goes on about fags and Jews and mutants like it's nothing. And it didn't stop him getting elected. The humans in America hate us. They don't want us here. And we are not going anywhere. Not without a fight. I will kill President Stryker myself if I must. But Klaus thought of another way. Of using you."

Charles nods, thoughtful. Stryker, the president of the United States. It’s a testament, to the power of Genosha, the power of the work that Charles does at home. Without them, America and the world at large could certainly devolve into this state, in which mutants are villainized and cruel, evil men rise to power on the platform of subjugating their kind. “I’ll stay to help you overthrow Stryker,” Charles promises. “I won’t let you suffer anymore under his regime. But I won’t allow Schmidt to take his place. You know that such a world would be just as cruel and unjust; I know you know that. You and I, Erik, can create a new future. One without Stryker…and without Schmidt, too. What do you think?”

Erik is grinding his teeth together, not out of anger, but because of the tension that has erupted through his whole being. Without Klaus Schmidt. It feels impossible. Insurmountable. There is nothing without Klaus. He is nothing. He can't - he can't be that other Erik. The one who escaped. Who married a person and didn't become - twisted. Mangled up, like he is. A monster patchworked together. Frankenstein's monster. No one realizes that Frankenstein was the real villain in that novel, he has to laugh a little. The monster just looks scary. But Erik knows he isn't strong. Not like Klaus. He's the one who really runs this place. Erik is just a figurehead. Who knows why.

“I know that it’s absurd to think about,” Charles says softly, continuing to card fingers through his hair. “You don’t have to answer me right away. Take some time, consider it. But that’s what my plan is right now, sweetheart. I’ll get Stryker out for you, but I will not help Schmidt rise to power. I can do it on my own, but it would be a lot easier if you helped me. Hmm?” With a small start, Charles remembers the nautilus around his neck. Erik’s—his Erik’s—heartbeat. He uses his bad hand to hook the tiny shell upward, and after a few tries, is able to press it to his ear.

It’s still there. And well out of sync with the heartbeat of the Erik beside him. He can still hear it. Tears rush to his eyes as he begins to laugh softly, listening to the familiar thump of his beloved. Oh, how quickly it’s beating. How stressed Erik must be, scrambling to look for him. “Listen,” he urges the man beside him. “It’s you. My you. You made this for me, so that I could always remember where I am. This is a version of you that thrives without Schmidt, darling. If he can do it, so can you. You’re not too broken. It’s never too late. Listen to his heart. It’s the same one that beats in you.”

"You want me to kill him," Erik rasps, and he sounds very small and very unsteady. Everything is piercing him. All those shards. The heartbeat in his ear makes his own flutter in his chest, asynchronous. Fast and stressed, his body already pushed past its limits. The pain is what seems to do it. What reminds him, why he had escaped in the first place. He doesn't like this. The pain and hurting. The cruelty. Maybe it's what he deserves. But no one else does. "Where am I supposed to go?" he whispers, and he's miserable about it, forcing himself not to be weak and cry in front of Charles again.

“You can go anywhere,” Charles encourages, tucking a loose curl behind Erik’s ear. He sounds young, afraid. He is afraid, and Charles cannot fight the instinct that has folded itself into his being, the instinct to protect this man, the one he loves, in every iteration. “You can stay here and build something new here, or you can go to a different reality and start over. Your opportunities are boundless, darling. You can even come back with me, at least for a little while, until you’re ready to move on. It’s up to you.*

"But I have no place with you," Erik says, lips pressed together uncomfortably. "I would not... your Erik needs you. I shouldn't -- I shouldn't even be doing this," he whispers. He sits up after a moment and helps Charles to do so as well, rearranging them against the headboard and tucking himself back into Charles's side. Charles can feel how conflicted he is about it. "You'll help? Get rid of Stryker? And then, I don't know. I don't know. I'll try and get him to send you back. Say you're depleted or Stryker stole your power. Or something. I'll - figure it out. I don't - you shouldn't do something you don't want to do. You're a mutant too. We protect all mutants. That's what he says."

“You always have a place with me, Erik,” Charles promises, and wraps his arm around the man, who sits a head and a half taller than he against the headboard. The way he nestles back in to his side is telling; the comfort that Charles has extended is already craved. “You know as well as I that Schmidt won’t just send me back to my world if I can’t do what he wants. He would not extend that kindness to me; especially if you ask. He’ll grow jealous and angry and force you to kill me with your own two hands. And if you refuse, he’ll do it himself and make you watch, and then punish you for it. I know that it’s scary, Erik. That it seems unthinkable. But deep down, in here,” he taps Erik’s chest, and then the shell, “you know that the world will thrive without him. That it will be safer. Better for our kind. For you. Come back to my home with me when we’re done. We can take care of you, and then you can choose for yourself where you go. Whether it’s back here or somewhere entirely new. We’ll support you.”

It seems too good to be true. To be truly out of Klaus's grasp. To be free of the people who had made it their mission to hurt him, to hurt others, without any regard. Erik has always hated it. Hated the way they walked around the complex so certain of their entitlement. To him, to everything in sight. He tries not to make a sound as the nausea roils in his stomach. Sick, injured. He's expected to go on missions like nothing is wrong. Even when he can barely stand or move or walk. It doesn't matter if he is too dizzy to think.

The mission comes first and he exists only as a tool. A thing that has use and value so long as it isn't too broken. Erik wonders if there are worlds without men like Klaus. The Erik that Charles knows faced him, too. Not for as long, but they still remember the same things. The same horrors. The beginning years. Maybe there's an Erik who never went to the camps at all. Where Auschwitz never even existed. Maybe... he curls into Charles's chest all of a sudden, hiding his face completely. Staying still and quiet.

Charles just holds Erik there as he buries his face into his chest. The reassuring hand moves up and down his spine once more, calming, reassuring. A reminder that he’s still here, with a protective arm around a man who has not been protected by anyone since the death of his mother. Not a government, not a friend. No one, ever, to look out for the eleven-year-old who just wanted to do good for the world and for his family. Who never got a Bar Mitzvah, a teary-eyed farewell from a family watching their son head off to college or work or on some great adventure. Eager to welcome him home the minute he decided he wanted.

Charles, who does not belong in this world, will protect Erik. Perhaps this is why fate brought him here, to provide aid for a soul in the infinite expanse of the universe who needs it most. Aid that Charles, at this point in his own timeline, is uniquely able to give. What if you and I left right now? he asks gently. Even if you decided that it should be so, are you allowed? Does Schmidt have you locked in somehow?

I know if I leave he will get mad and hurt people, Erik thinks back, and Charles doesn't mistake the sadness in his mind. I've thought about leaving a hundred times. Or killing everyone. I don't know if I could. Just leave it all knowing it would cause pain to others. And if I kill them all - I would just be all alone. And I can't - Erik burrows in even deeper. And he has nowhere to go, and no one who loves him. The CIA would find him again and make him into a tool to hurt his kind, again. He chances a look up at Charles. You would really let me come with you? But what about your husband? He would object to this. Rightly so. It's - I'm not supposed to know you. And - I - he doesn't seem to know what he wants to say next, so he trails off. 

Charles places a gentle kiss atop Erik’s head. It’s chaste—and…well. Erik is his husband. Maybe this version has a different trajectory, even a different body. But Erik is still his husband, and so Charles feels compelled to offer him love and care all the same. If, in some other reality, there is a version of himself who feels this alone, this sad, Charles would hope that his own Erik would offer him the same. My husband is you, Charles reminds him gently. Look inside yourself. Wouldn’t you want someone to care for yourself in a time of need? I think that my husband would be honored to meet you. To tell you so many things, learn from you and teach you. And I think that if you think about it, you’ll know that to be true.


In a blink, Erik and Charles suddenly disappear from the room. Charles is in his chair and Erik is beside him. It's so easy like this to forget that the man beside him is supposedly a stranger. They're in a marketplace, brightly colored vegetables peaking out of baskets and men and women wearing curious toga-style outfits are bustling past. Charles is surprised to discover he too is wearing a similar outfit to the ancient Greeks, with pants for comfort. And he is seated in a very old-fashioned looking device to match the times. They did have wheelchairs back then, after all. Erik is wearing a tunic and pants as well, in matching colors to this individual who might be a friend.

The waterfront of ancient Alexandria is lit in blazing sunlight, with small wooden boats dotting the shoreline and street lamps made with glass and burning candles still lit from the night before. The buildings are magnificent, and carved statues dot the central courtyard. The chair that Charles is seated upon isn't self-propelling - Erik sends him an apology but they shouldn't break their immersion here. He extends a small invitation instead for Charles to surreptitiously utilize Erik's power to move himself if he so prefers. But then he does take hold of the handles and guides Charles through the sprawling market.

"I come here sometimes," he laughs a bit. "Egypt, too. Mostly as a joke, I cannot help myself. But it is very nice. I like visiting these places and imagining I am part of the fabric of their existence. I keep Klaus and the compound frozen. And I just live here for a while. But I always end up going back. It's lonely here, you know. I can't really be part of this world."

Charles is mildly surprised to find himself elsewhere and elsewhen, but he is with Erik, after all. Such sojourns have become common in his own world that he scarcely even blinks when he looks up to see himself in a different setting, wearing different clothes. It even makes him smile now, to know that this Erik and his own share similar habits. An appreciation for beauty and peace.

He doesn’t even mind that he can’t move the chair he is in and doesn’t take the offer at the moment; he sits back against the cushioned seat and is content to allow Erik to wheel him through the colorful streets, bustling with culture and life. A few people cast glances his way—he is horrifically pale, something noticeable even in his own time, and the chair draws a bit of attention, but nothing is sinister. They simply observe the man for moment and then move on.

“This is lovely,” Charles agrees, smiling as he watches a pair of young boys chase each other along the waterfront. “Show me your favorite places to go. We can stay here for a while.”

It comes as no surprise that this Erik too prefers the hustle and bustle of the deep-buried cities and clay buildings made sturdy on top of one another as pots of this thing and that adorn their homes. Racks of dried fish, kindling for firewood, and decorated walls with streaks of paint in kaleidoscope patterns. The ancient Greeks enjoyed using dyes and even their statues had been painted, but nowadays in preservation they're just marble. "See, look," he whispers and watches as a young group of children play a complicated game with masterful rules and a ball that features, though Erik can't figure out how. "Sometimes people get into fights and things. I make sure they don't hurt each other. But it's nice, to just be. And there," he points up ahead to a café embedded in the cobblestone streets as horsebacked guards trot on by.

"This is the ancient Greek version of the kafeinon," he explains softly. "They didn't have coffee or tea here, but they still had gathering places where they consumed similar drinks. In Salonika, my father's family continued their tradition of kykeon and pastries, and evolved it into coffee as it was introduced to Istanbul in the 14th century. They called it Matokafe. And that's the very first one," he smiles to himself. "Matto, now. For it primarily serves bread and honey water. Want to see?" He is grinning unconsciously, an entirely new expression on features so stoic Charles was afraid he simply didn't know how. But here it's different. Here, he is safe.

The vestiges of his Erik shine through now more directly. Chattering excitedly about the various intricacies and factoids of the culture around them, Erik seems more content and confident than Charles has witnessed yet in this timeline. Closer to the version of himself that Charles had been with just yesterday, the one who excitedly spoke to his students about ethics, philosophy. It makes him smile, too. “Yes, I want to see,” he says earnestly, smiling up at the man, watching as those eyes begin to soften, just a bit. “Show me.”

It's a curious deviation all the same. His Erik had never come here as far as he knew, and he didn't know this piece of his family's history. Maybe it happened differently, but all the same, it speaks to something within the universe itself that yearns to slot itself together and bring all the puzzle pieces back into their proper places. Something for this Erik to teach the other. Unlike his Erik, this one also speaks perfect Greek, and he orders for them as they head to the small establishment near the sea-side.

"It's a little bit like coffee," Erik tells him, "but it comes from ephedra instead of coffea. So only drink a very small amount, and see how you feel. I'm very sensitive to it. It's an amphetamine-like compound essentially," he shakes his head a bit. Charles does know this piece of Erik's history as well - the Nazis were experimenting with drugs to prolong the efficiency and longevity of their soldiers. And it was the prisoners at Auschwitz and the other camps experimented on by doctors who paid the price for this discovery.

"But you should be OK. It is very mild. Oh, and here, I got them to put sylphium honey, long pepper and feta -prósphatos here - inside the fresh phyllo. Trust me, it's very good this way. You'll be astonished, did you know we don't have this spice any longer? It was eaten to extinction," he says with a huff.

Charles sits back as Erik wheels him toward the ancient cafe, fascinated as he navigates the ordering methodology in perfect Greek. Perfect ancient Greek. Charles had studied Greek in school, as all wealthy boys did in that era, and so he can pick up a few words here and there, but Erik speaks it without hesitation. He fits, here. His face is not entirely out of place among these ancient people; even his auburn curls feel right.

"I didn't know," he affirms as he looks at the liquid in the cup and the tray of food before them. Delicacies from an ancient world, one which his own Erik has never ventured to. What a privilege, he thinks, to be traveling with him like this. He takes a sup of the kykeon and sputters a bit, but he's smiling. "Strong," he comments. "You don't talk much about your Greek heritage where I come from. You tell me your father taught you how to cook, but that's about it."

"Really?" Erik looks surprised. Charles is starting to be able to read him a little better, like this. Here, where they're secured from the horrible realities of the complex on North Brother Island. In a far-away seaside restaurant lost to the annals of time. "I don't know, I always got along with aba better," he says with a little shrug. Another deviation, and perhaps it explained why things had happened differently in this universe. His bond to Edie wasn't strong enough here for her to pierce the veil, even though her love for him is never in question, it looks like this Erik had more of a connection to his father than his mother, a father who couldn't rescue him. Who was human, baseline.

"He died in front of me, too. They both did." This, he speaks with complete calm. "But for him, it was in the chambers. After a time, on the work crews. I was in my group, too. And I was assigned to his liquidation. They made me lie. I knew where he was going. If I had told him --and I tried, sometimes it didn't work, I thought if I could follow them, and try to get him out of there--but I couldn't. It was a horrible death, painful and suffocating, crammed in with dozens of other terrified people who didn't realize they were about to die until right then. Absurd, right? You get no time, you get no preparation for death. It's just terror, and then you... die." Erik blinks a little, looking somewhat irritated at himself. "Forgive me, I have no idea why I'm talking about this. Why on Earth..."

“Fascinating. Your timeline diverged from my Erik’s timeline much earlier,” Charles muses. “I suppose it makes sense. How unlikely would it be that everything was the exact same up until the war…I suppose we’re heirs of history, too. My Erik was closer to your mother.” He scarcely resists the urge to reach across the table and grab the man’s hand as he relays the account of his father’s death. How he was forced to be present, made to feel complicit. The poor soul. It’s no wonder that sorrow is a dominant feeling, that pain is what he knows. “Don’t apologize. These are things that you shouldn’t have to hide. You can talk about this with me, darling,” he promises. “I’m so sorry that you had to be a part of that. That’s not something that anyone should have to do. Can you tell me more about your father? I don’t know much about him, other than the fact that he was a splendid cook.”

Erik rubs at his face with his hand, a self-soothing motion from childhood carried forth and something he's witnessed in his Erik only when under extreme duress. This one is much closer to his ancient coping mechanisms, having never truly escaped the demons of his history. He decides to focus on his phyllo, and creates an identical one, and then one that he makes, from the recipe taught to him very young. The differences are subtle, but this place is a part of his family line, established by Asser ben Tarion, such practices would be commonplace until the Turks arrived and demanded consistent surnames. In the Erik's history he knows, his surname came from a population shift to Germany, and they became Lehnsherr.

Here, they became Lehnsherr much later, first they were Tarion, having simply picked an ancestor they admired. Their shift to Lehnsherr didn't happen until a merging between their peoples. Even as early as here, there are little divergences that make it known this isn't the time Charles is accustomed to. It's so similar and yet so distinct. "He was very in touch with his roots. He was a cantor, actually, and taught at shul. He knew the Torah in Greek and Hebrew, but his Polish was awful," Erik says, eyes glazed a bit as he recalls. "My mother's family never, ever liked him. He was too strange, too dark. She said they could all go to hell. I liked that, that she was strong in that way. He was more passive, more peaceful. I suppose I'm more like ima. We did get along, but we butted heads so often. We were too similar."

“I see. Fascinating.” It really is, and makes Charles realize how lucky they are to be here in the first place. Their lives are so delicacies of decisions, happenstances of choice. Their ninth great grandparents had children, and here they are today. Tarions and Xaviers, enjoying phyllo in ancient Alexandria. “I’ve met her a few times. Did you know that she was a mutant? At least she was in my world…she can travel through time, like you.”

He shares the memory of that kitchen with Erik. The one that smells of spices and plants, where Edie first came to Charles while Erik was spiraling in the balcony. Where they spend time in Arcadia. “She brought me here. And then she came to me again, while I was in the hospital, recovering from my injury. You two are similar. I guess that didn’t cause as much friction for my Erik.” He smiles softly. “I’m glad that you and your father were close, and that he shared a love of his roots with you. This is beautiful, Erik. Thank you for taking me here. This is really special. You should take my Erik here, too.”

Erik's eyes drift downward a little. A mutant, like him? He can't help but wonder why she could visit this Charles and that Erik, but - he shakes his head. There could be any number of reasons. After all, who knows if their versions of Edith Eisenhardt are even the same. Klaus and Stryker mostly are, and this Charles tells him that he is like that Erik in many ways. But not everyone in their realities must be, even mutation itself is happenstance. It's possible his ima wasn't even a mutant at all. Maybe they didn't even have the same parents. Maybe they weren't even the same person in any recognizable way.

He can't know, and it does no good to agonize over it. He wraps up the pastry in a delicate wax paper and gives it to Charles for later, knowing that they can't stay here forever. Even though it would be nice. He can't keep everyone in his world frozen eternally. They have lives to live, too. So, he takes them back, and Charles finds himself in the complex once more, seated in the bed Erik had made for him. It's still night, after all. Erik sits on the edge, looking up out of the window at the moon. "Thank you," he whispers softly. "For - spending time with me, and talking to me. That wasn't necessary, but you did it anyway. I know that I'm your captor." He sets the pastry down on the night stand.

It’s a shame, to find himself back in bed. The colorful streets of Alexandria called to him; how wonderful it would be to stay a little longer with Erik, where he’s content. The Erik who lives in this compound is far from content, and it hurts Charles’s heart. But he smiles anyway, for Erik’s sake. He’s made progress, shown Erik comfort and trust. Perhaps it will not be such a challenge to get him to agree to his plan. Eliminate Stryker and Schmidt. “I want to spend time with you,” Charles promises. “The way I see it, we’re both captives. You can talk to me all you want, I’ll always be here to listen.” He taps his temple. “Think about my proposal, won’t you? At least consider it. You don’t need to choose right away. Take some time to think about it.”

Erik presses his lips together, but nods his head once in a sharp jerk. "I will consider it," he murmurs. It's obvious that he doesn't want to leave this place quite yet, just as he hadn't wished to leave Alexandria, but he rises to his feet all the same. Duty is more important than anything, and if Klaus finds out he was here, there would be more than hell to pay. He grasps Charles's blanket in hand and sets it over him, and tries to give him a reassuring glance. "I'll come back tomorrow, and you can see the rest of the compound. It isn't all bad," he adds, soft. Charles can see small faces in Erik's memory, the children who he has come to guard over, who he has dedicated his life to protecting. Even if he can't do anything else in his meager existence, this does bring him a degree of comfort.

“Thank you.” Charles places his hand atop Erik’s own when the other tucks him in to bed, locking eyes. Here, now, he looks a bit like the Erik that Charles knows. Hard features softening at the edge, gentleness creeping. Even within the stoicism, there’s care. He has always been a caretaker, even when he does it without warmth. Fully selfless. Abnegating. “Get some rest, Erik,” he encourages. “I’ll be okay. Thank you for looking out for me. I’m glad that you’re here with me. Really.”

They both know that he won't do anything as remarkable as get some rest, but he nods all the same, and pauses for only a moment before exiting the room. With all that runs through his head, he forgets to lock the mechanism.


Charles only realizes this when the sun begins to rise high in the sky and he can feel a sudden panic from the other side of the room. The lock is engaged swiftly once again, but it's already too late - Klaus Schmidt (this Erik thinks of him as Klaus, not as Schmidt - another divergence), who is outside with Erik, has already seen his mistake. He can hear their conversation, and only he can identify the fear in Erik's voice as he attempts to hide his discretion. "I was just curious, that is all," he's trying desperately to crawl out of the hole he has dug for himself.

"Curious," Schmidt snorts. "I see. Perhaps I'll get curious, too, and then you can feel a tenth of how preposterous such a proclamation really is."

"No," Erik growls before he can better stop himself. He takes a breath. "No. You need him to choose to help you. You can't force him. Essex isn't strong enough, either. If you hurt him, we will never achieve our goals."

"He is meaningless," Schmidt reminds Erik softly. "There are a million others out there, just like him. Do not forget your place," he returns, voice becoming hard and cold, and Charles hears the impact before he feels it in Erik's mind as everything shatters within the nuclear reaction of Schmidt's power.

Footsteps recede, and Erik recovers himself, getting back onto unsteady feet before venturing into the room. He leaves the door open, this time. "G-dverdammt idiot! Verpiss dich," he smacks his hand on the wall, furious with himself. More pain lances through him at the action, but he scarcely notices.

Charles shoots awake when the yelling begins outside of his room. The audible voices are low, calm, but the anguish inside of Erik's head is loud, reverberating. Like a spike, pain shoots secondhand through Charles, and he gasps in surprise. Oh. It's been so long since he's blunted the pain that his Erik feels that he's forgotten to shield himself from that part of this Erik's brain. It's an ugly admixture of physical and psychological turmoil, one that makes Charles feel nearly nauseous. "Erik," Charles whispers softly as the man slips in to his room, tortured, furious. Mad at himself for making a mistake. "It's alright. Don't hurt yourself any further. It's okay."

The pain that Charles takes from him is one that lances through his whole body, an imprint of Klaus onto him that cannot be denied. On top of the traditional aches and pains carried from what Klaus terms as his insolence. When it completely evaporates in a second Erik's eyes closed and all the tension in his body evaporates instantly. He looks almost drugged from relief. "Hmmmm," is his answer now, a warm rumble in his chest. "You - you were saying --?" he slurs a little. The anger, too, has seemingly all but vanished. 

Charles smiles softly, encouraging, but is careful not to be too bold. The door is open, after all, and Charles doesn’t want to get Erik in further trouble with the man who has been a lifelong captor. It’s a relief, however, to see Erik enjoying the breezy existence of life without searing pain in his bones for the first time in…how long? Be careful, he says, in the other’s head this time. We don’t want him thinking that you and I are anything but captor and captive. You’ve heard him, he’ll ensure that I’m disposed of and you will be punished.

Erik's processors take a few seconds to spin that up before he gives a short nod, doing his best to control it. It's difficult not to melt into the floor, but he stands upright all the same, and though his expression has softened marginally, it's something only Charles is privy to. Everyone else sees the stoic. I've made breakfast, is what he adds in their thoughts. He's been smart enough to wear the helmet even though he knows that Charles doesn't need it. Better to continue the farce that they - he doesn't know, really. That they are - captor and captive, as Charles had said.

As opposed to what? He isn't sure. What he feels like with Charles he hasn't felt ever. And the man who was supposed to be his -- friend, maybe. Is dead. By his own hand. Can he find his place in this world alone, without such companionship? Deep inside, he already knows that what he and Sayid share isn't.. real companionship. The thoughts are swirling within him as they enter their second day of Charles's captivity.

You can come out to the main mess hall to eat, if you like, or you can come with me to the labs as I feed the children. That's a nicer option. But not the safer option. You won't have to put up with Essex, Creed, Wyngarde and Ivanov. Or Klaus.

There is a lot happening within the man before him, changes swirling into a cyclone. For decades now, this Erik has been in unbearable, constant pain and duress, coldness and isolation his norm. A sad, hollow existence, surrounded by nothing but hardship. In the past 12 hours alone, he has experienced tenderness and comfort...and it's rattling him. Charles can understand it from where he sits. Not only because he can feel it, but because he knows Erik. Even this one. It hurts, deeply. The smallest kindnesses that Charles has offered—he's merely spoken to him without harshness—are extraordinary to this Erik.

It speaks volumes about the treatment he has endured in this lifetime. Charles knows that he cannot leave this reality until Erik is in a better place. I will do what you wish me to do, Charles says kindly. Whatever is best for you, Erik. I mean it, I only want you to be safe. I can endure the rest of them. He hesitates for a moment, and then purses his lips, hand travelling to the shell around his neck. Do you think that...maybe, you could leave a note for my Erik, from me? I'll write and let him know that I'm alive and okay. He's going to be tearing our world apart looking for me. I just want him to have some comfort knowing that I'm not gone.

Yes, Erik inclines his head as he leads Charles at first to the long mess hall table where everyone is eating - not just the lieutenants of the Brotherhood but the corporals and specialists as well. It's a pseudo-rank structure, loosely based on common military themes, but the point is that everyone knows where they stand in this place. Lieutenants are given the utmost respect. Erik's rank is technically sub-lieutenant, which means he's at the mercy of most of the people that hurt him on a regular basis. They picked him, for some reason, as their face. And while not many understood Klaus's reasoning, it can't be denied that the Brotherhood is gaining real support. Even from humans, which is highly ironic. Erik doesn't ever talk about their goal of total rule, but he tries to be honest that what matters most to him is the safety of every mutant. And that's true.

He's not sure how true it is for the rest of them. He thought Klaus cared. He has promised not to mistreat humans. But Erik is slowly and surely coming to understand that he doesn't quite believe this anymore. It's a version of reality that doesn't jive with the other versions of itself. The one where Klaus is nothing but cruel and who gains glee and joy from tormenting others. He knows that Charles might be trying to manipulate him, turn him against the only father he has ever known. But he had been so disgusted, so horrified - that expression and his reaction afterward, winding on the floor. He just thought it was because Charles was panicked about his captivity. But after examining yesterday's events over and over, Erik isn't so sure.

After breakfast I will need to go visit the children. Then I have a lesson and then I will come back and you can write your letter. Is that OK?

It's okay, Charles confirms as he takes the place at the table to which he is lead. The faces that haunt his past are jarring—Essex, Ivanov, Creed, Wyngarde. Creed is especially nauseating; the last time Charles saw him, he had mouthful of loose teeth and bones turned to pulp. To see his hulking form alive and well brings a renewed rush of adrenaline. And then there's Emma. And Sayid. Sayid is harder to look at; he was Charles's friend, once, too. His death brought only distress and agony to them all, in his world. A small part of him wishes that he could hope that this Sayid could be a friend again, but he knows better than to be optimistic. Sayid will not further their cause.

Thank you, Erik. I will be okay. You'll have to tell me about the children kept here later, that is concerning to me.

"Back from the dead," Emma drawls from her seat. Apparently in this reality, Charles and Emma had been acquaintances from long ago, too. "And crippled...and bald. Look at you, Charles Xavier! Klaus tells me that you and our Erik are married in another world? How positively adorable!"

Charles smiles pleasantly. "I admit that I prefer my world to this one, in which I'm apparently dead."

Erik rolls his eyes. "Do not get her started, she will never stop," he returns exceedingly dry, but it's with much less stoic harshness than anything he would say to Creed or Ivanov.

"You married Erik?" Viktor Creed seems to find this exceedingly amusing, as does Wyngarde and Ivanov, who all chuckle. Only Sayid and Emma aren't laughing.

"Marriage is a foreign concept for you, I am aware," he drawls at Viktor like it isn't going to get him beaten into a pulp later.

"Huh. Kitten's got claws this mornin'. Fuck pissed in your Cornflakes, Lehnsherr? Was it Xavier? Maybe you into that?" he wisecracks. Charles alone is privy to his mind, which is full of frankly beyond horrifying imagery. He's seen things like this before in the minds of strangers, and over the years and with Ailo's help he's been able to curtail their most negative effects on him. It's fortunately not a common occurrence given his relative social isolation.

The worst he encounters at the Institute are parents and government officials who are disgusted by what the children can do. But what changes everything and has that training slipping desperately out of his grasp is that it's entirely about Erik. Ten years of material to reference. Erik picks at his meal, but forces it down anyway. A lifetime of never knowing when he'd be fed next reinforcing this behavior of always eating anything put in front of him. "Now you know we're just puttin' on a nice little show here for your little yuppie friend--" he's elbowed by Ivanov. "But don't get too g-ddamned cocky, kitten. Xavier ain't gonna be 'ere forever."

Erik inclines his head compliantly, because of course Creed is just waiting for the day he no longer has to worry about public appearances. And because he knows he'll have to pay for that, later tonight. He just... it's a fool's errand, standing up to them. But he feels... like he doesn't want to do that, in front of Charles. To be so weak and pathetic. Like maybe he can stand up for himself. Even as infinitesimal as that.

Heat races to Charles's fingertips and ears as the men begin to disparage Erik. In his world, he would tongue tie anyone who dare speak to or of his husband this way—even though he wouldn't have to. His Erik does not allow himself to be disrespected anymore. It's impossible not to feel a pulse of protectiveness, regardless. But, for Erik's sake, he says nothing. The bruise is still bleeding into Erik's cheekbone, administered by a jealous Schmidt. To speak up for Erik will make things worse for him.

And this Erik...he doesn't speak up for himself, either. He's been cowed. Beat into submission. Utterly at the mercy of the cruelty of these men, who treat him worse than they treat a dog. It's self-defense, Charles knows. There's no reason to stand up to these men if doing so will get him hurt. "Is that your plan for me?" Charles asks coolly, to take the attention away from Erik. "I help you achieve your goal, and then you toss me out?"

"Pretty fuckin' sure," Viktor grunts, waving his clawed hand around before stabbing it into an apple that he eats in two large bites, spitting out the seeds. Part of an adaptive mutation, able to use his considerably sharp teeth to strip his food while he's eating it. And he's eyeing Erik with the same look that he'd given the apple only seconds before. Like he's waiting for his turn to consume his prey.

"You will not get tossed by us," Ivanov tells him with an encouraging grin. "Mr. Husband will toss you out. I bet Mr. Husband is much nicer than me. If I send you back, maybe you go home with less limbs." He smiles, sharp incisors menacing and cruel. "Funny, a husband. You think that's funny, Lehnsherr? Maybe we get you an apron."

"Very amusing, sir," Erik mumbles almost inaudibly. Embarrassed, ashamed. How is one supposed to feel human in such an environment? He is not sure he has ever figured it out. But Charles Xavier certainly won't want to speak to him anymore now that he knows Erik is little more than a cowed animal.

"Maybe you will also find it funny that, in my world, you're dead," Charles says with the same pleasant grin. "Vanquished. And so are you, and you, and you, and you," he tells them, pointing one by one, to Creed, Essex, Wyngarde, and finally Schmidt. He leaves Sayid out; for their purposes, he doesn't want to open that can of worms. He takes a bite of his eggs and a sip of the hot tea (green rather than oolong, but it will do), as if this were any other conversation between friends.

"What motivation do I have to help you if you threaten my life? Why should I help you, if you're just going to kill or maim me when I'm done?" he asks then. "You brought me here because you need me. Me, specifically. There are infinite incarnations of me, and you just happened to choose this version. I must have more developed abilities than many of my counterparts."

Erik tenses up considerably. Charles must have told him this, that his ima came and destroyed this facility and everyone in it. But hearing it stated so plainly sets his hairs on end. Especially Klaus, who looks entirely displeased, now. "Reality is a fiction, Doktor Xavier. We exist--Kleine, you always did understand this better. Explain it for our friend here, hm?" Erik stands as he's addressed, hands behind his back in a formal resting stance.

"In the 70s, a man named John Conway developed The Game of Life. In 2006, this game is used to support a theorem which suggests that our behavior of free will is not a function of the past, which rules out a deterministic universe. If the universe itself is a cellular automata, that means it's self-replicating. This supports a theory of simulation, that we are echoes of various automated processes. There is our universe which is a reflection of an outside universe which is a reflection of that. At this point, meaning and reality are irrelevant, since our experiences are still valuable and just because they may be automata echoes does not make us less real," he ensures to add.

"Oh, I don't think I agree with Wolfram or Conway. Determinism may not occur at the quantum level, but isn't it enough that our free will is externally influenced? I don't choose what I want. In turn, you don't choose what you want. Our actions impact one another. And what causes it? Not my choice. Just my composition, hm? Now, all this to say - it may be determed that I kill you, Doktor. Or perhaps you'll be of use, and then you can go home to your dear... husband. How does that sound?" When he smiles congenially in turn, it's positively frightening.

The way Erik speaks is as if he himself is an automaton, a wind-up doll pre-programmed to talk on command. Even the way he stands, ramrod straight with his hands behind his back. Klaus's soldier-pet. Expected to be at attention at all times, never at-ease. It's infuriating, the others sit casually, even congenially with each other, but Erik is forced to use the honorifics...Sir, Herr Doktor. Reduced to Kleine and Kitten.

The nausea creeps into his bones, but he must remain polite. For Erik's sake; he is certain that any missteps of his own will see that Erik is punished. "That's a funny way to look at it," Charles remarks. "You're removing your self from yourself. Pardon the pithiness." He cocks a brow Schmidt's way, unafraid of a dead man. "What an exhausting method of reasoning. If you want to abdicate ownership of your actions, just say so, Dr. Schmidt. I don't need a lesson in algorithms and quantum mechanics to understand that."

"Think about it, Herr Doktor," Schmidt returns to him. "What makes you want something? Really want it. Not that you've made a choice in a matter, but something deep within your being. Your life goals. Your dreams. What you like and dislike. Who you like and dislike," he adds, pointed. "Ah, of course, sometimes it is because of a reason. But, you must concede that sometimes, there is no reason at all. It just exists, and what can you do? Wallow about like a miserable wastrel, or embrace your nature? What about you, Kleine. Do you think there is a reason for everything you do?"

"I think the reason doesn't matter," Erik replies softly. "Only the outcome."

"A classical Consequential Utilitarian if I've ever met one, ha!" Schmidt sounds almost fond. "You Stoics weren't particularly permissive when it came to the Epicurian method - after all, eudaimonia for a Stoic requires sufficient virtue."

"Eudaimonia is an umbrella term, sir. The Epicureans believed in eudaimonia as well, they simply believed that the highest good - that which is prescribed by the word eudaimonia, was maximal happiness. This is more compatible with Consequentialist Utilitarianism, but I see no reason why this would be incompatible with creating sufficient virtue as demanded by Stoicism. Utilitarianism states that the most sufficient virtue is the maximal happiness of the wellbeing. Ergo, the argument remains: Stoicism and Epicureanism are both two-sided coins of the same process - they are distinct, but not incompatible." 

Schmidt looks positively livid. It's something only Charles, a trained telepath, can see. But anyone who is familiar with Schmidt can see the rage snap behind his eyes at being bested in front of his soldiers. "Anyone can read a book, Mr. Stoic. It takes experience to live a life. And have you, truly, lived a life of virtue? Hm? Of eudaimonia? I highly doubt it, mein kleiner Erik."

"You're right. My actions in pursuit of the maximal of happiness with the least amount of suffering has lead to failure and suffering. I did not preserve eudaimonia, in my actions. But they are still the most Utilitarian actions I can take within my circumstances. Which means, the goal, to preserve eudaimonia, remains intact." Erik, who had just moments before seemed to be engaging in somewhat of a genuine debate with his captor - something that he had never before thought would ever come out of him.

And yet it is. He, whose hands are at formal-rest. He who belongs to Klaus, had stepped so vastly over the line he's not honestly sure what is going to happen next. Schmidt looks at them both. From Charles, to Erik. But instead of lashing out at Erik in public, Schmidt puts on a smile and claps like he's genuinely pleased. "Bravo, Kleine. Mein Erikleh. I knew you would understand this lesson given to you. I wonder, do you consider yourself a Stoic or an Epicurean? Or a Consequential Utilitarian? "

"I would consider myself neither of those things. The ideology I prescribe is to that of Rule Utilitarianism. I believe we must choose rules based on the consequences that the selection of those rules have. It does not derive from overarching argument of maximizing good. It matches and ties together our moral convictions and offers us help with our moral disagreements and uncertainties." Erik blinks a little and then adds, "because I am not a Stoic."

The table, including Charles, watches, rapt. From the tenor of the buzzing thoughts, Charles has to wonder if Schmidt is going to physically discipline Erik in front of the room; most are certainly expecting it. Charles, too, can see rage spark across Schmidt's pointed face; does his property dare outwit him in front of others? The man, of whom he demands deference, blind respect, and total subservience, is not permitted to speak freely, nor contradict. Charles braces for the worst, but the worst does not come. Not yet, anyway.

Instead, Schmidt assumes the mien of an amused trainer, as if his pet has just performed an unexpected trick. Entirely condescending. Erik is going to be punished. He is not the only one who can feel it coming. "The Epicureans argue that good and evil are just moralized incarnations of pleasure and pain, would they not?" Charles inserts, again hoping to take the focus away from Erik, to distract Schmidt from his own searing anger.

"Mill and Bentham would say that Utilitarianism is Epicureanism redefined and refashioned for a more modern, community-conscious era. Erik is correct when he positions eudaimonia as an umbrella term; it is the realized end of realized apatheia and ataraxia. Peace and tranquility, in accordance with nature, for the greatest amount of happiness for the greatest amount of people. Some common threads between the three schools we are discussing. I don't know of anyone who wouldn't wish for such an end, do you, Dr. Schmidt?" He smiles and drums his fingers on his mug. "And what would you consider yourself? Are you interested in the greatest amount of happiness for the greatest amount of people, Doctor?"

"Ah, I've long since shucked the doddering old tails of fools. My philosophy is simple, Xavier. I do what I want. When I want it. And how I want to do it." He curls his fingers against the small of Erik's back. "Now, Doktor, we are late for a lesson. Go back to your room, else Wyngarde and Viktor Creed decide to have some fun with you."

"Sir, I've been establishing a rapport with him. I believe it would behoove us to continue this attempt. As such, I will bring him some food after the lessons, if that would be acceptable, Herr Doktor."

The man waves his hand. "Never forget, to whom you truly belong, Kleine."

"Of course not. Never." And then Erik is dragged out of the room by his ear, to G-d only knows what. The rest of the people at the table are a mix of solemn (Sayid, Emma) and outright amused and curious about what's going to happen next. Wondering if they'll be permitted to observe, or even to join in. It's always a good stress relief. In any case, knowing how much danger they presented, he decides to heed Schmidt suggestion and goes back to his room. And like Erik has told him, he locks the door from the inside.


The morning passes by, and then the afternoon, before the door opens again. This time it's Erik, and he closes and locks the door behind him. He's bruised even more than typical, and finding it difficult to walk. Even with the pain, the damage to his body makes it weaker to use. He slips inside and finds Charles seated upright at the end table, drafting his letter. I will give it to him, Erik promises. If he gives me one back, I will give this to you as well. You can read it and I will hide it so that you do not need to destroy it after.

Chapter 60: Be careful not to waste your life where stride & quarrelling are rife;

Chapter Text

It's a sickening display, to watch Erik be dragged from the room by his ear like some misbehaving child. He has no time or space to protest; he's quickly shuttled back to his room and locks himself inside. Though he does not eavesdrop, Erik's pain can be felt from wherever he is in the compound, wherever he's being given his lesson. Tears fall onto the table as he sits, hour after hour, in silence. It isn't fair. To his Erik or this poor, unlucky one. Why is he the only one who is treated this way? Like an animal? Like a toy?

What has he done to warrant daily lessons, other than simply exist? Schmidt treats Erik as if he has no right to exist, no right to be anything but a tool to be used. It's wrenching to know that such evil and abject cruelty can exist, and be directed toward someone who he loves. Because he does love him, this Erik, as he loves every version of Erik out there. They're parts of his husband, or maybe, his husband is a part of them. Incarnations of circumstance, cellular automata. Charles loves their trajectories, too. And so when, in the late afternoon, the door opens again and Erik slips inside, limping and bruised, Charles is ready for him.

Thank you, he says gratefully, and without comment of Erik's state. He hands him the folded letter. Are you able to go now? The letter reads:


Dearest,

Before you harm the man who delivered this to you, finish this letter, please. I would deeply appreciate if you did. I write to you from a dark reality. Our Messenger has agreed to give this to you on my behalf to let you know that I am safe and unharmed. But I cannot say the same for him. In this world, Charles Xavier perished on North Brother Island, and Erik Lehnsherr, Our Messenger, was retaken by Schmidt and the Hellfire Club.

Years after the fact, they have reestablished themselves as the Brotherhood of Evil Mutants. Our Messenger has brought me here at Schmidt's behest. He would like to take avail of my telepathy to further some world domination plot; your imagination can fill in the rest. However, Our Messenger—you—are in grave danger. You will see the injuries and sorrow evident in our messenger, he is a prisoner to Schmidt entirely. Schmidt plans to rise to enormous political power, and our messenger feels as if he has no choice but to further that end, even to his own detriment.

Darling, please help him. Please, show him what is possible beyond Schmidt. He does not believe that such a life is available to him. But I know that you can show him that it is. You are living it now. Once he is ready, you can send him back, and he will know what to do. I cannot abandon him, Erik. He needs us both, and this reality needs him. I hope you can understand. I love you, Erik. Your heart still beats against mine, and that is my greatest comfort. I will be seeing you soon, undeniably. Until then, please guide Our Messenger.

With love,
Your Charles


With that, Erik freezes this place in time, and propels himself through the endless iterations and echoes of universes just like their own in so many ways and yet distinct in others. He finds what he is looking for immediately and winds up the grounds of the Xavier Institute. The first person he encounters isn't himself, but rather Hank McCoy. He doesn't know who this person is, and he doesn't know how to ask. "I need - to speak with Erik Lehnsherr. I put him back here. I put him back," he promises. These people surely remember him. He raises his hands. "I am not here - not - to hurt - Erik," he just repeats, and then falls over onto the ground.

It has been a full 24 hours since Charles's disappearance, and the frenzy has been growing. Erik, of course, went on an absolute tear, enlisting the Genoshan armed forces and just about everyone else that he could rustle up. Every telepath they know—Emma, Jean, Wanda, and Ailo, have been taking turns in Cerebro, desperately trying to locate Charles...and nothing. Nothing at all. It's as if he's disappeared off of the face of the Earth. It has been chaos. Especially because Erik insisted that the kidnapper, the one who appeared out of a fold in time, was him. Wanda and Erik have been off, searching through time and space, but the expanse is so vast, so infinite, that trying to explore every single reality until they locate their Charles will be impossible. Even with their infinite lifetimes.

As such, Hank is in Charles's office, fruitlessly searching for something, anything that might give them a hint as to where he is, when Erik appears behind him. At first, Hank things that it's their Erik, and so he waits for a report or a harshly barked order, but then.... No. This is different. The clothes are wrong, and so is the face... "Shit," he hisses, and then leans over and scoops the man up from the ground, where he's fallen in some evident injury or illness. He's covered in bruises and scrapes, but his left hand is clutching at a slip of paper in the way that the Erik of this reality's could not. "Wanda," he roars into his comms watch, for the young woman is in the mansion right now, and only she and Erik can bind this man here. "I have...just, get to the Professor's office. Now!"

Wanda and Erik both pop into existence, and Erik is about to obliterate this dude before he reins himself in, mostly with the help of the woman next to him. It does no good, from a tactical perspective, to kill the only person with the information they need. The fact that this person is himself is a particular kind of cruelty, he thinks. "I always was self-loathing, but this is just ridiculous," he quips, reminiscent of Pietro, and it makes Wanda snort.

"No, look at him, babbetto. That's not an enemy," she points. "There is something wrong with all of this. What's this?" she materializes the letter in Hank's hand, into her own, and she lifts it to read it. "You will want to see this," she frowns, and hands it to her Erik.

Both Hank and Wanda watch as the shutters draw down over his features. "Ah, kurwa mać ja jebię ty chuju jebany cholera jasna," he growls under his breath with an almighty eyeroll. "Hospital, now," he barks at everyone, and they don't have time to disobey before they're all whirled to Aramida. "Keep him here," he says at Wanda. "Don't take him anywhere yet. I need to get someone else," he adds before he's gone in an instant. He returns with Daniel Shomron, who is wearing a twin expression of grim determination as the man beside him responsible for transporting him here.

His specialty all these years in America has been epidemiology, but he's retained surgical privileges at Aramida for times like this, evidently. "What the hell kind of confidentiality fuck up is this, Lehnsherr?!" he bitches.

"I - don't look at me," Erik squawks.

"I am looking at you, you idiot, two of you!"

"I - I have no idea what to do here," Erik almost laughs, but it's stressed. "But you're the first person I thought of. Because you treated me at Bnai Zion. He needs help like that. I think. Probably worse," he looks completely unsettled.

"Considering the circumstances -" he gestures to Hank. 

"I don't know what's actually wrong with this version," Erik mutters. "But it's probably very dire, and I don't want him to have to live with the consequences. You two had a similar case already," he just says it. "About ten years ago, Sayid al-Zaman. I don't think he's a threat," he explains, sounding quite uncertain about that, but - "Charles sent him here. I think Charles sent him here on purpose. He's probably frozen in time wherever he is. I don't think he would leave him there alone."

"Mrrp," says the version of him now in a hospital bed. He presses his face into the blankets, closing his eyes. Looking more at peace than Erik had ever imagined seeing on his own features, although he supposes it's probably happened here and there. Absurd, what the hell is he supposed to do about this?

Wanda smiles gently at him. "Out of anybody, are you not most equipped to handle this? After all, this is no stranger. And it seems that though his trajectory was different, it's similar enough to your own that you have a unique insight into his mental and physiological state."

"I mean, it has been - decades," Erik whispers, shaking his head. "Decades with Klaus Schmidt. I have no idea how I would be after 20 years. It was only eleven, for me, and that alone was enough to basically fry my brain. We'll be lucky if he has a mental state at all."

The implications of time travel are still profound and resounding, Hank sets to work, alongside Daniel, to treat the version of Erik, the Messenger, that lies before them in bed. With the help of Wanda or their Erik, the Messenger's uniform is disappeared from his body, leaving him in bed with only a pair of underpants for the moment.

"Jesus," Hank hisses under his breath. He's not utterly skeletal, but he isn't well-nourished, and is completely covered in scars and bruises. Some are old, others are fresh, like the one festering on his cheek, and the one pooling in the side of his abdomen— "That could be internal bleeding," he grunts to Shomron, and then looks over the Messenger's expression. "Hey—er, Erik...where does it, ah, where does it hurt worst right now?"

Daniel sighs. "What the fuck am I supposed to do about this, Lehnsherr? Time travel, my patient is a bloody time traveler. I have time-traveling patients!" he mutters under his breath. "Can I at least have your permission before -" he waves his hand at the Messenger.

"You have it," Erik says.

"Well, at least according to the time-traveling Prime Minister as well as many, many hyperintelligent mutants, we have the privilege and luxury of being more advanced on Genosha." He plops himself on a chair beside the Messenger's bed, hands resting on his knees. "When I treated you, we essentially just assumed it was all caused by physical trauma - and technically, this is true. That was the case with Sayid as well. Our medical knowledge wasn't as advanced as it is today. So I know why those injuries happened now, Erik." It's said softly. "And if we were on a hospital in New York City, this wouldn't even be a feature of treatment. But we know better, right? We know what psychological trauma is. And we have a good team at AMC to help address it."

"However bad my injuries were," Erik tells him, "I ultimately survived them and the medical assistance I got managed to prevent any long-lasting issues. His are bound to be even worse. By orders of magnitude. Do you have surgical techniques developed here to address such severe injury?"

"We do, yes," Daniel nods. "Aramida is the only hospital in the world who treats these cases as their own class, with direct causative forensic analysis. As a result, we get patients from all over seeking treatment here. All of these injuries are fully documented, and compiled into a report that is used to request extradition of the criminal party."

"All of our cases are extrajudicial?" Erik's eyebrows fly up, surprised.

"A majority of them are, believe it or not. We've got a good thing, here," Daniel laughs, very gently.

"I doubt Klaus Schmidt from an alternate reality will consent to extradition."


The Messenger moans from his spot on the bed, now wrapped up in the blankets and rubbing his face against the pillow with his eyes closed. He's shifting uncomfortably on the bed, presumably in pain. And Charles isn't here to help. That means -

"We need morphine, or something. I can tolerate that in low doses. Start at 2mg. Erik, I need you to focus," he says to himself. L-rd have mercy. "Just try and focus. Where does it hurt the most? Here?" He extends a hand to the man's abdomen, at the low end. The Messenger nods feebly. Erik nods. "Here?" he raises his hand a little higher, toward the upper abdomen and then chest, and then where the kidneys rest in the back. More nods.

"Ever consider becoming a doctor, Lehnsherr?" Daniel smirks at him.

"I did get a good score on the MCAT," Erik snorts. "But no, physics called to me most. Then, teaching. Then, politics. Strange times, hm?" his brows raise. "It looks like he has been assaulted," Erik just says it to the both of them, grim. "And starved, as far as I can see. Erik. Look at me. Tell me. Where is he? Where is Charles? Let me speak with him, please. They're frozen. I can't be hurt."

"You can go there. But only you two," the Messenger rasps. In an instant, this Erik is gone, leaving the Messenger on his bed alone. "I - bring him back," rasps the Messenger. "After - help? You help me? Please, help..." he convulses a little, attempting to suppress the pain on his own. "Sorry, I am --" he taps his chest. "Sorry. For Charles. Come home soon. Sorry."

"Charles blunts Erik's pain with his telepathy," Hank reminds Daniel, lest he has forgotten. "This one doesn't have that luxury without Charles. Let's try to get him comfortable, he's suffering." Suffering horrifically, from decades of abuse on all fronts. Hank has treated victims of violence of this nature before, but nothing so prolonged. It's painful to watch the agony as it ripples across the Messenger's face, so like their Erik's in many ways, so different in others. It's thinner, bruised. Painted with fading scars. Dull sclera and lank coloring. "Just try and relax," Hank tells the patient while Daniel prepares the morphine. "Don't worry about Charles right now. Everything will be fine. Just try and relax."

The pair of doctors begins to work. "Perhaps you should bring Ailo in, for when we're done," Hank murmurs to Wanda. "He may be of use."


When Charles blinks, his eyes open to the most welcome, glorious sight that he has ever encountered. Erik. His Erik, the one who wears a matching ring on his left hand. The one whose eyes sparkle and skin glows and whose mind feels like coming home. "Oh, goodness," he breathes, and, despite everything, issues an exasperated laugh. "Aren't you a welcome visitor?"

Erik bounds over to hug him immediately, curling up in his lap and letting his head settle where it belongs on Charles chest. To hear his heartbeat "It's me, neshama," he whispers amidst peppering little kisses over his face. "It's been only twenty-four hours that I saw you. But I thought you got taken and I couldn't find you and--" Erik is wheezing. He struggles to control it. "But we got him. Your Messenger. Me, or something like it. He is severely injured. Sexual, physical and emotional abuse are paramount upon his presentation to Aramida. I helped brief the medical team on what to expect and we are enlisting the help of Ailo." He sits at last to look at the room. "This is where they keep you?! A prisoner! Me, keep you prisoner? It's me. I did this. Brought you right to Schmidt again. My G-d. Please. G-d don't tell me he's still - and he'll hurt you again--" 

Things fall into place as Erik sinks to his lap. Charles quickly wraps his arms around his husband and closes his eyes, grateful, forevermore, that Erik has the ability to find him like this again. "It's okay," Charles soothes, lips resting against that temple. I'm alright. Our Messenger—you—is looking out for me at the expense of his own safety. I'm unharmed, and I will remain that way." He smiles sadly and hooks a stray lock of curls—longer than the Erik of this world; Schmidt probably has strict grooming standards—around his ear. "You've seen it firsthand, darling. He's been severely damaged by his imprisonment, here. Schmidt treats him like a slave. An animal. They all do, except for Sayid and Emma. That's how he sees himself."

The memory of this morning's breakfast plays across Erik's mind, like a film reel. The Messenger, standing at formal rest, lowering his eyes in deference when spoken to. Schmidt's hand on the small of his back, cruel face twisted hungrily. The defeat in his eyes as he's lead from the room by his ear. "He won't kill Schmidt, not now. Even if, deep down, he knows that he ought to. He can't see a world without him. Doesn't know how he will survive if he's free," Charles whispers. "And I don't think that he would, right now. I think that he would crumble on his own. We need to help him, Erik."

Erik grimaces hearing this information. "And you do not exist, here? He did not ever meet you?" he laments for their Messenger, then. Deprived of Charles Xavier is a fate he knows to be worse than death. It's little wonder he wound up here, with Schmidt. "I stayed for eleven years, and look how badly it affected me. I honestly don't know... Ailo will be working with him, with my help. But I..." Erik lets out a sound. Having to revisit this period of time unsettles him. Plainly. Contending with Schmidt again even as only a product of the Messenger's mind is still... he grimaces. "Am I so weak?"

"He and I met briefly. We were placed on the same ops team by the CIA, and then I died," Charles explains kindly, rubbing down Erik's spine. "He has no one, Erik. Sayid and Emma are the closest things to friends that he has, but they don't treat him well." He leans in to place a kiss on Erik's temple, aware that this is distressing. To see a sick version of a future that could have easily been Erik's own. "You're not weak, love. No one is meant to live this way. Without comfort or love or any sense of safety. He's a shell, constantly defending himself. And look, he's still extended me kindness. He's made my cell accessible. Agreed to deliver a message to you, for me. Despite not knowing warmth, he's still kind, Erik. Isn't that remarkable? A remarkable testament to his strength?" Another kiss. "We can't just rip him from this reality and take care of him in ours. Not indefinitely, anyway. There is business here that he must finish. Can you...I don't know. Freeze time here while we help him mend?"

Erik nods. "That might be the best idea. If he can heal and come to understand what's happened to him, returning here and eradicating these people could be trivial for him. But I worry what else has changed. What if we send him back and he eradicates these people and then we leave him and he goes right back to a place like... like the camps. For mutants. They wanted to do that in our world and we stopped it. Could he?" Sayid is in his mind, briefly. Their trip to Sinai. Sayid's inevitable capture and torture which damaged his soul. Did that happen here, he wonders. Are they leaving the Messenger to the same fate?

"We can provide whatever aid we need to provide, but..." Charles bites his lip, suddenly sick. "We're already overstepping, aren't we? Messing with the space-time continuum. I am entirely on board with aiding this alternate version of you as planned, but this is a slippery slope. We must understand that it is not our place to seek out other worlds and interfere." Charles reaches a hand up to stroke Erik's cheek, right atop where, on the Messenger, a deep bruise now lays. "We've been pulled into this world, and so I don't have any qualms interfering here. I think that we can do as is needed here to help our friend and leave this a safer, better place. Help him find friends and see that he doesn't wind up in a bad situation. But we should be careful."


"I'm not convinced that there's an overarching imperative," Erik admits softly. "When it comes to reality, our choices shape it. Don't they? I can do this. Who is to say I am not allowed to help someone in need, even if they aren't from this reality. I can do it. Wanda can. He can. Why not use the gifts we are given to... make things better? For mutants here, too. Not just at home. Don't mutants here deserve protection? Ah, I do not know. Wanda says there's timeline preservation and I get that. But sometimes it's like. Who is to say this timeline should happen. Who gets to say that I suffer relentlessly for ten extra years. Most likely longer." He swipes at his eyes. "What G-d above gets to say to me that I'm not permitted to use the gifts he gave me! Then take them back!" he gestures grandly. "Huh?! Because the Shoah was such a significant and priceless moment we must dutifully preserve that one!" He's kind of yelling at the ceiling.

Charles is quiet, for the anguish Erik feels is legitimate. Fair. It's certainly jarring, to realize that there are infinite incarnations of one's self doomed to suffer in alternate realities. A troubling enough philosophical question, certainly, but to be faced with the reality head on? In the form of an actual person, enduring actual suffering? He cannot blame Erik for growing emotional. "The random happenstances in our world are why we're here," Charles says softly, after a moment. "The great and the horrific. Why you're my husband, why we love each other. It's not your duty to preserve horrors for the sake of some divine plan, my love.

You're uniquely endowed to change whatever you'd like, if you so wish. But I will advocate that you do not burden yourself with that choice. That is too great a responsibility for one person to bear alone. You stop the Shoah and prevent atrocity...but in doing that, what is the ripple effect? What happens instead? What becomes of Europe? The world? You, Erik Magnus Lehnsherr—what becomes of you?" Charles smiles sadly and grips Erik's hand. "I'm not saying that you ought to think of everything that you and your kin endured as some noble sacrifice to gain what you have now. The opposite, in fact. It just was. And now, we are. If it wasn't, nothing would be as it is. Do you know what I mean?"

Erik sighs. "But why is one cosmic is - supposed to be the ultimate is? Why can't we have a world where a man who never got to meet you, could at least be free? Free to try again, free to go his own way. Why does -- why do I need to --" Erik, whom had gotten to his feet whilst ranting, slumps against the nightstand as his knees grow week and his breathing begins to hyperventilate. "Why am I supposed to choose this as some - some cosmic destiny! If I hadn't met you - if you had died that day. It would have ended me. And maybe I am biased to say that meeting you, as I am, which -- kurwa, I --which would be a linchpin. It has to be. Some things have to be. Because I want them to be. And I have the choice --" he's shivering now, holding both broken hands close to his own heart. Not making a lick of sense at certain points.

Charles moves his chair to Erik's side, providing a lap for him to fall atop of if those knees buckle. "I don't think that there is a cosmic is, my love. It's all chance. All random. The poor version of you stuck in this universe has been dealt a bad hand. And there will be one worse off than him. And him." Charles reaches up to rub at Erik's forearm, pleading. "I don't say that to depress you or invite you to be content. Nothing like that, darling. I just...where do we start and where do we stop? You can't fix every universe where you're worse off, or where I am. It's just not possible. If you decide that it's in this Erik's best interest to meet whatever version of me is here...well, perhaps we can leave that to him. He's capable of doing it, of going backward in his own timeline and preventing me from dying. I think that may be best. To leave it to him."

Erik looks like he's breaking through the ocean of interminable desolation as Charles speaks those words. Still, every time, Charles surprises him. Most of his ideas Charles isn't the biggest fan of. But this is him, too. He has a responsibility to himself. A person who had sought their help, really. "I don't think our Messenger brought you here to kidnap you, anyway. He did what Schmidt wanted but if you had been anyone else -- I wonder if he's ever done it before. Gone back to see you. I'll bet he has. And he didn't change it. Indoctrination, they're calling it now. He's been indoctrinated." Erik isn't just talking about their Messenger, either.

Charles smiles up at Erik, giving that strong forearm a minute squeeze. "I don't know, sweetheart. He implies that he and I didn't know each other well. That he suspects that we had the potential to be friends, but that's about it. He does..." Charles bites his lip. "Mm. He came in here last night while I was sleeping. Just sat here, for a while, until his thoughts woke me. He didn't seem to understand why he had come. Couldn't articulate it, even to himself. But he was seeking comfort. Schmidt hurt him, and so he came here, almost automatically. I...well, I invited him to lie with me. Nothing like that—" he promises, raising a brow.

"He was just so lonesome. So scared. And his mind, in many ways, is so like your own. I couldn't let him just sit there on the floor and suffer. So we lay together for awhile, and then he brought me to...oh, well. I'll let him tell you about that," Charles decides. He sighs. "Yes, he's been indoctrinated, but there's hope. Whatever it is that binds you and I together, it affects him, too. He didn't kidnap me because he's nefarious. He did it because Schmidt told him to, and he's now in danger because he's trying to protect me from him. Schmidt has already hurt him several times for it. I'm sure you can understand."

Erik winds up back in Charles's lap, and lets his head rest against the man's shoulder. "Oh, I know," Erik whispers back. "I do understand. I did things like this, all the time. All the time, the person - and I tried." He shrugs a little. "Sometimes I succeeded. Distracting him, I learned how to with Hellfire very fast. How much of this is the same, and how much is different? It's hard to believe -- to conceive - and he looks --" he waves his hand in front of his own face.

"He looks like just another person. I can't explain it. How I see. It's not me, it could be my brother, or cousin." Erik gets lost in babbling about that for a while, but finally he meanders over a real consideration after a long moment of gobbledegook. "So much of this is so similar, but yet it isn't. All these divergences. Like, the lady who got me on the ship to Israel. She wasn't there for Erik. Where did he go? There must have been a period away from Schmidt, because you said you and he were assigned to apprehend him. Was it the same length of time? Ah, please, I apologize. It is my own power," he snorts.

Charles rubs at Erik's back again, providing comfort to his own husband in the same way that he provided comfort to his husband's lookalike. "There were earlier divergences," Charles notes, gentle. "He... he was quite close with your father. His father. Fostered a closer relationship with him than he did his mother. He speaks fluent Greek. Would you believe it? And so his mother never pierced the veil to save us both, on North Brother Island. Perhaps she wasn't a mutant, here. You two can compare stories, maybe. He's you, but different. So similar. Same hearts, though his is harder. Same motivations. He just wants to help. Help and be safe."

"Greek," Erik laughs a little wetly. "Really. Here, aba was a war veteran. He was a good man, but it made it hard for us to connect. I was a little afraid of him, if I'm being honest. And there was never reason to be. He never ever hurt us. Never even raised his voice. But he was a terrible drunk. Falling down, rambling incoherently. Rage controlled his being. He couldn't get passed the rage. And it changed how we interacted. That's... why, that's.... so simple, yet so detailed. And yet the divergence didn't start there, it started when Zeyde, my grandfather gambled and drank in the shtetl," he laughs.

"He wound up living with us, though. Did he teach this Erik metallurgy? There is so much I want to know. Each point of divergence. Can you feel it, Charles? Like I can tap into these outcomes. All of them. If I push you, I'm going to push you and I have pushed you and I also haven't. In all the places I have, each of your responses exists just as much. You could get mad or react with confusion or concern and you will have always done so and always will do so. For even the most simple, meaningless divergence." 

“It’s so much to think about,” Charles replies, carding fingers through Erik’s hair. Long and soft, worn loose. The two look almost identical, but his Erik has a softness that the other lives so achingly without. “I can’t feel it as you feel it, but I can understand it. I’m curious who I was, here. Where my own divergences lie. But, perhaps it’s not for me to know. I’m okay with that,” he says, soft. He looks around the room, a sad jail cell made personal by a man who has no business being kind. “We should go, then. He needs us.”


"They have him in surgery, now. Let's go and, can I make a suggestion? Tell him to use his birth name, here. It might make things less... confusing?" Erik notes before he whirls them all back into Aramida, waiting area. Shomron and Hank are in surgery now, while Wanda and Pietro wait around for the news. Jean and Kitty could not be kept away even if anyone tried. So Erik told them not to try, and made a comfortable fort for them to hide. Even Isadore Cohen and Janos Quested, who had left the Xavier Institute after the CIA debacle but wound up on Genosha post-revolution. And Raven, and Emma Frost. Two surprising additions to the curious festival that is a time-traveled Erik.

But they're not gawping. Not like a reporter would be. Raven is an easy voice. Her and Erik shared a bond few had. She remembers him sitting by her bedside. Unable to move or see on his own. Talking with her and listening to her talk about Broadway. Reenacting her favorite parts. With Erik as the silly ones. But it helped. They were brother and sister by marriage, but the bond they shared is more than that. Familial. She creeps over to Charles's side where Erik has nestled into his own blanket fort. She ends up on the stool next to their shared bed. Erik decided to turn their waiting experience into a bit more comfortable and hidden.

It’s a relief, when his family is there, waiting. He’s greeted with hugs, cheek kisses, whispered thank goodness you’re okays. He returns the hugs and kisses, and offers his thanks, apologies for causing a fuss. Oh, how fortunate he is to be surrounded by people who care. Erik is in rare form, turning the entire waiting room at Aramida Hospital into an elaborate blanket fort so that they can wait for the other Erik—Ariel, now—to be out of surgery. It’s amazing to have everyone around, eager to help Ariel, talk to him. And oh, how he needs it.

“Hey,” Charles murmurs to his sister as she takes a seat beside his bed. He’s seated against the headboard, unable to sleep. “I didn’t ask about you, in his world. I meant to.”

Raven nestles over right up to him and wraps him up in a hug. "Oh, bleh," is her brilliant answer to that. "I'm probably all flayed up somewhere or dead or in a museum or something," she replies in true form, the humor dark. "Considering how absolutely nightmarish the whole place sounds. Erik, I'm ordering you to find us a better reality. The kind where we're all just sipping martinis on beaches."

"I'll take us all to the beach later," Erik snorts. "Bottomless martinis. Lots of sunshine."

“It’s pretty horrific,” Charles agrees, resting his head on her shoulder as she wraps him up in a hug. They really are one big family. Charles’s encounters in the alternate timeline have made him ever more grateful for the people around him. “I hope that you and I were still siblings, there. And that when I died, you took my money and bought yourself a Romanian castle, like you used to say you would.”

“Wanda and I lived in one for about six months,” Pietro says, not tearing his eyes from the handheld game console that Wanda has procured for him from some future. “Drafty as hell. Buy an old Japanese castle instead. Better construction.”

"OK, first of all, oh my G-d I did not," she snorts and laughs, smacking his shoulder. "Or, y'know. Probably did. Does sound like me now that you mention it. We basically already grew up in a castle," she points out dryly. "All that was missing were the ballistae." She thinks of that version of Erik, Ariel - now that's something she didn't know, and she usually knows everything. Even Erik's official government documents list his first name as Erik. "I guess it was easier back then to just give a non-legal name. It's not like they could check."

"Indeed not," Erik said. "But they did have other documents - of my wartime experiences and things. That was all Erik as well. So while yes, technically easier, you still needed some sort of proof that you had been where you said you were. If I had to guess, using my limited knowledge of the divergences," he adds softly. "You two most likely exist, he does not know at all.," he points at Pietro and Wanda.

"Your trajectory," he says to Charles, "seems mostly similar else the CIA would not have darkened your doorstep. Highly educated, then. So that makes it likely that Raven is your sister, unless there is another serious divergence at play. But I think she is, and I see a small... hmmmm. You two are sibling-like. You met as teenagers, though. So you were with the traveling circus for longer. So that... makes your Kurt much younger?" he speculates. It just makes sense to him. Kurt and her look awful similar and they both are German native.

"Contrary to popular opinion, Kurt isn't actually my child," she laughs. "I hate to bring the mood down, honey, but he's Enoch Ivanov's."

Erik pinches the bridge of his nose. "I suppose that explains why you never mentioned a child before now. Enoch Ivanov as a parent. I'm so, so happy Kurt is at the Institute." They all know Ivanov is the only one who escaped death that day. Him and Emma Frost.

"Me, too." Enoch is in prison at the very least. Unable to escape his cell.

"They're all alive, in this place. It's not just Enoch anymore. Everyone is still alive, still messing things up. Stryker is the president," he exclaims. "Can you believe that? I didn't go to school, because I didn't have a formal education, so we met much later," he explains to Charles. "In Israel everyone in the Haganah has to pass a test of intellect and skills, so I had to study. Once I got out I went to school because I liked that part of it. He would have had... about a fifth grade education," Erik calculates the American conception for those at the table. 

Pietro shrugs. "Wanda and I didn't really get formal education, either. Django taught us, some. We mostly taught ourselves. I bet she could get into...what's that school you two went to? MIT? She could go there."

Charles smiles at the boy, whose mind is quick and witty and of blistering intelligence without convention. "I agree, Pietro. Formal education certainly isn't a sufficient condition of intellect. The other Erik—Ariel—I mean, is certainly possessed of a keen mind, the same keen mind as your father. Even if he was never given ample opportunity to nurture it on his own." He rests his head against Erik's shoulder, now, eyeing his sister as she sits beside their bed, and then the rest of those in the room, who are lounging in various states of comfortability in their massive blanket fort.

"I just want to express how...grateful, I feel. Grateful and lucky. There were so many chances for us to never come together like this. So many things could have happened to ensure that we remained apart. Dead, prisoners, complete strangers. How incredible is it that we're all here?"

"Always the sap, Xavier," Izzy muses, but Janos beside him is smiling. It's great to see the two of them, who have remained close to one another as residents of Genosha. "I'm just here to convince our time traveling friend to not serve me rabbit food for Shabbat in his world."

"You could go there," Wanda hits him repudiatingly. "Too. You know. But alas, we all have roles to pick and paths to play. But your immigration to America was a big part of why you two met, right? So, if you didn't go to Israel, then you didn't come to America."

"I think this version was, actually," Erik's gaze is flicking from side-to-side like watching something no one else can see. "The timeframes are mostly similar, but he spent a few years in the Libiąż forest... that's Janinagrube. Coal mining. He must have met Klaus Schmidt as a subsidiary of IG Farben?" Erik blinks. "Huh. So he never -" Erik draws an X over his chest, only for Charles to understand. "So that was because - oh, I see," Erik seems to be talking to himself. "Curious. So curious. But then the CIA got ahold of him, and he was detained somewhere in... Virginia."

"Langley," Charles confirms. "He did mention it. He lived in a cabin in the woods for some time, and then was taken to Langley. Oh..." He perks up; Hank is out of the operating room and is making his way toward the waiting room-turned blanket fort. "We can ask him ourselves soon."


Sure enough, Hank emerges to the waiting scene, exhausted and decidedly not blue. He prefers his human form when doing anything that requires precision, like surgery. His glasses are slightly askew as he takes in the crowd, and then seemingly decides not to ask about the massive fort. "He's resting now," he informs the group. "He had a lacerated kidney, and...well, plenty of other things, but the kidney damage was the most critical."

Charles closes his eyes. Schmidt must have beaten him that profoundly. "Incredible that we got him here when we did, then."

The doctor nods, rubbing his forehead. "I think you two," he says to Charles and Erik, "should speak with him. We don't want to overwhelm with everyone else."

And so Charles is helped back into his chair and wheels alongside Erik, his Erik, toward the recovery room, where both of them have spent too much time in this life. "Be gentle," he murmurs to his husband, though it's entirely unnecessary a comment. "Sorry. I know that you know."

"I'll brief you both in more detail. I honestly don't even understand what I'm meant to -- from time and space," he kvetches lowly under his breath. "Next-of-kin???? Oh, don't worry, I'm from the bloody continuum--so I've just picked one!" He shouts down from his office. "Treat it as an off-shoot of our Erik, since it's emergent. Pryde thinks we can get away with that, with primary patient consent. Because of the whole space and time. Thing. That y'all want to do."

Erik does grimace, though. He does suppose out of all of them, he does know. Even Charles had never been so close to it all as he was with the man they call Ariel. But like Charles has always said, he wasn't broken by it. He can deal with it. Erik feels some fashion of guilt nevertheless for failing to... warn him? Maybe? Because it was always just his problem. But that isn't true, it never was. Charles can feel Erik's thoughts at a mile-a-minute as he drops onto the chair next to Charles, looking exhausted.


Ariel rouses from his drug induced sleep and in a panic, he stays completely still, unmoving. There's an NG tube down his throat to deliver supplementary oxygen - they've learned since to keep him sedated for that transition. What once was peaceful is now confused and breathing hard. He doesn't rip out the tube like Erik would. He just lays there motionlessly and takes it and takes it as his panic ratchets up higher, not fully cognizant.

Erik looks like he is a deer caught in headlights. There's something profoundly unsettling about your alternate self revealing things you'd rather kept hidden or unfocused-upon. "Ailo is on his way," is what he brilliantly comes up with.

The panic reaches Charles instantly, but Ariel is oddly...accustomed, to such discomfort. It doesn't make it blunt, but he doesn't revolt against it like a typical person would. Conditioned after years and years of enduring torture. Suppose a hospital bed and oxygen tube aren't the worst things. He lifts his hand to rest it atop Ariel's own—he doesn't know who or what Ailo is, darling—he reminds his husband gently, and offers a small smile to the man in the bed. Somehow, he seems younger than Erik, but also more storied. Wizened.

"You're alright," he soothes, providing that hand a minute squeeze. "Look, I'm alright, too. I was brought back here, and your world is now standing still. No one knows we're missing. "Just relax. You're recovering from surgery, we had to repair your kidneys, that's all. The medication will wear off soon, and you'll feel like yourself again. It's okay. It's okay." Another smile. "Is it okay if we call you Ariel while you're here?" he asks. Straight to the point, no use in futzing. "To avoid confusion."

The man nods. "My aba called me that, all the time," he says. Charles can feel that it is an attempt to lighten the situation, even though there is no pleasure associated with the statement whatsoever. It's entirely tactical.

Erik sees it in his body language instead of his thoughts. It's what he'd been conditioned into doing himself, taught how to read the most minute shifts in people. Using his abilities in their passive grandeur. He hadn't known he was doing things like this. It just happened to him. "But you went by Erik, in the camps."

"Yes. It seemed less--"

"Jewish, right. But I was always called Erik, you know. Ayin-raysh-yod-kaf. But yours starts with alef. More like Arik." The pronunciation differences are so subtle that Charles doesn't pick them up on his own, it's only through the two men fluent in Yiddish where it is really understood. "There's a lot more of those little differences, too. Not just the big ones, kal? Or did you speak Greek at home? I must confess my Greek is rusty as a nail."

"Ladino," comes from the bed in a quiet rasp. "Polish with ima. Greek and Spanish with aba. Ke haber? Guay di mi - ijo de ken sos tu? Well, I suppose we both know that one."

"Why me-- pronoun, have? What's up? Ma kara?"

It's an interesting feat, watching how quickly both Eriks seem to adopt a style of communication that is essentially gibberish to any onlookers, potentially even Charles has trouble figuring out what they're saying. "Why do they ask what is wrong," Ariel rolls his eyes. "But yes, like oy vey gevalt. And how are you, how are you having. But we can end on the best note: diremos bien para ke todo se aga bien."

"Good-all must be good--good because we say it's good. I think."

"You say yasher koach, don't you? After an honor. Good job, well done. We say, chazak ve'ematz. Go with courage, and strength." Ariel props himself up on the bed in one hand. "My kidneys?" he gasps a little. "That explains why the pain. Did you take them? My kidneys? What happened?"

Erik feels his heart threatening to tear its way through his chest. "Ah, I do not know," he says, pained. "I can only guess. Klaus Schmidt was dissatisfied with you, and almost killed you. Whether through an ordinary means or not. Ailo Kirala, he's a doctor that works here, and he is telepathic. Like Charles, but he is a psychologist. Have you ever spoken to one before? Maybe at the Red Cross?"

Head-shake. "No Red Cross. I just left on the march to Gross-Rosen. They didn't bother taking any of the prisoners who looked like they couldn't make it. So we just stayed, all of us, and then I just... left. Walked outside. It was nice, I found a cabin. But some villagers eventually found me. They chased me away. Some of them helped, too."

"How long did you survive in those woods? By yourself? How old were you?"

Ariel shrugs. "I don't know. Old. I got taken when I was eleven. I don't know how long I stayed there. I don't know when I escaped. How long it was. I didn't have a birthday or anything. The CIA and ITS found everything from Janinagrube and found me and I went with them. What choice did I have, really?"

"So not Auschwitz or Birkenau." This is stunning news to Erik, who doesn't quite know what to do with it.

"No, we mined coal, and rocks. Whenever someone couldn't do it anymore they went to Birkenau. That's where they got made into smoke that we could see in the sky. But we were pretty far from Oświęcim. About 11 miles."

"And Schmidt? How?"

"He was our Commandant."

Erik stares at Charles, but then he seems to think better of himself. "Please, forgive me. It's-"

"No, I understand," says Ariel. "I want to know, too."

They're interrupted when Ailo knocks on the door, smiling as he steps in. "Good morning," he folds his hands together, gentle in demeanor still after all these years.


 If Charles weren't a telepath particularly attuned to the idiosyncrasies of Erik Lehnsherr, his head would be spinning. Even so, he can scarcely keep up as Erik and Ariel chatter back and forth about linguistics, interwoven bits of Greek, Polish, Yiddish, and Spanish breaking the sentences apart. They're twins of sincerity and wit, equal in intense focus and conviction. It's a marvel, really. He can feel it within both men as they grab snippets from each other to form a collage about their divergent lives.

Erik appears more stressed than Ariel, who is more...hollow. Resigned about where his life has been.

But such news is distressing to his own husband; and Charles understands why. He wraps his bad arm around Erik's legs—all he can reach, when seated—while keeping his good one clasped around Ariel's hand. "Ailo," Charles breathes when the doctor walks in. "Ariel, we've asked Dr. Kirala—Ailo—to come have a chat with you. With all of us, I suppose. As Erik mentioned, he's a psychologist who has been a dear friend to us for many years, now. Would you be open to talking with him? We all want to help you, and your world."

"Can you really help this?" Ariel stares at him, eyebrows arced to his hairline. "How can you help?"

"Oh, probably not," Ailo agrees solemnly, hand over his heart. "Not in the way you are thinking, really. My job, simply put, is not to make your pain go away. If that were the goal, I fear I'm quite unsuccessful at it," he jokes as he picks up a chair in one hand and uses the other to take the weight of his leg. Erik, noticing, reforms the chair next to Erik with a grateful smile from Ailo.

"There are things that can help," he says. "Dr. Kirala here has developed a series of techniques that are specifically targeted on changing the way your brain works when you remember certain events. Charles mentioned Emma Frost. Did she help you, there?"

Ariel's head jerks once in a brief nod. "How to keep them from killing me. How to practice in my mind when it hurts too bad. How to shield my mind from Essex a little bit. But I can't seem to throw him altogether. She says I have some kind of immunity to telepathy, partially."

"That's right, we both do. It takes time for our minds to work it out and shuck it off, but we can do it. That takes time and practice, so I think you will find Ailo's assistance very familiar. The goal isn't to erase your pain, but to allow you to moderate it to a tolerable extent, so that you can function as a citizen of your community."

"But I don't have one," says Ariel. "If Schmidt dies, if I kill all them, I have nobody in the world. And Viktor is Emma's father."

"Viktor Creed deserves to be obliterated at the atomic level. You know this. I know you know this. His continual existence is an affront to the value and sanctity of life. It is a violation of every tenet of freedom and peace that we have. Perhaps it might benefit you to speak to Emma, here, as well. She had very little negative to say about the situation when it happened. At the time, it was assumed that I'd done it. But, like you, I had a hard time with that."

Charles continues to hold Ariel's hand, thumb smoothing over those fingers. "You do have a community," he encourages, kind. "Think about all of the people who are supporting your advocacy for mutant rights. You said it yourself; you're gaining ground. Even among humans." He looks up to Erik for a moment. "Ariel, there was a time in this world when my Erik and I were separated," he explains gently. "We parted ways, because he was compelled to go assist people in need and I was recovering from my injury. It was hard, being alone. But a community formed around you, didn't it, darling?" he says to his husband, smiling briefly.

"And even before you and I met. You were quite alone, arriving in the United States knowing very few people. Carmen and Daniel only. But you found community at your temple. Goodness, how those children adored you." His eyes meet Ariel's again, those tortured greens. "All this is to say that you may feel alone now, but that isn't necessarily your fate, darling. Erik is right. Emma will come with you if she believes in your mission. And she will. So will Sayid. And there will be others. You just need to be able to reach them, and you can't when you're under Schmidt's control."


"But you are - different," Ariel explains, flicking the fingers on his good hand - a gesture now deprived to Erik - toward the man in question.

"How so?" Erik asks, head tilting.

"You are... stronger. With more kindness. I am not."

"Who you are is a mythology, Ariel. As people, we say that we must be true to who we are, or that if we're disliked amongst people or liked, that it's a product of internal character failure. Immutable. I don't believe that."

"In self-hood?" Ariel blink-blonks yet again. "But our self is all we really have. Our thoughts and our mind."

"We are made up of atoms, which are arranged in certain ways. Our systems are chemical and electrical, but we are merely the process of biology as it has self-awareness. What we choose, how we choose to be, that is a skill and a choice."

Ailo lifts his chin toward Erik. "I think he's onto something. You can choose to be kind, or you can choose to be cruel. And sometimes, you might be cruel, and then... make a different choice."

Erik finishes, gentle. "Nothing is set in stone, za'ir tayish. Not your identity. Not your personality. Not your social skills. These are all areas that you can work upon. To learn how to make friends, and ingratiate yourself to a community. If I could do it," he laughs a bit. "Believe me, so can you."

"He wasn't so unlike you are now when he and I first met," Charles attests with a fond smile to both—and, goodness if Ariel Erik Lehnsherr isn't the most devilishly handsome idiot he's ever laid eyes on. "Truly. There were differences, certainly, but at the root, there are so many similarities. Don't you remember, love?" The room fades and they're at the bar again, seated across from each other. Erik's face is hard, drawn. Challenging as he regards a steadfast Charles. He's a different man, in many ways, to the one who stands beside Charles now. "This man had a lot of the same impulses that you do, Ariel," he says softly as four pair of eyes observe the young couple.

"He really did. I know because I've seen inside of both of you. Meeting you was like meeting an old friend, in a lot of ways. You're both right; you have your thoughts and your mind, but it's up to you how you manage them. You can let your thoughts govern you, or you can govern them as their master." The illusion dies away, but is quickly replaced by another. The lush park in the center of Aramida now sits before them, and mutants of all ages, skin colors, and abilities lounge on the grass as a pleasant sun shines overhead. "This community, the one we're seeing now; it didn't exist but 15 years ago. None of this did. You can have a part of this, Ariel. You can create it for yourself."

"You can do more than kill people," Erik says. "I've toyed with a form of incarceration that involves creating a pocket reality and sending small amounts of equal-level offenders to it. Apparently we don't get this type of offense as often on Genosha as in other areas, which is - fascinating, and definitely counter to my assumptions about people -- nevermind," he huffs. Sidebar of the highest order. "But those like Essex, Wyngarde, Schmidt, Creed - people of that nature.

There's something wrong with their brains, and we can't quite fix it yet. We probably will get to that point, and if so, we could treat them in the future. For now, they can't really be incarcerated - this is too much of a risk to any other person imprisoned with them. They have to be killed. But they don't actually have to be killed, not if we don't want to kill them. We can think of something else. Put them away, leave them to their own devices. Where they can't hurt anyone, and there's no possibility of escape. They'll probably end up harming one another, but you can't control that. You can do whatever you want, Ariel. If President Stryker isn't someone you want at the head of your government, then remove him."

He looks pained, then, as he considers the Vision program. He could tell Ariel about it, but would that mean that Vision ceases to exist? He's a sentient being, and as far as Erik can tell, a genuinely good one. "If you want to go back and make certain that you and Charles don't bother going to North Brother Island, then do that. It accomplished nothing in your universe, anyway." 

"But I am not G-d. I cannot just do whatever I want, can I?" Ariel looks so incredibly uncertain about the whole thing. "Can I?" 

"Why can't you? Who says you can't?"

"Rules?"

"Who makes the rules?" 

"We do! We make the rules. We say that there is a line that shouldn't be crossed." 

"And what line is that? The no time-travel under any circumstances even if it makes everyone's life better line?"

"The don't cause suffering line, idiota." 

"So don't cause it." Erik's eyebrow is challenging. "As far as possible, reduce harm. It is my philosophy, is it yours?"

"Your husband got tortured. Why don't you go back and fix it?"

"Because I would be removing the life of a sentient being who is innocent. It's not linear, Ariel. Erik. I know that it is not linear. We can make a decision today that ripples forward into the future to devastating impact. If such a thing were to occur as the result of my actions, I would reverse them. The point is that you have the power to choose. Did you ever think maybe your reality is worse off because Charles is dead? Maybe it's just a worse reality. How do you think William Stryker got to be president? Because you didn't meet him, because you two didn't create the Institute, and you didn't take control of Genosha. Because you didn't understand your power. Not just here," Erik flares energy out of his hands. "But here." He taps Ariel's heart with a mangled finger.

"Are you really Reform?" Ariel smirks at him. 

"Oh, do not get started. No comments from the peanut gallery. No, I am not Reform."

"Charles is just charmingly goyische?"

"Be fair to him, they do call it temple." 

"Niedlich." 

"Sei still. You sound like ima."

"Guay di mi I do not sound like her."

"Oh yes you do. Kiedy ty ożenić miły Żyd lekarz!" he accompanies it with a ridiculous shrug. 

That makes Ariel snort laughing. "You got two out of three. Not so bad."

"Nisht so shlekht," Erik agrees warmly at Charles. "You could always convert, you know." It's dry. "3 for 3?"

The argument is amusing to both Ailo and Charles, who share a glance and a smirk. It's all beyond bizarre—there are certainly no precedents for what one must do when they encounter a person from an alternate timeline. The rules, those that Ariel and Erik are arguing about, don't stipulate this. But, glad for the lighter mood, Charles looks up at his husband and raises his hands. "Your mother seemed to approve of me, despite my shortcoming. Two out of three is very good."

Returning his hand to Ariel's own, he gives it a squeeze. "You're not a deity, Ariel. But Erik is right, you're uniquely positioned to make that choice. You don't have to do anything. But if you want to, you can. It's up to you. Truly. It's far too much pressure, I acknowledge that, but you also don't have to simply accept your fate as set in stone. You can stay here for the rest of your natural life, if you want. No one will kick you out. But you can make your reality better, if it calls to you."

"It is nice here," Ariel whispers. "People don't yell or hit. Like the forest," he slurs a bit, out of it on pain medicine. "The walls have baby bats on them," he grins, and it looks so similar to Erik's smile, the one that most people aren't privy to. "Maybe when I go back I'll make Riverside a real hospital. But - I - need help," he looks between them both. "I need -- help. Soleach li."

"We can go with you," says Erik. "A mission through time. Now I have heard it all," he snorts. I think he wants to make his reality better. But he's afraid of the Hellfire Club. I know that fear and I wasn't strong enough to overcome it. If my mother hadn't been there you would have died. He submerges and submerges his feelings on that to focus on the matter at hand - Ariel will need their assistance to resist Klaus Schmidt.

I can sense that. He does. Charles replies to his husband, still clutching Ariel's hand as it rests on the sheets. He's afraid, but he knows what's right. We can help him. I wonder if...hmm. What might it do to try and get your mother here? Would it help or hinder? To Ariel, Charles smiles softly. "We will help. I promise you, we aren't leaving you to do this on your own. You have the three of us—Erik, Ailo, and I. And then plenty of other people just outside that door who are here to support you. We can focus on getting you healthy first. How does that sound?"

I honestly don't know. It might do to try. I think I know where to look. I'm not sure if I fully understand how this all works, though, he shakes his head a bit. How overwhelming a thought. Watching himself on the hospital bed is... he presses his lips together. He has been in this situation many a time. Far too many times. This one, his hand was hurt, too.

"How did that happen?" he wonders almost to himself.

A predictable head-shake. "Do not worry. Long time ago. It's long ago," he watches the ceiling and all its stars loop past and swirl down. "A rock. Trapped. Hurt. Then for help. Schmidt said he would help. No... no help, no--" he clutches his arm to his chest as if reliving it sight unseen. Erik's eyes widen, but before he can act, Ailo marches forward and puts both hands over the man's jaw. In a second he eases, and seems to fall asleep. Ailo's eyes are closed as well. The wall is an iron barrier, keeping it from spilling over to other telepaths.

Erik winces. "I didn't -- do I --? Like that?"


When Ariel is ushered to sleep by Ailo's hands, Charles relaxes a little against the back of his chair. He hadn't realized how much of Ariel's tension he had been absorbing, and after a mostly sleepless night, including a visit to Alexandria, he himself is utterly exhausted. The congregation outside must be, too, given that they had been on a frantic gallop across this globe and others in search of him.

"Sometimes," Charles affirms to Erik with another glance to Ailo. "It used to be worse. Your pain doesn't surface so easily anymore." He rubs his eyes. "Thank you, Ailo. I think he'll require a lot of care. At least for a while. Why don't we move him into our house? We can look after him there. It might be a nicer place to recover than a hospital. He's been on the inside of institutions for most of his life, an actual home should be a better environment for him."

"I don't think they've invented this therapy before," Erik jokes wryly. "As long as it is safe to move him," he checks with a nod from Hank outside the door and then fairly instantly they've escaped the confines of the hospital and are now inside a new room of his home that wasn't there before. Erik has no idea what this version of himself likes but he tries all the same to make it feel natural. He had mentioned the forest, so Erik takes inspiration from that and surrounds the space in foliage and vegetable gardens.

"There, that is better," he says with a smile. Hank and Daniel both appear alongside everyone else. "We can treat him here, right? I can make anything you require. You said he - lost a kidney? Will that need medication? What's the prognosis for that? I remember Charles --" he's kind of rambling and realizes it, trailing off abruptly.

The room is comfortable, cozy. The foliage and plants give it a natural and homey feel, one that Ariel is sure to appreciate. He had enjoyed his time in the forest, as Charles has gathered, even if he found it lonely. But so much of his life has been lonely…hopefully this room, surrounded by people who care, will make him feel less alone. “I think he’ll appreciate visits from the animals,” Charles tells Erik, wheeling to the bedside to gaze over Ariel’s sleeping face. Oh, it’s so like Erik’s own. His lips even part ever so slightly as he sleeps.

“People can survive with one kidney so long as the other stays healthy,” Hank informs. “Charles takes an Erythropoiesis-stimulating agent because his were damaged, but we can determine what Ariel needs when we take another blood test. There’s dialysis, too,” he shrugs. “And if his other kidney fails…well, we have a genetically-viable donor right here.”

Charles snaps his head back to Hank. “You’re not saying—we could transplant Erik’s kidney into Erik?”

“That’s an ideal option, actually. If the organs are genetically identical, then the body shouldn’t have any reason to reject it,” Hank explains. “If you wanted, you could go find an alternate version of your own self with healthy kidneys and have them transplanted.”

“Christ,” Charles murmurs under his breath. “I wonder how many time travelers there are working the black market organ trade at this very moment.”

Erik's eyes widen and widen as this conversation continues in front of his face, Hank, G-d. "Don't -- just -- stop, --- stop," he holds up both arms, appealing to them both to give him time to process. He has his arms crossed over his chest, and he takes several slow, deep breaths down into his diaphragm. Charles can feel the way his mind is ordering everything, when something hits him out of the blue, now he has roots in place to steady himself instead of getting blown off into the hurricane. Charles knows what it's like in his mind when those defenses aren't there - like in Ariel's mind. He never had time to develop this framework, never had the education, or enough safety to try any kind of treatment.

Most of Erik's entire comprehension of psychology is a combination of being a willing guinea pig for Ailo and the rest of the AMC psychiatry department's radical approach, but it also means being better at it than the average nutbar, as Erik's fondly referred to over a decade of experimental therapy. It's this, that stops him from losing his marbles altogether. The visuals that once pounded into him are less intense now, and most are associated instead with genuine grief, rather than the sudden injection of cortisol and adrenaline dumped into his blood stream making him a maniac without comprehension, as he was previously.

"You don't need time travel for that," Erik contributes after a beat. "And most of the people who have procedures in those circumstances, die. Organ viability is also greatly reduced. But, if such an Erik - like me - consents, then that's different. It increases my odds of survival as it can be performed at a place like AMC. And by someone like you, who has the skills."

Hank nods. He's never been excellent at reading the room, so to speak; he's an academic at heart and enjoys the radical, the outlandish, and sometimes forgets to consider how distressing such concepts might be. To him, the idea of perfect organ transplants is beyond exciting, and he forgets the ethical and moral dilemma in the moment. But a swift look from Charles brings him back to earth, so he checks himself. "It's just a thought. Perhaps there is a version of yourself somewhere about to pass away, but who has a healthy organ that you need. It's better than donor strangers."

"And it would be nice to have properly functioning kidneys again, but at what expense?" Charles barks a laugh. "Medication will suit, for now."

"Sure. His kidneys aren't the only thing that we need to monitor; he's been mistreated for a long time. He's chronically malnourished, which is causing a host of problems. We'll need to refeed him carefully. But we can do that here. We'll want someone monitoring him pretty constantly. He's not out of the woods."

"His physical wellbeing is damaged, but I think the real problem is here," Erik taps his temple. "That is what is at the heart of his recovery. My body is fairly resistant and hardy, it heals at a faster rate, I don't get sick as often, things like that."

Ailo peers over at him, one hand stroking the hair at Ariel's brow. He's fast asleep now, in a dream-filled lull of wild animals and alien seashores. "I might agree, but prioritizing one over the other is not necessary. We can target both, provided he is physically stable enough to do so. Stress like this, like yours," he adds pointedly. "It causes disease. Lower life-expectancy. High blood-pressure, mitral valve prolapse, clicks, arrythmias," he lists off his fingers.

"But my readings are generally all good," Erik argues thoughtfully. "Even after Stryker. With the exception of my outward limbs, which of course can be damaged. My insides healed pretty quickly, right? I doubt I will even need a transplant, or even medication," Erik reveals softly. "I've had beatings and everything else, many times. Many times. I should be dead several times over. You know," he points a finger at Ailo. "You know that I'm right."

Ailo grimaces. "I had to wonder. With some of it. But that wasn't the important factor, to me. It was a curiosity, self-focused. You can't get mired down in that kind of thing, it's not relevant."

"Well, it's relevant now. So mire in it." Erik stands tall, challenging.

The psychiatrist's features do a flip. "It's possible," he directs over at Hank. "It's possible he's right. But I mean, do we make a decision on that possibility, or do we treat him like every other humanoid patient until we have definitive proof that one or another treatment may or may not be needed? It seems a bit irrational to throw our hands up and say he'll be just fine without evidence, hm?"

Erik frowns deeply. "I suppose so. I'm -- forgive me, this is all --"

Hank crosses his arms. "I'm a doctor, I'm going to treat him how I see fit," he says, pointed at Erik. "Ailo is correct, there is no reason to neglect his physical health for his psychological health. We can address both at once. I'm not going to neglect my duty of care based on assumptions. Your body," he points to Erik. "Is not his body. Genetically, sure. But environmental factors matter, too. Your numbers mean nothing." Charles wheels back to Erik and places a hand on the small of his back. Erik is struggling; both Charles and Ailo can recognize it and are able to excuse the sudden combativeness. "I know that you want to ensure that he's helped, darling. We're not neglecting one type of treatment in favor of another."

A cold, warning snap of energy circles his hands, both captured in braces now. But Erik doesn't need working limbs to shear someone down. He seems to realize what he's done after a split-

second and immediately turns on his heels, striding out of the room with a flick of his cloak. It's a rare display of outward temper, and not something any of them are accustomed to seeing even in the most trying of circumstance. Ailo smiles gently. "None of this is as it seems. Consider that you may have more than one patient right now," Ailo says to Hank. "Our disciplines overlap less frequently than they should, I think. You'd better go find him," he says to Charles with a slight laugh. "I fear I'd get knocked on my bundo. Good thing you're already seated, eh?"

Erik. But he's gone before Charles can do anything more, striding swiftly from the room.

 

 

 

Chapter 61: yours pipes like a tinny reed, sliced from a thin unripened weed

Chapter Text

He sighs allows the back of his skull to fall back against his headrest. Ailo is right. Ariel is not the only one who will need care, right now. And it's more than understandable; who wouldn't feel possessive or protective over their own self. "I'll talk to him," he promises, rubbing his forehead. "Summon Wanda if you need anything for the moment, please?" He finds Erik outside, his cloak blowing in the gentle breeze. What, in particular, is upsetting you, darling? he asks as he wheels to Erik's side. I know that this is overwhelming. Why the anger?

"I don't know!" Erik growls harshly, stabbing a lance of energy at the ground. It is absorbed and diffused harmlessly. "I don't know, I don't -- co kurwa?!" he relents, swiping his arm across the space in front of him. There's a deep, cracking anger burrowing its way down inside of his chest, and it threatens to explode out of him with the heat of a trillion suns. "I don't know," he smiles a bit, breathing hard. "It is different now! It's -- this --"

How can he ever explain? He realizes that he can't. Trapped behind his own deficiency. Charles gets it in fractured geometry. It's different, because it's not him anymore. It's everything he's ever experienced, projected onto someone else. Onto an innocent. Someone who doesn't deserve it. And Erik -- Erik always had. That was his -- fundamental understanding of what had happened -- it exists as a facet of the fabric of reality that he knows, that something is just wrong with him, inside, deep inside. Something is bad.

But that isn't why this person got harmed. Erik swallows it all down. All of it. Down, down, down. Into the cold, dark ether.

Charles doesn't try to stop Erik as he sends energy into the ground; he simply sits at his side, there to support, to be present. It's snaking through Erik's head right now, through his limbs, beyond him as bursts of energy. The ground beneath him has shattered. What he understands about his own experience and his place in the world is moving, tumbling, throwing them into the ether. It's foundational, and it's coming apart at the very root.

"You're looking into a distorted mirror, when you look at him," Charles says quietly, firm but warm. "You, but refracted. If he were an entirely different person, it wouldn't matter. And if he were an exact replica of you, there wouldn't be qualms. But he signifies potential...what your life could have been and could be. All the possibilities. It's understandable that it's upsetting, darling." He reaches up to touch at Erik's forearm. "But he isn't you. You must remember. His father was different to yours, so was his mother. His history, it's different. That predates both of you. You're two separate people."

As soon as Charles approaches, Erik becomes still, all the tension lashing about in his body with nowhere to go, but refusing to get out and cause harm to those around him. It's as if a great big Ziz is now inside of him, screaming its howl. "I know - I know he is not me. I think... I think that is the point, actually," he laughs a bit, but it's hollow. "He is not me. So I can see - do you understand? I can see it, now. I can see it clearly. And -- I thought I was over with this! I thought it was -- I thought I was OK, Charles."

His eyes squeeze shut tightly. "And I'm sorry, I know being there must have been dreadful for you. Are you really all right?" he doesn't seem sure of what to do, so he crouches down on one knee next to Charles, resting his cheek on the man's leg. He looks up, eyes wide and uncertain. Very similar, Charles notes, to the man in the bed inside their townhouse. They don't live together all the time, of course, but it's nice that it's become theirs and not just his. Erik's thoughts tumble around themselves.

Charles cards his fingers through Erik's long hair. It's difficult to interpret—Erik's thoughts aren't clear, and his emotions are spitting sporadically from a variety of places. It's how may people feel distress, but Erik's is more intense, reverberating from foundational structures within his brain. "You are okay," Charles says to him, fingers moving swiftly through auburn knots.

"What does his presence change about you, sweetheart? You can see, from beyond yourself, how you are. Is that what it is? You're looking at someone objectively, and you can see things that you didn't see before?" He sighs, gazing down at those green eyes, hypnotic and shining. "I'm alright. Really. And so are you. It feels overwhelming now, but remember what you said to him. Thoughts are just thoughts. Feelings are just feelings. Objectively, factually speaking, you're no different than you were before he came here."

"I... didn't expect to feel -- this. Like this. It changes -- changes, about me. It changes me," he whispers, shaking his head. "He isn't my brother, and he isn't me -- he's a separate person altogether. But I... but we are kin, in a way. And I can see -- I can see, that he doesn't deserve any of what happened to him," Erik's eyes crush shut again.

"Of course he didn't," Charles agrees. "And it didn't deserve to happen to you, either. None of the horrible things that happened to you were deserved, either. Ariel had less luck on his side, unfortunately. It isn't fair." His hand travels to the nape of Erik's neck, where he begins to rub another massage. "Are you feeling some misplaced guilt, darling? Or perhaps you're realizing how delicate all of our lives truly are? Some combination of both?"

"Not really guilt, per se," Erik shakes his head. "I wish I could explain. I've spent my whole life, thinking that there is something wrong with me. That's why I hurt so many people, because I'm broken. And I deserved everything that happened like it was to make up for all the --" he raps his mangled hand against his chest. "All of it. Because he knew there was something wrong with me. I've believed this for - most of my life." The next part though, is what makes him really unsteady. "His version of Charles, died by his hand. I can't --what if that happened to you? What if I had killed you? How is he ever going to be OK?"

"Now you're seeing yourself as the rest of us see you, sweetheart," Charles says gently. "There is nothing wrong with you inherently. Did you truly think this about yourself? Oh, my love. Of course you don't deserve all the foul things that have happened to you. Who have you hurt? You've helped so many. It breaks my heart to know that you've felt that this has all been some grand punishment."

His eyes lower when Erik's voice begins to quaver. "He didn't love that person. They were acquaintances. That's about it. He didn't kill him on purpose, that Charles died on a mission. He's a soldier, Erik. And they didn't have the same bond that you and I do. He can be okay without Charles. I truly think that he can."

"Oh," Erik waves an arm, like he's trying to bat it away. "And I've hurt so many. I try to help, I try -- try to make it better, for people," he scrapes the edge of his brace against his cheek. "I try not to think about them, about all the - all the people -- if I do, if I -- stop, and think about them --" He beats the edge of his fist against his heart as if to propel it back into motion after it stutters to a stop in his chest. "And then you--" his head shakes.

"I know it was an accident. But you can't -- make it stop. All the little things, they add up, until-- and it made sense! That all the things I endured, they were like a -- cosmic balance, in a way. Everything, all the pain I've caused --" Erik has to stop, and catch his breath, the ends of his words barely audible as though he's run for miles and miles. "I wouldn't be OK without you. I would never be OK without you. If he's anything like me --he is never going to be OK, never. How much like me he is, that will determine his fate. Won't it? If he's not really like me, then -- this is all so," he laughs a bit.

It's then that Charles sinks into Erik's mind, extending a wave of calm across his cerebral cortex and down into his amygdala, which is working overtime right now as the emotions spike. He doesn't like to suppress when it's unnecessary, but Erik is on the verge of panic, and there's no reason to allow someone to panic when it doesn't serve them. So he smooths the waves, dampens the electricity, until Erik's brain finds some semblance of stillness again. Closer to his baseline. His hand never stops massaging between those shoulder blades, as Erik is still draped across his knees. They're in the front garden of the townhouse; Erik is kneeling in their patch of bell peppers. Why don't you take us to Arcadia? he asks, gentle. My head is clearer when I'm there. Perhaps yours can be, too.

It is no sooner than the words enter his mind than they are enveloped in the thrall of Erik's power and whirled away to their patch of the world completely undisturbed. Erik has to smile down at the garden. It's still growing peppers. He and Charles are both next to one another on a large couch, so Erik can fold into Charles who he has positioned semi-reclined and himself tucked-in. He lays his head on Charles's chest, listening for his heartbeat. His eyes open and close slowly as the dredge of panic and horror gradually looses its grip thanks to him. Everything is nicer here, mumbles contentedly against him. It's nearly amusing how similar both Eriks are when it comes to kindness. Erik feels whatever wild animal inside his chest begin to quiet.

It's a relief, to be back in their paradise. Their cabin, where the sofa back is angled just so, where his back can rest against the surface without any strain. Where Erik can curl up beside him, enabling him to wrap his bad arm around his side and leaving his good one free to card fingers through his hair. The sea and eucalyptus are smell like home. I agree, he murmurs, focusing on Erik's brain, Erik's panic. Ensuring that the anxiety continues to level out, to fade away. Tiny ripples rather than tidal waves. We can't stay long. But I want to make sure that you're okay. Ariel's presence has upended a lot, inside your head. Let's see if we can stand some of them back up.

"It hurts," he whispers. He knows it's silly. He's an adult, a world leader. He can't run and hide away every time he feels bad. And for the most part he doesn't. He lead a successful war with minimal enemy casualties from a hospital bed disconnected from every sense whilst his husband was continually tortured in his mind. If he can survive that, he can survive anything. He places both hands over Charles's good one, unable to curl against him but still. The touch of skin helps. Soothes. "Seeing it happen to someone else. By Schmidt. And it's probably not even the same one. Coal mining? So he wasn't like me. He didn't burn them. But he got hurt. Schmidt must have done the same as me. Hurt it worse." Erik presses his cheek against Charles's heart. Thank-you. For seeing I just -- need a moment. To compose.

"The Schmidt in his world is quite similar to the man from your memories," Charles admits, swiping his thumb over Erik's braced fingers. "Crueler, perhaps, because he's had more time to grow in confidence. More time to abuse Ariel. I know that it's hard. I would be worried if it weren't hard, if I'm honest." He gazes at his chest, where Erik is nuzzled, ear over the nautilus. "It made me physically ill to witness. Hell, I started to retch, and I fell over, and Ariel had to help me sit, and—ah. Nevermind. I'm alright now," he murmurs, shaking his head. No need to thank me, darling. I'm your husband. Kind of my job, hmm?

"You witnessed- o Boże, proszę," Erik murmurs lowly. He too strokes at Charles, where he can reach with the skin of both palms unencumbered by their brace. "I am so sorry. I want it to be me. I want to kill him. He deserves to die. I am the judge, jury and executioner of my land. And I demand extradition. And no one in that reality has the authority granted to them by force, to resist me!" He growls.

“Don’t apologize,” Charles whispers. “It’s okay. It was difficult to see, I admit. The way he treats Ariel is nauseating. Part slave, part pet. And the others just let it happen. Creed, Wyngarde, Ivanov, and Essex think it’s amusing. Emma and Sayid don’t like it, but they dare not stand up for him.” He exhales deeply. “He’s not yours to kill, though, is he? Not your Schmidt. Ariel should be the one.”

"Yes," Erik says softly. "He should be the one. All the rest of them, they don't deserve life either, Charles. If they're like the men I know. We shouldn't ever let them be free. Not ever, ever."

“Their minds were rotten to the core,” Charles agrees. “Blindly allegiant to Schmidt. They love the power they have over Ariel. Live off of it, even. It’s all they have, and they covet it. It’s sick.” He thinks of Creed’s ugly mug, that sinister grin. Kitten, Kleine, in return for a sir, Herr Doktor. Vile. “We need to let Ariel choose his destiny, here. If he wants to end their lives, he should. If he wants to go backward to some point, it’s his right. But we cannot let him go back to how things were. We just can’t, Erik.”

Erik grimaces at the pet name he recognizes well from his own version of Viktor Creed. A man who had injured him so profoundly he spent days in bed, unable to move, and punished for being useless -- Erik's eyes glaze over. He must have done that to Ariel, too. Hurt him that way. Erik finds himself struggling to stop the heat from finding his eyes. "He does not deserve -- not what happened. Not ever. He doesn't deserve this. No one does. I thought I did. But I don't think I do."

“Of course you don’t,” Charles whispers, shaking Erik just a little as he tightens his arm around him. “Of course you don’t, Erik. What could you have done to deserve that? Hurt people because it was either do that or be tortured? That’s not how the world works. You did what you had to do to survive. Why in the world do you think you deserved to be abused?” He ducks his head down to place a kiss atop Erik’s crown. “Tell me.”

"I don't know," he laughs roughly. "I can't explain it. When that is all you know, all your reality is this -- it's not like living in a normal universe, neshama. It's like... a place where everything is twisted, inside-out. And you become, become twisted by it. And the degree of --" he shakes his head. "The degree of suffering that was caused, by me -- it just made, made it make sense... it made sense," he sighs. "Even after all these years, after everything, somehow it still made sense. It's like -- how you thought you couldn't even eat, when you were looking for me. It makes sense, your brain says that it happens for this reason, because our minds inherently try to make sense out of the meaningless data that we experience on a regular basis.

But of course, you didn't deserve any type of suffering in return. No one does." He taps his chest. "People don't deserve to suffer, people don't get what they deserve. That's not how the universe works. And I know that. I know, I'm not stupid. I know. But --" he looks away. "But it doesn't matter, because I still felt it. It didn't matter what I knew, or how old I got. It still - made sense that way. And then -- and then all of a sudden I can see -- and now it doesn't make any sense. It's just data, just nonsense." 

“I couldn’t eat because I was sick with worry, Erik. I physically couldn’t. I couldn’t sleep or even get out of my chair. I—“ He stops mid sentence, eyes Erik’s hand as he taps his chest. Something he does when he’s emphatic. Impassioned. The two to him seem incompatible; Erik believing himself to be deserving of pain and Charles too worked up to take proper care of himself while distressed, but as he continues to ride the waves of Erik’s thought, he begins to understand how he sees it.

As some divine balance, collecting where due to ensure that the ledgers are fixed. It’s not how Charles thinks; not really. But he understands seeking rationale. He does it in other ways. They all do. But this imagined karmic balance has caused Erik to believe illogically for many years now. “I’m grateful that you’re beginning to look at it differently now,” Charles says quietly. “You’re right. The world is made up of facts. Events. Data. The indifference is perhaps even more cruel, but I truly believe that there’s only that. Indifference.”

"Indifference makes sense when you're an adult," Erik murmurs. "As badly as Stryker harmed me I always understood the causality. But when you're a child, when you're formed around this -- and I don't mean exactly events -- a lot of that to me is just noise. I understand that," he says with a nod. "It just happened and there is no point. Just disease and sickness and malformation. But it's not as easy, when it's your own hands. Your own -- decision. That's not as easy to understand. When it's something you have done. It's difficult. To remove the power that has over you."

“Was it really all at your own hands, though?” Charles ventures, tucking a lock of hair behind Erik’s ear. “We all have regrets. We all have done things, hurt others. I understand that difficulty, when you look back at something you’ve done, or an aspect of your personality that you aren’t proud of, and all you can do is loathe it. Attribute any bad thing that happens to that thing. But, darling,” Charles says. “You’re different. You…you didn’t have a chance, did you? You were eleven.”

"No, I don't think I did," Erik says with a sigh. "But it doesn't remove the harm I caused. I made the decision, I took their choice from them. I know it's a false dilemma, now. Logically, I know. It's the same -- same, same way I feel compassion for the people in Ailo's program. They did like me. But they're just kids, and there are reasons for that. Beyond cruelty, believe it or not. It's more efficient, in many ways. I've seen it first-hand many times over, Genosha has world-class facilities specifically targeted to deprogramming mutant kids caught up in these conflicts. A lot of them are very violent, very anti-social. But it works, we get through.

That type of indoctrination can take a lifetime to undo. I spent eleven years being - programmed, to cause this kind of harm to people. Serious harm. I couldn't ever explain --" he huffs out of his nostrils. "What I did. The violence onto others I inflicted because the alternative was their death. And often they died anyway. But if there was a chance, I took it. And mostly it just made their last moments horrific. I can't explain this to you. I hope you don't ask him. I hope he doesn't know. He was at IG Farben. Maybe he doesn't know. Maybe Schmidt just -- hurt him. Which is just as bad. Don't get me wrong. I just. I can't. Explain. Except that I understand those kids. When they say things like they want to die, or they want to go back. I know exactly what they mean."

“I won’t ask him, honey. And you don’t have to explain,” Charles all but whispers, his eyes beginning to sting. He gazes down at his husband, at this freckles and sloping nose and thick eyebrows. A beautiful face, so often fraught. It’s idiotic, but the only thing he can think of, in that moment, is how utterly impossible it should be to hurt someone this beautiful. A shining soul, inclusive of its shadows. That’s what Charles sees. Hopefully, Ariel will help Erik to be more objective when he begins to judge himself, too. “I’m sorry, Erik. I wish you didn’t feel such pain. I’m infinitely grateful that we’ve found our joy together. It’s remarkable that we have. How lucky am I?”

Erik isn't a telepath, but he nudges up to kiss Charles's cheek all the same, as though perfectly able to read his thoughts through his gaze. He shivers a little at something unseen, as though even after all this time, Charles can make it better with something as simple as a word, an expression. Maybe he is able to glean the timbre of Charles's internal rhythm, after so long. "Being with you, is more of a balm than I could also explain," he whispers back, letting his eyes close.

The kindness that Charles offers after all this time -- time, what a construct. Ariel doesn't have a version of Charles in his reality, but Erik knows without a doubt that he is cooperating because of it. And they may not be the same person, but they're same-enough that Erik knows he won't be able to resist. There's a moment, but Charles sees the memory in Erik's mind all the same. He's still in MIT, maybe a month after that night in his townhouse when they'd first breached the barrier.

How much he struggled even then, and how it gradually got more and more intense, and Erik thought -- he could kill me. I might die, because of this. Even then, helpless to it. "I really didn't understand," he says with a warm laugh. "Of all the people -- why me. It was so absurd, I thought you were genuinely going to kill me. You kissed me instead. I rather preferred that."

Chapter 62: harps & pipes & songs of birds eventually disturb the nerves

Chapter Text

“A strange dichotomy, hmm? Be killed or be kissed,” Charles lilts, observing the memory. A young Erik, living a deeply inward life. “I knew that you scarcely trusted me then. Anything from you was hard-won. Smiles, casual levity. Even when we’d started seeing each other more, it was as if you were living behind a screen, carefully curating what to show me. Which—I can’t blame you. I was a near stranger, and a telepath at that. I never resented you or faulted you for it, my love.” He smiles at Erik softly, continuing to stroke through his hair. “But I so desperately wanted you to trust me. And so I took every inch as a mile. A laugh there, a conversation here.”

Erik's eyes are squinted closed as Charles runs his fingers through his hair, always a casual weakness. "I remember the first time you --" he taps his temple. "Like it was yesterday. It was..." he trails off, humming. "I think that was the first time anyone had seen me -- really seen me. I know you already know," he laughs a little bit, still hard-won for anyone except Charles. "And for so long I thought it was because of the telepathy, but I don't know if I believe that any longer. You just knew. More than telepathy, or maybe some other --" he waves his hand. Charles can hear his internal shtok, Lehnsherr, b'ezrat HaShem-- 

"You know that I don't believe in soulmates or anything cosmic like that," Charles rumbles, catching Erik's waving hand in his own. "But I do believe that your unique chemistry and my unique chemistry deem us purely compatible. Because our life circumstances certainly don't, hmm? Look. I'm not the nice Jewish girl that your family had in mind for you," he points out with a grin. "In fact, we couldn't be more disparate in many ways. It's our chemistry that binds us. That makes me adore every single inch of you. From your wild hair to your absurdly long legs."

That makes Erik make a noise suspiciously like a bark of laughter. "No, no, not girl - doctor, you see. You're a nice doctor, didn't you know? Why in the damn hell did I bother getting the fucking thing, if I am still Mr. Lehnsherr. My own mother thought I'd get the doctor, not be the doctor. I'll figure it out, one day, I tell you." He shifts on his elbow to lever open one eye, grinning wildly up at him, said hair sticking in all directions.

"Ah, just chemistry? What about..." he makes an almost wiggly gesture with his un-captured hand. "I don't necessarily disagree, but -- I feel that there is something... maybe it's just a thought," he snorts. "This idea of humanity, civility, you understand? The thing that makes us human, that goes beyond our physical composition. The things we have collectively agreed on, that we all understand, that are universal in experience. I think there is wisdom to nourish that part of yourself. If you lose it, people say this like it's a binary thing. Like you lose your humanity, but you can never recover it. Bullshit you can't. I know that you can." He taps Charles right on the nose.

"I know. Because of you. Because I had lost that part of myself, and it -- you know, what it was like. It wasn't really living."

"Either way, I'm not Jewish, am I? Just charmingly goyische as your counterpart says. You did get the doctor, but an academic doctor, unfortunately. Your poor, poor mum." He considers Erik's words for a moment. "Well, chemistry is the base of everything, isn't it? Ah, well. Physics is, perhaps. Atoms, quarks. But physics manifests as chemsitry, and then chemistry manifests as everything else. And that everything else is a whole lot. So, I think that we're talking about the same thing. Bergson called it élan vital, but he borrowed that from the Stoics."

He swallows for a moment, remembering the debate in the mess hall back in Ariel's world. "I don't think that élan is so mystical, as pop theory would argue. It's just chemistry. Part and parcel with the organizational matrix of life." Scrunching his nose when it's tapped, he frees Erik's hand to cup that jaw. "You still had life, my darling. A vital impetus. What you've regained is confidence. Confidence in your own abilities, in your ability to trust yourself, and others. And that's chemistry, too."

"Ugh, don't say goyische. I'll have a stroke," Erik practically kvetches. "I know vital as life," he nods. "The life force. I am not sure. Maybe because I see it all," he whispers. "I see so much, but it's still so mysterious. I've seen things I cannot explain. Mutation itself--you'd think that would explain it. But it doesn't," he says with a smile. "But I don't think there is some grand meaning or architecture. Our universe is billions of years old, that is a finite amount. Just a very big finite. It is just what it is. I don't know, isn't that funny? I can see all the little pieces but they're still... so far, out of reach. Do you think we will know it all, someday?"

"I don't think that we're equipped to know it all," Charles guesses. "Not even you, whose brain is able to comprehend more. You can see much, but I'd wager that you don't see it all. Perhaps there are things beyond the physics and chemistry that I tout so much, hmm?" Looking out the window, at the pink sky at sunset, Charles leans his head against the back of the reclined sofa and takes a deep breath. He's still so very tired; he's slept perhaps an hour total since meeting Milhouse in the conference room at Westchester. Just a few days, but it feels like a lifetime ago. "I suppose all that matters is that I love you, and you love me, and that we are confident in that."

And so they lounge, watching the sun fade to pink and orange. Erik draws it harmlessly forward so Charles can see it as he does. Magnified and swirling in its awesome might. Charles had asked him that day, when he made the sun inside for him. To be married. To choose one another. Yes, he thinks. "There are more things in heaven and earth, Horatio, / Than are dreamt of in your philosophy." Erik always did like Shakespeare.


"Are you really going back there with him?" Erik voices after a long, comfortable interlude of silence. It's not often that he displays such concern. Not out of lacking any, but because he trusts Charles to make his own decisions, and doesn't see the utility of expressing what amounts to a flurry of nonsense every which way. Emotional control is very much the center of his being. Where Ariel is almost certainly as he says he is, Erik is ultimately far more of a Stoic. It's an irony.

But this is different. This is... back to Schmidt and Viktor Creed. Alone. Erik wants to go with them. Is still debating within himself whether to push for that. Always thinking of every angle. But before full certainty, it creeps out. That's how Charles is certain this is heavily affecting him. Otherwise he would have kept that decidedly in, until reaching such an internal verdict. He wants to go with them and also hide, like he's a child again.

Hide under the sink, hide under the bed. It never, ever mattered. Erik isn't any good at hiding. He worries.

It's a treat, to simply lie here in their cabin and watch the sun set. The sky shifts, certainly of Erik's doing, to be framed more perfectly by the window before them. A watercolor sky and a grapefruit sun. Massive celestial phenomena that they simply take for granted each day. The sun will rise, the sky will be there. What stunning products of chance that they don't recognize as such. When Erik speaks again, Charles closes his eyes. "Yes. I must," he whispers.

It's troubling to his husband. Charles knows that he wants to help. It's unusual, to see him flounder on a decision. Usually he's able to determine his next move with certainty. He's not one to second-guess, or stew in liminality. But he's doing that now, a testament to how deeply distressed he is. "I don't think that you should come. It's Ariel's world. We must let him change it how he chooses, of his own volition." What's unsaid is well-known; Charles thinks that Erik will not be able to keep himself from handling Schmidt if Ariel decides not to handle him himself.

"Fuck." Erik curses in English very infrequently, finding it an awful lot similar to the German epithets he was raised on. Ariel does curse in German, whereas Erik usually reverts to Polish or Arabic.

The English is very much a choice, an expression of something that he can't verbalize. It's resigned, rather than argumentative. It's not often at all that Erik truly fights with Charles. Whenever it happens, they usually get an audience. 

Point being, it's not a fight. It's not even an inquiry for him to stay. But he says it all the same. There's no purpose. It just is. Like the sun and the stars that they don't understand. His chemistry is verklempt. "I don't want you to go. I'm sorry. I know. I do not want to be this way. Ya khara ya gazma, stupid, idiot." Erik has a habit of mumbling under his breath when he's this agitated.

"I know," is all Charles murmurs, soft and kind. Sympathetic. He strokes Erik's hair, a continuing comfort geared toward them both. He knows that Erik isn't mad at him for wanting to go or for being honest about his desire for Erik to stay. But it's upsetting to his husband nonetheless, and Charles understands.

"Ariel needs me. He can't do it alone. And if he returns without me, the prisoner that he's supposed to be watching...well, we know that that won't go over well." A grimace. "Maybe Wanda can come. In case something happens to Ariel and I can't get back. Would that make you feel more at ease?"

This gets his attention. Unfortunately, Charles can tell that it's about as successful as lobbing a grenade into Erik's brain stem. "No. No, no," Erik leaps to his feet all of a sudden. "Do not. No," he gestures his hand at Charles, his features drawn and tight. "No. You can't."

The spike in Charles's head is evident before Erik jumps away. The movement jostles him as Erik extracts himself from his side, and he turns to face him with raised brows. Erik is towering over him, expression controlled even as his brain begins to rattle. "I'm not asking you to throw your daughter to wolves, Erik," Charles breathes, taken aback. "Certainly not. They can't touch her. You know that they can't. I merely thought that it would make you feel better if I didn't go back there by myself."

The reasoning part of his brain seems to be completely turned in the off position. "You can't. You can't. Wanda. No." Erik's eyes are unfocused, bleary. His whole body shot through with adrenaline like a livewire. "No, you can't bring her there. Ever. Promise me. Please. I don't want my family there. What if he -- what if it happens -- what if --you--" Erik inhales heavily, hand at his chest. "Forgive me," he whispers with a shake of his head. "I know," he grits at last, but it's softer, less confused. "It's difficult. To control. I apologize. I know."

Charles gazes up at Erik as he attempts to compose himself. He can't spring up from the sofa and rub a reassuring hand into his back, but he can put a roof over the explosion of thoughts in his head in an attempt to stop that brain from spinning and spinning. "I know it is," Charles says, soft. "I'm sorry. I shouldn't have suggested it so offhandedly. We should discuss these things. She's a daughter to me, too." Perhaps Charles is underestimating the danger...or perhaps it's skewed in Erik's head. Schmidt is a powerful mutant, certainly. The entire hellfire club is. But they're not more powerful than Wanda. Than Ariel. "Sit with me," he encourages. "Come here. Tell me, love. In plain words, what about this brings you the most fear? That Schmidt will kill me? Kill Wanda? That is a valid fear.

Erik gradually migrates over, but instead of complying with the question, he just shakes his head repeatedly. "I have a horrible mind," he laughs a little to himself. "Everything, all of it, I actually can control, believe it or not. I encounter a lot of things in my daily life, running a country is not easy," he continues, half-rationally. "But this is not --this is not, not the same, it's not the same. I have --and I can't seem to, to get my grip on it, and it just --" he blinks and blinks, twitching a little as Charles makes contact with his body, which is all hunched up in his spot on the couch.

"It's all -- I don't know! I don't know. I couldn't -- and you don't know, what you'll do. I know, logically, the only person you have to contend with is Schmidt and I couldn't tell you what he -- I don't know. It depends on a lot of factors -- and Wanda, she is powerful, yes, but you do not know how you will react in this type of scenario. You just don't know." After all, Erik had all the power of the universe right at his fingertips, from the time he was a small infant.

And it didn't seem to matter one bit. It did nothing to alleviate him from his circumstances. He couldn't help himself, or anybody else. He was too damaged by it. Maybe because he was a child? Maybe Wanda and Charles will fare better... he has to hope. Charles can kill most of them, it's just Schmidt he has to worry about. Essex will be trivial, these days. Viktor Creed barely has a mind, and Emma and Sayid will probably not pose an immediate threat...

"If you can't tell me what you're afraid of," Charles continues kindly. "Tell me what your ideal outcome in this scenario is." He has to try, of course, he must. When Erik gets like this, his thoughts are somehow less intelligible than his words. "I'll start. My ideal outcome, darling, is that I leave that world to come back here to you, taking comfort in knowing that Ariel feels equipped to lead the rest of his life on his own terms. Schmidt and the Hellfire Club are no longer a threat, nor is Stryker. Perhaps Ariel even sets out to Genosha, too. What I fear is that Ariel will not be able to overcome Schmidt and will live the remainder of his life subjugated. That also entails a world in which Schmidt rises to political power. Those are my hopes and my worries." If Erik can't articulate his own, perhaps he can respond to Charles's. He tries another gentle touch to Erik's thigh. "What do you think of those?"

"You'll be harmed," he manages to get out. "Worse than you were, already. Everything will be worse, because it is designed to be the worst possible thing. That is the point of it, that is what it is for. To be worse. Than everything. So everything happens, all at once. Everything. I don't know how he works." As he speaks, he winds up burrowing closer, the distance imposed by his sudden departure slowly and steadily knitting itself back together.

His eyes are closed, and he is working over-time to bring his thoughts to some kind of coherency. He is not ruled by his biology. He is a thinking being. And what matters is thought. "I don't know him, I am trusting him with your life and I don't know a thing about him. You are right, we are not the same person. And I have to trust that he hasn't been converted. And I do not know the answer to that question. And I don't think he does, either, and that scares me."

"What could be worse? I lose my good arm and can't move my head? I'm a telepath and you're you. We'd manage." It's meant as a joke, but it doesn't land very well, so Charles settles his arm around Erik again and holds him into his side. "This is why I'd like to wait until we're confident in his ability to stand up to Schmidt," he says softly. "If we sent him back right now, there's no chance that I'd make it back in one piece on my own. We haven't convinced Ariel that he can have a life beyond Schmidt. That he's deserving of one. Only when we're certain that he's going to make the right choice will we go back. Because you're right, he's absolutely uncertain right now. He needs to spend some time here, and we need to help him realize what he's capable of. Maybe it takes weeks, maybe months. Who knows?"

"I'm embarrassed to say how long it took me," Erik says after a long time. "It was Sayid, actually. That shocked me out of whatever I had become. I realized I had to make a choice, in that moment. That my life wasn't just happening to me. That I got to make decisions," he explains softly. "Our group was derided in the papers as the most brutal one, and I think you can figure why that was," he taps his temple, gentle with the implication, but made all the same.

"We had been already conditioned by brutality. Who was to tell us what to do anymore? We have Sherman tanks, and you?" his brows arch, pointed. "It's like that with him, a little. Think of all the power he does have. He might decide he has had enough being pushed about, you know," Erik says, remarkably calm when moments ago he was clearly ready to fracture open. Talking it through helps. It always does. If he can't organize his thoughts internally, being given the opportunity to work through it externally always forces him 'back online' and into his more cognizant form.

"Epiphanic moments are important milestones in life," Charles agrees. "I had one not too long after you and I met in the Hague. When I was at my lowest point. I realized that I could spend the rest of my life moping about my body, about you going off...or I could simply move forward. That was an important moment for me, understanding that I had a choice. Little by little, we all seem to realize that we truly are the masters of our own selves. Even if others have falsely designated themselves as our masters." Like Schmidt over Erik, Klaus over Ariel. Herr Doktor over the infinite incarnations of his soul. "We can usher his along, I think. It may not be instantaneous. But, if we're all, as a family, invested, I'm certain that there is hope for him."

"I hope you appreciate how utterly bizarre this is," Erik finally whines, having tuckered himself out by ranting. He sneaks himself back against Charles's chest. "You know how Ailo always -- like, we apply double standards to ourselves because the causality of certain events can actually damage your brain as they're happening, which makes the ability to engage with such a memory more fallible," he reiterates all of this in a long spiel, such is the nature of his memory that it contains a perfect replica of Ailo's theories.

His own pet theory regarding Erik is that the nature of his memory also makes traumatic experiences more impactful than they otherwise might be. Erik isn't so sure that this is necessarily correct, because if it were, then he could be potentially destroyed merely through experience alone. Which after what he's witnessed in life -- he is certain that isn't possible. Not physically. Mentally, yes. 

"But I can't do that with him," he finally gets to the point. "If I treat him like I would -- myself, then I would -- be hurting him. He is a person, a human being, separate to any other being. I can't just... yell at him, or kick him into a closet. Which is, I don't know what that is. Fucking bizarre," he curses again for good measure.

"Oh, don't worry, I certainly can appreciate how bizarre this is," Charles assures Erik as he takes his rightful place atop his sternum. He listens as Erik works through his thesis, curious. Sometimes, they need to reason circuitously; Erik needs an anchor point when his thoughts become scrambled and challenged. Charles has learned over the years how to provide that point, and is glad that they've been able to wrangle, at least a bit, the whirring uncertainty and anguish.

"We're living a reality that most only spin about in hypotheticals. He's Schrödinger's Erik. Both you and not you, all at once," Charles muses, even though he knows he's misconstruing the term. Some paradoxical thought experiment of superposition. "Do you rage against him, and therefore yourself, or do you extend the grace to him, also therefore yourself?"

"I suppose I'd like to think the latter, but I'm only human, after all." Erik's eyes crease up at his in his version of a smile. Secretive. "I had worried about that, too. Maybe that I would be unkind to him. But I don't feel it like that. It's more of an anger that is inward, because I can't grasp onto it or control it. Because it reminds me how much I do struggle to be graceful about things." Erik hums a bit at Charles's supposition.

"Well," he says as he often does when he gets going on some physics tangent or another. "I suppose you aren't wrong. You might think it's an over-simplification but consider how these parallels are created. Seemingly an infinite number of minute divergence in decisions," Erik says with a slight nod. "According to the experiment, both versions of Erik are equally likely to be as alive as they are deceased, and only one version exits the box as it is opened and the wave function collapses. And this is true and observable in our universe and yet we see these parallels. Are they echoes? It's utterly fascinating. Temporal adaptations, it would seem. When we enter through time and change an event, it only changes insofar as it has already been changed. Causality is broken and ergo both Eriks live."

"Things are never and always, all at once," Charles muses, chuckling. "Suppose that we're contemplating something that is already inevitable, hmm? Though, I don't like to think we're so stripped of choice. I know that we aren't, but to reconcile the two can be difficult." Leave it to Erik to find his rationale through physics. It's one of the things that Charles loves about him; his philosopher's heart. Philosophy was once considered a hard science writ large, where physics and speculation met. It still is, but cloaked in a sea of language, it's easy to forget its roots. Erik never does; physics is at the root of all that he does. "We ought to get back to Ariel. We've left him with babysitters; who knows how he'll react to a room full of strangers."


Ariel, as it turns out, is a completely model patient. The only three people in the room who recognize his distress are Erik, Ailo and Charles. To everyone else, he's laying in the bed with his arms flopped at his side, completely lax and motionless. Like he's playing dead. But it's his eyes, quick and darting, that give him away. Charles can see that he is trying to figure out how to escape this room, which of them is amongst the weakest links.

Ailo was crying, he intended to hide it, but Ariel saw. Just a flash, an instant. Ariel can't tell if he is weak or strong. He suppresses his instinct to comfort the man; it does no good to draw attention to these deficiencies. The best thing Ariel can do for him is ensure that he keeps the secret, and tells no one. But it also means he could be a target. His mind is whirring a thousand paces a minute.

"You're at my home, in Aramida, on Genosha," a voice interrupts his reverie. Himself, but not. This man who is a Prime Minister, a husband. And yet, he knows Klaus by name, as well. A curiosity he doesn't understand. How does he exist? How does he maintain his rule over this place? Where is Klaus, now? Charles said he was dead. But people lie.

"I am aware," replies Ariel, keeping his voice soft. The man raises an eyebrow at him. It's unsettling. Who knows how much or how little is the same, how much he knows. He can't know it all. No one can know it all. "My kidney? Do I keep it?" He remembers to ask after a second.

Erik and I will watch over him, for now. Please, take a break, says Charles to Hank, Daniel, and Ailo, who have been dutifully sitting at Ariel's side all day. No one knows what to do; there's no precedent for treating someone from an alternate timeline. Ailo has been working his way through Ariel's brain all day, and it's taken a toll. The psychologist has always been unapologetic about his emotions this way, but he also doesn't want to overburden Ariel with them. And it has been a lot.

Charles smiles softly at Ariel, lying still as anything in the bed, even as his furtive eyes tell a different story. "No. They removed it. It was severely damaged and would not heal. The best course of action was to remove it. But you should recover just fine. People can survive with one kidney," he says, repeating Hank's words from earlier. "My kidneys are also no good, but manageable with medication." Kinship? Bonding over broken body parts. "We would like to keep you here, for a little while. Until you've recovered."

Recover, of course, is the operative word, the multi-faceted nature of it intentional. Known to all. "And then I'll go with you back to your reality."

They took it, is the first thing Ariel thinks. They took his organ? How many will they take? How many can he live without? He saw them, in the morgue. Klaus took him there, taught him the parts of the body. The body that shuddered and writhed. The body attached to noises, like his neighbor's pigs. Noise, movement, sight, soil. The skin took the longest to come off. He wishes he understood why it hurt so much. He doesn't think he's in any pain. He checks. No pain. Why does it hurt? "Recovered," he asks, but it sounds flat and decoherent. "You took me. Superficial fascia, superficial adipose layers, stratification, interwoven collagen..."

Erik stands completely stock still beside Charles, eyes wider than typical. "Your version of Klaus Schmidt, was he a doctor? A medical doctor?" is all he can think to ask, what lunacy is he diving himself into, but so geht es.

"Herr Doktor Schmidt," Ariel nods. "Und ich habe auch alles gelernt."

"What is above the superficial fascia?" Erik, like, quizzes this dude.

"The... subkutane, hautschicht, ah..." Ariel peters out.

"Schmidt, he was a doctor. What was he doing at Janinagrube? You said he was commandant?"

"Yes, he conducted all his experiments in the morgue. All the Muselmänner, and dead ones."

Erik's face shifts a little. It's not a term he has heard in years. "Starvation victims," he translates for Charles softly. He does as he usually does, sparing Charles the imagery, but he gets it from Ariel instead, who hasn't yet learned how to shield his thoughts. Victims skin-and-bones, shambling like the undead, and finally prostrate as though in prayer, never to get up again. "A crude word. I'd prefer you don't use it."

"You don't get to decide what words I use, Prime Minister. Prime Minister of Genosha. Genosha, near..." he squints. "Morocco. The... oh," he lays back down, compliant, but seems to appreciate that they're no longer in Europe or North America. Small miracles. "Why don't you give me a kidney. Eh."

It continues. Erik again begins to reel against the disparities between their two lives, but it doesn't send him into a spiral. At least not yet. For that, Charles is grateful, because he can only triangulate with the two are saying by teasing a composite of their words as they're lofted aloud. Some combination of telepathy and direct translation of Erik, which seems to be a language unto itself. "That's right, we're near Morocco," Charles says, and he feels like a complete idiot between these two, but he supposes that's how all people feel when they cannot speak the same tongue as those around him.

He's decently equipped—probably moreso than anyone, but a singular Erik always translates for Charles. When there are two, there's no need for translation, for they understand each other. "No one took your kidney, Ariel," he clarifies, following that arc into the depth of his head. "You would have gone septic, it was lacerated and beyond repair. You know your medicine, it seems. We did not take it. We don't do that here."

"Maybe I want it back," Ariel grits at him. "Maybe I like my septic lacerated kidney where it was."

"You have a death wish, then?" Erik lobs at him, unapologetic about it.

"No," he shivers a little. "I do not wish to die. I just... wished to be... you shouldn't have, you should have left me alone. Why didn't you leave me be? Make me want to be different to what I am. But I am not different. I am... 24--"

"24005," Erik interrupts him. "No, nonsense," Erik gestures at him in a large swathe, terribly dismissive. "You don't remember, hm? It was you that came here. Schmidt ordered that of you, but you did not know."

"Did not know..." his gaze flicks to Charles, then away, very quickly. "No, didn't know," Ariel agrees. "Only what I saw first. You with a little girl who makes explosive light-balls. Paralyzed. Telepath."

"Not-insignificant," Erik nods. "But those are just data-points. It does not prove the entirety. So you learned. What did you learn?"

"No, you do not get it. It is mine. And I want my kidney back," Ariel spits, furious.

“Erik, I’m sure that you could bring Ariel his kidney,” Charles grits. “The medical waste disposal may not have picked it up from the hospital. If he wants his kidney, he should have it.”

"So, I am not doing that," Erik snorts. It seems his counterpart knows just the way to rile Charles up into nonsensical arguments -- when did he ever get so... so... belligerent?

"I don't know you. You take people's kidneys, that's what Nazis do. Without any anaesthesia. Do you want my liver, my spleen, my skin? Maybe my eyes?" he meets Charles's gaze with his own -- duller than Erik's -- for only a second, unable to sustain. "Why did you, why." His mind is afire, burning down his synapses. The last moments with Klaus Schmidt seared into him. Screaming, and screaming. Was he screaming? If he is really quiet, maybe he can keep all his organs inside his body. 

"You got hurt," Erik tells him. "Klaus Schmidt hurt you. He took it. He is a Nazi, that is what Nazis do. You are right. But not Charles. You know this. He is not Schmidt. Dr. McCoy and Dr. Shomron fixed you. Talk to Shomron, zayn eydish ist gut vi zayn hebreish redndik."

"Ikh gedenk dem eyner," Ariel mumbles back. "Mayn tayer."

Erik's brow arches. "I see," he huffs. "That is yours. No one can take it from you."

Charles can’t understand the exchange between Ariel and Erik verbally, but he gleans enough of it from their minds. A low huff leaves his lungs, looking between the men who appear worlds apart and fused together all at once. Two Eriks are more challenging than one, certainly. “Shall I leave you alone with your counterpart, sweetheart?” he says coolly to his husband. “Since I’m little more than some organ-stealing friend. Never mind that I was taken from my home, mm?”

Erik looks all the world to be surprised by the sudden animosity, which leaves a sharp pang that dispels very slowly. "What?" is his brilliant answer.

"I put you back," Ariel mutters. "I put you both back. You're home now. Everyone is home." He smiles, out of place. "And don't. Don't." He peers at Charles like he can see through the man, willing him to understand. To understand all of it. "Everything is -- confusing. Stop. Stop. You said you were different."

“He brought me home,” Charles corrects, raising a brow. “I asked you to bring him a note, and—“ Charles stops himself, shutting his eyes. This isn’t helping anyone. Ariel is right; he’d said he’s different. It’s not fair. He’s expecting Ariel to instantly trust him, because Erik trusts him. It’s improper and unfair of him to expect from Ariel what he expects from Erik. “I’m sorry,” he says after a moment, voice soft again.

He wheels his chair to the bedside and parks it close, so that Ariel could reach out and touch him, if he so chose. “I’m being impatient. That is wrong of me. I’m only trying to help, and I’m not helping by being short with you.” He settles a hand over Ariel’s forearm. “I’m sorry about your kidney. Truly. I was still in your reality when the surgery began. You should have been asked for consent.”

"Oh," Ariel looks completely disoriented again. "I was - was going to," he admits with a pained grimace. "I just --"

"You wished for a second opinion," Erik fills in with a nod. "You're doing things that you aren't accustomed to. Thinking in ways that are brand new."

Ariel supposes he can't ask that Charles trust his intentions when he barely trusts Charles. But barely isn't nothing. "I won't say it. It's not fair. But it's still true. I'm sorry. For taking you. Es tut mir leid."

"Won't say what? Why won't you?" Erik wonders if this is what he sounds like all the time. How Charles and he get anything done is a mystery beyond the pale. You were patient with me, he says between them with a smile.

Ariel looks halfway like he might get completely sheared apart by the slightest gust. "Took from me, for the -- no, no. Not fair. Don't want you to -- but maybe you won't. I don't know. I just assume. It would hurt me. To know."

Yes, this is how you sound, Charles replies privately to his husband, shooting him a glance with a raised brow. I’m typically fluent in Erik Lehnsherr, but Ariel speaks a new dialect. Not wholly different to you, but with unfamiliar nuances. It’s absolutely true; Ariel and Erik share a lot of similarities. Right now, Ariel reminds Charles of the version of Erik who he soothed on the balcony of the manor years ago, when the CIA cleaved their lives in two. It was the first time that Erik truly opened up to him, and Charles will never forget the fear—fear of harming Charles when those memories made themselves known.

He fought hard to keep them hidden, but it was like trying to prevent a volcanic eruption by spreading a sheet across the caldera. “You can say it,” Charles says, squeezing that forearm. “You’re not certain that you can trust me, but you know that you can trust him,” he gestures toward Erik with his head. “And before you two get all self-loathing about that, don’t. Think beyond your maudlin impulse. You know, deep down, that you can trust each other, at least when it comes to this.”

"I am not maudlin," says both at the same time.

"You are maudlin. I am dignified," Ariel lifts his chin.

"Are we sure I cannot throttle him?" Erik glowers. He does take a beat, however, to forcibly relax all of the muscles in his body that have gone rigid with agitation. "He is right," he murmurs at last. "I know what you're about to say, as well. Believe me, I understand."

It's clear that he wishes to protest, that he doesn't believe Erik, but Ariel becomes distracted as he watches Charles's fingers over his forearm, which has the same jagged scar along its inside that his Erik does. "I just did not want -- any more pain, for you."

"That is the kind of no-win scenario Schmidt was fond of constructing," Erik murmurs, encouraging. "You had a simple choice. Who gets hurt. A friend, an ally, or you. And every time you pick the wrong answer, you suffer. Until you choose differently next time. This must have been very peculiar to you -- you weren't used to it any longer, were you? You had learned."

"All beings move away from pain. Every animal does. I don't feel shame for that. It is their fault, they made a mistake or dropped a tool. I wanted for you to get to go home. I do not know why. I really did not mean to hurt you. I got hurt instead, for you. Then I fell over, I couldn't get you --"

“There’s no shame in trying to avoid pain. I agree with that,” Charles says evenly. “Why be sacrificial now? Why try to keep me from experiencing pain, especially if it brings pain upon you as a consequence?” His hand travels upward, and begins stroking Ariel’s auburn waves in a motion not unlike the one he had perfected just an hour ago, in Arcadia, with Erik. A strand is tucked away, out of his eyes. “Maybe it means that you’re tired of it all. Tired of being forced to choose between pain for yourself or pain for others. I showed you kindness, and you began to remember that not every decision needs to involve a consequence. Not everything must be a transaction. You’ve not experienced kindness in a long time, Ariel. It’s a powerful thing, a good reminder that the world need not be so ruthless.”

"I don't know why," he admits. "I don't behave like that any longer. I just let it happen. Watch. Participate sometimes. I could not bear that I would have had to hit you and things. I don't know why. I haven't had a strong reaction like that. And people are nice."

"Your ability to judge what is nice or not is severely compromised. There is nothing nice going on in that facility. A momentary reprieve is not kindness."

"False. False," Ariel accuses. "It was momentary. It mattered. I know, I felt it. Not a trick."

"And it is not the same." Erik shakes his head. He couldn't have been like this. It seems so absolutely far from his current comprehension.

"I don't know." He says this a lot, when two competing thoughts come up and clash together in his brain, thick metal swords of cognitive dissonance. The awareness of one thing without another.

"You do. None of the rest of them mattered. Charles did. Difference. You understand this, right?"

"You say no transaction. How--in the future, there might be. I must never forget--nie vergessen wer besitzt dich," he repeats, causing Erik to suppress a wince.

"Yourself. You belong to yourself, only."

"False. No one belongs just to themselves. You cannot lie to me, either." He glances at Charles. "He belongs to you. True. Not false. Real." 

This territory feels vaguely familiar. Erik has said and believed things like this before, though perhaps he was better at tempering the edges. Charles listens, fingers still moving in a calming, soothing motion across his scalp. Never forget who you belong to. Charles knows that one, and knows that Erik feels it pierce his stomach. Schmidt has taken claim over Ariel. A false master that feels unbearably real and powerful. Ariel believes that Schmidt owns him, that he is property.

“You don’t have to know why you decided to look out for me,” Charles tells him. “Sometimes, motivation is elusive, and that’s okay. Our brains are complex and strange and rarely ever forthcoming. What matters is that you did look out for me. You did decide to help me.” He lifts his other arm and rests it gently atop Ariel’s chest. His left hand is curled into a loose fist, fingers limp and unmoving as they have been for over a decade, but on his ring finger, the handsome wedding band sits proudly.

“Read the inscription. Erik and I belong to each other, but we don’t own each other. He belongs to me, and I belong to him. It’s equanimous and consensual, but most importantly, it’s spiritual, not physical. Do you know what I mean? We don’t take ownership over each other; we take care of each other. That’s very different, Ariel. You can understand the difference well.”

"I don't know," says Ariel like a parrot. But Charles can feel the shifts within him that appear immutable and unchanging on their surface, are beginning to soften.

"Well," Erik huffs a bit. On the list of things he'd ever thought he had to do, explain to his own actual self a deeply shrouded and personal perspective on... and does he even know? On slavery. "The difference is mutuality," he attempts with a wild mental shrug Charles's way. "All the people you've met. Schmidt. Creed. Do you actually love these people or are you satisfying their momentary urges so that they don't cause you even worse harm, or outright kill you? You cannot have a mutual relationship if one party is being coerced. And it doesn't always look how you think. If you can't make the decision to leave or run. Sometimes you survive by changing in here. But you are a person. You cannot deny that it is better here, right now, then at Riverside Hospital. Your whole entire body knows this. Look how much you tensed up just hearing the name."

Ariel takes the time as Erik speaks to fully inspect that ring, unconsciously walking the fingers of his own good hand over the paper-like skin of Charles's bad one. Carefully, when he isn't looking. He snaps his hand back when Charles glances down at him. "OK. So it's different. But you both know my truth. My reality. I go home too. And not for coveting. Just to say. It's different in this reality. You're different. My world is not soft like this one."

“This world wasn’t always soft. And it isn’t perpetually soft. We’ve both been through hard times.” To say the least. He catches Ariel fingering at the back of his hand, but doesn’t say anything. It’s the first contact that he’s initiated, as even when Charles invited him into bed, he did so only as a response. It makes Charles suspect that he does crave at least some softness. “We’re different because our circumstances are different, not because we’re different in here,” he continues, dragging his curled hand to rest atop Ariel’s heart.

“What I’m trying to tell you, Ariel, is that you can change your circumstances. That is fully within your power. You’re better equipped to do that than anyone in your reality. You just have to choose what that looks like, for you.” Charles smiles at the man now, and doesn’t lift his hands away. “That’s overwhelming, I know. But you can think about what that might look like for you. Maybe it’s minutely different to what you know. Maybe it’s entirely different. But it’s yours. You get to choose.”

Ariel considers that and then with a blink an ice cream sundae appears in his lap. It makes him smile a bit. He forgets sometimes that he can do things like this. Klaus doesn't often permit him free reign with his power. "Well he took my kidney. I want ice cream." He might make himself sick at this rate. "Do you want one too? What kind?"

Being on the receiving end of his own abilities is oddly terrifying and exhilarating. Erik hasn't ever stopped to consider what it must be like to suddenly have this or that thing show up or to pop into space for a chat and tea. "Softeis, I remember that. Goodness, how long ago was that," he shakes his head.

"How do you know we are the same? I can see he isn't the same. Look," he flexes his fingers. "Stryker did that to you. But if I kill him, he doesn't. You didn't kill him. I will. How are we the same?"

"That's not what Charles means," Erik says with a lift of his chin to his husband, whose side he hasn't moved from since they began this horrifying venture into this ridiculous temporal anomaly. "He means if I can do it, you can, too. And vice versa. You think I have never killed? You aren't special for killing, kamerad."

Charles removes his hands from Ariel when the ice cream sundae spears. Picture perfect with a cherry on top. It’s probably not advisable for Ariel to eat something so sugary right now, when he needs to be refed with care, but it’s not as if he’s going to eat ten ice creams. If the poor thing wants ice cream, he should get to have it. It makes Charles sad; Ariel’s wants are almost childlike, speaking to lifelong deprivation.

He recalls stories from Erik’s memories, in which Schmidt would give him ice cream as a reward. “I’ll have chocolate. Thank you, Ariel.” He observes the two as he eats. Ariel is challenging all they say, perhaps because he’s trying to be resistant to their words. “You know what I mean, Ariel,” Charles insists, cocking a brow. “If I took a lock of your hair—or your kidney—and compared them genetically, they’d be damn near identical, if not a one for one. We were talking about circumstance earlier. Your circumstances are different, but you are not.”

"I think I am," he says, but it's less argumentative than before. He seems mollified to be able to give Charles something, and he appears calmer for it. They really are similar in so many ways, including the odds and ends and details on everything they produce, as though crafted at a master's bench. Even for something as mundane as ice cream, it certainly doesn't resemble any of the available 'fast-food' or carnival confectionary they're familiar with. There are little engraved chocolate swirls and all manner of toppings.

It's strange in a way, they have to be the same age, but he seems much less developed than Erik in some cases and then abruptly, without awareness, he leaps and bounds over decayed pieces of his psyche to contribute as an adult would. Two fractured pieces, built atop a house with no foundation but Klaus Schmidt and the bitter, aggressive hand of Langley. This may be the oddest bonding experience for Charles and Ariel both, with keen awareness as to how the CIA could operate if it so chose, no strangers to torture or violence. But neither is Ariel.

"I have to be, right? Like I'm an identical twin. The two twins are different even though they have the same DNA right? We are more like siblings?" Charles can tell he's being genuine in his curiosity.

Erik seems to conclude along similar lines. "I think... it's a little more than siblings and a little less than... true spiritual match-up? I don't know if you believe any of that." 

Ariel snorts. "Don't be foolish. There is no G-d but strength."

But Erik isn't particularly phased. He himself couldn't answer such a question with certainty. At one point he thinks he does remember saying something very similar to Charles, when he told him what the Holocaust meant. It's not unusual to him to meet survivors who are stringently atheist now, if not before their experiences. "I do not know, either. But we both see what is, yes? I learned physics to describe it. How do you describe what you see?"

"Like patterns. Little balls of light that form big shapes. The shapes are irrelevant, the pieces are nice. Sometimes you meet a person and they're all messed up. You can see it too, right?"

"Yes, I can. Schmidt is like that," he makes sure to add.

"So are we," he defends without thinking, tone suddenly harsh and cold. 

Charles for his part has trouble articulating what the two men are, too. He tends to agree with Erik in that they’re more than siblings and less than something divinely connected, but whatever that is remains elusive. He imagines a sapling, growing hardy and strong until a rogue bolt of lightning splits its trunk down the center. The halves fall sway from each other, and their pulp begins to etch different rings, different branches. Ecosystems form atop and around them wholly distinct. But those first rings of xylem are identical, with the unique effects of time wrapping around their core. Trees, however, are smarter beings than most give them credit for.

When one aspen in a grove encounters blight, another aspen, on the far end of the same grove is somehow warned. By the time the blight tears its way across the organisms and reaches that final tree, it often has developed some sort of evolutionary defense against the disease, all thanks to the warning provided by that first brother. Where Erik and Ariel sit within the grove is unclear, but hopefully, they’re able to work with each other to defend against the worst. Ariel’s words, however, are cold, and Charles feels his own hackles raise a bit—that’s his husband being insulted, after all. It takes a moment to school himself back toward calm, but Erik might notice how his hand clenches around the armrest of his chair when he speaks.

“Look at Erik, Ariel,” he instructs. “When you look at him, does he seem messed up in the same way that Schmidt is? Are his patterns ugly? Pernicious? Or do you see a different mosaic among the smaller shapes? I doubt a mirror is sufficient enough to enable you to look at yourself with full fidelity, but you have a chance to look at someone of the same stuff as you. Look at him, and be honest about what you see.”

It makes Ariel incredibly tense in turn, not just because of the request itself, which makes him clearly and deeply uncomfortable, but with every shift of the people who are around him, he instinctively responds and calculates according to their moods and desires. Attempting to figure it all out so that he can formulate a proper defense against it, much in the same way as those aspen trees. But aspen trees grow in large communities by the thousand. He is a culture of one, a singular being that does not belong here.

Erik lets his left hand fall over Charles's shoulder, not quite able to give it a squeeze, but he feels a warmth emanate through his body, an application of power that makes up for the lack of control in his extremities. He too is deeply responsive to the whims of others, though he has learned how to use this natural instinct to heal, rather than lean into sickness.

As resistant as Ariel appears to be, he doesn't seem capable of refusing a direct command, and his eyes dart unwillingly over to Erik. His lips press together and he shakes his head. "Not similar. I just meant we are damaged, too. Not the same way. Something wrong, here," he taps his temple. "With us, too. But not the same. I can't fix it. I don't know if anything can fix it."

"I don't know, either. Life would be easier, if we could identify and eliminate these issues in people before they present real harm to the world. We don't have a large enough sample size on Genosha to do any real work there, but Dr. Kirala has treated similar individuals. He has reported to me that there does not appear to be a way to telepathically bypass what has gone wrong. It is a gestalt problem."

Ariel shrugs. "I'm glad I am not a telepath," is what he mutters, rolling his eyes.

"Shtok," Erik gripes. "There is no necessity for disparaging someone's gifts. All mutation is precious."

"No way," Ariel shakes his head again. "Having to hear his thoughts, too?" he shudders a little.

To that, Charles simply smiles gracefully. Perhaps he’s revolting so hard against Ariel’s assessments because they’re all too familiar and remind him of Erik. How quick Erik is to judge himself, to accept that he’s simply damaged and therefore deserving of all the foul things that have befallen him. Just this morning, he’d gone down the same path, a decade-and-a-half after they first met. A gestalt problem, perhaps, but not because of genetics or defects. Intractable childhood trauma, horrors far beyond anything the human mind is equipped to deal with. “Telepathy can be challenging,” Charles agrees amiably, and resumes eating his ice cream; his reaction had not gone unnoticed, and he doesn’t want to put Ariel back on the defensive.

“I won’t deny it. After I sustained my injury, my abilities grew tremendously overnight. Did you know that? Suddenly, I could hear the whole world. Before, my range had limits, but afterward I didn’t have a range at all; it was everything. Lying in my hospital bed in New York and I would be transported to rural Mongolia, experiencing a mother’s grief as she held her dying infant in her arms. It was overwhelming, and I couldn’t handle it.”

He glances up at Erik briefly, studying his features for a moment. How they remain still and hard despite the battle behind those eyes. “I couldn’t handle it. I started taking a suppressant. I took it for about a year, and it changed me. I was cross, quick to anger. I developed an addiction, and I learned that, for me, addiction is also a gestalt problem. An ugly part of my fabric, and something that can grow out of control if I don’t constantly monitor it. But it doesn’t mean that I’m beyond repair as a whole, does it?”

"But that's not the same," Ariel says. "Neither of you are the same as Schmidt. You don't even seem that bad off," he grants to Erik like it is a totally fantastic compliment. Erik suppresses the urge to laugh. "And there is nothing ugly about your construction. He hasn't shown you? You can see like we do." He blinks and Charles sees, projected onto the wall, something he can't quite understand. It's not in the shape of a person, but it is trillions and trillions of processes all uniquely interwoven and connected in perfect synchronicity. There are parts that don't make the same leaps and jumps, but those parts have re-connected elsewhere, forming alternate pathways.

"See?" Ariel says, brows raised expectantly. "You can handle it now. Look," he smiles a little as he zooms in on a specific part of the tapestry, which suddenly explodes outward in additional threads, seemingly endless and infinite in their brilliant expansion.

Erik does laugh a little. "I have indeed shown him some of this," he assures kindly. "But it's always a good reminder," he says, fond. "We take for granted all of the data available to us, because it has always been this way and always will be. But you had to learn a brand new way of existing, completely different to what you've always known, on top of developing abilities far beyond ordinary informational scope. We can filter it out, but you couldn't, at first."

Ariel nods. "I couldn't do things like now, until I left Janinagrube. They had me in a plastic... plastic," he tries to think of a word to describe it. "Käfig? Deep in the Earth. A room, but big and see-through, with plastic guns, and plastic people. No, regular people. Plastic. Why all the plastic? I do not know. I could get out but I had nowhere to go, so I stayed in the plastic place."

Erik, unprepared for this, swallows hard. "They thought you could only manipulate metal," he explains.

Realizing he has gone off the track a little, Ariel makes his point more quickly. "But I couldn't do most of it until then, but it was not like really becoming more powerful. I have always had very good control of what I can do. When my abilities snapped in, I just knew what to do. I always have. You had to learn how to control something extremely... ah, technisch, wo ein kleiner Fehler jemanden töten könnte," he raps quickly in a more familiar language.

"Technical, where small mistakes could cause harm," Erik translates.

Charles observes the formation of things as Ariel projects them, just as Erik has before. To him, it’s fascinating, but he doesn’t see beauty the way that Erik and Ariel do. How his particles are more beautiful than anyone else’s is beyond him, but he doesn’t need to understand. “Erik, you’ve consistently grown in your abilities, over the years,” Charles points out. “When we first met, I don’t know how adept you were at manipulating reality as you are now…there was far less of that. We travelled by car, if you recall.”

It surprises Erik into a laugh. "We did, didn't we," he huffs. "Though the car drove on its own often enough, if you recall." Snerk. "Most of what I can do now happened because of meeting you," he agrees, nodding. "I always saw like this, but not able to --" He materializes a very teeny tiny ice-cream cone for Ariel, who is immediately enthralled like he couldn't have just done it himself if he wanted. It's so simple, and so ringingly clear, that he is bereft of any type of positive attention without transaction attached to it.

"I think it's because of our emotions," Erik says, having never quite verbalized his understanding of why he couldn't alleviate himself of his circumstances whilst they were ongoing. "Even if I had my abilities with Stryker, I'm not sure I would have been able to use them. I really struggled, on North Brother Island. I managed to overcome that, to hit him back, but -- I'm not good at it. Things only work really well when I'm OK."

"Maybe me, too," Ariel tilts his head, wondering how Charles conceives of it all. Does he think Ariel weak, for being so helpless? Stupid? Everybody here operates so differently. It doesn't make sense to them that he would have just let the CIA hurt him. But what else was there? Cold and hungry, or warm and hungry. Yes, they must think him very idiotic. He could have built himself the biggest castle, if he wanted. Maybe send all of North Brother Island's Riverside Hospital into the sun, and keep the little children.

The thought crosses his mind before he has time to really process what he's stumbled upon, and he recoils internally as though burned - blasphemous, the very nature of conceiving this so totally abhorrent that he feels physically nauseated. He doesn't belong here. He belongs to Klaus. He should be back there. If Klaus wants his kidney, then he is allowed to take it. He is allowed to do anything to Ariel. Erik, that's his name. That's who he is, to Klaus. This is just... fantasy.

Charles can feel Ariel recoil as he begins to consider the scope of his abilities. Of course; they’ve conditioned him to believe himself incapable of such a feat. Even if he knows that he could do it physically, his gut reaction is to rage against it. It’s not unexpected. Ariel has only been here a short time. Charles doesn’t consider this a step backward, even. The fact that he has been able to acknowledge the ability is something, and Charles will take it for now.

Are you able to keep him here? He’s a flight risk right now. “That’s normal,” Charles continues, as if he’s not aware of the tumult warring inside. “Your abilities in particular are also gestalt. Just as you become ill when something is wrong, your abilities don’t function to their best potential when you’re not doing well, either.” He leans back a bit. “Do you want us to let you rest? Or would you like us to stay?”

Erik sighs. I don't know, he returns realistically. My instinct is to say no. Anything I can do, he can do. And if he realizes he's trapped somehow he could become violent. And I don't know how I could realistically fight him. It probably wouldn't even be purposeful.

"I don't know," comes the predictable answer. But it's the truth, he really doesn't. "Does Genosha have mountains?"

"Not very high ones, but we are close to the Tell Atlas mountain range in Morocco and Algeria," Erik replies after a minute spent checking. "And Djurdjura has snow on top."

"Snow," Ariel looks fascinated. "I liked snow. I was always warm but everyone else was cold and then the water froze them. I tried to keep them warm but I didn't know how. Do you think I should be in prison?"

The question takes Erik off-guard. "Why do you ask?"

"You said I can choose what to do. If I'm a bad guy, a murderer, shouldn't I be in jail?"

"It depends on the circumstances. As of right now I do not know a single case of a successful prosecution for actions taken under duress in the camps. Even the kapos were largely spared during the Eichmann trial," Erik says.

"But I've killed people outside the camp," Ariel looks skeptical.

Co kurwa, this is a mess, Erik laments to Charles. At least we have Ailo.

I was hoping that you’d be able to talk to yourself, Charles replies grimly, because it’s evident that Erik is right. None of the will be easy. Ariel’s brain is wired in such a way that does not allow him to reason toward a conclusion here he is not being subjugated or harmed. “Do you want to go to the mountains?” Charles asks, eager to redirect the conversation toward something more pleasant. Distractions, at this point, are necessary. “We can all go. Recreate this very house at the peak of the Atlases. That sounds nice to me, actually. What do you say?”

Erik keeps his reaction off of his face easily, to the point that Charles can feel how uncomfortable Ariel is being unable to read him. To some degree, yes, he returns, soft. But this is a little past... there might be a solution, but it's unorthodox. We have to get him to want to stay here, to do that he needs to feel of use.

Focusing his ability, Erik gently sweeps his hand and out of the window, the whole scene shifts to the snowy mountain-tops of the Tell Atlas range, a feat absolutely minuscule for him to accomplish, and yet very clearly something of extreme impression to Ariel, who has bounded up from his bed and lurched his way over to look from the blinds.

I think I know where we can put him that can accomplish this, as well as surreptitiously engage him in appropriate treatment. We have places here that he can volunteer. I know Aura is invaluable around the Manor, but he'd be an ideal mentor, and he's worked at Reyda Keshkat before. The words are Genoshan, the native language of the people who live here, related to the Phoenecian Arabic and Hebrew and often mutually intelligible with both.

Such easy distinctions made it trivial for Erik, fluent in both, to pick up. Being able to deliver an address to citizens in their own language was an attempt on his part to make it clear his role as a leader is not to superimpose a different culture or way of life onto these people, beyond that which guarantees their safety, and Charles has watched over the years as their trust in him has grown as a result of his attention to this detail.

Completely unprepared for the degree of physical harm to his body, Ariel wobbles without volition and nearly passes out from a wave of agony that ripples across his nervous system, extending from the surgical sites from his back, abdomen and side. "O, Boże," he gasps, dropping his tiny ice cream cone. He watches it splatter on the ground, disoriented as he falls over.

Erik, of course, catches him instantly.

Ariel cannot breathe properly standing up, and starts hyperventilating and gasping uncomfortably. What is happening to him? Why is he so damaged? His frame of reference for such an injury is being near-death. It happened once, Klaus was furious. It didn't happen again. Until now. Klaus didn't usually damage him so badly, because then he stopped working, and if he can't breathe then he can't do his tasks correctly -- he must not have cared any longer, and has decided to kill him -- and his little cone is on the ground --

and then he is back in the bed, clawing at the mattress with his good hand. Do not want to die. Sorry, I am sorry, he doesn't realize he's essentially broadcasting these thoughts into the ether, less controlled than Erik in this way.

I’m sure that Aura will be happy to help. I agree with you; he will be an incredible help to Ariel. Charles knows this about Erik and by extension, it should apply to Ariel. He’d discussed this just recently with Erik, the importance of being useful, to him. Charles knows how this is a cornerstone of Erik’s personality. In order to feel secure anywhere, Erik must feel as if he’s being helpful. Perhaps they can convince Ariel that he’s indispensable in their world. Find a way for him to help others.

Only then will he be able to see that he can change his own trajectory to exclude Schmidt. But first—they have to make sure he doesn’t accidentally kill himself. Hold him down—he’s—here, Erik, put me in bed beside him. He’s on the hospital bed beside Ariel in the next blink as his telepathy sinks into his body. Ariel’s medulla oblongata is putty under Charles’s control, and the telepath quickly overrides its interrupted signal to ensure that his diaphragm opens and closes again, bringing the breath back to a normal rate.

The pain, and the panic, melt away under Charles’s finesse. It’s more control than he’s exerted over Ariel to this point, but Charles knows that he must. “Calm down, Ariel,” he says gently, and his arm is a vice grip around him, holding him to his side. “Don’t try to get up again. You’re recovering from a major surgery. We can take your bed outside if you want to see, but you must stay in bed. Shh, it’s okay. I know you don’t want to die. You’re going good. Can you stay calm for me?” To Erik, he asks: Can you fix his ice cream cone? It’s on the floor. He wants it.

Erik helps Charles into the bed with a single blink of his power, and holds Ariel in place for the time it takes for Charles to sink further into his mind than he's likely ever experienced before. Essex, Sayid and Emma are regular staples of his existence, but they can't do what Charles can do. He can throw off Essex enough to maintain self-awareness, resist Sayid and eject Emma entirely. Charles is another beast. Charles feels him try, and utterly fail, and this in combination with the way in which Charles has taken complete control of the situation - of him, makes him nod, wide-eyed. Evidently, it would seem, that this incarnation of Erik is equally putty in Charles's hands.

Honestly, not even the weirdest thing to ever happen to Erik in his life. (OK, it's definitely up there, but.) What can you do when the alternate version of yourself is being hypnotized by your husband? Honestly, make ice cream. So that's what he does, amused as he ensures the man who apparently doesn't have a death-wish, doesn't launch himself out of bed again. In a way, it's a positive indication, like the reflex arcs that still function in Charles's spinal column, as the years go by and neuron genesis occurs very slowly, there's the potential for even further recovery gains.

Such as how Charles is able to use his worse hand more than he could when he first got injured. This, too, feels to Erik like a similar type of reflex arc. Ariel is damaged much worse than he, and Erik can't help but feel tremendous sadness that this version of him might be consigned to a lifetime alone. Unable to connect, to befriend, to relate at all. Exactly how he suspected his own life would go. But this is a sign that might not be the case.

Breathing hard through his nose, Ariel sluggishly locks eyes with Charles, held more in place through the timbre of his voice than any exertion over his motor cortex. "Operation," he mumbles.

It’s almost as if Ariel is a caged animal. Breaths are coming hard through his nose thanks to Charles’s forced stimulation, and his body is still, but his mind is revolting against the various forces bearing down. Part of him bucks against Charles’s presence while the other leans into it. Confusion, fear, unrest. But he cannot shake free. Charles is intractable. Erik’s capabilities are far vaster, far more extensive and impressive, but Charles’s abilities strike in his Achilles heel.

In a game of rock, paper, scissors, Erik is the rock and Charles is the paper; the rock is undoubtedly stronger, but the paper has a singular advantage that enables it to best it when times call for besting. “You had an operation, yes,” Charles rumbles, maintaining eye contact. “And you must rest. If you don’t rest, you’ll never get better, and then what, darling? Here.” He offers the tiny cone. “Eat your ice cream. Or we can save it for later if you don’t want it now.”

Ariel is one who has spent his entire life honing every skill he has to be at peak efficiency. He's not the bravest, or kindest, or most skilled at martial pursuits. He's a terrible shot even though he carries a standard issue rifle, the noise always frightens him and he misses the targets more often than not. He is in possession of a very fast computational mechanism that allows him to make trillions of calculations a second and understand the composition of the cosmos itself.

He is intelligent and that's always served him well, even though he hadn't even a middle school education to his name. When he first met Charles, he very foolishly presumed that he would be safe from someone paralyzed, at least. If nothing else, he could simply outrun the man. One thing he is not, is caught off-guard very often. Whatever this is, simultaneously warm and slow that draws a sheet of electricity down through his skin - is making him reconsider that position. "You... wirst du mich töten?

Erik knows better than to react outwardly, but he can't help but smile a little where only Charles can see. He doesn't need to translate this one, given how profoundly he has swept through Ariel's nervous system, but it seems that they no sooner have conversations than they become actionable facts, after all. If nothing else, it highlights more similarities between them. Ariel too wonders if this is the point at which Charles will kill him now, in recognition of a vastly superior force.

“Tomorrow, we’re going to sit outside and look at the scenery,” Charles corrects gently. “We’ll sit on the front porch, and memorize the view: And then the day after that, we’re going to sit on the back porch and memorize the view from there. And then we’ll do both sides of the house.” He sinks further, deeper, his tendrils wrapping Ariel there’s not even purchase to wriggle. Ariel is positively swaddled in his telepathy. Charles’s eyes remain kind and warm, but his grip internally is overpowering, domineering. Intended to make Ariel realize that he has no choice but to do as Charles says. Charles isn’t forcing him to do anything, of course. Ariel will simply make that choice. “Today, darling, you will rest. Do you understand me? You lay in this bed and rest. I’ll be right here beside you.”

It makes him shudder without conscious volition, too entirely overwhelmed by the sensation to consider how it might appear to either of them. "Einverstanden," he rasps back in the language he is more comfortable with. "Ich fühle alts iz schwer," he adds, making several mistakes he would not dream of in front of Klaus, who demands nothing but complete proficiency in everything he does. But here, all his thoughts feel like they're in a thick fog of molasses. He's a cracked-open volcano, but instead of magma, it's syrup.

He smiles to himself, an expression rare even to Charles on his features, and he produces a plate of pancakes for Charles and blinks very slowly as he melts into the bed, and conversely Charles's side. Normally he keeps himself at physical distance, going to great lengths to ensure as minimal contact between himself and others as humanly possible. Not daring to touch anyone if he can help it, outside of the specific circumstances required for survival.

But now his eyes are closing and he burrows into Charles's side unconsciously. This isn't needed for living, he doesn't think. Is it? No. A prime minister doesn't need to marry someone like Klaus. He can marry who he wants, so he's probably nice to Erik. Why he's being nice to Ariel is more confusing, making his brain feel flat. Like the pancakes.

Chapter 63: A wise Owl, I obey those rules.

Chapter Text

Charles glances at his husband when Ariel all but melts into his side, much like the syrup over the stack of pancakes that now sit on the bed beside them both. What does one do, in a situation like this? What even is a situation like this? No one tells you how to navigate your husband's feelings while you let your husband's alternate self snuggle into your side on a bed. I can only imagine how strange this may be for you, is his genius offering toward Erik, before fixing Ariel even closer into his side.

"Good, I'm glad that you feel heavy," he rumbles to Ariel, hand beginning to massage down his spine. "Thank you for the pancakes, I was hungry." It's important that Ariel feel useful, was Erik's conclusion. Charles can ensure that Ariel knows that his offerings of food are appreciated. "You're sleepy now, aren't you?" he asks, and the melatonin begins to spill from Ariel's pineal gland at Charles's nod. "Why don't you try and get some sleep? I won't go anywhere. I'll be right here when you wake. We can go out front tomorrow and look at the view."

Erik snorts, though, giving him a big old shrug where Ariel can't see. In a way, I suppose, he nods. But also, not really. I feel like I'm intruding, if anything. I don't suppose you would be able to conceive of a version of yourself that is not capable of loving me, though I am sure they must be out there. It's a little like that. I can't really understand myself without it, he returns thoughtfully, watching as Ariel basically falls asleep on command. All you need now is one of those old pocket watches, he produces one for Charles, waving it in front of his face like a pendulum. Speaking of which, he adds pointedly. You ought to be sleeping, as well. I can't imagine your time in his reality was restorative.

Oh, you're not intruding. You're my husband. You, not him. I...well. I care about him. I cannot deny that, he muses, watching the pocket watch as it swings in front of him even as his thoughts are elsewhere. Of course I care about him. But he isn't my husband. He feels like family, but not a husband. Ariel is now thundering toward sleep at his side, and Charles ducks his head to place a chaste kiss at his temple, and then smiles back up at Erik. I don't suppose you could join us both? Make this bed a little bigger and take your place on my other side? I fully admit that it's selfish, but how many opportunities will I have to be surrounded by two Erik Lehnsherrs, hmm? It's very hot.

"Oh my G-d," Erik lets out a bark of laughter before he quiets himself down so the man doesn't wake. He complies, though, drawing Charles into his arms. The longer that he spends in the other version of himself's company, though, the more he feels that Charles is correct. They're similar enough that Charles obviously recognizes him, but prolonged and sustained interaction shows the degree of distinction. There, now you can't say I never gave you anything, he smirks.

Charles himself laughs softly as Erik slots in on his other side. The three of them are now lying in bed together, Ariel curled against Charles and Charles encircled in Erik’s arms completely. Despite the stress of their situation, the intensity, he allows himself to bask in the indulgent fantasy of lying wedged between two absurdly handsome men. You really know how to spoil a man, Charles teases in return. Mm. Maybe we ought to keep him forever, hmm? The only thing better than one Erik is two.

And it only figures he makes better pancakes than me, Erik returns archly, eyes practically glittering with mischief. Suppose I'll have to woo you back. I'll not be upstaged by my own doppelganger.

In fact, I can't even recall the last time it was that you made me pancakes, Charles points out with faux innocence. I'm a simple person, don't you know, Erik? I like good food and handsome men. Perhaps tomorrow, you two can fight over me once and for all. We'll get a pool of mud. The last Erik standing wins the cute bald geek in the wheelchair.

Don't tell him that for the love of G-d, you know he'll run off and find one, Erik says, amusement rippling across their shared bond. Just a simple country doctor, my ass. If you say 'literally' or any incarnation of that word you won't get any pancakes, Charles Xavier.

Oh, he doesn't want me. Not like that, Charles assures Erik, though it still brings another chuckle. I think he's more confused by me than anything. Frustrated. He cares for me, but he doesn't know why. I think it's making his brain spin. Ariel's face is hidden; the man is burrowed into his oblique like one of Erik's baby sloths, and so Charles strokes his hair. I think I need to continue to do what I just did. When he feels like he has a choice, he can't do anything. When I tell him what to do, he feels a lot more at ease.

Most likely because you are one of the few people who has been genuinely kind to him in the last three decades, Erik says seriously, having never truly entertained the idea beyond humor. I was thinking something similar, actually. We just tell him that everyone on Genosha is required to pitch in. This is how he can do it. Provided we pick the proper spot, he will be exposed to others like him who are receiving treatment. And, he could actually do some real good, genuinely so. His mind seems... fractured, somehow.

Of course, you would be more equipped to see that. But I was thinking he would do well at Reyda. Sometimes the best treatment is helping others. Out of any demographic on Genosha it's likely the best fit. We have some different programs - but I'm not so sure that he's equipped to attend them yet. Reyda focuses on children and refugees, so it's more communally based, the language is a lot simpler, and there are in-built safeguards against violence and aggression.

I think that you're right. He can learn from others while helping, too. How do we convince him that we're not doing this for him but because we need him? Charles wonders. Maybe Reyda needs something that only your abilities can provide, but you're too busy with your Prime Ministerly duties to be there all the time. It could work. Ariel spends some time at the center, around other people who have endured horrors just as he has. As he offers his talents, he spends time with people who have similar struggles, perhaps feels less alone. I can be there, too. If he needs.

We can try being honest, but if that doesn't work, just order him to do it and he probably will, Erik says with a little shrug. But it's important, he thinks, if such a plan that is put into place, isn't too incredibly dependent on a structured process of convincing. Erik knows it's he who initially suggested it, but hearing Charles agree, he realizes the potential to backfire. If Ariel is anything like Erik, he'll see through anything more complex than a direct order. Ultimately, I actually think he could be of help. His perspective is incredibly unique, he knows multiple languages, is familiar with combat so will understand what is being said to him, things like that.

There's a lot of activities involved as well. It's about community building, citizenship, that type of thing. Going from complete lunacy to develop personhood, identity, meaning. Some of it he'll hate, like the religious narm. It's in there for a reason, but it probably won't be relevant for him - it's based on the culture of the program's participants. The church is a staple part of their lives, so it would be unusual to exclude. You going with him will help a lot. Just be sure to prepare yourself ahead of time, I'm sure Ailo can give you some assistance.

Order him to do it, Charles thinks, rubbing his forehead. Neither of them are in denial of any sort that even Erik now takes comfort when Charles takes a bit of authority, in their personal lives. Erik likes to be controlled. Not always, but within the intimacy of their own bedroom...and Charles is all too happy to comply. Ariel, on the other hand, seems not to know how to function without it entirely. He's been under Schmidt's thumb for so long; choice is foreign to him. Hopefully, he'll learn how to make these decisions on his own, Charles murmurs with a sigh. But, okay. I'll stay by his side. You and Ailo can help me prepare. Can I bring him home each night?

That would most likely be best, and I can help ease any undue burden it places on you, he is sure to add, soft within the confines of their minds. I'm sure it doesn't feel very intuitive, after all, ordering someone who's been enslaved their whole lives about sounds pretty garish, hm? But it's unlikely he will have a meaningful response to anything different right now. It will get better. Things like this take time, but I wager we will begin to see pretty dramatic improvements early.

This is a lifelong endeavor, he explains. So we won't be able to help him totally. At a certain point he'll have to return to his reality and learn to make a life there. But we can ensure that happens. It's peculiar on Erik, too, essentially conspiring to help himself is definitely amongst his more weird life experiences. Erik, if left to his own devices, doesn't naturally have a large well-spring of compassion for himself. It's always been Charles's presence that has helped him to smooth those jagged edges.

Yes, I know that it's a lifelong endeavor, Charles says kindly, and the implication is clear. He tilts his head to kiss Erik's jaw, fond and supportive. I'm not assuming that he'll waltz back into his world with the full confidence of someone who hasn't experienced what he has, but I don't want to send him back until we know that he'll at least handle Schmidt. What he does beyond that is up to him. Charles rests his head atop Erik's chest as he continues to stroke Ariel's hair. It's surprisingly warm and comfortable in the hospital bed, wedged between the two men. Thank you, darling, for helping. I know this is strange for you. Distressing.

It is, a little, Erik is honest about it. He shifts a little, pressing his cheek to Charles's own and then his lips against the sensitive current of his temple. Initially overwhelmingly so. But knowing that I have enough experience to actually be helpful, his lips purse, dry. It helps, with feeling more steady. And he is probably going to, without even understanding, be broadcasting a lot of things I would rather remained private.

Charles hadn't considered that. How uncomfortable would he himself be if another version of himself arrived and began telling everyone about embarrassing stories of his childhood? Erik isn't exactly an open book, either; even with Charles. More open than he is with others, but he's certainly not overly forthcoming. I don't even consider his memories as yours. But, I know it's more than that, Charles replies. And you may be doing the same, for him.

I have been trying not to, Erik replies with a nod. Letting him dictate the conversation, not revealing any of my experiences. But he can't help what he is saying, he has not had twenty years of social learning to compensate for his childhood like I have. I just have this horrible fear that he will start giving details that I really do not want anyone to know. Least of all you.

Why least of all me? Charles wonders, opening his eyes back up to look up at Erik. You can trust me. You have nothing to hide from me, darling. What's there to hide from a telepath, at any rate? he asks, and suddenly, he's morbidly curious about what Erik wants to conceal from him.

I know, Erik waves a hand. It's nothing that I've really concealed from you, I just -- it's details. Things I would prefer no one know. And he can't filter out what he should say or not, because he doesn't understand what is egregious or not. To him it's all the same. And it isn't.

Hmm. I suppose I understand that. No one wants the grittier details of their lives shared with the world, Charles agrees, eyes fluttering shut again. But, you're right. Schmidt demands transparency from him. He lied to Schmidt for me; he visited me in my room and left the door unlocked, and lied about why he'd come in. He's rather...childlike, in that way. He'll lie to protect himself or others, but doesn't know how to filter out unpleasant or private details.

That's actually very promising, Erik's brows arch, surprised to hear that. He lets his hand drift along Charles's neck and does his best to ensure he is as comfortable as possible. Maybe, if Erik is very careful, he can ensure that Charles falls asleep before the sunrise. His squinting eyes speak to exhaustion. That he lied to him that way. There were similar rules in place in my time as well, but I always did my best to manipulate the situation as much as possible. He seems to really believe a lot of these things. Erik says completely without any self-awareness whatsoever.

He threw a bit of a tantrum, Charles recounts. Schmidt was angry with him for leaving the door unlocked, and hit him. He told Schmidt that he'd just been curious about me and peeked inside overnight. Then he stormed in, furious with himself. Furious that he'd made a mistake, that he'd been caught. That he'd lied. He hit a concrete wall. Charles shares the memory with Erik, forlorn. He's still eleven years old, in many ways.

It makes Erik wince, hard. There's something incredibly disorienting about it that he doesn't know how to put his finger on. The idea of himself behaving in a similar manner, at this stage of his life, perhaps. But he shouldn't be throwing any stones in glass houses. He hadn't fared any better in adulthood, either. It's with some degree of shame that he realizes he's been presuming that this version of him is vastly more damaged than he, when he had the same miserable impulses after years apart.

At least Ariel has a reason for being that way. All of the time he spent away from Schmidt was at the courtesy of just another master. I've done similar, he huffs. I had to learn how to suppress my emotions, but he does not seem to be the same. I always presumed that I was born this way, because I do not remember being different to this. I suppose our groups made a difference, too. I'm sorry you had to witness that, he touches Charles's cheek. I'm sure he was grateful you were there with him.

Well, darling, we're all born like this, Charles tells him gently, kindly. When we're young, we all get angry and frustrated like this. We'll lie to get out of trouble, and then get upset at ourselves when it doesn't go our way. However, most of us learn how to accept trouble or stand up for ourselves when we don't think that we should be in it. Early adolescence through early adulthood is when we refine that. Charles holds Erik's wrist. You didn't get to try that out on your own, in the real world until you were an adult, and Ariel never did. Schmidt has kept him this way for three decades. In many ways, it's remarkable that we're even here, isn't it? That he came here in the first place to deliver my note to you.

I suppose I always figured myself for being an adult even at age 11, Erik laughs a bit, but it's almost entirely within the scope of their minds, where most of his emotional responses reside. He doesn't remember ever throwing tantrums, or crying, or getting worked up in such a way. Most of his life has been spent in an odd dissonance with himself, believing himself not to have any emotions, yet overwhelmed by the depravity and horror. I must admit, this whole thing... is truly... nervewracking, he murmurs. The idea of some version of you out there, alone like this, with no one to help. How are we ever supposed to manage all of this? Do I just devote my life to rescuing Charleses? It's not a bad profession. Charles-Wrangler. I can make them all go to sleep and feed them pancakes.

And you know? I was thinking the same, that it's my duty to find all the lonely Eriks, bring them here, and pet their hair until they nuzzle into my side, he muses, smiling down at Ariel for a brief moment. I...I don't know what the alternate versions of me would be like. It saddens me to think that there is me without you. I imagine that those are very lonely people. Even if their lives are outwardly fine, I didn't feel like I had a companion until I met you. But, my childhood set me up a little better than yours set you up, to say the least.

I think loneliness is loneliness, Erik dusts a kiss across his brow. No matter how someone's life appears on the outside. Pain is pain, it all hurts. It makes me sad, to know that there might be incarnations of you out there that are suffering. And who knows, maybe there are realities where our experiences are entirely reversed. The idea of Charles spending eleven years with Klaus Schmidt makes Erik want to throw up. But it's worth pointing out, no one said time travel had to make sense. Maybe there is every fantastical iteration of divergence conceivable. Simply by saying it aloud, maybe it's now formed, and he's doomed a Charles to a fate of horror.

Maybe there's a reality where I was born with ten heads and you were born with fangs instead of teeth, Charles replies quickly, because there's no reason to go down that path. Ariel's reality and our own overlapped for one reason or another. I think it's fair that we deal with what's in front of us, but I'd rather not meddle in other worlds unless we're presented with a compelling reason to do so. His eyes are shutting; he's exhausted, having gone three days with nearly no sleep. Can you agree to that? No leaving this universe.

Erik finds a blanket out of his vast arsenal of never-ending trinkets and gadgets, and makes it as soft as possible before draping it over both Charles and Ariel. I'll try to stop myself from finding every adorable ten-headed Charleses, he promises with the flat of his hand over his heart. A yawn interrupts anything else he might have tacked onto that, and his nose wrinkles, fond. We are a pair, hm? he scritches under Charles's chin. Rest with me?

A pair indeed, Charles agrees, nuzzling a bit into Erik's chest. I'd love to. He's going to be out for a solid twelve hours, Charles says of Ariel, who is still curled against him entirely. I don't want him to be awake without one of us to watch him. Let's do as I said tomorrow and take him outside to look at the mountains. It's important that he knows I'll follow through with what I say. For now...goodnight, Erik. My Erik. I love you and all versions of you, including the ones with fangs.

Laila tov, neshama, Erik murmurs back, and for once he slips off almost right after Charles, given that he hadn't slept a wink since Ariel's arrival in their reality only a short while ago.


He winds up sleeping for longer than his usual 2.5 hours per night, though he still manages to wake before both Charles and Ariel both. He has perfected disentangling himself from the fray by simple teleportation, and he pads into the kitchen to make breakfast. It's not necessary, he can materialize anything he'd like, but he's always been fond of actually cooking. With that stored away, he whooshes through the house and cleans everything, and then reads a book. Two books. He wonders if Pietro is sleeping, or if he's mindlessly roaming about. Finding things to do with the hours you should be resting is something he too can understand. Or whether Wanda is whisking them through the stars on some adventure or another. 

Then there's always paperwork to do, deliveries to make, farms to visit... by the time he winds up back under the cozy blankets, just studying Charles's face while he sleeps. A good use of time, everything be told. Charles rouses first, and Ariel is not far behind, looking confused and dazed as he tries to figure out where he is or what has happened. There's his own features, staring impenetrably at him with eerie glowing eyes.

"Tach," he finds himself reverting to German, wilting a bit under it. It's pure casual speech, given very little credence amongst the scientific community. But it's an interesting tidbit, if one could call anything about Klaus Schmidt interesting. He wasn't always a Nazi doctor. The Armistice of 1918 saw crippling economic sanctions on the area Schmidt wound up being born in, with French troops occupying Cologne for failure to meet reparations obligations after WWI. Six years after the occupation ended, it was officially remilitarized by the Nazis, and the rest was history.

Sleep comes quickly, and it's dreamless; somehow, falling asleep between two Eriks makes Charles feel safer and more secure than anything else. He holds and is held in a train of protective affection. Though the situation is truly bizarre and Charles would rather not be in it, he won't lie and say that he isn't at least partially enthused by the presence of the two men. He wakes just before Ariel to the smell of fresh breakfast, and when Ariel wakes, his brain begins to spike a bit in that fitful way.

Charles lays a a balm atop the most sore spots but doesn't hypnotize him completely as he had last night; Ariel deserves to be at least partially conscious. "Good morning," he says to the patient, still beside him in bed when he wakes. As promised. "We're going to bring in one of the doctors to give you a quick check up and some medication, and then we can go spend the day outside, like we'd said. How does that sound, Ariel?"

Ariel makes a face at the suggestion of a doctor, but doesn't resist in any real way. "OK," he nods, though, and Charles alone is privy to the maelstrom of unfamiliarity within him. But he had said that was what they were going to do, and he seems to have latched onto that, appearing mollified when nothing has changed overnight. This is of particular prevalence in his mind - this idea that things are not predictable, that at any given time, anything that anyone says could turn out to be false. He constantly had to be on guard, adaptive to utter chaos. The same person who told him to do something a minute ago could turn around and punish him for having accomplished it perfectly the very next moment.

He rubs his hand idly against the sheet underneath him, feeling the dense fibers woven together. It's another self-soothing mechanism, to dive head-first into a single object and count every single atom. When Hank shows up, completely blue, his eyes bulge widely. He at the very least manages to keep himself from saying something stupid like wow, you're blue as Hank hadn't been when they briefly met earlier. Even though he definitely thinks it. He accepts the small cup of pills, of which there are a good half a dozen, and swallows it without needing a drink.

"You won't take anyone else's kidney, right?" he asks Hank, and it's peculiar to hear his voice gradually develop a cadence and rhythm that the Erik he is familiar with doesn't have. His impulse, to be stony and impassive, is still the same - he is just less proficient at it. "If mine stops working?"

Once Charles is sure that Ariel isn't going to try and spring from bed again, he has Erik get himself up and ready for the day. They make quick work of it; no need to go through anything manually like they sometimes do, just for the intimacy of being close in that way. It's not even a blink and Charles is back in his chair, teeth brushed, and dressed in a pair of olive green chinos and a white linen button-down. Neutral, casual clothing. Hank arrives soon after, and Charles smiles a bit as Ariel takes in the site of the now-blue doctor. He's skeptical but compliant all at once, and more than a little curious about Hank.

Charles keeps a close watch on his pulse throughout the interaction. The doctor raises a bushy blue brow at the question, and after a furtive glance at Charles, shrugs. "If the kidney that you have left stops working, we'll need to get you a new one," he explains. "Erik has a viable kidney that he could donate, if he wanted, or we could search for another donor. But that shouldn't ever be necessary if the kidney that you have continues doing its job. Do you mind if I take a few blood samples to verify that it is?" he asks, pulling a few syringes from his coat pocket. "Or, you might be able to tell me what I need to know without it. I'm sure that you can tell me the composition of your blood just as well as my lab can."

Ariel nods. "No, no, I don't want anyone else's organs. Kidneys act as filtration systems, don't they? Couldn't I just do it manually?" he wonders, and lifts his hand to produce a very small globule of blood that hangs suspended in the air, shielded. He had noted the proliferation of gloves and sterile tubing, and if he's being honest, he has no idea what could be wrong with him. It's just his blood, it's always been this way. Sometimes it looked strange, when he got an infection. But not now. "It seems OK. What do you want to know?"

Erik is able to step in, since he knows Hank will rattle something completely incomprehensible off at the poor man. "This, here," he generates a chemical composition for Ariel. "We need to know if this is elevated in your body. So far, it isn't," he adds. "But you can keep an eye on it and tell someone if you notice any changes."

"What is it?"

"It's called creatinine, it's the byproduct of this, creatine," he shows them side by side. "You will also want to monitor this," he creates another structure. "Albumin, and this is urea nitrogen."

"Creatine looks like nitrogen," comments Ariel, curious.

"Well-deduced. It's a non-protein nitrogenous compound. Look for anything abnormally high or out of place. The most obvious solution is for you to provide your assessment, then get a blood test, and see how accurate you are. If you can prove a sufficient accuracy, then we will only need to do one or two tests, instead of rigorous testing?" he suggests to them both. 

Ariel watches all the chemicals as they dance past his field of vision, but offers a couple of nods in a row. "I don't like blood tests."

"If I could see what you could see, I could do my job a lot easier," Hank remarks, always fascinated—and jealous, if he isn't lying—by Erik's abilities to see at the molecular level. "Look for elevated bilirubin levels as well. That's another sign that your GFR is low," he says, more to Erik than to Ariel.

"Blood tests are no fun," Charles agrees, parking his chair at Ariel's bedside. "I have to have them done once every two months for my own health; perhaps you can do mine now, Hank? Save you the trouble." Charles isn't due for a draw for another few weeks, but he shoots Hank a look, one which even Hank knows how to interpret. Ariel is skeptical of them all, and especially skeptical of anyone who calls himself a doctor. Charles hopes that by offering his own consent, Ariel will feel more at ease about what they intend to do with his own blood.

"Sure. Good idea," murmurs the doctor. Charles smiles placidly and rolls up his sleeve to expose his worse arm. The track marks of scar tissue from frequent blood draws are visible in the crook of his elbow, and Hank makes quick work of wiping the disinfectant over his skin and filling a few vials of scarlet blood before taping a bandage into place. Eat well over the next few days, Hank murmurs privately, and then turns to Ariel once he's done labelling and stowing Charles's samples. "Which arm do you prefer?"

It's just a blood test. It's fine. He is not so frail. Charles can hear him berate himself into being motionless, quiet and without fear. Ariel still makes a face without conscious volition as he presents his left arm - the one without the surgical scarring, and where Klaus had a better ability to locate veins instead of sticking him like a potato. "You should do that for him," he says accusingly to Erik. "Why not? Then it won't hurt."

"It's my preference," says Charles breezily in responds to Ariel's demand. "Erik is my husband, but Hank is the doctor who oversees my medical care. I'd rather keep those two roles distinct. As you might imagine," he says, and Hank quickly sticks Ariel as he speaks, "my condition sometimes blurs those bounds, and that isn't ideal." He rubs Ariel's bicep gently as Hank draws the blood from his left arm; his and Erik's better one. "Are you...adept at manipulating biological matter, too?" he asks, sneaking a glance at Erik. "You produced a droplet your own blood just now."

"What do you mean?" Ariel looks confused. "Of course I can manipulate biological matter. It's all just matter. Didn't he teach you how?" he glances at Erik, totally stymied by this. "I do not understand."

"I can manipulate it, of course," Erik answers both of their spoken and unspoken questions. "But I am less skilled at doing so."

"I do not get it. We have the same powers. You should be able to do everything I can do."

"If you can, then why do you not heal your own hand?" Erik thinks it might be a translation error.

"I'm not allowed."

That... is not the answer Erik expects. "You are allowed. You can now, if you want. If you can do it. Why wouldn't you? Why not heal your entire body?"

Ariel looks at him like he is an idiot. "It's not permitted. I have never tried."

It's curiously reminiscent of Erik's answer to Charles, the first time he had asked. "I have. It is imperfect, though. Are you saying you believe you could heal people?" Absurd. What on Earth.

Ariel shrugs. "I don't do anything I'm not told to do."

Charles presses his lips together. He can recall the agony in Erik's eyes when he'd woken up in the hospital and demanded that Erik attempt to restore the damage to his spinal column and reverse his paralysis. He hadn't been in his right mind; he'd insisted that he would rather be dead than paralyzed, that risk to his life was worth it. In the intervening years, Erik has grown more adept at this very task, but not to any point of certainty. "I sustained my injury 14 years ago," Charles says evenly. "I imagine that you can feel the damage to my spine. Theoretically, if you were permitted to do so, could you heal my spine? I have to assume that 14 years is too great a length. You can't imbue dead nerves with life....can you? Theoretically, of course."

"I don't know. I think I could. I don't know how, but I should be able to. It's all just constructed things. See, look," he waves a hand and Charles sees before him, a single neuron, an exact replica of one at some point in his spinal column. With a wave of his hand, he demonstrates activating the synapse through an artificial application of electrochemistry. "Where were you?" he finally asks the question that's on his mind. "You know Klaus, you were obviously there, you have the same number. So why don't you know how to do this, too? You could have helped him. I don't know if I can repair everything, I've never done anything like that before. I've done some experiments though, they all worked. Klaus wanted me to do things, and I could do them all. He just had to show me."

"So you were in a medical laboratory," Erik wonders. "The morgue." It's a clear attempt to steer the conversation elsewhere, believing it isn't relevant data.

"When he was there, yes. He wanted to find ways of suppressing and activating mutations, making his own mutation stronger. You weren't in the laboratory?"

"Much of my time was spent elsewhere. Our education must have been quite different, I wager. You have a good understanding of medicine." Erik's own is based on organic chemistry, something he studied at a high level in university. This is just natural talent. Something that he doesn't have. Curious.

Quite a divergence, Charles notes to Erik, watching the synapse come to life before him. Ariel speaks of it off-hand, as if Charles is asking if he knows how to cook a new dish using techniques that he’s familiar with. It’s something…curious. He’s long since come to terms with his injury and doesn’t even scour the journals for ‘cures,’ anymore. It’s been too long, his muscles are too wasted, joints are too stiff. Because it’s more than just nerves, isn’t it?

It’s collagen, cartilage, bone density, blood flow. His brain loses control of his body entirely beneath the sternum, could Ariel really enable him to use his abdominals again? His latissimus dorsi and external obliques? Perhaps Ariel could fix the original flaw, but could he repair the cascade of deficiencies that have followed? Charles shakes his head to rid himself of the thought. “What of the brain, Ariel? I’m able to manipulate the physiological mechanisms of the brain. It’s how I help Erik manage pain that stems from his own injuries. Would you be able to do that?”

"I... don't know," he sounds less confident. "What are you really asking?" he squints, not quite grasping that this has been a source of difficulty for Erik in this timeline for a long time. If he tries to muck about in someone's brain, he could wind up killing them by mistake. "I'm not a neurologist. I would have to study the brain, to find out how to fix it. I know a little, I saw some slides. People who got their brains cut and preserved. Did you know it's really soft? When it's preserved it looks hard, in glass. But it's not really. It's like liquid. "

"So you studied slides?" Erik tries to bring him back on track with a short arc of his brows over his head to Charles. "And you can create biological matter like this? What about making a kidney for yourself, or something. You could do that, right? Then you wouldn't need to worry about anyone's organs but your own."

"I suppose... but I'm not permitted," he reminds Erik patiently. "There is no difference between making a plate of bourekas or making a nerve work. The nerves are more complex, different. But lots of matter is complex. I don't get it, how am I more powerful than you?"

"I suspect you probably are not, not in the traditional sense," Erik murmurs, thoughtful and careful with what he reveals. "Our lives are different, so what we learned to do is very different. It sounds like your version of Schmidt was successful at educating you about your mutation."

"Of course he was. He knows everything about it."

"It's probably a good idea to stay out of someone's brain until you're certain that you can navigate it without damaging them, yes," Charles agrees, and continues to rub Ariel's bicep as Hank wraps up his arm now that the blood has been collected. Of course, Ariel could heal himself, couldn't he? No need for blood clotting and the slow regeneration of skin cells over the tiny puncture mark. He spent more time with Ariel than he did with you. It makes sense that Ariel knows more about the things that matter to Schmidt than do you, he remarks to Erik. And why Ariel's understanding of physics is far less.

It makes Charles think, though. "Are you certain that Schmidt knows everything about your mutation?" Charles asks. "That's a significant claim. Is there not a part of yourself that, perhaps, you've kept from Schmidt? Something that you can do that you don't necessarily want him to know about?"

He nods silently. Like he's afraid that somehow Klaus will jump out and break all his bones. "I can freeze everything. I can kill everyone. I'm stronger than him. He knows that, though. I just try not to remind him, because... it's silly anyway. He gets mad, and I wouldn't do any of that anyway. I'm loyal."

Erik takes a seat on a bench created from thin air, offering Charles a small, wry smile in turn. He spent all that time with him, learning medicine. I was experimented on, as a part of an expendable population of people who wound up having an Omega-level mutation. It was pure happenstance, but I didn't manifest my abilities in his presence at all. Somehow I knew... I knew that I couldn't. "Of course you are," he doesn't argue the point.

Ariel glowers at him. "I am. He only became an Omega-level mutant because of me, because I helped him. None of the others could do it." He lifts his chin, like he's proud of this fact.

Their bond is a little different, I don't know... even from Schmidt's perspective, it seems a little different. Horrible, cruel, but oddly closer. Consider a version of yourself who isn't injured at all at North Brother Island -- is that person less powerful than you, or did they simply learn different things?

That's a good way to look at it, Charles agrees. This was all present within me the whole time, wasn't it? I just learned how to use it after my injury. "Let me ask you this, darling," Charles says warmly, evenly to Ariel. No semblance of challenge or threat are present in his tone at all; he wants to be perceived as anything but conspiratorial. "What is it that makes you choose to be loyal to Klaus?" An intensely loaded question, of course. Charles continues to smile gently. "Is it because you know that he will hurt you if you choose otherwise? Or is it because you want to? Or is it something else? You were on your own, for a time. In the forest and then at Langley. That must have been a few years, hmm? How was it to be without Klaus for those few years?"

"Lonely," he sighs. "But it was better. Things didn't hurt as much. I don't know. It's not just me, what could I do?" he seems to pendulum wildly between understanding that his own capabilities vastly outclass those of his captors, and believing them to be completely infallible. "If I go against them they won't just hurt me. Riverside has lots of laboratories, lots of patients. Some of them are only little. If I do what they say, they leave them alone. Only take samples. Non-invasive things. And let me tutor them, play with them."

Charles nods, and gives his arm a reassuring squeeze. A very small bit of praise for answering the question honestly. "I see. I can respect that you want to protect the others by doing as they tell you to do," he says to Ariel. "Especially the young ones. You're doing the right thing to protect them. They're lucky to have you around to do that. Do you ever imagine using your abilities to ensure that Klaus and the others couldn't hurt the other patients, even if they tried?"

"Of course I do," Ariel grimaces hard. "All the time. If I put them somewhere others will be taken in their place. If I try -- if I --" he claws at his own chest with his left hand, fingernails digging in. "But I've tried in the past and it didn't work right. They just laughed. They made me regret ever trying. So I won't, I won't try again. I am not very strong after all," he whispers.

"Tell me what you tried to do," Charles encourages, and he lifts his hand to Ariel's face to tuck stray locks of hair behind his ears. He offers a warm smile, and surreptitiously slips into his head once more. Replaces cold stress with a wave of warm reassurance. "You're loyal to Klaus because you want to protect the others. But if you could protect the others without having to do everything Klaus asks you to do, wouldn't it be better?"

Erik watches all of this with a mixture of dutiful curiosity and uncertain comprehension. The longer he listens to Ariel talk about his experiences, the less familiar they seem. Everything is off in just such a way. Given how long the Hellfire Club has had their hooks into him, it does make sense that he is so.... so shattered, is all Erik can think, morose. Charles sinking into his mind makes his eyes flutter closed and he drifts a little, before Charles reaches out with a hand as well as his mind and he can't help but flinch.

It's swiftly dissipated and the tension eases before it even has time to fully manifest. "I tried to make them go away. Make them... disappear. Put them somewhere. So they couldn't hurt anyone ever again. But I couldn't even... no, no, I don't want to think about this. Stop, stop it --" he twitches a little. Charles can sense that there's a remnant of the barriers that Ailo placed in his mind yesterday preventing it from spilling out into the room. Everything ripples, unseen, across his eyes.

“It’s okay,” Charles soothes quickly, feeling Ariel strain against both him and the sturdy barriers that Ailo must have placed yesterday. The gentle urging of calm only goes so far. A bandaid on a gaping wound. “We can stop talking about it,” he agrees then. This is probably beyond Charles’s scope, now. He’s probably been pushing too hard. “Apologies, Ariel. I didn’t mean to cause distress.” He gives his arm a little pat, and then releases his grasp on the man. “How about some breakfast, then? And then we can spend the day outside.”

Erik has gotten up from the bench and is pacing a little, restless. He finds a book on the floor and kneels to retrieve it, then finds a plant to water. At the mention of breakfast, he is grateful for the opportunity to dart out of the room and into the kitchen. He isn't gone for longer than a few moments, but returns with levitating plates in tow. Ariel does his best to bring himself back under control, unnerved. The reverberation clangs like a tuning fork, amplified by the version of himself beside, which is amplified back.

"Here, I thought you might be homesick," Erik explains as he unveils a smattering of Greek and Mediterannean food. "Charles mentioned you learned how to cook this way."

"You did?" he seems a little touched by that. "You both have some," he insists. "You can tell the blue man he can come back and share, too. Is he related to Mr. Ivanov? I saw him with a little blue person, once. They can both teleport. Is that him, here? But he was a lot younger. Oh," he seems to remember something. "I want to talk to Emma Frost."

Erik stares. "You do?"

"You said I should. I want to."

Both men in the room are beginning to feel stress in the very same way. Erik, far more controlled and also not freshly recovered from surgery, deals with it by busying himself with chores. Tidying, watering, jumping at his opportunity to do something. Ariel is confined to the bed, and so his stress reverberates inward, but Charles notices that it's the same tone. Their tuning forks are trilling together. That makes three of them grateful for the re-emergence of Erik and the transition of the conversation. He watches as Erik and Ariel ping pong with each other, their voices, tones, timbre the exact same. Two people of the same stuff. "We can bring Emma here," Charles tells Ariel with a sidelong glance at Erik. "She's...quite a bit different to what you're accustomed to. Eat first."

"She seemed to know you," Ariel remembers as he picks up one of the painstakingly prepared pastries and takes careful bites from it, ensuring it doesn't make a mess. Everything he does is like this. Deliberate, considered, meticulous. When he's not all discombobulated and post-surgical, it's yet another point of similitude. He insists on Charles eating some as well, and Erik, too, who doesn't bother attempting to resist, simply detaching a small cluster of grapes with an easy application of power. "These are good. Why are these better than mine? That's not fair," Ariel tells Erik as an attempt to lighten things.

"Life isn't fair," Erik returns dryly.

"Emma and I met when we were teenagers," Charles informs Ariel. "I suppose she and the version of me from your world share that experience. How unfortunate," he grimaces. The food is, of course, delightful, as Erik's food always is. When the two men begin to bicker, Charles rolls his eyes fondly, and then gives his husband a small shove. "Are you two going to be in a constant competition? Hmm. Ariel's bourekas were lovely, too. Different than yours, Erik, dear, but also quite nice."

"You don't like her?" Ariel's surprise is clear. "She was always very nice to me. Not to you? You don't have to -- but -- I can't go back and ask. Maybe it's a bad idea," he hems and haws and can't help a short grin as Erik is chastised. "Nyehh," he adds.

"Very mature."

"I will make it illegal for anyone in my reality to be better than me at anything. World dictator, thy name is me."

"That's why they pay me all the nothing. So I can out-phyllo the whole globe. Not a bad aspiration," he nudges his elbow right back into Charles's side, playful. "And don't tell him that. He's going mad with power."

"Oh, it's not that I don't like Emma. I do, now," Charles explains. "But she and I didn't have the most pleasant of childhoods, exactly. If Emma and I met in your world, then our early years must have been very similar to what they are now." He chuckles as he's elbowed in the side, and despite the insanity of their situation, it really is quite funny. Two men, one a Prime Minister and the other a time traveler, arguing about their phyllo. "Well, if you want to be the best at everything, Ariel, you'll have to go back to your world. Erik makes the best avgolemono on this planet. I swear, it's better than penicillin when I'm sick."

"I'm sorry," Ariel squeezes his forearm, a gesture Erik can no longer engage in, but rather than jealousy, it's more an easement, knowing at least this version of himself has much of his limbs intact. "I don't know much about you, and even me and him, everything is so different. But I know Emma didn't have it easy." And yet she still went out of her way to help him, which is why he doesn't feel right just killing her family member. Even if Erik might be right, and maybe he deserves it.

Charles is deeply curious. He's been curious since he first found himself face to face with Ariel and the people of that timeline...since he'd heard that he'd been killed that day. "What did you know about the version of me in your world?" he asks quietly, extending his hand over Erik's knee. "I know that we didn't know each other long."

Ariel conjures up the memories he does have, before the CIA operation. Charles Xavier in his world had a very large house, but he was there all alone. He spoke about a sister fondly but Ariel hadn't met her. The Charles he knew, called him Erik. He went to a fancy university he can't quite remember the name of -- he thinks he was a doctor of some type, as this Charles is, but Ariel doesn't know what he was a doctor of. He's sorry - he wanted to know all of these things, but he wasn't capable of asking. He wasn't a very good friend. He thought that Charles seemed alone in his drafty, miserable house. Ariel tried to make it warmer and left him things to find. "How can you be so calm talking to me?" he finally does ask what has been on his mind this whole time.

Charles streams the memory to Erik as Ariel scrambles to bring it to the fore of his conscience. It's murky, and a bit stilted, but Charles has to chuckle a little at the image, even as it makes him choke a little. It's him, but....not? The Charles in Erik's world wore a lot of hair gel and an argyle sweater vest. Is that a—yes! The patch on his sweater vest bears the coat of arms of Balliol College, Oxford. And that Charles is lacking the measles scar on his forehead that this Charles has. "When you're back in your world, you should see if his sister is still alive," Charles almost whispers, enthralled by the memory. At the question, he looks back to Ariel with a raised brow. "How do you mean?"

"I shouldn't," Ariel shakes his head. "If she is, she'll hate me. I killed her brother. That does not bother you? Why are you trying to help me? I kidnapped you, if you remember."

"I am sure that if Raven is anything like she is here, she will understand that sometimes the mission does not go as planned," Erik rebuffs that gently, and can't help but watch as Charles unfolds all of the minute details from Ariel's mind across his own. You didn't go to Oxford, did you? Erik wonders. And look. You're missing a little scar, he brushes the back of his better hand over it. And I don't remember that sweater. Or those paintings. So strange. But it is you.

No. I almost did. I was admitted to Balliol College in this life, but I didn't want Balliol, I wanted Magdalen College. Balliol is full of Tories. At the last minute, I decided that I didn't want to spend my university years surrounded by Tories, so I chose MIT instead, he explains to Erik. Fascinating. Somehow, I still managed to end up in New York and be recruited by the CIA. "I would have died here, too, if we didn't have his mother's assistance," Charles says with a shrug.

"It was a mission. You didn't kill me. I died. And anyway, that was, what? How long ago for you, now?" He smiles blithely at Ariel. "Yes, I know you kidnapped me. And then you tried to protect me, and then you agreed to bring a letter to my husband. And—" Charles hesitates. They're going for honesty, aren't they? "I care about you, Ariel. I have no choice but to care about you. In some way, you and Erik are connected. To know that you're suffering is simply unbearable to me."

Is it just me or do both of those colleges sound a little fire-and-brimstone, Erik huffs between them. Strange, though, does that mean your worldview was different there than it is here? And do you mean conservatives, or... old-time... Duke of Sandwich, divine-right horse-shit?

"Fourteen years," Ariel answers. "It does not matter if it is fourteen or forty. You don't forget. I do not know if he considered me a friend, but I always had thought... I do not know. And we could not really... we had a hard time understanding one another. More difficult than you and I."

Charles can't help but huff a silent, telepathic laugh. Every old college at Oxford is fire-and-brimstone. A lot of the newer ones are, too. I do mean conservatives, of both type. Old money, inherited positions. Couldn't tell you how many government officials and members of the old aristocracy put their sons through Balliol. I don't know how it would have changed my worldview. I have to imagine that I went in knowing that I would be on my own island, there. Hopefully I spent my time elsewhere. I'd been close to attending in this world. I like to think that it wouldn't have changed me fundamentally.

"So, we're at the same point in both of our timelines, at least," Charles nods. "I find it easy to communicate with you because I've already done it, in a way," he muses. "You're...quite similar to Erik, in many ways. I've learned how to navigate Erik's mind, and it gives me a headstart with yours, maybe. Plus, I'm older, here. Less in my own head, and my abilities are more developed than they were fourteen years ago. It makes sense."

"It also makes sense that we were more capable of mutual intelligibility," Erik theorizes, "because I'd had time to integrate with other people prior. You wouldn't have," he explains. "Realistically, Charles would have been the first ordinary person you'd spoken to in -- how long?"

Ariel gives a shrug, but agrees. "I was more like an animal, I suppose."

"No," Erik shakes his head. "You've always been human. That is what happens to humans who endure treatment like this over a prolonged period of time."

See, this is why I needed Genosha, Erik thinks at the same time, holding two separate conversations. How else was I going to convince your mother I wasn't a poor, mutant, terrorist Jew? Although I daresay our conception of 'The Aristocrats' is suitably distinct.

Oh, hush. You're still a mutant Jew. Mother would never have approved anyway, Charles muses to Erik. She was friends with some duke who had a daughter near my age. I was supposed to marry her. I think she ran off with Clement Attlee's nephew after the war.

To Ariel, Charles smiles congenially. "I hope that the version of me who you met was at least kind to you," he says, and he means it. "When you get back to your world, look for my sister. She still may be alive, and she'll be a friend to you." Raven loves the freaks and the lost puppies of the world, at least in this timeline. He can't imagine a world in which she doesn't. "I'll ask her to come with Emma to meet you today, here."

How horrendous for him, Erik purses his lips, doing his best to keep his amusement off his face. I'd say it worked out well for me in the end.

"I think he was," Ariel assures Charles after considering it for a moment. If he really focuses, he can almost see the edges where reality stops forming correctly. Cognitive dissonance slowly spreading into the gradually blooming seeds of suggestion - that the world he knows, and the world of humanity, is very different.

It's absurd to him to consider what Erik and Charles say -- how they speak of kindness, his treatment. He's always felt rather lucky. He survived, he got to say goodbye to his parents before they were murdered. He was fed, and clothed, and had a bed to sleep in. None of that has ceased being true.

But... Klaus's typical kindness is often thrown in his face, intended to evoke guilt and submission. It comes at a cost. Charles hadn't been that way. They weren't even real friends, Charles had no reason to be nice to him, and never asked him for anything in return. And Erik, too, seems possessed of genuine kindness. He knows if he had to deal with a more messed up version of himself, he likely wouldn't be as magnanimous as Erik is being.

All the food put in front of him is swiftly demolished, even though Charles can tell that he's not hungry, he doesn't have the luxury of refusing food and he was told to eat, so he does. He still tries to make sure that they both get some, too. "I tried to be to him, too. I think, that he was sad. He didn't have anyone who understood him. And I didn't understand either. I just knew that much. I'm glad you seem happier here."


Charles smiles appreciatively at Ariel, and then takes the empty plate and sets it on his lap. Erik and Ariel can of course make dishes disappear without even a blink, but Charles likes to do chores on occasion; Erik isn’t always there, after all, and more than once he’s been accused by his students (and mostly Raven) of being entirely inept at any sort of housework. Ariel is silently comparing Charles—the composite of the one he met years ago and the one before I him now—with the “kindness” that Schmidt provides.

Schmidt has convinced Erik that providing for his basic needs is kindness. Suppose it was easier to sell that narrative during the war, but even now, Ariel takes a lack of cruelty for warmth. It’s Charles’s mission to show them both what real kindness is, now. No strings attached, transactionless kindness. “I’m very happy here, thank you,” he smiles. “Now, let’s get outside. You wanted to look at the mountains, didn’t you?”

Over the years Erik has come to appreciate Charles's need for as much independence as possible and while his abilities make chores and housework positively trivial in comparison to the effort Charles must extend, perhaps it's even more meaningful that he contributes in this way since Erik doesn't put any thought or effort into it whatsoever. Losing his abilities, as devastating as it had been, helped him to more fully understand the nuances he always grasped intellectually.

Since the moment he awoke in that Red Cross tent all those years back and realized he need never be at the mercy of another, that he could do and have whatever he wanted. Much like Ariel his immediate desires were peculiar at first, unfamiliar with how to construct a house but keen on manifesting odds and ends. Trinkets, tubes of lipstick and caps from soda cans and pencils and jewelry. Fabrics. He wonders if those same things might be interesting to Ariel. Objects remain a fascination, Erik still has a lot of little nearly organized collections of stuff which makes every moment spent in his home intriguing if whimsical.

Losing all of that was a devastating blow, with almost no ability to do anything for himself at all. The only thing that made it bearable was that he could still work, and still contribute in some way. It's what most people need, to feel useful and fulfilled. To have a purpose. As difficult as that experience was for him he's oddly grateful to it. It has drawn down the remaining barriers to true comprehension of his beloved, and for that he cannot resent it. Something warm plucked out of the ashes of William Stryker's depravity. Always, Charles. 

The question makes Ariel nod and he looks about ready to leap out of bed once again, this time paused mid-action with a swift application of pulsing energy that traps him where he lays. "Royk," Erik murmurs. "Here. I know, but you cannot stand just yet." In a blink Ariel is placed in a slightly reclined, high-back wheelchair. "Now all we need is for me to get one and we will be a full set," he jokes gently. "Just for now."

"I hate this!" Ariel sighs. "I'm sorry," he winces as he realizes how insensitive he sounds. Of course he will heal and get better. Not everyone has that luxury and he isn't special. Maybe someday Klaus will take his limbs from him entirely. Paralyze him, leave him trapped behind his eyes. Made finally into the ultimate partner that Ariel is too deficient to be. "I just -- I don't get sick. Once I did but it was long ago. I just keep going and I never -- never had to -- and see, he's not so bad. This is only the second time I had surgery. No, third," he amends.

"More than that," Erik just says softly as he leads them all out onto the large wrap-around veranda. The landscape is breathtaking with great spires carving up long claws toward the sun in cracked geometry. Ariel forgets what they were talking about immediately and then, predictable, tries to stand. "Ariel," Erik huffs. "Stay still. Please."

Charles is, of course, unoffended. One cannot teach schoolchildren or be a telepath and not learn how to let thoughtless comments bother him. When people see him for the first time, he's treated to showers of pity and disgust—how does he have sex or I think I'd rather be dead or survival of the fittest, how much of a strain is he on the health system‚—and so Ariel's frustration doesn't even register. No, he isn't shocked that a man who typically has the world at his fingertips is frustrated by forced immobility. Who wouldn't be?

It all but broke Erik, when he was confined to a bed or a wheelchair himself, unable to use his body in the way that he's accustomed to. It is a sight, the two of them, in their chairs on the front porch of the house that Erik constructed for them. Ariel's is simpler, with a high back and a wider angle. Charles's is higher tech, with hover capabilities should he choose to use them, with a headrest and a set of controls on his right armrest.

He likes to use a manual chair for exercise, but he had been using this one when Ariel appeared from the folds of time and snatched him from this reality and he hasn't necessarily needed any additional bodily strain since. "Stay seated. It's not so bad," Charles says with more patience than Erik, smiling softly. A slight press against Ariel's motor cortex, a reminder that Charles can make him, if he must. "If you want to see better, you can do that without standing. Make your chair float. You have permission to do that."

The swell of Charles's influence at the back of his mind makes him hum unconsciously, not even certain what the sensation is per se. He blinks slow and long. "Race you," he lifts himself up into the air, grabbing the whole thing in an easy upward yoink. "Bet I'm faster," he arches his eyebrows.

Erik can't help but laugh. "I suppose that makes me the referee, hm?" he shakes his head. The other man's moods are mercurial, vacillating between despair and playful curiosity without rhyme nor reason. It's something utterly foreign to Erik, who typically has the same mood and affect all day every day unless something significant sets him off. Even then, usually only Charles is privy. Is this what's there, underneath the ocean where he often can't go for himself?

It's chaotic and strange, but... Erik can see a little better, now. To really see that he hadn't done anything to deserve what had happened. If they can help repair this damage, he wonders how that will reverberate through his timeline. He's taken for granted Genosha and the Institute but obviously they've been exceedingly necessary paths of convergence. If they help Ariel, Erik suspects he will make action of the same healing impulse they share. You mentioned that Sayid was with them, he muses almost to himself, uncertain quite what he's asking after.

"Well, that's a given," Charles chuckles as his own chair lifts from the ground in a more controlled ascent. "I think Eirk programmed this thing to have a top speed of, what? Seven miles per hour? No fun." He sticks his tongue out at his husband on the ground as he continues to float upward. This is a development. Playfulness, teasing. It's again childlike in many ways, but Charles is coming to the conclusion that Ariel's time with Schmidt has frozen him in time, kept his mind young and impressionable. At the same time, he is as jaded as a man who has lived for centuries. A cruel combination that makes Ariel uniquely vulnerable. It makes Charles's heart ache for his own husband, too.

"I did not," Erik snorts. "Fifteen, minimum." He takes up a spot in between them both with his legs crossed. He didn't used to wear socks before, but now he does - these ones are pink and fuzzy and woolen, with painted-on designs in tye-dye watercolors. The smallest pieces of himself that shine through in a similar manner when he feels safe. Here, alone on their mountain top, he does.

Ariel, not privy to either of their observations, appears to be doing his best to try and cooperate and help the situation to be less stressful and frightening for them. He won't make it difficult. He does notice the socks though and with a blink both he and Charles have a matching set. His own are yellow and Charles's feet are now encased by blue.

"Do you both want to see my favorite spot?" Erik asks and extends his hands for them to follow him. Charles's chair is technological and with a built in shield to protect him from shearing forces and high altitude. Whereas Ariel can simply do the same for himself. They ascend higher, until Erik leads them to a small spot on the summit which has a patio chair and a beach ball next to it, out of place given it's snowing. The snow is warm and soft. "Look," he whispers and points. From here, they can see all the brilliant lights of Genosha's 16 million people. It's impossible to miss his deep, reverent affection for them.

Charles chuckles a little when a pair of blue socks replace the ones he had been wearing before. It must be Ariel's attempt at kinship, levity. It's sweet, he thinks, as they zip through the air, up and up the mountain. He's grown accustomed to finding himself in places as fantastic as this. A snowy mountaintop with balmy air and snow like warm bathwater. The view is tremendous; in the not-so-far distance, Genosha is visible in all its glory. Twinkling lights amid an azure sea. "Wow," he whispers, his chair settling into the warm snow. "Beautiful. I can't believe you built that all in just fifteen years."

There's a sense of pride in Erik, but it doesn't come from having built anything - of course he had helped in the construction process, but so had everyone else. Everyone who wanted to live in a place that spoke to them, to their needs. No, the pride is in these people themselves, and in the fact that they still trust him.

"This place is just fifteen years old?" Ariel asks, eyes wide. He supposes he could technically do something similar, but his thoughts resemble Erik's - the real feat isn't popping an island out of the middle of nowhere, it's convincing people to live on it with you. Fifteen years is a good track record. "What is a Prime Minister, anyway?"

"It's not precisely that," Erik explains. "It's just the closest allegory. Our government is comprised of different administrative branches, and I oversee them all. Hence, Prime Minister. You might find it amusing that the party I campaigned on was initially called the Brotherhood of Evil Mutants."

Ariel snorts laughing. "Evil mutants?"

"That's what they thought we were, why not? I'm half-convinced they only elected me to hear my comedy routine. A people of taste and culture, you see. It's since been amended to just the Solidarity Party. Raven's idea, apparently evil mutants wasn't snappy enough for her. And rude to the women and others, of course."

"Others? Aren't there just men and women?"

Erik shrugs. "Evidently not, not even biologically, and all across the animal kingdom."

"Oh, I guess I thought anyone born like both would just pick one." Ariel has obviously never considered any of this before, having no conception of his experiences as a part of his self or his identity, he has much less awareness about it, except in the names he's been called over the years.

"Why should they? It's not like they're hurting anyone. Call them a lamp post, if they want. Dworkin wants us all replaced by an Amorphous Blob Society of Nothings, maybe she's onto something. It fucking beats Howl. I can't believe I have to say this, but the puritans are right about Ginsberg. He's a degenerate."

"Talking to you is very confusing."

If Ariel can’t understand Erik, they’re all doomed, aren’t they? But Charles takes it as a good sign that Ariel is curious about Genosha, and rightfully impressed by its success and growth. He’s far less knowledgeable about politics in general it seems, or maybe prime ministers just don’t exist in his world, but Charles is encouraged that he’s asking questions, interested in their world. Genosha has been everything.

Erik will claim that Charles was the key, but Charles knows that creating the Genoshan state and stepping in to the position of Prime Minister has enabled Erik to become truly confident in his abilities and his self. Ariel may have that opportunity, too. “Fifteen years ago, the United States was using Genosha as a site for experimentation and enslavement. The native population and mutants alike were being abused and exploited. Erik learned of their plight, and within a few weeks, Genosha was an independent state.”

"Oh," Ariel gasps, touching his mouth with the fingertips of his good hand. His wheelchair comes to a stop abruptly and he whirls around to stare at them both. "Is Genosha in my world? Should I help them? Are they being hurt? If I told Klaus, maybe we could help. I thought President Stryker wasn't... was it him?"

"He was part of the faction within the CIA that greenlit this program approximately a hundred years ago," Erik answers, soft. "I'm not sure if Genosha exists in your world, but your world seems similar enough to ours that it is definitely possible. We have the highest rate of mutation, with the highest number of Omega-level mutants, per capita on the globe."

"What? Really? How come we never heard about this?" Ariel boggles. "And you saved them all?"

"At great cost," Erik whispers, touching his hand over Charles's shoulder. "But yes, the population here were liberated and we have spent fifteen years working together. These people saved themselves, all we did was give them the tools. And we opened our doors to humans and mutants alike who are persecuted in their countries, such as for their gender or sexuality. Charles is, legally, my husband. That's not possible anywhere else on Earth."

"Oh," Ariel realizes. It seems Erik is right - he did assume that husband was just how they referred to one another, being life partners. Commitment ceremonies and the like, he's heard of that. It's usually with a tone of derision, but even if legal marriage isn't possible, the government can't stop people from calling themselves husbands or wives, or buying rings, or having ceremonies. "So you're like... a... a hero or something." He looks extremely perturbed for a second.

"Good L-rd, no. Of course not. But I made a choice. I promised these people to protect their wellbeing and I kept my word. Everything you see here, that is all them, not me. And when it comes to our image, Charles is far more the savvy diplomat. You should see him talk."

He will tell Schmidt unless we stop him, Charles warns Erik, even as he brings his good hand up to grip at Erik’s fingers where they rest on his shoulder. He’s curious. I think this is what we must do, Erik. Make it his mission to aid Genosha in his world without Schmidt. To Ariel, he nods, brushing off Erik’s compliment.

“Not a hero, perhaps, but a beloved figure. Erik enabled the people of Genosha to take back their rightful place in the world as a citizenry. The Genoshans and the immigrants alike have deep respect for Erik. He’s a partner and an ally. They’ve re-elected him…four times now, darling? Is that it?” Charles asks fondly.

Democratic elections, Ariel. Genosha is a democracy. No dictators, no kings. Just people voting for the person they believe will best represent their interests domestically and internationally. That’s Erik, right now.“ Schmidt has plans to declare himself a dictator, Charles reminds his husband. Kill the humans, take power.

"Six," Erik laughs a bit. "While we were in Arcadia, I decided to pause the federal elections process because it just seems to be honestly a massive waste of... time?" He huffs a bit. But it's true - and frankly, he knows that he's held more elections than probably any other Prime Minister in existence. But it's not lost on him that he is not indigenous to this place, and that the Genoshans were victims of slavery and colonialism. He views himself as Genoshan, but as an immigrant, not a native.

He doesn't look Genoshan, he doesn't share their culture or their history or their religion. And the people who criticize the revolution aren't wrong: he is a foreigner who showed up and took this country by force. It's always been out of an abundance of caution, to preserve their right to self-determination. This is simply what they've determined for themselves. "Instead we instituted a sort of referendum protocol - if the people want an election to be held, they can trigger it by a percentage clause. We've replaced polling booths with forum centers, so people can be more active in their local politics and shape things how they wish."

He keeps up the outward conversation, whilst focusing inwardly on Charles's warning. Potentially he could help the United States there as well. What he's shared... about Stryker... I can't -- I can't even imagine. This is exactly -- exactly what I was afraid of. That level of -- of suffering. And you're not there, you weren't there. I hope you see just how important you are. Calling you spineless, when they've all the intellect of a single-celled organism. Absurd. Erik lifts Charles's hand to brush a kiss across his knuckles.

"Democracy is a cornerstone of a peaceful society," he adds to Ariel, gentle. "You know that what Schmidt wants is not that. He would subjugate and enslave everyone. Not just humans, but mutants as well. He does not want society, he wants a sadistic playground of horrors with himself on top." 

Ariel glares, furious. "You don't know what you're talking about. You don't know anything about it! Klaus isn't the same in my world as he is in yours."

"I daresay he isn't, he's abjectly worse." Erik raises his brows, pointed.

"Worse? How can he be worse? He didn't even teach you how to use your powers. He didn't even help you. He --"

"Enough," Erik interrupts, deceptively soft. "Enough. I'll not argue this with you. You need look no further than your own experiences to know that he thrives as slave-master."

Ariel scrubs at his eyes. "You can't just say enough, then keep talking over me. You don't know anything about me, you don't know. I'm not -- not that."

"What do you see him as, Ariel?" Charles asks kindly as he places a reassuring hand on his forearm. "I truly wish to know how you conceive of it. After mere minutes in your world, I came to the very same conclusion as Erik. Klaus only wishes to control and subdue." He nods his head toward the glittering lights of Genosha below.

"You're right. We don't know Klaus as you know him. You can tell us exactly what you think he would do if he came to learn about Genosha's existence. Do you think that he would be a steadfast advocate for the rights of the people who are native to that land. Do you think that he would establish a democracy? Create housing and food for those in need, encourage collectivism? Do you think that you will be invited to access that, too, sweetheart? Marriage, freedom? Would Klaus give that to you?"

Ariel's eyes well up as he listens and he turns away, desperate to get himself under control. He knows the answer to these questions. He knows. The tears drip onto his collar, unfettered. "If they're mutants. He says we don't hurt our own kind. I don't -- I -- don't count."

"As what, Ariel? A mutant? Surely you are." Erik is surprised by how difficult the display is for him to witness, but he doesn't look away. Instead, he produces a soft blanket and drapes it over the man's shoulders, with cartoon sharks playing hot-potato with a smiling Idaho spud lazily scrawled along its visible edges.

He surreptitiously dabs at his face. "Ah -- anything. As anything. I'm not -- anything."

"What do you mean you're not anything?" Charles asks gently, rubbing his back atop the blanket. "You're a mutant. You're a Lehnsherr. You're a Jewish man with a Polish mother and a Greek father. You're a redhead, you're a polyglot. You're a friend, and a soldier. A son, a brother. You're an ice cream-lover and a maker of fine bourekas." It's overkill, and a bit silly, but Ariel needs to realize that such an argument will never hold water. "You're so many things, Ariel. And you count. It isn't right that he hurts you, because you're all these things and more."

It's very sudden, too sudden for Erik to stop him, as he abruptly launches himself from his chair and toward Charles, wrapping him in a tight hug. He doesn't know how to respond, how to parse the flood of strange and terrible tides inside himself. It might be silly on the surface, but to someone who, until recently didn't view himself as a legitimate being - Ariel was, instead, a non-person. Hearing it all put so bluntly together is what visibly shakes him. "Not -- not like them. They -- don't get hurt. Just me. You wouldn't understand, you can't understand," he gasps, meaning Erik. How could Erik, this person who united an entire nation, who is a world leader -- how could he understand what it's like to be nothing?

"Oh—" Charles is suddenly faced with an armful of Ariel. His own chair rocks back only a few inches—perhaps stopped by Erik—as Ariel barrels into him. He's overflowing now, a swirl of everything pouring from his being as Charles heaves him into his lap. "What makes you not like them?" Charles whispers, all but rocking Ariel on his lap. "Are they different to you? Do they have different bones, blood? Different organs? Why do they get to stay unharmed, but not you? What about you makes you different?" He glances up at Erik over Ariel's shoulder with a look that's half shocked, half encouraged.

The look on Erik's face is almost comically mirrored, and he shrugs wildly. He does his best to ensure minimal damage, and keeps an eye on Ariel's healing stitches, creating small pockets of space to buoy him just as he does for Charles sometimes to keep him from getting sore. Certainly nowhere near healing capacity, but he can prevent damage. Ariel doesn't notice any of this happening as he burrows as deeply against Charles as possible, hiding himself underneath his blanket so they can't see him, even though Charles can feel him shaking beneath his hand. He warbles something unintelligible, but Charles understands it as a horrible clanging whirl of stones and blood.

"You are different," Erik tells him, but it's careful in tone. "You were conditioned from a young age to accept torture as normal. Everything they say. All the things they call you, all the horrible names and filth, it is lies. The only goal is to convince you to accept it."

"Why? Why? Why?" he seems broken, stuck on a word.

"If you believe them, then you will never, ever fight back, even though you could trivialize all of them in seconds. That's part of the thrill, for them. And you're wrong. I know exactly what it is like. And I am very sorry, that you do too. No one should ever be made to feel that way."

Charles presses his lips to the crown of Ariel's head as he burrows against him, a small comfort he hopes to provide for a man who has scarcely known it at all. His worlds make little sense, and he's not thinking in language either, but Charles can understand it as an intense swell of anguish, confusion, despair. They're upending everything he knows, challenging beliefs that prop up his very existence. It's earth-shattering, all this.

And there isn't really anything built-in to catch Ariel as the supports beneath him fall. He's doing his best to be that soft landing, but it still feels hard. "I'm so sorry, darling," Charles whispers against his skull. "So, so sorry. This isn't fair to you. None of this is. You deserve better. You deserve to be treated as a someone, Ariel. You're not nothing. You're something magnificent. And it isn't fair that you haven't been given the opportunity to know that. But it isn't too late. Not at all."

"Why -- what do you want from me?" he gasps. "To kill them all? Is that the only reason? Being -- so nice to me? For killing them? Or you want -- something else?" he whispers, the confusion and anguish mixing in a hideous caustic soup that boils over and down into every twitching synapse. "Why sorry? For me? Why? I'm lucky. I'm lucky," he repeats again, and he really means it.

“We don’t want anything from you, Ariel,” Charles promises, wincing a bit as the flow knocks aside several of the barriers that Ailo placed. The outpouring spills into the air between them, and it’s voracious but Charles puts his head down and barrels through. “But we want something for you. We want you to be able to go back to your world and be treated well. No more being kicked about like a dog. No more doing what Klaus bids you. No more confinement or pain. We want you to be free, sweetheart. That’s all.”

It hurts and hurts, rising into a sharp crescendo of torment. He tries his best to keep quiet, but they can both hear as he sniffles underneath the blanket. At first it isn't clear why he's having such a strong reaction, except potentially being too overwhelmed by everything all at once. Erik, in a position behind Charles, presses his palm to the man's heart as both an apology and silent appreciation. He knows this isn't easy on his husband, but he's still putting his utmost into assisting. "Free," Ariel repeats, a soft rasp. Anyone ordinary would find such a prospect appealing, but not for him. For him, the prospect strikes fear at the core of his being, convinced of Klaus's lessons -- he isn't strong enough to make it on his own. He needs them.

It's clear that Ariel is entirely uncertain and overwhelmed...and despairing. Free to him doesn't spark optimism or hope. t feels like an impossibility. Something that he isn't allowed to access or able to access. Charles glances up at his husband once more. We should get him to Reyda as soon as he's healthy. Ariel needs help. More help than either Charles or Erik is equipped to give. "You deserve that, Ariel," Charles whispers, continuing to rock Ariel atop his lap. A gentle kiss to the man's temple. "I know it sounds scary. I know it sounds impossible. But you do. We'll help you learn how to be free."

Agreed, he replies. Erik doesn't really know what to do, either, so he falls back on all he can do, which is to rely on the things that actively helped him. There's a framework there though that Ariel doesn't have, and won't have. It will look different. But Erik can materialize from the ether, one of the little creatures that helped him when he was at his low-point a few years back. It seems to startle Ariel when his hands close around a soft, squeaky living being and he jumps a bit, head reappearing to look at the thing as it sloooowwwwlly attempts to glom onto him.

"....Was das?" he mumbles, having never seen one before. It's a two-toed sloth, but it may as well be an alien. He scritches under its head very carefully with one finger. Another appears on his shoulder, a parrot that bops him on the cheek. Ariel blinks at them both. "Is this real?" his head tilts, letting his hand spread out so the bird can jump onto it.

"Very real," Erik nods. "Sometimes, when I get overwhelmed, it is just simple things that help. Trying to tackle it all in one go is impossible, so I just focus on the moment. It's hard to think about surviving the next 20, 30 years. Our brains don't understand that data. But you can survive for the next five minutes." 

It's incredible how greatly the very presence of an animal brings calm to an otherwise chaotic torrent of anguish and fright. Evidently, the animals have a similar effect on Ariel as they do on Erik, for within moments, the uncontrollable becomes at least mildly controlled. The storm is not gone, but Ariel has found a temporary shelter from it, at least. "Think about the next five minutes," Charles encourages, appreciative of Erik's valuable experience on this front. "In the next five minutes, what do you want? You have a sloth in your arms, and he wants to relax. The parrot in your hand wants to play. You can spend the next five minutes helping them do that." He rubs Ariel's back. "Over the years, I've learned that sloths love to wear comfortable pajamas. Can you put him in a pair? Think of a fun pattern to put on the pajamas."

Ariel lays his head down on Charles's chest, and all of a sudden everyone is wearing colorful pajamas with different patterns and sketches on them. Everyone on Genosha! Save for anyone who would be otherwise put in danger by a sudden costume change. All the little animals have matching pajamas, sleeping caps, mittens and boots. Erik knows he shouldn't be surprised by this, but he still blinks several times as his own comfortable pajamas abruptly change to something else. He's by no means afraid of Ariel, but he thinks he can understand people's fear a bit better as he realizes just how unstable the poor man is.

It's hard to think of him as a man, as they spend more time with him it becomes increasingly clear that his psychological development is greatly regressed. Erik can't imagine he is this way normally, since the Schmidt he knew (not Klaus, he shudders to himself. Herr Doktor, only. He thought once that such honorifics were infuriating and now realizes he's oddly grateful for the distinction) would have... Erik isn't sure. It's a 50-50 split between abject fury at his emotional display or being sadistically emboldened by it. Either way, it wouldn't serve Ariel.

Erik wonders if this is one of the first times he's ever felt safe enough to freely express his feelings. It's incredibly strange - Erik knows he doesn't have emotions like this. Everything inside of him is conversely muted and, if he's being honest, somewhat dead. It leads him to conclude that their biggest divergence may have been their roles at Auschwitz. On the surface Ariel seems worse off, but Erik considers it for a moment. Ariel can feel, he can reach out toward others, he has powerful empathy and demonstrates joy and sorrow both in healthy amounts for his upbringing.

He's not typical but he isn't like Erik, either. Erik is stable and calm, but even his doctors at the Red Cross and Bnai Zion thought something was wrong with him because he could speak of his experiences so matter-of-fact.

 

 

Chapter 64: & rightfully I share these traits with others of the owlish trade.

Chapter Text

“I—oh.” As Charles observes his own wardrobe change into a pair of blue cotton pajamas, the wave of surprise rushes at his head from Genosha below. Thousands of people are up in arms wondering why and how in the world they ended up in a similar pair of night clothing, a pair that didn’t exist until it wound up on their body. But Ariel, as he nuzzles onto Charles’s chest, seems momentarily content, or at least as close to content as he can possibly be. It’s a roller coaster, and though the peaks are not nearly as high as the valleys, the unpredictability is alarming regardless.

Erik’s thoughts are traveling down a similar path, but those are tinged with self-reflection, too. Because Erik isn’t so much a roller coaster as a train track zipping across the heart of a great continent. Charles is attuned to the rolling hills and gentle gulleys, but most don’t even notice the changes in terrain. You’re worrying yourself, Charles says to his husband, lips now gentle against Ariel’s crown once again. Try not to compare. You two may be made of the same stuff, but you’re different people. Don’t fret over the spaces where you diverge.

To Ariel, he speaks more topically. “These are comfortable,” he remarks. “And I’ve seen that you’ve made today Pajama Day on Genosha. How wonderful!”

It's perhaps a testament to the very nature of Genoshan society itself that most of what Charles feels emanating from them, while shocked, isn't outraged nor offended at all, but rather amused, presuming simply that some mutant somewhere is having fun while understanding that it's harmless. Such a distinction in the very fabric and culture of a people to where a wide-scale peculiarity isn't treated with hostility but rather amusement, which Erik feels second-hand from Charles, makes him smile unseen except to his husband.

"Very comfortable," Erik murmurs in agreement, and a rustle from behind them alerts him to Raven and Emma's approach as Raven sets down the small hovercraft along Tell Atlas's summit.

Raven's pajamas are a brilliant yellow with red and pink swirls and streaks of deep red to contrast with her skin-tone, and she smirks at Erik. "I take it this is your doing?" she gestures at herself, and realizes as she looks down that her nails have also been painted in intricate patterns. Emma's pajamas are a gleaming white, of course, with sparkling diamond patterns. "These are pretty snazzy."

Ariel looks up, suddenly shy as he realizes there are new people encroaching on their private mountain-top. He's flushed a little and he reaches to curl the fingers of his good hand over Charles's jaw, grateful for his permissiveness -- he could very well have been cruel, and mean, but instead he rubbed Ariel's back and kissed his hair.

That, more than anything else, is what inspires a spark of ferocious affection and loyalty in turn. Ariel will help, too. He'll figure out how to fix Charles's body, if he wants. He'll leave this place better, and more brilliantly-colored than he left it. Ariel is dull and dead inside, but he can make things nice outside. With a blink, he returns to his own chair, wrapping his blanket around himself like a cloak whilst careful not to jostle the baby bird and the squeaky sloth. "Ms. Frost, ah -- Ms. ...?" 

"Oh, you can call me Raven," she grins at him.

"I apologize for interrupting your day," Ariel returns to them both. Compared to Erik, for the telepaths in the area at least, his voice is softer and raspier, like he isn't accustomed to speaking of his own volition. With the neutrino-blocking helmet he had come across as harsh and guttural, which is how Raven perceives him, but fifteen years with Erik Lehnsherr too had attuned her enough to hear the difference.

"This is gorgeous," she says to Charles, bending down to give him a hug and a gentle noogie. "Tell Atlas, right? Are we in Morocco or Algeria?"

"Close to Algiers," Erik says, folding his hands behind his back and offering them both a formal bow of his head. "This is my counterpart, we've taken to calling him Ariel to reduce confusion."

Oh, wow. Is he projecting, or is that...?

That's just how his mind is, Charles replies to a startled Emma Frost. Her telepathy is quite different to Charles's; she can only hear thoughts auditorily and doesn't have the ability to detect intention or deception. Nor can she implant thoughts or force others to act at her manipulation. What she can do, however, is protect herself against threats, physical and otherwise, with a spectacular diamond shield and has become a master of mental defenses.

She doesn't say so out loud, but she's loyal to Erik and to Genosha, for she believes that the project offers the best chance for her to live the kind of life that she wants to live. This Ariel character, however, is a new one. "Well, look at you," she trills, circling Ariel in his wheelchair. "One Erik is certainly enough for one world, and now we have two! Whatever will we do?"

"You have a counterpart in his world, too," Charles tells her. "You're...more or less friends."

"So I hear," she drawls, and then perches on the armrest of his chair. "Tell me, which version of me is prettier?"

It draws a small smile from the seated version of Erik -- Ariel, apparently. This is news to everyone who knows Erik except for Charles, that it isn't a random name, but was in fact how he was born. All the same, her demeanor reminds him very much of the Emma Frost he's familiar with. It's a point of comfort, in small degrees. Charles, having spent the last fifteen years more-or-less in Erik's proximity, still finds it peculiar to watch him interact with others who aren't in their immediate circle of friends and family; how he subtly adapts to their communication style.

It's an interesting exercise for the man who needs no guesswork to understand others, to see them through the prismatic lens of Erik's social camouflage. It's nothing sinister - in fact, he is completely unaware that he's doing it. In Emma's case, he appears a lot dryer, more witty, even a tad flirtatious. He also dials back his natural warmth (not that he would ever describe himself thus) mentally, knowing she isn't comfortable with it.

"Definitely this one. It is the pajamas," Ariel taps the side of his nose with his left index finger. "You should wear those all the time." He knows she is busy though - she is a defense minister, an important government representative, and doesn't likely relish traipsing all over North Africa to pay visit to a convalescent version of her boss. But as he tries to organize his thoughts into intention and action, he realizes that this might not be such a good idea. "Can we talk privately?" he asks after a minute. "You, me and him." He jerks his chin up at Erik.

Sorry, he adds mentally to Charles. I just do not want to make this any more difficult than it need be for her.

Charles is slightly taken aback when Ariel reaches out directly. It’s the first time he’s done it outright without prompting, and it’s remarkable how he sounds like Erik. He doesn’t feel like him, but the timbre resonates at the same frequency. It takes him a moment to steady himself. Sure. I’ll be nearby if you need. “Why don’t we take a little hike?” Charles suggests to Raven.

When the sibling pair are gone, with Raven wheeling Charles down a path toward a supposed vista point, Emma’s expression dries a bit. She’s here because she’s being courteous to her boss. If Tweedle Dee and Tweedle Dum are trying to rope her in to some cosmic kumbaya about friendship across the universe, she is not interested. “Well, I happen to think you’re better looking than Erik, too,” Emma remarks, but stands up and takes a step back from the chair. “But I’ll like you worse if you start asking me for a bunch of favors.”

"Where I am from," Ariel gets to the point as precisely as he can, "the Hellfire Club is still active. Alive. All of them, including Viktor, at the North Brother Island facility. I understand that here, Edith Eisenhardt killed them all. I wished to speak with you, to... to learn, how that has affected you. If it has." Her reaction doesn't seem to faze him in the slightest - another point of unpredictability, but he has always known who and what Emma Frost was. Erik walks alongside them, hands folded behind his back, electing not to interrupt for the time being.

He does explain privately to Emma that their divergence is significant as he spent 26 years with Hellfire and an additional 12 in solitary confinement at Langley. Emma doesn't care about someone's internal emotional state - not really. It's another reason why she's elected to remain on Genosha, one of the few environments she's ever found herself in where her natural tendencies aren't stigmatized, and where her current colleagues don't expect her to fake it. Erik himself possesses a clear schism of empathy, with most of his behavior oriented in logic and not feeling -- something she is uniquely aware of.

It would be thus hypocritical to judge her. And to him, actions matter more than feelings. Her actions, while exceedingly unpalatable to most, are what he credits with his survival. Nonetheless, it's rational to employ diplomacy when dealing with an unpredictable element, which is what he advocates for the moment. Unnerving, perhaps. I don't have an upper limit, and neither does he. Pajamas are the least of our problems should he have a meltdown.

"I don't need a favor," Ariel assures her dryly. "And it is all right if you would prefer not to answer. However, I don't want to take an action that will cause you to suffer. As far as I understand, Viktor is the same there as he was here. So, if anyone could help me to deduce the impact of his death on you -- it would seem to be you."

Her telepathy is the only reason why she knows what Ariel is asking. Perfectly manicured eyebrows shoot upward for a moment before she schools her expression back to its normal guarded, devil-may-care resting place. Truth be told? She hasn't thought about Viktor Creed in a decade. Her father, as it were, never loved her; she grew up like a protege rather than a daughter. When he was blasted to smithereens on North Brother Island, she'd felt hollow. Not sad, not relieved, not angry. Hollow.

Whatever she did feel had more to do with the breakdown of the world she knew rather than the loss of life. How positively adorable that this baby-Erik is looking out for whatever horrible iteration of herself he knows in his hellworld. "Can I tell you something, Ariel?" She's checking the fingernails shellacked in blood red polish as she speaks. "The fact that you care about whatever I—or, she—will feel is indicative is sweet. But it's also foolish. You know her better than I know her, I suppose, but if she's anything like me, you're giving her far more consideration than she deserves."

Her blue eyes travel to Erik now, one brow quirking up in a smirk. "The Prime Minister can attest, as I believe we have a mutual understanding of my position here. I am not at all interested in feeding and watering interpersonal connections. I must assume that the version of myself that you know isn't, either. Do you understand what I'm getting at, Sugar?"

Ariel nods. "I know," he tells her almost gently. "I know he does, too. If... if I did, go through with this, you and Sayid would be the only ones I spare. And the children. Everyone else -- Ivanov has a child, which I didn't know. Did you know that?" he lifts his brows at Erik.

"Not until recently," he admits, his tone formal. "But, Ivanov is alive here. As far as I know, he doesn't have any contact with Kurt Wagner. I don't advocate for sparing him, but he is a fairly model prisoner. If you decided to jail him instead, it would be understandable. The Hague has developed a null field that can contain him."

"You do not really care about me, I know that. Please know that isn't why I'm here," he says with a small little shrug. "You still helped. Even when I am sure it was very annoying," he snorts. "It would be cruel, to cause you pain, when you have not done the same to me. I'm glad that in this time, it did not have an exceedingly averse impact on you."

"Granted," Erik raises the point, "unlike you, she's spent years longer with him. It is going to be an adjustment. My advice? If you choose to pursue this path, the people who you intend to spare, perhaps you should consider their future with you at Riverside."

"You can be Dr. Emma Frost," Ariel's brows bounce. "Whining children, sniffles, tuberculosis."

Emma cannot believe that she’s being forced to consider the feelings of another version of her who exists in an alternate timeline. She’s scarcely concerned for her own feelings here, and she’s the one who experiences them. It takes everything not to roll her icy eyes or scrunch her face in distaste. Is this really why you brought me here? she seethes at Erik, but keeps a straight face for Ariel. It’s not his fault he's like this, after all. “If it makes you feel any better, I know that Viktor never loved me, and I never loved him,” her voice is sing-songy, as it always is, but her face is hard.

“And if Viktor is still under Schmidt’s thumb after however many years, I’d suggest you do everyone a favor and get rid of the stupid pawn. He’s weak.” She plucks an invisible piece of lint off of her crisp white pajamas. “I won’t give you advice. It’s your world and not mine, and I truly do not care if some other version of myself is sad or injured or whatever. But you are, and I’ll just try to convince you not to be. If I were in her shoes and you offered me a better future than the one that Schmidt was offering, I’d support you. Does that help?” 

I know, Erik says with the mental equivalent of raising a hand in placation, resisting a wince at the sudden anger cracking across his consciousness. Your patience is appreciated. There is breakfast leftovers for if you'd like some, he adds. Or I can transport you back to the Posto, or wherever you would prefer to go.

The official name of the set of parliamentary buildings where a majority of them hold offices is the Posto D'Accordo, loan words from Italian reflecting the officers who first took over the island. Erik has tried a few times to change the name to something else, but it's been this way for a hundred years, so he just lets it lie. There's nothing wrong with Italian anyway, and perhaps it serves as a pointed reminder.

"It does," Ariel whispers, oblivious to any of this. "Thank you for telling me. Here," he adds and all of a sudden a golden stencilled plate containing molasses caramel cookies appears in his hand, and he holds it out. A token of gratitude as he quite easily picks up on her consternation.

"Why don't we let Ms. Frost return to work," he guides the discussion to a wind-down, not desiring to create hardship when none is warranted.

Transport me to Hawaii for a vacation, instead, Emma grits back, and then looks upon the cookies as if Ariel were offering her a plate of dog food. This cannot be real. Telepathy isn’t necessary to know that Erik is a little funny in the head, but this guy is truly something else. No hum other than the words he says out loud buzzes in his head cloaking ulterior motives or outright discontinuity. It appears that Ariel is truly offering her a cookie in exchange for her time. Like a child. Beyond the outrageous display, it’s actually kind of…quaint.

If in another timeline, their fearless leader is this messed up, then she can’t say she isn’t at least objectively pleased to learn that the idiots who have made him this way are doing to die soon. It just isn’t right. “Well, I suppose I’ll keep this as a souvenir,” she trills, plucking a single cookie from the plate. She smiles blandly at Ariel, and then looks back to Erik. “I like this one. I think you two should swap places.” And it’s a blatant insult at both of them somehow, but it’s how Emma communicates. Nothing intended to be hurtful.

“Good luck,” she tells the man in the chair. “I hope you achieve whatever you set out to do, regardless of how it affects Emma Frost.”

Erik snorts. "We have delegates from Taiwan here today. Let's get the security protocols finished, then you can go to Hawaii," he arcs a brow dryly and with a bow of his head, Emma finds herself whirled off back to the familiar gleaming halls of the Posto.

It's a bold move, and one that legitimately surprised those even deeply familiar with Erik's M.O. Choosing the ROC over the PPC is something that's garnered him pretty significant scrutiny in Western and Eastern media both, the White Terror being alive and well in this day-and-age, his decision to essentially bolster Taiwan's legitimacy is not easily understood by Genosha's allies or enemies.

At her wrist, Emma sees a basket hanging off with her cookies, a bottle of wine and a plane ticket to Hilo - characteristic of this Erik's brand of peculiar dry humor and openness that she hasn't quite fully figured out even after all their years working together.


Raven and Charles see themselves returned to the summit a few moments later, and he grasps the handles of Ariel's chair to wheel him out to greet them. He's wrapped in his fuzzy blanket, with a peeping bird on one shoulder and a two-toed sloth on the other, both of whom have decided to use him as a pillow.

"Hi," he whispers to them both with a small smile. "Thank-you for waiting."

“I think Emma’s had enough,” Charles notes to Raven, chuckling a bit as he eavesdrops from around the bend. It’s rude to snoop, but he does it anyway, both curious and nervous about the interaction. He never doubted that Emma would give Ariel the license he was looking for to do what he needs, but he’s delicate, and Emma is decidedly indelicate. Somehow, though, it’s worked out, and Emma is off the mountaintop in an instant. “We’re in the clear,” he tells his sister. “And she didn’t bite his head off. I’ll take it.” They meet Erik and Ariel once more, the two wheelchairs and their accompaniment reuniting as Genosha shimmers below. “Should we see about getting back home soon?” Charles asks congenially. “We can stay here, or move the house back to Genosha. Up to you, Ariel.”

"I promised her a trip to Hawaii," Erik says knowingly. "Just as soon as the delegates leave. Never a dull moment," he says, pressing the flat of his better hand toward his nose in a gesture suspiciously similar to Ariel.

"You know, I still don't understand the Taiwan thing," Raven mutters, shaking her head. "If it wasn't for the fact that you've been preposterously savant about everything else, I'd think you were cracked."

"We cannot only pay attention to the surface," Erik tells her as he lifts himself into the air with a hum, and in a blink, everyone is neatly rearranged back on Genosha. "They're experiencing unprecedented social upheaval. It's in our benefit to encourage it, and if successful, it's unlikely they'll remain secure."

Ariel listens curiously as Erik's garden rematerializes itself and he levitates up out of his chair while they all talk, a sloth and bird in tow, to run fingertips over the wrinkled habaneros with a grin to himself. "I like this place," he whispers under his breath, not expecting anyone is paying attention. 

If only we all got trips to Hawaii for being kind to others, Charles muses to Erik, though it’s in jest. Erik could take them to Hawaii right this second and freeze time so that they could stay there for months, if they so wanted. “I’ve learned that his most absurd decisions are usually the best ones,” Charles says to Raven once they’re back in the quaint townhouse garden in the heart of Aramida. Home, as he’s come to know it.

“Would I recommend making an enemy of China? Certainly not. But I suppose I’m only an omniscient telepath, so no reason to listen to me.” He smirks a bit as Ariel floats upward, catching Charles’s attention. The man looks and feels momentarily at peace, or whatever peace is for him. Maybe there’s even a glimmer of hope where there was only blackness before. “It’s nice, isn’t it?” he agrees. “Lots of plants and animals. The ones you have right now really do like you.”

"Omniscient?!" Erik crows, and then tickles Charles in the sides. "Omniscient? Did you see this coming? What about this?" Poke poke poke. He scritches beneath his chin playfully, and Ariel, feeling mischievous, suddenly abounds everyone present in heaps of baby kittens who all glom onto them with tiny claws. One crawls right up and licks Charles's bald head.

"You're like a Disney princess," Raven chuckles to herself. "You know, all the forest animals follow you around, the birds tweet, the flowers grow at your feet?"

"You shut up. I am not," Erik sticks his tongue out at her.

"What is Disney princess?" Ariel wonders.

"Like the Little Mermaid, but for movies. Chilren's fairy tales," Erik explains dryly.

"Oh, that was my favorite," he zips over and gives Erik a hug, then Raven, then presses his face against a kitten sleeping on Charles's shoulder whilst giving him a hug. The longer he's here, the more quiescent he becomes. The longer he's away from Schmidt, even days, the more... happy, he is.

Chapter 65: Just as the cheeriest of scores seems not so cheery any more

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The next few months pass by in a blur, taking them from 1969 into 1970, and Ariel moves into the residential facility at Reyda Keshkat as he gradually recovers from his surgery. Hank is surprised to discover that he's healing remarkably fast, even faster than Erik would. His incision sites are almost completely faded, and he's able to exercise more-or-less a full range of motion. There's a period of concern when, in the imminent aftermath, Ariel keeps getting sick without explanation.

He eventually fights it off, only to fall sick again a short while later. The rash across his stomach is unsettling, but he takes it all in characteristic cheer. Compared to Charles, who also struggles with kidney function and immune suppression, Hank is left wondering if this is something unique to patients with kidney malfunctions that medical science has thus overlooked. But Charles doesn't get as sick as Ariel does.

The crux of this, which caused outright concern and not just curiosity, is when he wound up getting extremely ill from toxoplasmosis, a disease that usually doesn't even affect adults, including a major febrile seizure that left Shomron scratching his head. It's at this point that they compile a case report, sending it to Genosha's CDM (the Posto Controllo Delle Malattie, another Italian holdover), and discover that Ariel isn't the only one with this cluster of symptoms. Adult-onset toxoplasmosis and pneumocystis carinii has been known through AMC's internal rounds for a while now, but it's at low enough incidence not to raise alarm, until Daniel Shomron gets ahold of it and starts banging his End Of The World Gong (as Erik affectionately calls it).

It causes some lingering eye damage, which Ariel manages to heal on his own. Eventually everything does settle, with Ariel recovering from whatever blip had unfolded in the wake of his surgery, and seemingly returning to normal. He gains weight, his pallor improves, and he gets a suntan. His trajectory is upward, much to everyone who knows him's satisfaction. It's a testament to the resilience of the human spirit that after thirty years of hell, Ariel spends more time than not smiling and carrying on with his friends at Reyda and with Charles, Ailo and Erik.

Erik doesn't expect this side effect of Ariel's presence, but he too finds that he's learning form this alternate version of himself. He's a lot more calm and content than he was upon first arriving to their universe. He and Aura have become inseparable, spending time walking through the forest grounds and traipsing across beaches and tending after creatures. This morning, he's decided to visit Charles in his home, now relieved of the wheelchair he had recuperated in.

He bounds in, entirely graceless, unlike the Erik that he knows. Ariel has no sense of space, throwing himself at everything with equal fervor. He makes both Erik and Charles breakfast as he chatters about something Aura had told him. "And then he went to Belgium! I've never been to Belgium. Did you know they speak French? I learned some French. Here, because you never make him pancakes and he likes them." He plops a big plate of banana chocolate chip pancakes down in front of Charles, and an enormous Caesar salad with lots of garlic and habaneros for Erik. "Don't be too disturbed, I tried some experimenting. See if it is any good."

Ariel's recovery is surprising in its success; Charles hates to admit to the pessimism that he had felt, but it certainly all has gone far better than he had thought possible. There are two scary months during which Ariel continues to fall ill with some mystery illness that neither Hank nor Daniel can put their fingers on, but Ariel, like Erik, is hardy and hale. Charles is always stricken down by colds and flus that most people can fight off easily; his immune system is poor. It doesn't help that he's been known to forget to eat or sleep only a few hours each night for weeks at a time. But what Ariel becomes ill with is different.

Concerning to the medical personnel, which in turn begins to frighten everybody. But Ariel soon heals and doesn't grow sick again, and they all relax, a little. The focus returns to Ariel's psychological recovery, and all are impressed by the strides that he makes. He thrives at Reyda, and it turns out that he's a far sunnier person than even Erik, who likes to keep his moods and emotions close to the vest. Ariel did not develop the stony exterior that Erik did as a Haganah soldier and Sonderkommando; Schmidt kept him suspended in time in many ways, and so with the threat of Schmidt removed, that youthful cheer is expansive. He's charming and loved by all; there are many people who are hoping that Ariel chooses to stay with them for good. Charles can't help but to hope for something similar, too.

He and Erik are in Westchester on a chilly February morning, a handful of days after his 43rd birthday, when Ariel bursts through his office door. Charles has come to expect intrusions like this; clumsy appearances and interruptions, but he takes them in stride and with appreciation. Ariel has reminded Charles not to take things so seriously, all the time. "Look, he's a far better version of you than you are, Erik," Charles taunts, gesturing toward the towering stack of pancakes. "Perhaps you can help us settle an argument, Ariel. Your counterpart, here, has insisted that tea is an inferior beverage to coffee, which is utterly absurd. The versatility of tea is unmatched. I imagine that you agree wholeheartedly, darling?"

Ariel grins and produces a bright pink beverage for Erik to try in a flourish, and then another in dark red with notes of cinnamon and cardamom for Charles with a deep spicy flavor. It's dense, far more than a regular coffee ought to be. "Tea," he points at Erik's, who is surprised by how palatable it is. "Coffee," he points at Charles's. "That's taro and jasmine, which is why it looks like medicine. Good, right? And you can add ice and milk and make milk tea. It's really popular in Vietnam."

"I hate both of you," Erik sing-songs back, but he keeps his tea all the same. Ariel, ever the peace-maker. Vietnam, of course. After his recovery, both Aura and Ariel had taken to whisking off at all hours of the day and night on grand adventures across the globe. It's nice, he thinks. Good for Aura to get a break, he's spent a long time ingratiating himself as a backbone of the Manor's function, and when he's not at the Manor, he's on Genosha working with Ailo. Aura and Charles are bad influences on one another, the workaholics. It's good that Ariel encourages him to have fun.

"It's cold here," Ariel shivers a bit. He's accustomed to Genosha now, and with a sparkling pop -- sound-effect included, he manifests a fluffy cloak to draw over himself. "Westchester is cold." On his shoulder, his faithful companion, the African Grey Lucille, stamps her feet and digs them into the new fabric. "Step up?" he holds out his finger and she obliges. "What want?"

"Wanna stash!" Lucille crows happily.

"Pistachio? OK," he finds some in his universal pants-pocket and lets her eat out of his hand.

Erik can't help it, he starts laughing to himself, covering his mouth with the back of his hand. Their lives are so weird.

Charles scrunches his nose at the concoction in the cup. It's thick and aromatic, and thoroughly unappealing to him. It's not that he hates coffee, he just has no idea why someone would want to drink bitter bean water when tea is so much nicer, so much gentler. "It is cold here," Charles remarks, setting the coffee down and plucking a chocolate chip from his stack of pancakes. He pops it into his mouth, and smiles when it melts on his tongue. "Can you believe that Erik leaves me here to freeze? Isn't it rude, Lucille?" He's teasing, of course. Erik, the mother-hen, would sooner bring the sun to sit over Westchester than accept the knowledge that Charles is cold. They both know that. "You and Aura should go to China next. That's where people first starting drinking tea almost 4,000 years ago."

"Hi Charles," Lucille returns sharply. They're terribly smart animals and Ariel has been teaching her how to talk and do little tasks, helping her to feel enriched. She was initially donated to Reyda by one of its benefactors who hadn't understood that parrots should not be kept in cages. It's like keeping a human toddler in a cage, they're about that smart. Ariel adores his friend - and he does consider Lucille a genuine friend, and her impact on his recovery can't be overstated.

Ariel sways a bit, content with being here. He knows some people thought he was too crazy to recover completely and he isn't sure he will, either. But if he had the choice between the complex on North Brother Island, and facing Klaus again, or remaining here with those he has come to see as his family (even taciturn Erik is more like a brother than like himself - it gets less bizarre as time goes on - the universe is truly a preponderance of absurdity.) Well, it's no question.

"Excuse you both!" Erik squawks. The audacity, the gall.

Ariel hums innocently. "Did you ever see Matto in this timeline?" he asks Erik, his voice still a soft rasp barely above a whisper even with his far more boisterous temperament. "You two want to come? You need a break. We can go anywhere! I can't believe you sit in cold, cold Westchester."

"I've been telling him for years to just relocate the whole place to Genosha like we did during the war. Suppose he is right, though. It does good to have the Institute here."

"I happen to like the cold," Charles huffs. "When you're too hot, it's hard to cool off, but when you're too cold, you can simply throw on a fluffy cloak and warm yourself up. It's far cozier," he holds. Many people have asked Charles why he doesn't move the school to Genosha, and he would be lying if he claimed that he hadn't thought about it himself. Ultimately, however, Charles feels that he can do his best work from the United States. He's still a public figure here, despite Milhouse's cold shouldering, and the mutant rights movement is surging. Many parents would refuse to enroll their children if they weren't in the country, and Charles simply can't have that. "I'll have to pass on your next adventure, unfortunately," Charles smiles regretfully. "Things are quite busy here."

"You and Aura seem quite close," Erik murmurs, thoughtful. 

Ariel flushes bright red, scrubbing his hand over his freckled cheeks like he can swipe it away. "We're just - um - well -" he laughs a little. Not exactly embarrassed, but shy, and afraid - afraid if he expresses how he really feels, that someone will come and hurt his friend. Aura and he just recently shared their first kiss, and while it's by no means Ariel's first, Charles is reminded of Erik briefly as the memories unconsciously rise to the fore. It was, in his mind. The first time he had ever liked being kissed. "He's a nice man. I - it's new, that's new."

"I know what you mean," Erik replies, eyes creasing fondly at Charles without conscious awareness. His husband's kindness is what Erik largely attributes to his success as a human being. It's been years, and he still fondly recalls that day in the car when Charles crossed over the console and shattered his understanding of the world with a simple touch. Rarely a day goes by, even when they're fighting, that Erik doesn't idle in meandering daydreams of a conversation, a book, a lingering touch.

And interesting, of course, there's still debate over whether sexuality is environmental or genetic, the fact that Ariel seems similar to Erik in that regard is another notch in the genetic column; though he supposes their experiences are also somewhat similar, their upbringing was a bit different. Ariel went to different schools, different synagogues, got along with different people in his youth, wasn't deported for political crimes. "Have you thought more about what you'll do in the future?"

His head shakes. "I know I have to go back," he whispers. "I can't leave billions of people frozen. And I know he has to stay here. I'll miss you all so much," he wells up a little, giving them a watery smile. This is new, too - his emotional openness is highly divergent from Erik, though sometimes he looks around like he's afraid that someone will hurt him for it. The hurt never comes. There's just soft creatures and peeping parrots and adventures in Vietnam.

Aura is still working, at a small satellite office staffed by Paul Hallin and Michael Sherer, two of Ailo's top people in the U.N.'s first iteration of a divergency program designed to identify mutant children before more was understood about it. They'd been shut down for lack of funding, but it's revitalized under the auspices of Reyda Keshkat, and Aura travels all over the place to give talks, put up housing and oversee educational curricula. 

The two are good for each other, Ariel and Aura. Aura has been an instrumental component of the institute over the years; Charles spends more time than he would like away from the school, and Aura is a de facto leader in his stead. His heart knows only how to be kind, and he approaches others entirely absent of judgment. Ariel is welcome companion; the two simply undestand each other. Charles knows how deeply they value that feeling, for it's been rare, throughout their lives.

It makes him happy to know that they've been able to find that in each other. "You can come back and visit often," Charles offers, reaching a hand out to grip at Ariel's forearm when he begins to tear up. The prospect of Ariel leaving is unthinkable sometimes, but they all know that he has business to attend to in his own world. "Or maybe we'll come visit you. I'm excited to see what you're going to do for your home."

"I want to make Riverside a real place," he whispers like it's a secret, even though there are hardly ever secrets from Charles, and Erik knows him likely better than anyone who isn't Charles or Aura. "To help people, like you helped me. Aura thinks I should be a doctor," he laughs a bit at the idea, finding it silly. "Like Ailo. I might, isn't that strange," he adds with a grin. "Me a doctor."

"You know I am a doctor, hm?" Erik says with a squeeze at Ariel's shoulder, the one un-occupied by a parrot.

"I thought you were a physicist! And a Prime Minister? You're a doctor, too?!" he looks shocked.

"Ah -- a doctor of physics," he laughs. "What I mean is that there are many different kinds of doctors, and you're smart enough to do whatever you'd like. I imagine you'd make a wonderful clinician."

He looks between them, particularly at Charles, who must really know the answer. "You don't think I am too messed up?"

"Have you ever heard of Victor Frankl? He wrote this," Erik materializes Man's Search for Meaning and holds it out. "He's like us, a survivor. He decided he wanted to become a therapist, so he did. So all these people," he adds, and a veritable stack of books appears in Ariel's good hand.

"Whoop," Ariel catches them all, rapt. "You'll come visit me? At Riverside? I'll make it nice, I promise. I don't think I can lead a country," he admits softly. "I'm not a leader like you. I wish I could help Genosha, but -- that takes strength. I know what I am. You don't have to say I am, I know I'm not. And it's not bad, it's OK. Not everybody has to be strong! Sometimes people are just soft. But I could help, like this. Talk with people and listen to them. And help them learn to take care of animals."

It's incredible, Erik thinks, to hear him talk about a future that does not include the Hellfire Club. When he first arrived, he had gotten angry at the insinuation he wasn't blindly loyal to Klaus Schmidt. Now look at him.

Charles leans back in his chair and just smiles. It's remarkable to think that just a few short months ago, Ariel could scarcely even admit out loud that Schmidt isn't a kind man. Now, he's considering a future. A career. Perhaps he's not going to lead a nation, or overthrow a regime, but that's okay. Once they stopped trying to steer him onto Erik's trajectory, he really began to blossom. As it turns out, he truly has a knack for medicine. Ariel's relationship with biology is quite like Erik's relationship with physics; he just gets it.

Their disparate educational experiences have helped, but Charles sees it as another point of divergence with a similar root. They're both intellectually gifted beyond compare, but in different fields. Erik may never be able to manipulate biological life in the same way that Ariel can, but that's okay. They're two different people living two different lives. Brothers who should not compete, but who should look to learn from each other. It's beautiful, really. "Of course we'll come visit you," Charles promises. "North Brother Island can be your Genosha. I think it will be wonderful to see Riverside turn into a place that helps people. You will do well. Maybe Ailo and Aura can come and help you get it set up."

"Oh," Ariel is reminded of something, his thoughts ping-ponging around like stellar dust. "Here, come over here, and take off your shoes and socks," he instructs Charles, lifting his finger to allow the books to materialize back on Charles's desk and Lucille to flutter up onto his head, leaving the rest of his body free.

Erik blinks. "Shoes... and socks?" he asks, somewhat confused.

"Trust me? They're very nice shoes," he adds, nodding at Charles's shiny black loafers. Charles scarcely thinks about it anymore, but Erik even keeps his footwear from getting scuffed, and his shirts from becoming wrinkled. A thousand little touches forming the dense star of Erik's devotion. He's dressed in a cardigan almost certainly chosen by his husband, a colorful floral print blocked in deep blue and a bright yellow on its inside. Every once in a while, Erik lets his own penchant for play manifest. The students certainly find it amusing. 

"You know, I haven't worried about my shoes getting dirty since 1955," Charles informs Ariel with a chuckle. "Fifteen years." But, he heeds Ariel's warning. With his good hand, he grips the loose fabric of his trousers and maneuvers his left leg until that calf is resting atop his right knee, bent at a ninety degree angle. It's easier to do this than to try and lean down and remove his shoes that way; getting back into a seated position is far more effort, and he isn't always successful on his own.

It's appreciated, though, that Erik and Ariel allow him to remove his own shoes and socks. Either of them could do it in a blink, but they also have accepted that there are some things that he likes to do on his own, and that he'll ask if he wants their assistance. And so it takes a few minutes to slide the shiny loafers and blue and yellow striped socks from each of his feet, but the two wait patiently. He settles his now bare feet back on his footplates, and then glances up at Ariel expectantly. "Alright. If you're hoping to give me a foot massage, I'm afraid the sensation will be lost on me," he teases.

"I can't fix you," Ariel just says it plainly. "Not yet anyway. I don't know if ever because even if I create a brand new spinal cord, your motor cortex in your brain has de-associated these efferent and afferent pathways. So, even this, might not work. It's done, but it might not be effective. But..." He wiggles his fingers to himself, and jerks his chin down to Charles's foot. "Watch," he instructs. All of a sudden, Charles feels --- something. Something has been kickstarted somewhere in his body - he can't quite understand what he's feeling. It's not sensation, per se. His body below his mid-line is still altogether without feeling. But there also is something... that isn't. Like he has an awareness of his toe, where he didn't before. "OK. Try and wiggle your toe. Your right big toe," he adds.

Erik stares, utterly fascinated, when Charles has to focus for several long moments - struggling to even remember what it means to do something like this. But there it is - a twitch. Just a little one. Ariel has created... some type of sympathetic reflex arc, piggybacking off of signals that are still active. Creating this single nerve-line, like a railway system with only one destination.

"I thought maybe, and I know it's silly," he adds with a laugh. "But if I can lay down more and more of these, some might work and some not, but you could potentially get a little bit back. Some feeling, a little movement. You'll never walk, I'm sorry. Not because of me, anyway. But... and I'm sorry, I hope you're not mad. I've been practicing a lot and I didn't kill any mice, and I was able to improve a lot of functions and a mice neuron is pretty different, but I practiced on my own neurons too -- sorry. I'm rambling."

Charles stares and stares at his right big toe. Despite his joke to Ariel minutes ago, he does, in fact, get regular foot and leg massages, courtesy of Erik, Hank, and anyone who steps in to assist him with his physio. His feet look healthy enough; maybe a bit spindly, but they haven't been entirely forgotten. Raven even insists on taking him to get regular pedicures, so the nails beds are healthy and trim. But for fifteen years, they've felt like foreign entities. As uncontrollable as an object on a table. There's a sea of misfiring sensation between his collarbone and his solar plexus, and then nothing.

Everything gets lost in the static within his chest. It's why he can't control his trunk; the muscles in his abdomen and mid-back do not respond to the signals that his brain attempts to send, and so his brain has simply stopped trying to communicate. In that brief wiggle, however...there's something new. It's scarcely detectable; Charles has to truly focus in order to narrow in on it. He's vaguely reminded of the sessions with Jean in her childhood, when they were trying to guage her telekinetic abilities. See if you can feel the field surrounding the spoon, Jean. You know that it's there. If you can feel the field, you can grab onto it.

"Oh," he whispers. That toe bends a fraction of an inch, and then straightens again. His brain scrambles as it attempts to repeat what it just did, but it's lost again. He remains staring and staring. Okay, move your pinky, and then your ring finger, middle, index, thumb, wrist, elbow, shoulder, neck, head, and down again... Another twitch, followed by a gasp. "Ariel, this is remarkable," he breathes, and suddenly, there are tears in his eyes. Not because he can wiggle his toe, necessarily, but because Ariel has made it possible. For him. "I—of course I'm not mad. I don't need to walk. I don't need any of this, in fact, but goodness. Look! It moved! Erik, did you see?"

"How on Earth --" Erik is still staring, of course, dumbfounded. This is a man who shares as much of his capabilities as him, and yet this is not within the realm of possibility. Not for Erik. But perhaps he shouldn't be surprised any longer at just how different Ariel is from himself. Unlike Erik, Ariel can transport and manipulate physical material with ease, and he can travel through time and space, but he can't transmute things, create things out of nothing, affect large objects, orbital pathways, planets. In terms of raw power, Erik is stronger. But in terms of technical breadth, Ariel seems to have the upper hand. Two sides of the same coin.

"I know you have said you aren't really interested in a cure," Ariel murmurs. "I don't want you to think there is anything wrong with you, but I thought you might like to know, that little improvements could be possible. Just for your own satisfaction? Because now Erik can give you little toe scratches. That's nice."

Erik just shakes his head, struggling to process what he's actually seeing. "I certainly did," he rasps, tamping down on his own response instinctively. "You are going to do a lot of good for your world, Ariel. I hope you know that. You don't need to lead a country to effect real change. Look at all Charles has accomplished here. Someone like Stryker didn't become president because he was here. Ah, look!" his nose wrinkles up. Then, of course, he gives his toe a scratch. "Can you feel it or is it just with movement?"

"I'm not sure," Ariel shrugs. "It might be both or just one, and the more you try and use the pathways I set up, the more likely they will start to work on their own, and it will improve from what it is now just by being used. So you might not feel anything now, but if you keep with physio, that could change, too."

Charles is outright giggling. It's probably an inappropriate reaction, but he can't help himself. He moved his toe. Ariel is right; he isn't interested in a cure. He doesn't need any of this; he quit hoping for improvement a decade ago. And he's naturally improved over time. In the first few years after the injury, he couldn't do much with his left arm at all, and his right hand was sketchy, too. While he'd been able to move it, there was no dexterity and it was so riddled with spasms that it was virtually unusable. He had needed someone to feed him and brush his teeth, lest he spill food all over himself or let his dental hygiene become neglected. But, it improved. As had his left shoulder, elbow, and wrist.

Those fingers don't do much, but he's been satisfied enough with the function that he has, boasting that he has a "full arm-and-a-half" of limb function. Certainly he hasn't considered what it might look like to gain more. "I can't really feel it, no," Charles laughs. "But, that's okay. Maybe I will be able to one day. I...oh. Maybe it's not so important that I regain movement in my feet, but here would be...life-changing," he says, hinging his left arm from his lap by his elbow to indicate his that hand. Those fingers are curled, as they always are, unless someone manually straightens them. "I mean, if its too complicated, that isn't a problem, of course, but even a little more than what I have now...if I could move my chair with this hand and leave my right free to hold things, or whatever..." 

"Of course," Ariel grins at him. "I picked your toe because it is directly below the point of impairment," he explains. "Which means I can actually see if what I'm doing is working. With your hand, laying down pathways in the midst of already functional neurons, my influence will meld with your own electrochemistry. One pathway I lay down might become intwined with another, it might be less predictable. But I can do it," he assures softly. "The same as I did. Now that I know how it works, and how you respond. I will have to practice to create a new test pathway, perhaps this finger," he taps Charles's left index.

"And then, we can try again, and once I see how that works, and whatnot. It will be slow because I don't want to hurt you or make you worse, and each time we do it you will have to become accustomed again." Basically, he's saying, it will take a long time, and a commitment that he isn't sure Charles actually has, given his adaptation to life as he is now. "And you will want to work with Hank more closely as well, to develop a regimen closer to what you did when you were first injured. It won't be easy, but I think, especially with your hand, there can be improvement."

"What about yourself?" Erik asks, soft. "Here," he indicates the man's right hand. "Can you help that with yourself?"

"Some day," Ariel nods. "But my hand is destroyed inside. Creating a new hand is much harder than a nerve pathway. But yes, I'd like to try. I'm allowed to try, right? I control my own body, now."

What Ariel is saying makes sense, and Charles nods in response. It’s far easier to build a new train line across a bare continent than it is to create a new line among a complex series of pathways. Those engineers would have to account for the intersections and crossovers, deciding when to reappropriate existing tracks and lay down entirely new ones. But Ariel says that it’s possible, and Charles believes in his confidence. Even if it takes years, to gain back just a finger or two would open up a brand new world for him. He’s all but giddy with the idea. “Take your time, and don’t prioritize this over other things,” he tells Ariel, but his excitement is palpable.

He looks down again, and then starts to laugh all over when that toe jerks another centimeter. “You’re a remarkable man, and you’re going to help a lot of people in your world, Ariel. I’m so glad that you kidnapped me. You’ve brought a lot of goodness to our world, too.” It’s sappy, and usually more than a friendly but sometimes distant Charles gives away. A testament to ebullience fizzing upward like a cup of soda. “What about Erik’s left hand?” he asks. “His right is probably destroyed beyond repair, we know that. But his left wasn’t as bad, and that was more recent.”

"I think so," he nods. "Let me look at it," he encourages, and with his own good hand he undoes the clasps of the brace circling his left, which is a lot simpler than the one on the right, mostly to protect it. "It's not too bad, just lots of damage to the little bones. OK, ready?" Erik's fingers aren't curled in a ghastly claw on this one, but they are limp. He can move his wrist, and has sensation in a majority of the hand. Compared to the right, which is completely shattered and the nerves frayed and twisted, worse off than even Ariel's damaged limb.

"What -- ready? Now?" Erik is wide-eyed in confusion. "OK, there," Ariel smirks. "Now try. It won't be perfect yet. I'm not -- I'm not too practiced yet, and I don't want to make anyone worse. So just a little bit. But try to move your fingers."

Erik is shocked to discover that he can. "Co kurwa, are you serious?" Of course, unlike Charles, Erik hasn't felt the absence of his hands since his abilities were returned to him, able to accomplish anything he needs under his own power, but even this - being able to move his fingers again. He raises his hand to curl them over Charles's jaw, letting his thumb trace his cheekbone. It's more than he's had in years. Completely without awareness, he's grinning.

"You shouldn't try to lift anything or even to take the brace off yet, but I can make it better over time. And once I go to school and learn more I can probably do it even better, maybe even make new hands for everyone." The prospect evidently delights him.

When Erik’s fingers wrap delicately around his jaw, a fresh wall of tears spills down his cheeks. Since the incident with Stryker, both of Erik’s hands have been functionally useless. His right one only remains on his body because Charles can dampen the pain, but his left one has hung on over the years, moving fitfully, never with any form of fine motor performance. Though Erik’s mutation renders his hands functionally unnecessary, which has lessened the impact of what would otherwise be severe disability, its absence has been incredibly difficult otherwise. With much of Charles’s own body devoid of sensation, Erik’s hands had long shouldered the burden of other body parts. Brushes of deft fingertips atop his chest and jaw.

When he’d had hair, how he had loved to feel those fingers tug along the strands and scratch delicate massages into his scalp. He misses being undressed the old fashioned way, misses handwritten notes scrawled in clumsy print; Erik’s left hand was not his dominant one, before. And it’s not that they haven’t touched each other; Erik still would lay his palm across Charles’s arm, run stuff fingers down his body. Grab his hand however he could. But, oh, how he’s missed this. His jaw cupped between dexterous fingertips. Pressure, certainty.

“New hands, new feet,” Charles laughs, brushing the tears from his eyes. “What you’ve already done here today, Ariel, is one of the most remarkable gifts of my lifetime, past and future.” He looks up at the man with glassy eyes and flushed cheeks. “There’s no repaying you for this. I don’t even know what I could do for you to make up for this.”

Ariel leans forward to hug him. "No, you already did. Both of you. But even if you didn't, that's what you always say for me, right? That kindness is supposed to be without transaction. You never owe me anything. But believe me, you already did," he says in his raspy lilt. "I kidnapped you and you all fixed me. No one hits me, or yells at me, or treats me like a dog or a toy. People aren't sadistic. And, if they are, I don't have to accept it. I can make them stop. Before you I never had any type of respect for myself, why would I? But now I do. I just made some fingers and toes. You gave me a whole life."

"You did that yourself," Erik tells him roughly. "Not everyone, when faced with the prospect of healing, chooses to do so. Not everyone can do what you have done, even after years. Maybe you won't overthrow the government, but you are not weak. The dichotomy of weak and strong is worthless, anyway, achi. We are just humans, better at some things than others."

Charles can't help himself; he throws his arms around Ariel's shoulders and kisses his cheek, now sunkissed and strong. He's overcome with pure affection for a man who cleaved their whole world in two. Even if he and Erik resemble each other more now than they had months ago—Ariel's eyes sparkle brighter, and his expression isn't drawn and distant—Charles sees two men before him. Erik is the spark of his eternal life, and Ariel is a dear friend, someone he loves and cherishes, too.

"Erik is right," he gasps, slotting his right hand in Erik's left, because they can now, and gives one more toe wiggle for good measure. "You've chosen this for yourself, my dear. You are the only one who could make this happen, and you did. We've only given you a safe place to learn about yourself, but you chose to recover." He sniffles a bit. "Take all the time you need to practice, hmm? For now, I'm delighted to have my toe back. And this, of course," he declares, raising his and Erik's linked hands. "When you show Hank what you've done, he'll have a conniption. Perhaps you can find Hank McCoy in your world and see if the two of you can pair up. I think you'll make an incredible team."


Being able to provide joy and healing to the people in this reality who have come to be as close to Ariel as his own family brings him an immeasurable degree of satisfaction. He spends more time with Charles and Erik over the next few weeks alternating between their homes on Genosha and in Westchester, doing his best to lay the groundwork for Charles to focus on his physical therapy with Hank. The pathways are gradually laid down, and Ariel doesn't decide to leave until his work with Charles is finished. It doesn't take incredibly long, and he stays an extra few days to say a proper goodbye to Aura. Charles is still without sufficient movement in his hand as of yet, but Ariel assures him that it's all there, he just has to practice at it.

There's enough momentum in his physio that he's certain the man is right. When they finally see him off, he's carrying a single backpack, with Lucille on his shoulder, knowing she won't be happy here alone without him. Hell, the bird calls him mama, so separating them is just plain cruel. One thing Erik doesn't expect is that Ariel's departure has an unforeseen impact on himself as well. He gives the man a tight hug, having come to view him as a brother over the past several months.

"Don't hesitate to come back here if you have problems, OK?" he murmurs, looking to Charles. His worry is evident. All Schmidt might need to do is raise his voice, and what if Ariel ends right back where he used to be? But they have to let him try. "You can do it, just freeze them all again and come back, and we'll try again. You do not let him push you around."

"I won't," Ariel promises in his raspy whisper. "Lucille is with me, see? She won't let him, either. She'll peck his eyeballs out."

When the day of Ariel’s departure arrives, Charles is beside himself. He’s been dreading it all week, like a parent who wishes that their child will stay at home for just a bit longer before setting upon their own path in the world. He wakes up in tears and spends the rest of the day moping about, even as Erik reminds him that they can visit Ariel at any time, that it’s a good thing that he’s ready to return home. And he is ready. He’s sound in his mind and is ready to take on the Hellfire Club; far more ready than Erik was fifteen years ago, when they tried to do so for the first time in their world. He will do it, and he’ll do it well.

But Charles will miss him dearly. The people lined up to send him off are a testament to the impact that he’s made in his short time in their world. Friends and therapists from Reyda, Genoshans, Westchestereans. He’s beloved already, but he belongs in his own timeline. Charles’s left hand is now encased in a brace of its own; one that keeps his fingers straightened rather than curled. He can move the fingers ever so slightly and has even knocked over a figurine in physio, but they’re of no use to him unless he can keep them straight.

Both Hank and Ariel insist that with time and practice, he’ll be able to use the fingers to some degree of functional usefulness, which is more than enough for Charles. Maybe he’ll never be a surgeon, but if he can hold something in them one day, it will be a great improvement to his life. “Come here, you,” he demands, throwing his arms around Ariel. Each cheek gets a kiss, and so does his forehead. “I know that you’ll be okay. I know it. Come back and see us anyway, will you? You can tell us all about the wonderful things you’re doing. We’ll miss you dearly.”

Lucille hops right off his shoulder and presses her beak to Charles's temple. "See, even Lucille is going to miss you," Ariel grins at him. "Keep up with your exercises, OK? And don't forget to eat and sleep, and make time to come to Genosha and swim and look after Erik."

Aura too is present and he deposits a gentle kiss of his own to Ariel's hair, and each knuckle. "You will be all right," he assures in his quiescent certitude. "You have many friends here. Do not forget us when you are a famous surgeon driving a Ferrari."

A Ferrari pops into existence next to Aura. "There, now you will have a matching one." (Erik is sort of eyeing it like hmm, maybe when no one's watching I'll just, you know, for science. Test it out.) "I'll come back," he says to Charles, squeezing him tight. "I promise."

“You’d better come back, and soon,” Charles whispers, giving Ariel one last hug and a kiss on his temple. When he releases the man, there are tears welled in his blue eyes, threatening to spill down his cheeks. Grips Erik’s better hand with his own, and squeezes tight. “I promise, I’ll do my exercises and look after Erik. We’ll see about eating and sleeping,” he winks, and the tears slide down at last, which makes him laugh softly in spite of himself. “You’re a special person, Ariel. I’m so grateful to have had a chance to meet you. You’ve come a long way. And, I’m still sorry for stealing your kidney.”

It makes Ariel raise both hands to Charles's cheek to brush his tears away. "To remember me by?" he produces a charm to go with his seashell, a little parrot in the shape of a kidney and a handwritten smiley-face on the back. Ariel and Erik both have the exact same wobbly handwriting, when in possession of their left hands. Erik is still learning to re-use his, but he uses said fingers to lift under the charm and examine it with a huff, before returning his grasp to his husband, uncertain if he trusts himself to speak. "Be good," he taps Ariel on the nose. "Don't do anything I wouldn't do."

"Soooooo, anything?" he sticks his tongue out. "Thank-you all," he says softly at the small crowd outside of Erik's home. It's come to an utter shock to the man who has spent a majority of his nearing five decades in existence being treated as an inconvenience at best, that the people here seem to truly like him means more than he knows how to express and makes his heart feel too big inside a too tiny rib-cage. "I won't ever forget you. I was so sad all the time before I met you all. Now I laugh all the time. Everything is brighter. You made me brighter."

He knows he's crying too, but he isn't embarrassed like he was the first time it happened in front of Charles all those months ago. With a blink of eyes that have gradually returned to their natural vivid green, everyone finds a little bag with a neat bow-tie hanging off their arms with hand-crafted knick-knacks and home-made food and rather adorable socks and soft and strange creatures and fantastical beasts in plush-form. He lifts his chin, giving everyone a final farewell before in a blip, he's gone, like he was never there at all.


His universe is right where he left it and he steps back through the complex. He leaves everyone frozen, unwilling to take the risk, and everyone dangerous in the facility is summarily teleported to the nearest Earth-habitable atmosphere in a galaxy far, far away. He picks one with vegetation for them to eat, but no people or animals, and a temperate climate. It's more than they all deserve, he knows Emma and Erik would say as much.

But Ariel isn't a killer. He can't kill them. Maybe in a million years they'll evolve and bring joy to their small corner of the universe. Unlikely, but so are universes themselves. Sayid and Emma are spared and he invites them to help him restore Riverside to a real center of rehabilitation, to locate the families of the children, and to advocate for mutants in an atmosphere abjectly hostile to their kind. They open their doors to accept 'internal refugees' a while later, the walls brilliant and colorful. It's about a month after, teaching a class to a group of social workers on how to deal with mutant children, that he feels it.

Reverberating through space and time. Ariel (he's preferred this name since, viewing it as a symbol between his past and present. He was born Ariel and became Erik. And through the help of his friends and family he found how to be Ariel again) drops his paintbrush and gasps. "I have to go," he whispers apologetically. "I'm so sorry. Please have some tamales. They're really good, Sayid made them." And he disappears. He doesn't know where he's going. Only that the despair and horror are too great for him to ignore, calling out across the winding threads that link each parallel reality together in vibrating tandem.


And finds himself... in Westchester. Cold Westchester. And it's empty. Dark and rainy and no laughing children or blue friends. Lucille, ever his companion, remarks, "Charles sad?"

"I think he's very sad, neshama," Ariel creeps through the miserable Manor like he's a cup on a string until he identifies its sole occupant. Charles Xavier, but he has hair, and he's -- on the ground. Unresponsive. Ariel immediately runs for him and feels for his pulse. "Charles?!" he jams two fingers into the man's sternum and sweeps his abilities through the man's body, trying to deduce what's happened.

Charles has 12 hours, but if he swallows the whole bottle, he won’t need that long. Through the most minimal trickery, he’s told the home health aide who arrives to help him through his evening routine that his sister will be staying the night and that she’ll take over, today. By the time the morning HHA arrives to get him ready for the day, he’ll be dead. If the aide had paid even mild attention, he would have raised a brow at the mention of a sister. Raven is dead, and Charles is alone. Why would a sister ever want to visit her brother in this state, anyway? What sort of entertainment or hospitality could Charles offer to a sister?

Home health aides are underpaid and overworked. This one hasn’t had time to pay attention. Charles supposed he can’t blame him for not growing invested in his sorriest patient’s personal life; this one likes to be in and out of the mansion as quickly as possible. Eddie is his name, and he thinks that the old manor house, poorly cared for and over large, is creepy. And he doesn’t pity Charles—to even be mildly successful in this noble profession, one learns to stop feeling much of anything for their patients—but he himself doesn’t see much hope for Charles. His thoughts hum with that assessment. Some rich guy with no friends, no family, and a severe disability? He’ll rot in this place.

He’s better than the morning aide, though. Leslie. A sturdy woman in her 50s who chatters brightly to Charles as she helps him dress, all about her daughter and her boyfriend and oh, but it’s a lovely day, why don’t we head into town? Unlike Eddie, Leslie doesn’t see a lost cause, or at least she refuses to admit it even to herself. It’s fitting, that she’ll be the one to find Charles dead just after daybreak. Either way, she’s inheriting a quarter of the Xavier fortune. Leslie gets the other quarter. Another fourth goes to Jean Grey, and the last is to Hank McCoy. Lawyers will hunt them down, certainly. It’s a fitting night for suicide, dark and stormy.

Charles has decided to do it in his bedroom to make the hunt easier on Leslie; she’ll expect to find him here. There’s a note in an envelope on the nightstand, beside the carafe of Glenmorangie and the empty bottle of sleeping pills. He scarcely even feels it as his skinny body slumps out of his wheelchair and onto the wood floor, as his eyes slip shut, as the world finally melts away—–– And then the world isn’t so dreamy, for there’s an intruder nearby. Charles can feel them as they enter the house, draw closer, but he’s too stymied to do much, and it might be a dream anyway— Erik….? Bleary eyes blink one at a time at the face that looms over his. Russet hair. Green eyes. Freckles.

“E…Erik?” he slurs, and then smiles, for he knows that he must be dead now, if Erik is here.

Notes:

This note contains MAJOR UPCOMING SPOILERS, including a list of characters slated for death. We decided to post this because our fiction deals with both time travel and parallel universes, as well as multiple iterations of different characters. This should help keep our timeline/s straight.

i. V1 - Base verse.
V2 - Ariel's verse.
V3 - Charlie's verse.
AV1 - Alternate verse 1. The outcome of V2!Sayid's decision to send V3!Charles back into V1's past.

ii. Ariel 1 - the original V2!Erik they are now talking to, who dies in V3.
Ariel 2 - The alternate Ariel who dies on Genosha.

iii. V1!Erik gets infected by Agent Harry Leland in Romania. Latency period ensues.
Ariel 1 gets infected by V2!Enoch Ivanov, infects V1!Aura. V1!Aura dies first.
Ariel goes back to V2, gets pulled to V3, infects V3!Charles.
V2!Sayid was infected by Ariel 1 before V1!Aura, but only now gets sick.
Ariel 1 dies in V3 with V3!Charles and V2!Sayid.
V2!Sayid transports V3!Charles to V1.

iv. V1 NOW BECOMES AV1.
Ariel 2, who is still in V1 at this time, is starting to get sick.
V3!Charles dies on Genosha with V1!Erik and V1!Charles.
V2!Sayid dies back in V2. The Admonition doesn't happen in V2.
Ariel 2 dies convalescing at home with V1!Charles and V1!Erik on Genosha.

v. Because of V2!Sayid's intervention, V1!Erik (+) and V1!Charles (- due to prophylactic measures) are spared death and serious illness, though Genosha continues to exponentiate at roughly 3x the global rate, as the medication (AZT) they bring into the past still kills routinely on its own. Nevertheless, the entire course of history is now altered.

Chapter 66: its basket constantly provides yet stays replenished to all sides.

Chapter Text

Charles feels himself swiftly engulfed in strong arms, and then gently righted onto his bed. The fog that has begun to descend over him as the medication mixes with liquor in a manner that at this point, could only be construed as relieving, is abruptly lifted as though someone has pulled a dank sheet off of the innermost workings of Charles's body and thrust its dusty interiors into stark sunlight. There's no mistaking it. It's Erik - his eyebrow has a slash through it that Charles doesn't recall, there's a long, jagged scar down the side of his throat, and his expression - the way that he holds himself, how his features move - it's all jumbled-up and strange as are the thoughts tumbling about his mind in quickfire German.

The Erik he remembers spoke German, that much he knew, but never employed its use. This one thinks in German, filtered between a few different languages. Hebrew, Polish, English. He gathers Charles up and holds him, petting at him desperately. "You're sad," he whispers. His tone of voice is different, a hoarse rasp difficult to parse even in the maudlin silence of his tomb-like home. "You hurt yourself? You're sad? Where's Erik? He doesn't help? You don't love him here? I'm sorry, I'm sorry. Don't need to talk, it's OK. It will be OK," he is essentially babbling, low and soft into Charles's ear as he runs fingertips through his hair. "You want a friend? See, I have one for you." He holds out a finger and Lucille hops right onto it.

It’s agony. He’s riding the sweet waves of his medicine and whiskey in one moment, eager to be reunited with loved ones on the other side, and in the next, he’s back in his body, as if a sheet has been pulled away. Bleary eyes clear; there isn’t even a buzz of alcohol or a sting of hangover. He’s rarely without one of those sensations. The sudden clarity is alarming and agonizing. No, no, no nononono. Being sober in his head and this horrific, broken body is torture, and he lets out a low growl of frustration at the mere sensation of it. And then he blinks again, and looks into green eyes that search his own face like they’re looking for treasure.

If he weren’t remarkably sober, he would think that this was Erik Lehnsherr. Where’s Erik? He doesn’t help? What in the world? The man will notice Charles’s face twist in bald fury, eyes darting from his own to the grey parrot blinking curiously. It’s a different Charles than the one he knows; there’s no warmth or control. No kind smile or earnest gaze. His blue eyes are rimmed with red, but they appear darker. And there’s a healed scar on the left side of his lips, cresting the illusion of a permanent frown as it juts sharply toward his chin. “I don’t want a friend, I want to die,” he hisses, batting those arms away from him; even though he’ll fall if the man stops holding him up. “Who the hell are you? Some shapeshifter sent here to play a prank on me?”

He gets a stare for his trouble, as the person next to him goes completely still when he lashes out physically. "Shapeshifter?" he repeats the phrase. "No," he whispers. "I'm sorry. I found you. I felt it. I," he seems to be realizing that he isn't equipped for this. Erik would know. Ailo would know. He does not. It's certainly not as though suicide is unfamiliar to him. He's tried before himself. A few times, in fact. Every time more of a failure than the last, and then came the certain promise that if he were to die, all of those little children would be butchered as a consequence. And Ariel didn't really want to die. He just wanted to stop suffering. So he stopped trying, and kept suffering.

But he isn't cowed. Even if Charles is hostile. Wants to hurt him. He remains, holding him upright so he doesn't fall and untangling the knots in his hair one by one. Gentle, careful, so he doesn't feel any pain. "You -- why? Why do you want to die? What happened?" he asks in his signatory whisper, making the question sound all the more urgent and affected. "I'm - Erik. Lehnsherr. Ariel, my name is Ariel. Eisenhardt. I'm Erik, but -- but, different. I'm different. Not a prank. I promise. Promise. You can check." He touches the back of his bad hand over his chest. Oddly enough, it's a little confirming of what he says. A movement unique to Erik that Charles remembers like it's yesterday.

Of course, Raven could perfectly imitate a person's unconscious mannerisms. But she couldn't make herself be them, not mentally. "But, but -- oh," he shakes his head. "No, you shouldn't, not yet. I don't know how to make it nice in there. You can, but you're sad, and it might -- I --" The man, Ariel, is very clearly floundering. "Please don't kill yourself. We can make it better. I'll help you make it better." With a blink, the room changes, soft fairy lights popping up and paper lanterns giving the place an ethereal, hazy glow. The temperature raises just a bit.

Charles lets out another growl of anguish. Ariel notices then that this Charles’s body is different, too, beyond the hair and cosmetics. His left arm doesn’t move at all of Charles’s bidding, and his right hand is stiff and ungainly as it tries to ball itself into a fist. The fingers don’t respond to the call from his brain correctly. He’s nearly in the state that the other Charles was when he woke up in the hospital after the incident at North Brother Island. Ariel wasn’t there, but it’s evident that this Charles is still experiencing the effects of that injury more profoundly. Despite the abortive warning not to look, Charles takes a frustrated dive into the man—Erik, Ariel’s—surface thoughts to attempt to piece together the narrative.

He’s evidently not lying, but the truth is stranger…he’s Erik, Charles’s Erik, but from an alternate timeline. And in this timeline, he goes by Ariel. Come to rescue Charles from himself. “What happened?” Charles repeats coldly, again trying to swat Ariel’s arms away with his functional one, but the gesture is weak. Pathetic. Like everything else about him. The fairly lights and lanterns feel almost insulting, and Charles is about to say so, until... ah. It’s genuine, coming from this weird, sensitive Erik lookalike. The way he pats his chest, pierces with green eyes. Similarities that Charles hasn’t forgotten. But his mind is so different.

“What happened is I’m done. Look around you. Do you see anyone else? Does it look like anyone else has been here for a while? And look at me. Everyone is gone, and I can’t do anything for myself, and I’m tired of it. Last time I tried to do that, I spilled my pills all over the bloody floor,” he seethes, hot tears in his eyes. “This time I was successful, and then you showed up!”

"I see someone else," Ariel points out like it's the most obvious thing in the world. At Charles's certain gaping, he points at himself. "I didn't know you were like this. I didn't have any plan, I wasn't trying to rescue anyone. I just felt it," he says with a shrug. "You are a telepath, maybe you reached for me. I'm not a telepath, you are. Look, ah --" he laughs a bit, but it's more a confused jumble than amusement. "Of course you want to die, who wouldn't? But you reached out and I showed up, right? Maybe that means we can make things better. You don't know, until you try. And, you want hope? Things can change? OK, watch."

Ariel wonders if this is the precise purpose that he had focused on this in the other timeline, because that Charles was right. He hadn't needed it. And Ariel's insistence hadn't made much sense because he meant it, too. There wasn't anything about Charles that really needed fixing. Ariel didn't know why it felt important to learn, to try. Seeing this version of Charles with his limbs almost totally uncooperative from head to toe, it slots into place. That Charles hadn't needed a sign. But this one does. He needs something, some immediate symbol that he means what he says, that he isn't just blindly parroting a pathetic there-there.

He takes Charles's hand in his own and raises it to his lips, and with a kiss to his knuckles, when Charles tries to curl his fingers away in frustration -- he realizes in shock.... that he can. "I know another version of you, and you can do things. It's not impossible, but if you haven't done much work, then you will be behind. But look. I can help, too. I will stay, and we can try to make things better. And if it doesn't work and you still want to die, I will help you, OK? No pills, or guesswork. I'll take care of everything. You won't suffer."

When Charles’s fingers actually respond to him, he nearly chokes. Blue eyes limned with angry tears widen to saucers. His right hand at least moves, but it has been well over a decade since he’s been able to trust that they’ll move with any sort of certainty. As Ariel prattles on and on, Charles watches in wonder as his index finger curls and uncurls at his will. It’s still stiff and clumsy, but it’s not as abortive; the signal is reliably reaching those muscles. He finally looks up to meet Ariel’s eyes. None of this makes sense. Erik from another timeline—there’s alternate timelines??—has come here after feeling some desperate plea for help? Charles didn’t send one.

Or, not on purpose, anyway… Well, there’s that, he supposed. Years and years ago, as he grieved the deaths of Erik, Raven, and Moira after the failed mission at North Brother Island, the Dwight administration issued the first of what would be many oppressive statutes regulating the activity of mutantkind. He and Erik had been working at the local level before, drumming up support for a movement, and they’d attracted attention. After the leveling of Riverside Hospital, their primary contact with the CIA and therefore the American government, Moira, was gone. Charles had spent a long year recuperating at Jacobi, and then a rehabilitation facility. In the meantime, the tide had turned against them. By the time he was cleared to go home, formal gatherings of ten or more mutants were strictly prohibited by law.

The bill put an end to the fledgling school that Hank and the other survivors had been keeping on life support during Charles’s convalescence, and the late-1950s saw the birth of the New Conservative movement in the United States. Somewhere in 1958, Charles, Hank, and Jean were living alone in the manor. Everyone else had left to search for hope abroad. It was then that Charles had entered Hank’s mind, puppeteered him into creating a decade’s supply of telepathy suppression serum, and then forced him to leave Westchester with Jean for good. It was unfair to the two of them to stay with Charles out of sheer pity. Hank felt obligated to care for Charles, and Jean simply had nowhere else to go. The decade, however, has passed.

A week ago, Charles injected his last available dose of serum, and since then, his telepathy has returned with awesome force. Utterly alone, Charles has no means of containing the incredible power spilling from his body, and so it’s very possible that his telepathy radiated beyond the bounds of his own timeline without his bidding. 

"I can stay here, or you can come home with me. I live in a big complex with lots of kids and refugees. My world is not so nice, President Stryker is trying to hurt us. But I keep us safe at Riverside. It's all different now," Ariel promises softly. "I made it different. Klaus is gone. I made him go away. We have crows and kittens. Sayid is learning how to cook Mexican food. He makes tostada and tamale and I taught him hamin -- he is not a fan of the huevos haminados though. The eggs! How are you supposed to get 20 onion skins, he complains. You just get them, see?"

A basket of onions appears. "It's sort of a poor people's soup, I suppose, and borrekitas de merendjéna -- you like the zucchini ones, those are eggplant and feta and red peppers and parsley..., and little keftikes, see?" he materializes a plate of meatballs with walnuts and parsley. "That's not really Mexican food, though, but it's still good... sorry, am I rambling? Want an egg?" he materializes one, the skin painted in delicate brown swirls. There's no question that this version of Erik is different - potentially far less stable, if his meandering attention is anything to go by. But one thing is suitably clear, he means what he says. He intends to stay, to try and help.

“You know me in alternate universe,” Charles whispers, unconsciously lowering his voice to match Ariel’s hoarse whisper. Erik’s voice was clearer, but perhaps that’s only the memory he has. “Why aren’t you with him, then? Erik Lehnsherr has been dead for ten years. Why do you even care about helping me? I’m not your mess to clean.”

"He's dead?" he says when Charles finally speaks his own piece, and then nods. "I see, that makes sense. I'm sorry. You're dead too, I killed you," he whispers mournfully. "In my time, you died. But I met another you, and you helped me and now I'm less crazy. Still a little crazy though, sorry," he says with a smile. "I care about you because you're my family, and I love you. Before you died you were the only person who was ever nice to me, and I killed you. So if you have to think of it like I owe you then you can. But honestly, I just want to. You're sad. Maybe I can make it nicer for you, and be your friend."

Charles just gawps at Ariel. He cannot follow the path he’s running down. Sayid? Sayid al-Zaman? Charles hasn’t seen Sayid since that very day. He survived the leveling, but went in to hiding for years following. Recently, Charles has heard rumblings of some Egyptian mutant causing pro-mutant separatism rumblings in North Africa, but he’s been too steeped in his own wallowing to pay too much attention. Still, what Ariel is saying barely makes any sense, until he centers back into their here and now. It’s evident that he’s certainly well-diverged from the Erik that Charles remembers, the Erik who he’d been falling in love with. The Erik who he’d kissed in the jeep, slept alongside, comforted on the balcony upstairs when the prospect of facing Schmidt once again dropped before them.

This is Ariel, and his mind is far from the organized corinths of Erik’s. At the same time, the tendrils within Charles’s rotting self that can still detect sweetness do. Wild as he is, Ariel means what he says. He wants to help, help this poor bedraggled soul that he’s sought out. “I…I don’t understand half of what you’re saying,” Charles rasps, wriggling his fingers again. “You’re proposing to take me to your world? Some alternate timeline where I’m dead and you cook onions with Sayid al-Zaman? I…no. No!” he declares, attempting to wriggle from Ariel’s grasp once again, (and failing once again). “I can’t just leave my universe! And you shouldn’t be here! That’s—the space time continuum! You’ve just ruined it! Just put me back how you’ve found me and leave before you rupture it even more!”

Ariel listens to this and starts laughing, a low hum in the center of his chest replete with tenderness. "Oh, there's no such thing as a space-time continuum, Charles. There's just us, and what we decide. Unless you are telling me that you believe in fate and determinism? G-d? Maybe you do, you are different after all. The Charles I know is a scientist, though. He believes in physics, and nature. Besides, what is the alternative, you stay here and die? What kind of reality is that?" his eyebrows arch. "A horrible one. I'll fight G-d about it someday. If you don't want to come, that's OK. I can just stay here. But I think you would like it better at home."

This makes Charles angry. Of course, he oscillates only between anger and desolation, so that’s scarcely unexpected, but with the full faculties of his telepathy, he can do something about it, now. Gritting his teeth, he sinks himself roughly into Ariel’s jumbled head, knocking aside some admittedly robust telepathic barriers, until he finds the motor cortex. It’s messy and stilted, but he manages to take hold of Ariel’s arms long enough to release himself, and he immediately falls backward and to the side. “Get away! I don’t want you here, and I sure as hell don’t want to go anywhere with you!” he cries as he tumbles back to the floor. Admittedly, he didn’t think too far ahead, for the lack of practice and sudden fall has made him slip from Ariel’s head, and he’s too rusty to find his way back in with any sort of ease. “Just let me die! Why won’t you just let me die!”

In an instant he reappears on the bed, arranged neatly. "I told you, if you want to die later, I will help. But you don't want to die. That's false. You brought me here. You found me. I'm not leaving, even if you try to hurt me. I'm a villain, so I don't have to care if you want me here or not!" he glowers right back, one eyebrow arched in challenge. It's bravado, Charles can clearly tell this - he's forced himself not to flinch, not to react in fear, at the snap of ire, the raised voice, the brute force slamming into his mind. Even though that's his first inclination, he resolutely refuses to cave.

“I didn’t bring you here, you came here of your own accord!” Charles rallies back against him, caustic. He’s furious to be back on the bed again, immobile and upright against his will. “How in the bloody hell can I hurt you? Look at me! I’m pathetic! I couldn’t squash an ant if I wanted to, trapped in this useless body, and I—“ He stops, because there’s nothing much to say, really. He sounds miserable and pathetic. He is miserable and pathetic, and it’s not worth the breath to try and convince this strange Erik-like creature otherwise. But…his pinky moves again, up and down. Stiff and stilted. But it moves. “You think that you can waltz in here, fix my body up, and then I’ll want to live?” He asks, voice still edgy, but quieter, now. “Is that your plan?”

He shrugs again. "Not really. I just wanted you to see things can be different. You're not sad because you're paralyzed, I'm not stupid. Just because I am not him doesn't mean I am not intelligent."

Charles glowers at Ariel. “You’re proving my point. You can fix my body, but it won’t change anything. Erik is dead. My sister is dead. Our kind has no rights here. Even if you made me walk, Ariel, I have nothing, he hisses, and he knows it’s utterly absurd to say so, because he has all the wealth in the world, but they both know that they’re not speaking of material property. “You can’t change that, Ariel. No one can.”

"Oh no?" In a blink, they're gone.


"I can't make you want to live, but don't be absurd. If you want friends, you can make them. If you want a new life, you can have it. If you want things to change, then you can change them. I'm not asking you to do it on your own." Before them, Charles is shocked to see Riverside Hospital, but not as he remembers it. The halls are bright and colorful. There are curious minds afoot, people who have sought refuge and safety here in numbers.

"You're wrong, anyway. Now you have me. I'm not going to just leave you to rot and die just because you're crotchety and mean." He offers another smile - it's not intended to be insulting, but it is the truth. Charles is meaner, here. People become mean when they are hurting, or when things are broken in their brain. Charles isn't like Klaus. So that leaves only one option. "Look, you seem convinced nothing will help anyway. So what's the harm in trying? The worst case you live a year longer and then die anyway. You said it yourself. You have nothing to lose. What does a dead man care about space-time? Please. Stay? I'm not above begging."

“Hey—“ But the world that Charles opens his eyes to is starkly different than the one he knows. They’re not even very far from Westchester, but it appears that, at the same time, they’re infinitely far from the Westchester he knows. They must be in… “Put me back,” he hisses. He’s sitting in his wheelchair, in a colorful hallway, sun streaming through the windows. The last time he was here, it had been overgrown and dilapidated. Starkly different. But it still gives him the shivers. “I…a year?” Charles breathes. “What about my world? I have—Leslie. She’ll know I’m gone. She comes at 8 every morning. I can’t just leave.

"I'll leave her a note," Ariel grins, Charles's reaction inspiring a sense of unbridled hope and optimism in him that's nearly blinding in it's complete absurdity. Leslie might have fashioned herself a Patron Saint of Lost Causes, but Ariel knows better. Healing can't happen alone. Charles must think he means to whirl on through and eventually leave him where he started. But Ariel is determined. Charles has a new friend, now, for life.

Lucille, dutifully silent this whole time, decides to imitate Charles's voice perfectly when she says, "Hi, Charles. Wanna stash?"

Ariel produces a bag of pistachios for him. "Lucille is very wise. The solution to suicidal ideation is actually stash."

Charles stares at the pistachios, a foul expression on his face. What kind of note will this crazy person leave? How will he explain it to her? “I don’t like pistachios,” he says, moody. “And I don’t like hospitals. You live here?”

"I don't like them either," Ariel says, and while it retains the moniker of Riverside it explains why it doesn't really resemble much of a hospital at all. There are plants and trees everywhere, vibrant swirls of graffiti and watercolor imagery painting the halls, and a Charles can smell fried food from the central hub wafting along the corridors as people have set up carts and markets. There are hanging lanterns and lights, similar to those he had manifested at Greymalkin.

From behind Charles a statuesque man emerges out of nowhere. "Mr. Eisenhardt mentioned we have a visitor. Dr. Xavier, welcome to North Brother Island."

"We dated!" Ariel shouts after him as he recedes. "You don't have to keep calling me Mr. Eisenhardt--aaand he's gone. I live in the residential area," he answers in his raspy whisper, sneaking some pistachios to Lucille instead. "There's a pool, and Ping Pong. Have you ever played? You can't be sad when there's Pong involved. I made you a little house near mine, they're a little bit small but very cozy. If you want anything just ask and I can make it for you. We are working on a Tracing Service project right now to help reunite the children with their families. There is about two hundred mutants who live here. Thirty are from Klaus's experiments. We have doctors and lawyers and artists. Activists. I bet you could really help."

It’s like a little village, the hospital. Food carts and vendors are clustered near the center of the facility. Different areas of the hospital seem to be cordoned off for a variety of purposes; from what Charles can gather, some are purely medical, others psychological, and others something in between. He frowns, as is his way. The Erik he knew didn’t just produce things out of nowhere. Maybe this Erik is farther along in his development on that front. “Help how?” he asks at last, looking up at the strange man. “I haven’t left my home in ten years, Ariel. Longer. The Charles you knew could have, maybe, but me? I can’t. I can’t do anything.”

"Nonsense," Ariel places a hand on his shoulder, and touches his cheek with his good hand. "It's just busywork. Menial, but important. I'm not so good either, you know. I have a fifth grade education. Not many are lining up to visit Ariel Eisenhardt's Lunatic Emporium But I made this place and people laugh and smile here. Even if you help one person during the day that's a day not wasted. Everyone can do something to help one person. Even you. What do you like to do for fun? If you could do or go anywhere, what would you choose? That's kind of what this place is. I was a prisoner for thirty years, I still don't know stuff. But now people can choose what they want. If they want to go to Cairo or watch a movie or learn how to knit or see a festival. We have a really nice library, too. Um, and laboratories, science things. We don't let anyone experiment but Charles, you don't have to sit at home by yourself anymore. I know Erik is dead and I am not going to replace him, and that I can't make everything better with Frogurt. But you have a spirit in here, and things can get better. I promise you they can."

A prisoner for thirty years. The Erik that Charles had known had been one for just over ten. Taken by Schmidt at age eleven and liberated at the end of the war as a young man. The decade had been brutal, though. It had torn Erik’s body and soul, left him grappling for wholeness again. When he’d died, they had been working to find it, or find some semblance of it to make life bearable. They’d been doing it together, their shared goal keeping them moving. It explains why Ariel’s mind is so different, why he’s almost childlike, in his mannerisms.

And, if Charles dared to notice it, he would feel shame for his own ten years of moping. The only one who had made Charles a prisoner is himself. It doesn’t feel like that, but deep down, he knows. They both do. “I don’t know what I like to do,” he all but whispers, slumping against the back of his chair. He’s tired, now. Defeated. This place is foreign and he’s already over-stimulated; it’s been so very long since he’s been anywhere.. “I’ve not done anything in quite some time. I’m…I’m sorry, Ariel, but this is just—“ he squeezes his eyes shut. “It’s too much. I can’t be here. Too many people. I can’t help. Please. I’m sorry, but I can’t.”

"You don't have to know," Ariel says, leading him through the corridors and into the residential area. "It's not going to be easy, and trying to avoid pain and discomfort doesn't work, either. Just because it's uncomfortable doesn't mean it's bad. You can do what you like, here. No one is judging or grading you." The door to the place he's made for Charles slides open automatically, leading into a small loft with hardwood floors and windows that stream in the sun, tomato planters and bookshelves resembling the ones in his old office - mahogany. "Oh, and I found this for you," he adds, retrieving one from the high shelf into his palm like a magnet. Inside the home, Charles notices that everyone's minds recede except for Ariel.

It's an ancient Gray's Anatomy with the original illustrations, but Charles notices that in Henry Gray's handwriting is a small message to Charles. It says may this tome keep you company during your recovery - H.G. In the kitchen, everything is at Charles's eye-level, and he notes there are cupboards filled with all varieties of tea and spices portioned into neat pouches for him to try, labeled from all over the world. Ariel leads him to the table and materializes some breakfast for him, along with one of the teas he knows he liked in his own time.

"I know all of this is overwhelming. I didn't know what to do when I was freed, either. I yelled at everybody and cried all the time, and even had delusions that people were stealing my organs. But you get better. Sometimes it is just a moment at a time, focusing on little things that improve this moment. On what makes you feel good instead of horrible. I will help you, you aren't alone anymore."

Overwhelming is one word for it, and Charles debates whether or not he’s actually free, as Ariel implies. He’s been transported to this place, but one would be hard pressed to find any difference, at least within Charles’s view. He’s surrounded by people, sure. Mutants, even. And Ariel seems to genuinely care. That’s different, but Charles is convinced that he’s not equipped to accept any of it. The room that Ariel has created for him within the residential area of the hospital is, evidently, tailored to his condition. There’s a wide berth between any pieces of furniture or doorways. Everything in the kitchen is wheelchair-height. The bed and furniture, too, are accessible; Charles notices grab bars and a remote on the nightstand, presumably to raise the bed up and down, enabling Charles to sit on his own.

He frowns at the loopy handwriting—had Ariel combed through time to secure this?—narrowing on the word recovery. This hospital is a place of recovery. But what is Charles recovering from? Himself? “I can’t take care of myself,” he all but whispers, because it’s the only thing he can say with confidence, right now. Talk of finding things that make him feel good is unthinkable, but there’s a problem glaring them in the face, and he can at least express that.

“This…stuff,” he huffs, jerking his head toward the bed, the bathroom. “It’s all for someone who has more independence than I do. You’ve done something to my hand, but I haven’t used it in a decade. I can’t use any of this. Not really. It’s kind of you, but—“ His cheeks burn, angry, ashamed. “I couldn’t let Hank look after me full time for the rest of his life, either. So I sent him away. Hired people to do it instead. I don’t want you to have to do it, either. This is too much, Ariel. I’m too much.”

"Why not?" Ariel asks, head tilting. "It's easy for me, and I like helping. It's not like it's a big effort," he points out, dry. "And it's not kind, it's just normal. Nobody can do everything themselves. Everyone needs help, everyone needs friends and a place to belong. It's not a bad thing just because your needs are different to most people's. So are mine," he points out. "What's the point being ashamed of it? You are what you are. If it was a big hardship then maybe hiring someone is best, but I can help with a blink of an eye. Besides, you'll get better. You already have improvement."

Charles remembers how, in the early days of his recovery, he’d wondered how different things would be had Erik been there to help him. It’s utterly bizarre that he’s getting to see that now, so many years later. “How much better?” he can’t help but ask, eyeing his hand again. “I mean. You’d said that the other one of me was better. Did he walk?”

"No," Ariel shakes his head. "I don't think I can get you there, either," he says bluntly, not sugarcoating it. "But he had full use of his right hand and I helped him link up the left, and he can move some of his toes and his sensation is better now. With me and you I think your chance for an essentially independent existence are fairly high, actually. Like, I didn't do any of that stuff, but I know some of it. Like even simple things, like how much of a hassle it is to look after your basic needs. That is basically not really a problem anymore. If you will have me," he adds.

His illusion of confidence warbles a bit, here. "I mean, it's OK that you aren't my biggest fan. But you don't need to be, I will still help, and we can just take things a day at a time. And we don't really know each other, I know. I just know you're my family and I couldn't bear it if something happened to you without trying my best to help. You deserve help, Charles. You're not some hideous beast no one could ever love. You're just hurt. I don't claim to understand your experiences but I know pain."

What a life this other person must have. Independence, stability. The Charles that Ariel met had helped him, and so he must be in a position, in mind and body, to provide for others. How Charles used to, how he had planned on doing. Never before had he considered the real presence of alternate universes as they pertain to him, but it’s silly that he hasn’t, really. Of course they exist. Ariel mentioned it already; at some point, he’d been a scientist. Does he deserve help, though? He’s squandered years away, moping. Rather than using his abilities to try and curb the tide of prejudice that had ultimately rendered their kind second class citizens, he wallowed in a hospital, begging Hank to take the telepathy away.

Had he been less selfish, the world might not be so harsh and dangerous for their kind. Mutants might not be hidden away in shame and fear. But that’s not how it happened. He’d neglected everyone and everything. It’s hard not to feel like the beast that Ariel denies. All the pain that Charles feels is self-inflicted, at the end of the day. Does he really deserve anything else? “The Charles you know…he’s not the one from this universe,” Charles all but croaks, trying his damndest to bite back tears that threaten to overflow. “Are you helping me as a favor to him? You say that I’m your family, but do you feel that way because that Charles helped you? If so, I imagine that he doesn’t expect you to go out of your way for this. It’s okay. I appreciate the gesture, but you don’t need to repay him.”

"No, he doesn't know," Ariel laughs a little. "I'm sure he would agree with you. It's like I said, you can think of it that way, if it makes it easier. But it's not really like that for me, in here," he taps his chest.

"You're a Charles. A version of someone I love very much. We weren't together or anything," he adds, gentle. "I just love him. And even just talking with you for a little while, I can see you are made from the same stuff," he repeats softly what was once said to him. "I'm sure not every Charles is the same. Just like not all Eriks are nice. I bet I am a real asshole in some places. The one, who is in the reality I came from, has no emotions. His Charles loves him very much, though, and I think he loves Charles, too. Was your Erik like that? They made him in the special group. I was just a miner. I broke rocks and kept my feelings. Plus, the Hellfire Club wasn't that bad to me. Anyway, that's not important," he waves it off with a grand gesture.

"This isn't out of my way, neshama. This is my way. Maybe it's just a force of nature, and you have to accept that. If you really, really, if I'm forcing you -- I don't want to jail you here," he whispers, eyes growing wet and hot as well, but unlike the Erik Charles remembers, Ariel doesn't seem embarrassed by it. "I don't want to force you, or hurt you. I'm not Klaus. I just love you." He gives a little shrug of his left shoulder.

That Charles has an Erik, still. They both survived. Rather than jealously—which feels natural in Charles now, because he believed himself only capable of the rottenest of emotions—he’s surprised to feel relieved, even in a small way. To know that somewhere in the ether, there’s a version of Charles Xavier and Erik Lehnsherr alive and happy spreads a small inch of softness within. “You’re very different to the Erik I remember,” Charles breathes, because he doesn’t know what to make of the declarations of love nor his positive assessment. It’s been a long time since he’s ever tried to confront a complex feeling, and he doesn’t remember how.

“Maybe he was more like that Erik. I don’t know,” he gives a shrug, too, with his right shoulder. “I knew him for almost two years before he died. He was distant, but he’d started letting me in. We loved each other. He didn’t really know how to be loved, I think, but we were figuring that out. He also called me that. Neshama. If we’d had more time, I think we would have made it. He was growing and so was I.” Charles takes in Ariel’s face again, and for the years, struggles to clock a difference between his and the Erik of his memories. The hair is longer. Different scars and freckles.

But it’s been so long, and Charles’s brain has been drowning in alcohol and serum and drugs, so his memory isn’t as sharp as it could be. “I’ll stay for a little,” he finally concedes, eyes falling to his knees. “And then you’ll take me back and let me die?”

"That's all I can ask of you," Ariel says with a nod. "I won't let you suffer. If it's really too hard, after giving things a genuine try, I will help you meet the end peacefully." Before he can stop the impulse from winding its way through him, his body is moving of its own accord and he throws his arms around Charles gratefully, kissing his temple as an outpouring of affection and relief washes through him. Until Charles says it, Ariel hasn't realized how horrified and afraid he was that he wouldn't be able to reach him, that he would die in his arms. The idea is distressing enough to send those tears down his cheeks, and he wipes them away with a laugh.

"I'm so sorry you lost him. I remember when I lost you," Ariel says, croaky. "You were my only friend. That's why I went back with Klaus, it was hopeless. You were my only friend and I killed you. I didn't care what happened to me anymore, at least I understood what Klaus wanted. So I know, if that was hard for me, it must have been impossible for you. I'm so sorry. They're married, legally married. He is a Prime Minister, can you believe it?" He knows he's just chattering on, but it helps to fill the silence and give Charles something to focus on, at least.

"They're a role model for a generation of people, when I saw them together, even though it hurt because I remember what happened here, that's what you should have been. I'm sorry you never got the chance. Did he ever tell you what that means?" Ariel asks, dropping his chin onto the top of Charles's head. "Neshama?"

Before he can try and stop it, Charles is being hugged, both physically and by the heavy outpour of relief and affection spilling from Ariel’s head. He stiffens a bit, because it hits him then that this is the first time that he’s been touched in a non-clinical way since Hank and Jean left in the late-1950s. Jean used to give him a hug goodnight. Leslie will sometimes ruffle his hair or squeeze his shoulder, but she’s only in his life because he pays her to be. It doesn’t count.

The warmth is foreign, but it also melts some layers of frost that have been encasing his soul. And despite himself, Charles closes his eyes and lets his head fall against Ariel’s shoulder while the hug lasts. He’s left quivering a little when Ariel pulls away, clearly unnerved. Like a frightened animal. “Erik, a Prime Minister? Legally married to me. To Charles, I mean. I suppose they did well for themselves,” he muses quietly, and then jerks a little when Ariel plops his chin atop his head. “I think he did. He might have. I’ve forgotten a lot of the details,” he admits, frowning. “I stopped thinking about that time. It made me too sad. It’s not a very good way to take care of one’s memory, but…” he trails off. They know Charles is imperfect.

Charles's reaction seems to embolden Ariel to drape an arm over him entirely, finding his hand and rubbing at his knuckles. He understands. Until three months ago, he couldn't even remember the last time someone had touched him kindly. He would have said Sayid, before Reyda, but now he isn't so sure. The man was never cruel, or even cold, exactly. But he could be harsh, unforgiving, rough. They're better as friends, and with the rest of Hellfire gone, he's mellowed out even more, which Ariel is pleased to see. He heard about the Admonition from Erik and Charles, and so far it doesn't seem Sayid here is as bad off as the one from their reality. Time would tell. Charles, maybe, before he died. A hand at the crook of his elbow or along his shoulder. Friendship, companionship.

They hadn't been precisely intelligible to one another. Charles once tried to teach him chess, but Ariel spent most of his time studying Charles instead of the board. Ariel, practically feral, desperately confused by everything around him, and Charles having no context with which to place him in. Now, Ariel avails himself of the opportunity for human contact as much as possible, with people who are safe. It's a short list, not because they're in short supply, but because Ariel's body is set up to dump cascades of amplified adrenaline and cortisol in response to even the slightest ruffle of wind. But Charles is one of those people, and he needs it, too. There's no expectation involved, just the pure simplicity of connection. Maybe Charles can teach him again, and he'll pay attention this time.

"It's the third part of the soul," Ariel explains, eyes creased fondly. "The part that feels, and reasons, that is compassionate and enlightened. It's like, the part of you that is the most human."

Mentally, Charles wants to revolt against the touch. It doesn’t fit in with his current conception of himself and if he rejects it, it doesn’t all have to topple over before him. He can remain how he is now, and he doesn’t have to do the hard work of trying to piece together a new version of himself. But even the most minor touch makes him shiver. As if he’s been encased in ice and is now being offered a warm blanket. The softness is both unexpected and intoxicating, and he finds himself burrowing beneath it. “The third part of the soul,” he murmurs, trying to fetch a memory of his Erik, the way it sounded on his tongue. That voice was fuller, more robust. Ariel speaks hoarse and quiet, but it’s nice to listen to, all the same. “If I’m the most human part of your soul, you must be closer to an alien,” Charles says, a vague attempt at a joke.

Ariel grins and tickles him along the side. "Alien? Alien?" he says, faux-indignant. He's not really offended - he knows who he is, how he is. And surprisingly, he's comfortable with that - something Charles doesn't remember from his Erik. That same sense of destructive self-loathing he knew was present in that man, is almost totally absent from Ariel. Alien, indeed. For Ariel, a man who spent much of his time traipsing through the forest and feeding squirrels out of his hand, he has a pretty good intuitive capacity for when to push and pull. Right now, he keeps things soft and steady, dusting his fingertips across Charles's knuckle in careful patterns.

Charles doesn’t smile, but he isn’t exactly glowering at the tickle or joke, either. It’s progress, even if just minute. Ariel’s intentions seem pure, and though he’s overwhelmed by the change of scenery, the small apartment that Ariel has constructed for him is admittedly far cozier than his crumbling estate. Sometimes the aides attempt to clean the dusty mansion, but it’s so large and sprawling that by the time they’re finished sprucing up the last of the rooms, the first one needs another deep clean, again. He watches Ariel’s fingers graze his knuckles. “I must tell you something,” he says after a moment.

“For the past ten years, I’ve not really been in possession of my telepathy. I don’t know what exists in this world, or what the Charles you know is like, but after I became injured, my telepathy strengthened to an unmanageable degree. Hank—er, I don’t know if you knew him, but he’s a brilliant scientist and doctor—created this serum that suppressed my telepathy. I was essentially human, for a long time.” He swallows thickly as a fresh throb of pain pounds at his temples. “But I ran out last week. No more serum. I haven’t been this long without a dose in a very long time, and I’m admittedly out of practice with my mutation. It hurts.

"I thought you might be a little overwhelmed, so I put a shield in your house," Ariel says in his soft whisper. "I can't block your telepathy completely but it should help you to adjust better here. That will get better, too, " he promises, pressing both hands against either side of Charles's temple. "We'll practice together. I know how to construct telepathic shields and work in the mindspace. I know my mind is scary, but I will do my best to keep it from hurting you."

Charles vaguely remembers the evenings in his bedroom, so many years ago, when Erik encased him within a neutrino field. His telepathy had been growing even then, and after Cerebro, it was as if a levee holding back the greater extent of his power burst. When cool hands clasp onto his temples, Charles has no choice to look into dazzling green eyes, the depths clear. Like a pristine lake a hundred feet deep, where Erik’s were like an ocean instead.

“Your mind is not scary,” Charles hears himself say, brows jutting up just a centimeter as he takes another tentative step inside. “I mean…as I’ve said, I’m out of practice, but I can tell that some work has been done in here to buff away some of the sharper edges. But it’s not scary. It’s different, and I can tell that you’re trying to guard me from pain or something else, but it’s not an uncomfortable mind. You’d be surprised by how sick some people really are in here. You’re not sick like that. Not as far as I can gather, anyway.”

The comment is surprising. Ariel doesn't expect it, and he swallows against a lump that has suddenly appeared in his throat. "Oh," he whispers, a smile making its way on his features once more. This one smiles far more than his Erik ever did, and Charles discovers as he dips in further, he can deduce that it isn't an act or a type of armor. It's just him. He's really just this happy. But while he's learned to accept himself, he's used to being treated like an annoyance - 3 months of rehabilitation can't buff thirty years out. He's genuinely shocked that Charles has said it, even though it's not intended to be a compliment, it's clear he takes it that way.

His sense of warmth and kindness is skewed so that even the most neutral, tepid expressions flare in his heart. Being told that Charles doesn't find him scary spreads a delighted balm under his skin. See, he can make things nice. He isn't only rotten, or decayed. Ariel knew it. A good I-told-you-so. "I'm not surprised," he adds with a nod. "I knew a lot of sick people. I'm not, I'm not like that," he assures softly. "I'm still a bad guy, but just not like that. They're on another planet, now!" he dismisses that all with an exaggerated shrug. "I put them all there. And, if you get really overwhelmed, I can take you to Mars, or anywhere, really. No minds at all for hundreds of light-years," Ariel beams at him.

Charles can see that Ariel is surprised by the words, but pleased, in some way. No, he’s not like Erik at all; Erik wouldn’t show outward pleasure at something so simple, nor would he take Charles’s words as they come. Erik, too, thought that he had a dark and painful mind. He can remember that now. But Erik shirked off Charles’s insistence that it wasn’t so, even where Charles had warmed it some. “Why do you think you’re a bad guy?” He asks then, genuinely curious. Ariel’s history is far divergent—he’d said that he’d been a miner? As far as Charles knows, Erik never worked in any mines. “You seem kind to me. Too kind for your own good, perhaps. I’m not sure what you’ve done, and I suppose you don’t need to tell me. But nothing in your mind seems bad, to me.”

Ariel shrugs. "I'm a murderer, and I tortured people and hurt them. I didn't want to, but I chose to, and I could do it. I saw lots of people who were too good, they couldn't. So they all died and things. I experimented on people, kids too. I'm trying to help them, now. They don't seem scared of me, either," he squints a bit, answering far more bluntly than he ever remembers Erik doing. There's a sense of resignation about it, but it's not boastful. He's not proud of it, not at all. He is honest because that's what his victims all deserve. "But if I can get better, I know you can. I've done all the worst things, but people still like me. That's how I know they'll like you! You're much nicer. You're sad, but you're not a bad guy."

It's Charles's instinct to rail against Ariel's claim, even if he doesn't know the man well. From what he gathers, Ariel was a prisoner. Under some version of Klaus Schmidt's control. If Schmidt is even remotely close to the the one from his world, it's scarcely Ariel's fault that he did those things. At the same time, Charles knows that it isn't his place to urge Ariel to divulge himself of any guilt. Does he feel guilt? It would be foolish and narcissistic of him to try and pass judgment on Ariel, or try to convince him how to feel. "I never thought that I was a bad guy," Charles says, frowning thoughtfully. "I mean, maybe that's my ego talking. But I suppose I think that I'm more pitiful than anything. Is that how you gauge how well you're doing? Based on how well you're liked?"

"More like... how well I like myself?" Ariel taps the side of his nose. "And sometimes if you don't like yourself that much, you can get a more objective sense from others. Why do you think you're pitiful, anyway? Just because you're disabled?"

"What? No, no. I mean, that's not the main reason," Charles grimaces. He certainly did think like that at one point, but he's been disabled for so long that it's simply become life. One learns not to feel shame after a certain number of years, no matter how severe the disability. "It's...mm. I don't know. Look. I've got more wealth than I know what to do with. I grew up incredibly spoiled. Every opportunity presented to me on a platter. But I've done nothing with it. It used to drive Hank crazy; he was so tired of my moping. Or, that's what he called it, anyway. I guess that's all I've done for so long. Mope. That's pitiful."

"Well it makes sense, doesn't it?" Ariel considers, thoughtful. "If you had everything handed to you, how did you learn to deal with hardship? I mean, I mean," he wiggles his fingers a bit. "In the other place, people said that my resilience was surprising but is it really? I've been suffering for so long, of course I can handle it. If you don't learn how to adapt, you will die. It's not really that impressive. I mean, I don't know. Is there any real utility in that assessment? Seems to me like if your friends stuck around and helped you wouldn't be in this position. It's not just because Erik died. You died, I lived. So it's not like we can't live without each other. You cut off your support system. I don't know, some people just can't handle things that happen to them. I saw it so often, real pitiful things. Like a person who isn't even human anymore. You get a little repulsed watching them because you're afraid they're contagious or something. But that's... none of it is very compassionate."

Charles frowns as Ariel speaks, but he doesn’t entirely disagree with the assessment. Sure, perhaps those who are accustomed to suffering are able to cope with difficult situations more readily, but that doesn’t make it any less pitiful, in his opinion. He’d known at the time, when he was refusing to participate in physio or isolating himself from those who cared about him, that he wasn’t doing well for himself or for others. None of this came as a shock to him. But because he’d been angry at the hand he’d been dealt, he didn’t try to be strong.

Didn’t try to do anything, even as those who relied on him watched him fail them. He nudges the control on his chair away from Ariel and toward the low window, overlooking a garden. There’s green grass, plush and perfect, and rows of bright flowers. Leslie drags him into the courtyard on occasion, but Charles can’t remember the last time he felt grass on his skin. “I cut myself off from everyone,” Charles says as he stares at the greenery. “They didn’t leave me. I pushed them away, so that I could rot by myself. I knew it was wrong, but I did it anyway. That’s pretty pathetic, if you ask me.”

"So?" Ariel shrugs a bit and with an audible pop they materialize outside, and Charles finds himself outside his wheelchair and held upright in his power, soft fields of dandelions and roses sprouting up all around him and tickling his chin. Ariel nudges him gently with an elbow. "You tried to do the same with me, too, but here we are. It's not that hard. I think they just didn't want to try. Maybe they felt bad and didn't know how to deal with it. I'm not blaming anyone, but even if it was pathetic, who cares? It's not like you have to commit to doing the same thing over and over again forever just because you did it before. Everyone has strengths and weaknesses. I can't be a Prime Minister or fight people. I'm not that smart. But I taught Lucille how to count!" he grins. The parrot bloops into existence on Charles's shoulder. "I like you. I don't care if you don't or even if no one else does. Maybe you'll see what I see, someday. Wouldn't that be nice? Not to feel so miserable and awful all the time?"

Charles gasps when he finds himself outside and seated upright on the grass. Ariel must be holding him up, because Charles is comfortable and stable as he sits with outstretched legs atop gentle knoll. Something that a lot of people who don’t use a wheelchair full time is that it’s easy to go long stretches without feeling basic, staple sensations. Grass, carpet, sand—these things are so commonplace to people who walk. It’s not as if he’s regularly asking someone to take him out of his chair and lay him in the grass, on the carpet, on the beach, and so he’s grown accustomed to life without.

As the grass tickles his chin and the senate part of his arms, he nearly tears up. “I don’t know what it is that you see,” he breathes finally, rubbing his knuckles on the soft blades, over and over again. Lucille the parrot blinks yellow eyes at him underneath a sunny evening sky. It’s peaceful. “But, you’re kind. I’m not going to turn my back on your kindness.” He closes his eyes then, overcome. “Can you lay me down? I haven’t felt grass on my skin in a long time, and I missed it.”

It makes Ariel laugh, and he obliges, stretching out beside him and tucking his head onto Charles's chest completely without guile. "No, see? Someone who has no hope wouldn't care about grass. They'd be all like ohhh, roll me off a cliff!" He's grinning, an attempt to laugh with Charles rather than at him - he hopes the man can tell. He thinks it's probably been a long time since anyone has even teased him a little, like he can't take a joke just because he can't walk. Foolish, but he remembers how people sometimes treated the other Charles, most of which just made him mad. People aren't very good at any of this, so he supposes it's not fair to judge this Charles's friends for failing to help him. (But Ariel still does, a little.)

Charles blinks at the joke. Ariel is spot on; people tend to treat him like he’s made of stained glass. In the early days of his injury, he’d tried to find levity with Hank and the others who were taking care of him with some mild self-deprecation. Goodness, I was just about to start vacuuming the house, was met with wide eyes and sputtering comments about how nonono Charles, it’s okay, I don’t mind vacuuming, it’s okay!

Don’t you remember, Charles? You can’t vacuum! You’re in a wheelchair! Ariel’s joke, therefore, catches him off guard even more than the nuzzling against his chest. He doesn’t laugh, but he huffs a sharp exhale in something that could be a chuckle on a good day, in the right light. “I’ll beg you to roll me off a cliff tomorrow,” he says then, closing his eyes. “The tallest one you can find. Above a pit of snakes.”

"Won't work," Ariel says sagely. "All the snakes on North Brother Island are unionized. We are snake buddies, they told me so. No man-eating without mandatory quarterly breaks. Rude, right?"

"SO RUDE," Lucille yells.

Ariel scritches her on the head. "She'll let you touch her, if you like. Just with one finger. Very gently. If her eyes start pinning then it's just fine and she will tell you to stop or fly away if she's done. But she likes all my friends. She's a good judge of bird."

Ariel is utterly irreverent, but in an earnest way. He jokes in a way that makes Charles suspect that he might believe what he’s saying, even in jest. It’s zany. For years, a rotating roster of nurses and caregivers have been Charles’s only real contact, and so to talk with someone with such a unique lilt is making his head spin. But he lifts a stiff finger and touches Lucille’s head a few times, still amazed that the appendage is even listening to him at all. “You’re so very different than Erik was,” he can’t help but remark. “You think in German. You smile easily. You’re odd, but in a natural way. I don’t think that my Erik, even if our lives turned out perfectly, would have ever been like you are now. You’re like…oh. A brother or a cousin, maybe. Separated at birth.”

"That's what I thought, too," he says, the hoarse quality of his voice making most of the things he say sound soft and gentle even when he's angry or wry. It's clear he's delighted at Charles engaging him in genuine conversation, though. Absurd that none of his friends stuck with him when this, simple companionship, applied over time, is enough to carefully draw him out. Ariel is buoyed with affection for him.

"At first it's very existential and confusing. Meeting your own self. I spent three months with that Erik. But really, we aren't the same at all. I'm more like an identical twin. I look the same and have similar DNA but even my DNA isn't the same, my neurology isn't the same. We aren't exactly brothers because there are some divergence points which preclude it, but we really are very different people. Now," he raises a finger. "Want to really spin? You and Charles are not so different because you did not exist until the North Brother Island mission. My family diverged in ancient Greece, but everything about you and Charles I knew is the same right up until that point. Now you are not the same people, but you are closer than me and Erik. Time travel, am I right?"

It really does throw Charles’s brain into overdrive trying to reconcile the loops. It makes sense that Ariel and Erik and maybe that other Erik all diverged at points much earlier in their existences, but that also must mean that there are Eriks out there who didn’t diverge at all until north brother island, too. An Erik who lived the exact same life as his Erik, and then lived on. “That Charles and Erik both survived. The ones that you know,” he whispers, imagination beginning to spin. “But the Charles from this world was different. The one who died. What was he like?”

"I wish I had a better answer for you, neshama," Ariel whispers regretfully. "He went to Balliol instead of MIT. He had a Raven. She's still here, too," he adds carefully. "She works with Gabrielle Haller, Taima Kashih and William Kaplan in Isfiya. I sent her a message telling her I found you and she wrote back that she will come and visit very soon. She didn't want to overwhelm you even more. He liked chess and he smiled at me all the time. I wasn't good company. I spent twelve years in solitary confinement right before we met and I didn't speak good English. Moira MacTaggert tried to keep us all focused on the training. He lived in a big house like you. He had mahogany bookshelves, too. He was lonely, but with time I think we would have been friends. I regret every day what happened to him. All he wanted was to help me. I had some kind of malfunction on the balcony and he hugged me and rocked me and said he wished he could protect me. He was a really good man and they never should have made him do a military operation! He was a geneticist, not a soldier. I hated Moira for that. She works in Stryker's cabinet now. She's a hateful wretch." He picks at some invisible lint on his pants. "He was kind, and generous, even to a strange alien like me."

Charles nearly chokes when he learns that Raven is alive. No….not Raven. Not his Raven. But a Raven, nonetheless. He’d lost both Erik and Raven on the same day, creating the cavern in his chest that became filled with poison and ice over time. To see some version of her, alive and well…just as he’s seen Erik… He exhales deeply and looks at the sky above. This may all be in his head, as his body dies on the floor of his bedroom. Leslie may find him cold in a few hours. If so…this isn’t a bad way to spend his final moments on earth. Even if it’s all fake. “Perhaps it’s a good thing that I chose MIT over Oxford, then,” Charles whispers. “I met my Erik there. We had a good year together. I’d met Daniel, and Carmen, Izzy and Janos. Friends. Balliol is full of Tories,” he remarks. “I’m sorry that you spent so long as a prisoner, Ariel. You’re doing remarkably well, I must say. This is a nice place that you’ve built.”

"That's what he said!" Ariel chuckles warmly. "I didn't know what a Tory was. I wanted to know why so many people were named Tori." His grin is infectious, amusement a misty sprinkle over Charles's consciousness like a healing balm. "I met Daniel and Izzy and Janos. They're on Genosha now, Daniel was my doctor. And Aquilo Kirala, I don't know if you know him. He showed up after the mission, I think you really like him. He's like a father to you. He helped me, if it wasn't for him I wouldn't be OK. He put the shield in my mind so I wouldn't hurt other telepaths," Ariel explains in a winding chatter. "But I'm happy, I have Lucille and Sayid and Emma. And now you're here, and you're very kind to me. I'm really so grateful to all of my friends," he says, unable to help the shining tears that momentarily eclipse his malachite gaze, making it even brighter. "You like my place? Really?" he beams, pleased and proud.

It seems like a fantasy. All of his friends and family living on some island together. Erik a Prime Minister, Charles his husband. A father figure, someone who Charles has never heard of…Kirala? It maybe rings a bell, but one so distant that he can scarcely hear the tone. Some part of him wants to feel jealous that there’s another existence out there that he can never be a part of, but the feeling doesn’t truly take root. If Ariel has been able to be content with Sayid and Emma, of all people, then he supposes he shouldn’t pine for a reality that isn’t his. And anyway, he’s still planning to die after this little stint. But he doesn’t need to do so immediately, he supposes. Soon. But not today.

“What? Yes,” Charles says, surprised by the proud tears. “I mean, yes. People seem happy. It doesn’t feel like a hospital. And the landscaping is nice,” he says, indicating the grass around him. “I can’t believe we’re only an hour or so from Westchester. It feels like a continent away.”

"Here," Ariel materializes him some taro root milk tea, the concoction steaming and bubbling in a bright pink froth. It's a playful presentation with whipped cream and chocolate sprinkles on top, but otherwise is quite mild. There's a straw and he wraps Charles's fingers around the mug, helping him lift it himself rather than holding it up for him. He can grasp now but it's in the early stages. Ariel's fingers against his are warm and sturdy. "You don't even like coffee! What a tragedy. But this is my favorite tea, and it's bright pink. How can everything be horrible when there's bright pink tea?" All around them, tea plants pop right up, in a veritable rainbow swaying all around them. It's not like the Erik he remembers. Ariel is much more attuned to life.

Charles doesn't quite understand what Ariel is doing for a moment until the straw to whatever concoction he's created is at his lips. Oh. That's nice. Ariel is trying to help Charles feed himself. No one has ever done that before. The tea is strange-looking, unlike any tea that he's ever had before, but, then again, Ariel is unlike any man that he's ever met, too. And who is he to deny an offering from this man, who seems committed to bringing him everything? He sips from the straw just as a sea of aromatic plants bloom around them. They're colorful and long, and place a hint of spice on the air. "Are you able to create life, just like that?" Charles asks then.

"I can create anything!" Ariel grins at him. "Plants are easy, since they are simple. Human biology is the hardest," he holds up his own hand to demonstrate, still encased within its brace. "I'm practicing, though. I really want to help heal people, to improve their quality of life. And even if I can't do it physically, there is so much room to help people heal just in here," he taps his temple. "It's pretty good, right? Jasmine and taro, the best teas. You like black tea, which is truly horrendous," Ariel adds with a laugh, swaying from side to side. "It tastes like toothpaste."

Charles observes the braced hand and remembers how he’d asked Erik, years ago, why he didn’t heal his own body. It was too complicated; nerves and blood vessels and tissue indeed are complex, and Erik wasn’t prepared to manipulate them. But Ariel has made his own hand better, repairing some connection that Charles had thought was long dead. “What do you think you can do with this?” he asks, gesturing clumsily at his own body. That’s a more pressing topic than tea. “I mean, you’ve already made my fingers less useless. I don’t know what else you’re capable of?”

"Me, either!" Ariel grins back. "But I know I can help. If you can get more of this hand working then you'll be able to feed yourself, use this kind of equipment better, have more control of things. Like using one hand to power the chair and the other to hold things. It may not seem like much, but even simple improvements will help and I know I can do them," he whispers softly. "I don't think I can get you to walk because even if I make a new spinal cord," he explains, "those are pathways that aren't hooked up in your brain very well anymore. But your arms are different, there is a lot to work with that isn't damaged. You just didn't do as much work so you have less function, but with my help that shouldn't matter. I know what you're capable of doing and I can help you get there."

Charles tries to imagine a life where he’s able to use both of his arms with minimal impairment. Hell, even one fully functioning arm and hand would be enough to radically change his quality of life. Not having to rely on the aid of others for everything would grant him much greater freedom. To do what, he’s not sure, as there isn’t much to do in his life these days, but it’s an interesting thought. “I neglected physio for years,” he admits. “I have no muscle mass left in my arms. You can really fix that?”

"I can," Ariel nods. "It's funny because the version of you I knew didn't even mind being disabled, he didn't need help, I just gave him a little more independence just because. But now I understand why I was trying. It wasn't for him after all," he explains with a smile. "I don't think you believe much in fate and things. I kind of do! The universe isn't deterministic, but that doesn't mean sometimes things aren't meant to be slotted together. Cellular automata, right? If we are echoes of echoes, then it must follow that the echoes are indicative of origin," he babbles as he helps Charles drink first the tea and then makes him some battered fish to snack on. He finds once Ariel wraps his hand around it that he's able to keep it held, which makes the man grin delightedly. "See? Better already."

"Maybe he didn't mind it because he has Erik, and others," Charles says quietly. Ariel said it himself, it's easy for him to tend to Charles's needs. Remarkably easy, even easier than Charles used to imagine that it would be fore Erik. It does beyond the lifting and carrying, as Ariel can simply materialize clothing on his body, remove whatever's in his bladder and bowels, blink and see Charles freshly showered. Things that have been an immense hassle to Charles for many years rendered a non-issue in a snap. He stares at his hand, which grips at the piece of fish and stays gripped. "Cellular automata. You really think that this is all some instance of 'meant to be?'"

"Well, not exactly," Ariel whispers softly, encouraging Charles to eat. "Like, I don't believe in the space-time continuum. I don't believe that things like the Shoah are destined to happen. I went back, you know," he rasps the admission with a slight flush across his freckled features. "You know, what if I could stop it? I've tried. I even killed Hitler! But it didn't stop it, Hitler was just one part of the problem. And things look different but there's still death and suffering only it's different. People don't realize because the Shoah didn't happen, they have no respect, Israel doesn't exist anymore, our whole entire lives are different. And I'm not sure I have the right to do that, to change that much, maybe if we all came together as a species and agreed on protocols and things. But just me doing it for everybody, so much... so I put everything back. I guess some things humanity doesn't learn without those consequences. I hate saying all eleven million people deserve death just for us. They didn't ask for it either. It's so complex and I'm just Ariel," he huffs a bit. "You'd know what to do if you had my powers. I'm just, well, you know?"

“I think you overestimate my capabilities,” Charles remarks, issuing a harsh chuckle. It’s the first laugh he’s offered, which is hardly humorous, but it’s something. “I would do the same as you. Go back in time and try and stop all the bad things from happening, and then probably set off a series of new problems that would make the world worse,” he grimaces. “It’s too much for one person to decide what is right and what isn’t for everyone else.” Charles stares at the fish, but doesn’t take a bite, despite Ariel’s urging.

“I worry what my being here will do. What if Leslie gets in a wreck leaving the manor? She wouldn’t have gotten into that wreck if I’d have been there, because she would have stayed all morning like she normally does. Doesn’t that worry you? Chaos theory, the three-body problem.” The term butterfly effect won’t come in to popular use for a few more years in Charles’s world, but that’s what he’s considering.

"Not really," Ariel shrugs. "What if Leslie is late for work that morning because she took a phone call from her friend, and she's on the road 10 minutes later, and gets into a car wreck then? That's no way to live life. It's like having eyes, but declining to see. I have these powers, if I wasn't meant to use them, why have them? That in and of itself would suggest an argument that there is no real right or wrong universal constant. If there were, it wouldn't be possible, the universe would prevent it."

Ariel grins. "I wish I could explain it. The other Erik would know, he's a doctor. It's like... not fate, just time. Events, circumstances. Things aren't destined or ordained but they can be anticipated, predicted, fit together. Like a puzzle. I must have known this would happen and I unconsciously responded to it. My perception of time isn't... ah, geradlinig?" He makes a straight forward cutting motion with his good hand. "Like that. It's more like..." He crunches up his fingers and mixes them all around.

“It’s not linear, it’s messy,” Charles attempts, raising a brow. What’s the point in trying to find sense here, though. He’s in an alternate universe, with some strange version of Erik who goes by Ariel. Suppose there’s no use in trying to cleanly identify what it is that Ariel believes, or how they came to be here today. Because they’re here. Knowing why won’t make a difference. “Alright. I guess I’ll accept that.” He looks at the fish. “I’m not very hungry. Thank you for the tea, though. It’s interesting. You can take me back to my room now, I must be keeping you from something.”

Ariel helps Charles get into his bed for the night, holding him tightly in his arms and brushing his hair, gently doing his utmost to usher off the man into sleep. He hangs around a little longer than necessary, but he doesn't want to be too overbearing, so he gradually creeps his way back to his home, which is right next-door.

Chapter 67: And of those beings, who by day are sightless, this is what they say:

Chapter Text

Charles wakes up to hands around his neck. An invisible force is reigning blows down over and over. Someone is screaming at him, unintelligible in furious German, and he's croaking back -- "---ahh, bitte hör auf! Es tut mir leid, ich werde es nicht wieder tun!--" the words are a desperate rasp. Sandpaper in his throat, with Klaus Schmidt's thin face floating in his vision. Klaus is killing him. Squeezing, killing -- the glow of energy, the crack of it impacting his body. He's being stabbed, a deep, harsh pain that roils into him and dredges weak wretching from the bottom of his gut in pitiful dribbles. Without warning, he's ejected into the stark relief of his silent room.

Still and silent. Still and silent for long moments. Flexing out with his abilities completely unconsciously, he hears the low croon warbling from the house next-door. Sickly, swamping terror ricocheting into the atmosphere. He can feel it creeping closer and closer, suffocating. A hand over his mouth, the cold, cold and endless dead in his chest. The door to his home opens, and only for his abilities would he know anyone was sneaking about in the kitchen that has become unceremoniously his own, a parrot on the man's shoulder wrapped in fluffy blankets. Ariel makes coffee as slowly and carefully as possible. He doesn't need to, but the actions are soothing, and then he sits outside Charles's door, soundless and soft.

Even Lucille is quiet, as though she knows the gravity of waking their new friend. He whispers to her and strokes her feathers, stuffing his sobs at the back of his throat to ensure not a peep escapes him.

Charles jolts awake as fingers press against his neck. His better hand scrabbles against the soft sheets. It takes him several minutes of shooting panic to understand that he himself is not being choked, but that it's being experienced second-hand. Ariel is projecting a nightmare, a nightmare starring the equine-faced man that used to haunt his own Erik. Gasping, Charles lies in bed and grapples for what to do.

He'd once felt confident enough in his own abilities to attempt to extend comfort, but today, that skill feels rusty. And intrusive; who is he to meddle in Ariel's mind? So he doesn't. His breathing slows a bit. Whether it's a nightmare or a waking thought, Charles isn't sure, but it's painful nonetheless. He can feel Ariel drifting closer and closer, until he's close enough to be in his kitchen. He is in his kitchen, Charles realizes, his pain quiet but protrusive. Ariel? Charles projects outward. Are you alright?

A small pulse of surprise greets him - Ariel thought he was being so quiet, like a mouse. A game he used to play with Meital, who could be quiet the longest? Especially when the floor was lava? He coveted the laughter that used to bubble up in her chest as he poked her sides. The door to his bedroom creaks open in response - Ariel was in fact right outside, the long lines of light draping his features amidst the dark. He looks far from all-right, ruddy-cheeked and shaking from head to toe, blanket wrapped about him like a protective shield.

"I woke you up," he whispers harshly. "I'm so sorry. Do you want me to tell you a story? Some tea?" His brows arch hopefully and he smiles, made somewhat less effective by the tears streaming down his face. "Do you like your bed OK? You don't need more blankets? I'll make them - make it better," he fusses a little. 

Ariel's silhouette is visible in the open doorway. Those wild curls are covered by what looks like a blanket, and it's evident that Lucille is on his shoulder. As Charles's eyes adjust to the light, he notices that Ariel's eyes are rimmed with red, that his cheeks are wet. He looks far more troubled, tortured than the man who had left him in this room just hours ago. "It's comfortable, thank you. And I can do this," he points out, jabbing the remote on the nightstand with a stiff index finger. The head of the bed begins to raise until Charles is seated. "I'd love some tea."

Slowly he inches even closer and in a jiffy a steaming mug of Charles's favorite type, which he remembers after asking him earlier, materializes and he gently wraps Charles's fingers around it in his own, which clearly tremble against his skin. "I'm so sorry," he says again, sniffing a little and wiping his nose with the crook of his elbow. "I'm sorry. You didn't see, did you? Oh, no, oh no. I'm sorry. I just wanted to help but I make everything worse," his features wobble a bit unsteadily, horrified and mortified at his lack of control.

Did he cause pain? Did Charles see it all? He brought him here to help and he can't keep his own mind straight for a single night.

"Maybe I can, I can just stay awake, and then it won't happen again, I--" he winces as though an invisible hand has slapped him across the face, shuddering a bit. Ever since his return to North Brother Island without fail. He dreams. Sometimes it's Klaus. Sometimes Viktor. Enoch. People Charles doesn't recognize. Klaus's high ranking Hellfire Club members. Wyngarde, Essex. Once, Sayid. Ariel tries to remind himself they're all far, far away. They can't hurt him or anyone else ever again. They can't hurt anyone. It's safe and nice here now. Safe, it's safe...

"You don't need to apologize," Charles says softly, watching as Ariel's fingers tremble and shake against his own. He remembers Erik being like this, too, so worried about hurting Charles with his memories that he would go to the greatest lengths to keep them tucked away. "Tell me, Ariel, what have you made worse? Why do you think that your own struggles make it worse for me?" It sounds blunt, but Charles means it with softness, reassurance. It's been a long time since Charles has ever helped anyone else, but he remembers that he liked to do it, once. He takes a guided sip of the steaming Earl Grey. "I mean it. Tell me."

He winds up with a pile of Ariel next to him, an octopus of many long, gangly limbs surrounding him and he burrows his head right into Charles's chest, knowing he's making the man's shirt wet. "It's - it's bad. Unpleasant and gross and - and sad," he mumbles into Charles's striped pajama shirt. "I don't want to m-ah, make you uncomfortable. I made people sad all the time at Reyda. Made you sad. You cried one time. I know you're not the same. I'm sorry. So sorry. Do you like your tea? Is it too hot?"

Charles gazes down at the man as he nuzzles onto his chest, frowning. Ariel is intractable, in a way. Fussing over tea and Charles's comfort as he agonizes internally. "You walked in on me trying to kill myself," Charles reminds the man. "I'm sure that was uncomfortable for you. You're entitled to think about uncomfortable things in the privacy of your own head. My telepathy makes it my problem, not yours. It's also not your responsibility to make sure the people around you are always feeling good. That's something that Emma Frost, actually, told me. That just because I know that someone else is hurting does not mean that it's my job to stop it. Sometimes people just hurt. It's part of being alive."

"Oh," says Ariel, like he's never considered that before. He's not all that good at the self-reflection piece of this puzzle, but if he were, Charles's statement might have slotted together exactly why it's so distressing for him to consider just letting people feel bad. Of course they can and should, but his very survival has depended on ensuring everyone around him was in high spirits. It, perhaps, explains his pathology a little better, even if he can't put those pieces together for himself yet. "But isn't it different if someone is hurting because of you?" he whispers. "I was scared when you tried to do that, but - but I guess that's selfish. Since you wanted to die but I want you to live? But I didn't mind," he assures in his soft rasp. "I've tried to kill myself, too. I'm glad I'm still alive, though. I was hopeless and sad. I didn't think I would ever have a life where Klaus didn't own me. But now I do. I just wish my stupid mind would catch up and realize it is all over with now."

"You know, my Erik struggled a lot, too," he tells Ariel, voice kind but firm. "He was much farther removed than you were. His mind had a hard time catching up and realizing that it was all over, too. But over the years I've had some time to think about it." A lot of time, really. More than he'd care to think about. "I think that he had trouble letting go because he was afraid of the horror that he might have felt if it all came back again. He'd been free of Schmidt for ten years, but truly embracing what that meant would have cased him to re-experience the horror of being subjugated all over again in the event that Schmidt came back. As you mentioned yesterday, those who are accustomed to suffering are better at dealing with it. If you let yourself become comfortable, the trauma feels much worse when it comes back. Your brain might be trying to convince you to stay hardened to it."

He's not a psychologist; he scarcely could call himself any sort of scientist, these days; that PhD is collecting dust, and he hasn't kept abreast of the decade's worth of research, which renders his knowledge essentially obsolete. But he has spent a lot of time alone, considering his memories, trying to pinpoint why things happened the way they did. "Your memories of your worst experiences are not pleasant to me, no. Nor are your nightmares," Charles agrees. "But it's just discomfort. You aren't trying to cause anyone any pain. And discomfort is just a feeling like any other. It goes away. You don't need to live your life monitoring yourself for fear that you'll accidentally hurt someone. Like you told me. Sometimes life just happens."

Ariel bundles Charles up in a sudden hug. He had brought the other man here to try and help him but here he was talking to Ariel about his nightmares. It's overwhelming, the kindness. Even four months free of Klaus and surrounded by pleasure and joy he finds himself moved to fresh tears at Charles's extended hand, especially given how much pain he was in as recently as less than twelve hours before. "I'm not very hardened," he laughs wetly. "I don't think it was all Klaus because I spent more time with him and I'm a big baby," he snorts. "Thank-you so much, for talking with me and letting me give you tea and hugging me. I know it's probably not a big deal to you but--" he sniffles again, wiping his eyes on Charles's lapel. "I hope you know how much it means. I'm still scared and sad but now it feels warmer and brighter." He lays his hand flat on Charles's chest and suddenly he can feel the light expanding inside, like his rib cage itself is growing to accommodate a swelling heart. Ariel presses a kiss to his clothed sternum. You're a wonderful friend, he thinks to himself, not intending for Charles to hear.

"Oh—" And then Charles is wrapped up in lanky arms. He fumbles the tea, but it does not spill; it seems that Ariel has ensured that it will stay contained to the mug. Indeed, Ariel is far more forthcoming than Erik ever was about his emotions, both high and low. It's bizarre, being hugged like this. A pure expression of companionship. Seeking and giving comfort. When that hand rests atop his chest, he can feel it expanding with warmth, light. It makes him gasp. "I, oh," is his genius response. "Mm. You don't need to thank me. Really. Everyone deserves to be listened to. I mean it. We're not meant to be alone—" he stops mid-sentence, frowning at the irony. "You're welcome."

Ariel gazes up at him, eyes that were once dull and grey now flourished to life in rolling hills of green as he seems to realize he's sapped off those sensations into Charles, who is quite stunned by them. "Mmmhmmn," he rumbles, wanting nothing more than to swaddle the man completely in this. Goodness, affection, warmth. It's so much nicer than the horrific, oily sludge behind the door he is so desperately trying to slam shut in his mind, not just for Charles, but because he wishes to replace it all with this. Friendship, companionship, love. Klaus Schmidt doesn't own him any longer, perhaps he was never entitled to Ariel at all.

Klaus Schmidt tried to break him, splinter his soul into trillions of tiny, shivering atoms disconnected from one another. Alone, heartbroken, devastated, reliant on his twisted conception of love. But Klaus didn't understand love, he only knew how to take. How to hurt. That's how Ariel knows Charles can heal, and get better. Because all this softness is buried under the surface, it just needs gentle hands to unearth. Someone broken, someone rotten, that's Klaus. Not Charles. Not him. He nudges up and kisses Charles's cheek, a warm tickle at his jaw, suffusing languid, buttery tendrils down his chest. And Charles realizes rather belatedly that his toes are curling a little, reflexive arcs. Ariel doesn't even realize he's done it, repair and growth emanating out of him like a root system.

"Not alone," he whispers back fiercely. "We're not alone."

The blankets are torn from his body with a flexing arm. He's wearing a pair of purple pajamas with a pattern of tiny celestial objects across the fabric, which he doesn't remember donning, but he can scarcely notice the costume change, because his toes are moving. His. Toes. Are. Moving. Charles gawps at the sight. It takes several tries to understand exactly how the digits flex and curl in response to his brain and he's not always successful, but it's remarkable nonetheless. For the first time since his arrival, Charles smiles. A watery, teary smile, because what Ariel has done for him is enough to make him melt into a puddle. He's nearly a perfect stranger, determined to show Charles love because some other version of him did the same for him. Love that Charles thought he was incapable of receiving, or feeling. "You're incredible," he whispers, laughing, crying, wiggling his toes. "Wow. Wow. You're a remarkable man, Ariel. Not alone, no. I don't even know what to say."

It makes Ariel duck his head, a little shy and slightly shocked since it wasn't intentional at all. He had a plan for this, he was going to slowly introduce all of the things he had learned over time so that Charles could grow accustomed to each new thing. And potentially, to give him something to look forward to each day. But it seems in his joy his mutation has run away from him a little, hooking things up and laying down pathways all on its own, seeking and searching.

"Your toes are so cute," is what he says, grinning wildly. He tickles one of them playfully. Charles can't feel the sensation, but when Ariel touches them, they twitch as if in response. It's imperfect, but a sign that Ariel means exactly what he says - there can be improvement. All of Charles's toes suddenly develop drawn-on smiley faces, frowning faces and tongue-stuck-out faces on each pad, mostly for his own amusement. He reaches up to lay his palm over Charles's cheek, eyes shining and bright as Charles's pleasure reverberates through the room.

"And a lovely smile," he whispers softly, fond. "I'm glad I got to see it."

Charles gazes back into Ariel’s eyes. It’s still dark in the bedroom, but Ariel’s smile is like a beacon of light, radiating outward. He remembers the first time that he saw Erik genuinely smile, remembers how it seems that the whole world shone with him. At the compliment, Charles can’t help but lower his face, suddenly flustered. He hasn’t smiled, genuinely, in years; he’s sure that he looks like an utter dunce. “I’m still on the ledge,” he warns Ariel, even as he sheepishly smiles at his toes. “But, I’ll respect your attempt to pull me off.”

This one is different; a man with Erik's face, but on him, even the features, identical, are just *different*. Where Erik's smile was hard-won and somewhat of a novelty, Ariel's isn't, wearing what would become known on Genosha in the world-far-away as *the way of the open hand* quite plainly for all the world to see. "You can swing your feet from it, now," he points out, tapping the edge of his nose sagely. "I'll sit with you. Lots of space on the ledge. We can throw peas at people." Charles receives, for his trouble, a bouquet of twelve roses made entirely of peas.

Charles rolls his eyes. He’s already growing accustomed to Ariel’s irreverence. A damn breath of fresh air after a long period stuck in severity and harshness. Brought on by his own self, of course, but it seems that Ariel is immune to Charles’s dour attitudes. Running a sensate knuckle down one of the pea-roses, Charles looks at his toes again, amazed at their movement. “Erik didn’t know how to do this,” he repeats. “I imagine it takes an immense amount of medical knowledge. You said you only were in school until you were 11? But can do all this?”

"I've been studying," Ariel tells him, shifting a little to hazard a peek up, an unmistakable flourish of pride in his tone. "I don't really need to know lots and lots, so I study anatomy, what it looks like, what goes where. And," he adds with a bit of a shrug, "when I was studying, I just froze time, so I had lots of time. Once I know how it is supposed to look, I compare it to what you look like, and I went back to before you were injured to see how you look like, healthy. And then I compare them all together and create little tests, first I did it on the past-Charles, just ready to erase it if I had to. But I think I can travel through time a little better, too. But Erik could do so much more," he makes sure to add. "He can move planets and everything, he's so strong. He stopped a whole terrorist attack, and saved all of New York City. I don't think I can do that," he huffs.

"You went back in time to—" Charles stops then, though. Of course that's what Ariel did, because apparently time travel is real and Ariel is an expert at it. A man with a fifth grade education who can reverse the effects of a T1 spinal cord injury, when every doctor Charles has ever visited has informed him that there is little hope. "Erik was magnificent, yes. But so are you. It makes me wonder what other Charleses can do that I can't."

"Probably different things!" Ariel whispers with a nod. "The Charles I knew, when he got mad, he could nullify anti-telepathy fields," he says this like he's proud, which he sort of is. "We all have the same base, but it shows how we are educated and what we focus on really matters. That Erik is a physicist and he can do crazy things! He once made a stable black hole inside a shield for fun," the man laughs. "I grew up with Klaus teaching me about biology and medicine and anatomy, so I understand all the materials I need to read and I've been part of lots of different experiments."

"The Charles you knew hadn't been suppressing his abilities for a decade," Charles replies glumly, but doesn't dwell there. What need has he had to nullify anti-telepathy fields, anyway? But, it's not so much the power as it is the person wielding it. Most people who are even remotely self-reflective have worried about their negative traits in relation to their potential, but has anyone ever had to worry about the horizons of their potential actually existing in some alternate universe? To Charles, it sounds as if the other version of himself, the one that Ariel knows, has a better head on his shoulders. What does it say about the stuff of his being if just a few divergences can see him sink so low? "You can take us anywhere?" he asks, to distract himself more than anything. "Do you have some place that you like to go?"

He nods. "Want to see?" he watches for Charles's response and then suddenly and surely they're whirled away into the great abyssal unknown. In a blink the entire atmosphere around them changes and they're on a wooden boardwalk surrounded by tiny boats with fruits and vegetables and people wearing brimmed hats, colorful clay buildings smashed together all around them. It's warm and gentle, the sun reflecting the whole area in a gentle golden glow. "Your Erik didn't know about this place," he whispers fondly. Charles is nestled into a chair and his clothes have all changed, a soft blanket in brilliant designs over his lap.

"It's Alexandria, thousands of years ago. That's where my family is from on my aba's side!" he enthuses warmly. In the mid-day sun he looks completely natural to the era. His skin is a tad darker than Erik's because he spends so much time outdoors traipsing around, but surrounded by ancient Grecians it's clear he belongs here. He's always resembled his mother more than his father, but the pieces both comprise the whole. Charles of course sticks out like a sore thumb, but not enough to draw unwanted attention. "That's Matto, over there," he points at a small seaside restaurant. "They serve kykeon which is a little like coffee before coffee was brought here, and mostly phyllo. Sometimes I go to Cairo, or Jerusalem. Do you want to see Genosha? It's dangerous but I can keep us safe. That's the country Erik runs. Anywhere you want to go! Old England? The Vikings? You would make a cute Viking."

Charles gasps when he opens his eyes and finds himself in ancient Alexandria. Even before Ariel disclosed it, he'd suspected that they were in Hellenic times. He's had a lot of alone-time, and has spent too many hours reading through the thousands of books in his father's collections. The stacks of dusty volumes unveiled to Charles that his father was a history book, particularly keen on the years following the Late Bronze Age and the years preceding the Classical period. It had been a surprise to learn; the image of his father that he'd harbored in his head for years fashioned him as a pure scientist, with no space for trivialities like history or literature.

Charles has made his way through almost every book in his collection. And so he can recognize the Bride of the Mediterranean within a few blinks. Winding streets, dry air, suntanned people clad in cool cloth. For the first time since he was a child, Charles feels close to his own father. As if Brian Xavier is here, sharing this with his son. "No, I want to stay here," Charles breathes, leaning back in his chair to observe the incredible structures around them. "Or, perhaps we can jump across the Mediterranean and peek into Athens—what year are we in? If we can get to the fifth-century BC, we can meet Pericles! Or Aeschylus, or Sophocles!"

Ariel rocks back on his heels, delighted. "This is... 49 BC," he deduces after a second, making it clear that the associations for him aren't chronological but rather linked to the landmark, Matto in the distance. "Just after the Siege of Alexandria by Julius Caesar," he surprises Charles by reciting this - history isn't his strong suit, but he's come here often enough to witness its aftermath. "5 BC, here we come!" in an instant, the world changes again, and they pop into existence right near the Parthenon, in its full glory and upright, the stone columns gleaming and well maintained.

Ariel looks up at the sky and gasps. "Did you feel that? Ohhhh, wow. Hang on!" in a bloop they're away and Charles finds himself suspended in mid-air, floating in the vast depths of space. Before them, a dying sun stretches the whole field, gasses swirling and spitting. "Ohhh, this must be the Star of Bethlehem," Ariel whispers, eyes shining with wonder. "It's going to go supernova! Ahhhh, do you feel that?" he focuses so Charles can deduce the sensations swirling all through his body, like heated plasma sparks shining through smooth glass.

"Oh, wow," he whispers, feeling the heat slide through his body as the incredible maw of the supernova opens wide. Gas and heat swirl together, and colors which Charles has never seen before explode across his field of vision. Even though they're nearly at the center of it, they're protected, encased in Ariel's power. To view it is sublime, in the truest sense of the word. A dying star, visible from the earth below. For the next twenty centuries, scientists and theologians will be squabbling about whether or not this event actually occurred.

Billions of people will weave it into their mythology—Jesus Christ was born on the day of the supernova; religions will radiate from this moment like water ripples from a stone. It will inspire triumph, death, murder, beauty. And he and Ariel are here, watching it unfold before their eyes. He doesn't realize that tears are streaming down his cheeks. "So they weren't full of crock," he chokes. "They really did see something, huh? Some fusty old tale about magi and miracles. It's really just physics, isn't it?"

"I think that's better," Ariel whispers. The sound all around them is immense, but inside the protective sphere his voice rings in its quiet whisper, easily heard. "The universe itself is like a miracle. Science and magic indistinguishable," he laughs a little as a spire of flames twists out and harmlessly bounces off of them. It even tickles a little. "There's so much to see and do, so much wonder! I can't believe we are the ones who get to see it, that I get to. So many mysteries waiting to be discovered. Historians argue all the time about things and we get to set the record straight. That's pretty amazing." He can't help but consider just how long he spent feeling like a worthless, miserable nothing. But Charles was right. This isn't nothing. The most wondrous part of it isn't even the immense colors and shapes and sounds, but to Ariel it's the excitement from the man beside him. Being able to inspire that is his greatest joy.

"I used to tut at Raven for believing in magic, when we were young," Charles admits, wiping his eyes. "She told me that magic is just science that we don't understand. I thought that naive, but how naive was I? I suppose, with infinite universes, there are those where this didn't happen. I wonder how those earths turned out. Did Christianity sink its teeth in the same way? Did they find something else to mythologize? My goodness, the trajectories are endless, it's..." he trails off, because there are no words to describe it. It's the first that Charles has been excited about anything in years, and he's speaking quickly, animated. "I don't think that the human brain is equipped to comprehend it all. We want to, because we're creatures that like certainty. We like to know. But I really don't think that we're capable of understanding it. I'm not, anyway. Maybe you are."

"I think maybe it's just more simple than people really think," Ariel rasps gently. "There is no certainty, no vast cosmic whole, just millions of iterations. Klaus once said he didn't think he was responsible for his actions because he couldn't control being the way he was, but I don't know... I bet there are places where I'm like him. Why not, it's a malfunction of his brain, right? It's environmental and genetic. We both had the environment but our composition is different, right? I am sure there are serial killer Eriks and Nazi Eriks and gross Eriks, too. They aren't me, I chose differently when I could choose. Erik told me the idea of self is like mythology, maybe that's true. We are just pieces of the universe, and, we do not understand how it all works or where it came from but, I bet Erik could make his own echo. Cellular automata. Everything that can happen, does happen, just not at the same time. But even I don't know if there is a G-d or where we come from. Or even if there is a G-d or a creator that would make us beholden to them? All life is valuable and precious, religion teaches us G-d must be worshipped and obeyed, but we didn't consent to get created. A child isn't a slave to their parent, right?"

Charles wonders if Ariel knows how wise he sounds. It's a strange dichotomy; in many aspects, he strikes Charles as childlike and juvenile, but underneath that lies some sylvan wisdom, encircling his being like xylem etched into wood. "No, they aren't. A parent is only responsible for their child, too, so long as they care to be responsible for it," he supposes. "Our culture expects a parent to care for their child, and Darwinian evolutionary theory argues that there are instinctual reasons for that care to exist, but that doesn't mean that a parent must do it. Should we be products of some divine creator, are we entitled to their care of protection? No. We aren't." Charles stares at the dying star and all of its wonder. "I used to fret over this sort of thing. If there was no larger purpose to life, then why bother living it? But I guess that's a foolish thought. Purpose, at least as we know it, is a human construct. Silly of me to expect that something extra-human would have an answer for a question that we created for ourselves."

"Well, that's just it, right? We don't need a reason to live. Barring trauma past the point of function, we will maintain physical homeostasis indefinitely, at least mutants will. Life doesn't really need a reason, there's no point to anything," Ariel smirks. "It's freeing in a way. We get to choose what matters to us, that's what makes life so special. But we don't really need a reason to live. We do need reasons to die. It's like, why does Sisyphus keep pushing that rock? Is he stupid?"

"I think that our cultural evolution has made us all into Sisyphus," Charles agrees. "Camus wrote on it; have you read it? He argued that there are only two choices: suicide or absurdity. If you don't choose to commit suicide, you're ultimately accepting absurdity, because the life that we, as a species, have created for ourself is inherently absurd. So maybe Sisyphus is stupid, but we're all stupid for choosing to live in an absurd world. But maybe that's okay. Maybe stupidity is better than suicide."

"I think it is!" Ariel says with a sage little nod. "Absurdity is just nihilism without depression," he says, shrugging his good shoulder. "It's not bad to be sad or miserable but I think a lot of misery is self-imposed. I mean look at me, if anyone should be miserable, right? But I just don't feel it. It's like, everything that happened to me is just as absurd. And I'm sad sometimes, that's just human. But how can you be endlessly sad and hopeless when there's chicken parmesan?" A plate of it appears in his hand. "Sure, there's Nazis and babykillers and war. We also have the Eiffel tower and supernovae, too. It's not even that life has to be purposeless, but even if your purpose is to collect as many neat rocks as possible, that's still a perfectly fine reason to exist."

Charles is quiet for a moment. The rays of the supernova are hot but not scalding, enlivening the blood in his arteries. Misery feels far less absurd than joy, but maybe that’s just a pessimistic symptom of his own pathology. “It’s hard to think of pain as absurd, but you’re right. It is absurd,” he says quietly after a moment, finally turning to look at Ariel. “Good things feel lucky and random, but the bad ones feel purposeful. They aren’t, are they? They’re just unlucky and random. It’s unlucky that my Erik and Raven ended up dying, that my world went to shit. But it was random. The Charles and Erik that you knew…they’re just luckier, in that way. Absurd.”

In a way, it’s freeing. All the bad things that have happened to his world are not because Charles deserves it, or because he didn’t do anything to stop them. They just happened. Somewhere out there, there’s another Charles who did have the spoons to stand up to President Dwight, and maybe that world is better. But his isn’t. And so what? “How many timelines have you visited?” he asks after a moment. “Many? Or just that other one and my own?”

"Yours, theirs, mine, and I've traveled all over the place," Ariel chatters fondly. "Mostly in the other reality, since I had a friend there," he adds a bit regretfully. "In this reality he was killed at Bellevue, they gave him a shock treatment with no anesthesia and he had a seizure and died. Isn't that cruel? He wasn't even very crazy. I've traveled through different times, too. It's a little lonely, now," he whispers with a slight frown.

"But now you can come with me, if you want! Your experiences are very sad, and it makes sense you were heartbroken, but as unlucky as we have both been in life I like to focus on all the things I have now, too. Like Riverside is nice, mutants come from all over. The children smile now and they don't get hurt. I can see all this! Anything I want I can make. I'm the richest man in the world, not because of money or objects, which is basically true anyway, but just in terms of how nice everything is, now. It doesn't take away the bad, but focusing on things to be grateful for puts it into some perspective. Before I went to that other timeline -- my nightmare," he explains.

"Klaus got jealous. He beat me so badly that I lost my kidney. But I would go through it all again, if I could end up here, with you." He takes Charles's hand in his own, pressing it to his cheek.

“Oh. You’re talking about Aura?” As Ariel speaks of his friend, Charles can see that it’s a man who looks very familiar. Dreadlocks and a kind smile, though the man in Ariel’s memory has a bit of grey around his temples, smile lines by his eyes. He and Erik had sprung Aura from Bellevue in his own time, and the man had come to live at the manor. He’d been a sweet soul, misunderstood by the humans in his life so severely that he’d wound up in a psychiatric institution and left to be forgotten. After the incident, Aura left in the larger exodus of mutants from Xavier manor. For all Charles knows, he’s still alive, here. “I’m just one Charles out of a billion of me,” he murmurs softly, as Ariel holds his hand. “A foul one, too. Bitter and angry. You ought to find a better one, I think. Because you may be the only Ariel. A billion Eriks, all wonderful, but you’re unique.”

"Aura Tarish," Ariel nods. "We went all over the place, Vietnam, you suggested China so we went there right before I left and learned all about tea. In that reality your favorite tea is oolong, isn't that weird? You have different taste buds," he says, and he lifts Charles's hand to kiss his knuckles. Affection, freely given. "I think you're my favorite Charles," he grins back at him, the corona of a dying star in the background slowly shaking itself apart. "Not one of you is better or worse, just all different. And you're not foul at all." He closes his eyes and concentrates on the image of him from just moments ago, excitedly animated as he took in the natural wonders happening all around him. The Charles he had known wasn't this way, not for him. Perhaps for his Erik. But here, with this Charles, he gets to see it. And out of all the mysterious treasures of the galaxy, the sun itself right beside, he was focused on Charles's laughter. "See?" his brows raise, expectant.

“You’ve not met a ton of Charleses,” Charles counters, because he refuses to believe that Ariel can truly mean this. What has he done to make Ariel like him? He’s moped and groaned and laid there. But Charles is still thinking three-dimensionally, for his brain only works in three dimensions. He can’t comprehend the other ones, the higher ones in which these sorts of questions might have answers. He doesn’t understand that it’s not about being a better or worse version of himself, or that Ariel deems him his favorite because he’s here, in this time and place.

And even if he did, he might be offended or hurt that it’s not something unique about him as a Charles among Charleses that inspires that judgment, because he’s still coming around to the magnificence of chance. All the same, he flexes his fingers in Ariel’s, observing his face as if it were the supernova in its swan song around them. “No, I don’t,” he whispers, but smiles.

"Well I'm very worldly and basically a doctor so you just have to trust me," Ariel says, lifting his chin in faux-haughtiness that's promptly ruined when several wild curls fall into his eyes. "Blpppthh. Peh," he mutters as he tries not to eat his own hair.

“I am a doctor, and you need a haircut,” Charles retorts, using his better hand to tuck auburn curls behind Ariel’s ear. He’s still smiling. “Or, maybe not. It looks good this long. Erik’s was shorter. Different styles in the 1950s, I suppose. You can see how red it is when it’s long.”

"I like long hair. It makes me feel like a movie star." It's impossible not to take his assertion that the universe is absurd at face value when faced with Ariel Eisenhardt's irreverent perspective. "Klaus used to make me shave it off, he said it was ugly. But that's silly. People aren't ugly, he's just broken. And you have hair!" he runs his fingers through it so gently, so carefully. Finding a tangle and teasing it apart, and then another. He's distracted by this for a while, a look of intense concentration on his face. "There, all fixed," he pronounces and produces a mirror for Charles to see. For the first time in a long time he looks... different. The stubble lining his jaw is gone, his skin is less sallow, the dark circles are eased, and his hair is the same length and style, but now looks clean and healthy instead of limp.

Charles can’t deny that he liked the way Ariel’s hair flows loose and wavy well beyond his shoulders. He observes it as the man begins to groom him, as if they’re a pair of chimpanzees, already learning not to question such actions when they come from Ariel. It takes a little while, but when Charles looks in the mirror, he’s surprised by what he sees. His stringy hair is clean and smooth, and the scraggly beard lining his jaw is gone. Somehow, his skin even looks vital again. He’s still too thin, with hollow cheeks and prominent collarbones, but he looks a hell of a lot better than he did moments ago. “Did you just correct a vitamin imbalance or what?” Charles asks, staring at his reflection.

"Zinc. See, look," he lifts Charles's fingers for him to observe his nails which are no longer peeling and cracked but a nice, healthy hue. "And iron, you're very low, but zinc in particular, and calcium as well. So I fortified your bones and repaired a very mild stress fracture on your tailbone. Did your worker not move you properly?" he glares a little. "Maybe I'll put Leslie in the Shame Cube."

“Of course you fortified my bones and fixed a fracture,” Charles muses. “No Shame Cube. It’s hardly preventable when I’ve done nothing but sit on my arse in the same chair every single day for years. They’ve both been bothering me to get a new chair, but I didn’t see the point. I couldn’t feel the fracture, anyway. Anything that’s wrong with me is my fault.”

Ariel does not look mollified. "Well now you have a new chair. Oh, and this one flies. You can fly, now." It's positively mischievous. "And I will protect your bones," he adds, far too solemn a promise for its bizarre nature. "I did not make the hoverchair, though," he ensures to give credit where it's due. "Erik made it, he made a whole new element called kalorizikite which, I think is named after you somehow?" he squints a bit. "I can't do things like that, but it's very safe and I used one too after my surgery. They're fun. You deserve to have fun, neshama. That will be my new purpose. To make you laugh at least once a day."

The promise of having his bones protected doesn’t even seem odd, coming from Ariel. Considering that they’re in 5 BC in some alternate universe as the Star of Bethlehem collapses around them, it seems somewhat normal. “A flying chair will be useful, I suppose,” he agrees, looking down at his thin legs as they float, weightless. Being weightless feels good. He acts as if the perils of sitting all day don’t bother him, but they do. Stiffness everywhere, daily checks for pressure sores, zero flexibility. Leslie and Eddie both express concern, but Charles is their boss, and they can only do so much when he refuses physio. “You don’t need to make that your purpose, Ariel,” he says after a moment, soft. “You’re already so kind to me. You’ve made me smile far more than I’ve smiled in years. Don’t try too hard.”

The man scritches under his chin fondly. "I'm so glad," he says, spreading his good fingers across Charles's jaw. "I wish I could express how much it means to be able to see wonder and joy in you. And you don't need to pretend, or anything. I can tell the difference," he taps Charles on the nose. "It's sort of my overall purpose anyway, you know?" he gestures all around them. "I like making people happy. I can't really redeem myself, but it's not about that. If you can do even one good, kind act, that stands on its own. It doesn't have to balance any karmic scales, it can just exist for itself. I'm not really very kind, or selfless," he tries to explain with equal softness. "All the things I can do, that's no hardship at all. It's not altruism if it's easy, right? But I still like it. I know it doesn't make much sense."

“The debate over altruism’s existence is designed only to make us feel bad about ourselves,” Charles waves. “If you do a kind thing because it makes you feel good, you’ve still done a kind thing. Who cares why you did it if the result is the same?” he asks, scrunching his nose when Ariel taps it. “The degree of difficulty is certainly not a factor as to whether or not something is altruistic. I’m a telepath and could help a lot of people in the blink of an eye, if I chose. But I don’t. You do choose. You’re a kind man, Ariel. No more arguing that.”

"You helped me," Ariel shakes his head, disagreeing with Charles's assessment. "And you didn't even know me very well. I think you just made a life for yourself that didn't have much warmth, or joy. When I'm not feeling well, it's really hard to be nice, or to think about other people. All I can focus on is just surviving. That doesn't make you foul, or bad. People say it takes a village to raise kids, but I think it takes one to be a healthy adult, too. It doesn't have to be a big village. And even if you're surrounded by lots of people you can still be alone, misunderstood. You said so yourself, right? That you got hurt, so you tried to prevent yourself from forming bonds like that so there would be no risk of it happening again. Did you know the other you is bald?" he says suddenly, huffing a bit. "He got captured by the CIA and tortured. I'm not sure why that made him bald, exactly... but he's OK. He was resilient to that experience because he was insulated by the bonds he had with others."

"How did I help you?" he asks, but doesn't give Ariel a chance to answer, because he wiggles himself closer so that he can run his knuckles over Ariel's hair. "You were imprisoned for many years. You didn't really have a village either, did you? But it hasn't been so long since you escaped, and look how well you're doing. You seem happy and focused. Something changed for you very quickly, it seems. Or maybe an inherent quality within you was allowed to flourish once you were free," he smiles. "If I went bald, I'd ask you to fix it," he chuckles, because no, he's not as vain as he once was, but baldness? No way. "I'm happy for him that he has people around him to support. If he and Erik are married, they must be very close."

The touch distracts Ariel from a response, perhaps Charles's intention all along, and he shivers a little as his eyes flutter closed. The Erik in Charles's memory liked it when he stroked his hair, too. This one, deprived for so long of simple affection, soaks it up like a plant in sunlight. "I had help," he manages to whisper at last, swaying from side to side slowly. "From you and Dr. Kirala. Aura. Everyone at Reyda. I couldn't do it alone. And look, it's only been a day but you found wonder again. I saw it." The memory makes him smile unconsciously. "You look cute bald. But now I can braid your hair." He gives a wink, before letting his eyes slip closed again, humming unconsciously. "You talked with me," he finally does answer, soft. "And let me sit with you and helped me understand things better. You could have just pretended to be asleep."

“I suppose I could have. You did break in to my house, however. Didn’t feel like I had much of a choice,” Charles says, but he’s teasing, and continues to rub at Ariel’s unruly hair. It’s clear how much he enjoys it. Erik did, too, but Ariel melts without the shame. “I could stop your nightmares, if you wanted,” Charles says after a moment. “I can make it so when you fall asleep, you’re dreamless, for as long as you’re out. That’s easy for me to do.”

"You - you could?" Ariel whispers back, stunned. As if on cue, one of Charles's toes wiggles in his socks. Ariel's whole body gravitates toward him, pressing his cheek against those seeking fingers. Beneath his touch he can feel the leashed energy in Ariel's body thrumming in response, as though he himself has a conduit to the nova behind them, sending long streaks of electric sparks back through his hands and up into his chest. "I - I haven't -" he swallows a bit, suddenly overcome. "I don't sleep good. Maybe an hour or two. I have - every night," his eyes grow hot as he recalls it, trembling under gentle ministration. "You could - for me?" Without warning he tugs Charles's hand toward him and lays an appreciative kiss on his palm, only able to nod a few times in a row.

"Of course I could," Charles says with a minute chuckle, eyes crinkling a touch as Ariel thrums around him, kisses his hand. "It's easy. I'm sure that you yourself could guess how I can do it. Hell, you could probably do it to yourself. Maybe you shouldn't; it's probably not a great idea to mess with your brain. But I'm sure that you could, theoretically."

"I never gave it a second thought," Ariel gasps, curious as he considers the possibility that he could affect his own brain. "Changing thoughts is different than helping you, though. That's more like following a stencil, just coloring in the lines. Changing thoughts... maybe, it's just impulses and electricity, isn't it? Our consciousness is an emergent property?" Conversations with Ariel are turning into quite the endeavor, keeping Charles on his newly-life-infused toes as Ariel flits from one extreme to the next, emotions a little like a leaking sieve.

The only saving grace of it all is that he seems to have built-in tolerance methods, else Charles is quite sure he would get whiplash from the ride. Not only are the emotions strange and dichotomous, shifting and appearing at whim before vanishing into the ether and then winding back around, but his comprehension and engagement is likewise all over the place, coming across quite childlike in some respects and extremely advanced in others. It speaks to a mind fractured into millions of pieces and stuck back together, tenuous.

“Well, yes. Thoughts are an emergent property,” Charles agrees, the stable anchor to Ariel’s thrashing ship. “Of course. Consciousness certainly is; neurons and synapses themselves do not possess consciousness. But in large quantities, they interact with each other and external stimuli and thus a conscious being is created. Thoughts included. I imagine it might take a lot of understanding of your own pathways to be able to start changing them, though. I’m able to because I can perceive consciousness.”

"But," Ariel likewise easily trails behind Charles - for all of his opinions on himself, that he's slow and uneducated, it's clear that a lack of formal schooling hasn't dulled his wits any, nor even gotten in the way of his ability to acquire information. "There are parts of our brain that are involved in these processes that could be reduced to simple input, too. I bet I would have more luck with that, like, when I have a nightmare I have the same physical reaction so that reaction is not consciousness, it's just adrenaline and cortisol and chemicals, right? Haha, take that, Dr. Kirala. I don't have to feel my feelings, I can quite literally turn them off," he sticks his tongue out. "Do you help yourself out that way too? Or are you a little more nervous because you could potentially make an alteration that sees you stuck as a lamp-post?"

"You could turn them off," Charles agrees, smirking at the tongue out. "Many years ago, I helped Erik manage all the pain that had been plaguing him. I simply blocked the pathways of the nociceptors in his brain. Not all of them of course—pain is a useful tool—but he was in constant and consistent pain. I'm sure you are or were, too. You could absolutely do that yourself if you can find the right mechanism to quiet them down." Though he can't float away, as it seems that Ariel has tethered them in place, Charles hooks his. better arm around the man's shoulder, as if anchoring himself to the other. "The odd thing is that I have a much harder time manipulating my own brain. I can change others through thought, but it's quite difficult to step beyond my thoughts and look inward. It's like trying to build a car while driving it."

"Hmmm. I wonder if I could help it so you experience less pain," he whispers. "Charles helped me too with my pain, that was a side effect of coming back here. I have to take morphine, which I don't like. Doctors treat you like garbage because you have pain, like you are a drug addict. I don't even like drugs, but they tell me I have to, because my vital signs get messed up. I think your way is nicer," he laughs. "But I know you have pain, too. Maybe I could try and ease it for you. Or we could come to 0G more often, since you like that." He grasps Charles's hands and holds him close, doing a gentle backflip. Ta-da! "I'm going to experiment with that," he says resolutely. "I don't think like this. Like, to fix my own hand or help my problems, even though I can! I'm so used to being forbidden, it's hard to change my mindset. But I can. It's my body, I'm in control now."

"Try it cautiously," Charles advises, and then laughs a little as they both backflip together. "You know that, though. I don't need to tell you. Maybe we can find a way to work together? I guide you to the right place, you make the phsyical change. Because you are in charge of your own body, Ariel. You're free to do with it what you please." He remains close to Ariel, hands clasped in those larger ones, body weightless and free. "I do like it up here. I can't really feel particular sensation beneath my chest, but there is this general discomfort that I'm stuck with. Sitting isn't great for circulation or flexibility. There's always a lot of pressure on my joints because I can't use my muscles to bear that weight when they need a break. Without gravity, however," he smiles. "It's a wonderful break."

"We can help you, too," Ariel promises, touching Charles's cheek with the span of his large palm. "We'll come up here all the time, and I'll try to see about helping the discomfort. Trips and backrubs and little adjustments," he says, resolute. The sun before them slowly but surely reaches the epicenter of its explosion and Ariel shimmers the shield before them, withstanding the might of it as it engulfs them all around. "It's going to turn into a black hole," Ariel gasps. "Do you want to go inside? See what it's like in one? I've always wanted to know."

They're floating together, side-by-side, beholding the awesome power of the stars themselves, two tiny specks amidst the pure grandeur of nature.

Chapter 68: They tread a shadowed path & shun the lanes & ways lit by the sun,

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

"Ari?" Charles bursts through the door of Ariel's home without knocking—that convention was thrown out long ago. The first night that Charles arrived, actually. What's the point of knocking on a telepath's door, and Ariel would never deny Charles admission to his own dwelling, anyway. For the most part, they spend time at Ariel's place, as it's filled with all the random things that the man finds interesting, entertaining, or satisfying. Those things often change by the hour, and Charles likes to see what new fascinations have taken the man's fancy. It's been an eye-opening handful of months. Ariel has remained steadfast in his commitment to convincing Charles that absurdity beats suicide.

Ariel is absurdity incarnate, but the whimsical side of it. The pleasurable and joyful side. For someone who had grown so accustomed to stagnation, the whirlwind of a life with Ariel has felt a little like whiplash. But whiplash from a rollercoaster or a fast-moving boat. Fun whiplash, if there is such a thing. His body is a testament to the change. Skin that was sallow and grey emits a rosy glow, a slight sunburn spread across his cheekbones. He's put on weight, and his right hand can hold cups, pens, books, forks, and Ariel's fingers with ease. The freedom of that alone has brought Charles more opportunity than he ever thought possible, for him.

He can brush his teeth and hair, and Ariel is helping him develop the muscles in his upper-arm—maybe one day he'll be able to pull on his own clothing or even get himself in and out of his chair with minimal assistance. The physical changes, however, pale beside the robust warmth encased in his heart. What he had written off as cold and stony is pumping and lively again. It's like a bad science fiction novel; one where a caveman, encased in ice, emerges from his frigid prison as a whole man again. Charles is beginning to feel like a whole man. "Ariel Eisenhardt," Charles calls as he begins fixing himself a mug of tea. "Lucille has been talking my ear off all day, because you've been off somewhere and didn't bring her, or me, I'll add. How incredibly rude of you."

It's all lighthearted, though. Ariel will know.

"Yari, rude," Lucille says from her latest perch on Charles's shoulder, a testament to how obvious it is that Ariel trusts him, since Lucille rarely leaves the man she calls mama's side for longer than a few moments.

"OK, but you are going to like this!" Ariel grins as he looks up from his spot at the kitchen table where the components of a dissembled radio are spread out. "Listen," he says as they all form neatly back together into a perfectly functional device.

"Thank-you for tuning in to North Brother Island's first official radio broadcast," the voice chirps out from its speakers melodiously. Charles recognizes it immediately as Raven, the woman who is his sister and yet not, who had ventured back to the island once she realized a version of Charles was living there now. "We have a good set lined up today but let's start with our first segment, the latest news - President Stryker has declared starting Tuesday, there will be an imposed national curfew for anyone currently registered in the Mutant Database. Well, what do we say to that? Fuck him! First up, The Ramones. Enjoy!"

"She's been working on this for a long time," Ariel laughs. "Stryker tries to limit how much information we get, so she's been traveling all over the place conducting field research to start a new program. And punk music," he shakes his head.

"1-2-3-4, cretins wanna hop some more!" blasts out of its tinny box.

"Catchy," Ariel mimes the air drums.

"Not stash," Lucille huffs.

"That's true, nothing will ever be pistash."

"Oh, I didn't realize that today was launch!" Charles exclaims, motoring his chair over toward the table to listen. The woman on the other side of the speaker is not Charles's Raven, but the two have grown close over the months. She spent a decade mourning the loss of her brother, and he spent one mourning the loss of his sister. She's filled him in on all of the differences between himself and her Charles; that one went to Oxford and had a rather miserable time there. He'd accepted a teaching fellowship at Columbia University and was commuting from Westchester when the CIA had recruited him for the mission that brought he and Ariel together.

"She loves this angry music, doesn't she?" he muses, and though it's obvious from tone that he doesn't share that taste, it's still fond and proud. She's as smart as the Raven he knew. Resilient and stubborn, too. He has control enough to scoop a palmful of pistachios from the bowl in the center of the table—which is always full—and hold them up for Lucille. "So, we're subject to a curfew as of Tuesday?" Charles asks. "Hmm. Something similar was enacted in my own world not too long ago. There was a lot of resistance. People protesting in the streets and then being dragged off to jails."

"When I was growing up we had a curfew, too," Ariel murmurs. "And then they started closing our businesses, taking our belongings, and talking about deporting us all. It's like that here, now. We already have internment camps for mutant prisoners. Did you know he tried to come here? He thinks this is some kind of resistance headquarters. So I said we might as well be one," he says with pride as he listens to Raven's news broadcast resume.

She's done her homework, infiltrating various institutions to get the full scope of Stryker's plans for them. "He sent some boats out here and tried to land on the shore, but I just sent them all to Guatemala. I'm sure they're having a nice time." His lips twist into a frown, though it's interrupted by a fit of coughing. He clears his throat, not bothering covering his mouth since his abilities naturally impede the flow of air as a reflex. "This damn flu is going around. Ever since my surgery I get sick more," he huffs dryly, but waves it off as it recedes. He feels fine, it's just a cough.

In his own world, Charles let the tide of oppressive political and cultural movements sweep over the populace. He'd been mourning and hadn't the strength or willpower to do anything about it before it was too late. This world is not faring much better, but this world has Ariel and Raven. Maybe not the mythical Genosha that Ariel has told him about, but it's something, and it's growing. He's not going to sit back, this time. Whatever he can do, he will do. But Ariel's cough, persistent and raspy, makes him frown. "Can't you rid your body of whatever virus or bacteria is making you ill?"

"I do," Ariel says with a nod. "It comes back, though. I just got rid of this last week," he says, and his raspy whisper combined with the rattled cough makes him sound sick. "Do you think I should tell Dr. McCoy? It's just a cough, right? I don't want to bother him over nothing. Oh, I had some kind of problem back in the other world," he remembers, squinting. "It's a bit fuzzy because I was all messed up, but I had a seizure and they didn't understand why I got sick, and Daniel Shomron was really unhappy about it. But then I just got better," he laughs a bit. "I'm sure this will be fine, too."

"I think that you should tell Dr. McCoy." Hank McCoy is alive and well in this world, too. He and this Charles had never met, as Hank hadn't been on the same mission that Ariel and Charles had been assigned. He's much different to the Hank that Charles knows back home, however. He had spent many years as a biotechnology advisor to the joint chiefs of staff, posing as a human. He was successful and extremely well-trusted and had gained global renown as a generational scientist, until it was discovered after a missed dose of serum that his natural form is large, blue, and hairy.

After being swiftly fired, Hank buried himself in his work as an independent academic until Ariel appeared in his apartment one evening and extended an offer for a job on North Brother Island. It hurts, a little, to see all that Hank could have been in his own world, but Charles tries not to dwell. Hank made his choices, here and there. "It can't hurt to get a second opinion. Well, a first opinion, since your own doesn't count."

"I'm basically a doctor!" Ariel smirks back at him. It's fascinating how this world is turning with the influence of both Ariel and Charles, both of whom together seem destined to create similar pathways in all the timelines Ariel has seen thus far. Whatever is them having a powerful confluence that draws people in. Genosha is too far gone in this reality for Ariel to overtake - his power is immense and awe-inspiring even amongst mutants, but his offensive capabilities are poor. During a trip to New York City, a man had started hassling him, recognizing him from the paper as the strange leader of mutants at North Brother Island and drew a crowd.

In real-time, Charles watched as he shrank and shrank, his mind ablaze and natural meekness overwhelming his capacity to respond. It had taken Charles entering his head and calming him down before he remembered he could teleport and took them home. But here, they are gathering mutants once more, and the island is turning into a genuine sanctuary for their kind. What Ariel lacks in guts he more than makes up for in care, and in his way he's a good leader, able to delegate effectively and find positions where everybody can use their strengths.

The current head of their fledgling defense militia is Sayid al-Zaman, the role naturally suited to the hulking stoic, and Raven is his second-in-command. As far as resistance groups go, they could do a lot worse. In a blip, they appear in Hank's office. The island's headquarters being a hospital isn't something Ariel has taken for granted and employing people like Hank to get the facility back on its feet and giving mutant physicians a place to practice medicine has always been his plan.

Hank does see patients at times, but he and Ariel have been working together to help Charles, and being part of the frontier of cutting edge treatments for paralysis via mutation is more than enough to pique his interest. He'd taken over Ariel's care after noting the man didn't have a doctor, finding it absurd that he'd been left to his own devices since he was a mutant, even though he had a major injury and needed monitoring of his kidney functions. Ariel knocks on the threshold of his door, offering him a sheepish grin. "Um, hi," he laughs a bit. Charles, I feel silly, he complains mentally. What if he laughs at me?

The arrival of Ariel Eisenhardt was the best thing to happen to Hank in years. While working for the JCOS, Hank had heard of Klaus Schmidt and his band of rebels operating on North Brother Island, but he hadn't paid them much mind. His work has always been about research and discovery; whatever mission he was appropriated to was always secondary. At the time, the Pentagon paid him to do research, and so he put his head down and did research. When he was ousted by his own negligence, the shame wasn't what bothered him so much as the lack of access to the resources that he needed to do his work. A community college in suburban Ohio had agreed to lend him the lab space in exchange for his service as an adjunct, but those facilities had been lacking and the students had been frustrating.

So he had been working in his apartment-turned-laboratory with homemade equipment when Ariel found him. Now, he has an office and all the space that he needs to do his work, and he gets to practice medicine again. For all this, he can tolerate Ariel's quirks, and so he doesn't feel startled or annoyed when Ariel and Charles Xavier appear on the other side of his desk that afternoon. Ariel looks sheepish, but Charles looks resolute. "What is it?"

You are being silly. Has he ever laughed once so long as you've known him? In this world or the other one? "Dr. McCoy," Charles smiles warmly. "Apologies for intruding. I've insisted that Ariel come pay you a visit, as he seems to have some sort of flu that even he is struggling to kick. He mentioned that it's been somewhat recurrent since having his kidney removed."

"Your cough is back?" Hank asks, one brow shooting upward. "I thought that you'd gotten rid of that yourself."

"It... well, keeps happening," Ariel replies in his usual whisper. "I get rid of it, but it comes back. And I don't think it's the same, each time," he adds after a second. "And no one else seems to get sick, even Charles. It's just me. When I was in that other place, I got sick with toxic plasma? Dr. Shomron sent a report to our version of the CDC because it was so bizarre. I forgot about it until now," he rubs the back of his neck with his good hand. "I'm sure it's OK, though. I'm still getting used to having one kidney, right? You don't think it's failing, do you?"

"Toxic plasma? As in Toxoplasmosis?" Hank asks, frowning. "You shouldn't have recurring infections if you're healthy. People with severely weakened immune systems may become ill again from Toxoplasmosis throughout their lives, but you shouldn't have a severely weakened immune system."

Ariel has told him about the other version of himself and some man called Daniel Shomron. It seems that, in that other universe, he spent more time on the medical side of biotechnology, so he's perhaps less adept at conjecture than his counterpart might be, but that isn't to say that he isn't equipped for it.

"I'll do a blood test, if you don't mind," he says, wracking his brain. There's a study he meant to read, something out of The London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine. "You should be fine. Maybe your immune system is weak right now for some reason, but we can work on strengthening it."

Ariel starts coughing again, as if on cue, and he holds up an apologetic finger as the fit overtakes him. "OK," he nods once, not looking thrilled at the prospect. Medical procedures still unsettle him, but he clears his throat and finds Charles's fingers with his own. You'll stay, too? he asks mentally, fidgeting a bit as Hank collects the necessary equipment. I'm sorry, I don't want you to worry. I'll be OK, I'm sure it's not so bad.

Of course I'll stay. Ariel is Charles's best friend. His closest companion. He'd come from a world where he'd had no one, or at least that's how it felt. First there was nothing, and then there was everything. It's only been a few months, but Charles knows that he loves Ariel deeply, as he loved Erik. He smiles encouragingly at the man and gives him a small squeeze with his better hand. I'm not worried beyond the usual. I just want to make sure that we catch something early, if it's there, hmm?

As much as Charles has found himself changing in this new world, he's noted an equivalent change in the man beside him, who is steadily growing in confidence and composure with each passing day, which Charles knows he attributes to their companionship. He squeezes right back, and then darts forward to kiss him on the cheek, nudging his shoulder into Charles's own. Even still, after months, it still makes his heart flutter when Charles looks at him like this.

He sits and patiently endures the blood test, squinting at the tubes with his own senses as well. "Hmm, my platelets are low. Thrombocytopenia... is that why --" he lifts his shirt sleeve, displaying his left forearm. The tattoo on his skin is in stark relief, but Ariel points to the significant bruising all along the inside of his elbow. "That's weird, and my white blood cells are really high. My red blood cells are low, too." Ariel's brows knit together.

One of these conditions might not be cause for concern, but all of it together is... worrying, even to Hank. "Is this from my kidney?" his eyebrows are raised, shocked.

Charles can feel the concern ratchet in Hank’s head as he takes stock of the bruises spilling across Ariel’s inner arm. The Hank in his world had learned how to temper these things so as to not alarm Charles, but this Hank has never felt the need to do so, and so Charles is a perfect witness to the various scenarios that the doctor considers in his head. Leukocytosis…differential includes infection, steroid use, bone marrow disorder, sarcoidosis…

“I don’t think it would be from your kidney,” Hank answers, quickly finishing the blood draw. Ariel can see the structures within the vial, but Hank can’t, and he’s eager to run the tests with his own instruments. “You didn’t have a transplant, so there’s no chance of graft vs. host or anything.” He scratched his head. “Most likely, it’s minor. A host of things can cause your white blood cell count to be high and your platelets to be low. Just take it easy for a few days. Try to rest and keep your stress levels low. I’ll take a look.”

Charles squeezes Ariel’s fingers. “You have been busy. We could both go for a few days of lounging around, I think.”

"Do you think..." Ariel whispers, watching the interplay of emotions on Hank's features mixing with Charles's extrasensory perception, and recalling those same expressions on the faces of the doctors surrounding his bed at Aramida. Am I OK? the thought finishes in his own mind, stuffed down and trailed off. Being sick brings up memories. Bad ones. Once he had claimed he never got sick, his mind simply deleting those experiences from his conscious recollection, but since his surgery and convalescence he's remembered the sinister experiments conducted on him. Needles, medication, pain. Ariel doesn't realize he's teared up even though he's smiling.

He feels a pulse of something like fear stab through his chest, but decades of learning to suppress fear sees him get a handle on it quickly and he raises Charles's hand to his lips, dusting a kiss over his knuckles. Focusing on him instead. His anchor, his totem to reality. Swallowing it all down, he lifts his chin, determined not to display weakness in front of Hank or to allow his emotions to overwhelm Charles. There's no purpose to being frightened. Klaus would... no, Klaus isn't here. What he would do is irrelevant, he reminds himself in harsh rebuke.

Focus, focus. "Your prescription is movies in bed with you and Lucille? I can't think of a better treatment," he rasps fondly,

Feeling the fear begin to spike, Charles raises his hand to cup Ariel’s beard-covered chin. Just because we don’t know what it is right now doesn’t mean it’s serious, my love. Of course you’re okay. You’re you. Nothing can touch you. He gives Ariel a peck on his cheekbone, and then smiles. “Come on. Let’s get back in bed, then. Thank you, Dr. McCoy. You know where to find us when you know a little more.”

Ariel swirls them up and away, and they appear immediately inside the grand, soft - loosely could be called a bed - mattress that is instead comprised of pure soft blankets, odds and ends, little trinkets. Ariel hugs Charles to him and kisses his forehead, confident at least that he can protect the man from getting sick himself. My love, he repeats back in a whisper.

Charles has become accustomed to being whisked about like this. Erik, though capable, rarely zipped them through space—he hadn’t known the extent of these capabilities until Ariel showed him. When they reappear in the pile of blankets and pillows, Charles sighs happily and shuts his eyes. My love, he says again, reaching up to stroke along Ariel’s jawline with a finger that is growing more agile by the day. I won’t let anything happen to you. I’m a doctor, remember?

Ariel shivers beneath the touch, so much more sensitive than he ever remembered Erik to be - and Erik had been, too. These days, he finds he's able to think about Erik without the overwhelming dirge of grief and anguish, to remember the good. It helps, in a way, that Ariel may look similar to him, with some of the same experiences, but he truly is a different man. Less like Charles has replaced the Erik he knew with a facsimile; even his features are a little bit different.

One thing he's come to learn very acutely is that even the most minor of affections seem to unravel him, pinging electrical delight everywhere that zaps back through Charles's fingertips, magnified. He nudges his face against the pads of those fingers, pressing his lips to the edge of Charles's thumb. "I remember," he whispers, entranced. A stunned joy that Charles is here, that he loves Ariel. No, they aren't replacements. It's more like the universe has corrected itself, slotting two individuals together who mightn't ever met otherwise.

This Charles isn't like the one he remembers, nor like the one he left on Genosha. They are the perfect fit for one another.

Charles sometimes catches himself gazing at Ariel, wondering how the hell he got so lucky. He’d been in the middle of ending his own life, perhaps less than an hour from death when his life changed forever. No one could ever predict such a thing; Charles had decided that his life would never improve, because there was no way of knowing that such a wonder as Ariel exists. But he does, and Charles cannot believe that he’s his. He’ll always love Erik, of course. Erik was his first love. His intellectual counterpart, the first person he’d ever met who has been a true challenge, a true confidant. The pain of his loss, however, has hardened into a smooth scar as he’s come to understand the nature of time through Ariel.

No, Ariel hasn’t replaced Erik. He’s his own self, and Charles loves each atom of that self. His ability to oscillate between levity and sincerity is a perfect antidote to Charles’s steadiness. He brings excitement, Charles keeps them grounded. They fit together as two parts of a whole, content to live their lives alongside each other and just be. Smiling, Charles kisses Ariel’s loose waves. “Good. You’ll be just fine, Ari,” he promises. “You were saying something about watching movies? That in the future, people will be able to buy films saved to cassettes and watch them from home? Do you have cassettes from the future?”

Ariel grins mischievously and holds up a finger, like he's preparing Charles to witness a magic trick. "Wanda showed me this," he says with a laugh.

Wanda is Erik's daughter, the one who lives on Genosha in the other-world. He suspects that she must be here, too, but he's had little luck in finding her. Erik and Wanda both believe it's because she's hiding herself away, afraid of the government and the Brotherhood both. Charles knows he has hope that her and Pietro, the man he had come to know as Erik's son, are both safe and that they will one day be in his life. They've had no success in finding Magda, with both of their abilities, making it likely she is dead in this timeline as well.

But knowing that Wanda is strong enough to protect herself, even if she isn't with him, keeps him going. In an instant, though, between his fingers a slim device no greater than a centimeter in height, with a large screen framed by white appears in his hand. "It's called an iPad," he snorts. "In the future they have the internet, which is like Arpanet but world-wide," he chatters excitedly. Charles can feel that this isn't something he is frivolous about - he trusts Charles. Charles is the only person he does trust with this, perhaps even moreso than he trusts himself. "This doesn't work on those networks because they don't exist, but, look!"

He taps the button and the screen powers on, flashing a logo of a half-bitten apple. "You can tap this," he directs Charles to the square on the home screen with the large red N. "It has movies downloaded onto it. Download, is... anything that is taking from the network, and put onto the device," he tries to explain. "This is how they fixed Erik, when he lost his abilities. Wanda brought them a computer from the future. Hank was very upset about not being allowed to keep it," he laughs.

Charles doesn’t understand what he’s looking at until Ariel illuminates the glass pane before their eyes. It’s a screen, encased in a thin layer of what looks to be titanium. He’s always stymied by the gadgets that Ariel brings back from the future—he has to promise that he won’t talk to others about what he’s seen or keep them for himself—but it’s not as if he knows how to even describe this technology, anyway.

He attempts to physically grab the tiny box on the screen once or twice before Ariel gently corrects him, shows him that he need only tap. When he does, a wall of tiny film posters appear on the screen, and he gasps. “Oh, wow,” he whispers, scrolling awkwardly (he tries to use his whole palm first, silly Charles). “Oh! There’s films from our time, too. Breakfast at Tiffany’s, The Sound of Music…” He furrows his brow when he scrolls beyond what are labeled as “classics” and in to the sections of titles that must be from some future time. “Barbie? They made a film about a child’s toy?”

Ariel titters a little as Charles gradually becomes familiar with the gadget, incredibly pleased and proud of how far he's come along in his physical therapy. Some of this progress is directly relative to Ariel's internal repairs, but most of it is because of Charles's own enthusiasm in pursuit of these goals. And now look, he can navigate something as finicky as a touch-screen with only minimal assistance. He's smiling as Charles scrolls and has to laugh. "I heard that it was actually a very good movie! Pietro says we should watch it with this one," he points to Oppenheimer. "You might like that one more, but supposedly they go together? The future is odd."

“Oppenheimer? As in the father of the atomic bomb? And Barbie?” Charles scrunches his nose. “In the future, does Barbie become a physicist or something? How odd.” He’s a little clumsy as he scrolls through the list of films, hand not entirely dexterous, but he’s happy to be able to do it mostly on his own so long as Ariel holds the device for him. “Wow. We can stay in bed for years watching all these films. The people in the future must be lazy. What do you want to watch? I will admit that I’m desperately curious to learn what Barbie is about.”

Ariel selects a movie called Lilo & Stitch, mostly because of the cute creature splashed across the digital poster. He winds up entranced by it, and despite the fact that it's animated, it turns out to have depth. (This is my family. I found it, all on my own. It's little and broken, but still good. Yeah, still good. Ariel isn't crying. YOU are crying.)


And so time passes like this, with both men experiencing a breadth of ease within one another, their respective existence buoyed and uplifted, committed to the process of healing.

Not just for Charles, who came to Riverside in desperate need of recovery. Recovery from a series of events began a decade ago. Isolation, dependence, despondence, grief. That would take time to fully unravel. But also for Ariel, who likewise spent years enslaved. They establish a little animal sanctuary in one of the laboratories after finding an injured chipmunk rustling about the trees. They bundle up bats in cozy blankets and feed them bananas and warm milk.

They watch movies, and play games, travel - one of Ariel's favorite activities. He's downright sociable, chatting with strangers in far-away lands and seamlessly adapting to their culture like a chameleon. Yet another way he does his best to teach, to live. To go with the flow, to try something new. In Mexico, chapulines sound horrifying. Ariel crunches into the deep-fried cricket with lime sauce in delight, because why not? Did Charles know that locusts are the only kosher insect?

Charles teaches Ariel chess, and after the first twenty or so games, Ariel surprises him by winning. And Ariel teaches Charles Go, a game to chess as tic-tac-toe is to checkers. It's a similarity between Ariel and Erik, a point of convergence introduced by Klaus Schmidt in childhood. Ariel is a natural tactician, with inborn talent, but he's easily distracted, finding Charles's hand across the board or watching a smile as it plays out on his features.

At roughly the anniversary to the day of Charles's arrival, six months later, Ariel stumbles through making an entire meal for them by hand. Between zucchini bourekas and tea, he's struck - and he shyly asks if he can kiss Charles properly. The answer, a resounding yes, steals his breath away before he even tries. They retire to bed that night, and then it's time for Charles to teach Ariel something new. The nightmares between them grow softer, gentler. A balm to soothe their souls in this safe haven.


One night - when it truly seems like they've created a real life for themselves, here - while resting in one another's arms, Charles awakens to the horrible sound of Ariel coughing hard enough to vomit blood into a bucket. He can't catch his breath, wheezing and rocking back and forth. He'd been awake for a while, hacking away. At first he forms a soundproof barrier to prevent Charles from hearing, but after he begins throwing up, a bolt of panic and fear cause it to collapse.

Blood is dripping from his nose, and his eyes are shot and desperate. Please stop soon, please stop. His whole body shakes, trembling in distress. Ariel hates throwing up, has a genuine phobia of it, and Charles feels it seize at his chest almost before he registers anything else. Ariel cries, stifled sobs and snot and tears mixing with bile, mucus and blood. A hideous combination flowing out of him.

Charles enjoys the best period of his life at Ariel’s side. North Brother Island becomes the bastion of the resistance movement, and the energy in the air is thick and electric. Sayid and Raven are the public faces, but Charles reminds Ariel fondly each day to consider how he is the heart behind the operation. Charles is proud of him, and he wants Ariel to be proud of himself, too. For his part, he learns how to be a part of a community, again. After living in isolation for many years, it feels good to have a role within a larger group. He finds himself spending time with the youngsters a few days per week, offering lessons in biology, literature, and history. Finally, he’s a teacher, just as he set out to be when he was a younger man. It brings him internal peace and fulfillment. Ariel, however, is his North Star. Charles doesn’t think that he could love another person as much as he loves Ariel.

It’s silly to say, but there’s something cosmic, he feels, about their union; of all the timelines and universes, their two crossed over. As if something knew that they were the missing pieces in each other’s lives. Charles loves Ariel’s kind heart, excitable mind, unbreakable spirit. How he’s possessed of a genius intellect and likes to watch cartoons and spend his days with the rescued animals. How he uses his abilities to help people like Charles live more comfortable lives. He’s chosen life, firmly. Life is absurd, but he’ll happily enjoy absurdity at Ariel’s side for as long as the world grants them that.

“Ari…?” He’s half asleep when the projected bolt of panic slices through his chest. Eyes shoot open, and in the dark, he can see that Ariel is doubled over, convulsing on the mattress with his head suspended over the ground. He’s terrified—there are coughs wracking his body, wet in his throat, sickly. Oh, my love, Charles soothes, spreading over the top of Ariel’s awareness. Even if he himself is beginning to panic, because the cough sounds bad. It’s alright. Just let it out. Shh, shh. Just let it out, my love. His hand rubs along Ariel’s back once the bed is raised. Do you want me to call Dr. McCoy?

Ariel's thoughts are ping-ponging all over the place, sliding out of his grasp in long, oily strands that dissolve messily into thick, swampy lake sludge. His good hand is pressed against his own chest, and Charles realizes with a start that Ariel is struggling to inhale. It's not because he's panicking. Ariel has panic attacks sometimes, and while they cause him to experience discrepancy in breathing, it's very clear that Ariel's panic is because he can't breathe - literally, the sound rattling and slow and agonal.

Charles feels him reach for his abilities completely reflexively, manually pulling oxygen from the air into his bloodstream and circulating it through his body. "I need, hospital, I need to go to the hospital," he gasps. "I can't breathe, I can't -" he gasps again, eyes winching shut. With the lamp switched on by the push of a button at Charles's fingers, the sight is out of a horror movie. Blood is everywhere, all down his face and the front of his shirt as he faces his beloved.

Charles can hear it, both in his head and through his ears. Ariel's lungs are not taking in enough air; it's as if they're full, blocked. He's about to slide in and help him open his lungs, when— A gasp presses from Charles's body when the light flicks on, and he's faced with the sight of Ariel covered in his own blood. Green eyes are wide, panicky, while scarlet bubbles down his chin and chest. The front of his nightshirt is stained, plastered to his chest. And the terror is palpable. It's large, takes up the entire room.

"Oh, Ari," he breathes, and then scans the room for his chair. It's by the kitchen; Ariel had scooped him up last night and carried him to bed in his arms, murmuring something about how he's as light as a feather with his sweet and coy smile. Even if it was beside the bed, Charles can't get himself into it on his own. He's useless, now. Unable to help his beloved at all, save for the scrabbling of fingers... "Can you get yourself there?" he asks desperately, clinging to Ariel's wrist. "Your abilities. Teleport us to the hospital—or else—ah..."

"No, no, no," something like a wall of force comes up and Charles's hand reaches out for him, and bounces harmlessly off of it before he can brush fingertips over the edge of Ariel's shirt, stained a deep, wine red. A ruffle of wind passes through Charles, inert. If it weren't for this, Charles wonders if he might've been flung across the room in pure panic by a lesser mutant, but Ariel retains enough control on a subconscious level to negate his natural instinct to lash out when he realizes ---

"Stay away, don't touch," he warns in a coagulated gasp, blood thick and heavy in his throat. He doesn't mean to frighten, he's sorry. But it's imperative. He senses it now, whatever it is that had concerned both Dr. McCoy and Dr. Shomron in timeline-stereo. There is something wrong with his blood. There's something wrong with him. "Tell the doctors. They need personal protective equipment," he forces himself to calm down. Charles has felt this before, from the Erik he knew. The way a great big invisible palm came swooping down to push the crisis out, demonstrating a near-preternatural capacity to tightly grip his emotions in cold fists and deaden them.

(Calm down, that outside-in command in Erik's mind, from the Ether. Calm down, or you're going to die.) When they appear at Riverside's fledgling Emergency Room, Charles nestled safe and snug in his wheelchair with a soft blanket over his legs - even at his most desperate, Ariel considers him - Ariel is crunched into a ball as he struggles to concentrate and push oxygen into his circulatory system. Charles, forced to watch from inches of distance, without touch as the taller man trembles from exertion.

My lungs aren't working, he thinks blindly at Charles, finding it difficult to speak amidst a fresh fit of coughing. They're not working, and there's something wrong with me. Something wrong with me? Neshama, neshama...

Charles recoils slightly when Ariel rasps at him to stay away. It cleaves his heart in two, watching Ariel's body shrink away from him, as if Charles is the one who needs to not be touched. Vaguely, he understands: Ariel believes that there is something wrong with him, to the point that his blood might pass the illness on to Charles, but Charles can scarcely think about that at the moment. Not when he's so deeply entrenched in Ariel's awareness, feels his brain switch to a different plane. It's a relief, slightly, to open his eyes to the Emergency Room's quiet waiting area. At this time of night, it's fairly quiet; the population on North Brother Island is small and there aren't too many instances of emergency care required.

Right now, a middle-aged woman sits on one of the padded chairs, waiting for her son to get his broken arm casted. She, too, gasps when she takes in Ariel, drenched in blood. Sit down, my love, Charles encourages, nodding at one of the chairs in the space. An attempt at calm. I'll be right back. The person manning the intake desk must have stepped away for a moment—there are only a few personnel working at this hour—so Charles motors through the swinging double doors until he encounters the doctor on duty, currently wrapping the arm of a teenage boy. "Excuse me, but Ariel—he's ill, and can't breathe," Charles gasps, desperate. "Please, he's in the waiting room."

The woman in question's nametag lists her as Dr. Qadir, clipped onto a flowing black loose outfit with billowing sleeves tapered into sensible nursing shoes and her hair bundled away beneath a black skintight cap. She glances up as the man in the wheelchair - Charles Xavier, she recognizes him as the companion of the Riverside Resistance's de facto leader, Ariel Eisenhardt. When he explains, she rises in a graceful movement and folds her hands behind her back.

"All right," she inclines her head, eyes creased at their corners in her version of a smile. She detours only briefly to hand off her current case before she grabs her stethoscope from around her neck and approaches the waiting area. When she sees a patient covered in blood in acute respiratory distress she mobilizes quickly, paging Hank and Daniel discreetly with a tap at her waist. An orderly comes over to help her transfer him into a wheelchair. "Try not to talk just yet," she tells Ariel, who looks like he's struggling to do so. "Dr. Xavier, when did this start? Just now?" Compared to the two of them she's completely centered and in control, and there's a certain comfort that she's got this.

Dr. Qadir’s calm is welcome, but Charles is struggling to believe it, even as she eases Ariel into a wheelchair. She’s an accomplished doctor who has been nothing but positively impactful to the mutants of North Brother Island, and yet Charles need only look at Ariel and feel the panic rippling through him, the dread, the fear, and feel more ill at ease than ever. Charles can feel as Shomron and McCoy jerk awake in their respective rooms. She’s called them.

“He’s been ill off and on for a long while,” Charles blabbers, following the orderly as they wheel his beloved back down the corridor. “Just shy of a year. He had a kidney removed, and he’s been fighting this flu ever since. He had blood tests. High white counts, low platelets. Dr. McCoy couldn’t make a determination with any sort of confidence, but he’s always gotten better in a week or so. I was a little ill the week before last and he looked after me, so maybe—“

Charles stops then, because he realizes that he’s crying now, almost choking on his own breath. Has he passed this to Ariel? The man’s immune system has been less than stellar; it would make sense that a bug would have this effect. “We just need to figure out what’s killing his immune system,” he spills through tears. “Dr. Shomron and Dr. McCoy didn’t find leukemia or any form of cancer. He’s had toxoplasmosis before. But he’s never been this bad.”

Ariel winches his eyes shut, pained - not by Charles's evident clanging panic and guilt, but because he can't reach out and wrap him up and hold him how he wants to. He is sorry. He is so, so sorry. Charles's anguish is palpable, and all he wants to do is burst into tears of his own - already they're tracking down his face, a response to the fit rather than his emotions. He won't let himself fall apart, not when Charles needs him. "My - blood -" he manages to heave the words through stuttered, sharp rattles. "I - see - now. My DNA. My - it is - all of it. All... wrong. It - is - wrong."

Sooraya Qadir, initially a biochemist before coming to work at Riverside where most of the medical staff moonlight with many hats to keep the place operational and patients seen, quirks an eyebrow at this. "Toxoplasmosis," she repeats, stunned. "As an adult? And you didn't replace the kidney, just removed it? Have you ever had chemotherapy, radiation treatment, steroids - prednisone ---?"

"Yes - adult. No replace. No chemo. No - pred--" he lurches forward as it feels in his chest like his lungs are spasming around voided space. Empty, bereft. "--prednisone," he gasps out. "Don't - touch. No blood. I'm so - sorry - neshama."

"Be easy," Sooraya tells him, snapping on a pair of nitrile gloves. Some sort of bloodborne illness? "Have you ever been tested for hepatitis? Jaundice, fatigue, abdominal pain?" she lifts his shirt, palpating his stomach gently with two fingers. There's no tell-tale sign of tenderness.

"Yes, tested. Genosha. No hepatitis," Ariel wheezes.

Sooraya frowns. Damn, she thought she had that one. But, she supposes, this is Hank McCoy. It couldn't be that easy. The door opens and she's handed a file, which she flicks through haphazardly. "Does this say Dr. McCoy prescribed you pentamidine?" her brow furrows, clearly surprised. "OK, thank-you. Let him know we're in here. So there's some things we can try," she starts softly. "Right now you're experiencing something called Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome or ARDS. Judging by your presentation, you're alive and conscious right now because of your mutation. We need to assess the damage to your lungs, and diagnose the infection so we can treat it."

"But - keep - sick," Ariel replies in his heavy whisper.

"The greater reason for your immunosuppression is relevant and necessary to uncover, but this is an emergent situation. We need to fix this, now. Everything else can wait. Do you understand? Normally we would do a bronchoscopy, which is fairly invasive. Given your abilities, you can target the cells we need to culture without undergoing sedation or a scope. Can you do that for us?" She withdraws a small sealed vial and uncapping it just as the door opens to reveal Dr. McCoy. "Pneumocystis carinii?" her brows raise. "I don't think I've - ever seen this. I have to ask, Ariel, do you use drugs? Unprotected sex? Anything like that?"

Ariel blinks, stunned by the question. "Wh--what?"

"According to you, you've developed an acquired bloodborne pathogen of some type - and those are common transmission routes. If your risk profile is high, then we can operate under that assumption - otherwise it's just another differential anomaly."

"How--how do you mean? Ever?"

"Within the past couple of years."

Ice floods his veins, and he goes stock still. "I--ah,--" he wobbles, mortified.

"--how many of these tests came back negative?" she turns over result after result, addressing Hank over Ariel's shoulder. "Get Shomron in here, too," she calls out the door after the orderly. "A dozen doctors, two hospitals, two timelines and no one knows what this is. You're saying it's pathogenic. What pathogen? Every test is negative."

Doctor,” Charles manages to hiss, just as Ariel begins to implode. It’s painful, to feel him shrink in on himself, his mind turning to oily static. Dr. Qadir has a keen, quick mind and is well-suited for the profession, but she’s utterly snappy and cares little for niceties. Especially when her patient is exhibiting such strange symptoms. Unprotected sex? Why would she be asking about that? Charles still hasn’t put two and two together.

In his mind, she’s needlessly dredging him through discomfort. “Doctor, Ariel and I—if it’s that, then I would have something, too,” he stammers, cheeks red. Unafraid, he grips Ariel’s hand in his own. “We travel a lot. We just came back from New Zealand. He could have been bitten by something or inhaled some spores.” He looks to Ariel then, ashen, scared. His poor, sweet love. If only they could go back to bed and watch one of their films on the iPad, where they’re safe. “My darling,” he whispers. “Don’t be scared. It’s okay. We’ll get you some medicine. Some new medicine. Right?” A glance at Hank.

Hank pushes his glasses up bis nose, sheepish. Concerned. “If the medication I prescribed didn’t kill the fungal infection…there are others, sure. We can try those, but they’ll be hard on the immune system, which is already weak. Dapsone, maybe. Corticosteroids if it worsens.” He looks to Dr. Qadir. “His CD4 count was extremely low when last tested, as you can see. It’s hard to diagnose, given his mutation. Hard to know what’s baseline for him.”

Stop talking about him as if he isn’t here!” Charles roars, slamming his fist against the armrest of his chair. “Figure it out! You’re both doctors, aren’t you? Find a bloody cure that won’t make him worse!”

Ariel shucks off his shirt and disintegrates everything on himself, focusing while still struggling to even breathe properly, so that he can wrap his arms around Charles and bury his head in the crook of his neck. He rubs his back and along his neck, and up-close Charles can hear how every raspy inhale is a wheezing agony, but he scarcely notices for all the imperative in him to soothe. The gentle fingers of his left hand draw down behind Charles's ear, across his jaw.

The rest of the world is gone, for him. Qadir and McCoy aren't there, anymore. It's just Charles.


Sooraya, not expecting her patient to be suddenly shirtless, is visibly taken aback by the scars decorating his skin and raises her clipboard in front of her face strategically to prevent either of them from witnessing her reaction. Daniel Shomron strides in next, interrupting the flow of Charles's fury as he barrels right into the center of the room and slaps a clipboard down onto the counter next to the tongue dispensers.

"You're in a room full of doctors, mate. I'm afraid it's par for the course," he claps the man on the shoulder before jabbing his finger into the clipboard. "This is everything I've got so far. I've been going over McCoy's records --- look at this," he gestures for them all to approach - with Ariel in his position as a leader, not a patient. Unfortunately he's still glommed onto Charles, slow and steady. "Susan Garrison is a colleague of mine in Atlanta, and she sent me this about a week ago. I didn't make the connection until you mentioned pentamidine. She's a pharmacy tech for the CDC. They went from 107 use cases of pentamidine ever, to fifty in a month. All in - get this - patients who were previously healthy and had zero indications of immunosuppression. All pneumocystis carinii. Healthy people do not get sick from PC."

Sooraya's eyes widen. "Do we have an estimate how many people... in Atlanta? We're in New York."

"Now, I'm just a simple country epidemiologist. But in my neck of the woods, we call this novel. Something is happening to these people, something is decimating their immune systems. Toxo, PC - healthy people don't get those illnesses. No cancer, no leukemia, no steroids, no radiation, no rejection, no hepatitis, sarcoidosis..." he counts off his fingers. "And now, not alone."

Ariel has been listening. Always listening, creeping like a mouse. "I'm infected with something," he puts it together, a puzzle lock slid into place. He's very calm, very soft. "We need to find out more. Everything we can. Take precautions. It's not in my mouth or my lungs," he adds with a blink. Meaning it isn't airborne. He separates and separates inside, trying not to come to the obvious conclusion. Because Charles is right. They have. And he would. And Ariel can't think about that right now or he will shatter into trillions of frozen pieces and scatter all over the floor, swept away into a dust-bin and thrown to the land-fill where all the rotten fruit and decomposing waste goes. 

Charles wants to peer over the clipboard as well, but Ariel is more important, and he's clung to to his side like a koala. His chair is floating off if the ground so that he can sit at the proper height, which means he can't see the clipboard as the doctors huddle around it. What he can do, however, is feel the slow, languid crawl of dread spreading through the doctors' bodies as they absorb all that Daniel is conveying. "Is there something that all the patients have in common?" Charles says, voice as steady as it can be.

His grip on Ariel's forearm tightens. They're in this as a pair. If Ariel is sick, they're both going to fight it. Together. "Ethnicity? Diet? Have all the patients had surgery lately or something? That's a good place to start, isn't it?"

"I'm no epidemiologist," Hank says, frowning at the charts. "But it looks like most everyone, if not everyone is a male. Most are adults. Twenties and older. What about lifestyle? Socioeconomic status?"

"I doubt anyone has a similar lifestyle to Ariel," Charles points out. "Do any of them travel through time and space?"

Ariel grimaces, pressing his lips together. "I have - a high risk profile," he glances at Sooraya, wincing a little. "I started getting sick last year, right after Hellfire."

"Huh," Daniel frowns at his clipboard. "Strange." That is not a word you want your doctor to be using. "Look at this," he taps the piece of paper and disengages it from the rest, holding it out to Hank. "Male, and gay. All of them, almost all of them."

Ariel stares, completely confused and disjointed. "What? How can they all be gay? That's not a disease."

"I don't know," Daniel shakes his head, tapping at the circle saying GRID? "There are a few women, most of them are poor immigrants, prostitutes, drug addicts."

"High risk," Ariel nods. "But being gay isn't high risk." Ariel frowns deeply.

"This is going to be a fucking shit-show," Daniel mutters to himself. "That's all we need, moral panic. Christ."

"Is it... do you think..." Ariel inhales audibly. "Do you think it could be some kind of weapon? We know there is a genetic component. What else would make sense? Prostitutes, gays and drug addicts?"

"I'll do my best to find out more," Daniel promises. "I'm headed to Jacobi in the morning. And Charles - you need to be careful, both of you. You need to operate under the assumption that you're at risk, too."

"What? How is sexuality a risk factor?" Charles is angry, now. Not at Daniel, nor Dr. Qadir, nor Dr. McCoy. He knows that the doctors in the room are not bigoted in that way, that they don't harbor prejudice or disdain for homosexual people. Some people gawp when they see Charles and Ariel being affectionate in public—the ones who do so at North Brother Island aren't upset about it, but they merely have not seen two men do so, before. Usually the surprise dissipates after a few minutes, and then they never bat an eye again. The public at large reacts differently, of course. But the doctors are not like that; they're educated and rational people who understand that there's nothing like this comorbid with homosexuality.

"Moral panic," Charles breathes, squeezing tight to Ariel as he rasps another breath. "I...oh. If it really is contagious, then...oh. They're going to start thinking that gay people are all contagious with some scary illness, they're going to ostracize gay people even further." He looks to Ariel. His sweet, good-natured love. With sunshine in his heart and only good intentions on his mind. That someone should be afraid of him is preposterous. "If there's some virus lowering your immune system, can you find it? You're able to see your symptoms, my darling, but what about the underlying cause? Can you feel that within you?"

He nods. "I can see it, now. I couldn't before. It must not have been enough to show. But it's not... I don't know how to explain it," he whispers. "It's like my body is different. My DNA is different. It's not a simple illness, it's everywhere. In my body's basic systems. I don't know that I can remove this. My immune system fights off cold and flu naturally, I don't remove it, you know? It's like... I've never encountered something like this."

"A virus?" Daniel writes as a he talks. Viral, bloodborne. The sooner they find out what this is, the sooner humanity can work on mitigating it. People deserve to live their lives free from fear and disease. Least of all Ariel and Charles. The men have been through enough, now it seems those Hellfire bastards left them a parting gift. It's enough to frustrate him, but he's determined and clears his mind.

"Your sexuality isn't a risk factor," Ariel whispers softly to Charles. "I am your risk factor. I looked at you, I don't see anything so far. But it took me a year before I could see this. So that means nothing. You have to be careful, neshama. If you feel ill you have to tell us."

"I don't understand," Charles whispers, desperate. How could Ariel's DNA be different? How could something change his DNA? He's heard about that theoretically, in some papers that his own Hank was reading over a decade ago. But that was all in animal studies; neither Hank nor anyone at the time had been considering that something like a virus could change a human's DNA. "Can't you change it back? If you can't get rid of it—what do we do? How do we cure that?" There are tears clouding his vision. "You're not a risk factor, Ari. I love you. I don't care if I get sick; I'm not afraid of you and I never will be," he babbles as the stream wets his cheeks. "And, how would I even get that from you?"

"Well, bloodborne illnesses are spread in very particular ways," Hank says, with all the bedside manner and tact of a cement brick. "It's not just blood mixing blood, as you might imagine it. Accidental contact with an infected sharp or surface, content between mucus membranes, sharing needles."

"We're not sharing needles," hisses Charles, growing red in the face even as he cries. "Did anyone stick a bloody used needle in you, Ari? Why would even the hellfire club or the folks you met in that other timeline do that?"

Sooraya interrupts before Ariel can respond. "There's a reason I asked about sex," she says softly. "Some bloodborne diseases can be transmitted sexually, like hepatitis. If this is infecting primarily gay men, then maybe it's literal? Maybe it's related to sex."

Ariel covers his face, finding it impossible to breathe. Not only from the desperate, rattling in his lungs but now mixed with despair and horror. "They injected me with things. They -" he shakes his head, unable to continue. "S--sex. Different people. They're all on another planet now," he smiles a little, strange and hysterical. Sooraya nods.

"It stands to reason that any of them could have been infected with this and transmitted it this way. That's why it is important for you to monitor yourself for symptoms," she says to Charles. "If you two have had intimate contact."

"You can't get sick," Ariel whispers, tears dripping onto his collar. "I won't let you. I--" he gasps, unable to control the sob that erupts from his throat. "Did they kill me? Am I going to die?" His eyes are vivid and bloodshot as he looks at the gathered doctors.

"You're not going to die," Charles breathes, but the silence from the three doctors is an anvil that quickly crushes his chest. He unapologetically racks their brains, uncaring if they can feel him rifling through, for something, anything. There are no answers present. Neither Hank nor Daniel nor Sooraya knows how to reverse the effects of a virus that enters the nuclei in a person's cells. He feels like throwing up. Screaming. Yelling until he's blue in the face, demanding that they go do some damn research to find out what the hell this thing is and fix it.

Because if it's affecting gay people who have sexual contact with each other, then there are a whole lot of people who are going to become ill. Ariel among them. "You're not going to die," is what he repeats instead, wiping Ariel's tears with his good thumb. "We'll keep you healthy. That's all we need to do, right? Just make sure you stay healthy and don't contract any new illnesses. If this thing weakens your immune system, then we just need to make sure that you don't get sick with anything new. We can do that."

"I'm so sorry," he rasps, horrified. He's so sorry. If he dies it's going to devastate Charles and what will happen to North Brother Island? Ariel keeps them all safe. Stryker is just looking for an excuse to invade. He doesn't think of himself naturally as very important, but realizing he might die -- he is. He is important. He matters to Charles. He is loved, and it's going to hurt people and he doesn't want them to be in pain.

What will happen to Charles if he goes? Will he choose absurdity, then? Will he become as he was, listless and despondent? Will he have to watch as Ariel slowly withers away? "Maybe I can try to m- make a bubble. To keep particulates out. But I still n-need-need oxygen," he stutters a little. "I'm sorry. I'm so sorry, neshama. I love you so much," he presses his hand over Charles's. "You know, right? How much?" he smiles a bit, resolute. He will take care of Charles. Look after him, help him through this. He will. If he has to die, well. Nobody can stop death. "You are my life. My life is so good. You make it good. I hope you know."

"Stop talking like that. Stop," he sobs, lowering his forehead to rest it against their clasped hands as the tears fall. Relentless tears. "You're not going to die. Create a bubble; my Erik once did that for me! He learned how to do it to give me a break from my telepathy. At first he had to re-make it every few minutes so that I could get fresh oxygen, but then he got better! He learned how to make it hold up for longer. Hours, even! I don't..I don't know what he did, but I'm sure you could figure it out! Or, we could go back in time and ask him. Or go forward in time and bring back a cure! Yes! Why don't we do that? I'm sure that in 300 years, they'll know more about this sort of thing and we can take a look at what their medicine is like, and..."

He trails off, because he can no longer speak clearly for the heaving sobs stealing all of his air. But his brain refuses to believe it. There is no way that he will let Ariel just die. He can't. Their lives are just getting started. Their second chance at happiness, together. They have an endless lifetime to still spend, hand in hand. He can't die. "We have so much left," he cries, voice shaky. "So much left to do, Ari. Come on. We'll figure something out. Okay?"

"I'll fight," he promises with a gentle smile. "I promise," he wants to kiss Charles, to pepper his face in little butterfly smooches and whirl away to the sanctuary where the creatures roam. But he's scared. What if he makes Charles sick? Will he get sick from a kiss, too? Ariel is trembling from head to toe, terrified. "If this is infecting gay men through sexual contact it's going to decimate the population. We have to try," he agrees with a nod. It's not just about him anymore. He closes his eyes, flexing his abilities, but Charles can feel how weak he is, how sapped. Nothing happens, it's all slipping out of his grasp. "I'll - try -" he wheezes from exertion. "Just --"

"Relax," Sooraya tells him. "Take it easy. You're weakened right now. We'll focus on treating this infection for right now. Once you're feeling better, you can try a cosmic solution. For now, Daniel, get in touch with as many people as you can. Try and see what they've come up with. Hank and I will go to the lab and do the same, and we'll pool as many resources as we can. We aren't giving up on you. Either of you."

It hurts, to feel Ariel try to use his abilities and fail. He had been about to ask Ariel to help Charles slip into bed beside him so that they can hold each other properly, but he refrains from doing so, as perilous as it is. Wiping his own eyes, he nods, and clings on to that tiny shred of hope offered by Sooraya. Treat the infection, and then find a cosmic solution, when he's stronger. They can do that. "I'll have Raven bring some blankets and things from home when she wakes up," he says softly. "And Lucille, too. We'll stay here until you're better, and then focus on the next step. Dr. Qadir is right, you need to relax, my love. What can I get you in the meantime?"

"I have to stay here?" Ariel whispers, not realizing that they aren't going home.

"Your lung function is seriously decreased, Ariel. We'll keep you here while we treat this, to minimize the risk of additional contact to pathogens. We'll institute a quarantine protocol as well, making sure that anyone who has contact with you understands the risk."

"Please - don't leave," he finds himself begging, pitiful. Everything is happening so fast. He wants to be brave, but he's scared. He can stay here, in this hospital room, but alone? Without Charles? Please, no. "Help -- help him," he tells the doctors, patting his side of the mattress he's been transferred into. "Help - help him beside me? Please?" So he can hug him and kiss the top of his head. "Lucille," he laughs a little, warmer. "I miss her. She'll be very cross if she can't visit."

"Please. Please." It's clear that the doctors don't think that it's a good idea, but Hank eventually caves and lifts Charles from his chair and settles him atop the mattress, beside Ariel. As soon as he's in bed, he wraps his good arm around Ariel and holds him close, pressing his forehead to Ariel's own. "I'm not going anywhere. I'll use my Jedi mind tricks on them if I have to," he whispers. They've just finished watching Star Wars, a massive space opera series that will hit cinemas with its first installment in 1977. "I'll make sure we can get Lucille here, too. It'll be alright. We'll be home soon."

Ariel bundles him up immediately, wrapping them in blankets and bowing their foreheads together. Ariel loves him so much, he has to look after Charles. Protect his heart, make sure he eats and sleeps. They'll beat this, they have to. They still have so many movies to watch and places to visit and people to help. He focuses on that - on how happy he is, so that Charles will know just how special he is. Integral, to everything. He'll fight for as long as he can.

Notes:

i. Pistash???

Chapter 69: I sing at dusk-the proper hour-then sing again hen midnight chimes;

Chapter Text

They don't end up going home. The hospital room has become something of a second home, these days. There are fairy lights hanging all over the room, posters and drawings on the wall, stuffed animals and balloons and get well cards. The people of this island find Ariel strange, yes, but they also know their home wouldn't be possible without him. Sayid takes over protection duties. A few people wind up with similar symptoms, and they've created a small ward on this floor to keep them in. Lucille chatters from her perch beside Ariel, telling him love you mama! all the time. Like she knows he's sick. Charles has his own bed in here, but he spends most of the time by Ariel's side.

Ariel makes sure that they talk and laugh and have movies to watch, travel documentaries about all the places they have left to go. His abilities gradually get less and less effective. The doctors know it's not likely he's going to recover them. He still sees all the nebulas and stars. The galaxies. His spirits are high, indomitable as he dedicates himself to his treatment. He knows that he likely won't get better. So he dedicates all the time he has left to healing and helping. Putting as much joy outside of him as there is inside. Taking care of his beloved. Making sure his sore joints are massaged and pliant. Ariel's lung function doesn't improve very much, but so far he can mitigate it with what's left of his power. They worry what will happen when that goes, too. But Ariel doesn't let them dwell.

Ariel never recovers. Charles doesn't leave the room unless he needs to bathe. Ariel used to blink, and Charles would be freshly showered and in clean clothes, but that's not so easy on Ariel, anymore. The nurses begin to tend to his needs when Ariel can no longer do it. It's agony, the first several times, but Charles doesn't let Ariel see that. While Ariel sleeps, Charles cries. He reads papers, and cries. He was a scientist once. A geneticist with a deep and robust background in human biology. He was a professor, he knows how to read papers, devour data, form connections. Which is why he cries. There's nothing to be done.

What Ariel has is new, and it's beginning to crop up elsewhere. Some virus that changes human nuclei and decimates the immune system of its host. He's not going to get better; the medicine can't fix the pneumocystis and his body can't do it on its own. Charles knows this, and so he spends the long hours while Ariel sleeps crying, berating the world, demanding answers from a god that he doesn't believe him. While Ariel is awake, he smiles. He lies beside him in his bed, covered in their mountain of blankets and pillows. They watch movies, read stories, listen to music. Charles holds him close and strokes his hair and spins illusions around them to pass the time. They can't travel, but they can pretend.

Some days, the hospital room transforms into a cabin in a primeval forest. Other days, they're in the lost city of Atlantis. Sometimes, they're just back home, in their little house just 1,000 feet from where they are now. He gets worse. His lungs are full of fluid and blood, the alveoli leaking. He's tired, woozy. He's only avoided a ventilator thus far because of his abilities, and those are going away swiftly, too. The end is near. Charles knows it. They all do, except for Lucille, who chirps happily on her perch.

Vaguely, Charles wonders if he just holds Ariel in his arms hard enough and refuses to let go, he'll be able to keep him here forever. He can't. One evening, just after sunset, Charles studies Ariel's face. It's gaunt, pale. Those freckles don't stand out as much; he hasn't spent too much time in the sun, lately. He looks tired, despite trying his damndest to remain sunny. So tired. He's been fighting for a long time. "Are you ready to let go, my love?" Charles asks him, voice scarcely above a whisper.

Ariel slowly reaches up to touch Charles's face, spanning fingers across his jaw. He's so beautiful. It hurts to speak, now, with every inhale and exhale slow and painful. Sometimes he breathes and stops, and Charles worries he won't start again. But he keeps trying. Trying to hold on, for Charles. Tears form at the edge of his eyes and drip down his face. "I - love - you," he rasps heavily. I love you so much. I have no regrets at all. You are the best thing that has ever happened to me and I would do everything all over again. Just to be with you, he smiles wetly. "So - sorry. Couldn't make. Longer. For you. Beautiful. Neshama sheli."

Charles smiles down at Ariel, gentle. He tucks a lock of hair behind the man's ear, trying to memorize his beautiful, perfect face. Those thick eyebrows and sparkling eyes. Auburn hair in a messy braid. He's crying, too, but silently. Don't try to talk. I know it hurts. We can stay in here, he tells him, soothing. Warm. Don't be sorry, Ari. You've given me a second life. You're the best thing to ever happen to me. I am eternally grateful to you, and I love you more than I could every convey in words. Do you want me to tell you a story? Put on some music? I know you're tired, my love. You've fought hard and long. Whatever you want, now. Let me get it for you.

Don't despair, neshama, Ariel whispers between them, and Charles can feel how his mind wavers in and out of consciousness, but for a second he becomes crystalline in clarity. You never thought you would meet someone like me, he adds, eyes creased even now with gentle amusement. And now we know, don't we? That life isn't how we thought. Somewhere, another Ariel is sitting with his Charles, and they're happy. They're old, with even more birds and creatures. They've loved for decades. They even got married, I bet. I would have liked that, he laughs a bit. Promise me, Charles. If you go, he says, because he won't make him promise to stay. He knows. He knows. If you go, you'll find me? In that great beyond, he touches his hand over Charles's heart.

Of course I’ll find you, he whispers back, clinging on to the clarity as long as it lasts. This, he knows, may be the last time he ever gets to be with his Ari before he goes. There’s no reason to keep him alive on a ventilator when his lungs can’t breathe in their own; it’s only prolonging the inevitable. Charles doesn’t want his beloved to be in pain. It’s not fair. And so he basks in the clarity, the sure-headed sweetness that is Ariel Eisenhardt. A man from another universe. His savior. His best friend. I’m so happy for that Charles and that Ari. I’ll try not to be jealous of them. You know what? I’m not jealous of them, because I got to spend this year with you. I’d trade anything for this. How lucky I am that I had you for as long as I did, he says, tears rolling. And I’ll come find you. We’ll be together in eternity. I love you, Ari. My beloved. Thank you.

Ariel tells him a story, wobbling between this-world and the next, kissing his temple and fluttering from one moment to another. Charles can feel it as gradually begins to slip, and when it gets too painful to bear, he eases Ariel from consciousness, surrounding him in the certainty of his love and devotion. When he relaxes limp into the mattress, it's with a small smile on his face. Content. He's never relished that Charles will suffer, but he truly has no regrets about his existence on this plane. He got to love. He got to live knowing love. Giving love.

His fingers go lax against Charles's, and they lay like that, Charles's ear pressed to his heart. The last thing that Charles feels from him is a great, sweeping sensation of warmth and affection and joy, and then there's - silence. The life support monitors around him begin beeping as his heart struggles to pump oxygen and blood through his body, and doctors swarm the room.

But he is still, and cold. 


Before Charles has time to consider what a life without Ariel may look like, though, he notices that the room has frozen. Out of the abyss, the air warbles and Sayid al-Zaman steps through a universal crack in the fabric of space and time. He's holding a small medical biohazard container, which he hands to Charles. "I grieve with you, Dr. Xavier. But we have no time for grief. You take this. You will need to shore up, my friend. Millions more are going to perish, unless we act."

Charles listens and listens, hanging on to each nonsensical word, each emotion, each feeling. When Ariel stops thinking in words, Charles sits with him in the sea of brainwaves, tumbling together until they peter into doldrums. When there’s nothing left but shallow breath and vague gestures of warmth, Charles holds Ariel tight and doesn’t dare let go, doesn’t dare focus on anything but the man that he love, doesn’t dare stop whispering the refrain of I love you. I love you. I love you. No, he doesn’t dare. And then, he’s gone. Slipped away like smoke through a window. That beautiful surge of warmth that had grabbed Charles one last time is gone, replaced by cold, empty nothing. He gasps, suddenly fearful—oh, he’s let him go, what has he done, how could he let him slip through his grasp, if only he’d held on tighter, been stronger, kept him close…

Charles is crying as he clings tightly to Ariel’s body. His face is peaceful, as if he’s asleep. Oh, maybe he can just pretend that he’s asleep for a little longer, and they can lie here in bed together just one more time, maybe Charles can pretend that Ariel will wake up soon with his goofy grin and heart full of love and remind Charles that he isn’t alone in this world after all. So profound is the onset of grief that Charles barely even registers the presence of Sayid al-Zaman until some thing is nudged toward his knuckles. Through bleary eyes, Charles blinks up at him and reflexively grasps Ariel tighter. “Wh-what?” he stammers through a tear-choked throat. “I…no! No, leave me alone, I…he’s gone, Ariel is gone, and—leave me alone!”

Sayid places a hand on his shoulder. "Listen to me," he pushes it into Charles's mind, down into his molecules themselves, forcing his focus. "I'm sending you back. To Genosha," Sayid tells Charles. "To Ariel, yes?" he looks down at the man on the bed, who looks like he could be sleeping. Peaceful. He's resolute, his grim features pulled down in a thin line, and he holds out a small paper bag containing dozens of pill bottles. "Azidothymidine and lamivudine." He has no issue with the pronunciation, indicating that he's been at this a while. No one on North Brother Island knows this, but he's been using his considerable power to combat the problem.

And now, he thinks he's found a solution. Charles quickly brushes his mind, and takes little time to understand why he's selected Genosha and not their past. They have the resources to disseminate this, and they have millions of at-risk citizens. Sayid knows that he is sick, too. He only has one shot at this, before he's too weak. And he's had to pick. North Brother Island, or Genosha. Any medical doctor would arrive at a similar conclusion: the option that saves the most people. So that's the timeline he chooses.

"It will stave off the illness, and prevent it in those who are at risk. It's not perfect, but it is less deadly than the virus. HIV and AIDS, that's what it is called. Human immunodeficiency virus, first. Then acquired immunodeficiency syndrome, the late-stage illness." he explains, holding Charles's gaze with his own. "You must take it, as well," he warns. "You're infected, too. Those," he indicates the medical container, "are blood samples, an enzyme immunoassay test, and documentation. Show all of this to Dr. McCoy and Dr. Shomron. Warn them. You must not allow them to brush you off. Do whatever you can do to make them take this seriously."

There's a logical part of Charles's brain that knows Sayid is right. If he's telling the truth—and it really, really seems like he is—the grand task before Charles could not be more important. Medication and samples. A name. Sayid knows what killed Ariel and what will kill all the others. What will kill him—it's a testament to the depths of Charles's sorrow that this death sentence is the tiniest balm to his inflamed soul. Oh, he doesn't have to live without Ariel much longer.

It's not that he had been planning on it, anyway, but there's some solidarity at least if he dies, too. His precious, darling Ari won't be alone, anymore. But that's not even where his head is at the moment. No, for Sayid's speech has reminded Charles of the fact that he is a time traveler, too. "No," he grits, fingers clenched around Ariel's wrist. "No, I'm not going to stupid Genosha. You can go back a few years here and give that to Ari," he stammers, desperate. "I don't care about that place. You can save Ariel—and you! Don't waste this on them, Sayid. You can save him—"

Sayid presses his lips together. "I have enough in me to do this once, doctor. I could do as you ask, but you know he would never forgive either of us for that. But you can give this to him, there. It might save him, yet. Remember what I told you," he grasps Charles's hand in his and wraps his fingers around the container, slipping the pills in with it. He doesn't give Charles any more time to debate the issue, for in a blink, Charles finds himself in an abyss.

Chapter 70: She knew full well the other bird was baiting her with wounding words,

Chapter Text

Long moments stretch by, in the black. He wonders if maybe Sayid has killed him, somehow. Miscalculated. But he's still conscious. Still with his fingers and toes all accounted-for. Perhaps, dying himself, Sayid made a mistake. An error, he wasn't as strong as he believed himself to be. Birds chirp in the distance. The whole world gets brighter and brighter. The sun blazes overhead, and he appears next to a... Ferrari. Beside which are twin Eriks. They're all gathered outside of a townhouse, the gentle lapping of waves in the distance.

One, he doesn't recognize at all. But the other, he would know anywhere. Anytime. It's Ari. He's mid-laugh, but pauses as a brand new Charles emerges from the ether. "...Charles." Ariel points. "...Charles?" he looks from the bald man, to his perfect facsimile - with hair?

Erik's head tilts, brows knit together. His mouth drops open a little, catching flies. He shuts it. "I did not do this," he murmurs, thoughtful.

"Me either," Ariel shakes his head. He creeps forward. Something niggles in him - he doesn't know what it is exactly, but his feet move of their own accord, drawn forward. "Hi," he waves, curious.

Charles, headmaster of the Xavier Institute for Gifted Youngsters, is wiping fresh goodbye tears from his eyes when what feels like microphone feedback cuts through his skull. He gasps slightly, a hand raising to his temple, and he thinks that he’s either dead or dreaming when he blinks his eyes open to the sight of his own face. With hair. “What in the world?”

What in the world?” the thick-haired Charles stammers. Their voices are echoes. Perhaps the new arrival’s is more gravelly. Strained. But they’re unmistakably—

“Charles!” Both men look at Hank as he screeches their names, yellow eyes wide as he storms forward. “It can’t be!” The new arrival’s eyes are bloodshot, and his face is puffy and streaked with tears. In his head, Charles can feel outright agony emanating from his counterpart, swallowing him whole—oh, it feels like it’s his own grief, a grief so deep and profound that he himself is beginning to clench and ache, until— Relief?

Blue, watery eyes lock on Ariel, and then his face melts into a smile, crying and laughing and heaving all at once. “Ari,” he gasps, hand on the control of his wheelchair—one painted a different color and with a different backrest and headrest and armrest—and motors toward Ariel. “I…it’s you! It’s you! You’re alive, and that means—“ he’s choking, truly, and Charles looks toward his husband with an expression that can only convey disbelief.

Ari? As far as he knows, no one calls him that. But he is the man that Charles remembers from his own time period, just with a little less knowledge. His love for Charles - in all of his forms, is still perfectly intact. It's a little bit different to how he felt at North Brother Island, but all the same. Preserved. Vital. Alive. His skin is no longer drawn, gaunt or pale, eyes still bright and shining. He can tell instantly that something is wrong, that Charles is distressed. So he steps to his side, placing a hand on his shoulder and smiling down at him. "Alive?" he starts a little, but that searing intellect Charles knows is processing and - oh. Alive. "Oh, I see," he whispers. "You're from the future," he surmises. "I'm alive," he promises, touching Charles's cheek. "We're all alive."

Erik's eyebrows shrug right back at his husband, head shaking a little. At this point, he's learned to stop questioning the strange and wonderful things that regularly happen to them. The container on this new-Charles's lap threatens to fall over as he beelines for Ariel, so Erik lifts a hand and it floats up and over, its contents exiting in a long, graceful circle to organize themselves in front of him. They bring more questions than answers. Tubes of blood, pill bottles, a bunch of beakers and test tubes and what looks like a board with circles filled with various liquids and swabs. Erik blinks, snapping the clipboard to his hand. It's all dense medical jargon with pictures of viruses and nuclei, twists of DNA and RNA. "What is all this?" he asks, flicking through it all. "What is... hivv." He pronounces it like a word, not an acronym.

Charles. It’s utterly bizarre to be attempting to communicate with himself, but nothing about their lives are normal, are they? As Erik frowns at the collection of random specimen from the cache, Charles, indelicately, bores through the psyche of the newcomer to try and learn more about why the hell he is here. But as he digs in, he begins to feel as if he’s looking in to a distorted mirror. His grief and anguish are intense, but they sit atop a mind that feels like it reverberates with his own, except it feels…darker. Colder, maybe. This version of himself is much more similar to him than Ariel is to Erik, but there are stark differences, too.

Stop. I know what you’re doing, the newcomer grits even as he grips desperately at Ariel’s wrist. Don’t rifle around. It’s rude.

Charles blinks, taken aback when the newcomer begins to push him out. He presses harder. You would do the same.

You think you know me so well?

Well, yes.

The newcomer glares at Charles, and then at everyone else, aside from Ariel. Ariel, he clings to, as if he’s an anchor. “Sayid called it HIV. Human immunodeficiency virus, a bloodborne pathogen. In its final stage, it’s AIDS. Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome. I’ve been sent here to deliver that to Drs. McCoy and Shomron.”

Charles frowns. “Sayid? What future do you come from?”

The newcomer scowls, eyeing Charles distastefully. His glower lingers on his braced left hand; the newcomer’s left is still curled in the dead fist. Paralyzed. “His future,” he deadpans, pulling at Ariel’s wrist slightly. “He just…died in my arms. Minutes ago.”

Wrinkles form on Ariel's face as his features knit together, concerned. "But - but I don't have anything wrong with me," he whispers, horribly confused. In his arms? Ari? It all swirls around in his mind, but he thinks he understands. This Charles, and him, in the future. They are -- were, close. Which means... "Oh," he rasps, heartbroken for the newcomer. He just lost someone who he loved, didn't he? There's no question, Ariel isn't skeptical in any sense of the word, he believes Charles entirely. But he doesn't quite get it. Because he's healthy - arguably more than healthy.

"Human..." Erik mouths, grimacing darkly as he takes in the data in front of him. Less impressive is Sayid, than - "sent here, why? Why not send you back to your own past?" he asks the newcomer, and he recognizes that laser focus from an Erik he once knew. No, he and Ariel are entirely distinct. His voice is calm, unwavering, precise.

Ariel lifts Charles's hand and presses it to his cheek, holding it steady in his fingers, wanting to give him some measure of comfort. The urge to reach out and soothe is overwhelming, he doesn't like pain. Least of all in Charles, or any iteration of Charles. Minutes ago. He must be devastated. "I'm so sorry," he says, soft.

"There is a test here," Erik realizes as he scans everything. "ELISA," he gestures to the floating assay. "We'll be able to determine if you're currently infected," he tells Ariel. "This says the primary... the primary demographic is... sexually active gay men. With a case fatality rate of 98.7%. This..." His lips are parted, clear dread written on his face. He doesn't finish his thought, but Charles - the two of them - hears it all the same.

75% of Genosha's population is queer in some way. It's a simple equation - thus far, Genosha is the only country in the world that actively protects the rights of gay and transsexual individuals. Of course their demographics reflect that. But more importantly, this could devastate the island. Everything in him has begun to shut down and narrow in on what he has to do. "We have to ramp this up," he says to himself, shaking his head. "Roll out rapid testing, prophylaxis, education, production. We can't let this get a foothold here. We could have thousands of casualties. Hundreds of thousands."

Charles, or as they’re thinking of him, The Newcomer, could not be dizzier. Just moments ago, he was holding Ari as he slipped away, the furious screech of his life support echoing coldly in a room that felt suddenly hollow. The agony still thrums from his heart, even as Ari—no, he’s not Ari yet, he’s still Ariel, holds his hand in comfort. His mind is oh so familiar; there’s that sweet and gentle mind acting as a salve to the raw anguish. Perhaps he doesn’t know Charles; there’s no trace of their inside jokes or fruits of their own blossoms, but he’s there. All that matters is that he’s there. At the same time; he won’t be. Not for much longer.

Maybe the medication will buy this Ariel a little more time, but Charles can’t be sure. Or himself, for that matter; his immune system is always poor. Charles has it, too. How long until he dies? And what’s more is that there is also Erik. Not his Erik, but as soon as the sharp, analytical psyche pierces through his awareness, Charles is taken back 15 years. Oh, how many times had he pleaded with the universe for a chance to spend just five more minutes in the sanctuary of Erik’s awareness…now, it’s as familiar as it is foreign in some fucked up paradoxical nightmare. How clear it is that Ariel and Erik are so very different.

“Genosha doesn’t exist in my past,” Charles grits, unable to let go of Ariel’s fingers. He’s afraid that the man will disappear if he does. “Or in his. I didn’t want to come here, but Sayid sent me. Said you have the means to take immediate action. You’d best all test, too.” And now, he’s deliberately avoiding the gaze of himself, the Other Charles, the one that got to marry Erik and be a professor and find contentment with his paralysis due to all the love and support he was given. The one who didn’t bend to his own bad traits or allow his demons to flourish. How pathetic that Charles must think him; the newcomer knows that he can hear it all. How many people get the chance to physically confront their worst self?

“Don’t leave this place,” he gasps then to Ariel. “You already did, and you did such an amazing job. You don’t need to do it again. Please, my lo—er, Ariel. Stay here with me.”

Erik carefully organizes everything back into the container and sends it over to Hank. "You get to AMC, find Shomron and scour these documents. Focus on testing kits and the medication. Any patients with similar immunological deficits, test them."

Looking down at new-Charles... Ariel squints. "Maybe we can call you Charlie," he whispers with a fond smile. "It's silly, but it helps reduce the confusion between two of us. Would that be OK?" he massages gently, desiring to ease the tension in the man's muscles and joints. He feels stiff, heavy and weighted, like he hasn't moved from the same spot in a month. Ariel can feel the burden, sore all over his body.

Privately, he answers the entreaty. I won't leave. Just very quickly. He blips out of existence for a moment, and then returns just as quick, only a split-second of a blink. Will you show me? he privately projects that thought into Charlie's mind. What happened? You're hurting. I left you behind, didn't I? I know I don't remember. But you can show me? Just-like Ariel, open and unashamed. There is, after-all, only a fourteen month difference between them. Tears form in his eyes as he considers his death.

He doesn't remember this man - who held him and rocked him as he died. But the very first thing he identifies from him is his love. Different to the way Charles loves him. More like how Charles loves Erik. It steals his breath away, having it focused on him. The sorrow and the joy both. (Especially the joy. He shivers a little as he recalls the way Charlie had smiled at him when their eyes locked moments before. No one has ever smiled at him like that before. He wishes he could remember.)

Aura has been watching all of this quietly, taking it in. Two Charleses, two Eriks, oh my. He steps to Erik's side and plucks the documents from his hand - his left closed around the clipboard, functional once-more thanks to Ariel's intervention. "I need a test, too," he points out, eyebrows raised. Unlike everyone else, he doesn't sound disturbed, just matter-of-fact.

Horrified, Ariel tries to shore himself up so that he doesn't dissolve in a hideous, pitiful heap. Could he have made Aura sick? "What about you?" Ariel wheezes out the obvious question of Erik. "If I have it, you might have it." Charlie's hand is still grasped in his own strong, sure fingers. He idly, unconsciously strokes at the back of his knuckles.

"This says the incubation period is between one to five years. I...," Erik squints a little as a memory burbles up from the depths. It's enshrouded in fuzzy static, and he doesn't realize he's trailed off, staring into space.

Charles hated the nickname as a child, but for some reason, coming from Ariel, it doesn't feel wrong or disingenuous to who he is. Ari would have done the same, in this situation. And he supposes that Charles was here first. A nickname from Ariel, in that raspy low voice, is almost soothing anyway. I'll show you. Later. I don't...I can't right now, he says to Ariel, re-grasping his forearm when he appears at his side again. The contact feels magnetic. He can't not hold him. Thank you for staying. I don't think I can convey how much it means.

Selfishly, he grips a little tighter when Aura steps up. Aura Tarish, alive and seemingly well. Charlie hasn't seen him in years, but he knows that Ariel had formed a relationship with him, here. They'd been intimate. Aura is at risk, too. And when Ariel makes that connection, Charlie lowers his eyes. "They don't know how Ariel contracted it. Where he contracted it from. I know that you," he says, referring to Erik, "and Ariel have quite a bit of divergence, but quite a bit of overlap, too. It's not a bad idea for everyone to test. Including you two." He indicates Erik and Charles.

Charles exhales deeply, and then wheels toward Charlie—goodness, how he hated being called that, it's a blessing that he's not the one being subjected to that name—and stops until he's just a few feet away. Wheelchair faces wheelchair. Charles is a bit more robust in stature than Charlie; one can see that his upper body is broader. He's also clean shaven and nicely dressed in a blazer, tie, and red slacks, courtesy of Erik. Charlie is scraggly, hunched in his chair. Wan and tired-looking. As anyone would be, after spending however long watching a loved one slip away.

What strikes Charles most profoundly, though, is Charlie's pain. It runs deeper than the anguish of loss; he doesn't have the same foundation that Charles does, the one propped up by Erik and the rest of his family. Echoes of loneliness radiate from Charlie's core, a loneliness that Charles cannot recognize as native to his own experience. "I know that this is strange for you. And deeply uncomfortable. Trust me," Charles begins, an attempt at warmth that feels stilted and short. Why can he pull it together for others but not for himself? "You'll have to help us—"

"I don't have to do anything for you," Charlie snaps, scathing. "I already brought you what you need. You can send me back if you're hellbent on being the only Charles Xavier in this universe, I'm sure that your husband can do that for you," he hisses, and it's unclear exactly where this misguided anger is coming from, but it's hot, and it's real. "Ari died. Because of him, you have all that data. Because of Sayid, you have all that medicine. You can save your own little utopia here and live happily ever after, alright? That's done. I don't need to do anything else for you."

Charles blinks, stunned. Goodness, is that really how he comes across when he's hurting? Cold, harsh, and bitter? "Then I suppose you can tell us what you'd like us to do for you," he replies after a pregnant pause. "If you want us to send you back, we can. It's up to you, Charles."

"Charlie," he corrects coolly, raising his chin. "I know you hate that name."

"I do," Charles concedes. "It's up to you, Charlie."

Charlie clenches his jaw then, glaring at his knees. Those who know Charles's mannerisms well will recognize this as a mutual habit, formed while considering critical questions. "I'm sick, too," he says finally. "Ari and I were intimate, and that's how it spreads. I don't have symptoms yet. But I will soon, maybe. My immune system is bad. As bad as yours."

"You can't leave," Ariel whispers to them both vehemently. "You're --" Oh, G-d. He flinches, hard, watching his own hands tremble where they contact Charlie's skin. He did this. All of this. He brought this here, and then -- his eyes are wide as saucers, breath stuttered in his throat. Sending a pang through Charlie for how it sounds like that death rattle he'd come to know so well. Swallowing, he shakes his head. "You can't leave. OK? We -- have medicine, doctors. We can -- we --" he lets out a noise suspiciously like a sob. "Fix it. OK? We can -- I can, I'll find out how, fix it."

Erik is staring at him, too. It's not easy any longer for him to read the taller man - and he is taller than Ariel, built more sturdy. Ariel had thirty years of malnourishment and famine to contend with. Erik had struggled with his weight at first, too, but the years have been kinder to him in this regard. He looks strong, composed. But his mind is less familiar, the cavernous cathedral intricately organized and flickering. "Stay," he repeats in a far calmer lilt. "All of us together can surely find a solution to this. You should be among friends - and you are, here."

Only Charles can feel the edges of his anguish and fear. This version of his husband, who he doesn't recognize and yet does. So clearly injured, bereft. Lost, grieving. And now sick. With a disease that kills everyone who contracts it. His worst nightmare made manifest in the flesh. But he has no time for nightmares. "I'll make you a home, with whatever you'd like. You both can stay together," he says to Ariel and Charlie.

I like Ari, is all Ariel can think between them, wobbling severely. I'm so sorry. So, so sorry. Made you sick. He's right. We have to try, right? And you can catch me up on all I've missed, when you're feeling better. I like your hair. It feels foolish, and he's practically rambling. Trying to find something to hold onto for stability.

Charlie's eyes are searching the worried faces in the crowd. There's Emma Frost. Hank—oh, how he wishes his Hank were here. The one who cared for him. He hopes that Hank is well. Jean, a woman now. She's tall and pretty and her red hair is still bright. The sight of her makes him smile, just a bit. Raven! Wow. A brush of her mind and he's reminded of his own sister so profoundly. Who else? Aura. Moira? Is she here? And Gabrielle?

Ari told him that Sayid had done something terrible in this universe and had been killed for it. Among friends, Erik had said. Are they really his friends? Or are they Charles's friends? If only they knew how he'd pushed them away in his own world. Goodness, Erik really is handsome, isn't he? He looks happier than his own Erik was, even if his face has hardened into what Charlie can feel as fear. He feels happier, too. Not as hard; the sharp edges that used to lurk have been smoothed. This is Genosha, his nation. He's a Prime Minister. And a husband.

Don't apologize, he whispers to Ariel. It's okay. It's not your fault. I'll stay. I'm sorry that I've derailed your plans, I know you were excited to go. You don't need to coddle me. I know that you and Aura are together. Don't let me get between that. I'll stay, though. To Erik, he nods. "I'll stay. Just make sure you work quickly. Sayid will die soon, too, and he's too weak to try again. There's not a second chance. Not for this timeline, anyway. Work around the clock if you must."

Ariel shakes his head. I did what I had to do, neshama. Don't worry about that, he whispers between them, private and soft. He still smiles the same, as gentle and assured as he ever was in the life Charlie remembers. He knows that seeing him again like this can't erase the pain Charlie just endured, but he has to try, doesn't he? This is a man who loves him beyond measure, and who he loves. They're a little out of step, but that's life, isn't it? And they need to live. So Ariel can learn everything he missed, so he can swarm Charlie in all of the affection that he deserves, that impulse well-preserved just as it was the very first moment they met, a man picking him up off the floor, a visitor from another universe. He doesn't want Charlie to think he's being coddled. It's simply that his priorities have now changed. This changes everything. He went back, removed Hellfire from Riverside and put them on a far-away planet - always his plan. But he had to come back. His family is here, and hurting, and they shouldn't be alone. 

Erik continues to observe him, his thoughts racing. "If I may," he steps forward, holding out a hand. He slowly reaches out and presses it to Charlie's heart, as gentle as Charles remembered his Erik to be even as he is undoubtedly less open, less free with feeling. Compared to Ariel, his psyche is entirely distinct, those rolling hills and valleys of sensate affect entirely absent from him. He is a flat plain, extending for miles and miles beyond the horizon. In a way, it's soothing, for a telepath who is so accustomed to the constant din of emotions outside himself. It had drawn him to Erik originally, and he remains a singular lighthouse in the choppy seas of their uncovered reality. And he recognizes Charlie, too. Ironically, it's in the bitter hurt, the same as his own Charles. And he, the same as Ariel, has the instinct to connect. To try and ease him, a little.

The touch seems an awkward attempt at comfort, first, and there is the intention underneath, but it's not random - Charlie feels it as a ruffled wind through his entire body. Erik is mapping his system, down to the atoms and sub-atoms. In this, his ability differs from Ariel's. He can see more, he can manipulate with greater grandiosity. "I'll examine everyone for this," he promises. "Those who obtain a positive result, I will work with Hank and Daniel to reach out to them and begin contact tracing. We'll have to establish a ward for those who become immunocompromised, as well as protective protocols for healthcare workers and loved ones. We'll take all of this medication and study it, and improve upon it. I'll do the best I can on my end, as well," he says resolutely. "The further in the future we go, the better their medicine may be. I won't stop until I find something." 

Charlie presses his lips together as Erik, so like the one he remembers, lays a long-fingered hand over his chest. He's still wearing the same dingy t-shirt that a nurse dressed him in three days ago. Stained with sweat, tears. Hospital grime. He'd best change out of it; can a virus live on a t-shirt? Is he putting everyone on Genosha at risk by simply being here? His eyes slide upward to meet Erik's own.

They're a brighter green than he remembers. As bright as Ariel's. Their faces resemble each other but aren't identical. They look more like fraternal twins than identical twins now. The features are undoubtedly shared, but they have different freckles, different scars. Erik's eyebrows seem arched in a more severe line whereas Ariel's rest. The brace on Erik's right hand is far more elaborate than the one on Ariel's; it immobilizes Erik's hand completely and seems to have been custom engineered. The differences begin to add up, little by little.

Finally, he looks back at Charles, who is eyeing him with a mix of curiosity and frustration. A feeling that he can recognize immediately. Sizing him up. That's one of their uglier qualities, isn't it? Always scrutinizing internally, rooting out things they dislike about themselves and stewing in them. Yes, he confirms privately to Charles, cocking a brow. I'm the version of you that you always feared lived inside of you. The one who decided to rot alone. The addict. The one who failed himself and others.

Charles doesn't even flinch. I didn't fear you. I knew that you're a part of who we are.

But you run from me.

Charles nods. I do. But, I'm lucky. I had Erik.

I didn't. He died. On North Brother Island. So did Raven. Everyone else left. And if they didn't leave, I made them leave.

Charles closes his eyes. I see. I understand. You were very alone.

Charlie looks up at Ariel then. "Ariel rescued me," he announces, to Charles and to everyone else, who he knows are desperate for more information about him. "You all know that Charles died, in Ariel's world. In my own world, you died, Erik. Most of you either died or were out of my life for a long time. Ariel somehow sensed that I was alone, and found me. He took me back to his world, and then we were together." He leaves out the part about the pills. Not everyone needs to hear that.

"Oh, I see," says Erik, those severe eyebrows arching a little. His mouth forms a small moue, but otherwise he doesn't react to the knowledge that he is deceased in this newcomer's world.

"I'm very glad," says Ariel in his soft whisper. "Glad I found you. Got to meet you. I wish I hadn't hurt you," he winches his eyes closed. "Not glad for that. But no one should be alone like that. Least of all you."

So close, Erik spies the stains and wrinkles. He focuses for a moment and then in a blink Charlie's clothes transform. He wears a long-sleeved shirt with sunflower print and soft biege pants, all clean and freshly laundered. At first everyone looks to Ariel, but Ariel hadn't been paying close enough attention. It was Erik - the serious, stoic half of their duo-of-strange. And yet, this. And then, he speaks again, firmly erasing all doubt that he is a complete romantic at heart. He doesn't care. This is Charles. His husband. Not-his. The feelings are big and confusing, and he's dying. He's dying.

Erik busies himself smoothing out each small wrinkle he can find. He is still the Ariel you knew, Erik points out softly. By now, he can direct thoughts to him, specific and projected. Private. Please, spend as much time together as you can. Share with him your life in Riverside. Download it into his brain, perhaps. He is the same man, he will react the same way as he did when the memories first formed. Be with one another. Love one another. For as long as possible. And then, a smile. Small and muted, but it reaches his vivid eyes. Yes, he remembers this Erik.

I can sense that he is the same, yes, Charlie replies to Erik as he looks down at his new shirt. Sunflowers? Perhaps this Erik has more whimsy in his heart than previously thought. I wanted Sayid to send me back a decade, in his world, so that I could prevent him from becoming ill in the first place. He sent me here instead. To save more people. I suppose I get it, but I'm still angry, he projects softly, swiping his thumb down Ariel's knuckles. When he was dying in my arms, I would have given anything to spend just a few more minutes with him. I've been given that gift. Maybe I get a year. A little more, a little less. I'm grateful, I am. But the end is inevitable, I think. He and I are probably both doomed.

Eavesdropping, Charles glances up at his husband, and then grips his hand. We'll not rest until we learn more, he promises, to both Charlie and Erik. Let Erik make you two a home. I'm sure that you wouldn't mind a spell of privacy.

Charlie levels his gaze at Charles, but nods. He then projects an image of his and Ari's home on North Brother Island, as it was on the night that he woke up with blood in his lungs. Down to the copy of Steppenwolf strewn on the floor beside a forgotten throw pillow in the shape of a hedgehog. Can you make that?

Indeed so, Erik returns. In the visible distance, a perfect copy of everything he sees, down to the very molecular structure itself, forms completely out of the ether with only a simple thought. Please do not misunderstand me, he adds, and in their minds his tone is gentle. I know you are both gravely ill. I do not intend to tell you that you must only experience gratitude. This is devastating. Heartbreaking. Without comprehension. Without meaning. But you take as much of that time as you can. And do not ever let go, neshama. Fuck everything else.

Ariel gasps at the structure, which is as whimsical as Charlie recalls, spirals and swirls outside with splashes of hand-painted graffiti similar to the artistic flair along the chrome of his wheelchair. The patterned designs along its back find their home in their small, cozy corner of the Earth. Ariel pats Charlie on the shoulder and points. "It's wonderful," he enthuses with a laugh.

"Wow, far out, dude!" Lucille chirrups, making her presence known. "Charlie want stash?" she pins her eyes at him and quirks her head, expectant.

Charles allows his head to slump back against the headrest when the small house appears, nestled in a patch of grass. It's the very same home that became his and Ariel's, with its strange mix of art, knick knacks, plants, and the odd animal. Whatever Ari's whim dictated at any given moment. He's tired. And bed—a familiar bed—sounds nice. But when Erik speaks, he looks back up at him with a raised brow.

We must let go eventually. But, I know what you mean. I know how much each moment matters, now. I will not take a single second for granted. Thank you. When Lucille squawks, he can't help but smile. "Yes, I'd love some stash," he confirms. "And a bit of rest, if you all don't mind. It's been a trying...well. I'm tired." A glance up at Ariel, shy. "You don't need to join me if you don't want, really. But I do need assistance getting in to bed. Doesn't need to be you of course."

"Of course it's me," Ariel laughs and darts forward to kiss him on the cheek, bold. He might expect that he's cheated somehow, that he really does recall out of the ether - but Charlie also remembers that Ariel just was this way, even on that very first day they met. He had always loved Charlie. Always. He rubs Charlie's shoulder as he walks beside him, while Lucille is delighted at the engagement and chirps contentedly about her very favorite things (apples, Shrek, purple, and imitating car horns) as they slowly slip across the yard and into the house that will serve as Erik and Charles's neighbors for the foreseeable future.

Afterward, Erik leaves with the contingent of doctors and council members for the hospital.

Chapter 71: just as the cheeriest of scores seems not so cheery any more

Chapter Text

It takes many hours for Erik to finally re-enter his townhouse, where Charles is making dinner with Ailo's assistance. He's spent the entire day at Aramida Medical Center and the Posto, inundated in virology and epidemiology to his eyeballs and accompanying Shomron to roll out test kits via ELISA and his own abilities. He reappears unceremoniously and drops into the couch in the living area, knitting his hands together as best he can with elbows resting on his knees.

"Come in here, please," he tells them both, and Charles can't tell exactly what is going to happen next. Erik's mind is completely shuttered. The cold, cold dead suffusing his body like a walking corpse.

Ailo sets a hand on Charles's shoulder and follows him. "Tell us, querido," he murmurs, balancing a plate of pão de queijo on his lap and breaking one of the cheesy bread rolls apart in his fingers neatly before consuming. He extends a flash of warmth and familial comfort to them both. He's heard the news - something about a new virus potentially becoming epidemic on Genosha - and he worries. He's never seen Erik like this before, even after Stryker.

Charles offers to accompany Erik to the hospital and the Posto, but when Erik declines, he’s privately grateful for the reprieve. It has been an incredibly trying day; he’d woken up thinking that he would be bidding his dear friend a tearful but hopeful farewell only to learn, mere hours later, that there is a terrifying illness lying in wait on Genosha. Perhaps in their friends and family. Perhaps in themselves. What’s more is that he’s been confronted with a version of himself that, if he’s honest, terrifies him. He’s often wondered what he would have done had Erik not survived that day but hadn’t let his mind grow too creative; it had always been too painful to consider.

He doesn’t need to wonder now, as Charlie is a perfect case study. In that mind, which is easy to read, since he knows where he keeps things hidden, he’s already rifled through memories of ghostly hallways, empty, dusty rooms at the manor. Nurses and no one else. Conservatism, isolation. Without Erik, Charles would have become a bonafide hermit, closed off from and to the world. Ready to die by a handful of pills. Yes, Charlie’s arrival has set him on edge. Erik can’t help but feel love and affection for him in the same way that Charles felt instant affection for Ariel. But if they’re to think back a few months, Erik didn’t immediately take to Ariel.

Charles gets it, now. Just as Ariel has the potential to reveal things about Erik that he would rather keep hidden, so too can Charlie for Charles. Ailo, assuredly, can sense the discomfort. Charles expects as much when the older man slips in to the townhouse in the late afternoon with a bag full of ingredients and an insistence that they ought to make Erik dinner, for a change. The distraction is welcome enough, and although Charles still can’t use a knife or anything requiring as much dexterity with his left hand, he can mix, spice, and stir at Ailo’s instruction and close supervision (for, after all these years, Charles still cannot be trusted in the kitchen).

The fluffy cheese bread is ready on a plate and the vegetarian feijoada is nearly done simmering when Erik enters their home. Immediately, Charles and Ailo both know that something is horrifically wrong. His face is an icy, stony mask, but it’s the frightening hollowness that makes the telepaths pause. He’s at Erik’s side as quickly as his chair allows, right hand instinctively reaching for Erik’s own. “Darling? What is it?”

Erik is silent for a long time, staring at his feet clad in black boots. They're scuffed. He ought to clean them. He pulls one off and rubs out the scratches. First one, then the other. Painstaking, meticulous. They're both set next to one another neatly.

"I'm HIV-positive," he just says it in his flat monotone. "Likely from Romania. I've already reached out to the CDC, to let Harry Leland know he should be tested." He says it as plainly as possible, entirely devoid of feeling. "Charles, you are negative for the virus," he quickly remediates and this is softer. He does reach out then, placing a hand at his knee. The relief that swept over him when he determined this cannot be overstated. "I've started taking the medication," he materializes a small paper bag with a few pill bottles in it. "The side effects from these drugs are significant, so Dr. McCoy doesn't think you should take the prophylactic, given your medical history. It means we need to be exceedingly careful from this moment forward, neshama." 

"My goodness," Ailo's head shakes as he realizes - "if Charlie hadn't shown up --" if Sayid al-Zaman, which is still a point of curiosity for him - he supposes timeline divergence is legitimate - hadn't sent Charlie back to Genosha. 

"I would have perished, and likely Charles as well," Erik finishes the statement with a nod. It takes several long, stuttering moments for Charles to hook his fingers under the cracks and edges of Erik's mind, but what he senses is disjointed and confusing. His hands are attached to his arms like two rubber plastic balloons. Floating in space. His mind is outside of his brain, a consciousness without form. Moving his limbs attached to a marionette, pulling his own strings. He manually pushes air through his lungs and makes his eyes blink. His skin is wax, dripping down his body. Disconnected.

Charles feels the wind leave his lungs. HIV-positive. HIV-positive. It’s a phrase that will live in the human zeitgeist forever, from this moment forward, but the first time Charles hears it, it sounds deadly. A death sentence. Isn’t that what Charlie’s data said? 98% death rate. The news that he’s negative scarcely even enters his awareness. He doesn’t care. If Erik has this virus—does that mean—

Ariel—Ari—waxy and gaunt. Wild hair greasy. His eyes flutter, a raspy wheeze for a breath. Incoherence. It’s Charlie’s oh-so fresh memory of Ariel succumbing to this illness at some point in the near future. And Erik has the virus.

“Does this mean—“ he gasps, clutching his chest, because he can’t breathe, “—Erik, are you going to—98% fatality—Erik, I—“ In the moment, he can’t remember the distinction between HIV and its final stage. It’s all brand new, and he doesn’t know what it means to have one and not the other. In the moment, he’s faced with the most horrifying prospect he’s ever had to confront. Charlie might not be a “what if.” What if he lived and Erik died that day? Charlie could very well be his own future.

Erik moves, then, ignoring Ailo's presence entirely and slipping into Charles's lap, framing his face with both hands. All that matters in this moment is Charles, the piercing anguish and horror drilling into his heart. "No, look at me," he directs, maintaining calm and certitude. "We can't know, neshama. We can't think like that. Ariel didn't have access to these drugs. We do. We have me, and Wanda. I'm not going to give up so easily. We will go as far as we need to and bring back a viable treatment." He's already made the decision. It will radically alter the course of their history as they know it, but he's already had this conversation with Charles once. He left the humans alone during Vietnam. He cannot leave this alone. He is responsible for the men and women on Genosha. He promised them safety and security, and he intends to uphold that promise.

"HIV, right?" Ailo interjects softly. "Not AIDS? That's the deadly part, is it not?"

"Right. Now, these drugs - nucleoside analogues - will prevent HIV from becoming AIDS. Theoretically, as long as it doesn't progress to that point, I will be OK. I am not going to let this kill us. Do not forget that you are no slouch in this field either, Charles. This is a novel virus - a retrovirus, which changes its host's DNA. You happen to be an expert in the field."

“A human retrovirus. That’s the most horrifying thing I’ve ever heard of,” Charles gasps, clutching at Erik’s arm. He feels marginally better, but the terror is still piercing. Icy cold through his veins. Erik’s commitment helps, though. No qualms about continuity, thank goodness. Medicine from the future. “But can you transmit it to me?” he asks softly, voice small. “I mean; I’m not going to spend the rest of my life avoiding you. I’ll take the prophylactic, screw Hank’s advice. That’s not—you’re my husband. I’m not going to avoid you.”

"Yes, I can," Erik nods. "I'll have to be extremely vigilant about bodily fluids from now on. Apologies for the nature of the conversation, Dr. Kirala," he says, and even though Ailo is his friend by now and not his doctor, he falls back on the clinical language.

"No, this is necessary for me to know. I work with an extremely high-risk group. The more I know about this, the better I can equip them with the education necessary to prevent illness in them. Is this all bodily fluids?"

"No. Saliva, sweat and urine cannot transmit the virus. Blood is the primary transmission vector, as well as sexual excretions from both genders, and breast milk."

"And you think this... who is Harry Leland?" Ailo's brows knit together. "I've never heard of him."

"One of the CIA agents that abducted me, along with William Stryker." Erik replies, perfectly in-control of himself, not a single movement nor flutter of sensation inside of him. It's all still, still, still. Like his heart has already stopped beating inside his chest.

"So provided you don't have unprotected sex, or accidental exchange of blood, you both should be all right?" Ailo fits that together simply.

"Yes. Thus far a vast majority of the people infected with this obtained it via unprotected sex, or vertical transmission from mother-to-child. In addition to finding a treatment or a cure, we're developing resources to disseminate highlighting the importance of safe sex, condoms, that type of thing."

"Good. I'm glad to hear it." Of course, it doesn't shock Ailo any. Erik is a good leader, with a good head on his shoulders, even when he's veering head-long into deep personal crisis.

"Front and center at the hospitals, in high schools, university campuses, government offices. We'll be targeting Reyda Keshkat as well, given it's a vulnerable sector. As visible as can be."

Charles is in a near daze as Ailo and Erik ping pong back and forth. He should be paying closer attention. He's a teacher, and he should be a resource for students that will surely have questions. Students that he must educate. But he can't pay attention. He's too busy thinking about transmission. Blood and semen. Leland gave it to Erik. Leland hurt Erik. That bastard. "Ariel didn't know Leland. It had to be...Schmidt? Creed?" He clenches his jaw. "It's too late for him, isn't it? And if Charlie has it, it'll take him quickly, too."

"I -" Erik has been considering this, too. He exhales slowly, crunching his fingers into all the metal of his structure and remaining composed. He can't afford to lose his grip. But the fact of the matter is, "I suspect we both got sick at different times. From different people. I have no symptoms, my viral load is quite low, and Ariel is already very sick. He seems healthy now, but that is going to change rapidly," he explains.

Something about Erik, he has to figure. Something that makes people hurt him. Schmidt already knew that. No, he won't. He won't swerve into this. He dealt with it already. It's just an event. A circumstance. No different than any other violence. He is fine. He is fine, and he can't -- not when Charles needs him to be strong. If he remains strong, Charles will see that it doesn't hurt. And maybe it will hurt Charles less to consider.

He touches Charles's cheek, forcing himself past the abrupt barrier in him - making him want to flinch into himself, withdraw, certainly not to touch anyone. "And I wish I knew. We don't know, yet. If these drugs can reverse AIDS. McCoy isn't optimistic about it. As for who gave it to him, it could be any of them. I don't know about their counterparts, but Creed, Schmidt, Ivanov, Wyngarde and Essex are candidates. I can't say I will be heartbroken if they all drop dead." 

Charles allows his head to fall back against his headrest, eyes losing focus. Before Erik answers, he knows. From the dread, the wrench in his gut, he knows that Ariel will not make it out. The fresh agony that rippled from Charlie as he appeared through a cleave in time and space would soon be theirs. Ariel, the sweet, quirky facsimile of the husband he loves...dead. By some opportune illness ravaging his destroyed immune system. He himself feels hollow. Ariel is not the only one who will die. Early intervention might save some, like Erik. But it won't save all of them. Ariel, Charlie...even if it isn't in a later stage in Charlie, does he have a better immune system than Charles?

Likely not; he endured the same injury, and from the looks of it, spent more time neglecting his health. A human retrovirus. He's never even considered what that might look like. Could there be antiretrovirals strong enough? "We can go far into the future," Charles says, almost desperate. He still has a thousand-yard stare fixed on his face. "A hundred years. A thousand. In a thousand years, they're not going to let humans die from retroviruses, will they? Or; maybe that medicine might be too advanced for our systems now and introduce complications that we're not ready for, but maybe a hundred years is enough? We can't just let him die, Erik, he's...it won't be just him, either."

"I know," Erik murmurs. "And I'm going to try. I'm not going to let this thing kill us." Because it's not just him, or Ariel, or Charlie. It's a huge risk factor for Genosha in general. If Erik lets this go, if he doesn't try to solve it... he doesn't want to even consider how many people will die. "Wanda and I are already combing through in ten year increments. So far," he replies, "so far there isn't too much. And you are right, we can't just skip ahead a thousand years - that stuff will most likely not be compatible with us due to environmental and epigenetic distinctions."

"Ariel rips through other timelines like it's nothing," Charles points out. "He found us. He found Charlie. Why don't we start doing that?" Of course, he's not thinking rationally or logically. Or even feasibly. In his head, the only thing he can think of is Charlie's memory of Ariel's final moments. The unadulterated anguish reaching depths that he didn't know existed. A feeling that will be his own. "There are infinite branches of time, aren't there? Somewhere someone has found a cure. Why not go there?" Because certainly that is easy, right? "We can recruit other Eriks. Other Wandas and Sayids."

"Ariel and I have different abilities," Erik murmurs. "And I've noticed that I have more limitations now than I used to. It must be because I'm sick. If we can find something, and I believe we will, it will be made available for use, I promise you. However -- Ariel and Charlie have a decimated immune system. There may not be much of anything we can do for them, even if I do manage to find a cure or effective treatment for HIV. Trust me, neshama. I will do everything in my power to combat the problem."

Charles presses his lips together. Erik feels heavy on his lap all of a sudden—it's as if the world is pressing down on his chest. As if he himself is sick, even if Erik has confirmed that he isn't. "Someone somewhere has a cure! If you're sick, we'll get you better, and we'll get your abilities back, and we'll find some universe where they've figured out how to cure this and rebuild an immune system that's been decimated." He turns to Ailo now, looking for affirmation beyond Erik that his plan isn't off base. "Right? Right?"

He recognizes the expression Ailo gives him as the same one he had worn many years ago, in that basement at the Manor. Only this time, they're all aligned in their misery. "I know that Erik and Wanda will try the very best they can," he replies gently, squeezing Charles's knee. "We aren't giving up, Charles. And we have power, too," he says with a look. "We will make sure Genoshan doctors and pharmacists can access the equipment we need to produce the medicine we find at scale. We can make sure that nonsense like patents don't pose a problem, when we do find it."

It's not the unequivocal endorsement that Charles is hoping for. There's no promise that he, too, will insist that they travel through time and space until they've been able to secure a cure. It's all cautious and qualified hope, like Erik's. Resigned, almost. Charles glares at the wall of the townhouse, painted a gentle sage green. It's too serene a color for his mood, and he resents it. "Charlie wanted Sayid to send him back to Ariel's more distant past to provide him with a cure. Sayid didn't do that, because he knew that sending him here would result in a greater amount of lives saved. Charlie and Ariel will die to save our lives, Erik. I can't...I don't know if I can live with that."

"I can," Erik says softly. "With Ariel, I can. He's me. It's what I would have chosen. And I know he would say the same. I can't --" he shakes his head. "I can't stop to think about Charlie. If I do I won't be able to continue, I won't be able to do what I need to do. I can't let it in. But I hope you know I am not unaffected by this. I know how you feel. Believe me. Sayid made the right choice," he whispers. "We have to quantify human life like this, in triage situations or else we couldn't function as a species. But we know that one life can mean everything. That it is precious and important and its loss devastating. We have to live with it, neshama. We don't have a choice. What we can do is ensure that Sayid made the right call, by using this data to our advantage. To save as many as we can."

It's hard for Charles to be pragmatic in the moment, even if he knows that Erik is objectively right. Clearly, it was hard for Charlie to do the same, because he himself wanted to give everything to save his love, even if he knew that it was the wrong thing to do. But, he was grieving. And he will be again, and he's sure that both he and Charlie will have the same thought when the inevitable comes once more.

"I can't explain it properly," Charles says softly. "There's something unique about having telepathy and interfacing with another version of myself. As a time traveler, you struggle at times to know for certain what is now and what is then, and Ariel complicates that distinction further. As a telepath, I struggle to know what is mine and what is not. Charlie has made that tremendously more difficult. Because the grief that he feels is mine. It's as if it's being amplified as it reverberates between our two minds. He grieves, and then I feel that grief, and then he feels my secondhand grief, and so on." He closes his eyes and takes a shuddering breath. "It's beyond Ariel and Charlie. I know that. But It's hard to stomach."

"Yes, it is," Erik agrees softly. "I've had to make decisions like this many times. It does not get any easier, and perhaps that is a good thing. We can't save everyone, and there are no perfect solutions. All we can do is honor the people involved, let them make their own choices, preserve their dignity. It's why I do not go back and force a different outcome. We have to respect Ariel as a being - Charlie wanted Sayid to go back and cure him," he means, "but if we did that we would be completely disregarding his identity and his spirit, taking his choice from him. To save his life, yes, but he would never be able to live like that. If Charlie knew that it was between his life or millions of others, you too know what decision he would make. And I can't do that to him, either."

"He'd care little about himself if it meant saving others, of course," Charles answers quietly. "But he'd also go to every end to try and save his love's. Ari's." Sighing, Charles rubs at his forehead and vaguely, obliquely, wishes that he had Charlie's hair again. Funny how those meaningless, inconsequential thoughts crop up when they matter least. "Well. We made feijoada, but I'm not hungry anymore," he says. "Wasteful."

Erik materializes the plate in his hand, smiling a little as he realizes it's vegetarian. Presumably they had thought of him. Another point of similitude between himself and Ariel, that basic care can still surprise him. "Try and eat," he murmurs, wrapping Charles's good hand around the spoon. "It looks delicious, I apologize for not being able to partake right now," he tells them softly. He hasn't wished to draw any attention to the fact that he's severely unwell, but being able to focus on him outside of his distress, Charles can feel the dizziness and nausea permeating him, sapping his energy and power.

A double-edged sword, the powerful efficiency of his body at work disseminating the medication where it needs to go and absorbing it, yet in itself, it's clear the drugs themselves are causing serious problems. Charles can feel through Erik's own perception of his body that his composition is all off, particularly his circulatory system and liver. Without Ariel's keen understanding of biology he's at the mercy of the medicine to do its job, hopefully without killing him in the process.

Charles looks at the plate of food, and then back at Erik. He knows that his husband is feeling off, the side effects of the medication knocking the delicate balance of his body into chaos. “Why don’t you get in bed and rest? You’re not feeling well either. I’d like to go and speak with Daniel and Hank today as well, but you need to rest, darling. And get some form of nutrition, too. It’s imperative that your own defenses stay up.”

He shakes his head. "I don't have time for that, neshama. I have to work. I'm one of the few people who can do it. The sooner we find something better, the faster I'll recover," he insists. He lowers his head to Charles's shoulder, though, letting his eyes flutter closed. He's exhausted, but that can't stop him. 

“Erik,” Charles says firmly. His bad hand, encased in its brace, runs down the length of Erik’s spine, knuckles against the fabric of his shirt. “Pause time if you must. Think about the shape we’ll be in if you’re too ill to work at all? You must take care of yourself. Just a little rest in bed. I’ll go talk to Hank and Daniel and learn more about what we’ll need for you to do. I’ll be your project manager,” he tells him. “I’ll manage the logistics, you execute. Alright? We’re a team. And I need you to rest.”

It speaks to the degree of impact that Erik blearily nods from where his head is burrowed, raising a hand to pet at Charles's chest. With a blink, he swirls them to the bedroom, himself bundled in blankets and Charles next to him in his chair. "I don't want to -- put it all on you and Wanda," he whispers, but his eyes are already closing. Love you, he mumbles sleepily.

Charles reaches down to run his fingers through Erik’s hair. It’s unlike him to be this tired, to say no to work in favor of rest. He has to hope that it means the drugs are working hard to contain the infection. It’s all Charles can do, hope. That’s all they have. I love you, too. Sleep well. I’ll be here when you wake, he promises.


When he’s certain that Erik is out, nestling into fitful dreams, he exhales deeply and wheels back to the living room to find Ailo. “I don’t know what to do,” he confesses. “Could you feel it, too? Erik is afraid. Very afraid. And—Charlie. I don’t know how to handle this, Ailo. I don’t know what’s right.”

"I can feel it," Ailo nods. "And it's affecting his abilities, too. We will do what we must, all of us. We are fortunate in many ways, and we have some clear advantages. We should convene everyone who is working on this to ensure we are all on the same page," he suggests softly. "Doctors, ministers and those using their abilities to assist such as Wanda. Ariel still appears to have access to his powers as well, so include him and Charlie. We have to understand what we are looking for, if we want to find it, right? What type of medication, what issues might crop up in the long-term. And I'll work on the psychiatric component. A lot of people are going to be affected by this, so we need clear and actionable treatment guidelines."

Ailo glances at the closed bedroom door. "Have you considered talking to him about the extradition clause?" he points out, keeping his tone gentle. "I find it difficult to accept that this individual is still free, and if they're sick... Erik will not be the only one impacted. People who commit crimes like this don't usually have only one victim. He mentioned the CDC, but we could do more. The CDC may not have jurisdiction to take action, since it's not currently illegal in the USA to transmit this virus - most people likely don't even know about it."

Charles sighs, suddenly exhausted, too. It’s all beyond worrying. Erik’s abilities slipping away is a prospect more terrifying than he can bear; they know what happens to Erik when his abilities fail him. Couple that with a fatal virus spreading about Genosha and beyond…devastating. Beyond belief. “I don’t know how to go about that,” Charles admits. “Leland gave it to Erik through non-consensual means. That’s illegal in and of itself. But Erik could have then given it to me, and I to someone else consensually. I don’t want there to be an immense panic with gay people at the center, Ailo. Do we really want to open that door?”

He sighs, too. "I'm not sure that we can avoid it," he says softly. "Keep in mind he also got it from an American, in Romania - this isn't just Genosha's problem. Though I am certain it will be construed as such," he mutters darkly. "It will be incumbent upon us to surely set the tone and the standard, but how successful have we been in the past? Add an infectious disease on top," he grimaces. "I contacted some of my friends still working in Congo and it's serious there. It's killed thousands so far. Whatever we find in the future, we should share it with whoever wants it. This is almost certain to become pandemic, it's only a matter of time. We will have to adjust our laws accordingly, I think. You know how it is," his brows raise.

"Erik could turn him into US authorities tomorrow and nothing would be done, you know that. But we might have success prosecuting these cases-" they both know the USA doesn't participate in Genosha's extradition program, "-if we focus on the transmission of disease. Straight people don't anticipate ever getting raped, but they sure will understand that big scary gays could infect them with horrible gay diseases." He makes a face, wry. "They'd turn him over to us pretty quickly, I think. Even if we don't pursue this for Erik's sake, he is out there right now killing people, I'm certain of it. They'll all die the same miserable way as Ariel," he says, because Charles isn't the only telepath here. "And no one deserves that."

It's a double-edged sword, of course. The world must know about this illness. If gay people are especially vulnerable, they can't just keep it a secret for fear of the panic that it will cause. And there will be panic. Ostracization. The fight for equality and acceptance has been slow, not always steady. This will set it back, and Charles knows. But Ailo is right. Laws need to be adjusted. People need to know how to protect themselves. "I'll talk to Erik, then," he says at last, rubbing his brow. "Ultimately, it's up to him. If he's willing to disclose publicly that this happened to him, and by whom, then I think that you're right. He might not want to, though. He doesn't even like talking about that with me."

Ailo inclines his head. He knows that likely won't pose much of a barrier, they both know that Erik will do what needs to be done to protect Genoshans even if it is at the expense of his comfort. Ailo isn't happy to bring it up, it shouldn't be his responsibility, but alas, Ailo doesn't see much of an alternative. "He'll make the right call," he says with certainty. "We'll be able to mitigate some of the harmful impacts of all of this here on Genosha, at least we have that going for us. A big part of it will come down to how we portray this publicly, and as painful as it undoubtedly is, Erik is almost certainly the right face of it. We just have to get him there. I can tell he's sick," Ailo taps his temple.

"This will be a trying time, for everyone. I wish I could snap my fingers and make it easier on you both, you deserve a break," he huffs, rolling his eyes. "If anyone does. That means you can't slack off when it comes to looking after yourself. If you're both out of commission, our chances of successfully intervening on this are next to nothing. He won't function optimally if you're unwell, too." He taps at the bowl of abandoned stew on the table, pointed.

"I can tell he's sick, too. I've noticed that he's been a little off, over the past months, but we have been busy. I wrote it off. I shouldn't have." Charles grips his armrest, knuckles turning white. "But I agree. He'll do whatever he needs to protect Genoshans. He takes it personally. As we all do, I suppose." Charles glances back at the bedroom door, and then rolls his eyes before wheeling to the table. "You take care of yourself too, old man," Charles tuts in return. "We need you to be well, too. I'm going to rely on you to help me make sure Erik's okay, and he's going to ask you to look after me. If you need a break from us, don't be afraid to be tell us no, mm?" He raises brow before taking a bite.

"Of course, but you know me - I never resist the cheese bread," he plucks up another roll and drops into the chair across from him, offering a bright grin in return. "I've also never seen him refuse food before. It's worrying, even with the medicine. We'll need to sustain ourselves on hope, for the time being. We'll make a plan going forward, and I have faith Wanda will be able to find better treatments for him that don't leave him so ill. And try not to be so hard on yourself," he adds, pointed. "People get sick, under the weather. It happens, there was no way to know this would happen." He rubs at his chin, considering.

"I do worry, though. For you both, for what's to come, in here," he lays a hand over his own heart. "Especially for him. I think we tend to expect... with everything we've seen from him, the expectation is that he will be OK, that there won't be any problems. Look at everything he has handled thus far. It's a reasonable expectation," he agrees. "But watching Charlie succumb to this disease -- it will affect you as well," he nods, "when Ariel goes. It certainly will, but you have the foundation to cope with emotional pain. He doesn't, because he simply doesn't feel it the way we do. If those mitigating factors of detachment stop functioning, he could rapidly decompensate."

“He’s acting like it will all be very pragmatic and straightforward,” Charles agrees gravely, pushing the beans in his stew around with his fork. “Which I suppose I appreciate right now. But I fear the same. He will be affected, deeply, when he watches Charlie and Ariel die. You saw Charlie’s memory; it was horrific.” He swallows thickly. “If he wakes while I’m gone, can you try to get some food in him? And convince him not to get to work until I’m back? He’s going to work himself very hard and we need to make sure he doesn’t overexert. To your point,” he nods, picking up the spoon. “I’ll take care of myself. I promise. We’ll all be needed. Can’t let ourselves fall out of commission.”

"I'll look after him, don't worry about that," Ailo says, smiling as he dips his spoon into his own bowl. "Let me know what McCoy and Shomron say," he requests when Charles has finished at least some of his meal and he rises to clear the table. They can both feel that Erik is dead to the world in the room, so while Charles makes his way to to AMC, he busies himself tidying up the townhouse. It's cluttered with Things, courtesy of Erik, so he organizes them into little collections on bookshelves and window sills and waters the plants.


It's easy enough to find the doctors, both right where they've been most of the day in the small conference room devoted to research and protocols. White boards filled with equations and chemical formulas, piles of cases and studies and pharmacology reports, patient records... Daniel turns when the door opens and waves. "Evening, Dr. Xavier."

As he heads to the hospital, Charles checks in on Charlie and Ariel via his telepathy. They’re still in the little house that Erik created for them; Charlie is asleep, but a bit fitfully so. He’s dreaming of a hospital. Riverside. The one he and Ari had lived in in his final days. Ariel is there, too, but isn’t asleep. His mind is working through the events of the day, grappling with the reality that is hitting all of them like a steel club. He knows that he needs to talk to both Charlie and Ariel, but he lets them rest. There’s other business to attend to, now.

“So formal,” he replies to Daniel, parking his chair beside a table covered in mountains of paper. “Apologies for my interruption. I’m here on Erik’s behalf. He’s not feeling well and is resting.” He raises an eyebrow at the two doctors. “The medication is already taking a toll. I’m hoping that we can find something better quickly. I worry that we’ll lose his abilities if we don’t.”

"Yeeeeap, that's our big worry," Daniel rises from his chair and stretches loudly, the loud pop of his joints cracking through the room. Hey, you said don't be formal, Charles. "Yikes, don't ever get old," he cautions dryly. "Not that you ever will, highly don't recommend it," he winks. "Scoot over here a minute. There's a lot you have to learn about this, so you may as well start now." He erases a large spot on the whiteboard to write in.

"So, this is a disease that has two stages. First is HIV, which is like any virus. You become infected when the virus enters your bloodstream, now this particular virus attacks CD4 cells, which are helper T-cells that fight infection. We measure how serious it is by viral load testing - so far, Erik has roughly 20,000 copies of the virus per mL of blood. This represents a moderate, but not high level of infection."

Daniel scrawls on the board as he talks. "With ART, we estimate that we'll be able to keep his viral load suppressed to where he can survive. Provided those same meds don't cause organ damage - which they very well can. AZT is not a safe drug, but the risk of AIDS is simply great enough to justify its use. Ariel Eisenhardt, conversely, has over a million copies - he's moved onto the second stage of the disease, AIDS."

He prints CD4 <500-1500 - normal. <350 - Advanced HIV. <200 - AIDS. "Ariel's CD4 count is less than 200, and we are unlikely to repair that damage in time to save him, even if we do successfully suppress the HIV. But we will try everything we can. We've gotten an emergency writ from the Posto Monitoraggio to use any treatment we can find. Experimental or from another dimension or an alien, or whatever. We'll try it."

Charles follows along easily. He attempts to be objective, but it’s hard not to feel sick and angry as Daniel scrawls out the numbers on the board in front of him. So clinical, so matter-of-fact. 20,000 copies of an evil virus that they can hopefully contain. And it’s too late, evidently, for Ariel. The scene unfolds in Charles’s mind again, but he shuts his eyes against it. He must first think of Erik, because they need Erik to prevent this thing from spreading more broadly.

“I know what CD4 cells are, I’ve got a doctorate in biology,” Charles snaps, and then lowers his head in apology. He’s on edge, taking it out on others. “Are we simply containing Erik’s illness or are we reversing it?” he asks in a less abrasive tone. “If we stop it from reproducing, why doesn’t it die away eventually? I suppose it must be latency, like Epstein-Barr. Will he still be able to transmit it?”

Daniel nods, tactfully ignoring the jibe. "Right now, yes. As long as he has a significant viral load, he will be able to transmit it. Now, I estimate there will eventually come a point, where it won't be transmissible. We'll have to determine that cut-off. We can't fully eradicate the virus because it also exists within reservoirs along the lymph system."

A big cell and a few arrows explaining how the medication 'tricks' HIV into accepting it appear next to the other graphs and numbers, resembling something like the Pac-Man game Pietro had been playing in his living room what seems like eons ago. Had it really been only a couple of years? Erik had once joked that Jews cursed one another by wishing them to live in interesting times.

"AZT is a nucleoside analogue, and works via competitive viral polymerase inhibition and nascent DNA chain termination. We can interrupt the virus's life cycle so it doesn't replicate and gradually lowers, but that reservoir is why he will need to be on ART for the rest of his life, or until our treatments improve to where we can target the inactive virus as well."

“The therapy that he’s on,” Charles says quietly after a long pause to study the drawing before him. “It obviously wasn’t created to be used by someone whose lifespan is infinite.”

“That’s correct,” Hank says without an upward glance from his own stack of papers. “It’s a problem that faces our kind in general. Many of the medical therapies that humans rely on work only because human lifespans are relatively short. I’m going to propose that Genosha fund research for mutant medicine and healthcare. This is a more urgent problem than we’d all have liked.”

“Erik will fund it,” Charles waves, dismissive. “In the meantime, you’re looking for a better version of ART, right? You can create that first.”

Hank finally looks up at Charles, hair wild and eyes wide. “Eventually, yes. There are other things that we need to prioritize though, Charles. We need to ramp up testing at a mass scale, learn how to care for those with a more advanced stage of the disease, administer prophylactics and ART to others. Of course we’ll have an eye on better options for everyone, but we must work with what we have right now to stop further spread, prevent worse illness, and prepare to care for those gravely affected today.”

Charles wants to yell at both doctors, but instead, he nods once, stiffly, and remembers his promise to Erik. “Tell me what the next steps are. I told Erik I’d sit in on his behalf when he needs to rest, and I’ll convey that information to him.”

"The search for better drugs is ongoing," Daniel assures Charles with a nod, his lips pressed together in a grim line. "But we are limited by our current technology. I'm going to take Qadir and head into the future with Wanda after I take a nap, since part of the delay is that the people looking have no idea what to look for. The good news is that there does seem to be promising advances in medication, at least from what Wanda has shared. We will still have to rigorously test everything before committing to a treatment protocol, though, and we as physicians need to learn exactly how these drugs function so that we can anticipate any ongoing issues, as Dr. McCoy mentioned.

We absolutely will need a dedicated public health agenda on this matter, and that involves understanding how to speak about this illness. We don't want anything like a mob descending on the hospital, or infected patients being harassed or targeted or unfairly blamed. This is a disease, first and foremost, it's not intelligent or organic. It has no ulterior motive, it's not a punishment or sinister in any way on its own. I'm not spearheading some War on AIDS, as Tegan would phrase it," he rolls his eyes, mentioning the Republican presidential candidate responsible for popularizing such nomenclature by name. "These are sick human beings who deserve as much compassion as possible. They're not inherently anymore dangerous than anyone else."

"Ailo and I can work on a messaging and education plan," Charles suggests. "I don't want anyone with time traveling abilities to spend their time and energy elsewhere if they don't have to. See if Wanda can start spinning up facilities dedicated to research, production, and treatment of infected patients; it would be good for those to already be up and ready before Erik is awake. If we need something stateside, we can use the grounds of the manor. I'll get in touch with Carmen Pryde, too. He may be able to help us navigate the litigation aspect."

"Already ahead of you," Daniel grins a little and flicks one of the piles of papers. "She's indicated we can have a facility up and running in a few days - we're limited not by power, but knowledge-level, but we have a lot of brainpower on this, so I'm confident we will adapt quickly. I don't claim to understand any of this time travel shenanigans, but she'll get it done. She's worried sick, too. We all are," he adds, meeting the man's eyes. "This is a lot of data and numbers, but I know these are our friends, our families. Make sure you give her a hug the next time you see her, she deserves it." Daniel frowns at litigation. "Who is litigating anybody?"

It's true that Daniel Shomron can come across rather clinical at times; it's par for the course as an epidemiologist, but he knows that Daniel is anything but clinical when it comes to the level of care that he provides for his patients. He's an epidemiologist because he cares, personally, for each individual he treats and all of those that he attempts to protect. Charles appreciates his clear head in times like this. He shifts uncomfortably in his chair at Daniel's question. He's said too much, but he supposes that Daniel will become embroiled in this in one way or another. "There are people who spread it to others through means that are already illegal," Charles says carefully. "Consider our vulnerable populations...victims of sex trafficking, for example. Those people are more likely to contract this illness than others. We cannot stand to allow the perpetrators to remain free of blame."

Daniel nods, a muted response that makes it clear more than anything else that he has already considered this possibility both as a hypothetical and as a vector for the patients they already have, both of whom have an extensive history of the very same. After all, Charles is negative, and Charlie got sick after Ariel. "We'll have to balance any laws we draft on the feasibility of their enforcement," he says, and it sounds like an argument but Charles knows it isn't. He completely agrees, but his reservations are eminently practical. "This virus has an incubation period of anywhere from - as far as we can tell - one to ten years. Of course it must be considered a form of assault to knowingly transmit a deadly disease, but knowingly is the keyword. Erik mentioned that he contacted the CDC about the person he thinks gave it to him, presumably it wasn't you. It sounded like Erik didn't think he knew he had it."

"I didn't transmit it, no. I don't think I can transmit it, anyway. Not that way." Blithely, Charles supposes that he has to be thankful for his disability for a moment. He and Erik are intimate in ways that probably makes it less likely for the two of them to transmit diseases like this to each other. "The person who Erik believes transmitted it to him most certainly didn't know that he had it; no one knew about this at all, did they?" He doesn't elaborate further, however. Daniel can form his own conclusions, and Erik can fill in details later, if he sees fit. "Once this virus is widely recognized, people cannot be allowed to intentionally transmit it to another person without that person's knowledge," Charles continues.

"But currently, when someone assaults another, there are additional penalties for additional crimes committed during the assault. Assault with a deadly weapon, for example. If a person with HIV sexually assaults another and also transmits the virus to their victim, there must be additional penalties applied."

"But—"

"But that is a very slippery slope, Hank. Yes, I know," Charles grunts. "Obviously we don't want to foment panic. We don't want to ostracize or criminalize activity that only a certain population partakes in. This is why I want to bring Carmen in. The policy needs to be airtight, so as not to punish or penalize people who have not intentionally caused harm."

"Pryde will be a good resource, we should talk to Spector and Kirala as well, and that judge - Petrakis? He lives in Jinyani, has a good head on his shoulders. There will be a lot of factors to consider, among them that we don't know much about this illness yet. We don't know what poses a real risk of transmission or not. We have papers and guidelines but that data isn't verified yet, and it sounds like they still don't know much in the 90s - I'm guessing Sayid wasn't able to go any further," he adds wryly.

"But no, you're right. This would be an aggravating factor, and it has to be balanced with the human rights of both HIV+ patients and victims of assault. For instance, this pamphlet says that oral sex poses very little risk of transmission. It still can, but the risk is low. If a patient believes that they won't transmit HIV, and a fluke happens where they do, even though they knew they were positive - things like this are going to happen all the time. I'd guess Genosha has some of the most comprehensive sexual assault laws in the world, but there are still so many grey areas that a majority of cases are prosecuted through singula lex. That's our individual, context-dependent interpretation of events. Spector and Pryde will know more about it, it's quite an unusual system, actually. That's most likely where these laws will fall as well, and there are advantages and disadvantages to the system."

"What? Our fearless Prime Minister has overseen the construction of an unusual legal system?" Charles asks, raising his brow in faux surprise. "Perhaps when you head to the future, you can look to see how various countries legislate this as well. I imagine that you may need to look decently far ahead; as you say, if they don't know much about the illness as far ahead as the 1990s...we may be a century away from a legal system that accommodates both safety for the public and protection for marginalized groups, hmm?" He rubs his forehead and leans back in his chair. "When Erik wakes, he's going to want to spring into action. Why don't I get him working with Carmen and Spector while you and Wanda lead the charge on the medical front? It may benefit you to bring Ariel along, too...if we want to take him away from Charlie."

"Mmm," Daniel grimaces a little. "He would be an immense help," Daniel doesn't sugarcoat it. "But I think he should be encouraged to pursue comfort and family. That may change if we can alter his treatment trajectory, but I don't want to encourage him to throw himself at this problem when he should be with loved ones. G-d knows one Erik is workaholic enough. But we might have him look over a few things - his biological understanding is very unique to ours, after all. You should talk with them and put a plan in place for how they'd like to address this all - if they're interested in helping or if they're over it, which is absolutely understandable."

Charles sighs. "They'll want to help," he says bluntly. "I know they will. I'll talk to them. Or, maybe Ailo should. I don't know. I don't really know how to handle them, yet," he admits. "I don't want Ariel to spend his last days overworking himself, and Charlie—if he's infected, should he be getting ART?" he asks abruptly, because duh. "He's especially vulnerable to opportune infections with a weakened immune system. Maybe his illness hasn't progressed yet."

"Yes, I've prescribed them both the same medicine as Erik, the combination of AZT and lamivudine. That should keep the HIV in check, but it's the CD4 count that's the real problem - and the meds themselves, which aren't without significant risk. Ideally they would all be admitted to AMC for observation, but Erik overruled us and let them stay in their house and took off himself. I get it, but we want to give them a chance, right? A hospital with PPE and quarantine protocols to extend their lives long enough to find something to heal their immunological injuries. But try talking to Erik about it, the stubborn bastard."

"Oh, don't worry. Erik wouldn't leave them unprotected," Charles grimaces. "I am more than sure that he placed some sort of invisible barrier around their home or their individual bodies. If the two of them really are doomed either way, and it seems like from your lack of confidence in an effective treatment that they are, then I think we can all agree that it is not humane to keep them in a hospital for a year until they pass away. We can give them that choice, but there are other measures that we can take to keep them protected without forcing them to live in a cleanroom for a year."

"I suppose you're right," Daniel grants reluctantly. "Doomed or not, I won't rest until I've exhausted every option, on that you've got a guarantee. I wish I was bringing better news, but it seems like we all are on the same wavelength when it comes to addressing this. A multi-faceted approach from a variety of different angles. Don't let fear take root, control the narrative. Get research facilities up, law enforcement, education. It's a solid plan of attack. Meanwhile Hank will continue pouring over everything we funnel in, improving on it, while me and Qadir jump into the timestream. Can't believe I am about to literally time-travel," he shakes his head. "And you're welcome here as well. We have an open source laboratory in the works that will pool everything together at the end and let anyone study it, just because. No use wasting all that manpower. I know you have a solid genetics background, too. I will ask that you keep an eye on them, for me," he requests. "I'll check in as often as I can but with them being at home I won't always know if something goes wrong."

"It's the best we can do," Charles agrees grimly. "I'll need to send Hank back to Westchester as well. We'll need to take care of the students and staff at the school, too, but we can find ways to split time and resources." Hank nods vaguely, but doesn't raise his head from the thick file he's frowning over. "In the meantime, get some rest, Daniel," he says, softer. "I expect that these next months will be quite busy for you. Take a nap and then some. I'll keep an eye on Erik, Ariel, and Charlie, don't worry about them. Ailo and I will work on the narrative, Carmen and Spector will work with Erik on policy, and Hank will spearhead the research and discovery of improved therapies. But we all must look after ourselves, too. There's some feijoada at our place if you're hungry," he adds, smirking. "And that cheese bread that I like to eat by the pound."

"Oh, cheese bread," Daniel's stomach rumbles as if on cue. "I might just take you up on that," he laughs a little. "It's appreciated, truly. I'll have a stop by later when I need to update Erik's chart," he rubs the back of his neck with his hand, offering the man a returning grin.


By the time Charles finally makes his way back to the townhouse (after checking up on Ariel and Charles, who have completely dispensed with propriety and were curled up in one another's arms on a large couch), and Daniel leaves for the night, it's 2AM in the morning and the first time in over twenty-four hours that he's able to spend with Erik alone since this all began.

He blearily rouses as Charles motors inside the bedroom, having waved Daniel out irately just moments before. He's still ripping off the blood pressure cuff, glowering a bit. His head snaps up when he realizes Charles is there and he slows his movements, taking a deep breath. Composed, calm. But Charles can feel the prickled edges of frustration curling his fingernails into his palm, sending lances of pain up his forearm where they're still healing from Ariel's intervention. If he can just squeeze hard enough, maybe he can tear it all out of his body.

The next week passes by in a blur of tests, doctors, drugs, more tests - Charles can feel it as Erik grows more exhausted, more listless. Wanda has taken over the bulk of the expeditions, as Erik is slowly and steadily sapped of his strength. He runs at the problem as hard as possible, getting weaker and weaker with every trip.

Chapter 72: Your talons bite like nails. I'd rather not become impaled

Chapter Text

One morning he wakes up beside him to discover that his eyes and skin have turned a sickly chartreuse. Erik groans, bile rising in his throat. "Churlz," he ekes out, patting at him listlessly. "'M yellow." For some reason, it's this that makes him react, for the first time since receiving the diagnosis, eyes watering while the rest of his expression remains waxy. "Don't want to be yellow," he whispers. 

Erik's deterioration happens much more quickly than any of then could have anticipated. Charles had hoped that regular rest and proper nutrition would keep him in check, but despite their best efforts, Erik grows weaker and weaker by the day. Within a week, Charles is terrified each time Erik leaves to scour the multiverse, terrified that he will be too weak to return, that he'll be stuck there. And so when Erik wakes up on that gloomy Tuesday, skin jaundiced, Charles feels his heart clench. In fear for his health, in gratitude for the fact that he's here, on Genosha.

"Oh, sweetheart," He murmurs, raising the bed up as he rubs sleep from his eyes. Erik is indeed yellow...his liver is overloaded. He pushes Erik's hair from his sweaty forehead and looks him over, face a mask of concern. "I don't want you to be yellow either," he whispers. "Your liver is overworked. Let me..." But what is there to do? If Erik stops taking the medication, the infection will continue to multiply. If he continues, his liver will start to fail. His own eyes begin to water, too, as the feeling of desperation sweeps over. "I...can you get me in my—" he looks at his chair desperately, and then back at Erik. "Or I can call Ailo. We need Daniel."

Erik's eyes flutter closed completely without conscious volition. "N--no," he rasps, shaking his head even as such devastation threatens to boil over. "Make - sure - stay?" he tries to secure out of the other man, to stop him in his tracks so that those tears can't form and slip down his cheeks. He's sorry, he'll do better. Try harder, be more. He'll figure it out, he promises. It's obvious from his response that he's not thinking clearly, clutching onto Charles instead of instantly transferring him where he's requested. A sign for certain that Erik isn't doing well at all.

"Oh," he mumbles, raising his hand to Charles's cheek. He can feel as Erik tries to hook onto his power and fails - the only saving grace is that his senses don't seem profoundly impacted yet. But that may very well be coming. Both him and Ariel are struggling, whereas Charlie is having less difficulty. His body being less efficient than Erik's is a positive for the time being.  It's a double-edged sword, part of Erik's severe reaction comes down to how powerful his immune system is - only now, it's haywire, unable to parse something it's never encountered before.

Not only is the virus affecting him, but his own immune system is randomly targeting itself in a desperate bid to control things. The only good thing about Charlie's under-active response is that he's able to retain stability for a little longer; until opportunistic infections begin cropping up, that is. And they know that eventually his own body may begin to break down as a result of the drugs - Erik is just a glimpse into their future.

When Charles doesn’t blink and find himself in his wheelchair and dressed in a polka dotted cardigan, his own panic begins to set in. He can feel Erik scrabbling for his abilities, like a rope escaping his fingers by just a centimeter. They’re there, but his body is going haywire as it contends with illness and medication. It’s terrifying to feel Erik slip away. But he can’t be openly terrified. Erik needs him to be strong and calm, to guide him through this, even if their end is unclear.

“I won’t go anywhere,” he promises, gathering Erik in his arms until his head rests against Charles’s chest. “It’s okay. I’ll stay right here in bed with you.” In the meantime, he rouses Hank, Daniel, and Ailo with a single alarm. I need the three of you. Erik is jaundiced and has lost control over his abilities. Please come quickly.

Daniel tries to think back at him, on my way. Ailo is already there, so he appears first, lips pressed together as he takes in the sight of Erik, yellow as can be and terribly too-thin. He takes stock of the situation and realizes that they need assistance, moving to grasp Charles's wheelchair from its spot at the corner of the room. He does tend to leave it in the strangest places, with Erik usually being so capable of helping him. Meanwhile, Erik burrows. He's tried to be strong this entire time, but something about waking up yellow from head to toe distresses him. He shouldn't be yellow, that's not right. He doesn't want to be. Everywhere, his mind starts to scatter a little.

Daniel knocks on the door a short while later and appears with a crop of doctors, taking Erik's vitals while he's still stationary. "All right," he tells everyone calmly. "We thought this might happen, and it looks like it has. It's safe to say you're in the early stages of acute cholestatic hepatitis." And they don't have another option right now. The best he can do is stop ART long enough for this to resolve, but they will need to re-establish a baseline again.

And it's possible - no, exceedingly likely, it'll happen again. According to the literature, this type of response isn't common (more common are bone marrow injuries and renal failure, for example), but of course, Erik doesn't a common patient. "What - can I do?" Erik rasps up at him, the sclera of his eyes bloodshot and sickly yellow mixed with vibrant green, discomfiting and horrible as he follows the physicians around the room. At least he still has his senses, there's that.

"Just try and relax," Daniel tells him, grimacing down at the char in his hand. "We might want to admit you for a little while, so we can monitor this more fully. Is that OK?"

Erik shakes his head. "Don't want to."

Ailo waits until Daniel arrives to help Charles into his chair, as it’s evident that Erik is not feeling confident and strong. He’s put on a brave face for weeks, forging forward with his signature focus, but the toll that it’s taking is finally too great. Charles grips Erik’s hand even as Daniel begins taking his vitals. He really is yellow, and the way it’s making him feel—filtered through his mutation—amplifies the distress. Daniel’s conclusion doesn’t help.

“Hold on,” Charles says, pulling Erik’s hand into his lap. “You’re telling me that he needs to stop taking his medicine, which will allow the virus to start reproducing again. And then when he’s better, we put him back on the medication, only to wait until he gets sick again? So he gets sick either way?”

Daniel grimaces. "Right now, this is the only antiretroviral therapy we have. We are working on improving it, but we still don't know everything about these drugs," he explains as gently as he can.

"Time travel -" Erik rasps softly. "Hard, too. So many timelines. Many places didn't develop a treatment or cure. Many places worse - killing people, treating it like a plague. Millions of iterations. And this timeline is limited by us. We haven't cured it yet, so we can't go into the future and find out how we cured it. Difficult to explain. Sometimes yes, sometimes no. I'm sorry, neshama. I'm trying --"

Erik swipes ruthlessly at his eyes. Tears not for himself. Charlie is going to die of this if he doesn't find an answer. Ariel will die. The pain and torment that await Genosha is inconceivable. The pain and torment that awaits him as Charlie withers away, he knows the devastation will unfold in his being like a nuclear blast. Unspooling his very DNA. And it will be his responsibility.

For all his power... "I'm so sorry," he whispers.

“Don’t apologize,” Charles replies evenly. He wipes tears from Erik’s yellow cheeks, and then smooths his fingers over his hair. The terror feels magnified. In all of them. Erik is thinking about others and how their lack of an answer will undoubtedly lead to the deaths of people they love. Ailo worries about the toll that it will take on Erik’s mental state. And Daniel, calm on the outside, knows that tough times lie ahead. “Can Ariel help?” Charles asks after a moment. “You need to take your medicine. Can he help mitigate the side effects with his abilities? Or, while you’re off of it, can he prevent the virus from spreading within you? Just as a temporary solution.”

"It can't hurt to ask," Erik agrees softly. "If he can help me, perhaps he can help himself and Charlie as well." It seems like all they're doing is playing catch-up, that they're utterly at the mercy of this virus despite all of their power and abilities. He feels terrible asking Ariel for help, considering what's to come. He deserves to spend time with his loved ones, not running around trying to save everyone else. But if he can, then perhaps Erik can use the extended time to find something worthwhile - for all of them.

With Ariel, Charlie is in tow - and after Charles reaches out to him telepathically, they both bloop into the room unceremoniously, dressed in matching pajamas with sloths and bears doing a delightful tango and drinking cups of coffee. Ariel gasps when his eyes land on Erik, who is - yellow. From head to toe. "Yellow?" he whispers, confused. He lays his hand on Erik's chest, and gradually the yellow begins to dissipate. "Bile," he explains softly. "Built up because his liver isn't functioning right. I see it. There is too much of the virus for me to remove it all," he finally announces his response to Charles's initial entreaty in his mind when he's finished his examination.

This news has been clearly devastating to him. He looks gaunt, like he hasn't eaten for a while, dark circles under his eyes indicating late nights awake and hollowed. He spends every moment with Charlie, learning about them, watching movies, playing with Lucille (who is perched on his shoulder accordingly). "My abilities are not as good as Erik's, but I can help with his organs. Try to keep it all stable. Try to protect me and Charlie," he adds, dropping a kiss onto the top of the man's head as he speaks. "I have considered creating new CD4 cells, just like I can make neurons, but there are problems. I am afraid I am just producing infected cells. So I gave us a little barrier," he smiles gently.

Charles closes his eyes momentarily when Ariel announces that he won’t be able to magically save them all. There was a part of Charles that was hoping that Ariel would pull it out from within him in the end, that he’d be able to prevent everyone they love and care about from falling ill and buy them what is most precious: time.

Charlie, evidently, can feel his disappointment, because he looks over with a cocked brow. We’re all vulnerable in some ways. Even them.

Charles resists the urge to roll his eyes. Is he this pedantic, too? Of course. Vain hope, is all.

Not all vain. He may be able to help your Erik, yet. “So you’re saying that you can protect Erik’s organs, Ari?” Charlie asks out loud, as if the telepathic conversation had not transpired at all. “So that he can continue taking his medication without the worst of the side effects?”

Ariel nods, unconsciously resting his hand on Charlie's shoulder. He has a fourteen month disparity between Charlie's recollection of him at Riverside until now, but with Charlie's telepathy that gap has been all but erased as he saw and experienced for himself first-hand what they had built together. He's Ari again, and he couldn't be more grateful for Charlie's abilities. He knows he's essentially been given a second chance, and he wastes no time at all, wanting to squeeze every second that he can from his life and his love. What truly hurts is not that he's about to die, but that he is killing Charlie and Aura along with him. Aura, the bright spot in his time on Genosha before going home, a man who had shown him nothing but kindness and safety, was now doomed because of it.

And even now, as Aura visits with them and spends time in their little townhouse, he shows no sign of resentment or despair neither outwardly nor telepathically. He's a different sort, welcoming Charlie with open arms and not a trace of jealousy or competition. It's surprisingly refreshing, and they've become fast friends. But it can't be denied - it pains Ariel. He feels that he is the one who brought this on them all, even though they've clearly determined it wasn't his fault. He hadn't known. They'd tested him on Genosha for any transmissible diseases and found nothing. He thought he was safe. Knowing what he does now, he had examined the Hellfire Club before leaving them on Gliese 581d, and found signs of illness in Enoch Ivanov.

He supposes he should blame Enoch, but instead he just blames himself. Enoch isn't here. Ariel is. "Yes," he nods, his raspy whisper a little more pronounced as all of these thoughts whirl in his head upon seeing Erik. Knowing what awaits his loves. He blinks away fresh tears. "Yes, I can help. So he can take the medicine," he laughs a little, trying to extend warmth to everyone gathered. "I'm sorry," he finally apologizes, rough. He's been keeping in all of his guilt and fear, not wanting to taint any of their last moments with it. But it must be said. "I'm so sorry. I didn't know. I didn't know anything. I'll help, any way I can."

“Don’t cry, sweetheart,” says Charles, just as Charlie intones: “Don’t cry, darling.”

The two, twinned in their expressions and blue eyes and elaborate wheelchairs, stare at each other. Charles, for one, has not grown accustomed to having a bloody clone of himself wheeling about Genosha, and of course, nor has Charlie. The two tend to avoid each other where possible, still distrustful of the counterpart. Perhaps that’s a telling habit; if one can’t trust their own self, then what can they trust? Neither has had the time nor care to think about that. Not with their loved one—their beloved—so ill.

“If you’re able to help Erik stay healthy while he’s on his medicine, that would be an immense gift, Ariel. More than any of us could ever repay,” Charles says, earnest despite himself and himself. “I can’t express how grateful we will be.”

Ariel takes both of their hands, as though an attempt to link them together, his affection and fondness for both versions of Charles overwhelmingly imminent. "It's difficult, right?" he huffs a bit, lifting his chin at Erik. "I've never liked myself. And that was easy because why would I care if I hate myself? But, you know, he isn't me. It's not so easy anymore. I try to think of it that way. He's a separate sentient being, it's not fair to hate him when he's done nothing wrong. And if I really think about it, he's not very hateable."

"Glowing praise, Ariel. Thank you." Erik manages a small smirk, flexing his good hand now that it's no longer freaking yellow. Grateful. The animosity that had once existed between them is no longer, neither does he consider Ariel a version of himself. More like a brother.

"I take it back," Ariel sticks out his tongue. "So hateable."

"Did you just stick your tongue out at me?"

"No," he says around a mouthful of his own tongue. He pokes it back inside his mouth.

"He isn't wrong," Erik murmurs, laying his own hand over Charles's worse one, atop the brace. They're two peas in an orthopedic pod. "Facing myself was an awful task. I went through a period of time where I despised myself so intensely that I would dig scratches into my own skin. Like I could rip it all off." There are scars like that on his inner wrist, near his tattoo. Small slashes, as though from kitten scratches. He's never explained their origin before now.

"But neither of you deserve animosity. I recognize what I love most about you, in you both. I hope one day you can see what I see." One day soon, he doesn't add, and tries not to think. Reminded once more of the horrible fate that awaits a man who isn't his husband and yet who he loves deeply. Erik winces, apologetic.

Neither Charles nor Charlie is comfortable with this conversation be, especially with Daniel and Ailo present, and it shows. They both turn their heads away from Ariel when he grabs their hands, and when they realize that their counterpart has done the same, they huff and glare at their knees. Same expression, same movement. Their point of divergence was much sooner than Erik’s as Ariel’s, and so many of their habits, physical and mental, are the same. For starters, neither of them enjoys being the subject of a conversation about self-hatred in front of an audience.

Charlie speaks first, staring at Erik’s wrist. “I won’t speak for my counterpart, but I’d say that, for me, it’s a lot less about self-loathing than it is about self-realization. Charles and I are quite similar in nature, but our circumstances have been very different. We’re seeing how we may have fared in other versions of our loves and it’s strange.” Once again, Charlie says what Charles doesn’t say. He’s oddly more forthcoming than Charles is; one might think that the opposite would be the case.

Instead, he simply smiles softly and brings Erik’s arm go to kiss overtop the scars. “It’s a stressful time for all of us. A lot of stress and worry. Your health, not least of all,” he says to his husband. “You’re already looking better, though.”

Fortunately for them all, Ailo, ever cognizant, had taken the initiative to go over Erik's chart with Daniel, having already been given permission by the patient in question. Unorthodox, but given that they're talking to two literal time travelers and attempting to defeat an extremely deadly disease, no one is particularly fazed by it.

"I still remember when he showed me their lives together," Ariel laughs a little, having completely ignored the two doctors, his attention only focused on their small group. He seems to realize as their eyes both move to their location and he just smiles and continues mentally. I thought there's no way that's me, or if it is, then I am clearly the worse version. But then I found you, and Aura, and even Erik and I started to understand one another. It's easy now, because there's a lot we just know and don't have to say. We just understand it when we talk even though most people struggle to follow along. It's nice, he whispers between them privately.

Connected to Charles, Erik is privy and nods. Finding out about Ariel and his circumstances was extremely destabilizing for me, I'll admit. I can only imagine the same is true of you both - perhaps not as such, but to see an outcome that is very evidently unpleasant - the loss of one's partner, Schmidt and Hellfire, he grimaces a little. I am quite pleased to know you two have found one another. Even though Charlie had come back to them bearing the news of both their imminent demise, it makes him happy to know that they had one another. Almost like the universe had course-corrected, bringing the correct Erik and Charles together.

"But I digress. Stress does not begin to cover this. I do apologize to you all," he adds, soft. "My abilities aren't what they used to be. If they were," he gestures between himself and Ariel. "This would be a trivial matter. I know how frustrating it must be to know I apparently have these limitations. I am unaccustomed to it as well. It reminds me of the war, all that time I spent powerless." He is much less open than Ariel but still says it, with a measure of trust for everyone in the room.

It pains Charles to consider that Erik’s abilities are damaged, but for Erik’s sake. They know how much he relies on them and relishes them; it’s the modality through which he experiences life. It’s selfish to hope for a complete return when he knows that Ariel and Charlie will likely not live long enough to see it, but he’s certainly an imperfect person. Charlie knows.

I am very lucky, Charlie agrees. Ariel found me when I was most vulnerable. I feel very fortunate to have the time that I do with him. And with you all, he adds, nodding toward Erik and Charles’s interlocked hands. I enjoy being around you, Erik. You remind me a lot of my own. I like to think that you are indeed my own Erik, living the life that he was supposed to live. Happy, married, a Prime Minister. I used to feel jealous, but now, I’m just happy. Happy that in some universe, we all got to have what we want. And Ari and I do, too. We have each other.

Does it not frustrate you? Charles asks finally. That we get to live and you…well.

And that we’re going to die? Charlie asks, brow raised. Charles stares at his knees. I wish we weren’t, Charlie admits. But, I was ready to die before Ari found me. It’s lucky that if he has to go, I do, too. Perhaps you all can understand that.

I was jealous, too, Ariel laughs a bit, both self-deprecating and fond. But the more time I spent here with them and the Genoshans, the more they uplifted me. Helped me to heal. Helped me to have a life I would not trade for anything. Not even Prime Minister, his eyes crease.

And husband, hm? Erik murmurs, resting the edge of his braced bad hand onto first Charlie's shoulder and then Ariel's.

He looks to Charlie, raising his own hand to his lips. Maybe husband. It's legal here. Isn't that incredible? I told you we would get married someday. I want to live the time I have left by your side. Surrounded by all my friends and family. That's all I've ever wanted, he sniffles a little, a watery smile gracing his features. I'll ask you properly. I promise.

I am, at the least, glad that you are both here. That you get to be here, to stay with us, to spend more time together. I'm honored to meet you, Charlie. And I would be most delighted to spend time with you. If it's too strange for us to do so alone, perhaps we can form a little Time Traveler's club, Erik winks a bit at Charles and Ariel both. I must admit I am curious what your Erik was like, but you needn't answer if it's too painful. I cherish that you have found warmth and love. And likewise, Ariel. You feel as part of me, like a brother. You have come such a long way from where you were fourteen months ago.

He adjusts the time scale to account for Ariel's additional sequence of memories, having essentially lived through a compressed version of their lives together. Charlie watched in real-time as his whole demeanor softened and gasped and marveled at the life he got to lead. And it almost certainly accounts for how assured and confident and sunny he is.

Charlie smiles softly, a smile that Erik will recognize well at this point. It’s a smile that is regular on his own Charles, a smile that says that he is listening and understanding Erik well. At this point, with Charlie better nourished and Charles losing steam, the two are near identical save for the shiny chestnut waves crowning Charlie’s head. It’s not strange for us to do it alone. I can’t speak for your husband, but neither I nor Ari would be offended or weirded out.

Charles looks at the three men around him and seems to realize how bizarre this all is, so he shrugs. Of course. I’ve no aversion to it. We’re all…well. Family, aren’t we? He squeezes Erik’s hand with his own braced one, weakly. And then he offers a grin twinned with Charlie’s own.

Charlie grips Ariel’s hand. In our most fucked up way. He winks at Charles.

“Are you feeling better, Erik? You’re far less yellow than you were a few minutes ago.”

Seeing Charles able to close his fingers over Erik's own causes a small smile to blossom over his features. Another thing that suffuses him with gratitude for this strange and curious version of himself. It's visible even to Ariel, who is leaned forward to study him intensely as he has silently worked this entire time to revert Erik's body back to its baseline - or as close to it as possible. "It should be better now," he whispers with a resolute nod.

"I think it is," he agrees softly.


"Do you --" Ariel is in the middle of asking when Wanda and Pietro unceremoniously pop into the room. "Hi," the woman offers a wave to the crowd invariably present. Daniel and Ailo are no longer surprised by this, but the human's eyebrows still reflexively shoot to his hairline as they emerge from the ether of air.

"Wanda, Pietro," Erik greets them fondly. He reaches out to squeeze both of their arms, first one and then the other. It's been unpleasant for him, Charles knows, to involve them in this - for them to understand the intricacies involved with his infection. In a way that only a parent can grasp, he wants to protect them from the harsh realities of his existence. But he's had to put that aside for the greater good of Genosha. Without Wanda, they're defenseless. He knows that. His abilities are wavering more and more.

"I'm intruding," she acknowledges with a warm smile to all gathered. "I've found another place to try. Would you like to come with me?" she asks, and extends a hand to the room at large. "This one has potential, but it will be a bit of a mission. We might need a team."

"A team?" Erik blinks. "You can't just -" he gestures with his unoccupied hand.

"Not this time. It's very far into the future. We're not able to penetrate the production nor pharmaceutical facilities. They have security measures against mutants. Dr. Shomron, here," she hands him the papers.

He scans the data, and Charles watches as his eyes grow bigger and bigger. "Where is this from?"

"2024," Wanda tells him simply. "There's two medications I've found using computer internetworking available in the future. One, this one," she points at the one labeled emtricitabine-tenofovir. "That's to prevent anyone from becoming infected, it's called PrEP. Pre-exposure prophylaxis."

"Like rabies," Daniel hums.

"Like rabies. The next one - nope, I cannot pronounce this," she says of bictegravir-emtricitabine-tenofovir-alafenamide, "But it will render you completely undetectable in months. Once you reach that status, you can live your life totally normally. No gloves, zipper bags, condoms, whatever. You can live like an HIV-negative person."

"We need this," Daniel tells them, smacking his hand against the papers. "This is what we need. We have to get this. Whatever we have to do to access that facility so you can recreate it, I am on board."

"That's the part I haven't figured out, yet," she huffs. "I thought I would get your opinions. Even Pietro can't get in, he just bounces right off outside. Boing."

"What about Charlie?" Erik asks, the question a heavy weight pressing on his heart. "Ariel?"

"I'm still looking," she winces apologetically. "We're all still looking. They don't have a cure even then, regrowing CD4 cells is still not possible. At a certain point in the timestream, I have a more and more difficult time adapting."

"We are like the cavemen, presumably," Erik murmurs with a comprehensive nod.

"It's difficult to explain. I stop being able to understand people. Even with my telepathy, I just get impressions. I can't communicate, and they have too many technological barriers. I don't understand how any of it works. So far, at the reaches of my capacity, in as many timelines as I've checked, rebuilding someone's immune system isn't feasible. But this is. We just have to get it."

"What about me?" Erik considers, curious. "Do I exist in 2024?"

"You do. You both do," Wanda smiles at Erik and Charles, pressing her lips together at the sight of Charlie and Ariel. She knows they won't. "But we need this from the source, if we want to use it on Genoshans."

Daniel raises a finger. "She's right. We need to know all the chemicals involved. She might be able to recreate it, but if she doesn't know how it works, then we need to get in there. If we just start handing this out to everyone it could have consequences."

"It cannot hurt to ask him what he is taking, right? Me. I'm taking. It is me, isn't it?"

"You-ish. These pills are proprietary, so Genosha doesn't have access either. It didn't originate here, so it can't be our future. It's complicated, but corporatism is alive and well. We were thinking," she gestures to Pietro. "That you and Charles - and you two, if you'd like," she lifts her chin at Ariel and Charlie, "could come along. We can get it from him directly and get you all started. Six heads are better than one. Six of the most powerful mutants on Earth. A little null field is not going to stop us."

2024 is a number so far off and distant that Charles can’t even imagine what the world will be like then. But the four telepaths in the room can all feel Daniel’s brain start whirring as he reads the fact sheet that Wanda has presented. A prophylactic and something that lessens the viral load so much that an infected person can’t even spread it? That is, indeed, exactly what they need. The news that even in the far off future of 2024 they won’t even be able to rebuild immune systems is unfortunate and leaves a hole in the guts of them all, but even Charlie and Ariel are encouraged by the news.

“It makes sense that it’s difficult to understand people of that time. I have to imagine that the humans of 2024 have an entirely unique vocabulary and way of experiencing the world. When I went back to Alexandria with Ari, other people were scarcely intelligible up here,” Charlie says, tapping his temple. “And not because of the language.”

Charles hums. “So, versions of us exist, but they’re not us exactly, because we’re here. When we bring that medication back to this time, a new future will branch from this point.” He’s finally beginning to get the hang of this time traveling nonsense, he thinks. “2024…Erik, you’ll be 101 years old!”

"And if I lived then, I must live now," Erik postulates curiously. "As must you. Which I must say is incredibly reassuring. If Genosha still exists, if our lives haven't been drastically altered..." He can't help it, he's smiling. "Then we did it, did we not? We make it."

"In that timeline, yes. There is still a lot I do not know about the interim years," Wanda cautions. "But as far as I can tell you are both still together. Still happy and most importantly healthy."

"We should go as well," Ariel whispers to Charlie, raising his hand to kiss at his knuckles. "To help, and give ourselves a better chance. I know a little about the future," he says. "The technology. So does Charlie. We have a computer at home, to watch movies on. Game devices and things. And we are more familiar with the culture and language because of it," he says with a bit of a laugh. Who knew watching Barbie and Oppenheimer would come in handy.

"Absolutely, that will be invaluable. Pietro and I mostly have the hang of it. You'll be proud of what you've accomplished, too," she adds with a grin. "You paved the way for a lot of countries to adopt similar human rights policies to Genosha. Mutants aren't being rounded up or executed. Gays can get married, even in the United States. Capitalism is still supreme, but it's not a terrible place. The atmosphere is slightly more hostile to Jews, though. I'm sorry to say."

"Huh," Erik frowns. "Hostile in what way?"

"It's complicated," both her and Pietro repeat this at the exact same time and she snorts, shaking her head. "It will make more sense when you're there. Israel is at war, and people are on the side of their enemies because of how asymmetrical it is." It's clear she's learned to frame things in an exceedingly neutral way. It reminds Charles of Erik, when he's at his most politician.

"I see. That isn't anything new, but it is disheartening if it has begun to affect non-Israeli, non-Zionist Jews as well."

"Your stance is, ironically, too centrist for most people. Palestine and Israel have embassies on Genosha by name and a lot of negotiations take place there. But the climate might unsettle you. There are mass protests against Israel and even Jews all over the world."

"I see," Erik's gaze drifts off a little. "Well, we shall simply have to deal with it as it comes. Ah, we might hide this," he taps at his arm. "Some family members have done things like this but it's considered quite offensive. People will not immediately understand that I am a mutant or a time traveler."

"If there's anything you'd like to take with you, get packed and meet me outside of AMC in an hour. Sound good?"

Charles and Charlie frown identically. A world even more hostile to Jews? Israel and Palestine at war again? What a strange and scary thought. If peace is an ideology too centrist for future palates…well, the world works in swings of a pendulum, doesn’t it? Periods of centrism limned by areas of radical polarity. In their natural lives thus far they’ve lived through both, and the 70s are looking to be closer to the center than were the 60s. Perhaps the 2020s are the next great swing. “Sounds good,” Charles agrees. “We’ll meet you all, yeah?”

Chapter 73: When fearless soldiers march to war, advancing on all fronts, the corps'

Chapter Text

When he and his husband are finally alone, Charles sighs and leans back against his chair. He’s still shirtless and in pajama bottoms; Erik hadn’t been able to zip him into clothes this morning. “You sure you’re up for this?” he asks, concerned. “You were yellow not five minutes ago. Don’t strain yourself too much, darling.”

With a blink, Erik dresses Charles in a soft cashmere sweater with a picture of a kitten on the front, reaching up to touch his face. "We do not seem to have much of a choice, neshama. Besides, I am quite interested to meet you in the future. A hundred years old," he shakes his head, overcome. "That means we have been together for seventy years, give or take. Isn't that incredible?" He flexes his fingers, still somewhat stiff as he's been neglecting his physical therapy due to his own time traveling shenanigans. "I will admit I am pleased to no longer be yellow. It was highly unpleasant."

Charles smiles when he notices the kitten on his chest. Erik is back, at least back enough to dress Charles in a whimsical, cozy outfit. “We could manage without you, darling,” Charles points out, though he’s positive that Erik won’t tolerate any talk about Charles going to some distant time without him there. So he lets the subject drop and backs his chair away from the bedside to allow his husband to get up. “Seventy years. Let’s see, I was 28 when we met. Two-and-a-half lifetimes longer than that.” The thought makes him smile. “2024 sounds like science fiction. We may stick out like sore thumbs.”

Erik lifts himself upright and plants both feet on the ground, leaning forward to press his palm against Charles's chest and kiss his cheek. He's been less free with touches over the last week. It's not a pattern he's aware of. He knows it will be his responsibility to present a face of this disease to the wider public. To educate them and ensure that those who fall ill aren't ostracized or treated like lepers. He knows that there is nothing inherently bad about HIV, which is what he would say if he were asked directly.

But Charles, being telepathic, is privy to the pieces of him not governed by logic. The ones that feel... toxic. Poisoned. Repulsive. He's spent so much time not dealing with the impact of this form of violence on his psyche, and because it honestly had not been exceedingly relevant between them, but the iron walls have become less solid since learning of his status. Consciously, he tries to push past it. It's not something he desires Charles to contend with anymore than he himself wishes to. But Charles can feel the dysphoria that buzzes under his skin even with simple, casual contact.

The overwhelming intrusion of wrongness as if his very body were a radioactive pit. He blinks it away, swallowing around a lump that has appeared in his throat seemingly from nowhere. "I think we will be OK," he croaks with a small smile. Pushing it down. Hacking it off, even if it means cleaving his mind into two. They don't have time for this absurd angst. Ruthlessly he submerges it into the ether. Or at least, he tries.

Indeed, beyond the sickness and stress, Charles knows that Erik has felt like something of a pariah. Where Erik is typically generous with touch and physical affection, he has been reserved, each action cloaked beneath a veil of uncertainty. Fear of his own self. Charles has been steadfast in his attempts to disavow such feelings. He initiates the touches, the kisses, leans in to each hug even more. He’s tried to show Erik that he’s not scared of him, not even a little.

Being human means getting sick and spreading sickness to others. It’s a simple fact of life. Erik has tried to remain calm and cool in the face of it, but Charles knows. “C’mere,” he urges, patting his lap. “Let me hold you for a minute.” It’s not a request, and when Erik sinks atop his thighs, Charles wraps his arms around his husband tight. Tighter than usual. You’re scared. That’s okay, we’re up against something very scary. You don’t have to put on a brave face for me, sweetheart. I know why you want to for everyone else, but you don’t have to for me.

Charles can feel it this close as individual tremors pervade him, and he winces against it. Hurt, unwell. Of course Charles would know. He knows everything about Erik, even when he is trying his hardest to suppress basic sensations. It's more difficult to refute the entreaty to fold himself across Charles's lap, so he decides not to. He thumbs at his nose, caught out all of a sudden. Even being this close is hard. His eyes well without conscious volition, as he presses his ear to Charles's chest. For so many years touch had grounded him and kept him sane. Charles did. He relied on that framework, on this. The instability threatens to bombard his very soul with cracking rocks, an avalanche of despair he can't contain. I'm sorry he whispers back, trying not to let tears overtake him. I don't know what to do. I'm sorry.

You don’t have to deal with it alone, Charles murmurs, rocking Erik ever so slightly in his arms. He’s missed the touch, missed the closeness and the raw, unbridled Erik. It’s only been a few short weeks, but they’ve felt like an eternity and a blink all at once. The anxiety troubling them all, but especially Erik. It’s become more than personal to him. And you don’t have to know what to do. This is new for all of us. We’re figuring it out. But you don’t need to know what to do right now, sweetheart. You have support, you have me.

Assuring himself it's still OK, the palm of his hand drifts lightly over the soft cashmere covering Charles's chest. I don't want this to be happening. I don't relish offending you or making you angry. He grimaces, his head jerking in a negative expression, attempting to shake it off. This used to be a problem. Difficulty with simple things, with closeness. Completely unaware that Charles would undoubtedly find the anger he had been faced with as a young adult attempting to navigate the perilous ocean of relationships quite distasteful. Erik was always relieved that it didn't appear to affect them, whatever trust they'd built overriding any barriers that otherwise would have existed.

It hurts, to feel so far regressed once more after so many years of stability and centered assurance. To feel once more adrift, afraid. Of himself, of other people. It hadn't even been an issue after returning home following his abduction. It's knowing that this - thing exists in him, this thing that is dangerous and deadly and consuming. There has to be some irony in that he's always felt his experiences tainted him somehow, for that to be reality.

And how on Earth can he expect Charles to be OK with this new normal? To desire him, let alone tolerate that one simple mistake and he winds up wasting away, drowning in blood and spores. Just like Charlie. Like Ariel. (And how is it that they've two different lives and yet the same --- it has to be him. Something inside of him. Something -- corrupted.) I know this must be incredibly difficult on you, too, he just says it, blunt as ever. You never expected to have to deal with something like this. It would be amusing, the irony, if it weren't so painful. Charles remembers a similar conversation all those years back, when he was first injured. Erik seems entirely oblivious to the similarities.

Charles, of course, feels the parallel starkly. How he’d awoken in the hospital to the news of his injury, convinced of his own grotesqueness. He’d felt broken, damaged beyond repair; Erik deserved a partner, not a burden. A patient to care for rather than a lover to enjoy. At that stage, he hadn’t been sure whether or not he’d ever even be able to feed himself again. Charlie couldn’t, until recently. He’s what Charles would have turned out like had Erik not been there to shake him out of that fog.

And even after a decade of stewing in self-loathing, it only took Ariel an inconsequential amount of time to help him see himself in a different way. Are they so easily swayed? What Erik is feeling stretches beyond this, though. That loathing isn’t garden variety maudlin Erik behavior, which Charles has thus far been able to tame with words of affirmation, gentle touches, and consistent support. This feels different, and from a different place. Erik feels both dangerous and damaged, as if they’re sitting at the precipice of a disaster that will be his fault.

“Carmen came to me when Kitty’s abilities manifest,” Charles speaks out loud, gentle as he cards fingers through Erik’s wild curls. “She had refused to come out of her room for a week because she’d accidentally hurt her mother; her hand phased through Teri’s arm partially and left a pretty ugly wound. She needed stitches. Kitty was mortified. Too afraid to touch anyone or anything.” Charles knows that Erik can see where he’s going. Both of them regularly encounter young mutants who find themselves on their doorsteps because their abilities have landed them in trouble.

More often than not, they’re terrified of their mutations, terrified of hurting others by accident. Many of them hope that either Charles or Erik will help them suppress their mutation because they assume that’s what the world needs. You’re my husband, Erik. If we can never have sex again, I’ll still be the happiest man alive, because I get to be married to you. It’s only hard on me because I can feel you struggling on your own. I want to be there with you. Help support you. Like you’ve always done for me, hmm?

"I - I am trying," Erik laughs a little, but it's harsh. "Trying to - pull myself into gear. If I can just accept it, and deal with it, that will at least--" he gestures roughly. He means, of course, that he has been trying several paces already to move beyond the parts of this that he's sure are self-loathing and maudlin, because it's not important. But he is still left with real issues. "This is different. I've never dealt with anything like this. What I'm afraid of, is legitimate. I'm not - it's not, you understand? When mutants come to us and they are a genuine risk to their communities, that is a real fear. It is based on real things. It isn't just, because they're --"

He isn't sure how to communicate it. Kitty didn't need to learn to love herself, she needed to deal with the actual problem of having no control over her mutation, and she was right to isolate herself until she felt capable of doing so. Of course, even that, is a little different. Because often mutation correlated to self-perception, and control came easier when one could accept themselves. This - it doesn't matter. No amount of self-acceptance will change that he is dangerous against his will. This isn't about control, or psychology.

"If this isn't successful, if it doesn't work -- you staying with me, it puts you at risk. Even if we never have sex again, you will still be at risk. I could still make a mistake. Cut myself, stick you with something. It's rare, but it has happened. I'm not immune to injury."

“I do understand,” Charles says, soft. “As much as I can understand, anyway. I do, my love. I do know that this is different, and I don’t expect that your anguish will simply fade away if I give you enough pep talks or remind you that I love you over and over again.” Charles appreciates that Erik is trying openness, even if it’s difficult to articulate. In return, he owes it to Erik to be candid, too.

“I don’t think you’re wrong, darling. Or even acting inappropriately. I’m certain that I would feel similar to you. But even with all of that said, I am not going anywhere. Could you imagine that? Me leaving you because of some virus? Absurd.” His voice isn’t lighthearted and this isn’t an attempt at levity; in fact, Charles has scarcely ever been more serious in his life. He cups Erik’s jaw with his better hand.

“Yes, I acknowledge that right now, I may contract the virus from you. I’m more than willing to endure that risk. Okay? And at your side, we’ll work to find something that lessens that risk.”

Erik nudges into Charles's palm and drops a kiss to its center. It's still difficult to reach out, but Charles can feel that he's fighting his instinct to withdraw and isolate. Even now, it's not in his nature to refuse an extended hand. "I cannot even imagine what Ariel is enduring right now," he murmurs, wincing in sympathy. "The idea that I could cause you to die - not just you. Anyone. Daniel, or Hank. Any little accident and -" he shudders. "All I have ever wanted to do is ease the suffering of others. Now it is - I feel even being in my proximity is - I'm -" he chokes off, chest tight. "Sorry, I am sorry. I am trying to find a way to make this bearable for everyone. For you. I know you are worried. I suppose all we can do is - head into the future," he snorts. "There's no use moping about it. We just have to try our best, right?"

“I know,” Charles murmurs. “It’s not fair that you’ve only ever tried to help others only to come down with this. It really isn’t.” He rubs his thumb along Erik’s jaw. “And all I can say is that I’m here to support you through it. And ask that you don’t shut me out. I’m not afraid of you, Erik, and I never will be.” He smiles gently now, glad to have been able to at least voice what’s been stewing for these weeks. “To the future we go,” he agrees. “If we can get our hands on that stuff, we’re in a lot better shape...I admit that the future frightens me, though. Going to the past is far less terrifying.”

Erik rests his hand briefly over Charles's, changing his own clothing into a matching blue cable-knit sweater with a sloth wearing signature pajamas before whirling them away to the hospital.


The conference room that they wind up being transported to inside of Aramida Medical Center is, curiously, filled with representatives and ministers from the tightly knit leadership of Genoshan civil service. Raven and Emma are in uniform, with Emma's gleaming white while her ceremonial rank pin of Lieutenant rests at her collar, and Raven in solemn black-and-pinks. Emma is in charge of the GADF's Media Relations division, and will be responsible for disseminating all information through their military and law enforcement organizations.

Daniel and Hank are both present as Minister of Public Health and Executive Chief of Research and Development respectively - while both aren't officially full-time employees, their honorary roles allow them to access equipment and personnel otherwise barred to outsiders. There are a variety of other officials gathered, and Wanda offers everyone a small smile as they file into the room. The first thing Charles notices on the table is a briefcase full of syringes and pamphlets.

"Let's get to work," Wanda says, reminiscent of her father's simple bluntness. "This is a vaccine for a virus called COVID-19. Coronavirus disease, circa 2019. This became pandemic across the world, and has a current death toll of 21 million - 7 million direct and 14 indirect."

Daniel blinks at this news. "A novel virus?" he queries, because he's never heard of this.

"Yes, a novel virus. Before we execute this mission into the future, anyone who plans on going will need to be inoculated. This will prevent you from becoming sick and taking it back to Genosha. The R0 of this virus is 15. If even one person gets sick, and we don't prepare, we will start the pandemic again - 50 years in the past."

Daniel openly gapes. "15. That's..."

"In the worst cases, it resembles sudden acute pneumonia and respiratory distress."

"With the infection rate of the measles. That's - we can't risk this, can we?"

Erik's response is muted, but the telepaths present can feel his abject shock as he hears this for the first time. "What about Charles? Ariel and Charlie? Their immune systems will prevent them from being vaccinated."

Focused on the pamphlets, Daniel pipes up, "Actually, compared to Ariel and Charlie, he's better equipped to handle live vaccines. Which this isn't. It's something unique, called mRNA. Charles might actually require an additional dose, according to this. Given the nature of this disease, I absolutely recommend you get all doses of the vaccine."

"But Ariel and Charlie cannot?" Erik clarifies.

"Oh, no. They can, actually. mRNA vaccines are safe for immunocompromised patients, but the problem is that they're less effective because it relies on stimulating your body's natural immune response."

Wanda nods. "You both will have to consider whether you want to take this risk, because chances are if you get infected, it will kill you. The reason why I'm offering for you to come with us is because, unfortunately, we need all the help we can get for this mission. Future security precautions on the corporate level are serious. The null fields are such that even I can't penetrate them."

"Is this worth it, then?" Ariel's whisper draws attention; he never raises his voice, his vocal tract too damaged, but all the same when he speaks, much like Erik, people turn to listen. "To stop one pandemic at risk of causing another one?"

"We'll have to decide that, too. As of 2024, the death toll for HIV/AIDS is 40 million and rising. Genosha was devastated by this illness, because in their timeline, they didn't develop tools to combat it until the late 80s. It was the leading cause of death in the USA and Genosha at one point. Higher than car accidents, heart attacks, cancer. It went unchecked for 20 years. The tools we currently have are simply not good enough, and our trajectory will look similar unless we can access these facilities." Wanda grimaces, knowing what she's asking.

"I cannot ask you both to put yourselves at risk that way," Erik says resolutely, eyeing Charlie and Ariel. His heart feels like it might very well stop inside his chest. "Nor to expose Genosha or the world to the potential for another plague, one that for all intents and purposes might well be worse than the first one."

"It won't be worse than HIV/AIDS, I can assure you of that," Wanda shakes her head. "7 million is still less than 40 million. And we can make preparations to ensure it never reaches that point. Barriers, vaccines, quarantine zones for anyone who shows symptoms. We can shut off all entry and exit to the island and draft a statement to our citizens letting them know what's going to happen," she lifts her chin at Emma. "These vaccines work, and they're effective."

"But people like Ariel and Charlie will not be protected by the vaccine."

"We don't know that," Daniel interrupts. "But if everyone else is, which we can stay behind and ensure is done before you return, it should mitigate a lot. Herd immunity will carry the rest of the population, since the virus won't be able to spread."

"But we cannot guarantee that - can I even be vaccinated?" Erik wonders.

"If you can start bictegravir," he adds for Wanda's benefit, shortening the name to its first component, "then you're likely to be fine. It's as she said, according to this literature, you'll no longer be immunocompromised in any way. You'll be able to live normally. That includes vaccines."

Erik takes a deep breath. "You should both stay here," he tells Ariel and Charlie. "You can do good work here, too. Help with disseminating vaccines."

"We are already dead, Erik," Ariel whispers with a shake of his head. He squeezes his beloved's hand, knowing full well that he is in agreement. Even if the possibility of their death has now transformed into something tangible. "40 million people..." The number clangs around, to the beat of his pulse. "We can't let that happen, achi sheli. You know that we can't."

"And we will need their help," Wanda murmurs. "This mission is slated to take a while, given the countermeasures we'll be working against. The sooner they can get access to medication and get their HIV under control, the better chance they'll have."

"If they don't die from COVID, first," Raven arches a brow. "Or kill everyone else." Her lips press together. It's apparent that this is the only way she can see to combat the deaths of 40 million people, but she doesn't have to be happy about it.

"We should have a vote," Erik decides softly. "Give our people the information they need to make an informed decision. You should all vote as well," he indicates Raven. "This is an enormous ask of our population. Of you. We have sixteen million people on this island. We'll be asking them not only to cooperate in a massive undertaking, but to put themselves and their families at risk."

Raven nods, appreciative. "I agree. HIV is one thing, but HIV doesn't infect from simple proximity. It sounds like COVID does. Even if we take every precaution, people who otherwise wouldn't be affected by HIV may wind up dying of COVID instead. Our polling is pretty solid, we still have the Forum infrastructure in place from last time."

"How soon can this be accomplished?" Erik asks.

"Maybe... four days? Less, if we all work around the clock."

"Four days," Erik looks around the room. "Make certain that Charles can get this vaccine," he lands on Hank and Daniel, pointed. "The fewer people who can be infected by COVID, the less dangerous this mission will be."

As a scientist, Hank is fascinated by the data before him. A new respiratory virus that infiltrates cells via ACE2 receptors with “spike” proteins. ACE2 receptors are more prevalent in the lungs, and so the virus is able to burrow itself deep into the respiratory tract of infected patients, which makes it more dangerous than a typical cold or flu. It is also outrageously spreadable. The vaccine itself is also brilliant. By using lab-created mRNA, the scientists of the future have enabled the patients’ bodies to produce copies of the protein that the immune system needs to recognize in order to trigger an immune response and produce antibodies. All without introducing a dead strain into a system.

The doctor and the friend in Hank, however, is terrified. “I’ve got one dose for Charles right here,” Hank says immediately, raising a vial. “The literature from the future recommends two doses, a few weeks apart. But one dose should be enough for now.” He turns to Raven. “We need a vaccine clinic opened immediately. The vulnerable should go first, and then the general public. We need to produce these vaccines en masse, immediately.”

"We'll get it done," Raven says with a sharp nod. "The vote also has another benefit, giving us a head start on vaccinations before we set out. What happens if people vote no, though?" she has to wonder.

"Then we will just have to replicate what we can using Wanda, myself and Ariel. I presume you are vaccinated against this," Erik indicates Pietro and Wanda.

"We are," she agrees. "And we can go back and get samples from Erik in the future, but there's another factor here as well - we can replicate it, but we will probably make mistakes, if we don't know the full chemical makeup. These are synthetic drugs, with stuff in them that we simply don't know about because it doesn't occur in nature."

"Let's just hope people see reason," Daniel mutters. "Ideally we would get all the data available on these drugs so we can reduce any potential risk from their usage. If we do run into problems we aren't going to have enough information to render treatment. That's why we have clinical trials in the first place."

"Even if we don't understand everything about the treatment, we won't have much choice but to use it in an experimental capacity." Even if the risk exists that he or Wanda make mistakes in its production. "And we will have to devote serious resources to discovering more about it as possible. Let's get everyone here vaccinated, then, and start the process." Erik drops his hand to Charles's arm and gives it a squeeze. 


The next few days go by in a whirlwind, with Erik spending much of his time at the Forum helping the other ministers with the impromptu vote, alongside setting up vaccination centers which see a promising number of citizens, and when the memo finally comes across Erik's desk, he has to smile slightly at the results. It's what he expected, but it's still a pleasant surprise to know that 98% of Genoshans supported their decision. He isn't certain numbers like this were even possible, but that's what they've been building all this time, isn't it?

He makes the announcement officially and Charles watches from his office in Westchester where he's gone back to prepare for the potential excursion.


"As you all now know, we are dealing with the advent of a devastating illness, known as HIV. Human immunodeficiency virus. As of now the death toll is 100,000 and rising. Our country is particularly susceptible to this disease because of our demographics, which is why I've made it a personal mission to develop a sustainable treatment as soon as possible. What you may not know is that it is personal for another reason. I am HIV-positive.

I acquired this disease three years ago, during my abduction by the CIA.  We have come up with a solution, but it involves asking you to put yourselves at greater risk, for greater reward. Not to save my life, but the lives of your own friends and families. I could not be prouder that our community has come together in agreement that this must be done. We ask that everyone who qualifies for a COVID vaccine please make their way to the nearest center. Brochures on both COVID and HIV have been prepared.

As of 4AM this morning, all travel to and from the island of Genosha will be restricted until the completion of this mission. Thank-you all."


The television broadcast ends a short while later, and Charles feels the telltale tingling that lets him know he's about to be transported from his current location to somewhere else.

It turns out to be Erik's townhouse, where Wanda, Pietro, Ariel and Charlie are all gathered. Erik pinches his nose as Wanda elbows him in the side. "Television suits you."

"It does not. Quiet, you. Charles, I am being harangued by my own children." 

The soreness in his arm, the headache, and the fatigue—side effects from the vaccine—are gone entirely by the time Charles finds himself in Erik’s townhouse that afternoon. It has been a busy and stressful few days, but he can’t help but smile ever so slightly in the midst of their little congregation. Erik, the twins, and Charlie and Ariel. People he trusts and can relax around. A welcome break. “Oh, you were horrible and stilted and you should never leave this house,” Charles offers, tugging his husband down for a proper kiss. “Better?”

“So sensitive, Babbetto,” Pietro huffs. “You indulge him too much, Charles.”

“Someone must,” he says idly. “What’s the consensus, then? I have to imagine you brought me here because we’re leaving, soon.”

"98%," Erik has to laugh. "I didn't expect that level of acceptance, but people know what is at stake. That group I used to go to has turned into Life Support," he grimaces a little. "This is killing entire communities of people. There's only so many funerals you can attend before you're willing to take a risk like this, I suppose. How are you feeling?" he murmurs, aware that the vaccine had knocked Charles on his ass quite thoroughly.

"We're ready to roll out whenever you two are," Wanda says, bending down to offer Charles a hug in greeting.

Ariel hovers near Charlie, seated in his lap with one arm around his shoulders. "Are you nervous?" he whispers, offering a small smile. I am, a little. Not necessarily due to time travel itself, but just how significant the possibility they might not survive this is. The only solace he takes is that they're in this together. Neither of them will be alone for very long.

“I’m better. I brushed my teeth this morning without my arm threatening to fall off,” Charles says, raising his arm for emphasis. He smiles a little, enthused by the level of voter approval as well. At least community is still alive on Genosha. “I’m glad that your people are eager to participate in this as well as they can.”

Charlie has an arm wrapped around Ariel’s waist. “Of course I’m nervous. But we’re together. I trust the six in this room more than anyone else.” He plants a kiss on Ariel’s cheek. “Dr. McCoy suggested you and I wear masks.”

"Masks?" Ariel blink-blonks. "Like in Tokyo," he realizes with a little grin. "It can't hurt. I will try and protect us as best as I can," he adds solemnly.

Wanda materializes four white industrial protectors with N95 stamped on them, two for Charles and Erik and for Ariel and Charlie, forgoing herself and Pietro given their inoculation and inborn resistance to disease.

Erik frowns at her. "You should also wear them," he points out, causing her to roll her eyes. "Yes, I know. I am a killjoy. Go on," he sets his good hand on his hip expectantly.

"You're such a dad," she gripes even as she hands Pietro one and fastens the other over her head.

Erik helps Charles get his on, spreading his fingers out across his jaw. "Now or never, hm?" Charles can tell he's smiling by the crease of his eyes.


Charlie had been sent through time once already, but when Wanda does it, they're surrounded by a shroud of sparkling red and materialize instantly onto the well-manicured lawn of a house that looks oddly familiar. It's painted bright colors, reminiscent of the townhouse Erik and Charles live in when they're both on Genosha. The sun is serenely shining in the sky, just as it did 50 years prior, with the gentle waves of the Gibraltar Strait off in the distance.

After several moments of collecting themselves, the door opens and a man with long white hair steps onto the deck, a look of surprise etched onto his somewhat more weathered features. "Charles!" he calls back into the foyer. "You will want to come out for this one." Erik Lehnsherr, over a hundred years old, peers at them with a gaze just as sharp and green as his younger selves. He isn't surprised by Wanda or Pietro, having cultivated a relationship with them already both in this timestream and outside of it, but looking at multiple versions of himself and Charles is certainly peculiar.

"This is going to get confusing," Erik snarks to himself (and himself and himself...) "What will we call him, Poseidon?"

Charles Xavier, age 97, feels the group materialize on their lawn the moment they slip into existence. He’s seated at his desk in his study—a room added to the townhouse some decade or two ago—tapping away at his MacBook when he feels them. It’s the same sensation as it always is when he comes across another version of himself (thankfully, a rather uncommon occurrence), like microphone feedback. Except this time, it’s threefold. Charles, Charles, and Charlie all wince in their wheelchairs at once. His Erik is already on their porch, beckoning him out, when he recovers. Lo and behold, he emerges into the sunny afternoon to find not one, but two sets of them blinking up at the oldest pair. “Oh, for heaven’s sake.”

Charles, the middle-aged, bald-headed one, can only stare at his older self. He doesn’t look tremendously different to himself now; they’re both bald, wheelchair-bound, and rather thin. The older version of himself has a few more wrinkles here and there, and definitely a more rugged complexion, but be doesn’t look like a 97-year-old. Erik, on the other hand, looks like Poseidon indeed, all white curls, tan skin, gleaming eyes. Goodness, you age well, Charles thinks at him stupidly, and then flushes when he realizes that his two counterparts have overheard.

“You can call him Magneto, if we’re trying to avoid confusion,” the oldest Charles offers. “Poseidon is nice, but unfortunately not him. People often call me Professor X, or simply the Professor.” It’s then that the Professor frowns, noting their masks. “You come here to…oh. Oh.” By this stage, Charles Xavier can pluck thoughts that aren’t even formed out of any head, or multiple, and suss the intention or subject matter from nearly nothing. Neither Charles nor Charlie can do that quite yet, but the Professor seems to simply know things through this means. “Erik, darling, they’re here from the early 1970s,” he informs his husband, reaching an unbraced left hand up. “That’s—oh! It’s Ariel. Our Ariel and some other version of myself. And the other two are us, fifty years ago. And they’re ill. It’s only just begun, for them.”

"Please don't tell me you kept Magneto," Erik snorts.

"Agent Moira MacTaggert, she truly was the bane of my existence," Magneto replies drolly. Out of them all, he appears much less similar to his counterparts, having gone entirely white where Erik is only starting to show wisps of grey at his temples. The biggest curiosity is that the smirk which appears on his face is visible to all, not just the telepaths among them. At the Professor's deduction, his expression clears and sets into a far more typical stoicism, and he sweeps his left hand back toward their home, also unencumbered and once-more dexterous, a parting gift from this version of Ariel he hadn't seen in... goodness, decades.

Ariel is fascinated and he creeps forward off of Charlie's lap on tip-toes to approach them, touching at both of their arms like a curious creature searching its environment for exploratory clues. "Charlie," he whispers an introduction to the other version of Charles, his Charles. "You look so young," he gasps, his intrigue plastered across every atom of his being. "You remember me?" he swiftly bounds over and hugs him firmly. He must have remembered Ariel's death, too. He is sorry.

"We remember you," Magneto inclines his head as he leads the way into the sitting area, easily clearing a path for more than one wheelchair user to park themselves. "I'm afraid I'm not familiar with you," he adds regretfully to Charlie. Around the time Ariel left, this version of Erik had gotten sick. Very sick, and nearly died. He only managed to hold on through sheer stubbornness, and Hank McCoy throwing any and everything at him. The drug cocktails had left him with permanent side effects, scarred organs and an irreparably damaged immune system. But he is alive, and these days, relatively healthy. Both he and his Charles vividly recall this period of time in their lives. 

"It's just started," Erik fills in softly. "100,000 dead on Genosha so far. I'm sick. Ariel is. Aura. Charlie," he gestures to each in turn. "Millions more, undoubtedly. 40 million, according to Wanda. I can't let this happen to us."

"I understand," Magneto nods. "Sayid was dead in my time, and my Wanda was still in hiding."

"He's actually the one that convinced me to stop, much earlier," Wanda explains with a nod to Pietro.

"By the time I got sick, my abilities didn't work correctly. I wasn't able to make a choice like this, but if I were, I would have. Please, wait here," he tells them all before vanishing in a blink.

As the older Erik disappears, the younger is surreptitiously studying the Professor. Still regal, composed and dignified. His tie is bright yellow, with floral print - and he can't help but laugh. Some things mustn't change at all. "You look just like I thought you would," he says with a small smile gracing his lips.

The Professor parks himself beside his husband’s preferred armchair while Charles and Charlie settle beside either end of the cushy sofa. Their group will recognize the furniture well; it’s different to what exists in the townhouse in their time, but each piece seems to have the ability to recline in some way to enable Charles to lean back comfortably wherever he ends up. Evidently, he still can’t sit without back support. The Professor catches Charles eyeing him, undoubtedly scouring his body to see how well he’s fared in the future. The only noticeable difference is the dexterity in his left hand, which moves unstilted and without a brace. Both telepaths, in fact, watch as the Professor easily plucks a mug of tea from a side table with that hand.

The Professor turns his attention to Erik and can’t help but smile. How dashing he looks with his red curls. “My husband doesn’t let me outside unless I’ve been soaked in a gallon of sunscreen,” he tells Erik, and then winks at Charles and Charlie both. “Keeps the skin healthy.”

“You’re going to give him ideas,” Charles grumbles.

“Oh, there will be many ideas of his own,” the Professor retorts, and then sets his tea down. Hands fold on his lap; he’s a bit more serene than either Charles or Charlie, but also a touch cooler, perhaps. Not cold or distant, but the Professor doesn’t go to lengths to make them feel personally engaged, either. He’s more direct. “The 70s and 80s were remarkably difficult on us. On you in particular,” he says, indicating Erik. “In this world, they nearly broke you. Nearly broke us.

Erik doesn't even think as he moves to sit down in the same spot he's always preferred, balancing his elbows on his knees and resting his bad hand into the curled grip of his better one. Hearing the Professor say it so candidly sends a shiver through his being. Someone walking over his grave. "I'm sorry," he murmurs, lips pressed together sympathetically. "I don't relish bringing pain to your doorstep once more. Living through it once was undoubtedly enough. Wanda told me that you weren't able to develop effective treatments until the late 80s. That it devastated Genosha. We've prepared for this mission as best as we could, it isn't something we take lightly. But we need to try. You understand, yes? We have to try everything we can."

He blinks against the rising heat in his eyes. He hasn't been able to think about this, there hasn't been any time to think about it. But Charles is right - it is personal for him. These are his citizens, people he has sworn to protect. To watch them die by the thousands, the millions, is an unbearable agony. He can only imagine what Charles means when he says it broke him. And that rippled outward, slamming into Charles just as hard.

Ariel wanders through the living area, picking up various knick-knacks and turning them over thoughtfully. "We want to keep it from breaking," he whispers with a gentle smile. "We won't survive," he squeezes Charlie's hand in his own. "And it's sad. We're together, that's everything. But maybe it won't be so awful, for everyone else, if we can find medicine sooner."

The Professor, all too familiar with the moods of Erik and even Ariel, offers the two of them understanding and sad smiles. Ariel and Charlie dying will be devastating; to his knowledge, even in 2024 there is no way to help reverse the course of a disease in late-stage patients. Monoclonal antibodies have shown a bit of hope, but only for infection. The immune system still can’t be rebuilt.

“My Erik had hoped with all he had that he’d somehow find the power within him to go back in time and prevent the worst of it from happening,” the Professor explains, a hand resting atop Erik’s knee. “He even suggested to our Wanda to emerge from hiding earlier so that she could help others. I promise, as painful as it may be, this is exactly what we’ve been hoping for. We’re happy to help in any way that we can.”

When Magneto returns to the room, he's holding a small case under his arm, which he holds out to the younger version of himself. Both Charlie and Charles can feel that this version of Erik is a great deal more settled than his younger self, but seeing them here like this has brought up a fresh well of memories. Blood rushing to an old wound. Still, he perseveres, shoring himself up as he approaches the gathering.

"Take as much as you need," he says, meeting his own eyes with a knowing nod. "It works," he answers the unspoken question on all of their mind. "I've been undetectable for many years. I've included others that are equally effective, though the side effect profiles are different."

Erik can't help be surprised at the depth of information and availability. He knows, from his time with Ariel, that they share a sense of verbal qualia that makes speaking amongst himself much easier than with anyone else. But Ariel isn't like him. Not really. He thinks differently, reasons differently, knows different things. His point of reference and guiding star are different. But this version of him is -- him. Without even requiring to ask, exactly what they need is offered freely. Himself, staring back.

"I see. Thank-you," he tucks the case under his own arm. "Charles--the Professor," he corrects dryly, "told us that you got very sick."

"Indeed so," Magneto lowers himself into the nearest chair in a graceful movement, still poised a century on. "I nearly died on multiple occasions. I watched hundreds of thousands of people perish to this illness. If it weren't for Charles, I would not be sitting here. Whatever we can provide for you, you will have it."

Erik unlatches the snaps of the small container, withdrawing one of the pill bottles. "What can you tell us about this?"

"You take it once per day. You'll need periodic tests, for renal function, CD4 and viral load. That's about it. It's simple, these days."

And just like that, there it is. In that box rests their true saving grace, a bottle of pills that will enable Erik to age gracefully into the man that sits before them. It’s almost comically simple. Just a single pill each day and periodic check ups. The simplicity of it renders the reality of this future’s past even more heartbreaking. They’re not done, of course. They need to acquire formulas for this and for the prophylactic, and maybe for COVID, too. According to Wanda, that won’t be an easy feat. But goodness, if Charles doesn’t feel relief surge through him.

The Professor must feel what Charles is thinking, as he looks to him and smiles. “It really is a miracle,” he agrees. “I’m very glad that you’re able to have this now. It should save you both a lot of pain.”

"You mentioned you were undetectable, Shomron mentioned something like this. Does that mean you don't have to worry about infecting others?" Erik asks, almost not daring to hope.

"That's correct. The basis of our treatment today rests in a simple principle: U=U. Undetectable equals untransmissible. There's still a lot of stigma associated with HIV, from people who don't understand that we have rendered it harmless in 2024. As long as I have the meds, I don't have to worry about making anyone sick. The last time I even thought about it was getting the COVID shot."

"You just forgot?" Erik laughs a bit.

"What can I say? Life is meant to be lived." He grins at the Professor across from him, finding his hand in his own.

The prospect is so unthinkable to the visitors. Charles and Charlie gawp at each other with raised brows, a look that makes the Professor smile just a bit. "We've come a long way. A hundred years ago, when we were born, they hadn't yet discovered penicillin and DNA was little more than an idea, to most. Now, we have something called cell therapy and tablets that prevent us from even spreading illnesses. It's incredible."

"That is incredible," Charlie agrees. "Nothing for our condition, though?"

"Oh, plenty," the Professor says with a wave. "Not for us in particular, given that we were injured so long ago. But many people who would face a similar fate fare quite a bit better than we do, now. What matters more is that society at large is far more accommodating. In the United States and many other countries, people with disabilities are entitled to equal access to public spaces. That happened in the 1990s. Well after Genosha, of course."

"That's encouraging," Charles says quietly. "Children with disabilities in many places are denied access to school, still, simply because the facilities do not accommodate mobility aids."

"I remember." The Charleses all look at each other, and at the same time, smile softly.

"Thanks for the pills," Pietro says finally, always eager to move conversations along. "But, we're hoping to bring back more than a few bottles. Shomron wants formulas. For that, and for the...what's it called? Propylene?"

"Prophylactic," Charles corrects. "Pietro is right. We need to be able to start producing this at scale, in our time."

"I see," Magneto inclines his head as he considers this. "The company that produces this is called Gilead. It won't exist in your time for another ten years. Pharmaceutical industries of today are particularly secretive about their methods, even physicians are bound by non-disclosure agreements and non-compete clauses. The production facilities are undoubtedly protected by null fields, which makes getting in and out very difficult."

Wanda purses her lips. "It's one of the reasons I brought so many people with me. We have to figure out a way in. And once we do, we won't have our abilities. The null fields of today are less invasive, though," she adds with a jerk of her chin upward to Magneto.

"Once you enter, you'll be reliant on your base senses and abilities. But it shouldn't cause the level of impairment that fully negating mutations does. The null fields focus on extrasensory output and force. So you'll still be able to see," he gestures to Wanda, Ariel and Erik. "And it won't impact your metabolism. But we won't be able to affect the environment."

"Maybe we could target an employee outside the facility?" Erik considers, thoughtful. "Or find out where it is and go back in time, then forward in time inside the bounds. We will still be at an incredible disadvantage."

"An employee might have access to, to -" Ariel wiggles his fingers. "Schematisch?"

“Schematic,” Charlie translates. The other two Charleses looks way, and he shrugs. He’s picked up some German, over his time with Ariel.

“Particular employees might,” the Professor shrugs in turn. “Perhaps we can recruit Raven for that mission. She’s more likely to have success on that front than any of us. We’re all too recognizable. Even in 2024.”

Magneto shakes his head. "Remember Sierra Leone? She got caught inside one of those fields and couldn't tolerate it. She doesn't have anything to protect her body except her mutation. But it's a good bet that Raven will have better ideas on what we can do than any of us," he huffs.

"Raven is still here," Erik whispers to himself, fond.

"Oh, yes. She's been our Minister of Intelligence for sixty years. Why don't I make a place for you all to stay. I'll invite her over for dinner. If she can help us identify individuals to target -- Charlie? And Charles, you'd be capable of affecting them."

Erik's brows knit together. "Won't that cease working once the target goes back inside the field?"

"Not precisely. Even inside the null field, the impulse wouldn't dissipate because it's not foreign to them. Inside it, you can't use your abilities because of the neutrino field. Telepathy is a bit different to other mutations, we can finagle. We've done missions like this before."

Charles feels a mix of both relief and pride to know that Raven is still doing what she loves most so far in the future. She’s truly excellent in the role, as if she was born for it. “You’ll have to tell us more about what you would suggest we do when she comes over. In the meantime, a place to stay would be most welcome.”

Charlie agrees. “Raven is still in her role, but you’re not,” he guesses, nodding at Magneto. “Finally lose an election?”

"I was too sick," he says softly. "I wasn't able to continue, and while I am more healthy now, I still struggle with the impact of my past. I've had two organ transplants, and my immune system is very poor. I get fatigued much easier. People don't realize how physically demanding my role used to be. I'm a consultant these days. Our current Prime Minister is Marc Spector, I believe you know him in your time as well. Giving up my position was incredibly difficult, but we have a good group in charge now."

Hearing that he had become too sick to no longer function as the leader of Genosha throws Erik for a loop and his stunned expression is visible to all. "You had to step down?" he says, shocked and unable to move beyond this piece of information. Being voted out is one thing - and he is prepared for that eventuality. But choosing to leave because of an external factor? He's so accustomed to being healthy and whole. It must have been devastating.

"Your future will look different," Magneto reminds him, gentle. "Even if you don't succeed at retrieving the formula, you should be OK with the medicine now available to you. If you don't volunteer to step down, I estimate you'll be Prime Minister for many years to come. Our society is fairly stable in that way, the people who originally voted for me are still alive, after all. Genoshans were not happy to see me pass the torch. These days, I am old. I like to focus on having fun. I teach at the Manor, developed hobbies. It is a good life. Just a much simpler one." 

The Professor reaches up to grip his husband’s hand, firm. It was hard for him to step down, and it wasn’t a decision he made readily. The first bouts of serious illness were endured on leave, but after a long, long hospital stay following a liver transplant, it became clear that he could no longer perform his duties as Prime Minister as the country needed. There were years of convalescence, of intense medical intervention. Years when he needed round-the-clock care. No one met the decision with glee, least of all Magneto. But it was undeniably necessary.

“We travel more, these days. And pursue our hobbies,” the Professor explains. “There were times when we thought the end was near. It helped us both realize that we shouldn’t spend every moment of our lives working. We still enjoy what we do, but we’re closer to part time, these days. Active retirees, if you will.”

Magneto grasps his hand firmly, two functional hands able to twine together. They have Ariel to thank for that, and he's never forgotten it. Seeing him here again, his long-lost brother, a swell of appreciation and gratitude surges within him. Ariel didn't make it in their time, and he still recalls how difficult it was to lose him. It's strange to consider missing a version of himself, but he had come to consider Ariel not a variation as much as a family member. A twin. For someone who had no living family at the time, having not encountered Wanda until years later, the grief was sharp and palpable.

Losing Ariel, followed by his own health and the job he had been born to fulfill, both Charlie and Charles can feel how much of a profound toll it took on him. But at the same time, they can also see how it has affected him in positive ways as well. He has certainly stopped taking everything so seriously, appreciating life as an absurd rendition of universal cellular automata, much the same as Ariel before them. He is far less quick to mope and angst, instead committed to enjoying every second he has left with his husband for as long as he has left.

It's still exceedingly possible that one day he will die of a complication from this disease, from the pills and the side effects and organ damage, but he isn't scared of death as much as he is afraid of not living while he can.

"It was likewise very hard on Charles," he murmurs, giving the man's hand a gentle squeeze. "Watching a loved one waste away like that. We endured a great deal together. But this man never left my side. He never even considered it. It is my hope that you two will live a long and healthy life together, but I have no regrets at all. Losing my position was challenging, but I've gained a great deal more. You will find the joy in things, no matter what happens. Because he is with you. Don't ever forget that. Take care of your bond to one another, of each other." 

“We practically lived at AMC for years,” the Professor agrees, eyeing both Charles and Charlie knowingly. “They made us a nice room.”

Charles always imagined that he would be the one with health scares throughout their life together. Even seeing Erik yellow had been difficult. Death’s door is a different story. “I’m glad you two have found peace. I can’t thank you enough for helping us avoid that pain.”

Erik is silent, considering all of this and turning it over in his mind. Both he and Magneto are mirror images of one another, elbows rested on their knees and hands folded together, chin resting atop the complicated brace encircling their right hands. Magneto's is even more advanced than his own, with pulse points along his elbow embedded to provide a degree of control over what is essentially an exoskeletal prosthetic. It allows him to grip things and move his fingers, only with the Professor's help to mitigate the pain. Erik has to suppose he endured the same additional injury, given that he was also infected.

He hasn't had the time to stew in any of this, and he wouldn't elect to do so even if he did, but hearing just how significant an impact HIV had on this version of himself, it's impossible not to feel a surge of rage at the man responsible. Much like Ariel, this person is separate enough from him that he can see events clearly. If it weren't for the pills under his arm, this would be his and Charles's future. And it's not a terrible future, per se, though he regrets how painful it must have been for the Professor. For Charles - he doesn't think of him as that. He's Charles. The man wearing his face albeit with more crow's feet and laugh lines, appears genuinely content.

Erik exhales sharply. He doesn't know what he's even thinking about anymore, caught in a maelstrom of emotions slamming into his chest like a freight train. "Why don't we get settled next door, I'm sure we have taken enough of your time," he offers with a small smile.

"As you wish," Magneto nods. "You're of course free to explore the island as you'd like. I am certain you'll find the future quite fascinating. And we can let you all know when dinner is served. I'll extend an invitation to Marc and Hank as well, they will undoubtedly have opinions about all of this." 

Chapter 74: engaging evil foreign powers & fighting through the darkest hours,

Chapter Text

Charles, Erik, Charlie, Ariel, and the twins file out of the townhouse and right back in to a new structure adjacent. It’s similar to the older couple’s in its bright walls and sunny furnishings, but its hallways and doorways are wide enough for two wheelchairs to fit side-by-side, should they need to. There are four bedrooms, one for each couple and one each for the twins. Charles rolls through the doorway of the first one to find a low remote controlled bed with a grab bar at one side, much like the ones at his own home and Erik’s townhouse.

Mounted on the wall opposite the bed is a large black frame, which confuses Charles until he hears Pietro pipe up from the room across the hall: “Sweet, Smart TVs everywhere! I wonder if they have Hulu Plus here.”

Charles’s chin hits his chest. “Are you telling me that this is a television?” he hisses at Erik, marveling at the thinness. “It’s so tiny! But also so huge!” And that’s when he starts to notice what Wanda had been talking about when mentioning difficulties understanding the minds of the future. As he pays attention to the chatter in his head, Charles realizes that there are a lot of things, both in syntax and mental sentiment, that feel foreign.

…that asshole subtweeted me again but said we had no beef, I hope he gets on Elon’s stupid rocket and explodes… …fucking forgot password! It says I can’t use one I’ve already used but when I typed it in it didn’t work! But I refuse to pay for a password manager, as if LastPass needs my $7.99 per month to steal my data…. …wait, Ink Masters is on Prime now? But I just bought a Paramount Plus subscription!…

And beyond the subject matter, Charles notices that the minds of this time seem to be on some demonic fast-forward. They’re scarcely able to focus on one thought for more than three seconds before their minds jump to something else, easily bored and distracted. And there’s this intensity, a horrifying pressure, as if everyone is living underneath a microscope while observing others in the same way. “This is a strange time,” he says, rubbing his forehead in sudden soreness. “People are thinking way too quickly, but stupidly.”

"But stupidly?" Erik drawls as he floats into the bedroom behind Charles after a very interesting poke around the various technologies embedded in their new home for himself. He can't help but laugh at Charles's assessment. In his hands he holds a thin device that looks similar to a briefcase with no handle, that opens to a keyboard and screen. "A computer, can you believe that?" he hefts it up for Charles to see.

"They call it a laptop, which is truly an idiotic name. Apparently we, you and me," he gestures between them, "are all over Twitter. Honestly, they need to work on these names. The man who owns it is described as the Anti-Lehnsherr. I can only imagine. Marc has been in charge for a long time. He seems to have done well, I feel better knowing if something does happen to me, there's a viable alternative. Oh, and do not, I beg of you, search our names on Google. If you want to keep your sanity. Do you know what RPF is? Because I do, Charles. I know."

“Stupidly.” He’s confident in his word choice. It seems the average person here is severely lacking in dopamine and therefore cannot focus on anything for more than a few moments. Maybe it’s because of all these devices, like Lap Tops and Google and Twitter, which is supposedly owned by some capitalist blowhard if the moniker Anti-Lehnsherr is to be believed. “I have no idea what a Google is and I don’t care to find out if that’s what people are using to learn about our personal lives.” He blinks at the tiny computer, frowns, and then motors over to the bookshelves lining one wall. “Now, this is more interesting to me,” he says, plucking a volume from the shelf. “Never Let Me Go, by Kazuo Ishiguro,” he reads aloud. “It sounds nice from the title!”

Erik kneels down after dropping a fond kiss to the top of Charles's head, noticing that the bookshelf is organized into sections, he swiftly determines that some of the tomes are the Professor's - such as the one he had beelined for, predictably. Others, such as the first book Erik plucks off of the other side, must be Magneto's. "Snow and Dirty Rain, The War of the Foxes," he reads the titles of the collection curiously. It's well-worn, fingerprints and scratches and faded imagery.

A loved tome. Erik thumbs through a few stanzas of the Madeleine Miller novel and clears his throat, shaking his head.


In the darkness, two shadows, reaching through the hopeless, heavy dusk.
Their hands meet, and light spills in a flood
like a hundred golden urns pouring out of the sun.
I could recognize him by touch alone, by smell;
I would know him blind,
by the way his breaths came and his feet struck the earth.
I would know him in death,
at the end of the world.


Apparently the future version of him is still an insufferable romantic, he can't help but snort under his breath. Caught out by his own damn self. Other works include John Donne (he rolls his eyes: far be it for him to neglect his extensive repertoire of erotic poetry). Andrea Dworkin - a name he himself recognizes, Judith Herman, Wisława Szymborska, Khalil Hawi, Joseph Telushkin, Yehuda Amichai, e.e. cummings, a variety of textbooks on mathematics and physics, Dante's Inferno...

"Bit on the nose," he mutters dryly. "Achilles in Vietnam," he reads a few more titles under his breath. "Ah, King Lear," he grins and holds it aloft, taken from the center of the shelf where, presumably, their tastes converge. Charles's is lined with the likes of James Joyce, Keats, T.H. White. Oscar Wilde sits more mid-line - shared. "Yours, or mine? I suppose it's reassuring to know that literature isn't dead in the future, hm?"

“Yours, evidently,” Charles says as he flips to the title page of the volume of short stories. Scrawled in neat cursive that they both recognize as Charles’s own is: Happy 53rd birthday, darling. “Damn. Now I need to find another present for your 53rd.” It is reassuring. In this device and screen-dominated reality, literature still enjoys a place of esteem. Charles slips a few more unrecognizable volumes from the shelf (The Road, Demon Copperhead, Song of Solomon) onto his lap. “How do we get so lucky?” Charles finally asks, eyes observing Erik as the man peers at the titles before them. “Ariel was unluckier than you. Charlie unluckier than me. The two of them,” he says, the jerk of his head indicating the couple next door, “are unluckier than we are. I feel…I don’t know. It scares me, I suppose. As if we have something coming to us.”

"I don't think it works like that, neshama," Erik shakes his head. "Luck is only relative, after all. I am luckier than Ariel, certainly. Compared to the average person, that isn't true. The same with you. I'm certain there are versions of ourselves that reflect this. Places where reality itself is unrecognizable." As he speaks, he does so into his lap, where the various books are neatly stacked. "We're drawn to iterations of existence that our brains instinctively comprehend. Your accident, the world wars. There are places where you aren't paralyzed, where I wasn't with Hellfire. Maybe the Shoah didn't happen. We probably never even met, hm? Lucky, but but bereft. Being without you is an existence I wouldn't wish on any version of me."

He considers something from earlier, brows drawing together. "Wanda must have been the difference," he realizes. "Charles - the Professor, said it. That Magneto convinced her to stop hiding. If she hadn't brought us here -- then I wouldn't have found it in time. He knew that, that's why he encouraged her to show up during Stryker's trial." 

And, he expects, why she had killed him. Knowing this version of Erik. The degree of hardship caused, knowing that he didn't face punishment of any kind other than removal from the CIA for sheer optics. Erik Googled more than their name. Trask, who at least here did wind up sentenced to 25 years in prison by the Hague, thanks to the efforts of Marc Spector and Carmen Pryde. He is still imprisoned in Genosha in their time, awaiting proceedings. Living with far more comfort and peace than he deserves, frankly. But that's the nature of Genosha and it hadn't been compromised, not even by him. Not even after what he did to Charles.

Stryker, as well. Erik found that he became a politician, receiving renown from the likes of right-wing fanatics under the previous president, some man named Covfefe. The only saving grace of the whole thing is that he died a few years ago of natural causes. Erik doesn't realize that there are tears in his eyes until they drop onto his collar, and he winces, drawing the back of his hand over his cheeks to scrub them away. "It wasn't random. They had to endure hell, and they decided to give us the chance for something different. Because they could. One day, we might have to make the same choice. That's the nature of this gift, I suppose. Living through time and space."

Charles doesn’t think that a world without Erik is lucky at all. Even if he can walk—hell, even if he’s an Olympic runner somewhere else—he’ll choose his own world with Erik a hundred times out of a hundred. Of course, the Shoah is a different story; nothing is worth that happening to the world, and maybe Erik is right and there are some instances where it didn’t. Sure, that’s a better world. But all things considered, Charles feels tremendously lucky. Wheelchair and all. “I imagine you’re right, that we’re drawn to iterations that our brains can comprehend. Even without Wanda, you dealt with Stryker and I dealt with Trask,” he grimaces.

“Fates intertwined. This reality is much closer than the reality that Charlie comes from, which is a lot closer than the one Ariel comes from. I understand Wanda’s difficulty a bit more now. She needed to find a timeline close enough to our own for the same problems to arise, but distinct enough to have a cure in the future. A very fine balance.” When he sees that Erik is crying, he reaches over and rubs the back of his neck, gentle. “We know what choice we’ll make, if it ever befalls us to do so,” Charles agrees. “We’re lucky,” he insists again. “Ariel helped our world. Charlie and Sayid helped our world. And now these two are doing the same. We have a lot to be thankful for.”

"Of course we do," Erik whispers. "I don't mean to imply otherwise. All of these people made the decision to help us. I will always be grateful for that. Everything - everything that they went through, that would have been us." He covers his face with both hands, and turns inward to rest against Charles's legs, burrowing in quite suddenly from where he's knelt on the ground. "At least Trask is in prison." He grimaces, then, looking up at Charles with haunted vulnerability behind his reddened gaze.

"Leland didn't face any consequences for anything, here. He's still out there, in our time. He's doing this to other people. They're going to end up just like Erik, like I would have. All of that pain they went through. He lost his job, nearly lost his life. How many years did they lose? How much fear and pain? It's not fucking fair. And I know it's childish, when has life ever been fair?"

Charles reaches down to card his fingers through Erik’s hair, which he does when his husband is seeking comfort. Vaguely, he’s grateful that in 50 years, Erik will still have thick curls to play with in a shiny white; he doesn’t know what he’d do if all that hair fell out like his own. “The day you learned of your diagnosis, I talked with Ailo about this,” Charles admits softly, gazing down upon his husband. “Ailo suggested that Genosha attempt to extradite Leland and have him tried. I was less certain about the can of worms that that would open; we both decided that we ought to talk with Carmen. Perhaps Marc as well, given what we know now about his potential,” Charles muses. “You’re right. It’s not fair that people who cause others to suffer walk free. Perhaps Magneto and the Professor—I feel so silly calling them that—can advise us there, too. I’m sure they have opinions.”

"I can't believe he kept Magneto," Erik gripes with a wet laugh. He presses Charles's hand closer, letting his eyes fall closed. "If it were just me, I would just let it go," he admits, soft. "Dragging this out. Having to say what happened. I couldn't during Stryker's trial. I don't know if I even can. I can barely -- I don't know how. But it's not just me. If I don't speak up, this is going to keep happening. Who knows how many people he'll hurt, or kill. Ailo claims it's not my responsibility, but it is, isn't it? Life isn't fair. I have the power to take action. I can't stop thinking about Charles - the Professor," he snorts, shaking his head. "Ridiculous. I know. How he must have suffered. How you narrowly avoided the same. How many others will endure this? And he just - it wasn't some accident. He doesn't care, he'll never care. All the better if people die at the end of it, that's more fun."

“It’s fully up to you, darling. I can understand why you’d want to let it go. It’s not something that’s easy to share with the world, by any means. But there are others to think about, as you say. Legal precedents, too. That’s where it gets sticky,“ he says quietly, gently working his fingers through a tangle of auburn locks.

“The Professor is guarded. He knows what Charlie and I are capable of, so he threw up some walls pretty quickly. He doesn’t want to let us see,” Charles recounts. “He tells us that it was a difficult time, but isn’t keen on letting us see how it was difficult for him. But I can imagine. Charlie watched Ariel pass away, and his agony was…well. It became my own. If the Professor had to endure something similar for years…” A pit forms in Charles’s stomach at the prospect. “You should start taking those pills as soon as possible.”

Erik materializes the mentioned case into his outstretched palm, withdrawing the container that reads bictegravir, recalling the name from Wanda and Daniel. Holding it between his fingers, Charles feels the tsunami of grief and frustration raze down his barriers, which wobble unsteadily in the aftermath. This won't help Charlie or Ariel. This won't save them. They will watch the same thing happen to them, all because of violence and entitlement.

"I don't want you to have to hear it," he says roughly. "It's why I didn't say anything, before. I never anticipated this, and if Charlie hadn't returned--would have killed you, too," his hands are shaking so much that the bottle slips from his fingers, and he catches it mid-air inside the thrall of his power. His own mental shielding is adept, and Charles can tell that he's obscuring whatever memories the overwhelming tide washes to the shore.

Why should he get to live, and Charlie dies? Why didn't they save themselves? He isn't special or significant. No more than them. If he had done more, been less abrasive during his captivity or fought harder, none of this would have happened. Ariel and Charlie would live.

“Erik Lehnsherr,” Charles says, lifting Erik’s chin with his thumb. Their eyes meet, and Charles holds him in place. “I am your husband. You don’t need to protect me from your pain. I’m here to help you bear it. Look; we’re still together when you’re 101 and I’m 97. The two of them had to deal with the worst of it and they’ve made it through stronger than ever. They didn’t get there by hiding things from each other.” With his worse hand, the one still encased in a brace, he fumbles for the pill bottle. Clumsy fingers manage to snare it from Erik and then roll it into his palm. “You spend so much energy trying to protect me. I can handle it, darling.”

As always when Charles firmly slots him into place, he senses exactly the point at which Erik can't deny him, can't hide from him. The last few weeks have felt long and cold, leaving him bereft and isolated. The shores flooded, everything eroded and damaged. But this is where he belongs, and it's undeniable. "I know you can," he rasps with a pained smile. You have always been stronger than me.

Charles grips that strong jaw just a touch tighter. Erik is still kneeling before him, and Charles knows that, sometimes, Erik needs this to feel a little less adrift. A little more connected. “No hiding things from me. You’re only harming yourself by trying to keep everything dammed in there. You’re not allowed to harm yourself under my watch, hmm? Did you hear that? Forbidden, expressly.” He smiles at the banter, but the sentiment remains firm.

“It pains me beyond belief that we can’t help Ariel. Or Charlie. But we both know well that they want nothing more than for you to be healthy. Charlie came back here to ensure that our time would be spared the worst fate. Ariel wants that, too. Consider: there’s are worlds where the two of them grow old and happy together. Sayid sent Charlie back to prevent Ariel from becoming ill, somewhere. That does exist. But here, they’ve given us an incredible gift. We’d be foolish not to accept it. Even if it feels unfair. We were talking about luck earlier, weren’t we? We’re so very lucky.”

Foolishly, Erik had wondered if he would ever feel anything like this again - the ripple of electricity that buzzes in his chest and melts down to his toes in long strands as Charles takes him in hand, literally and figuratively. Erik's eyes flutter against it, a sudden haze cast down into the molecules of his very being. "Not allowed?" he whispers back, crushing his eyes shut as a fresh crop of tears threatens to fall once more. He never imagined he would feel this again, lost to the terrifying annals of disease.

He hasn't let on how difficult it is, how heartbroken he's been. How alone. But in a single instant it all arcs across Charles's awareness in radioactive flashes. He knows there's no way he can speak these things aloud, and the conversation naturally transitions to their minds. Even there, the vivid spikes protecting those memories are difficult to think through. He exhales shakily, swallowing against the hard lump in his throat.

I thought that Stryker would put a stop to it, he reveals with a sarcastic laugh. If I told him. He would surely be so disgusted he'd fire the guy. What an idiot I am, right? He just assigned him more. I was nothing, to them. Less than an animal. I thought I was over all of this, I was happy. I was OK. I'm not anymore. The tears fall, then, dripping down Charles's fingers.

The dejection, shame, fury, and disgust ripple across their connection in a powerful wave, and Charles is suddenly overcome. It snakes down his nerves, both dead and alive, until tears well in his own eyes. But that doesn’t mean that that he can’t bear what Erik is telling him; one shouldn’t mistake empathy for something else. I can understand why, Charles replies, warm but firm. He wipes his own eyes with his free hand. You’d survived and moved on. Thrived; ran your country, rescued me from Trask, spent a year helping me recover from my own trials. It makes sense. The news that the damage done to you is physical and lasting. Charles urges Erik up, onto his lap. We have an opportunity to bring him to justice, though. Make it known that he’s not going to get away with this. We can do that, darling.

Erik molds himself right back into the place where he's always belonged as though no time or distance had passed between them at all, wrapping both arms around his husband and clinging onto him as the surge batters him down. There is evidence, he reveals with a grimace, hiding his face in the fabric of Charles's soft sweater. Forensic examinations are standard procedure at AMC. I didn't even know they did it. Aside from my status, it's pretty incontrovertible. Is there even a shot at extradition? He looks up after a moment, finding Charles's cheek with the palm of his good hand just to feel the warmth of his skin. Grounding, assuring himself that he's still there. That he can still have this. The United States has never played ball with Genosha. Tegan is already spewing garbage about my 'lifestyle.' He rolls his eyes. You'll be fair game, too.

Charles slips his arms around Erik’s waist and latches them at the small of his back. It’s how they prefer it, slotted together, Erik atop his lap, arms intertwined. Erik may be over half a foot taller than Charles, but he still fits perfectly as he buries his face into Charles’s chest. We may be able to use that nasty prejudice to our advantage, Charles replies softly. That’s what Ailo suggested. If the proof is truly incontrovertible, they won’t be able to deny that Leland was the perpetrator. The United States will want to distance itself from him, and from that incident in general. They don’t want to be seen protecting their homosexuals. We can use their bias to our advantage, in this case.

Erik winces. I'm not sure how comfortable I am with that. Is it justice if we play to their bigotry? But I suppose we might not have another choice. I don't want him doing this to other people's families. Knowing what would have happened without these pills... he shouldn't be able to get away with that. I suppose he will die soon, but not before he wrecks a lot of people's lives.

He sighs and nudges forward to kiss Charles's jaw. I'm sorry. For hiding away. I tell myself it's to protect you but it's because I can't handle it. Ever since I was a little kid people have felt entitled to treat me like this. And I was so accustomed to it I just let it happen, cooperated. I didn't even consider fighting back. Everything they did was designed to make me feel subhuman. It worked, he whispers between them, eyes obscured by streaks of wet. Just like Hellfire. Just like the dozens of people who came before. And if you knew I didn't try to resist you might think I --

He can't finish the thought, even mentally. That he wanted it. That he had betrayed Charles. I didn't want you to think of me -- think poorly of me. I'm sorry. 

I won't try to sway you in one direction or the other, Charles replies, because really, it is undeniably Erik's decision. As the Prime Minister of Genosha, and as the victim, the course of action they take should be confidently Erik's choice. I will support you, no matter what. You know that I will. He rests his forehead against Erik's crown. It's okay, darling. I understand. You know that I do; how many years have I known you, hmm? Your mind is as familiar to me as my own, at this point. I know how it works. What was done to you as a child has influenced the way that you process traumatic events. I don't think poorly of you in the slightest.

Erik can't articulate the thought, but they both know where it was headed. Had I known at the time—when I rescued you—I don't think I would have let the CIA handle the aftermath bureaucratically. I should have wiped that place clean. His arms tighten around Erik even further. If you choose not to bring extradition orders against Leland, I'll make sure that he has no ability to hurt anyone else, he murmurs, mental voice growing hoarse. He'll look at my broken body with envy when I'm through with him.

Erik knows that he should prise that claw of anger gently out, that Charles doesn't want to be a person who causes suffering to others. Erik has always encouraged him thus, grateful he hadn't harmed Stryker in the immediate aftermath so that he wouldn't ever need to contend with what it feels like to kill someone else. But something about how he says it tweaks a little in Erik's brain and he abruptly tightens his arms further, bowing his forehead against Charles's. Not since he was eleven years old, had anyone before Charles ever spared a thought for his protection. For his wellbeing, for justice as it applies to him.

Certainly not the CIA. The outcome of that was a war that left 13,000 Genoshans dead, and Charles tortured himself. The sheer, simple brutality of systemic indifference and cruelty, where it happened to overlap under the auspices of men like Trask and Stryker, like Harry Leland, aligned in sadistic glee. Erik blames them for all of it, his dislike of the United States sharp and ringing. The ease of violence. The callousness and dehumanization. He hates them, for what they stand for. To him they're nothing more than bullies and thugs.

Beyond the anger, where he finds Charles, a twinge of warmth meets him in turn. Gratitude, affection. He could break Leland's body himself. It's not about that. All of that fierce, indomitable strength and steel inside his husband offered to him. I'm glad you stayed with me, is what he says, soft. The first night we really talked. You said take care of me. His eyes are sluggishly fixed on Charles, slowly submerging beneath the tide. 

Charles is, famously, a pacifist. Media outlets love to speculate what goes on behind the closed doors of the Prime Minister of Genosha and the smiling schoolteacher in a wheelchair's marriage; the arguments that they must have, the disagreements. How many times have tabloids declared that the two are on the brink of unraveling after Genosha asserts itself militarily or politically? There is a difference, however, between peace and inaction.

Yes, Charles will stand behind his vows of non-violence, both publicly and privately, but he will not tolerate the pardon of heinous individuals. His mutation grants him the ability to snuff life out at the blink of an eye, and it's a responsibility that he does not take lightly. In his view, they have been bestowed upon him because, through some universal twist, it has been determined that he, Charles Xavier, will not utilize such ability for selfish or nefarious purposes. Disabling a villain is not selfish or nefarious. Or, that's how he justifies it to himself as he rubs his fingers along Erik's spine.

He won't kill Leland. It just might happen that, as Leland is driving home late one night, he'll nod off behind the wheel and come to only when he's being extracted from his vehicle with the jaws of life. Perhaps the injuries to his cervical spine will be so severe that he spends the remainder of his days in a hospital, never to harm another human being again. I told you I would. I don't break promises, Charles says, wrapping Erik in warmth. Safety. Here we are, almost 20 years later, hmm?

Them, too, Erik whispers, awed. They're not as easy to read from the outside-in. Erik doesn't realize that said tabloids describe him as outrageously introverted and infuriatingly enigmatic. To him, it seems entirely self-evident like the sun in the sky, how much he loves Charles Xavier. How could it not be? And it is, really, to a point. It is obvious that theirs is a marriage built on mutual respect. They've received more than a few letters from people within the queer community expressing gratitude for their willingness to be open and public as one of the first legal homosexual marriages in the world - and that they are not afraid to express love publicly.

It's the type of partnership Erik never dreamed himself capable of, but Charles makes him want to try as hard as he can to be the best human being he can be. He's not always successful, but he always tries. He's never pretended to be a pacifist. Sometimes he outright enjoys the technical and tactical applications of his abilities when called upon to use them, as much as the whimsical ones. But as far as possible he reduces harm. Even when he far rather would, such as in the case of Trask. He languishes in prison, and the USA hadn't bothered to collect him back, considering it a ceasefire concession.

Erik, too, handles the same weight. Thus far, Viktor Creed is the only man who has experienced Erik's abilities in their offensive capacity, and it had been a horrifying concert of smashed, pulverized bones and inverted physics. He could enact vengeance, but he hadn't even wanted to. He wanted to forget about Leland and go home to his husband, to be home. As ever, when faced with the full scope of Charles's capabilities, it sends a slight shiver through him that is anything but frightened. It wouldn't take much of anything at all, for him to do. Erik knows. I had to stop staring, I was catching flies. You're still so absurdly beautiful.

Even though I'm bald? he teases. Charlie's entrance in their lives has reminded Charles just how much he misses his damn hair. Charlie is perhaps less healthy in appearance than is Charles, even after a year spent in Ariel's dutiful care, but those damn chestnut waves sure do frame his face nicely. It's unimportant, though. Sometimes he becomes melancholic about his body and all that he wishes it could do and look like, but he gets over it much more quickly, these days.

There's not even a tidal wave of shame anymore when he's having a difficult day and needs help transferring into bed; just a minor trickle of frustration that dissipates quickly. All because Erik has constantly reminded him over the years that he is more than the sum of his parts, that his paralyzed body and bald head don't take away from the love that they share. Look how gorgeous you become in your old age. I almost prefer the white to the red, he smirks. You really do look like Poseidon.

I like you bald, Erik grins back, and for good measure, leans up to press his lips just above Charles's temple. Like this, it's impossible to deny the simple truth in his words. He had loved being able to run fingertips through Charles's hair previously, but he just as much adores the direct warmth of his skin. It's never been easy for Charles to see for himself what Erik sees, which is why Erik appreciates when their minds converge on a single point and he can witness it for himself. Others might despair over a partner with paralysis, but Erik can't figure out why. He can still love and be loved, and that's all they'll ever need.

But he would be lying if he claimed complete ignorance, these days. His own brush with a change in his body that renders him hugely unpalatable to the vast majority of the population, including himself, has given him more insight into what Charles must have experienced those early years. He swipes his thumb under Charles's eye, near the crow's feet there that bunch up when he's pleased. The dimple at his cheeks, lines of laughter and tenderness. Erik can map every single one. They only grow more pronounced with age, and Erik can't deny he had found himself quite stunned into place. I can't wait for the medicine to work, he reveals with a wobbly smile. I miss you so much.

I miss you, too, Charles admits, leaning in to the touch on his face. Truly, it's a miracle that Charles hasn't contracted the illness from Erik; their sex life was alive and well prior to the diagnosis. And Charles can't wait for it to reach that point again; mere months, if not weeks, if Magneto is to be believed. Erik can make him feel beautiful, still. Still make him feel sexy. There were years where Charles didn't think it possible—what's sexy about limp legs and a body that doesn't respond to external stimulus as it should?

There are some grittier aspects to paralysis that Charles would rather not discuss or reveal to anyone, but Erik has never wavered in his commitment to finding Charles beautiful. Eventually, Charles started believing him. He scoops the pill bottle up from where it had fallen between his thigh and the edge of his seat and holds it out to Erik. "Take one. Hank and Daniel will have our necks for not consulting them first, but I think you should do it. Take your life back. You deserve it."

It's a bittersweet moment, watching as the bottle opens under a twist of Erik's power and one of the orange tablets rises up and lands neatly on his outstretched palm. One pill a day, that's it, and he will be able to live a perfectly normal life. Have a normal (if egregiously long) lifespan. There are a few caveats - it's advised not to take it with dairy or various minerals like iron and magnesium since that can interfere with the effectiveness of the medication. It's a completely inconsequential adjustment in his life, considering he mostly avoids animal products altogether anyway and aside from the virus itself he was in perfect health.

This is really the first time in his life he's ever been sick, and part of how devastating it is he's sure is due to being unused to the condition. He can only imagine how challenging it was for Magneto to go from the prime of his life to having multiple organ transplants, permanent immune deficiency and chronic fatigue. One pill a day, and he'll be effectively cured. But the weight of it settles heavily in his hand. Uncommon gratitude, mixed with sharp, citrus grief.

Charlie won't get to have this. He'll become worse and worse. He'll suffer. The man he's come to know as a brother will die again. Even if he goes back in time to give him these pills, which he is seriously debating once he gets hold of his full spectrum of abilities again, Ariel will still die. The Charlie they know will still die. They can't change their timeline. As he's come to understand it, his actions would simply create a new timeline, just as Magneto's had.  

"Bottoms up," he salutes dryly as he easily swallows it without water, another minute application of his abilities making the day-to-day simpler. "They should start this, too," he whispers. "Maybe it will help. Maybe it will give them a chance." It's pure blind hope, but that's all he has at this point. Visions of Charles wasting away, drowning in his own fluids dance behind his eyes. He flinches as though hit, forcing it all back. He can't. He can't think about it. His hand grips Charles's bicep unconsciously, reassuring himself that he's still there. But it's Charles. Charles is going to die. And Erik, stupid Erik, gets to live. It hurts. It's hard to breathe.

“This won’t help them, darling,” Charles murmurs softly. He shares in the anguish that courses through Erik at that moment. Ariel is going to die. The sweet, sensitive, happy man who in many ways is like his husband, and someone he cherishes dearly. He understands where Erik is coming from, and grips him tight. It feels unfair. Why should they live and others die? “We can help others. Charleses, Eriks, Ariels. We can help them all. Just not the two in the room next door.”

"Ty skurwysyn Ivanov," Erik mutters dangerously under his breath, the snap of rage in his eyes far away from the serene tranquility of his counterpart - both of them, apparently. Ariel isn't wasting his time on anger. Good, Erik will be angry in his stead. "Pieprzyć wszystkich! All they've done is cause pain. They hurt you." For a long time, Erik had well and truly blamed himself for that outcome. Undoubtedly because it was more coherent to him than the random actions of deliberate sadism. But he knows better, now. Essex was at fault, and Erik regrets having been too weak to put him down personally. "I'm glad they're all fucking dead. Only one left," he growls lowly.

“I think you should ask your older counterpart what he did,” Charles offers, though he knows that he will not be challenging Erik’s anger. It’s not misguided, for once; he’s angry at the right people and not at himself for being victimized. His hands find Erik’s hips. “He might have suggestions as to what he wishes he wouldn’t have done.”

Erik pushes it all back as best as he can. Will you invite him over? he thinks in their minds, focusing on regulating his breathing until he can press forward without yelling and cursing. I know we're slated for dinner with them, but that's a conversation I'd rather have just the three of us. Four, I suppose, if you want to invite your own counterpart. It might be a good time to ask him some things, too, without an audience.


Charles extends the invitation, and within a few blinks, both Magneto and the Professor are in the bedroom. Erik is still seated atop Charles’s lap, but Charles quickly decides that there’s no reason for the two of them to disentangle themselves in front of, well, themselves. Their counterparts will understand this need for closeness better than anyone else. The Professor, evidently, is unsurprised to have been transported alongside Erik, as he simply smiles at the two of them. “I expected that you two might have some questions for us.”

Erik nestles closer, letting his hand drift idly over Charles's chest. "We do," he says quietly, shifting to eye his counterpart across the room.

Magneto drops his own hand to the Professor's shoulder, materializing a chair for himself to sit upon. He remembers being as vulnerable as the man in front of him, but these days he prefers an ironclad privacy that manifests even now. It's the product of living in the age of information, where speculation and rumor constantly abound and personal facts of his affairs are far more scrutinized than he'd like. "Please, ask. We will do our best to answer."

"I looked up Leland," Erik just says it, grim and unhappy. "You guys didn't pursue him. Can I ask why?"

"Everyone wanted to," Magneto nods. "Charles, Ailo, Daniel. Even Hank. But I couldn't be the one to do it. I couldn't endure a trial like that. Now that I'm healthier, he's dead anyway. I don't concern myself with that anymore," he says with a small smile. "It's not my problem. I have better things to do."

Erik stares at him. "He's killing people, out there. How isn't that our problem?"

"He is, yes. It's regrettable, but I am not and was not responsible for that man's actions. Neither are you."

Erik does not look the least bit mollified, the answer completely divergent from his own perceptions and opinions in a way he isn't prepared for, stunned speechless. Finally he manages, "I'm not sick. I have an obligation to say something, don't I?"

"The only thing you are obligated to do is live well, Erik. Tend to what matters. Your relationships, your internal peace. I have no regrets about Harry Leland. Neither of us owe him any more of our lives than he's already taken. I am grateful to have devoted the time I have left to things that bring me pleasure." He squeezes the Professor's hand pointedly. 

Charles can tell Erik is totally bamboozled. Is this what I'm like, in 50 years? 

The Professor has to chuckle, snatching Erik’s cynical disbelief from the air. It’s a reaction that feels familiar to him, but one that his own husband doesn’t exhibit as often anymore, and it’s making him feel a little nostalgic. He glides his hand over to Magneto’s own, and grips it. “We’re a hundred years old, Erik. Most of the humans that interacted with our lives from your time are now dead. The world has shifted, moved on. Sensibility and culture at large has moved on. This doesn’t mean that we don’t care about what has happened in the past, but we also must focus on what matters now: family, friends, our students. Each other.”

Charles stares at the elder version of himself. He knows that the man is being sincere, but it’s still difficult to believe. “Our future will be different to yours,” Charles says carefully. “Erik won’t get sick. He’ll likely be the Prime Minister for a lot longer. Politically, Genosha should take a stand against people like Leland.”

“Genosha was devastated, in our time,” the Professor replies. “Utterly devastated. Perhaps you can have a look around the island and learn a bit more, but those decades were an extraordinarily perilous time for this nation. It was more important for us to take care of our people than it was to start a campaign on the international stage. We couldn’t afford distractions. Leland would have been a distraction.”

Charles presses his lips in a tight line.

“As my husband said,” the Professor continues. “Everyone wanted to pursue him. I certainly did. But, he died years ago on his own, and at this stage in my life, it doesn’t matter to me how he died. He’s gone, and we’re here. You two should certainly do what makes sense in your own lives; I’m not telling you to act one way or the other. But in 2024, it might not matter much to you.”

"I just can't imagine not caring," Erik whispers. "What's that like?"

Magneto huffs a bit. "It's free. Not caring might be a bit strong. About Leland, certainly not. But neither do we become apathetic. We aren't. But we chose what is actually important to us, and we don't focus on things that aren't."

"I guess you're right," he says as the Professor elaborates further. "If Genosha was that bad off, I would forget about Leland." You did just say you could prevent him from hurting others, so I assume you did, he half thinks to himself, half to his Charles.

"You're still thinking in very linear ways," Magneto tries to explain, gentle. "But time is the grand equalizer, brother of mine. Everything that feels urgent and overwhelming right now, one day won't be. I know that it's important to you to see justice done."

"And that stops being important, to you?"

"Consider how much of your life, your existence, your heart, you are willing to expend on a person like that. Even if Genosha weren't devastated, and I wasn't sick, I'm not sure I would have pursued him. Before my diagnosis, I quite recall also not caring a whit about him."

Erik scrunches his nose. "That's not fair."

"True," Magneto winks at them. "You live a long time, Erik. You won't be able to see justice done for every transgression you come to face. You won't be able to protect everyone, save everyone, make the right call. There are times you will lose sight of this, and it will be unpleasant for all. We have a tendency to get lost," he taps his temple.

"You really don't think I should go after him."

"I think if your primary concern is preventing him from harming others, you can do that without sacrificing your own wellbeing. You want to protect others like you, advocate for them. It's noble, but you can do that without hurting yourself in the process. You matter. You aren't obligated to suffer to make other people comfortable."

Erik cringes, hard. Awful. He's become full of woo.

He’s changed, significantly, the Professor conveys to Charles privately.

It’s as unsettling as ever to hear his own voice reverberate through his head, but the Professor is a lot less…troublesome, than Charlie. Charlie is a true alternate version of himself, whereas the Professor represents a potential that he can still realize. I’m nervous, Charles admits. It’s hard to imagine Erik without the drive that I know him for. The drive that powers who he is.

Oh, it’s still there. It’s just channeled much differently, the Professor explains, giving his husband’s hand another squeeze. He’s been through a lot. The health battles he fought throughout the 70s and 80s and the sheer number of deaths really helped us both identify what is truly important to our own lives. At the end of the day, we can only reliably better our own situations. We can try and try to better the world, and that’s a noble thing, and something that we’re still trying to do. But our own health and happiness must not suffer for it. That’s something that you may not understand just yet, and something that your husband certainly does not understand at this phase in his life.

Charles agrees. They’re both full of woo. But my Erik won’t get sick like yours did.

Perhaps not, the Professor shrugs. But, he’ll still grow and heal. Maybe not on the same timeline as mine did. Maybe it will take him longer, or maybe something else will happen that will speed it up.

You’re saying that this is fate?

The Professor smirks. You know that fate is nothing more than a word used to explain that which we cannot understand. I’m saying that your husband and mine are made of the same stuff.

Charles frowns, continuing to hold Erik atop his lap. “It won’t cause me suffering, to render Leland unable to harm anyone else,” Charles says finally. “If we can really be so neutral about it in the future, I don’t see why we shouldn’t try to better our position now.”

"I'm trying to understand," Erik admits with a laugh, shaking his head. "But I just can't. I think you're right, that this is maybe down to longevity. I suppose we can't care about it all, can we? We'd go crazy. But it's still - it's shocking, I must admit, to hear it put so bluntly. Oh, does Tegan win?" he gripes, rolling his eyes.

"Indeed so," Magneto laughs. "He's a fucking menace. I definitely support whatever actions you deem necessary to mitigate his influence on reality," he snarks dryly.

At least it's assuring to know that he isn't completely devoid of caring. It sounds like this person is a linchpin, so Erik files that away. He's already particularly unhappy about Tegan's platform, which appears predicated on fixing up all the problems Genosha and their ilk have wrought on American culture. Great. "I haven't quite figured out what to do about that," he says with a wince.

"It represents a marked shift in our overall society," Magneto says seriously. "The point at which it became polite to be a Republican and a conservative. Before then, old money voted Democrat. Tegan's staff made it a point to rebrand themselves. You remember Spiro, right?"

"Yeah, I was surprised at that. He's a good man. Milhouse wasn't evil per se - he was actually a better President than Baines - but he made more sense than Spiro."

"Yes, Spiro and to some extent Milhouse as well, represented the Old Guard, as it were. Tegan will usher in a new era of conservatism, one that I highly suggest you oppose by any means necessary. In 2024, it's become quite dire. History is comprised of repetitions, after all."

"Repetitions--you mean--what, it's fascism?"

"Consider that the last President refused to accept the legitimacy of the election outcome, and organized a coup attempt on Capitol Hill where a group of rowdy alternative right domestic terrorists tried to break into that building and hang the Vice President."

"What. Holy shit."

"Now, none of this may come to pass with you. I'm just warning you that it's bound to be a problem. The tides ebb and flow, after all. Humans have short memories."

“Fascism in the 2020s…of course it begins with Donald Tegan,” Charles grimaces. It’s a nauseating prospect; in their time, wealthy, educated people vote Democrat. If they’re older, they’re depression-era children. If they’re middle aged, they’re veterans of the war or at least remember the terrors of fascism from that era. Voters in 2024…what’s their experience like? Peace and prosperity? Violence?

“Capitalism,” the Professor answers Charles’s musing. “The rich got richer. The working class had less power. Republicans spun that in their favor: even though they were the ones benefitting from this system, they fooled the poor into thinking it was liberalism’s fault. They made education and healthcare inaccessible to keep the poor where they are and feed them lies to continue getting their votes.”

Charles blinks at them both, gobsmacked. “That sounds like hell.”

"If the poor fight one another, they won't bother uniting against their real enemy," Erik surmises neatly. "It's easy to blame gays and drug addicts for society's ills. Disenfranchised people have less means to oppose systemic abuse."

I remember being this fired up about it, Magneto murmurs privately to the Professor, smiling slightly. "You're not wrong. Minorities make for a convenient scapegoat. We forget the lessons learned by our forebears. It will be up to you both, should you choose to take on this fight, to present an alternative. Show people a better path. Genosha went through a period of utter turmoil, but we have become prosperous once more with the advent of medication and education. People once more look to us as a guide post. Our population is 35 million," he laughs a bit. "Given how many we lost, it's an incredible outcome."

"Even with AIDS, you doubled the population," Erik huffs. "I guess we will have to prepare for an influx. If society really is coming off the rails, we can make a place for reasonable people to land. Protect them, give them hope. I'm glad I still care about that."

"That, I expect, will be a lifelong affliction."

“I’m sorry that we didn’t give you a clear answer,” says the Professor with an apologetic smile. “I don’t think you’re making a mistake either way, so long as you’re not causing yourself suffering.”

“I suppose we knew that, deep down,” Charles muses, striking Erik’s knee. “It’s reassuring to see that you’ve been able to find peace, after all you’ve been through. And that you’re still together.”

“Well, that’s never been at risk,” the Professor promises. “You two will always have each other. Always.”

Erik nestles a little closer, hardly concerned about how it appears to himself and a version of the person he trusts most in the world. "I'm so glad for that," he murmurs, finding Charles's hand with his own. "And if this is what we're like in fifty years, I can only imagine how much more we will change in another hundred, two hundred. Spending it with you is all I really want. I guess he's got me, there."

"You'll come to understand your priorities more clearly as time passes," Magneto says kindly. "The both of you will. As you say, we have centuries more to go yet. Everything is transient, even suffering. Whatever is yet to come, whether it's similar to our history or not, you'll come through it together. But I'll leave you with this. Erik may reach a point where things stop making sense to him. He might fail to recognize you, or understand his environment. If that ever happens, Charles, you're free to avail yourself of this place and this time. Seek us out, and we'll help how we can."

He touches the Professor's cheek, a swirl of gratitude humming across his consciousness with concentrated effort. Over the years he's learned how to project intention, to work within the place between them that's formed something of a psionic bond. 

Charles waits for Magneto to smirk to reveal the jest, but when he doesn’t, he frowns and holds Erik tighter on his lap. Well, if that isn’t cryptic as all hell. Suppose that’s something that never fully leaves his husband. “That doesn’t make any sense,” he challenges, looking to the Professor for clarification. “What do you mean? He won’t recognize me or understand his environment? Does Erik go crazy?”

"I can't tell you for sure one way or the other, but if something like that happens in your universe, we will try and render assistance. Things were hard for a long time, for multiple reasons. It might have been purely circumstantial, in which case it would seem to have been averted for you. But I suspect it's a possibility all the same. There's only so much pain a single mind can bear. I know you understand."

It's clear he isn't intending to be cryptic for its own sake, but what compels him to say it in the first place can't be easily quantified. The human psyche is malleable, after all, and he was never sure if it was inevitable or not. Those years are a blur of incoherent chaos, even now, even after working with Ailo and the Professor in the aftermath to restore himself. It's this, as well, that affects his nature today. To inoculate himself against suffering, after its weight had fractured him completely.

The Professor brings Magneto’s knuckles to his lips to place a gentle kiss before he speaks. “We’ve endured some very difficult years. It caught us by surprise; after your childhoods and the ordeal with Stryker, I never expected that he couldn’t handle something. Of course I expected it to be difficult, but he broke.” The Professor speaks kindly, but the words are plain. “A single person can only handle so much. Erik can handle about as much as twenty average people. But maybe not as much as fifty.”

Charles looks to his own husband for validation, to gauge whether or not any of this feels like it resonates.

He looks completely shaken by this revelation. "What do you mean I won't recognize--that's not--that doesn't make any sense," he says, wide-eyed. "You know what we've been through. What else could possibly happen!" He winces a little. "Forgive me. I--this is, I don't understand."

"There is a lot that isn't known about the nature of trauma in your time," Magneto responds, tone gentle. "But one thing we have learned is that its effects are cumulative. You have endured significant ordeals, most of which are rather extreme. Thus far, you have been resilient to their effects because of your divergence."

"My what? My--oh," Erik lags behind, still supremely stymied by this information. "So I am crazy, then?"

"Crazy is relative," Magneto shakes his head. "I recovered, and if your trajectory is like mine, you will too."

"That's what she meant, isn't it? Ima, when she said I was injured, and that science hasn't caught up."

"It is, yes."

Erik grips Charles's hand hard, unconsciously. I don't want to forget you. Maybe it won't happen. My future is different now. Maybe it won't happen. He isn't even thinking consciously, everything a whirlwind. He can't conceive of a worse fate.

“Don’t despair, my dear,” says the Professor kindly, and motors his chair forward to lay a gentle hand on Erik’s knee. “It may happen and it may not. If it does, you will find your way back. And you’ll emerge stronger. You have Charles, and you have Ailo, too. A lot of family and friends will be on your side; you’re so very loved, Erik. You will find your way back. I know it.” Charles presses his lips to Erik’s temple, obviously shaken as well. He’s right, my love. Whatever happens, you have so much support. They’ve offered to help, too. Look, they’re okay, aren’t they? More than okay. We will be, too.

I can't imagine becoming this man, Erik thinks to Charles, somewhat overwhelmed with all that they've learned. He turns into Poseidon. Fascism is on the rise. Leland is inconsequential. Now, he's destined for insanity. At the end of it all, he's become a goose farmer. It's utterly surreal and he can't help but laugh, a single vaguely hysterical bark. "This is the most important thing, to me," he says, resting his hand over Magneto's and Charles's, laying them on top of one another with a pat to the back of Charles's palm. "I can weather anything," he decides in that moment. "All of it. Losing you, that I couldn't bear. I don't want to forget," he rasps. "Help him find me. Please. He's the reason for me."

“You won’t lose me, my love,” Charles assures him, and in that moment he is beyond thankful for Magneto and the Professor, who have come closer to shower Erik in unconditional support. A congregation of them. Erik should feel better knowing that his own self believes in him, and that Charles believes in him twofold, too. “We’ll help, if you need it,” the Professor promises. “You may not need it, but if you do, I promise that we’ll be there in a heartbeat. We’ve been there before, and we may know what you need.” The Professor leans as far as his spine allows and kisses Erik’s other temple, and then kisses his own husband’s cheek. “I’m no psychic,” he adds with a smirk, “but I see a beautiful future ahead for the two of you.”

It should be strange, being comforted by himself, but in a way it's familiar. Through most of his formative development he relied solely on imaginary constructs to persevere, essentially doing the same thing. Maybe it was always a manifestation of his ability, channeling various components of the multiverse to provide what those around him resolutely denied. "I can feel --" he admits softly. "That I'm not OK. I've been trying to power through it. It's not fair to you," he says to his Charles. "I want to be a partner, someone you can lean on, too. But I just feel..." he doesn't know how to put it into words.

"Flayed open," Magneto offers, visceral and terribly accurate. "Like a bug with too many legs burned under a microscope. Believe me, I understand. You won't feel that way forever," he promises. "We have a habit of taking on things that don't belong to us. All of us, really," he gestures to the room at large. "I know what you're keeping in. All of it is just garbage, Erik. Meant to do nothing but destroy your spirit."

"Maybe it worked," Erik laughs sardonically. "Maybe I'm the same as those walking skeletons."

"Maybe you are. They were human beings, too. Cruelty is the same regardless of the specifics. It's intended to cause pain, for gratification. That's it. It's not that deep, sadly. There's no grand reason. People who are damaged enact damage. It has nothing to do with you."

"Not my problem?" Erik arcs his brows.

"Now you have got it." Magneto taps his temple, wry. "Forgive me, though. I don't intend to psychoanalyze you. I've just been at this for fifty years, and I see you are in the same position I started. It's difficult to resist trying to jump-start you. But you will get there. You are incredibly loved, as Charles said. And that's not random. You deserve it."

"You're so weird," Erik complains. He doesn't mean to be insulting, it's just shocking to hear himself say such things.

Charles supposes, if he looks within himself, that this isn't entirely unexpected. He's known Erik's brain for a long time; at the very first brush, he knew that it was different. Beautiful, magnificent, tantalizing, but also different. Different in a way common to people who struggle with mental illness. Wanda has told him that, in the future, mental illness doesn't endure such a heady stigma; people aren't simply carted off to asylums or pumped full of lithium and told to keep quiet. People even talk openly about their own battles. But, he supposes he's always known that it exists within Erik. Magneto, too, though decidedly not ill, is still different.

As a telepath, he's always known that there is a great deal of diversity spread across the human psyche. Brains are as unique as fingerprints; patterns exist, but the details and intricacies are far too complex and individual to be able to properly map. Charles hopes that the people of the future can recognize the difference between pathology and simple diversity; an inflection point from the annals of history. Humans often take a long time to internalize that distinction.

With a small wash of shame, Charles realizes that he, too, has avoided properly identifying the injury within Erik for what it is. It isn't that he doesn't want to admit that Erik is afflicted for purposes of saving face or avoiding the sting of stigma; it's fully that, if they both pretended that it isn't there, perhaps it would never surface as a nefarious force. Like a body ache that one decides to ignore for fear that seeing a doctor would yield a cancer diagnosis. They've been fine, Erik is fine. He has his moments, but who doesn't?

"I'm sorry, darling," Charles whispers, in full and bald admission of his own shame. "I love you so very much. And I won't leave your side for a second. Even if you don't recognize me, even if you don't know who I am. I will love through every second, and beyond."

"He will," the Professor affirms. "And you're right, my husband is weird. So are you. We all are."

Charles doesn't know if he could squeeze Erik any tighter in that moment, but he gives it a fair attempt. "Do you have any tips for us?" he asks the older couple. "For me? I want to be ready to help."

Erik presses his cheek to Charles's own, an attempt to seek as much as give comfort. There's no resentment, or love lost - he himself had done the same, mostly because he lacked real understanding into his own mind, into how cause precipitates effect. Learning a little about it from Wanda, who presumably was able to interact with this version of Erik that does know better, had given him more language with which to communicate, but given how wrapped up it all is with his past history, he too found it simpler to just ignore it.

But hearing it so directly, that there might come a time where his mind is no longer his own, where he doesn't recognize the people who he loves most, he can't help but be reminded of their excursion to Bellevue all those years ago. He hasn't even been able to consider the possibility that Aura too is in danger of dying. They always did share a mutual intelligibility. He's hit with a sudden gratitude that at a pivotal moment of his life, he had encountered a telepath who could actually understand him.

Who knows where he would have ended up if that weren't the case, if he would have ever been capable of forming proper bonds with others if his mind hadn't been jump-started through proximity. In Magneto's time, they call it neurogenesis. Such a terminology wouldn't become commonplace for decades yet, but he realizes on his own that his brain must have been bolstered through external pathway generation as a direct result of continuous psionic contact. Quite literally, Charles's mind taught his brain how to feel emotional input that was previously unavailable.

"Try not to take any of it personally," Magneto settles on after a long moment. "Psychosis is an extremely stressful occurrence, for those around. I behave very abnormally. My sense of logic, duty, compassion - none of that is there. I can't be convinced or reasoned with, because I can't reason at all."

"Can't - present tense?" Erik swallows roughly. "This still happens?"

"It has happened more than once, yes. You have a disorder that is on the schizophrenia spectrum," he just says it, very plainly, without pulling punches or implying. "It isn't schizophrenia, per se, but stress-induced psychosis is a fact of reality for you. Our ability, because of this disorder, to endure stressors is very high. But even you have limits. Every person does."

Erik blinks several times in a row, the only sign that he's heard what Magneto just said. The vast mechanism of his mind whirring overtime to keep up, like a straggling machine with sticks in the gears. "Schizophrenia. But I've never - I don't -" 

"And you might never. Your symptoms are affective - the negative side of it, rather than the positive. It's a spectrum, and you are on the very mild end of it. I tell you this now because it will be important for you to have some kind of plan in place for if something like this ever happens. If you try and ignore it and hope it goes away, it will cause a lot of damage."

"Can't I just take medicine, or something? Like Aura?"

"You can, yes. But I recommend you don't, because if you get a handle on it, and plan for it, you won't need to. They're extremely hard on your body, and they cause permanent extrapyramidal side effects. Brain damage."

"How - how do you plan to lose your mind?" Erik asks, baffled. But even now, Charles can feel that what Magneto is saying is true. Other than the outright confusion, Erik isn't responding the way a normal person would if they heard they are going to go insane in the future. There's no grief, or fear, or horror, or denial. The more Magneto speaks, the more Charles reflects on his past experiences with Erik, the more true it all sounds.

"Oh, sweetheart," the Professor murmurs, unable to feel anything but love and care for the man who is a carbon copy of his husband, fifty years younger. Before the most difficult period of their lives together, before the pain and suffering endured that would radically change the course of their lives. While he would hope that this Erik and this Charles would never have to toil through such agony, he can also recognize, with empathy, that they might butt up against inevitability. And so he slides his own chair next to Charles's own to better position himself to wrap his arms around the man. Encircled in grasp of not one but two Charleses, Erik might just understand how truly adored he is.

"You can't plan for everything, you're right. But what may help is knowing that it's there and that it exists, this difference within your brain. If you understand what's happening, it might feel less terrifying. As he's said, it's still there, and the difficulties sometimes resurface. However, they are much, much easier to endure because we both know about the nature of the illness. When symptoms begin to arise, we aren't caught off guard."

He leans over to kiss Erik's temple once more. "You will be okay. It will be hard, sure, but you'll be okay, my darling. Lean on the people around you. They love you more than you could ever comprehend. Even my own husband doesn't realize how crazy about him I am, and it's been seventy years." He winks at Magneto, and then smiles at Erik. "Ailo will be crucial, too. You asked for advice about specifics. Build him a permanent suite in your home if you haven't already. He ended up living with us for two years, even after we were home from Reyda."

Charles frowns. "I can take care of my own husband."

"You won't be equipped to. Not at first, anyway. You also need someone to look after you, too," says the Professor, plainly. "We didn't learn until after he moved out that he loathed the curtains in his room and found his mattress too soft," he adds, rolling his eyes fondly. "Look after his wellbeing. He's important."

Being surrounded by Charleses makes Erik burrow even more, overwhelmed by the advent of multiple iterations of his husband all focused on him. Surreal. He burrows. "No ugly curtains," he mumbles with a wide-eyed nod. Magneto's nose twitches - it's difficult to deny this version of him is on the precipice, a good deal more vulnerable than he's comfortable with being in front of others who aren't Charles. But he supposes it is Charles. Just much younger, without the benefit of all they had learned together. He reaches forward and squeezes his forearm gently.

"No one else can do what you do. He said it. You are the reason I am OK. But if you need help, don't be afraid to rely on your friends, too. I can't explain to you what it's like - it's something you just have to experience. Once I was so paranoid I forced us to live in a fort behind the couch and wouldn't let anybody in. Every time I heard a noise I thought it was the police coming to take you from me. You can't really look after someone who's that sick on your own, even if you were fully able bodied."

Charles knows they’re both right; Ailo, as it happens, stays at their house rather often, as Erik has been sick and Charles has needed help. He relies heavily on Erik for his own day-to-day tasks, and when Hank is too busy trying to stop a pandemic, he needs assistance. Still, the thought of relying on Ailo or anyone else for an extended period of time is grim. He truly wishes that he could care for Erik without it. But, this isn’t about him. He rocks Erik ever so slightly on his lap, even as the two others show him the love and care from their own hearts. “What’s something you want me to know?” he asks Magneto finally. “Something you wish you would have told your own husband before all this happened?”

Magneto smiles, reaching out to touch his cheek. He's still so very young, but in every way this is a version of Charles. Still recognizable, still beautiful. "The most important thing, you already know, neshama. That I love you, even when I get lost. I'm still in there, even at my worst. I wish that I would have understood these things sooner, and prepared for them, so it wasn't as devastating. But if it happens, he won't know any better. It might seem entirely absurd, but to him it will be very real. Don't cater to delusion or paranoia and don't fight me on it, either. Focus on how I'm feeling - it is frightening to think someone is trying to hurt me, and you will help me protect our family. It's a difficult line to walk, and you won't understand it at first. But I love you, more than anything. Don't ever forget that."

Charles smiles softly. “I know. Thank you for saying so, though. I’ll remember that. And I’ll remember to focus on how you’re feeling. That makes sense.”

“I’m glad it makes sense to you,” the Professor says. “It didn’t to me at first. I tried to disprove the delusions. Then I tried to go with them. What I needed to do was tend to what he was feeling. The delusions were fake, but the feelings were real. He needed me to help him there, and it took me too long to figure that out.”

Magneto rests a hand on the Professor's knee. "But we did, and we are in a unique position to bridge those gaps before they form, for you. And again, it might not happen. All of this is variable, subject to internal and external factors both."

Erik has been silent this entire time, percolating and processing with his brows furrowed in the center of his forehead. "But I'm smart, right? Wouldn't I know if something sounds wrong?"

"To a degree, actually, yes," Magneto inclines his head. "When it first happened to me, though, I didn't know any of this. And because of my intellect I was able to rationalize my false beliefs very easily. But now that I know, I'm inclined to presume when something doesn't make sense that it is nonsense. It's all a balance. You might doubt legitimate perceptions, too. Your danger sense is unparalleled, but it will be incumbent upon you to learn how to filter benign positives. Charles will help you with this, so don't be afraid to ask if you're not sure. The impetus to go it alone will be strong. There is a lot of shame and embarrassment associated with these things. Try and resist that impulse."

"Is there anything I can do to make it easier on him?" Erik asks the Professor softly. "When I'm normal, what helps? What can I do to make it less painful? I don't want to hurt anybody. Least of all Charles."

“You’re definitely Erik,” the Professor chuckles, fond. “If your first question is to ask how to better help me, you’re undeniably Erik Lehnsherr.” He looks to his own husband and grins. “He’s so cute. Remember how cute you were?” He then turns back to Erik. “In your times of clarity, you’ll feel horrible. Guilty, upset. You’ll apologize to him over and over. Try to remember that you aren’t a burden to him. Let him hold you and talk to you and play with your hair. That’s really all he’ll want, in those moments. To be close to you. Truly.”

Both Eriks react the exact same, ducking their heads a bit and rubbing at the back of their neck with the palm of their good hand. They both then realize this, and their hands drop only to mirror one another once more, which causes both of them to laugh. "OK, this is creepy," Erik grins. "Ariel isn't like me, but you really are. Just... through time."

"It is pretty fascinating," Magneto agrees. "I notice that Charlie and Charles are similar - some iterations are just closer together than others. But Charles is right," he says with a smile. "It's not you versus Charles, it never will be. You're a team, it's both of you versus the problem. That's how it's always been, hm? When you can, be with him. Work with him. And when you can't, he will support you. Just like you will support him when he struggles."

Charles reaches up to stroke Erik’s hair. He expects that the Professor is again correct. When Erik was recovering from the Stryker ordeal and unable to so much as see, Charles only ever wanted to be close, to reaffirm their partnership. Erik had felt bad about requiring so much care and being less able to take care of Charles in turn, but Charles had only ever desired to remain at Erik’s side throughout. He cherished the moments they’d spend in bed together, Erik in his arms as they talked about everything. “Thank you,” he tells the older men. “This…well. This isn’t the news we expected, but I’m glad to have time to prepare. If you two endured, so can we.”

Magneto pats his hand over Charles's shoulder, his affection clear. "Of course. Things aren't always going to be easy, but your commitment to one another has never wavered and it never will. If you have any more questions we'll be glad to render aid, but if you'd like to rest a little before dinner, we can call you when the others arrive."

"Thank you," Erik whispers as well, still quiet and contemplative. "We'll be there."

Chapter 75: I keep them company, my flight a flag above them in the night.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Magneto whisks their counterparts away after confirming with a glance at Charles that he has nothing else for them now, and settles him and his Charles back into the quiet of their spacious kitchen. He leans against the counter and huffs to himself, shaking his head. "I certainly didn't expect this when I woke up, today. Talk about a blast from the past," he murmurs, bending over to drop a kiss onto the top of his husband's head. "There's six of us," he laughs. "Seeing you sick--ah, I didn't anticipate that. How hard that would be. It gives me an even greater appreciation for what you've endured all these years."

Charles is glad to be back in the privacy of their own home. It’s evident that their young counterparts are alarmed and scared, and though he is truly happy to help, it’s not easy, reliving that period of their lives. The physical illness followed by the mental illness created very difficult years for the two of them. “I worry about Erik,” Charles agrees, rubbing his temple. “I’ve gauged that he’s aware that Charlie—goodness, I still do hate that nickname for myself—will die, but I don’t believe that he’s really grappled with what that means. He doesn’t know Charlie all too well, but he loves him, of course. Just as I can’t help but love that Erik and also Ariel.” He frowns at his knees. “You would have not fared well at all, had you been made to watch some version of me die. Not when you were his age. I worry that it will the the straw that breaks his back.”

"It's partly why I told them so bluntly," Erik murmurs, manufacturing a chair for himself to sit on so that he can nudge their knees together and reach to connect their hands in Charles's lap. "I'm not normally so brazen with alternate timelines, but it felt necessary to warn Charles. Even if their future looks different than ours, watching Charlie die will have a devastating impact on his mental health. And I know Charles wasn't ready to hear it, but it will be worse if it catches him off guard. It did for you. No one expected it, least of all me. I was a Sonderkommando, a soldier, a trafficking victim. None of that seemed to faze me, and to this day I can still cope relatively well with all of it." As evidenced by how easily he can speak about it, these days. "Genosha was the straw, for me. Hopefully they can avoid that, but the factors that led to my breakdown are still there. Like a bomb, waiting to blow their lives up."

Charles twines his fingers with Erik’s own. His left is unbraced, dexterous after Ariel’s parting gift and steady physical therapy. His husband’s right is still bound by his orthopedic implement, but his fingers can move a bit, thanks to modern medicine and technology. “You were cavalier with expounding the details, but I understood why. Charles doesn’t quite believe it will happen just yet, I think, but I know that he’ll very much appreciate this conversation when it does. I wish I’d had someone tell me what to expect, what to do and what not to do.”

Erik smiles gently, his eyes creased up just like they do in the younger version of himself, echoes that transform from Charles's memory into reality. "I forgot how young we once were. Back then, we quite fashioned ourselves old, I cannot help but laugh." Said fingers close over Charles's own with a mechanical whirr from the brace, offering very limited range of motion, and weak tensile strength and grip. But he's grateful for it all the same. "Likewise. I couldn't leave it be, I had the power to give them a head start, you know? I couldn't watch Charles return to his time knowing what may await them. Perhaps it won't happen, but if it does, he deserves a solid support system. I wasn't able to be that for you at the time, which I fiercely regret, but I can, for him."

"I told him, as I told you, that I don't want to be mired in apologies," Charles teases gently. "You were still there for me. In those moments between your low points, you were still you, and that was plenty for me. But, supporting him is the best thing that you and I can both do. Thank you, darling, for doing that." He rests his head on his husband's shoulder, eyes out the window. "Right now, they think that they can handle everything on their own. I'm glad we've urged them to think that they aren't. They really are cute, aren't they?"

"I forget, you didn't always have some of my favorite parts," Erik murmurs back at him, running a thumb over a small wrinkle at the base of his nose. The little freckle under his eye. "It's strange, isn't it? We'll look like this for the rest of our lives. Good thing you're so handsome." He smirks, eyes gleaming mischievously.

His iPhone (Androids are, according to him, completely unusable - half the basic apps aren't installed and when you try to tap a single button the whole thing spins 360 degrees like the exorcist and immediately opens a random page that has nothing to do with the button you've just pressed--) buzzes in his pocket and he lifts it with a flick of his fingers, letting it hover and unlock itself before them.

"Looks like Hank and Marc are here. Wanda and Pietro will be down shortly," he adds. "And Ailo wanted to come as well, he's fascinated by Multiple Eriks and Charleses. He says six of you in one room, I don't need to watch my Law and Order reruns tonight. Top tier entertainment," he reads the text dryly. With another wave, the table flourishes with the trappings of an elaborate meal, featuring a host of Charles's favorite dishes, and some of his own. Ariel and Erik probably have similar tastes to him, after all.

"I adored your red hair, but you look so distinguished now," Charles fawns. "And you have even more freckles now. Goodness, how lucky I am that I get to look at you for the rest of eternity. Seeing Charlie's hair threw me for a moment, I have to admit. When did I lose my hair? Was it Trask or after? It was Trask." After so many decades, it's hard to keep track of the events. He watches Erik's phone float before them and chuckles at Ailo's text.

It might benefit their young counterparts to hear from him, too. "Ariel and Charlie were a bit of a surprise," Charles says as he wheels toward the table to observe the spread. "Two lost puppies who found each other. It's sweet. I was able to gather that Charlie is from a time where he lost you quite early and spent many years alone. Ariel found him. I'll admit that I'm a little unsettled by his mind. There are a lot of scars in there that I don't have."

"Trask, yes - that must be why he still has hair. If he lost Erik early, Genosha wasn't created and the war never happened. It surprised me as well," Erik replies as he straightens out a stray wrinkle in their now-festive tablecloth. "In a good way, though. The Ariel I remember... was with Aura, briefly," he recalls, his mind a gentle loam of grief that's settled and maintained after so long, less an open wound than a smooth scar. Losing Aura hit all of them harder than they had anticipated, his quiet kindness forming the backbone of the Manor's operation that was thrown into flux with his absence, and had precipitated one of his earlier spirals.

"But then he got sick. He didn't manage to leave and find Charlie - their timelines must be slightly different to our Ariel. Strange, isn't it? Ariel exists as an alternate version of me, and yet there are alternate versions of him. There's likely ones of Charlie as well. Time is wobbles." He wiggles his arms like an inflatable tube man to illustrate this fact, because he is a Scientist. "It makes me happy. That they get a little extra time, with one another. Like the universe realized an error was made and self-corrected. Charleses and Eriks shouldn't be alone. Knowing he is sick, though... ah, forgive me," he laughs a little wetly. He's far more equipped to handle this news than either Erik might be, but it's still a horrid swirl inside him. "They seem so very happy with one another. That is everything."

"I know. Seeing Ariel sick made the old wounds begin to throb a bit," Charles agrees, solemn. "And feeling how scared they all are...it really does take me right back. The early days of the epidemic, when we were confused and scrambling to find therapies and do research, camping outside Hank and Daniel's offices in hopes that they would emerge with a silver bullet cure." He sniffles a bit as he straightens the vase of flowers on the table, locally grown and colorful. "I don't envy them. Many people envy their younger selves and wish that they could relive their youth, but I really don't. They have a lot of trouble ahead."

He looks up at his husband again and wipes his eyes, but smiles. "Just shows me how lucky we are, hmm? That we made it here and are okay." There have been recent hiccups; COVID was a bit of a nightmare, too. Not nearly as bad as their first epidemic, but it was certainly scary and in many ways reminiscent. Both he and Erik have low-functioning immune systems and were particularly vulnerable to the illness. Genosha, thankfully, was quick to enact mitigation policies and their island was largely spared massive outbreaks, but the few years of isolation and fear certainly felt too familiar to them both. "We need to try and make sure that Charlie and Ariel—and Charles, too—don't contract any modern illnesses while they're here," he adds.

"They've been vaccinated," Erik reveals with a smile. "Wanda must have gotten them access. But as you well know, while mRNA vaccines aren't dangerous to patients like us, they're also less effective. I'm grateful to Marc, he really stepped his game up when COVID happened. Those were rough years, but seeing how it got mishandled elsewhere really makes me appreciate the community we have here. He came up with all of those procedures on his own, with the Medical Advisory," he recalls softly.

"I'm concerned about it, though. They are risking a lot by coming here and exposing themselves to novel pathogens. COVID could start in Genosha 50 years earlier. If their vaccines fail, which they may. I want to give them everything we have on how to combat it, that's one risk of time travel we never had to consider when I had the ability," Erik reasons out. "They had to make a choice. The risk of AIDS or COVID. 98% versus 1.4%. I don't envy Erik, there."

"They made the right choice," Charles agrees grimly. "A rock and a hard place is a paltry metaphor for what they're dealing with. Let's share everything we have with them, information included. I've long since thrown my reservations out the door about other timelines being 'messed up,' them coming here impacts their own and ours anyway." The doorbell rings then, and Charles glances over his shoulder. "Hank and Marc are both here."

When the door opens, Hank McCoy, blue as ever, but with grey around his muzzle, thunders in to the cottage, flanked my Prime Minister Marc Spector. "I brought my headphones," Hank says by way of greeting. "Three Eriks and three Charleses is far too much for one person to handle."

Marc looks almost the same as the day they first met him, outside the courthouse during Erik's testimony in the Stryker trial. He's dressed in a white button-down and jeans, sleeves rolled up to the elbow and tie loosened in the picture of casual. His hair is still full and dark, a mess of wild curls he's long ceased trying to tame. "What's this I hear about three of you?" He drawls as he strolls in, cool as a cucumber to clap Erik on the shoulder. "One's not enough?"

"Bold statement, Moon Knight. Didn't you lose one of yourselves?"

"Oh, yeah. That was a real debacle. And I'm finessing the name. I'm working on it. Everyone's a fuckin' critic." Foul-mouthed, abrasive and dour as ever in a thick Brooklyn accent, and yet he had no problem securing a vast majority of the popular vote all those years ago. At the time, Genoshans had become accustomed to Erik's lack of political guile, and it seems they followed suit in appointing Marc. He gives Charles a handshake before gripping his forearm in a display more familiar among friends. "How's this all work, exactly? Where are they from? You mentioned time travel. Oh, chili phyllo. Yoink."

Erik shakes his head, fond as ever of these people who have stuck by their side all along. It's a good group. "Good to see you, Hank," he returns by way of greeting, not even registering the comment let alone taking any offense to it. Over the years, Hank has come to understand that a significant portion of his interpersonal difficulties often came down to offending others without meaning to, but Erik is used to it. He's not one to talk, after all.

Marc Spector is a man who has only the utmost respect, from Charles. Genosha was Erik's everything, being Prime Minister had infused his life with so much excellent purpose, and he thrived as much as anyone could ever thrive in a role. Yes, he'd continued winning election after election, but Charles knew that there was a part of him that had been so afraid to step away from the role for fear that all they had built would fall apart. Marc, however, took the reigns from Erik and continued to drive Genosha forward toward the future that Erik had envisioned when he established the fledgling government back int he late-1950s.

The nation has adapted, of course, with the times, but the values that Erik created are still at the core of what they do: communalism, safety, freedom of expression, mutant rights. The trust that Marc garnered enabled Erik to finally step away and focus on his health and recovery. Charles owes the world to Marc Spector. "They're here from the early 70s," Charles replies, eyeing both Marc and Hank cautiously. "In search of a therapy for HIV."

Hank's amused smirk immediately hardens into a serious mask. "What stage are they in?"

"Erik—well, one Erik, the other is a version of Ariel—is positive and was on some brutal ART. We all know how poorly that went," he says wryly. "He's in a better place now because Ariel helped protect his organs artificially. My Erik gave him his medication. But Ariel and the one they're calling Charlie, from some other timeline, both are late stage. It's too late for them."

"And we can't help them either, probably," Hank says, morose.

"No. Probably not."

"Wanda brought them here," Erik explains from his position at the head of the table, overlooking everyone - it's not a conscious decision, but he prefers to have a clear view of everybody.

Marc lowers himself into a seat next to the furry Hank, with Charles on his other side. "So it's affecting his abilities, too, like it did yours?"

"Yes. We have a few different issues at play - COVID-19, which they've been vaccinated for prior to entering our timeline in an effort to avert the disaster that befell us in the 70s and 80s. I strongly advocate that we help them," Erik just says it, point-blank.

"Hence, why I'm here," Marc folds the edges of his fingertips against his chest. "Understood. Help them how, exactly? Walk me through it." He and Erik have a natural synergy, and even though Erik no longer functions as a representative of Genosha's government, Marc attributes a great deal of his success to his willingness to take Erik's advice on its face. He does things his own way, and Erik tries not to 'back-seat Prime Minister,' but they've had surprisingly few disagreements on things. After all, Marc moved to Genosha and lived as a citizen under Erik's government first - because it was a system he believed in.

"Both in securing a workable treatment for HIV and providing materials to combat COVID-19, should Charlie and Ariel's vaccines fail. I provided him with a few different modern antiretrovirals, but as I can attest, being able to reproduce synthetic chemicals is not a foolproof process for me. They want the formula for Biktarvy. And I think we should help them get it."

"Yeesh," Marc's head tilts. He eats a chili-and-feta phyllo pastry. "That's a tough ask, for multiple reasons."

"Explain," Erik gestures in a wide sweep, not one to judge until he has all the facts, but his instinct is distaste for a response that isn't immediate agreement. Nevertheless, Marc has a keen mind, and often considers things that he hasn't.

"Don't misunderstand. It's not really in question. We'll help, but this could have diplomatic repercussions. Gilead is an American company, and this is a plot to steal their intellectual property."

"Intellectual property is a purposeless construct of capitalism," Erik returns, crossing his arms over his chest. "You can't steal information. Theft implies a material loss."

"All right, Che Guevara. Relax. First of all, you're wrong - there is a material loss, because in 2018, Gilead won't create Biktarvy since it will already be created. They will lose money, which is material. In this instance, we know that the loss is not potential, it is absolute." Marc has the rest of the table under his thrall, his time as a lawyer coming in handy on many occasions, this included. "The person who invented it will no longer have the same future, because there's no point to inventing something that's been invented."

Erik frowns. When it's put like that, he's starting to understand the scope of what he's asking more clearly. But this isn't political, not really. It's personal. The two cannot be extricated. "40 million people have died of this disease since 1970," Erik murmurs softly. "The person who created this drug wouldn't deserve their success if they opposed the use of it to mitigate those statistics. Otherwise it was always about profit and accolades, and I can't say I am very sympathetic."

"I get it. But, not only that, you'll be taking it into the past, essentially re-writing history so that you're the ones who invented it, ten years before Gilead even forms. That has ramifications on both timelines - ours, and theirs."

"Ramifications how?"

"Well, I know you. You're not a thief. What would you do if you went 50 years into the future to steal a formula for a cure for HIV? Think about it."

Erik purses his lips. "I would see that the rightful inventors be credited for it."

"Right. And that's exactly what he'll do. That is the problem. It's the most moral solution, obviously, but it will reveal to the world that you're capable of going into the future and drastically altering history, and the United States will not take kindly to knowing you used your powers to steal intellectual property from a corporation. Regardless of your politics, that is illegal in the United States."

Charles grimaces as the conversation unfolds. At first, he's on Erik's side; who cares about some people who haven't even been born yet or are very young not making a trillion dollars? A trillion dollars is less important than 40 million lives. But Marc is rational as ever in his presentation of the facts (a damn lawyer at heart), and it's hard to disagree with his assessment. He loathes time travel, for this reason. At first, Charles had been excited about it and loved to accompany Erik and Wanda into the distant future or past. These days he finds it messy and morally questionable, and so he avoids it where he can for reasons just as this.

"I'll be blunt," Charles says after a moment, raising a brow at Marc. "I don't really care if their future is entirely different to what it would have been otherwise. I mean, of course I care, but I also trust that our counterparts have considered this and have chosen to do so anyway. It's their future, not ours. We should allow them to be the masters of their own destiny. No one here needs to know that Erik has stolen the formula, and the people in their world don't need Gilead to patent the drug."

"A drug like Biktarvy would have been unthinkable to scientists in the 1970s," Hank points out. "It builds on decades of work and research that have still yet to happen, for them. It will be alien to them and will undeniably draw scrutiny from the scientific community and governments alike."

"Does it matter, though?" Charles asks. The years have stripped him of many of his reservations.

"It does," Hank rebuts. "If you want widespread uptake of this drug, governments and scientists need to accept it."

Charles sighs in frustration. "Erik can secretly drop the formula on the desk of some pharmaceutical bigwig, then. Or Charles can implant it in some scientist's dream, or make a professor believe they've made a breakthrough, or whatever. We can be creative. But we need to do this for them."

Marc nods. "And of course, this is all predicted on our being able to succeed at such a mission. Captain Darkholme is on her way with employee lists and blueprints, and when the rest get here we can hammer out some specifics. Primarily I just want to make sure everyone here is on the same page: this ain't going to be as simple as all that, and a single point of failure will have dire consequences in both of our worlds. With that out of the way, I do agree. Patents and property come secondary to human life. I fully remember the 70s, and if we can prevent that devastation for them we are obligated to try."

"Were we to use Charles's idea," Erik says, building off of Hank, "we would have to provide not only the formula but also its mechanism of action - how far removed are we from this understanding in 1970? They know it's a retrovirus and I believe they're familiar with the workings of AZT. However, AZT was already invented when Charlie brought it to them. So the issue of legality wasn't as prevalent."

They're interrupted by the entrance of several people - Ariel, Charlie, as well as Erik and Charles's younger selves. Pietro and Wanda appear next, followed shortly by Raven. "Well," the blue woman grins at the gathering. "I see the cavalry is here. Oh my G-d, you all look so young. Wowza. Look at your hair!" she ruffles Charlie's brunette locks with a smile. "Hi."

"Now it's a party," Marc snorts. "We have taken to differentiating ourselves via Magneto, and the Professor," Magneto points at himself and said Professor with a fond eyeroll. "Magnet and neat-o. It's honestly worse than Moon Knight. Where on Earth did you come up with that, anyway?"

"Shut up. I was trying a thing."

Charlie is surprised to find an older version of Hank McCoy blinking at him, alongside a man he has never seen before and a gracefully aging Raven Darkholme. He isn't. however, surprised when she ruffles his hair; it's something that his own sister once did, and something that the Raven he knows on Genosha does, too. It used to bother him, but now, he's fond of it. Something about consistency in personalities and mannerisms across various universes is comforting.

Seeing Hank, however, makes him feel another pang of guilt. The Hank that he left behind in his own time had devoted so much of his own energy and time to take care of Charlie, and he had repaid him by wiping his memory and sending him on his way. He has no idea how that Hank ended up, but it makes him sad to think about all the horizons that he didn't get to see. No use, he supposes. What's done is done. "I think Magneto is a charming name," Charlie teases the eldest Erik in the room. "I might try and convince Ari to assume that moniker, too. Though it's perhaps less fitting for him."

Aquilo Kirala is the last to join their soiree, a tall tanned man with mischievous hazel eyes and a knowing smile who leans his weight heavily on a cane when he walks, and a sensation of sparkling warmth envelops the room by way of greeting as Magneto rises to help him into a nearby chair. He looks just like Charles recalls, but time has been less kind to him in terms of his mobility. Fortunately, the wince of pain that once accompanied this Ailo's every step is ameliorated in their time by the Professor, a token of gratitude for his enduring patience as a clinician and a friend. "Look at your hair," he grins at Erik. "I forgot how red it was. Oh, and I don't believe we have met. I'm Ailo," he introduces himself to Charlie, picking out the distinction of his mind from the din easily.

Ariel plops himself entirely unceremoniously on Charlie's lap, doing his best impression of an overgrown octopus keeping all its limbs from spilling over as he laughs at the suggestion. "I'll be Magnetron," he smirks. "Magneto, Magnetron and you can be Mister Magnet," he says very seriously. On his shoulder a peeping parrot squawks her agreement. "Mister Magnet," Erik shakes his head. He sits in between the Professor and his own Charles, with Charlie and Ariel across from him. His own mind is much quieter than typical, still processing everything he's heard and seen so far.

"You all look wonderful," he says with a soft smile. Unlike the older Erik, only the telepaths in the room are aware of it. The very schism itself, and something he's taken for granted these days given how reliant he's gotten on Charles to fill in what others don't understand about him. It's similar to how he helps his Charles with the tasks of daily living, it's so second nature for them both to pick up where the other struggles that they scarcely even think about it consciously.

Ailo, sensing Charlie's pang of guilt, offers a warm smile when he glances his way. "Ah," he catches himself up easily. "I take it we are planning a heist?"

Charles feels a strong sense of gratitude for the man that limps in to the townhouse. His appearance has changed very little, but his gait is far more labored, and he can't help but wonder if the years of taking care of both the Professor and Magneto have been hard on his body. He makes a mental note to try and mitigate that early. "Well, I gathered everyone here to launch our wheelchair showroom at first, but a heist sounded more fun," the Professor jokes, sharing a smirk with both Charles and Charlie. "Our friends from an earlier time, here, have come to us for assistance. They're in the earliest stages of the AIDS epidemic and are hoping to avoid the worst of its effects by acquiring therapeutic formulae from the encrypted cloud at Gilead pharmaceuticals."

"Knowing how messy Big Pharma truly is, they probably live on some administrator's ten-year-old Lenovo as a duplicated PDF," Hank jokes.

"I highly doubt that," the Professor counters, but chuckles. "Big Pharma gets hammered with data breach attempts on the daily. I was asked to review a gene therapy patent application a few years back and had to do a biometric registration and remote desktop in just to read a document. Three-factor authentication, too."

The 70s natives are clueless. Clouds? Lenovos? PDFs? Biometrics and remote desktops? "You're speaking gibberish," Charles grunts. "What you're saying is that it will be difficult, yes?"

"Once we figure out where to go, we'll need to bypass their computer security to steal the information," Wanda translates as best as she can.

"Damn," Raven grimaces as she considers this. "The person best equipped for this job can't come with you. Pietro, how capable do you think you'd be if someone gave you remote instructions on how to hack a computer system? I can give you access to several databases worth of information to bolster your understanding and potentially walk you through the process. It's not hard, per se, most of what we can do is automated through digital forensic programs. You'll physically access the system and login using a program on a USB. You won't have your speed inside, but you'll be otherwise OK."

"Then it's just a matter of copying everything onto the storage device, the biggest issue will be decryption. But that won't be a problem for me," Magneto says, inclining his head thoughtfully. "More pertinent is how we physically reach the server - locating where it is in the building and then entering that location without being detected, for long enough to obtain the data we need, without mutation. With the exception of Wanda, Charles and Ailo, who can affect employees psionically outside the null field."

Despite the dire situation, Pietro must admit that he’s excited. He loves this shit. Wanda has brought back all sorts of computers and devices from the future, and he’s spent a lifetime learning how they work. To be able to do it for real, with the actual Internet, will be cakewalk. “Not a problem. I don’t even need remote instructions,” he promises with a wink.

“Perhaps a stupid question,” Charlie says, as he’s had the least exposure to things like null fields. “But do the null fields only work within their own boundaries? As in, could Ari, for example, drop Pietro inside and then retrieve him once he’s finished, all from well far afield of the actual facility?”

"Unfortunately not," Magneto shakes his head. "Think of the null field more as an energy incapacitor. For us to do what we can do requires a tremendous amount of physical energy that is condensed into a single area," he tries his best to explain in layman's terms. "The null field acts to negate surplus energy discharge beyond what it's calibrated to accept - meaning it also functions as a barrier against threats from conventional weapons as well. We could instead focus our efforts on finding out where the null field generator is and disable it entirely, but these systems are highly sophisticated. It's not technology familiar to Genosha - we don't know how it works, and the people who employ them have a vested interest in ensuring Genosha is not granted that information. We are, after all, an island of mutants."

"Disabling the null field would give us a huge advantage, but it presents the same challenges as just hacking the computer system, and it would double the duration of our mission," Raven, ever the tactical mastermind, summarizes it succinctly.

"Perhaps we can split into two teams," Erik finally contributes the simplest solution. "Look how many of us there are. Half could go for the database and the other half to the null field. That way if we succeed at lowering it, we can regroup and need not worry."

“What about Vision?” Pietro suggests. The table looks at him, and he feels his cheeks redden a touch. Luckily, only his sister and the telepaths will likely perceive the change in pallor…because back in their home world, Pietro and Vision have been. Well. Hanging out. Vision, of course, is a robot. He doesn’t have feelings or emotions in the same sense that the rest of them do, but Pietro has come to understand that such a factor doesn’t render him brusque or uncaring. He’s sentient, for one, and can act in his own interest.

And for some reason, Pietro has found himself a the position to be one of Vision’s interests. Vision’s “mind” works more quickly than any on the planet. He’s the only being that Pietro has ever encountered that can keep up with the rapid fire conversations that he wants to have, and it’s exhausting to always be slowing himself down. Which he has to do all the time if he wants to be understood, even with Wanda. “I mean. If Vision exists here, he could probably help us disable the null field pretty easily, and then put it back up before anyone notices it’s down.”

"Vision," Magneto realizes with a slight huff. "Let's loop him in, and see what he thinks." He happens to know full well that Pietro and Vision share a bond, and while he once struggled with the being for what he had done to Charles, many years had equalized those feelings into their proper context. He's merely content to know his son is happy to have found a kindred spirit.

With a blink, the AI is transported into the room, having not aged a day since any of its inhabitants last saw him. He's dressed in ordinary clothing over the exterior armor coating his body, long dreadlocks still hanging down his shoulders inlaid with complex braidwork. He gazes around the room. "Ah, a null field generator. Yes, if I can access the power source, I can disable it," he says, having brought himself up to speed in mere seconds.

"Keep in mind," Magneto warns, "that their security forces may also be in possession of portable negation devices - and if you get caught in one of these, it could severely impair you, potentially even kill you. Once we disable that field, security is going to know about it and they'll have no qualms employing much less advanced versions of the system. These are genetic targets - it will affect your metabolism and our neurology. Charles will likely be the only one of us who can withstand a direct hit from one of those without too much hardship."

"Interesting," Vision's eyes flash in concentric circles as he processes this new data. "However, once I disable it, you should be able to freeze everyone in time. In this manner we can take as much time as required and negate the risk of security forces responding."

"Wanda, Ariel, Erik, is that something you're able to do? My temporal manipulation abilities are less than satisfactory, these days."

"I can, but it's not as good as what I know you can do, in terms of reaction time," Wanda considers.

"I can," Ariel nods. "For everyone else it will be less than a millisecond, but we can take our time."

"Alright. This sounds like a viable path," the Professor agrees, glad to have Vision on board to quickly rifle through all the possible scenarios. "It sounds like Charles, Charlie, and I should accompany Pietro into the facility, as we will be the least affected by a failure or counterattack. The three of us can watch Pietro's back and render assistance if he's injured."

"Oh, great. The ironside brigade," Charles grunts. "What will three cripples do if something happens to Pietro?"

"Erik—Magneto—can accompany us. Your Erik, Ariel, and Wanda should stay on the outside, but Magneto can come with us. Ailo should stay out as well; we'd benefit from a telepath on the outside." Charles and Charlie look at their respective partners, obviously nervous at the prospect of separation. "This is too risky," Charlie says after a moment. "Magneto and Pietro could be hurt badly if this doesn't work. I'm already doomed, I should just do it myself.

Both Erik and Magneto attempt to hide their laughter at the jibe, stifling it behind their hands. But it's Marc who interrupts before Magneto has the opportunity to comment. "We'll split the teams evenly between the two points. Ariel, Charlie, Wanda, Ailo and Erik accompany Vision to the field generator. Charles, the Professor, Magneto and Pietro go for the database. Everyone gets paired with experienced combat veterans, with versions of Charles on each team to mitigate the potential for failure. Raven and Emma can provide exterior logistics support."

"I agree," Ariel whispers. "Charlie and I will do better if we are on the same team. And besides, if it is down to who is going to die then there's no reason I shouldn't go in too," he points out, pressing a kiss to Charlie's cheek in an effort to soothe.

"It's a good plan. And honey, you're not going to convince anyone to let you go in alone, so just forget about it," Raven says kindly to Charlie. "These are some of the public employee records I could access," she slides a stack of papers across the table. "In order to narrow down our point of entry, we'll have our telepaths intercept them outside their job. Once they make their way into work, we can have them disable the security mechanisms in both areas from within."

"How long do you estimate it will take you to disable the field?" Magneto asks Vision.

"Calculating. Approximately 65 seconds, provided it is within the normal computational parameters of this time period."

"So we have about a minute gap. That's not terrible."

The distribution of groups does feel better now, but Charles notes that he and Erik are the only ones to be separated from their respective spouse. He’s not going to argue; it makes sense that each person go where directed, but it’s dangerous. Erik will be the most powerful and important member of that team, and the others will rely on he and Ariel heavily. And the Professor can’t go to the database alone. But, it’s scary. He squeezes Erik’s hand under the table. “So, we have just over a minute to wait,” Charles confirms. “Alright. And you’re confident that you two can freeze everything else as soon as it’s disabled? We can’t risk any gaps,” he says to Ariel and Erik.

Erik wraps his fingers around Charles's and gives him a tight squeeze right back. "Ariel can do it," he assures softly. "Once he does, he can also bridge the gap by reverting time to 65 seconds in the past, completely preventing any security response and allowing us to maneuver without anyone being the wiser."

"I've got it," Ariel whispers softly, but with a firm assurance that comes from confidence born from knowing his abilities. He didn't used to be so - his time with Charlie and on Genosha both has let him realize his potential.

"We're a regular Scooby gang," Marc drawls, wry.

"If I may make one alteration to this plan," Ailo interjects at last after considering it. "While you're inside the facility and prior to the field collapse, you'll be vulnerable. In that case, I might serve better on exterior support. In the event that something goes wrong and they call the police or private security, I can disable them from outside. I'm also a liability," he just says it, tapping his leg. "Moreso than Charles, contrary to your belief. We have working hover units calibrated to your stats, which will let you keep up with everyone else. But I don't, and adding a fourth wheelchair user might prove cumbersome."

"Mm," Marc nods. "That's a good point. Any objections?"

Charles considers it, eyeing Ailo’s leg. Maybe Ariel can help on that front in this time and in their own…but, a conversation for a different day. “There are already too many wheelchairs as is,” he agrees, drawing eye rolls and nods from his counterparts. “Alright. How soon do you think we can act?”

“We’ll need to be familiar and comfortable with the layout of the facility well in advance,” the Professor says. “And we’ll want to give Raven and her team time to collect further intel and scope things out a bit more thoroughly. We’re not going in there unprepared. I won’t allow that.”

“So…? A week? Two?”

The Professor shrugs. “Raven?”

"Let's call it two, to be on the safe side. It'll give us time to track down and influence all of these employees and develop a more concrete movement plan once we gain access to the facility's blueprints. How do you all feel about staying for that long?"

Ariel burrows his head into Charlie's chest. "I'm nervous," he whispers. "The longer we stay, the more at risk Charlie is of catching COVID. But I know you," he adds, kissing his cheek. "And you know me. If we can help, that is the one last good thing we can do for the universe. Together. We'll have to be extra careful and get our second and third dose very soon. And so will you," he flicks a finger to Charles.

"I can't express how thankful I am for your assistance - all of you," Erik says roughly. "You're putting your lives on the line to help a universe that is not your own. Please know how very moved I am by your willingness to help." Of course, only the telepaths can tell it's accompanied by a rush of genuine emotion. Outside the small group, Erik sounds as ever, an affectless monotone conveying a sincere sentiment. "It's not just our universe," he adds, resting his braced digits on top of the Professor's other hand. "It's me, personally. If it weren't for you all, I would be dead. I have no way to repay your kindness, but if ever you need anything, our world is here for yours in return. We had a vote, on Genosha. Whether we should risk COVID to mitigate AIDS. 98% of our population agreed to this. They know, and they'll support any future assistance we can render. A sister universe, hm? Most countries have sister cities."

The Professor smiles and shares a brief look with his husband before returning Erik’s touch with a gentle squeeze. “It’s not pure selflessness that drives us to help,” he admits. “My husband and I have contemplated doing something of this nature before; going back in time to prevent the jump from chimpanzee to human. Oh, did you know that? There’s a strain of simian immunodeficiency virus that quite likely shares a close common ancestor with HIV-1. Current research suggests the jump was made in the early 20th century.”

“There were a lot of racist and homophobic origin stories around that hypothesis,” Hank adds with a grimace. “What likely happened is that bushmeat hunters came in contact with infected blood.”

“But we can’t know that for sure,” the Professor continues. “And so we threw that idea out. Then we contemplated other avenues for preventing the epidemic. Providing medication for the first known cases, looking in the future for vaccines to provide people with at birth. It was all too complicated and less than reliable. So, the fact that you’ve found us feels like an opportunity for us, too. We want to be there for ourselves.”

"Simian immunodeficiency virus," Erik repeats, thoughtful. "So it must have been transmitted through eating it, or in the butchering process. I can only imagine what kind of nonsense that inspired."

"Ah, if only Dugas hadn't screwed that monkey," says Magneto, tapping the side of his nose with his index finger.

Raven bursts out laughing. "Jesus. See, this is why you're not allowed a Netflix special. The last one was the Aristocrats. I'll let you figure out how that went."

"When I die, I'll be sure to tell G-d a Holocaust joke. He might not find it funny, but I guess you had to be there."

Erik does snort, this time. "Apparently I become a stand-up comedian, on top of the goose farming. We didn't know SIV was a thing, but we do know that HIV causes AIDS and that there are two prominent strains, 1 and 2. We all have 1, subtype M."

"Don't encourage him," the Professor warns Erik with an exasperated look in his eyes. "He really does amuse himself day in and day out."

Charles, for his part, can't help but laugh as well. Even if it annoys the Professor, it really is a positive sign that Magneto can joke about things like this so far in the future. He looks forward to that chapter. "Even in 2024, you still can't accurately trace the genetic origin?"

"We have better hypotheses now than we did just ten years ago," shrugs the Professor. "But, no. There are a lot of humans and a lot of chimpanzees. Patient zero is long dead. It doesn't matter anymore."

"For the record, it isn't Dugas," Magneto says with a knowing smile. "There's just as much misinformation on this disease as there is stigma associated to it, frankly it's difficult to trust what data we do have as up until recently a misprint of Patient O, for Out of California, was long believed to be Patient Zero - and this was taught as history, for many years. Dugas made a good scapegoat because he had a high number of sexual partners, but most don't know he's also responsible for a good deal of our early contact tracing in the United States. He was painted as a nefarious deviant who knowingly infected people, but he went to great lengths to assist the CDC once he understood what was happening. We live in an age of fake news. Unfortunately, most of the time you hear those words, it's by the people saying the nonsense. It's quite Orwellian. Good is bad, up is down."

Ariel absorbs all of this with fascination, in part because it's a window into a time that he knows he won't get to see organically. "It must be very difficult to live like that," he whispers, thoughtful.

"Indeed so. With the advent of more and more powerful AI, even people with exceptional media literacy can be bamboozled. Our world moves very fast, and outrage is a viable currency when it leads to consumption. People are accustomed to instant gratification."

"Fake news? Goodness gracious," Charles murmurs, rubbing his temple. This all makes sense; he's had a huge headache since arriving in this time because the people here are far too inundated with information. Information about other people, about the world at large; it seems that everyone has their own telephone in their pocket at all times, a telephone that provides them with access to the Internet. Wanda and Ariel have explained to Charles what that is, but to be accessing it all the time? How exhausting. People can scarcely think clearly, here.

"Well. It seems that you may have another crisis on your horizon," he decides, nodding at the denizens of 2024. "I don't see how we can live like this. Should we take measures to stop the creation of the Internet?" he half-jokes. "Have I heard grumblings of a President Covfefe? That real estate investor buying up all those properties in Manhattan? They're in hot water with the DOJ right now in our time for violating the Fair Housing Act."

"It is a double-edged sword," Magneto says with a knowing smirk at the Professor, whom he has called a Luddite on more than one occasion. "There are a lot of positives to the Internet, but like every human technological advance, there are bad actors who seek to take advantage. Fortunately, Genosha and the Manor are somewhat insulated from the deleterious effects of the modern era because of our respective cultures."

"Climate change, resource scarcity, mass migrations, overpopulation, all that shit," Marc says with a wave of his hand. "Genosha doesn't have those issues, so people are more moderate. Extremism usually rises from social instability, so we're lucky in that respect. Oh, yeah, Hunter Covfefe. Grifter supreme, fascist Nazi fuckhead, Mr. Execute the Central Park Five, was President. Those were some interesting times."

Ariel mouths Central Park Five? to himself, squinting in an attempt to catch up. He knows who Covfefe is, but certain cultural references are as lost on him as they are on Charles and Erik. "I think it sounds nice," he contributes, smiling slightly. "Being able to talk to anyone you want, whenever you want? All over the world? And there's so many movies, and things to learn."

“We already can talk to people all around the world,” Charles protests. “I’m a telepath. You can teleport yourself anywhere. Imagine if everyone on earth had these capabilities! It would be utter chaos!”

“You’re fighting a losing battle, my friend,” the Professor tells Charles dully, rolling his eyes. “It is chaos. People are turning their brains to mush. Ours is an era of constant outrage. Media outlets have learned how to feed infuriating headlines and stories to the right people in order to generate outrage. It helps their revenue.”

“On the flip side,” Hank offers, “science has never moved quicker. We don’t have to wait to acquire physical copies of journals anymore. If you have a question for a researcher, it’s highly likely that you can send them an email—an electronic letter—and get an answer within an hour. And the computational power we have access to has undeniably opened new frontiers for technology and medicine. And art, too.”

Charles rolls his eyes. “I can’t imagine a better computer than the human brain. Maybe whatever nonsense you have is faster, but is it better?”

“It’s often without nuance,” the Professor grunts. “But, it’s the state of the world. You can choose to disengage if you want.”

“Says the man with an iPhone 5s,” Hank chuckles.

"It's thanks to these advances that we have access to medications like bictegravir," Magneto points out wryly. "It's directly proportional to Moore's Law. The bigger issue is environmental, not technological. The Earth's air and water is filled with microplastics - so are our bodies. Toxic chemicals, heavy metals and garbage. Factory farming and deforestation create viruses like COVID which cause long-term neurological damage. It's undoubtedly contributing to a global increase of aggression and racism."

"Plastic?" Ariel's eyes are wide. Charlie can feel his sadness pulsing as Magneto expounds on the state of the Earth's environment - it's something all of the Eriks in the room are deeply sensitive to, the very composition of their habitat flowing through him. When it's malformed and struggling, he feels it. "I don't sense very much plastic anywhere," he adds after a quick check.

"It gets more prominent the farther away from Genosha you go," Magneto explains with a sympathetic smile. "There's no right or wrong answer when it comes to how advanced is too advanced. Faster is sometimes better, and sometimes it's not. Thankfully, Genoshans as a whole have a culture that is resilient to the negative impacts. People look up to Marc, and he doesn't take any shit."

"We may be on this planet for a long time," the Professor concedes. "The only real way to endure it is by adapting. I'm a poor example, but it's necessary. Our earth is suffering due to rampant consumerism. People are waking up to the dangers now, but many fear that it's too late. We on Genosha can insulate ourselves from a lot of it, both physically and culturally thanks to certain mutations, but there is a lot of uncertainty in our future. I expect that I will be moving the manor to Genosha permanently within the next decade. We've had devastating floods and intense heatwaves in New York nearly every year of the past ten. Ororo doesn't want to spend all her time shielding the school natural disasters."

Charles feels a little queasy. "Are you not scared? Existentially?"

"Oh, of course I am," says the Professor with a modest chuckle. "We all are, in that regard. But we, my husband and I at least, know that we cannot fix everything. We can do our part, and we do. Genosha as a nation certainly does more than its fair share; it was the first truly carbon neutral nation, the global leader in sustainable energy use, and the waste and refuse we produce is all recycled. One hundred percent of it. But, we're a nation of mutants, and we have people who can actually do that work. Even if every mutant on earth could turn waste into reusable materials, there aren't enough mutants alive to solve that problem for the entire world. And it's not our responsibility to be the world's recycling crew. We can try our best, but we can't do it all."

"I knew at your age," Magneto says softly. "And I know you know it, too." He eyes Erik, pointed.

"That I would have to focus my efforts on ensuring Genosha lasts indefinitely, even if it means it winds up being some of the only habitable land on Earth. I do that now. Ororo helps modify weather, and I've developed atmospheric insulation that requires consistent upkeep to adapt. We don't use gasoline or oil, cars run on energy. I even created an air control system to ensure we don't allow traditional jet engines through the barrier. Pilots fly to Morocco and then switch over to a Genoshan vehicle for re-entry," he explains the logistics to Charles, who hasn't ever needed to use such a system and isn't familiar with every aspect of Genosha's operation.

"Indeed. We still use those systems. When I was a lot younger, I did attempt to fix the atmospheric problems with the rest of the planet. Unfortunately as often as I would fix it, it would become polluted again almost instantly. Developing a barrier doesn't work because diffusion is what prevents short-term toxicity. For example, shielding a factory from creating emissions outside a shield. The workers inside would perish."

"You had to pick where you would take a stand," Erik translates, morose. "How many people could you actually fit on Genosha?"

"We have actually created new land masses over time," Magneto says with a grin. "Theoretically, it's possible we might be able to shift the balance over the very long term. As more and more of Earth stops being habitable, Genosha will remain so. That disparity will only become more prevalent."

"It's sad," Ariel shakes his head. "The Earth gives you everything you need, why is everybody ruining it? It's like that in our time too. I'm not as strong as you, so I couldn't fix it. But I feel it, too." 

"It is sad," Magneto agrees. "But time is the great equalizer. I'm confident that I can keep Genosha habitable even if the entire rest of the world is set on fire around it. No matter what happens, this place will endure. Eventually the rest of humanity will have to get on board or face their extinction."

Charles frowns to himself. No, he hasn't had to consider this; Erik typically plops him wherever he needs to go in a blink. When Erik isn't around, they use his jet, which Erik equipped with some different sort of engine years ago without Charles paying much attention or thought to it. Same with the cars; Erik modified the manor's fleet of vehicles and continues to do so as they acquire new ones. There are people in their time who are campaigning for greater sustainability, and Charles is entirely on board with them, but he didn't consider how much more dire it will be in the future. Wanda mentioned that there are 8 billion people on Earth in 2024, and it's evident that consumerism is far, far beyond what they know in the 1970s.

"This has all been a bit depressing," Charles admits with a wry chuckle. "But, I suppose we can prepare for it. I guess we're all cursed to live in interesting times, aren't we?"

"I, for one, am looking forward to the pendulum swing back toward dullness," the Professor agrees. "We've been in interesting times for...oh, I don't know. Things got very interesting in about 2016, I'd say? I always look at Brexit as the start, but we've been rolling this way for decades now, I suppose. 9/11 is probably the true flashpoint."

"Brexit? 9/11?"

"I'm saying too much," the Professor admits with a sidelong glance to his husband. "You don't even have an EU, yet. And I don't think we should get into a 9/11 discussion."

"Herbert Walker thinks so, too," snarks Hank. 

"I'd argue Tegan set the stage, he even precipitated 9/11 by funding Operation Cyclone. Covfefe just took a shit all over it," Marc says colorfully with a smirk as he leans back in his chair.

"You're a real poet, Spector," Magneto smacks him on the back, the camaraderie between them clear.

"You do good work, kid," he tells Erik in seriousness. "Not everyone who has powers like yours gives enough of a shit to do what you're doing. You saw a problem and acted to make a difference. That is what Genosha is and always will be. Whether you're in charge or not, that's your legacy."

Erik flushes a bit, rubbing at the back of his neck. "I just have the abilities, it's easy. Everyone else keeps it going, desires to positively impact their community. I'm surrounded by incredibly intelligent people every day who know a hell of a lot more about running a government than me. Most of them are seated at this table," he arcs his brows.

"As dire as all this might sound," Marc hones in on his point, "community will get you through it. You don't lose that, at least not here," he adds to the rest of the table at large.

Charlie, who has been largely silent thus far because he knows that he will not be a participant in this future, finally speaks. "In my time," he says quietly, "the 1950s did not yield a socially progressive 1960s. McCarthyism didn't die. The Dwight Administration pushed through a spate of oppressive and regressive laws, essentially undoing the work done by the New Deal and shattering any hope of social progress for minority Americans, including mutants. The Civil Rights movement didn't happen. Mutants were banned from gathering. Racial segregation was the norm. Ariel plucked me out of 1972, but it looked worse than 1952 did, on that front."

The Professor is taken aback. He had deduced that Charlie is from a different trajectory, but he hadn't paid enough attention to the nuances of what that actually means. "You're quite similar to myself and Charles, though," he notes with a frown.

"I am. Charles and I have nearly identical lives up until North Brother Island," he recounts evenly. "But, my Erik died. So did my own sister, and Moira, too. I obviously survived, but had greivous injuries and spent a year recovering in a hospital. During that time, I didn't pay attention to what was going on in the world. When it was time for my discharge, I was too busy mourning to try and stop anything. And Erik wasn't there, so no Genosha."

There's a short silence before the Professor clears his throat. "Have we really had that profound of an impact on the course of history?"

"Of course you have," Charlie says, brow cocking up. "You—all of you in the room—were instrumental. You should know that by now."

"I think we did, to some degree," Charles supplements kindly. "But you two have shown us what the alternatives are like. It's been impossible to gauge the extent of that impact without seeing what the world is like in our absence," he says to Charlie and Ariel.

"I suppose I didn't realize how instrumental we were either until I met Ari and he told me about your world," Charlie agrees. "I'm glad to have met you all. Even if our time together is short."

"William Stryker is the President in my home universe," Ariel says simply, causing Magneto's eyebrows to shoot up to his hairline.

"William Stryker is the President," he repeats, stunned. He doesn't recall this piece of information from the Ariel he knew - this is a divergence. He grimaces to himself. What a horrific reality. How many suffer under his iron grip?

"The Brotherhood of Mutants were designated a terrorist group. It wasn't wrong either, Klaus didn't like humans and hurt them. That's why I kidnapped Charles, I was supposed to convince him to control Stryker's mind and make Klaus the President," he laughs a little at how absurd it all sounds now. "Once I ended up on Genosha I started to understand that we could change things. Me and Charlie even changed things, before I died. Riverside was like a little mutant village."

"When we're together like this, all of us, it seems to have a universal impact," Erik theorizes. "In places where we are together and none of us die, those places seem more successful? That's fascinating."

"I regret that," Ariel whispers. "We did good at Riverside. Those people won't have that anymore. But it's a balance I suppose. We can't make life better for them. But we can make it better here."

The Professor can't help but grow a little misty-eyed now. "Oh, darling," he murmurs to his husband, reaching out to clasp a hand over his. "That's something that we ruminated on that first night at Aoife's, isn't it?"

"It is," both Charles and Charlie say in unison, and then chuckle. They, too, are a bit teary; three materially similar Charleses, excited by the fruits of their unshakable idealism.

"Care to elaborate?" Hank asks, surprised by the sudden display of waterworks.

It's Charlie who speaks. "The first night that Erik and I spent time together, as friends, we decided to team up to create a little club, of sorts. We knew, even in 1954, that there was strength in numbers. 70 years later and it turns out that we were right, that we set out on the right mission."

The Professor wipes his eyes and smiles fondly at Hank. "You must remember that first gathering, hmm? We met at the manor. Yourself and Raven, and then Erik, Shomron, Carmen, and Izzy. Izzy brought Janos. That's all we were, at first."

"Are Izzy and Janos still around?" Charles asks.

The Professor smiles sadly. "Janos passed away in '81. Complications of AIDS. Izzy is still around. Make sure to give Janos some of that medicine, too."

"It is indeed," Magneto returns, squeezing his forearm and laying his palm over the Professor's cheek. "We knew even then. Of course I recall," he smiles brightly. "That's the linchpin of my existence. Nothing was ever the same. Thank G-d."

At the news of Janos, Erik feels his insides go very still. They weren't best friends, but he considers Janos a friend. And Izzy, he can only imagine his pain in this reality. No, it won't happen that way. Not this time. "You'd better get us a list," Erik says, grim. "Anyone you can remember. We're testing as fast as possible but we are limited by the time frame of the assay, up to three months where the patient tests negative but can still infect others--and then we have to do the--"

"Western Blot, I recall," Magneto nods. "It's a bad, long window. Nucleic Acid Tests can detect accurately as early as ten days after exposure. I'll give you the updated specifications."

"I'm working pretty much day and night to sort through blood samples myself," Erik huffs. "But I can only process so many of them per day. 16 million samples is a lot. Better tests will reduce the workload on me and Wanda."

Charles exhales sharply. How many of their loved ones would they have lost to this illness? The list that the Professor and Magneto provide will be painful to read. It's difficult to imagine Izzy without Janos... the two are a unique pair. They've been companions since meeting at MIT, but don't necessarily consider themselves a romantic couple. However, they don't wish be romantic with anyone else, either. They simply support each other through life in a strong bond that is certainly beyond a typical friendship.

"Erik also needs to rest," Charlie points out, for Charles is lost in his own reverie. "He has been working day and night, but he's also been very ill. Whatever you can get us to enable him to focus on his own health will be immensely beneficial."

"That sounds familiar," the Professor agrees wryly. "We'll send you back with all we have."

"Sleep sounds nice," Erik says with a smile. "I'm sorry to have to ask for something I know will cause pain. But the more people we can identify early--" his expression sobers as his eyes unconsciously settle on Charlie. "The--" he stutters slightly. "The more pain we can avoid, at least in one reality. That's why I can't rest, not until we have a handle on this. It's sheer -- chance, I didn't infect Charles, you didn't," he adds to Magneto. "It's just chance," he croaks, shaking his head. "And it wasn't you," he says firmly to Ariel. "Know that. It wasn't."

"It was," Ariel disagrees, soft. "I'm killing the person I love most in the world. The only comfort I draw is that I'm getting what I deserve, too."

"No, that is not how it works," Magneto interjects firmly. "A majority of these cases are transmitted between people who have a connection to one another in some way. It's not a punishment or a moral failure. It's a disease. No different than polio, or the measles. It's just more deadly. The vast majority of people who transmit this disease never intended to do so. For us, there's an additional component. Leland and Ivanov didn't know they were sick. That it was done during the commission of a violent act, leads me to conclude they wouldn't have cared either way. But, people don't get sick because they deserve it. They just get sick."

"Chance," Erik murmurs. "Entropy. Chaos. It's all random. Why do I get to live and you don't? I don't know. There is no why, I suppose. There is no reason. We try and invent reasons because it's easier than accepting that our suffering is purposeless."

"My darlings," the Professor says, addressing both Ariel and Erik. "Please, you must internalize this. Neither of you deserve this. No one deserves a disease. In the coming years, there will be a lot of horrible, horrible stigmas attaching themselves to this disease. Governments and individuals alike will try to convince you that you've brought this upon yourselves. That it's a nasty queer illness that you've contracted and spread because you're nasty and queer."

"That's not what—" Charlie interrupts, but the Professor continues.

"I know that's not what Erik and Ariel meant," he says. "Ariel is trying to insist that he deserves to die because he spread it. Erik, deep down, still thinks that he did something wrong and contracted this as a result. They don't think they deserve this because they're gay, but they do think that they deserve it." Charles and Charlie both open their mouths to defend their respective partners, to challenge the Professor, because how dare he adjudicate their beloveds in that way, but they realize, quickly, that they know he's right. He's them, after all. And he means Erik and Ariel no harm. "This is a virus. Like the cold. Like chickenpox. Do we blame a three-year-old at preschool for infecting his classmates with chickenpox?" the Professor asks.

"We blame their parents, if they sent him to school knowing he was ill."

"Sure," the Professor agrees. "And we can blame adults for being reckless while knowing the risks of spreading any illness. That was a lesson the whole world learned with COVID. But we don't blame innocent people. Diseases don't discriminate."

"In the coming years, you'll have to deal with that head on," Magneto says gently. "I haven't been to the United States in over thirty years," he says quite randomly. "People like us," he gestures between himself and the various versions of him and Charlie, "are barred from entry. I could, it's not like anyone can stop me. I elect not to. Until the United States revises its immigration policy to reflect reality and not stigma and fear, I won't."

"Wait, what? I'm not allowed to enter the USA?" Erik grimaces a little. That's inconvenient, given that he's divided his time between Westchester and Genosha for years. Then again, he doubts anyone would give him permission either way. But he can understand why it aggravates. "That doesn't make sense, people with hepatitis aren't banned from entering the USA. Why HIV?"

"You know why," Magneto taps his temple. "In our time, during COVID, a few doctors actually went public talking about how they would rather get HIV than COVID. That is how far we've come with treatment, we've all but rendered it harmless. But people associate this illness to moral failure. If you have it, you must be a degenerate or a drug addict. No one is obligated to care, you brought it on yourself. It's all the same root. It's like these idiots who claim a woman being raped is only an infinitesimal component of abortion, despite the worldwide incidence of sexual abuse of women and girls being over 30%."

Erik blinks. "This place moves so fast," he laughs a little.

"What I mean is that people assign a meaning to this disease without understanding the factors that lead to its development could affect anyone, at any time. People think if they're righteous, they will inoculate themselves from it. But anyone, it doesn't matter who you are or what your sexuality is, can make a mistake and be exposed to this illness. Or, regrettably, be forced to contend with it. Serophobia is still extremely prevalent even in 2024."

The future seems incredibly political and complicated, my goodness. Charles wonders how in the world anyone can survive here, let alone be happy or find peace. Everything feels intense, charged, and dramatic, with everyone in the world fighting through their own telephones that they carry in their bloody pockets. "So, you live here full time, then," he asks the Professor.

"I sleep here about 90% of the time,. As I said before, the school will be moving here permanently within the next few years. While I was caring for my Erik while he was ill, Jean took over as deputy headmistress of the school. I still teach and I'm still technically an administrator, but it largely runs without me there. There's always someone to drop me there or take me back here when I need."

Charles cannot imagine relinquishing control of the school. He did so for a year while he was recovering from his incident with Trask, and he's had to take far more hiatuses and sabbaticals than he'd like to tend to matters such as this one, but he's always imagined that, when things calm down, he would happily resume his role as headmaster. It appears as if things never calm down, however. "Are you still politically involved?" he asks then.

"Occasionally. More in Europe than in the US, these days, but occasionally," the Professor shrugs. "The Soetoro and current Brandon administrations have asked me to consult with their mutant affairs boards and councils. The first Walker president didn't want anything to do with me. The second one extended a hand, but I didn't take it. Blythe invited me to the White House once, and I went. Covfefe referred to me as that handicapped cueball traitor, in a campaign speech, which was a riot. But, times are different, as you might have gathered. Politicians don't behave how they used to, in your day. There's far less professionalism. Soetoro and Brandon's people have been a bit better. They've been more eager to listen and learn than the others. But things are often done for display or as a gesture only. Agendas are bought and sold by the lobbyists."

"I am peripherally involved as well," Magneto says as well. "I run a news program here on Genosha that satirizes a good deal of our current atmosphere, and consult with a variety of officials from across the world on their mutant and LGBT populations. Politics has become entertainment these days, so I evolved to hold people's attention and educate them simultaneously."

"Wait -- you're on television?" Erik blinks several times in a row. He can't imagine being comfortable in a role like that. He periodically makes public statements and often shows up in news reels, which Charles knows he isn't naturally savvy with.

"You weren't necessarily wrong about the comedy. We have a fairly large audience, and because I'm merely a civilian I can criticize with impunity, as well as encourage more balanced perspectives."

"It's a damn good show," Marc agrees with a smirk. "It took folks off guard - your reputation is very serious and no-nonsense. They didn't expect you'd be funny."

"Yes, yes. My husband, the comedian," the Professor rolls his eyes. "What would our mother think of us marrying a bloody comedian, hmm?" he asks his counterparts, who are both gawping at the pair.

Charles turns to his own husband, gobsmacked. "Are you funny?" he teases.

"He thinks he is," the Professor answers. "It's all gone to his head. That's how his hair turned white; his ego grew so large that he couldn't produce enough melanin to keep up."

"Charles is just jealous that I'm so hip and cool, don't mind him," he smirks, eyes bright. "He doesn't understand memes, it's a great source of frustration. I on the other hand have become a meme lord."

Erik shakes his head, suppressing a small smile of his own. "What on Earth is a meme?"

"Memes exist in your time as well," Marc says. "The word comes from the scientific terminology of memetics. They're like jokes that become popular on the Internet."

"I already went viral in the 70s, so it was all uphill from there." Magneto offers them a finger gun.

"Oh, G-d. I am funny," Erik laments.

This is all utter Greek to Charles, and so he throws his hands up to put a stop to the nonsense. "This is all giving me an aneurysm. Let's eat this table full of food and quit the chatter about viruses and memetics and my husband, Bob Hope, shall we? We have a busy few weeks ahead of us."

"I can agree to that," the Professor grunts, wheeling up to one of the several empty spaces at the long table. "Dig in, everyone. Courtesy of Magneto. He didn't make a lick of it by hand, but it's going to be delicious nonetheless."

Erik realizes there is a whole host of foods that he himself likes, as well as many of Charles's favorites alongside things he doesn't quite recognize which Raven, Ailo, Hank and Marc all beeline for. It resembles dinner at the Manor, with so many of those he has come to view as friends and family still present in his life. It's a source of familiarity that fills him with warmth - they never lose this, and that's all he could ever hope for. Everything else is simply inconsequential.

Evidently Erik has become a good deal more lively in his elder years, perhaps Charles had rubbed off on him, and Magneto never seems to run out of interesting things to talk about. It leaves him feeling quite plebeian, truth be told - his own conversational skills have always been subpar, but he tries to contribute all the same. The Professor remembers him from those years, where he typically made up for a lack of socialization by being earnest in its stead.

Ariel eats his meal balanced on Charlie's lap, helping him to drink his tea at the same time. Dinner winds down and he settles his head onto Charlie's shoulder, fatigued after a long day. He gets tired far more easily now, eyes slipping closed as he hums from his perch. As dinner winds down, everyone splits off into their respective couple as their friends gradually file out of the townhouse with Tupperwares in tow.

Notes:

i. Barclay Soetoro = Barack Obama, Herbert Walker Sr., Jr. = George Bush Sr., Jr., Clint Blythe = Bill Clinton, Robin Brandon = Joe Biden.

Chapter 76: Because with that robust defense the Owl had spoken truth & sense.

Chapter Text

In their own separate dwelling, Ariel rouses when Charlie nudges him awake as they cross the threshold to their neighboring bungalow, and he whirls them both into bed to bundle Charles up in his arms - he is Charles, after all, to Ariel, and they naturally switch back when they're alone. He materializes an iPad between his fingers and has to laugh as he discovers The Minority Report. "He really is a comedian," Ariel huffs. "That was a lot, hm?" he whispers, carding his fingers through the man's hair. "This place is so strange. I'm glad we get to see it, though. It's all so different, but they seem happy."

It’s an enjoyable evening over all, but when Ariel yawns and rests his head on his shoulder, Charlie knows that it’s time for end. He, too, is exhausted by the day’s events, and like the other Charles, he finds the minds of 2024 difficult to parse and impossible to understand. It’s exemplified by the conversation that ping pongs across the table among future folks; they discuss iPhones, TikTok, Carbon Capture, and other things that are well beyond his grasp.

To Charlie, this is all like a show. Ariel is well enough diverged from Erik or Magneto, and so he doesn’t have to try to reconcile the man on his lap with the man across the table, hamming it up for the crowd. Charles, on the other hand, does, and so it’s amusing to watch him stare back and forth between his husband and the elder counterpart, obviously wondering how his stoic, serious partner will one day become this white haired performer, easy to smile and laugh. Dinner is delicious, and he finds that he isn’t even frustrated when Ariel needs to help him eat and drink. Ari has helped improve his hand to the point where he can usually feed himself, but there are dabs where the spasms are more frequent.

Today is one of those days. He’s the least physically able of all the Charleses, and maybe at one point that would have bothered him, but now? Well. What’s there to be bothered by? He gets to be here with Ari and friends, gets to help them save lives. It’s far more full a life than Charles imagined that he would get to live when he knocked back that bottle of pills in his bedroom. “It’s somewhat of a relief, knowing that we won’t have to navigate this world,” Charles says, gazing upon the title card of The Minority Report. On it, Magneto is seated behind a desk, white curls wild, smirking at the camera. “It’s complicated and messy, here. People are aggravated. Our counterparts seem happy, but it’s a strange time.”

"Maybe it won't be so strange to them once they live all those years," Ariel hypothesizes thoughtfully. "It seems that way because we skipped so much cultural context. But they're really so different from us, and their past selves," he has to laugh, gentle. "I can tell Charles is bamboozled." Ariel nudges up and kisses Charles's cheek, never separated from him for very long. "What do you think about our mission? I'm a little nervous. I don't want you to get sick," he whispers softly.

“I imagine that it’s a frog in water situation,” Charles agrees. “They’re all frogs, and the water has been heating up by a degree every year. Suddenly they’re all boiling.” He smiles softly at the kiss on his cheek, cherishing the touch. In the time since his travel to Genosha, he’s ensured that not a moment is wasted between he and Ari. They’ve both agreed to ensure that the time they have left together is spent with as much closeness and love as possible. “I’m going to get sick eventually,” he reminds Ari gently. “I would rather go out having helped the world. You know?”

Ariel nods. "I know," he says, because he really does. It's the same for him, too. Not everyone who dies gets to see it coming. Gets to say what they need to say, spend time with their loved ones. He knows even now that he is lucky, but the thought of Charles getting so sick like he did - it steals the air from his lungs. It's going to hurt, so much. He meant it, though, earlier. Not that he deserves it - he understands more now. He doesn't think this way about other sick people. But, he won't have to be alone for long.

"Somewhere out there, I know we are just like them. Old and happy and silly," he grins. "I'm sad it won't be us. But I'm happy it got to be them. And we can help others get there, too. Not everybody gets to live with such purpose. Such love. I just wish we got more time. But that's not how it works, hm? That's why every day is important."

“I know. I’m also sad that it won’t be us,” Charles admits. It isn’t fair, so long as fairness truly exists. They’ve only just met each other and have to prepare to say goodbye. Hell, they’ve already said goodbye once, which is why Charles is selfishly hoping that he does indeed go before Ariel. Going through that again would break him. “I’d thought that even if we went back in time and stopped you from becoming infected, it would help…but you and I would still exist, here. Nothing we can do,” he smiles sadly. “But it does make me happy knowing that there are universes where you and I do get to grow old together. We deserve that.”

Ariel touches his cheek, eyes growing wet and threatening to spill over. He's cried a lot these past few weeks, but Charles knows it's less a pit of despair than it is a fresh crop of so many intense feelings all at once. "Talking about deserve, right?" he jokes with a smile. "We do deserve that. We both went through so much pain. It's just not fair. You know, I've seen so much death," he whispers softly. "Good people with loves like ours. Maybe not like us. Ours is the strongest," he sticks out his tongue.

"Hearts and minds like ours. Important, worthy people. They didn't get to die a meaningful death. They didn't get to tell their family farewell. They died brutally and suffered. In the camps, at Riverside. I killed people, too." He's not sure where he's really going with this and trails off a little. "I've seen so much death it stopped making a dent, in here," he taps his chest. "Grief is terrible, but it's worse not having it. Then you may as well be dead already. It matters. That you're going to die. Me, too."

Charles nudges Ariel’s tears away with his knuckle and smiles his own watery smile back. “You’re right, my love. We do deserve happiness, and I’m so glad that we’re get to experience it in this life. I was as good as dead inside before you rescued me. All the grief that I had felt over my lost loved ones had been scarred over, and I was numb. I was ready to die, because I had nothing left to feel.” He closes his eyes, ear pressed against Ariel’s chest.

“It’s a mercy that I’m going with you. I feel lucky in many ways that I don’t have to try and endure existence without you, my love. This is the next best thing, to living a long life at your side.” It’s quiet for a beat, and then Charles speaks again. “When…when you died before. You asked me to come find you when it was my time to go. At first, I thought you were talking about an afterlife, but lately, I’ve been thinking that you meant this. To find you here.”

Ariel grins. "Then you kept your promise, didn't you? You found me again. We'll be out there," he muses softly. "Even now, we're out there. Did you know? I died, but I'm out there. You found me. The magic of absurdity." He stretches and curls Charles up in his arms, snug and secure. "Energy isn't created or destroyed. It just changes form within a closed system. We'll experience death, yes. But we won't be gone all the time. I'm starting to understand," he whispers.

“We won’t,” Charles agrees. He once thought that life after death only existed as whatever religious conceptions created. Never a religious man, Charles had dismissed any notion of an afterlife and considered death as a simple end to biological function within a living being. But he understands now that such a stark refusal of the concept has closed him off to the prospect of life continuing in forms that they don’t necessarily consider. “When I go, I want my body to go to the researchers at AMC,” Charles says softly, eyes shutting as he rests against Ariel’s chest. “And the people who I leave behind can memorialize me if they want, but I don’t really care so long as my body can be of use for someone else. If I go before you, can you see that that happens?”

"I promise," Ariel whispers shakily, but for all that his voice wavers, his commitment is irrevocable and binding. "What else?" he asks, because they've yet to have this discussion so bluntly. Ariel approaches it like everything else, in simple terms, honestly. "Your estate, and all the money and things, and your family--? Oh, do you want to be on life support? Ah, I'm sorry. Truly an awful conversation, I know. But please, I want to make sure I know everything."

Charles hasn’t wanted to have this conversation, but it’s important that they do. His first brush with Ariel’s death had been made more harrowing because he hadn’t had any time to prepare. When they knew that the end was near, he’d been too focused on staying at his side to even care. “My estate back in my world is already taken care of,” Charles whispers. “No one needs to go back to that time, that money has been distributed and my property donated.”

A flash of his Ari, eyes fluttering shut for the last time, snakes across his memory. He’d passed before they resorted to life support. “I don’t want to be kept alive unnecessarily,” he decides after a moment. “I understand that you or others may want to keep me around for a little while, and that’s fine. Do what you need to do. But I don’t want to prolong it.” A tear snakes down his cheek. “I don’t think you want to die in a hospital. You and I always planned on coming home. You didn’t want to be at Riverside, you wanted to be at home. But we weren’t equipped for that there, and I needed care, too. We are here, though. We should plan for that.”

"I don't want you to suffer," Ariel says, letting out a choked noise that catches in the back of his throat. "You just tell me, neshama. You tell me when, OK? I'll take care of you. Make sure it's nice and gentle. It won't hurt." He smiles when Charles speaks of him. "I want to be with you," he whispers. "Coming home to settle down after all our Bucket List adventures. Anywhere you want to go. Anything you want to try. With all the little creatures around, in a nice, warm bed. Paper lanterns and soft things. And I want Erik to take Lucille. She'll be sad."

“She will be sad,” Charles agrees with a pang. “She’ll miss her mama. But Erik will take good care of her. At the end, I know that I’ll be grateful for him and for all the rest of them who have taken both of us in as their own. I was prepared to die alone on my bedroom floor. I think this will be a lot more peaceful.” He sniffles. “I think there’s only one thing on my bucket list that we must check off before we’re both to ill to try.” His spasmodic hand finds Ariel’s left one and thumbs over a bare ring finger.

Ariel laughs, his nose wrinkling as a brilliant grin appears on his face. He waves his hand and two neat rings appear. They're small bands, with intricate engravings. Charles realizes he can see whole scenes if he squints hard. Animals and plants and their likenesses hand-in-hand. Whimsical, yet understated. He bounds up off the bed all of a sudden (keeping Charles in place of course) and kneels down on one knee, holding Charles's ring up to him. "Being your husband would be the greatest honor of my life," he says, eyes shining and bright. "I promise I'll look after you. I'll love you with my whole being. In sickness and in health. In life and in death. You're my neshama. Magnificent and smart and brave and gentle. Marry me, Charles Xavier?" His eyebrows bounce up, hopeful.

The tears are streaming properly down Charles’s cheeks as he observes the ring, beautiful and strange and unique. Just like Ariel. His heart flutters a bit as it’s presented to him, and he nods fiercely, sniffling, crying, and laughing all at once. “Of course I’ll marry you, Ariel. You’re the brightest soul in the entire multiverse. My rescuer, my best friend. I promise to love and care for you, in sickness and in health, in this world and in the next. Of course I’ll marry you.”

With a blink, Charles finds hi self in Ariel's arms, truly bridal-style. He leans down and kisses him, bowing their foreheads together. He kisses like he does everything, achingly gentle and soft. My husband from another universe, he beams. My dear-heart. You're so beautiful.

Charles laughs again when he finds himself in Ariel’s arms, in his chinchilla pajamas, ring in plane. Not so beautiful as you, my husband. Inside and out. You truly are a special soul, and I can’t imagine how I got so lucky. Of all the people who exist, I got to be with you. I’m the luckiest person who has ever been born.

"No regrets," Ariel says roughly, seriously. He squeezes Charles's hand, tears streaming down his face even as his expression is broken with warmth and joy. All of it mingle together and burst out like drops of starlight, tastes and colors and sounds. "I would do everything again. Exactly as it was. That's what I've decided. No regrets. No guilt. No pain. I'm so proud of my life. It wasn't fair. It hurt a lot. But I would do it again. Every second. Just to spend these final moments with you. Because they're so special that it's OK it's just a moment. Perfect, breathtaking moments."

The walls of their room are alight in the outburst of Ariel’s emotions. Beautiful mosaics of light and sound, intermingled with warmth and intensity and softness all at once. Stunning, like his soul. “I would do the same,” Charles breathes as their watery eyes lock. “I spent so long lamenting my life and wishing that I could have lived it differently. I wanted all that I didn’t have. How silly of me; all of that brought me to you.” He reaches up with his better hand to rub his knuckles along Ariel’s cheekbone. “Most people have to live a whole lifetime to feel what we get to feel in what little time we have together. What we have is special. I know it. I’m so happy. This is all worth it, Ari.”

"I want to dance," Ariel says with a little grin and he sets Charles on his feet, bodies molded together even as Ariel expertly maneuvers him. So close together that where Charles can exert influence on his mind, so too can Erik affect the body. Where their mutations join together is scarcely separate. Charles's pajamas swirl into a suit with chinchillas printed on it and a gaudy, bright azure flower on his lapel. Ariel grins mischievously. And that's how Charles learns that Ariel does know how to dance, but he's swaying them side to side, pressed up close. "Thank you," he touches Charles's cheek. "Thank you for not giving up that day. Thank you for giving me a chance. I love you more than all the atoms I all the stars in the sky," he sways back and forth, dropping little butterfly-gentle kisses along Charles's nose, brows, the apple of his cheek.

Charles grapples to Ariel when he’s set on his feet, untrusting of his own self; it has been fifteen years since he’s stood on his feet. And then his eyes grow into saucers when he realizes what he can do, legs and feet moving of his own volition. Ariel’s abilities encircle his own and enable Charles to move within their safe enclosure. Mind and body in all their power. He laughs softly and allows himself to be swayed, for he is decidedly out of practice where it comes to dancing. “Your life has been more challenging than anyone else’s, my love,” Charles whispers back. “You’ve been so strong and brave at every turn. But what is most amazing to me is that in spite of that, you choose to be kind and care for others, every single day. No one could love another as I love you.”

Ariel just laughs, shaking his head. "If it weren't for you, meeting you, I never would have learned any of this about myself. I would have just stayed with Klaus and done his bidding, and been a horrible person. You showed me another way," he whispers. He often mixes up this Charles and the other Charleses, but he's since come to understand that it's a direct result of his abilities rather than failing to conclude that they're different sentient beings.

He sees the whole, which Charles can only imagine how that is like for him, and in the whole entire fabric of the universe and beyond, this Charles and the other Charleses are similar enough for him to get them mixed up. Not only that, but he seems to be privy to something beyond this. That somewhere, this Charles really did help, or have an influence on other Charlses. It's confusing and peculiar, but Ariel's confidence is difficult to oppose.

"And you," he taps this one on his chest, eyes raised. "Showed me beyond that. How to be confident, and joyful. My memory has little blips, but now, I can remember," he whispers. "Not just us, all of it. Everywhere," he says, eyes wide and bright. "You and me, inextricable."

Charles can only laugh, ebullient. Brimming with joy. In that moment, it doesn’t matter that his days are numbered or that he and Ariel just discussed plans for their respective deaths. Or that it’s unfair that they get so little time together, that they suffered without each other for so long. Right now, it only matters that Ariel, his beautiful Ari, is his husband, a bond codified by a law that will never truly do justice to their love. “You can remember all of it,” Charles whispers, his own eyes bright. “I want to know all of it. I want to know everything. Tell me everything, Ari.”

"You'll think it's silly," Ariel grins back. "But we've existed forever, did you know?" His brows bounce. "I don't know if it's fate or just ultra compatibility. Somewhere, we were created with this stuff. And it got passed down, skipping here and there. Until it landed in us. A legacy of love, that's how I see it. We weren't necessarily made for each other, but maybe we were meant for each other. Maybe there is a difference or no difference at all," he laughs. He spreads out his hand so Charles can see, all the different specters of history spread out in a ghostly flux. They're not precisely them, but Charles briefly sees what Ariel sees.

The parts of them that have carried through, in winding impulses of consciousness. They're not genetic, as far as Charles can tell they're different races and cultures (Ariel finds it interesting that they still are!) Ariel doesn't quite understand it. He doesn't think he can see the soul, precisely. Perhaps it's that all of space and time exists simultaneously. From the time of the beginning until now, all that will be was generated at the same time. He shows them them, too, in this form. There's a Charles, and an Ariel, exploding into Eriks and Charleses of all shapes and sizes. Everywhere. Eternally. "We're forever," he grips Charles's hand.

It’s difficult for Charles to wrap his mind around and he’s certain that he isn’t doing it fully or effectively; the concept of infinity is too incredible for most human brains to seize. The brain is a three-dimensional object and cannot be expected to understand dimensions beyond those bounds. But as Ariel paints the picture for him in a dazzling array of Charleses and Eriks, together across time and space, he begins to grow in his comprehension of the beauty and wonder that is their union.

All the space dust that sits inside of their bones has always existence ever since existence was. It has now come together to create their consciousness, and that’s what they’re enjoying today. Consciousness together, as Charlie and Ariel. “And we’ll be together, even after we leave these bodies,” he says softly, smiling up at the man. Around them, a trillion permutations of themselves smile, too. Tall Eriks, short Eriks, dark-haired, pale-skinned, brown-eyed. Charleses who walk and those who don’t, those who are broad and muscular and those who are slight and willowy.

Races and ethnicities abound, and genders, too. Two people, meant to be. “Of all of them,” he continues, swaying on his suspended feet. “I’m glad that I get to have you. I’m glad that we get to experience this window of consciousness together.”

Ariel kisses him again, because he can. Because he's not afraid, not anymore. He doesn't want their last moments tarnished with fear and pain. He wants to live, and love, as much as possible for as long as possible. To squeeze life from every wondrous moment and reflect it back into the eternal pond, ripples for all time. "We always were, and always will be. So you see, it's not so sad after all. Existence was never meant to be linear," he taps Charles on the nose, terribly fond with a brilliant smile on his face. Lucille peeps in the background, never forgotten for long. "Happy birthday, mama!" she says, and he laughs, shaking his head. "So smart. She knows it's a celebration.

Charles will miss being aware of this life. Whatever comes next will not look like this, like soft kisses in the morning and spontaneous adventures to exciting locales. They won’t have their bed, and Lucille, and their quiet nights tangled in each other’s arms, iPad propped before them. He would be lying to claim that he’s not sad to see this end. But there is something even grander ahead. When their bodies die, the essence of them will live on, only to rebuild themselves together again. They’ll be Charles and Erik again, in some other form, in some other time. “She does know,” Charles smiles. “When we meet again, I hope we know to celebrate, too. We won’t remember this life, but I wish we could.”

Ariel whisks them away, right back to the stars where he first saw the wonder in Charles's eyes. The perfect setting for their wedding day, he thinks. The vastness of the cosmos open all around them, floating gently. "Who knows," Ariel whispers. "We just might. I remember so much, now. Not lost, just different. I don't want to forget this," he grins. "I'll put it somewhere safe. Make sure it endures. Written on little atoms."

Charles smiles when they materialize in space, in the halo of a dying star once more. This Ariel didn’t take him here, but he knows everything anyway, and Charles feels as if Ari is beginning to tap in to the collective memories of all the Eriks out there. “How can we make sure I remember?” he asks softly, resting his head on Ariel’s shoulder. “I don’t think Charleses are as in tune with this as you are.”

"I'll tuck it away. He'll know where to look. He's me, after all. He'll show you. Just like you showed me, hm?" Ariel's nose wrinkles up. "After all, you found me. It's just iterations. Information progresses beyond the barriers, neshama. I can see it all so clearly," he whispers. "Not the end of us. I promise. Something always begets something.

Charles believes that Ariel will. With his whole heart, he believes it. “Maybe in the next life, I’ll have a better body, hmm? And we’ll meet each other when we’re young and healthy and have the rest of eternity to spend together without a break. Like our counterparts next door.”

"I love your body," Ariel whispers back, sincere and fond. "Just as it is. It lets me touch you and connect with you. It sings to me when I skate my fingers here or there. Magnificent," he beams. "Of all the Charleses in the whole eternal cosmos, I found you. You're for me. I'm for you. Ani ledodi vedodi li," he recites softly. "Incredible."

"You may love it, and I've grown to accept it after being with you, but I'd love to stand at your side of my own volition," Charles murmurs, though he's not growing melancholic or resentful now, as he would have done one day. "But, it is incredible. You found me. And you weren't even looking for me. You felt me across space and time and came to me. That's special."

"You're special," Ariel glimmers. A brilliant star behind, swirling microcosms of atom-dust. "We are special," he whispers softly. "She's telling us her story. The World-Heart," he meanders into fairytale at times, but every once in a blue moon Charles has to wonder if it's fantastical at all. "Telling us through life. Teaching us. We are what we make. And we made this," he says and it fizzes and sparkles around in a terrific arc across a vast chasm.

Charles has grown accustomed to Ariel’s way of speaking, how he flits between reality and fairytale without much regard for the difference. But perhaps there is no difference, and Ariel is uniquely equipped to grasp what it means to be what and who they are in the cosmos. “You’re her closest listener,” Charles whispers, stroking Ariel’s cheek in wonder. “I think you are. Neither Erik nor Magneto sees what you see, hears what you hear.”

"Someday they'll find it," Ariel says with a mischievous wink. "I hid it safe and sound. They'll find our Stories and tell them wide. And she'll be right there with us, Watching." They're sitting on cosmic swings, gently rocking back and forth. "OK. Are you ready?" He stands up and takes a bow, and with a flutter, an enormous African elephant appears before them, the stars opening into a symphonic jungle. Charles is seated once more in his hoverchair. The elephant trumpets a greeting, flexing her trunk to gently touch at these newcomers. Ariel grins. "I like elephants."

"Is this our honeymoon?" Charles asks with a grin. The appearance of an elephant isn't even surprising at this stage; it is very Ariel. He reaches his better hand up to stroke her bristly trunk. "If so, I'm very glad. Although I think Lucille would be remiss to be without us."

Ariel cups his hand around his mouth and produces some low, loud sounds that echo off the treetops. A variety of whuffles reach their ears as Ariel gently strokes down the creature's soft hide. Sure enough, Lucille peeps into existence on his shoulder. "Mama, go space?"

"That's right, we're in space," Ariel says, delighted. He directs Charles to watch the forest community they've become apart of. The elephants have allowed them into their inner sanctum, forming tight knit social groups with one another using complex communication techniques. "They bury their dead. They can draw. Did you know that ants are the only other species on Earth to have a public health system? Slime molds can play the casino and win. Plants know when they're up or down. They can sense threats and deploy defense mechanisms. Everything we think we know," Ariel says with a bright grin, "we don't."

Charles sits back in his chair and, as Ariel directs, watches the scene around them. As he focuses, new details come to light; the leaves sway together, the birds squawk in their own language. The elephants are kind to them, their large eyes blinking in sage wisdom. In his former life, Charles never paid much attention to the world around him. He'd spent his days as most do, simply plodding onward without much consideration of his place within the universe. "The more we know, the less we know," he breathes, hand finding Ariel's own. "Our own species is steeped in hubris, isn't it? We are hardwired to try and understand it all, and that which we cannot understand we ignore. How silly."

The insects chirp and sway all around them, a symphony of delicate tinkling spreading through the leaves and foliage, liminal and out of time. One of the babies gallops up to Charles and gently rests its large foot on his knee, as though aware he's injured. Ariel makes a low sound in the back of his throat, and it replies and shuffles off, only to surround them with even more friends a moment later. Ariel is laughing, delighted. "He likes you. He wants to show you off to his buddies, see? You're a new friend."

One of them thwaps Charles in the head with its trunk, not hard enough to hurt, but warm and wrinkly. Through Ariel, the forest comes alive all around Charles, and he finds that as he observes the animals, he gradually comes to understand their shifts and movements through Ariel as purposeful, intentional, intelligent. Everything here has a voice. Everything here sings to him. "Can you hear?"

Through Ariel, Charles can. He isn’t alarmed when the small elephant places his foot atop his knee, and he can only laugh when he’s thwapped upside the head, because through Ariel, their voices become clear. The creatures sing in their unique melody, welcoming the two of them into their sanctuary. They sense only respect and reverence from Charles and Ariel…and Charles can hear them all. “I can,” Charles whispers, euphoric. His right hand scratches along the ear of the baby elephant who has taken it upon himself to introduce Charles to all of his elephant friends.

Through Ariel, he can hear now the little guy beams; he’s proud to be able to show Charles off, and somehow knows that Charles’s body is injured, too, and that he’s to be taken care of. “Hi,” he whispers. “I want to be your friend, too. This is my husband, Ari.” He gestures toward the man. “They understand love, Ari.” he whispers, smiling. “They know we love each other.”

Charles can feel it as the elephant responds to him, his mind awash in wonder and delight. A large female trots up to them and Ariel pats her on the side, friendly and deferent. She's the matriarch, and they're visitors in this place, so he's respectful. "Reyansh, Veer, Ajay, Calixta," he names them with a grin. Charles recognizes them as people they've met on their travels to India in the past, clueing him in to their current location.

Calixta, the matriarch, feels along Charles's face curiously, and then his legs, gentle and thoughtful. They know he's injured, and he can feel a tinge of sorrow and acceptance. "She was in a circus," Ariel whispers. "I rescued her. They cut off one of her tusks, see?" he indicates the missing one, regretful. "She was forced to do back breaking labor. But now she's strong and happy, and a leader of her people. She has empathy for you, she's injured too." 

"Hello, Calixta," is all that Charles can whisper, entirely overwhelmed by the powerful yet gentle beauty that stands beside him. Through Ariel, he can feel how profoundly she and her family think, how they have empathy, love, cunning, and kindness. Emotions stronger than those of many humans, he realizes. Tears are streaming down his cheeks, but they're tears of awe. It's truly sublime. "Yes, I was hurt, too. But it's not so bad after all. Look at us both, surrounded by love and family." He wipes a tear as he strokes along her trunk. "That's what's most important, isn't it? Love and family."

"I love you so much," Ariel whispers back, caught and enchanted by Charles's wonder as he's always been. He would give Charles the moon and all the stars, every radiant corner of their supreme galaxy all at his fingertips, every little nook and cranny. For all of the delights he can bestow, this is the one thing that awes Ariel. That smile, those tears of brilliant hope. "Every part of you is breathtaking," he says, touching along Charles's inner forearm with skittery fingertips.

"My husband," he laughs. Calixta whuffles in amusement and pats Ariel on the head with her trunk. She bounds off, returning to them with the one called Veer, and they tangle their trunks together, brushing one another carefully along their faces and ears. "Oh, wow," Ariel breathes. "Look. Calixta has a mate, too. Oh," he gasps, astounded at being privy to this magnificent world.

Charles hovers his chair upward so that he and Ariel are directly side-by-side, and then rests his head on the man’s shoulder. They watch the elephants for a moment, smiling softly in the rosy glow. The family is at peace, in harmony with the chittering jungle around them, and Charles can’t help but feel a part of it, too. He knows that it’s a commonly believed myth that there was some phase in the earth’s history where all animals were in total harmony with the natural world; it’s always been a competitive world.

But right now, in this perfect moment, there is nothing but peace. All seem to have accepted that they are the natural world, and that there is no reason for any competition to begin with. “You haven’t always been able to see and hear all this, have you?” Charles asks softly after a moment. “The other Eriks can’t. I think that you—well, the other Ari—was growing closer and closer to this, but I couldn’t sense it through him like I can right now. It’s almost like my abilities growing profoundly after my injury. Do you think yours are as we….well. Near the next chapter?”

"Maybe so," Ariel nods, regretful. "But it's not linear. What I can see and understand is growing and growing," he says with a laugh. "But my abilities are waning in other areas. And I can see, too, the outcomes," he reveals softly. "If I go back in time. To try and fix us. If I removed my HIV while I still could. Erik would die, Charles could too. Genosha would be devastated. The whole world. I love you beyond measure, but I couldn't do that to you. You wouldn't be happy. Maybe I could lie, but can I really? To you?"

“You can’t, not to me,” Charles agrees gently. “I could ignore it if I chose to, but there’s no point. Some telepaths learn how to create filters to block themselves from the painful truths behind lies that people tell them. I could never figure out how to, but I wouldn’t want to, anyway.” He kisses Ariel’s cheek. “But, Ari? After today…I’m not so scared of it anymore. When you rescued me, you know that I wasn’t scared of death, because I thought I had nothing to lose in life. And then when I met you, I grew scared of it again because the thought of losing you, of losing this was too painful to imagine. But I understand, now. We’re not losing each other. We’re losing these bodies, maybe. But we’ll find each other again. I know we will; that’s how it’s written in the atoms and particles. We’ll just have to wait patiently for our reunion.”

"These moments," he whispers. "They're suspended in eons. They'll continue forward, indefinitely. We will be right here again, we always were and always will be. And we'll scatter outward and loop back. Even these bodies aren't lost, they're in infinite recursion," he tries to explain with a huff. "The other Erik would know better. He's a doctor after all. And how fortunate am I, to spend an eternity with my beloved? Oh, my heart sings. Little peepings, like Lucille."

“I suppose I continue to think about it from my limited first-person perspective,” Charles acknowledges, reaching behind Ariel’s back to give Lucille a scritch on her head. “Any mourning I have will be for the memories that I may not be able to hold onto, in this conscious iteration of Charles Xavier. They’ll exist somewhere, and that brings me peace. But I won’t get to possess them in the same way that I do now. At least not for a long while. But, that’s okay. We still get to be together, as we always have been and always will be. What lucky beings we are indeed.”

"And I get to know," Ariel laughs, rocking back on his heels. "All of this. See all of this. Is that spectacular? Klaus was wrong. He was wrong. He said I was a strong mutant and that the value of my power was in its strength. All that mattered to him was force. He said it wasn't a gift but a weapon. A weapon used to liberate us from oppression. And I gobbled it all up. He said you can't solve love with a bullet, that's why you failed. When you died. I was broken machinery. But he was wrong. I solved love, and I'm not a bullet."

"He was wrong. He couldn't have been wrong-er," Charles agrees. "If only he could see you now, hmm? Not a bullet at all." He leans his head back on Ariel's shoulder, encircling him in warmth. "Can you see what's next for us?" he asks, voice soft. "Not generally. Specifically. I can't help but be curious what will come for us after we pass away."

Ariel nods, a little hesitant and shy. "I can't explain it," he whispers regretfully. "I can't explain it, but it's beautiful. It's everything. We'll be everything. As general as you can get," he jokes wryly, and taps his temple. In his mind, Charles receives glimpses. The magnitude and scale of existence stretched out over itself in billions of permeations, atoms laughing and lounging about. More life. More love. Spread out across the stars, swirls of dust tangled hand-in-hand. Every person, every place, everything. For all time, buoyed together inside their own gravitational pull. The force of their love made tangible.

It's hard for Charles to comprehend, but he supposes that he should stop expecting that anything will be as easy as he hopes. Will they be reincarnated? Not in the way that most people think. But, through Ariel, he begins to understand. And perhaps it's not so clear as their souls entering new bodies, but that's not even what they are now, is it? They're not souls. They're more. "Then I suppose we ought to embrace what's coming, shouldn't we?"

"We will have to help them, too," Ariel says with a rueful smile. "We'll ease their suffering, with time. Show them that it's OK. He is going to suffer and struggle for a long time, when you go. It's going to hurt his spirit. We have to help him, because it will reverberate and hurt Charles and his friends, too. He won't mean it," Ariel explains sympathetically. "He's like me. A little kooky, just in a different way. I'm more like Aura. Maybe that's why I can see it all," he laughs, gentle. "But they'll learn, too. We can make sure."

"I do worry about them. Erik especially," Charles agrees. "Charles will mourn you, but he won't tailspin. I overheard the two of them talking with Magneto and the Professor earlier, and you're right. There are difficult times ahead for both of them." He grabs Ariel's hand with his better one. "I think that he's been trying to pretend like he's alright for a long time. And maybe he's better off than he was a decade ago, but...well. You two are similar in many ways. You know. I just hope that he can come out on the other side stronger."

"He will," Ariel promises. "We'll make sure of it. We'll look after all of them," he grins. "Like great universal caretakers. We'll put all the dust in the sky where it belongs and keep all the nebulas swirling." For a moment he seems vast, incomprehensible, scattered off into a million different dimensions. But with a squeeze he returns right to Charles's side, where he belongs. Tethered and whole.

Charles kisses Ariel’s cheek and sits beside him. There’s only contentment as they watch the animals, surrounded by the lively chorus of the jungle. Birds, insects, mammals, wind. It’s symphonic, perfect in its spontaneity, ordered in its chaos. Though Charles wishes they could stay forever, he eventually feels his eyelids grow heavy. “We’ve had a long day, darling,” he murmurs. “We ought to get back.”

Ariel slides right back into his lap as the world melts away around them, safe and secure in his hold. Charles keeps him grounded, knows when they're at the edge of their capacity and takes care of them and he's greatly appreciative. He's found it more challenging these past weeks to remain firmly planted, exposed to such a vast array of information as it unfolds, but Charles always knows. He grins and they materialize right back in bed, and he tangles their hands together, ring against ring. I love you, he whispers fondly as his eyes droop closed in turn.

Next door, Erik has to laugh as he lazes in bed with his own Charles. "Good for them," he says, fond. "If anyone deserves peace, it's those two." He taps his Charles on the nose. It's been a long day, full of discovery and curiosity and confusion both. But somewhere in it all he has hope, that if anyone can battle what's to come, they can. He knows everyone is worried for him, and he's a bit worried as well, but for this moment he relaxes against his own husband.

“Why can’t you talk to animals?” Charles teases his husband fondly. Ariel and Charlie had blipped out of range for a time, but when they reappeared next door, Charles was treated to their bliss, minds happily mulling over the beauty and wonder that they had just witnessed. “They’re cute. I’m glad they have each other. They both seem to feel a lot of peace right now, which is a good sign since they both are aware of what’s coming.” Charles grips Erik’s hand. “How are you feeling about what’s coming, love?”

"Not just that," Erik says, somewhat awed by his perception of what Ariel now has access to. "He is on another level, entirely. What he can see... I wonder if I'll ever get to that point. Perhaps as his end draws near his senses are expanding. It's incredible. He can see everything." Erik smiles slightly. "I know everyone is worried for me," he just says it, blunt. "I wish I could reassure you all that I am all right, but truth be told I simply do not know what my future holds. I have confidence that I will be OK. I am grateful to you, to my friends and family. I feel very privileged, neshama."

“If he can only see this because he’s nearing his end, I will be selfish as I say that I hope you will never be able to see it all,” Charles admits, kissing Erik’s knuckles. “He is incredible, though. Our Ariel. He occupies a special place in my heart and always will. I’ll miss him.” Since they’re being blunt. “I know that you’ll be okay eventually,” he agrees. “But, yes. I’m worried for you. You love very fiercely and hate feeling powerless. Not bad traits by any stretch, but traits which can work against you. I am glad to be able to be at your side, no matter what happens. I’ll admit that this future is rather unpleasant to me, but the two of them—us—have a very strong bond. How fortunate we are to be able to see that this may lie ahead for us. We have an excellent model to work toward.”

"I want to hope that by knowing what may come, it will mitigate some of the negative impact," Erik says, "but I'm unsure if it really works that way. Even now, trying to consider it... profoundly razes me. I am no fool, no one is immune to death. None of us are so special that we can't come to harm and suffering. But the idea of you dying -- it is truly unbearable. I just have to white knuckle it, so to speak," he says wryly. "He's different than you. His experiences and his love has changed him. But he's still you. I still love him, fiercely so."

“I understand,” Charles says softly. “Maybe we can write down some of their advice and revisit it when times grow difficult?” he suggests optimistically, and then fishes the tiny seashell that he wears on a chain around his neck from his shirt. The one that contains Erik’s heartbeat. “Perhaps you want one of these for yourself. Something to remind you that I’m here.”

Erik materializes a small hand-bound journal between his fingers with a slight grin. It reads The Wheel of Feels in wobbly script, and Charles can see that Ailo has already recommended he keep a log for similar reasons. "It's my feelings journal," he snorts dryly. "It's silly, but it does help me organize my thoughts. I can get scattered elsewise. Marking down their advice is a good idea, I suspect this visit will assist us in ways we cannot yet foretell."

The Wheel of Feels,” Charles muses with a chuckle. “Catchy. I’m glad it helps. I keep one, too. As a telepath, it’s sometimes hard to know what’s an organic thought and what belongs to someone else. It’s helpful to write things down. I can then go back later and parse through things objectively.” He runs his hand along the spine of Erik’s journal. “I think you’re right. They offered to help, too. In the future, if we need.”

Chapter 77: & now it was her turn to speak her logic might sound false or weak.

Chapter Text

The next two weeks pass by relatively quick - Ariel and Charlie host a small celebration of their companionship, while the two teams whittle down tactics and strategy for the Gilead mission. With Raven's help they identify employees with access to the production facility's internal schematics, and make easy work of their targets. They plan, and they execute. After decades, these people act on pure reflex, making military operations far easier on Genoshans - another benefit of mutant longevity, the bonds between teams cement further over time. Those from outside this timeline do their best to fit themselves into their respective positions, and fortunately, it goes off without a hitch.

It all comes down to Pietro and Vision, their two speedsters. Vision disables the null field with a few quick strokes, and Ariel bridges everything else together, allowing them to conduct the mission from outside of time, ensuring no one is the wiser. Pietro zips into the server room, connects up his analysis program, and makes a lasagna while he waits. (The lasagna is good, Erik taught him how to make it after he commented that his favorite comic features an orange tabby cat named Garfield who loves the stuff, declaring his recipe the official Garfield meal, but c'est la vie--)

Erik even finds time to rescue a literal kitten stuck in a tree before whirling them back to Genosha. All's well that doesn't end well, however, because he can sense something budding in Charlie a few days later. He isn't showing symptoms, yet, but Erik feels it. Growing. Attaching. He has to warn them. He slips into their bungalow, eyes wide and disoriented.

It all goes…smooth, somehow. With tacticians abound, their operation is successful without so much as an overly stressful moment. Pietro presents them with something called a flash drive, which ends up being a little storage cube on which electronic files can be saved and transferred between machines. When they huddle behind a computer screen in Magneto and the Professor’s home, Charles nearly laughs when Pietro clicks on an icon and opens a lengthy document containing the chemical formula for the drug that they need. It’s that easy.

There’s more information; they also have the patent application and files and files of research studies, papers, and notes. Magneto secures them a laptop computer (without Internet access) and a printer to take back to their time on the promise that they will use it only to make copies of the documents that they need. Charles has no interest in using it for anything else, so he has no problem agreeing to that. Before they know it, it’s time to go home. They thank the Professor, Magneto, Hank, Raven, Marc and Ailo and promise to do good things with the data they have, and then poof, they’re back home.

Where people haven’t turned their brains to mush. Hank and Daniel spend a few days studying the documentation, and Charles is grateful for the chance to rest up a bit….until Erik senses it. Through his husband, Charles can, too. Charlie is parked in a sunny spot in their bungalow when Erik arrives that afternoon, a book on his lap and a mug of tea floating beside him, evidently of Ariel’s doing. Instantaneously, Charlie can feel the dread spilling off of Erik in waves, and he shuts his book immediately. “Have a seat,” he says solemnly, gesturing toward the brightly-patterned sofa. “And tell us what the matter is.”

Erik sits as trembling algae overgrows a reef, too long-limbed and tucked all out every which way. Erik veers. Pierces. The depths. "Charles." He looks into the face of his husband. Presses his palm to Charlie's cheek. "Charlie." Tears drip down. His heart. Erik touches there. Warm and vibrant and beautiful. At last he chokes out a mourning echo. "You're sick."

The silence is heavy. Drowning, almost. At once, Charlie feels the weight of Erik’s statement, made real by its verbal utterance. For a moment, it’s as if he’s encased in concrete, stymied. And then, he smiles softly and grips Erik’s hand atop his cheek. “That’s okay,” he whispers. “Thank you for letting me know.”

With a blink, Charlie appears beside Erik, bundled in his arms, and he presses his lips to his temple and brushes his hair. He has hair, sometimes. Soft and lush. Erik wraps Charlie up. If he can just snag onto something, why can't he...

Ariel emerges in quick succession, and he brings along Charles for good measure. "We know," Ariel says with a small smile. "We know. It's OK. Just be here, and love. Just be here and love," he tells everyone, sweeping them up in a sensation of sparkling mirth.

"You're sick," Erik coughs out the cobwebs in his throat. "Tell me. Tell me what to do. Tell me how to make it better," he warbles pitifully.

Charlie leans his head on Erik's shoulder as he's wrapped in his arms, eyes fluttering shut placidly. He feels better when Ariel appears in the room with Charles in tow; the four of them together in an axis of support. "You can make it better by refusing to fight against it," Charlie says softly. "Alright? This is what awaits me, and I've made peace with it, Erik. I'm not scared. I'll still be here, just in another physical form. I've seen it, and it's beautiful. Don't fight against it, darling."

Erik rocks them gently back and forth. "I can't fight it," he gasps, defeated by superior forces, bewildered and raw. "Neshama," Erik breathes next to his ear. "You're not scared?" He swallows down harsh gulfs. Aching ravines. "I'm scared," he admits, dripping. Rivers flooded. "I'm scared."

"I'm not scared," Charlie tells Erik softly. He glances at Charles and Ariel; Charles has gripped Ariel's hand as the two watch them, and Charles's eyes are watery, his face a mask of concern. Charlie smiles at both of them. "Ari showed me where he and I will be once we pass away, and it's wonderful, Erik. We'll always be together, as we always have. I promise, I'm not scared. You don't have to be either."

"I love you," Erik whispers to him. "I didn't want to make you uncomfortable. Telling you so. But I love you. I see you, I love you. You're part of me. Part of my husband. My family. The tapestry of existence. I love you and you must never ever forget that. Make sure you tell him--all the time," Erik wavers, caught at the end by a dreadful sob.

Ariel nestles them both up in a large blanket and links to Charlie's other side, winking at him mischievously and kissing his brow. "Every moment of every day," he vows. "I'll tell him about our love. All the different Eriks that love Charles."

"I won't--I won't clog your, your final days here," Erik gasps. "But please tell me. When you are ready. I'll make sure you don't suffer. It will be so peaceful. I--promise."

"Oh, sweetheart. You're not clogging anything," Charlie reassures Erik, smiling up at him. There are tears in his own eyes now, but they're tears of gratitude. To be surrounded by so much love is a privilege, and a privilege he thought he had thrown away years ago. "I love you, too. You know that I do. And I know that Charles will take care of you." Charles nods somberly, wiping his eyes. "How many days do I have before I develop symptoms? Just a handful, I'm sure. Why don't the four of us go somewhere nice? A little final hurrah."

In a flash, they're inside Arcadia, the jungle forest and gentle dark wood cabin with splashes of colors, paints and graffiti and vegetable gardens all tangled together. Rich soil loam at their feet, sweeping canopies with paper lanterns to guide them home. Ariel gazes around in awe, and on his other shoulder, a tropical parrot lands opposing Lucille and they both weave and dodge trying to suss one another out.

Ariel invites them both to perch on his fingers and sits them on top of an intricate windchime. "This is beautiful," he rasps, affectionate. "Safe," Erik nods. "Safe and wondrous." Inside the cabin, Erik materializes a veritable feast, with decorations to match. Vivid, brilliant. Not morose, not somber. This isn't a funeral. It's a celebration of their precious few moments together.

Charles knows instantly where they are by the very smell of it. He'd been reticent to bring anyone here, the sanctuary where he and his husband come to escape the world, but now that Ariel and Charlie are both here, it feels complete. "Erik and I spent a year here while I was recovering from my ordeal with Trask," Charles says softly, ushering them inside.

A laden table with two chairs and two empty spaces for wheelchairs awaits them. Charlie laughs a bit, observing the spread. "You know exactly which foods are my favorite. My counterpart and I are not so different, are we?"

"Oh, we are. You like spanakopita with puff pastry and I like it with phyllo," Charles teases, clapping Charlie on the forearm. "Let's eat. Afterward, we can have a drink in the garden and go down to watch the sun set over the sea."

Erik touches Charles on the shoulder, grateful for his steadying presence. He's overwhelmed, but somehow the humble bubble of their family, comprised of the people who know him best, is stabilizing enough to prevent him from dissolving completely. "You like this one, too," he materializes some zucchini and tomato fritters with mint and tzatziki, smiling gently at Charlie. "And Earl Grey," he's noticed fondly. "Charles likes oolong and black tea. I'll learn all the little differences, hm? Anything you've ever wanted to try." Like this, so close together, it's impossible to deny the similarities between him and Ariel, too. Underneath the armor, their cores are exposed.

Charlie smiles and takes his place at the table beside Ariel. All that time ago, when he’d been ready to kill himself, he craved moments like this. Being surrounded by people who care about him and want him to be there; for years, he’d only seen people who he’d paid to take care of him. If this will be one of his last healthy days on Earth, then he considers himself lucky. “I’ve already told Ari this, but I’ll tell you both, too,” Charlie says as they dig in. “I want you to give my body over to AMC. Your scientists and doctors should be able to study it. And then you can do whatever you’d like to otherwise.” He glances at his sweet, gentle husband. “Maybe our wedding rings can be kept together, when we’re both gone. Can you two see that it happens?”

"Of course," Erik whispers back as Ariel kisses him on the cheek, sweeping forward in an exaltation of joy and love both. Now that it's staring them down, he's become more at peace. There's no sorrow, no regret, no guilt. Just the certainty of love, devotion and adoration.

"I'll carry this with me forever," Ariel says with a smile, for he knows that when Charlie goes, his spirit will ascend alongside him. He's comfortable in the knowledge of the great expanse that awaits, and even a little excited for what comes. "You all taught us so much. I'm so grateful to you," he says to Charles, nudging up to kiss the tip of his nose. "You showed me what it means to be respected. To be cherished. You were the first in all my life to bestow kindness and it changed me forever. The universe is brighter because you're in it, neshama."

Erik wipes at his eyes. "And you," he returns with a croak. "You have forever impacted this world. Both of you. The wisdom, courage and companionship you share is awe-inspiring. I am so very glad I could witness it."

“I didn’t do anything extraordinary by extending you the care and love that you deserve,” Charles tells Ariel softly, but he’s smiling, hand on his knee. “You turned all our worlds upside for the better. Things were just getting back to normal when you turned up, hmm? And I wouldn’t have it any other way.” His eyes are wet, for he knows Ariel’s time is near, too. Both Ariel and Charlie emanate peace rather than sorrow, and that’s beyond encouraging, but Charles is still a human, after all. He loves Ariel, as he loves Erik.

He loves Ariel’s quick smile, soft heart. How he’d set up the cell for Charles’s comfort on that first night, how he’d crept into it, seeking comfort. He’d let Charles hold him, agreed to help him. Sweet, gentle Ariel. “Thank you,” Charles says then. “You both have sacrificed a lot to help us. Maybe we’ll meet other versions of you both one day, hmm? Would love to see you two old and happy.”

"We will be," Ariel promises gently. "There's millions of us after all!" he laughs a little, squeezing Charles tight. "We're just headed on a brand new adventure, that's all." He taps his temple, letting Charles see he isn't just saying it for their comfort. He genuinely knows it's the case, and he's growing slowly more overcome with a sensation of supreme serenity that he's never felt before. "We've left you lots of little things, OK? He'll find them all slowly but surely. It won't be easy at first, but I promise you'll be OK." He darts over to give Erik a hug too. "You both deserve the moon and the stars, make sure you look after each other and be good, OK? And take care of Lucille. She'll be very sad, but she understands. She's a good bird."

"I'll take care of her," Erik says roughly. "I promise."

"And make sure you spend time with Aura. I won't be able to say goodbye, and he is precious." Ariel tears up a little, smiling still. He's gradually becoming untethered from this plane, but little pieces of humanity pierce through all the while.

“No weeping today,” Charlie insists, brow cocking upward toward Erik and Charles. “We’re celebrating. The end of one thing and the start of another.” Charles knows that Charlie and Ariel really do mean it. They’re both sad in the expected ways; they have to say goodbye to the lives they know, and that’s never an easy thing. But they’re not mournful or scared…not at all. There’s a lot of peace surrounding the two of them.

Charles wishes that he could share in it in the way that they’d like. But, though he can’t, he respects Charlie’s wish and forces the tears to stop. They enjoy a lovely meal, a drink in the garden, and by sunset, they’re on the beach, watching the glimmering star cast watercolor across the surface of the sea. Charles leans against Erik, drawing his husband’s arms around him. “What are you looking forward to?” he asks Ariel and Charlie softly.

"I'm excited," Ariel says with a gentle laugh. "This is the grand mystery, hm? We have a big job ahead of us, yet. Purpose, experience, joy. Those won't stop for us. We'll just take different forms. Try not to rearrange it too much, OK?" he says to Erik, sympathetic. "You have to live in the present. I promise you'll come to understand how to interact with us. It won't be like this, but we won't be lost to you forever. Don't get stuck in loops. You'll help, right?" he says to Charles seriously. It's roundabout - Erik must look after Charles, but he can't do that if he's stuck. So Charles must take care of Erik, too. A circle.

Charles doesn’t understand it at all, and, knowing their time together is short, decides to voice it. “How? You’ll be…what? Space dust? Cosmic energy? I know that the both of you are at peace with what’s to come, and that makes me happy, but I’m afraid I don’t understand what I’m supposed to do to interact with you.”

“I know,” says Charlie placidly. “You will one day. When you need.”

Charles looks to his husband, hopeful that Erik understands better.

Erik is squinting. "Perhaps it's a matter of faith," he decides gently. "Our mutations being what they are, it's conceivable that we will be able to understand what they are talking about at some point. Right now, I don't," he admits in a huff.

"It's OK that you don't understand yet. You will, it's too big to explain. You just will, I promise. I know you trust me, neshama." Ariel beams at him, curled up close to his husband, wedding rings in twinned tandem.

"We find Edie, sometimes," Erik points out. Maybe it will be like that. He has a feeling it isn't, but it might be. Across from him, even though Magneto is the oldest of the bunch, Ariel seems centuries-past and wizened, looking down on their younger selves like children. Filled with compassion for them, for how difficult he knows it will be. They'll help. They will.

Charles can only hope that Ariel is right. He must be; though Charles can still glean general feeling and emotion from the man, his thoughts are essentially unreadable. They're beyond Charles's understanding, as if they've already adopted the form of existence on a higher plane. "We'll still miss you," Charles offers, smiling sadly. "You've given Erik and I so much, Ariel. The Professor told me that if I keep my exercises up, this hand will work like new in a year or so," he says, holding up his braced left hand. "And Erik's right is nearly functional again, too."


They wile away the hours like this, nudged all together in a large pile and full from a veritable feast as the sun slowly sinks down into the sky. The day turns to night and then back to day again, and they spend it in quiet interspersed with moments of reminiscing when Charlie starts coughing and struggling more to breathe. Erik rouses first and touches his cheek, tears welling in his eyes as he know the moment is drawing closer. He wraps himself in as much strength as he can summon, swallowing back his urge to dissolve into millions of pieces. Ariel just smiles, humming contentedly as a sensation of joyous warmth sweeps out from him engulfing them all.

"It's time, isn't it?" Erik whispers. It hurts.

The first cough is barely imperceptible. The second and third are louder. Charlie attempts to clear his throat of the dry tickle, but it only grows stronger, louder. Ugh. Respiratory. So, he’s going to suffocate to death, is he? Or drown in his own fluids. By the time Erik speaks up, Charlie is already feeling the thing working its way into his lungs. He grabs Ariel’s hand. “Yes, let’s go,” he says in a raspy voice. “Thank you. This was nice.”

Erik whirls them into a nest of comforting blankets and paper lanterns all around, wind chimes in the distant and plants on trellises creeping gently. Ariel is wrapped around Charlie completely now, expression at peace as his mind de-conglomerates and expands outward, sweeping Charlie up into the cosmic gales. Erik stays with them for long moments, before using a swift application of his power to transition every cell in their body from one state to the next without so much as a single hiccup of pain. They were, and now they are not. At peace. Still.


He sits and stares, petting at them listlessly. A small memorial materializes for them, and he sends Charlie to AMC under Hank's auspices where he knows he'll be respected. He doesn't do the same with Ariel, instead giving him a proper rite of tahara as he deserves. It's slow and painstaking. He and Charles serve as shomrim, ever-watchful. Charles can feel it as his mind gradually untethers in long, shredded strands.


At last, he can feel it when Erik blips out of Arcadia, overcome by anguish, he follows behind and is surprised to find them at the Hague. "He did this," Erik cries, dejected. "He did it. He killed them. Hurt them. I never ever explained what he did. I couldn't explain it. He made me wrong. Cut off. Kareth. He desecrated. He violated. He destroys. No more. No more." Erik's eyes are wide and unseeing, agonized. Charles feels it when Enoch Ivanov ceases life functions, crumpled into the ether.

Charles sits at their bedside; a nest of blankets underneath the warm, gentle light of lanterns and candles. The two are tangled together, arm in arm, smile to smile, as Erik hastens the inevitable. No need for suffering. Charlie and Ariel are both ready. He cries softly when they're both gone, hand twining through Ariel's copper curls. He wants to imagine that they've both ascended to the next plane together, that their spirits are still present around them, but he's too full of grief at the moment to find any comfort. Normal, understandable grief.

When it comes time to take care of their bodies, Charles cries some more as he kisses Ariel's forehead, and does the same for Charlie. Ariel gets one more quick kiss for good measure before they're dealt with. Charlie is whisked off, Ariel is given his rite, Erik's voice a soundtrack as he rumbles tehellim, low and quiet. As they continue to cleanse, the Hebrew grows more intense. Erik's voice seems to canter up and down, as if he's overcome. Charles tunes in to his mind and is alarmed to feel the tight bundle begin to loosen as they work over Ariel's body, continuing onward, thoughts becoming frantic, angry...

"Erik...?" And then they're in Europe, and Charles is powerless as Erik, eyes burning and hollow, writhes the life from a man imprisoned within the walls. "Erik! "Charles cries, grabbing at his husband's arm. "Erik, what are you doing!" Inside, there is alarm. Ivanov's guards have already noticed. We need to get out of here, he gasps, desperate. Erik, let's go. Let's go to Genosha.

Erik lets out a low croon, wrapping Charles up protectively, trembling from head to toe. Everything inside of him is jangling and harsh and unsettled, guards sweep in and point guns at them. The guns melt. The guards are afraid. Charles feels as Erik tries and tries to wrap his thoughts into something coherent, to follow the threads of his husband's voice. But nothing makes any sense. Everything is a tangled web, dissolved at the ends.

"No more pain, no more death, no more," he whispers, rocking listlessly with Charles gathered in too-big arms. It takes Charles, tapping into Erik's own power by force, for them to transport out of the Hague and back to the townhouse, but the change in scenery doesn't seem to register for Erik, who doesn't even appear to know what's just happened.

Charles is growing frantic. They're back on Genosha, and he's suspended in Erik's arms, cradled like a baby. He scans Erik's eyes and expression and is nervous to discover that he doesn't seem to even notice that they're home; the anger and fury is still broiling in his head. His wheelchair isn't even in the room; he forgot to grab it when he hijacked Erik's abilities. Erik, he rumbles in his husband's head, desperately trying to grab onto the unravelling strands. My love, look at me, please?

Erik's eyes are wild, wide and frenetic as they dart around before slowly, sluggishly fixing on Charles. "I'll protect you," he promises roughly, shoring up a barrier all around them. "I won't let you get sick. You'll be safe. Safe," he sobs openly, spilled out and heartbroken. "I won't let him hurt you. Bang," he smacks his hand against his own chest. "Bang, in the head. No, he did it. A million, trillion times. Echoing out. He did it millions of times. Won't let him make you sick. You died, Charles, oh Charles."

"Oh, sweetheart," Charles whispers, horror struck. Because Erik's mind isn't his own, right now. The grief seems to have unearthed some hidden facet of his ability; just as Ariel had been able to see all of it near the end, Erik, too, is beginning to see more and more. Another Charles dying, emaciated, drowned by his own lungs. Ariel dead. Charles and Erik and Ariel and Charlie, withered to nothing, surrounded by dead neighbors, dead friends. Mobile morgues.

The scenarios spiral behind Erik's green eyes, and there are too, too many for Charles to stop. But he tries. Burrowing, Charles attempts to search for the eye of the tornado—perhaps he can snuff it there and prevent the cascade. It's moving quickly, with the force of Erik's awe-inspiring mutation, and Charles finds himself caught within it, adrift. Ailo, he calls out, a strangled cry for help. Please, I need you, he's getting lost, and I can't find him, and I'm going to get lost, too, please——

Within an instant, Charles feels the bolstering presence of a great and powerful calm spread across his consciousness in a foggy loam. Ailo offers shelter, his own mutation perfectly primed to handle the incoming flux as he siphons it all off into himself to give them room for maneuver. Erik is being carved up into trillions of atoms, superimposed and quantum-entangled, the vastness of everything all at once far too great in magnitude for any singular mind to contain.

Only Ailo's help prevents the forces from obliterating Erik entirely; Charles can feel how very close to death himself Erik had gotten. They find Erik at the center of a ruined pit, bodies charred and ashen carried on blackened snowflakes raining down. The pole in his hands, fingers clawed and decayed. "They're all gone," he says, hollow. "All my loves. Despair of burden. Creature-soul. Nothing, nothing. Not even pain."

In long and steadying pulses, Ailo strands them together. I've got it. I've got you. Just hang in there, he murmurs gently between moments. I know it hurts. He's out there. We've just got to bring the shelter.

Charles himself scarcely even registers as more figures enter the townhouse. Ailo, accompanied by Wanda and Pietro. Someone prises him from Erik's arms and deposits him into his chair, snatched from the Hague. Pietro and Ailo help Erik to the sofa and drape a blanket over his shoulders.

Gradually, Charles comes to, shaking. Bleary eyes blink in to focus. Warmth against his good hand; a mug of tea. Pietro standing at his side, rubbing his upper back. Ailo and Wanda flanking Erik; slowly, Ailo had helped extract him from the fray and had taken his place, far more equipped to bat away the raging tide. "Erik..." he whispers.

"Ailo has him," murmurs Pietro, though his voice is unsteady, too. "Don't go back in. Not yet."

Wanda takes his other side, drawing her arm across Charles's back, rubbing gently. "His mind... it's like splinters," she whispers, worried. "This must be what Magneto was talking about. I take it Ariel and Charlie have passed," she winces, regretful. Cradled in blankets and warmth, Erik shivers, sightlessly tracking an unseen phantom, chasing arrows of time in directional multitudes. The whispers grow louder, then softer, unintelligible.

Snapshots of screaming, twisted bodies, crumbling debris. Drowning, endless. Tears drip onto his own hands, limp in his lap. He's pale, freckles in stark contrast. Waxen. Wanda smooths her hand over Charles's knee. "We know Magneto is OK, right? So it stands to reason that our Erik will be OK, too. Let's just sit with them, we're all here. I'm so very sorry. The Hague is up in arms, I'm not sure what just happened - it was so sudden. I couldn't stop him in time."

"He won't be missed," Ailo frets wryly, multi-tasking. "But it's undoubtedly a problem. I'm executing the emergency clause as a preliminary response, so as of this moment Raven will be in charge of Genosha, with Emma as her secondary. There, there, querido. I'm here. I know."

Charles slumps against the back of his his chair, overwhelmed. The grief of losing Ariel and Charlie wars with the horror that he just witnessed in Erik's own head. Atop it all... Erik, Prime Minister of Genosha, murdered a man in ICC custody. "Do they know it was him?" asks Charles stupidly.

"Your chair was left behind," Pietro points out. "They saw it empty and then reviewed the security footage. One and one equals two."

Charles closes his eyes. Even the vaguest attempt to sidle toward Erik's psyche is met with a firm rebuff; Ailo or Wanda has evidently constructed a wall to keep everything in, which means that others are also kept out. Charles is certainly powerful enough to slip through the wall with just a bit of effort, but—and he'll look back on this later with regret—he doesn't want to. He's grieving, a bit unravelled on his own. Ill-equipped to navigate the flying shards. "What do we do?" he finally croaks. He's not used to this uncertaintly, not used to asking others for advice. But their problem has too many heads.

"We'll treat him," Wanda says firmly. "It's pretty clear that he's not in his right mind. Ailo, you still have contacts in the ICC, right?"

"I do, and I'm coordinating with them now. Their priority is ensuring everyone is safe, which is my goal as well. Erik isn't stable yet, and given his vast capabilities, we want him stabilized as soon as possible. Once that happens, I'm sure he will cooperate with proceedings. The law is designed to account for mental impairment."

Erik paws at Charles, somewhere knowing that he's hurting, but unable to piece together enough to recognize that he is the cause of pain, he desperately tries to bestow shattered comfort. A small baby sloth appears in Charles's lap, peering up at him curiously.

"How do we stabilize him? The Professor and Magneto told us that it took years—" Charles pauses mid-sentence when a tiny sloth, wearing a soft onesie, appears on his lap. He looks at the creature with wide eyes, and then at his husband, still glassy-eyed and far away, but trying. Oh, Erik. "Thank you, Sweetheart," Charles says to him, wheeling to the sofa. He grips Erik's better hand in his own and squeezes. "You always know how to take care of me. I...can you tell him thank you from me, Ailo?" Charles asks, shamefully hesitant to power through the wall to do it himself.

"Psychosis is a long-term problem," Ailo says softly, summoning his many years as a clinical psychiatrist to impart the news with tender care. This isn't just a patient, this is his friend. "So we're in this for the long-haul, Charles. I'll be here with you every step of the way. Pietro and Wanda will, too, hm? He won't be like this forever, but this is a serious episode. I can't estimate how long he'll be acutely ill for, but this is a fantastic sign," he jerks his chin up at the sloth. "Somewhere, he recognizes you. Let's focus on that, give him a safe place to land."

"Sweetheart," Erik whispers under his breath, tears tracking down his cheeks and plopping onto his collar. Charles is hurting. Ivanov is hurting him. There's people here, trying to take him. Trying to make them sick. He won't let them, Charles already died. He can't let him die again, not again. Not a million times again. Erik casts a large bubble all around them, dimming it so that no one can see inside and pushing everyone in the room gently out of reach. "No one will hurt," he pets at Charles's jaw.

"Er--Erik," Ailo grimaces. He's strong, but not Erik strong. "Querido, come on. Let me inside, hm? I'll make sure that no one gets hurt." He wavers, and appears next to Charles after a long, inexorable moment. "Good, very good." He smiles ruefully at the pair. A baby bat appears on his shoulder, and he grins, giving it a little scritch. "A new friend, fantastic."

Psychosis. Is this the start of it? For some reason, Charles had thought that it would be more gradual than this. A slow descent , enabling them to have time to prepare. Charles wanted to read up, consult with Ailo. This snap is altogether something else. "Will he be like this for a long time?" Charles asks. "Does it come in waves or is he lost inside himself until it's better? He sees things that aren't happening here, Ailo, he sees me dead. Will he be like this the whole time?"

All the while, he squeezes Erik's hand. With his other, the one still encased in a brace, he wipes Erik's tears away with his knuckle, and then brushes loose curls from red-rimmed eyes. A safe place to land. "All these new friends, how lovely," Charles says aloud, following Ailo's lead. "Thank you, darling. Why don't you come and sit with us? You can tell us their names, we don't know." He looks at Ailo for guidance, feeling foolish.

"I'm not sure," Ailo says, apologetic. "This isn't an ordinary psychotic break. What he's seeing is real, because of his mutation. He's just having trouble parsing what is relevant. But he recognizes you, and he recognizes me."

Erik, spurred on by Charles, creeps over to them and slides right into his lap, resting his head on Charles's chest. Overgrown, confused and horribly sore all over, grasping at corpses and digging through soil. Achilles, covered in ashes. His Patroclus, shielded in his arms.

Ailo continues, "He hasn't harmed any of us. I do worry about others, though. We need to make a plan to contain him. How much of his mind can you sense right now? Can you exert any influence or control over him at all?"

"Contain him. He's not an animal," mutters Charles, but he knows that Ailo hasn't implied that. He's just scared. Nonetheless, he bows his head apologetically before nudging along the barrier wall. "If I wanted to, I could sense all of it. I mean, it's still his mind. I can perceive it all." He wraps his arms around Erik as he slides onto his lap, cradling him. Refusing to let go. "But I don't know if I can keep myself upright in there. I was getting lost before you pulled me out."

"Is there any way that you can exert influence over him without submerging yourself?" Ailo asks, offering a sympathetic smile and giving Charles's forearm a squeeze. He knows. "I'd like to make sure that we can neutralize him safely, in case he loses lucidity and tries to hurt us. He could cause a lot of damage, Charles, and I don't want him to have to deal with the fallout of something like that. I know it would destroy him to have harmed an innocent, nevermind a friend."

"You want me to take his abilities away?" Charles asks, tightening his grasp around Erik. His visceral reaction is a refusal. Taking away Erik's mutation is akin to taking away his senses. A straightjacket and a blindfold, all at once. Simultaneously...Ailo is right. Neutralizing him is probably the safest option. For Erik, too. "I don't know if I can do it without incapacitating him entirely," he says softly, rocking him ever so gentle. "Vision can probably do it more effectively than I can; it isn't even manual, for him. But do we really need to go to that length?"

"No," Ailo shakes his head. "I more mean, can you make him unconscious, help him to go to sleep, if something happens? Because he can shrug me off, but not you. I'd prefer to go that route, since it's more humane, as you've said. Doing something that drastic would be a last resort, but I don't know if it will get to that point, since there are positive indicators. He's not an animal, you're right. He's a human being who is suffering and sick, and I'm not going to cause him any more pain if I can help it."

Charles gazes down at Erik, at that tortured expression and far-off eyes. "I can try," he says at last. "I may need the both of you to come get me if I fall in." He looks at Wanda and Ailo both, and then slips under. It's not easy to navigate; Erik's mind is in fragments. His conscience is nearly unrecognizable, but, luckily, the mechanical foundations are still intact. One of the first things Charles learned to do as a child was render his nannies unconscious—in a safe way, of course—to enable him to sneak about their home unbothered.

It's not much different than it always has been, once he's able to hone in on the right place. The cacophony begins to dull as Erik slips under. For good measure, Charles disables the avenues for nightmares, too. I love you, Erik, he murmurs to his husband in his last moments of wakefulness. "He's asleep now," Charles announces, feeling Erik grow heavier against him. "I can wake him up, but I'd rather let him sleep. No need for him to suffer in there while we figure out what to do."

"I'd like to stay with you both for a while, if that's all right," Ailo says without hesitation. "He should be at home, with friends and family. And I know you've been through an ordeal yourself. I'm certain he would want me to ease your stress however I can. Judging by our new friends, here," he huffs, balancing a little bat on his fingertip. It swings down and hangs, strong talons clutching Ailo's knuckle. "He does like the daily banana, hm?" Ailo snorts. "Let me stay with you all. We will get through this, together. I can't promise it will be easy, but I have full confidence we can make it better. Rest, tranquility, that's what we all need. Perhaps tomorrow we'll visit the conservatory."

Charles remembers the Professor and Magneto's wise words. "The guest suite is yours," he nods toward the hallway. "We were going to change the decor a bit, maybe get some new curtains. Feel free to spruce it up to your liking. We may need you for a while. I can't look after him on my own." Admitting it out loud burns a hole in his chest, but the Professor and Magneto conveyed as much. Even if he weren't a tetraplegic, he would need help. "Can you help me put him to bed?"

The twins are quick to act, tucking Erik in to the soft blankets. The sloth curls up beside him while the bat sticks to Ailo's shoulder, evidently drawn to the eldest of the group. Charles sits at the bedside, feeling helpless, nervous, and sad. So, so sad. "I know we need to deal with the UN and the ICC, but I don't want to leave him."

"You leave that to me. I'll have Michael and Paul stop by and get Marc and Carmen on board. Once we explain the situation I'm sure they'll be able to accommodate us. There's no point in trying anything major right now, he's just not competent. Ah, it's been a long road. I have always known he would eventually encounter strife of this nature, he's kept it together for so very long. He's taken care of us all, so now it's our turn," he says with a gentle smile as he smooths Erik's hair from his forehead. He bends down to give Charles a good squeeze. "We're strong together. Tightly woven. Just like before, we'll get it done. Thank goodness we have one less thing to worry about," he adds, grateful for the success of the Gilead mission.

"Do you really think they will? He's a Prime Minister, and he murdered an ICC prisoner. They've already been wary about Genosha for years. This will trigger a lot of anti-mutant sentiment, won't it?" Even as he says it, Charles finds it difficult to care too deeply. Anti-mutant sentiment is just. Sentiment. Feelings. Trivial, in context. "He was born different," Charles says quietly, hand wrapped around Erik's own. "His brain is structurally different. The human brain is incredible diverse, and it's absurd that there are such narrow definitions of normal. What he endured as a child and continues to endure exploits the differences." He looks to Ailo. "Magneto said that it's a type of schizophrenia. But he's had that for a long time. We both know that. Did losing Charlie break the levee? Is that how it works?"

"For a telepath, you don't know much about psychology," Pietro observes, tactful as ever.

"I don't," Charles admits. "There's more to it than thoughts and feelings."

"It's more than likely he's been through this before," Ailo says, wry. "But he might not have had the language to express what was happening to him. We've seen it over the years, when he gets 'lost,' as he calls it. Part of it is undoubtedly a result of neurological divergence, but I also wager his mutation is playing a role as well. Just like it does for you, it's not precisely a disorder that you're sometimes unable to distinguish between yourself and others. Just like for him it's difficult to distinguish between past, present, future or even current realities. But that's getting mixed in," he tries to explain. "Neurosis, trauma and schism combined into a mental soup, so to speak. He's souping."

Ailo wriggles his fingers, an attempt to buoy the situation with a little levity. "Think about how difficult it would be to parse a situation where you're remembering a version of yourself now, existing in the past, but in the past you weren't aware that your future self would return. What it means to exist on multiple planes, throw in trauma and mental illness on top. I'm honestly surprised that 1) he's retained any insight at all, and 2) he hasn't reached this point sooner. But I don't know about his past. He spent over a decade in Hellfire, he very likely has been here before. His memories wouldn't have formed correctly since coherency is necessary for encoding."

"No soup for you," Pietro inserts. When the room stares at him, he smiles. "Sorry. You'll get the reference in 20 years."

Charles frowns, squeezing Erik's hand tighter. He's not in the mood for references, or soup. "How do we fix it? You're making it sound like it's too late."

Ailo rests a hand on Charles's shoulder. "Querido, this isn't something that can be fixed. Even in Magneto's time, mental illness is something we manage. There may come a point where he no longer actively meets the diagnostic criteria for any disorder, but his brain is permanently affected by both genetic and environmental factors that increase his risk for degenerative illness. He'll need to monitor his condition for the rest of his life, and we'll have to develop a treatment program for him. We might consider meds, though I'd like to proceed conservatively there. I've gotten excellent results with forensic narration, I think he's a solid candidate for it. But right now he needs to get stable. We weather the storm. Make sure he eats, bathes, spends time with loved ones."

Charles grimaces. "I just want him to be able to function. He's a Prime Minister. That's his greatest joy, being Prime Minister. He loves Genosha, he loves his job. We need to get him to a point to where he can do that again." It's clear to all that Charles isn't looking at the situation holistically at the moment, for he, too, is in a delicate mental state. Pietro rubs his other shoulder. "Maybe he can be again, but if he can't, will it be so bad? Magneto stepped down and was happy. Spent a lot of time doing yoga and making daisy chains and hugging trees." Charles, aggravated, shrugs both hands off of him. "I'd like to be alone with him for a while, if you please," he snips. "If you two could help Ailo set up his room."

Ailo presses his lips together, and guides Pietro from the room. "Let's give them some time alone," he encourages, gentle. "This will be a difficult adjustment, and I'm afraid we aren't as quick as you. They'll be all right, I'll make sure of it. Why don't you invite Vision over, we'll fix up the house and take care of the logistics." He knows it's important that everyone has purpose and intention.


Inside the bedroom, Erik rustles fitfully beneath the blankets, eyes fluttering and snapping open. He reaches for Charles instinctively, materializing him at his side and curling him up. Somewhere, aware that he's aggrieved and sorrowful for it. Still trying desperately to soothe him. "Neshama," he croaks.

Charles is glad when the rest are out of the room. Ailo and Wanda are telepaths and can undeniably listen in, but he's not getting the answers that he wants, and it's frustrating. It's been a horrible, sorrowful day. The desire to be alone with his husband in whatever state is strong. However, it isn't long before Erik begins to rouse. Charles reflexively thinks to put him back under, and then beckon for Ailo, but he decides to do neither and instead wraps his arms around Erik when he's blooped into the bed beside him. "I'm here," he whispers back, pressing his forehead against Erik's own. "Darling, I'm here. It's okay. Tell me what you have to say."

Erik struggles for a long moment against the rising cacophony of noises. When Charles first manifested his abilities, he recalls experiencing something similar. When they supercharged after his injury he too spent long days in bed, unable to separate the complex web of shapes and thoughts that encroached and squeezed at him. Erik seems to be enduring something similar, only it isn't necessarily thought as much as it is a cascade of temporal echoes.

Trillions of possible outcomes, every decision splinters into infinitely more at their ends and those ends become even greater, exponentially increasing to form its own force. That force is pressing on Erik, suffocating him. But still, he swims fruitlessly amongst the tides, tandem with his beloved. The reasoning part of his soul. The spark of life, that breath of feeling. "Love. You." It's a soft, foggy whisper. It's agony of effort to press the words into sounds, but he must do it. He must, forever do this. Every decision leads to one inevitable conclusion. In every dimension is one undeniable truth. Erik Lehnsherr loves Charles Xavier. "Ne-sha-ma. Love you. Husband."

Charles is tearful now as he moves alongside Erik, clutching him. It's impossible for him to determine which Charles is here and which isn't—in his head, the distinction between one or the other is non-existent. Many are dead. Many are ill. But many are alive, and strong and steadfast at Erik's side. Charles tries to capture those and hold them there, but it's hard, like using a bucket to catch a rip current. When Erik speaks, though, he cries softly, and holds him close. "I love you, too," he blubbers, pressing kiss after kiss into his temple. "So much, Erik. At your side, forever, hmm? I will never leave your side. You believe me, don't you?

Erik weeps, features crumpling as his gaze wavers between this world and the many worlds beyond. "Couldn't save you. So sorry. Please don't be angry with me. I'm sorry. Couldn't - protect - useless, bad. Pathetic. Bad, bad." His voice wobbles, vulnerable. "Couldn't stop. He hurt you. Schhh--midt. Gemacht mich zerstören. Hurt. Mmnnn," he moans, shuddering in Charles's grasp, slipping between his fingers like so much water. "Bitte, bitte hör auf," he begs an unseen specter. "Hmmnnn. Nnnn. Charles. Ch--arlie."

Charles brushes Erik's hair from his forehead. He remembers what Magneto said about not playing along or fighting, about focusing on the feelings instead. And there are certainly a lot of feelings. And so he ignores the German, the delusion of Schmidt or one of his cronies, and holds Erik close. "I'm not angry, my love. Hey, listen. It's okay. What happened is in the past, right? We can't fix what happened in the past. We can't always change what will happen in the future, either. You're seeing it all, and it's too much. Can you try and focus on right now? That is the one place where we can exert control. Can you try to do that for me, my love? Focus on right now. Look, our friend here," he breathes, gesturing toward the tiny sloth snuggled between them. "I'd love a pair of matching pajamas."

The baby sloth slooooowly reaches up to tap its long claws along Erik's splotchy cheek. Like the sun breaking free from miserable clouds, a small peaking smile crosses his features as his eyes warm to Charles for a brief moment, just a single instant of recognition. "--jamas," he rumbles, and quite suddenly they're all decked out in snazzy sleepwear, with little booties and floppy caps with fuzzy balls on the ends. He sways from side to side, humming.

Charles laughs through his own tears, mostly in relief. Erik couldn't have responded to such a specific request if he were completely gone, lost inside without any idea where he is. He's far from stable, as Ailo calls it, but he's not gone. Their silly pajamas are proof. "Thank you, I love it," he whispers, swaying along with Erik. "So comfy, so cozy. How else can we make our room cozier?" he urges. "What do you think we need? Lanterns? Fairy lights? Help me out, darling." Erik, after all, loves to help. "Make it cozy."

Trembling, wavering, the room sparkles and glows as Erik's tenuous grip on his psyche convulses and the shards embed their sticky, caustic edges. "Hurts," he warbles. "Everything is made of peas. Cold, mushy. My toes. I ate the batteries. I'm sorry. He won't love me anymore, will he? He won't love me," Erik cries. "I didn't want to. He's dead. Oh, I lost my love. Hurts. He's lonely now."

"He isn't lonely," Charles tells Erik gently. Peas? Batteries? The grip that Erik has is tenuous, slippery. Charles can only try to follow along, hook in where he can. "He has Ariel, remember? Charles will always have Erik or Ariel with him. Isn't that beautiful, darling? That there's an Erik for every Charles, and a Charles for every Erik. The universe is beautiful that way, isn't it? Looking out for you and I. I think that's beautiful."

"A Charles for me," he whispers fondly. "But no me for Charles. My me flew away, I'm a bad bird. I'm sorry. I love you. I protected you, I promise. It hurts and I'm scared. Everything is so much, I can't fit it in here. And you're sad, and I'm bad." He's half-tangible, translucent. The words are haphazardly connected, thoughts and images scattering about when Charles tries to gently peek inside. He recognizes pieces of Erik strewn about; at times when he's gotten lost in nightmares and horrid flashbacks, the disconnected rambles twine together. Only now it's as if his entire being is composed of muttering salad, stringy lettuce swirling where his brain ought to be.

"It's okay if I'm sad," Charles says gently. "It's normal to be sad. It's okay if you're sad, too. In this life, we're going to lose a lot of people we love at times, Sweetheart. They're going to leave this world and move on to the next. We're allowed to be sad when that happens. I'm very sad. I miss Ariel. I love him a lot, and I wish he could stay with us forever. But he couldn't. He and Charlie went somewhere beautiful. Somewhere where people don't get sick or hurt. They're beyond injury and illness, now. So, we can be sad because we miss them, but we can be happy because they're better off. Right?"

Charles imagines that this is fruitless, because Erik isn't talking about Charlie, but the infinite Charlies that die painfully, the ones that parade across his psyche at this very moment, but he must try. "But just because I'm sad doesn't mean that you're bad. You're still here. My you. My very favorite Erik of all the Eriks. I'm so lucky to have you here."

Erik peppers Charles's face with kisses, snuggling in for as long as he can. Like this, it's almost possible to forget that they're in the midst of a bona fide crisis, it so resembles every other night where they're lazily curled up in one another's arms. But reality comes hammering in as Charles shifts and Erik shifts tightly, a spring of panic bolting across his senses. No, he can't let Charles slip away. He has to keep him here, where he can watch over him. Make sure no one can get him sick. Make sure he doesn't drown in his own lungs or get hit by a car. Only Erik can prevent it all. All the worlds he's seen. He has to stop them from manifesting. "I'll feed you, OK? Make it cozy," he repeats his earlier words, like sleeptalking.

The panic cuts through the calm like an icy spike. They'd been bobbing lazily, awash together, almost sleepy in their bed when it struck, triggered by a clumsy shift. Oh, this will be difficult—Charles had been foolish enough to think that Erik's momentary calm was a sign that he was on his way out. He's now being held tightly, that same manic protectiveness flooding Erik's body that had been present at the Hague. As if people are here right now, trying to take Charles from him physically. Don't play along. Don't deny. Focus on feelings. "I'll stay right here at your side," he tells his husband, voice calmer than what he feels. "I promise you. You want to feed me? Are you hungry? Should we have something to eat? We can eat."


It goes like this for most of the night, the sole focus of Erik's tattered distress centered on Charles, his children, his family and friends and the Genoshans being in danger. Sometimes he has to hide them away, or fight off invaders, sometimes it's food poisoning or natural disasters. A symphony of horrible fates for every action or inaction, and Charles finds himself suffocated despite all of their best efforts to adapt and combat. Erik doesn't like to be separated from him for longer than a few moments, growing restless even when he sleeps and far too incoherent to understand that he's actually causing a good majority of Charles's discomfort.

It's exhausting, and Erik doesn't like other people in their room, but eventually Charles has to admit that it just isn't possible for him to weather this on his own. Ailo has been good about giving them their space, but as the days pass it becomes clear that Erik isn't making much improvement. There are moments where Charles can almost convince himself he has his husband back, periods of brief lucidity where Erik holds him and bestows as much material and emotional support as he can. But it's just not enough. This is turning out to be bigger than either of them, years in the making. Erik is becoming exquisitely unraveled, subjected to forces beyond comprehension and magnified.

It's he who eventually says, soft and battered, "please. Help. Need help. Can't make it stop. Help? Help you. Need to help you."

Charles is beyond exhausted by the end of the week. Erik scarcely sleeps, and when he does, Charles doesn’t dare leave his side—they learned the hard way that Erik waking up and finding Charles gone will result in a cyclone. When he’s awake, he requires constant care and attention, battling hallucinations and delusions and the losing contact with the present at no discernible pattern. He’s always been protective, but this is something else. Charles knows that he’s living in agony, convinced that Charles will be hurt or killed by an infinite score of things and must therefore be tethered to Erik’s side at every moment.

Which in itself wouldn’t be so bad if it wasn’t inspiring him to take action to ensure that it be so. He’s not getting better. He’s getting worse. The moments of clarity are tantalizing, but Charles soon learns to stop being hopeful when they unfold. Instead, he tries to enjoy them, like visits after an extended holiday, always aware that the visit could be cut short at any point. It’s hard. And painful. And so when, after a long day spent with Erik guarding him from forces that only he can see, Erik begs for help, Charles feels himself unravel, too. Erik is miserable beyond measure, desperate for relief, and Charles can only empathize. He needs relief, too.

“Tell me how I can help you,” Charles whispers from his side of the bed, where Erik likes to put him. “Tell me how I can help you, darling, so that you can help me. I’ll do whatever you need.”

Erik's body bears the toll, his normally olive complexion now dry and patchy, cheeks gaunt, eyes beset by circles so dark and severe it looks like he's been beaten half to death. His lips are cracked, dehydration sticking his skin to bones like paper. He's leathery and sallow, and tears would well if he had any more left to give, but his eyes have long run dry. His mouth wobbles, desperation paramount. He scrounges for a long moment deep in the recessed catacombs of his symphonic brain, where he once shone and arced brilliance now redoubles insanity over.

"Hospital?" he tries, pitiful. "No shocks. Don't want to go. You'll get hurt. Get hurt. But I'm. Hurting. You. Me. I'm hurting."

Charles hasn’t, for one moment, considered taking Erik to the hospital. Magneto had gone, both for medical and psychiatric reasons, but Charles had assumed that they would be able to avoid it. They could care for Erik at home, he’d been convinced of it. But even through the low light, Charles can see the physical toll that’s been exerted on his beloved. He’s had maybe a single cup of water and one whole meal since this all started, and a collective few hours of sleep. Seeing that he takes his medication is enough of a challenge; by the time he and Ailo can convince him to swallow the pills, they’re both too exhausted to try and force him to eat with much gusto.

“We don’t have to go to the hospital, sweetheart,” Charles rasps, for he feels like he’s failing his husband. “We can look after you here, you just need to get some food and water in you, and let me help you sleep. Do you want to try that first? We can try again…”

Erik knows he isn't going to get another chance at this, and he knows if he tries to reason with Charles he'll be easily thwarted, far too tenuous to string much thought together. He gathers up his beloved in his arms with their sloths and bats and pajamas and some melons and tea abandoned on the side table and whirls them away to Hank and Ailo, not knowing precisely where to go or who to call but somewhere deep inside he trusts these two to help him care for his husband just like Charles takes care of him.

"Help," he says to the furry man at the desk, pointing at Charles. "Stay with me. Help us? I'm sorry. Not right. I'm broken. Very sorry. Need. Doctor. Hospital. No lobotomy." He wobbles a little, unsteady on his feet. Charles is snug in his chair with a blanket over his shoulders and one across his lap, inundated by soft creatures and fuzzy things.


Hank blinks up at the sight, eyes wide. He’s been busy studying the chemical formulas brought back from the future and coordinating the rollout of treatments and therapeutics. He also has autopsy data to study; Charlie’s lungs in the advanced stage of his disease were like Swiss cheese, and there is a lot to analyze. But in this moment, it’s clear that Erik needs his attention. He glances briefly at Ailo and Charles, and then stands to approach Erik. “No lobotomy,” he promises, gentle as he can. “Why don’t we get you checked in? We’ll look after you.”

"And. Charles. Sleeping and eating. And petting the lemur. He likes Dante," Erik tears up, looking every bit like a lost child and not the grown Prime Minister of a nation that Hank is familiar with. The man who is simultaneously a hard earned friend and pain in his ass, trust forged through decades of solidarity and numerous battles at one another's side presenting an image of him as stable and constant.

On one hand it's shocking to see him essentially obliterated, but having met Ariel and learning more about his history, not so mysterious at all, halfway to expected of any lesser man. Erik has been a pillar of surety and stability for so many years even after his ordeal with Stryker, anyone reasonable has to assume that he's finally reached a point where he can no longer cope on his own. But still, his concern and primary priority is his husband and closest companion. Always, Charles. If he can break the barrier of horrors for a single moment it's to impress Charles's wellbeing into his care team.

Hank smiles gently. “And Charles. We’ll see that he sleeps and eats and gets to pet the lemur.” For good measure, he strides to Charles and wraps his fingers around the handles on the back of his chair. “I promise, Erik.”

Charles slumps, resigned. In his heart, he knows this is right. Erik needs more hands-on care than Charles and Ailo can provide. But he can’t help but feel like a failure, unable to help Erik in his time of need. “I’ll stay with you,” he promises, tearful. “I won’t leave, my love. At your side, the whole time.”

Notified by one of Hank's assistants, Ailo meets them at Reyda Keshkat in the tranquil room set aside for Genosha's VIP patients, not that it looks any different from any other room, the standard of care the same across the board as per their cultural decree, but it is separated from the rest of the hospital to provide privacy to those who might be pestered due to fame or importance. Ailo brings Sue Elkins with him from AMC and can only sag in relief as he spies their two new arrivals.

The bed inside is large enough for two, almost certainly purposeful as they all know the men won't dare separate especially in these trying times. Even as rambling and useless as Erik's tattered psyche is, he tries his hardest to tend to his love. This is apparent to any with even the most cursory knowledge of their partnership. Ailo has been helping them at home but he's known for a while that this exceeds their capacity, and he's been gentle and patient waiting for them to realize it on their own.

"I'm so glad to see you both," he greets, fond. "And look, I've brought a buddy." Dante is glommed onto his chest, long striped arms wrapped about his collar and he detangles the wide-eyed creature gently. He's wearing a knit sweater and little glasses to protect his sensitive peepers from light, fastened on with a tiny lanyard. With Erik and Charles situated in the bed and a lemur beside, Ailo glances down at the clipboard in his hands.

"Let's get a full workup on him, OK? Go slow and gentle. Let him know what you're doing before you do it. You know the drill," he says wryly. "And let's get some breakfast in here. We want to supplement it, but he'll have to take those with his HIV meds. Be vigilant about that, any minerals must be consumed at the exact same time." He squeezes Charles's forearm. "How are you doing, querido? Let's get you a mild sleeping aid as well. Prepare some kava," he tells Sue with a warm smile.

Charles wishes that it are different, but he feels relief once he takes inventory of Erik's room. Their room. It's clean and comfortable, but what brings the comfort is the knowledge that they will have help. Someone to look after Erik's physical health while they tend to his mental health. He couldn't do it on his own, and Erik was withering. They're soon tucked in bed, however, and Charles tries to relax. He takes his place at Erik's side, arms around him. Protective. It isn't a one-way street. "I'm not the patient here," Charles reminds Ailo. "But kava sounds nice. We should all have some with breakfast. Don't you think so, Erik? A nice breakfast, and then a nap."

"As far as I'm concerned, you're both two people who are in dire need of some TLC. Nothing more, nothing less," Ailo responds with a wink. "Reyda is a place for resting, it's not an insane asylum and we don't worry about pathology here. Every human needs comfort and connection, and that's what we strive for here. I'm your clinician, but I'm also a friend. In any other country that might pose a professional or even ethical challenge, but Genosha is a different sort," he says with a grin.

"We can talk more about what that looks like for you and Erik once we get you settled in for today and Erik gets some sleep. After, you can explore the facility and the grounds. Erik will love the forest, it's part of the conservatory. There's a nice memorial for Aura there, too, and a butterfly garden. He loved those butterflies," Ailo laughs gently.

They had missed their friend's funeral while over on the other side, but held their own version with Aura's closest companions just before Charlie and Ariel followed suit. It's been a sad, hard time and Charles can feel Ailo's grief gently winging, a shared olive branch rather than brutal torment. Erik stirs beside him and presses their cheeks together. "Friend," he whispers, comforted immensely by their pretty room and all the plants and soft wind chimes. But mostly it's an awareness that they're both swaddled in firm hands, the people here care. They're safe. The danger is ever present, but for one single moment, Erik feels secure. That alone is enough to convince Charles that they're in the right place, together.

"You make sure you rest, too," Charles tells Ailo, though it's clear that he's resigned. "You've been awake as much as I am. Can't be our clinician effectively if you don't rest up, mm?" But, it's the right place. The staff are kind and caring and don't even flinch at the absurd things that Erik says and does throughout the morning. Somehow, they convince Erik to eat without much of a fight. He has to admit that he's utterly beat, too, and so when it comes time for them both to sleep, he's all too eager. "Are you ready for a nap, darling?" he asks, once the food is cleared away. "We can do some exploring later. Right now, we should sleep."

Nestling up close, Erik blinks wide green eyes at him and nods sagely. "Sleeping time," he whispers with a shy grin, tangling their hands together and lifting them to study. He draws his two fingers up and down Charles's own, amazed that he can bend and follow along even if it's stiff and slow. Charles is doing so well with his physical therapy, and even half-baked, Erik always finds time to meander their walking fingers together, as though making sure he continues his exercises.

It's little things like this that hint he isn't hopeless. The most treasured part of himself, his love for Charles, doesn't waver even now. He doesn't always recognize Charles or understand him, but they're learning how to navigate. "So sorry," he adds mournfully, stroking Charles's cheek. "I know. Broken. I try so hard. To be. Yours. Erik. I want to be Erik."

“Remember what the Professor said?” Charles asks softly, carding his fingers through Erik’s curls. “Don’t apologize. He said you’d want to do so, profusely. It’s okay, my darling. You’re unwell. Remember our vows? Sickness and health.” He leans forward to peck a kiss on his forehead. “You’re still Erik. Even like this.

"I'm sick," Erik nods, squinting a little at something over Charles's shoulder. "It hurts. I see. Everything. Remember. Huhhh--said, he said. You won't love me. Why? Why so much pain? Am I so bad?" He twitches hard, flinching. Like this, he can't regulate what comes out, flashes of horror burbling up in the caustic soup. Some he has lived and many he hasn't. Too, too many. Charles can see shapes stuck together strangely, a face. Unfamiliar, limp eyes. Dead smile. Someone is screaming. Charles realizes it's Erik, quiet as a mouse before him. Shrill and panicked behind the cage of memories.

By this point, Charles is accustomed to the garble of words that spill from Erik without notable cause. He's still learning how to parse important things from the details, but he knows, confidently, that there isn't anything new alarming him. Just more frightening conjurings from the back of his psyche, horrible feelings. Memories native and foreign alike. "Remember that just because you experience pain does not mean that you deserve pain," Charles tells him gently, ignoring the specters floating about the room, visible to Erik.

Charles can see them through his eyes, and they're haunting. I'm going to put him under, but maybe something pharmaceutical can help keep him there, Charles relays to Ailo as he rubs Erik's shoulders. "I'm going to help you sleep now, and then I'll sleep, too. Hank and Ailo are making me. Listening to you, because you told them to take care of me."

"Take care of you," Erik rumbles back, eyes fluttering and closing almost automatically. His muscles relax under Charles's gentle ministrations, long lines of burden tightly coiled relaxing by increment. It takes very little prodding for him to slip under, the heavy weight of exhaustion a thick blanket over the room and enveloping Charles just as well. Vaguely, he senses the door open and a small poke at Erik's upper arm deposits the medicine that will keep him submerged, with Charles's assistance.


His sleep is dreamless and drifting. In short order Charles tumbles after him, and they float together in an endless bobbing sea as two buoys weaving side-by-side, the cracked lighthouse of Erik's tumultuous soul flashing in the distance. They stay that way until morning, and Charles gradually awakens to Erik stroking his cheek, the tiny two-toed sloth named Poe cradled delicately in his other arm like a baby. Erik smiles down at Charles, fussing over a wrinkle in his pajamas.

Even in sleep, they’re connected telepathically. Charles can’t let Erik go, remaining latched on to his husband wherever he goes. But, they do sleep, which is a relief to both of them and their entire care team, who were more than mildly concerned about the pair’s exhaustion level. And when Charles flutters back in to consciousness to gentleness, smiles, and sloths, he can only smile back at Erik. Rested and fed, he looks closer to normal than he has in a week, that reserved grin for Charles only a glimpse of his husband. Charles knows that this peace will be short lived, but he’s willing to bask in it while it’s here. “Good morning, my darling,” he greets, pulling Erik down for a kiss. “You’re looking handsome today.”

He's met with resounding warmth, a muddled affection in the vague shape of recognition as he ducks his head, chasing after the pleasant sensation of Charles. He knows he's dreaming, watching from the underside of his frosted lake as Charles comes to him there. Touches him, tells him gentle things. His eyes tear up as he remembers. "Sweetheart," he rasps, drawing it down over himself like a blanket. Cocooned and safe. It's just a dream, but he can wish for a while. Where his spirit rests alongside its pair, and the visceral ache recedes from the shore of tortures. "Stay?" he entreats, hopeful.

Charles doesn’t bother trying to tell Erik that he’s awake and not dreaming. Right now, there’s not much difference, the fractured shards of Erik’s psyche too small to properly distinguish a dream from a reality. What matters is the peace that he feels. That’s real. The moments of calm, imagined or real, are important. “Of course I’ll stay. I wouldn’t want to be anywhere else,” Charles promises, adjusting himself so that his arms fix around Erik again. Safe and snug. “You, me, and Poe. Did you know that Poe and Dante are best friends now?”

It draws a shaky laugh from the man, and he darts up to deliver another kiss to Charles because he's here. He can kiss and touch. "Best friends?" he repeats, awed. "Just like us. So kind to Erik," he glows, and all the little objects in their room float and sway. His heart is a giant, overgrown and stooping, and he cradles all the creatures in his massive talons. Careful, careful. A small plate materializes in front of Charles full of banana and chocolate chip pancakes, his favorite. The chocolate chips arranged in intricate mandela swirls.

“Just like us,” Charles agrees, smiling, rocking, enjoying Erik in his sunny mood. “You’re my very best friend in the whole universe. The multiverse, even. I love you so very much.” He’s said it a billion times in the last handful of days, but it doesn’t hurt to hammer it home. The pancakes make Erik grin wider, because he’s remembered his favorite breakfast. His breakfast. Not another Charles, but his. ”Thank you, darling,” he beams. “My favorite.” He ears a forkful of delectable pancake, and then holds a bite up for Erik. “Share it with me, hmm?”

Erik dutifully obeys, letting Charles feed him and sharing with his small furry companions as well. Charles startles a little as Lucille appears on his shoulder and squawks for her portion. "Mama? No mama?" she pines, a common occurrence since Ariel's departure. Even though Erik is a spitting image, she knows the difference. Erik soothes her with a banana and she thanks him by counting all the yellow objects she can find. The morning passes by in relative ease, with Erik half-tethered, until the door to their room opens and Ailo and Hank appear for morning rounds with Erik's medicine. Erik reflexively curls around Charles, nervous. Lucille flutters up to Hank and lands on his forearm. "Mama sick, Dr. Blueberry?"

Charles wants to hiss at the intruders. They’d been having such a nice time together, talking about nothing important at all, just enjoying each other. He knows that it’s important that Erik get his medicine and fall in to a routine, but the way Erik curls in to his side signifies that he is still unraveled, distrustful and nervous of others. “Uh, just needs medicine,” Hank replies awkwardly to the bird. He’s not as comfortable talking to creatures as the rest seem to be. “You okay?” he asks Charles. “It’s been a good morning,” Charles tells him. “We ate and slept.”

Ailo snorts to himself and holds his finger how Erik's taught him. "Step up?" he requests and Lucille grasps onto his stretched index, weaving side-to-side. "I'm so glad to hear it. We thought you both might like to get out for a walk, some fresh air will do you wonders. The space is beautiful, really." His returning sweep is a touch rueful, apologetic, but well-intentioned. He knows this is a challenging time for them both, and he's appreciative.

Erik is tense and guarded as the doctors approach, flinching as Hank moves to roll up his sleeve and apply a small blood pressure cuff. "Nnn. No tests," his eyes flick back and forth, unseeing. "No hurting. Won't let you."

Charles holds Erik in his arms and rubs down his back. He’s flinching away from Hank but he’s not fighting, which is a positive. If Erik wanted, he’d be nearly impossible to contain. But his eyes are lost again, seeing things that aren’t here, mind elsewhere entirely. “It’s just blood pressure, darling,” Charles attempts gently. “It won’t hurt. Just a little squeeze, like this.” He dares to squeeze Erik’s arm, just a bit. “Is that okay? Can Hank take your blood pressure?”

Despite his earlier actions against Ivanov, and Ailo's worries, Erik has been more or less non-violent for much of the rest of the time. His actions at the ICC were wildly out of character, enough to pose a concern that it might happen again, but also disparate enough and circumstantial enough that the doctors aren't too worried about it. After all, it couldn't be denied that Ivanov had caused them all a great deal of harm in the first place. Erik shivers a bit, but remains still, not causing any more problems even though he's clearly afraid.

Charles glances at Hank and nods obliquely. He knows that it would be bizarre to anyone else, to see someone so formidable and strong shaking like a leaf at the prospect of getting their blood pressure taken, but it’s Hank. They have their differences. Hank and Erik aren’t always the best of friends. But Hank has been here from the beginning, witnessing all the highs and lows. And he’s learned quite a bit about mental health in the years since meeting Ailo, so he understands, even vaguely, that Erik is experiencing a psychotic episode. He’s not inherently dangerous or “crazy,” as he, following the letter of medical literature, may have determined one day. Just ill, like any other patient.

“127 over 85. A touch high, but not worrisome. Maybe a little white coat syndrome,” Hank says knowingly, and then extends the tiny cup of pills toward Erik. “Can you take these, Erik? Just medicine, nothing else.”


Ailo dips in a short while later with two men, one is shorter with a beard and kind hazel eyes, while Charles recognizes the other as Michael Sherer, the ICC prosecutor who took their deposition at the Hellfire trials all those years ago. "Good morning," he greets calmly. He's an Israeli national and known for being firm, but fair in his dealings and he's been a good friend of Ailo for many years, having originally met in Congo during the UN's fledgling study into divergent human beings, now known as mutants. They're both baselines, but solid in their support of mutant civil rights. "This is the liaison with the Security Council, Secretary Paul Hallin. And I'm Michael Sherer, I know we've met. Can we have a moment of your time?"

"I'm not so sure how productive this is going to be, but try and go easy," Ailo encourages as he helps Erik take his medicine, feathering a hand across the back of his neck soothingly. "How's he doing, Hank?"

Erik peers up at them, holding Poe protectively and curling around Charles, a bundle of nerves. "I hurt someone," he whispers, aggrieved. He vaguely remembers the shouting and panic. Did he cause it? Charles was screaming. Did he cause the screaming?

"BP is fine. The food and rest have been helpful. No needles yet," he answers, glancing sidelong at Charles. The telepath had requested they go slow so as not to overwhelm Erik with too much poking and prodding all at once.

"It's good to see you again, Mr. Sherer, and nice to meet you, Secretary Hallin," Charles greets, but he doesn't extend a hand toward either, lest Erik interpret the contact as a threat. He's very wrapped up, anyway. When Erik speaks, Charles rubs his back and eyes the two men. As you can see, he's not in his right mind, he tells them telepathically. Must we do this today?

Michael blinks, confused momentarily at the voice in his mind, but not hostile to it. He tries to 'think' back. I'm afraid we do. We just need a statement, Ivanov was killed in our custody by the leader of a foreign nation. There's a lot we have to determine. You say he's not in his right mind, what exactly happened? I understand you were there. Erik watches them unsteadily, petting at Poe, wide-eyed. The touch at his back helps, and he presses closer.

Hallin is less secure about someone reading his mind, but he nods as well. "Ivanov was one of your captors, wasn't he?" he addresses Erik. "But you didn't attack him until now. He's been with us for years. What prompted this?"

Erik doesn't seem to fully understand. "Prompted? Is he here? He's coming back? No, I won't let him. He killed Charles. Killed me. I won't."

Paul squints, skeptical. "Ivanov is dead, Erik. You killed him."

"Me? No. No killing. No, it was ima. She saw what he did."

"Stop." Charles says it aloud and telepathically in order to create a reverberant echo in Hallin's head. Charles doesn't believe that he means to cause harm, but it's also clear that he doesn't know what sort of territory he's treading. Erik in this state is a far, far cry from the Erik that the two of them have seen on television or at the UN. I will tell you all you need to know. However, you're causing him distress. It may surprise you, but he's not in a place where further distress can be tolerated, he thunders, expression stony. He glances at Ailo next. Will you see your friends out?

Erik winces and curls around Charles even more, suddenly aware of his displeasure and hackles raised immensely in response. "Go away!" he barks at the men, and in a moment, they blip out of existence. Erik settled once they're gone. "All better," he hums, splaying his palm across Charles's cheek. "No more."

Ailo grimaces. "Are they... OK? Erik?"

"Safe and snug. With blankets." Erik smiles serenely.

"I'll tell them to come back later. You might give them a statement here," he taps his temple. "I'll get them to talk to Spector. He should really have a lawyer, and an advocate."

"I'd rather they not come back at all. Not until he's actually ready to talk," Charles huffs even as he accepts the protective arms around him. He sees anyone as a threat. More to me than to him, and I don't want to be locked away until he decides it's safe. He grimaces at the thought. I'll tell them whatever they need to know, but don't bring them back to the hospital, please. I'll meet with them when he's asleep. He turns his attention back to Erik. "Thank you for keeping them safe, I'm sure they're grateful for their blankets."

Erik wants to go back to the sloths and the pancakes, before blood pressure and men in suits. He sits up, catching on an idle drift, snow from the banks carried in gusts to his comprehension. Locked away? No, he'll take care. They can away to the forest, amongst the trees. To Ailo's shock, the two of them vanish promptly.

Chapter 78: But she was bold & held her nerve, & wisely, spoke with guts & verve,

Chapter Text

They wind up outside, situated in the vast jungle where Reyda gleams in the distance, chirping birds and insects swaying all around. Erik looks tall and gaunt, draped in blankets, shivering slightly. He's not accustomed to the outside, but Charles is more important.

Ailo ping-pongs with an amused huff. I suppose we ought to get used to this, hm?

Occupational hazard, with this one, Charles replies to Ailo as he takes in his surroundings. Not too far, luckily. Just a little jaunt to the forest. We'll take a walk and then I'll convince him to take us back. Stand by. To Erik, he smiles. "What a lovely day for a walk," he muses. "Why don't you put on a warmer jacket and some shoes, and then you can show me where all the little animals are hiding?"

It makes Erik smile brightly and he bends down to give Charles a quick hug and kiss on the top of his head, materializing a soft coat and hat and little mittens for him that perfectly cover his brace as well. Being outside calms him immensely, and being with Charles even moreso. "Something bad happened, didn't it?" he whispers, forlorn.

Lucille peeps up from her perch, sleepy and affectionate. "Good mama," she tells him severely. "Bad man, good mama." She pins her eyes, wobbling side-to-side.

It's quite an apt description and Erik nods seriously. "I killed him?" he gasps. "Oh, oh no. I didn't mean to. Didn't mean to, neshama. I killed. Oh," he says, tearing up promptly. "I'm so sorry. Killed. Everyone died. Everyone died," he swerves in place. "Do I go to jail now?"

"Hey. Come here," he says, firm. "Sit down. Right here on my lap, Erik." Even when he's stable, Erik likes to curl up on his lap and be held, be cared for, be safe in Charles's arms. The telepath has to imagine that that will remain the case even now. To underline the command, Charles slips into the fractured mosaic that is Erik's psyche and presses where he can to make his presence known, and then hijacks his motor cortex to do it for him mechanically. Once Erik is folded atop his legs, Charles grips him tight. "Tell me, sweetheart. Tell me what you can remember from that day. When we went to the Netherlands. Was ima there, in the Netherlands? Or was it just you and me? It's okay. You're not going to jail. But you have to tell me what you remember."

Instantly, as though drawn on a string, Erik slides right into Charles's lap. Where he still belongs. He's practically blubbering, features screwed up horribly as tears drip down onto their joined hands. "He killed. My love. Killed my love. Bang. Hurt me. After she died. Killed, everyone in a pit. Pushed me into dirt. Ashes. Laughing. Didn't understand. Killing me, stabbing me," he weeps. "He's me. Hurt us. Killed us. No more killing, no more. Make him stop, he stopped. I made him stop killing us. She saw him hurt me. She killed them all, but he escaped."

Erik tries desperately to weave the tenuous strands of his memories together, to comply with what he understands. Charles. He is with Charles. Charles is mutilated, a corpse. Ivanov is laughing and laughing. Jeering, twisted. A red devil, a hand at the back of his neck. "I want ima," he sobs, his whole body threatening to shiver apart between Charles's fingers like gloopy slime.

Charles can only rock Erik like a baby on his lap, his own eyes filling with tears. The hurt is so raw, and it weeps from Erik like blood. Drowning him, permeating every cell, as if his body is made of pain and anguish itself. His poor, poor husband, who hasn't deserved any of this. Charles cries softly, too, pressing his lips to Erik's temple. "You made him stop, yes. He won't hurt anyone ever again," he whispers, gripping Erik tighter. If only he could make the hurt go away. Edie? It's a desperate cry into the ether, but if she's out there listening, Charles could really use her, right now. I...if you're listening, your son needs you. I need you, he adds. Please. He's hurting, and I can't help him.

At first it's fruitless, an ignored cry into the vast dimensional multitude, a Hail Mary doubling back on itself. But in the distance, as he holds onto Erik for dear life, a fluttering emerges from the swaying trees. The Woman in White, her shroud gathered at her feet, silent wind sweeping her long auburn curls from her freckled face. Her smile is warm and gentle, plucked from the same depths that compose Erik and the twins. Vivid green eyes cast down at them regretfully as she approaches, solemn as she wraps them up in her arms. "Oh, tayer," she whispers. "Here we are, hm? I'm right here. I've got you both. I always have, and always will." 

Erik gasps, and launches himself at her, bundling her up in a tight bear hug. "Ima? Here? Oh, es tut mir zeyer leyd," the sobs come desperately now, caught in a maelstrom gale. "Tried. Make him stop. Tried." 

"Oh, I know, tayer. You've done so well. Rest, now. It's time to rest. Royk, royk, ragua," she encourages them both. To Charles, she rubs his back, embracing him in turn. "What a difficult time it's been. Tell me all about it."

Charles's own heart swells a bit when Edie appears in their midst, her presence warm, calm, and solid. Charles is grateful to not be alone right now, helpless, unable to help Erik navigate his pain. No one should have to suffer like this, but Charles cannot hope to provide the comfort that Erik needs. "Am I glad to see you," Charles breathes, smiling up at the woman who looks so like her husband, who has come to them in times of great joy and great sorrow.

They need her now more than ever. "It seems that the latest series of unfortunate events in our lives has triggered something rather catastrophic in our dear Erik's head. "He's having a rather difficult time determining what is real in our world and what is not. I believe he's gained access to a glimpse of the multiverse, and his brain cannot understand whether the trajectories he's seeing are our own. It's...trying." He reaches up to rub Erik's forearm. "Would you agree, my love?"

Edie strokes her fingers through Erik's hair, bundling them both up as best as she can. "Oh, I know the troubles. I went through something very similar as a young girl. It's difficult, but he's going to be all right. You both will. He's been very injured. By what happened, it creates a form of damage in here," she splays her fingers out across her son's cheek. "I've been aware for a long time that this was possible. Our family are prone to this, I fear. The multiverse is incomprehensible. So our minds have adapted to the input, but it creates this divergence. It can quite resemble insanity, but he's not crazy. He's just traumatized. You've both done such an excellent job, even if it doesn't seem so right now. I know he's sick in another way, too," her features shutter, a sudden chill in the air. "It seems I missed one of them."

"Agree," Erik rumbles back, settling a little more. "I didn't mean to hurt him. I don't like hurting people. Even them. I didn't mean to. In front of Charles. I'm sorry. I'm so sorry. He said not to apologize.... ... Sorry." He grins sheepishly.

"It's alright, darling," Charles tells his husband, gentle. "You're doing just fine. I know you didn't mean to hurt anyone in front of me. I'm not upset at you." It's more than a small relief to know that this has happened before, that Edie is not surprised or overly concerned about Erik's prognosis as a whole. It runs in their family. Trauma, not insanity. All concepts that Charles can hang on to and remind himself of when Erik's psyche splinters to dust, at times. Magneto got through it. Edie, too. Erik will see the other side of this. "He has medication to manage the other illness, thank goodness," Charles relays, accepting the comfort. "But I don't really know what to do otherwise. We checked in to a hospital finally, but I still can't leave his side. Not that I want do, of course. I just worry that I'm being ineffective. That we'll be like this forever."

"You got through it, too, tayer," she reminds Charles kindly. "When your abilities expanded. It took time, but you endured and now you're stronger than ever. He's going to be just the same, because he has you and his family. And even though I'm not always here, I'm still wound through. All the people you've lost, and the ones to come, they're out there, too. He'll learn how to find them. You'll learn how to soothe him. You're already learning," she grins at him.

"I lost him," Erik whispers, pained. "My love. I keep losing him. Keeps dying and being killed. People keep hurting him. I try to stop it but I can't. Not strong enough. Not good enough."

Edie squeezes him tight. "You are strong and good and brave. You both are. The multitudes are difficult. Everything that can happen does happen. Because of your prior experiences your brain is tuned to atrocity. You're drawn to the worst outcomes. But you'll find the joy, too. The joy is what matters. Pain is just a stimulus. Just random noise. It doesn't matter, not really. You'll learn not to take it into yourself. It doesn't belong. You belong here, with your husband. And you'll keep him safe."

From her, the words sound certain and assured, with the breadth of expertise that's lacking elsewhere in Charles's life. After all, who can truly understand the universe? The cosmic whole? It's almost enough to make him believe she does, and that maybe Erik will, too. Strong and good and brave. Being strong, good, and brave, Charles knows, is very important to Erik. It’s all he tries to be. Strong for his nation and for mutant-kind, good for the world at large, brave for his loved ones. Edie asserts it with such confidence and poise that it seems unarguable. Erik is strong and good and brave. Schmidt and the others spent a long time convincing him that, on his own, he’s weak, bad, and timid. That any bad thing that happens to him or those around him happen only because he’s weak, bad, and timid.

Tuned to atrocity and self-hatred, programmed into his psyche in his formative years. Charles can only be grateful that Erik had eleven years in a loving home before the Nazis got their filthy hands on him. He’s convinced that it’s the only reason he can hang on by the ever-thinning thread. “How can you be so sure that I’ll learn how to soothe him?” Charles asks, clearly desperate. “And that he’ll be able to see the good again? I would have broken in half immediately had I gained access to what he has—how can anyone tolerate it?”

"Ah, a mother knows these things," she replies with a wink. "I know it seems I mustn't grasp the severity. I promise I do. His resilience is uncommon, and unfair. No one should ever need to be so strong," she murmurs, gentle. "But he is. I don't quite know why. Perhaps because he was loved so deeply, before they took him. Maybe because he has an awareness beyond himself. Your friend Ailo is much the same. It's inbuilt, a product of composition, to cope with such a mutation. Living more than one life, more than one reality. And maybe it's just him. The core of him, for no reason at all. But he draws on his strength from you, and me, and his children. In Hellfire, he drew upon the ones he protected. He loved them, like his own. That love insulated him enough that he wasn't ripped apart. That gave him a foundation. His love for you follows suit."

“And he thinks it’s not enough,” Charles says softly, a pang rippling deep in his stomach. Unfair resilience, always tested. Weathering gale after gale, life-ending meteor over and over again. And yet, Erik still believes himself to be lacking. Charles, too, is forced to reckon with the onslaught of the world’s problems. He didn’t accept it with grace; he drugged himself up to make it go away, and only when he grew natively strong enough to shut most of out did he drop the pharmaceuticals.

If ever he lost control of his valve again, he would undeniably fold far worse than Erik. Charlie had been ready to kill himself, after all. Saved by the love of Ariel Eisenhardt. “Do you hear that, love?” he says softly, anyway. “In your very cells, you’re special. Strong, good, brave. So full of love. How lucky I am to have you. Your mother can’t be wrong, after all,” he says, nudging Erik playfully even though he feels the opposite of playful. “Make sure you listen to her.”

Erik nudges right back, for even in his very worst moments, he does indeed love Charles Xavier, and thus far nothing has seen fit to make him forget. Not even when his mind wasn't his own, manipulated from without by Sayid al-Zaman. He never, ever forgot. "You're enough," Erik responds, pained. "You're the best part of me. My neshama. Take care of me," he says with a soft smile. The one that's always and ever been reserved solely for Charles.

Since that very first night he had invited him in to his home, he knew then that the door had opened to his heart, too. "It hurts. It's hard. I hear them. What they said. Hurts me. That I'm bad. Gross. N--nothing. I hear them all the time, now. I didn't mean to kill him. He wouldn't stop. Stop saying." Burrowing tightly into the circle created by both of their arms. "It's ugly. So ugly. And if it's so ugly doesn't that make--make me ugly? Repulsive?"

"Absolutely not," Edie rejects firmly. "That ugliness doesn't belong to you. Yes, it does cause others to shy away. But only because it hurts them for you. Your friends and family don't want you to suffer. But no one is bad merely because bad things happen to them. Would you think the same of me, or Charles?"

Erik shakes his head. "No. Never. But if you see me like that. All those things. You won't love me anymore. I'll be all alone. I'm a monster. I killed the world. Killed you. Hurt. It hurts," he cries.

"I know it does. These things cause spiritual injury. They're dehumanizing, and that's the purpose. It's sadistic. But it is ultimately meaningless, tayer. Destruction, violation. What we see is not a monster. It is a person who has endured the very worst of humanity and come out the other side capable of immense kindness and love. That is what we see." 

“My dear, you didn’t kill the world,” Charles follows, tightening his arm a little more around Erik. He’s sitting, Edie is standing, and Erik is perched on his lap, cradled between them both. So full of love and surrounded by it, too. “You’ve saved the world, remember? You, Erik. You and Ariel. You found the medicine that we need to save our world. You saved me. Time and time again, you saved me, Erik. From Trask, from the illness.” He leans up to kiss Erik’s cheek. “You’re not a monster, Erik. I see nothing monstrous in you. I only see my most beautiful husband, who loves me and loves the world. You can feel what I feel.” He takes Erik’s hand in his own, and then wraps his fingers around the nautilus still hanging from a cord over his chest. “Always close to my heart.”

Between them rests Poe and Lucille, two creatures likewise drawn forth by threads of affection surrounding their family. Erik lays his head down against Charles's chest, comforted by the steady thump of his own husband's heartbeat. "You saved me," he whispers back. "Keep me safe. Even when I get lost. You come find me," he lifts his head, eyes creased with warmth as he presses his hand to Charles's face. "Don't feel so strong. Or brave. Don't always know. Where I am. When I am. But I know one thing. You love me. I feed you pancakes," he laughs a bit.

"My favorite pancakes," Charles reminds him, resting his hand atop Erik's own. "I love you, and you take care of me. Feed me pancakes, keep me safe and happy. Make sure I always have my favorite things. The best husband in the world." Maybe Charles can't always convince Erik how strong he is, or brave. But he's living proof that Erik is the most excellent, wonderful husband there is. "All that you do for me, Erik. You know all you do for me, don't you?"

He shakes his head a little. He doesn't mean to be so lost, to need so much reassurance. He's usually so firm in himself, even though his self-esteem isn't the greatest, he rarely gives in and tries to act with grace and stability. But right now, the whole entire cosmological whole is bearing down on him with every iteration of sorrow and horror conceivable with himself and his family at the epicenter. He sees himself twisting, breaking, hurting and being hurt.

Killing, torturing. Hurting Charles. He can't tell what's real and what's imagined, what's possible or what's probable. To him there's no difference at all between potential and reality. "Stress," he rasps sadly. "Make you sad. Stress. Scared. Hopeless. Too lost. Too intense. Filled with evil thoughts. Evil people. Dead babies and mangled Poes. Graves full of children and broken creatures. So sad. Bring you sorrows. Sorry for sorrows," he pets at Charles, regretful.

"The fact that I'm stressed about you is a good thing," Charles points out gently, and lifts Poe toward Erik to give him something to grasp. "Your mother can attest, I'm sure. I bet she stressed about you all through your childhood, hmm? Her darling boy getting in to all sorts of mischief." His smile is gentle. "It means I love you, Erik. I worry about your wellbeing. I don't want you to feel sad, to see all those horrible things. But it's okay that you're lost. I'll always find you and be here when you're ready to come back. Let's figure out a way to prevent you from staying lost in it, hmm? We can work together. With Ailo, and your ima. Pietro and Wanda, too."

Edie grins. "It figures he's getting into trouble in alternate dimensions, now. He learned to walk at three months. Can you imagine?" She focuses and sends an image of a tumbling red-haired, green-eyed baby Erik, face screwed up intensely as he concentrates on putting one foot in front of the other. Once, she caught him standing ramrod straight, tipping over entirely unguarded onto the ground, only to catch himself a nose-hair from landing by his own power, manifested even at such an early age. "That is when I knew you'd be special," she laughs fondly.

His brows arch. "I had power even then," he whispers, having never known this before. When Schmidt found him the man had insisted he was a mutant and tried so hard to get his abilities to manifest. But they hadn't. He understands more now. It was necessary to hide. He can only imagine how much strife would have been caused if Schmidt had access to him all those years.

"Oh, look how cute you were," Charles nearly moans as he scans Edie's memory. A chubby little cherub, hair a bright red and curly. Soft cheeks and chunky thighs. A serious little expression as he tries to keep his balance. "You had power even then," he repeats, scanning the memory. "I'm not surprised. All this power, bursting out of you. Look at you. A darling. That little angel grew up to change the world, time and time again." He smiles at Erik, the resemblance clear. "You were so loved even then, Erik. It's not so different now, is it? You're surrounded by people who love you, who will catch you if you fall. You don't always need to catch yourself."

Erik pokes Charles in the side, incredibly curious about his own husband, viewing it as frankly unfair that his mother gets to embarrass him by bringing out the proverbial baby pictures while Charles deftly avoids a similar fate. He poke-pokes, insistent. Grateful that Edie is here. Charles's own mother conspicuously absent, even though she had been alive when they first met, he never had an opportunity to meet her nor to witness such love and devotion extended to Charles. It resolves him as it always does now to sweep him up in as much affection as possible, and Edie seems to view it similarly, dropping a kiss to the top of Charles's head which is now bald - she remembers he did have hair, once. He looks distinguished, now. It suits him.

Watching Edie's memories of him play out before them both can't help but fill Erik with an odd sense of discomfort. He's unaccustomed to seeing himself in this light. To seeing himself as having ever been so small and young. To understand that much of the horror that plagues him was imparted onto a child, not the grown-up that he's always viewed himself as. Much like meeting Ariel had allowed him to realize that it never did matter how he perceives himself, no one deserves such things. Erik swipes at his eyes. "Thank-you," he warbles a little. "For coming back. Helping."

"I always will," she promises firmly. "You won't always need me. But when you do, you know how to find me, hm? Everyone needs a little help now and again. Don't be afraid to lean on your friends and family, dear-heart," she tells Charles.

Charles had never seen photos of Erik as a young boy before; the two of them didn't get to have the typical first visits to each other's respective childhood homes that other couples do, of course. That first holiday spent with the other's family, giggling over photo albums and childhood stories told by fond family members. From Daniel and Carmen, Charles had gleaned memories of Erik as a young man, but nothing of him so young.

It pains him a little, to think of all the trouble waiting for the darling little thing, so vulnerable. Charles thinks that there are photos of himself as a young boy stashed in the attic of the manor somewhere, stuffed into sailor suits and school uniforms. Hair always coiffed, shoes always shined. A sadder little boy to the one that tumbles in Edie's memory. "I won't," Charles promises her, and squeezes Erik. "We can't keep her here forever, darling. Do you two want to spend a minute alone before we let her get back to it?"

Erik unwinds himself from Charles's lap for just a moment, to bend down and give her a proper hug. The part of himself that's still reminiscent of the corkscrew-haired boy in her memories wants to glom on and never let go. To keep her suspended in this liminal forest place forever, shielded from the barrage of jagged boulders that pelts into him like an avalanche. But Charles is right. Erik can't hold on forever, and he doesn't want to imprison either of them. They don't deserve it. But he squeezes tight. "I love you," he says, soft and small.

"And I you, tayer. I love you both. Take good care of one another, all right?" she insists, and draws her shroud close. With a pat to Charles's shoulder, hues of vivid green meeting glacial azure, she flutters out of existence, leaving only bird-songs behind. Leaving Erik to shore himself up in the aftermath, taking a shaky breath.


The forest feels colder with her gone, but Charles, for his part, is imparted with a little sliver of peace. Edie believes in them both, wholeheartedly. It's hard not to believe, too. At least for now. "We can do it together," Charles says quietly after a moment of silence, birdsong and tittering insects a soundtrack. "I know we can. You've always been so determined, my love. We can conquer anything." He reaches for Erik's hand. "Shall we go back?"

Erik slips his hand into Charles's, giving a single unsteady nod. "I should - I should talk to those men," he says after a long moment of consideration as they head back along the meandering pathway. "What I did. It's bad. They won't leave us alone. I shouldn't have done it. But I did, and I have to face the consequences. Genosha shouldn't suffer for my mistakes. You shouldn't."

"You don't have to talk to them if you're not ready, darling," Charles tells him gently, hand-in-hand. Lucille remains perched on one of Erik's shoulders while Poe nuzzles on his lap. "You can do it later. I can talk to them on your behalf, and Ailo has contacted Marc. This is a situation for lawyers, anyway. Not for you to deal with alone. I'd rather you focus on yourself right now, anyway."

"You're really not mad at me?" Erik asks, and it comes across as far more vulnerable than he would ever normally intend. "Can you ever forgive me? For killing?" It's clear this is his real fear. He's always tried to spare others, largely because he knows it bothers Charles and less that he truly cares about the significance of a life like Ivanov's. It's been a week, and he hasn't regained lucidity enough to fully comprehend the weight of what he's done, but closer to the shore, the receding waves of insanity leave remorse behind. "I'm not ready," he admits. "Don't want to tell anyone what he did. Wish it was different." His lips press together, nervous.

"Erik, I'm not mad at you at all," Charles replies, giving his fingers a squeeze. Erik is lucid enough right now to understand the gravity of the situation, and of course, his first thought is of Charles. Some things never change. "I wish you hadn't done it, sure. But I'm not mad at you. I was with you when your brain began to unravel. You weren't really present when you did it, so overcome by grief and rage. Ivanov was a tyrant and a pig and the world won't miss him, but you weren't exactly lucid, either. We'll talk to them later on, when you're ready, okay? Nothing bad will happen now. Raven is taking care of it. So is Ailo. We can focus on you for now."

Erik darts forward to hug him fully, overcome by sudden gratitude. "I'm so lucky," he murmurs, a swell of affection whooshing up and bracketing Charles in sparkling warmth. "Lots of bad things happened. Still happening. Even now. I see them all. But it's worth it. To be with you. I want that for you, too. To be worth it. Even if my brain is spaghetti sometimes. I'll make it worth it. I'll try very hard."

Charles laughs softly and hugs Erik back, appreciative of the moment of clarity. He closes his eyes and squeezes Erik. “I know you will, darling. You already are. I’m so proud of you. We just need to listen to Hank and Ailo and do what they suggest, hmm? Go to therapy, take the medicine. It won’t be easy, but it’ll be worth it. We’ll be home soon. Ready to move onward and upward.”

"I didn't know it would get like this," he admits, regretful. "Edie said it runs in our family. Does that mean Pietro and Wanda will have these problems, too? Oh, I don't want that. It's very unpleasant. Not all of the worlds are bad. I saw Ariel and Charlie," he reveals with a small smile. "They found some more birds and creatures. I can't tell if they're real. If it all is happening or if it just could happen. Or if anything that can happen exists because it can. Very confusing. Did it hurt like this for you?"

“No. Not as bad at all,” Charles says. “It hurt, but I only had this world to contend with. You have a lot more to deal with. I don’t know if Pietro and Wanda will deal with it. Their brains work differently than yours. Similarities exist, but they’re both so intertwined with each other that it’s hard to say.” At the mention of Ariel and Charlie, Charles perks a bit. “Are the two of them happy together? What do they look like? I’m so curious.”

Erik closes his eyes, not missing a step as he navigates the walkway easily sightless, to focus on transmitting a soft image of the two that he found in a version of reality where they've established North Brother Island as a safe haven for mutants, their time hostile with Stryker in charge. But Ariel and Sayid protect it, the both of them free from illness as that version of Ivanov had died prior to infecting Ariel. Riverside Hospital is a bustling village with bungalows and vendor carts, string lights, twisting vines, colorful graffiti and lanterns making it a home. "It's beautiful," Erik whispers. "Maybe we can visit, sometime." It eases something in him, to know that such alternate versions exist. For Ariel himself is an alternate version, it means it isn't a dream - they're just as tangible as their Ariel was to them.

Charles wishes that he could talk to and see their Ariel too, but it makes him happy to hear that Erik has been able to view the two of them happy together, making their home on North Brother Island a pleasant place to be. In this vision, they look happy and healthy, and that brings Charles’s own wounded soul a bit of comfort. They reach the gates of the hospital and are greeted by Hank and Ailo both. “Welcome back,” Hank rumbles. “Pietro and Wanda are waiting in your room, if you’re up for visitors.”

Erik perks up noticeably at that, tugging on Charles's hand. It's been days since he's seen his children and really understood their presence, and he knows that they're worried for him, being in a position for the moment to know anything at all. He wants them to be OK, to know that he isn't lost forever. He gives Hank a one-armed hug before blipping them into the room. Wanda and Pietro both receive one as well, and he materializes them a tray of flaky plăcintă macedoneană and spanakopita, a dish he introduced them to which is quite similar. "Hi," he greets, voice a little hoarse.

Wanda tears up a bit, smiling gently. "Oh, it's good to see you, babbetto. How are you doing, today?" She brings out a plush toy, a tiny blue alien creature with large, floppy ears, big eyes and a round nose and a pattern on its back. Charles recognizes it as Stitch, from one of Erik's favorite movies.

Charles could not be more grateful for Pietro and Wanda. They provide his foundation with more robust support, keeping him upright and grounded. Their appearance in their lives a few years ago has been one of the best things to ever happen; Charles, too, feels like he’s gained a son and a daughter. Wanda’s teary greeting is met with a gentle, telepathic hug from Charles. He knows how difficult it is for her to see her father struggling, and how happy it makes her to see him on a better day.

Pietro is less open with his emotions, but his are complex and strong, too. “I was going to suggest we have scrambled eggs for lunch, but maybe that’s too on-the-nose, eh?” he jokes, wiggling his fingers toward the side of Erik’s head.

“Always so tactful, Pietro,” Charles admonishes, but he knows that Erik will likely appreciate the joke. “We’re having a nice day. We spoke with your grandmother just a bit ago, actually. Hmm. Would she be your bubbe? Savta? Babcia? You all speak too many languages.”

Erik snorts dryly and cards his fingers through Pietro's hair, grateful for his wit. Erik knows first-hand what it's like to find one's self less capable of handling the emotional input, he himself didn't begin to access such feelings until he was well into adulthood, and only because of Charles's influence on his brain. "Savta," Wanda says with a gentle laugh. "We've spoken to her before. She was amazed at how much like Ruth I look. We take after our grandfather, there. And how much like her brother Pietro looks. I suppose the Lehnsherr genes are prominent, hm?"

“I think Lehnsherr translates to ‘exceptionally good-looking,’” Pietro points out, eyeing the tiny pajama-clad Poe on Charles’s lap curiously. “We’ve been back waaayyyyy far before. Gorgeous, all of us. And then there’s Babbetto, the redheaded Pole.”

“You should see what your father looked like as an infant,” Charles gushes, handing Poe to Pietro, who takes him curiously in his arms. “Corkscrew curls and rosy cheeks. I nearly passed out,” he tells them, spinning an illusion before them. His memory of Edie’s own of tiny Erik for them all to see. “Look at him. That’s your father.

Wanda bursts out laughing at the serious, intense expression furrowed on baby Erik's delicate features. "Look at that outfit," she cackles. He's decked out in a news-boy cap and formal clothes, all shrunk to toddler-size. "That's a future Prime Minister, right there."

Erik groans, pinching his nose. "She just had to show him that one." He supposes not even he is exempt from the embarrassment of one's mother conspiring with their spouse, but it's fond. He knows how lucky he is to get these experiences, as limited as they are. His own children were deprived of similar, having never gotten the opportunity to meet their own mother in life. And he, too, deprived of the twins in their infancy. It's a soft ache, one made better by these moments shared now.

Wanda has found her in past-prologue, but only as a grown-up. It's been a long time since he's thought of Magda, the memories tinged with sorrow, but he recalls her laugh and her fondness for music. Pietro has her smile, that same sardonic glee.

“I would vote for that little Prime Minister again and again,” Charles muses fondly, and reaches to rub Wanda’s forearm. Pietro has rightfully observed that the Lehnsherr line is attractive, but with the good looks has come a legacy of tragedy, too. Parents and children losing each other. Atrocity and pain. Pietro and Wanda were just ten years old when Charles and Erik learned of their existence, and they’d been unsuccessful at reducing them from captivity.

It’s remarkable that they’ve been able to reunite so many years later and be a family. Even more remarkable that the two of them have solid heads on their shoulders. Charles assumes that they’re only okay now because they’ve always had each other. “We’re having a good day, though,” Charles tells them both. “Inpatient treatment like this will help him focus on recovery. There hadn’t been much improvement at home, as you know, so we’re ready to dive headlong into this.” He’s long since learned that there’s no need for sugarcoating, and this was Erik’s decision, after all.

Erik's regret over being unable to save his children was paramount for a long time, but recently he's come to understand that such guilt and pain are not productive to their relationship, and only prevented him from drawing closer to them and supporting them how they actually need. He nudges Charles's arm with his own, dropping a kiss to the side of his temple. He unfolds himself on long legs to give them both hugs.

"You two are so very loved, please remember this," he whispers, soft. "Even when I am not so lucid, I still adore you beyond measure. My amazing family, always help me find my way back. I know, sentimental," he smiles, rueful.

"Anything that we can do to help," Wanda tells them seriously, giving Poe a gentle scritch in Pietro's arms. She can only imagine how slow Pietro must find the creature; everyone else are practically sloths already, so a sloth must be still.

“I don’t think I speak only for myself when I say that your presence is helpful in itself,” Charles says. “It’s good for your father to be reminded of all those around him who love and care about him, and who he loves and cares about in return. You, as a family, have been through quite a lot, both separately and together. Now that you’re all in the same place at the same time, you can draw strength from each other, hmm?”

“You speak as if you’re not part of it,” Pietro says to Charles, brow cocked. “No more. You’re part of our big messed up family, too. Our problems are yours, your problems are ours.”

Charles knows that, from Pietro, this is about as heartfelt as it comes, so he smiles and bows his head. “A Lehnsherr by association, without the attractive genes.”

“Not a single Lehnsherr has ever been bald in our entire lineage,” Pietro replies sagely. “But I think our great uncle Svolis was great at billiards. So, the affinity for cue balls has been there.”

Charles blinks, and then bursts into laughter. It’s the first full-throated laugh he’s enjoyed since the discovery of HIV in their world, which feels like it was so very long ago…much needed lightness in a time that feels so dark. “Maybe when your father decides to shuck politics and become a comedian, you can join him.”

Erik is briefly overcome by a sweeping sensation of categorical gratitude for his son, of course Pietro is the one to draw laughter from their group, his sharp wit certainly not something Erik can take credit for, but appreciative all the same. He gets another hug for his troubles, Erik grinning privately. "Oh, hush," he admonishes Charles at the comment - completely unable to comprehend that he can't see exactly what Erik sees, which is undoubtedly that Charles has always been the most beautiful person he's ever seen. It swirls up all around them, undeniable. "He's right," Erik whispers. "Ima knows it, too. You're stuck with us, neshama."

Wanda chuckles, shaking her head. "He really was a comedian. So different from our Erik, but you know, I can see it. A modern-day Lenny Bruce," she winks. "Oh, Svolis. Look," she generates an image of him, and for a moment it looks like two Pietros are standing before them, in white-haired glory, both with matching smirks. "You get those curls from him."

Erik closes his eyes for a moment and touches at Wanda's arm, and she smiles. Svolis vanishes, replaced by an otherworldly illumination of a young woman with a thick blanket of dark, red-streaked waves and eyes the color of mahogany. "Do you miss her, babbetto?"

He nods. "All the time. It's difficult to remember," he rasps, scrubbing at his cheeks. "I see her all the time, now. Different versions of her," he explains.

"We never really talked about it," Wanda says, gentle. "But we've always known, because of my powers. It's a challenge, when your origins are... unwanted," she murmurs, delicate. "I think that's why it took us so long to come home. We knew how painful it was. We didn't want to bring more grief to you. But I'm really glad we're here, now."

"Oh, no," Erik shakes his head. "Not grief. Not you two. You are my joy, always. The one good thing that came from such hardship. True, I did not plan on being a father. But, you were wanted. Always."

"I was unwanted," Charles points out. Not to center himself within their conversation, but to highlight the differences between their situation. "My mother made it clear that motherhood was a burden she had no interest in bearing. She had me because it was what was expected of her. When my father died, she pawned me off on nannies and governesses. I remember watching other mothers cuddle and kiss their children in public and wonder what that was like, to be adored."

He smiles sadly, and then weaves another illusion, but one they all recognize this time. It's the four of them, seated around the dining table in the townhouse. It's the fifth night of Hanukkah, and Erik is lighting the candles on the hanukkiyah while Pietro teaches Charles the rules of dreidel, using chocolate chips as their game pieces. Lucille perches on Wanda's shoulder while Dante hangs around Erik's neck and Poe naps on Pietro's lap. The vision is so warm, so intoxicatingly cozy, that Charles can't help but get sucked into his own illusion.

"Look, my dear," he says to Wanda. "Your father and I could not want anything more than this. You two are immensely wanted. Perhaps you were not planned, but you've been wanted from the moment that you existed, hmm?"

Erik snorts to himself as he watches Pietro teach Charles the exact wrong way to play, with he and Wanda sharing a private grin as Pietro moves to collect a huge heap of chocolate gelt from the center of their pile. He reaches forward unconsciously to stroke fingertips at the edge of their illusory selves, drawn to both images of his family before them.

"This is all I've ever wanted," he says roughly, overcome. "I didn't get to give you that as children, but it brings me immeasurable joy to be able to share in these moments with you now. Even if it is sappy," he grins. "And you, too," he adds to Charles gently. "No matter how scrambled my eggs get, I'll never forget this. I was afraid," he admits softly. "That you two would be angry with me. For not being able to save you. For causing her pain. These things are not easy - I am at Reyda, after all. I fear they're pressing down more these days. But I'll never forget my love for you all. Not ever. And the pain, ima was right. The pain isn't more important than the love. I won't let it be more important."

Wanda moves to give him a squeeze this time, and Charles, too. "We didn't always understand," she says. "Kids blame themselves, or they don't have an awareness of why adults do things and view it more harshly. We went through those periods, too. But now, we know the difference. It's impossible to know you and not see the difference between you and Schmidt or someone like Ivanov. We met Magneto, and after talking to him for just a day, it all made more sense. We don't blame you. We're just grateful we get to know you now, and that you've accepted us as your own, too," she says to Charles. "I'm sorry your own mother was so horrid. Her loss, but our gain."

Erik swipes at his eyes, a little too cracked to respond verbally, but they can all feel his care as vivid as if he had spoken it aloud. 

"Yes, yes, we love you, too, babbetto," Pietro says, patting Erik's shoulder. "And anyway, we were the envy of the neighborhood kids. All of them had to go home when the streetlights came on because their parents were calling them in. We got to eat gelato for dinner every night and stay up as late as we wanted." Charles smiles, but he knows that Pietro is being glib. When they were on their own, they were truly on their own. Wanda had hidden them away in Italy for a time, raising both herself and her brother when she was scarcely older than ten.

They don't speak much about it. It was a hard time for them. A horrific time; no child should have to live that way. Charles harbors a lot of guilt over it as well, given that he, out of anyone, had been most equipped to find them. "And you two are my gain," he promises, tugging Erik back down to his lap. "My son and daughter, in all the ways that matter."

"Two Father's Day gifts? How stressful," Pietro huffs, but nods a bit. "Focus on getting better, babbetto, yeah? You owe us lots of make-up Hanukkahs, don't wanna be in here still when it rolls around this year. Wanda, we'll be loaded, he has to give us twenty years worth."

Erik easily slides right back onto Charles's lap, wrapping him up safe and sound in his long arms, careful not to disturb Lucille who has made a perch on his shoulder. He grins and with a blink, produces a small locket from out of the ether, holding it up in his power for Pietro and Wanda to see. It's dented a little, worn from use, in the shape of a small snowflake. Erik has the capacity to clean it up, but he's kept it preserved exactly as it was when he lifted it from the wreckage at Auschwitz.

"Nineteen, now," he whispers softly. "This was Magda's. I found it, when I got liberated. It's the only thing left of her I had, but look," the snowflake opens and a small picture rests inside. It's of two infants holding one another, the medical facility barely visible in the background. "It's from the records at North Brother Island. When I found them I took that picture and made it small enough to fit. I've kept this with me for years, but I think you should be its rightful owner, hm?"

Pietro peers at the grainy, black-and-white image for a moment before he realizes what it is. Only because the infant on the left has a shock of white hair does he know that it's the two of them, taken by their captors at North Brother Island. "Oh," he says aloud, for once unable to produce a wisecrack. His expression remains still, but it's clear that he's touched. "That was Magda's?" he touches the metal gently, as if afraid to break it. "I've never seen a photo of myself as a baby. Wow. Look, Wanda. You're hairy."

"I am not!" she crows, laughing as she leans forward to peer at the delicate chain, a small smile gracing her features as it takes her a moment to realize this is them. "Look at how scrunchy you were. So fussy," she smirks, but it's evident that while she too is composed being able to see and touch something tangible from their mother has affected her profoundly. "This is beautiful," she whispers and she lifts it to fasten it around Pietro's neck. She tucks it under his shirt, patting his chest. "We'll keep this safe for you," she promises.

"We have a few more pictures, too," Erik reveals softly. "I took them out of the records and tidied them. Here," he materializes a small hand-bound album for them to study. "I kept them, even though I know they're a bit unpleasant as a source. Still, it was really all I had of you for so long," he smiles fondly. There are several more pictures in there now, mostly of their time in Genosha, interspersed.

“Let me see,” Charles requests, and when Wanda opens it for all, they smile. There aren’t many photos, but the ones featuring the twins as young children make Charles smile. They’re cute little things, joined at the hip. “I’m glad you have these, love,” Charles says softly, rubbing Erik’s back. “Next time we’re all in Westchester, I owe you the ones of me, don’t I?”

Erik grins, laying his head right back down on Charles's chest. "I'm going to hold you to that," he laughs softly. "We're going to have to find ones of Raven, too," he says, playful. He knows it's unlikely that there are any official photos of her, but he suspects there are candid ones, squirreled away. "I refuse to exclude her from this Parade of Smoosh."

Wanda laughs. "Oh, she's going to be furious."

"I will bet she was adorable."

“Oh, she was beyond cute,” Charles gushes. Any mention of his sister as a young child will always make him beam and puff up his chest with pride. “We don’t need to wait to go to the manor to get those. You two can grab them now. They’re in the attic in a hatbox.”

Erik hums, eyes blearily closing as he nestles further into Charles's lap, one hand idly petting at Wanda and Pietro as he gradually drops off into sleep, accompanied by images of pattering blue feet and serious baby Charleses in sailor outfits. Wanda procures them all some lunch while Erik snoozes.


Eventually Charles ushers everyone out as he can sense when Erik begins to rouse, sight unseen, struggling against something invisible raining down on him. Their reason for hospitalization comes full force into play once more, prior lucidity only a small island of calm amidst a torrent of horror. He moans unhappily, sliding onto the floor to protect himself from blow after blow. "Nuhhh--no, nnn. Stop. Stop--" he whines in the back of his throat, pained and desperate. His hand spasms, splinters of excruciating shards and he curls up like a potato bug with too many legs.

This version of himself is still trapped, a bitter reality held captive and chained to the floor where he hasn't managed to escape. Distorted, nonsensical shapes and colors parade across his senses, and he shudders, retching as he tries to fight off an attacker appearing to none but him. When two nurses appear to offer assistance, Erik lets out a yelp of distress, having superimposed them onto the jeering faces of his tormentors, and they find themselves on the other side of a barrier. "No, what are you doing, you can't--no, stop---"

The hours of lucidity, Charles knew, could only be succeeded by a sharp drop. It's evident that it's coming as Erik's peaceful sleep soon turns red. He quickly urges the twins out as he begins to rock Erik on his lap, bracing for the fall— "Erik!" Utterly helpless as Erik slips form his lap to the floor, Charles calls for assistance; he can't lean over and set him upright, and any attempts to slide in to his motor cortex are thwarted by the flying shards in his head.

But he's able to witness Erik's own perception as if watching a movie screen...trapped, chained up, like an animal. Looming assailants and captors made of cruel intentions. He's gone. Back in the sickly vortex of his shattered psyche. Erik, Charles thunders through the gale, putting up his hand to halt the nurses who have found themselves trapped. My love, be calm. I know that you're scared. That's okay. Try to be calm. Lift your arm, see that there's no chain. Can you do that for me? Can you lift your arm toward me?

He doesn't seem to register anything, Charles's words coming across as though under a vast ocean, garbled and insensate. Erik shivers, wrapped up inside of himself, the tangled barbs shearing at him and slicing him. Knives of cruelty wielded by monsters made of dripping oil. He winds up crawling, making his way through the sludge to find himself curled up at the base of Charles's chair. He stays lost for a long time, barred from cognizance as those around him can do nothing against the helpless onslaught.

Erik finally manages to get his arms to work after what feels like hours, his thoughts surrounded in cotton batting. Too difficult to make words, he sniffles and shakes, wound around Charles's feet at last. The fingers in his hair work to ease him at long last. "Charlez?" he manages to slur unsteadily, eyes lifting to fixate on him, wildly dilated. "Nnnn. You can't be here. Can't be here. No, no. No, he said he wouldn't take you. If I was good. I'm trying. I'm trying, why? Why, all the sparrows are gone. I used to hear them but they're silent now. All silent. No songs."

Charles wishes for control in his torso and lower-abdomen; without it, he's unable to lean over his knees and hoist Erik to his lap as he so badly wants to do. He can only let his arm fall to rake his fingers through Erik's bronze curls as he rides the waves of anguish ebbing and flowing in his brain. He's still not lucid when he speaks again, but he's less lost, at least, able to recognize Charles's voice and face through the fray. "He didn't take me," Charles says evenly, but doesn't elaborate further, lest he force Erik to focus on the delusion. "Come here, come back on my lap. Tell me what the sparrows are supposed to sound like."

"Dr. Xavier, he could hurt—"

I'll let you know if I need help. He won't hurt me. He would never, he tells the concerned nurses without a beat. "Come here. I'm cold without you on my lap."

Even as completely incoherent as Erik is, it's without question that Charles is safe even if the nurses are highly skeptical of this, considering the man has already killed someone in his current state. Charles can feel their concern weighing heavily, but there's not much they can do given the barrier Erik has erected around them. Erik creates a small blanket for Charles, wrapping him up inside where it's toasty thanks to an application of his abilities, and he follows shortly, realizing that in this place, he can at the very least keep Charles warm and secure. He can sit in the place he knows he belongs, even when he doesn't know much else.

"I don't remember," he whispers, grief-stricken. "Hurts. Lonely. All alone. I dreamed you here. I'm sorry. It's bad here. Shouldn't be here. But I'm too weak. Can't see. Everything is spikes. I didn't hurt them, why do they hurt me?" he rambles, scratchy and hoarse.

Charles encircles Erik in his arms, where he belongs. It's a good sign that Erik can still fold himself onto his legs even when his mind is elsewhere, when his eyes see a room that isn't there. The nurses twitch a little as Erik sinks over him, but Charles ignores them. He knows that he's safe. Always safe, with Erik. "That's okay. You'll remember soon," Charles soothes, gentle. "It's bad where you are, but you don't have to be there. Did you know that? You're allowed to leave. Go somewhere nicer. Why don't you give it a shot? Bring me someplace else, where it isn't spiky. Maybe we can find the sparrows together, and you can show me."

Erik shrinks away a little, watching someone behind Charles's shoulder. His voice in Erik's head is loud and oppressive, and Charles doesn't recognize him at first, his face made of ears and eyeballs mashed on wrong in a horrible Picasso-esque monstrosity. When it clears, it's of a man with a red beard and beady grey eyes, icy and limp. He plucks Leland's name from the depths where Erik has been submerged under twisting stalks. Erik folds himself over Charles, protective even in his own mind.

"Don't want to stay," he rasps, shaking in Charles's grasp. "I'm stuck. He won't let me leave." His stomach roils, and he tries not to vomit on his husband. "Won't let me. He's still there. He's lonely. Me, I am. Couldn't find me. Stuck," Erik gasps. "Don't want to. Stop it, stop it. Not the same. Not. Same. You're. Gross. He's not gross. Not awful. Not mean. You. Are." Erik flinches away from the sensation of being backhanded, struck. He curls in deeper, slipping out of awareness altogether. "I'm not sick. You're sick. You're sick..."

One of the nurses is trying to use her pager, and eventually the door opens and Ailo enters, giving everyone a wry smile. He bounces harmlessly off of an invisible shield. "Hm," says he, frowning. "I don't suppose I can come in?"

"He's having some kind of hallucination," she explains as gently as she can. "It sounds like he thinks he's back with Stryker, as far as I can tell," she adds, having listened calmly to all of this from her spot. "He hasn't done anything to hurt us, but I'm concerned about it. Charles is stuck in there with him."

"I'll trust him when he says he's safe," Ailo shakes his head. "He can protect himself, besides. I'd like to come in, though. Maybe we can try a sedative. He's highly agitated and that's likely making things worse. If he can calm physiologically perhaps his mind will follow suit."

Charles barely notices Ailo's entrance, too consumed by Erik's delusion. Leland. Ugly and mangled, but Leland undeniably. Erik's entire consciousness is in shambles, thoughts and feelings eking about, oily and sick. Only when Ailo speaks does Charles understand that he can help; he's able to remember where he is, even if Erik can't. I'll try. Navigating through the barrage, Charles finds where Erik is holding the barrier up and quietly switches it off. The shield disappears. Ailo only. Don't overwhelm him. He thinks Leland is here. Be careful. To Erik, he hums softly. "Erik, sweetheart. You don't feel good, I know. Can you let us give you something to make you feel better? We can help you out of there. You're not sick, my love. Let us help you get out of that sick place. You'll feel better when you do."

"Pills?" Erik whispers back, scrubbing at his cheeks harshly. "The medicine is bad. Too many pills. Locked inside. They said take your medicine. I couldn't move. Locked in," he shudders a little.

Ailo moves cautiously, and puts a hand on both of their shoulders. "Not that kind of medicine," he promises, grimacing as his understanding unfolds. "No chemical restraints. Just something to make you feel more calm."

"Promise?" Erik stares through him, eyes glazed over. "Don't want to stay still."

"I promise," Ailo responds seriously, sweeping out with his own mind to bolster the two of them, to try and shield them from the calamity as best as he can.

"'Kay," Erik replies unhappily, not trusting it. He folds the fingers of his better hand over the two pink spheres that Ailo gives him, swallowing down his fear long enough to swallow them, too. He sits and waits for his arms and legs to stop moving. For the agents to come back, for people to hurt him again. He aches, nauseated and shivering. He only knows pain, now. But he stretches his fingers out anew, gradually dawning that he can move.

Charles rubs tiny circles into Erik's back as he begins to unfurl from within himself a bit. After several agonizing minutes, the tight coil winds looser and looser. Ailo's support is tangible, and Charles is, once again, grateful for the elder telepath's experience. He, too, feels Erik's turmoil. "Good, you're doing very good, sweetheart," Charles encourages. "See? Not that kind of medicine. We're just here to make you feel better. Help you get away from that horrible place. Do you think you're ready to come with us? Ailo and I can get you out, but you have to agree to come with us, darling."

Ailo waits for Erik to calm enough to have another nurse help both him and Charles into the bed, and he grasps the fabric of Charles's shirt, burrowing tightly into his chest. "We can leave?" he slurs at last as the clonazepam winds its way through his body, slowly easing fingertips beneath the tension in his muscles to relax them and with the artificial calm, gradually he grows less distressed and more capable of stringing thoughts together. "Want to leave," he nods vigorously. He blinks slow, creature-like as his mind pads along after Charles, trying its best to follow where he leads. "So sorry. I got stuck."

It's difficult to watch Erik suffer, watch him be helped into bed while the drugs dissolve into his bloodstream. His strong, powerful husband, terrified and afraid and in need of so much help. It only speaks to the degree of his pain, and that's difficult for Charles to stomach. But, he remains steadfast in his commitment to stay by Erik's side, and so he is all too ready to take Erik in his arms when he's slotted in bed beside him. "It's alright, Erik. I know that you didn't mean to get stuck. It happens sometimes. That's okay. Good. We've already left, haven't we? Listen." He rests his hand over Erik's left ear as his right lays against Charles's chest. Erik should hear the thumping of his heart. "Hear that? It means you're here, with me. Not with him. It's much nicer here, don't you think?"

Erik's eyes flutter closed as he focuses on the warmth of Charles's hand against his cheek, and a small smile eventually makes itself known as he doesn't quite realize where they are, but that they're not stuck there any longer. He's not bolted to the floor, the horrible flashes of hands and jeering faces are dissipating back into the foggy loam. The cold sickness in his stomach and the horrible tastes and sounds are fading little by little. "Nicer," he agrees sagely. Their voices sink beneath the surface of a vast sea, endless in torment. Receded for the moment, and he clings as best he can to the peace of safety. "He didn't escape," Erik whispers, overcome by sadness. "He's still there. I got to leave. He didn't. It hurts, hurts so much. Want to help them all. He's alone. Charles is alone, too. They're all alone." Tears drip down his cheeks.

Charles glances at Ailo. What am I supposed to say? he asks, ready to accept help. Magneto told me that I shouldn't indulge or outright deny the delusions, but I don't want to deny them, either. He feels so guilty, Ailo. How can I make him stop feeling so much guilt?

Ailo sits beside them, rubbing Erik's calf gently. From what I can tell, I'm not completely sure if these are standard delusions, he admits, smiling wryly. We might never know if this is something that's happening right now, or if it's only a possibility that is real to him. But he feels like it is, and that guilt doesn't belong to him. I would tell him the same thing either way - he isn't responsible for the universe. Most of what happens to us is pure chance, hm? That version of him isn't any less deserving. All of that pain he can see is just as random as what happened to him in this life. And he didn't deserve that, either. He feels guilt because it's easier for him to feel responsible for what happens than it is to accept that he has no control over it. He didn't make those people hurt him, and he had no ability to stop it. Feeling responsible is kind of like saying he had a choice. Does that make sense?

I suppose, Charles replies softly, pressing his lips against Erik's crown. He's hurting so badly right now. I just want to make it go away. "You're not responsible for them, sweetheart," Charles says at Ailo's lead. "I know you want to help them. You can't help everyone in the universe, though. You know who you can help? Yourself. Me. Ailo. Pietro and Wanda. Poe, Dante, and Lucille. You can help all of us right here. And you do, my love. You help us all the time. You're the only Erik in this world. The other Eriks will have to be in charge of their worlds, right? Why don't we focus on this one?"

There is a treatment I would actually like to try with him, but it's rather unorthodox. His life has been unorthodox. There are medications out there that can help his brain form different, novel pathways that it can't on its own, Ailo explains, his mental voice soft and soothing. Something I've found very interesting about Erik's progression, has been his proximity to you. He isn't typical of patients with his disorder. His affect is lower than average, but it is much higher than others with the same illness. He's more social, as well. And I think that's because he's been exposed to telepathic contact. It stands to reason that neurogenesis-based therapies will help - and I want to do this in a very targeted way.

Erik, seemingly aware that the two are talking, busies himself running his fingertips along Charles's face, content for the moment to be here with him, and with Ailo, who he has always viewed as a very close friend. If there's anyone he trusts to help him, and to help Charles when he cannot do so himself, it's Aquilo Kirala. "Focus on this one," he whispers back with a nod. "You're in this one. My favorite Charles."

But it will be very, very difficult. His mutation will make it harder. We will need to prepare, extensively, and he will need to be under 24/7 observation. It will be challenging for you, too. I can't fix psychosis. But I can help him to face his past, and that will improve his PTSD symptoms significantly. This will push him as far as he can possibly go. And if it works, he will get better.

What you're describing sounds scary, Charles replies, outright. Unconsciously, he pulls Erik a little tighter into his chest. He trusts Ailo implicitly; the man is making it sound like some grand experiment, but Charles knows that Ailo would never do anything to harm Erik on purpose. 24/7 supervision and extensive preparation, however, sounds to Charles like a nightmare. What exactly will you have him do?

Ailo nods. I have personally overseen dozens of patients who have had success with this, and I would be remiss in my duty as a clinician if I didn't present it. It's called a psychedelic-assisted framework. In every patient who is indicated for this therapy, it has resulted in immediate, long-lasting, genuine improvement. Ailo meets Charles's eyes, something in his own expression firm and unwavering. There's a sense of clear, defined confidence in what he's saying. He's aware that it sounds highly unorthodox and unusual, such treatments outside of Genosha, where Charles generally spends a lot of his time, still carry an unreasonable stigma in the United States and North America in general.

It works by providing the internal tools to actually confront one's experiences, and to fully integrate them into a cosmological gestalt. This is done alongside traditional talk therapy, to guide patients through what they experience during treatment. Erik's history is extreme, which means he will need a lot of support to get through it. But I believe that it is worthwhile to pursue this. Ailo knows what he is proposing will sound potentially absurd. But not here. Not in this place, where the very man before them has influenced the way they approach clinical medicine. Ailo thinks he deserves the opportunity to benefit from the very practices that he has helped to create.

This is an evidence-based modality. It's not experimental - this is something that has become accepted amongst the psychiatric community on Genosha. I can provide you with the literature. I won't lie - it is scary. What he has been through is scary, and there is no way that we can avoid that. But Erik is very strong, and he has a lot of resilience factors. I think he can do this, and he deserves a shot at actual healing from the things that have been done to him.

Charles raises how brows when Ailo explains. He's not anti psychedelics in the way that a lot of the conservative voices are, but, as a telepath, he also finds it deeply unpleasant when he's subjected to another person's trip. Psychedelics have been growing in popularity in recent years, and the number of "bad trips" that he's witnessed has put him off of them in general. I would appreciate reading the literature, Charles responds, but, what Ailo is saying does seem to make sense.

Erik's brain is in tatters right now. Unintegrated, fractured, splayed all over. If there's a way to enable him to see himself from a greater objective point-of-view, it may help. I trust you. I know that Erik does, too. We'll have to take precautions. Maybe keep Vision on standby, in case we need to contain him immediately. But if you feel that this is his best shot, I'll support it. Let him read the literature, too, next time he's able to.

Ailo grins a little at his train of thought. He too has been subjected to a wide variety of experiences, including patients who have had horrible trips, but curiously enough even most of those patients did obtain benefits from their experiences. Some people aren't indicated for it, which is what he will be assessing Erik for, but his current impression is that Erik will most likely have an awful trip that results in neurogenesis, which will allow him to truly integrate his past experiences. He is, he knows, signing his patient up to have a bad time. It's unavoidable, but he also knows that Erik has the mental fortitude to withstand it.

He has a way of being that is primed for accepting the absurdity in things, and Ailo suspects that external assistance in fully getting there will offer benefits that talk therapy alone can't. I'll get it to you by the end of the day. One really interesting thing is that we have noticed these drugs affect the parts of the brain that promote bravery, so in a way it's a direct treatment for PTSD. That's why they show efficacy in patients with terminal illness, actually, he says, the scientist in him fascinated even as the friend and doctor in him truly believes this is a viable option for the man suffering so much before him.

"Mmmnh, talking together?" Erik pokes Charles in the temple, grinning a little. "Holding secrets in there?"

Ailo snorts. "No secrets, just some ideas for how to help you. How are you doing right now? Feeling a bit better?"

"Mmhm," Erik nods. "I don't like the medicine because I like it," he says somewhat nonsensically.

But Ailo thinks he gets it. He's worried about forming a habit. "Don't despair too much. I won't let it be a crutch, that's just what we're talking about in here," he taps his own temple.

Charles kisses Erik’s temple. “I’m sorry, darling. Not keeping secrets, I promise. I’ll tell you everything in a bit when you’re feeling better.” He’s still skeptical of the idea as a whole. Psychedelics and therapy. Many of his students have run off to join the hippies over the last handful of years and have come back with pockets full of psychedelics and heads full of ideology. Charles is, of course, not against many of their tenets, but he thinks the group as a whole has been hijacked by people who masquerade as accepting in order to lure vulnerable people in. That’s the association that Charles has formed with psychedelics. Magneto is full of woo. Is this where it began? He clutches Erik to him. “Did you know that you’re my favorite Erik of all of them?” he says softly, eager to keep Erik here.

Ailo doesn't argue, seeing no purpose to doing so. At the end of the day, it will be up to them both to make a decision that works for them, and he won't push them past their comfort zone. These are serious drugs, not meant to be trifled with or abused. They have the potential to change how a person's brain works, which means they need to be respected. But he doesn't hide that he advocates for this avenue, either, having seen too much success over the past several years to have the luxury of dismissing a viable treatment plan. He has hope that the science will speak for itself - it's also not something that he does offer to every patient, viewing it more as a drastic solution for drastic problems.

It just so happens that Erik qualifies. Charles knows that Erik himself doesn't tend to use drugs if he can help it, even eschewing pain medicine when he can, and these are drugs he doesn't know a lot about, nor have any experience with. Many otherwise-illicit drugs are decriminalized on Genosha, with the exception of amphetamines, which are scheduled. Erik himself has overseen safe injection facilities even prior to the advent of HIV, but he personally hasn't ever required such a thing. Overall, the legality has served to curb cartel activity on Genosha and organized crime in general, and despite a higher level of access, Genosha has lower levels of addiction altogether.

Somewhere, the system works. He does trust Ailo, though, and that accounts for a lot. Erik blinks up a little at him, not terribly sure where this is all coming from, but he smiles a little and pets Charles's cheek. "No, you," he says with a laugh, grateful to be less overwhelmed by the horrors looming inside of him.

“I wouldn’t want to be with any other Erik right now,” Charles continues, eager to keep Erik focused on being here and being glad for it. He wonders, though, what Erik’s experience will be like. Forced to confront head-on all that haunts him, growing more real in his mind each moment. Can Ailo really talk him through it? Will Charles be able to support him when Ailo can’t be there? And what will be left when it’s done? Charles kisses Erik’s temple, wishing he could make it all just go away. When can we start?

It won't be for a while yet, Ailo tells him gently. We'll have to have him as educated on it as he can be, and we'll need to work together to prepare, all three of us. This will give all of us the best possible shot at being able to guide him through, and it will get him accustomed to the idea.

Erik shifts a little, smiling slightly. He knows how difficult this has all been on Charles, and Charles knows that he will be willing to try anything if it means a shot at living life on their terms, and not at the mercy of his fractured mind. "Even though I'm all discombobulated?" Erik whispers, regretful.

Charles nods vaguely to Ailo. He’ll talk more about it with the psychiatrist later on, when Erik is asleep; he does feel bad about talking behind Erik’s back like this. Not that Erik won’t understand, but, still. It feels wrong. “Even though you’re all discombobulated,” Charles promises, firm. “Would you love me any less if I were discombobulated, darling? Or would you want to support me through it, stick by my side?”

Erik tears up a little, unable to regulate himself properly as he continues at the mercy of the shards splintering their way through him. "I didn't stay, though. When you were. It's my fault. You shouldn't make me feel better about it. But I'm no good. I see that, now. I can see it," he rambles a little, veering off course. "I'm sorry. I wish I was better. Not so tangled up. All this guilt and pain doesn't fix anything, either."

Ailo pats his foot, wincing a bit. "Hey, you know that's not true. You spent as much time as you were able to choose to. And you both took time off after Trask, hm? We don't always have the option to be as supportive or kind as we want. But as far as I can tell, when you can choose to do so, you do. The both of you do."

"But now I need so much help," Erik sighs, giving Charles a squeeze. It isn't just himself that he can see, either. He tries not to talk about everything else swimming in his vision. The versions of Charles that don't escape. The ones Erik can't help. It's impossible to sift through, and slams into him repeatedly, watching his husband suffer in places he can't go. "I don't want to be drawn to the worst outcomes anymore," he gasps. "I want to stay here. I don't want to go again. I can't make it better. Why see it all? Why this torment?"

“Think about what Ailo just said, my love,” says Charles gently. “When you’re able to choose to do something, you always do it well. You chose to come back to me when you were able to, just now. You might not always have that choice or be able to make it.” He kisses Erik’s forehead, and then begins to card his fingers through his hair. “Ailo and I will help you so that you can make that choice for yourself every time, in the future. Alright? That’s the goal. You’ll be able to choose not to go again and stay here with me. Be drawn to better outcomes, too. Like when you spent a year with me when I needed you. Hmm?”


When Erik finally does conk out from exhaustion, it's curled up on Charles's chest like a recalcitrant kitten, bundled in blankets and snatching Charles's hands within his own, emotional security fingers. Ailo huffs a little, shaking his head at the image of their fearless Prime Minister.

"Goodness, we've known one another for a long time. I don't think I ever told you how my abilities manifested," he meanders a bit, feeling his point will be better underscored with additional context. "I presume you weren't born with yours, either? You know a little about my mutation, but it manifested when I was four. I grew up in a favela called Vidigal," he shares with a smile, transmitting a warm image of colorful buildings and street vendors and children playing. "I was born just at the start of the first World War. I know, I don't look a day over thirty." He salutes wryly.

"But I'm pushing sixty, querido. So, my uncle came home and on the outside he was having a great time, looking after his little nephew. Well, he goes to give me a hug and it rips into me. It's as if I was thrown into a trench, I felt it in my skin. I could taste it. Hear it. It was as if it had happened to me. To me it was no different than having been abruptly thrown into a warzone at age four. Until then, too, I hadn't grown up with violence or anything like that. My childhood was quite idyllic, actually. In a way it was almost a bad thing - I went from having absolutely no comprehension of this, to being forced to reckon with it. And of course, all of the adults around me were entirely horrified. Mutation wasn't understood at all," he laughs a little.

Charles listens to Ailo talk as he holds Erik, stroking his hair. The older man doesn’t speak too much about his personal life, so when he does, Charles affords him all of his attention. It makes him realize how much he truly relies on the other for guidance and comfort, and how little he asks for any in return. Like the father figure that Charles never had. “It’s incredible, how different our mutations are,” Charles says softly.

“I didn’t develop extreme empathy until after my injury; when you met me on that first day, I was agonizing over it. And I was a 28-year-old man. I can’t imagine how a four-year-old boy dealt with it at all.” He looks down at the sleeping Erik. All telepaths with the capacity to experience secondhand emotions have felt Erik’s strife recently, but none greater than Ailo, Charles knows. “That must have been really hard. What did you do?”

"Oh, I reacted like any child would, I suppose. Nightmares, emotional dysregulation. The more people I came into contact with, the more experiences I took on as my own. My parents were wonderful, though," he adds with a smile. "They stayed with me, did what they could to ease things. Homeschooled me, when it was necessary," Ailo explains, soft. "At one point I tried to cut it off, but I didn't like who I became - and when I don't rely on my mutation, I have less ability to cope with all I've seen."

He knows he's winding along, but hopes that as he speaks it will get clearer. "But over time, it became apparent that as difficult as it was, I could handle it. I started to grasp more - about the world, about other people. I had taken all of this into myself, and I had to learn to maneuver with it," he says at last. "I went through the same thing with Erik, that very first day. I experienced all of it. The horror, the pain, the confusion. I know what the crematoria smelled like. I know what it is to be tortured, violated. Humans have an incredible depth of cruelty, and by the time I was a teenager I had been exposed to most ways one person can harm another."

As Ailo speaks, he hums a little, letting his eyes drift closed. Charles can sense the powerful mechanism of his mind at work, sifting and sorting through his memories, discarding that which causes suffering and leaving behind a faint glow of understanding. For all the atrocities, there are moments of shining brilliance, love and joy just as deep. Just as significantly impactful. "Much like patients who take psychedelics, I have full access to a vast quantity of raw data. When people are exposed to this degree of information, it's like a cosmological constant that exists outside of themselves. And if they learn, like I did, to integrate it, that permits healing to take place. "

"I'm glad that your family was there for you," Charles says earnestly. "They sound like wonderful people." He remembers the day Ailo hobbled into their garden, as an ambassador of the ICC. It was also the day that Erik left for Genosha. The day that everything changed. In the intervening years Charles has come to look back at this day as the first day of the rest of his life, but at the time, it was nothing but traumatic. Ailo has been a firm presence in his life since. But this was also when Charles was becoming dependent on the serum. Like Ailo, he didn't like who he became on it. Unlike Ailo, however, he never learned to cope with the onslaught.

Rather, he learned how to filter it out, shove it to some part of his awareness that he doesn't need to tap into. Yes, he learned how to do that without the serum, but he also doesn't exactly deal with it like Ailo does, either. His telepathy works differently; empathy wasn't his root. "I have no doubt that you'll be able to help him," he says, sitting alongside Ailo in his head. His mind works so differently. "Perhaps I ought to have some therapy alongside Erik, too. I don't think that I ever integrated that aspect of my telepathy. The Professor did; he can pluck complex feelings, truths, from nothing. It was bizarre, and I didn't understand how he'd done it. But maybe you helped him."

Ailo just smiles, serene. Charles realizes rather belatedly that since Erik's descent into illness and his subsequent hospitalization, Ailo has been working closely with the both of them - not just Erik, but Charles as well. He considers them two halves of a whole unit, made better and stronger together. There's never been sense to him in solely providing Erik with support. Charles needs it as well, but it's very like Ailo not to come right out and say it, instead providing Charles with the tools to come to such a determination on his own.

It's clear once he requests it that Ailo has always intended to bolster him as well, whether they call it therapy or not. "People like us," he taps his temple knowingly, "we move through this world in a very unique way. For me, it's not only memories and experiences, it's personalities as well. Likes, dislikes, preferences, tastes. I've lived millions of iterations, perhaps thousands of years' worth crammed into my 60. It's rather like data, in that respect. Every memory is as a bit, collated via a neurochemical computer."

Much like Charles can't divorce himself from being a teacher, Ailo doesn't stop being a therapist from one moment to the next. It's a holistic practice for him, having been practically born into the role and accepting it from the time he was a young boy. It comes naturally, counseling others, with so many lifetimes inside of him. "We need training in how to work with so many different engrams overlaid on top of our own. It makes sense that you've simply learned to tune it out, and that is a perfectly valid method. But I can tell you first-hand that there is great reward to actually processing it all. It's not easy, but I can help you learn how, just like Erik will learn how to exist with all of the data-points now available to him. It's not psionic input, but he too is enduring a similar circumstance."

Charles smiles knowingly at Ailo once he realizes that the older man has been working his way into Charles, to. Somehow, Ailo has been consistently able to help on the sly, even when he has been certain that no such subterfuge has been happening. "I've always been amazed by your ability to tolerate it all," Charles admits, rubbing his forehead with the hand not encased by Erik's own.

"Whenever I peek into your head, I'm immediately exhausted. To be honest, I block everything out but your surface thoughts. You probably know better than anyone just how many walls I've erected in order to get through the day. Others see me as this powerful telepath...I've long harbored shame over all that I block out. I feel a bit like a fraud." There's no sense in hiding this from Ailo, and in fact, it feels good to say it aloud. He looks at the older man, seated in a chair beside their bed. "Do you really think he and I can handle it all?"

"I suspect if anyone can, you two have the most potential to do so," Ailo says with complete confidence. "As for your telepathy, you've more raw power than I - I see experiences, know them like my own, but you can do a lot more. You can change thoughts, influence other people. My abilities start and end with knowledge only," Ailo explains. "But you can construct illusions, warp people's very perception of reality itself. That leads me to think that you have far greater capacity to store and operate psionic data. It's probable that your full potential will see you have similar experiences to me, but at a far greater depth. A million years, instead of a thousand," he taps the side of his nose with a wry wink.

"And Erik, as well, functions on a universal scale. That's why he has some innate immunity to telepathy, and why you have always been able to sap off experiences into him. Even though he doesn't natively collect this information, and may not fully comprehend it, it doesn't overwhelm him because his brain is designed to handle a much greater influx."

Chapter 79: & looked her foe straight in the face. The timid voice will lose the case;

Chapter Text

Charles gazes down upon his sleeping husband, who looks, for the moment, peaceful. Maybe this is why he’s struggled to see the light on the other side; he has vaguely understood what Erik is enduring at a smaller extent and has known that he himself has been working hard to avoid it, too. Since he can’t handle the input, how could he try to fill Erik with confidence? But Ailo knows. And he seems sure.

And for the first time since this ordeal began, Charles feels hopeful. “Thank you,” he murmurs after a moment. “I mean it. I’ve felt a bit more than lost recently. I’m sure you know that I have.” He smiles vaguely. “You put your career to the side to stay with me at the manor all those years ago. I don’t think I ever thanked you for staying. You probably saved my life, you know.”

"Ah, it was no trouble at all," Ailo returns with a warm smile. "I entered my career to assist others, and I saw that my presence could be more immediately beneficial at the Manor than returning to the UN. I got to learn many new things, like teaching," he adds softly. He'd done his best back then to help Charles rebuild the Manor as an educational institution, and had taken on course-loads of his own, tutoring the children in literature and trying to fill the void that Erik left.

On some level, Ailo still feels a little responsible for it - that first time he used Cerebro, he was drawn to the suffering of the Genoshans by pure instinct, and didn't realize what would happen once he vocalized his perceptions. Staying to pick up the pieces he had helped scatter was only logical, in his eyes. "I have no regrets at all, and I've resumed clinical practice here at Reyda. Nothing lost, hm?"

“Ailo, you did me more than a favor,” Charles protests fondly. “You act as if you drove me to the airport or something. You dropped everything to help me and my school. And you’ve been looking after me ever since. I’ve been on to you this whole time,” Charles teases, though it’s clear he’s sincere, heartfelt. “Thank you. For being there, for being who you are. I mean it.”

Ailo laughs a little, reaching forward to squeeze his forearm in an easy affection. "I'll always be a friend to you, Charles. You gave me a home, as well. Besides, you're one of the few people like me I've ever met. I'll admit part of it was fascination. But, being able to render aid, to help you turn the Institute into what it is today, is a privilege and an honor. Believe me, it was no hardship. I've lived so many lives, seen so many things," he tries to explain it succinctly. "And my life expectancy is several centuries out, yet. There truly was nothing lost to me. I gained a home, and have used my position to benefit mutant children, which is all I've ever desired to do."

“You’ll always have a home wherever I am,” Charles promises firmly, and it’s unusual for him to become outwardly emotional with people who aren’t Erik, but it’s happening now. His eyes are glistening, chin wobbling. Others often think that, between Charles and his husband, Charles is the “emotional one.” He smiles easily and has developed a reputation of warmth, friendliness. A gentle schoolteacher.

In reality, Charles is guarded with his own self, the front of affability and empathy an easy guard against what he doesn’t want others to see. Ailo, of course, knows this well. “I…appreciate having someone to lean on. I often feel as if it’s my job to be that for everyone else. It’s a role I enjoy, but I don’t always have all the answers, do I?” he swipes at his eyes. “And then I feel guilty. You should have someone, too.”

Ailo does indeed, and he also knows that he happens to be one of the few people in short supply that Charles trusts without reservation. It's something he treats with the reverence it deserves, which is very likely part of the reason itself. He also happens to be firmly aware that of the two of them, Erik is the softer. He has developed defenses against trauma, to such a significant degree that only the two telepaths in the room would have any awareness of this, but he is also grateful in this sense for being able to tell. Erik and Charles have spent a majority of their lives misunderstood by those around them, he thinks fondly. He's immeasurably pleased that they've found within one another a place to share the more vulnerable parts of themselves.

"Oh, I do," he says very simply, and it causes confusion at first when Ailo glances to him and Erik, and all around them as if to say they're right here. Charles has to parse it more deeply with his abilities, and knowing a little more about how Ailo's brain functions makes it gradually clearer: he knows that if he needs someone to lean on, he has that in the people he's cast his lot in life with. Ailo as an individual is fairly private as well, with so much of what he experiences essentially not belonging to him, he does a lot of the processing work on his own in order not to betray the confidence of others. Even though he isn't a therapist to all and doesn't view himself as such, he takes his oaths seriously, and most people don't realize how much personal information about themselves - the things they'd rather hide - that Ailo has access to. 

Charles also knows that over the past year or so since transferring his practice to Reyda, that he's become fairly close to Dominikos Petrakis, a man Charles is only peripherally familiar with from his position as the judge in Stryker's trial who since relocated to Genosha during a wave of anti-mutant sentiment in Washington. Originally from Athens, he attended university in the States and practiced as a Federal judge, which saw him oversee the former CIA operative's case. He has a reputation for fairness that allowed him to resume his post on Genosha, on their Curiam Singula Lex - a version of court that sees officials publicly elected based on the person's moral alignments due to the extreme context-dependence of each case, ruling and the law itself.

From what little he knows of the man, they would seem to be a compatible match, both driven by a personal desire to make their world better than when they entered it, and both rather oriented to their careers and the level of independence required. "I suppose it's uncommon for me to lean on others, as well," he admits with a sardonic huff. "I've no compunction about doing so, really, it's more that it's difficult to effectively communicate my existence to others. I've such sufficient fortitude that I often forget that part of leaning on other people is simple connection. So much for wisdom, eh?" 

Charles smiles, dries his eyes, and that’s that with the tears. He’s not against showing emotion when others are around on principle, which is why people so often believe him to be gentle and soft. He’s empathetic and a good listener, and will quickly become invested in the lives and tribulations of others. If his students or friends are struggling, they know that Charles will truly care about whatever the struggle is. But that empathy is so often mistaken for a heart on his sleeve. In fact, Charles chooses to focus his attention outward to such a degree that any inward focus inspires discomfort.

He’ll cry in front of the whole world if the matter regards Erik or Jean or Raven without hesitation. But if he is the one with the trouble, he will, more often than not, choose to harden. He looks back down at his sleeping husband. Freckle-faced, gentle-souled Erik. They’re opposites in that way; Erik’s cool, iron exterior betrays his bleeding heart, while Charles’s amenable one obfuscates a nature that can be rather stony. Only Ailo and Erik understand this dynamic in its essence. “Life is a continuous journey in learning,” Charles says, stroking Erik’s curly hair. “And I suppose Erik and I are about to learn a lot, aren’t we?”

"Indeed so," Ailo replies, his tone kind. He's a different breed to either of them, one that's a lot more difficult for both of them to understand intuitively given their own natures. He's free with emotional expression, open about his experiences and difficulties, and perfectly willing to be vulnerable when the situation requires it. He also has had to contend with so much that he's able to regulate himself very easily, and doesn't despair nearly at all. He's content, aware of his place in the world and comfortable in a manner that both of them currently struggle with. Erik with emotions at all, breaking the barrier a constant challenge when his natural impulse is to lock it down hard enough that he himself doesn't feel anything.

And Charles, who does, but who isn't always comfortable with it. He does his best to teach by example, to show that one can exist in the middle of that boundary without compromising their overall structural integrity. It's one of the very first things he'd ever imparted to Charles, in fact, when Erik's experiences caused him to have a genuine emotional reaction that he didn't suppress or smooth over. But neither did it hurt him, and therein lies the distinction. "It won't be easy, but you'll get through it with one another's help. And I'll be there to guide you as best as I can," Ailo promises solemnly. "He'll end up exposed to all of it at once, and the process of working that out will coincide with spontaneous neural pathway generation. This is what I believe will offer a way to peace."

“I trust you,” Charles nods, continuing to stroke Erik’s hair. He wishes that he could find the same contentment that Ailo has found, though he knows it’s been more than hard-won. There’s serenity there, though, that Charles wishes he himself had. Magneto was closer than the Professor in the future, he thinks. Or maybe serenity looks different on Charles than it does on Erik. The Professor was still friendly, but Charles noticed that he seemed almost…jaded wouldn’t be the right word so much as hardened.

As if he had seen it all and wouldn’t be surprised by something new. On Magneto, that looked different. “I’d rather not take psychedelics to help myself, I admit,” Charles says, cocking his brow. “I don’t like experiencing them secondhand, I’m sure experiencing them firsthand would be a nightmare. I hope that’s not what you had planned for me, too. Call me a traditionalist, but I’d rather talk to Carl Jung than The Beatles when in therapy.”

Ailo laughs aloud at that and shakes his head. "I wouldn't be opposed to that, per se, but it's not what I had planned, no. I include you in this because you'll be exposed to what Erik is, and because we have to prepare for how to handle that separately and together. It may sound like I'm a proponent of this treatment indiscriminately, but that's actually not true. These are very serious drugs, and absent a real reason to use them, they shouldn't be trifled with. Additionally, I think the same benefits you could potentially get from psilocybin, can be accessed through developing your abilities. I've actually never used them, for that reason. We have something of an inbuilt mechanism."

“Oh, lovely. We’re already tripping all day long, aren’t we?” Charles jokes wryly. It isn’t entirely untrue; he often struggles to differentiate between thoughts and emotions that are his own and those that come from others, which can feel like a bad trip at times. “What do we need to do to start preparing for it? I’d like to start as soon as possible. Get him home quicker.”

"Essentially, yes," Ailo grins crookedly at him. "At least, when it comes to degrees of information. Now, the most important thing you should be aware of is exactly how this is going to affect you. You'll need to be able to tolerate a large amount of distress, both your own - this especially - but also his, of course. You know most of what happened to him. But there are... you understand, there are thousands of events. This is just him. Think of all the versions of Erik he will then become aware of, people like Ariel who spent thirty years captive. Tens of thousands. Millions of Eriks. We're potentially looking at millions, or even trillions of severely traumatic events.

I'll be able to shield him from some of it and then operate as a release valve, finding what's relevant and filtering out the rest. You and Erik shouldn't be exposed to that much trauma, but I will be. So I also need to prepare for this, so I can render the most effective treatment and also remain sane and unharmed. I am reasonably confident I can do this, as I have already integrated millions and millions of events. The difference is that this will happen all at once. It's a big deal, a serious undertaking. With the events that are relevant, of which there will be thousands, you'll be much closer to them than you normally are.

Closer than you've perhaps ever been. Do you know what a Criterion A trauma is? It's anything that poses a real or perceived risk to your physical wellbeing - or having an immediate family member endure such events, or be exposed to witnessing such events through the course of a job such as mine. These traumas can cause significant, long-term damage. So you need to work with me to learn how to insulate, and how to filter. This will take time. It's not going to be in a week or two, do you understand? We might be ready in a month or two."

Charles is silent as he processes what Ailo tells him, finally understanding the project before them all. It's not just Erik who will be forced to comprehend a functionally infinite array of input; it will be all of them. They're telepaths, and Erik needs them both to be present and aware of what he's dealing with in order to help them. He thinks about the instances where he's unable to filter, when the cacophony of the world pounds at the inside of his skull, what agony that is.

What Erik will endure is much, much greater. And Ailo will be uniquely attuned to the pain, siphoning it from Erik...and then there will be the feedback. Ailo and Charles hearing each other's thoughts and Erik's own in some horrific echo. It's always a hazard with telepaths, the feedback. There's some private understanding between them when they're all in proximity; they must protect each other from the reverberation, and so they work out how to block each other out or keep certain streams in. Will they be able to do that when under stress?

"Is this really the best way to help him?" Charles finally asks, clearly nervous. He tightens his grip on Erik. "It sounds very dangerous, Ailo. Especially to you."

"I think..." Ailo works out how to best explain it. "I think that if we don't do this, that Erik will continue as he is. He may make some progress, but he will be limited by the ways that his brain has been changed due to trauma. Ways that frankly, I cannot fix with pure talk therapy. Are you familiar with a clinician named Viktor Frankl? Having endured the Shoah, he decided to become a psychiatrist to help other survivors. A reporter once asked him, does it help? Does therapy help your patients? and he said, not really. And he was right," Ailo summarizes with a small smile.

"Talk therapy is a valuable component of treatment, and it will be assistive here. But there are places that we simply cannot go. We might see a similar level of insight in fifteen or twenty years, as opposed to two or three. And I'm willing to do that, of course, if that is what you two decide upon. I'll give it my best shot. I hate to sound arrogant, but I am good at my job. Within the limitations defined by Erik's composition, I can help him to improve. But I also know that there is always going to be an upper level to the aid I can render."

He leans forward, resting his hand on Charles's shoulder. "We're no slouches, either. I'll work with you first, to get you used to working with a high level of psionic input before we venture forth. In the interim, I'll prepare with Erik as well as shoring up my own defenses. Of us all, I'm the most equipped to take it on - it's a product of my mutation, and something I'm very accustomed to handling. I have, as you say, seen it all. It will simply be a lot of all."

"Twenty years..." Charles feels nauseous at the thought. Twenty years of this, of severance from the presence, of torture. Inpatient therapy, medication. Poor Erik, suffering through lives that he hasn't lived, lives that he'll never know. His strong, brave husband, leader of the most progressive and impressive nation on earth, a full-time resident of this hospital. Even Ailo's two to three year timeline is a tough pill to swallow; Charles realizes that he has naively been assuming that the would be out of here and on the mend in a few weeks. Months, at most. "Should we talk to the Professor and Magneto?" he asks finally, voice hollow. "Maybe they've been through this already. Maybe that Ailo can help you out, too. Tell you the pitfalls to avoid. They said they'd help us if we needed."

"That's a good idea," Ailo inclines his head. "I expect they've been through this and came out the other side, so any information they have will assist us. Perhaps we can have Wanda bring them here, so you don't need to leave? I'm not sure how stable Erik is to have him wandering off in different timelines. I'm sure my future self will have some advice, or at least let us know if we are on the right path? Plus I have to admit to curiosity about meeting them all," he says with a smile. "Goodness, I should be over a hundred years old. Ah, time flies when you are having fun," he taps the side of his nose. It's a gesture familiar to Charles from his husband, and something he's noticed in Ailo, how his body language unconsciously adapts to those around him like a chameleon.

"We can't leave him here alone, and bringing him with will not help him stay grounded in our reality, so I'd vote for gathering them here," Charles says, smiling a bit at the familiar gesture despite his stress. "The centenarian version of you looked nearly exactly the same, sorry to spoil. His leg was in worse shape, though. I'd been planning on asking Ariel if he could help you out, but..." Charles trails off, quickly tamping down the wave of grief that threatens to spill over once again. He hasn't had time to properly mourn Ariel, for Erik unraveled as they were performing his final rites. It feels fresh, raw. "Ah. You can ask him about it, I suppose. I can ask Wanda now, if you're ready."

Ailo gives him a sympathetic smile, buffeting that wave with a steady sweep of assurance and care that winds through Charles's mind and body in tandem. He knows how difficult this has all been on Charles, and he has hope that their sojourn here will allow him the time and space to properly grieve and come to terms with the complex emotions swirling about inside him. "I'm ready," he murmurs softly.

It takes only a few moments for Wanda to emerge from the ether back into their room, and she smiles a little at them both. "All right - I've put Erik a little deeper into sleep so we can talk here without waking him," she says, and in no time at all three silhouettes appear in the center of the room after she warns them across the continuum. Ailo's elder self pats at his chest, fascinated by the other version before him. Two Eriks and two Charleses. And now two Ailos, he has to laugh. "Fancy meeting you here," he snarks, amused. "Aquilo, eh? Might be a less confusing moniker."

"Here," Ailo moves to procure Aquilo a chair, noting what Charles had said is accurate as he leans heavily on a reinforced cane. "As you can see, we're right at the start of what's been a very trying time for both Erik and Charles. I've come up with a treatment protocol, but it's fairly radical. I understand you endured a similar breakdown, so we were curious how you approached that."

Magneto's eyes flick down to Erik, pressing his lips together as the memories of this time period weave down into his system. He settles a hand briefly on the Professor's shoulder, recalling just how difficult this was on him. "Of course. At this point I was dealing with the natural expansion of my abilities, on top of everything else. A trying time, I fear," he murmurs to Charles, regretful. "Aquilo," he gestures to the elder, "created a protocol based on the usage of psilocybin. I took roughly 30 grams spread out over six months, with two heroic doses and the rest sub-1G."

As they touch down in the early 1970s, the Professor is instantly reminded of how calm things used to be. In a pre-social media world, people's brains were not on such a demonic fast forward. For a moment, he feels nostalgic, almost envious of his past self....and then he observes his younger counterpart, stranded in a hospital bed with his Erik curled up atop him. Ah. He does not miss this.

Evidently his own husband experiences the same wave of regret for the two, for the hand on his shoulder is an empathetic one. He sends a wave of affection back to Magneto, and then parks his chair beside the now-seated Aquilo. "You two reached this point much sooner than we did," he notes. "My husband suffered physical illness for a long time before the mental illness grew to this level. I suppose that's both fortunate and unfortunate."

Charles eyes the Professor, and then the elder Aquilo. "If you have any advice for us, we would be grateful. Ailo here has just explained to me the nature of this modality, and I'm admittedly nervous."

"Of course," Aquilo hums as he considers it, retrieving the memories from fifty years ago from the vast canyon of his powerful brain, and of course even in 2024, he still offers assistance where necessary for both Magneto and the Professor.

"No matter how much you prepare," Magneto tells them with a smile, "you cannot understand what will happen until you experience it. There is no way to adequately estimate what you'll face. My abilities are... not comprehensible," he tries to explain. "Not really."

"You're right to be a little nervous, but I can confirm that you both, and I," Aquilo gestures to them in turn, "make it out perfectly intact. It will be a little like a tide, big and immense. Overwhelmingly so. Your instinct will be to fight against it, to preserve yourself. Try to resist that urge. You will learn to navigate, and Ailo will protect what needs protecting."

"What I can do..." Magneto lifts a hand, waving a bit vaguely. He's cognizant of sounding egotistical, but he also knows what lies in store. There's no use pretending like it isn't true. "Rather, what I can perceive, is beyond explanation. Erik, however, has power greater still. I lost some of my capacity, due to my illness. And it was still absurd," he laughs a bit, rueful. "Vast, terrifying. Once it hits you, there is really only one thing you can do. You just... be. This period of my life was one of the most difficult," he doesn't sugar-coat it.

"The medication changed the way I had always known my mind to be. I gained access to emotions I had never experienced before. Things that you're supposed to learn as a child, which I never did. I gained a more felt empathy, which caused me to grow obsessive." He wiggles his fingers a little. "It's difficult to explain to you, actually. You bypass most of my architecture and self-perception, but internally, I have never felt a whole lot. Empathy, fear, distress, anger. Therein is the schism. And this will change all of it."

Charles, uninvited, presses a bit into Magneto's mind, at once curious about the differences between his husband's and Magneto's. Before he can get too far, he encounters a thick, newly erected wall....but of the Professor's creation. The elder telepath has quickly established a robust blocker. "You're trying to determine if you like what you see," the Professor voices aloud much to Charles's frustration and shame. "I would advise you not to go down that path, Charles."

"It's not whether I like it," Charles grits, cradling his own husband defensively in his arms.

"It's whether you recognize it," the Professor says, omniscient. "You like that which you can recognize. Believe me, I know."

Exasperated and exposed, Charles wraps Erik tightly against his chest; both Ailos, Wanda, and the Professor can all certainly feel his agitation in its steep crescendo, but he decides that he doesn't care. "Because you're talking about my husband!" he explodes. "You're talking about giving my husband a large dose of psychedelics in an effort to change his brain! I love his brain! I love every inch of it! I've loved it from the first moment I encountered it, and I love it even now that it's all unraveled and fractured! Why do we have to change it? He's not broken, and I don't appreciation of the implication that he is!"

The room feels simultaneously hollow and stuffy as his voice echoes off the walls. And then, infuriatingly, the Professor has the audacity to begin to laugh, sharing a look with his own husband and with Aquilo, and that is just a bridge too far— STOP! Charles roars, and, beside himself, barrels through the steel wall in Magneto's mind, but not to examine the differences. Instead, he finds himself right atop Magneto's metalsense and sinks in, deeper, deeper, until he's able to grip onto the metal of the Professor's wheelchair, lift it several feet, and then tip it hastily forward. The Professor, in turn topples to the floor with an unceremonious thump.

"What about this is funny to you, arsehole?" he spits pure vitriol. Wishing he weren't in bed, wishing he could rise to his own two legs and tower over his elder facsimile.

Magneto freezes entirely, unable to react in the moment as everything suddenly erupts and Charles rips through his mind. Normally he has little issue shrugging off telepathy, but the abject hostility and violence from the man who resembles his husband is enough to send an avalanche of dripping horror at the barrier of his composition. It's the first time Charles has seen an expression on Magneto's face that resembles his own Erik, wide-eyed as a buzz of panic laces down through every nerve ending. But it takes only a second for him to regain control, on his own, capable of tightly shutting down the distress that rocks through him.

His gaze narrows, and Charles finds himself swiftly thrown out, as Magneto takes several steps into his personal space and lays a hand on his shoulder. "Enough," he murmurs, quiet and deadly. The Professor, in a blink, returns to his chair before he hits the floor, encased in a protective shield. Magneto closes his eyes, siphoning off vast sparks of anger down through the tips of his remaining toes, and remains silent until he can speak calmly. When he does, it's decisive. Charles knows that he's crossed an interminable line, having never experienced such anger directed at him from Erik. Charles using his abilities to cause harm is entirely intolerable, especially directed at his husband. Still, Magneto doesn't lash out. It's not in either of their nature.

"All of you. Cease this, immediately. I understand that this is difficult. It isn't amusing. But you're wrong, neshama. Right here, right now, I am fractured. And so are you. You may not wish to admit it, but look at where you are. This is not going to resolve peacefully on its own. It will get worse, until you do not know him or yourself at all. He will continue to degrade. He will stop recognizing you, or his own children. This is not a life that you want. Not for yourself, not for him."

It's only due to Wanda's influence on Erik's mind that he somehow remains unconscious throughout this entire affair, even though he shifts and clutches onto Charles more tightly as though even in his tumbling dreams he can tell that he's displeased, and wants to convey comfort. "Broken or unbroken is irrespective," he says, firm. "People break all the time. It is unavoidable in this world. But neither breaking, nor healing, is a linear process. What is broken can be made whole. What is injured can be repaired. I understand that you love him as he is. You will always love him, Charles. No matter what he becomes. He has the potential, and so do you, of being happy. Of feeling at peace."

Magneto doesn't relish what comes next, but Charles needs to understand. And he knows that he is the only one who can bridge that barrier. He waves a hand and Wanda blips out of the room for what he says next. "I remember when I first came to Reyda, in my timeline. I had just killed someone. Enoch Ivanov," he mutters with a dry eyeroll. "After the Selektion, Klaus Schmidt was insistent that I could bend metal with my mind. He gave me an option, to move a coin, or watch him shoot my mother in the head. I couldn't move it."

He claps his good hand over his right forearm, mimicking a bang. "So he shot her. We were outside, by a pit where dead workers were thrown in before being collected at the end of the day. The first time he assaulted me, Ivanov threw her in there, and then kicked me in as well. Do I have to continue, or do you understand what happened next? That is where he is. That is what is happening to him, again and again. Not just that," Magneto's gaze drills into him, eyes clear and malachite. "But every single different way it could have unfolded, every way that it is possible to have unfolded. And it isn't just that single time. That exists as one point on a hideous tapestry spanning years upon years."

Magneto waits for what he's said to sink in, for it to be clear exactly what awaits the man in his arms the longer they deny that anything is wrong, the longer they put off what Magneto knows they need to do. "And it isn't just him. He sees you, too. Pietro. Wanda. Genosha. This is destroying him. If you allow this to continue, he will be destroyed by it. The forces of his awareness will crush him until there is nothing left. You are right, we are different. I am not like him anymore. I had to adapt. To survive. And so will you. There is nothing funny about any of it, dear-heart. No one is laughing at you, or at me. We just feel the disparity, after fifty years of divergence."

In all their years together, Charles has never been the subject of Erik Lehnsherr's ire. Yes, they've had spats, disagreements. When Erik left for Genosha, Charles had been angry with him, but Erik had shown him only kindness, even when Charles had been short and cold to him. The words, spoken low, are harsh, chilling, and Charles knows that he's crossed a line. For what can he expect an Erik to do if his Charles is being threatened, after all? Infuriatingly, the Professor lands safely in his chair, and Charles is kicked out of Magneto's head, barred from entry by both he and the Professor, presumably. Perhaps he could muscle through if he so chose, but it's two against one.

And he knows that the Professor is stronger than he. But, as Magneto speaks to him, firm and focused, Charles goes a bit slack. The visions in Magneto's brain mirror the horrors that had plagued his own husband's, just an hour ago. It had been unbearable for him. Agony, through and through. To imagine Erik enduring it, over and over, for years and years...it's selfish, Charles knows deep down, to want to preserve Erik as he is. He glares down at the blankets, ashamed. "You understand where I'm coming from," is all he can say, voice pinched.

"Of course I do," the Professor replies. "That's why I started to laugh. Not because I'm making light of your distress, Charles, but because it's achingly familiar. I begged Ailo—Aquilo—for an alternative. In fact," he says wryly, "I denied the treatment for months. I was positive that there were alternatives out there that didn't involve changing my husband's brain fundamentally. I was just like you, Charles." The Professor grips Magneto's good hand in his own, solemn, cold.

"And you know what good that did? Zero. He suffered for longer. Got to watch his mother die over and over. Got to watch me be flayed open. There was one fun timeline where Trask kept us for about three decades, wasn't there, darling?" he asks his husband, but doesn't take his stony eyes off of Charles. "Genosha fell, of course. Vision never lifted the suppressant. Pietro, Wanda, and Raven all died. That Erik wasted to nothing and died in an Israeli field hospital. That Charles never left solitary confinement; they kept him on life support until he finally succumbed to some illness or other. My husband got to enjoy that branch of time."

He motors closer to Charles. "You worry for nothing, Charles. Do you really think you won't love his brain once he can function? Or...oh. Ah," he hums, grimacing. Like all Charleses, the Professor loathes the character flaws that become apparent when he's faced with himself. "You're worried that he won't need you as much, aren't you? When he's able to regulate better."

It stings. Oh, it stings. He's half-tempted to topple the Professor out of his chair again, but instead, he balls his fingers into a fist and gnashes his teeth. "I like what we are now," is all he says.

The Professor nods, still grimacing. "Of course, because he relies on you. We are promising you that you will be okay. Don't be selfish, Charles. Get over yourself."

Charles is silent for several heated moments, before hanging his head, resigned. "You're right. I'm sorry. Goodness, I'm being incredibly selfish, aren't I? I'm sorry. I didn't mean...I'm sorry."

"Don't apologize to me," the Professor shrugs, though his tone is softer. He believes Charles. "Believe me, I understand."

Misty-eyed, Charles looks at his husband, asleep in his arms, and whispers an apology. He then looks up at the white-haired Magneto. "I'm sorry, Erik. Really. I took advantage of you. And I've been selfish. You're right. I'm sorry."

Magneto gives his shoulder a squeeze, having settled the brace of his bad hand there moments before, he returns the touch this time in tenderness, with his other embraced by the Professor's. "I caution you not to do it again," he murmurs, because that is inviolable. One of the very few boundaries that he does have, when it comes to any version of his husband. He will not allow himself to be used as an instrument of harm.

Most certainly not against the man he loves most in the world. "But you're forgiven, of course. It's OK that you're feeling selfish right now. L-rd knows, you deserve space for your pain, too. I know that this is not easy for you. It's not just me who is suffering. You, too, must work to resolve your grief. Your dynamic will change, in some ways. But in others, it is much the same." His smile is knowing, eyes creased fondly.

"Everything changes, neshama. Even if you never pursued treatment, you would still have to contend with change. This version of me, lying in that hospital bed, he can't be your husband. He can't be your partner. Not really. Not right now. He can't be what he wants to be. It is up to me to advocate for him, because he can't do it for himself. But I know what he would choose, if he could. He would want to get better. To stand by your side. To support you, too."

Magneto's eyes flick backward and forward momentarily before he adds, "and if you do care to examine those differences for yourself, you need only ask." He lifts his hand to tap at his temple, pointed. It says everything that even despite his earlier ire, he's still willing to let Charles in. "It may help you, to understand my baseline now, as a guidepost for where he ought to orient."

Charles crumbles a bit, eyes spilling over again. He supposes he shouldn't care; it's only Aquilo, Ailo, Magneto, and the Professor here to see. But he feels bad, and weak, and selfish, and angry— "My friend. My brother," the Professor rumbles. "Listen. Look into my eyes. Do it." When watery blues meet clear ones, the Professor smiles knowingly. "The people around you are here to help. We wouldn't have offered to help had we known you wouldn't need it. I was you, half a century ago. I know how you feel. I only grimace because we know about the parts of each other that we wish to forget. It doesn't make us bad" The Professor shrugs. "We're human. You're scared. You love Erik, and you're afraid of losing something. I promise, you stand only to gain."

Charles wipes his eyes, and then nods. "I....yes. I understand. I really do. I'm sorry. I'm—"

"Grieving," the Professor acknowledges, thoughtful. "In our world, Ariel didn't return. But you're grieving him. I never had to. I can only imagine how out of sorts I would have been. And this seems to be caused by....oh. Charlie died. I see," he frowns, glancing at his husband. "Not AIDS, but the death of a Charles from AIDS. Yes. I get it."

Even now, Magneto unconsciously grimaces as his husband says it aloud. There's no denying it - Charles dying from something like that, caused by a version of himself, as a result of all the horrific things he wound up bringing into the man's life; even after five decades, the twinge of pain is deep and piercing. He's long come to terms with what happened to his Charles and why, but he supposes there will always be a small part of him that feels he is the root of all this pain. Past, present and future mixed together in unending strands of universal echoes. And every version of himself, no longer differentiated in his mind. They're all him. He knows them all, as intimately as he knows himself.

That is the result of the expansion, the line-in on a greater cosmic whole more vast than one human being ought to hold. But he does. He's never felt particularly special, or worthy of it. All he can do is his best to respect the gifts he's been given. With a nod, he leans forward and wraps his arms around what part of Charles he can reach more fully, rubbing his back. Erik shifts a little in his fitful sleep, seemingly to allow it and to bundle him up just as well. A duo of Erik to surround him.

"There is nothing wrong with you," he murmurs softly. "And you're allowed to grieve. To feel pain. Despair, frustration. Confusion. You don't come second to Erik, just because his problems may seem more visceral. Regardless of how lost he gets, your wellbeing will always matter. We meant what we said. That we would do our best to help you."

"It's good practice," Aquilo adds with a hum. "Learning to rely on others, you'll need that in the coming months. It wasn't easy for our Professor to do, but he'll tell you, it is more important than ever that you are tended as much as Erik. It's no weakness to need help, or express pain. Humans cry for a reason, querido. Our being is centered on empathy, and connection. Letting others know you need support is foundational, hm?"

The touch and support is enough to make Charles unravel. With Magneto’s arms around him, he slackens, allowing the older man to grip him, support him. He’s sniffling, blubbering, utterly undone. “He feels so guilty,” Charles sobs, pressing his face into Magneto’s chest. His arms remain circled around Erik, but he burrows in to Magneto. He even smells like his husband. “If he knew how hard this is, he would feel so much worse, and I can’t—I want him to focus on him, not me. He would lose himself in guilt, and I don’t want that!” He bats the tears out of his eyes, but more form quickly, so he gives up and just lets them fall onto Magneto’s shirt. “How can I let him know without making his suffering worse?”

Magneto lets his eyes drift closed, slowly and carefully doing his best to ease Charles's tension, to fold him up. "Is that what you would want?" he poses softly. "I know it isn't. Your recovery posed similar challenges, and he had the same instinct, to avoid looping you in. And that didn't make anything better, did it?" he points out, gentle rather than argumentative. "It only set the groundwork for Sayid. Perhaps if I had been more open, that might have been averted. You would want to support him, no matter how much pain you feel. Likewise for him. It will cause him more suffering in the long run to know that you've kept this from him." He doesn't mean because of the secrecy, but just because it means he can't help in any way. "Even at my very worst, my only desire was to support you. That is still the case," he says with a laugh. "I am certain it is for him as well. He will learn to deal with the guilt. To understand that it isn't more important to him than you are."

Charles gazes into Magneto's eyes, his husband's eyes. Only, Magneto's are keen and focused, whereas Erik's, as of late, have been nervous, furtive, and distant much of the time. He clings tighter to Erik, but leans in to Magneto further, as if to beg for comfort on both fronts. "He needs me to be strong. And I want to be strong for him," Charles whispers.

"Being strong means that you're able to show vulnerability, Charles," the Professor reminds him kindly. "That is something that you say and believe, is it not? Erik may feel guilty that he's causing you to stress, yes. But the guilt won't break him. You disintegrating might."

Charles allows that to sink in, and then nods, wiping his eyes. He looks at his Ailo. "I suppose we all have a lot of work to do, don't we?"

The elder version of Erik, was at first practically unrecognizable to Charles. As they interact more, though, he starts to identify slivers of an Erik that he does. Magneto is different - more assured, more expressive, more absurd, perhaps. But in the ways it counts, he is the same man as the one in Charles's arms. His love and devotion is unaltered through the vast chasm of time. "Besides, weak and strong, good and bad - these are dichotomies that very rarely serve human interests. Someone can be weak one day and strong the next. Cruel at first and kind later. People can change between one and the next, and we are simply unequipped to know what it all means or if it bears meaning at all. We get to choose what matters. And you will choose one another, again and again."

Ailo gives a single firm nod. "None of this is easy to learn, or to put into practice. But I suspect that the longer you try and ignore your needs in favor of being strong, it will actually have the opposite outcome. After all, things that are brittle and rigid are more easily shattered. Much like you both, I had to find ways of adapting. Flexibility in gear. And," he flicks a finger to Magneto. "Understanding that your fundamental constructs of good and bad may not serve utility is something that I am positive helped you to gain greater serenity."

Magneto grins. "These are things we absorb as children. If we are bad or weak then we don't deserve love, or joy. We, all of us, every person, are both. Good and bad, weak and strong. No one is just one thing. And struggling isn't a character deficiency. After all, when those around us have moments of weakness, we shouldn't denigrate them. It's a sign that they need help, and compassion. Casting someone aside for this is a failure. He would want to know. He doesn't care if you're strong. He cares if you're well. And someday he will learn to view himself the same."

Charles nods and straightens himself up. He gets it, now. He's been hypocritical; do as I say, not as I do. For all the acceptance and support that Erik deserves, he has afforded none for himself. "I really am sorry," he tells Magneto, a touch shame-faced. "I took advantage of you. That was wrong, and I regret it. I won't do it again." He turns to the Professor. "And you. You would have been sore for weeks had he not caught you; I imagine our back doesn't improve in the years to come, does it?"

The Professor chuckles and shakes his head. "It certainly doesn't, no. That's okay. No harm, no foul."

"Do you have any further advice for us?" Charles asks the group from the future. "I don't want to keep you too long, but if there's anything to look out for, or avoid..."

Magneto gives him another firm squeeze, assuring. "I appreciate it," he says, with a wave of his hand that suggests it's entirely over and done with. The Erik he knows doesn't bear grudges often, either. While he won't go so far as to approve of Charles ever utilizing his abilities like that, neither does he retain any of the earlier anger, satisfied that Charles understands why it had caused an issue. But the shame, that he doesn't wish him to carry. Everyone makes mistakes, no one is perfect. Certainly Erik is not, and Charles has always loved him regardless. At over a hundred years old, there's very little that Magneto judges harshly. A brief moment of anger is not one of those things.

"Just look after yourself, and let him help as much as possible," Magneto murmurs. "What you will see, what I described earlier and what Charles told you is a infinitesimal fraction of what's going on in there," he taps Erik's temple. "It will hurt you, to witness these things. Ailo will protect you from the worst of it, but it will still hurt. And get a lawyer, sooner rather than later. Carmen has a friend in Berlin, Elias Baar. They should convict Ivanov in absentia and make a case for aggravated self-defense. It worked in my time."

Charles nods firmly. Let him help. That resonates with him; Erik derives satisfaction and purpose from helping others. Perhaps it will ground him, make him feel more like himself. "Just this morning, he sent two people from the ICC back to their homes when they came to question," Charles admits, glancing at Ailo. "I suppose we're already overdue for a lawyer, aren't we?"

"Get in touch with Carmen today if you can," the Professor nods. "And don't let anyone else try to talk to him until he's ready. You must play by the rules. Your time is different than ours, but extraordinary displays of mutation are not a great idea, right now. Let the lawyers handle all communication."

"Alright. Thanks," Charles breathes. "I'll try to leave you be, now. It's probably best that you're gone when he wakes up."

Magneto spans his fingers out across Charles's cheek. "You've got this," he says, meeting his eyes with no room for disagreement. "You both do. And we will be here for you." With a blink, he whisks Wanda back to say goodbye to her, curling one of her red strands in his fingers with a playful grin before sweeping up the Professor and Aquilo in his abilities and in the time it takes to breathe, they're gone.


As if on cue, but more precisely Wanda, given her glance over at them both, Erik stirs a few moments later. "Hmmm," he squints. "Hi," he touches Charles's cheek. Not aware of what happened, but on some level he is - some part of him connected to the gestalt, reaching out on instinct alone.

Charles sighs when the trio is gone, leaving Wanda, Ailo, Charles, and a stirring Erik to consider all that they've learned. His attention, of course, falls straight to Erik as soon as consciousness rumbles within him again. "Hello, my darling," he greets, stroking his hair affectionately. Don't be selfish, Charles. "How are you feeling? If you're up for it, I'd like to get out of bed and take a stroll around the grounds. What do you say?" To Wanda, he speaks privately. It would be an incredible help to me if you could bring Carmen here, and quickly, he tells her. He should speak with Ailo first, but we'll need his help.

Of course, Wanda returns without hesitation. I'll have him meet me and Ailo at the Posto. I'm sure there's a bunch of diplomatic shenanigans to consider, she adds, thoughtful. She leans over to give them both a quick hug. "I'll leave you two to catch up. Ti amo, babbetto. You too, Charles," she grins at them and then she too vanishes into the ether. Erik tilts his head but nods at Charles's request, still fairly muddled up, and squinting as he works out how to move his arms and legs and how to differentiate between the whispers and ghosts he sees and hears. But in terms of lucidity he's better off now than he was earlier, knowing where they are and who Charles is and relatively what's happening.

It's the little things. Charles no sooner has to say what he desires than it happens like thought forming reality, and they wind up on a small meandering pathway deep in Reyda's grounds that isn't as well-maintained. More wild. They've been cleaning it up slowly and surely, and Erik takes Charles's hand in his own, squeezing firmly and breathing in deeply. The air here smells like peat and soil, calming. He wiggles his remaining toes, with Dante on one shoulder and Poe in his arms, Lucille on his other side, he makes quite the image at Charles's side. Dante climbs over to Charles's lap, where the lemur prefers to nap during the day.

Charles is pleased to see that Erik is still swift as ever; in a blink, he's back in his chair and outside of the hospital walls, Erik walking calmly at his side. Their animal friends, ever present, are content to be outside as is Charles, in the calm quiet of the afternoon. He's thinking about his interaction with their counterparts. Their confidence and their warnings. To ask for help when he needs it and to stop worrying about what will become of Erik...because that isn't fair. He knows this, and feels this deep in his heart, now.

There's no going back to what they were before, because Erik was always this before, but in a premature state. They must work toward healing. "I had a nice chat with Magneto and the Professor," Charles tells his husband finally, deciding that secrets are still out of bounds between the two of them. Seeing the alternate versions might have been bad for Erik, but Charles hopes that speaking of them won't cause too much confusion. They're characters in their story, after all, grounding to this reality in a way. "They gave me some good advice. Do you want to hear about it?"

Erik's eyes widen a little and he laughs a bit, realizing he must have been kept asleep for that one. It makes sense, and he isn't resentful. It's important for Charles to have support from them, to be free to talk about what he needs without worrying about Erik for just a moment. In that respect he's grateful to their counterparts, but Magneto was right to assume that he wants to offer as much support as he can, too. Right now he has a better grasp of things, not quite so liquid between mental fingertips. He nods, raising Charles's hand to his lips to dust a kiss across his knuckles. "Tell me all about it?" he asks, voice still scratchy from sleep. He thinks that's the longest he's gone in... weeks, perhaps. He had forgotten what it was to feel rested.

"I'd love to tell you about it," says Charles breezily, parking his chair in the shade of a tree. He strokes his knuckles down Dante's furry little head and begins. "Ailo is hoping to start you on a new type of treatment in a month or so. It's a little experimental, and I was curious, so Wanda brought the Professor, Magneto, and their Ailo in to help answer my questions. I'll let Ailo explain the treatment to you at some other time, but we ended up talking more about me than anything else."

He looks up to catch Erik's eyes. A bit distant, not as sharp and focused as Magneto's, but Erik's nonetheless. His Erik. "Because I got upset. I hijacked Magneto's metalsense and tried to toss the Professor out of his chair. Can you believe me? Magneto grew very upset with me, rightfully so. But it made me realize, Erik, that I've not been so honest with you." He releases Erik's hand in favor of his forearm, wrapping fingers around it just above his wrist.

"I've been trying to be strong for you, my darling, because I want you to know that I'm here to support you through this difficult time. And in doing so, I've been pretending that I'm better off than I really am." He exhales deeply. "Truthfully, Erik? This is very hard for me, too. I haven't wanted to say it because I don't want you to feel as if any of this is your fault. It isn't. You must believe me when I tell you that. I don't blame you or wish for you to feel guilty. But I'm telling you this because I know you want me to be honest with you. Magneto reminded me that you want to take care of me, too. Do you understand what I mean to say?"

It's a testament to just how deeply off the path Erik has strayed that it takes several long moments for him to process what's being said, as though he doesn't understand at first. He catches up, but it's not quick. Not the way Charles knows him to be, even his cognition has begun to break down. Making him less sharp, less analytical. "You're hurting, too," he says, and while it's less complex and multifaceted in its approach, he seems to get the gist well enough. He nudges Dante aside and sits on his lap, wrapping his arms around and kissing his cheek, warm and certain.

"I know," he whispers softly. "I know. Me, my problems, hurts. Things change and get lost. I'm sick and we didn't know if I would even survive. And it's hard on you. We go from one fire to another fire. And Ariel. And Charlie. A version of yourself. He's right. I want to take care of you, too." Charles has felt selfish, but ironically enough, that's how Erik feels when he's cognizant enough to observe the impact of his illness on Charles. If he could choose, he would never have chosen this. Charles needs him, too, and he can't always be sure he'll be there. I love you, he adds, kissing across his brow for good measure. Tell me more? How you've been feeling. What you think about.

Charles waits, patiently, for Erik to process the admission. He's quick or acutely able to draw the conclusions like he normally is, but Charles has grown accustomed to the rambling path that his brain takes, these days, and knows that he ought to wait. And when it finally clicks, Charles can only feel relief. His response isn't as eloquent or insightful as it normally would be, but Erik gets it. That's all that matters. And so Charles is eager to take Erik into his arms, snug on his lap where he's spent much of the past several weeks, and hold him close. Rock him. Be grateful for his presence and apprehensive for their future. But feel only love for the man himself all the same.

"That's exactly it, sweetheart," he murmurs, lips against temple. "It's hard on both of us, yes. One fire to another. And all I want is for you to be happy and well." The voice in his head is a nice touch of familiarity. I think about how it isn't fair, he relays. To you. How you're only suffering now because you've suffered in the past. That's not very fair at all, is it? And then I get worried. What if you're stuck with this agony for longer than either of us can manage? You know that I'll always love you and that I'll always be right here at your side, no matter what. But I worry that you'll suffer for longer than you can manage. The Professor, Magneto, and Ailo all have a lot of confidence that we'll both make it out, so all we can do is believe them. But that's what I think about.

I worry, too, Erik says, being honest in turn. I don't want to get lost because I don't want to leave you behind. But that's why as long as I can try, to find a way through, I will try. This is where I want to be, he rests his palm, warm and steady across Charles's cheek. All those things in my past, I don't want to care about them. I just want you. I remember when your abilities grew, how hard it was to watch. It hurts, when your beloved is unwell. It's scary, and this -- he wiggles his fingers at his temple. No one really understands it, not even me and I'm experiencing it. So it's even scarier. But I have to have hope that it won't be this way forever. I can't -- I couldn't live with that. Anything Ailo wants to try, I'll do it. All the therapy and meds and whatever else. I don't like it, but oh, well. He smiles a little, eyes creased up. I just want you to know that. That I won't run away or refuse help.

That's all I ever want to hear, Erik. That you won't refuse help. Thank you for saying it, he replies, and leans in to plant a kiss atop Erik's forehead, gentle and warm. He closes his eyes for a moment, taking the time to feel grateful for Erik. Grateful for his love and commitment and care. The goal of Ailo's therapy is to help you cope with the memories and input that you're experiencing. Over time, you won't be so lost inside; you'll be able to see everything clearly again. At the end of it you should feel peace, they tell me. Peace because you've seen and endured it all and aren't consumed by it. It sounds difficult to me, but they're all confident, as I've said.

You deserve space, too, Erik says, resting his head in Charles's chest and rubbing his cheek against the fabric of his cozy sweater, courtesy of one Erik Lehnsherr. You're the most important person in my world. It's OK if you're having a hard time, too. I will always, always, want to hear and try to help. I'm sorry you have felt you had to keep it in all this time. I promise that's not true. No matter what.

I know it's not true. I was being foolish. Even I can be wrong, sometimes, he teases, better hand rubbing along the notches in Erik's spine. He leans in to bury his face in the mess of curls, and when his vision is surrounded by only auburn, he closes his eyes.

I'll tell you another thing I was being foolish about, while we're being honest. The therapy they want to do with you may end up changing the way your brain works...physically. Right now, it's a bit fractured as you may imagine. Ailo says that this therapy will repair the fractures and then some. That's why I grew angry. I didn't like the idea of you changing in any way. I love you just how you are; why should we try and change you?

He relays the memory from just an hour ago, of the Professor tipping out of his chair and toward the ground. But then they reminded me that we're always changing. And that it's selfish of me to want to keep you as you are when you're suffering. I'm sorry, Erik. I don't want you to suffer. And of course I'll love you, even if your brain is different than it is now, or ever was. How ridiculous of me to fear that.

Erik's eyebrows shoot up as Charles informs him that his brain might change. It's somewhat comforting in an odd way to know that Erik too has some reservations about that, but after considering it, he looks up, tearful. He knows he's done little else but cry these days, but he tries not to feel shame over it. It's been hard. On both of them. "How it is now," he taps his forehead. "It's not so good, is it? I'm changing, anyway. Getting lost, harder to think. I get overwhelmed so easily, now. I cry all the time, now," he laughs a little. "I cried after Stryker, too. But things were actually wrong. Now it's just... me, my emotions. I see all these things and I can't handle it so good. I see you, too. I don't want to watch you die anymore. Maybe if my brain changes, it won't be like this anymore. I won't have to see you get hurt again."

Charles smiles sadly at Erik. "Exactly, sweetheart. I love your brain, you know that I do. It's the most magnificent brain that I've ever encountered, did you know? But, it's not being kind to you, right now. It's causing you to suffer. It's okay that you cry, but it's not okay that you suffer. I was being selfish, wanting to keep everything as it was. Wanting you to turn to me when you need comfort. Sit on my lap like this, let me hold you and try and chase it all away."

He feathers his fingers across Erik's cheek until he's cupping his jaw, gazing down into those dazzling greens. "But we all change as we go through life. Your brain isn't as it was when I first met you, and I still love it. I know that I'll love it just as much when it changes. I thought that when my body changed, you wouldn't love it like you once did, but I was wrong. You loved it just the same. So, of course I'll love your brain just the same, too. You believe me, right?"

"I believe you," Erik says instantly, soft. "And I think, no matter how much I change, I'll never stop wanting to be with you like this, too. And it sounds like, like, you and Ailo will be there with me. So you might change a little, too. But I'm not scared, because we change on a... a..." He grimaces. "I swear I used to be smarter than this," he groans. "On a, trajectory," he finds the word at last. "That's based on how we were. And how you are is wonderful. I think it will be the same for me, too. I might change, but it will get filtered through how I currently am. So, hopefully, you will still recognize me. Even if I get full of woo." He smirks.

“I’ll recognize you, woo and all. I recognize Magneto, certainly. Maybe he’s full of woo, but he’s also confident, happy. What I see in him is what I see in you when you’re working, actually,” Charles smiles softly, rocking Erik on his lap. “When you’re being a Prime Minister. You’re so good in that role, and I know it brings you a lot of purpose. Magneto has that, but all the time, it seems. Purpose without immense pressure. Neutrality and peace, but the freedom to pursue what he pleases. I want that for you, Erik. You deserve to have that, too.” Dante, displeased at being cast aside, latches around Erik’s neck to slot himself between the two men, warm and safe in their grasp. Charles chuckles. “And there will always be room for friends, of course.”

Erik does too, lifting Dante to wrap him completely up. "Ohhh, we can't ignore our little buddy," he huffs dryly with a mild eyeroll. Who knew lemurs were so needy. He can't help but laugh. He drops a kiss onto the creature's head, mindful of handling him as he always is. "I like working, a lot," he admits, "but I am curious about him. How he's adapted to no longer doing this work. How I would adapt. I've been something of a workaholic for so many years. It's where I feel the most steady, I think. Aside from being with you."

"We're both guilty of being workaholics," Charles agrees, stroking Dante's little head with his pinky. "It's hard for people such as ourselves to differentiate between work and life, isn't it? When our work is so intertwined with who we are and what we do. It's not as if we're collecting biweekly paychecks, or can clock out at 5pm each day. I wouldn't want to live like that, anyway. Our jobs aren't jobs so much as vocations, I suppose." Even after meeting Magneto, it's been hard for Charles to imagine the two of them living in a different way. "But, our lifespans are long. I imagine that, eventually, we'll want to do different things. Magneto is a goose farmer and a comedian, the Professor found his way back to science in a greater capacity. I think we could be happy doing what they do, too."

Erik looks skeptical of that, but he supposes it's an amusing thought experiment all the same. "At the end of the day, what really matters is making things better," he whispers, grinning at the image of Charles and Dante and the adorable picture they make. "If I can find a way to do that through comedy, I guess," he snorts dryly. He's never considered himself particularly funny, but counterculture, yes. Undoubtedly so, an impossibility to avoid in their timeline given who he has fundamentally cast his lot with.

Magneto's era is different in that respect, but it also isn't - they have the same scapegoats, the same political issues as now, just exacerbated by technology. "I couldn't imagine myself doing something different," he admits. "But meeting a version of myself who had to give it up, it is a little like... perhaps, I didn't realize how much of myself I have tied to my work. My identity, even. He is different than me, but maybe that is not solely because of the treatment he got. He would have had to figure out his personality outside of Genosha, you know? Who are we, without the external trappings?"

Charles smiles wryly. Of course, he thinks that Erik is funny, but to a wider audience? That one was a surprise. He supposes he'll deal with that if the time comes for them, too. "I thought the same, but then I looked at myself. I haven't done much teaching since....well, since the ordeal with Stryker, right? I stayed with you while you were recovering. And then not long after that, there was Trask, and our year off. Then Ariel came, and now...well, here we are. I've fashioned myself a teacher, but am I really just that? Can I call myself a teacher if I've spent the last handful of years doing everything but teaching?"

He smiles softly and pushes Erik's hair from his eyes. "And I think I can, actually. At my core, that's what I am. That's what I love to do. Beyond you and our family, that's what's most important to me. My students and my school. And I think that, if you no longer retain the title of Prime Minister officially, you'll still be one, where it matters."

Erik leans into the touch, eyes fluttering closed as Charles's fingers work through his hair. He's grateful, the imminent sensation sweeping through him, for these brief moments of awareness. Having spent a majority of life relying on little else but his own wits, these past few weeks have been unnerving to say the least. Never knowing if he'll retain lucidity from one moment to the next, he cherishes these sojourns deeply. "Can you tell me a little more? About what Ailo wishes to do? How will he change my brain, with his abilities? I did not know he could do such a thing. How does he want it to change? Will it help with all the ghosts?"

Charles hesitates. He himself doesn't understand the process fully, and so he doesn't want to misrepresent anything. He hasn't read the literature that Ailo is compiling, nor has he had the opportunity to do research of his own. But, Erik deserves to know. He's been dangling this like a carrot all day, and it's better to find areas of certainty, where they can. "Ailo will give you better answers, certainly, but I'll give you the overview," Charles says, holding Erik close.

"He says that your brain formed differently. We know this already; you were born with certain predispositions, and the traumatic events of your youth have caused certain pathways to form and others to remain dormant or never form at all. That architecture affects how you process stimulus. Right now, this expansion of your abilities, triggered by new traumatic events, is causing you to be exposed to an immense amount of stimulus. All the ghosts in your head, making it hard for you to know what's real and what isn't. The combination of your inborn mental proclivities, your mutation, and your past is creating the chaos, the suffering."

Charles leans in to kiss Erik's forehead. "Ailo believes that, with the aid of psilocybin, he can help you form new pathways. Neurogenesis. Your brain will create novel pathways, and you will ultimately be able to regulate the stimulus and your reaction to the stimulus. You'll recognize the ghosts as ghosts, and maybe they'll go away completely. I don't know. But, the end result, if all goes to plan, is peace. You won't be pulled to the bad only, and your reaction to it won't cause you to suffer, as it does now."

It takes Erik just as long to parse this new influx of data as before, with a few extra steps to reference pieces of information he isn't nearly as familiar with as his own husband. "Psilocybin?" he frowns. He knows what it is, having been directly involved in several reforms to Genosha's substance scheduling laws. Erik has since refused to ratify the more recent United Nations system, viewing it as patently ridiculous that psychedelics are more controlled than amphetamines. They've since developed their own version of the law, with cannabis, LSD and psilocybin all fully legal to possess and use for those over the age of 25.

Which is the Genoshan age of majority (and the subject of much international gossip, as Genosha curiously provides a great deal of interpersonal freedoms for it's citizens, but until full-fledged adulthood, there are restrictions on military service, certain occupations, vehicle operations, drug usage, marriage and voting). Most don't realize that it reflects mutant longevity rather than human norms. Still, Erik has never felt the necessity of using recreational drugs for their own sake. He prefers to be sober, and barely even drinks, consuming only small portions of wine on Yom Tov as religiously mandated. His own history likely plays a role in his reticence to partake, having spent much of his childhood forced to take substances that caused significant distress.

The adults around him were often intoxicated, and Erik directly associates stimulant drugs with violence, evil and madness. Pervitin (the irony is not lost on Erik that it resembles the English term pervert) was very popular at Auschwitz, and he has long suspected it was a precipitating factor of the Nazis' cruelty. He knows psychedelics don't share this profile, but he can't help but tense at the suggestion. The association with horrible drug-fueled parties is difficult to break. "I see," he whispers softly. "Perhaps you can help me read more about it?" he asks, because he's ready promised not to refuse Ailo's suggestions.

Erik's hesitation and apprehension is immediately apparent, and Charles, empathetic, pulls him closer. He, too, had a visceral reaction against the use of psychedelics for medicinal purposes. But it demonstrates Erik's commitment to his own health that he doesn't outright decline, or protest. Charles's appreciation for his husband is quickly renewed. "We can review the literature together, yes," he promises as he rubs Erik's back. "Ailo feels confident in it. He acknowledges that it is a dangerous modality if not done with extreme care, but he truly believes in it. It doesn't come without risks, though. He and I need to be amply prepared, as it will affect us, too."

"It will?" This gets Erik's attention, perhaps more than the drugs themselves. "Are you two in any danger? I am willing to accept this treatment, but I don't want to put anyone else at risk. Especially not you," he winces. Ailo matters just as much, of course. But Charles is his husband. Erik is supposed to protect him. Keep him safe. "Because you could get lost with me? I can't --" he presses his lips together, stressed. "I can't hurt you."

"Well, consider it, sweetheart," Charles says evenly, rocking him. "I'm exposed to what you experience, aren't I? For better or for worse. If, all of a sudden, you experience everything, I will also be a witness to that. So will Ailo. So will any telepath in the vicinity. We can take measures to protect others, but you'll need me there with you. Ailo will guide you, will blunt it for the both of us, but this is something that we can do together. That's why Ailo and I must prepare for a while before we begin. He's going to teach me how to manage the input. Don't fret, alright? We won't do it until we're ready, and we'll put every safeguard that exists in place. Vision can stand by and shut off my telepathy if needed. Ailo will filter much of it. It will be okay. I will not get lost."

The precaution of Vision leeches some of the tension that had built up with the possibility of this treatment dragging down both Ailo and Charles. They know that both of them can withstand their powers suppressed, though Ailo has more sensory issues than Charles, it's safe enough. Erik inhales slowly and nods. "That will help you, too, right?" he considers, thoughtful. "Instead of just tuning it all out. You'll have more access, too. But Ailo has to be careful. All that new information will affect you, too. I don't want you to end up like me," he says with a small smile.

"I can see it all, Charles. Even now. I can see all the ways this very moment could unfold. All the potential outcomes this single conversation might have. Some of them seem ridiculous. But it's possible I could reject treatment and go insane and hurt you. Hurt people. It's possible I could drag you into my consciousness and we both end up comatose. It's possible... I don't know," he tries to explain. But it's so much, and the ethereal specters of every iteration blink in and out all around, visible only to Erik. Charles can see it, but he can't understand - to him it looks like trillions of atoms filling the space, points of light and dark winking in and out. To Erik it's visual, auditory and haptic.

"It's difficult," he whispers. "Sometimes you aren't here and I can't find you. I followed a little trail and came across a field, and you were dead. Genosha was burning. I can still smell the ashes. I don't want you to live like this. It hurts."

Charles nods, because he knows. Magneto and the Professor helped him to understand. “The Professor told me that he barred Ailo from doing this treatment for a long while,” he says, warm but firm. “He was afraid and wanted to try more traditional routes. All it did was prolong your suffering, my love. Maybe you can see that reality now. Or a reality where Charles continues to deny it. We don’t want to wind up like any of those realities.” He meets Erik’s eyes, his own watering. “Darling, any reality where you get better and stop suffering is better than this. I’ve long done myself a disservice by shutting it all out. It’s high time I learn how to deal with the bad, too. It’s a learning experience for both of us. That’s why Ailo wants me to be present. This is just as much treatment for me as it is for you.”

Erik leans forward and presses a kiss to the side of his temple, letting his fingers rest against Charles's cheek in an attempt to provide comfort. "I'll help you, too. I'll try to help. Any way I can. We're in this together. I - it frightens me, to see all the ways it can go wrong. To see every outcome and not knowing what will lead to which result. If I choose wrong I'm condemning us to disaster," he whispers. It's quite like him to take on such responsibility, but now it's at a near universal scale. The weight is, as Magneto said, crushing.

He knows he isn't supposed to feel this way, but it's challenging to avoid when there's so much to witness. "I can't do what Ailo can for you, but I can help you learn to deal with it. I know it is silly for me to suggest, I can't even deal with my problems." But in fairness, Erik's problems aren't just singular. They're expansive to every version, to millions and millions of branches. He's not precisely sane, but he suspects it would be much worse if he were not Erik. If there is one thing he knows how to do, it's endure. Maybe he can't do it for himself, but if he can help Charles to cope, he wants to try.

Charles smiles blithely, but accepts the comfort. Magneto told him that he must let Erik help him, too. Perhaps this is what he meant. "Of course I will. I can't do this without you," he says, and he realizes then where the truth in that statement stems from. Erik will probably do best when he knows that he must b e strong for Charles. And Charles will do best when he knows that he must be strong for Erik. Their commitment to each other, to protecting their loved ones, is what will see them through. It matters little that Erik is experiencing a psychotic break and Charles isn't; they're two parts of a whole.

If Erik is struggling, Charles struggles, too. And vice versa. It turns his smile from blithe to proud. "You know what? I'm not so worried, actually," he whispers, forehead resting against Erik's own. He rests his hand atop Erik's cheek, and through the touch, he transmits the sudden confidence that he feels so that Erik can experience it, too. "If I had to do this just for myself, I'd give up. I know I would. But you rely on me, just as I rely on you. And that makes me realize that we have nothing to worry about. I don't doubt that I'll do anything to help you, and I know that you will do anything to help me in return. We've got this, Erik. For each other."

Chapter 80: a rival prospers if he sees you run--stand firm though & he flees,

Chapter Text

Ailo isn't wrong when he says it will take a while, but he does take very little time launching all three of them into a regimen that consists of rigorous training and therapy, interspersed with brief respite for Erik and Charles to recuperate before returning to their task. It's difficult for Charles on multiple levels. Both telepathically, learning how to operate in the mindscape, as well as due to Erik's continuing degradation. Periods of lucidity come and go at random.

When they arrive, he does his utmost to bolster, letting Charles take refuge in his limited undisturbed spaces. Psionic ability is a double-edged sword, and the impetus to get lost and drown in the worst of it is strong, but Ailo works to show him how to counter it and to disperse his own reactions - to act as a sieve, instead of a net that catches everything. Ailo opens his own mind more fully, allowing Charles the opportunity to take advantage of six decades' worth of knowledge, fortitude and stability when he can.

And true to form, Erik tries as far as possible to be a source of strength for his husband. It's nowhere-near approaching easy, and Ailo is an exacting mentor. For most of Charles's life, he's been accustomed to people treating him with kid gloves. Instructors at school rarely pushed him, and most of his pursuits have come easily. His injury was the first foray into what it means to be challenged, but even then, his doctors encourage him to take it easy.

Ailo is different. His expectations are severe, knowing full well that Charles has the potential for excellence and accepting nothing less. He isn't harsh about it - when breaks are needed, they're taken. When it's too much, he pulls them back and figures out another approach. But neither does he allow Charles to wallow, or give up when he hits a wall. Progress is slow, and arduous. And as Charles grows in his ability, so too does Erik, who walks upside-down and inside-out along the universe's dips and valleys. As the weeks turn to months, Erik becomes increasingly splintered, talking to people who aren't there, reacting to things that aren't happening.

Laughing at nothing, crying as much. He's gone where Charles can't follow, and that is what pushes him forward even when it feels impossible. This morning, Ailo has just helped him to reconstruct some of the walls that had been brought down for their session, so that Charles can gain some much-needed peace. He finds Erik in his room, and watches the ghostly-threads from the back-seat as Erik gazes through him. His hand fumbles into Charles's and gives a squeeze.

"Neshama," he smiles. In a blink, they're on a boat. Charles is standing next to him, having been thrown into the body of yet another Charles. It's a common occurrence, these days. Erik whisking off to who-knows where, and Charles following, seating his consciousness into the nearest approximation of himself. The sea ripples all around them, and Erik's long curls are tied back in intricate braids. His brows knit together, wavering between this world and the next. "You were at the hospital?" this Erik asks, an in-between. Half-recognizing and half-not. "Hm. We're due to dock in a few hours. They're extracting a prisoner. We are? They are."

Charles, frankly, is exhausted. The assessment is correct, he's never been pushed externally by an instructor before. School came easy to him; he'd been more knowledgeable about his subject than his own PhD advisor, and so he'd been able to breeze through his degrees without any heat from anybody. He'd been a good enough athlete; never one to catch his coach's attention. And in the decade and a half since his injury, the rest of the world has treated him as if he's made of stained glass. You can't expect a man in a wheelchair to do much of anything for himself, can you? You can't get mad at a quadriplegic. But, Ailo pushes. And pushes.

With kindness and grace but not mercy. Or maybe there's mercy, but in the thick of it, Charles can't see it. When he despairs that he cant handle it, Ailo politely reminds him that he has no choice. When he thrashes and yells and swears, Ailo waits for him to calm down before continuing their session. It's infuriating, and grueling. And much, much slower than Charles would like. Two months, and Charles can scarcely feel a difference. He's still more of a net than a sieve. The only reason he doesn't end up on the floor by the end of each session is because Hank has installed a restraint on his chair to keep him belted in. Ailo insists that there's been progress even if he can't see it, but it feels grim.

Especially because Erik is only getting worse. It's after a particularly rough session that Charles wheels into Erik's room and finds him not there. He's away more often than he's here, and it's hard to watch. Without energy left to try and provide comfort, Charles simply accepts the fantasy. In this one, they're...pirates? He's standing on two legs here rather than planted in his chair. Erik looks handsome, and Charles decides that this feels harmless enough. "Mm, are they?" he asks, closing his eyes as the breeze hits his face. It feels good. "It's a nice day, isn't it? Why dont we take a break and enjoy the weather until we dock, hmm?"

"Look what I found," Erik-and-Otherwise says with a mischievous grin. Two wooden glasses of liquid materialize in his hands (both functional, it seems this reality is kinder to their bodies). "I thought grog was made up. It's grog," he laughs. He holds out a cup. "It's rum and lime juice, apparently. He took the alcohol out, but it's still pretty good. Charles, I think I'm a pirate."

Raven Darkholme snorts and crosses her arms. "We're not pirates!" she calls back long-sufferingly as though having heard this joke one too many times. She's the captain, and she's right. They aren't pirates - the real life terminology is horrible, slavers and murderers, and Raven doesn't let them be associated even in jest.

"Where are we going?" he asks, causing the woman's brows to raise.

"XO, you hit your head or something? Genosha. Word on the pipeline is a shit ton of mutants are being held prisoner on the island. Hey! You took my grog!"

"Grog." Erik grins.

Charles reaches up to find that his own hair is long and present, flowing in the wind. It's nice to see Raven; Charles likes when Erik transports them to places where they're all still together. He thinks that this is Erik's way of trying to help when he can't do so traditionally. "You can have my grog," Charles tells this-Raven, enjoying the feeling in his legs as he pads across the deck. This world isn't so bad, is it? Maybe they can stay here for just a bit longer. "Erik, my sweet, can we have a word on the bow?" he asks, extending a hand. Just to talk to Erik...it's been days since they've had a real conversation. Selfish, Charles knows.

It seems that all Eriks are entwined when it comes to being unable to refuse Charles Xavier anything. More than that, he senses that Charles is genuinely pleased to talk with him, and that makes him glow inside. "We're friends," he explains like the man doesn't know, slipping his hand into Charles's as they bid Raven goodbye (and she does indeed take back her grog with an appreciative hand on her brother's shoulder). "But I know we're more. I can see it. My husband. They'll be together, too, someday. It's brand new, isn't that something? I like watching them get to learn this."

He leans over and touches Charles's cheek with the hand that has been broken the entire time Charles has known him. His fingers tap a little pattern, unused to the sensation. "Does it hurt, dear-heart? I think it does. But, here, it's a little quieter. That's why he bought this boat. But that's a secret," Erik laughs a little. "He doesn't know his love is as obvious as a sun. Silly Erik."

Charles smiles softly. It's always a little strange, when Erik is in this in-between phase. Where he can understand that they're somewhere and somewhen else, dipping in and out of immersion and acknowledgement. But, he prefers this to complete severance. There have been times where they've both been dropped into the most horrible of timelines, and Erik hasn't been able to see through it. "Very silly," he agrees. "You look handsome here. Not as handsome as back home, of course, but I like your hair. Long and beautiful."

Erik grins again, flushing a bit as he always does whenever Charles sees fit to tell him such things. It's been two decades, and he doesn't think he will ever get accustomed to it. "I have long hair everywhere," he laughs a little, and sifts his fingers through Charles's, massaging gently into his scalp the way he used to. "When I can. I can usually tell if I'm in a good or bad place by how long my hair is. Isn't that funny?" It isn't intentional per se, where he takes them. This reality isn't his conception of a better one, but he thinks it's a nice break from the dirge of horrors that usually awaits.

Charles misses his hair at times, and even tried to get Erik to grow it back. He dutifully tried, but sadly it simply came out again, and Charles had to admit he looked better bald than in patchy, thinning clumps. Erik genuinely doesn't miss it, whether he's able to run it through two good sets of fingers or to press his lips to warm skin, both are sources of joy. He doesn't think there is a single version of Charles out there who he wouldn't find beautiful. Erik sees into his molecular structure itself, and every Charles he meets, carries vestiges of a composition that awes him.

"No, I think it tracks just perfectly," Charles muses, fingering the braid on Erik's shoulder. "You're happy and healthy and let your hair grow long. When you're unhappy or sick, it either doesn't grow well or you shear it away. And one day, it will be as white as snow." He grins, enjoying the calm. His husband. Right now, Erik feels more like his husband than he has in days. "It's fun, though. That this Charles and this Erik aren't official yet. I'm sure Raven is going nuts."

"She scandalizes them regularly," Erik taps the side of his nose, wry. In the distance, he can see the neon sign blinking for Estelle's Diner, where Erik and Raven met for the very first time all those years ago. Charles can't tell if it's a mirage or reality - Erik isn't like him, he doesn't make illusions. It's as though they're half-jammed between two versions of events, pulled in opposite directions. On their boat they're sailing in the 70s in one dimension, but up ahead it's 1954, from another.

It's enough to make everyone at Reyda extremely nervous. Even the most casual application of Erik's abilities seems to play around with the fundamental construction of everything they know, and he's not quite sane enough to be trusted with such ability. Thus far he has only harmed one person. Erik gazes out into the past, nudging his shoulder into Charles's. Seeing him smile. He thinks it's been a long time since he's seen it. He's missed it. Has he been gone for a very long time?

It's hard to tell, these days. He feels as though it's been years and yet-not. With Charles's training has come improvement - once he wouldn't have been able to follow. Now, he can.

“That was the first time you ever had pizza,” Charles says quietly. He stands at Erik’s side, arm wrapped around his husband’s waist as they lean against the railing of the bow. He’s not exactly sure how Erik can slide between times and timelines so easily, but he doesn’t bother asking anymore. He just can. Sometimes he can bring Charles along like this, and sometimes Charles is left behind while Erik deals with it privately. Feeling a touch melancholy and nostalgic, Charles decides to add background music. Clair de lune’s D flat andante builds in their ears, romantic and atmospheric as Charles rests his head against Erik, hair whipping in the wind. “We can’t stay long here, my love,” Charles says as the music fades into its final decrescendo.

"We can't?" Erik whispers, foggy and faded, and his hand finds Charles's to grip more tightly. Holding himself down in this place and this time. No, they shouldn't. They aren't these people. They have a life, don't they? Can Erik find it? He looks, slowly sifting. This is what's so difficult - there are so many, and he loses the thread between one and the next. He always finds them, that connection is firmly cemented in his brain stem.

But finding their origin, that's harder. That's when he gets stuck. But Charles has a line-in, this time, now able to feel Ailo and Sue Elkins worried as Erik is different-looking. Different hair. No brace. This Erik multiplied and spread out, existing in-between. Charles appears unconscious in his bed, in his arms. His treatment team have started to notice it more. When he goes off, the room changes in different spots. Like the room itself is in flux. Disturbing, wondrous. "Help me home?" Erik smiles softly.

Charles smiles sadly. What’s been perhaps most eye-opening about this whole thing is that Charles doesn’t get lost. He can’t travel between timelines like Erik can, can’t channel all the iterations and multiplications to himself. But when Erik brings him along like this, he can hear it. His telepathy adjusts to hearing this world as well as his own, and somehow it doesn’t break him open. Now, he’ll have to learn how to balance it in his head all at once, but Ailo insists that it’s promising that he’s able to join Erik on these sojourns and remain so clear-headed. Straddling this world and their own, in which they’re seafarers and themselves, Charles can be in both places.

The worried pecking of the nurses and Raven’s quiet determination. Ailo’s concern, Hank the sailor’s seasickness. Together, inside of his head. Charles grips Erik’s hand, and then pulls their bodies close. “Let’s go home,” he whispers, and then shares with Erik the half of his brain still in Genosha, in Erik’s room. Their home for the past two months. He wraps that around Erik, an attempt to form a barrier around his brain to block out anything but their reality. It will be short-lived of course; the other visions will creep back, but hopefully, Charles can keep him there long enough to bring him back home.

"We should get a boat," Erik grins at him as he follows along, his one real guiding star in every reality he can find. Sometimes they're separated by illness or death. Sometimes it is circumstance. But when they can love one another, they do. That, Erik thinks, is proof positive that the multiverse works in ways incomprehensible to science, plus ultra. He feels himself enter through the ceiling and spin right-side up, and he flutters down into the bed. The Erik in Charles's arm with the long red braids flickers and then slowly vanishes, while Erik takes his place.

They're surrounded by worry and Erik looks at each of the people standing in a circle around his bed, unaware that the room is still phased between two points. They can hear the ocean, a seagull. The floor is the same mahogany deck beneath their feet moments before. Ailo in particular is pulsing concern. He has faith that they'll get through this, and he isn't afraid of Erik. But they damn well have to get through it, first. Preferably without melting into a black hole.

Charles doesn’t understand the depth of concern around him for a moment. When his eyes open to the walls of the hospital and long-haired Erik still in his arms, he assumes that half of his brain is still in that other reality, able to hear and see what exists there. However, it becomes apparent that this is not the case…it seems as if Erik has stated to merge the two realities together. Charles’s eyes widen.

He’s starting to overlay various realities, he gasps to Ailo, and then fumbles for the pruta, the coin that Erik has used for years to remind him where and when he is. It’s on the nightstand, and Charles quickly shoves it in Erik’s hand, closing fingers around it. “Darling, now you must leave that other world behind,” he says, urgent but calm. “Here. Find the boundary between there and here. I know you can.”

It's the right thing to do. As soon as Erik feels the metal in his hand, his fingers close over it and with wide eyes, he snaps back into place, squinting at what's become of the room. It takes less than a blink for the rest of reality to follow suit, the other world only a ghostly echo in their recollections. "I'm getting worse, aren't I?" he rasps, wincing as everyone tries not to display their discomfort. "It's OK," he promises them softly.

Ailo tilts his head. "It seems safe, for now. I will admit to some trepidation as to whether it'll stay that way, Erik. You think it will be OK?"

He nods. "If it gets worse, gets bad," he promises them all. "Vision can take my abilities. I'll put up with it." He sounds clearer than he has in a long while. "I'm sorry. For scaring you. Didn't mean to."

Charles finds that he, too, is breathing heavily. Though he’s been able to stay grounded somehow throughout this process, the fact that it took him so long to realize that Erik was bringing separate timelines together is concerning. Perhaps his grip on where he is in space time isn’t as firm as he likes to think. Maybe this is the training working in practice. As Erik marches his way through the multiverse, Charles is beginning to gain access, too. He swears he can still hear that Raven, even if Erik stitched up the pathway between there and here. ”We’ll just have to keep an eye on it,” Charles says firmly, hand closed over Erik’s own. “Why were you left alone in the first place?” he asks, accusatory brow cocked at the crowd around the bed.

“He wasn’t,” a nurse fires back. “As if any of us could have stopped it, either way.”

Erik smiles a little, pressing a kiss to Charles's brow. "She's right, everyone here is really doing a great job. It's not their fault I am all... melty." He makes a face. "But I couldn't... I didn't know anyone was here. I don't remember anything," he says sadly. "My last memory before the boat is... mmmm... I was at Auschwitz. I was a bit older. It only got made in 1940. Here it got made in 1934. No Schmidt, either. No, that was Ariel. No, it's me, Ariel is me, too. I didn't think of him as me," he wipes his eyes surreptitiously on a corner of his blanket.

"I moved to East Germany - we were German. And became an artist... metals. I had family left but they didn't like that I was off the Derech, so I came to America and didn't speak any English," he laughs a bit, and Charles can feel his awareness receding as that version of events superimposes over him. "Oh, I'm sorry. I just mean, my memory before that is something else."

"Erik, do you know where you are right now?" Sue asks kindly.

"Reyda. With Charles. I'm supposed to do magic mushrooms." A sketch materializes in his hands, a portrait of Charles from the vantage point of across the street - a café, alone. Lost in thought, reading about the Siege of Alexandria, in dark ink and watercolors. Each line is bold and purposeful. Slightly harried, like the artist couldn't wait to spring their image forth.

Charles glances at the painting, and then smiles a bit. "Did you paint this, darling? I didn't know that you were a painter." His Erik isn't a painter, but there are others out there who are. It's scary and severe, what Erik is doing. Folding time and realities atop each other and bringing everyone with. If he gets worse, there's no telling what may happen. But, Charles is tired, and sore. And emotionally fragile, and overstimulated.

The work with Ailo has taken a lot out of him, and he's not the stone solid person that he'd like to be. So, he's focused on the nice. A nice painting. This moment of lucidity. It's been days since he got to talk to his husband. He takes the coin from Erik's palm, and puts the cord around Erik's neck so that the little talisman rests over his heart. "Maybe we need to find another token like this," he says to the group, including Erik. "Many, many Eriks may have this coin, but far fewer will have the coin and something else, right? Something very specific to our world."

Erik considers it, wondering. It's not a bad idea, but as Charles says it, Erik knows that the less lucid he is, the less effective it will be. The pruta managed to ground him, but he's afraid of what will happen when he gets even further lost. So are they all, he knows. This moment springs forth millions of new Eriks, who all choose different things, but all of them are integral to this world. But those worlds will be different, little striations. Sometimes he'll explain this. Sometimes he won't.

In this reality, he decides not to. His talisman helped, an association born from years of having it. So he thinks of something else he's had for years, and finds it easily. He materializes a small silver pin, with the Genoshan coat of arms engraved in its center. Charles has seen him wear this with his uniform, the five dots on its side indicative of his rank. It's a symbol of his position on Genosha, as Prime Minister. He forms a small hole and threads it through alongside the coin. For good measure, he replicates a copy of their wedding rings, linked together, and adds them as well, and the snowflake - for Magda and the twins. A charm with all the things that matter most to him.

"He painted it," Erik says with a smile. "I didn't know I could do art. And these," he blinks several small metal sculptures into existence, along with pieces of jewelry. Rings, necklaces, earrings. Each is intricate and complex, the work of a master at his craft. This Erik can create similar things, but not by hand. He has a hobbyist's understanding of how to work metallurgy tools, and has a workshop in his home, but these are light years beyond what Erik can make through skill.

Erik's necklace fills with charms, each representative of a pillar of his life. His past, his present. Charles, and the twins. The four foundational elements that hold him upright. Other Eriks rest atop the very same ones and there will never be any avoiding that, but they can at least try. Charles pulls Erik in to plant a kiss on his temple.

"Gorgeous," he murmurs, fingering the metalwork. "That's incredible. He's very talented." Charles knows that he must be cautious—he's just referred to the painter as you to Erik, which is a mistake. It's important that they delineate. "I know you yourself have always been particularly attuned to metal. Perhaps you can sculpt me something with your metalsense, hmm?"

"I will," he grins. One of the items, a metal train with an immense amount of detail, forms into a spherical ball in Erik's hand. "He likes wolframite, too," Erik laughs. His own ring is pure graphene, quite a bit stronger than tungsten - but he's always liked it. Tungsten has the highest melting point of any metal, at over 1650°C, giving it the highest tensile strength. The covalent bonds of the pure tungsten bands along the train's side are formed between its atoms by 5d electrons. "I can see what he's left in here, mmm. Little images. Interesting. I think his affinity for metal is greater. He met Aura and Ailo in the DRC. They mine for this stuff there, fight over it. He went to streamline the process and mass produce a variety of freely obtained minerals, hahahaha," Erik starts laughing at something invisible beyond the sphere.

"Rendering their operations inert. And starting a war in the process. Oh, me." It's an impetus this Erik has shared, but he's helped to ease the situation by centering Genosha as a primary exporter of rare materials, creating large scale trade agreements with a variety of personal and public sectors. But at its root, this is the reason. Rather than for its own sake, or to be nice, Erik views it as rational contribution to reduce conflict. It's less invasive than his counterpart had thought to do. Genosha is very uncommon, he's come to understand. The ball unfolds into a delicate bushel of flowers, with millions of tiny details printed onto the shining exterior whilst lattices and patterns make up the underside of each petal.

"For you," he smiles at Charles, fond. Sue snorts under her breath and shakes her head. What's a little universal soup, right? She's glad that they're taking these moments when they come. "Well," she says to the gathered crowd. "It'll be lunch time soon, why don't we give them a break - maybe you ought to come down when it's time?" she suggests softly. The two of them are wrapped up in one another, and it makes sense that they are. They're both experiencing something completely without parallel together. But she thinks it might be a good idea to root Erik here as much as they can, starting with seeing and talking to their inhabitants. His citizens, the people he strives to be well for.

"We'll come down if we're in a place to," Charles promises. Everyone in the room knows that Erik's current state is malleable, transitive. Just because he's grounded in their reality right now doesn't mean he will be in thirty minutes. When the crowd leaves, Charles twirls the tiny metal bouquet in his fingers, admiring Erik's handiwork. The walls that Ailo erected in his head are thicker than they would normally be, but Charles had been struggling rather hard this morning, and Ailo had agreed that he's deserving of a break.

And so Erik's mind is less vivid in his own right now, which is a strange, almost haunting feeling; he's glad for the minor reprieve, but missing the intimate connection. It makes him wonder what else he'd be able to hear, too. "My own abilities seem to be expanding alongside yours, darling," Charles says, eyeing Erik to try and gauge whether or not this is the right time to have the conversation. These moments of lucidity are fewer and further between these days, so Charles isn't sure when his next chance will be. "I wonder why that is."

"Yours, too? Me, too," Erik says fondly. "I think I'm everywhere. Everything. All at the same time. Sometimes I see you. Following after me, when you can." Erik smiles at him, eyes creased. It's just like his Erik, and yet - not. Erik as he is now exists liminally, his personality and identity frequently overlaid with another's. He's starting to learn, too. He knows he's getting less stable. Soon he might be lost entirely. But he is learning so much, so much beyond words and science. He couldn't explain if he tried. But it's not all horrid. Like Charles, he tries to find these Nice, small moments. They are worth everything. "Growing," he whispers. "Together. Can you hear, too?"

"I can hear. It seems that when you open the gate to another reality, my telepathy tunes in," Charles explains. Erik's syntax is less eloquent these days, but Charles knows that he understands even so. "Ailo is preparing me to accept all of them at once when we begin treatment, but it's already happening, I think. Somehow, our mutations are intertwined." He strokes Erik's fingers with his own, appreciative of the calm. "Do you want me to ask Vision to quiet things down for you?" he asks then, gentle. "I know that much of the time, it hurts and makes you upset. We can...we can turn it off, if you want, my love. Just until we're ready to start treatment. I don't want you to suffer unnecessarily. I know that we have nice moments like this, but there are many that aren't so nice."

"Charles," Erik whispers back, a sad little smile on his face. The briefest flare of the Erik he knew, within contained multitudes beyond reckoning. "Let's try," he says, but there's something shifting behind his eyes. Worry. The room shimmers, and they appear to be floating in the vast Cosmic Link. Charles can see spheres hovering all around him, each different reality branching off, reflected in shimmering imagery. His eyes close, and he hums. Let's try, he repeats, feeling all the separate strands in him expanding and copying over themselves like vines.

Charles grips Erik tight as the room fills with representations of the endless branches, all seeming to beckon to Erik, to them both. Their own exists among the multitudes, undistinguished. To Erik, they are all the same. Manifold atop each other, threatening to puncture through Erik's very core. "Darling, I want you to be absolutely sure," he tells his husband firmly, pressing Erik's palm atop the collection of tokens around his neck. "You tell me what you want to do, okay? If you don't want to bring Vision in, we won't. It's up to you. I will support and take care of you either way."

Let's try, Erik repeats with that same soft, sad smile. Vision takes no time at all to materialize, long twisted dreads hanging down his neck and his futuristic polymer skin covered by ordinary clothes. A knit sweater, dress pants. Vision regards them both, head tilting in that curious way of his.

"You wish for my assistance," he states, as always piercing the situation with his incredible psionic prescience. 

"Yes," Erik whispers. "Can you see?" he gestures all around.

"I see it. You are afraid it will destabilize our reality. I may be able to suppress your abilities. Do you wish for me to try." He blinks, attentive and waiting.

"I do," Erik agrees, clutching tightly to Charles's arm with his braced hand, while the other rests over his tokens. He is Erik Lehnsherr. Fleet Commander, Prime Minister, husband, father. Survivor. All clasped in his hands, just as they endlessly circle the trio in colorful blobs.  Vision's eyes flash, white pupils overlaid with concentric black circles that move and shift as he processes. He raises a hand to Erik, but goes still, expression flickering.

"You must allow me in," he encourages Erik.

"Allow you?" Erik looks all around them. "I'm trying," he whispers. "It's OK. You can take them." 

Vision's head shakes. "I cannot, Dr. Lehnsherr. Your power is unique. Anomalous. I cannot go any further." He glances over at Charles, thoughtful. Does he know? That Erik has moved beyond him? Beyond anyone?

Charles is loathe to go this route and nervous about what it will do to Erik in this state. He’s sure that he should consult Ailo first; this may have an unanticipated effect on Erik’s mental health and probably shouldn’t be done in isolation…. Then again, as reality flickers around them, there are larger concerns to consider. And so Charles grips Erik’s arm and rubs his back, waiting for his eyes to lose focus and muscles to go slack as Vision’s keen lenses bore through Erik’s skull.

And then…nothing. The walls still shake and limn. His mind is still soupy with the cosmos, a trillion lives and deaths all together. The hair of his arms stand on end. Vision can do anything with laser precision. Why can’t he flip the switch? Theoretically, Charles could “turn off” the mutations of others if he so chose to, but it could get messy and dangerous. Vision doesn’t have the risk of human error. “What do you mean you can’t go further?” Charles asks, dumbstruck. “I can still go inside. Why can’t you?”

As Charles pokes closer, though, he finds that Erik's mind is... different. Difficult to parse, out of the millions of other minds that have seemingly taken up root in his being. Turning off his mutation or making changes to the man's neurology... The possibility for making a mistake, targeting the wrong place or person - is overwhelming. It's simply too complex. Charles suspects that with time and continued training, he likely could sift through and find what he needs.

"There are too many forces at play," Vision tells him simply. "If I suppress something, it will reverberate through every open timeline. I cannot deduce which is our Erik. He is simply too fractured and spread out. I am sorry, Dr. Xavier." Vision bows his head. At the moment... Erik is unreachable.

"Then the only way out, is through," Erik posits, soft. With a small nod.

Charles knows that Erik's mind is different structurally. He can feel it and hear it. The ornate corridors that he once traversed aren't like the gardens of Versailles any longer; even calling them labyrinthian would be incorrect. They aren't Euclidean anymore. They defy the laws of all that Charles knows. But Charles can still traverse them, somehow. Not with ease or confidence, but he isn't drowned by it, either. Where he used to be able to stroll through the expanse following simple familiarity, he now must rely on instinct and the connection to Erik. Not just his Erik, but all of the Eriks, those distant and near. Some look and think nothing like his husband, others are exact copies, only branching off moment by moment from his own.

It isn't hard for Charles, though, to locate his Erik. He can't yet bear the noise or the turmoil of the full-fledged onslaught, but he can still exist within Erik's head and find him without much of an issue. Charles considers the telepaths around him. Ailo, Jean, Emma, Wanda. Ailo's telepathy is rooted in empathy and experience; he downloads the internal lives of all those he meets and feels as if he himself has lived them, too. Jean's takes root in telekinesis; her telepathy is a much more physical type, by which she can access the invisible fields surrounding both objects and people and coast along their crests to gather what she needs. Emma's is defensive.

Unlike the rest of them, she cannot dig beyond the surface level of a thought. Instead, her mutation developed as an alarm system, detecting threats based on pure proximity. And Wanda's is a secondary mutation, born of her ability to permeate boundaries and barriers, physical and otherwise. His own, he realizes, stems from something entirely different. Control. He learned early on that he was able to manipulate those around him without much trouble; it has always been easy for him to burrow into the exact part of the brain that he needs to convince someone to act as he chooses. A nanny would forget about his bedtime, a teacher would allow him to do his book report on the text of his choosing. Innocent, childish. A senator votes his way. A population changes sentiment.

Crucial, earth-changing. He can hear thoughts but also manipulate them. He is a puppeteer and the world is his collection of marionettes. And so, perhaps, his mutation refuses to relinquish such control and has, ultimately, adapted. Ailo wants him to be a sieve and not a net, but he's an incredible net, spreading himself across the infinity of Erik Lehnsherr's conscience. To lose his bearings would be to lose control, and his mutation will not allow that.

"No apology necessary, Vision. Thank you for trying," he says softly, rubbing Erik's back as he considers the implications. He must be the one to help. They need Ailo to guide them both, but Charles may be the only one who can exist fully within Erik's mind. Erik is, without a doubt, the most powerful mutant on the planet, and Charles reckons that he may be among the most powerful in the entire multiverse. His raw ability outstrips Charles's a thousand times over. But Charles may be the only one who can dam him in, ride alongside him. A boat is a thousand times heavier than an anchor, but the anchor still keeps the boat from drifting away. "We'll get through," Charles promises. "I know we will."

Erik's fingers find his, squeezing gently. A departing gift, from a soul with his face, who turned out to be nothing like him. He's never considered himself to be powerful in the traditional sense. Charles knows it is something that only rarely permeates his awareness, because to Erik, everything has its place. He must preserve, and protect. There have been others - Sayid, for one. He too bore the power to manipulate at the molecular level, but all he wanted was subjugation.

And, as demonstrated by Stryker, Leland and Essex, Erik does have weaknesses. Coming face to face with someone he must use offensive abilities against, typically renders him entirely useless, the vast capabilities normally entrusted to him slipping beyond reach as he is exposed to more violence and suffering. To him, such a thing is rooted in weakness. But lately, as he lifts his bad hand to swirl about a spire of glowing sparks into a neat towered column, he suspects it is something else. Because now, he knows. He could have broken this barrier. He could have killed Leland, Trask, Schmidt and Stryker several times over. He knows it now, in his heart-of-hearts.

But he hadn't. His abilities stayed quiet, never-expanding. Permitting Charles to be tortured, himself to be abducted. Weakness, whispers the Voices in the Void. Disease. Filth. Destruction. That's what you bring. Lately, he's considered: the Voices are right. But not in the way that they've burrowed so firmly into his psyche. Because had he torn through that barrier, he would have rained destruction down on them all. Every person even peripherally involved would have been dissolved into nothing, or torn apart in a desolate gasp as their bones crunched and their bodies bent horribly. Like Ivanov.

"The ICC uses a null field," Erik finally says softly. "Similar to the one at Gilead. I just learned this, saw it. I didn't even realize, Charles. I evaporated Ivanov into dust." His eyes flick up, afraid. Of himself.

“I know,” Charles replies quietly. Plato once wrote that all learning is remembering, and Charles feels that keenly now. What Erik knows, he knows. The Professor can glean the truth of a situation without having to piece it together consciously, and Charles is beginning to understand that he can, too. It’s a terrifying prospect. Erik can do anything, and Charles can know everything. And anything and everything join forces, do all the things that bind them break?

It’s too sublime a power to adequately behold. Erik is raw power, Charles is total control. Unstoppable force and immovable object. “I’ll keep you safe,” Charles promises, and he’s never been more serious in his life. Erik can turn the world to dust, and Charles may be the only one who could ever stop him. “You keep me safe, I keep you safe. Yeah?”

Erik scrunches in on himself, still nestled in Charles's arms. He swipes at his eyes, grimacing at the fierce and sudden response that rises up in him. I'm sorry, so says millions of Eriks, funneled into a singular being. Multitudes. I couldn't keep you safe. I didn't know how. I should have learned. So much sooner. Found the universes and broken their barrier. I should have known. But I know, now.

He wonders, can the world around them adapt? Will they find new ways to exert total influence? New technology. New barriers. He would be a fool to consider himself an ultimate power - there is always a bigger fish. But right now, he is hard-pressed to figure out who that might be. He gazes at Charles, eyes reddened. Made all the more vivid in tears that threaten to fall.

Charles, his anchor and his reason. For everything. If anyone can keep him from splitting apart and destroying the world, he knows it is Charles. It's as Ailo had said, and his counter-part also. Some things just operate on faith, and trust. Two concepts foreign to Erik's brain - but the one person who waltzes in beyond the architecture of his expansive mind, is Charles. As Erik grows, so does he. It will never happen again. I pity anyone who tries. Erik's visage is darkened, that cold, deadly anger simmering in his chest.

Somewhere in a Genoshan prison complex, Bolivar Trask falls to his knees, clutching his head. Kept in Erik's thrall. Why should this torturer of his beloved live, when 13,000 Genoshans are dead.

You cannot, a whisper from the Void. A man with his face. Maybe his soul. Maybe not. Maybe there is no difference at all. But the voice understands. You know you mustn't. Let him go, Erik. Let him go. The hold over Trask eases. He lifts himself up off the ground, looking around at nothing. A migraine, perhaps. But now it's gone, a reprieve from pain. A reprieve that he by no-means deserves. You can't decide that, Erik, the voice soothes.

I know.

Good, darling. Thank you.

Charles nearly chokes as he hears his own voice reverberate through Erik's head. He, however, isn't the speaker. As Erik's counterpart speaks to him from the Void, so too does Charles's. United in the cosmos, in the multiverse. Who are you? Get out of his head, he hisses. Too many voices, too much overwhelm.

So possessive, Charles. Don't be silly. You know that we must help.

Charles grips his fingers tighter around Erik's forearm. You're going to overwhelm him.

We will not. You must understand, too. We exist everywhere. We are here to help him, you and I. Where you cannot go, another will be there, to help. This should bring you peace.

Erik presses his palm to his own face, that peculiar response every time Charles slides into the depths of his consciousness. As if to hold it close. Two Charleses, he has to laugh a little. Even while fighting, their presence so close is comforting. It's OK, he finds his own voice after a long, agonizing moment. Directed at his Charles, he thinks. It's OK. I can see it all. They helped. I'm sorry. I shouldn't have tried.

You are angry. It still bothers you. Of course it does. But you cannot kill indiscriminately. Every being has rights. Even those who do not respect ours.

A reminder, and also a promise. This is who he is. This version of him, inside the Tapestry, is just like him. And this is what he believes. The counter-part is right. He mustn't allow rage to overtake compassion. Even with Trask. I'll do better. But I'm scared, he admits to all three of them. Vision can't help me. I can do too much. Break everything. Kill everyone. I'm trying to control it. But it's getting worse. I'm getting stronger. Too strong.

You have limitations, like any being. Yes, you are strong. Powerfully so. But you are also Erik Lehnsherr. You know what you must do. You know how you must act.

I want him to die. What if I kill him somewhere else? What if I lose control and kill them all in every timeline? I can, now. I can. I'm scared. The tears finally fall.

Charles doesn't realize how his head is pounding, threatening to implode with the pressure against the inside of his skull; he'll need a strong sedative when this is over to sleep it off. For the moment, he's focused on keeping his grip on Erik, both physically and mentally, because he's never been subjected to something such as this before. If you kill him in your world, you may kill him everywhere else, yes, says the other Charles, kindly. His warmth is like a fleece blanket. You must not let yourself do that, sweetheart. You know that.

Erik, my love, says Charles to his husband, his voice a perfect echo of the other. Please. I want him to live. I want him to live the rest of his life in that prison cell. I have unfinished business with him.

Listen to your spouse, Erik. You want to protect him. Oh, I know you do, I can feel your love for him from here. It's beautiful. You are so, so beautiful.

Charles is taken aback by the shower of affection and fawning, but it's evident in the very tenor of Erik's mindscape that this Charles is speaking truth. You can protect me by keeping him alive, sweetheart. That will lead to the safest outcome.

So very beautiful, to your core. How lucky we all are, to be your eternal partner.

Charles nearly breaks his hand from gripping so tight.

Erik barely feels it, overcome with the awareness of infinite existence in infinite combinations. The room shifts and turns, a place out of space and time where rifts form and Charles can now see as well as hear their counterparts. Another place, another time. But still together. It makes Erik smile, wrapped in the warmth of Charles everywhere they can see, a horizon of millions more. You're different, he whispers at this New-Charles, curious. It's an omniscience his Charles has yet to perceive, but Erik is drawn forward instead of away. It's Charles. The walls shimmer with reflections. Erik and Charles around every corner and surface, each a different story. A different outcome.

Erik wants to collect them all, keep them all safe and secure. He wants to help. To make them better. Killing won't make anything better. I won't, he promises, the words roughened even in their minds. I'm sorry. I won't hurt him. There are so many that he does want to hurt. Trask is at the top of that list. Ivanov. Schmidt. He can hurt them. Make them feel it. Make Viktor Creed feel every ounce of fear he had once inflicted onto Erik. No more can he be meek and scared. He must face this. Every part. Every place.

This is the Legacy of Edith Eisenhardt, a gift passed from mother to son. He mustn't squander it on petty revenge. Even if he desperately wishes to. He knows it's purely self-gratifying. It won't fix anything.

Charles can feel his own Erik's resolve harden. His Erik is much, much different to the presence in his head, but at their core, Charles knows that they are all the same being. So is this Charles, the booming, overpowering force. Souls intertwined, spirits inhabiting each other's bodies. Across space and time and every dimension, they are together, united. Leave us now, please, Charles requests to the two. Thank you.

We will always be here, Erik. Charles. Lean on each other. Together you are at your strongest. Separated, you fall apart. Everything falls apart when you are separated.

Charles knows this. He thinks he always has. Thank you, he repeats. To his husband, he burrows closer, physically and psychologically. And thank you, darling. You're doing the right thing. You always do.

Erik looks up at him, so incredibly lost to the looming, ethereal void where nothing can escape. Overwhelmed and overpowered, his eyes reflect the cosmic whole. Every Erik who ever was or will be, for a single moment, condensed into one. I didn't break the barrier. I didn't manifest with Schmidt. I think I knew. That if I did, it would have caused terrifying destruction. I could not have stopped myself. From killing them all. So I endured it. I didn't try to figure it out. I should have. It's my fault, Charles. Because I was too afraid. Because I am weak. You never should have been there.

He has never expressed this before, not even in Arcadia. He's always been a source of light, comfort and as much wisdom as he has to impart. Sometimes it's not much at all, but everything of him is for Charles. So he will keep trying and keep giving. It's the only thing that makes sense. But this is new. He didn't want to share this, not while it was still so raw and fresh. His mind is muddled up, confusing the present for the past. He couldn't have done so because he didn't have this power.

This expansion is new. But he is sure if he had just tried harder-- If he had just tried harder during his own captivity. If he had killed Ivanov -- no, that's not him, is it. If he had killed Leland. Weak. Weak and sick. How could he possibly be the partner Charles deserves, when he is the source of so much pain and horror? Even now. The universe is melting. So is he. Floating away on a tether, bounded to Charles but still up in the air. Still floating. I love you. 

You couldn't break the barrier. I couldn't break the barrier either and save you from Leland. I could do that now, but I couldn't then. Neither could you, Charles encourages, the walls in his head shifting as they're buffeted by the impact. He's beginning to regain awareness of his own body, and his head hurts. Badly. But, Erik needs him. Lean on each other. They must. None of this is your fault. Progress is natural. You weren't born knowing all that you know now. Would you fault your child self for not being as mature as you are now? Of course you wouldn't. Life equals growth. His grip on Erik is firm. Erik is the ship listing in the gale, and Charles must be his anchor. I love you, too. You heard him, didn't you? It's crucial that we do this together. You must forgive yourself and look ahead rather than back. For the both of us. You can do it, my dear. I know you can.

Erik sits up fully, and Charles appears across from him. Held up and steady. He takes both hands in his. Good and bad, an embrace of skin and metal-plastic on them both. He rubs his thumb across Charles's knuckle, pressing their brows together. His hand lifts to cup Charles's cheek, gazing at him steadily. You, too, he murmurs back fondly. He's not always here. Not always there. But no matter where he goes, he can tell when his neshama is hurting.

A warmth spreads though Charles's body. Starting from his head all the way to his toes, and he feels it. In every part of his being, bypassing non-functional nerve endings to gently nurture his very atomic structure. Molecule by molecule, Erik works to soothe. Growing, too. Hurts, too. Even when I am wandering. You can always find me, Erik tells him solemnly. A promise and a beacon. Just look for the shining light. Little objects and things. You'll find them when you need them. I put it in there. Safe and sound. Ariel left some, too. Him and Charlie. Tears leave streaks down his chin and drip onto his garment collar, but he scarcely notices.

A small record-player appears between them. At first it just appears an ordinary recording device. But then Charles sees it. The small glint at its corners, light shining off where no source is given. Erik guides his hand to press his palm against it. And. A flare.


Wish I knew the way back
Back to where you came
Gladly I would leave here
Take another name! 

The music blares, Charlie in his sleek hoverchair and Ariel playing air-guitar with a beaming grin on his face. "See! It's catchy, right?"

Charlie just smiles and, with a hand well enough to try, mimes the drums, a look of pure adoration settling on his face as he regards his dearest companion, dancing about with Lucille bobbing on his shoulder. "Maybe we ought to attend a concert, mm?" 

"I'll find us something nice. Hey, do you like Verdi? The drama club is putting together a production of Aida!"


Tears well in Charles's eyes at the sight. First there's the relief of being pain-free, and then the joy of Ariel and Charlie. Dancing in their own way, smiling. Being free. Charlie with his long chestnut hair and sallow cheeks. Ariel with his mischievous eyes and braided hair, not unlike the hair of the seafaring Erik they had just met. The two of them each lost their other half but gained so much more in the other. True companions. A correction by the universe. They deserve this. Every Charles and every Erik does, to dance and be jovial, worry-free. To see Verdi operas and play air guitar and listen to Steppenwolf. Charles's own shirt collar is wet with falling tears. That's us. That's all of us.

Erik smiles back, hand-in-hand. A totem, and a way back. There is so much sorrow, out here, he says in the soft-space between them, one that exists only for this Charles and this Erik. One created and moved by this love. Steadfastness. But there is such wonder, too. Joy. Friendship. Intimacy and devotion. Do you know how many places I've been? he asks, but it's rhetorical. Charles knows, by now. He knows Erik has been walking this cosmic road for months, cartwheeling along the planes.

In most of them, he reveals with a gentle laugh, we are like this. Together. How rare, you would think. For a love like this to emerge so frequently. For the two of us to encounter one another, a series of events had to occur. You had to make a decision here, and one there, he tries to explain. But where you are, I go. Where you go, I follow. Entreat me not to leave thee/and to return from following after thee/for whither thou goest, I will go, he recites, words warm and worn, plucked from the Depths. The stuff of me and the stuff of you, now that is a miracle.

The Vestige fades, but Erik produces another. A small hand-bound journal, with that same glinting light. Another Vestige. An Erik and Charles that are unfamiliar to them both - a novel timeline. But this Erik had put this here, for safe-keeping. Just like so many Eriks before him. The room shimmers, and they see them.


This Erik's hair is shorter, nearly buzzed to his scalp, revealing long, jagged scars over his face like claw-marks. He's seated in bed, with Charles nudged into his side, a hoverchair close-by. "It is my Feelings Journal," he says very seriously, in a tone Charles recognizes when he's on that serum.

In this Erik, it pervades even beyond his Charles's ability. This Charles had to learn Erik a new way. It's taken time. Time, for him to see the softness beneath. But after years, after trust and consistency, he sees it plain. "Oh, I see," Charles replies warmly. "Would you like to share?" This Charles is painstakingly gentle with his Erik, a man he has come to know as in desperate need of it.

"This one," Erik cracks open the journal with his power, its edges creaking and splintering. An old thing. Charles plucks it from his hands - they're both braced - and flips it to the indicated page, which is written in German.

Es ist 786 Tage her, seit ich traf Dr. Charles Xavier. Wir trafen uns während einer CIA-Operation unter der Leitung der Agenten Moira MacTaggert und Gabrielle Haller. Gabrielle ist die Mutter von Charles‘ Kind, einem Jungen, der mir sehr am Herzen liegt. Ich war eingesperrt, als wir das erste Mal sprachen. In einem Raum aus Plastik. 12 Jahre und 64 Tage. Allein. In Stücke zerstreut. Ich konnte nirgendwo anders hingehen. Sie gaben mir zu essen und ließen mich Bücher lesen. Schenkte mir ein tragbares Radio. Es war nicht so schlimm.

Ein paar Wachen waren die typische Sorte. Aber nichts, was ich nicht schon vorher erlebt hätte, und auch nicht annähernd so brutal. Harry Leland liebte mich. Ich glaube, dass er es getan hat, aber dass sein Verständnis von Liebe verzerrt ist. Aber ich kann auch nicht reden. Mein Verständnis von Liebe ist nicht existent. Korrektur: war nicht existed. Das ist nicht mehr der Fall. Ich konnte kaum Englisch, aber Charles ist ein Telepath. Wir hatten kaum Probleme. Er bleibt der schönste Mensch, den ich je gesehen habe.

Wir haben Schach gespielt. Ich bin nicht sehr gut darin. Seine Hände lenken mich ab. Alles an ihm lenkt mich ab. Er teilte mir die Geschichtsbücher seines Vaters mit. Also nahm ich ihn mit nach Griechenland, nach Ägypten und Altsachsen. Alles für den unwahrscheinlichen Zufall, dass er mich anlächelt. Manchmal bleiben seine Berührungen bestehen. Vielleicht ist es Absicht. Ich hoffe weiterhin, dass es so ist. Ich träume davon. Ein Leben nur für uns beide, zusammen.

Wenn er mich berührt, wird in mir alles still. Ich bin entwirrt. Ich kann ihm das nicht mitteilen. Ich weiß nicht wie, und Männer sollen andere Männer nicht lieben. Nicht auf diese Weise. Sich nicht nach der kleinsten Berührung sehnen. Nicht nach mehr Wunsch. Aber ich tue. Vielleicht ist es falsch. Aber es ist mir egal. Wenn diese Liebe falsch ist, dann möchte ich nicht Recht haben. Ich werde ihm das zeigen. Er könnte sich unwohl fühlen. Er könnte sehr wütend werden. Er hat einen Sohn. Dazu muss eine Frau gehören.

Er ist höchstwahrscheinlich nicht so ausgerichtet. Ich riskiere alles, weil ich muss. Du hast ein Leben in Einsamkeit geführt. Umzingelt, ja. Aber immer noch einsam. Gabrielle kommt nicht vorbei. Wenn sie mit dir spricht, ist es frostig. Bitte seien Sie nicht beleidigt. Aber du musst es wissen. Sie sind nicht allein. Du wirst gesehen, in all deinen Fehlern und deiner Pracht. Sag mir „Nein“ und ich werde nie wieder darüber sprechen. Ich habe noch nie jemanden wie dich getroffen. Und das werde ich nie wieder tun. Unabhängig vom Ergebnis werde ich dich immer bei mir tragen.

Ich kann nur hoffen, dass diese Informationen Sie nicht beunruhigen. Solche Dinge zu hören kann eine Belastung sein, wenn sie nicht erwidert werden. Ich liebe dich, Neshama. Heftig. Ohne Reservierung. Ohne Bedingung. Egal was passiert, Du musst wissen, dass ich dich hegen.

Charles scans it, eyes growing wide as he parses the meaning from Erik's mind. But it takes no time at all for him to lever himself up onto Erik's lap, framing his face with both hands. "You silly, silly man. You utter, hopeless fool. I've loved you from the first moment we met." And so he kisses Erik. Another duo in perfect symmetry. 


The Erik across from him is somewhat reddened, far more vulnerable than what he had realized this journal contained - something real. He watches Charles, watching him - perceiving him, and ducks his head a little. So you see, he murmurs. I think we are quite like atoms. Components of a system that the universe has determined it needed.

Charles can only laugh even through his tears, overcome. He gets it, now. Oh, how he gets it. The two of them are inextricably linked at a level much higher and deeper than either of them had ever truly grasped. Charles and Erik. Erik and Charles. Ariel and Charlie. Lehnsherr, Xavier. Entropy is a great law of the universe but it excludes them; somehow, every random decision that every living being has ever made, every instance of chance...the two of them end up together.

Charles doesn't believe in universal purpose, or fate for that matter. But there is some governance that has decided that the two of them must be linked. Whatever it is, it always throws them together. Oh, my love. We are bound by forces well beyond us. I know that, now. There will be universes out there too where you rescued me, where I've written journal entries about you. It's always the two of us, isn't it?

It gives me a great deal of comfort, Erik admits, stroking along Charles's cheek now. Even when things are truly terrible. Even in places where we are enemies. It's happened, he snorts. Places where I am more violent and less stable. The love is still there, even with them. Erik hums a little under his breath, winding himself back into this moment. Breathing out and imagining the air flowing down and out of his very toes. Here, let me help, he says as he gently runs fingertips along Charles's temple, sending more of that relieving warmth through his body. Erik can do that now, where he couldn't, before. Ease the pain, stop Charles's nociceptors from firing by blocking the sodium/ion channels. It's actually quite simple, and he is embarrassed and to not have been able to before.

Erik’s infusion of warmth is helpful for the aches and pains that plague Charles’s body. It’s less helpful to his headache, as that comes from something that either of them can control, but it’s blissful to be without the stiffness, soreness, tightness that has been his experience since…well. Years. “Oh,” he murmurs aloud, eyes flickering open. He realizes that he’s been squeezing his eyes shut, experiencing it all through Erik’s vantage. “Oh. That’s heaven,” he all but slurs. “My back. I didn’t even realize how sore my back was. Oh. Wow.”

Erik grins, tapping his fingers along Charles's spine. "I'm so glad I learned how," he says softly. It's been a long time, Charles feeling this pain. Erik has wanted to take it from him ever since, but he wasn't confident enough until this moment to try. But what is open to him now is immense. He realizes what Ariel means, now. Meant. Ariel is gone. Sometimes. When he talks about trying to hook up a spinal cord to Charles's brain. How interesting. He turns over his own fingers and smiles. "When I get out of Reyda," he says. "I'm going to help a lot of people. I can do that, now."

“Maybe you can make Ailo’s leg less of a trouble for him,” Charles suggested immediately, relaxing into Erik’s side. Without the tension, the soreness…for the very first time in so long. It’s become part of who he is, and now, it’s gone. “He deserves that.”

"It is already done," Erik beams, delighted at his newfound capacity. "For so many, who I know suffer. I will start a clinic and see people who wish for help this way," he decides. "I'm the Prime Minister. I can do what I want," he laughs softly. Charles knows it's a joke -- Erik takes his position of authority extremely seriously, and has built in a number of checks and balances to the system. There is no purpose to leading people if you don't help them. The ether shimmers again.


At first, Charles wishes to banish it entirely. Can they not be left alone from the universal traverse, for five minutes? Erik soothes him, rubbing fingertips down his newly relaxed shoulder. But as the apparition becomes more solid, Charles is curious to see a man who resembles Magneto - but not. The long white hair, but in many other ways distinct. Bulkier, taller, and a demeanor of quiet calm that reminds Charles of the frozen moments they'd shared in Arcadia.

His freckles are all in place, right where Charles knows them on his Erik. The difference between him and Magneto is immediately apparent, but who he is takes a speck longer for Charles to deduce. Fortunately having been given the equivalent of a painkiller has softened his nerves enough to look. And what he sees... is his Erik. It's Erik, there's no mistaking that mind. That heartbeat. "Hi, neshama," he moves to take Charles's hands in his. The room that had begun to fall apart all around them, shores itself up and snaps them back into proper space and time. The right walls. The right sounds.

"I just came to visit," he says, and there are little things that bear distinction. He is without question warmer than Erik. More expressive, but not in Magneto's way. His being is slightly muted in comparison, but that outward shell of hard neutrality has melted. "I love you, very much," he presses a kiss to Charles's scalp. "Can I tell you a secret?" he has quite literally leaned over to murmur it into Charles's ear.

It’s nearly instantaneously evident that their latest intruder is not an intruder at all. Charles is certainly tired of the visitors from alternate universes; though it’s interesting, and often informative, Charles would love to have a few moments with his husband alone in his moments of clarity. The newcomer doesn’t violate that desire. He’s not someone else, he is Erik. Not Magneto. Not an Erik that splintered off from their shared reality.

But Erik. His Erik. Charles feels his insides melt as the elder Erik, white haired and handsome, takes his hands. There’s a warmth behind those green eyes, and it’s a warmth that Charles recognizes immediately, but it also is much more accessible. Worn openly. “Hi,” he whispers, shaken. Hands over his own. Familiar hands. His eyes close as he leans into the older man, feeling safe. Surrounded. “I…keeping secrets from a telepath?” he stammers, an attempt at levity. “Yes. Of course. Hi.”

"Secrets," the older Erik grins at him, so terribly like the Erik beside him, who is watching with fevered intensity. This version of him is... less, in many ways. Less invasive. Less confusing. Less distressing. But he is also more. More of Erik. In a way Erik doesn't know how to be, yet. He's not sure what the emotion swirling inside of him right now is. Sadness, perhaps. Deep and abiding. "You ought to have Daniel -- Dr. Shomron," he corrects with a low huff. His voice comes in a gravelled rumble, making everything he says more intense. "--conduct an exam on him. You'll find that the results are favorable." His brows bounce, amused and fond all at once. His presence is as a Great Old One, sweeping everything and everyone up in his incredible wing-span. Clear and true, but ever the mother hen.

Charles is caught up in Erik’s thrall. Dazzled. Mesmerized. His presence is so commanding. Quite like the man beside him, when he’s well. Commanding, powerful, reassuring. And yet, this Erik isn’t fraught, like his own. The demons that haunt his husband seem to be entirely absent from the visitor. Replaced by confidence. Warmth. Instantly, Charles can feel the extent of his care. The way those fingers rest gently on his own, eyes performing a quick up-and-down to ensure that Charles is well. He treats Charles with such delicacy.

“Shomron…?” Charles nearly forgot that Erik is battling another illness, too. He’s been diligent with his medication; luckily, Erik even at his most untethered can be convinced to swallow his tablets each day. But Charles has nearly forgotten about the timeline. It’s been two months, which means he should be undetectable. Safe. Free. Charles grips the elder Erik’s side hands. His left one is as strong as ever. “Did you come all this way to tell me that?” he breathes, and his smile is true. “All the way from…well, how far? A great distance.”

He still ducks his head the same way when he's caught out. "You've foiled my master plan," he says amidst a smile. It's different than Magneto or Ariel's irreverence. Not that those weren't equal potentials of Erik, nor were they unpalatable. But they weren't Erik. Not his.

"You're like me," Erik says to himself. So very curious. Like an older echo. "Are you me?"

"Someday," the Elder taps the side of his nose, dry. "Very far away. The year 2100. Can you believe it? Oh, I couldn't. When I was sitting there, speaking to me. You see, that's how it all works. Splinters, sections and branches. I recall being you. I recall meeting me. It's all very wobbly. Eventually you will grasp this intuitively. You will do immense things. The both of you. You're the strongest beings alive. You're brilliant," he adds to Charles. "We have very flashy capacity. But Charles is something else."

"Like rocks and paper," Erik's smile is a carbon copy.

"He will keep you safe. And you will get him home. And he will know more than you ever could imagine. All because of you--because of me. Because I cracked open the door, you see. And Charles got it all. So you take care of him."

"I will," Erik promises. If this is truly him, is he really a separate sentient being. Or is he actually Erik, and he simply cannot remember being the Elder, yet. It tumbles around like a dryer cycle, cling-clang.

“Learning is remembering,” Charles whispers. One hand—his better one, is circled around the younger’s wrist while his worse is covered by the elder’s hand. They’re both his husband. No Magneto or Ariel. Not splinters. The very same. Because time, of course, is not linear. They exist in this current state, as they exist in the past and the future all at once. Perhaps they’ll one day be able to “remember” their future selves, too. It’s Erik. Charles knows this to be true. A smile warms his own face. “Darling, this means that you’re still around in a hundred and thirty years,” he says softly. “How incredible. You’re 180!” he says to the elder, laughing. “Wow. You look great. Happy. Healthy.”

"I am both of those things. I'll leave the jury hanging on my looks," he says in the same dry humor he's come to know exists somewhere deep in Erik. But at this moment it exists intrinsically bound to an unearthly custodial presence. This is him, with an extra 130 years tacked on. And in that time he's fomented his position in the world as one who would seek to care for her, to nurture her inhabitants.

On one hand it makes Erik feel grateful. The knowledge that someday he will come into himself so completely is comforting. But the awareness of how far he is from being a person that he likes, is unavoidable. "Am I still Prime Minister?" he has to wonder. Did he ever seek alternative paths?

"I am indeed," he responds knowingly. "My people, my family, those are our touch-stones. Everything in you is wound through this. It doesn't ever matter what happens."

Oh, no. The cryptic nonsense again. Erik squints. "It--matters. It matters to me. What happens."

The Elder shakes his head. "Forgive me. That is not precisely my meaning." He's a natural at directing the conversation, easily soothing over brief flares and wrapping everyone up in careful, invisible threads of negotiation. "It matters. It always will. But it doesn't matter in the sense that none of it changes your touch-stones. You will always have these internal guide-posts. Many more things will happen, but they're just things. You can decide they matter to the point of consumption. Or you can choose to cast aside irrelevant nonsense. Cruelty and punishment and hatred. They hurt. It is an atrocity. But it has no meaning to your being. It is all just noise. What really matters is right here." He squeezes Charles's hand with his good one very gently, thumb still rubbing across his knuckle.

It makes sense to Charles. Perfect sense. Erik will always be a Prime Minister, just as he’ll always be a husband, father, and a son. A survivor. The tokens around his neck right now remain the touchstones throughout his life, keeping Erik whole and centered. There will be further trials. Further hardship. But those will not change the foundation of who he is. Once Erik can internalize that…regret may be peace. Charles kisses the younger’s cheek affectionately, and gazes at the elder. “Did your husband not want to join you?” he can’t help but ask.

"Oh, he did," this Erik laughs. "And he is here -- just not how we are. He's accustomed to a different plane, when we work in spaces like this. When he wishes to, he will make himself known," the man smiles fondly. "I also come here with another piece of advice," he says softly, raising a hand. "I urge you both to deeply consider your childhoods. The good, as well as the bad. Think about what went right, and what went wrong. This will help you, when the time comes."

On cue, the walls around them begin to shimmer once again. But Charles recognizes the flux immediately as an illusion rather than a fold in reality, by Erik’s design. And then, like a blanket of sunlight as it spreads through a window, warmth overtakes their bodies.

You make it sound so cryptic, darling, radiates a rich baritone, in the Queen’s English. Charles looks around for the other, for himself, but he does not appear. He’s speaking to them from that other plane. Pardon my dear husband. What he says is true, but he enjoys speaking in riddles.

“Consider our childhoods?” Charles finally says when he’s able to shake himself from the thrall. “We both had horrible childhoods. You know that—of course you do.”

As a composite, perhaps. But life is less precise than that, isn’t it?

 "I know," says Elder-Erik. "But it is important, all the same," says he, unable to resist a grin at the voice of his partner in life for so many years. It seems the years don't dull their association but only more firmly cement it.

"My childhood?" the younger repeats in equal confusion. "There was good and bad, I suppose," he squints at the voice of Charles, shivering a little at its composition. Confusing. He hasn't had this reaction to any other form of Charles. Maybe it really is his husband. Just... more. Farther away in space and time.

"There was, and for you, too," the man inclines his head toward Charles. "Raven. A few caretakers whom you bonded with. The ways they eased things for you. Your mother, and father. And then, yes. Hellfire, Marko. Your mother. All the ways that they affected you. It is important that you heed my words. Keep it in the back of your mind. The things you wished were different. What you'd keep."

"That's easy," the young Erik points out. "Remove Hellfire and keep ima, aba and Ruthie." He arcs an eyebrow, like, duh.

"Not a bad start. Remove them, though, why?" His brows arch.

Erik stares at him. "Because... they were... horrific, sadistic pedophiles? Why else?" He's certainly not enjoying this particular sojourn as evidenced by the deep scowl grooved into his features.

"I know it must seem terribly obvious and that I am merely dredging up pain for no reason," the Elder says softly. "But it's important you understand. Both what was done, and how it affected you. What you would do differently. That matters."

"Well I'm not a pedophile," Erik replies dryly.

"No," the other man snorts. "But you do hit hard when you're sufficiently provoked. You have been violent. You have fallen into the same traps your father set before you." He raises a hand, before his younger self can react. "I understand that right now, you consider him to be a fine parent. But he wasn't. He was lost in addiction and trauma responses, and that had a profound impact on you, just as much as Hellfire. Do you understand what I mean?"

Erik grimaces. "It is not like I enjoy being that way. I've--lost control. Gotten... lost," he admits, frowning hard. "I'm trying--trying to, to fix it," he whispers. "You know that."

"I do, and it's a very good sign. I remember having this conversation, how aggravating and cryptic it all seemed. But as it approached my time I realized dropping it all on you here would be very upsetting. It was better for me to learn organically, but having had this warning did help."

Charles, the embodied, looks to his husband. Comparing the two, the hair is the least of the differences. The elder’s expression at rest is soft. Gentle. His eyes sparkle with wisdom and peace. And rather than seeing their conversation down a winding, serpentine road, he speaks with a directness that his own husband has lost in recent months. At his core, he’s Erik. Entirely. Strong and brave. Fierce, but gentle. Cast off of the troubles that plague him. Free.

And this Charles. Himself. The voice rings in his head as if it comes natively from within, but it feels more assured than his own ever is. If this is what they have to look forward to… “Are we going to be put to some universal test where we must remember how we felt about our mothers?” he asks, though it doesn’t come out as sardonic as he would like. He’s truly curious.

Something like that, chuckles the voice of the elder Charles. You’ll understand soon. Take what my husband says seriously. Remember the bonds you created with Raven and some of your beloved nannies. Remember why those were special. What about them became important.

Charles finds himself squeezing the elder Erik’s hand. “So, we really do make it out of….this, then?”

"Indeed you do," the Elder replies with a crease of his eyes. The soft affection for this younger version of his husband is deeply evident. "With your help, and that of Ailo, Magneto and the Professor, you both will make it through this."

"It feels so..." Erik struggles.

The other understands. "Inescapable. But it is not. And it is not a matter of escaping at all. You must also understand -- Erik isn't going to get any better until he is subject to proper treatment protocols. What you're doing now is a temporary solution only. You'll need that exposure, Erik, to move forward."

"Exposure meaning drugs?"

"Yes," the man replies bluntly. "The drugs help. Even years later, that four month protocol still offers benefits. It will be frightening for you," he tells Charles. "At one point it might seem that we disappear, but do not despair. We are only visiting another place. We always come back to you."

Charles nods. He expects that this information will be very important. “You said…you said that I’ll know things. Everything.”

Your abilities and Erik’s own are uniquely connected, the voice answers. As he gains access to his, you too gain access to yours. What you’re about to endure will kickstart it. It will frighten the both of you, and that’s okay. It’s frightening.

Charles sighs deeply. “I wish you could be more specific.”

But you understand why we can’t. Because you’re me.

"I don't understand," the young Erik mopes, but he's smiling slightly, so the effect is ruined. 

"You will," the Elder promises. "When it comes to Traversal, encountering the outcome of your own decisions will create fear and paralysis in your current life. I could tell you not to do something, because it has a negative outcome. So you don't do it, but that may cause an even worse reverberation. You cannot really know. Even we cannot know it all."

"Traversal?"

"What we call it," he explains dryly. "Universal Traversal. Like this."

“I think we need to get through what’s right in front of us first,” Charles agrees softly.

That you do, the Elder Charles agrees from the void. I remember being you, listening to this voice, and feeling both overwhelmed and uncertain about what lie ahead. But I also feel envy for you, in a way.

“Envy? For yourself?”

You have so many wonderful times ahead for you in your future. So much joy, excitement. I wish I could do so much of it all over again, just for the enjoyment.

Charles squeezes his husband’s hand. “Do you hear that, darling? We have good times ahead.”

Erik squints and tilts his head, trying his best to jam these pieces of information together into a puzzle forming an image, but it just doesn't click for him. Nevertheless, hearing this version of his husband reassure them that the joy very much does remain a hundred years or more into the future... "That is worthwhile.," he whispers. "That is everything."

The Elder Erik laughs a little, because he too remembers being himself at that moment. "Indeed, it is. The battles you'll face will take on a different form, but so too are they present with the joy and wonder in all things. 400 zuzim, huh?" He smirks.

Erik's nose scrunches at the reference. But it is him. He gets what is being said. "They both exist in tandem. That's why," he recites dutifully.

"Correct. A hard lesson, but a good one. You'll never escape pain. But if you stick together, you will know much more joy than you can ever fathom. That is what matters." 

“We’ve seen the worlds that exist when we don’t stay together,” Charles agrees. “Charlie’s world was grim. So was Ariel’s.”

And there are worlds impossibly grimmer than theirs. Erik has seen several already, says the Elder Charles sympathetically. It all falls apart when something, either death or circumstance, forces us apart. It feels very self-important, I know, but for whatever reason, so much rests on the two of us. But it’s also not so bad, is it? The most critical thing that we must do in our lives is stay together. And you love being together. Easy, right?

Charles can’t help but chuckle. “When you put it that way.”

"And it gets better, when we come together," Erik notes softly. "Like Ariel and Charlie in Riverside. They were starting to make everything better, not just their own lives. I suppose it is a little self-important, isn't it? But I think..." Erik considers this gravely. "I suspect it's because of our powers. It's random, in that way. Not because we are any better than any other person. We just happen to have these abilities. But think about how random it is that--how we even get made is random, isn't it?"

"It is, yes." "A different egg or a different sperm, different in vitro environments, a slight shift here or there... did you know we have HERVs that impact humans to this day and create mental illness? Oh, sorry, that's from 2024," Erik rambles a little, then rubs the back of his neck, sheepish. "They think they're a factor for schizophrenia. Oh, oh, you, you there," he points at the old Erik. "Do I--do you--you know."

"Ah," the Elder nods, but it's not an answer to the question. "Thus far, no. As long as I'm medicated, I'm completely fine. I don't have any sign of HAND or ANI, MND or HAD. The viral reservoirs in my body are not near my brain, thankfully. Were they, it would be a different story," the Elder educates them simply. Charles knows what they're talking about, since Erik's doctors have been pouring over the literature from 2024 -- HIV-Associated Neurocognitive Dysfunction is quite a common occurrence in individuals even on combined ART, and has been their one remaining worry over the long-term implications of the illness, as to whether Erik might have neurological impairments in the future. Fortunately, that seems not to be the case. The small things.

Erik smiles a little. "And this--" he gestures to himself. "Isn't? Dementia? Or anything?"

"No, no. This is just learning, that's all."

No HAND. No Dementia. Charles doesn’t realize until that very moment how much tension he’d been wrangling. The news of the medication’s promise accompanied distressing warnings from Hank and Daniel about the long term neurological consequences of HIV. The rapid decline hadn’t helped. Charles had been forced to consider a future where this is their reality. Ailo had promised that there’s a very good case to be made for Erik’s condition being psychosis and not Dementia, but they’ve all been worried. “Just learning,” Charles murmurs, with a smile. He grips his husband’s hand. “I suppose we can handle that. I know we can, now.”

It will be hard, but remember this conversation. It helped me.

“I will,” Charles promises. “Thank you. Thank you both.”

The Elder sweeps forward once more and wraps Charles up in a tight embrace. I love you, he murmurs between them, soft. Very much. I always have, and I always will. As Charles looks up at him, he offers a grin, touching his palm over Charles's jaw. Within a heartbeat, he blinks away, leaving them alone in the winding ether.

Chapter 81: His sense of justice won't be harmed by your submissions to his heart.

Chapter Text

Erik squeezes his hand right back. Then, playfully, he tickles under Charles's nose. "If it's not one thing, it's our mothers," he bows dorkily. See, I could be a comedian. "I suppose I wonder what it all means, about our childhoods," Erik laughs softly. "If you strip out the nonsense, I had a very idyllic childhood, I think. Two parents who loved one another, and me. Both of them were kind. They weren't abusive, at all. Aba scared me a little, but that's -- I was a child, I was scared of my own shadow. It was war all around us," he shrugs a bit. "He never hurt me. I don't know what the Elder meant. For you, yes, of course. Me? Not so much. The Nazis are... I mean, they're Nazis. That part is obvious. So he must really mean aba. And you, your parents. Is that... what we're supposed to figure out, here?" his eyebrows arc.

Privately, to Erik, the elder Charles's disembodied voice rumbles. You're so very strong, my love. I know that you're struggling right now, but do not fret. You will get through this, and you'll come out of it better off. You are so very loved, Erik. My beautiful darling. Do not hesitate to call to me if you need. I'll hear you, and I'll come. I love you more than I can express. The two of them can both feel the difference in the room when their presences leave, slipping back from whence they came. Charles is still trembling slightly, overwhelmed by the Elder's strength, wisdom, and tenderness. Erik, but even more.

Arms fastening once more around his husband, Charles rests his lips atop Erik's temple and rocks slightly, taking it all in. "I don't know what they were talking about either," he says softly. "I tried to pick it out of his head, but either he was blocking me or Charles—well, I—was blocking me." Charles tucks a loose strand of hair behind Erik's ear, imagining it white instead of its shiny copper. "It probably all matters. Your parents and your circumstances, hmm? You had loving parents but were thrust into unimaginably horrible situation. I had absent parents but had the most privileged of lifestyle. You had love, I had safety."

"I suppose," Erik contemplates, thoughtful. He burrows in, and the room shifts and swirls, leading them down the long, gentle spire toward home. "It will be time soon, won't it?" he asks, soft. "I'm scared. But I'm also... excited," he admits, grinning. "It is quite confusing. But I think I'm starting to understand. Starting to feel ready."

"I'm glad that it's making more sense to you," Charles says softly, holding Erik close. His own face is contemplative, a touch concerned. He's shaken by all that he's seen today, but his resolve is now stronger than ever. "I'm not ready," he admits. "Ailo and I still have some work to do. It's been a challenge. I'm sorry that I'm the one holding this up. I know that you want to be past all of this, too. And I know that you don't blame me or wish for me to feel sorry, but I do. I can't help it."

"No," Erik says softly, raising his hand to kiss his knuckles. "Not past, just with. With you. I won't be ready until you are," he explains seriously. "I just meant... it will be soon. I can feel it," he rasps, tapping at his heart. The source of his power. "Soon is... relative," he laughs. "Everything is. Expanding and contracting, like breath."

"Mm. I'm encouraged to hear you say so," Charles promises. He believes Erik, wholeheartedly. After all they've just seen and experienced, it wouldn't make sense for Erik to not have that feeling. They're still having a good day, considering everything. And, if the Elder is to believed, the good days may not last much longer. "Should we go down and have some lunch?" Charles suggests then. "I want to see how Ailo is feeling about his newfound mobility."

"Lunch is never relative," Erik grins and links their arms together.


In an instant they're transported downstairs, where Ailo is wide-eyed in wonder. He gingerly tests his knee, the structural damage still present, but that's not what features most on his mind. It's the lack of pain. "Did one of you--?" he huffs, because he can't see any other option. "I haven't felt like this in years. Amazing," he beams, wide and free.

"Lots of damage, still," Erik cautions softly. "So you must still use this. But, I can turn it off, now. The pain. Sodium and ions," he laughs. "So simple."

"He just did the same for me. I didn't even realize how bloody sore my back and neck were, constantly," Charles tells Ailo with a fond smile to his husband. "You don't have to rely on me re-upping it every so often now. No damn opioids, either." Charles takes Erik's hand and uses his other to guide his chair toward one of the round tables. It's been several days since they've eaten together; Erik has been unwell and less than coherent. These moments of calm are welcome. "Are you going to join us, Ailo? Or are you going to go for a jog?"

"I might well do the tango, thanks," Ailo grins and spins about (on his good leg, mind, not that he wants to wind up on the floor). He lowers gracefully into a chair across from them, pinging light and warmth and joy between all. "Goodness. You mean it's really over with? I can taper off everything?"

"You can indeed," Erik smiles softly. "I'm sorry I didn't learn sooner."

"Never, ever apologize for that. Charles has helped considerably over the years, and I've found good alternatives to pharmaceuticals, like kratom. But it'll be nice not to rely on anything except my trusty little stick, hm?" He taps his cane on the ground pointedly.

"Little stick," Erik laughs.

"Stick, you know. For poking. Poke, poke. People always get it confused, they think doctors need stethoscopes. No, we use the stick. Poke, poke. Very scientific. Charles understands."

"That's what my PhD is in," Charles agrees with faux sincerity. "Poking with a stick." It's magnificent how people can change when they're free of pain for the first time in a long time. Ailo, who is typically kind and warm regardless, is outright buoyant right now. Silly and happy. It must be true for psychological anguish, too. The elder Erik, though not so bubbly, seems happier at his baseline than does his younger counterpart. Peaceful, calm. Free. "You've your trusty stick, I've my trusty wheels, and Erik has his trusty brace. A real trio, aren't we?"

Ailo knits his fingers together, then they separate so he can rest one hand on each of their shoulders. "Thank-you," he says, letting his gratitude flutter out like a bluejay. The moment circles around the lamp-post and then he lets the bird go, off into the horizon.

"You're stuck with us, Kirala," Erik grins. "Family." In the blink of an eye, the table fills to the brim with a veritable feast, much of which is Brazilian, and Nganda. Ya jean, fumbwa, and mikaté sit next to feijoada and pão de queijo.

"It's been a long time since I've had one of these," Ailo says, lifting his chin at the tiny donuts, fond. "Ah, how I've missed Kinshasa. Thank you, Erik. Truly." He lifts one of the aluminum pouches, peeling it open with a faraway look in his eyes. Remembering. Aura pops up there and there. A smile, hand on his arm. Food, good food. The crackle of the campfire. Where they first met. The light, a beacon. The moment of knowing, that there really are divergent human beings out there. That Aura was one. That Ailo is one. A brand new horizon. Hand-in-hand, as the bus comes to the stop.

Charles nearly chokes when Aura appears amongst their ranks in Ailo's memory. His kind smile is captured perfectly, his warmth. Losing Aura has been painful, but a pain that Charles has not properly addressed yet. Ariel and Charlie both passed just a handful of days after they learned of Aura's death, and since then, Charles has been absorbed in Erik's recovery, his own preparations. There is a lot of guilt there, in Charles. Aura deserves more. He didn't even get to say goodbye. His own eyes glisten slightly. Perhaps Ailo wished to take this time for himself, but Charles is more acutely in tune than he was before. Charles sees him, too. I miss him, too, Charles conveys softly. Quite a lot.

Ailo sighs, watching the reels as they come. Aura, a soul of uncommon kindness and grace, who hadn't deserved any of his life's ails. Yet had made it his mission to use such experiences for the benefit of the all, and died in service of love and safe-keeping. Ailo misses his friend, the man who has helped Reyda to be what it is. The man who watched the butterflies. He would have loved the Expanse, Ailo chuckles warmly, a twinge in Charles's heart. Their name for the worlds beyond.

He would have seen all the best parts of it, Charles agrees, struggling to keep his eyes dry. He was particularly attuned to the beautiful things, wasn't he? The flowers, the birds. A truly magnificent soul. The Professor reminded Charles, before they left 2024, to be grateful for all the lives that they would eventually save. Many of the Professor and Magneto's loved ones died painful deaths—far, far more painful than Ariel and Charlie's, thanks to Erik. The acquisition of the medication from the future and the ongoing rollout has already proven world-changing to their time. But, they aren't without their own losses, either. He so looked up to you, you know. You showed him kindness where no one else would.

It's regretful, that it took meeting me, Ailo returns wistfully. His sister may still be out there, you know. He said she was lost to him, but I don't think anyone is ever truly lost in perpetuity, eh? his brows bounce, playful. He was a magnificent light. We are all worse off, I fear. For his absence.

We ought to find her, Charles says at once. She deserves to know. That he’s loved and cared for, even in death. Charles rubs Erik’s thigh under the table, a habit he’s picked up over the years. He can’t feel his own leg when he rubs it, and so he’s taken to fidgeting with Erik’s instead. She’ll be welcome here if she so chose to stay, of course. See how much her brother meant to us all.

At that, Ailo gives a bit of a sad smile, and then Charles slowly understands why. He's careful about it, in drips shielded by cotton batting. The Force Publique were a scourge in Équateur, where Aura spent his young years. Creating large pockets of indentured servants to keep up rubber quotas and no better than modern day slaves, with a debt in taxes on a foreign currency and burning down recalcitrant villages.

Aura's was one such community, small and comprised of cattle herders initially, once the soldiers rolled in people started dying when they couldn't produce. Eventually his village burned, too, and his mutation manifested to aid his escape from his besieged home. Long columns of smoke and fire -- along with his sister. But things didn't end there; the survivors banded together under a new leadership, the Citizen's Liberation Militia. The commander took a wife, Aura's sister.

When Ailo managed to get through to Aura and thus allow him to break ranks, they spent long days and nights in the bush contemplating whether it was worthwhile to risk re-entering the encampment to find Keeya. But after probing past the surface, Ailo decided not to. She was too entrenched, believing herself Jenil's legitimate wife, and believing in their mission and purpose. Without the resources to mount a full-fledged operation (relegated to no better than sneaking in the jungle with Paul and Michael), making an attempt would only put their entire team, Keeya and Aura at risk. 

"Things are a little different now," Ailo concedes softly aloud, causing Erik to tilt his head over at them both as his hand fastens over Charles's in gentle comfort. "I've wanted to go back, to disseminate medicine where it's needed. Congolese communities got hit hard by HIV, and not much has been done to ameliorate it thus far. We have the drugs, but it takes more than that. There's trust that needs to be built, cultural barriers, language," he counts off his fingers.

"Do you think she might receive you now?" Erik wonders, soft. He very rarely is left out of conversations like this, with Charles feeding him the loop unconsciously, he's been content to let them both have their moment before now.

"She might. If she knew she was at risk, her children were at risk. I don't know much about her now. She was taken when she was very young, and if she never actively resisted the path laid before her - which she hadn't then - then she views this group as her home and her family."

Erik grimaces a little. "If we can help, we should. You should reach out. You don't know, perhaps she might be willing to talk. And we have the resources, now. The GADF is trained for these things."

"I would have to speak to Jenil," Ailo considers thoughtfully. "It might be doable, but I've heard some conflicting accounts of his stability. Still, you're right. I ought to develop a contact plan."

Charles frowns at his knees. His gut reaction tells him to march out to her and speak with her himself, but he knows better than he once did. He is no one's savior, and Aura and Keeya come from a complex world that Charles has no business pretending to know. Who is he to rip a woman from the life that she knows, even if it isn't a life that Charles himself would choose for a loved one? Aura, Charles knows, missed her and worried for her. But he wasn't the type to dwell, either. "It couldn't hurt to try and contact them," he agrees. "With no ulterior motives. Simply to inform a sister of her brother's passing and offer medicine if they wish to have it. But..." he trails off, glancing sidelong at his husband. "In a while, maybe."

Ailo's smile turns fond, and he reaches forward himself to give Charles's shoulder a squeeze, before patting his hand on top of Charles's resting on Erik's leg. "It's wonderful to see you both out and about, today," he enthuses warmly. Charles being telepathic can discern a greater meaning. He too considers Erik a close friend and he's buoyed by the man's lucidity. That it comes with such a boon as permanent pain relief is secondary to being able to hold a conversation with him. Ailo has missed this, too. Shared lunches, simple camaraderie.

"It was a tough morning," Charles admits. He and Ailo had a very intense training session earlier in the day, one which had left Charles feeling frustrated and sore. He had probably been less than polite to the man, too, snapping and insulting. But, Erik is doing okay. They met their future selves, and Charles, for one, feels better for it. "But, it's good to be out and about. Wouldn't you agree, darling?"

As always, such comments typically roll off of Ailo, who barely seems to notice. He knows what they're up against, and he doesn't take time out of their schedule to rebuke either of them for petty nonsense. It helps that he more than most others Charles has met truly is in possession of an indomitable inner peace, a sense of serenity that gives him a very thick skin considering the population of people he regularly works with. If an insult were enough to dent he fears he would be out of a job. Considering, Charles is doing well on all fronts.

Erik nudges him with a shoulder and lays his chin on top of Charles's head, snuggled in. "I like it out here," he laughs. "With you and Poe. Oh, I suppose you can come, too." He sticks his tongue out at Ailo.

Ailo snorts. "Very gracious, Mr. Prime Minister."

"That's why I've changed the rules. It's Your Grace, now. He did say my ego grew three sizes. I'm not sure why three."

Charles knows that Ailo is overly permissive on occasion, but only because he feels no need to dwell in pettiness where it arises. This morning, Charles had been struggling quite a lot, and Ailo, though kind, is also relentless. Charles rarely has external pressure pushing him beyond his limits; others are generally quite delicate with him. The kid gloves come on immediately when they see him in his elaborate wheelchair. Ailo is the exception. But Charles knows that Ailo also knows that Charles's frustration isn't with Ailo, but with himself. And he has the humility to let that fact simply exist without acknowledging it. "Once for yourself, once for me, and once for Ailo, Your Grace," Charles replies breezily, finally pulling a plate full of food toward him. "Ailo and I are telling you how wonderful you are all day long. Perhaps we ought to stop, mm? It's really gone to your head."

Erik grins back at him, a little flushed for all that he jokes, it's still quite easy to throw him off-balance with a well-placed compliment. And Charles, the prescient man that he is, well and surely knows it. "Not white yet," he taps his temple, nose scrunched up in amusement. He beelines for the mikaté, which are vegan and rolled in a layer of powdered sugar, hot and crispy on the outside and perfectly fluffed inside.

"How you ever got this right. I haven't had anything close to authentic in years," Ailo sits back, tucking into the small aluminum foil packet of curried barbecue goat and vegetables.

"It was Aura, actually," Erik says softly. "He taught me a lot of these recipes. I found time to visit Kinshasa several years back, and it just wormed in there."

"You ever try pap? Fufu, I think it's called there. Like a fluffy starchy ball used to pick up all the curry sauce. Delightful."

With a blink, several perfect white balls manifest on a plate. "Now we can try."

"Delightful."

Charles, never one with the healthiest of appetites, takes a small bite of everything that he can manage. His own health is the first thing that he deprioritizes in tough times, something which, he knows somewhere within, is actually far more selfish than selfless. Others take on the burden of his upkeep, distracting them from their own duties and worries; they're tasked with caring for Charles and Erik. He's a bit wiser to that fact now, understanding that he's not some hardworking martyr to be praised for neglecting himself in favor of others. But, old habits die hard, as the adage goes.

It was just yesterday that Hank pulled him aside, quite literally, and told him that he cannot continue to skip meals, sleep, physio, and his own health regimen, lest he end up ill, too. In his effort to care for others, he ends up sucking up more resources. If his body were different, he could get away with more, but it isn't, and it's high time he stop acting as if it were. According to Hank, anyway. So, he tucks in, nibbling on the Congolese and Brazilian spread before them, plucked from the ether by his dear husband.

"A nice change from hospital food, mm? Though, the food here is better than at most hospitals," Charles notes. He's been eating at Reyda's cafeteria primarily, since he's still entirely useless on his own in the kitchen and relies on Erik for meals, primarily. "Is this whole ordeal a sign that I finally learn how to cook for myself? My bad hand nearly works well enough, now."

"Here," Erik says for Ailo with a proud lift of his chin as he materializes a dish Charles knows quite well by now, his own shakshuka, kept warm in cast iron on a cozy with dancing sloths and lemurs hand-in-hand. "I just produced it, but he makes it very well!" It makes Erik smile unconsciously, tucked away in his floating abyss, memories of long mornings in the kitchen bob up to the surface tinged in adoration. If he had to pick, he would classify this as his favorite meal.

"Oh, darling, no need," huffs Charles, though it's always encouraging when Erik can dredge something like this up with such perfection. He's been afraid throughout these last months that he'll roll into Erik's room one day and be greeted by a man who has no ideas who he is, has no way to retrieve the memories that they've made together. It's been the worry pressing atop his shoulders the hardest. "It's the one thing I know how to cook," he tells Ailo with a fond roll of his eyes. "When Erik and I first met, I used a tea kettle to cook noodles because I had burned boiling water too many times. I've scarcely improved since then."

"Oh, you're not so bad with the feijoada, either," Ailo grins. "Though, last time he forgot to soak the beans. That was an interesting texture."

Erik tries not to laugh, rubbing at Charles's shoulder with his good hand. As the medicine has worked its way into his system and as he's gained more functionality Charles has noticed he's less distant than before, slowly creeping back to normal and freer with touch now that the suffocating fear of harming him through casual contact (which isn't possible anyway, but his brain isn't always rational) has lifted. "I'll teach you hummus, next. It's much easier. I haven't made it by hand in years, it's just a bit tedious," Erik says. "Mashed chickpeas, skins off, with garlic, lemon and olive oil. Warm pita bread, or naan. You can't go wrong with a good naan."

"In my own defense," Charles retorts, "you never told me that soaking means allowing them to sit in water overnight. It's a misnomer. You should have told me to drown the beans." Of course, Charles knows that he has no defense, here. He's a grown man with the skills of an eight-year-old in the kitchen. He can't even claim that he's never been taught anymore; Ailo, Erik, and several of his students have attempted to teach him over the years, and his instincts are simply absent. Noting Erik and Ailo's barely concealed laughs, he rolls his eyes. "Look, I'm in a wheelchair. How could you expect so much from me, a poor cripple?" he jests, knowing that these two in particular will understand the self-deprecation. "You dare taunt me with tasks I can't do, like making hummus? So rude."

Erik tugs him close and blows a raspberry against his temple, reminiscent of Raven, making Ailo crack up entirely. "Ppbbtthhhh," says he, brows bouncing playfully in return. "That's my number one kitchen life advice. Though, he is a far better gardener," he adds with genuine delight. "The last time he tried to make challah the bread came out as soup. But he grew a whole pepper plant from start to finish! It was a good harvest. Cooking the peppers..." He taps the side of his nose, dry.

"The recipe I found called for eight cups of water," Charles insists, throwing his hands up, but then leans in to the affection that Erik showers him with. Playful, teasing. Like they normally are, outside all of this. "How was I supposed to know that it was a bad recipe? I believe that it was your fault, Erik, for not vetting it for me, mm? I take no responsibility." He rolls his eyes. "Gardening is a far gentler hobby. Except when you had to hurry away for some emergency meeting and left me to sit in the dirt for an hour. I couldn't get back into my chair without him, so I planted an enormous amount of carrots within an arms reach of where I was," Charles recounts to Ailo. "About half of them made it, didn't they? You used them for your tzimmes and they weren't half bad."

"I don't think I've heard of that one," Ailo says curiously, plucking out notes of carrot and dried fruit.

"Not bad at all. I make it with dried cranberries and strawberries," Erik explains with a kiss to his husband's cheek. There's a bit of stubble lining his jaw that Erik thinks to take care of, running fingertips down smooth skin. He doesn't know when he'll be here next, so all the little things he can do, he fusses and fixes with deep satisfaction.

"Not a raisin fan?"

"B'ezrat HaShem, not the horrid raisins. My mother tried to get us to appreciate the complexity of kugel. Complex, my ass. It's raisins, Ailo. You ever eat raisins with fucking spaghetti?"

Ailo is caught off guard by the brash humor and dissolves into little giggles. "Not spaghetti. That can't be real."

"I told you we didn't trust her in the kitchen. She was worse than Charles."

Charles subconsciously raises his fingers to trace down his now-smooth jawline. In better days, Erik takes care of all this; he utterly dotes on Charles. Shaves him, dresses him, gets him showered and bright-eyed for the day. When he had hair, Erik would fix that for him, too. It started out as pure help while Charles was recovering from his injury and learning about his body's limitations, but now, even though Charles can most certainly do much of it on his own, Erik simply blinks and it's all done.

Convenient and quick, and Charles knows that Erik likes to fuss. It's difficult, now, to even remember what needs doing. There are a few things that Charles still needs help with, but there are more things that he simply forgets to do on his own, like shave. Hell, Charles didn't even remember to brush his own teeth for the first few days. "Was your mother a decent chef, Ailo?" Charles asks. "Erik's wasn't, and I don't believe my mother ever so much as picked up a spatula in her whole life."

"Oh, I think she was," Ailo beams and transmits an image of a stout, hardy woman with flyaway curly hair and mischievous hazel eyes that match Ailo's. Her skin is darker than Ailo's own, his grandmother hailing from Nigeria and instilling in him a love of Africa from a young age. It makes sense why he'd devoted his life to a world a continent away, now. She is passed-on, but in memories her smile is infectious, her spirit hale and buckled-down.

When she found out her son was a divergent human, she did all she could to shelter and protect him, to provide for his needs as they became emergent. Even though he dealt with everyone else's hardships from such a young age, his own life's foundation is unbreakable and instilled in him by his family. His father pops up beside her, a man who loved soccer and napping and thought life wasn't worth living if you couldn't enjoy a beer with friends. It's easy to see where Ailo gets his charm from, having been raised by two gregarious, though gentle souls underneath all the bluster.

Mornings with the wafted scent of savory crepes with spinach ricotta or spiced ground beef and a pinch of cardamom. That was Ifeya Kirala's secret weapon, along with a hefty dose of pepper for the pancake and French toast batter.

Charles smiles when they're treated to a rare appearance of Ailo's family. Of all of them, Ailo had the most normal childhood. Two loving parents, a close-knit community. His abilities had invited difficulties upon them all, but his parents remained united and steadfast in their love for their son, who grew to exhibit the best aspects of them both. "Maybe that's why you're the most well-adjusted of us all," Charles muses with a smirk, though there's a lot of sincerity beneath it. "Erik and I had no shot, did we?"

"Oh, pah. Normal is just meaningless trifle," Ailo dismisses with a casual wave of his hand. "I'd say you both certainly had a lot of barriers to overcome, but the fact that you're here right now and capable of so much is proof positive that you've quite made your own chances," he says seriously, letting his admiration peak through momentarily.

"We have the best shot with one another," Erik tells him. "That's what we're learning. We make our own families, and that is the real source of empowerment in our lives."

"You mean the fact that my mother didn't hug me didn't mess me up for eternity?" Charles chuckles, smiles genuinely, too. He's never been one to dwell on that aspect of his life. The conversation with his elder self has made him wonder if he should, but there really isn't good reason to. He's okay. He's surrounded by wonderful people. A husband. Students who are like his own children. He hasn't done too badly, he thinks, despite the ups and downs of life.

Erik kisses the top of his head, wrapping him up in a tight enough hug for the both of them. His gratitude for being able to remain present in this moment sweeps out and knocks into Charles and Ailo both, rambunctious and ebullient. He too has been curious over what the Elders recommended for them, and recalls it with a slight grimace. He knows he just doesn't quite understand. To him it seems completely obvious what was good and what was bad, that dwelling on it wouldn't seem to serve a purpose.

And Erik likes to have purpose. He doesn't like to mindlessly regurgitate horror even if now it seems that's all he does. He much prefers meals around the table and laughter and pleasure. He's loathe to give Creed or Schmidt or Ivanov the time of day. "I just know no matter what happens, I can handle it. Whatever comes, whatever it means. Because I am with you," he taps Charles on the nose, and draws his thumb over his cheek. He can do that, now.

"Oh, not an eternity. Several decades, at most," Ailo snarks with a finger gun in their direction. "Beyond that, love will see you through. LooOooOooveeee--" he starts singing, terribly off-key. 

Charles cringes at Ailo's off-key note, physically recoiling into Erik's side. Over-dramatic, over-the-top. "I think we need to rain on your parade a bit," he teases. "Erik, make his leg hurt again, why don't you?" It's beyond nice, to have a relaxing conversation with Ailo and Erik. Gently razzing each other over a meal, talking hopefully of both the future and the present. It's a welcome reprieve from what their lives have consisted of lately. And Charles knows that both telepaths know to savor the moment, too. Erik is never around like this for too long. "I don't know if you heard it all or what," Charles tells Ailo, voice a bit quieter. "But we had some visitors, just before we came down. Did you hear?"

He tucks into his ya jean as he listens, more contemplative as the flow of conversation dictates. "I got bits and pieces," he says with a nod. "But nothing very concrete. I'm not as attuned to the multiverse as you all are. I know more from simply being around you, now, but there are still things I can't quite move beyond." He squints. "I see... a boat. Ah, that makes sense. And Ms. Darkholme. A captain in every life." He gestures for Charles to elaborate as he wishes.

"Oh. Well. There was that," Charles offers, rubbing overtop Erik's thigh once more. "That was the start. We were seafarers, or something. New love. But then...we came to us, Ailo," he explains. "Us. From this very timeline, but a century into the future. Erik came physically, and I just spoke telepathically. I must have contained that conversation within some sort of telepathic barrier. I don't know. I scarcely understand that myself."

Ailo's eyes widen. "But I thought that wasn't possible!" he exclaims with a laugh. "A century, my goodness. Did you look the same? What did you have to talk about? Oh, quite a lot, I reckon. Time traveling," he shakes his head. "That's not every day you come face to face with yourself. How did it go?"

Erik pets and kneads and fusses and kisses where necessary as though grounding himself to the moment. "So much," he whispers softly. "I'm undetectable," he recalls with a brilliant grin.

"Oh--wow. That's incredible news, Erik. I'm so happy for you both."

Charles smiles at his husband fondly, accepting the various forms of touching that Erik is pressing upon him. Keeping himself anchored to the present, Charles knows. He doesn't mind, of course he doesn't. "He looks rather like Magneto. White hair. But, happier. It was encouraging, I'll admit. He can remember being Erik, receiving this message. Knowing how much it meant to him. I'm...I nearly remembered the future, too, when we were all together. It was bizarre, but helpful, overall. They did tell us to think about our own childhoods. What we liked and didn't. They didn't give us much more than that."

"Your childhoods?" Ailo wonders, thoughtful. "Well, I'm not one to reject a solid suggestion out of hand," he smirks. "Occupational hazard, see. Sometimes the cigar is just a penis."

Erik covers his mouth to stop himself from abjectly bursting into laughter. "Ailo. G-d. This is why we don't get anything done," he points at the psychiatrist accusingly.

"I'm not saying let's look into Emma Eckstein. But I am saying, let's look into Emma Eckstein."

"Was she his daughter, or the lady who was told to do so much cocaine her nose fell off?"

"That man loved his cocaine. I think he just told her to do it randomly, though. Something about masturbation. You know, I think Sigmund Freud might have been a pervert."

"No shit," Erik snorts. "Literally. Get it? Get it? I am going to blow up the comedy world."

"Ughhhhhhhhh, that was bad," Ailo groans. He veers back on course, though, once more taking up a more solemn lilt. "In all seriousness, though, I'm sure they must have had a reason. I do know about yours both, and I'd argue it's good advice. What you have experienced in the past affects your behavior today. Even if it doesn't seem so obvious."

"I suppose I've..." Erik isn't sure how to word this. "Simply considered it... over with? But lately, I get stuck there more and more. Like my brain is trying to... tell me something. There are so many parts and pieces of it, I've only just begun to even talk about some of it. On one hand, then on the other, I feel like I'm over it."

"I'd imagine likewise for you," Ailo says to Charles. "It must feel quite far away. But how we're raised really does have permanent impacts on our personalities, our fixed/stable traits," he points to Erik knowingly, "our willingness to be open and vulnerable," back to Charles, "our ability to handle stress and conflict -- which you both do quite well, I'll admit. Even now. But it's good practice, to reflect, sometimes."

"Goodness, we really do need to take the wind out of your sails, don't we? You're both incorrigible," Charles huffs, but it really is lovely to see Ailo in high spirits. Happy, bubbly, spilling with jokes and laughter. Ailo is often conscripted into a support role and therefore cannot make phallic or anal or cocaine jokes, and so it's a good day when he can. "My childhood feels very far away," Charles confirms with a shrug.

"It felt far away even while I was experiencing it. I started my bachelor's at MIT when I was 17, and I felt like I'd been an adult for years. I know that I wasn't, but that's how I felt at the time. I have one or two nannies who I remember fondly, and then there was Raven, but those are really the only high points." He frowns. "The thing is, I don't remember any real low points, either. Sure, my mother was foul, but that wasn't a low point, that was just my life. I didn't know anything different. I suppose when I look back at it, it all just feels...hollow? I looked after Raven, so I already felt older. Our lives began properly when I left for MIT and took her with me."

"Understandable," Ailo nods. "But you know well yourself, children need nourishment, enrichment. Stability and safety aren't enough, and one could argue that it isn't safe if one doesn't feel validated and supported. I reckon any difficulties you had, any challenges you faced, you were left to deal with them on your own or sought refuge in Raven, who was also a child at the time."

Erik smiles slightly, not at what is being said, but he squeezes Charles's forearm. "You once told me the first time you felt like you could be yourself was with me. Being alone for twenty-odd years is a lot to sift through, too. You have said it doesn't feel like anything, but I know even that bears compassion." He taps his own temple.

"Too right, when compared to the ordinary experience. On average one does feel anger, sorrow, heartbreak. When that process is interrupted because we don't have a place to explore those feelings properly, then it can cause a whole lot of strife in the long run."

"I got lucky, meeting you," Erik says warmly. "I didn't feel anything for a long time. I know that doesn't make any sense to you two. I seem very emotional, but that's not really the case. Even now, it's not. How often have you heard students or anyone really, complain that I'm not very warm or empathetic?"

"Neurogenesis plays a role in that, yes. I know we have had discussions about mass graves with the tenor of weather."

"I think that was the difference between me and Ariel," Erik says, soft. "But you made it safe," he cups Charles's jaw. "And now we are adults with our own careers and people to care for. It is easy to say, that's in the past, why bother dwelling on it. And it's true. Rumination just hurts. But learning to understand, to remove judgment, that's important. I think our Elders were right. They seemed... happy. Really happy. I want that for you."

"I don't know if I ever 'sought refuge' at all," Charles admits with a frown. "Well, I'm sure I did in other ways. External validation from teachers or the like. Raven will tell you as much, but I undeniably sheltered her far too much. I don't believe she ever saw me in a bad way until we were both adults. I was misguided in that I felt that I needed to be strong and collected for her." He furrows his brow at his knees even as Erik cups his jaw, encircles him in love and support.

"Truly, Erik, it wasn't until I met you that I felt that I had someone to lean on. I know that you're not typically emotional, darling, but neither am I. Others believe me to be soft because...what? I smile easily? Am a social chameleon? An extrovert? Sure. All of those are true. But there's also..." He trails off, uncomfortable with talking about himself in this way. Ailo and Erik know. He's an empath, as a telepath. Driven by his convictions for justice, equity, and care for others.

But he isn't the bleeding heart that he's often accused to be. Emma once told him that he's more Machiavellian than she is, but he doesn't look it because his goals are community-oriented while hers are not. They both are ruthlessly pragmatic, even if Charles's pragmatism comes with a side of schoolteacher care. But does this come from his childhood? Perhaps. He didn't seek refuge, he simply put his head down and dealt with it. It may be why he is deeply averse to letting others see when he struggles for himself. Struggling for others is one thing, but for himself? "I don't know," he says at last.

"People don't necessarily understand the difference between inside and outside," Erik says wryly. "And, when they do, there tends to be this..." he gestures with a hand, unsure how to formulate it properly. "Over-reliance, on -- mm," his brows furrow. "On what people feel inside, as if that really matters. I don't think it does, beyond how it affects you. Pragmatism is one thing," he says, and it's apparent why Charles has chosen him as a partner given his own version of prescience -- as though he himself is telepathic, but he isn't. He just knows.

"But family, that's another. And people don't realize the little differences. Between logic, pragmatism, empathy, compassion and all the rest of it. Everybody describes me as ruthless and pragmatic, but I'm none of those things. The overlaps are quite significant, but not interminable. But," he adds with arced brows. "People also see being soft as being more moral. So, their perception of you is as a very moral person. So, their belief is that you are soft, because you conform to their expectations of morality. Ever notice how I am often painted as dangerous, a terrorist, sociopath, all of that? Because neutrality, blankness, is perceived by most humans to be hostile. It explains why people have such a negative reaction to me, but a positive one to you, despite our natures being quite diametrical."

It's rare that they have completely open conversations like this in front of others, but Ailo has long since graduated from acquaintance, to friend, to confidante over the years, and it's apparent that none of this has gone over his head, either. He is, after all, possessed of an uncanny intuition himself. "I'd go so far as to say, perhaps you with your chemistry would better word it. But that it's like tensile strength, in a way. I think that how human beings work, is similar to how materials work -- since human beings are a type of material," Ailo says curiously.

"Ah, you mean ductility and elasticity," Erik smiles. "If we consider the mind to be a Hilbert-space, it stands to reason that experiences produce chemical transmissions that have deforming effects on its bound, and its internal structures. In that sense, your upbringing would have everything to do with it in a very linear way. Ducility, tensile strength and elasticity would all play a role in this. I often remember how surprised Stryker was at my response. He expected me to behave more like you, but once the barriers are stripped away, I am left fairly vulnerable. Hence why I attempt to ensure that doesn't happen outside trusted spaces."

Charles smiles to himself when Erik immediately begins to speak with more confidence. Equating things as complex as feelings to something more discrete, like physics, is a surefire way to obtain greater clarity, when it comes to Erik. Though Erik isn't a practitioner or academic any longer, his experience of the world is so closely linked with the principles of physics that it is often easier for him to speak in those terms. He had done so a lot more, when they were younger and had first met. It's nice to hear him do it again.

"Don't you forget that my husband is a Doctor of Philosophy in Physics," Charles tells Ailo, rubbing Erik's arm fondly. "And he's right. That's a much easier way to conceieve of ethe impact of experience on the mind. Perhaps psychology as a discipline ought to consult physics, eh?"

"It's not a bad idea," Ailo grins at them both. "Though I'd be remiss if I didn't encourage you to feel as well as theorize. Don't forget that your feelings are vaaaalid," he sing-songs as Erik groans loudly.

"He's so peppy," Erik laughs, pleased that their friend is in such high spirits, almost certainly correlated to the alleviation of chronic pain that has plagued him on and off for so many years. He jests, but it's wonderful to see. Ailo has spent so long supporting them that being able to do so in kind is a very special reward.

"I suppose I often do forget you're a doctor, too. So many people call you mister."

"I know! That's what I said!" Erik crows indignantly. "And then I never bothered to pursue it anyway. Ought to have gone for a foreign relations degree, but I detest politicians," he smirks.

"The old beast of self-loathing at it again."

"Moira keeps reminding me I ought to be more diplomatic. G-d forbid anyone speak honestly about things. Oh," he scratches his head. "I had an interview scheduled for next week," he realizes, wide-eyed. "With Ms. Tallar, remember her? She was at AMC, the day we met Freddy," he recounts fondly. "A few years back, now."

"How do you feel--I know, I know. I'm serious, though. You're both under a lot of stress right now. Do you feel up to handling a television spot?"

"No," Erik whispers sincerely. "But--I haven't been in public in a long time. I'm still a leader, and last I checked in I told them some very startling information about myself. People have been upset, afraid I am dying and things. We have had a good rollout with Biktarvy, but people are nervous still."

"Mm. That's difficult," Ailo empathizes. "Maybe Charles can be there, too. You're no stranger to TV. Present a united front. Tallar is good, she's a safe voice."

"Emma hand-picked her, said she selected someone the exact opposite of me, for a reason. I wouldn't go quite so far," he shakes his head. "But Ms. Tallar is very pleasant."

Charles finds it somewhat amusing that even Ailo, forgets that Erik is a doctor. Within their close circles, they’re regularly referred to as Dr. Xavier, Dr, Kirala, Dr. McCoy, Dr. Shomron, and…Mr. Lehnsherr. For some reason, Erik is always relegated downward. Well, these days, he’s typically Mr. Prime Minister, anyway. Suppose that’s the best title of all. “0h. A television interview?” Charles frowns, surprised to hear Ailo in support of it. He grabs Erik’s hand. “Darling, I don’t know about this. You’re doing quite well today, but next week is a ways off. Perhaps we can record something for her. I’m not sure if a live interview is as good idea.”

Ailo's eyes widen when Charles says live interview, and his head shakes. "Ah, no, I certainly agree with that," he points somewhat emphatically. "I presumed you'd be recording it. I would highly encourage you to wait until a day like today and do a recording. Leadership is one thing, hm? Now, I don't personally subscribe to this view, but I know it's important to you that you seem in control for Genoshans. Should you lose lucidity on television, which is highly probable given the stressful nature of a live interview, that might be compromised. I wouldn't wish to set you up for failure, Erik. You can prepare, work with Tallar on pre-vetted questions and have time to consider your answers."

Erik winces. "I am really bad off, aren't I?" he murmurs, rubbing at his cheek.

"I'm afraid so, my friend. I won't sugarcoat it. I have the utmost confidence especially with this last visit from your future selves that you'll come through. But right now, it's a little precarious. Understandably so, of course. I don't know a single person who could handle it better. But the effect can be jarring."

"Thank-you," he whispers to Charles and Ailo both. "I feel steady right now. But that won't last. I'll go away again. I don't want to frighten anybody else. Or do something wild on TV like in the hospital room."

“You can prepare a statement, too,” Charles urges, rubbing Erik’s forearm. “I think it wouldn’t be a bad idea at all to draft something formal, love. Let your people know that you’re struggling with your mental health and are seeking treatment for it. There’s still quite a nasty stigma around such things, isn’t there?” Genosha is progressive, but the world is still the world. Charles knows that there have been some horrific rumors floating around about Erik’s absence. Raven has done an excellent job in his stead, but the world, at home and abroad, still wonder where Erik Lehnsherr has gone. “There’s no need to hide anything. I think you’d help a lot of people, by being straightforward. People who should seek help but haven’t or are afraid to.”

Erik jerks his head in a nod. "We talked about it before," he adds with a smile. "When we were floating. I remember," he relaxes gradually under the touch. The topic of his stability had temporarily increased his agitation, but Charles is quick to act, soothing it before he even becomes aware himself. "I want to," he says softly, but both men at the table know only a fool would mistake this for uncertainty.

"We're the only nation who has developed treatment protocols for PTSD. It was still very highly stigmatized in 2024 as was HIV. And especially schizo-spectrum disorders. I don't want that here. We aren't monsters or freaks. I know what people are saying about me," he murmurs, eyes distant for a moment. "About Genosha. I worry maybe people here will stop--stop trusting me," he swallows roughly. "And it's -- oh, I'm sorry," he swerves a little and raises a hand to cover his face. "I'm sorry. I don't know what's wrong with me. Forgive me," he smiles through it.

“Hey.” Charles’s arms are around Erik in an instant. Catching him before he veers too far; it’s not unusual for a bout of emotional distress to send Erik back into the Expanse, these days. He wants to keep Erik here for as long as he can. And so the arms slip around him, pull him in. The side of Charles’s chair is easily surmountable, and soon, Erik is back on his lap, of Charles’s bidding.

“People have said what they’ve always said about you and Genosha. They take any opportunity they get to try and tear you down. When it wasn’t this, it was marriage equality. Or the virus. Anything they can do to bring you down, Erik. You never listened to them before, so why start now?” Charles gathers Erik’s wild curls into a low ponytail and ties it off, smiling softly at Erik’s now exposed face. “Tell your detractors to piss off.”

It's not quite as long in this reality as several others, but it's getting there, enough that the reddened strands fall back over his shoulder and he laughs a little, bowing his forehead against his husband's. His focus has narrowed entirely as one braced hand rests on Charles's chest, the other along his jaw. Gratitude seeps through, affectionate. "Their weakness," he whispers. "Their cowardice. Not ours. Just..." He frowns a little, unsure. "Sometimes, gets in. I know, it's not me. Not us. Forget, sometimes. Don't want to forget," he leans forward to kiss Charles's nose.

"Personal attacks are the sigil of a bully," Ailo adds firmly. "Nothing more. They have no real rebuttal, so they resort to cruelty."

"He says I'm lying. About Leland. I haven't been able to clarify things. But if I'm lying then it's no problem to extradite him! Surely there won't be any evidence, or anything. Since I'm a big lying plague-fag, right?" he spits, rolling his eyes.

"They don't know what to do with you or Genosha, eh? What would that cacete war criminal Tegan know of justice? Bit rich coming from him. Every word out of his mouth is a lie. Que cara de batata mal cozida," Ailo snarks.

“Oh, I can’t say I disagree with that assessment,” Charles chuckles at the insult. Potato-faced indeed. The swift reassurance, however, had seemed helpful to Erik, the two of them with their foreheads pressed together. “Tegan knows nothing about you, or about Genosha. Don’t let the words of potato-faced bullies make you feel anything, Erik. You are better than they are because you don’t put others down for things they cannot control. Hmm?”

It makes Erik laugh. "I think he's mad that I called him a muppet at the UN," he smirks, pleased with himself. "Apparently I'm not of a suitable caliber for a world leader. I know, I know. He is a głupi idiota," Erik murmurs, letting his eyes drift closed. "Thank-you. For being here with me. Both of you. Maybe we can see Pietro and Wanda before I have to leave," he adds softly. He can feel the tugging even now, vision shimmering with heavy strands. "My family. Safe and sound." He closes his hand over the charm necklace, doting.

"I think you might be right," Charles muses. He doesn't think that name-calling is entirely appropriate either, but it isn't as if Donald Tegan doesn't look like a muppet. And his religious blathering has begun to wear on Charles, too. Family values and al that nonsense. Politics should have no place within the arena of family values. Muppet be damned. "That's a good idea. You weren't so well the last time they came to see," Charles whispers, sadness in his voice.

Erik is being pulled away, and Charles can feel it. His mind traveling back toward the Expanse. A short telepathic message to Wanda is all that's needed, and within seconds, both Pietro and Wanda are with them at their table.

"Babbetto! Nice hair," greets Pietro with his characteristic dry snark. Charles knows that the twins are doing all that they can to be supportive, but he knows that it pains them to see their father struggling when he's in a bad way, too. "I hope you've decided to grow it long. There's one world we visited where you're an outright Rapunzel."

Erik grins and gives Charles's head a kiss before moving in to hug Pietro and Wanda both. "Oh, and he was a pirate this time," Wanda adds warmly, characteristic of her centered temperance as she squeezes him back, grateful for this brief respite from the Traversal. She knows it's been hard on both Erik and Charles, and though Pietro is as keen as ever, it's been difficult for him to witness the continued slide into universal chaos. "Raven says we weren't pirates," Erik says dryly. "But I beg to differ. There was grog."

Ailo prepares a plate of food for both Pietro and Wanda, offering it along with two empty chairs with a soft hum. "I'll admit, I did think grog was made up."

"Thats what I said! See, he understands me." He tickles under Pietro's chin, encouraging him to eat with a nudge. He needs the calories, his terrific metabolism crunching tens of thousands per day just to stay afloat. It's little wonder he's so skinny.

Charles side-hugs Wanda as well as he can from his chair and with a tall, long-limbed husband on his lap. "I rather liked that world," Charles admits to the group as the twins take their seats. "It was nice. Erik and I weren't even together yet, but it was obvious that we were deeply in love," he grins. "Idiots, the two of us."

"You said it, not me," Pietro hums as he tucks in to the food. "Better than the timeline where we didn't have electricity at all. Boring as hell, everything moved so slow." "Oh, I kind of liked that one," Charles admits. "Quaint."

"Why Charles, I think you might be a certified Luddite," Erik teases him with a smirk. He lifts his good hand and a crackle of electricity arcs from fingertip to fingertip before swirling up and dancing all around them in colorful sparks, entirely harmless and surrounding in warmth where it brushes skin. "Ahhhh, good afternoon, Vision," he adds softly as the artificial intelligence strolls up to them. He's wearing a soft sweater with Pac-Man on it and jeans, dreadlocks down his shoulders and hands in his pockets. He's positively casual, even as his posture remains upright and formal.

"Hello, Dr. Lehnsherr, Dr. Xavier, Dr. Kirala. Ms. Maximoff. Pietro," he says, lips quirking up in his facsimile of a smile. It's starting to look more natural, and Erik doesn't miss how Pietro is the only one to be received by his first name.

"Oh, Ailo, please. Dr. Kirala is so stuffy, don't you agree?" "The last person who called me Ms. Maximoff was frigging Dave Ruskin. Wanda, it's all right," she lands her hand on the man's shoulder in greeting. "Are you visiting Reyda?"

"I am visiting a visitor," he replies, rocking back on his heels as his eyes, white with inlaid black concentric circles, flash at Pietro. "Is your meal satisfactory?"

"Thank Erik, the man knows how to make a veritable feast," says Ailo.

It's noticeable to everyone when Pietro, a boy who will stare down anyone on earth and tell them that they smell bad without so much as a shift in expression, flushes slightly pink. Charles smiles. The two of them, Pietro and Vision, are an odd couple to say the least, but the more that he considers it, the better it feels in his head. "It's not bad," Pietro quips, willing the blush to subside. How embarrassing. "Babbetto plucked it from the ether. Not made with love. I can taste that."

Erik brushes Pietro's curls from his face, in that way he does when he's particularly overwhelmed with affection and has taken to essentially grooming his family like a little monkey. We'll, a big monkey -- Erik towers over them all, even Vision. He manifests a plate for the man with a flourish. "Always with love, piccolo," Erik grins. "Though I will admit I didn't spend as much time on this as I could have. You've a fantastic palate," he praises softly.

Even at his very snarkiest, Erik is not easy to tease, typically turning most everything into warmth instead. He can't help it, and it's plain for all to feel. His children, with him. Fed and tidied up. Erik is practically glowing with it, and Vision is no longer an exception. The man who tortured his husband. The man who was enslaved to do so. Erik casts that shadow upon Trask, now. Where it belongs. Creating an army of hyper intelligent beings to traffic and force into the service of harm. He understands.

Vision often does not, from a cognitive perspective. He has emotions, they've discovered. But they're strange, dialed down flutters. Once he had asked, what does it mean, to hate?

Charles explained, it means to be filled with poison, fear and anger. A rail at reality.

Thus Vision asked, do you hate me? For what I did? I have learned that humans frequently hate and despise those who cause them pain. But neither of them do. Because the real cause is sitting in his comfortable cage on Ferek Island, a Genoshan land-mass made by Erik and Wanda both. "I do not believe I taste this love of which you speak," Vision says, and it's so deadpan that it takes all but Pietro several seconds to realize he's joking. "But it is well-seasoned."

Pietro likes to tease his father because, rather than getting offended or trying to tease back, Erik just rolls with it. He struggles to poke fun at those he loves, Pietro knows, and it's funny. But also, charming. They may not be a typical father and son duo, but Pietro is grateful to have Erik anyway. Someone he looks up to, someone who seems to love both he and Wanda both unconditionally, despite only knowing them for a few years, now. And then the introduction of Vision into their lives has thrown them all for a loop. Who knew that a robot computer man could be so awesome? Vision is the only one who's ever been able to keep up with his pace of thought.

And that's refreshing as hell. For some reason, he likes Pietro back, too. Pietro doesn't get nervous very often, but he had been when it was becoming more and more evident that the two of them were more than friends. He tortured Charles, after all. Pietro remembers when his father brought Charles back from that stint, how wasted away he had been. Patchy hair, skin and bones. Infections. Close to death, he had thought. Many of them had. But it wasn't Vision. Not the one they know now, the one who has empathy. He's glad that everyone seems to understand. "You can taste the apathy, can't you?" Pietro lilts, deadpan. "So sad. Guess Babbetto still hates you."

"Oh, enough of that, Pietro," Charles tuts. "Your father has never been apathetic about food a day in his life."

Erik gives him a peck on the temple as he passes by, and a reassuring brush of fingers over Vision's shoulders. He's come a long way, more than anyone would have anticipated, when it comes to the complexities of nuance, sarcasm, double-meanings and all the rest. But Vision is fast. His understanding has grown in leaps and bounds since being in contact with humans, but even moreso since making a friend. Since, as he has slowly grasped, having a connection beyond companionship. Pietro is fast, too. But he's witty, incredibly sharp-minded, pragmatic and fearless. Bold, impulsive, some may even say reckless.

But he is his father's son, and Vision has encouraged him to combine his natural aptitude for tactics with said speed. And he loves. Vision doesn't always 'keep up' when it comes to feelings, but he is observant, uncannily so. He watches Pietro as he interacts with Wanda and Erik, and it's the little undercurrents of loyalty and kindness -- things Pietro would shrug off or laugh about, but Vision sees. And it's this that draws him forward, for he was brought into being by its witness. In that room, Erik's anguish reverberated so strongly that it destroyed the very shackles keeping him tethered, removing his free will. Companion has a purpose. Happiness has a purpose.

Not even Erik fully understands the mechanisms of Vision's construction. A mutant had made him, with entirely novel materials spun from the ether. Quite like Erik, but Erik doesn't create life. Vision is alive. Conscious, sentient. A fully realized individual. And, Erik concedes, he is part of the family, too. This is less intuitive to the AI, but he accepts it gracefully. "This is agreeable," he decides simply. "This is family. Family does not require a biological relation. It can be chosen. I understand, now," he adds with a sage nod. He tucks into his mikate with gusto. "Family, and donuts."

Erik laughs. "Family and donuts. That's all we really need. He's got it."

Charles looks around him and cannot help but feel overwhelmed by the love in the room. His husband and their children. Their son's partner. Ailo. Six people who care for each other in their own particular ways, bonded by love. It's so fortunate, so wonderful. How silly he feels to ever consider himself anything but extremely fortunate to have what he has. "You've got to make sure that this boy eats enough while we're in here," Charles tells Vision, eyeing Pietro fondly. "Give his poor sister some sort of reprieve from making sure he doesn't run himself ragged." "Hey. You act as if I never look after myself," Pietro hums, though it's clear that he is not offended. "Wanda only looks after me when she's awake."

Wanda pokes his sides. "You should see the shenanigans they get up to. Vision can go just about as fast as him, did you know that? The two of them just zipping around. One Pietro was dizzying enough!"

"I believe our perception of time is quite altered from your own," Vision says with a contented hum. Another donut disappears, surreptitiously. "For me, the stream to which I am party is much slower than yours. I believe this is why Pietro and I found initial kinship," he postulates, thoughtful. "But, speed is not enough. I have come to understand the value of our time together beyond perceptual similarities."

"You're a real romantic, Vision," Ailo grins widely.

"I am, as you might say, 'working on it.'" Vision sways a little side-to-side innocently, a perfect approximation of Erik Lehnsherr if ever there was one, as is often the case with Vision, who periodically experiments with different body languages that appeal to him. 

Charles notes the body language shift in Vision curiously. He has no need to fidget or sway like the rest of them might; he could stay still as a statue for hours without feeling the need to move a micrometer. It’s interesting, how he tries on human mannerisms like clothes. And, well, clothes, too. He isn’t organic matter, no. But the things that he feels are. An appreciation for humanity and all its quirks, down to their little idiosyncrasies, lives within the AI. Charles appreciates that about him. “What about the time you spend together do you value?” Charles presses.

“Alright, we don’t need to get into all that,” Pietro huffs, grabbing Vision’s wrist. “Just because he’s bald and scary doesn’t mean you have to answer him, Vis.”

"Is being bald a source of fear, for humans?" Vision wonders, and with intention it's clear that his cadence in questioning has improved as well. When he's too busy analyzing an interaction to attempt it, he still sounds stiff and wooden. "Are people afraid of you for that reason?" He relaxes his expression, letting his eyebrows raise. While all of this is quite apparent to the table, less so is that he's determined the real discomfort Pietro has expressed and adapted accordingly, which Erik, opposite them both having returned to his spot on Charles's lap, notes with utter fascination.

"No, being bald isn't..." Ailo shifts as though to respond, but stops when he notes Erik looking at something over his husband's shoulder. His eyes follow suit and spy nothing there, so he peeks psionically and squints at the jumble of incoherent data that greets him. "Erik?" he tries, soft. "Still with us?"

Most of what Erik sees on the universal scale doesn't make much sense to anyone but him. "If... if they are..." Erik tries to joke, dropping his eyes forcefully. "Juh--ah, hmnn? Handsome," he instead fragments. "Here. Want to be here. With my babies. Missed. Don't let, mm. No, no. Safe. It's safe now."

Vision's head tilts, having not encountered Erik in the midst of an episode. His own extrasensory abilities feed him similar information to Ailo, only he can parse it. "Curious. This is another timeline."

"You can see it, too?" Wanda wonders.

"Affirmative." The tenor of the situation becoming more serious, Vision has straightened into his typical body language, which is precise and purposeful. Every movement accounted for, with no wasted energy. "However, I do not understand what I am seeing." 

Wanda, having learned over the past few months how to shut it out in order to give him privacy, encourages Vision to do the same. "Consider it entropy," she says grimly.

"A cup is more likely to fall off of a table and break than it is to spontaneously re-form its pieces. But this is not a cup," Vision says, not quite grasping that he has intruded onto something significantly painful and despairing. He knows Pietro. This is less certain. Erik scrubs at his face. "He died," he whispers. "He died. I killed him. So he wouldn't suffer. Me, too. But not everywhere. Only sometimes. I don't want him to be dead. He only just met me. Oh, my love. Is it time to go?" he looks down at Charles, sad.

Erik is like silk in his fingers. Charles desperately tries to hold on to him, abruptly digging in to his cerebral cortex in an effort to find a foothold. He’s learned recently that not every telepath can even vaguely recognize the input that Erik is processing in his brain right now. Evidently, Vision can, though. Erik, sweetheart. It’s a term of endearment that Erik had glommed onto before. It’s delicate, almost saccharine. Darling, come back to us, please.

The experience that Erik is treating them all to, however, appears to be one of the deeply unpleasant memories that still never fail to take Charles’s breath away. Even so, he tries his best to stretch himself, forming a protective barrier around Erik’s psyche and the onlookers. “It’s time to come back to me, my love,” Charles says firmly, out loud. “You didn’t do anything wrong. Charlie and Ariel are happy together. We’ve seen them. Going to their concerts, dancing and signing at Riverside.” He clumsily pressed that memory forward. “And you and I are happy, too. With our kids and family. Come back here.”

Vision looks at them for a second and lets his own eyes close, and suddenly a shield knocks Erik out of place for a brief moment, allowing him respite. "This will not last for very long," he cautions. But they deserve to say goodbye. At first, Erik doesn't seem to be able to process much of the verbal input that Charles is giving him, his eyes glassy and far-off. But with Vision's help, the input gradually fades and fades until Charles's face comes back into view. He reaches for him, touching his cheek. Sweetheart. I love you, he whispers privately between them, in the connection reserved just for them.

"I saw... Genosha," Vision murmurs, curious. "Ariel and Charlie were deceased, in a pit. With many others. Scott Summers, Jean Grey."

Erik swallows. "Sometimes I get lost," he explains, soft. "I am very sorry. You can see the burning, too?"

"I can," Vision nods. "Is it like that for you all the time?"

"Even when I am sane," Erik laments. "But... only Charles could see it before. Please, forgive me."

"There is nothing to forgive. This shield will last a little while, until the input begins to override it. Unfortunately, I am not as powerful as you," Vision adds, attempting to make his voice sympathetic.

Charles's arms cling tighter and tighter around Erik, as if they alone could keep him from slipping away. When Charlie first appeared before them on Genosha, his memory of doing the same to Ariel was fresh. Somewhere, intrinsically within his makeup, Charles seems to believe that he can prevent bad things from happening if he just tries hard enough. But, he knows it will be short-lived. Of course it will be. Vision, strong as he is, cannot overpower Erik Lehnsherr. And so he rocks his husband gently in his arms, trying to savor these last moments against the rising lump in his throat. "I'll be here when you're ready to return," he whispers, lips pressed against Erik's temple. "I love you, Erik. We all do."

Erik leans forward and peppers tiny kisses across Charles's nose and under his eyes, near his temples where it's sensitive. "Love you. Don't want to go," he whispers mournfully. Why must he know all of these places? Why must he see it all? But something, somewhere in the vast cosmos requires that he does. And he resists, as far as possible, desiring to stay here with his husband and his children. Aquilo, from 2024, told him that his urge would be to resist -- and that this is misguided.

Maybe he isn't supposed to fight it. Would that make it easier? Make it better on his family? He doesn't know. But the burning encroaches. The rain of ashes dusts his skin in a coat of lament. He remembers this pain. The two long towers stretching toward grey skies, spires of concrete and metal spelling doom and death. The plumes, raging. Must he give them to the fire, too? His family. His people. He did, once. The pits are endless, across lifetimes. Erik wavers, his long-limbed figure flickering before slowly fading away. And Charles follows.

Chapter 82: Mature & of a balanced mind, all indiscretions left behind,

Chapter Text

He's seen Auschwitz in Erik's memories, but being there is different. There's an oppressive heat in the air, a sickly tension from groups of men, hair shaven in rough patches, skin-and-bones. Their uniform hangs off of them, the stripes and yellow stars making a mockery. The Erik beside him is different, as he sometimes is. His own copper curls are gone, scalp visible with cuts and scratches from where the barber sheared them off without thought. He's taller than the rest, but somehow that makes him look all the more underweight. He too wears the prisoner's garb, but there is a large red X slashed across his back.

It's raining, mixed with smoke and soot, blackening the soil at their feet. "Wer bist du?" he croaks weakly.

Charles quietly asks Wanda to get the pair of them back to Erik's room. He can detect when they're once again in Erik's bed, a soft blanket overtop them both and his chair at the bedside. The twins take turns bidding their father solemn farewells, knowing full well that by the time they both press kisses against his forehead, he is no longer aware of the contact. They leave, accompanied by Vision, and only Ailo, Charles, and Erik remain. And it's a brutal re-entrance into Erik's world.

They're back at Auschwitz, a place Erik thinks of in memory. Charles has never been here with him, though. Not like this. The smell is something that Charles will never, ever forget, some horrific cocktail of burned flesh, human excrement. Decay, filth. It's impossible to tell if it's actually raining just from looking, or if the grey sky and falling ash is creating a terrible parody. For several beats, Charles can do nothing but stand there, at Erik's side, and blink at the hellscape around them. And then he looks down at his own grey uniform, hanging off a form that is far too thin. He's on two legs, but they can scarcely hold him up; he can feel them beginning to waver.

Erik is a head-and-a-half taller than Charles, but it looks like their uniforms are the same size, as Erik's skinny legs are exposed halfway down his calves. Somehow, in this world, Charles understands the German perfectly. "Ich..Ich bin Charles," he responds, too stunned to say much else. When he finally has the sense to try and pull Erik back, he blinks, and he's suddenly back at Reyda, in bed at Erik's side. Able to see both worlds at once. He scrambles to take Erik's hand and wrap it around the charms on his neck. Erik. Get out of there. Let's go somewhere else. Let's find the boat again. That grog is waiting for you. Somewhere else, anywhere else....

The Erik of Nightmares does something strange, though. As Charles pulls himself back across worlds and into the brightly colored vale of their hospital room, he reaches out. His right hand is bent in a horrific, deformed claw, skin stretched tight and painful. Swollen and shiny, absent the brace he typically wears. His left wraps around Charles's wrist, and he tumbles through the eternal door and lands on the ground in front of their bed. Erik is held protectively in Charles's arms, half-translucent as he wavers between realities.

The Nightmare is solid, separate. Erik watches him, uncertain if he is Real. The Nightmare speaks. His voice is a hoarse whisper, claw-marks at his throat. He doesn't seem to understand why he's here, but two men in a bed is perfectly comprehensible to him. "Was möchtest du?"

Erik blinks and the question is enough to snap him back, a rubber-band breaking across the harsh angles of universal instability. "Ich bin du," he says loudly, firmly. Pointing at his own eyes. "Patrzeć dokładnie. Kuk eng," he repeats in what he hopes is the man's native language.

He creeps closer and touches Erik's cheek. "Vi iz mir? A khlum?"

"Lo. Tashnit. Do you know English?"

"English," he hums. "Little. Ima teach me. For good jobs. I forget."

Erik rubs his hand down Charles's back. "We are mutants," he explains. "You and me. The same man. Different lives, różne wszechświaty--universes."

The Nightmare looks at Charles. "You..." his eyes are still and calm, an ocean of grey tinged with green. Everything in him shivers in confusion and fascination. Charles didn't know Erik when Erik first saw him, but Erik remembers having a similar response. The most wondrous thing he'd ever seen, like a supernova. "Erik," he touches his palm to his chest. "Lehnsherr. Who... are you?"

It's perhaps the most bizarre thing to ever occur on the ground of Reyda—which is saying something, given its status as a psychiatric hospital on Genosha. Charles and Erik, both wrapped in a thick blanket, face-to-face with an Erik plucked from the worst hell imaginable. Tall, skinny. His olive skin is outright grey, and head is shaved roughly. He looks positively sick. Flea-bitten, emaciated. Cheekbones protruding, collarbones too. But, he's undeniably Erik, and Charles feels instantaneous love and care for him.

This Erik, the Nightmare, is much younger. Barely an adult, or maybe still a teenager. Charles wishes now more than ever that he could slide to his feet, cross the room, and embrace him. He's corporeal. Very real, brought here by Erik. "Ich bin Charles, he repeats, when those ghostly, tortured eyes meet his own. "Er...mąż," he adds in Polish. "Uh...siedzieć? How do I say...come here, Erik. Sit here," he pats the mattress beside him in invitation, hoping that his voice is more confident than his resolve actually feels. "Beside me, please." 

The man - hardly more than a boy, really - obeys instantly once he puzzles out the meaning behind Charles's stumbling pronunciation. There's no judgment in his mind at all, though - just gratitude, that Charles had bothered to learn a little of his language. He drops onto the bed like a marionette, hands folded neatly in his lap. As neatly as they can be, with one so horribly mangled. He barely breathes, eyes unblinking as he takes in this new situation with unflappable equanimity. "You will... show me?" he wonders, bemused as he considers that Charles is paralyzed. He's never encountered a paralyzed man before, and he doesn't want to get it wrong.

Erik winces, hard, almost flinching. "No," he says vehemently. "On nie jest tutaj cię zranić," he fires off rapidly in Polish. "Safe. Safe, here."

The Nightmare does blink at last, owlish with bird-like posture. "Need food," he shakes his head. "What... want?"

Erik materializes a small basket of bread along with glass of milk, setting one before him while wrapping his good hand around the other. It's paltry, a minimal offering, surprising given that Erik provides feasts so consistently. A quick check confirms that it's intentional. This version of him is starving, and while at Bnai Zion Erik once had a seizure after sneaking into the cafeteria to eat a roast beef dinner. Anything more complex could throw his system into chaos, similar to Sayid when he had first come to the Institute. "More later. Better food, later. When you can eat this," Erik explains to him, adopting his broken grammar and simplistic vocabulary intuitively to assist with comprehension.

The boy doesn't even hear him, grasping the cup in weak fingers and immediately tipping it back into his mouth, not even tasting it as he drinks and drinks. When he's done he starts tearing into the bread, and Charles understands better why Erik offered so little to begin with. He's eating it so desperately he's liable to choke.

Charles, despite himself, flushes when he susses the implication from the younger Erik's mind. Luckily, his own husband seems cognizant enough to step in and mediate where needed, and it seems the the younger, even skeptically, believes the assertion. Especially given Charles's gentle telepathic caress of comfort. He's not overt about it; this Erik doesn't really know what telepathy is yet. He doesn't wish to overwhelm or frighten, but he can't help himself.

"Safe," he repeats, as the younger nearly chokes on his tongue. He remembers the ordeal with Sayid, and with Erik's stories of his time in Israel. The literature is well-known now in the 1970s, too. They can't feed him much at all, desperate as they may be to help the skeletal boy. With all the gentleness in his body, Charles touches the younger's cheek, and in a blink, the searing pain radiating from his utterly mangled hand vanishes.

"No more pain," he tells him softly. "Okay? No more pain." What are they to do? They can't just...send him back. Even if he belongs in that world, in that reality, Charles feels, with every inch of himself, that they must protect him. This Erik. Just one of an infinite amount, suffering beyond measure. We should get him looked at. We might be able to save his hand if we do surgery now...

When the psionic wash of comfort winds through his body, carrying away all of the horrid aches and pains that had become part of the worn leather of his meager existence with their tides, the younger Erik barely manages to swallow his bite as he's abruptly overcome. He bursts into tears, gasping and digging his nails into Charles's wrist to keep his hand pressed warmly to his cheek. He's shaking from head to toe, streaks of wet tracking down his dirty jaw and onto his striped collar.

I didn't bring him here, Erik returns telepathically, just as confused about what to do. The universal calling card that originally led him away has grown silent. He knows, now. This is what he must soothe. We will get him examined. We'll help him. He brought himself here. That means he is like me. Like Ariel. We will give him a real choice, Erik decides. The answer has come to him like a fresh bolt of lightning from the Expanse itself. Another universal correction, this time starting from his youth. We'll help him put a stop to this. And I'll tell him where to go, afterward.

"You... you..." The younger man stutters. "No pain? Here. Here," he takes Charles's hand and presses a bread roll into it. "Take, take it. Yours. From me." He smiles slightly, and touches his own mouth as though surprised he can still do so. With a touch to this new Erik's shoulder, his clothing changes. A soft sweater of vivid yellow, his favorite color, and simple slacks and socks. A knit beanie appears on his head, and a makeshift splint for his hand. Erik doesn't brace it, since that will require surgery even with Charles's pain management, but the immobilization will help.

"There, all tidied up," Erik says with a smile. "Może nazywamy ty Magnus," he suggests softly. "Erik, also," he taps his own chest in a mirror of the younger man.

"Magnus," he frowns. "Not Erik?" "

Tylko na razie," Erik promises.

Charles, knowing better than to refuse a gift or a kind gesture from an Erik, takes the bread. "Dzięki," he smiles, utterly butchering the pronunciation (it comes out like "dez-yecky", but he's trying). He takes a nibble to show his appreciation. If Erik didn't bring him here...Charles has to wonder how they all seem to find this timeline. This one, among millions and millions of others. Is there something that draws them here? Or, perhaps, most other timelines experience similar crossover. Perhaps Wanda will know more.

Either way, they have a duty to care for this poor soul. Magnus. Teenaged Erik, scared, alone. "Magnus," he says warmly, a gentle hand rubbing the young man's now sweater-covered shoulder. "Are you tired, Magnus? Do you need some rest? You can sleep, if you need. We'll get you some more food later. Okay?" As he speaks, he spreads a wave of calm across his mind, hoping to lull him into sleep. "I'll stay with you. Here," he taps the pillow. "Lay down, now. Rest. I'll take care of you."

"No sleep," Magnus shakes his head virulently. "Watch little ones." When Charles spits a nonsense word at him he tilts his head, brows knit as he tries to figure that one out.

"Jen-kee," Erik murmurs with a fond smile, and Magnus offers Charles another bread when he's done the first.

"Eh, nothing at all," he mistranslates the Polish etymology of nie ma za co, rubbing the soft material of his slacks against his palm reflexively.

"Tell me, widziałeś Höllenfeuer ostatnio?" Erik asks before Magnus can lay himself down in the middle of them both. It's become a curious exercise on Erik's part, the more of these cast-offs of himself that he meets. He's become less wary over time, less hostile toward himself and more caring. They are him, but they're also their own selves. And if Erik has to be the one to shepherd them, he will take up the mantle. Ironic as it is.

"Ja. Yes," Magnus croaks. "Send back," he grabs at Charles's arm, seeing him as the one in charge. "Back. Please. No sleep. Bread. Go back."

"To Auschwitz?" Erik stammers. "Ah." He grimaces a little. "He has to protect the children," he explains softly to Charles. "From Hellfire. I asked if he saw Schmidt recently, he says yes. We should get him medical attention before resting, but perhaps I should go back with him and freeze them in place. Like with Ariel. Then we can get him tended to and resting. We are practically streamlining the process," he snorts.

I'm sorry. I know how overwhelming this is, Erik adds privately. Watching himself, emaciated and frail, bald and skeletal with cheekbones sharp and gaunt, eyes bloodshot. "Oh," he realizes. He has typhus. I don't know if he's symptomatic. He can't give it to us, but I got very, very sick around this time. He brushes his hand over Magnus's forehead. He has a fever. Viktor--

Without asking, he lifts the hem of Magnus's sweater. Magnus doesn't even blink, he just goes very still and waits. The skin beneath is revealed as a waxy, grey expanse absolutely mottled in a terrible mosaic of blue, green and chartreuse with deep blooms of subdural blood pockets and ghastly, putrescent claw marks oozing through haphazard bandages stuck to wet wounds. Erik inhales sharply. It's different, seeing this on such a young version of himself. It shakes his composure entirely and he ducks his head away. This is just a child. He was just a child.

Clearing his throat, he offers Magnus a smile instead, and takes his hand. "Do you want to see a man who is blue?" he asks, his tone taking on more what he uses with the younger ones on Genosha unconsciously. Even as Magnus so clearly needs to be strong and staunch, he responds better to them the gentler they are. So as it's always been with Erik.

"A blue man? I see many. All blue. Purple. In gaskammer."

Erik presses his lips together. Perhaps you can show him a picture, in his mind? I thought he might enjoy meeting Hank. Visible mutations make him happy. 

Overwhelmed is one word for it. Charles has seen Auschwitz in Erik’s memories before, but he hasn’t seen Erik himself; the memories were all from Erik’s point-of-view, and he didn’t look in too many mirrors. And, filtered through Erik’s retrospective conception of events, Charles has never actually understood how Erik’s experience felt to him as it happened. Magnus provides that inroad. His mind is the least recognizable of all the versions of Erik that he’s met. There are similarities at the root, such as the deep sense of care and organization, but much of it is unrecognizable. Partly because Magnus is a child, but mostly because so much of Erik’s psyche has been shaped by what Magnus is experiencing at this very moment. There is still much horror left to come.

And when Erik pulls up his sweater to reveal weeping sores, evidently caused by claws from the shapes poking from beneath the soiled bandages, Charles can feel his heart beat in his throat. This is, undeniably, the most challenging experience yet. But, Magnus needs him to be strong. Authoritative. He does as Erik suggests and projects an image of Hank, blue and furry as he stands beside a lab table covered in various scientific equipment, into the impressionable mind at his side.

“Hank,” he tells the boy, pretending not to be horrified by the sickly state of his body at all. “Hank. A good friend, and a nice doctor.” Schmidt, of course, is a doctor. Herr Doktor, Charles recalls. Magnus might have a very particular association with doctors, and so Charles attempts to cast Hank’s image in a gentler light by projecting a recent memory….


Walls covered in colorful posters and artwork made by children. The floor is littered with toys, games, and stuffed animals. In the corner, there’s a nurse in scrubs with smiling cats and dogs across the fabric; they’re in a hospital. At a tiny table, very low to the ground, Dr. Hank McCoy, all bulk and blue fur, sits on a comically small stool. A young girl with emerald skin and an IV attached to her arm, sticks pink and purple bandages to the doctor with a very serious expression. “Almost better?” she asks.

“Almost,” he answers. “I think I could use some more right here.” He points to his cheeks.

“On your face??”

“Mmhmm.” The little girl laughs a peal of joy, and then crawls atop Hank’s giant lap to begin covering his face. “Silly Doctor….almost better now…”


“Do you want him to come here?” Charles asks Magnus encouragingly.

Erik doesn't remember crying much, as a child. By the time he was Magnus's age, he hadn't shed tears in what felt like a lifetime. It comes as a surprise to see him well up so easily, but the projection causes him to, a complicated maelstrom of sharp, razor spikes and sharp, sickly-sweet nausea. He gulps, alarmed to discover his cheeks are wet. A buzz of !!! burns through his body, unaware that his emotions are being spring-loaded through telepathic contact. Essex wasn't like Charles.

He could control people's actions, a veritable puppet master. He couldn't affect their thoughts, nor even parse them very well. That was Fraulein Emma's domain. Essex could not heal a mind. Only destroy it. Magnus knows his mind is desolate, crunched between careless fingers and unspooled. Shredded out, pieces of his brain left cheese-grated. But he hasn't felt in years. The fog of war in his heart has been pierced, and he trembles. "Nein--eh, no pain?"

"No."

"But others," he rasps. "Get hurt. Just me. Just me," he raps over his heart, willing them to understand as though he could drill his own thoughts into their minds.

Erik shakes his head. "No one else," he promises."Przestaję czas tam," he switches to Polish in order to explain more intricate subjects as fast as possible. It takes little time for Charles to inform Hank about their new visitor, with a huge caveat to prepare himself for something quite a bit more distressing than their average ordeal.

When he appears, Magnus's eyes turn wide as dinnerplates. "Not Zyklon B," he realizes stupidly as the man's finer features become clearer in life. "You know Herr Ivanov? Red. With... ogon." 

Charles could just about melt when Magnus begins to cry. It appears that the sweet interaction between Hank and the young patient has ripped open a wound, and the wound stings, for Magnus's reaction to his own emotional outpouring feels like charged static as it courses over their connection. Like Erik, he sees himself as broken. Damaged. And in a way, he's right; he has been broken and damaged and hurt so very much in his young life. Charles must show him, though, that it is not intrinsic to who he is, but a product of evil and depravity.

Hank knew to expect something bizarre when he walks into Erik's room, but he hadn't expected this. A skinny boy, maybe 16 or 17? With Erik's face. An Ariel situation, but so much worse. Grey skin, a cap covering his head. Broken teeth. "No...not Zyklon B," he stammers, taken aback.

"Similar to Ivanov, yes," Charles supplies. "But, nice. See?" This time, he projects an image of the human version of Hank; the gawky doctor with thick glasses and messy brown hair. Hank is with a young Jean now, picking flowers in the garden of the manor. "Mutants, Magnus. Like you, and like me." "Can someone fill me in really quick?" "Typhus, according to Erik. And malnutrition, of course." He turns to Magnus with a kind smile. "Can we show Hank what's happened on your stomach? Just a look right now. It won't hurt."

Magnus shudders at the entreaty, but is held in place only by the fascination of Hank -- less that he is blue, though such visible mutations, much like Erik, spurn a simple joy for the matter of creation and diversity. But because of the images, gently filtered by Charles and yet searing to his own mind. Painful, ripping into him. He cries like Erik -- still and silent, swallowing down every iota of noise to make himself as small and invisible as possible. When Hank asks to see his stomach, he obediently takes his shirt off. The stomach is almost the least of his problems. All across his back are huge, gnarled-bark raised marks the width of a book spine or larger, long and reaching his mid-back.

A few wind over his hips, the edges of skin peeling back to reveal yellow globs of fat and subdural layering. They match the ones on Erik's back, but Erik always tread carefully when dealing with them. Lightly dusting, shifting, reorienting. He's had time and practice - the scars alone repulse others. The open wounds are another entity entirely. It's shocking that Magnus is upright. That he's conscious. That he hasn't gone into hypovolemic shock. Hank knows that Erik's mutation has an inbuilt healing factor - not quite like Viktor Creed, but it allows him to sustain a high degree of physiological trauma. The rest of his upper body, arms and chest are covered with burns, scorch marks, electrical contact points.

And the tattoo. It's not as faded in Magnus, though it's still haphazard and amorphous. The red blob is more triangular. "OK," he says, trying to reassure. "Is OK. I have worse. I am strong. Herr Doktor Schmidt fix me. Make strong." Erik looks pale as he's ever been. The words completely escape him. He stands, ringing in his ears and the low hum of white static growing louder and louder in his peripheral vision. Encroaching. The loam.

Oh, it is so, so much worse than any of them imagined. Except for Erik, of course, who looks upon the battered body of the teen with some sickly mix of recognition, repulsion, and sorrow. Even in Erik's memories, the damage isn't this extensive; whether that's a product of Erik forgetting the extent of the damage or hiding the reality from Charles is a mystery. Magnus, of course, accepts it with the grit that Charles has come to know. Downplaying it, or maybe believing it truly to be not that bad. The scars criss-crossing from his shoulders to his hips map perfectly to the ones that Charles knows on Erik, but to see them fresh, weeping, infected and oozing with viscera...

And then there's Erik. Stunned, evidently. Or stricken. Or both. Fearful and uncomfortable, that foggy static creeping in. Erik. I need you to focus, just for a moment, Charles encourages his husband, though he daren't try to move from Magnus's side on his own. He needs immediate medical attention. You need to tell us how to go about it best. Do we knock him out? Ariel was furious when we removed his kidney. Will he mistrust us if I sedate him so Hank can get him into surgery?

Yes, he will, Erik whispers softly. Calmly beside, even as dread creeps up his toes. Tell him what you're going to do. Why... Erik doesn't know. A version of himself. Stuck in the hell of its creation. Yes, you do. The voice from the ether. He knows. He does. "We are going to make you better," he explains softly. "No more Schmidt. No more Auschwitz. But you..." Erik doesn't remember any lashing that could have warranted such marks. He simply doesn't remember. "You're injured. Badly. We can help." "Where is Herr Doktor? He could help you fix me. He's good at it," Magnus points out. "Please dry your eyes. Schmidt is nisht so shlekht."

It would be so easy to just send Magnus into a deep sleep. For weeks, until the infection is gone and the wounds are scarred over. And Charles is tempted to just do it anyway....but, he refrains. Magnus deserves more. He's been handled without agency for so very long, he should be granted the right to make this decision for himself, at the very least. "Herr Doktor isn't here. He's back at Auschwitz," Charles explains, as gentle as he can possible manage. "Hank is also very good at it. If you let us get you better now, you can go back and look after the children much quicker. We don't have time to get Herr Doktor," he adds. "But, we could send someone to Auschwitz for you instead. Someone to make sure the children are okay while you're getting better. Is that okay, Magnus? We'll help."

"Someone? Not me?" he tilts his head, wide-eyed. "You'll be hurt. Sorry. I am sorry. Want to keep smalls safe. I miss..."his eyes cast downward. Erik encourages him.

"Miss---?"

"Miss the time before the curtain," he sighs. His past is drenched in blood and old film reels, and Erik follows after to pilfer out his true meaning. Magnus reaches up to touch Hank's cheek. "The me is hurt. And Charles. He cannot walk. You will fix them first."

"No, Erik," Charles says, firmer now, addressing Magnus. His tone is still warm, but its more authoritative than it was. Its evident that Magnus is looking to him as the leader, here, and so Charles will do what he must to make him understand. "You first. I cannot walk.. Hank cannot fix it. But, it's okay. Look." Hank quickly helps Charles from the bed and into his hoverchair, and Charles floats it in a small circle around the bed with a kind smile. "See? All better."

"It'll be okay," Hank encourages, reaching a large, blue hand out toward Magnus. "It won't hurt. When you're all done, we'll get you some more food."

"And we'll keep the little ones safe," Charles promises. "No one will be hurt. I promise, Magnus. Go with Hank. We'll be right here when you're done."

Magnus scrabbles up and chases after whatever that sensation was. The hoverchair and its kalorizikite power strip, humming contentedly. "You fly? Oh, wow," he runs his fingers over the shining chrome. "It feels amazing. Looks good. But not enough. To protect from Schmidt. The man you send will die," he entreats. "Not try to fight. Or make bad."

Erik shores himself up. "Let's worry about that in a few hours. We're taking care of you, now."

Somehow, Magnus finds himself in a stretcher. "We must try and rescue them all," he slurs as he's slipped an IV sedative for the immediate future.


Charles is at Magnus's side, gripping his non-splinted hand as Hank and another orderly wheel him away. Even as he drifts out of consciousness, Charles keeps his hold, refusing to let go until Hank forces him to outside of the surgical bay. When the double doors swing shut and Charles is left in the hallway with Erik, the tears begin to prick at his eyes. "My goodness," he whispers, cheeks glistening. "I had...I mean, I had an idea," he stammers. "But I never saw this, Erik." He turns to face his husband, tearful, heartbroken. "Oh, sweetheart."

Erik inhales deeply and leans down to press their brows together. "I never wished for you to see this," he whispers. "Not to hide it. Just... because," he rasps. "There is more horror than I know how to verbalize. What to do with. And I never, ever want my--family," he tries not to crack. "I'm so sorry, Charles. So, so sorry. I tried. To keep it all. I tried, neshama." The tears fall for him, just as well.

"Don't apologize," Charles rasps back, hand resting on the back of Erik's skull. Pulling them close, reminding Charles that his Erik is still here. "I understand. Why dwell on this? You feared that me seeing this would hurt me, and you didn't have a good explanation or way to reassure me. I understand, my love. It's okay. Don't apologize." He takes a deep, steadying breath. "We'll help him. You have to guide us, though. You know what you needed then, and you can help us understand what he needs now. Do you think you can do it?"

"I do not know," he answers softly. "But I will try my best. You said not to apologize, but I was--I froze," Erik sighs. "I fear it isn't easy to see the marks of abuse on a child regardless of their universal lineage." He means, regardless of if these newcomers are Erik. "I would wager he is about fifteen. He still doesn't know he's a mutant. Trying to push this will scare him. Dogs," he adds. "Guns. Loud noises. Fireworks. Edith Piaf. His mother. Almonds. Those things will shoot him right back into the camps and we cannot predict how his abilities will unfold. He brought himself here, yet has no awareness of his potential."

"I understand. It isn't easy for me, either," Charles murmurs. "We need to try. I'll have Ailo talk to him when he wakes up. This is right in Ailo's wheelhouse, isn't it? Though a challenge, probably." Charles wipes his eyes, kisses Erik's nose, and then sits up straight. Ready for action. "Lets get him healthy, first. Maybe Wanda can go freeze his timeline while we figure out what to do. In my heart, I want to wrap him up in a blanket and keep him here forever."

"I felt that about Charlie," Erik croaks sadly. "Maybe not forever. But we will give him a fighting chance. I won't let him go back to Auschwitz and be a slave. I can't. We must help him unlock his powers. For me, it was..." He ducks his head, a mite embarrassed. "Kindness. Companionship. Joy. Art."


Erik watches in a distant plane as Schmidt topples his knight and bishop after careful arrangement. "The rules say you cannot--"

"Rules, Kleiner Erik? When have rules ever serviced mankind. Rules are for the weak. We do exactly what we want, mm?" he spans his hand over this dreamland version, while Erik watches.

"What you want. Not me."

"Go, then. Tell us what this soul desires," Ivanov snickers from the back.


Erik swipes it all away. "He wants love and wellbeing. Safety and freedom. Abominations, all of them."

“We can give him all of that,” says Charles, firm. “But this will be different than Ariel. Much different. He’s just a child, isn’t he?“ With Ariel, they could show a different type of love. It’s all love, of course, the bond between any Charles and any Erik. What Charles experiences with his husband is special, but every iteration of Erik is so deeply loved beyond measure. Magnus is no exception, but due to his age and extreme vulnerability, Charles feels an intense paternal love and drive to protect.

“If he does leave this world, he’ll leave knowing that I will go to any length to protect him,” Charles vows. “He’ll leave feeling confident in the fact that the adults here care for him and want him to be healthy and free. He’s lost that. The adults in his life now only abuse and endanger him. Treat him like property.” Tears are prickling Charles’s eyes again, but he wipes them away. “Maybe he can go to the school instead of Reyda, when he’s ready,” he suggests, raising a brow.

“Perhaps it would be good to spend some time around others his age. Hell, perhaps he’d even enjoy the opportunity to have an education for the first time in his many years? Four?” Charles rubs his chin. “We started the school to give children a place to be safe, be accepted, and be themselves. The place we never had as children. Now, he has the opportunity to have what you never did, Erik.”

Erik dabs at Charles's eye, fussing even now. "He would love that," Erik says with characteristic gentleness enveloping his husband in a warm glow. The Expanse outside tingles and hums. This teenage version of himself is lost amidst the hostile winds of his own internal Landscape. "He--I, always, always wanted to go to school. I didn't get to until university. He should --" he chokes up a bit. "Normal life. Get to experience. He should have that. I don't dream of it any longer. I have you."

Charles smiles sadly and grips Erik’s hand. Somehow, he’s stayed grounded thus far, and for that, Charles is grateful. It might be short-lived, but perhaps Magnus’s arrival will help keep him tethered. Focused. “Alright. We get him healthy, get him some psychological help, and then send him off to Westchester. I like it. He’s so sweet, isn’t he? Asking Hank to fix me first.”

It's different to what Erik remembers himself as, back then, that's for sure. In his own mind, he had been cruel. A monster. At least a bully, herding everyone else into line without regard for their comfort. It's not every day that one comes face-to-face with their own childhood. Their Elder's advice would seem to be prudent, here. "I suppose I always had an image of myself as... not that way. But he can tell you're special."

He’s special. You’re special,” Charles replies, and it’s clear that he’s utterly taken by the boy. A young Erik, who needs him very badly. Perhaps this is what their elder selves were talking about, indeed. He knows that this is difficult for Erik, but beyond the pain of seeing Magnus so injured and ill, it’s actually easy for Charles, isn’t it? He’s rarely ever felt so sure of something. “We can give him a better shot. He deserves that. Just as you did. I’m glad he came here.”

"Me, too," Erik whispers. This time the surgical process takes far longer than even Ariel's had with painstaking wound debridement and cleaning, dressing and wrapping his entire torso in bandages. He looks a little like a mummy when he finally is wheeled into recovery. He's wailing in big open sobs, something that tends to happen with all Eriks after anesthesia. The sounds reach them outside to alert them Hank is finished.

Charles doesn’t leave the hospital. He’s spent every moment at Reyda for the past two months, and so, in a cruel twist, the halls of Aramida Medical Center feel like a nice change of pace. It’s a nice hospital, but it’s still a hospital, so it speaks volumes that Charles is enjoying the change of scenery. He and Erik squander in the waiting room for hours as they operate on Magnus, Charles following the highs and lows of the procedures without shame via his telepathy.

Magnus’s anguish upon waking up is a relief, even in its pain. He’s woken up. There’s always a risk that one won’t. “Come on,” he encourages Erik, powering his chair back up. “I told him I’d be there when he woke.” They wind their way to Magnus’s room, where he’s been settled into a an ICU bed. He’s shirtless, but the bandages cover his entire torso, and hooked up to what Charles can only assume are IV antibiotics and some sort of nutrition.

Can we give him something to eat? Charles asks Hank as he slots his chair beside the bed and takes Magnus’s non-braced hand in his own, which is miraculously bandage free.

Not yet. He’s probably nauseous anyway. The antibiotics are strong, and so was the anesthesia. Shomron is working on a re-feeding plan, though.

Charles nods, unable to peel his eyes from Magnus’s face. His husband’s face. Despite the sharp edges, hollow cheeks, and sunken eyes, Magnus still looks far younger than Erik. He’s sobbing, wailing, and Charles quickly extends a comforting blanket over his agony. “It’s okay, sweetheart,” he soothes. “You did very well. I’m so proud of you. You were so brave. It’s okay, Magnus.”

Despite himself, Charles smiles down at the bleary-eyed Magnus, and wraps his other hand around their interlocked ones. "I am here to look after you, yes," he answers with a gentle redirection. "And yes, I finished the bread. Thank you for giving it to me. I'm not hungry anymore." After all his years with Erik, Charles knows that being useful and helpfu; is important to Magnus. He wants to take care of Charles, and so Charles will let him. "How are you feeling? Does it hurt anywhere?"

"Everywhere," Magnus laughs a little. Much like Erik he is unfailingly honest. "But OK. Fixed soon, yes?" His hand inches out of Charles's only to flail toward his cheek, trailing fingers across his smile. "Pretty," he mumbles, red-faced. It's a great deal more forward than the other Eriks he's known, including Erik. He's trying to find his footing, thrust into a world completely unlike the one he left. There, it was important to appease others this way.

Here, it's disturbing, and he doesn't know the difference yet. Of course, there's another component at play, he actually means it, this time, too loopy from drugs to quell his random impulses. People don't smile at him like that, where he's from. They sneer, mock. Sadistic glee. Lecherous haze. Not pure, simple affection. He can't remember his mother's smile. He knows she smiled before she died. He shakes it all off, thoughts twisting and turning like tangled vines.

Charles chuckles as well, and then gently removes Magnus's hand from his cheek to clasp it between his own once more. The affection Magnus feels is spilling over, somehow both uninhibited and stilted all at once. As if Magnus has no idea how to regard the feelings he's experiencing himself. Pretty may be the word he chooses, but Charles can feel that it's in regard to the friendly, warm smile that Charles is sharing, and that he wants Charles to feel appreciated, too. "You're very kind, Magnus. And very brave. I'm proud of you," he repeats. "I am going to stay right here with you, while your wounds heal. Would you like me to read to you? Or...or Erik can read to you if you wish to hear a story in Polish. Or Yiddish, or Hebrew." Not German, certainly. "Tell me what you would like."

Erik is seated on his other side, and inspects the bandages and contraptions to familiarize himself with everything. He didn't receive medical attention when this happened to him. His memories of this period from his life are fractured, but he suspects part of why he got really sick around this time must have been due to the infection from these wounds. Magnus needed surgery. Erik dealt with it alone, shivering and in pain. If he can stop this from happening to Magnus he resolves to do everything in his power. No one, not even himself, deserves to suffer so brutally. "You will read to me?" he whispers, scrubbing at his eyes. "No understand. Where I am. Why? And not wanting anything? You know Schmidt? You know him, he is like? You don't want him?"

"Yes, we know Schmidt," says Charles evenly. "We don't need him here right now. We have other doctors, like Dr. Hank. We'll bring Dr. Kirala and Dr. Shomron in to meet you soon. They're also nice doctors, like Dr. Hank. Very kind, very gentle." Charles knows that they cannot try to convince Magnus to form new conclusions about Schmidt just yet. To try and tell him now that Schmidt is a vile, cruel Nazi hellbent on torturing him until he breaks would not be well-received. It took them a long time to convince Ariel of that truth, and Ariel was much older than Magnus, and much more hardened.

Magnus is just a child, and Schmidt, unfortunately, is the only constant adult in his life, right now. They can't expect Magnus to simply accept what they're trying to tell him. "You're in a country called Genosha," he adds. "Erik, the other you, is the Prime Minister. This is a very happy country. People like you, me, Dr. Hank, we're all welcome here. People who look different and can do special things. Blue people, red people. Who can hear things and feel things that no one else can," Charles explains, tapping Magnus's knuckle to the frame of his chrome hoverchair.

Magnus may not fully understand that he's a mutant, but he does know, Charles expects, that he can experience different sensations. That's a decent place to start. "You can stay here until your wounds are healed. And I'll stay with you. Okay?"

"Like mutant," Magnus nods sagely. "Höllenfeuer all mutant. Herr Doktor says I am strong mutant. But I have no power. I am weak. Need to make strong. Like cuts. For pain and rage. To make strength and power. I like little kittens. Tried to save. He hit me with a long rope. Calls me kitten. If I am strong I can kill him. Schmidt said so."

Charles swallows against the lump in his throat that rises when Magnus explains, but nods along. "Schmidt is right in some ways. You are a very strong mutant, yes. But, I'll tell you a secret." He raises his eyebrows conspiratorially. "You don't need to be hit and cut in order to be made strong. There are things that Schmidt hasn't learned yet. You can find your strength through practice, not pain. No hitting, no cutting. Just practice. Like football, hmm? Or English. Your Ima helped you learn English with practice. You can learn how to use your mutation with practice, too. Only if you want to, though."

"You iz mir," Magnus eyes Erik warily. "You know Schmidt? Auschwitz? You are mutant too? A Jew?"

"I know them well," Erik murmurs softly. "And yes, a mutant and a Jew. Look here," he directs and with a flourish a bouquet of sunflowers, his favorite, manifests.

"You make that?!" Magnus shouts, gasping. "He makes the plants!" he tells Charles, making sure he knows this, too. "You mean I can---?"

"You can, yes," Erik huffs. "You will be able to make all kinds of things, some day. Your powers aren't for pain. That's why they don't work well right now. Schmidt wants them to hurt others. Your mutation is protecting you."

"How? He make me hurt with no mutation. I didn't want. But strong is important. Most important. I do cutting and tortures. Shooting the dead ones who twitch. Burning them." He shrugs uncomfortably. "Those are strong things. Don't feel strong. Weak and sick. Bad man. Bad," he hits himself in the chest with his fist, hard. "I got hit with the rope. He gave me a woman. I didn't want. Please don't put me back. I want to stay. I am sorry. The little ones will die." Tears fill his eyes again. "No more Auschwitz. Stay here. With the stories and lights and smiles. Making plants," he warbles pitifully.

"You can stay here for as long as you want, Magnus," Charles tells him immediately, and then plucks a single sunflower from the bouquet to hand to the tearful boy. So scared and confused. "We will protect the little ones, okay? But you, sweetheart, are staying right here. No more Auschwitz." He's long since cast off his aspersions about mucking about in the various timelines. Magnus isn't meant to be anywhere other than where he is in any given moment.

There's no universal reason why this poor, sweet boy must be sent back to his native world, a world which wants to see him tortured and hurt. Yes, maybe Charles is biased, but he doesn't have it in him to care. He wipes the tears from Magnus's cheeks with a knuckle. "We'll teach you how to make flowers. And how to care for animals, and how to swim, and cook good food." He looks to Erik. "Perhaps Louis can pay our new friend a visit?" he suggests, almost desperate. Louis is a recent arrival at the animal sanctuary, a baby hedgehog.

Erik rubs Charles's back absently, knowing just how hard it must be for him to hear Magnus profess such stark cruelty. He holds up a finger. "Put out your hand flat," he instructs. Magnus obeys. "Ah, there we are. Charles named him, isn't it a nice name? He likes it very much," Erik chatters mindlessly, hoping to inject some calm into them both.

"Lew-wiss," Magnus whispers reverently, holding his breath so as not to agitate the small creature. It's still sleeping, undisturbed by the teleportation. Magnus is grinning from ear to ear at the baby animal, and he strokes it softly and carefully. Charles realizes that he is using his mutation even now, to form the smallest barrier between his finger and the creature to protect it from handling, just like his Erik does. "So beautiful," he enthuses, stroking along his little feet. They twitch and follow, and Louis's eyes blink open upon realizing they're playing a game. Magnus laughs to himself, swaying in his hospital bed.

Charles is beaming from ear to ear as Magnus handles the tiny hedgehog with the utmost care. "Look. He likes you," he fawns, resting his head briefly on his husband's shoulder. "You're being so gentle with him. Very good. He's still just a baby, so he needs to be fed with a bottle. We'll need your help to feed him and look after him and his friends, actually. It's so good that you're here to help." It's an attempt to make Magnus feel like he's welcome here; Charles knows that he'll want to be useful to them all, and so assigning him a job seems like the right move. Until they can get him into therapy with Ailo, anyway, it may be what they need to do to keep him from walking back his desire to stay. "Do you think that you can do that, Magnus? Help us take care of the animals?"

"Yes," he whispers, looking at them both with pleading eyes. Just this morning he awoke in his splintered bunk to a fist flying at his jaw. Just this morning Schmidt put small sticks under his nails to test him on his pain tolerance. He passed, not making a peep. Could it really be true? Not a dream? "I can care for the babies????" he squeezes his eyes shut. He's dehydrated, so they don't fill any longer, just redden. 

"Yes. We need your help," Charles tells him, smiling softly. "We know that you will take very, very good care of them. First, though, you must get better and out of the hospital. That means you need to rest and recover. They're going to work hard to make sure you heal well. When you're better, you can take care of the babies. So you need to promise me that you'll listen to your doctors, okay? Dr. Hank, Dr. Shomron, and Dr. Kirala."

A two-fingered knock comes right on cue and Ailo hobbles in. "That would be me. Call me Ailo, all my friends do," he winks at Charles and Erik. "Hank sent me to conduct a check-up," he explains sotto-voice with an eyeroll. "But I thought I'd introduce myself instead. It's said and done, eh?" his bushy eyebrows arch hopefully. Charles feels the relief spread through Magnus that he won't be put through another medical test, and the faint glow of appreciation toward this stranger. It's clear from the get-go that Ailo is indeed in his element, purposeful and integral while also having the good fortune to genuinely believe what he says.

"I have friend," he introduces Louis first. "A crunchy little one, with feet," he grins.

"Now that's cute," Ailo snorts, warm. "So you're looking after him and his toes, and we're looking after your toes. So it all works out."

"What he is called?" asks Magnus, realizing he doesn't know."

"A hedge hog," Erik sounds out the word. "Hedgehog."

"A hejog," Magnus repeats dutifully. "So crispy. Soooo pointy!" he dances his fingers all along it's back, warming it up and making it feel good.

Ailo's presence adds an element of calm to the room. Calm and ease. Something that Charles strives to bring, but cannot always do to the same degree of success as the therapist. But, that is his niche, certainly. Charles knows that he specializes in young people, in helping those traumatized by war and worse come to grips with what they've experienced. Magnus is in the throes of some of the most unthinkable experiences humanity has ever brought upon itself. Ailo is needed now more than ever.

"Very crispy, and very pointy," Charles agrees, enjoying the word choice. "And all yours to take care of. He's going to help us at the sanctuary, Ailo," he informs the therapist. "We could use some more help, so it's a wonderful thing that Magnus has arrived to do so. Don't you agree?"

Ailo grins. "I do indeed. We've got a veritable jungle out there, we'll definitely get a good regimen going, yeah?"

"You are mutant as well?" Magnus peers up.

"I am. A telepath, like Charles. Let me show you." He closes his eyes and Charles watches as Magnus appears shocked, and then delighted.

"He gave Louis clothes. In my head." He moves his hand gently in the direction toward his temple, explanatory. "And doctor."

"And a doctor, that's right. I'm a..." mindful of the linguistic barrier, he just transmits the whole entire 'essence' of his work and his role distilled into a drop that splashes over Magnus. He stares, wide-eyed.

"Help... me? Want to help me?"

"Yes, we all want to help," Ailo says seriously. "You're not going back there. We have got you. You are safe, here. We help. With food, school. With love, like Louis."

"I know that it may be hard to understand, my dear," Charles says, gentle. "But, we all care about you. In here." He puts his hand over his heart. "Even if it doesn't make sense to you right now, I'm going to ask you to take a leap of faith—ah...hmm." Idioms don't translate well. "I'm going to ask you to trust us. Me, and Erik, and Ailo, and Hank." He smiles kindly down at the boy, wide-eyed and disbelieving. "You helped me, you gave me bread. You're going to help Louis and the other baby animals. Now, we'll help you, too." To Ailo, with Erik looped in, he speaks privately. When he's ready, I'd like for him to go to Westchester. Can he stay with you at your house once he's off of death's door, Ailo? I'll be with Erik at Reyda, still, but he shouldn't have to stay in a hospital if he doesn't have to.

Of course, Ailo sends back without even thinking about it. Perhaps have Erik furnish him his own room there. He seems to enjoy the plants and animals, I'm sure he'll come up with something festive, Ailo winks at him.

"I will be leaping and trusting," Magnus decides, because he truly doesn't have another choice here. He doesn't want to go back. They said the little ones won't be harmed. They said it so simply. How could they stop it? Erik said stop... stop time. Oh. Oh. "You--you," he points at Erik. "Break the world? Don't break it. You can't break it. Where will little feets go?"

"I will try very hard not to break anything," Erik promises solemnly, a hand over his heart.

"Erik will take good care of your world," Charles affirms, rubbing Magnus's shoulder. "When I don't live here, with Erik, I also run a school. A school for mutant children, like you. There are lots of people there. Maybe when you're all better, all better in here, too," he taps Magnus's temple, "would you like to go? You can learn math, science, history, literature, music, theater, art...anything you've ever wanted to learn. How about that? And still help us with the animals."

Magnus gets more and more wide-eyed as Charles speaks. "Music? Theater?" Those words stick in his mind. Schmidt put on a play a long while ago, with children from the blocks assigned to parts. It was all macabre, he knows that. But he had distracted himself by actually reading the material. Pretending like he really was just in a play. That he was an actor, that he was just playing a part.

"Charles's sister drops in every once in a while to host a drama workshop, too," Erik muses. Taking roles, playing parts. This was a part of his childhood, and it's curious to see it made manifest so vividly in Magnus's interests. Erik didn't have time to pursue his own interests, after the war came the Haganah and then a CIA-sponsored scholarship for engineering. He didn't hate it, but only after meeting Charles did he realize his grand calling. "She is also a mutant. She can become anyone," Erik adds.

"Become me three????" Magnus seems to find that funny and starts laughing.

Erik resists a smile of his own. He didn't think it would be like this. Doom and horror and misery, yes. But here he is. Laughing and smiling. Like a normal child. I understand, now, he thinks as he hides his face behind a charting clipboard so Magnus doesn't see him cry. I understand. I get it, Charles. I get it, oh.

Charles doesn’t need to ask what Erik understands now. He knows. For so very long, Erik has harbored a lot of guilt over this period in his life. He’s come to terms with a lot of it, and it doesn’t utterly eat him up most days anymore, but he’s seen himself through a stilted lens. He remembers poking the bodies, shooting the ones that moved. Listening to Schmidt and his cronies. Doing their bidding to protect himself. Charles suspects that he forgot that he was just a child when all that happened.

What it even meant to be a child at all. A child who loved animals and just wanted to be in a play. Charles sets his hand on Erik’s knee and squeezes softly. I’m so sorry, my love. I can’t imagine how difficult this is for you. To Magnus, though, he smiles. The boy seems excited, and Charles knows that this is important. “You can meet Raven soon, darling. And Pietro and Wanda. And Jean and Scott; they’ll be with you at the school. All mutants. All friends.”

"When to go?" he whispers up at Charles. "Can we bring the little ones and you said they won't be killed and we bring them and have music theater for them and I can show them the hejog, they will really like it," he wells up, emotions swerving rapidly back to sorrow as fast as they peaked up at glee, with a mind in perpetual motion of splintering fractures.

"We can go when you're all better," he tells Magnus, touching at one of the bandages on his chest. "You're hurt now. These need to heal. And you need to work with Ailo for a little while after that. Okay? Not too long. A few weeks. Is that okay?" He hesitates at the next question, glancing sidelong at Ailo and Erik. "We can...make time stop, at Auschwitz," he says carefully. "Erik can do that. Everything freezes and stops. No one gets hurt or killed. Nothing moves." Is it...feasible, to bring however many children here, though? It feels inhumane not to. Why bring one and not the rest? Where do we draw the line? Drawing any line is cruel. I'd like to bring them all here.

Erik nods. You know what I think? We help him, here. We leave his world as it is, for now. Frozen. And when he's ready, he'll know what to do when he goes back. He'll be able to put an end to it. And he'll have to decide if he wants to take on more. But more than that, because I want to help him find his Charles. His Charles will help him. Make him better. Make him happy. So happy. Will love him and find him all the little hejogs, he laughs wetly. And that Charles is in desperate need of an Erik. So lonely, my neshama. In that cold room at Eton.

Charles feels his stomach shrivel a little when Erik mentions Charles. Oh, goodness. Yes, that Charles must be at Eton already. Struggling with his growing telepathy, all alone. What would he have done as a young teenager, with Erik at his side? Yes...yes. I think that Charles would appreciate Magnus, he says back, swallowing thickly. Wow. Yes. Perhaps that's the universal correction we need to make. To Magnus, Charles's expression doesn't change. "Let's focus on getting you better, Magnus. The children won't be hurt anymore. We'll help you now, and then you can help them. Okay?"

Erik leans forward to kiss Charles's temple, squeezing his forearm supportively. He knows. Charles had to contend with horrors of a different variety to Erik, and Erik knows that he wouldn't have been strong enough to endure what Charles did. It's different when it's your own parents who cast you aside. When your home is filled with bullying and mockery. Erik was at least insulated from this -- Auschwitz wasn't home.

It was a prison. It was a hell. A physical place, different to his life in every way. And he suffered. But not at the hands of his family. It breaks his heart to think about Magnus's Charles, just coming into his telepathy. He's glad Charles can talk to Ailo about it now, he knows Ailo understands. "I cannot repay you," Magnus says at last. "I have no belongings. No gold. No money. What you would want for helping all of the creatures plus Erik? M-Magnus," he corrects swiftly.

It’s certainly difficult to imagine their young selves suffering. Erik doesn’t have to imagine it; Magnus is right in front of him. Somewhere, though, there’s a little boy who wishes he had a single friend in the world. He and Erik endured a lot as children, and this strange opportunity to help some version of themselves is loaded, emotionally. He squeezes Erik’s knee in return. “We don’t need belongings or money,” says Charles kindly. “We have enough things, my friend. You’re helping the animals. That’s payment enough, hmm?”

Magnus carefully tickles Louis's feet in response, and he kicks back - hedgehogs have extremely sensitive little toes, and Magnus can feel it all. He hums and sways, distracted from responding by playing a little game. "His mama?" he asks at last, frowning. "She's gone? A baby shouldn't separate from her."

"Regrettably, he was abandoned when we found him," Erik explains softly. "We had to warm him up, but he seems to be adjusting well." Magnus lets him flip over and crawl up his non-bandaged arm, grinning. He finds a perch at the crook of his elbow and burrows in.

"We have a lot of animals like Louis," Charles adds, rubbing Magnus's shoulder. It's clear that the little creature brings him joy; something which Charles suspects is present throughout the fabric of who Erik is. A love for tiny creatures. "Without their mothers. But we provide them with warmth, food, and love. Some of them go back into the wild, but others stay at the sanctuary for their whole lives." He chuckles as the little creature kicks his tiny feet. "Louis can be your companion, if you want," he tells him. "He'll never go back to the wild because he was abandoned too young. Do you want to keep him, Magnus?"

Louis perks up, as though able to understand the possibility of a new caretaker. "Do you want me to be your adoptiv mama, Mäuschen? I will never replace your real ima. But I will be good and love you very much," he promises fondly. Louis rolls up onto his quills and Magnus leans forward and scoops him up before he falls, pressing kisses to his toes. "I will kiss your little toesings all day long!" Louis trills in contentment.

Erik laughs at the duo, shaking his head. "I think it is settled, hm?" It's curious, feeling a rush of affection for your own self. He wonders if that makes him egotistical, or narcissistic. But then he decides that he doesn't care. Ailo always tells him that self-compassion is the foundation of healing. So maybe he's just healing.

Charles is beaming, ear to ear. To see an Erik so happy and excited, in spite of the horror of his situation, is more than encouraging. This young man deserves all this. Deserves medicine, familial care, education, and the freedom to keep a little pet. He's just a child. A sweet child both too young and too old for his years, in competing ways. "Would you like to get some rest, Magnus? It's been a long day for you. I told you that I would read to you and I will, but if you want some time alone to rest and be with your thoughts, that's okay, too."

Magnus nods. "It is OK. I will read to Louis," he says, and a copy of Millions of Cats appears in his lap, but it says Millions of Hejogs and all the kittens are replaced with facsimiles of Louis and Magnus. He gasps, looking at Erik. "You make for me?"

"Not this time," Erik says with a smile. "You made that, Magnus. That's how your power works. The more safe and free you feel, the stronger you become. Your bonds to others must be nurtured." He kisses Charles's temple in demonstration.

"You..." Magnus squeezes his eyes shut.

"My husband," Erik replies, warm.

"Huh... husband...?" Magnus croaks. "You're a--"

Erik swiftly holds up a hand to interrupt. "We do not use words like that here. They are cruel and senseless. Violent. The term is gay, that's all. It is normal, and many of us live here. What Schmidt taught you was wrong. You are just gay, that's all."

Magnus stares. "Gae. You don't get hurt?"

"I have been hurt, yes. But not on Genosha. It is safe for us, here. We made it safe. I promise."

"I do not want being cruel. He just calls me it that way."

"Yes, I know. He is a hypocrite and a failure. You are neither."

Charles can feel Magnus's mind stutter a bit when he sees the two display their affection openly. He's nearly forgotten that Magnus is plucked from the early 1940s, when homosexuality was even more taboo than it is now. The shame and fear creeps in; he knows what Schmidt has done to him, knows what Schmidt says about it. Cognitive dissonance.

"Here, my dear, we believe that you should be allowed to love anybody. If you're a man who loves a man, that is okay. Or a woman who loves a woman. Or anybody in any type of body at all; they are allowed to love anyone they want." He grabs Erik's hand. "We'll let you have some time alone with Louis, but someone will be back to check on you in a little bit. With his other hand he taps the call button beside Magnus's bed. "If you need anything, touch that button. Or, talk to me in here," he adds, finger to temple. "Okay?"

"OK," Magnus whispers, using his good hand to prop up the book he's made. "Millions of little hejogs," he rumbles a start, and Louis perches carefully on his chest over the bandages.


Erik follows Charles out and exhales a long whoosh, shaking his head to himself. "How are you feeling?" he asks, dropping a hand to his husband's shoulder.

Charles, Erik, and Ailo all slip out of the room, leaving Magnus alone with his beloved Hejog. He’s not a flight risk anymore, and Charles expects that he’ll appreciate some time to himself. Out of his earshot and view, though, Charles and Erik both deflate a little. “That was difficult. This whole thing is difficult,” he admits, looking up at Erik. “But, I feel good. We’re helping him. I like that we’re helping him. And you, my love, have stayed tethered to us the whole time. Isn’t that something?”

Ailo bids them farewell as he jaunts past the nurse's station, eager to formulate a tailored treatment protocol for his new charge. Erik strolls alongside Charles and lifts his chin as they come past a water fountain amidst an intricate stone carving. "Would you care for a walk?" he asks, smiling down at the man he loves most in the world. "You've spent so much time at Reyda, you must be dying for a change. Where would you like to go? Anywhere at all," he spreads his hand out.

It is a nice day, the characteristic sun and sea breeze of Genosha's Mediterranean climate endowing them with a pleasant atmosphere. With Erik still in a good place, a walk sounds nice indeed. "Well, if only I could join you on a walk, mm?" he teases. "I don't know. Pick somewhere nice for us, darling. Genosha or beyond. I'm just happy to be out and about with you, no matter where it is."

"A walk or a wheel?" Erik grins. "A big Ferris wheel. We can roll along the shore." He drops a kiss once more to Charles's scalp, right atop his favorite freckle. In an instant they're swirled away, appearing at Jinyani's coastal amusement park. Widely touted as the safest fun in Genosha, mutation enables a wide variety of sights, sounds and even rides that don't rely on the follies of machine error. There is indeed an iconic Ferris wheel, but it's mostly for show. People prefer to take the levitation tour, where attendants with telekinetic or molecular manipulation abilities help others to push off the ground and soar. There are vendors offering popcorn (run by volunteers, mostly students and retirees), cotton candy, arcade games that give tickets for prizes, and more.

Charles chuckles when he notices where they end up. The amusement park is not a Genoshan location that Charles has frequented, but the whimsical, carefree setting is enjoyable. He's not really a roller coaster fan by any stretch, so he's pleased to simply wheel at Erik's side and pretend that all of their problems are far from them. "Tell me, darling. You're worried about me, but how are you?" he asks as they set about their stroll. "It can't be easy, seeing yourself at that age."

"He's just a child," Erik whispers, soft. "I know he's a teenager, he isn't a baby. But I always... I did not understand. Not really. How can you? But this... when you see it, not a hypothetical. But really see." He inhales sharply. "It changes your perspective. What happened, how horrific it was. I minimize it inside, to make it smaller. Even this, is survival." He laughs a bit. "I'm sorry, I did not mean to go on. Just... yes, a lot. Indeed."

"I only ever saw that time in your life through your own memories," Charles says, reaching out to grip Erik's hand. Since Ariel helped him regain more control over his left hand, one of Charles's favorite activities is holding Erik's while they stroll. His right hand was always occupied with pushing the control on his chair while his left rested rather limp and useless in his lap, but now, he can actually grip things. "A change in perspective, indeed. You can see how young you really were. How you were still just a child. I'm so happy that we can help him. Let him be in plays and look after animals."

"He's been with Schmidt for so long, I didn't think we could reach him," Erik gasps. "But we could. He did it for himself. He knew. He was just trying to survive. Make everyone survive. I did not even remember the marks being so bad. I was all alone when I got hurt. And he bothered me the whole time and then got mad when I was too weak. It's absurd, isn't it? It's absurd." Erik rubs his thumb across the back of Charles's hand - his left and Charles's left requires a bit of crossover, but it's worth it. To touch. Grip. A lasting gift. Erik ducks his head, willing himself not to cry all over again.

"It's more than absurd. It's evil." Charles knows that Erik is on the brink, and all he can do is squeeze harder. "Defense mechanism is correct. You didn't remember the injuries to their fullest extent. Magnus didn't think that they were that bad, either. His brain wouldn't let him, would it?" Weeping gouges, with yellow fat seeping through. Visible bone, infected tissue. "You said that you got really, really sick. It's a shock that you didn't die, Erik. Anyone else would have died from that infection."

The tears fall, then. "Why did he do that to me?" he croaks, wobbly and distorted. "It made sense. When it was because I'm bad. Or a punishment. Or I instigated it. Or I'm weak. But even that doesn't make sense, does it? When someone is weak you help them. When someone does wrong you teach them. When someone is bad you rehabilitate them. And could you imagine, Charles, if a child came up to me and instigated something of that nature? Ridiculous. Throw my hands up, ah, there's no other choice! I have tried nothing and I am all out of ideas. I suppose I'll just rape you." It's the first time he's ever said it so bluntly, out loud. He winches his eyes shut, overcome.

"He did that to you because he's evil, Erik. I'm sorry. There is no other reason. He's evil." Charles has stopped, and pulls Erik back onto his lap. Where he belongs, where he fits so perfectly. "He would have done the same to anyone else he could get his hands on. He happened to get his hands on you. I'm so, so sorry, Erik." His own eyes are brimming with tears as he presses his lips to Erik's temple. "It's incomprehensible. Evil is incomprehensible. Schmidt, Ivanov, and all of their cronies were absolutely irredeemable to their core. That's the only answer that makes any sense. I'm sorry."

Erik burrows in tight. "He didn't do anything to deserve it. He just wants to pet little feet. Why, oh, why..." he trails off, unintelligible and shaking. He sniffs loudly and rubs his cheek against Charles's chest. "Help them. We are going to help. Francis and Magnus," he huffs. "We can't save everyone. I know. But we can help these people. Show them kindness. And..." He tucks in further. "Maybe, kind to Erik, too. Be more kind, I'll be more kind. To Erik."

Erik is slipping, just a little, but Charles doesn't scramble to try and keep him here. He's coping in his own way. It's important to let him cope. So he just rocks Erik on his lap, eyes shutting. "Good. I don't like when you're unkind to Erik," he murmurs. "I love Erik more than life itself. Hurts me when people are mean to him, hmm? Even you." He rubs his back. "Are we calling the version of myself in Magnus's world 'Francis', now? Ugh."

"Francis," Erik laughs. "A regal name! We shall have to get creative soon. Frankie, Carl, Charlotte, Chuck. Chuckie." Each one is worse than the last, and Erik is supremely pleased with himself.

“One of the boys at Eton called me Chaz,” Charles grimaces. “I nearly wiped his memory for it, a dozen times. I refuse to name anyone Chaz. Or, what if we need to get to another timeline, and they decide to call me Chaz? Goodness. I suppose they’d be in the right. Horrific.”

Erik bursts into laughter, and squeezes Charles extra tight, appreciative. He always knows how to make him feel better. These days he's been walking headlong into an abyss, but Erik has never wavered in his faith that they can handle what comes. Even amidst sorrow and horror, they can make the time for this. That's how Erik knows they'll be all right. It warms him inside and out, as much a part of his tapestry as the charms around his neck. "You want to go meet a whale?" Erik looks at him, serious. "I have a friend here. Her name is not pronounceable to us but I call her Song. You might be able to communicate with her," Erik posits, curious.

Hearing Erik laugh with genuine abandon makes Charles feel better. He can remember the first time he heard Erik laugh at all, how it felt like a prize after months and months of picking at the bounds of Erik’s stony exterior. His husband laughs much more openly with him now, but it’s still always great to hear. Especially in times like this. “Meet a whale? Well,” he hums. “I suppose that’s not an offer I can refuse. I have been able to tap into the wavelengths of some more intelligent animals recently, but conversations are not always possible. Let’s see.”


Erik blips them into the water, suspended inside a shield that preserves oxygen and allows them to free-float, keeping all the right mixtures of nitrogen and oxygen to prevent causing damage to their delicate human structures. They plunge deeper and deeper into the depths. Song turns out to be a pilot whale, and she is positively massive compared to them. She also has more neuron connections than a human being, which renders her thoughts similar to Pietro and Vision.

Vast, a collective consciousness shared with every other member of her creche. Under the ocean, with their fine sensory systems, Charles slowly begins to understand. She can hear everything, for miles and miles away. It's affected their culture. If she makes a call here, her mother hears it way back in their cave. Generational knowledge is passed down instantaneously, in complex rhythmic oscillations. Erik grins when she shows up, and cups his fingers to emit a series of trilling sounds that quite approximates whale calls. All around them Charles hears her response, a low croon.

Charles, of course, has seen whales on television, in movies, and at aquariums, but being beside one in its natural habitat is something else entirely. His fist is just about as large as her eye, which is strangely human, in a way. It takes a little while to understand, but Charles soon realizes that Song's brain works at a frequency that connects her with the ocean life around her. Almost like a telepath. He smiles when she responds to Erik's greeting, feeling her brain firing rapidly. She has emotions.

Hello, Song, he thinks in English, knowing that she will not understand the language. I feel foolish. I don't know how best to say hi to you.

But Charles gets a response. Rustling, from the Deep, Deep World. A chime, in his mind. Images, for him. Her creche. Her children, how beautiful they are. Gentle, cleaning as they go. She's been in the same pod her whole life, a hundred other individuals and her mother, too. Competition doesn't exist in her society. Cooperation is prized. She sends a tendril of warmth along twinkling bells. Erik is delighted. He lets off several whistles and clicks, and Charles knows instantly. He is my mate. My joy. I brought him to you, so you can understand me. And she says, I understand.

Charles is grinning at the whale, hand finding Erik’s own of its own accord. He loves to float like this, with the pressure off his joints and outside of gravity’s pull, and he especially likes to do it in unique settings. Erik never fails to keep things interesting. Amazing, that we can communicate this way, he beams. It’s a pleasure to meet you. I’m learning a lot just by being in your presence.

A large fin buffets Charles up-up, as if to study him. Her long appendage gently takes care over him, gingerly -- able to tell through a series of complex clicks and chirps that he is not like her friend. He must be handled with care, for he is injured. Yes, she understands. Her kind are protected, here. Elsewhere they are hunted for blubber and oil. For their meat, which is poisoned due to the toxic wastes dumped into their precious homes. Humans think them unintelligent, because they have not made formal contact.

But it is advantageous to them, to be seen as lesser. Humans are primitive, would see them as a threat. Would drive them to extinction. They know. But their lives are rich, wondrous, long and gregarious when they have reason to be satisfied. And here, in Genosha, they do. So there is tentative contact. Made all the more respectful because the Genoshans leave them be. Do not abduct them, perform tests on them, make them do tricks for amusement. What has Charles learned? He must tell her. Teach her. Knowledge is nourishment. She will teach her children, and they will teach theirs.

"Oh—" Charles reflexively extends an arm out, as if to catch himself before his stomach and back muscles betray him. Even when he remembers that, duh, he's in water, he realizes that Song is handling him...gently. Supporting him with her massive fin, moving him only with extreme care. Through that vibrating, deep connection thrumming in his head, he can understand that she knows that he's injured, in some way. Charles grew up when the debates about altruism in the animal kingdom were in vogue.

The generally accepted theory was that it absolutely does not exist among non-human animals, and that only effective altruism may exist within humans. Animal brains, so the science argued, were neither developed nor complex enough to care for others in any way beyond strictly Darwinian bounds. Human care, after all, is what made their kind special. Many, Charles included, have long denied such absurdities, or at least have been skeptical of them. He's glad that the science community at large is shifting, a bit, from such flagrant human-centrism toward at least being able to recognize the influence it exerts. If only everyone could communicate telepathically with a whale.

I'm learning about you, and your family. I can feel how you communicate. Perhaps we humans ought to try and communicate better. With ourselves and the world around us. We have become parasites to our own homes rather than stewards. You've reminded me what being a steward is like.

A gentle tickle under his chin, and Charles feels the warmth and mischief. In a way, Song reminds him of Edie and Wanda. That same measured temperence arcana. It's easy to see how her and Erik formed a bond. He is steward, she tells him proudly. His people do not harm us. There is hope for your kind. The hope is here. Song blinks her large eye and Erik watches with glee as Charles and her interact, so pleased he can bridge these two joys together.

She shows him in her mind, a long scar on the underside of her belly. She is injured, too. Not just care, but real empathy. The Genoshans rescued my pod. Made this place for us. A good, strong world. My children grow bright. My sister-wives rejoice. Charles sees more. The woman is the center of life for these creatures. One husband, many wives. Children stay with their families, mating is arranged meticulously. Peacefully.

I am very glad that Erik has helped your family rebuild and thrive, Charles replies earnestly, mesmerized. My species has been a blight for many years now, and I fear for the future of our collective home if more people do not begin to understand. If others could only see. See that creatures like Song and her kin are just as complex, intelligent, and valuable to the world as human beings are. Or even that such things as complexity, intelligence, and value don't even matter. They're human conceptions that don't universally apply. If only everyone understood that. Thank you for taking this time to meet me.

She chirps three tones, a musical lilt. Your name, to us. And then another, three as well, but inverted. A pair. Your love is beautiful. Tell me about it. Do you have children? Where is your pod?

Charles smiles at his name, three beautiful chirps. How lovely to be recognized in that way. We have two children, but they are grown. Erik is their true father, but I view them as my own children, too. Our pod is large, full of friends and family that we choose. Do you understand what I describe? Our pod comes together by choice rather than by birth.

And she understands. A family chosen. Yes, her pod has some of this as well. Orphans, abused ones, sick ones. She sees in Charles a kindred spirit. Being a mother is the greatest pleasure in her life, to nourish others and grow them like long river weeds stretched into the brilliant hazy sky. Erik is the first human to understand. And he brought her another human, who understands. She lets out a comical honk from the top of her head, gently misting a stream of water down onto them. Charles realizes after a second that it's her way of laughing. Did he know her people laugh? Now, he understands. Charles and Erik are part of her pod, now. Invisible bonds tightly woven, from land to sea and air again. Yes, this is good.

Charles laughs as well, fondly smiling between both Erik and the whale. How lucky he is, to have Erik Lehnsherr as his husband. A man who can move planets, slip between universes. A Dyson Sphere in human form. How lucky the world is, really. It's difficult to imagine someone else with such power...perhaps Erik was given these abilities for a reason. Only someone who wishes to use his abilities make friends with whales and put pajamas on sloths should get to have them. Now that's something that the universe got right. We should go, Charles says to Erik after a long while chatting with the gentle giant. Check on Magnus, and all.

Erik takes Charles's hand in his, and they bid Song a mournful goodbye in harmonic frequencies. He languidly lets them bob up to the surface before a blink puts them back in order, safe and snug and dry on the boardwalk. Onward and upwards? he holds out his arm with a grin.

Charles feels oddly calm once they're back on the surface. He's bone dry, settled in his chair, in fresh clothes and with a soft blanket atop his lap, courtesy of Erik. Always caring for him, in every moment of life. Onwards, upwards, he agrees, taking Erik's arm as he floats alonside him. You'll have to tell me when you find time to make friends with whales, my love.

Erik laughs and bundles him up in a hug. I know some elephants and octopuses, too, he grins down at his husband as they meander along. Erik walks through another person, saying something that Charles can't hear and gesturing with his hands. Phasing out.

For all of the day's events, Charles is proud and pleased that Erik has made it this far without another horrible episode. He had begun to slip when his world and Magnus's collided, but had been able to keep himself tethered long enough to help him. So when he begins to slip away during their stroll, Charles knows that it's been long overdue. He kisses his knuckles, and inserts himself firmly in Erik's awareness. Let's get back to Reyda, darling. It's been a long, eventful day.

Chapter 83: & other passerines like you. And yet he has cooled down a lot

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

It's not the first excursion they've been on and it won't be the last, but it's important to Erik that they nurture these moments of clarity when they happen, so he takes advantage of every second. The next several months eke by like this, interspersed with Charles's training and visits to the Manor to check up on Magnus's progress. The boy has taken a shine to acting and Raven thinks he might be prodigious, so carefully able to compose a character and step into the role at the drop of a hat, he rivals Raven in sheer nuance, and they've caught the eye of a theater company out in White Plains.

He tickles Louis's feet every day, and after the initial shock and confusion wears off, people grow fond of him at the Institute. Erik phases in and out, dream-land and nonsense upside-down, cotton candy spiderwebs exploding fractals. The year mark passes without much fanfare, considering everyone is so laser-focused on what needs doing. Erik does his very level best to solidify as often as he can. To kiss Charles, hug him, bathe and dress and feed.

To care for his children, his favorite toes in the whole wide world (when he tickles Pietro's feet they wiggle at hyper-speed and Erik is delighted). To brush Wanda's hair as she hums a Clejani folk tune.

The next six months are a brutal slog uphill as Charles slowly scales the Everest of his mind. And then he does. The summit sun blaring down. Laying ladders across deep crevasses, spiking poles into the Earth. Cracked soil. Freezing, barren. Making places of home, places of peace. Erik helps, and so does Song. They visit often, a reprieve from the Overworld.

Erik's eyes flick open after a long sojourn in the deep beyond. "We're ready, now," he tells Charles with a smile.

It’s a long, difficult 18 months. There are multiple instances where Charles considers giving up, and is confident that he would have done so had the Professor and the Elder Charles not warned him that he would wish to. At times, Erik is gone for weeks. Months. Surfacing only for a few precious moments between gales of mist. They start the therapy, it’s hard. Hard on all of them. Charles’s abilities don’t grow in an avalanche, but in a slow, painful snowball. One day he wakes up and realizes that he knows what people are going to say before they even form the full thought. Another, and he can hear thoughts from beyond their universe.

He follows Erik wherever he goes and somehow doesn’t lose his own mind in the process. There are beautiful moments, too. He spoils Magnus rotten, buying him clothing, shoes, school supplies, books, and acting lessons with a professional coach. Turns out, he’s one hell of an actor, and Charles wants to give him the opportunity to pursue that as a hobby or even a profession if he so wishes. He’s gained weight, healed beautifully, and is a star pupil. Charles visits him in Westchester, with or without Erik, depending on how he’s doing. And Magnus visits Genosha regularly, too, to visit his animal friends at the sanctuary. Erik takes him to beautiful places, too.

They visit Song, elephants, giraffes, and even a giant clonal Quaking Aspen forest. They meet other versions of themselves, explorers, teachers, artists. Charles learns a lot about himself and about the world. But there is also horror. So, so much horror. Anguish, agony. For every Magnus there are a thousand others who they cannot save. Sometimes Erik goes so deep and far that Charles is convinced that he’s gone for good. That happens a few times. True to his word, though, he always comes back. It’s a warm evening in their 21st year since meeting when they finally crest the hill. Charles doesn’t know that they’ve reached it; it feels like any other sojourn in Erik’s mind.

He’s seated in his chair beside Erik’s bed, back of his skull propped against the headrest. It’s been a long week, another strenuous stretch of climb. He’s scarcely paying attention, nursing a headache, when Erik’s green eyes blink open with more clarity than Charles has seen in a few days at this point. “Ready?” Charles asks absently, accustomed to oblique and seemingly random conversations like this. “For what, darling? Oh, is it time for dinner?”

Erik smiles, eyes lifting like the sun, bright and vivid. Casting colors down. He shifts to take his hands. Ailo appears next to him. Now, when Erik uses his abilities, he likes leaving little trails of color at the seams where he joins this or that thing together. Ailo gets a basket of enormous flaked pretzels in dill weed, spices, kosher salt and garlic butter. A basket of them, fresh and crispy. He tries one and is stunned to discover it tastes identically like his mother's recipe. That's the real power expansion. Erik found it, in the molecules of Vidigal, and from the ether, arranged.
"It's time," he tells them softly. "We're ready now. For the big dip."

Charles doesn’t understand, but he’s glad to see the prismatic rays soaring through the room; it usually means that Erik is on a good place. Happy and well. The basket of pretzels is confusing to Charles, but he’s not going to complain or question. Evidently, Erik is feeling good, and ready for something. After several weeks of perceived monotony, Charles is eager for a change. “What’s the big dip, sweetheart?” Charles asks, squeezing Erik’s hands in his own for a moment before lifting one to tuck a loose red curl behind Erik’s ear. His hair is longer now, and Charles likes to practice his finger dexterity by braiding it. “Where are we going?”

"Ahhh," Ailo intuits with a helpful crunch. The pretzels are delightful. "He means he's ready for treatment. Presumably that's why I am here?" Erik nods. "To help." He chases Charles's fingers with his lips playfully. He winds a strand down, Charles's finger. "Make it safe and sound."

"Ah, we will do our very best, eh?" he leans back in his rocking chair. Wind chimes. Paintings.

Erik saw a turtle and wished to ask it a question, so the turtle comes with them. "You like strawberry? Yes! I knew it. For you." He makes a strawberry bouquet for his new friend.

Charles raises his brows. Ready? For treatment? He can’t believe it. He didn’t think the day would come; he’d been considering alternatives recently. Knowing that this would have to happen on Erik’s terms has been difficult. Charles has had no control. No timeline. Smiling, he leans in and kisses the top of Erik’s head as the world swirls and dances around them. The turtle’s presence doesn’t even make them bat an eye; it’s very very on par with how the last year has been. “Oh, darling,” he murmurs, eyes fluttering shut. “We’re here for you. Okay? You know this. I’m so proud of you. You’ve been so strong.”

"He said you would get scared," Erik whispers. "But I always come back." A small cup of powdered grapefruit mixed with the drug worms its way into his hands. "Together?" Erik wraps his fingers around Charles's, tethering himself. He seems ready, now. He wasn't just waiting for Charles. He too needed time to grow and learn. Charles tunes in and hears -- all of it. Every atom. Every little speck and twist. Buff here. Brush there. The world is a paintbrush canvas.

“I know. I know it’s taken a long time. We were waiting to meet each other here, weren’t we? And we have,” Charles fawns, suddenly energized. More energy than he’s felt in a long, long time. “I’m glad you know. I don’t feel any different,” he admits with a laugh. Winding his fingers with Erik’s, he nods. “Together. Yes. Let’s heal together. We’re ready."

Erik grins at him, touching his cheek. It's been difficult on Charles. But he's stayed, and Erik is so incredibly grateful for this man. His husband. His best friend. He tears up, thinking about it, laughing. They both needed their year, didn't they? But their time in Arcadia was pleasant for Erik, aside from the times Charles was suffering intensely. But even then, he was happy to help. This wasn't pleasant for Charles, not at all. He's been afraid. Erik knows. He knows.

But rather than guilt, and shame, he just feels deep abiding love for him. How lucky he is, to have Charles and all their friends. He lifts the cup, winking at him and downs it in one go. Just like the medicine he takes, it's disseminated almost immediately. At first nothing happens, and he hums. Hm. And then his eyes widen. "Ope," he laughs as everything rushes at him. "Oh, my. Charles? Do you see?" he gasps, and then all of a sudden, his mind blanks out. Charles can't feel him at all. Can't see anything, at first.

But he's prepared for this, trained. He searches. And finds Erik in the particles. The atoms, the molecules. He's laughing. You come with me? one chimes, holding out its hand. And Charles follows. They lay down on the ground, hand in hand, and experience... everything. Every action. Every single human being, past and present. Everyone who's ever been murdered, who has ever killed. Who has ever been hurt or done the harming. Who has ever felt joy, or sadness.

And there's the insanity, too. Erik veers too close to it, curious. Once he becomes insane, it's like becoming the lamp post. He'll get stuck, won't he? Charles guides him away. He chooses logic. The timelines expand out. This time, Ailo is there. He's found them, and he shields them just as he's promised. The best he can. What do you have to learn? What do you need to learn? I'm uncomfortable. Then learn to be uncomfortable. It's scary. Learn to be afraid. It's everything. You know what comes next.

It’s less like a roller coaster drop than Charles expects, though perhaps he should know better than to expect sudden moments of realization at this point. He’s back in bed beside Erik, hands intertwined, standing alongside him at the threshold of the multiverse. It rushes at Erik, but for some reason, not at Charles. It’s more like he’s entered an ornate room, and he’s slowly taking in his surroundings little by little. The details of one painting here, the shape of one chair there. It’s certainly too much, too opulent, but Charles finds that…he can handle it. Even when the setting melts away and resets, like an old stereo viewer.

The process is the same. Charles can handle the input. The training, it seems, has paid dividends. He smiles. Ailo finds them soon enough, and it’s the two of them flanking Erik as he stands face-to-face with everything. They each have an important job. Ailo is the rudder, Charles is the anchor. The drugs, of course, are the wind pushing him forward, with Ailo to guide and Charles to steady. Charles realizes, with the same blooming, that he can hear it, too. Erik has opened the door to everything, and Charles knows. Like a mass download.

His eyes blink of their own accord, suddenly dazzled with the infinity of new information in his skull. “Oh,” he murmurs aloud, gripping Erik’s fingers tighter. “Oh, wow.”

A twinkle of laughter echoes in every direction. Every joke, every joy, every huff of pleasure is reflected back. Ailo guards, flanking his side dutifully.

"Wanda," Erik whispers. "Something to show us? Something new," he beams. They melt away from their current circumstances - good, bad, it's all the same. One part of a cosmic whole, and reform elsewhere. "Oh," he gasps. "A new love. Look," he points to where Wanda leads, her dark brunette with streaks of red shimmering like a cape behind her.

"Help him," she bids. "Pietro and I have a brother. He must be helped. Only you can do it. Please, I beg you."


They land on the ground. The world is in disarray. They're at an insane asylum, the patients shambling like drugged-out zombies. An Erik bumps into them, lurching about - he's been suppressed. He falls over. The Erik beside Charles zips him back onto his feet before he can get hurt. "Oh, my friend," he says softly. "You're so sad. Tell us everything."

"Charles?" the insane man gasps and shudders. "Charles? Is that you? No, that's me." His hands wave blindly. "My love, oh my love. David, we have to take all the forks now. You put too many forks in the sockets, someday Charles won't be here. My love, my love." The child, about three, reaches up at Charles. His own eyes blink thoughtfully. A flower appears in his hand, the same orchid of lapis lazuli that adorned his suit on their wedding day. The color of Raven.

The journey is immediate. No time to meander, no time to stop and admire the scenery. The wide-eyed pleasure of simply existing with such power is immediately replaced by a sense of purpose. As Erik dazzles, Charles understands. It seems like it takes ages for Erik to catch up, but Charles knows that he’s not changed; Charles has. Ah. This is reality, now. Charles knowing before it’s to be known. With no time to dwell on what that means, he waits patiently for Erik to steer them toward Wanda.

And when he does and they land in a world chaotic and empty, it’s face-to-face with…Erik. An Erik, sans abilities. He’s floppy, green eyes wild. Charles knows instantly that this Erik has lost his Charles, something which is made clear to all when he asks. What Charles doesn’t understand immediately is the child. David. Wavy brown hair, bright blue eyes. Oh. Charles’s eyes. Oh. A brother. Charles stares at the toddler for a moment, and then at the Erik. “Is…he yours, darling?” he asks the man, taking his hands gently. “Does he live here with you?”

"Charles! Oh, Charles. Your hands. I feel your hands. You must be a visitor. My love. So precious. Is he taking care of you? Does he love you so?" The new Erik bursts into tears, messy and loud. "Sweetheart. He's a good boy. David. You see him, too? A lovely little one. Tender. Special. Such a wondrous soul. Gabby couldn't understand him. She left. Isn't that sad? But we love him so. The best little one ever." He beams. "I can't care for him. I'm so sad and lost. My little one needs a home. Will you take him? He's yours, dearest heart."

Gabby. Gabrielle Haller. And Charles. Ah. Charles swallows thickly and looks at his husband, a mirror image of the man before them in many ways and a complete stranger in others.

The boy grips at his Erik’s pant leg and blinks up at Charles, not quite making eye contact. His head is…different. Their spoken words don’t process auditorily; he thinks nearly exclusively in images and emotions. Right now, he’s thinking about hiding underneath a table. Charles realizes that this is David’s way of telling him that he’s afraid. “You…you want me to take him?” he gasps, squeezing harder. “Oh. Oh, no. He isn’t mine to take.”

“He is yours,” Pietro points out. “In this world. Can’t really leave him here. Look at this place.”

The table gets smaller and smaller, and David covers his eyes.

His husband crouches down to David's height, but looks over his shoulder rather than directly at him, as if he's found something interesting on the wall. "Do you think he wants to come with us?" he asks Pietro. Even with all of Charles's prescience, it takes a few seconds for him to understand that it's Erik's way of giving David the ability to provide input how he wants. It's instinctive, Erik has no real comprehension of what's going on in David's mind.

But he is uncannily observant, and he knows from first hand experience how uncomfortable basic socialization is for him. He got lucky, he is surrounded by people who get him on an intuitive level. But this little boy doesn't have a group of well-meaning adult friends. He has this version of Erik, who is incoherent on the best of days, and this place. Which is frightening and dangerous.

“Want to or not, I don’t think he has a choice. Can’t stay here with…him.” Their eyes fall to the Erik of this timeline, with sad, unseeing eyes.

He’s….untraceable. His psyche shredded years ago, with no proper support to weave it back together. There’s some air of permanence to his condition; Charles can feel that. Like his spine. Meanwhile, David is hiding his face in his hands, whining softly to himself. The scene in his own head has been replaced by another, one in which he’s in a big featherbed, surrounded by what must be a hundred stuffed tigers. He’s happier in this scene, and it hits Charles that, neurodivergent or not, the kid is still three.

Can you produce a stuffed tiger for him? he asks his husband privately. He likes tigers.

Erik smiles and holds up a finger in front of David's face, moving it back and forth before a swirl emerges from their tips and a detailed plush emerges from thin air, identical to a real tiger cub save for being immobile, along with large eyes and delicate eyelashes, his coat shiny and brushed. A little bed emerges next, made of feathers. "Someday we will go to the fields, Charles," the unseeing Erik whispers. "Judge's Spring, rolling red. I didn't get to bring you. Someday. He killed you. Killed. Filthy fag bitch..."

Erik flinches at the vitriol, the words triggers to him. But he realizes that the man is repeating something from memory. Did Stryker... oh, no. No wonder. No wonder he's like this. Erik stands up and tugs him into a hug. "You're all right. We will take care of David, OK? We'll make sure he's safe and loved. I promise."

"Promise????" the man sniffs loudly. "You won't make him eat peas? He doesn't like them."

"We won't feed him anything he doesn't like," Erik murmurs. "Why don't you show Charles your favorites?" he asks David, rubbing Erik's shoulders. It used to be strange to him, comforting himself. It's not anymore. It's like comforting a twin. They aren't you, so why would it be weird? Erik doesn't have many compunctions about things. Not now. The universe has opened itself to him, in all its grand absurdity.

David’s facial expression doesn’t change much when the tiger appears before him, but his mind lights up, sparkles, exudes happy. The toddler grabs the toy and plops himself on the tiny bed, petting the soft fur. Charles watches him rub his cheeks against the whiskers, and notes the calm that washes over him when he feels the soft tickle. A typical child his age would be talking in complete sentences, but Charles can hear that he doesn’t have a verbal vocabulary. Not at all. What he does have, though, is power. A power still nascent within him in many ways, but one similar to Erik’s own. Interactions with space and time. The universe.

As the two Eriks hug, Charles wheels his chair beside David. With the least intrusion he can manage, he presents a visual array of vegetables to David telepathically. For several moments, nothing happens other than the repeated rubbing of the whiskers against his cheek, until deep red Xs appear over each imagined vegetable aside from carrots. Through this method, Charles learns that David doesn’t like much at all; carrots, blueberries, crackers, and chicken are the only items that didn’t receive the red X. It’s remarkable, Charles realizes, how quickly they’ve been able to communicate. David clearly has some telepathic abilities, too, apparently able to receive and send telepathic input already.

Encouraged by David’s participation, Charles projects a more vivid image: their townhouse on Genosha. Erik preparing a plate of carrots, crackers, and chicken in the kitchen while David sits atop Charles’s lap. There’s music on in the background, and they’re smiling, chattering, laughing. More silence. Stillness. And then, in their shared vision, the stuffed tiger appears in David’s hands. Charles’s eyes widen, for he didn’t place the tiger there at all. David did. To be sure, Charles rebuilds a similar scene, but at the manor instead. The tiger appears there, too. Charles observes the child, suddenly terrified and amazed all at once.

It makes sense, now. Why the Elders asked them to consider their childhoods. They’re to be parents. To a baby. “Oh, darling,” Charles blubbers to the version of his husband lost here. He tugs him down to his lap and holds him, rocks him. “We’ll care for him. Thank you for looking after him. Hey. You’re alright. You did so well. You can rest now, Erik. You’re doing just what Charles would want you to do by letting us take him. I’m proud of you.”

Erik watches, humming thoughtfully as he works out how to approach the situation. Charles feels him consider and disregard a variety of things, before landing on one that feels most correct. It's how he approaches life, tempered and rational, but ultimately guided by his instincts. Whereas Charles is the opposite, outwardly emotive yet guided by reason.


With a blink, the three of them vanish from the townhouse and are bundled in a warm shield, rising up into the clouds so David can see the thunderstorm he's created up close. A crackle of light illuminates the whole area, harmlessly bouncing all around them.

"We see you," he whispers softly. "We know it's upsetting. You can be upset. Your aba just needed some help, that's all. He asked us to look after you. He knows we will love you so much." He glances over at Charles, with no real idea if he's getting through to the boy.

Charles remains tuned in to David as they fly into the middle of his storm. The surprise of flying distracts him for a moment, and his cries soften as he clings to his tiger. Erik has effectively told him that his reaction is okay, that he’s allowed to be upset and angry and scared, that they’ll protect him even when he is. David is too young to understand that explicitly, of course, but Charles suspects that he’ll gather that on some level.

Tears still streaming, David makes his way to Erik, who looks like his aba, but isn’t. One hand clutching his tiger, the other one grabs a chunk of Erik’s hair as he buries his face in his chest, cries now muffled. Before them, another image:

David and the other Erik, sitting on a stone floor. There are a handful of colorful blocks between them; though the other Erik can’t see them and that’s clear, he still hands them to David as he constructs a tower.

Charles nods thoughtfully. Soon, the scene is framed entirely by a big pink heart, as if to acknowledge that they know that David loves his aba, and that the love was returned.

He makes more additions; Charles wheels in, with Erik beside, and they each have a new armload of blocks to contribute to the collection. David’s Erik smiles and hobbles to stand beside them, looking down upon the boy with a proud smile.

“We won’t replace your aba,” Charles rumbles. “But we’ll help him take care of you, darling. We love your aba, too. So very much.”

Davis’s face his still buried in Erik’s chest, but Charles knows he can see the vision. After a few seconds, the storm lightens a bit, to a gentler rain.

"Oh, mayn lemele, we have got you," Erik soothes as David crawls right up to him. He hugs tight, so Erik takes the cue and presses him hard. Not enough to hurt, but confusing for a moment as Erik normally touches everyone with tender delicacy. But ah, David prefers this. Deep, deep touches. Erik feeds it into his very atoms, gently smooshing just-so, all the fantastical sensations for his delight. "We have got you, and we love you so much. I know it's hard. I know, baby," he hushes softly. He sings a song, "dortn est men in der vokhn/challah, zunenyu,/yaykhalah vel ikh dir kokhn,/shlof zhe, shlof, lyu-lyu, lyu-lyu..."

Oh, he likes that pressure, Charles tells Erik, noting the wash of comfort that spreads through David as Erik gives him a squeeze. Ailo has shared a lot of literature with Charles over the past several years, literature describing phenomena that Charles has noted as a telepath. There are clusters of symptoms that Charles can recognize within David already—sensory differences, auditory processing differences, non-verbal communication—that make Charles certain that he has Autism. Though it’s a condition not officially recognized as a disorder distinct from Schizophrenia, Ailo, and Charles by extension, is certain that lumping the two spectra together creates an inaccurate and unhelpful diagnosis.

For years and years, people like David have been assigned harsh monikers like emotionally disturbed, or worse. In the best cases, they’ve been tutored privately or sent to special private schools. In the majority of cases, they’ve been largely left behind educationally and emotionally. Even well-intentioned and loving parents haven’t had much luck finding help for their children, and as a result, these children often grow into adults who become wards of the state, homeless or institutionalized. There’s nothing wrong with David. Charles has known the boy for all of five minutes and can feel that in his soul. His brain works differently, that’s all.

He’s still a three-year-old boy, one who loves tigers and blocks and tight hugs. One who needs adults to look after him and care for him. One who is scared. Charles never thought that he’d get to be a father. A father figure to Pietro and Wanda, sure. A parental presence to his students. He’d been content with that, had considered himself lucky. It’s incredible, how quickly the entire world has shifted. He’s David’s father. He feels that in his heart. It’s equally terrifying as it is glorious; just thirty minutes ago, everything was different. Everything in their lives is upended now, in the very best way. He has a baby. He and Erik are dads, together.

Tears prick at the corner of his eyes as he floats over to Erik and David, and he joins their hug. His lips touch the crown of David’s skull; his hair smells like baby shampoo. At least his Erik had been able to provide for his basic needs, to some extent. “You’re alright, my love. I know it’s hard,” he whispers, rubbing a gentle hand into the boy’s back. “My boy. We love you so much.”

David continues to cry softly against Erik, but the rain finally stops. The scene changes once more: David offers four blocks: one each to Charles and Erik, one to his aba, and one to the live tiger cub that has suddenly appeared in their midst. A gesture from him, to let them all know that he understands, at least to an extent. They can all play together, he hopes..

Erik's delight shoots across the sky in a blazing comet, trailing an icy spectacle star for all to see and sparking along its tail. All the stars grow brighter in the sky and swirl, twinkling just a moment. A universal story-book cartoon, just for David. The citizens of Genosha are dazzled below, and Erik hums up above. "Show me how to play with these?" Erik whispers, materializing many different types of blocks for David to choose from. All shapes and sizes, colors, letters, numbers. Animals, plants. "You'll know the right way. I'm too silly to get it right, that's what he says- ope-" Erik points behind David. When he looks, a llama plushie peeks its head out from the corner of a block and waves, then somersault dives into the box.

David is momentarily distracted, looking up as the sky explodes in a dazzling array of colors and shapes. They’re in a young child’s fantasy world, surrounded by fun objects, characters, animals. All around them the world is transformed into a beautiful storybook. David wipes his runny nose on Erik’s shirt before reaching out to take hold of several blocks, and then shrieks a little when the llama moves. His tiny fingers grapple for the plushie, which he rubs against his cheek to feel the softness.

Charles watches in wonder as the llama suddenly develops an intricate pattern of tiger stripes on its fur, courtesy of David. It seems that his biological son takes after his adopted father in many, many ways, incredibly. A telepath and more. “A llama-tiger, how delightful,” Charles remarks as David begins handing them each a variety of blocks. The little boy then projects an image of a squat tower, which Charles realizes are instructions. Bossing us around already, Charles notes to Erik fondly as he lays down the first block. We’re suckers.

Oh, can you believe it? Erik gasps in wonder as they sit side by side. He's swaying side to side completely unconsciously, and he laughs a little when David does the same thing. Are we the same? I wouldn't think. How unusual! Oh, Charles. He's beautiful. He has your smile, and your ferocity. And your wonder. Magnificent. Is this us? Our family? We're to be... parents. Yes. That sounds right, doesn't it?

It’s not what I thought would happen when I woke up this morning, Charles admits, watching as David rearranges the blocks, llama and tiger tucked under each arm. The boy really does resemble him, doesn’t he? Same dark hair, same eyes and lips. There are traces of Gabby in his olive complexion, thick brows, and elegant nose, but it’s undeniable that David is his. And yet, there’s a lot of Erik, too. The power, the unique way of processing input. The swaying. As if the universe knew that he was to be their son.

I’m terrified, he admits to Erik. But so happy. Oh, it just feels correct. I’ve known him for ten minutes, but I’d lay down my life for him. Goodness, I would. Our son.

They were right. Our Elders. They knew it well, Erik laughs and plays. There is a lot to do in their near future, a lot of long nights and planning sessions, but Erik is solid. He's centered, Charles realizes. He's been here, unwavering, this whole time. Erik is still here. Tell me your fears, he whispers to Charles, touching his cheek.

What if I’m not good at it? he murmurs, gripping Erik’s hand. What if we make mistakes? I want him to have the best life possible. A perfect life. He’s babbling a bit, but if he’s not able to blubber to Erik, then who can he blubber to? It’s a big responsibility, caring for a child.

Erik bows their heads together. I know, neshama. You know how I know you will be good at it? Because of this. Because you ask. You won't let anything get in the way of your son's happiness, not even yourself. I know you, Charles Xavier. He grins, green-eyed and shining. My handsome Theli. They say perfect is impossible. Pah, they know nothing of physics. He will have a perfect life, you know how I know? He'll be with us. Even in all our flaws and dooms, and glooms. It will be perfect. Perfectly ours.

Charles chuckles and ducks his head onto Erik’s shoulder. What a day it’s been. This morning, he’d woken with the expectation of another day of all the same, of sojourns and floating and wondering when. Now that it’s evening, they have a son, and Erik is here. Unwavering, solid as rock. You need to add a charm for him to your necklace, he tells Erik, touching at the array of tokens around his neck. A little tiger, perhaps.

As Charles speaks, Erik grins and his necklace appears in his hand, a cool, heavy silver with magenta bismuth streaks and kalorizikite edges along each precious charm. The snowflake separates into two, and a third one is added in-between before re-forming. A snowflake in the shape of a fearsome tiger, safe and snug next to their siblings. I'm scared, too, he confides softly. Scared and absurd, more like it. Erik's thoughts are zooming miles a minute.

What if I feed him peas by mistake? What if I get angry and raise my voice? Shout at him? What if I am insane and lost and confused? How will we discipline him? I don't believe in punishments. How will we educate him? I'm religious, Charles isn't. I don't care if he's religious but I want him to know his culture. Is that wrong? What if I get triggered and don't know where I am and David is in the room and I have an episode?! What if I'm a pedophile like Schmidt, how would I know? What if, what if, what if....

Erik hums and it all softens, and he laughs. I know you know why. But I trust you. I would die for you. So I put my life in your hands. I trust if I do something egregious and terrible, you will put a swift end to me.

Charles raises his brows, and then takes Erik's hands in his own. David is busy orchestrating the construction of the tower; both the tiger and the llama have been recruited to help, and it is very serious business. He doesn't notice the private conversation between his fathers. Erik Magnus Lehnsherr. Do you understand how ridiculous you sound? He squeezes hard. You will never do something so egregious and terrible as to warrant death. Goodness. Not by my hand or anyone else's. You are NOT a pedophile. You are not like Schmidt. You know this. Don't let your brain try to convince you of things that are not there, alright?

He knocks their foreheads together again. Have you ever shouted at Pietro or Wanda? At me? At anyone you love? I've heard you shout maybe a handful of times in our twenty years, and it was always warranted. We can talk to Ailo to see how best to continue your treatment now that we've a little one to look after. I'm sure he will be able to advise and accommodate. Look at yourself, though. You've been more solid than you have in a year this past hour alone. He knows that it's not over, that there's no way that Erik is magically cured, but there's nothing quite so grounding as a child, is there? You're already doing a wonderful job as his father, Erik, Charles points out. You showed him that you'll protect him and accept him. That you'll listen. He turned to you for comfort, didn't he? He even wiped his snotty nose on your shirt.

Erik snorts and rubs his cheek against Charles's, in a way so very resminiscent of David that it's almost taking him by surprise. No wonder Magneto got misdiagnosed in his timeline. Aquilo didn't have the benefit of Pietro and Wanda clueing him in from the future, so they had to muddle around for a while. In the 1970s, the two disorders are still frequently mixed up and interchanged. Hans Asperger described a new syndrome in the previous decades where verbal, talking adults (like Erik) still struggled to socialize.

(But not really.) Erik counts his lucky stars that somehow, someway, things converged here to give them the most optimal setup. First his medicine, then the diagnosis, treatment, now David. He knows his mind is being silly and he dismisses most of it with a wave of his hand, but something sticks at him like a bramble. Will he know? Know I love him? He will see the me inside? Oh, please.

If he can know what love is, he'll know that you love him, Charles whispers back, confident. He's not going to kid himself into thinking that raising a child with David's differences will be easy, but their mutations will help. Goodness, they've already learned which vegetables he dislikes, what his favorite animal is, and how he misses his aba. If anyone is equipped to care for him, it's them two. And I'm positive that he can. He already feels safe. Safety is right beside love, isn't it? We're so lucky.

He will get along with Samantha, Erik beams as he lets David guide his hand toward a delicate construction. Building is way more fun with Erik because things never fall down! Sometimes they even change shapes and colors, mischievously. Little puzzles for him to solve, built on patterns of their own for him to figure out. Layers inside layers. He makes a sphere of Things! David can swipe his hand across it and get a brand new sensation.

The blocks float and swirl all around. Samantha likes strawberry and he likes blueberry. Do you think we should introduce him to the animals? We can find a tiger in need of assistance and bring him here. Gertrude can calm even the wildest creature. I bet he'd like to meet her. Oh, and school? Do we send him to school? You run a school. You know the education the best. I'm so sorry, I am simply overwhelmed with joy, neshama.

Joy is a wonderful thing to be overwhelmed by, Charles fawns, content to watch David explore. His little mind is chock full. It whirs differently than most, but it is still bright and ebullient, and very, very three. Many children like David are written off early for their tantrums or unpredictable moods, cast as gloomy or unhappy, but Charles is confident that, in most cases, the foul moods arise in large part because they are misunderstood. They try and try to get their caregivers to listen to them, to understand when they're hungry or cold or bored or in need of a hug, but they simply don't understand.

Charles vows to never be impatient when David tries to tell them something, to always wait until he understands, with confidence, that he knows what the boy wishes to communicate. His newly expanded telepathy should help with that, certainly. I absolutely think that we should introduce him to animals. We can start with a kitten, maybe, before we get him a tiger. And of course we'll send him to school. I'd like Ailo to evaluate him first, and then I'll do some research. If he does have Autism indeed, I would like to ensure that he's educated in a way that helps him succeed. I don't see a trace of verbal language in his head, so perhaps he'll never speak as you and I do. We'll have to do a lot of research, won't we? That will be my full-time job from here on out.

Still busy with his creation, David thinks of his aba, and how he would sometimes accidentally knock over his block towers.

Charles feels a pang for that Erik. And I would like to see that the Erik of his world is cared for properly, too. I don't want to leave him there. I don't know if he'll ever be sane again, or if his abilities will ever return, but perhaps we can get him a long-term room in Reyda. See that his days are peaceful, too.

We're overflowing with Eriks! he laughs softly, but Charles can see the pain behind it. He's so, so sad for that man. He deserves peace. Light and life and love. Magnus has a chance. Aba will, too. And he thinks it will help David to transition more smoothly knowing they aren't leaving him behind. How could they? Blinded, hobbled, nonsensical. Oh, so much pain. They'll help. They'll soothe.

If we're lucky enough to have three Eriks here, so be it, Charles teases back, but he's grateful that Erik doesn't outright deny. He simply can't leave Aba behind. Addled and alone in that horrible reality, he would spend the rest of his life in that asylum, forgotten. Charles loves him like he loves all the rest of them, he can't doom his beloved to that life. I'll care for him for the rest of his life here, he vows softly, gripping Erik's hand. I'm thankful to him. He knew David needed us. The very least we can do is make his world softer, nicer.

We have a great deal of nice and soft here, Erik grins proudly. Our family is getting bigger and better, oh. Who would have thought. When it was time, I didn't realize the Summit would be this way. The universe and all its wonder, condensed. A child. That's why we have children. Isn't that something? It's their way of seeing the Expanse. Run, look, play. Wow. Cry! Bad. Laugh. Grab. Erik gestures as he talks, rolling his shoulder in that idiosyncratic way he sometimes does; with David right beside, it's glaringly apparent. Little typys, of different spectrums, attached across the border.

Isn’t it wonderful? You and David are peas in a pod already, he notes, voice dripping with fondness. I’m so very happy. It took some time to get here, but this makes it all worth it. He gestures toward their son. So worth it. Goodness. They sit in contentment for a while longer, watching David play with his blocks. Eventually the boy grows sleepy; they can both feel the shift in the atmosphere when he does. We ought to get back. Get him set up at home. Chat with Ailo and the twins.

Erik bundles them all up and whirls them away, and they reappear in a new room of the house. It's a loft, high-up. David likes high places. It has bunk beds with tiger stripes and blueberry plushies and blocks galore, and the ceiling is the dazzling Carina nebula reflected in white and orange. David nestles into his bed, weighted blanket pressing him comfy in, and they let the door slip closed. Erik soundproofs it and adds an alarm, and a one-way lock (David can exit, no one but Trusted can enter). He dotes over the threshold for a moment before tapping the mezuzah and kissing his fingertips. Shema Yisrael Adonai Eloheinu Adonai echad. Welcome to the world, dear-heart.

Charles smiles at the bedroom that Erik has created for their son. It’s perfect, and David feels instantly at home nestled in his tiger bed, surrounded by plushies and toys. In the closet there is a fresh array of clothing adorned with tigers, llamas, and all sorts of things that they’ve learned he enjoys. He’s curled up in a weighted blanket, face buried in his tiger plushie, and falls asleep almost instantly. Charles kisses his forehead before they exit, and then waits for Erik to bless the angled scroll affixed to the door jamb. Charles is happy for Erik to teach their son Judaism. He’s not religious himself, but David is Gabby’s son, and therefore Israeli. Even if he weren’t, Erik is his dad. It’s important to him, Charles knows, to honor his history, his culture.


“Good thing this chair floats,” he notes as they descend the new stairwell from David’s lofted bedroom; the townhouse only had one storey before this evening. In the living room, Pietro, Wanda, and Ailo are seated around the coffee table, drinking cocoa. “No fair, you didn’t build be a brand new loft when you found out I was your son,” Pietro teases as he takes note of the architectural addition. “You hate me because I’m the middle child now.”

"Not true," he counters instantly. "I hate you because you are better-looking than me and I am hideously jealous," Erik sticks his tongue out, wry. He plops himself down onto the sofa and stretches out his arms and legs dramatically half over Pietro and Wanda.

"How is his little feet?" Wanda enthuses warmly.

"We have a baby. He likes chicken and tigers. And the word whale, but not an actual Song whale-song. Learned this the hard way," he taps the side of his nose. "We love him so very much. We wish to retrieve the Erik in that place and make a home for him at Reyda."

"That's..." Ailo counts off his fingers.

"So many. We know."

Wanda buries her head in her hands with a laugh.

“Three Eriks, I know. Magnus won’t stay forever unless he chooses to, and we all doubt that he will. So, we’ll be back down to two,” Charles says quickly, parking his chair between Ailo in the armchair and the Lehnsherr-covered sofa. “I could not live with myself if I left him there,” Charles says simply. “I’m not sure if we’ll ever be able to restore his abilities or sanity, and I don’t care. He deserves a kinder life than that.”

“He somehow looked after David for a year on his own,” Pietro points out. “Don’t know how. He can scarcely even walk or feed himself.”

“Because he’s Erik,” Charles says, proud. “Eriks are strong. Universally. I’d like to go retrieve him now.”

"Let's go get him," Erik grins at them all.


With a flourish, Charles and Erik wink out. The table fills with a variety of home made baked goods, all made from David's favorite ingredients. They'll be getting used to that for a while, better start now. They land in the asylum, where a nurse is frustrated because Erik won't take his medication. He can't swallow around the tears that won't stop falling. Erik ducks them inside after, at what seems like an appropriate interval in the changing shifts. They work with Erik's moods as best they can.

"My little one went home," he blurps in a wavering staccato. "Home today. Miss him. Miss my son. Miss my Charles and the vivid blues. Most of all it's you and you, where do we go from here on? Neshama, don't be scared. Don't be scared, he'll keep you warm. A thousand blinking eyes of joy."

Charles wonders if he’s felt drawn to this Erik in particular because he’s a window into the world Charles feared. A world where his own husband lost himself to grief, fell through all the holes left by the people who battered and butchered him. Without support, this is who Erik could become. Charles would become the depressed and suicidal Charlie, while Erik would become…this. Alone, addled, afraid. His poor, poor dear.

“Come here, sweetheart,” Charles rumbles softly once they’re alone in the room with the other Erik. His head is intractable, untraceable. Impossible to navigate. Charles takes his hands and helps him sit back on his lap; this Erik can scarcely stand for his lack of coordination. “Would you like to come home, too?” he asks the man, beginning to rock him on his lap. “We can take you home. Someplace nicer. Your little one can visit. I’ll come visit, too. We’ll sit in the sun and I’ll read to you. Hmm? Would you like that, darling? If you say yes, we’ll make it happen.”

"The sun?" Aba gasps, tears streaking down his muddled cheeks already. "Please, please. Will he grow so tall? Like a swaying reed. I saw him once, all grown. So, so tall. I love him so," Aba gasps, desperate. Desperate for them to know. How much. His babies, they took his babies from him. They took from him and took and rended and teared. Tore him apart until he was nothing more, the joy of nothing. Someday David will sit in the rolling fields of sound and taste and senses. "Ha, haghh---please, stop--no, no. No, I won't let--won't. Too many houses bearing down by the seashores. Too many seas and shores. We made boats for you all. David, don't get stuck."

"We've got you now," Erik murmurs roughly to this facsimile of himself. Unrecognizable and yet. Erik knows. He sees himself in this poor soul. Haunted eyes tracking something that isn't happening. "It will get better," Erik promises to him roughly. Better than this place. They will make it better. And they do -- already in the first five minutes with the choice of different fresh clothes to wear Aba gasps and dotes and lingers. Is this a dream, too? He dreams sometimes. The Charles of his dreams both set to work.

"It's both their turn. See us in the morning lights? It will be very nice. You like your tea out there," Aba whispers. But he can't follow sometimes, because they take him from himself. Aba tells them stories of themselves as they wander, seemingly at random.

They set Aba up in a sunny room at Reyda, one reserved for a long-term resident. There’s a cozy bed in one corner, a table, a sofa. Charles asks Erik to make it cozy and nice for him, and he does. Aba sits on his lap, babbling incoherently about this and that, and Charles just holds him close and listens. David may wake soon, but Charles doesn’t wish to leave Aba until he falls asleep. “I love you,” Charles whispers softly, as Aba finally begins to settle a bit.

“Erik. I love you so. I’m glad you’re here. Listen to your nurses, they’re here to help. I’ll be back to see you tomorrow.” Charles knows that there’s little chance that Aba will clock any of that, but he says it anyway, and kisses him square on the forehead. They tuck him in to bed, and Charles kisses him one more time before the nurse gently shoos them out.


“Poor thing,” Charles whispers to his husband once they’re alone, ready to head back home. “You would want this over an asylum…right? We’re doing the right thing for him, aren’t we?”

"Oh," Erik whispers softly. "Always, my love. You needn't even ask. If there ever is a choice to be made about my care, my choice is going to be what is most easy and emotionally steady for you. But disregarding that, and going solely on my personal preferences as if I had never met you, I can only imagine I would prefer this environment. Mutants everywhere. Forests. Limited medication. Animals. Yes, indeed so.

“I only ever want you to be as happy and content as is possible,” Charles whispers back. “That’s all that matters to me. But, I’m glad you agree that this place is better for him. I trust the nurses and doctors at Reyda. Maybe he’s too lost to ever be truly happy, but I’m hoping he’ll at least be content, one day. David can visit, and so can I. I’ll make sure we both do, often.”

"Me and Ailo tried to design Reyda with as much of long-term impact as possible," Erik reveals with a gentle laugh. "With the knowledge that one day our patients would just be maintaining homeostasis, and what we wanted that to look like. Very gentle, stress-free, low-impact. When I'm at my very, very worst, and it's too hard to even get a glass of milk, what do I need? Someone to help me pour. A nice bonsai plant." Erik tickles under Charles's chin. "All the little things you do. I thought, what if that was the hospital?" 

Charles smiles softly. Yes, Reyda is a special place. It functions less like a hospital or an asylum and more like an assisted living facility, where the staff are trained to simply help patients live their lives. There are certainly therapeutic centers and a focus on healing for those who need to heal, but there are those who live in the facility, like Aba perhaps, who simply need to find a way to exist peacefully. When he can't feed himself, someone will help him eat.

When he can't remember where he is, someone will sit with him and keep him company as he navigates a new world. Unconditional support. "His Charles died by Trask," Charles notes quietly as they meander down the path toward the townhouse. "Most people he knew and loved died in the war, too. His kids; Pietro and Wanda didn't survive an extended length of time without their mutations. Nor did Raven."

Erik tears up a little as Charles expounds on the horrid details, unable to help himself. "Oh, my loves," he rasps. "The little ones, too? My babies? Pietro and Wanda," he sniffles softly. "Ah, forgive me," he shakes his head. "I know. I ought to be accustomed to this by now, hm? But even after a million years, it won't get easier to hear how we suffer so, I do not think."

"It won't," Charles agrees, and it speaks volumes that Erik doesn't get lost in the thought, or immediately transport, physically or psychologically, to a place in which the worst is all true. Erik is grounded, at least right now. Can recognize the distinction between their worlds while feeling the empathy. He doesn't become swallowed by it. "A reminder to hold our loved ones close, always," he supplies gently, and squeezes Erik's hand. "For look how lucky we are."

"Every day I am so amazed at our life," Erik laughs softly. "And now David! I did not think such a thing could happen. He looks just like you. Magnificent. Beautiful. We are so privileged," he marvels. "And we take care of our loved ones, hm? Keep them safe and happy." He meanders a bit here and there, but overall Erik is solid.

This is his home. These are his loves. Now and forever. "I didn't either. I never thought that I'd get to be a father," he smiles, leaning his head on Erik's shoulder as he floats his chair higher to reach. "He does look like me, doesn't he? Goodness. I love him more than the entire world already. I did the moment I laid eyes on him. I've heard parents say such things, have even felt that instantaneous love secondhand, but I never really understood it until I felt it myself."

"A pure delight," Erik grins back hard. He truly never thought he would see the day, but here it is. They have come so long, and so far. It fills Erik with bursting pride from head down to toe-tips. "He looks like you, but he seems to be a bit of me, hm?" Erik finally says it out loud. "Not the same. But similar. Or is that just anthropomorphizing?"

"He's most certainly quite a bit like you," Charles agrees with a chuckle. "Goodness. It's as if he's our biological child. His abilities are similar to yours, I think, though he's evidently a telepath, too. They're rather developed for so young a child. Astonishingly. I will be unsurprised if he outstrips us all." Though, David is like Erik in other ways, too. Erik's way of percieving the world is so intricately tied with his mutation, as is his mental illness.

Charles suspects that the neurological and psychological differences within David are similarly linked to his own mutation. Then again, David may just have Autism, too. The cause is unimportant, anyway. "He's so lucky to have you as his father. His other aba," Charles remarks. "You understood what sort of comfort he needed when he began to melt down. I wouldn't have been able to gather that on my own. I can understand what he's thinking, and what he's trying to communicate, but I don't yet know how to respond to that in a way he needs. How to know what he needs when he doesn't know himself."

"I think he must have developed his abilities this way so that he could communicate," Erik says proudly. "I'm so glad I could assist him. Knowing your child needs help, and having the solution? Wow. Incredible. For so long I didn't even know what I needed, just like you said. And I frustrated my parents," he admits softly. "My father in particular."

"You were born in a different era," Charles replies, rubbing Erik's upper back. "How fortunate we are to have a better understanding of children like David, now. And I'm glad that you at least had speech. I can't imagine how difficult it would have been for you had you been without it, like David is." Charles shudders a little as he considers how life would have been for Erik had he been born with the very same condition.

"Some of the literature that I've already read tell of studies in which parents and teachers attempt to teach their non-verbal children how to speak. I will advocate against that. Remember when you lost your ability to see and I tried to help by implanting visual stimulus in your head? I believe that it would yield similar results for him. Frustration on his part and ours. We'll be much better off creating our own way to communicate. Meeting him where he is."

"I read some of it," Erik grimaces. "I had to stop. It was making me too angry. Most if it seems so positively idiotic, Charles. Is it just me? The way they talk about it like they're aliens who have descended on Earth. And some of what they actually advocate. Like holding them down. Or forcing them to stop moving. Or make them have eye contact. Why? What is the purpose? Why can't you just exist with someone being different? Yes, some of it is disabling. So? Be disabled. It's idiotic," he complains. "He communicates fine. He was upset and showed us. When he was happy he showed us. Am I crazy???"

"The point of it is to make everyone else comfortable," Charles grimaces. "It's impossible for others to consider that it is okay to be disabled. Do you know how often I get unsolicited letters in the mail from even well-meaning people about some treatment or surgery for spinal cord injuries they've heard about? Just last week I got a brochure in the mail from a specialist who knows of me. His clinic promises that I'll be walking by this time next year. The risks? Death, worsened paralysis, sepsis, further nerve damage, pain....and a near-zero likelihood that the treatment will do a thing for me, twenty years out from my injury." Charles rolls his eyes. "They can't fathom that I've found contentment, even though I can't walk."

They're ranting, but Charles is grateful to be on the same page, as always. "We will subject our son to no such thing. He is who he is, and he is so very wonderful for it."

"I don't want him to suffer," Erik says softly. "I just think he can live a good life, without pain, as he is. And the pain he will undoubtedly face is going to come from people who push against that. We must insulate him from them. From the Tegans and Falwells that seek to harm him. I'm so very glad you are with me," he says again, humbled. He has just seen how he turns out with no Charles. Deranged and devastated.

"He won't suffer. Goodness, he'll never suffer," Charles agrees, firm and animated. "We can protect him from that. You, being you. Me, being me. We're certainly capable of avoiding suffering, for our son." Charles smiles, bringing Erik's knuckles to his lips. "It's universally destined, isn't it? Something we've both learned, on this journey together. Speaking of which...." They've arrived at their home. It's dark, nearing midnight, and it has been a long day. But, they have important business to attend to still, waiting for them inside. "We must discuss your treatment with Ailo. See if we can continue at home. It would be better for David if we were both home."

"I agree," Erik smiles. They always are on the same wavelength. It makes him very happy. "And according to Ailo it won't be this way every time. I microdose the remaining bits, so I will just journal what I think of. So it won't be scary for David to see." Which of course brings them to another matter. "How will we handle... all this?" he asks softly. "He'll have questions. About me, my family. It's public information. Schmidt and all that. I do not want to lie to him," he takes that off the table up front, but he knows Charles wouldn't expect it anyway. "But I am scared. This type of thing is harmful just to hear. I don't want to make him sad, we have to protect him. What if he has nightmares? What if he thinks Schmidt is going to hurt me? What if he tries to go after Hellfire? Oh, G-d, Charles..."

"Erik, my love." Charles extends a wave of calm outward and wraps Erik in it, accustomed to this, at this point. The beginning of a spiral; Charles knows that he can stop it like this, if he focuses and grabs on to the root of Erik's current fear. "He's a little boy, and he'll be a little boy for many more years. I doubt very much that he'll ask or even think to ask for a long, long time. If or when he does, we can tell him." Charles rubs between Erik's shoulders as they pause at the threshold of their home, soothing and warm. "Schmidt is gone. Hellfire is gone. They can't hurt him. You're right, we shouldn't lie to him, and we don't have to. We don't have to tell him the gory details, but we can tell them how they imprisoned you, and how you escaped."

He leans over, and kisses Erik's temple. "All families have history. You can also tell him about his grandmother and grandfather, about his aunt. You can teach him about your culture—his culture. If he wants to join the faith, he can have a Bar Mitzvah. If he doesn't, we'll all enjoy lovely the high holidays anyway, as a family. As we do now. Yes, my love, there's a lot of pain in our history as a family, but there is so much love and happiness, too. We don't have to wait until he's older to teach him about that, hmm?"

Erik absorbs all of this solemnly, and can't help but escape a huff of laughter. "Oh, I know it must be quite absurd," he shakes his head fondly. "You put up with such silliness. I love you so very much. From all the tips of my little toes, in fact. That's how I know it will be OK. All my worries, that's how I know. You are with me."

"I love your silliness," Charles fawns, floating his chair up again so that he and Erik are precisely eye-level. He smiles, always warmed to see his husband present in his body. Keen green eyes, not vacant. That's what he's missed most, this past year. The spark behind those eyes. He reaches forward and pushes a stray lock of curls from his face so that he can see it in full. That handsome, handsome face. "We're two parts of a whole. Bereft without the other. Without you, I would be equally imperiled. You help me just as I help you."

"I could only hope to be half as supportive," Erik says softly, sincerely. "You are a true one of a kind. Never before seen and never since. But that is how I know you will be OK. Since even half of you is a magnificent boon." Erik sticks his fingers in his ears and wiggles them playfully.

“You built me a cabin and stayed there with me for a year,” Charles reminds Erik, grinning as he grabs his wiggling fingers and pulls them toward him. “You made me an element. You made this entire island accessible for me. You’re everything, Erik. Far too humble. Distressingly handsome, too.”

Erik smooches him right on the nose. "Got you," he beams. It's good to be home. Oh, how he's missed his loves. Who kissed under Charles's eyes and read him a story? Who counted his freckles? What if he got more??? Who made sure he ate his zucchini? Erik vows to make up for it.

“Let’s go, hmm? I’m looking forward to sleeping in our own bed.” Charles tugs Erik’s hands and ushers him into their townhouse, cozy and warm even after their absence. Ailo and the twins are still around; Pietro is playing one of his handheld games. David is asleep upstairs, safe and sound. Dreaming contentedly.


“So, we’re going to move back home,” Charles announces to the group as he settles into the circle once more. “I’m positive that we can continue treatment here safely. David’s arrival has changed things for us, as you may imagine.”

"How are you feeling about that?" Wanda asks gently of Erik.

"Good. Confident," he promises. "I know it must seem sudden. We have been through an immense ordeal, undetectable though it was."

Ailo tilts his head. "I know a little," he nods at last. "I was there for a bit. David is beautiful, really. He even has a little red in his hair. It's like the universe knew you'd be aba. I'm so very proud of you both," he sniffs warmly, paternal in his own right. "You've come so far and so long. Truly, you're to be commended."

Charles smiles softly, admiringly. He cannot be believe that they’re finally on the other side of this. He wasn’t sure that this day would come, truly…these past eighteen months have been among the most difficult of Charles’s life. To have it end so suddenly is a bit like whiplash, but also…it feels right. “We wouldn’t mind help,” Charles admits shyly. “If Erik is having a moment and can’t help me for a time, I may not always be able to get to David.” “Wanda and I already moved our stuff in,” Pietro says without looking up from his game. “Someone’s gotta teach our little brother to be cool.”

Erik reaches out and tugs him into an appreciative hug. "I know it's been so hard on you two. I love you so very much, and, I am unsure how to say this or if it is a concern -- so much of what is to come I missed with you two. The things that you really missed and wanted, will you tell me about them? What was hard? You do not have to," he adds softly. "Just if you would like."

It makes Wanda smile. "The biggest one for me was knowing that if I failed that would be it. The end. I don't get a do-over. I don't get to make mistakes. And that caused its own problems (that cannot be eased). We are perfectionistic, hyper-efficient. Good in degrees, self-destructive in extremes. Try and leave some room for experimentation. Don't wall yourself in obsessing about the one right answer."

“I didn’t miss anything,” Pietro grumbles, but Erik knows that it is far from the case, because the boy snaps his game closed, and in a blink, he’s playing on a new device. A habit of his, when he’s uncomfortable. “And I’m tired of mucking around in the future and the past. Would like to take a minute sometimes and just live.

Charles understands. The past several years, since Ariel’s arrival, really, have seen them all preoccupied with timelines and universes and traversing the Expanse. It’s exhilarating…and also exhausting. They’ve seen the best and the worst of what exists, and after all this time, Charles has found that he’s happiest here. At home. With his husband, and their kids. “Maybe we can all take a break,” Charles agrees. “Enjoy our world, for a little while.”

"Agreed," Erik murmurs softly, lingering over Pietro without pushing it, abiding his comfort level (or lack thereof). He knows that a great deal of the strife this family faces is because of him. That they choose to stay is made that much more precious. He's starting to understand. "Teach me to make sarmale, yes?"

Ailo smiles. "I'll keep working with you as closely as you need to transition back home, and all of you please feel free to rely on me as you need. Day or night, I'm a thought away," he taps his temple. "It's been a rollercoaster these past several years. Let's make sure we don't throw up all over these lovely floors."

“Hm. I’ve gotta learn to make it first,” Pietro admits, “Cooking takes too long. Better to have Wanda just go and grab it.”

Charles rolls his eyes fondly as he wheels to Ailo’s side. Ailo has been rock solid this whole time, tending not only to Erik’s needs, but Charles’s, too. And Magnus’s. And the rest of his patients. They wouldn’t be here without him, Charles has no doubts there. You really think he’s ready? Charles asks the man privately. I hope he is. I know he wants to be, and I do, too. But I know he’s nervous. David makes the stakes higher.

"But then there will not be love in it!" Erik laughs, annnnnd they're side-tracked. A common theme with Pietro and Erik. Erik isn't as fast as him and Vision, but he is fast and he enjoys winding tangents, possessing a naturally accepting personality.

"I'll make certain to grab some love on the way," Wanda replies drolly.

"See what I put up with? The pure, unmitigated gall--"

Ailo chuckles at the conversation, giving Charles a wink. He does, and I do. And he is. Even hours ago I wouldn't have said it. But you can feel it too, can't you? The shifting. I'll admit, I'm genuinely excited to see what comes. It's already deeply promising.

I see the difference, too. I’m glad it’s not just me, or else I think I’d chalk it up to bias, Charles as he smiles at the friendly bickering. It feels different than a moment of coherence. Much different. And I— He hesitates, glancing sidelong at Ailo. I realized today that I’ve changed immensely, too. My abilities have. I simply know things that I wouldn’t have known before. And I feel like this.

You're different, too, Ailo nods after a moment. Like before you were only made up of pieces, and now it's the Whole Thing. Just, all of it. I can't even understand what I'm looking at, except that it's very wonderful.

I feel…calm about it, Charles tells him. When my abilities expanded after my injury, it broke me. I couldn’t handle it. Even while we were working through everything together last year, I couldn’t handle it. Suddenly, I absolutely can handle it.

Give yourself some credit, Ailo says with a smile. You did handle it. You endured. Sometimes that's all we can do, even if it takes a long time. I'm very glad it's started to get easier on you, though. You both deserve rest, now.

As do you, Charles huffs, raising a brow. You’ve worked harder than us both, haven’t you? And you’ve looked after Magnus. And everyone else at Reyda. You deserve a vacation more than any of us, Ailo. A week on the beach, away from us all, eh?

Oh, I spend plenty of time at the beach, Ailo grins. Dom has a house by Taivor. It's nice, and when the tide goes in, the jellyfish show up. Can't swim, but they're very pretty. You should take David, sometime. We'd love to have you.

Charles is so happy that Ailo has found a partner in life, too. The two are perhaps less…affectionate publicly than are Charles and Erik (but, face it, who isn’t?), and they suit each other well. We’re still learning what he likes and what he doesn’t, of course, Charles says. But, he’s three, so I suppose that he’s learning, too. Actually, I have much to ask you about David…

Charles clears his throat to speak out loud. No conversations about parenting their son need to happen in private. “Erik, my love, I want to ask Ailo about what you and I were discussing earlier, about David. I am in no position to give a formal diagnosis, by any means, but I think that it is fairly obvious that he has some cognitive differences to a typical child his age that seem to suggest Autism.”

"I was wondering about that," Ailo nods. "I didn't want to bring it up first, but yes, I think he'll benefit from an assessment. We have clinical tools you can learn to use, that are designed for telepaths, to help facilitate communication. As you know, part of how we construct thoughts is verbal. So he will have some difficulties with conveying nuance, and you can learn how to access the conceptual and procedural parts of memory to bypass that. There's also support groups and things for parents and kids, and when he starts school we can look at a specialized institution or mainstream him, with an aide. Whatever you prefer. You're lucky you're Genoshan," he laughs a bit. "North America is very behind on this even though we share as much as we can. There are networks of educators which I'm sure you're familiar with, to share with one another. So you'll pick up tricks."

"If I may be bold and suggest that he attends my school, I will," Charles says pointedly. "I know that I haven't been much of a teacher in these past few years, goodness, but I still like to kid myself into thinking that this hiatus is temporary." And he does; Charles has seen all of this as an interlude more than anything. In all of his goals for the future, he sees himself at the manor, resuming his role as headmaster. He's not quite ready to give that up just yet. "I'd like to get him an assessment, certainly, and Erik and I will certainly be eager to learn any tips and tools to help him communicate better. Or, rather, to help us, I should say. We're ready to adapt to his needs. We've been successful this far thanks to telepathy, but he'll also need to be understood by people without telepathy, too. If he needs to rely on his mutation for that, so be it."

"Oh, yes, that was my assumption," Ailo assures with a pat to Charles's shoulder. "He will likely need an aide, but that shouldn't be difficult at all. We have a fantastic staff with lots of different personalities that we will match with your family and David, you can trial different people as well. That'll just help him integrate, and streamline any accommodations he may need. He's intellectually just fine, it'll more be for peripheral stuff like taking notes, writing, lectures, auditory processing, and the like. He'll still be able to hang out with friends on his own, he'll probably use his abilities more than a typical student but that's no big deal."

Erik nods along, listening to their conversation. "I don't want him to do any of this social thing, where they force him to do things he doesn't like, or make him be still. I won't allow it. We will homeschool him if that's the case."

"Social... oh, yes. We don't use applied behavioral analysis on Genosha. We have literature about it, but we don't use it. Aversives are harmful, and there's nothing wrong with him. We look at it as everyone has special needs, so to speak. You do, I do. Every person has preferences and temperament. We will work with David and with you. It's not adversarial at all. And, the safer he feels, the more progress he will make achieving his goals."

"My school welcomes the free use of mutation, so I see no problem there," Charles agrees. "And we can accommodate an aide, certainly. That's years off yet, we'll see what he needs when he's of age." Charles turns his chair toward Erik and grips his hand, glad to hear that Ailo doesn't advocate or even permit the types of therapy that they've been worried about. "I think that he and Erik are quite similar, in the way that they process input. Erik has more self-regulation and of course an exquisite vocabulary, but it will be helpful to have someone who understands what may be frustrating to him, or how he would respond best when we're communicating."

Erik grins. "Most of my life I thought I was broken and bad. But it turns out I can help my son?" His head bobs side to side, pleased. "And he isn't bad. So I'm not either." He taps his nose.

"No, you are not," Ailo agrees firmly. "And it's a good observation. They're related on a genetic level, autism spectrum and schizo-spectrum, so the overlaps are quite similar."

"I have a hard time with human voices," Erik admits with a grimace. "Laughing, banging, eating. And emotions. People being mad or happy. It feels physically painful. And my attention is poor. I need subtitles and sound on the television to understand it. I can't listen to the radio and things. Just little stuff."

"Some of that might be your mutation as well, and David will have similar concerns. Your senses are so heightened, from birth," Ailo posits thoughtfully.

"And I really love strange food. I can't eat the same things. So we are also different," he explains. "What I might like he won't like. And I have psychosis. For me it is like I hear my name being called or boots. Or I hear a siren and think it's a scream. Stimulus gets altered."

"It's remarkable, how differently each person processes auditory stimulus," Charles notes, kissing Erik's knuckles. In the past, he never would have dared speak these things out loud. It speaks to how far he's come. "Every person has their unique way, but most people can agree, at large. Most will agree that a siren sound is indeed a siren, so we call it a siren. Fascinating how our brains can ingest the same stimulus and interpret it in such a wildly different way."

"We accept that everyone processes things differently when it comes to taste," Pietro points out. "Babbetto's Yiddish food tastes like wet paper and his Greek food tastes like heaven, but he thinks both are good. Does the Yiddish food not taste like wet paper to Babbetto? Or does Babbetto simply enjoy the flavor of wet paper?"

Charles laughs, but Pietro makes a good point. "Very true. Shows how we place different value on each of our senses."

"Technically, paper is edible," Erik jokes.

Wanda is listening intently, fascinated by all of this. "And it isn't just your senses, because otherwise we would share your divergence," she adds, warm and amused. "Though I suppose you could argue we are, in our own ways. It speaks to what Dr. Kirala mentioned, how we are all distinct. Genosha really is a special place."

"We have you and Pietro to thank for that, Wanda," Ailo reminds her. "After all, everything we have learned comes from the resources you've provided us."

"I did not see any reason why we could not use future knowledge to improve our children's lives now. Why wait and make them suffer more?"

"My children," Erik beams, proud and pleased.

"I am so beyond grateful that we live in a time and place that not only accepts all of our differences to this degree, but embraces them," Charles says earnestly. "Look at us. We've a range of mutations, disabilities, lifestyles, backgrounds...this is truly the only place on the planet that can recognize the strength that such differences bring. And we've visited a lot of worlds that don't have Genosha at all...we're so very lucky."

As if on cue, the walls of the townhouse begin to shake a little, and each of the telepaths can feel the little boy upstairs begin to wake. He's in an unfamiliar place...and scared. Seconds later, the adults can hear him begin to cry, wailing loud and hard. "Poor thing is still quite confused, if you'll excuse us—" He's already halfway up the stairs at this point.

 

Notes:

i. (quietdown) (("what if I thought I was a mop and then I couldn't go back to being human because I'm a mop?")
ii. (librata) ((Erik is 893028493248390284% the kind of husband who wakes charles up in the middle of the night and is like "i'm not going to ask you if you would love me if i turned into a lizard; i know that having a lizard husband would be hard for you so i would let you move on. okay goodnight"))

Chapter 84: & wouldn't through some lingering love, set me below & you above.

Chapter Text

Erik smiles apologetically and in a blink both he and Charles vanish and reappear in David's room. Erik sits beside him and holds out a hand, letting him approach at his own pace. "It's a little scary isn't it? A brand new universe and a new room and new people. I'm sure it's overwhelming. But see, we are here to help," his brows raise, affectionate. "We were just talking about you and all the things we are planning to help make it easier for you." He holds up a hand and a little baby bat appears to grasp onto his finger. "And a new friend! He's safe," Erik assures with a laugh. "He's a little flying fox. See, he looks a bit like a dog," he just chatters inanely.

David buries his face in his blankets upon arrival of the pair. He doesn't understand why his Aba isn't here, and why he's here with them instead. This room is better than the one he and Aba shared before; it's got toys and nice lights and the bed is soft, but...it's different. The men are kind and don't scare him, like some of the other people who used to talk to Aba. But there's so much new stuff, and he wishes Aba were here, too. Even if it's cool that other-Aba has all these animal friends.

He thinks really hard about Aba when the other-Aba starts talking to him; he sounds and looks a lot like him, but his brain feels different. More like a trampoline than a puddle. The one without hair seems to get it when he thinks in pictures like this. The picture in his head changes a little—it's the bald one again. He can change the pictures. In it, other-Aba and the bald one are on both sides of his Aba, their arms around him. Bald One kisses Aba's head. So, they're nice to Aba. He understands that. They like Aba.

But, where is he? David asks them as much by making Aba light up in the picture, and then adding a version of himself to it. He hugs Aba's legs. Bald One says something out loud to other-Aba, and his voice sounds low and quiet. Like some of the nice people who came in and tried to give Aba medicine. Some of them were nice. Most were mean and scary. The picture changes again, and this time, Aba is in a bed in a nice room, asleep. It's a better room than his old one. The sun is up outside the window, and suddenly, through the door, it's him and other-Aba and Bald One, and they're all there with Aba in the room.

Oh...okay. They can see Aba in the room, but when the sun is up. It's dark outside right now. He understands that; they're supposed to be inside when it's dark. David finally looks up from his blankets, eyes following the flying thing. He's still scared, still misses Aba, but if they have to wait until it's sunny.... Sniffling, he scoots over toward other-Aba, mostly because the Bald One is in his shiny chair and other-Aba is closer, and grabs for a lock of hair.

It looks kind of like Aba's, but longer and shinier, and when he touches it to his cheek, the tickly sensation feels good. He gives them both a picture now: They're in Aba's new room, and David shows him all of their new friends: his tiger, tiger-llama, and the baby bat that's flying around the room. Aba is happy, even though he can't see all the friends. Other-Aba and Bald One are there, too, and they're also happy.

Erik knows that David doesn't prefer to talk, but he taps Charles on the arm to ask a question - does he mind if I talk? I didn't really understand this, but I think talking helps me. I'm the opposite of him, everything is verbal, ha. But I won't if it is grating, and I will not be offended if it is, he smiles. He knows first-hand that it isn't personal. He lets David grab his hair and he takes a few strands in his good hand, using his mutation to show him how to braid it. Over, cross, under and pull. He can braid long strands and tie them together, or pin braids to his head, too. Maybe one day David will have long hair and Erik can braid it for him. Or maybe he'll prefer short.

It doesn't seem like he minds. In fact, I think that he can recognize when tones are gentle and when they're harsh. Charles smiles as David begins to play with Erik's hair. Something both he and David enjoy, evidently. Even if he never speaks himself, maybe he'll begin to recognize and understand verbal language one day. I have to imagine that he didn't really get all the support he needed on that front when he was with his Aba, poor thing. We can work with him.

David watches idly as the hair braids itself. It looks complicated, but the pattern is nice, and he's a little fascinated when all that hair winds itself into a pretty rope of hair. He grapples for a plushie, plucking a horse from the shelf beside his bed, and then shoves it toward other-Aba. "Yes, you're right," Charles beams, reaching out to brush his own hand along the long horse tail made of thin strands of yarn. "We can braid the tail, too. Shall we try?" he asks as he presents a visual of Erik, with David in his lap, braiding the horse's tail. David's cries are little more than sniffles now as he crawls onto Erik's lap, just like the version of himself in the vision, and waits for other-Aba to start.

He feels safe with you, Charles fawns.

Erik ducks his head, still very unaccustomed to praise even after all this time with his family, and with his own parents. The negatives wormed their way in, replacing all the positives, but now he's finding more and more things he thought lost as his life opens into rolling hills and prairies. With great care he plucks up the toy handed to him by David, unable to help a smile, and repeats the process all over again.

He picks up one of his own and deconstructs the whole thing, separating it down to its atoms and spacing them out so David can see how they're formed. He should learn this young if he has similar powers to Erik, he once told Charles that he had to learn physics and chemistry so he wouldn't make mistakes that broke the world and the same will be true of this child as well. Water and oxygen make hydrogen. A hydrogen atom has two, which is the basis of binary. Binary components are bits. Atoms have protons, electrons... he hums. Well, they'll get there.

David's eyes widen when the plushie suddenly melts away to reveal what lies beneath it. Yes...yes, these are the tiny little moving parts that he can feel, that sing to him and dance across his skin. Other-Aba is showing him what he can't always see but wants to feel, grab, rub against his face. What he can touch and move and make swirly and patterned, like tigers... He reaches out to touch one of the little parts, and then squawks in delight. The scene above their heads shift again; in it, the Bald One is there on the bed next to them. Why is he so far away? Charles hums. It's hard to convey what paralysis means to a three-year-old in imagery alone. "I don't really know how to explain my condition to him," he admits to Erik.

Erik holds out his hands and two more horses levitate over. The first one starts galloping along, and then falls over! Ahhh, it's injured. The second one can run along normally, but the first needs help now. Erik makes a little chair for it, and once it is resting on top of the seat, it shoots forward to catch up with the second. That's what Charles has, just like David has his own struggles sometimes and needs help. With time he'll be able to help himself using these tools, and Charles has independence because of his chair, too. Just like Erik, he taps his temple. Just like Aba needs medicine every day.

Charles laughs a bit as David glances furtively between the tiny chair and Charles’s own. It’s fascinating to feel the cogs turn in his little head, new understanding blossoming like wildflowers after a summer rain. Erik is brilliant, of course, for creating terms that David can understand, and David is brilliant for his careful consideration of the narrative before him. His brilliant boys. He couldn’t be more proud. And David does get it now, for the scene above them changes:

The three of them are in a jungle. David and Erik walk, hand-in-hand, but Charles rides atop a tiger, straddling the beast as if it were a horse. Both Charles and the Charles in the vision beam. “Very good, David. Yes. You understand.” To drive his pride and affirmation home, Charles spins a new illusion for them. The room melts away, and suddenly, they’re surrounded by tigers. Some have bandaged legs, some use wheelchairs. All are happy, friendly, and smile toward David, who shrieks in delight at their arrival. “Clever boy, isn’t he?”

Erik laughs gently, like a foggy mist sprinkling overhead and landing in warmth and sparkling contentment. "I did not know it was possible to be so happy," Erik whispers. "Our wedding day. Pietro and Wanda. And now David. Oh. My family," Erik gasps, overcome in the tsunami. "So beautiful." He reaches out a hand to carefully stroke one of the tiger cubs pawing at his shoes, picking it up and depositing it on the bed for David to see. "A new buddy. I was thinking we will find you a real tiger to see. We rehabilitate animals here, mayn kleyn jamping bebl. Would you like that? Oh, yes! I think we would like that."

David stares at the cub, fascination sparkling in his bright blue eyes. He doesn’t like eye contact—Charles has noticed that pretty immediately—but he certainly can focus on what interests him. And that primary interest is, evidently, tigers. His tiny hand reaches out to touch at the fur, and when the softness hits, he chirps happily, scrambling off of Erik’s lap for a closer look. “We have the most beautiful family,” Charles agrees, voice scarcely above a whisper. “How lucky we are to have the opportunity to love our children for so long.“ David traces his fingers along the elaborate striping on the tiger cub’s coat, his mind overflowing with wonder and delight. The sadness and fear that had woken him up is evaporated for the moment; he’s content. And safe. Charles can sense that he feels safe. “Are you Aba while I’m Dad? Or might that be confusing, given…”

"Perhaps I will be tate, and you can be papa." Erik grins. "It follows along similar lines, we can just use different versions. That way he won't get us all mixed up," he agrees. David's fascination is itself thrilling to Erik - he has always adored being able to make others happy, that it's practically inconsequential to him means he dedicates a lot of his time as Prime Minister to people's requests. Can I have a Ferrari? What about the interior decoration in my office? Erik has streamlined the process and now people file paperwork. But it's not uncommon for him to interrupt dinner to fix a pot hole or put out a fire. This, though - being able to put that expression on his own child's tiny little features. Erik inhales deeply as if afraid his lungs will pop.

Tate and Papa. That works. I like Papa.” Charles feels a bit mollified at the mention; it’s feeling real, now. He’s been a father figure to many for years, and a stepfather to Pietro and Wanda. Those roles are ones he feels humbled to fill, as there’s something special about providing paternal support to people who need or desire it. But to be a Papa? He can scarcely breathe for the joy and he knows Erik feels the same. David lays flat on the bed so that he can observe the tiger cub from a new angle.

In turn, the tiny creature begins to snuffle in his hair, and David lets a peal of laughter ring through the air. It’s the most beautiful sound that Charles has ever heard, like bells on a clear morning. His heart feels close to bursting as his smile broadens impossibly wide, overjoyed to hear and see their precious son so happy. “Is he the most perfect creature to have ever lived?” Charles breathes, entirely serious.

"Just think. In a hundred years he will be with us still, living his own life, doing what makes him happy. I was nervous when I learned we don't degrade, but now? Look at our family. Three beautiful children. Our friends. I do not think it gets more perfect than this," he returns, effusive and overcome. "He's happy. That's us. We made him happy. Can you believe it?"

“Maybe he’ll be a tiger conservationist,” Charles fawns. He always thought other parents a bit ridiculous when they extrapolated on their toddler’s toddler behavior like this—how likely is it that David’s three-year-old interests are going to be constant throughout his life? But then, he isn’t thinking entirely logically right now either, the new parent euphoria is throwing everything he thought he knew off of a cliff. “ We made him happy,” he agrees with a grin.

“The very very least we could do, given how happy he’s made us. How Gabby in his world could have given him up… I don’t think she would do that here. We should take him to meet her. She’d be happy to see him, I think.” They still work with Gabby and Moira from time to time. Gabby and Moira both have cut ties with the CIA after their treatment of Charles, Erik, and mutants at large, so their official business with the women is more minimal these days. They’re also humans, and in their fifties as well, so they’re both nearing retirement and focused on creating a nice life for themselves. “She might find it amusing that she and I had a child together in an alternate universe…how strange.”

Erik nods wholeheartedly. "I was thinking much the same, and it might ease him a little to know that Gabrielle is logical in our universe." As opposed to positively horrid in David's own, he adds privately. He has grown to have more compassion for figures like Sharon over the years - he lost his own mother so early, and he knows well the follies of drink due to his father. But she lived a long time and still didn't put the effort into knowing her wonderful child.

He feels sorry for her, for all that she missed. But mostly it's sadness for his husband, his best friend, who spent so much time alone and convinced something was wrong with him. After his injury Sharon disavowed herself even more, showing her true colors in all their bigoted glory. It makes Erik seethe, but she's still his mother. So he doesn't denigrate her, not even internally. Charles had understood when he still viewed Schmidt like a father that it was counterproductive to rage against him and call him names. He squeezes David's shoulder. Such a beautiful child, and he has decided to allow them to help. To love. Erik couldn't be more grateful.

Having grown up with a mother who never particularly liked him, and then who positively disliked him as an adult, Charles is eager to give all parents a chance to change their attitudes when it comes to their children. A lot of children who arrive on the doorsteps of the school come from families who would rather have nothing to do with them due to their mutations, or at least to hide them away. Empathy is the first extension that Charles offers; when he is able to make contact with the parents, he always lets them know that he's aware of the unique challenges that come with having a mutant child, and then he encourages them to understand that those challenges are wholly societal and have nothing to do with their children at all.

If everyone, collectively, strove to infuse culture at large with greater acceptance of diversity, then parents of mutant children wouldn't face those challenges at all. Some change their tune. Most don't. Still, Charles tries. His own mother could never look beyond his mutation, and absolutely wanted nothing to do with him after his injury and public marriage to a man. It's enabled him to work harder to provide for the children who have faced similar fates.

"I hadn't thought much about what our elders told us all that time ago," Charles admits as he adjusts his chair to allow him to push his fingers through David's floppy brown hair. "But now, I am. I remember that it was powerful whenever people actually listened to me. You know? I think a lot of adults don't take the time to listen to young children beyond general politeness. Whenever an adult engaged with an idea I had, whether it was a made up story or something I was truly interested in...those were some of my happiest moments. I want our son to feel listened to."

"I know what you mean," Erik says with a gentle huff. "I did think about it. But I thought it was about Schmidt. Now I find myself thinking of my father. How sick he was, how afraid it made me. I don't want David to experience that. I want him to feel secure. That he can rely on us. See us taking care of each other. Uplifting one another. That we build on respect for one another. To model a loving connection. Some day he might have children of his own. Some of the literature indicates independence is variable but I see no reason why not. He will live a very long time. And he will think back to this. I want him to say, yes. My parents taught me how to do this. They did it for me." He reaches over and squeezes Charles's shoulder.

Charles rests his head back and smiles softly at his husband, empathetic and understanding. He's seen Iakov in Erik's memories, of course, and Ariel was closer with his father, so Charles knows of the man to a certain extent, but it's been more recent that he's been considering the nature of their relationship, and why it was challenging. His own mother struggled with alcoholism, but Charles didn't respect her...even as a child. Erik's father was different.

He loved his children, and was involved in their lives, and in that way, the illness was all the harder on him, wasn't it? It was easier for Charles to have an ill, entirely absent mother than it was for Erik to have an ill, present father. "David will grow up knowing that he is safe," Charles agrees. "He's not going to get different parents on different days. Even when you're having an episode, you're still very much you. Did you know that? I never felt as if you were anyone other than my dear husband, with that same smile and big heart."

Erik's nose wrinkles up affectionately. "You are going to be such a wonderful father. I thought I would be scared. When the reality dawned. I'd be scared of making mistakes. But not at all. Having you with me... I am just excited. Eager to get started," he murmurs.

“You already are a wonderful father,” Charles points out. “The twins don’t necessarily need to be patented, but they do need their Babbetto in their lives, don’t they? You’ve shown them what family means, and I know they appreciate you.” Charles gazes down at David, still giggling as he and the tiger cub nuzzle each other. “I’m excited for this, though, too. We get to see him learn and grow. What an incredible opportunity we have. No wonder our elders were so bloody happy.”

"Oh, yes," Erik says warmly of the twins. "But Wanda made a good point. With the twins we have a little room for maneuvering since they are adults who can soothe themselves. But if we make an error with David it could really hurt him. Oh, I suppose that must not be what Wanda meant," he laughs a bit. "She wanted us to conceive of room for mistakes. They really are very gracious. Decades alone and when they meet me it's Stryker and then Trask and the war and then Reyda and HIV. My goodness." He sniffs a bit, thumbing at his nose. "They've been through so much. I love them so much. Do they know?" he gazes at Charles, wide-eyed. "They called him brother. Ahh."

"I am sure that's what she meant," Charles says gently, reaching out to rub Erik's knee. "That we will make mistakes sometimes, and to accept that. She's smart. Wise beyond her years. And I think that she feels more comfortable making mistakes now.. She knows she has us and her wider family to support her if she isn't always perfect." He smiles, his love for the twins evident and blooming. "Of course they know, my love. They've temporarily moved in with us because they want to help. People who know what unconditional love feels like do that."

"She's just like her savta," Erik replies proudly. "And I am so pleased she feels some room now. That's all I want for them both. They have spent so long alone and self sufficient you know? They heard this little boy cry out into the universe when his Aba got taken. And they felt they could call us and that we would help."

"We really are so very lucky," Charles beams. "David has a big brother and a big sister, and they have a little brother. Lives enriched all around." From his place on the bed, David projects another image to both of his parents. In this one, the three of them are all together in David's bed, underneath the blankets. The tiger plushie and cub are nestled in with him, and he's snuggled between the two of them, fast asleep. Charles could melt. "Of course, bug," he whispers. "Goodness. Of course we'll all sleep together tonight, if you want."

Erik's eyes grow comically wide as the image enters his mind and he covers his cheeks with his hand. "He wants us to sleep with him? Hmmm. Do you want me to smoosh you, too," he asks very seriously. "And perhaps a snooching for tiger friends as well." Erik demonstrates by picking one up and hugging it to him tightly. It's official, he is the world's biggest sucker. Wrapped around his son's pinky finger.

David responds by wriggling under the blankets, tigers tucked under each arm, and burying his face against one of their soft bodies. Charles could cry; he cannot believe the boy trusts them enough to desire this closeness and comfort already. He looks at Erik with a watery smile, knowing that his husband feels just as smitten, just as lucky. “You heard the man, darling. It’s bedtime for all of us.”

David’s bed has suddenly grown wide enough to accommodate two adults, a child, a tiger cub, and a mountain of stuffed animals comfortably. The tiny brunette is wedged between his parents, face buried in fur. He likes the feeling of the softness against his cheek and forehead, Charles notes, even as he reaches a tiny hand out to grip at Erik’s hair. To Charles’s surprise, his other hand reaches out toward him to take a handful of t-shirt, too. As if he wants the reminder that Charles is right there. With his sensory needs satisfied, a wash of calm spreads across the little boy. This…this is the closest thing to bliss I’ll ever feel, Charles says to his husband. I’ve never been happier. Truly.


Of course Erik is delighted to remain close, having spent so many years in isolation has created a calming effect from proximity even when he gets overwhelmed by it at times. He suspects one day David will be similar and have to contend with competing needs, but like Charles has considered, Erik will have a natural understanding of how to respond to different circumstances as they emerge and he considers what has helped him in his episodes. He hums to himself and falls asleep to counting tigers with large spools of wool, like sheeps.

When breakfast rolls around he makes a chicken pie, with artistic swirls drawn into its crust over top. David will eventually be able to do the same thing, and like Erik, intention will become manifest on an instinctive level, thought into action. Mutant kids, as Charles knows from his tenure at the Institute, have their own distinct needs, that come with the territory of hyper-capability. In non-mutant gifted kids they need more stimulation, with mutants it's similar. Exposure, enrichment. Charles and Erik are primed for both given their degree of power.

Hmm. I suppose we should go visit Reyda, Erik says with a little poke to Charles's cheek. He knows David can't wait to see his Erik.

Their first night as a family is pure bliss, and Charles stays awake for hours longer than his husband and son, content to observe their dreams. The abilities that have grown within bin enable to see it all with much more dimension, a thousand planes of synapses wrought breathtaking detail. Even though David and Erik have evident similarities, at this level, they’re entirely unique. David’s brain is still developing, and so his structures are much more elastic, bending and twisting around all new input. His routing works differently than most; input nearly bypasses all auditory highways and doubles down visually and tactically. His dreams are stunning in their visual detail, and Charles is fascinated.

Erik, too, is a specimen to behold. Much of his brain has changed in the past year. So many of the structures that had propped him up toppled over, now replaced by entirely new pillars of a more robust foundation. Neurogenesis. Of course, Erik’s routing is like that of no one else, each piece of input a quantum vivisection. After all these years, Charles still likes to watch Erik dream, see his brain work unfettered. In the morning, the two are happy to fawn over their baby together. David is tired, and Charles all but melts when the boy expresses a wish to climb up on his lap as Erik cooks. They sit together at the table in contented silence, David resting his ear against Charles’s chest, and Charles pinching himself because he cannot believe that he gets to live this life.

He’ll be happy to see him, Charles agrees. I think he understands to some extent already that he’s better off here with us, but perhaps that’s due to his upbringing thus far. It hasn’t been stable. Oh, yeah. That’s another thing Charles can do. Memories are downloadable, now.

Erik is mid-pancake flip (bananas and chocolate chip, of course) when he turns and is entirely struck by the image before him. A brilliant smile appears on his face and he goes very still as he often does in moments like this, eyes flicking rhythmically as he presses these memories into his mind like little dried flowers into a book. Cataloging everything. So he doesn't miss a speck. Pietro and Wanda make their way downstairs right after and Erik darts forward to hug them both. "Good morning, sunshines!" he chirps brightly. "We have pancakes and custard sauce, some fresh licorice spice tea and Kona coffee for us," he grins at Pietro.

"It's bean-water," Wanda sticks her tongue out as she reaches for the tea. "Charles and I are on a higher wavelength than all of you. We understand the universe. And the answer is Tea."

"This is one of the few I am very fond of," Erik admits in a huff. "It sounds unpleasant, but licorice root and candied licorice have a completely disparate taste."

"Are we going to see Aba today?" she leans over and her eyes crease up at David. She widens them and arches her brows and in a flurry sparkle of red (her signature) a brightly colored fidget spinner emerges from the ether and deposits itself into her hand. "Want to try this?"

“Herb water is far superior to bean water,” Charles agrees, smiling as Wanda sits beside the two of them. David has brought his tiger plushie down with him and is busying himself by finding patterns in its fur, but he quickly reaches for the little toy once it’s presented to him. Charles knows what it is only because of his expanded abilities; he’s plucked its purpose from somewhere within Wanda’s head.

“We’ll go over right after breakfast I think. Maybe chat with some of his nurses and Ailo and determine the best way to keep he and David in regular contact without making things more difficult for either of them.” He has to pause to smile as David begins to turn the gadget in his tiny hand, his own satisfaction seeping into the room. “Aba lost everyone, in his world. Me, you two. David was all he had. Giving him over to us was no small matter. I want to ensure that he finds some semblance of peace now that he’s here.”

Wanda smiles down at the boy as he slowly turns over the new puzzle toy he's been gifted. As Charles expounds on the nature of Aba's reality, she winces. "I cannot even imagine," she whispers. "That must have been devastating. And poor David, he must have been terrified, feeling all alone. I can feel how much it hurts Aba to have to 'give him up.' It feels... searing plasma rifts. So much pain, but he did it anyway. He knows it was necessary. That's a good sign. He's still in there, somewhere." 

“I firmly believe that he is,” Charles agrees, absently stroking David’s soft hair. The boy is fascinated by the little toy from Wanda; it seems to satisfy his need for tactility and visual stimulation. Once again, Charles is grateful for his time traveling family and their ability to enrich the present with things from the future. “I will be forever grateful to you two and to him for bringing us together. He understood well enough that he couldn’t adequately care for David, and you two were attuned enough to his plight to identify it as well.”

“Well, I always did want a brother,” shrugs Pietro, sipping on the strong coffee. “And this one looks like Charles but acts like Babbetto, so he’s the closest thing to something biologically yours.”

"I was thinking something similar," Erik admits softly. "When I was in the Expanse, I saw Charlie and Ariel," he says, having not been able to adequately verbalize the entirety of his trip before now, still processing the vast quantity of information downloaded into his brain. "They were in the Expanse, too," he whispers. "Before they passed. Ariel showed him, all through history, how they've manifested through time. It's not genetic, they were all different races and genders. But they had something, embedded in consciousness, that links them together and allows them to find one another. Allows us," he says to Charles. "I wonder... perhaps David is that way as well. Perhaps there is something there which links him to me beyond biology, and the universe course-corrected to bring him to us."

"It would make sense," Charles says, smiling softly at his husband. "You're linked to me, and he's my biological son. Perhaps whatever it is that continues to bring us together extends beyond just you and I. Our larger web must be affected, too." He reaches over to rub Wanda's forearm. "Your children become mine, my children become yours. Just as Raven became your sister, your mother my mother...our beings are linked, and so our families are linked, too."

"Maybe it's not even about you two," Pietro chides. "Maybe you're just part of the web."

Charles chuckles. "Absolutely."

Erik grins. It's a good reminder, with abilities like theirs it's easy to fall into the trap of presuming everything that happens is somehow tied to their decisions. "Indeed, it's just as likely to be a product of entropy - coincidental chaos, while our brains search for meaning to link it all together," Erik taps the side of his nose knowingly.

"Whatever the cause or lack thereof, I feel so lucky to be brought together with you all," Charles says, dotting a kiss atop the crown of David's head. "There are no other atoms that I'd like to spend eternity with than those that make up all of you." David squirms a bit, and Charles loosens his hold so that the boy can slip from his lap and dart towarad the corner of the living room. He tucks himself in the space between the couch and a bookshelf and then continues to play with his toy from there. "We're still learning what he likes and doesn't," Charles murmurs, observing his son. "He seems to enjoy closeness with us, but I suppose we all reach our limits."

"And you were talking about how you love our atoms," Pietro points out. "I felt like running and hiding, too."

Erik laughs loudly at that, gently nudging the back of Pietro's head. "I suppose that's the nature of it all, hm? We push and pull, rotate and orient with regards to our temperament and preferences, and have to adjust to one another as we go so as to find a comfortable median. If it were up to me I would snoogle you all day long," he spreads his arms out jokingly. 

"Snoogle," Wanda huffs.

"Snoogle. Smooching and snuggling. You'd be horrified." He sticks out his own tongue. "But it's important to accommodate people's..." he waves a hand. "Boundaries, is perhaps the term. Everybody has a sense of personal space."

“He really would snoogle you two for hours on end each day if he could,” Charles agrees, still tuned in to David. He’s learning, eager to understand what sort of comfort the small wedge between the couch and the bookshelf provides. It appears that, to David, the large room and the several voices happening at once were too much stimuli. The small space seems to bring his world down a little bit. Lessens the onslaught. Now, if Charles doesn’t understand that. “What I’m gathering is that things which are mere background to us, like the ceiling and the windows, are not background to him. He seems to notice a lot. Perhaps it’s why he’s able to craft such vivid visuals when communicating with us.”

"I also just wished to say thank-you," Erik adds softly, setting a hand on Wanda's shoulder as he passes her by to set down everyone's plates. Banana chocolate chip for Charles and Pietro, and chewy brownie cookies for Wanda. "For choosing to stay, and for helping with David. It means the world to both of us." He leaves David be in his corner, but floats over a stack of nearly arranged cut carrots and blueberries for him to nibble on at his own pace.

They haven't spent too long with David but he treads lightly, just like he had with Pietro and Wanda at first. Letting him come to them, but making himself approachable so that they know they can if they'd like. Taking his cues from them, Erik has always felt the golden rule of conduct to be irrational. Treating people how he would like to be treated sounds understandable on the surface, but he much prefers to treat them how they prefer.

Wanda inhales her cookies. "Whuh--theh sho goof," she mumbles with her face crammed full. She swallows and grins sheepishly. "I swear you put drugs in these things. I'm addicted."

When everyone is finished with breakfast, Erik collects all of their plates in his power and washes them in the background as he approaches David and kneels across from him. "Would you like to go see Aba, now? It's visiting hours," he smiles gently and closes his eyes, conjuring an image of the man in his room at Reyda. He isn't telepathic, but he's had years of practice projecting intentional thoughts and images, and David is so powerful that he's liable to pick out things even in passing.

Erik has begun to fall back on his shielding, like he did with Jean, his natural immunity to psionic intrusion where it's unwanted a boon as he sequesters away trauma and pain so it doesn't touch his son. Unfortunately, he knows that Aba wouldn't have been as capable of this, and he can't help but wonder if David has had exposure to it. It's a topic he wants to broach with Ailo and Charles, but he doesn't know how. For if David did while Aba was too ill to protect him, on top of the rest of his difficulties - David's formative years must have been a confusing whirlwind. He wants to start teaching him to shield himself from such input as early as possible, the urge to protect him from the world's ills strong. But he knows he lacks understanding in this area and he doesn't want to get it wrong. 

Charles realizes how much he’s truly missed this. When Erik was well enough, he’d conjure them food from thin air and they’d eat together and it would always be tasty, but this is different. A meal from scratch, cooked in their own kitchen, eaten at their own table. The smell of syrup and baking filling the home with warmth and ease, the banter over coffee. Loving squeezes in pajamas, no essence of hospital destroying the mood. It was a long, difficult year, but one that was beyond worth it to end up here. Charles smiles as Erik projects a near flawless image of Aba.

Only those with a lot of experience with telepaths can project things so cleanly; Erik can send telepathic messages even if he can’t receive them, and it appears that David can project visuals with a lot more clarity than one would expect of a boy his age. All the luck. He parks his chair beside Erik and waits, assessing David’s reaction. The food is just okay, but food is only ever just okay or it’s really bad. To David, who hasn’t ever experienced eating something that he actively enjoyed, food that doesn’t make him want to spit is what he manages. The little blue fruit and the carrots are okay.

At least Other Aba didn’t try to give him peas. Other Aba and the Bald One are close by again, and David doesn’t really bother with them until Other Aba shows him Aba, still in that new room. The sun is up outside the window, which means they can go see him. Other Aba’s picture is in his head now, so David can make all the changes that he wants. He takes it and pushes it outward, so that everyone, including Red and Silver, can see it. They’ve been nice. Red gave him this cool toy. Through the door of Aba’s room burst David, Erik, and Charles. Aba smiles broad and wide, and David shoves his face into his pantleg.

“I guess that’s a yes,” says Charles. “He was able to take the telepathic image you projected and make it his own. How incredible, Erik.”

"Would you two like to come along as well?" Erik asks of Wanda and Pietro as he blinks and Charles's pajamas immediately transform into pressed slacks and a sharp suit and tie, tailored to what he knows is his husband's preferred standard (the tie has sunflowers on it, you win some, you lose some) and rises to his feet to snap a shoulder bag filled with a variety of things into his good hand. Having a toddler means needing all the Things, and fortunately Erik has come prepared.

"I bet he would love to see you," he says, as always when he thinks of Aba it's with a twinge of real sadness at how devastating it must have been for him to lose his whole family. He cannot even imagine it. It makes perfect sense to him that Aba is how he is now. He knows if Trask had done the same to Charles, had presided over the murder of his children... he inhales sharply and shakes his head, putting on a reflexive smile instead.

Pietro glances sidelong at Wanda. It's rare that he doesn't respond immediately with wisecracks and snide comments affirming or denying a request. Sarcasm may be his primary mode of communication, but that doesn't mean he's insensitive to the world around him. Seeing the one they call Aba in the state he's in was hard for him, and for Wanda, too. They've seen dozens of timelines, with each Erik in a slightly different state, but this one was exceptionally difficult. Especially knowing now that at least some of his apparent madness is related to him. "I do not wish to make things worse for him. His screws are already loose."

Charles leans his head back against his chair, appreciative of Pietro's care for Aba. "He already imagines you and your sister daily and struggles to differentiate between what's in his head and what isn't. You being present will make his day better. Even if he doesn't know whether it's 'real' or not, I am positive that he'll enjoy talking to you, listening to you."

"He will, indeed," Erik confirms gently, a flourish of misting sparks suffusing the room as a symbol of his own gratitude for Pietro's care.

"We should try," Wanda suggests softly. "If we do make it worse, me or Charles can help him to forget. But I agree with them both, I suspect it will probably help."

"He has spent so long alone," Erik whispers sadly. "Being with us, even if he does not fully understand our presence, is helpful. He smiles more, and reaches out. That is how I know he is still in there, and one day he might fully recognize us."

"Is he staying there indefinitely?" Wanda asks, thoughtful.

"I would say so, yes," Erik nods. "There is no reason why he cannot stay with us. His own reality is quite fractured -- and he does not have his abilities. Sadly, he won't be able to get them back - he is too unstable, and he could really hurt us."

"Maybe we can ask Magneto and the Professor for help to nab one of those fancy suppressors?" Wanda suggests. "So he can see."

"It's hard enough for me to leave him at Reyda; if I could look after him at home, I would," Charles says quietly. "But, he needs professional care and support. And he can have a nice life even there, I think. Regular visits and outings, peace. I'm sure we can give him that." At the mention of the better suppressors, Charles raises a brow. "Now, that would help a lot, I'm sure. If he could see or even use his body in a more coordinated way, we'd certainly see his quality of life improve." David is excited to visit his Aba, so he's standing beside the front door, swaying from side to side in a manner so similar to Erik that it's almost uncanny. Charles can't help but smile at the boy, despite his own solemnity. "We'd best not keep either of them waiting, mm?"

Erik slings his tote over the shoulder of his good hand, as he stands by the door waiting for his other children he unconsciously mimics the boy, twisting from side to side from his hips in a concert of synchronicity. He laughs a little as he realizes it and stills, grinning at the group and leading them through the annals of space and time to emerge in the soft flower-printed waiting area to let the charge nurse know they're there.


Aba's room is flowing with vines and tomato plants which he hums over, trailing fingertips over their velvet leaves. At the sound of his family opening the door, he turns and a brilliant grin appears on his face. He is bound in his wheelchair, and he reaches out both arms (one covered in a complicated exoskeletal framework from a surgery at AMC, when he first appeared in this reality) slightly to the left of where they actually are.

"Time to visit?" he rasps, voice hoarse from disuse. Sometimes he seems snapped in and lucid, but his next statement shatters the illusion. "Do you see the little duckies, lemele? I found them for you." He squints and Charles can tell he is trying fruitlessly to use his abilities - unfortunately under the impression it's worked and that there are now ducks in a neat line waddling through the room.

The first thing that Charles notices when they're in Aba's room is David's gleeful chirp. He's dressed in an orange t-shirt with a soft, tactile tiger on the front, elastic waist-banded jeans, and a pair of light-up shoes that flash when he runs, and so they blink in tandem with his little feet as he sprints over to the man in the high-backed wheelchair beside the window. He looks frail in his chair, wrapped in a soft blanket and strapped in around the waist to prevent him from falling out mid-delusion. Charles notices too that his accent is closer to Ariel's, hints of German at each consonant.

Though Charles still feels sad and guilty, it does buoy him a little to see David so happy to see him, and to see Aba at least marginally aware of the boy, too. David clambers up to sit on Aba's lap and buries his face in his chest, just as he did with Charles this morning. Charles follows and situates his chair Aba's side, reaching out to rub his forearm. "Good morning, darling," he says warmly. "Did you sleep well? I can see they're taking wonderful care of you already. David is so excited to see you. And we've brought some more visitors for you today."

"Oh," Aba's eyes fill with tears, unseeing as they flicker over Pietro and Wanda, his bad hand spread at the palm to rub David's back while his good stretches out just-off to where his other children are. Erik moves to correct it slightly and Wanda extends her fingers to brush over his with a smile.

"We're here, Babbetto," she whispers fondly. "It's been a long time, hm?"

"Wanda????" he gasps, and it's a good sign. He knows this voice. "Strands of red. I remember. Your brother? Him too? With silver. I miss. Miss you." In his mind a flash of imagery overhead, Wanda's screams while he lays motionless on the ground, stretching for his babies. They're screaming, compressed and writhing as the artificial intelligence spreads across Riverside Hospital, where they had been established in his reality.

Pietro falls, unable to hold himself upright. They stay there for says, immobilized. David is sobbing, watching in confusion as Aba grabs onto him and tries to shield him from it. But his abilities vanish and he is blinded and stuck. Charles finds them but can't help, confined to his chair. He stays beside, trying to soothe. But the men with guns come next. Shots ring out. Screaming and then silence. Charles? Charles!!!! "Charles!!! Pietro--nnnnn-" Aba sniffles and tugs David closer.

The image that Aba creates is difficult to watch. Charles can tell that it’s fractured and not a perfect retelling of the events of that day, but it captures the essence well-enough…and it makes his stomach turn. Everyone he loves most, writhing in agony. He watches himself wheel up to their dying bodies, face a mask of horror, pain. Before the scene even plays out, he knows that his counterpart is trapped; he can’t help any of them.

He can’t lean over and get himself back upright. It’s something that he fears greatly in this life, that a loved one will be in physical danger and that he won’t be able to do anything to help them. His own eyes slip shut when the vision goes dark, fingers gripping tighter around Aba’s forearm. David, too, clings tighter. “It’s alright, sweetheart. We’re all here now. Safe and sound. And so are you.”

“Sometimes people call me Quicksilver,” Pietro offers, appearing at Aba’s other side in a whoosh. The gust of wind created by his Mach speed kisses across Aba’s face. “You look terrible, Babbetto. Scraggly beard and too skinny. Someone should take care of that beard for you, at least.” Everyone in the room knows that this is Pietro’s way of expressing affection. Aba might even remember.

Charles smiles faintly and brushes a thumb along Aba’s jaw. “I could give it a try, hmm? My hand is a lot better now,” he tells him, remembering that his Charles still had a non-usable left arm. “Maybe later.”

Erik, too, is visibly shaken, having observed through Wanda sharing it with him and Pietro. Unfortunately both Charles and David got the full impact, with all of Aba's terror and helplessness attached. It's not lost on him that Stryker and Trask are the ones to pull the trigger, and it reflects one of his worst fears as well. Losing his family, watching them die completely unable to stop it. Because of people like Trask, like Stryker, who target them due to sheer hatred. The joy on Stryker's face as he commanded Trask to leave Erik and David alive disappears from Erik's mind last, a perfect rendition of the twisted pleasure he remembers from the man.

He shakes it off, though, preferring instead to find Wanda and squeeze her tight, tugging Charles close to bend down and do the same for him, kissing him on the cheek and reassuring them both that he will never let anything like this happen ever again. A reminder, that they can't do this to him any longer. Their technology doesn't work. Even their best creation, Vision, can't affect him any longer. And there are no telepaths greater than Charles.

It's all well and good, though, to talk about his family. Aba still has to contend with the most brutal reality that he could not save them. Stryker killed his children. Trask killed his husband. They left David alive to watch him go insane. And he did. Somewhere, he knows that he did. When Pietro zooms up to him, he gasps and touches his cheek. He remembers this, too, and pats at David's chest as if to say look! Do you see? They've come back to him. They sound so like the ones he lost. These precious visits help his eyes to dry, his body to stop shaking from tension.

"Take care?" he whispers, eyebrows arching. "No more fires? No more screams?"

"No more fires, no more screams," Charles soothes, continuing to stroke his fingers along Aba's jawline. This is all of their worst fear. Watching each other suffer and die at the hands of people who hate them. Unable to help each other; Charles can only imagine how his counterpart must have felt, helpless and stranded. How he must have anguished and cursed his body for not allowing him to act when he most needed to.

He closes his eyes briefly when Erik kisses him. This is hard for Erik, too. And speaks to the extent of his recovery that he doesn't spiral, either. David holds his tiger toy up to his Aba and rubs the soft fur along his cheek, his way of providing comfort. "That's David's tiger," Charles explains to Aba. "We've learned that he loves tigers and playing with blocks. Maybe you can tell us more about what he likes, Erik," he encourages. Perhaps urging Aba to focus on David will keep him happier, more grounded.

Erik remains close to Charles, touching his shoulders and neck, imparting a gentle sensation of warmth with his fingertips soothing the tension there. Present, not wandering off into yet another dimensional black-hole event horizon. Staying put, where he knows he belongs. This is his family, and under past circumstances witnessing such a horrific end to them would be incredibly destabilizing. But his brain is changing, understanding the All within the Bound. Able to separate himself from the strands of the Expanse that flow all around him.

Aba lets his fingers trail over the offered creature, having been no less than mentally hobbled by the deaths of everyone he has ever loved - not just Charles and his children but his parents, his relatives, his friends at Riverside. Dead, because he couldn't stop it. On top of twelve years of solitary confinement, his cognitive capacity has been decimated. One fortunate aspect of his condition is that his attention is shattered, and he seems to forget the memories as quickly as they came, slipping through his awareness like water through his fingers.

"Oh," he whispers in that same hoarse tone. "Little blocks, and tigers," he grins. "But also..." he hums and pets at the stuffed animal. "Sparkles. The lights and stars. Suns and planets. Up up up!" he grins.

Wanda laughs gently, placing her hand on his shoulder. "Did he visit the stars with you, Erik?"

"Oh, and the..." his English fails him. "Bouncing place. To go up and fly, and come back down. And then we do it again," he looks sightlessly over near Charles, who can see images in his mind of trampolines and wondrous skylines. Space adventures, and under the sea, sometimes. So many things he used to be able to do. "I am sorry," he raps his own chest. "We don't jump anymore, my little jumping bean."

Charles appreciates the closeness from his husband. The reassuring touches, mental fortitude. While he has never struggled with differentiating between realities, he sometimes has trouble knowing what a native thought is and what a foreign, external thought is. The pain Aba experiences becomes his own, his memories downloaded entirely. And they’re painful. Ailo has made a practice of this very thing, but Charles is built from different stuff. He’s not as strong, in that way. “Little jumping bean…” It’s a phrase that his Erik has used, too. “Maybe we can all go visit that place together?” Charles suggests, moving his hands up to card through Aba’s hair, now. “Would you like that, darling? To go on adventures again? We can visit the stars and the sea and the biggest forests and deepest jungles. Wherever you want to go.”

"We can go?" Aba whispers, green eyes wide and cloudy. "We won't get lost? In the sun and stars, we used to see the little duckies and we can't feed them bread," he admonishes, tickling under David's chin. Charles's hands through his hair cause his eyes to close around fresh tears, practically melting into the touch as his features crumple with a vague, piercing grief that doesn't quite connect to encoded experience. "You used to touch," he says mournfully. "Then stopped. A big pit and everyone stopped. You stopped, neshama. Tried. Make you go again. Keep you safe. Heh--gnh. Held you. Tried," he gasps, reaching out to find Charles's cheek with his fingers. "Now you move and laugh, I hear you. Come to visit and touch and see the stars. Cah--can't see. No more stars..."

Wanda winces in sympathy as the incoherent jumble of images slash across her consciousness like thousands of tiny knives. Aba's Charles, bent and broken on the ground, Aba beside him desperate to wake him. Holding onto him and refusing to let go when emergency workers finally broke the barrier. Her own telepathy works differently to both Ailo and Charles, connected to the physical atoms and neutrinos that float about.

Ailo has posited that someday Erik might gain similar abilities, but that he also seems to work synergistically to Charles -- his mutation doesn't evolve in that direction because Charles is his other half. Wanda, standing behind them, joins her hand over Erik and Aba's, tempered and warm. "You have us, now," she says softly, keeping her voice even and balanced. "Not just to visit. Your family, Babbetto. Just a little different. But our love for you is the very same."

"Love," Aba sobs. "Can't feel anything. But I can feel... I feel, feel it," he suddenly smiles. "Love me? Don't go in the pit. Don't go, stay away..."

Charles knows that Wanda is broadcasting the images in Aba's head to both Erik and Pietro to ensure that they aren't left out, but he finds himself wishing she wouldn't show him this, the memory of his counterpart dead on the ground at Riverside. Toppled over out of his chair, bent at an inhuman angle. Of Aba holding his body, clinging to it desperately.... But, no. It's good that Erik sees it all. This is part of his power now, his experience on earth. To see it all. And he has seen it all over this past year. Aba's world is just one of an infinite amount in which Charles and the rest of them have died. Erik knows how to deal with this now. He can be a great asset to them all for seeing it. He can continue to heal.

"We won't go anywhere, sweetheart," Charles promises, continuing to rake his fingers through Aba's hair as his unseeing green eyes blink, unfocused. "Yes, so much love. Love for you. Here, feel it." He sets one hand on Aba's cheek and extends himself outward and outward so that his own affection and deep love for every being who becomes Erik wraps him up. For good measure, he extends it to his own husband, too, because he also deserves to feel what Charles feels for him.

Ebullience, like tiny bubbles in a glass of champagne, fizzing happiness into the air. A love that has painted his entire soul in bright, rich colors, a love that is deeper than space and broader than time. Tingly fingertips, lungs so full that they threaten to burst. Love. Pure, unconditional love. "My darling, that's all for you," he tells him with a smile in his voice. "We're not going anywhere ever again. We'll stay with you. All of us."

It's in this very moment itself that the true weight of Erik's time in the Expanse becomes evident to the rest of them. Ailo has explained it as best as he could to Erik's support system, to his family, but Charles knows fully now just how truly inexplicable Erik's past year has been. And then more. Propelled forward by the great unknown, outward into every atom. Every being. Every particle. It's knowledge on the level of Charles - it's simply a different form.

And Erik has changed, because of it. He stands tall and ethereal, a small smile on his face as he recalls the billions of iterations he has seen and endured. It's all given him a perspective that is incomprehensible to those who haven't been as he has been. With a wave of his hand, the whole group of them vanish in a blink and appear inside a stable bubble, floating effortlessly without wheelchair nor structure, kept snug in Erik's awesome power.

Beside them a blazing sun that doesn't burn them. The tickle of harmless flames dancing all around in grand prismatic spires. Within the blackness at their back, Erik forms a small swirling black hole. It grows big enough to encompass a scene - Aba and his Charles at Riverside, laughing and joking. There he is. There's Aba's Charles, continuing on in the vast cosmic journey of life. "He died," Erik says softly to his counterpart.

Who has bobbed himself over to wave a bit unsteadily at the apparition. He can't see it. But he knows. It's in his chest. "Charles is in there," he cries brokenly.

"In there, yes. And millions of others, too. Your strand hurts. It's painful. Heartbreaking. But it's one of so, so many. Where you prosper instead. And we are yet another strand, hm? I am you, in another life." "I know you," Aba says confidently. "And Charles, here. Wanda and Pietro. Safe and sound, in this strand. They're not gone forever, achi. They merely continued on in a different form."

"Why me? Why me, bad? Do I get the touching and laughing ever again?"

"Right here," Erik puts Charles's hand over Aba's, and then Pietro and Wanda's, too. Finally little David right on top, tiger in tow. "You're in our world, now. You feel Charles? That's for you. For all of us that he can see and know."

"Neshama," Aba whispers back. "Gifts for me, too. I can stay, not to visit? Stay." He repeats the question again, as though desperately seeking assurance. He wraps his arms tightly around Charles when he can find him, their bodies free-floating in space. With David still at his side and one hand to find him, unwilling to disengage contact, he curls in and rests his head on the man's shoulder. For the first time since encountering him, Aba relaxes entirely. 

"Oh, my darling," Charles whispers, allowing Aba to hold him, feel him. Ariel understood it first, and now Erik understands, too. Whether Aba ever truly reaches that point will remain to be seen, but so long as he can find peace here, Charles will count it won. What Charles does know is that in here, floating in the ether, surrounded by Pietro, Wanda, David, Charles, and Erik, Aba feels loved and safe. Still sad, for all he lost, and that's okay. But there is much to be gained, too.

"Not to visit. To stay," Charles tells him firmly. "I'm different than your Charles was. Here, you can feel." He takes Aba's unburdened hand and rubs his fingertips against his own temple so that Aba can feel his lack of hair. "I don't have hair. And my hand is a little better. But, in here," he says, placing Aba's hand over his heart. "I'm the very same. And I love you so very much. You can tell me stories about your ducklings and your chickadees. And we'll look after your boy, hmm? With you right here at our side."

As Charles speaks, Erik smiles and a little row of baby chickens materialize out of nowhere as though walking on air. At first they're startled, but Erik seems to be able to calm them, and they hop right on top of Aba and cling to his chest and climb all over his shoulders. One pokes a foot into David and one lands in Charles's lap. Aba realizes belatedly what has happened and bats out at them to try and touch, then gentles when he finds one, grinning to himself.

"Ahhh, little ones," he laughs a bit. It's nice up here -- he's no longer confined to the wheelchair, and he can rub his face against Charles's chest. This version of himself, the one that can make all the chickadees hop all over them, is pleasant. He has met other versions of himself who were less so, but this one doesn't mind that he likes to glom onto his husband. Wanda discovers a chick on her shoulder and smirks, letting it grasp onto her finger and gently stroking her opposing index over its head.

The animals that Erik often brings them always seem much calmer than typical wild animals - she wonders if maybe that's some kind of pheromone exertion, or a latent psionic ability of his own to extend out calm over their nervous systems. Or perhaps it's as Ailo says, and Erik and Charles are so attuned that Charles automatically steps in and fills in the gaps. "Thank you," Aba says slowly, like he's mashing the words together out of the mushy soup of his mind. Slowly piecing together something coherent, something he is desperate to convey.

Gratitude, for these people. For finding him. For bringing him home, in the room with the sun. For not whisking David away never to be seen again.

David shrieks in delight when the little chicks begin to parade about them, and he reaches out to grab one. Charles raises his own hands reflexively, to stop David from handling the animal too rough, but it’s clear that the three-year-old has already been taught to treat animals with kindness and gentleness. His tiny fingers only urge the chick into his hand without applying too much pressure, and he pets its little head with his pinky. Aba’s teaching, no doubt.

Or his own counterpart’s, before their world fell to pieces. Either way, Charles smiles to see his son care so much for animals, to see him treat them well. “You can thank your counterpart,” Charles tells Aba softly, rubbing his lower back as they float in space. “And Pietro and Wanda, they brought us to you. But really, my love, I want to thank you,” he tells him, bopping his nose lightly with his index finger. “You helped us find you. You made sure that our little boy was cared for.”

It's undoubtedly the influence of all Eriks that David has met over his short three years in the Expanse (primarily at Riverside in his own universe) which imparted to him a sense of respect for animal life in all forms, but his attachment to tigers specifically is a result of having encountered them in conservatories all over the world as Aba and his Charles had taken him on numerous adventures before the Fall ("the Autumn with dying leaves and mutants," as Aba has referred to it somewhat incoherently). They'd done their best with what little time they had, even without knowing the future - it mattered to them, and still does to Aba, to expose their son to the Vastness of things.

For he too will have the ability to interact with the entirety, it only made sense. The limitations of his sensory sensitivity meant their time was spent in nature, mostly away from people, which is an area that Erik and his own Charles will need to adapt to. Aba laughs when Charles's finger taps his nose which scrunches up automatically and for a brief moment he looks just like Erik, amused affection spilling forth. "You will show him more of it? We were going... going," he coughs a bit. "See the elephants in the Autumn. Before the leaves. Falling and yellow. And we did, the tigers. Teaching him how, how to keep them calm. Like the baby chick," he smiles gently.

"We will take you both," Erik promises solemnly. "And teach him how, with your help. We don't ever wish to take him from you. He is yours, and someday he may think of us as his parents, too. But you are his father, that will never change."

"We've been calling you Aba," Wanda tells him. "So I think that's pretty well clear, hm?"

Aba reaches out to David and touches the back of his hand lightly over his cheek, as careful as the boy is with the animal in his hands. "My loves."

Even the non-telepaths can feel that David is happy. For so young a boy, and a boy with no linguistic capabilities to speak of, his emotions are profound and complex. He's still very much a toddler, but it's clear that he can understand nuance and struggle, perhaps as a result of the tumultuous time he's had since the Fall. Even comfortable with Erik, Charles, and the rest of them, it was clear that he missed Aba. His Charles has been gone for some time now, so he's already grown accustomed to that loss, but Aba is still alive and still here, and David loves him. Feels safe with him. But he also feels safe with Other Aba, too. Tate. Tate and Papa.

They're nice, warn, and not-scary. They also don't get mad at him when he doesn't understand something or talk to them with words. Tate gave him a tiger plush, and Papa has a snuggly lap and sounds like Daddy did. There's some sense of unity now that they're all here together, and it seems like Tate and Papa want Aba to be here, too. From his tiny body, threads of warmth wind and rend, encapsulating everyone in their tendrils. He's smiling down at the chick in his hand, red cheeks puckered and blue eyes sparkling.

Charles has to pause for a moment; the unadulterated joy that only a toddler can feel is magical, and he feels lucky to be able to bask in it. Thankful for his son. "We're going to try and help you, darling," Charles tells Aba, still rubbing circles into Aba's back. "Help you regain your vision. I don't know if we'll be successful, but we'll certainly try. You deserve to see our son grow up. Is it okay if we try do that?"

Erik does a slow little backflip toward them, righting himself with a grin toward Pietro as if to say have you ever tried zooming around in space? No friction! He lands closer to them all and runs his fingers across Charles's back, infinitely grateful to have their function well enough to do so. It's become something of a theme with Erik since that first Big Dip - it always had been a part of him, but his gratitude for all of life's little joys has become magnified in the aftermath. The swaying trees and awesome stars, the giant elephants and peaceful cetaceans. And his family has become ultimately centered in the grand tapestry.

Pietro's dry voice and Wanda's wisdom. David's laugh, full and free from his belly. Charles's powerful love, that makes up all the tangible threads inside. Even Magnus and Aba share in his thanks, for being able to breach the barrier between their worlds and improve the lives of his own self, of all their counterparts. It seems that treatment has oriented him in this gratitude, which usurps a good deal of the sorrow and grief that comprised his being before now. He wishes to share it with them all, wrap them up in the joy and pleasure of life. There was a time, long ago, when Erik wished to die. Captive by Hellfire, mangled pain fueled his existence at the atomic level.

Degradation and dehumanization were the strands that made him. But he survived. When Stryker took him, when Trask took Charles and killed so many. Still, they survived. More than that, they grew. Together. When Erik was chained to the ground, blind and endless, he wondered if he would ever feel the trees in his fingertips again. And he did. Someday, he thinks, Aba will find that for himself, too. At his worst moments he tried to shut down his body and follow him into the black. Right now he's still stuck on failure, but Erik can see how even momentary contact with his children has begun to challenge this trajectory.

"See?" Aba gasps, touching under his eyes. "I can see again? I miss you. Can't see the blues and reds and silvers. Can't see the orange and white and oceans. I miss you. Sad," he beats the back of his hand over his heart. "Hurts."

At his side, Erik is rock solid, roots as deep as a century-old oak. As Charles probes, he can feel that Erik is an evolved version of the man he was a year ago. Their journey together, spanning two decades now, has seen him grow from a terse, guarded 32-year-old to a powerful and slectrified being in his 50s, wise and secure. Where his smile had only been detectable to Charles and other telepaths before, Charles knows that even non-telepaths can register the changes in his expressions, the softness behind his eyes.

It's as if his soul has been recentered in new lodgings, from cold and harsh to warm and gentle. Grounded in some greater understanding of his corner of the multiverse, his role as a piece of the tapestry. Surrendered a bit, but empowered in that surrender. It's stunning, hypnotic. While Charles has always been hopelessly drawn to Erik, he is positive now that he is utterly magnetized. Erik has grown into a natural charisma that Charles has always seen, but one which has been hiding beneath the baggage. It fills Charles's heart with excitement. With joy.

"I know that it hurts, my love. We'll try our best to help you. Then you can see all the pretty places we visit together, hmm? See your beautiful children. We'll do that soon. Is there anything else that you want to do? A place to visit? A food to eat? Oh, goodness, we haven't had a proper family Shabbat in some time, have we? Why don't we plan for that this week," he suggests to his husband. "We can invite everyone over. It's been far too long since Izzy's nipped at you for your vegetarianism." I think Aba and Magnus will appreciate it, too, Charles adds privately. A little taste of home.

"Oh, I think it has long been overdue," Erik agrees fondly, swooping down to kiss the top of Charles's head and firmly squeeze Aba's shoulder. This, too, is different. No longer is he uncomfortable with such expressions toward others, including his own counterparts. Charles, too, has been altered by his time in the Expanse and the arrival of David. Erik feels it like he feels the flutter of insects millions of kilometers away on planets near and far. Charles has gained an immensity that few truly comprehend, his being opened up to shifting thoughts floating along the spin of particles in every direction as far and wide as Erik's own abilities.

They've woven into one another like thick tree roots, inseparable complement. Where one leads the other follows, where one lacks the other provides and teaches. Most of the versions of themselves they've encountered haven't been able to gain in their abilities as intensely as these two. Perhaps their genetic codes are simply slightly different, or maybe they never needed to. Whatever the reason, once again Erik's being is suffused with gratitude for it. For being able to know.

And for Charles beside him, a psionic touchstone reverberating outward and his heart that resonates in tandem. His abilities have changed, yes, but his self is the real missing piece. Erik remembers their first encounter, how wrong-footed he could be. Charles seemed so focused and sure of himself, a natural charisma and leadership potential honed over years. But Erik saw, too, the underpinning of loneliness and the fear of being truly seen. How wondrous, that it was he whom Charles saw fit to really open up to.

I imagine it's been years for them both, Erik sends back regretfully. Magnus would have been a child the last time he had any kind of Shabbat. And Aba has been alone for so long. Erik is sure he must have tried in his confused, distressed, jerky manner. But he can't cook anymore, and sometimes the songs got lost in his disoriented haze. A real Shabbat, with family. Yes, that has been absent.

"Isadore Cohen," Aba recalls with a grin of his own. Izzy too had perished at Riverside. His body covered Janos', trying to protect him from a fragmentation grenade. Aba's memories are fractured -- stumbling over corpses, feeling for their features. Alone and blind. Aba himself frowns deeply then, and Charles recognizes this. All Eriks so disdain causing harm to others, even just by sharing their experiences. Aba knows instinctively that David, Wanda and Charles can see what he remembers. He closes his eyes and rests his head. Thinking of the flowers, the fields of sapphire like swaying Ravens. The large trampoline he made for David, and the boy's delight shrieking for miles. Their home once filled with laughter.

Seeing the quick turn that Aba takes, Charles swoops in and slots himself alongside the memories, robust and strong. It took Erik a long, long time to learn not to reflexively hide; he still thinks that much of Erik wants to do that. Aba, of course, is no different. Even in this state, he wants to protect. "Izzy is alive and well in this world," Charles tells him. "He and Janos live together on Genosha. They're good friends of ours even still. He'll be happy to meet you. And other friends, too. What do you think?"

"Friends?" Aba hums. He peeks up, staring at a point over Charles's shoulder intently. "Won't be scared? The nurses," he whispers. "Scared. Of me. Give me medicine. So I don't make things shake. I broke it. Didn't mean to. Now it doesn't break. But they don't mind?" His brows raise. Erik laughs a little, soft. "They won't mind," he promises. "They've quite put up with me these past few years. And I've done my share of breaking. Our friends have deep love for us," he explains. "In all of our forms and ways."

“And they’re your friends, too,” Charles smiles. “All of them are. It will be a nice time. We’ve got to teach David what a proper Shabbat is, don’t we?”

"Maybe we can invite Teresa, Katherine and Carmen over," says Erik thoughtfully. Kitty Pryde is now a teenager at the Institute and a feisty one at that, but it will be no trouble at all for Erik to gather all of their loved ones gathered through the past two decades at his home. Light and song and laughter, yes. A good, strong remedy.

It's been a while for Charles and the twins, too. Erik always did delight in having Shabbat dinner (even if Charles did let his role of Shabbos goy as bestowed by Carmen, go to his head) less for the religious aspects and more as a social meal. It has been a while since he's been to shul, too. Maybe they can take Aba in the morning, but he expects they'll skip shacharit and beeline for the kiddush table.

Services are long, and he doesn't think Aba or David will have the attention span. But it's a nice spread, and their community on Genosha is tight-knit and warm. A brand new Erik won't even faze them - they've been through it with Ariel once before.

“And Ailo and Dominikos, too,” Charles suggests, floating himself beside Aba. He ensures to keep one hand on Aba consistently, grounding him where he can. In space like this with sightless eyes, Charles knows, thanks to his telepathy, that it’s too easy to feel adrift and alone. Plus, free from the confines of gravity and his own wheelchair, it’s much easier to get close. His hand is closed around Aba’s forearm while the other rubs his back, gentle and rhythmic.

Aba can’t see, not even when Charles projects visual imagery into his head, but his other senses work, and so Charles tries to assist on that front. That unmistakable waft of fresh challah, the crunch of Erik’s phyllo, the earthy crisp of vegetable fritters. Laughter and debate, hot tea, a full belly. The sleepy, satisfied retreat to the couch after a big meal with family and friends, a game of cards perhaps. Love, community, togetherness. Charles isn’t Jewish, but he’s delighted to share in some of Erik’s beloved customs and feels honored to be invited (even if he’s no longer the Shabbos goy, for his diabolical plotting).

“And then shul in the morning,” Charles offers to Aba as the memories continue to spill. “Would you like that, my darling? I’m sure it’s been some time.”

For most of the time Aba has felt tense and confused, interspersed with brief moments of sharpness that then fade into fuzzy obscurity. What seems to help is this, the imposition of touch and smell over his damaged senses through telepathic relay causes his body to relax in increments starting from head to toe. "Tone deaf," he sighs in exasperation. Erik laughs at the unexpected comment, which sounds incredibly long-suffering, shaking his head to himself.

At their own congregation, Teri has led the charge for many years with Carmen periodically making an appearance with his guitar. The duo are inherently musically oriented -- the congregants on the other-hand are... well... varied, Erik decides politely. It's something Charles has come to know as an Erik-Idiosyncrasy, that he finds it deeply unpleasant when things are off-key, as though it physically grates on him. After so many years, he's come to accept it gracefully, much more concerned with enjoying people's company than policing their skills. If they are having fun, that is all that really matters to him. But the statement from his counterpart makes him laugh, because... sometimes, it really do be like that.

He senses that Aba feels more connected through Charles's attempts. How long has it been since he's felt such things? Erik doesn't even know - the timelines aren't precise, because of Aba's inability to coherently recall information. At least three years, perhaps shorter, but even a single day trapped inside one's self could feel like a lifetime. Charles has come in and gently cracked open the door, and thus far the response is promising. The more grounded they can help him be, the better it will be for David, too. As always, his husband is keenly attuned.

Aba swipes at Charles's cheek in a thanks of his own. Trying to be gentle, but uncoordinated, his muscles incorrectly responsive to impulse. "Ayloh. Did we meet an Ayloh??" he asks, which is sort of an answer.

Charles laughs softly when Aba points out the off-key nature of the singing in his head. Some things really are built in to the soul, aren’t they? Erik handles the grating sounds with grace, but that’s only because he’s grown to do so. It’s comforting to see something so consistently Erik, nonetheless. He squeezes his eyes shut when Aba’s fingertips nearly make contact with them, and then gently moves his hand for him so that it cups his cheek. Charles remembers the months after the ordeal with Stryker, when Erik could scarcely move as well. He’d required constant care, unable to see or balance or move with any sort of meaningful coordination.

With Charles also in need of help with personal care, they’d relied on Hank and Ailo rather heavily at that time. The staff at Reyda will take excellent care of Aba, Charles has no doubt, but he’d like to be able to assist where he can. Hopefully, the suppressors from the future will enable Aba to at least see again and grant him more independence. Reyda offers some assisted living facilities as well; apartments and studios for people who can live with some independence but who require psychological and emotional support. Perhaps Aba can eventually transition to one of those environments and make a happy home for himself while still just a few footsteps away from help.

“I don’t think that you’ve met Ailo,” Charles says. “He’s a good friend to us. Has helped me personally quite a lot. And he’ll help provide our son with the support that he needs, too. He can help you feel better in here, too. Charles taps Aba’s temple gently. “A telepath, like me, who specializes in helping others deal with their trauma.”

Aba can't help it. His body knows this man. This man, who was the love of his life and his greatest companion. Broken flashes of bent limbs and awkward angles. The very last time he held Charles Xavier. The anguish and fear he had blasted out as his consciousness blew out like a light. Now he is here, in this liminal space of Space. And Charles is here. That same tenderness for him, extended in touches. Aba is crying, swallowing sobs. His hand moves, fingertips ghosting over his neshama's jaw, a thumb along the apple of his cheek.

He can't help it. As though not in control of himself, an instinctive response. Reflex. Aba leans up and kisses Charles's cheek, leaving the wetness of tears against his skin. "My love," he gasps, his grip slipping. The cliff is endless and agonizing as he falls and falls. "You're here. Couldn't save you. So sorry. You were so sad. So, so sad. Felt." He bangs his bad hand lightly against Charles's heart. The heart that got destroyed, and so destroyed his own in turn. But here it lies, beating steadily. "My love, my love."

It’s impossible not to melt a little as Aba plants a delicate, tearful kiss against his cheek. He closes his eyes briefly and holds the man close, empathy and agony twined together to wrap the two of them in this moment. No, he’s not Aba’s Charles, nor is Aba his Erik, but in all the ways that matter, they are each other’s. An Erik for a Charles. They’re a singular organism, on life support if one half dies. He opens his eyes and looks at his Erik, floating dutifully at their side.

Ever thankful that they’ve been able to remain together, lest they end up like Aba or Charlie. “I know I loved you more than anything else in the world,” Charles soothes. “And maybe my body was gone, but my love wasn’t. It’s still there, in the universe, strong and powerful all for you. Matter is never destroyed, Erik. It just takes a new shape. My love for you never left. Can you feel it now?”

It's Erik's greatest fear made full and manifest. Already having lived through the loss of one Charles, knowing it again through the lens of his counterpart is uniquely piercing. If they had encountered the man a year ago, Erik knows he wouldn't have been able to handle it. But this past year has been stuffed with the endless Expanse of a million more. He has seen Charles die in agonizing repetitions. He has also seen his love flourish, prospering and joyful a million more. It's offered him a peculiar resilience, in the form of vast recognition. He knows these strands of existence, which are the product of only an infinitesimal number of individuals, like the back of his hand.

How many more loves, more souls conjoined, exist within the All? A million more. It isn't to say that he is unaffected. Charles has only to look in his direction to see the grim, solemn horror etched on his features. But it's tempered, now. With time that has circled and doubled back on itself. Tempered with that same understanding, that every Charles he has witnessed perish, another strand exists where he did not. It does, however, spur in him a terrific impetus to find every broken half of their whole and heal it in similar temperance. Aba's pain is echoed within him, for he too has had Charles die in his arms.

There aren't words to describe the impact of these events on him, perhaps no words are capable of it. Like he is made of thick, winding roots that start to form hideous cracks in their foundations, reverberating through the entire system. Mangling it, suffocating it from soil and air. For Aba, it is narrowed. Emotions, memories, hormones. It's visceral, in a way that Erik himself has learned to mitigate. Aba does not have access to the Expanse, not like Erik. No other Erik does.

In his arms, Aba trembles from head to toe as Charles weaves steadying pulses of love into his very being. "Feel it," he nods roughly. "Oh, I---feel--out there? Somewhere? My dear-heart?"

“He’s out there,” Charles promises, one hand carding through Aba’s hair once again. It’s shorter than Erik’s; they’ve noticed a correlation between the level of any given Erik’s level of contentment and the length of his hair. As such, Aba’s is much closer to the scalp, the color dull and shot through with more grey. It’s still beautiful all the same, and Charles hopes to see it grow long as he begins to find peace here. Aba’s anguish is tangible.

The twins can feel it and so can Erik. David is even empathetic to it, drifting closer within his circle of baby chicks. He has lost a piece of his soul, and that’s not a pain that one can simply overcome. Charles felt it when Ariel died, when his own Erik felt lost. But he wasn’t stranded; he knew he wasn’t alone. Aba didn’t have that. “Your dear-heart is there, my love. Smiling down at you, so pleased to see that you’ve found a new home for yourself and your boy. He’s not gone, sweetheart. And I’ll be here, too. You can help look after me, hmm? You always take such wonderful care of me. I’m so lucky.”

Aba senses David's motion and slowly, painstakingly tries to lumber his arm over to drift across his shoulder. In the wake of losing Charles, his profound physical impairment is almost lost on him. David hasn't ever known him to express frustration or resentment - it's not something that fully connects in his mind as having happened to him. "Take care," he promises fiercely. "To sleeping and eating some dorayaki."

Some things never change, and neither do Eriks. The only things that shift are the strange and wondrous foods Charles is partial to in any given reality. It makes Erik smile to himself, resting both hands on either shoulder of the twins in bolstering support. "It's hard," he says softly. "To exist. To be in pain. It hurts. But everything is transient, achi. Even pain. Someday you will look back and realize your day is filled with more peace than pain, hm? We will make it so. I promise. We will help."

"Ja," Aba nods, squeezing his eyes shut and sequestering David gently against his leg (a position he had loved to take when Aba could walk) which is now upright and not wheelchair-bound. He isn't so gone that he doesn't take the opportunity, even as he doesn't understand where he is, to hold his son properly. "Hurts. David," he shakes his head vehemently. "Hurts. Lost Daddy. Aba is broken. The world blew up. Everyone fell down. He. Hurts," Aba tries to convey it to them, desperately so. They need to know. To help. Whatever small core is left inside of him that comprehends reason begs them for help.

"We understand, Babbetto," Pietro offers. It's hard for him to see Aba in pain like this, even if he isn't their Babbetto. One thing he's grown certain of since meeting his father properly is that he is propelled, almost entirely, by his care for others. From afar, Pietro had assumed that Erik Lehnsherr was ruthless, at least in part; no one can just claim an island and create a government from nothing without being at least a little harsh. But that's really not the case at all. Erik is some crazy combination of brute strength, righteousness, and care. Odd. Like, bizarro-world odd. But it makes sense for him. Without the others to care for, however, Erik breaks. Pietro can see that now in Aba. Makes him grateful for all the others around him, like Wanda and Charles.

"It hurt David to lose his father, yes," Charles says softly, contiuing to rub Aba's arm. "But you know what? He's so very strong. I can feel it in him, and you can, too. He's a happy boy, even if he's experienced hurt. You've helped him find all the beautiful things, haven't you? How to marvel at the stripes on a tiger and the patterns in the stars. How to be kind to little chicks and use his brain to build tall towers. You've done a magnificent job raising him, Erik. We can continue to raise him together. Be his Aba, his Tate, and his Papa. Hmm?"

The words spark a torrent of memories. This time, it isn't pain at all that lances through, but deep and abiding pride in the boy tucked into his knees. The two of them standing side by side as David raises his hand and furrows his little brows and lifts several small sticks on the ground to arrange them in an extraordinary sequence. Aba's hand at his shoulder, showing him how. Charles in his mind, a warmth beckoning them home after a long day trudging in the woods while he tends to his teaching. They had a school in Riverside, that was important to Charles. At night, Charles and David spend time together roasting marshmallows in a large campfire outside their colorful topsy-turvy home.

Narrow on the outside and immense within. Aba cooks them dinner, taking a little longer than typical to give them some quality time together. Their days were often arranged that way, with both coming together in the end to join as a whole unit. Through individual excursions David had started to learn real applications to his abilities, able to communicate precise images that matched his feelings and desires by the time he hit his third year. Charles is right - David is an incredible intellect, just like his father. But what Aba is most proud of is David's reverence for the things he cares about. His gentleness with animals and plants, how even though it costs immense effort for him he will gravitate closer to someone hurting. Like Aba.

Within the safety of Erik's power, Aba attempts to coordinate his limbs to crouch to David's height. Erik notices and discreetly helps him, and he tugs the boy into a deeply-pressed hug. "My little bean," Aba grins.

As Erik sees these images magnified through Charles and Wanda, he can't help but expand inside. Just like that little house, his insides have grown far too many sizes. After all, how else could he contain such immense love for these people inside one body? He isn't certain it would be possible. He still isn't, he huffs softly to himself. Tate. That feels right, and everything around them glows in response. 

Charles feels his heart both harden and warm at the memories. Aba and his Charles in the before times, enjoying their little life together with David. So much love, so much happiness. David so adored both of his parents, who quickly understood his sensory and cognitive sensitivities and adapted their lives to accommodate. Aba, strong and bold. Teaching, leading, nourishing. Charles with his fond smiles and plentiful hugs. With a full head of hair, Charles and David’s resemblance is uncanny.

For the sake of his son, Aba, and his counterpart, he wishes that things could be different, that they could have this. Selfishly, Charles feels so lucky to have David here, too. “What a lovely home you created,” Charles murmurs as Aba and David embrace. “We created a nice room for David here, too. Maybe you can tell us more about your old home, and we can try to bring some kind of those elements here.”

Aba struggles to piece together what Charles has asked, his attention and concentration incredibly poor, which makes it difficult for him to follow a conversation or complex instructions. He blinks his unseeing eyes several times, resting his chin over top of David's head to keep him snug. This, he remembers. "A room," he repeats slowly. "I made it for him and he changed it. All on his own," Aba rubs the child's back. "With greens and sunflowers and--and tomatoes. Yellow and red." It's become something of a pattern, they notice, how he associates everything to a color. As though he doesn't want to forget. "My--my favorite. He kn..uh, knows," Aba stutters, looking far off into the distance as the blobs he cannot understand transform and darken.

Splintered spikes, forbidding. "He likes the Raven ones, big trees. Will you help make the plants?" he glances back over, but winds up gazing at Wanda and Pietro. His mode of speech sounds oddly similar to Magnus, stability crushed inside bitter claws. Rending and scraping him inside. Only he has no wounds to show for it. Stryker kept him alive and he doesn't know why. And it's a jumbled mess of misplaced gratitude for his son's life and a horrible ache that started in his chest and burned him through on that day and hasn't ever stopped. Erik, the tall clump of misshapen cells, promises peace. Maybe it will start with the trees, he smiles to himself.

Charles waits patiently. He has the privilege of insight into Aba’s mind, and understands that he’s just asked a complex question of a man who scarcely knows who he is. The connections in his brain are frayed and weak, signals getting lost, haywire. As he waits, something magnificent happens. Memory retrieval works differently in everyone, and, though sightless, Aba’s memory begins to churn bright colors amid the murky churn. Magnificent ones, rather similar, in fact, to the ones that Erik had used in his own kitchen at home. Green, yellow, red. Sunflowers and tomatoes on a summer day. Colors that David chose, perhaps in celebration of his Aba.

Like the sunflowers that decorate the necktie that Erik dressed him in. “Sunflowers. Your favorite,” Charles smiles, palm rubbing circles into Aba’s upper back. “Yes, we can help—oh.” Between David’s chubby fingers is now a thick stalk with tiny, soft spines along the shaft. It blooms into an elegant sunflower, petals arranged in a flawless Fibonacci around a perfect black pistil. The boy evidently plucked the image from Aba’s mind, too. Charles’s mouth is agape. He’s no botanist, but the specimen in his son’s hands is undeniably perfect.

Mathematically, anatomically. Somehow, David’s abilities connect him with the natural world in a way that doesn’t require learned familiarity. No toddler could reproduce a living thing like this without some shortcut; somehow, David seems to just understand. His eyes are on the ground, where he prefers to keep them, but he presents the flower up. A gift for his Aba. Through his amazement Charles guides Aba’s hand to the bloom and wraps his fingers around the stem. “He made that for you,” Charles tells him quietly. “A sunflower. Brilliant boy.”

Aba sniffs a little as his fingers try to gently encompass the offered gift, tears welling up which is a common occurrence when David decides to engage with him this way. He's done it before, trying to produce things like food items he knows Aba likes when he couldn't eat on his own. It's regretful how much of this has been put onto the boy's tiny shoulders, but Aba is nothing but grateful. Once upon a time he could return the favor, allowing them to go on all kinds of fantastical adventures. Now he knows he can't, but his counterpart - himself, Erik, can. They used to practice all the time, too. "You'll show them, hm?" he rasps softly, stroking along the petals at his fingertips. "All the different things you like to create. They can help. You'll help, has to practice..."

David is still young, and remarkable as his control is, he doesn't always find the ability within himself to conjure things like this unprovoked. In response to something emotional or direct prompting, it's evident that he can produce remarkable things such as a perfect sunflower, but there is room to grow....a lot of room, given his age. Charles is humbled momentarily by the sheer power within their son. "We'll help," he promises, eyeing Erik briefly. "Of course we will. He's so young but has so much power already."

As they talk, Erik's head tweaks to the side as though hearing something far-off. He doesn't intend to ignore them, but Charles can tell he is distracted. He presses his lips together, thoughtful. Since being exposed to the entirely of the physical universe and its many permutations, he's taken Charles's guidance to heart when his husband advised him not to get stuck in constantly trying to solve problems from different dimensions. There is after all only so much room in their world, and they can only interact with so many people during the course of a day. Erik has the advantage being able to stuff many days into single moments and beyond, years if he wished, but that necessitates leaving others behind.

Frozen in place, harmless to them but still preventing them from living as they wish. It's not precisely that he freezes them while time marches forward, more that he contains their reality inside one bubble and another in the next, bridging them together into the same time-stream when he is finished and able to make it seem that they've barely blinked in comparison. Erik's capacity has grown in ways that they're still learning, but in the distance, he hears something curious. He has to wonder as he glances back at Aba, if it might help to make yet another adjustment. Magnus will eventually return home, and Ariel and Charlie are no more, leaving their world just as it always had been.

Now, though, Aba and David are here to stay. But... there is another, he senses them far-off. A mirrored struggle, with nothing left for them where they are. Would it help, or harm? He considers, and puts it aside. For now.

Charles can see that Erik is distracted, evidently pulled by another thread. Erik has opened the gate, and Charles has a view inside. A different view…and telepathic view. He, too, can feel the pang. Familiar struggle and aching loneliness. It’s hard to ignore. But, another thing that they’ve both learned centers around control. They can’t help everyone, save everyone. Magnus and Aba are remarkable exceptions, but Charles knows that they mustn’t go out and seek. And so he joins in Erik’s sentiment: they can revisit later, if needed. For now, their hands are full. “We’d best be getting back soon,” he says at last, rubbing Aba’s arm. “It’s almost time for lunch, and we can help get you settled in.”

Aba, content to simply fuss over David, doesn't appear to hear at first. But David takes his hand and tugs, drawing his focus. Tying him back like twine. "Time to go, little one?" he whispers and holds on as Erik whisks them all back. Charles and Aba both return to their chairs, a strap around Aba's lap to keep him from reaching forward and falling in his absent awareness. 

Chapter 85: The chicks, first one & then another, all sang out, 'It was our brother,

Chapter Text

As they re-enter Reyda a nurse opens the door and offers the group a smile. She holds a tray in hand with a variety of different foods that are easy to eat and not messy, helpful for Aba's lacking coordination. "Oh, good afternoon," she says warmly. "I'm here with Dr. Kirala and Dr. Qadir, we would like to ask you all a few questions and take some functional and cognitive assessments. Would that be OK?"

Sooraya Qadir is a young graduate of the Xavier Institute with a high aptitude for organic chemistry, specializing in neuropsychiatric pharmacology. Her hair is neatly tucked under a skintight cap, which flows into her black long-sleeved shirt and loose black pants in modest but practical fashion. She lacks any make-up or jewelry, but her sharp hazel eyes are naturally framed by thick lashes. Her demeanor is serious and no-nonsense, carrying a variety of papers clipped to a board. "It is good to see you again, Headmaster," Sooraya recites in her typical serious tones. "Likewise, Dr. Lehnsherr."

Ailo waves from his spot, leaned on a cane. "Ah, I've become somewhat ubiquitous, I fear. Good afternoon," he grins.

“Dr. Qadir,” Charles greets. “It’s good to see you, too. And you as well, Ailo.” Indeed it is; it’s always wonderful to see his former students out in the world. Sooraya was one of the first Genosha transplants to arrive at his school all those years ago, and Charles had noticed her affinity for chemistry immediately. In her final years at the institute, her lessons consisted of private tutoring with Hank, the only one equipped with the chemistry acumen sharp enough to teach her. She’s a natural genius, and AMC is lucky to have her. “Erik, darling,” Charles says gently to Aba, chair slotted beside Aba’s own. “Dr. Qadir and Dr. Kirala are right there.” He points Aba’s hand in their direction, and then gingerly turns the man’s head to match. “Is it alright if they chat with you for a little bit? I’ll stay here with you if you want me to.”

Aba lets himself be maneuvered without a fuss, eyebrows furrowing at the names. Neither are familiar to him, perhaps with time they would have become so. He does recognize the nurse, though. She's been present since his arrival, and so far had been quite nice. She's the lady who can make fire with her hands, rubbing her fingers together like matches. He knows because she's amused David a few times now by allowing him to see and touch (with precise enough control to make the flames harmless).

"Miss Elkins," he rasps, gazing all around until Charles nudges his head properly toward her. "Stay?" he whispers to Charles softly. Sue grins and moves inside to set the tray down on Charles's lap instinctively, knowing that he will help the other man to eat as they speak. She takes a seat on the bed, which is already made up after porters came in to clean.

Ailo likewise ventures in and finds a chair formed for him out of thin air, sending an appreciative thumbs-up to Erik for the consideration. "Basically we would just like to start by asking some questions about how things are going for you and what you may be struggling with," he says verbally while sending a condensed concept to Aba's mind to help him concentrate.

Wanda sits on a chair of her own, watching all of this solemnly. She's somewhat familiar with Sue, who works at AMC's rehabilitation unit as well, and who helped both her, Pietro and Erik during their convalescence. Only this time she can see the woman, and she grins when she steps in. "I think that will be OK, hm, Babbetto?"

Aba nods. "Questions?" he asks, trying in his limited capacity to make everyone feel comfortable by cooperating. It's a very Erik thing to do.

Sue nods, then remembers he can't see her and adds verbally, "yep, just let us know if you get bored or tired and we will stop, OK?" She looks to Charles knowingly. The questionnaire itself is painstaking, focusing on Aba's desires for treatment, his difficulties in everyday life, and his functional impairments such as blindness and ataxia. He, like Erik, also has a damaged right hand, which she and Sooraya gently examine in its post-surgical state. They both make sure he isn't in pain, and the remaining questions are somewhat more diagnostic, asking about whether he has nightmares or intrusive thoughts, dissociation, amnesia or other trauma-related symptoms.

There's an additional component that is more specific to the Erik they know, about his relationships to others and his inner emotional life. "So, it sounds like you're a little different to our Erik," Sue says with a glance to Charles, tone gentle. "He is a little similar to you, but it sounds like you have more issues with distressing beliefs and with things that aren't there. I think we can help with that, and with your difficulty sleeping. There's a higher incidence of occurrences like flashbacks and emotional dysregulation, so we can focus on easing your suffering and try some medication as well. How does that sound?"

The actual process of answering itself has been difficult, with both Ailo and Charles needing to repeatedly redirect Aba's attention and his answers often sounding nonsensical. But the medical staff are patient and take as long as they need to get a clear picture. What's evident is PTSD, and more overt schizophrenia symptoms - different to Erik, yet along a similar spectrum. It's fascinating to Sooraya, who gets to work mentally calculating what may help medicinally, but she doesn't let on outwardly as she knows she has the tendency to get side-tracked by the science. Still, she wants to help. And she thinks she can.

"I'd like to trial a couple of things," she finally speaks. "One is an alpha-channel blocker, which will help with your physical agitation and your nightmares. The other is a third-generation antipsychotic called carmeridone. I believe you have taken this as well," she flicks a finger at Erik.

"Oh," he says, realizing he's being addressed. "Yes, very briefly. It worked quite well, and I didn't notice any side effects at all. Part of my issues were due to my mutation, though," he points out softly. "So he may respond differently."

"We are one of the few facilities that manufacture these drugs," Sooraya grins, having been personally involved in its development with a focus on reducing extrapyramidal tardive dyskinesia, mental fog, weight gain and other negative impacts. "But how do you feel about trying something out?"

"Medicine?" Aba looks around, wide-eyed. "Needles? Experiments? I do not like that," he presses his lips together unhappily.

"Not an experiment," Erik promises. "It will help you feel better. Clearer . That is all." He looks to Charles. He knows he had a similar reaction, and his husband helped him to accept it.

Charles keeps a reassuring hand clenched around Aba’s own throughout the meeting. He feels utterly adrift without the rest of his senses, floating uncomfortably and directionless, but the small points of contact are helpful, Charles knows. The belt around his waist, a squeeze of his fingers. Small touch points to remind him where he is. He’s impressed with both the care team and with Aba. Ailo and Sooraya quickly adapt to Aba’s condition and learn how to ask questions in a way that makes most sense to him. Even more impressively, they seem to know how to interpret his answers with minimal supplementation from Charles or Erik.

The two of them offer some context from time to time, but the doctors adeptly navigate Aba’s strange parlance. Aba, for his part, does very well. He’s unfocused and at times nonsensical, but he seems to be trying to provide answers earnestly. When he doesn’t understand something, he’ll attempt a response anyway, and Charles is proud and grateful, finding himself more hopeful about Aba’s prognosis by the end of the session. His aversion to medication and treatment is not unexpected. Ariel, Erik, and Magnus have all reacted similarly, and Charles can’t blame them. Their collective history has been scarred deeply by such things. “No one is experimenting on you, Erik,” Charles tells the man firmly.

“No tables or labs. Any medicine that Dr. Qadir or Dr. Kirala recommends you take will only be to help you feel better. Right now, it’s hard for you to remember where you are and what you’re doing sometimes, right?” he takes a pause and waits for Aba to consider that fact. “You want to be more certain about those things, I know it. You’ll he able to be with David more often and do things that you like to do. And if you don’t like the way a medicine makes you feel, just tell us and we won’t make you take it ever again. You have a choice, my love. It’s all up to you, whether you want to accept the doctors’ health or go without it.”

Aba's expression furrows as he attempts in good faith to understand what's being said to him. He's been known over the past few days to react unpredictably to those he's unfamiliar with, abruptly turning from them or even shouting at them, confusing them for people like Trask or Stryker. There's a doctor who is quite competent and friendly who was originally on his team that seemed to remind him too greatly of Schmidt to be effective, so they switched him out for Qadir instead, hence her presence.

But Charles helps him link back, a point of awareness that no amount of illness appears to snuff out. "David," he whispers his answer quietly with a jerky nod. True to form, both Ailo and Sue understand what he's really saying. He wants to be able to talk to his son, to be clear-minded when doing so. Not to frighten or confuse him, like he himself can be.

"We'll do everything in our power to make that happen, Erik," Sue tells him firmly. "And if you don't like any of the medications we will stop them."

Ailo agrees. "The goal here is to ensure you're comfortable, and the more comfortable you are, I think the more effective any treatment will be. I know you ran a hospital at Riverside." His words are layered and complex, so Aba doesn't always follow along, but he pairs it with psionics to offer as much ease as possible in communicating. Constructing a conceptualization of the hospital in his North Brother Island, the one with lanterns and plants and vendor carts and little huts along fairy paths. "Whenever you had patients you always wanted to help, yes? You wouldn't make them do things they didn't want."

"To me," Aba taps his chest with his bad hand, the one not ensconced in Charles's. "Did to me. Did not like. But sometimes sick. Everyone gets sick, sometimes. You help? Like Riverside?"

"Just like that. You know how important it is to give people choice, and build trust. Hopefully over time you can transition from this room, as well. We have some occupational therapy scheduled, actually," he tells the family. "With the goal being to eventually have you gain more independence, so you don't have to live in the hospital. Reyda has some very good assisted living facilities where you'll have your own apartment, your own things. You'll just get some help from time to time. Right now you're a little too unwell, and don't quite know how to navigate your disability. We will all make sure to address those points so you can live how you'd like, yeah?" His bushy eyebrows arch hopefully.

Charles appreciates Ailo’s psionic supplements. The language he uses can be complex and layered, so the additional information that he provides Aba is undeniably helpful. He’s able to convey information without relying too heavily on the visuals. The general feelings are more important, either way. “How lovely that will be,” Charles encourages, hopeful that Aba will invest in this trajectory for himself. “You can have us over, hmm? Maybe even host your own Shabbat. I know how much you love cooking for other people. We could come over and help you prepare. Teach David how to make challah and kneidlach. Oh, but not me; I’m a horrific cook, as you know.” He smiles, and kisses Aba’s knuckles. “What do you say, Erik? Will you let Dr. Kirala and Dr. Qadir help you?”

Aba grins a little as he recalls the time Charles once quite literally burned water, having boiled it for so long it evaporated and ruined his pot. His Charles had been apologetic, but Aba just laughed and took over breakfast (and lunch, and dinner...) duties from then on. He glances upward and somewhere past Charles's shoulder. "Help," he agrees. "To cook again? I will?" he looks a tad skeptical. Erik understands. From his own dealings with a state quite like Aba's, though with his faculties intact, he knows it's unlikely the man will ever reach his former capability. But he hadn't gotten the opportunity for serious rehabilitation, having recovered from both instances sooner than such therapies were required. Perhaps there is something the doctors here can do to help this lost version of himself. And Erik will assist, too. As much as he can.

Charles smiles, and then leans in to kiss Aba’s temples. “I don’t know exactly what’s possible,” he admits. “But I know that things can get better for you than they are now. I’m very grateful that you’re going to let us all help, though. That’s magnificent, Erik.”

“Wanda and I will help you, Babbetto,” promises Pietro. “Your mutation might not be the same as it was, but we’ll help fill in.”

It makes Aba squint, and he awkwardly paws at his own cheeks to dry them even as he swings a bit wildly before landing on Pietro's shoulder. He looks intent, trying his hardest to summon the words to express the chaotic jumble in his mind. "Not-so-little ones," he decides with a quick grin. He remembers, the wild house and braided bread. Card games with nonsensical rules insisted upon by silver dreams. The bullets cut through the air, too slow now. Time stopped working, feet couldn't move. Bullets can shred a body. "Dead?" he asks his husband-but-not. Is that why they're all here again? He decides he doesn't mind being dead. Trapped and desperate, burdening the only love left. Too young to care for him, and Aba couldn't bear it besides. It's better, here.

The memory begins pleasant and warm, but ends with searing pain, hot terror. Each telepath in the room will feel it, and it hurts, but they’ve been around Erik for long enough to understand this trajectory. It’s familiar enough to no longer deplete lungs, spring tears. Charles doesn’t care to spend time ruminating on what that means. “No, sweetheart. We aren’t dead. We’re very much alive. Here.”

He gingerly prises Aba’s hand from Pietro’s shoulder and places it atop his own chest so that Aba can feel the rhythmic thump of his heart. He then moves Aba’s hand to his chest, enabling Aba to register his own heart beating. A different rhythm, Charles notes, to his own Erik’s. Quicker gallops. “Just somewhere else. A new home, for you and David. With me, Pietro, Wanda, and my husband. I know it won’t be the same as what you had, but hopefully, you come to enjoy it.”

"With Bullshit," Aba says, confusing everyone at first until Wanda laughs and transmits the meaning to the rest of them like a conduit - a card game of some kind, evidently one of his Pietro's favorites. But even as he takes them all in, trying his hardest to figure it all out, he doesn't distinguish very much at all between the versions of his children he knew and the ones here. To him, much like to Erik, they're all his. "Want help," he tries to look around and find the doctors, but it's fruitless. "To try. To become, better," he says roughly. "Please. Don't want to be lost."

Charles is taken aback when Aba’s language suddenly turns aggressive, but smiles broadly upon the translation from Wanda. A card game that he remembers playing with his children. How sweet, and positive. Anything he can pluck from his own memory should be nourished and explored. “If you want help, help you shall have,” Charles promises, once again gently directing Aba’s gaze toward Ailo. “And we’ll be here to support you all along. I promise. I’m excited, aren’t you? For things to get better.”

Aba nods. "You won't leave me alone in the room?" he looks somewhat pitiful as he asks, a miasma of disoriented spikes swirling all around them as his recall of the hospital from his universe picks up. They hadn't known what to do with him, so they just left him there, and David too. It was easier than Riverside, the twisted ruins of the hospital on North Brother Island housing him and David for far too long before they were found by disaster relief personnel.

He had tried his hardest to forage blindly for food, clothing, shelter, all while living in a twisted tornado of horror and death battering at him. But the hospital room was hard, too. They didn't let him see David all the time, believing it wouldn't be good for him. So he was just there, alone, often for days. He tried not to mind it, for David's sake when they did spend time together. But, he can't help it. He minded. He knows David needs a real parent. And he knows he can't be that now or maybe ever. Somehow, he knows.

As simplistic as he is, a deep part of his soul remains tethered to his son. But they won't forget about him? Leave him to rot? Perhaps it would be better to simply pass on into the next world...

Charles glances at the twins and Erik with a broken expression. It shatters his heart to hear Aba speak like that, to remind them all that in his world he was left alone to suffer. Locked up in an asylum; what could one do with a man so physically and mentally disabled? Unable to balance and therefore walk, see, eat, move? Lost in the frayed threads of a thousand universes in his head? A locked room, medicine. That was going to be his life. “We won’t leave you,” Charles promises, pushing his fingers through Aba’s hair. “I can’t stay all day long, but I promise that I’ll come by very often, okay? We all will. And we’ll come get you and bring you over, too.” Charles feels a pang of guilt jolt through him, knowing he can’t stay here with Aba like he did with Erik. “If you ever want to see one of us and we’re not there, tell your nurses, and they’ll tell me.”

Aba seems to focus more clearly, one of those momentary lapses into sanity that has a way of fooling them all for just a second that he is all there, as he grasps for Charles's forearm and grips it tightly. "Not all day," he jerks his chin to the side roughly. "No worrying. Just... sometimes," he tries vainly to get the message across, and Charles understands more clearly. He doesn't even mean specifically Charles. Even though it's impossible for him not to desire speaking with his husband-yet-not (funny that it appears in his mind this way, when it was more or less the same in his reality as well - his Charles was his partner, until death took him; but they weren't legally married. Not that it stopped them from ignoring such petty distinctions as legal) what he really means is... anyone.

Maybe a nurse or two. Sometimes. And Charles, when he feels like. He doesn't need much, honestly doesn't prefer much, outside of his family and rare friends. Charles knows that he and their family are outliers to his own Erik, who more or less pretends to be emotionally invested in those not comprising their inner circle out of an abundance of compassion. Over time, Charles has watched as this improved, entirely along the axis of their proximity - giving credence to Ailo's theory that psionic contact had offered a lower-grade, but long-term version of his current therapy.

But Erik is still very deeply introverted, with most social engagements taking massive amounts of effort on his part. But it's different, now. Aba can't engage with anything any longer. It's more devastating an impact than mere isolation, which causes serious harm on its own. Aba has nothing but sound and sporadic, unpredictable touch. He can't engage in hobbies or self-directed pursuits of almost any kind. Not that he knows how to do, anyway. The personnel at Bellevue didn't understand this, or perhaps they'd been ordered to do only the bare minimum of keeping him alive. He couldn't say.

Neither does he desire to chain Charles or his children to his side, or become a burden or inconvenience. He would prefer them to live their lives outside the walls of Reyda, and not to feel guilt over that. 

And Charles understands. It’s one of the changes that had happened within his own self, this ability to grok, to borrow a term that is exceptionally useful to identify what he can now do. Instantaneous understanding, warp-speed download. Nearly like Vision’s super computer brain. And he doesn’t even realize when it happens; all of a sudden, Charles just knows. Knows that Aba is asking for basic company rather than a deep investment from Charles and the twins.

It’s a concept that Aba can’t exactly articulate on his own, but one that Charles does via osmosis. He understands why, too. The loneliness at Bellevue only caused Aba to spiral and float father and father from reality. Like a balloon in the atmosphere, no string or anchor. Without sight or motor skills, how frightening it must feel to be suspended in space all alone without guidance or companionship. “You won’t be alone,” Charles promises, hand folding over the one gripping his forearm.

“You’ve lots of people here who care about you. Friends, family, doctors, nurses. All sorts of animal friends, too,” he smiles. “There’s a community here at Reyda, which is the name of the place we’re in now. Communal activities, nice grounds.“ Can he socialize with other patients? he asks Ailo privately, not wanting to suggest something to Aba that Ailo wouldn’t recommend. I hate the thought of locking him in here all day.

Of course, Ailo returns with a smile. "There's plenty of other patients here as well, and lots of different activities to engage in. I know Erik didn't much prefer to socialize, but your circumstances are quite different. Add blindness and ataxia to the mix and I am sure you must be feeling very lost."

Sooraya tilts her head at her clipboard as they speak amongst themselves, but her brows knit together and she interrupts brusquely to ask something entirely random. But Charles knows as immediately as she does that it's important. Off-topic, but crucial. She is trying to deduce how best to test her theory. "Dr. Lehnsherr, can you provide a sentence in German?"

Erik arcs his brows. They very much were having a completely different discussion mere seconds beforehand. "Ah... Mein Name ist Erik und ich bin mit meiner Familie in Reyda."

"Erik --" she reaches to touch Aba's shoulder, indicating him. "Can you repeat that sentence?"

Aba squints. "Ich bin Erik. Mit meiner Familie in Reyda."

Charles can hear what she's listening for, the slow and labored way he slams words into one another to form sentences making him seem far worse off mentally. Sooraya snaps her fingers. "We should get neurology up here. That's not psychological."

Erik looks confused. "What isn't?"

Ailo huffs a laugh. "I suppose when you're a hammer, everything looks like mental illness." He tuts a bit. "Is it difficult for you to speak? We might have to adjust some of this."

"Part of our assessment references your manner of speaking, as it is highly divergent from our own Erik," Sooraya explains. "Undoubtedly there is some psychological difficulty, as some of what is said is incongruent. But cerebellar ataxia affects the muscles of the throat as well, which causes production of speech to be impaired. We can help to improve this, so it will be easier for you to converse."

Charles frowns, gripping Aba tighter as a reflex. He heard it too, the strange cadence, labored elocution. He’d assumed that it was all psychological, though, since Sooraya has pointed it out, Charles can feel the slight difference. “Is that an acquired issue?” Charles wonders aloud, rubbing Aba’s arm. “Or was he born with it?”

"Right now I am unsure," Sooraya admits. "You would be better able to determine this, as you can check his memories. In my opinion it is most likely caused by the suppression of his abilities, which we have continued here for both his and our own safety."

Beside Charles, Erik appears a little bamboozled as well. "But I could speak normally, even when I was suppressed for months."

Aba just lets them talk, similar to Erik, he doesn't have much conception of himself as an individual entitled to privacy and he is so accustomed to clinical language that it doesn't occur to him to be offended. He does raise his head, to say, "not born. Hard to talk. I thought it was my mind, too," he admits. The more complex the sentence, the longer it takes him to produce.

"As far as I can tell," Sooraya explains to all, "both of you have unique responses. You had more difficulty with some things that your counterpart can do well, like turn his head. Your brains are different, and so are your abilities. How you respond to suppression will henceforth be different."

When Aba pipes up to add his take, Charles feels slightly ashamed. Of course, he could have asked him himself. If he hadn’t known the answer, he would have told them, and then Charles should have consulted Dr. Qadir. In fact, he didn’t need their input at all; in Aba’s memories, he generally speaks clearly with a German accent. “I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to talk about you as if you weren’t here,” Charles says to Aba, squeezing his wrist. “If it’s difficult to speak out loud, would you prefer communicating in here?” he taps Aba’s temple lightly. “Do you remember how to do that, darling? Speak to me telepathically. I can ensure that everyone else hears what you’re saying.”

Aba nods fervently. Much like gearing up to speak, it takes him a long moment to muddle through his faculties before finally managing. I remember how, you taught me. No one could hear me anymore in the grey-place. Except David, but I don't like to scare him. He's a good boy. I don't know if the white place or the grey one was worse. David wasn't in white... it's meandering and still not as cohesive as the thoughts from. Charles's Erik -- but it is clear in its wandering, where his voice is not. His words are sharp and haggard, but his mental timbre is soft and fluent in its distracted hum. You couldn't hear me any longer, but you can now? a burst of pleasure warms through. His mind has been silent for a long time, dusty like an unread book.

When Aba communicates telepathically, it’s like putting on a pair of swimming goggles after hours of being without them. The sea is still wild and chaotic, but at least the chaos is clear and visible. He can’t help but smile a bit and squeeze harder. It’s always lovely to feel an Erik in his head, that familiar warmth. And it’s evident that Aba, too, appreciates the new medium. Charles broadcasts the conversation as promised, but responds first. I can hear you loud and clear, he promises. He knows that his voice in any Erik’s head sets off a cascade of effects, so he offers a bit of grace by abstaining from asking too much of Aba before he grows used to it. This is much better. I’m sorry for not suggesting it before.

Aba's eyes snap shut as a wave passes over him, a concoction of grief and wonder imperfectly balanced. The grief is all-encompassing, for he misses having Charles inside his mind. It's been empty, meaningless in his alternating prisons of flesh and walls. And so too is the joy, at feeling him once more. My love, he broadcasts without volition. For Charles, impulses now become manifest into thoughts before consciousness catches up. You will make sure David is OK? is the first coherent statement he thinks, the first thing he focuses on above all else. He likes you, Aba grins.

The commingled agony and elation takes Charles aback briefly, its complex manifestation a powerful testament to the layers of the human psyche. Aba so badly misses his Charles, but there’s happiness, too, that a Charles is here, occupying at least a small part of the chasm left behind. Of course I will, Charles soothes, kissing Aba’s temple. Our son will grow up safe and happy and so very loved. You’ll get to witness it, too. It will all be okay, Erik. I’m sorry that you’ve been hurting so badly for so long. We can try to make it better

At the kiss, Aba shivers a little and leans in closer; or at least he tries, slumping forward a little as his muscles fail him. Wanda notices it and moves to help him right-side up with a smile. "We will. All of us. You're not alone anymore, Babbetto."

It's been difficult on Erik, all of this. As far removed as he's come to be from the minutiae of the universe, this particular detail dents his collective armor, built up through so much experience it is impossible to transmit. Himself, alone and blind. His babies murdered. His husband murdered. There is no doubt in his mind why Aba is like this. Yes, they're different. Erik isn't overtly ill any longer. Nowadays he has a much greater grasp on reality, even if it may be many realities.

But he knows in his heart, if this happened to him, he would be no better off. To see a version of himself entirely broken, not by Schmidt or Hellfire animals in all their permutations. But by the loss of his very foundation itself. "I promise," Erik says roughly. And he isn't one to make promises that he knows he can't keep. But this, he has to do. "I promise, it will get better. We won't stop trying until it does."

It's peculiar to Aba, whose head tilts a little at the proclamation from his own self across the room. "Help me?" he manages verbally, the difference entirely apparent now that the deficit is known. He wishes to help me? He doesn't hate me? I couldn't save them. My babies.

"I do not hate you. You are part of me, and I don't hate any longer," Erik assures firmly. "You are hurting. I want to make it better. My family, my Charles--how fortunate I am," he says softly, almost not intended to be heard at all.

"You know," Aba understands solemnly. He knows why I'm lost. He would be, too.

Charles keeps a pulse on his own Erik throughout the conversation, knowing that, in times past, he would have been undone, upset, and greatly impacted by the interruption of a counterpart living the worst of his nightmares. What Erik feels now, however, is empathy and understanding. Sorrow and grace for Aba. It’s still difficult to stomach, but it doesn’t send him into a spiral. Charles can remember when Erik arrived in Ariel’s reality to rescue him, how he’d paced and ranted and raved in Charles’s room, cursing Schmidt, Hellfire, but most notably, himself.

How he’d blamed his own self for bringing this upon them all, equated his fate to something he brought upon himself. There is no trace of that now; Erik no longer believes that he’s to blame when things in his life go sideways, and Charles is immensely proud of that progress. He cares about you, Charles tells Aba while extending one hand toward his husband, gripping his fingers. And he knows that your suffering is incredible, darling. You’re family, and we will do what we would for any family member, hmm?

"Darling," Aba repeats softly out loud, and the doctors in the room both know that he's starting to reach his capacity to sustain social interaction as his answers grow less and less attached, often just echoing a word just said to him in his stilted lilt. Before they usher everyone away, though, he reaches for David to hug him tightly once more. "Try your best, OK? Love you. See you, very soon. Aba loves you. Don't forget."


Charles is regretful when they shoo them all out but he understands; it’s been a big day for Aba, and he’d do well for some rest. It’s sweet to see he and David embrace, with David seeming to understand that they must leave his Aba here. Charles collects the boy on his lap when they’re done, for David, too, is tired and due for a nap. The boy slumps against his chest as they leave Reyda, lazily brushing at his stuffed tiger’s tail with his index finger. Charles holds him protectively. “I’m hopeful for progress,” he tells the group once they’re back in the townhouse. “With the right medication and therapy, it should be possible.”

"I think so, too," Wanda says, looping her arm through Pietro's mischievously. It's her method of comfort, like Erik she has a light touch about it with her other half, whom she knows as deeply as she knows herself - and likewise, he for her. It's a connection few can understand who don't have a twin. And she knows without a doubt that seeing a version of Erik so broken has unsettled him, and that it's uncomfortable for him to know it's in part to losing his counterpoint as well.

Whilst Sue and Sooraya (often playfully refered to as Sue and Soo by the staff) stay behind to administer adjustments and evening medications, Ailo follows them out, one hand in his pocket and one leaned heavily on his cane. Sooraya and Hank of course badger him constantly about using it wrong, on the same side as his injured leg to support its weight and feeling more natural in his dominant hand. Along the years his wrists and arm have gotten injured plenty this way, but if he tries elsewise he's liable to fall straight over.

"Knowing his verbal discrepancy is caused by cerebellar ataxia is a positive sign, actually," he contributes. "That Dr. Qadir -- you know she diagnosed a patient by sight who had the most mild asterixis with hepatic encephalopathy? The woman is a clinical genius. Examined the patient myself, they were in for substance abuse. Never even saw it." He grins a bit, tapping his temple. "Oh, she was a handful at school. Nothing of malice, we just couldn't keep up!"

"It's why I agreed to send her," Erik reveals with a laugh. "She wished to go, as a symbol of peace between Genosha and the Institute. I was wary of such an overture being unwanted, but I knew she couldn't properly thrive with the facilities we had back then. Now it's different, of course. But I would still argue the Institute is the best preparatory education a gifted child can receive. Possibly anywhere."

"High praise indeed," Ailo grins. Having been a teacher at the Institute for a long time, he warms a little to know Erik thought as much. "But her diagnosis means that Aba -- should we stick with this name, or perhaps another... bit strange to call him Aba, heh," he winds a little and returns, "--potentially it means that he's less bad off mentally than we initially assumed. We will run the tests again to be sure when he's feeling up to it and account for this detail."

“The overture was indeed unwanted at the time, but not because I didn’t want new students. I was just mad at you,” Charles admits with a chuckle. Now, years removed, they can both look at that period in their lives without much pain. “We were just lucky to have had Hank—the other certifiable medical genius—to tutor her privately when her abilities exceeded the curriculum. Which happened when she was, what? Thirteen? Doing post-graduate level work before she grew out of children’s clothing sizes?”

He shakes his head fondly, and is always a touch mollified to hear others speak of his school with such high praise. Over the years, as Genosha has advanced and fashioned itself as an intellectual hotspot, there has been some debate around the necessity of Charles’s institute. Why expend so much effort to run a private school out of an old family estate when the schools on Genosha provide a more than adequate education for both mutant and human children alike? Charles himself has considered folding his school into the Genoshan public system, especially given his prolonged leave of absence from teaching. As it turns out, however, their outpost in North America proves to be an important bridge between mutant and humankind.

It’s an accredited institution, and the only of its kind outside of Genosha. Its small size allows for custom curricula, offering tailored plans for each student in accordance with their mutation and their intellectual interests. Students like Sooraya, for example, will thrive in such an environment, given the opportunity to engage in one-on-one partnership with instructors. “It was pretty fragmented in there,” Charles admits. “But, you could hear how much more articulate he was telepathically. I’d love for him to be able to life a bit more independently. He could be happy, I think.”

Erik sighs a bit, not at anything that's said, but rather as his thoughts meander back to the sight of his own self. He doesn't bother speaking as it is unnecessary with current company. Unshaven, eyes rolled about like ping-pong balls, muscles entirely useless and uncoordinated. Seated in that chair, alone for years. He's determined David was around one when Charles died, already walking and babbling - he wound up regressing linguistically as is common for autistic children - and already capable of telepathic contact. Aba -- perhaps Ailo is right, it does feel odd to call his own self dad -- was alone in the aftermath as Pietro elucidated thanks to Wanda.

Caring for a child whilst unable to walk, feed himself or see. He still doesn't know how they survived David's second year, Aba crawling around on the floor with his floppy arms and lost in vivid nightmares. But they did. He even buried them all. Slowly, through horrendous effort. Erik doesn't know how, not without his mutation. It speaks to a core in Aba that is immensely strong, and perhaps that bodes well for his future treatment. "He survived, and he made sure David did, too. That takes fortitude, with his degree of impairment. I think he will be able to improve," Erik says at last. "I appreciate all of you, coming together like this, to help him. And it makes me even more grateful every day for your presence in my life. I suppose now you know how much."

Charles has been feeling a touch emotional for the past 24 hours, and, beyond what he can immediately peg, he has to assume that much of it has to do with the fact that, somehow, Aba managed to care for a high-needs toddler while severely disabled himself. Unable to properly walk or feed himself, he somehow ensured that his little boy had clothing, food, and shelter. David certainly has some struggles of his own, but he’s healthy. Not too small for his age, no signs of illness or neglect. Rosy cheeks and shiny hair.

He clutches the boy to him and momentarily basks in the love that he didn’t think was possible. “We owe him everything, don’t we? He looked after our boy when he couldn’t even look after himself. Let’s see if he would like to choose a name for himself. Perhaps it will be too confusing for him to be called anything but Erik, but he ought to have a say. Ariel embraced that name, and I think Magnus has grown to like his new identity. But let’s allow Aba to make that choice for himself, hmm? As far as I see it, he’s family. A brother to Erik and an uncle to you two.” A nod to the twins. “Most importantly, a father to David. I would love to ensure that the two stay close.”

Erik nods. It's a good suggestion - Ariel preferred being Ariel, a name that was already his own, while Magnus will one day head back to his world. Perhaps as Magnus, or more than likely he'll return to being Erik. Aba is a little different. There's no reasonable assumption that he's going home. Erik certainly doesn't wish for that, and neither does Charles. But having someone who looks just like him, with a similar personality and the same name -- probably a bit much for one universe. But maybe not -- that happens all the time, doesn't it? "You are right, he should have a say. And undoubtedly he will be more embracing of anything he elects to choose for himself."

He glances down at David and inhales slowly, sharply. Like all his feelings for the boy are so vivid that it hurts. In a way he wouldn't ever trade. "If something like that ever happened to me--" he shakes his head a few times, trying to shake off the very possibility. "G-d forbid, but I expect you two," he likewise takes Wanda's hand and claps Pietro's shoulder brusquely. "And David, are helping him to be as stable as he can be."

Wanda tickles under David's chin, light enough not to wake him. Ever since she'd become aware of their existence she had tried to help, but it's only within the past few weeks that's been the case. She didn't want to disorient Erik, but while traversing he found out anyway. She laughs a bit. "An uncle. I like that. The more family, the merrier. It feels right, him being here. Magnus and Ariel weren't meant to stay. I think he is."


As Erik tucks the little boy into bed, Charles places a hand on his husband’s lower back. “I felt that, too,” he tells him quietly. “When we were up there. You were pulled by something. Some familiar pain. I felt that through you.”

Erik leans forward to press a kiss to David's forehead, brushing his reddish strands of hair gently from his eyes as he shifts and relaxes into deeper sleep. In no time at all he has become their son, adored and beloved. Charles helps him to stay that way as they speak softly. "Something terrible happened," he tries to explain to little avail. "Something wrong. I can sense it, now. When the Expanse is trying to make corrections. I don't know the criteria being used or why it favors one thing over another. But this, I know. There are multiple points of failure and it's attempting to create a bypass. That pain... and I know, " he murmurs. " We cannot fix it all. I know."

Charles rests against the back of his chair, telepathy sliding alongside Erik as he confronts the Expanse. Through Erik, he can feel it, too. The out of place ripple and the unsuccessful attempts to smooth it over. Who the actor is and why it’s acting is still unclear, but Charles feels comfortable with that lack of clarity, finally. Things exist beyond their comprehension and they must contend with them anyway. But he can feel it, like ugly sutures done by a field medic who knows that the limb will be lost. Shards of bone, peeling skin. Pain. So much pain. “Perhaps you and I will eventually learn what we can fix and what we can’t,” Charles murmurs, frowning. “But I don’t like this pain. It feels distinct from other pain.”

The way Erik speaks about it is surprising, considering his religious beliefs, less G-d and more akin to a large computer working with faulty code, and Erik as the debugging tool. Before leaving academia, Erik's last written work, which saw him receive his doctorate, established a plausible anti-entropy law, working completely opposite and somehow not fully contradicting the second law of thermodynamics: where systems move toward ordered methods when in close proximity. Additionally, and that processes such as evolution and entropy could be clearly linked to objective functions and mapped logarithmically; highlighted by natural rules like gravity.

Erik isn't an intellectual, and he only rarely reminds people that he is in-fact a doctor, thank-you, so it typically bamboozles people to discover that he's responsible for discovering a completely novel law of physics. Of course, Charles wasn't surprised at all. Erik wonders if he could have spent the rest of his life as a researcher, and swiftly discards that idea with a rueful grin. No, the realms of math and science are intuitive to him, and he enjoys them immensely, but his calling is different. He knew as soon as he touched down on Genosha's turquoise-lined beaches. "It's difficult," he says at last in a soft whisper. "To ignore things like this. I wish I knew my own place within these systems, so I could better judge whether a decision aligns with the projected outcome. But I suppose that's part of the system itself," he huffs, groaning a bit.

“If you can’t figure it out, Dr. Lehnsherr, then I fear we’re all doomed,” Charles replies, tugging Erik onto his lap. Where he belongs. This closeness is binds them together, reinforces their commitment and love. His lap, it seems, was made for Erik. He holds Erik to him, lips against the man’s temple as he thinks. Around them, the Expanse pulses. A panorama of experiences, like a mosaic, erects itself across Charles’s field of awareness.

And each tile provides a glimpse to another universe and their palimpsest lives. All at once, but controlled. Individual tiles and the image they create. A deep, searing pain discolors the facade of one of the tiles, and the entire mosaic now looks off. He can’t tell how, but yet, but it’s undeniable. “It’s not selfish of us to prioritize our world, at least for a little while. Not selfish in a bad way, anyway. I have to trust that we’ll know if we need to intervene.”

Erik nods, but Charles himself can tell that Erik finds it difficult to let go. He tries, because he knows Charles is right that they can't chase around endless iterations for the rest of their lives. Erik wants to live here, with Charles and David and his family. He knows. He slips easily atop Charles's knees, and lets out a long exhale. Relaxing as much as he can, rubbing his fingertips along Charles's spine. "Not a bad way," he murmurs. "It's too great of a responsibility for anyone to bear. I don't want to become consumed with it. At your expense. At David's."

“We will keep a pulse on it,” Charles promises, hands clasped lightly around Erik’s narrow hips. Strong and healthy as he is now, Erik is still a beanpole. Tall and gamine, with long limbs and wiry muscles. A true specimen, in Charles’s unbiased opinion. “I like that I can see everything alongside you. You hold the door open, and I peek in. There’s comfort knowing that neither of us are alone. Wouldn’t you agree?”

The tension in Erik's muscles gradually leeches out with the skittering of fingers along his lower back and arms wrapping him up tight. Privy to the whole universe and far beyond, but the only thing that can calm him in moments like this is Charles's steady certitude. He believes him when he says it will be OK. It's a type of trust that Erik himself barely understands, because Charles is the only person in any universe to be granted it. He smiles and presses his hand against his husband's cheek. "I like it too," he laughs, warm. "Knowing you're with me. Makes it much less frightening. I'd be afraid, I suspect. If it weren't for you. But I'm not. Just concerned, and a healthy amount. Not a spiral."

“I don’t think that the entirety if the Expanse is meant to be reckoned with alone,” Charles adds. “Our combined abilities make it manageable. More evidence that there is something that ties you and I together, mm? Two halves of a combined whole. You’ve got the looks and the brawn, I’ve got the money,” he teases fondly, blue eyes flickering. All in all, Charles himself feels a lot calmer now, even as he gains knowledge and awareness by the second, it seems.

The gate that Erik opened has created a direct stream of information into his head, and as Charles navigates, he realizes that there are things now that he simply knows. For example, he knows that Hank’s father, a man who passed before Hank was born, was a poet and a drinker; it was his mother who exposed him to the sciences early on. Hank has never spoken explicitly about his parents, and certainly not about the father he never met, but even in those unarticulated thoughts, Charles can father a clear picture of the McCoy stock as if he’d seen it in a book.

Things that exist but have never been said, or even thought concretely…Charles just knows. “It’s obvious to me and all others, I think, that you’ve really healed quite significantly,” Charles smiles. “You’ve not even teetered toward spiral this whole time. You’ve been objective and helpful, and even optimistic. I’m really proud of you, darling. You’ve worked so hard to get here. I hope that you’re starting to feel peace, in some capacity.”

Erik snorts at the comment, rolling his eyes fondly. "If I've the brawn and you the money, does that mean we have to share the brain-cell?" he waggles his eyebrows and presses his cheek right up alongside the other man's, playful. "I think so," he whispers as though afraid to jinx it. "It's like... having woken up from having Every Experience. And you're like, welp. Now, what?" he tries to explain with a laugh. "I don't remember the minutiae, just that feeling. Like I had done it all, everything. So much so that even my worst experiences became cosmically... like there is an indifference about it, now," he knows he's not making much sense.

"In a good way. An objective way. Not that I've decided it does not matter or minimizing it. But I don't feel that it's made things purposeless, either. In the grand scheme of things, the grand scheme of things doesn't matter. We get to decide. I feel it. What matters. Am I making any sense? No," he grins. "I know it's opening new avenues for you, too. Your ambient knowledge is getting more vibrant and detailed by the day. Things you used to concentrate to pick out are now made manifest, hm? How does that feel?"

“Oh, no. Neither of us have the brain anymore. David is smart enough for the both of us,” Charles retorts, grateful to have banter again after a year without. “I think we’ve a genius on our hands. I know every parent thinks their child is exceptionally smart, but ours actually is.” He’s happy to stay pressed close to his husband as he explains himself. A touch circuitous as always, but with clarity and confidence. Yes, his Erik is back, and back with a lot less turmoil. Comfort in the unknown and tolerant of pain. Not agnostic of it, but accepting. That acceptance has brought peace.

“As you grow comfortable, so do I,” he answers, thumb rubbing along Erik’s hip bone. “It honestly doesn’t feel magnificent or even noticeable, until I think about it. Your mother made your sister a rabbit doll out of towels when she was born, and that doll was called Króli. I don’t even think you remembered that,” Charles points out, raising a brow. “I don’t feel like I’ve gained knowledge, in this way. It’s as if it’s all existed in my memory all along, and I’m only recalling it now. No grand awakening. Just knowledge.”

Erik gasps a little in delight. "My goodness. I remember that thing! Ruthie kept it at her table, in a box." As Charles speaks further he nods along. It makes sense according to what they know about information. There is no way to truly know everything, all at once. Erik remembers how such knowledge made him feel, and some bits and bobs. Charles's mind functions more immediately, entering such experiences into his declarative recall, allowing reminders to surface them whilst ignoring them when not in use. With Charles's telepathy as it is this is probably all the more compartmentalized. Perhaps it's not even all stored in his own mind.

Erik had once tried to draw it out for him. It looks something like (E1, E2, E3) x (C1, C2, C3) = E1C1 + E2C2 + E3C3. Symmetry. Erik loves math. E & C: ExC=CxE. Through the very simple equation Erik tries to express how ultimately when their minds come into contact, it creates a new plane comprised of both parts. But the new plane isn't just Erik and Charles, even at times recognizable as such. It is its own thing, something wondrous. A brand new entity in-between. Not Erik. Not Charles. EC3, or as Erik calls it, Eck. (Charles insists it's too close to ick. Erik bops his nose.) A perfect place to store all his bits and bobs, and Erik welcomes each and every one.

Charles simply adores Erik and his mathematical proofs for their partnership, even if he doesn’t always follow. Something about their compartments combining to create a new plane for their possibilities. More than the sum of their parts, and all that. Eck, or something. It’s a good thing Erik is so wonderfully handsome. “I worry that I’ll be even more insufferable than I am already,” Charles admits, reaching up to tuck a loose strand behind Erik’s ear. “How fun will it be to be around someone who knows every single thing about you? Do I really want to know all that? Telepathy forces one to have a thick skin, certainly, but how much will it thicken until it becomes impossibly hard? Turns to armor?”

Erik tickles under his chin fondly and drops a kiss to his jaw. "Oh, neshama. It doesn't matter how much you grow and learn, I will always find our interactions delightful. Besides, there is so much I don't know. You'll have to teach me. And," he holds up a hand. "With such knowledge, I expect with time, and your own awareness shifting, it won't need to be armor. I can only judge by my experiences, but the more I learn, the more accepting I find I become."

Charles chuckles softly, and grips Erik’s fingers before kissing each knuckle. “I hope and suspect that you’re right, my dear. I suppose I’m being a bit pessimistic, aren’t I? To think that the ugly will outweigh the beautiful, when we take human knowledge and experience as a whole. Even if it does, perhaps there’s no merit in trying to compare or weigh ugly and beautiful against each other anyway.”

"Besides, learning more from you will be a lifelong endeavor," Erik says with a smile. "But I do worry I may inevitably bore you, since there is only so much you can learn about one person, hm?" He presses another kiss to the man's jaw. "There is so much complexity to the human, though. No matter how much I am exposed to, I continue to be amazed at the resilience and generosity of the human spirit. We need only to look toward our friends for evidence."

“You? Boring? Don’t make me laugh, darling. You’re perhaps the least boring person alive. I don’t know anyone who presents more wonder than do you. And anyway, the things I know are only my interpretation, hmm? There’s always new perspectives to discover. I don’t think we’ll be bored.” He leans in to kiss Erik’s jaw. “And even if we both learned everything that there is to know…a little boring might be nice. We’ve had a very exciting life so far.”

"Agreed," Erik laughs. "It will be nice to settle down for a change. With you and David and the twins," Erik says wistfully. He supposes the pain that lances through the Expanse will always call to him, and perhaps someday he will gain a better understanding of when he's supposed to intervene and when its best to focus on his family, here. It does still niggle at the back of his mind, like an itch he can't scratch, but he has great practice with suppressing things, so he expects it will be better with time. It's difficult to have so much power and knowledge and yet not precisely have enough data to know what choices are the correct ones. Simultaneously freeing and imprisoning at once. "You'll help me?" he asks softly. "To know? When I should."

Charles follows Erik’s train of thought easily, and it’s as if the man spoke every word aloud. “Of course I will,” he tells Erik. “Between you and I, we should be able to understand when we need to act and when we need to refrain. No decision needs to be made alone. Right now, I firmly believe we need to look after Aba and David. One correction at a time, mm?” Charles looks around Erik at their sleeping son. Angelic, tucked in his blankets with his tiger tucked underneath his arm. A smile finds its way to Charles’s face. “I’m looking forward to our Shabbat. It’s been so long since we’ve seen everyone. David has so many aunts and uncles to meet.”

"Me, too," Erik laughs, fond. "It feels as though we have been away on an impossible adventure. And perhaps this is true, really. But I have missed this. Being here with you, visits with our friends. It's been so long since I have beaten you at chess," he sticks his tongue out, amused. "I expect that will prove more challenging, now. But I will adapt. I always do."

“Oh, you wish.” Charles rolls his eyes fondly. “You know fully well that you’re more than capable of blocking me out during a game of chess. I’ve never needed to cheat to beat you, mm?” In truth, their record is near dead even, with the two of them never more than a few games off from each other. “We both can teach David. Let’s see whose method he prefers.”

"Oh, I've just been letting you win this whole time," Erik pokes him in the side. "He might prefer Go, too," Erik grins. He winds up playing more chess these days, given it's Charles's preference, but he's an avid enthusiast of the more abstract tactical game as well, and frequently Hank uses him to test his AI devices with the game as it requires more creative solutions. Erik is somewhat better at Go than chess, for his natural method of operation is keyed toward the less linear play.

“You only like that game because I’ve yet to beat you,” Charles scoffs. “I’m sure our son will prefer the time-tested game of chess. He’s a smart boy with excellent priorities.” It’s all in jest, of course. Charles never really got the hang of Go, as the possibilities were too vast. It certainly speaks to Erik’s talents over Charles’s, and though Charles will gripe, he thinks that Erik is all the more brilliant for his skill.

"If he does, he might wind up better than us both. We'll have to bring Raven over," Erik beams. During their time at Arcadia she'd firmly trounced them both, which only made Erik like her even more. "Or, I suppose, he might prefer building to playing. There are some pretty complex Lego sets he might enjoy, and I can make things that will teach him how to use his abilities better as well. It's a bit like Lego in a way," he laughs. "The universe is constructed out of pieces arranged together in a certain way."

“I’ll let you be his mentor about the architecture of the world,” Charles says, fingers now twined within Erik’s curls. He absolutely adores Erik’s head of hair, taking great joy in braiding and tying and stroking each red strand day and night. “I can think of no better teacher, in fact. If he truly does have a mix of our abilities, I expect he’ll do well with guidance. The most important thing that we must instill, I believe, is discretion. Abilities like his come with a lot of responsibility. He must learn when to use them and when to sit back. It’s something you and I continue to contend with each day.”

Erik nods. "My hope is that he'll gain a proper foundation through his family, based in equal degrees of composure and compassion. I think of anyone we will be equipped to handle it. After all, teaching mutant children these skills is what our communities do best. But I didn't have these powers when I was a child. If I did I'm sure I would have made some missteps. But if he does, we will help him to repair the damage. That is also an important thing to learn. You won't always know the right answer or make the right choice. But you can grow, and learn, always. It's never too late to do so."

“Yes, you’re right,” Charles agrees. “I suppose we shouldn’t make too detailed of plans, hmm? He’s just a boy, and we’re just people. We’ll all make mistakes along the way. The very best we can do is teach him how to be flexible and gracious. You couldn’t be more correct.” Charles smiles and kisses Erik’s temple as he gazes upon their son. “Shall we let him be? Pietro has somehow cajoled Ailo into making pão de queijo downstairs.”

"We are liable to turn into cheese bread at this rate," Erik smirks as he slips off of Charles's lap only to grasp his hand and nudge his shoulder on their way back down.


"The little creature is sleeping," he announces as they approach the wide open kitchen area with its variety of hanging plants and blackwood accents.

“What a lazy bum,” Pietro chides. “He ought to start earning his keep around here, don’t you think? Napping the day away.”

“Ah, because you’re the one holding this house together, aren’t you?” Charles replies as he guides his chair into the kitchen, where Ailo is busy with the dough. “Who else would force poor Ailo to cook for us all? We all need a Tom Sawyer, don’t we?”

“Some of us are makers, others of us are managers,” Pietro says matter-of-factly, from where he’s lounging on the couch. “When’s the last time you helped with the housework, Charles?”

“Hmm. 1955, I think?” he answers breezily. “My shoes don’t track in dirt, though, so I shouldn’t be expected to contribute as much.”

“Your wheels are filthy, though. You ought to leave that thing outside before you come in. Don’t you agree, Babbetto?

"Why, I never. Mocking the poor and defenseless. I believe they call it canceling in the future. We'll have to cancel you, now. Alas, it was nice while it lasted." Erik grins.

Wanda snorts, floating down from the top of the bookshelf she's dusting, Pietro. "That's one thing I don't miss from the future, I will tell you. The last conversation I had in 2024 was with someone who didn't believe Jews deserve to call themselves victims of the Holocaust because of - wait for it - Lehi," she groans.

Erik blinks, brows knitting together like he's been startled. "What, the Stern Gang? From 1920?"

"I wish I didn't have eyes, so I couldn't read!" Wanda says chipperly. "You know, the timeline has always interested me. In their world, it was 1940. Ours started in the 30s, but theirs started in the early 40s. I wonder why those discrepancies exist."

"Possibly spurred by different people," Erik guesses as he snatches up a piece of dough, and Ailo smacks his hand lightly. Erik looks down and realizes it's just a roll of uncooked dough. He tilts his head and then pops it into his mouth, mostly to amuse everyone else.

"Ah-ah. No bread for you. It's not even--and he's eating raw bread. Your father is bizarre," Ailo complains.

"Chewy," says Erik.

"Gross!" Wanda laughs.

Charles, of course, never minds a little banter, as so many people treat him with kid gloves. There are those who work exceptionally hard to ignore the fact that Charles uses a wheelchair, to the point that they’re all smiles and too much eye contact as a means of showing him that they don’t even see his disability. And there are others who sneak glances before averting their eyes in discomfort. Both tend to talk to him with extra cheer, though, too terrified to make a poor man in a wheelchair feel upset. His life must be hard enough, why make it more difficult? Those who know and respect Charles, however, understand that he isn’t a pane of glass.

He prefers those who acknowledge his disability and don’t pretend that he’s “just as capable of anything as everyone else,” because he isn’t. His physical disability is severe and he’ll require accommodation for the remainder of his long life. But, that also doesn’t mean that he’s entirely helpless, either. The people in his life who are real about it won’t fuss. They’ll hold the door for him without asking or fretting, but will allow him to speak for himself, to make his own tea, to grab his own books.

And others still, like Pietro, will even join him in his self-deprecating sense of humor about his disability in general. “Sometimes Charles cooks for him, so I’m sure he’s had worse,” Pietro pipes up.

Charles rolls his eyes, but rubs Erik’s back fondly. “He’s got a stomach of steel, he’ll tolerate anything. Even raw bread dough, I suppose.” Even Charles can’t help but wrinkle his nose at that. “On second thought, maybe we need to get you back to Reyda.”

Erik laughs, leaning into Charles's touch and dropping a kiss onto the top of his head. "Reyda doesn't have as many squishy snacks, though," he faux-complains. "I suppose I'll have to make do. Admittedly it is better cooked. I've had some very intriguing consistencies from our adventures in learning to copy Ailo's recipe. I think we are doomed to either my abilities or paying Ailo by the hour."

"No objections here," the man salutes from the counter.

Erik notices him leaning heavily on his cane and surreptitiously lifts him off of the ground, balancing him cross-legged at the appropriate height so he can both get a reprieve from standing and use both hands.

Charles watches as Erik quietly lifts Ailo from the ground to provide him some relief. He knows he’s not the only one who has noticed how the older telepath has been leaving more heavily on his cane lately, his limp growing more pronounced, gait more labored. He’s been admonished by doctors for using his cane on the wrong side and has dealt with arm, hand, and shoulder issues as a result. Forgive me if I’m overstepping, Charles broadcasts privately to Ailo, and then smiles wryly at his word choice. But have you ever considered joining me in the wheelchair club? Erik could make you a chair like mine to use as needed. Might make your life a little easier.

Ailo's brows lift at the suggestion, and it's clear he hasn't actually considered it. I suppose there's nothing stopping me, he laughs a bit. It never really crossed my mind, in all honesty. Perhaps because I mightn't need it all the time, and then I would feel a bit like I'm... taking from others, or being dramatic. My issues aren't truly so bad, after all. But that's rather silly, isn't it? he answers his own question wryly as he shreds the queijo de Minas.

Rather silly, Charles agrees gently, leaning his head back and smiling softly. You’re not taking from anyone. Your needs are just as important as anyone else’s, mm? A smart man taught me that, once. I could see if we could find a piece of steel rebar to drop on your thoracic spine if you’re looking for a better reason to use one, but you’d also be perfectly valid in having one at your disposal in case you do end up needing it from time to time. Erik would be more than happy to make you something that works for you.

Ailo sends a trickle of warmth to them both, fond. It would be an immense weight off of my shoulders, quite literally, in fact, he shoots a finger gun into the living area, typical of his corny humor. In all seriousness, I'd be very grateful. I guess it's become somewhat apparent that I'm getting a bit worse in my golden years, eh?

It seems to cause you more trouble, Charles agrees. Even if it doesn’t always hurt. You’ll find that life seated isn’t so bad, maybe. You can run over toes when people treat you like you’ve an IQ of about 6. It’s quite useful, in fact.

Ailo laughs as he recalls the last time someone asked Erik if they could address Charles and the man simply straightened, fixed them with an imperious stare and flatly told them no. Even floating as he is, the tension spooled up in his achy joints has eased considerably. Maybe it is time to consider alternatives. The cane is starting to adversely affect the rest of my body, these days. Sadly I've no ability to use it properly, when I try I risk injury from falling and tripping over myself. It does take a toll, though. I'd much prefer zipping around comfortably.

Charles understands Ailo’s hesitation. If he’d any ability to walk with a cane at all, he knows he would try. He misses walking, assuredly, even if he doesn’t mourn or lament his disability any longer. Ailo doesn’t have to give it up completely, but Charles hopes that he’ll be able to find relief by using a chair when he needs. Tell Erik how you want it to look and function, and you’ll have it. Lucky for us, Genosha is tremendously accessible. All buildings and structures here are required to be fully accessible. Other countries won’t catch up to this level for a century or more, I imagine. If at all.

I've noticed that a good percentage of people using hoverchair variants as well. Some of the older folks still prefer their wheels on the ground, of course. But it's not something I've seen catch on in the States, though we do offer much of our technology freely. I imagine that's Erik's doing as well, Ailo posits with a small outward nod. I'll have a chat with him - and thank-you, for mentioning it. I may well have come to this conclusion myself, but who knows what damage I would be facing by then, he shrugs a shoulder pointedly.

It’s nice to have the option for both, shrugs Charles. I do both, as you know. Easy, when you have Erik around. He smiles warmly. Just looking out for you, old man. Don’t want you injuring yourself. Who else would make us bread?

We shall be two peas in a pod, Ailo grins. We'll have to set up a drag racing circuit. Erik will be the referee. He taps the side of his nose, playful as he finally scoops out formed balls into the baking sheet and sets them in the oven. He floats over to join the rest of the party while they're set cooking. "There we are, two dozen rolls and some Guaraná Antarctica, for authenticity," he sets the case of chilled soda down on the table, the sour flavor one of his favorites. "Courtesy of Erik, of course," he bows.

And if your situation is anything like mine, you may find that your partner is rather fond of having a lap to sit on, Charles replies, winking toward Erik fondly. Glad that Ailo is amenable to the suggestion, Charles rolls his chair to the living room and parks himself beside the sofa. “How come no one ever asks for authentic British food?” he asks with faux offense. “It’s always Brazilian that, Romanian this, Greek and Polish and Yiddish. No one ever begs me to make steak and kidney pie.”

Erik opens the soda box and they all swirl out in a flourish, a conga of soft drinks which pass themselves out to everyone shortly. "Mm, I have always been partial to Welsh rarebit and mushroom lentil stew. They had a lot of curry, too, when we went," Erik says, delighted. "Curry is good! I will leave the liver and onions to you, though."

"To be fair, I don't think anyone begs for kugel," Wanda smirks. "Alas, we Yids suffer too," she gives an exaggerated shrug. "From lack of proper appreciation for our festival of horrors--I mean, delights," she coughs.

"Ariel and Charlie loved their hamin eggs," Erik shakes his head, fond. He isn't one to bring up Charlie often, and one could be forgiven for thinking he'd gotten distracted by everything else, but it was this that landed him in Reyda in the first place, so Charles knows he's hesitant to touch over it, for fear of ripping open the wound and winding up untethered again. It surprises him when it comes out, having not expected it, and his eyes flutter closed as the grief aches inside. Even more surprising that the wave passes, the lightning and storm clouds clear to permit him access once more to the sunny memories. Grief is cruel in this way, depriving. He smiles to himself a little, grateful for the ability to reflect without agony. 

“We didn’t eat curry in Britain when I was young. Lots of potatoes, lamb, and boiled vegetables. Bangers and mash is a treat!” He glances to observe Erik at the mention of Charlie, whose name doesn’t come up as often, these days. There’s still grief, and it still feels fresh—grief doesn’t go away, but one will grow accustomed to it. It’s encouraging to see that Erik has, indeed, learned how to possess it without becoming possessed by it. He grabs Erik’s hand, and squeezes. “Ariel made some good German dishes a few times. That potato soup he made was delightful. Maybe we ought to take some to Aba, one day. It may be pleasantly familiar.”

"I remember when I lost my abilities, the loss of taste was particularly unsettling. But I did learn with time to adjust recipes so I could enjoy them. I'll be glad to put those skills to use elsewise, considering no one else would be able to eat it," he says softly. "Oh, there was that boiled dinner you made one time," Wanda remembers. "With those salt spare ribs. That was very good. You shouldn't be able to cook meat so well," she points at Erik accusingly.

"It isn't just the recipe, but the meat itself. We don't have factory farming here, no hormones, accelerative antibiotics, all of that. When animals suffer, or consume unnecessary pharmaceuticals, that affects how it tastes. Especially for you two, given your sensory capacity," Erik grins.

"You know, I'm curious how Genoshan law works with kashrut," Wanda wonders, thoughtful. "Do you stun animals before killing them?"

"No, we render them unconscious via mutation, so it complies with kashrut and ensures they don't suffer," Erik replies with a nod.

Charles never fully converted to vegetarianism, but since Erik prepares most of their meals, he’s grown accustomed to a plant-based diet. He no longer eats meat when in the United States, however; the inhumane meat and dairy industry is simply something that he cannot support. The school sources all animal products from local farmers that have been thoroughly vetted, and Charles ensures that all the animals were raised on farms and fed healthy diets, rather than in factories and sustained on meal.

“We may have to get creative with feeding David,” Charles points out after quickly gobbling one of the delightful cheese biscuits. “I’ve gathered that he’s rather sensitive to food flavors and textures. He ate a handful of blueberries this morning and that was it. It’s a wonder that Aba was able to keep him healthy. We’ll have to ensure he gets all his nutrients even with a rather limited diet.”

With the abilities Erik has, it is sometimes arbitrary to him that he draws the line at animal products (for if the line is intelligence, he himself knows that many things are intelligent which seem otherwise, but he supposes that's the system of nature). But prior to being able to establish proper rules of conduct on Genosha for the most part he simply didn't feel comfortable with how animals prepared for mass consumption were treated, and even though that's no longer an issue on their little island, Erik still skips meat and only consumes dairy as a supplement as recommended by his doctor, given how many years he was malnourished.

He has never felt it necessary to restrict what other people eat, though, he's been grateful that Charles has grown more aware of how awful the industry is in North America. More than even directly harming the animals, the sheer number of them affects the levels of greenhouse gasses that contribute to the Earth's warming - something he has talked about consistently for years and which most people don't quite put much stock into outside his loved ones.

"That shouldn't be too difficult," Erik posits as he considers how best to adapt the foods David can eat to having a robust nutrient profile. "He must have drank a lot of milk and cream, when he was with Aba. I've seen people survive just on that, and be relatively healthy. If I had to guess," Erik considers as the realities of David's care make it even more peculiar that he is as healthy as he is given Aba's limitations. "If we can't find much else he likes, we can supplement similarly. I can also inject vitamins and minerals into whatever he eats."

“It’s a wonder that he likes blueberries. He doesn’t like anything too slimy or soft,” Charles informs, and it’s one of those things that he seems to just know, now. “You’re right, Aba gave him a lot of milk. We’re lucky for that. He also likes chicken tenders, carrots, crackers, marshmallows…and that’s about all he’s had exposure to.” A glance at the pão de queijo. “We can try to introduce him to more, slowly. Maybe he’ll grow more tolerant as he gets older.”

"Maybe he would eat s'mores?" Wanda suggests, opening her soda and snatching a roll for herself as she listens. "Or cereal, if he would eat granola. Add some milk and blueberries. Though I suppose none of that is healthy, per se. Did you know babbetto keeps our cereal from getting soggy?" She grins. "And our bread warm. Your secrets, unveiled."

Erik covers his face with his good hand and sticks his tongue out from between his fingers. "No one likes soggy cereal!" he laughs.

"All the power in the universe, and yet here you are, toasting bread rolls," Ailo raises the one he's holding in cheers. "I suppose Pietro would make a decent blender. Ought to fetch some ingredients for a smoothie."

"We could call you the Silver Bullet." Erik raises his brows, teasing fondly.

“I’ll charge a few bucks per smoothie,” Pietro agrees. “Ten percent off for family.”

“So very generous,” Charles smirks. “I wonder who could make it faster between yourself and your father.”

“Me, undeniably,” the young man professes. “Babbetto would spend too much time putting love in it. I’m here for business, not love. I guess I’ll put some in for the kid, though,” he adds, jerking his head toward David’s bedroom. “I kinda like the guy, I think.”

"I would just cheat and make it very slowly by hand, then turn back time and announce it's finished," Erik taps his temple with a finger. "Though I expect as you grow even faster such tactics will no longer serve me, since you will be capable of doing the same."

"Have you hit faster-than-light, yet?" Wanda asks, curious. "The last time we trained you were very close. I guess I am the family slowpoke," her nose wrinkles, amused.

Erik rubs Pietro's knee, encouraging him to eat another bread roll by adding one to his plate. "I was thinking we could go to India this weekend," he says, gesturing to them all. "David is very interested in certain animals, and Bandhavgarh -- do not quote me on that pronunciation -- is a national park with a high density of tigers, which seem to be his favorite. They're reserves, so they're free to live in their natural habitat."

Ailo's eyebrows arch until he remembers who he's talking to. A tiger is surely no match for Erik Lehnsherr, and if the boy takes after him at all, he will probably have a conga line of docile creatures following after him, too. "He certainly won't be wanting for experience, eh? A power-family if ever there were one."

"Oh, Aba took him all over the place. I was thinking it might be nice if he came with us, but I do not want to overwhelm him. He used to do a lot of activities like that, which I think is good to keep up. The more experiences he has, the more intuitive his abilities will become."

"Maybe he'll prefer paneer," Wanda says warmly.

“I don’t bother myself with metrics,” Pietro shrugs. “But, probably.” His abilities are more understated than those of his family. Wanda has been time traveling since before they were teenagers while Babbetto is, well, Babbetto, so some may think that Pietro was dealt a poor hand in comparison. What is super speed to a time traveler? What they may not understand is that their abilities all come from the same place; the Lehnsherr/Maximoffs are uniquely attuned to particulate.

Wanda became interested in time writ large, whereas Pietro found himself able to manipulate hinself in time. His body has always abided by different principles of time, and he’s never really bothered to explore other areas of his mutation. Could he time travel in the traditional sense or make matter appear? Sure. But why would he wish to do that when he could just run and retrieve it?

“I think that David would love that,” Charles smiles. “What do you think about us bringing Aba, Ailo? Too much for him?”

Ailo hums. "I think it would be worth trying out. If it does wind up overwhelming him, you can take him back pretty quick, yeah?" He snaps his fingers to demonstrate.

"Indeed so," Erik nods. "I expect David will do better if he's there as well, and including him in these types of activities will naturally bridge the gaps that his absence may be causing."

"I think so as well. It'll be nice for him, too," Erik murmurs. "Not to be stuck in a hospital room all day, to spend time with his family."

"And it's helpful for David to know that you aren't seeking to replace the people who matter to him -- that they also matter to you."

Charles is glad that they’re including Aba on this sojourn. Even leaving him today was difficult; Charles spent every moment of his Erik’s hospitalization at his side. It feels unfair and unjust to leave Aba there, even if Charles acknowledges that the circumstances are different, and that there’s no universal right way to handle any situation. Simply knowing how much the man appreciates company and responds to the tenderness that Charles gives him makes leaving him difficult to stomach.

At least he’s not alone like he was at Bellevue. The nurses and staff at Reyda will ensure that he’s cared for, physically, psychologically, and emotionally. “David remembers each tiger he’s ever seen,” Charles tells them, suddenly aware of the fact himself. “In photos, toys, and in real life. He knows them by their stripe patterns and has a detailed catalog of each in his head. Goodness, isn’t that remarkable?”

Erik remembers his brief sojourn to Bellevue, and he knows Ailo is familiar with several of their programs as well, in the late 50s. Little more than a sanitarium, the place they rescued Aura from was void of joy, and knowing Aba spent any length of time there makes him sad. People were very unlikely to understand him, to know what was psychosis or trauma or pain or simple neurological dysfunction from his suppressed abilities. While they can't live at his side in the same way as his time was spent with Charles, he is gratified that Reyda operates differently. "I'm not surprised, actually," Erik says with a scritch under Charles's jaw. "Though it is very remarkable. It reminds me of your recall, just with a different locus."

“It’s taken me 50 years to gain this level of recall, and a lot of practice and error,” Charles chuckles. “David is toddler who has spent half of his life in an institution. Remarkable indeed.” To most people, tigers and crows and mice and ants all look rather similar to each other and only those who study them closely might begin to distinguish between different beings. To David, however, animals, and especially tigers, appear as unique as human faces, and he has a preternatural ability to remember each that he’s ever encountered in his young life. “Maybe I’m just a doting father, but I think he’s incredible.”

“Do you brag about me to your friends, too?” Pietro asks, deadpan.

“I tell them all that you’re the kindest, most earnest young man who ever did live. So humble, never snide or sarcastic.”

Erik snorts into his soda, eyes twinkling. "I fear if I told you, you'd be quite put out," he smirks. The answer, though, is very much apparent: he absolutely does, frequently in his presence, much to his great chagrin. "Ah, well, what use is being a father if you can't embarrass your children every once in a while," Erik hums innocently.

"Well, he couldn't ask for better parents, or siblings," Ailo smiles as he pilfers another roll. They really are tasty, if he does say so himself. "Immensely gifted though he may be, he'll need a lot of guidance, and you all have a wealth of experience that I'm sure will be beneficial."

"That is until he outclasses us all," Erik says, tapping the side of his nose wryly. "But there's plenty we can give him, if not an even match. Hope, family. Love. A tale as old as time."

“And an Ailo, too,” Charles smiles. “David has you, too. An uncle? A granddad?” Charles teases, knowing that Ailo will get a kick out of being labeled as old. “He’ll do well to have you in his life, too. You’ve provided us all with a lot of guidance over the years.”

"Raven says we're going to end up like vampires," Wanda smirks as she vividly recalls Ailo was born during the first World War. "You're pushing, what, 100?"

"Be nice to him, he's decrepit," Erik teases.

"Goodness, I suppose Aquilo must be, by now. If Magneto and the Professor are over a hundred," Ailo considers with a hum. He's never really put much stock into being old, considering he seems to have settled into the salt-and-pepper of his early fifties without much change. "Hank doesn't think I'll age any further, so it could be worse. Could have liver spots."

"We told you about our Elders, right? Yes," Erik nods. Sometimes his memory gets like this, with such a depth of experience, things get lost in the ether at times. But he eventually dredges it up. "In 2100, you'll be almost 200."

"It's going to be an interesting adjustment, to be sure. Could you imagine if we had two-hundred year olds walking around, advising us? I suppose it's a double-edged sword. We'll have to adapt with the times, so as not to risk impeding progress. And of course, what progress means might shift."

"I think there are some good objective standards to hold. Having a place like Genosha will help. Magneto showed me how much worse off the climate gets due to pollution, they do seem to live in interesting times. At least our Elders seemed happy."

“Maybe in 2100, there will be a cure for baldness,” Pietro says, and his lips, normally deadpan, let a smirk slip for just a half second, because he cracks himself up. “That could be why hour elder didn’t show his face. Didn’t want to spoil the surprise.”

Charles reaches over the arm of the couch and thwacks Pietro on the shoulder. “And maybe in 2100, there’s a cure for insufferable snark, too. What a utopia, hmm? With my head of long hair and you as pleasant as pie. I can’t wait, frankly.”

Pietro nods solemnly. “Babbetto’s hair didn’t trail behind him though, right? What a shame. I think you should grow it as long as you can.”

Charles tussles Erik’s hair fondly. “I do hope that when we’re 200 years old, we’re less worried about our appearance and focused on more important things, mm? Because you two are right. What is relevant and sensical to us now may be entirely moot in 2100. I imagine a lot of mutants will resist change. Change is scary. Maybe we’ll be accustomed to change.”

"You'll have to give me little flowers," Erik grins. As it is now, his hair is the longest it's ever been, no less than trailing down his shoulders or woven into complex braids by Wanda and Charles. "To go with my trail of docile kittens, naturally."

Wanda squints mischievously and with a blink and a red sparkle, daisy chains appear neatly interspersed through his thick sheet of curls. "Much better," she announces fondly.

"I plan on growing a garden. All the poop in my brain will help," Erik jokes, amusing himself. Look, Pietro gets it from somewhere.

"It seems so far off it sounds like a dream," Wanda admits. "But we'll really live to see the next century. The ones after, too. I've never really considered it before, but one thing is certain: I am grateful we are all mutants, if only so we'll be together. Have you thought about making this knowledge more public?"

"It's something I'm exceedingly cautious about," Erik admits, tone softer. "Right now we're in a period of relative peace, but I expect it is because the people who oppose Genosha's existence are under the impression I will eventually no longer be a problem. But as we have seen, Marc Spector values similar things. And our Elders implied that I'm still Prime Minister, or at least adjacent. If they learn that we are essentially biologically immortal, they may start to see us as a genuine existential threat even if we keep to ourselves. I believe I can neutralize most incoming threats now, with actors like Vision no longer posing a danger to me. But it is not a theory I am eager to test."

Charles grins as the flowers adorn Erik’s curls. Even when Erik was far from lucid, he and Wanda had passed the time occasionally sitting beside him and braiding his hair. Charles had let the physical therapy for his left hand go when Erik was admitted to Reyda, but braiding Erik’s hair provided fine motor practice. Now, Charles’s left hand is functional to the point where it can lift and hold things as large as glasses and mugs. It may never be fully normal, but he’s plenty happy with the strength and control he’s gained back. Thanks to Erik Lehnsherr’s beautiful hair.

“They’ll start to notice pretty soon,” Charles says quietly. “I’m nearly 50. Erik is over 50, the old man. I’d say we look decent for 50-year-olds, but we’ll look spectacular for 80-year-olds at the turn of the century.” He rubs the tops of his legs in tonight. “Quietly, Genosha will have to amend its laws to accommodate our longevity, won’t it? The rest of the world will need to follow when they realize it. Things like minimum retirement ages and lifetime appointments don’t make sense, for us.”

"Even if we could lie, there's only so far that'll take you," Wanda agrees. "An excellent plastic surgeon could give you another 20 or 30 years, but 100?"

Erik nods. "There's also the matter that I'd prefer not to hide, nor to keep this information from the public. Non-mutant family members deserve to know, and so does our populace. Plus, if it comes out that we have known about it for a long time and did not disclose, it will appear that we are hiding something. When really, there is nothing that need be obfuscated. We are simply part of nature, no matter what any of those old religious Muppets say. My instincts demand recognition, but after the war, I suppose I am hesitant. We lost a lot of people and it drove the point home that I am responsible for those who live here, they trust me to protect them. If I started a revolution every time I got annoyed--" he gestures, wry.

"I'd agree with Wanda," Ailo contributes thoughtfully. "You're right, of course. You can't predict how the baseline community will react, and it might be violent. But at the same time, I think it's a risk worth taking. It's part and parcel with mutant rights. People will always see us as a threat. Genosha exists as a promise to mutantkind, that they can be free, here. Will it always be safe, no. But we all know that. This is not a nation of fools."

Erik waves a hand. "This is why I keep you all around, see?" he snorts, but winds up nodding. "Well, we have a good public health department. I'll have Hank and Daniel prepare some materials to streamline, I imagine their time in the limelight is due anyhow. There is going to be a lot of fuss."

“Hank and Daniel love being busy,” Charles muses. “But, public dissemination of the research will open a lot of avenues. There is much to be learned and studied. For example, someone who uses a cane can be expected to do so healthily for a single lifetime, but multiple? What are the long term effects of wheelchair use? We’ve not conducted medical research through the lens of immortality yet, and I think we ought to.”

Erik nods. "All issues we will face in some form or another," he gestures to Charles and Ailo. "I know Hank has expressed concern that over time my HIV infection might become resistant to the medicine used to treat it, so those with long-term managed health conditions will be similarly effected. We plan for medicine to work for a human lifetime, but two hundred, three hundred years? It's possible I will wind up dying of the illness either way, everything is transient, I fear. People like you, though, it might be better to transition to using a hover device sooner, to avoid nerve damage and even greater chronic pain," he says to Ailo. "And there will undoubtedly be problems with sitting in one spot for so long, like pressure sores that you can't feel. I mitigate that now, but I can't for every person since I do not know everyone. Hm... maybe I could?" He squints. "I did not used to be able to, but perhaps that's where our mutations come in. They're designed to work in tandem, for prolonged longevity. Like humans forming communities in the first place."

“And my damn kidneys might be a problem, too,” Charles grunts. Like Erik’s, his condition is manageable with medication and diet, but no one has ever considered whether or not it will be for an extremely long life. As Erik has mentioned, the only reason that Charles doesn’t have pressure sores and other ailments that are common to those with quadriplegia is because he intervenes by placing an invisible barrier between Charles’s body and his chair, cushioning him from the edges.

Likewise, the only reason that Erik is even able to function well now is due to the medication that Magneto shared; the prescription that he’d had before had been toxic to his system, turning him yellow. But, perhaps Erik is right. If they work together, there may be a way to help those with managed health conditions at a wider scale, using their mutations. “I use my mutation to find people in need, you help them?”

"Like we always have," Erik says with a squeeze to his hand. "And I'm sure that we will manage to adapt. After all, humanity did it in the first place. If we are naturally intended to be so long-lived, it would seem logical that we can scale our world to theirs respectively. I do think it will be interesting, though, to see how our culture develops as time passes." He doesn't ruminate too deeply, as best as he can, on the fact that Charles is also reliant on medication to keep himself stable. If he thinks too hard on it he'll only spiral out, and there isn't much that can be done for it by worrying. Likewise with his children, friends or even himself. It's progress - usually he wouldn't have been capable of such foresight even a year prior.

Charles knows that he isn’t the only telepath in the room keeping a close pulse on Erik as they broach this discussion. His health was the most immediate trigger for Erik’s spiral; witnessing Charlie die of an illness made worse by his compromised immune system and weak lungs opened the floodgates, so to speak. But this time, Erik’s eyes don’t widen in fear, his heart doesn’t quicken and his awareness doesn’t surface in some horrific reality in which all they love are dead. Quietly proud, Charles squeezes his husband’s hand.

“You’re right. We’ve always learned to adapt to survive. I’d be interested in returning to the lab as a researcher for a spell to see if there’s something hidden within the mutant genome that hints at an ability to withstand illness or injury greater. It’s been a while since I’ve been in a lab.”

"I would suspect that there is," Erik considers, mildly intrigued but not with any unusual fervor. He knows his own immune system and those of his children are naturally robust, before he got infected he almost never got sick and when he had, he recovered far past what a typical human would be expected. They're not immune to disease as evidenced by Erik alone, but it takes more than the typical trauma and sickness to put them down at least by his own observations.

He can't even remember the last time he got a cold or the flu, and now that he's regulated medicinally he has yet to succumb to any such opportunistic infections signatory of HIV, either. "At least, I know it's true of our line, but that may be because of our specific mutations. I've survived injuries and diseases that ought to have killed me several times over. And even though you were severely injured, it's likely a non-mutant would have perished altogether."

Of course, all who were there at the time remember what the hospital staff had told them. Except Charles—he was comatose and scarcely hanging on to life when he was rushed into an operating room. The beams had not only crushed his T1 vertebra, but it had also punctured both lungs, lacerated his liver, bruised his kidneys. His oxygen saturation had been in the low 80s—certain death, they thought. Somehow, he’d pulled through and opened his eyes just weeks later. Severely injured in many life-altering ways, but alive.

It’s no small miracle that his persisting issues are manageable with medication and therapy…but maybe it’s not a miracle at all. Maybe there is something to their ability to recover. “Its an avenue worth pursuing, at any rate,” Charles agrees, rubbing one hand over his chest absently, a silent thanks to his lungs for responding so enthusiastically to the treatment given so many years ago. “Alternative emergency and maintenance protocols may need to be established, at any rate. We should try and get in touch with Logan Howlett. You know, that angry Canadian with claws and incredible healing capabilities. His DNA may be a good place to start looking.”

"We've corresponded a little," Erik reveals with a small smile. Logan certainly is not inclined toward friendship, or socialization in general. But Erik is familiar with him, even met with him a few times, finding his whole shtick more amusing than anything else. He wasn't much for settling and had no desire to immigrate to Genosha - he was interested in helping them track down Stryker, which is how Charles came to know of him, having first met the man while Erik was in the CIA's custody.

Needless to say, he much preferred Wanda and Pietro Maximoff's solution to the problem. He was a victim of an experimental program ran off of Genosha's mainland twenty-odd years ago, spearheaded by none other than Stryker in all his upstart ambition. He had managed to escape prior to the revolution, but that didn't mean he didn't keep tabs on the rest of the disbanded Weapon X participants. Erik had helped them, freed the rest while Logan was too berserk to think and too consumed with grief to mount any type of rescue.

So when it became clear that Stryker was responsible, he was only too happy to join the retrieval mission. Erik has very little memories of the immediate rescue, but Logan has written him a couple of times, mostly asking after the other detainees he was stuck with. "I am uncertain how eager he will be to be a part of any research project," Erik cautions softly. "Just tread lightly. I know you know," he turns his hand over, rubbing his thumb along the back of Charles's palm.

Charles is grateful that they’ve remained in contact with Logan. His name was the first he gave when he was being held by Trask and Vision, in a moment of pure weakness and desperation. He’d been close to death once again, half-starved and covered in pressure sores festering with infection. Knowing that Logan’s name wouldn’t be new to Trask, Charles let it slip from his lips. Logan, of course, hadn’t taken offense.

Charles apologized profusely and begged for a way to make it up to him, but Logan had brushed him off in his characteristically brusque manner by telling him to “quit yapping and leave him alone” because he wasn’t interested in “apology cakes.” “I’ll explain to him frankly the nature of our research,” Charles agrees. “He’s the oldest mutant I know of, actually. I think he was alone for many years before our generation came along. He might be amenable to assisting us.”

It was a logical choice, and one Erik would have made similarly if he had been presented with a real choice. During his own period of captivity he wound up lying, providing the names of deceased individuals or information fabricated altogether to fit whatever narrative he thought Stryker wanted to hear. But he was only taken for 35 days, and Stryker didn't really want names from him. He was at the man's mercy, regardless of what he said. Had Erik known he could alleviate his own torment by providing substantial data, he is certain he would have done so.

When it comes down to it, the process of torture is dehumanizing - in the sense that who you are, what you value, how you think, your personality becomes entirely erased. Concepts like strength, dignity, honor, have no meaning. There is just enduring, and death. "Schmidt was very old as well," Erik adds, one of the very few times he's brought the man up unprompted. Wanda glances up, surprised, and expecting a sharp spike against her shielding that simply doesn't batter. From his side of the room is quiet, calm. The blistering wound that had long accompanied such revelation barely twinges, a testament to how far he's come since that first time on the Blackbird his name cropped up, during their mission to Egypt.

"I didn't know how much so, until we traversed the Expanse. He was old during the Crimean War, so at least 160. It's sad, in a way. All that time, wandering and destructive. Never growing, never learning. It's something I'm very cognizant of, that we will undoubtedly meet mutants who are similar to those like Schmidt or Sayid, and they are just as long-lived as us. I can only hope that the majority, as is apparent now, see reason over chaos."

“Points to someone who may be irredeemable,” Charles grunts. He’s not usually one to categorize people in terms like that, but having spent 24 hours with the Klaus Schmidt of Ariel’s world, Charles concluded that anything that could have been saved was long gone within the man. His age makes sense in that way; someone with only a handful of decades behind them is rarely so far removed from their own humanity to be fully lost. Schmidt was. Sayid, however, is a sore spot, even to Charles.

He’d been a friend, once. A close friend. Someone they all cared for and loved. Had he been containable even at all, Charles knows that Erik would have tried his damndest to subdue and then contain him, try to get him to see sense. Alas, the danger he’d posed was too great, and Erik had saved many lives that day, even through the pain. Before Charles can speak again, the adults are all alerted to a light click.

At the top of the stairs, the door to David’s room opens, and soon enough, the toddler slides into the space to join his family. He’s in a pair of soft pajamas printed with tigers and horses wearing sunglasses, and his auburn hair is messy from sleep. Without making eye contact, the boy quickly slides under the coffee table to lay with his plushie in the center of the group, evidently still tired. “Oh,” Charles says softly. “He wants to finish his nap here…surrounded by us.”

Sayid to this day is not a sequence of events Erik has a full understanding of despite working through a lot of it telepathically with Ailo. Some of it is simply that Sayid had interfered in his mind past the point that he could make proper, informed decisions. How much was himself versus Sayid he still can't say with certainty. He pushed through that when the Admonition happened, and he still remembers how clear his thoughts became when Sayid left them that last time.

We will be enemies. Erik had never wanted that. When David interrupts, though, Erik laughs a little to himself as David trounces in. He applies his abilities quickly to endure his back and neck don't get a crick in them, and that he's comfortable elsewise. Other than that, who are they to claim David had to sleep in a bed? Though, Erik would prefer it... he can understand the impetus to surround one's self in family, too.

It’s evident how David’s presence brings calm. Memories of the Admonition are still raw for all of them, but David makes them all smile and feel warm. A reminder of the great times ahead rather than a cue to dwell on the past. Charles projects a visual of himself and Erik kissing either of David’s cheeks to the boy, and, after a moment, David returns with an image of several baby ducklings, snuggled together in a nest. His version of love, family, togetherness. It’s beautifully sweet. “Thank you, darling,” he says aloud, smiling broadly. “We love you, too.”

Whilst Erik doesn't have the ability to do the same, a row of yellow-fluffed ducklings appear beside him, curled up in one another. Plush, of course, though he trusts David with the real thing in certain scenarios, he is still very young (and very sleepy). They hop up onto his shoulder, animated under their own magic, and soon cuddle up to him in tow. Erik shifts the sound dispersion in the room to grow lighter around him and heavier where they're seated, so they can continue talking freely without disturbing him - while not cutting him off from their voices altogether.

David can hear whispers of music along the streams brushing past his cheeks, wind-chimes and chirps from far-away keeping him cradled. It's so specific to Erik that it takes him a few seconds to remember that this is not Aba, but someone separate. Through time and the Expanse, Erik has grown less wary of embracing different versions of himself as parts of his whole, but it's certainly a source of confusion at first glance. Then again, perhaps David is entirely accustomed to it, having known the world this way ever since infancy.

Of course, Erik is fussing at this point, fixing little things here and there. It's grounding in a way, replacing the horrible aftermath of the Admonition with the practiced ease of taking care of his loved ones. Reminding himself that they're all here, and whole. Wanda watches with a grin. "Adorable," she tickles his little feet and he unconsciously tucks them in. "He reminds me of Louis," she arcs her brows, the tease gentle. "Very feet."

It’s beyond sweet to witness, how each of them express their love. David does it by conveying the feeling of being surrounded b ducklings, while Erik goes entirely overboard, fussing, doting, creating wonder. Charles loves this about his husband, how he never does anything casually or halfway. If their boy likes ducklings, he’ll be awash in animated plush ducklings who cheep and snuggle and bring him only joy. Wanda tickles his feet, and even Pietro can be seen flicking his fingers impossibly fast to create a tiny wind current, blowing David’s floppy hair from his eyes.

Ailo’s love exists in his very presence, and how much care he’s extended to their entire family over the years. Their family. With the exception of Ailo perhaps, each in the room grew up lacking that closeness in many ways. Now, they have each other, and their love and care is so beautiful and precious that Charles feels like he could cry. “We must invite Magnus over soon,” Charles says softly, watching as David falls into a peaceful, blissful sleep. “His run of Hamlet premiers soon, you know. I promised I’d be there on Opening Night.”

"Strange, isn't it?" Erik ponders, more curious than forbidding. "How divergent some of our alternate paths are. And yet, it oddly makes sense when the complexity of the whole is considered. It's nice, to see a version of me be able to have something resembling a childhood. Strange, of course, but nice all the same. He will adore David, naturally," Erik has to laugh. If one thing seems present through a majority of his cores even at his most futile and desperate, it's his love for all things tiny and adorable.

At the Manor he's become something of an older brother to a lot of the younger ones who lack stable families, protective in his feral little way. He's had mishaps here and there, what some of his teachers call discipline problems, but usually it is born out of feeling condescended to. Erik can understand, even if it makes him wince at some of his behavior. Given everything that the boy has gone through, Erik is honestly shocked he isn't worse off. He has hobbies, friends, goals. There are expected hiccups, but Erik feels a peculiar sense of pride in watching him adapt so seamlessly to something so incomprehensibly vile.

"I liked the last one he did," says Ailo. "King Lear, with the modified English. I honestly forgot I was watching a version of Erik. I hope he pursues it, he's got real talent. I've known you for a long time, though. It's not shocking to me that he's interested in method acting. I've seen similar in you, on missions and whatnot," he adds to Erik dryly. "You might become a comedian yet."

"I suppose I'll never live that one down," Erik snorts, shaking his head.

The decision to send Magnus to the school in Westchester wasn’t a difficult one. Magnus himself wished to go to school, and though Genosha of course had an excellent education system, Westchester smaller environment, nestled within a quiet suburb, felt like a better option for a boy such as Magnus. It’s not as busy a political hub, and the teachers and students alike all have specialized programs and curricula, designed for a variety of needs. Charles, along with Erik during his moments of clarity, helped the staff create an academic, social, and recreational curriculum for Magnus. They were to help him behaviorally and give him grace where it was needed, for no one should expect a boy straight from the blocks of 1940s Auschwitz to participate in activities normally. When accused of giving Magnus special treatment, Charles doubled down; why should a boy living through the Shoah not be given special treatment? H

is circumstances are beyond special, and so he needed to be cared for specially. In the year plus that he’s been in their reality, he’s made incredible progress, at any rate. To no one’s surprise, he’s proven to be a gifted student and talented performer, landing lead roles in a variety of school and community plays. Charles had paid for private lessons, which are supplemented by sessions with Raven about mannerism and accent. All the while, he’s regularly returned to Genosha to visit with Charles and Ailo, and he seems happier with each return. In a way, he arrived a man and had learned how to become a child, even if only in his particular way. Will he ever be normal? Certainly no, but they’re confident that he’ll be happy and strong. He couldn’t be more proud.

“And I think David will adore he and Louis in return,” Charles smiles. “Maybe they can put on a stage adaptation of Dr. Doolittle next. No method acting needed at all; he just needs to show up as himself and the play will be a hit.”

It never ceases to amaze Erik, of course, the degree to which his family have rallied for Magnus, doing whatever possible to help ease his transition. Perhaps it shouldn't any longer, but Erik doesn't think he'll ever grow accustomed. He's sure Magnus must be dealing with similar, on top of the disorientation and confusion from time travel and universe-hopping itself. Not to mention that he deeply recalls the incident with that woman's son, and it doesn't take a telepath to recognize that the aggression leveled his way triggered a cataclysmic reaction. He isn't even offended, despite overhearing her complaints. He'd punched her child in the face, so he supposes it's warranted.

While typically at Westchester there is very little tolerance for violence, Magnus hadn't gotten in the same degree of trouble as he would if he were an ordinary North American student. He knows that. Perhaps it's because he really wasn't taking advantage of that fact, nor did he do so without reason. Meeting the boy's mother probably cemented it for Charles. She was just as unpleasant as her son. But what she fails to understand is that nearly every person who attends the Institute receives some degree of special treatment, including her own.

It was like Magnus's fist had moved independently of his body - and it wasn't even his right hook, you big baby. Julian Taro just wouldn't shut up about how 'annoying' it was that Genosha tied mutant liberation to gay rights. So. Bonk. At least now he gives Magnus a wide berth. Erik laughs a little as he recalls that incident. "Ms. Taro really said that to you, hm?" he snorts. "I suppose the apple doesn't fall far from the tree. I mean, ahem. Every child is precious."

It hadn’t been the easiest afternoon, when it happened. Charles had just left a long and brutal training session with Ailo and was ready to retire to Erik’s room when Jean blooped into his path, a harried expression on her face. “Professor, Magnus just hit another kid in the face, his mother is demanding a meeting.” With the aid of Kurt Wagner, Charles was in a meeting with Karen Taro just minutes later in his office in Westchester, head still screaming from the work with Ailo. He’d listened to her demands; that Magnus be expelled and even reported to police, that he formally apologize to both her son and her, and that her son be exempt from final exams due to “emotional distress.”

With a gentle smile, Charles explained that he was not about to report a Holocaust victim from 1940 to the police, nor was he going to allow her son—already given an extension on his exams, mind you—to cheat, given the fact that his broken nose had been quickly healed by one of their healers. An apology from Magnus to Julian was reasonable, but the rest of Magnus’s “punishment,” much to her chagrin, would be extra therapy sessions. And when she’d accused Charles of being an absent headmaster, letting his school “fall to the dogs,” he’d politely reminded her that she was welcome to educate her son elsewhere.


”I’ve only heard bad things about that boy,” she’d hissed at last. ”Raised wrong, if you ask me.”

”You might be on to something,” Charles had replied, voice icy, piercing. ”The Nazis who captured him when he was 11 should have taught him to land a cleaner punch.”

That shut her up.


“Julian is not a boy I know well, admittedly, but he knows that hateful speech is not tolerated on campus, now,” Charles offers. “I do look forward to taking a more active role at the school again, once David is settled and we’re sure that you’re well. Can keep a closer watch on the Julian Taros and Magnuses of the world, mm? Every child is precious indeed.”

"You know, it took me a long time to reach a similar perspective," Erik considers with a hum. "After liberation, I was mostly just afraid. I tried not to show it, of course. The first time we went out, I still remember the fear at realizing where we were," he laughs a little. "I'm glad, that things are shifting to the point that people like Magnus don't need to live in fear. That was always my hope, with the laws on Genosha. It's not just about mutant rights, it's about human rights. Basic sense. There was a time not long ago when the Julian Taros of the world could speak with impunity."

"When you've been one way for so long," Ailo says with a small smile. "And undoubtedly it's the same things he's heard from his parents and the other adults around him as well. I've spoken to him, actually," Ailo grins. "He isn't a bad kid, but he's used to parroting the opinions of his family. That encounter with Magnus was the first time anyone felt comfortable pushing back to his face. It had an impact. Literally and figuratively, I suppose. Not that I advocate punching people, but it was an effective wake-up call. We live in a society, it's not always appropriate to say every thought that comes to mind. But the hostility that was between them is easing. I'm quite optimistic, there. That's one of the benefits of operating such an educational institute, I think. Exposing children to alternate perspectives early on makes a big difference."

“Oh, he’s not a bad kid at all, no,” Charles agrees fervently. “Just raised by parents with outmoded beliefs. I ensured that he had philosophy, literature, and history on his class schedule this semester and hope that he’ll begin to discover the tools he needs to draw his own conclusions about the world. The goal of education, of course.” Charles grips Erik’s hand, always grateful to be able to do so freely. Despite the conservative swell happening in the world at the moment, he’s never shied away from his public relationship with Erik. There had been some pearl clutching when they’d first announced themselves as a married couple and plenty of people are still angry about it, but Charles no longer fears. “Magnus was shocked when he discovered that Erik and I are married. Now, he’s defending our right to be and understands that liberation for some cannot happen until we have liberation for all.”

"When we first heard about you, we thought you were so ruthless and uncompromising. Everyone said the same thing," Wanda grins. "Who starts a revolution at breakfast and ends it by lunch? We were nervous, that's for sure. But then we saw you in court, and thought, well, he's just compromised because of his abilities being gone. But then they came back!" She laughs. "That's when we really understood. People have all these perceptions about both of you that just aren't right. You don't have to be hard, to be strong. And being polite doesn't make you weak. You don't have to be cruel, either."

"It makes me nostalgic, I will admit," Erik says, rubbing both of their shoulders affectionately. "Thinking about David's future. School, all of it. I missed that with you both. It's a good thing we have nearly an eternity to make up for it. Rest assured, I am working on my puns."

“Don’t worry, Babbetto,” says Pietro solemnly. “I would have dropped out of school very quickly. You didn’t miss out on anything with me.”

“Your father was indeed busy building governments and pissing off world leaders,” Charles muses. “I can’t blame you two for being scared off. He and I were fighting at that stage, too, if you can believe it. The only time we’ve ever been angry with each other. Well, I was angry with him. He still sent me fruit and wine weekly.”

A majority of parents would undoubtedly find Pietro's assessment disturbing, but Erik isn't too fazed. He agrees that a traditional environment would be unlikely to hold Pietro's interest, and he is more intelligent than a good number of his peers anyway. Wanda at least made sure he was educated, if not schooled. That's enough for Erik, and as cool as Pietro plays it, he's caught him reading various books on computer programming and criminal science.

His stint in the future seemed to spark a greater interest, which Erik is only too happy to encourage. Besides, there's no point in preaching if you don't practice - Erik himself has a deep disillusionment with the system as well. Spend eight years sitting in a bucket learning to obey rules instead of think for one's self, then go to work doing something that doesn't interest you to pay for a house you're never in for the family you never see. Nonsense, in his opinion. The only thing he really cares about is whether they're happy.

"Oh, really?" Wanda's brows pique. "What'd you do?" She smirks at Erik, one arm crossed lazily over her chest as she demands the gossip.

"It was a difficult time," Erik murmurs, gentle. "The man we were discussing earlier, Sayid, the one responsible for the Admonition - used to be our friend. He spent many years influencing my mind without my awareness. I was less powerful back then," he explains. "When we found Genosha," he gestures to Ailo. "I felt very strongly that we had to liberate it. At the time I believed that Charles wouldn't assist in those efforts, and we were in the process of building a school besides. I knew if I went, I'd have to stay, and I didn't want Genosha's enemies knocking in the Institute's door. There were a lot of competing factors, the least of which that Charles was only a year into his injury at the time."

Wanda blinks at all that information. "But you two made up?"

"We did, ironically because of Sayid," Erik snorts. "He had a habit of kidnapping us. Those were the days." It's once more apparent to Charles the degree that Erik has been profoundly altered by his time at Reyda - he doesn't think he's ever heard Erik simply explain it without collapsing into guilt and shame and apologies.

“You left Charles when he’d been injured for just a year?” Pietro gawps. It’s difficult for the twins to believe that their father, who would literally move the sun and the stars for Charles, would leave him at all, but especially when dealing with a life-changing injury. It’s impossible to imagine happening now. “That doesn’t make any sense, Babbetto. You barely leave Charles for half a second.”

“There’s a bit more to the story that your father is omitting,” Charles explains evenly, hand interlocked with Erik’s own. “I was also dealing with a very rapid and painful expansion of my telepathy, and I was feeling quite sorry for myself. I was on suppressants, and quickly becoming dependent upon them. Your father judged correctly; I certainly was in no place to join him at that time. I was angry and hurt that he’d gone, but deep down, I knew that he was correct.”

He resides Erik’s hand up to kiss each of his knuckles. “We became amicable after a year or two of separation, even if we didn’t see too much of each other. I quit the suppressants and grew the school. Genosha flourished. We both matured, as people and as leaders. When Sayid brought us together for the final time, we learned that he had been telepathically altering Erik’s brain for years, and he was able to break free. We got married that very day.” Charles smiles, as he always does, when he recalls that wonderful, wonderful day. Dancing together, in their beautiful room. Meeting Edie. Envisioning a future together, for the first time in a decade. “An unconventional love story, perhaps. But I wouldn’t change a thing.”

"I only truly understood the depths of just how profound Sayid's impact on my mind really was, when Charles had to recover from Trask. Nothing else in that moment mattered but Charles's wellbeing. Even if it meant I couldn't be Prime Minister any longer. He is the most important thing to me. Before anything else. I care for Genosha greatly, but it's part of why the first thing I did when I regained control of my thoughts was put reasonable failsafes in place to accommodate the odd time that we need to focus on one another. And of course, Charles did the very same with his teaching, though I know he is eager to return." Erik squeezes his hand and leans over to kiss his temple.

"I have deep regret for being unable to shrug off Sayid's influence sooner. That I couldn't tell the difference between my thoughts and his. But how our lives have ended up? Genosha and the Institute thriving. Our love, thriving. At the end of the day, as messy as it was to get there and as many regrets as I have - I am glad that this is our life, now. I can only hope Charles feels the same, considering he's told me so many times himself." It is a gentle tease.

"So, wait a minute - why was he controlling your mind, anyway? Distancing you from Charles, convincing you Charles wouldn't have helped? What was the purpose of that?" 

"Honestly, I fear it's quite a bit more mundane than what you may be thinking. Sayid was in love with me. While I did love him in turn, I did not desire a relationship with him during my separation from Charles. Some of that did occur, and those memories and their feel make me more confident that most of what I felt at the time was manipulated. He wanted Charles out of the picture. And I couldn't let my neshama go, even at his most insidious manipulation. He finally got jealous enough that he kidnapped me and Charles. Once we realized all that had happened, the spell was broken. I could think freely again. I rejected him entirely and he set off the Admonition in his grief." 

Charles looks down at his knees as Erik recounts their time away from Genosha, while he was recovering both physically and psychologically from his time with Trask. Erik hadn’t even hesitated to whisk Charles away, set up a remote cabin in their Arcadia to provide him with a place to recalibrate. Genosha was at war all the same, but Erik had made Charles his top priority, choosing to help him with physio, teach him to garden, simply lie with him in bed over anything else.

It had made Charles feel selfish, spoiled even…but that’s love. That’s what being married means. Just as he’s spent a year with Erik at Reyda. “Sayid saw a kindred spirit within Erik, but he also seemed to know that he wouldn’t be able have Erik for himself without a little trickery,” Charles adds. “He wasn’t a bad man. He really wasn’t. Just another misguided, angry soul who the world tried to chew up. Sayid never allowed that, did he?”

"Sadly, he did not," Erik sighs a little. In many ways, they had been kindred. But it wasn't enough, and Erik can't tell exactly the point at which he truly started to spiral and they failed to consider it. He does blame himself for that. For not acting sooner, not seeing it sooner. But he supposes he was under manipulation that whole time as well. He frequently said he would need to consider killing Sayid only to find himself unable to consider the prospect. The only source of consolation on the matter is that when he's in his right mind, he knows where his priorities lay.

"We met during the war, in Israel. I saved his life, I suppose you could say. We were supposed to be on opposite sides, but we weren't. That meant we were surrounded by enemies. When I met him again, years later, he had been sent to Segn Tora. It's a notoriously horrid prison in a rock quarry. One of our first missions as an Institute was to rescue him. Some of the protocols Hank and Daniel used to treat him aboard the jet are still used to this day at AMC."

Chapter 86: The bird was livid with her young, who felt the rough edge of her tongue.

Chapter Text

“He was in very poor shape indeed, it’s lucky that his abilities were what they were. He wouldn’t have survived elsewise,” Charles notes. “He was a friend and ally to Ariel in his universe, it should be said. And he’s the only reason that Charlie was able to come to us with a warning about the impending AIDS crisis. Perhaps our Sayid was misguided and ultimately chose wrong, but as a whole, Sayid al-Zaman saved millions of people in our world.”

"It just goes to show that no one is ever just one thing. And even the most misguided of us can choose a different path," Ailo says softly. "It makes it complex, that people aren't ever really all good or evil. Sayid killed thousands in our universe. Yet, saved millions more. Do those actions balance out? I don't think so. I fear it's an Imponderable Question, as the Buddhists say. There's never any balance, when it comes to suffering or human lives. All of our choices simply exist, parallel." He grins a little. "Bit existential, eh?"

"Even Schmidt wasn't fully inhuman," Erik says much to everyone's surprise. "He did have a genuine desire to liberate mutantkind, in Ariel's 'verse. His methods were horrid and he failed to protect those under his charge, abusing them instead. But the Brotherhood accomplished things, too. I've even met versions of him who institutionalized themselves early on, to avoid acting on their urges. I guess we have to become comfortable with discomfort. People like to insist that violence divorces one from humanity, but it doesn't. It is just another human action. As varied as any other."

"That explains why you don't have prisons on Genosha," Wanda laughs.

"Not in the conventional sense, no. People with difficulties like this are separated from greater society, but our justice system is not retributive. It doesn't work and never has. We have had rapists, murderers, war criminals, all sorts. People you'd never expect to respond to treatment. But a lot of them do. Neurogenesis," Erik grins at Ailo. "We have you to thank for it. It's truly a remarkable system."

"Forensic psychiatry can be quite a grueling occupation, but siting across from someone who has done such harm, yet commits themselves to doing better and expressing genuine remorse? That's worth it. Some of them will never be able to return home, but we make it as nice and as safe as possible. When people have things to do, when they're treated like people, they respond better."

"And super violent people, like Sayid?" Wanda asks.

"I think Sayid could have been reached. I'll be honest. If he had not manipulated Erik to the point that Erik didn't recognize the threat, we very well could have reached him. The problem is that he was too set in his goals. He did not want help. And that's not your fault," Ailo points to Charles and Erik. "Not either of you."

"What about a really evil Schmidt person who truly doesn't care about being a pedo and unrepentantly keeps offending?" Wanda continues.

Erik interrupts, but mildly. "We have a lot of programs for people with conditions of this nature. They're actually very successful thanks to Ailo's neurogenesis modality. But someone completely devoid of empathy or care? Who poses a threat to everyone they're around? In my view, such a person should either be executed or exiled. We've also come up with a third, mid-way solution. If they agree, a telepathic counselor will enter their mind and repair the parts of it that function that way. Improving their empathy, pro-sociality, and removing harmful exploitative impulses. It changes them entirely. Like death, one might say. But with a second chance, afterward," Erik adds.

"And those who don't consent?" Wanda asks.

Ailo answers. "For Schmidt? I will approve a painless execution. No one has rejected our offer yet, and we have further facilities to help those who undergo the procedure to learn all over again how to function in a society and to contrast their past selves with their present. We have had a good deal of success with this. But it truly is a last option."

“Normally I would call any death penalty inhumane, but I can firmly attest to the fact that anyone who opts for it over a telepathic reprogramming truly does wish to die,” Charles adds. “Anyone who has reached that point has suffered gravely in their life, often well before they turned down a bad path. Death comes as a relief. That’s quite grim, I know.”

“Telepathic reprogramming might be kind of cool,” Pietro muses. “Get a fresh start as someone else. Maybe you should offer it as a service.”

“Hilarious. What would you wish to be reprogrammed as, Pietro?”

“Hmm. Prime Minister of Genosha. Our current one is a bit of a nut.”

Charles jostles the young man playfully. “There will undeniably be a reality in which you are the Prime Minister of Genosha, my dear. Why don’t you pay him a visit and see how he likes it, mm?”

"Pietro Maximoff as Prime Minister," Erik hums, grinning. "I think you'd do well, even though there is a lot of peripheral nonsense. You'd adapt it for yourself. I think you'd make wise choices. A lot of my job is gathering the opinions of people smarter than me and then picking the best option," Erik laughs.

"You could do that in half the time!" Wanda nudges him. "Time to put your money where your mouth us, little-brother. You know Genosha doesn't have any prerequisites to run for the government."

"You might be interested to learn that we are in the process of building quite a large cable network," Erik reveals with a grin. "Our technology has started to catch up to the future, though it's in its infancy, here. The goal is to link up people to a wider network. The Internet, based on ARPANET. We'll need people who know all about it to set up systems for its use. In the future it's run through ISPs, but we are folding it into basic utilities. Everyone will have access, if they want. It will take a while before it's fully rolled out, because we have to start manufacturing computer systems that recognize the hookup and so on and so forth. Genosha is a big island."

Pietro grimaces; it’s clear to all that of all the things he could ever be, Prime Minister is not one he’d choose for himself. He prefers to be out of the spotlight and observe, and anyway, bureaucracy moves at a devastatingly slow pace, even on Genosha. He is interested, though, to learn about the creation of the Internet, or its precursor, on Genosha. The Internet will help others acquire information at a pace more agreeable to him. “Vision could do it,” Pietro points out, brow cocked. “He knows more about it than anyone.”

“You wouldn’t want to be involved?” Charles asks.

“No way. Having a real job? No thank you. I’d rather let others do the hard work while I enjoy the fruits of their labor, thank you.”

"Oh, Vision is definitely being a tremendous help," Erik says with a smile. "I think you two are going to have a lot to talk about in the coming months, it will be an exciting time as we hopefully convert everyone to the network. I suppose the future always marches forward, hm?" he nudges Charles playfully.

"I've heard about this," Ailo grins. "Hank is having a field day with it all, says it will revolutionize the medical industry. He is not wrong."

"Oh, Pietro's all talk, anyway. You just wait, you'll see him down there zipping around looking at everything soon enough," Wanda snorts. "Real jobs are pretty boring. But revolutionary technology is our strong-suit." She winks.

Charles scrunches his nose. It appears that his future counterpart is a bit of a Luddite, and as their society grows more technologically advanced with each passing day, he begins to understand why. It’s decidedly unfair, he knows, to dislike the concept of mass production. It’s basic economics. Produce things en masse, and those things are cheaper and therefore more accessible to people. As a person born into incredible wealth, Charles acknowledges the plush perch from which he sneers down.

However, he fears overconsumption, hyper-connection. 2024 was an absolute nightmare for a telepath. But, Erik is out for the grater good, Charles knows. The Professor said that 2024 was at the heart of The Information Age, and even Charles can agree that everyone deserves to have information at their fingertips. “We’ll need ministers of technology, I think,” Charles adds. “People to help regulate and safeguard our citizens.”

"I agree, certainly," Erik nods. "Pietro and I took a look at how the Internet is structured in the future and there is quite a lot of misinformation propagated by bots - pieces of code that run autonomously with the intention of spreading propaganda and harmful lies. I should like to build fail-safes into AI usage to assure we aren't as inundated with 'fake news' as our future counterparts."

“Fake news. What an asinine phrase,” Charles grimaces. “At least we have some warning. I can’t imagine how they all must have felt the first time that became a widespread and common concern.”

“Don’t worry your bald little head, Charles,” Pietro says solemnly. “We’ll make sure the scary bots don’t con you into buying snake oil hair growth cream.”

“Always looking out for me, Pietro, thank you.”

Erik pinches his nose. "There's the other factor, too. Someone like Ailo was born in 1910, how well are some people going to adapt to technology is another issue. But as we roll out the first stages of this and maintain a connection with our future counterparts, we can determine problem areas and try to address them off the bat. And see how difficult it was for those much older to adapt. No offense, truly."

"Oh, none taken," Ailo laughs. "You might be right - I'm abysmal with technology. You and Pietro seem to be on top of things though, so perhaps either you were born after a cut-off that makes computing intuitive to you or you are simply better at it than me."

“I don’t think The Professor was very good with it either, so I don’t think it’s a cut off date,” Charles muses. “You’re seventeen years older than I am, which isn’t insignificant in one lifetime, but it’s indeed insignificant on the scale of our lives. At a certain point, we’ll all be catching up, won’t we? In 300 years, will we want to be in flying cars, or will we be the old-timers who prefer our wheels on the ground?” Charles taps his own wheels for good measure. His chair hovers, but it also rolls, and he prefers it that way. He feels more grounded and stable when on the ground, but enjoys the freedom that the hover technology brings. All thanks to Erik, of course.

"And that might be variable, too - what each person is comfortable with. Otherwise there would be quite a large gap between generations, with multiple sets of our community essentially stuck in the past. Older individuals who are human seem less interested in novel technology, because they know their time on Earth is limited and prefer to do things as they always have. But our community will be different," Erik theorizes with a grin.

"It will come down to how much our brains are primed to remember, I think. In three hundred years, we may not even recall how traditional reciprocation engines work, let alone how to drive a car," Ailo points out.

"What's more than likely to happen is that the standards of operation will stay the same, but the actual materials and output will shift. Look at it this way, we have cars now - but we still use phrases like horsepower, and they still resemble the horseless carriage after nearly two hundred years. In 2024, it was about autonomous driving. So, still a car - it just drives itself using AI."

"You mean, like, Vision?" Ailo scrunches his nose. "I'd be far more comfortable if someone as advanced as he weren't relegated to driving us around."

"No - these AIs are not sentient. Vision is called an Artificial General Intelligence. The distinction is enormous - he is alive, and much more capable than the rest of us. While their technology looked very alien to ours, it actually really isn't - it's just building on principles we already have."

“Hmm. I’ve not driven a car in nearly twenty years. If I suddenly could do it physically, I don’t know if I’d actually remember how,” Charles ponders aloud. “Just like riding a bike, mm? I don’t know if I could do that either.”

“Your robot car will do it for you anyway, Charles. No need to fret,” Pietro shrugs. “Mutants are less reliant on technology in general anyway. I don’t need to drive, neither does Wanda nor Babbetto. By extension, you two don’t need to, either. You really don’t even need that chair either, Babbetto could just float you around all day.”

“I like the attention it brings to me,” Charles quips. “And your father likes to decorate it in accordance with his mood. I wouldn’t want to deprive him of that.”

"I was thinking along very similar lines, Pietro," Erik laughs warmly. "Always quicker than your old Babbetto, hm? But yes, a lot of the technology that humans develop may very well be obsolate to us. We have teleportation hubs already for transportation, those of us who can fly, fly. Those of us who can't, use the hubs. There are whole job markets on Genosha primarily geared toward using one's mutation to assist others. Healers work at hospitals, telepaths do case, social or forensic work - some teach, some are merely consultants. In a way I suspect that's why Genosha is so advanced to begin with - our technology will almost certainly vastly outclass the general global population," Erik says proudly.

“And Pietro could be a courier,” Charles smiles. “If he wanted a real job, that is.”

“I’m no one’s carrier pigeon,” scoffs the young man. “I’m just here to heckle you all to make sure you don’t get too full of yourselves. You all need to be reminded of your faults every now and then.”

“Is that so?”

“Certainly,” he nods safely. “For instance, Charles is bald and spoiled. Babbetto is impulsive and soft. Ailo, you put too much faith in those two. And Wanda is Babbetto 2.0. Absolutely hopeless.”

“And you, Pietro? Are you just free of any flaw?”

“Oh, no. I’m a certified asshole.”

"We would be quite lost without you, I fear," Erik replies, and his tone is genuine rather than teasing. Pietro does a good deal of heckling, this is true, but it also is a good reminder to understand his place within the vast spectrum of the cosmos and beyond is not as all-encompassing as his abilities sometimes have a habit of occluding. Being grounded in reality is indeed important, and despite the frequent cajoling, Erik is grateful for the way Pietro does anchor them all. A root, wound about the family, nudging them close. In his own way, naturally.

Charles smiles fondly, sneaking a glance at Erik. It’s outright adorable, Erik’s ability to put his blinders on. For a man perceived as stony and cold, he sure is soft and warm at heart. “Your father refuses to perceive anything negative when it comes to you all,” Charles tuts to the twins. “But, I tend to agree. You do keep us all honest, Pietro.”

“As I said, Babbetto is soft,” Pietro shrugs. “It is cute.”

“Adorable.”

"I refuse to entertain this abject slander," Erik harrumphs playfully. A sloth, emerging from clear out of the ether, elects to perch himself in Erik's chest like a baby with both hands over his neck. To very neatly dispel any such notions that he is anything other than ridiculously soft. His own reaction of course is to stroke gently at its furry chin, delicately shielding the oils of his fingers with a barrier to avoid damaging the fragile beast.

"You see these?" Erik rasps warmly to the creature. "These are your little toes! And here, your tiny claws. Made for hugging! Oh, yes," he drops a kiss to it's head before looking up at the gathered crowd. Condemned publicly, so it would seem. "No comment," he smirks, wry. "Little Poe is an outlier, and cannot be counted."

Everyone in the room knows that Erik has a special softness for the smallest, cutest of things, and Poe is an especial favorite in his tiny sloth form. Those outside this room don’t know that the same tenderness that Erik extends to the likes of Poe is omnipresent. There is so much love in that heart of his. Ariel was similar, but he had expressed it more openly; Erik is still growing on that front. And he’s beautiful to see. Love, like a morning sunlight as it illuminates the ground, second by second. Each moment is beautiful in the warmth that stretches outward, and Charles knows that it’s a gift to witness it all.

“Yes, dear,” he says loyally, stroking between Erik’s shoulders with a familiar fondness. “So very steely and cool, Mr. Prime Minister. Ironclad.” Erik laughs a little, his shoulders twitching under the touch before relaxing against Charles's side, blinking slowly like he's being lulled to sleep. Poe pets at his cheek, which bunches beneath the claws, and he hums, finding his head resting on Charles's arm in short order.

Wanda gets the impression that this isn't a side of her father that anyone other than Charles is ever privy to, but perhaps chasing after a toddler all day and roaming about the universe had gone and softened him even further. She's noticed it, since their return. And she knows Pietro has, too. He actually smiles, now. Before, Wanda knew it was just her telepathy filling in the gaps. I'm glad you both went, she sends amongst Charles and the rest, letting him close his eyes and rest for just a while. It seems like being in the Expanse really changed him.

Charles pulls Erik in to his side. The armrest of his chair is in the way, but it’s never mattered; they’re always content to make it work like this. Erik, head on Charles’s bicep, and Charles, arms wrapped around Erik’s body. The two of them, content at long last. He needed it, Charles agrees gently. With power like his, the universe is overwhelming. Seeing and feeling it all. It helped him reckon with it. And me, too.

Somehow Erik always winds up back where he belongs, curled up with long limbs strewn about Charles over his lap with Poe in the middle of it all. He draws his fingers sleepily over the cashmere material of Charles's chest, practically purring in contentment.

Wanda's eyes crease up fondly. You've changed, too, she whispers the observation with a tap to her temple. Like a synergy. He opened up the door, but you walked through it. I can sense it, now. It's difficult to parse - I think your telepathy is something else, now. Something different. Expansive, to pardon the pun. Not like mine or anyone else's. You work in tandem.

Charles kisses Erik’s forehead before setting to card fingers through those curls. Auburn, with a tinge of grey around his temples. Long and soft and healthy; healthier than Charles has seen it ever in this world. They’ve always noticed that Erik’s hair length is positivity correlated with his level of contentment. Yes, Charles, too, has changed. It’s as if his head has been hooked up to some mass network, like one of Pietro’s computers. Information routes in and snakes out, always moving.

Erik can feel the multiverse, and Charles can hear it. Know it.

I’m not sure what to do with it yet, Charles admits. I think Erik knew what state he was trying to reach, after meeting the Professor and his elder. But I was so focused on him that I didn’t even consider myself. It’s a little overwhelming to consider, I’ll admit.

Now it's rife with braids, ones that rain down his shoulders and snake across his chest and cheeks in an ordered chaos. Part of a greater whole of thick curls that flow to the center of his back, wild and untamed when left in its natural state. It's as though Erik's changes have manifested physically; his eyes are brighter, with freckles stretched out like clustered stars across his darkened cheeks, from years in Genosha's sun. Stubble frequently pelts a stronger jaw, filled out from regular meals. How he's meant to be, and the difference between himself and Magnus could not be more apparent. Gaunt, emaciated. Eyes dull, pallor an unnatural grey whilst his own hair is buzzed down into fuzzed patches that are only now beginning to grow into little strands.

He, too, will change and grow as this place impacts him. Fill out, become physically stronger. Nutrients sucked in through the atmosphere, a hyper-efficient system he will rely on when he's within the fits of catatonic avolition that Erik remembers from his first years of freedom. Proximity to telepaths like Charles will help that. His thoughts tumble around, sleepy and rumbling, and Charles soothes those as well. He misses Charles. Being in their bed, wrapped up in one another. Holding him, kissing him. Cradled, where he feels safest. It's been so long, he could cry. So unwell, too fractured to recognize his own beloved, sometimes.

But here is he. Whole and hale. Hardy. The Expanse itching at his fingertips, the eternal discoveries of delight that his mind whirrs to make sense-of. But he is here. He doesn't want to be anywhere else ever again.

Well, get considerin', Wanda says sharply and with such familiar reproach reminiscent of Edie that it's nearly confusing; jarring. The Lehnsherr women have never abided nonsense. But her smile is warm. Kind. You'll have to. We're a package deal, this family-of-ours. Your plights, your discoveries and overwhelms. We're here to help. Don't you forget that.

Something shifts in Charles as Wanda says that, as if a missing piece of a machine finally slides into place. A machine that has been functional, but not perfectly so. A hiccup in the rhythm or so. Without the missing piece, Charles hadn’t needed to acknowledge the hitch and knot thought about it idly. We’re a package deal, she has said. All of them, not just Erik. It’s not as if Charles has been purposefully keeping to a lone wolf lifestyle all these years or even doing so consciously; he’s always simply felt as if his trials are his alone. After his near-death experience with Trask, Erik had stepped in to help him find the other side, and Charles had accepted that.

But Erik is his husband, and that’s what husbands do. The whole family, though? Has Charles ever had a family to rely upon? Raven, certainly. Raven and Erik. Hank took care of him for years while he and Erik were separated. But that was different; Raven is someone Charles felt he needed to protect, Hank took care of his complex medical needs. What Wanda implies is that Charles can rely on them for his emotional and personal journeys, too. That they’ll be there to support throughout. No need to go at it alone.

Thank you, Wanda, he says sincerely, and though he can’t reach her from his chair, he envelops her in a blanket of gratitude. The same should be said for you, my dear. You deserve space for that, too. You’ve spent your life looking after your brother. It’s time someone looked after you, isn’t it?

Wanda slips up with a nudge of her shoulder against her brother's and reaches down to give Charles a proper hug, mindful of Poe and her sleeping father. Being a time-traveler is difficult, sometimes. She has to laugh. Her own feelings about Charles are already cemented from years of having known him in various incarnations, and from forming a bond with the Professor prior to meeting Charles that resembled a genuine parental affection. But those connections take time, and if they only occur one-way, Wanda knows they can get stuck and tangled and stalled. So she has always been light about it, not desiring to force Charles into taking on a role that didn't fit him.

Nevertheless, even with Erik and Pietro, Wanda isn't prone to overt displays. The last time Charles recalls seeing her even shed a tear was when Erik got his abilities back right after Stryker. Of course, she isn't like Erik in that regard, she's just very private about it. Born from strangely enough, a very similar upbringing to Charles. Having a little brother who she felt needed protection. Needed someone to look after him, wanting to give him a life of knowing that someone loved him and cared about what happened to him, and what he had for lunch, and if his clothes were clean. But like Charles, having no one - adult or otherwise, to rely upon consistently for her own needs.

Often she had no idea what those needs could even be, so busy could she become embroiled in the passing melodramas of people all around her, losing herself in the fantasy of their lives, when hers was too difficult. Time-traveling aside, her years in different dimensions don't stack as cleanly, since she often froze time on one side of a bubble and operated it on the other, using the resulting push to merge them back seamlessly so that other people on either end could go about their lives, interacting with past versions of Wanda and Pietro while projecting their current selves into the future.

It's a trick that Erik and Charles will use for themselves as they need time to decompress and with the advent of a toddler who needs near-constant attention, but yet has an awareness of the time-stream. (The past, present and future all at once, just shepherded off for a little R&R. Not now, but later. And then the later doesn't come, because it's the now.) I suppose you're right, Wanda laughs. I guess we're pretty similar, too. Pietro says I'm a mash-up of you both, funny enough. But maybe it's time we both stop trying to do things all on our own, or only in very certain moments, with certain people. You're my family. I'm not a child, so you can lean on me if you need to. I know Babbetto has a hard time with that, too. But he has you, and that's how I trick the system. She winks.

Chapter 87: And now a saying comes to mind, a proverb that King Alfred coined:

Chapter Text

The march from 1975 to 1976 is a great deal slower than the preceding years before them, as Erik and Charles settle into full-time parenthood.

Charles returns to teaching, and they start getting David used to Westchester early on by having him accompany his father to work. While Erik somehow manages to fit his Prime Ministerial duties into a full work-day and show up by lunch, in what Charles can only assume is a clever use of his abilities to manipulate the timestream. It's no less harried - toddlers are a lot to handle. They're messy, and loud, and figuring out that they have thumbs and feet. It's a whole thing. David is of course a good deal smarter than the average baby, but he's still a baby - and one with profound autism, at that.

They're still learning about it as they go. Erik is useful as a reference in many instances. But in others he and David are wildly distinct, as the two do not have the same disorder, the two are only peripherally genetically related. The symptoms are sometimes completely intelligible, but often they are not at all similar. And then other times, David will melt-down for seemingly no reason at all, and Erik instinctively, reactively mutes the sound because his own sensory issues render him unable to function through it. Then there are times when Erik's issues intersect and cause problems for David

Less because of his disorder, though, and more because he's a child and Erik can be pretty hyper-rational and analytical. David's telepathic abilities are still growing, so there are times that he seeks comfort from Erik and doesn't find what he's looking for - a problem which didn't exist with his own aba. But they're learning one another, separately and together. Erik nor Charles would have it any other way. It's a hectic Monday morning on Genosha, which is where they've decided to send David to pre-school, in a mixed accommodated/mainstream (as well as baseline and mutant) class with kids both similar to himself and neurotypical.

Which is typically how most schooling on Genosha is conducted. Genosha prioritizes different values during early childhood education, and it's something Charles is interested in teaching his son, alongside the benefit of Genoshan culture and self-identity. David is a mutant, and should be with those who accept that. This morning goes by in a breeze, though. Erik usually has everyone packed, dressed and ready before he even puts his feet on the floor, though he doesn't do this with David all the time (feeling it's important that he gain independent skills such as dressing himself, typically he will spend infinitely patient periods with him - as he does in all things - helping him to do so, to varying success) - this morning is a little different.

There's a doctor's appointment to confirm his final round of vaccines are all good (he still has a large black mark on his arm from tuberculosis, which he continues to try and rub off, and a neat row of bandaids on one arm wrapped in indestructible plastic gauze by Erik for the Grandstage Vaccine provided to all Genoshans prior to entering school.) The only country on Earth to do it quite this way, the Grandstage is especially formulated for pediatric tolerance of a large number of competing immunological activations over a period of four weeks, which consists of (thanks to Erik and Wanda both) mRNA-COVID, MMRV, TBI&II, Tdap, HDCV, ToPV, ACYW, AS01 and HAHB.

And then they're going to visit Cricket - the name that Aba had finally chosen for himself when asked. Today is a special day, because not only is David going to be entering a new environment for the first time, but he's accompanying them to visit his aba with a highly anticipated gift. Cricket doesn't know about it, yet, because Wanda, Vision and Pietro have been finessing their plan to obtain it for quite some time. But the look in Wanda's eyes says it all as she bounds down the stairs, a small briefcase in hand. "We got it," she smirks, triumphant. "Oh, poor baby," she ruffles David's head as he tries to unsuccessfully pick at his arm. "You guys really load them up, don't you?" she laughs. "I got the Grandstage last year and it knocked me flat." 

"Oh, I'm aware," Erik replies dryly. It's a somewhat new protocol, designed around the time they brought bictegravir back from the future along with a whole host of other technologies as they've deciphered the encrypted data from Gilead, so he vividly recalls his own set. Charles could only receive a fraction of it, which is partly why Erik is so vigilant about it. Even when it comes to David. He isn't enthusiastic about his child experiencing pain, but the formulation is less rigorous on the body than the individuated versions in 2024, and absent contraindications, is completely harmless.

"Oh!" Ailo skids to a stop as he nearly bumps into a zipping Pietro. "My apologies. I'm still learning how to drive," he says with a rueful grin. He's seated in a small hover-device, a lot less bells and whistles than Charles's, enough to contour to his body with a power source on the bottom and controls at the arms. For a man who hasn't driven a car in thirty odd years, it's been a learning curve. "Is that it, then? The suppressor?" his brows arc high to his hairline.

Charles has, truly, never been happier. For the first time in years, the dust settles, and they transition into a routine that brings incredible joy to all involved, even with the hardships and hiccups that come with having a high-needs toddler. Charles and Erik are particularly equipped to provide David with the support that he requires, which is an incredible amount. Had he been born neurotypical—a phrase that Wanda borrowed from the future—his abilities would still necessitate a high level of involved care and guidance, but they suspect that, much like his Tate, his autism and mutation are interlinked.

It's a lot. Charles spends time with him each day, focused solely on determining modes of communication. They decided early on, in partnership with Ailo and other Genoshan early childhood specialists, that they want their son to be able to communicate with others independent of his parents. Telepathy is their primary mode of instruction, but David has already learned how to sign and use physical photographs and drawings to convey his needs. He has even begun to understand auditory and verbal input; while it is unlikely that he will ever be verbal, the audible world is no longer off-limits, to him. His ability to receive and process verbal input is still developing, but Charles and Erik are proud to watch him listen and respond. In fact, just last week, Charles mentioned to Wanda that he couldn't find his favorite pen, and David popped in just moments later with the implement; he had taken it from Charles's desk and forgotten to return it.

Of course, there have been challenges, too. The two of them can be over-reliant on their mutations where it concerns caring for their son. As an educator, Charles can also be headstrong and rigid, while Erik on occasion is overly analytical. Sometimes, David acts like a baby, and his fathers, in their own ways, struggle to understand what exactly the baby needs. But, in spite of it all, they're incredibly happy. He and Erik are both healthy, and David thrives. Charles returns to his post as headmaster and brings David along. They eat lunch as a family each day, and then Erik spends the afternoon with their son while Charles tends to his headmaster-ly duties. Once the school day is wrapped up, they return to Genosha for dinner, family time, and then prepare to do it all again the next day. 

A wonderful period of growth and flourishing for all of them, especially as Charles learns how to navigate with his heightened abilities. When it comes time for David to begin preschool, he's sad to be without his little boy each day, but proud beyond measure. Pretty soon, David will be back in Westchester for primary school, but for now, he will be placed in a Genoshan preschool fit for his needs. Today, however, Charles has taken a day off from work in order to accompany his husband and son to the pediatrician. David has been stuck with a huge battery of vaccinations in preparation for the start of school.

After that, they're set to visit Cricket at Reyda to surprise him with a gift from the future. Charles smiles as the household of six gathers around the breakfast table—two mobility aids and a booster seat among them—to observe the briefcase that Wanda sets atop the surface. "It is," he answers Ailo. "It should restore Cricket's vision at the very least, but the 2024-dwellers have said that it may go beyond that. Even if it doesn't, he'll be so happy to be able to see again. He's been asking me to describe David in greater detail, terrified that he'll forget."

Erik and David have developed something of a quasi-pidgin based on standard ASL and that which they've modified between themselves as necessitation grows for more complex concepts. Being the non-telepath between them, Erik likes having a way to directly communicate with David, rather than relying solely on David to send and receive data, which he isn't always focused upon although he does seem to have a general awareness of both Erik and Charles at all times. Erik has only one functional hand, and while it is far better off than it was thanks to Ariel, it is not fast or fine-tuned enough to sign with any fluency.

Typically Erik uses his braced hand as a base, approximating the overall type of movement with his left hand combined with cross-body gestures that they've assigned different meanings to. Rather than the one-handed inverted 'rock out'-esque I love you, Erik simply crosses both arms over his chest, one fist loosely curled to approximate the sign for love. The flat of his hand with index finger slightly separated means you - a tap over the mouth for eat - the temple for know - the side of his hand over his mouth for drink - a tap on his cheek for girl and in the center of his forehead for boy - and so on and so forth. It commands a good understanding of the proximity of each sign, but removes the necessity for complex, fast movements of his fingers that are too stiff to keep up.

He can form a fist slowly, but his strength is absent, and they've abandoned spelling altogether - Erik's hand muddles it too severely to make any use, even though with time he can eventually get there, he also relies on his mutation to produce arrangements of light that fill in any of the gaps necessary, perfectly mimicking the alphabet or anything else they might need. Janos was surprised when he first visited alongside Izzy to discover that Erik could understand him fairly fluently, given he's only been learning for a year; and equally more fascinated to learn how Erik had adapted the language for his needs, finding it surprisingly intuitive.

Erik's contentment flows through the space of their expansive home, fit for six thudding feets and often more who feel like traipsing through - including visits from the baby tiger cub David has affectionately adopted from India named Apollo - in an effusive mist. Every day he awakes, and remembers all over again that this is his life, now. It isn't all sunshine and rainbows, of course - Charles's ever-growing telepathy requires hard work with Ailo, whilst Erik still attends therapy faithfully and there are bad days with the good. Having a child, a baby, brings its own set of issues, forcing him to reckon with parts of his history that he has tried desperately to shove out of himself. 

But he's different, now.

No longer is it a matter of shame, hiding, humiliation and fear. It's just difficult, but he seems more able to just be in the difficulty rather than twisting himself up into knots over it. Moments come and they pass, and he remembers all over again that his heart is here. With their ever-growing family, and a man he's come to view as something of a brother makes seven (and then another in Magnus, for eight). More often than not, Erik is this way. Warm, affectionate. Dry humor that peaks through for all to see, instead of just Charles. The man he'd met in the Expanse, Erik's Elder, had grown from these echoes reaching up-and-up into the sun like green fronds through soil. The Earth cracks and breaks. Lava flows and disintegrates, ash plumes raining snowy down over desolated landscapes. And then it comes together again, the grass grows and birds make their nests anew.

So it is for Erik, joy and tragedy mere currents buffeted along the great cosmic river. But above all else, the joy.

He lazily slouches into Charles's lap with a fond kiss to his crown and drawing his hand down his pressed suit. Erik's hair is even longer than it once was, wild when loose, but ordinarily arranged into intricate braids tied behind his back (though adorned with various little colorful beads) to assemble some facsimile of professionalism when dealing with diplomats, ambassadors and world leaders all day. But it's been decades, they're accustomed to his brand of strange by now. And he likes it. It's an outward playfulness that peaks through at long last, fifty-odd years in the making. He's clad in his typical, soft jeans and a cable-knit sweater with bright swirling patterns.

"You're all wrinkled," he smirks, plainly asserting that he's not the one responsible.

All those who have known Charles for a while have observed the change in him. His abilities have expanded exponentially, and while he isn't omniscient by that definition, his telepathy is now incomprehensible in its sensitivity and breadth. Outward confidence is something that has always been characteristic of Charles Xavier, but now, it's well extended beyond himself. He exudes power. Still warm, still empathetic, Charles is formidable. Their family likes to note this change in contrast to Erik. For years, Erik's opponents, in the media and the world at large, have chosen to characterize him as a power-hungry zealot, while Charles has been cast in a starkly opposing light.

The telepath's detractors long accused him of being middling, easy to bend, spineless in his centrism. Out of the spotlight for years while tending to their personal matters, Charles has re-emerged in the public arena as someone far more charged, firm in his liberationist stance, nearly radical as an educator. He's re-involved himself in United States politics, this time unashamed about his mutation. Telepathy especially tends to divide those unsure of how they feel about mutant rights, and Charles no longer attempts to bridge that gap. David's arrival seems to have galvanized him; why should he hope for his son to grow up an apologist for the way he was born? Even so, he's still Charles. A loving father, doting husband, passionate professor. He protects those he loves with all he has and works tirelessly to improve their position.

As Erik's steely exterior has melted, his has solidified in an entirely different way. He doesn't hide behind opaque steel so much as he strides confidently within it. "And you're growing greyer by the day," he replies warmly, stroking at Erik's temples. His hair is long and braided, streaks of silver now visible in the elaborate plaits of auburn. He straightens his tie—patterned in colorful fish today—and then fusses over the lint on Erik's sweater. "Your son's doing, I imagine. Not mine."

"You cough once and Babbetto ages ten years," Pietro scoffs as he plucks a piece of toast from the pile on the table. "Without you, he'd be a redhead forever."

"Ah, well. I've claimed him, so we'll all just have to mourn his red hair, won't we?" It's in jest, but even so, he tightens his grip around Erik's waist in a gentle, possessive display to his husband alone. "Erik and I will meet you all at Reyda in an hour," he says to the group. "We've got a visit with David's pediatrician to attend, and then we'll give Cricket the suppressor together."

Charles's easy confidence and firm authority have always made Erik's insides shiver, and it's only increased as Charles grows along its trajectory. Their dichotomy has always been a source of amusement amongst those who know them - for it is indeed twinned in opposition. Much like an atomic orbital in revolving electrons, neutrons, protons - so does Erik orbit Charles. Perhaps it's more accurate to say that Charles himself is the gravitational force holding Erik's atoms together completely. Those with even a passing familiarity into their private life detect Erik's reverence for his husband immediately; what they often miss, and what is so very heavily guarded down into deep and winding layers, is his deference.

For a majority of their relationship in the outside world, Erik is of the two the indomitable tactician, stern and composed. Whilst Charles is gentle enthusiasm, congeniality demure in its poise. They could not be more wrong, and the greater Charles's self-assurance becomes, so too do Erik's insides find greater purchase in his interminable grasp. They've been together for over twenty years, first as young men who knew very little of their own selves. Then as career-committed professionals, learning to navigate extraordinary circumstances. Then as caretakers, as each unraveled and spun back together in only a stronger tapestry indivisible from its components.

Through it all, they've known such things as whispers, testing carefully. A small push, a returning tug. Echolocating to bounce back, signals reflected in tandem. Now, after two decades and many lifetimes between them, such tedium as uncertainty has long-evaporated. Charles always understood that he held the power to dismantle Erik, but fear stopped up those impulses. Afraid of trampling over his trust, his boundaries, his own self. But in the Expanse, that ceased to matter. Erik is not himself, not without Charles. Cricket is proof positive of this. He need only flick a sharp, expectant gaze in Erik's direction for his husband to wobble in place, a great reverberating chord jolting through his whole body and bringing him to kneel at Charles's feet. He need only ask for more, demand for more, and Erik will.

Sometimes desperately so, a howling chasm empty within him for so long finally fulfilled in white-fire. And Charles knows it now, that it isn't about sex. (This part took longer to fully understand. Except when it is, and all of their reality has shifted with Charles's shifting. With his knowing.) How magnificent in splendor does Erik find him, how beautiful in colors no one else can see. No one else gets to see. For Erik too, has an ancient being at the center of his chest. Keeping him in place. Taking care of him. Does Charles know this, too? The limits and boundaries between them seem tawdry in comparison to this thing. As a dragon from mythology circles its possessions, like the leviathan blocking out the sun with its wingspan leaving only shadows of itself traced in light. His neshama.

Yes, Charles has claimed him. ("He belongs to you. Not false. Real.") It's become manifest in the little things. The touches once a fleeting reminder are now heavy and weighted, and all of Erik's thoughts widen out in a soft haze. They have things to do, surely. There are people here. It is breakfast. With but a sentence, Erik's sense is replaced with single-minded dedication to his brilliant beloved. All the world falls away.

It's mischievous of Charles to lean in to their dynamic at the breakfast table, surrounded by their children and Ailo. He's neither ignorant nor innocent; he knows that it only takes a brief squeeze, a select choice of words, a single look to snap Erik's resolve like a twig. Those close to them know vaguely through observation. From the outside, it appears as though Erik is the dominant one, the one who dotes, the caretaker. He is a caretaker. Charles is still a quadriplegic, still relies heavily on Erik's assistance, and Erik is known for his tendency to go over the top where it concerns caring for his family. But, a further prodding would unveil a much more complex and intricate relationship, one which sees Erik bend to Charles's every move. Not out of mere devotion, but in submission, too. Charles, with his warm smile and affable personality, can easily mask what bubbles beneath.

A commitment to his family and loved ones, and a possessive grasp around his husband. It's born of care, but it flourishes in many other forms. Erik is his to look after. His to care for. His to nurture, cherish, love. Yes, it extends far beyond the bedroom and twines itself around every aspect of their relationship. Erik will stand before the entire world with squared shoulders and a booming voice, and then fall to his knees before Charles should the telepath request. Ultimately, Erik will defer to Charles. He never intends to use this for evil; he loves his husband, respects him, cares for him more than anything, wishes only to see him thrive. But, that deference does exist, and each in the room, save for David, is at least vaguely aware.

Now now, Charles tuts to Erik privately, sensing the haze that has befallen him. Fingers curl around Erik's hip, even so. We're at breakfast, darling. Sit up straight, compose yourself, mm? We've a busy day ahead, no time for any nonsense. He kisses Erik's temple, oh so chaste. Be a dear and eat your breakfast. With that, Charles rubs Erik's lower back briefly before reaching around him to grab his steaming mug of tea, innocent as a dove (and wise as a serpent).

That it emerged so sharply, so clearly in the wake of Charles's injury was a defining moment in their partnership, and one that took the telepath quite a bit longer than it should have, given such limited information on the topic existed at the time and all they had to go on were vague impressions marred in tangled knots - is no coincidence. With the prowess of an agile hunter trained into him through years of blind obedience to a cruel captor, Erik learned strength and brutality well. With a body broken from the very same, he could still use the jagged planes of his elbows and the heels of his feet to bring enemies down in quick succession. His mind in splinters, pulled between searing extremes, Erik bent and bent until he was the shape commanded of him, self-shielded from all the pain and sorrow that followed. Hidden, his true-heart, cast-down into the very depths of his being.

A humanity that ultimately, Erik believed was lost to him forever. Until Charles. Erik is quintessentially, at his core, a nurturer. At MIT, he had his tomato plants, vibrant in astonishing red. His voice a measured tempo as he read from the Torah to a group of gathered children in a circle, nary a stutter betraying his affection. Only at home, where he sang to those tomatoes. A life of solitary confinement, ego-imposed. Until Charles. A mind touching his, unfreezing his colder parts. Only-once, had it stuttered with sticks clanged in the gears, because of outside-influence. More than his love, which is all-encompassing. It is Erik's trust in this man which is absolute. Inviolable. That Charles cherishes him. When he was sick, when Ailo first arrived and wished to alter him even subtly. Charles resisted, because he loved Erik. Not in spite of his flaws, but including them.

Erik's eyes flutter closed and he hides his expression skillfully in Charles's neck, kissing idly under his ear as he does exactly as he's told. Obedient, yes. Charles once held concern that he was simply repeating a pattern branded into him over years of enslavement, but the difference could not be clearer to him now. Yes, perhaps it was this that formed him this way. But Erik didn't give Schmidt anything. He endured. Painfully, hopelessly, without reciprocation or reprieve. Schmidt tried his hand for years and failed every time, except to break off more pieces of Erik that submerged and submerged. Molded themselves, with each in turn hidden down and refracted. He convinced himself of the lie, that Erik belonged to him. Because, just as Magnus, Erik is a consummate actor.

Perhaps, once, there was some twisted desire to please his old masters, in the desperate flail of a child trying to avoid the lashes. Were he to know them, to manipulate himself into their desires, pain could be escaped. Until Charles. Erik wishes, more than anything in the world, to see his husband happy. To make him smile - not the one that charms politicians and sycophants alike, but the one that creases his eyes up and dimples his cheeks. And that this part of him emerged in the wake of Charles's injury is simply a testament to the nature of Erik's submission to him. Not only to care for him, but to serve him. His trembling body rights itself as swiftly as Charles commands, that teasing lilt flickering all his nerve-endings.

Neshama, his mind mumbles back sweetly. Without thinking, his hand folds over Charles's - the worse one, to help him lift the teacup. Sometimes Charles still spasms here and there, a reasonable stabilization. Erik must have seen him slip. But - he isn't so clever. It truly is an innocent gesture, something he cannot help. The brush of fingertips against Charles's inner wrist, a sun put back amongst the stars as his shoulders square neatly and he grasps a bit of biscotti from the center plate at the table. Hand-made, just-about.

"Don't forget," Erik rasps, soft, to the twins. "He'll be over the moon to see you. It might be - sad," he adds in gentle warning. "When he saw you last, it hurt. But we will make sure that he sees you now, whole. Healthy. A little bit hammy," he snerks to Pietro with a wink.

The exchange of care between the two of them is something they fell into naturally after Charles’s injury and is something which has flourished over their past decade together, since their wedding day. Erik cares for his body, ensuring he’s dressed, showered, fed, medicated, and that he attends all planned physical therapy and medical appointments. Even his good hand betrays him on occasion, desperately overworked as it is, and so Erik will wordlessly step in should he detect that Charles’s injury is acting as a barrier to his enjoyment in any way.

Hank and Daniel, his primary doctors, will be the first to remark that he’s in remarkable health given the severity of his injury, but that doesn’t mean there aren’t challenges. His kidneys are still only half-functional at best, and regular exercise and therapy are all that’s keeping his muscles from atrophying, joints from degrading, and bones from weakening. Erik has done an exceptional job seeing to his health and accommodation needs, and there’s never been a doubt about that. What Charles provides is certainly less physical, and takes his responsibility as Erik’s protector seriously. Only a fool would try to harm Erik’s body these days, but the threats to his soul, spirit, and mind will continue to gale.

Looking back, they can pinpoint the day that this all began to a morning twenty years ago, when Moira MacTaggert informed them of their conscripted task to bring Klaus Schmidt to justice. That was the day that the first inch of the dam broke, when Erik’s powerful shields withered to expose a sliver of the agony hiding behind. Charles had held him on the balcony of the manor, breathless and trembling, and promised him that he didn’t deserve to suffer that pain in silence. In the intervening years, Erik’s care and healing has been his greatest focus. Years at Reyda were preceded by even more at home, with Charles hoping to help Erik rediscover himself without Schmidt.

Along the way, Charles has grown possessive. How dare someone such as Schmidt, Sayid, Stryker, Leland, or Trask attempt to break the man he loves? How dares anyone with the gall to believe themselves welcome to Erik Magnus Lehnsherr? His brain is so magnificent and power so awesome; anyone who hedges their bets against him should be forced to reckon with the full intensity of the sublime that is their combined abilities. Such an astonishing person becomes a target by nature, and Charles is committed to fending off attacks, to preserving the health, happiness, and integrity. Any who dares to hurt he beloved will face intense regret. And so that’s how they’ve become what they are today. Protecting each other, serving each other, and ultimately, loving each other with complete and utter abandon.

Their relationship is one of trust and respect, even amidst their unique dynamic. Erik may submit to him, but that doesn’t preclude them from being equal partners, nourishing each other’s souls and spirits and bodies in harmonious exchange. That’s not to say that Charles doesn’t enjoy a little playfulness, now and again. Such as watching Erik obey his command at the breakfast table. Those shoulders square, and his posture straightens before he dutifully eats his breakfast. Listening to Charles as he always does. “It will be overwhelming to him, certainly,” Charles adds, sending a nudge of approval to Erik in praise. “I’ll be monitoring him to gauge whether I need to blunt the input to begin with. It may be required that he acclimate slowly.”

“He doesn’t always remember who we are,” Pietro points out. The young man has always been rather delicate with Cricket, evidently nursing a soft space in his heart for him. “He definitely doesn’t always remember that we’re not his kids. I think it’s better that he thinks we are. Takes his mind off all the bad shit he saw. Might freak out about the kid, though,” he says, nodding to David, who is intent on pulling the wrapping from his arm. “He’s grown.”

Pietro's fondness for Cricket never fails to make Erik smile to himself, not doing anything so crass as to point it out, but he tugs Pietro close as they all head out for the day with the intention to meet up later, giving him a squeeze. "I think you're right," he murmurs. "Like when I get messed up. Arguing about it just makes more stress, hm? I know I personally have trouble separating different realities, at times. Especially when it comes to grief. Even when I am sane!" He taps his nose dryly.


The pediatrician is a tall bald man with light grey skin and eyes that flicker and change with anisotrophy - but Charles knows it isn't mere refraction. Armando Muñoz has the ability to adapt to any outward environment, but his mutation works on the smallest of scales, changing his features and generating brand new ones such as claws or gills in response to even slight alterations of barometric pressure or altitude. He grins down at David, kneeling to his height.

"I see you've had some trouble with these bandages, yeah? Let's take these off," he gives the boy a squeeze on the shoulder - David is more tolerant of touch than many autistic kids, but he also simply likes Armando, who very clearly looks silly and is perfectly content with that in a profession where children are his primary audience. Why are your arms so long? The better to hug you with! and so on.

Erik grins a little. "I do not blame him, the Grandstage is brutal for an adult. Even just COVID was hard. Poor baby," he says sincerely before melting away the covering and letting David rip off the bandaids himself, using his abilities to unstick the glue from his skin so it doesn't hurt.

"All right. Up, hm -" Armando points upward and then pokes David in the belly, causing him to laugh. When his mouth opens he shines a light down his throat quick as can be, his eyes flickering to accommodate the darkness and take a snapshot image in the split-second necessary. "So, I know last time we spoke you two had a pretty big push for getting him started on augmented communication as well as telepathy. How's that going so far?"

"He's great," Erik says with real pride. "Who wants to do everything all the time, you know. But most of the time he's very cooperative. He's interested in the world, in what's going on. We even developed a modified version of the signs," he laughs. "Charles really should be commended. Oh, I do everything the speech therapist says. But he just knows what to do, how to make David more interested." Erik can't resist talking up his family. 

Though either Hank or Daniel would have proven more than sufficient as David's pediatrician, Charles and Erik opted for the specialist anyway, figuring that the two men have performed enough Lehnsherr-Xavier medical care for two lifetimes. Dr. Muñoz is Genosha's best; the children really take to him for his silly appearance and gentle nature. David adores the man at any rate. Many autistic children tend to avoid social interaction and prefer their own company, but David enjoys closeness and physical contact, to an extent. He certainly has a limit and will let everyone know when he's had enough, but he also likes to get his fill of hugs. cuddles, gentle back rubs, and hair ruffling.

"Oh, I have an advantage," Charles brushes off. "I don't need to guess what he's thinking or what he wants. If he's not in the mood to listen because he's curious about something else, I know that immediately and can address it. He really does enjoy signing with Erik, though. They don't spell, but the two of them have created signs to indicate each member of the family." Charles smiles proudly. David is exceptionally observant and has relied heavily on his observations to invent specific signs for the members of their household. Ailo, for instance, is a closed left fist, lightly tapped twice atop a flat right hand, not unlike the bottom of a cane tapping the floor. That one was his idea, primarily.

"He's also beginning to respond to auditory input as well." Charles turns his attention toward their son. "David, darling? Can you please hand me your band-aids? Dr. Muñoz doesn't want band-aids on the floor." The little boy pauses for a moment as he considers Charles's words, and then bends over to collect the clump of bandages that he previously discarded on the tile. He then presents them to Charles, who takes them in his better hand with a smile. "Thank you, my love!" he beams, signing and conveying his appreciation via telepathy as well to reinforce it. "Well done, you've helped Dr. Muñoz keep his office clean for the next child. I'm very thankful for you."

This Charles also conveys telepathically, broadcasting an image of a smiling Armando greeting a happy child and her parents as they stride into an outright glistening office. He allows the doctor and his husband to observe as well, so that they all understand what David is seeing, too. "That is more or less what we do," Charles explains to the doctor once David returns his attention to the toy car that he brought with him. "We speak, sign, and use telepathy in tandem, when possible. He's quite bright and has no trouble understanding complex concepts, such as helping you keep your office clean to enable your next patient to come in. It's a matter of finding the right way to convey them. We do well, Erik and I."

"I'll admit to being a little nervous about starting school," Erik admits softly from his position behind Charles, setting a gentle hand on his shoulder in thanks as he watches his husband and son from his protective perch, a staunch guardian pillar. "Dropping him off somewhere alone, you know," he bobs his head to the side, hands clasped behind his back as he shifts his weight between feet and flicks his good fingers in slow, rhythmic taps against his own wrist - Erik is constantly in-motion, though he's learned to curb these impulses in ordinary company.

Armando has certainly noted the similarity of typy in father and son. He isn't the first to presume that David is biologically Erik's, the boy even looks like Erik with a sheen of red over thick brown waves. Any doctor would presume that it isn't possible for David to have inherited features from both men, and yet it seems to be so. An adaptive, fluid mixture of Charles and Erik both. Charles's prescience and pragmatism, blunt and insistent yet tempered by Erik's gentle resilience and reverence for living beings. Perhaps - Armando has theorized in only passing observation, uninterested in consigning any member of their clan to the realm of scientific curiosity - relative to David's mutation from birth.

As they know Erik can shift molecular particles, so too do they suspect David of being similar, thus it isn't outside the realm of possibility that he's been capable of epigenetic modification through pure exposure to consistent stimulus - a child searching for points of contact between his parents, and bridging them together. "Well, that's partially what I'd like to talk to you both about today," Armando grins, a shining row of white against grey pallor and yellow eyes flashing concentric circles; a common sight on Genosha, the pure variety of open physical mutations. He lifts his long arms, gesturing minor.

Meanwhile, Erik has traipsed over on tip-toes to silently produce his own yellow car, sitting cross-legged beside his son in parallel play more palatable to the boy than direct engagement. He tips his chin up in acknowledgment of Armando's statement, two sets of watchful, penetrating eyes peering at him from the ground before flitting away. "So, I'm going to be at the school for most of today, and Ms. Yorkes has volunteered to accompany David through his lessons as he appears quite fond of her, and she's trained in early childhood development as well as our resident veterinarian," Armando laughs. "I think between us both, David will be perfectly all right. And we don't have to worry about pushing all the way through. If he only wants to attend for an hour or so, that's more-than adequate. We'll work up to a full day if that's what is most comfortable for him."

Erik speaks for both of them when he voices their apprehension surrounding David's entry to preschool. They had contemplated not sending him at all; he gets plenty of enrichment from both of his parents throughout the day and accompanies Charles to Westchester each day. As he is constantly surrounded by other children, why not simply wait until he's of kindergarten age and attend Charles's academy? In the end, David's therapists recommended that he do attend preschool. It is important for him to be able to thrive independent of his parents and be in a group of same-age peers. At the moment, he's certainly a bit clingy, preferring to be near either or both of his parents at all times.

Charles and Erik have done the research themselves and they know that the therapists are right. Preschool is the best environment for David at the moment should they wish to set him up academically, behaviorally, and socially for kindergarten and beyond. But, it's scary. Erik, of course, can be at the school in a blink if he catches word that David needs him. He's not worried about that. But it will be difficult for their boy to be away from h is fathers, and the thought of him feeling scared, alone, or abandoned is a lot for the two of them to stomach. What if he can't make himself understood? What if he doesn't get along with the other children?

Ailo assures Charles that these are all entirely normal things for a parent to worry about and reminds him that, as a teacher, Charles should be familiar with such concerns. And he is, truly. But it's different with one's own child, isn't it? "Oh, that would be wonderful. We've not settled on an aide for him quite yet," Charles explains, glancing down at his husband, who is now seated beside David on the floor. "He does enjoy her indeed. Well, he enjoys the little creatures to whom she introduces him, certainly," he chuckles, tapping his chin thoughtfully. "We were planning on starting him out with quarter days. We'll drop him off in the morning before we both leave for work, and then Erik will collect him and take him to me. Would Ms. Yorkes truly be open to it? That's quite a commitment."

"Honestly?" Armando starts, responsive to both child and his family; it's something he's learned through his many decades of service, that his role as a primary care physician encompasses parents and their kids, rather than merely one or the other. Initially, Armando was recommended to the post by Ailo, one of his life-long colleagues from the original United Nations mission to investigate divergent human beings in Zaire. He came from a much different background than an average pediatrician, his days typical of long, grueling hours as a fact-finder for the Office of the Prosecutor.

His demeanor is affable and silly, a lovable goof-ball if ever there were one, teased gently as the golden retriever in mutant form, but Charles and Ailo, both elder telepaths of their generation, know better. Bolstering his warmth and care is a man Charles feels a certain connection with, as kindred spirits. There exists somewhere that most do not go, an exceedingly shrewd, calculating, indomitable spirit that moves behind his gaze. A man who has faced down the likes of Schmidt and his ilk dozens of times over without a trace of his true intentions, having perfected the delicate art of forensic interview over his time with the program.

Genosha, conversely, has been like a breath of fresh air for the doctor, who is accustomed to some degree of extreme when at work. To be able to relax, un-guard himself, to speak with parents who are loyal and dedicated is a source of immense satisfaction to Armando. He doesn't relegate their worries to that of simplicity, if only to acknowledge that, of the two environments, he vastly prefers this one - where parents like Erik and Charles dote over their children, shield their children, protect their children. As it should be.

Of course, Charles is right - those idle meanderings of doubt make them common as far as sons, daughters and elsewise march off from beneath their wings for the very first time. Common, a word entirely not applicable to the Lehnsherr-Xavier household. Yet, here they are. "Gertrude volunteered all by her lonesome," Armando tells them with supreme confidence, his affection for the conservationist plain as day.

"She loves David, and I think it'll be good for him - a point of reference, somewhere to go if things become a little overwhelming. I'll also be around, as mentioned, I've several meetings in the building. So between us both, I think we're quite prepared. Ms. Smith," he adds - Tabitha Smith, their SLP who can create brilliant 'light-bombs' from the center of her palms, and is equally a bundle of pure delighted energy who has taken a shine to their boy, as most people who interact with him regularly seem to do - "is also primarily stationed at Lahak, so he'll have even more familiar faces to consult."

Charles smiles warmly down at his husband and son, sitting as they engage in parallel play. A tiny version of himself with tones of Erik and his beloved, the two beings he cherishes most in the universe. How wonderful it is to be surrounded by people who volunteer to assist their little family. David is already a well-loved citizen of Genosha, undeniably because his father has done so very much for a nation beleaguered for too many years. Erik has worked tirelessly to balance a politics that embraces liberation and one that respects indigenous Genoshan culture.

He listens as well as he speaks, always eager to hear from consultants and community members to create an environment that provides for all who need providing for. Never will they be done, but, goodness, does Erik try very hard. He is revered by the people of Genosha, indigenous and settler alike, and so their family enjoys the support of the community at large. "We can arrange meetings with them both, as well as David's teacher, then," Charles agrees, a bit more at ease. "Thank you for your assistance, Dr. Muñoz. I know I do not speak for only myself when I say that I am beyond appreciative for you involvement in David's schooling."

It's been a long road, from what is now classically referred to as the Genoshan Revolutionary Period, for this small society of highly concentrated mutants to go from an enslaved people to generating their own sense of pride and community, to re-discovering pieces of their culture which had been suppressed for years under foreign influence in the name of scientific advancement. Erik undeniably has a role in this as the leader of said nation, elected freely roughly six months following the massive destabilizing effort on his part to eject the CIA's holdovers and re-integrate a vast quantity of deeply traumatized mutants into a greater community based on coexistence with humans - the ones who had sought to harm in the first place.

 

In 1967, the American-Genoshan war more firmly entrenched in this population a distrust of those with values seen as 'immorally Western,' a phrase come to be synonymous with American capitalisn. As they, freely able to provide amongst themselves, struggled to comprehend a society built on the enforcement of wage under penalty of homelessness, starvation and death. But as long as the road has been, it's equally a source of great dignity and perseverance - Genosha has become one of the world's leading exporter of material goods, with world-class medical, educational and scientific institutes rooted in humanistic philosophy.

 

Erik typically shies from taking credit for this, because even though he knows his mutation has enabled a monumental degree of personal freedom amongst the island's inhabitants, they are the ones responsible for maintaining and insisting upon ideals of collectivism and compassion. Erik only opened the door - the Genoshans had to step through it. And they have, with significant fervor. It's less understandable to those outside Genoshan political dynamics that Erik is viewed less like a politician and more of a community elder. Someone generally considered wise and measured, but who isn't prone to taking unilateral actions without gathered input. Smart enough and decisive enough to know when to act, but also to step back and let people make their own choices. To know when he doesn't know, and to trust his community.

 

Whilst David will certainly find a home and already has begun engaging in Westchester, Erik hopes genuinely that the Genoshan adage of raised together, venture forth will follow him as he does indeed venture forth. To provide him with an incontrovertible base from which to build on his identity. As their child, a mutant, a Genoshan, and very simply as David himself. "Well, I know you're all very eager to get over to Reyda, hm?" Armando smiles back, kind. "I daresay you're healthy as a bug in a rug," he tickles David's sides playfully. "You want to see your aba? Why don't we go over and check on him together. I'll leave you all at the door," he adds in sotto-voice.


With David stamped with a clean bill of health (and presented with a sugar-free lollipop for his troubles), they’re all free to leave the office and head over to Reyda. David perks up at the mention of his aba, quickly clambering onto Charles’s lap with the lollipop in his mouth in preparation of their trip. The boy prefers to sit with Charles whenever Erik blips them about, seeming to take comfort in knowing that, wherever they land, he’ll at least have his Papa nearby. Of course, Charles hopes he never grows out of it. One arm snakes its way around the little boy while he drops a kiss to his crown. He conveys a quiet message of pride and love to David once more and is bolstered, as always, to receive a loving thought in return, one which he shares with Erik.

It’s not fair to keep such sweetness to himself. With David settled, Charles nods to Erik, and the four of them, Armando included, find themselves outside of Cricket’s room, with Pietro, Wanda, and Ailo. The man has been at Reyda for a year now and is maintaining well enough, but he still requires a high level of care and supervision. Their hope is to dial in some level of lesser suppression, which will enable him to at least regain some of his lost senses and ultimately live a bit more independently, which they know he’ll appreciate. “Are we all ready? I know this one is,” Charles chuckles as David slides off of his lap and begins pushing on the closed door impatiently.

Ailo laughs, slipping out of the lightly floating chair that had been carrying him about for most of the morning to lean once more heavily on a flat-handled dark-wood cane; largely for Cricket's benefit as he frequently mixes up him and Charles without his finer senses when they're both chair-bound. A simple button-press sees the device folding over on itself like origami until it fits in Ailo's very palms, a delicate crane threaded through a golden chain that he loops over his head for safe-keeping. A clear product of Lehnsherr-style super capacity, but the artistic flair makes it clearly of Erik origin. Wanda beams and presents the briefcase, clicking it open to reveal a jet injector that's shaped not-unlike a gun. Before she can respond, Erik startles for a split second before comprehension dawns and he relaxes back into place, and with a tap the material transforms into it's base components.

Swirled about at first and then neatly deposited into a vial; this too indicative of the terrific capacity inside him. Where Charles expanded psionically, Erik has in molecular construction. They've since learned their initial impression of Charles's injury was apt, that his brain had simply shut off the parts of his motor cortex corresponded to injury in order to make room for the immense telepathic neurotransmission that opened up in response. It's with some regret on Erik's part that now he could repair these injuries, it's as good as drawing a spinal cord onto a stone. Beautific and purposeless, for all the stone understands of spinal cords. Of course, Erik couldn't care less, but he knows that for a long time Charles did harbor a deep-down wish that he'd encounter a cure someday. Now, such hope is dashed. Erik could probably finagle a pathway in Charles's brain, much as Ariel had done, but it would change him. Alter him, in ways that Erik just could never bring himself to do. Charles is perfect the way he is, and there is no regret about that.

Nevertheless, Erik had deduced the highly volatile and complicated inner workings of a compound he'd never seen before in the span of milliseconds, subtly altering its composition from that of an intramuscular injection to a simple oral solution containing the exact same effects. Erik's abilities are quite like this - at first glance it's just little things here and there, until one begins to realize just how attuned to the very matter of their beings he really is. "There we are. All set," he rocks back on his heels with a hum.

Seeing no need to prolong what is evidently a near desperation in their child to see his beloved forefather, Ailo helps the boy swing the heavy fire door open into Cricket's room. The man is seated by the window, decorated in a soft knit blanket and matching hat and socks, appearing as he usually does alone. Retreated into himself, zoned out as fingertips clumsily trail the sill's edge. When sounds alert him to presence, his head zips up in awareness and he smiles brightly.

"Hallo, Mäuschen," he extends his arms a little ways off from the door so David can climb up to give him a hug. Cricket kisses the top of his head and squeezes hard. "Hallo, Mauszähnchen? Mausebein???" he laughs and rubs David's back.

Is Charles disappointed that all hopes of some sort of cure are off the table? Well...a little. He doesn't lie when he claims, firmly, that he doesn't loathe his condition, or lament the fact that he's destined to spend the rest of his life a quadriplegic. Certainly, he's accustomed to his condition at this stage and it simply feels a part of who he is. But, yes. Somewhere in his heart, he supposes he had been holding out for some sort of procedure or cure. Ariel had been able to help him regain use of his left hand, and that had made an immense difference in his life; what's to say Erik couldn't do the same with his stomach and back muscles, enable him to sit unsupported, lift his torso? Erik could, perhaps. But they've a silent, unspoken agreement that they won't. His telepathy has only reached such strength because his condition allowed it to.

His motor cortex adapted itself to accommodate, and should Charles wish to take some of it back, there would be a loss. Evolution is always a delicate balance of energy. So it goes that human babies are born utterly helpless while their animal counterparts can be largely self-sufficient; the human head is too large for gestation of any greater length. Should humans develop in utero further, human mothers would need far wider hips, and should mothers have wider hips, bipedalism would not be possible, and so on, and so on. It's always an exchange, and Charles's body has made one, too. Where has Erik's come from? He has to wonder. The man who can dismantle and reconstruct molecules, reformulate medication. It's always brilliant to watch Erik work, reconfiguring the suppressor into an oral application. Such chemistry involved.

"Brilliant," he voices. Their reunions with Cricket are always sweet and a little heartbreaking. When he's alone, Cricket doesnt do much of anything other than sit bundled in his chair and stare sightlessly about him, lonesome and lost. The nurses and aides keep him company, and he socializes with the other patients regularly, but there's no way to avoid this alone time now and again. Charles knows the depths of this sorrow, and then the peaks of his joy when they come to visit. Such oscillations reverberate through Charles's soul. David's feet pitter-patter through the room until he launches himself into Cricket's lap, face pressed against the soft blanket. He himself doesn't hug, but he does like to be squeezed tight.

"Your Mouse is so delighted to see you," Charles beams clearly as he parks his chair beside Cricket's own, laying a hand on his forearm. "As am I, of course. You had waffles for breakfast, I see! How wonderful, I know you like those. You're looking very handsome today, my dear. I like your socks." Charles always rambles a bit with Cricket, knowing that the man may pluck one thread out of the several Charles begins, or none at all.

Of course, Erik's answer to the unspoken question between them is mostly very simple: in the grand scheme of things, Erik is probably either less powerful than his husband overall, or it's the difference between having built a computer from scratch versus adapted its parts in use. Erik himself, while he experienced an expansion of his abilities, doesn't seem to have had the same learning curve as Charles. His brain was simply always designed this way, perhaps it's the reason he isn't always mentally stable, or maybe it's entirely irrelevant. Evolution as a logarithmic function after all, isn't concerned with the pure forms of efficiency like people think.

It rolls a ball down a hill until the ball becomes round, and then it doesn't need to be square or oblong. There's no reason, even as physics tangles to conserve energy. It just is. Cricket is another curiosity, a version of himself reminding him that most Eriks don't develop along this trajectory. To be fair, neither do most Charleses. Evolution is entirely random, and they've encountered all types of bizarre, wondrous and strange incarnations of their abilities.

"We've brought you something," Wanda says softly, still clutching the vial between slow fingers. It took a lot to ferry from the future, even though she could easily prevent harm befalling it, it's natural to take care. She looks to Charles, then. Not sure how to phrase it, not wishing to overwhelm him.

Charles smiles at Wanda, grateful. How magnificently lucky they all are to be surrounded by so many people that care. For Wanda and Pietro to venture to the future and find the exact formulation they need to aid Cricket. Erik will be able to recreate it now that he's seen it in order to keep Cricket's disage correct, but the very feat of acquiring it was not something minor. The twins truly care for their father, in all his iterations, and Charles will never downplay what that means.

"My dear," he says to Cricket, reaching up to cup his jaw. "We have something that we think will help improve your life quite a lot," he explains. "Right now, your mutation is suppressed. We've talked about that before, do you remember?" With his other hand, he takes the small vial from Wanda, and presses it to Cricket's palm. "What you're holding now will change the way it's suppressed. If we're correct, when you take this, you will gain some aspects of your mutation back. Your vision, primarily. This will help you see again. Would you like that, my love?" he asks gently, and then taps Cricket's temple once. "You can ask questions in here if you have them. I know that it's easier."

Cricket's eyes widen in crystalline unseeing fathoms, his mind stuttering itself over this information as a wave wracks his body of indeterminate sensation, not unlike the first time Erik was told he might not be consigned to the lonely existence he'd lived after Stryker forever. If he'd been asked beforehand it's an easy answer: the man is as highly solitary as they come, and even during his convalescence compared to someone more typical like Wanda he'd been rather resilient to its effects. But it would be a lie to say it had no impact, and Cricket isn't the same as he. He tries very hard not to fall prey to piteous sadness, but it crops up at times. Having gone from being entirely self-sufficient to locked inside his own body, blind and mute - it would be difficult for anyone.

And he clearly isn't as mentally stable as his counterpart even at the best of times. "My powers???" he breathes, scrambling to find some part of Charles to latch onto. "I can see my babies??? Please. I'm sorry. I don't know why. Why --" he blinks harshly, scrubbing the back of his hand across his cheek roughly. "What I did wrong. To make it all go away. I won't do it again."

Wanda resists the urge to grimace. It always is, as Charles has observed, a difficult experience to reckon with the sheer amount of purposeless cruelty that defines this Erik's existence. "You didn't do anything wrong," she promises, clearing her throat. "I promise. We're going to try and make it better."

Cricket squints quite suddenly. "But. But," his hand waves. "Me, I will hurt you? Hurt people. I hurt them. Didn't mean to. Break things. Unravel them?"

"I won't let that happen," Erik shakes his head, firm. "I'll be here to make sure everything stays as it must. But you are unraveled, too. We must try and help it be better."

Cricket brushes his fingers against Pietro's arm next to him, patting listlessly. "My loves. You have white. And she has red. I remember. And David has orange," he recites.

"Yes, very good," Charles encourages, tamping down the pain that always creeps its way to his throat when Cricket goes down this path. How he blames himself for all that has befallen him, a core of Erik Lehnsherr, evidently. "Wanda has red, Pietro has white, and David orange, like a tiger." Charles brushes his fingers along Cricket's jaw. "You might not get everything back, darling. But you would be able to see again. Maybe hear the world sing to you like it used to. We'll make sure everything is safe, you don't have to do anything at all. Do you want to try now?"

He nods a few times in quick succession, practically wrenching his neck with the force of his enthusiasm. Wanda laughs a bit. "All right, it's just some medicine in a vial, so I'll help you now, OK?" As always when assisting Cricket in these matters, they've learned that he does a lot better when people tell him what they're going to do before they do it. His resistance to help is less about resentment and more abject fear, it seems most versions of Erik are relatively passive in that respect, generally cooperative instead of combative. With the brief exception of Magnus, which was more relative to the destabilizing influence of his environment than real eschew.

Even now, he's grown a great deal more confident as this year took him from sixteen to seventeen, the second birthday in a row not mired in sickness and despair. So too has he sprouted up rapidly, towering over most of the adults at the Manor with bean-pole stature, Charles knows that he's started to consider more plainly his future as well, expressing the urge to find his version of Charles and help, speaking more consistently about Magda and wondering if this means he won't have Pietro or Wanda in his home - barely an adult himself, and worrying about his children, yet another core of Erik. Erik had uncomfortably theorized that the distinction between their universe being what it was, they still found Magnus in 1943. He was only fifteen (making his birthday different, which is very curious to Erik, but not an uncommon phenomenon) but this was the year of Wanda and Pietro's birth. Erik had been 20, but timelines aren't very linear.

The years don't always line up, but he imagines the fact that Magnus knew Magda then when Erik himself had not was a pretty solid indicator that Pietro and Wanda will exist for him. With the help of the Institute, Charles and Louis and the rest of his extended family in this place, he's come to discover a great love of theater and production, and chatters frequently about his hopes and dreams rather than despair and horror. Erik is grateful for it all, for this chance at a different existence not marked so strongly in suffering. And now, there is hope beyond, for Cricket, too. Wanda encourages him to straighten with a gentle touch of fingertips to his spine as she helps him to swallow the medicine, a bright-green and correspondingly watermelon-flavored liquid that Cricket swallows easily. Much like Erik, it takes only moments for his gaze to go from lifeless and limp to slowly tracking something behind Charles's shoulder before realizing that he can --

"Oh!" A brilliant grin erupts over his features. "Oh, it's all still here," he rasps, fumbling to touch Pietro's cheek and stroke Wanda's shoulders and David's hair. "You're so big now!" he gasps. "Taller than a big tree," he gestures playfully. "And cuter." He boops David on the nose, with halting care as his hands still don't work right. But he can see. The sines and waves. Dancing protons, neutrons, electrons all in a humming swirl. And more. Cricket's eyes well up and overflow with the magnitude of heart-rending joy, and he taps politely onto Erik's chest. "You feel it? We have to help? Want. To help. To make it better. He's hurting. Don't want to hurt."

Through Cricket’s eyes, Charles witnesses the world come to life. It’s instantaneous; the suppressor, evidently, has overwritten the old one and enabled the pathways routed through his visual cortex to spark back to life. He can’t see as finely and with as much detail as Erik—not even close—but the geometry of the world opens back up to him within a moment. And, goodness, the joy. Seeing the twins, and David. He recognizes them immediately, and the euphoria! His babies! He can see his babies again and all that they’re made of. Charles can feel the happiness curl within his chest and spring outward. It’s doubtful that they’ll ever be able to take Cricket off of a suppressor completely; his power is too vast and his mind is too scrambled. He may be stuck in a wheelchair for the rest of his life, too uncoordinated without the mobility aid to walk properly.

He may need help eating and bathing and all that, may need care and support for the remainder of his life. But if he can see, if he can feel the world around him…then perhaps there’s some hope for happiness. For peace. And then— Charles knows what he’s referring to immediately. The presence, the one that he and Erik have noticed for some time now. Pain, somewhere far off, her familiar. Somehow, even with this tiny amount of power, Cricket has picked up on it, too. “He feels what we feel,” Charles tells Erik in a low voice, certain that his husband will understand. He turns to Cricket then, observing eyes that can finally focus, and then grabs his hand. “My darling, you…want to help?”

Cricket nods. He pets Charles, too. "You said the same thing," he still mixes up past and present even now, but there's so much more of a quiet assurance about him. Retaining even this small degree has settled him, deeply. "When I could," he laughs. "But it's different. Have to help. It's you. My love."

Erik gawps a little. Cricket can sense that so immediately, but he couldn't. Maybe he didn't - a refusal of sorts to engage. Knowing if he knew who and what, like Cricket, he would have insisted. How could he not? "I have a theory," he mutters back at last. It's been coalescing since Ariel and Charlie. This idea that somehow, the universal alignment is off when there is just one without the other. And how many places must have just Charles or just Erik. It seeks to push them together, perhaps.

Maybe it is different, than constant interference with a world that doesn't belong to them. It feels different to Erik, he just didn't - know. Not with any certainty. He still doesn't.

“Will someone fill me in?” Pietro demands, clipped.

“Your father and I have noticed a…presence, for some time now. Pain,” he admits with a sad smile. “And a lot of it. We’ve not done anything about it, for we’ve been meddling about in the multiverse quite a bit. We wanted to focus on David, and on Cricket, too.” He laces his fingers with Cricket’s own and kisses those knuckles. “But it appears that Cricket, already, can feel it, too. Which makes us believe that what, or whom, that presence in is me. Another Charles. It’s our working theory that there is some universal correction that tries to happen whenever one of us, Erik or I, loses our partner.”

Pietro blinks. “So, you’ve been feeling this dude for a year, and you think that dude is Charles? Are you kidding? Why aren’t you getting him right now?”

Erik sighs a little, pinching the bridge of his nose. Straight from the mouths of babes, so to speak, the stunned inquiry arrowing to the heart of the matter - and something Erik himself has deeply struggled to determine as the lines are arbitrarily drawn between who stays and who goes, who is ignored and who is assisted. Random, that's all it could ever be. It's an uncomfortable, leaden weight in his chest. The responsibility of choice. "What we felt - it was more of a flutter," he explains, soft. "Without form. But you must understand, I feel this all the time. From millions of different directions. Millions of Charleses, Eriks. Crickets, Ariels and Charlies. Different versions of them, splintering out. Of you, and Wanda. Every person we know. Every person we've ever met."

Instinctively, Wanda agrees with her brother - there really isn't a good reason not to respond to this universal calling-card. But as Erik speaks, given her similar capacity, understanding dawns more clearly. "If we chased after every flutter, we wouldn't have any room for it all, hm? And they have David, too. But," she holds up a hand. "I agree with Cricket and Pietro. We cannot save everybody - and who we can save is simply random, but I think we should help him."

"I'm here," Cricket whispers. "This world. To stay. But I'm alone. He's for me." It's heartbreaking in its simplicity, tears forming wet trails over a prominent smattering of freckles on his cheek even moreso than Erik's own. But it's the truth, as he knows it. They found David, which resulted in Cricket, and Cricket must result in this Charles. "Please. Don't leave him." At least to Erik, it was never up for debate. As soon as Cricket said it, he knew what he would have to do. And while framed in that way, it truly isn't a hardship.

He looks to Charles, once more that deference taking precedence even as his feelings solidify into a deeply unavoidable urge to reach out.

He’s for me. Charles knows then that they have no choice. Cricket spoke it so simply, with the marginal clarity that he’s regained since his sight has returned. He’s for me. No, he shouldn’t be alone here for the rest of his days. He has Charles, but Charles is already a husband and a father. Cricket deserves love and care and partnership. And this beleaguered Charles out there, mired in pain…well. Perhaps this Charles is poorly off, a little undone, like Cricket. Perhaps they do match. “We’ll go,” he decides. “Cricket, sweetheart, you can stay here with David, Ailo, and Pietro. Wanda, Erik, and I will go find him and bring him back to you. I promise.”

"Sweetheart," Cricket whispers back, rubbing his fingers in the soft fabric of Pietro's sleeve. As undone as he is, the instinct to protect Charles and help him is center-stage. It's difficult for him to parse the difference between worlds at times, but in this moment it's crystalline. They must find him, and bring him home. At least, give him the choice of a home.

Erik inclines his head austerely, folding his hands behind his back. "We will get him. It will be all right," he assures, typical in its confident cadence. Erik narrows his gaze, focusing down on that strand until it materializes between them.

Chapter 88: Then after hectoring so long the Nightingale broke out in song,

Chapter Text

Universal Traversal is still an abrupt experience for Charles, as even with all of his expanded knowledge, actually physically engaging with different dimensions is a process his brain can't always interpret correctly. As though he's aware he's seeing colors that don't exist, irrational shapes. A square circle in lellow-grue. With a snap, though, his wheels touch the ground and Erik's feet follow shortly. They're outside a large, Gothic-style structure with Binghamton State Hospital stenciled imposingly on a placard just outside the gates.

Erik himself doesn't seem to know where each strand will take them until they follow it down, and his brows arch as he takes in the sea of patients milling about the picturesque lawn with their caregivers, clad all in matching white scrubs. "There," he points to a disconnected building labeled E-wing in the distance. Charles can't read the archway from so far off, but Erik has quickly identified where this version of Charles lie by the pure composition of his biological make-up, as familiar to him as his own. It already bodes poorly that he's stuck inside whilst everyone else enjoys the sun, or whatever passes for enjoyment, here. Erik steels himself internally, bracing for the impact of what they'll find.

Charles's blood feels cold underneath his skin upon touchdown. As his mind makes contact with their new reality, all of its dimensions flood into his awareness. Immediately, they're at a hospital—nearer to an asylum—in New York. More broadly, they're in a universe that is rebuilding itself in the aftermath of some social catastrophe. "Yes, he's in there," Charles confirms. They seem to be in a large, not unpleasant courtyard, surrounded by patients and staff alike. People in manual wheelchairs or walking unassisted, most accompanied by a member of staff, it seems. Minds are in various states of addlement; some are fully unraveled while others are entirely coherent. Several even feel content, the sun on their skin, the scent of freshly-mown grass in their olfactories.

But, not those in the E-wing, where is counterpart resides. And, notably, Charles doesn't encounter that expected sensation of feedback that always occurs when he comes in contact with himself. Any proximity to Charlie or the Professor would cause that reverberant echo to knock against the inside of his skull, like two mirrors placed contra. Here, though? Nothing. No telepaths at all. His fingers flex around the armrest of his chair for a moment, absorbing it all. The flood of information is beyond vast, and it takes nearly a full minute for him to linearize the narrative. When he does, though, the nausea begins. "Erik," he murmurs. "His telepathy is gone, here. Permanently. Because I—he—abused it."

There's a lump in his throat as the scenes grow more vivid.


A dark-haired Charles seated in a wheelchair on television, speaking calmly before a crowd.

Fear not, my fellow citizens of the United States. I can understand your apprehension and will strive with all I have to help you understand that it is misplaced. Together, we will step into a brighter tomorrow. A tomorrow that promises respect and dignity for us all, mutant and human alike. A tomorrow that has left bigotry and prejudice behind.


All of this Charles broadcasts to Erik and Wanda as he sits frozen in his chair, heart pounding. "I think...I think I became something of a dictator, here," he summarizes.

Erik and Wanda wear twin expressions of surprise and curiosity as Charles expounds upon the details of this new universe and the reason for his convalescence at this place. Though Wanda has some reservations about this man being a dictator - long has she since shed the naïveté of self-grandeur when it comes to the universal scale, as likely to be a Nazi or serial killer as a saint - Erik doesn't seem particularly fazed by it. It speaks to both his trust in Charles's intentions at least, as his devotion to his husband. He himself overthrew an oppressive government, so he certainly won't be the first to condemn Charles for taking similar actions.

Sometimes, revolt is necessary, and as he has proven over the last twenty-odd years, there are ways of dismantling horrid regimes that aren't fundamentally rooted in horror and destruction. There are ways to lead unilaterally that are beneficial (though, as Wanda would point out, absolute power is not something most people, even herself - she's visited places where she has drastically altered the entire dimensional landscape to try and solve problems that weren't hers to solve and in one instance removing every person's mutation at once in an attempt to equalize society - should be trusted with. Erik is very much an outlier in all respects.)

Furthermore, Erik's brows knit together in abject consternation at the idea that Charles has been stripped of his abilities as a punishment. It does not matter to him in the slightest that this Charles may have abused them. They are his to abuse or not. And if others don't like it, there are ways to reach accord beyond reactive violence. Whenever people begin discussing the point at which removing someone's mutation is viable, they have already opened the door to unacceptable applications. Cricket is different, he isn't legally competent and when he is lucid he agrees that suppressing his mutation is for benefit. Charles was, and would not.

Grimacing, Erik sets his hand on his husband's shoulder. "We will find out more," he promises. "And we are absolutely not leaving him here. It's outrageous," he growls under his breath. Of course, Charles is accustomed somewhat, as horrid as it is, to encountering Eriks who have fallen victim to such cruelty. Erik is less adjusted to these encounters and has to visibly suppress a more forceful response. 

Charles knows, of course, that Erik is not one to be abhorred by the idea of Charles using his abilities to overthrow a government. Without further details, Erik appears to approach this information with relative neutrality, concerned more with the fact that this Charles has been relegated to a lifetime locked in a hospital and without his telepathy. Over the years, Charles himself has become less skeptical of the idea of overthrow. Totalitarianism is certainly something that he cannot support, as it rarely if ever works well for all who happen to live underneath, but a strong leader? He likes to have his students discuss the concept of a benevolent dictator in his ethics and government classes.

Would a benevolent dictator truly serve all people best? Or is democracy the only ethical way to govern a population? Each class lands on a slightly different answer. Many hold that dictatorship, no matter how benevolent the leader, can never be ethical. Others point to historical cases wherein democratically created governments have allowed atrocity to unfold. Others still will argue that democracy is always the most ethically sound mode of government, but there are many, many points within a democracy for corruption or coercion to make inroads, ultimately stripping it of its status as a democracy as a whole. His students are smart and observant, and Charles enjoys learning from them as much as they learn from him. "We told Cricket that we would bring him back," Charles replies in turn, and then snaps his fingers. At once, the patients and staff alike freeze in place, consciousness on pause.

Erik could push him in his chair in order to blend in with the masses, but this is easier. No need for acting. "Let's go." It's easy to find the Dictator's room. It's in the small, secure building separate from the larger hospital. The security guards standing sentry at the entrance are subject to Charles's telepathy, and Erik and Wanda get them inside easily. The Dictator's quarters are in the basement of the structure, patrolled again more security guards yet. At the end of a low-ceilinged hallway of eight locked rooms is the Dictator's door. There's a window in the door with a metal cover drawn over it and a name placard beside the jamb: Xavier, C Unauthorized Entry Prohibited.

"This is more like a prison than a hospital," Charles grimaces, suddenly uneasy as they all read. "I've not paused his consciousness. He's awake in there." Strapped in to a manual wheelchair with a high back, Charles's eyes blink lazily at the narrow window near the ceiling. They've said that he's in a basement, but they don't listen to him when he asks if they could just lower it down a little so he can see outside. It looks sunny. Maybe there are birds. He'll ask them again when they come back in. It would be nice if they could just lower the window. He can hear the heavy door swing open, but since his chair is facing the wall and not the door, he can't see who his visitor is; the headrest of his chair cradles his head on both sides and he can't lift his upper back, for the straps.

But, it appears that there are only four nurses and two doctors at this whole place, for those six faces are the only ones that he's seen since waking here, so Charles reasonably expects the arrival to be one of them. "Hello," he greets, voice raspy from disuse. "Would you be so kind as to assist me? I'd like to move the window down, so I can see." A curled hand lifts from his lap and gestures toward the tiny opening near the ceiling. "I'd do it myself, but I can't seem to...." He wriggles a bit in his chair, suddenly surprised by the lack of mobility. "Oh. I'm stuck here."

Erik starts, entirely unable to stop himself from forward momentum as his feet carry him to this beleaguered version of his beating heart. He's stopped by a tug from Wanda, recognizing that his motor impulses are competing and crashing, and he straightens promptly, hand raising in a rough swipe under his eyes in an effort to contain himself. In but an instant, rather than lowering the window or enlarging it - which is certainly within Erik's boundless capacity, everyone in the room including Charles finds themselves transported outside into a small clearing. A large oak-tree sways above them with ruffled leaves, chirping birds and insects all around.

"Neshama," he murmurs, and the wheelchair he's bound within transforms into something else; something more palatable, less sterile and without any straps intended for restraint at the arms or footrests. A soft blanket drapes over his shoulders and bunches softly against his hands in brightly colored patterns. The wheelchair, a typical hover-variant common on Genosha intended to provide more freedom to the man, levitates under its own prowess so that Charles is eye-level with him, and reaches out to rest fingers on his chest. "Do you recognize me?"

Like this, Erik is quite unrecognizable to Charles. Older, with braided hair in streaks of auburn and gradual white. Darker, from years in the sun. Warmer, even in solemn expression. The young man Charles once knew wore button-down shirts and dress slacks. This one wears jeans and a sweater. But at his core, it's Erik. The same features, the same eyes, just a few extra crow's feet. "We're here to help," he promises.

"Wh—oh!" Charles blinks in surprise when his room becomes a different room, one that looks a lot like the outside that he remembers from the Time Before. It smells like it too, like grass and dirt and sunshine. There are birds, just like he thought! This is a better room, he decides. The staff must have decided to move him to this better outside room. Maybe he's been good for long enough. His eyes travel downward for a moment, and he sees a soft blanket around him—and his hands are free! They usually secure his arms when he leaves his room, and he doesn't like it. Sometimes his nose gets itchy, and he can't reach up with his good arm to scratch it when they do that. His bad arm doesn't do much of anything at all, but they secure it anyway.

Maybe his bad arm is why he did all those things, and that's why they tie it. And then, from nowhere, there's Erik. Except, it's not Erik at all. But it is. It's Erik's eyes at least, and his face. But not his body or his hair or his clothes. Or his mind. This Erik doesn't have a mind at all, and Charles is about to cry out in worry, but then he remembers. No one has a mind that he can listen to anymore. They took everyone's minds away. Now, he lives in silence, deafening silence. No thrum of the world around him, hearbeat of humanity. No connection, no nothing. Just quiet and the high window and the rooms with the tables and beds.

"You have Erik's face," rasps Charles. His better hand, beyond ungainly, slaps roughly against a freckle-covered cheek. "Where did you get Erik's face? Erik died. Did you take his face? You said neshama. He called me that. I was that, that was me." Charles frowns now, confused and suspicious. His head lolls to one side on his neck. "Erik died. He is dead. Neshama isn't me. Not without him...my love. Sweetheart." Charles begins to wriggle again. With his arms free, he can move a bit more, and it's evident that he's attempting to climb out of his chair once more. "No. Give him his face back! I'll take it from you, and give it back to him!"

Erik captures Charles's waving hand before it impacts and his gaze bores into the other man, willing him to stop and look. "Charles--Charles. Look at me. Listen. Feel," he presses those fingers against his own chest, the only thing he can think to do even as Wanda naturally reaches out to provide a soothing balm over the ragged, rising tide of his despair. He wears Erik's face, and he isn't Erik. But he has Erik's heartbeat. The same constant, steady thump. Slow, even as his own tides raise in turn. It's the same one. How can it be the same? A brother, a son? The woman has his face, too, but softer. Her hair is a deeper brown with twisting red streaks through, and her eyes in plains of green. Perhaps they're family, of a sort.

"You remember what he could do. What I could do, neshama." He snaps his fingers (this one's hand is braced, too, but the brace is different) and a bright sunflower appears before him. How could he know sunflowers were Erik's favorite? His Erik could manipulate particles at the subatomic level. Make things appear and disappear, take him to the hills and valleys. "You're right, dear-heart. I'm not your Erik. I'm different. One of millions. Trillions, perhaps. Just like you, see?"

He rests a fingertip on Charles's jaw to turn his attention toward the other man, the one also in a wheelchair. A man with his face? "We're from another place. A different place, not like this. But we aren't here to hurt. Only to help, always. To take you away from here. You won't need to lower the window. You can come outside, in the sun."

Charles, Erik's Charles, has been quiet. Coming to know Charlie had been difficult; Charles remembers the thin, sickly man as he appeared in their midst on Genosha so long ago. Memories of isoltation and despair, caregivers his only visitors for a long decade. This Charles is much, much worse off. Without his telepathy or sense. His mind is far from the structured, recognizable mirror of Charlie's and the Professor's; it's the shards of that mirror splayed out across a mile. Small polygons that he can recognize, pulverized dust that he can't.

He's insane, in the clinical sense of the word. Not sane. It's hard for even the prescient Charles to understand whether this was a result of the procedure directly or a reverberation of the aftermath; does his brain eventually fall apart when there is no telepathy to bind it? He isn't as affected globally by suppressors as many are, but that was always shorter term. The serum only ever dulled his ability; it never removed his telepathy completely, and he was only subject to a suppressor for short amounts of time. This Charles has been without his telepathy for...goodness. Years. Decades, maybe? At least one decade. He's still wriggling in his chair, eyes frantic, untrusting.

It's difficult to watch, but Charles raises his own chair up to meet his counterpart, too. Charles, he booms, and the voice in his head instantly stills the Dictator. Settle down, my friend. My brother.

The Dictator blinks. "You're...I don't have a brother."

No. Just a counterpart from another world. You remember other worlds.

"Other worlds. Jupiter."

Charles smirks. Jupiter, sure. Other versions of you.

"No. Ariel," he blabbers, plucking the name from one of the piles of dust.

Yes, good. Ariel is like us. We're like him. We'd like to take you back to our world, like Ariel's world.

The Dictator's cloudy blue eyes narrow. "Take? No...this is my room. I need it, they took it all away and now I need to stay here. I did bad things. Tricked people. Charles Xavier is a weapon of mass destruction, and weapons of mass destruction must be decommissioned," he recites, and it's clear that that phrase doesn't come from his own mind.

Charles swallows thickly. "You're right," he offers, perhaps better equipped to reason with an unreasonable version of himself than the others will be. "You're being moved. We've decommissioned you, but you're being moved to a new facility."

The Dictator seems to understand this a bit better, as it's more relevant to all that he knows now. "A new room? You're me."

Charles nods. "Indeed I am. From a world like Ariel's, where you're going to live from now on."

"Mm. How come?"

"It's safer," Charles decides, because that isn't untrue. It is indeed safer for his counterpart. The Dictator seems to consider this, head still lolled to one side. "Oh. Yes. The safety of the collective comes first, an individual's liberties second," he blathers, borrowing yet another phrase. "Safer. Okay. A new room. An outside room. Yes. Ariel's world."

Charles glances at Wanda and Erik. This is as good as we're going to get at the moment. Let's take him somewhere private at Reyda. I don't think he's ready for Cricket or David yet.

One thing Charles has always known about his Erik is that the man he loves is deeply impulsive. He rarely equivocates when decisions must be made, after all Genosha itself was born of a split-second unhesitating devotion to the people Ailo had seen via Cerebro. While it's safe to say that the years have tempered him, they have not eradicated his natural tendencies, and this time is no different. Within the span of a blink, the chairman of Binghamton appears and Erik marches toward him, gripping his lapels with a dangerous glint in his eyes.

"What the hell are you doing to people, here?" he demands harshly, all stoic angles. "It stops, today. Or I promise you, Charles Xavier will be a kitten in comparison." Erik isn't in possession of superstrength on his own, but he easily lifts the man up and veritably tosses him on his ass, glowering in forbidding disgust. "Fix your society. If I have to come back and do it myself, you will find me far less forgiving. Get out of here."

With a wave of his hand, the administrator evaporates into non-existence. Charles checks for himself that Erik hasn't simply disintegrated him, but no - he's back in his office, disoriented and afraid. Charles can tell that Erik was only moments away from doing just that, trembling in fury. "We're leaving," he declares promptly, and in an instant, everything the Dictator knows changes.


They're not necessarily wrong, at least they haven't lied about a new room. A new hospital, so it would seem. But this one is different than Binghamton. Colorful, open. People wear their own clothes, and not scrubs with ID numbers.

The climate is warm, but not uncomfortable. True to request, there are no people where they are; a small courtyard with benches and wild gardens, normally tended by patients. "You'll stay with us," Erik tells the Dictator, touching his cheek to draw his focus. "This place is different. Your individual liberty matters. Everyone's does. Even if they do bad things. We help them to get better, teach them better. You might not understand, but someday, you will." It's the first time in a long time that people have spoken directly to him, rather than amongst themselves in his presence.

The Dictator blinks as he takes in his new surroundings. A courtyard! He heard that there was a courtyard outside his old room, but that was for other people. Here, there are trees and blue skies. Birds again. The same? No, no. Different. Not cardinals or sparrows. Larks, it sounds like. This Erik, the Ariel-Erik, is being so kind, and the Dictator can feel his heart begin to thump like it used to. His love! Oh, it's been so long since he's felt love, he almost doesn't remember. In the Time Before, he loved with every inch of himself, so very much that when they hurt his love, everything changed. He used his mutation to make sure they didn't hurt mutants anymore, didn't hurt others.

Blind with grief and rage. But this Erik is here still. Friendly and nice. He has a Charles. A brother? No. Jupiter Charles. Jupiter Charles and Jupiter Erik. Jupiter Charles is bald, but Jupiter Erik's hair is long and soft, in a braid. He wriggles again, but this time, tight straps don't stop him. Something invisible keeps him safe in his chair, but it doesn't strain against his skin, which is raw all over. Sores on his lower back that hurt when he moves. Charles, of course, can sense that pain instantaneously. We'll need to get him looked at medically, he informs Erik. I think he's nursing some pressure sores. They kept him in his bed or chair all day.

"Jupiter is nice," the Dictator blathers, blue eyes a little unfocused. "A gas giant, they say! Hah. No gas other than nitrogen, oxygen, argon, hydrogen, helium, krypton, xenon, and ozone. Gases of the earth's atmosphere. That was on the quiz, for fifth graders," he informs his companions matter-of-factly. "I was Professor. But...you're Professor. Professor Charles Xavier. Who am I?"

"Who would you like to be?" Charles asks in return. "Two Charleses is confusing, don't you think?"

"Yes, confusing. It's Jupiter, and you're from Jupiter, so you're Charles here."

It's encouraging, at least, that he seems to understand that, to an extent. "Can we call you Francis?"

The Dictator grimaces. "Charles Francis Xavier. Stupid middle name. Mother's aunt, but Father knew Rosalind Franklin as a child! Before she went to Cambridge! I told Erik I was named after her. I lied."

Charles can't help but smirk. "White lies are not so bad. Would you like to be Franklin? I'm Charles, and you're Franklin."

"Yes...okay," the Dictator, to be known forevermore as Franklin, decides. "My father knew Rosalind Franklin as a child. I was named after her! They were friends."

Erik snorts. "You told me that, too," he ribs his Charles, dry. "Jupiter's atmosphere has methane, ammonia, and hydrogen sulfide, too," Erik adds as Franklin recites, his tone fond. At least, if nothing else, it's something deeply familiar to Franklin - his own Erik was a physicist first, too, and it just proves further that these people are who they say they are. They aren't just wearing faces, they are. Yet not. Another world. "Jupiter in particular is notable for super-rotation, which is where its atmospheric composition rotates faster than the planet itself. This is called a Rossby wave. That's why there's so many storms on Jupiter," he grins. "Do you remember what the largest vortex is called?"

Listen, if Charles is interested in celestial planets, Erik is the guy for that. It's uncommon in his day-to-day that he gets to flex his physics muscles, but by no means has his interest in the topic ever waned. As he speaks, he keeps tabs on Charles's observations in the back of his mind, nodding as his senses flick through a keen analysis of Franklin's physiological state. He has many, and a few abrasions from the restraints as well, he determines grimly. He's currently taking an antibiotic, but it's not treating his MRSA infection. Here.

Erik taps at his elbow, which is hidden underneath Franklin's shirt. Crouching a bit, he lifts up the man's sleeve, and they both watch as the wound there rapidly begins to close and his skin once more forms smooth and blemish-free. Even a year ago, Erik couldn't do something like that. Now, he can. "There, that should help you feel better." He smiles down, attempting to project calm and gentle care.

“The Great Red Spot,” Franklin recites. “Unimaginative. That’s what Erik said. He came up with his own name for it but I forgot.” A frown befalls his expression; Charles tracks it. He’s trying to remember something actively, but the pathway splinters into too many tiny channels, and the train gets lost. Spread across the splinters of glass in his head. The frustrated confusion disappears, however, when Jupiter Erik lifts his arm to push up his sleeve, where one of his many wounds sits infected.

Blue eyes blink in astonishment when the skin closes up, and when his arm is set back down on his arm rest, it doesn’t ache like it usually does. “Oh. That’s good. Hurt before,” he informs. “I’m supposed to be tied up because I hit, and then took a pen and put it in my leg. Then my arm doesn’t move and it hurts like that.” Another puzzled frown. “You need to tie me. I might hit! I don’t want to. I fell out once and my nose bled. On the floor for a long time before they found me. Need to be tied up in the chair and the bed and in the room. Window up high so I can’t hurt anyone again. Too dangerous.”

"Don't worry about that," Erik tells him with a grounding touch to his jaw. It's impossible not to react, but he doesn't want to overwhelm the poor man with anything so immense as a hug even if that's all he feels like doing. "Our staff here is very accustomed to those things. They'll keep you and everyone else safe. It's frustrating at times, being in a place like you were. Being ill, too. Lashing out is natural. But you know what? I think when our environment is nicer, when people are nicer to us, the frustration is far lessened. It might crop up again, that's true. But you don't need to be tied up. We have ways of keeping people safe that are much better."

And, at least privately, he vows to ensure such a thing doesn't happen again. This, he can do for the man. He should have been protected, kept safe. That's the duty of care for any hospital. He never should have been in that position, and it enrages Erik that he was. It wasn't like Bellevue was a bastion of human rights, either. But at least Cricket was fed and healthy. Who knows what happened to this version, that he likely doesn't have the language to express. Erik seethes.

Franklin ponders that statement for a moment before his brain seems to run out of steam and instead chooses to focus on the fingers on his jaw. The touch makes him remember how touch used to be, soft and nice. For a long time it was only ever to lift him or wash him or do something medical to him. Cold hands or gloves always. Not fingers on his jaw, nice. Like Erik’s fingers. Erik’s… Blue eyes blink again, dazed. “I’m ill?” he asks, and then seems to remember. “Oh, yes. Crippled. In prison if not too crippled,” he informs. “Did the surgery, and then in my room forever. Be grateful that you’re a cripple, Xavier, else you’d be at Guantanamo with the rest of the terrorists,” he recites.

Charles grimaces and shifts uncomfortably in his chair. This, perhaps, is his worst case scenario. To see himself fall so far, to rise as a dictator and then rot in the basement of a hospital, brain fragmented into a thousand pieces. Too broken for any tangible grasp on reality, mired in guilt without fully understanding why. “Franklin, you don’t deserve Guantanamo,” Charles says in a pinched voice. “No one died, right? You didn’t kill anyone.”

“Killed America,” grumbles Franklin. “Democracy died and the murderer is mutantkind. Headline, New York Times.”

“America is a concept. All nations are. No person died, right? Not because of you.”

“I don’t kill. No, I don’t kill. Killing is irreversible.”

“See? You didn’t do anything irreversible. You deserve to continue to live a happy life. What’s in the past is in the past.”

Franklin blinks, eyes following the swaying treetop above them. “Erik. He’s in the past. He died. Irreversible.” At long last, those blue eyes tear up. “He died. Shouldn’t have.”

Erik surreptitiously does his best to bolster Charles, knowing pretty well exactly what he's experiencing at the moment. It's an odd synchronicity, and the nature of it - when he's less liable to punch a building over - remains a source of endless fascination to him. First himself, then Charles. Then Cricket and now Franklin. Ariel and then Charlie. It reminds him of a conch shell, or the intricate geometry of plant cellular organization. The universe itself so random and yet perfect in symmetry, too.

"Democracy isn't everything," Erik says dryly. "Genosha isn't a democracy," he points out. He's long been a guest speaker at those ethics classes, and a frequent target of people's ire - non-Genoshan people, he would add - who believe that he's worked to curb civil rights in the long run. Erik himself does not deny that he is an agent of foreign influence as well, but neither does he reject the open hand offered to him.

As he's grown to understand the Genoshans, he has taken on the role he's been cast in - which is not, at the end of the day, a position that merely anyone can run and be elected for. It's a position appointed to someone by trusted community elders who have demonstrated care for the wellbeing of those under their charge. In the case of the Genoshans, this person can be anyone, Genoshan or otherwise, provided their values align with the heart of Genoshan identity.

At first, Erik didn't grasp this. He believed much as many Westernized people that democracy was the only ethical system. In fact he believed he had brought this system to Genosha. But it's not how indigenous Genoshan communities work, history matters. He had proven himself in battle, in restoration. And when the time came to step down, the person Magneto had endorsed was appointed next. Elected, yes. But, election is just the English translation for a word that has no real counter in their language. He's been given leeway to enter a society traditionally viewed as closed, and he does his best to respect where his own limitations on the matter arise.

"At least right now. We're just fine. No one deserves Guantanamo. Not even terrorists. Especially not you, neshama. We don't have prisons, here. You will never be in a place like that again. I won't let anyone hurt you ever again. I promise you that. If anyone even says anything like that to you, you come and tell me and I will deal with them."

The tears swim down Franklin’s cheeks. He’s gaunt and pale, and his dark hair is cropped short in a sloppy crew cut. He at least has hair, which indicates that he didn’t endure the same circumstance with Trask as Charles did, at least not the very same. But, he’s undeniably ill. Spindly and thin, his muscles have severely atrophied. His left arm looks nearly unusable, and his right is scarcely better, resting limp in his lap. Hank and Erik have both ensured that Charles maintain his body with physical therapy, and it’s clear why. Without it, he could truly waste away. “You will…you’re the king of Jupiter,” Franklin blubbers in a guess. “Erik is the king of Jupiter.”

Charles smiles softly, and because he felt how deeply Franklin appreciated the gentle touch against his jaw, lays a caring hand atop his forearm. Like Erik, he has learned to be graceful with his counterparts, even those that reflect someone distorted and uncomfortable. “The Prime Minister of Genosha,” he corrects gently. “But, he will look after you, Franklin. We all will. You’re safe here, and we’ll make sure you have a better life here.”

“Even though….”

“Yes, even though you did what you did. It’s okay. That didn’t happen here on Jupiter, yeah? You didn’t do anything bad here. And as you said, you didn’t do anything irreversible back home. All’s well that ends well.”

“By William Shakespeare,” Franklin offers tearfully. “I’ll be Helena?”

It takes Charles a moment to understand, but when he does, he smiles. “Okay. We’re all Bertram, hmm? We accept and love you, Franklin. You’re safe here.” Franklin continues to cry softly, and Charles, sensing that Franklin isn’t accustomed to having free hands, wipes his tears. I think he’d appreciate a hug from you, darling, he tells Erik privately. I know you’re dying to hold him, too. Do it.

Charles needs no more than to even begin to suggest it before Erik is moving to bundle him up in an infinitely delicate embrace, using his hand at Franklin's wrist to help him dab away the tears. He knows Charles has always preferred to do even the little things on his own, but it's a fair compromise as Erik can no more resist brushing them away from his gaunt cheeks than he can decline to breathe. "You'll have friends here, too. There's someone who would very much like to meet you," Erik tells him softly. It's a little much to put on him at once, but Erik thinks he should know. "He found you, he heard you and that's how we knew to go get you. And I know he loves you very much. As much as I do," Erik murmurs into his ear, kissing his temple.

Usually he would entirely forgo his professional stoicism to slide into any version of Charles's lap at this point, but he keeps himself composed, knowing how confusing it must be. Not only that, but Franklin very probably couldn't even bear his weight without harm, his muscles and bones far too weak. But largely, he isn't Franklin's Erik - not his husband, his partner, the man he once knew. Vision had brought down the barrier and their GADF was less effective, and that resulted in his Erik amongst the casualties. As Charles has shared in small drips collected from the fragments, it would seem he fought with his whole being to protect Franklin, using his unshielded body to take the full impact of a bullet meant for him.

Erik can only imagine how much pain it must have caused. He himself is dead, there was never a need to cope with the aftermath. He knows there was absolutely no regret or hesitation at the moment of his ending, but he anticipates that if the man had lived, he would regret this. Not that Franklin survived, never that. But that he couldn't stay. Couldn't keep him healthy, and happy. Safe. So Erik will in his stead. "You are home," he adds firmly. "Home. With people who love you. Always."

Franklin flinches a little when he’s taken from his chair, expecting the wounds festering beneath his clothing to hurt, but when they don’t, he can do nothing but melt into the sweet touch. He’s instantly transported back a dozen or more years, to his Erik, but somehow, this one is softer. Erik has always been gentle with him, especially in the wake of his injury. But it was never so quick or free, and certainly not in the presence of others. This Erik from Jupiter appears to have more abandon than his own. It’s weird. But, at the moment, it’s welcome.

“Why?” Franklin rasps, burrowing against Jupiter Erik’s broad chest. The sobs are coming in full now, forceful, and it’s straining his lungs a bit, but he can’t find it in him to care or notice. “Why me? I’m just—I—I don’t remember what Erik called the Great Red Spot, and I ended democracy, and I’m going to spend the rest of my life away from others where I belong, and the window is so high.” It makes little sense, but to Charles and Erik, uniquely accustomed and attuned to nonsense, they can follow a little.

Franklin doesn’t understand why he’s been liberated from that prison and is struggling to reckon with this promise of freedom. “This room is better. It’s not a room, it’s just outside! Why? I’m supposed to be inside, tied up. I can’t get anyone again. They took it all away, my….I can’t hear anyone. It’s so quiet. I’m outside again, and I shouldn’t be. I’m not allowed. I don’t know what he called the Great Red Spot. I’m sorry.”

"You never have to be sorry about that," Erik says, rubbing his back in rhythmic, soothing circles. "He called it Nephelēgereta," Erik supplies with reasonable certainty. It's what he's always thought it as, the Greek for cloud-gatherer and a sigil of the Greek parallel for Jupiter, who was Zeus, the phrase taken from The Iliad, one of Erik's favorites. (And also, because fuck the Romans.) "I know they took it from you. I wish they hadn't. It was wrong of them. It was. Even though you acted poorly. They shouldn't have taken it, neshama."

Erik's eyes close, pained. Maybe we can help him try to reconnect these pathways a little? Expose his brain to psionic input, even if he can't manipulate it. Maybe it would help ease things, he whispers privately to his own husband. He's always shared a private connection with Charles, but knowing that any version of Charles can't hear his thoughts is patently unnatural to him. Where he has taken care of all the little details of their physical lives, Charles has always used his own mutation to render such concepts as miscommunication, misunderstanding, lying, misrepresentation, and of course Erik's usual emotional distance as positively irrelevant.

As much as Charles relies on him for basic needs so too has Erik come to rely on his husband, the only person on Earth who truly understands him without effort. He's better than he was the first time around when Charles was on the serum, that much he is grateful for. So Franklin can tell he cares, muted as he still is. "Because you are my beloved. I do not care," Erik says and is surprised to find it's completely genuine. It doesn't change his regard at all. Certainly not when America aggressed first. It's not Charles's fault he was saddled with such power, why is he held responsible for the entire world whilst the rest of them walk around killing with impunity, anyway?

Erik doubts severely any of them cared about democracy. Charles just gave them the excuse they needed to start rounding up mutants and lobotomizing them. Fucking humans. If Charles is a monster, then Erik will be a monster with him. His place is by Charles's side. And he knows Franklin's Erik would have concurred, even if he was long-suffering about it. "You belong right here. I'm the King, I decide." He taps Franklin on the nose, smiling down at him. His Erik didn't smile as much as this one does.

It may help. We can chat to Ailo about it later. I think he’ll need to spend a lot of time with Ailo. Franklin, realizing that he can at least move his right arm, scrubs at his eyes. This Erik, the King, looks so very similar, but he shouldn’t. He doesn’t have his mutation; he remembers that. Erik looked different without his telepathy. This Erik looks like his own, but he shouldn’t. His face is soft and his smile reaches green eyes. How badly he wishes he could peer inside that head, just to feel that softness once more. It’s not…it’s not the same. It doesn’t make sense, why they took him.

Why do they care? This is Jupiter. Charles and Erik live here together on Jupiter. He lives back home, in the hospital, in bed or his chair all day and night. Not outside. But…Erik. Erik would want him to be outside. His Erik wanted that, wanted happiness. Maybe all Eriks are kind like this. Ariel was. Sniffling, Franklin wriggles a little in Erik’s arms. Just a bag of bones, weak and ill. Skin a ghastly grey, lank and lifeless. Muscles wasted and brain turned to mush. Helpless, entirely so. But he trusts this Erik.

He’s at the complete mercy of those who are enlisted to care for him, and if this Jupiter King says he will, Franklin believes him. It’s what his own sweetheart would have done. “Where…keep me where?” he sputters, head tipped to one side again; even his neck muscles have weakened so. “I’m a cripple. Lucky I’m a cripple or I’d be in Guantanamo. Outside is good, there’s larks here. No windows. I don’t…not back in the room, with the high window.”

Erik thinks he understands, in an odd way his own brain functions non-linearly enough to branch the disparate topics into a coherent-enough narrative, or when there isn't one, he follows the path, not finding it jarring. "There are larks, here," he agrees with a hum. "And willow sparrows, too." He raises his brows and in a flash, Lucille appears peeping on Charles's shoulder. "And African Greys," he laughs a little.

"Charles!" the parrot squawks. She means Franklin, of course. "Wanna apple?" asks Lucille, head weaving back and forth. To her, as far as Charles can tell, apples are one of the best things a person could have. Whenever someone is having a bad day, it's usually the first thing she asks them, and the pattern has emerged strongly enough that Erik is convinced it's because she knows when people are unwell and is attempting to render aid, somehow.

"You can stay here," Erik says, patient as ever. "Genosha. We're in Aramida, a place called Reyda Keshkat. I know it hurts, neshama. We will help with this, too," he promises. "No more sores, or infections. Just like your arm. And you don't need to wear these any longer, either." The scrubs disappear in a flash, replaced by a soft sweater and beige slacks, both articles of clothing Charles used to own during their days at MIT. With the distinction the cashmere material has sunflowers along the sleeves and larks stretching up to his collar in a colorful mural.

He looks down to his feet to discover they're encased in proper shoes, not disposable slippers. Maybe you could try to bridge us together? Do you think you could? You can send and receive thoughts, right? Even with psi-null people. Maybe you can tap him into me. I've a pretty tight grip on things right now, he says, which he knows is unnecessary. Charles can feel how he's swiftly compartmentalized the soaring rage that threatened to overtake him.

I’m sure I can. I think it would overwhelm right now, truly, Charles tells his husband, gentle. He knows how much this pains Erik; it probably hurts him more than it hurts Charles. Erik has always been Charles’s greatest fan, has admired and cherished his mutation where others have feared him. And Erik, more than anything, knows how Charles connects to his world through mutation. To lose it is to be adrift, isolated. But Franklin has not had telepathy in a long, long time. Charles fears that his grip on reality is too tenuous to attempt anything major right now, it might pose more problems than solutions.

I promise, darling, I will help him however I can. I think he needs to settle in. Get healthy, grow accustomed to life here. Franklin blinks down at his clothing. Real clothing; he hasn’t worn it in years. Usually they come in and put him in new scrubs every other day. An ugly color, like toothpaste. The nurses wore white and the doctors did too. White and toothpaste. And the white bed and silver chair. And the grey walls. And the high window. This place is much more colorful; with greens and blues and all sorts of flowers. A grey bird who likes apples! Wind. Wind doesn’t have a color but it feels like it’s light yellow.

Clothes are colorful here, and comfortable. He’s not worn clothes in so long. Just toothpaste. “I don’t eat apples,” he tells Erik quietly. “Rice and chicken and broccoli every day. That’s at night. In the morning there’s yogurt and eggs. Same every day,” he informs, watching Lucille bob her head from side to side. “Oh. Erik. Erik made different food. Mm. Spinach things. With sauce and cheese.”

Charles rubs Lucille’s head with his finger. “You don’t like broccoli,” he remarks.

Franklin shakes his head. “Be quiet and eat or you’ll get a tube down your throat instead.”

Charles shuts his eyes momentarily, pained. “You don’t have to eat broccoli here. No tube, either. We can eat spinach and cheese fritters with that sauce.”

Franklin sneaks a glance at Erik, evidently looking for confirmation. “Not broccoli?”

Erik's expression doesn't change outwardly at all, still the same quiescent hum from earlier as he nods in support of what Charles has said. He produces a small spanakopita for Franklin between his fingers, held primarily in the ever-whirring machinery of his power considering his fingers aren't quite adept at grasping any longer. He wraps Franklin's around the treat, which is warm but not too hot. "Did you know we have a kitchen, here?" he says, funneling every stray flyaway-fury down and down, his focus entirely narrowed to his immediate surroundings. The only thing in clear view is Franklin. Everything and everyone else is non-existent, like his brain is a floating blob.

Ordinarily Erik very rarely considers the people who have harmed Charles. Not because it doesn't matter. Frankly, the opposite. Because Erik knows he is liable to get lost, to destroy. Enoch Ivanov fell victim to it, that's the real reason he's dead. Erik could have abided it all; every brutal thing. But he caused Charlie to suffer, and this was intolerable to Erik. Trask, likewise, only lives because Erik was lucid enough to listen when Charles asked, and because Charles stopped him outright when he couldn't stop himself.

And so it rises again, that interminable howling that calls for him to reign execution onto those who do not deserve to be here. Who cannot be trusted with the precious responsibility of living. Erik refuses to get mired down in it. He won't. There is nothing more important to him than this. This Charles trusts him, to take care of him. To protect him, and look after his wellbeing. Not to get sucked into selfish misery over things he cannot control. "I'll teach you how to make shakshuka, hm? And we can tend the garden. Grow our own vegetables. No broccoli," he confirms out loud. "No tubes. Whatever you'd like to eat, you need only ask. No tricks, I promise."

Charles knows that Erik is struggling to keep himself sewn in to his own seems. There’s fury licking up each tendril of his being, growing ever hotter as Franklin exposes more and more of his world. Right now, Charles privately hopes that the man doesn’t disclose too much more, for his husband is already teeming. Charles knows; even Franklin’s fractured recollection is discernible to him, now. His power can stitch it all together, even where Franklin can’t recall consciously. The years of darkness and abuse. He’s been condemned to life imprisonment in the hospital, and yes, they do know that mutants have to potential to live forever. Franklin was the one who exposed humans to the news.

Nobody, however, was trying extra hard to see that he was cared for well enough to live that long. What could be expected of the medical staff, after all? Spend hard-earned tax dollars on looking after a quadriplegic terrorist. Don’t they know how much that level of medical care costs? Perhaps the abuse wasn’t outright, but it wasn’t hidden, either. The state of Franklin’s body and mind are testament to that. He watches as Erik tenderly wraps Franklin’s limp fingers around the spanakopita. Gentle as always, doting. Love and devotion and fury and heartbreak all at once, but oh so delicate as he helps the broken man take a bite.

Franklin can’t even hold his head upright, but Erik is patient. Charles watches his husband wipe the yogurt sauce from the side of his lips, cup a hand beneath his chin for spare crumbs. When Franklin’s head falls atop Erik’s shoulder, Erik adjusts. Always in tune, listening to each atom. “Can’t cook,” Franklin mumbles, evidently tired; this is more action than he’s had in a long, long time. “Erik said. Can’t boil water. Can’t garden. Mm. Hands don’t work, stuck,” he informs, as if Erik hadn’t yet noticed. “But…can sit with the larks and sparrows? And the colors of the sky and trees?” he asks.

The geometry of Reyda is shifting around Charles, very subtly, but he becomes aware that they're farther away from the main building than he recalls this courtyard to be. Erik has moved it, a replicated cast-off through meandering fairy paths and loping tree-tops, bridged together by swinging vines. A large canopy appears overhead, along with a neat transparent divider. A bed, shelves with books and plants anew. A closet with medical equipment stowed away. A table with Charles's favorite green lamp from home, a perfect imitation. Odds and ends, they have many. He realizes that it's a room, tucked away enough for privacy and yet exposed to the sun and birds, with shielding in place to control the temperature and humidity, to ensure it doesn't rain inside or get damp or moldy.

Insects veer, bouncing harmlessly off of a repelling force that otherwise is traversable by people. Erik nudges close to Franklin, taking his hand as they lift up off the ground and float along into the newly created space. He could instantly teleport them, but he's loathe to let the man out of his arms for even a millisecond. The care with which he takes leading him to lay down is unspeakably tender, and he sits at the edge of his bed, slipping his hand into Franklin's limp palm. In the distance, they can see brick siding interrupted by a door that leads back into Reyda, so they're not cut off or far away. From the hallway inside it appears like just another room, only it opens into the constructed courtyard and wide open skies.

"You'll stay here," Erik whispers roughly. A brief hiccup. "And anything you want to have or to do, we'll do it. We'll start slow, OK? But we can go to Jinyani, someday, hm? You used to like the Ferris wheel. We can visit the whale who lives under the ocean, a good friend. See the stars up-close. We'll be with you, too. Not alone. Not anymore. This is your home, but your home isn't so small, now." He brushes Franklin's oily hair out of his forehead, and this too is corrected absently. Washed and combed, shiny now and faintly smelling of sandalwood.

Franklin blinks in surprise as he takes in his surroundings, stunned. He doesn’t quite understand that this is his new bedroom, that Erik has made this all for him, but he enjoys the scenery as it changes overhead and all around, grows more wild. He doesn’t even register that he’s placed in a cozy bed with a pressurized mattress to prevent further sores from forming. The blankets are thick and soft and colorful, and there’s not a trace of toothpaste anywhere to be seen. Just the rich greens of a jungle, the blue of the sky. Bright flowers in all hues. Green eyes that sparkle like a nebula, remind him of home.

The Time Before, when he and Erik curled up under the stars, kept warm and safe in his power. His body is suddenly clean and his clothes are replaced by comfortable silk pajamas, but again, he notices none of it. Only the fabulous array, and Erik. Erik of Jupiter, who is strong and warm and kind. He’s suddenly loathe to be out of his arms and in bed, and his better arm flails a little, wild. “Stay?” he rasps, eyes suddenly frantic. “Please. I won’t hit or fall or put a pen through my leg.”

I’ll go let the others know what the situation is, Charles tells his husband gently, and even he is slightly mesmerized by the stunning room that Erik has created. He’ll be asleep soon, and I’ll make sure he stays asleep for a little while so that you can join us. Cricket is dying to know why we’re taking so long.

Erik tucks him in, crouched over to wrap him up once more as he's entirely loathe to refuse a blatant entreaty of any kind from any Charles, let alone one who is as purely distressed as Franklin. He keeps the man bundled up, a warmth emanating down into his whole body where he knows the cold of that basement had seeped in. Doing his best to replace it with only pleasant sensations. When Franklin drops off at last, Erik inhales sharply and straightens, reluctant to leave him.

But they are the most equipped of anyone to keep an eye on his status, and if he has to be alone for a bit, at least he'll be dozing. You'll make sure? And he won't have any nightmares or anything? Erik returns, lips pressed together in a deep frown. It's only when they're out of the room entirely that Erik sags against the wall, resisting the urge to drill a hole through it. He wiggles his remaining toes in their shoes as they finally emerge back into Cricket's room.

I promise. He’ll sleep until you or I wake him, Charles tells Erik. Waking up alone won’t be good for him. I’m giving him pleasant dreams about birds and yourself, and we’ll make sure you’re with him when he wakes. When Franklin is indeed sound asleep in his comfortable bed under the canopy of the jungle, Charles raises his chair upward until he’s high enough to set a hand on Erik’s shoulder. “I know this is hard, darling,” he murmurs, quiet even though no noise could wake Franklin. “I’m sorry. You’re so gentle with him. So kind. I promise I’ll help him with his telepathy soon, when he’s ready.” Charles leans in to place a kiss on his husband’s temple, before they turn to reunite with their family, hand-in-hand.


His eyes snap right over to them and he slaps his hand awkwardly over the side of his wheelchair - this one is also a hover variant, but the flight and automated controls are disabled since Cricket doesn't have enough motor control to use them safely. Charles can tell he's practically climbing out of the seat with worry. "You found him? He hurts. I feel."

Pietro and Wanda have been sitting with him and David and Ailo since their return, doing their best to soothe. "Hurt him. My love. Killed him. Made him, he can't go back. Can't. Not in the pit. I won't let you!" he growls hoarsely, voice almost totally disappearing under the strain on his damaged throat. Behind Erik, everyone startles ten feet in the air when a perfectly nice vase explodes into thousands of pieces. Erik acts quickly to contain it, the shards swirling in a neat spiral to re-form onto the shelf.

Wanda and Ailo are staring somewhat slack-jawed. "He--he's suppressed, right?" Ailo asks tentatively. He marshals himself quickly and rises to his feet from where he'd been seated beside, taking Cricket's hands in his. Grounding. "It's all right, OK? He's here, now. He's safe. Charles is safe. Remember what we practiced?" He lays his hand over Cricket's chest.

His features wobble a little. "Safe? He's safe? No more broccoli and itching noses? You can't hurt him. Not supposed to get hurt. It's only me! Only me. Only me gets doctors and medicine. Klaus promised. You can't, can't... darling..."

The full force of Cricket’s distress is what greets them both. Tension is thick and hot in the air; Wanda and Pietro are hovering near the man, whose recently sighted green eyes are sharp and frantic. Charles can feel the anguish burning through him, but rather than addling him further, it seems to have created focus. Focus, which manifests in the explosion of a vase. He’s not the only one who gasps as it bursts into a thousand pieces; it’s rare that he’s startled these days, but Cricket has achieved it. Suppressed, but strong, Charles broadcasts to all but Cricket and David as he wheels to Cricket’s side to join Ailo in the attempts for comfort.

Like Erik for Franklin, Charles seems to have a special effect on Cricket. “He’s safe, darling,” Charles soothes, throwing an arm around Cricket’s shoulders to pull him into his side. An extension of calm spreads over Cricket’s psyche, Charles willing his mania toward gentleness. “We have him here. He’s safe, asleep. In a beautiful room where he can see the birds and the trees.” Charles now shares the visual with all of them, Cricket included, because the man can comprehend visual imagery now. “We’re not sending him back. He’s going to live here with us, where we can all take care of him, including you, my love.”

Charles smiles softly and gives Cricket a little jostle. “But you know yourself. He’s been alone for a long time. We don’t want to overwhelm him. No bad doctors or medicine. Just good doctors, like Hank, and things that will help him. I promise, you can see him very soon.” A gentle hand on Cricket’s upper back. “You know that he’s hurting, darling. You spotted it. Let’s make sure he doesn’t hurt more by doing too much, too quickly. Can you remember how you felt when you first came here? When we brought you home?” He pauses, patiently allowing Cricket a few moments to recollect. “It was a lot. New people and places. Do you remember?”

"You. Helped," Cricket says at last, peering widely at Charles as his voice returns to a whisper, even raspier than normal and he rubs at his throat. "Sorry. I'm sorry," his eyes are streaked through with red, puffy and now-dry, it seems he's run through. If only because he's cried himself out. "You helped. No more yelling and hurting. No more." They've come to understand that Cricket has a hard time separating his own experiences from everyone else's, too, periodically mixing up whether David ever met Schmidt or whether Charles was with him at Auschwitz.

"We can give him blankets and little creatures, too," he suggests with a cracked smile. "Little peepings. And hugs? You'll hug him? Don't let him be cold. Should be warm. It's too cold in the basement. I remember," he tries, muddling things up in the thick soup of heavy despair. "The plastic place. It was cold, you can't let him in. Taught me. Chess. With metal pieces. The plastic place had plastic pieces. But I didn't know chess. Herr Leland tried to teach me. You won't leave him there? 24005. Inmate 7943. We can take him to see songs? My neshama. I miss. Him. Weapon of mass destruction."

Charles, like the rest in this room, are accustomed to murk. Erik was lost in it for two years and they were lost alongside him, trying to braid any threads together to create some plait of narrative. It’s difficult for Erik, Charles knows, to keep everything clear and defined, even at the best of times. His brain doesn’t work linearly, and so various realities will sometimes overlay themselves atop each other, creating confusion. What Charles has learned, though, is how to identify the root of what Erik (all Eriks, really) means to convey.

Cricket’s hope is rather clear; he wants to make sure that Franklin is cared for and comfortable and that they don’t abandon him. The chess and the plastic prison are sorrowful memories of his own and how he came to know his Charles, and it doesn’t matter that Franklin is not him. Cricket is missing his love. “I know you miss him, sweetheart,” Charles says gently, rocking him from side to side. “We don’t leave him there. We’ll hug him and make sure he’s warm. Maybe that will be your job, hmm? You can be in charge of making sure he gets a lot of hugs. I think you’re the best person for that job. Wouldn’t you all agree?”

“Definitely,” Pietro chimes in. “You seem to know whenever anyone could use a hug, Babbetto.

Charles smiles. “Soon, my love. We’ll all go see Song together, and you can make sure he’s hugged and warm. I promise.”

Cricket touches at Charles's head, fascinated by the fact that he's bald. He looks so different, but he has the same smile as his soul. He knows Charles is bald, when he's more lucid than not, but this is the first day he's been able to see him. To see Charles again. And another Charles, another Charles for him to hug. It makes him grin as he considers this most urgent of tasks. "I'll make sure," he promises solemnly. "And you'll give him records, too? Jupiter's Child," he laughs and suddenly it snaps into place for Erik and Charles.

The understanding that the association wasn't random. It was a memory. But Cricket knew, instinctively. Erik imagines he will be an immense help bridging the gaps they can't intuitively grasp. The Expanse pushed and pulled this way for a reason. Well, maybe not a cognizant reason, but at least a symmetrical one. "I can see all of my loves, now," he informs Charles in amazement. "Wanda and Pietro and David and you. And me, but I'm not my own love." He sticks his tongue out.

"Well, if you can't love yourself--" Ailo sings in self-aware therapeutic obnoxiousness.

Erik rolls his eyes tolerantly. "They're all right where they belong," he enthuses with a warmth of his own. "I know that brings me a great deal of comfort, even when everything else is confusing."

"Did you know that you have seven billion billion billion atoms?" Cricket asks the room at large. They've never heard a real number before. But Cricket and Erik can both see them all, every single one in beautiful harmony. A totally alien way of perceiving the world. "That's 49 billion billion billion. Those are all of ours! And I get to hug them all. You hug mine and I hug yours." 

It’s utterly remarkable, Charles thinks, to witness all that Cricket knows. The itchy nose, the broccoli, the cold basement, Jupiter. These are tidbits that he has no business knowing at all; Charles only has them in his awareness because of his prescience. Erik wouldn’t have known them at all. But Cricket does, because the Expanse wants him to. Well, the expanse wants nothing, but Charles understands it best when he personifies it in that way. To maintain its preferred balance, it seems to bestow knowledge or awareness upon some about some.

Cricket and Franklin are tied into this correction, somehow, and the Expanse has begun to smooth over whatever ugly rift had been created. “I’m so glad that you can see it all,” Charles says to Cricket genuinely, glad that he’s able to focus on happier things. The promise of Franklin’s safe-keeping and future hugs seems to have calmed him. “Oh, I’d love to hug all seven billion billion of your atoms,” Charles remarks, wrapping Cricket in his arms properly so that he can pull him close. He squeezes, and then begins to pepper his cheek in innocent kisses, over-the-top. “How many atoms in your cheek? I’ll kiss them all,” he teases, affectionate.

"120,000 oral mucosa cells," Erik provides dutifully.

"And 100 trillion atoms per cell. That's 12 thousand trillion atoms," Cricket finishes off with a shy grin, bunched up against Charles's affectionate touch.

"So, six thousand trillion on one side," Erik narrows down the precise number. They often wile away the afternoon in silly conversations like this. How many stars are in the sky now? and Erik counts them all for him (Arcturus, Aldebaran, Alderamine, Vega, Altair, Sirius, Rigel...).

Wanda eases a little as he calms in turn, the tension gradually leeching out of her as it becomes clearer and clearer that everyone is safe and on their way to well. "You know what I think?" she starts, "I think Franklin - that's what he decided to call himself - is probably used to being very lonely. Just like you, babbetto," the young woman tells him with a touch to his shoulder. It's good to see him seeing. "I would bet that once he gets more comfortable here the two of you could stay in the courtyard. We could have little adjoining rooms at first, see how that goes. It won't be for a little bit, though."

"But lonely," Cricket whispers. He wants to help, and the pain of being limited is piercing.

"Charles is right, piccolo. If we plop people down without warning, he'll probably get very scared and confused. He knows you're here, though. Erik told him all about you."

"You did??? About me." Cricket seems quite pleased by this, and touched. "That makes me Zeus. But you always called me Poseidon. I remember."

Chapter 89: There was nearby a tree-stump where the Owl intoned her hourly prayers,

Chapter Text

It's always good to hear Cricket act Erik-like, for it tells them all that he's doing well. Counting atoms and doing math, seeing all the tiny particles and sines and waves. Even in his distress about Franklin, he appears happier. Relieved to be able to see and feel the world around him. The exploded vase is evidence that the suppressor did more than simply restore his vision, but...well. So long as he doesn't have the capability to muck about with time, does it matter?

It's okay, Charles thinks, if he has some capabilities. If he's to live with Franklin, it might be beneficial, even. They'll have to monitor and feel it out, and Charles wants Cricket to be part of that discussion. He's made improvements in many ways. It only seems fair. "We told him that you were the one who felt him, my darling," Charles tells him breezily, brushing his fingers through Aba's lengthening hair. "If you're Zeus and Poseidon, what does that make him? Who does he get to be?"

"Jupiter and Neptune," Cricket recites well, a habit carried across dimensions: a love of Greek mythology and a deep understanding of the historical allegories. But Cricket smiles shyly. "I think. Wrong. Not Neptune and Poseidon. Achilles and Patroclus. I'm Achilles. Covered with ashes. My beloved. The black cloud of sorrow closed on Achilles," Cricket whispers through tears, a leaking levee.

Erik resists a wince. It's a great deal more vulnerable than he himself is comfortable sharing to the room at large. But his urge to soothe even his own being overpowers the flinching awareness of perception. "In both hands he caught up the grimy dust, and poured it over his head and face. I remember, achi."

"He himself mightily in his might, in the dust lay at length," Cricket finishes the stricken refrain.

Erik offers a new one. "Therefore I weep your death without ceasing. You were kind always." It's softer.

"You read it, too," Cricket warbles unsteadily. "I held him. Held him. Fix his hair and clothes. Keep him warm and safe in the pit. Try to keep him. Why him? Why not me instead? My babies. David. David, look-away, dear-heart. Look away."

"I wish I knew the answer," Erik says. "Why some stay and some go. But we can never know that."

"He came back to me and they kept him in the pit and the window is too high, the sun is cold. I held him. He wouldn't move. No more neshama. I can hold him again? I'll stay. In the room. Stay with him under the window."

Charles, who re-read all the epics front-to-back while Erik was convalescing, feels his own heart throb a little harder. Cricket most certainly isn't the first among them to draw parallels between their own lives and that of Achilles and Patroclus. Their lives, of course, are far less heroic in most cases, but there are many worlds in which one of the two of them perishes while another grieves. A grief more profound than the world may seem to know. But, there is also light. Joy. For after The Iliad, there is The Odyssey, a tale of triumph and homecoming and love.

"Even his griefs are a joy long after to one that remembers all that he wrought and endured," Charles recites quietly to Cricket, with a pang for his husband, too. "A life of joy awaits you, my love," Charles tells Cricket, wiping those tears from his cheeks. "You and him, together. In a warm room made only of windows. You can sit and reflect on your griefs together and find joy for having endured them. The both of you, together. I promise, you'll get to do that with him. The journey in the wine-dark sea must last only a little longer. You're both so close to being home."

In the soft-light of his brilliantly colorful room lined with plants and collections of random objects neatly organized by clumsy touch, Cricket gazes back up at Charles, wheels planted on the floor where he hovers a little higher. There's no denying he's a version of Erik, nearly identical in composition. But different, as well. His freckles are darker and greater in number, his hair is a pile of corkscrew curls atop his head, more ginger than auburn; like David's. He's slighter and shorter, with large ugly scars over the backs of his palms and across his throat.

The sonorous quality in Erik's voice is absent, too. Cricket speaks softly, even when he tries to shout. A man accustomed to being small, who was made larger by the enormous ravine of Charles Xavier's affection for him. Letters in German and arms wrapping him up. Cricket wants to remember. He can't forget. "I asked him with my eyes to ask again yes and then he asked me would I yes to say yes my mountain flower and first I put my arms around him yes and drew him down to me," Cricket murmurs, his eyes fixed far-off into the distance.

They're private leanings, places not typically explored openly where others dwell. But Cricket has no ability to moderate the strands weaving through him, memory hooked onto impulse. Floating across the buffeting waves in all their snot-green glory. Wanda rubs his back. It's not as secret as they think, after-all. It's always been a source of great joy to her, this powerful, near-mythological partnership between her father and the man she's come to know as a father. A reminder of wellness. Rightness. And devastating, when it's broken.

"Am I James Joyce or Nora?" Cricket suddenly blurts out, and Erik, caught off-guard, stifles a bark of laughter.

Charles draws Cricket ever-closer, thumb swiping across the delicate jaunt of a prominent cheekbone. "...Yes and his heart was going like mad," he whispers, placing Cricket's hand over his colorful tie, so that he can feel Charles's own heart..."and yes I said yes I will Yes." He leans in and kisses Cricket's temple for emphasis, constricting him in love, ensuring that he feels enitrely wrapped within the tight embrace. Ulysses is one of Charles's favorite love stories because it baldly displays what an utter mess love can be. Leopold has spent a long, busy day avoiding the fact that Molly has invited Blazes Boylan into their marriage bed, but late in the night, the couple still lies together, head to foot, and thinks of the other before sleep.

Scandalous, wrong, adultering. Fraught and unfaithful. But that's love. Imperfect people cannot create a perfect relationship, but they can love strong. Cricket's next question, however, tests Charles's composure, but he's a skilled enough actor to merely smile and brush a loose strand from Cricket's forehead. "Neither," he decides. "James was a dilettante and Nora was moody and cantankerous. You're neither of those things. We can't compare you to anyone, my love. You're you, hmm? I think one day, people will be asking themselves if they're a Cricket, in fact."

Teacherly as ever, Charles. "I know what you can do to help him while he's still recovering," Charles decides. "You can make a list of all the things you know he wants or needs. Tell us everything, and we'll make sure it happens, okay? That way, when it's time for you two to meet, he'll already have it, and he'll know that you made it so."

Cricket's entire body, so haphazard with tension and anguish, relaxes completely against Charles as that swaddle of pure love wraps him up like a bat inside a tiny-burrito blanket. He fed them, all the time. Scritched under their small, small chins and big, silly ears. His brows furrow as Charles speaks next, consolidating his being into true purpose. Only gratitude wafts from the chasm of his wide-open spaces, a mind spilling-over.

A small box appears on his lap out of thin-air, and Cricket peeks inside, curious. Records and books and a set of fountain pens, a large Atlas with intricate details pressed into sheafs of thick paper. A telescope and tea-set, with jars of aromatic leaves neatly arranged inside. A box for Franklin, filled to the brim with his shattered pieces. Cricket vibrates. "You made it for me?" he looks up at Erik.

And Erik is staring and staring. "No. No, you made that. You did this." A wooden chess set with carved ornate pieces, gleaming metal inlaid. "--how..." He looks to Charles as if he may know. Is this dangerous? But Charles senses no. Whatever Cricket may be now, the Expanse has him in Her grip. Perhaps they'll need to be careful. But they can be careful. At least from Cricket's perspective, it's different now. He still can't sense or walk or speak unhindered. But this. His joys. A life lived inside the smallest box. He can.

Charles can feel it when Cricket arranges the box and all of its contents from the ether. As simple as folding one's fingers together, Cricket has channeled all that he knows of Franklin, information provided by the Expanse and by memory and created material items, perfect in form and detail. He and Ailo exchange brief glances. He isn't supposed to do this; they agreed that, for everyone's safety including Cricket's own, he was to remain on suppressors for the remainder of his life unless, by some miraculous happenstance, he were to gain utmost clarity.

It's less than ideal. No one wants to keep Cricket away from himself. This is why Wanda took so many pains to retrieve the more state-of-the-art technology from the future, enacting partial suppression rather than full. Evidently, even that tiny sliver that they've allowed through has come connected to this. They can't take it away, though. Charles is vehement, and anyone who suggests that they do will be quickly silenced. No, he isn't supposed to have this ability, but if it is connected to his ability to see, they can figure out how to monitor him.

Let's keep a person or two in here with him at all times until we're sure he's able to use his abilities safely, Charles suggests privately to Erik and to Ailo. If it's all little things like this, I think we're okay. I'm not going to take it away from him again. From Cricket, he takes the box and begins to look through the items. His smile widens as he does, for these are all things that he himself would enjoy. "Oh, excellent," he muses as he expands the telescope. "You can show him the stars and the planets. I know he'll love that. He might not remember where each is. You can show him. The room you'll be in has a window instead of a roof, can you believe that? You can look at them all night together."

Wanda gives them both a sharp nod. Me and Pietro can stay with him, if he ever loses his grip on things we should be able to stop him. Theoretically, Wanda estimates. For the moment it would seem that her and Pietro are simply possessed of stronger capacity. But she knows that Erik Lehnsherr is a force of nature that cannot be neatly quantified that way. Even the smallest slack has given way to immense and complex abilities, with nary a thought. It's slightly alarming, and those present would be in denial to presume there isn't a danger.

I will ensure he does not cause harm, Erik overrides her gently. Your job is to love him and care for him. To make sure he gets all of his hugs and help him tie David's shoes. The responsibility over his power is mine alone. You are our children, hm? He can't take care of you right now. But I will. Don't stress about it, I have got it. I promise. Of course Erik knows they've the means to act as guardians for Cricket. The intention isn't to condescend. But with so much hardship and piercing grief already, Erik wants their time with him to be as easy as possible. Not mired down in duty and obligation.

Overprotective, Charles would admonish. Perhaps. But Cricket is him. A form of him. He knows if this were his life, he would want his children to be as care-free as possible. He would have hope in that Elder version of himself, the one who knows and sees and does. The one with clarity.

"We used to count them all," Cricket tells Charles, slow and sluggish. Sapped from the effort, so clearly it takes a toll on him that it doesn't for Erik. "Sirius and... Orion, Southern Cross. Big Dipper. We visited, too. With David. He loves the stars. You'll take him? Maybe. Maybe --" he wells up again, hiding his face in his hands. He doesn't dare to ask if he can accompany. The one he asks for things is dust on his cheeks and blackened fingertips. No more asking. 

"My love, we'll take both of you," Charles promises, understanding implicitly what Cricket is too afraid to ask. He doesn't know if the man will ever shake it, the feeling that he, for some reason, does not deserve to take up space alongside them. That is something common among all Eriks, though his own has finally come further along on that journey. But his Erik rarely needs to ask others for anything at all; he simply does what he needs himself. "Wherever we take him, we'll take you, and vice versa." Charles gently takes Cricket's hands from his face and holds them in his own, secure. "You said it yourself, he's for you. And you're for him. Something in the universe wants the two of you to be together, right? You know that. That's why you could hear him, why you asked us to go save him."

Cricket is getting tired now, Charles can feel it, and so he surreptitiously extends yet another soothing balm, geared toward restful and peaceful sleep. He holds him tight and close while privately requesting that Erik put them both in Cricket's large, comfortable bed adorned with cozy blankets, pillows, plushies. Once they're tucked in, Charles rocks him gently. "Why don't you rest, my love? Franklin is resting, too. He's had a long day, and so have you. We'll come back tomorrow and let you know how he's doing, okay? There there, sweetheart. I'll hold you awhile. Stay with you."

As Charles comforts Cricket, Erik sits on the unoccupied chair by the bed and rubs Charles's back in turn, half-way to amused at the fact not moments beforehand their positions were quite reversed. "Zwee'harr," rumbles Cricket, eyes squinting blearily until slow blinks become flickers behind his heavy lids.


Ailo of course wastes very little time, checking firmly that Cricket is resting before rising to his own feet and triggering the hover-mechanism around his neck. In a moment it all unfolds gracefully into a body-conforming device which he sits down on with a thump and a grin. Hefting his poor leg up into the footrest, he gazes out at the room of gathered friends and loved ones, a brush of affection and pride twisting through like the vines above. "So, I gather Franklin is likewise resting," he arcs his brows, curious. "What do we know about him so far?"

"They took his power," Erik says with a grimace. "Imprisoned him. Binghamton, New York. A state forensic hospital. No lights or windows. TPN or NG if he refused meals. Restraints and things. I don't understand why," he finally comes out with it, jaw clenched. "I don't understand. No one deserves this. Guantanamo Bay. Why? I don't understand." He doesn't realize he sounds a bit like a broken record. His head shakes, trying to shake it all off. "We should have... I should have--I'm sorry. I just left you there."

"You didn't do anything wrong, Erik. You've nothing to be sorry about. You brought him here and are taking care of him." Charles keeps his promise to Cricket and holds him in his arms even after he's long asleep. The weight and warmth against his body is grounding and calming, for he, too, has had a rather taxing day. David has been blessed with the ability to sleep wherever, it seems, so he's curled up on the small cot in the corner of the room, the one that Erik created for him. Small, cozy, and covered. This will suffice for a nap today, Charles supposes.

"They took his power because he's a political prisoner," Charles augments. He knows that in Erik's eyes, what Franklin has done isn't precisely wrong, but Charles, of course, is more critical of his counterpart. Understanding, but critical nonetheless. "What I've gathered is that mutant and human relations in his world reached something of a fever pitch, and he took it upon himself to overthrow the United States government, using his telepathy to do so with ease."

He pauses for a moment, gaze fixed on Cricket's sleeping face. Everyone present and awake knows that Charles is more than capable of the same, that he could declare himself ruler of the world and its moon and, with barely a twitch, convince everyone alive to accept it. Coercion is a dangerous gift, and Charles is possessed of its power in awesome strength. They're right to be unnerved by the idea. "He was brought down. They surgically altered his brain to remove his power, and now, what I believe is a decade or so later, he's got about as great a grasp on reality as Cricket does."

Which is, to say, not great at all. "They didn't take very good care of him. Fed him and such, and he wasn't filthy, but he's covered in pressure sores and is fighting infections. No physical therapy, so advanced atrophy. Left arm unusable, right barely better. Moved him from bed to chair and back and that was about it, and he was usually restrained, as Erik mentioned." Charles reaches out to grip Erik's hand, but meet's Ailo's eyes. "He's shattered. Truly. His internal narrative is non-existent at this stage. "I doubt we'll be able to help him piece one together. You may be able to help him soften the edges of the shards, but I think that they'll remain shards."

Ailo, of course, is buoyant in his optimism. "I know what we can do," he says firmly. "We can make things better. Will he ever live independently again? Unlikely," Ailo doesn't equivocate. He never has. But Charles himself has seen what Ailo can do when he puts his mind to something. "What do we say all the time, yeah? To be broken, to be unwell, those aren't static states. Nothing is truly static, as you both know. I think we can make it better for him than it is. Make his own perceptions of his own existence, better. Just like Cricket. Just like you, and Aura, and everyone who comes into Reyda. I don't profess any magic cures, of course. But given where he was? Improving his environment will have a strong impact on things. And he isn't the first dictator I've worked with," Ailo smirks dryly.

"He wasn't," Erik insists, his tone leaving little room for debate. "He wasn't, OK? He wasn't an insane dictator. He didn't kill democracy. They did. They killed Genosha. Killed Erik. Killed everyone. You don't know what it was like. You can't judge him."

"I don't," Ailo replies gently. And they know he doesn't. "I apologize, it was an insensitive joke. Forgive me. Of course, at this point he's just Franklin. But what I mean is, we can help him with that, too. He's in the right place, Erik, Charles. With the right people. I can already tell he's formed a strong attachment to you," he adds to Erik. "I can sense it even now. That means he isn't a lost cause. The ability to form bonds is an integral part of human experience. And he still has it. Is it Charles? No. It won't be. Probably never again. But he can be himself."

Charles closes his eyes briefly, unsurprised that Erik is defending Franklin’s actions. It’s the opposite of a double-edged sword; it’s a weapon with two blades. The first blade is politics. Franklin’s claim that he “killed democracy” doesn’t sit with Erik, Charles knows, because Erik believes that there’s nothing unequivocally sacred about democracy in general. His husband stands on the side of good for the collective, and if a telepathically-attained strong central head is better for the collective, Charles knows that Erik will support it. All faff and lofty claims about democratic process be damned. Democracy followed to the letter can fail the masses, too, and does so regularly.

The second blade is Franklin himself. He’s a Charles. Erik’s blind spot is distinctly Charles-shaped, and they all know that. “What he did do, darling, is override the free will of a lot of people,” Charles gently counters his husband, who has just sent Ailo back on his heels. “We can pretend we’re still MIT students at debate club all day long and talk about whether or not that truly exists or whether it matters at all or whether free will is sacred when the will of someone is to harm others, but I’d rather not do that right now. In his world, they decided that what he did was unforgivable and justified the sentence he was given. I don’t think that matters any longer, since he’s here and not there and is never going back.”

Charles’s tone is commanding, but only because he’d truly rather not dwell on the nature of his counterpart’s actions. Was he justified or not? Right or wrong? Good or evil? The questions that have plagued mankind since the dawn of language are still unanswered, and he’d truly, undeniably, rather not be the latest case study. “I’m not sure that he feels guilty about what he’s done, Ailo,” he continues, because the most important task at hand is Franklin’s care. Looking ahead rather than backward.

“But he does seem to harbor some guilt over those that were hurt. His family, Erik. You all. Mutantkind didn’t fare well in that world, and I don’t know if he realizes it consciously, but that is a sore spot inside of him.” This is Ailo’s strike zone, of course. Helping those who have done things they regret. “I’m glad you’re optimistic, because I’m a little shaken, if I’m honest. I think we should start him in therapy as soon as possible, lest he cave in on himself further.”

"I know," Erik whispers mostly into Charles's ear. It's no longer a matter of theory to him. As a man who has also overthrown a government and curtailed the volition of others using force, Erik also believes that sometimes it is simply necessary. But he does know. That there were innocents, people who got caught in the crossfire. People who didn't deserve that. Just like Erik, and Genosha, and Sayid, and the GADF periodically misstep. Anatolia sits heavily at the forefront. A village massacred, because he didn't curtail Sayid when he should have.

And right now, these thoughts swirl about with a surprising lack of guilt or self-blame attached. It's more of a refusal to judge Franklin as good or evil, because Erik can understand why it was done. He can understand why someone would get to that point. Why he himself could do so. Evil isn't something he believes in. Not after the Expanse. There's just action and reaction. Cellular automata, with brief moments where people have the power to make decisions that reverberate and alter the rest. It's true, Erik doesn't place a premium on thoughts in general. Selfhood, volition, democracy - the Expanse is indifferent to it all, and Erik has lived millions of times over where not a single person in his vicinity gave one whit about lofty ideals of dignity and honor.

There are just people. That's all. And Erik doesn't understand, at his core, the nature of punishment. The idea of retributive justice based in immediate vindictive gratification on behalf of an aggrieved party. It's purposeless, to him. It just puts more suffering into the world as a response to the harm that was done. And of course. It's Charles. Even if he was a prisoner. They should have shown him compassion. If all these concepts of humanity and spirit and personhood really mattered, they would apply to his beloved just as much. Erik swipes surreptitiously at his eyes, finding them grown hot and wet.

Ailo sets a hand on both of their arms. "I'd be surprised if you weren't shaken just a little. Anyone would be, to see a version of themselves in such distress. But you remember Ariel, yeah? Charles was there one decade. Ariel was imprisoned for three decades. And he made significant improvement, right? He found hobbies and friends and loved ones. A community. He couldn't be Erik. He was hurt, deeply, and it affected him catastrophically. But he got to be Ariel. And Ariel was OK, hm? Ariel was just fine. Don't underestimate human resilience, Charles. It's a powerful thing."

It’s a bit discombobulating to remember that these questions once plagued Charles so. Oh, how desperately he wanted to be good, to see evil eradicated and justice triumph. He spent years chasing that, believing himself to be uniquely equipped to vanquish harm and bigotry and injustice. Naive, narcissistic, misguided. Because, of course, what is good and what is evil will always be defined in human terms. Even more fruitless is the fact that human terms are then further parsed to epistemic terms which necessarily form their own traditions. There are far too many of those even among humans to adequately characterize anything as good or anything as evil thus.

Sure, they must try, let people begin harming each other in the streets. Laws and culture are certainly not futile endeavors, for they must at least attempt to agree upon some set of principles. What those principles are will never cease to be a topic of debate, hence human warfare, but there is nothing universal about good or evil. Right or wrong. There’s only taste and ideology, utterly bound within the confines of the human brain. Ultimately, they could debate Franklin’s actions for the remainder of their lives and never agree upon their nature.

Charles sighs and tightens his grip around Cricket, glad, at least, that he can be of use in this way. “I do hope that he and Cricket can find some peace together. Neither of them are particularly grounded, so I worry that they may feed each other’s delusions. But if they can look after each other’s hearts….well, I suppose that the rest of us can take care of everything else, right?”

"It may go the other way, too," Erik proposes with a smile. Perhaps Ailo is rubbing off on him, but he can't help but hope for a the smallest degree of ease. These two men are so damaged by their circumstance. Erik feels the pang in his chest as he considers it, an infernal electrical arc. No more. They will both see to that. "It might not be very grounded in reality, but they may find a common reference-point. A language unto themselves. And we'll help, too." Erik lets his head drift onto Charles's shoulder, fingertips soothing into his back. He knows how difficult this all is. How immensely overwhelming it can be. I love you, so much, Erik makes sure to remind him. Every day, if possible. Did you know? More than 50 billion billion billion times. Erik's mental wink is warm.

"Do you think we could help him telepathically, too?" Wanda brings up.

"I do, yes. We'll take it slow, set some of the ground-work and establish a good rapport with a counselor. Whether that's me or someone else, I'll leave it to him. Even if he's effectively null, I think the stimulus will help. Psionic input is known to facilitate neurogenesis all on its own. It won't reverse his state, but there's still improvement that could be gained. Functionally, cognitively."

And I you, Erik. More than all the stars in the multiverse and all their atoms. One arm is fastened around Cricket and the other around Erik. Mutual comfort, symbiosis. Their life may be odd, but in moments like this, sandwiched between two Eriks, Charles must step back and consider how grateful he is. "Erik was hoping that we could bring him some relief by doing that today, but I declined to do so," he admits. "I feared that telepathic input would overwhelm rather than help him today. You know, Ailo, that it can be painful after a bit of a break. He's had a long one. I'm more than willing to do it as a proxy for him and filter input down so that he can at least experience it to an extent. But he's exceedingly fragile at the moment. Physically and mentally."

"I think it's a great idea," Ailo says to both Charles and Wanda. "And I also agree we should be conservative where possible. We can get Hank and Daniel on board, I know he's familiar with them. And Erik can help, yeah? I know you've gained some fairly impressive healing capabilities."

Erik nods. "It's a balance. Healing comes at a cost, and he's so incredibly fragile that I worry mucking about too much with those brain/body connections will cause issues. However, he has a lot of lesions and infections and sores. I'd like to get those all fixed up, as soon as possible. I'll go slowly, and make sure it doesn't cause any interference."

"I'm not sure if it's too late for physical therapy, but that will be helpful, too," Charles adds. To be an advocate for himself, he wants to ensure that Franklin is given the best shot possible. Right now, his muscles are wasted away to near nothing, and he knows that, somewhere in that addled brain, Franklin wishes that they weren't. How wonderful it would be to feed himself or hold his damn head up, at the very least. "I think that's what is most important now, don't you? His physical health. We should work on getting rid of the infections and the wounds and then gaining some muscle back, if at all possible. He can't even hold his head up for more than a minute or so. If we have to choose one over the other to start with, I'd go for physical health."

"We definitely don't have to choose," Ailo says kindly. "I think one will naturally follow the other. We'll take our cues from him, it's not a race after all."

"It could be, right?" Erik insists. He winces apologetically. It's Charles. He can't help it. "With infections and things. And nutrition. He ate the same thing or a tube for years, I've already corrected a number of cutaneous vitamin deficiencies." He taps at his own hair in explanation.

"Absolutely," Ailo nods. "We will address all of that regardless. But it may not be as linear as one or the other. We want to get him set up with as much support and space as possible, and how he chooses to engage with that will inform our treatment plan." Ailo is a very seat of the pants kind of clinician. Which annoys his coworkers and patients to no end when he doesn't supply more than a dismissive We'll see when we see. It's only through first-hand experience that Charles trusts in Ailo's process, that he's already developing contingent and disparate modalities that he'll adapt on the fly to how Franklin ultimately reacts.

Charles supposes that Ailo's apparent lack of urgency is why he's so successful. He never adds to stress, infusing all treatment plans with an attitude of calm and patience. Over the years, Charles has noticed that it tends to rub off; through Erik's darkest points, Ailo remained collected and steadfast, which, in turn, helped Charles harbor less anxiety. Sneaky sneaky, Ailo. "I'll get Hank and Daniel in to give him an examination while he's still asleep. I'd normally insist that any patient be awake and informed of their treatment, but that will only serve to frighten him further. I'm electing myself as his medical proxy because, well, he's me," Charles says dryly, uncaring at this point about the ethics of it all.

They all have Franklin's health and interests in mind, and it's doubtful that Franklin will actually understand any questions asked of him. "We can introduce him to you tomorrow, when we wake him back up, then," Charles continues, nodding to Ailo. "I suppose we ought to get him comfortable with you. You did exist in his world," he realizes, that fact emerging from the Expanse, too. "I think that you all did, aside from David. His world was quite different, but the key players remain constant. He never dealt with Trask, but there was a war. Erik died in it. That's what set him off."

"Well I'd imagine so," Ailo huffs a bit. It's bemused, mild, but they can both surmise that he's dead serious. His own awareness of their dynamic is ever-present, and it seems likely to him that their very physiology itself has adapted around one another to such a degree that the loss of one would cause rapid decompensation in the other. Cricket and Franklin are both from different worlds, yet both are one side of the same coin.

"I'll do everything I can," he assures them, this time solemn. "You know I will. Why don't you and Cricket work up a list of things he likes to eat, any books or television shows or hobbies he might engage with. We'll start getting him up and around. There's no real substitute for doing it, after all. There's a downside to over-preparation - at times it can actually increase anxiety. So while ease is our goal, we also have to anticipate some degree of pushing him away from his comfort zone. After all, he is accustomed to sitting in one place, restrained, in a room with no stimulation."

Erik nods. "I understand. He cannot be purely comfortable all the time, or no progress would occur. But we will have to help, too. He's not very well at regulating his feelings."

"That'll come with time and exposure. I suspect that'll be a big role of therapy, since he's showing some frontal lobe inhibition. This causes more impulsive, reckless, angry behavior. That's probably why he had some moments of violence and self-harm at Binghamton, he's essentially a TBI patient."

"He remembers putting a pen through his leg, but there was more," Charles relays plainly, but doesn't delve into greater detail. There's no reason to torment Erik with that. "But, I believe you. I trust all of you. I know you'll do well by him. How lucky he is that he has you all to look after and care for him." Charles smiles softly. "You're right, though. He's been under-stimulated for a long time, which couldn't have been good for his mental state. It's not going to be helpful if we stick him in a room, however nice a room, and keep him there. He needs to learn how to be around others again, doesn't he?" He gazes down at Cricket, running fingers through his hair. "He did. So did Ariel. They were in the plastic prison for years. Goodness. And Charles is far more sociable than Erik, aren't we?" He jostles Erik playfully, sneaking a kiss against his jaw. "Alright. I'll let you take charge of that aspect of his care, Ailo. Thank you."

"Twelve years," Erik remembers. It's difficult at times to keep all the dimensional shifts straight. Some Eriks seem to have a divergence that sees him having been at Janinagrube, medical experimentation and mining operations before liberation. Spending some time in a forest. Then the CIA, in what Erik has seen in vivid recollection from the Expanse as a large plastic room suspended in a dark hangar with transparent walls that have oxygen holes drilled into it. The materials are glass and plastic, which he can manipulate easily in any form. But he stays, largely voluntarily, because he has nowhere else to go and is too institutionalized to live on his own.

He tried in the forest and wandered around aimlessly, miserable and crying until villagers chased him off with sticks. "But he got so much better, yeah? And so did you. You weren't in a traditional prison or entirely isolated, but that honestly wasn't a good thing in your case," Ailo mutters darkly. Erik laughs a little. "No, I reckon not. But I've done well, too," he whispers in a rare display of self-satisfaction. "You and Charles and the twins. The Institute and Genosha. You all helped me so much. Now I have friends and everything. It took a long time, I'm getting up there, now. I'm pushing 60," he grins.

"But in the grand scheme of eternity, that's no time at all, is it? I think I share Ailo's optimism, neshama. You always say I'm something special, but that's not true. It isn't, I'm just Erik. I had so much support and assistance, and so many others like Carmen, they healed, too. Same as Eriks do. It got better. I think that's just the nature of the human spirit. We adapt, and overcome. Not all the time, but so much of it." 

“I think you have more fortitude than I do,” Charles voices aloud. “Any Charles who grew up with a similar childhood to me never had to worry for his safety. We didn’t suffer in that way. We’re not as tough as you are, sweetheart.” It’s true. Erik always applauds Charles for his strength, but in truth, Erik is the bastion. It seems as if each Erik that exists suffers in some way, whether only as a victim of the Shoah or a mountain of trials. Cricket, Ariel…immeasurably strong, always able to find kindness and care in their hearts.

Can the same be said for Charles? Franklin doesn’t seem unkind, by any stretch. But is he too damaged to truly care for others? That would never even be a question, with an Erik. “You are special, Erik. You’re tough. Strong. Caring and kind. Finding it in you to want goodness for others when you’ve been shown so little, at times.” He places his lips on Cricket’s forehead. “We can only hope that Franklin heals as well as Cricket, mm? If you’re both optimistic, then I suppose I am, too.”

Erik shakes his head. "I could feel it," he returns, confident in this if little else about Franklin's recovery. "When I touched him. Talked to him. He let me in. Maybe because I look like his Erik, I don't know. But there is still so much love inside of him, even still. Plus, Cricket is nicer than I am," he says with a grin. "He'll help. I know he will. He won't stop trying. That much I suppose is inherent to us all. You know," his thoughts periodically wander away from him, too.

He's far better than he was a couple of years ago, but better isn't cured. Erik himself knows the difference well, and how important that distinction became. That it was OK if he wouldn't ever be cured. He could be happy, and healthy. "It's such a shame Aura isn't here. Franklin would have adored him. Oh, I just understood his name," Erik looks down at Cricket with a laugh. "He couldn't have known, then, right?" Sometimes, the rules surrounding their mutations don't always play by the same standards at any given time. He couldn't have known, and yet he must have. Somehow.

Charles blinks at Erik, and then his mutation fills in the rest. “Ah. Franklin and Cricket. Perhaps they can have a little pet called Watson, mm? Complete the trio.” It’s Erik’s turn for a kiss on his cheek now; Charles is all too happy to alternate kisses between the two Eriks. Cricket’s are always chaste, of course, but he and Erik both understand that there will always be blanket love for any of their counterparts. Erik, his Erik, will always be his husband, his romantic partner, his lifelong companion, but there is profound familial love for all Eriks out there. For Magnus it’s more paternal, for Cricket more protective.

For Ariel it was a gracious, admiring love. But it’s love. Even when Erik meanders a bit now, Charles doesn’t fear that he’ll become lost. He’ll always have this within him; it’s a part of who he is. Charles has come to appreciate the winding paths, always glad to take the journey with Erik when he can. He’s sliding alongside his husband, just a bit, when a knock on the door jamb alerts them all.


Hank looks in the doorway. “Shomron is with Charles—er—“

“Franklin,” Charles supplies.

“Franklin?”

“Rosalind Franklin. Of Watson, Crick, and Franklin.”

Hank blinks at Charles, but accepts it. He’s heard far stranger things from Charles in his day. “Shomron is still with Franklin, but I was in there just now. There seem to be a dozen conditions to diagnose, but the most obvious one is adrenal insufficiency. Do you know if he was using corticosteroids long term?”

Charles concentrates for a moment, waiting for his retrieval system to gather the information. “Yes. Goodness, he had a kidney transplant,” Charles reveals, surprised by the information himself. “And took corticosteroids in the wake for a long time.”

“Good to know.” Hank scribbles furiously on his clipboard. “Any reason why they stopped?”

Another pause. Charles had 'downloaded' information from everyone in the vicinity in Franklin’s world, not just the man himself. It’s a lot to parse through. “Mm. Expenses,” he notes grimly. “Each component of his treatment had to be approved by a judge. One of his doctors informed the judge that his body had accepted the kidney, so they decided to cut costs.”

Hank looks confused as to why a judge would be involved in this decision, but doesn’t press; he can get the details later. “That doctor ought to have their license revoked if they took him off cold turkey,” he grunts, pushing his glasses up his nose.

Erik's ears perk up at the information, filing everything he hears into the newest compendium he's created in his mind - and one that Hank and Daniel have been assisting him with as well - that of medical care. While Erik's mutation is incredibly vast in applied power, Charles learned early on that it wasn't something innate the way many others are. Scott Summers has the highest score in trigonometry ever recorded at the Institute, able to solve equations with near instantaneous comprehension. But Scott did so effortlessly, a product of his whole physiological system centered on visual perception, depth and proprioception, and vector analysis permitting him to fire and aim superheated plasma from his ocular region with supreme accuracy.

Erik had to manually learn how to do what he does. In some ways it's natural capacity - the ability to see and process and remember trillions of pieces of information is decidedly absent from the majority of humanity. But he can't simply heal others through intention alone, or fire a bolt and hit a target through intuition. It's all trained, and with this newest potential he's had to sit down and study anatomy and kinesis more completely. But they're making good progress, Erik has already demonstrated a good capacity for healing small scrapes and wounds, stimulating blood clots, reducing scar tissue, and he's starting to understand the immune system in a better attempt to work with patients like himself and Charles.

"He had MRSA," Erik contributes momentarily. "I fixed it, but he has a lot more. Can you go through his chart with me, so we can see where I could try and help more directly? I want to at least give him the best possible baseline I can. Improving his bone density, nutrition, infections." He had to stop himself already from just unilaterally doing it, waiting for the doctors instead, because he is if nothing else abundantly cautious with other people's safety.

Cricket stirs when the doctors tromp back in, listening to all of this with an open glower. "No more doctors. No more," he pats at Hank's arm, the man apparently exempt from this statement. "Don't hurt. Promise." He stares widely into Hank's eyes, plaintive.

Having someone with Erik’s abilities is incredibly helpful to the hospital staff, for he can make change happen with speed and precision. What he lacks is the knowledge. No one doubts that Erik is possessed of unearthly intelligence; Hank would never deny that Erik is a rare and true genius. But, he didn’t go to medical school. He could have, but he chose physics. In the years since Ariel’s arrival, Hank knows that Erik had indeed worked hard to supplement his abilities with knowledge, and he and Daniel both have invited him to study under them in those rare pockets of spare time. He’s getting there, certainly, leaning far quicker than a typical person, but he’s right to be hesitant. Bodies are fragile.

“I will do that,” he promises Erik. “I expect the best medical history will come from Charles, and when Daniel and I finish with our tests, I’ll have you address what you can. Hold off on bone fortification for the moment, I think we’re going to start with the infections and adrenal problems, and the muscular-skeletal issues will come after—“ A hand on his forearm stops him mid-sentence. Cricket, who hasn’t quite grown to trust medical doctors, is looking at him square in the eyes.

Looking, with sharp, focused pupils. Undoubtedly, he can actually see. “I promise I won’t hurt him,” he says plainly. Of course Cricket is already in line with Franklin, huh? How all these Charles and Eriks end up together and in love is beyond Hank, but it’s more than a coincidence at this point. “Just helping him. Making him better.”

Realizing too late that Cricket’s new suppressor warrants a more invasive telepathic nudge to stay asleep, Charles hitches his arms around Cricket, tight and secure. “We’ll tell you exactly what Hank and Daniel do,” he decides. “Right now, Franklin has adrenal insufficiency and a few different infections. Do you know what you’d do to treat them?”

Cricket nods sagely and spins up a molecule of cholesterol with a quick grin. "Cholesterol creates cortisol. But he can produce cortisol. He had steroids, the exo..." he takes a breath mid-word before raspily continuing, "-genous glucocorticoids inhibit production of CRH and ACTH," he recites. It isn't much of a shock any longer, given Ariel had just as fine medical knowledge and Cricket even moreso. It's a rare form for him, to be snapped in and lucid, but medicine is one of his abiding interests.

"Prednisone and hydrocortisone. But," he warns sharply. "His immune system. Already bad. Infections. More steroids can hurt him. Be careful. Maybe you can fix. Adrenal gland," Cricket shows him an enlarged diagram via arrangements of light. "I can help. Help to fix. No medicine. And mineral adjusting," he insists. "Salt. For hyponatremia. Potassium. Hyper-" he rubs at his throat. It's the longest he's spoken at one time in a long while. "-kalemia."

No, no one is particularly shocked by Cricket’s apparently thorough medical knowledge. Charles has observed that those who spent longer with Schmidt, like Ariel and Cricket, tend to be more medically inclined. Whether that’s a coincidence or not is not worth pondering, but Charles has begun to think that Schmidt liked to keep them close, when they had that ability. That’s less important; what does matter is the fact that Cricket has given them a great recommendation in the longest period of lucidity that they’ve seen from him since.

“You can continue in here,” Charles encourages, tapping his temple. “Is that’s easier for you. I’ll let them all hear. I know that’s hard to say.”

”But a good suggestion,” Hank remarks, brow raised. “Cricket, maybe you can tell Erik what he needs to do, and Erik can do it. Because you’re right, steroids are dangerous for him right now.”

Erik, for his part, has essentially 'grabbed' the diagram, which is less of a depiction and more a direct scale copy of Franklin's specific organ down to the cellular and atomic structure. Charles and Hank see an adrenal gland, but Erik sees everything it's made of. "I can see," he says, nodding to himself. "Compared to Charles. I can see how it is different." Cricket darkens several parts of it and highlights them in sunset-yellow. "These parts," he whispers. In their minds his voice is still quiet, but with added confidence.

This is what you need to fix. Right now it is smaller and less efficient. Because of the inhibiting effect of the medicine, he explains. Targeting the genetic material will allow it to reproduce properly. Then he doesn't need any medicine. Sometimes it happens at random. When he speaks too long on a certain subject the memories stick into him like pins. Schmidt laughing and observing their latest 'patient' sounded not-unlike a pig squealing as it digs through the ground. As their skin was separated from muscle and bone. How it sheared, fat and blood mixed together. Cricket shudders a little. "Don't. Take his skin. You won't? You can't. No screams."

Erik doesn't like to consider that a good chunk of Cricket's medical knowledge came at the expense of his innocence; it's known to him how the Schmidt of Ariel's timeline in many incarnations had used him in various forms of medical experimentation. His head shakes abruptly. "Never. We won't ever do that. Just to help. I promise."

"When -- helped. Helped them. Changed them. Their organs. For. Fun. For fun," Cricket sniffles a little, and wipes his nose on his sleeve in a somewhat asocial maneuver. "Don't. Change him. Don't change him. He won't like it."

Hank glances between Charles and Erik. Do you trust his assessment? I’d rather do something a little more comprehensive before we go in and make alterations to his adrenal glands.

He’s… Yes, we can have Erik assess and reproduce the visual, and you and Daniel sign off. But I would be inclined to trust him, yes. He’s rather like Ariel, Charles answers, plucking a tissue from the bedside table. He then wipes Cricket’s runny nose again, entirely unfazed; Cricket has been here for a year, Charles is accustomed to this. Validation is good practice anyway, but I’d listen to his leads. Cricket’s grim and gory memories are now accessible to Charles, who shudders a little as they enter his awareness. Blood, viscera. Pain. Yellow, greasy fat and stringy sinew. Vile, stomach rending.

“Would you like to be present while Erik, Hank, and Daniel work on him?” It’s a bold decision, and one that Charles knows he should have not made alone, but as his own self-confidence and assuredness has grown, he’s not as concerned about these things. “You can be there to make sure he stays safe, and to help us all see better.” I’ll make sure Franklin stays knocked out, and Erik, you’ll have to keep watch over Cricket’s abilities to ensure he doesn’t do anything accidentally to Franklin, he broadcasts to all in the room aside from Cricket. He’ll be worried and frustrated the entire time, though, if we lock him in here.

I'll keep him as contained as possible, Erik says with a sharp nod. And I'll have him help me construct and repair. It helps that I can see how it should be, but I trust his analysis. As much as he trusts his own self, at least.

"I'll stay," Cricket promises, veering sharply from clear and concise medical evaluation into disjointed, distorted memories. "Help. To see. I helped him to see. Won't make him cold. He made them cold. In the snow. Cold water. Everyone froze like little ice cubes. Their cells filled and burst. We saw it. Just fix him? Just. Fixing. No experiments. Wir stehen am Rande des wissenschaftlichen Glanzes," he says in a sharp, cramped tenor, raising his hand as Schmidt often did when maniacally ranting.

Erik winces and taps Cricket's forearm, lowering it to his side. " We promise. And you know Charles doesn't break his word, right?"

"Charles," Cricket hums. "He was sad. About the experiments. So we can't do it to him."

“No experiments,” Hank promises awkwardly; his bedside manner isn’t always wonderful, but he knows how to be sensitive with folks like Cricket, at least. Ailo has helped him a little, as many residents of Aramida and Reyda come from situations previously unimaginable to Hank. He understands now that the idea of human experimentation is intensely real, to Cricket. “I’d like to get going now, though,” Hank urges, shifting from foot to foot. “The sooner the better.”

“We’ll meet you down there in thirty,” Charles promises.


True to word, Charles, Erik, Ailo, and Cricket arrive outside Franklin’s glass room in a half of an hour. Pietro and Wanda have taken David home, and Erik has made sure that they’re all clean and sterilized as they wait outside the door. It appears as a normal room from the outside, its unassuming door just one of a row of several in this wing, though Charles knows that Erik has created a beautiful observatory on the other side.

Since they won’t be opening Franklin up, they’ve decided to start his treatment here; Erik can always keep everyone and everything sterile should the need arise. Charles has kept his chair beside Cricket’s own, gripping his hand for comfort. “Remember what we talked about, darling,” Charles says to Cricket in a soothing voice. “You have to stay seated, next to me. Don’t try and get up and go to him, hmm? He needs you to stay seated so that you can focus on what to fix. No changes, just help. Do you promise?”

Despite having extracted several more promises of his own that they were not going to cut or hurt, Cricket is shaking a little as they approach the door. He winds his hand in an awkward flop into Charles's lap, finding his and nodding. "Promise," he says. But they all know that even though he means it, he's liable to forget only moments later, so both Charles and Erik keep a watchful sense of him. Erik leads the group inside, where Franklin is still asleep, and as soon as Cricket sees him he scrambles a little, confused about why he can't move and uncoordinated. This at least is a good thing, since he isn't able to get himself any closer at first attempt, but Erik keeps him secure so that he doesn't fall over.

"Easy," he reminds the man. "He's all right."

"No! No. Fix--fix," he demands of Erik sharply. "Please."

"We will."

Cricket rubs his own face, a poor substitute for being unable to reach out. "Adrenal insufficiency. Infection. I see them." Like a holographic display, Hank and the rest are abruptly treated to a three dimensional image of Franklin's entire body, and gradually various areas start glowing different colors. Infections, structural integrity problems, malnutrition, hormonal difficulties, various injuries over the years that most physicians wouldn't be able to detect. But Cricket and Erik can.

Any semblance of order in Cricket’s brain flutters like a library in a tornado upon first glance of Franklin. Charles keeps his presence in that psyche prominent and heavy, ready to press down hard and fast should it topple too dangerously. Erik, too, is keeping his abilities constrained to his own small atmosphere, preventing any objects or people from being tossed about. But, it’s not so bad, Cricket seems to be able to focus enough to remember why they’re here.

To help, Charles encourages, subliminal in his head. No hurting, just help. Sure enough, the brilliant, detailed display of Franklin’s entire system unfolds overhead. Even Charles can see where and what needs addressing. Angry, glowing red here, sickly yellow there. The location of each infected or dysfunctional tissue…and there are many of them. Each bone, most muscles. Snippets of each organ.

“The most crucial first, Cricket,” Hank says, both he and Daniel mesmerized by the display. “We’ll fix everything, I promise. Most crucial.”

Charles steals a glance at his husband. Do you think you can do it?

"Primary organs," Cricket whispers. "Heart. Lungs. One kidney. Adrenals. But his liver is OK," he says with a smile, like he's trying to find something positive to compliment.

It would be almost cute, Daniel thinks, if it weren't accompanied by such a pained expression. "Let's start with his heart, that's probably the most significant problem."

"He has a good heart," Cricket says, contradictory. It's with a small smile that they realize he's speaking metaphorically.

"I see everything," Erik says with a nod after studying it all, zooming in on a few different places. "It shouldn't even take very long." First he creates his own facsimile, and then Hank and Daniel watch as it all weaves together and the dark spots dissipate, leaving behind a perfect form. He splits off another view and zooms in close, in a visceral, surgical image so that the two doctors can examine how it looks from the perspective they would normally have of a person's organ.

Cricket offers a slight correction in one of the arteries, allowing for greater maximally efficient transport. So it goes that way, with Erik modifying as he ventures forth, checking his work with the doctors. Form and function, perfectly recreated. The first fix they employ for real is what they originally spoke about, the atrophied adrenal glands caused by corticosteroid withdrawal. It takes Erik less than a few minutes, most of which is spent painstakingly tracing and retracing his own steps, before it's done.

He lets his eyes flutter closed, holding his breath like he expects the man to die immediately in the aftermath. But he doesn't. In fact, several of his biomarkers show signs of improvement in response, his natural production of cortisol overtaking the synthetic and in turn easing the strain on his circulatory system.

It’s incredible to watch the four work in tandem. In this strange twist of events, Cricket is leading the effort while Erik assists. Hank and Daniel offer advice or minor suggestions, but ultimately, Cricket is the mastermind behind the operation. Attempting to sneak a peek behind Erik’s eyes his fruitless; whenever he attempts to sit alongside that part of his husband’s abilities, the input gets jumbled. Sometimes Erik translates what he sees into a readable format for Charles, but he’s too busy to consider that right now, which is fine by him. Cricket and Erik are the ones who determine where to assist and what to do, and the doctors provide their approval.

Charles knows that Erik is exceptionally nervous when he imitates the first change within his adrenal glands, but such nerviness was all for naught, for Franklin’s vitals immediately begin to improve. “Well done,” Charles whispers, to all in the room. He makes another executive decision and wheels his chair and Cricket’s own, using the control on his armrest, closer to the bedside. The two men can gaze down upon Franklin now, his face a gaunt, sickly facsimile of Charles’s. They had planned on keeping the two separate until they were certain that they could be together safely, but Cricket just helped save Franklin’s life. He deserves more than their kid gloves. He takes Cricket’s hand between his two, and then helps the man wrap it around Franklin’s. “Look. You helped him so much already.”

Cricket flails his arm forward and squeezes Franklin's fingers as gently as possible, and with Charles's assistance he lays his braced hand over the man's chest. His vivid pain at seeing any Charles so poorly off is palpable, but so too is his watery smile as he remembers the moments inside the chaos of his daily reckoning where he helped. And he really did help. Usually those around him do their best to come up with simple exercises for him to do, what essentially amounts to busywork. And when he is well enough he knows that's really all he can do. But this has proven otherwise, hasn't it? Of course, Charles is the biggest factor of his success. But that was always true, lucid or not.

"Fix his pain, too? I fixed the marks. Bad and red. Don't want him. To hurt." He trails his fingers carefully over Franklin's jaw, primarily within Charles's grasp. "And fix his bones and teeth. Make them stronger," he adds for good measure, and Charles himself can feel how insistent it is.

Erik can empathize, his desire is the same. To soothe and heal everything. But he has to admit, with a grin of his own, that it's a good feeling, what they just did. "We will not stop helping him," Erik promises. "It might be better if we take a break for right now. But we will keep at it, I won't let him suffer any longer than he must." He doesn't want to push Cricket too far. The man is tenuous enough.

"Thank-you," Cricket tries valiantly not to warble it out. "Letting me help. Not sending me away. Please don't send me. Want to stay. With him. I will be nice. Swear it."

It’s important, Charles understands, to treat Cricket like an Erik. No, he’s not of sound mind, and he can’t be trusted to look after himself independently, but he’s still Erik Lehnsherr at his core. And no one knows Erik Lehnsherr, perhaps, quite like Charles Xavier. It’s exceedingly frustrating to Cricket, Charles knows, to be useless. Helpless is one beast, but useless is something entirely different, something that gnaws at Cricket even when he himself can’t recognize where the teeth are coming from.

They do what they can at Reyda to keep his days busy, but there’s only so much he can do with his compromised motor control. Before today, he couldn’t even see. Charles is confident that he has a better life here than he would back in his home world, but it hurts deeply to leave him here each evening, knowing that he’ll sit here and ache without always knowing why. Inviting Cricket to take part in Franklin’s care isn’t a favor. It’s an act of love; love for who he is and what he wants.

And, truly, they could not have helped Franklin as effectively without him. Cricket, in all his chaos, has shown them something brilliant. “Don’t thank me,” Charles insists, gently guiding Cricket’s hands over Franklin, where he senses the man wishes to touch. “We all owe you a great deal of thanks. I know Erik appreciates your help, as do the doctors. You’ve been incredible. We’ll fix whatever you identify, hmm?” A glance at Erik. I suppose we should ask Sue if she wouldn’t mind if he stayed here tonight? Someone will need to stay with them, but that was necessary anyway.

Erik grins. No plan survives contact with reality, yeah? he nudges playfully. It goes without saying, and Erik himself unconsciously brushes Franklin's hair from his head. They could push for Cricket to leave. They wanted to wait, but that might end up more difficult than where they started out. Keep them safe Erik promises, letting his fingers drift, cataloguing what has been done and what remains. It's only one part of the equation, Erik knows.

The difference is in the smallest details, and Cricket smiles to himself as he spreads out over Franklin's sore spots. If he can keep them steady, suppressed... yes, much better. He definitely prefers Sue and Gertrude, perhaps one of them can stay to observe and we can keep an eye on it from a distance as well, Erik suggests with a touch to Charles's shoulder. Daniel shakes his head, still somewhat in stunned marvel over how easy and quick both Eriks can employ complex medical treatment.

"Thank you," he says to Cricket firmly. "I daresay without you both this would have been a great deal more challenging and likely painful for him as well. You both did an excellent job."

"Stay here," Cricket hums with a smile. "To give pets and little larks. He likes them." A bird abruptly lands on his finger and he laughs, transferring it to Franklin's chest and doing his best to soothe. "Ahhh, a cricket, too. Hello, tiny jumping bean. Hello!" The insect which has landed on his finger chirps brightly.

Erik snorts. "I did keep the insects out. You'll make sure they don't fuss and bite, yes?"

Wide-eyed, Cricket nods. "No biting. Just hopping!"

Charles nods as he watches Cricket hover over Franklin, showering him in birds and insects. He's wearing a smile now, one that seems excited, satisfied. Yes, it would be cruel to pull Cricket away now, to keep him from Franklin. Managing the two of them at once is an added challenge, and he'll have to find a way to show his appreciation for the ever-patient staff at Reyda, but it would be no good for Cricket himself to be taken away. The bond is already strong.

A Charles and an Erik. They're not meant to be kept in separate rooms. "Not too many friends yet," Charles warns Cricket warmly, rubbing his back. "When he's awake and feeling better, maybe you can introduce him to more, hmm? For now, it might be best if you just sit with him and keep him company on your own. He still needs to heal, yeah?"

"We'll make sure the infections are under control tomorrow," Hank chimes in. "And then you can tell us more about his lungs? You mentioned that those needed help."

Cricket nods sharply, his attention fixed resolutely in front of him. On the man who who holds his devotion, more than anything in the world. "And David, too," he remembers solemnly. "And the twins. My babies all together. Not gone," he rasps in his heavy whisper. His loves, tucked into this wondrous dimension where the world didn't fall over in endless splinters. "We can fix his lungs. It won't be too hard," the estimation comes softly. The geometry of this place gradually shifts in tandem, and all present are nudged delicately out of the way to make room for more.

More little trinkets and plants, the ones Cricket has been tending diligently when he can. And now books, puzzles and paintings. A Go set. And his bed, tucked just on the other side of a small dividing wall to allow for a central area where the two can meet, alongside private spaces of their own. Cricket is fascinated by the swaying trees and chirping birds, the sun as it falls across his skin. "He'll like it? His room? What if he doesn't like it?" Cricket fusses and worries a little, fidgeting.

"We can always adjust, hm? For you both. Anything you'd like. This is your space, so do not be afraid to experiment. It seems you can do this more effectively now, too," Erik points out. Cricket grins and an ice cream cone appears in everyone's hand, each a flavor he knows they like. Somehow, as if having read it off of the composition of their olfactory and gustatory systems. His way of showing gratitude.

It seems that the return of his abilities is more extensive than planned, Charles muses to Erik as he looks at his ice cream cone. Mint chocolate chip, his very favorite. Somehow, Cricket knew. This isn't so bad so far. Are you able to discern whether or not he can muck about with time and space? That is their primary concern, of course. If Cricket can do small things, like bring them ice cream and conjure things from the ether...well? Cricket will be happier for it.

It might be helpful if he gains motor skills back. We can't know whether or not Franklin will.

I'm not certain, Erik replies with a cursory dip of his head, more a wobbled question. He isn't as powerful as me or Ariel, I know that much. He's limited, and the suppressor seems to be impacting how much energy he actually has access to. So we see small things, but not large ones. Like ice cream cones. But not a room or a building, I don't think, he returns the analysis thoughtfully as his senses flick over the entirety of his counterpart.

Time and space are very energy intensive. My guess is that he isn't capable of it, but we simply cannot know. My mutation doesn't always comply with general relativity, as it is based in quantum mechanics. Things are and are not. Round squares and endless staircases. At the same time and different. The same place yet far. It's possible he will discover how to compress what he desires to do into smaller energy requirements. But, Erik figures, this necessitates a high working knowledge of physics. This, he doesn't have. Not like me or even Ariel.

Hmm. So long as he can't do something catastrophic by accident, Charles replies thoughtfully. We may be able to fine-tune his suppressor, but I'd rather allow him greater reign over his abilities. It feels cruel to suppress. Necessary in some capacity, but I don't like it. I know you don't either. He rubs Cricket's back again, observing the changes in the room. Cricket's bed and all of his cherished things have arrived in this beautiful room; he's evidently ready to move in properly. This is good, he knows. Cricket deserves a happier life than he has.

"Do you like it?" he asks Cricket, for the man is so concerned about Franklin. Charles doesn't want him to forget about himself. "You can change it, too."

Cricket tilts his head as though considering this deeply for the first time; because truly he is. It was like that Before, too. His Charles always kept him grounded. Helped him, took care of him. Now it's his turn, and he takes his duty very seriously. His eyes wander about, taking in the harmony of sights and sounds. With a blink, the blankets on Franklin's bed and the color of his furniture all change to a deep wood-paneled theme, with walnut and mahogany interspersed for blocking dark and light.

Charles himself recognizes the style conforms to his own preference, with bits and bobs added in. Flowers and plants, vines and paintings and sculptures. "There," Cricket announces with pleasure. All things Franklin has been without for years. Now he has his own things, clothes, stuff. It's silly, Cricket knows that isn't going to make it all better. But it helps, right? To have your own things. To have things that you like all around. To feel free, purposeful. Not a burden or a terrorist. Someone deserving of a real home.

“Oh, this is nice, isn’t it?” Charles smiles as he observes the changes to the room around them. Erik has created a truly magnificent space with a beautiful transparent ceiling to allow a view of the surrounding environs, but Cricket’s personal touches make it even cozier. The floors are now paneled in rich mahogany, as is the closet containing all medical supplies and equipment. Bookshelves, display cases, plants. It rather feels like a space that Charles would enjoy, and he knows that it’s no coincidence that Cricket has designed it with the intention of staying here with a Charles Xavier counterpart. “I think the only thing that’s missing is a space for David to relax when he comes to be with you,” Charles points out fondly, jerking his head toward an unoccupied corner furthest from the door. “You know that he likes to take a break in his own space when he’s had a little too much interaction, right? Why don’t you make something for him?” Charles is curious to see what Cricket will do with this opportunity; he regularly reveals tiny tidbits about David’s life that even Charles doesn’t know.

Cricket gasps and his hand flies up to hit the back of his mouth as he realizes he'd neglected a crucial component of their space - a little nook for the precious little one in their lives. He considers and a slow smile appears when he figures out what to do. He pats at Erik gently. "Help?" With that, an arrangement of too many atoms for Charles to count unfolds for Erik's regard, and a twin expression of joy crosses his face when he realizes what it is he wishes to build.

It does however seem to prove their initial instinct correct, that Cricket is limited to less energy intensive applications. Erik raises his hand and a small hatch appears on the ground, the floor becoming transparent beneath but tucked away under. So David can climb down into a brand new space, isolated when needed but able to look up and still see and be seen by his family when he desires. It's got its own bed, in the shape of a bright orange and white Ferrari to match a row of toy cars atop a sleek shelf beside, hanging fairy lights to produce a soft glow rather than by sun or harsh luminescence.

A table with a vast quantity of blocks and Legos and puzzles, a corner with a reading chair and all kinds of books and pictures on a shelf containing an array of topics that David is interested in. Tigers, of course. His wall is also orange with gentle swishes of white graffiti in interesting patterns. But also conservation in general, the environment, world maps (particularly India, which he had adored), and mechanical engineering - all designed with children in mind, to make complex topics easier and to focus on diagrams and pictures of all the things he can perceive.

There's also a little chart with smiling faces on it in various expressions, which isn't something Erik or Charles recognize. Charles realizes it's Cricket's attempt to help - a place for David to work on sharing his feelings using imagery. It's a direct copy of the one at Lahak, the preschool that they'd dropped him off earlier today. (And which thankfully despite so much occurring all around them, went very well and David lasted an hour and a half around other children before throwing a block on the ground and declaring finished with a big flourish of his hands. But he did it, and Cricket is so very proud of him.) 

The smile on Charles’s face couldn’t be broader as he wheels over to examine the personalized alcove that Cricket and Erik have created. Through the transparent floor he can see the space that will be an absolute wonderland for their son; blocks, plushies, tactile toys and picture books (though David can already read at the level of an average six-year-old—two whole years older than his age, thank you very much). Still, David enjoys vivid illustrations, especially ones that are textured and layered, like the ones in his room.

A David-sized bed and chair complete the space, perfect for his self-directed breaks and naps. It’s far better than the corner they’d carved out in Cricket’s old room and even almost rivals the loft bedroom that Erik continues to improve at home, though nothing can top that dream house, Charles thinks. Even Hank meanders over as he finishes slurping his praline ice cream to peer into the hatch, clucking his tongue in approval. “Cool,” he assesses. “I kind of want one of these at the manor to escape to whenever the students are being…well. Students.”

Hank, like Charles, splits his time between Genosha and Westchester. The manor employs a full-time nurse to tend to minor injuries and illnesses, but Hank is always summoned for anything larger. He also teaches a biomedical engineering class, the first of its kind outside of a higher education institution in the world, and tutors students who, like Sooraya Qadir, benefit from advanced one-on-one study. Charles chuckles. “I’m sure Erik would be much obliged.

Both versions of the man embody matching mischief in gleaming eyes and knowing smirks. It isn't often that Erik is pleased with himself, but Charles knows well that it happens primarily where David and his family are involved. "Just say the word, like that," Erik says and Cricket claps (well, attempts to clap. Smooshes his hands vaguely together) in agreement. Cricket considers Hank momentarily and then something appears, a small sphere with no visible buttons or controls that he deposits into Hank's hand. A gift, round and smooth as beach glass with the texture of opal.

"Any time you want to escape," whispers he softly. "Press it. Under your ear." He tries to mime doing so. "It will stick. Stay. Block out all sound. You can tap. For more or less noise. And. Emergency. For loud, loud noise. Vibrates." He explains its function in halting stop-starts, very shy about it. Hank is a brilliant engineer, but even the most advanced system he's created to do the same is comprised of clunky components that hurt after a while, especially if he wears glasses. Cricket knows he doesn't need assistance to make such a device. But the gift is more about size, than effect. He can snap it in place and forget about it, and not have to worry that something may befall him if he uses it.

The doctor is hesitant at first, unsure what Cricket has the capacity to create. But he’s not going to be impolite, so he takes the small oval from the man, and then humors him by placing it below his ear. To his surprise, the thing actually works well. As soon as he secures it in place, the noise in the room disappears, leaving him in thorough and peaceful silence. Bushy eyebrows shoot upward as he taps to adjust the volume. “Wow. This is incredible,” he admits, smiling a little when he settles on a volume that’s just right. He has extra sensitive hearing after all, as part of his mutation.

Charles meanders back to Cricket, throwing an appreciative arm around him. “It’s good to have your abilities back,” he says earnestly, placing a gentle kiss on his temple. “I can see you missed them.”

Cricket's hand lifts of its own accord, an alien limb that lightly slaps his opposing temple in a muscular reflex arc attempting to cradle the warmth Charles offers to him even closer. "Missed them," he agrees, swaying from side to side in Charles's grasp. "But still, can't move good? Will it be fixed, too?" His eyes dart all around. Erik does his best to shore up. Not letting on how much the question pierces him.

"I think it is about energy and mass, yeah? Motor control may come later, or it may never. But you'll learn how to use the energy restrictions in your favor. You will. I'll teach you. Just like Charles will help teach Franklin. Like we help one another."

"Help... each other," Cricket rasps as his eyes gradually begin to close.

I suppose we ought to let them both rest, Erik laughs gently to the room at large. He had been wary of leaving Franklin behind anyway, only now a neat solution is now humming to himself just footsteps away.

“Help each other, my love,” Charles repeats, taking lead from Erik. The hover capabilities are disabled on Cricket’s chair, but the basic control over the wheels do work, and Charles uses it to move it alongside his own until they’re parked beside the second bed. “That’s what family does. Helps each other.” Erik helps get Cricket settled in his bed, tucked amidst the blankets and pillows. The lark is snoozing on a perch, and even the small cricket rests on the nightstand, presumably snoozing along.

Charles sits at the bedside for a few moments, stroking Cricket’s auburn curls with utmost tenderness. He looks most like Erik in these moments, when he’s close to sleep, peaceful. I love you and all of your atoms, he lulls to Cricket. Every last one of them. I’ll be back tomorrow to see you, hmm? 

Now Franklin's ever-faithful guard, Cricket keeps steady watch over him as they sleep, waking himself up through the night to check for good measure that his companion was still peacefully snoozing away on the other side. He eventually asks a nurse in utmost politeness to be transferred to his chair (a feat he cannot accomplish on his own without significant risk of injury) and has Sue take him to Franklin's bedside so he can stroke at his newly-healed forearm.

When Franklin finally does awaken, it's to a peculiar sight: another Erik, head lolled a little to the side, with darker freckles and bright corkscrew curls. He's strapped into a chair of his own, every item of clothing soft and warm - Franklin realizes his own clothes are the same. And the pain that always seemed to plague from weeping sores has once again lessened and lessened. Somehow this Erik seems to know, as he too stirs only moments later with bright green eyes peeping out.

"Oh! Hallo," Cricket remembers to greet him. An attempt to be tactful, to be easy. "Franklin," he says in his raspy cadence, just to say it.

He dreams about nothing at all, which is nice; usually his head is filled with all sorts of shadows and echoes as he sleeps. For a long time, they put a needle in his arm before bed and he’d blink and it would be tomorrow, but they stopped doing that a while ago. Instead, they would put a big pill in his mouth and make him swallow, and then sleep would be uncomfortable, with the walls seeming to swim around him, haunting ghosts spooking him awake right before he would drift off. But that’s not what today is like. Today, he blinks awake, and he’s somewhere else. It’s night, and he knows it because the ceiling is glass and the sky outside of it is a dark indigo with inky clouds and stars.

He starts with a jolt; there’s only so much that Franklin can actually move on his own, but it’s evidently enough to alert the two people in the room, for they stand up and stride to his bedside. Now there are three faces looking down at him, and none are the nurses or doctors that he’s accustomed to. One of them is Erik. Erik? No, not his. Not Jupiter Erik either. Another one. And then two women he’s never seen. Franklin, not-Erik says. Franklin…oh, yes. Yes, his Jupiter twin and other Erik came and took him here and now he’s Franklin. But, what will happen when they know he’s gone? He’s not supposed to leave the room; he’s lucky he’s a cripple or else he’d be in Guantanamo.

And so his blue eyes turn fearful, flighty. His left arm is limp and lifeless atop the blankets, but his right one, unrestrained, lifts from the bed and begins to scrabble for something, anything. “No,” he grunts. “No. In trouble. They’ll send me to Guantanamo. Can’t be here, have to go back, I’ll be in trouble!”

“Take it easy, sweetheart,” Gertrude encourages gently, laying a reassuring hand on Franklin’s shoulder. “No one is taking you anywhere, you’re alrigh—oh.” She stops mid sentence, for Franklin has used his closed fist to shove her hand off of his shoulder. Had he been in better physical condition, that weak shove may have been something much harder, potentially injurious.

“No!” he growls, louder. “Trouble! Off to prison! They’re taking me there right now!”

His fist bounces harmlessly off of nothing, and Gertrude finds herself moved back several feet without any conscious volition on Cricket's part. That's another issue that will need addressing, the fact that his abilities activate and deactivate at random. For right now it is assistive, naturally keeping everyone out of harm's way. Cricket touches his cheek, unconcerned with any potential danger at all. Without any hesitation whatsoever.

He just shakes his head. "No trouble. No prison. I won't let anyone. I will make them disappear. If they try," he says, not denying his fear as Gertrude had done but not giving it much room to flourish, either. "Franklin," he repeats gently and his hand flops onto his own chest a moment later. "Cricket. Is me. An Erik, but Cricket. I don't like prison. It's not very nice."

True fear still courses through Franklin, even as this not-Erik Erik touches him. Not like Jupiter Erik, who held him in his arms, gave him crunchy spinach and cheese. He’s different to him. He’s in a chair. No Charles by him. But why? How come this Jupiter has so many? They’ll find them all here and take them. Kill Erik and Erik like they killed Erik. Take him back to the room or to Guantanamo. He frowns, heart thudding rapidly. Maybe Cricket can hear it; his Erik always could. Rubbed his back when it was too fast. “I’m lucky I’m a cripple or I’d be in Guantanamo,” he blathers by way of answering. No, his Erik didn’t like prison, either. “Maybe Guantanamo is better, though. On a beach. Sounds like waves. My room doesn’t have waves. No sounds. Just sit in my chair or down in bed. No sounds or waves…”

It turns out that Erik was intuitive in his design. As Cricket looks about, his own grasp tenuous at best, he latches onto one or two threads and follows them as he usually does with Charles when they visit. This is no different, whether they're talking about pancakes or Guantanamo. His brain just processes Charles. A Charles who is sad. But he likes the beach, and waves. So Cricket transports them in seconds to the edge of their room, where the wall has glass panel doors that lead down into a private courtyard. Flowers and vegetables in planters.

Peppers, carrots. Cricket's tomatoes. They fly side by side down a small pathway that leads right to the ocean. "Your room. Has waves. See?" Cricket says. He raises his arm in an uncoordinated maneuver and it lands on Franklin's shoulder. "But not Guantanamo. North Brother Island," Cricket mixes up his own episodic memories, but the important part of it is that they're not here to hurt. "Nice, here. Not mean. No yelling or bad walls. No pits or guns. They won't take your organs. I fixed them. Promise."

Franklin finds himself gasping in the cool night air, floating in space above the sand. Oh, he hasn’t been weightless in a long time; how wonderful it would feel to have no pressure on his fragile bones and joints if only he could pay attention to that. Alas, his entire awareness is swallowing the grand view before them both. The sea, winedark in the night, lapping at the shoreline. Above, stars in a cloudy night sky. Wind in the reeds on the bank. Insects chittering. Shrews snaking in the grass. Cool wind, salty air. Brine. The sky is so big. So, so big.

So big that Franklin gasps a little, choking on air, because he can’t remember the last time he was outside on a cool night amidst the ocean waves. “Oh,” he murmurs. Tears are pooled in the corners of his eyes. “Oh. It’s big out here,” he remarks. His body is floating and free, but he still can’t move his limbs of his own accord, and his head is already lolled to one side, but he looks at Cricket. Not like his Erik. Fewer freckles. Longer hair. Eyes aren’t the same; a little wild. But he’s Erik still. Cricket. Who protects his organs and takes him to the beach.

He’s crying properly now, deep sobs spilling from a heaving chest. “You’re not from Jupiter,” he wagers, through tears. “But you’re here, too. Like me.”

Cricket grins, a fierce warmth beating in his chest. Something slotted into place inside of him that had been a hideous, seeping wound for too long. The wound isn't eradicated, but it's finally being treated. Not left to rot and fall off in gangrenous ruin. Ignored and left to fester like Franklin's pressure sores. "Here, too," he whispers. "Not like Erik. Mind, my mind, is not good," he tries to explain. "But I love you. I know. I remember. I love you. I fixed all your bones and, and made you new adrenal gland and heard you. When you cried. Can't, I can't, not good at things. Hard to talk. But I love." He drags his fingers up and down Franklin's shoulder, a haphazard attempt to soothe those tears. But they don't need to stop. He must have many tears just like Cricket, and Ailo said it was OK to have them. No one would beat him or threaten him. And he won't let anyone do that to Franklin.

Franklin remembers the Time Before well, when he rarely ever cried in front of others. How he sat tall and proud and let others use his shoulder but never sought one for himself. Now, in the Time After, he seems to cry all the time. For everything. His nurses and doctors ignored it because he’d sit and cry all day sometimes. Here he is again, crying in the presence of this man, who should feel like a stranger, but doesn’t. Sniffling, he shuts his eyes, wishing he could cover his face with his hands. “My brain isn’t good either,” he gasps between sobs. “They…took it. Mutation. Surgery, and then nothing. Threat neutralized. Now I can’t think like I did. Cry, put pens in my leg. It’s so quiet. You love me? For what?” But even as he says it, he understands. He’s Erik. And Charles is Charles. And they were made to love each other. “Do we get to stay? On Jupiter?”

Cricket finds he can use his very limited grip on his own power to move his hand more purposefully and takes advantage to cup Franklin's jaw with incredible delicacy. "We stay," he promises, and Franklin knows that Eriks don't make promises they cannot keep. "Took mine, too. My body is all floppy now," he says with a wry laugh. "But still good for hugging. Important powers. But now I can make little things. Like nice friends," a skylark emerges from the ether, alongside Stuart, the Manor housecat so accustomed to dimensional travel that he doesn't even bat an eyelid when he finds his surroundings have abruptly changed. He's a small thing, and perches comfortable on Cricket's shoulder. "I love you. For being Franklin," Cricket affirms gently. "For your smiles and laughs. Not logical. But that's OK. I feel."

Floppy bodies. Powerless. It’s a good deal different to how he and his Erik were, but Franklin thinks he understands a little better. They were brought to Jupiter to be with each other. Alone. Without their partners. Somehow, they came together here, and here they will stay. Already, he knows he loves Cricket; he’d loved Ariel, too. They’re both broken. Too broken to do much else, maybe, but not for each other. No prison. No Guantanamo. No more of his room, with the bed facing the wall and his chair parked in a corner. Strapped down, sore and wounded. The ocean, and larks and kittens. And Cricket. His right arm scarcely works, but it flies upward, almost of its own accord, and lands on Cricket’s other shoulder. Through teary eyes, he gazes at the man, face blurry and beautiful. “We can go away,” he blurts, uninhibited. “Away. Me and you. No room. No doctors. We can live by the sea. Just us.”

Franklin has said such things before, to his therapists and anyone who would listen. The expectation is to be rejected out of hand, but Cricket just nods and in an instant they whirl up and away, the large Tell Atlas mountains carving up the distance. Erik would have made them a cabin, but Cricket is less powerful - teleporting two bodies through space has him breathing hard. Of course everyone should have anticipated this, but fortunately the deeply aware Charles and Erik have a small line-in to them that lets them know when it actually becomes a matter of safety and intervention.

"Just us," he whispers back. "I get lost, sometimes," he makes sure to tell him. It feels important. The doctors and the room can be a source of great frustration, but somewhere Cricket knows it's to keep them safe. "If I. Get lost, can't help. Can't care right . We have family now. They'll help. They promised. We can go, anywhere. I --" he fumbles for Franklin's hand. "Need doctors. Sometimes. But they promised. Free, with help. No prison. The mountains and the sea. Dream-places."

Franklin is almost giddy, despite himself, when they find themselves nestled on a beautiful mountain peak. It’s chilly up here, but the view is spectacular. The sea shimmers in the moonlight below and the stars overhead. It’s breezy and alive with noise and colors, even in the dark. Oh, to breathe cool mountain air again, by the sea, with Cricket…. Ah. Doctors. Yes, he hadn’t considered that he needs them, too, when he’d asked Cricket to take them away.

“Oh,” he murmurs, momentarily distracted by the hand in his. “Yes. I have two doctors and four nurses,” he explains. “Crippled, you know. Can’t do anything. Can’t eat, even. Yogurt and eggs in the morning, chicken, broccoli, and rice at night. Or the tube in my nose. Or I don’t eat at all and they put it in my veins,” he grimaces. “Did that for a long time.” He sighs, frustrated. Why must he need doctors? How nice it would be to live up here in the mountains, with Cricket. “Other Charles….he lives with Erik? Where?”

Cricket shakes his head vehemently. "No more tube. I won't let them. I will feed you. Pastries and ice cream and pancakes and boureka. You liked mint and tomato. Then you liked potato, and zucchini," he rattles off, taking deep breaths between halting words as the more he speaks the worse his throat tightens up. He presses through it, intense in his determination. Mustering up the dregs of his energy, they wind up outside of the Townhouse. Just like their room, it's much bigger inside.

"There's Charles and Erik and David and the twins and Ailo," he counts off, beaming. "And sometimes Cricket and Franklin, too. Oh," he gasps as he recalls. "Charles said. Some day. Hospital place. Has some houses. We can make a little house. By the sea. Close to help, but just-us. First, stable and healthy. Used to the new place. Then some therapy for occupation. Then we can," Cricket surmises in his addled, simplistic manner. It is reminiscent of what he's been told, but it's apparent now that he abjectly refuses to disengage from his love.

“Mmm…” Franklin remembers now all the lovely things that his Erik made him, way back when. Fruit and vegetables and spices. No meat, but he didn’t miss it. After years of flavorless chicken and rice and horrible, stinky broccoli, he would be grateful for Cricket’s assistance. “A house?” he asks softly, eyes wandering about the townhouse before them. It’s on a dark street, but there are lights on inside the townhouse. Cozy. Warm. “We get to have a house…yes. I want a house. Just us. You and me.”


“Darling, I think that Cricket is running out of steam,” Charles tells his husband gently. He’s already in bed, pajama-clad and leaned back against the headboard with a book in hand while Erik returns from checking on David. They both feel the presence of the two men outside, but Charles can feel Cricket’s weariness like an anvil. When the two stole off to the beach, they were momentarily alarmed, but Cricket is faring well. Charles knows that Erik would never let anything happen to either of them; should Cricket’s mutation fail, Erik could catch them both before they hit the ground. But, Charles doesn’t want him to over-exert. And Franklin’s health is still delicate. “Perhaps they could use a hand.”

Cricket grins hugely when the house picked begins to weave itself together in the background, purely responsive to Franklin's desire. Inside, Erik helps David lift up beside them and tucks him close, eyes unfocusing as he realizes how vast some sort of problem is. Outside, Cricket continues to adjust. "Can't make it perfect," Cricket says with a short shake. "But similar. To you. People who don't want to. Skeptical people," he explains incoherently. "Losing his life in a line-up instead of waiting, trusting?"

Usually Erik makes some kind of sense, but this is more a product of being snapped into the multiverse. With too many options, Cricket hums and loses the track a little. A descent into madness, tethered only by Franklin. Erik bolsters them both from outside. "There we are," Erik explains with a gentle smile. "Better off, I think," he taps his temple. "He's able to connect to the Expanse, which is a likely cause for his instability," Erik warns, soft. "Franklin is helping him to stay grounded. They really are finding ways to help one another. Isn't that amazing?"

Franklin hasn't the faintest idea what Cricket is referring to, but he decides that it doesn't matter. He knows that he himself isn't always understood by others or even himself, so if Cricket finds his mind drifting to some far off plane, that's okay. They're all on Jupiter, after all. Stranger things have happened, sense is relative and only one mode of thought. "I want the house to be all windows," he decides. In the Time Before, he'd typically think these things through, but it's nary impossible for him to consider anything more than what is immediately in front of him, so he just says. The nurses didn't like it when he talked too much, but Cricket doesn't seem to mind.

"All windows, but not too hot. Or too cold. Just right. Lagom. Birds and insects and plants all around. Hear the waves. Music! I want music there, too. Didn't get to listen to music in the room. Or read books. Can't hold books," he adds, frowning. "Maybe you can make the books float for us?" Charles, like Erik, stays closely tuned in to the pair. They've already alerted the staff at Reyda that the two are safe and that they'll intervene where needed, but it seems that they're...okay. Cricket is like Erik in that he can't hope to deny a request from Franklin, and Charles, though skeptical of Franklin's ability to comprehend his surroundings, is encouraged by his relative calm. "And Cricket is trying to show him that life here will be pleasant,"he nods. "It's interesting. Franklin's brain damage and Cricket's pathology manifest in entirely different ways, but it seem that they're able to communicate."

Erik, from his spot on the bed with David and Charles tucked into either side, does his part to help Cricket to achieve what he desires to make after he has worn himself out through energy consumption. The result is a simple dwelling, much embedded in such a concept as just-right, erected side-by-side to the Townhouse where Ariel and Charlie used to live. Erik had eventually deconstructed their home, but now a new building pops up as easily as breathing. With windows wide and vast, bright colors and wood mixed with plants and splashed graffiti. The furniture is all sleek and modern, artistic in blocks of various shapes and sizes.

The books all hover in place, and Cricket sways, feet dangling from the ground as the two of them float on inside. "Music," he repeats playfully, and an old-style gramophone emits modern tracks with ease. "Music and floating books. A nice house," he decides with a nod. Out front a giant oak tree crops up, gardens in geometrical patterns. Thought made manifest into impulse and action, as far as the eye can see. Just down the pathway is a reoriented landscape, where the two can see the shore and pebbles along the coast. As far as Charles recalls they don't live near the beach, but it seems Erik has brought it to them, a more flashy display of pure raw power.

"It appears we have some new neighbors," Erik laughs a little. Maybe it's better this way, giving them their own place where they can live freely amongst themselves and the chirping animals all around. There's no real need to be stuck in Reyda, is there? Erik can ensure the medical staff are transported when necessary, that there's a hub which connects them back to the hospital if they need. Erik surreptitiously adds such a door, a dimensional rift that should they enter, will lead them into that same hallway.

"Freedom," he repeats softly to himself. "With help. I've noticed at times Cricket tends to get his memories all mixed up, but he has now more ability to engage in functional pursuits. Gardening, cooking, even after only a day he's better able to do those things. Whereas Franklin has more awareness and short-term memory, but his impulses and emotions are less regulated. It's an odd kind of harmony," he has to laugh. Because, well, the Expanse must have accounted for this somehow.

Charles rests his head on Erik's shoulder as he observes the creation of Cricket and Franklin's new home from the vantage point of Erik's mind. It's an incredible structure, assembled from the ether. Connected to Reyda and Aramida via a portal door, as both of them still require regular care, but a place of their own. The two of them have spent enough time in hospitals and institutions, haven't they? What a gift, to have a home while still mere steps away from support. "You've done it again, my dear," Charles muses fondly. "They'll love it." Franklin does love it indeed. His eyes are saucers as he takes in the new space, their home, evidently. Just hours ago, he was strapped into his chair and parked against the wall, unable to even move his head enough to see the door behind him. Now, he's in the most beautiful house he's ever seen, with glass walls that enable a view of the rocky coastline, books, music, plants....

It reminds him of the home that he once shared with Erik. As husbands. A home full of light and tiny creatures that skittered about. There was a little possum....glider? Candy glider? Sugar glider? He can't remember the species exactly, but he knows that her name was Nellie. She lived with them, and liked to sit on his lap while he read in the sun. Tears prick his eyes again, tears of longing. He misses those days with Nellie and Erik and hope for the future. While staring at the wall in his old room, he'd think of them often, trying desperately not to forget what it felt like to have wind on his face and sunshine on his skin. A tender kiss in his hair.

The other Charles has no hair; maybe his Erik gave him too many kisses and it all fell off. But this isn't bad. No, it's good. It's great. They're together, he and Cricket. Maybe they can invite more little animals and sit in the sun and Cricket can help him read and kiss his hair (but maybe not so much that it falls off). Now, the tears are those of appreciation. He can't spread his arms and grip Cricket in a tight hug as he wants to. When he tries, his right arm flails a little while the left twitches pathetically, so he gives up. "Can't hug you, but I want to," he blubbers, overcome. "Love you. Cricket and Franklin, you and me. Love you. You did this for me. Saved me."

Cricket rectifies this as quickly as he recognizes Franklin's desire, helping him to move his arms so he can if-not squeeze tight at least feel hugged and gathered up. His own arms don't work very well either, but the gift of the modified suppressor allows his mutation to fill in the gaps. His own eyes well up as he realizes not for the first time that he's home. Home, not stuck in a room. Not lost in a cage of glass and plastic. No cruel guards posted outside. Just Cricket and Franklin. "And we can have a Watson," he laughs, and the smallest, tiniest skunk appears in a flourish on Franklin's shoulder. Skunks are fairly reviled as a species but they're incredibly emotive and smart. Most that are kept as pets have their scent glands removed but this one doesn't, Cricket sees no need for that. A friend. "She can be Watson," he explains and helps Franklin to lift his finger to draw it carefully over her desperately tiny head.

Franklin squeezes his eyes when he's hugged so tightly, inhaling Cricket's scent. He smells like...soap. Not like his Erik, but not bad. Soap is a good smell. Maybe now that they live here, he can smell like Erik again. Or like Cricket. Like whatever Cricket smells like when they live here. His room smelled like antiseptic. He hopes he doesn't stink like antiseptic. "Watson," he gasps between racking sobs. "Yes. Watson, Cricket, and Franklin. Triple helix, not double. Maybe on Jupiter, DNA is triple," he murmurs, a vague, strange attempt at a joke. "My father knew Rosalind Franklin, you know. She was the smart one."

"You told me. Once. You are named for her!" Cricket grins, recalling the time that his own Charles informed him of such. It's ironic that now he really is named for her. Of course it had been a white lie, something repeated from childhood without thought, but Erik has always had a rather unusual approach to lying, anyway. Cricket doesn't know better for the moment, but even if he did, he wouldn't care. To him it's merely a curiosity, whereas someone else might be offended. Erik, in all forms, utterly lacks the same processes that most use to judge others. All that really matters to every version that every Charles has ever encountered is that they're safe and happy. With one another, the prime ideal.

Cricket takes Franklin's hand, moving them right up to the window to watch a flock of seagulls shoot by in bright, chirping squawks. "Erik said. He said we have a new friend, too. A Song, a whale! She can talk and lives in Jinyani, a big Ferris wheel, and cotton candy," he rambles on tangentially himself, essentially just listing things that he thinks might be fun or interesting. "And we can go to Diamond Head. A huge volcano. But inert," his unoccupied arm swings forward in an attempt to gesture wide. His eyes land on Franklin beside and he brushes fingers through his hair, now soft and lush after Erik helped. He thinks that it hasn't been kissed enough, though, and darts forward to bump his lips against the top of his head.

Uncoordinated, with a sweep of warmth to compensate that shoots all through the parts he can still feel. "My love," he rasps wetly. "So lucky. Lucky me, a home and my love and little Watson. Did you meet my baby??? My little one," he says and before them a portrait of David pops into existence. In it he's playing alongside Erik, the man's long braids clutched between the boy's grasping fingers. They're wearing twin expressions of concentration over a large block puzzle. "His little one. He took. I gave. To keep safe. Safe and happy. My brother. My son," he whispers. "My love."

Franklin's head falls to Cricket's shoulder. The two have no idea that their position mirrors that of Charles and Erik, just a little way's down the road in the townhouse. Charles's head on Erik's shoulder, Franklin's on Cricket's. Charles can hold his head up and move his arms and hold things. Franklin can't. Maybe that should make him sad, but maybe it doesn't matter so much. Not anymore. Not with Cricket. Little one? Franklin's eyes widen when the portrait appears before him. Even he and his unreliable brain can see that the little one looks like him.

Blue eyes, chestnut hair, a button nose. But in a way, he looks like Erik, too. Like Cricket. His heart gives a little thump. Baby. Cricket has a baby. Does that mean he has a baby, too? "The baby lives here," he whispers, smiling. "Oh. Erik was a good dad. To the twins. Pietro and Wanda. Too little time." Indeed, just a week after Pietro and Wanda appeared in their lives, Erik was dead. "What happened?" he asks softly. "Your Charles. My Erik, he died. Shot. Dove in front of a bullet, through his head and his heart. No time to save himself." More tears well up at the corners of his eyes. "Then a war. I won. Then I lost. Lucky I'm a cripple."

Cricket's tears fall down his cheeks, too, in perfect tandem. His chest tightens with a jolt, and he peppers little nudging kisses all over Franklin's cheek. "So sorry," he repeats, touching at his back and shoulders in a flutter. "So sorry. Me, too. Died. My loves," he warbles softly. "Suh--uh, Schmidt. Stryker. Trask. Shooting my loves. Babies. A big pit. No powers. Guns. Held you. Stayed in the pit. You couldn't feel. Now you can feel. You can feel?" he checks roughly. "So sorry. No more bullets. Keep the guns away. Keep them away, I promise." 

"I couldn't feel," Franklin repeats, eyes closing. He's not a telepath any longer, but, as a partner to Cricket, to Erik, it's as if the pain is his own. Familiar, searing. He wishes that he could hold Cricket. Closeness is okay, too. "I can feel some. Face. Shoulders. Soreness," he admits, wry. "Sores all over. Could feel them on my back and arms. But not...not the pit. I don't feel the pit," he adds, understanding vaguely that that's where Cricket's fear resides. "Better now. You fixed my glands."

The reminder causes Cricket to smile. That's right, he did, didn't he? With Erik's help. But he guided and checked. He found the problems and knew what to do. "They look nice, now. And your heart, my favorite part," he adds sagely. "I will help to fix. The pain and sores. Make it better. No more pain, no more. No more pits and death. You are for me and I am for you. Love. So sorry. It hurts. Me, too. Hurts me. We had. A little village. Hospital. But nice. With lanterns. We can't let them take the lanterns away. Time to. Destroy. Faggot island of mutie freaks," he repeats in a rough twist. "Skinny queer Jew. No, no more bad words. No more. I don't like them. I'm not sick. Not sick... we have love. Love and Watson. A nice island. Not freaks."

"Skinny queer Jew. Mutant terrorist cripple. Lucky I'm a cripple," Franklin murmurs with a nod. Somehow, they've emerged here nursing similar wounds. "We'll keep the lanterns. Make the lanterns now," he demands with a smile. "Green and yellow and blue lanterns in the house and around outside. That will be nice, won't it?" His eyes flutter shut, and then he frowns. "My heart. Yes. Heart failure, they said. Cardiomypathy. Tax payers are fronting my medical bills, it's a damn shame," he rattles. "A medical nightmare. Too crippled."

"No," Cricket shakes his head sharply. "Not too much. I know it hurts. Can't move good. But not too crippled. Lagom. Your heart is just the right size. Your arteries and veins, so perfect! See?" Cricket shows him his own heart, beating steadily. "And in here. Perfect. For me." He brushes at Franklin's temple. "No taxes on Genosha," he remembers with a sly grin. All around them paper lanterns pop up in ornamental shapes, lit from within by single candles that burn safely (with a watchful eye by Erik across the way, of course). Splashes of green and blue mixed with blazing yellow and orange in alternating patterns.

Franklin opens his eyes up to see the dancing colors overhead, refracted candlelight amidst paper lanterns. Beautiful. So many colors. No grey. The color of cement; that's what his room was. Cement and toothpaste forever. His chair facing the wall all day. They wouldn't move the window down, no matter how nicely he asked. He'd begun to forget what color looked like. White clothes on the nurses, toothpaste on him. Cement everything else. White, toothpaste, cement. "For you. I'm for you and you're for me," he repeats Cricket's phrase from earlier. "Lagom." A small sniffle. "You won't be upset?" he asks softly. "I can't do anything. Sit in the chair all day, that's it. You'll be bored and sad and then you'll want to leave."

Cricket just laughs. "No, I'll help you. Whatever you want to do. Go swimming in beaches or bungee jumping or racecar driving. We can, but I like here, too. Nice. Serene. Soft. That's nice, too. We can fly around or watch movies. We have millions of movies! Wanda gave me it, iPad. From the future. You're Lilo and I'm Stitch. And not just me. You, too. Science and lectures and planting little carrots. And missions. To find the best tea shop. And, and it's OK. If we have problems. It's OK. You can't move good and I can't remember things. But I can do cooking and you remember the year. 1954," he tries valiantly. "You help me and I help you. Promise."

1954…Franklin does remember it. A PhD at MIT after three years at Oxford (different to both Erik and Cricket’s reality; if only slightly). A debate club and a tall, handsome man with a brace around his hand and a secret in his heart. A date; not Aiofe’s but Niamh’s. Aoife’s sister came to the United States instead. And then a whirlwind of fluttering stomachs and pregnant pauses. Stolen kisses in a car, lazy evenings in bed. 1954. “Perry Como on the jukebox. Erik didn’t like beer but had three. So we could keep talking all night,” Franklin says softly. “Okay. You take me to the tea shop and plant carrots. I’ll remember 1954.” It’s a deal, promised in love and devotion. And for the first time since that bullet tore through his husband’s brain stem, Franklin thinks that he feels hopeful. 


Across the way, Erik burrows his way into his Charles, concealing his own wobbly expression at the pure and simple ease with which their new neighbors have managed to find one another. They both held reservations on the matter, but it looks like Ailo's seat of the pants philosophy is once more supreme as they've cobbled together an effective communication methods in less than a day that as far as Erik can tell induce greater stability within them both.

It'll certainly become a factor of their treatment, he suspects. Both were living lives they thought static and unchanging in deep, brutal misery. But now there is hope, and such stark suffering is soothed down. Eased. It hurt his heart terribly to see what Franklin had endured, but Cricket was on the money. He, more than anyone else in this world, knows how to help. Erik can only imagine that will bolster his confidence and self-esteem.

“I know,” Charles whispers with a smile on his voice. Neither telepathy nor spoken communication is necessary. He knows what Erik is pleased about just from the way he nuzzles close. They had been nervous, both concerned for their counterparts’ wellbeing. Franklin has extreme frontal lobe dysfunction and Cricket severe amnesia. It’s not unthinkable that the two would send each other further into their respective conditions, creating a dangerous environment for them both. But, they haven’t. Cricket is taking excellent care of Franklin, and Franklin is, perhaps unwittingly, keeping Ceicket tethered. The Expanse is, once more, correct. Harmony and symmetry. I’m proud of them. Happy for them. They each have a shot at happiness, don’t they?”

"Seeing him in that place," Erik says, peeking up to brush his knuckles down Charles's cheek. He had been the more optimistic of the duo, but he knows a large part of that was blind faith in his husband. He wasn't sure of the real specifics and felt somewhat clueless at first glance. He knows Charles went through similar with Cricket, at times so incredibly lost and disoriented and in pain that nothing reached him. "It hurt. It makes me feel anger at his Erik. I know it isn't rational. He did exactly what I would have done. But he didn't stay. Couldn't help. It's strange. I feel it, like I'm a continuation of him. Like his feelings exist after death, blaming himself. I suppose that is crazy, hm?"

“That is the most Erik thing to ever feel,” Charles huffs breathlessly, both humor and anguish in his voice. “Anger at him—at yourself—for dying. A bullet went through his brain. He died instantaneously. There is nothing he could have done, my love, to help Franklin. He saved his life. Franklin would be dead if he hadn’t done what he did. What would you say if I told you I was angry at Cricket’s Charles? For lying there, paralyzed and helpless, as his family died?”

Erik shakes his head, nudging yet another kiss to Charles's temple. "I would say... to try and respect how very brave he was. How much he cared. He had the option of escaping, actually. He could have lived, but he went back. Wanted to find them. To be with them, as long as possible. He died exactly as he lived, taking care of Cricket. He never broke his promise. Even when he could do nothing but die, he faced it. And it is why Cricket lived. Trask and Stryker let him live, to be cruel. Because Charles died. Otherwise they would have killed him on the spot."

Charles smiles sadly, giving Erik a squeeze. “And that’s how Franklin’s husband died, too. Protecting the love of his life. He’s a hero, isn’t he? Goodness, Franklin’s Erik and Cricket’s Charles were actually looking out for the two of them now, weren’t they? His Erik saved his life, and now he’s here for Cricket. And Cricket’s Charles died for Cricket to live, so now he’s here for Franklin.” He gently strokes David’s soft hair. “We’ll always look out for each other. That brings me comfort. That in every universe, Charles is taking care of not just his Erik, but all of them. And vice versa. How lucky we are, to be us.” 

"Every once in a while I think I have an understanding of the Expanse, and then it gets turned on its head," Erik says, fussing with David's blanket. How fortunate they are indeed, and how grateful he is that he can just exist in these gentle moments with two beings he loves beyond all reason. The force of such love, he has to wonder, to cross space and time itself to perpetuate. "A force built into the very fabric of the Expanse itself," he muses aloud, his mind filling up with equations and theorems.

"I couldn't have imagined that this would be my life, you know. I remember, sometimes, what Ariel and Charlie said. Before they died. How they had no regrets, no guilt. That they'd do everything again, the exact same. I didn't understand for a long time. Still don't, sometimes. To live without remorse is quite alien to me. And I do not want to suggest that the people I hurt served some grand purpose to propel me toward the wonder of my existence now. But as we grow older every year I gain more comprehension. They didn't want to spend their last days wishing for something different. They wanted to live, fully. To love, fully. Even though they're gone. They're looking out for us, too. Still teaching us."

“We should strive to be students forever,” Charles agrees with a small smile. “Open to what the Expanse has to teach us. I was so mired in grief and worry about your own health that I could scarcely pay attention to what Ariel and Charlie were telling us. I probably wouldn’t have understood anyway.” Charles grips Erik’s hand in his own. “I’m learning, too. Franklin makes me uncomfortable, I’ll admit. But not as uncomfortable as Charlie did. I’m catching up to you,” he smirks.

“But I’ve learned a lot since we met Charlie. How to accept, be content. Relinquish control, where warranted. We’ve come so far, haven’t we? From speaking at university societies, trying to recruit young people to our cause,” he chuckles. “Oh, that’s the night it all changed, isn’t it? We were in Middlebury, when Moira and Gabby approached us, invited us for coffee. Goodness. The first evening of the rest of our lives.”

Erik lets his eyes close, recalling with perfect clarity the evening, warm rain outside of the small cafe. Erik snorts a bit as he remembers how Charles was irritated with him for his comments in support of pragmatic violence. He's since well-proven himself more on the pacifist end of things, but he understands why Charles was uncomfortable. Erik was always a radical, with a history of soldiering and conflict. It made sense that Charles was worried that he would end up more like Sayid, especially given how close he and Sayid once were. But Sayid engaged in reckless destruction, the killing of innocents.

Erik could not support it, and after Genosha became a reality, having a centralized location from where he could operate with unfettered power made him shockingly merciful. He doesn't usually need to kill or maim, even in the worst of circumstances. Over the last twenty years, he's only killed two. Two too many. Ivanov still gets to him at times, and neither is he out of the woods with that, too. Elias Baar, Marc Spector and Carmen Pryde are still helping him work through that one. The tides of the International Criminal Court run slow, so they've seen less interference from it, but the case against Erik is still ongoing much to their dismay. Erik understands, though. He shouldn't have done it, and defending himself isn't natural. Elias has encouraged him many times over to avoid taking responsibility publicly, to avoid making admissions of guilt.

But he is guilty. Elias has since outlined his strategy presenting Erik as some type of battered person, who was criminally insane at the time. Being open about all that Ivanov had done to the rest of the world is a source of great discomfort that Erik doesn't feel right about doing. But he listens when Charles tells him to comply with the lawyers, knowing he can still do greater good from outside a prison cell. Just another reason he has zero standing to judge Franklin, who by his own admission had not killed anyone. Erik does his best to push the thoughts out. I still recall how blindsided I was when we found out they were CIA. I suppose I should have known. Moira MacTaggert is brash enough to run the entire executive branch. He smirks.

“She is. I would vote for her if she ran, let me tell you,” Charles chuckles, twining his fingers through David’s hair. “I know she is an enemy of ours in some universes, but I’m glad she’s a friend here. And glad that Gabby and I were evidently more than friends in some universes, lest we be without our little love bug here, hmm?” So many changes. So many things could have been different. How lucky, brilliantly lucky, they are to have the life that they do. “I think Odysseus was right, you know? Sometimes. People who have had great journeys are so fortunate when they can look back at even the most difficult moments with appreciation.”

Erik has to laugh. "You and Gabby, I'll bet Raven had a conniption. Adorable." They've had their ups and downs over the years, having something of an on-again-off-again relationship that isn't mutually exclusive, but periodically quite explosive as two highly competent and head-strong (stubborn, Charles fills in) individuals. For his part, Charles has never known Erik to be jealous even privately for their entire association. Many emotions he's gained more awareness of over the years, but jealousy eludes him. After all, every relationship is different and special and unique. Love simply isn't a finite resource, and is not diminished when applied to more than one person. In his failed attempts at dating before Charles, he had some vague awareness that this actually caused offense.

The perception that Erik didn't care enough about them to be jealous. He isn't quite sure on that. But Erik's confidence in the specialness of their bond and the uniqueness of their connection is such that he is simply more apt to feel compersion than toxic resentment. He is incredibly grateful that the Charles of Cricket's world found a companion in Gabby, not only because it resulted in the light of their life nudged in between them but because that Charles deserved as much happiness as possible, too.

Though, it's with regret that he remembers that Gabby left her son, which never fails to raise Erik's ire. Their Gabby, true to Charles's estimate, was decidedly more fascinated by the boy, as she never anticipated having a child before. Erik knows from Raven that they've more seriously discussed such things in the aftermath, and she's even come over a few times to play alongside him. She doesn't view herself as his mother as much as that he and her share an unusual tie to one another.

“She did indeed have a conniption. Her anger lasted all of four minutes and disappeared entirely after she met her nephew,” Charles chuckles. “She spoils him rotten, you know. He came home from her house the other day covered in chocolate and with his pockets full of new toys. As if he doesn’t have enough.” Their life, their relationship is certainly unconventional. Hank once shyly asked Charles if he ever grew frustrated with Erik’s love for Charlie and all of the other Charleses they encountered over their trans-dimensional traversals. It’s not an invalid question, but it’s not something that ever really occurred to Charles before, either.

No, he doesn’t get jealous, nor does Erik get jealous in return. The love that they have for each other is a force greater than gravity; Charles has never once thought that Erik would betray it since they’ve been married. He also knows that he should not and will never be Erik’s only outlet for love. Love is something to be spread and shared and basked in, not hoarded for a single person. Smiling, Charles pulls the blankets tighter around the three of them, and then concentrates briefly on their new neighbors. “I’ve just made both Franklin and Cricket very tired,” he admits, because he himself is tired and could use some sleep. “Cricket is helping Franklin in to bed now. Can you make sure his body is positioned correctly? Then we can sleep, too.”

Erik sweeps out his senses to check on the two of them and in a mere blink of an eye they're both bundled up in bed, with Cricket gasping in surprise before settling down into Franklin's chest without hesitation. Pressing his ear to the man's heart which now beats easily and without any trouble at all. No more cardiomyopathy, he grins to himself. Erik takes great care to tuck them in, pressing soft blankets around them both and adjusting the temperature to be just right. Not too hot, or too cold. When he's satisfied, he wraps his Charles up in his arms with care to avoid jostling David, too, giving him a tight squeeze. Today has been one of the more intensive ones they've had over the last year, and getting enough rest is crucial.

They both fall asleep in short order.

Chapter 90: an ancient ivy-covered bole the Owl had claimed as her abode.

Chapter Text

Over the next week or so, they help Franklin and Cricket adjust to their brand new life, which is quite a bit bigger than they're both accustomed to. Erik invites them both over for Shabbat that Friday evening, an experience he expects Franklin hasn't had in many years. Along with Ailo, Raven and Carmen and Kitty Pryde, two people unfamiliar to Cricket but that Franklin does indeed remember. Carmen shows up about an hour early with several documents under his shoulder, pressing his fingertips to the mezuzah as he crosses the threshold of their lively Townhouse. David and Erik are both upstairs getting ready, so Carmen finds Charles and hands him the bottle of wine he's brought over. 

"Well, I'm liking the new collage made out of soda can tabs." He smirks, the tease lighthearted. It was completed with David and Charles as a bit of a silly activity, but it's surprisingly detailed for a four-year old, and Erik had been delighted to hang it up. "I come bearing news," he says, pressing his lips together a little grimly. In the two decades they've known one another of their friend group Carmen has aged most prolifically, now with a full head of white hair and an abundance of wrinkles, but his hazel eyes are just as sharp as ever.

It’s a busy but encouraging week. Charles spends more time on Genosha during the day than he usually does, helping Erik and the care teams from Reyda and Aramida settle Cricket and Franklin in. Franklin is still in delicate health and needs to temporarily follow a rather restricted diet as they introduce his system to new foods. It’s difficult to regulate; Franklin will declare that he wants a greasy cheese pizza, and Cricket’s knee-jerk reaction is to conjure one for him immediately. But, they’re getting there. Occupational therapists work with the pair as well to help them transition into a more independent living situation.

Franklin can’t do much on his own, so they spend more time with Cricket, leaning very heavily on his abilities. His motor control is still ungainly, but he’s able to do quite a lot even so thanks to his returned mutations. Their therapists and doctors retrieve them from their home whenever it’s time for an appointment, and the Reyda staff pops in every few hours to ensure that the two are faring well. So far, it works. Come Friday, Charles is looking forward to a big Shabbat dinner, with the ever-expanding family. Erik has lengthened their table to seat himself, Charles, David, the twins, Ailo, Dom, Daniel, Hank, Izzy, Janos, Carmen, Kitty, Raven, Magnus, and Cricket.

Sixteen people in total, gathered in their cozy home. Charles is downstairs at his desk when Carmen arrives early. The soda can collage hangs on the wall beside a framed photograph of the three of them: David is seated on Charles’s lap while Erik kneels beside his chair, arm around his shoulders. They’re all grinning broadly, even David thanks to Erik’s placement of a pair of tiger cubs beside the photographer. Carmen’s stolid expression is a touch concerning, and Charles raises a brow as he takes the bottle from the man. “Never a great greeting to hear from one’s lawyer,” Charles muses. “Go on.”

"Compared to Spector I am a delight, admit it," Carmen barks gruffly and bends over to give Charles a one-armed hug, never one to shy away from physical contact even during the early days of Charles's injury when everyone else handled him like glass. He straightens and hands Charles the documents. "Bit of a good-news, slightly-less great news situation. Elias managed to get his hands on some fairly damning documentation from George Maxon in exchange for upgraded privileges at the Hague. Don't ask how the fuck he accomplished that one."

Evidently time spent in close quarters with Spector had rubbed off on him. "Hellfire kept records. Pretty extensive ones, as you know, but most of them were destroyed with the facility which has made it difficult to prove exactly what Ivanov's role in the organization was. As far as we knew he wasn't an actual Nazi, basically one of Schmidt's... friends? The closest thing to a friend the man probably had, anyway. But there's a lot in there. Maxon had a ton of Erik's old files with him. Ivanov shows up frequently as a supervisory assistant starting here," he flips open the folder and points to a long section blocked with yellow highlighter in German.

"It's pretty much in line with our defense," Carmen says,"but the flip side is that the trial will be pushing forward very shortly. We'll have to transport Erik to the Hague, where he will be questioned as a defendant. The Prosecutor is a guy named David Alleyne. He's a mutant but I'm not sure what his mutation is. He's not open about it, but Ailo knew him from back in the day. Describes him as highly methodical, rigid, uncompromising.

He views Erik as a serious threat to global security, and he isn't shy about bringing this case as an attempt to curb his influence. A lot of our defense is going to hinge on things that are incredibly painful for your husband. I'm not going to mince words, it is a tactical strategy. The more we can demonstrate Ivanov's prior pattern of excessive abuse, the more we can contextualize Erik's actions as having occurred directly in response to aggression." Carmen slouches down into the couch as he talks and spreads his hands out in a wide gesture.

"One thing that is sort of a double edged sword is that Erik will have the ability to directly face his accuser and cross-examine them. I'm not sure how to use this information, though. He's highly intelligent and very good at constructing an argument. But I've also seen him when his past gets brought up, he loses functionality very quickly. It might be better to play this traditionally."

Charles pushes the manuscript that he’s reviewing to the side to allow Carmen to set the thick file down atop his desk. The case trial has been slow; Erik’s lawyers have been crafting a defense that isn’t incredibly elegant, but it’s one that they all agree will weather the scrutiny better than other avenues. But as the case has mounted, Charles has grown increasingly anxious. Erik has resumed his post as Prime Minister, a move which has raised eyebrows across the world. The transition from psychiatric patient to Prime Minister was exceptionally quick, and many now believe that Erik’s lengthy stint at Reyda was a ploy to give credibility to his defense. Charles frowns down at the highlighted text, which he can somewhat understand.

“I see,” he murmurs, scanning for keywords. die Ausbildung is a word that he recognizes. “I could find out more about Alleyne,” Charles says after a moment, tapping his temple to indicate his methodology. “If we’re aware of the types of questions that he will ask, we can prepare Erik for them. I’m less worried about Erik losing touch with reality than I had been, but I don’t want him to be blindsided.” His stomach twists a little. “I’ll share this information with him after dinner. I think it’s best he sees all this quickly. Allow him to decide what he wants to do.”

"That's a good idea," Carmen nods. "I didn't want to shove all this on you without warning, but the sooner we are all on the same page the better, in my not-so-humble opinion. Any information you can gather about Alleyne will be to our benefit, and likely help us with the finer details as well. Telepathy is prohibited in the Court, though, for obvious reasons. So I'm not sure you'll be able to get through to him, but it can't hurt to try. One thing I do know is that even though he's obviously not partial to Erik, he doesn't play dirty. I know you both have had your share of run-ins with corrupt officials. As far as we know, Alleyne doesn't fit that definition. He thinks he's doing the right thing. But frankly, I suspect he's afraid of Erik. The man represents a kind of mystery threat that personifies the issue of unchecked power. He isn't anti-mutant by a long shot, but Sayid changed the atmosphere around offensive use of mutations a long time ago. You ought to be careful with those, too. There are some photographs which are fairly disturbing. We have other materials, but I redacted them - didn't see the fucking point, it's bad enough. Some of this is --"

Carmen's lips twist. He's been at this game for a long time, and spent a few painful years at Auschwitz himself. Carmen is not a man easily fazed by anything, which only solidifies just how miserable their evidentiary collection has been. "Not that I should be saying this, but I'm glad the bastard is dead. He deserved far more than a swift end."

“I just need to spend a minute in his presence at any time and I’ll know everything about him. We can do it tomorrow, even,” Charles tells Carmen, voice low. “I’m an expert. I’ve been able to bust through null fields in the past as well, but I suppose we don’t need to let them know that, hmm?” He grimaces then. Photographs are unnecessary, undeniably. As are graphic accounts. But even without that, Charles knows that this will be incredibly difficult for Erik. He’s done exceptionally well since his discharge from Reyda, but that doesn’t mean that it won’t hurt. Badly. “Erik regrets killing him how he did, but I believe you’re right. There are those who do not deserve to feel the relief of oxygen in their lungs.”

"Yeah, well, some people are built differently," Carmen smirks. "He feels bad stepping on an ant. My opinion, ants have value. Far as I can tell this guy did not. But I get it, it's not so simple. As far as a defense goes, I'll be the first to admit it's uneasy. But I do think we can't afford to rely on anything but the truth, unless you're liable to start changing hearts and minds. But globally? Make everyone forget about what happened? I dunno. Who is to say. I personally wouldn't like it, but I've become a lot less moralistic in my advanced age," he grins. " Carmen, bothering my husband again, I see?" Erik tromps downstairs, along with one very clean David. Of course Erik can blink and have him immediately washed up and dried, but sometimes it's nice to do things the old fashioned way. David himself adores the hot water. David marches right up to Carmen as though to silently convey that he'd better keep Erik out of prison.

Charles smiles at Carmen. He, too, has grown a lot less moralistic as the decades have passed. They’re not the young idealists they were on the first night they met, gathered around Erik’s dinner table. It’s a positive thing that there is an implicit understanding that, should the judge pass down a less than favorable verdict, Charles will step in. His husband will not be punished for killing a nazi. The patter of David’s feet announce their arrival before the two come in to view.

David is clean and wearing corduroy pants, a soft orange sweater, and a kippah with little tigers embroidered into the fabric. As Charles has no religion himself, they’ve agreed that David will be raised at least culturally Jewish. His Aba, Tate, and birth mother are Jewish, after all, and he’s half-Israeli by blood. He’ll of course be allowed to practice or not practice whichever tradition he chooses when he’s old enough to decide for himself, but Charles thinks that it’s lovely that his son will grow up with a cultural identity.

“Harassing me, more like,” Charles lilts, shutting the file on his desk before tugging Erik down for a kiss. “We have some information that we’d like to discuss a bit later,” he tells him. “Nothing horrible, it will probably help your case. But something that we shouldn’t dwell on during Shabbat.”

"Ahhh! Look who it is," Carmen beams, transforming very abruptly before their eyes from grim lawyer to kindly family friend - even if no one in their right mind would ever describe the man as kindly. "Atah mamshich lilmod Ivrit?" he arcs his eyebrows and produces a small cloth sack tied with twine containing a fair bit of candy. Bribery, a time honored tradition in the Pryde home.

"Hebrew and Yiddish, eh, mayn lemele," he accompanies the speech with their appropriate signs. He peeks over at the hefty file and frowns at it, sifting unconsciously through its contents. "Ah, well, I think you're right. Shabbat shalom, Carmen. Kitty on her way, too?"

"Oh, yeah. She's a menace, honestly. Have a little bit of a health scare now I'm forbidden from eating a good steak. Izzy was right. If I have to live on rabbit food I'd rather perish," he jokes dryly.

"Scare?" Erik nudges, whispering softly. Every once in a while reminded that Carmen won't be spared the rigors of aging. Neither will Daniel.

"Oh, it's no big deal. The doctor said it was angina. Gave me pills for it. You're lucky, Lehnsherr. But I'm glad it's you. Living forever sounds supremely horrid. Nope, I'm comfortable having one lifetime." He claps his friend on the shoulder.

People gradually begin to trickle in, with Dom and Ailo showing up next and bearing gifts as well (David makes out like a bandit, naturally). Dominikos Petrakis is less known to the family, but he's fit in quite well. He stands tall beside his now-seated partner, built like a linebacker and serious in expression. Charles knows the appearances can be deceiving. He's a gentle individual, authoritative and calm, but he speaks quietly and doesn't pull his punches.

Self-described as boring, Ailo just elbows him and corrects that he's nice. They're a good fit, with an easily mutual understanding, and very low-stress. An investment in caring for their relationship independently of one another.

It's a difficult reminder. Carmen, Teri, and Daniel are humans, as are Moira and Gabby. As they all age through their 50s and look to their 60s, the humans among them are certainly displaying the telltale signs of aging. Wrinkles, greying hair, health scares. Charles knows that there will be a day, just a handful of decades away, when their Shabbat table will no longer seat their human friends. A painful, hard truth, but one that he expects will become easier to bear with time. Carmen voices the collective opinion it seems; none among them wish to live forever.

Indeed, it will be much harder on those that they leave behind. But, it's crucial to enjoy the time they have together, and so Charles does, greeting human and mutant alike with a hug and greeting of Shabbat shalom. Pietro volunteers to check up upon Franklin and Cricket, and shortly after Ailo and Dom sneak Brazilian chocolate bars into David's pockets, the three appear in the middle of their living room.

"Shabbat Shalom," Franklin says immediately, already looking healthier than he did when he first arrived. He's seated in a hoverchair with back and neck support, but he appears to have a warmer color to his skin, healthier hair, and eyes that don't appear so far-off. "Can't carry anything on Sabbath! Does it count if the chair carries me?"

Cricket grins and zooms up to David for a tight squeeze. "I will carry you," he declares, drawing laughter from the rest. It's no secret that the both of them look a great deal healthier and more content as they gradually become accustomed to their new reality. "And you, too, my jumping bean," he tells David as the little boy floats right up so Cricket can deposit a kiss in his ginger strands. He holds up a hand and produces a very small flame, molecular acceleration touching on the edges of his bare capacity. "Not allowed to make fire, electricity, draw, rip paper," Cricket recites, swaying from side-to-side.

"I will not tell if you don't," Erik says with a smirk, tapping the side of his nose.

Another flourish alerts them to Magnus's arrival, with Louis perched faithfully on his shoulder, a steadfast companion. Over the last two years he's grown tall like a reed, hair now a mess of wild curls in an average length around his ears. One of them is shaped differently to the other, just like Erik and Cricket, and his hand now has a sleek black turnbuckle brace encompassing each finger. Compared to the other Eriks he's a great deal thinner, gangly limbs slightly awkward under their own auspices. "Another me!" he laughs heartily. "And another Charles," he flounces over for a hug. "Look," he holds out a small framed poster for the table's perusal, espousing Magnus Lehnsherr as Willy Loman in Death of a Salesman. "I got the part!" he crows happily.

Erik's brows arch. They've seen Magnus act, though, so it's less strange to them all that he managed to succeed at casting for a character several decades older than himself.

Cricket runs his fingers over the laminate, utterly fascinated. "You are. Actor?" He tilts his head.

"It's my first big production. Not with Play Group this time, see?" He taps the logo for Hudson Stage Company. "They were nervous. Because I'm just a kid. But I did it," he grins proudly. "I have an agent now."

Charles is always delighted to see Magnus, feeling a deeply paternal connection with the young version of Erik. He's a much, much different person than he was when he arrived in Erik's hospital room two years ago, torn to shreds and skeletal. Plucked directly from Auschwitz. Now, after two years of good nutrition and loving care, he's nearly as tall as Erik. Still thin, but many teenagers are. "I knew you would get the part," Charles beams, wheeling over to pull the young man down for a hug.

"I cannot wait to see it on opening night. Reserve a few front row seats for us, hmm? You'll be brilliant." Franklin is staring at the young man, eyes travelling between Cricket, Erik, and Magnus. They've not yet told him about Magnus, and it's clear that he's confused.

"One, two, three Eriks," he breathes, head tilted slightly where it rests against the headrest. "A kid. You're a kid. Kid Erik. Oh, so skinny. Where are your spanakopitas? Eat them all, you're too thin! My thin little Erik."

Charles smiles blithely. Franklin's injured frontal lobe means that he will often say whatever crosses his mind, even those things that others would typically keep to themselves. "Magnus, this is Franklin. We brought him here last week, he's still getting used to life here."

Magnus has heard about this new Charles, so he doesn't seem surprised by the comment and he wouldn't be offended even if he were, he just grins back and a whole plate of spinach pastries appears on Franklin's lap. "I heard those are your favorite. Mine, too," he says sotto-voice like it's a secret. This version of Erik is different from the others Franklin has encountered over the years. Expressive, like Ariel, but without the weight of sadness and despair that periodically intruded on him and which does for Cricket and Erik as well. He laughs easily, delighted at all the little things around him. The paper lanterns and kitsch furniture. The hugs and cups of coffee.

This is Cricket's first time meeting Magnus, too, and his eyes tear up a little. "A tiny me?" he floats over (Cricket has foregone the wheelchair he used to sit in these days, since he can't use it manually and it's heavier than just lifting himself.) "Hurt???" he pets at Magnus's chest. "Oh! Oh, no. No. Had the whip. I'm sorry. Sorry." His gaze is fixed on Magnus's bare arms, covered in rows of deep scar tissue, which he'd forgotten to roll down upon entering the house after being outside in Genosha's balmy afternoon prior.

He hastily does so and shakes his head. "It's OK," he says gently. "I'm OK. Not hurt," he promises. "I don't hurt. I have family," he grins. "And friends. Look how many Charleses! Oh, look," he plucks off his kippah which is splashed in graffiti-style art of luminescent astronauts. "See? Very cute."

Franklin's eyes light up when the pastries appear on his lap. His arms are far less functional than Charles's; his left is nestled in a curved armrest on his chair to keep it in place, but his right is freer. He can't really use it, but he can move it, and delights in doing so, even as he knocks the plate accidentally with his clumsy hand. One of the Eriks in the room prevents it from hitting the floor. "Cute," he agrees, smiling at the kippah.

"You're cute. You're so cute," he prattles. There are stars in his eyes, evidently smitten by this young version of his love. Just as Charles is. "Look at you. Tall and skinny and an actor! An actor. Erik wasn't an actor, but he should have been. Played a character every day. Prime Minister Lehnsherr. Hmm. That mutie anarchist husband of yours, slippery as they come." It's another line that he'd been fed.

Charles grimaces and plucks the plate from Franklin's lap to set it on the table. He takes one spanakopita and holds it to Franklin's lips, not bothering to help him hold it himself, as Erik and Cricket always do. He can be less courteous with himself, he thinks. "Why don't you ask Cricket to show you around?" he prompts as Franklin chews. "Why don't I ask you to show me around?" Franklin then says to Cricket, eyes wide. "Can you?"

Magnus trades a look with the elder Erik, who snorts at the visible discomfort he displays at being so baldly perceived, but he supposes it's inevitable as all Charleses seem to know everything about him. At first he was highly resistant to that, afraid Charles would be like Essex. Making him move, say things, think things that he doesn't. Confusing his insides, twisting everything up. But it never happened, and he trusts Charles now, even this version of him who is evidently less stable.

Magnus observes him, noting how skinny he is in turn. "You must eat, too. You are feeding him? Does he need food? I can stay and make him it all and then he won't be hungry." This, at least, is one of the few relicts of his time at Auschwitz - he is utterly loathe for anyone to be without food and snacks consistently through the day, which still hasn't done much to put weight on him. Did they starve this poor Charles, where he was? And his bones, so soft? His fingernails and hair are healthy, he makes sure to check, fussing.

"It's OK," Cricket promises him. "I feed him every day and me too. No cheese pizza because it's not modified diet. Silly diet. I had a seizure when I ate pizza, it can give you seizures. No seizures, so we eat spanakopita." Cricket nods deeply at the suggestion and Franklin floats up, too, held tight in his power. It's like a muscle, he's gotten more stamina as he's used it more, but he'll likely always be limited to things a person could lift. Erik could lift cars and buildings and planets. Cricket is tinier, like a cricket. Crickets can't lift cars.

They both bob beside one another, and Cricket narrates everything as he shows Franklin through the house. Those are his rows of tea, Charles likes oolong and he likes mint, Cricket remembers. There's much to uncover in their home. Lots of secret dimensional spaces folded in. One of them has an Olympic-sized pool, which Cricket laughs as he discovers, evidently new to him as well. Another has a full arcade with go-karts, added after David's arrival, and so on. Even Charles isn't sure of everything, and can sometimes get lost if he doesn't pay attention. But Erik, of course, always finds him.

"Cheese pizza," Franklin sighs. They won't let him have it. The food that Cricket provides is always good, and they promise that one day, he'll be able to have cheese pizza again, but he's only allowed to eat the food that the doctors say is okay right now, and cheese pizza is not okay. "I will have your spanakopita, Little Erik, but no cheese pizza." With the pair winding their way through the maze of the home, Charles turns back to their other guests.

Izzy and Janos arrive next, with decidedly non-Vegetarian food in tow—it's a running joke between Izzy and Erik. The Russian will always bring gefilte and plov and offer it to all but Erik, who he affectionally calls The Rabbit Jew. Though Janos and Izzy aren't a romantic couple, the pair have gotten married as well, living their lives in close companionship, both asexual and aromantic (though Izzy still enjoys flirting, just for the fun of it). "I have saved Shabbat," announces Izzy, holding up his tote bag full of food. His English is much better than it was twenty years ago, but he still speaks with a thick Russian accent. "For everyone except for The Rabbit Jew. You are welcome."

Dom and Ailo laugh warmly, having sat close to one another with Ailo's head resting on Dom's shoulder. It's more affection than they typically display, not because they aren't affectionate people but more as a result of their early lives which saw such relationships as theirs fraught with tension and retributive violence. Being on Genosha eases this, but but holdovers remain. They're working on it, and one of Ailo's hands finds his his partner's as if to remind them both that it's safe here. After returning from 2024, where he learned of Janos's unfortunate fate, Erik always gives Janos and Izzy extra hugs when he sees them now, much to their chagrin. Like Erik, Janos takes Biktarvy once a day and didn't get sick at all, as he had been asymptomatic before they left.

But it's a stark reminder to Erik, to never neglect bestowing as much love as possible to all of his friends. Another good thing about Magnus's arrival, having been tested for the virus, he came back negative. Now he's very careful, and even though he's almost an adult, has no partner of his own for such concerns to be relevant (although Charles has noted that Julian Taro and Magnus have spent more time together over the last little while.) Izzy and Janos have since become accustomed to Erik's idiosyncrasies and he signs as he talks, now, entirely unconsciously.

"Was I not the Flower Jew last Shabbat?" He smirks and a crown of daisies and sunflowers pop up on both of their heads.

"I do love to make the plants," Magnus says sagely.

"Oh my G-d, you got the part!" Is Raven's greeting as she charges inside like a bull, decked out in a green sundress and red glittering shoes.

"Come back from the Emerald City?" Erik jokes dryly.

"Just the Vekach one," she returns with a laugh, the word for pink in Genoshan a reference to Aramida by less savory types like Tegan.

"Beautiful as a rose, and the same colors, too," Izzy drawls upon Raven's entrance, bowing to her in an over-the-top way. Raven always has been his very favorite to flirt with, mostly because she knows that it's all in good fun. She has great banter and doesn't take herself too seriously, and though they don't spend a ton of time together, the two will always be able to pick up just where they left off. "Never so prickly and thorny, though. Delicate and dainty."

Janos rolls his eyes as he continues to greet the rest with subtle hugs and waves of hello. He smiles as he approaches David, folding himself down on the floor beside the young boy. Apparently, he's already learned to sign, and Janos is eager to chat with him in his native language. Hello, Janos offers.

David doesn't make eye contact, but signs a greeting in return. Tigers? he asks.

The man's grin widens. I don't know much about them. Can you tell me?

And so David does.

"Sorry we're late," Hank huffs as he and Daniel scoot in; the final guests to arrive. "Chickenpox outbreak at the pre-school. All good now, sent everyone home to rest. Good thing David got his vaccine, hmm? Being itchy is no fun."

"Three Eriks and two Charleses under one roof," Daniel snorts with amusement as he slips in and Kitty clomps in right after, her mousy brown hair tied in a haphazard bun. She's still wearing her Xavier Institute uniform, a policy that's really only partially enforced to student comfort, but many of them do prefer the ease of not choosing what to wear and school spirit is something of a common denominator in students with a history at the place. It's clear she's been teleported alongside Magnus, who she waves to and grins at from across the table.

"Gut Shabbos, everyone!" she chirps cheerfully, and while she doesn't wear a kippah, her thick curls are jammed under a grey slouchy, and her ever-present Magen David is untucked from beneath her cardigan. "Mom couldn't make it, apparently there's a crisis with the Iversons at shul. I had Magnus drop me there before and she sends regards, and here, this is for David." She withdraws a thick book from her satchel with Megillah printed in elaborate script with splashes of imagery painted along its cover. Ornamental, beautifully hand-bound.

"Now, this one is normally a scroll, but the scrolls are, like, super expensive and subject to a bunch of like, religious narm, so she got this one commissioned instead, that way he doesn't have to worry about handling it. It's the Book of Esther, I know that's Magnus's favorite," she grins.

"Ah, religiously mandated day-drinking. I mean, the morals. The morals," Magnus jokes.

Erik snorts. "You barely have a sip of wine, brother."

"No, I am very cool. David thinks so." He signs cool with his thumb pressed to his chest and wiggled fingers.

“You know, he expects gifts every time we have guests now,” Charles tuts as he takes the beautiful book from Kitty, running his fingers along the embossed spine. “You all spoil him rotten.”

“Someone has to,” Izzy retorts as he kneels beside his husband, still signing with David about Tigers. “The boy would grow up eating grass and reading from Tanakh all day long if he didn’t have many uncles and aunts to help. You’re no better, Xavier,” he accuses. “You would read him Darwin and Medeleev, hmm?”

“Worse,” Pietro grimaces. “Tolkien.”

Wanda snorts under her breath. "Better than Henry Sugar," she ribs her brother. "Going to open a pile of orphanages and guess what card I'm holding?" She grins and several show up in hand.

"Oh, we already took care of that," Erik says to Wanda with an eyeroll. "They're not bad stories, but their author is not someone we should support in any way."

"Oh, really?" Wanda is curious. "I don't know a thing about him. War hero, yeah?"

"And a notorious racist and antisemite. I suppose there is an argument to be made about separating art and artists, but if I can help it I'd rather have our home be free of such things." It's the nature of Erik's mutation that informs his worldview, as Charles is aware. To see every single particle at once, he can see the spaces between waves and sines damaged in destructive rhetoric. Art and artists aren't separate to him, not when he can see the same dregs that inform their prejudice neatly aligned in cosmic symmetry.

"Listen, he loves Cosmo, OK," Raven returns, spreading her blue fingers out on the table. "Laminated. Color photos. The textures. Sometimes they come with samples. Let him have magazines!"

Erik does a double take. "...? He can. Of course he can have magazines. I had no idea he liked them."

Wanda hides her grin. "Everyone thinks you're a strict Chabadnik, I'm dying."

"Quiet you or you'll be bentching Birkat Hamazon," Erik shoots back, teasing.

"Could I? I could. I think I could. Should I?" her eyes gleam.

Charles always enjoys the lively jabs and jeers that they toss about when they’re all together like this. Everyone can take a joke well, and there’s only love and respect in everyone’s hearts, so it’s in good spirits that they razz each other. He and Erik are typically the biggest targets, which Charles doesn’t mind at all. It’s nice to be around people who feel comfortable enough to jeer. “I think you should,” Charles grins. “And no Cosmo, please. Too adult. Something nicer. National Geographic, maybe. We’ll have to hide the evil secular literature from my deeply Orthodox husband, but it’s worth it, hmm?”

"G-d forbid we give him National Geographic, evolution, Charles?" Erik smirks right back. "Are you Adam or Steve?"

Dom is laughing quietly to himself, amused and a little surprised at how lively their household is. Of course, he had originally met Erik Lehnsherr during a time of significant distress and impairment. But he supposed he too fell prey to the popular conception that Erik is stern and uncompromising. It's an opinion being swiftly put to bed. "Thank you all, for having me over," he murmurs with his hands pressed together. "This is... wonderful. Yes, that's what it is."

Ailo pats his knuckles. "Dom didn't have family for most of his life, but it looks like that's changing, eh, amorzão?"

The judge inclines his head. "I was a street kid, something like this would have amazed me then," he explains. It's more open than they expect of him, but being with Ailo has softened his barriers a little. After all, there are four telepaths at the table, so there's no point to pretending he is something he is not. Of their table, he's clearly very shy and quiet, so Ailo nudges the focus off of him a little.

"Oh, fofinho, how was Apollo?" he sends an image of the tiger cub at the conservatory for good measure.

Charles is glad that Dom came with Ailo this evening. He often doesn’t, and no one faults him for it—they are a lot, and he’s a man who prefers peace and quiet—but it’s nice to talk with him in an informal, relaxed setting such as this. They owe him more than a dinner, given that Ailo still lives here half of the time. But Charles doesn’t press, sharing only a small smile with Ailo before the attention turns to David.

Still cross-legged on the floor beside Janos and Izzy, David stops signing for a moment when the image of his tiger, Apollo, pops in to his head. The whole room is soon blanketed in a warm glow as David projects his answer outward for them all to see. A memory this time. David, arms around Apollo’s thick neck, as the creature purrs and mewls. Apollo’s bright yellow eyes are sharp even as he accepts David’s embrace, and when the little boy lets him go, the tiger leaps forward in a spectacular lurch to pounce at a wild boar, invisible to all but him.

Charles chuckles. It didn’t happen exactly like that; David had been petting Apollo’s back when the creature bound off into the bushes to hunt in secret, but that’s okay. What young child doesn’t augment their memories to make them more spectacular?

Dom gasps a little as the images project themselves into his mind. He always enjoys this sensation, his brain soaking up the connections like a plant needing water. "You let him--ah, of course, I mean no offense. But... a tiger?"

"It's not dangerous," Wanda smiles gently at him. "Any one of us could intervene if the animal gets aggressive. Honestly, they're like big house cats. Apollo is a total sook. But we make sure to have a hold on him at all times so there's no chance of anyone getting hurt."

"I see, that sounds quite useful," he admits with a huff.

"Animals tend to be more docile around us, as well," Erik adds. "Even wild animals will come up to us, let us handle them. I think it's a product of our mutation. We aren't foreign to them."

It’s easy to forget that not everyone is accustomed to the capers that their little family gets up to. They can do things that most can’t, thanks to Erik and Wanda, who will always have the power to keep them safe. One need only look to Franklin to see what a life without Erik could do; expose them to danger that they don’t typically worry about. “I see that Ailo doesn’t tell you what we get up to when he’s here,” Charles chuckles. “We had, what? A baby elephant in our living room a few days back? Your partner didn’t even bat an eye. Just kept on with his crossword puzzle. Six-down was undeniably ‘soup,’ by the way, Ailo. Not ‘stew.’”

Ailo gawps. "No way! It was stew! No. You know, that probably explains it. I knew wrogeny wasn't a word..."

Dom purses his lips, fond. "Baby elephants. Lions and bears, too?" he hazards a joke.

"No bears on Genosha," Erik shakes his head. "We used to have the Atlas bears, but sadly they are now extinct. We do have lions, though. We rescued some Atlas lions and have worked to cultivate their population regrowth," Erik grins.

"What was her mom's name, Calixta, such an unusual name. She had a baby in another universe, and then Erik popped her right on over for a visit. I don't question these things anymore, keeps me sane."

“It’s truly better not to,” Charles says sagely. “You know, on our wedding day, Erik gifted me with a baby bat wearing pajamas, and then Lucille here,” he says, jerking his head toward rhetorical African Grey, seated on her perch by the window. “And then we’ve been surrounded by animals of all kind ever since.”

“It’s a zoo in here,” Pietro says matter-of-factly to Dom. “You should have Ailo take you through the house after dinner. I think one of the rooms might be an actual zoo.”

“Speaking of…” Charles scans quickly for Franklin and Cricket, who seem to be upstairs, in the greenhouse. “Might someone be able to retrieve our two friends? I daresay that it’s time to eat.“

With nary a flutter the two who had spent the last several minutes wandering around the incredible maze of their home emerge from the ether, and Cricket's eyes widen as he realizes how many people are here. "So, so many," he hums to himself. Burrowing a little closer to Franklin. The table flourishes into a large variety of foodstuffs, a mixture of Greek and Genoshan fare (which is largely related to Moroccan food).

"Where did you grow up, anyhow?" Wanda asks him, curious.

"Athens," he answers, raising one of the phyllo pastries in recognition. "How about you two?"

"Mm. Romania, Italy," she replies warmly.

"North Brother Island, Romania, Italy, Poland," Cricket recites softly. "Genosha. A nice place for Riverside."

Kitty and Magnus are chatting amongst themselves in rapid-fire Polish, and he elbows her carefully in the shoulder and peeks up at the rest of the table. "I've made my choice, too," he says to the gathered group. "After my play. I'm going to go home. To find my Charles. And fix it all. End the war. Find Genosha. It is my turn to help, now."

Charles ensures that Franklin is seated between Cricket and Erik as they all take their spots at the table, and then slides into place between his husband and his son. Normally, he’d help Cricket feed himself, but with the return of some of his abilities, Cricket doesn’t need Charles’s assistance. Erik can help Cricket with Franklin if needed, leaving Charles free to look after David. The boy doesn’t love sitting at the table to eat, but what four-year-old does?

Charles tries to enforce a ten minute policy; if David can eat at least some of his dinner, he’s allowed to leave the table after ten minutes to go play by himself. And so that’s what Charles is doing, encouraging David to take a bite of his plov (chicken and rice are safe foods for him), when Magnus drops his announcement. Before Charles can react, a glass of water flies from the table, courtesy of Franklin’s swinging arm. “No!” he cries. “Don’t go! Little Erik, stay. Don’t try to fix it, that’s how we end up dead!”

Magnus doesn't anticipate this reaction, and doesn't seem to know how to respond. He reaches for Franklin's hand, catching the water in his thrall easily. "But you'll be very lonely, and my world is all frozen," he whispers. "I'll be very careful. I promise. Cricket and Erik survived, right?" Cricket pets at Franklin softly. "Don't want you to be lonely," he says with a touch to Franklin's jaw. "Frozen. Just in your room. No, I don't like that."

It’s clear that Franklin doesn’t know exactly what the situation is, but his knee-jerk reaction is to protect this young version of the man he loves most. Charles understands; he has the same gut feeling. To throw his arms around Magnus, keep him safe and happy on their little island for the rest of time. But, unlike Franklin, he can differentiate between these innate impulses and what is actually right. “My room? No. If Little Erik is alive, I’m not in my room,” Franklin protests.

“His world is different, Franklin,” Charles tells his counterpart gently. “Your twin is there, still. It’s all different. He’s waiting for Magnus.”

Franklin blinks, turning it over in his head. “Different?”

“Not Jupiter or Earth. Neptune.”

“Mm…” Franklin’s blue eyes darken, but this seems to make sense to him. “If there are bullets,” he says at last, tearful. “Don’t. Don’t dive. No Stryker. No bullets. Melt all the guns. I told you not to and you listened. Then a gun killed you. Melt them all.”

Magnus nods. "I will," he promises. "I do not like guns, anyway," he adds wryly. "They are instruments of cruelty. I will make sure they can't hurt us. I know more," he points out to the rest of the table as well. "About Stryker and Leland and Trask. The war. Me knowing this makes my world different, automatically. Me knowing it with my mutation? No bullets."

"And you will visit," Cricket tells him sternly. "And write letters. Lucille will carry them. She's a nice bird! Do you want a job to do? Universal mail bird."

"Shrek!" answers she.

"I'll give you Shrek." A green plastic figurine appears in his hand. "Step up!" he directs his hand out and she flutters onto his wrist, knowing that his fingers are too delicate to support her weight.

"Shrek," she weaves happily. "Mr. Tavry," she spouts in a very decent approximation of Erik's sonorous cadence.

Erik grins widely. "Our old mail-man. She is so smart. Aren't you! Pistachio for you."

"Ahhh. stash! No cheese pizza. No stash."

Erik suppresses a smile. Their little family, and Watson in tow. Louis and Lucille. He sniffs a bit, feeling a bit silly but the moment just strikes him. A perfect moment. "Well, they didn't know you like stash, hm? Oh, now we know. Don't we?" she pokes her beak into a shell happily.

“No Stryker, no Leland, no guns,” Franklin repeats as tears race down his cheeks. Uninhibited, bald in his emotions, Franklin seems to be expressing what Charles never will. “And visits. You will visit us, Little Erik. Come see Franklin and Cricket and Watson. And Charles and Erik and Lucille with her apples.”

Charles reaches around Erik to pat Franklin’s arm. “If Magnus is too busy to come visit us, we’ll make sure to visit him.” He winks at the young man, his own sadness and nerves filling his heart. It’s wonderful to be sending Magnus back in this condition. A high school diploma. An acting resume. Physical health and confidence and love. His abilities are far more developed than Erik’s were at his age, and Charles knows that he can do it. But he’ll miss him. Worry about him. “I’m proud of you, Magnus,” he tells the young man. “Look how far you’ve come, how much you’ve grown. I wish I could keep you here forever, but we’ve known all along that this is your path.”

Erik can't resist reaching out to rub Franklin's back, smiling down at him. Charles knows how very soft Erik is on the inside, and how much he resists openly behaving in ways that he knows will make his Charles (or the twins, or David, or most people, really) uncomfortable. Franklin is different, and Erik has gradually become more understanding that he needs as much kindness as possible. (He would behave no differently to his own beloved if he didn't know Charles would have a conniption. The snoochening is real.)

"They'll visit, and we'll visit," he promises.

"And Lucille," Cricket nods with wide eyes. He always nudges up close when Franklin has tears, painstakingly brushing each one from his cheek as more crop up.

He brushes those, and the next ones, too. Infinitely tender, with pure contentment at being able to care for Franklin's heart. "Of course. I love you all. You're my family," Magnus says, his own eyes welling up. Similar to Franklin, he's much more emotional than the braided Erik across the way. Unashamed, vulnerable. "Can you..." His head tilts a bit, and he gestures to both of Charles. "Tell me? What you were like? How I can reach you? It's OK if -- " he doesn't finish the thought aloud but Charles hears it. Magnus knows Erik and Charles are together. Husbands. An immense connection built on love. He wouldn't dream of forcing his version of Charles or pushing him. "I just, know he is sad. How can I help? Will he like Louis feets?"

“Ooh, yes,” Pietro chimes in. “Tell us what angsty teenage Charles was like.” It may seem like Pietro is being inappropriately glib, but those who know him well understand what he’s doing. Franklin and Cricket are in a heightened emotional state, and he knows that Charles might not want to expose his heart to the entire table with such solemnity. To make light of it is to ease tension across the table, to make the occasion a happy one rather than a cause for tears. For his part, Charles understands, silently grateful for his eldest son’s insight.

“Angsty is right,” he smiles, winking at Pietro, and then turns to Magnus. “But no one would know that I was from meeting me. I was rather sunny to others when speaking to them, you know? A bit of a kiss up. A schmoozer.”

“You say that as if you are not a schmoozer still,” Izzy snorts.

“Perhaps I’m just so likable that it’s hard to tell the difference, hmm?” Charles grins pleasantly. “At that time, I didn’t really have anyone to talk to. I was fairly lonely. The only other person I’d ever met who had a mutation was Raven. We thought we were the only ones. Freaks. If you go to him and share this experience with him,” he says, fluttering his fingers by his temple, “I think he’ll be enthusiastic to join you. Just be you, my dear. Show him that we aren’t alone. He’ll see you for who you are, and that will be enough.”

Erik kisses the top of his head, unable to stop himself from bestowing the affection. "It's true," he says, nudging up against Charles's shoulder. "You will catch him off guard, but it will be worth it. So much love awaits you both." This version of him plucked out of the depths of hell, with his tiny hejog in tow. Every day he's thankful to his family for taking Magnus in and showing him such compassion.

"I remember that period," Raven laughs gently. "You were so frustrated, you couldn't figure out how he wanted you to behave. But you got it, yeah? You just needed someone who really got you. And you," she whirls on Magnus. "Be careful. Don't be afraid to run away. You'll avoid all that business with Stryker and Trask, OK? We believe in you."

“I like his little feet,” Franklin adds in a small voice, and Charles has to smile. “You’re smart and strong and brave, Magnus. You know a lot more than he will know. I know you’ll be patient with him, but don’t be afraid to speak your mind and do what you feel is right. Your world is different than our world, and Cricket’s world, and Franklin’s world. That’s okay. Not everything will be the same, so don’t spend a lot of time trying to make the worlds the very same. Forge your own path.”

“The boys at Eton talk philosophy a lot,” Franklin points out.

“Yes, sure,” Charles says to humor is counterpart. “You can talk philosophy with him.”

“No!” barks Franklin, claw-like right hand smacking the table again. “The boys at Eton talk philosophy. Bad philosophy. All the Greeks and the Romans and the Egyptians. Same text book for a hundred years. All the boys, just reciting the text book. Smart but not intelligent.”

Charles blinks in surprise, for he understands exactly what Franklin is referring to. It’s a thought, a frustration, that hasn’t crossed his mind in decades, but one that was very real and relevant to him as a teenager. “That’s very true,” he agrees. “I used to get very frustrated. Our schooling was gearing us up for admission to top universities and that was about it. All the students at Oxford and Cambridge and the Ivies knew Seneca and Archimedes and the fall of Rome back-to-front, but not how to take that knowledge and do something with it, hmm? That bothered me. I felt I couldn’t talk to anyone without simply reciting the words of our teachers to each other. Looking back, I certainly didn’t know how to do anything with that knowledge either,” he grins. “But I thought I did.”

Magnus wrinkles his nose. "Philosophy, bah," is his great contribution to the discussion. "Schmidt talked on and on about it. Ethics. Always to justify his behavior as deterministic. It means nothing without action. You can talk pretty but turn around and hurt the little ones, that is just nonsense."

Erik nods. "There is benefit to learning some of it, but intelligence and wisdom are very different. He never grew, or improved. Even after a hundred years."

"He used to make games," Magnus recounts with a grimace. It's very rare that he discusses these things openly, not desiring to cause pain. But it feels relevant now. "Would I kill one person to save two and so on. I didn't. He said that is unethical."

"He was a sadist. Nothing more," Erik replies firmly.

Charles remembers with clarity the day he spent with Ariel and Schmidt. Klaus or Herr Doktor, to Ariel. How they’d discussed Stoicism and Epicureanism, how Schmidt had taken pleasure in demeaning Ariel. “Franklin is right,” Charles tells Magnus. “No nonsense needed. You two can create your own philosophy, guided by what you believe to be right for you you’re both free to pursue that path. You’re smart—did I hear that you’ve just earned an A+ in Professor Grey’s Civics class, hmm? I have no doubt that you’ll be just fine.”

Cricket wilts as his own memories crop up, searing. "You will put him on Mars? Tiny me, don't let him hurt you. Now you can stop. Don't let him hurt Charles and David. He hurt them, hurt them. Killed them. Promise???"

Magnus winces. "I won't let him. I promise. I will drop him on an uninhabited planet with the rest of Hellfire. We will make our own philosophy with lots of little feet."

Charles smiles softly, reaching across the table to grab Magnus's hand. Long-fingered and narrow, it is so like his husband's own. "Remember this, my dear. How much we all love and care about you. Everyone at this table does, from the depths of our hearts."

Even Pietro nods in agreement.

"You know where to find us if you need help. Just call, and we'll all be there to help, hmm? Cramping your style for the rest of your life, if you're not careful. When you're a famous actor, we'll all be outside your house, clamoring to the press that we knew you before you were famous," he laughs, eyes growing teary.

"You always did say he looks like Clark Gable," Raven smirks. "Now he really will be a movie star. I can't wait. You know, that's two Eriks now. Magneto and Magnus. Performing comes pretty natural to you, yeah?"

Magnus and Erik both nod. "Less so, now. My brain is different now than it was in my youth. But I constructed many characters and played parts for as long as I can remember. Even in early childhood. When I got deported I leaned heavily on those constructs to survive."

"Me, too. It's nice to have a skill that can be used to bring joy and not for pain," Magnus says softly.

"Just follow your intuition, Magnus. You will know what to do, you have a good conscience. Yes, ethics."

"Playing parts...that's what you do, too," Franklin says, eyes on Charles. "Chameleon. Be what they want you to be. It's so easy. Lying."

Charles closes his eyes briefly. Having Franklin around is an occupational hazard, certainly; he's always liable to share something about Charles that he'd rather not be shared. "As telepaths, we're all aware that people lie rather often, aren't we?" he asks, making eye contact with each of the several telepaths in the room, including Franklin. "It's a survival tactic and something required for social propriety. We all play parts, to an extent. I play the part of headmaster when I'm at the school, the part of father and husband at home. There's nothing inherently bad about changing how you act and what you say as you encounter different scenarios. It's a necessary skill, in fact."

"But we're too good," Franklin continues, head drooping a bit. "Lying. Feels bad sometimes."

"Mm. Yes, lying does feel bad sometimes. Another thing we can attest to."

"That's where I come in, hm?" Erik says, rubbing Franklin's back. "Where all of our family comes in. To make sure there are places to land, to be vulnerable, to be open and supported. Acting, lying, manipulation - these are neutral concepts. They can be used positively and negatively. You don't lie in a way that hurts people, neshama. And if you did, that's what our family is here for, too. To help."

“Erik is right, my friend,” Charles says delicately. “Just because you’ve lied or manipulated doesn’t mean you’ve automatically done anything wrong. Do you lie with the intention to harm? Do you cause actual harm? Or do you act a certain way, and then others act another way, and then the world continues to turn?” Franklin considers it. “World turns,” he says at last. “But, the truth is good.” “Sure. Tell the truth. Don’t incriminate others falsely or lie to hurt others who don’t deserve it. But if you need to say or do something for a good reason? Maybe even a helpful reason?” Franklin frowns. “Yes. I wanted to help. To do good.”

"Now you help," Cricket points out with a grin. "Baby bats and skunks doing the tango. You fluff Watson all day! So helpful." He means it, with all his heart, and every person gathered around can feel it. How proud he is, of their ventures slowly into the conservatory with Gertrude.

"The truth is neutral, too," Erik says dryly. "Context is what matters. I have lied before. I have broken my word. I believed it was more important. To comfort the dying or help another resolve their morale to survive. That is all any of us can do. We must look at the whole entity."

“I don’t pretend to know what happen in your world, my friend,” Izzy pipes up to Franklin. “But, you live here now. You want to lie to us? Fine. That’s okay. Don’t be asshole and that is okay. You can tell me that you danced on the moon this morning. Does that hurt me? No. Who cares? Just don’t be asshole and we can be okay.” It’s a rare showing from Izzy, who is typically guarded behind humor and flirtation, and Charles appreciates his old friend quite a lot in that moment. Because he’s right. So long as they’re being kind to each other, what does a lie matter?

“Isadore Cohen,” Franklin mumbles, the cogs turning in his garbled brain. “Yes. Erik always made rabbit food. You don’t like rabbit food.”

The Russian grins. “See? You know all important things about me. What I say otherwise doesn’t matter.”

"Now, now. What you say is always delightful and classy," Raven shoots back at him with a wink, not missing a beat.

"And quite right," Erik says warmly in return.

"Plus we did walk on the moon!" Cricket says slyly. It is actually true, Erik helped him and he stayed tethered to Charles, and they had a lovely time bouncing around. Franklin likes weightlessness, so Cricket likes keeping him hovering. Erik has assisted further with this part, allowing him to feel some semblance of lower gravity whilst ensuring his physiology isn't negatively impacted by it.

"Wait," Magnus lifts his hands, bamboozled. "You did? Not lying? I can go in space????"

“The Cricket and the rabbit can go into space,” huffs Izzy, throwing his hands up. “In Russia, very proud that we were in space first. But did Rabbit go to space first? Or Cricket?“

Janos rolls his eyes. The first dog in space was Russian, he signs, and Charles quietly broadcasts the translation for those who can’t understand. You’ll always have that.

“First dog in space?” Franklin raises his eyebrows. “No. No, first dog in space was Tsuki. Japanese dog. Akita.”

“Oh, would you look at that?” Charles laughs. “You lost the animal space race in Franklin’s world. Too bad.”

"Wow," Magnus breathes. "I made just a joke, about putting them on Mars. But I really could," he considers this with a deep nod to himself.

"You really could," Erik inclines his head. "I know your abilities frighten you at times. But this, the joy. That is where your strength comes from. Never forget that."

Magnus sniffles a bit. "Oh, I didn't mean to bring down the party," he waves a hand. The telepaths can tell he's having a difficult time regulating, younger and less stable, more prone to flashbacks. This one is mild, Magnus just trails off. On the inside, though, he is remembering Schmidt. How he strolled through the facility so imposing and assured. The things Schmidt said were his strengths and weaknesses.

Ailo flicks into his upturned fishbowl and begins righting the water. Balancing ecosystems. You're all right. This is where I'm from, see? Vidigal, that's right. Let's go for a walk.

"Tiny me is sad?" asks Cricket.

"Just a little," Magnus nods. "But look, the houses and colors. It smells like salted pretzel."

Charles is right there beside Ailo in Magnus’s head, hovering, fretting, immediately focused on the young man and the young man only. He is indeed protective, wanting Magnus to never feel pain, never venture to the dark corners in his head. Of course, this is not productive—Ailo will tell them all that—but it’s hard to bear. It’s Charles’s primary worry about Magnus’s return to his home world. He’s just a child at 17, and Charles has ensured that he gets to live like a child, here.

There are adults who look after his health and wellbeing. When he makes mistakes, he’s forgiven, always. Instantly. He’s had the freedom to pursue interests and hobbies, to grow and learn. As soon as he returns to his world, to the pit (for his world is still frozen in that very moment, when he arrived in their hospital room covered in ash), he won’t have this freedom, anymore. He’ll have to act much older than his age, which breaks Charles’s heart, even if he knows that it must be done.

Erik made these pretzels for us before, Charles tells Magnus softly, extending warmth, love. Maybe you could try. Can you tap in to what you smell? See?

Magnus lets his eyes close, and he follows those threads as carefully as he can. Leaning into the care and warmth he feels in his mind, he straightens his shoulders and when his eyes pop open, a fresh plate of garlic butter and dill-spice pretzel pieces appears arranged nearly in a basket. "I found it," he says with a laugh. Yes. This. His friends, his family surrounding him on all sides. How could Schmidt have gotten it so wrong? Rage and pain didn't make him a better mutant. Not a better person. The best he's ever been is here. This magical, wondrous place.

“Pretzels!” Franklin announces, delighted. “I want some!”

Still draped atop Magnus’s warning psyche, Charles steals a glance at Hank. “Can he?”

“One,” he says dryly. “But only if I can have one, too."

Charles smirks as the treats are distributed around the table, allowing one hand to settle atop Erik’s knee under the table. He’s still with Magnus, but the make time he spends in the young man’s head, the greater he comes to know him, to know Erik. How lucky he is to have the opportunity to know this most wonderful man in so many ways, iterations, stages of life. You will always have a home here, my dear, he says to Magnus warmly. I mean it. I don’t doubt that you’ll be able to build something like this, something even better, but if you ever want to come home, our door is always open.

There is no way I could ever explain to you, Magnus's mental voice wobbles as his forest greens disappear behind closed lids once more. You took me in. Fixed my body. My spirit. Helped me to find my passion. And Louis! So crunchy. I will never be able to express how indebted I am to you all. You come visit, too, OK? I'll make it nice. I will.

You’re in no debt to me or anyone, Charles promises. You’re an Erik. We Charleses take care of Eriks, full stop. He says it in a teasing tone, but the sentiment could not be more real. And you needed help. You deserved help. Goodness, Magnus, you deserved the world and were given hell instead. We simply corrected something that was wrong. He smiles from across the table. Of course we’ll visit. We want to see how Louis takes to his new home, of course. I think he’ll like it there, when you end the war and find yourself a nice place to live. Do you know where you want to go? What you want to do first?

Magnus nods. Fix the war. Dismantle all the camps and disarm the Nazis. Make sure there is no atom bombs. Link with the Allies. Find Genosha and remove the CIA from control. Get rid of Hellfire. Find you. My Charles, he says softly. It's clear that he's put a lot of thought into this, developing an actual plan of action which has solidified more and more as he's come to recognize his time here is drawing to a close.

Charles nods. He expected Magnus’s plan to be something along these lines, taking inspiration from this world. It may go without saying, but you don’t have to make Genosha into a nation, you know. That’s what Erik did, but if you don’t want to spend your life as a politician, that’s okay, too. You can be an actor full time, if you want. Buy a big house in Hollywood. Or not. Whatever you want, my dear. Your life is yours to control.

Magnus grins. I'd like that, I think. I don't think I am cut out to be a politician. But I want to help Genosha, too. It will probably be messier than how it is here, if I don't stay. But it's better than leaving them all at the mercy of Stryker and Trask, right? To even give them the options. I can make some hospitals and houses. Logan can be Prime Minister. He'll do a good job. You really think I could be in movies? his hand moves to press against his own chest, touched. I will. I'll try to help, too. Hollywood is unpleasant. I'll make it better.

Charles chuckles. Messy is okay, honey. You don’t have to decide exactly what you want do with Genosha right now, hmm? You’ve got time and options. See who you meet when you get there. But, I absolutely do think that you could be in movies. Your performance in The Iceman Cometh moved me to tears, he reminds Magnus. Whatever you want to do with your life, go on and do it. You have that option. We’ll be here to help you if you need it.

The tomorrow movement is a sad and beautiful thing, Magnus recites with a smile, letting his psyche be swaddled up and centered anew. "I'm so glad," he whispers softly. "I got to come here. How nice and lovely you all are. I will miss. But I have a big job to do. I'll get it done." He grins broadly.

"We might not exist in your world," Pietro says to Magnus when he speaks aloud behind a mouthful of pretzel. "If we don't, you can come back here and be another step-dad. Doesn't matter that you're younger than us. We can be like one of those scandalous families." Charles rolls his eyes fondly. "We have no doubt that you'll get it done. But, I'm glad to keep you here for a few more months while you prepare for your play."

"I hold hope that you exist," Magnus whispers softly. "Magda, I know. Happened. I checked, after the conversation that we had. She is pregnant. But, she isn't dead, yet. I'll save her, too. Promise," he says solemnly to Pietro and Wanda.

"Hard to fight back," says Cricket. "When people hurt and say hurtful things. I couldn't stop the harm with my mutation either. Too distressed. But I'm not sorry you were born," he points. "My babies. The best little ones, and we'll go to the rolling hills and valleys."

It's painful to know that Magnus experienced what his own Erik and Cricket experienced with Magda, to know that neither of them wished for any of that to transpire. At the same time, Magnus has met Pietro and Wanda and knows what boons they are to everyone's lives, especially Erik's. He would never wish parenthood on anyone who does not wish to be a parent, but perhaps meeting his future children makes the wound less painful.

"We could look after the babies," Charles offers, because it is impossible for him not to open their home and their world to people who could possibly use their help. "You're so young, and so is she. If either of you aren't ready to raise little ones, you know that they would be loved and cherished here."

Magnus laughs a little, fond. "I think we'll be OK. I will do my very best, and I don't hesitate to ask for help." "And don't have peas, OK? David doesn't like them. I don't, too, and Franklin doesn't like broccoli," Cricket says, resting his head on his love.

"They'll be all right, Charles," Raven thwaks him on the arm. "We'll support if needed. But I think it will be good."

"It just goes to show," Erik laughs a little as he considers all of the outcomes. One of them, he sees, is breathtaking. Mutants offering help to the Allies, changing the tide of war. Mutants being partners. Yes, Erik can only laugh. Charles had once postulated how strange it was that their timeline worked out so well, how others converge to help them. But look. They do the same thing. Help to others, reverberating strings.

"It truly is wonderful," Charles agrees softly, gripping Erik's hand. How glorious it is, really. They not only get to live their own lives happily and freely, but they get to help others, too. Charles feels so fortunate in that way; if the Expanse wants their universe to be the recieving ground for their beleagured or distressed counterparts, then so be it. They have the time and the resources to take care of and help anyone who needs it. Cricket and Franklin will probably stay here forever, and that is perfectly fine.

He hopes that there are more Magnuses and Ariels and Charlies who come here to visit throughout their long lives, for it's truly a joy to know that they have the opportunity to share. David has had more than enough sitting, and Charles is satisfied with the amount of food that he's eaten, so he grants him permission to hop down from his booster seat and run off to play with some of his new toys when he asks. That leaves the adults and young adults to take their time with dinner, as Shabbat dictates.

"Kitty." Charles's attention is now trained on the teenager, seated beside Magnus. "Forgive your headmaster for behaving headmasterly outside of school, but we've not had the chance to meet recently. You're approaching graduation here soon as well. Have you given any thought to what you'd like to do after that? Or do you loathe me for asking?" he asks, winking at her and Carmen both.

Carmen nudges her from the opposite side. "Go on, tell him."

"I'm... going to study computers," she says softly. "Computing security. It's a new course, with the Net rollout. I want to be on the ground, making sure it's safe."

Erik inclines his head. "That sounds to be a wonderful goal. I can put you in touch with many who would be willing to write you references or allow you to shadow them. Pardon the pun," he winks.

"I know," Kitty says, lifting her chin.

"I told her to consider this already," Carmen groans.

"I know you can help. But I want to do this on my own. I want to earn my position by my own skills. I've started applying to colleges, and I've already gotten feedback from the University of Aramida. The adviser there wants to meet with me, he sounded very enthused."

"How wonderful," beams Charles eagerly. "Selfishly, I'm delighted that you are considering studying at Aramida. I think we all are glad to have you on Genosha. But, I think that's a wonderful path. Something that will only become more important as the Net becomes more entrenched in our daily lives."

"Babbetto has conscripted me to this initaitive, too," Pietro says in a faux-complaining tone. In truth, he loves the work and excels in his role overseeing the integration and construction. But, he could never give his father that open satisfaction. To kvetch is to be a Lehnsherr, after all. "You can be my intern. Do all my work for none of the pay."

"Don't be intimidated by him," Charles huffs, rolling his eyes. "I'm not offering to help you or put your foot in the door for you, but the one to impress is Vision. He's the mastermind behind the rollout. Just keep that fact in your back pocket, mm?"

Kitty grins. "Absolutely. I'm primarily interested in Artificial Intelligence, and I want to start creating programs off the bat that will be used to analyze criminal activity. We can augment power and water needs, start creating these deep neural networks, it will give the framework a good structure. Vision is probably the most fascinating entity I've ever encountered. A true artificial general intelligence," Kitty enthuses. "We have so much ahead of us."

"He'll develop an ego if people keep talking about him like that," Pietro huffs. "That's why I didn't invite him. Don't want him getting all up in his head about himself."

"He really is fascinating," Charles says, ignoring his son. "And a nice fellow, too, despite what my eldest son says to you. The possibilities are endless, but also a bit frightening. If you want to take a page from your father's book, there's also certainly a career concerning the legal ramifications of Artificial Intelligence and the Net, mm?"

"Yeah," Kitty agrees. "That's another part of my interest. I want to focus on safety, so identifying which areas are problematic and addressing those via laws and structural guards will be imperative. Research isn't my main interest, development is, but I won't get useful data if I don't dive in from both sides. UA is rolling out the first ever computer science major in the country. And I'll be in the first class. It's pretty rad!"

Erik squeezes Charles's hand. "You are an incredibly gifted student. I have no doubt you will transform the scene, wherever you specialize."

"Plus, it's free. No student loans." Kitty wrinkles her nose up. "That was a real incentive to move over here!"

"My students make my job so easy," Charles lilts proudly, grinning at Carmen as well as Kitty. "It's far more difficult to be the headmaster of a school whose students don't care for their education or wish to do something with it, mm? That is indeed part of any educator's job—to engage their students and try to convince them to take their schooling and their lives after school seriously. But when they have that drive on their own? A cakewalk," he beams.

"The institute does have a few of the former type. But they typically leave like the latter," Hank points out. "Don't pretend like you don't work hard for that, Charles."

"The school fosters that environment on its own, I daresay. Sure, we have our small share of those who need extra help. But the overwhelming majority are gifted, talented children who inspire their peers."

"You did that for me and Julie," Magnus points out with zero hesitation. "I never thought we could come to an accord. I had problems. But you all helped me."

"I'm very pleased that you two became friends in the long run. That definitely speaks to the power of your educational system, indeed," Erik murmurs, leaning forward to drop a kiss onto Charles's temple.

"You all helped educate me, too. I want to do that. Help people like me. Gay people. Help prevent HIV and AIDS. I wanted to ask about that, actually. Could I take some of your medicine with me?" he looks to Charles and Hank.

"Believe me, that would not at all be possible without my incredible students and staff," Charles holds firmly, though he accepts the kiss on his temple, as always. "I'm just one person. A single person does not a culture make. Our school would not be the place it is without you all, hmm? Give yourself some credit." At Magnus's question, Charles looks between Erik and Hank. "Yes. Yes, of course," he says quietly. "Goodness. We can give you the medicine and the chemical formulae. I don't know where or when you ought to begin administering it; we don't know what else will be affected when you end the war. Our timelines will diverge greatly from that moment onward, and so there's no template to follow. But, it would be good for you to have it."

"I'll learn as I go," Magnus promises. "It can't be neat and nice, I do not know much of everything, but with all that I can do and know? I can help my world. Really help it. And that is such a gift you gave me. You suffered. It can't change your history. But it changes mine. That suffering will be reduced. I will do my best to reduce it," he says firmly, and Charles isn't surprised to see the same spark in Magnus that he's found in his own husband's activism. " I want to help. Poor and homeless. Gay and women. Different ethnicities. I will bully the world into peace and love."

"I know that you want to help," Charles says softly, proud as ever. "You're so like Erik. So like Cricket, too," he adds for the man's benefit; for Cricket has spent the majority of his time here rather unable to help others in the way that he yearns to at his very core. "I don't think that anyone doubts that you'll be successful, even when you face new challenges."

"Little Erik," Franklin sighs, but this time, he has a smile. "So little and cute. Helping. Making pretzels and helping everyone. I love Little Erik. I hate Schmidt. And Ivanov. And Wyngarde, and Creed. And all of them. They hurt Little Erik. Made Big Erik hurt for a long, long time." 

Cricket flops his arms over Franklin's shoulders, swaying them back and forth. "And Trask. And Stryker. Killed my loves. I hate them. So many bad men. I'm sorry, tiny me. So very sorry."

Magnus smiles, inhaling slowly. "I don't like them, either. They caused such pain to us all. Truly harrowing pain. I thought that maybe I should kill them, but I think I will deposit them on another planet. They can choose to grow, or not. It will be their choice. But no more hurting. No more suffering. No more bad men."

"Don't kill. Charles won't like killing. He doesn't like it. Another planet. Pluto. The ice in their eyes in the winds."

"Killing is irreversible," Franklin recites, head flopping to rest on Cricket's shoulder. In the few days that these two have known each other, they have, to no one's surprise, become inseparable. "Pluto, hmm. Too close. You are from Saturn. Pluto is too close."

"Some planet in another solar system, then," Charles offers to Cricket with a smile. "Magnus can find a suitable one. Some place where they can't harm anyone ever again."

"Put them in a room with no windows. Do surgery so their heads are broken. Powers gone. Tied up to a chair, facing the wall...no window. Up too high. Can't hurt anyone ever again, mutie terrorist. Better than Guantamo..." Franklin trails off, eyes growing glassy.

Magnus suppresses a wince. "No, I won't do that. Not to anyone. No one should have done it to you. They were bad, too. I hate them," Magnus insists roughly.

Beside him, Cricket finds his fingers and suffuses brilliant strands of light and colors that follow where his eyes track. He finds he can control where they go based on his eye movements, and Cricket gives him even more kisses. "Now we have many windows," Cricket whispers. "No more room. I promise."

“Do it,” Franklin growls, even as he watches the light. “They’re worse than me. They should be in that room. Not me. They should be. Makes them go crazy.”

“No, no, my friend,” Charles sighs. “We don’t stoop that level. Magnus will take care of them.”

"They are worse," Magnus agrees softly. "But we aren't. I'll make sure they can't hurt anyone ever again. I promise. I know it's sad. I'm sorry," he says with a small attempt at a smile. He hates that this has caused Franklin such distress, and he isn't accustomed to speaking so openly about his experiences for the same reasons. It isn't that he doesn't want to talk about them, but that he doesn't wish to cause harm to others by exposing them to aversive details. Sometimes he gets it wrong, too. What is upsetting and what isn't. He's made more than a few jokes that went down poorly at the Institute.

Cricket folds Franklin up in his arms. "I love you," he reminds Franklin, running his fingers down his spine.

Franklin seems to melt a little when Cricket collects him in his arms, evidently distracted by the contact. He’s different to Charles; utterly uninhibited, at the behest of every passing emotion and whim that passes through his head. Just a moment ago, he was near tears, thinking about Hellfire and his last, but now he’s happily nuzzled in Cricket’s arms, eyes fluttering shut. “Mm. I love you,” he says back. “And Little Erik. All the Eriks. But you’re for me and I’m for you.”

Fortunately, for as much as Cricket struggles, he does seem to intuitively understand this and uses it to his advantage very often, finding distraction the best tools against distress. It isn't all the time, Franklin deserves to feel his emotions too, but at dinner he makes the choice to redirect so as not to worry everyone else. They've talked about it before, and Franklin has asked him to help. And so he will help. It won't be the last time today that they deal with this, as the passing whims change, Franklin does have a relative episodic memory, and may bring it up again later. "You're for me and I am for you, neshama," Cricket peppers his temple with kisses. He's getting better at it, too. Practice makes perfect.

Franklin nuzzles, uncaring that they’re at dinner with a large group of people. In a way, he knows most them already; they were friends back in his world, in the Time Before, when he was still Charles. He doesn’t think that Charles would ever allow himself to be held in Erik’s lap at a Shabbat like this. But, he’s not Charles anymore. He’s Franklin. And he likes how Cricket supports his body in his abilities, kisses all over his cheeks, and if he does it at dinner, that’s fine. Who cares? “You for me, me for you,” he repeats, quieter, softer. Allowing the two to have their moment, Charles turns back to the rest of the table. “Well, Magnus, I’m excited for you. But it might be weird to go back to the 40s, hmm? How times have changed since then.”

Magnus laughs. "Being here, it's unreal. Having to go back... I want to help us get there. Change the sensibility, like you did. I don't know if I can. But I want to try. To put people in power who will do good. You've all taught me so much. When I came here I had no clues. I'll have to get accustomed to that again, to that level of ignorance. Even I didn't know better." He still remembers Erik's swift interruption shutting him down before he repeated a rather unsavory phrase often levied at him.

“I don’t think any of us really knew better in the 1940s,” Charles chuckles. “Let’s see…I’d snuck around a bit during my university years and only knew that I wasn’t alone in my orientation because of my telepathy. Izzy and Janos, you two were friends for quite some time, weren’t you?” “I only stay with him because he doesn’t talk and he only stay with me because I don’t like to listen,” Izzy retorts, smirking.

Beside him, Janos rolls his eyes. Yes, we were friends for a long time before we decided to be together. Out of social pressure at first, sure. But neither of us are particularly inclined to romance either, and it took us a while to realize that we felt the same.

“I thought he I was freak for not wanting him like that, then I worried that he must be freak for not wanting me like that either. One day, we wake up, and realize that we’re both freak,” Izzy shrugs. “It’s good to live in a world where two freak can be together.”

“You’re not freaks,” Charles reminds gently.

“Because of our sexuality? No. We’re freak for many other reason, but that,” Izzy winks.

"It is good," Erik agrees softly. "Every day I am amazed and grateful for how Genosha has prospered in this way. How you, all people like you, have formed such a bright and vibrant culture of inclusivity. I could not be more proud. And if you wish to set that ball into motion sooner, I can only give you my complete encouragement. It won't be easy. People resist, heavily. And you be careful," he warns sharply. "Some of those people would love nothing better than to really hurt you."

"Like Stryker," Magnus nods, coming in a whisper.

"Genosha represents an enormous threat to the status quo. Even if you don't wish to lead, make your decisions with this in mind. They'll need to be protected, conceivably forever."

"I'll protect them," Magnus promises. "No matter what happens."

"Someone threw eggs at Erik and I once," Franklin murmurs from the pit of Cricket's lap, head still resting on his shoulder. "Right after we married. Then Erik turned them into eggs over-easy in mid-air and sent them back to the people on a plate with hot sauce and fried potatoes."

Charles laughs out loud at the image, the memory of the incident now implanted in his own head, too. "That's very in-character," he muses fondly. "Don't kill them with kindness, confuse them with breakfast."

Erik grins. "When in doubt, eggs. It is a good philosophy."

"That sounds like babbetto," Wanda's crease up fondly at Franklin from across the table. "You two still get heckled all the time in the States, it's terribly gross."

A memory of the last time Erik had popped over for a visit is still etched on her mind. The twins, David, Charles and Erik were out for a walk. The simple fact of them holding hands in public drew ire. Someone spat a name at them. Charles, about to interject when Erik's fury and distress ratcheted up, was surprised when he simply said would you like to talk? To have a conversation? Otherwise you are disturbing me and my family and I will ask you to cease.

In his typical cadence it came across cold, but the man wound up backpedaling and muttering to himself before leaving. As much as Erik desired to melt him, Charles and his children are his first priority. No need to cause further harm, and an example to the toddler who will one day have similar abilities and require to contend with momentary spats of anger and dysregulation. David had been upset, and they spent a long and heartfelt walk explaining in age-appropriate terms why some people didn't like that his tate and papa were married, because of bigotry.

Wanda was impressed by how they both handled it, it she doesn't lie to herself that if it had been her, she'd have ripped the man's head off his neck. She's done it before, after all. Maybe Erik is rubbing off on her. Teaching her by example, too.

Charles would be lying if he said that the heckling didn't bother him. It didn't, for a long time, but David's arrival has changed his tune. Where he'd been content enough to allow the bigots to be bigots before, he now has to consider the world that his son is growing up in, the hatred and ignorance that will affect his life. Erik had handled the most recent incident well, and they'd all tried to communicate to their son what bigotry is and why it exists. David doesn't always understand subtleties, and they left that conversation knowing that they will likely have to revisit it again in the future as he grows, but the boy at least knows now that if people don't like his tate and papa, it doesn't mean they did anything wrong.

"Not long ago, we go see his sister in Mexico," Izzy pipes up. "We just walk down the street. Not even touching. Just walking. Then he reaches up and cleans something out of my beard. Some man says something protivnyy to us in Spanish. I go over and ask him why he say what he say. Man turns green, like he seasick; he didn't think I have guts to come over and ask him to explain. Do I look like I have no guts?"

It's true, Janos signs. People are often very brave until you call them out. They don't expect to have to explain themselves. And when they're asked, they often realize that they've said something cruel.

"I try to do the same," Erik smiles. "With HIV, as well. Often people have never met a gay or positive person, so they've been told all their lives all this poison about us. Sometimes just having a conversation can help. To show we aren't so different. We love, and find joy, and have hobbies. Some are religious, secular, rich or poor. Mutant or human. We are bound together by virtue of sentience, kol ha'adama arevim ze bazeh."

Cricket peeks up, curious at the change in his favorite tenet. "All the Earth is responsible for one another," he recites with a smile.

"It's very difficult, to go out in the world and be pelted by all this. I know you all know." His eyes land on Izzy, Janos, Raven, all the Eriks and Charleses. Pietro. Ailo and Dom. Everyone at this table is affected in some way or another, if not personally then relationally. "And I know how exhausting it is to choose peace again and again. You are all brave, patient, wonderful individuals. I am so incredibly privileged to know you all," he adds with a small smile, more common these days and visible to all, not just the telepaths in the room.

"Peace is usually an option," Pietro lilts with a shrug. "War is tiresome."

"And HIV is just a virus. Viruses don't discriminate," Hank adds, pushing his glasses up his nose. "Do you know how all those preschoolers got chickenpox? By being preschoolers. They played with the same toys. Coughed, sneezed, touched each other, shared the same chairs. Things that everyone does our daily lives. Anyone without immunity to the virus would be liable to contracting it, and anyone with an active strain in their body would be liable to transmit it. That's just how diseases work. We don't blame the infected for getting ill from a transmissible disease. I wish people understood how viruses are actually spread."

"HIV is even less transmissible than chickenpox," Charles adds. "Your average chickenpox-infected toddler is far more likely to spread varicella than is your average HIV-positive patient, goodness."

"Fear-mongering." Pietro pops an olive into his mouth. "Exists in most worlds I've visited. Babbetto is right, though. The people here don't give in to it. It's nice."

"That's exactly it," Erik inclines his head. "Fear, religion, propaganda, astroturfing. All things we will have to manage, most likely for the rest of our existence."

Magnus listens to their wisdom, tucking it into heart with everything else he's learned over the past two years. There's a big job ahead of him, but Erik said it best. He is responsible for his fellow human beings and the earth, and so he must take care of them. This is how he can do that, by teaching them tolerance and kindness. He doesn't know if he is the best person for that -- who is to say Magnus is kind enough to have the authority on kindness? But he tries to be. "Do people..." He looks afraid to ask. Then, he does. "Do people have any criticism of you? That is credible?"

"Oh, yes. I'm foreign, I've lived in Israel and America. Both populations with histories of ethnic cleansing, and I am enough of a Zionist to aggravate people. I am seen by some as having continued the progression of colonialism here, which is not an accusation I dismiss. I didn't know better when I started the Revolution, now that I do I've been inducted," he explains.

"And what about violence?" Magnus whispers. "Some think I have been too violent. I decline to argue, but in our major conflict we lost 13,000 and the United States lost 5. And that wasn't a GADF decision, it was Roberto da Costa. Some place Anatolia and the Admonition on us. So, 5,105. I don't like those numbers, so I'd encourage you to do better than I."

Magnus nods deeply, mulling it over. "Any advice?"

"You must always prioritize the culture and identity of Genoshans first. Let them teach you. Use their wisdom to guide your community. You're there as a safeguard, basically. You're not there to impose on them. You're there to make sure they're safe."

"And don't let your Charles take over everyone's minds and overthrow the United States government," Franklin says blandly, causing several at the table to stiffen a bit.

"Franklin, don't be unfair to yourself," Charles replies. "You didn't try to hurt anyone."

"It's unfair when you and you and you," Franklin fires back, jerking his head weakly toward Charles, Erik, and even Cricket respectively, "say that I didn't do anything wrong. I did! That's why they made me go to the room for the rest of my life and took away my telepathy and broke my whole brain! I don't want Little Erik and Little Charles to be in trouble like I was in trouble! It's better not to do that. Better not to become a dictator."

"You weren't a bad dictator," Pietro counters.

"The world hates all dictators, good and bad," replies Franklin with a frown. "Erik. He says he did it wrong by taking over Genosha. Genosha is good. But he doesn't want to do it like this. Colonialism. Colonialism isn't good, even if Genosha is good."

Charles shifts as well as he can shift uncomfortably in his chair, glancing sidelong at his husband. "Sure. The path taken here hasn't been without flaws. Reflecting on past mistakes or missteps is always good."

"I am a past mistake." Franklin allows his head to fall back on Cricket's shoulder, evidently worn out. "Big mistake. No one in my family could see me again. Mutantkind was bad again. Restrictions on mutation. Telepathy is a weapon. Everyone, afraid. The world was bad because I made everyone afraid. Little Erik, Little Charles needs to be good and not do what I did. Don't let him. Doesn't want the room with the window too high."

"I don't disagree," Magnus replies seriously. He reaches across the table to tangle his good hand into Franklin's fingers. "I think what you did was wrong. I just don't think it means you deserve punishment. But now that I know this is a possibility, I will do my best to stop it. I won't make Little Charles go in the room. I promise."

Erik rests his hand on Charles's shoulder, tucking him close with one arm in a synchronous movement to Cricket across the isle. "We don't think you didn't do anything wrong, neshama," he agrees gently. "We are just a space where it is OK to have made mistakes and to try and do better. That's all. Not him, nor you, will ever be in that room with the high window again."

"And you," murmurs Franklin, making eye contact with Charles. "Don't do it either. You're powerful. More than me. More than Little Charles, probably. More than any Charles, maybe. Don't do it. Would be easy."

Charles raises a brow. "I've no plans to take over the government via mind control, don't worry," he says, almost sardonic.

"I didn't have plans either. But I did it. Don't."

"I won't," he says, firmer now.

"Can you imagine?" Izzy drawls, diffusing the tension with a smirk. "Charles Xavier, a dictator. Did you know? I was born December 30th, 1922. The very day the Soviet Union declared itself entity. Same hour my mother cry out in pain, proclamation made from Bolshoi Theater. From that moment on, one-party rule. Dictator, all my life. Maybe would be okay. I wonder if you would be Stalin or Brezhnev. Maybe Khrushchev."

"I wasn't like any of them," Franklin says softly, almost pouty. "Brezhnev was in power. Hated me. Hated mutants and America and American mutants."

"Some things never change, then," Izzy says dryly. "Man hates mutants and Americans and American mutants here, too. Khrushchev couldn't put dog in space in your world, but could make sure mutants are hated."

"We've had run-ins with with Brezhnev and a few others," Erik huffs softly. "From the time Genosha made itself known. At first they thought we would be an ally, that we were communists. But we aren't. Post-economic is not communist, after all. They didn't appreciate that some Genoshans enjoyed opulance and luxury, since it could be built easily. People get what they want, materials-wise. We offered that to them, but they said they didn't wish to become lazy degenerates. There was that whole thing as well, given our stance on marriage and freedoms. It's a tough balance," he winks at Magnus.

"People can marry who they like here, but both parties must be the age of majority, which is 25. A lot of Americans point to that as proof I am authoritarian. But mutants live forever. We must allow for a lengthy adolescence. The human brain doesn't fully develop until in our 30s, for mutants well beyond. You'll have to contend with all those little things, too. Drug policies and the like. My advice is do not ratify the UN proposal. It's absurd and ineffective. Tegan has his claws all over this war on drugs. It's going to kill millions of their people."

"Many people think communist means authoritarian," Izzy huffs. "So many confused about what is communist. Especially in Russia. Stalin wasn't communist, he was Stalinist. Lenin was Leninist. Khrushchev and Brezhnev just idiots. Living well while people starve. Collectivization only work if everyone shares. On Genosha, everyone shares because you make sure there is enough for everyone," he nods to Erik. "No one have to worry about having house or food or clothes for their children. In Russia, not the case. Everyone always worry."

"We are so very fortunate to have the opportunity to live here," Charles agrees quietly. "Where we can be safe and provided for. Mr. Brezhnev might find it interesting that people here are far from lazy, hmm? When they're not fighting tooth and nail to survive, human beings seem to be able to focus on things that they like to do, which in turn makes our society productive. We have incredible doctors, scientists, artists, engineers. Not a nation of lazy degenerates, if you ask me."

"Lots of people still trip over things like sewage, mechanics, and whatnot. All of our critical infrastructure is run by volunteers. And it's more effective because it's what they're passionate about."

"We also link it into cross specialization," Daniel points out with raised brows. "The first time I'd ever been in a program like that. All us epidemiology fellows mapped out the entire sewer system, water contacts, bacteria, everything. Who knows, your plumber could also be a doctor," he grins. "It's so much nicer here, though. I can work as short or long as I like, schedule things as I need, switch off with others when it's time to take a break. I've never experienced anything like it."

"You doctors are workaholics at the best of times," Erik says, smirking at Hank and Daniel both.

“When you’re not working for a wage, it doesn’t always feel like work,” Hank shrugs. “Except when a lot of three-year-olds have the Chickenpox. That feels like work, maybe.”

Charles chuckles fondly. “Hank, I don’t think I’ve ever seen you do anything for leisure.

“I definitely do things for leisure,” he scoffs. “In my spare time I do whatever I want. For instance, I’m tooling around with a diagnostic tool that looks at pharmacodynamic biomarkers to predict reactions to certain products or environmental agents! That has nothing to do with my job.”

Zadrot, all of you,” huffs Izzy.

"Oh, please," Wanda grins. "If anyone is lazy at this table, it's me," she stretches pointedly. "I'm just an ephemeral artist, wandering through dimensions," she winks.

"Bah, not a peep out of you," Erik snorts. "You're what we call a Renaissance woman. I've seen you at the hospital, school, military, the Posto, electrical, water..." He counts off his fingers.

"Nooo, you're ruining my vibe! Hiss!" Wanda makes a show of shrinking.

"I've got your number, birichina." 

“If anyone’s lazy, it’s me,” Charles chuckles. “I sit on my arse all day long. When’s the last time I got up to do something, eh?” “In that case, I’m lazier,” Franklin mumbles. Charles realizes that this is the man’s attempt at a joke, so he laughs out loud, eyes crinkling at the corners. “Just a sack of lazy bones, sitting in this thing all day long, making you all do everything for me.”

Cricket presses his cheek to Franklin's. "Easy to do. Easy to care. My favorite thing," he corrects boldly and firmly, even in jest not willing to concede an inch where Franklin's self-worth is concerned. "My favorite bones, nice and clean. No more little spider-cracks. Bright white. Good bones."

“You did fix all the cracks?” Hank asks, his curiosity unable to be tamed even in this situation. “That’s good.”

“Cricket has been busy this week,” Charles commends. “Lots of healing has happened. Bones, organs, skin, hair. What do we have left, now? Are you feeling better, Franklin?”

“He cleaned my bones,” Franklin hums. “No more spider-cracks. I couldn’t feel them but they’re gone. Well, I could feel some. But in the room, I was used to it.”

"All the cracks and all the little grooves," Cricket whispers. "Bad infections and wilting things. But now it all sings again. No more pain, nice to move the fingers and arms." To demonstrate he helps Franklin wrap his own around another warm spanakopita. "No more little jumping beans in the hair, all clean and shiny! I hate that room. The doctors. Evil and bad. Don't like. Even if you were. Dictator. No one deserves the room. I love you," is what he ends with, the only sure fact his addled brain can provide.

Franklin observes his fingers as Cricket curls them around the pastry, and then smiles in delight. “Yes! Better to move them. Bones move! Not…not on my own,” he frowns briefly, but then perks back up quickly. “Yes. I love you. Cricket. Erik and Cricket. My Cricket! My love. Takes care of me. Fixed everything!”

“We can start physical therapy soon,” Hank encourages. “Help you start rebuilding your muscle mass.”

“Don’t need muscle. I have a Cricket. He’s my muscle.”

"It's true," Cricket grins shyly. "But we will do, too . Therapies. Good for movement and learning. All the small tricks and healthy ways. So beautiful, have to take care of every muscle. Make sure they're properly big and strong," he hums softly. "Venus has ammonia. Signs of life. Even the atmospheres of the dead can live again, just wobbling structures together and apart."

“Venus has ammonia, but this is Jupiter,” Franklin points out. “What does Jupiter have?”

The newcomers at the table who haven’t yet been around Cricket and Franklin are witnessing for the first time their seemingly strange way of communicating. They speak of Jupiter and Venus, making little sense, but they can understand each other where it’s important. This is yet another hallmark of Charles and Erik; able to communicate effectively, understand and be understood. “Jupiter’s moons have oceans,” Charles points out. “Europa is constantly hit with radiation from Jupiter. Radiation could certainly fuel biological life, hmm?”

“Hmm. Shoot for the moon,” Franklin muses. “No walking ever again. That’s what Ariel said. But on the moon, maybe something?”

Chapter 91: "Why don't you show yourself out here & then we'll know who wears the fairer face."

Chapter Text

"We can walk on the moon," Cricket beams. "And float around everywhere. Erik helps me with the gravity. So it doesn't cause bad effects. Physicist," Cricket murmurs at his counterpart. "And I am good for bones and bodies! Thank you, thank you," he whispers to the table. "Giving me back the stars and little pieces. The nebulas above and swirling gas. I love my power. So sad without it. I know humans are nice, I just miss. Missed it," he warbles, eyes filling up with tears. "Thank you. Giving Cricket the stars and Franklin. So beautiful."

“When Janos have no power, he could only lay down. Too dizzy, too nauseous,” Izzy says of his husband gravely. Janos has the ability to create intense tornadoes with his body, and so his vestibular system is adapted to whirlwind movement. Without his abilities, he was evidently unable to even sit up without vomiting from nausea, an intense seasickness that had him begging to be knocked unconscious. “Cannot imagine how difficult. To be without mutation for so long.”

Franklin pouts a little. “They took mine from me with surgery. No returning. World is so quiet. So, so quiet.” He then seems to remember himself, and where he is, so he changes his tune. “But, Cricket has powers. Can show me all the stars. Make me float. Is very good. Don’t need telepathy. Headache, anyway.”

"Pietro nearly died," Erik says sadly, squeezing his son's forearm.

"My baby," Cricket cries, soft. "My baby died. Metabolism don't work. Can't let them. Can't let them kill my babies," Cricket pleads.

"It's a tragedy," Erik says. "Stripping us of our mutations is a violation of our basic rights. Anyone at risk of this is eligible for asylum on Genosha. Anyone who wants to live here can, but we do outreach as well. We are working hard to make certain such a thing doesn't happen again. Trask is still going on trial. We are working very hard, I promise. We won't let these crimes go unanswered."

Charles, of course, wasn’t present physically for most of the difficult times, but he has since garnered a clear idea of how life on Genosha was while he was imprisoned with Trask. So many people, Erik included, confined to the hospital. Pietro on life support, their friends ill and infirm. Death, all around. That guilt weighs on him; now that he knows Vision and realizes that there had been potential to win him over, he aches inside knowing that he hadn’t done it sooner. How many lives could have been saved?

“We’re working on an antidote,” Hank confirms in a low voice. “Something for mutants to keep in their homes or on their person. To counteract any form of suppression.”

"We have Hank to thank for that," Erik gestures to him. "Originally I was quite opposed to continued research on mutation suppression, but it was a stupid position. Of course bad actors would weaponize a 'cure.' That research is what gives us a way to fight back."

"Why did you oppose it?" Magnus wonders.

"I thought it was a slippery slope. That if we normalized suppression it would affect our culture, that people would take our research and use it against us. I had problems with the concepts of experimental medicine, for it reminded me of my own history. But that isn't important. What is important is keeping our people safe and healthy," Erik tells him solemnly.

“All medicine is experimental,” Hank reminds Magnus. “Erik and Daniel have told me what happened to you. What we do isn’t like that. We’re not here to test people’s limits or anything like that. We want to help. To find better and more effective medication, where possible. Suppressors and antidotes are all part of that, too. We don’t experiment on people, we do science. There’s a difference. I think it took a little while for Erik to understand that. Which is okay. We got there eventually.”

"Sometimes suppressing is good, too," Cricket whispers. "My mind doesn't work good. I can't open up the universe anymore, so I don't break it all. I'm suppressed, but mild," he says, and as though reminding himself of his own capabilities, an intricate metallic rose forms in the palm of his hand. "Now I can make the little things, for my love," he grins.

“Charles said he would help me with telepathy, when I’m better,” Franklin adds, glancing sidelong at Charles. “He can make me hear what he hears.” Charles shares a brief look with Ailo. The two of them are aware that Charles’s abilities have grown exponentially, to a place that would be entirely unrecognizable to Franklin. To simply share would potentially kill the man, or at least drive him further into his madness. His brain is no longer capable of processing a lot of telepathic input.

But Charles can project, just like he does with non-telepaths. Franklin might enjoy that, even if it’s limited. “Yes, one day,” he promises.

"You'll show him my mind?" Cricket rasps, taking Franklin's hand and pressing it to his cheek. "So he can feel? How much I love. And keep away all the bad thoughts. Just show the nice ones, OK?"

"Oh, I think Franklin will enjoy all of your thoughts, Cricket," Ailo says gently, meeting Charles's eyes across the table in knowing agreement.

"Nice ones. With Lucille and Watson. And the moon and stars. Not the pit," he shakes his head. "I will tidy it up. Make nice little places to show. Just for you," he grins at Franklin, fond. He's missed his Charles inside his head. Even with a bridge, it would be lovely to feel again.

“My Erik’s mind was good. I loved it all. Even when it was sad and painful. I loved it so much,” Franklin whispers, gazing up at Cricket. “You don’t need to tidy. It’s good. The mess will be good.”

Charles presses his lips together. “Do you want to take a little peek now? Cricket, would you be okay with that? If I let him?”

Cricket practically strains his neck with how forcefully he nods. "Yes. Please," he comes close to begging, his arms tightening over Franklin's bony shoulders. Pausing in distracted wonder to brush away motes of dust and mint, buffing out the wrinkles. "Always. Any time. My mind, for you."

Charles smiles softly. It’s easy enough to create a bridge between the two men, sliding atop Cricket’s mind and Franklin’s own. The input that he allows over is very minuscule, a fraction of a fraction, but it’s enough for the two to be able to communicate.

Franklin’s eyes widen immediately upon feeling the familiar presence, the gentle buzz of neurons. Oh. Wow. I can…is this your mind?? It is. It is…still like Erik, but different. Cricket. Like Cricket.

Cricket's whole face lights up in glee as Franklin's voice finally registers, like a key sliding into an abandoned lock. "Oh," he gasps, shuddering a little. Charles has to modulate the input even further, given how Cricket has sparked off in different directions like fireworks. He follows the thread common to it all, the deep, vibrant love that beats at the center of Cricket's being, wound up in all his threads. "Magnificent," he breathes, letting his eyes close so he can savor this. This most precious moment.

Franklin giggles in Cricket’s arms, overcome with glee. Charles hasn’t created a bridge between anyone else, for he need not overwhelm a mind that is no longer accustomed to telepathic input. Your voice! You sound like you. It’s different in here. Like a field of rolling hills, he grins. Talk to me. In here.

I kept count, Cricket's mind is a babbling stream of consciousness, and vast swatches of constellations and stars zoom past Franklin's perception. The composition of every planet in their solar system, their moons and asteroids too. Watson and Lucille. Every inch of Franklin's body and his chair, trailed over in reverence. David and the twins, Charles. All the little creatures making their homes with them. The rolling skies and vast mountains. Swaying fields of red. Delight and sunflowers. See? All the stars. I counted them for you. Freckles on the sky, Cricket laughs.

You sound different, Franklin notes, grinning wildly. He remembers that Cricket had mentioned that he can’t talk very well, but hearing him like this makes the distinction obvious. His words are always a little stilted, but his mind is like a babbling brook, clear and beautiful even as it twists and turns and streams. He’s fully on Cricket’s lap now, gazing at his face in reverence. Your mind is perfect, he sends back. I love it. And every star. So many. You counted them all. Remember them perfectly. My Erik, he didn’t think about space as much. More about Chemistry. All the elements we couldn’t see. You think about space. It’s beautiful. You’re beautiful. 


In an instant, the two of them vanish in a colorful whirl, which leads Erik to chuckle a little under his breath. "They've gone back to their home," he explains dryly. "I imagine it has been a very long time since either of them have had access to the psionic plane. You did a very kind thing, neshana," Erik touches his own husband's cheek. I know I would miss you terribly if we were parted this way for so long. You being in my mind is like breathing oxygen. It just is, you know? I would be heartbroken, I think. At this point.

I didn’t want to overwhelm Franklin, but he was ready, Charles replies, grabbing Erik’s hand. I can keep that bridge between the two of them intact without much effort. I’ll have to check in and make sure nothing else is sneaking through every now and again, but I can let it run in the background, so to speak. I hope that it will help them communicate better. I know Cricket does better with telepathy.

“I wonder if I have crazy twin in other universe,” Izzy laughs, leaning back in his seat. "We get to host crazy Erik and crazy Charles. What about crazy Izzy? I know there’s no crazy Janos; he’s too boring for crazy.”

Janos nudges his husband. We’re already hosting crazy Izzy. He uses Izzy’s name sign, a letter ‘I’ and then the sign for ‘mechanic’ in quick succession. We might be ready to send him back.

“Send me back? You would perish without me,” he huffs. “Who cooks all your meals? Remembers to put your slippers by your bed? Tells you what music is good and what isn’t?”

Janos clicks his tongue. I only humor him. He likes to think he helps, you know.

"Oh, there are all sorts of Izzys and Janos's," Erik laughs fondly. "It's very interesting, but it's also quite a challenge. When you are faced with the full scale of everything that potential means."

Wanda nods. "It's like... imagine every time you have a thought like what if I did this or that thing. But then you knew the answer, but sometimes it was horrific. Sometimes everybody is dead, for no reason. Sometimes the whole world has changed. And all the pain and hardship you went through, there are versions of you who suffer more. Versions of you who didn't suffer at all. Ones who had different parents."

Magnus rests his chin on his fingers. "It's a big responsibility, knowing the Expanse. But we can show you some fun ones, maybe?" He grins.

"We can definitely do some fun ones," Erik taps the side of his nose. "You learn a lot, too. About how you think of yourself. How you talk to yourself. How kind you are to yourself," he gestures to Magnus. "That took time."

"There are plenty of fun ones out there," Charles chuckles. It's bizarre; the Expanse is incredible, overwhelming, utterly sublime, but at times, it feels like a multi-dimensional theme park. They've visited universes governed by standards so bizarre (to their sensibilities) as to be unrecognizable. Medieval fantasy worlds (they haven't yet found a world resembling the artichoke world Charles dreamt up so many years ago, but it does exist, and they will find it), worlds straight out of science fiction....they've seen so many, and there are many more to be explored.

"Once, we spent a few days in a universe where we all lived in treehouses. Can you believe? The planet had been battered by a severe meteor shower a billion years ago and shifted its axis. As a result, much of that planet was covered in luscious rainforests with trees towering hundreds of feet high. Somehow, humans still evolved with a few anatomical differences to our own kind, engaged in statecraft and society building, and followed a roughly similar trajectory. Isn't that remarkable?"

"Boring," Izzy fake yawns. "I want to see world where I am supreme leader. Must be the best one of them all. Utopia for all."

"We'll be certain to keep an eye on it," Erik laughs softly. It's all fun and games now, but it's a serious matter, what they all have access to. It changes your perspective, because perspective itself is non-linear. For how many different viewpoints has he held, based on what experience, on what event, on what atomic structure echoing and reverberating. It means that Erik doesn't believe in impossible anymore. He has seen the vast cosmic soup, reflected in millions of liminal rays. "You just focus on the utopia in your living room, kamerad," Erik returns the cheek fondly.

Izzy smirks, and so does Janos. “You think is utopia to live with him? Literal tornado. Likes everything to be clean, but turns house upside down for fun.” Janos sticks his tongue out.

If I weren’t deaf, there’s no way we’d live together. I know he’s grating, eh? When I get sick of it, I just close my eyes.

Charles laughs softly. “Utopia looks different for us all. I think Erik means that, after all we’ve seen, we realize that we’re so very lucky to have our own world. Sure, we’ve visited some where there isn’t war or suffering anymore, or at least far less. But we’ve visited many more where there is only suffering. It’s made us understand how precious our world is. How we’re all here, together, enjoying this dinner, when our existence as we are is so unlikely. Both unlikely and inevitable. How wonderful is that?”


The rest of Shabbat unfolds itself much in this way, a tapestry of lovingly orchestrated origami carefully folded under wings and arms. Franklin and Cricket are even more inseparable than ever, often regaling anyone who will listen about their latest adventures on Neptune or Io.

Lakes of liquid hydrocarbons! Cricket delights as it rains a mist.

Magnus performs. It's understated, as he always starts off, but by the end of it you've forgotten you're watching a kid act a role in a play, you're sure that was Willy--nope, Magnus's features. Just like Raven. He garners applause and graduates with little fanfare, and they all gather to wish him farewell at what's become something of a portal these days in the Townhouse yard. Magnus sits on the swing and swings up, up and disappears, laughter echoing.

Liberation is hard, and weird. Mutantkind reveals itself, and it's just a kid. A skinny red-haired boy who can manipulate atoms. The Nazis are disarmed. The camps are stopped. Millions are returned to their homes, full of food and supplies on both sides. Vast swathes are arrested as culpable. Erik Lehnsherr, they call him. A radical thinker who grew up in Auschwitz. He works with different countries to bolster their needs, and enacts a daring rescue operation on the hidden island of Genosha off Morocco.

It's a revolution, but he stays long enough for them to organize into a Grand Council and they work with him to make Genosha theirs again. So now there's a mutant country, and they've elected an abrasive lawyer from Brooklyn named Spector to run it, alongside a young upstart Danielle Moonstar. It's a whirlwind 17th year on this Earth for Charles Xavier, but what he doesn't anticipate is the very same man from the movie posters (he's an actor, isn't he? Strange) popping up at the foot of his bed 'round lunch-time. "Hi," the man waves, and he's less intimidating in life. Corkscrew curls, dark skin and freckled patterns. His nose scrunches up when he smiles.

When the war ends, Charles Xavier doesn’t really know what to do or think. Its end came as an abrupt and unprecedented one, when some teenager no older than Charles stepped forward and showed the world that he has a mutation, as Charles does, but a mutation more great and incredible than Charles could have ever imagined. The teenager, a Polish boy called Erik, forced the Nazis to surrender, and the allies took swift action immediately after.

The war is over by Christmas Day, 1943, and Charles, who had hoped to use his mutation to aid in the intelligence effort, is left looking for a new path. Academically gifted, his teachers have encouraged him to go in to “business” or “science.” No one doubts that he’ll be accepting a seat at Oxford, Cambridge, or an Ivy League in the States after A-levels in June, but Charles had been nursing a bit of a rebellious streak since the outbreak of the war and had insisted that he’d like to enlist. At 5’6” and barely 60 kilos, he’s no one’s idea of a soldier, but he’s confident that he could be of help. It has been difficult to convince everyone of his aptitude, for he’s kept his mutation a secret. But he was determined.

And now…well. There’s no war to fight. A good thing, of course, but he’s now left to reassess his plans. Which is what he’s doing on that late-Spring afternoon in 1944, when everything changes. He’s seated at his desk, hair slicked back as he studies a biology text book, when from nowhere appears…him. Erik Lehnsherr. The boy who has stopped the wars and who now rubs elbows with the likes of Humphrey Bogart and Rita Hayworth in the pictures.

“What—?” Charles remembers he can bend time and space, which explains how he’s entered the room, but not why. He stands immediately, noticing that he’s something like 6 inches shorter than the boy, who looks younger, in person. “The headmaster is in the other building,” breathes Charles, figuring that this famous boy has come here to seek an audience with their headmaster, if anyone. “You’re in the wrong place, I’m afraid.”

"No," he shakes his head once, lips hooking up in a broad grin. "You're in this building. I'm looking for you," he breathes, and up close Charles can sense the thrumming flutters beating wildly under his skin. Trembles. He's nervous. This famous boy who ends world wars and finishes a revolution by noon is nervous around Charles. Butterflies, he once captured an errant thought spread across miles of cloud.

He materializes a board with exquisitely carved pieces on a table in the middle of the room, along with two plates of zucchini boureka and beer. "Play a game with me?" Getting a closer look at him, he's far skinnier in life. His tailored clothing still hangs off his frame, sleeves rolled up to reveal tanned arms. On his left inner, where that ghastly prisoner number would be, is a comic-art style marigold. Charles plucks the meaning from him easily - flower language, a symbol of mourning. For his mother.

Charles is confused, apprehensive. At first, he’s ready to laugh—why would this boy want anything to do with Charles? His telepathy says…otherwise. The boy’s mind is bending in shapes that Charles, who got the very highest marks in geometry, doesn’t understand. But there is earnestness behind his intentions. That much Charles knows. He gasps when the chess board appears before them, along with food that he’s never seen before. Blue eyes flash up to meet flickering greens. What in the world?

“Why…have you come to see me?” he stammers, and then worry floods him. Goodness, this boy is a mutant, and the whole world knows. Has he learned that Charles is a mutant, too? Has someone discovered his secret? The only one who knows is Raven, and he hasn’t seen her since early this morning. “Raven,” breathes Charles, abject panic now clear on his face. “Where is she? Do you have her? What did you do to her? She wouldn’t have told you or anyone otherwise. Where is she?”

He invades Erik’s brain now, roughly rifling through—it is so unlike the invisible and sly touch that the other Charles has perfected. “Where is she!”

Erik stumbles a little, unprepared for the sudden rising tide. His mind reacts before the rest of him, hooking under scrambling fingers and gently prising off. But it's momentary, not a rebuff. Those same fingers return to his, linking together. Drawing him inward. Yes, he's a mutant. He knows Raven, and Charles. Versions of them. Different universes, which echo and double back in confusing reflections.

"I'm not here to hurt you, or Raven," he whispers, hands raised. One is clad in a neat black brace. "Our world is... unpleasant. People get hurt. People who are different. Like us. Mutants. Queers. Jews. Different races, women, too. I found a place where it's different. I want to make this place different. Have you ever been to Genosha, before? Sorry, am I getting ahead -- forgive me. I'm Erik. Lehnsherr. I'm like you."

Charles is surprised by Erik’s apparent ability to push him away. The only one who can do it is Raven. She’s learned how to block him when she wants, or at least let him know when she doesn’t want to be intruded upon. Erik knows, too, apparently, but when he briefly defends himself, Charles is stunned by what he sees. As if in a hallway of mirrors, he sees…himself? Or, someone that looks like him, but bald, and in a wheelchair? And then another. Not bald, but still in a wheelchair.

More Eriks, too. And…Raven? Adult Raven? People he’s never met or seen. These don’t seem like figments of Erik’s imagination, though; they seem like memories. Once he determines that Raven’s safety is not a concern, he breathes out, studying the boy’s eyes intently. Breathless, wondering. “You stopped the war,” Charles says after a moment, voice surprisingly steady. “You were a prisoner who stopped the war. Those people in your memories…I saw me. And you, and Raven.”

"Yeah," Erik laughs and sits down, encouraging Charles to follow suit. "I can travel through the Expanse. That's what I call it - different dimensions, parallel universes," he says nonchalantly. "I learned so much. I learned we don't have to sit back and let life happen to us, you know? We can decide. How we want this place to be. How we want our children to grow up. But in all the places I've been, you're the one so brilliant at it." He taps his finger over the plate, silently urging Charles to eat. "I stopped the war. But we have so much more to do."

Of course, the idea of the Expanse sounds mesmerizing to a curious young man such as Charles. Universes? Dimensions? So much to be explored! He once more filters through Erik’s head roughly, searching for lies, but finds none. Nothing but earnest care and ambition. Hope. He takes a seat, fingers hovering over the pastry thing, but doesn’t yet eat. “I’m the one?” he asks, brow raised. “You’re saying that, in these other universes, you and I work together.” It’s not a question. “And we…what? Become politicians?”

"I don't want to be a politician," Erik smirks back at him. "I don't think you do, either. But we don't have to be. We can do whatever we want, did you know that? Our abilities teach each other. Anything at all. But I think it would be lovely, if we did it together. Whatever we wanted to do. As friends. I don't have any friends, really. Too busy with the Nazis and things. Nazis aren't good company. I missed you. I knew you were here. A Charles, wondering if he's all alone. You're not. You're not," he repeats softly, holding his gaze.

Charles can feel the utter sincerity in Erik’s speech. His accent is thick, but his English is impeccable, dripping with earnest hope. As friends…well, Charles doesn’t have too many friends either, does he? He gets on just fine with the other boys, but it’s not as if he considers any of them to be particularly great people. Rich kids, like himself, with parents in the peerage or friends with nobility. Like his mother. “What role do I have?” he asks quietly. “You ended a war. It seems that you can do anything. I just overhear things. I’m surprised you can’t do it, too.”

"No, no," Erik shakes his head again. "What you can do is magnificent. Incredible. The power of thought, awareness, cognition. Information in neutrinos," he says with a hum, spinning up a small diagram. "Your gift is beautiful. You could do so much. Anything you wanted. Teach, travel, science. Rescue. Advocacy. Our kind, I don't want us to suffer. Not like we do in the other worlds. And I'm not - well," he looks almost shy, now. "I do better. With you. I know you aren't the same. I don't have any expectations for you to act in any way. I just feel, in here," he touches his palm over his chest. "That I am better with you."

Charles is taken aback to hear Erik speak with such certainty and openness. In 1944, it’s unusual for two men—two boys—to speak to and of each other with abandon in this way. Beautiful? Better with Charles? It’s sweet, but Charles is taken aback. “Oh,” he says quietly, eyes traveling down to the plate. His pale cheeks flush a rosebud red. “You must…oh. You know a different Charles. Several. I saw them, in your head. Versions of me you’ve met. But they’re older, aren’t they?”

"They're older," Erik laughs. "It's strange, I know. I really, and I am sorry. It must be odd. I'm not trying to tell you what to do. You can tell me to fuck off, if you want. It would sadden me, but you have the choice. And I'm sorry, for not coming sooner. It was very dangerous. The versions of you I knew, they got really hurt. I wanted to make it safe, first. I know you weren't happy, here."

Charles remembers the big elaborate chairs that those two older versions of him were seated in. “Well, do you know how they got hurt?” Charles asks. “We just need to avoid that, right? Because, I can’t explain it, but you’re right. I feel like I should go with you.”

"A mission," Erik whispers softly. "With the CIA. I don't know the specifics, I am sorry. So I ended the war, put them all on another planet," he laughs, but Charles sees a tall, thin-faced man wearing half-moon glasses in his mind. "Made us some place safe to live. It won't be risk-free," he warns. "But it's not just mutants. So many people, hurting. I think you'll be happier, with a real community. People who know you, who love you. Raven can come, too. Here, try this," he settles his good hand over Charles's wrist and moves it toward the plate. "You told me these were your favorites." Erik's grin is blinding.

Charles feels a shiver run down his spine when Erik shows him the thin, sinister-looking man from his memories. Goodness, he can’t imagine himself ever being in a situation like that, with danger so imminent. But at the same time, it’s exciting, isn’t it? He’s been searching for purpose, for something to do. Opportunity may have just shown up at his door. “Oh,” he shivers when Erik’s fingers close around his wrist, heart thumping. But, he plucks one of the flaky pastures from the plate and takes a tentative bite. Sure enough, it’s delicious, bursting with cheese and vegetables and spices. Blue eyes widen in surprise. “Oh. What is this?” he asks after a proper chew and swallow. “This certainly beats the liver and onions we were to have today.”

Erik sways a little side-to-side, like he can't contain his delight. "Spanakopita, and that one is zucchini fritter. It's Greek," he adds softly. "Liver and onions... is that what they feed you, here? I'll whisk you away to the Mediterranean. You need proper food, not kidneys and pigeons."

“I’ve never had Greek food,” Charles admits, aware that he’s being rather impolite as he eats quickly, and with his hands, too (proper etiquette is paramount at Eton, of course). “Liver and onions isn’t bad! We have it every Wednesday. It’s not my favorite, but not bad. This is far better, of course.”

Erik picks up his own food with his hands, entirely blasé when it comes to the finer nuances of politic. Sure, he must be rich and famous now, but Charles knows he has quite a humble background. And he's not like the rich dilettantes Charles is familiar with, he doesn't seem to mind wearing handmade clothes (Charles checks, he made them himself) or putting elbows on the table or sharing prosperity with others.

His guiding star is deep, devoted optimism and ferocious protection toward those who are oppressed. A little too comfortable with violence, but committed to trying other ways, first. Wild, maybe. A wild, wild boy. Plopped right into his bedroom from the ether. "I'll make you liver and onions every day, if that's what you want. A bouquet of onions, in fact." He smirks and just as he says it, a bushel of flowers appears in hand. All delicately carved. All... onions.

Charles blinks, disbelieving. And then, he laughs. A deep belly laugh from his soul, a laugh that even Raven has heard maybe only once or twice. His mother’s friends are certainly not funny, nor are his school peers. But Erik? Who has procured him a bouquet of onions, constructed from their atoms themselves? It’s so strange, so irreverent, Charles can’t help but to laugh and laugh until tears stream down his face. How brilliant. This brilliant boy, so odd, so incredible. “Pardon me, I’m not laughing at you, I promise,” Charles breathes, quickly marshaling himself. “That’s simply the strangest and most wonderful gift I’ve ever been given. You’re impressive, my friend. Goodness.”

He can feel the twinge of warmth from Erik, the pure joy of inspiring such a reaction, the pride and wonder that he caused it. "I'm so glad," he whispers, utterly sincere. "That we could meet. That you aren't afraid of me. Whatever you'd like, anything at all. It's yours. And you, too. You don't know how incredible your gifts really are. I know you're nervous about them. But it's just reality. Just how we are. Nothing so terrible. I know you have goals, dreams, yeah? I can help. I just want people to be happy. Really happy. I have all this power, why not?" He shrugs.

Charles can see that it means a lot to Erik, that, in his previous experiences with all the other Charleses, they have come to mean quite a lot to each other. He doesn’t know the boy, not as well as the boy seems to know him, but he can see his heart and soul and brilliant mind. “You have a lot of faith in me. I’m humbled and flattered,” Charles admits gently. “And I suppose I’ll have to trust you, won’t I?” He smiles softly, noticing how that Erik has a hundred cinnamon-colored freckles on his face. “You can do so much. You can go anywhere, at any time, is that correct? Where is your favorite place?”

"You want to see? You'll like this one," Erik's grin is buoyant and Charles can only gape as the world around him vanishes. The crowded streets of Alexandria are bustling with activity, clay painted houses in all shapes and colors. Vendors stretching out fish to be dried in the sun, wooden canoes filled with fruit. "Greece, just before the Siege. We can go to space, too," he adds and in a blip they're floating before a massive star, so dense that it's about to collapse in on itself. The event horizon, with two floating bodies as curious observers. They're kept safe and snug in Erik's thrall. "Pick some place. Any place."

That’s when Charles’s brain goes haywire. He must be dreaming, for there is no way that they’re in ancient Alexandria, a beautiful city of clay and stone and brick. There are people around, thinking in a language that Charles can’t understand, but they feel just as modern people do. Joy, mischief, hope, frustration. Charles’s schooling has taught him Greek and Latin, but goodness, how different it is on the ground. Before he can even utter a word, they’re somewhere else. Somewhen else. Space. A dying star. He’s crying now. It’s simply sublime. “Oh,” he gasps, undone. “Oh, Erik. This…I had no idea you could do this. I…that was Alexandria! And now; is this about to supernova?? My, my, the universe!

Erik bobs along beside him, delighted. "The Star of Bethlehem, in fact," he laughs and the joy ripples out of him, endless incarnations. "The older versions of us have whale and elephant friends. He told me there's stuff in here for me to find, that he put there before he died. Some of us died," he muses sadly. "But they got to write their love in the stars. The Expanse is incredible, there's so much. We'll never know it all. We help each other, too. Different Charles and Eriks."

Charles’s eyes are blurred from his tears, but he quickly bats them away. He’s certainly not accustomed to crying in front of others; a boy in his sixth form class was caught tearing up once at a Keats poem, and he’s still not heard the end of it. This is far more magnificent than any Keats poem, but he doesn’t want to unspool before Erik already. “I’d wanted to join the military,” he whispers softly. “To use my abilities to help the allies. Gather intel on Germany, all that. And then you came alone and stopped it all. A good thing, undoubtedly, but now I’m left scrambling for what to do when term ends next week. University is what’s expected, and I think I want to do. But to do what? You think we ought to do it together. I think we ought to, too.”

"Hey," Erik touches his cheek. "It's OK, you know. You can cry. I learned that, too. That tears are just part of life. Trust me, I've cried oceans of them. You don't have to hide. I'm not like your classmates. They're all Tories, anyway," he winks. "Our counterparts have a country and a school, I think that's a good place to start. To teach the young ones in America and to self-determine in Genosha. Spector and Moonstar run things now, but I help. You're so smart, you could go to any university you'd like. And we can find others, mutants like us. Show the world we're OK. Show them a better way of life."

Charles still schools himself back toward something a little more stoic, though he’s not going to act like he’s unimpressed by any stretch. “A country and a school,” he laughs softly. “I’m interested. I can see myself doing that; I’ve never been overtly interested in teaching, but I’ve long wondered how I can contribute positively to the world. Perhaps an older version of myself decided that teaching young ones to be self-reflective and thoughtful is the best way he can contribute. I can see that. But I’ve also been interested recently in learning more about us, about our kind,” he admits.

“You were that inspiration, actually. When you emerged as the face of the resistance and displayed your incredible mutation, I became curious. How are you anything like me? How are Raven and I similar? They don’t offer that course in university, but I’m a decent biologist, if I may be so bold to say. Perhaps I can learn all I can, and then use that knowledge to help others, to help you help others…”

"You're more than decent," Erik tells him without hesitation. "Do you want to see? What I see. How we are," he floats up beside and Charles watches as all of Erik's atoms get bigger and zoom in and in and in. Forces of gravity, orbiting. Ping-ponging here and there. Appear and disappear. "That's you, there," he constructs another for Charles to see himself. "I see everything like this. Always have. That's what we're made of," he says, simple as anything. "There's room for you on Genosha. With me. At whatever university you want to go to. I'll help, just tell me how. Or we can just explore the Expanse together, you know? Have fun. You deserve fun, neshama."

“Oh. My atoms,” Charles whispers humbly. Mesmerized. Taken aback. There are no words to describe the beauty before him; his body, broken down into its smallest parts. That Erik can see this all the time…what a magnificent gift. When he can finally pry his eyes away, he looks at Erik once more, past his eyes, his surface level thoughts, into the heart of his consciousness. And what he finds takes Charles’s breath away. “Neshama,” he murmurs. “Soul. Your soul. That’s what that means, isn’t it?” he swallows, hand reaching out, fingers brushing Erik’s wrist. “We’re not mere friends, in the Expanse. I can see that. We’re more.”

"Yes," Erik doesn't bother to hide it. "They were together. Married. Can you believe it? People like us can have a wedding. I grew up in the camps, you know. How hideously we were treated. I didn't tell the world the rest of it, just the Nazi stuff. But it was bad, and hypocritical. Hellfire branding us with Arschficker while hurting us in the next room, selling human beings off. Homophobia," he says softly. "It's a cruel, miserable thing. They were burned, bombed, jeered. Your classmates are scared, too. Everyone is so scared."

Charles flushes. For some time he’s known this about himself, but he’s been beyond careful to hide it. Not even Raven knows. To think that, in other worlds, two gents can get married…he can get married to another lad… “Homophobia,” he repeats, trying out the new word on his tongue. “There are lots of us. Homosexuals. But no one talks about it. It’s difficult for me to believe that one day, a lad and a lad can be married.” Still flushing, Charles twitches his fingers until he’s gripping Erik’s wrist fully, electrified, breathless. He’s never touched another man before. Not in any sort of intimate way. “You didn’t deserve that. Those camps…the papers haven’t really written much about them.”

"No, they're horrible," Erik agrees. "The courts and whatnot, they have all the data. We're working to get everything streamlined, to demonstrate how brutal this war was. Why it was wrong," he says, alight with the fire of conversation. His fingers skate across Charles's and lock, palm-to-palm intertwined. "Why we shouldn't persecute others based on race, sex, religion. Why we must not tolerate intolerance."

Charles looks at their bound hands. Erik’s is larger, with long, narrow fingers that bulge a little at the knuckles. He’s always been small and slight, but he feels like a child compared to Erik, who is far taller than the average boy their age. But Erik is also skinny…a product of the camps? Though he doesn’t look sickly. Charles supposes he’ll learn more about what life was really like in those horrid places, either from the newspapers or from Erik himself. “We shouldn’t. Goodness, what a simple concept, hmm? So simple, yet so far from the world we live in today. I like the sound of Genosha. A place that encourages equality and egalitarianism. It’s a far cry from this country, isn’t it?”

"They were very disturbed by me," Erik laughs. "But they couldn't deny results. The United States is even worse. So much hardship on the Genoshans," he shakes his head, wistful. "They'll try and fight it. We represent a dramatic change of the tides. I tried to make it as safe as I could, but you must understand," Erik says seriously. "If you come with me. You might get hurt. I will always, always do my utmost to protect you and those we love. But I'm not a god. I have limits. Bad things can happen. Do you really want to come? I will understand if you don't."

“Yes,” says Charles without hesitation. They’re still in space, at the mouth of a dying star. Up here, his trifles with his schoolmates seem so small; this is the calling that he had been waiting for. “I’m not afraid of getting hurt. I’m afraid of doing nothing, but I’m not afraid of getting hurt.” He squeezes Erik’s hand, still flushed and frantic, but excited. So, so excited. “I’m ready.”


It takes Erik no time at all to whisk them away to Genosha, along with Raven, and the people Charles slowly comes to understand as the first friends he's ever had. Erik doesn't accompany him to MIT, but he does snag a scholarship to Emerson's theater and performance major, having already proven himself with a wide variety of roles and seeking to further hone his craft and spend time near... Charles. It's a whirlwind. Erik is peppy, some might say delightfully so, but by G-d he's a morning person, like Fiddler on the Roof every day. Tradition! Come out and sing to the birds!

They walk upside down and inside out. Hand in hand. A year later, Erik boldly kisses him and says the Torah only says we shouldn't lay down. I guess we'll have to keep standing up, with a wink.

Genosha flourishes, and Danielle more fully takes the stage as the nation's leader, with help from Erik allowing them to act as global trade partners, to ensure prosperity. Erik does as much as he can to elevate people's lives, with the tools he's been given. It's not easy. People are afraid of mutants, of change. Erik has simmered down the tides of war and turned their focus onto community reconstruction globally, with refugees returning to their communities, new nations being negotiated.

While Erik is adamant that Israel deserves independence and that Jews deserve to live there, he intercedes to keep the remaining population in their current homes, entirely dismantling internal military organizations and terrorist groups like Lehi and Hativa Sheva, as well as operations like Dalet, whilst building anew on uninhabited areas. Tel Aviv is the first fully-constructed Jewish settlement, and the government of the whole area is constructed from peace activists on both the Arab League side and the Zionist side, with a 40%/40% split and 10% Druze/10% Bedouin contingent.

Jerusalem still remains under Palestinian jurisdiction; the name that the Arab inhabitants had chosen for themselves generations prior, and at the very least, all sides of the government appear to be working toward common goals of reconciliation at the Temple and Dome. Much like the structure and organization of Genosha in the elder Erik's universe, it's not a neat system, replete with highly complex and technical district divisions that sometimes have conflicting laws and cultural norms, but it's getting there.

Peace is steady, but brittle - Erik has essentially intervened in an ethnic conflict extending back thousands of years, and not everybody is content with their new neighbors - but they simply have little recourse, because Erik prevents it. Every day, Charles feels the pressure of anti-mutant sentiment clogging up the back of his skull; like the people have been rerouted from hating Jews and gays, but now it's all getting shunted into jealous diatribes about Genosha's savage mutant culture.


Things are going well, but Charles can feel it as they begin to reach a fever pitch and whispers of how to put Erik down are casually brought up in secret meetings, very faint. They think Charles can't hear, but through Cerebro, he does. By the time he graduates with his Masters in hand, the Estate now willed to him to do what he wishes, he's got a head start. He dives deeply into turning those tides around, with Erik's dedicated devotion.

That autumn, while he's still considering what he wishes to pursue for his dissertation, he notes an uptick in people coming down with some mystery bug. It's not enough to ring alarm-bells, but so far, they're all mutants. Erik materializes into Charles's study on such a rainy day, with a feather in his cap and a box of packed artichokes under his arm. "Look what I found," he grins broadly. "Fancy a row?" 

It's a life that Charles never imagined, but more importantly, one that he would never trade. From the moment that Erik, quite literally, swept him off his feet, the two are inseparable, united by purpose and more. Erik is brilliant, the most brilliant person that Charles has ever met. His mind does not work with linear predictability; it sees and reckons with things in a way that is sometimes incomprehensible to Charles but always beautiful. They fall in love. They hold hands and laugh and hug and cry together. Charles attends each performance of Erik's, even the matinees. Erik attends Charles's academic conferences.

They're on Genosha several days per week. Raven lives on Genosha full-time, quickly establishing herself as a valuable asset to their intelligence team. They take cue from the Indigenous population, so long disenfranchised by the American government, and create something that honors cultural tradition while looking forward. It works, most of the time. But, there's pressure. There's pushback. President Shipp does not recognize Genosha, nor does Prime Minister Spencer. In fact, they see Genosha as an imminent threat, promoting the spread of "dangerous" ideals, like Communism. Charles insists that Genosha isn't Communist, but they don't listen.

Why listen to a mutant? A queer mutant? By the late-40s, things are growing tense. Reconstruction sees many nations grappling for a post-war identity. There isn't consensus, and that stresses people out. Erik and his Genosha, by extension, is something to unite against. Common enemies are powerful. Very powerful. Such is the nature of their world on that afternoon when Erik bloops in to his study, all smiles, dandy as ever. Though the site of his sunny partner is always encouraging, the knot in his stomach doesn't go away, much as he wishes it would. "Oh, I'm not sure if I'm up for it right now, my darling," Charles says in a soft voice and with a small, pinched smile. "Maybe later."

Erik's eyebrows draw closer, concerned as he bundles Charles up in a hug. "Those fascist imbeciles getting to you again, yeah? Heard they're saying we have some kind of contagious disease. We don't. I gave them Biktarvy. It's not that -" Erik looks ahead, sighing. "A mutant virus. Do you think they'd do that to us? Try to wipe us out that way?" He just comes out and says it, grim. 

The close contact, as always, is helpful, and Charles can’t help but melt in to Erik’s touch. Erik is still narrow and lanky, but he’s gained some lean muscle over the intervening years. It’s a comfort, to Charles, to feel Erik this close. “I’m worried that they will try,” he admits softly. “I really do. Our world is so different from the ones that you visited before, there’s no longer a precedent. You are a target, my love. They know they can’t physically overtake you, so they’re hoping to bring you down in a more natural way. Guns and steel won’t work, so what’s left?” He shuts his eyes, and holds Erik close. “I worry.”

"I won't let them," Erik promises fiercely, pressing his lips to Charles's temple. "I'm so sorry. I know this fight is terribly bitter. I worry for you all the time, I just want to steal you away," he laughs. Charles feels it, how Erik regrets this part of it. That his fight causes such pain, it's the only thorn in their rosy entanglement. Erik desperately wants to preserve Charles's freedom, autonomy, life and joy. But now they're talking about marriage, on Genosha. Why not? The families with two men or two women are just as productive and healthy. The death knell of the redundant marches dustily on.

“You worry about protecting me, but you have the target on your back,” Charles replies softly, rubbing his fingers absently along Erik’s upper arm. He remembers the day they met, when Erik had told him that their journey would be dangerous. How he’d been considering his physical safety, and how he’d not cared all that much, as naive kids never do. The facets of danger that the two of them face is supremely different to anything he’d expected; the worry that he has for his love has gripped his heart so tight that he can scarcely breathe, sometimes.

“We need to be proactive,” he says after a moment. “For years, we’ve been attempting to broker peace through displays of pacifism. I support that ideologically, but in practice…we’re in danger, Erik. You especially. We need to do something to safeguard ourselves against their weapons, biological or otherwise. I don’t think we need to play offense necessarily, but stronger, more targeted defense.”

"I'm all for more defense, neshama," Erik says dryly, giving Charles a squeeze. "Do you have any specific ideas? I'm worried about this virus, for one thing. That's one of my limitations, biological matter. Viruses are tricky, prions as well. Not quite dead or alive. Do you think they might know this?"

“It’s not unreasonable to assume that they do know it. In fact, I think it is prudent to do so.” Charles has heard tale of the other Eriks, the ones called Ariel and Cricket and more. There are versions out there who can manipulate biology at its smallest level to produce health benefits or even cures. His Erik is an actor. An artist. Not a biologist. “Is there someone we may call upon to help you prepare? A teacher?”

Erik's eyes flutter closed. He doesn't want to think it. But there's no point pretending he doesn't. A sigh, long and slow. "Schmidt," he murmurs the name, soft. "He knew. The medical things. He knew about me, he studied me the most." Erik delivers this information without emotion, but Charles can feel how fragile he is. How one small slip and his foundation will shatter.

“No.” Charles holds Erik tighter. He doesn’t talk much about Schmidt or his time in the camps, and Charles doesn’t ask. But he knows enough to understand that the trauma and the cruelty is something that leaves a scar far more debilitating than a battered hand. “We’re not asking that man for an ounce of help. Not a chance, Erik. I’d sooner visit your friends in the 1970s than do that.”

Erik presses Charles's hand to his cheek. "Shall we visit them? Ask for their help? We're called Magnus and Francis, there," he adds, warm. "Louis will be so delighted to see home again." His fingers close fully over Charles's and with but a blink, they're... elsewhere.


Genosha, 1980. A land of sleek, futuristic skyscrapers and maglev trains zooming every which way, rails built up into the sky. Non-Euclidian, immense. Sprawling fields upside down over their heads, walking up-up but staying straight in swaying corn stalks. No cars, people zip around with the push of a button. Levitation, harnessed. Energy, effusive and everywhere. Magnus gawps. Only a year later, and it's... grown. Immense. Amazing. He can't help but smile. Louis chitters on his shoulder as he leads them toward the house he'd called home for those two formative years.

Charles Xavier—the elder—is sitting beside the window of their Genoshan townhome , observing the hummingbirds hover around the feeder, when he feels them. Magnus and Francis, plucked from the late-1940s. Since seeing Magnus off some time ago, Charles has thought about him often, even peeked through the Expanse a handful of tmes to check up on him, but hasn't made direct contact. It wouldn't be fair to continue to mother him; and he seemed to be doing just fine.

His arrival, therefore, is a surprise, and it takes a lot to surprise Charles Xavier these days. Immmediately he scans Magnus's mind in search of distress or injury, but when he doesn't find it, he grows excited. "Erik!" he calls to his husband, who is currently patiently teaching David how to fold laundry. "Erik, Magnus is back! And he's brought his Charles, his Francis!" Magnus! What a pleasure. Come to the house, we're all home.

Magnus is still completely distracted by how shiny everything is by the time Charles guides him inside their home. Erik and David emerge in the foyer wearing twin expressions of curiosity and similar knit sweaters, causing Magnus to grin wildly. His hair is even longer than the last time he saw, wound up in intricate braids. "Hi," he waves with his fingers. "It has been a little while. I hope that's OK. It's been... hectic," he laughs.

Erik ushers them both inside. "Of course, there's no issue. Come in, please. David, do you wish to say hello? Remember Magnus and Louis? That's it. Hello!"

Charles wheels over to Magnus immediately and bundles him in his arms, peppering his forehead with affectionate kisses. “Oh, my darling,” he murmurs with a laugh, squeezing tight. “I’ve missed you. Goodness, I think you’ve gotten taller! Erik, hasn’t he gotten taller?” Charles is gushing, of course, always effusive in his affection and care for the young man. He does acknowledge, however, that there are two people here to see them. Francis, when he can pull his eyes from the incredible architecture and technology present on Genosha, is staring at Erik.

A taller, older version of his own love, with a bushel of thick hair arranged in an elaborate plait down his back. And then, from nowhere, his hand flies to his temple, suddenly overtaken by pain. Intense head pain, throbbing inside his skull. It’s so severe that he inhales a shaky breath, knees weak.

“Ah, you’ve never encountered another Charles before,” Charles muses wryly. “It’s uncomfortable, isn’t it? Like bad microphone feedback. Here.” Charles quickly slips a barrier over Francis’s awareness, effectively temporarily blocking him from any input greater than a light frequency. “There. I can teach you how to do that on your own.” Francis stares between Erik, Charles, and David, who is on his stomach on the floor, petting Louis.

The pain in his head is gone as quickly as it came, and he can feel that the man seated in the futuristic chair rumbles with power. More power than is comprehensible. “Hello,” he finds his politeness. “I’m Charles, er, Francis. I suppose you know that already.”

When Francis doubles over in pain, Magnus instantly crouches to his side, hands flexing over his shoulders and temples in an attempt to help. "OK? You're all right?" he whispers, touching at his cheek with the palm of his hand.

"Look at you both," Erik says warmly, gesturing for them to follow him and David inside. The boy looks more like him and Charles with each passing day, a dusting of light freckles across his nose and auburn hair, delicate features and bright blue eyes. He's decked in a comfortable knit sweater, and holding a small orange kitten.

"We're sorry to interrupt you," Magnus finally finds his voice, a bright smile flourishing across his face. "It's been very hectic. We've had so much happen. Look at this place, wow," he gushes as Louis zooms up and down his shoulder. "Our Genosha is still in its infancy."

"Your... so you did it," Erik breathes.

"You're not interrupting anything. Have a seat, my dears," Charles urges, wheeling toward the living room. When everyone is seated, including David beside Magnus for better access to Louis, he smiles at the newly-arrived pair. It no longer bothers him to see different versions of himself, but he knows that this is not the case for Francis, who is pretending not to ogle at Charles in some mix of curiosity and disdain. It's part of it all, Charles knows. Francis will grow more comfortable with this strange phenomenon over time.

"You didn't know me at this age," Charles chuckles to Erik, gesturing toward the still boyish-looking Francis on the sofa. His hair styled with brylcreem, as was typical in the 1940s, and he's wearing slacks that are, by modern standards, too baggy and high-waisted with a tucked-in collared shirt in baby blue. He's also tiny, even Charles forgets that he's so small of stature, given that he doesn't stand up anymore. "This is what you missed."

Francis scrunches his nose. Should he be...offended? No. No, this is himself. Himself, but older, and bald, and in a wheelchair. He knows it's rude, but he steals a glance at Charles's legs, which, even encased within a pair of slacks, look small. He notices that he doesn't really move his upper body, either, how it remains leaned against the backrest. "We need some advice," he begins, unsure of himself. "Er, Erik—Magnus—does."

Erik, of course, is by no means so polite as Charles. He's staring, he knows. He can't help it, this adorable version of his husband out of time. So young, fueled in optimism and dreams for a better future. Not that this has much changed, but he supposes time has marched forward all the same. "Oh, pardon us. We're practically old men at this point," he says in a huff. "I never did get used to this." He settles a hand on Francis's shoulder, those same forest eyes glancing at him protectively, ensuring he isn't hurt any longer.

Magnus still isn't accustomed to this version of himself, and how he watches them hawkishly. It bristles a bit, his own protective instincts snapping up in response. Charles, to his credit, doesn't openly laugh at them. "I'm not sure how to explain it either," he admits. "But we can feel it. Since we've changed things. How people don't like us - mutants, as a whole. And now, now people are starting to get sick. And I'm worried. I don't know how to protect them from diseases, it's not like HIV. It's different. Hitting mutants. We're worried."

Charles's sunny mood darkens a bit upon Magnus's explanation. Immediately, he tunes in to Magnus's thoughts, downloading the series of events that has transpired since he returned to his home world. The war ended. Genosha was liberated. The government is still figuring itself; to be expected of a fledgling nation, but the sentiment is...mixed. Danger and causticity. "You're worried that it's bioterror," Charles says gravely. It's not a question.

"Your world at large only discovered mutantkind quite recently, and you've not been through the explosion of genetic science. I can't imagine that they have engineered a virus specifically targeting our kind already."

"They may have," Francis replies, and Charles can recognize that over-confidence immediately. "Our existence to the general public is recent news. But as you well know, certain parties had knowledge about us well before that. The Nazis are an example. Which is why we're here. Magnus has considered going to Schmidt, of all people, for help."

Erik blinks hard. It takes him several long moments to put together what's being said, during which he winces in pain. "No, you shouldn't ever need to do that," Erik returns, his voice a soft rasp. "Let me try and help," is what he comes up with immediately. After all, his own abilities have only improved over the years.

Magnus finds Franklin's palm and squeezes his fingers tight. "I really do not wish to do so," he adds. "But I don't know how else to resist. If this really is a weapon, I have no ability to stop it. And he... knows my abilities. I don't know anyone who knows them better. Maybe you."

"Maybe me," Erik nods sharply. His eyes flutter shut, with very little room to maneuver.

Charles moves his chair to his husband’s side and grabs his hand, knowledgeable about what that look in his eyes means. He squeezes his fingers, extending a blanket of calm atop his psyche. “You did the right thing by coming here,” Charles says to their young counterparts. “We will do our best to help.”

Francis, in mirror image of Charles, holds tight to Magnus’s palm. “You have much more robust research about our kind, yes?”

“Of course. We have 30 years on you.”

“I wanted to discover it on my own, but I suppose I can’t be selfish,” Francis huffs.

“Mutant susceptibility to specific illness is still niche even here,” Charles admits. “Hank has some research, but not much. We can try to recruit the help of Cricket. Maybe Daniel and Sooraya, too.”

"As far as I know, we actually have a great deal more resilience to disease than non-mutants," Erik posits as Magnus and Francis more fully enter their home. "But we haven't gotten to any certainty on this, yet," he makes sure to add. "Such a claim needs evidence we simply don't have, as we haven't existed long enough."

"All that would prove is we do differ on some... very small level, every mutant must," Magnus considers. "I assumed every mutant must have a very individually complex genetic sequence. But if it's just minor deviations, we could be targeted easily."

"That's the basis of our suppression technology," Erik explains.


It doesn't take long for Cricket and of course, Franklin in tow, to arrive. "Tiny me! And tiny Charles. Oh, look at you! Look at him. Look at the little clothes. Oh, no." Cricket's pupils grow large with every word.

Francis, of course, has heard about Cricket and Franklin from Magnus. The two counterparts of theirs who suffered so greatly in their own worlds and are now being cared for in this one. It seems to Francis that Charles and Erik have opened themselves up to be recipients of all the versions of themselves in great need, Franklin is even more shocking than Charles, to Francis. He still has hair, still uses a wheelchair, but the look in his eyes is almost unrecognizable.

Magnus has explained that he suffered some sort of brain damage after his telepathy was taken away from him surgically, in some lobotomy-like fashion. It’s made him impulsive; Francis prides himself on rationality and care. “I looked like a little boy wearing my father’s clothes,” Franklin announces. “Look! So small, but tried to look old and important. Ha!”

“Now, let’s be nice,” Charles says, though his own chuckle of assent is barely hidden. “Magnus and Francis are hoping that we can help them.”

Francis, rosy-cheeked, adjusts himself on the sofa beside Magnus. “I know that you’re extremely knowledgeable about anatomy and biology,” he says to Cricket, who, in spite of himself, inspires a sudden tenderness in Francis. “They’re targeting us, in our world. With some virus.”

Erik ducks his head to avoid laughing outright, something he's had to become a lot better at with the advent of both versions of themselves.

Cricket squints at this information. "We should go and see," he says, and his tone has grown a lot more serious. "Me and you, and you," he gestures between Erik and Charles. "To sense. And get a feel for the thoughts. Then we can know how to help?" It's a reasonable take from a man who is not known for his rationality.

But Erik immediately grimaces, not liking the idea of Franklin and Cricket in any other universe. The potential for so much to go wrong is immense.

Francis knows what the grimace from Erik means, and his telepathy confirms it. Cricket and Franklin are too unstable to take anywhere else; especially the late-1940s, and a world where Genosha isn’t as powerful as it is here. Genosha protects people like Franklin and Cricket from the world, and in turn, protects the world from their power. “You have the technology here,” Francis points out, an attempt at dissuasion. “It might make more sense to bring some infected patients here so that you can take a look with your more advanced tools.”

Cricket nods, and reaches out to press his palm to tiny-Charles's cheek. "You bring someone?" he asks himself, expectant.

"I'll bring someone." It takes no time at all, the individual selected is asleep, which Magnus has asked Francis to do so as to avoid upsetting the person - a young woman Francis identifies as Tel Porter. Cricket takes a few seconds to examine her, and Erik leans down as well to follow suit.

"It's targeting the mutation gene," he says first, measured. "There's no question. Can you..."

Cricket shakes his head. "I don't know what this is. I can't even see it right. Can you? It's all... I'm trying... to manipulate it..."

"It's like gibberish," Erik confirms. "Whoever did this - they know about you, Magnus. They know your powers. This is all incoherent, on the atomic level. Someone knows exactly what they are doing."

Magnus gapes. "I can't sense anything at all. You're more powerful than me, and--?"

"I am very powerful. But there is always bigger, better more. Always."

The consensus makes the pit in Francis’s stomach sink deeper. Erik, he’s heard, is the most powerful mutant in any universe, with his Charles in a close second. Cricket possesses an incredible ability to untangle complex biology and anatomy. If the two of them together can’t work it out… “Your Hank,” he says desperately, looking to his elder, bald counterpart. “Magnus has told me that he’s a brilliant scientist and doctor. Can’t you take samples—?”

“Hank turns to Cricket for help, these days,” Charles says gravely, forehead furrowed as he rides alongside his husband’s awareness. “This may be something new and unique to your universe. You have a very sophisticated, very powerful enemy, I’m afraid.”

"I will do it," Erik says at last. "It has to be me, for a number of reasons. But tactically," he says, knowing who his real audience is, "Magnus won't benefit. I will. On top of the fact you're barely out of childhood. I can't sanction that. But I can do it."

“Do what?” both Francis and Franklin ask in unison. Francis’s telepathy is still developing, so Erik’s walls are a little too complex for immediate clarity, and the bridge between Franklin and Cricket only exists between the two of them. When no one answers, Francis shakes his head vigorously. “You’re not talking about contacting Schmidt, are you? Please don’t say that you are. That’s absurd. There must be anyone else that can help.”

“No!” cries out Franklin, scrabbling weakly for Cricket. (Consistent physical therapy has enabled him to regain partial control of his right arm, which he uses primarily to hold Cricket’s hand.) “He’s evil! Hurts Erik and Cricket and Magnus!”

"I know," Erik murmurs, moving to Franklin's side. Unable to stop himself from reaching out. He doesn't relish this, not at all. But once again, he sees the decision he must make. He doesn't want to choose wrong. But the stakes couldn't be higher. "I know. I won't be alone, though. He cannot hurt me anymore. Not anymore." This at least he knows to be true. Physically, he's outgrown Schmidt a thousand times over. It's his mind that needs protecting, but he has confidence there, too.

"Oh, this... oh," Magnus laments, just barely holding himself back from outright blaming himself for not being strong enough. It's not important, not right now. "You have to be so careful. Don't let him get inside your mind."

"Can he really help? Will he?" Cricket wonders.

"He will. He'll try to manipulate and the like, but he will help. I know him that much." Not out of the goodness of his heart, that's for sure, Erik just barely clamps down on it before Francis can detect it, but Charles is far too prescient now. 

Charles squeezes his husband’s hand. In any other situation, he would vehemently revolt against this plan, as Franklin and Francis both are. But, this is for Magnus, for their world. Erik is stronger than Magnus; he’s an unstoppable force, now. He’s come a long way to get to this stage. “Don’t worry. I’ll protect his mind,” Charles says to the group, smiling briefly. “We can handle it together, mm? Schmidt is no match for the two of us.”

Francis still feels queasy. “The Schmidt here is dead, I know. Magnus put the one in our world on some distant planet.”

"Far more patience than he deserves, hm?" Erik rests his hand on Francis's shoulder, gentle. Francis can see the same traces of his Erik in this one, as he works to marshal his composure. The same lines and wrinkles, the tiniest shifting features. "I won't let him hurt me. I am strong, you know I am," Erik says, lifting his chin as he speaks. He isn't an overly stubborn person, but he is very intrinsically motivated. Once he makes up his mind, he sticks to his guns unless a valid alternative presents itself. And at least now, he is dedicated to finding a way through this. To ease suffering, not cause it. He squeezes his husband's hand right back.

“You,” Franklin gasps, nodding severely toward Charles. “Take care of him. He’s my husband. Take care of my husband. Protect his brain.” Sometimes, Franklin forgets that Erik isn’t his husband technically, or maybe he just sees all Eriks as his to look after, to care for. He’s not wrong to do so. “I love him. Protect his brain.”

“I’ll bring him back to you safe and sound,” Charles promises. “When we’re back, you can show him the garden you planted, hmm? New tomato plants, I hear.”

“Oh! When you’re back, I’ll show you the new tomato plants!” Franklin exclaims to Erik, sunnier now. “Cricket showed me!”

"Believe me when I say I am most fervently looking forward to it," Erik replies, dropping a kiss onto the top of Franklin's forehead. His love is entirely undeniable, to the telepaths in the room and psi-null, and he takes a long moment to collect himself before rising to his feet, stoic.


He whisks himself and Charles away into a voided space for a moment, in-between heartbeats. He drops his brow to Charles's, breathing slow. Are you all right? he can't help but check in. His caretaking instincts are clearly on overdrive.

Of course I’m alright, Charles replies gently, once they’re alone, in their own pocket of space. He and Erik had felt responsible for the others, for Magnus, Francis, Cricket, and Franklin. The four of them needed Charles and Erik to be confident, to be okay. David, too. Alone, however, they’re more free. Only worried about you, my love. I can appreciate how difficult this will be for you.

It feels like this is all... I feel, it feels like it did back then. When I was desperate to stop it. Like something terrible is going to happen, Erik admits, meeting Charles's eyes at last with his own. The fear is palpable. He isn't the same man he was back then, having far more control over himself, but Charles can still feel it batter at him.

Charles grips his husband’s hands within his own, feeling the fear, the smallness… After all this time, Schmidt still causes pain of a recognizable sort. But it’s different. He’s not your Schmidt. This isn’t your battle. He has no power over you.

Erik lifts his good hand to lay over Charles's cheek. Being with you, I know I am strong enough to do this, now. I wasn't, before. I tried to tell the CIA, they didn't listen. I'm not that man anymore. I know better now, yeah? his lips quirk up faintly. All he can think of in the moment is David, and how very long they had spent in the Expanse together. If he could get through that, he can get through this.

You’re the same man that you always have been. You just know more, now, Charles smiles, gripping Erik’s wrist. He’s not your Schmidt. He has no power over you, he repeats, firm. You call the shots, now. He’s just a small, sad man, stranded on a remote planet. You’re the most powerful person alive. And you’re kind and good. He’s nothing. Gum on the sole of your shoe. You know this, now. If you forget, I’ll be right there to remind you.

It takes Erik a few more moments to gather himself, but ultimately he does. They spend a few extra moments in-between before Erik lifts his chin once more, as settled as he can be, and finishes the last leg of their journey. They've been on other planets before, but it's still a highly curious sensation to visit a sky dark orange and rippling yellow in color, mountains and lake vistas surrounded by alien flora and fauna. They can breathe, whether that's from Magnus or this planet's atmosphere is simply habitable is unknown. Erik points up in the distance, where they can detect smoke rising.

"There," he murmurs, lips pressed together harshly.

Chapter 92: "Agreed, he'll tell the honest truth, though he was reckless in his youth."

Chapter Text

Charles releases Erik’s hand once they’re on the unfamiliar planet. This Schmidt, of course, doesn’t know the two of them, has never heard of Charles Xavier. This Schmidt, despite all the things he did to Magnus and others, will likely be outwardly homophobic, hateful, ableist. Indeed, Charles senses his mind immediately upon touchdown, and quickly cloaks their own presence so that he doesn’t know that they’re there. “Do you have a plan?” Charles asks Erik softly as they begin to walk and float toward the rising smoke. “He’s going to know you’re not his Erik.“

Erik can't help but laugh at himself, giving a wide shrug. "When have I ever had a plan?" he huffs back, at least able to joke about it for the moment. He does pause to consider it, though. "Appeal to his ego, make him feel like he's doing me a big favor so that I'll owe him. Act like I -- like there's a possibility I'll stick with him, this time." 

Charles scrunches his nose, the idea of stroking Schmidt’s ego especially repugnant. “He doesn’t deserve that,” Charles grunts, though it does go without saying. “Do you really think that’s the best way to go about it? He’s stuck here without you. He’s at your mercy, Erik. Remember that.”

Erik looks genuinely surprised at the suggestion, having obviously never considered it in that light previously. "What do you propose, I threaten him? I'm not sure, I can't really hurt him, since I need his help. I can only presume he will call our bluff, since there's no way in hell I would ever show up unless I truly needed him," his brows arch, thoughtful. "But I... I suppose you have a point. I'm approaching it like, like a victim. I guess. Like I would if I were still under his thumb."

“Not a threat. I propose you give him a choice,” Charles replies steadily, stopping his chair so that they can speak face-to-face, undistracted. “He’s one of a hundred billion Schmidts. If he doesn’t agree to help us, we’ll find another. We don’t need him. If he doesn’t help, he’s stuck here for the rest of eternity. If he does, he might get some relief from this wasteland. Emphasis on might.” Charles reaches out and grips Erik’s hand. “We do this on our terms. Not his. He has a choice to make, and if he doesn’t make the one we need him to make, we go.”

Erik squeezes Charles's fingers back gently. Thank you, for being here with me, he manages mentally, eyes creasing up as he smiles. I truly do not know what I'd do without you. I hope you know that, he says, and drops a kiss to the top of his head. With a sharp inhale, he does his best to straighten up. "We have got this," he murmurs. "You are right. He doesn't have power over me. Not any longer."

Charles smiles to his husband softly. This, Charles knows, is why Erik must do this. Magnus likely wouldn’t have been strong enough to understand this position; it even took Erik a moment of pause to remember and realize the power that he has. Magnus has a different background, but he’s still young. “Not any longer. You’re in charge. I’ve got you; he can’t get in to your head. You’ve nothing to worry about.”


It doesn't take much longer for them to finally tromp into the small clearing meant for this planet's only inhabitants, the notorious Hellfire Club from Magnus's past timeline. There are several small tents arranged in a semicircle around a fire pit. Erik does his best to keep himself composed as they approach, and Klaus Schmidt looks over from his spot heating up some captured, skewered wildlife. His brows arch instantly, unable to mute his surprise.

"You're not Erik Lehnsherr, are you?" he tilts his head, offering a smile that forces Erik to suppress a grimace.

"Not the one you know," he answers quietly. "That put you here."

"I see. And who is this?" he directs at Charles.

Schmidt’s mind is…odd. Charles doesn’t remember much about his last encounter with it; he was a much weaker telepath than Schmidt at the time, and honestly, most of that day is a blur 25 years later. But, he knows that it didn’t feel like this. Half-feral, half-evil. “His husband, Charles,” he says flatly, and then presses himself atop Schmidt’s psyche, merely to make sure his presence is felt. To show the man that he’s much, much stronger than he. “I’d suggest you put that carrion you’re eating down and listen closely, Klaus.”

Schmidt blinks a few times, not bothering to hide that the abject hostility has taken him off guard. He shrugs with one hand as if to say well, you hold all the cards, and after a few moments, does set down his meal. "How can I help you, then?" he asks, one eyebrow raised pointedly.

Erik resists the urge to drive his index finger into his eyeball. There's something so incredibly grating about Klaus Schmidt, even after all this time. After all he's been through. "I didn't put you here, but that doesn't mean I can't assist. We need --" Erik sighs audibly. "I need your assistance. You spent enough time with me in the past, in your role as a medical professional. Isn't that right? You taught me anatomy, physiology."

"Well," Klaus at least doesn't rub it in, for now. "I taught someone, yes."

"Right. Whatever. At Janinagrube, correct? You were the Commandant. As far as I understand."

"That's correct, yes. But as you can see," he gestures all around. "I've already been sentenced for my crimes."

"Hardly," Erik can't help but growl under his breath. "You were done a service. Don't act like you weren't."

“It’s a supreme mercy that your life was spared, and a sacrifice of the flora and fauna on this planet that it has to share an atmosphere with you and your associates,” Charles spits, nodding to the circle of canvas tents surrounding the fire. He can’t help himself; all hatred he harbors toward Schmidt was renewed upon view of Magnus’s battered body that handful of years ago, and reinvigorated now, seeing those cold eyes.

“There’s no sentence that will ever be enough for your putrid soul. But, as my husband has indicated, the knowledge that you’ve attained through means of torture and atrocity could be of use to us.” Charles’s hands are gripping the arms of his chair. “If you agree to assist us, Erik may choose to make the remainder of your existence in this wasteland less miserable. If you don’t, we’ll leave you here and never return. It’s that simple.”

Erik surreptitiously settles his hand against Charles's shoulder, deeply aware how difficult this has to be on his husband. He's been through similar, having to deal with the likes of Trask and the United States government whom he still holds personally responsible for what happened to Charles. Facing them hurt, though he can't say that Charles has the same type of response as he, either way, it's a challenge. He knows that much. Schmidt on the other hand doesn't seem particularly fazed, but Charles can tell that he is at the very least curious about their offer.

"If you're coming to me despite such animosity in your heart, the situation must be truly dire," he comments dryly. "All I've ever wanted is to propel you forward, Erik. Of course I will assist how I can. Why don't you start from the beginning." He indicates with a lifted jaw the empty seat across from him.

Erik remains standing, but it's clear he resists the urge to obey. "The version of me that you know, he's made significant changes to the world he inhabits. Not everyone is sanguine about this. They've released some form of biological weapon, something even I can't read. You spent more time with me than anyone else, trying to hone my abilities. In my universe, you didn't succeed. But you did, in his. You trained him, and brainwashed him to use his abilities to their extremes."

"And you're looking for a similar form of training? I must admit to some surprise."

"Obviously if I had another alternative I would not be here."

"Well, I won't be the one to hammer it in. All right, then, come here. Let's see what we are dealing with. Levitate this," he cuts to the chase, gesturing at a rock on the ground. 

Erik tries not to flinch, eyes growing distant momentarily before he jerks out of whatever nightmare unfolding in his mind to lift it with a flick of his wrist. "Zoom in on its particulate make-up," instructs Schmidt. "Your abilities, it's all energy. As complex as it all appears to be, it isn't. It's energy, force, that is where your strength lies." 

“He doesn’t need your coaching,” Charles hisses, and then, in a moment of impulsivity, casts a grand illusion before them all, atop the rocky landscape of this desolate planet. It’s of Genosha, of their Genosha. It’s beautiful landscape, incomprehensible architecture. Mutants and humans meandering down its utopian streets, happy, lively. Synagogues and churches and mosques and parks and beaches and houses of science and art and culture. Charles displays it in astonishing detail, a birds-eye tour of the incredible life that Erik, his Erik, has created.

“He’s done all this on his own, Klaus. He doesn’t need you to teach him where his power lies. You got it wrong, anyway; he was able to achieve all this when he found serenity, not rage. He didn’t need to be tortured to find the strength in him for this.” Charles knows that he’s probably making it less attractive for Schmidt to aid them, but he can’t help himself. That smug, self-important smirk has set his fuse alight. Schmidt cannot think that he has any power over Erik, not anymore. “Anatomy, Klaus. Biology.”

The illusion disappears abruptly, leaving the three of them glowing in the light of the smoldering flames. “That’s what we need. I can pry it from your brain and leave your husk to be feasted upon by your food supply. Or you can give us what we need. Anatomy. Mutant anatomy. So we can neutralize the virus.”

Schmidt snaps his eyes upward at this, and for the briefest of moments Charles can detect his ire in return, hackles imminently raised at being spoken to so harshly. It's clear he's not accustomed to it, to being in the position he's in now, but he retains enough self-control not to react from temper. Erik presses his lips together, not desiring this scenario to devolve any more than it must. "All that time in the camps, you spent it studying mutation, right? The more you can shed a light on this, the better. I know you care about mutant advancement. That won't be possible if this virus gets out of control. What could possibly do something like this?"

Schmidt is, at his core, a scientist. The question undeniably intrigues him. "Here," he gestures at the rock, and draws something out on the sanded ground for Erik to mimic at the atomic level. "All mutation is formed based on a single genetic disparity in a gene known as MSTN. Are you familiar with this?"

Erik nods. "I've heard it. From Dr. McCoy. Myostatin, it has to do with muscular growth, right?"

"In particular what is known as the TGFB, transforming growth-factor beta, which occurs throughout all tissues in the body, and is linked with all phenotypical expressions of various mutations that occur in a cascade. For example, what may lead a mutant to developing wings, so that they fly. This starts with growth factor of their tissues, and extends downward and downward, and their physiological structure may look vastly different to yours - tissue density, bone density. But it comes from that single source."

Charles knows that his temper, usually marshalled and contained, is bubbling out of control, so he remains silent as Schmidt and Erik talk. Willing himself back to calmness. Breathing deeply. They need Schmidt’s expertise, and they won’t get it if he shuts the man off. “Yes, we’re aware of the role and potential of TGFB,” Charles says in a clipped voice, though it’s less caustic now. “I’m a geneticist by trade. You assume that any virus targeting mutantkind specifically will have to bind to that cytokine? Or alter it?”

"That's right, but it's not so simple," Schmidt says with a shake of his head. "See, we deal with these mutations all the time in regular humans, affecting MSTN and GDF8 on its own wouldn't be enough to only, purely, target the mutant population. Not without affecting humans, too."

"So, talk us through this," Erik murmurs. "How this all works."

"GDF8, growth differentiation factor 8. Human myostatin, which affects every human person, is made of amino acid residues. The full length gene encoded 375AA prepro-protein, with a molecular weight of 25.0 kDg. This is inactive until protease cleaves the NH2-terminal, following along?" he arcs a brow to Charles.

"He gets it," Erik doesn't even allow his husband to answer that one, knowing the more they interact the worse Charles's temper is liable to become, and they need to focus right now.

"Now, some humans have mutations on this gene and merely wind up with increased muscle mass and strength. We wouldn't technically call these people homo superior, because it doesn't result in a homozygous cellular cascade. This is where humans and mutants diverge."

"So do we know exactly when this anomaly results in mutation or not?"

"That is the peculiar part, it's what I studied at Janinagrube. Thus far I couldn't give you a proper answer, not without examining a victim. We still don't know precisely why one mutation leads to cascade and one doesn't."

Charles does follow, and he’s about to say something snide when Erik urges Schmidt to continue. Fair enough. This isn’t particularly new; it all fits in to the theoretical understanding about mutation that Charles, Hank, and the other scientists of their world have, but they’ve never determined specifics as this. It frustrates Charles beyond measure. “It must be something external to that specific gene, then, if the threshold is the same,” Charles ponders. “A factor beyond this interaction.”

"You have the skill you need to determine the answer," Schmidt says to Erik. "You always have. There is a reason why I selected you, over anyone else."

Erik rolls his eyes. "Yes, I know the reason. I'm not a fool, nor a child any longer. You can justify it all you want. I don't believe you. The only reason he ever believed you was a product of years of manipulation and cruelty."

"Say what you will. I can help you get to where you need to be. But I'll need a proper laboratory, and to examine a patient personally. I can't help you from here."

Erik glances at Charles, this time. We may not have a better choice, here. We did say we would offer something.

Charles narrows his eyes, keeping his gaze fixed on Schmidt’s gaunt face. We said we might offer something, Charles points out, but he knows that Erik is right. Schmidt likely does need to examine a patient in order to help Erik see what he needs to see. In real time. We keep him away from Magnus, Charles says finally. And from Cricket. I also want him to be suppressed the entire time he’s present in our reality.

Erik inclines his head, and for some reason, Charles can feel that internally, he's much calmer than anticipated. Even now, even facing this man down. It's been so many years, he never got this chance when they encountered his version of Schmidt. He was too scared, too vulnerable. But it's not so this time, and something about it has him feeling genuinely powerful, for real. Erik isn't normally one to lord his capacity over others, even though he very well is one of the most powerful mutants currently alive.

He's never felt strong. He's always been somewhat meek, if anything. But in this single instance, standing next to his husband here on this desolate world, he knows his own strength. "We'll take you back with us. To Genosha. But you will be a prisoner, am I understood? This isn't a vacation. You'll be treated fine. I won't permit anyone to hurt you. But you are not free." Erik meets the man's gaze, his own crackling with internal fortitude that simply wasn't within him all those years ago. Never again.

Charles exhales sharply through his nose. It's difficult to stare this man in the face and allow him any liberty. Charles is usually known for being overly forgiving, but Schmidt occupies a place of hatred in his heart. A person who made so many decades of his husband's life hell, who made him feel small, weak. Who hurt his loved ones, scarred his psyche. "You're lucky that my husband is so merciful," Charles rumbles. "You won't have the opportunity to hurt anyone else."

All right, can you make sure that everyone is where they need to be before we transport back? Erik asks Charles, tightening his fingers gently over his neck as a reminder that he's still here. Still upright. They both are. Schmidt doesn't have the luxury of lording over them anymore.

I can, Charles answers quickly, concentrating hard. One of the newer facets of his abilities is this, his ability to communicate cross-dimension, cross-universe. He isn't always successful, but he's able to do so with his home world with relative ease. It takes a few minutes, but when he's sure that Magnus, Francis, Cricket, Franklin, and David are safely at their townhouse, he nods. Alright, ready. We'll go to Hank's lab facility. He knows we're coming.


It doesn't take Erik long at all to transport them back to their universe, though it's with some regret that it's necessary to expose anyone else to the likes of Schmidt.

For his part, he remains decently quiet, though Genosha itself as a concept clearly fascinates him. "And you say this is similar in our world? Interesting, I'll admit I didn't anticipate this," he hums as they enter Aramida's largest medical center from the outside. "Is this a type of segregation, then? Mutants in one country, humans in another?"

"Rest assured, I have no interest debating politics with an actual, literal Nazi. Just shut up," Erik growls under his breath, impatient. "Please."

"Ah, well, I see your manners haven't dulled with age."

"I don't suppose you still need your head attached?"

Schmidt just snorts.

"I, for one, am glad we live in a time when manners are less important than conduct," Charles hisses. They enter one of the laboratory spaces in the research wing of AMC, where Hank is waiting for the trio. In his large blue hands is a jet injector, green suppressant serum visible in a clear vial. "Would you like to do the honors, Erik?" Charles asks his husband, jerking his head toward the syringe. It may make him ill, but I don't care.

Erik takes it, frowning down at it. Even now, with everything Schmidt has done to them both, Erik doesn't relish depriving another mutant of their abilities. There's no pleasure in his expression, no enjoyment at the idea of causing Schmidt to hurt. At one point he would have felt embarrassment over what the likes of Hellfire would call weakness, but Erik knows better, now. There's no joy in causing pain, it doesn't matter who is on the receiving end.

That's the difference between him and Schmidt, he knows this now. "It has to be done," he says, not precisely apologizing but making it clear this isn't some type of revenge on his part. "The last time we interacted in a significant way you caused us a lot of pain. We aren't safe, with you. You're not a safe person." Erik swiftly injects him. Charles doesn't miss that it's this judgment which seems to at least keep Schmidt quiet, like even he can't deny the truth of it. At least he has the good sense not to complain.

"All right, then, you must be Dr. McCoy. I take it we will be working together."

"Ignore him," Erik rolls his eyes. "Go. Over there," he points toward the internal laboratory behind glass sliding doors.

It's the clearest mark of Erik's character that he dismays the necessary task of removing Schmidt's mutation. He's a man who does not wish any person to suffer unduly, even if that person is Klaus Schmidt. It makes him admire his husband even more, a feat which Charles hadn't thought possible. He gives Erik's hand a brief squeeze. I love you, he conveys privately, and then returns his attention back to the matter at hand. Charles quickly summarizes the situation for Hank, conveying Schmidt's hypothesis in a flat tone.

"We need to observe a patient in real time to determine the mechanism behind the virus," he concludes. "Were you able to get the samples from Ms. Porter?"

"Blood and hair," he nods, gesturing toward the prepared petri dishes. "She has informed me that she's willing to be examined in person, if need be."

Erik clenches his fingers of his good hand into his palm, feeling all of a sudden like all of the oxygen in the room has evaporated. "No--" he starts, and catches himself with a sharp exhale, not desiring to lose his cool in front of Schmidt of all people. "No," he says again, tempered. "If she has to be examined, can't you do it?" he asks Hank.

"I doubt he will know what to look for. You have nothing to worry about, after all, I don't even have my abilities."

"Nothing to--no, I'm not exposing a child to unnecessary medical experimentation for your amusement. Absolutely not." Erik jabs a finger in his direction. "And I didn't ask your input, so stop. Just -- stop it. I need--I have to--" he shakes his head sharply and presses his palm to his chest.

Schmidt arches an eyebrow, and gestures to the door. "I'm not going anywhere. Take a break, if you need it."

"Wow, thank you for your fucking permission." Erik presses his teeth together hard, realizing he's losing the plot rather quickly. Sorry. I'm sorry. Just give me a second. 

"We brought you here to do a job, you'd best stick to that job and that job only," Charles spits to Schmidt, gripping Erik's hand in his own. "Your eye stays on that microscope or we put you right back. Understood?" To Erik, he's much, much softer. We won't let him get near her, my love. You're doing wonderfully, he soothes. You can pause time for a few minutes if you need to collect yourself. That's alright. I'll be right there with you.

It takes Erik less than a second to do so, and they wind up once again in the quiet, inky blackness of their in-between space as Erik seems to lose what little grip on himself he tenuously held. "This--I can't, this is wrong. This is all wrong, how are we any better than the CIA? What does it say about us that we are willing to work with this person -- and to expose another patient to his -- examinations. Tel Porter is fifteen, and I might add she is not a typical patient either. It shouldn't be relevant. I absolutely will not subject her to any possible circumstance of disrespect or indignity by the likes of this fucking imbecile!" he doesn't realize he's practically shouting into the literal void.

In their little pocket of privacy, their temporary Arcadia, Charles holds Erik close. His muscles are tense and his mind is flustered; all the strength and coolness that he has been displaying toward Schmidt melts, when it's just the two of them. But, it's different. Schmidt isn't getting to him in the same way that he once did. Rather, Erik's worry is for others, for Tel Porter, for right and wrong. Another testament to his dignity.

"Then we won't," Charles agrees firmly, squeezing Erik's hands. "He'll have to make do with the samples she's provided. If he can't do anything with them, we send him back and figure it out ourselves. That's that, end of story." Charles brings Erik's knuckles to his lips and kisses, one by one. "Perhaps we can hasten his return to that wasteland if we take a moment and determine exactly what we need from him. How can we attain the knowledge or skill or combination of both to do this without him? We can focus on that."

Erik nods, breathing out shakily. "I'm sorry, I didn't -- I know, I know I'm --" he swallows hard. His thoughts are skidding around all over the place, but Charles can narrow it down, he's always been able to. He had a handle on it, but the idea of subjecting anyone else to Schmidt is simply too much for him to take. Just him, he can deal with. It's everyone else that worries him, it's working with someone so repulsive that concerns him.

"Everything he's said so far, sounds familiar. Like what Hank and the folks at AMC deal with on a regular basis. But he has more on the minutiae, things that would have taken us a long time to work out because we operate with ethical standards. Not only that, but how to use my abilities to interact with this viral structure. I don't know how. But he spent a lot of time with Magnus, he might be able to help me figure it out. Right now, it's all nonsense to me. It doesn't look like anything. Like I'm being specifically blocked."

Charles listens carefully to Erik, studying his expression, his body language, the way his mind vacillates….he’s frustrated, it seems, and rightfully so. Wishing he could do what he so badly wants and needs to do without having to indulge Schmidt for even a moment. But, he’s putting others first, as he always does, and Charles is proud of him for it. “Let’s see if he can help you untangle what you’re seeing, then. Maybe once you know what you’re dealing with, you’ll be able to interpret the details on your own. I’m sure that you’re further along than Magnus is, anyway.”

Erik wraps his arms around Charles in a tight hug rather all of a sudden, doing his utmost to control his breathing and get himself back into a mindset more properly capable of handling Schmidt without having a meltdown. It isn't productive, and they can't afford this. He isn't a child any longer, even though he sometimes forgets this when confronted by painful reminders like this. He is the leader of a nation, someone who has been asked for assistance, and his role and his job require him to handle his shit.

So he will, but not before getting a hug, first. "If he can help me overcome this, I should be able to see how it is targeting people as well, there's no reason I shouldn't be able to stop this in its tracks. Unless there's a reservoir, like HIV. I still can't quite eliminate all of that, even though I can keep my own viral load suppressed now. Maybe I can become even stronger, gain that ability. I don't know. But we need to figure out how this is constructed, first. Tel will die if we can't, and I can't let that happen."

“Anything is possible, my love. Especially with you,” Charles encourages, wrapping his arms around Erik in turn. He rubs a reassuring hand along his back, knowing that his husband is trying his damndest to compose himself. In their private space, however, he needs Charles, needs to affection and love and closeness, because this is frightening to him. A new virus, even one that doesn’t belong to their world, is not something to be trifled with. “I could technically obtain all the information from Schmidt, but translating that your ability is not my specialty, I’m afraid. I wish I could do more.”

"No, no," Erik shakes his head resolutely. "No, please don't. You should not, you should never, have to contend with whatever horrid nonsense is floating around in there. I'll be OK. I handled him for years, this is nothing new. And he can't do anything anyway. The only other concern I have is that this may not be linked to just Magnus's world. This could very well be something we face at some point," he verbalizes his real fear. A virus that targets mutants, that he can't detect or affect in any significant way.

“I have that same worry,” Charles admits, lacing his fingers with Erik’s own. Their eyes meet for several moments, brilliant green and deep blue, and then Charles smiles softly. “All the more reason to figure it out quickly and get that man out of here, hmm?” He leans in to kiss Erik’s nose. “We can come here if you ever need to collect yourself. No warning needed ever.”

Erik manages a genuine smile at that, and gives his husband one last squeeze before straightening up, while Charles can see it in real time as his expression utterly empties itself in preparation for what must come next. When they return, it's to Schmidt studying a slide, and working with a large touch-screen monitor overhead. "There is no getting around it, I'll need additional samples from the patient. Ms. Porter, is it?"

"I'll see what I can do," Erik returns as politely as he can. "Blood, hair, what?"

"Blood and plasma, yes. About six vials will do."

Erik grimaces. "That seems excessive."

"Do you wish to solve this problem or not? It won't hurt her. It's a blood draw, not--"

"--oh, do finish that sentence," Erik grits.

Schmidt sighs. "I can't help what I need to do my job effectively. Ideally I would speak to the patient myself, but I suppose this will suffice."

Ideally I'd put your head in an industrial grinder-- "I'll see what I can do," Erik repeats stoically. "In the interim, what may help is a focus on honing my abilities."

"As far as I am aware, you never particularly agreed with my methods there, either."

"I don't care. I'll do it, all right? I won't hurt anybody," he warns. "But if you know of a way to improve my range, I'll try it."

"There is a method that always worked for the Erik I knew. Like I said, you won't approve." He raises a brow at Charles.

Charles can throw Schmidt further than he trusts him, but it seems that the prisoner, though undeniably rotten at heart, does have a genuine curiosity about the virus. A scientist, always, accustomed to human test subjects. When he speaks of his method, however, Charles’s hackles raise.

“The Erik Lehnsherr you knew was a scared little boy, taken from his home and his family, who bent to your whim because he had no choice but to do so,” Charles spits, knuckles going white around his armrest again. “This world and all that’s in it came to be because we found alternate methods. Confidence and love rather than fear, rage, and torture. The Erik you knew began to use his abilities magnificently within hours of landing here, where he was surrounded by people who cared for him, Schmidt. I dare say, your method didn’t work as well as you think it did.”

"Then why seek me out?" he asks, but it's clearly directed at Erik. "If my methods have no value, why am I here? Look," he straightens up and folds his hands behind his back. "I don't need to say I told you so. Whatever methods you find effective are your business. But I know what will work. Your abilities can be pushed much further than this. This is quaint, but this isn't even half your potential. This virus should be nothing to you, Erik. No virus should be a match for you."

Erik can't help it, he flinches at that. Schmidt doesn't know about his status, nor about the epidemic Genosha has recently dealt with. Such a thing won't become relevant for decades in his universe. But Erik can't help thinking about Charlie and Aura and the hundreds of others who died before Wanda and Pietro found the necessary timeline. Those who died because he wasn't strong enough to fix them.

Schmidt’s calm voice is infuriating to Charles. His quiescence is making Charles, in all his fuming ire, seem unhinged, mad. It infuriated Charles even more. But he knows that those words strike a chord with Erik. For a moment, he wants to shake his husband, remind him that Genosha is anything but quaint, that he has the power to move the entire universe….but what does that matter, if he can’t stop a virus? “Describe your method, then,” Charles concedes. “You aren’t the same Klaus Schmidt we knew, so perhaps you can be effective. This world ran out of use for you 25 years ago.”

Schmidt nods and moves to grasp something from the counter, which Erik identifies as a scalpel based on composition. Before he can tense up or react in any real way, Schmidt rears back and throws it at Erik as hard as possible. Erik blinks and it shatters into a trillion pieces right before impact, leaving floating dust spires raining down. "...What was the point of that?"

"Mutation has one other facet to it, that we haven't yet discussed. Adrenaline. That took you less than a picosecond, the moment your endocrine system released the stress hormones into your body, your mutation became automatic. That is what I studied, for years. When you are sufficiently adrenalized, I daresay your upper limit is nonexistent." 

“That isn’t news to us,” Charles says blandly, though he won’t admit that they’ve never considered it as an independent element of mutation. It seems obvious now; Erik is able to do extraordinary things when under pressure. But they haven’t ever taken a break to consider what role adrenaline itself plays in the manifestation of his abilities. “It’s 1980, here, we know quite a bit that you likely don’t,” Charles reminds Schmidt anyway, for good measure. “May I remind you that we’re trying to help Erik understand something minuscule and complex right now? That requires focus. Not something traditionally achieved when under extreme stress.”

"Not for a human being," Schmidt tells him. "Look around you. Look at yourself, look at Erik. Look at this place. All of this, I am certain, was achieved under enormous pressure. Erik himself, functions optimally under stress conditions. You may not like it, but that is incontrovertible. You know I am right."

Erik swallows roughly, not quite sure what to make of this. All the lessons he endured in childhood, the stress tests. Those, he remembers well. His Schmidt wasn't capable of cracking his mutation, he didn't start manifesting power until the Red Cross. But that didn't stop Schmidt from experimenting on him. "But we know that there are," he gestures a little, almost flailing. "Limitations, to how much stress you can cause someone, before they physiologically break down. Which you know all too well, too."

"I was heavy handed with you, I'll admit it. But we can find a median, can't we? A way to channel your endocrine system into producing enough adrenaline and cortisol to supercharge your mutation entirely. Perhaps we could create the opposite of a suppressant. Something that makes you even stronger."

“No.” Charles’s voice is firm, cold. Schmidt sounds like a bloody Nazi doctor, because that’s exactly what he is. The way his beady eyes seem to be alight with wonder, with excitement; he hasn’t had too many guinea pigs to poke at in his new home, after all. Charles wheels between Erik and Schmidt, facing the latter. He glares up at him with a furious, fiery expression. “That will hurt him. Damage him. Excessive cortisol is extraordinarily harmful to a body; we’re only just discovering its dangers now in this world. We aren’t going to flood him with cortisol, I won’t allow it.”

Erik himself moves to drop himself onto one of the benches near the side of the wall, feeling his legs start to go numb. He stares at his hands, using the motion sensor attached to the inside of his elbow to trigger the mechanism on his brace to curl up his fingers a little. He still remembers getting this injury, from the man across the room. Angry, furious at what he perceived as willful incompetence. He knew Erik could move metal, but he couldn't get his patient to cooperate and he lost his temper. Enraged--Erik swallows, pressing his fingers to his temple. Enraged, with every ounce of power charged into his foot as it slammed down over Erik's forearm, fingers and palm.

"Don't be absurd," Schmidt rolls his eyes at Charles. "You can't seriously believe your emotional state is significant when compared to the fate of mutantkind? You're willing to let a virus like this run rampant instead?"

It's at this that he rises to his feet, his own rage clear as a bell. He shoves Schmidt back bodily, away from his husband. "Enough," he growls. "Do not speak to him again. Work on what you can. Come up with a formula you think will be effective. I'll handle Ms. Porter. We're leaving. Now. Let's go." It's very rare for Erik to speak so authoritatively with his own family, but right now he is a hundred percent Genosha's Prime Minister and not Erik. Not right now.

Much of Charles wishes to stay here and debate Schmidt, to point out that the chemical load of excessive cortisol is damaging to the body, that it has nothing to do with emotions, but he doesn’t dare cleave himself from Erik right now. If he tried, Erik would probably get Charles out of the room anyway, by force. So he says nothing, simply turning his chair to follow Erik from the lab space, his own rage pulsating in harmony with Erik’s own.


Once the door is shut behind them, soundproofed so that Schmidt can’t hear anything at all, he pauses and grips Erik’s forearm. “Erik, there must be a better way,” he insists, eyes blazing. “Taking some formulation made by Schmidt to flood your body with cortisol? That seems like a last resort.”

With Charles's hand on his arm, he can feel Erik's entire body shaking from head to toe. He has to laugh a little, almost hysterical. "I might not need a formulation at all," he rasps, digging his good hand into his chest to try and rein in the rapidly spiraling panic lancing through every nerve-end. "I don't want to do this, of course I don't. I - - to be right back where I was, nothing more than an outcome. I can't express, how to be understood, what it is like to be a non-human person to such a degree. The way I was treated, the way I saw others be treated. Death was nothing, they died all the time. Didn't matter. It was for the advancement of science, right? And they were just mongrel Jews and degenerate gypsies. Meaningless, nothing. And now, what, do we admit this methodology has merit? Is that all it takes? May as well be a fucking Nazi, then?"

“We don’t have to,” Charles says quickly, firmly. He can feel Erik’s panic and distress ratcheting upward, but he doesn’t force it away or lay a calming salve atop a spiraling psyche. He’s learned over the years that it’s important for people to feel their feelings, even when uncomfortable. And anyway, he, too, is wrestling with his own anguish and fury, so he’s scarcely in any position to ask Erik to be calm. “You are a human person, Erik. You’re not a guinea pig. Your body is worth more than its meat, even if that pig implies otherwise.” Charles’s fingers are still digging in to Erik’s forearm, pulling himself closer in his chair. “We can put him back. Now we that we have an idea, we can have Hank and Daniel and Sooraya take over. We don’t need him, Erik.”

Erik swipes at his eyes with his good arm roughly, drawing his hand down his face to try and hide it when he cracks. "I don't want him to be here anymore," he says, and hates how fucking small it sounds. He can't remember how to blink, or breathe. Every inhale is like a wave, disconnected from his body altogether. His lungs and organs floating on strings, stuttered. "But I can't-can't worry about-about any of this," he shakes his head. "If I have to be his lab rat again, so be it. Life isn't fair, is it? I don't. Want to. But, it doesn't. Matter. Doesn't matter."

“Oh, darling.” Charles’s fury cools a few degrees, just enough to allow him to take a small step down and remember that he’s here to support Erik through this. This is his job, to buffer Erik from the harshness, keep his mind protected even if he puts his body on the line. Raising his chair up until he’s eye-level with Erik, Charles wraps his arms around his husband’s form. “This is all on our terms. Remember that,” he urges gently, soothing. “This knowledge isn’t for him. It’s for us; he’s our chemistry monkey, if anything. Don’t let him make you feel like you’re one of his test subjects, because you aren’t. That’s not what this is.”

"I can't - if there is a way to help them, we have to try it. I'm sorry, just. Need a moment," he tries to laugh a little, but it comes out more of a forced huff. "It's not - him. But it is. He remembers. He made the same choices. He hurt Magnus the same way. I'm sorry," he repeats again, somewhat of a broken record. Charles can tell he doesn't have a proper grip on reality, his vision swimming and fuzzy, ears ringing. His hands and feet like balloons, made out of rubber or wax in the shape of a man.

It’s been some time since Erik’s grip on reality has been this loose; a few years, in fact. Not since the day that David came home with them. Charles doesn’t panic, but he does steel himself, abandoning his argument from moments ago to focus solely on Erik. “It’s okay. Come here, sit.” He lowers his chair to the floor and brings Erik with him, settling his husband atop his lap. His arms are tight around Erik’s torso, with one hand fingering his long curls where they’ve come loose from their braid. Closeness always helps. “He hurt Magnus in the same way he hurt you,” Charles repeats, not wanting Erik to grow too lost. “It’s alarming and distressing, I know. You’re so brave, to step in and do this in Magnus’s stead. Selfless.”

"No," Erik shakes his head, and he looks more lost, too. He naturally finds his way into Charles's lap, but his eyes are wide and red, lips parted as if surprised. Everything wobbles dangerously. "No, just, my job. To keep people safe. I have to. I have to. I can, I can do it-" he trails off into an inaudible whisper. "Sorry. For you. I'm sorry. You have to see him. I can, if you - I can, alone. If you need."

“Don’t be silly,” Charles whispers, rubbing Erik’s back. “I’m not leaving you alone with him for a second. Not for a picosecond,” he adds for good measure. “We don’t have to do it this way,” he tries, one last time. If Erik insists, Charles won’t keep pressing, but he wants to offer one more escape. “Magnus came to us for advice, darling. That’s it. I’m committed to helping him and his world, too, but this doesn’t have to be the only way. We can try without Schmidt.”

Erik shivers a little, not quite all-there. But he nods, a couple of times in a row. "Won't - let him hurt anyone. Not me. Won't let him hurt me. Hurts, already. But, I mean, my - body. Won't take risks. Not worth it. Sets a bad precedent. For Genosha. That if it is dire it's acceptable. To hurt yourself. Experiment. Nazis. No, it isn't worth it."

“No, we can’t condone it,” Charles agrees. “It sets a bad precedent. Just because you’re a prime minister doesn’t mean you need to put your mind and body on the line in this way. This isn’t the way.” He rests his lips on Erik’s forehead for a moment. “We can visit the Expanse, for a bit. Maybe that will help.”

Erik scrubs at his eyes again. "Won't let him hurt me," he whispers softly. "We can. Try. Another way. But we might not succeed. Might. Still need to. For help. Need his help. I don't know. When - how much, is too much. How much will hurt. I am --" his gaze is fixed on his left arm and even though Charles rarely sees it in daily life, he knows well what's there. "Like he said. 24005. Used to it. I've been free longer than I was imprisoned, isn't that strange?"

Charles gently raises Erik’s chin to bring his eyes away from his left forearm, where the five digits are still inked into his skin. Faded now, and less visible when he’s tan, but still there. “Much longer,” Charles reminds Erik, holding the eye contact. “You’ve been free for 35. 46, if you count the years before. You and I have known each other almost 30 years, hmm? Isn’t that remarkable?” he dares crack a small smile, squeezing Erik ever tighter. “This is hard for you, I think, because you’re not used to it anymore. Schmidt wants you to feel like you used to feel, but you’re well beyond that, now. It’s not possible to put you back there. You’ve come too far and accomplished too much.”

Erik traces his fingertips over that smile, and his eyes seem to focus more clearly on Charles in front of him. "You're not sick of me yet?" he murmurs back, not quite able to make his features return the favor, but it's more solid than before. "It's - difficult. He hurt you. The last time. Caused so much pain. I've met different versions of him. Did you know I even met one who institutionalized himself? Isn't that wild? I don't know. I don't know why the Expanse is this way. How it's all so - random."

“Sick of you? Utterly impossible. We’ve seen countless universes, but not one where I’m sick of you,” Charles reminds Erik, tapping his nose. “It is so very strange, isn’t it? So random. Not for us to understand.”

That at least gets a small smile. His nose scrunches up automatically. There was a time where he would have been utterly decimated by these last few hours, but now all he really cares about is sitting here, with Charles. "It's different, now, isn't it?" he wonders aloud. "He can't destroy me. I thought he did, for a long time. Magnus still believes that. I always blamed myself, for what happened. Because I was too weak, when we faced him then. I just thought - I am just not strong enough to face him."

Charles’s own smile grows when he sees Erik’s face soften, a tiny smile crawling across his lips, even if it’s strained. “The reality is that he knew that you’re stronger than he is. He worked very hard to convince you otherwise. Hell, he still is, isn’t he?” Charles rests his forehead against Erik’s own. “Your heart has always been stronger. Your kindness. Your family helped you find that at a young age, and he tried to strip it from you. But he couldn’t.”

"My family still helps me with that one," Erik says to him, almost amusingly solemn and serious, but it couldn't be more true. Erik credits Charles and the rest of his truly enormous family for the fact that he has any sensibility at all, even if most wouldn't conclude it's a lot to begin with. "You, our children. Everyone. Franklin, too. All the different versions of you I've been blessed to know. I don't feel weak any longer. I know better, now. I'm just not hardened. That isn't. You know, growing up with Hellfire. It was a bad thing. How I am. But it isn't. You helped me understand that."

Charles smiles softly, tucking a loose strand behind Erik’s ear. The stilted speech is nothing for Charles; he spent years at Erik’s side while his grip on reality was far more tenuous for far longer; he knows how to listen. “No, it was never bad,” he agrees. “I admire you for it. How your heart is always warm and open to others. It’s a strength. A superpower, even.”

As always, when Charles says things like that, Erik's initial reaction is to shake his head, like trying to shake off rain pellets. After thirty years, he still doesn't quite know how to take a compliment. (The best Charles can get out of him on a good day is uhhh, I can make feijoada real good. Progress!) It's ironic to him that Charles says so, because there is no question in his mind any strength he has comes from the people around him. And that's something he didn't have, growing up. Something he had to learn, all over again, like a baby.

How to have friends, how to relax and carry on without being so doom and gloom all the time. Schmidt did a lot more than it ever first seems like, even when it seems already egregious. It's a little like being beaten into a coma. He had to literally learn how to walk all over again - physically, in his own skin, without curling up into a corner and dissolving like a wet napkin. He presses his cheek to Charles's own, letting himself ease the tension that's built up. I know this isn't easy on you, either, he considers as his verbal capacity gradually refills the longer they're secluded.

It’s only difficult on me because I have to look this man in the eye, knowing who he is and what he’s done, Charles replies steadily. How badly I’d like to give him what he deserves. I know that you felt regret earlier, when administering the suppressant. That took me aback, but not by surprise, you know. You have no desire to cause another to suffer or hurt, no matter how much suffering and hurt they’ve caused you.

No, Erik agrees softly. I know how it feels. I take no pleasure causing pain, not even to Schmidt. But I understand why you would, why anyone would. That's why people feel angry, it's a sign injustice and unfairness has occurred. He makes me angry, too. But I don't want to hurt him. I didn't want to hurt Stryker, either. Trask, well. That's different. I don't exactly want him to suffer, I would just prefer it if he were dead.

Mm. What does it say about me if I want Schmidt to suffer just a little bit? Charles asks wryly, only partially joking. He laces his fingers with Erik’s own. Not excessively. But a little. Magnus’s punishment for him is good, I think. A lonely life on a distant planet, away from anyone and anything he can hurt. That’s suffering, in many ways.

I think it says you have a healthy anger, Erik answers seriously, but with a small smile. Don't think because you aren't like me, that's worse. I'm very unusual, even Ailo said it was peculiar that I do not care about getting justice. I'm just abnormal, he laughs then, brows raising. I do care, I care for all of his victims. They deserve justice. But me, I don't care. I don't want Schmidt to have any impact on my life, to waste even a moment on him feels truly egregious.

You? Abnormal? Not my Erik, Charles teases, poking Erik playfully in the ribs. I think that’s remarkable, truly. To look your abuser in the eye and tell him that he doesn’t matter to you anymore. Goodness, what strength that is, hmm? And probably frustrates him even more.

I will admit that I will not lose any sleep over his poor, fragile ego cracking into little pieces, Erik says with a little grin. Catty, always. He nods, though. It's what I would like to teach to Magnus, to Cricket. You know, I really understand Magneto, now. Isn't it strange, when you feel yourself becoming more like yourself? He had all these years on us. He knew.

I suppose that’s the reality of growing, maturing, Charles replies, musing. We become more like ourselves as we learn, don’t we? A lot of people worry that the opposite is the case, that we veer further from who we were as children, as if our child selves are who we are at our cores. But how silly.

Honestly, I suspect it's quite true for me, Erik has to laugh. I can't imagine I had an ordinary development. It's a miracle I can perform any adult tasks at all, isn't it? I suppose it is. Just resilience, that's all. We know so many people with similar stories, and they turned out wonderful.

Resilience is the right word, Charles agrees, planting a kiss on Erik’s nose. You’re the most resilient man I know. Even Ailo says it may be superhuman, in you. Yes, you’re humble about it, but it’s truly remarkable, darling. How you always rise above, in spite of what life tosses your way. Hmm? Can we compliment you for a while longer?

I'll bite your nose off, Charles Xavier. I've had a lot off practice. David used to sass me, too. Then I stole his nose! Never did it again. Erik gives him a tap for good measure. But, there are worse things in the world than being able to laugh at a moment like this. I suppose we ought to get back. We'll talk to Tel, I don't want him anywhere near her.

Charles beams. Sometimes this is all it takes; a few gentle moments to ground each other. Limbs tangled, heads pressed together, minds linked. They are each other’s sails and rudders, propelling each other forward while also helping to steer. We ought to, yes, he sighs. Have you decided what you’re going to do? Send him back or take his formula?

I'll see what he comes up with. Maybe - I don't know, I don't like this, either. This idea, enhancers. I don't know why. Maybe I am just regressive. It feels wrong, but at the same time, maybe it's a practical defense, Erik runs through his analysis as concisely as he can. The US has proven already they aren't above using mutation to fight mutants. That's exactly what this is. So why does it feel... ah, I'll see. We do need something.

I agree with you, Charles murmurs. I don’t like it either and I can’t put my finger on why. Perhaps for the same reason why we don’t like performance enhancing drugs in sport, or amphetamines for academic performance. It’s not the inauthenticity in and of itself that turns me off. You and I both take inauthentic medication and use equipment to aid us in our daily lives, he says, nodding to his chair and Erik’s brace. Perhaps you only need to try it once to activate that component of your abilities.

No, it's not about authenticity. And I've never given a shit about steroids, they're legal here, actually. It's mostly used for HRT, but some people do use them for sport. Not my circus, not my monkeys. They all regulate themselves, so they might get disqualified by regulation. But it's not illegal. Erik realizes he's gotten distracted by work and puts his train back on the tracks with a small grin. I think it's because it feels experimental. With steroids we have enough data to know what's safe and what isn't. It feels like it could be exploitative, harmful. Like an unethical science experiment.

Charles smiles, always happy to indulge Erik’s tangents. He wouldn’t care whether people used performance enhancing drugs in sports either were it not for inequality of access. But, as Erik has said, not his circus, not his monkeys. Organizations can make decisions as they see fit. And we’d be dabbling in territory that we may wish to remain clear of, he adds. Should governments discover that we can enhance our mutations, who’s to say they won’t wish to conscript mutantkind for their purposes? Enhanced cops and soldiers and prison guards. A species of workers, to be used as they see fit. I’d rather not open that door. 

Right, if this technology does exist we had better anticipate it being utilized to oppress others. Force someone with a strength mutation to become even stronger, stressing their body unnecessarily, so they'll be a better laborer for example. Plenty of anti-mutant countries use mutation like this. They claim to be against it, lock us up and then say it's a prisoner work program. But you have no choice. I've seen it time and again, if drugs like this entered the field it would be a shit-show from start to finish.

I agree wholeheartedly, Charles grimaces. What we’re doing here stays confidential. You, myself, and Hank. I don’t even want to tell Magnus and Francis what we’re doing. The risk is too great. Charles rubs his forehead, feeling a headache coming on. I’ll cloak it, in your mind. Hank’s too. And I’ll wipe it from Schmidt’s mind before we send him back, lest he find a way off that wasteland one day.

Erik nods sharply. It's typical of their lockstep these days, but Erik still winds up smiling to himself and shaking his head. Not for the first nor last time today, he can't help but marvel at the complex mechanism of their relationship. Thirty years in the making, and Charles is still the easiest person in the world for him to converse with. Good planning. Once he finishes up whatever his formula is, we should have Hank examine it as well. I don't want to do anything unnecessarily dangerous, so I will stop this if that line is crossed. I just can't set that precedent in our community.

For the record, I don’t want you to take it at all, Charles says quickly, though his tone implies that he’s not going to fight Erik over it, by any means. This is Erik’s decision and Charles knows why he’s doing this. But, yes. We should potentially have Sooraya take a look, too. We can trust her with this secret, I think. And her neurology expertise is unmatched.

Erik lingers for a few extra moments before sliding to his feet, setting his hand solidly on Charles's shoulder before returning them back to the laboratory.


Schmidt is still in the same place, examining a clipboard behind glass. He looks up at their return. "Have you made your decision, then?"

Charles sighs deeply when Erik directs them back to the laboratory, finding it difficult to be in Schmidt’s presence. Magnus’s Schmidt is almost as bad as Erik’s Schmidt and Ariel’s Schmidt; the only thing that elevates him slightly is the fact that Magnus spent several years less with him. But they’re all in the depths of Hell in Charles’s book, so a few millimeters are scarcely even noticeable. “You will create a formulation that you believe will be effective in raising Erik’s cortisol levels enough to activate that plane of his mutation,” Charles says, and his tone does not imply choice in the slightest. “Our own scientists will review it before Erik takes it. You’re to remain in this room, and when we’ve determined that we don’t need you any longer, we’re sending you back.”

"All right. Have your physician get me some blood work," he directs at them both, and it's clearly stated this way on purpose - there's no way he is stupid enough to believe he would have any success asking for such a thing directly. But it is, at least in his mind, a requirement.

"I suppose we should get Hank up to speed as well," Erik says, as the doctor had left when they first did. "What is it you're planning on making?"

"Just what we've discussed. A method for regulating your endocrine system to maximize your output potential."

"That doesn't sound like just cortisol."

"Oh, it won't be. I'll need to see your bloodwork and match it specifically."

“We don’t need to maximize,” Charles hisses, and all vestiges of calm and cool are evaporating quickly. “You said it yourself, that this should be nothing to Erik. This isn’t one of your experiments, Schmidt. You’re not here so that you can see what Erik does when you push him to his limits.”

"Then you'll need to be somewhat plainer, I'm afraid," Schmidt resists the urge to roll his eyes again. These fucking people. "I thought the premise here was expansion. I only planned on making one formula, and getting it right the first time. If you wish me to prance about making several iterations to see exactly at what point Erik's capacity raises to a useful level--" a brow arches.

“I wish for you to be precise,” Charles replies, growing short-tempered with Schmidt’s loathing thoughts. “You understand what our requirement is. You put him beneath your microscope for years. If you didn’t collect an adequate amount of data in all those years to create a simple formula, then what was the bloody point, mm?” Charles’s jaw is clenched. “But, forgive me. I’ll be plainer with you. Like I am with my kindergartners.”

"Not him," Schmidt points out, snippy. "He is an adult. He is different to the individual I knew. He grew up in a different environment. His entire genetic structure and composition is most likely also different."

"Just - stop, stop talking. I'll have Hank do a blood draw, kurwa mać." Erik waves his hand at the man, rude and unapologetic. "Let's go. I'll make sure he stays put."

Charles grimaces at Schmidt even as Erik attempts to stop the pissing match.


When Erik blips them away to Hank's office, leaving Schmidt behind, he buries his face in his hand. "Sorry, I'm sorry," he murmurs to his husband. "I can't be civil with him. He tests my patience more than anyone ever has. We shouldn't condone him creating something with no upper limit."

Hank, who is surprised by their sudden appearance on the other side of his desk, clears his throat. "Mind filling me in?"

Erik rests his fingers against Charles's neck, warm. I know. It's OK. We're all right. He turns back to Hank only when he's sure Charles is less liable to explode, and nods grimly. "Schmidt thinks he can create a serum to artificially enhance my mutation."

Hank blinks. "I'm sorry. A what?"

"He hypothesizes that by flooding Erik's body with adrenaline, the horizons of his mutation will expand," says Charles dryly. "Which will, in turn, enable him to understand the structure or mechanism of the virus. No, I don't like it, and no, I don't want to normalize this, but we don't have much of a choice."

"Mm. It's a theory with a decent amount of merit," Hank admits carefully. "I'm sure that he's right."

"Yes, me too. It's certainly in line with the research that we've conducted ourselves. But, he wishes to create a 'method for regulating his endocrine system to maximize his output potential,' which is more invasive than necessary, I think."

"What an adorable little lab rat I make," Erik snarks under his breath. "But - yes. It's not something that I'm keen on having out there, so to speak. Like suppressors, it's got a very dangerous, serious potential for misuse. And I have to tell these people what we are doing, I can't keep this from Genoshans. They have a right to know what our government is doing, what our resources are being utilized for. And I don't know how I can do that, genuinely. How am I supposed to tell these people that it's OK to work with a Nazi as long as we say it is?" 

“No, we shouldn’t tell them,” Charles protests, frowning up at Erik. “We can’t tell them some information but not all. It’s best that we keep this quiet. We don’t need to do this officially. I’ll replace any resources with my own money. Call it a privately funded project.”

Hank raises his hands. “I’ll help either officially or unofficially. I can supervise Schmidt, if you’d like. Make sure he doesn’t do anything beyond the scope of the ask.”

"I can't sanction that," Erik says, and Hank can tell it's gearing up to be one of those things between Erik and Charles, where the rest of the world falls by the wayside as they work through whatever problem they're facing. "Charles, I can't do that. We do have classification standards, and I will insist that this be classified. You two, me and Schmidt are on this need to know basis. When it comes to what we're doing, we can keep that restricted. But I can't work with the likes of Schmidt behind their back."

“What do you plan on telling them?” Charles asks, voice pinched. He and Erik don’t often disagree, but whenever they do, they have enough mutual love and respect to be able to discuss it in a civilized way. “That we brought a Nazi from an alternate universe here to work with us on a secret experiment? Darling, that won’t go over well at all. What benefit does that level of disclosure serve?”

"We can explain the nature of the virus in the other universe, the reason why it's important that we conduct this program," Erik says, shaking his head. "It's not ideal, I know that. But the benefit is long term. These people trust me to do what I say. That I won't keep things from them or run some kind of shadow government doing what all I like. I'm accountable to them. This is their country."

Charles sighs. He rests his forehead in his palm, elbow propped on the armrest of his chair. It’s no secret that he doesn’t like this plan; this began as a favor to Magnus, a resident of an alternate universe, but it is now an official government operation, which somehow feels worse. “I don’t like it,” he murmurs. “You’re going to get a lot of questions. People will want details.”

"I know. I'll come up with something, make it clear this will not affect anyone but me. But it's something we need to prepare for, as well, because things like this are a possibility in our universe, too. I'm a high ranking government official, I am very accustomed to keeping sensitive information withheld. You'll both be read in, so you'll be obligated as well not to discuss this with anyone outside this room other than Dr. Schmidt. That means Magnus and all the rest of them, too."

“As I said, I can do anything officially or unofficially,” Hank says with a shrug. “I’ll say nothing unless told.”

Charles is positively grumpy; typically, he gets his way if he argues persistently enough. But Erik is in prime minister mode now, and when he’s in prime minister mode, there’s less give. Ultimately, he’ll do what he believes in his heart is best for his people, and even if Charles disagrees with his decision, he knows that Erik only does things that he truly feels are right. Of course, Charles respects that. “Alright, Mr. Prime Minister. You know that I won’t say a word.”

Erik lays his hand over Charles's, as usual his stuttering uncertainty has been cut down by the mere fact of needing to be the leader of this nation that he is. Usually it's one of the fastest ways to bring him back to Earth, and this is no exception. "I know you're not a fan, but it'll be OK. I don't expect it will cause no issues, but sometimes the issues have to be caused. Even if people aren't happy, that's preferable to hiding. It has to be, transparency is the foundation of Marizah," he tries to explain, using the Genoshan word for their Party, knowing his decisions don't always translate to his husband. It doesn't mean that they never censor sensitive information, but it does mean Erik does his best to be open about exactly what is safe to be open about, even if it means only a partial story.

“I understand,” Charles says, not needing any further explanation. He doesn’t like it and he never will, but he respects Erik’s decision and won’t argue with him about it for any longer. He grips Erik’s hand for a moment, and then releases it. Back to business. “I would like Hank to supervise Schmidt,” Charles adds. “You may also learn something as well. He’s knowledgeable, but he’s also 30 years behind us.”

"Are you OK with that? I'll stay here as well, so you won't be alone with him. If he bothers you, or you need a break, let Charles know and I'll remove you immediately," Erik tells him seriously. Of course he knows that Hank is an exceptionally gifted scientist and physician, but his role doesn't put him into much contact with people like Schmidt, and Erik knows how taxing it can be on the average person from listening to Ailo over the years. "He also said he needs blood and plasma samples, from me and Tel Porter. She won't be interacting with him at all, and whatever we uncover will be used on me alone."

“I’m fine,” Hank promises. “He doesn’t scare me. Without his mutation, he’s just an under-nourished old man,” he shrugs. “I’ll get the samples from Tel and then go in to supervise. She’s been admitted to the medical center, she’s quite unwell.”

Charles grimaces. The young woman isn’t of their world, but such a border seems nominal at most. Her condition is concerning. “Alright. We’ll meet you back the lab.” Thirty minutes later, they’re assembled at the door to the laboratory, Hank holding an insulated case. Charles steels himself, and then they push inside unceremoniously to rejoin Schmidt.

“We have the samples you require,” he says flatly, parking himself beside Schmidt’s lab bench. “Dr. McCoy will be supervising you.”

Erik uses the opportunity between getting his vitals checked and blood drawn and the same with Tel, who is in an intensive care unit bed at AMC, to briefly put out the discussed announcement and Charles and Hank both watch it from a portable television in the laboratory.


"Thank you, everyone. At this time I bring some rather unsettling news about our sister world, the home of Magnus Lehnsherr. Early this morning we confirmed that a parallel hostile government has successfully developed a virus targeted at mutants. These are our brothers and sisters, the paths not taken in our own lives, thus I believe it is imperative that we assist. If not for them, than for ourselves, as such a drastic aggression may one day be feasibly applied to us.

To this end, I have made the perilous decision to work with the only specialist in the genetic and biological structures relevant to this illness currently known to us. Unfortunately none other than Dr. Klaus Schmidt, a Nazi doctor from their reality. In the past, his work contributed to a great deal of harm to mutants and humans alike. It is with great trepidation that I have involved him in a very limited capacity to address the crisis facing our kin. He will be interfacing with me and a Genosha-aligned physician, and will be producing data with application for myself only.

The greater details of this project are classified, because of the potential for harm that may come from broad dissemination.
I understand this decision will not be popular, and that it may result in more questions than answers can be provided. After he is done, we will be returning him to conclude his sentence of exile in his own universe. I appreciate your patience during this delicate time, please direct any questions to our Minister for Intelligence, Captain Darkholme. Thank you."


Schmidt peers from his workstation, a sardonic look on his face. "Prime Minister, I can't say I ever expected that. He's got a way with words," he huffs dryly.

Charles watches the television in silence. From this distance, and in this scenario, Erik looks much like he did a decade ago. A stoic expression and hard voice, accent appearing thicker than it does in person. Prime Minister Lehnsherr is not so much a persona as it is a role, and Erik is nothing if not committed. Charles knows that there will be backlash; global backlash. Germany and Israel won’t be happy, nor will the Jewish population on Genosha. But, Erik is nothing if not bound by duty. “Of course you didn’t expect that,” he says flatly, flicking the television off. “You expected him to be under your thumb for the remainder of your days. Your lackey slave.”

"We accomplished a great deal together, you know. If you could set your hysteria aside momentarily, you would see that it is in fact this work which enables us to engineer a solution to the problem you are facing. I am a scientist. First and foremost. Erik was the most powerful mutant known to me at the time. The potential for him to positively impact this world for generations to come was too great to ignore. Surely you understand that. Progress marches forward. It must march forward," Schmidt says sharply with a raised fist. "Our feelings on the matter just hold us back. Erik understood that. He never complained. In fact, he often volunteered."

“Is that what you were doing?” Charles turns his chair to face Schmidt, and the vein in his temple is throbbing. “Positively impacting the world? Rounding up the Jews, Romani, homosexuals, Communists, herding them like cattle, and then executing them to positively impact the world?” Charles’s teeth are bared now, and then he raises a hand, brusque as he burrows his way into Schmidt’s rotten head until he finds the aura of his central nervous system, where all the nociceptors in his body send pain signals. It takes nothing at all set the area alight, as if the teeth of a thousand saw blades are ripping across his skin, through sinew, muscle, bone.

Or course, Schmidt is physically unharmed; not so much as a single bruise colors his pale skin, but his brain is responding as if he’s in the jaw of a wood chipper. “Perhaps you’d like to volunteer, hmm?” Charles spits, waving his hand and activating a renewed gale of pure pain across Schmidt’s nervous system. This time, burning. Napalm and fire; he’ll feel like a witch burning at the stake. “See what progress we may make when pushed to the limits of our potential, hmm? You can go first. We’ll see how strong your convictions remain when you feel like you’re being suffocated to death.” A snap of his fingers, and Charles sends Schmidt’s lungs into severe distress, deflating as they burn, ache, suffer.

Another minute of this and Schmidt will die from hypoxia, but Charles won’t let him off that easily. “Tell me, Herr Doktor! Are you going to let your feelings hold you back? Or will you refuse to complain, like the child Erik who so impressed you? Who volunteered to be your lab rat, only after you murdered his mother before his eyes!”

Charles!” Hank’s arms are pushing him down into his chair, attempting to stop him from inflicting further pain, but Charles scarcely notices. His vision had gone red.

“Tell me, you evil fucking bastard! Do you volunteer?”

Erik whirls into the room immediately and before Charles has time to react, he feels it as Schmidt is surgically disconnected from his influence as he veritably disappears from the room. Erik has put him somewhere that Charles's brain can't comprehend. A non-Euclidean space entirely upside-down and inside-out. But Erik isn't concerned with Schmidt, he moves to sit in Charles's lap, framing his face with both hands, good and bad. Charles, hey. Hey. Come back to me. Listen to the sound of my voice. You see me? Here. I'm right here. He takes Charles's palm and presses it to his own chest, doing his utmost to surround him in the here and now. I'm sorry. I'll send him back. I'll send him back, this isn't worth it. I made a mistake bringing him here. He's gone, OK? Gone. I love you. I'm here with you.

Charles doesn’t realize that hot, angry tears are rolling down his face until Erik is on his lap, hands on either side of his face, holding it still. The agonized presence of Schmidt is gone, and Charles feels suddenly bereft, hollow save for the bitter rage still pooling in his stomach. His blurred vision finds Erik’s green eyes, brimming with concern, with love. I hate him, Charles warbles telepathically. What a pitiful understatement. He has no regrets. He’d do it all again. He’d torture you, torture everyone, all over again if he had the chance. Bring him back, and I’ll turn his bloody hand into pulp, like he did with you— Charles squeezes his eyes shut in an attempt to fight back the rage. I’m sorry. I’m sorry.

“He slammed his fist against the table, Erik,” Hank says, hovering cautiously around. “I heard a crack.”

Charles vaguely registers a throbbing pain in his right pinky, but it still feels like nothing compared to the fire in his gut. I’m sorry, he repeats to Erik.

"I know," Erik murmurs to Charles and Hank both, gently lifting his hand to slowly and painstakingly block his pain perception and knit back the small bones in his pinky cracked through. A splint appears on his hand, keeping everything together neat and clean. Erik keeps in contact with him, drawing his fingers over Charles's cheek. "I know you do. I understand, OK? I promise I do. You never need to apologize to me," Erik tells him seriously. "It was an error, bringing him here. Please forgive me. We will see what we can do without him, OK?" I know he would. He's never been sorry, I never should have subjected you or anyone else to him. Erik himself looks pained, but keeps his focus on Charles. Just focus on me. I'm right here. I've got you. I promise. He won't hurt anyone ever again.

Erik has him. Erik has him. Charles leans his head against Erik's chest, encircling himself in the comfort, the strength. He feels terrible; he's supposed to be the one bringing Erik comfort in the presence of his abuser, not the other way around. He's only gone and made this whole ordeal more painful for Erik than it would have been already. A murmured apology won't bring Erik any comfort, though; his being okay will. He gazes at his splint-covered hand.

"Hank, do you think you could do what we need without his help?" Charles asks softly, still snug in Erik's embrace.

The large scientist shifts. "Eventually. I don't know the mechanisms of Erik's particular mutation very well. I'd have to study quite a bit."

Charles closes his eyes. "We don't have a lot of time. Tel will die."

"Within the week, if we can't find a way to help her," Hank agrees solemnly. "I need more than that, if I'm to do it on my own."

"Right." Charles swallows thickly, and then looks up to Erik. "We need his help, it seems. I'll...stay away. Perhaps bring someone else in to supervise. Ailo, maybe."

"I should have done so from the beginning," Erik says softly, jerking his chin in a nod. Of course Charles lost his composure, how could he not, when faced with the man who caused such devastation to both of their lives? Erik isn't the only one Schmidt hurt. He was responsible for Hellfire, for promoting the likes of Essex and Viktor Creed into his ranks. Erik runs his palm down Charles's upper back, rhythmic and soothing. And I know you feel our roles ought to be reversed, but please know it isn't true. You're my husband and my best friend. I will always, always prioritize your wellbeing. I love you, so much. Never, ever forget that. You are everything to me. Everything, he repeats fiercely.

I love you, too. Goodness, Erik. More than anything in this world and all the others combined, he replies, head resting against Erik's chest. Typically, they take the opposite position, Charles holding Erik in his arms instead, but it's nice to be held in these moments of vulnerability. It's hard seeing him, feeling his brain, knowing what he did to you and Magnus. But I'll stay away. I wish I could be there to support you while he's here, but I'm only making it worse, mm? Ailo will be better. Keep things moving without being a distraction.

Absolutely not, Erik disagrees swiftly, shaking his head. You are not a distraction. Not ever. But I don't like you to be in pain, not like this. To feel that killing rage, it's a horrid thing. I know it well. I have done the same, and wished to do worse to the men who hurt you and Charlie. I never, ever wish for you to contend with that. I would spend the rest of my days seeking to ensure you experience joy, and light, and warmth. I'm so very sorry he caused you such distress.

Erik knows it must be made only infinitely worse by how much Charles can see reflected in his own mind, his own memories of that thin face and half-moon glasses leering at him, invading his spirit, crushing and violating and torturing. That he has come here and caused his husband such vivid, striking horror is almost too much to bear. Schmidt has always felt to him, to be Erik's responsibility. Hellfire, the Nazis. All aspects of Erik's life he can't protect others from well enough, that keep showing up and hurting those he loves. Erik peppers little kisses across Charles's temple and under his eyes.

Hank has wandered away to start preparing Tel’s samples, accustomed to the pair regularly becoming lost in each other’s private moments like this. Charles smiles softly as Erik kisses his face, and it’s remarkable how great of a difference this touch makes. Just a few moments of tender care can soften even the bristliest of situations. “If you let me roll over his hand with my chair, I think I’ll feel a lot better,” Charles says aloud, voice lighter now. Teasing. He clears his throat and leans back finally, composure finally knitting its way back to his body. “I’m sorry,” he says to Hank now. “I’m sure that wasn’t fun to witness.”

The scientist shrugs. “He was pissing me off, too. Talking like a eugenicist. But, I wasn’t expecting to hear a scream that loud today.”

Charles grimaces. Hank’s senses are all heightened, as per his mutation. His sense of smell is his strongest, but followed closely by hearing. “Apologies, my friend. Truly. I’m excusing myself from this operation, now. Ailo will take my place.”

Hank offers a strained smile. “For the best, probably.”

“Shall we brief him, then?” Charles turns his attention back to Erik. “Pietro and Wanda have been watching David all day, so I’d like to do that quickly and get back to him, if possible.”

Erik nods, and stands to offer Hank an uncharacteristic one-armed hug, patting him on the shoulder. "Your willingness to engage with this is deeply appreciated, Hank. I mean it. Thank-you. I know we have had our differences, but I hope you know I consider you a dear friend. I'll take Charles to get Ailo, perhaps you can go over what Schmidt already finished in the lab and I'll leave him where he is until we can get Ailo in here and up to speed. That way you won't be alone with him for too long. I'll also be there to run interference. Perhaps he may even survive this," he jokes dryly.

“I’m here to do science, not exact revenge,” Hank says, his attempt at a joke. Charles rolls his eyes, but appreciates it. “It’s fine.”

“Let’s go, then,” Charles urges, and in a whirl they’re with Ailo in his own office. The elder telepath is briefed, less surprised than Charles expects thanks to the broadcast, and swears to secrecy as well. Once they’ve secured his promise to assist, they find themselves back in the townhome, the familiar surroundings a calming balm to Charles’s raw psyche.


“Uh, there you are,” Pietro huffs, zipping from the dining room upon their arrival. “We just spent the last half hour scaring reporters away. They’re hoping to get a glimpse of the Nazi doctor you’ve brought here!”

Charles grumbles something unintelligible as he wheels over to where David is playing with his LEGO set on the floor. The boy, blessedly, appears unbothered, happy and content as he constructs an elaborate tower in a shape that would otherwise be impossible, had Erik not enhanced the bricks. “They’ll be disappointed. He’s not coming to the house. Obviously.”

Erik groans and pinches the bridge of his nose within two fingers of his good hand. "I know, I know. I'm sorry, truly," he whispers and for a brief moment Pietro can see how haggard and stressed his father looks. It says a lot - when he's stable and steady, he almost never displays anything but temperence and evenness, muted colors of softness and gentleness with his family. He is absolutely not prone to displaying open hardship, even though external circumstances do their utmost to force it from him.

This is no different, but it also is. It's Schmidt. Not the one they knew, but the man who caused his own children such pain as well. Who killed their mother when he was through with her, for being a useless human. Erik draws a breath and spontaneously goes to Pietro's side, gathering him in a hug as well. "I know. I am sorry. Believe me, please. If there were another option--I can't, I can't let Tel die. I can't let an entire generation of mutants be wiped out. We don't have the time to develop a vaccine from scratch. We just don't. I know you must think me horrible."

"'Course I don't think you horrible. I know that you would never do something like this unless you absolutely had to," Pietro replies quickly, not wanting his father to get the wrong idea. Especially when it's obvious that he's deeply distressed. "So do most sane people, and those who know you even a little bit. But, the media likes a sensational story."

"How sensational. One of the worst men to ever live is here, helping us find a cure for some mystery illness," Charles says blandly. His right hand, his better hand, is cradled in his lap, encased in a splint, so he uses his less steady left one to tuck a strand of hair behind David's ear. The little boy huffs and shakes his head, allowing his auburn locks to fall back into his eyes. Despite himself, Charles smirks. It's cute when their normally very sweet boy decides to have a bit of an attitude.

"A best-selling book, really." Pietro exhales sharply. "They think Wanda and I know the "classified details" of this treatment, or whatever. Deep Throat nonsense."

Charles looks to Erik briefly. "In that case, it's probably best that you don't know. Your father may wish to tell you more when the dust settles, but the fewer people who know, the better."

"Ominous," Pietro grunts. "What the hell happened to your hand?"

Charles glances at the splint. "I broke my pinky while torturing Klaus Schmidt," he says evenly, as if he were discussing the weather. "It doesn't hurt."

Erik runs his fingertips over the back of Charles's unobstructed knuckles, soft as can be. "I've knitted back most of the bone, so now it just has to heal. It shouldn't take much time at all," he whispers. Upset. Charles hurt himself, but Erik blames Schmidt. It's no different than if he had broke Charles's finger himself, in Erik's mind. "Charles lost his temper," he explains quietly. "Schmidt was being antagonistic, talking poorly about Magnus."

Speak of the devil, Magnus and Ailo both enter together and Magnus runs over to Charles, throwing himself at the other man and giving him a tight squeeze. "You hurt yourself? He hurt you? You can't work with him. You can't. Or, I should. It should be me. My universe. My Schmidt. Should be me. I can't let you be hurt," he babbles a little. "See, Louis doesn't like it." The little hedgehog stamps his feet from his continual perch on Magnus's shoulder.

"He's a terrible menace, Klaus Schmidt," says Ailo. "But I'll be there as well, and I will make sure he stays on track."

Charles can feel Magnus's flustered worry as he dashes over, collecting him in a frantic but still cautious hug. The presence of the young man helps Charles remain grounded; he remembers that this is for him, to protect him from harm. "He didn't hurt me," Charles promises Magnus, smiling up at him once he's standing again. "I grew angry and slammed my fist into the table, as if I'm some meathead jock." It's obvious that Charles is trying to make light of it, directing the blame back onto himself. "Fret not, love. I'm not going to be in the same room as him again. And neither will you," he adds, firm. "It's not painful. Erik fixed it, it will heal. For now. I only wish he gave me a brace as cool as yours, hmm?"

Magnus gives him a quick little grin and in an instant his splint transforms into something sleek and futuristic, covered in a motif of lemurs and sloths reminiscent of Dante and Poe, the companions he has seen Charles with many a time. "Can you ever forgive me? Bringing this to you, how much it must hurt. I am so very sorry, Erik. Me. You. I'm sorry." He places his good palm over his heart, a younger mirror of Charles's husband.

Francis has followed behind and Magnus clasps his hand shortly after, trembling minutely. His eyes well with unshed tears, a stark reminder of youthful impulse. "What did he say about me?" he rasps, shifting on his feet. "You said. He talked about me? I haven't. Haven't spoken to him in--I, the last time. He." His mind clatters around, a rising chaos. Viktor bringing down the standing whip, while Schmidt - - no, no, no - - Charles can see, no. He has to stop. Stop, stop.

"Oh, darling, you have nothing to apologize for," Charles says quickly, looking to Francis. It's fortunate that Magnus has him, a younger version of himself, to keep him grounded in difficult times. They all need each other, Charleses and Eriks. Without their other half, they begin to crumble. "I'm so glad that you came to us for help, in fact. We can help. Or, Erik can help, rather. And you've alerted us to a threat in our own world, mm? You've done us a service."

Francis stands on his toes to kiss Magnus's cheek. "See? I told you," he says quietly. "They want to help."

"He said things that a Nazi would say," Charles replies to Magnus's second question. "Nonsense about progress and all that, that you had an ability to positively impact the world with his help. Typical Nazi babble." He of course omits the part about Magnus's participation being voluntary, seeing no need to drag the poor boy through that nonsense. "I was sick of listening to him talk, mostly. And admit that I didn't hold myself back; how I've envisioned what I may do to that man given the chance for a long time, mm? I'm occasionally an opportunist." Francis is surprised at his elder self, but doesn't wish to start an argument with him. Lest Magnus grow even more upset.

"But he will help?"

"He will. Erik has placed him somewhere and will bring him back when we're ready."

Magnus doesn't seem to know what to do with this information - before arriving in Genosha, meeting Charles and Francis and all of the people at the Institute who truly had his back, he hadn't remembered what it was to feel... feel like people were in his corner. That they would protect him. "You won't hurt him again?" he asks instead, smiling a little. "I know he isn't a good man. I know. Do you think he wants to see me?"

"Not an option," Erik interferes, shutting down that thought train. "He won't see you. I know you might be inclined to visit him. But I am asking you, for me, please do not. He wants nothing good, Magnus. Erik. You understand me? He does not care about you. He wants to hurt you, and I won't let him."

"I don't know," Magnus shakes his head. "The last time. He. Hurt. Me. Hurts. Supposed to be, for making me--strong--stronger." He twitches. "Pietro. Wanda. Little ones," his green eyes are glazed as he lands on the adult versions of the tiny babies he had held in his arms in a small villa in the Italian alps. Magda, a warm and fierce woman who was strong enough to forgive him. To smile at him. "Sorry. I apologize. Apologize. Hurts."

“Magnus, my love.” Charles grabs Magnus’s hands in his own, braces and fingers intertwining. Magnus is tall, nearly as tall as Erik, and so when Charles’s chair is on the ground, he needs to tilt his head way back to look at him directly in the eyes. “He doesn’t want to make you strong. He wants to make you powerful. There’s a difference. An important one. And I’ve just been inside his head. I’m sorry, my dear, but he truly doesn’t care for your wellbeing. I know that hurts. I know that he’s all you had for many years. I’m so, so sorry. But we cannot allow you to go near him.”

“Why not?” Francis steps up, head held high. “Schmidt is a horrible man. So what? Don’t you think that Magnus has a right to face the man who hurt him so?”

Charles clenches his teeth. Francis sounds so like he did, so many years ago. “I know where you’re coming from. Believe me, I do. When I wasn’t all too much older than you, I believed the same. That’s how I ended up in this chair.” By this stage, he knows that Erik doesn’t blame himself any longer for what happened that day, but it’s still not the easiest to talk about, so he releases one of Magnus’s hands to grab Erik’s own. “It took Erik nearly thirty years to be able to square up to that man. Thirty years and a lot of work. One day, you may be ready. I’m sure you will be. But you aren’t yet, Magnus. I’m sorry. I know that it’s painful, but you’ll be in greater pain if you try.”

Magnus looks entirely bamboozled at this information, and Charles sees it in real-time as he realizes what has just been said. "He - did - this?" he blanches entirely, all color drained from him. He can barely get the words out. "To you? What? How, how could you!" He jabs a finger into Erik's chest, face twisted in a sudden burst of pure, unadulterated rage. It's not common for Erik to explode like this, but they've seen it with Magnus before, still forming and too undeveloped, with a different emotional landscape than his counterpart, far more volatile.

But Charles has felt this from his own Erik, only once before. In the very aftermath of his injury, right after Stryker's interrogation. "How could you let that happen! You were supposed to protect him! What -- what is the point of any of your powers, then?!" he rampages over anything like logic or reason, swept up in a sudden and corrosive cyclone of torment. Self-loathing, literally so.

Erik does not outwardly react beyond a blink, and an even nod. "I was. And I failed. I have carried that since, and everything else. I'm not perfect. I am not infallible. I have limitations. I am not good at using my mutation offensively, especially not with Hellfire. You know it, Magnus."

"No, I am not -- I'm not, I can't be so weak, so horrible, oh my G-d--" 

"Magnus, hey. Hey." Ailo reaches for him, touching his shoulder. "Take a breath. Come on. That's it. Now, listen. What they did to you is a form of trauma extreme enough that they don't have words to describe it yet, not in your time," Ailo says softly. "You know them now, because we have worked together for a little while, eh? Genocide. Extermination. Human trafficking. Hellfire was a violent non-state party. That's what we call it, in my line of work. And the Nazis, well, they were a state actor. When children are conscripted into this type of activity, querido, it causes a profound degree of damage. You are not weak, and you did not fail. You had a completely ordinary response to an extraordinary atrocity."

He looks over Magnus's shoulder to meet Erik's eyes as well. "Charles got injured because of Nathaniel Essex. It was not Erik's fault. It was not your fault," he adds firmly, cutting to the heart of the matter incisively. For that is, he knows, the real catalyst behind Magnus's reaction.

Francis listens quietly, observing his elder counterpart as Ailo talks Magnus down. He’d learned from Magnus that Charles was injured on some kind of failed mission, but he hadn’t known that it had anything to do with Schmidt or Hellfire. Since coming to know Magnus, Schmidt and his cronies have felt a bit like abstract dangers, only horrible inasmuch as they enacted so much harm on the man that he loves. But, he thought that were past threats, their sinister presence lurking only in Magnus’s still-healing psyche.

“You aren’t weak, and neither was Erik, on that day,” Charles says calmly, squeezing his husband’s hand. “Erik saved my life. A bullet was headed toward me because Nathaniel Essex forced him to shoot me. He had overtaken Erik’s mind and body. Somehow, in the half a moment between the bullet leaving the gun and when it would have gone through my head, Erik managed to burst free and send it off course. Yes, I was injured in the collateral, but I’m alive. And happy, and well.”

“You think Magnus would be overpowered by Schmidt and the others if put in the same position?” Francis asks, eyebrow raised.

“It’s not out of the question,” Charles shrugs. “And it’s not worth the risk. We met a version of myself who lost his Erik on that day instead. We called him Charlie. He lived an extremely lonely, isolated life, and spent many, many years in that bloody house by himself. Another version of Erik, who we called Ariel,” Charles says, voice hitching a little. It’s always a little painful to talk about Ariel. “He had a similar background to Cricket. His Charles died when the two of them joined to take on Schmidt. He had nowhere to go, nobody to help, so you know what he did?”

Charles looks between the two young men. “He went back to Hellfire. For years. Decades. We met him by accident, when he kidnapped me. I spent a day in his world and saw what his life was like. Sad, lonely. Surrounded by people who only wanted to use and abuse him.”

Francis is frowning at his shiny oxfords. “If you’re trying to scare us—“

“I’m not trying to scare you, Charles,” Charles says, voice firm. “I’m telling you what happens when Charles and Erik come face to face with Klaus Schmidt before they’re ready. They get hurt. They die. They endure severe spinal cord injuries, lose their partners, live painful lives. Erik and I will not allow that to happen to either of you.”

Magnus is wheezing a little, his good hand cramped in Francis's. His throat feels like it's closing over. The air in this room is so thin, and everything begins to warp and twist in his mind's eye. Things are too big and too small, like he's an ant surrounded by infinitely tall blades of grass. "You - saw inside his - mind? About - me. About me," Magnus mumbles to himself, expression glazed over.

"I wish it were different," Erik says, quiet, squeezing Charles's fingers with infinite tenderness. Mindful of this newest injury. "He does not care about you, Erik. He doesn't and never has. I know that you believe, right now, that what you endured was some type of mutual relationship. It wasn't. It never was. It was just abuse. Exploitation. Experimentation."

"He doesn't - care about me?" Magnus glances up at his taller counterpart, unsteady on his own feet. His legs feel like Jell-O.

"No. I am very sorry to tell you that he doesn't."

"Oh," Magnus says, tears finally tracking down his cheeks. "Oh, OK."

Francis wants to hate the other two for breaking Magnus’s heart like this, for shattering his world. It brings him a pain that he didn’t know he could endure to see and feel him crumble like this, and it would be easy to blame Erik and Charles for inflicting it. But, he also knows that they’re right. He didn’t realize how intricately Magnus’s sense of self was tied together with Schmidt. To have it severed like that is painful, but not incorrect.

“My dear,” he murmurs, gently guiding Magnus to the sofa. He helps him sit down, and then wraps his arms around his lean body. Usually, they’re not so affectionate when others are present, but it’s different here. Charles and Erik are married. “I’m so sorry. I’m so sorry, Erik,” he whispers to his love, rocking him gently. “He’s a horrible man. Look at all the people who do care about you, hmm?”

Charles’s own heart is shattering as Magnus unravels, wheeling his chair to the sofa as well. He places his better hand on Magnus’s upper back to aid Francis in consoling him. “He’s right, darling. Look. You’ve got your partner, whose head I can also see inside. And you know what I see when I look in there? Love. Adoration. Respect. In Ailo’s head? Love. Care. Affection. In little David’s? Love, too. So much love. I know it doesn’t make that pain hurt any less, sweetheart, but I hope it can soften the edges a little eventually. I’m so sorry, Erik.”

Magnus clutches on feebly to them both, eyes crushing shut as it slams into his chest with the thousand ton weight of a freight train. It spills out to every telepath in the room, sharp and spiked. Pure, howling grief. "I'm so stupid," he gasps, and starts laughing a little high-pitched. "Stupid, stupid. Wann wirst du es lernen, dummer kleiner Erik," he repeats it to himself, almost slurring his words. It pains Erik to see this version of himself so vulnerable and devastated, and reminds him of that night on the balcony all those years ago when the dam broke inside of him as well.

It occurs to him that it's also unlikely Francis actually knows any of the specifics, and feels a pang of regret that's difficult to place - except perhaps that he knows the two of them have a long, difficult road ahead. "You aren't," he shakes his head. "You were just a kid. That's all. You still are, really. Compared to us, at least," he tries for a little levity. 

Magnus just shudders. "He - I know - Creed. Ivanov. Wyngarde. Never. Cared about me. Never cared. Just took. Everything. He. Was the only one. Only one who. Loved me. He loved me. He said he. Said. So stupid, stupid. Why, why, then? Why, if he didn't? Why?" he snaps his head up and glares directly at Erik. "Why did he -"

Erik knows what he's asking. "Because he is broken. That's the truth of it. He's damaged. His brain, it doesn't function correctly. Normal people don't do that. Normal people have an extreme aversion to that type of behavior, but he is deviant. And you know that it isn't love. The others did the same, they had no love for you. It was never about love."

"I don't understand," Magnus cries openly, truly unhinged at the seams, sobs catching in his throat. He can't even pretend at composure. Everything is spilling out from him. All of the blood in his body is outside if it, like when he laid on the table and they cut and cut and cut. When skin peeled off. Like animal butchery. The sense of absolute doom rains down on him in reverberating echoes. A completely off-kilter dysphoria so pronounced he flinches away from nothing in a futile attempt to outrun it.

"I know you don't. I still don't," Erik tells him honestly. "You will not feel like this forever. I promise you, you won't. Rely on your Charles. He is good. He loves you. He always will. Never, ever forget that. Not ever."

"Love. You," Magnus whispers against Francis's neck. 

Francis has never experienced such pain before. He knows that Magnus tries to keep a lot of it hidden, and though he always encourages him to be open, it’s not his right to pry. Seeing Charles and Erik, the people who they might be in a handful of decades, so open with each other, as if they’re two beings of one soul, is new, too. Yes, he loves Magnus, but their relationship is still relatively new. They are still growing to know each other. One day they will be as in tune with each other’s spirits as their counterparts are, but Erik is right. They’re still very young. That doesn’t mean that Francis doesn’t feel love so strong that it knocks his wind away.

Magnus’s pain becomes his own, and he clutches his partner tight, blanketing his aching psyche in a bask of warm, cocooning love. I love you more than I ever thought possible, Erik, he promises, ensuring that the warmth spreads to those corners that are blocked off, shut away. The ones he can’t enter, but he knows exist. You’re the most wonderful man on the planet. On ours and this one, too. You’re so smart. You challenge me. You teach me. You make me laugh. You bring me to tears when you act, and you’ve shown me how to be bold and brave.

When you came to me, you gave my life purpose. I knew it immediately, but at first, I thought that purpose was to help our kind. Now, I realize that it’s to live at your side. That’s what I’m here to do. Schmidt is a sick man who doesn’t know how to love, scared of the strength that lives in you. He’s a fool. If only he had a shred of humanity, and he may have seen you for the spectacular soul that you are. I do. I love you, Erik. It’s okay that this hurts, but please don’t forget that you can turn to my love whenever you need it. It’s here for you. All yours.

Magnus burrows even deeper, aware on some level that he's getting tears and snot all over Francis and he presses his hand apologetically against the damp spot on his shirt, evaporating it. Trying in the smallest way he can to make it better, to help. There is - so much, so much, his thoughts tumble over themselves, clanging around. Dark and loud and twisted vines and razor wire. Love you. So much. Don't want to hurt you. Make you hurt.

If I. Keep it all in here, it won't hurt anybody ever again. He won't hurt you. What if he does, and I can't stop it and, he killed everyone I ever loved. Killed. I killed, too. I killed. I'm a bad guy. You shouldn't. Love me. He was the only one who could. And he doesn't. And I should. Die, I should die, Magnus finally cracks, features dissolving into a blurry mess as it finally dawns on him. Should have been me. Break. My finger. Not yours. Should all be me...

Francis looks to Charles, who he knows can hear the onslaught in Magnus’s head, before spreading himself wider, warmer, firmer….Erik, please. Don’t say that. It’s okay. Goodness, it’s okay. You don’t need to hide anything. You’re a beautiful person who deserves to be loved and cared for. You don’t deserve to die. Let me help. Please. I want to be here for you.

I think Francis may need a little backup, Charles says to Ailo privately, still rubbing circles into Magnus’s back. I was older when Erik had this realization, and so was Erik. They’re both so young, they could use some assistance…

Ailo knows, and Charles can feel him locking down into a more professional gear as he realizes inherently that Magnus is careening toward a bona fide crisis. He crouches down beside the younger man, offering a smile to Francis, and resting his hand on Magnus's forearm. You do not deserve to die, he promises firmly, pressing in against both of their minds with a buffeting warmth and vast structure of support, for them both to lean against if need be. Magnus shakes his head. You don't. Is that what you're feeling right now? Do you want to die?

I don't know. Don't want. Charles to be hurt. He'll get hurt, all my fault. It's me. It's me, it's all me. I'm the wrong--I'm wrong. I'm all wrong. Inside. I'm wrong inside, he cries. And he's going to find out. I'm sick, I'm wrong.

Listen to me very carefully. The both of you. You are not wrong inside. You are just as your partner describes. A young man who is deeply kind. Who deserves safety, and protection. I know that this feels very big, and very overwhelming. Like you might not know what to do, or what to say. Don't worry about it like that, he tells Francis. He just needs you to be with him. That's it. It's a lot of time. Trust is consistency over time, eh? These are very difficult, very painful experiences. But they aren't insurmountable. You are both going to make it through this. And we will be here to help you. I promise you that.

Sometimes I’ll get hurt, Francis adds, grateful for the intervention by the older telepath. Magnus has spoken of Ailo before, as they worked together when he was recovering here on Genosha, and he can now understand why he holds him in such high regard. Sometimes I may get hurt, Francis adds, kissing Magnus’s cheek. You can’t protect me from everything, love. I know you want to. I want to do the same for you. But, if you try to protect me from yourself, well…we won’t really be sharing ourselves with each other, will we? He looks at Ailo for encouragement, and then continues. You don’t have to bear your soul to me all at once. If you’re not ready to share everything, that’s okay. But don’t feel like you must hide. I love you, Erik, and I want to be here for you. Please allow me to be? And I promise I’ll allow you to be there for me, too. Deal?

Magnus presses his lips together, like that can keep him from making a horrendous fool of himself, but he can't help nodding in return. OK, deal, he answers, rubbing his hand rhythmically across his own cheek. A primitive self-soothing gesture. He was. We. I don't know. I thought he loved me. He was nice to me. Sometimes. I thought. I thought he. And he was. My first. I had no. Food. Or shelter. Winter. Cold. No clothes. No. Water. But it was just. The same. No one. Just for. Fun. To hurt, for fun. All for fun. I'm a murderer. And I loved Klaus. Even though he killed my ima. And he. Didn't. And that is who I am. Nothing. I'm nothing. I'm sorry. I'm so sorry. I tricked you. I am just. An actor. Acting. Like a person. But not. Just wearing skin.

Francis listens, and it’s mostly incoherent, but he understands what Magnus means, what he feels. Steadfast, he tightens his grip around his waist. Tell me, my love. It’s been a few years since that all happened. Knowing what you know now, what would you have done differently? Think about it for a moment, darling.

He flinches against some invisible force, or perhaps just the strength of his memories hitting viciously like endless punches. I don't know. Don't know. I tried. I tried to make it better. For the little ones. And me. I tried. If they thought I wanted to. They wouldn't break my bones. Make me bleed. Kill me. Kill the babies. Everyone gets turned into smoke. And everyone gets crushed. Crushed by rocks, and it's too heavy and too weak. And I'll die if I don't. Do what he wants. I'll die in the mine. I would just do it again. Maybe I would just kill myself. But I can't, he scrubs at his cheeks harshly. Can't. Because they'll die. And I wouldn't know you. Or Louis. Or anyone. But I don't deserve it. I don't, I don't.

Of course you deserve it. You deserve the world. Goodness. You were a little boy who was threatened. They threatened to deprive you of food and shelter and safety. To kill you if you didn’t comply. If they’d have killed you, then what? No Genosha. No end to the war. More death, more pain. You’ve done so much good, and you’re just getting started.

Magnus clutches at him, and manages to finally meet his eyes, his own blistering hot and red. I'm so sorry. So sorry. I didn't expect - I thought. I thought it would be OK and then he hurt Charles and, and I can't find my way. And I'm sorry. You don't - you - he doesn't know how to express himself, and it's a good deal less mature than the Erik Charles remembers meeting at MIT, who had a decade of freedom where Magnus has only had a couple of years at a far younger age. In some ways he's made immense progress and in others he's still... very, very young. I'm crazy. I'm a crazy person and, and you'll have to deal with me and I won't ever be normal --

I love your 'craziness,' Francis replies without even a beat. Normal is so boring. Goodness. I enjoy myself so much with you. I don’t care if you have difficult times and dark times and times when you want to curl up and cry. I’ll be there at your side through each one, Erik. Because I love you, through the highest highs and the lowest lows. It’s okay if you lose your way sometimes. We all do. We’re just people. People with flaws and weaknesses. I have them, too. You don’t hesitate to love me, knowing that I have them. Why should you not expect me to love you all the same?

Magnus darts forward to kiss his cheek, a good deal bolder than he's ever been before given that they aren't alone, but he can no more suppress the urge than to stop breathing. He's overcome with it, with the fact that this man loves him. That he isn't scared of him. That he's being so kind while Magnus knows he's lost the plot altogether. I do, you know. I do love you. More than anything. Anything. You make me laugh all the time. And you come with me to the stars and tickle Louis's feet. He's a good judge of hejog.

Magnus manages to smile a little. He knows how to say it right now, but Charles once told him it was the most adorable thing he'd ever heard. I'm scared. I don't want to ruin it. I don't want to hurt you. I don't know how I'll be from one day to the next. And I don't ever want you to feel like - like - exhausted. By me.

 

 

Chapter 93: I have my castle. 'He who flies shall win the fight.' So say the wise.

Chapter Text

Francis is a touch relieved to feel the tension within Magnus’s body ease a little as his brain stops spinning at warp speed. He’s not back down to his baseline, but he is better. Words are more coherent, thoughts are less fragmented. Does it look like the two of them ever feel exhausted by each other? Francis asks, nodding toward Charles and Erik. They’re us, We’re them. You know better than I do what they’ve been through.

Charles smiles, hand still on Magnus’s shoulder. If you’re looking to us as a template, which I’m not saying you should do, he’ll only grow more in love with you each day. Hmm? We’ve met a lot of Charleses and a lot of Eriks. A lot of diversity among them, some are similar to us and some live in universes that are nearly unrecognizable. But the one thing in common among all is that they’re deeply, deeply in love. You’ll be fine, Magnus. Believe in yourself and in your partner, and life will do the rest.

But I'm different, though, Magnus whispers back between their minds, a private thought. Charles knows, more than Francis, because what lies at the deepest center of most beings is now utterly trivial for Charles to discern by mere looking, since his time in the Expanse. The awareness that, in many ways, Magnus really has looked to this version of Erik as a blueprint for himself. He's met Cricket, heard about Ariel, and had a few encounters of his own during the year that he and Francis have been together.

But this Erik, is the one that he looks up to, the one that is his brother and not himself. This Erik is the one who rescued him, guided him out of the depths of Sheol and darker beyond, went with him to the tattoo parlor when he decided he wanted to get rid of the mark on his arm. They're different - even that. Erik never did, he is religious and Magnus isn't. But also, he is stable. Steady, compassionate, strong enough to be vulnerable without breaking. But Magnus isn't like him, he is volatile. He is impulsive, and artistic, with not much of a head on his shoulders for the sciences. He likes literature, and philosophy, and animals.

On some level, Charles knows, he's tried to make himself be more like Erik. But he is scared of the fact that he really isn't, and that means he doesn't know what he is really like. He's never considered Charles to be a blueprint for Francis, this version of him occupying more of the space of a paternal figure. Which he supposes is bizarre, and unusual, but there's no avoiding it. Francis is his partner, his equal. Charles is his teacher, his guidepost.


Erik shakes his head, though, and steps forward to settle his hand on Francis's shoulder first and then his counterpart's. "Let me show you something," he says, and in a few moments they're all transported to somewhere else. A German flag ruffles in the distance, the city of Cologne with it's ermine shield and golden coronets. They're standing outside of a building labeled Rechtsmedizin Kompetenzzentrum im Gesundheitswesen NRW.

Magnus blinks, able to read it immediately but not sure why they're here. "Was ist das für ein Ort?" he automatically switches to German, the language he translates a majority of his thoughts from.

"Another version of Schmidt is in there," Erik explains. "When he was a teenager, before the Nazis took over, he had himself institutionalized. During the Nazi era, they then tried to euthanize him, as many mental health patients were killed systematically under the false label of compassionate death."

Magnus stares, completely shocked by this information. "That can't be true."

"It is true. If there is anything that I can impart to you, Magnus, let it be this: the Expanse is more bizarre and random and nonsensical than you can really possibly know. There is very little separating any version of you from becoming just as twisted up as Schmidt was. And there is nothing preventing Schmidt from being decent, either."

Magnus feels his stomach roil slightly. "What does it mean, then?"

"Nothing. It doesn't mean anything. Except that you needn't judge others, nor yourself. Because we are all just the product of our composition and our environment."

Magnus eyes up hospital. "Can I talk to him? This one?"

Erik looks to his own husband, then. Maybe this wasn't such a great idea, but it was something that provided him with assistance when he was lost amid dimensional insanity.

It’s always a little disconcerting to appear in the not-so-distant past. The ancient past is easier; Charles feels removed from it, and so it’s more of a novel experience than anything. But whenever they visit a world and a time that Charles lived through, even when he was a very young child, it always feels a bit eerie. He can tell that Magnus and Francis are surprised, too. This was only a few decades prior to their home time, so the familiarity is profound. Erik always cloaks them so that they don’t stand out; in this case, his sleek chair has been replaced by a wood and wicker apparatus, as was common before the Second World War.

Most people who pass him assume that he’s a wounded veteran of the Great War. When Magnus asks to see this Schmidt, the one who recognized his own illness and took himself away from the world, Charles is hesitant. Selfless or not, he’s still Schmidt, and Magnus may struggle. “What do you hope to achieve by talking to him?” Charles asks gently. Not an outright dissuasion, but a legitimate question. “He won’t know who you are.”

Charles can feel it as Magnus shores himself up, because he wants to get this right. It feels important, somehow. Necessary., and he has to appeal to Charles's sense of logic even if he himself isn't a particularly logical individual. "I just... he knows who he is," Magnus whispers. "Maybe he can explain it. Help me understand. Did he hurt anybody? Can he love anybody? Would he even care that I exist? I don't -- I don't know. I never, I'll never get a chance. With my Schmidt. You don't think I should, either. But I don't know if I can just -- it's like, the people who hurt you. The ones in prison. Would you be OK knowing you will never get a chance to talk to them honestly? I don't know. Maybe you would and I'm just, I'm not that smart."

Magnus is an adult, and doesn’t need Charles’s permission, but it’s clear that he looks up to Charles for guidance, still. He was Magnus’s teacher, after all, and quickly fell into the role of mentor when he arrived in their world. Mentor, verging on parental figure. Indeed, Charles feels an immense measure of familial care for Magnus, keen on protecting and guiding him. So he wishes to do right by the young man and advise him well while ultimately allowing him to make his own decisions.

Except when it comes to his Schmidt, of course. “Well, I’m a telepath, so I suppose it works a little different for me,” Charles points out kindly. “I’ve always known their honest thoughts about me.” He reaches up and grabs Magnus’s forearm. “I know you understand that this is not your Schmidt, and so what he says may or may not be true as it relates to you. And it also might make the pain worse, if he says something that you’re not hoping to hear. But if you really think that it will help you understand it all better and you’re prepared to take those risks, then go for it.”

Magnus reaches down and grabs Francis's hand, curling their fingers together. "Will you -- come with me? It's OK, if not. I'm sorry, I shouldn't have asked that --" as typical, Magnus isn't good at asking for things, a holdover from his upbringing that still causes difficulties when he has a genuine need and doesn't know how to go about getting help. "I shouldn't put that on you," he grits his teeth, frustrated with himself.

“I would have insisted on coming with you had you not asked,” Francis promises, steady. He grabs Magnus’s other hand, the braced one, and smiles. “You can ask me anything, my love. I’ll tell you no if I don’t want or can’t. Are you ready now or do you need to prepare?”

"If I try to prepare I will just become a chicken," Magnus says, the idiom sort of right but still very much indicative of English being his fifth language. "Better to do it now," he says with a deep breath. Before he can back out completely, he blinks them away into the small inpatient ward of the forensic hospital.


They materialize directly into Schmidt's room, and he glances upward, eyebrows narrowing in surprise. "Hallo," he greets calmly. He himself is a mutant, and Francis can't get a good read on him. Schmidt's mutation must give him some immunity to telepathy. Not to Charles, but Francis is not as powerful yet.

Magnus suddenly steps backward, like a baby deer trapped in headlights. "You are Dr. Klaus Schmidt," he says in his accented English.

"Doktor? No, you must have me mistaken for someone else. I live here. A patient."

"Oh," Magnus says. He looks unsure what to say. "I am from another universe," he decides, and then realizes where he is. "I'm not crazy. Look," he lifts his hand and Schmidt's book lifts up and splits into a trillion different atoms.

Schmidt gasps a little. "Subatomic particles? That's incredible. What are you doing here? I don't know that I have anything of value to contribute to the universe."

It's so odd to hear Klaus Schmidt talk this way that it genuinely takes Magnus aback. "You were a Nazi. In my universe."

"Oh, I see. I must have been a criminal, then." He adds a certain emphasis to the word that tests Magnus's comprehension. When he seems to register the meaning, Schmidt nods. "You knew me, I take it?" He's sharp, at least. Schmidt always was highly intelligent if nothing else. 

"My -- someone else, said you were part of Aktion T4."

"That's very true. Unfortunately they could not euthanize me, due to my own mutation. So I remained here, an ephemeral thorn in their side. You'd think the Pervitin scandals would ingratiate them to me, but you know how it is."

"I think so. They justified themselves and demonized you?"

"Too right. I'm one of the good ones. I'd never do that. Tsk, tsk. You were in a KZ, yes?" He lifts his chin to the comic art marigold on Erik's left inner wrist. "You covered it up."

"I'm an actor. In movies. It's distracting," he explains. "Did you? Do that?"

"Once, in childhood. Then I came here."

"That's not cut-and-dry. This is strange. It's strange," he repeats to himself. "Talking to you like this. You aren't like this."

"I presume I am my worst outcome, and you must be someone impacted by that."

"Not just me. Lots of others. Lots."

"And who are you?" He asks of Francis. "You as well. Names? Why don't you both come in and sit. Dinner will be soon." 

Francis doesn’t know what to do or say, because the Klaus Schmidt that they encounter in the small, lived-in room is…not like the one from Magnus’s memories. The face is similar, but rather than a towering, sharp-featured presence, he looks rather like a professor at MIT. Thin, long-faced, with glasses and sallow skin. Not outright feeble, but certainly not healthy or robust. He also can’t feel his mind. Well, he can a little, but it’s more of a mood than a coherent thought.

There’s nothing…evil, there. Just a fair bit of sadness. Boredom. And then excitement, upon Magnus’s awesome display of power. Yes, that’s familiar. A man who enjoys being fascinated. Enjoys learning. “My name is Charles Xavier. I’m from the States originally, but have lived in Britain, most of my life,” Francis says carefully, striding alongside Magnus as they make way to take seats across from Schmidt. He’s not sure why he’s giving Schmidt his biography, but it feels proper, for some reason. “This is Erik. Erik Lehnsherr. Of Poland.”

"Erik Lehnsherr," Klaus repeats it in the German pronunciation, which is more-or-less accurate. "You've gotten shorter," he jokes dryly, making it clear that he knows who Erik is. "Were you ever bald, or in a wheelchair? I think he had a partner, but it was more of an impression."

"He said he went through the Expanse, his Charles must have just been here telepathically," Magnus considers with an abrupt nod. He sits on the padded bench by the window, noting a half-finished Go board at the sill. Unthinking, he reaches forward to complete a maneuver that will wrap itself back around to take a chunk of white pebbles in only a few moves. "You play Go."

"My opponent is Schizophrene, so it's on and off. Off, these days. He doesn't take the medication and then accuses me of poisoning him. A dreary cycle, but we all have our crosses to bear. Why don't you tell me about the Klaus Schmidt you knew? I don't know how much use I'll be at filling in the blanks, but I do recall Erik's story. I presume he was different, though. A third version of me, somewhere."

"His was a doctor at Auschwitz who experimented on Sonderkommando. They both made Hellfire. My version was the Commandant of Janinagrube. The mines."

"Hellfire, rather gauche," Klaus rolls his eyes.

"They were like a... a club, I guess. A group of, of people - people like - like you. Nazis and their friends. Mutants. Who liked - hurting people."

"I see. Children, I assume. Gruesome business. My apologies are a paltry offering, but I am sorry." He touches his hand over his chest, in a gesture Francis has seen Magnus engage in many times before. It's difficult to parse exactly how it feels sitting here, from someone several degrees removed from the cruel father figure Magnus once had, and note their similarities. The Expanse is a scribbled, incoherent mess, sometimes.

Magnus swallows a lump in his throat. "I guess I don't understand. Why. Why you did it. Especially if you didn't even care."

"Probably because I enjoyed it, and I didn't care how it affected you. That's my tendency, even now."

"So why - why act, like you cared? Why - why would you enjoy something like that? I don't get it."

"My advice is for you to stop trying to figure it out. It isn't deep. He did it because he's a Psychopath. He isn't like you, he is driven only by what sets him off. Experience, perversion, thrill. Nothing else matters. Definitely not another person's feeling."

The explanation is so dry, and Schmidt is so normal. Francis takes a seat beside Magnus, realizing suddenly that he himself is a touch distraught at their being here. Playing Go with a nazi, Magnus speaking with this strange facsimile of Klaus Schmidt as if the war were nothing. Here, to this Schmidt, it was as good as that, having spent its duration in this hospital. But it wasn’t nothing. Not to Magnus, not to all those who perished, in the camps and otherwise.

Perhaps he needs to take Erik’s words to heart, too. That it doesn’t matter. This affront to his sensibility, chatting idly with Klaus Schmidt, can be a neutral experience. It is one, here. This Schmidt is neutral. “You can understand why this is upsetting to Erik,” Francis tries, hand resting atop Magnus’s knee under the table. “The Schmidt who he knew crafted an artifice of a rather meaningful relationship to Erik. One-sided, evidently, but intensely meaningful. To learn that such a thing was truly an artifice is rattling.”

"I can only imagine so," Klaus inclines his head. "Think of it like this, I expect you loved him, in some way. You don't need to answer," he raises a hand.

Magnus's look of deep discomfort is response well enough. "I guess so," he admits in a scratchy rasp. Magnus, much like Ariel and Cricket, suffered an injury to his vocal chords making anything louder than a whisper impossible.

"And you would have done as he said, yes? Even if he asked you to do something you didn't want to do. If he were affectionate in some way, if he gave you some scrap of attention. I've known many, who take delight in grooming their victims for compliance."

"Just compliance?" Magnus knits his eyebrows. "He was stronger than me, though. I would have complied anyway. Like Viktor."

"Viktor?" Klaus wonders.

"Someone. Violent. Cruel. He just took. Forced."

"Perhaps Viktor was an idiot, then. Having your victims engage with you willingly is a lot easier, and arguably more satisfying. You can convince them and yourself that it's beneficial. Cognitive dissonance, I think they call it. Maybe he believed his own scheisse."

Francis gives Magnus’s leg a squeeze. He’s doing well, genuinely curious, getting answers he desperately craves. Perhaps not the ones he hoped for, but he can only hope they’ll help him along his long road of healing. “Erik was a child. Only eleven when he was taken prisoner,” Francis augments softly. “It’s rather easy to groom a child, isn’t it?” He feels slightly ill. “Is that why you had yourself committed?” Francis asks at last. “Because you could recognize this tendency within yourself?”

"Yes, it is," Klaus says simply. It's impossible for Francis to deny the distinction between this version of him and the one in Magnus's memories, who undoubtedly made excuses and justifications and denials. Klaus doesn't. He isn't remorseful, per se, but he doesn't sugar-coat anything. "I belong in here. I had one victim, when I was young myself. There's no grand reason. I was simply born this way. I had a normal childhood, normal upbringing."

"But you wanted to protect other people?" Magnus asks, confusion paramount. Klaus doesn't sound the type, not even this one.

"Don't mistake me for virtuous. I came here because I knew I wouldn't get away with it. I would keep on, until I got caught, and then I would end up in jail where I would be murdered. If I wished to avoid prison I would have to demonstrate contrition. So I did."

Magnus discreetly swipes at his eyes, embarrassed to discover they've grown hot. "So it was all - I was just - stupid. Just stupid. Following around after him. Oh, OK. OK."

"You were eleven. It's not rocket science, Erik. Kids are easily tricked, and you had extended circumstances. How many of your family and friends were killed off? How many beatings did you take, how often were you starving? All of that makes you vulnerable, but stupid is irrelevant. Even an adult would be susceptible in those conditions."

Francis wishes that he could speak so plainly, sometimes. Not to Magnus, certainly, who sometimes responds better to delicate, given his upbringing, but in general. Klaus is rather callous, but not necessarily cold. Matter-of-fact. Psychopathy is like that, he knows. Matter-of-fact. He’s not worried about hurting Magnus by explaining these things, for he can’t empathize. Does that make him a bad person? Erik’s Schmidt is. Undeniably. But this one did the right thing, even if for selfish reasons.

Well, judgments of good and bad are rather reductive, anyway. He’s not here to sanctimoniously bestow some label upon this man. But he’s right. And Magnus needed to hear this. That he wasn’t stupid. He was just a child. “A paper came out in 1943, in our home world. Just a few heats ago,” Francis says quietly. “Written by a psychologist, Maslow. He posited that our needs are hierarchical; the bottom tier must be met before our more refined ones can be nurtured. But he holds that it’s all motivational. We’re driven to do things in order to get each tier of needs met, in ascending order.” Francis doesn’t mean to babble, but he can’t help himself, sometimes.

“Our most base needs, of course, are physiological. Our health and wellbeing must be cared for before we do things to secure our physical safety, which is the next tier. And then we have our psychological needs for love and belonging, followed by our self-esteem, and finally, self-actualization. Your Schmidt held hostage those bottom three tiers, Erik. He pretended to extend love and belonging to you while denying you health and safety. Of course you were confused. Of course you were motivated to do whatever it took to please him. You’re only a person. You did what anyone would do.”

"Your partner is correct," Klaus says, and this as well is different from the Schmidt that Magnus knew. Klaus is aware that they're together, and doesn't seem to care. Schmidt frequently had some homophobic comment or another at the ready, despite the hypocrisy. "Kids are dependent on the adults around them. Now, you can meet your own base needs. You are less vulnerable to manipulation because you have control over your circumstances. A child doesn't, they rely on adults to survive."

"So he - just wanted - from me. And - tricked me. Made me think he cared. I must have been stupid, he killed my mother. Right in front of me. Shot her. In the head. How could I think he cared?"

"It sounds traumatic," Klaus gives him a nod, listening as he speaks. "That's probably why. Your brain was still developing when that happened. It made you less rational. Trauma does that to people."

"He said all these things. All the time. Like he only. Wanted what was best. But then. Called me names. Made me say horrible things. He didn't even like me, I don't think. I'm sorry," he squeezes his eyes shut, like it's this for some reason that gets him the most. That Schmidt was always repulsed by him, that not only did he not love Magnus, but actively held contempt for him.

Klaus makes a face. "I wouldn't put much stock in his opinions of you. He's a Nazi and a child molester. Believe me, you're better off disregarding everything he's ever said. I doubt he's ever contributed anything genuinely meaningful to anyone's existence."

“He contributed a lot to Erik’s,” Francis corrects softly, and now that he no longer feels the need to hide their partnership, grips his hand in full view of Schmidt. “Not positively, but meaningfully. He was Erik’s only parental figure for a long time. It’s not so easy to merely disregard what someone has said, when those things are deeply formative.” He says this to enable Schmidt to understand, but also to acknowledge Erik’s crisis, to let him know that he doesn’t blame him for being unable to do what Schmidt suggests with ease. “If nothing that man said was true, where does that leave Erik? What does that mean for all those years he was under his control? It’s not so easy. There’s a void.”

Magnus feels his limbs begin to grow numb, fingers cramping in Francis's as he slowly rattles in oxygen. He can't help but imagine that his weakness and pitiable nature is repulsive to this Schmidt, too. All of this has been something of a recontextualization of everything he experienced back then - the awareness that he was nothing more than a toy and an experiment to people who thought he was pathetic. And he was.

"I suppose you're right about that," Klaus agrees easily. An awareness that it's something he has limited capacity to understand on his own, but not skeptical that it's the truth for those who aren't like him. "Perhaps it simply means that the reality was far worse than how you imagined it in your mind," he posits, thoughtful. "It would make sense, embracing a lie can be protective."

“In that vein, it’s rather smart, Erik,” Francis tries, knowing that Magnus beside him is struggling to even breathe at the moment. “You were able to live. To get through it. Perhaps it wasn’t real..so what? You did what you needed to do in order to survive. If you hadn’t, who knows what would have happened?”

Magnus nods. With a wave of his hand, the room around them transforms into a cozy-feeling library with a number of books, games and puzzles that he recalls from his own Schmidt's office, alongside a small stash of cigarettes and alcohol. He doesn't stop to say goodbye or explain himself before he whirls himself and Francis out of there and back onto the street before his knees give out and he crumples to the ground, bashing his hand into his eyes.

"Go home?" He looks up at them all. "Want to go home. Home." But he doesn't have a home. His home is burned. Everything is burned down. He can taste the ashes, the smoke. The fat popping in fire and charred flesh.

Francis is blinking against the light of the sun all of a sudden, and then he, too, is on his knees; arms encircling Magnus protectively. His mind is in tatters, splintering at its very seams, continuing to spiral. This is what Charles has worried about, what he had warned about. Francis had been more optimistic.

“Our Genosha or yours?” asks the elder Charles, voice gentle, calm. “Whatever you’d like, Magnus.”


They all get swooped up next, and Charles feels the much colder brisk winds from Westchester greet him than the expected warmer humidity of Genosha. It turns out that this is the place he thinks of when he thinks of home, and Louis appears peeping on his shoulder. His arms come around Francis's hard, and Erik glances around curiously at where he's elected to take them. Students are milling about, and Kitty Pryde is currently in the field with a bunch of fourth graders teaching them the basics of lacrosse when she spies the group across the way.

"Oh my G-d, like, hi!" she flounces over. "Jean, look who it is!" she calls to her co-captain.

Erik smiles down at her. "How is your course going at the university?"

"Oh, awesome. But I couldn't resist kicking Jean's butt at sports. Aaahhh! Sports!" she flexes her biceps and grins over at Magnus, but quickly realizes she's stumbled into something more solemn than her current attitude warrants. She quickly recenters. "Hey, is everything, um, OK? Hi, Magnus." He nods, his head mostly in Francis's shoulder.

Francis doesn’t realize for several moments that they’re not in his Westchester, his childhood home, but Magnus’s. The place Magnus spent two years, away from Schmidt and Janinagrube and the horrors of their native world. It’s a lovely place. Francis can’t believe that there are so many people here, that the lawn is groomed, that the building behind them isn’t crumbling. New structures that he doesn’t recognize are visible from the courtyard, where they currently sit. It takes his breath away, this potential. How wonderful, pulsing with life. Francis hadn’t really thought it possible, even though he knew it had happened here.

“We’ll talk later, Kitty,” Charles tells the young woman gently, hand on Magnus’s lower back. “Do you want to go to my office and talk, darling?” he asks the young man. “Or shall I leave you and Francis to it?”


Charles and Francis disappear from the field, leaving Erik behind (to which he can only laugh, so he grasps one of the lacrosse sticks in his good hand and waves it in a show of participation as students flock to him). The three of them appear in Charles's office, and Magnus beelines for the couch with Francis, winding up mostly in his lap. He is shaking, not able to talk. Only the tears flow, hot and blurry.

Well. Sorry, love. Have fun playing lacrosse, Charles messages privately to his husband when he realizes that Magnus didn’t invite him. Francis can’t believe that this is the same office he uses back home. The manor is still rather derelict; they haven’t gotten around to repairing and restoring it, so his version of this room is far less cozy. Two of the walls are lined with mahogany bookshelves, stuffed with an enormous amount of volumes. The large bay window overlooks the courtyard where they abandoned Erik, and it’s flanked by two curtains in a deep forest green.

Framed photographs adorn the remaining wall; Charles and Erik, just Erik, Erik and David, just David, the twins, people Francis doesn’t recognize.

Several diplomas and degrees—does Charles have two PhDs? From the plush sofa tucked amidst a mound of books, Francis observes and holds his poor suffering partner. There are three cushioned chairs facing the desk, but not a single one behind it, where Charles parks his own to sit. But he doesn’t maneuver there; he instead rolls toward a small table beside the window, atop of which sits an electric kettle, several mugs, and a box. “Would you two like some tea?” asks Charles, presumably to give Magnus some time to settle in. “We’ve found that one thing that differs amongst Charleses is our preference of tea.”

Francis raises a brow. “I’ve always liked yellow tea.”

“Ah! A rare tea.”

“My father—er—our father went to China for many years and brought it back before I was born. Mother and I drink it together. It’s one of our few shared activities.” Francis observes the older version of himself pause a bit as he fished for the appropriate leaves, evidently surprised.

“Oh. Interesting. My father never did that. And my mother never drank tea.” Francis doesn’t really know what to say to that, but he luckily doesn’t have to say anything, because Charles is speaking again in his calming, teacherly voice. “And what about you, Magnus? Some tea? And then you can tell me what happened? I can see what happened on my own, of course, but I’d like to hear it in your own words.”

Let me know if you need some back-up, Erik returns back, never more than a moment away even when he isn't physically present. It's an aspect of their relationship Erik cherishes, the open bond that sits between their minds like a tangible thread. Erik of course isn't telepathic by nature, but over the years they've determined that he isn't fully psi-null, either. The same way that Charles isn't fully relegated to the landscape of the mind and brain, Erik is uniquely attuned for psionic input and frequently picks things up that a normal person wouldn't, provided Charles keeps that channel between them open.

Of course, every time Erik shows up at the Manor always tends to be a bit of a disruptive influence as the younger children flock to him and abandon their studies so that Erik can take them gallivanting around the universe or make an entire room filled with bouncy furniture or let them pet a lion. Within the office, though, the atmosphere is more somber and Magnus knows it must be because of him, and he tries to smile, nodding and attempting to put the others at ease. Charles himself is more familiar with this - Magnus has spent a good deal of time in this office, undergoing intensive sessions with Ailo and Charles both.

It often happened that he became triggered and wildly reactive during the day, at which point his ability to verbally engage evaporated. It's different to Erik, who is unquestionably hyperlexic, even when the words he's saying aren't coherent. It's no surprise to Charles that Magnus has come here, as it's the place in his mind associated to safety. He rocks back and forth, expression working overtime as he materializes a cup of tea for himself. Yellow tea, like Francis.

"Hmmm, nnnnnkay," he presses the flat of his good hand into his eye. Overwhelmed, splintered in the wake of a horrible tornado inside him. "Mnn, nice. He was nice. Es iz okei. War okay. Doesn't like eydish. Mongrel language. Rocks on hanzzz," he slurs.

Charles nods patiently as he hands Francis his cup of tea, and then wheels back to retrieve his own. Mug in hand, he parks himself across from the sofa and leans back to listen to what he expects will be a difficult conversation. Magnus’s mind is in tatters, swirling like a cyclone, upending everything within. His baseline isn’t as organized as Erik’s, but it’s never been this messy. Not even when he’d first arrived. “He was nice,” Charles repeats, grabbing to the most coherent thread. “Okay, good. And he told you that he’s a psychopath. You understand what that means, yes? It’s a condition that is somewhat misunderstood.”

Magnus shakes his head. "Ah. I don't know. Serial killer?" he whispers, his own comprehension of popular cultural concepts is even poorer than the other students, who already wouldn't be clued in to the intricacies. "Said, he said. Just because. He wanted to. No reason. Didn't." He twists his wrist to jam his fingernail into the sensitive skin of his orbital socket, flinching. "He didn't like me. Just. Wanted to hurt. For fun. Tricked me. Stupid. I'm stupid. Pathetic. Bad words. Bad." He's at least learned to substitute it a little, after understanding that his repetition of the things often said to him caused others to feel distress and sadness. But he still hears it in his mind, and so do both versions of Charles.

“No, not a serial killer,” Charles tells him patiently. Francis cocks a brow. That’s not a phrase he’s heard before. “Someone who kills at least three people, over the span of at least a month or so, ”Charles explains briefly. “Psychopathy often afflicts serial killers, but it’s not a necessary or sufficient condition to create one. Psychopathy is a personality construct largely characterized by underdeveloped or an absence of empathy, my darling. That means that Schmidt, physiologically, cannot feel empathy or remorse. They’re often rather intelligent people and can appear charming to others in order to be liked, to ingratiate themselves with others.”

“So, they’re good actors?” Francis asks.

“Many are, yes. Schmidt certainly is. He went to great lengths to appear helpful, caring, and kind, didn’t he? Because on the inside, he was utterly incapable of feeling love for anyone. He knew what care looked like, and so he pretended to harbor it for you. You’re not stupid or pathetic for believing him, Magnus. He’s a seasoned liar and has been playing that role for decades.”

"Does that mean I'm a psychopath, too?" Magnus wonders, asking the rather obvious question. "I pretend. Play roles. I don't feel anything," he claims, even as his eyes well up with tears, entirely invalidating that sentiment and yet Magnus perceives it to be true, a dichotomy confusingly lacking in self-insight. "Don't understand. Why he didn't just like Viktor. Or Ivanov. Why just didn't kill me. Why he wanted. Me to love him. He didn't even hurt me, I did it on my own. I did it," he babbles, the strands of his thoughts unspooling in a long, tangled yarn.

Charles smiles softly at the confounding question, but Francis is the one to speak. “Erik, you’re not a psychopath by any stretch. I can feel how much you love and care for others. Psychopaths feel no remorse, because they don’t care whether others are hurt or not. They may logically understand that others being hurt isn’t good and take measures to avoid or prevent it, but they don’t care. You care with everything you have in your heart,” he tells him firmly, squeezing his good hand.

“He’s right, my dear,” Charles affirms. “He didn’t do like Viktor or Ivanov because he couldn’t. He didn’t kill you because he wanted something from you, your abilities. He wanted you to love him because he knew that would make you more amenable to doing what he asked. It’s so very cruel, extremely pernicious. And I’m so sorry that you were his victim, dear-heart. But none of it is your fault. Please believe that.”

“If I were in your shoes, would you think it was my fault?” Francis tries. “Imagine it for a moment.”

Magnus shakes his head. "If he didn't love me, why did he do what he did? I don't. Understand. He. Wasn't like Viktor or Ivanov. They just. Hurt. And laughed. He was different. It - it feels gross. I'm gross. I'm just gross," Magnus rhythmically runs his hand over his chest and across his leg, the urge to rip off all of his skin ricocheting outward. "He could have just. Done it. He didn't have to. Essex. Make me. He's right. He was right. I'm gross. It's my fault, it's my fault you wouldn't have. You wouldn't have done what I did. Not like me," Magnus says, features crumpled. "I'm sorry. Sorry. For. All this and making it worse and being and talking. I'll be OK. Be OK, it's OK. It's OK."

“You don’t need to apologize for not being okay, sweetheart,” Charles promises, rubbing Magnus’s shoulder. “There’s not always a good reason why people act the way they do. Sometimes people just do. Schmidt’s choice was to feign care and kindness at key moments to manipulate you. The others chose differently. You’re not gross. You’re just a person. A person like the rest of us, doing all you can to stay alive in the most difficult of circumstances.”

“Anyone would have done what you did,” Francis adds softly. “We all have a deep instinct to survive. Now that you’re safe and well, it may seem preposterous to you that you would have done what he asked, but in the moment? It’s all you could do. I’m glad you did. I wouldn’t have you if you hadn’t.”

"He said I shouldn't listen to anything. He said. That he didn't have any contribution. To the universe. I never heard him talk like that. He never talked to me like that. Everything, it was all a lie. Ice cream and, and gut gemacht," he spits hatefully. "He just liked tricking me. Knowing he convinced me to. Love him. Even though he killed everyone I ever loved. Made me kill. Made me hurt. I never did anything to him! I did everything he wanted. He just hated me. No one loved me. No one did. Everyone just. Laughed at me. Because I was - " he gasps, clearly hyperventilating.

"Just. Good for hurting. That's all. Did you know I dropped out. Wuthering Heights. I was going to be on TV," he laughs. "Nothing happened. But it's the same. All the same. Calvin," Francis recognizes the name of one of the producers that Magnus met a while back. He hadn't explained why he left, before now. "Said I owed him. So I quit. But maybe he was right. I should have known my place. I know how people talk about me. I'm not stupid. I know." 

“You’re not stupid, Magnus. You know that,” Charles agrees, raising a brow. “You can quit when people treat you poorly. You’re a man now, and you can provide for yourself. You’re not relying on others to provide for your health and safety. This Calvin, if he tried to manipulate you, you did the right thing by dropping out, even if you’d make a marvelous Heathcliff.”

“They were Nazis, Erik,” Francis reminds him softly. “They didn’t love you, no. But there are so many people who love you now. Me, first and foremost.”

“And me, too,” Charles adds. “And Ailo, the twins, Kitty. Jean. Franklin, David. Erik and Cricket. Your people.”

"And Louis," Magnus says with a small smile. He extends his hand to his shoulder and the little creature hops on, and they both feel that it helps ease something in him. The reminder, that he is here and not there. A grown-up. With friends, and opportunity. Means. "Me, too," he whispers to them both, and nudges forward to give Charles and Francis both a hug. "Love you. Everyone. I forget, sometimes. Feels like I forget. Where I am. Not there anymore. Not at anyone's mercy. Not a kid. Like, like," he gestures at his temple.

"Traumatic disorder. I guess. But I didn't let him. The way I would have at Janinagrube. I just left. People try and take advantage, in this profession. It's so ordinary. Mostly females, but people like me, too. Especially me, I'm openly queer. People get angry about it. They expect favors, no questions. I went along with it a couple of times, before we met," he says to Francis. "But I learned better. It's so easy and simple to - think of yourself as just, just a victim. And knowing now how, how messed up it really was. I'm trying. I'm sorry, please, forgive me. I know it's not pleasant."

True to just about every Erik Charles has encountered, he looks at them both with concern. "I don't want to forget. You're my family. He wasn't."

“It’s okay that you forget, honey,” Charles promises. “My Erik does sometimes, too. Even still. Even after all he’s been through. What you’ve endured leaves an imprint on your brain, one that’s impossible to sand over. You’re not weak because of that. You’re stronger. And I’m so proud of you for standing up for yourself. See? You’re growing. Learning.”

“You’re at steps four and five of the pyramid, now,” Francis says gently, kissing his cheek. “So am I. I didn’t realize that step 3 wasn’t met first me, either, until I met you.”

“Ah, Maslow? A good framework,” Charles hums, and he’s not about to rain on Francis’s parade and tell them that in recent years, psychologists have complicated the hierarchy quite a bit. It’s still a decent heuristic for understanding need. “You both satisfy the crucial third step for each other, hmm? You extend love and belonging. That’s huge. Many people never have that.”

Magnus reaches out for him and touches his cheek, nesting a little closer. His Charles was in need of love and affection, too, and it's something he's grown to understand throughout their time together that makes it difficult for Francis to express his own needs as well. Magnus views it as entirely his profound joy and honor to bestow as much affection and tenderness as humanly possible onto his beloved. "I think... I think, maybe, that the -- like you said, that we need safety and security and then belonging and things. I think, maybe, it isn't safe, or secure. If you don't have love, or hope. Then you can't really be safe. Physically, too. Because it hurts your body, too. Being alone."

Charles smiles. “Well done, Magnus. That’s exactly what the psychologists of our era posit, too. That the pyramid is bidirectional; we don’t simply stack our needs atop each other. It’s more of a lattice than a pyramid, isn’t it? One component is missing and the entire thing loses integrity.”

Francis hums. “Yes, I suppose that makes sense,” he murmurs. “But in terms of motivation…?”

“Well, perhaps your body is doing poorly because you’ve neglected it. Suddenly, you find someone who cares for you and satisfies that third tier. Perhaps you’re more motivated to look after yourself then. That was the case with our counterpart, the one we called Charlie. He had been content to waste away. When he met Ariel, that all changed.”

Francis nods thoughtfully, tugging Magnus closer. “I see. Well, I suppose I’ll nix that idea for a potential psychology paper, then.”

Charles can’t help but laugh. “Or you can write about the lattice. Be a groundbreaker. You’re pursuing psychology?”

“And genetics. At the same time.”

Charles cocks a brow, and then looks to Magnus. “You’ve got a gunner on your hands, Magnus. Keep an eye on that one, mm?” He knows he’s making light, now, but Magnus could do with a little lightness. At least for a moment. To ground him in the present.

Magnus does grin at that, huffing a little to himself. "I'm not very savvy with psychology, and I am a crazy person, but I think we do really well," he says gently, his hand curled in Francis's own. While it is true that Magnus isn't particularly inclined toward the sciences, which makes him and his Charles wildly different, said differences are complementary rather than opposing. Magnus does have a rather deep comprehension of human nature, something that permits him to succeed in the various roles he undertakes as he can spin up a realistic interpretation of circumstances at the drop of a hat.

It's more than method acting, more closely resembling the prescience of espionage and a massive internal architecture defined by hundreds of splintered fragments. (And is partly, as Francis has observed, why Magnus tends to have bizarrely disparate reactions very close together, such as laughing one minute and crying the next. Crisis in one moment, and now calm.) "He's written so much already. Its incredible, I always learn so much. He's so brilliant. I don't always understand the terms, but he explains them to me," Magnus laughs, fond.

Magnus’s mutation sometimes resembles Raven’s more than it does Erik, but only internally. He’s extraordinarily observant, but less so through particulate. It’s magnificent to witness his mind at work, even when it’s sometimes dizzying. He sees the world, people, through such a fascinating perspective. Like Erik, but different. Such is their lot. “You have two PhDs?” Francis asks, nodding toward the framed degrees. “One in genetics, the other in education. Much more recently acquired.”

“Not psychology?”

“Oh, goodness, no,” he chuckles. “I thought I’d pursue it when I was your age, but I was no good. I thought that my mutation would help, but it didn’t. Humans are so complex.”

Francis looks surprised. “I find that our mutation helps a lot. I can see structure. The psychology education simply helps me out a name to things I’ve either already observed or refines them.”

Charles smiles. “You and I work differently, then. Fascinating. You ought to talk to Ailo. He’s the one who helped confirm that I’m no good at psychology.”


Magnus listens to them both, finding the conversation does well to keep him from spiraling off onto the ether. Sometimes Francis does the same when they're home, talking to him about all kinds of things while he sifts fingers through Magnus's hair and lets him rest his head on his lap. The sound of his voice keeps Magnus tethered. Much as he does now, grateful. "It's strange how all of our powers work differently," Magnus murmurs, smiling to himself. "Strange, but nice. We aren't the same, so it won't be boring. I'm not very good at physics or medicine. It's still the same power, but it's different specialty maybe? Maybe everyone is like that. Mutation conforms to how you are or what you like?"

“Or maybe we like what our mutations incline us to like,” Charles suggests, smiling. “We like the things we’re good at, don’t we? My Erik can’t get enough physics. Truly. He’d spend all day in space, looking at the composition of various atmospheres and oceans around the universe. He understands it all intuitively, which makes him like it more.”

“Your abilities are much stronger than mine,” Francis points out. “You’re…nearly omniscient. Does that mean you’re a people person?”

“It means I’ve spent a long time on earth. There are many reasons why my abilities have grown to this point. Erik’s abilities, namely.”

“And the injury,” he adds, brow raising.

Charles inclines his head. “Certainly that had something to do with it. Prior to it, I needed Cerebro to reach anyone far afield. And that really decimated my strength. I’d wind up on the floor with a bloody nose after each attempt.”

“I’m at that phase,” Francis admits, rubbing his head. “All that input at once. It’s hard to handle.”

"I know. Believe me, I do. It does get easier. After the injury, I could hear and feel everything without Cerebro. It was unbearable.”

"Erik told me something similar, too. That I'm more like Raven. Even though I can do some of the fancy stuff," he grins. He materializes another cup of yellow tea for Francis. "The preference is pretty clear. He's not really bad at it and I'm not bad at this, it's all from the same place, maybe? Just a different interpretation. He does the same thing I do. Arguably more! But it's not fictional, it's like a... reflex, or a construct. So our minds must be similar. Same with yours, possibly. You could do psychology at a baseline level, but it's just a different interpretation, and your mind adapted to something else."

“Yes, perhaps,” Charles smiles, glad that Magnus has calmed down some. “And I’m sure that your telepathy could expand quite a bit,” he says to Francis. “But I wouldn’t recommend trying to sustain a spinal cord injury to do so.”

“I’ll pass,” he grimaces. “No offense.”

“None taken at all,” Charles promises. “I’m certain that there are other means. A matter of training your brain, mm? You and Magnus must work together. Strengthen each other. As Erik and I do. It may sound a bit saccharine, but it’s true. You’re much stronger together than you are apart. You two uniquely.”

Magnus wonders about that. "Maybe that's why, too? It seems like no matter where we are, our abilities compliment one another. So if one of us is different the other one could be more likely to be different in the same way? Think about it. You are a biologist, your Erik is a physicist. Our strengths do the same thing. You come up with theories all the time! I don't know the science but I usually can arrive at the right answer just by acting it out. We have tested it before, our accuracy rates are astonishing when working together. I always thought it was so strange how we seem to come together in so many of the places we have visited. Let alone have these complementary skills. Maybe it's like.... there is a force between people, too? Does that sound stupid?"

He laughs a bit. "Like gravity. But between people, in one another's orbit. It's not that we can't choose, but in a way... do we even choose? I can't help that I find your presence utterly wonderful. It's just like a.... a vibe," he repeats one of Pietro's words. "I didn't choose the vibes. And I don't choose what I like. It just kind of is. But maybe if we fought or something we could choose to separate, but up front? I wonder what we could learn about psychology by comparing different versions of people."

“Theater and psychology certainly go hand-in-hand,” Charles agrees.

“A vibe,” repeats Francis, curious. He will admit that this is all fascinating, the idea that he and Magnus are bound together by something larger. It’s not that he’s looking to legitimize anything, but it sends a jolt of excitement through him, anyway. He squeezes Magnus’s hand tighter. “Maybe our worlds all need different things. This one needed physics and biology. Ours needs performance and psychology. I don’t know. Maybe that's too clean, and I’m giving us too much importance.”

Magnus grins, sitting up to press Francis's knuckles to his lips. Energized, grounded more fully. "Even a simple conversation with you helps me," he whispers gratefully. "I don't know about the world. But I need you. Maybe it's more microscopic. We make up tiny systems. Maybe I'm more crazy so you are better at psychology and you're more concrete so I'm better at art, and we shape our world in a big way because our abilities are Big?"

His head tilts. Thank-you, is what he means, though. Staying with me. Helping me. Meeting him. I know how hard that was. How strange. I'm so incredibly privileged to know you. Three years ago I was living in hell. My biggest aspiration was to find a way to save the little ones so I could kill myself. I looked forward to suicide every day. But now everything is different. You both - you don't know what you did. You can't know. I struggle sometimes but I am so, so happy. You make me happy.

Before I met you, I was lost, Francis continues, pulling Magnus in tighter. Alone. I didn’t know what to do or where to go. Who I was. Now…goodness. The world feels so much bigger. And being at your side simply feels right. You’re strong and beautiful and so talented, Erik. It’s a privilege to be your partner. He kisses Magnus’s knuckles, and then turns to look at Charles. Thank you. For looking after him. Taking him in. You helped him find me. I know…I know that you mean a lot to him. And this is weird, being that we’re the same, and I’m not really sure—

Charles raises a hand. "No need. I know it’s strange. Another thing you’ll get used to. And, no thanks necessary. Magnus is very dear to me. He’s family. So are you. Family does this for each other, hmm? Who knows, maybe Erik and I will rock up one day and ask you two for help. I would love to meet those twins of yours at some point soon, actually. They’re how old now? A year?*

Magnus grins and in an instant, the two appear in his arms. He's never too far from knowing where they are and what they're doing. He hands Wanda to Francis, who squirms and resettles in his arms. She has a thick head of deep brown hair with natural burgundy streaks, while her eyes when they scrunch open are a crystalline green, large and wide. Pietro in Magnus's arms (largely to ensure he doesn't zip around and hurt himself - they both have their mutations even as babies) is far fairer, but with a similarly freckled complexion. Pietro is wiggly and he laughs when Magnus boops his nose and creates sparkles from his fingertips.

"Ahhhh! Tata," he babbles. "Wurbda n' plah. Pphrhhh."

Magnus beams. "I can almost understand him. He wants to play with Wanda," he's laughing and sets him on his wobbly little legs onto the couch.

He crawls over to Francis and shrieks in delight. "Baba."

"That's right, and Wanda. Ahhh, you're like two little bats in a burrito!" He blinks and they're both swaddled up in bright blankets, feet kicking happily. "Magda is sick," he whispers softly to Charles. "I saved her. I thought she would be OK. But she has bad problems. Genetic. He put radiation on her. The doctors don't think she will live much longer. But they got to know her, just a little. I won't let them forget her."

Charles can’t help but gasp when the two babies appear in their midst. Infants. Their faces are recognizable to Charles, though, they’re the twins. Pietro and Wanda. A smile occupies his entire face as the babies squirm and babble. They’re plump, rosy-cheeked. Happy. So obviously loved, in the arms of Magnus and Francis. The two had seemed like young boys to Charles just moments ago, but as they hold the babies, doting, caring, they seem much older. True parents. “Oh. I didn’t realize she was ill,” Charles frowns, adjusting his chair so that he can stroke Pietro’s silver hair.

The little boy reaches out and grabs his finger, immediately bringing it to his mouth. “Mrmmmp!” he announces.

“Would you mind allowing Erik back here? He’d love to meet these two, and learn about Magda. Maybe we can help.”

"Of course," Magnus whispers and it takes no time at all for Erik to pop back into the room, mid-game, the man takes several moments to orient and sets aside the soccer ball he'd been holding when his eyes fall onto Pietro and Wanda. He recognizes them immediately and his hand comes up over his mouth, shocked and overcome. Entirely not expecting this. He drops to one knee at the side of the couch and swiftly picks up Wanda without conscious thought.

"You have them," he rasps thickly. "Our babies. You have them."

Magnus understands. He sets a hand on the elder Erik's shoulder. "We have them. They're very, very well-loved."

"Oh, and Magda --?"

"Safe," Magnus nods. "But sick. Radiation."

"Bring her here," Erik says at once. "I'll look at her. Maybe I can help."

Magnus looks to Francis the same way Erik often looks to Charles, a completely unconscious deference, before nodding and shifting everyone to make room on the couch for their newest arrival. Magda Maximoff is a young woman their age, with a thick blanket of curls, dark skin and reddish-brown eyes reminiscent of Wanda's hair. She smiles warmly at Magnus and Francis, a soft shawl wrapped over her bony shoulders. She's terribly underweight, and quite frail looking.

She looks up at Erik, and her head tilts curiously. "Erik... and... your father? Brother? I thought they did perish."

Erik huffs a little. "Erik and Erik," he says with a small smile. Pained, somewhat. His last memories of Magda are a source of grief, for him. "Charles, and Charles, questo è un altro universo," he adds in Italian.

"Another world? Oh, che strano!" She lifts Wanda up and gives her a loud smooch, which causes her face to wrinkle up. "Oh, sembri una vecchietta!" she laughs. Despite everything that Charles knows happened, there's no trace of fear or animosity. Her affection for Magnus is plain, and she pats his hand with her spindly fingers, evidently accepting Erik's explanation as she knows he is a very powerful mutant. 

Magda bounces Wanda carefully on her knee, looking up at this older version of her children's father curiously. When Magnus first retrieved her from the laboratory where she was being held, she had been fearful and confused. Her memories of their interactions were shattered on the hull of an ice-breaker. Magnus frightened her, having mindlessly obeyed what he was told and controlling her body against her will.

Later, as they gradually became more comfortable interacting, she began to understand what really happened. He had kept her still and quiet to avoid being murdered, and to prevent injury. Truthfully, these days she more worries for him. Her role makes sense, to her. A victim, unable to stop the abuse. At someone's mercy. Magnus isn't so fortunate, and she sees how he gets at times when they talk. Far-away, seized up. She knows he harbors incredible guilt, even if he will never say a word. The one time he said sorry to her, was the first time she ever saw him cry. He could barely get the words out. No, she understands well, now. The one responsible hurt them both.

Watching Magnus with their babies, it is beyond clear that his heart is pure. She just hopes that he can see this for himself, especially since one day she won't be around to remind him. Francis and Magnus are her family now. Francis puts pepper in her pancakes every morning after an accident in the kitchen made her realize she liked it. He introduced her to oolong and yellow tea, and she taught him about reading the leaves and astrology. Along with her children they are the only family she has. And she loves them, dearly. It's not a normal household, but she would not trade it. Erik, though, is enormous, towering over everyone in the room with a complex weave of thick auburn braids down his back. He's darker than her own, speaking to a life lived in the sun. She's glad, he deserves that peace.

"Charles," she reaches forward with her free hand and squeezes his knee. Forward, most people don't touch him almost at all. But he is a version of someone that Magda loves, and it comes naturally. "He lived here, this place? When he was recovering. With you?"

Francis never expected to become a father at 18, but now that he is, he couldn’t imagine a life without the twins. They largely stay with Magda, who wishes to spend as much time with them as she can before her health starts to fail, but he and Magnus are with them daily for breakfast and always pop in to kiss them goodnight, to help her tuck them in to their shared crib (they had separate ones, but the two babies cried and cried until their parents gave in and allowed them to sleep together), to tell them stories. Sometimes, they stay for several days, sometimes Magda comes to them. They’re an unlike family; three young adults from wildly different backgrounds, but they come together to ensure that the children are cared for, loved, happy.

And that the adults are supported, too. Somehow, it works. Francis has come to adore Magda and her gentle, kind nature. She’s one of those women who is quietly one of the strongest people one will ever meet, and she’s easy to admire. Funny and intelligent, she’s half-Italian and half-Romani and loves to delight Francis with tales from her childhood, full of adventure and love. It’s difficult to watch we deteriorate before their eyes. The doctors in America Francis has taken her to see can’t do anything, nor can the Italians, British, Israeli, Genoshan. She’s tired of Francis dragging her to this specialist or that researcher, but he feels that he must try.

Their children adore her, of course. Pietro has crawled over Francis’s lap, tiny knees digging into the top of his thigh as he reaches upward, toward Magda and Wanda. “Mamamamama,” babbles the little boy, and Francis holds him up to her so that he can be closer to his mother and sister without obligating Magda to hold them both at once. She’s looking frail, today. Charles observes the little family, eyes particularly on the young woman. It’s hard to imagine her dying, leaving these two angelic babies to live without her.

Yes, Francis and Magnus can take care of them, but they so, so adore her, and it’s clear that she completes the fabric of their family. He smiles when she leans forward and touches his knee—yes, his leg, which most people don’t dare even acknowledge. “He lived in this very building, yes. The bedroom just below this office, actually. Stuffed to the seams with plays, art history books, novels from all over the world. I kept it unoccupied, in case he wanted to come back and stay, I’ll admit. But it’s clear that he’s got a good thing going on in your world, mm?”

She grins widely at the description. "And yours," she thwaps an open book on his desk with a laugh. "Odysseus to his Achilles, eh?" It's with a dry wink, and for a moment Erik sees the very essence of his children pour through her. Pietro's wit and humor, Wanda's warmth. She even sounds like them, so much that her loss in their world aches all over again. Before their shared torment, and before her end, she had been Erik's sole companion. She notes it as he surreptitiously brushes away the wetness at his cheeks, and she tugs him up onto the couch with the rest of them. "Va bene, bene, non piangere, uccellino. Se inizi a piangere, inizierò a piangere e non so nuotare!"

Erik's laugh is hoarse, but present. "É passato molto tempo," he explains. His Italian is conversational these days, a sixth language for the twins' first. He likes speaking it at home with them and practices often.

"You died," Magnus tells her, rubbing her back. "For him. I think it's sad.

"Not so sad," Erik shakes his head. "A great joy, to see you three together." The obvious care and affection they all share draws a smile to his face all on its own. Knowing that Wanda and Pietro will grow up knowing all of the love he and Charles have for them, for their whole lives. That they'll know Magda, as long as she lives. "And you have your babies. I'm so, so glad. Look how they've changed their world," he says to Charles, delighted. "But you're not well, are you?" he whispers to Magda.

Her head shakes. "Experiments, neh. Cancer, radiation. But you don't worry about it," she admonishes sharply. "I have no regret. No pain. Every day is a gift. My family, here." She lifts both Magnus and Francis's hands. "Charles taught me golf. You ever golf, uccellino? Drive around the little grass and whack things hard as you can. Giocco perfetto."

Chapter 94: His sense of justice won't be harmed by your submissions to his heart,

Chapter Text

The image is so clear and idyllic in Magda’s head, and Charles has to share it with his husband. Francis, standing at a golf tee with Magda, arms wrapped around her as he positions her hands around a club. He’s coaching her while Magnus sits in the cart with a twin on each knee. The babies have matching tam o’shanters and tartan outfits as they babble and wriggle, happy to be out and about with their parents. Charles laughs out loud, and then apologizes, realizing that Magda may not be accustomed to having her memories plucked from her like this. The four of them are on the sofa with the twins, while Charles faces them, still in his chair.

“We may be able to help,” he says to Magda gently. “This world is 30 years ahead of you. It’s 1980. And we have some folks here who are very gifted in this arena. Would you allow us to try?”

"Oh, try, of course," she tells him with a regal lift of her chin and a knowing crease at the corners of her eyes. She knows, Charles is aware, that her time on this plane is limited. Humans know when they're going to die, it's just instinct. And she knows that this is the end, for her. She's OK with it, but she doesn't fuss or complain as Francis and Magnus scramble to try and help. They need her to fight, so she will fight.

Death itself isn't frightening to her any longer. Somehow, she just knows that it isn't going to be scary. As though she herself has an intuition about the nature of the Expanse. Schmidt, after all, used her genetic material as the basis for super-children because she was a carrier of a particularly powerful mutant gene known to produce Omega-level abilities. Who is to say it didn't affect her on a milder level?

She feels Charles rifling around in there and her nose wrinkles, fond. "You see what he dressed them in! He has little outfits for eeeevveerryy occasion, uccellino," she complains at Erik, Magnus and Charles with an exaggerated shrug of her bony shoulders. "And then Halloween! Look, look," she makes a gimme motion with her fingers, inviting Charles to see their matching fisherman costumes complete with giant yellow hats, tiny little galoshes, a fishing pole and tackle box. "Erik made them, of course," she laughs.

I'll take a look at her, Erik thinks to Francis and Charles both, not wishing to draw any attention away from her anecdote. They can take this time, he thinks. "Why don't you come back with us for a while?" he suggests softly. "Pietro and Wanda would treasure seeing you." We have the man who did this to her, Erik can't help but think. It's dark, angry. And he will help me fix it. Or I will kill him.

Charles can feel her resignation, and he doesn’t like it. The woman seems largely at peace with what she feels is an impending death, like someone well older than she is. It’s not always the wise and just who die young, but it seems to be the case, sometimes. They’ll try. Charles knows that the woman feels that death is near, but they’ll try. That’s not a horrible ultimatum, Charles replies gently. Any sympathy or grace he’d felt toward this Schmidt has long evaporated. Ask him in a few days if he still thinks that Erik is being reasonable.

But, they have happier things to address at the moment. “We would love to host all five of you,” Charles agrees. “Here, or at our home in Genosha. Whatever you’d prefer.”

Francis notes Charles’s eyes as they linger on the children and smiles softly, handing Pietro over. He settles the wriggly little boy atop his lap and waits until Charles’s good arm is supporting him before letting go, knowing that Magnus or Erik will catch him if he worms his way out. “Pietro and Wanda meeting Pietro and Wanda. I suppose they should get used to that young, hmm?”

Magnus, somewhat oblivious to what's happening outside the immediate environment, sits up and darts forward to give Charles a grateful hug. "Thank you, all of you. I know we have come and upended things," he rasps, tickling under Wanda's chin and producing an array of harmless fireworks for her to focus on from his fingers.

"They can do it, too? Time travel and new worlds, like you?" she grins at the prospect. "Pietro is so fast. He gets into everything! Erik and he zip around the house. And Wanda... she seems to be like Erik? And sometimes, like Charles. The other day she sent me the perfect picture of an apple. That's what she wanted!"

Magda chatters, and Erik grins at them both. "Sounds like you have got your hands full, all three of you," Erik says. "Think of it like a vacation, and oh yes. Pietro and Wanda get quite used to that early on. Wanda is more of a traveler than I, but I've done my share. She and Pietro have lived in a few different timelines, yeah?"

"The 1980s. It seems so far away. Do you have flying cars, yet?" asks Magda. "I need to know important bits."

"No flying cars, just flying people." Erik slips his good hand into hers, and it takes no time at all for the group to return to Genosha and to the Townhouse. 


The adult Wanda and Pietro are with David, playing a board game in the center of the cozy living area when they all materialize. Wanda's eyes widen a little. "Mamma?" she breathes, and then whacks Pietro on the arm. "Look who it is," she laughs. Magda, still clutching baby-Wanda, scrambles forward. "Oh! Oh, look at you both. All grown up! You look just like your babbetto," she laughs and trails her finger through one of Pietro's thick silver curls. "And who is this young one?" she asks of David.

"Wanda and Pietro have a brother," Erik says with a smile, rubbing David's back fondly. "David. This is Magda, Wanda and Pietro's ima. Your... great... aunt? Is that right? This family is big."

"Maybe a step-mom? That's confusing," Wanda grins as she lifts baby-Pietro up. "Aaahhh, look at your fast little toes!" Pietro and Wanda are somewhat accustomed to having met different versions of their parents, so it's less of a shock to see Magda alive - but there is no question that they're delighted.

Magda is utterly enthralled and she tugs Magnus and Francis over. "Look at my little ones! All grown up. Oh, you're so tall. And you! Look at this hair. So beautiful," she frets over Wanda.

"We brought her here because Magnus rescued her from Auschwitz," Erik explains softly. "But she's hurt, so I am going to try and help her. Not with him. I'll make sure there is no crossover."

"Him?" Magda wonders.

"We have some other issues," Erik reports grimly. "Magnus and Francis, these two, your family. They're seeing a rise in viruses targeted to mutants that we can't intercept. I've asked someone for help. Someone very bad."

Magda peers at this older version of her dear-heart, and gapes a little. "He's here, then. That man. No, you let me talk to him," she points a finger at Erik. "I will set him straight as rain." If they expected her to be scared of Schmidt, they're mistaken,

It’s a pleasure to watch Pietro and Wanda, the adults, meet their tiny counterparts for the first time. Wanda’s eyes light up when she takes the baby-Pietro in her arms, and even Pietro cracks a grin as he picks up baby-Wanda. “Huh. Seeing you two together is weird,” he notes, nodding to his sister and Magda. “Same face. I look like Babbetto.

Francis looks between the babies and their elder counterparts as well, obviously taking it all in. “Wow. Pietro is like Erik, and Wanda like Magda. And David like me. With a touch of Erik, somehow. Huh.” Charles allows David to scramble up onto his lap. The boy is a touch overwhelmed by the sudden presence of new people, people he has never seen, and babies. Little Wanda shrieks a laugh as Pietro tickles her, and it’s loud. He’s polite about it, but is happy to turn and bury his face in his father’s chest for a little while, and Charles will always oblige. “You really want to talk to him?” Charles asks Magda softly. “What are you hoping to say?”

"I have a great many things to say," Magda tells Charles with a quiet ferocity, a surge of fire lighting her mind. "He is the reason, then. Why you cry, uccellino," she presses her spindly fingers to Magnus's cheek. "I would face him," she says, lifting her chin. Despite her meek stature, there's an incredible dignity through her bearing that is undeniable.

"Magda..." Erik whispers softly, shaking his head. "He is a vile individual, you know this. He won't care, and may gain pleasure from making you uncomfortable."

"He believes that I am a piteous creature!" Magda cuts back sharply. "I lay in the bed, cuffs at my feet and wrists. I endure, I weep, I beg. I starve. Helpless, like a skinny cow. What he thinks, I do not care. But he will know that for all he did, I spend not one moment thinking of him now. I am happy, and loved, and my children are with me. Charles and Erik are with me. Erik smiles and laughs all the time. He builds islands for refugees. He makes movies. Charles is the top of his class. He helped discover our very DNA. He did that. He loves salty licorice. We go out every week, on the water. I want him to know these things."

Charles listens to Magda as he rubs David’s back. It makes sense, what she wishes to do. Schmidt saw her as little more than incubator for his latest experiment, dehumanizing her to an exceptional degree. Magda wishes to show him that she has always been human in spite of such treatment, and that she’s thriving now. While he doesn’t think that it will mean any difference to Schmidt, Charles doesn’t wish to tell a dying woman that she can’t have words with the man that caused her death. Perhaps unfair to Magnus, but Magnus and Magda are different. Magda can handle it, Magnus can’t. “Alright. Erik can take you to see him, if you truly wish,” Charles says quietly. “I’m not allowed to see him either.” He nods at the splint on his wrist.

“Maybe I should go,” says Francis.

“No, you shouldn’t and won’t—“

“If I’m to be Magnus’s partner, I should know who we’re dealing with, shouldn’t I?”

Magnus flinches a little. "You - want to?" It's obvious he is not peachy keen about this, eyes growing red and hot.

"Uccellino," Magda frets warmly as she lifts her shawl to wrap it about her partner's shoulder. "He can come with me. We make each other strong, right? Like the tightest cords."

"High-modulus polyethylene," Erik supplies.

"Just so."

"You see him without me? I want to come. You can't be alone, leaving Magnus here? Please." Magnus presses his hand to his heart.

"I know you do. You both do. Everyone here," Erik addresses the room at large, sliding into the recognizable Prime Minister they know. "Has been hurt by this man. Maimed, brutalized, killed. Enslaved. I know how difficult his presence here is. Tell me, Francis. Charles," he looks between them. "Do you think there is benefit engaging with such a person? Someone who will only laugh at your efforts?"

"He will not laugh. I make sure of that, birdie." She pats his hand, a soft gesture. "Erik, not today, OK? Hm?" she plops down across from Magnus and frames his face in long fingers. Charles recognizes the expression on his face - the one his Erik makes when he leans into their dynamic. Erik watches and tries not to flush. The Expanse is... complicated.

"Just you and Charles," Magnus whispers. "Alone?"

"Never alone. You are right here, safe and sound." She slips her hand into his and spans his palm across the table, over her fragile heart.

“And Erik will be there. You’ll be represented.” With David still on his lap, Charles wheels over to Magnus’s side and wraps an arm around his shoulder. His eyes crinkle at the sides when he smiles, something he’ll recognize even in his own Charles. “You and I are banned from talking to him, mm? We’ll have our own fun here. With David, both sets of twins…the right folk, if you ask me.”

Francis finds himself grateful to his elder counterpart, grateful that he’ll remain behind to sit with Magnus throughout. And grateful for the elder Erik to help him, for facing Schmidt is a harrowing prospect, even if he has choice words to share with him, too. I’ll make sure Magda is okay, he tells Magnus privately, though he knows Charles will be able to perceive it. I promise. I’ll look after her. And Charles will look after you, mm?

Charles smiles, tugging Magnus into a side hug. Of course I will. Sorry to intrude. “Tomorrow. You can do all this work tomorrow. Tel is stable for now. Let’s enjoy a nice evening together, and then tomorrow, you three can go off to see him. Deal?” Charles says aloud.

Magnus burrows into Francis and Charles and Magda all, with little Louis in between. "You won't let him hurt," he points at Erik. "You can't let him."

"I will be there, I won't let him," Erik says softly. "Ailo will be there as well, to make sure things go smoothly."

"And we'll stay with the twins and their twins. And maybe Watson, too," Magnus decides, recalling their neighbors.

"That sounds better than Schmidt, to me," Magda laughs.

As if listening from the ether, Cricket and Franklin both drop in with Watson the skunk in tow. "We heard someone was sad," Cricket says. "Tiny me is sad?"

"Oh, no, I'm OK!" Magnus sniffs a little, laughing. "It's OK. Just tough. To be near him."

Franklin, initially concerned about the sadness that Cricket sensed, shrieks. “Baby twins!” he announces, curled hand raising from his lap to indicate the two. “Look, Cricket! Little Pietro and Wanda!”

Francis smiles softly and dislodges himself from the hug (but not before giving Magnus a kiss on the cheek) and gently takes each twin. He hands the wriggly Pietro to Cricket and the much more demure Wanda to Franklin, whose arms don’t seem to work as well. “Neither of you got to meet them as babies, did you?”

Franklin is gasping and fawning over the baby on his lap, knuckles brushing her plump cheek, chunky thighs. “Oh. Our babies but when they’re babies. Oh. Little babies.”

"Oh my goodness!" Cricket is beaming from ear to ear as he lifts Pietro in his power, who is utterly delighted, and gently touches all over his little arms and legs and pokes him right in the belly. Trying to be so careful, even though his limbs are all floppy.

Wanda burbles and reaches up to Franklin, sparkles emerging from her fingertips that lightly brush across his cheeks and shoulders in a warm mist. "Papa, papapa," she grins happily.

"Look how happy and cute you are," Cricket gushes, tears rolling down his cheeks. "Did you see, David? See your brother and sister? All rosy and happy. Your dads love you so much, yes they... oh, oh," his eyes widen as they land on Magda.

"And who is this, hm?" her eyes are wide at Franklin and Cricket both. They both look far more unwell than the others, but seem tightly tied together all the same. Happy, with each other.

"Magda?????" Cricket whispers. "That is you? You. Oh, Magda." He can't help it, and starts to cry openly, sobs hitching in the back of his throat. "Worthless bitch, shut up, no... stop, no, no. Don't. Beat you. Beat you with the pipe. Smashed up. You were all smashed. I tried. Tried to put you together. Tried," he moans pitifully.

Immediately she tromps right over to him and bundles him up in a tight hug. "No, my caro. You saved me, and we are so happy together. I promise, piccolo. You are OK. It's all OK," she rocks him gently.

“Look, darling,” Charles encourages Cricket, always gentle with him, always patient and loving. “Magda is here. She’s okay. She has the babies! She brought the little ones to come meet you.” Cricket often confabulates his world and this one, and so he grows stressed and upset easily. Reminding him of their happier life often helps. Magda seems to understand this implicitly, somehow. “Look how happy. Look at little Pietro in your arms. You helped keep him safe.”

“Ababababababa!” shrieks the silver-haired baby, grabbing ahold of one of Cricket’s auburn curls. “Aba, mrpppp. Plrbbbb.”

“He wants to play with you,” Francis tells Cricket with a smile. “He likes when Erik shoots little sparks from his fingers. He wants to chase them. Why don’t you try?”

"Play with me," Cricket whispers as his focus draws back to the wiggly infant before him. "My little one loved this, too," he dotes over the baby so gently, producing luminous sparks that wrap Pietro up and brush against his skin like soft feathers. "But he wasn't so little," Cricket remembers dryly. "But he was to me. My baby. We'll keep you so safe. Won't let any bad men get you. No, no. Tiny me and little Charles keeps you safe, and so loved. And little Magda, too," he grins. "Aba is me, yes it is!" he coos, suffusing both babies with warm tendrils of affection visible in sparkling lights. "And these are your little toes! Yes they are," he tickles with one finger, delicate as he can.

Magda kisses the top of his head and rubs his back. "Look how they love you. They know you're their babbetto, yeah? Of course they know. So smart, they must get it from Charles," she laughs, the sound a musical lilt.

Erik is at Charles's side and he unconsciously slips his hand into his husband's. It's difficult sometimes, remembering how much pain and despair they rescued Cricket and Franklin from. Moments like this, where they can connect with their family - and Erik understands deeply. Seeing his twins as babies strikes a pang through his whole being. He loves Pietro and Wanda fiercely, but he does regret not being there for them as infants. "I'm so, so happy. You got them, my babies. You'll make sure they're so safe and loved. I couldn't ask for a greater gift," he says hoarsely.

Charles feels just as weepy as Erik does, which is rare, but they both share such immense love for their family that it’s hard not to blubber a little upon seeing them all together. Two additional versions of themselves, two versions of their twins, Magda, and David all under the same roof is a special, special thing; each of them is someone who yearned for family and friends at some point but didn’t have any to lean on. Now, they’re here, together, enjoying and spreading the love that lives inside. And it’s beautiful. So very beautiful.

Francis wraps his arm around Magda’s narrow shoulders. The love between he and Magnus and Magda is more than platonic, certainly. Francis and Magnus are in love, but their love for Magda is strong, too. Familial and powerful. He’s so grateful to have met her and hopes that Charles and Erik can find a way to at least prolong her life, if not cure her cancer completely. It’s hard to imagine life without her. The babies are babbling and cooing in Cricket’s thrall, shrieks of laughter echoing off the walls. “Oh, they adore you, Cricket,” smiles Francis fondly. “They know you’re an Aba and a Babbetto, hmm? Smart little things. Always seeking out people who they know will love them.”

Cricket flips his hand over near Francis in an attempt to touch him, swaying eagerly from side to side in his matching hoverchair. "Thank you," he says, batting at his cheeks. "Saves Magda. He saves Magda. And my babies, and you take care of them and dress them in little tartans. And you love each other? Together! A three family. Magda," he whispers, nodding to himself. "A good three family."

“A three family,” Francis chuckles, collecting Pietro back in his arms. “I suppose that’s what we are. I love our little three family, too. But you’re also part of it, hmm? You and Franklin both. I know you love the twins, and so you’re their family, too.”

“A five family!” Franklin muses. “Hmm. A seven family, if long-hair Erik and bald me count.”

“Of course they count. A seven family,” Francis agrees kindly. “Maybe even nine, to include big Pietro and Wanda.”

“So many,” Franklin huffs. “Hmm. Maybe long-hair Erik can make us spanakopita?” he adds, apropos of nothing. He can always be counted on to say whatever is on his mind. “And saffron rice and tzatziki and pitas.”

Erik laughs warmly and in an instant the living area transforms into a small buffet with decorations, kitsch artwork and paper lanterns all around. "There, and tomato mint fritters, all sorts of tea, pancakes and pineapple glaze challah for the babies," Erik says with a dorky little flourish. Nothing has changed, there. Every Erik that every Charles knows, delights in feeding the room.

Magnus, bundled up in Magda's arms, ventures forth to find a small bit of wine for his cup in shaking hands. He's not usually one to imbibe, but he swallows a mouthful and lifts it, mouthing l'chaim. It's all he takes, Erik is similar in every universe or so it would seem, and he dotes over the adult twins even more than usual. "Look at you both. Oh, it's so strange. I met you as a child, younger than you. Then I had my babies. Now I see you as my babies," he grins. "And I'm still younger than you! The universe really is a prankster."

“Hmm. I see you as Babbetto Junior,” Pietro says as he loads up a plate for Cricket to give to Franklin. They all know that Cricket takes seriously his duties to care for Franklin, but they all like to pitch in where they can. “One I used to be taller than,” he adds, squaring up to Magnus. Sure enough, the latter is an inch or so taller than he is. “Hmm. Don’t like that. Don’t let that one,” he says, jerking his head toward baby Pietro in his high chair, “get taller than me.”

Francis chuckles as he and Magda split the feeding duties. The twins can certainly use their hands to shovel food into their mouths at this stage, but they’re messy as anything. “If he grows as tall as you, he’ll tower over me one day,” he points out.

“Was, er, David’s mum tall?”

Charles picks up on the younger man’s discomfort but decides not to engage with it. “Gabby? No, not really. A little shorter than I am. If it was all the same in their universe, anyway.”

Francis blinks. “Wait. David isn’t yours?

“Cricket’s original Charles is David’s biological father,” Charles explains. “David and Cricket came here to escape a world that wasn’t as inviting to them, anymore.”

“His Charles died,” Franklin adds, gazing at his younger self with those eyes that oscillate between inquisitive and vacant. They’re curious, today. “But now he has me. My Erik died and I have him. And then we all have David. The little jumping bean. Make sure you keep your Erik safe,” he says seriously. “Little Me, you have to keep him safe. Don’t be a dictator. Be nice and good. Or they’ll take you away.”

Charles places his hand on Franklin’s bony shoulder. “He’ll keep him safe, Franklin. Look, Cricket has your spanakopita for you. Have some.” Distraction is easy, with Franklin.

But Francis is curious. Do you know what happened? he asks Magnus. Dictator?

Magnus nods, collecting Francis a plate of all his favorites completely unconsciously, and tenderly wrapping his fingertips over the glassware before repeating the same process for Magda, manifesting her a bowl of spicy lentil soup and licorice spice tea. All the same, indeed. His Erik got killed, Magnus returns, soft and pained. Shot in the head and chest. Dove in front of the bullets meant for Franklin. I can't help but be angry. He left his love all alone. But Franklin didn't get mad. He got even. He wanted to protect mutants from the same fate. So he took over the government and tried to strong arm them all into peace. A bit like me, but I didn't mind control anyone. They found a way to block neutrino emissions from passing through him and, well, conducted a lobotomy on him. Surgically rendered him incapable of telepathy. A horrible, horrible situation. He spent a decade in Binghamton, before Cricket found him and took him back here. Now they pet little Watson and play with David. They go to the beach and watch the stars. A nice life.

Francis glances over at Franklin with a small frown. The strange, floppy version of himself, seemingly an antithesis to the Charles that sits beside him. Where does Francis fit in this spectrum? A version of himself who would mind control others into compliance and a version who would…well. Francis doesn’t actually know much about the other Charles. He’s amiable, welcoming, but guarded. Not in an obvious way, but Francis can recognize it, of course.

What lurks beneath that polished exterior. Of course you’re angry at his Erik for getting killed, as if he tried to get killed, teases Francis, quickly snatching a piece of challah from baby Wanda—she had cranked her arm back to chuck the morsel at her twin. “Hey, food is for eating, remember? Not throwing. You can play with Pietro in a bit, after you eat.” He kisses the top of her head and tickles her sides to make her giggle, and then turns back to Magnus. Mind control is no good. He shouldn’t have done that.

No, he shouldn't have, Magnus agrees, snorting as Wanda materializes a handful of peas instead. Magnus covers his mouth to avoid laughing - of the two, Francis is evidently the disciplinarian, but Magnus diverts in his own way. He transforms her peas into gentle sparkles that mist down harmlessly onto the twins before settling neatly on their plates as colorful blocks of what looks like Jell-O (though Charles knows it isn't made with any animal products, and certainly not gelatin) but flavored as ice cream.

The twins shriek in delight at the food cubes, which always abound in a variety of fun tastes and shapes, a surprise every time. This is what Magnus likes using his powers for. Not to hurt, not to be strong as Schmidt wanted for him. To make his babies laugh and wiggle. His heart swells, a moment out of time snapshotted in his mind. Magda at Francis's side, holding a blue wobbly star shaped block over Pietro's grasping fingers, smiling down at her companion with her head on his shoulders. Charles and Erik mirrored across, with Erik half resting on Charles's knee, a hand over his cheek.

Wanda making sparkles and peas. Cricket and Franklin caught in one another, chattering excitedly about something only they truly understand like another dialect. Universes converging on one singular point, Magnus thinks as his eyes well up with the overwhelming joy of his reality. That Erik loves Charles. And Charles loves Erik. And Erik soars. But I can understand why he did it. I might do it too. If they killed you. If I had no other choice to stop a bad war, stop Genoshans dying. I might. I don't judge him. It was wrong, but I love him. He is a Charles, and I love all Charleses and all Magdas and all Pietros and Wandas, he grins boyishly, bouncing from side to side. Unbridled delight.

He floats back down to Earth after a few moments and squeezes Francis's fingers gently. Does that frighten you? What he did? You are worried you might do the same thing? Magnus is blunt, as is his way, no beating around the bush. Refreshing, given Francis's upbringing rife with political rivalry and the passive aggressive veneer of elite society. Magnus doesn't psychoanalyze, he just asks, and trusts Francis to tell him the truth.

Time with their twins always lifts Francis’s spirits, reminding him that the love of family trumps everything else in the world. When Magnus informed him of their existence, he did so with no obligation, no expectation for Francis to participate in their rearing, but with an invitation to do so if he so wished. At first, Francis was hesitant—he’s young, probably too young to be a father, and he doesn’t exactly have the best example to look to in his own parents. His father died when he was very young, and his mother, an alcoholic, never really loved him the way that a parent should.

But meeting the twins and Magda changed everything. All the love that he had been lacking in his own childhood burst forward when the babies were first placed in his arms. Their tiny little features, angelic faces. Oh, he loves them with his entire soul, doesn’t he? Even when they throw food at each other during dinner. It does frighten me, Francis admits, wiping blue jelly from Wanda’s chubby little cheek. I didn’t know that I was capable of such a thing, though I suppose that I would do anything for you. Or for the twins. So…yes. Because I can understand it, it frightens me.

He did it like that because he didn't have his Erik, Magnus says firmly. He lifts Francis's fingertips to brush his lips across the man's knuckles, tender. As long as I am here, I will help you to be the person you want to be. As long as you want to be. I'll keep you safe, he promises solemnly and seriously. So you can come home to us and the babies, and never run out of love.

Francis can’t help but smile at the earnest promise. It does make him feel better; it’s like Charles was saying earlier. Whenever the two of them are together, they end up being okay. And Francis doesn’t plan on leaving Magnus anytime soon, so that’s that. I believe you, he replies. Thank you. I’ll always come home to you. Always.

Charles smiles softly, looking down at his husband who rests against his knee. They’re cute. Different than we are, I think. Francis seeks stability, Magnus seeks beauty. It works. I like them.

Erik brushes his thumb under Charles's eye. Of course it works. You're the most beautiful person he could ever hope to meet, neshama, Erik replies completely without censure. I am so incredibly happy for them, he admits in a bit of a swerve. It's been a hard day facing Schmidt again, bringing all that agony back to the surface. But this makes it all worthwhile. They'll have a whole life together. Full of love. Children. Friendship. Oh, seeing them together like this... it's overwhelming, he huffs gently. How happy they are and how close. How much good they're doing. And I'm so, so proud. Is it strange to be proud of one's self? Egotistical?

Not at all. We should be proud of ourselves, Charles holds, gripping Erik’s free hand in his own. It’s the wrong hand; he usually uses his right to hold Erik’s, but his weaker, stiffer left will have to do until the splint comes off of his right. Our own selves and our adorable little counterparts alike. They show us parts of ourselves that maybe we don’t know too well in our own lives. The spectrum of what’s possible for Charles and Erik. It used to make me uncomfortable, and it undeniably makes Francis uncomfortable still, but I’m proud now. Of us, of them. Of the lovely people in all of our lives. Those tiny little twins. I’m so glad they have them and are raising them away from North Brother Island. That’s what they deserve.

Look, Erik lifts his chin across the table to where the adult Pietro and Wanda are each fixated on the baby version of themselves. Sometimes I am so full of affection for you, for our children, I cannot contain myself, he laughs softly. They feel like ours, too. We set them on a good path, they won't struggle as we struggled. They'll have their own challenges, but we can help them there, too. Just like our Elders did for us. The Wheel ever-turning, he hums and leans forward to sit Charles's brow with a kiss. Tell me, how you are feeling? Is your fingers sore? Quite agitated, neshama? I'll help soothe your muscles, he says as his fingertips press against the tense knot at Charles's neck, suffusing warmth through corded lines. Always in service, for Charles. Even in this most casual way, Erik belongs to him. Erik is meant to ease him.

It’s fine, you already made the pain go away. Quit your fussing, hmm? Though Charles knows that Erik is more likely to quit breathing than he is to quit fussing, he’ll always tut. Indeed, Erik has made the pain go away in his fingers already, but when he touches at the knot that regularly forms at his neck, no matter how often Erik deals with it, he relaxes a bit against the back of his chair with a sigh, eyes fluttering a bit.

Francis notices the interaction, shifting a little uncomfortably where he sits. He’s the only Charles around that isn’t bound to a hoverchair, riddled with pains and ailments in the wake of a catastrophic injury. “Does it…hurt?” he asks Charles awkwardly, eyes averted. “It was years ago, wasn’t it? But it still hurts?”

Charles smiles softly. “Of course. Sitting in the same position all day would make anyone sore. My back still gets sore around the site of the injury, and my hands, even when healthy, are subject to spasms. Erik makes sure I don’t feel it too much, if at all.”

“And there’s sores. From sitting,” Franklin chimes in. “But not anymore because Cricket makes sure. No more sores.”

“That’s right.” Charles closes his fingers around Erik’s own. “We’re lucky, for Erik and Cricket. Without them, our lives would be much more limited. For years, I couldn’t use my left hand at all, but I got by just fine. Erik made sure I didn’t need it.”

“My hand is no good,” frowns Franklin. “Have to keep doing therapy. Hate therapy.”

“That’s another thing Eriks are good at,” chuckles Charles fondly. “Making us attend physical therapy when we really don’t want to.”

Francis glances at his own Magnus. He’s grateful that he doesn’t have to rely on the man as such, but knows, with his whole heart, that Magnus wouldn’t hesitate to aid him just as Erik and Cricket aid their partners. “You don’t…er…”

“Wish I could walk?” Charles completes wryly. “Of course I do. Quite a lot. Even if I could regain some additional mobility, however, it would come at a cost.” He taps his temple. “And that’s not something I’m willing to trade anymore.”

Erik laughs a little as well, nudging his chin over the top of Charles's head playfully. "I make sure it doesn't hurt too much, and so does Cricket. Your Erik will help you, too, if ever you're in pain. You tell him, he'll learn how. It's not so good now, but you'll practice and get better. As for walking? Pah. Why walk when you can fly? Teleport everywhere?" He grins. "We have everything we need. It's no hardship at all, excepting when Charles gets a bit frustrated. But even this happens far less now, we rely on one another's mutations to fill in the gaps. Rely on ourselves, to ensure our needs are met. That's just being a partner, hm?"

“Maybe you can share the details of the hoverchair technology with Magnus and Francis,” Charles suggests. “It’s changed the lives of people with disabilities immensely. It’s the most important breakthrough for us since the invention of the wheel. I’m not exaggerating.” Charles raises his chair up and down to show off. “It’s powered using an element that Erik created and named after us, did you know?” He chuckles to Francis. “Kalorizikite. World-changing.”

Erik produces a small, thin glowing strip of the material which is suspended in a transparent brick lined with shining chromium. It's insides are crystalline and intricate, liquid streaks of superheated blue and cyan mixed with gentle swirls of white and spider-veins cracked through it all, resembling long axons and dendrites. "Rest it in your palm," he instructs as he lets it float down into Francis's outstretched hand. As the heat from his body interacts with the material, it begins to glow and hum like a battery.

"What does kalorizikite mean?" Magnus asks, soft in wonder. He's seen this before at the heart of their hover technology, but up close it's clear that this is near miraculous. A feat of Erik's mutation effortless to him, with vast applications.

"It means welcome home, in Greek," Erik explains, dipping his head. "A play on Xavier. I wished for him, for all disabled people who desire it, to have the freedom of three dimensional maneuvering. In some cases it's even more convenient than walking. You can reach more places, you don't get as tired. Ailo uses one, now."

“There was a new therapist from America at Group once who said I shouldn’t say I’m disabled because I’m handicapable,” Franklin provides, face pinched in a frown. “I said what’s that, and she said it’s a nicer way to say disabled because it means I can still do things. I said that’s the stupidest thing I’ve ever heard in my whole entire life and that she’s an idiot and then she said to Ailo that I shouldn’t come to Group anymore and Ailo said it’s okay. And I said good, because I didn’t like Group and I’m not handicapable.”

Franklin recounts the story with fierce sincerity, and it’s difficult not to laugh out loud. Francis and Magnus are still too early for the language and sentiment that is beginning to take hold in their time, a language of sensitivity. For the most part, Charles welcomes tact and respect in every day speech, but outright detests asinine terms like handicapable, which are patronizing in every way.

Pietro, however, can’t help himself, and begins to chuckle under his breath. “Handicapable. Should I start using that word instead, Charles? My handicapable patrigno.” His laughter grows as he leans in to the bit even more, and Charles scoffs.

“You’ll be on the streets if you do, Pietro,” he warns, but there’s a smile fighting at his lips, too.

“I…don’t understand,” Francis admits.

“Good. Be thankful that you don’t. Enjoy not understanding,” Pietro trills.

Cricket groans. "I hit her on the head," he admits with a shy grin.

"You did?" Erik admonishes sharply.

"Not to hurt. With some newspaper. She was being bad! Calling my Franklin dumb names. Not handicapable. Not person with schizophrenia," he repeats the woman's other talking point with a pinched expression. "She didn't come back after. Ailo told her stop. Speaking over us. We know how to speak!" Cricket huffs. "Franklin knows how. He's good at speaking." Cricket pets at his knee.

Erik rolls his eyes. "I'm glad she got removed. I agree, she sounds idiotic," he admits dryly. "People who aren't disabled or mentally ill don't get to dictate how we speak about ourselves. We get to decide, right?"

Cricket nods sharply. "She said disabled is rude. No. It's just normal. We're normal, she's rude."

Using his telepathy and connection to the ether, Charles plucks the memory from Ailo’s brain.


Franklin, frowning at a perky blonde woman with red lipstick and big hair. You shouldn’t call yourself a cripple, Franklin. That’s not a very nice word.

Nice? It’s a word. And I’m crippled, replies Charles’s facsimile, his voice eerily like Charles’s own British baritone.

You shouldn’t think of yourself as crippled. Instead, you should hold your head up high and remember that you’re handicapable, not handicapped.

Franklin blinks at her several times before looking to Ailo, and then back at the woman. What in the world does that mean?

The woman smiles. That you’re just as capable as someone who doesn’t need to use a wheelchair to get around.

Franklin looks down at his limp body, torso secured to the chair with a discreet strap, and then makes clear eye contact with the woman. That is the stupidest thing that I’ve heard in my entire life, he tells her plainly.

The woman sputters. It may take some getting used to, since you’ve thought of yourself as disabled for so long—

But I am disabled—

Ah, ah, handicapable, remember?

And then a rolled up newspaper bonks the woman square on her forehead. Her eyes widen in shock, and then the memory changes perspective, as Ailo moves toward Cricket and Franklin in the circle of patients.


Charles shares the memory with Erik, unable to keep from smirking as he replays the newspaper assault, over and over. “She is weird,” Charles agrees with Cricket out loud. “Good. We should be allowed to speak for ourselves. And we don’t all need to agree with what we want to be called, hmm? Because we’re all still people. Individuals.”

Francis studies the group, as if he’s trying to remember the details. Will this be on the exam, sir? “I think I get it. Using a term like handicapable implies that it’s a bad thing to be disabled.”

“Something like that,” Charles sighs. “The modern world is fickle with language. We’ve adopted phrases to replace offensive or inaccurate ones that you still use in your time. Most are well-intended and even positive. Some are a little absurd. It’s just how progress works, hmm? Some things take and others don’t.”

"If you have schizophrenia, does that mean I do, too?" Magnus wants to know, frowning deeply himself. Erik said we, not you.

"It's complex," Erik answers softly. "We don't all share the same diagnosis, or the same problems. Cricket's diagnosis is also imperfect, in the absence of anything more explanatory. We are, undoubtedly, all similar - as these issues are genetic in nature - but not the same. My official diagnoses is Schizotypy Spectrum Disorder, as is Cricket's, but there is a difference our subtypes. Schizoid," he taps his own chest. "Versus what Cricket has - schizophrenia. And as far as I know, most of us struggle with transient psychosis. But the answer is not definitive. Ariel didn't meet the criteria, even though he wasn't precisely neurotypical," Erik points out.

"Will I? Do I? Will it hurt Charles--Francis, or Magda or the babies?" Magnus wants to know immediately, a direct reflection of Erik's response upon Magneto first elaborating his condition to him. The shoe is on the other foot, now.

"You may. Ailo doesn't think you share my divergence, and he didn't believe you had psychosis," Erik recalls softly. "PTSD, yes. That's a given, I suspect. But you seem a great deal more emotionally connected up. That's a very good thing."

"I'm sorry," Magnus whispers. "Did not mean to make monopoly. That word, schizophrenia sounds scary."

"It does, yes. But it isn't. Nothing about you as you know yourself will change, regardless of your diagnosis. You are still Erik Lehnsherr. Still Charles's partner, the twins' parent, an actor, a Jew. A mutant. A lover of hejogs." At Erik's reminder, Magnus grins.

"She said I can't call myself disabled or even schizophrenic. Because I have to be a person, first? So I am not. Not a person, must remind everyone? That lady is dumb. Franklin is right. I don't like cripple," he admits. "Stryker said it like that. But he's allowed. However he wants to," Cricket defends fiercely.

“Schizophrenia sounds scary because bad actors use it as to mean something scary,” Charles says to Magnus. “Some idiot Hollywood producer or bad writer will create a ‘schizophrenic’ character and make him run around with a knife because the voices told him to do it.” The disdain in Charles’s voice is clear. “Erik has had schizophrenia as long as you’ve known him. As long as I have known him. He has only ever protected me and our family. Don’t worry. You’re an Erik. If you ever feel that you’re growing unwell, lean on your support system. Erik spent a long time at Reyda while he needed help. You can, too, if you ever need.” He grips Erik’s hand tight, bringing it up to his lips.

“I won’t say cripple if Cricket doesn’t like it,” Franklin adds, head lolling toward his partner. “That’s okay. I love him, so he can tell me his opinion and I’ll listen. But just not handicapable. I can’t even sit up by myself. Does she think I’m just as capable at sitting up as anyone else?”

“Nearly as capable as I am,” Charles smirks. He is indeed stronger in the torso than Franklin, but not by all that much.

Franklin recognizes the joke, and grins. “Look. Handicapable and a person with schizophrenia. Me and Cricket. That’s us,” he snickers. “Cut off my legs and then tell me I can go run a marathon. Absurd.”

"And voices don't tell me to do things," Cricket says with a laugh. "I hear my name. Sometimes Trask and Stryker. Bad things. Schmidt. I see them sometimes. And hear boots and screams. Feel, on my skin. Bugs crawling. Buzzing. Hitting. Hurting. But not telling me to hurt and stab. You're a faggot insect, I'll eviscerate loverboy," Cricket repeats it with a harsh edge, eyes wandering over Franklin's shoulder. "But I won't. Never ever. My loves," he whispers, tears in his eyes and no way to filter out the horrid input. Tuned into a channel of chaos and dripping oil.

Erik rubs Cricket's shoulder absently. "I hear it like that, too," he admits softly. "Sometimes worse than others, partly due to our mutation, I believe. And our experiences. In addition I am positive, which has an extra layer of nonsense on top. Lots of people believe I am disgusting and contagious, that you can catch HIV simply by being near me. That I obtained it because I live an immoral lifestyle."

Wanda snorts. "You and Charles are the most affectionate couple I know. How anyone could call you immoral is a chillul HaShem. I only hope one day to have a relationship like yours."

Erik smiles gently. "But you, none of you, are any of these cruel things. Franklin and Cricket, Magnus and Francis, myself and Charles. David, too. We are just disabled in different ways. But we aren't scary, and we don't harm others. No matter what the movies say."

"I won't ever do it," Magnus promises solemnly. "I won't ever accept a role like that. It's not fair, all the stigma. You are all so kind, you don't deserve this treatment. I'll make it better," he promises. "For us. I'll make them write it better. I promise."

Francis winces when Cricket begins to speak of his experience, of the horrible words that he hears in his head, and scoots closer to Magnus. It sounds painful, distressing, and he hopes that they’re all right, that Magnus doesn’t have the same condition that the others do, or at least a milder version of it. But if he does, he knows that he’ll support him. Like Charles does with his Erik, and like Franklin does, in his own way.

“I’ll help,” Francis promises, gripping Magnus’s hand. “I’m…not disabled, but as someone who loves you all deeply, and someone who can understand others fairly well, I want to do my part. Be a good ally.”

“The best way to start is by listening,” Charles tells his young counterpart. “As a telepath, you do a lot of hearing. It’s all noise after a while; trust me, I know. But if you can learn how to actually listen rather than simply hearing, you’ll know what to do.”

"We can help, too," Magnus whispers with a resolute nod. "At home. Asking what people would want or need. What helps you? Like, in the world?" he asks Charles and Franklin both, gaze darting between them. "Is it worse outside Genosha? What kind of things should we be building? I never really considered it. But it should be good, for everyone. People who use wheelchairs, too. What do you wish existed?"

"Oh, goodness. How long do you have?" jokes Charles, allowing his head to settle back against the headrest of his chair. "Yes, it is worse outside of Genosha. Far worse. It's getting better, certainly, and we know that in the future they actually have statutes in some countries that insist upon equal access for people with disabilities, but that's a hard fight won." He drums his left fingers on his thigh. "Wide doorways, wide hallways. Ramps. Space in bathrooms, restaurants, public venues like movie theaters and parks. Elevators and lifts; even with hover technology, I can't get up a set of stairs if they're very narrow or very winding. As you know, I'm often in Westchester without Erik, and if I wish to maintain a low profile or not draw attention to myself, I use a more standard chair. I rather regularly find myself stuck on a sidewalk with no means to access a crosswalk or in the threshold of a shop or restaurant, unable to clear front steps."

"Kids," frowns Franklin. "Can't go to school sometimes. No room for a wheelchair or other things. We said they could come to my school or one on Genosha, even if they aren't mutant. My Erik made it so they could."

Charles smiles sadly. He and his own Erik have taken the same measures; one of the most significant non-mutant populations on Genosha consists of people with disabilities, who have come to the island nation seeking access to education and opportunities otherwise denied to them in their home countries. "Exactly," he agrees. "The hover technology helps, but Genosha is notable in that it also is built to accommodate people of all different levels of ability. It was designed like that from the outset; Erik began laying the groundwork for the infrastructure....what? Less than a year after I was injured? It's been part of our Genosha since its inception."

"Mmhmm," Franklin nods idly. "Erik is good. Thoughtful. Loves Charles so much. Made a whole island for him."

Charles chuckles, glancing at his husband. "For him and people like him, hmm? Blind people, deaf people, those who can't walk or speak. Everyone is given the chance to live their lives to the fullest and the resources to aid them in doing so."

"An island, a planet, a universe," Erik says with a wry little wink. "It was easy, dear-heart. It would be cruel not to, I feel." he arcs his brows.

"I love you," Cricket murmurs against his temple. "Schools and jobs. Opportunities for all. However people like to use their device!" Cricket explains what he knows of Genosha as well.

Magnus inclines his head. "I love you," he laughs and tugs Francis in for a hug. "We come in triple stereo. Like little echoes. Can you feel? And vibrations. Help Franklin to feel?" he asks Charles. "Familiar. Warm."

"How did you come to be injured?" Magda asks him, lifting her chin curiously, her aura undeniably matriarchal.

"The very last time we had an encounter with Schmidt," Erik murmurs softly.

Charles smiles at Magda, and then recounts the ordeal with Schmidt and the Hellfire Club, starting from the encounter with Moira and Gabby in Northern New England and ending with his emergence from a coma in the hospital. It's a story that he's recounted in detail before, but he knows now that Francis is listening closely, absorbing the additional facts like a sponge. "So it was Essex," Francis says softly, eyeing Magnus and Magda. "Essex is the reason that Erik couldn't stop the bullet. Neither of you ever spoke that much about him," he tells his two partners. "Was he the same...?"

"Oh, yes," Erik inclines his head. "The same. I recognized Essex's training deployment almost instantly."

Magnus flushes. "I'm sorry. It was very confusing. I didn't know where I was. Who you were."

"So you relied on your training," Erik finishes softly. "Smart, nothing to be ashamed of. But, very much the hallmark of Essex. He liked to play with the mind. Make people do and say what they normally wouldn't. Convince them that they actually meant it."

"Adapting to him," Magnus whispers. "That's why I'm so good. At acting. I played all the parts he wanted, then up above those parts. He believed me, too," Magnus rasps. "Believed I loved him. I believed some of my own roles. All the food for the little ones, the medical care. For you, too," he gestures to Magda. "Roles."

Charles grimaces. "In many ways, he's worse than Schmidt, isn't he?"

Franklin pipes up. "My Erik hated him almost as much as Creed. Essex made him feel... bad. Yucky. Did the same. Got in his brain, Schmidt shot me. Made the building explode. Same as you. But different to you," he lolls toward the young trio. "But then I got to meet Edie. Ima." Francis's eyebrows shoot up, and then he jerks his head toward Magnus immediately. "You met Erik's mother? Was she...?"

"Was she what?" Francis's mouth dries a little. "Er...alive?"

"No. She died because of Schmidt. She came, though."

Magnus gasps. "Ima?" he peels back, eyes wide in fields of rolling green. Flashes of her claw their way through the tumultuous waves of his consciousness. "Ivanov," he rasps. "Schmidt killed her. Ivanov. Oh, ima. I'm sorry. So, so, sorry," he bashes his hands into his cheeks abruptly.

"Ivanov is dead, here," Erik says firmly. "He is dead and buried. I regret it. But it is done. He will never hurt our family again. He never will," Erik soothes softly. "And yours is far, far away. They're all where they belong. Exile."

"He made me--" Magnus utters the next part almost inaudibly, and it's the first that Francis ever heard him talk of religion. "Kareth," Magnus touches over his heart with his palm. "Cut off."

"No!" Cricket interferes abruptly. "No, he didn't. Parshat Hamidbar proved it. Moses paid for the children to be released. So they wouldn't go to war. G-d knows, tiny me. He knows. You aren't. Mercy, believe in mercy. No trolley problem."

"I agree with Cricket," Erik says stoically, his eyes shimmering behind a placid flicker. "Baruch Dayen Ha'emet, yes? G-d considers it all. And, if he ever did reject you, then we will fight him together."

Magnus huffs a bit. "I don't think wrestling is literal."

"I still have one good hand. I'll punch G-d."

"Oh, darling," Francis says softly, wrapping his arms around his partner. He had no idea that Magnus had been harboring this. Swallowing thickly, he looks to Charles and Erik, who may be able to provide a little more insight than Cricket and Franklin. "So you all met his mother. Do you...think that we might be able to, too?" He steals a glance at Magnus, and then meets Charles's eyes. "Did you summon her?"

"No, not really," he answers. "She came to me while I was recovering in the hospital. Just me. And then, a decade later, when Erik and I got married, she came to congratulate us. And then once more, when Erik was at Reyda."

"Could you summon her?"

"She's not a spirit that can be summoned with a Ouija board," Charles answers wryly. "I don't know." Francis squeezes Magnus tighter. "Maybe we could try. I mean—" he sputters, realizing that he's just walked all over Magnus. "I'm sorry. I shouldn't assume that this is something you want or need."

"I don't know if we can summon her, she does what she wishes. But, I know where a cast-off of hers is," Erik says very gently. "She could travel through time, your ima. Like us. She has a few anchors, scattered through the past. They're self-aware, but dream-like. Loops. Charles has been there, before. In the kitchen," Erik elaborates.

Magnus tries to stifle his open sobs. "I could see her again? She would know? She knows what happened? Is she so mad, oh. I can't. I can't speak with her. I can't face it," he warbles. "Didn't save Ruthie or Iakov. Didn't save Max. Didn't. Save--her."

Erik understands. He went through this as well. Repetitions in cycles. "She knows and doesn't know. It's complicated. But your mother is not angry with you. She absolutely does not blame you for Ruthie or her husband. She is heartbroken for you. She is protective of you. A mother, Magnus. You understand."

"If anything like that happened to my babies---" Magnus swerves and buries his head right into Francis's shoulder. "I'm so sorry. So sorry for ima. Does she hurt???"

“Darling, she loves you so much. Oh, so very much,” Charles promises Magnus, reaching out to rub his upper back. “Does she hurt? Perhaps sometimes. But there are versions of her that relive your happiest times, over and over again. Sunny mornings in the kitchen, evenings around the hearth with books and warm tea. You and your sister playing in the snow. She relives those beautiful moments over and over again. Whenever I’ve met her, she’s been happy. Warm. Full of nothing but love and care, darling. She’s not mad. Just loves you.”

“And me. And little me,” Franklin chimes in.

“Indeed. She’s been so sweet and kind to me,” Charles smiles. “She’ll be so happy to know that her son found someone to love. Take comfort in that, Magnus, hmm?”

Magnus coughs a little. "She knows--Charles--me?"

"She does," Erik replies dryly. "Coming out to your mother's ghost whilst the universe unwinds like a Mobius strip wasn't initially on my Existence Bingo Card."

Wanda lets out a loud, undignified laugh. "Keep this up and you'll be on Minority Report, counting chickens," Wanda grins.

"Would you two care to visit her?" Erik asks Magnus and Francis.

Magnus clutches onto Francis's elbow. "I'm scared. But ima. Want to. Want ima. I know. I am not a baby. I know. But I miss."

Charles continues to rub Magnus’s upper back. “It doesn’t make you a baby to want to see your mother, darling,” he tells the young man gently. He’d considered asking Erik to find a way to get Magnus to Edie while he was here, recovering at the school and in therapy, but ultimately decided against it. Erik would have recommended it had he thought that it would have been good for Magnus. Ailo would have, too. Now, though? Now that he has a more robust support system of his own? Perhaps it’s time.

“She’d be delighted to meet the little ones, hmm? She’s met them before, in various forms. Always remarks how much Wanda looks like your sister. Looks like her. Shall we try?”

Erik lets his eyes flutter closed.

Chapter 95: At which the Nightingale remarked, "As long as I'm alert & sharp

Chapter Text

When they open again, the room itself is all different. Their spacious home cramps in on itself, folding together like origami as they sift through the underbelly of the Expanse. It's night-time, and two figures are seated at the dingy table. "Du zalst nisht lozn Arik shteln di posters," Edith Eisenhardt murmurs to Iakov Lehnsherr.

In life, the man is tall and dark, freckles all over and warm brown eyes. His posture mimics Erik, formal and gentle in demeanor. Sure enough, there's a glass of vodka by his wrist. He takes a shot and eats a pickle to chase it down. "Er iz a gut eyngl, vos shatn kenen posters farshafn?"

Edie's eyes, vivid in green, snap up to meet Francis's. "We have visitors, Kovie. Why don't you fix us some supper, hm? You're all covered in sawdust," she swipes off his jacket and his arms, to a laugh by the older man. It seems she's acting out a scene, but as Iakov scrunches into their meager kitchen, the world seems to melt at the periphery. And her eyes laser focus on Francis, alert. "A visitor's visitor," she hums, melodious.

"Come on, then," she waves him forward. "Try not to think about it," she directs him to sip at the coffee, just as Charles had all those years ago. Winding back around, like tying a bow. "So you're the one."

Of all the things Charles Francis Xavier thought that he might do this evening, meeting his boyfriend’s deceased mother in a dimensional fold is certainly not one of them. It’s as if they’re in a dream, but the world around them is more concrete than a dream. The small dining room is real, as are the two figures seated inside of it. Charles, the elder, hasn’t seen this scene before, with Erik’s father. Jakob, Iakov. Kovie. He’s seen the man in Erik’s memory before but never like this, as he was.

This person is Magnus’s father, not Erik’s, but the resemblance is striking. Thick eyebrows, a long, regal nose. That strong jaw and curly hair, though his is darker. When he stands to retreat to the kitchen, it’s evident that he’s tall, lanky, graceful. Like his son, and his grandson. But this is Magnus and Francis’s world, and so they’re who Edie addresses. Charles sits back, hand in his husband’s own, and watches. Watches as Francis flushes a royal shade of scarlet when Edie locks her beautiful green eyes on his.

“I….I. I suppose I am,” Francis stammers, and then sips. “Yes. Er. It’s an honor to meet you, Mrs. Eisenhardt,” he adds, remembering his manners—he’s only a few years out of boarding school, after all.

Edie plops some oatmeal down, too. "Eat up, tayer. You'll need your strength," she insists with a pat to his shoulder. "Oh, I thought it would be you. You're so young! Are you eating enough? Getting enough sleep? Now, I know you're busy. But if you don't, you'll run ragged."

Magnus watches the scene, shivering even though it's warm. "Ima," he whispers.

"And you, too," Edie admonishes fondly. "Come, come. It's OK," she gestures for him to sit down. "And you. Your name is.... "

"Charles, " Magnus supplies.

"And you're being careful? Now, I'm so happy you found one another. But you must be very careful. The world isn't all caught up, yet."

"I remember, ima," whispers Magnus. 

Francis wishes to balk and demand explanations, but remembers Edie’s instruction to not think too much. He can interrogate Charles and Erik later…for now, it’s probably best to let Magnus have this time with the mother he loves and misses so much. “I promise, I’ll take care of your son,” Francis manages. “I love him. He’s the most amazing man. I’ll make sure he’s loved and cared for. Kept safe. I promise, Mrs. Eisenhardt, I’ll cherish him like he deserves.”

"We don't have much time, this go around," Edie smiles apologetically. "But it will be enough." She leans over and squeezes Francis's forearm, smiling gently at him. "I've had this conversation many times before, and we will have it many times again. Such is the nature of Traversal, but you know, don't you? We are like little balls dropped onto a tablecloth. We gravitate toward each other. You, and you, in your own dimension. And the others, in theirs," she winks behind them right at Charles and Erik, who aren't visible to Magnus or Francis.

"I'm so sorry," Magnus rasps to her. "So sorry."

"No, no. You never apologize. You have done so well. The both of you. I'm very proud of you both. Look at all you've accomplished! It brings me joy, to see your love. To guide you, like this. Oh, it won't be easy. But you'll be together, tayer."

Francis had subconsciously reached over to grip Magnus’s hand under the table. He knows that it’s a lot for his partner, that he’s been harboring guilt and regret over all that happened to his family. But there’s no anger detectable, within Edie. Just love. Maybe a touch of sadness, but mostly love. “Will we get to see you again?” Francis asks quietly. “Your son—Erik. He misses you so. And our little ones. They should like to meet you one day.”

"Little ones?!" Edie crows. This surprises her, and she brings her free hand, the one unoccupied by Francis's arm, up to her mouth. "Oh my goodness. The two of you. Little ones. Baruch HaShem. You adopted? What are their names? Can you show me? In here?" She taps her temple, knowingly. "And you can see, too. See my feelings, toward you both. You deserve that, a mother, tayer. I can't be there to keep you both warm and fed. But you must always know that where I exist, for all time, you are both cherished."

"Little ones," Magnus whispers. "Pietro and Wanda. Their mother is Magda. An experiment, by a bad Nazi. But I rescued them and now we have a wonderful family and I tell them about you all the time. You and aba," Magnus chokes, tears dripping. "Show her? Her grandbabies. And you and Magda. And how happy we are?" Magnus is fully trying not to sob, keeping himself silent as a mouse.

Francis, of course, does nothing but oblige. The memory that he selects is the one from the first night of Passover, during Seder. Magda and Francis are seated beside each other, Wanda on Magda’s lap and Pietro wriggling under Magnus’s arm as he breaks the matzah. Pietro is wearing a tiny knit kippah, and Wanda has a lace bonnet over her wispy curls. As Magnus attempts to hide to piece (in easy view of the twins), the little boy snatches it with his lightning quick hand and crushes it into a hundred pieces. The adults all glance at each other, and then begin to laugh hysterically.

“Perhaps they’ll be old enough to enjoy it a bit better next year, hmm?” chuckles Francis as he takes the wiggly boy. Francis selected that one because it was the first time they all celebrated a Jewish holiday as a family, the first time Magnus brought a tradition from his culture to their new lives, shared it with their family. Francis isn’t religious himself, but their children deserve to be connected with their culture, to be an inheritor to the lineage and tradition that informs who they are.

He projects the memory to Edie and Magnus both, smiling softly as it fades with the image of the adults covering the twins’ chubby little cheeks in kisses. “I burned the rice,” he admits with a laugh. “So Erik and Magda banned me from the kitchen that day. But it was lovely.”

Edie swipes at her eyes, her own filling with tears. It's the first time either Charles has ever seen Edith Eisenhardt succumb to emotion like that, but her watery smile makes it clear it's a result of joy rather than pain. "Oh, you're both so young, yet. Look at your beautiful family. And they didn't take that from you, neshamole," she pats at Magnus's hand. "You're due for some hard times, I fear. But they'll never, ever take this from you. You've been so brave, so strong. But now you have these wonderful people to lean on, to teach you your strength in vulnerability, hm?" she grins.

"I try to be strong, like you and aba taught me," Magnus says hoarsely. "Charles and Magda are my strength. The little ones. And you. You taught me. Patience and kindness. That's why. I'm so sorry. I couldn't stop him. Couldn't stop. And I'm a mutant and I couldn't--" he gasps, hyperventilating a little.

Edie stands up and comes over to embrace him fully. "You never worry about that. You have done the best you can. You were very afraid and very young. You would never blame your babies if you got hurt, right? Nor Charles. It is that man's fault. No one else. I failed to protect you, dear-heart. I am the parent. The responsibility is mine."

Magnus wrenches his head. "No, no. Maybe neither of us. Just bad luck. Random. The universe is so random. I'm so lucky to have my family. And be able to see you like this. I never thought. I couldn't cry anymore. But now I can. I'm not made of stones anymore."

"You're healing," she tells him with a tap to the nose. "With every seder and every bit of laughter. It heals your soul."

"Charles is like you," Magnus gives a wobbly grin. "He burns water. She was a menace, too."

"Oh, yes. I've been banned from our kitchen by Kovie, too." She pats Francis on the cheek.

“Magda has vowed to teach me to cook,” Francis chuckles, unashamed. “I managed scrambled eggs the other day! I accidentally put sugar instead of salt in them, but they didn’t burn. The goats ate them just fine.” Francis is so glad that Magnus has this moment with his mother. He could tell him the very same things that she is, but it’s different, when it comes from a mother. Perhaps more believable. To hear from her own lips that she’s proud, happy. Hopefully, this will stay with Magnus for years to come. “Next time we meet, we’ll bring the babies,” he promises. “You have another one, too. David. Not from us, but from others. Three grandchildren.”


Magnus considers for a long moment and then two bundled little ones appear in his arms, swaddled up like little burritos. Pietro has a teal and silver blanket to match his hair and eyes while Wanda has brown and red, and each have baby bats and sloths and elephants printed all over. David pops in a short while after all on his own, following the thread of his papa and he toddles right over to Edie, petting at her curiously. Magnus grins and sets Wanda and Pietro down on the table where their tiny feet kick happily.

"This one is Wanda and this is Pietro," he whispers. "And this one is David. He may not talk much but he is a telepath like Charles. It's Erik and Charles's baby, and he looks like me, too, but his mama is Gabrielle. They're from another universe, but I still think of him as mine," he admits softly.

Edie practically crows as she tickles Pietro and hugs David. "Oh, look at your gorgeous curls! You look just like Svoli. How I miss him," she laughs. "Look how precious they are. How loved. Hello, David!" she presses her own hand to her chest, mindful of him. "My name is Edith. I'm your savta, yes I am." Edie beams down at him.

At the appearance of their own twins and David, Francis smiles broadly. David isn’t his, but when he first laid eyes on the little boy, the love overtook him. He’s technically not Charles’s either, but he’s of their DNA, of their blood. He’s as much Francis’s son as he is Charles’s, and Francis understands immediately why Charles and Erik loved him as their own instantaneously. David, most familiar with Magnus among the crowd, wanders over to the young man and grips his shirt.

For the group, however, he projects a crystal-clear image of himself seated atop a Bengal tiger. Beside it stands Erik, neither his tate nor his aba nor Magnus, just Erik, and then Edie. On Edie’s other side stands the twins, Magda, and then Charles, floating without a wheelchair. He’s acknowledging them all as his family. Francis beams, plucking Wanda from the table to hand her to Edie. The resemblance is clear. “Our big family,” he smiles. “From you to little Pietro, three minutes younger than his sister. How wonderful.”

"Oh, Kovie," Edie calls over Iakov with a sly grin. "Come here and show them what you're working on," she directs, warm.

He ambles into the kitchen holding a small metal sculpture which he deposits into David's outstretched palms. "Now, you keep that one, little David," he says gruffly. It's a tiger, with delicate stripes and tapered ears. "Remind you of your grandparents, eh? And you. You're with a man, hm? Charles," he repeats curiously.

Magnus stiffens, nervous. "Yes, aba," he nods.

"Well, we had a neighbor that way. He taught your ima how to plant tomatoes. Beautiful sort. And I saw your book, about Elie," he laughs, but it's gentle.

"Elie Kaczmarek," Magnus remembers fondly. "I'm sorry. I never told you. I was scared."

"Oh, do not fear that. What I want to know is simple. You take care of my son? And he takes care of you? You are happy? Well-educated? You'll get married?" he practically interrogates Francis.

"Aba," Magnus groans, embarrassed.

"What? A father must know these things."


From behind their invisible curtain, Charles glances up at Erik, and smiles. He’s never met Iakov, but Erik has always described him as stern. Loving, but stern, and with a drinking problem. This man is exactly who Erik described, but the care and love is readily evident to Charles. Magnus is red as a beet, clearly nervous, but Iakov is kind. “Would you look at that?” Charles murmurs, knocking his head against Erik’s side—the man really is very tall, and Charles is always seated, it’s unfair that he can only reach his rib cage when on the floor. “He made that for David. How sweet.”

As David repeatedly signs his thanks and scurries to the corner of the room to admire his new toy, Francis reddens. Iakov’s accent is thick and his voice is gruff, but he looks so like Magnus that it’s difficult to not to stare. Similar features, but darker, with dark hair, eyes, and brows. He looks rather like the elder Erik, actually. “Y-yes, sir. I take care of him, and he takes care of me. We’re very happy, with our twins. I’ve got a degree from MIT, and I’m working on my doctorate, sir, and I promise, I’ll marry your son as soon as we’re able.”

He’s babbling, making too much eye contact with Iakov, but he wants to make a good impression. “I will always cherish him, sir. I promise.”

Erik smiles from beside Charles, observing this little vignette of his family with a bittersweet pang fluttering in his chest, as always happens when they pop up in the Expanse. Iakov doesn't always feature, but he's glad Magnus encounters him, here. Erik was always nervous around his father, the same way people are nervous around him, he's come to realize. "I suppose I'm more like aba than I thought," he says with a brusque laugh. "His demeanor, you know. People are afraid of me, too. But I don't mean harm. And neither did he. Look, he knows ima is a mutant. He knows Magnus is gay. He doesn't care. He loves them, deeply. And they love him, flaws and all. I wish I could have told him so. I - - don't think I ever did. I was too afraid of rejection. How silly."

At the kitchen table, as though thinking along similar lines, Magnus stands up abruptly and approaches Iakov, gathering him up in a gentle hug. He towers over his father comically, and Iakov's bushy eyebrows arc up in surprise before he pats at Magnus's back, then slips an arm around him to squeeze back. "You're a good boy. You always were. I know you'll live well. Don't trouble yourself with anyone who doesn't respect you," he adds sharply. "He respects you? Loves you?"

Magnus nods deeply. "More than anyone I've ever met. He listens to me. He dries my tears and holds me. Follows me across the Expanse. Faces my demons with me. No one else, just Charles. He's my soul. Neshama. Like Edie, for you."

"Good," he whispers, and his tone softens. He reaches up and rests a hand on Francis's shoulder. "And he does the same, for you?"

“You could find your father and tell him, still,” Charles points out, slipping his hand in Erik’s own. “He seems sweet. Indeed, quite like you; where others see gruff and scary, I can see a kind man who loves deeply.” Charles kisses each knuckle. “And you look like him. Handsome devils, you Lehnsherr men.”

Francis nods fiercely, perhaps one too many times. He takes Pietro in his arms, in order to have something to do with his hands. “Yes, sir. He found me when I was alone. He’s the only person I’ve ever known who truly listens to me, who cares so much, supports me in all I do. He’s a wonderful partner, Mr. Lehnsherr. You’ve raised a wonderful son. We can only try to raise our own children so well.”

"I am so very proud of you both," Iakov tells them firmly, looking up with a stoic expression marred only by a slight reddening of his eyes which one could mistake for the drink. It's the only time Erik has ever seen his father soften, a majority of the time he was either mumbling incoherently in his sleep, or under his breath in frustration. Tense, unhappy. But he's not that way in life, Erik realizes. He can see it now, too. Edie must have told him what is to come, and he's taking this opportunity to be with his adult son. The man he will never get to know, never get to work through these things with. "I am proud. Please know it. We did not always understand one another, boychik. But you are my son. You and Ruthie, my hearts. I won't be there for you. That man, he hurt you."

"It's OK, aba," Magnus says. "It's OK. I know. Your son, the grown up. He helped me. And older Charles, too. Saved me. I'm sorry I couldn't save you. I'm sorry. He made me. Watch you die. Turn blue and purple. Scared. Shot ima. I'm sorry," he gasps.

"We're here, now," he promises. "Always and forever here. That is your amma's gift," he tends to use the Hebrew and Ladino - his own family's language - terms for mother interchangeably. "For us to stay in this place, so we can speak to you. Get to know you. Have this conversation many more times. With many more Eriks."

"You made that, for David."

"I know David, yes. We aren't lost, Erikleh. Never lost. They did not win our hearts."


In their shrouded corner, Erik swipes a little at his own eyes. "He's just a baby, isn't he? They're both just little kids. Eighteen years old, dealing with all this. I was just a kid, wasn't I? And look at you. How young you are. We must protect them, Charles. We have to."

“Too young,” Charles agrees gently. “I can only speak for Francis, perhaps, but may I tell you something? This is far, far desirable a life for him than what was to come had Magnus not found him. He would have spent ten years searching for this kind of purpose. Not ten wasted years, but ten rather lonely ones.” He gazes at Francis, Pietro bundled in his arms as he smiles softly at Magnus, a smile that rather looks like Charles’s own right now. “This is the best thing for him. I agree that they’re too young, but they’re happy. And they get to meet your lovely father! Not even I have been able to do that, hmm?”

Erik can't help reaching down and kissing Charles's temple, wrapping him up in a hug. Every time he hears about Charles's childhood and adolescence, he wants to bundle him up and whisk him off to shower him in endless affection. With himself, David, and the twins, too. Their family. I'm so glad that he found you when he did, Erik whispers between them.

I wish I would have done so, too. It would have saved me likewise. Ten very lonely years. The Haganah, all of it. I'm beyond grateful his life does not include those experiences. And that he has you, instead. Every time we see them again, they've grown brighter, together. It's truly magnificent. Looking over at Iakov, and hearing Charles's next statement, he nods, frowning deeply. We'll have to rectify that, he agrees, soft.

He supposes it's his own fault, having felt the disconnection between them for so long that it simply became engrained that he would experience rejection if he tried. A self-fulfilling prophecy, and one that isn't fair to Iakov. He sees it now, and understands more. It's exactly how people who do not know him, treat him, and a pang of guilt accompanies it.

Charles kisses Erik’s temple when the man bends down to his height, clutching him as they embrace. At the same time, it’s hard to regret any part of our lives, isn’t it? Knowing that each action we’ve taken has helped us arrive here, to our perfect lives. He gazes upon the family before them, two sets of parents and their beloved children. Their David, too, who now gets to part with his grandparents with a gift.

For the first time perhaps ever, he feels a pang of regret about his own parents. Charles was barely even three years old when his own father died, so he grew up under the impression that he shouldn’t miss someone who he doesn’t remember, but he realizes now, in this moment, how foolish a notion that is. Would it be…possible, to meet my father, too? Charles asks his husband shyly. I suppose not. Not without messing with another timeline. That’s rather rude of us to do, isn’t it?

Erik shakes his head. Bah, that's irrelevant. I'd love to meet your father. And you deserve to see him again, too. He extends his hand out to Charles, trusting that Magnus and Francis are safe here and that David is under their care and will get home just fine. But Charles knows Erik, that they'll very likely simply return to this moment in time once they're done, having not missed an iota. We won't mess it up. It's just a part of life, hm? Time travel is real, it happens, and that's OK. We don't have to tell him much, but he won't collapse in a heap if he knows we are from the future. He's an intelligent man, yeah? A scientist.

Charles feels a quick jolt shoot through him. If this offer is real...are they really, truly, about to meet his father again? It's been fifty years since Brian Xavier walked their earth, prior to his death in a laboratory accident in 1930. Charles, just a toddler at the time, had adored his father, waited for him in the foyer every evening to greet him when he arrived home from work. There are only vague, blurry snippets in his memory; a tall man, dark hair, thick, round glasses. Big hands under Charles's arms as he's lifted from the ground.

But that's about it. As his telepathy developed, his mother's head became too clouded with drink to ever identify a clear image of the man, her first husband, and she passed away before his mutation grew strong enough to pierce through that cloud. Yes. A chemist, actually, he replies softly, gripping Erik's hand tighter. Working on pharmaceuticals. I believe he was the PI for a project involving measles, when he died. But I suppose it won't be too foreign to him, the concept of time travel. He was rather involved in those circles, as far as I know.

Erik smiles down at him and delivers another kiss. Of course it's real, my neshama. You need only ever ask where you wish to go, or who you wish to meet and it will be done. Without hesitation. My abilities are yours, my love. They've always been for you, he says seriously, and Charles can feel the absolutely indomitable thread of devotion underlining his words. A constant, heavy thrum. He slips his palm into his husband's and in an instant, they vanish from the periphery to leave Magnus and Francis to their moment, suspended in time as not to interrupt their flow.

Magnus sends a brief blip of acknowledgment before letting himself slide into the stream, trusting his elder self to take gentle care of him as he too freezes.


And then they're gone, whisked away to the mahogany-shelved office, quite like Charles's own, of the man who was his father. It's inside a large laboratory, but walled off for privacy with a desk and a vast collection of books, maps and trinkets. They appear through the ether and the man is sitting in his leather chair, looking up to see someone in a highly advanced hover-chair alongside a tall man with braided red hair and a large smattering of freckles over darkened olive skin. His bright green eyes settle on Brian Xavier warmly and he raises a hand.

"Peace," he starts softly. "Please, do not be alarmed. We are not here to harm you. Can you look at this man, for a moment? Really look upon him."

Brian Xavier is in the middle of validating a set of proofs by hand when a light breeze distracts him. He pushes a pencil line through the coefficient he had been tooling with—a habit picked up over the years, it's a colossal waste of time to have to restart something so tedious—and then glances up, expecting to find one of his scientists loitering in his doorway. Instead, there are two figures, entirely unrecognizable to him. The first is an exceptionally tall man, with long braided hair and freckles.

He looms beside the second man, who's sitting in...well, Brian doesn't know what in the world that thing is, but it floats and has wheels and looks to be made of some kind of sleek chrome or titanium. He blinks for a moment, and then removes his thick-framed round glasses, revealing a set of warm brown eyes, set against pale skin. Opening his mouth to demand their identities, he's silenced by the deep voice of the tall man, accented with some sort of Eastern European lilt. Though he's skeptical, he feels compelled to oblige, and shoves his glasses back on before turning to the second man. This one is bald. Much smaller; rather slight, even. He has softer features than his associate, features that look... oh.

Those blue eyes are familiar. They're Sharon's. "Well, I'll say," says Brian in an accent so American that it takes both Charles and Erik aback—Charles's is so British that it's easy to forget that he's half American. "Sharri didn't tell me she had family in town," he tells them as he stands up, walking around his desk to greet them both. He's shorter than Erik by nearly a full head. He extends his hand out to shake, and then quickly retracts it, when he realizes that both men have splints over their right hands. In stride, he switches hands, left out this time, and grabs Charles's hand first.

"You must be Francis's boy, eh? Cousin Richard? Nice to meet you, I'm Brian. That's a neat chair you've got there, I can't fathom how it might work!" he gushes, and then, remembering his manners, turns to the tall, strange associate. "And who might you be?"

Charles, breathless, speechless, finally feels his throat open up enough to form words. "I... no. Not Uncle Richard—Cousin Richard," he gasps, unable to so much as blink lest the slight man disappear from his vision entirely. "Charles. Your son. From the year 1980." 

Brian pauses mid handshake with Erik and looks Charles up and down again, this time a brow arched skeptically. His forehead wrinkles as he does, and it's as if Charles is looking in a mirror. "My son? From 1980?" he asks, voice soft, face pensive...and then he begins to chuckle. "That's a good one, buddy. I can see who got the sense of humor in the family."

"I know how strange it must seem," Erik tells him, and to Brian, the man is stoic and upheld, posture straight and demeanor staunch and dignified. But his words are gentle, understanding. A contrast that takes many a good deal of time to truly understand. One that afflicted Erik's own perception of his father, and something he's deeply cognizant of now as he tries to warm the oak mien of his statuesque countenance. When he grasps Brian's hand in his left, his grip is careful and deliberate.

There's no machismo there, touching everyone as though made of glass. His palm is warm and steady before he lifts it to raise one of the beakers at the side of the room. Its liquid contents float over of their own accord in a graceful swirl before settling into a mandala-like pattern, and then exploding into trillions of bright particles. When it re-forms, Erik winks at it and it shapes itself into a solid brick of gold. It settles itself into Brian's outstretched hand.

"My name is Erik Lehnsherr. I am the Prime Minister of Genosha, a nation currently occupied by the United States government in this time period. I'm also a Jew, having survived the war that is slowly ramping up in this time." He lifts his shirt to reveal the stamped numbers on his wrist, something Brian has heard about as the Nazis have advanced into Poland. These camps, for undesirables.

Charles knows from experience that Erik doesn't typically disclose this information to abject strangers (although it is common knowledge in their era). Erik prefers not to talk about it even when directly asked by reporters or colleagues. Other than to condemn the Nazi regime and support the slow march in their society away from fascism in every country, or periodically to bolster his commitment to mutant freedom and safety under the guise of preventing such a circumstance from happening to them.

But he does, here, because it's a quick way for Brian to understand that he is indeed a time-traveler. "This man is your son. As you can see, we can do incredible things." With a wave of his hand, he opens a small portal in the center of the room where Brian can peer through and observe Genosha as it is now. Sleek buildings, futuristic and vibrant, with hyper-fast monorails that zip around every corner. The streets are non-Euclidian, spiraling into impossible architecture that appears upside-down until one walks them and reorients. "Our home. Where those like us, we are called mutants, can be free. I promise you with all I have, this man is your son. Look upon him. He is yours. And a wonderful one, at that."

Brian gawps at the display, at the portal, at that strange world, at the bar of pure gold in his hand. And then at the men once more. At the bald man, who looks to be older than Brian himself, with eyes that he recognized instantaneously. Not because they resemble his wife, but because....they're his son's. Charlie's. Stumbling backward, Brian hastily plucks a small framed photograph from his desk. It's sepia-toned, of a little boy seated on a wooden rocking horse. The boy must be two years of age. He holds it up, beside Charles's, eyes flicking between the two....and then he smiles. A big, broad smile that looks uncannily like Charles's own—he even has the same crooked grin and large canines that Charles sports.

"Charlie!" he crows, laughing again as he throws his arms around his son as well as he can. Charles jerks slightly; he's always disliked being called that name, but perhaps that's only because it was his father's name for him. It sounds wrong coming from anyone else. "Look at you! Bald and old!" But he's beaming, taking a step back to admire him. And then he frowns a bit as he takes in the chair once more. "But what happened, my boy? Are you injured?"

There are tears pooling in Charles's eyes that he quickly swipes away. "I was injured in the late 1950s, dad," he gasps, and it is bizarre how easy it is to call Brian by that name. "But I'm okay. Really. Entirely okay, just can't walk or move all that much," he wheezes a laugh. "I...oh! This is Erik! My husband!"

Brian has a hand on Charles's shoulder, and his brow shoots upward again. So like Charles. "Husband...?"

"Two men can be married, in the future," Charles quickly explains, without hesitation. "On Genosha, that place he showed you. We've been married for over a decade!"

Brian takes in Erik once more, skeptical for a moment, and then smiles warmly. He greets Erik once more, but this time with a hug. "Well, that's just swell," he says, mid-embrace. "I always thought that gents should get to be with gents and ladies with ladies, if that's what they wanted, eh? I know a few fellas who prefer the company of other fellas, but they hide it. I sure am glad that in 1980, no one has to hide." He steps back, admiring the pair of them both, and then holds up the gold bar. "That was a neat trick there, but would you mind changing this back?" he asks politely. "I need that neomycin sulfate in a bit. Then you boys can tell me what in the heck you're doing back here in 1930, huh?"

Erik grins at him, and in an instant the gold bar melts back into its original form and nearly deposits itself back into the beaker. He bends down to Brian's height to return the embrace wholeheartedly. Still ever-gentle, but giving him a genuine squeeze in return. This man, his father-in-law. "It's an honor to meet you, Dr. Xavier," he intones softly. "We've been close for about thirty years, now," he explains, eyes creased warmly.

"I love your son more than anything in this universe. And I have seen much of said universe. It's been a long time since Charles has seen you, sir. He has missed you very much. Your future may look very different to ours, simply because we have visited you. So don't fret over it, as of now it's unknowable. But I have this ability, to travel in this way. And it seemed cruel, to deny him this opportunity to speak with you. To tell you about his family, his career. He has two PhDs, you know," Erik adds proudly. "He runs a school, a brilliant one, for children like us."

Brian pulls one of the chairs from the far side of his desk, one of the two usually reserved for guests, and sits in it, gesturing for Erik to take the other. He moves it to ensure that Charles is included in their circle, smiling fondly at his son all the while. “Two PhDs, hmm? Magnificent. Children like you? I assume you mean children with extraordinary abilities. I wondered if you’d have them.”

Charles gasps. “You…knew? About mutation?”

“Your aunt Caroline, my younger sister, was special,” Brian informs with a twinkle in his eye. “She was a psychic. Well, that’s what she called it, anyway. She could hear people’s thoughts and more. Make them believe things, do things.”

Charles’s mouth is agape. “I didn’t even know that I had an aunt Caroline,” he admits.

“You didn’t? Oh. Well, she passed away during the epidemic. The Spanish flu,” he says, sunny expression darkening a bit. Quickly, he stands once more and strides to one shelf, plucking another photograph. This time it’s of a young woman with brown ringlets and a demure smile. She’s posing beside a young man, evidently her elder brother. “Did I never tell her about you? When you were older?”

Charles swallows thickly, and then glances at the paper calendar on the wall. It’s January 1930. In a matter of months, the man will be dead. “You die,” Charles says softly, and he doesn’t even care that he’s revealing too much. Not now, not now that he’s met his father. The timeline is already altered by their presence; he deserves to know. Maybe the foresight will prevent his death, and this Charles will grow up with his father. “In June 1930. An accident in the lab. Some explosion, and then a fire.”

Brian studies his son’s expression, as if looking for a sign of a jest, but when he doesn’t find it, he frowns. “Oh. Well. That’s not great news, is it?”

"The way time works is peculiar," Erik tells him softly. "What is meant to happen, will happen. The Expanse is self-correcting, so we don't feel too much guilt telling you these things. Perhaps you, this you, is meant to live. And our being here was always going to happen, and you were always going to live. Or it might be different. You might decide to save a life, to sacrifice yourself, and this was too premeditated as a result of your personality. We can't know. But for us, you died. And that has had a profound and heartbreaking impact on my husband. My neshama," he says under his breath, touching Charles's knee.

"For the brief time you spent together, this impact is also immeasurable. How much you love him, how you raised him, what you instilled even at such a young age. We have a young one, too. And even at so young, he knows. He responds and understands. David, is his name. Charles, maybe you can show him. Like this," he taps his temple. How you feel, too. Your grief and your love. You deserve to share that with him, my dearest-heart.

Teary-eyed, Charles waves his hand and before them appears a vivid illusion. A quiet night at their townhouse. David is on the floor, sitting cross-legged with Erik, as they build an incomprehensible structure with the non-Euclidean blocks. His brown waves match Brian’s own, though they aren’t coiffed with gel, and his blue eyes sparkle. Freckles now pepper his pale skin, growing more olive in complexion, like his taté. His face is serious, far too serious for a five-year-old’s to be, but their boy is nothing if not focused. “His brain works differently,” Charles whispers.

“In our time, they call it autism. He can’t speak, and he’s extremely sensitive to certain sounds, textures, and visual stimuli. But he’s so intelligent and kind, he loves tigers and plants and playing with these impossible blocks that Erik makes for him. He also likes to snuggle. He’s….” Charles swipes at his tears and looks his father square in the eyes. “Erik is right, dad. The universe will correct itself. But if you can, please, please be careful in the coming months. I want you to live. Your son,” he gasps, nodding toward the photograph, “wants you to live. There’s…oh, goodness. Conspiracies.” He takes a deep breath. “Your partner, Kurt Marko.”

Brian, obviously overwhelmed as he takes it all in, raises a brow at the mention of his colleague and closest friend. “What about Kurt?”

“There’s evidence and suspicion that he caused the explosion that kills you,” Charles informs the man. “He…and mother. They’re both gunning for your fortune. They get married just months after you die, only to discover you’ve left everything to me far too late. You die for no reason, dad. Because they want your money.”

Brian’s face is red, and he removes his glasses to clean the steam that has suddenly formed on the glass. “You’re telling me that Sharon and Kurt…, but, no. I don’t believe it. She’s my wife, and he’s my best friend.”

“And they get married and live miserable lives once you die, mostly in a drunken stupor,” Charles prattles. “Please, dad. Just, perhaps do some investigating, at the very least. Your son; he should grow up with a loving parent.”

Brian leans back in his chair and inclines his head toward the ceiling, breathing heavily. “This is a lot to process, Charlie. I…I don’t know what to say.”

“I know. I’m sorry,” Charles murmurs. “We’ve upended a lot, in the last few minutes. We tend to do that, don’t we?”

Erik reaches forward and takes Brian's hand, gently squeezing it and resting his braced fingers on the man's shoulder in a gesture of comfort. It's impossible not to reach out, for this man is his family. "I know this is extremely difficult information to process, sir," he says softly. "My advice to you is this: do not live in fear, OK? Your life has so much potential, and this information is what we give you so that you can make whatever decisions you deem necessary. This is your life, and it is ultimately your choice. You have some control, now. It may or may not come to fruition how it did for us. But now you know where to be mindful, hm? You're a very important, special individual and you deserve to live a full life with people who love you for who you are."

Brian is unaccustomed to being embraced by other men, but this man—this tall, long-haired, deep-voiced, gentle man of extraordinary ability—is his son-in-law, evidently. And it’s clear that he’s only full of care for Charles and for Brian, too. So he doesn’t reject it or try to brush it off; in fact; he leans in to it, and returns it all the same. “No ‘sir,’ and no ‘Dr. Xavier’ either around here, eh?” Brian says to Erik gently. “It’s Brian to you. And ‘dad,’ to you,” he tells Charles with a small smile. An attempt at humor, levity. Goodness, he’s such a dad, isn’t he? “Well, I thank you both an awful lot for that warning, I guess,” he tells them, hand unconsciously falling to Charles’s shoulder. “If what you’re saying is true, I don’t want to leave my Charlie in the care of folks who would kill someone for their money, do I? That must have been awful hard, son. I’m sorry.”

Charles breathes out heavily. “It was hard,” he admits. “Mother and I were never close. I spent most of my time with nannies or at boarding school. She hated that you left everything to me, and so did Kurt. I never saw her again, once I finished school.”

Brian gives him a pained smile. “Well, seems you turned out just fine, even so. All these degrees, a husband, and a kiddo of your own.”

“And step-kids,” Charles adds, smiling as he adds Pietro and Wanda to the illusion. “Erik’s little ones, who are all grown now.”

“Well, that’s just swell,” says Brian, watching the family interact with a smile. “And look what you can do! Caroline could do this too, but it was only ever in my head. You’re like her?”

“I must be. A telepath, that’s what we call it now. Mind-reader and a bit more,” he explains. “But we’ve determined that mutation is mostly genetic. Erik’s kids take after him, and David takes after me. I’m not surprised that I have a telepath for an aunt.”

“Shame it skipped me,” Brian huffs, though he’s still smiling softly. “I’ve been thinking that you might be like her. You’re only just about to be three here, but you seem to just know things that you shouldn’t.”

Charles’s brows shoot up. “I do?”

“Oh, yes. Last night, for example. I was in my study at home trying to work through this darned proof, and I was getting nowhere and growing real frustrated and cross. All of a sudden, you run in holding a piece of lemon cake! My favorite! Somehow, Ms. Reilly knew to make lemon cake, and you knew to take me a piece. This morning, I asked her why she made it, and she didn’t seem to know why. She had already retired for the evening, but suddenly felt an intense need to make lemon cake. And then you were hanging around her the whole time, and demanded a piece to take up to me. Things like that happen quite often these days, and they always seem to involve you, Charlie.”

Charles looks to Erik, surprised. “Well, would you look at that,” he says softly. “Maybe I started developing my abilities earlier than I previously thought.”

The entire time Brian elaborates on the story Erik is grinning from ear to ear, visible only to his husband, of course. But Brian himself can sense the air of amusement around him, fond. "Oh, look at you. You were a positively adorable child," Erik whispers, watching as the scene unfolds in his mind along with Brian's words as Charles fills it in. "Look at your serious little expression and tiny legs!" Erik laughs. "I wouldn't expect anything less of your abilities, of course. I imagine a lot of us have similar stories. We don't fully manifest until later on, but there are usually indications in early infancy. I'm very grateful that you looked after him," Erik says to Charles's father.

"Thank you, Brian. Really. For being yourself. Some parents of mutants don't know what to do. So they take their kid to doctors, experiment on them. It sounds like you are a wonderful father." Erik only wishes, bittersweet as it is, that Charles had the chance to grow up with him. Maybe this Charles, the one in the photograph, will get that chance. A loving parent, someone who cared and paid attention. Who listened when he was sad, and uplifted him when he was happy in confidence.

"And your wife, you know," Erik says gently. "It sounds like she didn't know what to do with a child. I lost my family," Erik tells him simply. "My whole family. Parents, sister, aunts, uncles. Cousins and grandparents. Everybody. So I won't be the one to say your wife can't learn a better way. She's here, she's alive. And so are you. There is always potential for healing, as long as we live. I think there is a better way. I think you can help her get there." 

Brian smiles at the two, and then stands up, hand lingering on Charles’s shoulder for a moment longer before he pads toward the small cabinet under the window. “I thought I’d have to wait a few more years to share a drink with my son, but since you’re here…” he holds up a crystal decanter full of amber liquid, and three glasses. Charles chuckles, accepting one glass before Brian hands Erik another. The three cheers silently before taking a long sip of the fine brandy, and the scent reminds Charles immediately of his childhood. “Tell me more about yourself, Erik,” Brian says after a second sip, rounding on Charles’s husband. “You’ve experienced loss. I’m so sorry for that, you don’t deserve any of that. What else? Do you take care of my boy? Make sure he’s well? Looks awful skinny to me.”

“Dad,” Charles groans, echoing Magnus with his own father.

“What?” Brian defends, brow cocked. “Look at you, son. Skinny as a whip. You said you got injured. Can’t be easy, living like….” the man trails off, realizing that he might be overstepping.

“Erik makes it easy,” Charles promises. “Really. It’s not so bad.”

"I know," Erik grimaces at that, his hand unconsciously drifting to Charles's chest. "Ah, I typically leave the explanations to you, forgive me," he says to Charles. Most people ask Erik about Charles, and Erik detests this, but this is Charles's father. A man he feels obligated to entertain, though he makes it clear that isn't ordinary. He also wishes to impart how normal it is for them, how it truly doesn't affect their lives much at all any longer. "But, I would like to clarify, it isn't due to lack of food. Believe me, I am a bit of a nag in that area much to your consternation," his eyes crease up fondly.

"Unfortunately, this is the nature of your injury, yeah? With T1 tetraplegia, the center of the chest and below has impaired movement and complete paralysis from about here down," his hand spans a bit above Charles's stomach. "Because of this, some muscles have atrophied from disuse, which results in appearing quite small. But, I make sure you eat a healthy and consistent diet," he ensures. It actually takes him a few seconds to figure out how to say the next bit: "and of course, I take care of all the tasks of daily living that would otherwise be a substantial challenge," Erik says with a smile.

It's entirely matter-of-fact, as though Erik doesn't even think about it at all, which was why it took a few extra moments to compose. "I would say you have a pretty high level of independence. If you need anything, you just use my abilities even if I am not there," he hums. Erik considers how to talk about himself. It's not a subject he likes to dwell on, being perceived is utterly distressing in its own right. "Well, I was born in Łódź, 1923, Poland. On Yom Kippur," he says with a small, visible little grin. "I'm a religious Conservative Jew, a vegetarian, Prime Minister of Genosha - a post-economic state built upon the precept of communal mutual aid -" he usually leaves the last one off, "-and a Doctor of Quantum Mechanics."

Charles doesn’t mind when Erik steps up to explain the nature of his injury. Typically, Erik never speaks for Charles, for he respects Charles enough to allow him to speak for himself, but this is different. This is Charles’s father, a man who he clearly wishes to impart all the assurances of utmost care. And for some reason, it’s easier this way; explaining the nature of an injury like his to his own father feels like a tall task. But as always, Erik explains it effortlessly and without fuss, ensuring that Brian understands that he’s not being underfed or neglected. Brian nods, and even smiles when Erik assures that Charles lives with a high level of independence for his condition, but Charles can see that it’s still somewhat pained.

No one expects that their son will sustain an injury like this one day and end up relying on their trickster god husband for all levels of daily living. For while it may seem like nothing to Charles and Erik after so many years, a newcomer may see something entirely different. At least his son found someone who does care for him, in so many ways. “A Prime Minister and a Doctor of Quantum Mechanics?” Brian whistles, sensing that Charles wishes to move away from talk about his injury. “I can’t pretend to know what a post-economic state looks like—I did read Marx, but they don’t take too kindly to communists in these parts—but I’m interested in your degree. Thought you’d be a chemist, what with how you transfigured my neomycin sulfate into gold. I’d half-hoped you could finish my proof for me,” he chuckles, nodding back toward the table. “Charlie’s a scientist, too?”

“Biology,” Charles supplies. “Genetics, mostly. And then another degree in education.”

“A biologist, a chemist, and a physicist walk into a bar, eh?” Brian jokes, and then looks at Charles. “Well, not all of them do. One of ‘em rolls. Or floats.”

Charles grins. He appreciates when people don’t flutter around his disability. “Did you know Erik created an element to power this chair? Kalorizikite. Chemical symbol CX, on our table.”

Brian gawps, turning back to Erik. “No kidding!”

Erik lifts his hand and the beaker floats up once more and snaps into his palm. "Tell me about your proof," he requests softly. "I'm sure it will be no trouble to fix for you," Erik says quite confidently. Chemistry at high levels is part and parcel with a physics degree, and Erik has a great deal more than layman's knowledge. "I'm certain you could determine it yourself, of course," he makes sure to add. "But I possess the ability to manipulate subatomic particles, so chemical reactions are second nature. This is where I can create elements as I use the building blocks of matter to arrange their configurations. I see us as two halves of the same whole," Erik adds, his affection for Charles entirely evident even though his expression and demeanor remain stoic and placid.

It doesn't prevent him from talking up his husband. "What I can do physically, Charles can do intangibly. The mind, the brain, our perceptions. The very fabric of reality itself. He can go beyond this as well, but only in very specific circumstances. We have telepathic inhibitors known as neutrino blockers - this is the basis of telepathy. Neutrinos hold onto the information of objects they pass through, so when they pass through Charles, he decodes all that. Nowadays he's practically omnipotent, across multiple universes. But he can render such devices inert," Erik tells Brian proudly.

"But due to my ability, money and resources aren't an object of concern on Genosha. People have whatever they like, I simply create it for them. I've developed large scale facilities to feed, clothe, house and so on everyone who lives there. We don't have homelessness or poverty. We do have a high rate of unemployment, but most people contribute in some way. Each community is quite small and dependent on its members to function. And a majority of our operations are volunteer-lead. You'll find humans are surprisingly capable of handling the nasty jobs even if you don't tie their survival to doing so."

It becomes clearer and clearer to Brian that this man is utterly head over heels for his son. More than that, even; the way his hands fluttered around his chest and stomach when he was explaining his condition in detail, how his eyes observe Charles when he lifts his glass to drink, ready to help if help is required. How he speaks of him, of their partnership. Little things that a common observer might not catch, but Brian has always been more than a common observer. His sister was the one who got the psychic abilities—telepathy, apparently—but Brian isn’t without some sort of prescience of his own.

Erik Lehnsherr is a strange man, but Brian decides that he likes him. A lot. He seems smart. Accomplished, undeniably. And that love and care for Charles is everything that a parent wishes for their child. Smiling warmly, Brian crosses one leg over his other so that his ankle rests atop his knee, assuming a more casual position. “Sounds like the two of you really have something special,” he remarks. “Finding your other half is no small feat, eh? That makes me so happy. This Genosha of yours sounds intriguing; Sharri throws a fit every few days when she sees how much of my own money I donate,” he huffs. “I come from a long line of successful investors, so I ended up with more money than anyone could ever need—“

“He knows,” Charles interrupts gently.

“Well, there you have it,” Brian shrugs. “That was my thought. Provide for people who need providing for and let them do what they like to do. Not really fair that some of us get to muck around with our chemistry sets all day while others have to scramble to put food on the table.” Charles closes his eyes briefly. Brian and Sharon could not be more different, could they? “As for the proof….” Brian’s eyes drift back over to his desk. “Well, last week, we found that when we added the neomycin to the formulation we’re working on, the rate of contamination within the solution dropped to virtually zero, but the effectiveness of the solution dropped quite a bit, too. Our biologists were stumped, so were our chemists, so I’m trying to prove out the formula to find where we need to target next…but you didn’t come here to do chemistry. I’ll figure it out.”

Erik detects the soft pang of bittersweet melancholia through their humming bond as Charles considers the man before them, and perhaps what life would have been like with a parent that truly cared for him the way it is evident Brian does. He shifts a bit closer, rubbing Charles's good forearm so that he can feel the warmth through his cashmere sweater, one which Erik created with Charles's individual style in mind, but with ease and comfort before all else. It's something he's been through himself, upon meeting his own parents as an adult. It's difficult not to consider all the things he had missed out on.

But he tries to impart as well, the simple joy at being able to interact in these ways with those once considered lost. We can come back here whenever you'd like, neshama, Erik tells him gently. This, Brian will eventually become accustomed to as well as all of their close friends are, how Charles and Erik seem to exist on a different wavelength to everyone else, drawn into their own private little world. "Oh, Charles would say he doesn't believe in soulmates, but I suppose I am an ephemeral sap," he says dryly. "I consider him to be half of me. There is no me, without him. He is... everything. And yes, I do know. Charles inherited your wealth and did the same. His school is founded on similar principles and it helps so many otherwise underprivileged children obtain access to high-quality education. He's the most generous individual I know," Erik says.

He considers Brian's next words curiously, and removes the liquid from the beaker once more to analyze it. "Ah, here," he says, still and impassive outwardly, but Brian has started to be able to detect the faint traces behind his imperious demeanor. That there's a smile hidden somewhere behind those vivid, alien eyes. "What you want is 3-amino-5-hydroxybenzoic acid via type I polyketide pathway, chain extension via 2 acetate and 8 propionate - but modified to bind to the β-subunit of bacterial RNA polymerase. This will block the translocation step following the phosphodiester bond, and voila. This acts on gasses, rendering your methane solution inert."

Brian takes the beaker and blinks at Erik a few times before striding over to a chalkboard on wheels, parked in the corner of the room. He scribbles several lines on its surface of a complex equation, full of symbols that even Charles can barely make out, and then laughs when he arrives at a final product. “Would you look at that!” he beams, circling some bizarre-looking string of symbols, letters, and digits. (Charles is a biologist, chemists are an entirely different breed.) “That’s exactly right! Well, I’ll be darned.”

Charles glances between the two men who begin to chitter about chemistry, and can’t help but acknowledge the warmth building in his chest. His husband and his father, bonding here in the flesh. Separated by universes and dimensions, time and space, but together now. Their family. As a child, he longed for this. Schoolmates would invite friends over to their homes, and their mothers might make cookies and their fathers might take them fishing. Children would flock to their parents after school, smile and wave to proud mom and dad in the audience of the class play. Bring their parents in to class on career day to dazzle their friends.

Always a bystander, Charles ached and ached for so long, never having a mother or father to stand behind him. This is a brand new feeling, one Charles has only ever experienced secondhand. And it’s as if a piece of his soul has regrown itself, a piece Charles had forgotten that he was missing. “You two could go at it all day,” he faux-complains, though he wheels his chair closer, just to observe them both from a better angle. “Maybe I’ll leave Erik here.”

“I’d steal him from you in a heartbeat, Charlie,” Brian fawns, clapping his son on his shoulder. “Maybe you two can come back, on occasion? Let me meet that grandson of mine and pick your brain?” he asks Erik. “Or, does that muck time up?”

In a way, although Erik did grow for his first eleven years with the benefit of his parents, and an immense love that cannot be quantified between them, it's something of a point of familiarity for them both - such an absence of normality to even simple things like school projects or show and tell. By the time Erik was five, the Nazis had fully overtaken what they call in this era Litzmannstadt, transforming it into the ghetto under which Erik spent his entire childhood. Their goal was to develop the Reichsgau of Warthegau as a province entirely Judenrein - cleansed of all Jews, Romani, and undesirable others such as homosexuals and the disabled.

All of its 210,000 inhabitants including the children and Erik himself, worked in factories to produce materiel for the Nazi war effort. Iakov Lehnsherr served in a kitchen and had access to a printing press, which he used to create the posters containing Yiddish poetry to boost the ghetto's morale. Erik cut his teeth on resistance early on by sneaking through wire fences and past soldiers with guns to pin them up. Later, he worked with the Armia Krajowa as a mailbox. Someone would deliver him a letter and he would go to a designated area and wait for the recipient to approach him. All in all, Erik too never knew normalcy in childhood as far as he didn't know stability, and generally this separates him from his peers.

Just like Charles has often felt alienated, so too does Erik at times, when listening to discussions by his friends about their adolescence. He was educated to about roughly fifth grade only by his mother and father - such a practice which was illegal in Litzmannstadt as the books were in Yiddish and Hebrew. Eventually Erik got arrested and his entire family deported, which Charles knows he holds himself responsible for even though 200,000 of the inhabitants who lived there were eventually liquidated - murdered, at Auschwitz and Chełmno.

In this, despite their very clear discrepancy of upbringing, Erik views Charles as kindred to him. Where he didn't know safety, Charles did not know love. And as Magnus rightfully pointed out, one simply cannot exist without the other. The both of them, together, have slowly slotted together these missing pieces in their hearts. As Charles finally reaches out to his father, Erik has created a system in Genosha where no child will ever experience the oppression of bigotry. Where Charles now receives the love he desperately needed from a parent, something not even Erik can replace, Erik has grown closer to his own family as an adult without the axe of Auschwitz hanging over him.

And together, like a puzzle fitting in place, they each meet in areas without overlap, to fill in those places. Watching the two of them now, Erik realizes his cheeks are wet and haphazardly swipes at his cheeks with his sleeve, offering a gentle smile in their stead. "This is all I have ever desired, for you, neshama," he says roughly. "You give us a gift you may not fully comprehend as of yet. And please, we would deeply enjoy visiting again. And you can come and see Genosha, too. And Greymalkin, what it looks like, now. Whenever you want. Today, if you want. But I won't impose, I know this must be overwhelming for you both. Shabbat is coming up, and you would be so very welcome in our home. I've known over the years, felt how deeply it affected you," he murmurs to Charles.

He knows it's more open than the man will be comfortable with around another. But this is his father. Is he not supposed to know, when his son is hurting? That is a parent's job. Erik and Charles would want to know if David struggled. If Pietro and Wanda struggled. "Forgive me if I overstep. To see you heal that wound even in this small way is - beyond words."

It's hard not to feel selfish; that's what Charles is programmed to do. Why should he, some rich kid from a rich family, get to have everything that he wants? Some sort of cosmic scale seems to have tipped in his favor, for now, he can tell everyone proudly that he has a wonderful, caring father, one who he got to meet as an adult. So many out there never got to know their parents either but didn't have the safety net of wealth to fall back upon. It's a foolish, unproductive thought. Charles knows that Erik would tut at him for even having it, for there is no reason why suffering and strife ought to be compared.

But, when Charles was three, he lost his father. When Erik was three, his people were declared enemies and undesirables, and the rest of his life has been dictated by that declaration. Growing up in a ghetto, under the thumb of a government that wanted him dead, Erik never had a chance for normalcy, either. And yet, he's still able to give Charles this. Everything he's ever desired and more. A father. A family. David, and the twins, and each other. Edie and Iakov, Brian. He's helped Charles recover what was lost in spades. "You aren't overstepping," Charles murmurs to Erik, leaning his head against his side. "This is a tremendous gift. Thank you."

Brian observes the interaction between the two, curious, and then happy. "Well, you two are just a pair of love birds, aren't ya?"

"To put it mildly," Charles laughs, swiping at his own eyes. "From the day we met, Erik has been doing whatever he can to make my life better. From the small things, like cooking for me, to the largest, like bringing me to the father I never really got to know. I'm a lucky man, dad."

Brian smiles, and then furrows his brow. "So I have to wonder...if I don't die, and I get to live to raise my own Charlie up, do I risk you two not meeting each other?"

Charles shrugs. "Maybe. Maybe Erik Lehnsherr doesn't even exist in this world, or he's different. But as Erik said, the Expanse has a way of correcting itself. If Erik is here and he and I are supposed to meet, we will. Don't worry about that."

"Where did you two meet, then?"

"MIT."

Brian pulls a face. "Eugh. Bunch of fuddy duddies, sorry to say."

Charles raises a brow. "Pardon?"

"You heard me, son. Fuddy duddies!"

"Are you feuding with MIT?"

"Absolutely not. They're 'feuding' with me," huffs Brian. "Tried to get me to accept a position in their chemistry department and I declined to work on this project. Ever since, they've been trying to sabotage me! Silly edits on articles I send for review, bad-talking me all over the place. Absolute fuddy duddies."

Charles can't help but chuckle. "Well, if your son expresses a keen interest in MIT in fifteen or so years... my recommendation would be to not hold it against him, hmm?"

Erik can't help it, he starts laughing under his breath - rather, it's how Charles's telepathy interprets his amusement. "This is why I became a politician instead," he smirks. "Academia was positively insufferable. How many times did I submit a paper and have everyone up-in-arms," he grins. "The last one was the Proximal Theory, which is still considered fringe. As though I wouldn't know, not like I can see time and space itself or anything," he rolls his eyes, still smiling. "And I did all that work to become a doctor and people still call me Mr. Lehnsherr. Helloooo! I'm part of the club, too, for goodness' sake," he snorts.

"I guess everyone else expected me to be a Prime Minister, too." It's clear he isn't really upset about it. As he says, the whole of academia just truly wasn't for him, with his motivation being solely to learn more so that he could better control his mutation. He tugs Charles a little closer into a one-armed hug, letting him rest his head where he will. "I truly do love him more than anything. If there is anything I can give, it will be done. Charles is the reason I am sane. He followed me into the Expanse. He helps me stay grounded. I have some mental problems," he explains softly. "But he doesn't care. He stayed, even when I was not cognizant at all."

Brian toasts his glass to that. "You know, parents always talk about what they want their kids to be. Doctors, lawyers, scientists, athletes, all that nonsense. But really, at the end of the day, we just want you to be happy, you know? Sounds like you two are real happy. That makes me a proud dad."

Charles rests his head on Erik's shoulder. "Not all parents wish that, unfortunately."

Brian studies his son's expression. "You speak from experience."

"Mm. Mother and I never exactly saw eye to eye, once you were gone."

"How so?" Charles stiffens, but he knows, thanks to his telepathy, that this isn't all that surprising to his father. He watches his wife interact with their son daily, sees that there isn't a warm relationship there. Young Charles is always with nannies when Brian is away, or treated harshly, coolly. Knuckles rapped when he behaves poorly (to her standards), or copious amounts of alcohol to drown out the sound of a crying baby.

"You may be able to envision it."

The man lowers his eyes, lips narrowing to a thin line. "She...mm. I had hoped that she might enjoy being a mother a bit more once you were a bit older." "She never did. She enjoyed it even less, if you can believe it." The man nods once. "I'm sorry, son. That's...not a life that you deserved. You're such a good boy; my Charlie is, I mean. The day you were born was the greatest day of my life. Being your father is the greatest gift. I wish that your mother felt the same."

Once more, Charles finds himself teary-eyed, overwhelmed by an amalgam of feelings that he can't name. "Oh. Don't...no. Don't be sorry. Please, dad. It's okay. Really. I'm who I am today because of where I come from. Erik and I; we talk about this often."

Erik nods. "As difficult as our circumstances have been, I don't believe either of us would wish to have a different life. Even though we have had the privilege to see different outcomes," he adds with a grin. "Our experiences make us who we are, in this reality. Well, our reality. This one may well be different, now. I do not exactly believe that suffering is meaningful in such a way, but speaking for myself, I appreciate who I am, now, and where I am in my life. A lot of the things I know, I suspect I wouldn't have learned if I didn't live as I have. There are regrets, but even these are meaningful. And, as a result, we are in a unique position to help those less fortunate to become successful, and to assist versions of ourselves - like you and Charlie, to explore less painful paths. That couldn't happen if we had a different path. That's how the Expanse works. It's all self-reinforcing. Charles wouldn't know to tell you differently, thus he would grow the same here. And if that happened, it would contradict Charles living differently in this life, you see? Since he would still have experienced his reality instead. Time is quite wobbly."

Brian scratches his head. "This is why I became a chemist, not a physicist," he murmurs, but kindly, still. "I appreciate that, Erik. Trying to make me feel better about it. And I do believe you both, that you're happy. But it's still hard to know that I wasn't there for my boy, for you, even though it wasn't my fault, necessarily. You're both parents, so you understand."

Charles nods. "We do," he says softly. "David, our boy. He wasn't born to Erik and I, not precisely. He was one of my counterparts'. Me, in an alternate timeline and universe." He pauses to ensure that Brian follows. "That version of me was killed during an attack on their home, and that version of Erik...well, he became too psychologically unstable to safely be in possession of his mutation, so he was committed and his abilities were suppressed. Erik's abilities are so intricately intertwined with the rest of his body that, when stripped of them, he's unable to control his motor function and unable to see."

Brian's face is grave. "Golly, Charlie."

"Golly indeed," Charles agrees. "But, we found them both, David and that Erik. They were both hurting, suffering. Somehow, the Expanse knew that they needed help and that we could provide it. So we took David in as our own, and brought that Erik to our world, too. He's doing well now, much better than he was. We call him Cricket. But he's certainly not able to care for David on his own, so we're David's parents. It still makes him feel guilty, knowing that he couldn't help his twins, that he can't care for David. None of it is his fault, but there's still guilt."

The bespectacled scientist nods thoughtfully. "I'll make sure I don't leave you here again," he promises. "This warning you've given me. It'll prevent all that."

Charles grips Erik's hand when he speaks again, having paused to ascertain the lay of the land with his telepathy. "Kurt's office is down the hall, yes?" When Brian nods, Charles purses his lips. "Erik, darling, can you procure the sheaf of papers in the locked drawer beside the window, please? The bottom drawer. I have reason to believe that we may find our evidence there."

Erik inclines his head and in less than a second a manila folder shut with a cord at the top appears in his hands. He unravels it and opens it to reveal a stack of papers all containing various equations which he easily parses, brows knit together.

"This is the formula for 1-diazidocarbamoyl-5-azidotetrazole," he murmurs grimly. "One of the most explosive chemical compounds known to us. He's researching how to stabilize it enough to set it into an explosive device. The reason is that this stuff is so potent it will detonate even if it's left entirely alone.... if this were released here how he's intending, the entire building would be destroyed, Brian. Maybe even the surrounding area as well. You aren't the only one at risk, everyone here is in peril."

The tall mutant raises a hand, letting his eyes close as he sweeps out his powerful senses to detect exactly what's happening in Kurt's laboratory. "He already has possession of everything he needs to make the bomb. I've gone ahead and rendered all of his materials inert at the atomic level. You'll be able to arrest him, because the changes I've made aren't observable on the macro level. Thus, he still appears in possession of these materials. But they won't work, not for him."

Brian blinks at the two of them, as if he doesn't believe what he's hearing, before leaning forward to gently pluck the papers from Erik's hand. He snatches a pencil from his desk and begins to scribble furiously for several long minutes, working the equations out himself with a furrowed brow. This is how he works, why he insists on proofs; he must reach any conclusion himself before he can understand it fully. Finally, he lets his eyes shut, pencil dropping to the desk. "All he needed was a cocrystal," says Brian quietly. "That's the stabilizer that he was looking for but couldn't find. With the right stoichiometric ratio, this place could have been ash."

Charles feels a pang for his father. "I'm sorry, dad."

"Suppose it's a good thing he never listens to me, eh? He didn't want to read the stack of papers I printed for him last year about co-crystallization. Wasn't really his bag. Wonder how he was going to do it."

Charles gives him a pained smile. "He was going to ring you, one evening, and ask you to grab something from the lab. Send you here on your own to pick something up. You'd see he left a burner on, and you'd go to turn it off, and you'd walk in to the room, and that would be it."

Brian nods, still staring at the equation before him. His eyes look darker now, behind his glasses. "Well, I'll be. Guess it's up to me to determine what to do next."

"I think you should notify the police," Erik suggests quietly. "The proof is still in his laboratory, and if he is willing to do this to you, with no regard for apparent other innocents, I suspect he will pose a threat for as long as he continues to be free. This type of behavior rarely occurs in a vacuum, as Ailo often says," Erik repeats with a look to his husband. "I'm no fan of law enforcement, but he is a dangerous individual. Plotting to blow up a building is a serious offense. Even on Genosha, a person like that would be removed from their community."

Charles nods. "I agree. A man willing to hurt you and put others in danger is not a man who should be walking freely," he murmurs. "I've seen inside his mind, too. When I'm older and when he's older. My abilities weren't as strong, but I saw enough to know, dad. He isn't a good man. He's not who you think he is. I know that you think he's your friend. I'm sorry."

Brian pushes his fingers through his hair, and the gel makes it stick up a bit. "How do I prove that he was planning on using it on me?"

"Do you have any other use for a compound like that?"

"I suppose we don't. Alright," he huffs, pouring himself another drink. "And Sharri? You think she's in on it?"

Charles offers another pained smile. "Perhaps that's something you ought to discuss with Kurt. Or mother."

Erik grimaces a little as he sweeps through the man's office once more. "We may not be able to produce conclusive proof you were his intended victim, however I do suspect the police would be interested in any plans to engineer high-level explosives without proper authorization, which this man certainly didn't have. On top of that... while it may not be conclusive evidence for a court of law, you ought to take a look at this," he says softly.

In his fingers once more materializes another stack of documents. He pages through them until he hits on what he's looking for and passes them over to the younger Xavier. "See, there? It's a total accounting of your assets, your net worth, and an estimate of your life insurance policy based on projections of investment earnings over the last five years. I do not think there is an innocuous reason why he has this information. I'm very, very sorry. Such a thing is intensely regrettable. You deserve real friends. Not this."

Brian once more looks over the stack of documents with a deep frown, rubbing his forehead as he does. "No...no innocuous reason at all," he agrees, voice too light for the graveness of the situation. "If only he knew that just a few weeks ago, my lawyer and I shored everything up so that, in the case of my untimely death, it all gets put into a trust for you." He nods toward Charles, in a gesture so like his son. "Provisions that Sharri is taken care of, that she's always comfortable. But...well. Her family has been asking too many questions about my investments lately. Way too many. Made me feel a little skeptical."

"You were right to be," Charles supplies. "They all fought for years, trying to get it all out of that trust. I was just a kid, so I promised and promised that I'd give them everything as soon as I turned 18; I felt like they all loathed me for it."

Brian appears ill as he looks back up at Charles. "Oh. I...oh. Golly. I didn't realize that it would cause you so much grief, son. I don't even know what to say."

"Don't apologize," Charles implores gently, reaching out to place a hand on his father's forearm. "Really. They would have spent it all on houses, cars, expensive clothing, lavish holidays. Those investments of yours, which are still in my name to this day, you know, are funneled entirely toward charitable causes. My school, organizations geared toward helping people and the planet. Last year, you sent a thousand kids living in poverty in the United States to a four-year university." He barks a laugh. "This is well worth the stink eye from mother's horrible sisters."

That information does seem to settle Brian a bit. "Well, that's swell of you, Charlie. Guess you don't need all that money when your husband here can provide everything else in a flash. Guess you're both right. I'll phone the police tomorrow morning."

"It's funny, isn't it? You know, living on Genosha, we sometimes get people who have made these incredible, elaborate plans to swindle me. Making up all kinds of stuff, they're always shocked when I do not care and give them what they want. It's almost like they don't know what to do with themselves afterward. Quite a few seemed to change, even became more charitable as a result. When you have my abilities, it really puts into stark relief how preoccupied our society is with money. It never occurs to them that they could do the same. They could have everything they wanted, if they decided to stop relying on money. When only a few people are rich, no one is rich. Ah, but I suppose that's all political nonsense," he smirks.

"I grew up poor. Really, beyond poor. It was so bad I knew people who ate their cats. We once used gypsum to thicken soup. Yes, drywall. It's edible, if you can believe it. Horrid, but not toxic. We were poor, so that Nazis could be rich. It was that simple. All over the world, it's the same. And you know what, I offer again and again, and people refuse. We have even had wars of aggression over this, been attacked just for offering to give unlimited food and water and housing to their populations. They know that if that happens, they won't retain power any longer. Their power is based on poverty. The fact you, and you, delineate investments toward the less fortunate should not be under-stated. Many people in your position are afraid to do the same. As if uplifting others will bring them down. A shanda, as my mother used to say."

Brian laughs softly, despite himself. “Boy, you really are from the future, aren’t ya? People who say things like that around here get put on watch lists. Land of the free, isn’t that funny?” he shrugs off his wool blazer, revealing a crisp white shirt and a pair red suspenders. His son is wearing a cashmere sweater and slacks and Erik is in a similar outfit, his sweater cable-knit, but the cut of each garment and styling are undeniably different to anything seen in 1930. As is Erik’s long, braided hair. But he can’t deny that he likes his son-in-law, even with all his idiosyncrasies. “I hope I get to see this Genosha if yours come to exist in this world, one day. A place where greed is de-incentivized.”

“We can show you now,” Charles offers.

“Another day, I promise,” says the man kindly. “Today’s been a bit of a head-spinner. Don’t know how much more wonder I can take. Though…I don’t think I’d mind too much meeting that grandson you showed me.”

"Of course," Erik pats at his arm. "And Charles is right. You're always welcome in our home, this certainly won't be the last time you see us, but we can understand how unsettling this all must be. Honestly, all you need do is sit down and think very clearly that you'd like to see us again when you're ready. Charles will hear. He really is that good," Erik grins at his husband. "But, before we depart, there is someone who would adore meeting you. Say hello to David. Do be mindful, he doesn't like loud noises, and he doesn't speak. But he will very probably project imagery into your mind, or create an object or two. Perfectly harmless. Hmmmm. Here," he plucks up a small, intricate gyroscope from Brian's desk.

"He will adore playing with this. David tends to understand more concrete examples of affection, like gifts, over words. But he'll feel your love all the same." He says it with certainty, entirely presumptuous, because there's no version of reality he can imagine where anyone could not love his son. It just doesn't seem possible to him. Within another instant, the room shimmers. The shimmering lights and distortion doesn't need to happen, but it's something Erik does on purpose as it helps those unfamiliar with Traversal to understand what is happening, and to expect teleportation, priming their nervous systems for something strange.

He's come to know that when he abruptly does these things, without any indication, people are a lot more afraid and startled. It's just another way Erik makes those around him comfortable, a process he enacts in hundreds of different ways wherever he goes. Even now, he's adjusted the temperature of the room to be perfectly suited to everyone by reading their physiological systems and producing such effects for each of them, distinct to the next. He's also adjusted their bodies to remove pain, hunger, tiredness and more without conscious effort and he modifies their clothing to be much softer, cleaner and more comfortable. Such is the nature of his improved capacity (though he lifts said improvements when he leaves so that people don't starve or become exhausted).


David appears through the warped feature quickly, quite accustomed at this point to this form of transportation and its randomness at times, still clutching onto the metal tiger given to him by Iakov. Erik picks him up and gives him a tight squeeze. "Oh, he also enjoys being smooshed quite a bit, don't you, little-one?" He grins up at his child as he raises him above his head playfully, which never fails to make David squeal in laughter, before letting him go! Gently tossing him, David floats harmlessly and spins gently down onto the floor, light-up sneakers flashing as they do. "Hello, meyn lemele. It's so good to see you!" he signs as he speaks in their pidgin. "This man is your other grandfather, did you know? This is Brian, and he's very excited to meet you."

Erik relays a ton of information at once in preparation for the arrival of David, but Brian tries to take it in stride. He doesn’t talk or like a lot of noise and likes gifts. Easy enough; he’s got a little boy at home, after all. One that loves to talk, but that doesn’t matter so much. What does matter is the little boy that appears in a flash of light. He’s a few years older than his Charlie, but a near spitting image with his dark hair, brilliant blue eyes, and rosebud lips. When he laughs, it’s like a clear bell, like his Charlie’s laugh. The same laugh that melts his heart inside his chest.

Grinning broadly, Brian kneels down to David’s height, studying him for a moment longer. Somehow, he looks a little like Erik, too. Similar skin tone, and reddish tints in his hair. He’s clutching a metal animal in his little hands, and, accustomed to kid-speak as the parent of a little tyke, Brian decides to start with that. “That’s a neat little toy you’ve got there, David,” he says warmly. He doesn’t know what Erik did with his hands, but they didn’t tell him that David doesn’t understand words at all, so he tries. “Can you show me?”

David’s eyes are on his metal tiger as he sways beside Erik’s legs, and Charles, silently, helps David understand the question telepathically. Rather than handing the toy over, however, a vivid visual appears above David’s head, a visual of the metal tiger magnified several times, rotating slowly so that Brian can inspect its smaller details. The scientist stares open-mouthed at the projection for a long moment, and then laughs, clearly impressed and delighted. “Well! Thanks so much for that, huh? What a cool tiger. Keep that somewhere safe. Here, I want you to have this.” He presents the gyroscope and pushes a gimbal to send it moving in its intricate pattern.

David’s eyes follow the device, eyebrows raising slightly as he takes it in his own hands. The vision above his head changes; now, the metal tiger is animated and holds the gyroscope in its paws. Beside the creature stands another man, with dark curly hair, and then Brian, too.

Charles could explode with love as he observes the vision from David. “Oh,” he says softly, smiling up at Erik, and then at his father. “The other man is Erik’s father, Iakov. David just met him for the first time today, too, and he gave him the tiger. This is an expression of thanks from him, anything a tiger touches is cool. And an acknowledgment that he understands who you are, to him.”

Brian laughs, a bit misty-eyed himself. “Who needs to speak when you can do that? Makes himself perfectly clear, doesn’t he? Smart little thing. You’re welcome, David. You’ve got to tell me more about tigers when I come see you again.”

David signals an assent even as he plops himself down in the corner of the room, magnetized by the gyroscope. His brain is working through it, attempting to figure out how it works, and Charles is on cloud nine. “How lucky we are.”

Erik is grinning where David and Charles can see, and somehow Brian can tell even though he can't see it; somehow able to intuit the schism despite a lack of overt telepathic ability. David sways near Erik, just like Erik had done ten minutes ago whilst seated when they were discussing Brian's methane solution. It's another point of similarity that boggles the mind somewhat - he definitely is aware that David isn't related to Erik biologically. There's no denying David is Charles's especially to Brian, who sees so much of his own young son in the boy. Erik had mentioned he had mental problems as well - sanity, in particular. Was David the same, insane?

Brian knows, without asking, that it isn't the case. David is perfectly sane and oriented. So whatever it is, Brian has to suppose they might be linked, just not the same issue. But with all their abilities, it really hardly seems an issue at all. "Ahhh, look at this," Erik intones dramatically as he floats another beaker down off the shelf, swirling out its contents and blowing them up into large molecular chains for David to explore.

"We know what these are, hm?" He asks David softly who signs the according letters with a big grin. "That's right. Hydrogen, nitrogen, oxygen," Erik repeats for Brian. "Look at that, an aromatic ring, O-H heteroatoms and our favorite, chirality. This is a pretty neat compound! It looks like a morphinan, and it also has a productive stereoisomer. Oh, wait, we've seen this before," he signs to David as he talks, too. "It's cough medicine! Ailo is working with this compound, actually. He thinks it has potential efficacy to treat a variety of problems. NMDA antagonism, right? Ketamine and the like. Do you guys have ketamine, yet? I'm rambling again, aren't I..."

He ducks his head sheepishly and hugs David in his lap, resting his head atop the boy's fondly. "It's a bit of a hobby, taking things apart to look at their structures. And it helps David, too, to learn about it. We suspect he has similar abilities to mine, so I want to teach him early how things fit together so he won't be overwhelmed when he manifests properly. My abilities aren't magic, I have to know how atoms are arranged in order to create or manipulate. If I make a wrong move I could destabilize everything. You wouldn't want the universe to turn inside-out, would you?" He taps David on the nose.

And it serves another purpose, too. Erik had needed someone to teach him these things as well, even though he had refused to manifest due to a psychological block on his mutation, Klaus Schmidt had been the one to prepare him for when he inevitably did. And Erik never, ever wants someone like that to be a necessary factor of David's life, for him to need to seek out those who would harm and manipulate him for nefarious reasons because he is scared or confused. Erik always wants David to feel he can come to his parents with anything, no matter what it is, and trust that he will be helped. It's why even when he acts out, Erik doesn't punish him or brutalize him the way he had been in childhood.

Instead, he does his best to work through the problem and come up with compromises and solutions. After all, one day David will be an adult in charge of his own behavior and face the consequences as such. There's no purpose in Erik's mind to coddling him now - even though most would say Erik's style of discipline is coddling. Charles knows better at this point, even though he hadn't always understood and at first did presume Erik was letting him get away with things. He gives David responsibility over his own actions, treating him like a being with full agency rather than a pet that needs to be corralled.

It ultimately helps that David is very well-behaved and quite polite all on his own, usually only misbehaving when he is pushed beyond his limits. In this, Erik believes it's not appropriate to punish him for being unable to cope, but rather work with him and Ailo to build distress tolerance, and Charles fully agrees with this approach.

Charles wishes he could freeze this moment in time and revisit it forever. He supposes that Erik could indeed do that for him, if he asked, but then again, is there as much joy experiencing it for the second time? All that's to say is that he is happy, beyond happy. His son, his husband, and his father, all together. Talking about molecules, chiral compounds. David is pleased; his thoughts are tiger-striped and buoyant, for he loves to look at the world like this with his tate, and loves to show off before others, too. Cheeky boy. Brian is rolling with the strangeness like an absolute champ. Some people don't react as gently to David as they might hope, especially older folks.

They grow frustrated when David doesn't look them in the eye or speak to them (ain't he old enough to talk?), or judgmental of Charles and Erik when they allow him to retreat to a quiet corner to play with his toys. Brian doesn't express any of that, despite being native to an era that was, by and large, less tolerant of difference. No, he's quite the opposite. He's proud. He can see the intelligence within his grandson and admires his ability to ocmmunicate effectively in these less traditional ways. Maybe there isn't complete understanding, but there doesn't have to be. And then, there's Erik. With his long hair and eye-popping abilities and idiosyncratic way of speaking.

Never before has Charles been afraid to introduce Erik to others, and he wasn't afraid today, but he did worry, just a little, that Brian wouldn't be able to see what he sees, in Erik. Such a worry is evaporated entirely now, for it's clear that Brian can appreciate Erik and all of his strangeness for who he is. It's not every day one finds out that the future version of their son is a gay disabled mutant with a child from an alternate universe, but today was that day for Brian Xavier. And what a wonderful day it is.

If Charles could bottle this feeling up and drink it every morning. "He and Erik spend hours like this," Charles tells his father softly, fond. "Looking at all the little building blocks that make up our world. David loves it; he sees the world in its parts. His little tiger isn't just a tiger; it's a billion tiny pieces bonded together in the shape of a tiger to him, as it is to Erik. Seeing the world that way is overwhelming for him sometimes, it's quite a lot of input, but Erik helps him make sense of it. You should see our house," he breathes a laugh. "Using molecules and compounds like toys to make bizarre creations that make no sense."

Brian smiles at his son and son-in-law, hand over his heart. "Looks like he's got the right set of parents, then. What I would give to be able to see things like you two do, eh?" Brian's eyes light up for a moment before he turns to rifle through a drawer. When he turns back, he's holding a small box, roughly the size of a grapefruit. Inside it is a brick of some sort, almost seethrough, so light that it almost appears to be floating. "Here." He presents the brick to David, takes it eagerly. "It's called Aerogel. A friend of mine just created it. He calls it the world's lightest solid. A polymer combined with a solid to create a gel, and then he removed the liquid and replaced it with air. I'm sure you have all sorts of cool stuff like this in the future, but this is the coolest thing we have today. Neat, huh?" he says to David, grinning.

Erik, too, regards the block with fascination as his subatomic vision scans over the material's composition, rendering it to Erik exactly as he had deconstructed the dextromethorphan compound from atop the shelf. In swirling molecular chains consisting of electrons, protons, neutrons and even more floating past, such as the neutrinos so integral to psionics. To everyone else, such vision would be incomprehensible, but to Erik and David, it's fundamental; without his abilities, he can only see the shape of objects, a shape that makes no sense to his confounded brain, which had grown steadily utilizing microscopic rather than macroscopic perception. Like David, Erik is clearly interested - it's something he's seen before in his time, but these types of experimental structures never cease to amaze Erik's perception. "I love this one," he murmurs to Brian and David both, looking up to meet the man's eyes.

(Much like David, Erik tends to look at others while they're not looking at him, or glances at their forehead or shoulders before darting away. And like David, his outward demeanor is different - his posture, the way he holds himself, the way he seems to be in constant motion. Charles never really realized this until meeting other children with neurodivergence. Not just Autism Spectrum, but Schizotypy Spectrum as well as the newly-uncovered Attention-Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder, based on the same knowledge brought to them by Wanda from 2024.)

Like many of these children, when placed alongside them, it became quite apparent that Erik fits the mold, and Brian isn't the first person to be introduced to Erik who noticed his idiosyncrasies early-on. Some of Charles's other friends, like those from MIT, had been far less understanding of his husband, resulting in quite an explosive chagrin (which Erik knows shouldn't warm him, but it still does). On top of course, being openly gay, Jewish and a mutant anarchist Separatist, Erik is not exactly palatable to a wide swath of the population. Charles can tell that he's kept himself as socially equanimous as possible, but even with his most supreme effort, it's still... evident; the way he talks like one of their artificial intelligence systems, the lack of emotional affect or response to things most can't help but flinch at.

It's nice, he considers, that Brian accepts him so simply and easily, but it's also not surprising to him. This is the man that, despite his short time on planet Earth, influenced Charles Xavier to be the individual he is today. The one who advocates for others, supports others, gives to others and accepts others where they are, as they are. The one person in the universe that has accepted Erik - even the pieces of him entirely unpalatable. So, of course, Brian Xavier would possess similar traits. It ingratiates him to Erik almost immediately, notwithstanding their clear mutual interests. G-d forbid Hank and Brian ever get into a room together, Erik huffs to himself. He and Sooraya might join and technobabble AMC right out of existence.

Charles slides behind Erik's eyes for a moment to glimpse what his husband does. He isn't wired like Erik is, and so the input, even through Erik's filtering, doesn't make sense to him, but the arrays of colors, shapes, patterns are all lovely to look at anyway. It never ceases to amaze him how his husband and son see the world, in particulae, each whole a sum of wholes, each part a sum of parts. Erik is happier than ever, sharing these moments with his son. When David arrived, a lot of things began to make sense; Erik began to understand himself quite a bit more through David. Now, a few years in, he seems to have embraced his own diversity, opting to be a role model and supporter for his son. Their bond is powerful and beautiful, and it's a joy and privilege to witness.

"Spoiled rotten today, aren't you?" Charles tuts, gently plucking the tiger and gyroscope from David's hands to enable him to view the strange object more fully. The boy doesn't love giving over his things, but he now trusts that Charles will keep them safe, so he doesn't fuss. With David occupied, Charles slips his hand back into Erik's and looks at his father. "Thank you, dad. Really. We sprung a lot on you today. I'm so glad that we got to do this."

"Well, right back at you, son," he smiles. "You saved my life today. Really. I'll let you all get back to it, though, huh?"

Charles nods. "Sure. We'll be back very soon, I mean it. And as Erik said, if you want to talk to us, just think directly. Call for me in your head, and I'll hear it."

"You really will?"

"I really will," Charles promises.

Brian hugs his son for several long moments, their embrace loving and profound. Both men have misty eyes when they pull away, and they clear their throats in unison. He rounds on Erik next. "You keep taking good care of my boy, you hear?" he implores, arms open for a hug. "And be ready to do some chemistry when you come back, I've got a list of problems I could use your help with."

Erik laughs softly and bends down once more to give Brian a careful embrace. Unlike David, Erik does not enjoy physical contact of almost any kind, outside that of his immediate family. Charles and his children are immune from this peculiarity, as was Edie when she appeared to him twice before. His wedding day, a swirl of memories immensely powerful inside of him, as well as a time of great duress. Brian looks like he exists in a liminal category, with Erik reaching out to him a few times during their visit and reciprocating contact with sincerity.

But, Charles can tell Erik is pushing past his body's natural defenses, it just comes a little easier with Brian. He's made of the same stuff as Charles, after all, and that does a lot for Erik's innate trust even though, as Charles is aware, Erik does not trust without qualification almost ever. Charles knows he and the children are wild outliers, most likely precipitated by telepathy. Erik's ability to form genuine bonds with other people is, as Ailo put it, highly impaired. Psionics helped. And so did psilocybin. And so, evidently, does being Charles's kin.

Even still, his touch is light and gentle. It's a dichotomy that has always lived in his character, a propensity for fierce battle and likewise an inability to extend cruelty to others, in life. A great deliberation is taken, always, when he comes into contact with another person. A holdover, perhaps, from a life lived in brutality, where his hands were used as instruments of death and torture. Charles suspects part of his aversion to touch isn't purely based in divergence but is a neurological agitation born from trauma, though it is all the same in the end.

It is, however, obvious as Charles observes the way he slouches to wrap an arm around the other man and span fingertips across his back to offer a moment of comfort, soothing the built up tension he knows is there in the man's frame before stepping back. "I shall be ready," he intones solemnly, with warmth in his eyes. It can't be helped, not after witnessing Charles's joy at their reunion. It sits light as a feather in Erik's heart as in his hands, buoyant and humming. His husband, who has felt like he had been missing something his entire life, made incrementally whole. Where only Charles can see, his eyes are glassy with unshed tears, an overwhelmed emotion of his own just watching his family together. A family that had helped him, too, become whole. "And you have my word. Always."

Charles nearly tells his father to opt for a handshake rather than a hug, knowing Erik's preference, but smiles softly when Erik leans down to embrace the man anyway. It's not even enormously pained, either; Erik seems to be mildly okay with hugging Brian, as if knowing who he is and all he's done for Charles is enough to soften that wall, even just a little. The man may be very affectionate with Charles and those he loves, but most others don't get close embraces. That Brian does is special, in ways that the man doesn't know. "Good luck with everything," Charles implores as the three of them steel themselves for a departure. "And thank you again."

Brian nods encouragingly. "Thank you, too. I love you, Charlie."

Charles clenches his hand around the arm-rest of his chair. "I love you, too, dad," he says quietly, and he means it. With everything. "We'll see you soon." With that, Brian is alone once more in his office, all evidence of the visitors from the future vanished in an unceremonious blip.


Erik molds the time-stream to set Magnus and his family back into gear so that they too can continue on, and Charles and Erik give them some privacy as they return to Genosha. Shunting them forward to match up, as though they had been in motion for the entire visit with Brian. A deft bit of temporal manipulation far beyond Magnus or even Magneto's capacity, with a finger on their pulse so that he knows when it's time to bring them home. He leans down and bundles Charles up in a far easier movement, dropping a kiss to the top of his head fondly.

David whirls himself into the living room, running to his little corner to admire all of his new gifts as they materialize on the shelf. "I cannot express how pleased I am, neshama," Erik says roughly. "I'm so very glad. He'll get to see David grow, too. All the things he missed. Believe me, I know what he's going through. I'm certain there aren't words to express his joy and sorrow both. Ah, such is the way of nature, I suppose. Duality in all things. But the joy, I think. That is what matters. I know you must be quite overwhelmed, hm?"

Charles feels suddenly spent once they touch back down in the townhouse. It’s just them for now, David already scurried off to the corner to play with his new toys, and Charles all but melts in Erik’s arms. He can’t believe that just hours ago, he had broken his hand in fury over Schmidt, that just this morning, Magnus showed up. “Overwhelmed, to put it mildly,” Charles says quietly, allowing Erik to fully bear his weight as he’s wrapped up in those arms. “It’s been a rather eventful day, hasn’t it? I don’t know if I can bear any more excitement. Maybe we can call it a day?”

Erik bundles him up swiftly and sweeps them into their bedroom, keeping a close eye on David and sending him a frisson of warmth, as Charles softly requests that he find Pietro and Wanda for dinner (which Erik has already formed, neatly plated with one for each remaining household member), though they've always welcomed him to join them for cuddles as he often desires. And of course, it's impossible for them to resist. Having a toddler, as they've discovered, certainly impinges on their ability to find these instances of privacy, but at the same time, the two of them are both so incredibly beholden to their son that it is ultimately a small trade-off.

Pietro and Wanda are godsends for the moments like this where they just need a few hours to decompress. To idle in one another's sphere, that ephemeral space in their minds made up of both and yet distinct all its own. EC3, or good-old Eck, as Erik affectionately calls it. He curls up next to Charles with the man situated on top of him, with his back resting against the headboard and Charles against him, and just lets out a long, even breath that ends on a soft huff of laughter. He presses a kiss to Charles's temple, grateful as ever for this man. His husband, a fact he sometimes remembers at random times of the day and which warms him all over again.

Right now, it's just-Charles. Everyone else has fallen away, and Erik's mind hums in softness. No longer the indomitable Prime Minister of this morning, or the dutiful spouse in 1930. He is Erik, who belongs to Charles. Such a busy day, neshama, he whispers between them. He so reminds me of you. Kind, like you. Adores chemistry as you do biology. You have his smile, Erik notes with eternal awe.

Typically, Charles doesn’t insist upon resting earlier than bedtime. He’s a night owl; normally, Erik has to pry him away from his work in the wee hours of the morning and insist he come to bed, for Charles so rarely willingly accepts that he must rest when tired. Today is different, and he surrenders himself entirely over to Erik when the man bundles him in his arms and whisks him off to bed. His clothes have changed at some point from chair to bed, and he’s now in a comfortable, soft pair of pajamas, and he feels clean.

Erik must have showered him, too. Leaned back against Erik, arms around him, he sighs deeply in relief, his body a bit sore from the day. Sometimes sitting all day feels like hard work, given the undue pressure on some of his joints. Erik makes the soreness as minimal as he can, but it still creeps in at the end of a long day. Not that he minds too much, when it makes the relief feel like this.

He’s so kind, Charles whispers back. So, so kind. And warm. And undeniably nerdy. Just opened his arms and accepted us for who we are without hesitation. I can’t believe our world was robbed of such a man so early.

Erik's arms only squeeze him even tighter - but of course, never enough to hurt. Charles can feel his powerful senses as they move over every inch of his body, gradually unspooling each muscle group for him in a soft burst of warmth followed by languid relaxation. He busies himself with this for long moments, and Charles knows it's as grounding for Erik as it is satisfying for Charles. It's been a long day, meeting Schmidt, seeing Edie and Iakov again, and then of course, Brian Xavier. He can't help but grin as he recalls their brief sojourn, but it's tempered when Charles replies, and he presses gentle little kisses across his cheeks and under his eyes, resting his palm over Charles's jaw.

His left hand still isn't as dexterous as it used to be upon their first meeting, but he's capable of drawing his thumb along its edges and that's all the functionality he could ask for. It pains me deeply, to know that you were deprived of such a gentle soul so early on in your existence, his mind is at a whisper, gentle. The both of you should have had that life together. But what pain I feel, is moderated by the knowledge that the little boy we left behind in that universe will grow up in possession of a truly upstanding father. And that I had the privilege to meet him, as your husband. The way he treated me, like we were family already. I cannot express how meaningful that is.

Chapter 96: As long as I keep to the hedge your words are simply worthless threats.

Chapter Text

1933.

"Are you ready, Charlie? They've just arrived." From where he's seated in his chair, six-year-old Charles Xavier glances at his father, who hovers in the threshold of his bedroom. He's dressed in a pair of slacks and a crisp button-up, and his aide has made sure that his leather shoes shined and polished, because Dad's guests are arriving soon. Dad has been really, really excited about these particular folks for some reason, less excited than he's been about other arrivals.

They're from Poland, a country which Charles only knows about because it's in the newspapers and on the radio a lot. Some big army just marched right in to Poland and decided that it was their country now, and now, they're being real mean to a lot of the people who live there. Charles sometimes gets afraid that the big army will come here too, but Dad promises that they won't. "Ms. Rosie made my shoes shiny," he informs his father. "And then made me wear this shirt, even though it's stiff and itchy."

Dad chuckles as he strides in, bending over to straighten the collar. "We can see about getting you some less stiff, less itchy shirts," he promises, kneeling down so that they're at eye-level. "Can you bear it for a few hours while we meet our new guests?"

"I guess," sighs the little boy. "But Ms. Rosie said that they aren't guests, Dad. She said that they're Help."

Charles watches Dad's brown eyes narrow a little, which is the face he makes when he isn't real happy about something. "Well, that's not a very nice thing to say, is it?"

"It isn't?"

"Just because someone is here to help us doesn't mean that they aren't our guests, does it?" Brian places his hands on Charles's narrow shoulders. "Mr. Lehnsherr is an excellent chef, and I've asked him to bring his family here so that I can pay him to cook for us. But they're to live in our house with us. So that means that they're guests."

Charles nods in understanding. "Oh, okay! So I gotta treat 'em like guests, then?"

Brian's smile has returned. "Exactly. Always say please and thank you to Mr. and Mrs. Lehnsherr. Their little girl Ruth is your age, and I expect you to be very nice to her and show her around. She's in a brand new place, so I'm sure she'll appreciate having a friend."

"I promise, Dad!" Charles is excited now; the prospect of a friend is enticing to the little boy who, as a result of an accident several years ago, is often confined to the house. "I'll show her all my books and toys, and I'll share."

"Good. And..." Charles observes his father shift a little, eyes now intent. "Their son, Erik. He's a little older than you. But I want you to treat him with kindness, too. Be extra nice to him. He's special." Too enthused by the idea of friends, Charles can only promise and nod as Dad stands up and pushes his chair out of his bedroom and into the foyer, where a group of four people are already standing by the doorman, Mr. Greene.

There is a small collection of bags and trunks with them, and Charles can already hear the parents speaking in thick accents to Mr. Greene. Charles smiles when he catches sight of the two children, a girl in overalls with dark hair and a skinny boy in a sweater with red curls and a thing on his wrist. Their mother has a hand on the boy's shoulder, even as she speaks with Mr. Greene. "Mr. and Mrs. Lehnsherr!" Dad beams, parking Charles beside him before he extends a hand to each parent. "Welcome! I'm so glad that you've finally arrived. I hope the journey wasn't too rough. It's wonderful to meet you both in person at last. I'm Brian, and this is my boy, Charles."

Charles expects to see those looks fall across their faces as they take him in, a young boy in a wheelchair. He hates those looks, but he remembers that he's supposed to be nice and polite, so he puts on his best smile, and waves. "How do you do, Mr. and Mrs. Lehnsherr?" he greets, though he's eyeing both children, unable to help himself.


The journey from Poland to New York is a difficult one on the Eisenhardt-Lehnsherr clan.

Firstly, because the German army long-finished construction on the corrals meant to contain their kind in what they call Litzmannstadt ("An ugly name," Ruthie proclaims with an eyeroll) for the purpose of restricting all movement in and out of the new province of Warthegau. Warthegau is intended to be a paradise, where undesirables and antisocials are ushered away from the good, law abiding German citizens and, as the Lehnsherrs discover too late, a place where cruelty and starvation are the standard, not the exception.

They're herded into little more than a room smashed up against other rooms, mistakenly labeled an apartment. It has a single burner element, a table, and one chair. For the first five years of Erik Lehnsherr's life, he lives in Łódź, in a modest townhouse with bricks inlaid of all colors and patterns (Edie never does discover who painted her home so whimsically, but it always makes her heart warm up whenever she trudges up the pathway after work for Mr. Taimann as a secretary; whom is kind enough to refer to her as a paralegal).

Iakov is the primary breadwinner, an award-winning chef. Quite literally - he wins an award, which he proudly displays both in the restaurant, along with a copy of it in his study - at Balicki Radość, a small avante-garde venture that serves experimental dishes in artistic ways, and a constantly rotating menu of curiosities. This comes from his take on sernik jagodowy which includes habanero-spiced malt-liquor chocolate topping, blueberry puree and a twaróg base, baked at ultra-high temperatures to form a dichotomy between the center and the crust, which is then sprinkled with powdered cardamom. The resulting dish being tart, salty, sweet, spicy and umami all at once in a way that somehow meshes together.

Needless to say, Iakov considers his profession with incredible seriousness, and it earns them enough money to live comfortably if not lavishly, before the Nazis arrive. It's a fall from grace that hits him hard, not because he is prideful, but because he can no longer provide for his family. The soldiers give them a single ration box intended for one person which they are expected to divide amongst five. The fifth being Edie's father, Max Eisenhardt, who is forced to live with them in the firmly-delineated Jüdischer Wohnbezirk.

It's unfortunately around Erik's fifth year, that his parents deduce without question that there is a problem with their youngest child. Ruthie, two years older, meets her developmental milestones leaping and jumping (and to their chagrin, continues to do so!), learning to speak at two and rocketing forward from there. Erik (called so by everyone who knows him, a diminutive of Ariel) is different. The Lehnsherrs at first can't establish if Erik truly understands anything, or even produce language on his own.

They try teaching him Polish sign to no avail, he simply rocks back and forth. Every once in a while, he twists his fingers in on themselves in what they initially hope is an attempt to repeat their actions, only to realize that he simply compulsively moves his fingers that way. Ruthie, brash and bold, often pokes him and demands answers, to which their silent boy holds none, instead staring vacantly into nothing. At night, he screams. The only time he stops screaming is when Edie crawls into bed with him and embraces him fast, rocking alongside him and singing Yiddish folk songs into his ear.

Eventually, Erik begins clunkily babbling noises, at age four - far past his peers. His doctors diagnose him with mental retardation, and advise his parents that it's unlikely he will ever attend school, form relationships or live independently. It's a difficult blow to the family, who only a year later lose all of the supports that they were in the process of acquiring to help their son. In the ghetto, things become catastrophically worse. Erik cries all the time, flinching hard at any physical contact. He doesn't eat, and they barely have food, so Iakov steals milk from the stores where he's forced to work and hopes it's enough to subsist on.

The Nazis threaten them - Erik is a young boy, he should be perfectly capable of working in the factories. When they discover his profound disability, that's when the situation becomes untenable. Already searching for a way out of their locked encampment surrounded by soldiers with guns, Iakov and Edie redouble their efforts to escape. Soldiers show up at their home and torment Erik. Usually the same ones, Friedrich Müller and Felix Kline.

Two hideous brutes who take pleasure in mocking him, making him take his shirt off so they can throw candies at him to see if they stick, and often hitting him with fists, feet and batons whenever he babbles nonsense or makes noise. They're angry with him for being unproductive, and annoyed that their superiors haven't approved simply shooting him or sending him to Berlin. Iakov wishes them all dead, and now spends his nights shaking in his cot. Watching them berate and humiliate Erik is a torture worse than anything he'd seen in the Great War. His gentle son, unable to comprehend the world around him, but who has never hurt a living creature in his entire life. Not once.

("Could the Nazis say the same, pustema Müller aharva kulo ke no pedo, kome mi kulo!" he spits at the craven blond. He receives the butt of a rifle square against his temple and jaw for his trouble, knocking him off of his chair and bloodying his cheek. And Erik is beside him, fluttering hands over him and moaning in distress.) Erik, who steps over spiders and lets them crawl all over him. Who caresses the leaves of Edie's tomato plants and when Ruthie's hair becomes entangled, who works the comb through each strand, always making sure to hold on at the end so his sister feels no pain.

Oh, Yes. Erik is retarded. An invalid, a moron. All words that Iakov seethes privately against, like the doctors and psychologists could truly understand him. They speak as though he's better off dead, and tell him I'm so sorry. Like there's no way he could possibly love his son if Erik couldn't learn to read or held a vocabulary of about ten words. (One of them is love. The audacity of these clinicians to presume their family ought to drown him in the bathtub as a mercy.)

He is. But he is the most generous soul that Iakov knows. When Ruthie shivers, he immediately takes off his shirt and scrabbles to tug it down over her head, walking entirely bare in freezing snows. There's other little things, too. Like how Iakov finds himself soothed by curious, colorful mists inside the house the day Edie had to wrap his poor head in rags. How he hears wind-chimes in the evening, and brushes it off as concussion. How the boxes he is forced to load and unload on kitchen duty have grown strangely light, giving his poor knees a break. He hasn't quite put it together yet that it might originate from Erik, but his intuition pushes him in this direction.

Their lives in the ghetto are back-breaking, but it all comes to a head on Erik's ninth birthday. Four years in Litzmannstadt at the mercy of thugs and murderers, when they really begin to understand what is happening. Their neighbors are disappearing. Not one-by-one, but ten, twenty at a time. Gone, without a trace. They've been deported elsewhere. Stop asking questions, grunts Kline on one of his daily visits. It's the last time Edie tries to reason with them. They watch more and more of their kin vanish.

And finally, what forces Iakov to start openly asking his colleagues and hell, people on the street, if they know of a way out. The two brutes are back again, but this morning, Erik has done something to anger Kline. He laughs when the man smacks his hand  accidentally against their counter, due to the small space they are all crammed in. Nursing his bruised wrist, he shoves Erik onto the ground and sits on his back, causing him to start gasping and wheezing for air.

("Stop it! Stop!!! Leave my son alone!!" Edie's cries go unacknowledged. The world shimmers and the whole series of events starts again. Edie gets stuck in a loop, where every time she is overpowered because these men have guns and she does not, and her loop is self-reinforcing. She cannot escape it, she cannot go further. Her entire reality is collapsing, she is going insane. Going insane, watching her son be tortured before her eyes.) Kline barks at his partner to find him something sturdy. (Edith's reality unravels.)

Müller returns with a loose brick he found in the hallway, smirking at Kline's rage as he pounds it relentlessly into Erik's fingers and forearm. Erik is sobbing and twisting. Objects all around them lift up and vibrate, and Edie gasps, trying her best to control what is happening to her.

(What is happening to her? Oh, G-d. Her sweet child. "Get out. Get out!!!!" she roars, and for once in the last four years, the two men flee, wide-eyed.)

That very same night, they resolve to leave by any means necessary. Erik's hand is positively destroyed, fingers all bent every which way, blackened in a kaleidoscope of chartreuse and ugly blue. He cries for days. He doesn't understand that his hand doesn't work and repeatedly hurts himself attempting to use it, and then cries some more. Iakov could not feel more agony if he were eviscerated from the inside-out, starting with his aching heart.

A month later, they get a lead. Apparently, according to Rosenthal, a wealthy American in New York is bribing high-ranking Nazi guards to allow select families through the Christian quarter, where they are then free to board a boat. Iakov, confused, assures him they have no ability to repay such a gesture. He insists. The next day, it's done. ("Your name is on the list. You just walk right on through. Just walk through, head held high.") So they do.

Everyone gets a single suitcase, but each of them only have one or two belongings anyway. Iakov takes his medal, and his award, which is now frayed at its edges. Edie packs what little food she's managed to save from each of their meager ration packs over the years. Max folds up their clothes, which are all ragged, and neatly packs them into his own. And Erik's suitcase contains only a little rabbit doll made from towels named Króli, so that Ruthie's can carry all of her pebbles, dried bugs, smooth glass and other curios found over the years in the factory where she sewed uniforms.

And so they walk through, just like that. Just like that, their nightmare has ended.


They're still carrying their suitcases when they arrive in the foyer of Brian Xavier's positively obscene mansion, and both Edie and Iakov trade looks with one another, equally concerned that they do not belong, with their flea-bitten rags and empty luggage. As poor as they clearly look, not one of them gives Charles The Look. They look at him, and realizing he's but a child, both Iakov and Edie bow in his direction and offer him direct greetings, and attempt to smile after the incredibly long voyage by boat from Europe to America.

Erik is the exception, his hand still acutely injured, it's wrapped in layer upon layer of thick gauze and trapped against his chest so that he can't move it. He creeps closer and touches one of Charles's legs, gazing at him wordlessly. There's something incredibly haunting about his eyes, Charles can't place it. Not pity, not derision. He touches, where most are scared to even look. Like he wants to make it better, or soothe him in some way.

"Ariel," Iakov murmurs sternly, moving to set a hand on his shoulder. He rubs Erik's back while he does it, though. Stern, but not cruel. "Do not touch others without their permission, boychik." Erik doesn't seem to be aware that his father has said anything at all, but at the touch, he does press himself closer to the man, straightening from Charles's side. As he does, Charles notices that the stiffness and itchiness of earlier are entirely gone, replaced by the sensation of softness and warmth.

Iakov inclines his head to them both. "Iakov," he pronounces it like yah-'kov. "But most call me Kovie. My wife Edith, Max Eisenhardt, and this is Ariel. But he is Erik, to us."

"It's wonderful to make your acquaintance, Dr. Xavier," says Edie demurely. "Mr. Rosenthal said that you were in need of workers. I'm trained as a secretary, and Kovie is a world-class chef. Truly. You won't go wrong hiring him," she says with a grin.

"Edie," he groans, but there's a ghost of a smile around the corners of his eyes, if-not his lips.

When the adults don't give him The Look, Charles is curious. But he soon understands why they don't, he thinks, for in the next moment, the boy has crept to his side and touched his leg. Charles can only gape at him. Whenever Dad takes him out to meet other boys his age, the sons of his colleagues or friends, usually, they dare not touch him. Their parents have either warned them to be very gentle, gentle to the point where they dare not even venture near Charles, or they've given them no warning at all and allow their sons to sneer and snigger. Why are you a cripple? What happened to you? Ew, don't touch him, you might get crippled, too! Charles doesn't know which he loathes more. But the boy doesn't even seem hesitant. In fact, he looks…concerned?

No, that isn’t it; Dad and the others are concerned whenever he becomes ill (which is often). They furrow their brows and thin their lips and talk in quiet voices outside his room. That’s not what Erik is doing. What is he doing, though? There’s little time to find out, for the boy’s father intones his name, and then, after a strange amount of eye contact, he stands back beside his father as the itchiness of his shirt seems to disappear all at once. Charles glances up at his father, who smiles down at him. It’s then that he tries to use his extra sense, which Dad said he inherited from Aunt Caroline, to understand a bit more.

He doesn’t know exactly what it is (Dad said it’s called…telly path? Something like that), but he knows that, sometimes, when he flexes that muscle in his head, he can understand why people do what they do. It’s not often that he flexes it on purpose; a lot of the time, people think mean things about him or about Dad, but those strange green eyes of the boy’s have made Charles curious. What he hears when he tries, though, is…not what Charles thought he would hear. Mr. Fuller, his tutor, would call it Gobbledygook. Noises and lights and all sorts of feelings that don’t make any sense to Charles at all. For a moment, he wonders if all people from Poland are like this, but it doesn’t seem like Erik’s parents, grandfather, or sister are; their heads are more like other peoples’. Just Erik.

Charles remembers being in the hospital for a long time and meeting other kids like Erik. The doctors said that they were retarded, which means that their brains don’t work like other peoples’. There was one night when Charles was lying in the ward when he could hear Dad talking to one of the doctors outside while they thought Charles was asleep.


Dad was angry, which is rare, but the doctor was trying to tell him that there was room for Charles at some home for other retarded kids.

The injury has not impacted my son’s intellectual development, has it? Dad hissed.

Be reasonable, Dr. Xavier, the doctor had replied. Charles will never again walk. It is unlikely that he’ll be able to care for himself independently anytime soon, if ever.

I don’t see your point, Dr. Pruitt. Please, make yourself clear.

Well, he hasn’t a mother, said Dr. Pruitt, but his voice is quieter. And you’re a busy man. It’s a good facility. Clean, good staff. Not all children are retarded, some are merely crippled.

And you believe it best that I stick my son in some home, so that he doesn’t interfere with my career?

A few more words were exchanged, but then Dr. Pruitt loped down the hall, and Dad came into his room and didn’t leave for the rest of the night. He came home soon after that.


When Charles asked what retarded was months later, Dad had explained it simply, but reminded Charles that people with brains that work differently deserve to be treated well, just as he does even though his body works differently. Maybe that’s what Erik is. Charles remembers that he’s supposed to treat him well, so he smiles and waves to the boy, and then to his sister.

“A pleasure to meet you all,” says Dad to the family, smiling at Erik, too. “The secretary of my lab has just moved to California, actually,” he informs Mrs. Lehnsherr. “I can introduce you to our operations manager on Monday, if you’d like.” He speaks to Mr. Lehnsherr next. “I’ve no doubt that I haven’t gone wrong,” Dad says warmly, laying his hands on Charles’s shoulders as he speaks. “I’ve had some reviews of your restaurant translated. I’m utterly useless in the kitchen, so we’re all very grateful to have you here. Maybe you can teach my Charlie a few things? I’d love for him to grow up knowing his way around a kitchen. Sadly, I can’t help in that department.”

Kept steady with his own father's arm lightly around his good side, the left one, Erik doesn't immediately try to touch him again, but for an entirely unknown reason he grins brightly at nothing. The flutters in his mind. Charles receives a brilliant flare of incomprehensible shapes and sounds in return. Bursting warmth, places where the hills roll up into the sky and the oceans turn inside-out. Colors that don't exist. Swirling molecules and particles surround Erik, making up all that he sees, including Charles Xavier himself. Atoms all arranged in a magnificent symphony. Drawn forward anew, Erik stretches his unencumbered hand out, before it is gently lowered by Iakov. Charles can determine from the older man that this level of engagement from Erik is positively novel.

"I would be pleased to teach your son," says Iakov in his typical brusque manner. It's English, laced with a thick accent, but what's more telling is how very like the adult Erik Iakov speaks. His posture is similar, but lacks movement. Instead he is formal, with a military bearing that hasn't left him since his conscription into the Austro-Hungarian Landsturm 19 years prior. The war only lasted four years, but Iakov expects the sights he saw and the things he did will remain with him until death.

Of course, he isn't considering these things openly even in his mind, and as Charles sweeps past he can detect the faint whirring of Iakov as that of a complex time-piece with each mechanical component neatly into place. It's apparent within the first few moments of meeting him that he holds great expectations of others. It's not that he intends on punishing those who get out of line, but would rather teach them the basis of respect in the first place. It's very plain even to the ones without telepathy that this is his approach with Erik and Ruth. 

For the past few minutes the girl has been observing quietly, an unusual reaction given her ordinary temperament. But it must be said, she had undergone a great deal of stress, and is only young. But she shores up, having taken the time she needed to get oriented, and then marches herself right over to Charles and thrusts out her hand. "I am Ruthie," she declares in the basic English she's learned on their trip. "I am going to be a fighter pilot when growing old," she informs him with a grin. "You will be co? Kierowca wyścigowy? You could be fast. Very fast, bardzo dobry. I will teach you." Her eyes light up mischievously. Charles sees it in her mind: racecars, with himself behind the wheel, flying down the track. "No legs for driving. You can use the hands."

Erik sways from side to side, gently rocking Iakov as well. A sharp lance of pain shocks Charles at his core, and the little boy realizes that it's emanating from Erik. Even though he doesn't react outwardly, except for the tears gathered in his eyes. "Ani yode'a, yode'a," Iakov murmurs to him, brushing fingers through his hair. "He suffered an injury, and we had no access to a physician."

"You've been so kind to us," Edie says softly. "I promise you if you help us find a doctor we will find a way to repay you. We will. I swear it. And we don't swear." Her gaze is fierce, a momentary dragon circling it's young.

Brian Xavier never thought that he would be in this situation, but here he is. Nothing has been the same since that fateful day three years ago, when Charles Xavier and Erik Lehnsherr appeared from the folds of the universe in his office. For better and for worse. Of course, he's selfishly glad to have not been killed in a blast initiated by his own partner, but he then made the fateful mistake of deciding against involving the authorities, as Charles and Erik recommended. He had endured a long, painful conversatoin with Kurt and Sharon that very evening, and then agreed to simply cut ties with them both. No charges would be pressed; he had, stupidly, believed them when they had said that no harm would come to anyone.

It was only a few months later that he had promised his son a trip into the city and had handed him the keys to his car; Charles loved buttons, knobs, the like. Go get the engine started, hmm? I'll get our coats. Minutes later, Brian heard an immense bang, and had run outside to see the car engulfed in flames...and his son ten yards away, crumpled in a heap. The guilt, of course, has been all-consuming, but three years later Brian has begun to truly internalize what the adult version of his son and his partner had told him. The Expanse, as they called it, makes things happen that need to happen. It's certainly not a coincidence that the Charles that visited him that day and his own son have sustained similar injuries.

For some reason, his boy needs to be injured in this way, as cruel as it may be. However, he has taken extra steps to ensure that Charles's future remains bright. When it became clear that the tension in Europe was tightening and tightening, Brian decided to take action and find the Lehnsherr family, bring them here. Spare Erik a life of pain, and bring him here, to Charlie. And so that's how he's found himself here, welcoming this family in need into his own home. This boy in need. Different, certainly. He doesn't seem to speak, and his green eyes are dark. Not vacant, but certainly not present, except when they settle on Charlie.

That mere fact helps Brian believe that he's done the right thing. He grins when Ruth addresses Charles as an equal, so unlike the other children his age typically do. "Oh!" squeaks his boy, evidently surprised by her forwardness, but he can see an excited smile on his face. "Yes! You can teach me. I will do the hands, I can do that! If my dad says I can, I mean," he adds, eyeing Brian sheepishly.

Brian chuckles. "Sure, you can let Ruthie teach you to drive very fast, if you're home by supper."

Charles beams. "Okay! We just have to be home by supper," he tells the girl. Dad, I think he's hurting, Charlie whispers to him privately, only mere seconds before Iakov and Edie speak up.

Brian observes Erik as he sways, hand wrapped, and remembers the complex brace his adult counterpart wore. "Oh, certainly," Brian says gently. "Charlie's doctor is excellent. I can ring him up now, if you want? He can be over this evening. Consider it an exchange for teaching Charlie to cook, hmm?"

The statement, so incredibly simple on Brian's part, has a profound effect on the Lehnsherrs, who had been deprived of anything approaching human decency for the past four years. Edie swipes at her eyes, instead offering the man a smile. "I just don't want him to hurt," she says, and it's with a rough inhale that sees her straightening up to control herself. The past month has been the worst of her life. In a funny way, if she knew of Brian's struggles, well. She can relate, having had no ability to stop her son from sustaining an injury she cannot expect is temporary.

"I will have you running your very own restaurant, that is how good you will be," Iakov says to Charles with an abrupt nod. This, he understands well. Exchange for exchange, such is the way of things in Litzmannstadt. Ironically it serves to make him a little less suspicious of this whole endeavor. He truly had nowhere else to turn, but he can't deny the strangeness of having been selected in this way. He decides not to bring it up in front of the children, preferring unsanitized answers. Erik rubs listlessly at the gauze, pawing at it the way an animal does when their broken limbs are confined. The tears fall down his cheeks, and he doesn't have presence of mind to be rid of them, even though the rest of his bearing is vacant.

Ruthie studies all of this critically. "He got hurt, a Nazi," she tells the other adult, knowing her own family members are less inclined to be honest around another child. But she isn't beholden to this. "He smashed, with big rock. I will join army and fight them. Remove all Nazis from my home. They take people. Took neighbors. Ima said they put on big train. To take to burn them."

"Atzor, Ruthie. Now, let's not distress these lovely people, OK? I promise we will talk more about it later. Why don't we get you two settled in your rooms? You can tell Charles about your favorite plane on the way." Edie mouths thank-you over Charles's shoulder.

Brian nods to Ruthie, affording her full sincerity and attention. People often talk down to children, or don’t take them seriously. He began to notice that more fully after Charles’s injury, how adults treat children. After that, he made a vow to always remember that children are human beings, too, with experiences and feelings and motivations as unique as any adult’s. Certainly they require guidance, patience, and grace, but also respect. “I’m glad that you wish to fight for what is right, Ruthie,” Brian tells her earnestly. “I’m sorry that they hurt your brother’s hand.”

It’s then that he turns to acknowledge Erik, who is picking at his bandage as if he can’t understand why it’s there. The boy functions with some sort of profound impairment at the moment, which isn’t entirely unsurprising, for Brian remembers what his elder counterpart explained to him. “Dr. Spivak will bring something to make it feel better, okay?” Erik’s eyes are distant, unfocused, but he deserves to be addressed directly, too. “I’m sorry that it hurts, kiddo.” He looks down at his son next. “Why don’t you go ahead and show Ruthie and Erik to their rooms, Charlie? Erik is right across from you, and Ruthie is down the hall, on the other side of the linen closet. She gets the biggest, because she’s the only girl,” Brian says, winking at her. “I want to talk to Mr. and Mrs. Lehnsherr and Mr. Eisenhardt for a moment.”

Charles nods fiercely. He’s still young and quite small, and so he can’t push himself in his chair for all too long, but he should be just fine for this sojourn, and he knows that Charlie wants to do more on his own as he grows older. “Okay, I will,” he promises, and then looks to Ruthie. “Follow me, we have to take the lift because I can’t get up the stairs, but you can take the lift too as much as you want!” Brian watches as his son leads Erik and Ruthie toward the lift that he’d had installed over a year ago, to enable Charles to have access to each level of the house.

When they’re gone, he smiles to the remaining adults, but it’s less of a veneer and more understanding, empathetic. “Dr. Spivak is Charlie’s doctor. He was actually born in Russia, but his family came to this country right before the revolution. He’s Jewish,” Brian informs. “He got me in touch with the rabbi from his synagogue. Rabbi Bloch helped me ensure that our kitchen is ready for you, Mr. Lehnsherr, and also helped us ready all your rooms. They all have mezoozuhs, and a whole bunch of stuff that he thought you mighta lost back in Poland.” He mispronounces the word, but his enthusiasm, eagerness is clear. “But if you need anything at all, tell me, or tell Dr. Spivak. He’s a good doctor, and a friend. He said you’re welcome at his synagogue.”

This man, Iakov can't help but think, is strange. If he's sincere, which he does appear to be, it's... nice, he has to grant. For someone to put that much consideration into it. Of course, being kosher isn't extremely relevant to him - most would call them modern, even though they did go to shul every week. The times were changing, and they as a family had decided to keep up, even if their own parents would deride assimilation. It turns out they might have been right. After all, no one cared that Iakov and Edie weren't overly kosher and didn't pray three times a day or stop using electricity on Shabbat.

"That's truly appreciated, Dr. Xavier," Edie says, her English better than her husband and daughter's. "We are not supremely religious, I should add, but having little things like a mezuzah," she grins a little, not exactly correcting him, but she can't help it. It's cute. "That's important. We wanted Erik and Ruthie to know their culture, where they come from," she says softly, a hand resting on Iakov's shoulder. "When they converted it all to Litzmannstadt, we lost that ability."

"You are a good man, Dr. Xavier," Kovie says gruffly, but even Brian can tell it's a case of hidden gratitude. "Preparing the kitchen, asking your friend. We will not forget it."


On the way up the stairs, Arnold, an orange tabby, jumps up into Erik's arms entirely without warning. Ruth grins. "He is that way. Animals, always. Even birds. Squirrels. They should be scary. Not for Erik," she pats him on the knee. Arnold has instinctively taken residence on his left shoulder, purring loudly. Erik doesn't seem bothered at all. She ducks into her spacious room and her eyes bug out of her head.

"Ale jazda! What do I do with all this!" Ruth, after all, is accustomed to sleeping on the floor, usually on top of a pile of clothes so her parents can have the two cots. Ruth worked in the factory too, but sewing was much easier than manual labor. Erik creeps forward, and Ruth tugs him further when she notices he's lagging behind. It seems abrupt, but she explains, "he gets to be... sticking. Not move. You can move him, it won't hurt. He won't fight. To help to room. To do things he needs."

Erik creeps forward, and Ruth tugs him further when she notices he's lagging behind. It seems abrupt, but she explains, "he gets to be... sticking. Not move. You can move him, it won't hurt. He won't fight. To help to room. To do things he needs."

Brian flushes a bit and looks down at his shoes. “It’s truly nothing at all,” he tells them. “We only really know what they write in the papers, about what’s going on over there. I can only imagine that it’s ten times worse than what they write.” Brian clasps his hands behind his back then and straightens up. “Well! I’m sure you three are all exhausted. Would you like a cup of coffee or some tea? Something to eat? Or would you like to find your rooms and settle in a bit?”

Brian notices their threadbare clothing and assumes that whatever fills their suitcases isn’t much better. He wishes to offer to buy them all a whole wardrobe of new clothing each, but expects that Edie and Iakov don’t wish to be recipients of excessive charity; they seem like honest, hardworking people. “Perhaps, if you’d like, I can offer an advance on your salary to enable you to replenish anything you’ve lost or haven’t been able to take with you? We’re just a ten-minute drive into town, which has all you’ll ever need for clothing, shoes, essentials.”

“Arnold!” Charles chirps when the cat jumps on the strange boy, following slowly behind them as they make their way down the landing. Though both seem unbothered, with Ruth even insisting that this is normal, Charles wishes to make these two feel welcome, like Dad said. Ruth is nice and wants to show him how to drive fast and doesn’t seem to care that he’s a cripple, and he likes her. They could maybe be real friends. And Erik is okay, too, even though he doesn’t talk. His brain is full of pictures and shapes, and it seems like he can surpass the barrier in Charles’s head more than most can.

Charles wants him to like it here, too. “If you don’t want Arnold to jump on you, just push him down,” Charles tells them both, but mostly Ruth because he doesn’t know if Erik understands. “It won’t hurt, he’s a cat.” He waits for Ruth to check out her bedroom and then help guide Erik down the hall toward his, right across from Charles’s own. “Here, this is where you sleep,” he tells the boy, pushing open the door. It’s a spacious room with a big bay window, overlooking the back courtyard.

There’s a large four-post bed, a dresser, a walk-in closet, a desk, and a door to an en-suite bathroom. Everything is paneled in wood, with bright blue curtains to match the bedding and rugs. “Oh! Dad told me to tell you both that if you need anything, just tell him or me,” he rattles. “If you like books or toys or art or sports or anything. There’s nothing in your rooms right now but we can get stuff so that it’s yours.”

Rather than push the cat down, Erik nuzzles his head against the creature's, humming lowly under his breath like he's mimicking Arnold's purr. It speaks to a good deal more awareness than even Ruth seems to understand he has, but his attention doesn't fix on the room when he lurches inside, so it's evidently selective how his focus pulls from moment to moment. As far as Charles can tell with his limited extrasensory function, Erik must be exposed to a constant bombardment of stimulus that even Charles, whose brain is primed to receive excessive data, cannot comprehend in a meaningful way.

But rather than drown him, his own mind has rendered it protectively incoherent, save for the colors and shapes he can fuzzily perceive. Everything to Erik is loud and immense. Voices overlap in languages he can't speak, millions of them that blend together in buzzing cacophony. Endless, plunged into the depths, Erik struggles to make sense of where and even who he is. It's so intense that he can do nothing but be subjected to all, consciousness stretched over eons. Echoing backward and forward in all directions, infinitely.

Is he intelligent? Can he understand? Or is he merely a sieve, doomed to perceive that which he will never engage. He doesn't look at Charles when the boy speaks, gazing over his shoulder instead, but the older boy and his newly acquired feline companion inch closer. He twists the fingers of his good hand as though playing an invisible piano, and the two other children notice an array of brightly colored sparks erupt above them, soundless, like fireworks, which fall onto them benignly and dissipate into their clothes, offering a sensation of fuzzy warmth. 

Ruth grins. "That, too. You want to see magic trick?" She pulls a folded pocket knife from it's holster under her shirt and flips it open. "Stand back. Ah. Roll back?" She smirks and when Charles is safely clear, throws it up in the air at a spin. Charles sees it then, in his mind's eye, how Ruthie's brows narrow and everything around her slows down to a interminable crawl. She watches shrewdly and then weaves through, easy and simple. In life, it sails above her head at high speed, then she jerks her knee up to bounce it over to her foot, and does a little twirl before catching it in her hand behind her back. "Tada!!!" she gives a dramatic bow.

Charles is dumbfounded. First, the sparks from Erik’s fingers, and then this, Ruth’s display of her incredible speed. They’re both like him! Like him and his aunt Caroline, who can do weird things that other people can’t! Dad told him once that there are others out there, but his world is so small and he’s surrounded by people who aren’t special, and he had begun to think that Dad was wrong. But Ruth and Erik, all the way from Poland, are special. Not in the same way, but it doesn’t matter.

Charles grins widely and begins to laugh, clapping for Ruth with enthusiasm. “Wow! You’re so fast, I saw it in your head, how everything got real slow!” he beams. “Because, because I can do that, I can see in people’s heads!” he explains, hurried, too rushed, but oh so excited. “I can hear what people think sometimes, and me and Dad can even talk to each other, and he said that one day I can probably learn how to talk to others, too. But you’re like me! We can do magic tricks! Even Erik can make sparkles come from his fingers!!”

Ruth laughs, the sound bright and carefree. "We think Erik, he is very strong with power. We see, but he is not with control. When the Nazi come to our house and hurt, all the things we own became floating. Moved, like a hurricane. But he won't hurt. He doesn't hurt. People get scary, if you have different way to be. Even us. Just Jews, not scary. People said we control the world, like evil monster. Cause all the bad in world. You say you hear my thinking?! But people are so dumb! You must wish to roll them over their feet," she smirks, one arm crossed over her chest cockily. "We are special, ima says. People get scared of special. But she and aba not scared. Your aba, not scared. Some good people," she decides with a nod.

Ruth’s English isn’t perfect, but Charles remembers what Dad said, about how people from different places speak other languages. He’d asked Charles once how he would feel if he had to move to a new country where they didn’t speak the language and couldn’t understand anyone, and he said that it would be hard. So he’s impressed by Ruth and her ability to make herself understood. Because he’s enraptured by her; a girl near his age who wants to talk to him, treats him like an equal.

A girl who can do magic tricks and knows what it’s like to be different. “Some good people,” he agrees fiercely. “Dad…he wants me to go out more and meet more kids and do more things, but he’s afraid that I’ll get sad when I hear them,” he admits softly. “Because people think mean things about me, on account of my being a cripple. And I do get sad. But maybe I shouldn’t. Maybe if you come with me, I won’t be sad.”

Ruth clomps over to him, given her feet are clad in heavy boots, not at all typical for any girl that Charles knows. His mother had only worn dresses and heels, her neck lined with silver and gold. Concerned only with being proper, it's refreshing to see the trappings of their society haven't dulled Ruthie's senses. "If they think mean, tell me and I will scare them away," she promises. "Before the ghetto, people do the same, to my brother. Call him retard, he should be drowned, stupid and things. I make them regret it," she says with a quick grin. "No one insult my friends or the family. I am very scary." Erik, from his corner of the room, hums in agreement.


Over the next few years, the Lehnsherrs ingratiate themselves within Greymalkin Estate rather easily. Both Kovie and Edie are hard workers, with Kovie often allowing Charles to shadow him in the kitchen to the point Charles can soon be trusted to produce simple dishes on his own, and he's very proud when certain dishes at dinner have been made solely by his hand.

Ruthie begins attending a rather posh private school, where she absolutely does not belong and is the consistent bane of her teacher's lives, literally sneaking out of the window to tromp around the forest or study airplane schematics in the library. Erik, having struggled in his own room, soon moved in with Charles where it's discovered that his nightmares ease acutely in the presence of the boy who he has become inseparable from.

Where one finds Charles they typically find Erik, his silent sentry. The first time Charles realizes there's more to him is during an excursion into their neighborhood where a group of older children had surrounded Charles, mocking him. One threw a stone and before it could hit its intended target, Erik showed up in a flurry of raging light, exploding the rock over their heads and shoving them back in a wall of force so great they all land on their bottoms.

He screams at them, the noise otherworldly and terrifying, and they scatter. They never bother Charles again, and Charles has found a stalwart friend in his unusual housemate. Erik talks a little more as he grows into his thirteenth year, but most of what comes out is, as Mr. Fuller puts it, gobbledegook. Ruthie somehow obtains good grades despite never attending class, and at one point her instructor had a sit-down with Brian to explain he was certain she had plagiarized a particularly poignant essay on Hebrew poetry.

She of course insisted otherwise, but eventually admitted to Brian she found it in her room and figured Charles must have helped her, like he always does. It's only then that they all realize after Charles gets into a bit of trouble with Brian for said academic dishonesty, that it wasn't Charles at all, and never had been over years of mathematics assignments and literature reports. They're all stymied, and the only other culprit, the Lehnsherrs, firmly deny knowing anything about it. Brian believes them all, so it just leaves a mystery.

When Arnold gets hurt falling from a tree on their property (Erik ensures he doesn't wander off too far), Charles can feel Erik's sorrow and distress as he eases the animal's suffering and wraps up its little paw just like his own hand is wrapped. Dr. Spivak had needed to consult a hand surgeon, diagnosing Erik's condition as Volkmann's contracture. His fingers are now gently stabilized in a complicated looking turnbuckle brace that prevents him from damaging them. They also learn that Erik is not mentally retarded. Spivak's colleague, a psychiatrist named Lerner, recognizes the boy may be suffering from a form of schizophrenia categorized by autistic reference, meaning Erik is turned in on himself.

He sees and hears things that aren't there. Only Charles has the intuition to guess that they are, but like his own mutation, others simply aren't prescient enough to sense them. Ruthie, likewise, has become a true friend. She considers Charles like a brother, where Erik and he have a less linear relationship. Erik is different, more gentle with him than his sister, who he often pokes and then runs away playfully. With Charles he protects, he helps. During exam studies, Erik shows him chemical equations painstakingly with each atom rotated slowly for him to observe. No one stupid can do that.


It's the weekend and they're all at home, and Kovie (no longer Mr. Lehnsherr to any of the Xaviers) sits with Brian, Ruth, Edie, Charles and Erik as he hands each of them a bowl with a piece of his award-winning cheesecake contained within. It's the first time he's made it since their deportation to the ghetto, and he smiles a little as they try it. Also a rare expression for the man, even though all of them know by now that he is fond of them.

"Now, if you do not like it, just lie to me," he jokes dryly. Kovie has come to display a rather deadpan sense of humor, opening up a little more as their lives have improved.

Ruth practically annihilates hers, and sneaks some of Erik's, since she knows her brother isn't incredibly partial to sweets. Erik pokes his spoon into it, though, as if considering whether to eat it.

For the first time in his life, Charles has friends. True friends, who actually want to be with him, who aren't afraid of him, who don't think of him as that crippled rich kid. Ruth is fearless and bold and never hesitates to being Charles along with her on her scores of adventures, pushing him in his wheelchair when his arms grow tired or the terrain too rough. Charles's aide, Ms. Rosie, is furious at first, believing Charles's health too delicate for such capers, but Brian overrules her. He thought that they were done for once, when he and Ruth slipped through a side door one afternoon, Charles drenched from head-to-toe after his chair toppled over in the creek, but his father just chuckled and instructed him to change his clothes before Ms. Rosie found out.

He gets to be a child. They play outside on sunny days and inside when the weather is bad. Charles teaches Ruth to play chess and Ruth teaches Charles to play everything else. They sometimes argue, as children do, but for the most part, they get along beautifully. And then...there's Erik. Erik still doesn't really speak, but Charles now knows that it's not because he's intellectually impaired. In fact, Erik is quite intelligent, even if he still can't make himself understood. He sees and hears things that aren't there, a condition with a complicated name only exacerbated by his incredible ability.

Sometimes Charles witnesses it with his telepathy; Erik at the threshold of something so vast that Charles can't even begin to comprehend it. A million lives, a million realities. Everything from the past and the future. Erik recieves it all, and it buckles his brain. But who could ever hope to function normally within society with all that going on? WIthin a few months of their arrival, Erik began sneaking in to his room at night, after Ms. Rosie put him to bed.

At first, the adults tried to forbid it with locks on both of their doors, but somehow, Erik managed to find his way inside. Brian chatted with the Lehnsherrs, who agreed to allow an additional bed to be moved into Charles's room, and Erik has slept there each night since. Pretty soon after, Ms. Rosie would arrive in the morning to ready Charles for the day to find him already dressed, bathed, and with his hair combed. The aide was soon dismissed, for her services were no longer needed; somehow, the boy who can't talk or look people in the eye had managed to assert himself as Charles's protector, his aide, his constant companion.

At first, Charles didn't know what to make of it, a boy not much older than he looking after him like this, but he quickly began to rely on Erik for more things than just his care. Erik became his confidant, his friend. He doesn't speak with words, but his mental voice soon began to develop with more clarity. The pair of them can communicate effectively; and the Lehnsherr family is beside themselves with joy when they learn that Charles can truly understand their boy better than anyone ever has. It's a happy life. The dynamic of employer/employees falls away quickly; Brian and the Lehnsherrs are now true friends, just as their children are.

They help each other, care for each other, and both Xaviers often acknowledge how lucky they are to have these wonderful people in their lives.

"Hey, save some for Erik," tuts Charles as Ruth steals a large bite of her brother's cheesecake. He, too, cares for Erik in many ways, and so he takes the spoon from the boy and gathers a bit of cake on it. He then wraps Erik's good hands back around the spoon and guides it toward Erik's lips, but stops a few inches away. Have a bite, Erik, it's good, he encourages, using their telepathic connection as usual. Just one, and if you don't like it, Ruth will eat it. Please?

Where Charles requires assistance with some more basic tasks like dressing and bathing, Erik Lehnsherr has stepped up and established himself rather firmly and without fail as the one who does so. At first Charles balks at this, before realizing how much easier and simpler things get as a result of the immense power within the young adolescent. No more fussing with buttons or awkward transfers, Erik conducts it all with an ease that allows Charles to feel truly independent, even handling more private functions that embarrass Charles something fierce with a light, gentle pass of his ability. Charles found he doesn't need to wrangle with catheters or hold-bars any longer, for Erik just knows what he needs and before he ever has time to grow uncomfortable it's taken care of.

Initially it makes Charles feel awkward and dependent, but as they weave closer together it becomes apparent that it isn't just Erik who assists Charles like a nurse instead of a friend. Rather, they have become entirely reliant upon one another, for where Charles struggles physically, his companion does within his mind. This is a realm Charles navigates with ease, and he's the first to understand that Erik isn't an invalid at all, not that the Lehnsherrs ever used such words to describe their son, considering this language hostile and unbecoming.

Intellectually impaired is their preferred nomenclature, until Charles breaks the news diplomatically that Erik is in fact highly intelligent, he just has a deficit in separating what he perceives, a massive amount of information no human can parse, with what is occurring all around him. As Charles gets stronger in his telepathy, Erik becomes more accessible to him. Days of staring into nothing immobile get fewer and farther between. Erik looks at people when they speak, now. He smiles at people.

He has begun chattering in Charles's mind, a slow trickle at first which opens into a sparkling waterfall of shocking wit and repartee. Charles is delighted when Ms. Rosie tells him to be mindful of his condition and a voice, clear as a bell between them, snorts and proclaims and they call me retarded. Looking over at him, Erik gives Charles a wink as his good hand settles on Charles's chair, shooing the woman away. Their connection is apparent to all who would witness it, even in these small ways.

Erik has difficulty engaging with the outside world, so Charles becomes his dutiful translator, and he finally is able to communicate to his mother that he loves her. To his father that he is proud of him, to his sister that she will succeed in her goals. Without Charles, Erik is bereft. Charles is also the one who explains to the adults that Erik's nightmares aren't nightmares at all. They're real, lived timelines where those close to him and himself suffer brutally. Brian dies. His parents die. Ruthie, dead. Millions of people turned to ash. Where he is subjected to abuses incomprehensible in magnitude, as if it's happening to his own tiny body.

Charles is the one to ease these horrors, entering Erik's mind to sift through the strands of his consciousness and separate them out from the milieu of tragedy. Helping him to remember, when he sees his mother's face destroyed by a bullet, to overlay her gentle features intact and smiling as she is in life. So it goes, with the two forming a vibrant and intricate bond, two halves of one whole. Just like Brian recalls from that fateful day he met their adult counterparts.

With Charles's hand embracing his own, Erik obliges the request from his best friend and link itself to the world around them, taking a few bites of the treat with a hum. His pleasure broadcasts in little sparkles all throughout the room, and a shy grin as he nudges his shoulder into Charles's. With Erik he doesn't even need his chair half the time, and for now he's kept balanced easily on the floor alongside Erik. Aba made this at Bialicki's, he says as Charles helps him sort his own memories from so many others.

Malt-liquor chocolate with habanero, twaróg and cardamom. And little blueberries. Sernik jagodowy, his voice in their minds is deep and soft. Outwardly, it's hoarse from discuss as he adds in his lilting accent, "aba, no cheese pizza. Not allowed, you'll have a seizure. Adrenal glands will atrophy, from cheese pizza. Cheese... hmmm... just spanakopita."

Kovie arcs a brow, but pats Erik on the back. "Spanakopita, Erikleh. You want that, ah? We'll have some for dinner. Charlie can make the phyllo, with your help." He smiles at his son.

Charles, held upright in Erik's thrall, follows him down the winding path in his head. The memories that aren't Erik's own often feel native to him, but Charles, with his own ability, can often sort out which are and which aren't. The ones of cheese pizza and seizures are certainly not is own; cheese pizza isn't even readily available to them. They aren't in Italy. But when they don't wind Erik up or disturb him, Charles doesn't correct him, for there isn't harm in it. "Yes, let's help make span..spankopyta," Charles agrees, mispronouncing the new word.

His arm is wrapped around Erik beside him, as it often is, for Erik likes to be held by him. Charles doesn't mind it at all, except when he gets a twitch or a tremor, but Erik is usually quick to respond to that anyway. In fact, Erik seems to know when he's about to have one, or have any other ailment. Last winter, Charles fell really, really ill with pneumonia, but they were prepared for it, because Erik alerted Brian a day before Charles began exhibiting symptoms. They were prepared with medication (of Brian's own formulation, for there are no approved antivirals on the market yet) and supplies to help his weak lungs through the illness.

Erik never left his side, protective as always. "Erik is a good helper," Charles adds, always eager to talk his friend up. "He helped me make the lemon soup yesterday! He squeezed all the juice for me, just like that," he snaps his fingers to indicate that the juice merely appeared in his measuring cup, wrung from the lemons in his power.

"And it was delicious," Brian adds, his own plate of cheesecake already empty. "As was this cake, Kovie. You've outdone yourself yet again." Brian claps his friend on the back. "You ever think about reopening a restaurant out here?"

"I have some thoughts of it," Kovie murmurs in his typical quiet cadence, taking his own seat with his piece. He tries his creation and lets out a soft inhale. It's been a long time since he's been able to cook so freely, and the Xavier family are always eager to try new foods even if they haven't heard of many of Kovie's Greek-inspired, Yiddish or Polish creations. And he's kept his promise, teaching Charles all about the different ways ingredients work together to form results, and little tips and tricks to have them conform how he wishes. Charles has become competent in this arena, with Erik's help, ensuring he doesn't grow tired stirring or mixing.

These days, though, it's Erik who tends to look after their dinner, materializing full feasts out of thin air, much to all of their shock (except for Charles, who just laughs with delight). It's given Kovie the opportunity to really think about his future, but he isn't in much of a hurry, still very grateful to his friend for all Brian has done. But, with Erik doing the work these days, he will admit to feeling odd accepting a salary for slouching on his ass, to pardon his phrasing.

"I have thought perhaps to begin my own business, something to leave the children when I grow old. A legacy, maybe," he gestures with his palms. "But Charles tells me the other day, Erik wants to be physicist! I suppose physics is useful for cooking. Physicist," he laughs gently. "We were fools, ah? To think you were not aware. Smarter than me, I did not know what even a neutron was before he tells me, Charles sees information in neutrons."

Erik hides his expression in Charles's shoulder. Neutrinos, aba. Neutrons have far more mass than neutrinos, and they are part of atomic nuclei whereas neutrinos are fundamental particles only affected by the weak force, he sways from side to side, his bad arm lazily resting against Charles's side.

Charles curls his arm tighter around Erik, always protective of his friend. Often, Erik leans in to him like this, when he’s uncomfortable accepting praise, or simply when the world becomes too much to bear. Charles has learned how to read Erik’s moods and anticipate them too, much like how Erik anticipates what he needs. “Erik wants me to tell you that they’re called neutrinos,” Charles politely informs. “He explained what they are, but I don’t think you care to know exactly.” Charles giggles, holding Erik tighter affectionately. “But they’re different than neutrons.”

Brian chuckles as well. “If you want to open a restaurant, you have my full support. And, if Erik wants to be a physicist, maybe I can start taking him to the lab with me,” he suggests, eyeing Edie. “There’s a lot to be learned about physics in chemistry, and vice versa. Would you like that, Erik?”

Charles turns to Erik. What do you think? He often does this, re-asks Erik a question, because the boy sometimes doesn’t understand or register that he’s been addressed directly. Charles helps him navigate that much more easily. You could go to the lab with my dad. It might be more fun than sitting in the library while I’m getting my lessons.

Both Edie and Erik look somewhat nervous at the suggestion, with Erik only doing so after Charles tells him what Brian has suggested. Erik nudges a little closer in response; it's something the adults have noticed as well and aren't certain is healthy, their degree of dependence on one another, but they also cannot deny how much Erik and Charles have both respectively improved and continue to do so. A few years ago such a conversation between them all would be positively unthinkable.

Erik's mind is stormy, afraid of being adrift on his own in an unfamiliar place without support. Not that he believes Charles is ever obliged to assist him, which he ensures to press back softly. Other adults also don't ever understand Erik, often growing frustrated with him, causing him to become afraid. Kline and Müller were like that, always hitting him and yelling at him when he didn't know how to speak or respond. Edie had hope maybe Erik didn't remember these years, that maybe before Charles he hadn't the awareness at all, but they know now that isn't the case. He very much does, and he's wary around strangers.

Charles notices it as well, how Erik always stands in front of him at the ready whenever someone new visits the Manor. "The lab?" Erik whispers audibly. "Experiments? Make, make me. Have injections, blood. Blood, take my blood? Take your medicine, boy. Don't want medicine." He looks at Charles, haunted. He wants to take me to a laboratory? I -- "-Aah," Erik moans unhappily.

Edie moves to his other side and gathers him in a hug. "Never. I won't ever let that happen to you. But you might like to see, hm, some good experiments? With particles and chemicals. Never on people. Just in tubes and beakers. Microscopes. I bet you could help Brian make all kinds of concoctions. Just like you did last winter, neshamole."

The spike of fear is evident to Charles immediately, and Erik’s brain begins to expose him to things that, once again, don’t belong to him. In an alternate life, the Lehnsherrs never escaped Poland, and Erik was taken prisoner while his family was killed. He was tortured, experimented on, used as a lab rat. This is where his mind often strays, to these darker universes. Charles rubs Erik’s back, too, as Edie hugs him.

No medicine or blood, Charles promises. That’s another Erik. Not you or me. My dad won’t make you take medicine, he tells the boy simply, for simple is often best. Remember when you helped dad make that medicine for me when I was sick? You could do more of that.

Brian smiles sadly. “I didn’t mean to scare you, kiddo. I promise no one will take your blood or make you take anything. You don’t have to come with me if you don’t want.”

“No, we should go,” Charles insists. “But I’ll come, too. Erik doesn’t like to be away from me for too long.” Okay? he asks his friend privately. I’ll come with you.

Chapter 97: One year a falcon left her brood & in her absence from the wood

Chapter Text

It has a buoying effect; Charles deciding to come with him appears to instantly put Erik at ease. His eyes close as two of the people he cares most about in the world comfort him, and he trembles a little as those visions of another place gradually leech away from his perception. Not there, whispers his thoughts. Not in the bad place. With Charles and Brian and Ruthie. This is the good place. "Brian is here," he says aloud. "A good place. I can see the little sparrows," he smiles. "Look, a small thing. From the beginning. 500 million years!" he laughs as his good hand lifts and the tiniest amoeba, enlarged to be visible to the naked eye, appears swirling in water that's kept neatly in a pool. 

Ruthie elbows her way in to peer at it. "That is so cool," she grins, using an English word the boys in her school often say. "It looks like a bug!" Her own English has gotten immensely better over the last few years, almost fluent. Ruthie historically has never been very interested in her studies on the surface, and for all intents and purposes does not seem to be as smart as her brother or his friend. But one would be foolish to presume this, considering Ruthie understands very complex and technical concepts like vectors and scale, trigonometry, calculus, meteorology, air combat maneuvers, logistics, instrument and visual flight rules, and engine mechanics from a variety of different craft.

At only fifteen years old, Ruth Lehnsherr already has begun the process of obtaining her first pilot's license, thanks to some finagling by Brian to waive the age requirements. Money does talk, after all. So it makes sense that her linguistic skills are equally sharp. Now, whether she pays attention in class or not is another thing, but as she enters her first year of high school Brian and her parents have noticed she's become a lot more serious about her education. She's due to take the AGCT next year, and she aims to be in the highest percentage. She knows what she's up against - she's a woman. That means she has to work twice as hard to get half as far. And by all accounts, she's going farther.

Sometimes, Erik does something like this, something that surprises even Charles. To express his understanding and contentment, he has procured an amoeba, something that has existed on their planet for half a billion years. He shows it to them all in the palm of his hand, like a child showing his class his favorite pebble at show and tell.

Brian takes off his glasses to clean the lenses for a moment, a habit of his when he wants to get a better look at something. “I’ll say!” he hums, walking around the enlarged structure. “That’s really something, kiddo. I agree with your sister, it does look like a bug,” he chuckles.

Charles rubs Erik’s side fondly. “That is cool,” he agrees. “A small thing. Erik can see all the small things,” he informs the others, always eager to brag about his friend. “Arnold had fleas, but Erik got them off of him! He sent them somewhere else so they don’t bite Arnold. But even fleas are huge compared to things like this, and Erik can see them all.”

“Which is exactly why I think you’ll love the lab,” Brian offers. “So much to look at. Do you know what you want to do with physics, Erik?”

When Charles translates for him, he shakes his head once. He isn't sure what he wants to do with physics, only that he wishes to learn physics. I want to help our people, he relays somewhat shyly to his friend. Mutants. Jews. Ruthie wants to fight. Nazis and bad guys. She will make an excellent warrior. Not me. Not fighting. I want to make it safe, for everybody. People who are different in other ways, like Ruthie. She is scared because she can go to prison. I want... to make a home. For everyone, to be free. Where people like you could go to school and no one will call you names because it will be OK to be crippled.

He thinks of his sister, of the phrase invert or degenerate that he hears sometimes. Horrid words, describe those who are homosexual or who cross-dress, like Ruthie has her entire life. Ruthie has often repeatedly expressed the wish that she were born male, and has admitted to her family privately that she doesn't like boys. Ruthie deserves to be safe. Charles deserves to have access to a real school, to be able to go to the movies or visit a store.

Of course, now he can and it's trivial because of Erik. He can go anywhere he likes, but it isn't the default. If Erik isn't there he might get stuck on a curb or be unable to enter an establishment. Even though he could go to school with Erik in tow they all decided not to because of the attitude of the admissions people who spoke slowly and loudly at Charles like his brain must have been in his legs. Where people like himself, like Erik, are not locked in institutions and put in straitjackets and injected with horrible drugs that make them drool and moan all day, confined in areas no bigger than a bathroom with only a mattress on the floor. Who are given brain shocks and massive insulin overdoses and often die.

That's what Erik wants to be.

The picture that Erik paints in Charles's head is lovely and complex and difficult to put into words. Charles is younger than the Lehnsherr siblings, but his mutation has afforded him quite a bit more emotional and linguistic intelligence than most boys his age, so it's not anything beyond his understanding. Yes, Charles has felt a similar pull. Some of it has to do with growing up like this, as the boy in the wheelchair, the boy with no friends, the boy who has to sit by the adults in the park because he can't play with others. For as long as he can remember, he's wished that the world they inhabit were more patient with people like him, or at least considered them when creating things.

Why should a shop have an unnecessary front step? Why shouldn't he be able to go to school? But, there's more. He's not a selfish boy, and he knows, thanks to telepathy, that he isn't the only one who feels that the world is hostile to them because of things beyond their control. Erik feels this acutely; Charles knows that he does. So do Brian, Iakov, Edie, and Ruth. But Erik and Charles are different, even as children, it's what drives them. The adults around them wait patiently, for they know that conversations often need to happen privately before Charles can provide an answer. But it's not an answer that Charles can easily give, not without betraying the loveliness of what Erik wishes.

"He wants to help people," Charles says at last, tucking Erik in closer to his side. "Not just as a job, but with his whole entire life. Everything he does, he wants it to be helping. People like me who are crippled, or Ruth who wants to just be able to do what she wants. Or him, whose brain is different, or you all who are Jewish. He wants to make a safe place for us all, who are different and who the world is mean to, sometimes."

Brian observes the pair of them thoughtfully for a moment; he's never told anyone about the encounter with their elder counterparts. Not even his own son. But when Charles expresses Erik's plans for the future, he couldn't be more happy and less surprised. Erik wants to do exactly what his elder self does. They were right. The Expanse self-corrects. This boy, who a year ago didn't speak at all, has made plans to make an actual difference in the world...all because they were all brought together like this. "I don't doubt for a moment that you will be successful, Erik," Brian says firmly. "You're a smart boy, and you can do it. I know you can."

Charles smiles at Dad, and then translates for Erik. He says you'll be successful, because you're smart. I think you will be, too. I'll help you make that place. I'll talk to everyone for you so you don't have to.

Erik grins when Charles says it to him, a swell of absolute joy bursting through his being. In part it's a response to Charles's acceptance of him, and the warmth he feels that Charles thinks it's a good idea. But another, larger part of him is thrilled that Charles desires to help. His friend helps him every day, in the most mundane of ways, thus it doesn't come as a surprise, but knowing that Charles plans to be by his side indefinitely strikes a chord within him.

"My friend," Erik whispers aloud. "Best friend. Family. My family. I. Love. You." It comes haltingly, but he tries as hard as possible to break through the infinite barrier which separates him from the outside world so that they know it, from his own being and not translated. "Helped me and aba, ima and Ruthie. Made us safe." Erik is teary-eyed, but not from sadness. It's pure gratitude. "Charles. Charlie. Charlie was sad, he lived in a house all by himself. He took some pills to die. But I found him and now we are in the stars. Charles will talk for me. He'll be a teacher. Yes, a teacher," Erik nods with certainty.

Brian shares a heartfelt look with Edie and Iakov for a moment. For people who could not come from more distinct worlds, they do have a fair amount in common, when it comes to their boys. Raising children with significant impairments, psychological or physical, has brought a lot of strife. Joy and love, of course, but fear, too, that their children, whom they love with every atom in their bodies, will not thrive. Their sons grew up lonely, often sad and mistreated, and the love of family only goes so far. Charles longed for a friend, and Erik longed to be understood. In each other they found their missing pieces.

Watching their relationship develop over the years has reaffirmed a hundred times over for Brian that the men he met that day spoke only truth. What comfort it is to know that they truly belong together. His precious son, his Charlie, has in Erik a lifelong partner. Someone who cares for him fiercely and deeply, who will be by his side as they take on a world that is primed not to accept him. "And we know that you'll take care of him, too," Brian nods with a smile, fighting back his own tears. "Won't you?"

"Da-ad," Charles groans, but he's not truly aggrieved. Erik has made him feel less uncomfortable with the idea that he needs to be cared for; he's no longer embarrassed or ashamed to require help his daily upkeep. But he also knows that Brian means it in more ways than that. "Of course he will. He's my best friend in the whole world."

As usual Erik's answer is delayed by moments, but when it comes it's no less heartfelt. Charles takes care of Erik, comes his resolute agreement. Sometimes he speaks this way, in the third person, but Charles has come to understand that it's a product of his consciousness scattered across so many different domains. He means Charles and Erik in the grand sense. Millions upon millions of them. Some Eriks need help to speak and listen. To know where they are. Like me. Some need help with feelings. With horror and despair. Sometimes I have horrors, but Charles eases them. I try to keep them all inside. So it won't hurt you, he says, pressing his forehead to the other boy's.

They're much too young yet for anything resembling their counterparts, but it seems neither are too young for the ferocity of dedication and trust. And Eriks, we help Charles. So life is easy and comfortable. And I always will. Even when I'm 900, and full of wrinkles. "Always," he stutters aloud, for good measure. He wants Brian to know that Charles is more than just taken care of in body. Erik will protect his heart, too. For difficulty doesn't always come in being unable to bathe or transfer into bed. That is inconsequential to Erik who truly doesn't even seem to notice that Charles is impaired at all.

What he cares most about is making his friend feel like he has someone on his side. Someone who will never mock him or tell him his troubles are stupid. Someone who cares about his day, or what he dreamed of last night, or what he wants to be when he grows up. I saw lots of teachers, Erik grins. But scientists, too. But you can do anything, anything you want. I'll help you get there.

The adults observe their sons, heads pressed together, a conversation private behind the confines of their skulls. Every moment like this is special for Edie and Iakov, who spent the first decade of Erik’s life protecting him fiercely from the scrutiny of their world while privately worrying about his future, too. Would their son ever find companionship? They had been told that his intellectual impairment was profound, that he functioned more like a baby than a child. To see him with Charles, a boy who he took to so immediately, a boy who likes to listen to him, speak to him, console him when the world gets to be too much brings them hope.

The future for their son had been bleak, but be there is a future to speak of. Now they know a lot more about the boy who lives in that head; they had known that he’s a gentle soul, fiercely protective, undeniably loyal, but now they know more. Charles has told them about his affinity for physics and that he doesn’t like meat because he sees too much of the animal within it, and that his love for all living creatures outweighs any desire for a hamburger. Charles nods. He doesn’t quite understand the Expanse as Erik does, but he knows that, in these other worlds, other versions of them are usually together. And isn’t that just so neat? That they’re best friends everywhere, not just here.

Erik helps Charles in more ways than that, Charles reminds his friend. You show me the world! And you listen. I never had friends before you and Ruth came. And don’t tell her, but you’re my best friend, he giggles.

“Alright, I think that a few of us might have some homework that needs doing?” Brian says after a moment, eyeing Ruth and Charles pointedly. “Or re-doing, if someone’s found that theirs is already done?” The gaze narrows in on Ruth only, now.

As for Erik, the adults in the room have still yet to uncover a proper way to really educate him, since he doesn't seem to listen to any teachers or tutors. They've tried to have him work with Mr. Fuller, but the elderly teacher had informed them kindly that Erik spent most of his allotted lessons making complicated patterns weave through the air in strands of wood and metal. Once, Erik had touched his face, bright green eyes gazing at him curiously, and he felt the old poorly healed bone in his pinky toe abruptly set itself, taking away decades of tension he hadn't even known lived in his shoes. However, the boy never did respond to his missives about literature or math.

The only upside that they can see is that Erik appears to be at an advanced level, academically, from what little they can determine. Corrections to Ruthie's work (or, as mentioned, entire assignments - the mystery solved as Charles becomes stronger in his abilities and Erik emerges more fully into their world) with writing on par with someone a decade older, or equations produced in neat letters not written from Erik's hand but rather materialized from the ether.

And he helps Charles, too, with his work. Erik didn't look to understand reading and writing, but he does, eyes tracking the words only when Charles sits against his chest holding a book open in his lap, a hand wrapped around Erik's finger to touch them and his mind swirling within his psyche to keep him grounded. He knows Shakespeare and Torah, Keats and T.H. White. Oscar Wilde, if Ruthie's analysis on the Ballad of Reading Gaol can be believed.

Ruth grins sheepishly. "I'm finished already!" She assures them with a wave of her hands.

"Ruth," Kovie intones sternly, an eyebrow raised at her.

"Well, I'm almost done," she amends.

"Mmhmm," he snorts. "Go on, the both of you." Of course, where Charles goes, Erik follows. This time Charles appears in his chair within a blink, transportation that no longer startles him since Erik evidently feels no compunction with appearing and disappearing him at random. In Erik's hands, two folders shwoop into existence and he holds them out playfully. They are, of course, completed homework assignments. As near as Brian can tell, Erik's knowledge may not come from a pure genius intellect as it does from his simple understanding of many Eriks, sharing in what they have learned like a sieve. It explains why he can write a thesis on wave functions without having studied them.

Charles sometimes wishes that Erik gets to go to school, too. Even though he had to do school from home with Mr. Fuller, Charles loves school, and his lessons are several years more advanced than those of a typical nine-year-old. He’s already taking trigonometry and reads at a college level, and Brian has told him that they’re going to have to find new tutors soon because he’s outpacing old Mr. Fuller. Charles knows that Dad is trying to convince Ruth’s school to let Charles enroll, but he’s not gotten very far, so Charles doesn’t ask. It would make Dad sad. But Erik is the smartest boy in the world in many ways, Charles thinks, and smart boys should be in school. Until Charles told everyone that Erik isn’t retarded, they all thought that he was.

Charles knows that Edie and Iakov had tried to teach him back in Poland, but that was back when Erik couldn’t really hear or see much of the world around him and couldn’t talk at all, so it hadn’t been very successful. Mr. Fuller had tried too, starting 12-year-old Erik on a curriculum designed for someone half of his age, but Erik had just gotten bored. There’s no use in trying to make someone like Erik, whose brain thinks in patterns and equations, read books meant for six-year-olds. So Erik doesn’t go to school, but he does sit by Charles when he’s doing homework, and Mr. Fuller lets him sit in the library with them during school hours, provided he’s quiet and occupies himself.

Erik doesn’t really need it, Charles knows, but he still wishes that Erik had the chance to experience it, too. At least Erik is happy enough with all of Brian’s books and papers, for the most part. And happy to finish Charles’s and Ruth’s homework for them.

“Now, Erik, you can’t keep finishing their work for them,” tuts Brian, though there’s a twinkle in his eye still. “Homework is important, it helps Charles and Ruth test their knowledge. If you do it for them, they may not learn.” He takes the folders from the young boy, and then smiles fondly down at him. “Maybe it’s time to give you some homework of your own, eh? Some physics homework? I can ask one of the professors to send some over.”

Erik reaches the fingers of his good hand toward Brian and lays them on his cheek, a sensation of crackling warmth easing in his chest the way embers flicker brightly in their fireplace. Erik truly can't express his gratitude to the man who took in their family, whose devotion to his own child is so apparent. Brian's love is evident in everything he does, and Erik remembers what it was like growing up without his parents. Without Edie and Iakov, his world was much darker and more bereft. Pieces of him hacked away carelessly by those who only wished to use him for his mutation.

He knows that Brian and his parents protect him relentlessly from those who would do the same, often bringing Charles to any appointments so they can keep tabs on how the doctors consider Erik once they realize what he can do, since he often isn't cognizant enough to understand that he should hide. Mr. Fuller had been another individual thoroughly investigated before being permitted to enter their home, as are any staff members who look after the Estate. First and foremost they need to be all right with strange displays, but they also can't go running off to tell the nearest paper or scientist. That being said, the adults know full well that Erik has an indomitable offensive capacity.

A year and a half prior, a group of burglars break in while the family is home in their living area as they are now. The shotgun one aims at Brian melts into ashes, and Erik advances on him with a dark scowl on his face. Erik utterly horrifies the men, blasting them through a wall into a room into which every atom explodes; a heavily destructive antimatter detonation. Iakov and Edie yell frantically, dripping worry and concern that their son has just obliterated some guys. Of course, it's only in the aftermath that both they as well as the stunned Brian and Charles, as well as the ne'er-do-wells, realize that Erik hasn't harmed them at all.

The room neatly weaves itself back together, and when the dust settles they all find the men suspended in a protective sphere. It is pure flash, a warning of what he can do if they continue. They absolutely do not persist, and run away screaming once Erik lets them go. So, they all have to acknowledge, it's not likely Erik could be made to do anything he doesn't wish to do. But of course Charles knows him better than that, and explains to his dad that it's because Erik hadn't been directly targeted, his family had. In the ghetto, though he had his powers, at the mercy of Müller and Kline, Erik never lashed out back at them, even when they hurt his hand so badly.

(Charles does expect that one day Erik will be able to fix it, just like he did Mr. Fuller's pinky toe, but Erik's mind often isn't connected to his own body.) As Charles has uncovered from the steady trickle of memories Erik has possession of which are both his own and not, from every dimension in every direction, he does struggle to defend himself. When he is aggressed against the fear and confusion overwhelm him, and he doesn't instinctively hook into his devastating potential.

But Brian is still protective of him, and of his own son. He took Iakov and Edie in, gave them a job and a salary. Gave Erik his very best friend. Educated Ruthie and didn't chide her for acting more like a boy. Found her all kinds of activities to do. Erik loves Brian, who he instinctively knows is going to be in his life forever. For as long as Erik can protect him in turn. "Me, Schrödinger's Erik." He pops in and out of existence, mischievous.

Brian smiles fondly at the boy. From day one, when the Lehnsherrs first arrived in their foyer, he’d known that this boy is the very same as the man he met years before. He’d been different, spacey and troubled, but Brian never worried. Even if this version of Erik never spoke a word of English, he’d still be Erik, still be Charlie’s close companion. Within seconds of meeting Charles, after all, he’d locked on to him, aware of Charles and nothing else in the room. And he’s a sweet, sweet kid. Polite and helpful in his own way, loving to his parents and sister, and of course, protective and respectful of his own son.

Indeed, Brian has vowed to protect Erik for as long as he can and use the considerable influence that he has, thanks to his bank account, to ensure that he has every opportunity that he could ever desire. But for now, they have homework. “No, no, not Schrödinger’s Erik,” Brian retorts, grabbing onto the boy’s wrist when he pops back into view. “Present, three-dimensional Erik. Who will kindly undo Charles’s and Ruth’s homework so that they can finish it themselves, hmm?”

“Da-aaad!” wallows Charles. “But it’s a nice day! And we were going to go look for frogs by the creek!”

“Then you’d better finish up quickly! Mr. Schrödinger, would you be so kind?” he smiles to Erik, waving the folders.

With nary a twitch of his nose, the folders evaporate and he spans his fingers across Charles's back, a typical expression for him when it comes to buoying his friend, but there's no trace of opposition despite his earlier playfulness. All in all, when he can understand, both his parents and Brian know Erik means well and listens to the best of his ability, it's just all about being able to communicate their desires effectively. Charles helps with this, even when said instructions are antithetical to his own desires, such is the nature of his dedication to ensuring that Erik can participate with the rest of the family.

Ruth rolls her eyes, but likewise doesn't fuss overly long. She's of them all far more rambunctious and rebellious whereas her brother is compliant, but she doesn't go out of her way to make their lives miserable. As a younger child she had some trouble with acting out, namely due to her prior circumstances, but as a teenager she's a good deal more grounded. "Let's just do it really quick, then we can go to the creek in the evening, yes? And have spanakopita for dinner. You will like, aba makes the best phyllo!" she chirrups as the children all file out into the study.

Erik meanders along after them, even though he doesn't have any homework of his own, he dutifully sits at the table and busies himself with creating bizarre and wondrous elements that don't currently exist on their periodic table.


After that, Erik and Charles both start shadowing Brian at his job, with Brian's colleagues fascinated by all the marvelous creations Erik brings to the table. One is a bright white and blue element capable of drawing infinite energy from the air, allowing for a wide range of devices to be powered. Erik has been working on this one all year, and one day, on Charles's tenth birthday in fact, he pops into existence while everyone is eating lunch (sometimes, Charles knows, he gets lost in the Expanse and vanishes for a while when his mind unspools from their universe, but never longer than a few hours; Erik always comes home to him, usually in possession of gifts and treats).

Edie and Kovie pat the empty chair next to them and Charles. Even with Brian's help, Erik puts more grey hairs on their heads, disappearing all the time into who-knows-where. With Erik absent Kovie had noticed Charles experience difficulty with his teacup, so he is in the process of dropping a sugar cube in and stirring it for him when Erik materializes. "Come, come. Lunch, boychik. You can't forget to eat, eh? Charles wished for bourekas," he huffs warmly. "Not cake, zucchini. A parent's dream. All his favorites," he gestures to the table.

Iakov and Edie have already given him their present, a hand-drawn hyper-detailed atlas inlaid by fantastical watercolor depictions of historical events and figures associated to each of Earth's regions inspired by his love of both cartography and the past. But it's Erik's absence through the morning that he notices most, since the young man is never too far from him, and it being his birthday makes it all the more unusual. Erik doesn't do things like this, just abandons him without a trace, not ever. It's only a few hours, but Charles feels it acutely.

Erik jerks his head to the side, abnormal for him, but he's grinning. With a two-fingered tap to Charles's chair, it transforms. Brian recognizes this immediately from the meeting with their counterparts so long ago - the device that hovers. Erik steps back while Ruth gawps.

"Air-bear," her silly nickname for him based on Ariel, "what's that?" she examines it every which way. "... Brian, I think this flies. Charles, try it out! Maybe... how does this work?" There isn't a joystick, only a sleek glass panel on Charles's good side meant for him to rest his palm.

Erik creeps forward and picks up Charles's hand, resting it atop the sensor. "You think," he whispers in his hoarse lilt, halting but more and more engaged as the years tick on. "Up, down. Forward, back. What you think, that is where you go," he beams. Charles realizes that Erik has been sneaky, keeping it from him that he's been working on this the whole year.

February 7th, 1937 is a very, very special day, because it’s the day that Charles Xavier turns ten years old. When he wakes up that snowy Sunday morning, he immediately checks in with himself to gauge if he feels older, like someone who is finally in double digits. He thinks that he does. Beaming, Charles immediately turns to find Erik, who sleeps in a bed just feet from his own. Erik! Wake up! I’m TEN! The response from his friend, however, is less than the spirited celebration that Charles hopes for.

After Erik quickly helps him get up and ready for the day, he disappears into the Expanse with little more than a murmured warning, leaving Charles alone in their bedroom. Now, Charles knows that it’s childish to demand that everything go his way on his birthday; his telepathy has tuned his emotional maturity enough for that…but. But. He’s not nine today, or 11. He’s 10, and that’s a big deal, and it seems strange that his best friend doesn’t want to be here with him all day. His mood brightens a bit when he arrives downstairs to find Dad waiting for him with a small pile of wrapped gifts and banana-chocolate-chip pancakes, his very favorite breakfast.

Dad got him a brand new encyclopedia set, a small radio, and a brand new hand carved travel chess set, inlaid with marble. His initials are carved into the sides, and Dad tells him that the pieces are magnetic, so he can take it with him when he, Erik, and Ruth go on adventures. It’s the best gift ever, and he thanks father over and over again. Brian smiles as he hugs his son, his eyes wrinkling at the corners behind his round glasses. “Where’s Erik?” he asks as he pulls away from the hug, and then Charles starts to feel a little huffy again. Where’s Erik, indeed.

The beautiful atlas from the Lehnsherrs is a stunning surprise, and it occupies Charles’s attention most of the morning; he had hoped to go outside to play in the fresh snow, but Dad says that it’s too cold. What he really means, though, is that the snow is too deep for his chair, and without Erik there to assist, there’s no way that they can hope to go further than the patio. He tries not to be upset, because he doesn’t want Dad or the Lehnsherrs to think that he’s just a brat who doesn’t appreciate them for their thoughtful gifts. But it’s a little hard to do, especially when he’s having a spasm day.

Dr. Spivak says that he’ll probably have spasms in his hands and arms for the rest of his life, thanks to his injury. Sometimes he only has a few per day, but other times, like today, they’re somewhat constant, his hands and fingers jerking and flexing of their own accord. Erik always steps in to help on days like this. But Erik isn’t here. Still. At lunch, Kovie notices him struggle to pour his tea and quietly takes over for him. No one says anything about it, but they’re all wondering where Erik is, and why he isn’t here with them at Charles’s birthday lunch. He’s nearly about to say something when, without warning, the boy appears in their midst, not a hair out of place.

It occurs to Charles then that he should have been worried rather than upset; it’s extremely unlike Erik to disappear like this for so long, especially on a special day for Charles. The fact that Charles grew angry and hurt rather than worried makes him feel rather ashamed, and the frustration of his reappearance instantly transforms to relief. Beneath the surface, Charles had maybe thought that Erik didn’t want to be so close, anymore. Maybe ten was his limit; Charles is now old enough to take on the world himself. Why should a boy as powerful as Erik be stuck following a cripple around all day? But it’s not the case. He’s back. And…he’s smiling.

Charles raises a brow when Erik begins striding toward him, and before he can even register what happens, his wheelchair is gone and replaced by….something.

It looks like a device conjured up by a science fiction author. Made of sleek metal, his chair is comprised of a pair of slick wheels, a comfortable seat, and some kind of panel on the armrest made of glass. But as Erik explains it to them all, Charles can’t believe it. He truly cannot believe it. “You…you made this for me?” whispers Charles, staring up at his friend in stunned disbelief. Blue eyes meet sincere green ones, and Charles is speechless. “It flies?” Before Erik can answer, the chair’s wheels leave the ground and raises him up, up, up, until he’s eye-level with Erik.

A surprised shriek leaves his throat, and then a peal of ebullient laughter, like bubbles in fizzy drink echoing about the dining room. “It flies! Look! Look, Dad, I’m flying!” His son’s laughter is enough to make tears prick at Brian’s brown eyes, for he hasn’t seen Charles enjoy being so free…ever. He was so young when he endured his injury, and limitations have been placed over his life since. Everything that could possibly be done to improve his independence has been done, but Brian is only a mortal, and paralysis is paralysis.

Erik, however, isn’t a mortal. He’s a powerful genius with a sweet, loving soul, who has just given his son the most incredible gift that he could ever receive. “I don’t have proper words, Erik,” Brian tells the boy with a watery voice. He places a hand on his shoulder and looks him square in the eyes, man and boy, equal in their care for Charles. “Thank you. Look at what you’ve given my boy.”

Charles, too, is crying happy tears, tears of excitement. Oh, Erik! How did you do it? I thought you didn’t want to be my friend anymore! But I see now! Thank you, thank you, thankyouthankyouthankyou. You’re the best friend in the whole multiverse. I’m sorry I thought you were leaving. I was foolish. I know now. Thank you, so very much.

Erik laughs, the sound bright and clear, a perfectly visible smile on his face accessible to all, not just the telepath in the room. He levitates up off the ground, too, sitting cross-legged on cushions of invisible air as he raises up higher, lower, for Charles to follow and grow accustomed. His cheeks hurt from smiling. Upon closer examination, Erik is positively bedraggled. Vivid green eyes are shot by streaks of red, corkscrew curls wild and zig-zagging every which way. When he responds, though, it's with a deep breath. Before he says it, aloud. Because it's important, he thinks. Important for Charles to hear it, too.

"I will be your friend forever, Charles Xavier," he rasps, a low cant. Formal and halting, but connected. "It interprets the reaction potential from your brain," he explains, swaying in a big motion from side to side. Pure delight. "The reaction potential is the build-up. Of electric activity. Neurons, in neurons. Before you move, two seconds before. Your brain, telegraphs to your volition. The sensor, interprets those impulses. The chair will go. I put protection on it," he assures Brian seriously.

Not even a year ago could Erik Lehnsherr have a full conversation like this with another human being. "Protection is two types. One is a shield, it operates on energy dispersal. So it will not kick in unless you project a certain amount of force." Erik winds up his fist all of a sudden and aims it at Charles, sucker-punching him. Except his fist, as it travels into Charles's personal space, bounces harmlessly off of a soft, unseen wall. "And the other, to keep you upright. Support. So you can play. In the snow. Go to the movies. Without anyone to push you. My. Friend," Erik touches his palm to his own chest. "Flying. It's right. Charles flies. I saw it, but. I wished to make it. Myself. For you. I made it. CX."

Charles tilts the chair forward so that it sits at a 135° angle. Ordinarily, he would toppled forward and out, but it’s as if an invisible harness captures him around his torso, waist, and thighs. For good measure, he tilts it forward and forward, all the way in a somersault until he’s back upright again, and when he is, his cheeks are flushed with excitement. It’s a flying chair that keeps him seated and safe from harm, and it’s the most magnificent thing that Charles could ever imagine.

Without warning, his arms fly around Erik in a huge hug, pulling his friend closer and closer until their chests are pressed together. “Thank you, thank you,” he whispers, unable to contain his joy, his gratitude. “Erik, this is so magnificent. You’re so brilliant. I can’t believe you made this for me. I’ll never be able to repay you.”

Brian wipes his own eyes as he touched Edie’s forearm. “This could win a Nobel prize,” he points out. “You two ought to be so proud of your brilliant boy.”

Charles wipes his own eyes and pulls away from the hug, but keeps a hand around Erik’s. “Can we go play now, Dad? Please?”

“It’s still cold, Charlie. Bundle up and then go on—“ Charles is already halfway out the door, Erik in tow. His laughter echoes through the dining room long after he’s no longer in view, and Brian can only smile. “Truly,” he tells the adults. “He’s brilliant. That boy of yours is going to change the world. He’s changed Charlie’s, and that’s just the beginning.”

Edie and Kovie look positively floored as Erik explains his contraption, which looks like something out of a science fiction comic. "Oh," Edie wipes at her eyes. "For him to go from where he was... not even able to talk, Brian. It's you and Charles who helped him," she pats the man on the shoulder. "I can't even imagine how it all works. It shouldn't be possible, can it really?"

"It would seem so," Kovie says gruffly, but all in the room can tell he's concealing a good deal of sharp emotion. His son, who once couldn't dress himself and only knew ten words. Now, Erik's English is more technical than his own. He looks at people when he talks to them, if not their eyes. He knows that it's because of Charles. "Your son, he helped Erik. I see it. Every year, he gets better. That's Charles. I hope you know how thankful we are. To you, to your child." Kovie gives the man a rare smile.

And of course, outside, despite the chill, Charles isn't cold at all. He's always the perfect temperature, and Erik lobs a teasing snowball at him that sails through the shield and explodes over his head, misting down warmth that evaporates upon touching him. Erik whistles innocently.

“The benefits are mutual, certainly,” Brian says warmly. “Charlie was so lonely before your family arrived. So, so lonely. In your children he’s found friends for life. We’re so grateful to you,” Brian tells them, touching his heart. “To all of you.”


Charles finds that he can actually scoop his own snowballs now, his chair dipping and turning with ease. He can’t really throw all that hard, but Erik is polite and coy, and he doesn’t even care that the other boy is humoring him a little. They’re having a snowball fight, and he can actually dodge and chase, and that’s the most magnificent thing in the whole world. After he grows tired and red-cheeked, he floats over to his friend, giggly and satisfied. “You really wanna be my friend forever?” he asks softly, gripping Erik’s forearm. “Really really?”

Erik dries him off with a tap to his reddened nose, hovering in place alongside him. Shoulder-to-shoulder, the older boy nudges him gently. From the time they first met, it's what separates their connection from the rest of the world. Two children, so different from their peers, find refuge in each other. Just as their elder companions foretold. Erik has never been afraid to touch him. And Charles has never worried if Erik can understand him or not, never once viewing him as an invalid. He pats his hand over his friend's.

"Forever," he promises dutifully. These days their conversations are half-verbal, as the longer Erik is exposed to Charles's mitigating influence, the more stable he appears. He grins wildly, hundreds of cinnamon freckles standing out against flushed cheeks. "We will be friends forever. When we are 100 and 104, we will have snowball fights and play with sparrows." Just as he says it, a bird flutters by his shoulder and curls talons over his finger when he holds it out. "Happy birthday, Charles," he whispers. "How does it feel?"

“Friends forever.” Charles likes that sound of that. He hadn’t realized that he’d begun to worry about their future, but with Ruth going off to pilot school soon, the idea of Erik’s departure has begun to lurk in his psyche. When they’d first arrived, Edie and Iakov still thought that Erik was slow or intellectually impaired and had assumed that they would keep Erik with them for life, taking care of their boy into adulthood. Now it’s less certain; Erik isn’t entirely independent in that he requires assistance navigating between the present and alternate presents, but will he need his parents to look after him forever? Unlikely. Dad had the same worry about Charles.

Intellectually gifted as Charles is, his disability essentially precluded him from an independent life. Charles knows that Dad would always ensure that he’s cared for, even if he had to live at home forever. But they both know that Charles wants more, that he has dreams for the future beyond the manor and the confines of his disability. Now, though, the pieces seem to be sliding together. Charles will take care of Erik, and Erik will take care of Charles. Erik has mentioned as much before, but the sincerity of what that actually entails hasn’t really hit home until now. They’ll leave Westchester one day together. Start their lives together. Be friends forever, always. Charles doesn’t just feel this, he knows it.

“It feels so lucky,” Charles says softly, petting the sparrow with the underside of his finger. “To have you is so lucky. I wish I could do something to repay you for all you’ve given me, but there’s nothing on earth that can do that.” He smiles at his friend, noticing his tired eyes. “Do you want to rest? We can. I’ll read to you until you fall asleep. But make sure you’re awake by dinner, because your dad said he’s making something special, and my dad said we can go to the ice cream parlor afterward.”

Erik nudges his head against Charles's shoulder, letting his eyes close. It's an expression of utmost trust, which Charles knows Erik doesn't extend to anyone else, not even his parents. He's spent long hours awake working on his new element and on making the chair and components as lightweight and comfortable as possible, creating even newer elements to achieve his purpose. He's tired, and proud that Charles likes it, and so grateful for his friend he can't express it. Except like this, a show of his thanks.

Charles thinks he is indebted, but that's wrong. It's a thank-you, from Erik. And that's how it will always be. No owing. No debt. Just appreciation. Erik yawns and laughs, humming and resting his head fully onto Charles's side. They sleep like that for a while, protected from the snow and cold by Erik's abilities even while he drops off to dreamland.


It's the last birthday where they're all together as a family. It's sad but also exciting as Ruth finally leaves for Basic Combat Training in the Air Force, and the war ramps up against the Axis powers. Germany, Japan, Italy. And others, like Hungary, Romania, Bulgaria. Croatia. Finland. Slovakia. Thailand. Erik worries, because the USA hasn't declared a position yet. And then December, 1941. Pearl Harbor happens.

Erik is 18 and Charles is 14. Ruth is 20, and has specialized already as a bombardier - one of the first women in history to do so, and a point of incredible pride for their family as it becomes obvious that they'll need to defend their home. A draft is instituted for all men ages 18-45, and Erik receives his in the mail a few weeks later. He stands in the hallway holding it, eyes wide. It slips from his fingers as the shock ripples across his body.

The chair opens doors for Charles. Literally; he can get through physical doors now on his own that were inaccessible before, and he’s never looking back. At first Brian worries that the chair will draw too much attention, and it takes all of one outing in his old one, with Brian pushing him, for Charles to put his foot down. And so that’s how Charles becomes the floating boy of Westchester. The chair certainly attracts attention, even disbelief, but the family collectively decides that Charles’s freedom and independence is more important than skeptical looks.

The world will eventually have to learn about the capabilities of mutantkind, so why not now? Charles and Erik grow together over the ensuing four years. Ruth is successful as a bombardier, and Charles flies through his school curriculum at a record pace. By the time January 1942 rolls around, Charles is 14 and preparing to apply for university. It’s understood that where Charles goes, Erik will follow, something that brings both sets of parents comfort. That is, of course, until Erik receives his letter on that frosty morning.

Charles is skimming through the newspaper when the spoke of dread and panic from Erik distracts him, and within seconds, the discarded letter is in one of his own hands, the other on Erik’s shoulder. “No. No,” is all Charles can gasp, hot tears rushing to his eyes. “No. They can’t make you go. You’re not even American.” His head is reeling, and he feels nauseous. “You…you can tell them that you have psychological issues. They can’t take you, my dad will vouch for you! We have proof; you never went to school. The doctors in Poland said you were an invalid. We can just tell them that.”

At eighteen years old, Erik has grown. In height, towering over his peers, certainly. But in heart, where it matters - that is what he scores. The ensuing four years see the Lehnsherrs open up a diner, and Erik, tall and tangly, weaving in and out of the venture with aplomb. He still sleeps in Charles's room every night, but now Edie and Kovie become a true staple of their neighborhood, baking pies and ice cream with a little Polish flair. But Erik has grown more capable.

Brian isn't crazy, the clicks on the phone and people looking at him funny. He's being monitored. Strange requests at work. His floating boy generates a great deal of discussion, and they inevitably hone in on the person responsible. "But I am not an invalid, now," Erik points out, soft. "Should I lie? I do not wish-I do not like to fight. I let the humans fight. I try to save who I can save. I tried so hard," he gasps. "I took down Auschwitz, Treblinka, and the trains. Made them food and houses. You saw some of it," he taps his temple. "I tried. To help. They would use me for their own ends. No. My ability is not for them. Not for their agenda. No," he shakes his head over and over.

“You should lie,” Charles rasps. He grips Erik’s hand tighter. Because they both know that Erik hasn’t been served these papers incidentally. On the surface, he’s a poor choice for a soldier; his dominant hand is permanently injured and with no function. And though he’s no longer an ‘invalid,’ he’s not psychologically “normal,” either. Charles still helps him remain grounded in reality, still occasionally translates auditory input.

Can Erik reliably follow orders? Perhaps. But normally, they’d take one look at him and dismiss him from service. They know about him, though. And that’s the problem. The powerful genius who can build floating chairs and harness the energy of the earth. The government wants him, and him specifically. “You should lie,” Charles repeats. “My dad, he’ll help. I know he will. We’ll make sure you don’t have to go. We can’t let that happen. It won’t happen.”

"Promise?" Erik whispers, and he knows it isn't fair. It isn't fair. Not to put onto Charles, he knows. He knows. He is now an adult, legally. And Charles is not. Yet here is he, leaning on his friend. His eyes tear up, confusion swimming. It's difficult to breach the surface, to find his way to the top as the branches intercede in their winding meander. "Won't make me fight. I fought, I hurt. Tortured, killed. I do not want to, do not. Please. Help me. Not to."

Charles lowers his eyes. No, he can’t promise that. Not at all. Dad always told him to never, ever make promises unless he knew that he could keep them, and even at 14 years of age, Charles knows that the government of the United States is a formidable force. “I promise that I’ll do everything possible to keep you from having to go,” he whispers, knowing that this is paltry, this is not what Erik wishes for him to promise. But he’s seen it, too. The other Eriks, hardened by war, made into a weapon. This Erik is gentle. Makes sure that ants are safe from human feet. He can’t go to war. He just can’t. “I may be able to help in this way,” Charles adds, fluttering his fingers beside his temple. “If it resorts to that.”

 "They - me to - kill. Want me to kill. Nazis. Japanese." Erik has paid attention to the news broadcasts, so-called kamikazes responsible for the destruction on United States soil. "They think. Because I can do, I can make it float. I can make things. That it's the same, as killing. It isn't. Destroying is - it isn't the same," he babbles, heartbroken. He twists his fingers at his side, flinching at a sight unseen. "Nnhhh-not the same. I feel it. When I destroy. Every atom. I feel every. Atom. I feel, when anything - it echoes. In me. But when it is from me - unbearable. Unbearable. Air-bear. Is me."

Charles can’t help but feel at least partially culpable. Brian had been worried about attracting attention to themselves, but Charles had insisted. Insisted that he wouldn’t refrain from using the chair just because other people might think it strange. How could he be so naive? “I’ll help. I promise, Erik.” He reaches out to squeeze Erik’s hand, eyes locked. “We’ll talk to my dad, okay? And then see what he says. You’re not someone who destroys things. We know this. We can convince them.”


Abruptly, they both bloop out of existence in one plane and zoop into another, namely, Brian's office at work. It's unusual - Erik is typically the paragon of polite, refraining from bothering Brian or his parents whilst they're busy at work. He has lived in Greymalkin all this time, even as his own family eventually accrue enough money to purchase a land plot of their very own, so that Erik can build them their dream home on top. But Erik remains, utterly devoted to his best friend.

Now, Brian can tell the distress imminently as he whirls into the office along with his son. Erik is trying valiantly to control his emotions, not desiring to stress his loved ones, but he can't help that his eyes are wet, nor that he's visibly shaking from head to toe. "I am sorry," he blurts loudly. "Sorry. I am. Please. Help. I am sorry. I want to save the little bugs. Fix the leaves of plants. Not to kill. I do not. Want to kill. Sir. Please. I would rather. Die. Me, die," he beats his open palm against his chest. "Object. I object. Con--conscientious objector. Me."

Just like the two men appeared in his office 12 years ago, his son, still a boy, and his son’s best friend, a man only in number, make themselves visible to Brian as he sits at his desk, completing a proof. The similarity is so stark that it takes Brian aback, his breath hitching in his throat. “Dad…what do we do?” Charlie asks with watery eyes, brandishing a letter. When Brian reads it, his lips thin, and the lenses of his round glasses begin to fog as he grows warm. This is unsurprising, but distressing all the same. Erik is not built for this. Ruth, certainly, but not Erik.

“I feared that this might happen,” Brian mutters, folding the letter back up. “I believe that we’ve been monitored recently. Your abilities, Erik, are extraordinary. I’m not surprised that the government is interested in them.”

“But we can do something, right?” Charles presses. “His hand doesn’t work, and he’s got schizophrenia still. They don’t take invalids right?”

Brian stands up and places his hands on each boy’s shoulder. “In usual circumstances, no. But as I said, they’ll be interested in you, Erik. I will help,” he vows then. “I have friends and contacts who can may be able to assist us.”

"He - was. He was, experimented on," Erik whispers to Brian, meeting his eyes in a rare gesture. It's then that Brian understands - Erik knows. He knows about that Erik, the older one. "But he likes that Charles is bald so he can kiss his head more. He rescues snails. Like me. A better mind. But he's me. Experimented. Burned them, ashes. Bleach and almonds. Purple people stuck together, all stiff. Millions of times. I see. I see it all, sir. I helped. I helped, with the camps. In the news. Me," he taps his chest with an index finger.

It takes Brian a few seconds to grasp what he means - but it comes momentarily. The death camps, for undesirables in Third Reich society, around four of them are mysteriously decommissioned without a word from the Germans, a large influx of Jewish and Romani refugees divided among the Allied powers in a position to take them, bringing with them intelligence that shocks each nation to its core about the barbaric depravity occurring behind closed borders.

His left hand closes around his friend's, grimacing at something neither man beside him can perceive save for the splintering of bone against metal. "If me, then Charles. Charles, too. You can't. If they take him. I will end them all. They can't take him. If me, then him. He is at risk. Telepathy. Espionage. I can't do that. If they find him. They will pry him open. Please." Never has Erik sounded simultaneously so grounded and so desperate before.

Charles squeezes Erik's hand tight. He himself never feared being in danger of conscription for obvious reasons, but Erik is right. If Erik is at risk because of his mutation, then so is he. So are all of them. He thinks of those versions of themselves that Erik knows of. Bald, braided hair. Far-off eyes. But them, all the same. Some endured this and some avoided it entirely, and Charles knows which of the two he would rather be.

"Have a seat, Erik," Brian says softly to Erik, gesturing toward the chair beside Charles's own. He takes a seat as well. "There's something that I should tell you boys. You're both ready to hear about it." When Erik is sitting and Charles's chair lowered to the floor, Brian takes a deep breath. "Did you ever wonder how I knew to seek out the Lehnsherr family?"

Charles blinks. "We needed a chef and Kovie was the best chef in Poland."

"Sure, both of those things are true. But, there's more to it."

Erik complies, nudged in close. He tilts his head a little as Brian speaks, and then he has to smile. He doesn't interrupt, he never would. He understands too much of what goes on, and he rubs Charles's back as he tilts his head to listen to what Brian has to say, a calming influence. In his lap, a baby bat materializes inside a tiny blanket, snuggled up. "You want scritchings? Yes, you do. Let's listen to Brian. Let's listen." Two sets of big green eyes settle on the man.

Brian leans forward, tenting his hands at his fingertips. "12 years ago, almost to the day, I recieved a visit in this very office. A visit from Charles Xavier and Erik Lehnsherr, from the year 1980."

Charles blinks at his father, not comprehending for a moment. But it's Brian's serious mental tenor that makes him understand what his father intends to convey. "Us...from the future? But that was before the Lehnsherrs even came."

"I know. You were only two. It was 1930. That Charles...he lost me young, and he wished to meet me for the first time. The rest of our intertwined lives have taken this course because of that." Brian explains the visit briefly and tells them what Erik told about the Expanse, and its self-correcting nature. Erik, of course, knows about the Expanse, even if he doesn't fully understand what it is just yet.

"But if it's self-correcting..." Charles frowns. "Does that mean everything is pre-determined?"

"I have no idea," Brian admits. "No, probably not. It's not pre-determined that you'll eat mashed potatoes later instead of rice. But some things seem to occur more often than not. For instance, in all of the universes that you visit, Erik, aren't you and Charles together?" The man need not even wait for an answer before he continues. "I do not know if Erik's conscription into this war is one of those things. The Erik that I met was brutalized by it, and I do not wish that for you, kiddo."

Erik is still kiddo to Brian, even though he's technically not a kid anymore. He'll always be. "I wonder if we should consult those two. See how they may help us."

"Your chair," Erik taps over Charles's armrest. "How it works, the reaction potentials. They occur in your brain, up to two seconds before you become aware of your volition. That means you are expressing the chemical reactions in your brain, which we cannot precisely control. We can stop and halt those processes, if given sufficient warning. You can change and direct them, too. So there isn't no choice. It is and it isn't," Erik grins.

"Neurons operate on quantum synchronicity. That's how they do so many complex tasks at once!" he sways as he speaks, flicking his fingers arrhythmically. "In quantum mechanics, things are and are-not, at the same time. Multiple states, called superposition. Electrons jump forwards and backwards. I know about other Eriks and Charleses," he says abruptly. "I feel the pain of the Eriks when they hurt little things."

When he glances up at Brian at long last, it's with that same haunting gaze Charles remembers all those years ago in the foyer. Green and lost.

Charles has listened to Erik speak of quantum mechanics many, many times before. He mostly follows, as Erik always supplies him with visuals and examples when he asks for further elaboration. So superposition is something that he understands, even if it's a little bit mind-melting. "So, that means we can be in an are-not world, right? In this world, Erik doesn't go to war? Doesn't have to be made to do all that?"

"That is my hope," Brian says solemnly. "And why I'd like to talk to your counterparts, too."

"Too many Eriks," he whispers, twisting his fingers all the while. "I can't find the me you spoke with, I do not think. Maybe, with time." He doesn't seem aware of any way for Brian to contact them, but he certainly doesn't oppose any assistance they can get.

"I can do it," Brian promises. "That Charles. He just told me to think really loudly."

"He can hear you from there?" gapes Charles, eyes wide.

"So he said. Here, let me..."


In 1980, Charles Xavier is lying in bed, pleased to lounge for a little while longer. Yesterday had been an exhausting day; he had met Schmidt and his father for the very first time, broken his fingers, and consoled a very agnoized Magnus. He's looking forward for a more relaxing day ahead—Erik has agreed to hold off on recontacting Schmidt for at least another day—when....he hears it.

Uh, Charlie? Can you hear me? This feels a little silly. Boy, I sure hope you can hear me.

"Erik," Charles says immediately to his husband, who is in bed beside him. "My dad. He needs us. Already."

Erik, the one lounging next to his husband, arcs a brow. The past few days had been hard on them, and he will admit he's been looking forward to the little sojourn they have planned. But Charles's interruption, solemn and concerned, shooes those thoughts right out the window. "I will locate them at once," he advises Charles before letting his eyes close and his magnificent senses extend all-seeing eyes in every direction. It takes no time at all for him to uncover its origin, but he does remark rather thoughtfully -

"There. I can take us through whenever you are ready. But, I have a suspicion they are much further ahead in their timeline than we in our own. For them, it's been years since they last saw you," he prepares, whilst smoothing his hand down the front of Charles's shirt.

“Let’s go now,” Charles suggests, because for some reason, the fact that his father wishes to see him after so much elapsed time affords it a new sense of urgency. On one hand, the fact that Brian is still alive is comforting, but why would he reach out after so long if not for a specific, urgent reason? In an instant, he’s dressed and seated in his chair. Charles quietly asks the twins to mind David, and then they’re off, transported back to a January day, 38 years ago.

The man before him is indeed the same man he had met just yesterday, but time has clearly elapsed. Streaks of grey sharply stand out by his temples, and there are more wrinkled by his eyes, from years of smiling. More surprising, however, are his two guests. A Charles, who looks to be in his early teens, and an Erik, who only somewhat resembles Magnus, for he has a much healthier glow to him.

Young Charles is seated in a wheelchair that resembles his own, but the rest of the office smacks of the 1940s…well before Erik created hover technology. “Oh,” is all this Charles can say, blinking dumbly. “You’re all here.”

"Oh, goodness," the elder-Erik has to laugh. "Here we are." You're positively spiffy, he murmurs between them privately, where even this new Charlie-2 can't go.

His own counterpart is awkward, all limbs and shoulder-length corkscrew curls seranading an afro. This long-legged slender-man with his elbows and shoulderblades shifting, rises and nods his head one-too many times. "Me, you're me. Resonance. Off with Superfly, counting your bees/oh, me, honey, like one - two - three," he grins. Different. Young, but not like Magnus. Outwardly playful.

The elder-Erik is... puzzled, but somehow still, he understands. "A future song, for future me," he ribs back, dry and gentle. He takes care even with himself, these days. "Charles said your message sounded urgent. Please, how can we assist?" "You helped the snails, and I -- I don't want to go to war. And, it's too big. And they'll hurt Charles. Charles is for me, and I am for him. We aren't for hurting. Please, help."

This version of Erik’s brain seems to work a little differently. It’s reminiscent of his own Erik, and there are certainly kernels among all that are common, but he’s young. Young and brilliant. Somehow, he’s full of knowledge that he shouldn’t have, and Charles realizes then that he has access to the Expanse already. He thinks less in words and more in patterns, shapes, equations. And when Charles obtains his memory, it’s vast and entirely not self-reflective.

Only from his younger self does he gauge an image of this Erik’s past, where the first decade of his life was spent in isolation inside his own head. He couldn’t speak and was barely conscious of his surroundings…the difference with the boy he sees now is stark.

“Erik has just received his draft letter,” Brian supplements, a pained smile on his face. “The government of this country has taken note of his extraordinary talents. We were hoping you may advise, as it is no one’s wish for him to be conscripted.”

The elder-Erik gasps as he takes in this version of himself. Charles. He is stronger than I am. Different. How on Earth... and he's here. How is he here? My goodness, you are so young... Erik's older counterpart considers the situation, turning it over. "Without question, we can't allow either of you to be conscripted. If they gained a method of controlling you, it would be... catastrophic. Throughout all realities. Life as we know it," Erik whispers, a thought largely intended for his husband alone. He doesn't mean to alarm, but - - they cannot. "You're encumbered with a heavy burden, Erik," he says softly.

"I could wave my hand and the war would be over, you know," this young Erik whispers. "But I do not. Free will. Illusory. Important. I watch my people burn, every atom. Every little one. But Charles," his face lights up, as if someone has hung a sun under his very skin. Ebullient, he enthuses, "Charles reads the ingredients of waffle cones. He puts the snow in my hand. And my hand on the spoon, for cheesecake. He hugs me, and listens to my dreams. So smart. University, already. Free will isn't important if it means Charles goes to war and suffers. If - - they took me, kept me. From him. Alone. Hurts."

Charles can’t help but eye his young counterpart and acknowledge that this is what his life could have been like had his father not died. This boy is happy. Confident. He loves his family and accepts himself, his telepathy. There’s no empty yearning in his heart like there was when he was the boy’s age. Incredible. Quickly, he downloads their history and understands how Erik came to be there, how he came to be paralyzed.

Tragedy and triumph. And so much love. Between father and son, father and future son-in-law. Friends. It’s beautiful, and Charles decides then and there that he won’t let it be disrupted. Charles closes his eyes and presses a finger to his temple. His face appears strained for a moment, and then blue eyes open back up, straight into his father’s own. “It’s done.”

“Er…what’s done?”

“Conscription. Erik Lehnsherr and Charles Xavier are two random names, now. No one knows of you. You’re as anonymous as anyone.”

Elder-Erik lets his eyes close, and he settles a hand on his Charles's shoulder. He knows, what his husband just did. He isn't horrified, but a faint trace of concern curls over him, assessing how he feels about it.

The young Erik raises his good hand, pressing it to the weathered cheek of Charles. "You took us from them? Kept us hidden away. It won't hurt you, neshama?"

How could he know- - the elder counterpart startles a little at the response from his younger, as though plucked up from the depths of his very own heart.

The younger Charles blinks, and then a look of shock crosses his face, an expression mirrored by his father. “You just wiped their memories?” gasps the younger, and his voice is several octaves higher than Charles’s own, and shockingly American. It takes both men from the future aback for a moment. “That’s wrong!”

“It’s wrong to conscript young boys to a war that they didn’t start and which wishes to use them for their own end,” replies Charles flatly. “Don’t fret.”

“Charlie…” Brian says, and then corrects himself. “Charles. I didn’t ask you here so you could do that—

“Would you like me to take it back?”

"It isn't a bad solution," Erik says, finally. The elder. "All the other options, everything you or I can do, will cause global unrest and put you at the forefront of world-wide decision-making. Some of us choose that route. You can, if you wish. But I sense that you are less stable than I. And a great deal more capable. If they ever found you, and managed to control your mutation for themselves... I cannot begin to express how horrifically nature would be harmed. Everything known. Everything we touch, that we love, that we understand. At the whims of greed, capitalism, hate. Their forgetting your names is unobtrusive. It doesn't hurt them. They aren't harmed by forgetting that they wished to cause harm. Yes, it supersedes their volition. I think it is an acceptable moral risk. The alternative is unthinkable."

The young Charles is uncomfortable, visibly so. He's staring at his elder counterpart, as if trying to understand him at all...but he doesn't. Not only is the power unthinkable, but the ease with which he simply decided to manipulate others feels entirely foreign to him. Is this truly who he becomes? "Unobtrusive, but...slippery, right?"

Charles smiles serenely at his young twin. "Look at you. You've got a dad who instilled you with morals. That's so wonderful. It's only slippery if you are, Charles. And you aren't."

Brian clears his throat awkwardly. "So, the boys are safe for now, then?"

"Forever, or for as long as they themselves choose. I've created failsafes; should their names reappear on any sort of roster used for nefarious purposes, the telepathic erasure will occur again."

"You can do that?" gawps the teenager.

"And so can you. One day. Maybe one day soon.

"You should see," the young Erik tells this old Charles, solemn and serious in demeanor as all Eriks are won't to be, but he reaches out once more, good hand lightly curling over his jaw. "See, what our life is like. How you helped. He saved us. Ima and aba are here. Ruthie, too. She's a pilot. And Charles, my best friend. Helped me to talk. Taught me, with books. You saved us," he whispers. "Be careful, OK? He loves you. So much. I see."

“I do see this life.” Charles wheels toward the young Erik and places a hand on his arm, smiling. “You have your family, and that’s so wonderful. Your best friend, too. I’m so happy that you do. And as Erik said, you’re very powerful. But so kind. I know that you have only love in here,” he says, placing a palm on the boy’s chest. “And I’m so proud of you, Erik. Goodness. You’re going to do wonderful things.”

Brian stands beside Erik, and it’s clear that the man feels paternally for the boy as well, for he lays a hand on Erik’s shoulder, and then one on his own son’s. “They’re both good boys,” he adds. “And he’s right. We’ve only ever been able to be together because of you two.”

“Only a day has passed where we come from, you know,” Charles explains with a chuckle. “To me, I only visited you yesterday.”

Brian blinks in surprise, and then flushes. “Oh, good. I…I felt so guilty for not coming to visit, as I said. But I spoke to the police about Kurt that next day, and then just a few weeks later, Charlie was hurt…” he trails off, troubled.

Charles, too, is distressed by this; he knows what happened, but fills in the details for Erik. Kurt placed a bomb in Brian’s car. Charles turned it on and was thrown against a wall when it exploded. Stunningly similar to my injury, actually. He had just turned three.

Erik grimaces at the imagery, watching from his higher perch in their shared consciousness as the young boy is flung from the burning vehicle, back broken against bricks. It sends an arc of cold thunder through his nerves, disgusted at the man, Kurt, who had dared to act so cruelly against a child. He presses his lips together. "Is Kurt still around?" he murmurs, deceptively soft.

The younger Erik is a bundle of nerves, fidgeting listlessly next to his Charles as his thoughts skitter around. Feeling responsible for what Charles's counterpart just did, worrying for him and for his future. The Dictator, eyes limp and far-away in his prison under the window. Because of him, because he's not strong enough to be a soldier. Will it hurt this new Charles? Maybe he should put it back. Brian's hand at his back eases him a little, as does Charlie's slipping within in his palm. He scratches the edge of his brace against his upper thigh, twisting his torso from side to side rhythmically.

Charles watches keenly as young Erik's companions—both Brian and young Charles—are quick to comfort him physically. Brian's hand is clamped on his shoulder, while young Charles holds that hand tightly. Meanwhile. Erik sways and twists in a way that Charles knows is compulsive and self-soothing. It's behavior that he recognizes from David and his own husband, but on a lighter scale.

"Kurt is not. He went to prison, for attempted murder," Brian informs, and his fingers tighten around his son's shoulder ever so much. "And then he passed away a few years ago, in prison."

"You didn't have Dad?" Charlie asks Charles, softly.

"No." Charles isn't emotional as he speaks. "My own father died when I was three. Kurt killed him. I lived with mother and Kurt."

"Mother?" Charlie gapes, eyes wide. "Oh. Mother left when the ordeal happened. I haven't seen her since. I don't even remember her."

"You've had excellent lives, the two of you. You've grown up with a loving father, and you," he says, smiling to young Erik. "With a mother, a father, and a sister. And a best friend. I won't let that be ruined."

"We'll keep an eye on it," Erik promises. "To make sure everyone affected isn't harmed by the modification. Truthfully, I believe it's healthier for them in the long term that their thoughts move away from exploiting children. But I understand your reticence, we both do," the elder-Erik says gently to them all. "These are not choices we ever make lightly," he consoles, his own hand a mirror over his husband's shoulder, soothing him. He knows this has all been an ordeal. I imagine this must be surreal to you, neshama. Goodness, they're so young yet. Their whole lives, together, his eyes well up where only the telepaths can see.

His own counterpart. Here, with his mother and father. Ruthie. Oh, Ruthie. Erik's features wobble a little. How fierce she looks in her uniform. How strong and brave and clear.

Charles can feel concern emanating off of his husband, even though the others wouldn't be able to detect it. That's one thing about Erik; he'll rarely if ever disagree with Charles in front of other people. To the three others, he will appear steadfast and sure, but the hand on his shoulder tells of concern. What Erik can't feel is the rush still pulsing at Charles's fingertips; he so rarely uses his power like this. It feels good.

"When you have power like you do," Charles says to the young pair, "you will be confronted with a lot of choices. We, Erik and I, made the choice to come back and visit Brian. It was a fully selfish choice; I merely wanted to meet my father for the first time, and this is the timeline we landed in. But you can see the cascade of events that that visit caused. Brian lived, you sustained your injury very young. Your family, Erik, escaped the war and made a life for yourself here. You two got to meet as children and grow up in a safe, loving home. All because I decided that I had a right to meet my father."

"Selfish doesn't always mean wrong," Brian points out, as if trying to console his adult son, but Charles nods in agreement.

"That's exactly my point. Selfish doesn't always mean wrong. You would likely all be living very different lives had I not made that selfish choice."

"So, you're saying that it's okay to be selfish?" asks Charlie.

"I'm saying that you don't need to worry so much about making the right or wrong choice. Life is random. Our timelines are fickle. Sometimes, you will do things that you need to do in order to survive, and those things won't always be right."

"The best we can do is to ensure that we leave each place we visit, in any world, better than we left it," the elder-Erik smiles. He isn't ignorant of how it feels to hold power, though Charles of them both is more likely to enjoy it for its own sake. Erik has always preferred a more subtle approach, but he likes using his abilities to create wild and fantastical, too. It feels good to use one's mutation, and he's never had any reservations that Charles can act as he sees fit.

His own moral compass is a tad orange and blue, given his extensive exposure to the Expanse. This, he feels, won't result in immediate harm. But the greater harm is in normalizing such an action, to where it gradually gets more and more commonplace, depriving others of volition for mere convenience instead of genuine necessity. But he is dedicated, to his husband and the greater universe beyond.

He resolves then to ensure that Charles acts in accordance to his own morals, to be who he wants to be. Erik isn't perfect, either. He's killed. He's overthrown governments. Charles stood by him all along. If Charles wants to explore this part of himself, Erik will be right beside him. "And right now, I think we have done that. You two will get to live as you please, without adults exploiting you. With your families."

The spidery Erik bounces in his chair. "You'll look after him? Neshama? Don't let the bed bugs bite? Look after him, protect him," he tells his counterpart.

"I promise. I will."

"Me, too. Promise."

The Charleses both smile softly at their partners, a mirror of each other. Brian notices and smiles as well, despite his quiet unease. "Well, I appreciate you coming so quickly," he tells the older men, striding over to place his hands on their respective shoulders, now. He tilts his head up to look Erik in the eye. "You told me many things that stuck with me that day, which is why I worked to get the Lehnsherrs over here when things started heating up in Europe."

"I always thought it was a little weird that Dad wanted a Polish chef so badly, but I didn't question it because Ruthie and Erik were the first friends I ever had," Charlie adds with a grin. This pains Charles slightly.

"Is that so? The first?"

Charlie looks down at his knees. "No kids wanted to be friends with the kid in the wheelchair. They thought I was contagious or something."

Young Charlie's experience is unique to him; Charles, of course, was an adult when he sustained his injury. As lonely as his childhood was, he didn't have to endure the pain of being the weird kid. The cripple. "It seems that the universe doesn't want us to walk," is all he can say, a bit solemn.

"I'm okay with it," shrugs the boy. "I hate it sometimes, but Erik makes me forget about it most of the time. He's going to come with me to university. I've never been to real school before, so I'm terrified, but Erik will be there."

"Then you're in excellent hands, aren't you?" Charles smiles fondly, winking at the younger Erik. "I know you'll do great things, too. Incredible things."

The younger Erik grins shyly. "I want to study environmental conservation," he whispers. "And physics. Climatology, meteorology. I love that," he says, and it's the first time he's put to words what he really wants to do with his life. "So we can make little snails their houses and ensure the elephants can roam, and the octopuses can play practical jokes - they love that. Mischievous," he laughs, rocking back and forth.

The elder cracks a smile. "Erik will be there," he agrees, gentle. "He'll make sure all the wrinkles in your clothes are spiffed out, and put the right number of sunflowers on your tie. And you'll rub his back, hm? And let him put snails on your finger."

Charlie looks at his partner curiously, but proudly. He's never heard him say that before, but it's a testament to how much progress that he's made that he's able to crystallize his desires to use his abilities and interests for good. Environmental conservation suits him so perfectly, and Charles is glad to hear him hone in on something material. "Of course," he grins. "He always looks after me. Look." Charles lifts his trouser leg to reveal a pair of socks embroidered with smiling bumble bees. "Always something fun!"

The bumblebees twitter and shift as Charlie lifts his sock to show them, doing a loop around his ankle before settling on their intricate flowers. It fills Erik with a surge of joy that these two young ones have gotten to spend their early years in proximity, becoming friends, all of it. Their families, living. It means the world, and far beyond, that they've been able to achieve this. And Erik does agree, he will protect it. He won't let misguided warmongers take advantage of them. In that, Charles and Erik are fully aligned. "Beautiful," he says with a surreptitious swipe to his eyes.

"My favorite little feets!" The tiny Erik, overgrown as he is, sways with delight. "And many more feets to come. I'll look after the sky and the trees. The lakes and forests. Protect them. Me and Charles."

"Look," Charles smiles, projecting an image of Louis over their heads. "This is Louis. Our friend Magnus takes care of Louis. I think he would argue that Louis's feet are the cutest of them all."

Charlie gasps, but only because he knows that such an adorable creature will appeal quite a lot to his own partner. "Look, Erik!" He leans toward him and points upward, chuckling as the projection skitters overhead. "Maybe you should adopt a hedgehog, too. Or something equally small and cute."

Charles can recognize Charlie's joy, because it's joy that's derived when he knows that his partner is happy. The way Charlie leans in close, ensures that Erik is tracking what he sees, studies his face to gauge his reaction... they're young, so their friendship is still just that, but the love there is evident. Love in the purest sense, unencumbered by such silliness as romance or transaction. They're just two humans who care for and appreciate the other for exactly who they are, and it's beautiful. Perfect.

"A chinchilla, maybe?" suggests Brian.

"Ooh! A chinchilla. Or a hamster?"

A veritable pile of hedgehogs, hamsters and chinchillas pop into existence in young Erik's lap, and he swoops them up in his arms where they crawl all over him, content as though they haven't been plucked up through a vortex of space and time. "So many new friends!" he grins. "We'll get you all washed up and clean your little toes, and have some delicious snacks, oh yes!" he hums, content. "And when we're ready you'll go back to your families, safe and sound. Adventures in hand," young-Erik scritches a floof delicately, with one finger. One of the chinchillas makes its presence known more than others, a black furball that plops itself right down on his head. He gives a shake and it skitters to his palm, then back up at his shoulder.

Charlie chuckles as the tiny creatures appear in their midst, and the newcomers in the room can tell that this isn't the first time that this very phenomenon has happened before. "The very first thing that I learned about Erik is that animals adore him," Charlie informs, gently picking up a baby chick to hold in his hands. "He couldn't really talk, but our cat Arnold jumped right to his shoulder and rarely ever left. The two are best friends even still."

"Arnold!" Charles, the elder, grins as well, a memory unearthed from the fabric of his brain. "Wow. I had Arnold, too. He lived to be 19."

"He may never die here," Charlie says, a bit distracted as he watches the chinchilla plant itself atop Erik's head. "Oh, Erik, that one adores you. Hello, there. What's their name?"

The young Erik is positively ebullient, and five more tiny peeping, fluffy yellow chicks appear hopping onto Charlie's shoulders with a mischievous wink from his friend, who is cradling a handful of yellow duckies. "Hmmmm, what shall we call you, little-one? We need a regal name, yes we do. Perhaps... Theodore. Theo, for short. Do you like your name, ahhh, a floof! A floof is you!" he smushes his face into the creature's fur, unconsciously creating that same barrier he always does to ensure its protection, peppering it with kisses as it trills, content.

"Arnold was my very first friend. And you learned, I was not retard. When he broke his paw," Erik recalls, a shower of gentle sparks erupting before their heads in a pyrotechnic delight of swirling shapes and colors. "You found me, when I was fixing him. His poor toes."

The elder Erik frowns. "Retard? That is not a nice term at all, Erik. You shouldn't use that word to describe yourself."

The younger frowns. "But I was," he tries to explain. "The doctors said so."

"They did?"

Charlie rubs Erik’s knee. “He didn’t really talk. Or know where he was. I think that his brain was still…you know, developing, but he was able to see everything. The world where you’re from, and all the others.”

Charles's brow shoots upward. He hasn’t realized the extent of this young Erik’s abilities. “Oh, goodness. How overwhelming that must have been.”

“I knew all along that he wasn’t stupid, but it took us time to learn how to communicate.”

“And now, he’s the one who the professors at Columbia come to with physics questions,” grins Brian.

Erik gawps a little. He knows how strong he is, how much power resides in his body. He can't imagine being even more prescient, from such a young age. "I was diagnosed, too. Psychosis and mental illness. Just as an adult. I cannot imagine. It must have been so hard."

"I see it all," the tiny-spirited Erik hums. "But some of it is very nice. I like the nice places. Your place. David and Genosha. I like that. And Poe and Dante and the tigers," he grins.

His counterpart looks truly baffled. "Then it's a very good thing we won't let you fall into their hands. Even at my capacity it would be devastating. Someone like you... we must keep you safe. And your Charles, he'll grow, too. He'll get stronger, correlating with you. You know this, yes? His exposure to the Expanse will propel his abilities."

Charles smiles softly. “Yes, we should get back to our world, shouldn’t we? And you are all free to visit any time you want, though I expect you know everything you need to know already, don’t you?” He grins at the young Erik, rubbing his knee. “It was a pleasure to meet you two. And wonderful to see you again,” he says to his father. “You’ve done well.”

The elder Erik bends down to give this younger Charles a gentle embrace and drops a kiss to the top of his head. "Take care of each other, and never forget how cherished you are," he whispers before straightening up.


In the blink of an eye, he and his Charles return to their time in 1980. Erik puffs up with a deep breath and lets it all out slowly. "They'll be a force to reckon with, hm?" he jests, letting Charles sort out for himself how he wishes to address the experience. He knows, without a doubt, that Erik has his back.

Charles can feel his husband’s quiet, patient anticipation. What he did back there is not something that he would normally do, and so it makes sense that Erik is surprised. Always supportive, always loving, but surprised. He’s not particularly keen on discussing it, but he does feel that he owes it to Erik. And Erik alone. “I couldn’t allow it to happen,” is what he begins with. “My father rescued him from hell, but hell came for him anyway. No. Absolutely not.”

Erik bundles him up in a sudden hug. "You were protecting him," he says, rubbing Charles's back. "Just as you always have. You won't hear an argument from me, neshama. I would do whatever it takes to keep you safe, too. I just want you to be sure. And to know that I'm here for you, to help you if you aren't."

Charles knows that Erik truly means what he says, that he would go to any lengths to protect not just him, but any Charles. In that way, he is the only one who understands or could understand why he just meddled in that way. He knows that Brian was ill-at-ease with the overstep, and so was his young counterpart, but he can't help but disagree. "Schmidt's return has galvanized me a bit," Charles admits. "When I made him feel all that pain...mm. It made me remember that we have this power, Erik. You and I do. Power that we deserve to use, sometimes."

Erik nods. "It would be hypocritical of me to disagree, of course," he says with a gentle laugh. "But, speaking from experience, it is very tempting to go overboard. You saw what happened to Franklin. It's so, so easy for us to forget ourselves. I did," he touches his fingertips to his chest. "I did, and I killed someone. I've killed before. Without mutation, I didn't kill him with my mutation. I got enraged, and it happened before I could think. I was young and traumatized but that is no excuse. I've crossed the line multiple times. Made mistakes, took people's choices from them. It's human nature, I think. It's very easy to kill, to hurt. You know all this, of course," he gives Charles's back a pat. "But I am here with you. At your side. I mean it."

Charles doesn't think that Erik's attempt at equivocation is all that fair to himself; anything and everything that his husband did while imprisoned as a young boy falls under a different category, in his view. Charles is a grown man in his fifties; he's too old to "snap." But, such is Erik's way, and Charles is not keen on arguing or pointing out the differences. So instead, he leans his head against Erik's side and nods, basking in the warm acceptance. How lucky he is to have such a supportive partner.

"I know you mean it. I love you," he murmurs. "Now, we ought to get started, hmm? Tel needs us. Well, she needs you, given my ban," he adds, holding up his braced hand. "Francis and Magda wish to join you. Are you going to allow them to?"

"I will," Erik murmurs. "With every caveat. If he steps an atom out of line, I'll remove him," he rumbles, and there Charles can hear the undercurrent hum of his husband's own protectiveness. His eyes flutter closed, a hand settling against hand and braced. A soft touch, amidst square-boxes filled with one universe after another.


Erik turns the boxes and they step back into the hallway at Aramida, and Magnus and Francis are gathered together, having somehow neatly returned from their own sojourn. Such is the way of Eriks and Expanses.

Magda is a new addition, her dark skin contrasting delightfully with a yellow shawl and the fluorescent bulbs above, revealing a shower of freckles at her cheek. She wears an elaborate headscarf, tied by Magnus, the way his ima did when she wore a tichel. Magda isn't Jewish, though, so her hair peaks out, down and around in thick curls by her shoulders. Erik drops his hand onto Charles's shoulder. "Schmidt is in there," he advises, lifting his chin to address them all. Ailo and Hank are also present. "I understand Magda and Francis wish to converse with him, which I shall be present for."

Magda pats Magnus's hand. "It'll be OK, piccolo. You just mind the fort."

Louis chitters anxiously. "I love you so much," Magnus says to Francis and Magda both, pressing kisses to each of their cheeks. "Be good. Be safe."

Francis is unsurprised to find himself transported to the halls of Aramida medical center; after a year plus with Magnus, he has grown accustomed to blinking his eyes open to an entirely different location. So, it's time. Time to face the man who hurt his loves, who sent Magda's health into severe decline. Who harmed Magda physically, mentally, emotionally, spiritually. It makes him feel better knowing that Erik will be there, but all in all, he is determined. Ready.

"We'll be back soon," he promises, standing on his toes to kiss Magnus properly. "Maybe try and do something nice with the twins to take your mind off of things?"

"Yes, we'll be with the little ones and David all morning," Charles promises, laying a hand on the small of Magnus's back. "No better distraction than our howling children, mm?"

"My big little ones," Magnus grins and jerks his chin upwards in a conciliatory nod. It's a solid impetus; Magnus works best, as all Eriks typically do, when he is given someone to fuss over and look after. Even if that someone is his very grown-up twins, who welcome him and their baby counterparts into the townhouse as the rest descend upon the dreaded laboratory.

Chapter 98: They soil the den they're living in until their droppings reach their chins

Chapter Text

Inside, Magda draws her shawl around her shoulders and lifts her chin, dignified and refusing to cow as she strides directly forward into Klaus Schmidt's field of vision.

He's seated at a table surrounded by beakers and test tubes, microscopes and computers. "Ah, I wasn't aware we would have more guests. Ms. Maximoff, if I recall. Pleasure."

Magda folds her arms across her chest. "No, you do not say my name. You do not say pleased to meet you, how fancy. Not that. Do not treat me like simpering waif." She thrusts a long finger into his face. "You hurt my loves. What do you say to this. What gives you the right to breathe. Defend your life to me, as I had to defend mine from you." She spreads her fingers across his jaw and grips, hard, fingernails slashing a line across pale skin.

"My life? What's one man's life, hm? But right now, I am the man who is willing to help you save your world from devastation. Many more lives. Tsk, tsk. That is the work, Ms. Maximoff. It has to be done. Progress marches forward."

Erik inhales slowly. This is their time. He won't intervene, not yet. But it's grating, he can't help but grimace to listen. Nazi nonsense, just as Charles declared.

"And you are... oh, I see. Another Charles Xavier. Let's hope you're friendlier than your counterpart. Dr. Klaus Schmidt," he introduces himself, extending a jovial hand to the man.

Francis is surprised. In Magnus's memory, Schmidt is taller, more imposing, but the man before him appears somewhat slight. Undeniably shorter than Magnus himself. Perhaps Magnus remembers him differently, like a man with a large, scary, powerful presence. Instinctively, he steps beside Magda, supportive and protective all at once. As if Magda needs protecting, but still. He knows all too well what Schmidt's potential can portend. And when the man addresses him directly, hand extended as if this is a normal meeting of minds, his stomach roils.

"I'm the partner of the Erik you know," Francis hisses, ignoring the hand. "You've no right to expect friendliness from myself or Magda, Schmidt."

Klaus sighs, long-suffering. "Then by all means, do tell me how I can help you," he says with a wide gesture.

Magda glowers. "You gain amusement from this. You do not change. You enjoy cruelty. Not progress. Not science. Real science helps. You destroy only. You failed to destroy us. That is what I come here to tell you. You failed."

Klaus gazes at her, as if seeing her for the first time. "How are your little ones, then?"

"You will never know. You will never see them. They do not know your name and they never will."

"You know what you've done to Magda," Francis says, a touch quieter now, though his voice is still icy. "You know that you've inflicted illness upon her that will deprive her children of their mother. I don't expect that you care, but it's something that you should know." He steps forward, hand on her forearm, as he squares up to Klaus. "You've been brought here to help our kind address a targeted attack. You, especially, know how targeted attacks work."

"I'm afraid I cannot take credit for this," Klaus replies, lifting his gaze to meet the younger man's. "Though it is sophisticated work. Someone has figured out precisely which genes to target, and which expression they'll inherit, that creates the cellular cascade responsible for various mutations. Very intricate. Your hope lies in Erik," he gestures to the man behind Francis. "I will create a serum that strengthens his senses so he can lock onto the viral payload and disintegrate it. That's what you are after, hm? Pity you lack manners, but all the same. I said I would help."

"Manners," Magda rolls her eyes. "You do not get manners. You are killer, a monster. You will be put in the ground. Like all your kind. Irrelevant."

"She is right. You've not earned manners," scoffs Francis, and in that moment, he believes that he understands how his elder counterpart could outright snap. Goodness, he's insufferable, isn't he? Keen to pretend as if he isn't at fault for the pain and suffering of hundreds. Thousands, even. The Schmidt that he met in the asylum had a similar demeanor, but the decisions that one made rendered him...human. He had excluded himself from society on knowing that he would hurt others. Even if he did so for selfish reasons, Francis has to concede it as a meritorious deed.

"I'm here on behalf of my partner," he continues, sliding an arm around Magda's waist. "And as a partner to Magda, too. She wished to confront you personally, but I am here in Erik's stead." What he says next is ill-advised, he knows, but Magnus would wish to hear it. Whether or not he will share the information with Magnus depends on the answer. "Do you have anything that you wish that you could say to him?"

This seems to surprise Schmidt, and he arcs a brow. "Peculiar, that he doesn't ask me for himself?" Schmidt observes, lips turning downward in a harsh line, clearly displeased that Magnus deliberately chose to avoid interaction with him. "I would have him know that I did my utmost to ensure he be outfitted with the skills necessary to take his place in the world. He could rule it all, if he makes the right choices. Perhaps you'll ensure that he does."

"You only think of domination even now," Magda says judgmentally. "That was not his way. It never was. You taught him nothing of value and he forgot it as soon as he could. I hope you remember that for the rest of your days."

Schmidt scowls. "If he chooses to reject his birthright, evidently I cannot stop him."

"Evidently," she spits.

"You look at things and people on in relation to how much value you believe they can bring you," Francis adds, cocking a brow. "And you extrapolate and believe that they, too, could only hope to value-maximize. But, do you know what? Most people don't think that way. Most people see the beauty of all that lies beyond mere value. Erik especially. That, Schmidt, is his true power. It's a shame that you were too myopic to see it for yourself. And now, you've lost your chance to see him embrace his true birthright. Not the one that you prescribed." 

Schmidt gives Francis a clap on the shoulder, an idle movement as a beaker near the back dings and the computer finishes spinning up his latest test. There are vapors that dissipate neatly into the air in small curls. "I know when I've been beat, I suppose. I wish you all the best. I only did ever want that for Erik," he tuts.

Magda gives Francis a small smile and clasps his hand in hers, giving it a squeeze. "That is all we have to say. Such a pitiful man. We go home now, hm?" she entirely ignores Schmidt altogether.

Erik grimaces as Schmidt touches Francis and swiftly steps forward to herd them both back. "We are done here for now. You have work to do," he snaps at the shorter man before leading the two promptly out of the lab.


They head back to the townhouse where Magnus is and he immediately crowds in, petting at them both in an anxious flutter. "Are you OK? He didn't hurt? Hallo, hi," he brushes his fingers through Magda's hair and touches Francis's cheek.

"We are all right, piccolo. We said what we needed to say," Magda assures him softly.

Francis finds he needs to blink something out of his eyes, like sleep that has formed. Everything looks blurry and he swipes it away, thinking nothing of it at first.

Charles is the first to notice, his prescience allowing him to all but download the information from Francis, Magda, and Erik. The interaction was brief and not caustic. but the contact of Schmidt's hand on Francis's shoulder as the vapors fill the room is suspicious. "Are you alright?" he demands of Francis directly, watching as he rubs his eyes.

"Me? Sure," he says off-handedly, swiping at the inner corner of his eyes. "He didn't say much. No more or less than expected."

"No. Physically," insists Charles, wheeling closer. "Something is off."

Erik takes a step forward into Francis's space, doing a quick sweep over him with his vast sensory capacity. "I don't sense anything has changed," he says softly. But he isn't denying Charles's perception, either, believing that there is something that he just can't determine; an instinctive trust in his husband.

Magnus flutters around Francis, an anxious twittering. "Something is wrong? He didn't hurt you, did he?" he sharply eyes Erik.

"I kept watch over him. I didn't sense any harmful effects occurring around Francis, but he did touch him. He didn't transfer anything to him that I could detect," he frowns.

“I don’t think he did,” Francis frowns, still rubbing his eye. “He didn’t even touch me. Well, he put his hand on my shoulder, but that’s it. And only for a second.”

Charles’s expression deepens. He doesn’t know what’s wrong, either, and that bothers him. Something is off, Schmidt did something. “Did you feel anything? Sense anything telepathically?”

“No. He’s a void to me. He could block me out. Maybe it’s whatever I have in my eye that you’re sensing?”

Charles purses his lips. “Maybe. But I don’t think it is. Something feels sinister.”

Erik inhales slowly. "Sometimes, sometimes I have - - I believe things are happening, that they aren't happening," he whispers. "Are you picking up on that, for me? Maybe, I am - - sick, again? Are we certain there is something - - I am sorry, I -" he winces. "Not to doubt. Just, I have these struggles. Knowing what is real and not real. I get sucked into - - conspiracy theories, and whatnot. But you, you are not me. You are sane. So, you say something is wrong. I believe you," he works it out for himself with a nod, twisting his shoulders back and forth as he talks, clearly distressed at the prospect that Schmidt has harmed Francis, somehow. If that's true..."Oh, G-d," he whispers. "Did I miss something, neshama? Did I - fail? No, I can't - there isn't anything to..." Erik's eyes are flicking back and forth, erratic.

Seeing that he's tipped Erik toward something less stable, Charles reaches up to place a hand on his forearm, regretful. "You're fretting. I'm sorry. I didn't mean to make you worry. It was just an observation that I made. Francis insists that he's fine, so we ought to believe him, hmm?"

Francis nods encouragingly, though he leans in to Magnus a bit. "Really. I'm okay. He didn't hurt me. He couldn't have, right? You suppressed his abilities."

"I'm being silly, hm?" Erik nods again, winching his own eyes shut. Focusing on that hand on his arm, the graceful, elegant fingers of his beloved. His other hand still braced, Erik trails his senses along the tiny cracks in little wisps, soothing them. The one who keeps him grounded. Yes, he's just... paranoia. Delusions. He knows. "It's not real," he rasps under his breath. Schmidt is suppressed. He can't hurt them. "We are all OK, right now? We all feel OK? If anything does occur, you let us know. We promised to do our best to protect you and we take that seriously."

"I promise, I'm fine." Francis smiles, blinking hard through the sudden blurriness. He thinks little of it; debris often becomes caught in his eyes, and this feels no different. "But, I'll tell you if that changes, I promise." He squeezes Magnus's hand, and then turns to Magda, eager to change the subject. "You were brilliant in there. I think you frustrated him."

Magda laughs, genuine and free. She takes Magnus's braced hand, gentle against her own brittle palms. "He wishes he made an impact on your life, piccolo. He wishes to be significant, but I made certain he knows he is not. That not a moment goes by we give him any mind. That when you suffer from his face in your mind, we remind you of love and family and you swiftly forget it. And that, is how you win. That is how you are strong today."

She leans forward to kiss his temple. "And you," she eyes up Francis with a twinkle in her own. "He could not bear that Erik loves you. Not him. You are the one. To look him in the eye and tell him that he is a speck. That is how you win. And me. I tell him, to his face, that my children are a blessing and he will never see them grow. Never see them shine. His influence is nothing. He is irrelevant. Yes, he is," she harrumphs, satisfied.

“Irrelevant,” Francis echoes, slipping an arm around Magnus’s waist. “I asked him if he had anything to say to you,” he admits. “All he had to say was that he wished you would seize your potential, or whatever. Same nonsense he’s been peddling your whole life. We told him that you absolutely are, but not the potential he had wished. That your life is much better and more fulfilling than that.” As he speaks, he continues to rub his eyes, which are beginning to sting a bit and redden around the sclera.


Magnus's lips turn down deeply as Francis continues to rub at his eyes through dinner. They're mid-charades (Erik is pantomiming Evel Knievel unsuccessfully) when Magnus drops a hand to his shoulder and presses long, gentle fingers over his jaw.

"Neshama," he whispers. "Your eye is bothering you, isn't it? Let me see, hm?" He smiles, warm. As ever delicate with Francis, in the way he is with all things. Boisterous, impulsive, yes. Frantic and harried, and a bit tripping over his own gangly limbs. But careful, creeping. Little tiny finger touches over glass, mindful of his own strength. And because Francis just deserves that. Deserves to be doted over, fussed and herded and soothed.

Magnus knows his upbringing was quite devoid of such affections and evidently has seen it as his principal duty to rectify that; ensuring that Francis never goes more than a few moments without a lingering touch here or a curl of warmth there at the back of his mind. He craves stability, and it's so strange to consider that he's found it in Magnus. On the outside the young man is positively chaotic. But not when it comes to his love, their relationship. His devotion is steadfast and unwavering. Even when they disagree, he doesn't change the rules or rely on the manipulative tactics favored by Sharon and Kurt. Magnus just loves him. Stunning in its simplicity, endless in its depths. 

Indeed, his eyes are bothering him. Both are. What began as a light irritation has, over the course of a few hours, become an outright frustration. His eyes alternate between burning and stinging, and they've begun to grow blurry. "I think that I got something in them," he says quietly, turning toward his partner. "Maybe I need to wash them out." He attempts to widen them to allow Magnus to look, but when he does, the pain causes him to immediately squint again. "I don't know. Can you see anything? Or, sense anything, rather?"

Magnus shakes his head, his blurry features now dropping into visible anxiety. "I do not sense anything in them," he rasps, but it's not the comforting hum he intends it to be. "How badly does it hurt? Can you see my fingers?" He holds them up in a 'peace' sign.

Erik has lasered in on this as well, the atmosphere in the room gradually morphing into one of concern and confusion from their playful banter of earlier. Even Pietro is struck quiet, worried. "Let me see," he says immediately and strides over to lower himself onto Magnus's prior spot on the couch. His own touch is just-as delicate, but with a more clinical nature. "Look up for me," he instructs, soft, raising a finger above Francis's head to demonstrate where he should follow. His own vision is unlike everyone else's save Magnus, zeroing in specifically on the very atoms and molecules that comprise Francis's eyes, swirling in a three dimensional diorama, but he intends to see how it all looks in motion as well.

"I can. But not well," he admits, noticing, with sudden clarity, that his peripheral vision has darkened quite considerably. Where just a few hours ago he would be able to see Magda at his other side, he now....can't see her at all. This worries him. His worry, he knows, is detectable to Magnus and Erik, who will hear his heartrate quicken as he follows Erik's finger up, up, and....out. Gone. He can't see it anymore, not when it's above his forehead. It drops out of his vision once it leaves his forehead. "They're uncomfortable," he murmurs, reaching for Magnus's hand. "And my periphery is dark."

"I do not understand what is --" Erik's hands come up to rest over his lips, the plastic of his brace making a sharp indent. "The virus. The virus, I can't detect the virus."

In an instant he's teleported Klaus Schmidt into their living room, suspended in Erik's grip completely immobile, hovering a few centimeters off the ground. Erik is unlike he has ever been, a dark and dangerous shroud blanketing his mind like a wildfire.

"You. You said you would help me. He is infected. He got infected. How could he. You told us it was not transmissible human-to-human. You told us this," Erik growls, his good hand coming up against Schmidt's throat. "Did you lie. Answer now or I will end your existence."

Schmidt, for the first time, looks... for a brief moment, genuinely panicked. "Erik. Bitte, Erik. Believe me. I did not lie. That is what our testing showed, I assure you. It appears we must quarantine Tel and young Charles here. You and I have work to do, yes? That is why I am here. I will help, Erik. I told you I would." He sounds sincere.

The awareness hits Charles at the same moment Erik manifests it, and as Schmidt appears in their midst, he's at Erik's side. This time, it's not to hold him back, or to counsel him, though; it's to reenforce him. "He's going blind," thunders Charles, the room around them turning dark, and not even Charles can tell if it's himself or if it's Erik creating the backdrop, for in this moment, they're united. "You did this, Schmidt. It's not transmissible human to human; it's transmissible when you wish it to be."

"Oh, the beaker," Francis whispers softly, realizing. "In the air...."

Magnus, sandwiched next to Magda and Francis, looks positively wrecked as the gradual impact of what's being discussed slams into him. "Blind? He - hurt you. Hurt. You, you said," he bursts up out of his chair and appears in an instant at Erik's side. "You said you would protect him. You promised. You promised. No, you. No, no, no."

Erik is frightfully blank, but he drops his hand to set it on Magnus's shoulder briefly. "Schmidt. Did you do this."

"An incentive, you see. Like we discussed. Adrenaline. We can't synthesize a real response. But, we can boost your current state. I've perfected this formula. It's in the laboratory, at my station."

Erik materializes a small jar of green, sloshing liquid. "You did this. You hurt Charles. To better your - science experiment." He sounds hollow. Mistake. It was a mistake. A mistake, to bring this man here. A mistake. He's trembling. With no warning, he rears back his hand and rams his palm into Schmidt's face, a loud crack! echoing through the room.

Absent his abilities, Schmidt feels the bone in his nose snap and the blood begin to pool at the back of his throat, letting out a sharp whine of pain. "Erik! Stop, stop. Erik, stop."

"You hurt my husband. You are a mistake. An aberration." Erik looks seconds from killing the man.

It was only yesterday that Charles himself had sent Schmidt writhing to the floor, overcome with rage. Blind, filthy, guttural rage, spilling from his soul and channelled through his extra sense. By virtue of his telepathy, Schmidt left without a scratch. Today, he's getting the harm that he deserves. "A stain," Charles hisses, though he grabs Erik's arm this time. Not for Schmidt's sake, but for Erik's. "If you kill him now, we'll have to find another to undo this."

As he speaks, he winds his way into Erik's psyche, which is...frightening, to say the least. He's angrier than Charles has ever witnessed; angrier even than when he incinerated Ivanov—that was partially in grief. This is different. Pure, unadulterated fury. Still, Charles knows that he must settle himself amongst the frey, keep himself in his husband's view at all times. He deserves much less. But we need him. Don't kill him yet, Erik. Please.

Before anything else, before his darkest, deepest impulses, Erik belongs to Charles. At his most overwhelmed and crisis battered, spilled open for all in the room to see him in desperate vulnerability, he slowly jerks his head into a nod. Everyone else can scarcely believe it as he relaxes his grip on Schmidt's neck, letting the man's head loll forward.

Schmidt winces. "This formula will work. You'll be powerful beyond your wildest dreams, Erik. An absolute visionary. This is the work, this is what we always wanted."

"I did not want any of this!" Erik bellows, the force of his voice ricocheting tremors off of the walls. "I was a child. You killed my mother. My father. My sister. You enslaved me. You decimated my spirit. You come here now, to hurt my beloved."

Magnus is barely holding on at the seams himself, but he is far more focused on Francis in front of him. "Try, please? Focus on me. Can you see my eyes? You were the first one I noticed, you know that. When I came here, the first time. You smiled at me, he did. But it was your smile, you still smile like that. Just keep trying, OK?" he warbles, trying pitifully to sound assured and confident.

When Erik lets go, Charles takes hold—but only to freeze Schmidt in place. Erik will more than take care of that, but he wants both Schmidt and Erik to know that he isn't trying to spare anyone. "Let's go, then. We've work to do; Schmidt, you're not eating or sleeping until we've accomplished what we need. Then we'll decide what to do with you."

Francis is trembling in place, horror-stricken. His vision deteriorates with each second, and, desperately, he turns to Magnus. "We'll be able to fix it, right? If it's a virus, I can heal?" Vaguely, he thinks to study Magnus's face, memorize it, for fear that he will not have the opportunity to look at it again with such clarity. "Right? Right?"

Magnus presses their brows together, anchoring him through touch, which is natural between them when they are at home with one another and Magda, who is beside him and takes his hand within both of hers. "If it is virus, we will make a medicine," Magda says swiftly. "We will make him help. And we will stay right here. Feel my hand. Hear our voice. Use out your sense, within our minds. See with our eyes. You can see anew. You are not trapping. We have got it. We got it."

She is the heavy weight between them, weaving them together and settling deep, firm roots that spread out to weather the storm whipped up by the two elder mutants. She lets her voice carry on the wind. "No matter what happens. We are a family, piccolo, right? Erik, Charles, Wanda, Pietro, Magda," she taps Francis on the nose.

"It just needs some calibrating," Schmidt promises, sounding a tad... desperate? His genteel disregard has fallen away, with the realization that these two really don't need him at all. "But the precise ratios have yet to be calculated. I have the data sets in here," he touches the side of his temple, that black void of his mind.

"Then be grateful I do not reach in and rip it out atom by atom," Erik grits, hard and cold. "Nor that I do not turn you inside-out, you G-ttverdammt degenerate." 

It’s terrifying to imagine never seeing Magnus again. Or Magda. Or the twins. Or Louis. Or a blue sky, a painted sunset, a breathtaking vista. Nebulae in space and in green eyes, swirling with mischief and love. As the world closes in around him, he grips the hands of his two loves, his anchors, and wills himself to believe them. Medicine. Senses. He studies them both with panicked eyes, trying to memorize every detail of their faces. The placement of Magnus’s freckles, the dimples when Magda smiles. “Can we go to the twins?” he all but whispers, gripping tight. “I want to see them.”

“I can pull the datasets from your thoughts without you,” Charles adds flatly, sending a twinge of pain to Schmidt’s eyes, just because. “You don’t have them, you need to do the math still. You can’t lie, Schmidt. You’d better start calculating, or you’re dead on your feet.”

In an instant, two fresh bundles appear in their arms, one for Magnus and one for Francis. He usually always takes Wanda, she's the less zoomy baby, while Magnus uses a gentle application of his abilities to ensure Pietro doesn't go zipping off into the sunset unprompted. "She looks just like you when you are studying," Magnus chatters up a storm, trying to use his words as a totem for Francis to grasp on. He flutters around Charles and Erik, too, touching at the seated man's forearm in an attempt to soothe. "It's OK. We will make sure he helps, and we will let Charles--fah--Francis use his abilities to see through our eyes, and help him navigate with a new perspective," he whispers steadily. "Because we are a family. Family heals each other."

Erik doesn't feel as generous as Magnus, when it comes to extolling the virtues of his presence. He doesn't fight it, though, aware that Francis must be very overwhelmed. He's been selfish, he knows. Consumed with rage, unable to control himself. A horrid reaction. He swallows down the bile of shame. "You're right," he says hoarsely. "Of course you are. I am here, too. I won't give up. I'll use what he gives me to repair you to the very best of my capacity. I know you must blame me, all of you. It's all right if you do. I understand. Just know I will do my utmost to make this better. I won't rest, either."

Magnus’s words are a hook for him to hang on to, certainly, and he clings. Clings as he observes Wanda in his arms, with her auburn curls and dark skin. Magnus is right; she looks oddly serious at the moment, and it’s beyond cute to see an infant wearing such an adult expression. Pietro’s white hair is stunning as it reflects the low light in the room, his face much more similar to Magnus’s. Cherubic and mischievous. He studies both babies, the colors of their eyes, hair, lips as they babble.

Yes, he will be able to see them again through everyone else, but he’s glad to be able to have his own memory, too. He doesn’t know, now, if the tears are what blur his vision or if it’s the loss of vision at large instead. “You’re all so beautiful,” he whispers, first to the twins, and then to Erik and Magda. “So beautiful. If the last things I get to see with my own eyes are you four, then I’m happy. I really am.”

With a pang toward his younger self, Charles nudges his husband. Perhaps we should give them some privacy, darling. It’s not your fault, you know that. Let’s let them be. I’ll send Hank over for whenever they’re ready to have Francis looked at. We need to deal with Schmidt. 

Erik jerks his head sharply, bashing his knuckles into his eyes to remove the gathered tears there, grateful that at the very least, Francis wouldn't see him lose his composure in a meaningful way.


Dealing with Schmidt turns out to be an ordeal all of its own, whereby Erik has to store him in a void in order to prevent himself from having a catastrophic meltdown of gargantuan proportions, which does not serve any purpose and he knows, dramatically centers his guilt over Francis's far more legitimate horror over his new reality. Well, it doesn't turn out to be as much horror as Erik expects, which he supposes he should have expected.

Francis's family in their origin-'verse is ironclad and large, and their community is big. Making minyan at shul in Genosha means being accosted by their version of Mrs. Cernik, a wicked sharp Go-player, licorice-spice tea drinker, lover of telenovelas and gossip. And with Eliska comes her friends, who have functionally adopted the Lehnsherr-Xavier-Maximoff clan. Two young men adrift without family of their own, trying to make their way in the vast sea.

Carmen Pryde and his tribe of misfits come next, along with Janos and Isadore. It's busy in their reality, but joyous. They don't let Francis stew for a second.

"We heard you were jammin' fingers in your eyes to get on the pogey, you lazy bastard," Irishman Sean Cassidy smirks at him as he shoulders into their home. Well, he's Irish-adjacent, from a coal-mining town called New Waterford in Nova Scotia with a matching Maritime accent to boot. He's got the flaming red hair and freckles aside, almost reminiscent of Erik, except he's pale as a ghost.

"You be nice to him, young man," Eliska Cernik tuts at him sharply.

Teresa - Teri to her friends - Pryde and her young daughter file in with a casserole. "We're sitting shiva," the little girl explains sharply. "To mourn your loss, Mr. Xavier. You get to eat anything you want, and you don't have to talk if you don't want to. And we brought board games. It's not really shiva. That's only if someone dies. You're going to live a long, long time."

Magnus swoops her up for a hug and tickles her sides. "We will set sheva. One more than six minutes."

Magda moves in with the two to help as Francis learns to adjust, which means that the twins are with them all the time. The full house is something that Francis really, really enjoys, so much so that even in the first days of total blindness—now just shadows—he finds himself smiling and laughing with great frequency. It’s undeniably going to be a difficult adjustment, for even with his telepathy, he has a lot to learn, but his family never lets him forget that they’re there for him.

Magnus is always at his side. He gives Francis license of his own eyes, which he uses sometimes. It will take time to calculate the differences between what Magnus sees and what Francis needs to be aware of, but all assure him that it will come with time. Mostly, he holds on to Magnus’s arm and allows himself to be guided, still timid and cautious. The family they’ve built is magnificent, though. Eliska, Carmen, Teri, Kitty, Daniel, Izzy, Janos, and Sean dote upon him, and while the attention makes him blush, he’s grateful for the care.

“Maybe I can be on your team when we play the games,” Francis suggests to the little girl, eyes clouded and unfocused behind dark lenses. Magnus made him some glasses on his request so that he doesn’t have to worry about looking in the wrong place. “You can help me.”

Sean cheats, of course, changing the rules of the game at a drop of a hat to give himself the most pieces at any given moment whilst Kitty slaps his hands admonishingly.


When Hank finally does drop in on their universe over the next few days, the group is sleeping together in a pile on the living room couch. Sean's head is on Eliska's foot and abandoned tea-cakes get swept up by Magnus to make room for Hank's enormous frame. He grins and nudges Francis awake, one hand in his as he leads him through a weaving dance around abandoned soda cans. "How is Tel doing?" he whispers to the blue doctor as he whisks them back through an interdimensional portal into the Genoshan laboratory where Erik and Charles have mostly stayed awake in the interim.

Erik is clutching a small container of greenish liquid in hand. "She is resting now," he murmurs. "Schmidt says this is the last stage of the serum, and it is evidently ready for me to try. Are you doing all right, Francis?" he asks his husband's counterpart, doing his best to batten down the abject fury he still feels at Schmidt.

Surrounded by friends and family, the first few days of this new life isn't bad at all. In fact, he feels so lucky to be who he is, and that luck overwhelms him to the point of forgetting, for moments at a time, that he's now without vision. It's not all perfect, but the boardgames and friends are helpful. He's also using his telepathy in new ways; even after just a few days, he's begun to learn how to employ it for these purposes.

Other people are his own proxies, and each person has promised that he is allowed to "use" them, if he so chooses. Magnus is his go-to, but when he wishes to "see" his partner, he slips behind the gaze of someone else and stares and stares and stares. Still beautiful. When Hank retrieves them and beckons them back to the other world, the hangover seems to wear off a bit. Erik, the elder, is reeling still, and Francis can feel it sharply. He holds tight to Magnus's arm as they enter a laboratory, empty gaze directed at his own feet.

"I'm alright," he says softly. "Our friends and family have been wonderful. But, you're exhausted. I can tell."

It serves to bring Magnus and Francis even closer together, as they learn to navigate their new reality. Fortunately, their respective mutations fill in the gaps. Magnus's vision presents other issues; Francis isn't always sure what is what, with things looking a chaotic jumble, but his own abilities soon fill in the gaps and before long the blobs and shapes begin to take form again.

With as much time as he spends in Magnus's mind, tendrils wisping over his consciousness, he notes that Magnus gradually begins to relax his shoulders and the tension carried in him for years starts to ease. Magda follows them into the abyssal portal, and she squeezes Francis's arm. "He looks like he has not slept in days," she describes to her partner, her voice a sharp admonishment.

"Bah, I will rest when the elixir does its job. There are some things we do need to discuss," he says softly. "For starters, your telepathy. You've undoubtedly noticed your skills improving, and that improvement affects Magnus, too. If I do take this serum and it allows me to cure Tel and reconstruct your vision, your telepathy will suffer a regression. I cannot tell you how much you will regress, either, as your brain orients itself. You could lose more than you even started with. This was always the issue my own Charles had when it came to reconstituting his spinal cord," he gestures to his husband.

Chapter 99: I have my castle. 'He who flies shall win the fight.' So say the wise.

Chapter Text

Immediately, Francis slips behind Magda’s eyes and observes. Indeed, Erik looks outright haggard, with deep purple circles beneath his eyes and mussed hair. Charles looks marginally better, but only because Erik has insisted that he rest a little. Wait…how does he know that? He just does.

“If you’re losing sleep because of me, please don’t,” Francis says to Erik, taking a wobbly step forward. He misses the first few times, but eventually, his hand lands on the man’s forearm. “Really. It’s okay. You have a family to care for, too. You feel like this is your fault somehow, but it isn’t at all.” With that, he feels his way back to Magnus and Magda and slots himself between them both, clutching each forearm. “What do you two think I should do?” he asks them. “What would you do if you were me?”

Magnus and Magda accost him immediately and buoy him gently, not allowing him to trip over his own feet for even a second longer than necessary. Magda, shrewd and sharp, knits her brows first. "You mean he will lose the telepathy? His sense, in our minds? I would not pick that. I cherish your mind and Erik next to mine. And, you can use it to see, eh?" she says with a shrug of her unoccupied arm.

Erik has to snort. It's blunt, if nothing else. "You won't lose all of it, certainly not. But you have likely noticed it is sharper, more attuned. And that has reverberation. Magnus, you've probably noticed you're more psychologically stable. Emotionally present. That's because Francis is filling in those gaps. Those things, you might lose."

"But he could see again? I can lose that," Magnus says immediately. "I don't care. I will lose it. If he can still have his telepathy and see. I give him my eyes, but mine are so different, it's not the same. I have felt... I feel it, here," he admits, touching his chest. "Solid. Real. But I can learn that again, another way."

Francis frowns, and then with the ever-careful help of Magnus and Magda, lowers himself into a seat. Yes, he has noticed how much sharper his telepathy is already. He has noticed how Magnus is more tethered, less flustered, more...himself. It's as if the clouds of self-doubt are clearing to enable his soul to shine more brightly. That brightness is something that Francis has always seen, always adored, but it's closer to the surface. And it's beautiful, powerful. Addicting. It would be a shame to see that go away. "Do you really think that's the only way?" he asks Erik softly. "Sight or a loss of this? There's not a way to get back to this level?"

"That's how mutant brains adapt to injury, neshama," the elder Erik murmurs as gently as possible. "Our senses expand to compensate, and you've been gifted a tremendous sensory perception. It fills in, where your vision fails. So you will notice less ability. Less power. I do not know how much less."

Magda, as always, is a voice of reason. "Then you remember serum. You remember, and take it again when he wish to see. Maybe not now. But when ever he want in the future." She is roots trailing down to Francis's feet. Coiling all about, whilst her hand rubs his forearm gently. She grips it now, serious. Solemn. She answers, Magda always charges forth. "An open choice. I would pick the open choice."

Francis considers Magda's words with great care, for she always has intelligent things to share and makes him reconsider his perspective. Yes...that's the only choice, isn't it? The choice of choice. It's not as if the serum is going anywhere. Erik will be able to fix him in the future, too. If one day he decides that his vision is worth more than this, than this incredible gift, then that will be that. For now, this newfound power and potential may be worth it. "Then you'll have to help me out a little as I learn how to navigate the world this way," he says softly, squeezing her hand back. "It won't be easy, will it?"

Magnus taps him on the nose with a wrinkled-up smile of his own. Centered and humming, snapped-in. He feels it, now. The Earth and the Expanse, incomprehensible in all their splendor. Unlike the Erik Brian Xavier knew, Magnus isn't equipped to deal with such a vast input. He's not as strong as that Erik. Maybe no other Erik will be. But their abilities are twined together. Like natural forces.

"We will make it easy, dearest-heart. I promise you. I promise this." He takes Francis's hand and presses it to his own heart. "I will make it easy. You won't need even to think. I can do such little things. I have got you, and you have got me. What's mine is yours, OK? Use it, use my ability."

Francis smiles softly, and through that touch he feels the two of them grow ever closer. Physically, spiritually. His mind, Magnus's body. Their powers in union, they are much, much stronger. It's unfortunate, he will forever acknowledge, that such power will have to come at this great cost, but in the end....he knows that it will be worth it. Just as Charles lives without the use of much of his body, Francis will do so without his vision. It's his duty and his honor, too. "I want to visit Schmidt again," he announces. "May I? Can someone bring me to him?"

Magnus and Erik both tense harshly. Magnus is shaking underneath, tremors wracking his long fingers where they rest casually on Charles. "But he hurt you. Erik could not stop it. What if he hurts... worse? What if he does worse?" A million evil machinations roil through him at once, via the Expanse where he grows ever more connected up by each passing day.

"I can, with this. I should be able to," Erik says. "Schmidt claims nothing will be beyond me once I consume it. I can take you to him, yes. Magda and Magnus will wait here with the twins, is that acceptable?" Erik asks as he plucks off the vial's stopper and grimaces before tossing it down the hatch in a single movement.

The Erik that blinks his eyes open is shifted just-so. The way he felt on psilocybin. Something within him changing, growing awareness. Erik, accustomed to the sensation of his entire being getting swept away in a tide of universal chaos, just hangs on for the ride. After only a few seconds he blinks his eyes clear, blood-shot red highlighting vivid malachite.


"Erik, wai—" Charles flings a hand out toward his husband just a moment too late, for the green serum is already gone. The last several days have been sleepless and angry, with Erik's calm and collected essence smoldering away to reveal an almost maniacal focus. For Erik doesn't see any chasm between Francis and Charles; in his eyes, Schmidt hurt them all right under his nose. It's a combination of guilt and fury, propelling him forward.

"Whoa." Slotted alongside Erik, Charles begins to see, too. A level of detail previously unexplored now plays across Erik's awareness. They're details that Charles does not understand at all, but he can feel Erik beginning to put pieces together. Are you alright, love? he asks softly, squeezing his hand. Francis, too, has clung to Erik as he dipped in to this new realm, though he's far less practiced than Charles. "Oh, oh," he stammers, clinging more forcefully to Magnus. "This is...a lot."

Erik grins, despite himself. Despite everything, really. It's a moment out of time and space, a snapshot of his spirit that could never be quelled. The part of him that seeks joy and friendship, the universal custodian in his heart. He flicks his fingers and a the whole room dissolves, and they all turn into a kaleidoscopic Mobius strip for a few seconds. They all gently meander through a warp of Strange and Wonder.

Magnus and Francis turn into succulents, swaying mother-in-law's tongue with long tendrils. They become soil, sifted through enormous fingers like grains of sand. They become aspen trees, stretching for miles and miles. Slime molds playing the casino, octopuses swirling up to show off an impressive trick. Erik uses a tentacle to tap Charles's octopus-nose with a wink of his own octopus-eye before jetting off in a game of catch-me, catch-me!

It's nothing like what Schmidt expected from him. To rule, conquer, pillage and destroy. To crush, to reign supreme over all. Erik is the most powerful being likely in existence that they know about, for a few moments, and their blended family becomes sea-sponges hitching a ride on the back of an ancient turtle. Because that is where Erik gets his power. They fling through the stars, through the center of a black hole, and dissolve into trillions and billions of scattered atoms spread out across one end of the Expanse to another.

And then they coalesce. Right-side-up, ten fingers and toes all accounted for. Where Erik has Schmidt stored, in a pleasant office with oak wood panels and creeping vines.


Schmidt blinks at their arrival, having busied himself with one of the history books Erik left for him. The window behind him overlooks a skyline from a city that doesn't exist on Earth as they know it, Erik just created this entire place at random, all inside a spherical drop contained in a far-off corner. "I wasn't expecting your return," he admits, folding the cover over.

Francis doesn't know where he is or what they're doing. In fact, there are moments where he's not even sure what he is, for what he knew of the world disappears around them as he follows Erik somewhere else, into a cleave of reality superimposed before his consciousness. Form and function intermingle. In one moment, he's himself and in the next, he's everything else. All the while, there's Erik, who may not be recognizable visually but is always, always there, like an anchor, a port in a storm. Erik is Magnus and Magnus Erik. He's Charles and he's also Francis.

Such distinctions, within this liminal body, are meaningless, and it's so powerful a realization that he finds himself on the brink of tears, and then— And then, the world resembles the world again, except he still can't see. He's standing beside the elder Erik, braid perfectly tidy once more, in a room resembling an office. He knows this through Erik's eyes, which are easier to use than Magnus's—evidently, the elder Erik knows how to provide a filter for him.

Schmidt doesn't look as harried as Francis had hoped, but he doesn't hold that against anyone. It's a neutral fact. Nothing about his own world would have benefited from something else. "Erik was kind enough to bring me here," he tells Schmidt, unfocused blue eyes resting on the table before Schmidt. He wishes briefly that he had his glasses, but decides a split second later that he doesn't care, that it doesn't matter.

Let Schmidt look upon what he's done. "I wanted to come here because I felt the need to tell you that I feel sorry for you," Francis begins. "After all this time spent in isolation, away from the silly constructs of our world on Earth, you still can only focus on the fictions that we've created. You're stuck, ruminating about grand notions of power and hierarchy, fantasizing about what you might do if given another shot at it."

Francis raises his chin, and though he's still not looking at Schmidt directly, he can feel, now, where his presence is. "That's probably the most pathetic story I could ever imagine. It's so pathetic that I decided that I won't waste anger on you, Klaus Schmidt. That would be embarrassing. I don't even care whether or not Erik decides to spare your life. If they kill you, the greatest benefit that this world will derive is in the resources spared for your upkeep. If they let you live, you'll live out the rest of your days as pathetically as you've already lived them. But, it doesn't matter either way. You, Schmidt, don't matter. You're nothing, truly," he concludes, voice even, almost congenial. "That's all."

Schmidt grimaces, unseen to Francis, and beside him Magnus squeezes his hand, a totem linking him to their shared space. He's nudged up close as he always is now, Francis leaning against his good forearm to keep himself centered. Relying on one another to remain stable, as always. It's the first time that Magnus has been in Schmidt's presence since leaving Auschwitz, and the tension is both visible and tactile through his body. "You hurt my loves. Me, too. You hurt us. But we don't think of you anymore. Charles is happy, and whole. You didn't destroy anything. You didn't teach us anything. Magda says it right. You are irrelevant. We made a home for mutants without you. You will be alone. Forever. You are broken. You did not break me!" Magnus says, laughing a little. "I have a family. All my own."

Schmidt scowls. "You reject the power of a god to play house with lesser mutants and humans. That is pitiful. You could have ruled these insignificant beings."

"That is our difference," Magnus says with a smile that clearly grates on Schmidt. "I see beauty. You see what you can exploit. You can't build on hatred. That is just a slow destruction. You were always destined for ruin."

Francis smiles softly, because he can feel rather than see that Magnus, too, has smiled. Schmidt's annoyance is evident, too. "Erik and I will live the rest of our days as free men, enjoying all that the universe has to offer, blissfully forgetting everything you ever were. You will live out the remainder of your days in your own pathetic company, stewing and angry over the fact that, despite giving up everything in search of power, you still ended up powerless. How very sad."

Charles, surprised but proud of Francis's sudden prescience, nods in agreement of his younger self. "Pitiful and pathetic, indeed. The only person you broke is yourself, Schmidt. That is how weak you are.

Schmidt rises to his feet in a burst of movement, unable to contain his final fury. Erik, beside his husband, does nothing more than blink to stop him in his tracks. "No. You have harmed us enough. You will not be free again, Schmidt."

"You wouldn't just leave me in this... wretched nowhere-land?" he grimaces, recalling the camp. It hadn't been much, but at least there were other beings, so that he wouldn't be bored to death.

"I will send for your compatriots," Erik grants with a press of his lips. "What you choose to build here will be up to you. You'll have everything you need. Forever is a long time. I encourage you to form friendships. To examine why you behaved how you did. Why you only find joy in suffering and depravity."

He looks like he genuinely can't understand what Erik is saying. "What is your game, boy? What do you want from me?"

Erik squints. "I do not desire anything from you, Schmidt. That you grow, perhaps. That you develop a conscience. That you find joy and love. That you repair what you've broken."

"I gave you everything I could!"

"I know. I know you did." It's quiet.

Francis can’t help but smile as Erik’s words lay atop Schmidt, their sting a satisfaction. “You gave all you could and it still didn’t work. That epitomizes it all nicely. You weren’t even good at the one thing you gave your life to. How sad.” Lacing his fingers with Magnus’s own, Francis stands tall. “I think we’re done here."

Within an instant Erik brings them home and quite suddenly he bundles up Francis and Magda into a hug, and pats Magnus on the shoulder. "You both did so good," he rasps. "Me, too," he taps his heart. "We faced him. And came away whole. You are right. He doesn't matter anymore. We are OK," he looks back fondly at his own husband and separates to wrap both arms around him, kissing his temple. "You did so good, my love. I love you. So much."

When they’re back in the townhouse again, Francis sighs a little and leans against Magnus. There’s some sense of finality now; he’s opted to sacrifice his vision for his telepathy. Magda has astutely pointed out that he can call upon Erik if he ever wishes to reverse, but bidding farewell to Schmidt has made this feel like less of an interlude and more…real. This is his life, now. Nothing will ever be the same. Charles, too, is feeling a bit somber. He leans in to the hug and closes his eyes briefly. “And I you,” he replies softly.

“I’m proud of all of you. Especially you two,” he says to Erik and Magnus. “Facing that man isn’t easy, but you did it. And did it well.”

Magnus (with little Louis in tow) bends down to wrap Charles up, too. "Because of you. Charles, all Charleses, everywhere. You helped me. And I found Charles, my Charles," he grins. "Our life is a tumble-whirl. I would change nothing. You helped me to help my loves. Charles and Magda. I can never repay to you both."

Charles sighs, but smiles, a proud one this time. “You owe nothing, my love,” he says to the young man, rubbing his back. “You appeared in our midst that day and we all instantly loved you, didn’t we? That’s just the perk of being Erik Lehnsherr. There’s nothing you could ever do that would warrant repayment, darling.”

"We can help Tel, now? And all our people?" Magnus whispers, reaching out toward Erik.

Erik grins. "They're already fixed. Do you all want to come visit her? Hank is very surprised over there."

Magda laughs. "Of course they are fix."

"And you, too," he tells her gently. "Your cancers are gone. You'll live a long, happy life." He pats her on the hand.

Magda gasps, a hand flying to her mouth. "Oh, you are not serious! Oh. My babies. I will see my babies grow???"

Francis gasps too, feeling his way toward Magda. It takes him a few tries, and he feels like he may have snacked her shoulder inadvertently, but it doesn’t matter because in the next moment she’s in his arms, tightly held. If his being blinded was the motivation that Erik needed to develop this part of his abilities and save Magda, then it was so beyond worth it. “You get to help us raise them,” he whispers, unfocused eyes tearful as he pulls her still-frail figure in. “I’m so glad. We were terrified to do it without you.”

Magnus is in tears, trembling with the force of his shock as he realizes. Just like that, their world is saved from the virus that threatened to destroy them and the mother of his children is healthy. He too nudges forward and rubs Francis and Magda's arms one after the other, and Francis can hear his wet laughter. "I thought we lost you, I thought Tel - and all the Genoshans - and -"

Erik grins, proud. "It did not come without cost," he whispers. "I am truly sorry, for failing to identify Schmidt's plan. If ever you would like to regain your vision, do not hesitate to tell me. But I think, knowing what I do about my husband's telepathy, that you will compensate beautifully. Grow further beyond vision, even."

"Sister universes," Magnus beams. "Forever. You tell us, if you need help. We will be there so fast. Our Genosha is thriving thanks to you!"

“I would exchange my vision for Magda a million times over,” Francis professes, suddenly elated in the embrace of his family. Magda had been encouraging them not to mourn her while she was still alive, but it had been hard. Extremely hard. The fact that they don’t have to try to ignore that sad reality anymore is beyond freeing. “Thank you. I’m so glad we came. We are so thankful.”

Charles smiles softly, lacing his hand with Erik’s own. “Any time. Please, visit any time. We’re even happy to babysit those little angels of yours.”


Magnus, Magda, Francis and the baby twins, along with Tel are soon transported back to their base realities, finally giving Erik and Charles a little room to breathe and decompress.

Erik has shwooped them all up into the bedroom, with David seated cross-legged between them, playing with his gyroscope gifted by Brian. Erik is marveling at a constellation of sparkles above David's head, swishing them about lazily as his good hand strokes Charles's neck to ease the knots there, a glowing hum - and then he stutters. Erik gasps, eyes widening, and Charles feels his entire consciousness disappear. His eyes are still open, and he's upright, but there's no response, and Charles can feel the electrical firing off in his brain -

a seizure. He's having a seizure.

It’s a relief to be back at home, in the quiet of the townhouse. The past week has been an absolute whirlwind, and Charles is beyond exhausted. Exhausted, and….more. Yes, it’s something more. Even in the peace of their home, surrounded by family, it’s as if some restlessness is underlying his every move, urging him to do something. He doesn’t know where this is coming from or what it is, but he’s frustrated by it. Erik’s hand on his neck helps.

They’re seated against their headboard in bed, David placidly playing between them, and he’s trying to focus on the peace. A massage, stars, David. Massage, stars, David. And then—

The sudden drop of Erik from his mind is painful and jarring, and Charles snaps his head to the side, expecting to see an empty space where his husband once sat, but Erik is still there. A seizure. Charles can feel the seizure. “Erik,” Charles urges, fully aware of David among them, aware that his son may panic if Charles does. But…Charles can’t even lift his torso from the headboard, let alone run for help. What he can do, however, is stop the seizure mechanically.

A twitch of his abilities is all it takes, and though the electrical currents stop going haywire…he doesn’t come to. Wanda, Charles frantically calls, gripping Erik’s hand desperately. I need you to get Erik to the hospital right now. Please.

Wanda pops in immediately, and looks over at Erik, who is still sitting unresponsive. She lifts David up first, who has begun to crawl over Erik in worry, and sets him on the floor with a pat to the head. "Oh, you're OK. It's OK. Let's get tate to the hospital," she whispers fondly and in a flourish they all disappear to AMC, where she's got Hank and Daniel to show up as well. Daniel blinks as Wanda has materialized Erik onto a stretcher. He's still unconscious, but making little automatisms, clucking his tongue at the roof of his mouth and jerking his feet like there's too much energy dispersed through his body still.

"What's going on?" the doctor looks to Charles, worried, but it takes only a moment for him to identify using a pen-light to view his pupils that he's post-ictal. "Tell me everything, let's get Sooraya down here, too," he eyes Hank shrewdly.

“He had a seizure,” Charles breathes, refusing to take his hand from Erik’s own as he lies unresponsive on the stretcher. “One minute he was fine, and the next he wasn’t. I stopped the seizure, but he’s…” Charles squeezes Erik’s hand tighter, heart racing. In his head, David is flashing alarm bells, demanding to know what’s the matter with tate, and so Charles releases Erik’s hand to take David from Wanda, holding him close. “I don’t know what caused this, he didn’t…oh. Oh.”

“The serum,” Hank supplies, drawing that same conclusion. “Right. We need to get him in for an MRI.”

Sooraya appears moments later, unflappable as ever in her modest hospital-wear, scrubs set over a long-sleeved black shirt and a colorful hijab trailing down her back as she's been doing mostly clinical work rather than surgical. "Dr. Xavier, we meet again," she attempts to diffuse the tension with her version of a 'joke,' her eyes lighting up in a brief expression of warmth before she focuses on her patient. She consults his chart and begins hooking up the equipment to take his vitals. "Ms. Maximoff, will you transport us all down there and make certain any metallic items are removed from anyone entering the room? And we want to verify that all of his implants are de-magnetized," she adds.

Wanda closes her eyes and in a flash, red sparkles appear all around them and whisk them down to the MRI room, and she clasps her hands together as Erik appears on the bed leading into the machine. "We are all good to go. I de-magnetized us all," she adds with a tap to her nose. "I sent for Pietro as well. He says he's getting us some snacks."

Chapter 100: Schooled in the art of rhetoric, the Nightingale's response was quick,

Chapter Text

Charles attempts to console David telepathically, who is demanding to know what’s wrong with Erik, but he expects that David has picked up on his own deep anxiety. Sooraya is calm and clinical, but Hank and Daniel are both worried. Erik’s brain activity seems to still be erratic, and Charles doesn’t know how to stop it. They’re in the MRI room in a blink, and Charles feels a warmth radiate through his spine as Wanda de-magnetizes all of the metal hardware that has been surgically implanted over the years. His chair, too, hums for a moment.

“What’s your best guess?” Charles has to ask Sooraya as Hank and Daniel hover over his poor husband to position his body correctly on the MRI bed. “Because I’m on the verge of losing it.”

"I do not prefer to guess," Sooraya replies, clearly discomfited by the suggestion. A sharp look from her mentor conveys that now is not the time for rigidity, and she realizes that she's standing before a patient's loved one. One who has endured an incredibly agonizing journey along with his spouse as they've both struggled with physical and mental ailments. Her lips purse in a small smile, and she inclines her head.

"Seizures are caused by an excess of electrical activity within the brain," she begins, not intending to belittle anyone by presuming they don't know this, but it's how Sooraya works. Start at the very beginning. Build the foundation, first. "The serum that he was given amplified his natural capacity, which has a neurological component. His brain is primed to receive and manipulate vast amounts of sensory information. My guess is that the serum introduced more information to his brain than it could process - at the end of the day, his brain is a finite structure. It cannot contain infinite information."

Charles gazes over Erik’s form, limp save for the sporadic twitches, spasms, clicks of his tongue and throat. He had noticed a change in Erik’s mental landscape upon his ingestion of the serum, but the amount of information that Charles is able to take in at once is so vast that he scarcely noticed or even considered the new funnel of input. His brain is built to hid it, Erik’s is not. Hank wheels him to the other side of a safety barrier as the MRI machine powers up with Erik inside of it. “So, the serum will wear off and he’ll be better?” Charles presses, understanding that Sooraya doesn’t wish to give him premature information, but desperate for it anyway. “It’s been hours. It should wear off soon.”

Sooraya grimaces a little. "We will monitor him as the serum begins to wear off, and search for improvements in his neural scans. I cannot make any guarantees. This is a pharmacological solution that is unknown to us, and Erik's brain is already quite mysterious on its own. Seizures can cause brain damage. The more seizures he has, the worse his prognosis is. Right now he is in a post-ictal state, but here, we can see that there is a lot of activity in various parts of his brain that indicate he's still experiencing data overflow," she explains, pointing to the scans on the computer screen as they begin to filter in. "Tell me, are you able to keep these seizures suppressed indefinitely? Can you 'turn down' some of this activity?"

Charles frowns deeply and extends his awareness over Erik once more. It takes a push beyond the surface, the consciousness, everything Erik is, to the very structures of his brain. There Charles can feel the activity still running of its own accord in rapid, chaotic misfires. With supreme concentration, Charles quiets the area of his brain that is firing the most, and then little by little, moves across it until the images on the screen no longer light up. “I can do this forever,” Charles murmurs, face a mask of focus. “And I will, if I need to.”

Sooraya draws down the scans on the touch-screen to zoom in with a pinch of her fingers, frowning at the data. "Right here," she points to a darkened region. "This may be why he has yet to wake. The cerebral cortex, and anterior cingulate gyrus."

Charles can feel it as beneath the riotous ocean of Erik's overstimulated nervous system, the ebb and flow of his consciousness begins to flex and reach back instinctively toward the heavy corded bond between them. ... - shama? - - arls?

Erik, my love. The relief is palpable. Erik isn’t conscious, but this is the first sign of his husband that Charles has detected yet. He realizes that he’d been refusing to consider what might happen should he not wake up. I’m here. Darling, I’m here. Stay with me. “I’ve got something,” Charles says out loud, voice strained. “He’s deep in there, but I have something.”

Erik's hand twitches desperately toward Charles, tears forming at the corners of his and falling sideways onto the soft leather of the stretcher leading into the MRI. Machines? Tests? Ex - - peri-- his mind trails off, once more dropping out of range. Charles can feel a vaguely horrified clang in his husband's heart, trapped in this nowhere place. Inside the machine. Tests. Stress testing.

How much pain can he tolerate? Will it manifest his powers at last? Erik moans lowly, sinking deeper into the abyss of universal parallels. Schmidt. Hellfire. Millions of Eriks just like him. Who is he? Which Erik is he? Disturbingly, Charles can sense that Erik has lost the plot entirely, not precisely even recognizing his spouse as his own, instead amalgamating every Charles he is privy to, his ego splintering across the infinite iterations.

Charles aches as Erik writhes and flounders, so clearly frightened. The fact that he doesn’t recognize his surroundings or Charles himself is beyond frightening. Oh, sweetheart. You’re not being experimented on. It’s okay. We have you at AMC. You’re safe, as I’ve got you.

Erik's eyes finally open, but they fail to track anything and he can't understand where he is or, crucially, who he is. He's openly gulping down tears, sobbing uncontrollably the way he does when recovering from anaesthesia. "Gdzię???" he whispers, child-like. The armor has been entirely stripped from him.

Aramida Medical Center,” Charles repeats, both verbally and telepathically. “Home, sweetheart. We’re at home, on Genosha. David is here, and so are Pietro and Wanda. And me. Your family, love. We’re all here for you.” To Sooraya, Charles’s voice is far more panicked. He doesn’t know who or where he is. At all.

Sooraya steps toward Charles and in an uncharacteristic display, sets her hand on his elbow. It's uncommon for people outside his immediate family to touch him, most fearful that he is fragile or that they are not welcome to do so, and Sooraya in particular does not touch others, male, female or otherwise without a clinical reason to do so due to the Pashtun concept of namus, which covers the gender-segregation and familial honor of an adherent to Islam. The concept isn't foreign to Erik and Charles, who have a few friends in the Orthodox movement of Judaism known as Chabad, where similar restrictions are known as shomer negiah.

But, Sooraya is a doctor and she is also a progressive, interpreting her religion in a less strict sense, she prefers simply not to touch those she isn't close friends with, placing importance on even casual acts of touch. Right now, she has deemed this moment as significant. "Erik is experiencing a post-ictal state," she explains kindly. "It is very common for people who have had a seizure to have a brief period of confusion and disorientation. However, he is now awake, and that is a very positive sign." Sooraya slides Erik out from the MRI.

In an instant he has launched himself into Charles's lap, wrapping him up in a shuddering hug like a lemur. His whole body trembles. "Sweetheart," he whispers pitifully.

Knowing that Sooraya is exceptionally judicious with touch, Charles appreciates it all the more, even as it disconcerts. It must be evident in his voice and mien that he is beyond distressed, and perhaps a little manic. David has fled his lap in favor of demanding answers from Wanda, unsatisfied with the ones that Charles was providing, and is growing more frustrated and worried, too, when his elder sister is not the help he wishes she were. “This is more than garden variety disorientation,” Charles protests, though he works to school his voice into something calmer. “He’s—“

But Charles can’t even finish the sentence, for Erik is in his lap once again. All he can do is cling to his husband, rocking him to the best of his ability. “Yes, my sweetheart,” he murmurs, lips near ear. “It’s okay, hmm? You’re here with me. I’ve got you still. That’s alright.”

Wanda snatches David up and sets him atop her shoulders, a vestibular orientation he is very fond of, kept safe and snug in her power as red sparkles shimmer all around him. She transmits images to him as the sparkles dance in front of his eyes, producing signs to provide a more full communication along with her words.

"I know, Little Boo. I know. Our babbetto is having a rough time, hm? He took some medicine to help Magnus and Francis, do you remember them? It made him so strong! He fixed so many people. But it made him a little sick. Don't worry, Boo. We are right here with him, and with you. We won't let him get lost. I promise." She hums as she speaks, bouncing him lightly and rubbing his back with her knuckles how he likes. She draws a privacy barrier over Charles and Erik next, seeing as how Erik seems incapable of inhibition of any kind, she doesn't want him to start spewing The Horrors in front of everyone.

It's a good instinct, as within the shroud, Erik positively shivers at the voice in his ear. He doesn't know much of anything, but his entire spirit knows this. Whatever piece of him is left in its desolate fracture, knows this. His hand unconsciously finds Charles's chest, fingers drawing over the fabric. "Erik. Your Erik," he rasps back, that all-familiar haze ricocheting through his nerves. He knows nothing at all, his only tether to reality made of the thick, winding cords of that heavy bond between them.


Charles is grateful for Wanda in that moment, affording them a modicum of privacy as she seems to understand that her father is in an incredibly vulnerable position at the moment. Not only must that be uncomfortable for her, but it will also be unsettling for David, who doesn't understand why his father is acting so strangely. Because Erik isn't himself right now. His brain refuses to see the context around them; all he knows is Charles.

And Charles knows how important it is that he nurture and care for Erik, when he's like this. "My Erik," Charles agrees, smoothing his hand over Erik's back. He begins to rub up and down his spine, comforting and possessive. Right now, Erik needs to be possessed, and Charles knows it. "Just relax, Erik. It's okay. Stay right here with me. I've got you. Close your eyes and relax." His palm rests against the back of Erik's head, gently holding it to the center of his chest, right over his heart. In control, strong. "Tell me five things you can see right now. Five different things."

The world beyond the privacy screen has all-but evaporated for Erik. While Wanda and David are both highly prescient telepathically, Charles is grateful for the foresight in additional shielding. It's a vulnerability in Erik that he would be positively mortified of having displayed so openly, especially to his children. "Mnn hmmn," Erik shivers a little, teeth chattering in a hyper-stimulated sympathetic nervous system response. Charles feels the crackle of electricity within him like a sparking cable dropped into cold water. Utterly without purchase, fluttering white fabric tied to a pole. Charles knows exactly the point at which Erik snaps inside; surrender.

His body moves on its own, slipping out of Charles's lap to kneel before him, with his good hand over Charles's, holding it to his cheek as his vivid eyes made all the brighter by tears look up at his husband. Charles, the only thing that matters. His sight doesn't work like most, his eyes themselves little more than decoration while his mutation is active. Erik sees with his whole body, a highly attuned sense oriented to everything around. At the moment it's all chaotic noise. "Your eyes," he answers earnestly, holding himself at formal-rest the way he knows Charles likes. Form and precision. He remembers. It's all he can remember.

The desire to please Charles is so strong within him that he chokes down another sob. To be pleasing to him. He tries desperately to focus on four more things, as Charles commands of him, his breathing labored. "Hands. Warm. Your. Voice. See, I see. Charles," he whispers unsteady as the Expanse encroaches. "Trommler. Nnnn. Muss sie zusammenkehren?" It's been a long time since Erik has gotten so twisted up by a flashback, as Ailo calls them. Charles sees what Erik sees, a pile of used cigarette butts stubbed out onto the cold concrete flooring of the laboratory where he spent a majority of his childhood.

It's as though someone has come in and entirely uprooted all that has kept him stable and grounded over the past year. Even still, he does not forget their dynamic. He could never, so it seems. "Charles. Kochanie," the endearment slips out unbidden, Erik's features screwed up in desperation. Trying to hold on, somewhere within recognizing that Charles too is experiencing distress and panic. Erik presses his opposing cheek to Charles's thigh in a gesture of comfort. "Beloved," says he, achingly soft. "Hurt???" Is he hurt, Erik means, of course. Erik wants to help. It is his duty to make things better for Charles.

Charles can feel the crackle of electricity spark through Erik's brain and body both. Although he is conscious, the feeling is nearly identical to the one that clattered through Erik while he wasn't. Haywire, sporadic, random. What has Schmidt's serum done? Charles will refuse outright to bring Schmidt back to assess the damage; that ship has sailed. If Schmidt did this purposefully, then hauling him back here to undo it is bending to the man's nefarious plot. And so for the moment, all Charles can do is console his husband into a calmer state, get him to a point to where they can assess him properly. "Good," Charles awards when Erik rattles off an uncertain list.

Right now, he's not seeing anything so much as he's sensing them, but that's good enough for him. His unbraced hand rests in Erik's long hair, carding through the auburn curls in a gentle, methodic, calming motion. Erik wishes—requires—to be cared for like this right now, and Charles will do so. "No, sweetheart, not hurt," he promises, voice gentle yet firm, confident. Erik must feel safe and controlled. "No more worrying about me, that's off limits right now."

A direct order will make Erik more inclined to believe it, Charles knows. He continues to work his fingers through Erik's hair, eyes gazing into Erik's own tearful ones. And no more speaking aloud. Only in here, he stipulates next, surreptitiously spreading a blanket of calm and warm across his brain. Five more things. Things you can hear, see, or feel. They can be big or small. I know you can do it, darling. Five more.

It gradually begins to settle him. Charles, his tone firm and commanding, is the only thing that keeps Erik from floating off like a helium balloon into the atmosphere. He slips further below. It's completely out-of-character, as Erik always modulates this part of himself when they're in public. Especially because the moment he touches on it, he knows he will dissolve. But he can't, right now. There's no capacity within him to resist that which makes up the very essence of his being, now that he has been stripped to his basic form. Charles has him. His eyes are heavy-lidded, now, pupils blown; malachite eclipsed by wider black. And so he dissolves. Further and further beyond. Non plus ultra.

Memories of the last time Charles had ordered him to his knees curl against the back of his mind like smoke. Brushing up gently before dissipating into the ether and back again. Rope, he shudders. Charles had bound him, then. Used his own power to fix the rope against his skin, hands behind his back. Erik sees it as though its right in front of them. The past and present have no barrier between them, not any longer. He remembers how Charles looked at him, no longer wary of his own need for control. Relishing it, in fact. Erik twitches hard as he recalls. Charles is glorious in his steadfast, regal strength.

Your eyes. The sun. Warm, you - - warm, warm. Please. Keep. Me. Don't. Want to disappear, can't - he gasps, tears dripping down from his jaw onto his shirt. Keep. Be good. I'll be good. Please. He exhales sharply. Three more things. He can do it. Charles believes in him. That praise arrows right through him. Just that small reward, Erik cradles it close. Charles often wonders how far below the surface Erik could really go. If there is even a bottom to it at all. Poe. See Poe. D-Dante, he stutters even mentally. One more. Just one more. Carrots. Arcadia, he smiles to himself. Little carrots. You made. Darling, he sighs softly.

Good boy, Charles praises warmly, fingers tightening in that hair just a touch. Pressure, stimulation. Erik needs it all right now. See? I knew you could do it. You’re so good. So smart, handsome, and strong. What a lucky man I am, to have you as mine. Charles then releases Erik’s hair and clasps his shirt collar, urging him upward. That’s their universal, known gesture that they use to indicate that Charles wants Erik up and on his lap, and he knows that even now, Erik will recognize it. Indeed, as soon as his husband is back up, Charles wraps his hands around Erik’s narrow hips and holds tight. Why don’t you take us there now, darling? To our carrots, our Arcadia. Can you do that for me? I know you can.

Oh, sir. Yes--yes sir, Erik jerks his head in a forceful nod, and obeys immediately. In a flash, they disappear. Leaving behind only shimmering sparkles in snowflake patterns for those remaining in the MRI room (who by this point, are no longer surprised at the sudden exit). The swaying reeds and rolling hills of their Arcadia chirp and whistle with the sounds of rustling insects, the sun of Erik's memories now hung above them as Erik presses even closer to Charles, his good hand running along the cashmere fabric encompassing Charles's heart in rhythmic strokes.

Twitches still run through him, and Charles can't tell if it's from the serum - whether it is electrical after-shocks, sensitized by every dimensional particle -or if Erik is just naturally heightened, overwhelmed by those fingers gripping in his hair, causing gooseflesh to erupt across his whole body in a heated lightning-strike. He's swaying unconsciously from side-to-side, eyes now mere slits. Charles holding him fast. His head winds up on Charles's shoulder and he presses little kisses under his ear, gentle. This is all he is, now. Yours, sir. Your. Good boy, he slurs sweetly.

No longer Erik Lehnsherr, Prime Minister. It all has fallen away to this, his most soft interior. Just like that, the greatest power their world has ever known is completely and utterly at the mercy of Charles Xavier.

Mine, Charles repeats, holding tight, gentle. He sits there with Erik for a long while, amidst only the noises of their Edenic paradise. Birdsong, wind rustling through reeds, the faint crash of oceanic waves. Arcadia, where they spent a year while Charles reckoned with the terror inflicted upon him by Trask, where Erik helped put him together again. Hopefully, it will be a balm to Erik, too. Are you feeling a little better here? Where we're alone?

Charles feels it against his fingers as each of Erik's muscle groups slowly leech out their tension with every passing moment. He nods, lagging a little behind as his thoughts struggle to keep up in their disjointed crackle. With you, Erik nods once more. Feels better, with you, he squeezes the fresh tears from his eyes, feeling himself like a wrung out towel, every last drop pouring out from him. Every point of vulnerability, secret-keepers spilling their stories. Love you. I love. Didn't forget. What's happening to me?? he shifts, eyes wide and nervous as it slots into place - something is very wrong, isn't it? He can't remember ever falling so far down under the ocean without very careful coaxing from his husband. But here he is, and everything is chaotic and confusing.

Of course, Charles has no idea what’s happening to Erik either. This is all a new, frightening frontier. The seizure made sense. It was scary, but it made sense at the very least. This, however, is something that Charles can’t even grapple to explain. Disorientation is one thing, this peeling back of Erik’s sense of self is something else. But, Erik can’t afford Charles’s uncertainty, right now. So he sidesteps. Don’t worry about that, my love. I’ve got you. You’re okay, and nothing bad will happen to you. You have to trust me. Okay? Can you do that for me? Let me take care of you. Just relax with me. We’ll stay here until you’re ready to go.

Take care of me, Erik thinks in a disjointed haze, burrowing even closer than before. Don't feel good. Hurts, he informs, miserably batting at his cheeks to try and stop the flow of tears wetting his collar. Charles can feel it, then. How Erik's entire body burns with agony, and has since he awoke in the MRI machine. It only serves to further evidence that Schmidt had done this on purpose. Charles tries to reduce the pain he feels and he cries out, the attempt not only unsuccessful but appearing to make things even worse. Sorry! I'm sorry. So sorry. Please don't. Don't hurt. I'm sorry. Won't do it again. Sorry, sir, he shivers, curling up into himself like a spider. Not fully aware of where he is, unable to parse that Charles hadn't been the cause of his increase in pain. Certainly not on purpose. Erik's mind is, as far as Charles can tell, unraveling from its ordinary composure entirely. He's sick. Really sick, and in a way that no one knows how to fix.

The pain that ricochets through Erik as Charles attempts to lessen it is alarming. It reverberates back to Charles and shoots through him, telepathically if not physically. This is the first time such a thing has ever happened; Charles has never been unable to ease Erik’s pain before. Oh. Oh. Erik thinks that Charles did that on purpose, for disobedience. Oh. Pure rage electrifies his blood, but he doesn’t let Erik know. For the moment, he must take care of Erik, and Erik only. Schmidt will come later. I’m so sorry, I didn’t mean to hurt you, is all Charles can say as he clings to Erik fiercely, desperate to convey love and care. I’ll never hurt you again. My perfect Erik. I’ll take care of you. I promise. My perfect Erik. You’re so good.

It says something about the type of environment that Erik was routinely exposed to that when he regresses so deeply in this way, Charles's words in fact are enough to pull him back from the edge of fear and he settles right down against him once more. A momentary reprieve from pain, so Erik cherishes it. Erik pets at his chest in an effort to determine what will make him happy. It's as though he doesn't fully understand what Charles expects from him. His teeth chatter once more as his mind warbles between past and present and future all. Dimension upon dimension. Hurts, but Erik is accustomed to the pain. Accustomed to having displeased his captors, to their various forms of punishment, which are ordinarily just excuses to enact depravity upon him.

Sometimes, if he acts like he wants it, they take pity on him. Other times, they just mock him. Laughing and jeering. Just like Magnus, when he didn't know any better. Erik wants to know better. There's something he should know. The other half of his soul is missing. "Charles? Charles! Nie, nie, zostajesz tutaj! Nie bój się, kochanie. Będę cię chronił." It goes this way for many long hours, until Erik inevitably falls asleep, exhausted and disoriented. Charles has started to understand that Erik has been influenced by something with a psionic aspect, for it remains difficult to reach him. Charles can feel all the aches and pains normally suppressed in Erik having returned in full force, an electric cacophony of rending, excruciating, mind-numbing shards moving inside his nerves.

His hand shakes where his brace is pressed, his arm vibrating. I'm sick? he whispers, just-barely cognizant when his eyes snap open to a fresh wave. Sick? It's OK. OK. Don't need to. I love you. Love you, he promises even still, even when he isn't sure if Charles has decided against alleviating his aches. It's still Charles. His beloved. He knows that much. Sorry, I'm sorry. Sick, so sorry.

Charles spends the next several hours with Erik in his lap, draped over him like a blanket. His husband shakes like a leaf, deeply overcome with fear, with terror. Charles is his only tether. When Erik finally slumps against him asleep in exhaustion, Charles calls to Wanda across the globe to bring them home. They get Erik set up in a private room at AMC as Charles explains his suspicion: the serum that Schmidt created has stripped away all of Erik’s sense of self, his outer layers, leaving only a frightened core exposed to the elements. All attempts at help only reinvigorate the pain in Erik’s body, leaving Charles helpless.

The illness is psionic, but perhaps physical, too. They don’t know yet. When Erik jolts into the waking world again, he’s in a bed in a warmly lit hospital room, Charles’s arms still around him. Sooraya is conducting some research with Hank, and Ailo is also present, seated in his chair beside the bed. Shh, shh, Charles soothes immediately, hand carding through Erik’s hair. It’s alright, my love. I’ve got you. Don’t be sorry, you’ve done nothing wrong. My darling. Don’t fret. But, with a body so wracked with pain, it feels almost cruel to tell Erik not to fret, and Charles’s sense of helplessness renews afresh. Ailo is here, too. Can you talk to him for me when he asks you questions? If you can’t, I’ll talk to him instead.

I talk out loud, now? returns Erik's disjointed buzzing hum, less words and more searing fear and pain with a vague impression of meaning. He is pale and clammy and retches as a fresh wave of pain moves through him. He used to know this, like a worn leather jacket. The one he wore on their first date, he smiles to himself even as his stomach roils. Charles never did let him live that down. (I am the King of Cool! he once professed amidst poking Charles playfully in the sides, nearing thirty years prior. Elvis has nothing on Erik.)

That very first night, Charles entered his mind and offered a soothing balm, a gift beyond measure. But it seems his body has not forgotten the muscle aches in his shoulders, the crick in his neck, the jabs at his knees and creaks in his elbows and fingers. Arthritis all through his body from damaged and eroded joints, mixed with peripheral neuropathy in various nerves, and the horrid claw his hand folds into naturally is now straightened and it brings Erik to pitiful dry heaves.

When he met Charles he hadn't been so off-kilter. He was used to it, then, his body terribly dissociated from itself with various constructs designed from his internal narratives to cope. It's been so long and his trust in Charles so absolute that he had gradually abandoned the mental load they required, and so he is entirely caught off-guard.

Ailo dips in right on time as Erik creates a little bucket for himself to retch into. "Sorry," he gasps. He knows the pain is coming again. The electrical baton smashed over his knees and back. Essex hates it when he vomits, it's the mark of an undisciplined whelp. Erik's features wobble a little. He's supposed to be older, now. With Charles and the Genoshans. Essex doesn't get to hurt him anymore. Ailo's brows arch as his senses are assaulted with horrifying recollection mixed with confusion and pain. So much pain. He immediately, entirely without meaning to, it's just the natural response of a telepath suddenly bombarded with pain, does his best to ease it. Erik lets out a loud yelp.

"I'm sorry! Won't talk. No more. No more, please. Peas, please. Won't. Play like a. Child. I'm. Sorry. You're right. Just. A bug. Sorry. Shhhnnnnzghh--"

Ailo gasps. "Oh, querido. No, no." He strides over and rubs Erik's back, offering a grimace over his shoulder. I hurt him? I don't - - it's like some kind of defense in his neural structures? I'm so sorry, he adds privately to Charles. "Be easy, you're all right. No punishment. Not here, see? Just a mistake. We want to help, but your sickness is causing it to hurt more."

Years and years ago, I blocked all the pain in his joints, Charles tells Ailo as he holds Erik’s hair back, rubbing one palm between his shoulders. His body has been battered; the pain in his bad hand is especially horrific. We’d have amputated after Stryker had I not been able to mask it. But that mask is gone, and it only worsens when I try to renew it. Ailo can hear the desperate fear in Charles’s telepathic voice, even as his external self is calm, assured. He thinks I’m doing it on purpose, as punishment. Gently, Charles presses a kiss to Erik’s forehead. It’s all he can do, really. “No more talking badly about yourself, hmm?” he instructs to Erik next. “You’re not a bug. You’re my husband. My love. Only mine, remember?” He sneaks a sidelong glance to Ailo. He’s taking…comfort, in being controlled by me. A private aspect of our relationship, and I apologize for exposing that to you, but he needs that right now. I suppose you understand better than most, as a psychiatrist.

Ailo doesn't even bat an eye, as it's not something new to him - he's been their clinician and confidante for many years, and Erik has spoken to him about it before, mostly wondering if it was okay. The fellow telepath inclines his head. Indeed so. You certainly needn't apologize. Beyond mere psychiatry, I've been exposed to the gamut, he taps his temple dryly. As I am sure you have. When it comes to a healthy relationship, yours is something special. Aloud, Ailo worries about Erik's vital signs.

"Erik, can we try to talk for a moment? It's all right. I promise, I will never do that again. I don't want you to be in pain at all, eh? How would you feel about trying some medicine to ease it?"

Erik rocks back and forth, a sign of deep distress, rubbing his other hand rhythmically against his thigh. "Gives me medicine. Makes everything. Everything angry. Cramped. In my mind. Makes. Hurt. I hurt. I hurt them. I hurt them," he whispers, miserable. "Medicine. Keep me still. Can't move. You have nowhere to goooOoOoo, do you?" he repeats it sing-song.

"Here," Ailo takes the small cup from Sooraya, containing two oblong mint green pills. "I'll take it with you, all right?" he meets Erik's eyes and then pops it into his mouth, swallowing without water. "There we are, see? Very safe. I promise." Sometimes they smoked from the pipe, drawing long lines of tobacco from cigarettes to drop in and mix with waxy yellow. Of course, many of the Nazis took Pervitin from little lipstick-esque tubes. "Ailo doesn't take the bad medicine? He doesn't. No more bad medicine," Erik plucks up the plastic cap containing the other.

"No more," Ailo agrees. "I'm a little concerned about this," he tells the other two doctors and Charles, hopeful that Charles will encourage Erik to take the morphine. "Right now he's experiencing a significant tachycardia reaction, and his blood pressure is now at stage 2 hypertension. So, we have to get this pain under control."

Yes, Erik's vitals are worrying. They're monitoring them all, and the readouts on the monitors have been climbing higher and higher since Erik woke up. Ailo is right, Erik's pain, suddenly immense after years of ease, is causing his blood pressure and heart rate to rocket upward. Charles nods and plucks the capsule from Erik's fingers. "This is good medicine," Charles promises, holding it near Erik's lips. "I promise. I'll never let you take anything that's bad for you, or that hurts. This should help you feel a little better. Go on, open up." When Erik obeys, Charles pops the pill in his mouth, and then quickly holds up the glass of water from the bedside table, should Erik like a sip. "Very good. Thank you for taking it, darling."

While Erik once more tucks himself against Charles, wrapped around him like a large octopus, Ailo offers them both a relieved smile. He pulls a chair closer and seats himself, hooking his cane into the back. "I can imagine this must be incredibly alarming, for you both, yeah? We spent a lot of time together at Reyda. It must feel like that's happening all over again."

Erik nods and reaches out to touch Charles's cheek. "Don't like it. I do not. Like it," he tries his best to repeat in more solid syntax. The fact that this must be a source of deep fear for his husband is something he does remember. He remembers that Charles is afraid because he's sick. "Please. Fix it. I don't know. I had medicine, I got better. Why, again? Hurting again?"

"Do you remember the serum you took from Schmidt? Can you tell me anything about how you're feeling, now? What you are experiencing?" Ailo asks.

"Hurts. Can't think good. I forget, I forget who I am. Where I am. Feels like. I am a baby. I'm sorry," he rasps to Charles. "You worked so hard to help me get b-better, better."

"Hush. It's okay, Erik. You didn't do anything wrong," Charles reminds him, raising his brow privately at Ailo. We can talk in private about what this is doing to me, but I'd like if no one reminds him that this whole situation is difficult for me or the rest of us as well. He trusts Ailo, of course he does. But as magnificent of a clinician as he is, he still doesn't know Erik like Charles does. Not this trembling, scared version of him. The one that exists at his core, without any of the attachments. I'm trying to get him to relax and feel safe, if we can keep focused on that goal.

With Erik's head nuzzled against his chest, Charles strokes at his hair again, rocking as much as his body permits. "No more being sorry to me, okay? Now, try to think, sweetheart. What can you see? You did so good earlier, telling me five things you could sense. Remember how you saw Tel's illness earlier? You were able to see it and fix it. That was new, you could only do that after you took the serum. Can you still see like that, sweetheart? Take your time. Only answer when you think you know."

Erik shivers as he's guided to relax back against Charles, his features unhappy and overwhelmed the longer he does his utmost to listen to Charles and obey as well as he can. He nods a little. "Little bit," he concludes, confused and disjointed. "Scared. To see more." Slowly, he inclines his head in a nod. "See more. But scared." He knows it's an underwhelming answer, but Charles can feel how Erik still trusts him. Ailo, of course, doesn't voice any disagreement whatsoever. It makes sense, and he trusts that the two are privy to much more than what he himself could be.

“Good. Well done,” Charles compliments, rewarding Erik with a kiss on his forehead. “You don’t have to be scared, sweetheart. I’ve got you, remember? You know I won’t let anything bad get you.” He offers one more kiss. “You don’t have to try to see anything right now. But can you remember how it feels? Can you tell Ailo?”

Erik nods. "Remember. Everything was..." he smiles a little bit. "Beautiful," he whispers. "So much, so much to see. I thought -" Erik tears up, again. "I thought. It was a gift. To see everything." But now, he understands. It was a Trojan horse, meant to hurt him. He understands, even though his mind is more simplistic. It was meant to hurt him.

Charles nods. “I saw much of it with you. Through you. I didn’t understand it like you did, but it was beautiful. You’re right.” He rubs between Erik’s shoulder blades, soothing, gentle. “It didn’t hurt then? If it didn’t, it took just about 4 hours for it to start affecting you this way. I don’t know how relevant that is,” Charles adds, looking toward the doctors.

"You were able to cure Magda, and fix Tel, so... I've kept some of it," Daniel grimaces a little. "Not because we expect you to ever use this again, but if we can study it, figure out what allowed you to do those things --"

Erik nods. "If you got sick," he whispers to Charles. "Or the kids. I want. To keep it."

"That is what I figured. But right now, all of our effort will be put into fixing you."

Erik relaxes against Charles, letting his eyes close. He hasn't felt safe for much of the time, but here under the bright lights of AMC, he hums a little. "Will I... am I... dying, too?"

Ailo trades a look with the doctors. "As far as we can tell, Erik, no. You're sick, but it seems to be in your mind rather than your body, other than the seizures. Fortunately Charles will keep that under control."

"Hurts, when you help me. I don't like that," Erik rasps. "I like. When you are close. In my mind." Schmidt had just wanted to cause Erik pain, he thinks, a mix of grief and sadness accompanying. "Wanted to help everyone. Fix everybody. Cancer and sickness. But I don't think... I can't see it anymore. Not like. Before."

“It’s okay. None of that is worth it if it makes you sick, love. I know it was beautiful, and maybe we can figure out how to get back there naturally. But for now, don’t worry about losing it. You’ve helped Magda and Tel. The babies get to grow up with their mama, because of you. How wonderful is that?” Charles peppers kisses on Erik’s temple, over and over. Hank strides over to stand beside Ailo, hands clasped behind his back. “Can you remember if anything felt strange before you had a seizure, Erik?” “We weren’t doing anything,” Charles supplies. “Relaxing in our bedroom with David. Things couldn’t have been more normal.”

Erik squints a little. "Pennies," he says at last, head tilting curiously. "I tasted it, I remember. I was--mmm, I can't remember it all. David laughing, I was trying. To help. Make Charles feel better. Then it all tastes like pennies, smells like wet dog. And then, I woke up in the machine. Everything hurts. I don't want medicine. Can you fix me? I--" Abruptly, Erik lurches forward and dry heaves into the bucket. "Dislike," he mutters, rolling his eyes.

Sooraya nods. "That's somewhat normal with seizures, it's called a prodrome. Yours also presents with automatism, which are the repetitive movements we saw earlier," she explains to Charles.

"I suspect that part of your confusion and disorientation is related to this, too," Ailo adds softly.

"The babies have their ima," Erik whispers with an unconscious smile. "Worth it. I didn't know. Magda would have..." his eyes well up with tears again. "Been my friend. Even. You know. Even though. But she is his. And they are happy. All three. Five. A big house."

Charles holds Erik's hair as he retches into the bucket, and rubs his back. Desperately, he wishes that he could take this pain away as he has done for over twenty years, that he could protect and care for him, as is job. Erik trusts him. Needs him. And Charles has failed to protect him once more. A renewed wave of rage pulses through his body, and he doesn't even try to stop Ailo from witnessing it; it's all permeating. Only Erik at his side prevents Charles from demanding Wanda take him to Schmidt right now. "You did that for them," he manages to say in a voice that still sounds warm. "And now you know. She has a lot of love. They're so lucky to have her, thanks to you, hmm?"

Hank taps his chin, oblivious to the war beginning to rage inside Charles's head. "I don't suppose you'd be open to more tests, Erik? Nothing bad, I promise. No experiments."

Ailo rests a hand on Charles's shoulder, sending a clear pulse of warmth toward him intending to wrap the sensations of rage in something of a cotton batting. There is no judgment or discomfort from his end, just understanding and solidarity. It is one thing to endure pain one's self, and quite another to ask that one be subject to the pain of a loved one. He's been privy to so many different versions of love, relationships, connections between others, like living a million permeations of life itself; but he knows that if anyone caused Dominikos the degree of harm that Schmidt had caused Erik and his children, he would end their existence.

Not with rage and hate, perhaps, but there is a sense of justice and final judgment that he certainly isn't immune to. Ending the life of someone who has never contributed positively to anyone or anything is not something he objects to on a moral level. But it is something he would shield his friend from committing in a fit of rage, when clear minds are eaten away by the fire of fury. Whilst not telepathic, Erik knows Charles better than anyone else, even when he doesn't always know himself or where he is. He can tell just by looking that he is struggling, which is why he can't put much focus on anything Hank is saying.

He is grateful he hadn't eaten anything and so hadn't actually vomited, so he can press light kisses against Charles's cheek, drawing his attention away from thoughts of revenge. "Tests?" he whispers at last. "Won't hurt? No," he considers with a nod. "Charles is here. Won't hurt. OK," he agrees.

Ailo's gentle attempts at soothing are ignored; Charles's rage singes the gauze that the elder telepath attempts to place around it. Of course, everyone here understands; when the ones they love are hurt, their basest instincts urge them to seek justice...retribution. But Schmidt has wronged Erik time and time again, and now, he has interfered in Charles and Erik's own relationship. This trojan horse has prevented Charles from relieving Erik of his pain, prevented Erik from being able to rely on Charles the way he always does. It's rage. Extreme rage. But he can feel the tension building in Erik again; somehow, of course, Erik knows. Their connection is just like that, sometimes. So, he does his best to suppress the tines of frustration and focus back on Erik. "I'll be here, of course, love. I won't leave your side for a second, okay?"

Hank nods. "Good. Alright. I'll let Dr. Qadir take the lead on the neurology front."

Sooraya runs Erik through a clinical examination with as light a touch as she knows how to give, but after about fifteen minutes it becomes clear once more that Erik is simply too tired to continue and Charles ushers them out so he can rest again. The evaluation shows there is a definite discrepancy between Erik's prior physiological state and his current one, with a few symptoms that don't show themselves until she illuminates them, including muscle weakness and tremors. The only good news she can offer is that the serum levels in Erik's blood are gradually reducing, and even though he is sleepy by the end of it, he seems to be coming out of his regressed state a little more noticeably.


He wakes up several hours later, having fully passed out. While asleep, Charles can feel the onset of another seizure which he suppresses, keeping his husband from waking until at long last, he peeps his eyes open from where he's embedded himself in Charles's side, and offers him a smile. Without much warning, David appears right beside them and he lifts the boy up effortlessly to embrace him in a tight hug, ruffling his hair. "Oh, I know, you were so worried. I'm OK, little-goat. You're just like a tiny goat, loves to climb all over things," he grins and takes Charles's hand in his free one, signing along the planes of his body in their modified version. "I'm so glad you're both here. I feel -- not complete. But better. Feels better. Wanted to say hello to my jumping bean."

The news is mixed. While the serum is leaving his body, they’re still unsure what it’s leaving in its wake. His psychological state is something that they don’t quite understand, save for the fact that it’s presenting in an odd way. On the plus side, Erik seems to be less exposed, too. Little by little, his psyche is protecting him again. But without any definite answers, the doctors refuse make any claims. And so Charles doesn’t try to pry them out either. Instead, he focuses on remaining calm, present, abreast of the seizures. When Erik wakes again, Charles is surprised to find David in their midst, but only momentarily.

It’s a good thing, certainly, that he has the wherewithal to bring David here—there is no way that he would unless he were confident in his own ability to remain stable for at least some time. “Little-goat, hmm? Is that what you are?” With his free, braced hand, Charles tickles David’s side, and he giggles. An image of a goat with tiger stripes appears above both of their heads, and then disappears. It’s replaced by one of Erik, smiling and with a thumb up, and there’s a question mark floating above his head. David’s way of asking Erik if he’s okay.

Erik drops a kiss to the top of his head and mimics the action in real life, slowly forming his good hand into a loose depiction of the thumbs-up gesture. "I didn't mean to worry you both so much," he says, rubbing David's back and nudging into Charles. He can tell that Erik isn't completely over whatever had happened, as when he touches against the cramped edges of Erik's pain, he watches as Erik's eyes flutter closed. He's well enough to suppress his reaction, and seems to understand more about why it's happening. "Some breakfast?" he pokes playfully, materializing a plate of pancakes for Charles and chicken schnitzel for David (a variant of his favorite food that he tolerates quite well). Erik looks a little too nauseated to eat himself, but he's definitely stabilizing, once more his focus turned to looking after his family.

The food appears, and though both David and Charles notice that Erik hasn't manifest a plate for himself, they begin to eat. David can't sense the still-violent rage swimming beneath his skin, but only because Charles has ensured that he can't. Too afraid to touch Erik's mind too much right now, whatever psionic abilities that Erik possesses, perhaps developed over the years through his inextricable relationship with Charles, may or may not pick up on it.

He tries, he does, but there's a deep sense of violation that Charles simply cannot shake. They had the ability to take Schmidt out of the equation. This Schmidt and all of them, if they so choose. But they didn't. Why? "Sooraya said that we may be able to go home if you continue to stabilize. You'll need to come back often, of course, but I think we'd all rather be home, wouldn't we?" he manages to say, pushing his pancakes around with his fork, not quite making eye contact with Erik. "I know I would." It sounds hollow, even to himself.

Erik jerks his chin downward in a nod, and while he's not entirely himself, he's recognizable enough to both David and Charles - a relief, considering that no one at AMC has any idea what the hell happened. Of course, it's very likely the intersection of both of their abilities, that which relies on particle transmission, where Erik isn't exactly telepathic, but he is if nothing-else, prescient enough to pick up on the subtle shifts of the man he's loved for over thirty years, give-or-take. He pushes down the disjointed guilt that comes from the increased awareness of what's happening around him, and the creeping sensation that it's his responsibility for having subjected his friends and family to Schmidt in the first place. Francis had suffered, a permanent disability.

Someone more pragmatic than he, perhaps even Charles himself, might acknowledge that the ends justified the means - an entire universe stripped of a virus targeting its mutant population. Magda healed, Tel whole. But that's never been how Erik works, it's precisely the difference between them, that even with full awareness there was likely not a better option, he feels obligated to have been better. Found a better way. Right now, none of that is important; all he can really focus on is his family before him.

He can't change what has been done - or, he can, but it is one of those things he doesn't feel comfortable entertaining, that feels closed to him. Radically altering the past - getting stuck in loops, and it wouldn't remove this Charles's suffering. Unbidden, his mind travels in its lazy circles to the Elder versions of themselves, who seemed well-and-truly happy. Them, not an alternate timeline or another dimension. They must have lived through this, too. Erik scrubs at his face with his braced hand, unwilling to let go of Charles's own. "Home," he whispers with smile.

Charles follows Erik’s train of thought, which wanders back to their Elders. They both think of those two in times like this, of uncertainty and trouble, and there is comfort in knowing that they make it through. They do. One day, they’ll be them. Erik with radiant grey hair and a sage, relaxed smile. So happy and so strong. Charles, an entity beyond the pale. Did that Charles really get through this? They know he did. But it seems hard to imagine, right now. Could he ever be so enlightened? David distracts them both by projecting an image of a baby tawny owl before them, eager to tell his dads about his day. “Ah. Pietro did let me know that we have a new house guest, thanks to David,” Charles states distractedly, watching the projection flutter about. “Pietro has named her Clarice. But, she lives in our house, now.”

The image serves to draw a genuine grin from Erik, one of the first clear expressions on his muddled features since their ordeal began, and his nose wrinkles up in amusement as he projects his own response, a baby kitten with tiger's stripes flipping over herself to play with the image of Clarice. Erik squeezes his husband's arm, gentle. Their counterparts survived, and he has to have hope and confidence that they will, too. "Lucille must be very excited for her new friend," he hums, his voice still hoarse from artificial sleep. Holding out his braced hand, he materializes the bird to perch on the back of his palm, her wings fluttering with an audible chirrup.

They're all still here, and Erik can't help but be grateful for that. Their lives are by no means easy, but his affection for his family is the predominant emotion in his mind, even as he roughly swallows down the breath-taking nausea threatening to spill over. We're going to be OK, he adds softly, privately. I'm not going to let Schmidt take that from us. Hurts, a little, comes the vast under-statement. But I can handle it. I'm just glad you're here, with me. You and David and now little Clarice. Please don't tell me that's a Silence of the Lambs thing, he adds, an attempt at levity, Pietro's futuristic movie references not lost on either of them.

Charles does have to regretfully inform Erik that Clarice is, indeed, named after the Silence of the Lambs character, courtesy of their eldest son. He also tries exceptionally hard to believe Erik, believe that everything will be okay, but the belief falls short of confidence.


In fact, the belief grows into something sickly over the following weeks. Erik's psychological state improves, but as it does, the pain that exists within his bones, joints, and muscles seems to grow stronger. And, terrifyingly, each time Charles ventures an attempt to do something, anything to help him, he only exacerbates it. Erik promises him, over and over again, that it isn't Charles's fault, but it's hard to see around the agony in Erik's eyes.

The doctors have no choice but to put him on the heavy stuff. Painkillers of this nature are scarcely in use on Genosha, because the telepaths and healers are all adept at ensuring that sufferers of pain have non-pharmaceutical relief, should they want it. But since no mutation-related intervention can help Erik, there's truly no choice but to administer it, for the gravitas of Erik's pain is something that no one can sit back and allow to exist. But, of course, it comes at a cost. The medicine is hard on Erik's body, and he's miserable.

And the more miserable he grows, the more furious Charles becomes. It's what he's stewing about one morning when he wheels into their bedroom, after sending David off to school, to check up on Erik. The fire is rending at his skin, and he's certain that Erik knows. "How are you feeling today, my love?" he asks in a tight voice, parking himself beside the bed.

"Did you know slime molds can play the casino and win with better accuracy than humans?" Erik whispers with a soft laugh, patting the side of the bed. "With me?" he asks, aware that Charles is searing from the inside out, he tries to be as delicate as he can, not just moving him and bundling him up when, sometimes, the force of his rage requires space. Deserves space. Erik smiles, though, as he always does. "Ah, Raven brought me a holographic go board. Look at this. They're my slime molds," he explains as a small glass square that looks to be filled with mazes and colorful life forms of all sorts. "I'm teaching it to play," he confesses, dry.

It turns out that Erik is bored on top of being sick. So accustomed over so many years, perhaps every year, really - this is the first time that he can recall that he's spent weeks and weeks in bed like this whilst fully cognizant. He tries to keep up with his duties, but it's difficult. They have council meetings at the Townhouse, now. The pace is slower. The medicine is like swallowing stones. They settle, cramped and hard in his stomach, setting off alarm systems in his mind and causing his powers to grow fuzzy, not precisely uncontrolled or dangerous, but the universe itself is wrapping him in cotton batting. His mind is still sharp, the drugs don't make him high.

Even the fentanyl Hank procured during the mission to 2024 doesn't make Erik loopy. It turns out that when you're in severe pain, heavy duty painkillers don't make you high. They just make you normal. So he's - relatively - normal. But he's sick, and unsteady. He's lost weight, he can't stand for more than a few minutes at a time, his balance somewhat discombobulated. It's not as bad as when he lost his powers, but it does seem that the drugs have a systemic impact on Erik. 

Still, he tries his hardest to keep good spirits, despite missing David once again this morning. Erik misses their routine, and he thinks that's OK. It is a wonderful one. Charles can tell that Erik is working overtime to find a solution, as evidenced by the myriad notes and equations scribbled in books all around him. A way to modulate his own pain, but such is the nature of a quantum mutation, the power that Erik has to heal himself would no longer exist if he did heal himself. Confusing, disorienting, but perhaps similar to Charles's migraines. 

Charles’s smile is pinched. Erik’s positive attitude is enviable; Charles knows how bored and frustrated Erik is at his situation. He’s not a man who feels natural among stillness; action and movement are his primary modes of being. To be confined to bed like this is unnatural for him. He’s usually the one keeping their house moving; even without his abilities, the flurry of every day life is generated by Erik. With him so ill like this, the house feels stale, almost. With assistance from Erik’s mutation, Charles finds himself back in bed beside his husband, observing Erik’s beloved slime molds as he demonstrates them for Charles. If he’s honest, he doesn’t understand Erik’s appreciation for the strange organisms, but he’s usually happy to listen to his husband wax poetic, regardless.

Today, however, he’s not feeling so lighthearted, for the fact that Erik is laid up like this, bored enough to teach his slime molds to play Go is a testament to the injustice of this condition. “That’s nice, darling,” he says anyway. His hands—left one unbraced now, healed—find Erik’s long hair. After Ariel mended his worse hand, he took to braiding Erik’s hair as a form of exercise and physical therapy. And while his left hand will never be as dexterous as it was pre-accident, he can now slowly, carefully use those fingers for finer motor tasks. And so he begins to braid Erik’s hair, a rather laborious but grounding and calming task. A way to keep his focus occupied while he considers how to broach the topic that’s been niggling at his patience for weeks. “I know that Schmidt knows how to repair this,” he says at last, eyes on the thick plait that he’s still creating. “I’d like you to bring me to him.”

Erik frowns. "Charles," he taps his nose a little. He sets down the slimes, who happily maze along their meandering transit systems. He does, then, wrap him up in a hug. "If I take you to him, you know he won't help. He could, but he won't. So what do you really want from that man?" his head tilts, concern pinging wildly off of him.

“I could make him help,” Charles counters quickly, tone icier than he’d intended. He closes his eyes for a moment and breathes sharply through his nose before beginning again in a gentler voice. “I could. I could make him do anything. I don’t see why you should suffer like this when there’s a solution waiting to be handed over.”

Erik drops a kiss to the top of his head. "And you would go there, just to take that bit of knowledge from him and then leave?" he just says it, as is his way. There's no judgment, there never is. It's a genuine question.

Charles sets his jaw. Lying to Erik is something that he’s not willing to do, even driven like this. “No,” he admits. “No, I’d like to see that he pays for what he’s done to you. To Francis, to Magnus. To everyone he’s hurt, Erik. You let him off too easily.”

"That's not about him, neshama. You know that." Erik takes his husband's hand. "Look at me." He waits, and when their eyes meet, he smiles, warm. "I know. And I won't tell you not to. But killing him is setting a precedent. That it is possible to make you angry enough to kill. I want you to really understand what you are asking to do."

Charles clenches his teeth. Erik’s warm smile, unfortunately, does little to melt the ice that has crusted around his heart. Even so, he squeezes Erik’s hand. “So, you won’t take me to him, then?” he asks, aware that he’s ignoring the implications attached to what Erik has said. He’s not going to think about them. Not now; he’s been toying with them on his own for weeks, now. “I won’t ask you to take me if you’re truly against it.” And he is. Charles can feel that he is. “I’m sorry. It wasn’t fair of me to ask you to do this.”

"It is painful, my love," he whispers back, soft. "I know how it eats at you. But we will adjust, I know we will. I will learn how to manage it like this, if that is what it comes down to. I still wouldn't trade a single thing in my life. Francis and Magnus have their children's mother, their whole country, hm? Schmidt is just a footnote."

Charles taps his fingers against Erik’s hand, still clearly too tightly strung. “He also took my ability to walk from me,” he adds. It’s rare that Charles even mentions this; the injury occurred so long ago, and he doesn’t like to dwell on it. All of the most important and wonderful things in his life have happened post-injury, and so he scarcely even sees that as a pivotal moment, anymore. “I can acknowledge that the one who did this to me is already dead, but it feels incorrect to allow him to live at all when he’s taken so much from all of us.”

"I know," Erik says, doing his best to soothe, with what little energy he can expend. He runs his fingers down Charles's back, rhythmic. "But killing isn't like doing anything else. Ending someone's existence is... very, very heavy, Charles. It will exact a price on you. You may not understand, because you are so angry. And it seems so obvious. And I must be a hypocrite because I have killed for far less. And you see, you are right. I am a hypocrite, I know what the price is."

"As I said, it wasn't fair of me to ask this of you." It's clear that Charles isn't truly listening to Erik. He knows that it's heavy; he's well-aware. He's learned it secondhand from everyone who has ever killed before, and it's not something that he has ever considered before. But...but. The anger that he feels is all-consuming. Schmidt has taken Erik away from him; he can't even aid his husband, can't sit within his mind and take his hurt away. How dare he even try? How dare he put this wedge between them? It's a new level of rage. "I won't ask you again."

Erik touches his cheek, eyes creasing. "You aid me, Charles Xavier. Every single day. You help me, distract me, laugh with me. Listen to my inane ramblings. Even whilst dealing with such strife. You don't need telepathy to ease my pain, dear-heart. You do it just by being here."

"Little good that is when you need to take this bloody medication in order to get through the day," Charles paddles back, clearly in a space mentally that they rarely, if ever, see. He closes his eyes, trying to calm himself, but his insides feel poisonous. Caustic. "This doesn't work. I need to be able to take your pain away. He took that away from us. From us, Erik."

"Please believe me. It does all of the good that I need," Erik whispers. "We are here, together. We are loved and there is so much we have to look forward to. How many people do you think need to take medicines like this? They live. They love. They have families. We do, too," he promises softly. "I know. I know what he took. I'm not saying his existence is meaningful. Just that the act of killing, it changes you. That is a line you can never un-cross. I worry for you. I don't care about Schmidt," he snorts.

"I know," Charles grunts, rubbing his forehead. Erik is right. Charles knows that he is. But he can't shake the conviction. One thing is clear; it truly won't be fair to involve Erik in this. The guilt wouldn't be fair. Charles knows that he would ultimately take him to Schmidt if he asked; such is Erik's nature. It isn't right to stick Erik with that anvil for the remainder of his life, simply because of his loyalty to and love for Charles. "Sorry. I know that you're right."

Erik knows this isn't the end of the conversation, but he has a hard time concentrating as the morning rolls over into afternoon and he once more needs to take his dose. It's administered sublingually, a small stick with a lozenge on the end that he unwraps using his mutation. It's a silly way to administer meds, but they're effective, so Erik takes his lollipop like a good little hospital patient. "How was David this morning?" he asks softly, pulling Charles closer to him. Another light, he thinks.


He tries his best to soothe, creating odds and ends, telling stories and nudging him in good nature. But it only takes a second, a flash of pain stabbing behind his eyes for the moment to fall apart, and Erik is so frustrated he could cry. He can't hide the pain from Charles, it isn't possible, but he wishes he could. He wishes he could take it all away, not even for his own sake. A few more nights pass like this, before one day Charles sends home word that he'll be home a tad later than usual, some trifle about a student who needed help. Erik doesn't question it, just presses a raspy love you into the phone before sleep overtakes him.

He knows that he’s about to do something morally bankrupt. He knows, and he cares, but not enough to not do it. His trips to Westchester have been infrequent since Erik has been sick, but there is a school to run, so he commits to going at least twice per week, and it’s on Friday that he decided that he’s had enough. When Kurt Wagner appears in his office to teleport him home—the substitute for Erik, while he’s been ill—he asks him to take him instead to the abode of Cricket and Franklin.

Their home appears around them both within a flash. It’s an odd abode, undeniably, with walls made of windows and mountains of stuff everywhere. Not necessarily messy, but cluttered with whatever things either of the men desires at any instant. They live with reasonable independence; staff from Reyda check up on them a few times per day, as do Charles, Erik, and the twins, but for the most part, the two look after themselves. Kurt bids them farewell before disappearing in a puff of violet smoke, and Charles follows his telepathy to Cricket, who is on the back porch of the home. “Good afternoon, darling,” Charles smiles, stopping his chair beside him. “How are you today?”

Cricket beams, turning to this universe's version of his love. The back porch is more of an oasis, with stones leading to a pond of koi fish and Cricket is lounging on the heated rocks, feet wiggling absent their shoes. Franklin is doing his physical therapy, and Cricket knows he likes to do that with his doctors. Cricket isn't his doctor, he is his partner. So he gives Franklin space and sprawls out like a lizard in a terrarium under the warm sun. His own chair is nowhere to be found; since the gradual return of his abilities, he's been able to lift himself using his own power.

He's still very much disabled, and they aren't quite sure where the line is, perhaps that it's because all Eriks require the full use of their mutation to have fine and gross motor control. "Charles," he says softly, his hair vivid red in the sunlight with corkscrew curls, a bit distinct from his own Erik's. His freckles are larger in number, and his eyes are a lighter shade of green. He could be mistaken for a brother, rather than an identical clone. How he holds his face even, is different. "You came to visit me. How is little David? Does he have friends? Being good?"

“Oh, a few little friends at school. But he prefers to keep to himself, mostly. He misses his Aba, of course,” Charles answers breezily, leaning over to kiss Cricket’s cheek as his customary greeting. All Eriks and all Charleses love each other, of course, and their affection manifests in various ways. Cricket is someone over whom Charles feels intensely protective, which makes what he’s about to ask all the worse. “I’m sorry that we haven’t brought him over recently,” Charles continues, reaching out to take Cricket’s hand. “Erik is still rather unwell. Do you remember what I told you a few weeks ago? That he wasn’t well? He has to take some strong medication to keep his pain down. All that stuff that Schmidt did is still hurting him really badly,” he explains.

As always, Cricket responds by closing his eyes, tension seeping out of him as his smile remains. When Charles brings up Schmidt, though, it quickly evaporates. "You and David, not doing so good? Hard to see the hurting," he figures with uncanny precision. "Hate Schmidt. Essex. Ivanov. Creed. I'm not hungry. Leave me alone. Leave," he flicks his forehead.

Charles steels himself for what he’s about to do, and then squeezes Cricket’s hand. “We could stop Schmidt,” he says at last. “You and I. We can help Erik. If we can get to Schmidt, I can get a cure for Erik out of him, and then I can make sure that he never hurts anyone ever again. Not you, not me, not David. Not Franklin or Francis or Magnus, either. He’ll never hurt anyone, and we wouldn’t have to be afraid, anymore. What do you think about that?”

Cricket jerks his head in a nod without hesitation. Trusting Charles, fully and completely, because this is Charles. He isn't like Erik, who knows his husband inside and out and loves every part of him, whether it's shiny or not. This is a pure strand, a near child-like innocence that leaves no room to consider Charles has an ulterior agenda. "I could find. Take us there. To make him help," he says, nodding. "No more hurting."

Charles nods, eye contact unbreakable. “No more hurting,” he agrees. “You should stay outside the room, wherever he is, yes? I don’t want you to have to be near him. But I do need your help to get me where he is, Cricket. And then when we’re done, we can come back home and be safe. I promise, love. We’ll all get better, and then we won’t have to worry about him ever again. Do you think you can help me do that, sweetheart?”

Cricket lets his eyes close again.


When they open this time, Charles can tell he's got it. In but a flash, they're both whirled away into the ether. Charles recognizes the office, and Schmidt is seated behind his oak wood desk, smoking a cigar. "Charles Xavier," he greets with a congenial raise of his brows. As Charles has asked, Cricket is outside.

When he materializes in the office, the only thing that Charles can think about is how nice it is. Cigars, books, puzzles, games. Erik had been gracious and merciful enough to leave him in this place with enough entertainment to at least comfortably pass his time. As he looks at the man's thin face behind his half-moon spectacles, all he can see is supreme arrogance. His blood boils. "The cure, Schmidt," is all Charles can bark, chair wheeling closer. "Write it down. Of your own volition, or I'll force it out of you. I don't think you need any reminder as to what I can do."

Schmidt steeples his fingers together. "In a spot of trouble, are we? A cure isn't so simple, I'm afraid. I'd need to manually extract the progenic crystals from where they have latched onto his brain. Tsk, tsk. Delicate work," he tuts.

"You don't need to do that," Charles says icily, cocking a brow. "What you need to do is write down exactly what needs to be done to fix him. If you don't, I will force it out of you," he repeats, ripping the back cover from the book resting on Schmidt's desk and pushing the blank side before him, along with a fountain pen. "Go on. Get writing."

"Well, woe be it for me to do your work for you, Charles. I have no intention of submitting to this charade, so if you've come here to make a point I suggest you get on with it," he huffs, all bluster and bravado beneath a quaking chest. Fully aware how powerless he is. Charles, the damn cripple nonetheless, outpacing him by miles. Absurd. It's all so absurd. Erik, playing peacemaker with those verruckt apes, when he could have ruled by Schmidt's side. Well, he supposes, Erik was always a lost cause. No pride of being a mutant, preferring his barbaric Torah. No loyalty to his real people. Schmidt lifts his chin, baleful. The veneer is long erased, leaving behind only cold cruelty. "You think you are so much better than me? Doing what you wish, when you wish it. Pretend all you want, Xavier. There's a reason he picked you, you know. You're just like me."

"Is that so?" Charles refuses to become outraged openly, even though the throbbing vein in his temple gives him away mightily. He folds his hands, and then, with the least elegance he can muster, barrels into Schmidt's sickly, poisonous mind. His presence will feel like a smoldering ember within Schmidt's brain matter, excruciatingly hot. "Tell me, when did I steal children from their families to mold into puppets for my own use?" As he speaks, he funnels the knowledge of Erik's illness roughly from Schmidt's memory and to his frontal lobe, and then, like a puppet himself, Schmidt's arm begins to move. Charles has never done this before, but it's easy enough. The German's hand wraps around the fountain pen, and Charles burns hotter. "Yes. I am so much better than you. So, so much. I know how to love. And I have people who love me. Unlike you, Klaus. You don't have that. You never have, and you certainly never will. Now, write," he hisses, and for good measure, sends a shock of electricity down Schmidt's spine.

"Do you think I know nothing of your world?" Schmidt hisses. "Your little school? Please. You simply fancy your use more moral. But there is no such thing. There is only power, and you know it just as well as I. You have it, I do not. You get to choose. That is reality." His hand forces itself across the page in jagged lines ink begins to spill from its tip.

"I choose to help. You choose to hurt. That is the difference," Charles responds, pleased when he can see that the pain is becoming greater. "Morality is subjective, but empowerment versus oppression is not. You could have been great, Klaus. But you chose to be scum. What a shame. What a waste. What an utter waste of oxygen you are." The writing is jagged, obviously forced, but as soon as Charles has what he needs, he rips the cover from the table and sets it atop his lap, committing the words to memory. He makes eye contact with Schmidt, now frozen in place, courtesy of Charles. "That's it. That's the very last thing that made you worth anything at all in this universe and any other," he tells the man evenly. "Now, you're worth nothing at all. Tell me, Klaus. What would you do with something that has no value?"

"You are wrong, Xavier. Plenty of value in a living prisoner. Information, experience, tissue, organs. Scientific advancement, you see. That's always been the goal. Unlike you, I am not limited by petulant whining. A living human body has untold value."

Charles laughs, and it sounds sickly, almost slick. "How pitiful. Advocating for your life with your organs. How the mighty fall, wouldn't you say?" He travels through Schmidt's brain, sure to cause damage, wreak havoc as he moves. Schmidt will feel random neurons misfiring, see strange visions, hear things that aren't there, twitch and flex and hiss, utterly out of control, but frozen to his seat as Charles tears his way to the brain stem. "This is it, Klaus," he says finally, eyes locked. "Your indistinguishable life comes to an end right now. Have you anything to say?"

"Not to you," Schmidt spits back, glaring hotly whilst unable to do much else. "You think you can kill me here, but it's meaningless, Xavier. I'm bound to your life. Forever. Erik can't help it, it's just instinct. He couldn't kill me, after all. You will never be able to give him what he really needs. Ever. Live long with that knowledge, doctor."

"You haven't the faintest idea about what he needs. He was only ever disgusted by you. You've only ever made him sick. He thinks you a pathetic whelp. Any time he ever thinks of you again, he'll laugh when he remembers how pitiful you were." Riding the exhilarating current of unchecked power, Charles gives Schmidt one final look before he forces his brain to cut itself off from the rest of his body. Within seconds, Schmidt is slumped over on his desk. His cigar has landed on the back of his hand, which is now smoldering a burn, shaped eerily like the round burn marks that litter Erik's back and chest.

He's breathing heavily as he exists the office to meet Cricket, taking care to shut the door behind him to keep Cricket from seeing the corpse. "Let's go home," he nearly wheezes, still electrified. "It's over now, darling. Over now, my love. He'll never hurt you again." Charles speaks to Cricket, to Erik, Magnus, Ariel as he says that, and though it's Cricket's hand that he grabs, Cricket's knuckles that receive his adoring kisses, he kisses each and every iteration of Erik Lehnsherr who has been brutalized by Klaus Schmidt. "Let's go home."


Cricket looks unsteady, and his eyes flick back and forth in rhythmic nystagmus as he tries to determine the source of his confusion. Everything is big and loud. But Charles is here, kissing his fingers. He's crying, why is he crying? "All better?" he warbles to his companion, desperate. "H-home. Go home," he agrees as tears slip into his collar. It takes no time at all for them to return, but they've been here long enough that Franklin has come home from his therapy by the time they come back. Cricket lurches over to him and wraps him up in a hug, sobbing openly.

Franklin is tired as he always is after therapy, so when the aide accompanying him home opens the door to an empty house, he immediately becomes flustered, frustrated, and nervous. Where is Cricket? Why has he gone? He never leaves without letting Franklin know where he's going; he's always here when he gets home, waiting. "Where is he?" he demands of the aide, tears pricking at the corners of his eyes. "Where is he!!" So distraught is Franklin that the aide phones hospital, who, in turn, phones the Lehnsherr/Xavier residence.

And so when Charles and Cricket reappear in the home, word of Cricket's absconding has already begun to filter through their tight circle of concerned family and friends. Cricket is distressed, and Charles follows him quietly when he runs to his partner, ready to console and sooth, but Franklin has another agenda. "He's crying! Why is he crying!?" he demands of Charles, immediately wrapping his one mobile arm around Cricket, pulling him to his lap.

"What happened? Where did you go?" he asks his companion in a soft, soothing voice, and suddenly, Charles feels like an outsider looking in. "Shh. Don't cry. I love you. Don't cry. What—did you go somewhere bad? Tell me."

"I don't. Know. Don't know," Cricket shakes his head. "Did. Something. Bad. Something bad. My fault. All my--didn't. I,--ahhh," he gasps, trembling from head to toe. "Won't hurt anymore. Said. Haah-help Erik. Make him better. Hurts," he rocks back and forth, one arm lashing out against his will to flop against Franklin's side.

Erik appears in short order. It's not common to see him outside of the Townhouse these days, but Cricket's absence had begun to filter through to him as well. When the man returns, though, Erik realizes immediately that something horrible has happened. "Where did you find him?" he asks Charles, unaware that they had been together.

"Found Cricket. Want to stop. Stop him. Stop the hurt," he moans, distressed.

"No, darling, nothing bad happened. Nothing bad at all. You didn't do something bad, and nothing is your fau—" Charles stops his rambling when Erik appears in their midst. He looks pale and wan and thinner than he had just weeks ago, but the concern on his face is evident. He could lie. Cricket wouldn't rat him out; Cricket doesn't even really know where they had been or why. His brain won't let him see Charles in a negative light. Any bad feeling that he has will convince him that he himself is at fault, not Charles. No...no. He can't lie. Not to Erik or Cricket. "Nothing bad happened," Charles tries again, wheeling to Cricket's side to begin rubbing his back. "He didn't do anything. Nothing bad at all. Cricket, my love. You're okay. You didn't do anything wrong. You don't have to hurt."

"Killed. Gone. All gone. All the--particles. Stopped. Dead. Don't like dead. Don't like it. I'm sorry. I'm sorry. Killed him. Didn't mean to," he trembles furiously.

Erik knits his brows together. "Killed who, hm? Who have you killed?"

"Help. To help. Erik. Want to help. Erik. So sorry." It seems to slot into place a second later and Erik's voice bores into Charles's mind like a laser. Is he saying that he killed Schmidt.

Charles closes his eyes and inhales sharply. He can feel Erik grow tense and cool behind him, his mind suddenly powerful as it cuts through to Charles's own. He didn't kill Schmidt, Charles replies carefully, eyes still on Cricket and Cricket only, perhaps only to avoid Erik's gaze. I did.

"You didn't kill!" Franklin cries, clutching Cricket protectively. His own telepathy is gone, but Charles has created a link between Franklin and Cricket so that they can communicate in their preferred ways, and as a side effect to that, Franklin is party to some of Charles's own thoughts. "You didn't, Cricket! Charles did! Not you! Don't cry, please!"

Cricket clutches onto Franklin's shirt. "So sorry. You said not to. Kill. You didn't. I did. Bad. I'm bad. Took. To stop him. To stop, he said."

Erik is positively stunned into place. "Charles," he whispers, not knowing how to reconcile what has just happened with what he knows of his husband. "Why - why didn't you ask - me? I... I would have taken you. I..." he twists the fingers of his good hand, stressed. Now isn't the time, and it's clear by the misplaced question that he's startled. He reorients himself fast, though, and strides over. "I'm sorry," he tells them both. Franklin and Cricket. "I didn't know. It was my oversight. I should have seen this coming. You're all right," he promises his counterpart, manifesting a warm blanket to wrap over his shoulders. "It wasn't you. You just saw it, that's all."

"Hard to see. Everything... crumples. But I did. I killed. I did."

"We both did," Erik agrees. "But not this time."

Charles should have known better. He had thought that by keeping Cricket out of the room that he could avoid causing any undue stress to him, but his abilities are keener than they once were; he could feel the life end. And it had reminded him of the lives that had ended by his hand, forced by the very man that Charles ended today. And Cricket isn't stable enough to be able to distinguish that reality from what was experienced today. "Cricket, love—"

"No!" Franklin cries, backing his chair away as Charles approaches. His blue eyes are furious as they bore in to Charles's own. "Stay away! You did this to him, Charles, you hurt him! Why did you hurt him? Why did you take him?! He didn't kill. He didn't want to kill. You made him so sad. Stay away. He's not your love."

Charles clenches his fists around the armrests of his chair. "I'm sorry," is all he can say. "Cricket, I'm sorry. You didn't do anything bad. I promise—"

"No reason to ever trust you," hisses Franklin. "You liar. Just as bad as me. Worse. Trusted you, Charles. He trusted Charles."

Erik grimaces, taking a deep and steadying breath. "Come," he extends his hand toward Charles, encouraging him back. "Let's go home, all right? He will be OK here with Franklin. He's got him." Thank you, he mouths over his shoulder before turning back to his own husband.

Cricket burrows into Franklin, wildly unstable and more fractured inside than he can ever remember. Someone got hurt. His love took him to where they died. He can't breathe. Made him kill. "Should. Stay home. Not go there. Not there. Stay home," he sniffs.

It feels utterly wrong to leave Cricket here in such distress, but perhaps Erik is right. Franklin is the one who should help him now, not Charles. Charles is the source of his pain, so he can’t be the balm. To create that would be…abusive. Goodness. So he simply nods stiffly and maneuvers toward Erik, who blips them out of the room a moment later.

“We can stay home together,” Franklin promises, rubbing Cricket’s back as best as he can. “Forever and ever and ever, if you want. You and me and Watson in our house. Just us. My love and me. Would be happy. I love you. I love you,” he promises. “You’re the best ever. My favorite. My Cricket. Please. I love you.”

Cricket lays his head down on Franklin's chest. "Why? Why did he make it hurt. I thought. Sweetheart." He swipes roughly at his eyes, shuddering. "I did wrong. Something wrong. I'm sorry. So, so sorry. Be better. No more, no more killing."

"You're my sweetheart," Franklin encourages, pushing his fingers through Cricket's red curls. "Still sweetheart. My sweetheart. The best sweetheart in the entire world. You didn't kill. You didn't hurt anyone. Promise you. He did, not you. Not my sweetheart."

"Promise, you won't take me there again. Please. Don't want to go back there. Don't want to get mad. Make revenge. I don't want it. Want to stay here with Watson. You. With you," he rasps, heartbroken without even knowing why.

"Promise," says Franklin with all the sincerity that he has in his body. "You stay here with Watson and I. Just us three. All we need." He kisses the top of Cricket's head. "Won't make you go anywhere bad. I'm sorry that he did that. He did something bad. Made you help. Not fair. Not fair at all. We should....we should get in bed with Watson and have snacks and watch movies," he suggests, his attempt at furthering comfort. "Yeah? With blankets? And I'll hug you forever."

No sooner than Franklin says it than Cricket makes it material, picking their favorite movie and manifesting a giant confection-stand with popcorn from one of the early movie theaters. "I love you," he whispers softly as Watson appears between them for good measure.

"I love you most," Franklin hums, settling Cricket against his chest as they get snug under the blankets. They're in pajamas now, cozy and soft, and Franklin makes it his mission to never ever let Cricket out of his arms again, because he's always safe here. "My sweetheart. It's okay. My sweetheart."


At the Townhouse, Erik emerges them into the living area where he drops down onto the couch, rubbing at his cheek. "Are you all right? He didn't hurt you or anything?" is his first priority.

Charles's first concern, too, is Erik. He's still unwell, and he must have taken his dose not too long ago, so he wheels to the couch and observes Erik more closely. "Course not," Charles replies. "What about you? You look pale. You should get back in bed."

"I'm not sad he's gone, or anything," Erik shakes his head with a huff. "Just - Cricket. Shouldn't have been there. You must not have thought he would be able to sense it, I presume," he murmurs, even now giving Charles the benefit of the doubt.

"Obviously not," Charles says in a tight voice. "I wouldn't have had him come if I thought he would be aware of what was happening. Poor foresight, on my part." He moves now to the window, staring out upon the nice day. "I don't regret killing him. Not for a moment," he admits. "But I do regret that Cricket was hurt."

"Cricket said he wanted to help me. Were you able to get anything from him?" Erik asks softly as he rises and moves over to stand behind Charles, the same spot he's taken for years in their private spaces, with one hand lightly brushing his neck.

Charles hands Erik the torn cover from the book with Schmidt's pained scrawl. "Here's what needs to be done to help you heal," he says quietly, still staring out the window. "A surgery is involved, traditionally. But maybe Wanda or Cricket can help instead."

Erik stares at it. "What on Earth. He invented a new compound. Some kind of progenic crystal? He explained the mechanism, here. Like a virus that delivers crystallized autonomous structures into areas of my brain that inhibit neutrino conversion. Like a parasite. It would be genius if it weren't horrifying. Think of all the good he could have done. I suppose I had hope, that enough time could change him," Erik sighs a bit.

"He wasn't worth your hope, Erik." Charles spins his chair around finally and meets Erik's eyes, serious. "He never was. He did nothing but hurt. Whatever genius he had was only channelled toward causing pain, taking, using, abusing. Time wouldn't make a difference. I felt it; he did not have it in him to do anything else."

"It's funny, isn't it, how our detractors characterize us. You as optimistic, me the opposite. I suppose... it didn't matter to me, that he was alive. As long as he couldn't hurt anyone again. But Charles," he finally says, and this time his own tone is quite serious. "Please, do not do something like this again. I don't mean Schmidt. You know that I will be by your side. Please. Don't try to hide these things like that. Let me stand with you, as I have always done. I won't bore you with a lecture, but you need to know. You could have counted on me for this."

"Good, because I'm not interested in a lecture," Charles replies snappily, and then closes his eyes, aware that he's not being exactly fair. "I didn't want to put this on your shoulders. I know you were against me doing this. If I had asked you, you would have taken me, but you wouldn't have wanted to. And then you would be complicit. I didn't want that for you."

"You're wrong," Erik says softly. "I would have wanted to be there with you. You were alone. What I want is for you to be happy. If killing Schmidt brings you peace, you have that right. I would always prefer to be next to you. Will we always agree, perhaps not. But you are my beloved. Kill a thousand Schmidts."

"I wasn't alone," Charles retorts, voice softer, though. "I knew you were with me. I wasn't in danger, love. I'm...I'm powerful," he says, and when he voices it, it's as if it really hits home. "I'm very powerful. I was never in physical danger; not for a second. He couldn't touch me. No one can."

"If he had, I'd have killed him myself," Erik says lowly. "But it's assuring to know. He hurt you, he hurt Franklin and Cricket. Magnus. Me. Magda. Hundreds of thousands of our people, he oversaw their deaths. The depth of his depravity is beyond all words. Yet I still considered that he had intrinsic value as a being. That murdering him is wrong. But you, my mother, you both see it the same. Others, too. Hank and Carmen. Marc. So I am the wrong one, aren't I?"

"Oh, darling." Charles tugs Erik down into his lap so that he can wrap his arms his husband, holding him tight. "No. Of course not. You're never wrong for not wanting to kill someone, Erik. How silly would that be. You have a kind, loving heart. And I love that about you." He kisses Erik's cheek. "We don't have to agree on everything, right?"

Erik nudges close, resting his head on Charles's shoulder. It's a strange life they lead, but through it all is a bond powerful and tempered through ancient fires. "I'm sorry. That I couldn't make it better. I knew. How angry you were. But I couldn't ease you. I'm sorry for that. And for how hard it has been."

"Only you would apologize to me for something that I did," Charles replies, laying a hand on the back of Erik's head, holding him close. "Don't be. I'm not sorry. I'm sorry for involving Cricket; that was something that I shouldn't have done. It was morally void, I acknowledge that. But, I don't regret killing him."

"Yes, well," Erik laughs. "We are a team, you know. Where you go, so do I. It doesn't matter where. Don't forget that, OK?" he lays a hand over Charles's cheek, feeling suddenly just how important it is he be understood.

Chapter 101: all things preferring wrong to right adore the dark & hate the light,

Chapter Text

Understanding the motivation behind Erik’s insistence, Charles lays his hand atop Erik’s own and locks eyes with his husband. “Of course. I’m sorry for doing this behind your back. It’s not as if I wasn’t going to tell you. I merely didn’t wish to burden you with the task yourself. I won’t do that again.”

"We will have to figure out what to do about Cricket," Erik sighs. "Franklin made it pretty clear that things won't return to normal, but we can't ignore him. He and David have a foundational relationship. Pietro won't be pleased, either. They're very connected. I fear we are in for a tense term, neshama."

"I would never propose that we ignore him," Charles says quicky, defensive. "I understand that I'm responsible and I'll do whatever I must to remedy to every possible extent. I'll consult with Ailo. And we may....it may be beneficial to have someone monitor the two of them, for the time being. I trust Franklin to look after his heart, of course, but if he becomes truly unstable, Franklin can't do much physically to help him."

"I agree," Erik nods. "Another surgery, hm? Well, there are worse things. Synthetic parasites, unreal," he rolls his eyes. "My relatives used to say that may you live in interesting times was a curse," he snorts.

"I wonder if Cricket could help do it non-surgically," Charles muses aloud. "It...I told him that we were doing this to help you. If he's truly able to help in a material way, he may begin to heal. Obviously we cannot risk your safety if he's too unstable, but it may be worth at least considering. What do you think, love?"

"I think that's a good starting point," Erik nods, stretching out over Charles's lap as he's always done. "And we'll talk to Ailo, and figure out our next steps. I'm glad you're here," Erik says softly. "That I'm here. I don't expect Cricket will want to never see you again, he will. It will take some time. But he will. I know him," Erik laughs. How could he not. A version of his own soul.

"I think Ailo's involvement is a must. I don't expect he'll be too happy with me, will he?" Charles sighs, but wraps Erik up more tightly. Still, he doesn't regret the final result; Schmidt's death. It had dawned on him that his power, which Schmidt rightfully pointed out is a gift, shouldn't have to be confined by standards which feel appropriate only to others. Justice is important, too. "Are you feeling alright? Tired?"

"Oh, he's going to be livid," Erik says dryly. "I suggest you prepare yourself for that. He doesn't fuck about, eh?" Erik says gently. It is what it is; Erik understands their different perspectives well, and somehow manages to walk between them with grace. Not fully a being rooted in this universe, but rather the impact of the Expanse altogether. I'm all right, he whispers back. (edited)

You ought to get back in bed, darling, Charles replies, carding his fingers through Erik's hair. For this entire mission and breach of propriety was done in order to protect Erik. Protect him, vindicate him, honor him. Why should his abuser live? I'll talk to Ailo. You should get some rest. 

I love you, Erik leaves him with, peaceful and gentle.


Ailo is neither. He crosses his arms brows shooting up to his forehead, as Charles lays out exactly what's happened. He doesn't coddle Charles, but the snap of ire doesn't spill over, either. He has the wherewithal not to react unthinkingly, but Charles can see the effort. "I see," is what he gets, and Charles has heard this tone from the man before. When he drops into a clinical perspective, pushing aside his own biases and subjectivity. Compassionate, yes. But there's a distance. Something incalculable, inexplicable. "All right," he starts. "I'm glad you came back home. And that you're here. There's a lot of work to be done, but it's good you are willing to do it. How are you feeling about it all?"

Charles is stubborn. He's in Ailo and Dom's living room, having the decency to travel rather than force Ailo to do so to explain his position. The mixture of surprise and sharp, ireful disapproval emanates fiercely from the elder telepath, but Charles doesn't quaver. He's aware of his misstep, and he's even aware of the gravity of it. The guilt is indeed profound. But he's not here to beg forgiveness of Ailo, and Ailo isn't asking him to, of course. This meeting is not about feelings, but action. "Guilty, of course," Charles replies tightly, tapping his fingers almost impatiently on his armrest. "I certainly did not intend to harm Cricket like this. Had I known that he would feel Schmidt die, I certainly wouldn't have asked him to assist me. But I also can't change that, can I? So I would like to see what we can do to begin repairing that damage."

Dom is the peacemaker, and another curiously relevant figure (he is a judge after all, trying cases under the court of Singula Lex which provides a broad spectrum with which to hand down judgments). He glides into the room easily, handing out mugs of coffee and tea. Charles's is one of his favorites, something he didn't expect a passing acquaintance to remember, nor offer in such a trying circumstance. But these people aren't about to cast him away, either. It's important. "Restoration is a good instinct," the older Greek man says softly. "Cricket is unique, though. He may not understand what has been hurt, and what needs repairing. Ailo can help with that, but I'd like to involve you directly as well. This is important. Mean what you say? Make amends, directly. We will help. To find out how it can be done without causing more stress and pain. Put the guilt away, no need of it. Guilt is selfish, remorse is intracommunal. Guilt is about you. Remorse is about the aggrieved. Understand?"

Charles bites his tongue momentarily, for he wishes to point out that a discussion of semantics is not entirely helpful at the moment, either. The three of them are telepaths, and so they're accustomed to hearing unsaid comments in the midst of conversations such as this. They're also accustomed to being appreciative of actors who do not actually voice the rude or unhelpful comments—everyone thinks things like this, but it takes a modicum of control not to say them.

After many, many years of learning and growing, the more intuitive telepaths, such as the three of them, assess others not on the quality of their thoughts, but on their restraint in appropriate situations. Hopefully, Dom and Ailo will do so here. "That's what I'm here to ask," Charles says instead after a long sip of oolong. "I've obtained instructions for a cure for the illness afflicting Erik, and I had promised Cricket that our sojourn would be in an effort to help Erik. The remedy is something that Cricket, specifically, may be able to pursue. He may feel less at fault if he's truly able to help Erik. What do you think?"

Neither of them make a move to acknowledge the blip, so it seems for the moment that Charles's instincts are correct. "Explain this to me," he says instead, with a gesture. "I am not as familiar with Cricket or Erik as you all are. I see a public figure only. I hesitate only because I don't wish to send an unintentional message that he is the one who must make up for the harm."

Charles cocks a brow. "Are you suggesting that I'm using my husband as a proxy for myself?" he asks, clearly sharp. "That I wish to sacrifice my husband's safety in order to curry favor with Cricket?"

Dom blinks. "I'm afraid I do not understand what you mean. This is an individual who is not mentally well, who cannot often distinguish between what he thinks and what he does. So I am asking, will having him be involved in Erik's recovery, reinforce his belief that he caused harm?"

Charles levels Dom's gaze for a moment, quizzical, and then leans back against his chair. "I promised Cricket that our task was in pursuit of helping Erik. It was, I did not lie about that. Now, he truly can help Erik. I merely wonder if allowing him to do so will help him feel less guilty about what happened, even though he shouldn't have that guilt in the first place. Remorse, by your definition, is off the table, here."

Ailo listens and interject softly. "It speaks to Erik's heart, I think. He'll muddle it up either way, but at least with his participation he can see himself making a positive impact. I think it's a good idea."

Dom nods, stalwart and methodical as he analyzes the information a bit at a time. He's slow, the erosion of a river's edge along a boulder rather than the laser sharp precision and speed Charles knows of the Lehnsherr clan. But stones are heavy, and strong. His strengths come out differently, over time. "You both can come and visit Ailo as well, together. Charles and Cricket, Franklin and Charles. That type of thing. We will work up to that, not all at once."

Charles nods once. "I assure you, this is not a selfish desire by me to rebuild my personal relationship with Cricket. Losing his trust hurts, and I certainly hope that he and I can be companions again one day, but my primary focus right now is seeing that the troubles that I've caused him are lessened. It is up to him, of course, whether or not he ever wishes to see me again. I'll respect his choice either way. But I do want to be an active participant in any way that I can in his recovery."

"It will be his choice, but I expect he'll desire to reconcile," Ailo points out, soft. "Trust is an ephemeral thing, after all. It must have taken him back to similar points in his history. I see he confused your actions with his own, with feelings overlaid from times he did take life. It's a very dense, fibrous network of interlocking emotions. But I've confidence we can help him heal."

"I'm glad that you do," Charles says to Ailo earnestly. "Franklin is livid with me, and...well. Of course he is. I understand that very well; if he had taken my Erik somewhere and brought him back with damage like that, I would be furious." Charles rubs his forehead. "But, I don't regret that Schmidt is dead. I'll admit that to you both now."

"I expect you won't receive much pushback on the sentiment," Ailo returns dryly. "He was a person that quite frankly would have been eligible for execution under Genoshan law. Someone who was not capable of change or growth without irrevocably changing their being, a death either way. The issue of course is peripheral. You set a precedent with this maneuver, that you have no intention of following the law if it doesn't suit you, and that will have consequences. We will do our best to keep this internal, but you know how it goes."

Charles grunts, jerking his head to one side. "I can answer for my actions. I didn't do this with the idea that I will make all my friends and family complicit by hiding this, by keeping it out of a court of law." He looks to Dom eyebrow raised. "I didn't kill him in this universe. He existed alone, locked in some tower created for him, in some far off reality that bears no resemblance to ours. If my actions are criminal here, then I am happy to defend myself." He looks back to Ailo. "I will also hold that you're extrapolating," he adds. "Don't you think it a bit broad to say that I have no intention of following the law if it doesn't suit me?"

"It's not about me," Ailo points out. "Every action you take reflects on your position as a mutant leader. If such a thing were to occur, it would undoubtedly cause more harm than good. A court of law is the last place we should be, quite frankly," Ailo says grimly.

"They are indeed criminal here. We live in a unique society, one which is attuned to the Expanse and its existence. But I believe what Ailo is trying to say is that actions such as this carry a great deal of risk for the mutant community in your homeland. This is also not something we can sanction, so we are left in limbo.

Charles looks between the two men for a moment. "As I said. If all think it prudent for me to speak for my actions publicly, I will do so. I don't purport to be above the law or above the standards of conduct that we wish our community to follow, either. I made my decision carefully; I would not kill an ordinary person who slighted my husband. You both know that. You also both know that Schmidt was not an ordinary man. He caused damage to others wherever he went. This hardly provides evidence for deeming me someone who believes myself above the law."

"I expect we will cross that bridge when it comes," Dom returns in his ordinary slow, quiet cadence. "Right now, I would agree with Ailo. Publicly coming forward would not be in anyone's best interests at the moment. Of course I acknowledge the individual in question was the cause of a great deal of pain. And now he can cause no more."

"I still rather resent your implication that I have now set a precedent for myself," Charles argues, his comment directed at Ailo. The two of them, in the spirit of candor, are typically open with each other like this, but they also rarely argue. "You can see that it's an unfair one, Ailo."

"Is it, though? Think about this very seriously, Charles. You bypassed all of us, unilaterally making this decision without regard. And yes, Erik has done it, too. The difference is he wasn't in his right mind. Are you having similar difficulties? Because if you are, I need to know, Charles. This is not some triviality, or a footnote. This has caused a massive destabilization of our intracommunal network. Do you really resent the implication because you believe you're beholden to the same standards as the rest of us? Or do you resent the implication because you believe the end ultimately justifies the means?"

"I resent the implication because a single action on my part does not indicate what my future actions may or may not be," Charles replies hotly. "I have conducted myself in a consistent way every single day of my life. For each day of my 52 years, I have abided by the laws of the land, exercised caution and prudence, consulted my peers, and restrained myself even when I have not wished to do so. My singular breach of that pattern does not constitute a precedent, Ailo. May you recall that, prior to Erik's incident, he also took this country by force. Yet, we all see him as someone who exercises care and caution."

"What about the next Schmidt, or the next Cricket? What about those individuals in Westchester, in the 30s? What about Franklin, hm?" Ailo returns sharply. "Forgive me if I demonstrate concern over your conduct, because if it is as you say, does this not bear worry? For you've abruptly decided all your caution and prudence was meaningless in that moment. What stops you from making the same choice again?"

"Schmidt is a special case," Charles fires back, fist clenched. "You know that he is, Ailo. This Schmidt, especially. The Schmidt from my husband's childhood is already dead. This one is the very same person who hurt Magnus and Francis. He created and implanted parasites in my husband's brain to make him impervious to telepathic assistance—to make my attempts at telepathic assistance hurt him worse. Why should we pretend that this case is no different than any other? To do so would be engaging in fiction. I am not here to engage in fiction."

"Of course it is different," Ailo says, deflated. He gestures widely, all around him. "It is different because you are my family. You don't think for a second that I could have helped you pursue this in a less chaotic manner? That we wouldn't have supported you? It is different. There is no such thing as a case alike any other, but especially not this."

"Then there's no reason to fret about my conduct, is there?" Charles presses. "No reason to worry about whether or not I'll "do it again," or what have you. This, as you've said yourself, is an extraordinary situation, and the matter is done with. Why should we sit around and dicker about precedent if this precedes nothing else?"

"Because that's precisely the term to use when one does something outside the norm. It is worthwhile to determine if those actions will influence future actions, especially when there is an emerging pattern. This didn't start with Schmidt and you know it," Ailo tells him, pointing a finger. "Thus, yes, I do find it necessary to concern myself with the future."

"An emerging pattern," Charles scoffs, backing his chair away from Ailo. "That's absurd. There is no such 'pattern.' I've never killed a person in my life, Ailo. And I don't plan to do it again. So, you can concern yourself all you like, but doing so will only cause you to fret over nothing. Please, call on myself and Erik when you're ready to help us determine whether or not Cricket is willing or able to assist. I'll be going, now."

Ailo doesn't back down, nor does he retract his statements, simply watching as Charles exits his home through eyes that bore holes in his back. When he leaves, the man lets out a long sigh, patting Dom's leg.


Wanda and Pietro are home with David by the time he returns, and Erik is seated on the ground leaned up against their kotatsu, a blanket over his lap as he lazily floats a block up to the large tower David is building. Wanda senses him enter first and while she knows what happened, she has far less condemnation than anyone else by a long shot. Cricket was undoubtedly an accident. She's the one who ended Stryker, so in an odd way, there's solidarity there. Pietro isn't as forgiving, but Wanda tries to soothe the family all the same. They'll need to come to terms with this.

Charles can feel the tension when he enters their home. Pietro is clearly displeased, as evidence by his quick exit from the living room when Charles arrives (so quick that he’s simply gone when he blinks once). There will certainly be words exchanged, but no one is especially interested in exchanging those while David is there. And so Charles happily pretends that nothing is different. He kisses both David and Erik hello, and then parks his chair beside the block tower to assist David’s construction (as a stepping stool, really; his lap is apparently an excellent replacement for one).

Ailo will see if Cricket can help, Charles tells Erik privately. He’ll call on us if he determines he can. For the moment, you’ll have to just sit tight, unfortunately.

Wanda sighs at Pietro's exit. "I'll talk to him," she promises. "Oh, it's not easy, is it?" she laughs a little, wry. She pats both of their arms as she gets up.

"Worth it, though," Erik returns gently. Thank-you, he sends back to his husband, pressing a hand to cup his jaw. "Perhaps you can give Pietro some space," he suggests, soft. "I don't want us all to start taking sides, you know? He has a right to his anger. He and Cricket are fairly entwined, and I know you would all be upset if something similar were to happen to me. After all, you did indeed take action."

"I did," Wanda nods. "And I would so it again. My phone works, you know," she taps her temple, smirking.

"We can work on the rest, but if we push our perspective on him, that won't help."

"I suppose not. I just get it. And it wasn't clean or risk free, neither was what I did. I caused harm, too. Mutants in America suffered because of what I did. I would still choose the same."

"I'd prefer we talk about something else at the moment, if you don't mind," Charles says, nodding toward David. He's busy with his tower, but they all know that his apparent distraction does not mean that he isn't listening. He's far more observant than one might expect. Pietro is entitled to "take sides," if he wishes. What happened to Cricket was wrong, and he cares for Cricket deeply. He's certainly entitled to be frustrated with me. If he wants to confront me about it, he ought to. I'll talk to him. You don't need to play peacekeeper, Wanda. It's okay. It's my battle to fight, he says to both Wanda and Erik telepathically, stabilizing David as he stands on his knees to add height to his tower.

Wanda materializes a brand new element from the ether for David to play with, setting it next to his other blocks to draw his attention even more away from their private musings. I'd rather there be no battles, Wanda sighs softly.

There won't be. Not like that, Erik assures. You're our children, you have a place here no matter how you feel or what you choose to do or how you react to things. That is unconditional. He might choose to distance himself for a while, but he will always have a place with us, if he chooses it.

And if he wishes to battle, it's his right. In fact, I'm glad that Cricket has such a steadfast and ardent protector in Pietro. He need not avoid me because he's angry. He's my son. He's more than entitled to be angry with me. Charles knows that Wanda simply wants peace in her home, though, so he smiles softly at her, apologetic. I hope you don't feel that this puts you in the middle between your brother and I. I don't wish that for you. I apologize for any stress this causes you.

Wanda just smiles, shaking her head. We've come through worse. We will get through this, too. You two were there for me, after Stryker. I haven't forgotten.

That was never in question, Erik returns warmly. And we appreciate it. Idly, he nudges Charles's side. Perhaps it's knowing Cricket as well as he knows himself, that he doesn't view the situation as insurmountable.

Charles pulls Wanda in for a hug and a kiss on the cheek. Guess we all need to band together to ensure that the people who harm your father are brought to justice, mm? He knows that he's making light of something that is actually very, very dark, but he truly doesn't wish to discuss it anymore. His conversation with Ailo was frustrating, because the psychiatrist's view, in his eyes, is unfair. I'll work hard to do whatever I can to help Cricket through this. Anything and everything he needs, I'll ensure he has. I know you both know how much I do love and care for him.

Erik rubs his back, an attempt to soothe. How did it go with you and Ailo? It sounds like he is on board to help as well, Erik encourages him to talk through his frustration, but doesn't push too hard.

Charles can't help but scoff a little. He's worried about my conduct. As if I'm a child who needs to be monitored and disciplined. And fails to see why I find it frustrating that he does.

He cares about you, Erik says softly. I'm sure he knows why you're frustrated, hm? Telepath, after all. He's always pushed you more than anyone else. A double-edged sword, at times, I imagine.

He says that I've established myself as someone who will go beyond the law if it does not suit me, Charles adds, frustration beyond eminent in his voice, demeanor. Because, for the first time in my 52 years, I decide to stand up and do something that justice requires, it's now precedential, apparently. What rubbish.

Erik shrugs a little. I think he's not wrong. The law has its limits, it's fine to acknowledge that. He's the same, so I don't know if that's what he was really getting at, Erik considers curiously. He sees it as that you stepped outside your community, and it's enough of a departure from the norm that he doesn't know how to react to it.

He said that this 'sets a precedent,' Charles retorts, cocking his brow at Erik. His words, not mine. Forgive me if I interpret that as an assessment of my character, but I do.

Erik returns the raised brow, but there's no real challenge in his expression. I think killing someone changes things, neshama. You aren't the same person you were before that happened. You don't need to feel guilt, but it does change things. You can't predict how.

Charles sighs aloud, obviously frustrated. I’d rather make the assessment about whether or not I’ve changed myself, if it would please everyone. The presumption is frustrating.

Maybe so, but that's a fairly natural consequence of your choice, as well. People are sensitive to lines being crossed. You don't have to agree with people's assessments of you, but what constitutes justice will be different depending on who you speak to. And how they interpret your character won't always match your perception, either.

Mm, I suppose. My largest issue is with the manner in which he conducted this assesment. It felt hypocritical, or at least inconsistent. I think I'd like to stop discussing it, however, if you don't mind.


Over the next few days, things remain somewhat tense, but Erik does his best to ease things throughout the household as best as he can from his position laid up in bed, waiting for confirmation on whether or not Cricket can help him without surgery. Eventually, Ailo and Hank get in touch with them to schedule a meeting at Cricket and Franklin's home - the latter had insisted on attending, unwilling to leave his partner alone with Erik and Charles. Cricket pops them both into the living area, which is arranged in a kitsch artsy style with mementos from them both, looking exhausted. "Hi," he waves at Charles, eyes fixed on a point beyond his shoulder as he attempts to smile.

"Hello, Cricket," Charles begins, keeping his distance at Erik's side. It pains him to see Cricket nervous around him, perhaps even a little scared, but he doesn't wish to overstep by initiating the conversation of his own accord. Cricket, or perhaps Ailo, should open it up.

At any rate, Franklin is glaring daggers into him, clutching Cricket's braced hand in his own to the best of his ability. "He doesn't have to be here," spits Franklin. "Erik can stay, but he should go. Go forever."

Cricket shakes his head a little, patting over Franklin's hand with his own as best as he can. "It's OK," he whispers, voice somewhat hoarse. It's been a tough few days, with much of his symptoms becoming more evident than they've been in a long while. "It's OK," he repeats. "Want you to stay. To be - friends. Don't - I don't, understand. Why?" he finally meets Charles's eyes, his own cloudy and disoriented.

"You only say it's okay because you're nice and he isn't," Franklin answers before Charles can speak, squeezing Cricket's hand tighter. "It isn't really okay. Even though you say it is."

"Franklin is right, darling," Charles says quickly to Cricket, voice solemn but kind. "You don't have to pretend that you're okay with me being here. I know that I hurt you. I'm so sorry that I did, I didn't mean to. It was a mistake. I made a mistake, and I am very sorry."

"You said. Make it better. But it does not feel better," he admits, roughly gripping at his own heart. "F-Franklin said. You lied. To me. Why? It was a mistake?" He sounds unsure, his insides twisted up horribly. If he were less crazy, maybe it wouldn't have happened. He must have done something wrong, and that's why it all feels so terrible. Did he hurt someone again?

"I made a mistake, yes. I brought you somewhere I shouldn't have brought you. But, my love, you didn't hurt anyone," Charles implores, and though he wishes to inch closer, he remains where is is. "I hurt someone. It was me. My fault. You didn't hurt anyone. I promise."

"Liars can't promise," Franklin points out petulantly, but then glances to Cricket. "But he isn't lying now. He tells the truth. You didn't hurt. Just were brought there. Not to hurt."

"Remember, I said that we needed to go there so we could help Erik?" Charles presses kindly. "Erik still needs help. I think you, and only you, can help him."

"Why? Why did I go there? I didn't want to go," he gasps a little. "David? You don't take him there? Not s-safe. Not to Schmidt." He swipes roughly at his eyes. "Don't want anyone to hurt."

Erik interjects there. "I promise you, David is safe. You weren't ever supposed to know, Cricket."

"Why? Why - did it happen?"

"For me. Schmidt hurt me. That was true. He put some kind of parasite into my body, my brain. To interfere. So I would be in pain. He wanted to fix it."

"Schmidt hurt Francis, too, Cricket," Charles adds gently. "Francis. Little me. He blinded him, Do you remember what it was like being blind? He hurt Magda, and Magnus, and Francis, and Erik, and many others. And so I wanted to go there and figure out how to help Erik and make sure Schmidt never hurt anyone again. And now, we know how to fix Erik. Can you feel it? The parasites? They're really tiny, but they're in Erik's brain."

Cricket squints at his counterpart, and lets his eyes close. His hand closes over Franklin's subconsciously, drawing strength from his presence. "I think so," he nods, not quite certain. "Synthetic. Blocks neutrinos, in certain spots. I see it. Why?"

"Just to cause pain," Erik sighs.

"He won't hurt anyone anymore," Cricket repeats to himself, hugging his own upper body with his good arm and rubbing at his cheek idly.

"No, he won't," Erik agrees.

"Don't like to kill. Don't make me kill again. OK?" his eyes dart over to Charles once more. "And don't lie. I know my mind isn't good. But I can handle truth. Not like that. We are supposed to be friends," he whispers.

Charles finally extends a hand toward Cricket. “I’m sorry. I disrespected you. I didn’t lie—we really were there to help Erik, but I didn’t tell you the whole truth, and I should have. That’s as good as lying, isn’t it?”

“Disrespect,” Franklin repeats Charles’s term. “Like me. I disrespected all when I did all those bad things. You’re the same. Lots of disrespect. To my Cricket.”

“I know. I’m sorry.”

Cricket eyes the hand for only a moment before reaching back with his poorer one, unwilling to release Franklin's just yet. His nerves are clear, but he pushes through. "I. Forgive. Don't want to fight. Don't want Schmidt to take away my family," he sniffles a little. It's hard to distinguish past and present, even now, but somehow it's about this Schmidt. His family, here. He doesn't want to be resentful and scared. "And I try. To fix Erik," he nods.

“I’ll never do something like that to you again, Cricket,” Charles promises. “You don’t need to let me back in right away, if you don’t want. We can take it slow.” Hank clears his throat finally. “So, you think you can help, Cricket? We couldn’t find the parasites on the scans we did, which means that surgery to remove them is impossible on our own. Do you think you could help us pinpoint where they are and how to safely remove them?”

"I think so," Cricket says after turning his focus back to Erik. He floats up and over to touch his face, turning his head upwards and winking one eye closed. "I can see them," he confirms. "They're not organic. Not living, like small machines. I can turn them off, and they should exist harmlessly inside," he says, but it's clearly a guess. "We can try?"

“It’s up to you,” Hank says to Cricket kindly, tapping his fingers on the table. “If you feel like you can shut only the parasites off, then I think you should try. If you’re nervous about it at all, we can think about it a little more. Whatever you’re ready for, we’ll try.”

"What do you think?" Cricket asks Charles, because no matter what has happened he does trust that Charles will have Erik's best interests in mind. "I think I can. But, I might make mistake. And hurt. Bad. Kill. What if I make mistakes?" he twists his fingers, far more jittery than he had been the last time they tried something like this. It's clear recent events have taken a toll on him, even though he's obviously trying to push past it, it escapes in the nervous tension captured in wriggling digits and squirming limbs.

"I think that you're brilliant and talented, and there's a reason I asked you and only you to help, my love," Charles responds easily, rubbing Cricket's arm. "But if you're nervous, we can practice. I'm sure Hank, Dr. Qadir, and Erik can create something for you to practice on first, if you'd like. What do you think?" he asks his husband.

"About how small would you say they are?" Erik wonders.

"Like DNA. Very small," Cricket smiles shyly. He holds out the palm of his hand and a swirl of atoms materializes from nothing, or what appears to be nothing. Erik had once explained he didn't create atoms as much as rearranged them, pulling from other places where it won't be noticed.

"Is that a neuron?" Erik eyes it curiously.

"Neurons, glial cells, all that. Then see, look," he adds in some black spots swirling around. "That's the parasite. It's almost cute," he sways from side to side, still in contact with Franklin.

"Then it seems they're quite different from the brain tissue," Erik encourages him. "I trust you, Cricket. Charles does, too. I would be in your debt if you decided to assist."

"No debt," Cricket refuses softly. "Just be nice. To Cricket and Franklin. And little Watson." The skunk materializes in his lap and crawls right into his sweatshirt pocket before poking her head out.

"Oh, darling..." Charles can feel his heart heave a little when Cricket says it in all his earnestness. "Even if you decide that you're not comfortable helping, we'll always be nice to you and Franklin and Watson. I'm so sorry that I made it seem conditional. It never was and never will be. You're family, and you always will be. Okay?"

"Because of, of David," Cricket jerks his head in a nod. It's different than the conversation with Ailo, Charles doesn't see it at first, but it becomes clearer the more they interact that it's more relative to his lack of orientation. Things that feel bad get muddled up together, past and present. He confuses Charles with Franklin and his own Charles at times, and with many more throughout the Expanse.

And that confusion doubles back and plays tricks on him - he grew up that way, the people around him constantly changed the rules and he never knew one day to the next if he would do something to displease those around him. Charles was the first to alter that dynamic, but more than anything, it's this which causes his distress. It feels like the rules have been changed again, sweeping him all over the place like leaves.

"Because of you," Erik corrects firmly. "You, and Franklin, and Watson, too. Of course David, but you're our kin. Sometimes we might stumble, yeah? But we don't cast one another away. Not ever."

"Because of you," Charles repeats, and he knows then that it may take a long time for things to ever truly heal, if they ever do. "Because of you, Cricket. Because I love you, yeah? I think you're brilliant and kind and lovely to be around. You're special, and I love you for it. Not just because of David."

Franklin pulls Cricket's hand up to kiss each knuckle. "You. Cricket. The best Cricket in the whole universe. Made this whole house for me! Saved me! Remember, you saved me! And saved David! You saved us all!"

Charles nods gently. "You really did, darling. You saved us all. We're so lucky to have you. Our family is only complete with you in it."

He can't help it, then, his eyes filling abruptly with tears that drip heavy onto his collar and down his fingertips where they meet Franklin. "Not because - not - to - punish me. For being. Bad. I'm sorry. I didn't. Mean to. Make you mad. Didn't mean it. Family," he croaks. "Just want to help. I'm sorry," he warbles again, somewhat stuck over it. "Sweetheart," he mumbles under his breath. "Help you," he reaches up to touch Franklin's cheek. "Making houses and little plants for you." His smile is wet, and wobbly. But present.

"No one is mad," Franklin promises Cricket, leaning gently into the touch, and Charles decides to allow Franklin to be the one to comfort Cricket, now, because he's the one who deserves it. The one who has earned it, the one who does take care of Cricket in this way. "No punishment. Never. No more punishment here. Not for me or for you. Just being happy, here in our house, with Watson. And David. Okay? Franklin and Cricket and Watson and little David. All together and happy. And Pietro! And Wanda! All of us, yeah?"

"Our babies," Cricket murmurs, letting his eyes flutter closed. He draws solace from the moment, and recalling why everyone is there, he jerks his chin in a nod downward as he regards Erik. Slowly he levitates back up and toward Erik, reaching out both hands to him. "OK. Trying now. No pain, I promise," he whispers.

Erik lets out a huff of air through his nostrils as the sensation buffets through him and then, just like that, clarity. As though he had been operating without glasses this whole time and now everything is in sharp, clear relief. "Oh, that feels better," he hums lowly.

"You want to try? To make it nicer? No more pain," Cricket says, indicating Charles. "I think. I think it is OK, now. Kol beseder. All of us together and happy," he smiles, eyes creasing even as they are shot through with red.

Charles can immediately feel the difference within Erik; the seeping tension and ache that has been plaguing him for weeks immediately disappears, replaced by something akin to relief. Tentatively, Charles pushes through the barrier of Erik's mind, and then reinserts the telepathic stopper that has been present since the very first night that they met. Instantly, Erik's pain disappears.

Erik visibly slouches, making it apparent that the medication he was on hadn't fully dampened things, and he has to obviously make the effort not to melt into the couch. "I have to admit, I had sort of become convinced it wouldn't go away," he has to laugh.

"Off now," Cricket smiles. "Still there, don't know how it will impact. In the future. But have time. To make it better, get rid of them fully," he nods to himself, clearly pleased at the outcome.

Charles follows Erik in that relief, riding that wave and firmly planting himself inside of his head, where he belongs. Schmidt thought that he could drive a wedge between them, but he was wrong. Nothing can. Nothing ever will. Charles will make sure that nothing and nobody comes between he and his loved ones ever again. Not while he has the capacity to stop it. I’m staying in here forever, Charles rumbles to Erik.

The sensation of Charles fully sinking into his mind causes Erik to shiver openly, and he gasps a little, every muscle in his body going suddenly lax as a buoyant wave ricochets through him. His eyes fill with tears rather abruptly, and he doesn't quite catch-on until a few seconds later that there are others in the room with him. "Oh," he rasps. Just like that first night, what seems like eons ago and only moments simultaneously. Franklin and Cricket are part of them. More than anyone, the two of them, as disjointed as they are, understand.

Cricket had a similar response when Charles opened the pathways between them once again, after years of being alone and twisting in the wind. He grins a little, humming to himself as he lowers back down to the ground next to his own beloved. His hand finds Franklin's. "All better?" he whispers softly.

"Perfect," Erik nods unsteadily. Charles. Missed you. Hi, he laughs through the encroaching haze. His mind isn't meant to be alone any longer, and that distance created a pain he could not comprehend, far beyond anything physical. It hurt, to be parted. "I'm sorry," he finds his words at last, reaching out to pat his counterpart's hand, and to squeeze Franklin's arm. "For what happened. So sorry. You did not deserve that. Your kindness here is extraordinary. I don't have - words. Please, forgive me."

Cricket shakes his head, eyes darting over to Charles. "Accident," he says with a shaky smile. "Didn't mean. To hurt Cricket. Mistake?" he asks, gaze tracking to Franklin as if to confirm what exists on unstable ground. "Not. Not to hurt. Not like a bug. Just a Cricket," he jokes.

"No. Never. We wished to bring you here, to heal. To love, and be with those who love you. I'm sorry, I couldn't protect you. But you gave us this gift regardless."

"I made it better?" Cricket peers up at Charles and Erik, eyes wide and reddened.

“You don’t need to apologize for what I did, my love,” Charles says aloud to Erik, spreading his warmth even wider. But, he understands the impulse. They’re a singular unit, he and Erik. Two bodies but a shared spirit, a sum greater than its parts. Their commitment to each other means that any question of the other’s conduct will have the two of them answering for it. “You made it all better, my love,” Charles promises firmly, reaching forward to grab Cricket’s free hand. “Thank you. I should have just asked you to help in the first place, huh?”

“Yes,” Franklin answers for him gruffly. “Ask. Not trick. We’re…you, still.”

Charles understands perfectly well what his addled counterpart intends, and so he bids solemnly. “Tell me, Franklin. What would you do, in my shoes?”

Franklin raises his eyebrows. “Oh. Take Schmidt away. He can’t hurt anyone, no more hurting. Fix all the pain.”

“So you can understand why I did what I did.”

“Wouldn’t trick. I tricked before. Got me to Guantanamo.”

Erik sways a little on his feet, and finds himself unconsciously slipping onto Charles's lap, moved by the invisible tether connecting them. Tugged on a string back to where he belongs, his head rests on Charles's shoulder, eyes closing as one hand presses against his heart. It's a decidedly more intimate expression of affection than he typically demonstrates in public, but it's too powerful to resist with the full force of Charles returned to his proper place at the seat of Erik's consciousness, after weeks bereft.

The display draws a smile from Cricket, who can certainly understand that. "When I felt you again, here," he taps his own temple, his posture a mirror of Erik's as his head nudges against Franklin's shoulder. "I remember. Beautiful. Shouldn't be alone. Not supposed to be."

"No," Erik agrees. "We're meant to be with Charles."

"When we're alone, it gets loud and scary. When I lost him, my mind broke. I don't always understand," Cricket tries his best to express himself, but it comes out somewhat addled.

Erik thinks he might understand. "I was in a lot of pain," he murmurs gently. "And sick. He took away Charles's ability to care for me. For me, to look after him, too."

"Didn't think," Cricket nods. "Just wanted to fix. Why - why to trick me, not Erik? Because, I was not, supposed to know. My powers," he tries his best to reason it through, squinting a little. "Not supposed to hurt. Mistake."

Charles’s arms snake protectively around Erik’s body as he settles himself against his chest. This is how they belong together. Lap, arms, mind. Yes, they had been able to communicate telepathically, but it had been muted. Flat. Lacking. Their minds should be like this, intertwined. “The reason I asked you to take me there and not Erik is because Erik didn’t want me to go to Schmidt,” Charles answers honestly, fingers carding through Erik’s hair.

“He knew that I would kill him, and he was worried what might happen in the aftermath.” He’s very pointedly avoiding Ailo’s eyes, now. “Erik would have taken me there had I asked again. We all know that he would have,” he continues. “But I didn’t want to put that on him. So, I asked you to take me there instead. I didn’t realize you would feel me doing what I did, Cricket. And I know it’s hard for you to untangle it. It feels bad inside, doesn’t it?” He asks sympathetically. “You’re right. You weren’t supposed to know. But you did know, because you’re still so strong. Strong and smart.”

“The smartest and strongest,” Francis offers, and though he can’t wrap his arms around Cricket as well as Charles can, he does sling his better arm over Cricket’s lap.

"I don't like to kill," Cricket tells him softly, lips pressed together in an attempt to keep himself composed. "Killed. Too many. All, all died. Didn't mean. Didn't, because," he wrings his hands, quelling their obvious tremors. "Because I just, I had sardines. In the clothes, inside the - - Im Futter der Kleidung," he tries to explain, his voice almost disappearing from the effort. "Ich sass neben den Leichen und aß ihr Essen. Sie waren alle kaputt. Es war mir egal. Don't want you to see the bodies. Not to care. Not people. Not humans. Me, I'm a monster. Don't want you to be like me," he buries his head in his sleeves, taking Franklin's hand along with him.

Erik shakes his head. "It's different," he whispers. "I promise, it is. There are no monsters, here. Schmidt was one. He killed all of those people. Made them into piles. Not you. Not Charles."

"But you don't want him to kill."

"No," Erik admits. "But we are different beings. I can't project my own sense of things onto Charles. I worry. Killing is something you cannot undo. But we can't know the outcome. We know that killing in self-defense tends to produce less moral injury," he figures with a shrug.

"Self-defense?"

"Well, that is merely one example. Some people are executed by the law, as well. Of course I worry. But we aren't the same. It isn't the same context."

“Cricket didn’t kill. Just Charles,” Franklin tries, kissing Cricket’s cheek. “Cricket just helped Erik and that’s it. Helped Erik not be hurt. Only helped, didn’t hurt. And you only ever help me! Remember? You made the whole house for me. Take care of me every day so we can live here by ourselves. You’re not a monster. Monsters are ugly and scary. You’re beautiful. And kind.”

Charles smiles softly. “Franklin is right, Cricket. You’re not a monster at all. You have a kind heart and a beautiful mind. You and I are different, yeah?”

“Different. Cricket and Erik are better than Charles and Franklin,” voices Charles’s counterpart, speaking his mind as his injury compels him to. “Kind. Not selfish. Charles is selfish.”

Cricket squeezes his hand, trying his best to be delicate even when his own injury often causes him to flail around in an ungainly manner. "I don't think so," he replies, and presses Franklin's fingers to his own cheek, an attempt to soothe himself. "You love. You and Charles. I feel it. Love me, and Erik. Even though we--" he swallows a lump in his throat, not quite willing to finish the sentence, even if it is about another version of himself. "And David. And Pietro and Wanda. Not selfish."

Erik inclines his head in agreement. "We aren't any better, just different. Charles is the reason I am here today. He does everything he can to look after our family and protect our wellbeing, and that of all under his charge. That is not the mark of someone selfish. I know you would do the same," he says to Franklin. "And I love every version of Charles, no matter what you may have done. I would recognize you anywhere."

“You can love Charles and he can still be selfish,” Franklin points out, even as he nuzzles Cricket. “Charles can care and be selfish. Can love and be selfish.”

Charles shifts a bit. “Of course, Franklin, you’re right.” He’s not offended, of course, because each version of himself will recognize something different. But there’s no reason to try and convince Erik or any Erik of a fault like this, so he’d rather the conversation go elsewhere. “Would you like to see David?” he asks Cricket. Partially to change the subject, partially because David hasn’t been over in a few weeks, and that isn’t fair to either of them. “He has a new friend. An owl named Clarice.”

The mention of David immediately perks Cricket up, literally, as he bolts upward a little and has to calm himself so as not to wrench Franklin out of place. "David?" he rasps, looking a little like he's going to fall apart again. "Please. Let me see him again?" his brows arch, expression wide and plaintive. It's clear from a cursory brush of his mind that he's jumbled up the timelines a little, and to him, it coincides directly with having done something wrong, that he hasn't been allowed to see David.

Of course, it's mostly been because David had latched onto Erik during his illness, but Cricket doesn't have a linear understanding of events. Things get muddled up into a soup of unpleasant confusion, and it's hard to detangle. Franklin helps, but he's tried to keep to himself how much he misses his son. He hasn't wished to be a burden on anyone.

"Of course," Erik tells him. "He's been a little clingy due to my illness, that's all. You're always welcome to visit and spend time. Whenever you would like, you know," he tells him with an arched brow. "Just let someone know, hm?"

"I miss," Cricket says with a shaky laugh.


Quite accustomed to interdimensional travel, David barely even blinks as he bloops right in. Cricket's grin is sudden and fierce, and he lightly smacks Franklin's arm with the back of his hand as if to say look!

"Pretty soon he will be taller than you, eh?" Ailo murmurs wryly, having been content to let the pair of them sort things out as best as they can, but Cricket's excitement is infectious.

"My very toll jumping bean! Look at your shoes! Did you draw on them?" he says, fond. "Very nice."

David’s grin, too, is enough to brighten any room. Eyes on his own feet, he barrels toward Cricket and thrusts himself into his lap, signing Aba over and over again. When David first came to them, Charles had worried that he was too young, that he wouldn’t remember that Cricket is his father, too. But that hasn’t been their reality at all. David still idolizes his Aba like any adoring child should. The relationship that he has with Cricket is much different than the one he has with Charles and with Erik, for he understands that they have different roles. But it’s no less special. No less profound. David makes a demand to Erik for Clarice through a mixture of sign and visual telepathy, and soon enough, the small owl is in their midst, perched on Cricket’s shoulder.

“An owl!” Squawks Franklin. “Look!”

Charles chuckles. “That’s Clarice. She’s been keeping David very busy, hasn’t she?”

Cricket laughs loudly, delighted as the little owl hops off of his shoulder and right onto his finger once he extends out his braced hand, his other fastening over David to keep him safe and snug. "Oh, she's beautiful," he whispers, delight pinging off of him. "Just like you!" he taps David on the nose gently, his own scrunching up, playful.

It's moments like this, Erik thinks, that make everything worth it. Their family isn't an ordinary one, across multiple dimensions and universes themselves. But no less full of moments like this, pure love and joy that overshadow everything and remind him time and time again what is really important. What people like Schmidt and Stryker and Trask, Ivanov and all the rest could not take from them. "And she loves you already, of course."

"Raven called me a Disney princess," Cricket jokes, amused. "Are you doing well in school, little one? Making lots of friends and tiny nests for little birdies?" he ruffles David's hair a speck, and then fixes it right back into place how he prefers. "I've missed you soo much, did you know?"

David beams at Clarice as she hops onto his aba’s finger, giggling in his sweet little way. His laughter is like a silver bell, pure and bright. Charles has never witness anyone unable to resist warming to David’s laugh. The little boy, for good measure, projects an image of his school classroom overhead. It’s a bit embellished of course, with tiger stripes galore and even a few live tigers roaming about the room, but Charles is just pleased that David is able to respond to questions with confidence.

Amidst the tiger appears a little girl with violet eyes, emerald green skin, and pigtails, smiling a gap-toothed smile. “Ah, that’s Jelena,” Charles supplies for Cricket. “David’s best friend at school. She likes cheetahs more than she likes tigers, but they get along anyway.”

"I'm so glad," Cricket says, his voice a little rough as he leans into Franklin's side to bolster himself, swaying unconsciously in much the same way as David likes to twist himself about. It's more than just pride in his child, though that is front and center, it's also a joy to realize the implications of children with visible mutations existing naturally alongside those without. Never could he have imagined something like this when he was small, but Genosha makes it a reality, and he's hit with a wave of gratitude for this place and these people for being able to help him look after his family when he can't. He rubs David's back, giving him a tight squeeze for good measure. "He would be so very proud of you, meyn tayer," he says almost under his breath, gazing upward to avoid anyone seeing his expression.

Franklin, even in his less-than-coherent state, knows when Cricket is talking about his Charles. It makes him sad sometimes, but he doesn’t get jealous. In fact, it makes him love Cricket even more, because it displays the depth of his love. And nor does Cricket get upset when Franklin talks about his Erik. They all understand that they’re all part of the greater family, the tangle of Charles and Erik. “He would,” Franklin says quietly. “But, we are, too. Me and you. Huh? We’re so proud, David. If you and little Clarice! And Jelena with the green skin!”

“Proud is right,” Charles agrees as David giggles and pets Clarice’s fluffy little head with a single finger. “There’s going to be a little play at his school next month,” Charles informs Cricket. “David will be playing a pine tree! We’re very very excited. We’ll make sure that the two of you have front row seats, hmm?”

It's at the most random of times that sharp ache of grief infringes upon him, but rather than getting stuck in the whirling vortex of chaos and horror, it accosts him like a soft wind instead. Present, but transient. Somewhere in the tapestry of his mind tenuously woven together he's wondered if David would be truly OK, given all that had happened before Erik and Charles found them in that hospital room.

Before the hospital themselves found Cricket, having tried his hardest to take care of an infant all by himself with barely any motor control to call his own. He wondered if he had irrevocably harmed his own child, but looking at him now it's clear that couldn't be further from the truth. Making friends, participating in plays. "We would not miss that for anything," he replies sagely, eyes creasing up. "You're going to do such a good job, I can't wait to see," he whispers, and even though it's soft, the affection pouring from him is clear as a bell.

"It will probably be a boring show and probably really bad, but I'm still happy to go," offers Franklin, candid as ever.

Charles has to stifle a laugh. Leave it to Franklin to say what they're all thinking but refuse to voice. "I think it'll be fun. David will be so happy to have you both there. You can meet his teachers, too. They've heard a lot about you; David tells them all about his aba all the time, doesn't he?"

By now, David has slid from Cricket's lap and onto the floor to entertain himself with Clarice, but he's still listening, still present.

Erik snorts and covers his face, trying not to laugh out loud and failing. Look, it's been a long month. "I assure you it will be far more exciting than the time I was an avocado. I was supposed to say nothing. What I did say was, in full regalia, głowa, ramiona, kolana, pięty!" he mimes it with a smirk.

"You weren't supposed to have any lines?" Cricket shakes his head.

"Do you remember that? Were you an avocado? Or did I soup again?"

"I think you souped," Cricket says serenely.

"Let's just say Magnus didn't get it from me," Erik taps the side of his nose wryly, winking one eye shut. Every once in a while, a random snapshot from Before crops up out of nowhere - when Charles first met Erik, such occurrences were a source of pain too immense to consider and were ruthlessly extinguished before cognizance. Thirty years and a brain full of psychedelic mushrooms and psionic fastenings later, it's simple: amusement and curiosity, a small totem from his youth that he feels comfortable sharing with his own child, alongside a small collection of memories untouched by the loam.

Charles can’t help but think of their young counterparts, in the 1940s. How happy and loved the two of them are, under the care of Brian and Erik’s parents. Even so, neither of them had the opportunity to attend school and participate in silly school plays dressed as avocados or trees or whatever the hell could have been dreamed up for them. And for no good reason beyond prejudice. That Charles couldn’t attend school because the facilities couldn’t accommodate his disability, while that Erik fell too far beyond the spectrum for formal education.

Why should they be deprived of that opportunity? Something sparks in him again. Quiet, but hot. He presses it down, however, because now is not the time to grow consumed by this strange strain of anger that has been brewing in the pit of his stomach recently. “I’m sure you were the most darling avocado there ever was, my love,” is what he says instead, bringing Erik’s knuckles up for a kiss. “And David will be the most darling pine tree.”

“I was Caesar,” announces Franklin. “At Eton.”

Charles cocks a brow. “Huh. I was Brutus.”

Franklin mirrors Charles’s expression. “Fits.”

It's easy to forget that Erik isn't a telepath. More than likely, Charles has come to figure over the years, it's his actual senses picking up on the chemical changes in his atomic make-up rather than true psionics. Erik doesn't tend to latch onto the precise wording or imagery within his mind, but rather is attuned to the shifts in his mood and uses his own awareness of Charles's character and self to fill in the gaps. As such, it's no longer a surprise that accompanying the swell of anger is a soothing hand at his neck, easing some of the tension which had unconsciously seeped in.

He's certainly been aware of this growing shift toward blistering anger, but even though it isn't something commonly expressed, it's also a part of Charles he has always known to exist, and it is understandable that it does. Their lives have been marked by arduousness and unfairness, beyond the pale of any one human's capacity. Spread out across multiple iterations and lifetimes. Erik conversely isn't as prone to anger these days, not like he was as a young man. He doesn't draw any further attention to it, beyond a steadying presence, and a solemn relief at feeling himself again, to be in the position of doing so properly.

"I don't think I..." Cricket screws his eyes closed, wracking his own memory, and shakes his head. "No school plays, I was given... Heimunterricht? By my parents. Ima taught me English," he adds, somewhat reminiscent of Magnus.

Erik arcs his own brows. "I didn't know your cluster was homeschooled. Huh," he frowns a little. "In Germany?" 

"Ja, from Golzheim." Cricket slips down and arranges himself cross-legged next to David. "Did you know you can teach birds all kinds of things?" he whispers, grinning when David's head snaps up at that. He materializes a slice of apple and holds it out to Clarice, before holding out his finger. "Step up," he tells her and alternates this a few times. She eventually understands and climbs into his finger, and he offers her the treat. "You want to try?" he encourages.

Though David doesn't look Cricket in the eye, or even outwardly acknowledge that he notices his presence, they all know that he has listened carefully when he takes an apple slice from Cricket's hand and holds out his own finger. He doesn't verbalize anything to Clarice, but he does click his tongue a few times when the bird doesn't budge initially. Eventually, she understands, and flutters to rest on the back of his small hand.

Charles widens his eyes, and then steals a glance at his husband. David has never done that before. "Well done, David," Charles praises, momentarily forgetting the angry swell that had been pooling in his chest. "You're so good at that! And you're such a great teacher, Cricket! He's never done something like that before." Erik is wide-eyed, but keeps his excitement contained to his own body even though the impulse to dart forward and bundle David up in his arms is exceptionally powerful right now.

Cricket beams, and in a flutter, Lucille appears on his opposite shoulder, eyes pinning curiously as her head weaves back and forth, observing the owl. There's decidedly too many birds here, but Cricket seems intent, focused on something as an idea flourishes in his mind. "You remember Lucille? She's missed you, too!"

Lucille mimics David's prior noise and hops onto his free wrist, wings rustling before settling. "Good bird!" she whistles playfully.

Charles, in his prescience, catches on to Cricket’s idea. Oh. He’s thinking that Lucille may be able to translate for him. That’s…that’s not implausible, he says to Erik, watching intently as Lucille examines Clarice. She’s smart. And he has a way with animals.

For his part, David giggles and brings Clarice toward Lucille, beaming. “Little bird! Wanna apple?” she chirps, and David, to their amazement, feeds them both a piece of the apple slice.

“Oh, that’s very cute,” Franklin remarks on everyone’s behalf.

"Maybe Clarice and David can look after Lucille. A little while," Cricket whispers, rocking forward in contentment.

"I think Clarice would appreciate that, what about you, hm?" Erik tickles under David's chin, signing with his good hand as he speaks.

Meanwhile, Cricket has been learning ASL with them, but his version of the language is very slow and cumbersome, far below Erik's skill due to his fine motor impairments, but fortunately he and David have always understood one another beyond words. He crosses his arms over his chest in their symbol for love.

It's a good idea, and it may prove useful to help him communicate with others as well, Erik returns to Charles thoughtfully. If not, no harm caused, hm? Erik and Charles have neither been too preoccupied with forcing speech on their son, of course, but Erik's concerns have always been of the more practical variety - ensuring he can at least make himself understood, in case he's ever in trouble.

"I think that David and Clarice would love to look after Lucille. We'll make sure that they all come visit often, hmm?" Charles smiles, reaching down to ruffle David's hair, and then lay a fond hand on Cricket's shoulder.

"Every single day," Franklin amends, his own better hand dropping to Cricket's other shoulder, though it falls off and comes to rest over his chest. "Yeah? David makes us happy."

Taking the hint, Charles removes his hand from Cricket and folds it in his lap. "Whenever we can," he offers, because it's only fair. They've been slacking lately. "Maybe you two can come and pick him up from school with Erik? And then spend some time with him after school each day."

Cricket frowns a little. "The last time, nisht sehr gut," he says, wincing a little. "When Nurse Elkins took me to see, remember?"

Erik winces. "Indeed," he acknowledges. That afternoon his counterpart had witnessed a teacher shout at a student, and wound up curled into a ball in a corner. "But that is all right. Everyone is allowed to have bad days. I do not think anyone would object to your return, Cricket."

"A bad day, and frightened the children. Didn't mean. Franklin wasn't there," he burrows in a little closer for good measure. Before Franklin, he had good and bad days, but after it became somewhat clearer that these were really bad days and worse days. "They don't get mad at David??? Don't hurt?"

"No," Erik responds firmly. "That was an exceedingly isolated incident. As far as I am aware that instructor has since been removed from their position."

"Because now I have power," Cricket snaps a bolt of harmless lightening across his fingers. "No more shouting."

"If someone yells, I will yell at them instead," offers Franklin helpfully. "Yes?"

"No," Charles says kindly. "No yelling. Not around the children, right?"

"Oh," Franklin nods. "Right. No yelling around the children. No yelling at all. Not at David, or Cricket, or any child. We never yelled, at my school. Except when it was fun."

"And now you two can go together. David will be so happy to see you all after school. How lucky he is, hmm? To get three dads to pick him up. Most kids just get one."

It makes Cricket smile, the same expression Erik sometimes wears when he is overwhelmed by affection for his family. "Can we see?" he ventures bravely, still not accustomed to the idea of asking people for things. But when it comes to David, Cricket will do the impossible if it means he is happy. "Your school, too? David has two schools," Cricket chirrups, somewhat more prone to babbling the less stable his mind is. It's been difficult the past few days, but Franklin can see the immediate improvement being near his child -- and having helped -- brings. "So you can learn so much, you'll be smarter than me soon!" Cricket laughs, the sound gentle. "And he should bring Lucille. To school. Jelena will like. And she's a good bird. Won't be loud."

"Shhh, I'm hunting wabbits," Lucille confirms with a wave of a wing.

"Of course," Charles answers, realizing that he hasn't ever brought Cricket or Franklin to Westchester. He's proud of Cricket for asking, for he doesn't usually do so. "Would you like to do more things together, darling? We can. Whatever you want, we'll do. Yeah? You need only ask."

"Yes," Franklin answers for Cricket. "More David. More things. Shabbat. Temple. He likes it all, when you come and get him and go somewhere. Feels happy, to be around family. More family."

"Family!" Lucille agrees. "Family ties!"

Cricket raises Franklin's hand, kissing across his knuckles before nudging his palm across his own cheek, soothing to them both. A twinge of warmth eases into his chest, as it often does when Franklin speaks up for him. He used to be better at it, but those were the Before times. Before the world ended, for him. And he tried to keep David sheltered, the tiniest frond of a plant leftover from nuclear fallout.

Now, he's learning how the world continues forward. Birds fall out of their nests, and rebuild anew. "We had school, too," he rasps, smiling at the memory. "Hospital. With school, and huts. A market. Me, I remember. I taught," he realizes, features scrunched. "And sang, to children. The Torah, Hebrew school. For Jewish ones. We had lots, from the experiments," he explains. "A nice place. I wish. You could have seen it," he says to Franklin.

Cricket doesn’t always say what he thinks, so Franklin is more than happy to fill in for him when he doesn’t. Franklin doesn’t understand why Cricket sometimes chooses not to say what’s on his mind, for fear of imposing himself on others. In Franklin’s view, he’s worth it; he should always ask for what he wants, make his wishes known. But he doesn’t, Franklin will is happy to fill in for him. “I can see it in your memory,” Franklin promises, kissing Cricket’s knuckles, and then smiles encouragingly. “It was very nice. Lanterns and yummy food. Everyone was happy.”

Charles smiles softly, too, and his expression is so very similar to Franklin’s in this rare instance. “Did you like teaching, Cricket? Would you want to do it again?”

He nods. "I don't know, how much I still know," he whispers. "But maybe, Franklin can help. He always helps me, so nice," he sniffs a bit, not really upset, just overly emotional. "But you might get bored," he squints. "Maybe, together, we can make a lesson, of things we both like," he grins a little. "He, Franklin, taught, too, in school. Ethics and philosophy. That goes good, with history. I wasn't religious, not like to, tell you what to do. Just about history and things."

"I did the same, once upon a time," Erik recalls fondly. "At MIT. I taught at the Institute as well, but Torah also. At Beth Israel, before it became Tremont Street. Ah, Charles said he used to watch me, before we officially met," he laughs a little. "And he teaches similar as well, along with biology and science. So he may be more inclined than you think, hm?" he reaches forward to squeeze Franklin's shoulder. Even now, as much as he struggles, he recognizes his own Charles in there. Most especially in his protective streak, and he is very grateful.

Franklin's head is leaned against the headrest. Though he's much more physically capable than he was when he was first brought here, after a long day, his muscles, including those in his neck, still grow tired. Luckily, Cricket and Erik have created a chair for him to accommodate for this. He really has come a long way, and his doctors insist that one day, he might be able to use his arm like Charles does. Even if he can't, he's happy for the freedom to move, regardless. "Dunno what I have to teach," he admits. "Charles can teach all I know."

Cricket kisses his cheek, laying his palm over his jaw. "And Erik for me, too. But maybe it is OK. More than one teacher. And different, we are. Different. You are. Special. The only Franklin that exists. You teach me, all the time. Take care of me. Nobody else can. Just you," he insists, letting his hand drop to the man's shoulder and neck, a bloom of warmth easing out from his fingertips to soothe the built-up tension there.

"You have a much different experience than do I," Charles points out kindly. "Would you like to teach?"

Franklin blinks even as he leans in to Cricket's warm touch. The question has clearly taken him by surprise. "Mm. Yeah. I liked teaching. I was good at it," he says thoughtfully. "Very good."

Charles smiles. "Why don't you take some time and see if it's something that you think you can do. A lesson plan. You both can make one. We can help."

"Any student of yours would be lucky to have you," Erik lends his support to the duo as well. "And Cricket is right, too. What you know, who you are, is not the same as any other Charles. You are distinct, an individual. Important."

"I won't let you forget," Cricket taps him on the nose playfully. "I think. You should. If you wish," he rasps. "A good teacher. Always. Smart, and strong. And handsome," Cricket grins. It's atypical of Erik to be as forthright around others, but Cricket lacks the same inhibitions, much like his partner, all of his affection and dedication worn directly on his sleeve for all to see. "We can do it," he whispers. "Together. Even if it is hard. We can. Believe in us."

"Charles is too busy to teach much," Franklin agrees, always eager to sneak a jab at Charles in where he can. "Spends all his time here. Not even at Westchester!"

"Oh, don't be unfair," Charles tuts. "Even after Erik and I were married, I lived in Westchester full time for years. I only moved here....well," Charles trails off, having to laugh a bit. So many things happened in their lives over the span of a few years that it's hard to pinpoint when Charles officially moved to Genosha. He'd stayed here with Erik after his ordeal with Stryker, and then Erik had taken him to Arcadia for a full year after his months with Trask. And then while Ariel was here...well. At some point, Charles just found all of his things moved to the Townhouse, and he didn't object. "I'm teaching more than I have in years, in fact," he points out. "But that doesn't mean that there isn't room for you two."

"Thank goodness Wanda was here to help out," Erik considers softly. "It was a bit unpleasant being so out-of-commission, but usually I simply transport him to Westchester after we drop David off," he laughs a bit himself, the same train of thought occurring to him. It really has felt like decades crammed into a few years, hm? I wonder if it will ever seem that time slows down. Perhaps when we are two hundred and ten. He squeezes Charles's hand, grateful as always that through all of life's ups and downs, his husband has been at his side.

"You feel better, now?" Cricket whispers back. "No more little bugs in your brain."

"Oh, who knows. I fear my brain may simply be made of bugs." Erik pokes out his tongue, good-natured despite all that's occurred, it's difficult not to simply be relieved at feeling more like himself. At feeling Charles once more within his mind, where he's been for decades. It was like having a limb cut off, and locked in a box under the Earth. He hums under his breath, nudging a little closer to rest his head over Charles's heart. Missed this, comes the thought, guileless. Difficult. Not to be close. L-rd knows had tried his hardest to maintain a positive outlook, but between the pain and boredom and loneliness inside his own mind, his spirit is practically singing with contentment. (edited)

Mm. It has been. I doubt when we’re two hundred and ten that life will be any duller, I must admit. Something tells me that it will only grow more complicated. He wraps his arms around Erik and rests his lips against Erik’s cheek, rocking slightly. “Maybe we all ought to go home and get some rest, mm?” Charles suggests after a moment, noting Franklin’s posture slumping, and Erik’s own relief still blanketing over him. “It’s been a long couple of weeks. We’ll be back tomorrow to collect you both when we get David from school,” he tells Cricket and Franklin.

Cricket nods, looking far more put together now than he had when they first arrived, much to Erik's relief. It's clear he had been concerned over Cricket's mental state, but much like himself, he suspects being near Franklin is a protective factor. He rises to his feet and zips over to hug them both. "Be good, OK? And we will make sure Lucille is looked after."


After what seems like one of the longest days he's ever had, Erik finally whisks them home, straight to their bed, and swoops up David as well with his new friends. Halfway in-between, David decides he wants to go romping in the yard with Clarice and Lucille both, and so Erik bids him farewell with a gentle touch to the shoulder mid-journey. They tumble about the ether for a few more moments, largely playful on Erik's part, before materializing.

Oh, I suppose he's getting too old to hang with his boring parents, huh? Erik laughs.

It's a good thing, he knows. David's independence has always been somewhat variable, but he's demonstrating a rather ordinary developmental profile in most other ways, experimenting with disengagement from his family unit in safe ways.

Charles bids Cricket a hug and kiss farewell before following Erik through the ether. They arrive in their bed, freshly showered and clad in comfortable clothes, and Charles can finally feel himself relax a bit. Cricket may still need some time, and Charles will give it to him. But, he got to spend time with David, which Charles knows made him happy. It goes a long way. Oh, not too old. Just excited about his new friends, Charles muses, because of course he can’t admit to himself that his little boy is growing up. He’ll be in soon for cuddles. Mark my words.

Chapter 102: castel god on mine rise: like someone choking on a toad.

Chapter Text

Gradually, things begin to return to their prior baseline. Erik resumes his post as Prime Minister fully, and Donald House Tegan wins the United States election in a landslide victory, becoming fully inaugurated in January of 1981. In response, Genosha releases a televised conference publicly lambasting the man and his policies, expressing deep disappointment for what Magneto had called a normalization of conservative politics.

1981 is also the year Sabra and Shatila massacre occurs, and Erik incurs further diplomatic tensions with one of Genosha's closest allies by openly condemning it and calling for a dissolution of the Israeli conscription system, publicly recounting his own experience in Sinai with Sayid al-Zaman and drawing parallels between Hativat Sheva and the proxy-Phalangists. It's a move that does not engender popularity on either side (and what William Kaplan calls a 'misrepresentation of the facts,' given the direct perpetrators were not Israeli - but this is not a distinction that Erik buys).

By now, it's evident and apparent that Erik Lehnsherr marches to the beat of his own drum, disregarding decorum when it comes to calling out atrocity, reminding his compatriots that the current premier, Mordechai Volkovich, founded his political party directly following Irgun's dissolution and spent very little time rooting out the same violence that had comprised the group directly responsible for a variety of terrorist and railway bombings. Ultimately, it's a somewhat tense new year, but Erik sticks to his guns. 

It's a chilly Wednesday afternoon, just following the end of David's school-day, and Erik, Charles and their son are all present at the Institute in Westchester when Erik happens across something disturbing. "Charles, get in here," he calls to his husband currently helping Jean distribute cookies to some of the younger students. He flicks the volume of their flat-screen higher.


The minute form of Don Tegan take his place behind a podium, wrinkled fingers curled along its edges as beady, sharp eyes look out at the throng of reporters before him.

"This country, America, was founded on the moral principality of family and duty. We all know that in this modern era, certain outliers have made social degeneracy seem appealing. I don't blame our citizens for being drawn to this unusual way of life, but I'm here to tell you that we must demonstrate a return to decency. This is the United States of America, and we do not operate on the basis of open deviancy.

The HIV/AIDS epidemic has been a scourge on our populace, and I believe certain actors are directly responsible for this. Our children are in danger. They're at risk, and this, we cannot abide. That is why I'm pleased to announce the Calnin Act has been approved into law. Beginning shortly, all children who are identified at risk of harm from subversive elements - homosexuals, mutants, political extremists, and all the rest; will be assessed and if necessary, removed from these hostile environments and placed into a safe and loving atmosphere.


Erik's expression is cold, lips pressed together in a thin line as the man's diatribe winds down to a close.

Scott Summers, likewise having watched the entire thing, arches his eyebrows comically high above his rose-tinted glasses. "What the hell does that mean? Could he be talking about the school?"

"He is talking about all of it. Everything. This is a hit. This is meant for us."

"They can't do this," Scott gapes. "We'll fight it, won't we?"

Erik grimaces, eyeing his husband. "I suspect we will."

As things return to normal, Charles can feel himself being watched. By Ailo, by Pietro, by Hank. By everyone. No one can cometo grips with the fact that Charles used his abilities to kill another. It frustrates him; the scrutiny feels unwarranted. Not because he believes that anyone should be immune from scrutiny when they take drastic measures, but because of their motivation behind the scrutiny. His abilities, of course, make him "dangerous." They've always made him dangerous, but he's never given anyone cause to believe him a dangerous person in general. All that has changed, and now, it's eggshells.

Nonetheless, there are bigger fish to fry. He keeps his promise to Cricket and tries to involve him with David more. David refuses to wear the uncomfortable pine tree costume, so Erik makes him a new one, one that doesn't touch his skin. Cricket embellishes it with rustling needles, ornate cones, glistening dew. As Franklin expects, the play is bad, but very cute. David is happy to have his whole family there. When Tegan gets elected, Charles, too, doubles down. A friend to the preceding Earl administration, Charles is not surprised when Tegan's cabinet formally disinvites Charles from DC, informing him that the new president will form his own relationship with the mutant community without Charles's help.

This is worrisome, but Charles doesn't begin to seethe until that cold winter day. They're spending the afternoon in Westchester. Erik has popped in with David, but Charles isn't ready to go just yet—he's been spending more time at the school lately—and so the pair of them are watching television on the state-of-the-art flatscreen that Erik created. He's not paying attention until his husband calls him in to the room. The broadcast, of course, is harrowing. Swallowing thickly, Charles instinctively pulls David close. "The school, our students, David," Charles says wryly.

"They can't take David from you, right?" Scott blinks unseen behind his glasses, having not considered that.

"He is ours, by law," Erik says slowly. "But by Genoshan law. The Calnin Act evidently seeks to make it clear that such laws have no application on United States soil. They could potentially try and take him, or arrest Charles under its auspices. But this will not only impact us. We have insulation through Genosha. I can ensure every child here is protected from harm, but I cannot take every mutant family in America to Genosha. We have an open asylum policy anyway, but this is the home of millions of people. It should not have to come to this. He already attempted to deport me for violating travel restrictions," Erik adds bitterly, manifesting the thin paper indicating such for Charles to read. It states plainly that Erik's status as HIV positive precludes him from entering the country.

"How are we supposed to fight this?" Scott looks worried. "We shouldn't have to move to Genosha. Mutants and their children have a right to live safely here."

"Yes, they do," Erik murmurs, deceptively soft.

"The last time you got into a conflict with the States, they took your powers away. Tortured you. Killed thousands of people."

"Their technology is fundamentally useless against my mutation now, and Charles as well. We will not permit them to cause harm. If we must correct an erroneous assumption that we are meek and cowed, we will do so. I have no patience for this inane fucking gibberish any longer," Erik ignites the paper with a flick of his wrist, causing it to explode into a harmless ball of fiery color.

"OK, but when have you ever been patient?" Scott smirks.

“I think that we have to be more cautious about bringing David here until we can figure out how to get this act repealed,” Charles says grimly, though Erik might feel that current swelling in the pit of his stomach, the one that has been present for some time. “I have no patience either,” Charles admits. “And I have been patient before. Every presidential administration since Fitzgerald has asked me to consult or liaise. Tegan closed the door to me on day one.”

Jean pops in the room next, aware of this conversation thanks to her telepathy. “Professor, what do you plan to do?” she asks cautiously. “If they don’t want to negotiate.”

“I don’t need to negotiate,” Charles reminds all in the room, and then allows that implication to merely hang in the air.

The only people who don't appear uncomfortable are David and Erik, but Erik can detect the shift from everyone else and simply exhales slowly. "They are the ones who want to come knocking," he points out, resting his elbow on his knee and lowering his chin onto his fingers. "They're the ones who want to aggress, again. We will do what must be done, to protect you all. If they choose to close the door on negotiation and instead seek to subjugate and oppress us, our children, you all. We will be ready, it is that simple. Nevertheless," he adds pointedly, "No one is infallible, not even us. You can still be harmed, each of you. So don't go off acting on your own. We will assess the situation as it unfolds. But make no mistake, they are knocking on the wrong door if they expect to walk out of here with David or any of the children here."

"If you attack them, or change them, isn't that disregarding everything you've tried to teach us? How are mutants and humans supposed to coexist if you start a war," Scott eyes Erik pointedly, "or if you establish that you'll just change their minds if they do something you don't like? And what about you, what about us? They already captured Franklin, killed his Erik and damn near lobotomized him."

"An unfortunate outcome," Erik agrees softly. "But our duty above all else is to ensure that everyone here is safe. At no point has Charles ever unilaterally decided to merely change a person he dislikes or disagrees with. But you are mistaken if you think either one of us will let these degenerates harm our child."

Scott shrugs. "I get that it isn't fair, but that is sort of the point. It's never been fair. You have constantly advocated for us to stand down, to not go off on our own. Now there's suddenly a threshold at which that perspective doesn't apply?" 

"Of course there is," Erik says with a raised eyebrow. "There is always a threshold. Our survival and our safety as a species is always going to matter more over ideology."

"So how do we choose?"

Erik gestures all around them. "Like this, I presume. Together, as I said."

"We can give them an option," Charles concedes, voice hard. "We can tell Tegan to stand down with this absurd act or face the consequences. It will be his choice."

"But he doesn't really have a choice, does he?" Jean cuts back, hotly. She isn't sure what she thinks, but she knows that it feels wrong to simply accept the Professor's stance unchallenged. He's a man she looks up to; hell, he's a father to her, a mentor. Someone she has relied on for guidance and wisdom since she was ten years old. But this feels different.

"Of course he does. He always has a choice," replies Charles, pulling David properly into his lap, as if someone could steal his boy out from under him at any moment. "I'd like to remind him what we're capable of. That's only fair. If he's going to take that action anyway, he'll know he's doing it at his own peril."

Jean looks almost desperately to Erik, and then realizes that she won't find support there, either. "You don't think they're going to try and shut you down, Charles? Shut us all down?"

"They may. They won't be able to, though."

"We don't know that for sure," Erik reminds him quietly. "Just because their current technology is ineffective does not mean they will not find a new method of neutralizing us. I actually recommend the opposite," Erik says. "Don't show your cards up front. There is always a bigger fish, you know that better than anyone. Vision can't affect us any longer. That doesn't mean they won't encounter a mutant with even greater capacity. Look at Erik from V20," he points out grimly. "He is stronger than me. You can't know. We also don't know every iteration of ourselves. It's possible one or more of them could be used against us, you just cannot know. So we need to be extremely cautious. That being said, Genosha has several projects underway focused on neutralizing anti-mutant technology in addition to our level of power. My estimation is that they are very unlikely to cause us damage, but neither can we be reckless."

Erik raises a hand, eyeing Jean and Scott. "I understand where you're both coming from. It is not an ideal circumstance, for anyone. But there are lines that we simply cannot allow to be crossed. If they come in here and start removing the students, I would consider that a red line. You remember what happened with Trask. I will not subject those kids to another incident like that. Government agents with machine guns do not get to dictate the parameters of our existence, nor scare us back into the closet."

“How do we prevent another Trask?” Charles asks, raising his brow at Erik, now. “If you’re right, Erik, then we must disincentivize them as early as we can. I don’t advocate for recklessness. I do suggest that we respond immediately to his threat. He mentioned us by name. Homosexuals, mutants, political extremists.” He clutches David tighter. “By speaking it aloud, he’s fired the first shot. That’s on him. We must respond, immediately.”

"It's not immediacy I have an issue with, on that we concur. Silence does no one any good. Genosha is a protective factor, so we will use it. I'll deploy the GADF here. Under international law it's permitted," Erik adds with a bit of a smirk. "So they can bitch and moan all they like. We've done some work behind the scenes. The Xavier Institute is a Genoshan diplomatic embassy, which means we can station the military here, and I've already extended a perimeter around the area to prevent intruders and conventional weaponry from penetrating. They're unarmed, and can wear plainclothes variants, to avoid unnecessary stress to the students. A lot of them are prior students, in fact. I'll send Raven and her team as well to analyze the tactical situation on the ground. The alternative is moving the school back to Aramida until the situation is handled. But you cannot start threatening these people without a plan in place to protect the students. Because we don't know what their capacity really is, and that isn't a gamble we can make. Not when David is in their sights. We want to show them that they are punching far above their weight class." Erik dents his fist against his braced hand pointedly.

Charles frowns up at Erik, obviously unhappy with his plan, but without much of a choice. "Fine. As soon as we get the grounds secured, we send an answer," he reasons, tucking a strand of hair behind David's ear. "I'm going to send a message to the mutants and homosexuals of the United States as well. All should be adequately warned, in case they hadn't tuned in. I'll also let them know that I am not going to allow him to take their children away from them."

Erik rolls his eyes; not at Charles, but rather Don Tegan himself and his obviously cavalier disregard for the people supposedly under his charge. It's difficult not to take it personally, the way the man had essentially done as much as called them out by name to support his vulgar, disgusting law. Erik curls the fingers of his left hand into a tight fist, nails digging in. Abruptly, he stands and strides out of the room, after giving David's shoulders a squeeze.

Scott watches him leave, unsettled. "Is he...?" his gaze travels unseen from Jean to Charles, not quite knowing what to say. He too remembers the last time the United States took drastic actions like this. It's obvious he doesn't agree with Charles or Erik, but he can't begrudge their response, either. Uncomfortable, every way around.

In the corridor, Erik's eyes shut hard and he breathes roughly through his nose, doing his best to expel the conflicting sensations of distress, rage and fear that rocket through him. Both at Tegan, and at himself, for still being so afflicted by his prior experiences with William Stryker. With Schmidt, and all the rest of Hellfire. And now they're openly coming after his husband, his son. Sending him ridiculous letters branding him some kind of disease-ridden freak. When it is their own g-ddamn fault in the first place. Harry Leland, still out there, still causing chaos and destruction and harm to all that have the misfortune of crossing his path.

Damn it, damn it. He jams his hand into his eyes, forcing himself to calm down. It isn't any help to dissolve. He won't be the weak, pitiful creature on the floor in Leland's recollection. They have things to do. With a sigh, Erik pushes it all down as far as he can and obtains tea, coffee and some food for everyone gathered in the living area before returning, offering a wan smile. "I'll get in touch with Raven and Dani," he says, his voice a lot softer than before. 

His eyes catch on David playing at the foot of the table and he's struck, out of nowhere, by the image he makes. His hair fallen slightly into deep blue eyes, as his tiny little hands work to solve a complex geometrical puzzle toy. The thought that someone could come in here and try to take him, to hurt him, separate him from his family, fills Erik with a fury he hasn't felt in decades. How many children must he watch suffer, before the world finally learns for good? They'll be alive for hundreds more years. How many more? They don't deserve this. Not David, not anyone. 

Charles knows exactly what’s going on when Erik abruptly stands and exits the room. Galvanized and furious, he’s also deeply, deeply sad. And why shouldn’t he be? After doing so much for others, devoting his life to public service and helping others, one of the most powerful governments in the world turns around and tells him that he’s still an aberration, a stain. That they all are. It dredges up the same brand of agony that has been injected into Erik’s life since birth. Worthlessness; others insisting that, no matter what he does or how well he does it, he’s still a second-class citizen.

Still not worth freedom and happiness. And now that his family is implicated as well….well, how could he not be upset? It further incentives Charles to end this. To insert themselves as a species that does not accept this maltreatment. So when Erik returns, laden with snacks and drinks, Charles extends a hand toward his husband. “Why don’t we get David back home? I’ll stay here and gather the rest of the staff to brief them. Come collect me after you’re done with Raven and Dani?”

Erik slides his fingers into Charles's, bending down to wrap him up in a gentle hug. A reminder, that it doesn't matter what anyone says, or how far they try to go - this is the most important thing. It is precious, and worthy, and Erik doesn't want Charles to feel for even a second that he is somehow lesser because of it. No one should. Erik straightens, still clutching Charles's hand, considering elsewise. Eventually, he makes a decision, gaze burning furiously.

"You're going to address them, mutants, gays, all the rest. I say let's go the extra step. Tell them if any one of them needs free medication, have their doctor or pharmacist contact this number. He won't take care of his citizens, he threatens us by name, well we've come as called. To do the job he cannot be trusted with. " He manifests a paper with the 2824 Genoshan prefix country code, slapping it on the table. "I am tired of this motherfucker letting people die in the streets. I am tired of playing nice with the UN in the name of non-interference. I am not a Star Trek character," he grits lowly. "And I won't be -- neither my kin, nor my family, my people -- mocked and belittled and humiliated with impunity. So tell him that. For every time he cannot keep Genosha out of his incompetent piss-baby mouth, I'll help another disenfranchised American population. Eat shit and die."

Charles nods and nods. Something in Erik has shifted. The sadness and sorrow has given way to focused anger, and that focused anger has manifest in the most Erik way possible. Plucking the paper to set it on his lap, Charles raises his chin. "I will. I think we ought to anticipate an influx of people to Genosha, darling. Even temporarily. Perhaps you can create that landmass you've been contemplating." Whenever Genosha starts feeling the weight of its crowds, Erik simply expands its area. They've been considering creating yet another large peninsula on their island north of Morocco to grow their island and surpass Sardinia in size, nearly rivaling Portugal. He turns then to Jean and Scott, who still look unsure, nervous. "If you two could brief the staff as to what will be happening, I would appreciate it."

Jean bites her lip, but nods. "Sure, Professor," she murmurs before quickly exiting the room, her mind a flurry.

To David, Charles speaks much, much more softly. "I'll see you later, bug," he tells him, in word, sign, and telepathy. "I'm sorry if this is scary. We'll make it better soon. Go with Tate now, hmm? He'll take you to Ailo. Maybe you can show Ailo your new puzzle." David, of course, doesn't respond verbally, but stands up and travels to Erik's side, gripping his father's shirt with one hand. "I love you both," Charles tells his family, eyes back on Erik. "And I'll see you shortly."

Erik picks David up, giving him a tight squeeze and a kiss to the top of his head. "I love you so very much, little bean," he murmurs into his ear, inaudible to all but David and accompanied by a flourish of mental warmth. "We will never let anyone take you where you do not wish to go. Never. I promise," he says, and Charles himself knows how significant it is. Erik very rarely makes promises, a facet of his religious beliefs mixed with his own history on the fringes of human experience. But this time, he means it with all of his might. His own parents could not protect him from the whims of a system fundamentally designed to break and destroy.

But they didn't have the power to resist. Erik and Charles will never abide anything similar. They can act, and Charles knows it clearly as a bell that he has Erik's unconditional support when it comes to protecting their son. In the blink of an eye, Erik and David whirl out of Westchester and back to Aramida, and Erik takes his hand as they approach the Posto. "You want to come with tate while I work for a little while? I know how much you missed Ms. Moonstar, hm?" his voice is accompanied by sign as they head up the steps.

David only vaguely understands what’s happening, but what he does know is that his Papa and Tate are upset. Something about mean people trying to force them to go places. But, it seems like Tate and Papa have a plan, and so he’s not going to worry too much. In fact, when Tate says that they get to see Ms. Moonstar, he perks up, skipping a little. Above them, an image of Ms. Moonstar appears, her jet black hair slicked back in a ponytail as she spins illusions of her own, David at his side. He’s asking Tate if she’s going to show him how to make these pictures even better, which is something that she’s does whenever they get to see her. David likes when she teaches him like that, because then he can make clearer pictures that people can understand a lot easier.

Erik beams down at him, creating a colorful, sparkly rendition from light particles of Dani tickling David's chin gently, one of the few people outside of his immediate family he doesn't mind in his personal space. "Oh, I think she'll be more than pleased to do so. I'll tell you a secret, hm? You're one of Dani's favorite little ones! Don't tell her I said it, though," he mimes a shooshing motion, but it's clearly a tease.

As though right on time, Danielle Moonstar exits from the Grand Council Hall, clad in the traditional diplomatic regalia of the Genoshan Elders. Her appointment to the position reflects her role within her own community, and as Erik has grown to learn more about the Genoshans, has slowly and surely integrated a clade of respected citizens to leadership positions with real power and decision-making abilities. She's an older woman with dark skin and braided hair - the one who did some of Erik's more intricate ones, in fact. Her presence is warm and maternal, and she jogs over with a wave and a flurry of vivid illusions in greeting. Lions and tigers cuddling together and pouncing, and a baby cub appears on David's shoulder. "Good to see you, Mr. Prime Minister," she winks.

Erik feigns petulance. "That's Doctor Prime Minister," he smirks.

"He has his PhD in Bs," Dani grins back. "And how is David today!" she signs a little clunky, but it's intelligible nonetheless. "We heard the news," she murmurs to Erik, solemn under her breath. "We've come up with a response of our own, it's on your desk."

Erik waves a hand. "I trust you, consider it approved. You know you don't need to ask permission."

"Old habits die hard, keshaa. I'll have Ms. Frost elect a speaker from the Council. She's been providing media training, it's quite enlightening," she adds as she kneels down to David's height and focuses on projecting an image of herself in similar posture. "Now, you try, yes? Let's say you want to shake my hand. Can you make an image of yourself doing so?" she directs softly. One thing wondrous about Dani is that her own child is autistic, though Kaline is more verbal than David, she intuitively understands the boy better than most. 

David giggles delightedly when the tiger cub appears on his shoulder. He knows it isn't real, but at some point, he decided that he doesn't care whether or not the things he sees are real or not; they make him happy, and that's enough. Subtly, he seizes the illusion to take control of it and changes the stripes to match those of a bengal cub that he saw a photo of in his book. The photo was taken in India, and that cub was named Sakti. So now, this cub is Sakti.

As Tate and Ms. Moonstar talk, David plays with the illusions, which are more robust than his own. Everything is so vivid and detailed; you can even touch all the things that she creates, something which is not true of David's illusions. Papa's are like that, but in a different way because you're only touching them in your head. Ms. Moonstar says that David might one day be able to make them like hers. When she kneels down to talk to him, his eyes fix on his shoes.

It's his natural position, eye contact is not something he's ever been able to maintain, but that doesn't mean he isn't listening. When she asks him to make himself shake her hand, he has to focus really hard to conjure an image of himself. His version is a lot less crisp, and he's in the company of two tigers, but it still manifests. He's never shaken someone's hand before, but he's seen others do it, so he concentrates on making his image stick its hand out. It's the left hand, and the palm is facing up, but when he's never done something, it's hard to imagine how to do it.

It's an example, and she doesn't make him do anything as crass as shake her hand in real life, but all the same, she grins and claps gently, having taken a spot directly across from him on the ground with her legs crossed. Erik sits on David's side, watching with utter fascination as he follows her instructions, substituting his left hand over his right in the same way he's seen Erik modify his handshake, an adorable detail that does not escape him.

He thinks he can understand why Dani is helping him form an image of himself, to focus on different actions - she's asked him to do different things like this - tapping someone's shoulder, waving, crossing his arms, holding out his hands above his head in a big X, giving a thumb's up, and different imagery depicting very rudimentary gestures that most people on Genosha, the Middle East in general, and in North America and Europe will understand. It's slow-going, and she doesn't make it very obvious that it's a social exercise, but rather focuses on helping him generate the same crisp, clear depictions as she, since that's what he's interested in.

The reflection of his own self is but a tool, one she hopes that if he needs, he will recall these lessons through osmosis and fall back on it naturally if he ever needs to. Of course, David's are a little less developed now, but both he and Charles suspect that David's ability will rival his father's as he gets older, and he's already learning how to work on the subatomic level along with Erik. They're short, easy lessons interspersed through the day according to his interest level rather than a major slog or inconvenience, acknowledging the reality that he's still a five year old kid whose interest level can't be expected to maintain for very long doing things that don't come naturally to him.

Dani's image of herself makes the sign for 'yay!' and 'good job!', before transforming into a depiction of her riding on an elephant with colorful festival paintings. 

They spend a while like this, and Erik greets various members of his staff from his position on the ground. They, accustomed to Erik's brand of strange, hardly even notice it any longer. Dani's reply gets greenlit and another council member delivers the message swiftly in return, condemning the harmful and disappointing bigotry emanating from a government supposedly intended to protect its civilians, and reiterates that Genosha is there to help any families affected by this law whether they desire to apply for asylum or need assistance reaching free legal or medical resources. Erik perks up when Charles's voice enters his mind, rubbing David's back as well since he know the boy can hear it as well.

Charles, for his part, gets to work immediately. Within ten minutes, the staff have been briefed to prepare for a flurry of calls from worried parents and family members, as well as the arrival of security forces, as called in by Erik. There are those who seem unhappy with Charles's decision, but something about his mien keeps them from speaking up. What will they say? That they don't want to act? That they want to allow Tegan to outlaw their existence, their way of life? His subsequent move is a dramatic one, one which he has never taken before, and one which demonstrates his incredible power. With the help of Cerebro, Charles is able to pinpoint the existence of every mutant and homosexual person in the entirety of the United States.

My friends. You may not know who I am, but I encourage you to continue to listen to me for just a few moments. My name is Charles Xavier. I am the headmaster of the Xavier School for Gifted Youngsters, located in Westchester, New York. I am a telepath, a teacher, an activist, and a scientist. But, more importantly, I am a husband to Erik and a father to Pietro, Wanda, and David. Today, Donald Tegan has declared war on you and I, my friends. In the latest campaign for western heteronormative hegemony, Tegan has decided to label us, mutants and queer people alike, as the have-nots of our age. In the name of "protecting children" from unsavory influence, Tegan's administration plans to systematically tear children from their parents, depriving our families of the most basic rights and liberties.

This is not a position that we will accept. It is 1981. We can no longer excuse bigotry of this nature, and we will not. Rest assured, my husband, Prime Minister Erik Lehnsherr of Genosha, and I will be taking quick action to see this unjust policy killed. In the meantime, Prime Minister Lehnsherr has asked me to extend to you an invitation, temporary or permanent, to Genosha. He also plans to provide anyone who seeks it with free medical care and medication. You, your doctor, or your pharmacist may call 2824-77420-992.

Any medication, for any ailment including HIV, will be delivered to you discretely, and at no cost. Should you wish to find a way to Genosha, please come to 1407 Graymalkin Lane, Salem Center, New York. If this is a burden too great, you can ring 914-378-0976. A teleporter will be dispatched to your location. However, if you do not wish to relocate to Genosha, do not fret. We do not believe that retreat is the only or even the most desirable option. We will not simply disappear. This is a fight that we are prepared to have, and it is one that we will have, for everyone. Your children will not be taken from you. I will not allow it to happen.

Minutes after he concludes his message, the phone lines in the makeshift call center that he set up in the old ballroom start to ring, with staff and older students fielding the requests for assistance and questions already. With that underway, Charles reaches out for Erik, who, of course, answers quickly. You're going to have an influx of newcomers shortly, he says to his husband. Ready for them?

The Genoshan response is equally as swift, and occurs afterwards, giving people the necessary time to process both. Where Charles takes point disseminating information to the affected parties, Danielle Moonster takes point across the isle, in what has become a more common sight from Genosha as Erik has gradually worked to phase key positions in its government - and subsequently the visibility of said personnel, back into the hands of native Genoshans. Erik's role, likewise, has become a lot less obvious over the past few years as he's grown more educated and has come to understand the importance of Genosha being represented visibly by Genoshans and founded in Genoshan cultural precepts. Charles knows that Erik is prepared for the time that full transfer of power will eventually be completed from his hands and into a capable Genoshan leader's.

For the moment, though, Erik remains in his position, mostly as a symbiotic relationship. The Genoshans have accepted him as their own, which is not something he will refute lightly, and it is why he's hoping to precipitate a gradual cultural shift rather than a grand, sweeping decision all at once. And because the Genoshans know, rather unfortunately, that they gain their legitimacy through Erik Lehnsherr's vast military capacity. Were he to disengage from Genosha, it's very likely that the forces that originally oppressed them would return. As far as global populace goes, Genosha is still in possession of the highest percentage of Omega-level mutation world-wide, which makes them uniquely susceptible to interference.

This is not something Erik will ever abide, so he knows that in some way, he will be responsible for these people for the rest of his life - whether as Prime Minister, or as an advisor to the youth that he will eventually pass the torch onto. It's become rare to see Erik address the public directly, preferring to delegate to members of the Grand Council, but in this instance, he makes his presence known once Danielle reaffirms Genosha's commitment to protecting mutants and all those deemed "subversive" by small-minded laws. 

Erik instead addresses Tegan. "We are here. I encourage you to accept this reality, because I promise you. We are not going anywhere. It has been many years since Genosha and the United States have come into conflict, so allow me to enlighten you thus: things are not as they once were. Come for our families, our children, our communities, at your peril. Test my patience at your peril," he says, and it's one of the few times that everyone can see the fury blazing in his eyes, even through the small television set. It's easy for those close to Erik to forget how authoritative and intimidating he can actually be when sufficiently provoked.

Consider him provoked.

"To all who would be affected by such a heinous representation of 'law', I reiterate that Genosha is open to you. Always. For as long as you need. But beyond this," he says, pointing a finger out into the crowd clearly aimed at Tegan's invisible head, "Genosha was called by name. So we come as we are called, to help you fight for your place in your community." With that, he steps down. Immediately he's accosted by reporters, but he waves them off. "Direct all questions to Ms. Moonstar, please. Thank-you."


He blips out moments later, and when he returns to Westchester later that evening, it's with a small contingent of GADF officers including Lieutenant Allerdyce and Captain Callisto, as well as a few former students who are familiar faces across the grounds. True to his word, they're unarmed and out of uniform, except for Raven, who bends down to give Charles a hug as soon as she materializes in his study. "What a dumbass," she squawks with an almighty eyeroll. "Who is this guy, anyway? What does he think he's going to do, exactly? Storm the Institute?" 

Erik is likewise adorned in his regalia, a clear and present message. "Either that, or drive you all to Genosha for good," Erik says, arms crossed over his chest. We're prepared, neshama, he returns to Charles privately, his mental voice far warmer and more effusive than the hard cadence of his tone. He's here, and not on Genosha, specifically to engender that Genosha is here to assist American mutants in their time of need, rather than encouraging them to flee. This is the most regressive law impacting mutants on a wide scale that has ever been passed on American soil, so Erik does what he has always done with governments who oppress mutants. He shows up at their front door.

Charles continues to be impressed by and proud of Erik. When he stands before a media circus, Aramida’s beautiful central governmental hub looming proudly behind him, he doesn’t look like the gentle soul that had sung Shalom chaverim in a litany of “silly voices” to their son over pancakes this morning. No, he looks uncrossable, fierce, and immovable. His wild curls are braided in a thick, elaborate plait, and he looks rather dashing in the black and magenta uniform, which is a stark contrast to his typical affinity for soft, natural fabrics. He’s every bit the imposing professional that some are keen to paint him as, and Charles feels emboldened by his ferocity.

The manor is teeming with activity when Erik, Raven, and their detail arrives that evening. It’s less anxious and frenzied than it was this morning, now more focused and resilient. Charles hugs Raven back, and then tugs Erik down for a kiss. “You were brilliant, darling,” he comments, aware that they can only be so affectionate like this in the privacy of his office, at least for the moment. “I believe it’s best if I stay here in Westchester for the time being,” he informs them both, a hint of regret in his voice. “I’d like to show our constituents that I’m not running and don’t believe they should have to, either.”

"A good idea," Erik nods. "I'm here for the time being as well, I would like to encourage people to stand their ground, and that makes it easier when you can back those words up with action." You did wonderful, he whispers back, touching Charles's cheek. I can see how much people trust you. We will make sure they're OK, he rumbles, somewhat deceptively soft. He knows he did little more than threaten Tegan, but sometimes that's what is needed. Tegan could do with far less comfort on the matter, in his opinion.

Raven watches the small television, embedded on the wall, as people slowly scramble together that Charles and Erik had coordinated their response, and that they were clearly gearing up for a fight.

They rarely spend the night together in Westchester anymore. It would remind Charles of old times if the current ones weren’t so caustic, heated, and tense. But, he can at least recognize that he ought to be grateful for his husband’s unwavering support and the unity in their commitment to the same end. After lapping up Erik’s touch for a moment, he moves his chair to Raven’s side and sets a hand on her forearm. “Do you ever regret joining Erik and I for pizza that night? In 1954?” It’s mostly a joke, but he’s curious to hear her answer nonetheless. “What would you be doing now had you not joined and taken the plunge with us?”

"Ohhhh," Raven laughs a little, considering the question with a hum. "Regrets? None. I'd probably be doing the same thing I was that night. Glorified mercenary work," she smirks. "We spent so many years hiding, yeah? You could hide your telepathy, I could hide my skin. But we were never happy like that."

Erik hops up onto Charles's desk, leaning back on his good arm. "You were vital, you know. In those early years. They still use that Blackbird," Erik grins.

"You know why I followed Erik, right?" Raven asks of her brother.

Erik shakes his head. "I suppose I presumed you believed in Genosha, but I will admit I was surprised by it."

"Because you and Erik were separated, and I knew you were the moderating influence. I was worried, without you, that he'd go... astray, I suppose."

"Ah, well I could have done worse than having you to keep an eye on me," Erik says with a huff.

"You were a total rogue element, and you'd shrugged off Charles like it was nothing. We know better than to be afraid now, but those were tough times. I know for you, too," she pats Charles's arm. "But I also never doubted for a second that you'd find your way back together."

"Neither did I, truth be told. And I am beyond grateful that you all choose to stay by my side."

"Of course, that doesn't mean that I was completely justified leaving," Raven adds with an apologetic squeeze to her brother's shoulder. "I suppose growing up with you, I took it for granted that you'd always be OK. I never really apologized for that, but I do carry that with me."

Erik gives her a gentle smile, not speaking for Charles, but he knows that his husband has long since forgiven him for his missteps, and he suspects the same is true of Raven as well. Even now, decades later, it sends a twinge of guilt through him, but he too has come to terms.

"When this is all over, we should stop by Stella's again. She's still in business!" Raven laughs fondly. "There's a strawberry spinach pizza with my name on it."

Charles listens to Raven and Erik go back and forth for a few moments. It's not a total surprise to him; his telepathy had helped him glean something of that nature for years. And of course, he's long since forgiven both Erik and Raven, understanding, too, that if them staying would have resulted in Genosha not existing, he would wish for the same situation to play out. But, that doesn't mean that it didn't hurt. Nearly 30 years on, he's not mad or bitter anymore. They can talk about this time openly, about Charles's feelings about it.

"You don't need to carry it with you," he tells her evenly. "I was hurt. Literally, I was still recovering from my injury. And I felt very abandoned. You knew that I would be okay, but I didn't. It took me years to know that." He's not saying it to make her or Erik feel guilt, but it's the truth. If he must know everyone's truth, it's only fair that they know his. Smiling blithely, he leans back against his headrest. "Strawberry spinach pizza sounds utterly revolting, darling. David tried some pizza crust for the first time not too long ago and didn't hate it. Don't ruin his new food for him."

Raven, though, is far less like Erik and Charles both, and is not one to express guilt or remorse. To her, both are unproductive; after all, she did it. Either she can own her decisions or not, and she vastly prefers the former. Neither does she seek to refute Charles's perception. "It's tough, isn't it?" she says with a huff. "Knowing what we know now, how everything fits together within the Expanse. Even when we try to maximize utility, to do the most amount of good for the most people, we can't avoid causing pain, even to those we love. I do have regret, and probably always will. Those who were supposed to be your family just left you when you were at your most vulnerable. Which is, you know, true," she rolls her eyes, tapping her brilliant red nails against her uniform pants.

Erik inclines his head. After so long, it's still incredibly difficult for him to talk about, but he doesn't draw any attention to that, not viewing it as relevant. "It is not what I would choose again," he says softly. He's still unsure, after all these years, how much of that was really his decision in the first place. Faced with similar choices, under his own auspices, it had become abundantly clear that it was wildly out-of-character. But so too is it his nature to take responsibility regardless, but he finds these conversations a challenge, because unlike Raven, he can't point to a reason why he had done it. He remembers what he said was the reason, but ever since Charles found him in the bottom of his own consciousness and released Sayid's grip on him, it hasn't felt true since.

"Sayid," she says bluntly. "Was a big factor in my decision, too. I didn't know why. I just knew I was watching this person... insert himself, where he didn't belong. Anatolia confirmed my fears, but I still didn't know what I was witnessing. I guess I thought it was organic. And then you and Erik split, and Sayid was still there. I guess I thought if I followed after him, I could try and keep him safe, help him come back to you. It wasn't very well thought-out," she snorts. "I should have made more of a fuss about it. All the same, I am sorry. You didn't deserve that, from either of us."

"Agreed," Erik concurs, having taken on a far less imperious demeanor than when he was on television moments before. "And likewise, my husband is very much correct to denigrate your truly abysmal culinary palate."

"Oh my g-dddddd, you people have no culture. I'm making you both try it, mark my words. Strawberry renaissance has begun!" 

“You could have told me, at the very least,” Charles agrees, cocking a brow. “I understand now, and I’ve understood for some time. At the time, I was largely without my telepathy, struggling as it expanded, and growing accustomed to life in this thing,” he says, tapping his armrest. “I’m sure I would have been a brat and implore that you stay anyway, but I think I would have appreciated at least knowing why you were doing what you did.” Charles navigates to the window behind his desk, gazing out across the dark lawn. It looks deceptively peaceful, but the flurry of fear and anger from others in his head is anything but. “We’ve come so far, but not far at all, in some ways. Still fighting for our right to exist.”

"Even in 2024," Erik whispers. "They had similar problems, too. People trying to move them backwards," he adds, grimacing likewise. " He rubs the flat of his palm over his leg. "It is like they are choosing, willfully, to return to the era in which I grew up. And those policies aren't just toward queers and Jews and mutants. The second you step out of line, they will come for you, too. I cannot comprehend this country, they claim to fight fascism and yet openly welcome its ideology when it comes to the populations they don't like. Like listening to a fucking European talk about the Romani. Slavery was terrible and the USA is awful and racist, gypsies? Oh, they are all criminals who should die and let me tell you why I'm right. Gibberish behavior," he rolls his eyes.

Charles looks at Erik darkly. He agrees, of course. There’s nothing to disagree about; he’s been feeling this for some time, now. For years, he’s played nice. Tried to be a peacekeeper, a liaison. And for what? Brownie points? Only to be told by people like Schmidt and Tegan that it will never be good enough. They want better? They’ll get it. “Let’s see if we can’t avoid a war in 2024, hmm? If we do things correctly now, we shouldn’t have to fight again.”

Erik nods. This time, it's just the three of them. He can say what's on his mind. "If he doesn't listen to reason." Charles will change him. Erik knows it. Erik is entirely neutral on the concept in and of itself, but there are misgivings, there. Not so much about morality, but about security. War might very well be on the table; Franklin's community figured out what he had done and managed to stop him. "We will need to be very careful," he murmurs.

Raven knows what she's listening to, but has long since eschewed squeamishness over her brother's abilities. "I think people will suspect it immediately if he does an about-face," she points out. "They've probably prepared for this for years. It won't just be Tegan. You'll have to subtly alter a large cluster of people."

“Why does it need to be subtle?” Charles challenges. He knows why, of course; they’ll both know that he’s being facetious, but he wants to have the argument anyway. Not necessarily with Raven and Erik, but they’re here, and they’re trustworthy. Neither of them are going to run to some catcher and snitch on him. “Yes, we know what happened to Franklin, but set that aside for a moment. Why shouldn’t I use my innate abilities to make the switch without care? Carnegie is allowed to use his to win friends and influence people. Why shouldn’t I be?”

"Because it is dangerous," Erik says softly and seriously. "If you descend upon them without subtlety, you do not know what could happen, neshama. They could target your school, your students, David. They may have more access to the Expanse than we know, we cannot operate on the assumption that we'll simply overpower any obstacle. Not in the long-run."

"And, you know, because Dale Carnegie doesn't fundamentally alter people's neurophysiology to where they're effectively no longer who they were beforehand," Raven points out.

"It simply isn't relevant," Erik shakes his head. "He isn't wrong," he defends gently. "There is no inherent moral imperative."

"No inherent moral imperative to preserve people's bodily autonomy and freedom of will?"

"That is not how the Expanse operates. Charles is a universal agent, and this is how he exists. It is fine that he exists, he should be free to exist as he desires."

"Even if it means taking over the world in some kind of... brotherhood of evil mutants?"

"Even then. We should seek to reason with him, to negotiate, to work toward coexistence. Just like any other mutant, Raven."

She sighs. Even after all this time, she doesn't always understand Erik's moral code. Sometimes he gets like this, when he goes deep into the layers of the Expanse, spaghettifying ad infinitum. He sees things in their universal context, and thus doesn't assign the same degree of importance on volition that others may. Every time Raven encounters this part of Erik it throws her for a loop.

"But, my concern isn't about that. What concerns me is tactical, not moral." 

Charles cocks his brow at his sister while Erik defends their position for him. Erik, steadfast as ever. He adores his husband, for that reason and many, many more. He and Erik are on the same page here; it’s not morals that are holding Charles back. The danger is real, and that’s the answer that he was looking for. Of course, Raven doesn’t see Charles as Erik might. To her, he may be the same moralistic idealist that others believe him to be. The professor-in-a-powerchair, donating his wealth and time to helping schoolchildren learn both math and self-acceptance. For some reason, many people don’t believe that Charles can be who he is and that shiny, happy person, too. “If we could guarantee that we’ll be protected,” Charles continues. “Just, for the sake of argument, let’s say that we can. Why should I not be decidedly un-subtle?”

Erik shrugs, eyes creased. "If we had a guarantee? There's no reason why you shouldn't be. Unfortunately, I do not think we will ever get such a guarantee. Francis is a very good example of what can go wrong. He had the power, but they still figured it out and stopped him. We should ask him how they did it." He reaches forward to touch Charles's arm, smiling down at him.

"It's a slippery slope," Raven says, crossing her arms. "What's stopping you from changing me, or Erik, or anyone who doesn't agree with your plan? What would you do if I was seriously opposed to this?"

Erik sighs a bit. "There is an immense distinction between that and what Charles is saying right now, Raven. You know that. Why should they get to pass laws with impunity, to hurt us and our children, but we must moralize over protecting our family? Telepathy is a fact of our reality. There is no distinction between its use and the use of your ability. Do you not trick people, fool them, lie to them when necessary?"

"I'm not saying it's wrong," Raven refutes gently. "And I'm not really that opposed to it, this time. But Franklin went way, far beyond that. That leads me to think Charles has the same capacity, especially when you start talking about grand gestures like this. What's the point of even conversing, or having relationships, or doing anything? You're not really changing the culture, you're just inventing a world for yourself. It's not organic."

Erik shrugs again. "We all influence and affect the world we live in. Charles does not need to refrain from using his abilities simply because others are uncomfortable. I agree that there are lines that can be crossed, but do you not agree that Charles is considering it only when they have crossed us, first? We have a right to defend ourselves. They could have chosen not to do this."

"Why are you so concerned with whether or not something is organic?" Charles challenges, brow cocked. His chair is facing Raven directly now, raised from the floor so that he is at eye-level with his sister. Over the years, he's grown accustomed to being lower than most and doesn't take issue that others look down to speak to him; he knows that respect certainly doesn't come with height. But in some scenarios, it merely feels right. "What if Franklin and I do have the same capacity? Is what he did so wrong? They murdered his husband and started to oppress his people. He decided to put a stop to it. Why vilify him for that? Are we asking the right questions when we talk about Franklin? Should he have sat back while the world marched on top of him to make our kind illegal?"

His fingers are white as they clench his armrests. "Franklin is a hero, if anything. He had the capacity to stop an evil force, and he worked within that capacity. He did it even knowing that he could get caught without the protection from his husband. I am more powerful than Donald Tegan. Should we pretend that it is not so? Should we be cowed into shame because the power imbalance is frightening? Or should we display that we are no longer submitting to his terms when he has no capability of forcing us to submit?"

"It's not about vilifying him, Charles. It's about whether or not you've lost your perspective on things. What does it matter if people's opinions and thoughts are organic? Well, we shouldn't get to be your playthings," she crosses her arms. "Otherwise you're no better than Essex or Sayid. Are you seriously asking that question? It's not the power imbalance that's frightening. It's you asking why I'm concerned whether or not people remain true to themselves. It's you calling a man heroic who overwrote G-d knows how many people, innocent people. That is frightening," she points a finger at her brother.

Erik raises a hand. "Please, do not scrutinize every little thing my husband says to pilfer it for the slightest nefarious intent. We are discussing a very specific issue. He is allowed to get heated, to be emotional, to get angry. But you will not compare my husband to Nathaniel Essex. Ever. It is disrespectful."

Raven reels a little, having never quite been put in her place like this by the gentle Erik she's known over the past thirty years. She blinks, speechless.

“It’s alright, love,” says Charles gently to his husband, reaching out to touch his forearm. There is a private press of affection and thanks, however, that only Erik can feel. “Raven doesn’t see things as we do. Maybe she never will.” He addresses his sister next. “If you really think me no better than Essex or Sayid, that’s your prerogative, Raven. I no longer feel it productive to draw arbitrary lines of right and wrong, good and bad, natural and unnatural. The Expanse knows. We don’t. It’s beyond us. If it bothers you, that’s your right. But, nothing will change because we’re bothered.”

Charles can feel the minute tremors of adrenaline underneath where his palm rests at Erik's elbow. She was out of line, he returns unhappily, but the touch does its job to ground him. "Please," he says at last, regaining composure. "Trust us as the partners you have known for the last thirty years. We are not engaging in wanton destruction nor sadistic glee. We are taking protective actions, only."

"And Schmidt? Was that protective?" Raven fires back hotly. "Or did you enjoy killing him?"

"Raven." Erik swiftly rises to his feet, all cold, harsh lines. "You speak of that which you cannot comprehend. You are my kin. My sister. But your words now, they are causing harm. They hurt. And I cannot abide this."

"That's not my intention, you know I care about you both. I'm worried! And based on this conversation I have a right to be concerned. You've all but admitted you're going to just do whatever you want, whenever you want. No more morals, no more rules. What about your students? Is this what you're teaching them?"

“What if I did enjoy killing Schmidt?” Charles fires back, a hot challenge in his eyes. Erik is on his feet, fuming and animated, which only happens when he’s being protective over his loved ones. By contrast, Charles is calm and collective, face impassive and cool. “What difference would it make, Raven? I killed him. Whether or not I enjoyed it means nothing. He’s still dead. I still did it. My personal experience is irrelevant. Would it make you feel better if I felt solemn and regretful? Because I can tell you that I do if it does.”

"It makes all the difference, Charles. You don't understand. No, you don't," she repeats firmly, holding her hand up to stop him from interjecting that he does. "You and Erik are the most powerful people on this planet. Over the years you've presented yourselves as its stewards, shaping young minds, guiding humanity. Helping. But this is different. It's veering into self-gratification, revenge, sadism. And nobody has any ability to stop you. You sound just like Schmidt, you know that? That's what he said. The universe is indifferent about right and wrong, so it doesn't matter. Well it does matter."

With a wave of his hand, Erik abruptly vanishes Raven into thin air. "'What is her problem!" he grits, frustrated. He expels it out slowly, knowing his ire won't serve the situation. Hearing Charles compared to the likes of Essex and Schmidt is the last straw for him, though, and he immediately transports Raven back to her home to avoid a roaring argument.

Charles exhales and leans back in his chair when Raven disappears. He had been prepared to keep arguing, but Erik, evidently, has had enough. For his part, Charles doesn’t fault Raven for her point-of-view. She’s not alone in holding it, and it’s one that Charles himself had held for some time. But things have changed for him. The recent encounter with Schmidt and his time in the Expanse has changed him. No one could doubt that. “She doesn’t understand, is all,” Charles says, reaching out to rub Erik’s arm. “She holds me to a higher standard than she holds others. Herself, even. Many people do. Perhaps that’s my fault, hmm?”

"You're not doing this at your leisure," Erik barks, irritated. "None of this has been. You have dealt with an extraordinary amount of stress and trauma over the last few decades and not just your own, others piled on. Mine, immense as it is, on top. And you have done nothing but handle it with honor and dignity. And Raven is one to talk! Of enjoying killing!" he throws a hand up. "The moment you have a human reaction to the brutality and insanity that has plagued us for lifetimes past, now it is suddenly too much for these people? Have they listened to nothing of Genosha's lessons? You are not a different type of mutant. It is so aggravating," he huffs, nearly out of breath. Then he laughs a little. "I'm sorry. That was tasteless. I love you."

“I don’t know if Raven understands that there’s death around me all the time, to add,” Charles remarks with a pointed nod. “Constantly. I feel it now, I’ll feel it in ten minutes, I’ll feel it in twenty years. All across the universe and more. Death. Victims and perpetrators. Natural and unnatural. Perhaps it’s bothersome to her that I may seem blasé about it. I can’t understand why it would be appalling to her that I killed a man who has killed thousands while I witness the deaths of innocents at every moment of my life. The pearl-clutching is not very persuasive."

Erik drops his hand to Charles's shoulder, and then picks up his fingers, winding theirs together like knitwork. "I suppose they can't grasp what we see," he allows, soft. "And we have to be patient with their fear. But I do not like how they portray you, or Franklin. You aren't a sadist. You aren't cruel. You are nothing like Schmidt and it offends me deeply to hear such a comparison. I don't understand why she would say such a thing. Is that not cruel?"

“She’s worried, that’s all. People say strange things when they’re scared,” Charles counsels, not nearly as bothered by the comparison as Erik, evidently. He didn’t think it kind or fair, but Erik feels serious affront. “She’s no different than Ailo, except she’s less polite, but we knew that already, eh?” Charles brings Erik’s knuckles up to kiss them, and then releases his hand, raising his chair to straighten Erik’s uniform. “We have work to do, mm? I’d like to talk with the captain of the guard that you sent over, and then I’ll help process some of the relocation requests that have been trickling in all day.”

Erik darts forward to kiss Charles's cheek, reminding him that no matter what anyone says, he has a loyal defender in Erik Lehnsherr. It's true that he has been worried as well, but his worry is for Charles, it isn't based on fear of what Charles will do. It's to make sure that Charles is still internally aligned with who he is. And if he's started to change, Erik will help him process that, too. Erik himself has changed since his time in the Expanse, and Charles stood steadfastly by his side just as well. He deserves no less.


In the coming days, Raven returns to the Manor with her version of an olive branch, a projector is set up in the bowels of the Institute's war room. "So, here's our plan. We're going to hold a symposium. We'll invite Tegan and his staff, the people responsible for the Calnin act. We'll have Charles, Erik, Marc, Dani, Kazre, Taire, Emma, and me as speakers for Genosha and members of Tegan's cabinet will speak for him. Our moderator is Major Chris Summers, who has supporters both Genoshan and American alike. Across the isle," she displays his head.

Erik blinks at this information. "Fascinating."

"We'll have open mic parts as well for different mutants and humans to come up and share their stories. The goal is to get people to start to shift those areas of their brain, and then Charles will nudge them where needed. Everyone will see exactly how people's minds are being changed, in real-time. So it's very subtle. That way, when they decide to hold off on implementing this, it'll look natural."

The next few days are chaos. People from all over the country arrive at the manor to take Charles and Erik up on their relocation offers and Genosha gains a large handful of new residents. However, Charles is enthused to see how many people vow to remain, offering their unwavering support and confidence in Charles as a uniting voice for mutants and queer people alike in the United States. There is a distinct feeling of resistance among their ranks, and Charles is proud and excited.

He knows that his conversation with Raven isn’t over yet, but when she returns, she’s evidently focused on action rather than moral judgment, and so he’s happy to go along with it. It doesn’t seem especially polite to remind her that he doesn’t care so much for subtlety, so he doesn’t. Her plan has plenty of merits, anyway; it’s much easier to allow the public to believe this an organic change of heart. “Good thinking,” he compliments. “I can ensure that our speakers say things that we’d like them to say.”

Raven grimaces. "They'll say what they need and want to say, what they say is what we'd like them to say. The Genoshan perspective is important, and we won't talk over them. They've faced serious historic oppression by the USA. This is a tactic, yes. But it's also genuinely needed. Thank Erik for this stroke of genius, because we are changing the paradigm."

Charles tilts his head indulgently. “Alright,” he concedes. “Perhaps I ought to not even be in the room, in that case. Jean can speak on my behalf. If we’re worried about people discovering that I’m doing what I’m planning, anyway.”

Erik intercedes here. "It will be important to have your perspective as well, neshama," he murmurs, setting his hand on Charles's shoulder protectively. "I'll speak as well, but at the end. I'll work with Christopher and Charles," he suggests his own role more clearly. "A helping hand, to ensure everything goes smoothly. We want their genuine dissent, their actual beliefs, and we want to show the world how they're being made to re-examine things. That's when we make the pushes, yes? Very gentle, no trace. It will be an opportunity of historic proportions for the Genoshans to face their colonizers head on, and explain what they see as the process of justice. That's Marc, who is half-Genoshan, Dani, Kazre and Taire representing the Grand and Council."

"That's right. And Carmen and Janos are working on a presentation as well," Raven adds. "Anyone is encouraged to present what they like. You should get the students in on this, too. It's a project. How they want the world to look like, with mutants and humans coexisting. Different races, religions, cultures. This will be a big deal."

"In a way, it isn't subtle at all," Erik huffs, impressed at the intricate layers of detail. "You took my one-off comment and ran with it, Raven. This is tremendous. And well-needed, I'd agree. It's time we put all our cards on the table and talk like adults."

"Well, as the orchestrators, I'll follow your leads," Charles concedes, raising his hands. "I still know what I'm going to do. We're getting out of this safely and quickly. But if seeing minds change on television helps more people change their minds, too, then I'm all for it. Tell me where to be and when, and I will."

"He might need a little prodding to even accept the invite," Raven just says it, soft. "So if you're really ready for this, keep your ears open over the next couple of hours. We'll start filtering through RSVPs slowly." Raven presses her hands together, eyeing everyone across the table. "It's been a wild ride, these last few decades. Let's show 'em how it's done."

“I can do that,” Charles promises. “He’ll be here. He’s the first president since Dwight to never visit, you know? The others at least pretended not to be openly disgusted by us. Where did his sense of propriety go?” Charles shakes his head in faux-disappointment.”

“He looks like a muppet,” says Pietro, who has been rather silent and closed off to Charles since the incident with Franklin. “Maybe he’s quiet because of the thing shoved up his ass.”

Erik snorts. "Perhaps he was offended by the comparison," he replies dryly, giving Pietro's arm a squeeze. Wanda, ever present next to her sibling smirks as well. "He left it with Jerry Falwell and his merry band of war veteran funeral shriekers. G-d hates fags, what a garbage concept. The world will be better the sooner these people evaporate."

“I can’t say I disagree with either of you,” Charles huffs. He’s glad that Pietro is willing to at least be in the same conversation with him now, at least. Cricket is back to his old self for the most part, and will be the first to insist that he forgives Charles for what he did, but Pietro is more skeptical. He knows that Cricket, in his kind heart, wants peace and family, and so is willing to move past it. But Pietro is protective, and so he’ll need to watch Charles carefully, for a while longer. “Is David…?”

“With Ailo,” Pietro answers, eyes on Wanda instead. “Said he wants to teach him how to make that cheese bread stuff. Hope he’s successful; then we could put the little squirt to work at home for us more often.”

Erik snorts. "Oh, he'll have David serving feasts in no time, he's quite curious about the culinary arts," he adds proudly. It makes sense of course, cooking is combining Things, making something new, creating. Wanda holds her hand out to her brother, slipping her fingers into his and giving a solid squeeze. Of course she knows, she's cursed to know all, quite like Charles. She herself has made similar choices to the man she's come to see as a father, so she's much less judgmental about it, more akin to Erik in the Expanse.

Ailo is a different category, someone who is trained in these issues who has a deep knowledge of Charles and his history and capabilities, and he has certainly not let the man off the hook. He's still around, warm and generous, the ember that glows in his heart for Charles hasn't been diminished, but he is careful. He worries. After their spat, Ailo tried to mend fences, and they'd had a productive discussion with Erik's mediation. They've more or less agreed to disagree, for the time being.

Ailo has been friendly enough to Charles since their disagreement, for the sake of peace, but they both know that there is an undercurrent there that was not present before. He's not like Pietro, who needs time to work through it on his own, but he also hasn't simply let it go. Charles is fine with that. Even if it feels paternalistic, Charles appreciates that Ailo isn't acting or behaving any differently toward him. He's at least respecting Charles in that way. But he can't, necessarily, control how he feels. Such is the discretion of a telepath; to adjudicate action versus feeling. Action is always safer.

"I'm gonna go take David to Cricket and Franklin's, while the press conference is happening," Pietro announces, eyes on Erik and certainly not on Charles. "Ailo will want to watch it, and Cricket's whole deal gets a lot better when he spends time with the kid."

Charles, unchanged, smiles appreciatively. "Thank you, Pietro. David, Cricket, and Franklin are so lucky."


The next few days are a hectic whirlwind as they prepare themselves for the symposium. Charles and Erik are inside a small production room getting ready for their big debut when Erik steals away a few moments of free time, smiling at his husband fondly. "You look dashing as ever," he says with a big grin, flicking the sunflower stamped tie at his neck. "Just like when we first met. A few more laugh lines, hm?"

“When we first met, I had a head of beautiful, thick hair,” Charles points out, though he accepts the broad smile and compliment. It’s good to see Erik in high spirits; he appears optimistic and focused. Reaching upward, he grabs Erik’s lapel and tugs him down so that he can straighten his collar. “I get desperately jealous each time I see Franklin. His hair grew back thick and luscious after we sprung him from prison, mm? Unfair.”

"Nonsense," Erik tuts, and demonstrates his point with a kiss to the top of Charles's head. "He ought to be jealous of you. Look how many kisses I can give! Warm and lovely, all for me," Erik winks at him, just as besotted as he was all those years ago.

"You used to be able to kiss in my hair," Charles says in a whiny voice, though it's evident that he's joking. A nice bit of lightness in an otherwise dark, stressful time. "Look at all the hair you've grown since then. Did you take mine from me? Do something so that my hair loss fed your hair growth?"

Erik laughs fondly. "It's simply a measure of my joy in each and every moment we spend together," he whispers, picking up Charles's fingers to kiss them one by one. "Are you ready for your big debut? It's been a long time coming. I'll admit I am a little enthused. I hope this reaches as far and wide as it should. We need to break this paradigm, change the culture. That's the work."

"You made sure that I was dressed and ready, mm?" Charles straightens his sunflower tie and sits up marginally straighter in his chair. "We have an opportunity here. Raven orchestrated this well. Worried about my proposed methodologies, I believe we inspired her."

"Ah, whatever her misgivings, she has come through splendidly. I'm beyond grateful she's chosen to cast her lot with us, she's incredibly formidable. I can only presume you had a hand in shaping her tenacity," he says softly.

"Oh, not at all. Everything she is is purely of her own accord. I couldn't hope to take credit," Charles smiles, and then there's a knock on the door. "Professor, Erik!" comes Jean's voice. "They're looking for you both. We're about to get started."

"Ah, the show must go on. I'd say break a leg, but..." he smirks, ever the cat that caught the canary.


Within the blip of a flash, Erik vanishes to his own trailer to finish the final touch-ups. Charles and the rest of the Symposium panelists are lead onto a large central stage, on one side of a long conference style table with screens overhead and slim computer terminals before each, to bolster and fact check. Cameras are clicking wildly from the first moment they arrive. The Genoshan delegation comes first, with Erik and Dani at the fore.

He's dressed in the long black and magenta ceremonial battle regalia of the GADF, with a long flowing cloak that billows dramatically at his feet, adorned with his Fleet Commander rank insignia at the collar and a few engagement ribbons at his chest, as well as several pins denoting various Genoshan rites he's participated in over the years. His long auburn hair now wispy with white is braided in long complicated plaits down his back, reaching near his hips, and adorned in handmade ornaments from his constituents.

At once he is in life as he is in heart; steadfast. Wise. Strong enough to be vulnerable, soft enough to bridge the division so inherent in global politics. Or so he tries, painstakingly. Marc, Kazre, and Taire flank his sides, while Emma shows up next after the applause from the audience dies down, waving to her own carefully cultivated fanbase. A podium over the conference area rises sternly, and Chris Summers appears next to take his place, rapping a stack of placards against the finely crafted oak wood.

Next is the first round of the American side, with Don Tegan in the lead sporting a power red tie and sharp suit. He waves and smiles, but barely pauses over Erik and his ilk to offer a conciliatory nod. And then Charles, and his students come next. As the visitors arrive, Charles monitors closely. Tegan’s is clear and noticeable; Charles has experienced it before but never from this proximity, and never while the man considered people he loves. It’s a rather…slow mind, one fueled by a myopic conception of the world and fear. One of those minds incapable of self-reflection or change.

Charles leads his constituency into the space. His chair looks sleek and futuristic, raised no higher than he normally raises it from the ground. He’s wearing an impeccably tailored navy blue suit and the sunflower tie; perhaps he would have chosen something a little more sober on his own, but he’ll rarely ask Erik to put him in something else. He’s flanked by Jean and Scott on either side. They’re not in their X-Men uniforms, but a dressier version, with slacks and a blazer and accents of yellow.

Within their congregation is also Hank, Ororo, Kurt, and two younger representatives; a pair of pre-teen students who have begged Charles to be allowed to join and represent their classmates. Charles greets the Genoshans with a smile and a nod, and then drops the smile when he turns to acknowledge the other party. “Welcome all to my home,” he begins.

Tegan is accompanied by a few different staffers, all white men, with the exception of a female stenographer with big hair, hoop earrings and long nails. It's an unusual choice, but her mind is similarly patriotic and focused. Other special interest groups file in, taking their spots in the indented lower seating area near to the stage set up for those who are participating in some way. There's also a microphone and walkway set up off to the side, up a few steps where audience members can engage.

It all bears signature flourish, careful crafting typical of Erik. Whorls in the wood, gleam and shine, contrasting colors of warmth and plants and vibrant artwork, most from Genoshan school children around the country. Even the chairs are made of soft leather, a rich sienna with twists of yellow magenta varnish at the arms. And then the cameras begin to roll. Chris Summers opens it up.

"We thank each and every one of you for accepting the Genoshan overture to have a well-overdue global reckoning of mutants, humans and various groups of concern. We are gathered here today in the wake of the Tegan administration openly putting into law the Calnin Act of 1981. In it, as you can see above, children with mutant, immigrant, atheist, homosexual or transsexual parents are at risk of being removed from their homes. We convene this symposium to facilitate a dialogue between our two countries, as Genosha is explicitly listed as the impetus behind your law. To writ, our Grand Council elders will open first."

Danielle Moonstar and Marc Spector rise from their seats. Dani speaks first, raising a hand to illuminate a gently glowing array of lights and sparks to underscore her points. "Americans came to Genosha a hundred and seventy years ago. Mutation wasn't known outside fringe intelligence groups, but rumor had it that this tiny country. Our country. Our home. Had a high incidence of producing powerful mutant children. They came with no warning. They ripped our babies from their beds, mothers from their children. Brothers and sisters rent apart. We were subjected to systematic medical experimentation. Treated as play things, while the Americans moved their families into the houses that were left abandoned. This was a time of suffering for our people, President Tegan."

Charles can feel Tegan gritting his teeth. "It's a terrible shame what happened to you folks, and I'm glad we've begun to set it to rights," he drawls with an easy smile. "Now I didn't have any part in all that, but mark my words, we'd all like to put it behind us."

Dani maintains her composure, eyes creasing up even. "That is a goal you feel is honorable, but it misunderstands the Genoshan culture which your people tried so desperately hard to snuff out. You see, you are not putting it behind you. When you invoke our name in your laws, laws that are designed to punish and condemn those like us, we are forced to reckon with this same history of brutality."

"All right, all right. So, are you not willing to let bygones be bygones, then? You want restitution?"

"No, this is also a misunderstanding of our culture, Mr. President. We do not seek to punish you or to take material gains from you. We seek only to heal, and to make you understand why these things are wrong. If we can accomplish that, and dismantle this cruel Calnin Act, justice will be done."

Chris interjects. "All right, first up we have President Tegan..." Tegan gets up and begins to elaborate on his reasoning for the Calnin Act, maintaining that it's purpose is to protect children from harm. Taire and Kazre go back and forth on that, before Erik finally rises to make his statement. It's swift, incisive, and cutting.

"President Tegan. You do not know much about me, so allow me to start from the beginning. Your principles clearly stem from your religion, something I commend as I myself am religious. My father was a cantor, and prior to the Nazis invasion of Poland, I attended synagogue often. I was taught from the Torah by my elders, and I carry those lessons with me. What you must understand is the historical context of your current revulsion at such things as homosexuality. For, I am a Salonikan Jew, I have read Leviticus in Greek and Hebrew both. We Jews have been maligned as God-killers, accused of deicide," Erik says to a completely captive audience, not a single breath whispered.

"Jesus Christ was a good man, and he preached goodness. But he made problems for the Roman elites, and so the Romans had him executed. Not us. No Judas. Just Pontius Pilate. Jesus rejected the ideals of capitalism, which is why he overturned the market tables. He prayed with the prostitutes, the beggars, the thieves. All those who disgust you, by the New Testament's own words, it would seem a contradiction. You see," Charles can feel Erik gunning for a monumental reveal, one that is sure to incite diplomatic tensions, but the truth will Out and Out he shall bring it forth.

"You need to understand that Christianity is based in our religious teachings. It took from us, and rewrote our works to serve its own purposes. And that reflected the culture at the time. Which brings us to Leviticus. The passage which you describe, says man may not lay with another man, for it is an abomination and he shall be put to death in English. But that is not what the original text says." Erik folds his hands calmly before him onto the table. All eyes in the room, and so it seems all eyes of the world are on him.

"The word for abomination in the Torah is sheqetz, and this word means ritually impure, with a connotation of idolatry. That is why the prohibition is death, because idolatry is punishable by death. These passages were intended to dissuade the Greek population there from engaging in their 'Pagan' rituals, to embrace monotheism. One such rite involved one man at the alter who would have many others come up and have intercourse with him as a form of cultic worship. This is what the Torah forbids, and not because gay sex is simply icky. It's because they wanted everyone to convert to monotheism, when we were a proselytizing religion. So, for you to come into my home, a Jew who survived the Shoah, to shame me about AIDS," the paper Tegan had sent him materializes in his hand.

"And threaten your own children in our name, for some grand homophobic magnum opus, I admit it does inspire fury. I am furious with you, you have gravely stepped over the line. You have displayed nothing but callous disregard and ignorance, all in contradiction to your stated beliefs of Jesus Christ. Thus, I temper myself. We extend our hand, because the Way of the Open Hand is integral to Genoshan society. You might say it is turning the other cheek." Erik's eyes flick toward Charles, just a shadow, a gentle segue into the X-Men's portion. "My husband will elaborate further on our goals, and our shared vision."

As repugnant as it is to do so, Charles sits atop the minds of each member of Tegan's constituency. Each mind is different, but united in the same specific breed of ignorance and hatred toward people who believe differently than they. For it is Charles's job to quash the automatic rebuttals that attempt to battle their way to the fore. Rather than allowing them to take hold, Charles suppresses them before they can even be made known to the owner, leaving each member only to consider the testimony provided to them.

As expected, he must do the most work when Erik speaks, for the challenge to the very nature of their religion is one that they typically do not tolerate. Erik educates them all—the world—about the ontological connection between Christianity and Judaism, about how the Bible took and twisted from the Torah. About how so much of the accepted doctrine is based on erroneous interpretation and targeted bigotry.

Tegan especially wishes to revolt against such accusations, jump to his feet and point a stubby finger in his husband's nose and place him under arrest...that is, he would wish to do so were Charles not forming a thick barrier between such thoughts and his conscious awareness. Instead, Tegan says nothing, giving the appearance of a man in deep thought, perhaps even entertaining the heathen before him.

Jean speaks before Charles does. “When I was six, a classmate of mine passed away,” she begins, voice steady and authoritative. She’s grown to be a tall and strong woman, broad-shouldered and athletic. A powerful force, even absent her logic-defying mutation. “I had already manifested my telepathy but didn’t understand that I had done so, and so, while my friend suffered and wasted away, I was present. I didn’t understand; I felt with certainty that either I had made my friend ill, or that I myself was also ill. For months and months, my parents—my mother and my father—tried in vain to help me, to reassure me, but they didn’t understand what was happening either. All they knew was that their daughter was suffering, and, in turn, so were they.”

Jean pauses for a moment, making eye contact with Tegan and Tegan only. “Professor Xavier and Prime Minister Lehnsherr found me while my family was at our nadir. I was hospitalized. My mother had lost her job and my father was on the verge of losing his. They, being human, couldn’t help me. Sure, they could give me love and support, but they couldn’t help. They knew that, and when the Professor and Prime Minister—just a civilian at the time—reassured them that they could help, my family was saved. I was the first of now thousands of students whom the Professor and Prime Minister have saved. Our kind lived in scattered pockets or secret before the two of them joined forces to create a community for us.

And now, nearly 30 years after our first meeting, I can attest to the impact that this community has had not just on mutantkind, but society at large. Your kind understands us a lot more, now. We don’t have to be invisible. If you’re afraid that we’re harming children, you know where to go to investigate whether or not this is true. Spend one afternoon at our school, Mr. President, and you’ll find that the students of the Xavier Institute of Gifted Youngsters are thriving. They’re smart, kind. They engage in community service; in order to even graduate, each student must create and lead a public service project of their choice.

Last year alone, Xavier students raised money for victims of disaster, restored polluted waterways, helped homeless people find education and job opportunities to get them into permanent housing, and established wildlife sanctuaries all over the US. These feats were accomplished only because the institute and the community of mutant kind at large supporting it has been able to foster this culture. Your bill, Mr. President, would take us back 30 years, would deprive children like me and all the rest, from achieving all of this. All the good that we do for this country would be gone, and the children who call our school a safe haven, a home, would be your responsibility. The state would have to care for many of them, and then they’d be lost to the system. Is that what you’ve intended with this bill?”

Vice President Herbert Walker, a block-headed Texan with beady eyes, frowns after Charles takes advantage of a softening in his head. “Well, shucks,” he hums. “We sure don’t want a ton of people hopping onto welfare, of course.” Several more students and staff speak much to the same degree as Jean, until it’s finally Charles’s turn. He has been quiet and attentive this whole time, hands folded in his lap, and he doesn’t move when the camera turns to him.

“There’s not much left for me to say,” he begins in his typical calm baritone. His tone is friendly, but those who know him understand that the friendliness often belies gravamen. “My brilliant students and colleagues have spoken well for our institute and for the mutant community at large, and my Genoshan counterparts have outlined their concerns and contentions in an enviably clear and concise manner. I can see that each delegate here has been moved, at least in part, by the words spoken today.”

A pause, and after yet another undetectable nudge from Charles, each member of the Tegan constituency nods their head. Charles smiles. “I only wish to add, in that case, that as an educator, husband, and father, I do not wish for all those I love to grow up in a world in which their identity circumscribes their prospects. Should my son be limited in his opportunities because he’s a mutant? Because he’s autistic? Should I teach my students to seek only opportunities which are appropriate for their station? Mr. President, we formally left those notions behind long, long ago. It’s time we leave them behind in practice, too.”

They begin the work of sifting in. Softening, careful. Tegan's knee-jerk reflex hits him like whiplash and he expels a loud breath, scrounging up some semblance of his own genuine concerns. "It would have to depend, of course," he grants, unaware of the weaving wisps. "What if he is a dangerous mutant? A boy who hurts himself? We would wish to..." he winces a bit. "What you're saying is that you'd help?--how would you address those issues? The dangers of mutation. Children need a mother and father, don't they?"

"There is no scientific data to back up your claim that non-traditional families cause children harm," Erik intercede, his tone soft. "The most important thing in early childhood development is attachment, safety, stability. Any person can provide these things, regardless of the composition of their home."

"Well, they'll be deprived of motherly love. Bonding, feeding."

"These are easily accomplished between any dynamic of parents. On Genosha we have an adage, born out of the old moshavim. We say, raised together, venture forth. It means all our children are brought up communally, and then they go out into the world for themselves with their support systems in place. Do you really think a gay man cannot love his child as much as a mother loves her son? Would you dehumanize us to such a degree? My boy is five years old. He looks like Charles, by the way. He wants to be a tiger conservationist. I use my powers to make him toys and teach him about how the world works. This little boy endured an atrocity and yet he emerged upbeat, kind, with a bit of an attitude. Because we loved him so very much."

Tegan shifts a little." Well, I suppose I don't doubt that. He sounds like a good kiddo."

"He very well is," Erik murmurs warmly.

"It's a common fallacy," Charles adds, still working his way through Tegan's brain as he speaks, "that maternal and paternal love are materially different to a child. One that's only reinforced through gender stereotypes; a mother may behave in a certain way because such behavior is expected of her, a child may ascribe certain characteristics to their mother because they believe she must be that way. Any biological determinacies can be easily overridden, can't they? Mothers abandon or mistreat their children all the time, as sad as that may be to acknowledge. So do fathers. Yet, biological parents are privileged in our society, simply because they produced a child on their own."

"Well, sure," adds Walker, puzzled. "Ain't that the whole point of a man and a woman being together?"

"No," Charles retorts, molding Walker's acceptance even more resolutely. "The point of two people being together is whatever those two people wish. The less pressure we place on individuals to conform to a strict standard, the greater freedom those individuals have to pursue the paths they wish to pursue. Do you know what results from that?"

"Anarchy?"

"Progress. Happiness. Happier families, since parents felt that they had a choice of partner, became parents only when they felt they were ready, actively desired a child before having one. A productive workforce full of people doing their jobs because they enjoy them. Healthy, active communities. Art, science, medicine. Everything that the founding fathers of this very nation envisioned when they struck out for independence."

Both the president and vice president, with Charles's help, seem to chew on what both Charles and Erik have just shared. "Huh. I suppose the founding fathers did believe in self-determination. But so do we," he counters, pulling back as Charles does—all the more proof that they cannot convince them on their own. "We believe in freedom. We also believe in God, and what He believed people should act like."

"And yet you would, in G-d's name, restrict the freedoms of innocent people to live and love? You would take their children from them? You would take my son from me, because you find my sexuality disgusting? Why is that our burden to bear? It's your disgust, you must deal with it. You would hurt people, you would cause pain and suffering to people," Erik hammers it home hard. "To speak on behalf of G-d, whose words you did not even translate correctly. The words of my people. That is what you believe."

Charles, meanwhile, continues to mold. "Well, we'll take what you've said into account," says Walker finally, seemingly surprised at himself, even. "I still think lettin' men marry men is against God, but maybe we should talk about what to do about the children a little more carefully." Charles smiles a humorless grin. "A comparative study of the outcomes of Genoshan children and American children may prove helpful. Genosha has the highest rate, in percentage AND number, of same-sex and non-traditional parents in the world, but their children perform at or near the top every single year. And that's just in school. We'd be happy to furnish other reports for your drafters to look at, if you're curious."

"Hmm. We should take a look," Walker says, and those who know to look might even see the curious expression he wears, as if he's awoken anew, perhaps because his mind has been forced to operate in a way that it never has.

Erik sends a twinge of warmth to Charles surreptitiously. He lifts his chin to Marc, who rises to knit together their points. "We are not evil. We are not the bogeyman. We are simply young. We made some missteps, and we too are regretful for that. We have taken a large step back from global affairs as a result, cooperating with the UN to prioritize humanity's self-sufficiency, intervening only when asked, focusing on voluntary exports. We are a very young species, and we endured a great deal of pain. We ask for grace for those missteps, but we also ask that you not use our name to justify harming your own kind. We are dedicated to coexistence. Mutants are biologically immortal. We aren't going anywhere, so we must learn to live in harmony."

Tegan frowns a bit. "What about the Genosha war? We killed a lot of youse. We did damage, to you. You won't seek revenge? I have to admit, that's mighty big of you. I don't want a prolonged conflict. I'm concerned about American progress, American security. My constituents trust me to protect them. What guarantee do we have that you won't seek vengeance?"

Charles taps his armrest with his fingers. “Well, Mr. President, what would you tell a country that has wronged you that wishes to avoid a war?” he asks pointedly, raising an eyebrow. “Let’s say…Japan? What did this country to say to Japan after the end of the Second World War? We raised the white flag. Rather than decimating the German economy like the Allies did to Germany after the Great War, the US aided the ailing nation…in exchange for a consent to occupation.” Charles pauses for a moment, perhaps because the dramatic effect is not lost on Tegan. “Of course, Genosha doesn’t propose occupation. In exchange for Genosha’s white flag, the Prime Minister has made his straightforward requests. The first request is a cessation of the use of Genosha’s name as an American enemy. The second is the striking down of the Calnin Act.”

"There are never guarantees in life," Erik says softly, "but we must negotiate in good faith. Develop diplomacy, treaties, bridge the gaps. We build a good foundation, that's how we insulate from bad actors who would cause harm. The greater our stability, the more difficult it is to topple. This will only serve to protect your citizens, not hurt them." Tegan appears to genuinely consider this. "So you're asking us to trust you, then. To take a leap of faith."

“We’re asking you to trust yourselves,” Charles amends, and as he smiles, he works just a bit further and further into Tegan’s psyche. The more the man believes any outcome to be his idea, the greater their chance at success. “As yourself why you think Genosha might betray the United States. Recall that Genosha’s Prime Minister is married to an American Citizen, and the strong ties that the two nations have beyond that single union. Does it make sense for Genosha to breach the peace? If you think that it doesn’t, there’s no faith needed, Mr. President. Just logic.”

A shimmer, behind his eyes. Pierce. Push. Crossing. "This is all brand new to me," he grants, to gentle laughter from the audience. "I'm no villain, either. My single greatest aspiration is to take care of the American people, to help them rely on themselves, to find their strength. That's a good thing, yeah? But I take your point, it starts at home. I don't want to make enemies out of you."

"Likewise, Mr. President. We deeply value diplomacy for this very reason," says Erik. "It serves our own interests as well, as the less conflict we embroil, the less Genoshans may be harmed in the future. Endless battle is unsustainable and illogical. Chaos and entropy cannot reign. Order and reason must prevail."

Chapter 103: & you're the very same, the type who lives her life avoiding light."

Chapter Text

“Well, we are a nation of order and reason,” says Walker thoughtfully, tapping his broad chin. “Ain’t a good time being at war with each other, huh? Had enough of that already.”

“I’m glad we can at least agree on that,” Charles hums.

 Charles feels it coming, and they've prepared for this. Tegan squints, and eyes Charles pointedly. "How do we know that you aren't just using some kinda mutant power on us?"

"That's my cue," Raven stands with a smile. "Everyone, this is Vision. He's a mutant like us, he was the instrument used to penetrate Genosha's defense systems in 1967. We also have neutrino blockers, and you can verify that they work with telepaths in your intelligence bureau," she produces several slim bands. "Any telepaths in the audience should find that their abilities do not work, as of now."

Vision's eyes flash white, and then a stir. Muttering, from the audience. Jean's abilities blank out, as well.

"Your minds are your own. I will also display a demonstration of Vision's abilities. It will be very graphic, so please escort your children out and remove them from the room."

The preparations take about twenty minutes in real time, and then Raven ascends onto the podium with Vision. The artificial intelligence squeezes her elbow in solidarity before he shuts down her power. In an instant, her skin begins to peel off like old leather, and she grunts and falls to the floor to the sounds of gasps in the audience. Medics run up, and cameras begin to flash from all angles as Raven makes the spectacle. Charles can feel how much it hurts. For all her faults, her loyalty cannot be questioned. After many long, brutal moments, her skin begins to weave itself back together.

Tegan squints his eyes, doing an internal accounting of his inward state. "I reckon I still feel as I did," he grants cautiously. "How about you all, Walker?" he confirms with his compatriots and fellow Americans on his side of the isle. His gaze flicks over to Raven, confirming for himself that she's all right. "Young lady, do you need some water or anything?" he asks, already showing how Charles's influence has affected him in a positive direction. Not moments beforehand he wouldn't have had an iota of sympathy for a 'mutant freak.'

Raven grins at him, shaking her head. " I'm right as rain, everyone. Thanks for your patience all, I know that was difficult to witness. This is a good example of why mutation blocking is something Genosha is deeply opposed to. Many say it's because we want to maintain power, but it's because it causes widespread and serious harm to mutants for us to be suppressed like that."

"I'll say," Tegan agrees.

“Yeah…guess I can’t say I feel any different than I did a coupla minutes ago,” Walker admits, and though he sounds a touch puzzled still, he’s smiling his characteristic beady-eyed, toothy smile.

That’s when Charles knows that when the Calnin act mysteriously disappears from the docket, nobody will believe it the act of an overreaching telepath. Mission accomplished. “Well, this has been a productive conversation,” Charles announces, sending Raven a press of thanks. “I’m glad that we seem to understand each other a bit better.”

The rest of the symposium goes just as flawlessly as the first, with speakers coming up to share their perspectives on both sides. It goes into the early evening before people gradually begin to disperse and the moderator eventually winds it down. It's been a long day, and Erik nudges Charles's shoulder as they both file out. They vanish into the night after a typical farewell to children and reporters alike, winding up back at the Townhouse with the twins and David. "Oh, I don't think that could have gone any better if we tried," he laughs, relieved.


The following months aren’t unequivocally better, much to the chagrin of many. Though the Tegan administration ultimately does not enact the Calnin Act thanks to Charles’s intervention, the people and governments of the United States are not all irrevocably changed. In fact, the concession of the Tegan administration has inflamed tension across the US—supporters of the Act are furious that their conservative champion did not act in their interests and have begun to riot.

Anti-mutant and anti-gay protests have erupted nationwide, with states and localities proposing their own versions of the Calnin Act. The State of Texas is the first to publish their bill, which would effectively resurrect the old sodomy laws and charge same-sex parents with child endangerment and abuse. A mutant, homosexual, and “radical” registry was also proposed. A day later, the governor of Texas, in an unprecedented move, vetoed the bill. The veto was followed by an intense upswell of progressivism in the deeply red pockets of Texas, with people who had been lifelong conservatives, people who had opposed desegregation, people who had been KKK members, declaring themselves to be allies of the LGBT+ community, allies of mutantkind, accepting of radical politics.

Genoshan flags began to replace confederate flags in those neighborhoods, the start of a pattern which followed in areas that had proposed similar legislation to Texas. Of course, suspicions rise spectacularly, but whenever someone accuses Charles of puppeteering, he merely snaps his fingers and ensures that they never question him again. The division is stark. Pietro, who had been warming back up, refuses to be in the same room as Charles; he relocates to Cricket and Franklin’s home. Most people, in fact, find Charles’s conduct egregious and beg Erik to intervene. Of course, he does not.

It comes to a head on one morning in the Spring of 1981. Westchester County officials send a social worker to the school that afternoon to “observe” Charles, Erik, and David. In the first moment that Charles gleans why the person is here, he waves a hand, and she forgets why she arrived in the first place. With David on Charles’s lap, she turns around and robotically marches to her car. Several miles away, the county officials stop in the middle of their workdays, too, simultaneously overcome by a change of heart.

“Well, that’s that, then,” says Charles nonchalantly, David’s hair ruffled between his fingers. “Do you see, my boy? We don’t have to take anything from anyone, if we don’t wish to.”

It's not that Erik doesn't want to intervene, but those close to him can clearly see the pain and division that has slowly begun to wrench from the inside-out, his heart tearing in his chest every time someone points it out. He can't leave Charles, he can't abandon his soul. His neshama. He cannot and refuses to do so, trying desperately to gently buffet and insulate as best as he can. But it all comes to a head that one morning in spring. He's across the room and turns to see Charles wave his hand, and David's eyes widen in confusion and horror.

And there Charles is, entirely non-plussed about it. Erik feels his heart break then and there, the crack widening until the two pieces shatter and fall to the wayside inside of him. He's standing there, stark frozen, unable to even draw breath, when a gentle voice emerges from the Ether. My darling. Be easy. I've got you. Come with me. Erik looks up and over, and in an instant, the world has fallen away. He dissolves into the Expanse along with it, a tapestry composed of every iteration of their lives, until it coalesces at last, and he fades into the fold.


2018.

Romania is chaos, and by the time Erik Lehnsherr finally gets past security after a solid three hours of questions (probably replying with a sarcastic salute hadn't helped) he is dead on his feet as he steps outside of the airport's automatic doors into the searing, crushing heat. It doesn't look different, but Erik still feels different. The air moves differently around people. Who are, as far as he can see, entirely ordinary in their day-to-day.

Magda is gone. It's surreal, on a cognitive level. The woman he has loved for most of his life, his best friend, the one who never questioned him, never once doubted him - is gone. That silent constant, a lodestone-thread wrapped about himself like a protective shroud abruptly vanished. His phone pings and he struggles with his left hand (his right is clasped in a complex black turnbuckle brace) crossing over into his opposing pocket, balancing a cup of coffee under his arm to somehow finagle the device. He reads the text from his sister Ruthie and smirks, rolling his eyes.

"Diction: what do you mean you're at a seder ? It's November, dipshit." The text comes back near-immediately.

don't ask me, they came up with it.
we're singing kumbaya
what the hell is Doug hit?

"DIPSHIT!" Erik barks into the device. Someone down the street looks at him funny and he snorts. "Nu tu," he waves the phone at the man. "Diction: I just got off the plane. Django completely blew me off."

he contacted you, right?
u still haven't told me what a gadjo is.

"Diction: it's 'the idiot you don't want having a child out of wedlock with your daughter,'" Erik rolls his eyes. "He sent me a couple of pictures. Pietro looks like me, it's wild? Wanda looks like--" he clears his throat, but by the time he gets ahold of himself, it's already sent. "Sorry. This software is horse-shit. Here," he fiddles around with the device and flicks over the screenshots. "Diction: see what I mean?

oh wow. she looks just like magda!
they r adorable i am going to be the coolest aunt
you'll be like rrrr, no mixed dancing, child!!
and i'll be like HARDSTYLE WEE WOO WEE WEE WOO

"Diction: Gooooooooo fuck yourself."

quack, quack.

"Fucking software. Fuck!!! I am allowed to say fuck on the internet!!! Not you!" he laughs to himself as the guy looks back behind him. "Diction: Tell Car if anything goes sideways. He has a solid death-glare."

oh god no, kitty is here lol
car will have an aneurysm probably
btw anna called you a war criminal today lmfao

"Diction: Anna still can't tell the difference between cats and dogs."

she was all like ACAB including ur bro soz lmfao

"Diction: I knew a guy who would throw candies at little kids to see if they stuck. One time he made a complete recreation of George Washington out of soap. I'm from AMERICA."

godddddddddd
your service stories suck
why cant you just have ptsd like a normal person

"Diction: Hey, I got blown up! I got a medal and everything! Everybody's a fucking critic.


Two days later he is about ready to put a bullet in his skull and he is not exaggerating. The return to White Plains is less hectic than helping Django wash Magda's bloody sheets, but it's on-par and that's saying something. Erik doesn't begrudge Magda up-and-dying, interrupting his permanent party plans, he doesn't begrudge the long walk down the green mile that has become his new life saddled with twin children, twin infants he hadn't known existed prior to three weeks ago.

He doesn't, he won't blame her for that. But Pietro and Wanda-those are their names-and Wanda's already got Magda's gorgeous thick hair and Pietro's got her mischievous dark eyes and a shock of white hair, and it'd hurt his heart if he wasn't fucking dead inside from their incessant noise. "Please, please. Please be quiet. Shlof shoyn mayn kind," he tries to soothe with a song, bouncing them both in his arms. Wanda vomits on him. Lovely. "I'm going to kill myself," he decides dryly to the empty walls of his flat. The walls are laughing. Shlof shoyn mayn kind.

The phone call with his father doesn't help, he advises whiskey. "You can't-no, Vati, you can't feed babies whiskey. That explains so much, you know-oh my G-d-no, you're useless," he tries juggling the phone under his chin, a bottle and two fussing, squirmy babies. "Tell Ruthie I said hi. OK, fine, I'll talk to her-" Pietro's screams interrupt. "Ruthie--!? What--?"

"Call. The. Caseworker! Erik!" Ruthie chastises.

"What caseworker?" he grimaces. It's always been easier over the phone - Ruthie's a strong personality even now, with sibling dynamics developed only over painstaking time and effort by both parties.

"The VA. You know. They left you that card. Use it, Erik. You need the help. You've got one good hand and a stack of unread resumes. Call the VA."

"Fine. I'll call the fucking VA, G-d." He huffs, though. "OK, it -" rustling over the speaker. "It says the guy's name is Xavier. Dr. Xavier. Some kind of mutant psychologist? I'm not a mutant, though. That's weird."

"Maybe this is a side-gig."

"Yeah, maybe," Erik murmurs.


"Dr. Xavier," Moira MacTaggert knocks two fingers against the man's cluttered office. "Pleasure to meet you, I'm Agent MacTaggert, Logistics Officer with the Central Intelligence Agency. I was hoping we could talk." Her eyebrows arch, cool and composed, with a mind all sleek lines. It's a conversation that doesn't need to last very long for Charles to determine exactly what it is the CIA wants - for him to take on a special project, a Sergeant Erik Lehnsherr having just been medically separated from the United States Army, was struggling to reintegrate into his civilian life.

As a psychologist, it's straightforward - Moira indicates that Erik had a juvenile diagnosis of schizophrenia that was redacted from Beth Israel Hospital, stressing that the redaction was valid without clarifying the circumstances. Even with his telepathy, as powerful as it is, Moira's espionage training kicks in automatically when he prods at it, like a defense mechanism. "His mother was a time traveler, so it's not outside the realm of possibility that he may manifest as well. As far as we're aware, he hasn't. The CIA keeps track of all potentially volatile mutations like this, after Sayid al-Zaman."

It's a reference to the Admonition, a terrorist attack orchestrated by the self-identified leader of the Morning Fire violent non-state party based out of Cairo. al-Zaman's manifesto had indicated it was a response to United States atrocities in Genosha, an island that's still under quarantine twenty-odd years later. She drops a file folder on Charles's desk, far too thick for its own good.

"According to his service record, he did not use his firearm at any time - he was a medic. He did sustain an injury from an IED where he was trapped under a burning Jeep, losing function of his right hand. This is important, I want you to make sure that this meeting goes smoothly. Feel free to make any assessments or evaluations you deem necessary, but the CIA will expect a full report - here's a subpoena for that." She produces it in a plain manila envelope. "Process notes only, and we may conduct some interim interviews to clarify ambiguities. We'll of course compensate you for your time, as I understand you're private practice."

"Dr. Xavier, your 4 o'clock is here," says Charles's receptionist, Scott Summers, at 3:55pm. The visor-clad young man is aware that the psychologist has been dreading the 4 o'clock all week and so felt it prudent to warn him upon her arrival. Privacy laws have prevented him from being able to ascertain what exactly the appointment is about, but he knows, at least, that the smartly dressed woman in the waiting room isn't a patient.

She rang the office last week and requested not an appointment, but a meeting with the doctor, and when Scott began to explain that Dr. Xavier only takes meetings with lawyers, students, researchers, and media every other Friday, she interrupted and explained that she's a Logistics Offer with the CIA and that she "only needed a few minutes." After some initial reluctance, Dr. Xavier agreed to meet with her, though Scott knows that he's regretful. After all that happened with Gabby, the doctor has not touched military or public servant work even remotely. It's no use reminding him that his time in Israel has nothing to do with the accident that took place in Westchester county; Scott and others have tried.

But, for some reason, he agreed to talk with this Agent MacTaggert. Charles himself doesn't really know why he's said yes. Perhaps Scott, Raven, and Hank are finally getting through to him; it's not as if merely assessing a former soldier is remotely similar to his official duties in Israel. Why should this man be any different than his other patients? Merely because the payments come from the government and not a private insurer? Absurd. He knows it's absurd. And yet...

As Scott hovers in the doorway, Charles's eyes flick to the framed photo on his messy desktop. Gabby and newborn David, two days after they arrived home from the hospital. She’s holding David on the sofa of their rented Manhattan townhouse, and though she’s smiling, Charles can remember how distant and vacant she’d been when he snapped the photo on his iPhone. An onlooker wouldn’t detect the absence in her brown eyes, but Charles knows. But, it’s the only photo that he has of Gabby and David together where she’s smiling.

Raven has told him that there’s a subreddit where people request Photoshop jobs to solve problems like this and insists that a better photo of Gabby, a photo from better times, to be clear, could be doctored up to depict her as she holds David, but Charles can’t see that feeling any less inauthentic. “Can I send her in…?” Scott continues cautiously.

“Yes, sure,” Charles finally concedes, his functional arm jolting forward to angle the photo away from him. “And then can you call Raven for me, please? This is my last appointment of the day, and I’ll be going home straight afterward.”

“Already called, Doc, she’s on her way.”

It was never Charles’s hope to relegate his sister to the role of chauffeur/caretaker/roommate/coparent, but it was never his hope to find himself a tetraplegic, either. And she’s so damn stubborn and insisted so many damn times. When Charles protested against her proposition, while still in the ICU, she reminded him that she’s not his real sister, and so it’s not that weird, though beneath her snarky, clever facade rested a genuine concern and desire to assist her beloved brother and nephew.

And, if they’re all honest with themselves, which Charles is trying to be, these days, it’s not hard to understand how hapless Charles would be without her. There’s no way that he would be able to care for David without her, given that he can’t even care for himself. Agent MacTaggert strides in moments later, and to Charles’s surprise, doesn’t even seem to register the elaborate powerchair in which she sits. Most who have never seen Charles before are surprised by it, and Charles doesn’t blame them.

Frustrating as it may be to witness the not-so-sly glances or experience the reeling thoughts, the reaction is profoundly human and normal, one that he understands as both a psychologist and a telepath. MacTaggert’s lack of reaction is curious, but when Charles prods a bit further in an attempt to understand it, a strong and practiced wall drops between his prying abilities and her psyche. Even more curious.

Somewhat distracted, Charles finagles the stack of papers from the file before him and begins to skim. Erik M. Lehnsherr is the name of the patient, son of Edith Eisenhardt, a known powerful mutant, deceased. Sergeant, medic, injured. A decades-old schizophrenia diagnosis, one which Charles is immediately suspicious of, due to its age. “He’s just recently taken custody of infant twins?” Charles asks, brow shooting upward. How well Charles understands how the stress of parenthood can exacerbate pre-existing conditions.

“I see. Alright. I’ll review his file in more detail later on, in that case,” the doctor tells her, because of course now it’s feeling a little more personal. “You can have him call my office to make an appointment, or if you’d like to do so on his behalf on your way out, you may.” He gestures toward the office door with a polite smile, indicating in no uncertain terms that this meeting is now over. “Thank you, Agent MacTaggert, I’ll follow up.”


It takes very little time for the second daunting appointment of Charles's week to creep up on him. And he thinks, there's well-and-truly nothing that could have prepared him for the 6'4" bean-pole gangly eccentric confusatore that is Sergeant Erik Magnus Lehnsherr. When the man finally enters the room, what Charles doesn't expect is Erik's "- you're a telepath. Oh my G-d. OK, fuck, hang on," he breathes out a laugh - the sound a gentle vibration in his chest. Thoughts meander along Erik's mental landscape in a gentle waltz. Oh, he's arranged beautifully... I am for my beloved...

Catches of phrase in Yiddish, Lithuanian, Hebrew and Pashto all a brilliant, sparkling tapestry beyond the verge of dark hazel eyes flecked in gold, green and brown. Charles can feel it as something shifts in Erik's mind, shining and metallic and vivid chrome, fading into an endless white loam. He's dressed in a kitschy cable-knit sweater replete in winding patterns and soft dark jeans, and polished black shoes, with a crocheted kippah in swirling colors clipped to the top of his shoulder-length corkscrew curls. His accent's vague; there's something in it that isn't wholly American, but Charles can't place it. For a shake, he extends his left hand rather than his right, which is encircled by a stiff black brace that straightens out his fingers.

There's a comic-art styled yellow marigold flower tattoo over the back of his palm that extends down to his inner left wrist - ("At least he got the flower," Yakiv laments dryly - a soft memory. He's sixteen - would've needed Yakiv's permission, which is unusual; and he's clearly a religious Jew, which begs the question entirely.) And that reaction, to telepathy - initially familiar, but Erik's eyes are creased - it isn't fear, it's concern. For Charles. Blinking a little, he adjusts very rapidly, grinning as he perches on the lime green leather chair (he's tall, all limbs) across his mahogany-wooden desk.

"Googled you, by the way. Nice mansion." Erik's whistle is teasing, but not malicious. Not like his peers, who routinely deride him as a know-it-all or a spoiled nepo baby. A sincere compliment. "Your genetics submissions -" these would be older, from his college days in the Mutant-Baseline Alliance - " - those were more interesting. I still have access to MIT's library," he huffs. "It's good stuff. Bit, you know," he waves a hand. "I'm Charles Xavier and this is my favorite store at the Citadel, but good. You would've made a great debate partner."

Charles ponders briefly whether Moira MacTaggert had dropped a genuinely insane person onto his lap - Lehnsherr couldn't possibly be a Separatist, he isn't even a mutant.

This isn’t the first time that, upon realization or recollection that Charles is a telepath, someone has quickly adjusted their mental landscape to obscure something that they’d rather keep hidden, but it’s certainly the first time that someone has done it so blatantly, so shamelessly. Jagged edges are covered quickly by a soft shroud, like fresh snow, calm and peaceful. Strings of poetry and epithets in a variety of languages weave through the pillowy mounds, a picture straight from one of David’s storybooks.

He’s tall and thin and younger than Charles by only a few years, but his mannerisms make him seem even younger than that, almost juvenile. At the same time, among the careful curation of gentleness, there’s a profound snap inside Erik Lehnsherr’s mind, something that belongs to a person wise and sage, blisteringly intelligent. When Charles graduated from Residency, the certification board convened a special meeting of the Ethics committee to gauge whether or not it would be appropriate to allow a telepath to practice clinically.

He wouldn’t be the first ever of his kind; in fact, Charles’s mentor Aquilo Kirala held that title (among known telepaths, anyway), and convinced the very same panel two decades prior that telepathy was a boon rather than a bar to good psychiatry. The key indicators of a qualified psychologist, Ailo argued, were unchanging; empathy, patience, analysis, discretion, passion, curiosity. If a telepath had designs on abusing their abilities within a clinical setting, then they likely weren’t fit to practice in the first place.

And so, upon demonstration that Charles is in possession of all the necessary qualities of an ethical practitioner, he was given his license. In the intervening years, however, he’s maintained an extra-cautious approach, not only to avoid scrutiny from the licensing board, but to ensure that his patients feel safe and comfortable with him. Those who are ignorant of his abilities at first blush are quickly informed, and Charles gives them the option to cancel their appointment at no cost, should they decide to take their business elsewhere.

And he isn’t offended when some do; he understands, of course he does. It’s a natural, human instinct to seek privacy, to escape vulnerability. All are vulnerable in the presence of a telepath, after all. But Erik Lehnsherr’s quick reorganization campaign isn’t born of fear of vulnerability; it comes from a place of protection. Protection of Charles. Charles’s left arm is nestled on his armrest where a few subtle straps hold it in place at the wrist and forearm.

Another bit of Velcro extends across his fingers to keep them pinned straight to the chair and prevent them from curling against his palm. And so when Erik extends his unbraced left hand for the shake, Charles has no choice but to extend his right and twist it around to shake it awkwardly. For his part, he’s well beyond shame or embarrassment, and if Erik notices, he doesn’t say anything. He speaks in a way that indicates to Charles that he isn’t entirely grounded to their collective experience, but that isn’t automatically pathological; some people are merely elsewhere, in their heads. And after years of practice, Charles is nearly convinced that a universal collective experience is a farce, anyway.

“You’ve read some of my work, then,” Charles nods, voice calm, friendly, grabbing hold of something factual, something they can both agree to. “I suppose it’s only fair that you Google me, as I know a bit about you, too,” he concedes with a smile, tapping the file on his desk. “You’ve been treated at Beth Israel Hospital, I know. That’s where my son was born. Five years ago on Tuesday, actually. On the first night of Hanukkah, 2013.” 

 Many psychologists are against disclosing personal information to patients, especially new ones.

Patients don’t seek psychological help to listen to some over-educated fool like Charles talk about themselves, and, further still, too personal a relationship can make some patients feel less comfortable speaking freely. Charles, however, prefers to establish a few points of relatability at the outset of any clinical relationship, for it typically implies to the patient that Charles is speaking to them as a fellow human being rather than a distant, disinterested body. “Do you have any questions for me before we begin, Mr. Lehnsherr?” Charles asks politely, once Erik is settled on the sofa across his desk. He then raises his functional hand. “Off the record. Ask anything you’d like.”

Erik watches Charles keenly, his touch delicate within his grasp, a smooth of his thumb along the skin in an unconscious affection for the man before him, who by G-d inspires the beauty of shehecheyanu. He's about to write a fucking ode. And he's a telepath, damn it. Play it cool, Lehnsherr. Across from the psychologist he shifts, a little flustered, actually. His cheek bunches to the side, revealing a dimple inlaid, as he moves to take his own seat. "They gave me your-I mean, my sister-ugh," he rolls his eyes at himself. "I think she thought if I - you know, that you'd have some kind of magical Life Fix-It Device. But I'm pretty sure they don't make those."

Despite the very long, redacted file Charles had perused from the CIA, he's just... a man. Ordinary. He's just ordinary. His manner is careful, a little overgrown, but highly deliberating even as he sways inconspicuously from side to side, posture and bearing both formal and unusual. His voice is even and gentle. It's earnest, but it's also... different; like a reflected filament. Like that's not all there is. His good hand comes up to his chest and he leans forward a little, examining Charles curiously.

"You're - I think. I think so." Something about it seems... brighter. "I mean, sorry, G-d," he snorts. "No, -" his gaze flips back to Charles, scrutinizing. "I don't usually have conversations like this. I just - this is -" he trails off momentarily, just gazing at Charles intently from across the way. Green and gold striations flick upward - and they're locked unwaveringly onto the good doctor. Unlike Charles, bound by ethical and professional codes of conduct predicated on logical analysis - Erik had, actually, made a career out of it, matter of fact. The ole eyes closed, head first, can't lose - Shomron called him reckless - he'd go so far as to say he'd taken without formal authority to heart. (Daniel would tell him to stop being such a smart ass, but Daniel isn't here.)

"Yeah," Erik's nose wrinkles up a little when he smiles, spreading an assortment of freckles out across its bridge, thick dark eyebrows knit briefly in the center of his forehead. It's something akin to fondness - a curiosity of his own, but at Charles's shift, he blinks and slowly Erik's capacity for conversation appears to end there, before a low huff of air escapes his nostrils, amused. "I have two kids? Like, actual - little kids. Mutants, both, dieve padek man," he groans another language, pinching his fingers in the center of his face.

"Pietro is fast. Wanda... I don't know, she... she can do a lot of stuff, she likes red. She's extremely intelligent - they both are. And I'm a fucking dumb-ass, so it's not from me. Oh, L-rd. And I'm just-like, the world's Most Overqualified Fry Cook, over here. You'd think I could snag an architectural gig or something? Nope. It's all ohh, Mr. Lehnsherr, hunnghhh, you're not the Right Fit For Our Company," he affects a ridiculous falsetto. "Goooo fuck yourselves, then. G-d, and now Sebastian is all up in my shit, talking about lawyers and the fucking Beth, like - bringing up all this shit, like - OK, I'm not the best parent, but I am absolutely committed to doing the best possible job that I can do."

This, here, sees a flash of something from him - his hand - the good one, raises. His voice, still shockingly even-tempered despite the resolute nature of his words. He is unquestionably holding himself back from an emotional outburst, with startling capacity. It's only Charles's better nature that reveals the depths of Erik's convictions - and that lends real force to what he says. But his hand does gesture a little, here, to emphasize the point.

"I am committed to ensuring that their emotional, moral, educational and physical wellbeing is looked after. I can do this. I'm not crazy, I'm not a psychopath. I have cleared every single psychological evaluation provided by the military since I enlisted at 22. I have a degree, I have my EMT-P, I am not unskilled. I don't - want to lose them." 

Few things take Charles by surprise anymore; he's heard the gamut. Complete strangers fucking Charles in their minds as he strode past them, back when he could stride. Patients finding his blue eyes mesmerizing, imagining themselves tugging at his chestnut curls. But, people do that to people every second of the day; humans are irrational, illogical, prone to impulse and intrusive thought. He's long since learned to grow flattered when someone finds him attractive, for it's such a commonplace occurrence in society at large that it's scarcely even worth noting.

It happens far less often to him than it did pre-accident, but, still; that rare person who still looks at him sexually is still just a person. Erik, however, thinks more...poetically, than most. Of beauty rather than physicality. While he daren't be flattered, Charles does notice it, for the manner is simply so distinct. He sits back, then, and listens. Very little of what Erik says is strictly coherent; it's as if words are inadequate facsimiles to place shape on the complicated array in Erik's head.

Charles finds himself reminded of David momentarily. David doesn't talk, but the way David navigates the world in a non-linear, non-Euclidean way bears resemblance to Erik, who is evidently struggling to convey all that he wishes to convey verbally. Conversation, in the traditional sense, is hard for him; that much Charles can see. But his mind is more vivid, cobbling together a mosaic of image and feeling and verse that is more understandable to a man like Charles.

“Yes, I see,” Charles says at last, once Erik has broken for air. And he thinks that he might, at least where it matters. “May I repeat what I’ve gathered from you to ensure that I’m understanding correctly?” When he’s given permission, he speaks calmly, gently. “You’ve recently taken custody of your two very young twins. They’re a handful, and unpredictable, but you love them and are committed to being all that they need you to be. I can see that you are,” he adds, tapping his temple knowingly, with a smile.

“But, you’re having a difficult time with some of the more…oh, I suppose we can call them fundamental aspects of day-to-day life? I don’t mean that in a belittling way, please forgive me that I can’t think of a better word. You have a lot of specialized skills, talents, and qualifications, but you’re not really able to put them to use, and you’re worried that, because you’re struggling, someone may intervene and take your son and daughter from you. Is that right? Please tell me if it’s not, and fill in what I may have missed.”

It occurs to Charles then that in an odd kind of way, despite their respective positions, Erik may actually, well-and-truly, be able to comprehend the vast complexity of his existence. Certainly, from a client's perspective it's unusual. But then, Erik isn't anymore a typical client than he is a typical doctor.

Some of that is enough experience to effectively understand and maneuver within the system, some of it is Erik's own education and desires - to humanize others, connect with them beyond superficiality, and some is just natural temperament. "Yeah," Erik confirms Charles's rendition with a short nod. "That's about the gist, yes. It's - I mean, it's everything. I got a scholarship when I was 18, full free ride to MIT," he explains.

"I had spent the previous two years pissing myself at the Beth and screaming at doctors and drawing all over the walls. I had no business being at MIT, but Dr. Shaw - Sebastian. He never - and I mean, he was a professor. So, there's the All That - and I was a junkie and a schizophrenic and all the rest of it. So I enlisted. The military is like -" He knows his thoughts aren't pulling together coherently. "Is like every single part of your life is under someone else's control. You have no personal or individual rights. You have to ask for permission for everything. And now, even though I'm separated from the Army, to even have a shot at raising my own kids I have to file an appeal with the court," he casts his poorly hand aside in a rough gesture.

"If Shaw is speaking against me - he has a lot of ammunition. I could lose my kids, I could end up institutionalized again. You know, and - my options are - become a domestic terrorist, or engage with this incredibly - fucked up government with everyone airing my dirty laundry. My family have been through enough."

Charles nods thoughtfully. Not in a way that other therapists might, as a gesture, as a method. For Charles does understand what it feels like to be bereft of choice. He hadn't been awake from the coma for two whole days before the social worker showed up, wrinkled blazer and clipboard and all. With the ventilator still shoved down his throat, he had been forced to sign away, via a nurse, temporary custody of David to Raven.

And as his prognosis became clear, the same social worker arrived again and informed him that custody wouldn't come back to him until the state was satisfied with the plan he presented them for David's care. It's not the same, sure. But it's similar enough. Charles understands what it feels like to be infantilized by the state and its actors.

"You've never really had an opportunity to be in control of your own life," Charles concedes, noting the varieties of green in Erik's eyes. "First the hospital, then university, then the military, and now, the government. That isn't fair to you. I can understand why you feel...frazzled, perhaps." Charles can't lean forward, but if he could, he would have. "Tell me about Shaw. Sebastian? He was a professor of yours?"

Erik tenses up a little, but he doesn't shy away from the question, rocking forward as he answers. "Shaw was... was my ex," he explains with a grimace. "Boyfriend. As in, relationship. Yeah, I know. He was a professor. He had clout, so no one dared say shit if they suspected. And, well, I was - you know. I was a kid. I was all fucked up. He, he took advantage. He, sorry, please hold on-" Erik raises a hand, and slowly, the loam encroaches further, obscuring the thin bespectacled face of Sebastian Shaw in his memories. "It's not that I don't want you in my thoughts, by the way," he says up-front. "I just don't want them to hurt you. I have a lot of pain in here. A lot. Not just Sebastian. It's... heavy. It's a lot."

Erik twists his fingers together as he talks. "He visited my family. After the CIA interviews. Told them he thought I'd be eligible for a scholarship to MIT. My Vati thought it was a good idea. Zeyde, he's like you, a mutant. An empath. He didn't think so. But I didn't listen to him. I wanted so much to be well, normal." Finishing off, he lets out a long, grounding sigh. "If you don't want me as a patient, because this is too much, please say so. I'll leave right now. You have no obligation to get mired up in this CIA bullshit. I, I'll respect that." His gaze wavers a little, then, shy, but reaffirms itself just-as quickly.

Charles waits for Erik to finish speaking before he tilts his head to one side, thinking. Ailo is particularly good at successfully inviting people to open up, to take their guard down, because that's how he understands others. Pure empathy, garnered telepathically. Charles's telepathy works differently, but he can still probe feeling to gauge how his patients are processing what they experience. Erik, however, is overly cognizant of Charles's presence, flooding his head with the soft loam.

"I'll start by telling you that you are not too much, Erik," Charles offers, maintaining eye contact. "This is my job, hmm? If I were scared off by difficult circumstances or uncomfortable thoughts, I would be in the wrong profession." He raises a brow. "But, if you would rather speak with someone without my abilities, that is entirely understandable, too. I know that you won't yet believe me when I tell you that you don't need to cloak your thoughts such as you are right now to protect me; you and I have just met, and you don't need to allow yourself to be exposed like that if you don't wish to. And so if you would like to speak with somebody else where this is not even a concern, I can recommend you to a colleague in the profession. It's up to you, Erik. I am not offended."

Erik stares at him like he's grown another head. "What? No, don't be absurd," he laughs a little. "Your mutation is wonderful. You can, you know. Read my mind, whatever. The thing is, I just want you to be careful. Because there's stuff - you can't prepare for it. You can't. It will hurt, and I don't want you to get hurt. But, I don't know. You're the doctor, I guess. No, I don't want anyone else," Erik shakes his head firmly. "That's not even a question. Exposing myself isn't a problem, I can talk about it all. It's just, you know, I think the kids call it trauma dumping?" he grins, sheepish.

"They do call it that, yes," Charles affirms with a chuckle, a twinkle in his eye toward his irreverent patient. "As a policy, I don't pry. That's not helpful to any of us, and I believe that privacy is a crucial right that I do not wish to violate. So, I won't go digging through your memories. But you can let the shroud you've erected fall away, if you'd like to. It's okay if it hurts. I experience hurt all the time, would you believe that? My mentor, Dr. Kirala, has taught me to accept the pain of others as a neutral fact. It never feels neutral, but few things do. However, the fact that it's there, that it's uncomfortable, is indeed neutral."

"I appreciate it, really. I know this is - bala nematė, man šakės -" his lips pursed, conveying humor about it at least - the best translation Charles gets is - beyond the ordinary. "If it were just me, I wouldn't drag you into this. Please know that." It's more gentle. Erik's been paying attention - and his regret for further burdening Charles (at least, the ways in which he seems to understand that Charles is burdened beyond this) with his own problems is clear.

"So, I thought I was crazy. For a long time, that's what people thought. My family is full of mutants. My zeyde is like you. He's empathic, and it's the only reason I still have a relationship with them. He... knew. That I was not lying or delusional. He knew first-hand. And second-hand." Erik clears his throat. "I'm sorry. I'm not trying to be evasive. This stuff is hard and I haven't had to consider it for a long time." Deep breaths, Lehnsherr. Tell the breath-taking doctor all about your fucked up childhood. Right. Telepath. He's so very sorry, it's just that Charles is. Erik sees... something else, not what other people see. His vision isn't like others, and he might not even know. He sees Charles in his entirety, every atom that makes up his composition. And Erik is stunned into place by its arrangement.

"My mame could travel through time. She was an Omega-level mutant. I was with her on the day we got mugged. She panicked. We ended up somewhere else. I eventually returned. I came back without her. My consciousness was fragmented. I had evidence of - a lot had gone on. It was very obvious that something horrific had happened but I was too incoherent to communicate correctly. Zeyde was the first person to get it. And of course he was. He was at IG Farben, survived the death march to Gliewitz, you know," Erik raises his wrist. "I couldn't hide it from him. Some Jews do stuff like that, honor their family members and things - not this. Not me. You understand?"

"Yes, I do understand," Charles promises. And he does. Being David's father has helped him hone these skills, helped him find meaning and coherence within narratives that, on their face, don't seem to connect. He had expected someone more guarded than this, but Erik seems more than keen to speak openly, honestly, hiding only those things which he himself may not wish to think about just now, which Charles certainly can appreciate.

"My boy, David," Charles begins, nodding to the framed photograph on his desk, still angled outward, "is both mutant and neurodiverse. At just 5, he's an extremely powerful telepath, and he also sees the world around him in a way that is incomprehensible, to me. He sees things as their parts rather than the whole. And he can interact with those parts. It's remarkable." Charles sweeps a stray strand of chestnut hair from his eyes - he really ought to get a trim - before continuing. "And he's also profoundly autistic. He's nonverbal and lives with extreme sensory sensitivities to sound and visual input. His behavior, his personality, results from a combination of both of these things. His mutation and his autism interact and co-mingle and make him who he is, greatly affect how he navigates through the world."

Charles levels Erik's gaze. "Do you see what I'm getting at, Erik? Someone without my mutation or my specialized training in this field of medicine may have easily written my son off as severely cognitively delayed, or disruptive, or dangerous, or difficult. Something similar may have happened to you. A misjudgment, or at least an incomplete judgment. Does that resonate?"

Erik listens as Charles speaks, eyes perusing over the photograph with a tender crease; the boy looks so much like Charles even there. "Yeah," he agrees softly. "I didn't understand exactly where I was and what was happening when I got back. I was babbling nonsense. I couldn't make the choice to conceal it from my clinicians." He uses jargon sparingly, but he knows his audience and knows he doesn't need to sanitize it. Still, he tries to be delicate. "They diagnosed me as schizophrenic. I was a drug addict for a while and Dr. Shaw got it out of me as well. All of these records were concealed for some reason after I graduated from school. When I enlisted, I discovered that no one knew about Beth Israel."

The comparison with Charles's son is what cements it in Erik's mind - what snaps it into place. What makes him want to reach out to this man. Like identifying like, somewhere across this vast chasm. "The military never found out. It was like it never happened. Until now. I don't know why Sebastian is doing this. Maybe he's right. I'm just an insane person who doesn't deserve these kids and I'll--fuck them up irreversibly."

Erik meets his eyes again, this time a heavy lance of pain crosses his features as he considers the possibility. Losing his children, little babies he barely got the chance to know, but now couldn't fathom being without. Lost to the annals of the New York foster system, two mutant, Jewish, Roma infants. It would be a catastrophe, plain and simple. He is beyond grateful to know that little boy in the photo has a staunch advocate in Charles.

Charles smiles empathetically at Erik. He feels and sees the pain, the torment. Not a single shred of ill intent is at all detectable within the man. Just pure, unadulterated care. It strikes Charles that he can't find any selfishness anywhere within Erik; a rare distinction. The world, it seems, takes advantage of people like Erik, people who wish not to fight others to get ahead, to pursue pure self-interest.

"Well, Erik, you and I don't know each other very well yet, but I can tell you that, from our brief interaction, I can confidently guess that you are not an insane person who will harm your children," he tells the man gently. It's far too early to confirm or deny a diagnosis, but it's difficult to find insanity anywhere within the man. Eccentricity, sure. Mental illness and neurodiversity, certainly. But his processing center is simply too similar to David's for Charles to classify it as insanity. Perhaps there's a nascent mutation in there after all. "Have you ever seen a neurologist?" he asks next. "I can offer conjecture, but I'd be a bad professional if I did."

Erik shakes his head, "I'm not sure, actually. My time at the Beth is all... kind of wobbly," he taps his temple. The memories float up to the surface, jagged and searing. A consciousness torn asunder across space and time.


Charles sees it, a splintered slow-motion trainwreck.

The visage of grey, sifting pebbles. Erik, young and rough-shaven down to the scalp, clad in an over-large striped uniform. A pole in hand, to poke into a massive heap of broken corpses.

Then, split. Dragged through the event horizon, deposited into the soothing clouds painted on blue walls. Padded doors. What do you mean, Auschwitz? Why is he talking about Auschwitz? the stern voice of Yakiv Lehnsherr pierces the veil.

The doctor heaves an almighty shrug. Sonderkommando. He just keeps repeating the numbers. I don't speak German.

Yakiv squints. Erik doesn't speak German...

The kindly doctor smiles, bittersweet. We think your boy may be schizophrenic, Mr. Lehnsherr. Early onset. 


The switch in Erik's head takes Charles by surprise, because, for a moment, it no longer feels like his head. Suddenly, Charles is looking through someone else's eyes, a little boy's, from a different time, a different place, and there's intense hunger, intense pain, but a hollowness, too. A self-protective hollowness. And then it's gone, and Charles is back in Erik's native memories, of a doctor's face, an austere man who must be Erik's father. Erik doesn't speak German....

Charles's brows are raised now as he pulls himself back out, for he realizes only then that he's been sucked in. His good hand clenches around his armrest, a grounding technique, a way to remember that he's here. "Does that...that first memory, that we both just experienced," he says, because there's no bother pretending that they didn't. "Does that feel like a memory, Erik? The same as any other memory?"

He nods, rocking forward and rubbing the flat of his palms over his jeans. "Yeah, it's a memory," he rasps, soft. "My memory. From 1944. Ich spreche zwar Deutsch, aber wegen meines Akzents haben sie mich geschlagen," he rattles off with a wry wink. "Max, my grandfather, he spoke it as well. He knew I wasn't delusional. I had," he raises his arm. "24005. My number. They thought it was a hate crime at first, didn't believe me. Only zeyde, and Magda."

Charles stares at Erik for a few moments, and then hums, thoughtful. "Right. I see. Your mother was a time traveler, yes? It's not out of the realm of possibility that you've inherited some of her abilities. In fact, mutation of the X-gene tends to be highly heritable. It's also possible that such abilities have manifest in a different manner within you. Perhaps your mother was able to distinguish between this time and that, but you've more difficulty. Perhaps there's something that...connects your mind with others', from different times, different spaces."

"Oh, the CIA tested me for the X-gene," Erik says with a wave of his hand, and then his lips quirk up into a smile. "Ah, Xavier-gene?" he taps his nose, playful. "I tried, for years, to understand what happened. She was scared, I think. The men who robbed us were yelling slurs at us, real dipshit behavior. She just flinched, and then we were there, in the forest. Azazel shot her in the head, and made me dispose of her. And then the other... really deviant, vile stuff started. I was, was just a baby, really."

Erik knits his fingers in and out of one another like a weave, braced hand and good, well and truly tetchy but it's about his kids so he can't falter. Not here. "It broke my mind. It broke me. In ways I can't even begin to understand. And I came back without her. Without mame, and vati couldn't understand. I don't think he ever forgave me. Oh, I'm so sorry," he takes a deep breath, realizing that his eyes have grown hot. "Forgive me, please. I haven't talked about this in years. It distresses people and they call me names. Magda, she believed me. May her memory be for a blessing."

Charles gestures toward the box of tissues at the end of his desk, noticing the begrudging tears that have begun to redden the sclera of Erik's eyes. The redness makes them look even greener. "I'm going to implement one rule and one rule only," Charles begins, voice still friendly, but more authoritative, now. "No apologizing to me. Not unless you've wronged me in some way. Alright? You shouldn't be sorry for the way you feel, or for your memories. And even if you do feel sorry because you can't help it, you're still not allowed to apologize to me. Alright?" Charles allows that provision to settle for a moment before continuing.

"Witnessing the death of a loved one would break anyone, Erik. And because you were so young, and you lost her in a way that is perhaps unrelatable to others, the trauma is all the more profound. That's to be expected. Some things are simply incomprehensible to both rational and irrational minds. Perhaps it's for the best that you didn't understand it fully. Your psyche could have been protecting you. Like any immune response, the symptoms of protectiveness are sometimes, on their face, more painful than the effects of what they're trying to protect. But, they're there for a reason."

He pauses once more. "X-gene or not, there is a strong possibility that you have mutations within your genome that enable you to do things beyond the realm of standard human biology. You know that those are memories, not fabrications of some malfunction in your brain, don't you? Your clinicians may not have agreed. But you know. And, now that you're no longer a child, you can start believing yourself and not others. Right?"

Something within Erik well and truly settles at the firm undercurrent in Charles's voice, sending a confusing jangle of hazy electricity through each one of his nerve endings that forces him to expel a soft, startled blurt of laughter that is entirely without conscious volition. Who is this man? He's just heard the worst annals of Erik's life with barely a twitch. Beyond that, is actively engaging him in conversation about it. He's never had a conversation about this in his life, and Charles can feel how his mind is like a spinning, empty hamster wheel as it stutters to play catch-up.

Fluent in five languages, degree in quantum mechanics, Sergeant in the United States armed forces, steps directly on a rake that sprouts up to bonk him in the center of his big, dumb face the second he tries to reciprocate. Real classy, Lehnsherr. Keep 'em coming. "I know," he jerks his chin downward. "It gets fuzzier, when people press on it. Like Shaw. I was high all the time, had nightmares. He heard some of it. He'd say, you know, you were just delusional. He would say, like, he can help me, stuff like that. I was so confused and fucked up--and what should I call you, doctor feels a little ehhh. I mean--I'm doing it again, aren't I. Rambling. Oy vey gevalt iz mir," he throws his arm up in an exaggerated shrug of Yiddishkeit proportions.

"You can call me Charles," he says without skipping a beat. Rambling is fine; Charles is able to keep up with Erik's irreverence. "It sounds like Shaw didn't exactly have your best interest in mind." He's treading a little more lightly now, for it's clear that Erik is dealing with plenty of complex feelings around this man. A boyfriend, but the doctor can glean, even without telepathy, that it wasn't as bilateral as that term implies.

"You're an intelligent man, Erik. That much is clear. It's understandable that, when others dispute your intelligence by implying that you're in a state of psychosis, you become frustrated or confused. Because you know that you're intelligent, they know that you're intelligent, and yet they're challenging you anyway. Compound that with the vulnerable position that you were in and we have an excellent recipe for the complications that you're experiencing."

Charles, at long last, plucks his pen from the surface of his desk and begins writing on the legal pad that has been yet unmarked. But, he's not writing notes in the symbolic tradition of the Freudian therapist; he's scribbled a name and number instead. "Here. I'd like you to call that number, or I may do it for you. Hank McCoy, my colleague and dear friend, will be able to search for genetic markers of beyond the X-gene. He's developed a sequencing process that is second to none and decades ahead of its time. You aren't crazy, Erik. You're gifted. That much is clear."

Erik swallows roughly around the sudden golf ball that has lodged itself down his throat. "Me--you, you think--I'm a," he swerves, then, and Charles feels it as everything shimmers and ratchets up in static. An outside force has captured every atom in the room inside its magnificent thrall, and Erik is totally unaware. Like when you don't know how to move your ears, or curl your tongue. Raise your opposite eyebrow. He can't hook into it, and it's everything. Something about this information has unsettled Erik. Perhaps it's because he harbors unconscious bias against mutants, but Charles can tell upon gentle probing that this isn't the crux of it. Erik is viscerally rejecting the idea, because -- "I can't be a mutant," he babbles. "I can't be. How could I be? Do you understand?" he implores Charles, eyes wide and frantic. Before Charles, on his desk, he sees his pen begin to fuzz a little as it gradually begins to dissolve.

Charles can see that the suggestion has shifted something within Erik, something that he, perhaps, wishes hadn't shifted. Something that had been nascent all along, perhaps even niggling at the back of his mind, but something he was keen to dismiss all the same. He decides not to press harder, but he doesn't pull back, either. No, he keeps them at the very same place, in this bit of tension that seems to be the threshold. And when the pen between them, in view of both of them, begins to dissolve from their plane of existence. Charles doesn't flinch, or even react outwardly to it. Instead, he simply nods at Erik, a close-lipped, empathetic smile on his face, eyes expressive.

"Do you really think that you can't be a mutant, my friend?" Charles asks, that same gentle-yet-confident tone carrying them closer. "If you truly, in your heart, don't believe it possible, then we can pursue other theories. That's what I'm here for, mm? To help you understand why you're feeling this way, why your experience is what it is. But if some part of you thinks that I may be correct, I'd encourage you to give Hank a call. I'd be happy to accompany you, if you're unsure about going on your own," Charles hears himself say, realizing, as he does, what sort of boundary he's breaching by making the offer. But it just feels...right. Erik could use a support.

"You will? Yeah?" Erik whispers back, and everything has gone soft and silent, the chirping birds and cars outside fading into the background. "I don't have any issue with mutation," he ensures to add, rueful. "Just... so much of what I experienced, I didn't have the power to stop. If I've been a mutant all this time, I'm a pretty terrible one, eh? Oh, Hanukkah?" his brows shoot up as his eyes pass over David's photograph once more and a snippet of Charles's past disclosure winds its way back around Erik's meandering fishbowl. "His mom's Jewish, then? He is? That's wonderful."

Charles takes the rerouting in stride, and without a blink. "His mother was Israeli," Charles affirms. "He's half-Israeli, yes. Gabby always planned to raise him Jewish, and I had no objection to it, of course. But, now that it's just me, I have to admit that I don't really know what I'm doing. My sister is friends with a rabbi, and she's helped us a bit; she invites us over for Shabbat and on all the high holidays. But, I can't help but feel like I should be doing more for him, hmm?"

Again, disclosure of personal information may not be the mode preferred by the profession, but Charles feels in this moment that Erik needs it. A reminder that all people feel inadequate, sometimes. "But, at the same time, I must remind myself that I can't do something that I don't know how to do. I can't, say, teach my son to read Hebrew if I don't know how to read it myself. Just as you, my friend, couldn't be expected to use a mutation that you didn't even know you had."

Erik can't help it. It's just within him, for he too has experienced the loss of his children's mother. He reaches out and sets his hand over Charles's inner elbow. "Listen, this may sound weird, but here's what I think. We are all strong in places others might be less resilient, we all have skills others may lack. Yeah? If you need a Hebrew teacher for your kid, I'm fluent. In Yiddish, too. I'm a cantor at EMJC, Teri Pardo's the rabbi there. We run a tight service, and you and your son are more than welcome. And maybe, you know, you can help me keep my brain inside my skull? So that Sebastian doesn't snatch my kids from me? There's no pressure. I'm--you said not to apologize but just know I truly don't mean to overstep. You can tell me to fuck off."

Charles raises a brow when Erik reaches forward to touch his arm—many don’t dare lay a hand on him, even his good arm or hand. The chair with its robust supports creates an invisible barrier around Charles that only others can detect, for some reason, a no-contact zone, as if breaching the boundary will crush his vertebrae all over again. But, Erik doesn’t seem to detect it. In fact, Erik hasn’t even regarded the chair or the disability it accommodates at all, mentally or with furtive glances. It’s his instinct to say no. This isn’t a relationship of exchange, the CIA has asked Charles to make an objective assessment of Erik’s condition and determine how best to help him, whether through a recommendation of therapy, medication, or both.

He’s not even a therapist, either; it’s not really his clinical privilege to make decisions like the one he’s about to make, the one where he decides that it will be beneficial for Erik’s treatment to feel useful in this way. “That would be very kind of you,” Charles agrees with a smile, breaking every rule he knows. “I’ll just inform you now that David is nonverbal and autistic, classified low-functioning. It’s a classification I detest, for it implies a low level of cognitive function in common parlance, even though the nuance there is…ah, now I’m rambling.”

He offers Erik a conceding smirk. “He’s extraordinarily intelligent, is what I mean to say. But, he doesn’t speak and doesn’t process auditory input very well. He can sign; we’ve managed to learn some fairly simple signs for when he needs to communicate with others, but for the most part, he uses his mutation.” Charles taps his fingers on the desk, studying Erik’s expression. “Given that even highly-trained professionals struggle to teach David language, there’s not an ounce of pressure on you, Erik, to do so, if it becomes too onerous.”

"Oh, don't even worry about it," Erik waves a hand. "We'll just figure out what works for him. If he doesn't get to speaking that's totally his prerogative. I can help him learn the alef-bet and engage with Hebrew songs, television, things like that. It'll be a cakewalk. With actual cake. I'm bringing the cake," he jokes with a dorky smile and a finger-gun. G-d bless the no thoughts, head empty gall that prompts it, a lilting tease across the margins. "I'll make sure he's protected, too. From the, you know. Erik Show," he wiggles his fingers near-to his temple. "I've never vibed with functioning labels. I seem like I can function, but when I'm in an episode I can't even pull myself off the couch. I'm like a slime with eyes."

Despite himself, Charles can’t help but chuckle, and then laugh more fully. The quirkiness is more than endearing; it’s refreshing to be around someone who is so utterly himself. “I don’t think he’ll ever speak, or speak in a way that you and I may understand, but that’s okay. I’m not hoping for him to do so; he and I communicate just fine, and it’s wonderful. But, as I’m sure you know, language is a vehicle to culture. I’d like him to understand his culture, a bit more. I appreciate your offer. I think that…no, I know that you two will get along, actually. There are some similarities between the two of you that I think you’ll understand when you meet him.” Charles realizes what he’s just said, and then smiles apologetically, but doesn’t rescind. “Feel free to bring your own little ones, too. I mastered the one-arm diaper change when David was small, and can help.”

"Oh, of course. And you two can come to shul any time you like. I daven shacharit for the old folks, and I lead Shabbat services. I haven't done Kol Nidre or Yom Kippur this year, but I'll probably be asked. Who has one thumb and a 420 Blaze-It Beanie in place of a kippah? It's this guy!" he jerks his working thumb toward his chest for good measure.

Once again, Charles laughs a bubbling, genuine laugh. Goodness, there’s something so utterly charming about this man, something about his candor and utter shamelessness. He finds himself wanting to keep this conversation going and going. “You’re very kind to offer to do this for us. I’ll do everything within my power to ensure that your kids stay with you, okay? Shaw be damned.”

"You have no idea--well, that's wrong, isn't it? You should have an idea. You should look, and see. I mean it. If you can avoid the spikes. To see how your words affect me. Your mutation is awesome and I'm so fascinated at how it works. It must be neutrinos, right? Since they pass through all matter, and they collect bits and bobs. You're snagging it all from the particles as they pass through you. Fucking incredible."

Charles is gazing at Erik, fascinated, grinning. “That’s exactly it, yes. Neutrinos. I’m no physicist, believe me, but Hank is a proper polymath. He’s tried to explain it to me, but it goes over my head,” he admits with a chuckle. “I really do encourage you to talk to Hank,” he adds, gesturing at the phone number. “I know it’s scary. But, for your sake and your children’s, you should know this about yourself.”


Of course, Warren is a total asshole about it. Charles and Erik sitting in a tree, he smirks over their usual billiards game. It's modified for Charles, but Warren's one of the few who doesn't treat him with kid gloves. Erik makes the call to Hank the following week, and Charles hears about it when Hank texts him who is this maniac in my office which means Erik is There and he's Rambling Full Speed, so Charles has mercy on Hank and shows up a few minutes later.

Erik rubs his neck sheepishly. "I think I confused Hank with the physics talk, and he can't figure out if I'm crazy or a genius. It's a very niche theory, I'm the one who made it, that's why you haven't heard of it, " he assures the doctor with a grin. "The idea is to do with quantum coherence. The closer things are in a system, the more likely that system will follow rules." Erik is seated in a chair in Hank's examination room under the basement of the sprawling Greymalkin Manor where Charles largely doesn't spend his time, having more or less moved in with Raven, but he pays for its upkeep so that his friends can use the space.

Erik has a complex visual lens system drawn down over his face as Hank has immediately honed in on Erik's vision, which is at once entirely abnormal. Erik is like David. He sees each individual atom, the parts that comprise the whole. And for his whole life he hadn't known any different, because he always could verbalize what he saw to match others, and any discrepancy was chalked up to schizophrenia. 

If I could sit in a tree with that man, you believe me that I would, Charles fires back to his friend, earnest and smirking. He’s a wonder. Bizarre and incomprehensible. When Warren follows up and asks if he’s simply just horny, Charles says nothing and sinks the eight ball in the corner pocket. Raven, too, is insufferable. They all are, but it’s Hank who gets to meet the mystery man first, and as Charles expects, the two get on like chalk and cheese.

Perhaps he’s eager for the excuse to crash the session, but he finds himself already grinning as the elevator doors open up to Hank’s laboratory. “You’ll have to re-explain it to me once you’re done, here,” Charles lilts, powering his chair to Hank’s side to observe the computer screen. This is very similar to David, Charles remarks to Hank, brow shooting upward. “Erik, can you explain to me what a pine tree looks like?” he asks the man aloud, too curious, too excited. “Just think of a generic pine tree. Tell me what you’re envisioning.”

Charles feels the shift instantly as he crosses the threshold into the room, how Erik's entire being lights right up at his presence, warm and inviting. "A pine tree," he whispers, considering. "Cellulose," he starts. "All arranged. Lignin. Forms in crystallized fibers. Into the shape, little descending points. Hemicellulose. Crystalline polymers, the extractives that comprise smell, shape, growth direction. Is that OK? Did I do it?" Erik peeks out of the lens contraption to shoot Charles a wide grin. "When I say it this way, they say schizophrenic," he adds, soft. 

Charles and Hank share a glance; the former is smiling, clearly excited. For what? For Erik? For his mutation? For both? “Well, I’m not going to say that,” he says after a moment, grinning back at Erik, their smiles connecting. “I think that it’s evident that you’ve a powerful mutation, my friend. Something that connects you with matter around you on a level that the rest of us are barred from accessing. Quite like my son. He can interact with each of those parts, each atom, each cell. Do you think you might be able to do that, too?”

Erik gasps. "I don't... can you... I'm - -" sorry, he doesn't say, abiding Charles's boundary always. "Help me? Inside? Help me to find it?" he touches two fingers to his temple guilelessly. "Only if you wish to. I'll make it nice and safe."

“You don’t need to worry about making it nice,” Charles reassures Erik, wheeling close to the man. He reaches out and places a hand over his forearm and gives a slight, reassuring squeeze. “Is that what you’d like me to do, Erik? Help you access your mutation? I can try. It may be overwhelming for you. But I can try.”

The smile that emerges over Erik's features is nothing short of beaming, eyes creased and nose-wrinkled, freckles spreading all over. Green and gold and brown swirl together fathomlessly, hooking onto the brilliant azure of Charles. And he says it, completely without ulterior agenda. Simply because it's Charles. This man, this doctor. This father. This incisive, brilliant teacher, mentor. Is unlike any other person Erik's ever encountered. A storybook-companion come to life. He is extraordinary and Erik is drawn in line, a firefly swirling the lantern gently along. Tugged by strings back to center. "Please. It would make me so happy."

Hank is unfortunate enough to be a bystander to this moment; unfortunately only because, suddenly, he realizes that he's intruding. He has known Charles for years; nearly the entirety of their adult lives, and he's never seen this. Not even with Gabby, who, he knows, Charles truly loved dearly. No, there weren't moments like this one, their eyes locked, smiles pure, a force drawing the two of them closer and closer, like magnets or magic or both. He watches, then, as the two near strangers gaze at each other, Charles still resting his hand atop Erik's arm. Blue eyes flutter, and Hank knows that Charles is now weaving his way into Erik's psyche.


And what a psyche it is. There are still shrouds covering the "spikes," as Erik calls them—Charles really should get Ailo to see him soon to help soften those—but, oh. Oh. Like the most magnificent cathedral, Erik's mind is towering, winding, mysterious, and beautiful. Stained glass and columns and infinite passages, moving more quickly than any that Charles has ever encountered. In fact, he can't even describe it, or comprehend it, because it's not Euclidean; the shapes in here are of a different universe, and they're glorious. Brilliant. Fascinating.

Beautiful. When I sit behind your eyes, like I am right now, Charles begins, voice warm, soothing, I cannot comprehend what I see. But, you can. You know what you see. I can guide, but it all must come from you. Between your eyes and Hank, over there. I would see only empty space, but you do not. Focus on all that exists between your eyes and Hank. And then describe that to me.

It is foundational. The moment that Charles pierces the boundary line between their psyches, at that very instant, Erik knows that the entire universe has been irrevocably, forever changed. The root of his being, his understanding of nature itself, begins to dissolve and coalesce into entirely novel structures. The spikes are hard. Erik is young, no more than fourteen, when the muggers yell go back to Poland, kikes and Edith flinches. A single flinch, turning the page of life to the unspeakable atrocities her father had endured at Auschwitz.


They appear, at Libiąż. A forest line, men and women in towering rows. Erik is thumped forward by an older man behind him. You're sixteen, he barks as he shoves the boy toward his desolate fate.

The man before him is red. All red, a flicking tail back-and-forth. It's stark against the black-and-chrome of his crisp Nazi officer uniform. He tips his hat. A newcomer, he slithers in German that Erik can't comprehend. He lifts his rifle and shoots Edith in the head, without warning. Without... Erik shatters, he's shattering. Ich Ivanov, the devil thunders, pounding his chest. He kicks Erik toward Edith's broken corpse. Dispose her, and you may yet live. He lifts his chin to the pit in the fore, bodies stacked up in a macabre dance of arms and legs and limbs bent, contorted in fear and confusion forever etched onto their fallen shells.

Erik curls his arms over her and gently as he can, brushing her hair, murmuring shema Yisrael... he sets her as gently as possible in as clear a spot as he can, and then Ivanov presses his boot to Erik's back, forcing him atop her. He is dissolving, his entire being is slowly stripped away, molecule by molecule. He's sobbing, crying, fighting.

Snap. The crematoria, the pole. The dread empty. Sitting amongst piles of jackets, sifting through seams for tinned goods. A cigarette dangles from his lip, bruises blooming fresh across visible skin. We won, this isn't real, this... It is time to come home, little-one. From the ether.

Snap. Beth Israel Hospital. Wailing, crying, fighting. Markers in hand, drawing an endless cacophony over padded walls. His Wailing Wall. Shema Yisrael Adonai Eloheinu Adonai echad...

Your boy is brilliant, Mr. Lehnsherr. Trust me, I'll ensure his future is as bright and shining as he is innovative, Dr. Sebastian Shaw in a crisp, dark suit sets his hand over Erik's shoulder.

Shoulder. They're in a townhouse, off-campus. Shaw looms, angry. Erik loves to run, joined the track team.

You'd prefer those impotent peons, over me? Shaw seethes, and with a loud clap snap crunch-- --- ---

Shoulder twisted. Knee. Ankle. Hurt, unbearable. Mame, mame. He drives in, and Erik smells the sulfur of Ivanov. But Ivanov isn't here. Ivanov, please. Ivanov, Herr Ivanov... das reicht, mein Lieber... He babbles. The ovens, the pits. Shaw threads the needle and everything floats. No more Auschwitz. No more Ivanov. No more Erik.

Snap. Eyes catch onto a recruiting station at MIT's ROTC program. Son, you've got a keen mind and a strong heart. I can see you want to do more. More than just build fiddly things. If you want to explore your potential, call this number.

Shaw -- hammers the nail -- drives -- crunch -- Erik in the shroud of night, under the stairs. A life-line. The Army. He's no combatant, and he passes the ASVAB with near-perfect scores, so he has his pick of the Military Occupational Specialties. And so he becomes Private Erik Lehnsherr, 68W, healthcare specialist. Afghanistan, hot and misty. Spice in the air. Children playing. Gravel under tires, until -- BOOM. Erik veers, and jerks hard, and he can't - he's pinned. His arm.

Oh, G-d, his arm. Shema Yisrael Adonai Eloheinu...


All melts away. Erik and Charles. Side-by-side. Good hands and bad. Across the barrier leading into the world, they're pressed together, hand-to-chest-to-hand. Erik's forehead bowed against Charles's. "It doesn't hurt anymore," he gasps. A gift. His pain vanishes. Oh, neshama. "My friend. My friend, ani ledodi..." Erik's mind has oriented a shifting home, a slot all for Charles, where he belongs. In the end, it is safe. Because it's Erik. Because it's Charles.

"My friend," he repeats staccato, tears flowing down his cheeks in weaving trails. Eyes red, gold and green. Earthen wonder. Erik can't help but laugh. Between them both, a brilliant spire of yellow roses emerges from the misted Ether, a complex braid twined together in tandem, forming lovely shapes. It coalesces into a single yellow-blue tinted metal rose, perfect in construction. Erik holds it in his palm, for Charles to take.

A companion, forever-more.

Chapter 104: that horrid creature's loathsome, nauseating features.

Chapter Text

Charles is right there, at Erik's side, the entire time. From the horrific, gut-rending agony to the slithering fear, the oil-slicked understanding under Shaw's cold hand. Pain, terror, anguish. Loss, hollowness. Memories that are his and not-his, but that live in him all the same. Somehow, he's a little boy in the 1940s and a young man in 2005 all at once, and somehow, he's still positive and wonderful while possessing more hurt than a single person can fit inside their body. Tears tickle at the corner of Charles's eyes. Tears for Erik and his mother, his family, for all those at the ghastly camp in the wastes.

Tears of wonder at the remarkable being who has taken him for this ride—just a second—which has profoundly and irreversibly changed his life. Tears of love for a man he scarcely knows, but a man who has become so, so important all the same. Erik. Erik, Erik, Erik. Neshama. The word tickles down his wrecked spine and nearly weaves it back together, like something familiar, though it's brand new. The rose glints in the sterile light, constructed from nothing, from that which only Erik can see. Intricate and stunning, a remarkable display of control from a man who, just moments ago, believed that couldn't do it.

Hank has slipped from the room, but neither man notices immediately.

Charles is too enthralled, too taken, too smitten. You're incredible, he offers, the rose a tether to reality, an anchor, a talisman. Erik. My goodness. Look at this. Look at you.

"Neshama," Erik rasps lowly, running the fingers of his good hand up and down the fabric of Charles's shirt. Somehow, he's wound up pressed close, knee-to-knee, nearly on the verge of slipping into his lap. But he keeps himself held steady, marshaled even in the peeling aftermath. You've changed my entire life, Charles, he gasps, awe-struck. Wonder, delight pinging wall-to-wall, so full-up that it spills out of Erik's being entirely and harmonizes all the surrounding atoms into a mysterious, twinkling hum. You have changed me. Ani ledodi vedodi li, he just says it, blunt and simple, attached to strings of ancient clay-tablet odes.

From Enkidu and Gilgamesh. To David and Jonathan. Is the arrow beyond you? To Achilles and Patroclus. Oh, how Erik had cradled the ashes, drew them from brow to cheek. Oh, how forsaken his scooped-out spirit had withered, twisting in the wind all alone. But no more. Along the ceiling and the walls, vines and flowers bloom from Nowhere, orchids and deep plains of marvelous color and intricate spirals. All for Charles. I know what to do, now, Erik's mental voice is mischievous serenity. To cherish my dearest companion, forever-more. You, Charles Xavier. That is the task bestowed upon me, a magnificent honor.

Charles laughs softly, like bubbles in freshly corked champagne. Objectively, he can understand that this, whatever it is, is far too forward, far too early to be real, but life can't always be lived objectively. Subjectively, he knows that he and Erik Lehnsherr are meant to be together; there's something within their very DNA that clings to the other. It's mutual, this understanding, an unspoken vow, a promise. It's all brand new, but feels ancient, like words read from a stone engraving. A tabula rasa suddenly formed to tell the story of two eternal souls which belong together. Do you feel as if we have been together forever? Charles asks his companion, his forever companion, the one he'll now choose to love for the rest of their lives. I do. Like our souls have been reunited in this life.

All this time, I've really been a mutant, Erik has to laugh. Not schizophrenic? Or maybe... both? he hazards a soft guess, born of his own years of medical crisis training. And people mix them up, because they look similar. Hallucinations, delusions, time travel, atoms... Erik is shimmering bright, years shed off him. Innocent and free, like he's never been. My soul knows it is home, right here. Right here. He pats Charles's heart, and in a forward move, reaches to cup his cheek. Please, stop me if you're not comfortable. But my G-d. You're... I've never seen such composition. Oh, I'm a fool, I know. A besotted fool.

Maybe both, Charles concedes, because he can't deny some of the tendencies that he's observed. Certainly many of the symptoms of psychosis were a misattribution, but it's very plausible that Erik also has a schizotypal personality disorder. They may be interconnected, his mutation and the schizophrenia, manifesting in unique ways due to that interaction. Charles will have to make a few further assessments to be sure. But, it doesn't matter, because it's Erik, and everything that Erik is is truly wonderful. He lays his hand over Erik's own, resting atop his chest.

I'll never stop you. Goodness. How silly it feels to be so taken by you after, what? Two days? But, I am. And neither of us are foolish men, prone to infatuation. I know that this is special. That you're special. My Erik. Cheeks nearly cracking from smiling, Charles gazes into verdant eyes, wishing to know them at every inch. Will you kiss me?

The reaction it spurs from Erik threatens to undo him at the seams. That electric haze which once loomed curious in Charles's office the day of their fateful meeting returns full-force at that warm, authoritative voice asking for a kiss of all things. Erik wonders if Charles can feel how each one of his atoms sizzles like butter on searing metal. "OhG-dyes," he rumbles low in his chest. He's never felt this before. Not ever. Of course, such pursuits are known to him.

But desire itself opens before him in dazzling brilliance, a novel thrill. When Erik leans forward, his thumb slips under Charles's cheek to cradle it close, eyes blown wide as his lips press ever so gently. Delicate, a curious miasma that swirls right up into the center of Charles's gut where he thought no feeling could reside, like a thunderclap echo. And then Erik kisses him. Gives to him, and Charles knows it then. In this single moment, that Erik will give him anything. That Erik aches to give.

Charles, with his one functional hand, grips at the front of Erik's shirt when those lips meet his own. Fingers, bodies, lips, short breaths and shivers down the spine; it's a beautiful, beautiful moment as the two men, unknowingly bereft, find the other half of their soul. The telepath does not move from the space behind Erik's eyes, thrilled to the bone as the exhilarated thoughts of his partner shoot through him. They electrify parts of Charles's body that he hasn't felt in nearly half of a decade, and he finds himself quickly addicted, craving more, and more, and more.... Still pressed against Erik, he tugs the man toward him, for the distance between them is still too much. "Don't worry about breaking me or anything," he murmurs between kisses. "My lap is safe."

Erik's laugh is unsteady, because of them both, it's not Charles whom he suspects may break. But neither will Erik, because Charles has him. In firm hand, at ancient behest. Erik moves immediately as he's bid, sliding flush into Charles's lap as though he's always been there and never parted. You're so fucking perfect. Can you see, in my mind? What I see? he focuses it all forth, bathing Charles in a reverent buzzing.

Erik is all tense, keyed up from simple kisses, ghosts of fingers against flesh. Charles's smile, the way his hand curls into Erik's shirt, demanding. Commanding. Oh, shit. Well, that's a thing, he snorts. Sheepish, nervous. A part of himself he's never before encountered, vulnerable. Charles could kill him. Right here, suspended on the tripwire. You're so beautiful, Erik can't help but whisper again, eyes alight in discovery. Against his leg, Charles can feel how very affected he is, and how flustered it's making him. Unaccustomed, but tender all the same. Gentle.

It took about a year or so for Charles to stop growing maudlin about how unsexy his disability makes him feel most days, and life is better for it. There's a niggling doubt in his brain that someone as unreasonably handsome as Erik might find him even remotely attractive, but that is quickly put to rest when he peeks further in to Erik's experience. Because, goodness, Erik doesn't see the bulky wheelchair, the wasted legs, the straps, the catheter and the medicine and the transfer board and all the gritty details that accompany tetraplegia.

He truly doesn't see it, for, simply, his vision doesn't work like that. He doesn't see Charles's better features either; not in the same way others do, anyway. What Erik sees is incomprehensible to Charles, but even as he struggles to grapple with it, he must admit that it is nice, whatever it is. Structures so minute, shapes, patterns. The parts that make him whole. Feeling how Erik responds when Charles offers a command, he presses forward. Do something else. Make me something else, he breathes, teeth on lips now, hungrier. With your mutation. Do something magnificent like I know you can.

Charles can feel how Erik shudders from head to toe, stomach clenching up tight as Charles's inward voice washes over him in towering waves. Oh, how he is ever going to get anything done ever again. His voice hitches, Charles's fingers trailed over his throat accompanying this newest order. For wonder, magnificence. Erik will bring it all to him, the entire universe, he need only ask. He sets back just a little, cheeks reddened and freckles pronounced, eyes wide and vivid as his palm raises up flat to slowly form a shimmering ball of light.

It expands and expands until it's the size of a basketball, and then expands entirely, engulfing them all, everything around them, and yet they remain safe. The world disappears, and they remain, cocooned inside the nucleus of a star at the edge of nova. The way Erik's feelings themselves spark through his very being, made manifest in offering. Their bodies are suspended upright, no wheelchair to be found, no clunky materials.

Just Erik and Charles, bared for one another. Erik runs his hands down Charles's chest, good and bad, no brace, his hand a gnarled curl. But it's OK. In this liminal space, they are just as they are. And it is perfect.

Chapter 105: an ancient ivy-covered bole the Owl had claimed as her abode.

Chapter Text

Charles doesn't know exactly what he expected, but this wasn't it. Without warning, he's no longer seated in his chair, no longer attached to Earth at all. They're floating together, somewhere far outside of their home planet's gravity, and he knows that because it's quiet. Not a single soul, aside from Erik, is near. For the very first time since his mutation manifest, it's quiet in Charles's head. "Oh...Erik," he breathes, dumbfounded. Within a span of five minutes, Erik went from not believing himself to be a mutant to this, the most extraordinary thing that Charles has ever witnessed.

Not only can Erik manipulate matter, but also...time and space? He supposes that this shouldn't be too large of a surprise, given the nature of, well, nature. But this is the work of a sophisticated mutant, and Erik is brand new. Or, is he? "How did you do this?" Charles breathes, clinging to Erik with his functional arm. His non-functional one is floating free now, wrist and fingers curling inward, but he scarcely notices, for there is too much else to comprehend. "How did you know to do this?"

For right now, in this moment, the two men are suspended as they naturally are, but Charles can see as well in Erik's memory how his perception goes far beyond simple disregard of Charles's disability. For he sees the chair, the catheter, the transfer board and straps all, and those are beautiful to him, because they permit Charles to exist. This incredible man, for him. All for him. Erik is dumbfounded and amazed in awesome fortitude.

Erik is laughing, a little rueful, a bit self-deprecating as he floats across from this brilliant, wondrous man who he has had the most random fortune to come across. His hands rest against skin, humming a little. "Because of you," is all he knows how to answer, still flushed. "I wouldn't have known. Not without you. You found it all." In this, he is positively certain. Were Charles not to have entered his mind, he knows this would have been closed to him. Possibly forever.

Charles flushes a bit, feeling like a boy with a crush, a boy who can’t believe that the hottest kid in the school likes him, of all people. For it’s not Charles that has done any of this, it’s Erik. Erik had this capability all along, and all Charles did was let him know that it was there. And now, as they float through space together, Charles feels that they’ve been here before, and he’s only just remembering. “I can’t wait to be by your side, then, as you explore the depths of your remarkable self, Erik,” Charles says softly, reaching out to grip Erik’s bad hand. “You can do anything. I want to be there while you do it.”

Poor Hank, shall we say. Erik feels as though his whole body cannot contain the depths of his joy, his soul humming intertwined with its long-lost mate at last. He is home. He is free.


From that point onward, the two become inseparable. Erik begins to tutor David, and just as Charles predicted they get on like butter and rice, with Erik slowly growing into his vast, immense capacity as a mutant to serve as a prime example for the young boy in teaching him how the universe functions on an elemental, foundational level.

And Charles is there right beside, just as he promised. Pietro and Wanda are introduced into the fray, and become quick friends with David, through outings to shul and holiday gatherings, shacharit and old ladies playing Mahjong, it's unquestionably adorable and still, it spills from Erik every which way. This is his beloved. His best friend. His heart. Look at him, look at how they fit together. It's a precious gift, one he never stops being grateful for.  It's on the slow roll to Hanukkah (starting December 2nd, 2018), near-to David's birthday, when their idyllic snowglobe-hearth shatters. Erik has moved into the mansion with the twins, and Charles too spends most of his time there.

Charles is in the kitchen wolfing down some banana chocolate-chip pancakes with David (he's got his blueberry tarts; if Erik does one thing with ease, it's breakfast, the man has made quick work of aiding Charles, and Raven no longer needs to intrude on his private spaces, which pleases them both to return to a sibling-esque relationship--Charles because he's Charles and Raven because she wants Charles to be comfortable--) 

Erik has dipped out for just a moment to check the mail, he could have done it with his mutation but he loves to walk the grounds and greet the workers in person, asking after their kin, bestowing little gifts upon them, warming them up from the cold, feeding them and herding them along. Erik is a natural caretaker, and the Manor is well-and-truly alive around them. He opens the mailbox to receive--a spike. Jammed into his heart. 

Dear Mr. Lehnsherr,

You are obligated to present yourself and your children to the Bronx County Court

at the behest of the Department of Community and Family Services
on November 22nd, 2018.

This subpoena is delivered on behalf of Sebastian Shaw, Ph.D.,
Professor of Differential Calculus at MIT
and current Conservator of Erik Magnus Lehnsherr
for the purpose of evaluating your fitness to hold custody of your two children
Wanda Maximoff and Pietro Maximoff.

Cordially,

The Honorable Dominikos Petrakis

Life is...wonderful. Beyond wonderful. From that day onward, Charles, Erik, and their families are always together. Erik and the twins move in to the mansion, and Charles nearly moves fully back in, too. David thrives under Erik's tutelage, Pietro begins walking (or running) at an absurdly early age, and Raven is enthused to see her brother so happy again. Erik smoothly transitions to the caregiving role, but for some reason, Charles doesn't feel a certain type of way about it. His abilities help make things less awkward, but even where things are still exceedingly manual, nothing feels shameful or uncomfortable. It's natural, like green grass and blue skies.

Charles, in return, helps Erik. Officially, Charles is still Erik's psychologist of record, but unofficially, he does so much more. When Erik begins to flounder, struggle, grow overwhelmed, Charles is there to remind him where they are, to ground him. Expenses are no longer a concern; Charles promises to support Erik as long as he needs or wants. If he wishes to pursue physics or architecture more formally, he now has a cushion to do so. No more long nights and double shifts at the restaurant just to put food on the table for himself and his twins. Their families, so quickly, so readily, become one.

November 27th is David's fifth birthday, and they all plan to celebrate it together with Raven, Ruth, Hank, Warren, Ailo, and maybe even Yakiv. And they're readying their home for David's first real Jewish holiday at home in early December. Charles is wiping banana mush from Wanda's cheeks that cold morning when he feels the spike of ice pierce through him. Erik? It takes about five seconds for Charles, with his telepathy, to understand what Erik is reading.

Conservator? He's your conservator? Charles's jaw clenches, but he encircles Erik with his mind, his presence, and holds him tight. Hey. Come back inside. Don't panic. We'll figure this out. I'll cancel my morning appointments. It's okay.

One thing that has helped Charles to acclimate to Erik's assistance is the sleek and shiny hoverchair that Erik has invented for him out of nothing, which puts him on near-to equal footing with everyone else, and improves his independence in ways beyond the pale. It's what allows him to quickly make his way to Erik's side, because--Erik can't. He can't come back. He is so sorry. (He won't apologize.) So sorry. He crumples, then and there, his knees giving out as he kneels on the ground, hot tears flowing down his cheeks.

Charles has long-since learned that this isn't something that non-telepaths can detect; Erik's expressiveness is so earnest to Charles, but to others he's a stoic writ, an awkward-formal composure of gangly limbs and cozy sweaters. Charles has come to understand that many people mistake Erik for being autistic, so his family and friends do give him latitude and grace, but in err of the real issue. To Charles, though, Erik has begun to shake apart.

He. Oh, Charles. He. My. My babies. My babies. He can't. Can't, not my babies. Not him, oh G-d. Not him, not him. The nail drives in the spike. Crunch. Erik flinches at nothing, laying his good arm over his chest, pressing his hand to his own cheek in an attempt to soothe himself. Shaw's voice echoes in his mind, blistering temper. Twisting bones. Agony. Contempt. The fuzz spreading through his veins. He's so sorry, he misses the fuzz. Misses when he wasn't Erik, because Erik remembers Sebastian. Erik's children get stolen by Sebastian and hurt, hurt ---

Come here. Hey. Up here, my love. When Erik is in his rightful place on Charles's lap, the telepath uses his good hand to cup Erik's jaw. It's more than fear coursing through Erik, it's memory. They've come to suspect that there's more to both of their experiences on this earth; it appears that they're both connected to others. Versions of their lives outside of their bodies, playing out in infinite trajectories. Sometimes, Erik taps in to the collective memory of his counterparts, or so they suspect; it's all a contribution to the misdiagnoses. "He's threatened. He wants control over you," Charles rumbles, stroking Erik's sharp jaw with his thumb. "That's all this is, Erik. We'll fight this and win. Okay? You're mine, not his. Do you hear me? Mine. I won't let him take them from us."

Erik's frame is trembling against Charles, but his eyes flutter closed at that strong hand against his cheek. "Yah-yours, yours," he rasps, voice gravelly and hoarse. "Belong. To you. For you," he takes a shaky breath inward, doing his best to focus and marshal himself under Charles's deft guidance. Always, his neshama is there to give him what he needs. To take care of him, in the way he needs. "He. When I, MIT," Erik explains, mournful. "Conservator. Lived, with him. Hurt me. I thought I escaped," he dissolves into a warbling sob. "Joined the Army. To escape. He let me? He had to let me?"

Charles gently guides Erik's head toward his chest so that he can wrap his arm around his back. He holds him close, protective, allowing Erik to babble a bit, to get it all out. It makes little sense outside the context of the two of them, but they understand each other fully. "You did escape, my darling. You're never going back there, and he's never going to have control over you again. Alright? I won't let him," he repeats. "We're going to take this step by step, okay? We'll quash this suit, and then we'll get that conservatorship ended. Pietro and Wanda aren't going anywhere, and neither are you. That man will not come near you or our little ones."

Charles knows it then, and perhaps always has, how much of a fragile thing he has cradled within his grasp. There's not many who see Erik at his most vulnerable, perhaps no one at all but Charles. But this is it, and at its core, is a shimmering, golden thread of trust that has woven its way from the center of Erik's spirit all the way around Charles's entire being, for him and him alone. Trust. Erik is safe. Charles will protect him, and he in turn will protect Charles, and their babies, all. Charles will help him protect them. I won't let him hurt us, he promises solemnly. Won't let him. Not ever. He presses his cheek to Charles's heart, half of his own, the tension slowly leeching out of him.

They stay like this for several long moments, Erik perched comfortably against his beloved, when he finally looks up, a smile returning to crease his features. "I guess we have to get a lawyer, huh?"

When Charles first met Erik, he had thought him to be bizarre, eccentric, utterly irreverent. Those strange mannerisms which Charles had assumed were mere personality quirks are not oblique eccentricities, but foundational, indicative of the one-of-a-kind mind that lies within. How lucky Charles feels that Erik trusts him and him alone like this. A man who has been forced to navigate himself and the world largely alone, given himself over to Charles. And in return, Charles has given himself back. It's his greatest privilege and honor. "I know one," Charles informs him lightly, brushing a stray curl from Erik's green eyes. "An old friend. He'll take us on. Let's call him now, mm?"

Erik can't help but dip his jaw further into Charles's hold. You keep me steady, my neshama. Take care of me. I love you. So, so much, he ensures to remind him every moment of every day, if not in word then in deed. Let the whole of Erik Lehnsherr proclaim: ani ledodi vedodi li. His eyes flutter once more, and a nod. He opens up his palm and a sleek red iPhone materializes onto it, kitschy with black-ink drawings (kept neat, nary a smudge) along the back by Pietro, Wanda and David.

Visages of cats, Charles in his hoverchair, Erik's flyaway curls, and the three babies side-by-side along a motif of clouds, suns and stars. Somewhat loathe to invite another person into his melodramatic hellscape, he once more puts his life into Charles's hands; trusting that whomever this person is, they are resilient enough to handle the finer aversive details of his relationship with Sebastian Shaw and his history at Auschwitz.

Unwilling to take his functional arm from around Erik, Charles recites the number of his old friend, Marc, and asks Erik to dial and put the phone on speaker. "Spector speaking."

"Marc. It's Charles Xavier. How are you?"

"Oh, Charles! Did you get a new phone number? How you been? Doin' alright? Stayin' healthy?"

Charles confirms that he is, and he is. He then briefly explains the situation, introducing Erik over the phone. Before they can get too far, however, Marc stops the conversation and tells them that he's on his way to Westchester. An hour later, Charles, Erik, Raven, and Marc are seated at the kitchen table inside, steaming mugs of coffee and tea in hand. Marc had to spend a few minutes admiring the hoverchair before slipping the subpoena from Erik's grasp and scanning it a few times.

"Alright. Well, here's a few bits of good news first," the attorney begins, making eye contact with Erik. "First off, Judge Petrakis is a good dude. A telepath. Real fair, real sharp. Not the type of guy who's eager to take kids away from their family unless he really should. Second bit is that this Shaw didn't serve you this subpoena properly. I'll file a 12(b)(5) today and this'll get thrown out—you gotta serve someone process in person or serve them a waiver by mail, and he didn't do either. No doubt that he'll immediately file again and do it right and the suit will pick back up, but it's good news because it buys us at least a few more weeks, and it shows that he's got a lazy attorney."

"If you're saying that a procedural error is good news, Marc, I shudder to think what the bad news might be," says Charles, squeezing Erik's hand under the table.

"The bad news is that conservatorships are a real tough nut to crack. If he's serious about this, we've got a bit of a fight ahead of us. Nothing insurmountable by any means, but we will have to fight for it."

Erik likes Marc Spector straight-away, a smile touching the corners of his eyes where even the attorney can catch its faintest wisp, an uncommon sight for those without the benefit of telepathy. The Brooklyn-raised lawyer is an incisive wit, pointy as a tack, and a bit of Jewish geography sees him familiar with Max Eisenhardt, who attends his own father's Modern Orthodox shul. But he meets Erik's eyes with his own, and he doesn't talk down to Erik. He doesn't prevaricate, he doesn't mince words. It's a breath of fresh air, and plain to see why he and Charles get on. 

Generally Erik is a gregarious soul, a solid leader, having honed those skills during his time in the Army, but his natural demeanor is far more passive and he sits and absorbs it all as they both talk, only piping up once the din dies down. "He's... my, my ex. My professor, from MIT. Charles already told you that, I know. I was 18. He was 53. But he's a mutant. Ages slow. Back then, black tar heroin was ubiquitous and we used a lot together. And I, I--I got diagnosed as schizophrenic," he tries very hard to make it as linear as possible. "Because my mame, she--"

He lifts his arm, showing the marigold. It's in the same position as Marc's grandmother's tattoo. It's unbeknownst to Marc when Erik's eyes water anew. "Forgive me, it is--I--just, my system is shocked."

Marc frowns immediately when he sees the tattoo, for he briefly misunderstands, but when he sees that Erik's eyes are watering, he softens, many pieces clicking together. "Ah, hey. No need to apologize, eh? You seem like a decent guy and a great dad. You shouldn't have your kids taken away from you because you did drugs when you were 18. No one should. And people with schizophrenia can be parents just fine."

"Many of the symptoms of schizophrenia were actually just his mutation," Charles supplies. "I've done a psychological evaluation and there's not a chance that any mental illness that he may have deems him a danger to himself or others."

"We'll probably need to get that corroborated by a few more doctors," Marc says, taking rapid-fire notes. "I've got a few mutant-friendly docs I can get you in with. And the substances?" he asks next, unjudgmental. "Any recent use? When's the last time you took a banned substance?"

Erik swallows, but dutifully answers. "Around 24, so about seven years ago. Right before my first deployment. I didn't want to be in a combat zone high. I was a functional addict, but it's different, during wartime. You can't slip-up, not ever. And I've not--never, I wouldn't. Pietro and Wanda don't deserve that," he says, firm. Like he's trying to convince an invisible aggressor, and perhaps he is, the looming specter (not the one before him, if-you-know-what-I-mean) of Shaw darkening his mind's eye.

He doesn't mention David and Charles, because he knows that Charles is technically breaking the rules of his profession, but Charles hears it all the same. They don't deserve it, either. "He knows, the bad stuff. This stuff," he taps his arm. "Because I got high. And had flashes. And babbled about it. And he thinks, I'm delusional, you know. I'm schizo. He filmed it and used to say if I didn't behave, he would get me institutionalized."

Marc nods, unfazed as he scribbles on a yellow legal pad. "Seven years is plenty. It's a good sign that you stopped well before the kiddies were born. Petrakis'll like that especially; shows you didn't jump off it cold turkey in a panic before you had kids. Not a bad thing when people do, mind you, but it's a good indicator that you'll stay clean."

"So, what's next?" Charles presses.

"What's next is I get this case thrown out and then we'll be ready when the next one gets dropped in your lap, probably next week. We need to focus first on proving that you're fit to be a father to your kids. Is this your legal address? They'll be sending a social worker here in the next few days, most certainly. Just talk to them, explain who you are, what you do, show 'em that the kids are clothed, fed, healthy, immunized, all that. Luckily, just because he's your conservator doesn't mean he can take your kids without convincing a judge."

"I'm employed here," Erik says with a nod. "Charles is my psychologist, but we have a special dispensation. I help him with mobility assistance, and teach his son Hebrew," he explains softly. "It is unorthodox, but--" he smiles a bit. "It helps me. With my reintegration. To have work, and be able to help others."

"I can furnish pay stubs," Charles offers. Paying one's boyfriend to simply be around feels utterly wrong, but they both know that Charles has more than enough money, and it's not as if Erik is using for anything other than providing for his children, for them. Money is immaterial to them; Erik can make whatever they need, and Charles is wealthier than anyone can comprehend. But, it's useful in scenarios like this, where Erik needs to prove that he has an adequate salary.

"Sure, that'll do." Marc clicks his pen a few times. "And you've served. That's good. Went to MIT, too. You're not using your MIT degree, though?"

Erik laughs a little, ducking his head. "I tried to apply for jobs, believe it or not. Every one of them told me I wasn't the right fit," he snorts. "I was originally employed at McDonald's, so it's a significant step up, let's say. For... for the conservatorship," he whispers, inhaling deeply. "You think we will win? I couldn't bear it if he took my children. He will hurt them, really bad. He's a bad man. You don't understand, you can't--I have to make you understand. He can't win. I will do anything you ask. Please. Help me."

"I'm pretty confident we can make sure your kids stay out of his hands, at the very least," Marc says, lawyerly as always in his refusal to answer Erik's direct question. He sighs, leaning forward, elbows on the table. "Look. As I said before, conservatorships are tough. We need to convince a judge that you don't need one any longer. We've got to anticipate that he's going to truck out every reason on Earth as to why you should still be in one. A lot of times, the conservator is given the benefit of the doubt. We'll have to be buttoned up. You have a caseworker, yeah? With the VA?"

Erik looks at Charles. "I was given the number for Charles by the VA," he explains squinting a little as he realizes that this in and of itself is strange. "But Charles doesn't work for the VA. I'm not sure why... how did you end up where you were? Contracting work?" he hazards a guess.

Charles inclines his head. So swept off his feet he has been that he's entirely forgotten why Erik all but fell into his lap. Too bad for Moira, Charles's allegiances are swiftly realigned. "The CIA," he admits, smoothing his hand over Erik's knee under the table. "A logistics officer. She asked me to evaluate you and send my process notes. I, of course, will not be doing that any longer. But that's how."

Raven has been silent up until now, appearing in all her blue glory wearing a yellow sundress and a wide-brimmed red sombrero, but she taps her nails on the table to draw attention to herself, having seamlessly blended into the background until she demands the room draw toward her, an expert of espionage. "Now that I didn't know, my darlin' brother," she hems, her accent this time a vague southern drawl. She's been spending too much time around her best friend, Emma Frost. "The CIA being involved in this changes the game. Erik, why would the CIA be interested in you?"

Erik shrugs one shoulder. "I think it might be because of my mame. She was a mutant. A time traveler. When I was at Beth Israel Hospital, they diagnosed me with schizophrenia. Then the CIA came and started interviewing my whole family. And by the time I enlisted in the Army, no one had ever heard of the diagnosis. I applied on a lark, a recruiter got my information and told me I should. I just never said anything, and they never asked. So I think... the CIA must have redacted it," he slots together curiously. 

"Beth Israel Hospital. And they said you were schizophrenic, why? Because'a Auschwitz? You said you were there, yeah?" she just states it, blunt, but kind. 

Erik tries his hardest not to outwardly flinch. "Yes, because of this." 

"Now, that's curious. Got me thinkin' the CIA probably knew your mama traveled through time. They knew you weren't schizophrenic. The handler, the agent who looped you in, do you have their contact information? They could be essential to our case, at least in terms of information." Trust Raven to have her shit on lock.

“I do,” Charles says quickly. “Her name is Moira MacTaggert. She was very interested in seeing that I take Erik on. They contacted me specifically because I work with mutants. I’ll give her a call and see what the CIA knows.”

“Good. That’s very good,” Marc agrees, writing at the speed of light. “It’s also about showing that you’re fit enough to manage your own finances and keep yourself healthy. But, if we can show that there was never a reason for you to be in a conservatorship in the first place, that can only help.”

"The man who interviewed me was called..." Erik squints a bit, given that this occurred over a decade ago. "Stryker. I think. Agent Stryker. He kept--everything got twisted. He laughed at me, and he fought with his partner outside my room. They thought I couldn't hear. He thought I was disturbed, making up lies. But then they all went away."

"Well, a diagnosis of schizophrenia as a teenager shouldn't warrant a conservatorship," Marc huffs, grumbling under his breath. "Do you remember what this Shaw character alleged when the court made him your conservator? I can look it up in the record, but personal anecdote is helpful, too."

Erik considers it, but his memories are very muted. "Because I'm mentally ill, delusional, a danger to myself and others..." he remembers the video Shaw showed him on his phone. "But the military didn't even seem to know or care he was my conservator. If the CIA knew I wasn't schizophrenic, they probably just disregarded the conservatorship on the basis of schizophrenia?" Erik posits thoughtfully. "And I don't know what court he went through. He must have furnished the old diagnosis, before it was redacted. He must have gotten access to it. He's obscenely rich. This might have been a test," he said. "Shaw's rich enough to get a damn good attorney. He wants to see if my attorney is on the ball."

From somewhere deep within his chest, Charles feels annoyed. It's an inappropriate emotion, certainly, but he's not a perfect person, either. But, the idea of Shaw asserting himself as the conservator of Erik's affairs and well-being is something that arouses this deeply troublesome section of his soul. "I'm also obscenely rich," he says, tightening his fingers around Erik's knee. "And we have a damn good attorney. If he's testing us, he'll be sorry; he doesn't have any idea what he's up against."

Marc raises an eyebrow, detecting the shift. "How long have you two known each other, again?" he asks Charles.

"Marc, we need to collect evidence about how Shaw doesn't have his best interests at heart," Charles says, ignoring the question. He's threatening blackmail. That's not something a well-intended guardian would do, is it? There must be more." Without disclosing anything that makes you uncomfortable, Charles adds privately to Erik. I don't want this to be more painful for you than it already is, my darling. We just need to get you out from under his thumb. You're not his and you never were. You're mine, and you always have been, mm?

It settles Erik immediately, and the long lines of tension gradually melt away under Charles's guidance. That visceral current of possession does things to him he tries his best not to display outwardly. "My shoulder," Erik supplies softly. "And my knee. He hurt them both. I can't prove he hurt them per se. But the injuries were consistent with a degree of force that could only come from an explosive blast, and I wasn't near any explosive blasts. They got injured before Afghanistan. My body healed up beyond my doctor's wildest dreams, they really thought I'd be permanently affected. People complained, too, to my RA. I had bruises all the time, and I spent most of my time off-campus." 

"He was abusing you physically?" Marc asks, though his tone isn't so much surprised as it is quizzical; he's practiced law for long enough to scarcely be surprised by much, anymore. "We'll have to obtain those medical records cataloging those injuries. And if we can find eyewitness testimony, that can only help. The statutes of limitations will be long passed for any actions against him on those grounds, but corroboration will help us build our case, either way."

"What about your father and your sister?" asks Charles gently. "They were there, when this all began. Do they know that he's your conservator?"

"No, they don't know anything," Erik whispers. "When I was at the Beth, I put them through so much pain. Ruthie was a kid. I was high all the time. Ranting, raving. Vati was so disappointed in me. I didn't want to hurt them anymore. So I didn't stay in touch during MIT. Sebastian said it was better that way. I cleaned myself up first, and started reaching out more when I got promoted. So I had something to show them, that I wanted to be a better son."

Erik takes a very deep breath and lays his phone on the table. "I'm HIV+. I've been undetectable for many years, the Army didn't have an issue with it. It's affected my ability to travel a little but since Barry Soetoro lifted the restrictions in the USA in 2010, its made it a little easier for people like me. I had to get a waiver to deploy, prove I wasn't contagious. All that stuff. I can't prove that--" he grimaces hard.

"He was my boyfriend. I called him that. Because--that's what, what he said I was to call him. Amongst other things. But, I didn't enjoy this relationship. The only thing I liked was the heroin. He'd get me nodding and sure, I'd blow him or whatever. But, I was ambivalent, you know. My only prior experiences with sex were, like, Nazis. You know. As a kid. So, I didn't enjoy it. And, he forced me. A lot. And then I got sick. He probably is making others sick too, but they're like me. Under his control. I'm so, so, so sorry. I'm so sorry," he blurts out all at once, crushing his face into his two palms. "And I'm sorry for apologizing, I'm sorry, forgive me, I know it's so much. So much, and so gross and bad. I know. Forgive me. But my children. I have to protect my children, please."

"Hey, hey, it's alright," says Marc gruffly. He's nonjudgmental as ever, but outwardly, he doesn't react much to Erik's emotional account. It's not his place; he's an attorney. H's a sympathetic ear and a helping hand, but not a therapist or a judge. Granted, he's never represented a client who had been at Auschwitz before, but the principles remain the same. "It's fine. You can be sorry or you don't have to be. All these things you feel. That's okay. You're not the first person I've ever met who went through gross and bad stuff. I helped those bastards, too. Just like I'll help you."

Charles had known that Erik is HIV+; he plucked it from his head early on and then thought nothing else of it, save for ensuring that he has access to the medication that he needs. The rest of it he caught in bits and pieces here and there, but to see Erik bear his soul like this is something both inspires Charles and breaks his heart.

My love, Charles drawls, hand clenched in Erik's own. He tugs the man ever closer. You're brave, and you're brilliant. I'm so proud of you. You've worked hard for many, many years. You've carried this all with your head held high. Only someone with immense strength could ever do so. You're someone to look up to. How lucky David and the twins are to have you as a role model. I'm positive that the court will see that.

Erik lets it out in a tremorful wave, shuddering a little from the top of his head to the tips of his toes where they flex in his shoes. His fingers curl against Charles's, warm and firm, and his chin does lift. "I was vulnerable, when he found me. I couldn't protect myself against him. He manipulated me, gaslit me. I try not to judge my younger self so harshly, because his mind was in tatters across two timelines, his mame was dead and all the rest, dead. And now he was being hurt and he didn't know how to get out of it. But I'm not that boy any longer."

And here, Erik's voice grows beyond its typical deep, sonorous rumble pitched to softness to firm and unyielding with alacrity. "I am a grown man, and I have power. I will dismantle Sebastian Shaw at the atomic level if I have to, but I prefer to do things the right way. Sometimes, I get very scared, and I forget where I am, how old I am, who I am with. But Dr. Xavier reminds me," he uses the man's title, continuing their little charade with a mental wink.

"Um. Okay." Marc clicks his pen closed and stands up from the table, clearly with the impression that he's now intruding on some private situation that he really doesn't want to be a part of. "I'll get the motion-to-dismiss on the judge's desk tomorrow. Meanwhile, you get your hospital records and make me a list of witnesses we'll want to contact. I'll book you in for a half day in my office on Friday to go over the evidence. I'll order in some blintzes, it'll be swell."

Marc leaves the property soon after that, leaving Charles, Raven, and Erik alone with the three children once more. The twins are making an absolute wreck of their playroom—a large former parlor on the ground floor of the mansion, which Charles insisted they fill with toys for the little ones—while David has taken refuge in the corner with his preferred LEGOs.

"I'm sorry, my love," Charles says softly to Erik, as they sit together and watch over their little mixed family. "This is so beyond unfair to you."

Erik is seated cross-legged, floating side-by-side in tandem to Charles, and he nudges his shoulder with a wrinkle of his nose. "I didn't even realize he still had this power over me," he huffs, flexing his toes. "My time at MIT was.... jagged. I remember flashes, really. Fraternities, hazing, it all blends together. I just focused in on the math, my numbers. My chemicals and atoms. I thought, the universe is chaos, but I can look at the chaos and study it, at least."

"I suppose it's good that we've learned of this now and are in a position to do something about it," Charles hums. "But, he took advantage of you. And why, I have to wonder? Why did he take a specific interest in you? I mean, I obviously know why I did and can't see why any reasonable person wouldn't fall in love with you immediately, but....do you know what I mean? What he did was drastic."

Erik rubs his palm against his cheek, grounding himself down. "He saw a lost little lamb, shattered and broken. And he wanted to play. He's sadistic. He knew exactly how to rope me in, he was so perfect. And I saw his neurons sparking wrong, when he powered up to break my collar bone. For fun. To entertain himself."

Charles feels more heat rise in his chest. "Will you tell me everything that he did, everything that you can remember?" he asks quietly, reaching out to grip Erik's hand. "Not right now, not even all at once. But, I feel like I need to know. It will enable me to take care of you better. My darling, my whole heart."

"It is yours," Erik whispers back, curling his fingers over and bowing their foreheads together. Hand-in-hand, before their precious children. "I will tell it to you. It will hurt. It is ugly. But, these are just things, events. The universe shifts on, and on, doesn't it? We don't need Schmidt. Shaw. Sebastian. He... here, it's visceral," Erik tries to explain. "But out There, it's reflective-echoes. He's just one small component."

Charles vaguely knows what Erik is referring to, the out There. The reason Erik, a man born in the 1980s, experienced Auschwitz. All that exists beyond their reality, the echoes of their world unraveling. He had contemplated this intellectually before meeting Erik, but not, it's a matter of truth, a serious topic. "Will you take me with you?" he asks. "I want to see it, one day. You can traverse it all, can't you? Like your mother could."

Erik laughs, free, and zips up in answer to lower down. A floating Buddha, in verdant greens and gold and tomato-flowers. "I will take you anywhere. Everywhere. We'll explore it all. Together. Help. Make things good. We can."

Charles is about to answer, when, from the center of the room, Wanda begins to wail, for her brother has just thrown a wooden block that has thunked her in the forehead. The loud cry of a toddler immediately sets David on edge as well, and he quickly bolts from the room. Not to be left out, Pietro begins to cry as well, turning toward Erik with his arms up in a request to be held. "I suppose we have a lot to do here first, though," Charles muses, happier than ever, even as their home becomes more and more chaotic.

In a flash, the scenery changes and the entire family is set atop a wondrous mountain range, nebulas and stars crawling across the sky in Northern Lights reflected through the clouds, whilst they themselves remain toasty in Erik's thrall. He zips up to Pietro and furnishes him play-cars with intricate details, and a small computing device for him to grasp onto parts. Wanda gets a watercolor splash, of the scenery changes and the entire family is set atop a wondrous mountain range, nebulas and stars crawling across the sky in Northern Lights reflected through the clouds, whilst they themselves remain toasty in Erik's thrall. And Wanda gets a gentle trampoline and Erik bids her to do a little flip, safe and sound always.

It's the joy, Charles asked him what exists between the space of you and me? Joy. Light. That's what the social workers see, when they come to examine Erik's space in the Manor. Love. Gentle. Kind. Spark.


Of course, the following week, things become rather much more serious. Sebastian Shaw is represented by Bolivar Trask, now a lawyer, he was originally the doctor who had examined Erik at the CIA and determined him too be schizophrenic, against the grain of the CIA who disagreed (other than William Stryker), Trask has a long and daunting history of breaking apart mutant families "for the child's well-being"--meaning, to keep them under conservatorship, or a hospital.

Sebastian has also located Agent William Stryker, as Charles has discovered most fortuitously with just a gentle peck at a blind spot near the back of Sebastian's consciousness. Erik does not like Stryker, either. The day of their first court appearance, Charles suspects that the man may be present, and this doesn't bode well for their side. Not well at all.

Mark is too professional to say so, but Charles knows that he's not pleased by Shaw's retention of Bolivar Trask. Notoriously anti-mutant, Trask represents First and Second Circuit clients who can both pay for his exorbitant retainer and are looking to throw obstacles into the swell of mutant rights reform that has been steadily marching forward since the 1980s. The social worker visit goes perfectly fine, but that matters little, for the case against Erik, as pushed by Trask and Shaw, will be a fight. Charles isn't allowed to sit with Erik and Marc, but he parks himself in the courtroom on the day of the first hearing, staring at the back of Shaw's narrow head. The longer he looks at the man, unassuming, thin, professor-like, the more he decides he loathes him.

You'll do great, darling. I know you will.

 "All rise for the Honorable Judge Dominikos Petrakis, presiding," says the bailiff as a few more of Erik's family shuffle in. Shaw has more people in the audience who are clearly in his corner, eager to observe the proceedings. Erik forces down a flinch as he holds his head up steady to walk down the gallery and into the Defendant's seat. The twins and David are there, held in hand by Raven and Hank. They're there to see him fight, and fight he shall.

Shaw looks over at their table and smiles congenially, and Erik returns only a steel gaze. No verdant greens. Gold and black, shimmering. Shaw breaks contact first, muttering something to his attorney.

Petrakis raises a hand. "You may be seated. Mr. Trask, if you'll be so kind as to lay out the basis of your case."

"Of course," stands Bolivar Trask. "Dr. Sebastian Shaw, a decorated professor of Differential Calculus at MIT, is the legal conservator of Erik Lehnsherr, the Defendant. He took on this responsibility to assist Mr. Lehnsherr in attending school and integrating with his peers. Mr. Lehnsherr is known to be volatile and to struggle with addiction and mental illness. In September of 2018, Mr. Lehnsherr returned from his deployment to Afghanistan to be furnished with custody of two children. Pietro and Wanda Maximoff. However, Dr. Shaw was not consulted on this arrangement and has raised concerns about the validity of Mr. Lehnsherr's fitness to parent two infants, while he is still actively expressing delusional beliefs."

"All right. We'll get to that in a bit. Mr. Spector, what is your response?" Petrakis gazes out keenly from his podium, his visage chiseled and wizened as if a marble statue has been carved to life.

"Thank you, your honor," Marc says coolly, standing before the podium. "The evidence and testimony I present to you will leave little doubt as to whether Mr. Lehnsherr is fit to be a parent. What Mr. Trask and his client allege is misguided, and this court, as you well know, your honor, is tasked to look at the present and not the past when considering tough questions of family welfare and custody. My client has not taken a banned substance in nearly a decade. My client has just been deemed mentally fit and sane by several psychologists. And there is reason to believe that my client was misdiagnosed with schizophrenia in the first place, all those years ago. In fact, the doctor who produced that misdiagnosis is here in this room and has an interest in defending his work. But extrinsic evidence will point to my client's fitness to undertake his parental duties."

"Noted," says Petrakis. "And you're both comfortable with proceeding to trial?"

Trask nods. "We have sufficient evidence of our own to provide, which we will make available to the court at its discretion. I also submit that my initial diagnosis of schizophrenia is correct, and I have much evidence to support this conclusion. We are ready, Your Honor."

Petrakis looks to Marc.

Marc offers Petrakis a knowing glance. "You know that I'm always ready for trial, Your Honor, but I would like to submit to the court one more request for dismissal. The answer that we filed has laid out evidence suggesting that Dr. Shaw's motivations for bringing an action against Mr. Lehnsherr are grounded not in the welfare of the children, but in other more sinister arenas. As you're well aware, Dr. Shaw has been Mr. Lehnsherr's conservator for many years, a situation which deprives Mr. Lehnsherr of his liberty. The evidence that my client has offered in our answer to the petitioner's summons outlines a compelling argument against entertaining this suit, for there is also a dearth of evidence pointing to signs that Mr. Lehnsherr is currently unfit to provide for Pietro and Wanda Maximoff. I will hold this to be a waste of judicial resources, Your Honor, and an unnecessarily traumatizing experience for the young family. That is all I will say on the matter at this point."

Petrakis inclines his head, and finally levels his All-Seeing Eyes onto Erik himself. "Young man," he addresses him softly.

Erik stands, attempting not to feel out of place. Not to display any hesitation or weakness, for this is not the safe confines of Charles's home. This is the stark reality in which he lives, the one where he must be a protector to his entire family. "Present, Your Honor," he answers, voice unwavering. He's dressed far more formally than usual, in a suit of his own that's somehow down-to-earth in fabric and composition, little patterns barely visible in dark stitches of fabric, a sign of intricate craftsmanship. His tie is likewise, understated and yet with observation it becomes a curious mischief. Genuine.

"Tell me about yourself. In your own words. Why you're here. What you'd like for your family."

It plainly catches Erik off-guard, for he is so accustomed to the coldness of these institutions that he hasn't prepared for this. But he shores himself up, and he tries his best. "Well, I'm a 31-year old veteran of the United States Armed Forces. I was a Healthcare Specialist. I've been deployed to Kabul and Kosovo. I have a degree in quantum mechanics from MIT. I love Go. I'm a cantor at the East Midwood Jewish Center. And I have two children, Pietro and Wanda, who I love very much. I'm currently under conservation by Sebastian Shaw, because of a harrowing series of events in my youth. The CIA was involved, and Mr. Trask's diagnosis was ultimately redacted as they concluded my testimony to be genuine. I had physiological discrepancies which required treatment for two years at Beth Israel Hospital including hypophosphataemia, typhus, lice and PTSD. I could barely walk, or even feed myself. At that point Dr. Shaw entered my life, and he has been... a very," Erik takes a breath.

Steady, now. "A very unpleasant mark, on my existence. A man whom I wish I could escape. An abuser, a tormentor. One who cannot be trusted to care for my children." 

Petrakis nods, and Marc can't tell how he's leaning, but Marc also knows the man to be fair above all else. Committed to impartiality. "I recognize that this must be exceptionally difficult on you and your family. For this reason I rule that coinciding with the social worker's assessment of your children's living arrangements, they may stay with you for the duration of this trial. However, I do see that there is reason to proceed. There is evidence on both sides, and we ought to examine it. For this reason, the trial will proceed. We will convene here in one week, where you will both provide your evidence and any submit any witnesses or experts you wish to speak on your behalf."

Trask stands back up, then. "At this time, the Plaintiff would like to exert his right to appeal the appointment of Judge Petrakis to arbitrate this case. We would ask for a change in venue and presiding judge."

"For what reason?" Petrakis narrows his eyes.

"We are concerned about impartiality. You are known to be a mutant. You may favor Mr. Lehnsherr, show bias."

"I see. Your motion is denied, as you have not provided any evidence of impropriety or bias on my behalf. If you have such evidence, now is the time to demonstrate it."

Trask barely resists a scowl. "Not at the moment, Your Honor." Charles can tell he's seething.

Petrakis inclines his head once more. "Thus, we are adjourned for today." Bangs his gavel once, a light tap. Erik doesn't flinch.

Though the bang of the gavel is ominous, Marc leans in and assures Erik in a low whisper that they've won a victory here. "Didn't think he'd dismiss us today, but I had to try. This is all good, though; the kids get to stay with you for now, and he didn't entertain Trask's idiot venue transfer request. That means he wants this case and wants to make sure it's judged fairly. This is good. Trust me."

The courtroom is abuzz with activity now, with Petrakis exiting out the back. Charles wheels toward Erik and Marc, doing his best to block Shaw and Trask from their view with his chair. "You did well, my love," Charles encourages Erik, reaching out to take his hand. "We're ready for them, and Ailo finally got back to Raven and told us that he'd be happy to submit testimony about your current mental state and diagnosis."

Erik lets out a slow breath, flexing his toes inside his shoes and offering Charles and Marc a rueful grin. "Well, that's one battle fought, yeah? We still have the kids. That's everything to me. Everything." He opens his arms to cradle them up as Raven and Hank meander over, pressing kisses into their hair. "I've got you, meyn lemele. You're all right. I won't let anything happen to you. Not ever." David is nudged up beside him, and he smooths his hand over the boy's hair affectionately, pressing a similar sentiment into his mind, a curling warmth. Erik takes Charles's hand surreptitiously, eyeing Marc in the foreground.

"Like I said, Petrakis is fair. He doesn't want to split up families for the fun of it. We just need to tell the truth, and we should be a-okay," Marc confirms, packing up his briefcase. "We should get out of here, though. Better to not do much in front of those two knuckleheads, mm?" he says, jerking his head toward Trask and Shaw. "Best to be as scarce around here as possible, while a trial is going on."

Charles can't help but steal another glance at Shaw as they make to leave. He wants to say something, to demand that this man leave his dearest Erik alone, to insist, to force...but, he doesn't. No, it's not right to take what he wants merely because he can. That slope is too slippery, and it's one that he's not willing to veer toward. "Yes, let's go home. We've got a birthday party to plan, hmm?" he smiles, rubbing David's back. "Our first as a family. Our first of many."


Of course, Erik goes all-out on the celebrations, the entire Manor awash in decorations and balloons and colorful swathes every which way, sparkles and little trails to follow leading into stars and moons with lower gravity, a universal topsy-turvy. His gift to David is more personal, a hand-carved Go-set and an intricately crafted puzzle-block structure, non-Euclidian, and incomprehensible to anyone but the two of them, to work on together.

Erik watches David's expression turn to glee when he uncovers it, when he pads into a whirl that spreads him out across brilliant nebulas and galaxies, safe and snug. Always safe. Erik's love cannot be denied. He loves David, just as he loves Pietro and Wanda. David has secured a place in his own heart, a son his own just as Pietro is. He doesn't force it on the young boy, but it's felt all the same. For when he's ready, if he ever is. Erik will be there, always.

The birthday party is an excellent, needed distraction. Erik, of course, turns the whole house into David's dreamhouse, resplendent with tiger stripes, plants, animals, and all sorts of shapes, patterns, and colors that bring him pure delight. All of the adults in David's life come over, plus a few children from the preschool that he attends a few days per week, but for the most part, David is delighted to play with the new gadgets and wonders that Erik has given him.

Pietro and Wanda are enjoying themselves as well, for it was merely impossible not to give them their own mini haul of gifts in celebration of David, too. As Charles watches Erik play with his son on the floor, the two of them communicating easily without language, he sighs, content. He's seated beside Raven, tiger-striped party hat on and cup of blueberry punch in hand. "How did I get so lucky?" he asks his sister, voice soft. "I'm the luckiest man on the planet. I really feel that."

Raven laughs, overly fond. "You'll have to send Moira a fruit basket. Oh, Ailo got back to me, I told you, right? He's in Tanzania right now, but he's flying in for the trial. He'll be here in two days. He said to keep the chessboard warm," Raven winks. He's out with no cell reception, and Raven's satphone is the only tech they've got, so she's been liaising for them both.

"Ah, good. I doubt that my testimony about Erik's fitness won't do any good, but Ailo's will. He's a far better psychologist than I am," Charles notes. Wanda toddles over then and plops one of her new books on Charles's lap before she attempts to climb up to join it. With Raven's help, the little girl is quickly nestled on Charles's lap, eager to be read to; it's one thing that Wanda enjoys doing with Charles especially, and Charles is overjoyed to read to her, at any time of day or night. "We'll owe him for, making the journey back. It's not a small feat," he adds as he opens the small book. "Now, let's see, what are we reading today. Oh! The Little Engine That Could, excellent choice, my dear. Alright. Chug chug, puff puff..."

A warm rumble emerges from behind Charles as Erik takes perch at his shoulder, nudging gently. Nothing makes him happier than the melding of their little family, natural as anything. Meant to be, he's sure of it. The Universe herself told him so, and he'll be damned to ignore it, schizophrenia or no.


The date of the next hearing comes all too quickly, and this time Erik's nerves are visible to Charles as he flexes his fingers, a mild stereotypy reminiscent of his son. But he doesn't waver, he doesn't stray. He walks steadily into his assigned seat as everyone slowly files in. Bolivar Trask opens the floor with a projector drawn down to display several old documents stamped with Beth Israel.

"Erik Lehnsherr was diagnosed with schizophrenia at age sixteen. He was seen at Beth Israel Hospital following the unfortunate death of his mother, and abduction by two violent criminals who were apprehended in Midwood, New York. He maintains that for two years, he was transported to 1943-1945, at camp Auschwitz. He presented with a serial number stamped on his arm, which authorities concluded was tattooed there by the assailants as a hate crime. Specifically because Mr. Lehnsherr is a Jew."

Erik doesn't know what it is about this man that makes his skin crawl, but his teeth are nearly cracking from being pressed together. Being referred to as a Jew isn't a bad thing, but Trask's tone is entirely derisive even if his words are technically fair.

"Time travel is not theoretically possible without causing massive destabilization to the universe. As such, we insist that Mr. Lehnsherr be reinstated with his proper diagnosis so that his delusions can be treated, and his children reared in a safe and appropriate home."

"All right. Mr. Spector, you have evidence to present as well?" 

At Erik's side, his father is sitting, prim and proper with a pair of round glasses perched atop his nose, stern and formal in bearing. Max Eisenhardt is present as well, but only Yakiv will be testifying today.

"I do." Marc stands up and unceremoniously unplugs Trask's computer from the projector so that he can plug in his own. He pulls up a slideshow, beginning with a recent certificate bearing Charles's letterhead and signature. "Last month, the CIA—yes, you heard me, the CIA—recruited Dr. Charles Xavier, present in the courtroom, to perform an assessment of Mr. Lehnsherr's current psychological state. Prior to his enlistment in the Army, his medical records were redacted, but the CIA had them in their possession. Dr. Xavier, after examining Mr. Lehnsherr, concluded that, while he may be on the schizophrenia spectrum, the diagnosis given to Mr. Lehnsherr by Dr. Trask was erroneous, for Mr. Lehnsherr is a mutant."

Marc pauses for a moment, turning to stare Trask down, eyes calculating, challenging. He then turns back to Petrakis. "The 'delusions' that Mr. Lehnsherr suffered from were, in fact, memories. Memories, because he, with his mother, traveled to the year 1943, and he lived for two years at Auschwitz during the apex of the Second World War." Marc flips to his next slide, which is a scanned copy of a CIA document, heavily redacted, but the information about Edith Eisenhardt is still legible.

"It was known to the CIA, at the time of the incident, that Mrs. Eisenhardt was a time traveler. You can see the date of this report; this information was compiled in the year 1994. According to Mr. Trask, Mrs. Eisenhardt was abducted and murdered. But Mr. Trask failed to remind the court that her body was never found, and failed to remind the court that when Mr. Lehnsherr was located by police prior to his admission to Beth Israel Hospital, he exhibited all the known symptoms characteristic of survivors of Auschwitz."

Charles blankets himself over Erik’s psyche. This is the tough part, and he’s doing well, but Charles wants Erik to remember that he’s not alone. Marc clicks the next slide, and it’s yet one more report, this time signed by a Dr. Aquilo Kirala. “Now, understanding that the petitioners may attempt to allege a conflict of interest, given that Mr. Lehnsherr and Dr. Xavier are presently in a romantic relationship. Mr. Lehnsherr has thus agreed to undergo further assessment to quell any doubts as to his current psychological state. May I call Dr. Kirala up to speak to his findings, Your Honor?”

Petrakis inclines his head, raising his hand toward the tall Brazilian who enters the galley leaning heavily on an oak-wood cane, grinning and cheerful. He hops up onto the podium and chooses to solemnly affirm rather than swear on a Bible that he'll tell the truth. Making eye contact with Marc first, he looks up at Petrakis. "State your full name and qualifications for the court, please," Petrakis starts. "Then you may proceed to question the witness."

Ailo leans forward to the mic. "Good morning. I'm Aquilo Kirala, Ailo for short," he speaks in his light Portuguese lilt. "I'm a forensic psychiatrist working for the United Nations Security Council. I obtained my medical degree specializing in pediatric forensic psychiatry from the University of British Columbia, and my license is active. I primarily counsel young children who display antisocial or conduct disorders and aggression as a consequence of involvement in armed violence."

"Dr. Kirala. Thank you for being here today. The report, that one there," Mark shines his laser pointer to the screen. "You created and certified it, yes?" When Ailo affirms that he did, Mark continues. "Would you mind explaining your conclusion to the court, Dr. Kirala?"

"In my opinion, Sergeant Erik Lehnsherr," he starts, affording him his rank out of respect, "presents with the clinical symptoms of Schizoid Personality Disorder and Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder. There are periods where his level of lucidity is not linear, however in the course of my exhaustive analysis of the man before you I have concluded with a high degree of certainty that this does not mean his perceptions are delusional." Ailo rests his hands over his cane as he addresses the audience, good natured and delightful of cheer and sparkling wit.

"A delusion is a false, persisting belief. Erik's beliefs regarding his experiences and perceptions are not false. And he has proven this to me, in our sessions. He can prove it to you, too. He is telling the truth. Not as he knows it, but as it is. Sergeant Erik Lehnsherr is a mutant with schizoid personality disorder. Crucially, this illness separates itself from schizophrenia proper by lacking the positive symptoms. Such as hallucinations and delusions." Ailo lets that sink in.

"Erik sometimes gets lost, but what he is seeing is not false. He is traveling along a different space-time continuum as the result of his mutation, which is that of subatomic particle manipulation. In short, he is a mentally ill man. With trauma. Who has dedicated his life to following a robust treatment plan devised by myself and Dr. Xavier. Their romantic relationship is one that I have assessed to be beneficial to them both, as their relationship cannot be categorized by our linear understanding of ethics." Ailo sends his cane from one palm to the other as he talks, a relatively harmless gesture. 

"Erik and Charles know one another not just as they are now, but in many other iterations. The Expanse is a real place, and we can show it to you. Essentially, their romantic entanglement is a necessary component for the psychological wellbeing of them both and to separate them would be cruel and unusual due to their mutations. To separate Erik from his children would be cruel as he has not once demonstrated an incapacity to look after his children. To protect them. Teach them. Love them. Keep them safe." His prior words are cheery and these words are not. They are solemn steel.

"And, crucially, to help with David Haller's rearing as well. David Haller has a mutation similar to Erik's. And Erik is the perfect teacher for Charles's son. That is my conclusion. This is a family that is good. It is solid. Not delusional. Not unethical. Immense, beyond our wildest comprehension as those who don't understand the Expanse as they do. That is my conclusion." The courtroom is quiet when Ailo finishes, his words resounding, ringing.

Charles has always admired the man for his steady confidence that is neither domineering or effusive; he just is. There is nothing about Ailo that isn't authoritative, and people, Charles knows, are naturally inclined to hear what he has to say, to take him seriously. And that is why he is the best person to explain the complex nature of Erik Lehnsherr to a judge; no one else could possibly try. Marc doesn't crack a smile, but Charles can feel that he's pleased. "Thank you, Dr. Kirala. I think I need not say much more, unless you have questions, Your Honor."

However, Bolivar Trask steps forward. "I would like to question one witness," he says. "On the basis that you believe time travel to be true, which is the prediction of which your entire testimony rests. We call Mr. Erik Lehnsherr to the stand. To prove to us that what he says is true. In this Court. Show us that you aren't delusional."

Erik rises. He swears in on the Torah and takes his seat at the podium. "The Expanse awaits, Mr. Trask."

"Then let us see."

In one gesture the court is stunned to see a ripple of rectangular mirrors all throughout the isles, each leading into different versions of themselves. They can reach in and touch smell, taste and see all. Everyone is floored. Including Petrakis. He sees an image of himself and Aquilo Kirala sharing a gentle kiss on the beach. His eyes flick down to Ailo seeing the same thing, and they both lock eyes. Meeting at last in the real world.

In that moment, Dominikos Petrakis understands what he is seeing. "The witness is dismissed. I would hear from one final witness. Yakiv Lehnsherr, who has something he would like to enter into the record."

Yakiv strides up to the witness podium next, likewise swearing on the Torah.

"Tell us in your own words what happened that day."

"My only son, and my wife, went to the store. On that day, the boy who returned, did so without her. He dissolved into me. Begging me to forgive him for burning her corpse. For desecrating it. I could not understand at first. But gradually I grew to realize that he was a mutant. I saw that tattoo. My father-in-law who was in the death march to Gliewitz saw it as well. So we got the marigolds, for Edie. I loved her very much. But knowing you came back so brutalized. My son. My precious boy. That was what broke me. Max told me you were telling the truth. He shared your emotions with me and I knew besides. You are my child. My joy. What happened to my son was real. It was not a fiction."

"Any questions for the witness, Mr. Trask?"

Seething. "None at this time."

"And Marc?" Petrakis eyes him expectantly.

“None from me. Thank you, Mr. Lehnsherr. I’m sure your son is appreciative of your testimony, as are your grandchildren.” When Yakiv sits back down, Marc addresses Petrakis. “Your Honor, Erik Lehnsherr is perfectly fit to be a parent to his two children. The diagnosis conferred upon him was misguided, and though mental illness may be present, it alone has never precluded a person from retaining custody of their children without additional factors present. Dr. Kirala has determined that Mr. Lehnsherr is neither dangerous nor infirm. In this jurisdiction and all others, mutation alone is not enough to have bearing on custody arrangements. It has been so since the seminal Supreme Court ruling of Stanley v. Aramis. As Dr. Shaw’s entire rationale rests upon Mr. Lehnsherr’s supposed delusions, and as those delusions amount instead to be lived experiences, you’ll find that you have no valid reason to entertain the charge before us. We do not split up families because a parent has experienced something unthinkable.”

Dominikos Petrakis looks at both Sebastian Shaw and Erik Lehnsherr both. From Bolivar Trask to Marc Spector. He steeples his fingers before him as he speaks. "This is not a case that should have ever reached my docket," he begins by saying slowly. "For it was an injustice to begin with that Erik Lehnsherr fell to Dr. Shaw's conservatorship." Petrakis continues. "It was an abuse of the systems we have in play to protect vulnerable people. Whilst it cannot be denied that Erik Lehnsherr is a vulnerable person, it is clear that Dr. Shaw took advantage of such vulnerability in order to enact abuse and torment. The evidence for this is undeniable."

Lifting his chin, he addresses Shaw directly, his voice cold and splintering, jagged rocks falling from mountains into the sea. "That you would come into my courtroom, and make a mockery of our laws and institutions in order to perpetrate further abuse onto a veteran who has done nothing but serve his country and care for his children is unconscionable." It is clear to all present that Petrakis is furious, but he doesn't raise his voice. The word is firm, harsh, but no louder than the rest.

"For having filed this suit I find you to be in contempt of my court. You will be remanded into custody by the bailiff and removed to jail where you will serve a period of thirty days. Mr. Spector, Mr. Lehnsherr. I rule in your favor. Your children are your own, may they grow happy and content." Erik lets out a breath of relief that he didn't know he'd been holding, tears dripping down his cheeks where none but Charles can see. "And my advice to you is this," Petrakis continues. "Sebastian Shaw has aggressed against you and your family. You should see justice done. A court should hear your case against him, not as the Defendant. But as the Plaintiff."

With that, this time, when the gavel bangs, it is the ominous clack that reverberates through Shaw's ears. And Shaw flinches.

Chapter 106: An apple might roll far & wide & leave its family tree behind,

Chapter Text

With the bang of the gavel, Charles feels free. There's justice; the law, via the firm resolution of Dominikos Petrakis has recognized, perhaps for the first time in nearly two decades, that Erik Lehnsherr is okay. And, as Erik is now an extension of Charles, their souls intermingled, Charles is okay, too. Within moments, Charles, Raven, and all three of their children, have surrounded Erik, joyful tears on the adults' faces.

Charles can only briefly hug Erik, for their children clamor for his attention. They're too young to properly grasp the weight of it all—a good thing—but they know that their parents are happy. David, even, buries his face against Erik's pantleg, clinging to him in his version of a hug. "Baba, baba—" babbles Pietro, grabbing a fistful of Erik's raven hair, and Charles laughs freely.

"It's not over yet," Marc qualifies, though it's evident from the lightness in his voice that he's overjoyed, too. "Petrakis can't end the conservatorship, even if he thinks it's unconscionable. We'll have to fight that in Massachusetts. But, we'll win. Petrakis is an influential judge, his words will be persuasive to the courts in Massachusetts, even if they're not binding. Lucky for you all, I'm barred in Massachusetts, too."

Charles turns as the bailiff marches forward with handcuffs, finally, for the first time, looking Sebastian Shaw in the eyes. If he were a better man, he would say nothing, but because he isn't, there's satisfaction as he watches the cuffs go on, and it's impossible not to comment. "You're going to be nothing more than an unpleasant footnote in his life," Charles serenely, leveling Shaw's gaze. "It's over for you, Sebastian. Good day, now."

Sebastian scowls at him, and it's plain as day in his mind that he's resisting the urge to stomp his foot to the ground and disintegrate this court-room. He calms himself with the imagery of burying Charles Xavier and Dominikos Petrakis in rubble, with fantasies of his own power, which are all he is left with. He doesn't address Charles, but his limp icy eyes drag over Erik's towering frame. He doesn't remember Erik being so tall. "You know that I have only your best interests at heart, Erik. For all of our sakes, end this charade," he commands lowly. 

Erik doesn't even grant him a response, gathering up his children in his arms and swiftly walking in the other direction, grinning down at Charles as the full weight of Petrakis's decision hits him. "But my children," he rasps, hugging them up in bunches. "They're with us, yes? They won't get taken. Oh, that is a victory. That's the most important victory. Baruch HaShem, thank-you. Thank-you, Marc. From the bottom of my heart." He reaches out and squeezes Marc's elbow, sincere.

"Shtuyot," shrugs Marc, clearly uncomfortable with the thanks. "This one is pro bono and so is the conservatorship suit, but if you wanna sue a drug company or something, you gotta pay for that one, eh?"

"Marc, of course we'll pay you—"

"Hey, no you won't. My firm requires us all to log 100 pro bono hours a year at least. Buy me some Argentinian Malbec if you want to show your thanks, but don't give me money. And you," he says, addressing Erik. "Make sure those kiddos grow up knowing where they come from, hm? Xavier has no clue what he's doing on that front."

"Ikh vel zey ale lernen, zarg nisht," Erik returns incisively, tapping his index finger to his nose with a wink. "You are no stranger, either, Marc. You are welcome in our home any time. Please know that. Ir vet helfn mir koral zey," he smirks.

 "I hear you're hell of a cook, so I'll take you up sometime," Marc winks. "Now, I'm going back to work to get started on the next case. I've already got you booked for a meeting on Monday, 9am sharp. See you there." Marc shakes both of their hands—Erik's left, and then Charles's right—and swiftly exits the courtroom, but not before shooting Trask a satisfied smirk.

"Did I see correctly?" Charles asks Erik as they too file out, kids in tow. "Ailo and Petrakis?"

Erik chuckles. "I saw it, too. They'd make a fine pair. Petrakis seems like a wonderful person. I really didn't expect this to go so well. Even in the first hearing, he took me off-guard. Asking me about myself like that. I didn't expect that. It reminds me of Ailo."

Speak of the devil and he shall appear, Ailo hops-to with a dazzling smile for the family. "Oh, what a pleasure it is to see you all happy and whole!" he enthuses, and they feel a shimmer of telepathic sparks mist gently down over their consciousness.

Erik ducks his head, sheepish. "Thank-you, too, Ailo. Really."

"I suppose I'll call him up, after this is over," Ailo says with a knowing smirk to Charles.

"We really couldn't have done it without you," Charles says to the elder telepath, someone Charles has admired and trusted for a long time. It makes him happy to see that potential for Ailo; a future, perhaps, with someone as kind and measured as he is. "You should call him. He seems like a wonderful man."

"Oooo-papapa!" Wanda babbles, announcing the arrival of Yakiv.

The moment turns a bit more solemn as something in Erik pops a little, and his guard dissolves for Yakiv to see for the first time, his child rather than the staunch, stoic soldier that he's encountered over the years. Yakiv opens his arms a little and Erik ducks over to embrace him. "You're all right," Yakiv huffs, warm. "I know," he pats Erik on the back.

Ailo rests his hand on Charles's shoulder. "A happy reunion, I think," he says softly. "Long-awaited, hm?"

"I'm sorry," Erik says to his father. "I thought you-"

"I know. That was my fault. I was not sure how to reach out. How to talk. I am an old man, stuck in my ways. But you must never doubt my affection for you. My trust in you. That was never broken. It hurt me, what happened to you. But you did nothing wrong."

Charles and Ailo move a few feet away to allow the father and son a modicum of privacy. Charles knows how much Erik cares for his family and how much it's troubled him that his relationship with his father has been strained. This moment is something that Erik really, truly needs, and something that Yakiv seems to need, too.

When they seem to be ready to invite others back in to the mix, Charles smiles at the elder Lehnsherr, noticing how both Yakiv and Erik have the same thick eyebrows and strong nose. "I never did ask you, Mr. Lehnsherr," Charles begins, a touch sheepish. "I was raised in a traditional home, so I should have asked, but I didn't. Do I have your blessing? To be with your son?"

Yakiv gives a little snort of laughter, his eyes creasing up the same way as his son's do when he's amused, but it's good-natured, not mocking. "Of course you do, Charles. You've been part of this family from the very first day you reached a part of my son that no one else could. I am proud to call you my kin. However," he raises a hand. "You had better be serious about this. Not boyfriends for twenty years. Get a proper ketubah, you understand?"

Erik groans. "Vati. Please. Go easy on him."

"I am going very easy, meyn tayer. Ruth wanted the shotgun. I said, no guns in my house. But I will ask the tough questions, that need asking. You do intend to do this properly, yes?" He levies his gaze at Charles, his own eyes dancing in dark browns and golds. No green, that must be from Edith.

"I—oh!" Charles is flushing now; when's the last time he flushed? The kind confidence that he typically portrays has melted away, revealing a much less self-assured facade. Discussing marriage with his boyfriend's stern father was not on the docket today. "I mean, yes. Of course, yes," Charles prattles, and he can feel Raven's amusement behind him, the bastard. "I intend to spend the rest of my life with your son. Marriage isn't really something that I thought about..." he trails off as he meets dark eyes, and gulps. "Yes. Of course. We'll get married. Soon."

Yakiv reaches out a steading hand and lays it on Charles's shoulder. "Be easy. I don't mean to rush you. But keep it in mind. Do it when you're ready, and when you're sure. I see what you both have here. It is precious. Take care of it, always. Take care of one another. And as long as you do, you will have my blessing." He straightens a bit and takes a deep breath, this time looking to Erik.

It's a bit of a public venue, but without words, Erik understands that he wants some privacy between the three of them. He conveys this to Charles, and in a moment, they're contained inside a suspended drop. Everyone else is frozen beyond, and it's just them, the ether a silent hum all around whilst they remain upright on invisible solid ground. Erik looks to his father. "It's OK, Vati. We're safe, now. No one else can hear."

"When you came home, that summer. With Dr. Shaw." He doesn't falter, but Charles feels the wince in Yakiv's heart. "Your eyes were like two dark circles. Your cheeks gaunt. Your smile hollow. I saw a bruise, just beneath your collar. You were limping. Your eyes, like two pins. I knew, I knew. He was bad. I should have--"

"No, no, please--" Erik whispers, shaking his head once. "It's OK. It's OK, Vati. It wasn't your fault. I did my utmost to pretend that I was fine, and you wanted me to be OK, for my sake. I do not blame you, not for one instant. Never."

"He did not have my blessing. He would never have it. If you hadn't enlisted, I would have intervened. I would have gotten a lawyer, I would have broken that conservatorship once I discovered it. I didn't even know this was present. Please know, my son. I will fight for you, forever. Always." Yakiv lifts his chin, dignified, and dabs the edge of his suit sleeve to under his eye. Just once, and then the sharp citrus of grief fades into loam. Then, Yakiv glances to Charles.

"I have one more query for you, boychik. Your parents, your mother and father. Are they in your life? Are they good people? I should like to know. I get the impression that they are not so present in your life, and that it is a point of hardship for you. If that is so, know that I am always available to you, for anything that you might need. You are my kin, and I care about you. I wish to see you well. If you are comfortable with informing your parents of your partnership, then let them know they may meet me if they are inclined. But I understand if that isn't to be, and I shall not push that upon you."

Charles is holding Erik's hand throughout the conversation, quiet and respectful of the moment taking place. This reconciliation, he knows, is something that both Erik and Yakiv desperately need. There is a lot of pain on both sides of the relationship, each man only ever hoping to ensure that the other is happy, and that has caused a decade-plus of grief. Charles is glad that the two are finally able to communicate with each other in this way. He sits back in support as the two men come to a mutual understanding, both eager to move forward. How lucky he feels to be here with them, to know that he's been entrusted to take care of Erik.

When attention turns to him, he smiles sadly. "My father was a wonderful man, and he and I were quite close," Charles begins. "Unfortunately, he passed away eight years ago. Cancer." Charles grips Erik's hand tighter. "My mother and I haven't spoken since my eighteenth birthday. She and my father divorced when I was young, and I lived primarily with my father. She...well. I'll only say that she doesn't see eye-to-eye with me. Or anyone, for that matter. I am so sorry to say, but I do not believe that she'll wish to meet you, sir. I assure you that it isn't personal. She doesn't wish to meet anyone in my life."

Yakiv frowns as Charles speaks, but he accepts this information with equanimity, and offers yet another pat on his shoulder. "I dare not to imply that I could fill the space that your father left upon his passing. May his memory be for a blessing. But I hope that you will come to view me as someone that you can rely on, who cares about you. You deserve that. You both do."

He reiterates fondly, lifting his chin to Erik as well. "It is a terrible regret that your mother is not able to see what a fine young man you've become, nor to entertain that which brings you joy and family. That is her loss, and it is a loss of great humanity. I will not wish ill for her, but rather that she someday grow to understand what a wonderful privilege it is to have children such as you both are."

Erik smiles a little, rubbing Charles's back from his spot, staunch as always in his protective stance. "I think he's just adopted you, neshama," his expression wavers and then breaks into a full grin, unable to contain itself.

It's now Charles's turn to begin tearing up. A hot prickle of tears warms the corners of his eyes, and he quickly dabs them away with his own sleeve. But his watery smile doesn't go away, for he feels Yakiv's abject sincerity. Nothing about what he's saying feels forced or contrived; he truly wishes for Charles to feel safe with him, loved.

"Thank you," he says softly. "That is so kind. I will take it to heart. I don't think that I understood until I became a father myself. In that very first moment that David was placed in my arms, I knew that I would do anything and everything to protect and cherish him. It wasn't even a question. It's something that I felt with my entire soul. And then, it made me wonder how my own mother could have gone through the same experience and feel so different. I don't waste my time resenting her anymore, but it confused and astounded me."

Charles shrugs. "We're much luckier than she is. I wouldn't trade the love I feel for my family for anything."

This time, it's Erik who speaks up, soft. With multiple iterations of experience across the vast Expanse of parallel lives. Men like Sebastian Shaw a heavy constant. "Some people are just born that way. They can't help it, anymore than we can help to be how we are. It's all in the composition," he whispers, fond.

Yakiv scrunches up his nose. "Really, that is all it is? Nature, not nurture?"

"Oh, it is nurture, too. Our environment shapes our composition, after all."

"So it is all pre-determined? How do you conceive of this, with your religion?" he's wildly curious. His son, so peculiar, a stranger to him and yet--that same strangeness is now a marvel, a fantastic boon. His son, the Universal Traverser.

"We have agency, we can influence our future impulses. But the origin, that is an organic mechanical process that we are just aware of. And some people, they are just destructive. Like a bacteria eating a host. I feel pity for them, for all that they will never know."

Yakiv is floored. "That's... an incredible way of looking at things. I never knew."

Erik's profundity is something that Charles will never tire of. It's what caught him off-guard at their first meeting; the eccentricities that Charles had noted had turned out to be more. Aspects of his mutation, certainly, these observations that only he can see by virtue of his being. Charles is surprised, frankly, that Erik wasn't given multiple diagnoses. "Perhaps you would enjoy traversing the Expanse with Erik, sometimes," Charles suggests to Yakiv. "I think you might. To see all that's out there."

Erik sways from side to side, a peel of delight rippling through the area that cannot be constrained to solely his mind made manifest in his posture. "I would like that," he whispers, nudging his shoulder against Yakiv's. "You and Ruthie. The whole family. We will go on a big adventure, and we can go, too. Just the two of us."

"That would mean a great deal to me, Erik," Yakiv says roughly, the only sign that he is emotionally impacted, but Charles can feel that the heaviness in his heart has been lifted.

A single day, first like any other, has alleviated the dragging anchor weighing him down ever since that fateful afternoon when the policeman brought Erik, shivering and rough-shaven, scarred and branded, thin as a twig to their doorstep. Now, he sees the man, tall and strong, but also wise and warm. He wonders if he has had a hand in that, and a touch of regret curls in the back of his mind that perhaps he did not, because of their distance. He doesn't waste time on it, what matters is now. What matters is forward.

"We are always moving forward," Erik recites softly, as if he is the telepath. "We are never going back."

"Ah, Siken is still your favorite, I see," Yakiv murmurs.


Part of Charles knows that he should wait for the other shoe to drop, but for a few blissful weeks, their lives feel perfect. They celebrate Hanukkah, and then Erik indulges Charles and Raven with Christmas. Erik and the kids sled in the garden while Charles watches, snug and warm with tea in hand. They build snowmen, drink cocoa, huddle around the fireplace with books and games and toys. It really is the happiest period in Charles's life.

Marc never stops working, but the judicial system slows down a bit around the holidays in general, so he's still working on the petition to end Erik's conservatorship in Massachusetts. He's confident now, more than he was in the beginning, but there's still plenty of work to be done. Which is fine. He's happy. They all are. But, it all comes crashing two days after the New Year. It's a cold morning, and Charles is gearing up for his first day back at work since he broke for the holidays.

He's at the table with David and the twins, nursing a warm cup of tea while Erik cooks. It's so painfully normal, so regular, that when the presence of a small handful of minds stops at the gates to the manor, it feels beyond out of place. "Oh, someone's here—"

The intercom buzzes. Charles beats Erik to the box, thanks to his swiftly moving chair. "Hello?"

"This Officer Markham with the Massachusetts State Police. I will need you to open this gate."

Charles feels his stomach hit the floor. "I beg your pardon."

"I am in possession of a warrant to apprehend and detain one Erik Lehnsherr, by order of his legal guardian. Open the gate."

Charles freezes, eyes traveling to Erik. "I....you can't. No, you can't do that."

"Sir, if you do not open this gate, you will be complicit in obstructing justice and may find yourself detained as well. Open the gate, or we will open it by force."

Erik's eyes widen as this latest intrusion crashes into his conscious reckoning. In an instant his hackles are raised, defensive, protective. "Stay with the children," he requests (always, he daren't order Charles to do anything, even in the fray of catastrophe), but-- He trusts Charles for this reason. To make such a request, to know Charles will listen when Erik asks softly, to heed what is important to Erik. Right now, it's the kids. Charles understands, he's their father, too.

Slowly, Erik rises from the ground where he'd been playing with David in an agile movement, like a predator. His mutation is kept in snap-check, crackling at his fingertips and then dispersing, a reminder of what he can do. A reassurance to his family that he will not be leaving here against his will. He presents himself downstairs, at the open gate. "I'm Erik Lehnsherr. You're not welcome here. Please leave." He raises his hand--

Chapter 107: I'd make your welcome in my claws (bring on that day before too long!)

Chapter Text

Charles does as Erik requests. It pains him to do so, but Erik is right. The children need him to be strong and present, to not arouse fear. I'll be with you, he promises. It's a sight to behold from the eyes of the police officer. Erik, graceful as he lopes toward the gathered crowd; four police officers, two EMTs, and someone else who Charles can't identify, for he appears to be wearing a neutrino blocker. That in itself is strange, but not concerning...at least not until it clicks.... ...and in the very moment that it does, the man steps forward and plunges a syringe into Erik's neck.

Erik! Charles has abandoned his promise now, leaving the twins and David alone in the kitchen. By the time he's outside in the frigid air, chair barreling toward the gate, it's too late. The frighteningly limp body of his beloved is being loaded onto a gurney, wrists and ankles strapped. "What have you done!" Charles demands, but the cops form a line between Charles and Erik, Charles and the men who are taking him away.

"Sir, this man is very, very dangerous," says Markham, eyeing Charles and his chair up and down. "He's suffering from severe delusions and has made violent threats to himself and others. His guardian has authorized us to administer a suppressant in order to subdue him; apparently, his mutation makes him violent."

"Violent!" Charles can scarcely breathe, and he's nearly about to burst a blood vessel with how hard he's trying to stop them all, but it appears that each is equipped with some sort of blocker. "He isn't! The court said he isn't!"

"Not in Massachusetts," the cop says coolly. By now, Erik is in the ambulance, and Charles is shaking. "Good day to you, sir."

"Where—which hospital—"

"Telling you would be a HIPAA violation," says Markham as he strides toward his vehicle. "Now, we'll be on our way. Good day."

My love...my love, can you hear me?

Charles? Oh, my beloved. My neshama. I hear you, Erik's voice returns, the grief of spikes stabbing into his being over and over. It's all gone. All the little atoms. All the sparrows and the particles that make up you and Wanda. And Pietro and David. My favorite particles. I feed the sparrows in the morning and hear their little peepings. They fly away happy. Free. The children, David, his blocks and puzzles. Their atoms. All the secret hidden-puzzles. And his composition, gone to me. Wanda, gone to me.

Erik's voice is sobbing openly in their connections. All gone, my loves? My loves are all gone? Marc's particles. Raven's, too. Hank's. The people who listen to their morning radio show in Singapore. I listen along every morning. I make sure their radio is tuned just-so. I make their Roti canai with dripping mutton. The world? I don't see her anymore? She is mine no longer? The Expanse? My beloved Universe. The world. Gaia. Closed to me?

Charles can feel it then, the weight of what has really happened. It's gone. Charles. It's all gone. Oh, it's all gone. They're all dead. I'm dead, I'm dead, my love. I'm dead. I'm dead. And then another worry. Charles reaches out to Erik again. And he finds he cannot reach Erik at all. They've blocked his telepathy. Entirely.

Charles can see it. All the wonderful, glorious things that Erik sees, feels, knows through his mutation...gone. The suppressant has taken it all and left him bereft and blind. Even the way his brain works feels altered; abortive rather than fluid and poetic. You're not dead. You're still here. You're mine. I'll come get you. Before they're too far away, Charles wrenches their destination from the head of the driver. Beth Israel in Boston. The same residential facility that had treated Erik years ago.

Somehow, he makes it back inside. He realizes then that he's freezing; it's below freezing, and he'd been out for several minutes with no jacket on. The cold tends to make his already picky muscles even more tense. As such, he drops his phone when he attempts to dial Raven's number, and then swears aloud when he does. The hoverchair has enabled him to do everything but bend down; there's no way around that, and he can't lean forward that far, as his back abdominal muscles don't work below his pectorals at all.

"Siri! Call Raven!"

"I'm sorry, that contact is not recognized."

"Oh, for fuck's—Siri! Call World's Bestest Sis Ever And Ever blue-heart-emoji-fire-emoji!"

"Calling World's Bestest Sis Ever And Ever blue-heart-emoji-fire-emoji."

Raven picks up on the sixth ring.

"Raven!" Charles barks. "Raven, they took him! Erik, they took Erik, to Massachusetts, Shaw, and, and..."

Raven, as usual, comes in swinging. "All right, dear-brother. Slow down. Breathe. That's right. Who took Erik. What institution. What were their names. Where did they take him. Do we know? If not, let's get Marc involved, and we'll ask Petrakis to join our war room as well. He and Ailo are something of a thing now. Meet up at Char-Cute-Erie, it's Carmen Pryde's diner. He's ex-Mossad, so he's a good ally to have. Charles, you call Moira as well. Let's get as many allies as we can in one spot, and start to make a plan."

"I...." Charles is overwhelmed, and for the first time maybe ever, unable to speak. "Alone," is all he can gasp. "Raven, I'm all alone. With the kids. They—I need—we need—" He doesn't even remotely calm down until Raven bursts through the door of the mansion only minutes later. The twins are still in their highchairs from breakfast, fussing to be let down, but Charles can't, because what if they run off somewhere he can't get, and Erik isn't here, and— "Beth. Boston," he finally gasps. "They shot him full of suppressant. He can't see, Raven. It's all gone. His whole mutation. He's completely blind."

Raven injects some well-needed calm into the room. "Okay. One-step at a time. Wanda, a-yoop! David, here we are. Now. Let's work really hard, and make a nice mental image of where we want to go, OK? It's a lovely hotel, right? You see what I'm putting down? Rooms for all the kids, and parents and adults alike. A grand adventure. Why don't we go there now, OK?"  Wanda, in all her non-Euclidian comprehension, understands and presses her chubby hand to David's face.

With a solemn nod, the two children transport all the required adults on their team to a fully-furnished, multi-bed hotel room with a conference area down the hall, and separate showers and partitions for each bed, with the twins in the lower bunk and David up-top. Wanda will keep them safe, and so will David. The children are stepping in, where their tate (this has become Erik) and aba (this has become Charles, what David's always preferred) can't right now.

Moira MacTaggert, Carmen Pryde, Marc Spector, Dominikos Petrakis and Ailo Kirala are all present in the conference room, along with Hank McCoy and Raven of course, corralling the children. It's a clear absence, without Erik. "Well, I'll say. We have a big fight ahead of us, don't we?" Ailo says to Marc, grim. "Have you found out where they're holding him? Who's holding him?"

He's too stunned to say anything about the feat that the children just performed, but if he were in his right mind...boy. Being surrounded by smart, talented people who are motivated by the same thing he is helps. Everyone is here to accomplish the same thing. This is how special Erik is. "They're taking him to Beth Israel in Boston," Charles musters. "Shaw. He's holding him. He's Erik's guardian, and so he had him committed and shot up with suppressant." It's illegal to administer mutant suppressant to a mutant without express consent... except by permission of a legal guardian.

"I'm a judge with some clout," says the man seated near Ailo whom he's come to know as Dom. "So I have some answers. They are holding him at Beth Israel, in Boston. He is under the remand of William Stryker and Sebastian Shaw. He will be allowed to speak to his advocates. That is me and Marc. I am a presiding judge thus cannot be a witness of any kind in this trial. But, I am a consultant to Marc, an advocate in Erik's corner, and Marc is his lawyer. They are more hesitant to cross us. My word is highly respected on the Manhattan circuit. We are situated right near the hospital. I think it is time for us to visit our charge. Raven, please be so kind as to look after the children for today. I fear we need all hands on deck for this one." He lifts his chin toward Hank McCoy as well, another doctor on their side. "Let us see who we are dealing with."

"Think you can manage, Xavier?" Marc asks when it's clear that the congregation is getting ready to move save for Charles, who remains frozen at Raven's side. "You don't have to come, but I'm sure he'd like to see you."

"Of course. Yes. I just—"

"I know," says Marc blandly. "I get it."


"You sure are taller than I remember," drawls Stryker as he sits on the bench in the ambulance, beside the restrained patient. Erik can't see it, of course, but he's glowering down at him, disgust on his face. "Last I saw you, you were a squiddly little punk. Now, you're a gangly punk. Some things change, some things don't."

Erik's eyes are unfocused, brown and green and gold all askew as his hands flail against the soft cuffs keeping him restrained. "Agent Stryker?" he rasps, recalling the voice that had bullied him all those years ago, as a young boy. It can't be. This isn't happening. Stryker isn't here, is he? And all the starlings disappear, his heart dropping off the cliff-side long. "Where are you taking me? Stop this, I want to leave. I have to get back to my children, the court already ruled I am fit to parent them---"

Stryker's partner is a bearded redhead, Harry Leland, and he bars his arm over Erik's chest as he tries to rise from the stretcher. "Calm down, son."

"I am not your son, don't touch me."

Leland pats him on the cheek.

Erik's eyes stare daggers into nothing, riled. "I want to go home. This is ridiculous. I am not a danger to anyone, I haven't done anything."

"You're lucky you've got Dr. Shaw in your life to look after you," Stryker says, pushing curls from Erik's unfocused eyes. It's obvious that those eyes are unseeing. "If it were me, I would have let you find yourself in a ditch one day, but Dr. Shaw is a better man than me. Paying all this money to get you treatment. What a kind man. Now, stop trying to fight, you're not going anywhere, kiddo. Dr. Shaw is waiting for you in Boston. Don't want to be a big mess when he welcomes you home, do you?"

A genuine stab of real fear bleats across Erik's heart. Medicine. Restlessness, tremors. Held down. Crunching. Welcomes you home... Erik thrashes against his bonds more fully now, well-and-truly fighting to get out of the stretcher. "Shaw is nothing but a monster, he doesn't want to help me. I'm not schizophrenic. I proved in a court of law that I was telling the truth, I showed Petrakis. I showed you all. Why, why are you doing this to me? I haven't done anything to you."

"Petrakis is a mutant," Stryker replies coolly as he gestures for Leland to hold him down at the chest with more force. Overcome with sudden anger, Stryker grabs Erik's jaw in his fingers and holds tight. "You're a sick, sick puppy, Erik Lehnsherr. Sicker'n any of us knew. Dr. Shaw says there's little hope of curing you, but he cares so very much about you that he's willing to pay for you to stay near him, where he can come make sure you're being taken care of. Now, shut the hell up and show some gratitude to your superiors, boy."

Erik fears that, Stryker is one of Shaw's friends. A man who wants to play with Erik. one of Shaw's friends who spent the weekend at their lake house, to have fun. Men who like to hurt Erik. Leland is one of Shaw's friends... no, please. Dr. Shaw doesn't have their best interest at heart and Stryker's here to play, too, isn't he? Oh, god. Charles. "What, no, no--" So Erik bites Stryker's finger as hard as possible, He bites and he fights. 

Stryker lets out a howl of pain and rips his hand away. There’s blood pouring from his pointer finger, blood on Erik’s jaw. “Shaw gave us permission to sedate him,” Stryker hisses to Leland. “Shoot him up. He’s dangerous and unstable.”

Leland doesn't hesitate, and everything disappears before him and he slips away in the next few moments. "He'll fall in line soon enough," he says darkly as Erik fades out.


It takes another few days for Marc's request to come through, during which time they're informed that Erik had to be sedated at least once, which Raven knows is positively infuriating for Charles. But eventually, Marc and Petrakis are allowed in to see him, along with Charles. Erik doesn't know Charles is there at first. Erik on the bed is quite a piteous sight. There's already a bruise on his cheek, and his eyes are clearly not fixated on anything. He startles when the door opens, jerking against the cuffs around his wrists as if in preparation for Shaw. "Go away!" he growls, breathing hard.

His adrenaline is maxed out, and Petrakis ventures closer. "Easy, Erik. Can you hear me? It's Judge Petrakis. Focus on my voice."

Erik slowly knits his brows together. "...Petrakis," he gasps. "Petrakis?"

"That's right. Me and Mr. Spector are here."

"Marc? Oh, G-d," Erik huffs a little. He slowly stops fighting. "My medicine," he says first. "Biktarvy. I need my medicine, I need it," he babbles. "Haven't been getting. I bit one man. Suppressed. But now I'm not. Now I'm not, they're at risk. I'm at risk. Hospital. Needs. To give me medicine," he concentrates past his fear to communicate the most important things first. "The meds, not for HIV. Make me fuzzy. Make sure. Tried to tell them. Thought I was lying, to protect myself."

Petrakis looks at Marc, his lips pressed together the only sign of displeasure. "Has Shaw been in here? Have you been hurt?"

"Stryker. Hit me. Bit him. I'm sorry. Thought he was going to hurt me. I'm sorry. Tell him. I'm sorry, I'm sorry. I'm not crazy." To the two men, Erik talks in a monotone, entirely calm. "Leland. Not much. But enough. Tried to fight. I tried. My children? Charles? Please."

It’s horrific, to see Erik strapped down to the bed like this. His eyes, still beautiful, are vacant and unfocused. It’s well known that suppressants lead to hosts of problems for mutants, but the way those problems present is different for everyone. Erik, evidently, becomes this. “Darling, I’m here,” Charles tells Erik softly, gripping his cuffed hand. “It’s alright, my love. We know you aren’t crazy. The kids are okay, we’re all okay. We’ll get you out of here soon, and we’ll get you your medicine.”

Charles sees it when he speaks, the fresh tears that spill from his eyes and drip down his jaw as his hand twitches against Charles's fingers. His smile is still brilliant, and he laughs. "Oh, Charles. Am I ever glad to hear you. You're here. Here with me. Love you," he whispers. "It's OK. I'm OK. Being brave. Fighting. You look after yourself? Sleep and eat? Make sure. Banana pancakes. And hug the children. Make sure," he whispers, relaxing into the mattress.

Petrakis pats his arm. "We are moving as fast as we can to get you out of here, Erik," he addresses the man by his first name. "We've filed an emergency appeal to have your case heard as quickly as possible. Just hang in there, and know your family are fighting hard."

"Make sure. Charles sleeps, OK? And eats. And wears his new tie. I got for you. Raven has it," Erik is nearly babbling, overcome.

"We're all staying together in a hotel nearby," Marc promises, frowning as he scrutinizes the bruise on Erik's cheek. "Making sure everyone eats and sleeps and bathes and all that good stuff. And we'll make sure Charles wears that tie."

"They're hurting you?" Charles asks softly, not daring to release Erik's hand for even a second. "You have bruises. Who's hurting you? Stryker and Leland? Shaw?"

Erik shivers a little. Charles can tell that he's reluctant, and he knows it's because Erik doesn't like to cause Charles pain, even if it's about him. "Just a little bit. It's OK, I promise. I'm strong. Stryker. Leland. Haven't seen S-Sebastian, yet," he corrects himself from saying Shaw--that apparently had displeased his captors. "Busy. Teaching. He comes tomorrow. I'll be OK, be OK. Know you're here. Miss you. Can't feel you." His eyes tear up again.

Charles looks to Marc desperately, and the lawyer clears his throat. "We'll talk to the nurses here, Erik, to make sure that they're looking after you. They can't allow you to be hurt while you're under the hospital's care. Okay?"

"Do they keep you locked in here all day?" Charles continues, because he can't see it in Erik's head and he's desperate to know every detail, even the most horrible and painful ones. "I know they've sedated you. What else, my love?"

"They said, because, I fought. My fault, Stryker hit me because I fought, they said. Mistake," Erik rasps, shuddering. "I bit. I'm sorry. My mistake." Charles can tell that he's having a hard time keeping the events in linear order, confabulating different instances, but it's obvious that both men have harmed him in some way.

Petrakis inclines his head. "Stryker hit you because you bit him," he arranges it correctly. "And then Leland hit you, as well?"

Erik nods. "Didn't mean to bite. I got scared. That one, my fault," he flails his bad hand toward his chest. "But Leland. Come in here, alone. Tried to fight him. He hit me. He touched. Assault, not allowed to touch. So I fought. Then he hit, and told them, I fought him." 

That causes Petrakis's jaw to twitch, but he's shifted into the mentality that he uses with vulnerable people, and Charles can feel the shift, like a long hand from the ether suppressing his natural ire. He remains calm, steady and solemn. "He touched you. Do you mean he touched you on a private part of your body?" he asks it directly, using simple language.

Erik twitches and nods. "Then I fought him. But he said I just fought for no reason. Told them I am crazy. I'm not crazy, I'm not. Sebastian likes to hurt. His friends like to hurt. They all hurt. I have HIV. Not crazy, I'm not crazy. Didn't say lies. Not lies."

It's beyond painful. Charles wants to scream and yell; how in the world could something like this happen? The fact that they have to leave here today, leave Erik strapped to this bed at the mercy of people who hurt and assault him, is unimaginably unfair, painful. But, Charles also knows that if he expresses himself in this way, if he reveals how he feels, Erik will only feel worse. So, he braves through, and strokes Erik's corkscrew curls. "We'll tell the nurses, okay? Tell them not to leave you alone with any Leland or Stryker. We know you aren't crazy, sweetheart."

Marc rubs Erik's shoulder. "If all goes to plan, we can get your case heard in the next few weeks. Not as quickly as any of us want, but we're working on it. In the meantime, Dom and I will do what we can to make things less terrible for you in here."

Erik smiles at Charles, because Charles is here and Charles is fighting for him, and that warms his entire being in ways that aren't visible outwardly, so he tries to make them show. "I love you so much, neshama. It's OK. I'll be OK, because I know you're with me. I'm very strong, I won't break. I promise. I'll come home to you, and we'll read to Wanda, and build with David and take Pietro to the park so he can run and swing," Erik's voice is hoarse, raspy, but warm.

Dom touches his other shoulder, doing his part to show the man that he has allies, that he is loved and important. "You're doing a very good job, Erik. You're doing so well. Just a little while longer, and I promise you will come home to your children and your beloved. Do you believe me?"

A jerk of Erik's chin downward in assent. "Believe you. Believe Charles. Sweetheart," he whispers. "Thank-you. Nice man," he snorts a little, knowing it must sound silly. "Good man. Appreciate you, Dom and Marc. So sorry, this is so convoluted. Grateful, you must know. So grateful. Taking care of Charles for me."

They can all see, plainly, that Erik isn't as articulate as he normally is and have to assume that it's due to the suppression of his mutation. His perception and experience of the world is so acutely tied to his mutation; it only makes sense that he's struggling to string together a coherent narrative. "We'll get you outta here so you can get back to taking care of him yourself," Marc says. "Pretty soon. Just keep on hanging in there, yeah?"

"I love you," Charles says quietly, firm. "I know that you're strong. We know you're not crazy. And we'll be back here soon to see you again, alright? Every single day, if we're allowed." 


The next few weeks are the longest of Charles's life, when finally Erik presents himself as the Plaintiff in the matter of Lehnsherr v. Shaw. The next few times Charles sees him is few and far between, because Shaw has listed Charles as harmful to Erik's wellbeing. Erik doesn't cry for any of the men, he doesn't seem to cry. Only Charles can read the shifts.

But at long last the trial proceeds and Erik and Marc make their case against his conservatorship. Erik is thinner than he was before. Visibly bruised, all over his arms and face. Gaunt. Sallow. In soft cuffs as he's led to the Plaintiff's chair. His unseeing eyes desperately trying to find his babies and Charles. 

"Hey, can we get these cuffs off?" Marc snaps at the police officer who guides a blind and stumbling Erik to his seat. He's not been given the suit that Marc dropped off at the hospital; he's still wearing his hospital scrubs, which makes him look more like a prisoner than anything else. "No reason for him to be cuffed."

"Sorry. Hospital orders," shrugs the officer as he sits Erik down.

Marc grumbles angrily, but then lays a hand on Erik's shoulder. "You doing alright? We've got another good judge, David Alleyne. He's a mutant, too. Trask and Shaw are pissed about it, but Dom pulled some strings for us."

Erik reaches up as much as his cuffs will allow to pat at Marc's arm in thanks. "I appreciate it," he rasps, and this time Marc can tell his voice is hoarse from screaming. Not a good sign. Not at all. He's in even worse shape than before, eyes sunken in. Pale. A new bruise creeping into his shirt. A critical examination would see bruises all along his thighs and back. But Erik is smiling as they help him sit. "Charles? The babies? He's not too sad? Oh, it's so hard on him. I know."

“Not too sad. Definitely upset, but he’s doing okay. He’s here. The kids aren’t here; we decided we didn’t want them to have to sit through this. They know something is wrong. Carmen’s kid, Kitty, is watching them all today.” He rubs Erik’s upper back, frowning when he feels the notches in his spine. “Almost over though, yeah?” The bailiff commands all in the courtroom to rise for the Honorable Judge David Alleyne, a tall man with a deep voice and dark skin. Marc helps Erik to stand, and then sit back down again when Alleyne waves for them to do so.

“We’re here today to consider the matter of Lehnsherr v. Shaw. The defendant is conservator of the plaintiff, and therefore has been vested with legal power to manage the plaintiff’s financial affairs, make healthcare decisions on his behalf, and, as is the case currently, have him committed to psychiatric facilities for concerns for his wellbeing and the wellbeing of others. The plaintiff contends that this arrangement is currently operating in bad faith, while the defendant holds that his guardianship is still necessary for the plaintiff’s wellbeing. Mr. Spector, please begin.”

Marc stands and speaks for a good ten minutes, outlining, clearly, the allegations that they’ve compiled over the past several weeks. He starts at the beginning, with Erik’s first hospitalization and Shaw’s intervention and ends in the present day, ultimately gesturing to the seated Erik, cuffed and bound.

“As you can see, Your Honor, my client is unwell, but not because of an inherent illness. His legal guardian has ripped him from his home, his family, his life, stripped him of his mutation which has rendered him blind and unsteady, and locked him away. This has all been done out of pure retaliation and a desperate grasp for control. As such, it is in the interest of law and justice that my client be released from this oppressive conservatorship and be allowed to walk away as his own man, free of Dr. Shaw’s nightmarish control at last.” 

Alleyne nods only once. “Thank you, counsel. Mr. Trask?”

Trask stands. "We contend in evidence that Erik Lehnsherr did contact Dr. Sebastian Shaw and threaten him with violence after the conclusion of the Bronx hearing. He then bit Agent Stryker, obtained as a security professional at Dr. Shaw's behest and Dr. Leland, retained by Dr. Shaw as a physician to assess Mr. Lehnsherr, sedated him. Mr. Lehnsherr tried to attack Dr. Leland and was restrained in four-points for his own safety and given antipsychotic medication and a mutation suppressant to calm his violent urges. Unfortunately as you can see he becomes agitated due to his mutation and schizophrenia, which Dr. Leland has confirmed is legitimate." 

Alleyne levels Trask’s gaze, detecting falsehood in his speech. “Elaborate, please, counsel. In what way did Mr. Lehnsherr threaten Dr. Shaw? You hold that it was this threat that encouraged your client to have his charge taken to Beth Israel Hospital?”

"Correct. Mr. Lehnsherr sent him a series of increasingly unhinged text messages threatening to harm him if he didn't drop the conservatorship. You can see this in exhibit A," Trask projects the images of the texts.

"Objection, Your Honor," Marc stands up. "These messages are fabricated. My client has not contacted Dr. Shaw directly since he enlisted in the military many years ago."

Alleyne appears stunned, staring at Marc for a moment before turning to fix a hard, cold glare on Trask. "Counsel, may I remind you that falsifying evidence, in this state and all others, is a crime. Penalties include disbarment, fines, and even prison time up to four years. Are you certain that you would like to introduce this evidence to me?"

"These messages are legitimate, you can have them analyzed how you'd like," Trask sniffs, crossing his arms. "They will hold up to forensic scrutiny. I submit them. They are fact." Alleyne hears the lie.

Alleyne inclines his head. “This is regrettable, Mr. Trask. I am certain that you’ve just submitted factually incorrect information to this courtroom. This is not something that either I or the law will tolerate, not for a second longer. I hold you in contempt of court. A hearing will be held next week to determine whether or not you may keep your legal license. Bailiff, if you will…” The bailiff steps up to escort Trask away.

Trask stares. "This is not factually incorrect! Examine it! This is preposterous and a severe overreach of your authority. You cannot just accuse a lawyer of doing something of this magnitude and throw him in prison. You require to provide evidence that I submitted factually incorrect information. Evidence you will not find!"

"Perhaps you were not made aware, Mr. Trask, but I am in possession of a gift that aids me greatly in this role as a judge," Alleyne tells him coolly. "I have the ability to detect falsehoods when they are presented to me. What you've presented is nothing but falsehoods. Mr. Lehnsherr did not author or send those messages to Dr. Shaw, and I know that to be a fact. Now, you are not to return to this courtroom until your hearing commences. I will preside over that hearing, too."

"What? You're a mutant?" Trask barks. "You can't use your abilities like that. How can you prove that you're telling the truth that I am lying. That's not a legal foundation of anything. I can say my mutant power told me you just lied to me, too."

"The people of the great commonwealth of Massachusetts have elected me to serve them and fairly adjudicate matters such as this one," Alleyne says simply. "And our state code was amended in 2008 to codify the freedom that mutants may utilize their abilities in the workplace to aid them as they work, if they so choose. There were many, many hearings, Mr. Trask, after which the fine legislators of this commonwealth decided that I should be allowed to sit on this bench. A similar hearing was had in New York, with my esteemed colleague Dominikos Petrakis, whom you know well by this stage." Alleyne folds his hands. "Consider any further protests wisely, Mr. Trask. Off you go."

Trask fights the whole way out. "This isn't over! You can't undo this conservatorship, it will cause more harm to Erik to leave him untreated!" Alleyne hears those lies, too. For, Trask believes it, but what he really wants is to punish Erik. So his mutation pings it.

Once Trask is gone, Alleyne turns to Shaw. "Mr. Shaw," he thunders. "You are not under any obligation to continue this suit without representation. However, if you choose to continue, a decision will not be rendered in your favor, for I have detected only bad faith rationale from yourself and your counsel. If you request a continuance, I will be forced to grant it, but the conservatorship will be transferred to a conservator of my choosing while we wait for the suit to resume. And then, it will be terminated. The choice is yours, Dr. Shaw, but I highly, highly recommend that you choose to end this today so that we may not waste any further resources on this matter."

"I am fighting for what is in the best interest of my charge. I request continuance. I wish justice to be done. Erik has suffered enough. I will see him home and whole," Shaw says, and Alleyne can hear the reverberations of truth-and-lie. He believes his own lies, but they're predicated on entitlement to the autonomy of another. So. A lie.

Alleyne exhales sharply through his nose, but nods once. "Sergeant Lehnsherr," he says, addressing Erik for the first time. "Is there somebody who you would like for me to assign as your temporary conservator while Dr. Shaw seeks new counsel?"

"Dr. Charles Xavier," he whispers softly, barely daring to breathe. "Please. He helps. He is good. A good father. Helps me with the babies, too. Our babies. Please. He's sane. Safe. I just want to go home," Erik says, and he keeps his voice strong and centered for the court.

"Is Dr. Xavier pres—"

"Yes, Your Honor," Charles interrupts, waving his good arm from the gallery. He's on the verge of tears, for their nightmare is so close to being over, but he's determined to keep himself composed. "I'm here. Yes, I accept."

"Alright. We will convene again in thirty days, at which time we will seek to remove Sergeant Lehnsherr's conservatorship entirely. In the interim, Dr. Xavier will serve as Sergeant Lehnsherr's conservator, with all powers afforded to Dr. Shaw hereby transferred to him."

The gavel bangs once, and Charles, is at Erik's side in a matter of seconds. "Marc, take these off—"

"Already there," grunts the lawyer, quickly removing the cuffs from Erik's wrists.

When Erik is finally free, Charles throws an arm around him and pulls him close. "Come here, sweetheart..."

Erik gasps as if breaking over the waves of an interminable ocean. In an instant, a paramedic is ushered down to administer the suppressant dissolver, and Erik laughs as he slides into Charles's lap and hugs him for all he's worth. "Oh, Charles. How I've missed you. Missed you so much. Look, you got a new freckle. Right there. Ahh, I'll count all the new ones," he purrs, resting his cheek on Charles's chest.

It only really feels over when the recognition returns to Erik's eyes, the spark, and then finally, the barrier between his mind and Charles's own is gone. There it is, that wondrous, impossible palace that is Erik Lehnsherr's mind, available for Charles once again. He hugs Erik when he slips into his lap, daring not to let go for even a moment. "How I've missed you, too," he says quietly, eyes fluttering shut.

The rest of their family assembles around them quickly, too, to celebrate.

Marc eyes Shaw, and then in a less-controlled moment, bounds over to the man. "It's over, Shaw. Why not just give it up? We're coming after you already. Why drag this out even longer when you've already lost?"

Shaw growls. "I've lost? Do you think?" he turns on his heel, and in a devastating blow, claps his hands together and decimates the very building they are in.


Everyone is screaming and panicked. The moment suspends onto a pin. Erik and Charles are bound together amidst the splintering cacophony. But Erik smiles. And the moment slowly weaves its way down. Erik protects every person in radius, children and parents. Lawyers and judges all. Civilians going about their day. They're inside bubbles, debris harmlessly pelting off. The sky is blue over their heads. Erik marches toward Shaw and in an instant he vanishes.

"You're all safe. Safe, now," Erik raises his voice over the din. The confused silence and sirens. The building is a ruined pit. "Don't fret," he smiles. "I'll make it better. Hm?" and Erik shoots up into the sky to get a better view, and delicately threads each and every atom of the building right back into place. Like nothing happened. He lands on the ground outside, to a crowd of shocked onlookers. "It's OK," he says gently. "It's OK. Everyone is safe now."

It all happens so fast. One moment, Charles is holding Erik on his lap, blissful and in the next, they're out in the open, under the cold sky. Debris threatens to rain all atop them, crushing them, but then it doesn't. Erik is standing calmly, protecting them all. Where minutes ago he'd looked feeble, diminutive, he now looks strong and valiant, arms outstretched as they're all sheltered by him. He joins the crowd in wonder, watching him construct the courthouse around them like an artist creating a mosaic. "Damn," Marc swears under his breath. "Don't think I knew he could do all that." "He surprises me each day," Charles whispers, fond.

Erik is grinning, and he transports all the children and Charles up to him so they can be right next to him, playing and laughing. Wanda curls her finger and sends a wave of sparkles toward the next repaired room, and it shimmers, the walls glazing over in rainbow graffiti depicting happy families, human and mutant both. "Oh, very beautiful, meyn lemele," Erik praises tenderly. His affection is vibrant, reflected in glimmering sparks all around. In an instant Marc and Dom zwoop up to them as well, and it feels like they're walking on soft, lush grass in bare toes tickling along.

But there's nothing keeping them suspended, it's all Erik. "Shaw is a bad man," Erik says to Dom and Marc softly. "So I put him in a place where he can't hurt anyone. Charles can make it so he is not able to use his mutation. It's safer than a suppressant. He will still be a dangerous person, even without his abilities. What would you like me to do with him? I can keep him comfortable indefinitely."

“If you’re asking me if that’s legal, you can bet that it certainly is not,” says Marc, clearly enjoying the sensation of floating. “He just attempted to murder hundreds of people and destroy a public building, though. He’ll go to jail regardless. For a long time.”

"I'll put him in custody," Erik promises. He identifies a police-car near the fray, and Sebastian Shaw appears in the back, handcuffed behind him, within a shield so that he cannot hurt anyone even without his mutation. He returns to Charles's side, and the building is returned to its former glory to the awe of every onlooker. Charles can feel the change in sentiment then and there, the perception of Erik has grown in the public's eye, as someone heroic.

This, Erik doesn't see in himself, but the public support for mutants has changed when it comes to Erik Lehnsherr. Someone who has saved hundreds of lives, and restored order and the rule of law, ensuring that everything is fixed and whole. It pleases Erik, because he has always been viewed as someone sinister and insane. But he isn't. He's a natural caretaker, a universal steward and guardian of the Earth itself.

That's who he is, a parent to his children, a partner to his beloved. A veteran who did his duty, someone mischievous and playful at heart. And now, the people see him as he is, and that makes him glow with contentment.

It’s David Alleyne’s turn to speak next. Still wearing his billowing judicial robes, he skirts his way through the crowd to approach Erik. Forward comes his left hand, having already taken account of the brace around Erik’s right. “Sergeant Lehnsherr,” he rumbles, shaking Erik’s hand vigorously. “You’ve saved many lives today, including my own. This was an incredible feat to witness. You have my eternal gratitude and respect, sir.”

“And we have to thank you, Judge Alleyne,” says Charles, wrapping his good arm around Erik’s waist as he raises his chair to the correct height. “We were so worried that this would drag on and on forever. I’m looking forward to getting this conservatorship lifted once and for all.”

“Consider it done.” Alleyne waves his hand. “With Dr. Shaw in custody, he’s no longer fit to be a conservator. Mr. Spector and I can work the rest out on paper, no need for you to come back here for me to lift it formally. It’ll be gone by the end of the week. You’ll be a free man, sergeant,” he promises Erik. “As you deserve.”

Erik is beaming, and his returning handshake is gentle, always careful with others, treating them delicately. There's no show of machismo. Magda called it gever gever bullshit, but for Erik it's non-existent. All living things deserve care and respect. Even men like Shaw, who is in the back of the police car, fuming. Not a hair has been touched on his head, entirely whole. Erik won't hurt him in return. And he's grateful that Charles won't, either.

"Your swiftness in understanding my predicament is something I will be grateful for, Your Honor, for the rest of my life," Erik says earnestly, touching his braced hand to his chest. "You have restored my family and my dignity to me. That means more than you can possibly know. Truly, from the bottom of my heart. I thank you all here today. Mr. Spector, Judge Petrakis. Judge Alleyne. Consider yourselves forever in my heart. And should you need assistance, I am but a call away."

"It's the gift I was born with," Alleyne says humbly, bowing his head. "I am sorry that the justice system was exploited to entrap you. There was never any reason for you to be placed under a conservatorship, I believe that much is clear. It is regrettable that it was allowed to happen in the first place."

"Perhaps the criteria needs to be tightened," suggests Charles.

"Would if I could," Alleyne huffs. "That's all legislative. If either you have an interest in politics, be my guest."

Erik hums. "Perhaps I'll go back to school. Mame always said I'd make a good diplomat," he adds wryly, bending down to give Charles a hug just because he can. The hospital scrubs have been replaced with a soft sweater and dark jeans in colorful splashes, just as he likes, and a kippah over his dark curls. He lays a solemn hand on Alleyne's shoulder, person-to-person, looking up in fondness at the grand architecture of the building he's restored. "You just keep doing the good work, OK? The more like you, the better. Teach your young ones, too. So that they may follow in your footsteps."

“I detect only honest intentions from you,” Alleyne says in his warm, deep intonation. “I, like you, am directed by my gift to conduct myself in this world in a particular way. And I support any mutant who uses their gift to make the world more equitable. I can tell that both of you,” he says, indicating both Charles and Erik, “have plans to do just that.” Charles nods once. “Equally important is restraint, I think. Both Erik and I are able to take people like Shaw out of the equation, should we choose to use our abilities like that. But, that’s not how the world should work.”

Chapter 108: The chicks, first one & then another, all sang out 'It was our brother,

Chapter Text

After the trial, Charles notices that the public sentiment and good-will toward mutants as a whole has raised tremendously in the wake of Sebastian Shaw's aborted attack on the Massachusetts State Court. He has since been branded a domestic terrorist and remanded into the custody of the FBI, where a trial against him has gone underway. Both Charles and Erik are both subpoenaed to testify and Erik's nerves about needing to openly talk about his treatment by Shaw at MIT are clear, but his own mentality has also drastically shifted in a visible way as well.

Charles can feel how much more settled Erik has become and how much more confident and warm he has grown as the next few months pass. Slowly and really without much foresight or planning the Greymalkin Estate opens its doors for mutant and marginalized children of all stripes to receive boarding and education, and its staff gradually grows in number, much to Erik's joy as it becomes clearer how suited he is to teaching (math and literature, of course) and his affection for the younger generation.

He and Charles only weave together even closer, and soon they both feel ready to take the additional step to tie their lives together permanently. Erik proposes to him amidst brilliant fairy lights and fireflies after they exit synagogue one Purim, non-alcoholic margaritas in hand as they take a private walk through the grounds. He furnishes a ring suffused with twisting streaks of magenta and fiery reds and yellows in a custom alloy, another brand new element for Charles to marvel upon. 

His words are simple, but sincere. I love you. So much. Every single moment spent with you has improved my life. And I can't wait for the years to expand outward. We'll travel the Expanse together and experience even more marvels for decades to come. His grin upwards is dorky, and very Erik, eager with nerves. I would lie for you. I would die for you. I'll follow you forever, into any battle and every softness. And so they marry. It's a simple ceremony, but full of love and vast, cosmic mystery.

Things couldn't be more happy, Charles thinks as their families only twist stronger together. But of course the two men as immense as they are, become a magnet for hardship as well. A year passes, and right after David's following birthday, they hear about it on television first. Another terrorist attack by the notorious Sayid Al-Zaman, this time on an island known as Genosha. Thousands are dead, innocents and military personnel alike. Erik is watching next to Charles. "Morning Fire," he reads off the bottom of the newsreel. His hand on his husband's shoulder is gentle as ever. "This isn't good."

Their next year together is the happiest of Charles's life. Not only does he discover that he has more love inside him than he thought possible, he also learns why he's been skirting around that unknown chasm that seemed to stretch on between action and fulfillment. His work as a psychologist was satisfying on its face, certainly, but there wasn't the bliss that he'd hoped for, the easy sleeping at night, knowing he was doing what he was meant to do. Now, there is.

Officially placing his practice on hiatus, Charles is now, very happily, the headmaster of a school. Mutants from all over the world have begun to take up residence in the Graymalkin Manor, eager to learn from the famous Erik Lehnsherr, the one who saved Boston from a terrorist. Teaching, he's learned, is his true passion, the thing he does best of all. And to be able to do it alongside his husband, his soulmate, the heart of his soul... well, what could get better than that?

By David's sixth birthday (the boy is now fluent in Hebrew, Erik attests; he tears through entire tomes meant for sixteen-year-olds), their routine has begun to settle. Students all day, family at night. Sometimes the two cross over; never do they care. They're all happy to simply be here, together, looking toward a bright future. That is.... until that day in mid-December. Anti-mutant protests have begun to crop up in major cities around the world in the wake of the most horrific terrorist attack by a mutant to date. Erik's concern matches his own as they watch the report tick across the screen.

"Not good at all," he agrees, fingers clenched around his armrest. "Should...should we say something? Call the media? I feel like we should."

Erik is on his phone already, scrolling through some of the encrypted chatrooms he's surreptitiously ingratiated himself as a member of through various .onion sites. His features are drawn in a scowl as he reads out,

"Genosha is an island which has been occupied by the United States Armed Forces since 1922, due to a statistically significant population of Omega-level mutation throughout the population. The indigenous Genoshans have been under quarantine for 20 years after the Admonition, a terrorist attack on American soil in New York City intended to draw awareness to the illegal and immoral activities of the Central Intelligence Agency and the United States Army."

Erik grimaces, taking a deep breath. Like many veterans of the military, he has grown incredibly critical of the imperialistic nature of the United States, and views himself as having played a role in the long arm of 'American Exceptionalism' and foreign interference. Despite being a medic and not personally attacking any enemy soldiers or civilians. His actual duties were comprised of assisting local Afghanis in developing infrastructure including schools and hospitals, and resisting groups like the Taliban from growing in power.

But that does not change what the military ultimately stands for, and he has become a vocal opponent of the institutional and systemic xenophobia in the name of 'democracy.' The breath exits his body in a long exhale, from the center of his chest down to his toes. "A media tour won't change the reality of this situation. We are responsible for this, Charles. At the end of the day, we created the environment that produces actors like Sayid al-Zaman and Morning Fire."

Charles knows Erik well; despite having known each other for just a bit over a year, he knows his husband inside and out, as if their souls have been connected for time immemorial. So he knows that this face, this expression, this body language is indicative of something brewing in his head, something which is hard for Charles to parse with his telepathy, but something big and meaningful nonetheless. "What do you propose we do?" Charles asks, but he thinks that he knows the answer, for Erik isn't one for abstraction. He prefers action. "I don't know if I can go with you," he adds, pre-empting it. "Not physically, anyway."

Erik reaches out with one arm and wraps it around Charles's middle, laying his head on his shoulder as he floats up slightly to sit mid-air beside him. "I..." he trails off a little. Going to Genosha, physically, is clearly at the forefront of his mind, for he has never been one to sit back when action is an option. But the idea of leaving Charles behind while he gallivants head-first into a den of terrorists is equally unappealing.

"I wouldn't like to place you in danger," he says softly. That's the very first solid thought he knows he has about it. "But I don't know that I can leave those people to suffer, either. Our people, Charles. Our kind. At the hands of our government, and rogue mutants." He sighs. "What do you think we should do? If you were to come with me, you would be at risk. As I would be. But that doesn't bother me nearly as much," he adds with a wry laugh. "I think I could protect us, but I've been put down before."

Charles smiles at Erik softly, pushing a kinky curl from those green eyes. "I know better than to try and stop you when you have something like this on your mind, my love," he tells Erik softly. "And it's not that I don't wish to go with you for fear of being in danger, or fear of embroiling myself. It's not that at all." He swipes Erik's jaw with his thumb. "I need to watch over the Institute and the kids. I'm sure there will be fallout here, and I'd like to be a resource. I can work in tandem with you from here."

Erik's smile bunches up against Charles's finger. "You don't mind? That I'll be gone for a little while? I--feel it, in here, that I--" he breaks his gaze away slightly, ashamed. "That I left you. While you were hurt. My mind was not my own, and I left. I don't ever want you to feel that I've abandoned you like that." Charles can tell that Erik is pulled between two worlds; theirs, here, and one out There in the cosmic Expanse.

Not Erik, the one before Charles, but a different Erik. One with russet braids and vivid green eyes, distinct to his Erik's raven curls and deep hazel. A different Charles, too. Younger, less settled than his own. "You take such good care of the children, here. They will need you now more than ever. I wish I could split in two," he laughs softly. "So I could stay, and I could help in Genosha. But I so strongly feel... we can't leave them to die. They're our people, a whole country of them."

"You can come back and see me," Charles offers, fingers finding their way to Erik's scalp, where they begin to softly scratch. "I feel that, too. You left, somewhere. And it caused a rift." Through Erik, Charles can sometimes feel the Expanse, too, feel the various lives folded alongside their own. "That won't happen here. I promise." Charles leans his neck over and places a gentle kiss on Erik's temple. "We can't leave them, no. I'll help how I can from here. Perhaps join you when I'm needed, when you believe that I am."

As always when Charles's fingers find their way into Erik's hair, his eyes close and the tension gradually drains out of him, resting more fully against Charles until he's practically in his lap. He lays his cheek on Charles's chest, a pile of long limbs strewn about like a giant octopus. This is my favorite spot, he rumbles mentally. Safe, he whispers. Never before Charles does he recall a moment where he was truly safe.

The trial for Shaw has only begun to showcase just how on-guard and endless his terror and stress had been as a young man barely out of childhood, taken from one extreme and thrown right into another. And then Kabul, and Kosovo. Two periods in his life that he doesn't often ponder, but now they're at the surface, as the prospect of Genosha looms. Kosovo is all rain, sandbags and medical tents inundated by heartbroken, shattered people and Erik, trying his hardest to piece them together. Kabul the opposite. Searing heat, children kicking dusty soccer balls. Splintered sounds and crushed metal. I can't express what it means that you're OK with me going. Perhaps that's silly. But I couldn't bear that kind of a rift with you. I don't know how he could bear it, either.

Safe, Charles whispers back. The narrative behind why their counterparts split on such strained terms is unclear, but Charles does know, or he thinks, that it had something to do with him. There was a lot of pain there, before and after. Resentment, but something else. Be safe, you, Charles hums. I mean it. No unnecessary risks. Come home when you can. Tell me what I can do from here to help. This is something we're both doing. If you need me to come, I will, but I think you should take Raven instead.

They take a few days to prepare. Erik is loathe to leave the children behind, and spends as much time as he can amongst them. Sitting them in his lap, hugging them and tickling their sides. Reading to David, stroking Wanda's hair and chasing after Pietro in mid-air (Pietro is now so fast he can run sideways over walls, much to their chagrined delight). With Charles at his side, Warren and Raven join the fray along with Hank for a rousing game of charades (Erik is terrible, and no one gets Evel Knieval despite his tragic efforts).

When the time comes to see him off, he looks tall and steady in his all-black utility clothes and a medical kit slung over his shoulder, the same one he carried overseas laden with a host of complicated equipment. He parts with his husband and three children reluctantly, but it gives way to something more as he gazes up to the sky in preparation to push off, Raven in tow. "Now, you be good," Raven grins at her brother and Warren. "You make sure to beat him at all the games for us, you hear? And get up to as much mischief as possible, young man. Auntie's orders," she winks at Pietro.

"Don't give the poor man a heart attack," Warren smirks. "Take care," he tells them in a rare moment of seriousness. Warren is rude and glib, born with a whole silver array of cutlery and an attitude to show for it. His own child was abducted by anti-mutant extremists five years ago, and his marriage to Jenna suffered when they buried his remains. But he's old stock, and Worthington men don't show weakness. Not ever. Still, Charles knows he has VI. XIX. tattooed in black ink just under both elbows. For Angel, his baby.

"We will," Erik assures him. He bends down to press a kiss to Charles's temple. I will keep you in the loop, neshama. And I'll be home next week, hm? his eyes crease fondly. 

Erik makes Charles's personal care so easy, to the point where they scarcely even think about it anymore. With him gone, and with Raven gone, to boot, there's a lot more to think about. Warren has always been a stalwart supporter, stepping in to help Charles whenever Raven couldn't for whatever reason. Hank, too. Charles promises to handle it all with grace while Erik is gone, even if he knows he won't.

Pietro is running in circles around the adults, but stops to hug Raven's leg. "No go!" he cries out. "No go! Aba, no go!"

"Aba will be back soon, my love," Charles promises his youngest son, coaxing him away from Raven's leg. "We'll have a good time here on our own, won't we?"

"No!" he wails, tears streaming. "Bad time!"

Charles gives Erik a blithe smile as Pietro cries into his chest. We eagerly await your return. Do keep me in the loop. I'll do the same. I have some meetings scheduled this afternoon already.

Erik winces, truly unprepared for the fact that his children don't want him to go. It tugs at his heart enough that he seriously considers aborting this entire mission, but the equal cries from Genosha push their way in to remind him of just how many children are in distress there. How many Pietros and Wandas are crying out desperately for help, and receiving no response. Erik kneels down to Pietro's height, lifting him off of Charles so that he can address him face-to-face. He sets a hand over the boy's heart.

"Deep breath. Just like we practice, right?" he guides Pietro to help him calm down; his youngest son often deals with big emotions in a chaotic way, overwhelmed easily. Erik has learned to ride the waves, and has focused a great deal on helping him to manage the bursts. "That's it. Very good job. Listen to me, OK? I will always be only a moment away. Always. I promise, za'ir tayish." He tickles under Pietro's chin.

Erik never talks down to his kids, even though they're young. He does his best to explain that he has to help other little ones just like Pietro to be safe, so that they aren't hurting. And that he will never be truly gone. "And I know you will be very brave, and help your sister and papa, yeah? You know he needs you both to read to him at night," he says with a mental huff toward his husband. It's a trick he has adopted over the months, for they really are Erik's kids, jumping at the opportunity for responsibility.

Pietro wipes his snotty nose on Erik's sleeve, but nods gravely. "Read to Papa," he agrees, voice quavering. "I be brave."

Charles smiles, for the children are so like their father in their earnest commitment to taking care of others. Erik, too, is charming in that he takes Pietro's typical toddler reaction as seriously as he'd take any other, something that Charles adores. "How lucky am I to have you and Wanda to read to me," Charles praises. "Can you show Aba how big you can hug?"

The challenge is exciting and momentarily distracts Pietro, and he flings his tiny arms around Erik, which barely span his width. "This big! Big hug!"

Erik bundles Pietro up in a big hug of his own, kissing the top of his snow white curls with as much affection as he can, concealing his own teary gaze as he contends with having to part from his family for the first time. He hadn't realized how difficult it would be--his deployments weren't like this. He didn't have his babies, then. He whispers that he will be back as soon as possible after giving Wanda just as tight of a squeeze, murmuring how proud he is of her and how much he will miss her.

He and Charles having said their goodbyes in private, Erik departs with a gentle press of his lips to Charles's own and a draw of his palm over his jaw, uncaring that there are others around. Even a week apart, their agreed upon timeframe, feels like far too long. As he and Raven dematerialize, a shower of sparks remain behind, turning into colorful swirls that dance off of fingertips and melt into blooming flowers.


They land in Genosha and the first thing they smell is burning. Aramida is on fire, with literal rows of trees along the distance engulfed in flames and thick plumes of smoke. Erik erects a shield around them and makes a clearing, constructing a fortified building for them to begin working out of. The first thing they do is catalog the situation, which is... poor. Hundreds of mutants held captive and the rest of the population heavily oppressed and monitored. Erik designates the first few operational areas on the outskirts, figuring they can liberate one at a time, and turn any assets they can to develop a more robust team at their headquarters.

Area A is a single sprawling concrete complex with CIA and Army forces stationed as guards, and Erik makes quick work of the facility's security arrangements. He and Raven begin the lengthy, arduous process of clearing every room they come across. A majority of the victims here are young children, which Erik relocates to their base. They hit a snag shortly after, when they're stopped by a woman who is standing protectively over three toddlers, mistaking Erik and Raven for more scientists and doctors prodding and poking at them. Erik raises his hands.

"Friends. We're friends," he says in as gentle a tone as possible. "Mutants, like you." He lets a harmless spark of electricity flow down each of his fingers. "Here to help. You and the little ones." 

Ororo Munroe is the woman's name, and she's a trim young woman with white hair, tea-colored skin, and keen brown eyes. The children behind her aren't hers—in fact, she hates kids—but she's not a damn monster, and she's not about to let these little punks die in this hellfire on their own. Life on Genosha hasn't been okay in her lifetime, ever, but it's been worse and worse over the past handful of years. More CIA personnel, fewer liberties. Concrete buildings, suppression collars, all the horrible shit that her brothers used to warn her about and rile her up over at night before their mother would shush them to sleep in their shared beds. Well, it happened. They were right. Too bad they're dead, now.

But, something is going on. Something huge happened outside the facility she's in now, but no one will tell her. The guards are all testy, less amenable to acting like human fucking beings, which they scarcely did in the first place so that's saying something. She figures it's nothing. Every few years or so, there's a riot, and nothing ever happens. So when the two new doctors arrive at her cell, she finds herself standing in front of the gaggle of toddlers that have been assigned as her damn roommates for the last week, the bastards.

"Friends," she spits in accented but clear English. Her eyes narrow a bit as she traces the shimmer of light between the tall, lanky man's fingers. "Here to help? Help do what?"

The lady beside the man-who-speaks is dark with a sea of bright red hanging down her shoulders, her amber-colored eyes dancing with mischief as her visible skin begins to flutter, and then all-at-once she's blue, scale-filaments in swirls of kaleidoscopic reflections. "We're here to get you out of here," she speaks plainly. "This is Erik Lehnsherr, I'm Raven Darkholme. More than that, we're here to right what was wronged on Genosha. As much as we can. We've already liberated two complexes," she explains. "We have a facility two kilometers northwest of here. The other children have been rescued, they're already safe and being cared for."

"It's your choice," the man with shoulder-length corkscrew curls says gently, a gaze of deep browns and golds and forest-greens settling itself upon her and her charges. "But I think you'd rather not stay here any longer than you have to. We're not here to hurt you, or the kids." One thick, black eyebrow arcs pointedly. His features are imploring, in an effort to reach her. They quirk downward soon after, though, and his head snaps up at attention.

"Everything copasetic?" Raven asks, eyeing the sudden change in Erik's demeanor.

"We need to leave. Right now," he says urgently. "We cannot stay here. We have to go. Please," he reaches out to Ororo. "Let us help."

"Talk to me," Raven puts her hand on his arm. "What do you sense?"

"Stryker is here. Stryker and Leland. Both here." Unconsciously, his mind stretches toward Charles, in an attempt to soothe itself. "We need to go, before they discover us. They have mutation suppressants. I don't know if I can fully shield against them. The last time, I couldn't."

"All right. Look, Erik can teleport," Raven adds. "We'll get you all out of here, OK? I know asking you to trust us right now is a lot."

Ororo is still obviously skeptical; a healthy skepticism from a life full of shitstorm after shitstorm. But, these people don't seem malicious; the tall guy is exceptionally earnest, and the woman, too. And something had been going on. Before she can answer, though, the man, Erik, snaps his head up, and he and Raven exchange a few words. "Stryker," Ororo grunts in recognition, crossing her arms. "Yes. He came recently. Brand new collars for all of us," she tells him, pointing at the thick black bangle around her neck. "Alright. We'll go. But I will help."

For his part, Charles has scarcely been focused on anything except for Erik. Prior to meeting the man, his range wasn't nearly so broad, but they've since learned that their union has enhanced his abilities tremendously, to the point where he can pick up Erik's frequency at any place on the planet. Yakiv and Ruth are here this week to help Charles out with the kids, for which he is grateful, as he's been busy with meetings and stressing about Erik. And so when the familiar brush alerts him, he's there instantaneously, ready to respond. Darling? Is everything alright?

Ororo notices that the man, Erik, when he comes close to her, is shaking a little. Light tremors through his frame, though his face remains entirely impassive and calm. There's something unsteady that flickers through his eyes as they parse through the walls of the complex, and his breathing has turned too-measured. Raven notices it, too. "Erik," she murmurs at his opposite side, quiet. "You got this, OK? You got it," she settles a hand at the crook of his elbow, smiling up at him in firm reassurance. "We're going to get out of here, we're going to get these people out." She meets his eyes, a grounding presence.

"Ačiū, aš žinau," he murmurs back in a language Ororo doesn't recognize, saying something like achoo. His sleeve has ridden up to reveal comic-styled marigolds along his inner wrist and down the back of his palm. Artwork that belies softness, even though he seems outwardly very hard. It's the little things that give him away--someone who is not cruel, after all.

"All right, here," Raven moves to unholster a stun gun from her side--at first Ororo suspects she will use it on her, but Raven twirls it to brandish it toward her, handle-first. "You take this, and anyone who isn't a patient or us, fire at will. It won't kill them, it's a tranquilizer. Erik, hey, let's get this off her."

"Oh," he whispers, snapping himself back into the present moment to realize that she has been settled with a garish collar of all things. He stares for a second and then it dissolves, disappearing into thin air and returning her mutation to her instantaneously. "All right, no more of that," he says as he kneels down to examine the children. They're afraid, huddled together, and he smiles outwardly, producing a large bouquet of candy-flowers out of mid-air for each one. He tucks a curl behind the girl's ear. "I can teleport," he agrees with Raven, "but we need to pass through this secure area. It has a type of energy containment field."

"Two corridors in, and to the left," Raven confirms. "That's how we got in here, and how we'll get out. One for each of us, huh?" she picks up the youngest child, directing Erik and Ororo to the other two. "Hi there, sugar. You're all right. We're going somewhere safe, I promise."

Stryker, and Leland, Erik's mind whispers back to Charles across the vast chasm of distance, that feels imminently more distant with the knowledge that two of his tormentors are only meters away. He and Charles have spent the past year in a true state of harmony and joy, and Erik has done his best to put his latest trauma behind him, but it all rushes to the fore in walls of padded white and four-point restraints, and pain. Shame, exposure. And now is not the time. Erik does his best to marshal himself, unprepared for the searing recollections to burn their way across his consciousness. Here. Got the last group with me. Charles. Erik lets out a soft sigh, the only sign that he's struggling.

“I don’t need this now that the collar is off,” says Ororo pointedly as she rubs her neck, obviously more eager than she had been just moments ago. “Look.” From her fingers, a small torrent manifests, thunder and lightning contained in a microcosm which grows larger and larger until it surrounds them all. The rain, however, does not make them wet. Still, she takes the fun and holds it in one hand as he balances one kid, a little boy with super sonic abilities, on her hip. “Let’s go.”

Charles closes his eyes. Stryker and Leland. They hadn’t pursued a suit against either man, opting to move forward instead of dwell. The evil men who had hurt his love are back again, and Charles can feel it unsettle Erik from across the globe. Stay focused, my love, Charles encourages. Get those people out of there first, hmm? That’s what you’re there to do. They can’t hurt them anymore. And they can’t hurt you. You’re free, and you’re strong.

Ororo's snap of thunder combined with Charles's assurance cause Erik to shed a quick grin, combined with his loping gait and strange mannerisms, it makes him seem suddenly a lot younger than he is. "Fucking awesome," he murmurs, always incredibly fond of how different mutations present themselves.

"And, yeah, definitely don't need the stun gun," Raven smirks. "All right, Erik is going to take point. He can shield us from any fire, right?" she confirms that he's focused where he needs to be. An unspoken agreement between herself and her brother to look after Erik in Charles's absence.

"We got this," Erik nods once, and with a pass over the facility with his enhanced senses, he begins to lead them through the door, three little children in tow, and down the first corridor. They spot one guard early, and with a wave of his free hand, the man is abruptly unconscious. Erik helps him down to the floor carefully, so that he doesn't get hurt on the way. It goes like this for the rest of the time, with Erik nudging up against Charles's mind to draw his presence around himself like a shield of its own. He's adrenalized, and Charles can feel it from an ocean away.

The group winds up just at the edge of the clearance zone when Erik finally spots him. William Stryker. His throat goes dry, sticking to itself like sandpaper. "Go, go, go," he ushers everyone else through first and in a blip, they're teleported out of the facility and into the headquarters Erik has established and hidden from all view. It just leaves Erik alone with the man, far enough away that he has to take aim with the suppressant dart. Erik is first frozen into place, recalling his sick amusement as Leland--no, no--you can't--nowhere to go, eh, Lehnsherr?--stop, stop--one foot in front of the other. 

Charles's voice pierces his head, a blaring alarm klaxon on blast. Erik, move! with every ounce of commanding authority in his being.

Erik can do nothing but obey, barely of his own volition. He sends a pulse of force to Stryker, pushing him back long enough that Erik is able to finally get his feet working. He ducks through the threshold and vanishes into the ether along with the rest of their impromptu team. Raven, Ororo and their newest additions are waiting on the other side, and when Erik emerges, he's sickly pale, good hand pressed against his own chest as he struggles to breathe through roiling nausea.

Disgusting. Fags like you can't help it, can you?--stop--can't breathe-- flashes. Crunching into oblivion.

He doesn't realize he's crying until Raven steps over and reaches up to press her sleeve to his face, and he lets out a sharp laugh and stumbles away. "I need--forgive me, forgive," he smiles at Ororo in an attempt to wrangle the situation before abruptly ducking out of the room. When he's alone, he crumples to the ground. Neshama, neshama.

It’s as if Charles is right by Erik’s side from an ocean away. Locked in, he offers both tactical and moral support, for through Erik, he’s able to gauge their surroundings. Most mutants, it seems, have been collared and suppressed for a good length of time, which gives their human oppressors a sense of security. Most minds are accessible to Charles, at least in part. Which allows him to feel— Erik, move! Stryker is there, in all of his sickly glory. He’s wearing a neutrino blocker, but Charles can still feel him, feel him as he takes Erik in, as Erik squares up against him and— Erik, hurry! —and then he’s away. Safe. Surrounded by a plethora of onlookers. But his brain, his body…oh, his poor darling, so nauseous as it rushes back to him. My love. I’m here. Bring me to you or come to me. Please. I love you.


It takes less than a millisecond for Charles to finish the 'request' (given Erik's obvious distress it has come out far more like an order, a natural gravitas rising up in response) before he finds the walls around him have melted into the cool concrete of the revolutionary complex Erik has constructed out of nothing. He's half-knelt on the ground, and when Charles materializes, he doesn't rise to his feet, but rather shifts closer to him, remaining on his knees to rest his cheek against Charles's leg.

His good hand finds Charles's and squeezes warmly, doing his best to surround himself in the knowledge that his husband is here and that he is not at Beth Israel. I'm so sorry, he swallows roughly--his throat has stuck itself together. Charles can always tell when Erik is losing his grip on his surroundings, for the apologies that Charles once demanded he cease (and Erik, as he has discovered, takes any such bestowed 'rule' extremely seriously) upon their first meeting escape without conscious awareness. I didn't mean to drag you out here. I know you--the kids, he finally looks up, hazel eyes far more brown than they are green in happier moments, reflecting the dark strands of oily horror unwinding inside his body.

Tears still track down his face, unbeknownst to him. He lifts Charles's hand to press it against his own neck, a comfort. Are you all OK? Did Pietro get to sleep? Charles can feel how Erik presses his lips together, forcing his features to remain still. It's a visage common to many other Eriks, but not Charles's own, who usually conceals his feelings with sharp wit and sunny grins. Now he's pale, withdrawn. Keeping all emotions submerged. But having left Charles and their children behind, the first thing he considers when seeing him again is to ensure he's well. That he's made sure to read from his favorite book and eat the still-crisp and warmed bulviniai blynai Erik had left behind for him.

Charles, well-accustomed to being zipped through time and space, is only surprised by the sheer volume of new minds that surround him. Though he knew that Erik's operation was significant, he hadn't appreciated the scope until now, in the midst of a swarm of new strangers, all owing their freedom to his husband. His husband who is currently curling against him, shaking like a leaf. The lofty feat that he has just accomplished, to Erik, feels pale amidst the slick grittiness that claws its way up. That Shaw, Stryker, Leland, and their ilk have made implanted this within his husband's beautiful mind is infuriating to Charles, but he can't think about that now.

Come here, Charles coaxes, tugging Erik up. When his husband is seated properly on his lap, Charles holds him close, carding his fingers through those dark curls, allowing him to melt against his body. Safe. Warm. Whole. We're perfectly fine. Your father and sister are spending the day with the kids today; they're taking them to the Children's Museum. David even wanted to go; he can't get enough of your father. They're similar, I think. Thoughtful and observant, a little guarded, but passionate. Blathering about their family, the love that they all share; Charles knows it helps. Erik will "talk about it" if he wants to, and Charles won't force it.

What's most important is them. It helps Erik to center them. Pietro did not want to sleep last night, but finally settled when I let him hop into bed with me. Then Wanda missed her brother, so she joined. David didn't want to be left out, either. Imagine Warren's surprise when he came to help me up this morning and found the bed full of four people. Charles projects the image, of sleepy children in their pajamas, occupying Erik's side of the bed. Love. Warmth. Family. They'll be so excited to see you when you come back.

As always, Erik is easily maneuvered to his feet by a single finger crooked under his collar, nudging his way into Charles's lap and resting his full (largely negligible, even for his size; Erik was 150 lbs even before Beth Israel and is still recovering, even a year on, from his ordeal physically, let alone mentally) weight against his husband, the way he knows he appreciates. Erik has never resisted the urge to touch him, to lean on him, not since that very first meeting, unlike a majority of the population who see Charles as imminently liable to shatter into pieces from a wayward glance.

Charles's chattering on (not that Erik would ever describe it as such -- to him, it's brilliant and necessary, just like all the parts of Charles's mind he now traipses through with ease and no small abundance of devotion) about their little (OK, not-so-little) family and the students at the Manor serve to lower his heartrate and relax his muscles more than anything else he could have said. The solemn rigidity in his features also gradually gives way, until he's grinning at the picture Charles weaves. Believe it, I can't fucking wait to come home, he returns, and his cadence has likewise nudged back into place, that same odd combination of sharp and sincere that had drawn Charles to him at the VA.

We've liberated two complexes so far, he explains, giving his beloved the rundown. And just took down another one. The one where Leland and Stryker are. Harry Leland, Moron Extraordinaire. Warned him, too. It's one of the few times Erik has openly mentioned that part of what Charles knows had occurred at the Beth; not only was Erik drastically underweight and injured, but he was also detectable after years of viral suppression. Hope he drops dead of Kaposi's, Erik snarks. It's macabre in its sing-song cheer, but trust Erik to have been pragmatic about it even whilst drooling in four-points. The new girl is Ororo Munroe, and three little-ones.

More tethered, more himself, Erik gently seeps back in. Charles smiles softly, scritching his nails against Erik's scalp. The rest of the world may have a difficult time breaking beyond the wall surrounding Erik Lehnsherr, but Charles knows that all it takes is a little scratch. Do you need back-up? Charles asks softly, carefully. If Stryker and Leland are here, it seems that we're up against something a bit greater than we may have anticipated. The ones you've saved I'm sure are willing to help you, but we can't assume they're all in condition to fight. Charles glances at the white-haired woman, the three children huddled behind her. Do they have parents?

I don't think so, Erik says grimly. Most of the civilians here are dead, he just says it. And the rest are locked up in places like that. That's been my experience thus far. I can't find any actual Genoshan communities that exist outside the CIA or the Army. When he says the word Army, it's clear Erik's twisting frown is displeased.

They've taken over every single area. The incidence-level of Chi-to-Omega mutations is something like thirty-times the average global rate. Ororo can control the atmosphere, the weather, stuff like that. The kids can control sonic energy. So the CIA have a vested interest in anyone that presents with a mutation, unlike somewhere like America where encountering a mutant, you're more likely to get Alpha-level shit. Like the kids, you know. Samantha can make bubbles. I can control particles.

Erik isn't an Omega-level mutant. Charles has seen Eriks, through his husband, who were. But like his son he's a Psi-level, which is why he was vulnerable to the gene silencing dart that caused his stay at Beth Israel in the first place. Even this degree of power is uncommon, though.

He posits either way, It's different, yeah? You can read neutrinos. Practically speaking, almost everybody here has pretty significant power to control large swathes of our reality. But actual, normal communities? No, I don't think so. Not now. I guess the only saving grace is that most Of Genosha are mutants. But it's going to be a very long, difficult recovery. And Genosha will have the highest level of mutation oriented anywhere on Earth, if they're all liberated. That means they'll need extensive protection to stop programs like this from being targeted at them in the future.

It's obvious that Erik has thought about this, but he doesn't have an actual answer, either. I am a bit frightened, I'll admit it. I had no trouble dismantling the other facilities. I had a problem when I saw Stryker, I couldn't act right. I'm sorry.

It's a grim picture that Erik paints, one underscored by the presence of the young children. None of them are terrified, which is perhaps the scariest realization fo all. This is business as usual, for them. Collars, jail cells, evil men in suits, arriving to poke and prod and laugh. This is all they've known, for the most part. Once we get the CIA out of here, Charles begins quietly, we'll do whatever it takes to get that recovery started.

The "we" is not missed; this has never been something that Erik is doing on his own. Charles is a part of it, too. All of mutantkind will have to be. I think you need to lead it. You can work with the locals to learn what they would like recovery to look like and offer our resources; whatever they need. But, it should be you, my love. You're brilliantly equipped. The only one equipped.

That's a really good idea. I don't want to come in here and just take everything over. I've done that, before. I remember it, like a dream. We don't really belong here, none of us do. We need to prioritize putting Genosha back into the hands of Genoshans, first and foremost. But first, we gotta liberate them. Charles considering him the de facto leader of this project brings a smile to the man's face, the small wrinkles at the corners of his eyes bunching up slightly. Erik is a bit younger than Charles, but he's got a few extra lines and even wisps of grey at his temple already. But there's no denying the affection there, his head ducking slightly.

I'll just be real: I don't think I can take Stryker or Leland on, he sounds resigned, and exhales softly. They're not even mutants, I should be able to disintegrate them into nothing, right now. I haven't had these powers for long, but I know I could really cause some damage. The problem is, I don't think I can, Charles. Every other guard, I had no problem dispatching them. They're all fine, I'm holding them in the brig, he sends Charles an image of the basement area. He takes a deep breath, resting his hand over Charles's heart, uncaring that their current conversation has an audience.

Just thinking about trying to face them, it--I'm going to lose control. I can't--and it's stupid as hell. I'm a fucking grown man, I was a Staff Sergeant for fuck's sake. It shouldn't be getting to me like this. But I'm kind of terrified it is, and if I lose the plot, if I lose control, all these people are going to end up hurt. But if I bring you in, I'm equally terrified something will happen to you, too.

Charles can remember it, too. Through Erik, he can remember a lot of things that aren’t strictly his to remember; lives lived elsewhere and elsewhen in irreconcilable permutation. Their separation is imbricated in that memory. But he knows that his husband won’t do that. Help, certainly. But Erik respects the rights and beliefs of the people who belong to this land; Charles can feel that deeply. The ultimate goal will be to restore rightful ownership and control. Erik can do that better than anyone else.

But, Erik is right. A formidable enemy lies in wait, one which Erik will need to conquer before any liberation of himself or anyone else’s can be done. I know what they’ve done to you. Beyond those horrific memories, what makes them more challenging than anyone else? Charles wants Erik to talk it out with him, explore his own thoughts. It’s the tactic he employed in their first meeting, when he was merely Erik’s psychologist, and one that seems to benefit them both still. Pretend they were complete strangers to you. How would you approach them?

Erik's hand finds it's way into Charles's. Often times, the man who has become his steadfast partner in life helps him in this manner. It's rare for Erik to truly lose his composure, as Charles has discovered. The times he has, which unfortunately Charles was present for, were strong outliers in his usually orderly mien. It's an order born of chaos, the way the universe itself sees fit to be arranged in long columns and spires and yet random in configuration. So too is his mind, fractured and endless. Emotions reflected in strange echoes, spikes and pieces.

What he struggles with is less a crisis and more an inability to properly condense the vast array of quantum information at his fingertips. Charles, and to a lesser degree Max, know to help him slow down and sequence everything. A frisson of warm gratitude winds its way across their ephemeral connection. Knock them unconscious and transport them to the brig, like the other guards, Erik returns softly. I'm trying. It's like my abilities are just... he blows out a loud puff of air, rolling his eyes. He feels like flinging out both arms and dramatically collapsing on the ground in a heap, and transmits the image with a smirk.

It must be related to my mental state, or something. Why I couldn't escape the camp. Why I couldn't save my hand. Or defy Shaw. I was a mutant all that time, too. How's that for world's shittiest power? He raises Charles's knuckles to his lips, pressing a kiss against each one. What do you do? When everything overwhelms you? You have millions of these experiences, yeah? On top of all the actual personal experiences. How do you cope with all that and not go totally ballistic? Because nobody is going to fucking like my solution, he snaps off a sarcastic salute, and idly scratches at the crook of his elbow in an entirely unconscious gesture. Charles has seen them before, of course, the small constellation of pinpricks feeling along the thick veins there.

It's certainly your mental state, Charles replies, taking Erik's fingers from his elbow in a surreptitious redirecting. While he isn't worried about Erik relapsing or mired in any immediacy surrounding that, he also knows well that there's much more there; like any sense and any memory, the surrounding web can still be unpleasant. But that doesn't mean that it doesn't actually stymy your abilities. Yours are so deeply intertwined with your mental state. It wouldn't be surprising in the slightest if your brain has created a mechanism for shutting that gate when it senses a threat.

With Erik's fingers in his own now, it's his turn to bring them to his lips. I don't go ballistic because I can compartmentalize. Better than most. Better than anyone but Ailo, perhaps, and even he doesn't compartmentalize in the way that I do, he adds. It's a horribly quotidian answer. But, that's an adaptive gift from my mutation. Necessary, perhaps, to avoid... Charles returns an image of his own self collapsing in a heap on the ground, beside Erik. I'm sure that we can find a way to prevent your mutation from shutting down, in these scenarios. You've already proven that you can; when Shaw nearly decimated us all at the courthouse, you saved us without even blinking. What was different there?

Oh, that's easy, Erik laughs. I was helping. Protecting. Shielding. It was instinctive, too. Everything slowed and stopped. I didn't really face Shaw, I just kited him, Erik thinks wryly. He recalls segments on Fox News and CNN in the immediate aftermath, reporters asking him how it felt to be heroic. But Erik doesn't see it that way, because he sees how he didn't take Shaw on directly. He didn't square up. And now it might well cost them. His heap-self inchworms closer and smooches Charles's heap-nose.

I do have compartments, like, when shit is going down, I will slot something else into the driver's seat. Like a construct. It's all very layered, like method-acting a personality matrix. That's probably fucking weird, Erik laughs a little, warm. But my mutation is on another level. I remember.... G-d, I can't believe I forgot that. Kefler. Erik closes his eyes. He begged and begged me to teach him the magic trick. I had no idea what he was talking about. 'Move the coin, like you did when Yelena got beat.' Figured I must have been playing with a coin through my fingers.

He peaks up, pressing his fingers to Charles's handsome jawline. It's all data, information. He knows this rationally, but nevertheless he sorrows for how much of these things have stained over into Charles's mind via proximity to him. Remembered events as vivid as life. But I guess your mind is helping me, too, he adds at last, this-one a gentle whisperer. I have a memory of swimming underneath a Ferris wheel with you and speaking to a whale on my fifteenth birthday. Definitely prefer that one.

Charles follows Erik along the winding path, like he always does. Never does he try to "right" him back, because who's to say that Charles is right? Erik's mind works in a beautiful, beautiful way, and while Charles doesn't believe that he'll ever understand it fully, he adores and appreciates it for all of its twists and turns. Maybe some day he'll at least be able to find the seed of all the unbound wisdom. For now, he rides along. Back to Auschwitz, where he was unfairly jolted. To a different life, intermingling, superimposed. That sounds nice, he agrees, rubbing Erik's back.

We should go find that whale, in this world. Or any whale. He waits a beat. What if I came with you? Perhaps my being there would help you overcome whatever it is that blocks you.

Her name was Song! Erik grins. She adopted us into her pod. Shared her life. She was a mom, found it very meaningful. Her pod rescued strays. They were protected in Genosha, Erik didn't let anyone hunt or fish, outside specific areas.

Some of the Genoshans were fishing communities, so he let them preserve their traditions... am I getting lost? he winds his way back at last with Charles as a deep tether. It would be a risk, Erik says glumly. They have neutrino blockers, so you won't be able to affect them. Charles if something happened to you-- Erik dents his hand into his chest, as if to kickstart his own heart. I'm supposed to protect you. To keep you safe. Make sure you go home and eat spanakopita with little Pietro. Wander in nebulae with David.

Not lost, Charles offers gently, fondly. Simply here and there at the same time. When Erik reorients himself more squarely, Charles, too, focuses in. I know you’d never let something happen to me, my love. It’s simply…it’s not in your nature, is it? I don’t just say that. I don’t think it possible for you to allow something to happen to me. We’ll both be eating spanakopita with Pietro and wandering nebulae with David and helping Wanda endure her brothers. That will and must happen. I know it will. I’m not worried.

And if something were to happen, and we get captured together? We probably should have planned for this, I guess, Erik laughs a little. My instinct would be to protect you. But they have those suppressants, you know. Survive, just survive. Anything. Survive, yeah? When we're alive, we can heal. Death is final, death is nothing. Life, at all costs. Dignity, honor, sanity. They don't mean anything. Not to us. You understand? he tilts his head down, eyes locked to his beloved. All-at-once within his eyes reflects a thousand-million stars, cosmos flung far and wide, trillions of atoms in waltzing repose.

Survive, survive, survive, Charles repeats, because he does understand Erik. A mantra that had gotten him and a thousand other Eriks through so, so much worse. We won't need to just survive. You're strong, Erik. Stronger than you think. Remember when you thought you didn't have a mutation? What else can you do that you think you can't? He brushes a curtain of hair from Erik's eyes. They have suppressants. But you have the universe at your fingertips.

Erik grins back, leaning into Charles's hand. I adore you. Do you know? Can you feel? My heart is a Song-whale-song, he winks, playful. In his palm with a flourish a bouquet of hamin eggs fashioned into roses forms in a neat bundle. The fuzz of fireworks over Charles's head, raining showers of mist in watermelon-kiwi flavors. We have one more facility in Area A to liberate. It's where Stryker and Leland are being held, and now they know we're here. How about you settle in with the little ones, I'll make sure our trio are looked after and fetch Raven and Hank. We'll make a game plan come the morning?

I can feel. I hope you can feel, too. Charles takes Erik’s good hand and places it over his own heart, hoping that Erik can feel it beat, can feel it thrum for him, can feel each and every cell in his body expand and contract with arresting love. Charles wagers that Erik probably can. Sounds like a plan, he agrees. I trust you, Erik. You’re doing so well.


Charles settles in for the night within the well-constructed fortress of their headquarters, while Raven and Hank are transported back to Westchester to help look after the students and their children. Come the morning, Erik gathers up Charles, Ororo and Sean Cassidy in the war room to outline his plan. Take down the last facility in Area A, liberate the children and mutants there, and capture the guards.

Then announce their presence to Areas B, C, D and E and force a confrontation; with enough leverage and evidence to blow the whole thing wide open. Erik rubs at his cheek. "I know a lot of this hinges on luck, circumstance. But I don't know, I think it's our best shot. I'm pretty strong and so is Charles. So are you all. You'll be protected here, they can't get to this site. It's safe where no one can find it. But we want to force them to parlay, too. I was just a medic, not a tactician, so, tell me your thoughts?"

Ororo, after a single night, has quickly proven herself a formidable opponent to anyone who makes her one. Still young, she’s lived a life that required scrappiness, tact, guts, and determination. Erik confused her at first, and certainly isn’t crystal clear even now, but she knows, at least, that he isn’t a threat. He’s a most useful ally, even, given his abilities and earnest commitment. A leader, even. “I think we need al-Zaman.” She just says it, eyes finding the husband of the liberator, and then the liberator himself. “He was here. You can get find him again, with your…” she waves her hands, indicating his abilities, most certainly. “We can liberate, sure. But what do we have to parlay? They are scared of al-Zaman. They don’t know to be scared of you.”

Erik nods. "I was considering that, in all honesty. I know some things about our people, that changes what this is. What we need, how we live. And I know some things about him, too," Erik murmurs. "I don't intend to be cryptic. It's just difficult, what to tell and what to keep. If what I know is real or a story," he laughs a bit. "But Sayid al-Zaman is a name that shows up a lot, through the multiverse. The fabric between our world and... parallel worlds. The road not taken. Mutants live long. A long, long time. Like it or not, al-Zaman is our kin. If we can make him an ally, we should." His gaze flicks to Charles, deferent even now.

With that, Erik steps forward to address Hank McCoy, a man he hasn't always seen eye-to-eye with, but one who he respects nonetheless. He's been helping Raven with the babies, and Erik trusts him, despite his mad scientist aura. He's a good man and a staunch ally. "You, Ororo and Sean, just a moment. I'm so sorry, I promise this isn't nefarious." He lifts a hand and dissolves their tops, leaving Ororo's chest covered for modesty, but baring what he needs to work with. "Right here," he touches clinically, two fingers over her heart. In a flash, a concentric hexagon appears embedded in her skin. Totally seamless, integrated with muscle fibers and skin. Hank and Sean follow suit.

Their shirts re-form. "Those little badges you saw. If you are ever in trouble, tap over that area of your chest twice. You'll be immediately taken to safety, where no one can find you. There's food, water, games. Stuff to occupy your time. Charles and I, ours are connected," he looks to his husband. "We might have to suffer a little, neshama. They'll be trying to capture us and I don't think I'll get it perfect the first time. So I'm using it. We will hope to succeed. But, if we don't, I'm going to be instead figuring out how to disengage the suppressant. It's physics, there's no real reason why it's barred to me. It's just physics. I can't explain this, but I just need time. That's all. Time. So we bide our time, you stick it out in the Traversal Lounge, play some Pac-Man. We get it done. Yeah?"

“Wait. What do you mean you two will be captured?” Ororo’s voice is sharp, unfazed even as her fingers trail over the mark on her chest, hidden once more by her shirt. “No. We will not allow that. We are a team. We don’t know you, but we don’t leave others behind. Bar none.”

Charles, suddenly overcome with affection for a young woman who he met only hours ago, smiles softly, a grateful bow of his head to show appreciation. “Normally, I would agree. But, you need to liberate the others. There’s a chance that Erik and I may get stopped and there will be little that we can do about it, at least for a short while. If that does happen, you all need to carry on. We will be okay.”

“And if you’re not?” This time, it’s Hank speaking, stepping forward. He’s eyeing Erik sternly, but still speaks to Charles. “You expect us be okay with waiting around while you’re trapped?”

“Oh, not at all,” Charles replies. “I expect you’ll be upset about it for every second. But, you don’t have a choice.”

Hank and Ororo glare at the two. “We will liberate, but we will not play Pac-Man,” is Ororo’s compromise. “When we are finished, we will come for you.”

Erik reaches down and squeezes Charles's hand, as always, they're on the same wavelength, here. "I'll leave that up to you guys, OK?" is what Erik says, looking out at the group with a small smile. "You might have kids with you, you might wind up in a lot of pain. You don't know what will happen. You might have to make this choice, and if you do, do not hesitate. We will be all right, I promise you." Erik gazes out onto the gathered group, immensely proud.

"One final thing. Your idea to loop al-Zaman in, that was a great one. Right now, we are limited. Charles is operating on a kind of back-up system, electrochemical. In order to send a mass relay, we will have to shut down the neutrino conversion field around the island. It'll be at the main complex, where we're going. So we hit this from all angles. You guys cluster up, rescue as many as you can. Tap once and squeeze someone's hand, they'll be transpo'd and you'll remain. The kids can play Pac-Man for a while," he grins.

"But like I said. Don't hesitate if you wind up poorly. We will get it done on our end, we just need time. Even if it all fails, and we all suck and everything goes wrong. I just need to calibrate and once that happens I can bring it all down manually. Same goes for Charles."


No one is particularly pleased with the agreement, but they all move forward, seeing no other choice. Hank and Raven both threaten to pulverize Erik to pieces if they let anything happen to Charles, but everyone knows that they worry for Erik just as much. In the year and change that they have known Erik, he has become family. The type of family that has felt as if it's been there forever. Why won't his powers work, again? Hank asks privately as they proceed, silent as death, toward the looming facility in Area A. That's what I don't understand.

They might, Charles conditions unhelpfully. But if they don't, they will eventually. It's a hurdle right now. But one he can jump over.

That doesn't answer my question.

I know, Charles replies, and then doesn't elaborate. It's not his question to answer. They slip into the building easily; it's a wonder, watching Erik work. Cell after cell is quickly opened, suppression collars vaporizing into thin air. With the children he's gentle, the adults he's diplomatic, pragmatic. It's all so very easy for him, dispensing of locks and suppressants and sending freed mutants into the safety of the ether. For a moment, Charles is confident that neither Schmidt nor Leland will be a problem. And then—

"Ah, the kitten's come back to play, and he's brought more friends."

The voice sends icy shivers down Charles's spine, but before he allows it to freeze him, fingers fly to his temple and his mutation extends outward and outward, stopping at the limn of the null field surrounding William Stryker and Harry Leland. I've got you, he rumbles to Erik, weaving his presence firm, like the roots of a pepper tree, through his conscience. We've got this together.

Erik's insides flutter uselessly, heart-beats bleating alarm klaxons beneath his ribs a symphony of warning-adrenaline. He knows, he knows, he knows. His teeth grit, then. In that single moment, a decision. With his mutation slipping right out of his grasp, that second flinch. His eyes well up, and he doesn't try and hide it. Charles can still hear him, can see his smile warming inward. A quick flick of verdant greens to sunless azure, and--feint?

A glimmer, a fleck. "You make a new friend, Stryker? Who knew you and Victor Creed share a hobby," Erik can't resist the snark, and he knows he'll pay for it later, but that sells it, too. Let them think he's weak, limp, useless.

Harry Leland rolls his eyes. "You weren't this sarcastic last time. These mutants, you know. They think they're all hot shit, on top of the world. All they need is a little medicine, and they come right back down to reality."

Down the hall, a lightbulb explodes overhead. Unintentional. Erik uses the flicker, kitten's come out to play... "Leland," comes out of Erik in more of a rasp, not exactly the come-back of the century. He's working on it. He blinks hard, forcing his attention to snap-in. This time it's a dispersal spray, and it comes through the vents. Erik wobbles in place as his balance abruptly shifts from side to side, a wild equilibrium. He falls to the ground a moment later. Inside their minds, the iron-weaving holds, even through the suppressant. Electrochemical back-ups, and Erik's consciousness flares against Charles's.

Feint, he whispers back, a lightning-wink.

"Listen--Leland, wait, listen," Erik jabbers as he's dragged across the corridor by his ankle into a newly unlocked cell, Charles hovering after. Erik scrambles over to Charles as quick as he can, bodily placing himself in front of his husband and the two monsters from nightmares possessed by his less developed fragments. But he is not them, and it's clear to Leland, who has spent the most time with him, that the Erik in front of him is wildly unfamiliar. For one thing, his entire cadence is different, even on the suppressant. His mien clear and calm, amber under the fluorescence of this newest prison.

"What," Leland groans. "We haven't even done anything to you, yet. You're such a baby," he snorts, elbowing Stryker as if to say get a load of this moron.

"No. Listen. Two things. 1. Charles. Him, my husband." Erik flails his hand out toward Charles's leg. "You said. Cripple," his eyes ping-pong vaguely in the direction of Stryker. "Yes, he is. You can't hurt him. If you do, he will die. And if he dies, I die. We have a cellular bond. No more hobbies, if he dies."

Do not ruin this for him, Charles. Is Erik embellishing the truth, maybe. But he really is injured, and Erik's concern is genuine. Another version of Charles endured torture before, at the hands of a man named Trask. Erik has seen him a few times, the one who lost his hair. It was bad. Infection, sores, tachycardia, malnutrition. He needed time to recover, physically and mentally. But, they had special technology, to where the actual torturing didn't cause more damage to his spine. Leland and Stryker do not. He suspects he is not lying about the latter, either; if Charles dies, Erik will stop trying to survive. He may under normal circumstances, but here? Unlikely.

"2. You know I have HIV, right? You can't fuck about, torture is messy. Didn't believe me, last time. Test me if you have to."

The red-headed doctor, Harry Leland, stares. Whatever he thought was going to happen when he entered this room, this isn't it. For a moment, he's utterly disoriented as if Erik has gone and popped out a second head. The feeble, pitiful, child-like version Leland recalls is entirely absent. He supposes in an odd way, it makes sense that this... version??? of Lehnsherr must exist. After all, he has a spouse, one who is famous in his field and highly intelligent.

Lehnsherr strikes him as a bit of a dipshit, but he's far more cognizant now. Leland often remarked how singularly unlucky Charles Xavier ought to have been, to be saddled with him. Once, he'd even casually suggested that maybe Charles was just a pervert like himself. (Erik recalls it with enough discipline to suppress an eyeroll. All that self-awareness wasted on gibberish. Brilliant. Better to oh, wow, you're the hottest guy I've ever seen with the hugest dick ever this guy. Do not @ him.)

Setting aside his genuine confusion, Leland's brows knit together. "But you're on medication, right?" he asks, and it could almost be mistaken for a normal, human reaction. "Doesn't Soetoro-Care cover that?"

Jesus Christ. "Yes, Soetoro-Care covers it. Do you see Barclay Soetoro anywhere, genius?" Whoops, dial it back, Lehnsherr. "Sorry. Look, I'm sorry. Sir, this is stressful as hell." Everybody shut up about that one. "But I presume you don't have any intention of releasing us. The longer I am here, the more likely I will become detectable."

"I'm sure we can figure something out," he whuffles, and slams the cell shut for now.

Thunk. Thunk.

Erik smooshes his face onto the ground. "He's going to give me peas," he says morosely.

He tried. He really, really tried. Did he? He can't second-guess now. No time for second-guessing. Time to walk the weaving world.

Chapter 109: Your monologues are all consuming, rest your tongue & stop assuming

Chapter Text

Erik has modified Charles's chair to create invisible, contact-less supports to replace the straps. This is a godsend now, because the dirt-brown spray that filters through the vents quickly short circuits the already impaired connections between his brain and his muscles. Raven, Hank, Ororo, and Sean all disappear by virtue of Erik's shortcut, but even before they do, he goes limp, body held up only by the still-functional supports that Erik has created for him. Erik's motor function is affected too, as evidenced by his falling to the floor, but Charles truly can't move more than the muscles in his face.

"Mmmmphhh," Charles rumbles as he's dragged into the cell with Erik. It's fuzzy, but he can gradually hear Erik and the men around him better and better, even if his motor function doesn't return. Luckily, he catches Erik's drift. "''s'true," Charles murmurs, scarcely able to bring his eyes up to observe the red-haired doctor. "We're c'nnected. Kill me, he dies. S'true."

"Two birds, one stone," Stryker says coolly. "What the hell is wrong with you, anyway? Realized we never asked."

"Car acc'dent," Charles replies dully. "Spi...nal. Cord."

"A fate worse than death, if you ask me," Stryker sneers, and then joins Leland on the other side of the cell door, which closes with the thunk. "Don't get too comfortable. The marital suite won't be yours for long."

"S-split.."

"As far apart as we can manage," Stryker furnishes, menacing. The two men quickly skulk away, ostensibly to make plans for the two of them, and for the dispensation of Sean, Hank, Raven, and Ororo.

"Hate peas," Charles agrees, still limp, still bleary. "Can't...can't let 'em. Split us. Gotta get out before then."

"I won'. I won'," Erik slurs back, folding himself up as best as he can against Charles's side. The suppressant fucks with your coordination like this, hm? Erik's mental voice is warm and steady where his physical body labors and toils to slam sounds together. He rubs Charles's hands, and for a split second Charles can feel a twinge of warmth through his body. It's proof-positive that Erik can do it. The smallest little flicker. Focus on my voice. We left off in the middle, last time, yeah? 'The butterflies flew into a clearing...' he recites a line of poetry from memory, something for Charles to hook onto. You're with me. You're my strength. I need you, and you need me. We're going to weave together, in here. And out there. So, so strong. I promise, I promise. And I don't promise.

Mm. Severely, Charles agrees. Even his good hand is as limp as cooked spaghetti when Erik picks it up. If it weren't for invisible field around his body keeping him upright, he'd be on the floor, toppled forward, fully at the mercy of others. It's frightening to be so trapped. Terrifying, even. But, Erik is here. And Erik has just invogorated his nerves with a wave of warmth, which doesn't restart the mind-muscle connection as such but does give him reassurance that his nerves aren't all entirely dead.

The butterflies flew into a clearing... he repeats, head lolled to one side. His eyes, though, find Erik's. And....look. We can still talk like this. The suppressant didn't take this away. That's good. We can let them think it did. We're weaving together even now. You're protecting me, just like you did back in Boston. You can. I need you to; I can't move. It's strategic, and they both know it. By recentering this as a mission to protect those he loves rather than attack those he doesn't, Erik's mental barriers blocking his full scope will be far more vulnerable. I'm your strength, as you're mine. You're going to protect me. Protect us. I need you to.

You don't talk about it much, Erik returns softly. The accident. I hope you know, I don't ask because I assume you don't like to. But you can. You can tell me, if you ever need to. I am so sorry, this must bring up so much shit. I won't let them hurt you. I won't. You have my word. I will fucking tear this place down. You're my heart. My soul. They can't fucking have you. Erik shivers a little, adrenalized.

Mm, I don't mind talking about it. Tetraplegia is pretty un-fun, but you make it a lot easier. Who needs all four limbs? Not me. Charles smiles blearily at Erik. But, yes, this reminds me of how I felt when I woke up in the hospital, when my arm didn't work and I was in a neck brace and Gabby was dead and David hadn't seen either of his parents for four weeks. Charles sighs a bit, glad that his lungs aren't any worse than usual. I know. I know you will. You're so strong. I trust you more than anything. I can feel it already, you're different, than you were last time....can you get me out of this chair? I'm uncomfortable and want to be in your arms. We need to be close.

Erik immediately hits the emergency disengage, which relaxes the small barriers keeping Charles positioned upright and allows him to neatly slide right into Erik's arms. He hugs Charles firmly. We won't put David through that a second time. They made a mistake, you know. They took us together. I was weak by myself. He grins brightly. I can feel the edges. Everything shimmering. I'm plucking at it, he assures. Will you tell me about her? About Gabby. She must have been something special. He knits their fingers together, another twinge.

Charles sighs in relief when he falls into Erik's arms, the pressure on his. joints and muscles disappearing as Erik takes him up. They're huddled together on the cement floor, Charles limp, Erik slowly gathering strength. Hm. She was smart. Really smart. She had a magnificent sense of humor; she always could laugh at herself in front of anyone. It caught people off guard, because she was also just...cool. What was a 'cool' woman doing with me? Charles smiles sadly. She had rather severe schizophrenia and had both visual and auditory delusions. They tore her up, when they were present. She hated them; she knew what they were. But that's the nature of the illness, isn't it? Even those who know that they're delusions can still be tortured and persuaded by them.

Yeah, do I know, Erik laughs softly. And hey, you're cool! I heard you say groovy the other day. Erik's eyes are alight in mischief, and he smiles at the swirled up images of Gabrielle Haller, the mother of his son. He scrunches his eyebrows just like her, Erik observes, fond. I've met her. In other places. Different versions. It's... my mutation is different, I think. Different than the other Eriks. More temporal. Like I'm inside a black hole. Rearranging radiation to throw out a tuba or goldfish or a CD, a skyscraper. Nonsense. But it's me, written on me. And I can still feel that. They couldn't get it. So we're gonna win. That's how I know.

Creating—or perhaps filtering—chaos, Charles muses. I think I am, too. Different than the others. In that I'm so connected to you. What you see, I see. Through you, I can access it all. Maybe that I began as your psychologist is telling, mm? Tasked with untangling that mind of yours only to discover that it's an impossible structure, and something that will change my own. He looks up at Erik's beautiful eyes, the gateway to the wonder that he is. I can feel it in you now. It's growing. Can you?

Erik does. They pass the time like this, tending to one another, shutting the miserable world away as only they know how to do.


The next night interrupts with a clang! as Stryker and Leland return. "Rise and shine, ladies!" Leland bellows with a cheer, kicking over a tray of peas and some kind of old meat. He slaps Charles's cheeks playfully and Erik growls.

"Don't touch him. Don't. Stop." Damn it. Shit. Shit, shit. Erik squeezes his eyes closed, willing himself to composure.

A renewed mist filters through the vents every few hours, keeping Charles without mobility and their powers suppressed. The day passes thus; Erik keeps Charles as comfortable and tending to his bodily needs as he can, given their limited resources and Charles sits in Erik's mind, caring for him this way. And when they're finally visited by their captors, they're both feeling a little weak, a little worn down. The sting in his cheeks does wake him up. "I can't defend myself," he says dully to the two. "If you're willing to physically harm someone who can't defend themself. you're going to have to sit with that." Knowing that Erik needs to be provoked.


Erik knows the reaction is a mistake before it even finishes exiting his mouth, but he can't help it. The pure flash of rage that brackets his entire body is like a lightning strike, and from there, things more-or-less happen in slow-motion. It's almost funny, when they get the chance to look back on this moment, how very little it really takes for Erik to bypass those barriers in his mind. The shocking thing isn't precisely this; Charles knew it and he always did.

But it's just how great the response is, when it finally happens. Everything slows down, to where Charles can see each and every particle spark around them in overwhelming detail. Leaving Erik across from him, just like that day in Boston, and his hands squeeze against Charles's. "No," Erik says aloud, as Leland lifts his foot to connect it to Charles's shoulder, everything stops. The entire scene begins to speed up, and up, past-and-present intersecting, and reality itself... changes.

Everyone they've rescued so far, the rest of the team, Erik and Charles are all standing on a beach-front. There is laughter in the atmosphere, and little huts dotting the shore. All traces of the CIA's presence on Genosha are gone. Sayid al-Zaman and the Morning Fire group find themselves washed up onto the beach, and they pluck themselves up, ridding themselves of seaweed. Sayid grimaces against the harsh sunlight, holding a hand up to his face as he tries to take in what's going on. But he knows it, too. Everything is different. This place has changed. He can feel it.

Erik stands before Ororo, and gestures to Sayid to fall into place beside her. "I don't... forgive me, I don't..." Erik blinks several times. "Charles? Are you all right?" he flutters his hands over his husband's shoulders. Stryker and Leland are gone. The damp facility, gone.

"You changed it," Sayid estimates in his low rumble. Almost amused.

"I think I did," Erik laughs. "Not on purpose. They were... going to hurt him. My husband."

"I can smell... roast tache. From my childhood," Sayid huffs. "It has been a long time."

"You have a chance," Erik tells him, and Ororo. All the Genoshans who have wandered up to greet them, confused and disoriented. Still wearing their medical scrubs, some. Others dressed in traditional clothing, who have come up to see the day's interruption. "These are people who didn't get an opportunity. To grow. To live," Erik feels it out, soft.

"Our kin?" Sayid wonders with a hum. "Our dead?"

"I don't know. I don't know. Not on purpose," Erik whispers.

"We will have to see, hm?" Sayid asks the rest of the crowd. Confusing, disorienting. But perhaps, worse could have happened. To see the long arm of the CIA recede its influence from this island, to watch fisherman dot the docks with their painted boats.

"They might be familiar. But they might not be. The CIA never should have come here. They damaged this place, took from you. And I tried to fix it, but I didn't. I just made something different. Not so bad, true. It wasn't bad, not really. But not the same. And you, you were hurt. In pain. I don't want that for you, here," he says to the gathered Morning Fire.

Charles flinches, squeezing his eyes shut in anticipation of what he expects to be a bone-breaking strike from Leland's steel-toed boot. Though he can't move it right now, he can feel his shoulders; and the wrath of Leland channeled through that shoe will be fierce, painful, to the point where—— When he opens his eyes, they're elsewhere. Entirely elsewhere. He's seated in his chair, the effects of the suppressant entirely gone; as evidenced by his ability to move his neck, arm, shoulders.

And his mutation has returned in full force, bringing with it a litany of...pleasant. Normal people, going about their lives. They themselves are the strange ones here, stressed, on edge, in fight-or-flight... That's when it strikes Charles that Erik has taken them all somewhere else. The entirety of this island. "I...yes," Charles gasps in response to his husband's worried inquiry, blinking up in the dazzling light. "I'm alright. Are you...?"

"I do not understand," frowns Ororo, spinning on her heel to glare up at Erik, though the glare has no malice, no ill intent. "What is this? This is not Genosha. Not our Genosha. This is some fantasy, storybook Genosha before the CIA. Are we back in time?"

Erik shakes his head. "No, not a fantasy," he whispers. "A road, not taken. A different path," he says, very soft. The brush rustles, treetops clinking chimes of wood and crystal, a sunlit gleam cast over the crowd.

"A little like a story," Sayid ventures. "Except it isn't fiction, I suspect," the elder deduces in his quiet lilt. Amongst them he is massive. Taller than Erik, broader too. All muscle and sinew, like a real-life comic book character. In the ethereal morning, the jagged edges of his patrician features are marginally softer. A young woman emerges. Sayid gasps, stunned. "Fatima Daywa. As I live and breathe. No, not a fiction at all. Something else, isn't it. Do you know who I am, miss?"

"I remember..." she scratches her head, plucking out bits of straw. "My brother was killed, in an airstrike. By humans. You loved him. Ayhan."

"Ayhan Daywa. Now that's not a name I've heard in years," Sayid sniffs a bit, rubbing at his nose. "You remember that? Remember me?"

"Not you, and not me," the girl says, laughing. "But close enough. You can feel it, can't you? We aren't fake. Not made up. We remember real things. We ought to be dead, but now we aren't. Someone mucked about. But maybe that's what had to happen. Things only ever have to happen if they must." She winks and pops out of existence, and in again at Sayid's side. "Ayhan awoke today, he was so excited to fly kites again. He remembers the strike and the cold. But it's like a bad dream. Another path."

"A darker road," Erik murmurs. "One you should never have walked. None of you."

"I do not understand," Ororo repeats, demanding. "We are not in our world, but another? A world that is different—" Ororo stops mid-sentence, her narrowed eyes widening as she spies something beyond their group. When all turn to follow her gaze, they see a couple, a man and a woman, striding along the beach. The man is tall and thin with an impressive black handlebar mustache and a bright keffiyeh, while the woman's long braid is visible down her back. They're both carrying bundles in their arms, clearly returning from a market or some shopping excursion, and Charles doesn't even need his telepathy to know what they are, to Ororo. "Abb, mama," she whispers.

The couple, as if summoned, approach their group with broad smiles. The man's eyes dance mischeviously, while the woman's are more keen. Ororo's face is a perfect admixture of theird. "Ya najmi," beams the man, gently setting his parcels on the ground so that he can pull his daughter in for a hug. "Look at you. So grown."

Ororo is stunned, scarcely moving, but she allows herself to be pulled in. "I...do not understand," she says for the third time.

The woman smiles kindly, turning to Erik. "My name is Esraa, and this is my husband Nabil. You've brought our daughter home to us."

"This is... a place to grow," Erik says softly. "Your pain is not erased. It is still there. Some are gone. Some have woven back through. Different, the same. You have choices, now. I will keep this place safe. Protected," Erik promises. "The CIA is gone. America will never bother you again. Experiments, over. All of it. You must build, I cannot do it for you. You must self-determine. But I will be. Here. To keep it safe," Erik promises, growing surer with every word. "Make from it what you need. What you want to see. Find the lost amongst you. Honed, hemmed in," he rasps. "Not perfect. Not the best. But a way forward. A future, your life. Your choice." For the first time, Erik finally understands what Charles meant. That he would have a role in this. He just didn't know how. He laughs, a bit, overcome. "I taught myself what I needed," he pats Charles's shoulder. "And we have more to teach. That's the work," he grins, bright. Whole. 

"Where did everything else go?" Ororo asks, not pulling away from her father's gentle embrace even as she looks over Erik. Where moments ago, she looked older than her years, hardened by experience, she now looks like the young woman that she is in her father's arms. Charles's heart stutters a bit, understanding the contrast as a magnitude of her pain. "It's not...even if this is real, there is another world that we left behind, no? One that is still suffering."

"No," Erik says with a laugh. "That world isn't left behind. It's with us. Around us. It's here. And it's also not. The evidence is there. The suffering is there. But there is also... here. Now," he smiles softly. "Some things are closed to me. Some things I won't do, like this. But this. It exists. Both worlds. Here. They both exist. One doesn't crush out the other. They coexist. Liminal. How? The Expanse. She knows," he taps his nose fondly. "Some things are wrong. They feel wrong. Not this. This is weaving. Bamboo canebrakes," he tries his best to explain, gentle.

"I have no idea what that means," says Nabil kindly, a broad smile exposing a row of crooked but perfectly white teeth. His accent is thick, but his English grammar is rather good. "But, it seems you brought us all here for good intentions. To right wrongs, yes?"

"To course-correct, rather," Charles offers. "Or to offer a selection. We needn't be bound by our own realities, right?"

"I still do not know what that means," laughs Nabil. "But, if it means that our family may be together, I am happy."

"But did we leave the others behind?" Ororo asks, still stunned. "You. Children. You have children. Are they in other world?"

"My children are beyond the bound, safe and sound. And you can go there, too. It's free exchange, to and from," Erik says with a smile. As if on cue, Wanda, Pietro and David pop right in and he grins, swooping his squirmy son up into his arms. "See, I told you I'd be near and far, little bean!" Erik tosses him, playful and ebullient, and lets him float right back down into his chest, kicking fleet feet at an incomprehensible cadence. "In time, things will solidify. What you want to keep, what you decide to eschew. You can shape that," Erik tells Nabil with a wink, and nudges to Sayid. "And to help one another heal. To really recover. We're here, mutants, for a very long time. Coexistence isn't simple optimism, it's mandatory for our survival together. So we learn. Inside the bound and beyond it."

"So we can choose," Ororo muses. "Hm. I suppose I don't understand either, but if you are to be trusted, then it seems like only good. And I think you are to be trusted."

Charles, delighted to see his family after spending a day and night in captivity, invites David onto his lap. The young boy buries his face against Charles's chest, relief clear in his mind. I'm so sorry, my love, he conveys to David telepathically by projecting the very feeling of it over. Aba and I will never do that again. David, without anger, projects an image back. This time, it's a simple replica of what they're doing now; Charles holding him close. He forgives; he just wants to be with his parents. Charles leans in to plop a kiss on his crown. "It's okay to not understand. I don't think we do, either, at least not entirely. But you are right, this is a good thing for us all. You have a say, now. An opportunity. You all do."

Erik beams, and that weaving thing he's felt thus far begins to wind and mend his heart, too. I'm a poet and I didn't know it, he rhymes with a wink, squeezing Charles's hand beside him. "This isn't your end. It's a beginning," he says to the gathered-round. "A good start, I think." He presses a kiss to Charles's cheek. The CIA people, they're gone. I put them somewhere else. A new place, for them to learn. They'll come back and fix things, too, he taps his nose. You kept me safe. Protected me. My neshama. "My love," he huffs aloud, fond.


There's an Erik out there who taught me this, and I think we have to teach him back. His Charles is suffering. Hurting. He doesn't know how to help. I think that's where we mend next. Oh, perhaps a detour, somewhere along the trail... so much to show you! This one, and this.

 Charles can't help but frown a little bit. He probes further in Erik's mind, attempting to access that knowledge via the bridge to the Expanse that they share, but he can't ascertain it himself. His Charles is suffering? How? he asks, pushing further. As he does, he attempts to rationalize it himself; if this other Erik really is aiding his own and really is watching his own husband suffer...well, would he attempt to hide that knowledge from other Charleses? For fear that it may upset him? That is something that his own husband might do, out of nothing but love and care. Do you know what needs mending, my love? Because if it's some other version of me...well, the best tool to mend will have to be you.

Their life... Erik sends it up in small snapshots, framed in squares. Beautiful, complex. Hard. Immense. A love as immense as their own, but Charles can slowly start to see the fractures. Not within their relationship, nor their love. That remains a steady, fixed constant. But beings such as them naturally incur transgression, somehow. Schmidt. Charles's injury, in fact. Erik feathers over that one, careful. Their version of Schmidt was far worse than Erik's own, if such a metric could ever be gainfullly applied, if only because the circumstances allowed him to access greater measures of his cruelty.

Schmidt expands outward, too. Different versions, all an impact in some way or another. And then, pain. So much pain. Erik struggles to swim amidst the currents, thrown off into the atmosphere like a sparking livewire. This Erik hurts. Whatever Schmidt had done, hurt him. And Charles, helpless. Once, an abrasion Erik grimaces against. The cold eyes of Trask. That internal vow, to never be helpless again. But it's different. A little harder, a little damaged. Such is the way of wounds. Erik sends up a final image, that fateful day in the foyer, and David's piercing fear.

It’s overwhelming, to say the very least. This reality is similar to their own in form but vastly different in substance; these versions were born 60 years earlier. That Erik experienced the horrors of Auschwitz as a matter of course, not as a matter of chance. But then, is anything chance? Charles is more convinced now than ever that nothing is, for the similarities are vast—Auschwitz, tetraplegia, Schmidt, Genosha, David, the twins. Somehow, in a world that didn’t see their own births until the 1980s, so many things line up.

Why would I ever do that? Charles wonders in horror, watching the filtered projection, feeling little David’s immense concern. But as he asks, he knows. It’s always for Erik, misguided or surefooted. To protect, preserve, and uplift. Even that Charles, wanton and cavalier, wouldn’t ever act in such a way unless he believed himself to be protecting those he loves….right? We need to help, Charles agrees finally. But I don’t know how. I don’t know what happened. They seem…powerful. More than we are.

I think we just help him. Help him, be available, Erik whispers back, soft. Footsteps, and then, another. With red braids, and vivid green eyes. Different and yet the same. He grins at this young version of Charles, nose wrinkled up fondly. You have my appreciation, he tells them both, before vanishing into a cloud of smoky tendrils. Maybe... all we can do is be there, Erik tries softly. All of us. He watches from afar as that tawny version of himself brings his Charles into the Expanse. The vast, cosmic whole. He doesn't know, either. But it's OK, not to know. To just be. Look, their son, he points, fond.

The smoke coalesces into the stars, Erik and Charles tethered together like otters against a stellar nursery. My love, a scratchy whisper. We can't. Not like this. It hurts. You, me, David. Hurts. All he can do, all any Erik can do in the face of it. A simple, earnest thing.

Within the in-between space, Charles—the younger—observes his alternate self materialize with a red-headed facsimile of his own husband. They aren't identical versions of each other; the other Erik has red curls tamed into an elaborate braid and bright green eyes, like clovers, that are flecked with gold. His own counterpart has slightly different features, too. He's bald, but even beyond that, his cheekbones are more prominent and his complexion is so pale that it's nearly sallow. His eyes are a deeper, more royal blue while the younger's are closer to ice than ocean.

Without warning, the elder Charles turns to lock eyes with the younger, and there's malice there, goodness. The malice dissipates, however, when the darker blue eyes turn upon his Erik, recognizing his own husband in this younger iteration. The elder then turns back to the red-haired Erik, clearly troubled. What do you mean, he demands curtly, though it's clear that he knows what he means. I'm protecting us. Our family, our way of life. They came to take him away, and I will not let them do that.

The Raven Erik stands back with his husband, cringing in sympathy as the heavy weight settles like iron strips across his throat. Tell him, he encourages his counterpart softly. What you need to say. Don't be afraid. We're here. Together. He's your love, always.

Erik the Red straightens and inclines his head. You scared him. Our son. He's afraid. Not protecting him, neshama. Hurting him. Hurts. Don't want you to hurt us. Don't want you to live with that pain, too. I love you. I meant it when I said I would always be by your side. But our son. We can't hurt him. Scare him. We can't. Dear-heart. Please. Come back to me. Erik presses his lips to Charles's temple, eyes feathering closed against bitter wet.

I've not gone anywhere, the elder Charles says, though he's extended an arm around his husband and pulled him close, evidently always soft and gentle, for his husband. He's scared? We can show him that what we're doing isn't scary. We need only explain.

Well, you know that's not true, the younger pipes up, because if he's afraid of anything, it certainly isn't himself. I can see it now, in here. You've taken advantage of a loved one in order to kill. You've tread past the point that you ALWAYS knew that you could not surpass. That's common in all of us. You can fool others, but fooling yourself is just sad.

The elder looks like he could shoot daggers from his eyes, but softens once more against his husband. We're under attack, he says again to Erik the Red. You've always been an advocate for using our abilities freely and without fear. I'm doing that now to protect us.

The Red touches his Charles's cheek, raising his hand to nudge his own into his palm. Is this what it feels like, to die? He didn't realize heart-break was literal. Heart. Break. Not for himself, but for Charles. For David, Pietro and Wanda. It hurts. This is a blast from which he cannot defend. The devastating blow. He knows, and he's always known. Charles was always stronger than him and more capable. Erik can do things flashy, but Charles has always been the true power. And Erik can't fight him, there's no world (and he's checked) where he's ever been truly able to fight Charles. So he's come to accept that one day, it might mean the end of him. But he doesn't want it to be the end of Charles. So he touches, grateful to that sliver of tenderness still present. His beloved. Forever.

Look, he sends the image up. David's face, the shock. The fear and confusion. It hurts, neshama. I'm scared. I don't want to lose you. You're hurting. I know you are. You know you're safe, with me? Safe. I will keep us safe. And you can, too. But not like this. Not hurting like this. Getting lost. Distant. Cold. Harm. That look in David's eyes. Please. I will do anything you want. Please, don't put that fear in him again. Sometimes we have to protect the people we love from our pain, and how we have to do that is to heal, neshama. To realize when we've been hurt. You're right. He did hurt you. Schmidt. He's hurt our family for a long time. And he's still hurting you.

It's so rare, these days, that Erik and Charles are in anything but ideological lockstep. Sure, they still like to argue in the abstract about the words of long-dead men as a prolongued Debate Club hangover, but it has been years since they've not been in total agreement about matters of concern in the "real world." Or, so Charles had thought; he supposes that Erik tends to be deferential to him, out of pure love and trust. ...and, he's breaching that trust. The cracks are beginning to show, most vividly through David's eyes.

Blue as the sea and ringed with terror, confusion. He looks back at Erik's own greens, limned with red and that same icy terror. Schmidt; he— Charles stammers, quickly turning his head away to glare elsewhere. No. I don't care about him. He's nothing to me. Neither is Trask, or Stryker, or Leland, or any of the men who have wronged us. They're aberrance. Stains. I DO care about us. Our world. Tegan and Walker. They are our next threats. Because the threats keep coming, don't they?

I know you do, Erik says, resting his hand at Charles's elbow, a finger across his jaw. Never has that been in doubt. And I know you care about David, and Cricket, and your students. The Genoshans. Mutants everywhere. That's the core of you, your beautiful heart, Erik finds it in him to laugh, soft. His fingers trail over Charles's chest. They aren't nothing. They hurt you. And it's coming out, like this. Staining us, too. Can you see it? I don't want those men hurting my child, neshama. Because they are. It's them. Not you. I see them. Their brutality. Their cruelty. Their terror. That's not yours. Do not, please, do not carry that for them. It's not yours, my love. You're mine, he says, fierce and unflinching. They don't get to have you.

Charles, with a clenched jaw, flails one arm outward and erects a shroud, suspended between the two of them and their young counterparts. The Younger can't help but roll his eyes as he turns to his own husband. That one's a flair for the dramatic, mm? He only needed to say that he desired privacy.


On the other side, the elder is equally fierce. Why should we be the ones to bow? To continue to mold ourselves around them? Why should we have to do that when they are the aggressors? No matter how noble we are, they continue to aggress. I won't take it anymore. I won't.

Aggression is their nature, Erik agrees softly. And we will face many more battles. But we are better than our enemies because our children do not fear us. That is the difference, hm? We are better. Because we know the joy. The love. They don't. I will fight every battle, to preserve our sanctity. Our dignity, our family. We don't have to let them hurt us. But we don't hurt each other, either. Do we?

Charles is silent for a long while, shaking his head, obviously near the brink. His eyes grow hot—when's the last time he's cried over something involving himself? He quickly marshals himself.

They've done so much, he says finally, voice without the harsh edge. To you. To your family. They destroyed your family and so many others, didn't they? They targeted you for your mutation, treated you like an animal. Worse than an animal. You're still hurting; you always will be. They destroyed my body. Destroyed Franklin's, Charlie's, Francis's. Tried to ruin Ariel and Cricket and Magnus; irreparably harmed ALL of us. And they're back in new clothes! Muppet-faced bigots, peddling hatred and fear in the name of their deity or capitalism or whatever the hell they want to dress it up as this time—it's all the same thing! They killed David's parents! They killed the twins' mother! They hurt Carmen, and Daniel, and Izzy. They pushed Sayid over the edge, and goodness, sometimes I bloody understand that man better than anyone, and I—

Charles stops, unable to stop the stream of hot, angry tears coursing down his cheeks in rivulets. His knuckles are white as he clenches them, and suddenly the paralysis that has affected much of his body for nearly thirty years feels like a prison, like solitary confinement, and he wants nothing more than to burst out of it and run, and kick, and thrash and punch and show every single person who has ever hated another for their race, religion, gender, sexuality, mutation, ethnicity, national origin that they are wrong.

But he can't, he's as stuck in his body as he's been since 1955, and that pent-up fury seems to be boiling over right now. It's just not FAIR! he roars, collapsing forward, doubled over. Fingers grip at the fabric of his own shirt as he sobs, unable to sit back up of his own accord but he doesn't care, for nothing matters right now save for the decades of unvented agony, bubbling from the depths.

Erik drops to one knee, taking both of Charles's hands in his own, pressing skin-to-skin. Reaching up to brush his thumbs against his cheeks, a totem along points that spark at knees long-dorment and toes, too. Erik rises and swoops him up, clutching him close and firm. I know. I know it's not. It was never fair. Not to you. Not me, or our children. Any of them. Our friends, families. Our kin, out there. It's not fair. It's not just. But we are, aren't we? We have got to be. I understand Sayid, too, my love. Believe me. I understand. But I won't let them hack you up, strip you from yourself. Make wedges between us, not like this. You're safe, here, Charles. I promise you are. All of you. Including the hurt, and the pain. You are mine. You are loved. They can't take you. I won't let them. Tell me, he encourages, rubbing his back rhythmically. All this you've been holding for so long. Let me bear it with you.

In Erik's arms, Charles simply lets go, sobbing like he hasn't sobbed before. He buries his face against Erik's chest, wetting his shirt front with a seemingly unending stream of tears and snot. All we ever set out to do was help and they've resisted us at every step. Maimed us, tortured us, and for what? A slap on the wrist? A dull apology? Why should they get to continue hurting us? Huh? Why?

We won't let them, Erik promises softly. They'll keep trying, but they're the fools and the idiots. They're the ones without. They're the ones who have lost, who will never know what it means to be really happy. They're bullies and sadists and Nazis and child molesters. They're fucking degenerates, all of them, Erik huffs wetly, brushing his nose against his husband's neck. And they're weak. Saber rattling idiocy. We can dispatch any threat to us like a fly, dear-heart. They'll keep buzzing. And we will be free. We will be OK. That's the world I want to live in. Warmth, tenderness. Love. With you. Just like this.

Is it enough to know that they'll never know what it means to be happy if they continue to hurt us? Charles gasps. I...I killed that Schmidt because I could. Because he deserved it. You said that that would haunt me or stay with me, but it hasn't. I'm glad I did it. He didn't deserve more so he didn't get more. I'm sick of giving evil people more than they deserve, you know? I don't feel bad at all. I would do it again, he admits, and as he says it, he feels the chill prickle his skin. But he doesn't recant. I would do it to your Schmidt, too. To each of them. And I could. Goodness, I could.

It's not killing Schmidt that stays with you, neshama, Erik whispers, pained. It's Pietro, and David. It's Cricket. Franklin. We can't grow so hard that we forget to be soft for those who matter, hm? Because that just means Schmidt and all the rest are getting more than they deserve. Getting more of you than they ever deserve. I don't want those men in my home. In my heart. Inside the cracks, underneath David's bed. The monsters and eyes that loom and kill and gouge. I don't want them here, he lays his hand over Charles's heart, tears dripping unfettered down his jaw. Please, please.

How? Charles asks, desperate. How do I keep them away? I tried, for so long, to pretend that they weren't there. That I didn't think about them, that they didn't tear me up each day. Maybe I used to be better at it, I don't know. But, I can't— he gasps, shuddering in Erik's strong arms. You're so much stronger than I am. You can see, I can't. I can only see red. You're right, something changed, and now I can only see red. And I don't know how to make it stop.

Not like this, Erik says very softly. Not by pushing yourself away. Will you trust me, hm? Erik lifts his jaw, looking into his eyes, still so bright and clear. I have got you, Charles. I promise I do. We take it moment by moment. I know, it won't be so easy. I know. Not for me, either. You know it well. After all, who was there with me, to help me when I broke? We both have so much left to go. Left to learn, left to explore. I want that, with you. Always. Always. I think... it's time to make the time, my love. Time to really heal. To explore and grow. Just like our Arcadia. In here. The world is so wide, my dear. So vast. There's so much left to learn.

Charles lets out a shuddering breath, fully supported by Erik’s strong arms. I don’t know how, he admits again. I trust you with all I have, of course. You know I do. Are you going to lead me out of this? Do you really feel like you can?

I don't know, dear-heart. I don't know, Erik admits, swiping his thumb across Charles's temple, because he has never lied to his husband before and he won't start now. I don't know if I can. But I know that I have got to try, with everything that is in me. Because I want that future we saw, neshama. I want you and me and our children to be safe and whole and, he laughs a little, swiping his eyes with the corner of his elbow awkwardly. And I'm just Erik. I don't know the big existential answers, not really. In just a man, even though I think people forget that, sometimes. But I do know that I have a lot in here. A lot to give. To work with. A lot of foundation that you yourself helped to lay, you know. And I know that I want to use every ounce of it to lead you back home. To give you the space you deserve. To be at your side. That's what I know. 

Charles finds Erik's honestly comforting, because he knows that if Erik had made fervent promises and peddled desperate reassurances that he would certainly find a way to drain Charles of this caustic anger that is corroding at his soul, he wouldn't have believed it. He does believe that Erik will try, and...and he's even ready to try, too. Because Erik is right. It's not about him or Schmidt or Trask or Tegan anymore. It's about David, and Erik, and all they love. Where should we start? he asks finally, sniffing. Ailo? Ailo is furious with me right now and has been for some time, but if we ask him to help, he would.

He will be ecstatic, neshama. He asks after you all the time, you know. He loves you, Charles. I hope you know that. He sees you as a son, if I may be so bold as to speak on his behalf. I've known it for a long time. He doesn't think ill of you, my love. He's been very worried. If you and I bring him here and you tell him you want his help, it will mean the world to him, Erik says, and that shines with the ring of truth, too. Clear, like a bell. He is angry, yes. But he never stopped loving you.

Charles takes a deep breath and nods, wiping his eyes now that they're no longer spilling. We can go to him, too. I owe him that much, Charles says softly, almost meek as he's just exposed his soul raw to himself and Erik. I think we should ask. I owe him an apology and will be grateful for his help. It's more than I deserve; his unconditional love and support. He leans his head against Erik's chest, shirt now wet with his tears and snot. Can you...er, we both look a mess, he says awkwardly, feeling the puffiness in his face and still leaky nose. I'd appreciate a little freshening up.

Erik laughs, raspy and soft, and with a wink of his right eye Charles feels a light ruffle pass over him, warm and centering. His clothes are pressed and sharp, his cheeks no longer splotchy, nose no longer runny. He brushes the pad of his thumb under Charles's eyes, which are still-red. "You deserve it," he says aloud firmly, meeting his gaze with nothing but respect and devotion earned over lifetimes by this man's side. This man who protected him, stood with him, forgave him his transgression, healed his spirit, a father to his children, a teacher and mentor to those beneath him. "You've held all this on your own for so long, theli sheli," he murmurs.

"You say I am strong, but do you know why? Because I don't bear it alone. I lean on you, and--" he falters a little, treading water. "And you don't have anyone to lean on. I try to be that, but I don't ever wish to discomfort you. To push you, to provoke and antagonize and belittle and claim I know what's best. I want to meet you where you are, but I had to balance that with... with the knowledge that you've never really had the same level of support as me. And you deserve it. You do. You have done nothing but good, shown this world nothing but compassion. You're not a God, of course. Sometimes you might stumble. We don't throw people away because they stumble. We call them back in and shore them up, hm? And you believe that. But not for you, my neshama? Whyever not? I think it's long overdue."

Charles listens, truly listens to what Erik has to say, and then falls silent for a while, contemplating. He's still in Erik's arms, suspended by his impressive thrall, safe and sound, loved. "I don't think I know what you mean, my love," he says finally, turning red-rimmed eyes up to Erik's own, the legions behind those glorious greens. "I lean on you every day, at every turn. You think you don't support me, or that I don't rely on you to keep me upright? Darling, that couldn't be further from the truth. Perhaps in a different way than how you lean on me, at least on the surface. But I can only ever move forward because I have you at my side, Erik. I don't know why you feel that I don't."

Erik laughs a bit. "Oh, you do, of course," he whispers fondly. "But I more mean... all these deep, dark hurts you hold, hm? You grew up under the impression no one wanted to hear it. Stiff upper lip, and all that. And I think that's your natural tendency. You do let me in, of course you do. But you still keep it very close, my love. You aren't naturally open and vulnerable and that's okay," Erik makes sure to add.

"You are OK to be who you are. I wouldn't change any part of you. Not even the dark spots. You're entitled to them, and they're there because people put them there. We talk often of breaking, mending, but you know that's not a linear process. People break and weave together again and break again. These things, for better or worse, are with us. They'll be with us always. We won't ever find that ah! it is over. But we can heal, and grow, and change how we want. We can learn, dear-heart. And we can make the time, for you. For your needs. For your heart, your pain. You deserve it. You deserve it," he repeats, clear as a ringing bell. "You do. My love." 

"I made you take an entire year off to tend to me in isolation," Charles reminds Erik, but he understands what his husband means, understands where he's coming from. That's just it, isn't it? Charles ignores things that ought not be ignored for so long, and then requires a full year of undivided attention. And then another decade will pass before he explodes again, and then another, and another...but, sure, that's simply how he is. Perhaps it's irreparable; even acknowledging it here and now is deeply uncomfortable, deeply disconcerting. But he knows that it's not healthy or productive, even if, as Erik says, it's not something that he need lament.

"I think that you need to discomfort me," Charles murmurs. "I know that you're keen on allowing me to operate in a way that I prefer to operate because you respect and love me, as I respect and love you. But I don't know if it works," he admits. "I get snappy with Ailo when he tries to push, I know. And I have with you, too. But...I think I need you to do it, moving forward. You can make me something to remind me of this conversation when I try to shrug you off. Accountability, I suppose." He hooks a finger on the thin chain around his neck and fishes the tiny conch charm from underneath his shirt, where it stays snug against his chest day and night. The conch that Erik made him so many years ago, containing his heartbeat. "Perhaps something to add."

Erik grins, full and bright, and from the loam comes a simple metal snowflake, infused with gentle reflective streaks of orange-white, like a tiger. It matches shape to Erik's own, which he brings out beneath his cable-knit sweater. "Magda's locket, and David, too. To remind you of your family, hm? Pietro, Wanda, David, me. And," he flips it over, showing an etched cane on the back beneath two signed hands for his name in ASL. "Ailo, too. Because of us all, he's our load-bearing wall, yeah? He is our family, too."

Charles takes the intricate little charm in his hands and smiles as each detail comes to light. Orange for David, with each prong of the snowflake an homage to each loved one. David, Erik, Pietro, Wanda, Ailo, and Magda, too; for although Charles never got to meet her in this reality, she is part of their family as the beloved mother to his older son and daughter. It's beautiful, now that it sits alongside the still-beating conch, Charles feels more prepared, more steeled to move forward. "Yes. Thank you. From the depths of my soul," he murmurs, giving the charm a kiss before tucking it back beneath his shirt, where it rests against his heart. "Alright. I suppose...I suppose we'd best get started. With David first, and then to Ailo I go."


Erik inclines his head, and slowly ravels them all back up and untangles the threads in intricate spires, a universal loom spinning strands of time and space. They loop the infinite-upside-down and slowly reform back in the foyer. It's before the social worker shows up, and this time Erik is the one to intervene. He finds as he tries to drive up to the Manor that the road never seems to end, and he never comes any closer. He gives up and turns back around, unwelcome for now. David appears before them and Erik bundles him up, kissing the top of his head. "Meyn lemele," he rasps. "It's all right. I promise. Papa just made a mistake. So we are going to fix it, hm? Papa is sick, little-one, so we have to help him get better, don't we? I'm so very sorry you were frightened, neshomale."

When they touch back down in their reality, Charles hangs his head. Erik has taken them backwards by a handful of minutes only, but these minutes change everything. He sits in his chair, still, as Erik resettles them back into their world, the first day of the rest of their lives. In Erik's arms, David projects an image outward; it's of Charles in bed with a cold compress on his head and a thermometer in his mouth; a cartoonish depiction of what it means to be sick. It's a question from their son, inquiring into the nature of his Papa's purported illness.

"Not exactly like that, my boy," Charles says quietly, signing the same. He then alters the projection to remove the compress and the thermometer; this time, the projected Charles is holding onto his head, as if experiencing a headache. It's about as much a six-year-old needs. "But, don't you worry, okay? I'm sorry that I scared you. Tate made it better, nothing bad happened. Everything is fixed. Now, I just need some help to not be sick anymore. That's it."

"You and your brother and sister, and me, we're going to help him get better. Ailo, too," Erik whispers, folding David's tiny fingers over Charles's gleaming tiger-snowflake. "We will fill him up with so much love that there is simply no room for sickness to spread! And we will do it together. The right way. We won't frighten you like that again. Not ever again, dear-heart. That man is gone, and he is whole. He will be a problem for another day, but you don't have to worry about that," he says with a fond huff. "He won't bother us again, and we will put our focus where it must go. Understand, my little jumping bean?" he signs as he speaks, and reaches to tweak David's nose lightly.

David signals that he does understand, and both Erik and Charles can feel him relax a little, soothed by his Tate's firm reassurance. No one is hurt, and they can help Papa. In David's world, those are among the two most important important things that could ever be. He wriggles a bit from Erik's arms and then runs over to Charles to hug his legs gently, gentle because Papa is sick, after all. With the hug given, he turns back to Tate and then vigorously signs for Pietro, Wanda, and Ailo, for they, too, are needed to help Papa not be sick, and there's no use in waiting around any longer. (edited)

Erik lets out a soft laugh, nodding. "We are going right there, little bean, yeah?" he nudges David's side, resting his hand against the boy's soft brown hair and letting his eyes flutter closed. "Let's get you settled with the twins," he hefts David up into his arms and gives him a tap on the nose. When they materialize back on Genosha, in the townhouse, Erik lingers over Pietro with a squeeze to his arm.

A silent acknowledgment, that he's got this. That he knows, and they're going to do everything they can to make things better. "We're going to see Ailo," he says softly to his son and daughter, knitting his fingers together. "I know. Things haven't been easy around here. It's been bad, and hard. We're going to take the time we need," he says. "I don't know how long. We'll work it out. We won't be ever so far, either. But we need to take the time, now. It's time."

Though not a psychic empath like his family, Pietro can tell that something is different when Erik, David, and Charles appear in the townhouse. Lately, he and Charles have been avoiding each other, for he has questioned their ability to see eye to eye since the incident with Cricket and all subsequent ones in which Charles’s overreach had become balder than his head. But tonight, Charles looks like he’s on the bring of unraveling at the seams, eyes ringed with red, face tight and pinched as he stares at his knees. That’s what he takes in even before his father speaks on behalf of himself and Charles. And when he does, there’s only relief.

“Thank every god there is,” huffs Pietro in his typical glib manner, though all know that he’s deadly serious. “We’ll watch the Rugrat. And, you know, do whatever else you need us to do while you fix yourself up. Yeah?”

“Yeah, yes,” says Charles quietly, still staring at his knees, and the twins have never seen Charles so…vulnerable, like this. But it’s a good sign, Pietro thinks. “Thank you. Mean it.”

Thank-you, Erik murmurs privately to Wanda and Pietro, giving them each a firm hug, and pausing to fold Charles up, too. He sets Pietro's hand over his own, across Charles's shoulder. "We'll be in touch," he assures softly. Sneaks an extra hug for good measure.


And off into the whirl anew, this time materializing outside on Dom and Ailo's porch. Ailo is stood on the veranda with a mug of kava and a cigarette cherry ember lights up the slow, lazy evening. The sky is dark across the beach, and people are gradually coming ashore as the day winds down. His ears perk up as Erik and Charles appear behind, and he shoots them a wry salute. "Evening," he hums, lazy. Bad leg crossed over good, leaning.

Charles normally finds the sea breeze and salty air calming, normally associates the veranda of Ailo and Don’s home with long evenings of rummy, wine, spirited debate, laughter. He doesn’t have that feeling tonight. Ailo hasn’t been as openly cold as Pietro has been, but Charles would be lying if he claimed that he hadn’t been feeling the strain. “I’m surrendering,” Charles spills, fists clenched, knuckles white, obviously pained. “I need help. A lot of it. An inordinate amount. I’m sorry.”

Ailo is quick on his feet for a man nursing a profound disability of his right side, and he practically glides into a chair, tugging the edge of Charles's closer to rest both hands on his knees. He transmits the sensation of solid warmth, and takes his hands. "I think so," he agrees, simple and without judgment. Charles can feel the familiar tickle in the back of his mind that had receded over the last while, an attempt to give him his space, even if that wasn't what Ailo wanted to do--he couldn't berate the man, but it's clear with Charles's single admission that Erik was right. His relief is profound, and he makes no effort to hide it away. "I think so, querido. I suppose it's time we ought walk the spires together, eh? Family vacation, thereabouts. I'll hobble, you'll have to roll." It's gentle, but nevertheless, welcoming. Warmth. Gratitude.

Charles doesn't resist when Ailo pulls his chair closer and grabs his hands, but he doesn't lock eyes with the older man immediately, either. He feels a bit like a petulant child—one of his own students, perhaps, sniffling in his office as he sits patiently with them. But, the familiar presence does feel good, a step, perhaps. "Smoking is bad for you," he murmurs, a deflection. And then he sighs, dropping his chin to his chest. "Sorry. I'm sorry. For all of it. I don't know what to do other than come here and beg you to fix me."

"Bah, everything's bad for you," Ailo says with a grin and a wink. It's a nasty habit, but he's come to terms with it long ago. He's old, and he has very few vices. A cigarette at the end of a long day, he can't resist. "Erik keeps us clean, eh?"

"Indeed so," Erik affirms, plucking out a long, slim Du Maurier from the packet. He lights it with a flick of his fingers. "We're going in. To the Expanse. But this time, we'd like you to come with us."

Ailo nods once, without hesitation, tapping his cane to the ground solidly. "Of course. Of course I will," he says, and the moment stretches and lingers before he flicks the butt away (it disappears mid-air) and he inches close to haul Charles into a proper hug, pressing a kiss to his clothed shoulder. "I was waiting for you to ask. Desperately so, I'll add. I can't express what it means that you have. That's enough, querido. That's everything. Of course I'll come."

"It might be a long time," Erik cautions.

"Oh, Dom and I are never far apart. You'll get to know him, too," Ailo says, breezy, with a two-fingers tap to his temple. "He's a good man. He cares about you, too. He knows you're my family, queridinho mais velho."

Charles takes another shuddering breath, and then slips a cigarette of his own from the pack once Ailo pulls away from the hug. He lights up, takes one drag, and then groans as he tosses it on the ground, knowing that Erik will take care of it, too. "If only a cigarette or a copious amount of alcohol could do the trick," he murmurs, scrubbing his hand over his face. "Alright. Sorry. I'll stop being...well." He doesn't even know how to finish that sentence, so he backs his chair away and moves to stare out across the dark sea.

"Thank you for being here for me," he says quietly. "Both of you. I don't know where to begin, in the Expanse. I'll admit that I find it improbable right now that I'll ever not feel what I'm feeling currently, what I have been feeling for some time. But I suppose we'd better get started, in case I decide that I don't want help anymore. A big part of me doesn't," he admits, blithe. "The overwhelming part of me doesn't. I like using my abilities like this. I like being powerful, using my power to put our detractors down.

"I know you do," Ailo murmurs the acknowledgment. "We'll take our time. Repair it right. Learn the boundaries, queridinho." His fingers splay out across Charles's back, rubbing softly. Centered. "Let's have a little look-see, hm? Let's see what's out there." And so they sift.

Chapter 110: She plucked the stray bird from their midst

Chapter Text

1991.

The man is watching Charles as he motors across the street, through the window of the cafe where he’s sketching in his book, sunk down deep into the leather cushions. His braced left hand lolls uselessly to the side, framing paper. Blue colored pencil held at an angle in his dominant, he completes some hatch-work shading on a reflection of light in his composite-the next time his sharp, dark eyes look up, though, his muse is now grunting and struggling to get over the curb-he's gotten caught somehow and the chair isn't budging. Abandoning his materials, instantly the man is out the door, into the dreary winter morning.

New York City architecture blaring jagged across the loping sky. Jogging down to the intersection and outstretching his hand. The man’s wheelchair abruptly lifts, with him in it. Levitates in the air, moves over sideways, and then gently lowers down on the sidewalk. Soft, faded jeans with scuffed edges trail down over the stranger’s worn white sneakers, paired with a button shirt, rolled up and pinned at the elbows revealing thick olive forearms, veiny and--a smash of numbers, on his left inner-wrist.

He sinks into the metal, curves and coldness warming under his influence, each with its own story, its own history, inviting and every electron, every molecule speaks to him as he reorganizes their flow. “Okei?” he says, and the word sounds like OK, and judging by the raise of his eyebrows, that’s what he's asking-but the accent is off, not-exactly German and not-exactly not. His hair falls down his shoulders in long, wild curls. “Dir gut?” he repeats, and this time it's definitely German.

It's cold as hell out here—wait, no, hell is hot, ain't it? What shitty place is cold? Russia? Nah, they've got good vodka...

Ah, shit, I where's my Walkman? Hope I didn't leave it on the train, Dan'll kill me if I did. Maybe it's still at the office...? Guess I can get on the N at 8th and get back to Astoria....

IT'S COLDER'N HELL OUT HERE, WHAT THE HELL!?

The morning barrage is what Charles calls it, when he battles his way through the chaos of University Avenue toward East 14th to get to the accessible subway station at Union Square. For some reason, at this time of day while people are rushing to catch their trains or cabs or buses that haul them to work, Charles's head goes absolutely nuts. It's all gotten worse since he's moved to the village; his therapist advised against it, but he's visiting at NYU this year and there was no way that he was going to take the A down all the way from Morningside Heights every single day.

You know that it gets worse when you're in crowds, Charles, Dr. Trask had said. The village is no place for someone like you. Someone like him, a schizophrenic with the narcissistic tendency to project his own thoughts upon others; that is, he fools himself into believing that he can hear what others are thinking. Trask says that it's psychosis and narcissism, and, well, maybe Charles is narcissistic enough to not care, anymore. He's sick of living his life second-guessing everyone, everything.

Fuckin' cripple, I'd rather be dead than...

Damn, he's actually kinda cute, nothing more tragic than a hot guy in a wheelchair...

Uh oh, here comes Steven Hawking.... That one was from a coworker, who waves amiably as he darts by on the busy sidewalk. "Morning, Charles! Looking forward to your seminar tomorrow!"

Charles vocalizes some believable pleasantries, but he’s distracted; the sidewalk is blocked off in front of Gristedes for some construction crew. Pedestrians are hopping off the curb and into the street without a second thought, shouldering their ways past each other. What’s simple for them is a headache and a half for Charles—on top of the constant one that he’s been nursing every day since he turned 13.

Wonder how wheelchair guy is gonna deal with that one…



Oh! Martha’s birthday! Shitshitshit I need to get her a card, can I still get into Gristedes…?

Fucking cripple—

Head swirling, Charles motors his way off the curb and swerves around it, hoping to spot a ramp up to the sidewalk somewhere, anywhere….none. Of course. He should know better, he putters down this sidewalk every day. His best hope is a crumbling piece of sidewalk a few yards down, maybe if he can approach it with enough force he can get back up……no dice. No dice, and now his wheels are stuck.

“Fuck,” he swears under his breath, stiff fingers jiggering the joystick back and forth, back and forth.

The rubble seems to have lodged in his front casters, and he can’t bend over and knock them loose. “Fuck.”

Oh, should I help…? No, what if he’s hostile. He’ll probably figure it out.

“Would rather be dead, poor fuck...”

“In my WAY, I’ve got to get to the B—“

Just as Charles is about to yell out in frustration, his chair lifts from the ground, as if by magic, and resettles itself on the sidewalk. The pebbles in his wheels fall away. Crisis averted. Slightly addled as always, Charles inclines his head and blinks up, sandy hair falling away from blue eyes to gaze upon a tall, rangy man with dark hair and gamine features. “Oh,” he says stupidly. “Oh. Yes. I’m sorry,” he mumbles in his crisp British accent, betraying the chaos of his brain. “I don’t speak…German? Is that German? I don’t speak it, whatever it is. Thank you for helping me, if that’s what you did.”

The man taps his chest with fingers pressed together, his right one is good. His left in the bulky turn-buckle. "Ikh helfen," he says, and his smile meets his glittering obsidian gaze. There's green and gold flecked deeper in, and the man doesn't pretend to do anything else but look Charles over, curious. "Fuck," he repeats the swear word with a smirk. "Kalt?" with a wave of his fingers, Charles feels the dreary bone-chilling snap of frigid air blistering around him... change.

He feels warm. Comfortable. Wrapped up and toasty. The man sets a hand on his shoulder. "Erik Lehnsherr," he touches his palm to his own chest. "You?" Charles will note, that apropos of nothing, Erik seems to have with him now, a cup of tea on a delicate China plate. Where had he kept it? And jasmine, his favorite. The man wraps his hand around Charles's fingers, around the cup. Warmth.

Charles blinks several times, because he's sure now that he's crossed the line. Plagued with auditory hallucinations his entire life, Trask has warned him that he can never, ever be positive that he's actually experiencing reality, that one day his illness may progress to the point of visual hallucinations or complete ontological delusions; what are the chances that he's babbling to absolute nothing? Not zero, certainly.

There's sudden warmth, and tea, and a nice man who recognizes that he can't hold a delicate cup of tea like this without risking spilling it all over his front so he helps him wrap his fingers around the cup. And he's quiet....Charles's brain isn't making anything up about the man at all; he doesn't hear thoughts that aren't there. Which means... "Oh. You're not real," Charles decides, ignoring the question. "Hm. I must be talking to air."

"Real, I am real," Erik says softly. He pauses, and taps a woman on the shoulder. "Hallo. You see me, here?"

"Hi there! Yeah, I see you," she waves at him, harried. Her hair is red ringlets, skin dark brown contrasting against a splashy yellow jacket. She grins at the duo. "You're tourists?"

"Tourist," Erik agrees. "Erik. You are?"

Charles is ready to accuse the woman of being a figment of his diseased mind, but the usual chatter develops between his head and hers, and how fucked up would he have to be if his head invented psychosis within further psychosis? So...maybe he is real. "No, not a tourist," he says distractedly, blue eyes unfocused. "Er, I'm Charles. I'm a visiting professor at NYU, I teach..."

Fuckin' nutbag fags, holding hands in public, disgusting...

"I teach biological anthropology and genetics," he finishes. "And....oh."

Looking forward to your seminar tomorrow!

"And my seminar is tomorrow, not today, I realize."

Except something happens. Erik's head snaps up. "What did you say to us?!" he thunders down at the intruders spewing their epithets. "You think a faggot cannot punch your jaw the wrong way around, find out. Get! Never come back here, pathetic!" he shouts after them as they scramble to run, dazed in the wake of Erik Lehnsherr's fury. And in an instant, it melts away, as he appears almost sheepish to turn back to his now-audience. "I don't like bullies."

"Neither do I, hon, but they didn't say anything to you? Did you hear them say something?" she squints. "They sure ran like they said something, though," she cackles. "You showed those little white boys good. Name's Raven," she introduces herself.

"Charles," Erik grins at him stupidly. "I drew your picture," he proclaims, bold. A flourish, and a sketchbook appears between his fingers as if by magic. And there it is. Three harried sketches of Charles, smiling. Thinking. Humming. The work is rushed, casual, but each stroke is lovingly laid.

"You...heard that?" Charles asks Erik. Another tick in the you're not real category for Erik. But, he's tempted to indulge this fantasy, because it's rare that a handsome man is nice to him, rarer still that that handsome man is magic and can also hear the nonsense in his head. He glances down at the sketchbook. It appears that Erik had observed him as he was having his coffee this morning at Beatriz's. "We're on the sidewalk. We're on the sidewalk! And it's freezing! Ah... oh dear. We should get off the sidewalk."

Within a blink, they're off the sidewalk! Charles finds himself abruptly nestled into a booth alongside his new companions. "I am a metallurgist," he tells him, unable to keep his smile tamped down. "An artist. Making jewelry and little things. Drawing beautiful men," his voice drops into a rumble, he's a flirt, utterly shameless. "I found this tea, that you like. Try, yes? I made it nice."

"Oh!" Charles doesn't recognize the café that they're in, but he knows that they're still in the West Village, because he can see the Empire State building from the window. His chair is nowhere to be seen, but he finds that he isn't worried, for this strange, beautiful man seems to be able to snap things from thin air. His cheeks redden when Erik calls him beautiful, and he sips on the tea that has a convenient straw. "Oh, yes, that is nice. This...it's all nice! You're very nice. And so are you," he says to Raven. "Forgive me, I still think you might be fake. Both of you. I may be blathering to nothing, back on the sidewalk. But if I am, at least this delusion is nice."

"Not fake, Charles. Why do you think this is fake thing? I am real. We are real," he says, intense and soft all at once. "Not nothing."

"I am very much a real person, sweetie," Raven says kindly. "Do you have trouble with that, figuring out what's real? They got you on some medication? Never did Aura one lick of good," she mutters to herself. "Fuckin' pigs loaded him with those sedatives, only 'cause he cried at night and they didn't want to hear it. Drugged him, fuckin' shanda is what it is. They do that to you, too?"

Charles hesitates. He doesn't typically tell perfect strangers of his condition. Many people quickly excuse themselves from his presence when they learn of it, and how lucky he is to even be close enough to someone else to tell them, anyway. The wheelchair usually scares people off first. Then again, if they aren't real, there's no harm in disclosing this, is there? And if they are real and want to run away, no harm done. Hopefully Erik will at least bring his wheelchair back first, but if he doesn't, that's alright. Hank can go get his spare at home and bring it here.

"Medicine doesn't work." Charles shakes his head no. "I have schizophrenia; I tend to have auditory hallucinations, which are projections of my own thoughts, I know. My brain tries to convince me that they aren't by framing them as the thoughts of others." He says it clinically, a well-rehearsed speech to every interviewer, advisor, doctor. "My psychiatrist and therapist has warned me that the hallucinations might become full delusions. This may very well be one, is all."

"You have a gift," Erik says softly. "Not schizophrenia. Charles. Who told you this? They lie to you. I have gift, too." In his hand, a neat little box materializes, wrapped up perfectly. "You are not insane. You are a wonder. I heard them, too. Those men. Saying faggot. I heard it, too. And they said it. They know they did. Or they wouldn't have ran like scattered birds."

"That's a very PC way to say it," Charles chuckles, fully disregarding Erik's supposition, but he does take the tiny box from Erik's palms with his stiff fingers. "You don't need to do that. It's not a gift. It's an illness. I was diagnosed when I was 13." Charles looks at Erik then, brow raised. "They must have said it out loud. Or, you heard something else. You clearly have a gift, my friend. It's not what I have."

"PC?" Erik quirks a brow. "I do not understand. I do not mock you," he huffs in his brusque cant. "A gift. Like me. Look." He raises his hand and within his palm a brilliant glowing star begins to form, vapors and gasses all contained.

Raven is smirking. I'm not alone! Oh, thank the heavens! I'm not alone. I'm not a freak? Oh, lordy. "Y-yeah, you know what. Some people have gifts, sweetie. You ever think maybe that's yours?" she winks, and one of her eyes flares out in brilliant streaks of amber. "I used to be in the circus, when I was real young. They diagnosed me with Harlequin ichthyosis. Skin like scales. The circus kept me from gettin' filleted like a salmon in a research facility, is what they did."

Charles smiles cordially at his new companions. “Yes, I’m aware of mutation,” he tells them both. “I’m a geneticist, I’ve studied mutation quite a bit. I’m glad that you two are comfortable with yours. I’m sure yours are magnificent; I know yours is, Erik. But, no, that’s not what I have. I have schizophrenia. I’m grateful for your kindness, however. Very much so. And I’ll believe you both that this is reality.”

Erik closes his eyes. Winks one open. Then he says, "Charles," softly. "I can see. How you are made up. Each precious atom." Only, Erik isn't speaking aloud at all. Instead, his voice comes through Charles's head, clear as a bell and crisp. Charles. I know you can hear me. I am real.

Charles jams his palm on the semi-functional hand into his eyes (his other arm lies listlessly across his lap, fingers curled), rubbing for a few moments before looking back at Erik with a smile. His straw-colored hair is a bit tousled and dark blue eyes are a touch unfocused, as they always are; there's simply too much noise to focus. It's a shame, for Erik was quiet before, but now, he's speaking directly to Charles, and it's impossible for the Brit to know whether or not his delusion is feeding itself or—

"Forgive me, I'm...ah, goodness. Perhaps I'd better be going. My seminar isn't today, but I should still go in and get some work done. Thank you both for being kind to me, and thank you for helping me up the sidewalk." 

Erik blinks a little and inclines his head sharply. "I frightened you," he says sadly. "You teach? I want to learn," he pivots instead, brows raised hopefully. "Raven, too. We will learn. About genetic."

"No...not frightened," Charles says hastily, smiling a little too much to compensate, perhaps. "I merely should not really engage where I'm not positive that it's my illness talking or not; my doctor would be furious with me, oh, yes he would—I'm supposed to do all I can to fight them and right now, I may be indulging them, and I—" Charles stops, realizing that he's rambling, probably incoherent, probably absurd. And perhaps even rude, accusing someone of being not real to their face, someone who has only been kind, patient, gentle... "I should be going," he says again. "If...oh, my chair. I'm not sure where it is."

Erik frowns. "Your doctor? Why would he be angry? That is not right." Erik's frown deepens. Is this the person who has been convincing Charles he is crazy? A doctor. Erik flinches a little, scrubbing his good hand over his left wrist. It's the first expression from him that seems real, grounded in genuine pain. "A doctor did this to you," he mutters to himself. "I am sorry. Does he hurt? Hurt you. Doesn't have to hurt. Should not be furious. Mad. Anger. Not right."

"No! He doesn't hurt! I'm all good, I'm a-okay," Charles promises, flashing another overlarge, uncomfortable smile. "My psychiatrist, my therapist—he's the same guy. He wouldn't be mad mad at me, I misspoke—oh, you aren't a native English speaker, I should be more careful with colloquialisms like that, I'm sorry. What I mean is...." Charles hesitates, because what does he mean? Sometimes, it's too hard to follow, his own trains of thought, especially when they're constantly interrupted by the delusions. "It's no matter. I'm okay. I just really do need to be going, yeah? If you don't know where my chair is, that's fine, I can have a friend bring me my other one."

Erik shivers again, deeply unhappy, but in another blink Charles re-emerges in his chair, safe and snug with a knit blanket resting over his knees for warmth depicting a sun holding the hands of a smiling moon. Erik hesitates a moment and then produces his sketchbook, writing down his name and telephone number. "You call. For any reason. For a friend," he says, patting Charles's arm. "Raven, too," he rips out another page neatly for her. "Friend."

Charles blinks when he reappears in his chair, surprised to simply blip into existence somewhere else without so much as a warning. How marvelous this man is, truly. Marvelous and potentially not real at all. But, he isn't rude so he takes the slip of paper from Erik and the second one from Raven, and then tucks it into his pocket. "Thank you," he says to each, extending his better hand out to shake both of theirs. "You've been quite kind to me, and I am grateful."


Unfortunately, the two stranger/friends are on his mind for the rest of the week, and Trask can tell during their next appointment. After a solid hour of admonishment and firm reminders that even if Erik and Raven were real, their mutations make them dangerous to people like Charles, vulnerable people who are easily swayed, easily influenced.... "I may recommend you for another inpatient stay," Trask sighs near the end of their session, as if deeply regretful.

"That isn't necessary, Dr. Trask," says Charles hurriedly. "I promise. I'll do better. I'll give the new medicine a try, and I'll keep my head down and focused on my work, like you said. I'm sorry. I don't need to be committed."

"Let's hope so. If you're still headed down this path by our next session, however—"

"I won't be. I promise. I'll to to work and go home every single day, and that's it. Like we discussed."

"Good."


And yet...despite these promises, profuse and earnest at the time, Charles finds himself hovering over his phone one night after a long, exhausting day at work, just a few days later. The heat in his apartment is out, and it's snowing outside and neither the landlord's maintenance worker nor the one that Charles called when he decided that he couldn't trust the landlord has arrived to come fix it, and it's freezing. Shivering in the blanket that Erik draped over him the other day, he dials the number scrawled on the piece of sketch paper, expecting no one to pick up.

"You don't happen to know how to fix a broken heater, do you?" Charles blurts when, in fact, someone does pick up the phone.

"Heat? Oh, iz kalt? Ah, Charles," he can practically hear the other man's grin on the end of the line, and without another word Erik appears right before him, to drape a blanket across his shoulders that warms him from inside-out. Another blink sees the stuttering furnace chug-chug in full working order, and Erik lazily stretches, gesturing all around. "Live here? You kept the drawing," he realizes in delight as he spies his harried sketches on the table. "Dinner? I make schnitzel for you. Iz gut."

"Oh—oh." Charles all but melts when the blanket is placed around him, one that seems to blast away the seemingly permanent coldness that has crystallized within his body over the past several days. His stiff, aching muscles relax, leaning back against his chair. Suddenly tired, suddenly comfortable, which is rare. "Hmm..? Yes, live here, yes I do. Not much, but." It's a nice apartment but sparsely decorated and furnished; doing all that is rather difficult on one's own when one only has a half-functional arm.

The drawings are the only pieces of art within the whole unit.

"Dinner?" Schnitzel sounds a hell of a lot better than one of the microwave meals that Charles subsists on, but immediately, he hears Trask's voice in his head, sees his stern face....he certainly doesn't want to be committed again, not when he's been doing alright down here on his own for a while. "Oh, no, I'm so sorry, I've got...work. Yes, so much work to do, I'm afraid. It was so very kind of you to come fix this for me. Here! I'll write you a check, you deserve to be paid for this! I was about to pay the repairmen $400, but I'll pay you $500 for express service, eh?"

Erik shakes his head. "No check. Just dinner," he negotiates, brows raising hopefully. "With me. And chess. You can pick which color to be. One meal." A plate materializes on the table, along with a hand-crafted wooden board with intricate metal pieces. "A personal project," he explains.

Charles bites his lip, obviously uncertain. The schnitzel looks excellent, and hasn't had a good chess companion in years...."I'll be in trouble," he says finally, scrubbing his eyes with his palm again. "I'm not supposed to see you, or anyone else, really. I'm only supposed to go to work and back. Too many people, they make it all worse. Trying to function in this world, you know? I can't do it if it gets worse."

"Why supposed to? That is no good. Not freedom. You should be free. You are scared? Of the doctor? He cannot hurt you. You have friend, now. Me. I won't let him hurt. No more bad doctors. You play with me and eat this. And if you get to trouble then you call upon me. You just go inside here and concentrate all you can, to find me. And I will come and I will help. I promise. Promise," he touches his chest.

"He looks out for me," Charles rebuts, though it's weak. "He's... I've been a patient of his for over twenty years, he knows me, he wants what's best for me." Even as he says it, Charles grabs his adaptive fork from the table. "Why are you doing all this for me? You don't even know me, but you're being so kind."

"No," Erik shakes his head firmly. "Not look for you. Hurt you. Call crazy. No freedom. Hospital. Pills. Feeling bad. Kalt. Lonely. Not right. He is not right. A bad man. I don't let bad men hurt my friend. Bullies, do not abide. I cannot." He taps his fist to his heart. "You are good. Kind. Nice. Deserves to have warmth, and fun. Little drawings, some chess and schnitzel. Your doctor, he does not permit even this? No good."

"He says mutants may try and take advantage of me because I'm vulnerable," Charles reports honestly, glum. "Because they try to convince anyone who is vulnerable that they, too, are mutants. You and Raven, you. both tried to do that. Tell me that I'm a mutant. Dr. Trask said that you did that because you could see that I was vulnerable and wanted to get me to join your cause. And I'm...well, I suppose I'm prone to believing such things."

Erik shakes his head. "No cause. Just to live. To be free. To feel nice. Not a cause. Not advantage. What feels good and bad. Do you know? Because this, it does not feel good. Why your doctor, he does not let you feel good things? And that anyone who says otherwise, advantage? No. A weak, coward. Afraid of you. He is afraid of you. He keeps you weak. He advantage you. Not me. I won't force. Won't make you. Not me. You can go back to kalt, lonely and bad. I do not make you, OK? But. If you want warm things. Good things. I will help you."

"Oh, Dr. Trask isn't afraid of me," Charles says, almost wry, but he's too earnest for pure wryness right now. "But, I...believe you, too. I believe that you're not trying to do anything untoward to me. I can never be sure if I should believe myself or not, or believe others...but you've been kind. You fixed me heater, helped me in the street. That was so kind. Why? Why are you so nice to me?"

"I don't know," Erik laughs. "Because I watch you. You talk to everyone, say hello. Feed the birds. Tip the coffee girl. You are nice. You deserve nice, too. That is all. I, my life, is kalt. Hard. A bad doctor, me too. Hurt me. In the camps. Jewish," he taps his wrist. "Unkind. Brutality. Piteous, hideous. I do not want that, ever again. Never again. Only good things. I can make things better, then I must."

"Oh," Charles says, his catch phrase, as he observes the numbers inked into Erik's wrist. "I see. I'm...I'm sorry. I'm sorry that that happened to you, Erik. What a paltry thing to say I know, but I can't even begin to imagine how..." he trails off, because nothing further will capture what he intends to convey. "Okay. I'd love to eat schnitzel and play chess with you, in that case. If you're only here because I seem nice, then that's okay. You're nice, too."

Erik's smile lights up the entire room in a glow of twinkling lanterns, soft and dim suffusing the small kitchenette. He wraps Charles's hand over the lighter metallic piece, intricately crafted just for him. And beside, a neat plate of the aforementioned dinner, breaded with sprigs of herb atop and little bowls of sides to boot. Alongside jasmine tea, for good measure. "You study genetic, that is right? Tell me your favorite thing. Your favorite to study and teach," he asks as he watches Charles formulate his opening salvo.

The fork that Erik made for him is far better than any of the adaptive silverware that he has; once Erik has fixed his hand around it, he's home free because the grooves and loops fit around his fingers just-so, and the implement won't fall if a rogue tremor shudders through his fingers (a common occurrence). "I do, yes," he smiles, finding conversation easy in a rare twist, for him.

"They have me teaching pathogenesis of human disease right now, but my research is actually in genomics, where I'm mapping ancient genetics pulled from the mitochondrial DNA of one of the humans found in the peat bogs in Ireland," he spills, obviously eager. "Genomics—oh, do you know what that is? It's about mapping genomes, focusing on the structure, function, evolution, and editing capabilities of genes individually and genes at large."

Erik could literally not be more delighted if he tried, practically swaying from side-to-side with a hum as he listens like a plant soaking up the sun. As Charles turns the question onto him, he squints. "Jeh-nom-icks," he repeats, soft. He holds up his hand and a small rock, replete with moss forms in his palm. Charles watches as it dissolves into the smallest of twinkling particles. They expand, all the way over the table, for Charles to get a good look at their structures weaving past. "Like this?"

Charles would be as excited as a child on Christmas morning, but he's simply too dazzled by the array before him; to see an organism as its parts, as the very code that creates it. His smile is broad, but not toothy and forced like it had been at the cafe the other day. Genuine. Blissful. "That's so much more beautiful than our computer renderings," he murmurs, gazing. "Oh. Look. Moss is special, you know. Resilient. Largely unchanged, structurally, since it emerged in the Permian. Spreading earth-moss can even repair its own DNA, did you know? A colleague, she's using it to see if we can find a way to trigger human DNA to do the same!"

 "You want to see yours?" Erik asks, bold as ever. With a flick of his wrist, he painlessly tugs a single strand of Charles's hair out and it blooms all around them, the particles that make up him in their full splendor. "That is what I see. All around, like this. I learn the shapes, so I can make the little things."

Charles laughs now, watching as his own sequence expands about the room. "But I'm so boring!" he laments, though he's grinning from ear to ear. "Look at what you can do! This is magnificent. May I see you? You must have so many mutations, to be able to do all that. How magnificent. How glorious!"

"It is just the nature of things," Erik grins at him. "My doctor, he want me to use it for bad. To hurt. Subjugate. Because humans hurt me. But I did not wish to. Not the little babies. My Magda, they took from me. My babies, too. I miss them. Oh, bitte. Es tut meir leid, not to bah-bah-bah," he huffs. "My aba. The man, Dr. Schmidt. With six fingers to his hand. He killed my aba. So I hunt for him, to find him. But it is kalt, this revenge. Not nice. I meet you, and I... watch you, the birds," he tries to explain. "And my heart, it grows warm. And it never did, when I look for the six-fingers doctor. Only here, it is soft. For you."

Charles smiles pleasantly for a few moments, polite as ever, until he realizes with a start what Erik has truly just said to him. That his heart grows warm and soft when he looks at Charles. His cheeks redden; usually, his delusions are rather cruel to him, forcing him to wonder if people are so snide when they see him in his wheelchair, motoring down the busy streets of Manhattan. Sometimes they’re kinder, gentler, and every now and again they’re actually pleasant.

But the loudest ones are the ones that are pitying, disparaging, or disgusted. Erik, though…he’s so different. There aren’t even delusions present, when Erik is around. Just a kind smile and glittering green eyes, dark hair and angular face. “Oh. But—no, oh no. You’re very kind, truly, so very kind, but I’m….” He waves his functional arm to indicate the mess of his life. “A schizophrenic with a profound disability. Can’t help you hunt down that six-fingered man, can’t really do anything at all without a mountain of effort.”

"Oh," Erik repeats Charles's refrain with a kind laugh. "My meaning. What to say.. I don't want to, anymore. So you see, that is why. Why I am nice. To you. Because you took from me, all of that pain. Hard and kalt. The man killed my mishpacha. No room for good. But you come, and your smile. It moves. Now, the good things come in. I hear the little sparrows. I made for you," he produces a small wooden box, ornate and hand-carved.

This one is imperfect, sanded edges. Erik made it, but he also made it. With painstaking effort, the whirls and whorls begin to form pictures of elephants and wild monkeys and treetop-forests. Inside the box is plush and delicate, a small snowflake locket made from a material Charles has never seen. Vivid colors reflect off its edges, deep and mysterious. Inside it is a small drawing. This one, of Charles with his favorite pidgin perched on his finger, looking up at the Empire State Building in the distance. "The six-fingers man can go to hell. Pthh. Your doctor follow him."

Charles observes the little snowflake with wonder, watching Erik turn it around and around so that he can see the detail. It looks almost like liquid, but when he touches it, it's certainly not. Something magnificent. Everything about this man is magnificent, isn't it? "Put it on me," he asks, with a smile. The locket is warm against his chest when Erik does, and he's now grinning like an absolute dope. "No one's ever...not since the accident, I mean," he tells Erik. "Not really many even before, either. Cuckoo for cocoa puffs, you know? You...you're different. You're so different! I don't even hear anything around you. I don't know what that means. But I don't. No delusions around you. Maybe that's a good thing. Maybe Dr. Trask will approve."

"You are different, mayn freynt," Erik rebuts softly, letting his fingertips linger ever so delicately across Charles's collar-bone and skating along the back of his neck. A warm mist follows, sinking beneath his skin. "Not cuckoo. You are not. I see you. A good man. A beautiful man," he repeats, ever so forward, touching his own chest. He winces a little and adds, "and it is no need. To pressure. To advantage. Not like this. Your choice. Always. As you wish. I do not expect, I simply hope for company. A game. Some breakfast. Good things, neshama."

"I think...I think we should get to know each other," Charles reasons, though he extends his hand out to grip Erik's own. "I think we should get to know each other very very well. I want that. You're so kind, and you have the most magnificent....you. You're magnificent. And I want to know you from top to bottom. Erik. My wonderful friend Erik, who can do the most wonderful things."

"Oh, Charles," Erik whispers, smiling down at the table, unable to contain his pure guileless pleasure as it zips through him. "You will. Let me stay by your side, bitte. And we will know. It must be so, the little particles tell me," he says with a dorky little bow. "All these things, I never did before. Did you know? Schmidt trained me up. To hurt, for fun and sickness. Made me bad. A bad man, I am. You must know, who I am. I won't lie to you, not ever. But I--have bad. Not kind, not gentle. I have hurts, and brutality. Cruelty. Inside me. You would... a friend, for me? Even so? I understand. If, perhaps not."

"Erik, you came here to fix my heater after I ditched you the other day. You brought me blankets, made me food, made me this...you are a good man," Charles says, looking Erik in the eye. "You don't hurt for fun. Maybe he made you do that, but you don't do that now. I know that you don't. You're kind and gentle. Even if it's just to me, that means you have this in you. I'll be your friend, of course I will. You must tell me everything about you."

Erik sways from side to side in long movements, overcome and bubbling out. "I am German," he taps his chest. "From Dresden," he says. "We went to camps when I was very young. And after, to come back home. Communist things, but hard. Poor and bad. And I am a freak, off the Derech. I don't want G-d. I want liquor and tools, to make little things. I want trees and birds. My uncle, not like me. He did not like, I am like, heretic. Queer, Jew, ugly. Punk. Just because I like poetry, go to figure. So I make the things. I get good. Then, respect comes. I make my own way."

"You aren't ugly," Charles says quickly—it's the first thing he picks up, and then realizes that there's much, much more in there in that story. It's hard to imagine this sweet man being disliked by his own family, but then again, a more traditional person may grow frustrated with a counter-culturalist. "I like that you made your own way," he adds, earnest. "That takes a lot of courage. To pursue trees, birds, art, and poetry when you were expected to pursue something else."

It's as if nothing nourishes his spirit more than being pleasing to Charles. Erik feels the interminable mountains within him shift and range, and breathes through longing avalanches. "We must all make our own way," he says, fierce and intense in his manner, dark eyes flourishing forests upon Charles as they wander along the tips and curves of atoms. "But we can do, together. Our own way, not alone. With you, and Raven. I see something... extraordinary. I don't wish to turn away. To reject, to fear change. I embrace it, head-on. Free. Freedom."

A rush of something crashes over Charles like a wave, something that doesn’t feel native to himself. A feeling that isn’t his own; thirst and hunger and delight and eagerness all at once. But, this is a tendril of his illness, he knows. All from within. He pays it as little mind as he can, because he’s thus far been able to have this incredible conversation with Erik with little disruption. “Tell me what it is you see,” Charles presses. “I will support you. If you think I can be a part of it, I don’t see how I can be of help, but I trust you, Erik.”

Erik ducks his head, suddenly-shy, a flush of its own winding his way across cheeks that bear a smattering of freckles over his weathered, prominent nose. The corners of his eyes crease, his cheeks bunching up as another smile escapes him.

"I see... us. I see us making it better. For our kind. Teaching. Helping. Pushing back against the shit out there. The violence, racism. War. Poverty. I see us making it different. So many of us, all alone. Like Raven. Her beautiful skin. She is blue, Charles. Did you know?"

The fingers of his unencumbered right hand worry over the ridges lovingly engraved along his bishop, making an idle move that is very evidently distracted with all that sits before him. "Tell me you. About you. Everything, I want to know, too. Where you are from. What you dream about. What you want most. All of it. Your favorite song. Favorite book. I must know."

Chapter 111: Taking turns to slate & curse what in the other bird was worst

Chapter Text

Charles has to wonder how he, a mentally ill, physically disabled person is going to help with all of that, but he’s not going to challenge Erik on that now, because he’s so passionate, so sure. And, hell…why shouldn’t Charles believe? Dr. Trask is always cautioning him against believing in things that seem too fanciful to be real, but there’s something about Erik….something, he can’t place… “Oh,” he murmurs, idly surveying the board. Too caught up in Erik’s whirlwind to focus.

“Let’s see. I’m 35. I was born in New York, but when my parents died when I was young, I was sent to live with an aunt in England. I grew up in London. Then, when I was 13, I started hearing…well, you know what I started hearing, so my aunt sent me to a specialist, and then I was in and out of institutions until I somehow managed to steal a seat at Oxford,” he says with a disbelieving chuckle. “They even let me stay and do a PhD! So, I’m from England. After I finished my degree, Dr. Trask moved his practice over here, so I came, too. That was seven years ago.” Charles hesitates for a moment, but figures that he should finally acknowledge the elephant in the room.

“A few weeks before I turned 30, I was doing…poorly. New York is a different world than Oxford, and even London. The delusions were overwhelming; we were living in midtown, right near Central Park, and I couldn’t function. Dr. Trask had me admitted to an inpatient facility.” His voice has grown low. “And I didn’t want to be there, but they wouldn’t let me leave…but I managed to escape. I ran out of Bellevue, right onto 1st, and right into the path of a taxi going too fast. I spent the next year in the hospital. Funny, huh? I didn’t want to be in the hospital, so I ran away and earned myself a full year’s stay for my trouble.”

Charles pushes his knight with his knuckle. “I dream about being able to do my work in peace, without having to fight to be able to do it. I want most to understand why we’re here, why I’m here. My favorite song is “The Rain Song” by Led Zeppelin, and my favorite book is Slouching Toward Bethlehem by Joan Didion, though I suppose that’s more of an essay collection. And that’s me.”

And there is Erik, absorbing every word with reverence that reverberates all around them, twinkling lights that bounce off of particles and disperse in fuzzy kaleidoscopic patterns. As he winds down, Erik can't resist reaching out with his good hand to lay it over Charles's forearm. "I will help you to do this. Whatever it takes. I control subatomic particles, neshama. No one will ever put you in a place like that again. Never ever. I know you do not believe me. My words are against all you know. That is OK. But here, right now. You want to work, to teach. I will fight beside you. And I am very strong. They do not know who they have roused. So you can listen to Led Zeppelin and read Joan Didion and explore this wunderlekh world of ours." He rests his fingers over the back of Charles's knuckles, tender. "I think I am here for you."

Charles feels warm, supported, and safe as Erik makes his promises. He does believe him, in fact; why else would he take so much interest in these small things? Charles lived with Trask for a while, and the man never once asked about personal preferences, personal needs. "What is neshama?" he asks softly, gazing upon Erik's patrician features. As if pulled from temple a thousand years ago. "Sometimes I invent definitions for words I don't know, but I'm not doing that now. You'll have to tell me."

The other man's nose wrinkles up as he smiles anew. Never before has he smiled so often, nor so broad. "The soul, it is three. Nefesh, life. Ruach, spirit. And neshama, the compassion. The reason. It is to say... my heart, part of my soul. Something like that, bah," he snorts. "The Torah is fairy tale. But, not all bad. Song of Songs," he dares, nerves shining under his skin. Sparking and electrified.

"Like an apple tree among the trees of the forest/is my beloved among the young men. I delight to sit in his shade/and his fruit is sweet to my taste. Let him lead me to the banquet hall/and let his banner over me be love. My beloved spoke and said to me/the rains are over and gone/the season of singing has come," he recites the words, worn and raspy, from decades of turning-over. A cherished stanza, tucked away amidst the infinite cathedrals of reason's dawn.

Charles is beaming, ear to ear, toothy and happy. Erik speaks poetry like it's nothing, Gerard Manley Hopkins or Keats or Yeats tucked away behind that mass of dark hair. All those Charles admires, bundled up and packaged in the spirit of this most incredible person, sprung into Charles's life in the most fortuitous way. "You should live here," he blurts, unable to care about propriety, Trask removed from his field of vision entirely.

"With me. I mean, I don't know where you live now, but you should live here. It's not much; I can't decorate it on my own, but it's just me, except when Hank comes over to help me into and out of bed. You can decorate it however you want, with all your books of poetry, all your tools, all your alcohol, which I'm not supposed to drink but you're allowed to, I don't mind! But—" He stops, realizing that he's just spilled out his innocent soul at Erik's feet, childlike and excited. Cheeks flush rosebud. "Oh. That's...that's too forward. I just met you. You just met me. Sorry. Don't want to scare you. But. If you want. There's an extra bedroom. Or, if you like my office better, we can move my stuff out of there and into the living room so you can have that and then the extra room for your tools, or..."

A blurb of laughter escapes Erik, eyes bright and wide as he absorbs what Charles is saying. Not at him, but a pure expression of joy that arcs through the room, making all its objects gleam and shimmer. "I will," he declares with a sharp nod. "And we will share. All your things, and mine. I will make it big enough, and put little things for you in here, to help you. I will help you, like you helped me," he vows solemnly.

Because Charles doesn't know it, but Erik has held within him a terrible burden for so many years, decades now. And the vice grip of hatred clenching his heart in his fist has relaxed for the first time ever, and it is glorious. Charles is. In a flash, the room expands just like that. The walls come alive with plants and paintings, colorful graffiti and loud, vibrant splashes. Tomatoes on the window-sill and metallic chimes ornately twinkling.

A table sits proudly in the corner, with all of Erik's over-worn tools, and a small cot emerges as well, blocked off by a divider, a new bureau, some racks for clothes. It's cozy, snug. Not closed off, but shared. "And you will tell me. What you want, what you like. And I will make for you. Everything!"

"Oh. Wow," is all Charles can say, chair spinning in a slow circle as he observes the new decor. Art, plants, figurines, candles, books, records...it's not maximalism, but everything looks maximalist when compared to the bald, stark space he had occupied before. It's not a style that he would ever think to choose, but it's wonderful and warm, the room aglow with a golden buzz. "Look at all this! I can't believe this is my same apartment!" he beams, wheeling to inspect everything more closely with a grin.

In one of the new bookshelves is Joan Didion's entire body of work, and in the new records cabinet is Led Zeppelin's entire discography, plus artists and writers in languages Charles doesn't even recognize. "You don't...you can put your things in the other bedroom, you don't have to sleep out here," he says, but far be it from him to tell Erik what to do. "Or...well, my bed is a hospital bed, so you probably don't want to sleep there, but—" More rosebud on his cheeks, but he doesn't take it back. "Whatever you want."

That makes Erik veritably smirk, and then he pauses to roll his eyes, at himself--the wildness in his chest beating outwards like a drum, bald and unashamed, but stumbling slightly. He is unaccustomed, he is, to the sensation of real desire. "I will sleep there," he murmurs, low and soft. "And tell you stories, until you fall asleep. Make sure your hair is brushed, and clean. All your toes, safe and sound," he gives Charles a wink, playful. Mischievous.

How long, since he's felt this way? The pureness of wonder, of companionship. Schmidt wanted him to be hardened, forged in endless cold like a dying star. And Erik, he resisted. But then he slowly, gradually became that way anyway. Consumed with vengeance, consumed by a man who daren't spare a breath for him. A sad, silly life, he led. How incredible, to shrug it off like Atlas's heavy burden.

"I do forget to brush my hair sometimes," Charles admits with a laugh, glancing in the newly mounted mirror on the wall. Sure enough, his light hair is tousled, messy. It's long enough to be pulled into the tiniest ponytail, but he couldn't do that on his own. "And I can give you whatever you need, er...well, you can make anything on your own, it looks like, but I have money. Oh, I have lot's of that," he says, sheepish. "A big estate, up in Westchester. It's probably crumbling now. I tried to sell it, but no one would buy it. If you want...all your metalwork, all your things. You can use it. For whatever you want."

"Hmmm," Erik ponders. "Maybe we can use it, together," he posits, long abandoning the pretext of chess to directly settle his hand into Charles's own. Warm. Solid. "Make it a good space. Invite people in who are kind, like us. Like Raven, and your friend Hank. And I'll put things in it for them, too. What they like. The opera, masquerade and laboratory. Fancy science!" Erik grins, utterly smitten.

"Hank is a mutant!" Charles shares, beaming. "He can turn big and blue and furry, and he's got inhuman strength and senses, too. He can barely see anything without his glasses, but he can hear things like a bat and smell things like a bloodhound. He'd love to meet other mutants, I'm sure. You can meet him tonight when he comes over. And then we can...yes, we should do that, shouldn't we? Not let that beautiful estate go to waste, when we could put it to good use."

If I could spend the rest of my days in the shadows of his light, I would die happy, Erik thinks to himself, and Charles can hear it. And Erik knows he can, and he ducks his head a little. Not timid, but just-about. This new, fresh sensation curling up out of the soil and loam. Tender, vivid. Lovely. "Raven is blue," Erik reveals with a smirk. "She will love new a blue buddy. Raven, she is... ah, she is a good one. We will be friend, to her. Her and Hank, the blue crew."

Charles smiles a little at the delusion, but the smile quickly fades upon realizing that that's what it is. Narcissism, fantasy. "You...you and Raven both seemed to think that I might be a mutant," Charles says quietly after a moment. "At the cafe. But you should know that I'm not. Dr. Trask had me tested. I really am just crazy. I'm not sure if you were still thinking otherwise, but....well, you should just know that, I think. I'm sorry."

"I think Dr. Trask is an idiot," Erik says it plain. "And I think you are marvelous. Special. And I think you can hear me. Look, let us see." He materializes a book of physics. "You do not know what is the answer. Newton's law of universal gravitation," he picks a slightly technical one, that Charles ought not know. "How could you know? You are not physicist. You don't know, mm?"

"Dr. Trask isn't an idiot," says Charles defensively, frowning at his knees. "And this test doesn't work. I've tried. Dr. Trask says that my memory functions differently. Things that I've heard over the course of my life are stored in my memory, and then my disease will fish them out at opportune moments to convince me that I'm hearing the thoughts of others. So for this..." Charles waits, and, lo and behold, is serviced. "Two bodies exert gravitational forces on each other, where the direction of the force on either body is toward the center of the mass of the other body," he recites, glum. "I've been around physicists before."

"Ah," Erik smirks. "A good answer. But not a physicist answer. Now. Close your eyes, and write what you hear." A pen and paper materializes in his hand, accessible for him to use, and Erik slowly waits for him to settle and to really try. Erik breathes. The air is quiet, soft. The delusion fills in. The magnitude of the attractive force, F, is equal to the gravitational constant multiplied by the product of masses of object 1 and 2 divided by the square of the distance R, between the center of the masses. Erik opens his eyes. "That is not a memory. Memory does not work that way. You heard it. What I told to you."

Skeptical, Charles does what he's asked to do, writing out what he hears in his jagged penmanship, once beautiful and elegant. He shoves the paper toward Erik, clearly unconvinced. "But I do not know if you are telling the truth either," he says, regretful. No one likes to be accused of lying, and he doesn't like to push that upon Erik. But, he also must be realistic. "I was tested, Erik. I'm not a mutant. I'm sorry."

"Look at the book," Erik encourages. "The equation, it match. Here, see. How could you know this intricate equation? You did not learn this, somewhere. Not remembered. No one who is not studying physics could know. You heard it. You know who is not telling truth? Dr. Trask. He is the liar. He lied. To you. He lies to you."

It’s clear that Charles is growing flustered, for when he glances at the equation, he quickly turns his head away in refusal. Of what, though, is harder to describe. “No. I don’t…stop. Please,” he murmurs, frowning. “I’ve worked very hard to get here. I don’t…please, Erik. I can’t be feeding my illness like this.”

"Look at me," Erik requests softly. Waits, until Charles's eyes finally lift to his own. Erik touches his cheek. I know you can hear. Let me tell you a story. It's about the Ziz, a great big bird with wings large enough to block out the sun... Erik's eyebrows raise. His voice. Warm, in Charles's mind. You know me, neshama. This isn't illness. Trask is sick. Not you.

Charles squirms a bit, but settles when Erik touches his cheek. It really, really does feel like Erik is there in his mind, a physical presence, different than the wispy vapors that he usually hears when he's passing strangers in the street. Ziz. He's never heard of Ziz before (or so he remembers). "Maybe I'll get tested again," he finally says, voice soft, meek. "I can test myself. I know what to look for." He realizes how pitiful he must seem, to have had all the tools to help himself and use none of them. "Sorry. Oh, I'm sorry, Erik."

"You never apologize to me for being your beautiful self," Erik chides fiercely. "Test yourself. Your way. Do not tell Trask. Tell me, what you hear. Just one little thing." My sister's name was Ruth. She had long ringlets for hair. She wanted to fly fighter planes and wear jeans. She died defending our ima. She died valiant and brave. My mama, her name was Edith. My father, Jakob. She called him Kovie and he was dark and strange and her family didn't like him. And she loved him. I was born on Yom Kippur. Happy Yom Kippur.

Charles scrubs his eyes, a tick he developed that he indulges in when he becomes overwhelmed or uncomfortable. "Ruth, Edith, Jacob, Yom Kippur," he murmurs, though, rather than buoying him, the further evidence is an anchor. "I'm sorry. I know you're trying to help me. You are helping me. I simply....oh. I don't know," he huffs a laugh. "I don't know what."

Erik tugs his hands down, gentle, and presses his own to the skin of his cheek. "I didn't say that out loud, neshama," he whispers. "I am not lying to you. I am not. I would never. This doctor. Tell me about him. How he is like. What he is to you. What he says. Tell it to me.

Charles heaves a big sigh. "He's...well, he's my therapist and psychiatrist and has been since I was a boy, when my aunt took me in to see him when I first started hearing things. I suppose he's a big part of my life. I lived with him while I was at Oxford, and then also when we moved here. My aunt was so grateful that a doctor was looking after me and made me promise to always listen and be respectful. So, I do, and I am. Even now, over 20 years later." He has to chuckle, leaning his head back. "He's very anti-mutant, which I never agreed with. He thinks you all are a threat and have unfair advantages, which you'll inevitably use to subjugate us humans. Again, I don't agree, but that's what he says."

Erik grimaces. "What I think. He knows you are mutant," Erik points a finger, deliberating. "And he made this lie, to control you. Convince you that you are crazy, that you have no power. All this time, he tells you this. You are crazy. You make it up. You couldn't. It isn't real. But he knows it is real." He did this to you. To keep you from ever knowing your true potential. Because he is a sick man. A bully. A liar. A sadist. My sister's name is Ruth. How can you know Ruth, if I haven't spoken her name in all this time? He is the liar. He betrayed you. He harmed you. Her name was Ruth. The last thing my mother said to me was 'rage makes man a beast. Look away.'

Charles frees his hand from Erik's and begins to rub his eyes again, frowning, fidgeting. When Erik says it like that, it's hard not to be convinced; it makes sense. But years and years of conditioning enable the alarm bells to sound in his brain. He can't trust himself, he can't trust his instincts. He must listen to Trask. Trask knows, Charles doesn't. Charles can't trust himself or others. But he can trust Trask. The only one he can trust... "Forgive me," he murmurs, backing his chair from the table. "I need..." what? What does he need? "Sedative. Sorry. Should take a sedative. Getting worked up."

Erik rests his hand over Charles's heart, suffusing that twinge of warmth through his whole body once more, he focuses instead on helping him take some tea. Grounding him. His mind full of gentle-loam, winding and weaving, chattering sparrows. "Please, don't. I made mistake. I push, I am too big. Too much. It's OK. I won't push. It is your choice, neshama. I know what I say, it must be all verklempt. How you want to be. How you want to live. I will respect that, OK?"

Charles is hesitant for a moment, but accepts the tea, and the kindness, too. It's not every day that someone tells him that they'll accept him for who he is and how he wants to live. In fact...he doesn't think that anyone has ever said that to him. "Oh. No. I'm sorry. You're okay. I...thank you. I will still do some genetic testing on myself to see. I should. It's just...hm. If I've actually been a mutant all along, then. Well. All of my life has been a lie, in that case. Twenty years of therapy, hospitals, medicine. I'm only in this chair because of it. I don't know if I want to be a mutant. That would mean all of this has been for nothing. For a lie. That's hard."

"Very hard," Erik whispers. "And very cruel." Charles can see, then, when he looks, that Erik is surreptitiously wiping his eyes on his opposite sleeve, smiling through it. "What I think. You deserve to make choices, for yourself. What you really want. What you wish for. What you wish to do. To work, to study what you like. To have fun. To do things that make you feel good. Maybe you are crazy, maybe you aren't crazy. Maybe it doesn't matter. What matters, in here." He touches his hand over Charles's chest. Over his heart. "What makes you laugh. What makes you dance and shout. Joy. Pleasure. Fuck the rest of it."

Charles is thoughtful, pensive. Curious, though, and surprised by how, despite his own fear and discomfort, hopeful this makes him. Fear and hope. Two emotions that he did not think could sit side-by-side comfortably. "You...you were controlled, before. Worse than me! Far worse than me. You must have..." Charles hesitates, not sure how to put this into words. "How did you do it? Break free? Your person Schmidt. How did you unlearn what he told you? I've—not before tonight, before you—I've not considered myself permitted to even consider all that you're suggesting, and it's hard to comprehend. But you did it. You did something similar. Much harder. How?"

"I spend a long time... alone," Erik says softly. "I had image in my mind. What I am. Who I am. How to live. All this time. 24005, Sonderkommando. Death. I was death. I killed. Tortured. Disposed. Bodies. Endless pits. Endless bodies. Broken, twisted. The metal in them. Their bones. Their hair. Skin. Made into soap. Bullets. Fabric." Normally, when Charles hears someone speak of such an anguish, it's accompanied by vivid imagery. Not so, now. Erik across from him is soft, fog and fuzz. White gleaming, and bleach. Calm. Undisturbed. Shielded, he realizes. Erik is holding it back, forcibly so. Holding it back from him. His words are measured, simple. Low.

"I was not a person. My body was used to its maximum capacity, and discarded after. Nothing inside. How do you unlearn that?" he smiles a little. "I lived in the woods. Like a feral creature. My uncle hated me. I would bite and scream. I. Couldn't live with humans. I wasn't human. I lived in the forest, with squirrels and birds. Talked to them. Crows, my crows. Smart things. Helped me, to find warmth. I had nothing, just a mission. To hunt the six-fingers man. The doctor who desecrated all. But I... grew weary. I slowly realized, I preferred gentle things. I made a house for a snail, once. A big house, all kinds of little things in it. For one snail. Pieces, like that. That's how I did it."

"Oh," Charles murmurs. This time, his imagination has to do the work for him more actively; his delusions (or his mutation, which he still isn't positive he wants or has) doesn't fill in the imagery for him. It's difficult to envision this sweet, gentle man as anything but sweet and gentle, but he has to believe him. Of course, it's only right that he struggled after enduring so much; why should he ever want to be around human beings again?

"You found yourself again through gentleness," Charles synthesizes, nodding thoughtfully. "I see. Yes, that makes sense. You were hardened, so you needed to find soft things to help you soften again." He considers his own self, and how he may translate Erik's experience to his own. The first step, he supposes, is diagnosing his own problem. If Erik's was hardness, what is his? "Can you show me? Your snail house, your crows."

Erik nods, terribly shy all of a sudden, but even as he stumbles, he can't help but find the sliver of pride within him at the intricate carvings and wind-chimes he'd made in his truly addled state, his own mind little better than a howling infant at the empty maw of an abyssal void incomprehensible to human cognition. For if Charles is insane, what was Erik? Little more than a bleating, stunned animal in a prolonged death-knell. Writhing, twisting, endless. The hand at his throat, choking him. The hands on him, in him, killing him, flaying him open, peeling skin and sinew. Footsteps shuffle in a macabre sequence, how Schmidt had enjoyed making them sing and dance for his amusement.

Erik sniffs a little, at first it's a chaotic rendition. Horrid memories overlaid, but slowly, the purpose begins to reveal itself. For every uncertainty, for every harshness, Erik struggles against the tsunami that threatens to obliterate him. To drown him in screaming, relentless. Paralyzed. And what brings him back from the brink? A peeping crow. A squirming snail. A brilliant smile from a man in a cafe as he tips the barista. The loving fingers he draws over the metal and wood, making instruments and dwellings for inchworms and pigeons. When he's lost, unsure, wrong-footed and homeless. Cold, dead, juvenile wanderer with a mangled spirit. But there's the soft things, if you know where to look. And they keep being real, those kindnesses buried beneath the Earth for him. Little lifelines. 

"I'm still not sure, most days. Of up and down. Left and right. So I don't know. Fuck it, maybe I don't. What feels good? What is safe? What is fun, and gentle? I navigate that way, like a child. Because children, they know what really matters. The heart of the heart. The truth of the truth. No shit, no peurile politic. When I was with Schmidt. I felt bad every day. He called me all these names, dirty things. I was his slave. An object, piteous and simpering to his ego. When I forget myself, and it creeps in. I remember the crows, and the snails. The shape of your hands. They feel good. Schmidt feels bad. I feel bad when I am with Schmidt."

Charles doesn’t exactly know what he was expecting, but it wasn’t this. In an instant, they’re transported out of his newly decorated apartment and into a new dimension, one of sight and sound and feeling, a Guernica-like mural depicting the storied life of Erik Lehnsherr. It’s a tale of antipodes. A wooden wind chime, inlaid with the most delicate carvings of minuscule size; facial expressions on dancers, columns of xylem in a broad leaf.

Such breathtaking precision contrasts baldly with the Brutalism of concrete walls, unbroken planes, coldness inside and out. Agony with pockets of delight. Delight undergirded be agony. But amidst it all is a supreme beauty, one that emanates from the very center…from Erik. Charles can see it and feel it as if it were his own. “Then we shall only ever do things that make you feel good,” Charles whispers, his chair somehow drifted closer to Erik, their hands intertwined. “Because you are pure light when you feel good. A gift to the world, to the snails, the crows, the trees. To me.”

Erik sits across from him, floating on the air serenely as he takes both of Charles's hands in his. "I think, you, too," he says softly. "To learn what you really want. You can guide this way, too. What feels good, hm? That's all. Even when it gets confusing. Know that I will be here for you, to help you find your way. Always, OK?" he promises.

Charles watches as Erik takes even the hand that doesn't work, fingers curled and useless. Erik, too, has only one functional hand it seems—the other is encased in an elaborate turnbuckle brace. Whatever happened to that hand must have been painful and traumatic. Typically, he doesn't like being handled, but he finds that he doesn't mind—perhaps he even likes— to be held by Erik, who does so gently and without fear

"I don't know what makes me feel good," Charles admits sheepishly. "You, this. This feels good. And work. But, that's all I've ever really done. School, then work. Trask, he—ah. Says that I should keep focused, my head down. When I lived with him, I had to be home whenever I wasn't at school or work. Same rules apply now. He doesn't know that I go to the café every day before work. I'm not even supposed to do that. So, I guess I need to learn what I like."

"A good place to start," Erik grins. "And what it sounds like, not very nice, yeah? The things he says. Stupid rules. None of that feels good, when you are expected to always fall into line. No freedom to just be. That, we can say, does not feel very good. Especially when the things that do feel right, like this," he squeezes Charles's hand. "Are always told it's wrong. You're wrong for it, you're bad. In trouble. But you are a grown-up, you get to choose for yourself. Not him."

Charles hums, and then chuckles at himself, feeling a little...silly. "I suppose that, at age 35, it's time I start taking control over my own life, isn't it?" he says, and it sounds so simple but they both know that it's far from it. Stunted, Charles has always known this, has always watched others freely conducting their own business, has known that, technically, he's allowed to do the same, but has also felt in his soul that he ought to listen to Trask, because he can't trust himself.

"You can...you just popped in here. Into my apartment. Does that mean you can go anywhere?" Charles asks, curious. He's never really been anywhere at all; he's had plenty of opportunity to travel for conferences, guest lectures, but Trask always forbade him, insisting that a change of scenery would disrupt his schedule and aggravate his illness.

Erik nods. "Anywhere at all. You like history? We can go anywhere," Erik reveals with a proud little nod. "Outer space, even. Different universes, perhaps. I have not tried. But I think I could. And I will keep you safe, too. You only ever need to ask, if it starts to hurt. If it starts to feel bad. Just close your eyes, and think very clearly to me. I will hear, I promise."

"History, outer space? I had been thinking more along the lines of Greece, or Japan, but.." Charles laughs, freer now, eyes brightening ever so much. "I've not traveled all that much! England and New York, and that's about it. If...maybe, if you want to, you can show me some of your favorite places to go? I'd like to see the places that make you happy, or that you enjoy. Yes...that would be best."

"I will take you to my favorite spot," Erik says instantly, without hesitation. The forest around them shimmers, then, and they emerge in a clearing. A different forest, but this one is softer. More private. Charles can hear in the distance, the whuffle of elephant-steps as they curiously nose in to greet their newest visitors. "India," he says with a laugh. All around them, the trees are marred with splashes of that same-art, graffiti style, punk and vivid lines and curls of color.

The wind chimes, wooden and metal twinkles. The elephants, some painted delicately, emerge from the thicket, and one presses its wrinkled trunk to Charles's cheek in an idle flop. "Someone else left this for me," Erik whispers. "Another-me. For me. And so, I spend time here, it feels... healing. Soft. Calixta," he lifts his chin to the Matriarch. "That is her name. And her mate, too."

It's warm, but not too hot. The air feels fresh and rich, deeply unlike the stinky, cluttered oxygen of New York City. All around them are banyans, jujubes, coconut palms, and other trees that Charles doesn't even recognize from books. He gasps in delight when a massive elephant pads near, not even afraid, for he believes Erik, who has said that he would keep Charles safe.

"Calixta," he whispers, smiling as she tickles his cheek with her bristly trunk, raising his good hand to stroke it with all the gentleness that he has. She blinks her massive eye at him, an acknowledgment. "What do you mean "another you"?" he asks softly, grinning as more creatures, big and tiny, emerge from the trees, bushes, and grass to greet them.

"Another-me, another-you," Erik laughs. "There are lots of us out here. Different stories. Different versions. But all, with love. Like this. He left me this one, he knew I needed it. And I did. It helped, when nothing else could. And you, you did, too." Erik pats her side, delicate. "She got hurt, once. But. Now we keep her safe. Take care of her. And she takes care of us."

"Have you ever met these other versions of yourself?" Charles asks, fascinated. The sheltered life he's lived has turned him into a absolute sponge for all that Erik professes, eager to hear all that this brilliant man has to share. "From other dimensions, right? I knew that had to exist. I knew it! I felt it. That's..."

Charles frowns suddenly, eyes down on his knees. "That's when Trask had me committed last, before the accident. I felt that there were...this is silly. I felt that there was another me around. My delusions—they made me think that there was someone who was me, but not, nearby. I could hear myself. It was like a mirror, an echo. I went manic trying to find him, you know? Ran out into the streets at 2am, because I thought I could...Trask, he can't really chase after me, so he called the police, and they took me to Bellevue that very night. Do you think that maybe it was actually me?"

"It might have been," Erik whispers. "It sounds like Trask so despises mutation that he tries to say all the wonders must be illness. A pitiful man," Erik harrumphs. "You must have had a moment of clarity. A realization. Not mania, just imprisonment. Rage against cruelty. Perhaps we will find that other-you," he says sincerely. "I feel we are here to help one another. In different strands. Different ways. Help him and he help us."

"He really does despise mutation," Charles says with a sad chuckle, continuing to rub Calixta's bristly trunk. "You know...I never had delusions around him? Not at all. He said that it was because I learned to trust him, but maybe. Oh. Maybe, if you're right, and he suspected or knew that I'd have telepathy all along. Maybe he's doing something to block me out. Wearing something, or the like. I suppose that's possible, isn't it? I also don't hear you, unless you want me to. Are you wearing something?

"No, dear-heart. But I control physics, so I moderate what you hear at times, through neutrinos. Not because I do not wish you to, but to protect. From my horrors and feral things. From the dirt and death. Not to touch your precious spirit, I won't let it hurt you, too," Erik says, a confession and a promise all at once. "Neutrinos, you see. Carry information. Through you, and you hear it. Not sick. Not delusion. Or narcissist. Just mutant with a beautiful gift, you should have been taught to use and grow."

Charles opens his mouth to tell Erik that it's okay, that he need not moderate himself, because Charles is perfectly to fine to hear it all (and he is), but he's truly overcome by the care that Erik exercises, the kindness and gentleness. That he's doing all of his, just for Charles. "Oh," he murmurs, and then laughs to himself again. "You really are something, did you know that? Special. I'm going to ask you for a favor, and you can say no, but...can you pick me up?" It's so very earnest. "I think that I want nothing more than to be in your arms right now, and even though you can make us float, I'd really, really like to be that close to you, because you're so wonderful."

No sooner than he says it does Erik acquiesce, lifting Charles up easily with his power and within his thrall, safe and snug, he wraps Charles up in the biggest, warmest hug he can. Calixta shuffles forward, too, dropping a gentle foot onto his back, a gentle reminder that she too will help repair. Erik drops his head onto his beloved's shoulder, the tension within him all this time slowly draining out. "I think this, right here, right now. This is my very favorite moment," he rasps, smiling wetly.

"It's my favorite moment, too," Charles laughs back, raising his knuckles to rub them along the planes of Erik's cheekbone. "Look at us, huh? 'We're just two lost souls swimming in a fishbowl, year after year.' Not lost anymore, though. I guess I didn't even really know that I was lost until you found me, Erik." Charles rests his head atop Erik's own, savoring the moment, allowing his eyes to flutter shut. "You'll...I don't know what I'll do about Trask, but I know now that I need to do something. He wouldn't let me see you again. I can't do that. I can't let that happen."

"I will help you handle Trask," Erik says softly. "You can speak to him, tell him what you wish to say. But you can also simply... ignore him. And I will handle him. I can do that right now. He won't bother you again. I'll put him somewhere else, where he can't find you."

"Oh...no. No, don't put him anywhere," Charles murmurs, frowning. "He's. I don't know. The only family I have. If he's gone, then...I don't know. I don't know what I want," Charles admits. "I guess I want him to let me go. That I know. But don't do anything to him, please. Just need to convince him not to lock me up again."

"And if he refuses to listen, neshama? I cannot allow him to hurt you. I will not let him hurt you. Never again," he swears, visceral and fierce and intense all at once, a great fire-bringer alighting him from the inside-out. A first promise, from a man so broken that promises were mere trifling ash, stupid as they are harrowing. But not this time. This time, it's real. This time, it matters. Charles matters.

"I'm an adult. If he refuses to listen, I guess I just have to walk away. Well. Roll away," he adds, rolling his eyes at himself. "He...I don't know. Maybe I can convince him. Once, I was in an institution for a few months and he eventually agreed to recommend me for release when I convinced him that I was ready," Charles adds, realizing as he speaks it that this isn't a mark in Trask's favor, by any means. "I suppose I should look more into the legality of what he actually can do..."

"Legality, feh," Erik waves a hand, still smiling. "We will look. Do it the right way, to see what power he thinks he has. But do not fear, OK? No matter what happens. I have got you, now. I know everything is all a mess. But this simple thing. This is true. We are true, hm? Perhaps Raven and Hank will be willing to help. You have money, I can make money. We can get it together, for real."

"I don't know if you could ever know how much it means to me to hear you say that you really do have my back," Charles murmurs softly, leaning his head on Erik's chest. "And...and how proud I am to say it back to you. I also have you. I will look after you, too. Your heart. The wonderful light that you have. I won't let anyone take that away."

Chapter 112: Snail & mouse & squelchy slug are more your right & proper grub.

Chapter Text

They lay like that for what seems like eons, rolling into centuries, and at the same time mere moments -- far too short, before Charles is the one to wind them back into reality from whence they came. Erik's landlord is a shmuck, badgering him for the second half of his payment due (OK, it's Erik's fault, but look. He's been busy.) Erik gives the man an extra hundred dollars for his troubles, much to his shock, and gripes the entire time he waves the guy off his porch.

The townhouse isn't needed any longer, and when he comes back to thank his tenant, he finds all of Erik's things have vanished. A sticky-note informs him so long, and thanks for all the fish! They all shuffle over to the Manor, and Erik meets Hank. They clash instantly, but they both have in common the welfare of Charles Xavier as a guiding priority, so... they tolerate one another. Raven and Hank famously get along entirely, and she shows up blue more oft than not. Dr. Trask seems like a twinkling star in the distant sky, as Raven puts them in touch with an actual doctor - one Aquilo Kirala, who deduces very early-on that Charles isn't schizophrenic by any definition and that, surprisingly, Erik may very well be more on the spectrum than Charles.

It's grounding, and the results of his private genetic testing are even moreso. Grounding, and also hard. But Erik doesn't falter his promises, and he remains by Charles's side the entire time, bolstering as best as he can. Making a home, and a hearth. It's a Tuesday morning in late December that they've decided to entertain Trask's final request, a termination appointment as he's called it, but Erik is highly skeptical and insists on being present for it. He gives the man very little leeway as he opens the door for him into the foyer, practically glaring down at him. Erik, when provoked, is imperious as hell, and even Raven shivers a little.

"Morning, doc. We've got breakfast, if you like," she says, an attempt at peace.

Erik Lehnsherr is destabilizing to his life, but in all the best ways. Soon after they meet, Charles is floored to remember how his life was pre-Erik, how lonely he was, how strictly he stuck to his routines and how little he trusted himself. With Erik, all of that has turned on its head and back again—a complete 360, except now, he feels like he has a different person inside of his head. In a way, he does. 22 years after being diagnosed with Schizophrenia, the diagnosis is removed, and he learns that the voices in his head aren’t his own, but the thoughts of everyone around him.

He is a telepath and has been all along. Trask knew this and lied to him, convincing him otherwise to coerce and control him, to prevent another mutant from using his abilities. Dr. Kirala—who insists upon being called Ailo—believes that Charles’s neural pathways developed in a way they wouldn’t have had he learned how to harness and control his telepathy when it first presented. So, Charles may always be quirky; may always have this neuroatypicality , but he patently isn’t schizophrenic. Life is better. Hard, but better. He talks with Ailo a few times per week; they’re creating a therapy plan for him that involves deconstructing the constructs that Trask built around him, about forming a new sense of self without the anvil around his neck.

It will take a long time, but Charles is patient. And anyway, he has Erik. And Raven, and Hank, and Ailo and all his colleagues and friends. He’s nervous, however, that morning. Trask, of course, has not taken Charles’s turn well, and has fought and threatened him at every turn. He’s hopeful that it will all and today, though, so that they both may move on. Charles is seated in his chair at the table when Trask walks in, staring at his knees.

“It’s good to see you whole, Charles,” greets Trask after declining Raven’s offer of food.

The man takes a seat—a raised seat, requested by Charles—across from him, and Charles can feel those keen eyes observing him. “Look at me.” It’s difficult not to be transported back in time, to the years of absolute deference, but he resists, turning to watch Erik file in after Trask instead.

Only when they’re all seated does Charles make eye contact with the doctor. “We can make this quick,” he says quietly. “I’d prefer that.”

“Dear boy,” Trask says in a warm tone, the same tone he always uses when others are around, when the warmth does not reach his eyes. “I’m not going to rush this, not at all. Your health is too important to rush.”

“My health is fine,” Charles says, an edge to his voice now. “It always was. Always. You…you lied to me. You lied. I’m not schizophrenic. I’m a telepath.”

Trask’s lips form a hard line, the disdain obvious. And then, he shakes his head, as if deeply disappointed. “Just as I feared. Hanging around these people has seen you suffer a significant setback. What a shame, Charles, we were doing so well. I should have never let you move to the village.” Trask then pulls a walkie-talkie from an inside pocket of his blazer, holds down the button, and murmurs: “come on in.”

Before Charles can even react, they can hear the doors swing open, and a team of EMS workers barrels in. They swarm toward Charles, who, stuck in his chair, has little room for escape. “As your psychiatrist, it’s my duty to see to it that you’re safe, from yourself and from others. Unfortunately, that means I must make difficult decisions from time to time. But I do so only out of care for you, dear boy. The world out here is just too much for you.”

“What—no! No!” Charles is frantic, swatting at the EMS workers who surround him with his one arm. “No! You can’t!”

“I can, and I must. It will be alright.”

In an instant, Erik rises to his feet. The EMS workers find themselves thrown back from Charles and swiftly encased in a shield from which they cannot penetrate further. Trask too finds himself immobilized. And then, his neutrino inhibitor dissolves.

"We allowed you here today as courtesy, doctor. You have no control any longer. None. This ends today. From today forward your relationship to Charles Xavier is terminated. If you ever, ever, come near to him again I will be there. And I will have no mercy on you. You are shameful. A shameful, pitiful thing. A liar. A betrayer of your oath. An abusive, unethical bully. You tried to destroy this man. This brilliant soul. And you failed. That is what I brought you here to say. You are done," Erik thunders, and the whole room quakes with the force of magnitude that is Erik Lehnsherr.

As Erik fills the room with his presence, Charles, for the first time ever, hears the thoughts of Bolivar Trask. As suspected, he had been wearing a neutrino inhibitor to keep Charles out, and with it gone, the substance of what’s inside makes itself known. It’s…cruel. Caustic. Anger, disgust, contempt. Pure contempt. Stupidly, Charles had hoped that this would all be a misunderstanding, that once able to peek inside, he would see that man who served as a stand-in for family for Charles really did care about him. That he had been misguided but earnest.

Despicable, aberrant, abomination! is what the mind of his mentor spits instead. All of them ought to be chained up in pens, every last one of them—

Charles grits his teeth, hot tears pricking the corner of his eyes. “You lied. You’re a liar. A liar, and beyond cruel. You always hated me.”

Furious and unable to move, Trask growls back. “I took you in! I cared for you, I guided you, tried to give you a normal life—“

“A normal life?” Charles demands. “You spent two decades convincing me that I was crazy!”

“I spent two decades training you to live without your mutation,” he corrects coldly. “And it worked, until these freaks came along. You were proof. Mutant freaks don’t need to act like mutant freaks. Mutant freaks can be trained, subdued. You were proof.

A hole in Charles’s stomach threatens to subsume his entire body as the realization that he’s been nothing more than a science experiment rages over him like a wildfire. Flame and black hole; a strange mix that perfectly echoes the emptiness and the fury. Antipodes, again. “You can…put him back home,” Charles says to Erik, tone dull. His cheeks are wet. “Just home, nowhere else. These people, too. They won’t come back.”

Erik is visibly trembling as he waves his hand, and the invaders vanish from the premises as if they'd never been there at all. He takes a few bounding steps forward and hauls Charles into a firm embrace, squeezing hard and kissing the top of his head. "I love you," he murmurs softly. I love you, Charles Xavier. So very profoundly. And I am so proud of you. I love you, he repeats, crushing his own eyes shut.

Charles feels tingly, as if his blood is a hot circuit and any touch with start an electrical fire. His head is swimming, complete chaos, and for a moment he wonders if he really is crazy— But when Erik brings him into his arms, he doesn’t electrocute himself. The circuit shuts off, and then Charles goes limp against Erik, where he’s safe. I love you too, he whispers back, Erik’s shirt already wet with his tears. I love you. Proof…I was proof. That’s what I was. He’s wrong. He’s so wrong. I’m not proof. I love you. You saved me.

You know what you prove, Charles? You prove, to me, every day, that life is good. That people can be good. That I can be good, that there is wonder and delight hidden in every molecule and strand of DNA. You prove that love is the strongest stuff, stronger than sorrow and bitter rage. Stronger than despair. Hopelessness. And what does he prove? The culmination of a life dedicated to misery and sickness, ending with nothing. He is nothing. You are everything, and he could not have you. He will never have you. Never.

Only you. Only you will ever have me, Charles gasps, crying softly into Erik’s chest. I’ll have you, too. You’re proof, you know? Proof of everything good. Inspiration to me to be strong. I want to be here for you, to be your partner. You’ll keep me going, Erik. I…I love you so much. Thank you. I love you.

Erik pulls back just enough to cup his jaw, bowing their foreheads together. I am sorry, neshama. Sorry that man was so cruel, to abuse you that way. Sorry that he was so hopeless and twisted from hate and contempt. Sorry that you had to see his ugly truth. But I am not sorry you are free. I am not sorry you are with me. We have such a long life ahead, dear-one. I will do my utmost to ensure it is filled with joy. That is what you deserve, hm? And that man will live the rest of his days alone with his failures to haunt him. Alone and cold. Cast into a hell of his own design. Just like Schmidt and all the rest of those evil motherfuckers.

Kalt, Charles murmurs back, remembering some of the first things that Erik ever said to him. Alone, and kalt. He shudders a deep sigh. Don't be sorry. Please. I needed to hear that. I needed all of this. I could have spent the rest of my life as his experiment. That's all I ever was to him. I'm ready to move on from that. Not an experiment anymore. Your partner, now. Your supporter. That is a purpose far more grand than the one I was given by Trask. It's the honor of my lifetime to be your partner. Thank you for having me.


Ailo chooses his moment to duck in with fresh mugs of tea and coffee somehow balanced amidst his cane. He hops-to, taking a seat and reaching out to set his hand on Charles's knee there-abouts. "I've begun the process of filing an official complaint with the licensing board on your behalf," he says softly. "He'll be out of a job soon enough. I know it's little comfort. If you ever want to pursue a legal case against him, I can help you out there, too," Ailo tells him gently.

“No lawsuit,” Charles sighs, wiping his eyes. The difference between Ailo and Trask is remarkable; Charles hadn’t realized how Trask’s style was oppressive and ineffective until he met Ailo. Even if he had been schizophrenic, Trask’s methodologies wouldn’t have been proper. “I’d rather just leave him behind. If he can’t treat anyone else, that’s enough. Thank you. Sorry, this has all been so much trouble.”

Ailo pats Charles's back, steadying. "You needn't carry that burden, querido," he says softly. "That is his, and his alone. All the troubles," he explains, and Erik nods into Charles's shoulder.

"You are not trouble," Erik repeats firmly. "You are good. Just need some help, that's all. Right?" he quirks a brow at the limping doctor.

"That's right. And that's what we're here for. My team has discovered an unusual enclave of Omega-level mutations in Congo," he says softly. "We've been tracking this group now for a while, they were amongst the first to manifest. My colleagues and I think that they're utilizing exploitative practices against the children," he says.

Erik quirks his head. "We can help."

"We'll make a group of it," Ailo decides with a tap of his cane to the floor. "I'll introduce you to the posse soon enough. We can help," he says. "And in helping them, we'll be helping you, too. Purpose, joy, momentum. Yeah?" his brows arch.

Charles is hesitant at first; how can he help with something as important as that? Erik and Ailo both insist that his telepathy may be broader than he knows, but it's still so new to him that Charles doesn't really know how to use it yet, other than in the same manner he's used it for years. And also, he's used to being heavily restricted in what he actually can do physically—he's grown accustomed to sitting on the sidelines. Erik, of course, has changed a lot of that. "What can I do?" is what he asks instead of denying them outright.

Erik grins. "It sounds like a big job. We will have to make a space for them, when we find them. You can help with that, yeah? Maybe we can make a little schedule for them. Lots of things, neshama. And I'll be there to help you, too. Never forget that."

"Oh! Yes. Yes, they can come here if they want to," Charles says eagerly. "Of course they can. There's plenty of room here, if that's what they want to do." He grins at the thought of being able to invite people into his home, a home that has been long abandoned, wasting away for so long. "Lord knows that I have the space."


And so, that's how Charles and Erik find themselves over the next few months. It's slow-going, but gradually they make inroads with Jenil and his wife Keeya, the sister of Aura, whom Charles has met and who is very-much schizophrenic in truth, but he's well-managed and a delight besides, helping to look after all manner of Manors and children, too. Erik nestles in good, and with Charles in tow they transform the dreary estate into a proper place for boarding.

One day, over breakfast (Charles's favorite, not zapped into existence but made by one good right hand, a labor of love), Erik says softly, "Do you think you might like to teach them, the children? You did that, hm? At NYU. Some of them are quite old enough to learn advanced things, or perhaps you'd be fond of the little ones," he muses with a bright-eyed grin.

It's a hectic but absolutely wonderful time in Charles's life, the next few months. Little by little, mutants begin appearing in the manor, relocated from the dangerous, violent existence of their previous lives to the outright cushy locale of Westchester, New York. Many, if not most of the children and young adults have severe emotional and physical trauma; Ailo is certainly the busiest of them all, but even though things can be difficult and emotional, Charles feels so drawn to this purpose that the difficulty doesn't cause him to balk or even second-guess himself.

Because he, too, is reckoning with the battle of unlearning a lifetime of mental habits and beliefs. His experience, of course, is quite unlike theirs, but in a way, he can relate. Everyone has their own struggle.

"Oh...teach them?" Charles muses over breakfast that morning. They often dine with the others when it's a good time to do so, but they're enjoying a quiet meal together in their shared suite today. "I don't know if I'm qualified to," he admits with a chuckle. "I wasn't...lecturing at NYU was one thing, I suppose. And I wasn't exceptionally popular; I'd always thought that my 'schizophrenia' was aggravated while at the podium."

Erik nudges him playfully with one shoulder, just happy to sit with him and take in the day. It's low and slow, Ailo's advice to them both given their respective years of abuse and trauma, but somehow, it just works. Being here, helping these kids. Holding them when they cry at night, putting on sock-puppet plays to make them laugh, and helping them process their experiences by simply giving them a place to share without censure or judgment.

It's been a tremendous boon to Erik's spirit as well, and he's settled into the role of guardian with aplomb. A mix of silly and stern in tandem, a self-deprecating grouch. And he herds, here and there, shuffling children about who have taken a shine to Charles in particular, and the idea has wormed its way in. "Bah, qualified. Who is qualified to do anything?" he says, in signature brusque. "I think they will love you. Maybe literature, or philosophy. I think you have lots to teach. The kids love you already," he adds with a quirk of his bushy brows.

“I think you’d be an excellent teacher as well,” Charles points out, mollified, smiling. “You pretend to be Mr. No-Nonsense, and the children love that, don’t they? They like to tease you, but they mostly like to impress you because you play a bit harder to get. I think that would make for a great teacher. All the languages that you speak, the history and the philosophy that you know…perhaps we both have things that we may offer, mm?”

Erik barks a laugh. "Oh, we're unter einer Decke stecken zusammen," he smirks, dark eyes creasing up fondly. He's a mite older than Charles, with laugh lines at his cheeks and crow's feet just as well, wisps of grey peaking out from his temples down into his wild curls, like a skunk. Once, he wore his age haggard, every line a reckoning of eons branded on gaunt skin. Now, it's as if he's aging in reverse, somehow youthful all over again. Like a baby bird, stamping little feet before the flight. Charles wouldn't know any better, either. Because it's him. Having met him. The light of his life. The love of his life. In a single instant, one word.

Sometimes Charles nestles in and Erik's thoughts peel out like doves, fluttering. He likes to reminisce, those first moments they met. The first moment he felt something move in him, for another, a spark of longing. How he cherishes that spark. "They like to tease, but it's good. To be safe, for them. It's good. To be a safe person. Someone to trust. It heals, you know. I take them out in the forest, the squirrels and birds all come around. We got a little coop out there, did Aura show you!" he beams.

"I teach physics, bah, I think the chickens have a better lesson. They're so fragile, little things. And the kids, they're all knowing killing. Killing and blood, screams. You watch your hands," he thumps his fist against his heart. "Heal. Stroke gently. You can do it, you know. Form a bond. Slowly, that way. Even the crankiest ones light up. I think you could do the same thing. To see yourself helping the little ones. A good feeling, like a purpose. Responsibility. Structure. Eh?"

Charles wonders if Erik is speaking of himself or Charles or the children, realizing quickly that it doesn't matter, that Erik's point affects all of them (and that's probably what he intended). Of course, he's correct. Forced tenderness, as when holding a fragile baby animal, inspires natural tenderness. They come from different soil; Charles has come from a life of abnegating his own thoughts, his own assurance. As a result, he's devoid of confidence in himself, worried about his ability to do...anything at all.

Be a teacher, a a partner. Erik's life was harsh. But they meet here in the middle, caring for the young ones, for each other. "Responsibility. Structure. For all of us," Charles agrees, reaching out to take Erik's good hand in his own good hand. "Yes. Okay. Some classes, then. Maybe literature. You can teach your physics, I can teach...I don't know! Whatever they wish to learn. Whatever would be good for them."

"You're so smart," Erik whispers back, besotted and basking in the warmth of real, genuine admiration. "I read all your papers. As many as I can find, and it's so complex. Dense, genetics is. Biology, the little cells. The codes and strands. And your work, I am teaching myself what it all means, to understand what you write. And your work is good, Charles. Your theory and research. Very good. You have a magnificent mind in there, neshama."

He lifts his hand to brush a wayward lock of chestnut hair from Charles's face. Their relationship has equally been a thing of reverence, gradually becoming more physical as the weeks of their regard become months and Erik pauses often just to kiss him, and he does so now with a palm smoothed over his jaw. Lingering, soft. Erik's demeanor is abrupt, rough, and it couldn't translate less to the way he touches Charles. With infinite, aching tenderness. And a magnificent heart in here, he rumbles privately between them.

Charles positively flushes as Erik doles out his praises. Never before has he been around someone who seems to truly, undeniably appreciate him for who he is, what he is. It’s humbling, but it also fills his belly with bubbling exuberance; how wonderful it is to be loved by someone so remarkable, someone so special. Trask never appreciated Charles; never even knew him. He purported to be supportive of Charles’s academic career, but now he knows that it was all for his own end, for the ability to show that such a person as Charles could be trained to be successful, despite his “defects.”

Somehow, Charles had managed to be a good student growing up; his “schizophrenia” had made concentration difficult and stays in various institutions disrupted his education, but he’d somehow managed to come out at the top of all his classes. School had been an escape for Charles, a place where he didn’t feel a million leagues behind his peers like he did in most other areas of life. But he had never considered himself smart. A talent for academics and natural intelligence are two different things, everyone knows. Under Trask’s care, Charles felt like he was anything but smart, outwitted by his illness, so easily lead astray, an idiot with a gift for reading and math.

“Did you know that you’ve the most magnificent mind of them all?” Charles responds earnestly, gazing into Erik’s eyes. “I can recognize the differences between various people now; Ailo is helping me develop that. His mind is gentle, so non-cynical. That’s what makes his stand out. Raven’s is fast, it goes a million miles a minute, but it’s not scattered. She’s so sharp, and then yours…” Charles smiles softly, dazzled. “I’m beginning to be able to see things as you do, you know. Not that any of it makes sense to me, but it is so magnificent, Erik. And the way you think is wrapped up in it, the way you make connections, the way you frame your understanding of and interaction with the world. It’s special.

Erik has long abandoned the pretense of breakfast and has slid himself right on into Charles's lap, the place in this world where he feels the safest. Truly, he does his best not to consider why Charles has never heard such qualities ascribed to him, in the wake of that man's hideous, insidious influence on his beloved's life. Gaslighting him, conditioning him to mistrust his most basic instincts. It fills Erik with an ungodly fury, but it all melts the moment his eyes meet Charles's. Because, fury doesn't belong with them. It evaporates into fine mist, scattered out into the stars. It doesn't belong. Charles should feel only the deepest devotion, the purest depths of all the softness he has to give.

"I can feel you," he whispers back, delighted. "Your thoughts against mine. Like liquid plasma. All through my synapses. Neurons. All the atoms. We make a new space, when we join like that. It is... resplendent," he rasps, pressing delicate kisses against Charles's jaw and beneath his ear, a thumb trailing where his flush curls beneath his shirt. Erik can't help but think that soft red is his favorite color. If only usurped by brilliant azure. To know you is my greatest honor, his thoughts loop, lazy little circles, like otters holding hands in a whirlwind. Watching you grow and heal, every single day. Your patience and kindness. They are without equal. That is your qualification, Erik vibrates a soft laugh against him.

Charles has never been in a relationship before. He’s scarcely even had friends at all, believing that his illness would always prevent him from being able to grow close to others. This fact made him self-conscious with Erik at first; how could he expect to be a good partner to him when he had never been a partner to anyone before? Could he really know what he was supposed to do, how he was supposed to take care of Erik? Erik, of course, has done all he could to put those fears to rest.

Not only does he have faith in Charles, but he also has patience. He knows that Charles lacks a lot of experience that others would expect to have at this point in life, but he molds himself around those gaps, allowing Charles to learn and grow, where it’s safe. So safe. So, so safe. And wonderful, like kisses on his neck, causing him to gasp. Mm. I…I love you, is all he can reply, distracted by the lips on his neck. He scrabbles for Erik and tugs on his hair, pulling him to the side so that he can fix his lips against Erik’s own. The best thing that has ever happened to me. That’s you. The very best.

It's been something very slow-going, on both of their parts. Not only does Charles benefit from patience and gentleness but so too does Erik, who burrows his way in as a result and pets at Charles's chest, following along with a low hum. Charles himself has displayed the utmost care and true safety toward Erik, and it has been immensely satisfying to him, as a man who has never known peace for the entirety of his existence up until now. His heart is lighter than it has ever been. There's no pressure to perform, to appeal to Charles's ego under the threat of death and starvation and brutalization. There are no more harsh hands on him, cutting and bruising and hitting.

There are no twisted, ugly words levied at him. Horrible names, dehumanizing and sick. There is just love, soft things. Ease. Erik never before had intimacy without pain. Without fear, without aggression and sorrow. Not until Charles. He feels like he did in the forests, cradling this moment in battered fingers with supreme, meticulous devotion. Even now it brings tears to his eyes as he lazily presses kisses to skin. You are so very healing to me, neshama. Being here is a balm to my entire soul. I could spend all day right here, he huffs fondly, soaking up Charles's words like a plant seeking the sun.

Healing, Charles repeats with a smile. He's. been thinking about something, now that Erik has mentioned that word. "My telepathy," he says, seemingly from nowhere. "Ailo has encouraged me to explore it, as he says. "See what else I can do. I still don't know. He says there may be a lot of things that I can do that I don't even realize." He trails his good hand down Erik arm, toward his hand encased in the bulky brace. "But I know you're in pain. In your hand and the rest of your joints. A lifetime of hardship," he murmurs, cradling Erik's hand against his chest. "But I know what nociceptors are, and I can feel them in your brain, and if I just..." In an instant, the pain that has plagued Erik for years is gone. Or, blocked at least. "What do you think?" he asks, soft as a feather

Erik's lips part in stupefied wonder as his frazzled nervous system cobbles along to keep-up. "Mmnnnnnn," is his answer, as his entire body has seemingly turned to liquid and melted right into Charles's lap, all that tension sapping out of him all at once leaving him positively languid. "Charles," he nearly purrs, pressing another kiss under his ear. Spark. A hum. "You... oh, it's gone," he vibrates with laughter, and above them shoots off in dazzling fireworks, staining the air with a miasma of kaleidoscopic color. "No more pain, neshama? I..." He trails off, dissolving a little. What can he say? To the man who has just taken his life's burden from him, just like that? A wonder. You are magnificent, whisper his thoughts, crickets chirruping across river-willow strands.

"Oh. I felt that," Charles laughs as Erik slumps against him. Erik had been guarding Charles against the pain itself, of course, but as soon as it's gone, a tension that Charles didn't even realize was there evaporates into space, like entering a warm café after spending hours in the cold. Erik should feel like this, like hot tea and pastries and a crackling fire. None of the pain he has is deserved. The display around them is dazzling, and Charles grins, pulling Erik into his chest. You are a wonder, he replies back, the kiss of a warm breeze on a late-summer afternoon. I love you.

"You keep using that word," Erik replies, bouncing his brows up high. "Me, a wonder? I do not think it means what you think it means," he tickles the side of Charles's neck playfully. Distantly, the Expanse twinges, and travelers wander ever onward.

Chapter 113: You roost by day & fly by night which proves that something isn't right.

Chapter Text

1975.

Scott Summers is Charles's most highly regarded protege, scooped up out of the slums. Charles merely winked and nudged, and Jack Winters was no longer a factor of Scott's existence. As a young boy, he idealized Charles, and grew into the strong, stoic right hand of the Xavier Administration. He slips into Charles's study unobtrusively, having the privilege of comings-and-goings the likes of which a majority of his staffers couldn't pray to hold.

"Sir," his voice cuts across the din. Scott so very rarely holds back what is on his mind. He's strategic, a veritable prodigy in mathematics and trigonometry, growing up under Winters resulted in traumatic brain injury to the part that would've elsewise controlled his mutation, so Dr. McCoy figured out how to contain and corral it instead. It has the effect of looking like sunglasses, worn indoors. "There's some activity out there, I know you're aware. This Last Vestiges group. Graffiti on subway platforms, that kind of thing. They're a myth, but everybody's worked up over it."

His private study is more personal, more homely than is the Oval Office, and so Charles has always preferred to work in here when he's not bound to receive visitors (and even then, he prefers to receive them elsewhere in the White House). During his first year in office, Charles had nearly decided to nuke the whole concept of a White House for good because it emanates an air of everything that he has attempted to eliminate during his time in office; American exceptionalism, a deep respect for American history, pomp and ceremony and tradition.

In the end, he'd decided to stay here and simply transform it, figuring a transformation is a powerful message to all those who may still be unclear of what he stands for. And so, while the White House is still white, it no longer glitters like the jewel in their tripartite government's crown. It isn't a place of ceremony, where children hunt for easter eggs on the lawn and turkeys are pardoned in the rose garden. It's a place of business, where the Xavier Administration works, as it has worked for the past decade, to reform the structure and legal system of the country to reflect the new world order that he has been ushering in. Capitalism is dead, but property isn't owned by the state; it's owned by no one.

Charles is able to keep those who seek to take more than they're due in check with a mere nod of his head, and he isn't quiet or subtle about doing that, either. Money is being phased out—this has been a rockier process, dissenters are fighting tirelessly to prevent losing their precious green paper, lamenting the death of the market, the death of private wealth...Charles doesn't fight that battle every time it rears its head; those who have accepted his regime will usually fight it for him.

When Scott Summers, his favorite aide, slips through the door that evening, Charles glances up from the report that he's reading and surveys the young man. The rosy light reflects off of Charles's horn-rimmed glasses. “There is always activity, Scott,” says Charles in his characteristic warm baritone; he’s retained his British accent just to annoy those who seethe over the “un-Americanness” of their president. But that warmth, as all know, disguises someone who is fierce, calculating, and ruthless where need be. “The Last Vestiges? I thought they were snuffed out. Or were they the ‘Scion Patriots?’”

A brow raises starkly as blue eyes peer at Scott, as if through his specialized lenses.

The message is clear; Scott must explain why the existence of a rebel group warrants a disruption of Charles’s work.

"The threads for this one are running deeper," Scott says, and it's with a grim undertone that Charles has long since honed in recognition. Scott is a tactical genius, and he's been following the trails as they've fanned out and solidified. It's this group that piques his interest, and this group alone. "Years in the making. Careful. I've managed to ingratiate myself within a neighborhood of sixty, near the market square," he withdraws a notepad from his interior jacket pocket.

"Cross-referencing everything they've said over the last six months. I think this of credible concern. And they say something's coming, tonight." Scott and Charles settle in for their usual round of chess and debriefing, and as the world continues to spin on its axis just as Charles intends, nothing appears to happen as the hours stretch out. And nothing does happen, until the morning sun peaks over the horizon.


It's not a rebel group, though. It's... a man. Rumbles, Charles senses their thoughts. Scattering, sparrows. A man has emerged on the street, shirtless, scarred and blood-soaked, and two men wearing an old US Army uniform dead at his feet. One man with a lanyard around his neck and a suit, slumped over. The man has long red hair, in wild curls. Eyes of verdant green. He's the first thing Charles sees, and Charles.... can't get a clear read on him. Not like everyone else. He's folding the corpses into neat rows with their arms over their chests, as if regretful.

Charles and his closest aides are in the White House war room as dawn slips over the capitol. It's a frigid November morning, the kind that chills clothing in closets and crusts the grass in ice. Charles is seated in a large leather chair in the center of the room, dressed in his typical blazer, trousers, and tie. Hank says that he dresses like an English professor, a get-up that does not befit his status, but that's the front that Charles has always preferred to proffer.

He's a slim man, not tall, and has wavy chestnut hair that reaches his shoulders. With the thick-framed glasses, he looks like he belongs on the streets of Oxford, not in an armored room in the swamps of DC, commanding a government that has become more than a global superpower, but a global overlord. Of course. he is the intelligence, or his telepathy is. He doesn't rely on the CIA or the FBI to feed him information; his telepathy—the gift that has enabled him to lay down a regime that is working to eliminate greed, intolerance, and violence worldwide—can snap it up in realtime and with far more accuracy.

"What is it, Sir?" asks a staffer in a careful whisper. "How many are there?"

"One," Charles replies, frowning deeply, unable to penetrate the man's skull much further the surface. "And he's got some sort of null field around him."

"One? That can't be true—"

Impatient with those who deny him, Charles projects what he sees outward so that the room can look, too. There they all see him, the wild-haired, green-eyed, shirtless with steam rising from the blood on his body into the icy morning. The man is currently fixing the jackets of the dead men, as if they're dolls and he's tucking them in to their dollhouse beds for the evening.

"Who the hell...?" 

"This is what was coming?" Charles demands of Scott. "Some deranged lunatic from thin air? I suppose I've gotten out of bed for less. Send a recovery team out to bring him in for questioning, and get the identity of the corpses. And get that null field disabled with a stern reminder that they’ve been illegal since 1965. If he’s a non-threat, get him to the hospital for an evaluation.” Charles keeps the projection going, though, everyone’s eyes transfixed. Including his own.

The recovery team is batted away like nothing. The null field doesn't dissipate. He finishes his task, and then appears right in front of Charles, eyes wide and curious. Up-close he's covered in gnarled scarring, horrid slashes and vivid patterns looping biceps, down his back. He smiles a little, though, when he encounters Charles. "You're the one," he says, accented thickly but from where--it's not a null-field. There's his mind. There it is. A brilliant... confusing...

Charles waives away his security detail when they rush to take down the intruder, who has somehow gotten past the layers and layers of security to teleport right into the war room. He expects that this man would fight them off readily anyway. And, he’s not scared; Charles has always made a point to look his enemies in the eyes and address them himself. But, he’s not sure that this man is even an enemy. His mind; the way he sees things, the way he takes it all in…it’s incomprehensible to Charles. A manner of mutation completely foreign. He’s…remarkable. “Why have you come to see me?” Charles asks simply, finding that he must incline his head quite a lot—this red-headed creature towers over Charles 5’8” frame.

"They want," he says, taking a few steps forward. Somehow his voice is sonorous enough to fill the whole room. "Me, to kill you. The Last Vestiges of the Central Intelligence Agency of the United States," he barks the mouth-full with a laugh. "I killed Leland and Stryker. They torture, for fun. Do you? You take, for your amusement?"

Charles waves them all back again when the man says the word kill. “The CIA,” Charles tuts, dismissive, though his grin matches the man’s strange laugh. “Amusing. Same sort of bunch who likes to participate in Civil War reenactments, eh?” Suspecting that this man won’t understand his joke, Charles moves on. “No, my friend, I do not torture for my own amusement. Do you?”

"No," he calls back. "I don't have anywhere to go. I don't want to kill anymore. It hurt, to kill them. The men. But they don't grow. They just... forever, and I can't--" Charles is startled to realize the man is crying. How unusual. "I don't want to kill or hurt anymore. I am not salvation."

All are watching this strange man, rapt and deeply confused. He looks out of turn, wild curls and blood and gnarled scars across his body, like a prehistoric person. And the tears, from nowhere. Strange indeed.

“Sir, we’ll get him out of here—“

“No, I want him to stay,” Charles says abruptly, stepping closer to the man. “Hank, where are you—there you are.” Charles beckons for the doctor, but addresses the man. “Would you mind if my associate looks you over to check for injuries?” he asks. “Then you can clean up a bit and we can talk some more. Is that alright?”

"Herr Doktor," the man says, aghast, but he doesn't resist as Hank slowly comes closer to him and begins to take his vitals. Immediately, his right hand is curling toward his wrist in an unsightly claw. His left, however, is occupied by a peeping sparrow which has made its perch on his fingertip. He strokes the tip of its head gently with the edge of a mangled pinky. "Little one, we are two wandering louts, aren't we," he rumbles.

Charles watches the man curiously as Hank performs a cursory physical, how he stands obediently, as if he’s done this before. It only takes a little digging to find his name. “Erik Lehnsherr,” Charles says aloud, pronouncing the surname the German way.

“I’ll want to get him in a proper exam room if possible,” frowns Hank. Charles can hear the list growing in the doctor’s head. Maybe Volkmann’s contracture. Open wounds. Underweight, sallow skin.

“Is that alright?” Charles asks Erik. “Your bird can join you.”

"I don't want," Erik struggles to verbalize. "Don't want more plastic places. Under the earth. More caging in. More laboratories and tests. Just me and Finnick," he indicates the bird seriously. "And you. Maybe. Leland showed me a game, I had to pretend to be bad. A real game. We can have a real game. And I won't kill you. And you won't betray me. Stryker said you will. He insulted my ima. Not very reliable. Where do I put the men..."

“It’s not plastic, or underground,” Charles reasons. Reasoning with someone unreasonable. His staffers are all shocked that Charles is tolerating him at all; he’s not known to be exceptionally patient. But Erik is powerful, and his mind is fascinating, breathtaking. Something a non-telepath wouldn’t understand. “Go on, hm? Let Hank fix you up. Then you can tell me more about the game.”


Accustomed to following orders, Erik seems to have the wind blown out of his sails for the time being, and submits himself for Hank's scrutiny. The reveal is alarming, a body carrying decades of abuse and imprisonment all on its own. Erik looks moderately more cozy in a knit green sweater and a hat with little cat ears sewn on. A jarringly confusing mismatch of Things when Charles isn't sure Erik isn't about to kill them all where they stand as it is. He's no less imposing, scrutinizing the chessboard between them with a grin on his face, either.

He picks dark, curious to watch Charles open. Charles can tell he's more interested in watching his hands than the pieces.

Charles doesn’t know what to make of the strange man, half feral, half genius. Dressed in a sweater and childish novelty hat, he looks less alarming and more…Charles doesn’t know what. Sickly? That isn’t right. Out of place, perhaps. No one could find his name in any of the records; he’s certainly not a US citizen. But Charles hasn’t detected lies from him yet. Hank has affixed a temporary brace to his mangled hand, but has told Charles that a specialist will be needed to diagnose the issue properly.

Of course, Charles has demanded they send for one, and she is currently on her way. Erik seems more comfortable now that it’s just the two of them, back in his private study. The walls are lined with mahogany shelves, crammed with books, records, photographs. Much cozier. “You were their prisoner,” Charles says, nudging a pawn forward. “Why? Why you?”

"Me, I can beat you," Erik says. "They're not right, anyway," he says after a soft moment passes, one that ought to have been filled with but no one is stronger than Charles Xavier--until Erik neatly agrees, all the same. "Can't beat you. I am not made that way. To kill you. It isn't part of me. And don't have to beat, anyway. We are the same. Two halves. Physical, mental. Supposed to be enemies. We are supposed to fight. To Make America Whole," another barked laughter.

“Ah. How dull,” Charles hums. “And unfortunate for you, that your freedom was taken from you for that reason. That I had anything to do with that, I’m sorry.” Charles eyes the man curiously. “You think we’re two halves? Odd. What makes you say that?”

"I said like that. Stryker would be furious, hurt more. Vermin exterminates vermin," he repeats the epithet softly; it sounds foreign coming from him. "I control the things. You control the people."

Charles cocks a brow. “Are you proposing to help me? Assist me?” Charles didn’t ask for help, and he’s not sure that he needs it. He’s done pretty well on his own; he was only 14 when he put an end to the Second World War, and life has been one feat after another since. And yet…something about this man intrigues him. “What do you propose you do?”

"Don't want to Make America Whole," Erik shakes his head. "Don't want war, and killing. You found another way," he says softly. "But people aren't happy, still. Means we still have work to do, ways to make it better. I don't know, really," Erik laughs. "I just know, it would be better, together. The people who hurt me, I only got one cell. They could come for you. I know, you might not need help. But maybe, a friend. Seems lonely, here."

Charles stares at Erik from behind his glasses, studying his strange mannerisms, strange mien, the way it all interacts with his extraordinary mind...what a surprise. It's been a long, long time since Charles, a telepath who can predict events with alarming certainty due to his unworldly ability to obtain information, has been truly surprised. It's a delight, really. "I don't know if I have much time for friends," he says, dismissive of commentary about loneliness (how unproductive it is to dwell on such things).

"But, I like you. You're different. I like different; there's a lot of sameness all the time, isn't there? If you wish to stay here and work with me, please, be my most welcome guest." Charles stands from his desk and returns moments later with a decanter of scotch and two crystal glasses. He pours each of them a generous helping, and then sips his own, not waiting for even an informal cheers. "You'll have to tell me how your null field works," he says once the fiery liquid has warmed his throat. "I haven't encountered a null field that I couldn't penetrate fully in a long, long time; I could only get to your surface level thoughts before you disabled it. Did those idiot captors of yours make it? Did you?"

Erik laughs, delighted at the offering, and guilelessly tries to drink it all in one go. He sputters at the taste and gasps, and then closes his eyes as the fiery burn envelops his being. It reminds him of the tonic Leland would give him after holding him down and taking his fill. The agony, the fear and suffocation. The slaps on his back and this'll do you good. Making him warm inside where he is cold, cold, cold. He shivers at the dual sensations as they arc across his synapses like a flashbulb, totally unaware that Charles can see it all.

He gulps, tears returning to his eyes. Bitter fire, and he scrabbles to hide his face. This man will think him weak, are you going to keep crying like a bitch-- abruptly, Erik buries his head in his good hand, overcome. A small, peeping voice from the dark ether warbles from within. "N-no null field," he rasps. "Just me. Physics. But it's OK. You can come in, if you want. But, please, don't change me. Essex tries to change me, make me. You can just ask. What you want. And, be careful. Lots of s-spikes," he shivers. "Bad things. The camps. Protect your mind. Don't let it touch."

Charles watches not only the display before him, but the display that traipses across Erik’s mind as the scotch evidently triggers a memory of…oh, something horrific. One of the dead men collected from the scene of Erik’s appearance; Leland. Filthy and evil. It inspires fear and loathing within Erik. Charles quietly takes the glass away from the shuddering man. “Just you? Just physics?” In an instant, the sympathy that had begun worming its way into Charles’s awareness is overtaken by a threatened curiosity—he has not encountered someone who can play defense against him in years.

With the apparent guard down, Charles rifles his way into Erik’s brain, past the spikes (which are indeed numerous and horrific) toward the mechanical center. Lo and behold, germ of Erik’s mutation, and Charles is forced to turn around to realize that it is sublime. The fundamental laws of nature; all of them. Erik can bend term like they’re clay, mold them to his liking. Throwing a neutrino blocker around himself is nothing at all. Making this planet disappear is nearly just as nominal. “Oh,” he whispers, gazing back at himself from behind Erik’s eyes. Except he’s not himself; he’s his parts. Down to the atomic level. “I see. I see why they kept you. You are the only one who may be able to go toe to toe with me.” He just says it out loud; why deny what’s true? “Incredible.”

Erik ducks his head a little, like he's shy all of a sudden. Like Charles has said something kind, at least kinder than what he's evidently heard from his captors before. "You, too," he says back with a burgeoning little grin. "You did all this. You stopped... the camp," he whispers, displaying his left wrist. The numbers stamped-on. Auschwitz is where his ima and aba and Ruthie, and his zeyde were turned to ash and where the bodies piled in pits flopped like broken mannequins, and where the metal of the pole between his gnarled grasp kept etchings in each atom, what was once sacred stripped bare and piteous. Piles of hair made into uniforms. Metal fillings ripped from the teeth, made into coins.

Sardines sewn into jackets, Erik would sit and eat and smoke their cigarettes, too. After he dead-checked them at the guards' behest, the gun barely clasped amidst his tiny fingers. It speaks to the depraved ignorance of his jailors who believed Erik Lehnsherr would mindlessly obey an order to kill the man who liberated him from hell. Even if it was only to another hell. His people, torn asunder. Torah scrolls set aflame. Families herded into chambers. With but a thought, Charles Xavier ended their torment. No, Erik will not harm this man.

"The CIA told me they are better. Because they don't force people's mind. But they just force me, with threats. A gun. Take Magda and my babies. Threaten to k--uh, kill them. Take them from me. Hide them from me. My little ones," he says hoarsely. "I am not educated well. But I am not stupid. They lie. They are liars. They hurt and rape and kill. They don't control minds only because they can't. Not because they wouldn't. And you don't... not like that. You don't have camps. You don't have doctors who rip off the skin, for fun."

Charles glances at the numbers inked in to Erik's wrist, and then bows his head briefly in acknowledgement. So that's what Erik meant by the spikes, the camps. Over the years he has been approached by other survivors who have wanted to talk to him, because yes, Charles is the one who put an end to that war and to all of them, and all to come. But most also know that Charles is no hero either, for what came of the end of the war was not peace. What they are living in now is not peace. Certainly there are no more camps, no more state-sanctioned murders, but what do they have? Erik said it earlier.

People aren't happy. Charles knows that they aren't; he knows that he could make them happy, but he doesn't. Whether that's noble or cruel is a topic of hearty debate all the globe over. For his part, he doesn't really care which it is. But he also can't exactly put his finger on why he hasn't wiped out dissent and ushered in peaceful, stupefied acquiescence. Hundreds have been written in speculation, and Charles has read most of them. Erik is a rare creature indeed. Kept locked up and hidden away since the war ended thirty years ago, Charles gathers, in near isolation. Whether he's aware of how these broader questions have become so commonplace or not is uncertain.

"You're free to choose what you'd like to do, Erik," Charles says after a moment, now out of Erik's mind and back across the table, hands folded. "If any of your former captors are still alive, we can see to it that they are brought down. But you, my friend, are free to do with your life whatever you may choose. As I said, if you would like to work with me, I can make that happen. If you would like to enjoy a quiet, free life for the first time since you were a child I take it, I can also make that happen. Whatever you'd like."

"With you," Erik says immediately. "And maybe some nice things. I can make a little house, beside yours," he says, and he smiles truly at that, wrinkles his nose displacing dozens of small freckles across its bridge and creasing his eyes kindly. "And I can look after the small ones, who get injured. Help them get strong and return to the forests. Reduce the pollution. Provide food and materials. I can make whatever you need," he reveals. "But I don't want to make guns and bombs, please."

Charles can't help but chuckle at the rosy image Erik is crafting in his head of some idyllic life, where their homes are side-by-side, with happy children flitting in and out. If only, if only, right? "I'm not sure if you'll be able to build a house next to this monstrosity that we're in now, but you're welcome to stay here," he offers. "It would be extremely beneficial to us all if you could somehow help us find a way to stabilize the food and materials supplies, as you've mentioned; we're doing alright right now but we're always one protest or rebellion away from shortages. Perhaps if people truly knew that they will never face scarcity, there may be some modicum of peace; we've tried and tried, but there have been growing pains..." Charles trails off, and then sits up straighter, remembering himself. "You can help with that?"

Erik tilts his head. "You don't like your house? Show me, what you want," Erik taps his head. "Show me. What colors and furniture. All the little things. Like... indulgence for me? Just to see," he says. It's achingly earnest.

Charles laughs again, properly grinning, now. When is the last time someone made him laugh? "Oh, it's just so massive, and it isn't mine, you know? Some relic of a country that no longer exists, but I'm sure they told you all about that, didn't they?" Charles quickly moves away from that. "I like the room we're in now," he says, gesturing around them; the cozy professor's study that he's modeled after his father's. "This is enough for me. But, feel free to decorate your space however you'd like."

Erik bounds up, looking at the mahogany shelves and leather chairs, oak and traditional washi origami figures and painted atlases. With a flourish, Erik waves his hand. The outside of the White House remains as it was, but everyone inside is startled when the whole thing changes. Walls made of bamboo with intricate patterns, interspersed with flowers and perches for birds, wind-chimes and shelves with various hand-carved knick-knacks.

A new room appears with a long kotatsu and cushions, complex chess and go sets, other board games with pieces lovingly stacked and bits of cards. The kitchens grow, a new communal dining area, corridors with windows and etchings on their sills. Offices crisp, but homely, libraries preserved and ordered. Hank finds his medical bay stocked to the gills along with a brand new surgical suite. Aides who once had to trek long distances to deliver memos find their charges are suddenly adjacent.

Erik rocks back on his heels as Charles takes it all in from the minds of everyone, astonished. And nestled in the gardens, Erik crafts himself an ornate treehouse up a long, spiral staircase. Dark-wood with delicate whorls, leaves and branches. Inside is yellow and bright with cozy furniture and textbooks, and a huge soft bed and wood stove that somehow functions and doesn't produce waste, likewise a fire-pit beneath and gently flaming logs, a Persian rug, and Jewish accoutrements. A siddur, tefillin and tallit rest on a funky end-table, with paper lanterns for lights.

Sir?! Sir, something's just happened, and—

I know, Charles thunders back, to all people currently in the building, staring gob-smacked at their new surroundings. It was on purpose. Enjoy it, it's a gift. All know that when Charles issues a statement like that to everyone, that's the final word. To Erik, though, his countenance is much friendlier, and he steps up to gaze out the window at the newly constructed treehouse. The two stand side-by-side, observing the new structure, appeared from nowhere. "I like it," he remarks. "I suppose after years of being kept underground, you want to be outside. Is that it?"

"I can make sure it doesn't get rained on, and you can come visit me and Finnick," Erik says like and that's that. A spirit at once youthful and ancient, diametrical opposites twined together inside one over-large body. Erik nudges his shoulder against Charles's and then grasps his hand, humming in contentment. "What do you eat? I can make bourekas, maybe spanakopita. Vegetable fritters. Do you like tzatziki? I can't make phyllo as good as my aba, but I make it with feta and chili sweet chili. Iz gut," he promises. A veritable feast appears on a fold-out table beside their game. Even the tablecloth is fabric and patterned gently. Herbs are sprinkled along deep fried goods, with sauce and peppercorns atop.

Charles stares at the feast that has appeared in their midst; it smells heavenly, cuisine that he's never had before. Is it Greek? Yes; it's Greek. Delightful. He gently extracts his hand from Erik's own, because that is a bridge too far, though Charles can't remember the last time he's had that kind of contact, and then sits across the laden table from Erik, evidently accepting the invitation. "You don't need to do all this as a thank you, if that's what you're doing," Charles tells the man, filling a plate. "I promise, I want for nothing."

"I know," Erik grins back, delighted all the same when Charles loads up. And he does, and for Charles, a man who is so accustomed to others only growing close to him so they can fulfil an agenda of their own; power, prestige, more privileges. It's confusing, since Erik really doesn't seem to want anything from him aside from conversation and a game of chess. A place to put his treehouse. For one who hasn't known companionship, that is real wealth. And, he was honest, before. It is lonely at the top. His keepers didn't know how to be warm, forged bonds in brutality only. Charles doesn't seem to be that way, but the White House was... sterile, still. Erik hopes his softer touch makes it a little better. A home, not a chore.


And just like that, Erik slots himself in to the Xavier Administration. He doesn’t act like a typical staffer—because he isn’t, neither officially nor unofficially, but Charles soon finds that the eccentric newcomer who has so impressed him on arrival is essential to him. Not only for what he can do for their regime, but for how he augments Charles. Telepathy can might life exceedingly dull, and Erik is the least dull being Charles has ever met. He has little by way of formal education, but he’s brilliant, with a head full of poetry and a stunning ability to see things beyond their presentation.

His abilities are seemingly limitless, and yet he prefers to use them to plant trees, to materialize tiny creatures in their midst, to put the smallest pajamas on said tiny creatures. He’s a wonder. And Charles is rarely seen without Erik at his side, these days. Of course, Erik also is a key consultant on some of the more pressing issues facing their administration, issues which Charles hasn’t dealt with particularly well thus far. After all, he can control people and that’s it; the dying forests and acidifying oceans are beyond his grasp. And Erik has also taken up the rights of indigenous peoples across Turtle Island, a task which Charles’s secretaries have failed at time and time again.

And that’s what they’re discussing a handful of weeks layer, in a recently-upgraded conference room, stuffed with cushy chairs and funky artwork. Charles is seated across from Erik, dressed in his tweed blazer and tie as he always is, peering at a map of Turtle Island. “You’ve a plan to return all of this land,” he says, gesturing at the dozen red circles all over the map, “to the rightful people? How do you foresee that working?”

Erik, as it turns out, is also a brilliant tactician. He's shrewd and canny, and has a good head on his shoulders for analytics. And he's good at foreseeing problems and heading them off. Within a few weeks of being properly fed, watching the television with Charles in what has become their shared bedroom. The finer details of their relationship are ephemeral to outsiders; marriage has been available to all since Charles came to power but Charles is still quite private - he knows many speculate on his clear affection for Erik even as he makes it clear such topics are off limits.

He won't allow Erik to be used against him, and has become fiercely protective of his first true friend. Erik has a wealth of trauma, physical and sexual abuse were commonplace both at the CIA and Auschwitz, but he's content to kiss Charles on the cheek and hold his hand. If he dreams of more-than kisses, it's squirreled away deep, perhaps out of an abundance of caution. Not wishing to come across as wanting to use Charles. Afraid to be like the men in his nightmares, to take from him. To find Charles flayed open at his hand.

He spends a lot of his time at night amongst the animal sanctuary he's developed, taking comfort from the soft creatures and bundling Charles up in hugs and blankets just as often. Today, he's put forth a plan that is airtight. "We appeal to them. Their sense of duty to the Earth, to their families. We give them the tools to move away from reservation-based lives, give them occupational and financial literacy training. This is a big part of why past attempts at reparations didn't work. The genocide of their elders has fractured many of their communities, herding them into poverty-stricken zones like this, here," he brings up a visual of one such reservation.

"And when they come into large sums of cash as appointed by treaties in the past, they often wind up unaccustomed to it. So we identify strong leaders, develop clusters around those people and institute similar structures to their traditional style of governance. Make it stable, communal. And then let it flow naturally. They may prefer trade or industry or whatever they want. The goal is for them to become a self-determining people, and we act as a barrier against ill intentions which seek to harm them. We also veer away from such nonsense as being saviors. We emphasize that they must empower themselves."

Not everyone on staff is as pleased as Charles is to have Erik here. Most people are at least aware that the two retreat to the same bedroom in the west wing each evening, and some among them find that frustrating and alarming, for Charles has always been all business, no nonsense, a man with no personal life. Reliable in that way, at least. In rushes Erik, out of nowhere. A man so idiosyncratic that he’s impossible to pin down, somehow worldly and naive, profoundly traumatized and deeply resilient. He simply doesn’t fit in with the strict business regime that Charles has worked to build throughout his lifetime. Charles is fiercely protective, though.

During Erik’s first week here, a newer aide decided to voice his concerns in a snarky way during an unproductive meeting, whispering under his breath that Charles ought to “go ask the feral caveman” if he didn’t want to listen to their advice. Charles looked up and froze the man in place for a good hour, allowing the meeting to continue on while the staffer remained still, like a mannequin. Tears rolled down his cheeks as his eyes dried out, drool down his chin, snot from his nose, but he could not move to wipe any of it away. Luckily for him, he didn’t pee himself. At the end of the meeting, Charles invited the rest of his staff to voice their opinions as they pleased , and then strode from the room without another word. Since then, no one has, even if they think it.

“And what of the people currently living there?” Charles asks, pointing to one of the circles in what used to be Canada. “That’s Ottawa, Erik. Millions live there.”

Erik nods. "It's a process, I expect. We don't need to roll in and start moving everyone every which way," he clarifies. "It's not exactly about yanking all with colonial roots from their homes and putting the indigenous people there instead. The way a lot of these communities work we wouldn't need to do that anyway, because of former programs that have ensured they live amongst themselves, isolated from the general populace. That's another thing we can address, too, if some of them would like to spread out. But a lot of communities already have these hierarchies embedded within them. So we start with outreach, appoint people we trust to embed themselves there and begin cross-cultural inroads, be transparent that our goal is to provide them with what they need to succeed. Build real infrastructure, a lot of them aren't even hooked up properly to electrical grids and don't have good television service, or even proper radio programming. Many are food insecure. Many oppose the oil pipelines built on their lands, we can decommission them. Let them come to us, yeah? Let them have a chance to decide on what they would like their future to be."

Erik slides a paper forward. "We can also work to eradicate more colonialist legal archetypes like prohibition on tobacco and liquor, excise taxes, all that... shit, really. The laws in Ottawa for example see duty taxes on tobacco at 16%, with First Nations being exempt and able to sell on their lands, but they have to rely on bootlegging to generate profit and often have poor business margins. Hunting laws affect their way of life, reducing their ability to practice their culture. So we repeal those. We can make some real changes that ingratiate us."

Charles drums his fingers on the table as he considers Erik's proposal, allowing the various scenarios to play out in his head. Those who know him well (or at least spend a lot of time with him) know that he prefers to think things through before responding, and so they're accustomed to waiting while he contemplates silently. "What you're proposing is," he begins after synthesizing, "that the indigenous communities would become the decision-makers, displacing the municipal government which is necessarily colonial. Our role as the central government is to facilitate the transition, provide resources and support, and then allow independent self-governance?"

Charles adjusts his glasses as he studies the map further. "Yes, alright. I support that, theoretically. I am more than comfortable with allowing indigenous governments to operate beyond my purview—as if that's even mine to allow," he adds. "How do you propose we manage the opposition from people who live there and do not wish to take part? I could always manage a smooth transition," he says, and Erik knows that he means through telepathic force, "but if we could see a transition without it, that would be preferable."

Erik grins, a common occurrence when he and Charles are attuned in such a way, or when his ideas are immediately understood. The rest of Charles's staffers at the table are people he's personally vetted, who are dedicated to the work, like fellow telepath Aquilo Kirala, who hails from the former League of Nations and has been instrumental in coordinating things on the ground along the African continent as well as physicians Daniel Shomron and Hank McCoy.

Scott Summers lifts his chin in support of Erik's words, he himself is partially of the Omaha people, this much he knows from Charles helping him track down his birth parents. The staffer who looked after him, Major Christopher Summers, is where he takes his last name, but his support for returning Turtle Island land to its rightful inhabitants on an institutional level is clear; ever the stoic elsewise.

"It comes down to what they may oppose," Erik says with a little shrug. "And what issues arise as a consequence. Theoretically, their way of life ought to change organically, right? Desegregation, soft skills for little ones, hands on, vocational work. Where things might wind up being rocky, we can connect with locals in their communities themselves, learn what we need to learn, work at gaining acceptance," he says softly. "And we put our foot down to violence. We don't solve problems with violence, we figure it out."

Charles takes another minute to turn the proposal over, unhurried by his waiting peers. "Alright," he agrees at last, folding his hands together. "I like it. Rolling this initiative out will be this administration's next official task. Tell me exactly what you need and I will see to it that you have it. You can ask any staffer for assistance; pull them off their current task, if you must."

Jean snorts; within the inner-circle, Charles is more permissive of candor, and it's clear to her and everyone just how much Charles is favoring Erik. She hasn't seen him ever act this way, giving primacy to one goal over another with such abandon. "Just like that, sir?"

"Just like that," Charles replies evenly. "I expect that nobody here opposes?"

"Scott," Erik says with a nod in the young man's direction. "We'll work on forming a team and drafting some protocols, and we can make appointments to go visit in areas and set up little spots. It'll be good for you and any of those who want to join in, too, to directly participate and contribute their voices," he says with a slight wink to Jean. She's young and ambitious, and Charles has been a mentor to her for a while, sharing similar abilities.

Ailo, ever the clinician, just lounges back in his seat idly, rolling his cane over in his fingers. "It's not a bad way to approach things. Get a feel in real time for what areas of concern will arise, things we can't identify from halfway across the island," he points out, having adopted the nomenclature that refers to all of North America under a single sector. "We've known this for a long time. People get discontented when they feel like they've lost agency, or start to feel powerless and then rifts begin to form. We've had success just buffing it out, as you say, but all of us here are more or less on the level: it'd be better if it just worked, yeah?" he points at Erik.

"Yes, I think so," Erik nods. "And my proposal here, which all of you and the science division can overlook and production as well, and I can start teaching people how to teach it. How can it all works, how it can be reproduced by others," he slides forward a stack of papers with some blueprints on them, complex machines with elements novel and bizarre. Alien, with qualities near to magic.

"Let me see those." Charles grabs one of the blueprints, frowning as he struggles to understand a single inch of it. Though his formal education ended when he was a teenager, most regard him as a natural genius and a polymath; though he himself knows that it's more likely telepathy that has enabled him to amass such a vast quantity of knowledge. This diagram, though, is not something that he can make sense of; it seems to be suggesting the skeleton of some device that is utterly impossible. "Here."

Charles hands the paper to Hank, who frowns in greater measure, before finally looking at Erik quizzically. "This....creates water? Without a Hindenburg?"

Erik laughs, a little like a kid showing off his school project. He excitedly babbles, "right, because we have two molecules of hydrogen per one molecule of oxygen, it creates two molecules of water, your basic 2H20 equation with lift accounted for here, for propulsion, and then here," he directs Hank's gaze down to a very long and incomprehensible string of physics equations. "For self-propulsion, either infinitely, at room temperature, at body temperature," Erik produces a small rod with a piece of the element inserted at the bottom. He grasps Hank's hand and gently wraps his fingers around it, and to his astonishment it lights up. "And various other constraints, whatever your engineers can think of."

Hank looks astonished, too, and Charles can hear as he attempts to work through the absurd equations in his head to no avail. This is math that Hank has never learned before, and there has never been an equation too difficult for Hank McCoy. "I... alright," is all he can say, clearly flabbergasted.

"If that thing can really create water, that'll make people really happy," Jean adds. "A few years ago, some of the utilities workers decided to revolt when we started to phase out greenbacks and went on strike. The island had a water shortage for months, that sort of thing makes people lose confidence. This will help."

"It will indeed," muses Charles, obviously pleased. "Tell us what else you have to show us."

Erik is very obviously buoyed by this and he spends the next two hours chattering happily about, as far as Hank McCoy can tell, gibberish that only vaguely translates into an actual algorithm that he can comprehend with his own two eyes. It's enough, though, that if he substitutes Whatever Thing Erik Does with The Nonsense, he assures Charles privately that it does seem to follow the physics he has learned. Just. Very. Far-flung, non-Euclidean, half-imaginary physics. Erik draws it back down to common sense language for everyone else's benefit.

"We can at least, train up people who know the basics, who can put them together, who can create them, operate them. And little kids, they'll grow up naturally understanding. It won't be as strange to them, like how we have computers, you know. What a computer is, it's like a little talking rock. Not really a rock, you know. Wires, silicon. Elements. Materials. That's silly, right? But that's what it is. It's bits, that go on or off or on and off, translated into geometrical interfaces."


Once the meeting finishes, with plans to convene in a designated committee in two days time to begin putting together the structure of this initiative, Charles walks back toward his study with Erik. In the past, on those rare occasions that he did not have a day filled top to bottom with meetings, Charles would usually sneak away to enjoy some time alone or catch up on other work, but these days he finds that he prefers Erik's company to his own. "How did you learn so much?" Charles inquires once they slip into the room, private and calm. "You've spent most of your life a prisoner, yet you're the brightest mind in this entire building."

Erik's laugh echoes down the once-barren halls which now teem with life, murals and finger-paintings by classrooms of children eager to learn family-friendly national history, and various cultural exchanges with different sister communities around the globe lovingly rendered. He tucks his hand into Charles's as he often does, his posture somewhat stooped. Erik does that a lot these days, laughing freely. It takes Charles off-guard for a split-second until he realizes that Erik is not laughing at him. He's just delighted by him. Warmed by the kindness extended even as Charles claims he's not kind at all. And it isn't like Erik is idealizing him per se. He fully understands how Charles came to power.

But Erik is strange, viewing it more like a natural phenomenon, which is how he seems to perceive mutation in general. No, it's more that Erik can sense it within him. Like his own telepathy. Erik believes that Charles is a positive force in the universe, and wants to help. He believes in Charles, trusts Charles, and that's wildly different to anyone else in his sphere who have at one point or another all regarded him with fear or suspicion. But Erik isn't afraid of him. Not because he's powerful - Charles has come to grasp that Erik isn't very good at fighting. When people are aggressive toward him, he flinches away.

When they raise their voice, he cowers. He's grown a bit better though, with Charles's firm hand at his shoulder. To project that he wants others to respect him. "The things just tell me," he says in his strange little way. "I drew pictures as a child, and Dr. Schmidt tried to make me strong. Cut the skin and stickies under the nails. Screaming things. No skin," he shudders. "Animals. Freezing sprays. Bad things. I didn't like the experiments. Sometimes I disappeared and crawled deep, deep into the particles. They whisper to me. Things that float and jump through time, and my brain is-and-isn't."

Charles has spent a majority of his lifetime, he acknowledges, as a bit of a caricature, much of it his own doing. When he was young, he was the boy wonder, the child who stopped the war, the child who, with his remarkable abilities, began to dismantle oppressive governments the world over by turning officials into robots and puppeteering them to give way for something else. At the time, most people were too surprised by him to be properly outranged; for he was just a boy at the time, a boy with a noble heart.

As he grew older and refused to back down, however, he transformed, in the eyes of global citizens, from a reform-minded child who suffered from being cavalier into something else, something to be feared, to be fought. Overreach, is what his sympathizers say, and everyone else says much worse. He's a dictator. He's a villain. He's the world's worst living person; perhaps the worst person to have ever lived.

So what if he's prevented war worldwide for thirty years? So what if he's bringing down private wealth and ushering in an era of communalism across the planet? He only does this by overriding free will, that precious, sacred phenomenon which he is evidently not allowed to touch. Erik, though, doesn't see him like that. He looks at Charles with moral neutrality. He takes him as he is. Not blindly, but merely non-judgmentally. It's refreshing. Exhilarating.

"Incredible," he muses, taking a seat on the sofa in his study and gesturing for Erik to do the same. Once they're side-by-side, he reaches up to tuck a strand of curly hair behind Erik's ear. "You never did tell me if any of your captors still live. If they do, I'd like to make them pay for what they did to you."

It's amusing to Erik, in all honesty, because he can't reconcile the way people privately talk about Charles with the man he knows. Perhaps, he considers, that means he is also a bad guy. But, Erik shrugs, if he is, he's comfortable with it. He's gotten into touch with other survivors of Auschwitz and the other camps, and they view Charles as a complicated figure. There's no way with the likes of Hitler and Eichmann and Mengele that they could ever see Charles as the worst, especially when for the most part, people's lives continue as they had, with more prosperity than before.

The war criminals at the head of governments world-wide are often regarded with neutrality, so why not Charles, who has never brutalized a child or put people in camps or ripped off their skin? Maybe it's a permission structure for atrocity, but, Erik thinks, people don't do any better unless they're given the chance. And Charles spent much of his formative years not knowing real love or real companionship. In Erik's view, they ought to reach across those divides. Negotiate, work with those who can influence their reality as part of their reality, not as an agent outside it.

He leans into the touch. "Mmmm," he considers. "Schmidt may still live," he grants. "The Hellfire members. If they do, they've probably continued to hurt. They have telepathy, too. Not as strong, but technology, too. I worry for you, if you pursue them," he whispers. No one has ever protected Charles, before. They think they don't have to.

Charles studies Erik’s face, always so curious and fascinated. He continues to stroke fingers through Erik’s hair, for he’s noticed that the man enjoys the touch, and finds that…well, he supposes that he appreciates Erik’s happiness, doesn’t he? “If they were training you up to take me on for so many years, what’s the likelihood that they think that they can best me?” Charles reminds. “I would like to see the people who treated you so terribly answer for their wrongdoing. There is no place for people like that in our world now.”

Erik finds the sentiment warm. Charles is after all the most powerful person on their planet, why should be concern himself with Erik's affairs? And, it's dangerous, perhaps. They can't anticipate what technology Schmidt has been developing in hiding. But, Erik nods. "I think I could find them, if I had... had a way to, to concentrate my reach, maybe? Like your Cerebro. I wonder if I could use it? That might be an interesting thing. Usually when I see people on television I can find them. I found you, I know where things are. There's just a lot of noise, and plus he might have a way to shield. But, he might have my babies. So, I was thinking, that I might try. To find them. My babies, I mean. Perhaps you knew that," he laughs.

“I’m sure I could find him.” Charles knows that people have developed the ability to stay undetected by him. He can barge through most null fields, but there are other means to cloak which he hasn’t been able to best just yet. Evidently Erik and his captors were behind such a structure, for he didn’t know that the group existed until they were brought to his attention by Scott. “And your little ones. Do you know what it was that cloaks them from me? What sort of technology? Or the rough geographical area?”

Erik shakes his head. "I am not too sure. But the area," he unfolds a map out of thin air and a marker appears in his good left hand, which is shakily used to draw a circle near Libiąż where the Hellfire often took him, near Oświęcim where he was a Sonderkommando and then in the States, brows knit together, he circles near the Blue Ridge Mountains in Virginia, off the Roanoke River, a bunker underneath a small town called Floyd. "They had... banjo music. Stryker and Leland took me once. A reward. I was really depressed, they made me shoot someone. And I did it, by mistake. I got scared of the yelling," he recounts softly. "I wasn't really--I didn't understand a lot. It was harder back then. I was more like an animal."

Charles nods, not judgmental, as he studies the map. Fingers continue to card through Erik’s thick hair, methodical but gentle. “You were treated like an animal. It’s not your fault that you didn’t know what to expect,” he conditions. “I can detect gaps,” he says then. “They’re noticeable, actually. Quiet is unusual. I’m sure I’ll be able to find them. Your children will be returned to you and your captors brought to justice.”

"Would you mind very much? If they stayed with me, and, they could get to know you, too. You're my friend," he says, the words simple, but with profound gratitude and pride associated. "You wouldn't have to look after them or anything. Unless you wanted to! We can just, you know. If they're like me, they'll probably like you, and they might have powers, too. And I don't really know about how to raise kids... maybe I can read a book..." his eyes are practically closing under the tender treatment and he sways a little, humming. "You always know how to touch nicely."

Charles smiles, ever so much. “I’m not in the business of keeping families apart. I may be cold, but I’m not unreasonable.” He certainly isn’t going to be begging Erik to watch his children by any stretch, but so long as they don’t get in the way too much, he doesn’t see why they can’t just slot right in here alongside their father. “Hm. I’ve evidently taken to you,” Charles responds, still clinical, still measured, but not enormously distant as he normally is. “I appreciate you. You’re a challenge.”

"Knowing what everyone is thinking all the time, I can't imagine you have so many of those," Erik grins back. He knows it's not necessarily so simple as that, the burden of prescience must be a constant and repetitive companion. Erik's brain is unusual in that regard, for his thoughts don't come with a clear form but rather the lightning strikes of synapses in a grand, patterned lattice. Pre-information bundled together, a vast expansive cosmos comprised of non-Euclidean twists and swirls and shapes. Quarks and antiquarks, up and down and spin. Matter, antimatter. Dark and light. Time and space combined, multiple dimensions all at once, unfathomable. "I'm very simple, though! Nom, burger. Yay, Charles. Ooh, a kitten."

“You’re too humble,” Charles tuts gently. “Though there’s nothing wrong with simplicity, that’s not at all what you are, Erik. Your brain is the most beautifully complex I’ve ever encountered. Complex and bizarre. Perhaps your desires are simple, but most of ours are, aren’t they? We want acceptance, safety, security, and freedom. Not complex. But your mind, Erik. You’re incredible.”

Erik flushes, ducking his head a little and wrinkling his nose up as he smiles into his shoulder. "Oh, other minds aren't like mine?" he squints. Just Erik. And Erik is pleasing to Charles, and that makes him take a deep breath. "With no mysterious places and knick-knacks kept within? I started collecting them when I was a baby. Little things, what I liked. A squirrel or potato," he huffs. A round russet potato appears in his good hand.

"I could show you what other minds are like," Charles offers evenly, reaching over to lift Erik's chin with his fingers. He's developed a habit of doing this with Erik; whenever the man ducks his head shyly, Charles quietly corrects him, mostly because he likes to watch Erik's facial expressions, see the dance in his eyes whenever Charles speaks to him. So he holds Erik's chin in his fingers, commanding his attention, his focus. "Whichever mind you'd like, I can show you. If you're curious."

"Scott? Jean?" Erik whispers, fascinated. Charles's fingers on his skin are like long plasma streaks, and Erik's eyes flutter a little before they properly affix to Charles's azure. "Hank, too. Maybe we can visit," he presses forward a bit, unconsciously nudging closer into Charles's space. Drawn, like an electrical arc.

"Anything you'd like." In another life, perhaps, Charles would ask his companions before invading their minds with Erik in tow, but at this point, all operate knowing that Charles has complete access to them at all times and have accepted that fact. As such, there's no point in asking. Erik's face still held in place by Charles's deft fingers, the telepath hooks onto Erik's psyche and pulls him along toward Scott, the first on his list. When they enter the young man's psyche, Charles pauses and waits for Erik to situate himself within. See? he murmurs, private to Erik. Scott is unique. Look how he sees the world trigonometrically.

Erik laughs in wonder as he hitchhikes along, and there is Scott. Precise, towers and spires. Strong architecture. His brain has washed his surroundings in shades of red, rendering him colorblind, brain damage to the area responsible for controlling his mutation saw fit to that. He'd been the Blind Devil of Hunts Point before Jack Winters got ahold of him. Charles began cracking down hard on organized criminal gangs, and he was soon sniffed out and jailed. And Scott, an Omaha boy lost in the concrete jungle, went home with Charles, where aides and staffers attended his rearing until he finally settled down into a neat position. Strategist. His mind is duty, order and responsibility.

"It's like bwoing!" he gestures with one hand. "Very rigid in there. Needs some soft little ones. I'll leave some kittens for him."

Each person's mind has a distinct aura, and Erik has certainly picked up on Scott's. While Charles has never considered whether or not Scott could use kittens, Charles agrees with Erik's assessment, that Scott's mind is unusually rigid. Much of that stems from his brain injury, but Charles knows that it also comes from Charles, too. Scott has scarcely known life outside of his life under Charles's care, and Charles was scarcely a father figure. A mentor, perhaps, but never a father. Jean, next? he asks to his kitten-leaving companion. She's also a telepath. I'll guard you from that discomfort.

"Oh, can I feel it?" Erik bounces his brows. "I think I could handle it. My brain is like... an infinite storage device. A little Hilbert-space. Well, most minds probably are. Infinite within a bound," he sways from side to side, and then produces two kittens. One orange and one black, with tiny toe beans and leetol maios, and he adds to each a knit pair of ear warmers and a scarf, and little fingerless gloves. "That one is Nina. You can name this one," he tells Charles very seriously. Who knows where the kittens will go next, but he is confident that they'll be well-loved forever-more. Nina climbs right on up Charles's shoulder. Finnick appears in a swoof, chirruping contentedly. "That's right. That's your new buddy!" Erik tickles under the sparrow's cheek. Jean next.

Charles cocks his brow. If anyone in the world might stand a chance at experiencing developed telepathy for the first time without practice, he supposes that it might be Erik. Still. He's hesitant to allow Erik to feel that harm, just in case it does indeed cause pain...suppose he can quickly sheild him if he does, though. Nino, Charles offers, uncreatively, for he's unused to this level of...merriment. Naming kittens is not something that he typically thinks about. Jean next. They travel onward. Jean's mind, of course, is much different. Gone are the rigid columns; hers is a mind of fluidity, flexibility. And noise. So much noise. The chaos of a million souls, all packaged inside her brain, assailing them left and right. Curiously, he turns to observe Erik.

True to his word, Erik seems relaxed beside him, except for a brief furrow of his brow where he wonders if this is what Jean experiences constantly, and Charles too. It's instinct to reach out, to siphon some of it off, and he grins as little boxes show up beside them to contain a million here and there. Jean experiences as an ease in her ever-present headache.

Charles can't help but grin, ever so slightly, when Erik instinctively eases the ache that Jean experiences, so ready to bear it himself. If only all in the world were like this, like Erik. Eager to look out for their neighbors and friends, the share the burdens of the world...that is the vision that he'd had, so many years ago. Sharing, empathy, community. The weak would be cared for by the strong to bring the world forward. I'll bring your children back to you, Charles tells Erik suddenly. I promise that I will. As soon as possible. I should go to Cerebro now.

Erik's eyes crease with his returning smile, and he bundles Charles up in a tight squeeze. I will prepare dinner, and something fun for when you return, yeah? the question rolls off easily, for Erik is simply a natural embodiment of the things Charles had long relegated to the realm of ideal-only. When Erik is around, things don't seem quite as impossible as before. He swirls them both down into the depths where Cerebro is stored, and takes a step back out of the room as one of the guards bids him to do. Don't forget to eat the snacks I left, he reminds with a mental wink. A plate of spanakopita appears before Charles as Erik frolics off with Finnick and Nina (and Nino).

Chapter 114: The squawks you aim toward your mate disturb the ears they penetrate.

Chapter Text

Charles doesn't really know what to do with the concern that Erik offers him. Preparing food, tutting at him when he doesn't eat, when he stays too long at his desk, when he sleeps too little. No one has ever hovered over Charles like this, and he's quick to ignore those concerns when he pleases (he's perfectly fine with his own habits), but Erik never backs down, and Charles is beginning to think that he never will. Charles plucks two spanakopitas from the plate and then offers the rest to the guard, who, Charles notes, finds that he hasn't had anything this delicious in a long time. Once alone, Charles sinks into the comfortable chair and lays his palm on a sensor.

The room around him comes to life with screens of color covering the silver panels. A large helmet lowers from a pocket in the ceiling and fits itself around Charles's head snugly. Once it's in place, he takes off his glasses, drops them in his blazer pocket, and flicks the machine on. At once, he's connected to everyone, everywhere, all at once. His brain is now an interface for the world, more than it already is, dialing itself in to the most intimate fibers of beings. Carnal desires, thoughts unknown.

All flood to Charles, who begins to travel eastward, toward the mountain range. Charles can't remember the last time he's not felt at least a mild headache, but in Cerebro, it's much worse. It has taken years of training to grow accustomed to using it for an extended period of time; prior to that, he'd be on the ground in minutes, blood spurting from his nose, his hears. How many pairs of glasses did he have to replace; removing them now is a leftover habit. Of course, the world never knew of this struggle. Only a few close insiders did. To everyone else, he's been infallible forever. 

It doesn't take much time to locate the hideout, but the null field is strong. Too strong for Charles to penetrate remotely. This will have to be done in-person. Once he grabs the coordinates, he pushes the helmet from his head and powers the machine down, nursing an ache at either of his temples. Before he leaves the chamber, he slides his glasses back up his nose, smooths hair, and stares at himself in the reflective panel for several long moments to ensure that his expression doesn’t betray any signs of discomfort. “I have his location,” Charles says to Erik when they’re reunited, a bit later. Between his fingers is a folded slip of paper, which Charles places in his pocket. “I can’t break through the field around it from afar, however. I haven’t encountered one that can keep me out in many years.”

Dinner is a lazier affair, Charles enjoys proper British foods and had employed cooks who have since been dismissed because Erik renders them obsolete, producing full halls of meals for the entire Pentagon and White House in the snap of his fingers. For Charles, Erik likes to prepare it by hand, though. For something to do, and something special. He uses his mutation to help, but he also uses his fine and gross motor skills more keenly as well.

Today's meal is Yorkshire pudding and horseradish, honeyed lamb with mint, chicken with redcurrant jam and sticky toffee. Charles return has him swiveled about. "You'll be safe, yeah? Keep yourself protected. Don't let him take you off-guard. He might still have Essex around. Telepathy, too. He was a bad guy," Erik whispers. He knits his fingers together, worried and unsure what to do with himself. He doesn't want it to spill out.

“I’m glad that you’ve made the correct assumption that you will not be joining me,” Charles remarks as he takes his seat at the table. The west wing of the White House, which had been quiet before given Charles’s spartan occupancy, has been transformed since Erik’s arrival. In addition to his bedroom and his study, there’s now a cozy dining room and kitchen, various sitting rooms and libraries. The kitchen smells like one from his childhood today, but better, richer, warmer. “I won’t go alone, fret not. If you could tell me more about the two of them, Essex and Schmidt, I may be able to better prepare.”

Erik nods. "I thought... if you would like me to," he adds softly, with a laugh. "But I think, better to help from here. To watch over you, help you with strategies. You know me, not a very good fighter," he says with a dry huff, nose wrinkled up. He puts the finishing touches on Charles's plate, which includes fruits (kiwis, strawberries, pineapples) arranged in neat geometrical patterns atop exceedingly gigantic Belgian waffles overlaid with thick custard and whipped cream.

The meat and potatoes of it all is served up next, and Erik pauses to set his hand over Charles's shoulder, a twinge of warmth radiating outward. Gratitude. Charles is doing all of this, planning all of this, for him. As much as he worries, it is this that prevents him from making the objections Charles initially suspected he might. He hadn't accounted for Erik's reaction to his perception of kindness, which Charles still insists he is not.

And Erik doesn't argue, but it peeps in little moments like this, that he cherishes and cradles close. Soft and warm, kept safe. "They are... Nazis, doctors. Schmidt can absorb any energy from the environment into himself. Essex can control people, like you. But that's all, he can't read their thoughts. He imposes himself, only." His voice gets softer and softer, until Charles has trouble hearing him at the end.

Charles can feel Erik’s gratitude swell, which he thinks is funny, given all that Erik has done for him and for everyone else. It’s as if a black and white world has turned to color, in Charles’s view. The turn of a page, and then it’s like waking up in technicolor; Erik’s arrival into their life has been so truly earth-shattering. He gestures for Erik to sit beside him at the table. “I can learn more on my own if you would rather,” Charles says, thumb swiping Erik’s temple. “I can do that without revealing unpleasantness to you. But I’ll only do so if you say.”

But Erik shakes his head a little, gentle in his refutation. "It's OK, neshama. My life, you know. My experiences. Very hard, and with sorrows. I can talk, the bad parts, too. He," Erik says, and a long line of neatly-stacked portfolios containing names and faces emerges above, slowly forming ethereal-light vectors. "Nathaniel Essex. My, ah," he waves a hand. "Instructor. Along with Schmidt and Ivanov. To push, break," he relays, mournfully.

"Hates humans. Thinks they're pitiful and weak. Exterminate them. Wants to rule. Tried to pull off my skin to make himself strong. But he couldn't beat me. That made him mad," Erik shivers. "He wanted to be strong more than anything. Any mutant he thought is stronger than him, he hates them. So he hated me, I think, scared of me. Deep down. So he hurt me bad, twisted it all up. Changed the stories, like The Little Mermaid. I read the real one, he changed it. Not about mutants," Erik snorts.

"Essex controlled me, too. Make me say things, to appease them. Their egos, the men, you know. Viktor Creed, would only feed me if I complied. Once he hurt me bad, I had to stay in bed. The ones on my back, from him. Got infection, almost died. Schmidt was angry, because I couldn't serve him right. Just things like that. He got money from Nazis to use me, you know. Bad things." Erik shrugs a bit, petering out.

Charles observes the images above Erik, listens (only to his words, he doesn't pry for futher meaning) to him recount, rather plaintly, his experiences, and feels...anger. Anger that chokes his chest, sends heat to his fingers and toes. Vision limned with red. Why did Erik need an instructor? Why did he need to appease egos in order to receive food? Beatings, rapes, infections... Erik's life has been filled with one harrowing experience after another, all at the hands of men who believe that they are better than others. The very type of people that Charles has tried to do away with. "Let me see your back," Charles says, though his voice is gentle. He stands up from the table and moves to stand behind Erik.

Once he's given permission, he lifts Erik's soft sweater and observes the mottled scars of what appear to be claw marks, rippling the olive skin across his back. They've long healed, but they're messy, jagged, discolored. Charles runs a cool finger down the longest one, spanning from the top of Erik's shoulder blade to just above his hip. "How did they expect you to serve them?" Charles asks once he pulls Erik's sweater back down. He doesn't sit; instead, he places his hands on Erik's shoulders and grips slightly, beginning to knead a massage; his muscles are wrought with years and years of tension. "Tell me everything. What your average day was like."

Erik jerks his head down in assent, and his voice comes raspy. "I, I would wake up. I slept in the laboratory, where Schmidt did the experiments. I slept in my uniform, the stripes. He shoos me away, to the crematoria. Where I had to poke through the bodies, for food, valuables. To pry out the teeth with pliers. Cut away the hair. Shoot anyone who moves. Things like that," he whispers.

"Then Schmidt comes to get me. I go to the laboratory, with him. He tries to test me, to make me move coins and little things. He teaches me anatomy, physiology. With the other prisoners, the experiments. Rips off their skin, to show muscle and fat inside. Organs inside. To see how they react, with ice baths. And then, before I get a meal, he takes me to his room, and bids me to kneel. I did not know, at first, what he wanted. He just would laugh, then did it by force, moving me and things, my head. With..."

He clears his throat, but dutifully continues, "his hands, around my head. Or his mutation, pushing me down, and things. He stomped my arm when I tried to feed some bread to a sick little one, my hand, that is why," he indicates it with his chin. "Then he fed me, then would send me to whoever gives him money and food, and they would feed me too. I was lucky, I had a bed and warmth, and food. Most did not have this. So I did it, willingly, what they wanted."

Charles listens, envisions, loathes. He has a strong desire to protect the boy that Erik is describing, the boy who was forced to do the bidding of Nazis for fear of his own safety, for his own protection. A little boy who was betrayed in the most egregious way by the structures that were meant to protect him, government and state. "And what about later?" Charles continues, ever so gentle. "When the war ended. They still kept you."

Erik nods again. "The Soviets came, and Schmidt and his people scatter. And I was there, and I walked to the forest. And I live there for a while, with the little animals. And then the CIA found me, Stryker and Leland. I went with them, I was lonely in the forest, you know. But they, kept me in a plastic place. Did stress tests. Leland likes to hurt, like Schmidt. So I did that, too, because I was accustomed to it. I thought this is how I am supposed to be," he says with a little laugh. "Then I meet you. And I feel things, for the first time. Warm things. I didn't know, it was like that. I don't want to be like Schmidt. So I stay quiet. I'm sorry. It all came out. Sorry, neshama. Won't do it again."

"I asked you to tell me, you didn't do anything wrong," Charles reminds Erik. He sits back down beside him at the table and leans over to turn Erik's chair so that it faces Charles properly, and then he holds Erik's chin in a gentle hand to once again encourage eye contact, as per his habit. "I will see that the men who did this to you are brought to justice. Okay? You are a person who wishes only to give and promote equity and fairness. That they treated you like an animal in a cage is not something that shall go unpunished, Erik."

"OK," Erik says, eyes fluttering a little before opening once more, green eclipsed by widened black. His cheek bunches up against Charles's hand and he nestles a little, his chin into that palm, of which he can feel every atom of its wondrous construction against his own, warming him. "I am so very grateful for you," he says at last. "No one, after my family was murdered, I don't think anyone ever cared about me like that, until you. What they wanted. Schmidt said he loves me, but he didn't. Just manipulation, so I do what he wants eagerly. Capitulate, make it easier for him. Not the same, someone who cares for your wellbeing."

"You confuse me," Charles admits, his face the same unfazed and nonplussed expression that he always wears, but he knows that Erik can feel the difference between how he treats Erik and how he treats everyone else. "I do not ever prefer to become involved with others. Even those within my immediate circle; I prefer arms-length relationships. Yet, I do not prefer that with you, Erik. I wish to be close to you, I wish to involve myself in your personal affairs, and you within mine." To an extent as to the latter, he supposes, but nonetheless. "This is also rather new for me. To care and be cared for, in such a way." He then smirks; he can't help it. "You must think me so robotic."

"No," Erik grins. "I see someone who maybe, wasn't afforded a lot of warmth growing up. So you learned how to keep people far away. And now, you know, a lot of them want things from you. But I just like you, I don't expect anything. Some company. Conversation. Whatever you'd like. If you wish to be alone, that's OK, too. Your happiness, that makes me happy."

Charles cocks a brow. He has never disclosed a lick of information about his past or personal life to Erik, save for the surface-level things. He likes British food, he dislikes hot weather (and therefore loathes DC summers), he's an avid reader. But these are all things that can be ascertained through light, high-level conversation. His past? His childhood? "My childhood was fine," he counters a bit, though his tone is unconvincing. Conceding, he swipes a thumb up Erik's cheekbone. "The nature of my role in this world necessitates that I keep to myself, for the most part."

Erik, as always, doesn't contradict him. "I just think, you know, our experiences shape who we are. Sometimes we grow in the same direction as what we experienced, or in the opposite direction, too. Someone with too much warmth might feel better with distance, or someone with too much distance could feel better with warmth. I am a bit split, I think. Part of me wants warmth, and part of me wants distance. Which, reflects my experiences. One part was good, one part was bad. My ima, my family, good. The Nazis, CIA, bad. You, good," he adds, poking out his tongue playfully.

Charles smirks, which is just about as much of a smile as anyone can get from him. “You’re an anomaly, as I’ve said. You’ve experienced so much anguish and yet you display so much optimism. It’s admirable. Your mother, your family…they would be proud of you.” Sentimental Charles is not, but earnest he is when it’s called for. And earnestness is called for, when it comes to Erik. “Tell me about them. Your family. And I can tell you of mine.”

Erik presses his knee forward a little, more a rocking motion, before straightening, then swaying a bit side-to-side. Erik likes to be in motion, Charles has observed, little idiosyncratic movements here and there. "My ima, she was a secretary for a law office. My aba was from Greece. Edie and Kovie, and my big sister Ruthie. We followed his culture, Sephardi, not Ashkenazi. He was from Salonika, first ben Tarion, then a joke as they were forced to pick a name. Lehnsherr, land-lord," he huffs.

"Schmidt and Viktor Creed thought it was quite funny, too. They weren't really antisemitic, like in particular. They just hate humans in general, the ethnicities are irrelevant. Schmidt was more atheist, but anyway. My family, my relatives, we were a bit modern. We went to synagogue once per week, and things. But I got arrested before I could have a Bar Mizvah, like a coming-of-age," Erik explains softly. "What about yours?" he lists forward, eager to hear. To take it all in.

Charles has seen them all, of course, in Erik’s memory. A stern-faced man with bushy eyebrows who resembles Erik in shape. A green-eyed woman with a kind smile, a little girl with thick curls and a mischievous grin. A proper family, like so many others who were taken from this life for nothing more than pure absurdity, pure human fault. What could they have been? Where might this world be otherwise? Charles thinks about that often, considers what might have become of this benighted planet had he not done all he did.

“I was an only child,” Charles begins, removing his hand from Erik’s face finally to allow the man to fidget as he pleases. “British mother, American father. My father died when I was quite young, and my mother sent me off to England, to stay with relatives; she didn’t want to be a mother to me. I spent most of my time in boarding schools, and then was I was 14…well, you know what happened then. I never spent any time with family after that. Not a very exciting story, unfortunately.”

"It sounds very lonely," Erik whispers. "I know you might not feel it like that. But I think it's good, I found you. For some company," he muses fondly. "And I'm sorry, about your mother. She doesn't know what she missed out on. I pity her."

“Odd for a telepath to feel lonely,” Charles remarks. “I’ve been able to hear it all for as long as I can remember. I couldn’t always do all that I can now, but I’ve always been able to hear. But I suppose you’re right.” Charles observes the meal before them. “I’m rather glad you arrived here, too, Erik. It seems we fulfill something for each other.”

"Like two pieces of a puzzle together," Erik says, recounting what he'd claimed upon their very first meeting. "I control the things, you control the people, eh? Two halves. I guess we did Make America Whole," he smirks himself, pleased at his own lame joke.

Charles rolls his eyes, but it's fond. "America was never whole; it was failed enlightenment colonial experiment," he huffs. "But, you're right. We can join forces and make this forsaken world a bit better, can't we? Better than I could ever do it on my own."

"We are better, together," Erik whispers fiercely, and he moves, daring to rest his hand on Charles's knee. Just a brush, a comforting squeeze. "Can't get better alone, you know. I got better, here. Things became better, more hopeful. Bright, yeah? That's how. With others. Maybe even just one other."

"I'd hope that we can extend it beyond ourselves," Charles holds, settling a hand atop Erik's own. "People think me a monster, as I'm sure you're aware. But, I didn't set out to do all of this because I was some glutton for power. I truly did have a vision for a better world. I did learn that change can take a long time, however. It appears, though, that you may help speed it up. And I'm appreciative."

"You wanted better, for this place," Erik says with a warm smile. "You wanted to build on a good foundation. Good ideals. I don't agree, with what the people think. That you're some monster. I don't agree. Could they do better? Than you, at fourteen? With so little assistance from those around you? I don't think they could do it better. I think they are hypocrites."

"People have short memories," Charles muses, though he's still smiling. "They forget what it was like before. Though, many people preferred how it was." He shrugs. "Transitions are always hard, as I said."

Erik bids Charles to eat his meal, fluttering around him as usual, spirits high as he does his best to fill the room with a sense of nourishing contentment, idly chattering about this and that thing he learned through the day, at the behest of patient staffers. Slowly but surely the sun begins to dwindle, and they wind up tucked in Charles's grand bedroom. Erik tucks Charles into his side with an arm around him as always, smoothing his hand over his back and ducking his chin playfully over the top of his head. You have a big day, tomorrow. How are you feeling about it?

It’s odd, sharing his bed with Erik. Odd because he enjoys it. Erik is a good 8 inches taller than he is, and though he’s still thin as a whip, his frame is proportionately wider than Charles’s own. As such, when the two are lying together in bed, Charles finds himself easily encompassed. He doesn’t mind that, either. I’m eager. I’ve not met a null field I can’t get through in a long time, as I’ve said. It will be a challenge. You know I like challenges. A beat, and then: I won’t bring them back here. Your captors, I mean. I’d rather they not be near you.

Me, too. Just the little ones. I'll prepare here, make it nice and cozy for them. I'm sure they must be so scared. You know, Schmidt hid it from me. I only learned because Stryker told me. Before I killed him. That they knew my babies were alive. Oh, I hope they're OK. I just wish to count all their little fingers and toes, and tell them some stories. Feed good food. Be a good aba, for them. I didn't have choice, with Magda. But they are my babies, I want them, always, he admits it all in a rush.

How old are they? Charles can’t tell, from Erik’s memories. He’s certainly not sure what they’re going to do around here with two children, but he supposes that Erik will lead that charge. It’s not that Charles dislikes kids; he’s always been an advocate of ensuring that the care of children is a priority. He simply isn’t in a position to care for them in his own.

They would have to be... oh, I suppose they would be adults, by now, Erik says with a small laugh. I met Magda just before we got liberated, in 1945. About 26, they might be. So perhaps not so little, he realizes with a snort. But he can't help it. He thinks of them that way, infants wiggling about. His babies. 

Charles blinks, and then can’t help but laugh. He had been envisioning babies or young children at the very least. Not fully grown adults. Well. I thought that I’d be carrying babies out of that place. I’m not sure I can carry a 26-year-old. Hank could, but I couldn’t. This changes things a bit, I suppose.

They might not be there, Erik just says what is on his mind, what most worries him. It's been so long. And if they have power, perhaps they vanished long ago. But I try to have hope, you know. I want to hope.

I’ll be able to find them if they’re there, Charles promises. *And if they aren’t, I have a way to find them, I’ll remind you. One way or another, mm? And then they can choose what they’d like to do. I’m sure they’ll wish to meet their father..”

Erik abruptly leans forward and presses a warm kiss to Charles's temple, letting his affection and gratitude flow freely. You are a good man, Charles Xavier. I will remind you always, of this. A good neshama. Good heart.

Charles is momentarily stymied, at a loss for words, and then is able to marshal himself. You’re kind to think so. I’m merely fond of you, is all. Get some rest, mm? 

And so Erik does, slipping into a dreamless fog as oft helped along by his companion. He snoozes and traverses for a long meandering while before coming to consciousness, Erik usually wakes up first but today he can sense Charles up and moving in the kitchen. Erik shucks off his blankets and dresses himself in a snazzy yellow sweater with Tweety-Bird on it and some soft shorts and sandals with socks. Eclectic, like him. He pads down the stairs a few moments later to observe that Charles to his delight has wrangled one of the cooks to help him make breakfast, which simmers along the stove and puts out a lovely smell. Erik stretches idly and grins, waving good morning!

Of all the things that Charles Xavier can do, cooking is not one of them. He is a bit ashamed of that fact; because it's not just laziness or a lack of experience that renders him hopeless in the kitchen. He's tried to learn, he really has. He just can't seem to figure out flavor combinations, spice levels, or timing. His knife skills aren't bad, but that's about it. Over the years, he's learned to prepare a select few things, and if he doesn't deviate from the recipe he knows, the food ends up being edible.

And so that's what he's engaged in when Erik comes down to their private space, dressed in an absurd outfit, looking cheery as ever. Scrambled eggs, toast, porridge, and some fresh fruit. The cook made some potato hash concoction, which smells delightful, and has instructed Charles to not put anything in it because it's ready and he would ruin it. "Good morning," he hums, stirring the porridge carefully. "I thought I'd cook for you for a change."

Erik gasps in pure, unadulterated glee as the feast wafts up and fills his senses, and he bounds over immediately to gather Charles up in a big hug, peppering his temple with kisses. "All this, for me?" he grins, dazzled. "Oh, my. My favorite breakfast," he declares, instantly reaching for a plate of everything, his good cheer practically sparkling off of every particle in the room. Charles made him breakfast. Erik's chest feels like it swells right up, overcome with the simple pleasure of domesticity. He chatters happily through the meal, though near the end he takes a breath and settles his hand over Charles's forearm. "You are sure, my neshama? Sure you want to do this." His malachite stare is searching, imploring.

Charles takes a mental note of Erik's pure glee as he realizes that Charles has cooked the most modest of meals. Small things, he understands, please Erik. Being thought of, being considered. How often in his life has he been the one to think of others, his wants and needs immaterial? As they move forward, he vows to himself, he'll make sure to sprinkle Erik's life full of "little things," like this. "You worry too much," Charles protests when Erik, yet again, demands to know that he's sure. "Why? He's just a man, Erik. A monster, perhaps, to you, but still just a man. I'm not intimidated men."

Erik twists his fingers together, stressy and anxious. "I know," he says softly. "Dangerous. He is, dangerous. He could really hurt you. And I, I don't need--I just need you. You can't. Can't let him hurt you. Kill you. Are you sure, dear-heart?"

“I am sure,” Charles says, reaching for Erik’s hands and straightening his fingers out. Hank has since been able to fit Erik’s had with a proper brace, but he holds that the damage to it, because it was so old and so severe, is irreparable. “Hey. Look at me. What do you fear will happen? Realistically.”

Erik's eyes flutter before slowly affixing to Charles's, little tremors wracking his body beneath Charles's impenetrable hold. "Huh-hurt you. Kill you. Make you hurt someone. Abduct. Bad, bad things. Torture. So, so many things. Couldn't bear, if he hurt you like that. Supposed to keep you safe."

“That’s not going to happen.” Charles cocks a brow, but he’s still patient, still gentle. “Do you think that he could abduct me? Even if I didn’t have the ability to stop him on my own, wouldn’t you say that my abduction wouldn’t go unnoticed? Of all people on this planet?”

Erik nods. "If you need help, neshama. You tell me. Promise? I will come help. You aren't alone anymore. You're my family, and I love you. I know, that must be strange to hear and I do not have any expectation of you. But just so you know. You are loved."

Charles is indeed taken aback when Erik says that word. Love. As prescient as Charles is, he hasn’t been able to put his finger on that, something in Erik’s regard of Charles that felt different. Apparently it’s love. Love. He experiences the emotional panacea every single day of every other person in the world. But he’s ill-equipped to understand his own. Sometimes he wonders whether he even has them; is what he feels ever his own? Or has it been supplanted by those of everyone else? And so he sits at the table, stunned for many many moments. “You may have gathered that this is rather foreign to me,” Charles says finally with a self-effacing chuckle. “Apologies. Goodness.”

Erik just smiles, well and truly satisfied. "I know, dear-heart. I don't mean to overwhelm you. I just need you to know. You are enough, for me. If you wish to call this off and come watch movies with me instead, I would be delighted. You are enough, OK? But I know, that it is a part of who you are. To see justice done. I won't nag, or lecture, I promise. I won't wheedle and beg you, I understand. You're your own man, a leader. You don't need me to protect you. I just... I just want you to know. To know how special you are to me. That I cherish you, and that is irrespective of whether you capture Schmidt or not."

Charles hems and haws his way around the mushy bits but conveys his intent to bring Schmidt down and Erik's children back home. Not just because people like Schmidt are dangerous to their mission, but because he hurt Erik, specifically. And Erik, he's important to Charles. Very important, evidently. And so, with breakfast finished, Charles walks with Erik to a briefing room, where his team is waiting. Hank will be joining, as will Scott. Jean, and Kurt Wagner, a teleporter. A handful of other staffers and secret service members will be accompanying the group, but Charles doesn't prefer a large entourage, and so he's kept the group as minimal as possible.

"We're all ready to go, boss," Jean informs Charles. "Far as we know, no one knows of our plans outside of this room. Should be easy to get in and out, and we're ready to bring Schmidt and anyone else down that we need to." She nods to the loaded tranquilizer guns, though no one believes that they'll be necessary, given Charles's ability to merely cut off access to their abilities.

Erik darts forward to give Charles a squeeze and rubs his back. "You be good," he teases gently. "Be careful. Don't be afraid to come back home if it gets scary. Never forget you are loved. No matter what he says. He is a stupid fool and he cannot have you," Erik rasps thickly. "You look after him," he admonishes Scott, who nods curtly.

"We'll take care, don't worry. All right, everyone. Wheels up in ten minutes. Don't forget your respirators, the Blackbird is a helluva ride. Codenames from here-on-out."

With that, Scott leads the charge down into the sub-levels and to their underground hangar, and Erik watches as Charles is outfitted with his protective suit and onboarded up the ramp into the long, sleek craft. It powers on and silently lifts vertically off of the landing pad, retracting its struts inside. I love you, Erik thinks, taking a deep breath. Finnick and Nina materialize on his shoulders, curling up and nestling close. You have got this.

Erik vanishes and emerges back into the wardroom, taking a seat behind a computer desk which has a live GPS coordinate of the Blackbird's current latitude and longitude displayed in a bright yellow line. "Oh, we are in it now, aren't we, Finnick?"


It doesn't take long to get to their destination; a clearing in the middle of the Appalachians. The hideout they're looking for appears to be underground, and Charles knows this because there are minds milling about half a mile up a hill and then dozens of feet deep. Minds, and then a void. It's uncomfortable; his own thoughts seem to ricochet back at him when he tries to push through. Strange...he can't get through the null field from this close, even. How powerful it is.

Still, he's confident that this will be run of the mill, and so they make their way, upon Charles's direction, to the entrance to the bunker. He's gauged it correctly, and soon, they're in, Charles having disabled a pair of guards sitting outside the null field well before they could be a threat.

"What's it like in there?" Jean asks as they approach a thick steel door, which Scott begins to melt away.

"I don't know," Charles admits. "I can't get through." Everyone pauses for a moment, stunned, but Charles keeps his head held high. "We need disable whatever it is that's blocking me. I think I can still cloak us, even if I can't do much else." They continue, onward, confident because Charles is. Scott gets the door open, and they all creep inside. Charles extends himself outward, outward, and he is able to pick up some bits of information, but not much. It appears that only a few people are here, now.

However, he realizes that he's still able to hear the thoughts of his companions, even though they should, ostensibly, be within the range of the field....perhaps it's not a null field after all. Perhaps it's the people themselves.

The first mind he comes into contact with that isn't his own or his teammates' belongs to a man barreling toward him with his fist cocked. He picks Charles up by the lapels. "End just who za fuck are you?" he growls in his brusque German-accented drawl. Viktor Creed, Charles deduces immediately.

Kurt Wagner pops in to relay the SITREP following his scoping out of the area. "Zey have a teleporter, too, Herr Xavier," he exclaims, yellow eyes wide. "He is on his vay! Eencoming!"


With a sulphuric swirl, Enoch Ivanov, Klaus Schmidt, Jason Wyngarde and Nathaniel Essex emerge from the ether. "Essex, if you will," Schmidt waves a hand airily. Charles instantly finds that all of his muscles are no longer within his control.

Viktor sets him down and pats him on the chest. "You're a pretty young thing. You must be lost, seein' az how ya vound up in ze lion's den," he smirks. "I hed a kitten, once. He ran away, such a pity. Now I'll have you. Vat do you zink?"

Charles is shocked to find himself instantly frozen, like a ragdoll in Viktor Creed's grasp. Even when he's set back down onto a chair, he can't move, his muscles not limp, but not responsive to his mind. Rage. Fury. Charles has never been caught off guard like this; it's rare that anyone else has even had the upper hand for a single moment. He grits his teeth and pushes and pushes, and though he's able to wheedle in to Creed's mind a bit, he's flushed right back out by a force that he can't identify.

The rest of his team has experienced similar treatment, it seems, but the focus is on Charles, who continues to thrash silently against the invisible barrier between him and the brutish force that towers above him. "I think," says Charles, voice calm and utterly false, "that if you don't return my body to me, you're going to find yourself in a world of trouble, Mr. Creed."

Viktor scoffs. "Essex, you hear zis?"

"Mm. Whatever shall we do. Curious, isn't it? This is who Erik decided to ally with. An Integrationist. How simple," Essex tuts. "No, you came to us. To our home. Do be a good guest, now." He forces Charles's body to fall in line behind him, and all the others on their team likewise single file. "Where shall I put them, Klaus?"

"Leave the rest, and bring Charles Xavier to my study. We'll have a little chat," he winks.

Furious, Charles marches like a soldier alongside Schmidt and the rest, his compatriots frozen in place, horror-stricken; they, too, have never seen Charles defeated like this. But he has no choice, and soon, he is in Schmidt's office, seated in a chair across from the doctor, who is smaller than Charles envisioned per Erik's memory, but the malice in his eyes is just as clear. Charles's glasses fell off when Viktor lifted and shook him, and so he can't see the man very well—his vision is exceedingly poor—but he can see the self-satisfied expression. "I hear you've been eager to meet me," Charles drawls, scrambling as he attempts to craft a new plan. "How honored you are to do so."

Schmidt sits down across from him and withdraws a small letter opener from his desk, as Essex raises Charles's arm to set his hand on the table. "Honored, you say! Such a pity," he laughs, cruel. And then the knives go in, a twinge at first. The blinding pain sparks at the flint of nerve, arcing through his wrist as Schmidt sticks the point of his tool beneath Charles's fingernail. "How exquisite, to watch you writhe. I suppose it would be an honor, wouldn't it? The man who ended the war. Ah, here you are." And then he twists. And plunges. The bright, horrifying ignition--

Charles is able to keep a semi straight face when the letter opener plunges through his forearm. Scarlet rivers of blood begin to flow quickly, and the pain is searing, but Charles marshals himself. But then, when Schmidt drives the razor edge under his fingernail and rips it off, he can't help but howl in agony, seeing white for a moment.

Sir! it's Jean, who has just heard him cry out, evidently. What are they doing? Are you okay?

I can't move still, Charles shoots back, almost in a daze as the pain swallows him whole. There's something... He doesn't finish, though, because in his haze, he remembers the words of the man who promises that he's loved. Erik. He flails himself outward, clumsily tripping over a hundred thousand minds before he finds the one beautiful one that's looking for, tucked away in DC.

Erik. I—they've got me. I'm trapped. We all are. We need help. I...I need help. Please.


Before Charles has the chance to even finish. In an instant, it's over. Erik appears, and Charles and the entire team are transported back to DC, back to Erik. Where they belong. Erik hugs Charles to him immediately, crouching down to lay a hand at his cheek. "You OK? You're OK. OK, I promise. Promise you are OK, I got you. Got you, neshama," he whispers. (edited)

Charles can hardly keep up; it takes him several moments to realize that he's back in DC, surrounded by his team. Erik had moved at the speed of light, and now Charles, bleeding and in agonizing pain, is stupefied by the familiar surroundings, by Erik's care.

"I..." Hank recovers more quickly, and he's at Charles's side quickly, examining his arm and hand. "What...how did he...?" No one seems understand what they just experienced.

"Letter opener," is all Charles says, but he knows that's not what Hank is asking. An hour later, Charles's arm is bandaged up and the broken fingernail is removed, with the throbbing wound cleaned, stitched up, and wrapped in a thick layer of gauze. Charles sits, still stunned, while his team flits about, trading theories, swapping stories, chattering, until Charles pounds the table with his undamaged fist and they all fall silent.

"We're going to go back," Charles says, a bit wild-eyed. "We have to. They can't do this. They can't just win."

"What? Are you crazy?" Jean balks, and then wilts. "Sir," she adds.

"I'd like to retrieve my glasses."

"You can get new ones," Jean protests, desperate. "Sir, we can't go back there."

"We can't just let them get away!" Charles roars, springing to his feet. It's rare that he becomes animated or impatient; he's always eerily calm. Annoyingly so. So to see him like this, nearly out of control, is alarming. But Charles has never been made a fool of. And he wishes to punish those who try. "If you're not going to come, I'm going to go myself."

Erik stumbles a little, genuine fright clashing over his heart. "Charles," he rasps softly. "I just got you back. You want to go back?" he blinks away the wet in his eyes, shoring himself up. "Please. Why don't we just stay here, they don't mean anything. I know, I promised. I wouldn't- but, oh, Charles," he barely breathes.

Charles looks at Erik, who, like the rest, are desperate to see that he doesn't go back, but he can't understand why. "It's not just about righting wrongs anymore," Charles argues. "These people. They're dangerous. They're a threat to everything we've built. I don't understand it, I don't know why they can do that to me, or how. We can't let them exist freely, they're a threat."

"A threat to you!" Jean cries.

"A threat to me is a threat to us all!" Charles hisses, pacing, arm clutched to his chest. He looks every bit the madman that he's made out to be right now, bloodsoaked shirt, and all, but he doesn't care. "Don't you understand that? It's me that stands between chaos and order! Me that stands between war and peace! If they can get to me, they can get to everyone, they can upset everything we've built!"

Erik takes a deep breath, closing his eyes. Slowing it down. Down, and down. And out. "OK," he whispers, the barest edge. "OK," with a nod. "We'll go back. We'll try. We have to make a choice, don't we? We have to decide that we won't let these people traipse about. We have to bring them down. Not to win, not to punish. Because they are harmful. OK? That is why."

Encouraged by Erik's agreement, Charles darts toward the man and grabs his hand with his unbandaged one. "Yes. Exactly. You understand." He sounds a bit maniacal, now, but he doesn't care. "I need to know, Erik. Tell me everything you know about them, about what they're able to do. How they were able to block me out and overpower me."

"They're strong, neshama. Strong mutants. Powerful enemies, they experimented on me, used experiments to make themselves stronger. Not natural, you understand? It's very hard to beat them, because of it. I don't know if I can beat them," he admits softly. "I'm scared if I try I will put you in danger. But that is the risk, I suppose, of leaving them go. They are a danger, they need to be stopped. It is my mess, too. I should clean it. My mess."

"It's not your mess." At least Charles isn't clouded enough to allow Erik to go on thinking that. "You're a victim of theirs, Erik. It's not your mess. Don't say that. But, you, of all people, can win. You're the most powerful mutant I've ever met. And you know their weak spots."

"We can try, together," Erik sets a hand on Charles's shoulder. "We'll give it everything we've got." They prepare. It doesn't take very long until Erik finally materializes them back into the mountains, just outside Schmidt's sensory range. With a start, Erik knocks all the guards in the facility unconscious and disables all of their weapons. " OK, got them all down. Now the Hellfire--" Erik stops speaking. Stops moving. Stops. Everything. Stops. Infinity inside a bound, stretching. Screaming. Essex steps forth, the man made of slick oil. The screaming behind his eyes, loud and incoherent. He lifts Erik's hand. Curls his fingers. In control.

"Be a good boy, Erik. Show us what power you have."

Please. I love you. I'm so sorry. I can't. Erased. Null. Void. Time drips and drips. One moment, suspended, until the calamity-- obliterates. Splinters, and speeds and speeds up and up and Charles is caught in a hurricane, whirling, thundering. Essex has done something, triggered something he can't understand in Erik's mutation and the entire facility crunches in on itself. Everything is decimated, in an instant.

Except for one. One man. Just one man. Somewhere in the ether, Erik claws his way through the barge, to shield him from the death blow. But the blow comes. Not death, but the demiurge. The reckoning. The imminent rebar slicing through the air, terminal velocity. Terminal. It pierces through his skin. His bones. His muscles and sinew. Shearing, destroying. His spine. The moment of impact echoes down over itself, piercing and piercing.

The world falls down.

Everything is silent. 


The last thing that Charles remembers is Erik in his head, professing his love, and then his entire world changes. Maybe he'll remember being thrust to the ground and all of the bones on his left side shattering as his body is thrust upon the earth one day. But, he'll never remember the iron beam as it impales itself through his shoulder blades and spinal column. It's three weeks later before he wakes up, though wake is a strong word. For what feels like days he's in the liminal space between the living and the dead, the waking world and the emptiness.

Little by little, he gains awareness that he's in a body, he is a body, and that there are other people around him. Then comes the awareness of pain, stiffness. Something that prevents his neck from moving. Something down his throat. Bleary eyes flutter open at long last, unfocused and hazy for hours and hours until finally he begins to recognize certain objects. A chair. A table. Blinking monitors; he's in a bed. And...Erik? "Mmnn," he croaks around something in his airway, and his brow furrows. "Mmmnnn...?"

Immediately the ventilator vanishes from him, and Erik is there, curling up beside him in his bed. "Oh my G-d, oh, Charles," he whispers, great rivulets of tears filling his eyes and skating down his cheeks, he can't help it. "Charles, you're alive. You're alive, my love. My friend. You came back to me, neshama, oh," Erik sniffs, huffing a soft laugh as he rubs Charles's back. "Be easy, OK? Be easy," he encourages, soothing and gentle.

Charles frowns, gasping a bit when his throat is free of whatever the hell was there before. When he tries to speak, his throat is scratchy and dry, as if he hasn't had water in weeks. Erik is around him in an instant, pouring comfort and relief atop him like a blanket, but Charles is still desparately confused. I don't understand, he offers, bleary. Is this...this is a hospital, yes? Why....? Am I here?

You got hurt, neshama, Erik whispers, pained. Really bad. You almost died. Essex. He hurt you. Used my mutation. And I couldn't stop it. I know you're going to be so angry with me, because I couldn't stop it, dear-heart. And that's OK. It is. I should have stopped it, I'm so sorry. You were hurt, my love. Your spine. Your vertebra, was broken. T1. Here, he sniffles and presses his hand to Charles's chest where he still has sensation, tears still dripping.

Erik's words don't make much sense to him, like word soup in his head, bobbing listlessly. He frowns as he tries to arrange them into the right order to ascertain meaning, but it takes time. Spine...what? he asks, brow furrowed. Blurred eyes observe the hand on his chest. He feels the weight. But, he realizes, he doesn't feel the weight of the blankets over his stomach or legs. In fact, he doesn't feel bandages and splints on the broken bones...or the broken bones themselves. No...that. That can't be.

I know, it is--a horrifying reality, Erik says, wincing. But you, you are alive. You are with me. You are here, with me. I will help you. I promise I will help you. I am here, Charles. You aren't alone. You will never be alone again, never. We are going to be OK, we will face this, and we will overcome it. We will.

Charles can't believe it—he refuses to. T1. He knows what that means, and knows that it makes sense with all that he can and can't feel. But it doesn't make sense with who he is, with what he is. Help...Erik says he will help. But Charles doesn't want help. He never does; he never has. He's refused it his whole life, for he can do it all on his own. That's how he became what he is....... No. I don't want help, he voices, and he wants to wriggle away from touch, but he can't, his neck is in a stiff brace and there's something tight around his torso, another brace perhaps, keeping him still. I don't—no. That can't be right. There has to be something that you can do. You, or Hank. This...I can't. It can't be right.

I can't fix it, neshama, Erik whispers softly. It could kill you, and it would strip you of your telepathy. That's how injuries work in mutants, it affects the cascade. I'm not saying it will be easy, but we can get through this. We will learn how to live, I promise you. You are alive, that is the most profoundly good thing. Life. Your life.

Charles stares at the ceiling above him, disbelieving. It feels like it's all over. Everything. Everything he's worked for, everything he's built. His whole life, gone. How can he do his job now? If he can't even bloody move, how is he supposed to govern the Island? I don't want to, he replies, blithe, hollow. I don't. It's over for me, Erik.

Please, don't say that, Erik whispers. It isn't. It's not over, OK? Please. I made you something, to help you. I made everything adjusted, to make sure you can still do what you'd like. I'm here, and I can make your care very easy, my love. I can look after your body, and you can look after my little brain. We are a team. A family. Together. Here, let me show you? What I made? Please.

Petulantly, Charles squeezes his eyes shut. I don't want you to look after my body, he grouses. I don't want you to care for me like that. That's...no. I refuse. I don't want to see any of it.

I know you don't, Erik says softly. I'm going to show you, he decides, gentle. With a flourish, Charles re-emerges atop a sleek hover device, with a pad at the right side for him to lay his mostly functional hand on. "You put your fingers there, and just think about where you want to go, and you will move in that direction. It goes up to 90 miles per hour, and it is safe even if you crash. It will just bounce off. You can even go upside-down. You won't fall," he explains.

Charles notices where they are, too. Back home, not the hospital, and the corridors have been adjusted for size, heights of cupboards in case he prefers to be at ground-level. Grab bars all over the place. Erik doesn't expect Charles to be pleased with any of it, so he doesn't linger, but--"You can still work, Charles. You can lead. Teach if you want. Do science. You can live a good life. You have that, you have your life. Your mutation. A friend. Me."

Charles is surprised when the change of position doesn’t hurt at all; he had been feeling like he would never be able to move at all for the stiffness in his body, but Erik must have done something around his joints to ensure that the pain didn’t rend its way through his body. The chair is…remarkable. Even Charles can acknowledge this in this state, and but he doesn’t say anything about it, or anything else about the modifications that are clear.

He’s in his room; there’s medical equipment clustered around the bed, but it’s still his room, which he supposes is preferable to a hospital, where others might pry. He asks to be put back in bed, however, and once he’s back under the covers, he closes his eyes. I don’t know if I believe you. I…but you said something. Earlier. I’m not. Angry. Not with you.

Erik wraps him up, tucking his chin over Charles's head. I know it's so hard to believe. It won't be easy. You will have to learn and you will be very upset and grieve for what you have lost. You will get mad at me, at your friends, too. But you will also grow stronger, every day. You will work with Hank and me, I'll help. I can help you make improvements, so you can get more mobility. We are going to make a plan, and we will do it. One day you will wake up and realize that you've forgotten the sorrows and they've been replaced with little kittens. And I will be by your side no matter what. Even when you detest me, Erik huffs with a wet smile. His face wobbles a little. Thank you so much. For saying that. You aren't, with me. I'm not going anywhere. I refuse. You're stuck with me, neshama. That's just how it is.

Charles stares forward, obviously still in shock, embalmed by anguish. Erik, though...it really must be love, Charles decides, for he can't detect a single shred of frustration, annoyance, disgust, disappointment. Charles's life will never be the same, including how others interact with him. But, Erik feels the same as he did before. And Charles realizes then how truly special Erik is, how he can help Charles access a part of himself that would otherwise be shut away, perhaps forever. Why? he asks after a moment. Why do you feel this way toward me? I don't deserve it. And I don't mean that in a self-loathing type of way, Erik. I don't. I haven't earned it.

Oh, Charles. Yes, you have. You, who touches me so nice. Who helps me with Nino. Who lets me sleep by your side every night, who braids my hair and soothes my nightmares. Who takes my pain from me and tells me I deserve every kindness. You, who loves me. I said it for you, too, Erik snorts, cupping Charles's jaw and rubbing his thumb tenderly beneath his eye. You who lets me kiss your cheek. You who has never, ever, taken advantage of me. You who let me uncover my softer heart. I feel this way toward you because you are half of my soul. Because, you see, you are my beloved. I am for my beloved, and my beloved is for me. Ani ledodi ve dodi li, neshama.

Charles believes that Erik believes it; in fact, he feels it in his own head. Erik's love, devotion, and care. And, goodness, does Charles feel it, too. In a different way to Erik, but he realizes there as he's lying in bed, paralyzed from the chest-down and covered in bandages and bruises, that he loves Erik with his entire soul, a soul which he didn't even realize was there, and that perhaps he's been so hesitant to even broach the topic with himself because it changes how he sees his place in the world. But he isn't some external observer, or sidelined player. A shame that it took an accident like this to make him acknowledge his own fallibility and his own humanity, but here he is.


 Charles refuses to allow anyone but Erik, Hank, and his other doctors to see him for the following two months. He also refuses even Erik's help wherever he can manage it; there is not a chance in hell that he's going to allow Erik to feed him or help him eat, so either struggles through meals with his finnicky right hand or survives on whatever he can inhale through a straw. Healing feels slow, and he tires easily, sleeping every few hours as his body uses every scrap of energy to heal his extensive injuries.

It's grueling, and he hates it, hates being so dependent on others for his basic needs, and hates being away from his work. What's more is that he insists that his telepathy has gotten stronger; people are louder, more detailed in his head, and sometimes he gets headaches so blinding that he feels like his skull will explode. That's what he's dealing with on one rainy afternoon. He's seated in his hoverchair beside the window, the back of his skull pressed against the headrest as the pain behind his eyes begins to stab.

"You said," he says to Erik, his ever-present companion, "that if you attempted to fix me, it would take my telepathy away. Is that really true?"

Erik nods. "Beyond that, it is also incredibly dangerous; one little particle out of place and that is the end of you, neshama. But, we are making good progress on it, hm?" he says with a bright grin. "Just today you made a thumbs-up with your left! We are laying the pathways down, my love. In a way that is safe, that will preserve your abilities." (edited)

Charles closes his eyes. His glasses are askew, but even lifting an arm to fix them feels like too much effort. "What if I don't want my abilities anymore?" he asks quietly, voice tight. "If I agreed to give them up. You say it's dangerous, but you're already doing it elsewhere. I don't care if it takes time. It can take years, if it needs to. I think you could, Erik."

Erik takes a deep breath, wiggling his toes. "Charles," he whispers. "OK. Listen to me," he reorients himself carefully, his tone solemn and focused. "Your mutation is part of who you are. Part of the foundation of our reality. Part of how every citizen on Turtle Island lives their life. It is also part of how you experience me as an emotive being. You might not be aware that I don't display my emotions outwardly. Your mind fills it all in, it gets to the preverbal areas and generates what is beneath. However," he holds up a hand before Charles can interject.

"Mutant self-determination is my highest ideal. I won't ever make such a choice for you, neshama. If you decide that as we progress you prefer more mobility to telepathy, we can explore that. It needn't even be a binary on or off. For all that I help you recover, the cascade fills the gaps. So we adapt, hm? Right now, your telepathy is growing stronger. Because that's the adaptive cascade in reverse. You have more power now than... anyone, neshama. And, I was thinking, if you want. You can always use my mutation to help yourself. So you don't need to ask me for things. You can just use it, like it is your own. I trust you."

Charles pinches his lips together, thinking of all the ways he may fire back, but he says none of them. Instead, he exhales, extends himself outward, grabs hold of one of the tiniest tendrils of Erik’s abilities and uses it to straighten his glasses from afar. However, he overcorrects, and the frames fall off of his face and onto the floor, causing Charles to groan in frustration. “I have no desire to puppeteer you,” he says to Erik. “Rich coming from me, I know. But I’ve been feeling that the telepathy is more of a burden than anything lately. It hurts, and I’m not using it to do anything useful for the island, am I? It’s like an anvil, Erik. An anvil that’s currently splitting my skull in two.”

"I don't think of it that way," Erik says with a small smile. "Not like puppeteering. Just sharing. Like how you let me see into other minds, hm?" his brows raise, hopeful. "Why don't we ask Dr. Kirala to help you with your powers? Help you learn how to direct them, to sift out the noise and tamp it down. And we can practice, too, I'll teach you about my abilities. You'll be able to do things for yourself, yeah? I know," he murmurs, soft.

"You're frustrated and sore. I'm not saying no, either. I'm just saying, maybe there is a way to move. Because you are getting better, you know. And if you'd like, we can start holding some of those financial literacy classes in Ottawa, like we planned. We'll go together, you'll put together a curriculum. Work with me and Ailo. Help the people, use your gifts as they're intended. I know you have this in you, dear-heart. I know it. You are the bravest, strongest man I have ever met in my entire life. And with all of that courage, Charles, you will be able to handle these periods of vulnerability. You will not break into two. I won't let it happen. And," he holds up a hand. In an instant, all the chatter goes away until it is just Charles and Erik, their minds contained. "And I will help it to ease. So it doesn't hurt so much."

Charles knows that Erik, in all of his positivity and ideas and hope, fears that if Charles starts to lose some of his telepathy, he’ll no longer be able to see Erik as he does. He knows how others see Erik; it’s much different than what Charles knows him to be. Part of him wishes to convince himself that it won’t matter, that he’ll know who Erik is in his heart, but the years have taken his idealism out of him. Of course he’ll still know, but the experience may be different.

“I always thought that my telepathy was the most crucial part of my being,” he murmurs. “But now, I resent it. It couldn’t help me when I needed it against Hellfire.” There is still a lot of anger there, in Charles; he brings it up less than he did, but still often. “What’s the point of it? If I can’t protect myself or others…” And now he’s pouting again. Sighing, Charles turns his chair to look out the rainy window, vision as blurry as the day outside, without his glasses. “I don’t know, Erik. You have many ideas, I know. But I’m not sure what I feel like doing. If I’m to be truthful, I feel like doing nothing, mostly.”

Erik retrieves his glasses and settles them delicately back onto Charles's face, brushing a stray hair out of their frame absently. "I think that is OK, too," Erik says. "That you don't know. That it isn't easy. That you're upset and struggling. That you need time and space to recover and adapt to this profound injury, a world topsy-turvy. All I ask, Charles, is to just let us experiment with different things. Perhaps we will go traveling. Explore a little, hm? What is some place you have always wished to go. Anywhere in the cosmos. I know, it won't magically fix things. I know. It can't." He settles himself in the air, cross-legged at Charles's level, hands on his knees.

"But you have the control, OK? Whatever it is you would like to do, I will support you. Even if you want to just vegetate in bed. We can do that. Lots of good movies to watch. As for the point? I think the point is to connect with others. To share and learn. You couldn't act against Essex, but now, you probably could. Now, haven't you noticed all those null fields in Cerebro have dissipated? You gained that power, now. You can protect us, now. That is victory, neshama. They are dead and you are here. Loved and living. Thinking, helping. Holding my hand. They didn't win."

Charles sighs and leans against the headrest. He knows that he’s being maudlin right now, and he hates maudlin, but it’s hard to help, sometimes. Erik’s tireless positivity does indeed wear him down, however, if only a little. “Why don’t you make a suggestion as to what we ought to do, then? I’m allowed to veto, but I’ll treat your suggestions charitably.”

Erik rocks back, delighted at the engagement. "How about we make our very own little space, our... arcadia," he whispers. "No White House or staffers. Us. What we like. The forest, the rolling hills. A cabin. We'll pick up some new hobbies. Gardening," he decides. "And we will travel. China for tea. Israel and Greece. Ireland and Rome and Britain all around. India. Make some new friends with whales and elephants. Explore the sea and stars, yeah? See what is out there."

Charles considers the proposal, which seems fanciful on its face. Scott has been acting in his stead, but Charles is still consulted on most decisions and phones in to meetings most every day. The world, of course, is teeming with rumors; he’s asked everyone around him to keep the nature of his injury private, but it’s public knowledge that he is injured or ill. “I don’t know if I can travel much without being noticed,” he says after a moment. “It’s…one thing to step away from a position like mine while recovering from an injury, but it’s another to go traveling across the world, don’t you think?” Still, Charles doesn’t hate the proposal. “I like the idea of a cabin, though. And being alone.”

"We will find a way," Erik taps his nose. "You can subtly alter things, hm? They won't see Charles Xavier. They'll see someone else, who maybe looks like him," he decides with a scrunch of his nose. "Besides, who cares what anyone else thinks? You ought to be proud of yourself! You're recovering. You're traveling and that's that. Who is anyone to tell Charles Xavier he can't have a vacation! I'd imagine you'd put them right in their place."

“It’s not that I care what people think of me personally; you know I don’t care about that,” Charles says, gazing out the window. “But I have a lot of people relying on me to lead. I can’t have people lose confidence in me as a leader. I started this global experiment 30 years ago. If I can’t lead us through it, or if people don’t believe that I can, it will be chaos.” Charles is rarely so vulnerable, but he’s grown at least more comfortable with allowing Erik to see him this way. “But we can start with the cabin, I think. Arcadia. You can pick a spot.”

In a flash, the two of them disappear and the first thing Charles can hear is the chirping of insects and the sounds of swaying trees and wind-chimes. A waterfall carves up the distance along with rolling hills of red flowers and peeping birds. The cabin in question is visible, made out of dark-wood logs arranged quaintly with firewood stacks outside, a small garden, little knick-knacks. Finnick, Nina and Nino are all happily perched outside, the cats curled up under the sparrow by the welcome mat. Erik rocks back on his heels, delighted. Inside there's a staircase leading to the bedroom, a hearth and fireplace and a large kitchen with plants and yellow walls.

Chapter 115: her heart about to pop. She yowled, "How does my music strike you now?

Chapter Text

Charles first notices the decreased pressure behind his eyes when they reappear outside a cabin in some idyllic location. It’s not gone, but it’s far less severe. There is clearly significant distance between where they are currently and any densely populated area. He peeks inside the structure and finds a cozy home. It’s modest and wonderful, with bookshelves, records, plants, art. “Where are we?” Charles wonders aloud, propelling himself toward the window which overlooks a gentle meadow. “Not the island, I take it.”

"It's near Jordan, Judge's Spring," Erik whispers softly. In the distance are rolling hills of abundant red flowers. "I see my ima here, sometimes." It's one of the few times he's brought her up unprompted. "She likes this place. So I like it, and I think you will, too. She talks to me, sometimes. Maybe I'm crazy, but I think maybe she is like me. Through time and space. You'll meet her, someday. She'll love you."

“Will she really?” Charles asks darkly, slowly meandering about the space to inspect the furnishings. So many surprises, so many small things to look at. “I’m not…well, I’m not the type that a mother would usually ‘love,’ am I?”

Erik tries not to flinch at the tone, and clears his throat, refusing to let it ache. It's his own fault, he shouldn't have done it, brought it up like that. He's still growing, too. "I think you are," is what he says, smaller. "She would love you," he repeats again, firmer this time. "For your sake, and because you care for me so well."

Charles, realizing that is grim tone came across in a rather nasty way, stops his meandering. He’s moping, he realizes. And he hates moping. Erik has done so much for him over the course of the past few months, culminating, of course, with this. Their own paradise, Arcadia. That Charles doesn’t want Erik’s help doesn’t mean that he doesn’t need it. He does, in fact. And if Erik weren’t here, he’d probably still be in some hospital. “I’m sorry,” he says after a moment, moving to Erik’s side. “I didn’t mean it that way. I’m being self-absorbed, and that’s not fair. Tell me about your experiences with your mother here. What you do, what she says.”

Erik smiles, then, warm, and holds out his hand for Charles to take. With a hum, he arranges himself cross-legged in the air and floats them up toward the cliffside, culminating in a waterfall that flows gently into a lazy river below. "We like to sit here," he murmurs, fond. "Watching the little creatures. She does talk, but I can't really hear her. It's more like a loop, I think. A temporal cast-off, you know. But I can feel her, here. Even now. That she's watching. That she's happy, we have one another. We have this place."

“That’s interesting.” To say the least, of course. Charles wonders how such a thing is possible, though he’s begun to learn that anything that has to do with Erik will often defy what he believes is possible. “Have you ever spoken to her elsewhere?” he wonders next. “In the other worlds. Surely there are those in which she lived and everything is different. What is it you called it? The Expanse?”

Erik shakes his head a few times. "I haven't. Haven't tried to. Oh, I'm sorry, neshama. I don't mean to be so sad," he sniffs, and Charles realizes that he's been holding in this profound grief and horror this entire time. Only here, in the serenity of their Arcadia, do his shields threaten to buckle. "Herr Ivanov made me hurt her, before she died," he barely breathes. "She, she wouldn't want me for a son. And I, brought them all--brought them to you. Those men. Oh, I'm--oh, I'm so--" Erik covers his face.

Charles feels the agony as it slips from Pandora’s box and wash over them both. He experiences it as if it were his own. “Come here,” he murmurs, indicating his lap. “You won’t break me if you sit.” When Erik piles himself atop Charles’s lap, he wraps his arms as best as he can around Erik’s body and holds tight. “Of course she’d want you for a son. Look at all you’ve done for others, for me. What those men made you do doesn’t indicate anything about who you are. It indicates who they are, but not you. Do you understand me?”

"How could you ever forgive me, neshama?" he finally just says it, wetly into Charles's neck. "Not getting to them in time. Bringing them in your lah-life, and he hurt you. He hurt you, cut you and--oh, Charles. I'm sorry, I'm so sorry."

“What do you mean?” Charles murmurs, resting his forehead against Erik’s crown. But he knows what Erik means; of course he does. “I made those choices, Erik. You begged me not to go back, but I didn’t listen. Hmm? I was maniacal and cocky. I couldn’t stand that I’d been overpowered. It’s my own fault that I went back there. I would have died if it weren’t for you.”

"I c-couldn't overpower Essex. Couldn't come back. Just like when I was a little one. He did it the same. Made me hurt you. I hurt everyone, Charles. My ima and all the dead ones and now you, and, agh--" he gasps, a terrible pain glancing across his chest. "And I know. I know you wouldn't want me to say sorry, blame myself."

“I couldn’t overpower him either, Erik,” Charles reminds the man, gentle, steadfast. “I understand that you’re angry at yourself. What they made you do when you were a child is horrific, and would make anyone feel this way. That’s okay. You can feel this way. But know that it isn’t your fault, Erik. Even if you feel like it is. Keep that objective knowledge there.”

Erik rushes forward to bundle him up in an even tighter embrace, a warm cascade washes over him. "You really mean this," he gasps, breathless and anguished and imploring all at once. Giving all of himself, to Charles. Is he enough? He wishes to be.

"Of course I mean this." Charles spreads his better hand across the back of Erik's head as he holds him close, and goodness, does it feel good to be the one giving comfort once more. Evidently, there will always be space in his embittered soul for Erik. Warmth, only for Erik. "I see inside here. I don't see a culpable mind. I see a mind mired in guilt, but it's misplaced. You aren't culpable."

"I just feel. I came here. Brought this to your life, you know," Erik tries to say it lightly, huffing a little. "I knocked out all the guards and men first," Erik whispers. "That was a mistake. I just needed one second to prepare and then he--should have sent Hellfire away immediately--"

“You brought this to my life,” Charles counters, indicating not his injury, but them. Wrapped together, overlooking a towering waterfall in this beautiful place. “I know that I’m not the more expressive man, and you know that I have little interest in platitudes or soppiness. But Erik, I wouldn’t have it any other way. If you had never come in to my life, I might not have this injury, sure. But I also would not have you. And that’s not an exchange that I would be willing to make.”

"I love you," Erik murmurs into Charles's ear from where he's nestled in. "And we will make a life for ourselves that is extraordinary. We don't settle for less, hm? We will make a life for ourselves so full of joy and wonder, strong in character. Resilient. We will. I know it, Charles."

“I love you, too.” Charles holds Erik for a little while longer, the sounds of nature their only company. It’s…peaceful. Peace that Charles has not experienced…well. Ever? Perhaps. “I know where your children are,” he says, breaking their contented silence. “They escaped the facility years ago.”

Erik's eyebrows fly up, and his eyes snap back to Charles from the little sparrows he had been watching gossip amongst themselves. "Oh, Charles," he shakes his head fondly, all in a huff. Charles found his babies. His children. His little-ones. Erik materializes the small snowflake locket Magda gave him, in all its imperfections, lovingly rendered. "I think about them every day. What they are like. How they live. Their personalities. I try to learn Italian and Romanian, too."

“They’re in Italy now.” Charles weaves a vision above both of them, a map of the northern half of the country. “There,” he offers, zeroing in on a remote pocket between two mountains. “Your daughter is very powerful, she was able to cloak the two of them until my abilities developed further. If you wanted to go to them, you can.”

Erik pauses a little. His whole being longs to immediately go to them, no questions asked. But it's a delicate thing. Weaving the threads together, he slowly adjusts the fabric. Here, and there. Smoothing out, softening. "Maybe... I can write them a letter," he whispers. "To let them know. So they can choose, if they want?"

“I think that’s a good idea,” Charles offers, patient and gentle. “If you let them choose on their own terms, I think they’ll be more amenable to a meeting.” He pauses for a moment, self-aware. “If they want to come here, too. They can. I don’t mean to isolate you from the world.”

Erik just laughs, though. "Oh, the world will always be waiting. Perhaps we will visit them, or they can visit us. It needn't be black-and-white, hm? I bet Jean and Raven will want to come visit. Scott, too. It has been a while since you bested him at chess." Erik lays his hand across Charles's cheek, slowly weaving it together that he does have people who love him and support him, and it isn't just Erik, either. He has a real community.

Charles hesitates. He hasn’t left the private wing of the White House for a moment since he woke up, and nobody other than Erik, Hank, and other doctors/specialists have been allowed to come in. Including Scott, his protege. “I’m not sure,” he says after a moment. “Your children are one thing, but the rest of them? I’m just not so sure, Erik.”

Erik lifts his bad hand to join his good in framing Charles's opposite cheek. "I would never force it upon you, neshama. But you are more than just a boss or a world leader to these people. You're Scott's family, Jean, too. Their care for you isn't purely business, you know. You mightn't be friends in a traditional sense, but you hold a place right here for them. Ailo, too." One of his hands drops over Charles's heart. "Carmen, Kitty, Teri and Daniel. Izzy and Janos. Even little Raven. She once transformed into Albert Einstein for three days because you quoted him in a speech."

Charles struggles with this. He’s never regarded any of his colleagues as friends. In fact, he doesn’t believe that he has any friends at all. Scott was his ward perhaps when he was young, and he and Hank and Ailo collaborate closely, but they’re not friends. Charles has worked to keep distance between himself and others, believing it to be necessary to his success as a leader. If the citizens of the island understood him to be the cold, distant head of state, they would never fear that he was giving favors to people close to him, and for his own sake, it would be much easier to lead without the hurdle of personal feelings. “I think that it’s better if I remain only a boss,” he says carefully. “Do you know what I mean?”

Erik nods, though. "I do. But, I think sometimes, it's OK to acknowledge that the people around you do hold a special place, too. Not just for special favors and things. But just because," Erik laughs softly. "But I would never presume to force that on you."

“Then I’ll leave it be, for now,” Charles decides, though the for now leaves the door open, certainly, for a change of heart. “When I was younger, I didn’t even want to wear my glasses in public,” he tells Erik with a huff. “I have a severe astigmatism and always have. But I thought people would think I was weak if I wore glasses. Isn’t that something?”

"How we think of being weak and strong, that affected me, so profoundly," Erik whispers with a smile. "Schmidt only wishes for strength, to make me strong. Gut gemacht when I kill and beat and scream. And hideous punishment if I rescue a little kitten, or give a small one a hug. Brutality was rewarded. And I took this into myself. That I am soft, I am weak. Pitiful, unworthy. But that is not true, neshama. When we struggle, that is when we must help our brethren. When we falter, that is when we lift one another up. It is the mark of a weak person who would see something vulnerable and elect to cause even greater suffering."

“I suppose we all have different definitions of weak and strong,” Charles muses, idly lifting his better hand to stroke Erik’s hair with clumsy fingers. “I’ve always thought that those who cared for the weak and the helpless were brave and noble. Which is why I like you so much; helping others is always on your mind. I never thought that I’d be weak and helpless, is all.”

"It's not so linear, either," Erik says pensively. "Sometimes we break, that happens. But, just as often, we can be repaired. Just as often, we can recover and gain strength in ways we didn't even understand, before. Now, I am strong enough to be comfortable with vulnerability. I'm not scared to be soft, and I want to protect that quality in myself and others. You will learn, too, where your strength lies. Honor, dignity, all that. They are concepts that we hang onto, a rod to berate ourselves with when we fail to measure up. You saw my history. No part of that was dignified, or honorable. I was little more than a piteous animal, kicked from person to person. But I grew, I am somebody now."

“You’re somebody spectacular,” Charles murmurs, for he truly cannot fathom how someone as magnificent as Erik could be made to believe he was anything less than that. Schmidt’s mind had been largely inaccessible to him, but what he could sense had been filthy, slimy, slick with oil. That such a person could make Erik believe himself to be weak and worthless makes him angry; he wishes they could bring him back to life so they could kill him all over again. He can feel this way about Erik while also holding different standards for himself. It’s cognitive dissonance, he knows, but cognitive dissonance is real and legitimate. “What would you like for me to do?” he asks then, genuine. “If you could change the way I think or feel about this situation. What would you change?”

Erik nudges forward to press a kiss to Charles's forehead. "I think... I would encourage you to view things holistically. That you aren't worthless or weak or better off dead. I would very much wish for you to learn to find the joy of things. Real joy. To let that in, even if it means feeling bad sometimes, too. The good and the bad. They both have just as much right to exist."

Charles considers Erik’s words carefully. How can he holistically view his situation? He doesn’t think he’s not been holistic, but perhaps Erik is right. Perhaps it’s time to move away from the bounds he’s constructed to restrain himself for so many years after all. “I don’t know what that means for me,” he admits. “But I suppose I can try to find out. Perhaps you can help. I’ll let you lead me in that arena, if you’re so inclined.”

Erik laughs. "Oh, I think I can manage that," he says with a broad grin.


All at once, their idyllic home dissolves into the upside-down of snowflake-flurries, and Charles and Erik head off into the universal Expanse out before them, hand-in-hand. Charles recognizes this place from Erik's dreams, the sights and colors of historical Alexandria thousands of years ago, with themselves appearing in the toga-style clothing of the day. Erik rocks back on his heels, whistling innocently. Before them is a brilliant market, vegetables hanging out of stalls, birds chirping, vendors haggling in the distance.

"This is where I used to come, all the time," he whispers warmly. "When I was in the plastic place. Here, where they couldn't get at me. Anywhere you want to go. Anytime, too, neshama. Anything you want to see."

The sights and sounds of ancient Alexandria before them is astounding as Charles takes in his surroundings. They’re dressed in traditional clothing, and he’s seated in a much lower tech chair. His instinct nags at him to resent his lack of independence in such a chair, but that instinct, as it turns out, is suppressed by the sheer amazement that comes with being in this place, at this time, with Erik. Perhaps there is something to Erik’s methodologies.

“I always was fascinated with medieval England,” Charles murmurs softly, watching as a pair of men strides down the grand promenade, hand in hand. “My mother’s family. They came from Northumbria. My aunt always said that we were in Britain even before the normans, before the Vikings, and before the Saxons. Descended from the offspring of Romans and Celts, she said.” He rolls his eyes, but is smirking, clearly titillated by the idea of seeing it all for himself. “Show me around this place? Show me what you like. And then, could we go there?”

 Erik smirks, then, and points off in the distance. "That's Egypt. Sometimes I go to Cairo, for a laugh. There are still Jews in Israel, too. A bit scattered, but Old Yishuv is lively. My family has a restaurant, over there," he chatters as he gently pushes Charles forward through the crowds. His pale skin sticks out somewhat, but Erik meshes fully, red hair and all. "This is right before the Siege, and before the supernova," he explains with a hum. And then, they dissolve once more, to re-form amidst the rolling hills and valleys of the British countryside where little farms dot the distance and women in thick dresses carry weaving over their shoulders and men with axes march into the forests for the day.

When they reappear on a muddy road in the middle of a small village, Charles gasps softly. The natural scenery looks like the Britain of his youth—lush hills and a sky choked with thick clouds, wind licking at thistles and weeds. The village, of course, is unrecognizable, a haphazard arrangement of thatched roof cottages and crooked huts. Men and women trudge past them both, eyeing them curiously, cautiously. Everyone that passes by seems to have a dirty face, missing teeth. Charles begins to laugh to himself then, a chuckle that grows louder and louder. “Absurd, isn’t it? How the English believed themselves to be natural rulers of the world. Compare Alexandria to this. A cosmopolitan metropolis and a muddy hovel. My goodness.“

"Oh, I think they're both meritorious in their own way, hm? Look, the mill, there. They run that, the technology is something for the day. It's all people trying their best. Really, the big issue is Feudalism, which we all know, yeah? I don't think these people want to rule the world. They just want to feed their families, protect against disease. Lots of sickness here, too," Erik whispers. "I can sense it in the air. Some of it is Christiandom, of course. They thought dirt was a layer of protection against demons and that Jews were evil. But they just didn't know better. It's all quite sad."

“You’ve a remarkable knack for seeing the bright spots amid darkness,” Charles points out. “Always so charitable, it’s praiseworthy.” Charles looks down at the sack that he’s now wearing, and the much more rickety chair in which he’s seated. It’s centuries further along than ancient Alexandria but looks like millennia behind. “The English believe themselves to be naturally better than others. Not a unique tendency, mm? Many people did and do believe such nonsense. How prideful people are about being descendants of Celts, or Romans, or Saxons, or Vikings.” He waves his good hand. “Why be prideful about something so inconsequential? Something one can’t change or control?”

"Oh, I think there's worth to being proud of one's heritage, hm? I'm Jewish, and Greek, and I like being both!" he grins, because see, Charles? Even now, he finds the bright spot. "We have our heritage and our traditions, and that's tied to the land, for thousands of years. That's pretty meritorious. Of course, when it comes down to viewing one's self as better, that's the rub. We are not better, just different."

“But isn’t it all just valuable because you’ve placed value on it?” Charles asks, not accusatory, just curious. “Heritage, traditions, ties to land. There’s nothing inherently meritorious about that, is there? It only is because we’ve made it so.”

"Well that's like anything, I think," Erik says with a little shrug. "Things only ever have meaning because we give meaning to them. And we give meaning to them because it makes us feel good, and we move away from suffering because our neurology compels it. And why that is, is just random, isn't it?"

“Oh, no,” Charles disagrees, and this is why he loves Erik so, he remembers yet again. They can disagree so magnificently and still appreciate the other’s point-of-view. “Suffering is anti-evolutionary. We suffer too much and we want to die. That desire doesn’t comport with the plans our genes have for us. So our neurology compels it for a very good reason, mm?”

Erik laughs and leans down to give him a hug, draping one arm over his shoulder. "That's a good point. But, just as easily, our nervous systems could have just evolved no sensation at all! No pain, no emotion. We could have just some kind of neutral vibration instead of pain, right? Especially chronic pain, like mine. Since I know my hand is injured there's no need for it to still hurt, yet it does. There's no real need for anything. It's just totally random!" He grins, delighted at being able to present his viewpoint without worrying that he'll be punished for it, later. In this, Charles offers more of a boon than he could ever realize.

Charles grabs Erik's hand in his good one, now wrapped in a period-appropriate splint, which means that his fingers are bent and splayed. "Sure there is a need for it," Charles says quietly. "Pain signals to you that you shouldn't use your hand. You can't use it, but your body uses energy to keep it intact. Blood, nerves. Maybe your body wants you to get rid of it." Charles closes his eyes and burrows into Erik's head, right atop the nociceptors, and then, in an instant, the pain in Erik's hand, and the rest of his joints disappears. "But, perhaps it's okay if we do things that are anti-evolutionary sometimes, too. That's the unique thing about humanity. We can do that."

Erik sags against him, practically moaning in stunned relief as the aches that have accompanied his harrowing existence all but melt away. The tension snaps and he feels liquid, a human Jell-O. "Oh, what were we talking about?" he rumbles, his voice a low hum from within his chest. All around them things begin to shine and lift, particles glowing with pleasure.

Charles smiles to himself as Erik’s weight blankets him. “Evolution,” he tells the now sleepy Erik., rubbing his back. “How we’re able to stand up to it sometimes, as humans. Reject the destiny that it has planned for us. I think you’d agree to that, mm?”

"Mmn hmnn," Erik says, well and truly out-maneuvered by sheer overwhelming relief. He presses a kiss to Charles's neck, beneath his ear, smiling into skin. I'll show you my stars. Polaris, Orion the Hunter. And the earth was without form, and void;/and darkness was upon the face of the deep./And the Spirit of God moved/upon the face of the waters... Erik weaves the verse, a muted irony that
here is he, who can indeed separate the land and the sky and all of the oceans. But he is no god. Just Erik, a man with a very solemn power.

Charles chuckles as Erik dissolves into verse, a most wonderful peculiarity that he deeply enjoys. Take us back? We can get into bed and rest.


After a long, arduous day wandering the Expanse, Erik finally whisks them back home where the chirruping of birds greets them to their Arcadia, filling the spaces left behind in their stead. Erik blinks and the hearth alights across the room, crackling logs warming the air as his arms wrap Charles up just as much. There. Safe and snug, he smirks.

Charles sighs once they’re back in their cozy hut, sinking into a giant feather bed covered in soft blankets and pillows. His own body grows sore after sitting for hours and hours at a time, even in the specially designed chair that Erik made him. This bed seems to take the pressure off of his joints and skin; it’s almost as if they’re floating. When’s the last time you were pain-free? he asks softly, slotting himself alongside Erik in bed. Can you remember?

Erik shakes his head. Must be when I was a little one, he estimates softly, eyes slipping closed as he relishes the sensation. Schmidt said that the only way to improve my power was for it to hurt. That mutation is tied to adrenaline, cortisol. To get stronger, you have to suffer. It's more... that mutation fills in the spaces, when you're injured. It doesn't mean we should hurt little ones, you know? It just means, that there is a trade off. And cure isn't always the best solution, if we can adapt in other ways.

Charles considers this. He was wrong, he decides. Pseudoscience. Adrenaline may activate certain pathways that trigger mutation, but that’s merely one method. There are other mechanisms. More productive ones. What a fool, that man was. Overconfident and incorrect. A deadly combination, hmm? Charles is gently scritching Erik’s scalp. Wouldn't you agree? Don’t you feel more powerful now?

Erik shivers under Charles's ministrations, eyes fluttering as a pulse arrows to his gut all of a sudden and then he shudders, his senses overcome. His eyes tear up and he hides his head, flushed and ashamed and shaking. It's too much, it's too close, and the agony that has been his companion for three decades has melted into buttery sparks. But briefly, he can't help but ping a melancholic loathing at the center of his chest, a snapped string that reminds him he is just like Schmidt. All his thoughts are scattering like dull bowling balls, each one a thudding crack against bitter wood. He's sorry. He's so sorry. He never meant for it to get out. Charles is reeling, recovering from a devastating injury, and Erik can't contain himself, can't stifle it down. Selfish. Evil.

You’re wrong. Charles doesn’t encourage Erik to stop feeling what he’s feeling. It’s like a reflex; a dying breath of all the monster that Schmidt had placed on Erik’s shoulder. When Erik sinks into warmth or peace, the monster changes the mold. What had been comfortable before is now jagged, sharp. But Charles knows that telling Erik to simply ignore such feelings will do nothing but feed the monster. With his good thumb, he wipes away the tears, and then holds Erik’s chin so that eye contact is forced, as is his habit. It’s Schmidt, Erik. Not you. This feeling you have is Schmidt’s. Not yours. And you’re not correct. You’re nothing like him. Not even remotely. Tell me why you believe otherwise.

Because I---want--- Erik's lips part, brows drawn together as his eyes widen and snap to Charles's. Not, like him. Not for hurting. Not you, never you, he barely breathes, irises limned in flares of verdant green and streaks of red. Sunset-sparks that alight on the trails of dust-motes as they shimmer past. It all tumbles out in a rush, before he has time to structure it or make it bearable, as he usually orients so carefully, always shielding and protecting. His shields have cracked open, and simmering heat rushes out. Not supposed to want. Not this way. I try to keep it inside. Don't wish to make you uncomfortable. Hurt. To think I only want you for that. Like him.

Charles is surprised to feel it all spill out, unmitigated, for Erik usually works hard to keep things controlled. He knows that he does. But Charles has felt the collective agony of humanity press down upon his psyche for most of his life, and so Erik’s pain, though remarkable and profound, is not too much. And so he holds Erik’s chin tight, commanding yet gentle. Force of care rather than control. Because you want what? he asks. To be powerful? I know you have no desire to hurt me or anyone else.

Erik swerves into it, and Charles feels the entire world around him contract and expand in intricate spires. Not power, he rasps, low and humming. You. Want. You. And then Charles realizes that it's not pain at all, save for the guillotine-pendulum of echoic past-intrusion. Desire, pulled like a ripcord. It floods over in an awesome arc, settling low in his belly. Guileless without form, drawn in like static electricity zapping from where Charles's fingers hold his jaw in line.

Charles blinks, immediately reinterpreting what he thought was pain. It’s desire, limned with something like fear, perhaps self-loathing. But mostly desire. Instantly, Charles is self-conscious, his sure grip loosening as he himself is flooded with a deluge of something uncomfortable. “Oh…Erik,” he murmurs, releasing the man’s jaw. “I don’t think…I can’t. Not like this—I don’t think I can….” His cheeks are flushed as he considers his own inadequacy. “I’m…sorry. Goodness. I want to, too. But I can’t.”

Erik burrows his head into Charles's shoulder, shaking. It's difficult not to feel defective, to take it into himself, even though he understands on a greater level that this isn't what will help the situation. There's no part of him that wants for Charles to push himself past his own comfort just to appease Erik, that would be worse than anything he could possibly imagine. Something wrong with me, he repeats, in tears. I know. I try, to keep it away. But, he does glance up momentarily, and a small smile appears on his face. Whenever you're ready, you know. You must know, you, like this. That is totally irrelevant to me. Look in my mind, and see it is true. I want you. However you are is perfect to me. You are beautiful, inside and out. We will make our own way, just as we always have.

Erik, Charles murmurs, pushing his fingers through red curls as the man burrows his face. You think that something is wrong with you because you want to be physically intimate with me? There’s nothing more normal, more human than that precise desire. His voice is gentle. What Schmidt and his men did to you is inhuman. But desiring physical intimacy is certainly not. Do you understand me? Carefully, he lifts Erik’s chin once more, but doesn’t hold it in place. Physically, I can’t. That’s what I mean. I can’t feel anything below my chest, let alone move anything. I can’t be with you in that way. I’d love to, I really would, but… he trails off, and it’s his turn to break the eye contact, looking away. I’m sorry. You’re certainly free to look elsewhere to satisfy that desire. I’d be happy for you to.

Erik blinks at him, brows knitting together, as if he doesn't understand what has just been said to him. He takes Charles's hand, instead, unsure how to communicate what he intends, and in another moment, Charles's shirt melts from him, leaving his upper half bared. He takes his hand and places it above Charles's heart, and warmth through his fingers sparks beneath Charles's skin in a fiery rush. It's then that he feels it - everywhere. Suffusing his entire being, an echo of sensation like a livewire that circuits from Erik right into him. Heat blooms again, zipping through his heart. He wonders if it will cease beating.

I don't -- not, just -- just for me. For you, too. You can feel, here. Hm? his thumb idly brushes across soft skin. Here? fingertips along Charles's neck. H-here, he stumbles, the pad of his thumb over Charles's lips. I love you, is what he says, soft. I don't need to 'satisfy myself' with anyone else. I didn't even -- I didn't even know I could feel this. Without Essex. Making me. And it doesn't feel like what he did. I've never, ever felt this before and it -- terrifies me, a little, he laughs, shy again.

But his next words are firm, because this is important. You are who I want, just as you are. I don't need what you think, he adds, gentle. I, I don't work in the same way as everyone else. It's, it's all -- it's what you -- say, and how you are. That, that -- how you talk to me -- he stammers once more, cheeks growing red anew.

Charles shudders under Erik’s touch, eyes widening just a hair. Because yes, he can feel it, and he does understand, now. It’s not about sex, in that way. Erik is different. He grew up associating that sort of physicality with pain and degradation, but that’s not what he’s associating this with now. Charles gets it. And so, with his good hand, he toys at Erik’s pants until the fly snaps open. He rubs at Erik’s hip, eyes locked with Erik’s own as his pulse quickens. How I talk to you? he repeats, voice lower, more self-assured. In control once more. How I talk to you like you’re all mine?

Erik groans, low and wounded and ducks his head once again as a wave of pure, molten plasma washes over his entire body, spilling from head to toe and out right into the center of Charles's chest, where it burns like an ember. "Mmn hmn," he rumbles hoarsely. Pupils widen, and Charles can feel as Erik swells between his legs and his hips cant upward unconsciously, and everything hums. "Yah-yours. Yours, Charles," he whispers. He is for Charles. His insides are like liquid gold, everything hot and heavy. Never, never can he remember it being like this. Not with anyone--- "please," he barely breathes. Please, let me be yours. Please.

Something hot burns in Charles’s chest, and he wishes that he could flip their positions so that he was hovering over Erik, knees on either side of his hips. But he finds that there is intense pleasure in making Erik shudder and stammer in his hands, those fingers tickling the sensate parts of his body. In fact, where Charles would normally feel a guttural desire to fuck, he now feels overwhelmingly like making Erik simply melt in his hands. Mine, he repeats, fingers teasing at his boxers, gently brushing against a growing bulge. Tell me, Erik. What do you want?

All of it crashes over Erik with such intensity that it wrenches a whine out of the back of his throat, eyes crossing as he arches right up into those seeking fingers. Everything is sensitized, alight like fireflies. Charles feels like this because of him, because of him. Erik shakes with the awareness, brows pinching together. Charles is touching him, right there. This part of himself that has felt like a foreign limb sewn on, a macabre experiment. For his entire life. That was only ever used to torment him for the sadistic pleasure of the monsters who raised him.

It wasn't ever like this. Even when Essex would control him, make him say things, make him do things. (Could Charles do that, too? Erik realizes with a shiver that he very well could, and where he ought to find that thought distressing and violating he only warms anew. Because he could. And it would be his right, because Erik belongs to Charles. He belongs.)

"You -- please?" He wants Erik to melt, and Erik thinks he might very well mean it literally. "Bitte, berühre mir, lass mir dich berühren," he lapses into his native language, raising a hand to Charles's cheek to rest his palm there. From the moment of connection Charles feels it swirl up into the center of his brain and raze right back down, nerves flooded over.

Charles has seen the memories playing out across Erik’s psyche. Forced to his knees, to his back or stomach, fingers gripping the mattress as he endures the torture. Or, even worse, his mind and body overtaken by the filthy Nathaniel Essex, made to move like a marionette. Their own sex toy, abused and treated like filth.

Not anymore. Though Charles can only really move his one arm, it’s enough, he decides, to make Erik understand that he’s now Charles’s, and that being Charles’s means that he’s going to be treated like a king. Like a partner. That his pleasure is Charles’s mission. And so Charles finally wraps his fingers around Erik’s cock fully, swiping his thumb over the precum to lubricate the erect shaft, and begins to slowly pump.

Look at me, he commands, his own bare skin alight. You want me? How badly, darling? Show me.

Erik doesn't recognize himself any longer, this alien creature of avarice that flares in his belly and spills out from the tip of him. Making a mess over Charles's fingers. Everything is hot and heavy and pounding, thudding at the center of his being like war drums. "Charles," he rasps, eyes barely held open under their own power. Until they aren't under his power at all. He is not under his own power. And this is not new to him, a lack of agency. What is new is what comes in its stead. The gentle slip of Charles's warm palm against him. The way he makes Erik feel like there is no one else in the universe but him, and that it's OK. That he is OK. That he is safe.

What is new... a laugh burbles out of him, disjointed, but real and warm. "You always call me nice things," he murmurs, head ducking slightly so the words tumble into Charles's ear as his hips arch up and up, desperately seeking. Tears well, dripping down his cheeks, but he's smiling. No sorrow, here. Just pure, deep devotion and wide-eyed yearning. "Sweetheart. Darling. Makes me feel. Alive. Worthy. Cherished. Never before. Never, ever. Then, you. Didn't know. At first. Would dream, of you. Kissing me and looking at me. Telling me what to do," he gasps. "Nights were so long," he huffs.

You do not know how badly. Dreamed of you. Sometimes you just smile at me or tell me, in that way of yours and I, I--want. No one ever, ever. Just you--want to--learn, find how. On you. To please you, Charles. Want to--

Charles’s own desire has been channeled elsewhere, toward ensuring that Erik knows exactly how Charles feels about him. It’s all about Erik now, about making him know that he’s safe with Charles, that Charles isn’t like the ones who treated him so horribly… But others might believe that he is.

Others do, in fact. Charles Xavier, the most divisive figure of the century, who successfully ushered in a new world order in such cavalier fashion. A tender lover? He’s never been one. Nor has he ever been so selfless. But Erik has unlocked many doors that Charles hadn’t even known existed. And so he continues to pump at Erik’s cock, wishing he could do more but single-minded and focused all the same.

No more long nights, he rumbles. Please me this way. Give yourself over to me. I’ll keep you safe and whole. My Erik. Only mine.

It's almost funny, for Erik himself would not use such a term as selfish to ever apply to Charles. He knows what it is to give others pleasure, or perhaps merely to be taken from all the same. It's novel, to think that anyone would desire to focus on drawing this from him. Novel, and wondrous. All around them is aglow, light shimmers across the endless ocean of atoms separating them, swirls about in kaleidoscope repose.

Erik shudders once more, for there is little needed to bring him ever closer to release, and his good hand reflexively curls against Charles's hip, and he shifts their positions to hover over him, staring down. Entranced, smiling. He hovers in place, to raise a hand to Charles's cheek. A flutter there, of sensation that arcs like fire beneath his veins. Traveling all over his body, hitching a ride on hemoglobin.

You're so beautiful, whispers his mind, a private thought. Not even meant for anyone else, it's simple observation.

The ripple stutters through Charles’s body, and momentarily, he can feel it all. It’s immense pleasure, a gift, but he’s still focused on Erik and Erik only. Bringing him pleasure, making him feel safe, cared for. It’s unusual to be hovered over like this, but he doesn’t mind it, for Erik is sweet and genuine, and they both just know. Charles smiles back.

Thank you, he replies, and that’s that. He quickens the movement of his hand. You’re close.

It's met with a gasp, like Erik is just realizing that for the first time, or more than likely from the spark that flares off in his gut as he careens over the edge. Somewhere, somehow, he has the sense to hang on, and his fingers trail down Charles's neck. Close. Please. Feel it. You. You're touching me. I'm--Charles--

Charles can’t lift himself up, thrust Erik into the mattress, and help him finish properly, but he can do things improperly. Though he decides he isn’t embarrassed about giving Erik a handjob like they’re a pair of teenagers, he feels as if he could be doing more…. Sliding in further to Erik’s psyche, he envelops the pleasure center of that wonderful brain, hijacking the sensory receptors. In his grasp, they’re clay; he can make Erik feel things that aren’t there. And so he does.

No longer does Erik only feel the tightness of Charles’s hand, which never stops moving, he feels much more. Bypassing the physical, Erik’s brain is suddenly flooded with organic, toe-curling dopamine, pooling warm in his chest. Charles knows that this sudden onset will make Erik unwind quickly, but he’s right there alongside him and eager enough to experience it, too. Go on. You can come, he drawls, and opens a fresh stream into Erik’s system once again.

Physicists have wondered what's beyond a black hole, anyway? from the moment they were incepted. Erik supplies the answer.

Here and now, the two of them dissolve into billions of particles that float amongst the vast and endless Expanse. Seeing, doing, being, teaching. Charles is no longer Charles at all, but multitudes. Everything at once, experiencing pleasure in every form. In each construction, overlaid a thousand-fold. Erik and Charles cease to be, just for a moment, connecting instead to the greater sum of existence for that fraction of a second that Erik trembles in his arms and spills over the edge. No longer arms, or a room, or bodies. It's everything, everywhere, all at once. Hope, life, death. Joy and sorrow. Melancholia juxtaposed fractal creation. Laughter, musical and soft, melds them back together. Erik is a weaver of the world, knitting them whole once more.

Safe and snug.


Charles is speechless when they reappear in bed. Somehow it feels like it’s been years and no time at all, all at once, but he knows. He knows that Erik has just taken them somewhere magnificent, indescribable. A place that only Erik can access. It’s then that it hits them once more that Erik is the most powerful being alive, the one person who could do it all. The one person who doesn’t want it, which is why he’s the one person who should have it. “That was a different reaction than I’ve had before,” Charles chuckles finally, warm and smiling.

Erik grins broadly, laughing up a storm. Who knew he got giggle-y after sex? Not Erik, that's for sure. But he is practically giddy, delighted and enthralled all at once. Kept in place, right here. "We should do that all the time," he breathes, "travel the universe in-between. All day, and at night go walking in Tokyo or Paris," he laughs and laughs. For, with all the power of the Expanse at his fingertips, what Erik most longs for is joy. Home, hearth. Pleasure. Freedom. Shaw fancied him a Stoic, but Erik realizes he's probably a hedonist.

“Well, I can’t go walking,” Charles tuts in good humor. “But, I’ll float or roll alongside you, mm? Wherever you’d like to go. You have the world and all the worlds beyond at your fingertips.” He runs his own through Erik’s hair, satisfied. “What would you do with my powers if you had them?” He asks after a moment. “Only mine and not yours.”

Erik purses his lips, thoughtful. "I'm not sure," he admits softly. "But I'd want to use them. Perhaps I'd start by pursuing law enforcement, or criminal justice, law. Somewhere forensic, where the ability to detect deception would be crucial. I'd have stopped Hitler, stopped the war. Like you did. And I might well have done what you did, only I would have from the beginning sought to give the land back to the original inhabitants. So it wouldn't really be me in charge. I'd just keep it safe, protect them. But I'd likely encounter the same issues as you, hm? Because people are still run by economy, by resource. And people can fight back by striking, in that way. Fortunately, we needn't worry about that now," he says with a smile.

“I’m not sure we would have run into the same issues had you and I swapped places at the start,” Charles muses, pushing his glasses up his nose as he considers the prospect. “You and I have different ways of doing this. Different ways of dealing with others. Would you have chosen to create a world like this? I doubt it, for some reason.” Lazily, he resumes playing with Erik’s hair, thoughtful. “You’d be a good leader. A great one.”

"And you don't have to wonder what you would do," Erik grins. "With my power. Because you have it. What you do with it is what you do." It's a very simple statement, but the magnitude of what Erik is saying takes a few more moments to sink in, especially given their prior activities. Erik well-and-truly trusts Charles, and he knows his trust is not misplaced. They might not have made the same choices, but Erik knows that Charles has learned the lessons the universe has really wanted to teach him.

Charles hums. “You put a lot of faith in me,” he tells Erik. “I’m not sure that I’d be as just and selfless as you. Sometimes I look at our world and see something irreparable. I’ve tried to fix it for thirty years and haven’t been successful. If I could do what you do, really, and if you weren’t here to moderate…I’m not sure I’d be so keen to keep trying.”

Erik reaches up and touches his face. "It's a very tough position to be in, neshama. I spent years of my life enslaved, at the whims of some of humanity's worst. But I've also seen countless joys, and good, too. One needn't look far past our own little family for that," he laughs, gentle. "I think people are afraid, we've done things this one way for hundreds of thousands of years. Change on this magnitude, that's very scary. That's why we just keep trying, just keep doing the work."

“The difference between you and I,” Charles murmurs, wiping a stray hair from Erik’s forehead with his thumb, “is that you’re an optimist and I’m a pessimist.” He considers his words for a moment, and then corrects himself. “Or, perhaps I’m a cynic and you’re simply not cynical. There exists a chasm between cynicism and non-cynicism, even if they’re only separated by a single degree, mm?” Charles gazes out the window of their brand new cabin, which feels at once ancient, too. It’s dark now, but he can hear the faint clatter of the nearby waterfall from behind the gauzy curtains, whispered to life by the gentle night air. “I struggle to believe that we might be able to achieve what I set out to do. What we need. And I therefore struggle to accept that what I’ve done has been worth it.”

"It's a heavy burden," Erik murmurs. "I am not cynical, this is true. Not naive, either. I look at it like this: we all choose what is most precious to us. What matters, who matters. How we feel. And so, I guide my actions by this star. What feels good and right. What feels pleasant. And I move away from what interferes. Pain, doubt, fear, anger. All we can ever do is our very best, neshama. And in the end, Baruch Dayen Ha'emet. There is no grand scheme of things. Even G-d has no inherent purpose. So how we judge, how we've lived? I don't concern myself with it. How I judge is by the results. What happens when I do things. Good results, I move there. Bad results, I move away. And then we go on again, to whatever new thing catches our fancy. For all time, little tadpoles swimming in cosmic streams."

Charles chuckles, but in reverence and appreciation of Erik’s seemingly boundless wisdom. The font of all things wonderful, his Erik. Charles adores him. “And what happens if I look back and see bad results? Anger, restlessness, liminality,” he hums. “No longer the world I forced us to collectively abandon, not yet close to the world I’d hoped we be. Something in-between.”

"Then you move away, hm? You try something new. That's all. Nobody gets it right the very first time. Especially this. We're brand new, a relatively young species. And mutants, even younger still. When a bird's nest breaks, it flies away and builds a new one. It learns better how to fortify, how to make it work and endure." Erik winks at him, sprawled out and lazy, a hand idly stroking along Charles's shoulder-blade where sensation still seeps, a tingle of ice and fire that soothes rather than stings. "We could learn from those sparrows."

“You’ll have to translate the sparrows for me,” Charles muses, relaxing back against the pillows. “I can’t understand them like you can. But I trust you. I trust only you,” he admits with a huff, more to himself than to Erik. “Tell me what they’re trying to teach us, hmm?”

Erik gives him a tap on the nose, his own wrinkling up fondly. He holds out his finger and just as fast, a peeping little bird hops into existence, like magic. Maybe it is magic, something about machinery and science and indistinguishability, for lack of knowledge. And they can't claim to really understand the source of these abilities. Erik, though fanciful in other areas, tends to chalk it up to science all the same. But every once in a while, he likes to tease. "He says he is very pleased to meet you," Erik translates, solemn and serious as the sparrow tilts its head.

And they sift on.

Chapter 116: You ridicule me and you mock, snipe from the cover of the copse,

Chapter Text

In the quiet, their presence unseen but felt, the travelers move onward.

November, 1964. Westchester, New York

Professor? Sorry, I know you’re in class.



Charles’s students would never know that he’s just experienced an intrusion to distract him from their lesson; his life is full of distractions like this, and he wouldn’t be a very good educator if he couldn’t roll with them whenever they reared their head. And so, he continues his lesson, affording no less attention to his students than he had before. Typical brains can’t multitask, but his brain has been made for that very thing. “Jean, I thought that your take on Derrida’s attack on Sartre was compelling. Might you wish to apprise your classmates of a summary?”



As she begins, Charles addresses Hank, the interrupter. What is it, Hank?



Secretary Strange just called. It’s the Genoshans again. A handful have arrived in Brooklyn and are heading into the city.

Charles closes his eyes briefly, extending himself outward a handful of miles southeast, to see what he can see….and sure enough, there they are. No violence, yet. 



What does he want me to do?

Well, he says that the army and the NYPD have both tried to approach, but they can’t get within 100 feet of any Genoshan. Looks like Magneto’s created some sort of barrier that prevents anyone with a badge from getting near, or something of that nature.



Of course. Of course Magneto has done that. Charles can’t think of anything more fitting; even if Magneto isn’t here to cause terror, his eagerness to send a message of his own strength and ability to American military and cops is undeniable. Charles wouldn’t be surprised if he’s here to do only that. Tell him we’ll be there within the hour.


In 55 minutes, in fact, Charles and his select team are standing on the Williamsburg bridge, dressed in their blue-and-yellow ensembles, blocking the small team of Genoshans from crossing onto the peninsula. At the helm, his red curls glinting in the cool autumn sun, is Erik Lehnsherr, the leader of the fledgling nation. Master of magnetism, he’s called, but Charles knows that magnetism is truly the least of what he can do.

Tall, gamine, stone-faced, Magneto and Charles have become something of a topic of gossip, of all things, for they represent two disparate factions of mutant-kind that seem to be irreconcilable. Magneto, the unstoppable force, and The Professor, the immovable object. “Good afternoon, Magneto,” Charles calls amiably to his arch-enemy, a familiar song-and-dance. “Are you in the city on business or pleasure today?”

Erik ruffles his cloak, a black polymer with lavender inlets that shimmer and whoosh across the dense fabric, as though living - and steps forward. Up-close he's just-shy of 35 and his auburn braids sport wisps of white that linger. Tanned from his time under the Genoshan sun, and beset by hundreds of freckles across his nose. His countenance as it always is, carved severe. Charles has attempted to breach the barrier of Erik's mind, but found himself batted away as though he were a child sticking fingers into a drawer he ought not.

It's contradictory, for Erik claims to revere mutation in all its forms, but evidently draws the line at psionics. Never let it be said that Erik wasn't a complicated man, much to Charles's chagrin. "Regrettably, neither," his sonorous voice arcs back, eyes creasing just a smidge. It's this that propels Charles through their interactions - that he's a lout is without question, but he suspects a warmer, softer inside beneath all the rank-and-file. "I come with a warning, Charles."

Erik Lehnsherr is the only person that Charles has ever encountered who seems to be immune to his telepathy. He’s not a null field, but he’s strong enough to be able to erect a barrier between himself and Charles that lasts long enough for him to bat Charles away. The barrier isn’t impervious, but Erik is possessed of a power so incredible that it seems to take only a blink for him to push back. Frustrating. But, Charles isn’t intimidated, just as Erik isn’t intimidated by him. “A warning, you say? Well, shall I remind you that I do have a telephone? And a mailing address?” he steps forward, brow cocked. “More efficient means of communication, I’d say.”

"And deprive you all of the opportunity to prance about in your little uniforms? The X-Men, Charles? Really." It's catty, a jaguar swiping back mirthfully. The canary long-eaten. He huffs dramatically, and gestures to Raven, who appeared on his doorstep very shortly after he expelled the CIA from Genosha, offering her services. She's always been up front that her motivation is purely self-interest, a desire to cozy up to the individual she perceives as the most powerful, and Erik has never minded it.

It's a refreshing lack of judgment that sealed her fate at his side, along with her woman-in-arms, Emma Frost. "I've uncovered some pretty unsettling information," Raven says, blue as a jaybird and buttoned up in her Genoshan regalia. "About an enemy of Erik's. He's resurfaced. This guy is bad news. As bad as they come. He's preparing an attack on New York. I don't know where, or when, I had to book it before I could find that out."

"I come to extend you and whomever else you deem suitable an invitation to Genosha. To construct a plan to deal with this entity. You're free to decline, but I've a feeling you won't want to sit idle for this one." He speaks as he always does; plain, with little fuss or preamble.

"My little sister chose that name," Charles says amiably, smiling at Raven, who stands tall at Erik's side. She moved to Genosha several years ago, and while there isn't animosity between the two of them, there has always been heartache and hurt on both sides. A rather large amount of hurt, for Charles, in fact. Hurt that has manifest as resentment toward Erik, for he has something that Charles doesn't.

"Is she telling the truth, Professor?" Scott asks. The X-Men and the Genoshans are not necessarily direct enemies, but the X-Men often act on behalf of the United States government, and entity which is an enemy of the Genoshans. Their leader has made it clear that he does not wish to be an enemy of any mutant group, but they regularly find themselves on opposite sides of a battlefield anyway. Even still, many of Charles's students end up on Genosha, and every now and then a Genoshan shows up on Charles's doorstep, too.

Indeed, there is some mutual respect between the two groups that prevents an all-out war, which Charles hopes to uphold. "She is," he says after a quick scan of Raven's head, upon her permission, though he's confident that she would never lie to him. "You're offering to help us fight this...enemy, of yours?" he asks Erik, brow raised. "Why?"

Erik's brows arch right back. He tsks, eyes veering toward the heavens. "Because Ioathe as I am to legitimize this school of yours, I'd prefer it if a war criminal Nazi bastard didn't drop an atom bomb on top of it. You've been busy, Xavier. On the nightly news, even. This enemy of mine, he'll undoubtedly darken your doorstep. And I'd prefer to put him down before he does."

Charles raises his chin, not easily cowed or beat into submission. "I'll not be going to Genosha," he tells Erik, and Raven as well. "But, you're welcome to join me at this school of mine, I suppose, and apprise me of this so-called threat." He folds his hands before him, always collected and polite. "If you deign to set foot there, that is."


Erik exchanges a dry look with Raven, and in an instant, they're all whisked away to the finely manicured gardens of Greymalkin Estate. It's... quaint, Erik has to admit, children running about. Next in line to be recruited into the vaunted X-Men, undoubtedly, but he isn't here to be snide. It's just the two of them, when they rematerialize, inside Charles's study. The rest of his team have been deposited safely in their bedrooms.

Amidst the dimming lamp-light, as Erik removes his outer cloak and folds it over his arm, he almost seems merely a man and not the towering freedom fighter Magneto they've become familiar with over the last several years. "I'm not eager to share this with you," he murmurs, his expression inscrutable, nearly hesitant. "But I know Schmidt. I had Raven track down his ilk, and what we've learned is deeply concerning. He poses a severe and existential threat."

This isn’t the first time that Erik has transported them en masse, but Charles doesn’t know if he’ll ever be quite accustomed to being yoinked through the ether without so much as a blink. He quickly extends himself outward to check on his comrades and is glad to find that all are safe and sound, where they belong. In the quiet of his office, he and Erik are alone. The airs, however, scarcely come off. Perhaps the sharpest edge dulls a bit within Erik, and perhaps Charles tones his own haughtiness down ever so slightly.

Because, goodness, if Erik doesn’t drive him utterly mad in more ways than one. Charles strides over to the beverage bar settled on one wall of his office and flips the kettle on. Erik, he knows, isn’t a fan of his Darjeeling tea, but Charles arranges two cups anyway. He takes his time fixing the cups, aware that his fussiness is utterly grueling and insufferable to Erik, but not rushed all the same. When the two steaming cups are ready, he hands one to Erik, and then gestures at the plush leather seat across the desk from his own wing-backed chair.

“Have a seat,” he offers, always polite. When they’re both settled, he studies Erik’s always unflappable expression from behind a sip. “Who is this Schmidt to you, then? Since you won’t let me discover for myself,” he adds, pressing up telepathically against the boundary of Erik’s mind, aware that he’ll be quickly pushed away.

"I'm not keen on causing pain to living things, Charles." Erik's eyes, typically flint-grey, look for the moment brilliant, vivid green as a ray of sunlight washes across his stern visage, and what is so often utterly, infuriatingly statuesque for an instant flickers. "Klaus Schmidt," he repeats the name, his tone unshifting. "He was the Nazi who took a liking to me, at Auschwitz. What passed for mercy, in that place. He's the reason I survived my circumstances."

Charles pauses when Erik mentions Auschwitz. He and others know well of Erik’s roots, how his entire family was killed during the war, how he emerged from the camps a skinny, bedraggled young man and rose to become one of the world’s most powerful figures. No one can mistake Erik’s strength upon learning of that aspect of his life, no matter how greatly they may dislike him. “I see,” he says after a moment, meeting Erik’s stormy gaze with equal solemnity now. “And he has a bone to pick with my school?”

"He's a mutant supremacist," Erik explains, grimacing a little. It's a moniker only too-often hurled his way, and one he staunchly objects to. Only now, it's a little clearer exactly why. "He believes that humans are inferior, and that mutants are supposed to rule over them. Your school is a herald of Integrationism. He knows he can't touch Genosha, but he doesn't have to, to send his message. He strikes here, and it's clear where he stands. Humans are to be subjugated, nothing more."

Charles nearly wishes to ask Erik why he opposes this Schmidt’s anti-Integrationist agenda, but he’s not a crass or insensitive man, and he knows that Erik and Genosha don’t represent mutant supremacy, even if it can appear that way, sometimes. So he holds his tongue, out of respect. He’s not about to ask a survivor to explain why he isn’t going to protect his former captor. A survivor who appears to be attempting to help him, even more. “How do you suggest we prepare for such an attack? I assume he’ll be no problem for you,” Charles tuts, raising a brow. “Why not merely relocate him somewhere else? Isn’t that your speciality?”

"I'm not able to lock onto him, and you won't be, either," Erik replies with a sharp jerk of his head to the left. "His telepath ensures that. They're both Omega-level mutants, but it is not a natural ability. He performed experiments upon others, and himself, to strengthen his capacity." Erik relays this with an almost serene calm, with not the slightest twitch of a muscle out of place. But Charles doesn't have to be a telepath to recognize that he is concealing pain.

Charles indeed can understand that this trip down memory lane is far more painful than Erik is letting on, and he’s not a sadist, so he doesn’t dwell. There are more important things to attend to, anyway. “Alright. I believe you,” he decides, folding his hands atop his desk. “We can strategize in our war room. Let me change. I’ll gather my staff and you gather yours and we can reconvene downstairs, if that suits.” He no longer desires to be in his flight suit, feeling a bit ridiculous in it if they’re not fighting. “You’re free to do the same, if you wish. That billowing cloak may get caught in a door if you’re not careful.”

Erik barely represses a grin. "Oh, far be it for me to interrupt your fantasies in uniform," he says, like he isn't donning a rank pin of his own. He can never resist getting a quip in, can he? Though this one is decidedly more droll, it's a touch of a flirt, one he'd never make in the company of others. He winks out of existence a moment later, with a flair of his cloak for good measure.

Charles rolls his eyes, but beneath his frustrated expression is a private smirk. Oh, Erik.


Not long after, Charles is back in his tweed blazer and cashmere sweater ensemble, complete with trousers and Oxford shoes. He, along with Hank, Logan, Alex, Ororo, and Ailo gather around the large table in the downstairs war room, where the Genoshans have also gathered. Before they set to business, Charles trods toward his sister and pulls her in for a hug and a cheek kiss, always pleased to see her. “Did you see the pumpkins out back?” he asks her. “We finally managed to get the patch growing this year. We nearly have as much as you and I managed that one year, mm?”

Raven grins and squeezes him tight. She sends a press of warmth his way, grateful as ever for his willingness to accept her back into the fold after she so abruptly left those years prior. She's since learned to be more forthright, but Raven always was one to speak in layers-upon-layers. It's her nature, her composition, in-fact. Elusive, shifting, evasive. But she'd never intended to abandon her family, only to ensure that Erik Lehnsherr didn't detonate a nuclear warhead on it, once she rightly understood just how powerful he really was.

"I still think you cheated, you big faker. There's no way you grew thirty-five pumpkins all by yourself!" Raven, of course, had only managed ten. She teases, though, of them both Charles clearly has a knack for gardening. Cooking, on the other hand, let's just say the toasted pumpkin seeds were handled by Raven's-truly.

Ailo Kirala grins while Alex Summers sulks. He's one of the Genoshan transfers, a foster-brother to Scott Summers, both taken in by Major Christopher Summers moons ago. He's much fairer, where Scott is tall and dark, with sleek black hair worn in a simple braid down his back. They argue like brothers, too. It's clear to all that they are kin, behind all the bluster. Two broken children at their core, twined together. Erik tracked him down in a mutant prison labor camp, and sent him to Charles.

Of course Scott was there, but Erik's motives were two-fold: Charles would set him straight, get him a solid education, some connections. He'd be around kids his own age, not in a rehabilitation center on Genosha. Reyda Keshkat are good at what they do, but sometimes a different approach is necessary. "I thank you all for your willingness to hear me out," Erik starts, a lot less severe than he ordinarily comes across. "I fear you've a target on your backs, one that warrants heading off quickly and without hesitation."

Both Charles, Raven, and any telepath or empath will recognize that there’s still pain laced un the relationship between Charles and Raven. Though she insists that her primary goals center around keeping Erik in line and furthering her own political desires, Raven left, at least in part, because she felt stifled by Charles and found Erik’s agenda more compelling. She’d taken a piece of his soul with him when she left.

Though they can still hug and reminisce and act as siblings do, their relationship has been altered, permanently. Still, he’s glad that she wishes to return with Erik, even if on business only. Perhaps one day she’ll return for good. He hopes she will, though he doubts it. Sitting between Raven and Hank, Charles turns his attention pack to Erik. “Tell us what you suggest we do to prepare for such an attack,” he cuts to the chase. “I’d prefer to head him off, as you say, far from these grounds.”

"That's where I come in," Raven waves and hops onto a small end-table at the opposite side of the room, crossing one leg over the other. "A few different people have asked me to look into Hellfire over the years - that's their self-styled name. Gauche, if you ask me."

"There's no accounting for taste," Erik snarks dryly.

"But I couldn't find anything concrete about them, until now. I've tracked them down to a facility on North Brother Island. Riverside Hospital, and from the looks of things, they're amassing a nuclear arsenal. They're preparing for war. And we found blueprints, Charles. Of Greymalkin. And they're pretty close to accurate. "

"I've attempted to breach the facility remotely, but it is being shielded," Erik explains. "Presumably by the same individual concealing Schmidt from my perception now. A rather nasty telepath. I..." Erik trails off, here. "This is my mess. I wasn't able to--" he clears his throat, feeling rather like a frog has jumped into it. "I didn't kill him. Back then. I wasn't able to. I was young. It is one of my deepest regrets." If Charles didn't know better, it would almost sound like an apology.

Erik’s attitude shift is certainly noticeable, to Charles. Normally, he’s as self-assured as he is stoic, refusing to allow his surly facade to fall away and reveal any shred of vulnerability. But Charles can sense the shift, and the surface-level thoughts that he can access are tinged with a strange mixture of regret and…something else. Something that Charles can’t quite place, other than that it feels somewhat childlike.

Not immature, to be sure, but something that a scared young person might feel. It’s jarring, coming from Erik. But he doesn’t acknowledge it, for it’s neither the time nor the place for their bickering. “I’ve never met a telepath that I can’t best,” he points out. “Let me see if I can’t penetrate this base with Cerebro, mm? In the meantime, you should provide us with a list of names of people who you know or suspect to be involved with this group, along with their abilities. The more information we have, the better.”

All at once, Erik stands to his feet and strides out the door, and in a flash, he's gone.


Charles can feel him still, he hasn't left the Estate. He's back in Charles's office, away from the gathered group, a curtain drawn down over his mind like a leaden watertight compartment. Charles sees him through a bird's eye view, his mutation and prescience what it is, but also, he's aware that Erik could easily bat him away like a lion swiping at a gazelle. That he hasn't is also telling, but what he can sense is more-than jarring, now.

As though he's been launched backwards through time, thrown through the cosmos to land two feet amidst the grey haze of his childhood hell. The only color a red slashed X over the uniform of his zombie-like peers, shuffling about, ambling like walking corpses themselves. Erik draws his cloak over his body, pulls the hood up to conceal his expression. What a fucking idiot, he is. What a fool. Bringing this to Charles's doorstep, and unable to stomach even a five-second meeting over it.

The danger is palpable. Charles is in danger, the children who reside here are all at risk, and he cannot pull himself together--

“Keep briefing. I’ll figure out what that’s about,” Charles says to Raven, following Erik from the room. Of course, he has to walk, and so he arrives in his office minutes after Erik does and finds the man skulking beside the bay window, wrapped in his cloak as if it will protect him from all the displeasing, traumatizing memories from crawling into his brain. For Charles can actually access it right now; Erik isn’t bothering to keep him out.

And yet, though he’s nosy and an opportunist usually, Charles can’t bring himself to invade Erik’s privacy in a moment of such clear vulnerability. He simply can’t. “I thought I told you to ditch that cloak,” he says quietly, shutting the office door behind him. He stands near the door, a fair distance between himself and Erik, though he longs to close the gap. “You should pull yourself together. Whatever you’re feeling right now, whether it be guilt or fear or some combination of the two, it’s not productive, yeah? Look forward, not back.”

Where Erik would ordinarily cut back at him with a scathing rebuke, he only smiles, an odd thing on weathered features. "I know," he murmurs, and Charles realizes in that moment that, contrary to his abrasive, brusque surface demeanor, right now -- Erik is being patient with him. "You need to understand. I don't wish for you to be blind-sided by this, to have it startle you. It's tactically disadvantageous," Erik says, as if this is about tactics. "You and I, we haven't always seen eye-to-eye. But we've never been real enemies, have we?"

Charles steps further into the room, hands in his trouser pockets. "Real enemies? I suppose I've never wished you dead, or the like," he muses. "I do appreciate the warning," he adds. "But I can see that it's also highly upsetting to you, this whole situation. Which I'll admit is confusing to me. I've never seen you upset."

"No, I daresay you haven't," Erik murmurs softly, his eyes full of white loam and the taste of bitter almonds. "Klaus Schmidt murdered my family in front of me. He is a psychopath. A sadist, a degenerate of every kind. I was his ward, so to speak. For eleven years. He was my tormentor, my nightmare. Mother, father, tyrant." Erik relays all of this stoically, not a single movement within. "And when he looks upon your school, and sees that we are working together against him, he will try to disarm you with filth and nonsense. I don't presume that you've had an easy life, Charles. But he rends all that he sees to ash. You cannot underestimate this man."

Carefully, Charles peeks a little further into Erik’s psyche, just an inch, and then stops. Oh, how many years has he spent wishing he had the power to overcome Erik’s own, to see in that impassable head of his. Now, with Erik apparently unwilling to resist, he feels like an intruder. There’s so much pain there, so much trauma. It’s not his to look at, and…well, Charles respects Erik, doesn’t he? Respects him even if he loathes him, at times. This pain, he knows, isn’t his to look at. “Will you be able to assist us?” Charles asks, just as stoic, though he’s treading extraordinarily lightly. “If you cannot, we will have to strategize around your absence.”

"That cannot happen," Erik says immediately. "I have to be there. I'm the only person capable of withstanding a direct assault from him. He would obliterate you, Charles. He's immune to telepathy. You have no defense against him."

Charles can’t help but roll his eyes. “The only person I’ve ever met who is immune to my telepathy is you,” he points out. “And you aren’t exactly immune, you’ve just figured out how to push me away. You yourself said that is abilities aren’t natural, mm? If they can be acquired, they can be taken away.” Charles finally strides to meet Erik where he is. The man is about eight inches taller than Charles (the absolute bastard), so Charles has to look up to meet eyes that are troubled and stormy. “I gather that this is immensely difficult for you. But if you’re to assist, we need you focused. Do you understand where I come from?”

"I do, and I am. You need not concern yourself with me," he replies, doing his utmost to marshal himself into line. "I've had many years with which to fortify myself. Nevertheless, we cannot be cavalier about this. Any person you select to assist you with this mission must understand that they could well lose their life, or worse. And I, too, must bear the burden of knowing that I have sought your assistance, if only because you were directly targeted. Nonetheless, reality remains." It's Erik's roundabout way of... if Charles squints, apologizing for the trouble, perhaps. (edited)

Charles studies Erik’s face for several long moments, confused and unsure. Never, ever has Erik shown so much vulnerability before him (or anyone, so far as Charles knows). It hammers home the gravity of situation, though Charles can’t help but wonder if Erik’s own experience with Schmidt is coloring his perception. Still, he’s not in the business of taking unnecessary risks, especially where his loved ones are concerned. “I believe you,” he says, not breaking eye contact. “Let’s get to planning then, mm? Best to act quickly, I’d say. Perhaps you can begin by placing a barrier around the manor in addition to the ones that I’ve instilled.”

"Already done," Erik tells him with a wry laugh. "The moment I discovered his sights were set upon you. The issues are many. Conventional ballistic weaponry, nuclear and directed energy will not work on him. He absorbs energy, it makes him even stronger. Hit him once, he hits back ten times as hard." Something about his demeanor suggests that he had been on the unlucky end of a plan gone poorly, there.

"How do you suggest we approach this, then?" Charles has to ask. Erik's pessimism isn't exactly comforting; his lack of confidence in himself is blatantly evident, something which is unsettling. "It appears that we'll have to get creative, won't we? If his abilities are artificial, perhaps we can disable them?"

Erik inclines his head after a momentary pause to reorient himself. "Removing a person's mutation isn't something I'm particularly sanguine about," he feels the need to point out, irrational as it is. "But seeing as how we are limited in our approach, it's a viable suggestion. I was targeted by the CIA during Genosha's liberation in such a manner, so I know it can be done. Your Dr. McCoy also appears to avail himself of such a suppressant."

Charles can’t help but roll his eyes when Erik points out that he’s not a fan of suppressing or removing mutation. “Oh, you know me, I love suppressants,” Charles scoffs. “As if we don’t deal with those very same threats here, Erik. Why do you think I’ve cozied up to the bloody government so closely?” he asks, cocking his brow. “Hank uses them because he finds it difficult to do what he he needs to do as a physician when he’s twice as large as his patients; his hands are too large for the tools that he needs.” He knows that this is a rather hot response, but he resents whatever implication Erik might be making, if any. “You’re not ‘sanguine’ with suppression, but still take pains to counter psionics, so convince yourself that we’re merely doing that,” he adds, for good measure.

"I counter your psionics because I do not want to expose you to aversive details of extreme trauma, głupi idiota!" Erik growls. For the first time in their acquaintance, Charles sees Erik's temper well and truly rise. It's the first time he's ever heard Erik raise his voice, ever. "Do you really think I hold my thoughts sacrosanct? Absurd. You're absurd."

Though Charles is surprised to hear Erik's voice raise, he squares up. "And you think that your thoughts are the worst and scariest of all people on earth?" he counters. "Now, that's absurd, Erik. I understand that you've had a particularly traumatic life. I don't downplay that. But you should be reminded that I've been exposed to it all before."

"It has nothing to do with the most of anything," Erik simmers. "I do not like causing pain. Period." He crosses his arms. "I am sure you have been exposed to a vast quantity of aversive information. And I did not wish to add more."

"So selfless and noble," Charles grumbles, narrowing his eyes. "You're entitled to wish to keep your most horrific memories private. I don't take issue with that. In fact, I respect that, and have the ability to avoid areas of the psyche, if need be. I don't need to be protected, however."

"Tell me one good reason whyever not?" Erik asks, eyebrows arching. "Why wouldn't I seek to protect others from harm? It has nothing to do with nobility, it's just logic. Why should I want to hurt you?"

"Because you're not the one who is hurting me, Erik," Charles fires back, chin fully raised as he looks up into Erik's fiery green eyes. More alight than Charles has ever seen before. "It's not your responsibility to protect me from myself. It's my choice to pry or avoid. Your existence isn't inherently harmful."

"Maybe I disagree," Erik says, and it's quieter. He takes a deep breath. "Just... be careful," he cautions, and the white loam finally recedes. For the first time in years, should Charles desire it, he can see... everything. Immense, complex, incomprehensible. All of Erik, for all time. Just like that.

Charles places his hand atop Erik's forearm and grips it, imploring. "You misunderstand me," he tells the man, though he's able to feel the rich complexity as it begins to make itself apparent. "I do not wish to invade your privacy. Your memories, your trauma. You're entitled to keep that private. I'm not a glutton for suffering, Erik. Would you like me to stay out? I can do that."

Erik shakes his head. "My privacy was never a concern. It is your choice, Charles. I shouldn't ever like to be the source of inflicting those sensations upon you. It feels, like I am--" he laughs a bit, unsure. "Like I am the one doing it to you. I don't know. It's irrational, I suppose. But all the same, if you want. I don't mind."

"I'll leave it be, for now," Charles decides, studying Erik's expression before he removes his hand. "But I'm glad that we're clear, now. You need not protect others from yourself in that way, mm? I assure you, we telepaths are rather accustomed to pain. Most of us have long learned how to dull the edges. It's a part of existence, with this mutation."

"I've never had a problem with your mutation, Charles," Erik tells him quietly. "I suppose it might be better, to understand one another," he murmurs, wry. "This has been a jarring test of our connection to one another as beings, in the universe. You know, I sense all that." He spins up a sprawling labyrinth of colors and sifting particles. "This is our ripple, I think. This, here. This is the stone. What actions we take will determine the course of history as we know it. A lynchpin."

Charles eyes Erik suspiciously, and then looks at the small knot amid the weave of shapes and colors that Erik has manifest in the center of his office. He’s seen Erik do things like this before but he’s never witnessed it up close, nor paid too close attention to what exactly Erik means. But there’s something more serious in his voice now, less defensive and spontaneous. “Our connection? As in, you and I?” he asks, brow raised. “I don’t know if I quite understand what you mean, dear Magneto.”

Erik just smiles again, enigmatic. He's less prone to sarcasm and wit, when he's been reduced to such vulnerability in the face of the man who has become his pseudo-adversary. But he trusts in the Expanse, and trusts what it's showing him. And for all his grievances with Charles, he has been respectful, thus far. Erik appreciates it. He knows this isn't easy - he isn't an easy man. "It's hard to describe. I see it all, you know. All of our choices. Past, present, future. All that."

Charles, lips pursed, walks around the array of particles, colors, and light. There, in the center, is a distinctive knot, the one which represents their entanglement, supposedly. “What are we to do with this knowledge?” Charles asks at last, standing beside Erik once more.

"I'm not always sure," Erik replies, wry. "It's not like seeing the future. This represents possibility, and that is weighed against probability. Some outcomes are more probable than others. But for most things, there's a non-zero chance that it could occur. It's difficult to sift through, even when I'm mentally stable," he admits. "I reckon you understand. Psionics must be similar, so much data."

Charles chuckles. “Have you ever read The Foundation series by Isaac Asimov? This looks rather like Psychohistory. Trends, probability, data, but on a galactic scale.” Charles doesn’t know whether Erik is a reader or not, but he’s intelligent and apparently in tune with quite a lot, so it’s not an absurd assumption. “I’ve grown better at sifting through the data,” Charles says then, sitting atop his desk. “It isn’t always easy. You’re right. But we adapt, don’t we? We must. Otherwise, I’d be bedridden, mired by migraines. I can deal with the ones I have.”

"You know how mutations tend to form in the cracks, adaptations to injury and things," Erik raises his braced hand. "I daresay I wasn't born as strong as I am now. It's gotten a lot more intense over the years, but as you say. We have to adapt, or we die." He supposes this may well be the longest conversation they've had without sniping at one another. It's... nice. Not that he believes they'll ever truly stop, of course. It's engrained, by now. And there is merit to that, too. There's not many people who can keep him on his toes, so to speak. 

“Oh, I’m aware that it fills gaps,” Charles murmurs, eyeing Erik’s braced hand. He doesn’t know what happened to it, but supposed he always assumed that Erik was born with it that way or injured it in some grand stand-off at some stage between now and when Charles first encountered Erik, years ago. He notices now how intricate the brace is, how it holds his hand so precisely. “What should we do?” he asks then, refocusing. “You’re up for the suppressant plan?”

"It's our best shot," Erik nods. "But we'll have to find some way of making it airborne. We won't be able to jab him, and he has a powerful entourage to boot," Erik explains. It's clear that he is not particularly happy about this, but he knows that it's necessary if they want to ensure that no lives are lost taking him down. He holds up his hand. "This was from Schmidt. I angered him. Failed to please him, and he simply rammed his foot upon it and it was destroyed. People are like playthings, to him. You must understand. This is dangerous. That he has targeted you..." Erik sighs.

“Hank can create something. A gas or an aerosol,” Charles says, pushing forward despite Erik’s obvious displeasure with the scenario. He takes Erik’s braced hand between his own two hands, holding it delicately as if to remind him of the root of his hurt. When he realizes now intimate the gesture is, he flushes, but doesn’t let go. “We can do it. We can take the man who did this to you down.”

Erik's eyes widen marginally at the gesture, but he doesn't pull away, either. They flutter shut for an instant, and he lets out a slow, controlled breath through his nose. Charles can feel something flare within him, vivid and kaleidoscopic, before it is gently packaged up and spirited away. A brief sojourn into poetry and mathematics, a melodious hum. Warmth. One heartbeat, and then two, and then his eyes open, fixed on Charles's. "I will do my utmost to ensure that he does not cause you harm, nor your students," he promises solemnly. "Contrary to popular belief, I'm not very good at combat. I struggle, to use my abilities offensively. I will practice. Prepare, as much as possible."

Charles drops Erik’s hand and stands up, placing his own behind his back. Prim and proper once more. For a moment, there seemed to appear an opening into Erik’s brain, one which invited a prismatic view of the world around them, but it’s quickly marshaled away. “Let’s get to work, then,” Charles offers. “We’ve got a lot to do in a little time.”

"We do indeed," Erik nods, donning his cloak once more and lifting his chin, and his visage evens out as he prepares to venture back into the world once more. No longer Erik, but Magneto, the Prime Minister of Genosha. The mutant revolutionary, the anarchist, the terrorist if you ask some folks. Many, many things, but rarely ever does he get to be just-Erik. It's a quandary all-too familiar to Charles, who too bears the burden of his role, the joys and responsibilities both. And they do.

Chapter 117: but at its core it still betrays its starting place & early days

Chapter Text

Erik avails himself of Westchester's expansive grounds, providing GADF instructors to put those who are selected for the mission through their paces in preparation, including both Erik and Charles in the process. Raven walks them through the Riverside Hospital facility on North Brother Island using schematics gleaned from her brief foray into the monsters' nest. In public, Erik is as he always has been. Imperious and intimidating, unflinching.

But in more personal moments, Charles has come to discover a different side of Erik, something a lot less harsh. If he didn't know any better, Charles might genuinely consider that he hadn't ever really known the real Erik Lehnsherr all these years. These days, he no longer keeps those iron shields down over his mind, and his thoughts flow outward, filling up the space around them with a vast array of cosmological wonders and subatomic lattices, shapes and colors and sounds. Twinges of music, poetry. The Torah.

They both discover a fondness for chess, of all things. Erik tries to get him interested in Go, but it's a no-Go. (Erik also fancies himself a comedian - he very much finds ways to still be insufferable, like a kitten catching the canary.) They still argue, but it's less fight and more debate

Whilst they don't see the world in the same way, they are in complement, at their best. Hank finalizes his take on an airborne version of their suppressant that should be capable of dispersing throughout the entire Riverside facility, and within six months (Raven's estimated that Schmidt's plans are at least a year off) they start to feel ready to tackle this, for real. Erik materializes in Charles's study one sunny afternoon with jasmine tea for him and botz for himself, along with a basket of fresh-baked dill pretzels and garlic dip, courtesy of Ailo's mother in Vidigal. She's pushing eighty (and is not a mutant) but she can still bake up a storm.

"Breakfast?" he alights, the room awash in warmth as his presence suffuses through the area, mischievous. "I know you skipped it. You always do. Ms. Kirala makes excellent pretzel." He gives a little bow and deposits the basket onto the desk before him. 

Their visitors don’t ever really leave, but Charles finds that he doesn’t mind. For though he wishes his school to be a place of learning and discovery and not a military operation, there is certainly something exciting about the presence of the Genoshans in their midst. Raven stays, for the most part, which is a balm to his soul. And so does Erik. Erik Lehnsherr, separatist, Prime Minister of Genosha.

Austere, stern, stoic, full of the most sincere and beautiful appreciation for all the smallest things, like flowers, trees, bees, moss. Music and art and literature. Ready to give the harshest dressing down, equally ready to extol the wonders of slime mold. He’s not who Charles thought that he was, certainly. With his mental barriers gradually pulled away, Charles can begin to see another side of him. Or, additional dimensions, rather.

That dourness appears softer, somehow. That edge rounder. They bond over chess and literature. They argue regularly and disagree openly. And yet, as Erik sweeps into his office on that sunny afternoon, Charles finds that his presence is most welcome. Wanted. “I don’t like to eat in the morning,” he counters, though the smell of the pretzels is nearly enough to have him cave immediately. “I’ll take that tea, though.”

And neither is Charles who Erik presumed him to be. Primarily privileged, optimistic, idealistic, naive. Sheltered. No, within the mind of Charles Xavier lives a sleeping dragon, slumbering peacefully until it is roused, and then it is fierce. A keen intellect, that Erik always knew. The brashness he perceived all these years has solidified into bravery. Naivete has given way to pragmatism, a ruthless logic that surpasses his own in many ways. Idealistic, maybe still. But Erik sees something else, an uncommon kindness. Not mere neo-liberal tripe, as he'd once believed.

Spending time in Westchester avails him of the opportunity to study the atmosphere of Charles's existence, the delicate web and weaving balance that occurs in shifting tones and hushed whisper; maneuvering, shaping. Diplomacy where need be. Interfacing with the government, bureaucracy, two things wholly repellant to Erik. But Charles does it, because it keeps the children protected. It legitimizes this place, and keeps them safe. Well, as safe as they can be. Nowhere will ever truly be as safe for mutant-kind as Genosha, but the Xavier Institute is a good place. Erik has always believed this, even sending some more-inclined Genoshan children his way a time or two.

Only now, his respect has become more clear, not shrouded in stoicism and immovable, placid features. Erik grins back at him, eyes gleaming. "You know you want some. Don't try to deny it. I saw you eyeing them up." It's buoyant, nearly sunny. Erik is surprisingly mellow, even cheerful, and it would be hilarious if not for the cruel reminder that Charles sees this aspect of him only because he is a telepath. Everyone else sees the Erik that he once did. Solemn and lifeless. It speaks to the seriousness of their current task, as Charles has put together over these past months. The severity of what must have happened to him, what Klaus Schmidt must have done, to rend his mind in such a schism. And the danger that awaits.

The two men have spent the last several months gradually reframing their conceptions about the other, discovering the wondrous nuances of each other’s personalities and motivations. Erik is less of a strict pragmatist than Charles thought; those who call him Machiavellian are sorely mistaken. Erik isn’t ruthless, nor is he single-minded. He’s wickedly intelligent, ferociously strong, but hides a delicate softness beneath the stones.

An excellent leader, but not one who enjoys, necessarily, being in charge. But, his utter selflessness has landed him in this position, and he’ll do whatever he must to fulfill the duty that he’s taken on to his people. Petulant, Charles sips the tea, ignoring the pretzels. “Tomorrow is the day,” he says after a moment, gesturing for Erik to sit in the chair across his desk, as he does so often, these days. “You’re on edge.”

Entirely without conscious volition, Erik does as he is bid and lowers himself into the offered seat in a single graceful movement. His head jerks forward in a nod, not bothering to deny it. "I..." he laughs a little. "Seeing him again," he squeezes his eyes shut, almost a flinch. "You know, for years, I couldn't even describe what he did to me. I didn't have the words, I didn't even understand what he had done. Living with Hellfire was like living in an alternate reality. And I, I'm afraid, that if I go there, I will forget--" He grimaces, and waves it off. "My apologies, Charles. I've gotten maudlin in my old age, it would seem."

Charles doesn’t pry. That space in Erik’s brain, across the chasm, broils with so much agony that Charles doesn’t feel that it’s appropriate or correct for him to enter. Erik has expressed that Charles is permitted to do so, but it simply feels forbidden. Private. What he does know is that that part of Erik’s brain haunts him at each moment, infecting its way into everything, like a disease. “You aren’t being maudlin, Erik. The fears you have aren’t unfounded.” He pauses for a moment. “Have you considered speaking with Ailo about it all? People such as yourself tend to be his specialty.”

"I have spoken to him, actually," Erik reveals with a small smile. "He thinks I have something like shell shock. The way soldiers get after war, you know. But I was just a little kid. And I am not a child any longer. I want to face him, as an equal. Not as his pet amusement, science experiment, slave. I don't want to be--reduced, like that. Ever again. And I don't want him to ever make anyone else feel that way. Ever."

“Good. I’m glad to hear that,” Charles says genuinely, observing Erik’s expression. The man wishes to be strong, and is convicted as anything, but there’s also fear. Fear that he’ll revert to his childlike self when in the presence of his lifelong tormentor. “You’re worried that the conviction that you feel now will be frozen out by however he makes you feel when you come face to face with him, though,” Charles deduces. “Is that what’s tormenting you now?”

Erik huffs a little. "And here I thought I was mysterious," he tries for a little levity. "I don't want to be a liability. To get anybody hurt. I know you think it's all just--being noble. It's not. I can't--I don't like suffering. He does, he craves it. He would laugh and clap. It made him positively giddy. If he got his hands on you, or one of the team--" Erik coughs, suddenly overcome.

“I don’t think that it’s merely you being noble,” Charles replies, voice soft, marching Erik’s own. “I understand you a bit better now, Erik. I think I do, at least. You’re selfless. You worry that you’ve brought this upon us, and you have no desire to see others be hurt. That’s a strength of yours, not a weakness. Perhaps he’d laugh and clap, but that’s what makes him a monster, mm? We’ll be okay. We have a good plan.”

"I just want you to know," Erik returns quietly. "How much it means to me that you are here. You could have turned me away. You likely wanted to. But you didn't. You've... well, I can't presume why. But all the same. I'm--pleased, that we--that it's like this. With you." Erik is practically stammering, well and clearly out of his field, here. But it's important to him, that the people he cares about know. Especially now, when the anvil is hanging over their heads.

“I didn’t have a choice, did I?” Charles teases. “Threats of doom and all. You really know how to sell an idea.” Beneath the lighthearted tease, however, Charles agrees. It’s been nice to get to know the other. They hadn’t known each other, not really, before all this. “In some ways, I feel like we’re kindred spirits,” he agrees. “More similar than I’d expected.”

Erik looks up, and smirks. "I'm the better chess player, though," he quips, just to hear Charles laugh - they both know he is not - but it's become a most cherished sound. A balm to the prickles and spikes that have beset his spirit as the horror of Schmidt looms overhead.

Charles does indeed laugh, and then, to humor Erik, plucks a pretzel from the basket. “Perhaps one day you’ll get a win,” he hums, popping a piece into his mouth. “What’ll you do when this is all over? Head back to Genosha?”

"Indeed. But I've been thinking more about it, about our respective positions. What we could do to make things better for our kind if we pooled resources. Maybe an exchange program, or something like that. Raven would enjoy coming out here more, hm?" Erik says, gentle.

“An exchange, hmm?” Charles considers it. “Something more official than what we’re doing now, I assume? I think that would be beneficial,” he agrees, and then looks out the window. “I’m not sure she would. She’s had the chance to since she left here, but she hasn’t.”

"I've encouraged her to return, you know," he just says it, tapping the side of his nose. "I think it would be good, if our two cultures became more familiar with one another. Genoshans find America inhibiting, people like Raven don't thrive well here. But, at the same time, many of them are separated from their families." Erik says, and he holds up his hand, because he's been well and truly considering this for a long time, now. Since that very first day six months ago, when he appeared in the backyard.

"I know Raven wants to see you more. But it's difficult, because you live here. And Genoshans don't know how to live like Americans do. We're not built this way. I won't get in the middle of it, of course, I'm certain you both have your issues. But she does speak of you often. I think she misses you." He looks up, offering a small smile. "I think an exchange would be a good start. To build safeguards into both of our communities, so that both groups of people could feel more at home with one another. Feel more safe. This is a big part of Genosha's existence - we aren't just there to concentrate mutants in one place. We want to empower mutants in their communities where they are, too."

"Perhaps." Charles's tone is easy, but they both know that there is still a lot of hurt beneath it. "Raven wasn't born a Genoshan. She spent most of her life here, at this very estate. I don't blame her for resenting her childhood, or this country. But your rationale doesn't quite hit with me, regarding her," he admits. "She feels more at home on Genosha, I understand that and I do not fault her that. But perhaps you can see why that may hurt me to hear, even if it isn't her fault." Charles folds his hands on the table before him. "I do hope that she and others like her may learn how to feel at home where they are, certainly."

"Perhaps some day, you will come to Genosha, and you might understand more about what that really means," Erik murmurs, and it isn't intended to be patronizing, but it is difficult to express in a language which doesn't even hold the correct words to describe what Genoshans really are. "Genoshans have indeed a spiritual tie to their land, to this place, that manifests through genetics--they stay here, they are more alike to one another, and so on and so forth. But Genoshans also believe that they are kin to all who possess Kara'aye. That is something deep within, and you don't need to be born on Genosha to have it."

It's not something that Charles has ever heard before, given how insular the Genoshans are. Erik wants to impress upon him that this is important, that he is being told these things. Not many outsiders are brought into the fold, not even those who marry a Genoshan. Not unless there is sufficient merit. Erik believes this is sufficient. This connection, between Raven and Charles, which has been tested because of it.

"Being a mutant is part of it. But baseline humans can have it, too. Christopher Summers is one such individual. It may sound bizarre, like nonsense, or woo, to those with a more Westernized facility. But these traditions are ancient, and important. They bind us together as a community, every Genoshan that lives there, with one another. We feel that, at the center of our being. Every single one of us. And that is difficult to translate, into your way of life, here."

Charles scrutinizes Erik's expression. He doesn't appreciate the implication, though he knows Erik doesn't intend to be offensive or exclusive. "And Raven, you say, possesses this Kara'aye," he concludes, brow raised. He then realizes that he's coming across as critical, which isn't his attention, so he shifts his tone. "I'm glad that she does, in that case, and that she's found a home somewhere with people who are her kin. And that all the residents of your island have found community, too. Genuinely, I am." He doesn't elaborate, though, for suppose Erik is right and he doesn't understand. Why critique something that is unavailable to him? "In any case, I am open to a more reciprocal relationship between my institution and yours."

"I think it would bring you both a measure of peace," Erik says. "It's a type of thing you only learn through experience. That means, our two peoples actually exchanging back and forth. If that were something you were interested in, I think it would help ease things, between you both. I know it has been strained for a long time. It was never my intention to be the cause of such a rift."

"Oh, you see yourself as that important, mm?" Charles asks, though his voice is teasing. "How self-centered of you, to think that you're the reason that my sister and I are the way we are." He smirks, but he doesn't wish to talk about this topic any further, which he makes clear by pushing the basket of pretzels toward Erik. "Eat, you'll need your strength. It'll be a trying day tomorrow, regardless."

Erik smirks back, tapping his nose playfully. "Oh, you know me. Center of the universe, supreme leader of all that is good and right in the world," he hams it up as he snatches a pretzel and nudges it back surreptitiously. It's a good way to spend a morning, and soon enough, the fateful day rears its head.


Erik and his team show up bright and early, just him, Raven, a man named Sayid al-Zaman who is even taller than Erik and built absolutely massive, and Emma Frost, who keenly knows the operations of the Hellfire club as well as Erik does. They're keeping it tight as possible - the less people involved, the less chance of someone being hurt, and Charles and the X-Men will likely make up the difference aside.

They've collectively decided to keep the operation small in number. As such, only Hank, Logan, Alex, and Angel are dressed and ready in the war room that morning. Though Jean, Scott, and some of the minors would have been useful, the danger is too great. And contrary to what his critics might believe, Charles isn't in the business of using his students as soldiers. There's an unmistakable edge in the air, but Charles attempts to portray confidence. "Are we all ready?"

Erik is dressed in a simple, sleek utility outfit with no frills, and no weaponry (an idiosyncrasy, perhaps, that Erik is notoriously averse to guns of any kind, and vastly prefers to use his mutation to subdue rather than injure). His features are solemn and stone, the stoic survivor in perfect form - though his reply attempts to inject a small amount of 'gallows humor'. "I believe the phrase is, ready spaghetti," Erik intones dryly.

Sayid inclines his head, snapping a modified mag cartridge into his rifle. Neither does he require firearms, but unlike Erik, he possesses a great affinity for them. "We will get it done. Make sure these evil people can do no more damage."

Raven in all her blue glory emerges last, agile and predatory in every movement and flutter of her luminescent skin. "All right. We're going to drop in here," she brings up a display and marks a circle around their injection point. "This is the ventilation unit, where we'll disperse the suppressant. Once we do, we clear room by room, and evacuate any civilians as necessary. Got it?"

“I have the suppressant here.” Hank, in his natural blue form, gestures toward a small crate of canisters. “I’ve equipped them with remote release mechanisms. We’ll leave two minutes to allow the aerosol to disperse. Do not enter the building without a respirator,” he warns, pointing at a row of elaborate masks on the table. “Each has about thirty minutes of oxygen. Leave the premises once your gauge shows 5 minutes left, or else risk having your own mutation suppressed.”

Charles takes a deep breath. Hank has done his best to account for the unknown, but that’s just it; there’s so little they know about the mechanism behind Schmidt’s abilities. They’re only guessing that the suppressant will actually work. If it doesn’t…well, there’s no telling what the man may do. “Erik, Sayid, and I should be able to feel if the suppressant works fairly quickly,” he says, waggling his fingers beside his temple, though Erik will have other bits of input. “As soon as he does, we’ll work together to subdue him. The rest of you need to focus on getting any civilians to safety.”

Erik grasps the respirator in his good hand and shakes his head. "Here," he says, giving a wave of his hand. Nothing much appears to change, but - "there. That should cover you, with oxygen to sustain you indefinitely. We'll wear the respirators in case I become compromised, but otherwise, we shall be safe," he says softly. The rest of Erik's team don the devices as directed, snapping them on behind their heads quickly.

Sayid flexes his fingers and shoulders his rifle, lifting his chin. "Lead the way," he says with a sweep of his massive hand, a rival even to Hank McCoy in true form. One-by-one, they file out to the hangar and board the blackbird, kept secure this time by Erik's mutation, with no need for flight-suits. It's another back-up, a getaway plan in case something happens to Erik or Sayid and they can't teleport out of there. In an instant, the aircraft and the entire team disappear and re-emerge soundlessly on North Brother Island.

Raven takes the lead down the descending ramp, EM weapon charged and levied. "All right, everyone. Hank, Alex, Logan, Emma. You're with me. We'll disperse the suppressant and focus on evacuating the civilians and taking any evidence we can find. Charles, Sayid, and Erik, you're going to head straight for Schmidt."

The idea of unleashing a harmful gas through the vents of a building is antithetical to everything all of them believe, but as it’s their only option, Charles is crossing his fingers with all he has that it works. It feels strange to hang back while Hank and the others head toward the building, which is impenetrable to Charles’s abilities, but he does so, waiting for the signal from Hank. Charles paces in circles for what feels like ages, though in reality, it’s only a single minute before Hank’s mind reaches him: Gas detonated.

“Hank’s done it,” Charles murmurs to his companions. “It should start to work very soon…” But Charles can’t hear any chatter, still. Not after ten seconds, nor twenty, not sixty…. “I…can you get through?” Charles asks breathlessly, to Erik and Sayid.

Erik grimaces. "We don't have a choice, we have to try. They're in there, they need us," he whispers. "We can't leave them."

Sayid nods. "We will simply have to muddle our way through," he flexes his free hand and a snap of energy emerges from it.

"Stay very close," Erik cautions Charles as he throws up a shield encompassing them all. "Sayid and I should be OK. You see anyone, put them down. Sayid, do what you have to do."

"Shoot to kill?" he tilts his head.

"Ideally not, but we might not have a better option when push comes to shove. Use your judgment, both of you," Erik tells them solemnly.


From up ahead, he hears a bang and through the door emerges a man he hasn't seen in years. "Oh, G-d," he mutters to himself, shoring everything up. "Viktor Creed, it's been a while."

"Would you look at that. Kitten brought friends. All right, kitten. We can play." Creed grins and launches at them.

"Charles, now, put him down!" Erik growls as he flings Creed across the room in one easy movement. Before he smashes into the opposite wall, Erik stops him, preventing him from turning into a pile of broken bones. Sayid grimaces, making a face at the guy. He knows he's thinking what they're all thinking. Unpleasant doesn't begin to cover it. He's a monster, plain and simple.

Charles steadies himself, and though he doesn’t appreciate the implication that he can’t defend himself, even he can appreciate that now is not the time for squabbling. So he stays behind Erik and Sayid, attuned and sensitive. It’s all quiet until his consciousness is overtaken entirely by an oil-slicked, putrid voice. The depravity of Viktor Creed’s mind is momentarily stunning to Charles. Filth, rot, anger, evil. It’s a mind unlike any that Charles has felt before, so full of foul intentions; there isn’t a shred of humanity.

Only when Erik shrieks at him does Charles jolt from his surprise, and it’s in the nick of time that he suppresses Creed’s mobility, rendering him entirely paralyzed. But, it’s much more difficult to do than expected, a difficult barrier between his mind and Creed’s own. “He should be out for now,” Charles breathes, the strain in his voice clear. “But we need to hurry.”

Erik behind him is trembling a little, eyes involuntarily drawn to the heap of Creed on the floor. He takes a few grounding breaths, pushing everything as far down inside of himself as he can. All the nightmares and hellish recollection, buried beneath the Earth under his feet. Down, down, down. "OK, I can, I can sense them. Up there," he raises a hand toward a staircase at the opposite end of the room. "Essex and Schmidt. Wyngarde, too. Essex is, is like you. A telepath."

"It stands to reason they might be immune to our abilities," Sayid says softly. "We need to strategize. Not go in guns blazing."

"Raven and Hank should be OK for now, if their crew is gathered up there," Erik determines shakily. "We go in and I immediately transport them to somewhere else. Isolate and contain. Charles and Sayid, you both focus on Essex and Wyngarde."

Essex and Wyngarde, then. Two minds Charles can feel. Not as obtusely vile as Creed’s, but slick and sickly all the same. Essex especially; Charles can feel the familiar uncomfortable reverberation of telepathic rebound as he approaches Essex. They’re not alike. Telepaths, sure, but Essex doesn’t hear thoughts as Charles and Sayid might. Rather, his telepathy is focused more on the control center of the brain. A master puppeteer. The universe only knows what unthinkable things a man like this with a power like that might do.

“What about Schmidt?” Charles breathes, but before he can get an answer, he collapses onto the floor, muscles turned to gelatin. He’s lucky to be able to grab a foothold against Essex before the man shuts off his brain entirely. There, the two telepaths are stuck, pressing against each other in an invisible battle. Charles is on the floor as Essex looms in the doorway, and Charles thrashes against the power. I…don’t know how much longer I can hold him, he gasps to Erik and Sayid. He’s…ah, he’s strong…

Erik is just about to dematerialize them. One second, that's all it takes. Essex charges up, and Erik... Charles feels it when Erik is overcome, mind dominated by a hand pushing his cognition down and down. Erik thrashes against it futilely, aware, horrified, bleeding fear and mortification all over the place as he fully loses his composure in the face of this--no, he can't, he has to--no, oh, no--

"Well, well," Klaus Schmidt finally makes his appearance known.

Everyone is enveloped now in Essex's thrall, and the man grins. "Should we have some fun, eh?"

"You'll get your fun. Don't be cruel, let's dispatch this one and we'll return home. Where you belong, Kleiner Erik."

"You don't have to--I'll go, I'll go. You can't kill him, you can't--"

"Well, I won't, dear boy. You will, won't you? Be a good boy and pick up that gun. Gut gemacht," Schmidt tuts as Erik lurches forward without volitional control to do so.

No, no. He can't. Please, please.

It’s something straight out of a horror story. Erik’s mind, stoic and strong, is quickly overtaken by something…else. Something scared and childlike. Something that feels small. Erik. Erik, fight it, you can do it— But he can’t. Charles can’t fight it, either. Essex and Schmidt are too strong. Far too late, Charles finally understands. “Kill me yourself, you coward,” Charles grits at Schmidt, and though the gun he’s staring down is being held by Erik, Charles knows that it’s Schmidt he must convince. “He’s done doing your bidding. If you want me dead, you kill me. Bloody coward.”


Everything dissolves, the world returning in a series of harsh snaps. Lights, sound, particles floating down the spiral and into the abyss. Shapes and colors, kaleidoscopic rain. Charles feels Erik's mind fracturing against its constraints, his hand lifting the gun, depressing the trigger, and then the meltdown, reality itself, carving itself up, endless iterations expanding infinitely, exponentially, getting louder and louder-- Cataclysmic.

The bullet dissolves, the building dissolves, instantly obliterated, Erik's powers entirely cascading outward with no control, no finesse, as though someone has launched a grenade in his mind and detonated it and they may well have. The world around rends itself apart, and it takes eons to slowly weave itself back together. As Erik gradually comes back to himself, his power slipping into his own control again. Asunder, everything--destroyed-- Black. Peace. At last. It's--

Charles doesn't remember the beam. He doesn't remember feeling his entire body disappear from his awareness as the heavy steel destroys the connection between his brain and body, nor does he remember as his lungs collapse, his ribs break, or his liver lacerate. It's only through Sayid's later account that Charles learns of it all. What he does remember is Erik's entire being, everywhere around. It's the first thing he remembers when his eyes finally flutter open, a month later, to an unfamiliar room, a blockage in his throat, and an immense soreness. "Mmmmm....?" he grumbles, and then begins to choke.

Instantly the sensation recedes and Charles can catch his breath, and the weathered visage of Erik Lehnsherr starts to come into focus. He presses the back of his palm to Charles's cheek, smiling a little wetly. "You're awake," he murmurs, keeping it soft and simple for now. Shomron and Hank McCoy and their medical team have done well to get Charles stable, but he isn't in New York, that's for sure. The hustle and bustle he's come to expect from the city is absent - they're somewhere remote. It's temperate, mid-morning. They're in a house, not a hospital, though his room has all the necessary medical accoutrements. "Just take it steady. Focus on my voice. There you are."

Charles furrows his brow. He doesn't understand where he is, or why he's here. His vision is blurred, but he can see—and more, feel, in his head—Erik Lehnsherr. Why? When he tries to speak, his voice doesn't come through his dry throat. Are you alright? he asks, woozy. Schmidt...he broke...

Erik nods, but it's clear that he is keeping a massive deluge of emotional sensation tightly barricaded for the telepath's comfort. "I'm all right, neshama. Just take it a moment at a time. You were--you're hurt, Charles. You got hurt. But you're alive, and I am so very glad."

There's instant relief when Erik promises that he's okay. He doesn't feel okay, not at all, but if he has the wherewithal to try and pretend, that's at least something. He's trying to hold it back....that wall, though, feels easier to penetrate, and so, clumsily, he leaps over the barricade and into the fire. Anguish. Guilt. So much guilt that it nearly chokes them both. Explosions, bodies flying, a bullet through the air, and then...nothing. How hurt...what happened?

Erik doesn't trust his voice to come out even, so he does what he can to marshal his thoughts. Essex took me over. Made me shoot you. I tried to fight him. I broke free, but he triggered my mutation against my will. Destroyed everything. Killed everyone there. Himself, too. I regained consciousness in time to save your life. The lives of our team. But you were hurt. Very badly. You have a T1 spinal cord injury, Charles, he says it as succinctly as he can.

Charles frowns, but when he tries to shake his head, the pain rockets downward. And then he realizes: he can’t feel his legs. Or his hips, his stomach, halfway up his chest… I’m…is it permanent..? is all he can’t feel think to ask, tears flooding his eyes.

Erik does his level best not to outwardly react, but Charles can feel it all the same, the rippling agony reverberating like a chord. I don't think I can fix it, neshama. It's too complex, too closely entwined with your consciousness and your abilities. Believe me, I have tried. But you're alive, Charles. And you're not alone. I know we can figure this out. How to maneuver. People do, all the time. It won't be easy, but you can survive this. You can. Erik grasps his hand, squeezing gently, and lifts his braced one to swipe away Charles's tears very delicately.

Charles struggles to grasp what Erik is telling him. He asks Erik to repeat himself several times, attempts to move his limbs, and when it all fails, his tears don’t stop. And then what? he spits, cold and harsh. Where am I, even? Genosha? Why did you bring me here? Take me home!

Erik shakes his head. "Not Genosha. There used to be a farm here, long ago. Jo'ara. Now, it's all wildlands. Uninhabited. Near Jordan, Judge's Spring. The CIA were knocking down your door day and night, they've a mind to charge you with murder. Apparently Schmidt and his ilk were here under the auspices of Operation Paperclip. So I brought you here, so you can focus on recovery. They know not to mess about with Erik Lehnsherr. So they're cooling it, for now. You almost died, Charles. You aren't out of the woods, yet. But I refuse to throw you to the wolves and wash my hands of it. You'll stay here, gather your strength. Learn to adapt. And then we can deal with your return to Westchester and the circus that inevitably awaits you there."

Despite the silence, Charles can still hear so much. Voices, which he knows are far away, but which sound and feel close. It’s overwhelming. CIA, paralysis. What’s worse? You’re not a doctor. You can’t take care of me on your own…not out of the woods?

No, I'm not. Hank, Daniel and their team have seen to your care so far, I've provided them everything they needed to ensure your wellbeing. They'll be around soon, to conduct a more thorough evaluation now that you're awake. I didn't want them here right now. For the most part, though, I can look after you fairly easily. My abilities are what they are. I've also created a mobility aid for you, that will enable you to retain some degree of independence. You'll be able to go where you want, when you want. And beyond that, we can work together. You can make use of my mutation as you like. We will figure it out, Charles. I promise you this. I'm here. I will help you bear this. Erik's expression is fierce.

Charles rails against it, but there's no fighting it, in the end. He's crying, angry and sad tears all at once, and when he realizes that he can't even lift his arm to wipe them away, he cries even more. Why are you helping me? Giving up so much to be here with me?

Because you're my friend, Erik says softly. Because I care about you. Very much. I know you think I'm here because I feel guilty and responsible and maudlin and all that typical nonsense. I'd be idiotic to deny there's some of that, but it's not the core of me. It's because I care about you. I want you to be well. You are loved, Charles. Know that.


Charles doesn't know what to make of it. It's easier to convince himself that it's the guilt and the maudlin "nonsense" driving Erik to do all of this, but after several weeks, it becomes clear that Erik is telling the truth, he does care, and deeply. Hank and Daniel visit a few times per day to check in on him, or whenever Erik calls them to help, but for the most part, it's just the two of them. Charles is scarcely out of bed at first, finding even sitting to be too much effort, though he gradually spends more time in the elaborate hoverchair that Erik has constructed for him.

At all hours of the day, there's Erik. Tending to his needs and wants, steadfast and unbending. "What do your people think about you being here with me?" he asks Erik on one cool afternoons. He's lying in bed, staring out the window, too sore and tired to get up for the day. "It's been weeks now, Erik. Too long to be away, no?"

Erik hovers up from his spot on the floor, serene and cross-legged. He's draped in a cable-knit sweater, and a peeping sparrow has perched on his shoulder for the morning. "They understand," he assures softly. Raven has taken over for the time being, and she visits as often as she can, helping Charles in the garden and whirling fantastical stories to entertain, complete with shifts of each character. "They know that you are my family, that you are very important to me. So you're important to them, too," he explains as best he can. It isn't easy to translate the Genoshan way of things, but he tries.

"But they don't know me. Or know why I'm important to you," Charles murmurs, studying Erik's serene features. He's been a bastion of calm over these past several weeks, stoic but also warm. Unendingly patient. "And I suppose I don't, either," he admits, a bit more sheepish. "We haven't known each other long. And we were only 'friends' for an even shorter amount of time, prior to the accident. Scarcely enough to warrant you uprooting your whole life to play nursemaid for me while I lie in bed."

"No, they don't know my truest feelings, but they trust me," he says with a smile. "When I say it's important. They believe me. I know you have a hard time doing the same, but it just... is, I suppose?" he huffs a little, eyes creasing fondly.

"You can understand why I may find that difficult, can't you?" Charles implores. "I mean, when I woke up, I was suddenly...well. I don't know. I was neshama, to you. I wasn't that to you before. I suppose I don't really know what changed, or why. It's hard for me not to chalk it up to your feelings of guilt."

"Believe me, it wasn't sudden," Erik admits at last. "Not to me. I--I'm sorry, for not--for not being able to compose myself as I should have. Ideally it would have remained within me, but I was elated that you had awoken, and it slipped."

"Can you explain it to me?" Charles asks, clumsily gesturing for Erik with his more functional arm, his right. It flops over the side of the bed, but Charles doesn't pay it mind. "You're...guarded. I can barrel through your walls now much more easily, but I don't out of respect for your privacy. That's left me wondering why, however."

"You don't have to mind my privacy," Erik tells him for the Nth time, patient as ever. "If you want to know, it's all there. And if it isn't wanted, that's all right. I have kept it away for a long time and I can keep it for longer."

Charles exhales deeply and stares up at the ceiling. He's frustrated, but he doesn't know exactly why. "You're this...vigilante? Radical? I don't know what we're supposed to call you. But you're you and I'm me. A schoolteacher. A schoolteacher who licks boots and cuddles up to the feds. Not exactly Magneto's type, no?"

"You know, you're the most obtuse telepath I've ever met, Charles Xavier," Erik says with a blurt of laughter that shakes his shoulders. "You big, dumb idiot. Look into my mind and see the truth."

Charles frowns. "I know what's in there, Erik. I just don't understand why it's there." But, he indulges Erik anyway, and for the first time, really, really looks. What he sees is...surprising. There aren't visions of Charles in some rosy picture in there, or airbrushed, fabricated memories. Rather, there are small, minute things. Charles stumbling into the kitchen in his pajamas at 4am, to find a sleepless Erik, explaining that he's been up chasing a student's nightmares away.

Charles immediately pausing his conversation with Hank to allow a little girl to interrupt him with a question about his favorite color of tulip (purple). Charles telling a corny joke (and beaming when all around him groan), Charles always listening to his peers with full attention, Charles smiling a close-lipped grin at Erik from across the chess table. Little things, coalescing into something much larger that Erik holds dear, something inexplicable, something profound.

"All that?" he asks softly.

"All that," Erik confirms, unashamed, but quite braced for whatever is to come. "You're stuck with me. For better or worse. So make it better," he snarks, and rests his hand on Charles's arm with a grounding squeeze. "You have a long, wonderful life ahead of you. I'll just be glad to help you get there, OK? We will get there."

Charles considers this all, a bit floored. Yes, he's felt the 'kindred souls' connection for some time. Two people, not quite insiders within their own lives, seeming to perfectly slot together despite odds. Suppose he's been too invested in his own wallowing to think outwardly. "Can you....come and lay with me?" he asks at last. "I think I've been hoping that you would."

Instantly, Erik materializes behind Charles, folding him up in long limbs and warm blankets. He drops a kiss to the top of his head, just letting the moment exist. Peaceful. Gentle. "I can't think of anything else I'd rather do," he rumbles lowly, stretching out as the afternoon sun shines down upon them. "We'll travel a bit. Explore the Expanse. See what's out there, yeah? And when you're ready, you'll come back and you'll continue your work. Right where you left off. And I'll be there, then, too."

Charles expects to feel a painful jolt in his back when Erik settles behind him, but the transition does nothing to his body; Erik has probably moved everything in space around them to ensure that Charles doesn't move even a micrometer. His eyes flutter shut under the kiss, and for the first time in weeks, there's a modicum of peace in his soul. Yes, this feels right, to lie in bed with Erik, in his arms. "Explore," he murmurs. "I don't know. I'm pretty useless still, mm? Napping every few hours, relying on you for everything. We could stay here."

"We could. You can learn how to make macaroni art. I'm sure it will be very beautiful," Erik drawls, lazy. He raises his good hand and from it a bundle of noodles unfolds and floats up, forming geometrical shapes in wobbling complexity. "See? Magnificent."

Charles finds it within himself to even laugh, because Erik seems to be both dead serious and coy. "Alright, we can make macaroni art," he agrees, watching the dry noodles revolve in the air. "But, no cheating. You have to do everything by hand, too. I'm sure with your bad hand and my useless ones, we'll be on par with a local preschool, hmm?"

"And then we'll take on the CIA, too, give them a run for their money. They've gotten too comfortable for their own good," Erik smirks. "This time, they knew they couldn't maneuver. They lost it. But we will show them a better path, I think. All of us. That's the work, yeah? Why you're licking boots and all that. I'm not so naive, Charles. I know."

Charles’s expression darkens a bit. That has been the other weight hanging around his neck. Ailo has taken over duties for Charles at the school, though Charles knows he doesn’t enjoy being in a leadership role of this nature—he prefers to lead quietly, subtly. But Hank has been busy managing Charles’s care, and no one else quite has the temperament for it. This has meant that Ailo has had to fend off the CIA for Charles, as they’re still pursuing him for his involvement in the death of Schmidt. “I think I need to address that one on my own,” he tells Erik after a moment. “Perhaps you’ll scoff, but I’d like to get back in the government’s good graces.”

"No, I don't scoff," Erik says. "I know what it costs you to do this. You'll have as much support from me and Genosha as you need. We love the taste of leather. It's all the rage," Erik smirks. "But truthfully, you know my position. We help mutants. All mutants. Liberal cactus-heads and all," Erik says, and just like that, a small succulent appears. Its fronds are oddly shaped into... well, they look like... Charles. "A perfect cactus for your head."

Charles observes the cactus, momentarily distracted by the swoopy fronds that seem…familiar. It floats between them, near Charles’s face. “I resent the term liberal far more than the term cactus-head,” he hums. “I’m not a liberal. I suppose I pretend to be one. Maybe that does make me a liberal, though. Mm. Regardless, it’s all about safety. For my children. For mutantkind. You understand.”

"I do," Erik says. "Very well. I didn't, at first. I didn't get it, I'm not savvy like you. I'm more of an axe, you know," he murmurs wryly. "But I've come to understand. And in America, that's how you have to do it. I know that. There are so many mutants who aren't protected there, you're putting yourself in front of them. I always knew that much. I might get a jab in there, but I didn't ever let anyone disrespect you on Genosha. Our mandate is very clear. We welcome all mutants and allies, and those who need help. Those who need home. You're a mutant, you are welcome."

“Welcoming and going to bat for someone are two different things, aren’t they?” Charles counters gently. He knows Erik better now and knows that he means it when he says that any mutant is welcome on Genosha, but he can’t imagine Erik Lehnsherr attempting to be diplomatic with the bloody CIA. “You’ll isolate yourself from your people.”

"I won't pretend to be anything other than what I am," Erik says with a shake of his head. "I dislike the United States and everything it stands for. But I care about the people who live there more than I care about frivolous ideology that may or may not be hypocritical in the end anyway. I want our people to live in peace, to prosper. I will do whatever it takes. And the Genoshans know that. We won't be bullied or abused, but we aren't opposed to diplomacy, far from it. Our nature is inherently diplomatic, Charles. How often have you seen us truly take aggressive action? How often have we killed? The last war we took a thousand casualties and the United States lost two men, of their own stupidity, because they wouldn't stop attacking and Callisto had no alternative but to defend herself. Don't listen to them, they don't know anything about us. They think we are deranged radicals, and I think you believe that on some level. But we aren't."

Charles can’t help but chuckle softly. What Erik speaks of is so not the impression that the average American has of Genosha. Diplomacy is not the first word that comes to mind. And yet…well. Charles can only conceive of Erik now as someone who cares deeply about people. His people and others. Killing Schmidt, even, pains him, though they don’t speak much about that. “I don’t think you’re deranged. But, I suppose I have my own biases, don’t I? I admire your island, and how you stand up for what you believe in. But I also worry.”

"It is not my island," Erik corrects him softly. "We spoke of it before, what makes someone a Genoshan. I guess the closest translation might be... steward, perhaps. A custodian, of the land, of the Earth. We are entrusted with a solemn responsibility, this task of ours. To care for the Earth, for the people in it, to create communities based in compassion and freedom. I liberated the Genoshans from a century of enslavement, and they saw in me the same impetus that drives them, and they welcomed me. I took over as Prime Minister only as a tactical maneuver, but I don't make decisions for them. The Genoshans are a self-determining people. I just protect their land from harm, from those like the United States who seek to destroy us."

Chapter 118: The falcon's chicks would not tell fibs; she plucked the stray bird from their midst

Chapter Text

And in the traveling, the Expanse draws a circle to take Charles in.

1967.

They are tethered together, until the very end. I don’t think I’m going to make it, Charles's voice flickers in and out of Erik's nerve-battered consciousness, where he's laid blinded and insensate atop a hospital gurney, in the same place he's been for months as Bolivar Trask brutalizes his husband. Charles tells him, say the word and I'll make it stop, sweetheart.

Erik never says the word. He stays, cherishing every last moment between them. Fills it with songs and stories, mythologies, ancestral histories and cosmic delights in puppet-shows across the infinite chasm. Poetry for each one of his molecules. Laughter, gentleness.

I’m…I have to be near the end, Erik.

The first crack. No. No, no, you can't. Please, tell them. Tell them anything. Tell them, get them to help you. Please. Please, please, please. You can't, you can't. Neshama, no.

I can't do that to innocent people. My life is not worth more than any of theirs.

Yes it is! Yes, you are worth everything. Yes, yes you are. Please. If they die, it will be their fault! It will be their stupid actions, not you! Not you. Please. Please no.

You know that isn't true. Be rational, darling.

Please don't leave me. Please, I know I left. I know, I'm sorry, please. Please.

Calm down, my love. Hey, listen to me. You'll always have me. In your head and in your heart. I love you so very much, Erik. Through space and time. You'll be OK. I'm so sorry--


Erik Lehnsherr is not OK.

It will take historians a long time to parse exactly what happened in the hospital room of Aramida Medical Center on October 30th, 1967. The war between America and Genosha had been steadily plodding on. The Genoshans practice restraint, diplomacy and decency in engagement for much of its duration, sustaining 13,000 losses whilst the United States only took five. Until that morning. The day that Erik Lehnsherr burst free from his constraints, overwhelmed with grief and rage, and in a single swoop felled each and every member of the CIA responsible for the Vision program.

Crazed, wearing nothing but hospital scrubs, Erik materializes into the center of the White House and the President is obliterated on live television. Their weapons are gone, their defenses are decimated. Worldwide, every army, everywhere, finds themselves entirely disabled. And then Erik disappears, for months on end, into the recesses of Genosha, where he cuts off all outside contact.  Six months of the world waiting, before he emerges once more. No longer the green-eyed, stoic-but-compassionate leader of Genosha. His gaze is flint and grey, hair cut into short, sleek curls of pure white.

Gone is the warmth that hid behind the stone of his outward demeanor. The soft edges are sharp, dangerous. He makes a single televised statement advising the world that he is finished tolerating their degeneracy. All will be provided for, housed, and given medical attention. All will be educated, world-wide prison systems will be reformed. Society will change, because if it doesn't, Erik Lehnsherr will do to the rest of the humans what he did to the President and the CIA. The world has no choice but to capitulate.

Erik begins the process, then, of gradually consolidating the North American continent into a single entity, termed Turtle Island, and begins the long and arduous process of working with the indigenous populations around the globe to see their lands thrive, grow, and develop under environmentally conscious leadership.

For the most part, day-to-day life is.... pleasant. But there's an insidious undercurrent behind it, for anyone who expresses anti-mutant or bigoted sentiment knows that they have no means by which to resist the new status quo, and feel that their voices have been silenced. The President's death was a shock, sending ripples through the global consciousness, and people still don't know what to make of Lehnsherr. Half of the world expects him to start slaughtering humans immediately and throwing them into re-education camps, and try to prepare accordingly -

only to find that their weapons dissolve in mid-air, lending further credence to the growing awareness that Erik is everywhere, all the time, an inscrutable master with an incomprehensible demeanor, who very rarely makes any public appearance at all. It is this world that Charles Xavier finds himself swiftly thrust into, as the Expanse gradually recedes her tide.


It's a balmy Tuesday afternoon on Genosha when the ripples through space-time clear, and he emerges from the ether into the private living space of what he presumes to be his husband's counter-part. It's concrete and metal, cold and austere, and Erik is working at a steel desk over a touch-monitor using gestures of braced hands (his left and right are both shattered). He sits at a hunch, tension all through his body, draped in a black cloak.

Pain lances at his eyes, but his staffers don't seem to notice as Callisto teleports in with a warning that their perimeter has been breached. "Who--who are you?" she barks, leveling an electromagnetic stun gun at Charles.

Erik lifts his eyes, dull and lifeless, to the newcomer. And squints. "I'm Erik," he replies patiently to Callisto, as if warding off Charles as a figment of his imagination. A hallucination. Not uncommon for him, these days.

He hasn’t been dormant by any stretch. Rather, during this lengthy sojourn through the Expanse, Charles and Erik have been folded into each reality, experiencing it all firsthand alongside their counterparts. Ailo and Erik are both there, as are all of them. They reunite with Ariel and Charlie, in their new bodily forms, and it’s joyous indeed. They express their love and appreciation, and then move on. On and on and on, into worlds Charles can scarcely recognize. One teaches him utter humility; in this life, he’s addled and dopey, easily taken advantage of. Another reminds him how desperately he needs Erik to counterbalance his own weight.

And then, after seconds and years simultaneously, it all finally clicks. Anguish and agony respun into wrath. Though the world begins to stabilize and rebuild, there is a quaking center of volatility and pain, one which threatens to destabilize the entire Expanse if it’s not cared for properly. Without conscious volition, Charles, corporeally, finds himself in a cold office, healthy and well and in the same clothing he was wearing on Ailo’s porch, facing a white-haired, stone-faced Erik. There is no trace of warmth in that gaze at it fixes on Charles, which is alarming. Even at their most furious moments, Eriks rend to soften when they look upon Charleses of all stripes.

It occurs to Charles then that Erik believes him a hallucination. With an apologetic smile, Charles forces Callisto to lower her weapon and march out. The aid protests and swears, and Charles will apologize properly later, but they’re soon alone. “Sweetheart,” Charles rumbles warmly, wheeling around Erik’s desk until they’re only inches apart. “My love. I’m not a figment of your imagination, hmm? I’m here. I’m real.” He reaches out to lay a hand stop Erik’s knee.

But Erik doesn't look up from his terminal, eyes tracking the memo and slowly dredging up again, revolving down, a haunted nystagmus as line after line erodes its way into his fractured conscience. Charles hears his own voice echoing back at him, that same warm rumble, curling along Erik's wayward nervous system. There's no spark of recognition from one moment to the next, on the inside Erik is Eldritch-composed, non-linear, bizarre-geometry. "Language, Callisto," he hums dryly, ears perked up to account for wayward children.

Genosha is still a vibrant place, the Genoshans themselves have carried it forward, infusing splashes of color and life into the stale concrete where Erik allows it. Children frequently run about the Posto, as they do in Charles's own Genosha. Genosha hasn't changed. Erik has changed. His architecture, disintegrated. The touch twinges a little, and his fingers stutter in mid-air before he swipes a piece of data aside, continuing his task. He's accustomed to this, has learned to navigate it, even welcoming it.

His mind crafting Charles for him, soothing him privately. His neshama, even in death, looking after him. On bad days, he curls up at the window and dares to wonder if it really is Charles, somewhere out there, weaving back to him. A telepathic legacy, a temporal echo, like Edie. It's easy to convince himself of it, but he knows not to indulge too frequently, for he so easily gets lost in the loam. And there is work to be done. The work that must be done, so that no one else should ever suffer this way. 

Erik continues his abortive typing, as if Charles truly isn’t there. He can feel the touch but he dismisses it as conjured up by his own mind. Little by little, Charles begins to see just how damaged this man is, shattered to his very core. Externally, he still looks vaguely like Erik, but his interiors are hollow, cold. Kept that way by necessity. There’s immense physical pain, too. Both hands are braced, and his right, Charles notices, is all but useless. Extraordinarily painful, though only the millimeter twitch at the corner of his jaw betrays it. Charles knows this pain. And so, wordlessly, he wriggles his way into the nearly unrecognizable mind of his husband’s damaged counterpart and settles atop his pain center. Like a warm swathe of water, all of the physical aches in Erik’s body wash away.

"Oh, oh," Erik gasps as though breaking out of an interminable ocean. He feels his limbs turn to jelly and he sags back into his seat, arms laid at his sides. Basking in this glorious reprieve. Tears fill up his eyes and spill down his cheeks, entirely without volition, and he doesn't wipe them away, just closes them and sits and basks. It's a good day, today. He can almost feel his beloved once more, almost, that gentle curl in the back of his mind flaring warmth... an echo, just an echo. Erik knows it's an echo, but the echo brings relief. Sweet, blessed relief from the prism of agony his burden of a body had become. "Neshama," Erik rumbles softly, under his breath. To himself, not to Charles. The loam is still so very close. 

Charles smiles upon seeing Erik’s hyper-rigid posture soften as the pain dissipates. There’s even the faintest trace of a sad smile on those lips, which Charles will take. The creature before him is one who has known only suffering for a long time; to be able to grant any reprieve is Charles’s greatest joy. Take us to Arcadia? he suggests, rubbing Erik’s back as he slumps. Where you took him after his injury. That was his favorite place. It’s my favorite, too.

A soft sigh. I have to lead my people, neshama. Arcadia can wait, hm? he tells this figment of his imagination, as he's done so many times before. Negotiating with a hallucination ought to tip him off that he's not playing with a full deck of cards, either, but--no one else has to know about it. Charles isn't there to know about it. This draft, here, he orients to work, as he always does, grounding himself down. In my office, at the Posto. We're eliminating fossil fuels and rare-earth metals mining operations in Congo--

I don’t think it can wait, sweetheart, Charles replies, gentle and warm. He takes the tablet from the tabletop and sets it in his lap, and then reaches forward to raise Erik’s chin so that their eyes can finally meet. Those stony eyes are also…glassy? Somewhat vacant? Erik clearly isn’t all there. Charles must tread carefully. Do you ever imagine your husband bald? Charles asks gently. Can your imagined Charles take your pain away?

Oh, your hair, Erik grins, untethered in this private place, with all of his aches eased. You look so regal, my neshama. So handsome. The pain... it's gone, oh, the loam. It soothes. My own self, weaving back together. Trying so hard. Don't want-- Erik stutters, there. Hey, listen to me. In that firm, commanding voice. The last time he heard his love speak. Down his cheeks, a river of sorrow drips. Longing, a hollow ache.

Come on, sweetheart. To Arcadia. Raven can finish your work here. We’ve got more important matters to attend to, matters which only you and I can manage. Charles reaches out to set his hands on Erik’s cheeks. It’ll be alright. I’ve got you, my love. I’m here, now.

And as often as it goes, Erik bends to the whim of this latest figment, for he can deny Charles nothing, not even a Charles of his own construction. That's how it was, between them. He remembers that. The firm, commanding authority that once settled into his atoms and snapped them together, safe and snug, all aligned.


Arcadia is as it was, in an instant they materialize there, Erik standing beside Charles. Charles hovering. Just like they used to. My favorite place, with you, he agrees. He can't see, his eyes are swimming in sorrows.

This version is different than Charles’s own, but he’s learned that’s how it goes. Each pairing creates their own Arcadia together, weaving nuances of the personal amid their Eden. There are similarities, sure, but Charles thinks about the beauty of the individuality. This Charles harvested eggplants here, while this Erik made a delightful babaganoush. Come here, he coaxes, and gently pulls Erik onto his lap. He feels how trim and bony he is, beneath his austere black uniform. I’m not your Charles, he tells the man, beginning to rock him gently in his arms. But I’m real. I promise I’m real. How can I make you believe that?

Erik looks up at him, brows pinched together. "It never, Charles--?" he gasps. They re-appear in his office, Emma and Raven and Callisto all. "Charles, is, please, tell me if--"

Raven is the first to react, blue and steady. "You look like Charles Xavier," she calls to him, and Callisto gripes under her breath that Charles Xavier isn't bald. "Tell us who you are, what you're doing here."

"Who you--" Erik rasps. "Who..." inhales. Oh. Oh. In an instant, he is on his knees, head bowed against Charles's leg, two bad hands braced and settled on Charles's lap. Erik shudders, a deluge hitting him--the tsunami, again and again-- "My dear-heart, I lost you. I don't understand. You came back to me, to me?"

Charles's fingers immediately fall to Erik's short white curls, scritching and tousling as he addresses the women first. There's a small, almost apologetic smile on his face; he realizes that no one among them is aware of the existence of their alternate selves. "I am Charles Xavier," he supplies to Raven. "But, from a parallel universe. I know that sounds absurd, but you must believe me. I'm here because this is what we do, Erik and I. We come to the aid of our counterparts when we sense that they need us. The Expanse brought me here to help him. His pain is beyond measure, and I can help." He looks to Erik now, sniveling and crying into his pant legs. "I'm always here for you, darling," he tells the man with utmost gentleness. I told you that, didn't I? That I'd always be with you."

Erik grips onto him with broken fingers, the exoskeletal braces finally doing their job in tandem with the analgesia that Charles was intended to provide him, so he could maneuver. It's half-abandoned work, now, because all was lost, before they could see it through. Charles was supposed to be alive. And then he wasn't, and Erik... wasn't, too. He wasn't alive. No atoms to perceive, the sparks of pain a constant thundering shriek, pounding at him. Every second of every passing, waking, aching moment crawling by a breath at a time.

Slow. Endless. Each second feels like a hundred years. He watches the clocks, he watches the birds. He watches the skies and the children. It's so cold, here. So very cold. "Through s-space, and time," he stammers, repeating one of the last things his husband said to him. Before the end. Before the cold and... before the thoughts in his mind turned to ashes in the skies, spires of smoke. Slashes of red over striped uniforms. Too much death. Too much pain. He will find a way to fix it, before he goes. He will find a way, and then he will go, where it doesn't fill his eyes up with drowning.

Emma turns to her companions. "He isn't lying," she informs them, one pristine brow raised. "He even feels like Charles, though I'll say he's a bit angrier than your dear brother, Mystique."

Despite himself, Charles rolls his eyes. "Perhaps the three of you can step in for your Prime Minister while he takes a leave of absence. He requires some time away from work. I'll take care of him." To Erik, his tone is softer, gentle as could ever be. "Through space and time," he repeats, fingers pushing through short curls. "I've got you. Let's go back to Arcadia, hmm? Just you and I. We can talk more there."

Erik rises to his feet, having the wherewithal to look a little sheepish as he brushes away his tears with the crook of his elbow, and it takes no time at all before they've disappeared in a flourish of lights and sparkling wind-chimes. Erik nudges up against Charles, hands fluttering over him as though he can't believe what he's perceiving. "You're here. Really here," he whispers. "Came back for me."

Charles pulls Erik back onto his lap, wrapping his arms around the man's narrow form. How Charles and Erik belong. Maybe at one point, he would have considered his own husband now, and how his Erik might react to such a scene, but he knows more, now. Charles's job is to soothe and care for Erik...all Eriks. Just as Erik's job is to do the same. Right now, this man, this beautiful being before him, needs Charles more than anything else. "I came for you," he corrects gently. "I'm not your husband, unfortunately. Just a version of him. I'll never be him. But, my dear, I'm here for you anyway. Because I love you with my whole heart, hmm? Look." He lifts Erik's chin so that they're staring at each other. "My atoms, my component parts. You can see them all. All of them, here for you."

As though a nudge from the Beyond, Charles can feel the returning wink from his own Erik, soothing and reassuring. This is simply their role in the grand and wondrous scheme of things, to protect and look after one another in all their forms, and he would do the very same to any Charles who needs him, too. But this version of Erik represents a massive instability in the Expanse, a dangerous rogue element, so vast and horrifying is his grief and agony, it threatens to undo the very seams of reality itself. As much as he has tried to avoid such an outcome, it feels looming and inevitable as the eons tick by and his loneliness consumes all in its path.

"Killed you," he sniffles, a broken palm to Charles's cheek. "Killed you. Felt it. So much pain," he warbles. "Hurt you. Can't stop it. Tried so hard, neshama. Not angry with me? Keep trying. Make sure no one else hurts like this."

"I'm not angry with you, sweetheart," he promises, smiling softly—how long has it been since Charles has felt this soft? Already, though it's been mere minutes, Charles can begin to understand why the Expanse brought him here. Not just to help Erik, but to relearn things that he may have forgotten himself. The things that really, truly matter. His ultimate purpose. "We can talk about it as little or as much as you want. I'll answer everything completely honestly. And I'm not going anywhere, okay? You have me here for as long as you need me." He wipes away a stray tear with his thumb. "I'm not mad at you at all, my love," he repeats. "I'm proud of you, in fact. So, so proud. You've kept going, even though it felt impossible."

Erik nudges his cheek into Charles's palm. "I dreamed of this. Not a dream? Real?" he says it, over and over again, the tatters of his mind unwoven and tangled up. "Didn't want to hurt the humans. But they hurt you. Took you. I decided, no more. No more hurting. No more, neshama."

"All real. Every inch of me," Charles promises, patient and unbothered. "I know why you did what you did, my love. I understand. Goodness, do I understand. I know that you were suffering, too, the whole time. How those around you were suffering. How much it hurt to have to listen to him be injured like that. But, do you know what? You being with him to the end was the greatest gift. He passed knowing how much he was loved. That will carry on into the Expanse, sweetheart. When you join him one day, he'll have open arms."

"They hurt him," Erik repeats it softly, a shudder twitching beneath Charles's fingers. "Hurt me, too. Hurts. It hurts, neshama. You went away and everything h-hurt, inside and outside, all the fingers and toes and sad bones, with little cracks, and I can't make it better, it all slips away... feels so nice, now," he rasps, a small smile gracing his features at last, eyes lined in vivid streaks of red and slowly emergent forests. "You are happy? With your me? Happy, neshama? Safe and snug?"

"Yes, very happy," Charles promises, smiling back when he sees that grin emerge, like faint sun after a long, long winter. It's still belied by much sadness. "But, I'll be honest with you, sweetheart. Though I could not be happier with my husband and my family, our world is experiencing some turbulence...and I suppose I'm not reacting to it very well," he admits. He'd promised Erik honesty, and so he's getting it all, full force. "I've done some things which might surprise you. That may be part of the reason why I'm right here, right now. I, too, need some help. And I think that the Expanse wants you and I to help each other. I can help you be Erik again, and you can help me be Charles. We can do it together. Does that sound okay?"

Erik raises his two battered hands, gently setting them on either side of Charles's jaw. "Surprise me? Well, I... surprise you, too," he whispers, a shadow of that wry humor ever-present in his own Erik. "I think we are hurt, neshama. The world can be so dark and terrible. So much suffering to bear. I always could, with you. Now I'm alone, and... please, don't go. Please. I know... you can't... I'm so--please, I miss--all the little eggplants," his voice cracks.

"I won't go," Charles tells him, firm. "Not until you're ready. As long as it takes, okay? Even if that's years." He takes Erik's better hand, his left, and kisses each knuckle. "We'll garden. You can cook for us. We'll lay in the sun, read, play chess, travel... anything and everything, my love. I'm for my beloved, and my beloved is for me," he recites. "Always and forever."

"Your Erik will miss you," he says, somewhat pitifully, but it warms him all the same as Charles continues on. All the things they used to love. No more screaming, no more ashen devastation. "He didn't hurt you? T-Trask. Didn't hurt? I'm so sorry. Promised to protect you and I couldn't, and it is all my fault. Injured you, always hurting you, shouldn't stay... what if I hurt you again? Kill you? He'll be so sad. Your me."

"He's here with us, right now," Charles says, gesturing vaguely. "Time, too, works differently in the Expanse. Don't fret, alright?." He kisses Erik's cheek. "He did hurt me. That's how I lost my hair," he answers, smiling sadly. "I went through something very similar to your me. I was able to put a stop to it, but I was very close to meeting the same fate as he did. I'm so sorry, darling. I wish he had been able to do the same. You won't hurt me, we both know that. Nothing will hurt us. We have people protecting us, now. Don't worry about a thing."

"I'm sorry," Erik flutters his fingers gently across Charles's bare skin, then leans forward to press his lips there, just because. He's here. He's real. He's real, or Erik has well and truly been lost to the loam. But if this is losing, he can't mind it. The shearing agony, his companion in suffering, has dwindled to liquid softness in his bones. "You said... surprise me? What happened? Tell me about it?" they reappear on the couch, and Erik wraps Charles up in his arms. Just like he used to do.

Charles settles back on the couch, pressing lips to Erik's temple. "In my world, it's 1981," Charles begins, sighing softly. "There's an evangelical Christian in office, as President of the United States. He's anti-mutant, anti-gay, anti-poor...you name it. And as one of his first acts in office, he threatened both my school AND my family, threatening to take my students and my little boy away from me." A projection appears in the room before them; David, sitting on his tiger bed, reading a book. "That's David, my son. Right in front of him, I used my telepathy in a way that he knows is wrong right in front of him...this is just the tip of it, though. I've been doing it for some time. But to do it in front of him...it frightened him." Charles exhales deeply, lowering his eyes in shame. "Even one year ago, I never would have dreamt of such a thing."

Erik gasps at the image of little David. "A son? Oh, look at him," he croons, pawing at the translucent image. At long last, the smile on his face warms into something full and genuine. "They tried to hurt him?" he connects the pieces together haphazardly, slamming squares into circles with little to buff them out. "Oh, no. You can't let them hurt him. I understand. Me, too," he whispers. "They hurt my love. So I made sure, they can't, ever again. Fed up. With the hate, and bigotry. I made them listen."

"I know. I understand." And goodness, Charles does. "I won't let them hurt him. That's my largest concern, making sure my loved ones aren't hurt. But there are better ways to go about it than what I did, mm? I scared him...in that way, I hurt him." Charles sighs, a pang for his son. "I shouldn't have done it that way."

"It's not very nice," Erik agrees gently. "To make the little ones scared. But it's different. What you did. From what, what Schmidt did to me. He just wanted to hurt, for fun. I think you got scared, and just made a mistake. It's not good, but you're still my Charles," Erik tells him, entirely without judgment. "Me, I don't know. If I'm still Erik. I don't know. I don't think I can be Erik, without you. I don't think I can be," he confides at long last. He doesn't just mean to be Erik, but to live, itself. "I promised myself I would fix it first, and then I could go." He touches over his heart with his fist. "To rest, at last." 

Charles rests a hand atop Erik’s own on his chest. He understands. Goodness, does he. Without Erik, he could become Franklin and take over the entire world. Each day, it becomes clearer and clearer that, without each other, there’s danger. Incompleteness. “Let’s try and see if we can find a way to make life worth living, hmm? There’s a lot out there, in the Expanse. A lot you don’t know about. We can explore it together.”


And so they settle in, and Charles gradually begins to comprehend the full weight of the task before him. This Erik isn't quite like Cricket, he's more recognizable, but he's still... shattered, and this becomes more evident as the days progress. Charles holds him through nightmares, and does his best to bolster him when he starts to unravel at the seams. What Trask did is emblazoned across his spirit, a ruinous pit at the center of his being.

Just this morning, Charles realizes that Erik is sitting lifelessly by their garden, lost in memories, and he notices how everything ripples and decays around him, slowly spreading. Killing the eggplants, infecting the roots of their apple tree. The air itself feels poisoned, physics inside-out and backwards.

"Darling." Charles places a hand on Erik's shoulder, parking his chair at his side. It has been a trying few weeks, but Charles is far from impatient. Trying because it's difficult to experience such pain in a recognizable form, how his absence influences Erik at the most base levels. Today, Erik is feeling especially dark and grim, and that darkness spreads outward, killing the fledgling garden. "Darling, look," he encourages gently, pointing to the crisping plants at their feet. "You don't want these plants to die, mm? Are you able to stop them?"

Erik's breath hitches a little, and he gasps, realizing what he has done. Slowly, but surely, the fronds begin to peak up, roots spreading down. Soil, nutrients. All around them begins to flourish, a meadow of rolling red flowers. Judge's Spring. He remembers. "I try," he whispers at long last. "To keep all the good things within me. To take care of it all. I try, oh, I try. But it slips. I'm sorry, neshama." Erik's smile wobbles a bit, fresh tears anew. He cries so very much now, not even a sound. Soundless sorrows for him.

"You don't need to apologize to me," Charles promises, swiping a thumb across Erik's cheekbone. Reassuring. Strong. "I understand your pain, my love. I've met versions of myself who lost their you, and they were just as shattered as you." It's of little comfort, Charles knows. "Let's see if we can find away to patch some of those holes, hmm? So you don't have to try tso hard to keep it all inside."

"Death is... part of life, I carry it with me. I know. I must tend to it all, but I... hurt, to be the Reaper. It hurts. But I have to, because I promised I would. I promised I would survive, but I don't know if I can... I'm just Erik, just Erik. Alone," he trails off, eyes flooding over.

“Ah, but my dear, you’re not alone,” Charles promises, wrapping an arm around Erik’s shoulders. “You’ve not visited the others yet. You didn’t even know about them until I came to you, hmm?” He wipes away stray tears with his thumb. “Maybe it’s time you and I took a stroll through the Expanse? Perhaps paid a visit to some of our counterparts. You’ll see then that you’re not alone. How does that sound?”

Erik's head tilts to the side, brows knitting together. "Expanse," he repeats the word, this Charles and his Erik's word for--everything. The All of It. Something... ripples through. A stone, skipped across the lake in the sky above, held together by forces magnetic and sublime, and Erik's chin lifts to follow it, eyes tracking... "Your little one," he whispers. "Out there. Another one of him. He's..." Erik reaches out his hand. Reaching. Touch. Fingers connected at points, Erik swims through the divide.

A small little one, no bigger than at his knee, with vivid blues in striking azure. He doesn't speak, but Erik understands him when he holds out his hand, tugging him along. Bringing him somewhere.

Charles raises a brow, and then quickly follows along. Typically, he's a bit gentler when he invades like this, but mention of David always turns his attention. Of course, he knows that there are infinite Davids out there, in states different than his own. Those in pain are, blessedly, relatively rare. But, Erik is right. Goodness, he is. It's unmistakably David. And he's hurting. It's not a question; he's at Erik's side, traveling toward David, closer and closer, until....


It's bleak. A crumbling world. Collapsed order, an era welcoming hatred for difference. Disabled, queer, mutant. In this world, they're said like slurs. Charles Xavier (of this world) is in hiding with his young son. They've been in hiding for as long as David can remember. And though it's all he remembers, it's not all he knows. It's a small house. A hut, really, crammed into a derelict suburb, where the two of them live. Charles tries his best to care for his young son, but it's exceedingly difficult, given that he can scarcely care for himself given his disability.

A neighbor comes over twice a day to help, though he does so unwillingly; this is among the last vestiges of goodness that Charles witnesses in this broken world. Because Charles and David are aberrance. Stains. Who—— Oh. Charles (the visitor), stops cold as they touch down in this world. The despair is heavy in the air; he feels the weight of it within his counterpart, who suspects that their days are numbered. But before any of them can say anything, blue eyes locked, a tiny David appears before the visitors, hands outstretched.

Erik is immediately drawn forward, completing the circuit as their hands touch finger-to-finger, and he kneels to draw the boy to him, giving him a gentle squeeze. Out of the ether, he materializes a soft blanket, draping it over his shoulders, and a little hat in the shape of a frog for his head. A container of blueberries for him, and some tea for this Charles. The room warms up, the wood around them rotting becomes clean, sturdy and oak. Warm. A hearth, no longer a hut. Erik remembers how to do this. How to make it better. All the little things that need doing, and they do, don't they?

"Hi," he whispers, lifting his chin at last to settle eyes that are for once, focused on what is in front of him. "There, that's better, hm?" he smiles. "It's not so good here, is it? We'll make it better, little-one."

"What are you two doing here?" demands this Charles. He's skinny, scraggly, but Charles recognizes the expression on his face, in his eyes. The tenor in his voice. He's hurting and protective. Ashamed, perhaps. Charles doesn't know what to say. He feels the familiar twinge in his head as this Charles burrows in. Gently, he rebuffs; he's quite a bit stronger. It's evident that this Charles at least knows of the existence of the parallel worlds, so he's not dumfounded. However, it's evident that seeing Erik brings about an onslaught of joy and pain, commingled into something complex.

"David called to Erik," Charles explains to this Charles. Chuck, maybe? For now. His voice is as even as it can be as he observes those around them. "And we answered."

"If you think you're going to take him away—" rasps Chuck, nudging a rickety mechanical wheelchair forward across dirty carpet, toward David. "I—he..." But he trails off, unable to tear his eyes from Erik. Tears form. "Can you help him? I try. Goodness, I try, but it's not...it's not enough. And I'm failing."

Instantly, the wheelchair transforms into something sleek and powerful, and Erik creeps forward, and emboldened by the entreaty, he abandons all pretense of formality or boundary and Chuck finds himself levitating out of the hover device, upright, so Erik can wrap him up in a firm hug. "You lost him, too? Me, too. I'm so sorry. Never take him away," he promises. "Here to help. Just help. I'll help you," he promises fiercely, rubbing Chuck's back.

Chuck looks at the chair, and then at Erik. Truly looks at him, sees the pain….and understands. They’ve both lost their other half. Their soul. Chuck has David to keep him going, but he’s clearly struggling to do it on his own, and the loss only feels worse knowing that David is suffering it, too.

Charles hovers to the side. “Perhaps we ought to all go somewhere else,” he says, quiet. “I sense that we aren’t safe here.”

Chuck swallows thickly, glancing at David. “We aren’t. We haven’t been for some time. I don’t want to abandon it—“

“Not abandon,” Charles interrupts. “Vacate for the moment, until we can figure out what to do.”

Chuck turns back to Erik. “I…can we? Can you take us?”

Erik nods, and in an instant, they all re-emerge right back in their Arcadia.


Erik squeezes his hand, and he notices that he's seated in a brand new hovering device. He lifts his good hand, knowing instinctively which one it is, over the touch-panel at the arm. "Just put it here, and think where you wish to go," Erik whispers softly. "And it will go. And you will be safe, even if you go upside-down," he smiles. He kneels to David's height, touching his shoulder. "Safe now, OK? Safe, now. I promise."

Chuck gasps when the world around him reappears as an idyllic cabin, nestled….somewhere. Where? He thinks he can hear a waterfall. Oh, and it’s so green outside. Green and sunny. The air, as he inhales, tastes fresh and pure, and not like acrid soot. After ensuring that David is with them, he tests the chair, yelping when it does indeed operate as Erik had said. “He doesn’t speak verbally,” Chuck murmurs, lowering himself to be af David’s side. “But he signs. Or, if you think more visually, he’ll pick up on it.”

On cue, David protects an image above them. Chuck, David, and a tiger, huddled together with Erik standing in front of them, smiling. Charles can’t help but grin, too. “Correct me if I’m wrong,” he says, addressing both Chuck and David. “But to my David, such a picture is an indicator of a feeling safety.”

Chuck, too, smiles, but it still looks tortured on his gaunt face. “Indeed. He likes it here.”

"Will you tell me? What happened?" Erik whispers, once he busies David with Charles in the garden, and he follows them inside to obtain some degree of privacy. The cabin is rustic and charming, with wooden logs for walls, a fully functional fireplace, dark mahogany floors and brilliant green walls mixed with creeping vines of all sorts and splashes of color from kitschy art hung on the walls. He materializes a mug of hot tea for this new Charles, and it is without thinking, one that he remembers to have been his favorite. Erik always knows; every Erik, from everywhere. He ensures to keep Charles warm, too, for he seemed to be very cold only moments before.

Charles scarcely knows what to do when Erik, the facsimile of his own beloved, hands him a steaming cup of tea. It’s been months since he’s been able to get his hands on luxuries like tea, and it settles on his armrest with a heatproof silicone straw. This home is warm, sunny, friendly, and beautiful. Goodness, what a life. And yet, there is immense sadness within this Erik. A longing. He senses that this Erik and this Charles are not each other’s. Wayward souls, perhaps.

“My…well, we never married officially, but we acted and lived as husbands,” Charles begins, quickly giving himself over to the kindness. This Erik isn’t much like his own on the surface, but that tender care is achingly familiar. “He preferred to go by Ariel rather than Erik, so that’s what we called him.” It’s obvious that this is painful for Charles, but he presses on. “He started a small community on North Brother Island, after driving Hellfire away. We lived there together. It was idyllic, for a number of years. And then he got sick.”

Charles squeezes his eyes shut, trying to fight the memory of his sweet, gentle husband, withering to dust. “But before the illness could take him, the government did. We were asleep; he’d been up all night battling a fever, and we wanted to get a little rest. Overnight, there was a coup. Anti-mutant forces took over the US while we slept. I should have seen it coming, but I’d been too busy caring for Ariel, and then….” He trails off, looking away, out the window, where the other Charles and David are exploring the garden. “Our home was gone. Our people, suppressed and rounded up. Ariel’s body couldn’t handle the suppressant; his abilities were the last thing keeping him alive. He died, just like that.”

Erik sits amidst the air, at Charles's height, cross-legged and solemn as his mind slowly curls around the words. A depth of sorrow that he understands most intricately, the fathoms that shatter into deep, aching crevasses of agony across the Landscape. "We, my Charles and I, met at MIT," Erik whispers back. He's never shared this, not to anyone else. "We made a school. He got injured, by Schmidt. I liberated Genosha, a country comprised of an indigenous population with significant Omega-level mutation throughout."

It's calm, composed. Like Erik, and unlike Ariel. "We endured many hardships, but found one another. Married one another. Loved one another. Until Trask. He, took him. My beloved. Hurt him. I couldn't. Suppressed. Couldn't help him. He still had his telepathy, I wouldn't let him disconnect me. Heard it all. Saw it all. He couldn't stay," Erik wobbles a little, in tears once again. He takes a deep breath. "But he said, through space, and time. We're--we can help," he whispers.

"I want to help. You. Make it better, for you, and little David. I promised to make it better, before I go. Maybe I can stay, to help you." His hand ghosts over Charles's cheek, a comforting balm against those harsh recollections. He knows well, how deep that pain can go. He remembers every lash. Every scream. Every word.

Charles hangs on to every word, every slight change in cadence or expression. Erik is not like Ariel in many ways. His Ari was earnest, but smiled easily. Despite his horrific upbringing, he was happy-go-lucky, open, cheery. This Erik, perhaps too marred by pain, doesn’t exhibit those same natural tendencies. He’s reserved, guarded. And yet…they’re still there. Charles knows enough about their roles in the Expanse to understand that the differences between each of their iterations may be vast, but there’s a beautiful core which thrums with similarities. And already, Charles can feel it, feel a kernel of that which he misses so deeply…

And perhaps he, too, can bring this Erik some comfort in his agony. It seems that the other Charles is attempting to do the same; he knew fairly quickly that they weren’t of the same universe, even if there’s tenderness and love. “I’m sorry, Erik,” he whispers, and, as if pulled magnetically, slots his floating chair at Erik’s side. He flings his better hand out and around Erik’s shoulders to offer a hug. Contact. “Maybe we can help each other,” he says quietly, pulling the man in. “I’m not doing a very good job at taking care of David on my own. My body, it—“ he stood there; Erik understands his limitations. So minute a problem when Ari could merely smooth over all of his difficulties for him.

“He’s a good boy. A magnificent boy. He’s so young, but he understands what I can and can’t do, and he’s so graceful about it. But he deserves more. He should get to go to school; he’ll be old enough for it next year. He deserves a bedroom filled with books and toys and tiger stuffed animals. He deserves to play at the park and swim in the sea and do everything that he can’t, in our world. Because I can’t fix it.” Charles frowns sadly at his feet, which he notices are clad in new shoes. Erik’s doing, no doubt. “The suppressant did permanent damage to me. My abilities; they’re a fraction of what they once were. Helpless, against them.”

The moment Charles's hand connects to him, Erik feels himself cracking open. The river rushes forth, pouring out of him, a melancholic croon of longing. No, this Erik isn't the sunny Ariel that Charles remembers. He is the Reaper, vast and overgrown, with creature-claws to collect up all the sorrows and keep them safe. He shares them with Charles, gentle strands. Children at Aramida in hospice, parents in mourning and vivid, sharp grief. And there is Erik, to shepherd them through. To ensure their last moments are painless and filled with wonder, sharing with them the cosmos and spilling watercolor nebulae. A holding hand across the event horizon.

The senior citizen's complex, where palliative care patients look forward every evening to Erik's customary visits brought with him a cavalcade of tiny animals, each dressed alike in matching pajamas, and great big ones. Whales of Song and elephants pressing large feet atop their shoulders in commiseration. At the Conservation, surrounded by peeping things, whuffles and chirping. Some are there to stay, but many don't make it, and there is he, to guide them gently on through. A soft thread, woven across infinite dimensions.

"Oh, neshama," he rasps, framing Charles's face in both his broken appendages. A silent press to the Watcher sees the connection between them flourish, and Erik bows his forehead to the other man's. Careful of the spikes. We'll make sure he goes to school. Genosha has a wonderful education system, with special accommodations for all kinds of differences. He'll play, and swim, and laugh with you. I promise, he vows, touching the palm of his hand to Charles's chest.

There amidst the shards are meadows of brilliant tenderness. The softness of the moments are breathtaking—truly, Charles gasps as Erik pulls him. Young ones and the elderly. Animals, nature. Beauty and warmth, filtered through a lens that does feel like Ari. Ari always had the biggest heart for the smallest beings. The ones who needed to be shown kindness, the ones who needed protection. David was only a baby when their paths first crossed, but one would think that he’d carried David in his own womb for how much he adored the boy. He senses something similar within this Erik; though there’s a chasm between the two, the bridges that cross it are numerous and beautiful. Tears wet the corner of his eyes, and he rests his hand atop Erik’s. Will you look after him here, when I have to go back? he asks, desperate. I know that’s a tremendous ask, and I’m sorry to ask it. But he’d be safer here, with you.

At that, Erik's head shakes vehemently. Please, don't go. Don't go. You stay? he doesn't have it in him any longer to be strong, and it's as though he's been cut viscerally from the inside-out, and all that softness gathers and spreads out to fill the entire area, bathing it in sparkling light. Don't want to do this without you. You're his papa. You deserve to stay. To have blankets and tea, and friends for you, he grins a little, producing the tiniest snail snuggled amidst a knitted shawl along its outer shell, produced of material perfectly designed for its comfort. So reminiscent of Ari in that singular moment that it's impossible to determine where Erik begins and Ari ends, and yet vastly distinct in his own right. A different soul made of the same stuff.

And all of it is attuned to Charles. All Charleses, everywhere. This is what I'm supposed to do. Find the hurting ones like you and bring them soft things, he realizes in that moment. We can go back together. Or stay here, in Genosha. Maybe find others like you and help them discover a new home, here. Genosha is a good place. A safe place. And we don't let anyone be harmed by the likes of Stryker or Trask. Never, ever again. No more screams from my beloved. No more, he gasps, hands fluttering over Charles's chest. He found me. Another hurting one. We help him, too. Kindnesses I buried in the Earth, for him. For you. It's a little addled, but aching in sincere, solemn promise.

Charles raises his brows. Stay? Here? In this fantasy world? The thought had never crossed his head; though he has long been aware of the existence of other versions of their world, he had never considered leaving his own broken one. Not permanently, anyway. But it appears that this Erik is inviting him to do just that. This pained, shattered Erik with sorrow in his eyes and kindness in his heart. He looks at the snail and feels both a warmth and a pang for his Ariel, for Ariel would have made the very same thing. Perhaps the shawl would have had daffodils knitted on it, as Ari adored daffodils, but it's moot. You really want me to stay? he asks softly, shutting his eyes as he leans his head on Erik's shoulder. There's a connection already. You've got your life here, Erik. Prime Minister, mm? And your Charles...how will his friends and family react to me? It may hurt them, to see me.

It may, Erik says, and it's with a quiet trace of the man he used to be. Assured, temperate. But it might heal them, too. In the end. To know you are out there. To know you can be happy, and whole, like this. Sometimes things hurt, but they can also get better, too, Erik says softly. I never thought I would feel anything but this, ever again. But... he shows Charles, then. The smallest of green growth inside the desolate desert of his mind. That's you. You did that.

Even with his stunted abilities, Charles can both feel and see it as it evolves. The icy, barren tundra is beginning to thaw, sprigs of life pushing through permafrost. To feel that growth is to feel something that has evaded Charles for years now: hope. Gently, a smiles, wrapping his better hand around Erik's own and offering a small squeeze. "Okay," he says out loud, and that's all the convincing that he needs. "You and I, we'll stay together. I want that."

That small smile causes Erik to burrow into him tightly, giving a gentle squeeze, mindful of his battered body. We will help this Charles, too. The one outside. He's hurting very badly. He came to help me. Bring me to you. And took me here and, and-- Erik tears up again. Made sure I ate and called me-- his mental voice breaks, there, stuttering. A lance of harsh pain amidst spikes. S-sweetheart. Even though he was hurting. Always helps me. Can't send him away. He stays, too. With us and little David. He has David, too. He can come visit and his Erik, too. Help them both. Maybe it will be very strange to have so many. But, he is Charles, too. Can't help it. Love them all. You and him. And my neshama, he whispers to himself. After a long moment, he ventures. Will you tell me? What happened to you, he touches along the hoverchair. Ari got sick? Do I get sick?

Like all Charleses, this Charles isn't supremely comfortable being around other versions of himself. In his experience, the various Eriks all seem to have personalities that, while similar at their root, have notable differences in their expression. By contrast, the few other Charleses that he's encountered are rather similar in expression, but each has an amplified weakness on display. The Charles outside, for instance, appears to be telepathically powerful, perhaps the most powerful that Charles has ever encountered, but there's raw anger, too. He, on the other hand, likely appears a bit pathetic to the other Charles, weak and ineffective.

They all represent their highest and lowest potentials, to each other. It's disconcerting. But Erik is right. They should be helping each other. And so he nods in agreement at the suggestion; why does he deserve to be helped but the other doesn't? Even if he has an Erik. You're our sweetheart, Charles agrees, smoothing his hand over Erik's forearm. All of ours. Whether we're here or not won't change that, mm? His smile falters a bit at the question, but he supposes that Erik deserves to know.

Ariel had a difficult life, he begins. He spent most of his upbringing with Schmidt, as I'm sure you did. But after the war, he moved around a bit. Israel, and then he was on his own. Living in the forest, among nature, but wholly on his own. Soon he was captured by the CIA and spent years in isolation until he was finally retaken by Schmidt and Hellfire. He was then their best soldier...immensely powerful, but a functional prisoner. They treated him like a dog. Worse than a dog; people care deeply for their pets. He was a slave to be abused, and it— Charles shakes his head. He's becoming worked up, and takes a few breaths to calm himself. 

Well, I was rather politically active. I studied genetics and wrote my doctoral dissertation on the X-gene, which was a great mistake, let me tell you. Isolationists and supremacists, who had been silent and unknown to me before, took up my work and used it as justification for their crusade. They came out of the woodwork shortly after I published it and began propping ME up as the leader of their movement. At that point, mutants were widely unknown to the world, but I soon became the face of a supremacy current.Obviously, I didn’t like that, so I, rather strongly, campaigned in the opposite direction. I opened a school for young mutants, but half of our student body was comprised of human children, too.

I started integrationist organizations, toured broadly to preach it. And Hellfire didn’t like that; they saw me as a delegitimizing force. So they came after me. That’s how Ari and I met. He and I grew close while I was in captivity, and ultimately, he made the decision to remove himself from that organization….that’s how I became injured, in that fight.

Charles takes a deep breath, but smiles softly, sadly. But, it was okay. Hellfire was gone, and Ariel was free. He decided to start a community on North Brother Island, the site of Hellfire’s old compound. It was a beautiful, beautiful place. Everyone who lived there loved living there. We had a few wonderful, wonderful years together. But Ari got sick.

This part is always wrenching, and Charles looks up to see his counterpart, the bald one, hovering in the doorway. “AIDS,” says the one in the doorway, tone tortured, dripping.



Chuck nods. “AIDS. Do you know what that is?” he asks Erik.



Charles answers for him. “It hasn’t been discovered here yet.”



Chuck raises a brow. “Your Erik… how?”

“There’s medication. We have some. We’ll share it.”

Chuck looks like he could cry, a range of emotion tumbling across his features. In fact, a trickle of tears does course down his cheek, glinting in the afternoon sun. “Good…that’s…oh. Hank had said that there was nothing we could do, for Ari, that it was too late….there’s really a cure? You can cure it?”

Charles shakes his head. “Once it progresses to the stage that it did in your Ariel, it’s typically too late. But it’s a virus that lives within the body for many, many years before it does. You can prevent it from progressing with medication. The key is early detection. We can share that information with you, Erik. In fact, we must.”

It's a distraction from the rest of Chuck's tale, finding out that he might be terminally ill - and it's ironic, he supposes, considering how often he fantasizes about suicide. To be taken out by an illness instead is not something he previously anticipated, because as far as he is aware, he doesn't get sick. But he sets it aside for a moment to place a hand on Chuck's knee, and then over his shoulder, rubbing his back a little. The fact that he might die is less important to him than the fact that Chuck is in pain, and he tries his best to ease it.

I'm sorry, he whispers between them privately. Neither of you should have endured that. I will bet that he was at his happiest with you, neshama. It's a departure from the Eriks Charles has encountered, who typically only see their Charles in that manner. But he can't - losing half of his soul, he can't see them both as anything else. They're just Charles, to him. But finally, he does glance up once again. Erik's eyebrows pinch together. "AIDS? What is that? Share, with me? I have this? Some type of genetic disease?" he wonders, not putting the pieces together yet, because he simply doesn't have them. "I don't feel sick," he says after a quick scan of his own body.

Charles turns his head to ensure that David is still busy observing the earthworms in the fresh soil outside, and then wheels into the space. His face, too, is pained. "It's not a genetic disease. It's a virus. It begins as what we call human immunodeficiency virus, or HIV, and it's spread via bodily fluids, including, blood, breastmilk, and semen." He studies Erik's face for a moment with boundless care. "If left untreated, it may evolve into AIDS, which stands for acquired immunodeficiency syndrome. AIDS occurs when your CD4 cells drop to a dangerously low level, ultimately decimating your immune system. AIDS patients typically die from an opportunistic infection. My Erik was given HIV by Harry Leland, during the time that Stryker had imprisoned him. The Ariel that I knew well acquired it from Enoch Ivanov. If you... suffered in a similar way, my love, you may also have it."

Chuck swallows thickly, squeezing Erik's hand. "You don't need to discuss that now, if you don't wish to," he adds. "But if this applies to you, please, please accept his help. If that's all you'll ever do, do that."

Erik stares back at him, rather lifelessly. To anyone else, to the people who work with him day-after-day, he doesn't react at all, taking the information in with stoic calm. To both telepaths in the room, however, they can both see the reel of memories as they blaze across his consciousness, from his own time with Stryker and Leland. Chained to the ground for months on end, in constant, excruciating pain, cut off from everything he knew. His hand a mangled pile of sparking nerves, howling agony. This Erik spent far more time in their captivity, as by then they had already implemented the Vision program which Charles was unable to penetrate.

They told him Charles was dead, but he never believed it. Couldn't. But sometimes, when he was at his most pitiful, he wondered. As the weeks turned to months, and then a year. Charles and Chuck can both feel the effects of this on his body, which still impact him to this day. The malnutrition, the shattered bones. How his vision still hasn't fully normalized, even with his abilities returned. And Leland his constant tormentor, worse than Stryker, at least Stryker just hit him and mocked him. Leland went far beyond, humiliating him in every way he could think of.

Erik hadn't told his Charles about this, but he was still helping him to move forward from it. To recover, to return to the life they knew. He still had very bad days by the time the Vision program was utilized against Genosha and Greymalkin fully, and then Trask. He tried everything in his power to save his beloved, and he failed. He failed. Trask destroyed everything so effectively, so completely...

Protectively, he clutches his worse hand to his chest, lost in the abyss. Someone is speaking out loud to him, but it sounds as though he is at the bottom of an endless ocean and they are framed in blistering light, garbled and confused. "Oh," he responds simply, not even really processing what they're saying. "Of course," a curt nod. The schism has taken hold, disconnecting him. One part of him is out There, and many others have retreated Inside, to the Landscape. "I will ta--take it, yes," he agrees. Simple. He doesn't realize he's shaking. His mind stutters into slow activity as it all bears down on him. "Leland," he rasps, pained. "Didn't tell. Trial. Didn't, I didn't tell anybody, and he--still--" he starts to panic, a little. 

Immediately, both Charleses flank Erik. Though Ariel hadn’t endured the very same ordeal, Chuck recognizes this particular brand of suffering, and Charles is all too familiar with the lasting scars. It appears that this Erik endured worse. Prolonged torture. Charles’s prescience is attuned to it, and then several pieces slot into place. Why this Erik’s vision is rather poor, compared to his. Why he’s bonier. Why he gets cold more easily, why that distance in his gaze reaches ever farther, even when he’s not crushed by mourning.

“Oh, darling,” murmur Charles and Chuck in unison. Charles, the more physically able of the two, flings an arm around Erik’s shoulders while Chuck grips a hand in his own. Two bastions of boundless love and support, bolstering a crumbling soul. “Do you want to tell us about it?” Chuck offers, while Charles sends a current of warmth down Erik’s spine. “You don’t have to. But if you feel like it would help you to talk about it, please do, mm?”

It isn't something that this Erik has ever spoken about before. This particular brand of suffering, which sits on his skin in a literal brand - many, in fact. His Charles knew the very basics, only because he couldn't hide it from him. Not because of his telepathy, but there was that. But because in their first moments of intimacy, it became deeply apparent. His life looks a little different than the Erik and Ariel that they are all familiar with in this respect. His Schmidt was much the same, but he grew up entirely in Auschwitz, which was established in 1930. Schmidt was a father-figure to him, his own having perished before Erik even had a memory of him. Brainwashing him to the Hellfire cause.

Schmidt, of course, did much the same to him as what seems to have happened to most Eriks in their small pocket of the Expanse (which they've come to understand is the part uniquely attuned to their pathways, and has only opened further beyond when Erik took the serum, and when he took psilocybin). Figures like Nathaniel Essex and Viktor Creed show up much earlier, and his body bears the scars of this beyond those of Ariel and Erik, including permanent internal damage.

Eventually, Erik did give permission for Daniel Shomron to talk to his Charles, just before they got married. So that he would know, what it was he was 'signing-on for,' as Erik put it - Charles quickly and firmly shut that down. But where Charles's Erik had healed enough to speak openly of it within the privacy of their bond, and even somewhat to the public at large, with his coming out as HIV+, this Erik was never quite as capable. Not as mentally strong, perhaps following suit with Chuck, both of them having endured a degree of damage that made them softer, less resilient.

Still outwardly emotionless, but his schism is not as profound as Erik's; he still feels, inside. Not only soft, but sensitive, too. Things hurt him more. And the two surrounding him perceive this in its immensity as each spike of horror impales him, with the most profound the death of his other half. And now this. More parting gifts from the predators who got ahold of him. Unable to hold back the dam, especially when surrounded by different versions of Charles, Erik entirely dissolves, pressing his broken hands against his cheeks to hide himself away as silent sobs catch in his throat. Complete silence, but unable to speak at all. It spills out like an oil slick, all throughout the river of his consciousness, and sets aflame.

Never, never told anyone. Couldn't. Not strong enough. What they did in the camps. couldn't even tell Charles, not with my own words. My doctor told him, just, just the bare essentials. I didn't want him to -- to get st--stuck with, and, I couldn't function properly -- but he didn't care, we found our own way. I can't sleep, can't eat. Charles helped. I don't know why he loved me but he did and I felt it every day, and he got hurt and then I could help him, too, and he was precious.

And nothing else mattered, and then it, and now -- and I was too weak! I didn't tell anyone, again. Even when Stryker went on trial and they made me, made me tell. I kept it inside. That part of it. I spent so much of my life thinking that all I was supposed to do is serve people like that and then I met Charles and it was different and then it happened again. And it must be true. Even when I was at MIT. Charles once punched someone over it. Not that. Just, things they said to me. People see me and they know, that I'm like this. Meant to be--

He cuts himself off harshly and buries it as far under the Earth as he can, as a deluge of horrid words and names and laughter shears. And now Leland is out there hurting people and killing them and it's all my fault! he gasps.

The pair listens to Erik with unjudgmental, entirely understanding ears. Oh, how well they both know. Perhaps this Erik has suffered worse in many ways, but, goodness, their ability to understand that strain of pain is fine-tuned from years of practice. Charles, after all, is made for this very thing; to take care of Erik. That's what they do. As he gasps and sputters, Charles rubs circles into his back while Chuck wipes away tears with his knuckles. They both feel him bury the worst of it, and don't force him to suffer worse by dragging it up again.

Sweetheart, Chuck finally says, when the words peter away, fizzle out. Do you know why he loved you? For the very same reasons that I do. That we do.

Charles nods, pushing his fingers through Erik's short, white hair. The very same reasons. What those evil people told you is weakness is actually strength, Erik. They knew how strong you are, and so they manipulated you, mm? They were small and afraid, and so they convinced you that your beautiful tenderness is weakness.

There is nothing 'weak' about you, darling, Chuck continues. It's not your fault that Leland is a monster. It's his fault, hmm? You were abused. You were just a boy, and no one was looking out for you. That's not fair, my love. And I'm so sorry. But that isn't the case anymore. We're here now, and we'll look out for you, okay? We always will. No matter what.

It feels like a dream, and Erik wobbles in his understanding of reality for several long moments as he tries to put it into context that he is here, sitting amidst not one but two Charles Xaviers, when weeks ago there were none. Only weeks ago the world felt desolate, decaying like their eggplants this morning. And now, here is he, surrounded by the love he thought he had lost forever. It cracks him wide open, and he burrows into them both, shuddering as all of that pain comes to bear in his mind.

The years of slavery and servitude, the ash in his mouth and nose from the crematoria, the harsh sunlit desert and burning flames and motor oil on his hands. The Admonition, five thousand dead in an instant by a man he counted as brother. Chains rattling against one another as Leland holds his face into dirty concrete. The screams from his husband, each one a knife stabbed into his heart. The end, when the connection between them finally severed and left a howling void in its wake.

And the longer they are with him, holding him to keep him from shaking apart in the terrifying hurricane of despair, the more they begin to realize that this Erik, for all his external composure, is like an open wound on the inside. Like a spider with too many legs, shrinking away from the flame. I couldn't save him, Erik whispers over and over. We made a life, and it was beautiful, and then they took him, and I heard it all for months, they wouldn't stop hurting him. Kept hurting him. It should have been me, I shouldn't have escaped, he warbles somewhat pitifully.

This is different, too. Erik wasn't rescued this time, Vision was too powerful - he had escaped the facility at a crawl, and once he passed the perimeter he was able to teleport himself with the last ounce of strength in his body back to Genosha. And that angered them, so greatly, that they targeted Charles instead. Charles always looked after me. Held me for hours, when it got bad. Didn't get mad at me. Never ever got mad. Always gentle to me. Helped me eat. Called me nice things. Not like them. The only one I ever knew, not like them. I even felt, for him. Like no one else. Just him. Belonged to him. His Erik. Then... they... no more, no more-- he cries out, shivering, teeth clacking together in sympathetic nervous-system overload. 

The twin Charleses, different as they may be, are truly identical in how they adminster care for this aching man. Gentle touches, head scritches, unbroken contact. Presses of warmth from mind to mind, smoothing over the sharpest of shards when they spring forward, if only a little. Both would never simply strip Erik of his sadness, for they respect him and it enough to understand that it must be felt and expressed, but neither, too, can accept that Erik must experience the depth of it all at once.

And so they hold him, rock him, whisper words of comfort into his ears that they know will not take away the pain entirely, for it truly is greater than either of them have ever felt. Their Eriks have suffered extensively, but this one...he's broken. Shattered to pieces, pieces pulverized to dust where they aren't sticking up in jagged shards. It will take a lot more, they realize, to help reform that dust into some semblance of a self, than their mere presence.

"You're so brave, Erik," Chuck says quietly, firmly. "And I admire you. You worked so hard to protect yourself and your people. Most people would have given in; the pain would have been too much. But not for you, mm? You endured. You're so very brave, my love. Can you recognize that?"

Mid-burrow, Erik looks up, his visage reflecting every broken filament, as if he has been flayed open and his insides are spooling from him in long, ruined strands. Sometime in the grey blob of distorted memories within him, he recalls being Prime Minister. Without Charles, he spent inordinate amounts of time alone in his office, but he still did his best to lead. To continue the work he and Charles started so many years ago, if only to honor his memory.

Knowing that he wouldn't want Erik to end his own existence, even though he often daydreamed about it. His aides and staffers remained unaware of his ailing mental state, how he would talk to himself at night. To imagined versions of Charles, ones he sometimes even saw before him. The only moments of reprieve in an otherwise dreary, lifeless expanse. But at Chuck's words he reaches out with one braced hand, the one less bad but still useless and mangled, kept together only by the brace. He touches it to Chuck's face, gazing at him through obscured vision in caustic tears.

"You lost him, too," is what he says, doing his utmost to be careful with the implement around his fingers as not to catch them on skin. "Your beloved. Took care of David. Even though it hurts. Talking to me. Helping. And you, made it home," he rasps to Charles. "Made it home. Even though, it hurts. You, too. Still came for me. I'm not--don't know h-how to help you. Too broken. They did. Break me. I gave in. I didn't save him and, I tried. Tried, more missions. Told the world to stop. Make them listen!" he practically growls, lost in a new spike. Even his manner of speech is afflicted, stuttering and confused. "Don't want to, anymore. We can stay here? And have soft things, small ones. I'm--broken. I'm broken," he whispers, like it's truly hitting him now. "I don't want to be broken. Want to help you. Make you feel better."

“We’ll stay here,” say both Charleses in unison, firm and sure. They make eye contact for a moment, but then refocus their attention on Erik, who indeed does need attention. How his aides haven’t noticed his deteriorating state is beyond both of them, but, then again, they’ve always been more in tune with Erik than even Erik himself, sometimes.

David bursts into the room then, interrupting the solemn moment. Both of his tiny fists are clenched around clods of wet dirt squirming with earthworms. He’s covered in the stuff as well, but his eyes are bright and beaming as he sprints to the adults and presents them with the creatures proudly.

Chuck decides that David may be what Erik could use at the moment to cushion from the spikes. “Why don’t you show Erik what you’ve found, David?” The boy does as suggested, depositing the dirty clods atop Erik’s knees, and beams up at the man.

Erik gasps a little as a tiny being barrels his way through the room and right up to them, entirely unprepared for it and quite uncertain as to what is actually occurring. His addled mind seems to need longer to process the external world, which only appeared to his staffers as though he was deliberating for long moments. Besides, the man always was composed, cautious, methodical. The stoic leader, who said little and prioritized action, even after he materialized into the hospital courtyard, every part of his body beaten and brutalized. He conducted affairs from his hospital bed, liaising with American officials and his own military before Trask broke the barrier entirely.

He was still recovering, in fact, on that fateful day. Still inpatient, not even out of the cozy-as-could-be-made ICU room that he had been placed in. Hooked up to monitors and IVs, Erik launched himself out of his bed and careened into the Posto like a maniac right up until his own abilities were stripped from him and like many Genoshans, found himself entirely disabled and thrown to the ground. And even then, Erik galvanized, coordinating military responses from that same bed, managing a war whilst Charles's screams echoed in his head over and over.

Charles's own Erik had a similar experience, which he has often described as among the worst in his life, but neither of them stopped until it was over. For Erik, Charles returned. And for this broken-one, he came home in a body bag. A body bag that they had to force the United States to hand over. Absurdly, he recalls sitting over Charles's body, with Daniel Shomron, and distantly joking that Shomron, you are shomrim, in his delirious decay. 

David's presence is something brand new to him, and he sluggishly re-focuses, gradually his eyes work overtime to try and fill-in the puzzle-pieces of shapes and blobs into realistic depictions. He has his power, but his vision never truly recovered; these days he relies entirely on his mutation to navigate the world. Not blind, per se, but were he not a mutant, he ventures he would be functionally so. The little earth-worms wriggle about his knee and he very gently, very carefully encourages each one onto the back of his palm and over his forearm, and before David knows it, the smallest knitted sweaters appear over their long bodies, and the most delicate of hats on their squirming heads.

"Look what you found," he murmurs, and it's with more warmth than either of them have heard thus far; aside from when Charles entered his office three weeks prior. "There we go, now they are all snug, hm? Why don't we make them a home, let's see..." and a terrarium appears on the table. He carefully hands over a few of the worms to David. "There we are, why don't we get them settled? Did you know earthworms eat mycorrhiza? That's their favorite food," he adds as a small container manifests inside their dwelling. "Mycorrhiza is a type of fungus, like a little mushroom! This is an eisenia fetida earthworm, what we call a red worm. So they also eat all kinds of fruits, and compost items like cardboard, coffee filters, egg cartons..." he chatters on.

Charles and Chuck both experience Erik's memories; Charles more vividly given his greater prescience, but the closeness between them enables Chuck to at least witness it. At once, they're accosted by an image of Erik's Charles in a bodybag as it's unzipped. The sight catches them both by surprise, breaths hitching. Chuck, of course, never experienced Trask's torture, but Charles did. He recognizes the bands of festering, infected skin around the corpse's wrists, blackened and rotting and still slick with pus.

Each bone is visible through waxy skin, and his mouth is partially open, for any fat in his face is entirely gone. A skeleton with skin and black eyes and missing hair. Charles quickly draws a black shutter over the image, blocking them all from it. He's still rattled as he, too, thrusts himself into the presence, to their anchor. To David. David, the forever light. Giggling as he holds the sweater clad earthworms with supreme gentleness and places them into the cozy terrarium with utmost care. David, Erik, and the worms. Charles, keen on staying here and not there, wheels to the kitchen and returns with an empty egg carton and a used coffee filter from this morning's breakfast and hands them both to the young boy.

"Maybe you can help Erik tend to the worms, mm? Keep them fed and healthy?" David eagerly takes the refuse from Charles, and then projects an image before them all. It's a rather blurry image from David's point-of-view as he watches a figure hunch over a box, but Chuck gasps quietly.

"Oh. It's Ari and our compost bin...." Gradually, the image gains sharpness and clarity, and they can see it. Chuck's Ariel. He's tall and lanky with a cascade of curls drawn into an elaborate braid. He looks so like the Ariel that Charles knew that it startles him, too. "You remember your Aba, David?" Chuck asks softly, tears threatening to spill over. "Oh. I'm so happy you do. Yes, you're right, my love. You know how to take care of worms, don't you?"

Erik, though not a telepath, and only working with a few cylinders short of a steam engine, can immediately detect the shift in Charles and realizes belatedly what has happened. His body freezes up over the terrarium, and he moves abruptly (ensuring not to displace David nor the worms) to Charles's side, bending down to drape an arm across his shoulders and rub his knee. He's sorry, he didn't mean for it to get out. But these images, the ones that shear apart his consciousness, seem emblazoned on each one of his neurons, in constant synaptic transport. He never got the opportunity to help his Charles heal from it.

It was all he could do for him, to ensure he was properly looked after in death. Corpses are not foreign to Erik, not even those of his loved ones. When he was David's age, he was under the auspicious care of Klaus Schmidt. His family were the first corpses he ever saw, even younger than the boy standing over the terrarium. And when it came time to inter Charles, he remembers the utter stillness inside of himself. The same stillness he learned as a child, a complete lack of reaction. And that only grew, and grew, and grew, until it escaped its own confines and razed down the brilliant architecture of a mind that Charles only vaguely recognizes, into the wreckage and debris that litter his once-symphonic self.

Until there was no self, just a promise to continue his work as the Reaper, until it was time to Go.

Vaguely, it slots together for him - that he can be there, for this Charles. That is what he is meant for - to care for Charles. All Charleses. Everywhere. In his world was a void where Charles should be. But in this world, the void has receded into the rolling hills of red flowers that dot the hills and valleys of their idyllic Arcadia. A surge of warmth blooms out of the touch, bathing Charles up in a glowing repose that sings from the inside-out. He is not There, any longer. And neither is Erik. He won't always know this, not like he does now. It's a single moment of clarity in a twisted, fractured Landscape. His feet on the ground. He straightens up, and offers the slightest of smiles down at Charles, giving his back a gentle caress before David casts up his image.

Erik sees himself, and squints, before he realizes - this is Ari. Chuck's lost one. His features are sunny and serene, mid-laugh. When was the last time Erik laughed like that? He cannot remember. Even when he was with his family, whole and healthy, Erik rarely expressed himself so freely. Even less emotive than Charles's Erik. But his neshama never minded, because he knew the truth. He always knew. In another moment of clarity, he realizes that they're doing the same thing - tending to the compost, looking after the worms. David brought this to him, because he remembers what Ari likes, and considers that Erik might be the same. And he's right, for in an instant of eternal light, Erik is lucid. Present.

He presses his lips together and kneels (somewhat roughly, his joints eroded) to David's height and wraps him up in a tight hug, instinctively knowing. "Your aba, hm? Can you tell me more about him? What you two liked to do?" he murmurs, pressing a brief kiss to the top of his head. He used to be still inside, but here, with David and Charles and Chuck all, something moves.

The Charleses watch as David and Erik interact. They both know, firsthand, what a positive force David is and how wonderful his and Erik's relationship is. David was barely two when Ari died and their world fell apart, but the two, he'd noted at the time, were like twin souls who could communicate with each other like no one else ever could. And in Charles's world, onlookers often assume that, due to their similar mannerisms and abilities, David is Erik's biological son. The wavy hair and bright blue eyes are dead giveaways of Xavier DNA, but people still wonder; there's certainly something there that connects David and Erik, well beyond Charles's role as the connector.

And so they watch as David grabs Erik's hand and tugs, urging him toward the window which overlooks the struggling garden. Outside, more projections appear; fruit trees overflowing with plenty, animals (the majority tigers, but others, too), and people of all shapes and sizes. In the midst is that same figure, Ari, with David in his arms. A beautiful scene, plucked from fantasy. Ari is smiling serenely, pointing to the various forms of life as he whispers in David's tiny ear. Chuck wipes stray tears, as he joins them, drinking the image in. "That's right, darling. He loved to tell you about all the wonderful things in the world, didn't he? All the plants and animals, all of our friends and family."

Swallowing thickly, he looks to Erik. "He wanted to make sure David fell in love with the world. His own childhood had been so fraught, so war-torn. And his captors tried to teach him to ignore beauty, he used to say. To see wonder as frivolous. He wanted to make sure that our son adored the beauty and wonder of it all. I didn't realize that David remembered that...especially since our world became so dark and so small."

As the images begin to pour through the outside of their window, Chuck and Charles watch as Erik stands behind David, a hand on his shoulder, and one grasped by the young boy, with Erik's fingers limp in his own, but still there -- and slowly realize that the eggplants which were dying, are gradually coming back to life. Erik isn't aware that he's doing it, but their limp little garden slowly begins to flourish, with each passing moment that David shares with them. He moves to Chuck, next, without conscious volition, and bends down to draw him into a hug. Very carefully, he uses the edge of his braced left hand to wipe away some of the tears that have gathered on his cheek, hovering up a little to embrace him completely.

Of course he remembers, Erik says between them, and this close, Chuck can feel the tension in Erik's body, the way he holds himself so formally even close like this. He can also feel the fount of Erik's dedication, pulling him forward on an invisible string all the same. Their eyes connect, then. Erik's are less vivid. Solemn grey and steel. It's a curious idiosyncrasy, how Erik's outward appearance changes with his internal dialectic. As though the life itself has been drained from him, reflected in the harsh grooves of his face, the way his gaze wanders briefly, sucked into the loam again. How he looks much older than they're certain he must be. But they return again. Brief striations of green visible at last.

His own captors... thought nothing of beauty, or wonder. It was never a consideration. They lived in a planet of grey, just as Erik's stare reflects. A place of grey and ash, marred by ugly purple and blue - mottled corpses, strewn into piles. Bent at awkward angles, like store mannequins. Erik was no more than two when he was taken from his mother's hands - the age that David lost Ari. And the age that Erik lost his ima, and his aba. It swirls in the deepest pit of him: at least Ari was sick. A terrible thing to think, truly. Ari was sick, and it razed their life down when he perished. Sick, the boy can comprehend. Of course, he was so because of the same evil men that Erik knew. He was so because of horror, and violation.

These are things that the boy should never have to learn about. But eventually he will, as he grows, as he becomes a man and not a boy. But what happened to Erik's parents... he wants to keep David as far away from the experiences that destroyed him in his youth as possible. These memories are more jagged than any other. There is ash in the air as always, but now there is smoke. Smoke and charred fabric. The flames. The oil. The death-howl. The hand clawing into his shoulder demanding that he lift his eyes. Schmidt, who saw him smiling and laughing in the Selektion, playing with a coin in Edie's arms. The start of the end of everything. I know you can move that coin, Erik. Do it now, or they burn. For every time you disobey me, another will burn.

But Erik is no more than a baby. All he sees is burning. A field aflame with dozens of blackened bodies, in the end. And the coin does not move.

The first thing this Erik always notices is a person's fillings. Chuck has two. They're old, silver. Erik fixes them. He will find all the places inside Chuck that need fixing, and mend those, too.

"Your world won't," he says, his cadence stilted, but he's pushing through the ocean that has grasped him in its curling waves, trying to break through the surface. To touch. To connect. Something he hasn't had in so very long. Nothing has inspired it, not since Charles was placed into the Earth. Until now. "Won't be dark. Not small. Not anymore. We--" he gestures roughly between them. "Will make it bright again. Beauty and wonder. For David, and you. I will--make sure. I--make sure."


And so they settle into a new routine. Both Charles and Chuck, along with David, remain in Arcadia with Erik, living as an unexpected family. Chuck and Charles center themselves around Erik and David, who are, as both Charleses expected, fast friends. It's not as if David is a distraction; but he is a reminder. A reminder of their purpose, a reminder about why they try. Spending time with this version of David, who Charles loves like a son, makes him miss his own David something awful. But, it's better, with Chuck and David here.

Erik does more than merely cry in Charles's arms, which took the bulk of his time prior to their arrival. He's still supremely delicate, perhaps even more delicate than before, now that they've torn down the wall holding it all back, but he's also brighter in the better moments, too. He and David spend hours in the garden and surrounding forests and meadows, exploring. Beauty and wonder are the foci. Chuck and Charles join, too, because they themselves are both hurting for different reasons.

Chuck's world, it becomes clear to them all, is among the most horrific that Charles has encountered yet. Mutants aren't merely second-class citizens; they're non-citizens, and he and David were on the run and in hiding, lest they be rounded up and incarcerated or hospitalized. Charles can recognize the glimmer of hope in Chuck, hope that one day things in that world will turn around, but he's lost everyone, there. No family or friends. In his heart, he asks whether it's worth trying to save. For his part, Charles knows why the Expanse deposited him here, finally. The privilege he enjoys; his Erik is alive, and his world, though not without problems, hasn't rejected him yet. He need only focus on Erik and on David to truly understand that, to be reminded about his role.

He is for Erik, and Erik is for him. If they lose each other, physically or otherwise, the fall out is catastrophic. It must be his focus to ensure that they do not lose each other, not in any way. 

On one sunny evening, while David and Chuck are outside harvesting eggplants, Charles approaches Erik. “I told you, my love,” he begins, laying a delicate hand on Erik’s shoulder, “that I wouldn’t leave until you were ready for me to leave. Please, don’t interpret this as me expressing any desire to part with you or to rush you along. But, from my perspective, I can’t help but wonder if I’m holding you back from settling into a life with Chuck and with David.”

Compared to when Charles first arrived, and those beginning weeks in Arcadia, this version of Erik is by no-means stable, but he does appear to be growing in an upward trajectory. He has more and more moments of lucidity, which allow for him to act as a support for Chuck as well, not merely dissolve at all hours of the day. He's less ashen, and Charles can even see faint wisps of auburn growing alongside the white of his hair. As if his appearance has followed outwardly the change inwardly.

The recognition that his life doesn't need to be consumed with pain - that there is more, out there. Chuck and David encapsulate that, and they along with Charles are aware that this Erik is already making plans to intervene in Chuck's world. To coordinate with mutant resistance factions, to set up fortified operational zones and supply lines. It won't be easy, but he's begun to feel more fulfilled and forward-focused with each passing day. He's also decided to do his best to return some degree of democracy and independence to the countries of his own universe. Recognizing that, perhaps through knowing Charles, his instincts lead him astray.

The ideals he had always upheld were violated, by the deaths of dozens of people and the loss of freedom and self-determination of his Earth's nations. Erik turns and a small smile appears for him. "I do not have the words to properly convey how much your presence here has meant to me, Charles. I hope you know that. What you've done has returned things to me I presumed forever lost," he murmurs, and turns to give him a proper hug. "And I know that wherever you go next, your Erik will look after you, hm? You will find the way for yourselves, as well. Repair that which needs restoring. Healing is not so linear a process, I know. But I believe you will get there. Both of you, together. With your son, too. I'm sure you must miss him," he huffs slightly. His version of a laugh.

Chapter 119: The blossoms quickly spring and swell on every tree and in the dell:

Chapter Text

1961.

He’s lucky that he’s always been a night owl. As the clock strikes 2am, Charles Xavier remains hunched over his desk, buried in a sea of research that is beginning to look more like hieroglyphs than English. His eyes are tired behind the thick frames of his glasses, but he pushes past the tiredness; the mission always drives him that way. To conclude, the specific sugar, phosphate, and nitrogens organization within our cells bears no significance when the grand arena of life asks our most pressing questions—



Ugh, no. The arena itself doesn’t ask questions. Is life even an arena? No. It’s a journey…. To conclude, the specific sugar, phosphate, and nitrogens organization within our cells does not impact the trajectory of the grand journey of life—

Well, suppose that it does. Genetics aren’t irrelevant, to be sure, they’re just— Charles swears under his breath and stands up, stretching his back as he strides to the window, overlooking the moonlit lawn of the manor. Just this afternoon, he and the group of 5 students played a game of soccer out there; the memory brings a smile. Soon, this house will be filled with more of that. Games, young ones, laughter. A school. That’s exactly what their movement needs. A school. Mutant children educated in a tradition that prioritizes empathy and understanding.

The foundations are beginning to take shape, and the speech that he’s going to give tomorrow (if he can just write the correct words), will announce his plans to the world.


A ruffle from the corner the room interrupts Charles Xavier's thought processes, first little more than a chill from 1961's mid-November frost through a window he must have left open at his desk (... didn't think he left it open, but---) until the sounds of boot-against-wood create alarm that someone is in his room. As it turns out, someone with a mind utterly foreign to his greater sensibilities, even with his uncanny prescience. When Charles stands, it's face-to-face with a man who towers over him, expression shuttered behind eyes of dark hazel. His hair is shoulder-length, with near corkscrew-curls laid in auburn, olive skin and thick brows.

The only reprieve from an intimidating mien of angular features is the presence of dozens of freckles across his prominent nose. The rest of him is clad in a black polymer utility outfit, and at his neck he wears the circle-M pin that has become ubiquitous of the Brotherhood of Mutants - representing a polarized ideology to his own. A circle, to draw mutant-kind into the fold and usher in a new era. Charles is very familiar with the organization, having sought to correct their overtures of allyship when he began to comprehend that Erik Lehnsherr, the man who is now standing before him, was not the man really in charge of them.

Rather, this mantle is upheld by Klaus Schmidt, the former Commandant of Auschwitz and leader of the Hellfire Club, the targets of the Soviet Vision program in 1945, several years after the war had ended. Auschwitz was the only operational camp, which Hellfire had been using as a military base, and naturally this threatened their neighbors enough to do something about it. Not wishing to associate himself to such a motley crew, he quickly and firmly separated himself from their attempt to justify themselves using his research. Lehnsherr, though, represents an unknown element. The face of the Brotherhood, stone and glowering, yet somehow juvenile and overgrown in posture.

A survivor originally, Charles recalls his testimony at the International Criminal Tribunal; sparse, jagged and confused as it was. A telepath by nature, Charles is not ignorant to the concept of indoctrination. Evidently, the man joined forces with Schmidt at the end of the day. For Lehnsherr, it is about safety and self-determination for mutants more than it is about enslavement of humans, which positions him as much less radical than Schmidt, and ergo more tolerable to everyone else. Schmidt is a tactician first, and Charles recognizes this in his decision to parade Lehnsherr about instead. Lehnsherr invokes feelings of pity and compassion in the humans, as opposed to himself, who decidedly does not.

Unfortunately, Charles has little time to fully orient himself to his visitor when the man's hand (his left - the right is encircled by a complex turnbuckle brace) snaps to his shoulder and they both abruptly vanish.


They re-emerge into a room that Charles can't penetrate the outside of. Some type of nullification field, perhaps. The moonlight rises high above the single window overlooking the New York harbor, and he can see the island proper is separated from where they are from this vantage point. It's empty, but Lehnsherr waves a hand and from out of nowhere - a bed, a desk with books Charles is familiar with (are they titles from his own bookshelf?), and the paper he was working on spread out across it. He even adds a plant, a large mother-in-law's tongue, to the corner. Wholly bizarre. Next comes a table, and a few plates of food, which smell freshly cooked.

"You eat," he points at Charles with a long, elegant finger. His accent is German, lending a harsh lilt to his words. The null field doesn't extend to his mind, and Charles gets the impression that he is not particularly enthused at his current task. Instead, everything is silently marshaled, composed, rigid. A task of survival, not sadism - and it's obvious by the way he doesn't immediately explain what he wants from Charles, or why he is here, but instead focuses on... "the bath, in there." At the opposite side of the room, a door materializes.

Charles has never been in the same room as Erik Lehnsherr to this point. Sure, he's seen him many times on television and newspapers; Klaus Schmidt parades him about as the face of the Brotherhood of Mutants, though Charles has long understood that it really is little more than a parade. For Erik Lehnsherr is powerful. He plays with matter, or at least that's how the world understands it. From seemingly nothing, he can conjure up anything, he can teleport, create, destroy. The scientist in Charles has always been curious about Erik Lehnsherr, for he seems to be possessed of an ability the likes of which no other mutant has ever displayed.

And yet, there's always something strange about him, too. Perhaps the idea of a former Auschwitz victim cozying up to his former captor has always struck Charles as rather chilling, implying, to Charles, that Erik isn't there because he wishes to be. Too caught in observing the skinny man before him is Charles to realize that he's being taken captive until the deed is done. All at once, the world quiets around him thanks to the null field, creating a fuzz in his ears.

The drab room around him gains sparse furnishings, thanks to Erik's quick action. Ah, he should have suspected this. He's so unsurprised that he doesn't even protest or fight; he merely turns to Erik and raises a brow. "I'd like to speak with your..." he hesitates for a moment, unsure which word to choose. Commandant? That isn't proper, nor just to Erik, who, he acknowledges, is his own captor. "Colleague," he decides. "Klaus Schmidt. If he's sending his lackey to rip me from my home at 2 in the morning, he'd best have the common courtesy to tell me why."

Erik's eyebrows knit together, a little curious at Charles's lack of response. As far as he understands it, most people do not react so calmly to being taken prisoner. (He does not, even privately, consider the irony of this sentiment.) "I will advise him as such," he says, sounding more like a customer service agent at one of those switchboard centers for Macy's than a jailor. "But it will not be this morning. We are conducting military exercises, and then--"

Something odd happens, next. Charles has very rarely encountered someone who could shut him out of their mind intentionally, but Erik swiftly draws a watertight compartment down over whatever was about to come. It provides more context: the 'null field' is not a technology at all, but Erik himself. Which makes it strangely evident that Erik isn't completely cutting him off from his own mind. Except in this moment. He readjusts, but an awkward silence materializes as he fails to come up with an excuse for the stumble - at least, in time enough that it would sound sincere. Erik hasn't ever been a very good liar. (Not that the prior was a lie - but a misdirection so obvious...)

It's one of his primary failings - his inability to be anything but unfailingly honest - according to his commanding officer. The man's stature over himself is given freely - that is what he is. This is a military organization, with each embedded in a strict hierarchy. Of course, Erik considers this entirely natural, for it is all he has known for many years. At the word lackey, which is clearly intended to rile him, Erik replies: "My rank is sub-lieutenant," instead. It's almost dry, an unusual humor speaking to less developed social skills. "You were... still awake," he observes, his own gaze burning into Charles with abject... curiosity isn't the right word. More like he's trying to solve a puzzle. Someone from the Outside World, which he has limited exposure to. "You do not sleep at night? We have medicine. I can find some." 

The opening, albeit brief, is telling. This is all Erik's doing. Somehow, he's possessed of an ability to constrain Charles's telepathy to this degree. The wonders continue. Conducting military exercises, and then something which Erik wishes for Charles not to know. In that brief opening, Charles felt something that might be shame, but it was too minute for Charles to be able to wedge his way in. Clearly, though, Erik is rather uncomfortable. There's a heavy silence that follows, and with each passing moment, Erik appears younger and younger.

Many of Charles's suspicions are rearing their heads. Why would Erik join Schmidt? The answers to such questions are never nice, even in the most benign conception that Charles could ever conjure. "I care nothing for your military exercises," Charles replies, squaring up. His voice is still even, pleasant even, but he's committed to showing no fear. Such has been his ideology from day one. Erik is a head-and-a-half taller than he is, but Charles holds his own. "I demand to see him, right now. Yank him out of bed, if you must."

Erik shakes his head, looking all at once unprepared for this outcome. Rather than react with equal fervor, or attempting to put him in his place, as a captor might do, when Charles steps forward he takes one back, away from him. He swallows and battens down something inside, something that Charles cannot be allowed to feel from him, lest it compromise their operation. "I know a little," he murmurs. Trying to negotiate, instead of the person who is supposed to be in charge. "Why he--" Erik stumbles over his words. "Why we took you," he corrects firmly. Because he is the de facto leader of the Brotherhood of Mutants, and all that they wish to accomplish, is his equal wish.

He bolsters himself with this, and rectifies the blip in their interaction. Returning into Charles's personal space, to glare down at him. "What you care for is irrelevant. You do not have the capacity to resist your circumstances. You will obey as you are told, or you will be injured or killed. This is not Westchester. There are no servants here to protect you any longer. Understand that, Charles Xavier." To someone without the benefit of Charles's mutation, it would be appropriately imperious. Menacing, even. But Erik leaves himself open once more. For a split-second, when the buzz of warning arcs across his mind in an emblazoned snap-bulb flash, instead of the threat that it is intended to be.

Charles, uncowed, merely tilts his chin up. His glasses glint in the soft light of the room (Erik even made sure that the light is soft, for goodness sake). "Injure or kill me, then," he challenges, raising a brow. Mixed signals buzz from a mind that intends to be closed off, sputtering like a stray livewire. "You claim that there is no servant to protect me, but look at you. You've made me dinner, cleaned up my room. What are you doing, Erik Lehnsherr, if not that?" Charles continues onward, stepping forward until there is merely an inch between them. "Do you fear him too much, Lehnsherr? Do you refuse to bring him to me because you fear him?"

"I can chain you to the floor, if you'd prefer," Erik returns sharply. Several other scenarios present themselves in his mind, a razor comprised of many blades poised to cut as he had been cut, but his gaze flicks upward. He inhales slowly, silently, and expels it before continuing. "Your upbringing has been privileged, Charles Xavier. I have no desire to impress upon you the dire nature of your situation here. Your thoughts of me are unimportant. Perhaps once Klaus Schmidt has availed himself of your company, you will be less of a G-ttverdammt Klugscheisser."

It's the first real show of emotion Charles has gotten out of him. Less is it offense at his words, than it is frustration that he is unwilling to cooperate in order to improve his chances of survival. And that Erik views this as an uphill battle -- because he does not know any better, and because Klaus has already ordered him to educate Xavier on precisely this matter. The room is not a testament to Erik's servile nature, but rather the precise opposite. It is defiance.

A single, small point of light amidst a rapidly darkening black hole. And a divergence in personality, almost certainly, between Erik Lehnsherr and the men who lie just beyond that door.

Charles observes Erik's expression, adrift and at sea without his telepathy. He's... admittedly difficult to read. His tone is sharp, and so is his mien, but for some reason, Charles doesn't feel malice from Erik. Perhaps his view of the man is tainted by his preconceived assessments of him, of his relationship to Schmidt. It's possible that Erik could be correct, that his life could be in danger, but why go through the trouble of bringing him here? "Chain me to the floor, then," Charles replies coolly, crossing his arms. "If that's what you choose to do." He raises his wrists, offering them up. "I am not going to comply, Erik. Just know that now."

Erik rolls his eyes, but doesn't verbalize the replies boiling over behind the watertight compartment. Annoyance, Charles can feel clearly, but also the traces of something else. His lips press together, a strange, sad expression flickers for just the briefest of moments. "People do not break under torture because they are dispossessed of significant character, Charles," he does say at last, but his tone is marginally softer than mere seconds ago.

Aware that he is operating several paces ahead of the other man, and only just now beginning to understand what that means for their interactions. What is obvious to Erik will be made so to Charles only by sufficient experiences. Experiences that he is attempting to ensure do not come to pass. "Resistance requires that you keep up your strength. Eat your spanakopita," he admonishes dryly. "I took what things I could find from your living space. If there is something else that you would prefer, I will obtain it for you. Breakfast will be served in five hours or so."

It's difficult to understand, for Charles, why Erik didn't slap a set of manacles around his wrist when offered. Why isn't he making good on his threats? Why is he enabling Charles's resistance? It occurs to him, then, that Erik speaking from experience. Torture. Strength. Erik, certainly, knows of this, given his background. (Why does he stay?) Though the bald acknowledgement is startling, Charles, perhaps naively, still isn't cowed. Stubborn, and certainly privileged, he strides to the plate of spanakopita, plucks it from the desk, and hands it to Erik. "I'm not hungry," he replies. "If you're not going to bring me Schmidt and you're not going to make good on your threat, you ought to merely leave me be."

"This is an island," Erik says quietly instead of answering his direct demand. "There is no escape. As such, Commander Schmidt has no issue with allowing you free roam of the facility."

Erik's eyes, which appeared hazel in his bedroom, now meet his with purpose outlined in vivid green. An incomprehensible stutter in the gears that whir behind them at light-speed. Willing him to understand that which he himself cannot, mired as he is in cognitive dissonance. "But you are safer, in here. The door locks automatically at night. But you can lock it yourself, when it is unlocked during the day. Come here," Erik commands of him, and shows him how to operate the complicated mechanism before it slides shut again.

"Do not forget how. My comrades are dangerous. They have been ordered not to harm you, that you are our guest. But I have witnessed them disregard such imperatives in the past. Klaus can override it, of course. So can I. But they won't be able to get in." It's another slip-up, the use of their commander's first-name instead of his rank. Just another in a long litany of curious fractures that pervade Erik's psyche, twisting in on itself like a stalk. With this, he abruptly vanishes into thin air, leaving Charles alone with his thoughts.


As promised, the door to his room automatically swings open at 7:00 AM, and both Erik and Klaus Schmidt are standing outside of it when he emerges.

"Good morning, Dr. Xavier. Welcome to North Brother Island," the other man greets him at last. "I trust you settled in nicely." It's affable, congenial, but there's a thin undercurrent to his demeanor. A predator lying in wait. "Erik tells me that you requested we speak." Standing beside Schmidt, Erik is far more subdued than when they were alone the previous night, and there is a newly-formed bruise over his left cheek. He moves slowly, stiffly.

Schmidt's hand settles at the small of his back, a possessive gesture with power behind it to force him to walk faster, as he indicates for Charles to follow them. Erik's inward tension creeps up and up as they begin to move into the public areas of the base, and mingle with others setting down trays. One man is bright red, while another is eating apple slices off of.... bone claws? Erik doesn't meet any of their gazes. The red-one claps the clawed-one on the back and mutters something that results in a loud bark of laughter. "There they are. Kitten and his new friend," he smirks menacingly at them.

"Now, now, Viktor," Schmidt tuts. "We are all friends, here. Have a seat, Doktor," he says as he sits down at his spot - the head of the long metal table. Erik takes up the seat directly adjacent, and curls up a foot underneath himself to rest on, hunching over his meal. Viktor jerks his tray away suddenly, causing him to flinch and another man (Essex) to snort. "Never gets old."

There's a bird outside the window behind the one called Ivanov. A little sparrow. Erik's eyes track it sharply. Seeing every constituent atom. An American Tree Sparrow, plump and long-tailed. In soft shades of sienna and white, with a golden splash over its lower beak. A straggler, for it is quite late in the season. It hops along the ledge, and Erik watches him fly away, thinking sluggishly that it might be nice to follow suit.

Charles, of course, doesn’t sleep a wink all night, but when his door is unlocked at 7:00 sharp the following morning, he’s alert, focused, and ready to demand answers. In fact, he’s standing on the other side of the door, waiting for Erik’s arrival. It’s immediately obvious, however, that Erik doesn’t hold a position of esteem amongst these ranks. Schmidt is a rather small, slight man; only an inch or so taller than Charles. His gamine face suits the half-moon glasses on his nose, much more delicate than the horn-rimmed ones that Charles sports. But there’s something unmistakably sinister about his mien, something that Charles can’t quite diagnose. Maybe that’s just what comes with being a Nazi.

He follows the pair to what appears to be a large mess hall. Schmidt seems to control Erik’s speed and cadence with various pushes of long fingers, and Charles notices that Erik doesn’t sit down until Schmidt does. Perhaps some unconscious deference. Immediately, a hoard of cronies begin to harass Erik by taking his tray from him. Without a word, Charles slides his own tray toward Erik to replace the one that was stolen from him, raising a brow at the sinister-looking man who had taken it. “What pleasant company you keep,” he says flatly to Schmidt. “A bunch of schoolyard bullies, it seems. Is that the sort of order you command around here?”

Erik is jolted out of his reverie by the offer, somewhat confused at first - his mind is operating especially sluggishly this morning. During meal-times it isn't important that he be sharp, and everyone clearly expects that he is even less so at breakfast. Under the harsh fluorescents his neck bears the tell-tale grip of ghostly-fingers, and there are lacerations at his temple and crusted blood near his ear. Schmidt takes particular delight in their little morning ritual. Making it clear to all who Erik really belongs to. The only person powerful enough to contain him, to break him. The gesture, seemingly reflexive on Charles's part, draws a cascade of warmth through the parts of him that are cold and in disarray as it often occurs after he spends the night with Schmidt. Erik, though, shakes his head. He takes only the small carton of milk.

It's not necessary. Erik doesn't need to rely on any of these people to feed himself, and Charles does. (Erik replaces the milk he's taken surreptitiously, when no one else is watching, as if not drawing attention to any significant usage of his abilities outside their orders). But, Charles understands, it is an expression of appreciation. Charles realizes that he can feel the minds of everybody at the table, with the exception of one man - Essex. His is a blank void. Schmidt's is accessible, but Charles can tell that he will have little impact, immune to influence. At first he suspects Erik has shielded him, but it's distinct from the field keeping him contained in his room. And why would he have no trouble utilizing his telepathy, now? Initially Charles believes that Erik has absolutely no idea what he is doing, placed into a role he is unprepared for. But the little things are beginning to pile up. Everything he does is in fact very intentional.

It's the what behind his intentions that is elusive, only that unlike Schmidt and the rest, he isn't outwardly malicious. And only that it's clear his position amongst these men is not one of camaraderie, but rather they take great amusement in degrading him. Erik falls back inward as the conversation resumes, focusing instead on the task at hand. He has to do this. He has no choice. Just get it over with, just ignore--just push it all out. Out, out, out. He drinks the contents of the container. When he does get his hands on food, which is the times that Schmidt permits him to eat, he isn't allowed to use his abilities to make it easier. Why would it be? The purpose is discomfort. Jagged and harsh. It settles harshly in his stomach.

But today represents an aberration, as Charles positions himself in front of Erik's typical line-of-fire.

Viktor growls lowly and in a flash, leaps across the table to grab Charles by the lapels and drag him out of his chair, two sharp instruments sliding out from between his knuckles with a snap as he jams them under Charles's chin. "Order is for humans and school-children," he hisses, and without any warning at all Charles is launched across the room. "We are mutants. We do what we want, when we want. You want to interrupt my fun. Then try!" he shouts, a maniacal grin on his face. Caught before he can hit the opposing wall, Charles expects himself to hit with overwhelming force. He isn't, but it's understated.

He settles on the floor, dusted, but only his ego bruised. Someone has gone through lengths to ensure that there is at least a semblance of entertainment value in his rescue. Erik's eyes meet his. Get up slowly, his voice finally appears in Charles's mind. It's... not like his sonorous tenor at all. Like firewood, in rich natural color that blooms. Viktor has gone back to eating his apple slices by the time Charles picks himself up off the ground. 

When the landing is soft and painless, Charles knows instantly why. For some reason, Erik is attempting to soften this experience for him. For what? Perhaps because he, too, is a prisoner. It's abundantly clear that he is; there's nothing about the way the others treat him that suggests that he commands even a modicum of respect. Bruises on his cheek, cuts on his face, fresh and healing. That elaborate brace on his hand. Injuries inflicted by the men in their midst. Why doesn't he just leave? He's powerful enough to do so. Charles makes his way back to the table, but doesn't sit down. "I'm not going to indulge whatever this," Charles says to Schmidt, gesturing broadly, "is. Tell me why you brought me here. You know that I'm not going to sign on to your movement."

"So you've said, Doktor Xavier. But I do not need your cooperation," Klaus Schmidt says it with a degree of casual certainty that can't be denied, nor resisted. "Though I daresay it will make the process easier. Perhaps you'll even live." He smiles, like Charles is a child and he's an overly-patient father.

"You are here because we want you here," Ivanov says, his own accent divergent. Russian, not German. "You help us. It goes better. You do not, it is not better. Very easy, even malysh knows this, eh?" he jerks a thumb at Erik.

"Your abilities," Erik murmurs. "You are here because of your abilities. They are right. Your cooperation isn't needed. They--we have built a device," he explains. "To extract what we need."

"Maybe his brain explode," Ivanov jokes darkly. "Or Viktor gets him first. Lazy malysh," he addresses Erik. "You know how he gets."

Schmidt flicks his gaze between them both expectantly. "You should have anticipated that," his tone turns hard, now. Chilling. It spreads over Erik's skin, a brutal frost. "If you can't bother with your duties, I can always reassign you."

His duties. Erik hazards a glance at Charles. His mind is a raging whirlwind of confusion and embarrassment. Exposed for the pitiful creature he is. "It is my turn," he says loudly at once, banging his good hand on the table. Glaring. Charles feels the immediate click in place as he shifts gears internally. "Charles Xavier is my task. I get to try. I do what the fuck I want, too, Ivanov. I want Charles."

Schmidt claps his hands together, a flash of real pride in his eyes. He's attempted to mold Erik for years. To shape him into a proper leader, and that starts with power. For a brief moment, the dynamic successfully shifts. Until Viktor rolls his eyes and groans long-sufferingly. "Have your pet, kitten. But you're mine. Fail again and I will crush his little head like a grapefruit. Maybe I will take him, too. Your toy. You want it, then show me properly."

Charles gets the impression that were he back at Greymalkin, the situation unfolding in front of him would be far less sanitized. They've been ordered to behave. But Schmidt doesn't seem concerned about enforcing it, merely gesturing for Erik to do as he is told. Wordlessly, soundlessly, Erik rises from his seat and moves toward the corridor. But it's interrupted by Creed. "What are you doing. I told you I didn't want to wait. On your fucking knees, now."

"Restraint, Viktor," Schmidt says, but it's entirely languid as Erik makes an abortive attempt to usher them away from public view.

"Bullshit restrained. Don't want to watch, not my problem."

Your room. Go back. Now. Lock the door, Erik's voice is urgent and hard at the same time, mechanical and tactical as he maneuvers even while falling somewhat gracelessly into position at Viktor's feet. Go.


It isn't until Charles is back in his room with the door locked, that he takes a moment to process what he's just encountered. It all happened so quickly; he was scarcely out of this room for five minutes, but he learned a rather lot in that span. Firstly, Schmidt's operation is more sinister than he'd thought; the absolute depravity of these men is something that he hadn't expected. They treat each other terribly and don't even pretend to be fighting to promote something that isn't outright evil. Schmidt is the most subdued of them all, as he's able to rely on his bankrupt underlings to do his bidding.

Second, they're not here to hold him hostage. They're here to use his telepathy, which is a far scarier prospect. He'd expected that he could broker some sort of agreement, or that they'd put him on television and his own supporters would come to his aid; how foolish he was for believing this to all be some stunt for the media, mm? Erik did warn him.... And that's his final chilling conclusion. Erik. So much of him screamed to stay out there, to step between Erik and Viktor Creed, but Erik didn't want him to.

He'd made that clear, he didn't want Charles to see whatever was to come...and Charles's imagination doesn't need to run wild to guess. No, he's in far more trouble than he'd suspected, and when he sits on his bed, his soft, comfortable bed taken from the manor, he finds that his knees are shaking. Hours later, he's still in his room, plans for an escape on the mind, when he hears the loud clank of his door unlocking.

This time, when Erik steps through the threshold, Charles knows exactly what he is looking at. Someone who has spent so long under the control of people who do not view him as a human being, that neither does he view himself as one. He doesn't even consider using his abilities to escape -- Charles has checked. Why does he stay? How could he stay? Why help Charles instead of get them both out of there? The answer is, as they have been over the past 24 hours, just as chilling as the rest. Because he has tried before, petered out due to fear or some type of mental block on his powers, and suffered excruciating consequences. Not on himself, but on the group of children held at Riverside Hospital's laboratory facilities.

Erik is wearing a pair of sweatpants designed to ease the pressure on the bruising all across his lower body, and a soft cable-knit sweater. Not something Charles can see Schmidt or anyone else permitting him to wear, but in here, they don't have to know. He comes bearing food, steaming and hot and arranged as though from a professional restaurant and not the annals of North Brother Island's Torture Emporium. He moves to Charles's side and hesitantly, reaches to grasp his wrist, settling it onto the fork with a small smile. "Thank you," he says, soft. There's a hoarse quality to his voice now, damaged somehow.

Pain is blaring off of him from all directions, but he pushes through it to make himself understood to this person. Charles Xavier. To tell him what it meant. That single, simple act of kindness in the mess hall. "I am -- sorry. You were distressed. Here," he indicates two small pills on the tray, beside his plate. "For sleeping, if you would like. Not too strong. The childrens, take it sometimes. Does not hurt them."

The man who reenters his room is leagues different than the one who stood before him in his office the night before. In a pair of soft sweatpants and a sweater, he seems more like a graduate student than a member of Schmidt's army of evil, sadistic mutants. He appears to be limping, and though most of his body is covered, Charles can see fresh bruises on his neck, his cheeks. At first, Charles isn't sure why Erik is thanking him, but he remembers the tray of food.

A gesture that Charles thought nothing of, but one, which, evidently, was an act of kindness unlike any that had been directed at Erik in some time. And though Erik is his captor, that thought makes him feel a pang for him. Does he even know kindness? Charles takes a boureka from the plate and pops one in his mouth, and then hands one to Erik. "Can you tell me more about what goes on here, Erik?" Charles asks, gentle. "What they want to do with me, what they do with the children?" They, says Charles. Not you.

"North Brother Island," Erik murmurs, nodding a bit. "Riverside Hospital, a smallpox ward, abandoned. We repurposed it, to conduct military operations at the behest of the Brotherhood of Mutants." We, us, is still very-much engrained in his vocabulary. Erik views himself as a member of this group, whether or not that is demonstrable in practice. Erik fumbles with the little potato roll, ultimately choosing to set it aside. Charles has seen brief flashes of this. Erik struggles, it would seem, with eating.

But it's pure instinct that continually drives him to ensure that Charles gets enough, that the children get enough, a relict of Auschwitz hammered into him by famine and brutal starvation. Skeletal victims simply falling over, motionless and dead. Erik himself is quite skinny, reflecting his own time in that visceral hell. "But... m-me," he rests his hand over his heart. "The humans pity me. They dislike Schmidt. So I go on the television, take the interviews. I talk about what-what I want. But it is a lie. The Brotherhood do not want to coexist with humans. They want to subjugate them, like Auschwitz."

Erik folds his hands on his lap, the good over the bad. Protective, hunched in. "I'm just, for them. For what they want. When we are here. Not really the leader. You already understand that," he adds in a low murmur. Words like servant and lackey bubble up. "The children are mutants. Intended to be made powerful. Experiments. I negotiate to them, I make sure that they don't---" It cuts off once more, and Erik shakes his head roughly. "And you, too. You won't. I know how to gain their attention. My job. To keep you and the children alive. To keep you as safe as possible. I don't threaten you, before. Not a threat. They want you, for their machines. Your power, telepathic. It will make them strong. They want to take it for themselves."

Charles doesn't ask Erik why he doesn't just leave, because in that moment, he understands. He doesn't believe that he's allowed to, he believes that he's for them. And why wouldn't he? Schmidt has been his captor for his whole life. There's a level of brainwashing there that Charles can't simply undo in a short conversation. But...perhaps they can help each other. So Charles just nods, and then offers the boureka to Erik again. "Take one. I won't tell," he promises, patting the bed beside him. An invitation for Erik to sit down. "I can tell them that you came in here and...well, whatever they expect you to do. I'll tell them that that's what you did in here. But you can come in here and eat and rest or take a break. Yes?"

And in that moment, Erik doesn't look to be a man of 32 years of age. His eyes reflect something far younger, more vulnerable, when he abruptly tears up and mashes both hands into his face to attempt to hide the response. He is not--not ever, supposed to. There stands he, a war raging within him, silent as a mouse. Over nothing more simple than basic conversation. When Charles bids him to sit, he does, obedient.

"Why?" he asks at last, when he can trust his own words not to warble. "I took you. I don't--what I said. At breakfast." His head shakes. "I don't want that. But they--" he breathes out hard, focusing on the boureka in his good hand which has now crumbled in his fingers. It is another obedience when he does his best to scarf it down. "It is--in here. They want to cause worldwide subjugation of human beings. Homo inferior," he rolls his eyes a bit. "Me, too," he makes sure to add. "I want. What they want. I am the face of the Brotherhood."

Charles can tell that it is something near-to a mantra, repeated over and over in his mind; and quite opposite to what he had just stated only moments prior. Cognitive dissonance. Charles takes Erik's evident crumbling in stride. He's delicately propped up, at war with himself. A soft soul, it seems, being artificially hardened by his circumstances. Odd it is to see a grown man struggle to control himself in this way, but Charles expects that he was never given the space to develop those controls.

And so he listens, nonjudgmental, unfazed. "It's okay if that isn't really what you want," Charles offers, quiet. "That doesn't mean you're bad, Erik. Just different than they are. It's okay to want different things, hmm? Even if only you know that you want something different. Being honest with ourselves can be difficult, but it's very important."

"Why?" Erik asks again, eyes wide and searching for something he cannot truly grasp. That this person, who is his captive - who is supposed to be his enemy, talks to him this way. Provides food, even though Erik has made more of a mess on his lap than he has consumed. He rocks back and forth a little, subtle movements that indicate a deeper urge to fidget which he suppresses dutifully. "Why, do you speak like this? To rest, and things. I am. Nazi, collaborator," he bangs his hand on his chest, emphatic. "Murderer. I am the bad guy. You, the good guy. The victim. Why, kind to me?"

Charles merely smiles and sets the plate of food between them. An invitation for Erik to grab more, if he wishes; he's certain that he didn't get to eat his breakfast after whatever ordeal he endured with Creed. It's unlikely, he presumes, that Erik will take any, but the offer remains. "I don't think that you're a bad guy, Erik," he says simply. "Look. You've made my room comfortable for me, and you told me how to lock my door. You made sure that it didn't hurt when Ivanov threw me against the wall earlier. You're trying to make it easier for me, here. I don't think that a bad guy would do all that."

Erik's lips press together, as he surreptitiously swipes at his eyes with the crook of his arm. "Erik," he says, a small blurt of laughter following suit. "Erik Lehnsherr. Always Erik," he murmurs, shaking his head to himself. "I--" it catches in his throat for a second, but he only falters momentarily. "Me, I'm Ariel. Inside. Erik is... the bad guy. Like Schmidt. But me, Ariel. I just want..." he trails off. All of the crumbs and wrinkles disappear, and Charles feels much cleaner quite suddenly. Erik -- Ariel? As confusing outside as he is inside, must have showered him and dried him off. His clothes are different, too. Softer, with small clusters of sunflowers along his lapel. "You do not belong here. You, the children. I just want you all to... Ariel wants that. I can't."

Charles follows along more easily than one might think. Even with his telepathy blocked, he understands well what Erik—what Ariel—means to say. "I'm glad that I get to meet Ariel," Charles promises, voice kind, gentle. "And I'm sorry that you don't get to be Ariel all the time." He looks down at his new clothing, fresh and soft. His hair smells of pleasant shampoo now, and he's more comfortable. "Would you like me to call you Ariel when it's just the two of us?" he presses. "I won't in front of the rest of them. But...if you're being Ariel when you're in here, it makes sense that I use that as your name, yes?"

It draws a flicker of a smile to his face, and a sensation of warmth infuses the entire area. Charles notes that there are several new plants decorating his... cell? As far as cells go, it depicts far more of a bedroom than an intentional area for confinement. "And you are... Charles," he says, almost a whisper. "Ariel, and Charles. I like that better," he admits, before turning his head away and swiftly locking down another emotional outburst. Instead, he breathes out, as calm and centered as he can be, to focus on something equally important. "Your telepathy," he says, tapping his own temple. "I restricted it here. Not for you. For them. I can lower the field, and keep Essex contained. Like at breakfast. I didn't think you want to, hear them."

The smile is encouraging, and Charles makes note of it. The more he speaks with him, the more he begins to understand how vulnerable the man is, how he could use help… “I would prefer if you don’t contain even the worst of them,” Charles says to Ariel, placing a hand on his wrist. “I feel rather lost without my telepathy, if you can understand that. I’d rather hear something horrible than not hear at all. It’s especially important in here; I need to be able to read people.”

With only a blink from the man - Ariel, Charles feels the rest of the complex gradually begin to filter back in. Across the harbor, the din of New York City returns with equal fervor. There's only one remaining block, human-sized and restricted to a single person. "I can't lift that one. If he got in here, it would be catastrophic," Ariel says softly. "You should be capable of disabling Wyngarde. He is not very strong. Essex is... different," he whispers. "Not like telepathy. More... persuasion. To make you do whatever he wants."

Given how far Charles's imagination has filled in the pieces, with such an ability at Essex's disposal, Ariel's statement only drives home how depraved he must be. He picks at a piece of lint on his sweatpants, maintaining calm and control as he speaks about one of the men who clearly induce fear within him. "I am sure his mind is unpleasant, anyway." The touch to his wrist has him look over, curious, seemingly having never experienced such a thing. Casual contact, comfort.

At first he doesn't even comprehend it, and already his mind is shifting to accommodate what it must mean. An entirely new experience. Ariel looks up at him, lips parted in utter curiosity as he tries to sort out Charles's latest overture. Slowly, he moves his good hand to pat at the back of Charles's. His touch is delicate, as though handling something fragile. It isn't the first time that Charles has noticed it in his memories, the way he deals with the children in Riverside's laboratory is quite similar. Of course, Charles is an adult - but he gets the impression that this is just how Ariel is.

Charles is relieved to have his telepathy back, at least in part, though there are a few notable gaps. Namely, Ariel himself; and though he's not entirely absent from Charles's reach, he can feel a thick barrier beneath those surface-level thoughts. But he doesn't push. He's probably pushed far enough already, so he simply smiles and accepts the touch, and they sit there like that for a short while. "Am I to be exposed to this machine of yours today?" Charles asks after a moment. "Why can't Essex or Schmidt do it?"

Ariel shakes his head. "Schmidt is not a telepath, just immune. Essex is not traditional. Wyngarde is too weak. Even if they could," he grimaces again. "You represent a threat to their worldview. Using your abilities will offer the most power, but it also sends a message. That the Brotherhood does not abide Integrationism and will fight against it." The barrier that separates the darker annals of Ariel's mind from Charles is clearly, as far as he can tell, not a conscious effort. It's instinctive, but more than that, protective.

Not for himself, but for the telepaths they live with, some of whom are only young children. "We have some stronger telepaths. I... regret, how... you came here." He does indeed appear genuinely guilty, his good hand twisting over his bad one. "I... it is my responsibility. I suggested you. Putting a child in Cerebro would kill them, even if they were strong. But you are an Omega-level adult. It shouldn't hurt you. You might even find it intriguing. But I couldn't let him do it to the little ones."

His shoulders slump a bit. "I understand if you prefer not to interact with me more than necessary, however, you will not endure this place without my help. And I will. Try to help. As much as I can. My--I can't, fight them. I've tried, before. It is better to assimilate. At least I can... redirect them." 

This is news, to Charles. While he'd gathered that Ariel is, for whatever reason, responsible for him, he didn't realize that he's the one who threw Charles's name into the mix in the first place. It would be a lie if he claimed that a sharp sting of something akin to betrayal didn't strike him right to his heart, and he flexes his hand, tempted to pull it away. But...he doesn't. Because somewhere within, he understands that Ariel didn't really have a choice.

A child or Charles? Charles knows who he would choose in this scenario, too. It appears that Ariel feels some modicum of protectiveness over the children in this facility, and Charles supposes that he was merely doing his job, merely protecting them. So, chilled as he might feel, it's only that; it isn't anger. More evidence of the sickness that infects this place. "I can manage," he says finally. "I don't want you to take any heat on my behalf, Ariel. I don't plan on being here for very long."

"Plans only rarely survive contact with reality," Ariel points out, dry, but not sarcastic. He sighs, looking up at the moon outside. When he was small, no more than three or four, he recalls doing the same thing at Auschwitz. It's a memory. Many of his early ones are fuzzy and confusing, distorted. His first memory is oil and flames and screaming. This, he does not share intentionally (but Charles can perceive it still - ripped from her arms, all because he had been playing with some old coin--)

but he feels compelled in some small way to make Charles understand. He's been Schmidt's ward for his entire life, since he was two years old. He doesn't know anything else, and when he did, it was at the behest of the CIA who locked him in a prison facility underground. Away from anyone, anything, for over a decade. Solitary confinement. Of course when Schmidt rescued him, he went willingly. Still, he finds that he reverts to that same childish impulse from eons past. Looking up, lost in fantasies of low-gravity adventure and planetoids made of cheese. Silly, meaningless trifle reminiscent of childhood. Something he was not afforded.

Not that he desires any sympathy; the humans are only horrified by Auschwitz itself, and everybody else he knows would sooner laugh in his face than show him a modicum of compassion. That isn't the reason, but rather, an attempt to explain that his life has always been like this. Always having to choose the path of least harm, always trying to look for a way to maneuver within this Planet of Schmidt, because he is too weak to break free of his influence. (And besides, where would he even go? The people who respect him now would not welcome him if he weren't connected to the Brotherhood, after all.)

"I had to find a way. To make certain that everybody lives. It means choosing like this, all the time."

"I understand, Ariel," Charles promises, and then gives his wrist a sympathetic squeeze. And he does. Not entirely; no one possibly could, but that feeling emanating from his head combined with the troubled expression, miasma of it all. Ariel isn't happy, and he knows it, but he doesn't exactly know what happiness is. And yet, despite knowing nothing but imprisonment and subjugation, Ariel still chooses kindness.

Charles remembers watching him observe the sparrows outside, notices how he watches the moon, how those eyes stare far off. There seems to be an abundance of potential; he is not naturally inclined to cruelty, as are his captors. Not even a lifetime of experiencing it firsthand has hardened him into anything that could be characterized as cruel. "You can come in here any time you want," Charles promises again. "To talk, to ask me questions, or to steal a moment of peace, if you need it."

"Thank-you," Ariel murmurs in return, unable to quantify the depths of his gratitude, only that it is significant. "You're very kind. I will do my best to keep you safe," he promises; the type of vow not certain in its application, for Ariel does not ever make promises he knows he cannot keep. But he can do his best, as he has always done, to protect the innocent people in this facility. That includes Charles Xavier, by his own suggestion. Not one made lightly, either - but as the only Omega-level telepath he knew by name, his only recompense is this. Charles will survive Cerebro. The children won't, and even other adult telepaths might not.

Ariel draws a blanket out of thin-air to drape over Charles's shoulder, petting at it a little to remove a wrinkle. Fussing, really.


And so they settle into something of a routine, over the next few months. Charles spends most of his time in his room, the safest place at Riverside as far as he can tell, whilst working to determine the dynamics and tactical defenses of where he is currently being held. As far as he can tell, Ariel was right that his escape is not likely, and he hasn't been successful in any of his plans. They're thwarted easily, and rather than threaten Charles, Schmidt has made it quite plain that he has little qualm about causing pain to others, to punish his efforts.

Beatings with all the strength imbued in him by his power, to Ariel and even to one of the children after catching Charles with a hidden knife. He has a way, Charles has to admit, of making it feel like it's his fault when people around him are brutalized for the purpose of instructing him on a lesson most severe: that he does not, and never will, have the upper hand in North Brother Island. Ariel keeps to his word, putting himself before Charles and Schmidt multiple times over the next several weeks. He bears it with stoicism, but often returns to Charles's room late at night for a reprieve. 

It's there that they've come to know one another, not as captor and captive, but something greater. More enduring, more genuine. Ariel doesn't really understand the concept of friend - he's never had one outside of the dynamic that Schmidt imposes. And Charles doesn't precisely violate these laws, as he is as all those Ariel has come to care for, yet another prisoner. The 'tests' for Cerebro do not take long to begin at all, and Charles first enters the device, restrained as he must be as he fought rather futilely against it, very soon after his initial 'orientation.' While the overarching purpose of these tests are quite sinister, Charles can't help but be amazed at the device they've built, for upon accessing it for the first time, Charles feels... everything. All at once.

People going about their lives on the other side of the planet, as though they're right before him. It would be wondrous, if Schmidt wasn't there taking measurements and deducing how to apply that power to his own needs, perhaps even his own self. The connection between him and Ariel becomes gradually more apparent to the likes of Schmidt and Creed, who are both highly possessive and even jealous over it. They both know, deep down, that their receipt of his affection is curated by force and not real regard.

Creed on more than one occasion has done his utmost to attempt to break that bond, by 'demonstrating' how pitiful and pathetic Ariel actually is. Erik, to them. It's a diminutive of Ariel, curiously enough, but Schmidt's choice of name for him reflects a distaste for his birth culture that utterly grates. He isn't particularly racist or antisemitic (at least not from a perspective of hatred of other races), but he insists that they are not beholden to the same cultures that the humans have made for themselves over the years. There is no Jew, no Black, no Indian. Only mutant. A superior breed, far outstripping the rest.


Ariel slinks back into Charles's room one evening, a particularly hard day on them both. At dinner, Schmidt had gotten angry when he noticed that Charles had set his hand over Ariel's under the table entirely unconsciously, and kicked their chairs out from under them, raining a flurry of furious blows down on them both that settles bruises all over Charles's torso. It's the first time Schmidt has acted out directly against him in his time here, and he recalls very little except for Ariel's shouts, and the way that he threw his body over Charles's to take the brunt of it without hesitation. Schmidt just rolls his eyes and leaves them on the floor, and Charles somehow crawls his way back to his room, engaging the lock as he has done so many times before.

Ariel is light-footed, a solemn ghost in black as he materializes at Charles's side, and he rests a hand on his shoulder. "Are you OK?" he asks, green eyes peering down at him, his power passing harmlessly through Charles's frame as he detects the extent of damage for himself. It's followed by a sweep of warmth, a balm to the ache. "I brought some medicine. Painkillers," he says, and mischievously arcs his brows. "Schmidt won't miss them." He holds up the bottle.

Schmidt absolutely will miss those, but Ariel doesn't care. Charles has come to note that Ariel is nearly reckless in his pursuit to keep everybody else from hurting, but Charles is his friend. His first real friend. Their routine is secretive, moments like this stolen away, where Charles reads to him and tells him about the Outside Beyond. Ariel ducks his head away, schooling his expression. He does not want this added to their sojourn. Tending to Charles's injuries sends a lance of pain through his heart. He will not allow it to happen again. He refuses.


The following week is among the most difficult that Charles has ever experienced. Ariel isn't wrong; the Brotherhood doesn't hold back for any sort of decorum or play at decency. He's a prisoner and a tool and a traitor to their mission, and he's treated as such. And though Charles isn't cowed into begging or acquiescing, he learns that picking his battles is a life-saving technique that he'll have to hone as time weathers onward. The first time he's brought to Cerebro is in the arms of Creed and Ivanov, who carry him as he thrashes helplessly. He's plopped into a chair, cuffed at the wrists and ankles, and before he can even squirm, the helmet is jammed on his head and he's stuck.

When he cries out in pain the first time—because it hurts beyond anything Charles has ever experienced—they gag him. Nose spilling blood, Charles is now an interface, translating thoughts and actions of people on the other side of the world into a digestible format for his captors. It's incredible, really. And if it didn't leave him so agonized, he might wonder more about its merits (sometimes at night, he does). But for the most part, when they finally lift the helmet from his head, he can only slump forward in the chair, quaking and spent.

It gets marginally easier as they continue to force him to use it, and he reckons, by the start of the second week, that he could begin to target it himself if he so wanted, but he keeps that to himself. The goon squad is still testing its capabilities; Charles feels as they attempt to calibrate it and redirect his focus to various points all over the globe. As a private test, rather than traveling to New Zealand as they direct via Cerebro's controls, he redirects to Iceland, only to hear them swear and hiss about "the damned thing" needing more tuning. A small victory in a sea of losses.

Amidst the exhaustion, Charles grows careless. His invitation to Ariel remains open, and so most evenings, as Charles crawls into bed, Ariel arrives and sits beside him to hear stories about his life. What was Oxford like? His childhood? Has he ever been to a snow-covered mountain? Has he ever gone swimming in the sea? Questions that one might ask a friend as a child, but questions that Charles is happy to answer all the same. For Ariel is his lifeline, and he begins to suspect that the arrangement is reciprocal.

Carelessness, though, arises from the affection. As Charles covers his face with his arms, Creed’s powerful blows break his ribs, over and over until he finds a pocket in which to escape. He’s examining his bruises in front of the mirror when Ariel finally visits that evening, and he jumps, but realizes that he has no reason to be surprised. 
“This is getting dangerous, Ari,” Charles cautions quietly, but accepts the small bottle of painkillers. “They’re taking notice of you and I. Look at you.” Ariel is always sporting a new bruise or gash, but tonight, they’re more plentiful than ever. Charles takes a deep breath, winces, and then risks it all: “I need to get out of here. You could come with me.”

Ariel lags behind, or rather, he remains silent; including his mind, which Charles has noticed is more accessible now than ever before since the Cerebro experiments. It's cotton-batting, behind a far-away gaze. Finally, his chin jerks down in a nod. "I know," he replies, to Charles's shock. His expression is shuttered, lips drawn down in a grim line as he stares at a spot behind Charles. Out into the night, watching the moon reflecting off of New York's harbor. As Charles ventures closer into the foggy loam overtaking his thoughts, he can hear as Ariel considers the prospect of leaving. He has nowhere to go. It isn't relevant to him, what happens to him.

But if he leaves, they will take it out on the children. They have nuclear weapons stashed deep underground in a room that Ariel himself is responsible for constructing. Breaking free could potentiate a war that they have very little capacity to ward off. It puts everybody at risk, not just himself or Charles. The children here. The civilians on the mainland. Charles, of course, and anyone who still lives at Greymalkin.

"We would need to kill or severely disable them," he finally says, and Charles sees the flash of Erik Lehnsherr in his eyes. The soldier, the weapon. "And I do not know if I possess the ability to do that. The last time I tried, I failed. And many other people suffered as a consequence." Something else lingers, and he sits, posture straight and rigid as he composes his thoughts. "The CIA and Mossad want Klaus Schmidt and George Maxon," he explains, glancing up and over at Charles. "Moira MacTaggert, Mystique, William Stryker and Gabrielle Haller." 

Charles is utterly floored. Ariel knows Raven. Of course, Charles has shared information about his sister to Ariel before. About Raven, and he didn't seem to recognize the name. Her codename, on the other hand, is plain as day in his mind. He doesn't know her in her blue form, but rather that of a young, dark-skinned woman with a sharp, reddish afro wearing a business suit. He moves on, because he isn't aware that this is anything more than a strategy session for the moment.

"They were my handlers, at the CIA. They were working on a method of suppressing mutations, artificially, in order to capture him. These were tested on me, and they function, but they have very deleterious side effects. If I can reconstitute that serum, I could create an airborne version. Disseminate it throughout the facility, to give ourselves an advantage."

Charles realizes that this is not new. Ariel has been planning this.

Putting aside his surprise at Ariel's connections, Charles nods eagerly, glad that he doesn't have to undertake an intense mission to try to convince the man of the merits of leaving. He seems to know. There's still something within him that keeps him here, something that Charles senses he can't shake. But they've made it this far already. They'll both be leaving this place, Charles just knows it. "Excellent. Brilliant. You might even be able to pay a visit to your old handlers; if you tell them that you're trying to assist me, they might be inclined to lend you a hand."

Charles knows that it's too dangerous to invite the CIA plus his sister here, and that they're better equipped to take them down from the inside like this...perhaps it's better that they don't involve the others. And anyway, Schmidt keeps Ari on a fairly short leash. He's able to sneak into Charles's room, but Schmidt seems to know whenever Ari leaves the island for any reason, and he can't teleport very far. "We should do this soon, Ari. The longer we stay here, the more dangerous it is."

Another nod, smaller this-time. "I do not know... if I go, to speak with them... I do not have much latitude, to operate freely," he admits what they both already know. Ariel is as much a prisoner here as Charles is. "And I would not wish to leave you here. If they discover the reason why I am gone. They will take it out on you," he shakes his head, unwilling. "I am not very good at lying. I will try, to make up a suitable reason. But Schmidt, he always knows." It's not an adult's perception. To Ariel, Schmidt is the Big Bad. The Bogeyman, the one who knows all and sees all. Powerful above all. "But you are here because of me. Everything that happens to you is because of that decision. If they were to hurt you worse..." His hand finds Charles's forearm, fingers laying against it tenderly.

Mindful of the bruising, but also of him. An odd memory flares, in the grey-and-ashen wasteland of Auschwitz that pervades much of his conscious recollection, having spent fifteen years there. Klaus Schmidt standing before his small body, no more than eight or nine. Already he is hardened, vacant and cold, hands wrapped around a large shovel. You put them in the ground, Schmidt taunts Erik. You can dig them back up. So he digs. The connections are fleeing, half-on and half-off, a computer sputtering in frayed wires that extend in every direction like broken circuits. Ariel is responsible for all of this. He made the decision. He must live with it. No simpering guilt, no begging for forgiveness. Just an endless weight over his heart, dragging down it beneath the waves.

Ari's moments are often like this. The present interspersed with a ghastly memory from the past. Through Ari, Charles knows what Auschwitz smelled like, knows what it felt like to be underfed, poorly clothed, and kicked out into the snow. Though Schmidt has taken Ari in as his ward and he lived separate from the rest of the prisoners, it isn't as if he hadn't suffered beyond measure, too. But he always manages to come back, and when he does, Charles is right there to grab his hand. "Whatever you think you can do, Ari," Charles encourages. "Whether you want to make it on your own or get their help. I trust you. And I know you can do it."

He rocks a little back and forth, and takes Charles's hand, placing it closer to his heart in his version of a hug. Cradling this connection as much as he can. Kindnesses for him, buried under the Earth. To see a bird, or the sprouts of leaves and flowers in spring. Nature continues around them, no matter how many times Viktor Creed shoves him to his knees or Schmidt holds him down by the neck or Essex turns his body into a marionette to conduct torture and worse. Still, nature perseveres. And in the grand scheme of things, Ari considers himself lucky. Because most of the people who entered Auschwitz never left.

They were turned into smoke that blanketed the sky, from bodies marred in hideous blue and purple. A tapestry of suffering. Ari tries not to let the finer points of his history past the cotton-batting. "I will try," he decides, barely above a whisper. "Tonight. I'll try. I do not know... if I should bring you with me. If they find this place empty... I can try, to freeze them. So they can't find out. Maybe we can visit Paris," he adds with a quick grin. Charles had told him about the Eiffel Tower last night. The problem, of course, is that freezing everyone in place effectively freezes them in place as well. It does not solve the problem, it only prolongs it. But as Charles has offered him a reprieve through these months, he resolves to boldly do the same.

"We should go together," Charles says firmly, encouraging. "They don't ever come see me after I'm locked in. Schmidt has never tried. If we're back by sunrise, they won't find it empty." Charles squeezes Ariel's hand again, sensing the fraying nerves. It's so dangerous to Ariel to the point of near hysteria, but he's beyond skilled in marshalling hysterics into stoicism. "I only worry because I know Schmidt expects you at night. Perhaps you could drop me somewhere and I can get you what you need."

Ariel looks conflicted at that. Charles senses it as he curls in on himself, competing thoughts warring and whirling through him like a hurricane. If Charles leaves, what is to stop him from absconding entirely? And Ariel would not blame him. He is a prisoner, and dropping him at the CIA satellite office is the perfect avenue for escape. But Ariel has to think about more than Charles, he has to consider the lives of everyone at this facility.

And if Charles escapes, under his watch, Ariel knows that the children at Riverside will be egregiously harmed, perhaps even killed. Possibly by his own hand, like last time. It exists in concert with the fact that none of them here have the right to ask Charles to return to hell. Especially not Ariel. "I have to protect them," he warbles a little, a small crack in his outwardly stoic demeanor. Ariel sometimes vacillates between states like this, often rapidly and without warning. Calm and collected, or childlike and confused.

This time it seems a combination of both. Erik and Ariel, side-by-side. "Don't want you to come back. But if you go, they'll die."

This had been Charles's original plan. To convince Ariel to teleport him away so that he can run free and sick the cops on this place. Maybe until a few weeks ago, he would have carried it through had the opportunity arisen. But now...he knows more. The children would die. Ariel would either die or be forced to live the rest of his life wishing he were dead. He won't leave Ari or the children here. And he knows that he doesn't have enough time to coordinate a massive effort with the CIA or other authorities.

By the time he could get enough people here, the damage would be done. And Schmidt and Essex are more than equipped to handle local officials. And Ari? Could he take them on? Charles thinks that he could, physically; he suspects that Ari has greater power than any of them know. But Ari isn't particularly...in tune, with them. Or aware of his abilities, even. So Charles doesn't even ask. "I'll be back for you and for them. I won't abandon you or the children, Ari." 

Ari straightens up, setting a hand on Charles's knee, looking into his eyes as though searching for something. "OK," he decides with a nod. "I trust you, Charles. And I am sorry," he says, soft. "If it were my decision, you would never have come here. But you did, because of my decision. And still, you are kind to me. Perhaps it is merely a ruse, I don't know. But I do not think so," he tells the other man. A simple judgment, born of a mind which had been trained over thirty years to operate in constant tactical motion. Always analyzing, considering, orienting to atrocity. To mitigate it, to intervene, to affect the tides in motion away from the most harmful outcomes. This is merely another choice.

"If you do return," he adds, "I will take you to visit somewhere nice. I promise. To rest, like you do for me." With that, he shores himself up, and determines the most practical information that Charles will need. "Klaus Schmidt and George Maxon. They are on North Brother Island. They have nuclear weapons and other conventional weaponry as well as powerful mutations which they have no qualms about using offensively against innocent civilians."

A pause, and then a warning. Stark, serious. "The CIA or law enforcement officials, or even the military, cannot descend on this place. They will all die trying. We need that suppression serum. I can alter its' composition, to ensure it is airborne, and disseminate it from my position within the Brotherhood. We disable them first. We have young children here, who must be evacuated. Once they are neutralized we will have a shot at killing or capturing them. But not beforehand."

Chapter 120: The lilies with their pure white glow Welcome me – as well you know –

Chapter Text

"I will return. No 'if,' alright?" And when he says it, it cements it in as a promise. Perhaps it's due to the nature of captivity, but Charles can't deny that he's grown to truly care about Ariel over these past months. Not least because Ariel is the only one in here who treats Charles like a human being, but because he's...different. Deeply soft, despite the hardness he's forced to adorn. Blisteringly intelligent even after being schooled exclusively by Schmidt. And when he smiles, his whole self seems to melt into something that strikes Charles as special. Somehow, after a life of hardship and torture, Ariel has still managed to find kindness and care within him. "And I'll make sure that I'm not seen. Here and back, and that's it. I'll contact you when I need you to pick me up," he says, tapping his temple.

Ariel stands when Charles does, but instead of immediately sending him off, he looks over and that same smile appears on his features. Without warning, he steps into Charles's space and wraps him up in a tight embrace. Somehow it doesn't aggravate his injuries at all, but instead feels like a swathe of golden light and comfort passes through his entire being, electrifying his nerves and fortifying his resolve. Ariel rubs his back, letting his head rest in the crook of his shoulder.

Charles, who spins him tales of snow-covered mountains and leopards and swaying fields, who lets him rest tucked into his side late at night after Schmidt has been particularly brutal to him. Who has never asked him for anything more than conversation. Who tends his wounds when they're bad. The only person who has ever touched him with kindness, without expectation. The conditioning he's experienced over the past 30 years pales in comparison to these past three months in someone's presence who respects him. And the difference is so stark that Ariel spends the time he is alone in his room early in the morning in tears over it.

Someone who treats him like a human being. Charles has become precious to him, a balm to the howling ache in his soul that has taken up residence ever since the first time Klaus Schmidt demanded him to move the coin. Ariel, selfishly, for just a moment--does not want him to go. Not for any reason of tactics. But because-- "I will miss you," he is all he says simply when he pulls away, one hand still on his shoulder. "When we are parted, I always miss you. Be careful. See a doctor, OK? Hank. See Hank. I will send you both to the CIA. Ready?"

Charles, who has spent most moments over the past three months wishing himself anywhere other than this facility, finds that he'll miss Ariel, too. So when he hugs back, he does so with genuine care. What they're doing is dangerous, they're putting each other at risk. Charles realizes now how severe that worry is. "Don't send me to Hank," Charles cautions, pulling back only to look up into Ariel's eyes. "He'll let Raven bully the information out of him, and he's a worse liar than you are; she'll know something is up right away. She'll send the CIA or police. I'll be okay, I don't need a doctor, mm? Just send me to the CIA, and I'll be back in no time."

Ariel shakes his head, but doesn't verbally disagree. There isn't a lot of time to enact their plan, haphazard on its surface, but it's something Ariel has been privately considering for many days. He doesn't know what he'll do if they even succeed at disabling Schmidt's mutation. Some are more affected than others by the serum, and he could still use his fists and feet just as well. But Ariel puts it out of his mind for now. They'll cross that bridge when they come to it. Perhaps then, reach out to their contact at the CIA. Whoever it ends up being.

"Try and ensure you speak to Agents MacTaggert and Haller," he says. "I also spoke to a young woman, who had a codename. She was funny," he recalls. Even though Ariel was little more than feral, the woman's snarky commentary on her surroundings is recalled in more detail the more opportunity Ariel has to stretch his mental and intellectual capacity. "Do not let Stryker and Leland bully you out  They supported North Brother Island due to Operation Paperclip. Their belief is that Schmidt should continue to have amnesty. MacTaggert and Haller should respond more favorably." 

"I will hold my own," Charles promises. "I'll speak only to those I must speak to. I also may be able to discover much on my own," he reminds Ariel, tapping his temple. "The less people who are aware of our plans, the better, hmm?" Charles smiles briefly. "You may be with Schmidt when I call to you to bring me back." Schmidt often demands that Ariel retire with Schmidt to his suite at night. The mornings are for his daily "lessons," Charles knows, but evenings are often the same or worse. "Will you be able to bring me back without him noticing?"

In that moment, Charles sees something else shift behind Ariel's eyes. Not entirely foreign; the process itself has played out many a time. Ariel's methodology of survival, the ways his mind bends into different shapes in order to play out the parts necessary. It's this particular part that exists beyond the loam, where redirects and technicolor microfilaments separate into millions and trillions of particles. There's something like a smirk at the corner of his lips, and he raises his chin, eyes narrowing into focus.

Dignified even in this most perilous duty. It's almost an admission of sorts; that he very-well understands how Schmidt is. Who he is. What he wants, and Ariel effortlessly shifts into the person most equipped in this facility to provide it. Ariel may not have raw physical power available to him, but he can avert the tidal flow. Ensuring the waves crash over him, and not an innocent like Meital or Charles. "I will do as I have done for two decades," he murmurs, like a snake coiling up. Readying for strike. "I will keep his attention on me."


It's moments later that Charles appears, in freshly laundered clothes and new shoes, in Langley, Virginia.

It's late, there are only a handful of people in the room into which Erik dropped him, but it takes no time at all to freeze the others around him to grant himself a speck of time to get his bearings. For a moment, he considers sprinting off, but that moment passes even quicker than it came. He does not wish to leave Ari in that place. Even if he didn't think that Schmidt would take his wrath out on the innocent people trapped at their facility, he wouldn't be able to stomach allowing Ari to remain there and rot.

This new relationship, born of the most horrific circumstances, matters quite a lot to Charles. When he's free, he wants Ariel to be free, too. And so he doesn't run. Instead, he quickly finds the mind he's looking for, and it's blessedly still in the building. Minutes later, he's standing in the office of Moira MacTaggert, frozen as she scans papers on her desk. After a deep breath, Charles lifts the freeze on her and the other inhabitants of the building and clears his throat. "Agent MacTaggert."

Moira MacTaggert flicks her mahogany-colored eyes up to him, blinking only a few times to get her own bearings as she realizes her perception of time has been slightly altered. A curious mixture of Scottish and Guatemalan, her hair is long and honey-colored, resting against her back in a golden plait. The sudden appearance of Charles in her office, from nothing to something, has her quickly identify that he is a mutant. Accustomed to working with mutants, her manicured eyebrows arc and her head tilts to the side, as though expectant. There's a reason Moira MacTaggert is an operative with the Central Intelligence Agency of the United States at only 33 years of age.

Four years ago, she cut her teeth on their fledgling Divergence Retrieval Project; a fancy code-name for the plastic underground prison that housed Amahl Farouk and Erik Lehnsherr. Her reputation often precedes her: brusque, blunt, abrasive, but effective. Her memories of Erik--Ariel--are neatly packaged, freely available as she is a human with little defense against psionics. Only the orderliness of her mind offers some semblance of structure. Spywork ferried under cover of night, on light-feet. Erik Lehnsherr was little more than feral when he was found, discovered to possess the power to manipulate conductive elements like metal.

The CIA believed he had more capabilities - that he could interact with and manipulate matter itself, perhaps even space and time. But after twelve years, and stagnant progress, the program was dismantled when Klaus Schmidt and the Brotherhood of Mutants showed up and spirited Lehnsherr away to North Brother Island, a state-sanctioned research facility under the auspices of Operation Paper Clip, with focus on ordinance and nuclear weaponry. The CIA cut its losses, and the last memory she has of Lehnsherr is his over-grown limbs bounding up to Schmidt with a brilliant grin on his face. He was being rescued. By his family. The Commandant of Auschwitz.

Moira always found it particularly vexatious, the way he brightened at Schmidt, only to be severely rebuffed with a harsh snap, have you forgotten your manners already? That, and the stiffness and tension which suddenly pervades his every twitch. Hands that pet at Schmidt's shoulders recede immediately, and he bows his head, folding them behind his back in a formal posture. Like a dog returning to its master, only to be beaten once more into submission. Moira isn't aware that this is the reason for Charles's visit, of course - the thoughts aren't surface in the slightest. Moira is fussing over the ever-obnoxious paperwork. Stryker and his ridiculous inspections. "...Charles Xavier," she slots into place after observing him momentarily. "Hank McCoy filed a missing persons report on you. Shall I inform him that you've returned?"

"No," Charles says quickly, privately floored by the resolute order that characterizes this woman. Scarcely even fazed by Charles's sudden appearance, she readily identified him based on his appearance alone. In his mind, he's a radically different person than he was mere months ago when he first went "missing," but he supposes that he doesn't look tremendously worse. Ariel has been dutifully keeping him fed and cared for, even when Schmidt declines to allow him to eat. "I'll be frank with you, Agent, as you seem like a woman who appreciates frankness," Charles begins. "The mutation suppressant that your office developed. I need some of it urgently. Just a very small amount."

"Certainly, I'll have one of my aides box some up right away," Moira says pleasantly, but it hangs in the air with no forward momentum for long enough that Charles realizes she is being facetious. The intention is obvious; she's not making fun, but she is pointing out that there's no way on G-d's green Earth are the CIA going to just hand out a highly classified piece of technology to a civilian without some serious cause. "I take it you've gone a few rounds with a mutant you'd prefer incapacitated?" she does observe. The visible bruises on Charles's body, the way that he moves gingerly, hand unconsciously drawn to his ribcage right below his heart. "Take a seat, and tell me what's actually going on, and I might consider it."

Charles stares at Moira with an exasperated expression which she doesn't fully deserve. "I can't tell you," he grits, and then, because he's not exactly in his right mind, he clumsily enters her mind, commandeers her motor cortex, and forces her to stand up from her chair. It's his equivalent of sitting down across from her. "See what I can do?" he presses, forcing her to walk toward him. "See? I can do this and more. Much, much more. I don't need your bloody suppressant to incapacitate someone I don't like, just for the hell of it. I wouldn't ask you if it weren't a matter of life and death. And that's exactly why I can't tell you."

"Cool parlor trick," Moira shoots back flatly, but it's far less terrified than a typical human ought to be. "You can't tell me, why? Because I might take action that you believe puts people in danger. If you can make me do the moon walk, you can probably stop me from that, right? Or just force me to give it to you. I'm not sure why that wasn't originally on the table..." Moira squints at him a little. Maybe let's not give Crazy Eyes over there a grand idea.

"But even if it were," she adds, and she is being honest, "I would wind up fired, and you and everyone at your Institute would be dragged in here and interrogated under suppressant yourselves. So let's stop measuring our dicks and have a conversation. It's the CIA, man. Everything's life and death. You know, oh, the guy's got a bomb strapped to his chest and he's about to blow up the Eiffel Tower---you didn't see that movie."

Despite her off-putting demeanor--made moreso, let's be honest, by the fact that she's a woman yet sounds like a sixty-five year old chain smoking mob boss--one thing that burrows its way into Charles's more addled sensibilities is the recollection that Ariel had sent him to Moira MacTaggert specifically. Because he believed that she could help them. Charles isn't certain that Ariel trusts her per se, but his sense of her is that of an ally.

Charles exhales an exasperated breath. If Moira knew him, she would understand that this manic energy about him is highly irregular and symptomatic of something sinister; being locked in a secure facility with a bunch of Nazis will do that to a person. "Erik Lehnsherr sent me," he grits. The spark of recognition is all he needs to propel himself forward. "He needs the serum so that he can escape his captors. You know who they are. They can't be overpowered without it, and we can't bring in outside forces, or else they'll kill everyone in a five-mile vicinity, including children." Charles steps forward, imploring. "The serum, Agent. I apologize if this puts you in an uncomfortable position, but I need the serum, and I need it quickly."

Moira blinks at him. "Erik Lehnsherr sent you. Huh," her nose twitches a bit. "I've been making a push to invade North Brother Island for a while, now. Stryker and his ilk have sought to legitimize Schmidt's scientific work, but it's no better than handing over the launch codes. The problem is, even if you do get him suppressed, you're still fighting on multiple sides. That conventional weaponry stockpile is no joke. How are you two going to resist the entire Brotherhood?"

Charles is about to remind Moira that Erik Lehnsherr can easily overpower the entire Brotherhood with the aid of the suppressant, but gleans quickly that she's not particularly aware of the scope of his abilities. Given who she works for, he decides that it's in Ari's best interest that she remain ignorant. "It's not just us two," he fibs. "We have allies on the inside. With all of our mutations combined, we should be able to overpower them and escape." Charles breathes deeply. "Do not invade the island. You are correct, their stockpile is alarming and they will use it. We will disable the weapons and get the children to safety. It's the only way to remove the threat. But we need your help. He sent me to you specifically because he thought that you would help us."

"Yeah, well," Moira sighs, pinching the bridge of her nose. Fucking Lehnsherr. She's learned a little more about him over the years, watching television broadcasts where he is capable of manipulating far more than just conductive elements, but she hasn't gone out of her way to update their file on him. Getting soft, MacTaggert, she gripes to herself, rolling her eyes. The underground complex where they housed Lehnsherr was little more than a plastic prison, at the behest of Agents Leland and Stryker, who were more interested in learning how to use Erik's mutation for their own ends than in assisting the Joint Program in capturing mutant criminals, which was the original reason for its establishment.

"All right, fine," she grits, wondering if this is truly her own decision or not. It feels like it is, with memories of Lehnsherr's time in their custody at the forefront of her mind. At the end of the day, they owe him. Moira wasn't capable of intervening when she should have, relegated to field work with Haller as if Tweedle-Dee and Tweedle-Dum knew that she'd compromise whatever horse shit they had planned. If he wants to play Rambo on some island, so be it.

Surprised by her relatively quick assent, Charles steps back and clasps his hands before him in a gesture of thanks. Within an hour, Charles has a small metal box with several doses of the serum tucked under his arm; Ariel has promised that should be able to understand and replicate the formula once he has his hands on a few samples. However, throughout the heist, Charles has grown wary of his own blanket trust in Moira MacTaggert. She hasn't done anything to make him suspicious, but that's just it; she's stunningly pragmatic, in the way she thinks, and he suspects that she may decide to ignore his warning and plea for silence if she decides that it better suits her to do so.

And so, as he departs her office, he once again worms his way into her mind and cleanly erases the last two hours from her memory, leaving no trace of her interaction at all. "Sorry," he murmurs under his breath. His next move is more difficult. After weeks and weeks in Cerebro, his telepathy has evolved and his range has grown. The 200-mile distance between Langley and New York City is easily eclipsed, and though the barriers around the facility are difficult to penetrate, he manages. Ari. I have what we need. Bring me back.


The moment he connects to Ariel, he feels himself whisked through time and space, right back into his room. Ariel isn't there, and his mind is a closed shutter, which Charles has come to understand means his current circumstances are less-than favorable. He feels it as Ariel sections off a portion of his consciousness to communicate, good work, neshama. I've kept them occupied, I'll visit you soon. Don't forget to eat dinner, he adds - fusses, really.

Said dinner is hummus, a recipe he knows as his father's, not from his own family but through his collective awareness of the Expanse. Whilst doesn't quite know it as the Expanse yet, he does have memories that don't necessarily belong to him, like how his father was Greek and Sephardic, that they used to eat hamin instead of cholent. Little things Schmidt has worked tirelessly to eradicate within him survive the ashen wasteland, tending the tiniest of sprigs.

Warm naan accompanies it, this one an Ariel specialty, infused with fire-dry and sweet habanero and rosemary. Beside the dish, Charles spies a glass that smells suspiciously like beer, with hints of sour apple. Something new - American beer is swill to him. Not one for drinking alcohol often, Ariel sometimes includes it with their meals to help ease their racing thoughts. Not a lot - they can't afford to be dulled. But a little goes a long way. It will be a while. Where did we leave off... mmm, Knight to F3. How was Moira?

Charles has witnessed this before. Schmidt often demands that Ariel report to his rooms at night so that he can do who knows what to him, and Ariel always places a firm barrier between himself and Charles. He doesn't ask Ari about it, figuring that the ever-present cloud of shame and discomfort is indicia of something that he would rather not discuss. Perhaps one day they can begin to unpack it, but today, Charles knows, shouldn't be that day.

So he dutifully eats the naan and hummus and sips at the beer, manifesting a clear image of their ongoing game of mental chess. They both are blessed with photographic memories, and so playing like this is nearly as easy as playing with a real board. Bishop to C2, I take your pawn. She was just as you described her....but I must confess to you that I erased her memory of our interaction. I feared that she would come here with reinforcements.

We can seek out reinforcements after, Ariel replies, and Charles feels the small twinge of victory when he makes his following move, having done as he always does, obfuscating simplicity to send him on a goose-chase throughout the board in its illusory capacity. When they first played, Charles was surprised that Ariel preferred to do so without limitations on his telepathy - something preferred by his sister and most others when they play games with him.

In Ariel's mind, if he can't beat Charles with his telepathy, then he can't beat him. And curiously enough, he has succeeded on quite a few occasions, using the time to practice his mental fortitude, often visualizing multiple games at once and leading Charles to conclude that one tactic reigns supreme, when in fact it does not. This evening he's somewhat distracted, though, and dips out for awhile before Charles picks up on his thoughts once again, hovering just outside the door as morning begins to dawn.


Ariel doesn't typically show up immediately after, but Charles can tell that he's unwell when he enters. He does his best to smile, as always. "We should do this soon," he says, scrubbing his good hand down over his cheek to brush away a wayward tear. It's at odds with his internal feeling - mechanical, like a wooden mannequin set aflame amidst gears and pulleys. He watches his own fingers like they're not attached to his own body, noting his pinky is dislocated.

With a blink of his eye, it's set properly, with barely a twitch on his face. "Today, if we can." It's not like Ariel to push, but something must have happened. "Wait, until they are all... at breakfast," he stammers, smiling again oddly. "In one place. Then do it. Make sure... are you OK? You need more pain medicine? I try... I try to find some," he says, his accented English wavering with the effort of pressing down every wayward flicker of emotion.

Immediately, Charles springs into gentle action when he takes stock of Ariel's state. They have only a few precious hours before the doors unlock; Ariel is required to report to Schmidt each morning for another "lesson," and he's suddenly worried that there isn't enough time. Time to plan, time to recoup. What they're doing, Charles realizes, is exceptionally dangerous. If they fail...they may never see each other again. But Ariel looks rough. Bruises, open wounds, a limp in his step.

After their perceived disobedience last night, he's not surprised that Schmidt spent the evening whipping him into shape, but it's hard for Charles to stomach. "Sit for a moment," he encourages, gesturing toward the comfortable armchair that Ariel imported here from his study back in Westchester. When he complies, Charles retrieves the first aid kit that has come in handy more than once and carefully begins disinfecting the cut on Ari's temple.

"We can do it today if you're ready, darling," Charles says quietly as he works, gentle and precise. "But perhaps it's not something we should rush. We only have a few hours until breakfast. Might tomorrow be better?"

Ariel winches his eyes shut, but Charles knows full-well that it's not due to physical pain, even though Charles can see through the thin layer of cloth covering his torso that blood has begun to form streaks along his back. He doesn't even seem to notice it, his thoughts a manic whirl. It's worrying on its own; Ariel almost never reacts like this, nor goes off so half-cocked. He plans, and deliberates, and bides his time. At the reminder to heed caution from Charles, he jerks his chin downward in assent. He gestures a little wildly when he replies.

"More time, to--more, I don't want anymore. And you got hurt, and what if... again, more. Always more. Always, always. I ca--nuh-no, iz okei," he presses his teeth down over one another to stop the shiver pervading his jaw. "I can lure him and the rest into a closed area," he tries to consolidate his focus, to assist. Another grimace, like someone's punched him. "Make it believable. Nisht so slekht, ja?" he laughs a little abruptly, hitting the back of his hand over his chest. "Ich muss nicht spielen," he snorts, like he's told a good joke, and rolls his eyes.

"Once there, release through the system. Then hit them with everything we got." He materializes two automatic rifles, arching a brow at one. "He taught me how to use that. Funny, ja? Now his end, by the same. Maybe I shoot him again, to make sure. Iz training, I learn. Good little soldier," he laughs anew.

With as much care as he can muster, Charles eases Ariel out of his blood-soaked shirt and gasps softly at the sight of his back. Fresh rows of jagged, ruined flesh seep and ooze atop a lattice of scar tissue. Creed's handiwork is visible within the scarring, but so is Schmidt's; precise, scalpel-like cuts decorate his skin like a hellish tattoo amidst the sea of deep claw marks. Today's look like Schmidt's, though they seem to be some mix of fingernails and... knives?

Charles gives Ari's shoulder an understanding squeeze, and then begins to apply pressure to the wounds at the deepest points. "Okay. Today, then," he agrees, the rush jolting through him. "We need to make sure that we're not affected by the serum, yes? I'm not sure how good I am with a firearm, but I'm not too terrible with my telepathy," he adds, appreciative of Ari's desire for levity. "We release it through the vents, take them out, and then go collect the children. Yes?"

"I should... I should be able to--" Ariel mutters, flexing his fingers into a curl. To his palm, back out again, rhythmic. "But I try, it doesn't work. I can't, I tried," he admits, tears gathering in his eyes and tracking across his cheeks anew. "I'm sorry," he whispers. "Not mean to... I do not mean to.... but I--" he is clearly confused, disoriented. "I didn't want to, so I tried. To use powers, to get away. Her, to get her away. But I couldn't," he gives a watery smile.

"I can't. Get you away. Them, anyone. I can't use my powers. Didn't realize--didn't understand," he hits himself in the chest, bared now, and the front looks just as jagged and gnarled as the back. "To put the thoughts together, you know? I did not have thoughts like this. But I have to fight, to have them. But it is different, I... could think, better, last night. I did not want to. I never do, but it is not big deal, you know. I don't have real thoughts. It--sorry, what I mean. I think he... makes my powers. To stop. That is why. My thoughts, my powers."

Charles listens patiently as he works at dressing Ari's wounds. Whenever he's distressed, he speaks like this; a bit abortively, his accent thicker. Charles wishes that he could assuage his troubles in the same way he's assuaging the wounds, but he knows that they will have a long, long road ahead of them. Ari knows little else but this, and even though he knows it's wrong... well, one can't simply undo a lifetime of this in a few months.

"Yes, that would make sense," Charles agrees. "They're manipulating you. Stunting your abilities, muddying your thoughts. I know how strong you are. Once their abilities are taken, we'll see, won't we? And then we can work out later on which thoughts are yours and which are theirs. We'll have a lot of time for that. And we can do it together. I'll be with you the whole time."

Charles's touch along his back is light, and careful. Through their time together Charles has learned that Ariel is easily placated by simple touches, like fingers through his hair or the feel of his heartbeat under Ariel's cheek as they lay together for the brief moments that they can steal away, while Charles reads to him from any number of history books, magazines. His favorite is National Geographic, especially the ones that feature animals like parrots and dolphins, or the fairy tales - how he found out that the stories he used to read from at Auschwitz, hand-bound on Schmidt's shelf, were altered. It turns out that the Wizard of Oz was not a mutant who subjugates Emerald City.

Even as muddled as he is, Charles's ministrations help ease the tension at his shoulders, and they slowly come down from around his ears. "Be... with me?" he dares. It's this which brings a genuine smile to his features. He hasn't thought that far ahead, his sole focus on escaping first. "You are the only one," he tells Charles, soft. "I am so lucky, to know you. You read to me, and touches don't hurt. I do my best. So you and the little ones can be free. I promise. Maybe you can teach them, after. Your school, ja? They can go to school, and play outside. No more of this, no more," he whispers harshly.

It all slots together, then, when Ariel says that. Charles is the only one. Words like that should catch Charles off-guard, make him feel uncomfortable; such open displays of earnestness tend to do that, to people. But when Ariel says it...it simply makes sense. The only one. Yes, Charles realizes, Ariel is the only one for him, too. His brilliant mind, heart made of gold. The way his eyes crinkle at the corners when he smiles, how he asks the most intriguing questions when Charles reads to him. He's special. He's brilliant. And Charles doesn't want a life without him.

"You're the only one, too," he replies, soft. "I look forward to our life together, Ariel. Beyond this place. We can see dolphins and parrots, and you can read every book that's ever been published, if you want. It will be a great life. I'm excited."

All around them, minute sparkles shimmer from every object, those which were painstakingly replicated from Charles's own belongings. An attempt on his part, that first night, to bring him comfort. Over the last few months, dozens more little trinkets have found their way there, mixed with plants and books of all sorts. Shifting in place so he can look at Charles properly, he reaches out to grasp the other man's hand in his own. Gentle as ever, taking care of the same hands which have taken care of him all this time. Despite the horror of his last evening with Schmidt weighing down heavily on his mind like an anvil, he can't help but grin when Charles says that.

It feels like his heart has grown several sizes too big within his chest, his insides expanding infinitely to accommodate. "Our life together," he whispers, and brings Charles's palm to rest against his cheek, pressing a sensation of warmth through the connection entirely unconsciously. "You know, yes? You can feel? I know, this place has hurt you. But I want you to know. That you are cared for, even here. Loved. By, m-me," he stammers, not quite as brave as he thought he was.

But he needs Charles to understand. "You know," he laughs a bit, sheepish. "I want that. Our life. I won't let them keep taking it. No matter what happens. Remember this, in here." He settles Charles's hand over his heart. For his entire life, he presumed himself to be dead inside, going from one dark and cold to the next. But now, there is hope. A real future, for them.

 Charles is smiling now, and, gingerly, he sits himself atop Ariel's lap, careful not to upset his injuries even further. Love. Charles believes that it is love; Ariel has a rather warped sense of what love isn't, but perhaps that very human element that lives in them all makes it so. "Our life," he agrees, trailing his fingers along Ariel's collarbone until they rest on his shoulder. "We can make whatever we want of it. And we'll make something great. Together. Hmm?"

Ariel burrows even closer, mindful of the bruises and marks along his chest, and careful with Charles's too. Two people afloat in the endless abyss of hell, somehow managing to stay above the waves by clinging to one another. Breakfast is soon to come, and Ariel gradually stirs, having almost fallen asleep. He laughs a bit. "OK," he rasps, nodding to himself. "We should split up. I can guide them to somewhere enclosed, shut the door and remove it, and you disperse the suppressant through the area. That might be our best shot," he whispers. A small pause. "--are you sure? You want to do this? It could go wrong, neshama. You might... it could go wrong. We can wait, if you prefer. I know you wanted to wait."

Charles finds himself almost wishing that they didn't have to do this. If they could stay like this forever, blissful and unbothered...it wouldn't be so bad. But they know that this can only be their life, should they choose it, once they're out of this place, once Ariel is free of Schmidt once and for all. "I only want to do it if you feel ready to do it, darling," he replies gently, rubbing his back. "Most of it lies with you. I'm ready whenever you are."

Ariel nods, resolute. The sooner they get out of here, the sooner Charles is no longer a prisoner, the better. If it is up to him, then he wants to ensure this happens as quickly as possible. He can handle Schmidt and Creed and the rest of Hellfire, but there are only so many times he can endure something like the previous night until he suspects his mental integrity will be entirely crushed under its own endless weight. And Charles needs him, the children need him. He cannot afford for that to happen.

Darting forward, he presses a gentle kiss to Charles's cheek, touching his jaw with his good hand. "Then we do it, now. Plans... as much time as we take," he says softly, "it will come down to the same set of actions, right? Trick him, get him enclosed and disperse the suppressant. The more time we take, the more risk of... injury, disease, trauma. All of that." Ariel holds out his hand and a small round device materializes, hovering above his palm.

"All you need to do is get to the environmental controls. It's easy, the basement of Riverside. Here," he throws up a map made of shimmering lights, and adds a ping to where Charles needs to go. A few elevators pop up, and lines from various points. He draws a circle over the room he intends to draw them into. Reluctantly, he stands, and gives Charles a smile. "Once you get there, just throw the ball into the room. It will shatter and release the gas. You should not enter the room. Just throw it in and shut the door as quickly as possible. You do not need to worry about where to put it, it will automatically be imported into ventilation dispersal."

Charles studies the map and commits it to memory. Easy enough, he decides, though there's a nervous jolt that runs the length of his body. What they're about to do is extremely dangerous. If it doesn't work, Schmidt will be... well, Charles doesn't even want to think about it. Furious won't even cover it. Deadly, probably. But dying is better than living a lifetime as a prisoner, as a personal battery for Schmidt's nefarious motives. "Alright. As soon as I throw it, I'll run for the children," he promises. "I should be able to feel when Essex is disabled. That will give me access to them all."

The last time they see one another, at least for the near-immediate future, is when Ariel pauses right before they enter the mess hall to press a lingering kiss into Charles's hair before bursting into the communal space and instantly starting an argument in German with Schmidt and Creed. Charles feels as the rest of the group become more and more amused by it, and finally when Schmidt gives a long suffering fine! in English. I suppose it's your time to learn these things, and Charles can feel how pleased he is with the knowledge that yes, he has broken Ariel in such a way that his own sickness is evident, a mirror-reflection.

Ariel is a consummate actor, what-seems like effortlessly playing the role of protege who admires Schmidt's cavalier lack of regard for the rules, for society, and who desires that power for himself. He makes a show of it, aggravated with himself by what he poses is a failure last night to take full advantage of the situation. Somewhere very far below the surface, Charles can also feel what it costs him to adopt this role. But there's little time for equivocating, because Charles also has a job to do.


So far, everything is going according to plan when Ariel leads Schmidt and Essex from the room, and Creed and Ivanov follow in short order. He can hear Ivanov musing to his 'friend', never thought I'd see the day. I suppose, you press on them over again, they become little more than animals. I bet he is worse than Schmidt... Ariel's voice cuts through the din in Charles's mind. We're on our way, neshama. Get ready.

Charles isn't missed at breakfast. His door unlocks at 7am each morning, which means that, as Ariel mentioned during his first night here, he's technically "free" to roam about the facility, so long as the goons can find him when they wish to take him to Cerebro. And so he makes his way down, down, down, into the bowels of Riverside, anxious and exhilarated all at once. Later, he'll reflect on the naivete of their plan; they'll look at it as if it were hatched by a pair of schoolchildren looking to steal from the cookie jar. But in the moment, he's filled with hope that this just might work. I'm ready, Charles promises Ari, fingers curled around the tiny ball, the key to their future. Give me the word, and I'll go.

Without the auspices of the CIA or the military to back them up, and given that there are only two of them, it all hinges on the successful deployment of the suppressant. Ariel manages to convince the most powerful among them into a small confined room, and then abruptly removes the door and calls now! to Charles, who throws it into the room as advised. Things seem to go off without a hitch, right up until Schmidt and the rest of Hellfire realize what's happening.

Schmidt manages to decimate the wall trapping them with little more than a clap of his hands, and having endured this before at Auschwitz, and unbeknownst to Ariel and Charles, they have already developed countermeasures to the serum developed by the Soviets and shared with the United States. But Ariel hasn't, and Schmidt grabs him by the lapels, lifting him with easy strength up toward the vent where he gets a full dose of it before tossing him on the floor and delivering a sharp steel-toed kick to his temple. In an instant, Charles feels it when Ariel's consciousness blinks out. And he knows that there is nowhere to hide.

Creed and Ivanov are down, but Schmidt and Essex are entirely at full strength and Charles is alerted to their presence when another loud boom! echoes from across the room he's in, decimating the walls and revealing them both, fully powered and furious. Charles is unable to resist them. Both are immune to his telepathy, and evidently to the suppressant itself. Essex waves a hand and he finds himself turning around to face them, and then walking toward them like a marionette being pulled by invisible strings.

"You should savor this moment while you can, Doktor Xavier," Schmidt growls at him. "I've given you and that ungrateful whelp everything! You really thought you could best us. But I suppose wayward dogs ought to be put down. Be thankful we still need you for Cerebro, else I'd separate your head from your skinny neck." Schmidt sighs. "But I suppose all I really need is your head. I hope you enjoyed these precious moments of freedom. They will be your last," Schmidt says, and before Charles even has time to blink, he watches as Schmidt grips him by the lapel and rams his fist into the center of his chest with as much force as he can muster. It's the last thing he remembers - the sensation of every bone in his body breaking at once.

Chapter 121: 'You ask me', said the owl, 'why I sing and cry out in winter.'

Chapter Text

The memories from there are jagged. He wakes up in a hospital room with a ventilator down his throat, and then blacks out again. An interminable degree of time later, his eyes finally open under their own power, but no one comes. And, with horror, he realizes that Schmidt has made good on his promise. There's nary a twitch from any part of his body from his collarbone down. He's left there, to do little more than rot into place.

The only time he sees anyone is when George Maxon sticks his head in to make sure Charles isn't dead, and take his vitals. Maxon ignores his attempts to gather more information. He can't feel Ariel anywhere, and Maxon just gives him a shrug. "Perhaps he's dead. Or perhaps he simply wishes he were dead. I don't know," he adds in his German lilt. "And I don't care." Evidently the man was a doctor at Auschwitz, but Nazi doctors follow a different oath. To him, Charles represents an aberration - a waste of resources which could be used on people with greater quality of life, who are more healthy.

But, it's necessary. Charles is needed to operate Cerebro, and their mission comes before all else. Evidently he is the reason Charles survived Klaus's impetuousness at all. Charles can also tell that Maxon is irritated by this petty jealousy, for Klaus's infatuation with some mongrel mental invalid has now interfered with their greater plans for humanity and resulted in... this piteous creature he is obliged to look after. And his irritation only mounts as the days trickle onward. He's a scientist, not a fucking nursemaid. And he's not Erik Lehnsherr. He won't be relegated to the role of servant. The only saving grace about Maxon is that he is, despite his detestable political and social beliefs, not particularly inclined to sadism.

Of course, at Auschwitz he oversaw a number of medical experiments that were oft-horrific, but given Charles's complete helplessness, Maxon could be much worse than long-suffering. This is made only more apparent by his contrast to Schmidt. Maxon sees himself as a scientist, Machiavellian in its application. Yes, yes. It's regrettable that those sad little Jewish children had to die for society to progress, but c'est la vie. Person-to-person, he's more-or-less... bland. His thoughts are infuriating at times, especially those about Ariel and those regarding himself, too. Nevertheless, Ariel once told him that Maxon was the least likely to hurt him, out of any of the Hellfire members.

And it appears to hold true. Most of the time he spends looking after Charles is spent in silence. Once he read the man a newspaper when he asked what was happening outside North Brother Island - most certainly not something Schmidt would have approved. Unfortunately, he's nowhere near as malleable as Ariel; there's no help coming for Charles, not from Maxon. He's holding a cup with a straw filled with some nutrient solution that will at least keep Charles from starving outright when Schmidt finally makes his presence known, fifteen days later. "Leave us," he commands the doctor.

"With pleasure," Maxon rolls his eyes, dry as he rises to his feet. "Figure it out, Schmidt. I won't do this indefinitely."

"You will do it as long as I say you will," Schmidt replies, pleasantly. "Now get out." He waits until Maxon obeys him, and then crosses the threshold of the room, folding his hands behind his back. "You should have known better, Doktor Xavier. You are never getting out of here, and your little friend will be lucky he can string two thoughts together when I'm finished with him. This is what happens when you try to play the hero. Tsk, tsk. At least now there is nothing to do but learn your lesson."

Charles keeps waiting to wake up from the nightmare. Instead, he continues to wake up to it. Some days, a ventilator is shoved down his throat and on others it’s not; this has left his throat sore and ravaged. Maxon, the angry doctor charged with keeping him alive and the only other person who Charles has seen over the course of this ordeal, tells him that his lungs are weak. Charles asks, in his raspy, nearly non-existent voice, why he didn’t put in a tracheostomy.

Maxon says that it’s a lot of maintenance for him and that Charles had better train his lungs to do better. It’s more uncomfortable than one might imagine, feeling nothing. Like a disembodied head, chained to this perpetual prison for the rest of his life. His body, a prison. He looks at it whenever Maxon pulls down the blankets to do something or other and it feels foreign, not his own. “Ar—Erik?” He’d rasped, as soon as he’d been able to. Maxon had said nothing. Charles assumes that he’s dead. And so he spends his days mourning. For Ariel. For the children. For the life he once had and the life he never will have. For freedom, for movement. There’s doubt in his mind that they’ll ever let him out of this room.

Maxon doesn’t say anything. As consciousness becomes more common, Charles also realizes that something massive has shifted within him as well. It feels as if he’s in Cerebro, but he’s not at all; he’s lying in this bed, connected to the world of his own accord. The pain makes him groan and whimper, and he wishes that he could do something, anything about it, but he’s stuck. Entirely stuck. And so that’s what he’s agonized with when Schmidt enters that morning, while Charles endures. Maxon had been forcing him to drink some tasteless paste, and he’s so lonely and desperate that even Schmidt’s face is a welcome sight. “So he’s alive?” Charles rasps in his scarcely audible whisper, eyes wide, desperate. “Why…don’t you just kill us?”

Schmidt laughs a little, as if Charles has told a funny joke. "Kill you? Whyever would I do that?" he arcs a brow down at the man. "You must feel it, Xavier. The difference in your abilities. Your mutation is rushing to catch up. To fill in the blanks. That will be incredibly useful to us. No, no," he tuts. "You still have a great deal of work to accomplish. Erik, ah," he waves a hand. "It seems I have been lax in my training. You cozied up to a selfish ingrate, and look what's happened to you. He hasn't asked after you once, you know."

Charles refuses to engage with Schmidt's taunting. If Ariel hasn't asked after him, Charles knows that it's because he hasn't been able to do so, for whatever horrific reason. His raspy, shallow breaths are loud in the room, punctuated by the beeps of the various monitors and devices that snake overtop his broken body, and he knows that he can't say or do anything to help himself right now. "Your doctor. He's getting tired of this. He's going to get lazy and sloppy and I'm going to die anyway," he tries. "From some infection, or starvation, or something else. But it will happen."

Schmidt sighs -- or, -- Charles realizes it then. It's not an outward reaction at all. There's no real way for him to penetrate the barrier that extends across Schmidt's mind, but he realizes in that moment that he can sense Schmidt where previously he couldn't. He's aggravated over something. Over Ariel. Their lessons are not going well. Schmidt is irritable; a man who views everyone around him as his belongings, including Charles. The idea that the two of them had paired up under his nose and tried to dismantle everything he's built is more than irritating.

It's enraging. Charles is a distraction, a threat to the status quo he had grown accustomed to. But their operation of Cerebro takes precedence. They must continue the work, and they must move far beyond merely identifying people on a map. They must begin influencing them, changing the paradigm for mutants everywhere. Ariel was always expected to be by his side, not simpering over some perceived fucking school-boy crush. Utterly incensing. "Maxon is a complainer," he waves it off. "He'll do as he's commanded. You don't have much of an alternative. Unless you'd prefer I imprison a different doctor for you. I suppose I could. But they're liable to be emotionally compromised, and that breeds error just as easily."

As Charles can now sense Schmidt, he wonders if he'll be able to eventually penetrate that barrier. Perhaps, if Schmidt is right and his mutation is filling in the gaps, then he expects that he will continue to grow stronger and stronger as his body settles into this new state. A state of gaps. From the collarbone down. So, he decides to ignore Schmidt's taunts about Ariel for now. No need to give him that satisfaction; he wants Charles to moan about him, just so Schmidt can remind Charles that he controls Ariel, that Ariel is his and not Charles's.

Charles won't indulge him this much. "He won't," Charles rasps, eyes narrowing. "Believe me, I know what he thinks. He's planning on letting me die from an infection that he'll neglect to treat and pass it off as an accident. He let me almost suffocate the other day when I couldn't cough. Look," he grits, jerking his head at the oxygen saturation monitor on his finger—he can at least still jerk his head. "Lower and lower with each second. He's already defying you, Schmidt. He's letting me die. Any other doctor will do the same."

Schmidt rolls his eyes, but Charles can tell that he is not pleased to hear it, if not by his mind (which is imminently and rapidly growing more accessible) then by the thinning of his lips, eyes all the more cold and dead for it. "Then I suppose we ought to do what we can with what little time you've left," he snaps back, already planning on impressing upon Maxon that his personal feelings came well after the success of their mission. "If I have to supervise him myself, so be it. Ridiculous. I'm surrounded by G-ttverdammt children."

Charles smirks, and, oh, is it satisfying to be able to do that. The little wins he can gather from his entirely helpless situation will give him life. "Enjoy supervising him as he looks after me," Charles wheezes, though his smirk is still evident. "You have nothing better to do than watch him sponge bathe me, I know."

"You don't need vocal chords," Schmidt hisses back. "And if you're well enough to make idiotic quips, then you are well enough to get back to doing the only thing you are still alive to do. Your worth is entirely predicated on this. Fail me," and he warns, "and I won't hesitate to strip off whatever remaining meager semblance of existence you enjoy now. I'll be certain to let Lehnsherr know exactly who is responsible for today's lesson."

"I don't need vocal chords, but you need me," Charles replies caustically. "So, you don't really have a choice, do you? Either let me die under the hands of your incompetent goons or find a way to make them care enough to keep me alive. I can't do anything about it either way, as you made well sure."

Schmidt lets out a low growl, which Charles only realizes after he stalks out of the room was not audible. He feels the man's anger radiate off him in waves as he descends into the bowels of Riverside, and Charles is left alone once more. This time, it's a little over a week before he sees anyone other than Maxon. And while the doctor has been impressed upon as to the severity of his disobedience, it's still very apparent that he is going through the motions - especially when Charles does wind up with an infection.

Predictably, Schmidt is outraged, not because of anything like decency, but because it represents a threat to his greater plans. Charles's recovery and convalescence is already putting them behind schedule, but the idea that Charles could be correct about his future is incredibly vexing. And evidently, there are no other real doctors in the facility.


Overwhelmingly reluctant, when Schmidt comes to see him again, it's to bodily shove Ariel into the room before him. With no ability to coordinate his movements, Ariel immediately trips over his own two feet and goes thudding to the floor, raising his hands to shield his head automatically. The first thing Charles grasps is that he doesn't know where he is. What he can perceive of Ariel's visual field is just a confusing, jarring mash of colors and nonsensical shapes that make no sense to his brain. His senses are obliterated, his balance is gone.

"Get up," Schmidt barks at him, irate.

Slowly, he tries his best. Everything is spinning, dizzifying. Pain pings off of him in every direction. Multiple bones broken, and sticking out from a shirt many sizes too big. His eyes are bloodshot, jaw swollen on one side and deep, ugly bruising across his orbital socket on the other. Even his teeth twinge. "'Kay. Mm'kei. Ezzute mir lee Herr Zmit," he rasps, unable to form the words correctly.

"Quit sniveling and look after him. I don't care how. I'm tired of this fucking incompetence," he snaps harshly. "I want him ready for Cerebro in a week. Get it done. And if you even think about cozying up together, I will know, and I'll start lopping off limbs, you fucking Missgeburt."

Ariel is barely cognizant at first, only hearing the insult, and instinctively lifts his good hand to press it to his eyes - but Charles notes that it's no longer much better than the bad one. Absent a brace, he can tell each finger has been broken at least once, and they barely move correctly at all. But then, the rest gradually filters in. "Cha--Charz?!" he gasps, and it's like his mind whirrs back to life in real-time. A horrifying mish-mash of agony and grief is awash in something like stunned relief. "Cha--you--he died--?? Charz died," he stammers, and upon remembering this, the tears streak down his face anyway.

"He's not dead. But don't think that can't change."

Ariel lurches forward, trying to find him. His love. Charles is alive. He's alive. Ariel laughs wetly, grinning to himself. "'Live. Zo sorry. Try to sah---save you. Tried. Said. He said. Stupid fucking whelp," he whispers, pained. Finally, Ariel manages to bump into the bed and before Charles has time to blink, he's inundated by an armful of Ariel, petting at him over and over. "Charles. Neshama."

Charles wonders if Schmidt is going to call his bluff. He knows that Schmidt is serious, that he sees Charles as absolutely essential to the functional operation of his plan, and that Charles's death or complete incapacitation would ruin that plan. Charles also knows that he's contemplating ways to render Charles entirely unconscious or comatose, but even in that state his body would need to be cared for; it would indeed make it more difficult to care for him, as he wouldn't be able to tell them when he feels ill.

A bladder infection is what flips the switch. He's fighting a fever and enduring the discomfort of antibiotics when the door to his room is wrenched open and a figure falls to the floor. He can't lift himself from the bed to get a proper look, but the flash of red that zipped past his eyes is enough to buoy his spirits. Ariel. He's here. Not dead or stuck in frozen body like he is, but here. Walking, talking, and...well. Worse for the wear, to say the very, very least. Bloodied and bruised and with all the coordination of a two-hour old deer.

Charles realizes then, through his burgeoning prescience, that his mutation is gone, and that without it, he's nearly blind and unable to move. But, he's here, and Charles isn't going to complain about it. "Ariel," Charles whispers into the man's ear, eyes closed. He inhales to get a whiff of what he expects to be Ariel's scent but is instead met with the metallic twinge of blood, of body odor. No matter. Blood and body odor is preferable to no Ariel. "I'm here, shh." Charles glances at Schmidt next. "He can't take care of me like this. He can't see, Schmidt, you need to give him that back."

"I can't pick and choose," Schmidt says back, tone hard and eyes flinty. "He'll figure it out, or you will die. Maxon will come around eventually. I said get up," he says, in a thin, warning murmur. "Don't make me catch you laying about like a fucking invalid, too." Before Charles has any time to react, Schmidt slams the door shut behind him, causing Ariel to jump in Charles's arms and a fresh swathe of tears to form once more. He's so dehydrated that they barely come anymore.

"Nnnn. Don' shoot, don't shoot," he gasps. Ghastly images traipse across his consciousness; guns and screaming and blood. Sticky in his broken hands. If you don't kill one, I'll kill two. Don't believe me? Fine. Each shot rings out, again and again, until Ariel complies. By the time he does, there's a stack of little bodies in the room where he's kept. Schmidt doesn't remove them. They're both a right pair; where Charles's body has been broken to the worst extent a human being can survive, it appears that Ariel's mind has suffered in tandem.

"You died? You died," Ariel cries. "Came back to me? I'm sorry. So sorry, neshama. Couldn't stop him. He hurt you?? Hurt you, neshama?" He flails his hand to the vicinity of Charles's head, and then carefully as possible, sets it atop his hair. "Take care of you. I take care of you. How... he hurt you. Oh, no. No good. Plan no good, everyone hurts and dies. I hurt you. Me. Erik. Hurt you," he sobs openly, loudly. His own insides spilling out from gaping wounds.

Weeks of solitary confinement and grief over the death of the one person he loved most in the entire world have eroded his emotional composure to nothing. In the aftermath, and at the behest of Schmidt's lessons, his mind gradually grew smaller and smaller until he wasn't there at all. But Charles is alive. He's still here. Ariel hears his heartbeat. "Maybe not your real heartbeat," he huffs to himself. "I make it up. But I hear it."

Charles opens his mouth to tell Schmidt that he does have a choice, that he can give Ariel access to his mutation once more, but he storms out of the room before he can do so. No matter, Charles decides, as he’d rather die here with Ari than live under Maxon’s clumsy and vengeful ministrations. And, goodness, is it good to see Ariel again, even in this precarious state. How badly he wishes he could wrap his arms around the man, run his fingers through his hair, calm his worried mind.

As he can’t, he simply shushes him gently, to remind him that he’s here. “There there, my darling,” Charles murmurs, wrapping Ari in a cloud of telepathic warmth. He’s so cold, so alone. Charles can make him feel warm and whole, at least for the moment. “I’m not dead. Did they tell you I was? I’m not. I’m here,” he promises. “Injured, severely, but so are you. My poor darling. You didn’t do anything to me. If they told you that, they’re lying, my love. Schmidt hurt me. Not you. Not Erik. He hurt you, too. Are they injecting you? How are they taking your mutation away?”

He jerks his chin downward in a nod, and paws a little at his upper arm, where scores of injection marks rest beneath the shirt - more bruise than muscle at this point, as Schmidt is none-too gentle about administering them. It's only after several moments pass does he realize that Charles hasn't moved his arms, or indeed in any way - which is unusual, Ariel knows, because Charles is the one who hugs him and touches his hair. He remembers. In fact, it's one of the only memories that has kept him even remotely sane.

"Injured?" he whispers, still not truly understanding. He sits up, letting his hand seek out Charles's as best as he can, but movement doesn't come well to Ariel, either. He's rather floppy, if truth-be-told. He's a little nervous to hurt Charles by accidentally flailing out and hitting him. The reminder causes him to squint, and he focuses very carefully so that he can pick up Charles's hand and kiss his knuckles. "Darling," he repeats softly.

He's liable to start crying again. It's been so long since anyone has shown him even the slightest smidgeon of kindness. And all while certainly suffering himself. "Tell me? Care... care for you?" he recalls Schmidt's imperative. Unlike Maxon, there's absolutely no distaste in those words at all; but there is curiosity. Schmidt doesn't care for anyone. If they're injured, they're expected to get over it and do what he says. How injured could Charles be? Ariel shudders.

Charles wishes that he could take a deep breath, but he’s been relying almost solely on whatever he can get down his throat with little help from his diaphragm. There is a device on his diaphragm that stimulates it to manually contract, but it’s not enough to keep him breathing comfortably, and his voice is shallow, scarcely above a whisper. “He injured me pretty severely,” he admits to Ariel, even though he knows this knowledge will likely inspire a spiral downward.

But, he needs to know. He had been demanding of a higher standard of care from Schmidt and Maxon just to prove a point, but demanding it from Ariel will feel wrong. Especially when he’s so injured himself. “He did something to me. Broke everything, from my collarbones down. My entire spinal column, Ari. I’m entirely paralyzed, darling. It’s not your fault. It’s his, aright? You must confirm to me that you know that.”

Ariel stares at him like his brain has forgotten how to put words together, and it may well have. "OK," he whispers back, because Charles seems to need that from him, but his capacity to comprehend what has just been said to him is not particularly high. His mind is lagging, but when he finally catches up, it's to touch at his stomach and over his chest. "Hurt? Are you in pain?" he asks, his brows knitting at the center. "What---hmmm," Ariel tilts his head. "Breathe? You can breathe right? What about, err,...." his lips twitch to the side. Charles feels him consider basic bodily processes like urination, swallowing, reflexes.

He knows more than the average person about medicine, which neither of them had cause to recognize before now (aside from some stellar first aid), but it's a good thing. "You know, other stuff? How--how are you alive?" he whispers. "I will help. Of course I will. I will make sure," he promises. "Maxon will show me. Then he can fuck off," he waves a hand. It's not even something he has to consider. "What will help? Must be bored? Sad? We must make a plan. Not to... eh, lose faith," he tries to explain, offering a small attempt at a reassuring smile. "We have hope, you know. I... ah," he cuts off, and tries to continue mentally. I might be able to help you. If I got my powers back. Don't know how much. But not hopeless, OK? 

Charles is almost glad that Ariel can't see him, for he flushes tremendously as he feels the man turn all that he's just learned over in his mind. He's largely been too out of it to feel much shame; and why should he care that a ghoul like George Maxon has to tend to his most intimate of bodily functions? But it's different, with Ariel. There's love between them, immense care. But they haven't known each other tremendously long. Who wants their lover to be their nurse? "I'm not particularly comfortable," Charles admits, perfectly honest.

He's not. His neck hurts. He feels weak and sore, and his head, his telepathy, it's more painful than he can bear at times. It's the worst when he can feel his lungs growing full, and he's getting over this infection, still. "Breathing isn't great; they put a device in my diaphragm that stimulates it with electricity. It's attached to my stomach on the outside, if you slide your hand down my torso you'll run into it. But it's still weak. That's why I'm talking like this." He shuts his eyes, wishing he could simply sink into the mattress beneath him and never resurface. "The other stuff is difficult, too. Maxon has been somewhat handling it all. I don't...I don't know how they expect you to take care of me," he admits. "You can't even see, Ari. This isn't fair to you, to expect you to. It's a full time job, keeping me alive."

"Mmm," Ariel says, not intending to ignore him, but distracted as he himself considers the problem. "No," he agrees. "Not fair. To anybody," he corrects. "To happen, not fair. But me, I don't mind. I love you. That is easy. I figure it out," he says, and it sounds simple and dismissive, but Ariel is stubborn in his own way. Once he sets his mind to something, there is very little that can dissuade him. Charles, naturally, but not this. "Me, it should be me. Not Maxon," he mutters.

He does as Charles bids and finds the device with his fingers, nodding to himself. "No, it's crude," he agrees. "Not comfortable. The device," he means, with a small huff. "You are in wrong position," he determines softly. "But the right one, not comfortable. And maybe very frightening, but I can help, if you wish. Help to make less scary. OK, and..." Charles can feel the flare, however brief, of Ariel's senses sweep out like they're supposed to. For the smallest of flutters, Charles's breathing eases, too. When it settles again, it's with far less distress than earlier. Ariel doesn't seem aware that he's done anything. "Damage, too big. Should be smaller," he's talking to himself.

"Can make a schedule, better for infections, better for tissue damage. Start conservative, maybe six or seven times a day. The other, just need to learn how to switch out. Iz already embedded, easier. Should be locked end-to-end, can do it, even blind. Mmm, can do it, but .... maybe, not comfortable, either. Since I need to--since I can't see. But I can. And not so bad, hm? I love you. Easy for me. Difficult for you." Continuing to examine everything, Ariel nods to himself. "I think he did right, mmm, I do not remember procedure in English. Proper, no infection, correct procedure. See, you have--what I mean, you have infection, because he did it carelessly, the other way. This one, he can't, you would have died quick. Made Schmidt mad. I think he is taking frustration on you. Nisht gut."

Ariel nods to himself, and rests his palm on Charles's chest. His own fingers are bent and crooked, even on his good hand. "And make sure you are clean properly, I can see... no, not see--? I can tell, not done right. Easy, too. Just one at a time. Like here," he picks up one of Charles's hands, and touches his arm. "We get a proper shower. I help, too. Not sponge bath. That, if you want. But I think shower, with support against me, will feel better. More like normal. I get clean, too," he grins.

Charles doesn't understand what Ariel is saying, but he can hear his mind and senses beginning to whir...somehow, flashes of that magnificent ability gallop over the suppressant in small bursts and he's able to get a deep breath or two in before it all becomes shallow and labored again. But...hope. Ari said the word, and Charles, for the first time, feels that it just might exist. Ari seems to know what he's talking about, seems to be able to sense things still, to make assessments. "I've been lying this way since I woke up," Charles wheezes, attempting to follow along. "Maxon moves me a few times each day. Sores, you know. But I haven't sat up really, not at all. What's the right position? What kind of schedule?"

"OK, let me see... I see, be right back?" he adds, and lumbers to his feet. "Can you see anything like supplies closet, here? Might be in here. Might need to find one. But I could not feel anything. Your abdominal muscles, they are weak, so it puts pressure on your lungs. We can restrict, to help better," Ariel says, crashing into a counter with metal instruments that clangs a bit. "Eh, sorry," he laughs it off. His hand does find the handle of a cabinet, and he finds what he is looking for within. It looks a bit like a corset, with Velcro straps on either side. He lifts Charles's shirt with a permission-seeking pat to his chest, and then works by touch alone to affix the device, finding the locked end of the ostomy setup and disengaging the bag, to reattach it through a compatible hole in the binder.

Contrary to Charles's initial belief, Ariel handles the task well, just very slowly. Turning his fingers is difficult, and making small, precise movements does not come easily to him. He flails out a couple of times, batting against Charles, but ultimately succeeds and pulls the binder tight. "This way, then--a few different ways. The easiest, to sit up very straight. I help," he says, and then shifts his arm under Charles's to slowly move him into a better position. "Laying how you were, more flat, that creates worse breathing. The best is to be prone, facing down. But that is... uncomfortable, because very confined. See? Better already," he adds, counting it off in his head to confirm whether Charles is indeed obtaining greater oxygen.

"See, you get better oxygen laying down, without brace, because sitting up your abdomen pushes forward on your lungs. But with brace, you get better oxygen volume. Maxon stupid," Ariel smirks.

He winces a little, figuring the next topic will be less breezy. "Well, right now, you have a little tube inside, which goes to your bladder. It is permanent, and too big, causes problems. Damages tissues, infection. If I remove this and switch with an intermittent and smaller device, several times a day, it lowers your rate of infection and preserves urethral tissues. I leave to you, your choice. The first, easier, just switch the bag. But risky. The second, more--eh, the word. More invading, intimate. But better prognosis."

Ariel is right, it is all very uncomfortable and strange as he's maneuvered about, but there is infinitely more trust in Ariel than there ever was in Maxon, even if Ari is blind and rather...floppy. He can't feel the sensation of the brace against his skin, but he can feel the pressure; it's rather tight. Indeed, the idea of laying on his stomach without the ability to push himself up is rather disconcerting, but everything improves greatly when he's in a seated position, held in place by Ariel. The headrush is minor and certainly worth the larger gulps of air that he's able to hold in his lungs. It's refreshing, and it buoys his mood; he even cracks a small smile.

"Oh, this is better," he agrees in his quiet rasp. "Wow. Much better." So glad he is to feel more breath in his lungs that he scarcely notices Ariel's wince, until the subject changes to that. The grittier details. How greatly people take being able to use the bathroom as biology intended. The catheter had been there when Charles awoke and Charles hadn't paid much attention to it; it was just another horror in a sea of horrors, and the one that made the most sense, at the time. "That's more work for you," he says to Ariel, awkward. "For anyone, I mean."

Ariel grins back at him, unable to see Charles's expression, but to hear it in his voice and to hear him bolstered and stronger is a reward of its own. He shrugs, though, when it comes to work on his behalf. "Not really," he says. "Not for me. Worse, if you get infection. If you die," he whispers. "I know, it is not so good. I have had similar in the past, it feels bad, weird. And Maxon cared for me, too. I know how he is. You do not deserve. Us, together, you know?" his brows arch. "You take care of me, and I take care of you. What I am meant to do, what I want to do. You can feel, yes?" he bumps his hand against his own temple. "Iz easy peasy."

Charles, studies Ariel's face, his mental energy. Truly, he believes what he says, which makes Charles believe him, too. Not too much work. And there's not that disgust there that underlied Maxon's every move. Just care. No different than it had been, when they laid together in his bed for so many nights. "Alright," he agrees softly. "Whatever you think is best. I trust you." He takes a few more breaths, just to feel the relief. "What happened to you? When did he have to take care of you?"

"Oh, lots of times," Ariel says with a small smile. "The worst, I was maybe thirteen. I got hurt bad, by Viktor. Spent a month in bed. Couldn't do anything, needed surgery. Technically still with trouble. Nerve damage and things. Causes problems. But my mutation, you know. No problem for me, easy. Now, more difficult. So I know. Especially when you feel the disgust of others around you." His mind flicks over his most recent sojourn in solitary confinement without his mutation, and the irritation and anger---Ariel shoves that down. Not important. "But, not here, OK? Just a different way of life. Not so bad. We still have each other. Alive. You are not waste. Not useless. Just different. Maxon is too stupid to understand, do not listen to him."

It had been so, so easy to believe Maxon. His every thought had been tinged with that very premise. A waste of space. A waste of his time. Why invest so much energy into keeping Charles alive when he couldn't be more useless? An affront to their kind, he had thought. Is someone even worth it if they can't even take a shit on their own? "We have each other," he agrees, though it'll be a long, long time before he'll be able to convince himself that a life in this condition can be just as fruitful as the one he'd envisioned for himself before. Different. Far different. "If—when—you regain your abilities...will you be able to fix this, at all?" he asks, sheepish. "If we ever get out of here. I don't want to be like this forever....I mean, if you can't, I suppose that's something I'll come to terms with, but. I have to ask."

Ariel nods. "I think some, yes. I don't know how much, I can't really sense anything," he admits softly. "But if I had my powers, I could help. I know that much. Make it less uncomfortable, try to construct pathways or bypass damaged ones. I don't know how much," he tempers the expectation. "You are not a waste. You do not need to be the same as anybody else, to matter," he murmurs, as if he's the telepath. More than likely, he knows Maxon. "But I will try to help. To make easier, for more independence. More comfort. If..." he sniffs a bit, turning away. "I do not know, if I ever... if I get it back, you know. Might be like this, too." He squeezes his eyes shut. "I miss seeing you. But, iz okei. If so, I learn. Just like you."

If he can regain even a modicum of function, Charles decides that he'll be satisfied. Fingers. Lungs. Anything. But even if he can't, he knows what Ariel means; his abilities could make many of his current struggles moot. Personal care could be addressed with a blink of his eyes or a nod of his head. Ari could probably even figure out a way to make his breathing nearly normal with some trick of his mutation; no need to wear a tight brace or lie prone on his stomach. And then, he realizes...Ariel is disabled this way, too. Without his abilities, he can't see, can't really feel or orient himself in space. Lost and unguided.

"Can you sit with me? If you move me about five inches to the left, there will be room for you. Eight inches and I'll fall off." Once Ari is seated, Charles rests his head on the man's shoulder. It's the single gesture he can perform, and though his neck is supremely sore, it feels magnificent to be able to give affection. "We can both learn, for now," he says quietly. "But, you know what? My abilities. They're stronger and stronger each day. Schmidt is right, they're filling in the gaps. I'll be more powerful than you and I could guess, maybe. Schmidt personally administers your suppressant each day, yes? I can hear him. Quietly. The faintest whisper, Ari. But he isn't silent anymore."

Ariel follows the instructions as carefully as he can, slowly and painstakingly, not desiring to cause Charles any type of further injury - especially at his own somewhat useless hands. "I think," Ariel says softly, pressing his lips together. He isn't sure how to verbalize what he thinks. But he knows that he has been coming to terms with this form of existence. Somewhere, inside, his body knows that it has been permanently damaged. He doesn't want to admit it; not to himself, not to Charles. It feels like giving up. But every day, the suppressant begins to wear off, and he can feel the faintest edge of his mutation - but he can't detect any difference in his physiological state. His vision, his movement. They never improve.

"We are a bit of a pair, eh?" he jokes, resting his chin atop Charles's head as gently as he can after pressing a kiss to his forehead. "You can't move, I bang into wall." He can't help it; after many weeks alone, with nothing but horror to sustain him, he can't explain it, but just being in Charles's presence is more healing than the other man could ever comprehend. He doesn't need to be able to hug Ariel for that. Ariel will hug enough for them both, he decides, arms affixing as delicately as possible over Charles's shoulders. His frame is smaller now than it was, and so is Ariel's, but somehow they still slot together. His brows arc when Charles expresses that Schmidt is no longer immune to him, though. "Then we practice," he whispers back. "Until you can, and try again. I still want our life together."

They both need each other, that much is clear. Charles, of course, needs a tremendous amount of care, and Ariel is un-squeamish and undyingly patient. But that’s not nearly the most important thing right now. It’s the hope. The company. They fit together, Charles and Ariel. They have from the first moment they laid eyes on each other, and they will until they take their dying breaths. Schmidt is furious that, in a matter of mere months, Ariel’s allegiance faltered as he learned what it felt like to be cared for by someone who appreciates him for who he is. Schmidt can’t love. But they can. They can love each other, in this hospital room, until the end of time. “We practice,” he agrees, eyes fluttering shut. He’s comfortable, for the first time. “If I can control Schmidt long enough to skip your dose. Maybe you can get us out of here.”

"Not just Schmidt," Ariel shakes his head quite suddenly, pressing his hand against Charles's cheek once he adjusts himself into a better position to do so. He pets at him, like he's trying to get his attention. "Essex, too. That is why," Ariel says, having put the pieces together during his confinement. "He stopped me. From being able to. Maybe he doesn't now, because suppressed. But I don't know, Schmidt won't make mistakes like that again," he whispers. "It was subtle, didn't realize. Didn't understand. Maybe you can be subtle, too."

Charles nods against Ariel’s shoulder. This is truly the only way that they’re able to do non-verbal gestures at this point; Charles moves his head in a way that Ariel can feel. “He’s still dark to me, but that may change,” he says, soft. “Schmidt is getting louder each day. When I start to hear Essex, I’ll let you know. We can figure out our next steps, yes? I suppose you don’t really know about the extent of my abilities. I can do similar things to Essex,” he admits. “But, more. More than what he can do. I don’t do it, because I don’t like to. But I can use this ability if I need to. On Creed, or Ivanov, or Wyngarde. We have to be strategic.”

"I do not know how long," Ariel starts softly, "that Essex has done it to me. I used to feel that I was... that I had power," he smiles a bit to himself, sad and stunted. "But not really. He kept it from me, and made me think nothing of it. I do not know what I actually can do," he just says it, because the last time he tried to plan something out this happened. "Better that they think it is a failure of the suppressant, they do not have an indefinite stock. I do not think Schmidt has any kind of plan. He's just angry."

"They fear your power," Charles says quietly. "They worry that you will leave them, because they're evil men who disrespect you. They know you're made for more than this, darling. You teleported me all the way to DC, remember? And you found me in Westchester. Without the suppressant, you can get us out of here. I know you can. I can feel the power in you right now, even if it's kept at bay by the suppressant."

Charles is silent for a moment, skimming the minds that are discernible to him. "No, they don't have infinite stock, but Ivanov and Creed...they talk of a more permanent collar or chip," he says, face scrunching up in distaste. "It's just an idea at the moment, they don't know what's feasible. I can't read Schmidt from here, but between Ivanov and Creed, they think Schmidt is crazy. But it seems..." he's quiet, waiting for the two to fill in the details. "Mm. They want to be able to turn both you and I on and off, it seems. Collar on and we're both suppressed, collar off and we're not. We have to find a way out of here before they figure out how to do that."

Ariel rubs both of his hands down his own cheeks, trying to warm himself from the sudden blast of cold that arcs through his nerve-endings. "I will not let them do that to us," he rasps lowly, eyes narrowed. A flash of the man who showed up in Westchester all those months ago, rifle slung over his shoulder. "Ivanov is evil. What he did, he will never--I will not let him do that--again. Not to you. Not ever. I'm done."

Charles can feel it as all the particles in the earth beneath the building, the iron in the soil and lightning in the atmosphere send off a spark - humid, static electricity. Ariel isn't aware of it at all, only that the same spark of rage hums within his own body. "He said that to--I can't, and they did it. To you. Did it to you. Essex did to me. Ivanov, Creed, ha! Schmidt is the crazy one. At least he tries. Maybe fake, whatever. At least he tries. They do not even try. I won't let them do it to you. I know. I know what they think about. No collar. Never again. Never!"

Charles raises his eyebrows when the world around them seems to electrify, at least for a moment. Oh, Schmidt will need a stronger suppressant if he wants to hem in the mighty force of Ariel Eisenhardt. His power, Charles feels, continues to grow in a way similar to Charles's own. It's remarkable, actually, to witness. "Never again," Charles agrees, though the again, when speaking of a collar, is new. He doesn't need to divine much to understand. "Between the two of us, crippled as we are, we will prevail. I know it. We just need to survive a while longer, while I get stronger. You can get the children out, too. To Westchester. Then us. Then this whole place can be leveled."

He rests his head on Charles's shoulder, struggling to reign in the sympathetic reflex forcing his teeth to chatter in his skull and his frame to vibrate with minute tremors. "I can never--" he gasps, and then shakes his head. It's not important. The only thing that matters right now is one moment in front of the other. But Charles, who can hear his thoughts, sees how Ariel's mind is threatening to disintegrate. His power slips in and out of focus, entirely uncontrolled and primitive. "I don't understand--you hurt. Meital is dead. She's dead. I did for them, built their weapons. Their facilities. Took you, here, and now you--I cannot even say I am sorry. Sorry?" Ariel bashes at his eyes, much harder than necessary. "I did this. All of it. And I will make it stop. No more."

Charles fan feel the strands unravelling in Ariel's mind. He gets like this sometimes, especially when talking of his past. Charles understood early on that it was sometimes better not to fight it; Ari's brain simply works in a unique way. Past and present overlap, and he seems to struggle, sometimes, knowing exactly where he is in time. But now, more than ever, Charles wishes that he could wrap his arm around Ariel and hold him.

"Sweetheart," Charles murmurs, craning his neck to place a kiss on Ariel's cheek. "This isn't your fault. You don't know of another life. These men raised you. Of course you've done whatever they've asked of you. You never had a choice, mm? And through it all, you remained your beautiful self. That is so magnificent, Ari. So special and remarkable. Meital would be proud of you. I'm proud of you, too. And together, we'll find a way out of here so that you can live a life on your terms. Not theirs."

"Don't want to be here anymore," Ariel whispers, like it's a secret. "Tried to 'scape, once. I--I try. To disobey. To help. To keep, k-keep people safe. I tried to keep you safe," it rushes out, words smashed together and barely intelligible. "I should use my power and get out. Save them. I yell at myself over and over again, but I can't--" he looks up, eyes red and watery. The tears barely fall anymore. He's all cried out. "I should never have brought you here, Charles. I'm not. I'm not--" he shakes his head.

"When I was small I tricked them, into coming. The little ones, some of them. Those ones, gone now. Two I helped escape. Some die. Get sick. Too injured. Stupid, stupid. It's stupid, Charles," he laughs abruptly, a little hysterical. "The grand goal of the Brotherhood of Mutants," he snorts to himself, and then it devolves into outright giggles. "Hurt as many kids as possible. Kill them if you want. Abuse them, enslave them. Torture them. Rape them. Whatever, that is our grand plan for humanity, ha! And it's stupid. All the time I thought they were my family. I was stupid, too. The Brotherhood of Bullshit." The laughter dies off, and his hand finds Charles's chest.

"You found me in here, and I cannot fathom why--how you see what you see. In me. I think, well you do not know. If you knew. I try, to keep from you. If you saw me the way they saw me. I'm not really even a person. I don't--all I know," he pushes his way through, "all I know is that when I am with you..." The tears fall. "And I do not know if I am even capable of being the kind of person, who is worthy of that. Of you. I'm broken. I'm crazy, and I don't think I can, fix it. You said you did not want me to do too much work. To be a nurse instead of a partner. But what about you? A nurse and a psychologist walk into a bar, eh?" his brows arch.

Charles listens furtively, and though he can't squeeze Ari's hand or run his fingers through his hair, he can mimic the sensation for Ari, he realizes. And all it takes is a bit of flexing until Ari feels as if he's being wrapped in a tight, loving embrace, courteous of this new branch of his telepathy. "You aren't stupid, my love," Charles reminds him, firm. "They are. I mean it. They had a tabula rasa in you, didn't they? A whole blank slate and they still managed to be too cruel and evil to convince you that this is normal. What fools. The Brotherhood of Bullshit, indeed. And I do know, Ari," he promises. "I see it all now. I see you; you can't hide from me anymore, for better or for worse. And what I see is more wondrous than anything that I've ever encountered, did you know? I'm not just saying that. I love you, Ariel. You have the most magnificent mind and the most beautiful spirit. Not even Schmidt could tamp it down." He tightens the telepathic squeeze, his own tears beginning to brim. "A nurse and a psychologist walk into a bar and never part from each other. That's it. That's the punchline. They lived happily ever after. The end."

As always, it never takes long for Ariel to settle when Charles gathers him up in his arms. He gasps, though, because he wasn't sure he would ever feel that again of Charles's own impetus. It's the primary driving factor behind his determination, though. To get his powers back, so that he can try to help. But Charles evidently does have a way to maneuver, and Ariel sinks into it wholeheartedly, resting his head carefully on Charles's chest. "You can use my powers, too," he says with a grin upward as the idea comes to him. "If -- when, when--" he adjusts, soft. "When they return. That way you could feel more in control, you know?"

Ariel smiles down at him. Of course, he doesn't mind doing everything himself, manually. In fact, Ariel genuinely likes helping. But he thinks Charles might enjoy knowing that if he wants something, even silly. Like a book on the shelf, he doesn't always need to rely on Ariel. Charles is an incredibly independent and self-reliant person even before now, and Ariel knows that this must be taxing on him. "I will make you something, too. So you won't be stuck in bed," he promises. "We can find something for now, too. A chair, maybe with straps, so you don't fall out? I know it's not ideal. But we can go outside, see the children. Make excuse, if your mind goes then you can't use Cerebro. I will figure it out."

Charles considers Ari's proposal. Using Ariel's abilities...well, when he's not suppressed like this, it might be helpful, but it would still feel wrong, he thinks. It's an invitation from Ari, and he believes him that he truly wouldn't mind, but it feels wrong. Puppeteering Ariel is a place he'd rather not go, not now anyway when he still has to do so much manually. "Let's see what we need," he resolves, putting the notion aside for the time being.

"But, thank you." He glances at the wheelchair in the corner of the room, the one that Ari can't see. It's a standard hospital manual wheelchair, and last week, Maxon and another goon attempted to put him in it only to watch as Charles nearly slid to the floor, forcing them to abandon the plan. "I don't know if they're going to honor your request for a proper chair," he rasps, quiet and resigned. "They're not planning on leaving me much free time to enjoy the outdoors, once they deem me ready for Cerebro."

"I will figure it out," Ariel promises. "I lost some goodwill with them, but this has happened before, and I have managed it OK. I will at least be able to convince them that you need something proper, because they won't want to carry you around," Ariel points out. "If I insist that your mental state has gotten worse and that will interfere with their plans, they might not intervene. Tricking them, is something I have done for most of my life," he says with a bit of a shrug.

"And I haven't been very willing, which is making him worse anyway. I'm sorry if he has taken it out on you. I thought you were dead," he says softly. "I can adjust my behavior which should earn a more favorable reaction. Even if they don't find a proper one, I can modify that one. It shouldn't take very much. We have soft-cuffs, I could modify them directly. Both to be less menacing and to keep you upright."

"Alright. Don't do anything to get yourself hurt, my love," Charles implores. "It bothers Schmidt that he's had to put us back together and he'll pounce on any reason not to let us see each other again. I know that it's terrible of me to ask, but maybe it's better to do as they say, for the moment. I suppose we're on the same page there. He hasn't been taking it out on me. He realizes that my condition is rather delicate and that they have no choice but to take care of me. So he's been angry, but he hasn't done anything."

"And they haven't done anything?" Ariel makes sure to ask. "Like, what happens to me? To you? You don't see Viktor or anything? I need to know, if so, so I can work to make it stop. If he comes in here, use your powers," Ariel urges. "Make him leave. Tell him he forgot something, or send him to me. I can handle. Not just mentally, but physically. Could hurt you even worse. Even kill you."

"He hasn't even been near. Perhaps Schmidt recognizes that he is a danger to me. But, I promise you that I won't hold back if he comes in." Charles can sense the anxious fear in Ari's body as he talks about Creed, so he does what he can to assuage it. "They find me vile, Ari. I'm disgusting to them, now. Perhaps it would make sense for such a thing not to matter to a man like Viktor Creed, but it does. Maxon, Schmidt, and a few lower level officers have been the only ones in here at all." Charles flutters his eyes shut. He's tired; this is exertion for him, sitting up and talking to Ariel. His breathing is better like this, but it's still far from easy, and he's nearly out of breath. "I've got to rest now, I think," he informs the man, regretful. "I hate to leave you alone while I do."

Ariel smiles, and Charles feels it -- something happening. A warm wind through his entire body, the first sensation he's had below the neck for nearly a month. Ariel does not see the difference, and doesn't realize that anything has happened, but Charles does. The grime and dirt, accumulated sweat and dead skin cells, even the pressure sores that he can't feel but somehow knows are there are all swept away. His nails and hair are clean and fresh, even his teeth are brushed; a faint aftertaste of menthol lingering.

And Ariel just hums and hugs him once again. "OK, neshama. I will come back later, and help," he says with a smile. This morning his world was desolate, and now it is not. Brutally difficult, horrific in scope and uncertainty. But Charles is alive. Perhaps another partner, especially of only five months, would be concerned at the weight of the enormous uphill confusion, and the prospect of long-term care potentially forever. But Ariel is happy. Charles is alive and they will make it better. Ariel no longer is lifeless and limp. He has a task before him, a goal, and that focuses his mind more than anything else.

Charles also notes that a large window has appeared overlooking the harbor right at his eye-level, along with several varieties of plant that he recognizes from his room. "I will bring you some books and things too," Ari promises. "I have not tutored the little ones for a while. Maybe I can ask. Agree to cooperate. More than just Schmidt and Maxon, to visit with you," he says, stroking at Charles's hair as he gradually drops off to sleep. Of course, Ariel doesn't look forward to returning to the Room. He can still barely speak correctly and most of his limbs are useless. But he's been in this situation before. He can try to gain an advantage. Resolute, he waits for Charles to fully submerge, keeping track of his breathing.

It's better than it was, but sleep apnea is a significant risk. Ariel tries to determine how to approach this, and is reluctant to leave him alone. But Schmidt doesn't give him a choice, returning to grip him by the arm and veritably yank him out.

Chapter 122: Then the owl said: 'Who is there to mediate between us; who is able and willing to give us a fair judgement?'

Chapter Text

The following handful of days pass in a much more amenable fashion to Charles than had the days before. Some unfortunate underling is tasked with the responsibility of watching over Charles as he sleeps and is to alert Maxon if Charles's breathing grows too labored. It happens, of course, on the very first evening, and so Maxon begrudgingly agrees to source a CPAP machine for sleep after determining that this will be a long-term solution to a problem that he'd hoped would go away.

It helps, and Charles far prefers it to the callous insertion and removal of the ventilator that had been the norm before. During the day, Schmidt drags Ariel in, by the ear or the arm and tosses him inside gruffly. They then get to spend the day together, which is a balm to them both. Ari does what he needs to do to bring Charles's condition up to where it needs to be; he feeds him nutritious meals, ensures that he's hydrated, deals with his personal care in a far more professional and precise manner to Maxon.

He even manages to persuade their captors to find him a proper chair with adequate supports, which Ariel rigs with soft cuffs as promised. On day 5 of Ari's return, they're able to get Charles into the chair and outside, though not without scrutinizing chaperones, and they bask in the joy of warm sun on skin, breeze in hair. Both disabled and cut off from the world, they must find small wins.

The other shoe drops, however, when Charles is deemed ready to resume his work for them.

"I can't breathe very well without my brace," he grits at Wyngarde who had been tasked with retrieving Charles. His voice is scarcely more than a whisper; he's sitting in his chair, and Wyngarde had hastily strapped him in. The strap over his stomach is too tight, and he's getting light-headed.

"Tough," snarls the man as he pushes the chair. "I'm not dressing you or touching your shit bag."

"Then get Erik. I need him with me, at all times."

Wyngarde rolls his eyes, but when he arrives in the basement with Charles, he approaches Schmidt, who is waiting with Ivanov, Creed, and Essex. "He claims he needs your kitten with him at all times, Schmidt."

Over the next week, it also becomes apparent that the suppressant Schmidt administers to Ariel isn't as effective as the man had hoped. Every day something or another alerts him to the fact that Ariel has some degree of access to his powers, even though he himself lacks this awareness. He can't sense the world as before and he can't feel the difference, but those with functioning vision clearly can. When Wyngarde and Charles show up, Schmidt just snorts at the comment.

These days his thoughts ping across the atmosphere easily, which is both a good thing and aggravating factor. "Well, he might fall off the ledge," he points out, dry. They're on a raised platform leading into a small circular podium which contains their computer module and displays information along wall-embedded panels. It's something only Ariel could have constructed, at full capacity. Unusual physics, the way things work as if out of a work of science fiction.

Creed smirks, crossing his arms. "Look at us, errand boys for Charles Xavier. Suppose I'll fetch him."

Ivanov glances up at one of the modules. "Mutant activity, there. Venezuela. Government is a mess, read in paper. Maybe visit from Brotherhood, clip their wings."

"Knew a man with wings, once," Creed barks over his shoulder.

"You pull out his feathers, da?"

"What the fuck else you do?"

Charles rolls his eyes at the idiotic posturing. It's been a good while since he's been all around these men at once and he nearly forgot how aggravating it is. However, Essex is still notably silent, the one void in a room full of filth. As they work to calibrate the machine and wait for Ariel, Charles presses and presses, waiting for...nothing. Silence. For now, anyway. He's still growing. It'll happen one day. "What havoc are you having me wreak today?" he rasps at Schmidt over his labored breaths. "I can't sit up long. Might pass out, die. What'll you do then?"

Charles has seen Nathaniel Essex before, and while Charles can't read his thoughts, his words are more than sufficient to belie the cruelty that exists behind his calm demeanor. It's also notable that of the group, Ariel is most afraid of Essex, even moreso than Schmidt. "We'll find someone else," he says pleasantly. Charles can't move much of his body anyway, but his head is still now as well, as they strap him in. Essex does it as a precaution - not the first time someone has tried to bite.

"Less trouble, too," Ivanov posits.

"Less of a whiny fuckin' bitch," Creed interrupts as he returns with Ariel in tow. He rolls his eyes as the man trips over himself, unsteady on his feet. An invisible wind keeps him from actually flailing over the side of the ledge.

"Leave him alone," Ariel hisses at Creed. He's never been in Cerebro before, but he's entirely uninterested as he navigates sightlessly to Charles's side. He loosens a couple of the straps digging bruises into his skin.

From behind, Creed grips Ariel by the hair and spins him around to give him a harsh elbow to the solar plexus, causing him to fall to the ground silently.

Charles? he calls out mentally. Need help? Are you OK? he asks as he slowly stands up.

"This man," Schmidt drops a paper in Charles's lap with a photograph printed in black and white. "We want him to resign. Get it done. Once we cement a foothold in the government we will have a clear means to contend with the rest of the world."

Ari, Charles breathes in relief. He feels marginally better when the straps are loosened a bit, but not entirely. It's evident that Schmidt and the rest don't need him healthy or well. Just alive. I can't breathe very well, at the moment. They didn't put the brace on. But, maybe if I pass out, they won't force me to do this, mm? He says it with levity, but they're both aware of the discomfort. He turns his eyes downward to examine the photograph.

A politician, evidently. It was only a matter of time that their espionage turned into this. "You think you can find someone else who can do this for you?" he breathes, brow raised. "I'll call your bluff, Schmidt. There's not another telepath who can do this for you. Frost can't. Essex can't. You need me. You need my power, specifically. If you really think I'm replaceable, push me over the edge right now. Do it."

Ariel squints and within only a moment, the pressure on his lungs eases and he's able to take in a full breath, even more than with the brace. Ariel is still considering how to fix the problem; his mind is naturally attuned to solving problems, approaching situations that require maneuvering and accommodation like a troubleshooter would. It's resulted in some unusual and unorthodox solutions, but thus far they've been far more effective than anything Maxon hasn't bothered to try.

They might anyway, he whispers back. He said he wants to put you in a coma. I won't let it happen. I can't-- "You did this, Klaus. If you want him to work, you have to let me help. It won't work if you don't."

"Then you know what is expected from you," Schmidt tuts like they've had this conversation before.

The images in his mind are particularly vile, and Ariel instinctively resists whatever it is he wants. Unconsciously his hand draws up to his cheek, a crack of pain through one of his back molars and down into his broken jaw drawing his focus. "I can't," he sighs. Can you--? he reaches out to Charles. Can you help me? If I agree he will let me get what you need. But I can't. Physically. Broken bones. Pain. If you can help me--

it's the first time he's ever asked for anything like this. But Charles needs help, and this is the only way he knows how to do it.

"Then good luck. You were lucky enough to see him today at all. Don't overextend my patience, boy."

"Don't you think maybe you wouldn't be in this position if you didn't destroy everything around you!" Ariel glares. "I always control myself. Be composed, always. You control yourself for once, Klaus! This is all your fault! Maybe you'd get what you want if you didn't break my g-ddamn jaw. You think about that, huh?!" he explodes, hand curled so tightly against the back of Charles's chair that the pain reverberates back into his wrist in long pulses. 

"Or perhaps I have simply not applied the appropriate incentive," Schmidt murmurs dangerously, eyeing Charles.

Ariel stops breathing momentarily, and rapidly tries to hook into his power. Failing. Again.

Charles is momentarily confused by Ariel's question, but when he realizes, he immediately blocks all of the pain from crippling Ari any longer. How foolish and selfish of him to not do it before; it's not even something that he realized that he could do. But, goodness, his entire body is made of pain at this point. He tries to keep it from Charles, but Charles knows that whenever he's taken from Charles's room at night, it's to go back to his own miserable cell, where Schmidt and the others use and abuse him until he can't be used any more.

Each day, he comes back with another bruise, another broken bone. Pain, of course, is good sometimes in that it alerts one to one's injuries. If Ariel continues to move about on his broken bones without pain, they'll only get worse. "Leave him out of it, Schmidt," Charles hisses, for while he's happy to grant Ari the relief, he will not sit back and allow him to be abused. He wants to make a display right now, wants to take Creed over and make him hurl himself over the edge, but it's a bad idea to draw attention to that scope of his power. "He has nothing to do with this. Just let him get me what I need, since you won't do it."

Ariel doesn't realize precisely what he's really alerted Charles to the capacity of doing until a wave of relief blankets his entire body out of nowhere. For the first time since he can remember, he is blissfully free from torment. Ariel laughs a little, the sound bubbling up out of him without conscious volition and he sags against Charles. He raises his hand and a bag filled with medical supplies materializes in it, causing Essex and Schmidt to stare at one another in shock.

Ariel pays them no mind as he sets to work, smiling to himself. There, he whispers. All better, he pats Charles's chest. He's embarrassed, naturally, that they've little compunction over being cruel to him in Charles's presence. But more than that, he's sorry. Sorry that anybody has to hear these things, but most of all Charles.

"How--how did you do that, Erik? It can't be possible. Essex!" he barks. "I shouldn't need to impress upon you the importance of keeping him contained!... Do everything myself," he grits.

Be careful, Ari. The pain is gone, but your bones are still broken. Don't do much, mm? he cautions, though he, too, is relieved when Ariel is able to get him breathing better, feeling better. They're going to be upset with you over that.

Indeed, Essex steps forward and places a hand on Ariel's shoulder, eyes boring in to Ariel's. He takes immediate control of Ariel, who stiffly walks away from Charles with his hands behind his back and comes to a kneeling position before Schmidt, head down. The display makes Charles feel sick. "He's your pet, Schmidt," Essex replies coldly as he steps away, job done for the time being. "If your serum doesn't work, that's not my fault. I can't keep on him all day, every day."

"You have done enough for today," Schmidt hisses at Ariel, and abruptly hauls him to his feet. "You are going to learn proper respect. The both of you," he growls, and it happens instantly.

Ariel is immediately put down again with a single strike, only he just laughs. There's no pain anymore. "You -- don't deserve -- respect," he fights the control over his body to spit.

"And you do? I suspect your little companion wouldn't be so sanguine to discover your real nature. You're nothing more than a common whore. I took you in. I provided for you. Taught you. And you are sorely mistaken if you presume I am waiting for your fucking cooperation. Take him to the cell, " he demands of Essex. "Ivanov, get Xavier hooked into that device. If he resists, I will throw him in with Lehnsherr. You won't be so keen to disobey again, Erik. I promise you that."

Ariel can't do anything but what he's bidden by the elder telepath, not even able to cry as he feels his eyes grow hot. Unable to blink or breathe on his own. Just as trapped, at the mercy of monsters. His biggest fears talked about like they're entertainment. He only hopes they finish the job in his cell, so Charles won't be subjected to it. But he can't even twitch, and his power is completely out of reach. I'm sorry, neshama. So sorry. I love you. It's OK. Be OK. Love you.


Things continue on in much the same way for months. Charles and Ariel infuriate Schmidt for one reason or another. Schmidt throws Ariel into his cell and beats him senseless, forbidding him to see Charles. And then Charles gets ill or injured due to poor care, prompting Schmidt to drag Ariel back up to Charles once again. It’s a cycle that repeats a few times over. All the while, the Brotherhood is forcing Charles to stage a coup d’etat of the government of the United Kingdom.

Day after day, people quit, others are sworn in. To test Charles’s limits, Schmidt forces him to corrupt a democratic vote, smiling in glee as he watches Charles begrudgingly force hundreds of thousands of citizens to vote for the candidate that they’ve installed. It’s an awe-inspiring display of power and further cements Charles’s conviction that they need him and nobody else. Unfortunately, Charles doesn’t have any room for disobedience, however.

For, the moment he resists, Ariel suffers. It’s how they keep him in check. What they don’t know is that Charles has been able to secretly penetrate the walls of Essex’s impermeable mind. Little by little, day by day, he’s been able to access more and more. And finally on one evening in the early autumn, while Ariel nurses Charles back to health from his latest bout of illness from an infected pressure wound, he finally dares to speak it aloud. “I think I’m ready, Ari,” he rasps, soft. “I think I can do it.”

They've also increased the dosage of Ariel's serum, making those little displays of power he had even less frequent and putting a huge, thick blanket over the ember of hope he'd once cradled. All he thinks about now moment to moment is ensuring Charles and the children are safe. When Charles finally pushes past those final walls ensconcing Essex's mind, Ariel finds his hand and squeezes gently. Touches his face, a reminder that he is here and he exists.

"Just tell me when," he whispers. His voice has become hoarse, damaged in the aftermath of forceful injury. But Charles can still hear the smallest flicker of encouragement. "As soon as I have them back. I'll make it safe, I promise," he says, blinking through tears. The shapes around him are all mismatched and distorted anyhow.

Charles is in his bed, gazing up at Ariel. His eyes are as glassy and unfocused as they have been for months, but they’re duller, flatter. He’s lost weight in almost an equal amount as Charles has and is now gaunt and spindly. Though Charles has taken his pain away for the most part, they agreed, some time ago, that it would be best if Ari felt some of it to keep himself safe. No pain greater than that which results from a stubbed toe, but even that is significant, given the extent of his injuries.

Charles is worse for the wear, too. Though Ariel takes excellent care of him, he can only do so much with his limited resources. And he’s not always permitted to do so anyway. As a result, Charles’s muscles are wasting away, his lungs don’t grow stronger, and he’s been weakened by a series of illnesses. He knows that, in order to live longer than a handful of years, he needs proper care, physical therapy, surgeries. It all must happen out of here, though. Just a few seconds. That’s all they need.

“Grab my hand. That’s it, over, over. That’s my arm, and down—thank you.” Charles can’t squeeze back, but he can mimic the feeling of it with his telepathy, and he does. “Would you be ready now?” he asks gently. “Essex is asleep. Schmidt is in his study. It’s a good time, my love. But only if you’re ready.”

"OK," Ariel says; raising his braced hand to brush off the tears that have formed once more to track down his cheeks. His constant companion. As his eyes have grown flatter, so too has his words, his affect. He does his best to keep everything contained, to focus on each moment, to bring as much positivity to Charles as he can. But it's gradually waning, and he spends long periods in silence, barely able to do more than nod in acknowledgment. Schmidt simply said he gets like this, and then dragged him off once more.

It's getting difficult, Charles knows, for Ariel to keep going. It was different, before Charles, he didn't love anybody. But watching them hurt Charles, use him for their purposes, just like they do Ariel. Seeing him suffer, that is what really begins to break down his psyche. He has to shore himself up, though. Charles is counting on him. He can't--his eyes winch shut, and he forces the rest of it down, down. "OK," he repeats, more firmly. "Now. We do it now. The serum is wearing off, too," he says with a small smile.

At night, sometimes he can make little plants, or food, or materialize the smallest bird. It's Essex. He's the one keeping Ariel truly locked down.

The despair has been evident as they break Ariel into smaller and smaller pieces. Any semblance of tolerance they had afforded him is gone now; he’s a pariah to them. He dared defy Schmidt and now he’s been paying for it, for months. It breaks Charles, too, to feel his spirit wane. But they can escape. They’re stronger than these men. It almost doesn’t feel real, the prospect of escape, but Charles has to believe that he can go through the motions and trust himself to do so.

“I love you, Ari,” he breathes, tears forming in his own eyes. “Take us to Westchester. Take us home.” Swallowing thickly, Charles extends beyond himself and into the filthy mind of Nathaniel Essex. He burrows through the tiny pocket in the barrier and into its interior, battling though wall after wall, obstacle after obstacle, until he finds himself in a new location. It’s the seat of his power, where he sees the world as a series of marionettes. Everyone, on a string, controlled by him.

It’s tiring to work this hard, for, even asleep, Essex is doing all that he can to kick Charles out, but before he can succeed, Charles locates the string that’s attached to Ariel and snaps it in two.


The second that he does, Charles knows that this plan is the one that works. Their primary failure the first time was a lack of available data; that Hellfire had protection against the suppressant, but more importantly, that Essex was limiting Ariel's power. With a gasp, Ariel feels the entire universe - and multitudes more - return to him. Charles senses it as well, and he can tell that Schmidt and Essex are wide awake and on their way to the Sickbay to react.

This time, though, Ariel isn't harried or afraid. It's different, now. "I love you, neshama," he says back, brushing aside a lock of Charles's hair and kissing his forehead. He lets Essex and Schmidt enter the room, along with Wyngarde and Creed. "I... don't know what to do with you," he admits to them softly.

"What are you talkin' about?" Creed barely understands the danger he is really in, ready to brawl as always. He always enjoys a fight, even going as far as to force Ariel to resist just so he can dominate him further. How unusual it must be for him to now behold the presence of someone truly without an upper limit.

Ariel smiles a little, sad. He still can't see. His movements are still clumsy and disoriented. But even this improves. He knows exactly where Viktor is, and narrows a sightless gaze onto him. "You all, you defy nature. You can't be trusted with the responsibility of living, not like this. But I don't want to kill you, either. So, I don't know what to do."

Schmidt scoffs. "Kill us, Kleiner Erik? Have you truly lost your mind? Come here, get back over here where you belong." He crosses his arms, expectant.

"No, that is never happening again. I'm sorry, but this is over."

Klaus Schmidt raises his hands and feet in a crescendo, arcing them both down - slam into -- the Earth ought to move, to rush up around them and obliterate everything in a tempest of rage -- but the Earth is still. Silent. "What have you done--"

"I'll keep you all together. But you're done here."

The difference is sublime. Charles can feel the power funnel through Ariel as if a dam just burst. Everything changes; though he still can’t see or move normally, he stands straighter, taller. The world sings to him again, and his senses sing back. An unencumbered Ariel is a most magnificent thing. Charles is unafraid now as he lies in his bed, Ariel between his helpless form and the team of evil men who have made their lives a living nightmare. Ariel is confident and beautiful as he squares up to each of them, fizzing with raw power.

You all lose,” Charles rasps from behind Ariel, a grin on his face. “And his name is Ariel. Send them somewhere miserable and desolate, Ari. Where they can’t hurt anyone but each other.”

"Ken, ahuvi sheli," Ariel rumbles, grinning wildly as his hands spark with an immense, blinding light. In that moment, Charles sees for the first time what it looks like when Schmidt is scared. When Essex is scared. But when Ariel flings it at them, encompassing in its radiant glow, there is no pain. Not for them. They did not break Ariel's spirit. They did not succeed at the one thing Schmidt always rewarded. Brutality, depravity. Ariel is neither. With the strength imbued in him by his beloved, the entire contingent of Hellfire personnel at Riverside and on North Brother Island vanishes. It's instantaneous.

Charles knows that Ariel also didn't send them anywhere particularly harmful. But they aren't in this solar system anymore. Ariel drops them off onto a vacant planet. Atmosphere, oxygen. Some supplies and tools to make fire and hunt and forage. To construct shelters. Books and games and even a box of cigars for Schmidt. The kind he always smoked after he took his fill. He's shaking, thrumming with raw energy, and in a single moment the entire hospital changes. No longer sterile and stagnant, but full of life. Full of love. Plants and colorful splashes, lanterns to light their way.

He manifests the children before him and drops down to one knee, hugging them all fiercely. "It's over now, my loves," he whispers, rubbing one girl's back. "It's over. You're getting out of here. Come on, let's get out of here," he murmurs, soothing. Taking their hands in his. He turns to Charles, bowing his head. "Let's get out of here, neshama," he repeats. And then they're out.


Charles's room at Greymalkin scarcely looks different to the room he's spent most of his captivity in. Ariel changes this, too. Makes it brighter, makes it different. Oakwood instead of mahogany. Different furniture, and all accessible. Charles himself discovers that he is seated in--something strange. A device with a panel on its arm, and to his utter astonishment, his fingers stretch toward it.

It's almost like whiplash. Charles has grown so accustomed to being surrounded by fear, anger, and agony that the rapid transition to a locale of peace, of calm stuns him into silence for several moments as he takes in his surroundings. Greymakin. His bedroom—only it's different. The bed that he once slept in and that had been transported to his first cell is gone and in its place is a comfortable-looking hospital bed. Not the narrow ICU cot that he'd been confined to for months, but something wide and inviting, settled in a frame made of light oak.

The hospitalness of it is hidden by whimsical hardware, and Charles realizes that this is all an exercise of Ariel's power; it's all something only Ariel could have made. The accessibility changes are seamlessly integrated into the space. Medical supplies tucked away in a wood-paneled closet, an inviting sofa that offers proper back support, a wooden ramp that snakes up to the higher shelves of his bookcase. Beautiful, purposeful. And when he looks down, the surprose intensifies.

He's not lying in a bed nor sitting in the jerry-rigged wheelchair from the hospital. Instead, he's nestled in some device, immensely comfortable and supportive to his body, that seems to respond to his telepathy, somehow. For his right arm is cradled on a padded armrest, and though he can't feel his fingers move, they do so in response to his thinking about it. "Ari," Charles whispers, astonished and overwhelmed. "Did you...you made this? All of this?"

Ariel grins and does a dorky little bow. "You should see real doctor," he whispers. "But, wanted us to come here, first. Freedom, you know? We are free. You are free, yeah? I think it will take time, and it will be hard. But I will help, and I will be here with you. And," he adds, leaning down to drape his arms over Charles's shoulders and kiss his cheek.

"I was right. I can help. My abilities. You feel it? Should be easier on you, now. To breathe, and I used to be able to do this as a child, but I've been without my abilities for awhile. Which is to set a... code, into the atmosphere, regulated by whatever I link it to. So, neither of us will really have to think about some things - like breathing, your basic needs, things like that. It will just work."

And Charles notes that it does indeed seem to just work. Gone are the devices attached to his body, the ports and wires and catheters and bags. They aren't necessary anymore. It's not that Ariel has ever minded it, but he knows that Charles does - so it's just another way he seeks to care for him.

"I can't pretend to understand how this works," Charles admits, grinning as his chair flits left and right in conjunction with telepathy. He can't feel the fact that the external devices are gone, but he does feel more breath in his lungs. His voice isn't loud or powerful as it once was, but he doesn't struggle to take in air anymore, and for the first time in months, he feels like his body belongs to him. "You're brilliant, Ari," Charles breathes, tearing up as Ariel drapes himself around Charles. He turns his neck to kiss him back, properly. "I love you. Thank you. I can't believe that we're finally free."

In the next moment, the door to his room bursts open, and in lumbers Hank, large and blue. "Charles!" he bellows, bounding forward, and then stops short when he sees his state, sees Ariel. The look on his face is a mixture of relief, suspicion, and abject shock, and, unsure, he storms up to Ariel and menaces over him. "Who the hell are you?! You look like that Brotherhood soldier, get away—"

"Hank," Charles breathes, grinning broadly. "Stop. Come here, give me a hug, this is no way to great a kidnapped friend, is it? Ariel saved my life. He's here to stay."

Hank stares between the men, obviously at a loss, and then submits to the request, gathering Charles up in blue arms. "What the hell happened?" he demands between tears of his own. "We thought you were dead."

Ariel stares up and up and up at Hank, and when he bounds over in a threatening posture, rather than square up to him, despite the vast power currently at his disposal, he looks rather - well - menaced, shrinking under it. Not at all like the soldier who took Charles, Ariel has been heavily beaten down, and will need time of his own to come to terms with the fact that he is once-again strong and capable. "And the little ones, too," he adds in a rasp of his own. "They are downstairs, I made them some food," he laughs a little.

He steps back to give Hank room, folding his arms behind his back awkwardly. They're both broken, along with his fingers on either hand. The right one is barely hanging on at all, and while he is standing on his own two feet, a cursory look at him is all it takes for Hank to realize that Ariel is a victim, too. "The Brotherhood is gone," he advises the doctor softly. "Put them on Gliese 581 c, " he says with a nod. "Charles and the children, need help. I fixed some of it, but I am not a physician. Should do physical therapy. Will improve movement," he adds.

"A lot has happened, as you might imagine," he tells Hank gently, using his head to indicate his own body as that's the only way he can gesture. "And I'll tell you all of it. Ari is right, we could all use your expert touch, Dr. McCoy. Just, give us a moment? Let us celebrate being free for a moment, mm?"

Hank scratches his head, eyes catching Ariel's obvious injuries now, too. "That explains why a group of hungry kids appeared downstairs a few minutes ago, then," he grunts. "I'll call your sister, she's been on a mission to find you for months. And then I'll take a look at the children first, and then the both of you."

Charles smiles gratefully. "Please and thank you, Hank. I appreciate it." After a few more inscrutable looks, Hank disappears, leaving the two alone again. "Let him take care of you, too," Charles requests with a gentle smile. "He's a good doctor. Not like Maxon or Schmidt. We can rest and heal together for a while, yes?"

Ariel grimaces unconsciously, but he trusts Charles enough to nod. "I think," he says softly, "I can help, here," he touches Charles's arm. "Help to bridge some pathways. They're not all damaged, some are just blocked off. I just need to create a bypass, and you should gain improved movement in your upper body. Your real injury starts here," he touches near the center of Charles's chest. "A lot of the rest is peripheral damage, from Schmidt's blast. I can help to fix that," he says with a grin after assessing it easily with his powers.

His eyes focus better as well, but Charles can tell that he isn't really seeing anything on the macro level. It's all sense-memory, filled in by his mutation. He can still detect the shapes of particles, their structures and forms, which for all intents and purposes allows him better navigation of the world around him. His limbs and coordination are still messy, even without the suppressant, but he materializes them both into the comfortable bed, surrounded by blankets, and flops his arms a bit to get them around Charles and hug him close. It doesn't feel real, being free. He still hasn't processed any of it, the tension in his body remains as he worries about who is going to bother them next or how they have to maneuver, or what Hank wants, how to ensure Charles gets proper medical care.

Ariel hasn't been free a moment in his life, not for thirty years. The relief at returning to the outside world doesn't come as expected, because he simply has no capacity to register what that actually means. But what he does know is that for now, Charles is safe, and more comfortable than he's been in months. That alone is worthwhile. How are you feeling? he murmurs between them, an easy reflex of the psionic bond that has only grown stronger and woven densely as they relied upon it to speak openly. Must be so strange, to be home?

When they’re bundled into the comfortable bed, with the alternating pressure mattress, Charles feels himself deflate. The relief is too profound to truly process. Hank seemed to recognize that; though Charles knows that his friend wanted to ask a thousand questions, wanted to cry and hug and celebrate and demand, he also seemed to respect what he correctly gauged as a strong desire to process this all. Tears form in the corners of his eyes, and because he can’t wipe them away, he simply blinks until they start running down his cheeks.

He’s learned over the last few months that when he cries, he also gets mucusy, which poses complications for someone who can’t properly cough on his own or wipe his nose. But he doesn’t care. It’s overwhelming, this relief. And Ariel is equally overwhelmed, if more so. I don’t know where to begin, he admits, only glad to be in Ari’s arms. Yes, it’s strange. I’m home, but….I’m not me anymore. Not the same person. Even if I didn’t have this severe injury, even if I could walk still. It’ll never be the same. But at the same time, it was all worth it, because I got to meet you. I wouldn’t change it for that reason. But it’s strange. I can’t even begin to imagine how you feel.

Ariel finds it within himself to laugh a little, which is not a sound that Charles has heard for some time. It's more difficult for him to speak, now - his vocal chords are another muscle impacted by what Maxon had diagnosed as cerebellar ataxia, if only because Schmidt had barked at him to figure out what's wrong and fix it. But he decides to use his voice, having not done so for what feels like a year. Ariel speaks amidst carefully lifting his 'good' hand to wipe away those tears, smiling down at him.

"It's strange," he says, but the constant loam of despair that hovered over him at Riverside has gradually begun to fade. He suspects he might always need to remind himself that Charles is safe, but he is. For now, and Ariel has his abilities back. It's more than he could ever hope for. "My first memory -- ever, really, is -- well," he waves it off, because it's miserable and it's not the point. Charles's abilities are such that he doesn't even need to push past it any longer; he's simply aware anyway.

"And my life has been that way ever since. And when we met, I thought you were being nice to me because--well, you know," Ariel laughs again. "I didn't understand. You represented a totally different world. I think it is like that - but everything else. I don't know how the real world works. What the rules are. I think, maybe, who are we is not so important. How are we, maybe a better one?" his brows arch. It's the most engaged with a conversation Charles has seen him in weeks.

Ariel truly doesn't know much else beyond Schmidt. For him, it has either been Schmidt or solitary confinement. One evil or another. Small outings, here and there, and a very short stretch of time alone in the forest is all the "freedom" that he's ever had. Charles isn't a psychiatrist or a psychologist, but he has to suspect that he can't bring the whole world to Ariel at once. "You're quite right, I think," Charles agrees softly, gazing upon Ari's smiling face through his own teary eyes.

"But it's not so easy, my love. Who you are does matter, unfortunately, to some. But for the most part? How you are and what you do is so much more important. We can take it slow, yes? I have a good friend. A mentor to me. He's a psychologist, and works with people who have been in severely repressive and traumatizing environments. Would you be open to talking with him? You don't have to. But I think he could help you make this transition."

Of course, Charles needs little more than to suggest something for Ariel to agree. The product of three decades' worth of conditioning and indoctrination, perhaps, but Charles has noted during times of severe duress, it has helped tremendously for him to lean into it. Ariel responds well to authority, and it's unlikely that will ever truly dissipate.

"He can help you, too?" Ariel asks softly. "And us, you know. Help each other. Me, it's just normal, but I cannot imagine how you are feeling, too. Being taken from everything you know, and dealing with them for so long. I tried to mitigate it; for you and the little ones. But not good enough. And now, your life is very different from before. Good to talk, not to keep it inside." He pats at Charles's stomach blindly, and then adjusts his hand so that it rests over Charles's heart. Hey, he's working on it.

"In lots of ways I think, easier for me. Not a big adjustment, to be with Schmidt. This place is different, for me. But this place isn't so bad, ja? Your friend, he's blue. So I will be OK."

“He can help us both, yes. And so can Hank, my blue friend. Blue friends rarely let you down, hmm?” It’s a lame joke, but he’s okay with lame jokes for the moment. They’re a good distraction anyway. “This place is good. Very good. But, my love, we don’t have to stay here. We can go wherever you’d like, hmm? We can go skiing and swimming in the sea, and to all the places you’ve always dreamed of going.” Charles ignores the fact that he can do neither of those things for the moment, because Ariel can, and he wants to be there at the bottom of the hill or on the sand to support him. “And I told you all about my library. It’s right above us, did you know? All the books my father ever collected, and all of mine, too. You can read them all. Whatever you want to do, Ari.”

Ariel grins at him, though. "You can, too," he teases with a poke to Charles's cheek after painstakingly curling his fingers toward his palm to leave one index finger available for maximum poke-age. "Now, you can. With me. You know," he whispers a little. Like he's afraid to say the next bit, that someone is going to show up and berate them or mock them. But no one does. "I never cared about having power. Not really. To protect, to help. Knowing I can make it easier, all the things we talked about. They won't be closed to you, because I can easily modify it however we need. That is something Schmidt never understood. His abilities were destructive, but that doesn't mean he couldn't have used them well."

He peeks up, and abruptly they disappear from the bedroom and emerge into the library. Charles is seated in the device that Ariel constructed for him, and there are no complicated straps ensuring he doesn't fall or injure himself. He is simply upright, kept neatly in place. "It flies," he laughs to himself, rocking back on his heels with a hum. "So you don't need to worry about stairs, or where to go. It's safe. You can collide with things, go upside-down. It won't hurt you. I made something new, small enough to fit in a battery slot and with enough energy to sustain VTOL. Ah, going straight up in the air, from the ground," he translates the jargon with a sheepish grin.

"And it reacts to your.... eh...." he gestures and then taps his head. "In here. When you think about what to do, you have an awareness of what your brain has already spun up. So, you knowing about it, didn't cause it to happen. It happened first, then you knew about it. So this panel translates those electrical impulses into instantaneous movement response. Just put your hand on it, and think where you want to go."

In the same way that Ariel rigged "the atmosphere" to take care of Charles's bodily functions, he also did something to create this magical, incredible device that will give him his entire life back. There are no straps to keep him upright, the chair does that on its own, somehow. And as he thinks about moving left, moving up...he just does. He floats. He flips. Laughing, he spins in circles above Ariel's head, up to the highest shelf, and beams.

"This is even better than walking," he proclaims, buoyant and free. "This is what makes you different than they are, my love," Charles tells Ari as he surveys the top row of titles, some of which he has never seen before. "You want to do good. To do unselfish things. To help the world. You're so remarkable, Ariel. And it's their loss that they never saw that." Smiling, Charles observes a volume. "Maybe you'd like this one," he suggests, nodding his head at a small hardback. "It's called Siddhartha, about a man who learns how to discover who he is. Maybe you'll hate it and think it trite."

Ariel can only bask in Charles's ebullience, incredibly grateful that his abilities have returned so that he can truly see it, in whatever way the universe now deems him capable. Between them both, there hasn't been much cause for joy. He privately vows to himself to do all he can to ensure that Charles's days are as full with this sensation as possible. Everything else - all of the horrors and trauma, ceases to matter in an instant. Ariel decides that he frankly doesn't care about it, about any of it. This is what matters.

Ariel brushes his hands over the book's cover. "Hesse got some things right, I think," he says with a broad grin. Charles is confused at first, for he knows that Ariel hasn't read much of anything that was not carefully curated by Schmidt, hence his love of non-fiction physics and anatomy books, which were taken from him in the midst of their captivity as punishment for their escape attempt. Not something a regular person might be overly distressed by, but which deeply affected Ariel, as his lifeline to anything other than Hellfire was severed and Charles entirely absent for those first fifteen days. But he realizes that Ariel has read it all instantaneously, absorbing the information from the tome like a sponge through his fingers.

"I like it," he whispers. "Alles ist vergänglich, auch das Leiden," Ariel nods. Much as Charles's injury has rapidly kickstarted his telepathy, so too does he understand in that moment that Ariel's abilities are doing the same thing. His perception itself has begun to veer off of a recognizable, linear path, until even the most seasoned of mental adepts might struggle to follow after him. His eyes track after things that aren't intelligible to anyone else but him, and he laughs softly.

He waves his hand and a whole pane of vignettes soars to life in front of Charles's eyes, depicting the curious life of Hermann Hesse in its entirety. A different kind of prescience. "Look, he knew Carl Jung! I read one of his once, Psychologische Typen. The CIA had better books. Apparently you and me have complete opposite ones, isn't that funny?" he smirks.

Charles never ceases to be amazed by Ariel. No longer suppressed by the serum or by Essex, Ariel is an absolute wonder, defying physics and time and place. He feels a connection to something greater, through Ari...something that doesn't feel earthly at all. Like he's connecting to planes beyond their own, alternate timelines. Charles has always been a scientific believer in the existence of such things, but there is proof, he feels, through Ariel.

"Well, I suppose we don't need to fritter the hours away in here then, if you can read all of these in an instant," Charles teases fondly, eyeing the book in Ariel's hands. "And you're right. Hesse and Jung were connected. You think that you and I have opposite types, do you?" Charles does a quick mental calculation, and then laughs softly. "I expect that you're right on that front." It's so enjoyable, he realizes, to just sit here and be.

Ariel is able to float alongside him as he moves the chair about, talking about this book and that, this author and that one. "You said that you might be able to help me gain some movement back in my upper body?" he asks after a moment, realizing how much he wishes he could grab a book on his own. "Maybe...what about a device, in the interim? An exoskeleton, on my hands and arms? If you can build this chair, maybe you can...or, maybe it's too much to ask."

Ariel grins. "Oh, that is easy to do," he says after a moment, translating the words in his mind. "The only thing with it is, it could cause some tissue damage," he whispers softly. "Which is why I did not go for this one immediately. I feel more comfortable working with Dr. McCoy, to make sure it does not hurt you. But yes, very possible," he promises. "It works on the same principle, channeling your reaction potential into energy. Very easy," Ariel says, like he's talking about making eggs and not inventing a brand new element.

"But this would require contacts in your brain, which I am less... confident, I would be afraid to try, without some help. It would need to be a guided surgery, I need help to know where to put it, and also to make sure that the actual 'skeleton' is safe to operate, does not cause bruising or injury, things like that. This one, is a bit different, because it is not actually attached to your limbs - you are just resting on top of it."

Of course, Ariel isn't sure of the validity of Carl Jung's theory, and most people would probably venture that Erik and Charles are more similar than they are distinct, but for those who happen to know better, it makes a staggering amount of sense. The two of them have spent their lives hiding their real natures from others, in that respect. Ariel is grateful, that amongst themselves, such a thing isn't necessary. He does sort of smirk at the idea that he's apparently a total shrinking violet, though. He dramatically manifests a couch and faints on top of it in a big floppy heap, crossing his feet and arms.

"Mm, a little tissue damage never hurt anyone," Charles replies, though it's an obvious joke. They've spent the last handful of months fighting a constant battle against pressure sores; anyone who wasn't Ariel back at North Brother Island hadn't bothered to turn him or move him very often, resulting in a series of wounds all along his back, legs, and shoulders. So the answer is fair. "Maybe something that can be taken on and off to minimize that risk? Something like your brace. We can be twins," he muses, maneuvering his chair to the side of the sofa (and how wonderful it is to be able to move himself about at all, goodness). "I miss hugging you, is all," he adds. "Running my fingers through your hair. I can...I can live like this, I think, even if you can't do much about my upper body after all. Except, I want to hug you. Hold your hand."

"Mmm," Ariel murmurs, distracted. "I found it," he grins. "Ohhh," his brows shoot up into his hairline. He abruptly yanks himself into a seated position, entirely ignoring the fact that he should be more careful on what are undoubtedly many broken bones. "You want to know something? Look at this," he beckons Charles closer, and sits carefully on his lap, raising a hand to display what he's seeing in a series of holographic lights. It takes a moment for it to become apparent what it is Ariel is showing him, but eventually it comes into focus.

It's... them, but not-them. Older, slightly different features. The man in the hoverchair is bald, and evidently capable of moving his upper body, but that's not what Ariel focuses on. "Look, there's me," he points, but that's not what he's focused on, either. He is really considering the device on Erik's hand, as the older man with more white in his hair than red at that point, reaches to grab a book off of a shelf in some strange topsy-turvy house. It's sleek and light, with each finger attached to a mechanical version, and evidently Erik is capable of using this to move his hand normally. "You must have gotten rid of the pain," he posits.

His own hand is held in something far less advanced, barely more than an orthotic brace one could find at a pharmacy, which has been modified by Ariel himself to protect the limb inside. It's still curled over the edges, for he was never confident enough to risk straightening out his hand given how damaged it is. "So they did it, means it can be done. You're bald," he laughs, swaying from side to side. "Do you go bald? Handsome." Ariel's nose wrinkles up fondly as picks up one of Charles's hands and presses it to his cheek, letting his eyes close. Already he's using the knowledge gained from watching the scene before them, through the construction of an entirely novel alloy, with properties of liquid motion and solid as well, to facilitate natural movement.

Charles observes the scene in front of them for a few moments, and, upon realizing that it's an iteration of them, widens his eyes in surprise. There's something deeply domestic about the two men in the projection; even though they can't hear them or see them perfectly clearly, it's unmistakable. It's them, and they're together in an undeniably committed way. "Oh. You look different," he says dumbly, focused on the other-Ariel.

Indeed, that man's hand is encased in something sleek and high-tech, which enables him to use his right hand to hold and carry things. His fingers aren't curled or contracted in a claw-like fashion; they move under the auspices of the alien technology. Technology only Ariel could create. "I can get rid of the pain again. But, we need to get you x-rayed first. Hank can do that. Once you're in casts, I'll get rid of it entirely," he promises, eyes fixated. "Should we face the music, then? Go and see Hank? You need more medical care than I do, my darling. You fixed me up."

Ariel just grins back at him. "If they can make a functional exoskeleton for him, then I should be able to figure it out for you," he explains. His focus is rather one-sided, but he doesn't consider that he likewise could be assisted by it, even whilst looking at an image of his own slightly-older features, until Charles mentions it. He huffs a bit. He supposes they're a good pair; the two of them tend to have blind spots when it comes to their own health. But just as well, they've looked after one another this whole time.

"All that knowledge is out there. So strange. Do you have this problem, too? Like everything is... all at once?" his brows arch as he lazily meanders to his feet, traipsing after Charles toward the basement of the manor where a laboratory is embedded. As they grow closer to the medical bay, though, Ariel begins to slow until he is lagging behind Charles a bit, wringing his hands unconsciously. "Are--you sure? You should--I probably did not do a good job, you should--" his voice seems to grow softer and softer until it all-but disappears.

"I don't have the same problem as you, but I can recognize it through you," Charles explains as they meander toward the medical bay. "You seem to be...connected, don't you? To worlds like that one. And I never was, but through you, I'm beginning to feel it. Maybe we can harness it, somehow."


Hank is down there, already preparing for the examinations that he's about to give to both Charles and to Ariel; he noticed the chair, the lack of movement from Charles, and the swollen, obviously broken bones in Ariel. He's nearly ready to come up and demand that they both submit to his care, so Charles is happy to beat him to the punch. Charles turns back around, waiting for Ariel to join him at his side. "Hank will insist on examining us both," Charles promises kindly. "He doesn't know the details of my condition yet. When he learns, he'll have a veritable panic attack, and I'll have no choice but to let him do what he demands to do. But you need care, too, perhaps more immediately than I do. I'll stay with you the whole time. I promise."

Ariel remembers the only time he's ever seen a doctor who wasn't Hellfire or a Nazi (or both), and even though the man examining him at the CIA had been nothing but professional, even kind, Ariel finds himself surprised at the resistance he feels at enduring that again. At the time he could barely understand English, but he recalls the tone of his voice and the horror on his face, and the feeling of being wrong somehow. Being made wrong, from a wrong world. He swipes harshly at his eyes, not understanding why he's suddenly in tears once more. "OK," he says with a harsh jerk of his chin in what passes for a nod as they cross through the sliding doors and into the facilities.

Charles has already alerted Ailo to their new guests, as well as, frankly, his own state, and he's entirely expecting it when the man emerges from a back area, leaning heavily on a cane, and gives both of them a jaunty wave. "You always had to beat me, eh, querido?" he smirks, the words gruff and snarky, but it doesn't take a telepath to detect the clear affection there. And it's a reminder that Ailo knows exactly what he is doing, adjusting his demeanor infinitesimally to accommodate for comfort.

Nevertheless, he shambles forward and gives Charles a firm, one-armed embrace. "It's good to see you home, Charles. And with some new friends, I see." He straightens and offers Ariel a more subdued greeting. "I'm Ailo, I just came down to say hello. I made cheese bread, you vultures," he waves the basket hanging off his unencumbered arm. Two lab techs pop their heads in. "Don't let them eat it all," he cautions Charles. "You know they will." Ariel watches this display with a mixture of confusion and, begrudgingly, amusement.

Charles does what he can to assuage Ariel’s fears by offering warm waves of love and support telepathically. He doesn’t want to remove those feelings entirely, for that is an infringement on Ariel’s independence, but he can’t help but try to take the edge off where possible. Ari has been used and abused by “doctors” at every corner of his life, and so his apprehension is understandable. Hopefully Hank’s gentler touch will help him regain some of that trust.

The sight of Ailo is a balm, and Charles grins widely. Ailo is evidently not going to make a big deal of Charles’s return, which is fortunate, but Charles can detect the relief and joy at the fact that Charles is back from the dead. “I always do,” he chuckles, closing his eyes as Ailo pulls him in for a hug. “Walking is overrated, anyway.” He smiles at the basket. “Ailo’s cheese bread is legendary,” he explains to Ariel, and then turns back to the elder telepath.

“This is Ariel Eisenhardt. I told him about you. I think that you two should grow acquainted, and soon.” Hank appears shortly thereafter, harried. A hand absently snakes its way into the basket and emerges with two pieces of pão de queijo, which he pops into his mouth. “Are you finally going to explain what the hell happened to you?” he demands of Charles.

“Soon. Ari first.”

Chapter 123: so all the tiny birds abhor me, flitting through the understory,

Chapter Text

"Ariel?" Ailo asks, representing a divergence from the norm; as he typically does. It's a curious question, but there's no ire there. "Ah, Arik. I see."

"I pruh--ah--prefer--Ariel," he replies to his bare feet. He had been tossed into Charles's hospital room in little more than the clothing Schmidt left him in the previous night, and he just-now is realizing that it's nothing more than a thin, bloodied shirt and drawstring pajama pants. Already, his shoulders hunch toward his ears and he tries to shrink in on himself as much as he can. So far, everyone else who has seen Ariel has reacted with a mixture of suspicion or outright hostility; for they recognize him well, given his appearances on television all devoted to dismantling and insulting the work that they do here.

And if he's being honest - which Ariel always is - he doesn't know that he entirely believes that Integrationism can work. He wasn't lying when he said that he supported mutant self-determination, mutant institutions, self-defense mechanisms, to protect the rights of their people. But at the end of the day, it's nothing like Schmidt. Ariel has no desire for subjugation and no belief in inherent mutant superiority. He is not a Nazi, no matter which news pundits say otherwise. These fears and beliefs are more ordinary. Charles has encountered many with a healthy skepticism for the movement, who nonetheless are sympathetic to his cause.

Ariel would define himself at least by that much - a place where mutants and humans can work together, where children can learn how to harness their abilities in a welcoming atmosphere. Yes, he supports this. It's only that he knows all too-well what happens when the real men in charge decide that mutants are a threat, and seek to exterminate them. His first memory was watching those men burn his family alive in front of him.

They died, not because they were weak or cowardly, but because life is not fair and the jackbooted thugs who will one day descend upon this place with their machine guns and suppressants -- those men are made up of the rich and powerful, at the behest of the greatest military institutions on Earth. Ariel isn't considering this consciously, but it's difficult for Charles not to feel the open hostility from everyone; and if-not hostility, a great deal of mistrust.

Even Hank is peering at him through narrowed eyes. Ariel shrinks and shrinks. "He--I abducted him," he murmurs an answer to Hank's question. "He got hurt, by Schmidt."

Ailo hums. "Klaus Schmidt, is that right?" he asks softly.

"Ja, Herr Doktor," Ariel confirms to his broken toes.

I don't think that's a very accurate statement, he pings Hank privately. He might not be such a reliable narrator. His affect suggests someone who has been in captivity for many years. His conception of his own actions and those of others is liable to be very divergent from our own. "Is that how you were injured, as well?"

"---we tried to escape, first time. Schmidt caught us and hurt Charles. I try to care for him, help him to breathe and look after him---" it all comes tumbling out, totally ignoring the question. Ariel swallows roughly around the lump in his throat. It's the first time he's ever spoken of these things using his own words. "I hurt him. Was me, I did it---" 

"Klaus Schmidt hurt me," Charles says firmly, moving his chair closer to Ariel. He can't reach out and grab the man's hand, but he doesn't like the way he's shrinking, closing in on himself. Ailo isn't intending to come across as anything but open and understanding, but Hank's scrutiny is far more severe. "Ari saved me. I would be dead if it weren't for Ariel."

"What exactly is wrong with you?" Hank demands, though he's accepted Ailo's take.

Charles takes a breath. "Tetraplegia." He then explains to Hank, Ailo, and the laboratory techs the circumstances surrounding his injury, how Schmidt shattered his spinal column. He tells them how he woke up after several weeks, scarcely able to breathe while Maxon did the care minimum to keep him alive. "Ari risked his neck for me, you need to understand that. He couldn't see and he still cared for me. He found a brace for my torso to help put pressure in the right places and improve my breathing. He upped the standard for my personal care to keep infection risks low. If Ari hadn't been there for me, I'd be dead, bar none."

Hank, still dumbfounded and horror-stricken, steps forward and places a hand on Charles's shoulder. "You...it's remarkable that you're alive," he admits, and then looks at Ariel with a less menacing expression. "Are you a doctor, then? What sort of training do you have? What do you think he needs...?"

"OK," Ariel says, flicking his fingers outward a little and pressing his lips together as he considers. "T1 spinal injury, right here," he taps his own chest. "Causes impairment to breathing and... autonomes Nervensystem," he whispers. "Temperature, big problem. Had ah," he waves his arm. "autonome Dysreflexie, you understand?"

The psychiatrist tilts his head. "The autonomic nervous system?" he suspects. "I think so, yes. It happens in patients with spinal chord injuries, usually due to a noxious stimulus below the point of injury."

"Yes. Maxon put a Foley in but it was too big. Infection, tissue damage. I fixed, and switched the treatment. He had hypertensive crisis, pulmonary edema and seizure. I made a β-adrenergic receptor blocker. Reduced diastolic blood pressure to 100 millimeters of mercury by 20% over hours. Worked, Maxon is an idiot. And a Nazi."

"...Are you a doctor?" Ailo blinks a little, trading a look with Hank. It doesn't seem to fit with what they know of Lehnsherr, but perhaps he had obtained post-secondary education with the Brotherhood.

"Not a doctor. I... read Harrisons Innere Medizin," Ariel says somewhat stupidly. 

Ailo stares. And then bursts into laughter. "You--what?" he covers his mouth. "Oh, my apologies. I'm not laughing at you, truly. How... what?" he looks at Charles.

Ariel shoos him off. "What he needs, proper posture and abdominal support for breathing, but I can help with that. I just put oxygen properly, and drain liquid and mucus as needed, and same with why no need for external devices. Easy, now. But until I can fix the peripheral damage, the lung function is most integral. The autonomic," he corrects softly, "system may happen again, need to monitor for this. Maxon wanted to give methylprednisone, this is stupid idea."

"I thought that was the standard?" Ailo quirks a brow. "But I'm no spinal surgeon."

"Yes, bad idea. The inflammatory cascade contributing to secondary spinal impairment can be inhibited without, and the side effects are numerous and debilitating. Stroke, heart attack, organ failure. Nisht gut. I also make him a mobility device, what you see here, and fix things to be accessible."

"I've noticed that already," Ailo says warmly.

"I want you to help," Ariel murmurs to Hank. "I want to make a device to allow him to move his arms and hands normally, but will need to attach wireless contacts inside of his body so that the exterior 'skeleton' is not bulky. I can show you the insides, where it will go, and you show me where I can safely put."

Ailo isn't sure his are you seein' this shit? face can get anymore apparent, but he sure tries. "You... read this in a book? Are you sure?" 

"Yes, yes. Many books, and Schmidt shows me, too. Anatomy, physiology. On the patients, and dead ones. Living ones who become dead. I will be able to reverse some of the damage over time so that the device will not be necessary indefinitely, but it should be paired with physical therapy. To be moved, so that wounds and infection do not occur, and to cement functional efferent nerve pathways. I have been doing this as best as possible, just to pick up his limbs and move them, since he cannot really participate. But that will soon not be the case, then it will be even more important."

Ailo, having decided this is just how things are now, has moved on from displaying outright shock and fixes his own scrutinizing gaze at Ariel, for a far different reason. "Charles says you're blind? I wasn't aware of that. I suppose Schmidt wouldn't like it popularized."

"Blind, can't move good. He put suppressant on me, to stop my powers. It wore off, but the damage--it damaged me. I don't know how, really. My body systems are functioning, I try to fix myself but nothing seems to be broken. However the serum worked, I do not know. Perhaps changing me genetically, or my mutation cascade itself has altered. I became more powerful, and I do not want to try to...," he gestures. "Meddle with it. If I lose power, I might not be able to help as well. I can 'see', but not like before."

This once-more confounds Ailo. "You mean you did all of this without your powers?"

Charles sits back and allows Ariel to explain himself to both Hank and Ailo, who transition to suspicious to dumbfounded to impressed. Ailo seems to understand it all immediately; Ariel is magnificent, not someone to be furious with as Hank desires. He managed to nurse Charles out of the most precarious sort of injury a person could be in and bring him back here in not horrible shape. He's obviously thin and obviously, well, paralyzed, but he isn't on the verge of death. And that's really saying something.

"What about...kidneys?" Hank manages, and Charles just huffs.

"You can check them if you want, Hank, and you can double-check all he's said. But, given his limited resources and the scope of his own injuries, Ariel did an incredible job caring for me. I'll be okay. What I really want you two to focus on right now is Ari." He gestures toward the man's hand with his head. "That one is severely injured and it needs examination and bracing. He's dealing with a swath of broken bones and sprains. Internal damage is nearly guaranteed, too. The only reason he isn't in complete agony right now is because I've dulled the pain. But the longer he goes untreated, the greater the risk for even more damage, beyond his eyes. Please."

"Internal organs, they are OK," Ariel says softly. "Me and Maxon managed with medication. He gets some credit for this, he did save Charles in the aftermath. I wasn't able to see him for fifteen days," Ariel whispers. "Maxon had him on an ACE inhibitor, but this can cause acute kidney injury - believe it or not," Ariel says, ruining McCoy's day, since that is the standard he's familiar with. "So I manage kidney function now, and stop the medicine. You don't have to worry about this," Ariel promises.

He shifts a bit as the doctor finally approaches him, for his own injuries are far less immediate than Charles's own, as well as less obvious. But upon even cursory examination, they become rapidly and overwhelmingly evident. Most of his skin is littered with bruises and lacerations, as well as healed scars. Most of his bones in his arms, legs, hands and feet have been broken to some degree. His tailbone is also sporting a significant fracture, and so is his collar. The only reason, as Charles maintained earlier, that he's even upright is because Charles can dull it.

Before that, his broken jaw and teeth prevented him from talking normally or eating. He could barely walk. Now, of course, the pain is reduced, so Ariel doesn't quite mentally comprehend the importance of focusing on himself in the same way - it's part of why Charles has allowed him to feel a small degree of the pain, so that he understands his limitations. When Charles lifts the balm for a moment so that Hank can perform an abdominal exam, Ariel lets out a loud oomph of pain and finds himself laid out on the exam bed, trying not to curl up. "I likely... need surgery," Ariel whispers. "But it's OK. Tend to Charles, first, OK?" 

"I'm alright, Ari," Charles promises. "As you said, you're handling everything for me. This is enough. Let Hank help you now. I won't go anywhere."

Indeed, he hovers beside Ariel's bed as Hank examines him, jotting note after note down. The furrow in his brow deepens as he continues to work, and Charles can hear his brain begin to grow quicker with heightened concern. He quickly orders several x-rays to be done, which indeed reveals a multitude of fractures in every limb, plus a few ribs, his jaw, his collarbone, tailbone, and nose. The deep bruising on his stomach is what concerns Hank most, though.

"Can you sense what this is?" Hank asks Ariel once he's back in the exam bed, pointing to the growing purple spot on his abdomen. "Were you kicked here, or did you fall on something recently? I worry that your liver has been lacerated. I'll need to get you in for surgery immediately if so."

Ariel wonders if his lungs have been affected, because he's finding it difficult to breathe. He shakes his head, but then nods. "Yes, but, I--" he makes a strangled noise in the back of his throat. "Yes, beaten," he agrees.

Ailo touches Hank's shoulder. Not now. I'll attend, let's get him prepped. I'll explain when we scrub in. After all, he is a doctor. It's not common for him to do this, but given the nature of their fledgling institute and his own forensic background, it's also something he has taken the liberty of doing a few times in the past. The last time Ailo intervened in such a way must have been Scott Summers, and that tells Hank everything he needs to know to move on from his current line of inquiry. And I mean this, with all respect, you should prepare yourself mentally. This is... undoubtedly, one of the worst cases I've ever encountered.

And considering Ailo spent a majority of his time before the Xavier Institute trekking about with the UN, that is saying a lot. He sets a hand on Ariel's forearm. "Just try and relax, all right? Breathe. You're all right. You don't have to talk about it right now. But Dr. McCoy is right - we need to get you fixed up, eh? You won't notice a thing, I promise. And Charles will make sure of it, yeah?" Some people who have this type of shell shock can be resistant to anaesthetic, Ailo tells them both. So please do make certain he's unconscious. And thank-you, for what you've done here. You've spared him from a rather horrid experience, I'm certain of that.

Ailo and Hank's collective assessments make Charles nervous, but he does his best not to show that as he remains near Ariel. Unable to reach out and grab his hand, he does what he's been doing and merely mimics the feeling. The two doctors excuse themselves to quickly prep for surgery, leaving Ariel and Charles alone for a few moments. "When you wake, you'll feel better," he promises, voice scarcely above a quaver. "And then we can recover together, hmm? Strict bedrest for both of us for a little while, I expect. I look forward to it."

And like always, Ariel seems to just know before Charles even sweeps across his mind with the sensation, he's reaching out to bridge the gap between them. That's how I know you will get back some function, he whispers softly. I feel the efferent nerve pathways firing, even when you just imagine it. It's a good exercise, maybe we should be doing this with all kinds of things, he murmurs, eyes crossed a bit with the force of effort from keeping himself making any outward sound.

He relaxes back into the bed when Charles recedes the vast ocean of pain thundering through him. It's OK, he says, lifting his braced hand to press his exposed, curled up fingers against Charles's cheek. He can't feel much of anything with it anymore, but it means he doesn't have to relinquish the hand in his other. I will be OK, they will fix me right up, and we can laze around like two little peas, he grins. Go wandering. Anywhere you want to go! I can keep us safe and sound.


When Ariel is finally sedated for the surgery, Ailo is the one who notices something peripherally and his brows narrow, eyes squinting. They've removed Ariel's clothes altogether, and gotten him into hospital scrubs while he was unconscious - better to spare him from that, in Ailo's view. There's a good deal there already which causes the psychiatrist's expression to harden, lips thinned in an abiding frown, but his mind remains calm and oriented. "Hank, look at this," he directs the surgeon's focus to something a little less evident. It's a rash on Ariel's stomach, mixed in with the bruising it's difficult to detect, but he probes the raised edges with a gloved finger. 

"Has he some type of allergy, that you know of? Infection of some kind?" he asks Charles, who is with them in pre-op thanks to Ariel's ability to encase him entirely in a sterile field. "Look at this, it goes all the way up here," he murmurs, touching two fingers to Ariel's chest and upper torso. "It's even on his arms a little. When did this appear, Charles?" They don't really have time to worry about it, as Ariel's condition destabilizes more the longer they go without addressing it, but an allergy of this magnitude could spread to his lymph nodes or even induce anaphylactic shock, which on a ventilator could be fatal. Let's keep an eye on this. Cyanosis with O2 desat and circulatory collapse...

"I don't know," Charles admits. "And I don't know if he knows much about his own state either. Schmidt has had him for nearly his entire life and only told him what he wanted to tell him. He never got proper care, so I don't know if he has any allergies. I also don't know how long that rash has been there, this is the first I'm seeing it. Schmidt locked him up for a week and then tossed him back in my room when I got sick. We'd only been back together for two days before we escaped, and he never had his shirt off. But...he did, he did seem weaker. The pain was harder to block. This is my fault; he shouldn't have been up and around at all, but he was so that he could take care of me, and I let him. I enabled him, I dulled the pain even though I knew he shouldn't be up and around, and—"

Charles's own breathing is labored now, on the verge of panic. "This is my fault. He's only in this state because of me. You have to save him, Hank, Ailo. You must. This is my fault—" "Charles, enough of that," Hank says sternly as he quickly ups the airflow of the ventilator, working swiftly. "This isn't your fault. You're not the one who broke his bones and lacerated his liver." He then turns to Ailo. "Does it look more like allergy or infection to you? With the degree of trauma, this looks like sepsis to me. It could be a combination of many things."

"Infection," Ailo murmurs. "Systemic. He has a fever, too. Feel here," he says, pressing the back of his hand to Ariel's forehead. He surreptitiously brushes some hair away in a comforting gesture, unnecessary but it's simply how Ailo operates. Professionalism, without distance. "From what I could deduce from his mind, these injuries were caused by multiple, nearly routine physical and sexual assaults over a very long period of time," Ailo relays to Hank clinically.

"He's had surgery in the past, by Dr. Maxon, when he was about twelve or thirteen. So some of this is older, but the liver lac and renal malfunctioning are recent. Hand me that glass beaker," he murmurs and when it is in his hands, he rolls it gently over Ariel's chest, pressing against it with his fingers. "Non-blanching, it looks like. OK, conservatively speaking, we should start treatment for sepsis. Antibiotics and antimicrobials. Even if it isn't, he'll need them perioperatively anyway. And it doesn't look like he's decompensating - that might be his mutation at work, we likely won't know."

He draws the curtain over, blocking Charles from view. Before continuing, he puts both hands on either side of the handles on his chair and escorts him out. "And I promise you, this is not on you. You both were contending with life-threatening injuries, and you both did the best you could do ensure that you made it out of there. I know that he is grateful for this. We'll let you know as soon as we're done, querido," he murmurs, hailing a lab tech to come and sit with him while he waits before ducking back inside the room.

"We want to see CVP at 8mmHg and MAP at 65+mmHg, MVS... and let's keep him on the vent for a while to reduce metabolic demand. Norepinephrine, and we'll start a port to administer TPN post-op. Managing his metabolism will be vital regardless. Examine, identify, then make contact. We'll repair the liver first, then see what we can do for his kidneys. We'll likely have intestinal and perineal damage to contend with also..."


The surgery is lengthy, and taxing, but after several hours, they finally wheel him out into the recovery area. Ailo disengages first, as Hank is still monitoring and working to fit him with a central line to administer nutrition supplementation. He heads out into the impromptu waiting area and offers Charles a smile, sitting down next to him and touching his knee.

"He's all right," he says gently. "We originally suspected septicemia, but he didn't get any worse, and did not enter septic shock. The biggest issue turned out to be his kidneys. One was severely damaged, and we had to remove it. Otherwise, we've repaired the liver laceration and stabilized his hand - he'll need a second surgery for this, we decided to stage it since surgery is very difficult on even a healthy body let alone his. We'll get in touch with an orthopedic specialist who can address the condition of his bones. His internal injuries have been repaired, and he's resting up nicely. You can come in and see him shortly, hm?" 

Charles protests immediately when Ailo begins to wheel his chair from the OR, but the elder telepath swiftly disables him by placing his arm back on his lap, where he can no longer control the movement. Damn him. I'm with you here, he warns both Ailo and Hank from outside, as the lab tech takes a seat beside him. I told him I'd stay with him. But, Charles doesn't want to be a distraction, so he shuts up and allows the doctors to work. Eventually, when he convinces the tech that he's not going to burst into the operating room, he's allowed to pace back and forth in his chair once his arm is placed on the controls; it's the only way he can stand waiting.

He remains with both doctors throughout, through every touch and go moment, every victory, every discovery. Most of it is grisly; the extent of Ariel's abuse becomes more apparent as they work, and though it's painful, Charles isn't surprised. He was in there with Ari for months and he witnessed the minds of those filthy men, too. It's not surprising to him in the slightest, in fact. It takes hours, but when Ailo finally emerges, Charles himself is exhausted. He's grateful for all of the invisible supports that Ari has placed on his new chair, for he would have certainly fallen forward and out of it hours ago.

He's not sure if Ari's unconsciousness lifted some of the support that he had for his breathing, for he isn't feeling his best, but the young tech was able to reposition his body to allow for more volume. "He's been abused for years," Charles rasps softly, head lolled back against his headrest. He's solemn, rather than outwardly relieved. "For his whole life. You see the scars. When he was 12 or 13, Viktor Creed hurt him so badly that he couldn't leave bed for a month or more. I don't know if he's ever really been perfectly healthy since."

"No, I don't expect so," Ailo murmurs, taking a seat himself after having been on his feet for hours at a time, his leg twinges in sympathy. "I imagine that he's used his mutation for years to bypass some of the damage we saw, but we did correct quite a lot," he adds mildly. He taps his cane from one palm to the next, slouching a bit. "I believe that his quality of life will undoubtedly improve, especially since you are there to help him with the pain. I won't lie, Charles, it is going to be uphill both ways for you both, for a while. But you both have a good deal of resilience factors, including your relationship to one another," he says, because he'd have to be blind himself to have missed that one.

"Not only that, but we are here as well, all of us. And I will begin seeing him as soon as possible, to help him integrate more fully into a world far different to the one he grew up with. The primary issue now is nutrition. He's been malnourished and starved for a very long time, so we must monitor this - refeeding syndrome is still a big risk, so you'll have to keep an eye on that as well. No pizza or beer for now," he says lightly. "Likewise, I want to do some bloodwork on you and ensure that you're getting what you need as well. You're rather underweight, and we do not want the same thing happening to you, eh?"

A hand finds its way to Charles's shoulder. "We will care for you, as well. This didn't just happen to Ariel, querido. The both of you have endured perilous circumstances. That has an impact, not just on your bodies, but your minds as well. I have faith that you will both be of assistance to one another, but I am here for you, too. You aren't in this alone, neither of you." He looks up. "And if you'd like some good news, we also took a look at the children before you came here. Most of them are a little malnourished, but they all appear in relatively good health. Quite shaken up, but there are no major injuries. It seems they were largely spared."

"I'm glad that you seem to understand the level that we're dealing with, here," Charles says to Ailo. It's obvious that the elder telepath is in pain after standing for so many hours; his gait seems to have gotten worse in the near year that Charles has been gone. He'll ask him about that one day, but today is already overwhelmed. "He's...he's so wonderful, Ailo. The most wonderful person I've ever met. He's spent a lifetime in that condition, abused by Nazis—they plucked him out of a concentration camp and murdered his family! Did you know that? He's been in their clutches since he was two."

Closing his eyes, Charles attempts a deep breath, but it's shallow, shuttering. "And yet, he's still soft. Gentle. He cared for the children. He loves animals, even though he's never been permitted to have any. He cared for me with broken hands and blind eyes, kept me alive." Charles purses his lips, fighting back tears. "Of course he'll have a better life. He's free. He's going to hate that you put him on TPN and he's going to panic when he learns that his kidney is gone. He has a huge distrust of invasive medicine like that. As he should, mm? As he should."

Batting away any concerns for his own health, Charles begins to move his chair. "I'd like to be with him when he wakes up. It would be best if we can put him in a different room; the recovery room is too clinical. Can we put him upstairs in my room? He already fixed it up to be medical supply friendly."

"Of course," Ailo says. "We'll have Kurt teleport him upstairs, that should be easy enough on him. He's still attached to an IV, and different medical devices. We're keeping him sedated in order to reduce the load on his metabolic functions, as well as to limit his distress once he wakes up." Not intending to stop Charles, Ailo traipses along after him into the recovery area. "There's a lot going on right now, so it's better that he rest for the time being. If you'd prefer to keep him unconscious with your abilities, that might be best - sedation and ventilation can pose their own issues, as I'm sure you know," he says.

Relocating himself to yet another chair, Ailo inclines his head deeply as Charles tells him a little about the person on the bed - someone that, he suspects, with some regret, no one really knows. "I wasn't aware of these things before meeting him - my abilities have a range limit, eh? But I am, now. It's a pity that most believe him a terrorist or a Nazi sympathizer. Even here, people look at him with suspicion. My hope is that we can rectify that. He deserves to be seen as he is, not what Schmidt tried to force on him."

"Oh! Professor!" Kurt gasps and immediately bounds over to hug him. "Good to see you, sir," he bows with one hand to his chest. Much like Ariel, the German teleporter spent a good deal of his time in the custody of Nazi doctors who had performed experiments on him to deduce why he appeared as he did. When he escaped, it was with a traveling circus, who adorned his body with numerous scars in various patterns and shapes.

True to form, though, Ariel wakes up just as Kurt teleports into the area, fighting off the sedation naturally. He gasps and claws at his throat, tears instantly coming to his eyes as he clamps down unnecessarily on the device. Ailo marches over and immediately puts the man on the bed back to sleep, helping Hank to remove the contraption over his face. "Ah, suppose we should have seen that one coming. Kurt, guten tag. Let's get him situated somewhere more comfortable..."


When Ariel awakens next, he clutches at his throat, taking in big gulps of air. "---charles? Where---oh," he coughs, hoarse as his hand finds his love's. He tries to sit up immediately, pawing at the different devices attached to him. "Was iz das?" he mumbles, disoriented. 

Charles stays close to Ariel after Ailo puts him back to sleep; the look of sheer terror on his face was enough to galvanize that commitment. He has ample experience with ventilators now; Maxon would shove one in and out of his throat whenever he deemed it necessary. He still never grew accustomed to the feeling. Once Kurt transports them all upstairs, medical equipment included, Charles relaxes some. He truly does wish to greet all of his students, but it's late in the day, and he's hesitant to leave Ariel's side.

Hank tries to drag him back to the medical bay for tests of his own, but Charles refuses, and so Hank draws blood while Charles remains at Ari's side (after Charles promises that he'll submit to a full examination tomorrow). He's nearly asleep in his chair, breathing still a touch too shallow, when Ariel's voice jolts all tiredness away. "Darling," he murmurs, sending a wave of warmth to envelop Ariel, calm his frayed nerves. "Don't touch them, sweetheart. Shh, shh."

He smiles softly, masking his worry. "You had some pretty severe damage to address, my love. Hank and Ailo put a central line in to facilitate refeeding. They also repaired your liver, but they had to remove a kidney. I know, not ideal." Charles aims to be entirely open and honest with Ariel; he deserves that much, even if it's upsetting. "But you'll be okay. Just need to rest and recover for a while, hmm? I'll never leave your side, not even for a moment."

Ariel's brows furrow at this, his mind sluggish and struggling to catch up, tears streaming down his face without conscious volition. It's entirely a result of neurological agitation, as he isn't actually experiencing any real emotions internally except for confusion. When he hears that his kidney was taken, though, he shifts forward and tries to touch at his back. "Took my kidney? Why? No, you aren't supposed to... no," he warbles. "You said it's different. Not Nazis. Why?" he glances up, evidently not possessed of all his faculties quite yet.

"Didn't hurt you? Lass nicht zu, dass sie dir deine Organe nehmen, not supposed to..." he touches at the port near his upper clavicle, alarmed. "Re...feeding?" he repeats the word. Sure enough, it's attached to an IV stand with a bag of white liquid. "Sweetheart," he whispers, unable to do much more than sit up before tiredness overtakes him and he settles back down, his thoughts a chaotic whirl. Ariel doesn't understand. "Why me? You aren't in surgery? You need help, why me? Why do I have all this? Not you?"

"Shh, shh," Charles shushes gently, wishing he could run his fingers through Ari's freshly-cleaned hair, courtesy of Hank. It still looks a bit lank, not as shiny as it could, but now that it's clean, the bouncy curls have returned. "It is different, and they aren't Nazis. They removed it because it was severely damaged. Leaving it in would have been dangerous, mm?" He wants to make a joke about both of them needing kidney support, but figures that now isn't the best time.

"Refeeding, yes. Your body is so accustomed to eating so little that they've decided that the best course of action is for total parenteral nutrition. The nutrients go straight to your bloodstream, through your chest. It's not permanent, darling. But it will be helpful for a while." Charles smiles softly. "I don't need to be in surgery right now. I need to be here with you. You have this because you need it, my love. You need to get healthy. Healthy so we can adventure, yes? Meet the whales and all the little creatures. We can't do that until you're healthy."

"I heard of this," Ariel says suddenly. "Schmidt told me about it. How all the people who got rescued from Auschwitz died anyway, 'cuz they ate too much. Only those who ate soup lived? The ones who ate milk and meat died. I thought he is pulling my feet, but..." Ever-curious, he squints and in his hands, a chart appears. "Hypo.... phosphate... hypophosphataemia," he pronounces it correctly, and reads down a long list of issues.

"Maxon never kept a chart of me. Shell shock? What iz das? I could be a tortoise," he adds, somewhat silly even in his terribly distressed state. The list of diagnoses grows the longer he reads. Lacerations, internal damage, broken bones, kidney and liver injuries, malnutrition, differential for suspected psychological problems... "I am crazy," he says with a nod. "I thought so." With a big, dramatic sigh, he flings the report up into the air - not with anger, just as a joke, and it vanishes immediately.

"We both get better. Healthy. And I help make your devices, so we can do everything we wish," he rasps softly. A small sparrow appears on his finger, peeping curiously. Birds never fly away when Ariel brings them, even the babies. A snail friend for him shows up next, both with the tiniest knitted sweaters and intricate patterns swirled about. The snail has a hat, with holes in it for its stalks to sway out from. Ariel grins. "Maybe not big ones, but look? Lots of tiny friends."

"Ailo and Hank are worried about me on that front, too. Not a risk for hypophosphataeimia, but I've lost too much weight, they say. No pizza and beer for us, unfortunately. But the great news is that none of the children are too terrible off. Undernourished, but nothing that some good, healthy meals can't fix. All because you protected them," he smiles. "We're both crazy," Charles informs Ariel, grinning despite the absolute severity of their situation. "I'm booked in with Dr. Ailo nearly as much as you are, my love. Two peas in a pod, hmm?" He observes the tiny sparrow and the tiny snail on his knee. "I do like the tiny friends," he agrees. "This is my house. Goodness, this is my house. We can have as many friends as we want. They can all live here if they want to. As many as you'd like to bring here, Ari."

Ariel grins. "Your house is big," he says with a laugh. "So many rooms! I worry," he admits after a few moments. "We are not out of forest yet, Stryker is to become President. All the little ones will be at risk. I have idea, but it will be a bit unpleasant. Want to ensure, we never experience this again. Not ever. To protect all of us, and the children and sparrows, too. And..." he smiles a bit. "Not just friends for your house, but friends everywhere. For everyone. Mutants who need it, you know? Kids, adults. Not just mutants, too. Stryker and Tegan are targeting everybody like us, in other ways. Like us, you know."

He pats Charles's arm. "Schmidt promised to get rid of him. I promised, and people liked that. And they were not wrong." Even now, his mind ticks in intricate spires of tactics, overlaid with a focus on his new buddy, who he scritches gently under the chin. "What should we call him? You get to name. Have you ever been to movie theater? I never got to go. Moving pictures!" his focus is all over the place, even moreso than usual.

"Oh, what...?" he lifts his shirt, eyes growing large. "Nisht gut. I am a purple person. Look like the ones I used to... nnn, sorry. Es tut meir leid." His stomach is wrapped in medical tape with various drains poking out, but his chest is entirely purple and bruised, with the remnants of that strange rash poking about. "I don't feel too good," he slurs. "Iz too hot. Gon'... ope," is all the warning he gives before vomiting into his hand. "Yughrh," he mutters, and it vanishes instantly. "Zorry. That iz gross."

Ailo, Hank, Charles calls telepathically. Hank has been awake all night doing research on tetraplegia, but Ailo had nodded off. If it weren't to do with Ari's health and safety, he would feel bad about waking the elder man up, but he's well past that, now. Ari is awake. He isn't feeling well and is throwing up. Come quickly, please. Charles himself is no slouch where it comes to biology and basic medicine, but he certainly doesn't trust himself enough to manage an issue as complex as Ariel's care.

Best leave that to the professionals. Outwardly, though, he doesn't express the same level of anxiety, merely smiling down at his dearest love as if nothing were wrong. "It's alright, darling. Don't worry about being gross; how much grossness did you deal with with me, mm? We can worry about that and Stryker later. Focus on getting well, now." None too quickly, Hank and Ailo both arrive, the latter in a sleepier state. "Ah, I'm glad you're both here. Ari isn't feeling very well at the moment."

Ariel grins up at him, and in an instant he materializes beside Ariel in bed instead of seated in his chair, so that Ariel can wrap two damaged (and thankfully clean) arms around him. "None," he says matter-of-factly, darting forward to kiss Charles's temple. "None at all," he hums, apologetically allowing Adna to go free and start roaming across the blanketed expanse of his lap. Her sister, the snail Gidra, finds herself happily encased in a miniature terrarium, including the smallest water fountain and arranged stones.


Ailo stirs at his desk, a crease indented in his cheek where he had fallen asleep over an open book, and blearily sends back on my way, with an associated twirl of warmth, as if he knows that Charles will feel uneasy about waking him. He's not concerned, that's the life of a doctor after all. "I see we are possessed of even more friends than before," Ailo laughs gently at the scene before them as he and Hank enter.

"Charles was supposed to name them but then he forgot, so I did," Ariel admits, doting over his little bird. "So sorry, Adna. I threw up on you. That's nisht sehr gut, iz es? Don't worry," he whispers to the doctors. "I am okidoki." This statement would be more meaningful if he didn't look ready for a repeat performance. "How is Charles? You did bloodworks? I worry, maybe I did a bad job, and he is sick, and nobody knows yet. Need to examine better," he insists.

"So far, it looks like you're both stable right now, but let's keep it that way, eh? Regular monitoring and testing, for certain. The antibiotics we gave you are pretty strong, so that's probably accounting for the nausea, but we did detect a fever just before the surgery began, so let's ensure that isn't getting any worse. Can you regulate your own body temperature?"

Ariel considers it. "Ja. I think so. I have infection? On my chest?" 

"We aren't really sure," Ailo murmurs. "We're having it investigated, though. In-house lab, best money we ever spent," he huffs. 

Charles does feel quite a bit better when he's in bed beside Ariel. He's spent a lot of time sitting, and though this chair is leagues more comfortable than any provided by The Brotherhood, he's not accustomed to being out of bed for so long. They watch the snails together while Charles waits for Ariel to vomit again and is relieved when the doctors arrive before he can. It's a greater relief to hear that this isn't entirely unexpected and is likely a side effect of the antibiotics. It makes sense, since Erik doesn't have food in his stomach. His own stomach threw a fit when he was on them just earlier this week. "Best money I ever spent. This is my house, remember?" Charles huffs, though it's all in jest. "Do you have any allergies that you know of, my love?" he asks Ariel gently.

Ailo grins, rocking back on his heels with an innocent whistle. "Blame Hank for that one," he taps the side of his nose. He finds the nearest chair (which is becoming a pattern for the man as he creeps up in years) and plops himself down onto it. Ariel lifts up Charles's hand to deposit the peeping Adna onto the back of his palm, grinning when she stays. "See, she likes you," he rasps fondly. "She is a good judge of bird, hm?" he lets out a whistle that sounds nearly identical to her chirping trill, and sways unconsciously from side-to-side.

At Charles's question, Ariel shakes his head. "I don't think so, but I don't really know. I got sick from typhus once, but that's the only time I got really ill that I can remember," he considers, thoughtful.

"Mm, well that does make this a tad more concerning," Ailo admits. "I wonder if it has anything to do with your mutation being suppressed for so long - if your resilience factor was caused by your mutation, perhaps that made you more vulnerable. You don't get very sick? No cold, or flu?"

He shakes his head. "No cold or flu or anything. I did get some infections, but they heal by themselves, you know? Schmidt says because I am stronger, I can survive things others can't. Maxon said I might have a mild healing factor," he remembers. He gulps a little to repress the urge to throw up again. "Should I try to reduce my temperature? If my body is fighting infection, if I lower the fever, would it get worse?"

"That's a good question," Ailo replies, looking to Hank curiously.

"Don't lower it too much," Hank cautions, jotting notes down in Erik's chart quickly. "Keep it low-grade if you can, but a fever can be helpful when you're fighting infections. When your body temperature raises, NF-kB proteins regulate gene expression to produce immune cells, which you need right now...but, you know that, since you read Harrison's."

Charles rolls his eyes. "You're resilient, certainly. You heal quickly, I know that you do. And when you're a bit healthier, we're going to see if we can do something about that hand, hmm?"

"Can you tell us what happened there?" Hank cuts in, giving Ailo a sidelong glance. "It's... the damage is extensive. I don't know if we can ever return function to it, but we've identified at least one surgery you need."

Ailo gives a very slight nod to Hank, but keeps an eye on Ariel's mental state as he considers the question and how to translate the sudden onslaught of images that invade his mind without conscious direction. "It was Schmidt," he says softly. "I got hurt. Couldn't do what he wished. So he hurt worse. His mutation, iz like, concentrated force."

"So if you were to try and injure him via force, he would just absorb that energy and output it twice as strong?" Ailo grasps with a slow breath. He can only imagine how someone like Schmidt would utilize a power like that. They've already seen two of the results.

"Ja . He can generate his own force, too. Lift his foot and slammed it on my arm, and caused the issue. See," he shucks up his sleeve as best as he can and points to the long, mangled scar up the length of his forearm. "I have... Kompartmentsyndrom? Compartment - syndrome," he figures it must be in English, laughing a bit.

"...Who did this, exactly? Was it Dr. Maxon?" Ailo lifts his arm to investigate it more fully, noting the jagged lines, the slight misalignment. "I'd reckon part of the problem might be radial or median nerve damage, from this surgery."

"Oh, yes. I did myself," Ariel says lightly. "Not very good surgeon. Saved my arm, maybe my life, but damaged it. I know it damaged me, worse than a real doctor. Harrison 's nisht sehr gut , after all," he gives Hank a wink, nose wrinkled up in amusement. "Schmidt said I had to practice. Even Maxon was unhappy, called it cruel. Funny, ja? Then he thought to let Charles die. Hypocrite."

The fact that Ariel can speak so casually about what was undoubtedly a horrific circumstance - Ailo cannot imagine performing surgery on himself. There's just no way. But Ariel did it, and is no worse for wear psychologically, it seems. "But your hand, it looks like it's a lot more than just contracture. Your whole hand is shattered. Was that part of the same injury?"

Ariel nods. "Same one. He smashed it all."

Hank and Ailo had replaced Ariel's drugstore brace with something more supportive, but it's clear that he needs something custom and specialized, for his figners still splay and bend at uncomfortable angles. Charles witnessed Schmidt and Creed targeting Ari's hand specifically when they beat him in front of Charles; sometimes stepping on it "casually" and other times jamming their heel down atop it to exacerbate pain that already existed. When Charles realized that he could stop Ariel from feeling the pain, the hand was the first place he went.

Hank delicately takes the arm and observes the mangled hand. "You did pretty well for doing this yourself," Hank breathes, setting the arm back down on the bed. "We have an orthopedic surgeon coming to take a look. Charles, you know him. Shiro Yoshida. Kind of an asshole, but good at what he does."

Charles glances at Ari for a moment. "We...saw something," he says. "An idea, I suppose. It's important that we preserve his hand as much as possible. We see a future in which he can use it, with help."

"That one had same problems as me," Ari relays with a solemn nod. "Got tortured, by Stryker. It is why I do not want to wait too long. It's just a hand, ja?"

Ailo frowns quizzically. "You mean the President? I suppose it doesn't surprise me, but--"

"We are aberration," Ariel says softly. "Our world, nisht rikhtik. Stryker should not be where he is, but we got... mixed up," he tries to explain. "This place is good. Your house," he repeats. "To make things right. But not so safe."

"Oh," Ailo gasps as his telepathy finally hooks onto the same wavelength as Charles and Ari - to see for the first time -- "an alternate universe. Eita porra. Would you look at that."

"Many, many of them," Ariel laughs, gentle. He remembers the first time he discovered it, too. The pure joy, childlike wonder. Thus far, Ailo has come across as rather professional and no-nonsense, but that's the moment that Ariel decides he likes him.

He's grinning madly. Because there are parallel worlds. "Say, does that mean there's another Aquilo Kirala out there?" he tsks a bit. "Hopefully one who made better life choices, eh?" he taps his cane against his knee. Those who know, know it's pure humor; Ailo doesn't regret it for a second. "Maybe another Hank, too? Is that how it works?"

"Something like this, yes," Ariel confirms. "Another you, me, Charles. The Hellfire, too. Most of the people I meet here. They are all a bit older, where he is. He made a little device, like what I want for Charles, you know? That was why I found it, to see how he makes it, so that I can do the same for him. Just a bit more involved. You will help me, yes? Soon?" his brows arch hopefully toward Hank.

Hank doesn't know what the hell the others are talking about, what with the idea of alternate realities or whatnot, but it gets him thinking about the transfer of knowledge. "If they're older, they might have more knowledge and technology than we do, yes?"

"Sure," answers Charles. "We're not going to pilfer an alternate reality for their technology though, Hank."

"For medical purposes, though. While you were gone, Charles, I did a lot of digging into the mutant genome. Carrying on your work, so to speak...you know. I thought you'd have wanted that." He's suddenly sheepish, his blue skin purpling on the apples of his cheeks.

Charles also feels remarkably touched, but doesn't wish to embarrass Hank further, so he nods. "And what did you find?"

"I found some very good evidence that our kind is likely possessed of an innate ability to prevent telomere shortening, beyond a certain age. Our stem cells likely don't lose function as do other humans."

Charles blinks stupidly for a few seconds, and then widens his eyes. "We're immortal?" he demands, shocked.

"Not quite. We're still susceptible to the same illnesses and injuries as our human counterparts. Our bodies will just stop aging at a certain point, though. Which means that, for you two in particular at the moment, we need to be thinking about very long-term solutions to your health ailments. Charles, Ariel is evidently handling everything for you, but if he weren't, we'd need to figure out something for your kidneys, your muscles, your skin...everything, you know. With proper care, you can live a relatively normal human lifespan, but it gets tricky beyond that. Likewise for you, Ariel."

Charles considers this all, overcome by the prospect of, well, living forever. "What do you suggest," he asks softly, then.

"Can you find a way to contact those people from the other world?" Hank asks Ariel. "I can help you help Charles much more effectively if you can."

Ariel gasps. "Oh, wow," he says, chin lifting to observe an invisible vignette. "Look," he whispers. In a flash, Charles sees it: them, but years in the future. Many years. "Oh," he just says, a little stupidly. "2100? Oh, my. And you!" he indicates Ailo. "With your leg? Seems to be quite bad." He listens to Hank, though, inclining his head. "Some will continue. Even if I die. It will just work. I made fail-safe for it, like a natural process. Your skin cells shed, blood moves. This is sustained by your electrical, internal 'power,'" he explains with a smile.

Ailo smirks. "Well, that's mighty handy, I'll admit. Still a little thrown by the whole immortal business," he says. "2100. Taporra. Hundreds of years..."

"So do not need to worry. And I can do more, help more people. I can, never got to. Wasn't allowed. Now I can. Things that, you know, I cannot fix everything, but improve quality of life. Like you. Can make you a chair, if you wish. So you don't hurt so much," he says to Ailo. "Maybe even help with pain."

"Mmm, well I wouldn't say no, but you focus on yourself and Charles, right now, all right? I've been dealing with this for a very long time, so it's not some immediate thing. Later on, we'll see." Of course, both Charles and Ariel can feel how one side of Ailo's body is beyond sore and into damaged territory over at least a decade of using it how he has. Charles and Hank also know that he tends to rely on some type of tea he found in Indonesia to manage his pain; McCoy claimed it was a 'partial' opioid, but there's drawbacks. He has to drink quite an unpleasant concoction multiple times a day. It means he doesn't have to rely on doctors and prescriptions, that he can manage his own pain, so he puts up with it.

Looking to Hank, Ariel nods. "I think that I can," he whispers. "Contact them. It's just the same as traveling anywhere else, for me," he smiles reassuringly.

Chapter 124: An apple might roll far & wide & leave its family tree behind,

Chapter Text

"Let's wait until you both do some healing before we delve into time travel, yeah?" Hank suggests, though his fascination with the prospect is clear, too. "We'll let you two get some sleep. Raven will be here by noon; that means you both have about seven hours to sleep until she rips your door from its hinges and demands answers from you, Charles."

And so they do. Exhausted, Ari and Charles drift off in their bed (what a thrill it is to be able to say that it is well and truly theirs) until they're rattled awake by Raven. The reunion is exactly what anyone could expect; hugs, tears, anger, and demands. She enters the room furious with Ariel, but when she leaves it hours later, it's with an entirely different feeling; she's gained a brother, she knows. A brother who will do anything to protect and cherish hers.

Weeks go by and the two make steady progress. They both put on weight. Ari does well on TPN and is allowed to have small quantities of food relatively quickly. Hank ends up performing a minor surgery on Charles in which he fuses a few discs in Charles's lower back for greater stability, but that's really all he needs, as Ariel takes care of everything else.

It's on a misty morning that Charles finally broaches the topic with Ariel, whose power seems to be growing with each passing day without the constraints of Nathaniel Essex's cruel power. "I keep thinking about the others," he admits in a gentle voice, parking his chair beside his love on the balcony outside of their room. "The ones in the future."

Ariel hovers up, cross-legged and grinning out into the horizon as he's joined by Charles. So far away from the intimidating, icy hue of the man who first gripped his shoulder that fateful morning a year ago that calling them the same person feels foolish. As the weeks tick on by, Ariel's cold exterior has all-but melted to reveal an individual of exceptional sunny cheer. He's still a veritable bean-pole, but Maxon was right - he is bouncing back far better than anyone ought to be, given the condition he was in upon arrival.

His hand is a lot trickier. Yoshida is scheduled to drop by Greymalkin in a week, in fact, to see what he can do about it. After having seen the scans (with the forewarning that the patient had performed surgery on himself), he sent back only a two-word reply to his colleague: en route. Hank just knew he couldn't resist a challenge. "Me, too," he says softly. "Hank doesn't want us to go. But I think we should," he nods to himself.

"I think he is nervous, because he does not know how easy it is, yes? Better to ask for forgiveness," he drapes an arm (rather, flails one arm in an ungainly jerk) over Charles's shoulder, tucking in close. "2100," Ariel whispers, looking up at the stars. "If they met when we did, that's 139 years together. Wow," he laughs, delighted. "I can't believe it. An eternity with my neshama. So much to do and see. I want that for us. Adventures, you know? We get to do that, now. That is why I want to go. Don't wish to wait any longer."

Charles sighs deeply (he can do that now, thanks to Ariel), and allows his eyes to flutter shut. Peace, is what he feels. Ailo ensured that the both of them were marshaled into quick therapy; neither of them have been allowed to wallow in the aftermath of their trauma. Ariel’s, of course, is different from Charles’s, whole cloth, and they know that Ariel’s recovery won’t look similar to Charles’s in the slightest. But Ailo is a professional and Ariel, as it turns out, is resilient. Somehow, he’s positively sunny. “139 years,” he repeats, smiling. “And 139 more after that, mm? And on, and on. Do you feel…up for it?” he asks then. “Traveling? If you want to wait, that’s alright, I can.”

Ariel harmlessly nudges at his shoulder, and fixes his hand properly to rest against Charles's cheek. He's still quite shy about touch, but he's gotten bolder the longer they remain together and the less horrible it turns out to be. This is new, as though Ariel has just discovered he can rest his palm against skin. A wisp of warmth curls up into Charles's chest, somehow-felt; this too happens more frequently than not, as if Ariel is bypassing damaged areas or creating new ones to interface with his internal electrical process. It's a positive sign, all the same.

What truly ends up being the greatest balm to them both, as always, is proximity. Ailo has jumped in with both feet (and one cane) and Ariel would classify his efforts as rather phenomenal, but as Ailo often says, they do more for one another than Ailo ever could - he'll just help them get there. There's also something to be said for their experiences having been endured together; when one struggles or stumbles, the other immediately knows why, and how to intervene - not just though hearing about it, but because of experiencing that same thing - or very similar.

"Let's go, neshama," he replies, beaming fondly. His eyes flutter shut, and then... open. They're still on the balcony, the birds that were flying overhead are still flying onward. But the stone - that's Charles's first cue. The stones of the balcony. They're slightly off-color, cracked a little. Someone has taken care of them, but they're undeniably old

And the flowers, in the courtyard down below. The flowers are different. Sunflowers instead of zany orchids, periwinkles and swaying poppies. The door to their bedroom opens and (as they turn around, the astonishing difference of the area hammers it in - they are not in Westchester, anymore)-- They're greeted by reflections. A tall man in a dark cloak with pink twists at the sleeves and subtly through the futuristic black polymer of his uniform -- it is a uniform of some kind. Military? --

with a long white braid down his shoulder. Just behind, a man in a sleek hoverchair device, which utilizes the same principles as Charles's own - and it is Charles. He's certainly older, balder, but possessed of a clear ability to move his upper body that is absent in the man beside Ariel. The Elders do not look surprised in the slightest, for time works in mysterious ways. They remember this cycle because a younger Charles will enter it, and so it will become a memory to the Elder Charles - a memory that is set in motion by this meeting, which could not have occurred before Charles entered the cycle, else the Elder Charles would not remember.

And yet he does, because the Expanse conforms to no one and nothing. The tall man, presumably Ariel's counterpart, smiles at them both. "You made it," he says warmly.

Charles knows quickly when they’re somewhere else—somewhen else. His newfound prescience is attuned to people at large, and in the blink of an eye, they all feel different. They think differently, about things that are entirely unintelligible to Charles. He’s agape at the men that stand before them, in their bedroom. The furniture is different, but not…unrecognizable. Traces of Ariel and himself all over, with the whimsical decor and books and plants and so much more.

He stares back at his own face, which is more lined but still his. Ariel, though…a vision. White haired and tall and sunny, he exudes the very essence of the man that Charles loves, but unbridled. He can’t help but stare. Stare and smile. “You were waiting for us,” says the younger Charles, smiling back. “You’re…us. Exactly us.”

The elder Charles mirrors that smile. “I remember this day,” he confirms. “Welcome, dear-ones.” His eyes linger on the younger Ariel, on the place on his chest where his TPN port hides beneath his sweater, and then to his hand.

“He’s alright,” the young Charles assured his elder counterpart, understanding immediately. “He got over the infection last week.”

The elder Charles chuckles. “Of course. Let an old man fuss, mm?”

"Come, come," the Elder says, gestures with both hands in front of him, which is evidently a purposeful maneuver as Ariel's eyes instantly lock onto the motion. "I made papoutsakia, your favorite," he winks at Ariel. "You can call me Erik -- much less confusing, this way."

"You made it--for me? Is it my favorite?" Ariel laughs. He rocks back on his heels, fascinated. And his counterpart is no different, gazing at them both with creased eyes. "I can eat it? Without... because..." he doesn't want to be rude. Even to himself.

"Don't worry, it's safe. Pure nothing. No vitamins, minerals, calories, or anything at all. But I thought you might enjoy eating for a change. Oh, and--"

it appears that the Elder Ariel is still just as whimsical and arbitrary as his own, as he sizes them both up. Ariel trades a glance with his Charles, a little overwhelmed. He's very... much. He's very much. Ariel snorts a little, brushing a strand free from his own braid out of his eyes. "So strange, to meet yourself? How are you feeling, neshama? Iz okei?" he whispers to Charles, sidling up closer to him.

Erik materializes one of the TPN solution bags, taps it, and then evaporates it into the air. "Better, you'll be more stable very soon. And for you, a play on an old favorite; beef stifado. And of course I didn't forget you," he boops his Charles on the nose, immediately destroying any doubt that he is Ariel Eisenhardt in the flesh. "Fricassee avgolemono," he takes a little bow.

"Are you in the military?" Ariel blurts out before he can think better of it.

"Ah," Erik inclines his head. "In a manner of speaking. I'm the Fleet Commander of the Shaita Defense Forces. This place is called Shatèmue'ondas, Shaita, for short."

"This... isn't Westchester?" Ariel squints.

"No, achi. Not anymore."

Ariel's focus has fallen away, though, as he fixes Charles with a grand sweep of his power. "Oh, so nice. Charles. It's Charles. Two of you! I'm really lucky, now. Oh," he touches his hand to the Elder Charles's cheek, gasping a little. "Still so beautiful. 139 years later." He feels his eyes tear up abruptly, but he laughs through it. Look at Charles. Healthy and whole, and happy. And suddenly everything, everything is worth it. His whole life is worth it. Even the pieces he'd rather eject, bury and cut out. Regrets all melt out of him. This is their life, a hundred years into the future. "Oh, forgive me. Just... and where are we? I haven't heard of that place."

"You have, actually. It used to be called North Brother Island." 

“Call me Xavier, for the hell of it,” chimes the elder Charles.

It’s incredible, to watch the pair of them interact. It’s so easy for them to smile and lean in to each other. He also notices the devices on Xavier’s hands, which appear to extend up his arms once they disappear into the fabric of his shirt. It’s not so much of an exoskeleton in the way he envisioned it, but almost like a series of sensors. There are minuscule discs on his fingertips, knuckles, palms, and wrists that glow faintly, scarcely noticeable. Erik’s brace is a bit bulkier in profile given the need for support, but the technology appears to be similar.

“Oh,” Charles says, turning his chair away to observe their surroundings better. Indeed, the manor seems to have been transplanted onto the island, radically transformed into….

“It’s been described as a sanctuary,” Xavier supplies, hovering his chair up to Ariel. He extends a hand, propelled by those alien sensors, and tucks yet more stray red curls behind his ears. Charles pulses not with jealousy but with joy; joy that one day he will be able to touch his beloved’s hair once more. “A place that once brought misery and pain now gives birth to joy and safety. It’s our home,” he smiles. “You’re going to do wonderful things here.”

Immediately Ariel bounds up and tugs both Charles's after him, running out of the front door to observe the... "this is way bigger than 8 hectares!" he gapes. "How? Where do you--? Mmmm--" He wriggles his toes in his shoes and hops from side to side on the balls of his feet as he considers, and then produces a black cube. "How to make it bigger, inside? Show me? You make it bigger, within the bound, don't you?" "Very good, yes I do," Erik grins at them, following along at the curious whims of his younger-heart. He remembers this feeling - so eager to explore, to learn. To show Charles all he knew, to venture forth with Charles - all Charleses, everywhere.

To know them all, how each one differs and how they are the same. With Xavier's touch to his temple, he ducks his head a little, smirking at his own two feet. He's still stumbling about, but thankfully the other Erik has got him in a very mild application of power, to prevent any mishaps. This, too, must grow for him. And he can only imagine how Charles has grown, over the years. Already Ariel can feel how much more prescient he is, how much more vitally connected to Everything. After 136 years? He concentrates a little and extends a shield over Xavier's body, just like his Ariel does at times when he wants a respite. "He takes you out to space, right? Make sure you do. It's nice and quiet out there," he admonishes Erik sternly.

"Oh, we beat the Russians fair and square."

Charles doesn't think he can beam any wider, seeing Ariel and Erik interact. Sharing knowledge, the elder grinning as his young counterpart picks up on his wavelength. So much power between the two of them exist. It appears that Erik doesn't move in the same ungainly way that Ariel does thanks to prolongued use of the suppressant, but Charles picks up that this is due to his abilities rather than any sort of medical miracle. "Your eyes?" he asks Erik, hovering his chair near. "Er...sorry. Perhaps that's inappropriate to ask."

Xavier chuckles. "He's your husband. Ask him anything."

"Husband?"

Xavier lifts his left hand, and, sure enough, a gorgeous band that seems neither full solid nor full liquid sits on his ring finger. "Husband. You do it before it becomes legal in the United States, and then do it again when it does."

"Unfortunately, they never do recover," Erik tells him softly. "But you've little to worry about, there - your abilities will grow to far eclipse the trappings of body - for the both of you, hm?" he grins at his husband knowingly.

"Charles, too," Ariel says proudly. "His abilities already growing, so much!"

"And eventually, I catch up," Erik says, fond, lifting Xavier's hand in his own to kiss his knuckles. The sensors are embedded beneath the skin, transparent, as not to encumber movement. Somehow capable of operating without solid form.

Ariel immediately leans forward to observe this, eyes wide and curious. "How... oh," he gasps. Erik produces a counterpart of the full system for Ariel to get a clear overview on how it works - something far outside their current technological capacity. Even a hundred years into the future, Erik is still well beyond their means. Slowly but surely a second one begins to materialize beside its brother. "Like this?" he whispers, perching himself onto a nearby chair and drawing his legs up to his chest, biting down on his lip in concentration.

"Almost -- arrange it like so, see? We operate within the realm of flavor, and draw between the weak interaction and gravity. Most like a neutrino, electron, muon and tau, but we're going to create a very small 'shell' around it comprised of photons, so that it can interact with other particles and matter. The information it draws will then become charged, powered by the electricity inside Charles," Erik explains as he generates it again, much slower this time.

When Ariel tries a second time, he grins. "I think I got it." The device, visible, without solid mass but somehow able to function as needed to supply range of motion all at once, materializes from top to bottom. 

It makes Charles sad to hear that Ari never recovers his beautiful vision, but it seems that Erik doesn’t mind it so much, that he’s able to interact with the world in other ways that don’t require his vision as such. That, he supposes, is all he can really ask for. He watches in amazement as Erik teaches Ariel, constructing something in the air that looks more like magic than anything. “It nearly is magic,” supplies Xavier, either sensing or remembering Charles’s astonishments. “It’ll change more lives than your own.”

“He’s so amazing,” is all Charles can breathe. “I can’t believe that I get to spend the rest of eternity with him. Me.

Xavier chuckles and pats his counterpart’s arm. “That feeling never goes away. Every day I wake up and feel that. It’s wonderful. Life gets wonderful, for you two.”

Erik and Ariel are hovering beside one another, twin-tandems, cross-legged and placid. Their eyes have closed, and all around them pulses of data flow, far beyond even Charles's comprehension at inhuman speed, bypassing language and transferring between them in their real tongue. Before words, before speech, there is this. The hum of the Expanse, glowing free. Ariel's eyes open many moments later, and he laughs to himself, gleeful. "OK, I got it!" he announces and with a flourish, Charles is catapulted into the grand future that lies before them.

He can't-quite feel, and yet he can. A ghost-sensation, like cool rivulets of ice on a parched throat. There-and-not, and--movement. He can move. His fingers. His arms. Even his legs, but with this comes the caveat - "This system will allow you to maneuver under your own auspices, but what it cannot do, is allow you to walk uninhibited," Erik explains softly. "However, this too is possible. I can simply hold you in my power and convert your reaction potentials into energy near-immediately, we do this often," he grins at his husband and Xavier demonstrates by getting up out of the chair and taking a little bow.

Ariel watches on, sightless and yet clear as day to him, the way each atom shifts leaving him positively stunned and incredulous. "Oh, look!" he gasps.

"This will take training and practice, because both of your mutations must work in tandem, but it is very doable. It does require concentration, and effort, but it will get easier the more you do it. That's also why my husband elects to default to the hoverchair, when we are simply relaxing and taking it easy. But there is a whole universe out there, and ways for you both to use your mutations to assist yourselves, that you will uncover in the coming decades," he promises.

Charles doesn't really know what to do when, in the blink of an eye, he has movement in his body. It doesn't feel real or natural, but an objective mind would tell him that it's only because it's been so long since he's been able to do so much as wiggle a pinky. It's difficult at first, but when he thinks about flexing his fingers and does so in just the right way...they flex. And so do his wrists, his elbows. He leans forward, messes up, but is caught by the invisible field that keeps his body secured in the chair.

It's...remarkable. Oh, how the world has opened up to him once more. Laughing, ebullient, he reaches—he reaches—toward Ariel and grabs the man's hand, tugging and tugging until he can close in on him with a kiss.

"You'll need to work on your strength," cautions Xavier, grinning as he sits back down in his chair, but only after standing on his toes to pull his own husband down for a kiss. "Don't try walking yet. Ari can supply the muscle, but it's easier if you have the strength to stand on your own. Same goes for lifting anything. Work on regaining your strength before you do too much, mm? It won't take long, I promise.

Charles can barely care that he has to wait a little longer to walk, for what he's wanted most is to wrap his arms around his dearest love and hold. And though it's a bit awkward and flailing at first, Ariel is soon on his lap, encircled in Charles's arms. "I don't think I could ever thank you enough," he breathes, fingers gripping Ariel's soft sweater. "Both of you. All of you."

Ariel is beaming down at him, delight sparking in every corner of his body as Charles's joy suffuses through him. "All the little fingers and toes, right back where they belong," he whispers, tears gathering in his eyes from sheer wonder. He hardly knows what to do with himself, with the gratitude welling inside him, and he bounds over to Xavier and Erik to hug them both as carefully as he can in his own flailing arms.


It's a reprieve that takes up a good portion of the weeks to come, as Charles learns how to navigate this newest facet of his reality.

Outside their sanctuary in Westchester, things become less sanguine with the rise of William Stryker to the presidency. They move the manner over to North Brother Island entirely, for it's far more fortified, and the hospital facilities give them broader means to help when mutants from all over gradually trickle in. Beyond that, Ariel has developed a worrying cough that Hank can't-quite suppress. This culminates one early September morning, just days before his birthday in fact, when Charles finds him unresponsive in bed.

He triggers Ariel's mutation from within to gather as much oxygen from the atmosphere as possible, and he comes-to, startled and blue, and they make haste to the emergency care only for Hank and Daniel to have no clue what's wrong. Ariel doesn't get sick. They've got him in a small room on one of the upper wings, when the whole area shimmers in buzzing energy and-- Ariel blinks, lifting a weakened arm to point over Charles's shoulder.

"Charles?" he rasps. "Charles... one Charles, two Charles. And one Erik, blue Erik. Me, I'm blue? Mmm, should not be blue. Hallo..."

The man, Erik, in fact, smiles back at them gently. "Good morning. I see you're in a spot of trouble." His hand sets onto the shoulder of his own husband before him, a soft squeeze.

"A bit more than a spot of trouble," says the other Charles, observing Ariel on the bed with a smile comprised of pain and tenderness. The younger Charles can recognize it as such. "But I think we can help."

The younger Charles—the one with hair—spins around in his chair in surprise. He's felt like he's on the verge of throwing up all morning; finding Ariel entirely unresponsive is a special form of torture, and he's still quaking on the inside and out even as he stares at alternate versions of himself. "I'm sorry, who...?"

"More friends," answers the elder Charles gently, seated in a hoverchair rather like his own. Charles notices that the elder doesn't have the same links in arms and hands, nor does Erik, who wears a brace, still. "We know what's making Ariel ill, and we can help."

"I'm sick, aren't I?" Ariel coughs a bit, squirming with anxiety. "I died? Oh, I died... do I, now? But who will count all your freckles, and make sure you eat your zucchini? Oh, a little one!" his eyes grow huge.

Erik's brows crease with concern. Ariel is powerful, connected to the Expanse in a way that he's only ever seen when he's close to death. His assumption isn't wrong - he is close, this time. He conducts a quick scan of his body. "Oh, you're quite unwell, hm?"

"You'll take care of him? If I go?" Ariel croaks, batting at Erik's arm.

"Do not worry so. It's not too late," he breathes out, with a soft sigh. "The pneumonia is taking its toll, but I can stay and make sure he survives it," he speaks to Charles. "We'll start the medication immediately," he promises, withdrawing a small briefcase from the ether.

"Medicine?"

"Just one a day, every day. From now on. Charles, you'll need this," another bottle, more meds. "And the both of you can live life normally. We brought enough for the island, and the blueprints to make more, for the rest of your world. You'll understand soon enough."

"Wait. What do you mean?" Charles demands, arm hovering over Ariel protectively. He can hear the implication ratcheting through Erik's tone, through the elder Charles's expression. Somehow, he feels as if he needs to keep whatever they're talking about away from his love. "What do you mean 'not too late'?" he hisses.

"Ariel is very ill, Charles," the elder says to him blithely, gesturing at the bottles in Erik's hands. He hands one to Charles. "But we can help."

"Ill with what?"

The elder Charles sighs heavily. "It's called human immunodeficiency virus. In our world, we call it HIV."

"A virus?"

"That has decimated his immune system, yes," he continues, hovering his chair toward Ariel's bedside. His expression softens when he gazes upon Ariel's face. "Darling," he says to Ariel. "Can you sense it within yourself at all? Something's off, right? It'll make more sense to you, if you can feel it yourself."

Ariel nods. "I'm sick, neshama. All my parts, they're all... wrong? All my little pieces? Changed?"

"A retrovirus," Erik murmurs softly. "It's called HIV, it's a novel virus that spreads through blood and other bodily secretions."

"Oh--Charles?! Charles--sick? Do I make--"

"No, no. Charles is negative, Baruch HaShem. He's negative. But he'll need to take that medicine, as well, it's called pre-exposure prophylaxis or PrEP."

"How did I get sick?" Ariel whispers.

"Hellfire," Erik says, attempting to be gentle. "Enoch Ivanov was infected."

"We should give this medicine to them, too," Ariel coughs a bit.

Erik smiles slightly. "You're very kind, achi. If it's your will, I'll see it done."

"Do you--? Too?"

"Indeed, so. Not from Ivanov, but another individual named Harry Leland. With luck, you'll never encounter him."

"Leland... I recognize, he is one of Stryker's staff?" Ariel sits up, arms wrapped around Charles.

Charles remains close to Ariel, holding his hands. Wishing to place himself between Ariel and these two strangers, for some odd reason. They're them, he knows, but the news they bring is so frightening that Charles scarcely believes them. It's so evil, so horrible. They must be lying. And yet...he knows that they aren't. He can sense it through Ariel. Things are off, in his body. All of his parts, as he says.

"He is," Charles confirms, gripping Ariel's hands even as his arms snake around them. "I...mm. I placed him there, when I was made to puppeteer the current administration into place. Leland has a filthy mind."

"That he does," agrees the elder Charles, obviously pained. "You should do what you can to neutralize him and Stryker entirely as threats. But first, you must take care of yourselves. This medication is the best place to start. Take it every day and neither of you will get sick from this disease. Share it with your friends and family. You'll all be okay if you take it."

Ariel nudges forward and kisses Charles's temple, tender. "I'm so sorry, neshama. Didn't know, but look! They came to help us, how lucky are we. My love, I won't have to go so soon," his nose wrinkles fondly. "You two--you aren't us, hm? A different version. No little fingers and toes, for Charles? We can share, to help you?" Ariel rasps amidst another bout of coughing. "Please, stay. Take a look around. I think, this Charles needs some help? We can help him. Look after all the parts," Ariel laughs, sunny. Just as he was.

"My fingers work, but not my toes," the elder Charles hums gently, daring a reach to stroke Ariel's long hair. "All because of another Ariel, hmm? He helped me, and he helped Erik, too. He was very special, and we love him so. He had to go, though."

The younger Charles feels nauseous. "He...died, from this?"

"He did. But in doing so, he and his Charles saved the rest of us. We know more because of them. We can warn others, like you two, and help before it's too late. Don't worry about me right now, hmm? I don't need help at the moment. I'm perfectly happy and healthy."

Sensing the lie, the younger grips Ariel tighter. "You've been watching us," he deduces, partly due to his prescience and partly a whim. "For some time. Why?"

The elder glances at his own husband, and then smiles sadly. "We all have the potential to go astray, my friend. When we find ourselves there, the best way to reorient ourselves is by looking inward. Revisiting or discovering parts of ourself. I hope that it's not a lesson you need to learn as poignantly as I have. In the end, though, the take away is that it all leads back to this." He indicates the two men, hugging on Ariel's bed. "That's why we're here. To ensure that the two of you can remain like this forever. You need each other, perhaps in more ways than you can imagine. It appears that all remains well, so long as you two remain together."

"Eriks look after Charleses," Ariel whispers softly. "The Expanse knows it. We're like a force, you know? A rule. The universe has all kinds of little rules," he sways from side-to-side, his voice a soothing lull. Vast, untapped power courses through him, a wild potential.

"We came here," Erik says at last, lifting his chin to regard them each in turn. Ariel, shivering and cold, Charles protectively braced over him. "Because you're the one who knows where we go next."

Ariel doesn't flinch or look askew, but rather inclines his head, Aware. "He drew a circle that shut me out./Heretic, rebel, a thing to flout./But love and I had the wit to win:/We drew a circle and took him In," he recites the verse tenderly. "I know where, neshama," he promises the elder Charles, nuzzling into his palm.

"I expected you would," Erik rumbles dryly.

"So close to death.... I wish to say, don't linger on regrets, dear-hearts," Ariel takes both of their hands into his, drawing them close. Interlocking one over another and another. Charles and Erik. Ariel and Charles. A spire stretching up into infinite. "Every moment is precious. Cherish the moments. No what-ifs, should-haves. I'd do it all again," he rasps. "Every part. Every single thing."

"Don't say that you're close to death," Charles murmurs softly, though he's entranced by Ariel's placidness, always reassured. He can tell that this Erik, as well as Ari, are possessed of extraordinary power. This Erik's Charles is like him in many ways; he can ride along, access the Expanse through their connection. It's magnificent. Marvelous. "Every moment is precious," he repeats, like an incantation. His eyes flutter shut.

The elder Charles smiles a watery smile at Ariel, and then at his own husband. "We all get to where we should be going, one way or another," he whispers. "I know this, now. The places are good when we're together and worse when we're not."

"A gift," Ariel breathes them through, connecting the circle. "A small little place, I found it one day," he says with a quick, boyish grin lighting up his face. His eyes flutter. It doesn't have to glow, or sparkle; Ariel just does that, because he likes it. Because it's magical. He draws them in, revolving down the spire.

Chapter 125: her eyes fixed firmly on the ground, & sat there ready to explode,

Chapter Text

2003.

He meets Dom on a fact-finding mission, of all places. They're being swirled through the sky via helicopter, the World's End Bathtub Drain. Dangling uselessly off his neck, the lanyard stamped AQUILO KIRALA, M.D., Ph.D. feels a custom of civilization eons-gone. It's not his first mission, but it's the one where he talks Virgil Vaya out of shooting Dominikos Petrakis with his leg caught in a landmine. He's threading the situation intricately down through chords, they're just passed the negotiations stage, they've made it. Ailo cracks a wry joke, lifting his chin so that Dom can help him sip at a sugary soda.

Ailo likes Dom, he's quiet. Mentally, too. His thoughts a soothing hum, the vastness of a thousand rock canyons. (Of course he can move literal mountains.) But more than that, he's kind and gentle, and respectful. Crawled his way out of the streets of Athens, immigrated to a new country, Ailo doesn't miss that most of his career prior to the judge's chambers is spackled with work as a public defender. He's Earth. Iron and fair, and a stalwart companion given Ailo's got millions of lives twirling about inside.

Keeps his head on right, but Dom is that one place he can go to stretch out his toes and slouch. Somewhere roughly after I guess you had to be there, the fucking thing detonates. It turns out to be an IED, and poorly-done, shooting nail shrapneil up into Ailo's knee and clinching his foot. And there's Dom, who brings him a Happy Meal because that's his favorite sick-food.

I'm gonna marry you, Ailo jabs an accusing index finger at him. He's laid up in the hospital bed and already over it and antsy to figure out how to cope with his new normal, to get back to doing what he loves. Don't play gay chicken with me, Dominho, I'll marry ya. I'm gonna do it. I'm-- Dom's brilliant repartee is to shut him up with a kiss. Well, it works. And they clean it up. The man responsible for the land mine, Kurt Marko, is apprehended.

Amidst the fire and fury, Ailo detects an unusual ping from deeper in the hospital. One of the children, caught in the blast. Ailo takes it upon himself to dote on the boy, singing old folk songs and kissing his wrinkly little head, gathering up that sparking psionic snap in gentle hands, softening the howling ends. "You're OK, baby," he rocks him slowly. They make a right pair, the doctors are certain he's got a spinal injury of significance, but somehow he survived. Charles Xavier, who turns out to be the scion of one of the richest families in America. But when Ailo tries to contact them, for them to look after their lost little one, they only provide tepid responses. 

"This won't do, Dom," he just says it, one day. This little room that's become their home, with toys and bottles and books galore. The walls are bright and vivid, constellations sprawling as far as the eye can wander. "The Xaviers don't want anything to do with him. I send him with Sharon, he's going to live a miserable existence. She doesn't want him. But I do," he meets Dom's eyes. "I want him." 

In the span of a handful of weeks, Dominikos Petrakis finds himself transformed from a content bachelor, cozy in his modest Bronx one-bedroom to something akin to a father. Not one for whirlwinds (or tornadoes, for that matter), it's a fair amount of whiplash, to say the very least, to shoulder his way into Aquilo Kirala’s more properly-suited two-bedroom with his latest box of stuff, finding the man resting on the sofa with his leg elevated atop a stack of pillows, a sleeping baby on his chest.

To say that he’s entirely sure of this as his new life would be to tell a lie, and Ailo knows that. But, that’s the thing about Ailo that has seen Dom arrive at this spot to begin with. Radical acceptance. We only just met. I know you saved my life and all, but maybe we should, you know, go to dinner before we decide to have a kid? But that bright smile, white as the stars in the sky, sealed their fate. They had dinner, many times, in the hospital. Dom had even fed it to him, oh-so romantic, Ailo pointed out. Hard to argue with that one, even for a judge.

And anyway, Dom isn’t a monster, even if he looks like one sometimes. The baby—the wealthiest little soul either of them have ever met—would be doomed to a life of neglect or foster care. Too aware of the pitfalls of the foster care system, Dom couldn’t think of a humane reason to talk Ailo out of filing for emergency custody for the kid. His father, someone Ailo had known and respected, was killed in the blast. His mother, evidently, had never developed love for her son, and his chilling prognosis hadn’t helped.

You yourself need to heal, too, Dom had cautioned, a sentinel at Ailo’s bedside after yet another surgery.

Ailo had politely reminded Dom that there was nothing wrong with Dom’s body. And so, here they are. Ailo still can’t walk properly, even after months in a rehabilitation hospital, but he seems to have accepted this life as his own. The baby, Charles, is ten months old and afflicted with a catastrophic injury to his still-developing vertebrae. The doctors were able to at least clean up the damage enough to reach a conclusion that he’ll still be able to grow somewhat normally, but they doubt that he’ll have normal mobility, if any, below his waist.

Between the three of them, they have three functioning legs. “Whoa,” Dom murmurs as he sets the box down amidst the growing pile of cardboard. His telepathy isn’t as sensitive or targeted as is Ailo’s, but he can feel the growing presence in the kiddo’s tiny head. It feels bigger than its size. “Huh. He’s projecting his dream to me. Dreaming of…” And then Dom goes quiet; a perennial habit of his when he doesn’t wish to be sappy. For the little boy, with his cherubic curls and bright blue eyes, is dreaming of Ailo and Dom, smiling down at him. There’s safety, warmth, love. For all the tragedy that has befallen this poor thing, he nuzzles in the comfort of the two men that have become his most unlikely parents. 

Ailo grins up at him. He'll be sappy for the both of them. He shifts very carefully to make room for Dom, and immediately Charles clambors over with his developing upper body strength to latch onto the larger of their duo. He's been dreaming like that all night. Adorable, eh? And look, he's getting hairy! Ailo has been counting them dutifully as they come in. Sparse strands of tawny brown. He feels his heart growing even fuller at the scene unfolding. There's no way he could have resisted it. That's all there is to it. Charles burrowed his way in and that's where he'll stay. Ailo lets his head drift onto Dom's chest in turn. Now you got two sleeping babies, he smirks, letting a hand find his partner's.

It hasn't been all sunshine, as a twinge of pain reminds him. Charles is still undergoing surgeries of his own, physical therapy. And Ailo isn't out of the woods either, having begun to develop a chronic condition of his own. Nerve pain, unsettling and pervasive. But he would do it all again, for moments just like this one. Yes, he thinks. It's all worth it. Theirs is an unconventional family, with two quite high powered professionals balancing developing careers, but somehow they find a way to each spend time with the baby on their own, no nannies or sitters for this one.


Charles eventually inherits Greymalkin and they decide to move in there, just as he turns six. Brian had taken care to leave it to him. "Look at this place, eh, querido?" Ailo tickles under his chin. He's seated in a rather complicated powerchair, marveling at the sprawling estate before them. "We'll have to invite your friends and fill this all up with love. How should we decorate? Let's get rid of that old thing," he snorts at the floor length portrait of Sharon Xavier that greets them. "Replace the marble with... mahogany, like your Brian's study. He loves it in there."

Becoming a father marks the beginning of an evolution of Dominikos Petrakis. Never one for fuss or excess softness, he grows excessively fussy and interminably soft for his little boy, the son who fell into his lap, and for the husband who marched into his life and never turned back. At first, Dom felt that this was Ailo’s endeavor, and that, as the non-disabled one, he would be there to support as needed. By Charles’s sixth birthday, he couldn’t ever wish for everything more than his little family just as it is.

Charles grows up with challenges. Indeed, the injury paralyzed him below the waist, and all of the requisite difficulties with such a disability unfold over the course of his short life. Surgeries, therapy, mobility aids, medication. The whole lot of it. It was easier to manage when he was young, but as he grows into an energetic (and brilliant, he may add) boy, he’s clearly aware that he’s different than other boys his age. Coupled with his advanced telepathy and all-too-cognizant of how others look at him when they see him, he faces more challenges than Dom could ever fathom.

And yet, largely thanks to Ailo, he takes it mostly in stride. Perhaps he doesn’t know how much it breaks Dom’s heart when Charles looks across the sprawling lawn and grins, saying: “when I make friends, I’ll invite them over.”

Placing a large hand on Charles’s tiny shoulder, he follows up on Ailo’s question. “There’s enough room in here to decorate each space a different theme, hmm? One room is space, another the jungle, etcetera.” Charles has grown very fond of science.

The boy beams and turns to his dads. “Maybe one room is Brazil and the other is Greece?”

And so the undertaking develops, turning Greymalkin into a home and not just a sprawling estate. It's endless work, but Dom is patient and Ailo is sunny, and Charles is optimistic to boot. It eventually becomes easier to homeschool him, for he has run rings around his instructors the entire time anyway, and Ailo arranges a class of a different sort. Gifted kids, similar to Charles, an attempt on his part to provide peers.

When they realize there's likely no one that is Charles's true peer, they go traveling. Exploring, learning, growing together as a family. Ailo takes in everyone's experiences as his own and spits them out in a calm visage, and that's how Charles learns to control his burgeoning telepathy as well. Long hours with Ailo in the study (his favorite place), as he grows into teenagehood. It's not a perfect life, there are countless challenges, but love reigns supreme. And love is what ties him back, what keeps him grounded, with all Charles's vast potential.


2025.

"So," Ailo says one day. Charles is home from college, a dinner long-overdue. "I've invited someone over. He's having a bit of a rough time, I think he could use a friend, eh?" his brows arch hopefully. It's a casual suggestion - Ailo is firm where needed, Charles doesn't get away with much, surprisingly Dom is the softer one in that regard, but he doesn't often try to control his son. There's space to grow.

In what feels like the blink of an eye, their baby boy becomes a man (a rather strapping one, in a father’s opinion). Skeptical at first about Ailo’s suggestion to homeschool, Dom acknowledges what wonders that method of education did for their boy. Public school, and even private school, hadn’t exactly been helpful for him.

Not only is Charles a total egghead like his papai and far too advanced for the curriculum, but his telepathy and his disability, integral to who he is and how he operates, simply couldn’t always be accommodated. At 16, Charles had insisted that he be allowed to apply to universities. Always protective, Dom encouraged him to wait until he was 18, or even later, but soon Charles had to make a decision between MIT, Harvard, Oxford, Cambridge, or Yale. MIT was his choice, and one year in to his PhD program, Charles is thriving.

Dom raises his brow when Ailo broaches this particular subject at dinner. He’s heard plenty about this patient before—what Ailo is allowed to share, anyway—and he’s still uncertain. “You don’t have to be here for that if you don’t want, Charlie,” Dom supplements. “Your pai and I are happy to entertain on our own.”

Charles, however, isn’t one to turn down an opportunity to help. “I don’t mind,” he promises. “You’re both nervous about it, though.” He taps his temple, smirking.

Dom nods, honest. “I wouldn’t say nervous, but apprehensive, sure. He’s a patient of your papai’s.

Ailo just grins in that sanguine way of his, leaning back in his chair. "Don't feel obliged," he agrees with Dom, toward Charles. "But I've a feeling it will go well, mm? I've not steered us wrong yet, Dominho," he tickles under his husband's chin, eyes creasing up at their corners. He's grown a few more wrinkles, but for the most part, he still looks like he did all those years ago in the hospital room. "Besides, what's a cartwheel into chaos or two?" he winks.

The doorbell interrupts his teasing lilt, and he hops-to. "Ah, that'll be him. Charles, will you grab the door? I've to put the finishing touches on the pretzels. And yes, cheese bread, querido," he smirks. Leaning heavily on his cane, he whistles idly as he lopes into the kitchen.

What greets Charles, though, is--a spark. An incandescent mind, flaring to existence. There's loam and fog every-which way; a vague recollection--a house full of telepaths, so he's dialing it down-down. Not out of privacy, but for their sake. What can be discerned is... intricate, layers and spires. Earth, elements, atoms. He's wearing a soft cable-knit sweater and dark jeans, a pile of raven curls atop his head and a 5'oclock shadow at his jaw.

A closer look at him is... concerning. There's a faded bruise on his neck, and his dark hazel eyes are pinpoint. There are spikes. His right hand is eclipsed by a complex turnbuckle brace, while his left has a tattoo over the back of his palm and curling down his inner wrist, marigolds in comic-art. "Charles, yeah?" he glances down at the younger man, lips hooking up in a genuine smile. "Between you, me and Ailo we ought to open a circus," he quips, tone gentle. He's not laughing at Charles, but rather attempting levity with him--already leapfrogging over anything like convention and into the massive event horizon before them. "Dom can juggle, right?"

The man on the other side of the door certainly isn’t what Charles expects, especially not in the context of 'one of papai’s patients.' It’s not that they have some sort of equitable character among them all beyond intense psychological trauma, but more that he fizzles with raw power, extraordinary power. Something beyond that which Charles encounters in his day-to-day. Or even year-to-year. But, he’s also guarded. Even his surface-level thoughts sit behind a diaphanous sheet; Charles can hear them, but they aren’t crisp.

Everything beyond that is filed away, behind a mountain of shards. But, he’s also handsome. Very tall and very lean, he has dark curls and hazel eyes and looks vaguely like Baba’s cousin from the old country. Greek, certainly. The elaborate brace on his wrist is also noteworthy, as are the marigolds on his other hand. What is most remarkable in this moment, though, is the fact that he dared make a joke about Charles’s disability.

Most people see him and then either: 1) pretend very very hard that they do not notice the fact that he’s in a wheelchair, or 2) stare at his legs rather than his eyes as they awkwardly talk to him. He appreciates the quip, more than this stranger will ever know. “He’s clumsier than papai and I combined, if that’s a shock,” Charles grins, extending his left hand out for a handshake. “You’re…Erik,” he learns, plucking it from papai. “Welcome to the circus. Come in, papai is making his famous carbohydrate bonanza.”

It draws a startled laugh from him. "Oh, you are telepathic. That's cool," he rocks back on his heels, fascinated. "Can you--oh, I'm sorry," he winces. "I'm doing my best to keep it all, y'know, in there. I don't care if you can read my mind, but it's... well, I'm having dinner at my psychiatrist's house, so there's That," he snorts.

D'oh. Halfway to making a total fool of himself in front of this absolutely breathtaking man. Shit, there's another one. Well, fuck. Did you know that a Lorentzian manifold is a pair where M is an n-dimensional smooth manifold and g is a Lorentzian metric? And other incomprehensible math equations, which are decidedly a better use of his time than making elevator eyes at Charles Xavier. Sebastian would fucking kill him. Shit, shit, shit.

"This place is way nicer inside," he remarks softly. "The outside is all I'm Winston Churchill's Great-Grandson or whatever. But this is nice. Home-y."

“I don’t snoop, don’t worry,” Charles promises, backing out of the way to let Erik inside. He senses a jumble in his head, perhaps an over scrambling to keep Charles out. As a telepath, Charles knows a rather lot about how people feel when they wish to keep certain things private. “I have an aunt whose husband was his cousin,” Charles retorts with a grin, wheeling toward the dining room. Over the years, they did make it much cozier and homier, adorning nearly every inch of wall space with something nice to look at. Poor baba spent much of the last dozen years on a ladder, fielding calls from his son and husband to move it left, no, right! No, it’s crooked! Shall I do it—okay, then left!

Dom stands when the two enter the dining room. He’s never met Erik himself, but he, too, is surprised to see a young man who may even be an inch or so taller than he is. “You can call me Dom,” he greets, sticking his left hand out. He smiles, though it’s subtle, as always. “Ailo should be out in a minute. Hope you like carbs.”

“That’s what I said,” Charles jokes, feeling suddenly very small between Erik and baba. “Sit down, both of you,” he encourages.

“Let me see if your pai needs help,” Dom replies, but nods at a chair beside an empty space at the table. “But do sit, Erik. Would you like a drink? We have water, soda, beer, liquor, some goopy herbal thing that my husband likes…”

"I never say no to goop," Erik bounces his brows, amused. "It's good to meet you," he says, his handshake gentle. There's little machismo there, despite Erik's gregarious demeanor. "All of you. Efcharistó pou me proskáleses," he intones to Dom in fluent Greek, and reaches into his tote to withdraw a small bottle of wine which he passes over. It's a subtle gesture, but Dom recognizes it as a white from Gerovassiliou Malagousia - Erik's father's family hail from the region of Salonika, now known as Thessaloniki. He lowers himself gracefully into the offered chair. "You're at MIT, too?" he asks Charles, once they're alone in the room. "I mean, duh. I know, fascinating conversation," he laughs. "What are you studying?"

Eínai chará mas,” Dom rumbles, taking the bottle from Erik and examining it momentarily. Thoughtful. Ailo has mentioned before that this kid is crazy levels of smart, and it seems to be the case if he can get just the right wine. “We’ll have this with dinner. And your goop.”

With Dom out of the room, Charles turns his attention fully on Erik, noticing for the first time the smattering of bruises on his cheek and neck. Ailo’s patients are often in dangerous situations, Charles knows, so he doesn’t mention them, but he does feel a pang for the gorgeous man who knew to bring his dad just the right bottle of wine as a thanks. “I’m doing a PhD. Genetics,” Charles answers breezily. “Fascinating to me, I could talk your ear off about it all night. And yourself?”

"Ah, physics," Erik grins back at him. "Particle physics. It's everything, you know? How everything's composed. How you're composed--" he blurts, and then laughs it off. "You could talk my ear off about genetics? Go on, then," he gestures toward himself with two fingers. "What are you working on? Mutation, I assume?" Erik's eyes fix on his. Sharp, shrewd, but eager, too. "Hang on," he pulls out a pen and paper from his bag. "I'll take notes."

Charles is taken aback, to say the least, when Erik pulls a pen and small notebook from his bag, apparently truly eager to learn from Charles in this moment. It had been a joke, and most people would have understood it as such, but it’s remarkably evident that Erik is dead serious. Mollified. Charles chuckles softly, leaning forward on the table on his elbows. “Oh, I’ve never had this willing an audience,” he remarks.

“Well, I study x-gene morphology and expression. I’m particularly interested in the total genome alteration differences between individuals. See, some mutants are minimally altered; they have their mutated genes and the expression thereof, but that’s it. Others, however, express differences across all aspects of their genome. I…you, for example,” Charles says, suddenly bashful. “I can tell. The way you see. It’s unintelligible to me. But you must be able to make sense of it all.”

Erik is stunned into silence. "Hold on--what--me? What do you mean? Oh, because of the mental illness, I suppose?" he huffs.

Charles realizes in that moment that Erik doesn't know about his mutation. He sees it clearly. Interviews with the CIA, forbidding and dreary. Long, teal-painted corridors and orange borders. Metal singing. Humming. ("1945? What do you mean 1945.") Erik, alone in a plastic room, instruments jammed every which way. Overgrown, taller than the guards at sixteen. Rail-thin, and there aren't marigolds--24005.

"It makes sense to me," Erik whispers. "The atoms, arrangements. Ailo admitted to me that he isn't sure if I'm a mutant or not. He talks to me like I am. But I'm not. The CIA tested me, it came back negative. So I'm not a genetic mutant, anyway," he smirks.

Charles is surprised to learn that Erik doesn’t believe himself to be a mutant. There has never even been someone more clearly mutant than Erik Lehnsherr—and he’s met people with wings and tails and blue skin. Everything about Erik fizzles with power, from how he sees the world to how he moves about. Charles thought it painfully obvious. “Oh,” Charles says, dumbfounded. “Well…it seems to me that you are. Perhaps you’d let me take a look at your DNA and we can retest? The old tests they once used aren’t always accurate. I know where else to look.”

"Dr. Shaw says it's like some kind of cascade, is it? Mutation. Like, connected to muscle development. Some humans even have mild forms of it without being mutants, they over-produce muscle? It's a fascinating field of study," he beams, intrigued. As Charles talks, Erik writes - his script is painstaking and wobbly, a consequence of using his non-dominant hand. "If you can read my mind, you should be able to see my DNA - well, if I'm not crazy?" he holds up his hand. "I've always been able to see it. DNA, biology. But when I talk like that, people say I'm schizophrenic," he laughs. "Your mutation sounds really cool. Ailo is a telepath, too. I try to keep my mind composed, since, you know. Wouldn't it be like living those experiences? To your brain? It is, for him."

“That’s the exact word. Cascade,” Charles smiles. “And you’re right. Some people have slight mutations that may place them on the spectrum, but they aren’t quite mutants. Some have superior stamina or endurance, a more acute ability to heal quickly.” He considers Erik’s next question. Though he doesn’t claim to know enough about mental illness to properly diagnose, he can feel differences sometimes. And certainly there’s something different about Erik. “I can’t tell whether or not you’re schizophrenic,” he admits, kind.

“And I certainly can’t see your DNA with my telepathy; that’s more your purview apparently,” he adds. “But I can look at your DNA with science, if you’ll let me.” He studies Erik’s face for a moment. “My mutation actually doesn’t work like my dad’s in that way, nor does it work like my other dad’s. Ailo’s is experiential, while mine reaches other arenas. I seem to just know things rather than hearing them. And I can…manipulate. Convince,” he adds, cautious. “But I don’t do that. I don’t believe in manipulating others. I could, though.”

Erik tilts his head, curious. Normally when Charles explains this aspect of his abilities he's met with fear, but Erik... is different. He's interested, wondering about the implications of such a thing. "Well, manipulation is a neutral thing, yeah?" he says with a smile. "It can be used for positive or negative reasons. Like... if I was a serial killer or something, you could be like, 'OK, don't eat my face'. That's a good use. I think people are real tetchy about psionics for no good reason, you're just part of our reality, your mutation isn't any different from anyone else's. I can manipulate someone too, just using my words," he grins.

Charles is surprised, certainly, to hear this point-of-view, but is all too happy to engage. "Sure, it can be a neutral thing on its face," he agrees. "But it can also be a bad thing. I've always taken my responsibility rather seriously. I don't mean to disparage myself or my mutation, but I recognize that this power that I have is one that I can abuse. I take measures to ensure that I don't."

"Has Charlie asked you for a vial of blood yet?" Dom rumbles as he re-enters the dining room, steaming mug in one hand and basket of pao de queijo in another. "He tends to do that to our visitors. You don't have to say yes."

Charles rolls his eyes, but smiles. "I didn't say it had to be blood, baba. Saliva would also work."

"You don't have to leave any bodily fluids with my son if you don't want to," Dom assures Erik with a wink, and then sets the mug before him. "Here you are. Steaming hot goop, all the way from Brazil."

Erik grins back, and cradles his good hand over the mug curiously. It's kava, he can tell from the composition, a soothing blend. Never one to shy away from novel experiences, he immediately takes a drink and nods. "Not bad. Very thick. Like... hot... clumps of... goo. Mm, goop."

"He's picked up on your vision, then?" Ailo says, never one to beat around the bush. "Fascinating, right?"

"I'm fascinating," Erik smirks, touching his chest with his braced hand. "But it's true. I'm negative for the X-gene."

"Suppose there might be those who are 'in-between' mutant and baseline? Never could figure if it was some kind of neurological thing... ah, I digress, there I go again."

"I do cartwheels, too."

"Not on that knee, you don't," Ailo admonishes with a warning glance.

"A mutant and a psychiatrist walk into a bar. The bartender says, 'this isn't a bar, why do you people keep showing up here---'"

Ailo snorts. "I invited you here to get you fed, squared away, outside the influence of that fakakta Shaw, and have that knee looked at. And I'd pay good money to watch you and Charles have a go at chess," he taps his glass on the table before taking a long swig of it.

"It's appreciated," Erik says gently. "Really. I'm better at Go, though. All things considered. And Shaw.... well, I'll figure it out. Maybe I'll join the Army. Hoo-ah." He snaps off an ironic salute.


It doesn't take long for Charles to pick up on who this Shaw person is, and when he does, he instantaneously feels sad for Erik. A much older man who positions himself as Erik's partner but acts extremely contrary to that; there are no feelings of partnership within Erik that Charles can recognize. Ailo, Charles gathers, feels firmly that Shaw merely wants to possess and to control, while Erik indeed does seem to feel possessed and controlled.

It's not his place to speak up about that, though—Ailo is the doctor, and Charles doesn't know Erik like that, so he merely smiles. "I'm still going to take a look in my lab when I get back to Boston," he promises. "Not all mutants have such a clean phenotype. The old tests don't look for what I look for." He reaches forward to pour himself a glass of wine, but is stopped by Dom, who snatches the bottle away.

"Your 21st is a month away, agóri mou, he admonishes.

"What? Oh, come on!" His cheeks are a tinge red, mortified to be treated like a child in front of Erik like this. "You had your first glass of wine when you were six!"

"There's no minimum drinking age at home in Greece. But I do recall reading a law somewhere or other about the minimum age being 21 in the State of New York."

Charles exhales deeply. Dom is extraordinarily fair-minded and would never sentence a litigant over a petty violation like this; he knows that he's only pretending to be a stickler now to embarrass Charles. Dom winks again and pours Charles's glass for him, confirming his theory. "It's not within my jurisdiction to overturn foolish laws like that," he reminds Charles and the table as he hands the glass of burgundy liquid over. "That's the job of the legislature."

"Thank you for the lesson in American jurisprudence, Your Honor," Charles mumbles, rolling his eyes. "I'd rather learn how to play Go."

Erik can't help himself, he laughs as the scene plays out, nose wrinkling up fondly. "I can definitely help you out, there. You know Hank McCoy? I'm helping him train his AI to compete in competitions. You'll beat me at chess, though. It's too," he waves his hand.

"Linear, perhaps," Ailo hands him a cue.

"Yeah. And I'm all wobbly. Not so good with all the rules and regs. Go is wide open," he realizes he's babbling and he cuts himself off with a snort. "Sorry, I'm a nerd about this shit. Listen, I've done cool stuff, too. I pledged with TEP and they pushed me out of a plane! It's all paint ball and toga parties at the Elevator Lounge."

"Didn't Rick Santorum go there?" Ailo teases.

"G-d. Listen, we had Jonas Salk! OK! Come on. You can't win 'em all."

Charles is grateful for the clue, because what he doesn't sense in Erik is linearity, but he couldn't put his finger on it. It's fascinating to witness, and he only wishes that he could root around a bit longer. "I'm surprised I haven't seen you around campus," he tells Erik. "Though I suppose I never became involved in fraternity life. Didn't seem a welcoming environment for a sixteen-year-old. And I think that my father the Judge would have had a heart attack."

"An aneurysm," Dom corrects with a nod.

Erik keeps up with the banter easily, but he never veers into mocking or cruel, and has a bit of a self-deprecating sense of humor that isn't too loathing. Charles learns that he has a sister, and he was raised by his father and grandfather after the death of his mother. These images are fuzzy, deliberately submerged, though this is for the telepath's sakes and not his own. Erik describes the circumstances as complex, and involving mutation - reality-breaking stuff.

And he learns that Erik is positively delighted by Charles. He hangs onto every word, staring avidly, and trips himself up a few times. But he isn't pushy, he leaves it at - well, Charles is the telepath. He knows, and Erik is.... a Lot. But he just wants Charles to know, at the very least, that he's been a balm to Erik's frazzled soul more than he could possibly convey. Erik just likes him. His company, his vibe. His silly hair and brilliant eyes. Erik's counted 4 little moles, each perfectly placed.

With a shimmer, Charles feels his clothing grow soft. Ultra comfortable, out of nowhere. They do play that chess game. Predictably, Erik loses. Unpredictably, he insists that Charles use his telepathy, and begins visualizing several games at once, looping him through the trail on a confusing adventure of clones. Eventually Charles figures out which one is right, but for the first time in years, it's a challenge.


Midway through the opening salvo for Go, at which Erik is abruptly more competent, his phone begins to blow up. "They're there," he rasps, clearing his throat.

Ailo pads into the dining room. "The police?" he murmurs.

"Yeah. Shockingly, he is not happy," Erik rolls his eyes.

He moves to pluck the phone out of Erik's hands, slipping it into the front pocket of his shirt. "You don't concern yourself with that. You are safe here, with us. I promise."

"Still worried. He's basically invulnerable, you know?"

"They'll suppress him. It will be all right."

 Over the course of the evening, the connection between Charles and Erik are evident to all. Dom can see it forming over dinner; the two banter easily, making each other laugh without much reservation. Erik, though decidedly odd, can keep up with his son, which is not something that he's ever seen before. At one point Charles, as always, takes them on a twenty minute tangent about gene expression and phosphates and crystalline structures, but rather than nodding along politely, Erik engages, asking questions which appear to delight Charles, and the two go back and forth as if they've been friends for years.

Most importantly, Erik doesn't seem fazed in the slightest by Charles's disability. Dom can't help himself; he telepathically hovers over Erik throughout dinner, waiting to catch a stray thought or contrary intention. He's been Charles's father for over twenty years now and he's spent a fair amount of that time weathering the brutal side of human judgment at his side. His line of work brings him into contact with all walks of people, and like his husband, he's remarkably unjudgmental about most.

But those who harbor cruel feelings for Charles simply on the face of his disability aren't afforded that same grace. He simply can't accept that. But there's nothing within Erik, that Dom can see or feel, that rises to that level. While he surely notices it, it's not something that he regards with any judgment whatsoever; it's just another fact. No different than Charles's brown hair or...freckles? Is he counting freckles? And so he's happy enough when the boys retreat to the parlor, converted into a cozy venue for board games and reading.

As Charlie shows Erik the way, Dom nudges his husband's shoulder. You knew what you were doing, he acknowledges warmly.

For Charles’s part, he, too, is smitten. Not necessarily in a head-over-heels type of way just yet (for he isn’t sure what that’s like, never having experienced it himself), but, goodness, is it wonderful to be conversing with someone who is mind-bendingly brilliant. Within a few minutes of their chess game, Charles is aware that he’s playing a true mastermind; it’s not Erik’s preferred game and yet he’s able to play many games at once in his head, forcing Charles to do the same. It’s an utter thrill, having to make choices this way, and though he ultimately prevails in the end, he does so feeling truly accomplished, for he’s had to navigate the perils of six separate games, infinite possibilities…

Go turns out to be simpler on its face and far more complex strategically, which is, once more, thrilling to an enamored Charles. He feels Erik’s zany passion and undivided attention, which is also something else Charles bathes in. He cannot wait to test his chops in Erik’s preferred forum, and is contemplating his own first pass when the mood in the man across the table begins to change a bit. When Ailo walks in, the picture becomes clear. Charles’s heart quickens.

“You’re staying overnight, right?” he asks immediately, glancing at his father briefly before turning his attention back to Erik. “I’m not going back to Boston until Thursday. You can stay here. We have space.”

Erik nods. "You'll probably hear about this from someone else, so I'd rather you heard it from me," he murmurs. "He's an asshole, that's not surprising I guess. I don't think his students have much positive to say, either. He was... rude, and brilliant, and I was very young when we met," he laughs.

"He violated the ethics of his profession, as well as the law," Ailo murmurs.

"I came here on a scholarship. Over time, things.... escalated, and I finished my Masters remotely. I moved off campus, lived with him and stuff. In the summer, we went to visit my family, and my dad figured it out? You know? I hadn't been home in years and I guess it was obvious. Well, he got me hooked up with Ailo."

"A very fortuitous decision," Ailo claps him on the shoulder.

"I realized I needed to leave, but... it's not so easy. I didn't want my neck broken. Or G-d forbid, someone else's. And it was fine, when it was just me. But he involved another student. And I can't let that go. They probably won't do anything, but I wanted him to know he wasn't alone."

"And neither are you."

"Yeah. And that I was under duress, I didn't want to hurt him. Shaw's shown me stuff from his previous victims, I think he might have killed someone before. He never admitted to it, but I have suspicions. He threatened to kill Ruthie if I told anybody. And he could very well still do it, I don't think anybody can really stop him. Those cops are in danger--"

"That is their job. And you warned them, querido. The police are trained to handle dangerous mutants."

Charles reaches forward and touches Erik's forearm before he realizes what he's doing. The contact brings a jolt to his bones, and his breath hitches for a moment. Upon remembering that his father is in the room, he maneuvers the touch into a reassuring squeeze and then pulls away. Goodness, being in a house full of telepaths is annoying sometimes. "I'm glad that you managed to get out," Charles says earnestly. "I can tell that this was a hard decision for you. But I'm glad that you did, Erik. And I'm glad that your dad put you in touch with mine, for that matter.

Erik's eyes widen at the touch, and no sooner than it happens does a veritable wave of awareness wash over him, bracing cold and plasma-hot all at once. It draws a startled laugh out of him, and a surge of something he cannot name. Power, the likes of which he has never encountered. Charles is surprised to realize that their Go pieces have begun levitating, revolving slowly all around them. Erik grins and pokes one, curious. He thinks it's Charles. The piece snaps right into his hand as if magnetized, and then transforms into a brilliantly complicated rose. He holds it up to Charles. "For me? Oh, and it's graphene..." One of his very favorites, Charles must have plucked that from his mind...

Charles grabs the rose from those fingers and then stares at Erik. The man seems to still be convinced that this wonderful power is not emanating from him. "Erik, you made this," he breathes. "Look. Geometric perfection. I can't do that, Erik. I can't do math like that; I scarcely even know what graphene is. I can't make things float or appear out of thin air. Nor can my dad. That was you. I felt you do it. You can do it again, I'm sure."

Erik laughs and holds it up, and all of a sudden every one of the pieces transforms into geometrically perfect flowers of all shapes and sizes. "For you," he grins, while Ailo just stands back and observes in wonder and delight. He anticipated that they'd get along, but he wasn't expecting this. One of the rose-pieces breaks down into billions of constituent atoms right before their eyes. "I don't... is this real?" Erik gapes.

"It looks real to me," Ailo says warmly. He finds an excuse to help Dom in the kitchen, nudging against him to head out for a walk and giving them some much-needed privacy. House full of telepaths, indeed.


Erik looks down at his phone, anxious. "Thank you," he says to Charles, soft. "For sitting with me. It means a lot." Out of nowhere, a mug of Charles's favorite tea materializes right before him. Erik snorts a little. "Very much not used to this, eh? It's like.... anything I think about... oh, I hope it doesn't hurt anybody."

“You don’t need to thank me,” Charles says immediately, gently taking Erik’s phone from him and placing it face down on the table. It’s within reach of the man wants it, but it’s also an invitation not to look at it. “We don’t know each other very well yet, but I can tell that you’re a good man. My father wouldn’t bring you here if he didn’t think it helpful for you. Let us all help, yeah?” He smiles at the mug of tea. “I’m not sure how you knew that im addicted to earl grey,” he chuckles. “I think it unlikely that you’ll be able to accidentally hurt anybody, Erik. I…well, look. These abilities seem to have manifest in the context of something good, yes? And you’ve suffered and been in pain quite a lot. I’m no expert, but I imagine that they would have manifest as something with more harmful potential earlier, if it were the nature of your abilities. Does that make sense?”

That makes Erik smile, eyes creased affectionately. "You're the good context, I think," he dares to just say it. Bold, but not intrusive. "It's like... it was waiting for you? I know that must not make sense. I've always seen things a little strange, known things I shouldn't know." Erik rocks forward, flicking out his fingers as he processes this all. "The CIA... they lied to me, didn't they? They lied," he realizes with a whistle. "OK. I've gotta learn to control all this. Then I can protect people from Shaw, and make you.... ah, spanakopita is your favorite," he laughs. A plate materializes in his hands, with pastries perfectly aligned.

Charles flushes, but he, too, is emboldened. He leans forward on the table, closer to Erik—as close as he can without risking a slide from his chair. “It does make sense. I know things I shouldn’t know either. But you…I don’t know. I can see it in you. It’s like you’re connected to something else. I don’t know what that is, but I can feel it. It makes sense as much as my own abilities do.” He plucks a spanakopita from the plate and smiles softly. “They either lied or were misled themselves. Either way, it’s good that you know now. We can explore what you can do. Together, if you’ll have me,” he offers. “Er, that’s very forward, I know.”

"Hmmmm," Erik is distracted. "Let me see this," he stands suddenly, crouching down to get a look at Charles's wheelchair. He squints a bit, and then laughs to himself. "Oh, I think I can make this way better. Ready?" he pops back into sight, eyebrows comically arched. Charles has very little time to get 'ready' before his chair abruptly shimmers and transforms into something else. It's comfortable and perfectly aligned to his body, cushioned to prevent impact sores. There are wheels, but it's also powered. It's not electric, or motorized. It's something new. There's a panel in reach of his fingers, translucent and glowing. "I can change it back, if you want," Erik tells him first.

"But, you can put your hand on this, and think where you want to go, and it will go. Three dimensional space. It hovers." To demonstrate, he gently lays Charles's hand over the sensor. He thinks up, he floats up. He wants to stop, he stops. Simple. "Over stairs, everywhere. And you won't fall out. You can do flips, too. I can't take the credit, though. Another me made this element, and left it in the stars, so I could find it and make it for you." It sounds like word salad, but somehow Charles just knows that he is simply stating the facts of reality as he knows it. 

Charles reflexively grips the rims on his wheels when Erik crouches beside his chair. Extensive physical therapy enabled Charles to gain back a fair amount if control over his upper body to the point that he uses a manual wheelchair most days. He insisted upon it when he was a teenager just to prove that he could get by with it, and even though it’s way more difficult to use, he’s damn stubborn. What Erik replaces it with, though, is truly remarkable. Even before recognizing the power of it, he immediately notices the comfort and support shift. He’s sitting up straighter. “Oh—“ he gasps as the chair floats up. Floats! He’s off the ground, moving swiftly through the air as the chair responds to his whim.

“Oh!” He’s grinning wildly now, buoyant. Though he doesn’t know anything else, given that he was injured so young and never even learned to walk in the first place, Charles doesn’t waste much time bemoaning his limitations. But on occasion, when an elevator is out of service or an entry isn’t accessible to him, the frustration can be defeating. If he’s with his parents, Dom will carry him, but Charles knows that it’s not as easy to do as it was when he was much smaller. And anyway, no one wants to have to rely on others like this. This chair changes everything. No more worries about lifts or stairs or ramps or curbs or uneven sidewalks.

And when he lands it on the ground and pushes it manually, it’s remarkably light, gliding across the floor as if across ice. “Ten minutes ago, you weren’t a mutant,” Charles breathes, nearly giddy. “Now, you’ve given me this gift I could never repay. You’re amazing, Erik. I couldn’t ever repay you for this.” 


The winter air outside is icy, but Dom and Ailo walk along the frozen grounds, snow falling lightly. He walks slowly beside his husband, who leans heavily on cane—his leg is worse in the cold sometimes—but he’s ever patient, arm ready to offer extra support. “You’re sure about this kid?” he asks quietly. “He’s nice to Charlie; I like that. But it seems to me like they, you know. Connected real fast. That always makes me pause.”

"I've seen his mind in its entirety. It's not comprehensible altogether, but... the two of them, they complement one another," Ailo says, tapping his temple. "Besides, they're both very responsible, mm? There are reasons to pause, orient, consider. Absolutely. And they'll encounter them. They probably will take it one step at a time. I just think..." He gestures with his free hand, features lit up. "For all that, they're two bright lights. They'll make each other better, I think. And the best medicine is organic companionship. Community. Connection. That's the argument I made to the licensing board to get this approved, anyway," he grins, sunny as ever. "Not them -- but for him to stay with us for a while. To go beyond the bounds of clinician. Sometimes tradition doesn't work, Dominho. When you've got non-traditional kids, they're gonna have non-traditional lives, eh?"

Dom contemplates it all quietly, wrestling with the pushes and the pulls. His patience is always met with Ailo’s own. The best medicine is organic companionship. If it weren’t Ailo saying it, he would be more skeptical. What he does value, though, is a recognition of the importance of stepping beyond the confines of tradition. In his line of work, tradition is everything;” he’s compelled to contribute to a consistent body of law that respects precedent. Stare decisis.

‘Judicial activism’ is a phrase that carries disdain, scorn. He’s expected to interpret, not create. And yet, he and likeminded jurists from time immemorial have long sought means of non-tradition. Keen argumentation, draws from deep within their arsenal of interpretive canons; they find ways to imbue the definitionally conservative body of law with progress. He learned that a judge can do that both artfully and legitimately when he clerked for Justice Ginsburg right out of law school, and honed it after spending years with the Bronx defenders. “I only hesitate,” Dom says at last, “because our boy has never met a match. I don’t want him to lose sight of himself because he finally has. He’s still young. I want to help Erik, too. He can stay with us as long as he needs. But, you understand my hesitation.”

"Of course I understand, fofinho," Ailo presses a kiss to Dom's cheek. "And that's a very reasonable hesitation. From what I know about Erik -- I do think it will calibrate well. He doesn't judge. He's responsible. He doesn't expect anything from others. He'll take his cues from Charles. I am absolutely certain of that. And we'll be there to support them, too."

Dom nods, and then wraps an arm around Ailo as they continue to walk onward. “Guess I can’t deny it any longer, then. Our boy isn’t a boy anymore. Don’t think I like that all that much.”


Dom and Ailo loop back into the house to see Charles -- flying? Flying. Ailo raises his fingers to his mouth, gaping as he struggles to digest what he's seeing. "What is--did you?" he asks Erik, who is floating serenely alongside his companion, legs crossed.

"It's called kalorizikite, or CX," Erik says as he sways from side-to-side. "Another version of me made it, and I found it, and I thought I could give it to you," his happiness at Charles's response sparkles across the room in shimmering waves, delighted.

"Another--you?" Ailo narrows his eyebrows. He can usually keep up with Erik, but this is... extraordinary. "You mean like a parallel universe. Is that--? Is that what you mean?"

Erik nods. "I can show you, if you'd like. To prove I'm not crazy."

"Oh, I believe you. Look at this," Ailo gestures to the hoverchair. "No more worrying about accessibility? Can you just make... anything? You're making all this stuff?" He notices the tea, the spanakopita, the little Go-flowers.

"Nothing about debt or repayment," Erik whispers to Charles, touching his knee gently. "I get caught in the loop, too. How kind you all are, taking me in. Even though my problems are very large. But maybe... friends, means there is no debt. We're friends?" he asks, earnest.

Dom cannot believe his eyes. For Charles’s whole life, accessibility was the greatest concern of their family. They traveled extensively when Charles was growing up, and those experiences were so very wonderful, but they also were fraught with constant concerns about accessibility; could Charles travel comfortably in Europe? Asia? South America? Africa? Yosemite National Park? Oftentimes, the answer had been no, and they’d constantly battled inaccessible spaces, toeing the line between insisting that their son be able to access the world and choosing their battles.

A concern no more, evidently, as Charles flips through the air in his chair. Dom extends his arms out reflexively when Charles topples it forward, but he stays put, safe and sound. “That’s…the most amazing thing I’ve ever seen,” he admits out loud, dumbfounded.

Erik is amazing,” beams Charles in agreement, pulling his chair to a stop beside the other man. “Of course we’re friends. You’re already a dear friend to me, Erik. And not just because you’ve given me this.”

Dom steps forward and places his hand on Erik’s shoulder. “A friend to all of us,” he agrees. “Welcome, Erik. I hope you stay with us for a while.”

Erik laughs a bit, obviously somewhat shy, but nonetheless pleased that his offering has gone over this well. He didn't wish to cause any offense, but he figured it might be something good. There's a reason why the other versions of him had made this, after all. So Erik settles in for the night.

Chapter 126: You sleep by day and fly by night, which worries me & well it might

Chapter Text

Over the next week, it becomes clearer and clearer that Erik and Charles simply fit together. He ingratiates himself easily, for he truly is a mild temperament. And he and Charles grow tightly woven. There are little cracks, here and there. He has nightmares, and his gaze wanders far-away at times, but ultimately being amongst safe people eases him. A balm to soothe his soul, and he tries his best to help in turn. Charles has occasion to finally meet Iakov, his father, Ruth, his sister, and Max, his grandfather when Ailo extends a dinner invitation to the Lehnsherr household as well.

Max doesn't speak much English, but he and Ailo both speak Spanish passably well, and Erik speaks Yiddish and so translates for him. He also turns out to have a psionic ability mostly rooted in empathy, influencing and absorbing emotions, which helps him to communicate. Ruth reminds Charles mightily of Raven Darkholme - his 'sister-from-beyond' and veritable best friend - and shows up in her Air Force uniform, with tales of travel far and wide.

"I'm glad you finally told that Shaw what's-what," she whacks Erik on the shoulder, snatching a bite of his cheesecake right off his plate.

Erik isn't eating, for he feels quite ill. This week has seen him manage to detox from the powerful opiate drugs he's been using under Shaw's direction, with the help of Charles to ease the aches and pains in his body that they were masking. He's finally begun to look less green, but he happily gives the cheesecake over to his sister with a grin. "I'm glad, too," he whispers, nudging his shoulder against Charles. "And we were right. They found all kinds of stuff on his computer equipment. He's killed before. And he was probably going to kill me, too. If you hadn't stepped in, you know," he murmurs with a look to his father, and to Ailo and Dom and Charles in turn.

Without these people, he doesn't know where he'd be. Ruth nibbles on her cookies, small biscuits from Erik and Charles's latest venture to the Middle East - they've taken brief moments to wander, for Erik can transport them anywhere, and it's been nice to snatch a moment or two for themselves here and there. Their relationship isn't really definable by proper terms - at once closer than friends, but they've been responsible, taking things moment-by-moment as Ailo once predicted. As the conversation turns, though, his hand finds his way into Charles's and squeezes. Drawing strength, and calm. "The cops might show up here, too. They want me to make a statement," he grimaces a little. "So just, y'know. Prepare for that, OK?"

Sometimes it feels as if Charles has known Erik forever. They are nearly inseparable over the course of the next week, spending their days either roaming the grounds or traveling through space to far off places, courtesy of Erik's abilities. Though Charles has been very fortunate to have had the opportunity to travel extensively with his parents, airplanes, airports, and airports have been a source of magnificent stress for him over the course of his life. To be able to just zip off to wherever is something truly magnificent.

There are a few days they spend at home while Erik detoxes. Charles does what he can to soothe the pain, but there's only so much that he can do; Erik simply needs to grit his teeth and get through it. He puts on movies and bad television and sits beside Erik's bed, talking him through the worst of it as well as he can. By the time the Lehnsherr family arrives for dinner, he's marginally better, though still not eating all that much. He grips Erik's hand under the table, squeezing back. "We'll be here for you," promises Charles.

"Something I always tell people," Dom says to Erik, who has taken a liking to the comparably quiet Iakov, "is to not talk to cops without a lawyer present, even if you're just making a statement. I can help you out. Throughout the whole process, if it comes to that."

"I'd be grateful for that," Erik says with a nod. "I'm not fond of the police, call it an old country holdover," he nudges Max with a smirk. This is something that they've come to understand about Erik as well. The CIA was involved in his life prior to MIT, and it's up-in-the-air whether Erik is mentally ill or not, considering he is odd. But his mutation shines a light even further still; he had explained one night, whilst retching into the toilet, Charles's fingertips at his back in soothing rhythm, that Edith Eisenhardt was a time traveler.

And when he was just fourteen, they were mugged, by people shouting slurs. Erik doesn't go into much detail, but he does show the marigolds at his wrist, explaining the police thought it was a hate crime. I've been in and out of institutions, you know. Of course, with context, and given the nature of Erik's own mutation, it seems more and more likely that this is the truth of things. Ailo himself believes Erik's experiences are true, that it isn't psychosis.

It's the first time in his life that he's felt solid. Believed. That he isn't crazy, constantly proving himself. Shaw found out, due to nightmares and drugs - Shaw even took a video of him rambling in his sleep. Convincing him he was crazy, still. "It's why I stayed away for so long, y'know?" he says to Iakov, soft.

"I know," the quiet man inclines his head. Imposing, yes, but calm. "But when you came to visit us, I could see that you were very unwell. I am glad that I pushed for you to come."

"He threatened to have the cops sent for a wellness check," Erik laughs. "Thank you. You guys, I mean it. All of you. It was my own mistake, I let myself get roped into this shit. Got on drugs and all that. It's embarrassing, I know."

"Not embarrassing, son," Dom rumbles before anyone else can answer. "In my line of work, I see a lot of young people like you who find themselves in bad positions, hurt by people they trusted. By people who forced them to trust them, even. Drugs are so rarely the user's fault. They're made to be addictive, and most people who start taking them are good people like yourself who ended up somewhere they shouldn't have been. That's not your fault, Erik."

Charles, aware that his father is typically a man of few words when in mixed company, can see how forcefully Dom believes this. He squeezes Erik's hand. "Even if you did make mistakes here or there, who hasn't?" he encourages. "Not everyone is so lucky to make mistakes in the right places at the right time. But did you even make mistakes? Or were you just...too powerful?"

Erik squints, uncertain how to answer the question. "I... don't think I was that powerful," he points out. "I didn't have access to my mutation until I met you, really. Not that I could use against someone like Shaw, anyhow. We met when I audited one of his courses, I was 17. It's a mess, right?" he snorts.

"Hey, life is messy," Ruth shoots across the table with a wink.

"That it is. Dom and Charles speak the truth - when someone makes a mistake, our response should be to assist them, right? Not to stomp on them while they're down. I know a thing or two about chronic pain," Ailo taps his cane against his knee. "I take medicine myself. It's an even goopier goop, if you can believe it," he grins at Dom.

"I was thinking about seeing if I could tweak that, a little," Erik admits with a whisper and nudging his shoulder up against Charles, from where he's floating serenely by his side. "I was going to ask you for help with that. To map out the brain, see what I could do."

"You just focus on yourselves for right now," Ailo waves him off, content. "But what I mean is, pain is difficult. When it gets mixed in with addiction, and then on top of that, someone who is purposely malevolent and harming your wellbeing?"

"Yeah. I know better, now. I understand that he is a predator. He offered me the heroin as a 'mercy.' I was in a lot of pain; and he'd injure me on top of it. You know? It was easier to fuzz it out. He knew my past, I rambled about it when he made me smoke this pipe. G-d knows what was in it. The meds I take every day? Shaw's fault, technically. Him and some guy called ivanov."

"Sounds like these guys need a Neighborhood Lesson," Ruth grimaces, pressing her lips together.

"At some point I felt like... well, it's fucked up, but at least I belong somewhere, I belong to Shaw. But then he got someone else involved, and that shook me wide awake. But Ruth, no, I don't want anyone to hurt him. I don't need revenge."

"I'd feel better," she smirks.

”I can also help,” Charles points out. “I didn’t really ever think about using my own abilities to try to stop you from feeling pain, papai. But I’ve been doing that for Erik. I could probably do that for you.”

“Some pain is good,” Dom points out, patting his husband’s leg gently under the table. “Not that I want anyone to be in pain. But it helps us know our limits. Charlie ought to remember; he broke his leg when he was a kid and we didn’t even know for a week. Only figured it out when it was so swollen that it was nearly ripping his pant leg at the seams.”

“It wasn’t that swollen,” Charles says, rolling his eyes.

“Point is,” Dom continues, “pain is a message. Not something we should always ignore. Help your father, certainly. But don’t replace one opioid with another, mm? Stay in touch with yourselves."

Ailo delivers a kiss to Dom's cheek, smiling against his skin. "My ever so wise husband is right. It's why I keep off the real strong stuff, but it's good for me to know how my body's feeling on the day-to-day. The knee is shit-canned, but little things, like my arms and shoulders. I bear a lot of weight on this old thing," he taps his cane on the ground.

Erik nods. "It's evolutionary, I suppose. If pain wasn't bad, we wouldn't have an incentive to avoid it. But we can train that stuff, maybe. Practice, transforming the sensation to something else, and learning to give just as much credence to that sensation. Maybe we could pair it with some type of... psionic imperative, or something. Like a conditioned response. Feel the sensation-avoid the sensation." It's clear that Erik's brain is delving deep into analysis-mode, a natural troubleshooter and problem solver when he's clear-headed, his intellect is even sharper now that he's not nodding out all the time.

Charles perks up. "I can do that, I think," he postulates. "Something noticeable but not painful. Papaí, I think...." he trails off, focused on following the pathway between the nerves in his father's leg to the receptors in his brain. "Oh. Yes. That's all messed up," he reports. "I wasn't able to feel that before. Remarkable."

"I can't make head or tail of what you're seeing," Dom admits, riding along. Of the three telepaths, Dom is the most subdued; his telepathy isn't as expansive as his husband's, and certainly not as his son's. His speciality is detecting feeling, specifically guilt. It's an odd thing to wrangle with but something that he has learned to appreciate over time, learning how people feel. "Since when can you see nerves, Charlie?"

"Only recently. Since Erik arrived, I suppose," he says, curious. "As if my abilities are empowered by his."

With Erik, there's less of a feeling, than there is an overarching cognitive framework that builds upon itself in an intricate lattice. Ailo once called it 'schism' - a vast chasm between logical processes and subjective interoception, interrupting even basic things like tiredness and hunger. It works for Charles, who is brutally accustomed to constantly being overwhelmed by undefinable 'murk' from others and who has always been much more cognitive to compensate anyhow, and it helps them to negotiate and verbally identify key areas than to rely purely on vague sensations.

In Charles's past relationships, which there aren't very many - but they do remember Gabrielle Haller - this often resulted in explosions where Gabby leaned on something she couldn't define and Charles tried to engage with it reasonably. This is absent with him and Erik altogether, they're just compatible. Thus, less guilt, which Erik sees as unproductive. More remorse - that which is purposeful, intentional, but still something that Dom has access to and that is somewhat difficult to avoid given the Everything about him.

"That's what I've felt, too," he confirms with a laugh. "Like, my abilities 'woke up' as soon as I met Charles."

"Why'd you get the cool powers," Ruth laments dramatically. "I can juggle knives, he can invent matter. Soooo rude."

"You can do much more than juggle knives," Erik snorts. Ruth's abilities are related to her perception, which is highly accelerated, and which has to do with time and distance just like Erik's does, only they're highly specialized into movement.


Their jovial conversation is indeed interrupted with the arrival of a pair of police officers at the door. Charles senses them long before their car turns up the long drive toward the manor, and so when they exit their vehicle, Dom is waiting for them in the entryway. He introduces himself as Judge Petrakis—yes, that Judge Petrakis of the Second Circuit Court of Appeals, an Obama-appointee to the Federal Circuit renowned for his steep commitment to civil liberty protections.

"I'll be assisting Mr. Lehnsherr this evening," Dom informs the pair. Though judges are technically barred from serving as legal counsel, there is nothing preventing Dom from sitting at Erik's side while he discusses matters with the police. The officers know better than to insist otherwise. Dom shows them to a sitting room, and then returns with Erik in tow moments later. They take a seat on a cushy sofa across from the officers.

"We're not here to get you in trouble," promises one of them, perhaps more for Dom's sake than for Erik's. "We just have a few questions for you, Mr. Lehnsherr, about your involvement with one Sebastian Shaw."

Immediately, all of the telepaths in the room can feel Erik's hackles raise as the uniformed men invade their space, his eyes unnecessarily drawn to the holstered handguns at their hips. To the police officers, however, Erik's expression is impassive, if a little strained. He knows how this goes - he's a mentally ill, Jewish, gay victim of assault. L-rd only knows what Shaw already told them.

Ailo takes a seat at Erik's opposite side, introducing himself as Dr. Kirala, and identifying himself as Erik's clinician. Both he and Erik made the initial report together, so they're familiar with him already. "Thank you, and welcome to our home. Your expedience in this matter is greatly appreciated," Ailo says, but Dom and Charles both know that it's a strategic ingratiation. He's been a forensic psychiatrist for a long time, and he knows exactly how to handle law enforcement officers. He sets a hand on Erik's knee, comforting, yes, but also a visible reminder that Erik is the victim here.

Erik is glad that the two cops are here in one piece; Shaw isn't brazen enough to injure them right off the bat, at least. But Erik knows that if he feels cornered, he will lash out with a powerful burst of energy that could decimate a city block if he were so inclined. At Ailo's comment, Erik catches on quick. He gestures with his good hand. "Yes, all right." 

It hurts Charles to sense Erik's fear like this. It's ice cold, slick, and spiky. He wishes that he could wrap his arms around Erik, hold him, tell him that it would all go away...but, this is important. After only a short time knowing Erik, he feels this intense protectiveness for him. Such a sweet, gentle soul shouldn't be subject to such pain. He resists, though, and simply parks his chair beside the sofa, next to Dom. I'm here for you, too, is what he reminds Erik privately. Whatever you need.

The first cop clears his throat and flips open a notebook. "Maybe we can start things a little more open-ended," he suggests. "Why don't you tell me a little bit more about why you called us up last week? Be specific, if you will."

Erik squints as the cop talks, struggling a little to hear him over the loud ringing in his ears. He swallows and nods once, posture straight and formal. He rocks a bit as he talks, looking somewhat bird-like in gestures. "Specific, uh, OK. Well, he's violent." Erik indicates the row of bruises along his throat, which are still mottled and ugly chartreuse.

Ailo rubs his shoulder, silently encouraging, but mentally wrapping him up in a soothing balm of his own. A quiet support.

Erik sighs softly as the warmth seeps through him, much-appreciated. But he keeps his composure and continues. "And I've dealt with it on my own for a long time. What prompted me to call, is that he assaulted someone else in front of me. I am aware that domestic violence is typically not prosecuted," he adds, "but the other victim deserves to know that he isn't alone. Sebastian Shaw is a very dangerous individual."

Ruth interjects, here. She loves her brother, and respects his agency as a person, but she also knows her brother and knows that he will downplay the toll on himself. She can be the obnoxious sister, for now. "Staff Sergeant Ruth Lehnsherr," she holds out her hand for him to shake. "Can I tell him a bit more?" her brows arch at Erik.

He nods. "Yeah, all right," he says with a small smile toward her.

"Thank you for your time," she says again at the cop. "You guys found all that stuff on his computer equipment, yeah? He's deranged, sir. A real asshole. He beat the shit out of my brother on multiple occasions, and was responsible for exposing him to HIV. We didn't know any of this was going on, he isolated Erik for years."

The police offer scribbles a few notes while his partner eyes Ruth. "Thank you for your service, Sergeant Lehnsherr," he begins, shaking her hand when it's extended. "While your testimony is appreciated, we really need to hear from your brother, firsthand, as he's the key witness in the case—"

"Sergeant Lehnsherr's testimony is admissible in a court of law and highly valuable to an adjudicator," Dom cuts in, voice solid. "Mr. Lehnsherr's family has been instrumental in this process, after all, for they are key witnesses to the abuse sustained by their loved one."

The officer looks to be on the verge of challenging Dom's assertion, but thinks better of it and nods once. "In that case, might you be able to describe this experience in greater detail? Isolation, assault?"

Ruth nods. "For this to make more sense, context is necessary. But it's messy, and it's a lot. Erik has a history of trauma. Our family was at the center of a CIA investigation a while back, because of our mom's mutation - time travel. Shaw got his hooks in Erik when he was young. He's a genius, like, a genuine prodigy. He went to MIT at 17, so he was a minor when this all started."

Erik does his best not to wince. Ruth's professional cadence and blunt phrasing cut incisively to the heart of the matter, but it's still difficult to hear put so plainly. "I was also recovering from that ordeal physically, and dealing with chronic pain, you know? Shaw hooked me up with drugs. It's..." he tenses, winching his eyes shut. "He said all the right things. He was the one who noticed my intellect, encouraged me to apply for school. Everyone else was so awkward and confused with me, with what happened, with ima," he whispers this at Ruth.

Ruth winces a little. Hearing it put this way is somewhat heart-wrenching. "Oh, achi. I'm so sorry for that. And so is your aba. We were shocked, and grieving. But I hope you know that not once did we ever blame you for what happened to ima. Not once did we ever blame you for not being able to bring her body home, Erik. I hope you know that. We know why you couldn't, dear-heart, OK?" she touches her hand over her heart, an Erik-like gesture ubiquitous amongst the Lehnsherr-Eisenhardts.

The frank admission causes Erik to tear up, unable to keep himself centered in the wake of it. He rubs his good palm down his cheek, self-soothing. Crumpled, a little. "You never blamed me?" he croaks. "No, of course, of course you wouldn't. Thought maybe aba--because he was so silent...so sad..."

Ruth raises a finger. "Your aba loves you beyond measure. He's a silent man. A grieving man. But no. Not ever. You and aba will talk through this, some-day, achi. And he will tell you this himself, OK? I won't need to brow-beat him into doing so, either. He's longed to mend that gap between you for years. This, here," she gestures to the cops, Charles and Dom. "Is just the beginning, za'ir tayish." Ruth lifts her chin toward Erik. "Will you tell us more? About how Shaw and you grew closer?"

"He was different. Rude in all the right ways. Funny. Not treating me with kid gloves. Wicked smart. But it wasn't very long before I understood what he was. He's violent, and sadistic. He has assaulted me many times. Hundreds, I guess? Physically, and - you know," he clears his throat. His family and Charles have to hear this. "And sexually. I was high a lot of the time. He threatened my family, and he's very strong."

"The only reason this even stopped," Ruth says, "was because our dad threatened to call the cops himself if Erik didn't come home for a face-to-face visit. It was years, he'd email once in a while. Dad would always ask him to come visit and he'd always make an excuse. We all knew pretty immediately, I mean look at him. He's a mess. His knee was dislocated, bruises all over."

"Oh, I know he's strong," grunts the police officer acting as scribe, pushing up a sleeve to display a thick bandage on his forearm. "Before we were able to get the suppressant in, he managed to destroy the entire house. I got lucky, only got hit with a falling candle. You didn't watch the news?"

Charles purses his lips. No, they've had the news off, but he's heard a fair bit through his telepathy, through whispers between Ailo and Dom. Shaw certainly did put up a fight. Remarkably, nobody died, but several officers were hospitalized with severe injuries of varying kinds. Burns, broken bones, lacerations. Unbridled power attacking mere morals until someone managed to get a power suppressant canister into the room. He's currently being held at a secure facility, created by the CIA, awaiting a preliminary hearing. But they've kept this away from Erik, who has needed to focus on his own recovery for the time being at the very least.

"The prosecutor is building a case for more serious charges," he continues. "This is more than domestic violence, Mr. Lehnsherr. How long was this going on?"

Erik's eyes widen in shock. Largely because he simply didn't expect that these police officers would believe him, and it crashes over him like a wave of relief that he won't endure further humiliation at their hands. "A long time," he rasps, the first display of genuine emotion yet, staring somewhere over the man's shoulder, and then down to his arm. "And I am so sorry he hurt you and your colleagues, too. I tried to give you guys as much warning as I could, you know, it's why I didn't report this for so long - because I knew that if I did, anyone who tried to apprehend him would be at risk, you know? If I could appease him--" he swipes at his nose with his thumb, eyes growing hot.

"You were attempting to protect your family, and the law enforcement officers, Erik," Ailo says kindly. "But you did a very good thing by reporting this. You, and all those people he hurt, deserve justice."

"It's been eight years? Yeah, about eight," Erik whispers.

Eight years. Erik has been with Shaw for eight years. Eight years ago, Charles was 12, and Erik was 17. A world apart at that age, sure, but still children nonetheless. Charles thinks about his own life over the past eight years; he went from child to adult and experienced so much. Joy, growth. Most importantly, family. Though he left for MIT at 16, his parents were there to support him throughout with regular visits, phone calls. Ailo often works in Boston, and Dom found reasons to have business in the city, too. And when they weren’t physically close, they were always just a phone call away to give him advice, comfort, love.

Erik had none of that. Abuse, isolation. His genius exploited, power suppressed. It breaks Charles’s heart to think of him so alone, to think of Ruth and Iakov and Max, who worried relentlessly for their child. And for what? For an evil man to be in control? None of this is your fault, Charles assures Erik, wishing he could find his way to the couch. Erik is sandwiched between Ailo and Dom at the moment, so telepathic closeness will have to do. I’m so sorry, Erik. You didn’t deserve that.

“Do you think you can detail some notable incidents for us?” asks the officer. “We can do this later, too, down at the station if you’d rather.”

Erik grimaces, hard. "Uh, well, what happened with James. Ivanov, too. I mean, it was pretty constant. There was some kind of incident at least every couple days. If you need, like, details, uh, fuck," Erik laughs a bit. "I can, I guess. But, it's probably better if I do that part of it with just me and Ailo. I don't want to upset my hosts, you know."

"You let me know whenever you need me, and I'll make myself available," Ailo promises kindly. His hand drifts over to Charles's shoulder, giving him a comforting squeeze. He knows these things are not easy to listen to, especially given how close he and Erik have become.

Erik looks over at him with a reassuring smile. "It's just garbage, assaults and stuff. Mostly I just did what he asked, because I was afraid he would kill someone. He did force me when he felt like it, and broke several of my bones. There's a couple medical reports, but mostly I just healed up on my own." Erik looks up, unsure if that's sufficient or not.

A renewed appreciation for his father warms in Charles's chest when Ailo squeezes his shoulder. He forgets, sometimes, that not everyone is so lucky to have a dad that just knows how you're feeling all the time. Not that it's always wonderful; sometimes Charles desires more privacy than he's permitted in this house, though both of his parents do what they can to accommodate. The fact, though, is that he was fortunate enough to grow up with parents that treated him with respect and understanding from the earliest moments of his life, which has made him feel secure, safe, and confident in himself.

Thanks for helping him, papai, he says privately to Ailo. He would still be there if you hadn't stepped in.

"We can continue this later on," agrees the officer, apparently cowed by Dom's stern look. "We'll call you up tomorrow to schedule that, maybe?"

Erik inclines his head. "That would be good, thank-you," he says, soft. "And please let me know if you need help containing him, I have a mutation that may be able to render assistance - it didn't manifest until I was away from Shaw," Erik squints a bit. "With all the drugs he gave me, do you think he suppressed me? Yeah. It's likely. But I am capable now, of helping," he says, gentle.

Ruth stands when the cops do and sends her regards to their injured officers, keeping the mood professional and as calm as Ruth can be, which Erik appreciates. Really, everyone here - "Thank-you, really. Listening to my story," he indicates the officer. "Sitting with me, you guys," he gestures to Charles, Dom and Ailo. "It means a lot. I was very isolated for a long time? You know. I truly cannot express my gratitude for how kind you've all been. It's immeasurably appreciated," he lays the palm of his good hand over his heart.


Once the police officers are gone, everyone in the room relaxes a bit. Dom ventures to the kitchen with Iakov with a promise to show him his tzatziki recipe, which allows Charles to navigate his chair to Erik's side. "You did well," he promises quietly, reaching out to place a hand on Erik's knee. "I know that can't be easy to do in front of everyone, goodness. Least of all people you just met, hmm?"

"It's no trouble," Erik says with a smile. "I just like to leave a light footprint, you know, not to be a burden, so I am more concerned about you guys. Even if it's not a burden, it's still difficult. I hope you're OK, and you can talk to me about it if you aren't," he offers, sincere. "I haven't had conversations like this... the last week... being around you all, it's very soothing," he grins.

Charles grins back, and then eyes Ailo, still sitting beside Erik. "I was thinking," he says to his father. "Maybe Erik can come with us to Greece next month?" Their favorite activity to do as a family is travel, and with Charles's 21st birthday on the horizon, they have plans to visit family in Greece. Going away for a handful of weeks without Erik just feels...wrong, at this point. "I think yaya wouldn't mind, and we wouldn't even have to take a stupid plane or go through the stupid airport, either."

"That sounds like a fantastic idea," Ailo taps his nose with his index finger, eyes creasing up affectionately. "How about it? Fancy a trip to the old country?"

Erik laughs, delighted. "I would love that. Tha prépei na exaskíso ta elliniká mou," he recites, swaying from side-to-side. "And no airports. No airplanes. We can go anywhere, anytime. All the time."

"Now that is one handy mutation," Ailo chuckles. "But don't wear yourself out booping us all over the place now, eh?"

"No trouble at all, really. Using my mutation is so.... easy. Freeing. I feel free," he realizes, a smile lighting up his features as it dawns on him that he is free. Free at last. Free to do as he wishes. Free from Shaw. No more rules, no more catering to the egos of men who broke his bones when he corrected them impulsively on the difference between rule utilitarianism and Stoicism. Freedom. He inches closer to Charles, and then draws him into a hug all of a sudden, rubbing his back. All because of these people. This family, in concert with his own, expanding infinitely.

"Freedom is everything," Charles smiles. He's felt that in the highest degree since Erik revamped his chair; the change to his life has been more than extraordinary. He hadn't ever known what it was like to freely move about without worry or restriction, and though he can't do everything that someone on two legs can do, his experience is damn better than it was before. "The rest of your family can come, too," Charles offers, leaning in to the hug, eyes fluttering shut. This closeness with Erik feels so...natural. He's not even sheepish about engaging in it in front of his father; it merely seems right. "If they want to, anyway. It might be a nice way for you to reconnect with them all, a bit."

"Aba would love to see Salonika again," Erik whispers fondly. He drops a kiss to the top of Charles's head, letting his eyes close as he simply basks in the sensation of true relief. "Now the question remains, who can make the best phyllo? We'll make a festival out of it." He produces a small pastry ball, with the ends tied up on top. Inside is melted feta, honey and habanero. "My offering," he says as a plate of them materialize. Erik cheats, of course, able to render an absolutely perfect pastry down to the atomic level, an artisan at their craft.

Ailo munches without hesitation. "I'm still getting used to this whole thing," he admits with a snort. "Can you just do... anything? That's rather immense," he says, a light step.

"I can't do anything, because there are things I simply won't do," Erik answers softly. "I won't hurt. I won't cause pain. I won't act cruelly, or without consent. But yes, if you'd like something, just ask. I can probably make it. Let Dom know, too. I don't mind at all," Erik smiles.

"Don't tell Baba, but I think this is better than his," Charles says to Ailo as he munches on the delectable packet of pastry, cheese, honey, and spice. Dom, of course, would not be offended; he swears up and down that he inherited no ability to cook, which is patently untrue, but he insists nonetheless. And anyway, Erik can do it absolutely perfectly. "Can't and won't are two different things," Charles reminds Erik gently, kindly. "I think that it's important that you know what you can do, even the bad things. Things you'd never do, but can nonetheless."

Erik looks up at him, twisting his fingers together. "Is it?" he whispers. "Because what I see... what I feel... it's like a connection to the universe. The Expanse, yeah? The Earth. In my spirit, my center. I can... feel the wind, and the trees, and insects. Hear each bird's song. The crows gossiping," he laughs a little, warm. "And all their little parts. Every atom, snapped into place. And... I can fundamentally change those things. It's... time, space, reality. Matter. I think I need to consider can't and won't to be the same, neshama," he says quietly. "To know that there are lines that are impermissible to cross. It's... such a responsibility. I want to make sure that I use these abilities in the right ways."

Through Erik, Charles can feel it all, too. Not to the same extent by any stretch, but he can gather what Erik purports. The song of the world, the spirit and center. The Expanse. It's available to Charles, too. View-only, unless he, too, crosses the uncrossable line and uses Erik as an instrument. That power makes him shudder in his chair a bit; though Erik's raw power is far more vast than his own, is the fact that he can take it up through Erik indication that he, too, is possessed of it? "I understand," he says softly. "Boundaries are important. Extraordinarily so."


"I've had this project, for a long time," Erik says after many long moments. "I haven't been able to do much real-world work. But we could, now. Have you ever heard of an island called Genosha? It's near Morocco." He starts out with the entity that has been occupying his thoughts for most of the last eight years aside from Shaw, plopping himself onto an invisible cushion mid-air, leaning forward and raising up before settling down in a whimsical flourish, sparkles and all. "The CIA took it over, built a detention center there, and that's what's traipsing about. Experiments. Cages," he shakes his head. "There's a 30% incidence of Omega-level mutation there. They wanted to study it. And it's all... wrong. It shouldn't be how it is. We can fix that."

Charles frowns as he takes it all in via Erik. Genosha. He hasn't heard of it before, no, but he can see it now in Erik's mind. An island indeed, overrun with ghoulish authorities using the inhabitants as a science experiment. "I haven't heard of it," he admits, turning to look at his father. "Have you, papai? Can you see what Erik is seeing?"

Ailo squints a little as he takes in the imagery floating in Erik's mind. "I believe I have heard of it, peripherally," he inclines his head in confirmation. "Genosha has operated as a military base for close to fifty years. I had no idea about the exploitation occurring there, though. I presumed it was uninhabited prior," he murmurs, disquieted.

"Shaw talked about it all the time, he was interested in their work on Omega-level mutations, particularly in trying to induce the phenomenon in less powerful mutants. I'm sure you can guess why," he mutters, the memories unpleasant. "I'd like to use this information to help our kind. I have these abilities, right?"

"Perhaps so, but we cannot underestimate the technological capacity of the government and military," Ailo points out. "No matter how powerful you are, there is always a bigger fish. So I would advocate caution, there. After all, it's equally plausible that your mutation didn't manifest properly because Shaw was administering suppressors to you, directly."

"We have to go help," says Charles immediately. He says this to Ailo, because although Charles is an adult, he still certainly would appreciate the encouragement and support of his parents. "Between all of us, we can liberate that place and all those people, don't you think? There's nothing that we can't do."

"There's another problem," Erik grimaces. "Hunter Covfefe, you know, he got in. G-d only knows how he pulled it off. I didn't have the opportunity to engage in politics before. Shaw didn't want me to vote."

"He didn't let you vote?" Ailo mutters. "Did you vote?"

"He thought it was absurd, you know. Human politics disgusts him. I had to trick him on election day. It's been somewhat of a shit-show on campus, I've heard. My priorities were very narrow. I'm just wading into this, like, sea of fascist garbage, now," he groans, with a bit of a chuckle.

"It has indeed become a shit-show," Ailo sighs, pinching the bridge of his nose. "And as you well know, and Dominho as well, the telepathy factor has been particularly jarring. But, go on," he gestures. "What type of problem are you anticipating?"

"Right, well Leon Skum, which--right on the nose, literally a supervillain--he's involved in this on an operational level. He's fucking with suppressor technology, throwing his money around. We won't just be dealing with the military, the CIA, but also mercenaries as well. He'll want to protect his assets," Erik rolls his eyes.

"Well," Ailo says softly, spreading his hands out. "We've got a mountain ahead of us. We'll need to develop a team. Not just us, for one thing. Training, combat, tactics. Outline our goals, and what it is we actually want to accomplish with our 'help.'"

Erik nods. "Yeah, after all is said and done and Genosha is liberated, what does that look like? I agree, we need a plan. Don't forget that we're foreigners, too. The Genoshans ought to be self-determining, so that's the general parameters. We fix it, get them stable, on their feet, give them the tools to decide for themselves where to go."

Ailo, who has had Dom listening in the back of his mind the entire time, as he often does when they're parted, tugs on the mental 'cord' of their psionic bond to tug him back into the living area and render his opinion. "What do you think?"

A shit-show is most certainly an understatement. The moment that Covfefe won the election for the second time, Charles knew that nothing would ever be the same. What he hadn't accounted for was the rapid enlistment of Leon Skum, nepo baby turned fascist billionaire, into the executive branch. As a disabled mutant, Charles knows that he's among the targets of Skum and his ilk; who will paint people like Charles as threats to the public, drains on society, or both. He and his family are beyond lucky to be protected by their own wealth, which he inherited from his father and which continues to grow, but that doesn't make it any less scary.

They've arranged it so that they only use Dom and Ailo's salaries to live. The manor, of course, has been in the family for generations, so the only costs there are upkeep and utilities. Charles's inheritance is funneled mostly toward charities and individuals in need, and they can certainly direct whatever they need to toward this mission. Dom strides back into the room. His face is impassive as always, but Charles knows that he's concerned by what he hears.

"I'm not going to pretend that I like the idea of you two having anything to do with combat training," he says pointedly, placing his large hands on Ailo's shoulders as he stands behind the couch. "Or engaging in any extra legal efforts to thwart the CIA." Charles waits, and Dom continues. "But, I agree. Knowledge is irreversible. We cannot sit idly by as atrocities unfold against our kind."

Erik nods. "I know you're a judge, and your job is to uphold the law. But," he holds up a hand, "I would argue that Genosha itself is illegally occupied. The problem is, we have people in the government who, full stop, want to change the laws that govern a stable, beneficial society something designed to punish and degrade."

Ailo taps his nose. "Our new normal," he quips, dry.

"There'll be a time when potentially, Covfefe and Skum and all the rest of them, simply rewrite the books to where ope, turns out it's completely legal to annex a sovereign nation. Without ethics, the law is just authority," Erik finishes softly. "These are red lines, being crossed now. With these people in charge, they will sanction G-d only knows what on Genosha, Guantanamo, whatever else."

"You've put a lot of thought into this, haven't you?" Ailo realizes with a whistle.

"Yeah. I've been tracking these things for a long time. Kept my mind busy, with Shaw. Fundamentally, as a species, we need to start mobilizing and strategizing, now. Genosha is a good starting point because if we can liberate it, that gives us a base. A real framework, actual land, personnel," he counts off his fingers.

“I agree with you, son, and you’re right,” Dom says to Erik, remaining where he is with his hands on his husband’s shoulders. “The rule of law is under attack in this country and in others.” Dom, of course, is one of those “rogue judges” whom Skum and Covfefe have eviscerated on social media. Just that week, Dom upheld a lower court order which ruled Covfefe’s dismantling of the EPA to be unconstitutional; an office created by congress may only be destroyed by congress, not the executive. It’s basic constitutional law, and Dom never expected that representatives from the “party of law and order” would decry his protection of the Constitution, but it’s hard to know what to expect nowadays.

“Unfortunately, however, even in the best of times, international law is only “law” in this country insofar as we have ratified it. It’s not self-executing in the United States. The UN Charter certainly is domestic law, and you’re right to say that threats and attempts annex sovereign nations violate that law, but I personally can’t do much about that within the institution.”

“That’s the problem, though, isn’t it?” Charles presses. “That the institution is self-reinforcing, for good and bad. If you can’t do anything within the institution, you need to step outside of it.”

“As I said, I agree. And I’ll help.”

Charles’s brows shoot up. “You will?”

“Do you think I’d let my husband and yiós trounce off across an ocean on their own? Not a chance.”

"Dom's a good egg, kiddo," Ailo laughs gently, peeking up and pressing a kiss against his wrist, bowing his forehead along his arm. Thankful, in this moment, for these people around him. Good, solid people.

"I really appreciate it," Erik tells him earnestly. "I know this is a big undertaking. It's big. Huge. But I think we can really do something special? Yeah, I think we can."

"Your help will be an exceptional boon, Dominho. It gives this legitimacy. We can create a home office, fortify it, and start running through training procedures. Gain allies, yeah? Bring people in. Like MacTaggert, the lady who pinged me about you," Ailo thumbs Erik.

"The CIA agent?" his brows arch.

"She's good people. Very I'm the fucking Bear, Carrie," he affects a drawl. "But good."

"Is that Homeland? Please tell me you didn't just Homeland me."

"I gots to have my procedurals!" Ailo clasps his heart.

"I have Parkinson's disease, I'm a crackhead. Allahu Akbar, my fellow terrorists--"

Ailo's face crumples in laughter. "That's about the gist of it," he snorts. "But I mean it. Her intentions are good. And we could use that kind of asset, especially since this is a rogue CIA operation. We should get in touch with Raven, as well, mm? I'm sure she'd love to help."

Charles knows that his father is a "good egg," (both of his fathers are the best eggs in the coop, by his stripes), but he hadn't expected him to so quickly accept this "extra-legal" mission of theirs. At the same time, the swift rejection of the rule of law has rattled Dom, and though he would never openly voice his anxieties about the future of the entire system, Charles knows that it's been eating at him over the past several weeks. Dom is someone who, while acknowledging the biases and problematic facets of the system, has great respect for justice and the rule of legality as a mechanism for fairness. To see it flouted so brazenly is upsetting to him.

And so he maneuvers his chair around the back of the couch, raising it up several feet until he's closer to eye-level. Thanks, baba, he says privately as he reaches out to hug his father.

Though Dom isn't naturally inclined to overt displays of affection in front of mixed company, that instinct never seemed to apply to his son, for he immediately wraps strong arms around Charles and ducks his head to more easily facilitate a kiss to his scalp. For what, agori mou?

Charles doesn't answer the rhetorical question, pulling away after a few more moments as Ailo and Erik banter about their goofy procedural. Peas in a pod, those two. "I can reach out to Raven if you two can handle getting in contact with MacTaggert," he agrees. "Training and allies...this sounds like a military operation."

"And I promise, I will do my utmost to keep you all safe," Erik says solemnly. "We have to anticipate that we might be captured in some capacity, and I've been considering this as well. Slowly reaching out across the Expanse. I've been advised that this sort of thing has a precedent, and during that time, I protected us even while suppressed. So I have reason to believe something similar will occur in our universe as well. I'll only need a little time to calibrate, but I won't let these people hurt us. I don't make promises lightly - you never really know. But we're not alone, either. If we need help, we'll get it."

It's clear that the mention of capture strikes Dom differently. He's spent the last twenty years of his life doing his utmost to protect his husband and his son from the ills of the world, physical and otherwise. The accusations levied at him (mostly by Charles) about him being a "mother hen" or a "helicopter parent" certainly have more than a single grain of truth to them, but he can't be sorry about doing all that he can to ensure that his family is safe and happy. This is new terrain, uncharted waters.

"I'll strongly request that nobody take any action until we're certain that we have plans in place to protect ourselves in the event of capture," he says, voice quiet but strong. His hands have found their way back to Ailo's shoulders, their grip slightly tighter. "I'm glad that you're confident that you can do that, Erik, and I trust that you can and will. But we have to think through every possible scenario that we can."

Charles exhales deeply, aware of his father's apprehension. He feels it, too. "The fact that this is dangerous shouldn't deter us, baba. In fact, it makes it more crucial that we act. I know you're worried about us. But that can't stop us."

"I know, Charlie. And I agree. We must be smart and prepared is all I intend to say."

Erik nods. "Trust me, we're on the same wavelength, there. I agree wholeheartedly. We don't want to make impulsive decisions, so we'll do our best to come up with real, actionable plans and fortify that with training, materials and personnel. I'll keep your family safe, you have my guarantee on that," Erik says, meeting his eyes with firm assurance.

"We believe you entirely," Ailo says, soft. "Dom's a bit of a mother hen, eh? But we appreciate that, too," he says, patting his husband's wrist. "And we take those concerns very seriously. We balance what we must do, with how we all feel about it, hm? It's logical to be apprehensive, but that won't stop us from taking action."

"I know I brought this issue into your periphery, so I take complete responsibility for your wellbeing. All of you," Erik adds. "That's not something I take lightly. Unfortunately, as you know, I fear this is something that will affect us regardless of what we decide. I feel now is the time to take pre-emptive action, to ensure our continued safety."

"We believe you," Dom reiterates to Erik. "And appreciate your commitment and caution. Remember, son, you're family now, too. You'll have to let us look out for you as much as you look out for us."

"No one is safe unless all of us are safe," Charles says quietly, moving to Erik's side now. He takes Erik's good hand in his own. Dom said what they were all considering; Erik is family. Someone whose presence has become so deeply important to their lives in a most remarkably small amount of time. Even Dom recognizes that, which makes Charles more secure in this feeling that he has toward Erik. It's inexplicable but beyond undeniable. "We should get started right away."

"Galatopita first," Dom conditions, raising a finger. "Your father and sister insisted on whipping one up when I told them I had never made one," he winks to Erik. "Putting me to shame already, you all are. Exposing my flaws."

Erik grins widely, ducking his head a little as the focus turns to him, as is typical of his way. His hand squeezes Charles's back, clear affection in the gentle maneuver as Dom reveals his lack of culinary expertise. "Oh, we are fond of our semolina," he snorts.

"Yeesh, between Dom, Kovie and Erik, I'm going to turn into a blimp," Ailo smirks.

"You'll be making phyllo like an expert in no time. My dad's a bit famous in our family for his recipe. Don't let Ruth's innocent demeanor fool you, though. She and my ima once exploded a turkey. She once served me spaghetti with raisins."

"I heard that!" Ruth sing-songs from the kitchen.

"I still have nightmares," Erik affects a shudder.

"Are you forgetting that you make us pretzels and cheese bread several night per week, agápi mou?" Dom teases as he finally rejoins Ailo on the couch, placing a hand on his husband's knee. The other hand pats his stomach, which isn't round by any stretch, but it's not as flat as it once was, either. "My grandmother used to say that a skinny man is an unloved one."

Charles rolls his eyes, but smiles. He feels warm, happy. "Ruth need not worry, she's certainly a better chef than I am," he tells Erik, ignoring the glance that he knows his fathers are currently sharing. "I'm banned from the kitchen entirely."

"One needs only to respond to so many smoke alarms before enacting that rule, eh?" Dom offers.

"They turned my stove off in my apartment in Boston and I can't figure out how to get it back on," Charles complains. "I'm stuck eating microwave meals and toast all the time!"

Erik reaches forward to tuck a stray strand of Charles's hair behind his ear, fond. "Then it is a good thing you have got me," he murmurs, suddenly overcome a little with the facts of his new reality. That these people are here for him, that they consider him family. His own family supporting him just as well. And then there's Charles, a companion he has come to cherish beyond words. It takes his breath away momentarily, this sensation of safety that he is so entirely unaccustomed to.

Ailo gives him a knowing glance. "Good, you'll be able to feed him more than ramen noodles and pizza pockets, eh?"

"Charles can help in the garden, if not with the cooking," Erik compromises with a soft smile. "Something tells me he's got a knack for tomatoes. Perhaps I'll teach you shakshuka."

Already, Charles is beginning to discern when Erik is speaking while connected to the Expanse and when he is not. Right now, though he's certainly present and authentic to their current reality, it is evident that he hasn't just pulled tomatoes and shakshuka from nothing. Indeed, though the image isn't clear (it's more of a feeling, a knowing than anything else), he can sense it, too...


A sunny afternoon in early fall. Un-pristine rows of tomatoes stretch out—their imprecision is a signal that they've been hand-planted and not with the aid of strong mutation.

Charles sits in the dirt, his body supported by some invisible aid, gently plucking plump tomatoes with his single good hand from a vine. This Charles, evidently, has more physical limitations, but those make him more careful, too.

Nearby, Erik stands tall and content, waiting with a glass of cool lemonade. "Remind me what we're making again, darling?" Charles requests, placing one tomato after another in a basket. He moves along the vine as if by magic, but all know better.

"Shakshuka. Baked tomatoes and eggs. It's North African."

The two, suddenly aware of their observers, pause for a moment, and then smile. "You'll figure it out eventually," says Charles, not to his husband. "I promise."


Smiling softly, Charles grips Erik's hand tighter, pulsing with affection, excitement. "Beats the heck out of ramen and pizza pockets," he agrees. "It will be nice to stop worrying about calls from the Boston fire department," Dom remarks fondly. Who would have thought that he would ever be so open to his son moving in with another man so quickly? But even he knows it, even he understands. This is the universe at work.

Erik is swaying from side-to-side, an idiosyncrasy they've grown accustomed to when he's happy - which has become, over the last week alone, something much more common than not. It sparkles all around them, bouncing off of molecules and bathing the room in a sunny, hazy glow. He doesn't smile outwardly, but it creases up the corners of his eyes all the same. His appreciation for Dom is likewise evident, and he reaches out to touch his shoulder, grateful.

He understands - he feels similarly toward his own sister, even though she's two years older and quite protective of him. His instincts are nurturing, keeping everybody in pecking order even as he tries his best to respect their autonomy, keeping them safe in that manner just as well. Dom's willingness to accede to his and Charles's connection does not go unnoticed. Ailo has known him for a while, has seen into his heart and mind, and it pleases him to no end that Dom can see how beneficial his and Charles's relationship has become to the both of them.

Of course he can do the little things - making Charles's care instantaneous and convenient, providing accessability to him. But it's more than that. Charles's impact on Erik's mental wellbeing is just as enormous. And this reflects throughout the entire Expanse, as far and wide as Erik can see, with every iteration of their companionship in all its beautiful forms. Each one teaching them something new.

Chapter 127: without hostility or spite. Let's state with dignity & pride

Chapter Text

The next week passes by in a blur. The cops take Erik's detailed statement more fully at the station with him and Ailo, with Charles hovering close-by to help steady him. And they invite Raven into the fold, and slowly begin the painstaking process of planning their liberation of Genosha. Moira MacTaggert and Gabrielle Haller show up, along with one Emma Frost, who was previously a member of Shaw's inner circle and who abandoned them as soon as she came of age - the Hellfire Club.

Erik is familiar with them, Viktor Creed and Enoch Ivanov often visited at Shaw's home to enact cruelty upon him. Erik has encountered Emma only once, and recalls that she stood in front of him and brow-beat her father upon witnessing Erik's condition. He'd been relegated to some type of large cage, and Emma helped him out and draped a blanket over his shivering form to protect his modesty. He's aware that she's not one for sentimental displays, and so simply shakes her hand as she enters the Estate where they've set up their base of operations.

Hank McCoy appears next, along with one Daniel Shomron. Friends from MIT, Janos and Izzy, follow suit. They've moved to a large conference area where Erik has set up a projector displaying Genosha's facilities and military operations. "Thank-you all for coming, please, help yourself to some snacks and refreshments," Erik says in his typical gentle demeanor. There's a row of various goodies laid out on the table along with file folders for everyone's seat.

Taima Kashih enters last with a grin toward Raven. "You're going to love this," she smirks as she takes her seat. "We've secured a Blackbird. SR-71. Top of the line. London to New York in seven minutes, baby." She adjusts her headscarf with a flourish over her shoulder. 

Dom can’t believe how quickly everything has changed. A few weeks ago, he and Ailo were empty nesters in their giant mansion. Charles still comes home often enough, but when he’s away at school, the house is empty save for the two of them. Of course, he misses Charles when he’s gone and would happily welcome news that he has decided to move back home for good, but there was something exciting about being alone with Ailo at last. Of course, that’s not their situation at the moment. Day after day, a new collection of people seems to arrive at their home, eager to help. CIA agents, scientists, former friends of Shaw’s, intelligence officers, college friends.

The whole gamut has taken residence in their home. While there is more than enough room in this gargantuan building, they’ve never had so many people all at once. Luckily, there’s little that Erik can’t accommodate, it seems. Just as Dom mentioned running in to town to stock up on essentials for all these new guests—they needed everything from bedsheets to extra toilet paper for the upstairs bathrooms—Erik made everything appear just like that. Old furniture is either replaced or repaired. Each bedroom is furnished handsomely with more than a person could need. Their refrigerator seems to have endless food, and even the crooked pictures on the walls have been straightened (Dom’s been meaning to get the ladder out and dust).

Erik has taken care of everything, including Charles. Dom and Ailo worked hard with Charles and his physical and occupational therapists to help him gain the skills that he needs to be independent, which is how Charles has been able to live on his own. However, he has an aide in Boston available on an as-needed basis, to help when something comes up. For instance, a fractured wrist two years ago prevented him from being able to transfer safely on his own from bed to chair for a number of weeks, and sometimes he simply needs an extra hand for one reason or another. When Charles is home, Dom usually helps with that sort of stuff when it involves heavy lifting (he insists, as Ailo’s own mobility is limited by his bad leg).

Erik, however, has lifted that anvil from them all. He need not even know the specifics it seems; somehow, Charles is just taken care of, healthy and whole, in the blink of an eye. Dom knows that Charles is over the moon; the burden on Erik is so supremely minimal, and Charles has spent much of his life rueful of the fact that he must rely on others for so much. Beyond the physical, the two just…fit. Erik is brilliant and strange, and Charles evidently adores him. The adoration is returned in scores. Though much of their time is spent adapting to their new whirlwind, Dom notices that the two seem to find time to slip away together, for a game of chess or Go or a simple evening on the balcony.

Peeking out one evening, he spots the two gazing up at the stars, Erik explaining the composition of each while spinning diagrams in the air with beams of light and shimmer. Charles uses his ability to spin illusions to contribute. All the while, they hold hands. It’s then that Dom realizes that in all this, he’s gained another son. And it’s that son he sits beside on that afternoon at the long table in their designated conference space. Ailo is on his other side, and they peer at the documents in their respective folders together. “A Blackbird?” Hank McCoy whistles. “Finest aerospace technology ever created. Better than any rocket that has ever launched.”

“That’s excellent, Taima,” Charles agreed with a grin. “We’ll need it if Erik can’t get all of us from A to B, for some reason.”

“Speaking of that reason,” Dom cuts in. He’s normally silent in group settings like this, preferring to listen rather than speak, but these are his kids they’re talking about. “Have we managed to map the island and identified all the structures on it? Don’t want anyone on the ground being surprised.”

Raven switches on the projector. She's fully blue today, wearing a large orange sundress that compliments her skin tone and matches the fiery red of her curls. "So, me and Erik have mostly compiled this data. I managed to go undercover at the facility for a few days in order to tie up any loose ends on our data, but Erik's abilities covered us very well. Like a mini-satellite in human form," she laughs.

Ailo reaches across the table and gives her wrist a squeeze. "You were careful, yeah?" he maintains, for Raven has always been something of a very close family friend to them all. Of course she's independent and strong, but he can't help but worry all the same.

At least she takes it gracefully. "Oh, always," she winks back. "And Erik here has helped me with any gaps. You've got a keeper here, little bro," she nudges Charles playfully. "We've successfully charted their security operations, including personnel and patrol routes. Our intelligence is very solid, now my real concern, and please don't take offense, is what happens when you come into contact with Hellfire." She indicates Erik with a flick of her fingers.

Erik inclines his head, not dismissing her. "I've been working very closely with Ailo, and even Dom and Charles, to creating some resiliency within myself regarding this issue. What I have done is to create several 'code-systems' that will activate regardless of our responses. I've also built a reprieve, which will activate by will, if anyone finds themselves in danger."

Ailo grimaces. "Not sure how big a fan I am of that," he says honestly. "We don't want to leave anyone behind."

"I know," Erik says. "But we have to plan for it. We don't know what's going to be in there. You could end up in charge of little kids, for example. We're all adults, we're making this choice. Those kids don't have an option, and they'll be under our protection. You won't want them to be hurt."

"Keep in mind that Erik's little codes are self-sufficient, meaning even if something does happen and we wind up captured in some way, it should only take a little while before they activate and allow him to bypass any suppressant technology. He's experienced this before, across the Expanse, so we can react ahead of time."

"I've also taken the liberty of getting into contact with Sayid al-Zaman," Erik just says it bluntly. "I know this is not something that will please all of you, but as the leader of the Morning Fire, he has a vested interest in dismantling the CIA and Army's programs here and returning his people to their homes. Sayid is a mutant, as long-lived as the rest of us, and I'd prefer to dialogue with him rather than make him an enemy. Restoring Genosha will go a long way to developing amnesty between us."

Charles knows that he has a keeper, of course, but it's reassuring to hear agreement from his de facto older sister. That his entire family embraces Erik with such open arms is special. "I'm going to stay with Erik, if it comes to that," Charles announces to the table.

As expected, the opposition sounds strong. "Absolutely not," Dom replies immediately, voice deep. It's not loud, but it certainly booms; somehow, Dom has this ability to be heard and listened-to despite speaking at a low volume.

"When did we decide that you would be there in the first place? That's not an option, Charles."

"Erik and I are both stronger together," he counters quickly, turning his chair to face his father directly. "I know that it's dangerous. This whole thing is dangerous. But we need to be realistic, and if Erik has to be left behind, his ability to escape will be greatly enhanced if I'm there, too."

"Then we're abandoning any idea of leaving anyone behind," Dom says, raising a thick brow at Erik, this time. "We wait until we have the confidence that no one will have to be left behind at all. If that takes longer, so be it."

Ailo, listening this entire time, reaches over and clasps Dom's hands in his own. "Believe me, I get it. I'm not sanguine about this, either. But Charles and Erik are extremely powerful mutants, Dominho. We won't be leaving this place until we are confident in our plans. But I think it's important that we listen to our children, too. They're both adults, hm? And they know their own strength. Separating them will make both of them weaker. We might well ensure Erik's demise ourselves."

"Spoken like a true intelligence officer," Raven smirks. "I hate to say it, Dom, but he's right. If we fail to plan for capture, we're putting everybody who goes at greater risk, not less risk. We need to plan for points of adaptation. Erik, you've mentioned living through iterations of this before. Taima and I are good at what we do. And we'll have help, from Morning Fire. Sayid is a matter manipulator, like Erik. We have a lot going for us. No one's going half-cocked, here."

In this, Erik and Dom are quite peas in a pod when it comes to making themselves heard. Erik rarely, if ever, voices opposition in an open manner, and when he does have a point to make at last, it's delivered in the same gentle demeanor as ever. He doesn't argue, or debate, but he does speak earnestly, from the heart. "I would never allow anything to happen to Charles," he says softly. "But I am not so sure that I can do this without him. I've encountered Hellfire before, and--" he breaks off, drawing his good hand down his cheek.

"Can you provide us with details on those circumstances?" Raven turns her focus to Erik.

"I can, yes. When our counterparts liberated Genosha, the moment Charles came under threat I was able to bypass the suppressant and remove the CIA, Army and Hellfire from Genosha instantaneously. I would never let them hurt him. But I--I am not--strong enough to face them alone. I would never ask this of you, if I was not confident that I could protect you, neshama."

"If you're staying behind, so am I," Dom says next, which draws a collective—albeit silent, mental—groan from the table.

"Baba, that makes no sense," Charles presses. "What good would that serve? Erik has the power to protect us both, and Sayid, too. Why put yourself in danger?"

"Because it doesn't sit right with me to let my kid put himself at the mercy of these people without me there," he reasons. "Or Erik, for that matter. You can protect Charles, but who will protect you?"

"I will," Charles insists. "Baba, listen. I understand where you're coming from. But I'm an adult, and so is Erik. We're doing this only because we know that we can, and we have to. You can't protect me from everything forever. Be reasonable."

Dom, who is typically a bastion of reasonableness save for anything concerning his family, understands objectively what Charles means. But it's just too hard to let it go. "If something happens to either one of you, I—"

"We'll both come home, safe and sound," Charles promises. "We've connected with others across the Expanse. We've seen all the kinks. And we always come home. Have faith, Baba. I promise, we'll be okay."

Dom exhales deeply, scrubbing his strong brow with his fist. "If there's a shred of either of you that doesn't feel confident about this, reconsider. I'll know if that's there," he says, tapping his temple. "Alright?"

Erik inclines his head. "Please believe me, we won't leave here until we are certain in our plans," he murmurs, and sets his hand on Dom's forearm in a comforting gesture. This man has become family to him, too, and though he's not prone to emotional overtures, Dom can feel it emanating from him. These people have taken him in, and are now working with him to secure Genosha, a place that holds immense significance to him, and as a result, has become a shared goal.

It's not something that he could ever truly repay, and he winds up wrapping his good arm over Dom's shoulders for a brief hug. "I understand your reticence, trust me. I will bring everyone here home," Erik promises softly. "Including myself. And we'll safeguard Genosha, too. All of these people deserve real freedom. And we will make it happen."

"Likewise," Raven says with a lift of her chin. "We're no slouches, either. I've been doing work like this for a long time." She doesn't say it out loud, but all of the telepaths in the room can detect it; Raven has been somewhat of a mercenary for the last several years, doing private security work on a variety of contracts with Taima. A Blackbird SR-71 doesn't just magically drop out of the sky, after all.

Ailo meets her eyes, and flicks his gaze over to Erik as well. "We trust you," he says at last. "All of you. I believe in you. We both do," he says, giving Dom's hand a squeeze. "Call it paternal concern. You've grown into a fine young man, Charles. And we know you can do this."

"A fine young man...high praise coming from you, Papai," Charles teases, but appreciates it nonetheless, of course.

It's clear that Dom is still less than comfortable with all of this, but the reassurance from all in the room helps. Especially from Erik. "Hank and Daniel are prepared to give emergency medical care to anyone who needs it as well, but we'll need to be ready to treat others who need more general medical care. I imagine that many people will need it, certainly. Is there a hospital on the island that we can commandeer?" he asks Raven, who has been the intelligence specialist of their operation.

Erik gives a bit of a grin. "No need to worry about that. Any facilities that we require will be made available to us. I have plans to erect a Liberation Headquarters, and we will include a hospital within as well as a brig."

Raven gives a whistle, but it's not particularly shocked, as she's known this aspect of their plan for some time. "Why don't you bring it up on the projector?" she encourages Erik. As soon as she says it, blueprint plans for an entire headquarters fully kitted and functional show up on-screen, made of multiple different buildings that link together.

Erik rocks back and forth as he speaks, his version of 'animated.' "There is something within the Expanse that I've become aware of as well. I won't know for sure, because I didn't do it on purpose, but it is possible that this situation can be resolved by entirely restoring Genosha to what it was before and after the United States invaded."

"What do you mean by 'before and after'?" Ailo raises his brows, looking over at this man who has become no less than a son to him as well, having far bypassed the traditional role of 'clinician.' "Does that mean you'll send them back in time, before any of this happened, and then head the Army off at the root?"

"No, not precisely. From what I understand, it's more like a liminal space between both realities. In essence, defying the laws of physics by superimposing both realities simultaneously."

"Simultaneously?" Ailo gasps a little. "But how is that possible? What is the aim, precisely?"

"People retain their memories, so it does not erase their pain nor their current history. But, it also provides an opportunity for those who have lost their their entire way of life, a chance to reconnect with what was horrifically taken from them. And it is this solution that I most favor. Because it gains us an ally out of Sayid al-Zaman instead of an enemy. It helps to repair what was broken in him. For the start of a peaceful Morning Fire."

Erik lifts a hand, and displays through a shimmering light, a window into the Genosha of record. Within, Sayid is speaking to a man who was tragically taken from him, and who recalls the day that he died; and recalls his current life, all at the same time. Ororo Munroe, who remembers the pain of her family's deaths, and her family, who recall a life with their Ororo. Points where two realities intersect, all within a single physical space - the islands of Genosha.

"If I have a choice, and I do not know that I will, this is the ending that I would wish these people to have. Not to erase their pain, but to give them a genuine life full of equal joy. To remember what was lost, and to rediscover what they've gained. To build a society that they want, where Genosha is self-determining, and which runs according to Genoshan precepts."

Charles hasn’t seen this before, and it’s marvelous. Erik can bring the past and the present together to help people tie up loose ends or simply garner some comfort in a difficult time, although there’s nothing simple about that, is there? Restoring a nation without erasing its history. Restoring a people. “That’s incredible, Erik,” Charles whispers softly, hand on his knee. “I hope that the people there are able to find peace.”

Erik inclines his head, shy as always when dealing with things he's made or done. But this, though, he feels is the best option. "I'm not sure about the legality of everything," he adds for Dom's benefit alone, knowing that this is the framework by which he sees the world. "If there aren't laws in place to enshrine the protection of such a system, there probably ought to be. If it's illegal, then it probably shouldn't be? I suppose I would just remind any party interested in pursuing us legally that the United States did nothing short of annex a sovereign nation."


A ruffle from behind their respective positions alerts them to the presence of an interloper newly materialized into the room, one who casts a looming shadow over everybody else. Two women stand on either side of him - one with short-cropped snow-white hair and vivid blue eyes, dark-skinned but still fairer than the other, who bears raven hair tied in elaborate ceremonial braids down her back.

Immediately Ruth Lehnsherr, who has spent the majority of their strategy session listening intently, rises to her feet, hands flexing over the kukri resting at her hip (for she always did prefer blades to guns, and with her mutation, they're just as fast). "Identify yourself," she demands firmly. Grimacing, Erik pats her forearm, encouraging her not to threaten their guests. The man, to his credit, reacts little beyond an arched eyebrow. He's amused, more than anything.

He has to be, by far, the largest person that Charles has ever encountered, standing a good foot above even his partner. He keeps a kempt beard, and possesses long dark curls and shrewd black eyes, his nose slightly crooked beneath thick eyebrows. The group -- whom Charles quickly identifies as the de facto leaders of the terrorist organization known as Morning Fire -- are all dressed in pragmatic utility clothing, weapons holstered but visible, with the exception of the braided woman.

Each one of their shoulders has a patch sewn in, affording them a military bearing. Ororo's is a feather, Sayid bears an octopus (which strikes an unusual chord, and doesn't fit with the man's M.O., which is certainly more Might Makes Right) and Danielle a medical cross. "My name is Commander Sayid al-Zaman. Intelligence and Healthcare Specialists Ororo Munroe and Danielle Moonstar. I was invited to this place by Mr. Lehnsherr." He lifts his chin to indicate Erik.

"Commander, Specialists. Thank-you for meeting with us. I apologize for my sister," he murmurs, calm and steady. "We're all a little jumpy, it would seem."

Upon closer examination, it's obvious that Dani is still a teenager, and Ororo can't be much older. Even Sayid looks young . But both women hold themselves formally, well-trained. As a member of one of the few dozen families actively outrunning the United States military, Dani is well aware of what most believe about their organization. That they are terrorists, war criminals, psychopaths - especially because many of their forces are comprised of those such as herself - a categorical consequence of the fact that many of the only people left on Genosha to fight for it are children.

She's never felt oppressed or forced, despite what the mainstream media likes to portray. Things are not always so neat. To her, they are her friends, and her allies in the fight to liberate her country from tyranny. One person's terrorist is another person's freedom fighter, so they say. As one of the only operational entities in the area capable of safeguarding themselves, the Genoshans who remain have no true viable alternative. Dani takes note that those sitting at this table do not look very sanguine about Erik Lehnsherr's decision, with the exception of the man with the cane, who eyes them all with a sincere smile.

"Welcome to our home. I'm Ailo, that's Dom and Charles. We keep everybody fed and watered, so to speak. I'm a counselor, Charles is a student and Dom is a legal expert. Ruth here is a pilot, and Raven and Taima are private investigators." He goes through a brief synopsis of their entire gathered core, and keeps their official titles conspicuously absent. Dominikos is still a sitting Judge, and he could wind up on the other side of that barrier very quickly if it became known he was associating with Morning Fire. Not to mention Ruth, coming perilously close to treason, and Charles and Erik, who could face serious academic repercussions just as easily.

"And I am Erik," he introduces himself with a touch of his hand to his chest. He doesn't identify himself as anything, but the three newcomers look to him all the same as what he really is - the leader of this ragtag bunch. "We invited you here to parlay, and to extend an offer. One that sees your home and your lands returned to you."

Dani's raised eyebrows mirror her commander's. "What kind of offer?" she asks. Ailo notes that it doesn't appear she is speaking out-of-turn, which is a positive sign. Sayid merely waits for them to answer her extremely pertinent question.

"Our team here, despite how we look, are comprised of significant power. More than your organization," Raven just says it plainly. "We can demonstrate if you'd like, but we aren't interested in a pissing contest. What we'd like to do, is dismantle the institutions currently subjugating Genosha so that it can return to the hands of the people to whom it belongs."

"Just like that?" Sayid snaps his fingers.

"No," Erik says with a knowing glance. "There are caveats." Several more plates of food materialize on the long table, and a few new chairs, and Erik invites them to sit. "One, we would accomplish this peacefully. Two, we would obtain certain concessions from the provisional government which arises. We expect that to be yourselves." He gestures to them.

Charles and Erik have spoken privately about and collaborated on the plans that they have for Genosha. Fully aware that it will bode well for no one to liberate an island and then leave the liberated people high and dry to pick the pieces back up without help, they have talked extensively about the right way to go about the reconstruction. Of course, the people of Genosha should have the ultimate say in how they proceed. Genoshan voices should dominate and prevail.

However, it’s an exercise in erasure to assume that everything will simply be just fine for a people who have been living under extreme oppression for generations. They will need support. Sayid, Dani, and Ororo are all young, but they’re smart, tenacious, and strong. Though Charles isn’t a fan of all of their tactics, far be it from him to judge how a group advocating for liberation and revolution chooses to conduct itself.

“You want a transaction,” says Ororo at last, eyes leveling with Erik’s own. She has a severe expression and a sharper voice, betraying nothing. Her mind, though, is strangely musical and rhythmic, rather discordant to how she presents herself. “You hope to establish a puppet state.”

Charles reaches up and takes the gray kitten scrambling up Erik’s shoulder; a recent companion of theirs. Setting her in his lap, he raises his chair up a foot. “Of course not. It’s not our place to tell you how to govern or what to do.”

“But you already beg for concessions, have visions for a government,” she responds icily. “You want to use us.”

Erik sits back in his chair, petting idly at the small kitten who has materialized in the crook of his bad arm. She has no back legs and only one front paw, so Erik has taken to carrying her about - and he helps her make her way wriggling and satisfied into Charles's hold, her two doting parents. When Ororo is finished, Erik shakes his head. "No," he says again softly, after letting her say her piece. "I do not mean it in that manner. You'll have a lot of rebuilding to do, in ways you may not yet fully comprehend."

"And you might be interested in hearing this plan for yourself," Ailo tells her, his tone gentle. "Yours is not the first Genosha that Erik has come into contact with. Mr. Lehnsherr here travels through space, time, and dimension. He has seen universes where Genosha can thrive, and where past and present intersect in ways that are healing for much of your population."

"The concession I ask for is that you turn your focus to this - to healing - in the aftermath. Rather than to revenge. If you can agree to these terms, we will assist you in liberating your country. And when it is done, you are free to choose where to go from there. To design the laws you wish, to create the culture that most reflects native Genoshan ideals. Real self-determination. No puppet-state."

Sayid draws his eyebrows together, considering. "Our war with the United States is born from self-defense. They aggress against us. They take our kind. Enslave them. Experiment on them. I attack the Americans to draw attention to these facts. If it is as you say, that you can make them leave and never return... I could only make such a concession if I had a guarantee that they would not go right back to tormenting us. If they attack, then war is what they will get."

"And if they don't?" Raven asks. "Or, more precisely, if we can make sure that they never can, again - that no one can - even if they desired to?"

"Then we might consider your offer. But our Council of Elders must be consulted," he adds softly, eyeing his compatriots. "I do not make unilateral decisions without input from my people. I am not a despot, despite the 9-o'clock news in your country." 

Charles smiles kindly at the trio. "I understand your apprehension," he promises. "And I'm sorry, that you've been put in this position. Take the time you need to consult who you need to. We're happy to come along and answer questions that they may have for us."

Ororo, still skeptical, crosses her arms. "That will not be necessary. Sayid will go and consult. Dani and I will remain here."

"You're all welcome," Dom promises.

"Healing. That cannot be all that you want," Ororo says then, observing the group. Not yet compatriots, but not adversaries. No one that she trusts just yet. "What do you gain by helping us? What is in it for you?"

Sayid inclines his head to both of his Specialists, and with only a flutter, is gone in the blink of an eye. A similar ability to Erik's, but less grounded in the folding of space-time and more point-to-point. The brief appearance of another molecular manipulator is a curious opportunity to observe the distinctions between him and Erik, and it turns out they are different.

Once he's gone, Ororo turns her attention back to Erik, but her rebuttal throws Erik off. The simple fact being - Erik seems confused by the question, clearly not expecting it. His answer is a little bit of a self-deprecating laugh. "Well, nothing, I guess. Nothing concrete, anyway. I... have a lot of power, you know. Like, a lot. In the weird, mind-melting, world-altering sense."

"Admittedly, this is the only reason we are really capable of sitting in this room, discussing details," Raven just says it, blunt as ever in her mannerisms. "Erik is right. What he can do, no one can do."

"Well, there's always a bigger fish, I suppose," Erik grants. "I'm not a god. Just Erik. But, for me, there's no purpose to these abilities if I can't use them for good. Mutants and Genoshans have a strong overlap, and I feel compelled to help our kind. But it's more-than that, too. That, I can't explain neatly. It just is." He taps the index finger of his good hand over his heart.

Ailo gives Dom a private smile, knowing full-well what that is really all about. It's not a lie on Erik's part, just a lack of insight. Ailo taps his fingers against the table gently, seeking his own audience with the woman who will likely become a very significant part of these negotiations."You mentioned something once, this... Way of Walking, eh? How all Genoshans feel a collective responsibility to one another. You know, we mutants lack a cohesive culture, but you strike me as people who feel intrinsically connected. Both as Genoshans, and to our shared destiny as a species."

Dani's brows furrow. "Kara'aye . This Way of Walking . How do you know about this? I do not understand. Genosha has been quarantined for twenty years. Our Elders are not in the habit of dispensing folk wisdom to white boys."

"Mostly, I just thought it was cool that the translation matches up with one of my own cultural precepts, something called halacha . Same thing, Way of Walking , but different principles. Ours is more like... a law-book. Whereas I imagine Kara'aye is less linear."

Dani tilts her head. "You are not American?"

"I'm pretty American. Char-Cute-Erie , best diner in Midwood. You might prefer speaking to my aba," he sits back in his chair, smirking.

"Your father? You speak Genoshan?"

"Oh, interesting. That's like triple mutual intelligibility. Am I souping?" his eyes flick back and forth, rhythmic nystagmus as his senses peek forward in a powerful, sweeping wave; all that is before them and thousands of iterations that aren't-yet-might-and-not.

It’s bizarre to imagine that just a few weeks ago, Erik thought that this was all mental illness. Souping happens when the other timelines and universes traverse too closely to this one, leaving Erik unsure as to whether his memories are his or borrowed from another. Somehow, his own papai gathered that Erik’s idiosyncrasies weren’t mere schizophrenia. Others, however, are less accustomed to this. Dom is patient and understanding, but not everyone gets it. Hank, for instance, is sitting at the other end of the table with a mighty skeptical expression.

“You are not like Sayid,” Ororo observes. “You…go through time?”

"Right," Erik says, yanking himself back when his eyes finally fix fully onto Charles's beside him, like they're anchoring him here. "Our abilities are related, of course, but Sayid has a limit to the amount of energy he can harness, whereas I don't. Gxy = 1/Rxy." With a wave of his hand, everyone in the room watches as several square patches seem to open up into reality, defined by a shimmering blue-white border.

It's no mere illusion, it's as though Erik has ripped a hole into space itself, allowing everyone to witness various scenarios. Some feature themselves, whilst others are random. One observes Sayid at the Grand Council with other members of Morning Fire. Others show people who look like Sayid, but altered in some way. Different clothing. Older. Younger. Recognizable and not.

Erik smiles and draws the equation in the air with a finger, where it appears in glowing yellow symbols for Hank's benefit. "The expected behavior of electrons as they pass through objects is to lose energy, but within certain parameters this doesn't occur, and I can manipulate that potential into frictionless subatomic edge states."

"Sim, Agência Central de Inteligência dos Estados Unidos eles iriam querer isso," Ailo mutters under his breath.

"Yuh huh," Raven snorts. "This is all of the data that they currently possess on Genosha. The capital city, Aramida, is the centralized location of the US military's experimental program, and contains three areas in particular - A, B and C, where a majority of the city's mutant population are kept in conjunction with the development of targeted technology." She slides a slim folder over to Ororo. "Courtesy of William Stryker," she grins.

Erik grimaces a little. "Strkyer... I recognize that name. He was there. At Beth Israel. You mean he's in charge of one of these programs?"

"One of the bigger ones, actually," Raven says. "MacTaggert gave us the information willingly. She fucking hates the guy."

Chapter 128: my jaw locks & my heart won't pump

Chapter Text

It all goes well until it doesn't. Erik is committed and his power is unending. Perhaps Dom scared the life out of him or perhaps he's simply that good, but when they all touch down on Genosha, the plan unfolds without a hitch. Their partnership with Morning Fire is seamless; Sayid is powerful and influential, and Dani and Ororo are fearless and strong. Raven and Taima's intelligence proves to be entirely accurate, so they're equipped for all that come their way. Facility by facility, the Genoshans are freed. Hank and Daniel tend to the critically wounded, but the rest flood into Blackbird and zip off to Westchester to be kept safe until the operation is finished.

All in all, Blackbird makes five trips between the island and New York on that first day, the mansion filled to the brim with weary, bedraggled people (though Erik has worked some of his non-Euclidean magic to ensure that there is enough space for everyone to settle comfortable). But perhaps the ease of it is the problem. Perhaps that's why they, Charles and Erik, find themselves alone in what they believe to be an abandoned building, doing a quick sweep of the space.

"I can't sense anyone," Charles informs Erik, floating alongside him as they traverse a narrow corridor. "Though it could be more of those cloaking—oh—" Indeed, it's not a cloaking device, but it's not an empty building, either. Three men, still invisible to Charles's senses but visible to his eyes, appear at the far end of the corridor. Nathaniel Essex, broad-shouldered and pointy-chinned, stands in the center. Charles knows that he has this ability, to draw a shroud over anyone he wishes. But, they have a plan. Together, they figure, they can overcome this ability.

It takes very little time for the group to get in sync, and after a brief hiccup with Sayid and Ororo, the Genoshans come back largely on board with the plan - provided Erik's word holds true. Sayid makes very few promises about what might happen if that's not the case. It comes without warning, as if the CIA themselves has been watching and waiting for this moment. The second of the men, a redhead that Charles doesn't recognize, lifts a small gun and fires it at their direction before Erik can get off a single snap of power. He expects a dart, but what comes out is a gas that immediately disables them both.

When they land on the island, it starts out well enough, with most areas easily liberated, but Charles and Erik quickly run into problems during the final stage of the process. They'd prepared for the possibility of being suppressed and captured, but not for what happens if Erik is truly incapacitated. The man loses his balance quickly, landing on the floor with two hands pressed against it. "Oh, shit," he gasps, laughing a little, mostly in horror. Even before he learned he was a mutant it wasn't like this. He could see. Now, he can't -- "I can't see," he mumbles, and his voice itself barely raises above a rasp.

"Fuck, I--can't--do any--what, oh," he marshals himself quickly. Come on. There has to be some way of working through this. The other Eriks did it. But he doesn't get the time. The third man, they both recognize - William Stryker, who strides across the room and instantly thrusts the butt of his pistol into the back of Erik's head. He goes down like a lump of potatoes, entirely unconscious. He isn't as concerned about Charles - their intelligence is fairly standard for the man, he won't be able to resist their suppressors.

Without another word, someone else takes over the back of his wheelchair and pushes him forward, leaving little room for resistance. The other man, the redhead, grabs Erik's leg and drags him down the hall. The only fortunate part about this scenario is that they put them both together - perhaps unwilling to take care of Charles's needs themselves, but still recognizing the value two Psi-level mutants would hold. Erik wakes up before the men come back, but he's clearly foggy . "Cha-- Charles?" he reaches out all around himself, trying to figure out where he is.

...the ploughman may have heard the splash, the forsaken cry, but for him it was not an important failure; the sun shone as it had to on the white legs disappearing into the green water, and the expensive delicate ship that must have seen something amazing, a boy falling out of the sky, had somewhere to get to and sailed calmly on...

The ploughman isn't coming, nor are the seafarers who must be on their way. As he sits on the cold ground slumped against the wall, hoverchair confiscated and probably smashed to pieces, Charles reflects upon his the privilege in his life. Harsh beginnings, his dads sometimes say, but their luck all turned in the aftermath of tragedy and violence, when the three of them "found each other." He always felt it wrong to claim anything but luck, though, for though a severe injury in infanthood permanently disabled him, Charles can recollect nothing at all but softness.

Before he could ever encounter a nasty thought, his fathers taught him to be resilient; by the time he was old enough to understand that he was different, he'd already built up a strong tolerance for silent cruelty. Slurs and filthy words in the heads of his peers and their parents scarcely fazed him; he knew better than to let them penetrate the bailey of his self-worth. So even the expected hardships that come from being disabled, mutant, and the adopted child of two men never blossomed into something that truly wounded him. How utterly foolish, he feels then, to think that he'd any chance at withstanding such harshness. The white legs disappearing into the water are his own, wings melted away and fluttering aimlessly somewhere in the stratosphere. Without his parents, his abilities, his chair, his Erik, what is Charles but a wingless Icarus?

He possesses a rudimentary understanding of first aid but none of the supplies or tools that he needs to tend to the wound on the crown of Erik’s head. Haplessly, Charles has torn off pieces of his grey shirt and pressed them to the wound until they were soaked through with scarlet, again and again. Blessedly, the bleeding stopped after sopping through the bottom third of his shirt, leaving his black hair matted with blood but not a critical amount, Charles thinks.

The independent movement that he’s worked so hard to cultivate is hamstrung at the moment; though Charles has relatively strong upper-body control, it’s not complete, and his core, he feels, is about to give out as it fights to keep him upright against the wall. Erik is just far enough away from him to force him to have to balance to keep a cloth pressed into the wound, and he’s beginning to quiver, to fail.

“Erik,” he breathes, nearly crying in relief when the man begins to stir. Indeed, a tear escapes, and his muscles are too tired to wipe it away. “Goodness, you were breathing, but I still can’t feel you, and I was worried—“ he gasps. The sheer relief deals the final blow, and he slumps back against the stone wall, listing to one side awkwardly. But that’s okay now. Erik is here.

"Charles," Erik breathes hard, his hand finding fingers as quickly as possible and squeezing. "Shit, oh, fuck. We're in the shit, Charles," he says it bluntly. "Something--is, something is wrong," he gasps. "I can't--it shouldn't be like this," he shifts, then, finding Charles's waist and abdomen with his arms and helping to keep him propped up, even amidst the utter terror roiling through him.

"Listen to me," he says, firmly. "I can't let you take any of this, do you understand? You cannot play the hero, you can't. I know, it's not fair. I, can, and you can't. But if they get ahold of you, if they hurt you - you could die, Charles. If they get impatient or sadistic and start beating you and shit. Your CSCI is too high, a punch could end you. And I cannot let that happen, I promised your family I would see you home." Already he is clearly planning a contingency, starting with this.

"So I'm going to try as much as possible to draw their attention. Antagonize them, whatever I have to do. It doesn't matter, it's just shit. I've been in situations like this before. There is a weak link, I've already identified it." He lets out a controlled breath. "So I will try to make sure that they feed us properly, and that they don't target you. I know, it's not what we planned. I can't--" he shakes his head. "Something is wrong, with me. Inside me."

Charles frowns even as he leans against Erik, seeking both closeness and the support of a strong body against his own. He hadn't realized how scared he was that Erik simply wouldn't wake up until now, and the relief is overwhelming. "Don't be ridiculous," he whispers quietly, squeezing Erik's good hand in his own. "Hold on. Let's think about this. They...they don't want us dead. If they did, they would have killed us by now, no? They know how powerful we are. They're not going to kill me. You need to let me help. I don't need to play the hero, but I do need to help you." He opens his eyes and meets Erik's own. "We're stronger together. Hmm? There's nothing wrong with you. We just need each other."

"I agree," Erik says softly. "But I'm worried. Even if they might benefit from experimenting on us, those could hurt you, too. And they might lose their temper, take it out on us. Not understanding that it's not the same as someone like me taking a hit, you know? Maybe they wouldn't intend to kill you, but they're not going to cry over it, either." Erik's eyes don't focus on anything in particular, where they used to fix on his face serenely whilst speaking. It drives it home - Erik can't see. Not anymore.

"People like this don't always function rationally. They... hate us, Charles. I could see it. Before they fired that gun. How much they despised us. Their mask will slip, I guarantee it. But - you, you're right. I might need help," he laughs a little. "By a lot. If I wasn't here with you --" he shakes his head again, and then winces, overcome by the injury. He lifts a hand gingerly to test it.

"And those fail-safe codes should still work, but I'm concerned. Because I should still have some access to my mutation right now, and I don't. I can't--it's, there's something wrong, Charles. I need you to hear this. If the code activates while I'm still like this, I don't know that I'll be able to even identify it. I... I was foolish, I relied on the fact that I'd be uninjured."

Of course, that news isn't exactly reassuring. The back up plans to their back up plans all took for granted that there would be at least some sort of access to either of their mutations; for as long as the both of them could remember, mutation was present in both of them. Even before Erik knew what his was, that perceptual element was there, integrated within each of his five senses. There had been no reason for either of them to believe that they'd be completely bereft. But here they are, at sea. "Let's figure this out, then," he says softly, voice shaky. "They're not invincible. Whatever suppressant they have us on; it'll wear off. Yeah? And the others will know that we're gone. It'll...we just have to think this through."

"Yeah," Erik agrees. "We do. But listen, OK?" he flops his hand up somewhere near Charles's chest, and then uses the momentum to find his palm against Charles's cheek in a painstaking, lengthy maneuver. "Ha--sorry. Can't--we're two peas in a pod, now," he smiles softly. "This stuff, it's just stuff, OK? Whatever happens. Whatever they try and do. It's just shit, it doesn't mean shit. All we need to do is survive, yeah? Things like--you know, like--" he tries to make himself better understood, sighing a bit.

"You know. Dignity, honor, integrity, personality. All that stuff. Sometimes that stuff isn't there. But it doesn't matter, not to us. It can't, because we will survive. By any means necessary, and we will be here for each other, and take care of each other in the process. I won't let them hurt you. And you will help me--just like you've always done," he grins a little. "I don't mean sit it out, Charles. Never--I couldn't, I don't think I could remain stable, without you."

It's admittedly strange to communicate with Erik like this, without access to his telepathy. His expression seems more stern, less animated. He's realizing that he sees Erik as everyone else sees him, listening to him speak in his non-linear way. When powered, the two of them are entirely simpatico; Charles can understand not only what Erik says but how he feels.

While he still understands—he doubts that he'll ever not be able to understand—he finds the absence disconcerting. Erik is here, but he doesn't feel all of him. "We will survive," he agrees quietly, gripping Erik's hand. "I understand, yeah? I know what my physical limitations are. I won't put myself in unnecessary danger. But you can't either. We need each other, which means that I need you to be okay. Taking care of ourselves means taking care of each other."

Erik's expression doesn't shift an iota, but his eyes flutter slightly before he says, "I am so sorry, Charles. I was a fool. I didn't account for this. But I promise you, I will find a way to get us out of here. And I'll do my best," he says softly. "To make sure I'm OK, too. No unnecessary risks, yeah?" He smiles, making sure that it's as genuine as he feels. It is different, like this. Erik's outward demeanor is still sharp and sincere, but it's distinct. Curated, like a well-intentioned mask designed to put others at ease. And right now, ease is in short supply.


It doesn't take long before their captors finally make their presence known. Erik immediately clambers over Charles, positioning himself directly in front of him as though his body itself were a shield. "Hey - you understand that he has a severe spinal cord injury, right? You can't hurt him. We will cooperate with you, but you need to go easy on him. Otherwise he'll die, and your efforts will be for nothing. He's a Psi-level telepath, you don't want to lose that." Erik tries to meet their eyes, but ends up staring at some point over Leland's shoulder. "And you need to be careful, with me. You can't go all half-cocked and start beating the shit out of me. I have HIV, for real."

The red-head, Leland, rolls his own eyes. He lifts up a steel-toed boot and rams it into Erik's solar plexus, winding him instantly. "This isn't a negotiation, freak. How many times have we heard shit like that?" he laughs.

"You took--my bag. Check it--meds--in there," Erik grits harshly, doubled over as he struggles to catch a breath. Fuck, fuck. "--if you don't--give me them," he wheezes, "--could wind up transmitting--to you."

"Of course the mutant freak has HIV," Leland barks a laugh. "These degenerates are all the same."

"Hey--I'm telling you for your own good," Erik responds, still-calm and collected. He doesn't rise to the bait; it's not the first and won't be the last time he hears those words.

Though it decimates Charles on the inside to see the men kick Erik as if he were a street animal (though, if Charles ever saw anyone kick a street animal, he would certainly be alerting some authority figure or another), he does his best not to outwardly react. Galvanized by his commitment to protect Charles, Erik, of course, came out with guns blazing. Charles wants to try a slightly different tactic, now that he knows that they're fully capable of plain violence; if he convinces them that they're no more than friends or acquaintances, perhaps they won't use Erik as leverage against Charles, and vice versa.

And so, though he wishes to pull Erik into his arms and hold him close, he doesn't. He simply looks up at their captors with a level expression. "He's right. Hurt us and you hurt yourselves. We're not trying to negotiate for anything other than our safety. Obviously you have the upper hand, here."

Stryker sneers, arms crossed over his chest. "A cripple and a fag. Filthy little freaks. I know who you both are. You're Petrakis's kid, and you're Shaw's plaything. Petrakis is a lunatic leftist judge, and Shaw is some radical mutant doctor," he clarifies for Leland, contempt dripping from his hateful voice. "And Kirala, too, right? That woke psychologist?"

Charles clenches his fists, but nods once.

Stryker's pug-like face tightens further. "Bunch of filthy queers, the lot of you. Give me one good reason not to end your lives right here and right now."

Erik somehow, but for the grace of G-d himself, manages not to roll his eyes. Woke. Idiot. What he doesn't anticipate, is that Stryker doesn't seem to recognize him from all those years ago at Beth Israel . Instead classifying him according to the ongoing and quite public case against Shaw. He narrowly avoids a grimace at being defined as anyone's plaything. But it's apparent, based on his responses, that this isn't the first time he's encountered a situation like this.

Nevertheless, Erik remembers. And he remembers the man just as he was, an unrepentant bully. Only now, he's far less secretive about his clear disdain for mutants and social minorities. "Well, look. It's obviously your call. But you're the one who put us in here, instead of killing us in the hallway. You obviously knew this information then, so why not kill us outright? Why imprison us? We know what goes on here."

Leland does not restrain his own eyeroll, crossing his arms and patting the gun at his hip. "You're in no position to negotiate for anything, you'll do what we say, or we will end you. It's that simple."

Erik gazes back at Leland, and Charles can tell he's scrutinizing him. Categorizing, figuring out, orienting. It's how he is, but only Charles can detect it when Erik seems to get what he needs. "All right, so what do you say?" he asks, pointed.

"Bunch of little assholes," the man grits. "Can you carry him? I'm not walking all the way back to storage."

"Yes," Erik says after squinting momentarily. That's not a very reassuring yes, but their weak link isn't here alone. He gazes over Charles's body for only a second before deducing how to go about it with his hand and injuries, kneeling underneath him and lifting him over his left shoulder in a fireman's carry. Sorry, sorry, I'm so sorry, his thoughts ping-pong, desperate for Charles to hear.

Charles, of course, can’t hear Erik’s apologies, but he’s knows that they’re there as he’s flung over his shoulder. This is the easiest way for another to carry him, of course, but he’s never actually been carried this way before. Dom, broad and strong, always carries him bridal style when needed. But Erik is injured and weakened right now. And this is preferable, certainly, to being dragged by his arms.

So, he’s wrapped around Erik’s shoulders, Erik’s arm threaded between his legs. Stryker waits until they’re settled, Charles arced over Erik’s shoulders, and then elbows Charles square in the face. Charles’s vision goes white for a moment as the pain unfurls like a the petals of a new flower. He gasps, but he can’t bring his hand to his face, as they’re askew and limited by their position on Erik’s body. But he does see blood begin to trickle down.

“Thank your lunatic father for that one,” he sneers. “Upheld a suspension of mine some years back.”

Erik catches him before he falls, already unsteady without his mutation. The second Stryker hits him, though, he sets Charles down, expression dangerously furious as he lumbers toward the man in jagged steps. Before anyone has time to react, Stryker finds himself flung off his feet, landing hard on his ass with Erik glowering down in his general direction. Erik doesn't seem to realize this has happened for a few seconds, and then futilely tries to access his mutation on purpose. It's just out of reach, scrabbling fingers unable to hold it at all. Fine. He'll do this the old-fashioned way.

"G-d damn it! Fucking animals!" Leland blusters, before finally getting hold of his radio and barking into it, "we need backup, here! Now!" He unholsters his stun baton and waves it menacingly toward the duo. "Get your buddy under control or I'll make him wish he'd never been born."

Pleased to discover he's more blind than floppy, Erik brings his own foot up and slams it down over Stryker's head, screaming at the top of his lungs. It causes Leland to startle a little, and when Leland moves behind him, Erik sweeps out beneath the man's legs to unbalance him and reflexively snaps out with his palm and elbows. Suppressed, wavering and blinded, with only one good hand, Erik still fights like a madman.

It's clear he's obviously been trained in self-defense, but it's most evidently the fact that Charles has been hit which fuels his rampage. It takes four guys to finally restrain him, and he bites one of them for his trouble. Erik spits blood out onto the floor. "Guess it only took six of you to wrangle one degenerate fag, huh! Maybe you should go back to practicing on babies and old people. Fuck your suspension. When I get out of here, you'll be lucky if I don't obliterate you at the atomic level, yob tvoyu mat!" he snarls, enraged.

"Erik—" But it's too late, for the moment that Charles is back on the ground, blood streaming down his chin, so is Stryker. A rogue jet of power coursed through him, evidently, taking Stryker off of his feet, but it seems to have stopped there. But that doesn't stop Erik at all, and the sickly crunch of bones against the concrete floor ring through Charles's ears as Stryker howls in pain. Leland, too, tumbles down, and within seconds, Erik towers above all of them, seething, hissing, more furious than Charles could have ever imagined.

At the corner of his awareness, Charles feels it. Like Erik, he scrabbles to grasp on to that power, but it slips away just before he can. Closer, closer. Perhaps powerful emotions from Erik will be enough to penetrate the suppression. "Erik," Charles breathes as the four men descend upon him, scarcely able to tamp him down. The battered and bloodied Stryker and Leland grab Charles then; Stryker holding him under his armpits while Leland takes his legs. Rivulets of blood still drip from his clearly broken nose.

Stryker himself spits out a jet of blood from his battered mouth before ratcheting Charles up higher. "You're done," he hisses. "The both of you are. For that stunt, you're going to get to watch your little cripple boyfriend die," he seethes at Erik.


"HEY!" a voice calls out from down the hall, drawing Stryker's attention for just a moment.

It's all Aquilo Kirala needs before a sickening crunch echoes down the corridor, the product of a harsh swing of his cane that connects the heavy wooden handle with Stryker's head. He pulls out a gun in quick succession, aiming it at Leland and the four security freaks. "Up, or I kill them all," he says calmly. When one of them tries to reach for their own weapon, Ailo shoots him in the leg.

"Release him, now, or the next one goes between the eyes." He taps the spot on his own head with a smile. The security officers finally relent, letting Erik go. In a second, they all fall unconscious. "Suppose I could have opened with that one, eh?" he snorts. "They'll be fine," he assures grimly. To the man beside him, Ailo nods to Dom to go check on Charles, who has slumped against the wall.

"--Ailo?" Erik realizes after a few seconds, still blind and staggering.

"Figured you could use some assistance," he grins, entirely at odds with the kindly, doctor-like persona his papai has cultivated for much of Charles's life -- especially given the trail of bodies next to him.

"We have to get out of here," Erik gasps. "You can't let them take you--"

"Just give me a minute," Ailo contradicts calmly. Erik hears the gas cannister seconds later, and when it finally implodes, the world returns to him in vibrant technicolor. "Thank Hank for that one. Suppressant neutralizer. Try and breathe it in. We've been giving it to everyone at the Manor," he explains.

"--how did you know?" Erik says, blinking as his vision slowly begins to filter back in. "Oh, Charles," he scrambles over, using his shirt to dab away the blood.

"You said it took you only a few minutes to escape last time. It's been hours. We just knew there was something off. Couldn't let you take all the glory."

Charles thinks that he's hallucinating due to pain and blood loss for a moment, because there's no way that his papai has just knocked Stryker out with a cane before shooting a man in the leg. That's not something that he would ever do. And yet...he blinks as his baba comes into view over him, sitting him upright. "It's alright," he murmurs, pinching the bridge of Charles's nose for a moment before he realizes that it's broken, thanks to Charles's severe wince.

Charles is too surprised and started to do much until the steep inhales of neutralizer invite his telepath back. "Papai," he gasps out loud even as he hooks his arms around Dom's neck so that his father can pick him up from the cold floor. "Did you—"

"Threaten to kill those men?" Dom finishes for him as he stands with Charles in his arms, allowing Erik to fuss over his son's blood-covered face.

It takes several seconds before Charles realizes that Erik is crying, and that both of his fathers can see it just as easily as he can. "I--I'm--I'm so sorry--doesn't work right--broken, it's broken," he wheezes hard, still winded from Leland and the others. "I'm broken, I'm so sorry--"

Ailo, ensuring that Dom has Charles, moves over to get an arm under Erik, viewing quite a few new injuries and seeing how difficult it is for him to remain upright. He shares a glance with Charles, who must surely also feel it. There is something off about Erik, even now. "He might have a head injury," he murmurs lowly to Dom. And that, he thinks, may account for what happened, here. "Listen, we're going to get you both to the Blackbird. We've cleared the way. Can you walk on your own?" he asks Erik, as gentle as he can manage in this scenario.

"Yeah--yeah," he swipes at his face. "I think so."

"Good," Ailo says, repositioning his hand over the Glock while the other grabs the bloodied cane, and he smiles back at them both. "Come on, let's get you two out of here." The Ailo in front of them is worlds beyond the Ailo they all know and love back at home. He's sharp, professional in his employ of the weapon as well as knowledgeable on how to clear a room and ensure security as they make their way through the complex. Anyone who moves that isn't them, sees Ailo shooting near them. "You were warned!" he calls out as they slowly inch their way past that guy. "Come closer at your peril. All right, just up here, let's get it done," he encourages the three behind him.

"His head, yeah," Charles says quietly as Ailo helps steady Erik. "Clubbed in the back of the head. I stopped the bleeding," he tells them, gesturing down at his torn shirt with his chin. "But, should get that checked..."

"Just hang on tight," Dom tells Charles, hitching him up a bit higher. "My chair, it's in some storage—"

"Erik'll make you a new one," Dom promises in a calm voice, though Charles can feel the edge lurking beneath. "We need to go." It's slow-going, with Ailo shooting here and there in warning. Though he's evidently the most capable of the group at the moment, he does have a severe weakness in his leg. Coupled with Erik's stumbling form and the added weight of a fully grown adult in Dom's arms, their caravan is achingly slow.

"The others...is everyone else safe?" Charles asks once Blackbird is miraculously in view, across an empty field.

"Did I ever tell you how your Baba and I met?" Ailo says conversationally as they head forward. "I mean, we have. You were there," he laughs, soft. A reminiscent gentleness, something Charles does recognize. "A mission in Congo, hm? We were injured. You know all that. But how we really met? See, Vaya had a gun on your father. I was so good. So damn good, I had it all under control. He even lowered the piece, we were really getting somewhere. Ahhh, the principal of cool. Of course, don't ask Dom about that. He says I'm cool as a chicken."

Ailo winks. "Then, boom. Ruining my moment, eh? Of course, I had to get another chance." He chatters on like that, mostly light-hearted, but also not. In a fundamental way, as he always is, orienting everyone to a new normal. A normal where he himself has been in many such scenarios before - weapon and all. A normal where he doesn't hesitate to shoot, where he remains collected and oriented even amidst utter chaos. "But we got out of it. We came home, and so will you. Just a little further. We got you."

Finally, at long last, the Blackbird appears out on the horizon. Erik stumbles a bit as Charles mentions his chair and in an instant, it appears before them, like the last hurrah of his known capacity before winking out abruptly. Erik breathes hard and winds up on his knees, entirely sapped like never before. He retches onto the ground. "Ah, shit," Ailo swears under his breath. "Come on, querido. Come on," Ailo helps Erik to his feet as best he can, letting the man lean all of his weight on him.

He practically helps drag him onto the descending ramp of the Blackbird, even as Dom helps Charles position back into his wheelchair. Icarus returned to flight, like magic, the world has returned to Charles in all of its glory. His parents, his chair, his Erik - all safe and sound. "Hank, we have to go! Wheels up!" Ailo shouts as he hits his hand over the panel to close the door once they're all aboard.

Charles has heard this story before, in many iterations. As a child, the climax of it always centered around the two of them finding Charles and knowing instantly that he was theirs. In some stories he was a fat, cherubic baby with rosy cheeks and other times he was a tiny slip of a thing, the smallest little peanut that any of them had ever seen, but in every story, Dom and Ailo laid their eyes on him and knew instantly that he was their son.

The real version of the story is far more interesting to Charles now; or at least the part that happened before their union. He knows that Ailo is telling it now to keep them calm, to ground them in the moment. To think that they've been here before makes this all far less horrific, though the fear returns afresh when Erik begins to retch on the ground. "Erik," Charles gasps.

"We're almost there, agori mou," Dom promises as he settles Charles into his chair. He only takes his hands away when he's sure that Charles is upright and safe. Dom quickly steps up to take some of Erik's weight, essentially pulling him into the jet by force. They strap in quickly and then they're off. Erik needs medical care quickly, but Blackbird moves too fast for them to be able to administer it while aboard, so it isn't until they touch back down in Westchester that they're able to properly assess.


When the doors open, Daniel Shomron and a few others are already waiting with a gurney—someone must have radioed and told them to be prepared. "Can you stand or do you need help?" Dom asks Erik as he unbuckles the man's seatbelt for him, his arms outstretched in offering.

Erik raises his hand to his mouth, not to ward off sickness but to contain himself as fresh tears roll down his cheeks. It's clear in that moment that Erik isn't right -losing his composure in such a significant way just isn't who he is. But it seems that he can't contain it, shaking as he takes Dom's arm. "No--no," he gasps. "Charles. Fix him," he barks at Hank and Shomron. "I tried. Tried, I'm so sorry. My fault, all my fault. Shouldn't--I'll go," he gasps, short of breath. "I'll go, I'm sorry--" he tries to stumble out of the jet, but winds up tripping over himself and on the ground once more.

Ailo grimaces, unseen as he takes a spot behind Charles's chair, placing a hand on his shoulder. "Erik," he says firmly over the din while Dom predictably helps him upright once again. "No one is going anywhere, OK? You need help. We're going to help you."

"No--no! " Erik shrugs Dom off again, expression nothing short of wild , inhaling long and labored through his mouth. "You can't. Have to help-- Charles . Not--me. No," he warbles beneath this brand new onslaught of agony tearing at his soul. His fault. He promised.

"Erik." Charles doesn't look particularly well, with an obviously broken nose and blood on the lower half of his face. Bruises are beginning to appear under his eyes as well. But, the blood is no longer trickling down, and the throbbing ache has dulled enough to where Charles can move without wincing. He raises his chair up to meet Erik, who is wild and unsteady on his feet. Reaching his own hands out, he looks the man in the eye. "I'm okay. We're home. We'll take care of me and you both, yeah? Let my dad help you, and I'll be at your side the whole time. Remember what we said? We need each other. I need you to let them help you. I'll let them help me, too."

Erik calms when Charles's hands touch his, but he can't seem to settle, even then. "OK," he cries, cooperating at last, but the flow of tears doesn't stop. If anything, they only come harder, faster, dripping down onto his shirt collar to mix with the red drops pooling there. Ailo uses that moment to ease Erik onto the stretcher, where he goes without a fight. It's all drained out of him, and his eyes dart around furtively.

The strips of fabric Charles had torn off are bedraggled on his head, damp with sweat and blood and seeping through. "Hurt you," he whispers. "He hurt you." His mind is a riotous torrent, all that sits behind the previously-impenetrable dam flooding out and down. Drowning him, killing him. He finds Dom's forearm with his good hand, pawing at it a little. "Sorry," he rasps softly. "So sorry."

"You protected me," Charles reminds Erik firmly, intercepting Erik's hand as they move toward the medical bay. His chair floats alongside the stretcher, Daniel and Hank guiding them. "It's just a broken nose, darling. It's okay, hmm? Would have been worse if you hadn't protected me."

Dom, realizing that Erik is apologizing to him for Charles's injury, pats Erik's shoulder. "I saw you standing up for him," Dom promises. "You were willing to do anything to protect my boy, and I saw that. You did what you said you would do."

But it wasn't enough. If Ailo hadn't interfered... Erik squeezes his eyes shut, overcome once again. "Would have--killed you," he manages, shaking his head violently, practically hyperventilating. "Didn't--not enough," he sobs. "Would have killed you," he just keeps repeating it, like a stuck record. It takes very little time for doctors amongst them to conclude that Erik's head injury may be far more pervasive than initially realized.

Charles looks at Hank in concern about Erik's erratic, emotional behavior. Hank frowns. While Erik is getting a CAT scan, Charles sits nearby. Shromron, a former field medic, cleans him up and sets his nose, so by the time Erik emerges from the machine, his face is blood-free and his nose is bandaged and in a splint. "How are things looking?" Charles asks the doctors plus Ailo, who are gathered around a computer screen to interpret the results of the scan. His hand finds Erik's once more.

Shomron speaks first, keeping an even keel as he does, but Charles knows from his tone more than the tenor of his mind that the news is serious. "Erik has suffered a traumatic injury to the frontal lobe of his brain," he says it plainly, meeting each of their eyes in turn.

"Brain... injury?" Erik blinks up, owlish. "Broken," he adds, mournful. "I feel... broken. Wrong. All the faces are a jig-saw," he rambles.

"Yes, it's why you might feel so unsteady, right now," he explains to Erik. "It appears that he's stable. We don't believe he'll get any worse," Shomron does reassure.

Erik squeezes Charles's hand in his good one, and rests his brace over top. "How... how do I get better? I can't--everything is... so strange."

"My guess is that despite the suppressant, he was able to keep himself from succumbing, and so far that appears to be holding true. As for getting better, we're going to get you in touch with a neurologist, so we can fully assess the damage, any functional impairments, and see just how we can help you get back on your feet."

Charles doesn't understand for a brief moment. He looks at Ailo, as if his father will be able to tell him what really is going on, but he doesn't step in to explain. "Traumatic brain injury..." Charles repeats. He thinks he's going to be sick. "I..." "We've called Sooriyah Qadir. A colleague of Ailo's," Hank promises as he works to bandage Erik's head properly, wound now properly cleaned. "For now, we just have to make sure it stays stable, okay?"

"My powers," Erik whispers. He holds out his hand, but despite the fact that Charles can feel that Erik's mutation has returned, his control is abysmal. In the back of a room, a vase explodes , causing everybody to jump. Erik winces, eyes wide. "--me? Was that--oh, forgive me." He works to sit up, hand flailing toward Charles as if to find some purchase. It serves to put his fight with the men in greater, stark contrast. Somehow he had managed, when right now he can barely master basic gross motor control. "Please," he says to Hank, features twisted. "Please fix me. Can't be like this, gotta be-- Erik. Gotta be Erik. For Charles."

"As long as you're here and with me, that's all that matters," Charles promises Erik firmly, rubbing his arm. "Here. Relax, my love. You're not broken. Just an injury, hmm? That's okay. We can get through injuries. Stay calm now, yeah? Don't want it to get worse." After a bit of maneuvering, he's settled in a hospital bed beside Erik, arms wrapped tight. "See? If we stayed here like this forever...well, that would be alright, too, wouldn't it?"

It makes Erik smile, against all odds, and his arms come up around Charles immediately, nudging his head beneath his chin. He presses kisses to the top of his head, his temple. Gently, wary of the tape strip keeping his nose aligned. "Does it hurt?" he asks, reaching up as steadily as he can to touch Charles's cheek; so, so gentle. "Oh," his brows raise. Charles feels something shift, slightly. "There. All better," he grins. It's not healed, exactly - that will still take time. But the bone itself has been perfectly set back into place, with barely a thought from the man in his hold.

"It doesn't hurt," Charles answers honestly...but because Daniel gave him a strong dose of pain medicine before setting it. Still, it's small potatoes compared to Erik's own injury, and Charles wants to drill that in to Erik somehow. Then again, perhaps it's for the best that Erik isn't focused on it. Allowing him to fuss over Charles may help him relax, a bit. "Thank you," he murmurs quietly, smiling. "Does yours hurt?"

"Yeah," Erik laughs a little, and it's a more open response than he likely would have gotten prior, but there's Erik in there, too. Attempting to put him at ease, all the same. "But you took really good care of me," he says, utterly sincere. "That's why I'm OK. Not mutation. It was you."

"We helped each other, mm?" Charles says softly. In his arms, he holds Erik with utmost care, terrified to jostle him even slightly. Traumatic brain injury. Words more frightening than Charles could have imagined. Will he ever gain control of his powers again? In the same way that he had before? As Charles gazes at his partner, he decides, then and there, that he doesn't care.

Yes, of course, he wants Erik well, but he meant what he said. He wants Erik. That's most important right now. Erik is here and his. If he's never "normal" again, that's okay. What is normal anyway? So long as he's here...Charles will love him, just as he is. He can't imagine it any other way. "Maybe I can make it not hurt so much. Would you be okay with that?" he says gently, kissing Erik's forehead.


Erik stirs all of a sudden, staring widely and sitting up slightly, careful not to jostle Charles. "Genosha," he rasps. "The fail-safe just kicked in. Stryker and the rest of them, they're gone. Everybody else is here, make sure--check on them--but--but I don't think--what I wanted to do, I don't think, I can do," he sighs. "Oh, make it hurt less?" his attention ping-pongs a little.

It's clear his primary issue is impulse control, which ties into control of his mutation by a significant degree, beyond what anyone would have assumed. He still has it, but he doesn't seem to have conscious sway over it. As if to demonstrate this, he manages to manifest a room full of flowers, all around them, with a grin as he realizes what's happened, and it falls slightly when the understanding dawns more and more that it doesn't feel like his mutation any longer. More like a random force in the universe.

"Morning Fire is checking on all of that," Charles says gently to Erik, coaxing him back down. "Dani is here, tending the refugees, and Sayid and Ororo are back on the island doing what needs to be done. Raven is on her way to help." He's nervous about Erik moving too much. The neurologist will be here tomorrow morning and until then, Charles wants to ensure that Erik gets not a millimeter worse.

Holding Erik in his arms, he worms his way into the man's head and lays a thick blanket atop the pain centers in his body. The flowers make the room smell sweet and fresh, and though Charles knows that Erik isn't pleased with the display, he picks up a velvety bloom and tucks it behind Erik's ear. "Maybe I can help you channel it all a bit more," he offers, a kiss atop Erik's cheek. "I can access your abilities. We can work together. Stronger together, hmm?"

"Yeah?" he whispers, nose wrinkling up fondly at the itchy buttercup Charles hovers underneath it next. "Yeah, that's how it is, isn't it?" his eyes flutter closed as Charles eases him from his constant companion. "We help each other. And your dad," Erik laughs a little. "I gotta say, I didn't anticipate that one. He's wily, isn't he?"

Charles huffs a laugh, shaking his head. "You know, it's not entirely unexpected to me. He acts the pacifist, the smiling doctor, but inside there's something else." He's mostly teasing; Ailo doesn't put on airs, exactly, but he also reserves this ability of his for moments that need it. And this moment certainly needed it. "Though I didn't anticipate him hitting someone with his cane. That's like me driving over someone's toes with my chair, which I've only done once on purpose."

"He's got a good swing," Erik snorts. "I guess he really did--well, not fool me, per se--I guess I just assumed wrong? Not that I don't understand," he says with a squeeze of Charles's fingers. "I was halfway to ripping the place apart myself. Nah, nah. Not like that. Not ever. I'm just--sorry, I didn't see this outcome. I tried so hard to prepare, and--and I guess it turned out OK, but not because of me, and I don't need that, it's not an ego thing. But you would have died. If it weren't for Ailo and Dom. That's what I did do."

"They're my parents," Charles says softly. "That's what they're here for. To save our asses when we need them." Charles swipes a stray strand of dark hair from Erik's eyes. "Don't beat yourself up. Neither of us saw this coming. It's not on you, Erik. We're a team. I wasn't relying solely on you to keep me safe, mm? We're a team."

"And you don't mind? That my head is all discombobulated? G-d, what a shit-show. I'm so sorry, I think I vaguely remember wailing on the tarmac," Erik groans, pinching the bridge of his nose. "I thought your parents would kill me, and I deserved it. I don't like making promises, it's a bit religious thing, but you know, I did, that time. And I couldn't keep it, and that--hurts. It hurts people, when you break your promises. I'm sorry," he says, this one for Charles. He rests his hand over the man's chest, right above his heart. "I love you, Charles Xavier. Do you know that? How--oh! Look," Erik laughs. Up above them, a star has come shimmering down, swirling and revolving in Erik's cupped hands, shimmering gently.

“I love you, Erik Lehnsherr,” Charles replies to everything, firm. Sure. And he does. With everything in his soul, he loves Erik, discombobulated and wailing and up and down. The ball of energy that glows between them symbolizes it all. Warm, strong, sure. “You promised my parents we’d get home safe, and we did. That was part of it all, from the beginning. Hm? Everything is meant to be. This. Us.”

"We'll go back?" Erik wonders, swaying gently from side-to-side with Charles in his arms. "I haven't given up on the Genoshans. We might have a bigger job ahead of us. But most of them are liberated, now, and the CIA and Army facilities should be disarmed," he considers. "We might need--help," Erik glances up at last. "I think you can help me, to help everyone. Like... a road, not taken."

“We will go back,” Charles agrees, kissing Erik’s cheek again. “Sayid, Ororo, and Raven will be there for now, and we can send reinforcements. I know that my dad—Dom—wants to go back. Ailo does too, but he also has a lot of work here, tending to the refugees. But when you’re cleared to go, we’ll go, my love.” Charles knows their mission isn’t over. Scorched earth is just that if there’s no rebuilding. “I help you, you help the rest.” He smiles; he likes the sound of that. “Do any of the others work like this, so closely?”

"I think so," Erik whispers. "Just different, adaptive to what they need," he says with a light laugh. What might have been a horrifying discovery, he's realized, just doesn't seem to matter in the grand scale of things. A brain injury, he can learn to live with. Because he has Charles, just like Charles has him. He lifts up his hand. "Can you sense it? My mutation. Want to try? I think..." his eyes alight, they connect up, and then--purple orchids on trellises, just-because. "Yeah," he laughs. "This works."

“I can sense it, all of it,” Charles all but whispers, for when he pays attention to it closely as he is now, the power is overwhelming. Incredible. It’s raw, untamed, but Charles realizes that he can act as a filter, of sorts. “Oh,” he laughs, as their legless kitten appears in their midst, because Charles brought her here. Orchids and kittens. “Wow. I did that.”

Erik is delighted, and nudges his head against Charles's, reminiscent of said kitten who does the same. "I'm going to be OK, then," he rasps at last, soft. "It's not like... like it was before, yeah? It's not like that. When I'd get hurt, in the--you know, the camp. I was alone, this profound isolation, you're all by yourself--out of time. That's what it was like, yeah. But this is... easy. Nice. Good. This is good."


And the Expanse retracts, a winking-nod amidst galaxies and tumblewhirls, black-hole stars and down again. The warp forces continue, push-pull. This way, that. Charles Xavier isn't sure exactly when it clicks, or if--or when--but then--ah. And it does. And he understands. Erik stays right by his side, a lodestone tour-guide through wandering upside-outs. And they find their way home. Whole. A few specks of dust collect at Charles's collar, Erik brushes them off, fond.

Ailo grins at them, a final wind-down, the embers glow beside them. Hearth, home. "You see? Eh?" he taps his temple. "That's how it is," he shrugs.

And Dom fetches the tea.

Works inspired by this one: